<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-1-1" level="2" title="ORGANIZATION">

<regElement name="335.1.1.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

This Chapter describes the organization of the Commission and the Department and prescribes methods whereby the public may obtain information or make submissions or requests.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-4, 41-22-5.

History:

<regElement name="335.1.1.02" level="3" title="Definitions">

For purposes of this Chapter, the following words and phrases, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context, shall have the following meanings:

(a)"Act" means the Alabama Environmental Management Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-1 et seq.

(b)"Commission" means the Environmental Management Commission established by the Act.

(c)"Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, established by the Act.

(d)"Director" means the Director of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, appointed pursuant to the Act.

(e)"Person" means any and all persons, natural or artificial, including, but not limited to, any individual, partnership, association, society, joint stock company, firm, company, corporation, institution, trust, estate, or other legal entity or other business organization or any governmental entity, and any successor, representative, agent, or agency of the foregoing.

Author: Ronald W. Farley

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-4, 41-22-5.

History: Effective: Filed June 17, 1988. Amended:

<regElement name="335.1.1.03" level="3" title="Organization And Duties Of The Commission">

(1)The Commission is a statutorily-created seven member commission with the following duties:

(a)To select a Director for the Department of Environmental Management and to advise the Director on environmental matters which are within the Department's scope of authority;

(b)To establish, adopt, promulgate, modify, repeal and suspend any rules, regulations, or environmental standards for the Department which may be applicable to the state as a whole or any of its geographical parts;

(c)To develop environmental policy for the state; and

(d)To hear and determine appeals of administrative actions.

(2)The members of the Commission are appointed for six year terms by the Governor with the advice and consent of the senate. Position qualifications are as follows:

(a)a physician licensed to practice medicine in the State of Alabama who shall be familiar with environmental matters;

(b)a professional engineer registered in the State of Alabama who shall be familiar with environmental matters;

(c)an attorney licensed to practice law in the State of Alabama who shall be familiar with environmental matters;

(d)a chemist possessing as a minimum a bachelor's degree from an accredited university, or a veterinarian licensed to practice veterinary medicine in the State of Alabama, who shall be familiar with environmental matters;

(e)an individual certified by the national water well association certification program;

(f)a biologist or an ecologist possessing as a minimum a bachelor's degree from an accredited university with training in environmental matters;

(g)a resident of the state for at least two years.

(3)The Commission meets regularly, at least once every two months, and keeps a complete and accurate record of the proceedings of its meetings, a copy of which is on file in the office of the Director and open to public inspection.

Author: Ronald W. Farley

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-4, 41-22-5.

History: Effective: Filed June 17, 1988. Amended:

<regElement name="335.1.1.04" level="3" title="Organization Of The Department">

(1)The Department is under the direction, supervision, and control of the Director who is designated by the Commission.

(2)The Director is assisted by a Deputy Director who is a merit system employee and who has charge and general supervision of the Department in the absence or disability of the Director.

(3)The Director establishes Divisions for the purposes of distributing duties, responsibilities, and work among the various personnel of the Department.

(4)The Deputy Director, Division Chiefs, and all other Departmental personnel are merit system employees selected by the Director consistent with the provisions of merit system law and the rules and regulations of the State Personnel Board.

Author: Ronald W. Farley

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-4, 41-22-5.

History: Effective: Filed June 17, 1988. Amended:

<regElement name="335.1.1.05" level="3" title="Duties And Operations Of The Department">

(1)To provide for the implementation of environmental programs and policies.

(2)To serve as the state agency responsible for administering federally approved or federally delegated environmental programs.

(3)To provide for a unified environmental regulatory and permit system.

(4) To provide for a coordinated statewide program of air pollution prevention, abatement, and control.

(5)To provide for a coordinated statewide program to assure adequate safeguards for management of hazardous wastes from the point of generation through handling, processing, and final disposition.

(6)To provide for a coordinated statewide program to manage the disposal of solid wastes.

(7)To provide for a coordinated statewide program for the prevention, abatement, and control of new and existing water pollution.

(8)To provide for a coordinated statewide program for the control of public water systems insofar as purity, potability, wholesomeness, and physical quality of water.

(9)To provide for enforcement of the Alabama Coastal Area Management Program designed to preserve, enhance, and develop the valuable resources in Alabama's coastal area.

(10)To issue, modify, suspend, or revoke orders, citations, notices of violation, certifications, or permits.

(11)To provide for the collection of environmental data concerning the quality of the state's air, water, and land resources.

Author: Ronald W. Farley

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-4, 41-22-5.

History: Effective: Filed June 17, 1988. Amended:

<regElement name="335.1.1.06" level="3" title="Availability Of Records And Information">

(1)Public inspection of records. Except as provided herein, any records, reports, rules, forms, or information obtained under the Act and the official records of the Department shall be available to the public for inspection. Requests for permission to inspect such records should be made to the Department of Environmental Management at its Montgomery, Alabama office, unless otherwise directed in published organizational, procedural, or regulatory statements pertaining to specific records or classes of records. Such requests should state the general subject matter of the records sought to be inspected to permit identification and location.

(2)EXCEPTION. Upon a showing satisfactory to the Director by any person that records, reports, or information, or particular parts thereof (other than emission, effluent, manifest, or compliance data) to which the Department has access, if made public, would divulge production of sales figures or methods, processes, or production unique to such person, or otherwise tend to affect adversely the competitive position of such person by revealing trade secrets, the Director shall consider such records, reports, or information, or particular portion thereof, confidential. Any showing of confidentiality must be based on statutory authority which empowers the Department to grant confidentiality for the particular program in question and must accompany the documents, records, reports, or information provided to the Department. If a claim covering the information is received after the information itself is received, efforts, as are administratively practicable can be made, will be made to associate the late claim with the copies of the previously submitted information in the file.

(3)Requests for records and information must be made to the Office of the Director at the Department's Montgomery address. Responses to such requests shall be made within 10 working days after receipt in the Office of the Director.

(4)Creation of record. Records will not be created by compiling selected items from other documents at the request of a member of the public, nor will records be created to provide the requester with data such as ratios, proportions, percentages, frequency distribution, trends, correlations, or comparisons except as necessary to administer the Act.

(5)Denial of requests for, or non-existence of, information. If it is determined pursuant to this Part that requested information will not be provided or that, to the best knowledge of the Director, requested information does not exist, the Director shall notify in writing the party requesting the information that the request is denied and shall state the reasons for denial and shall maintain a file of such denials.

(6)Copies of documents. If it is determined that information requested may be disclosed, the requesting party shall be afforded the opportunity to obtain copies of the documents containing such information. However, records shall not be released for copying by non-Division personnel except by permission of the Director or his designee. When a determination not to disclose a portion of information requested has been made, records shall be prepared for copying on nonexcepted portions of the information. Cost of providing copies will be the responsibility of the person requesting the copies. Charges are as follows:

(a)30 cents per black and white page 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 14 or 11 x 17 inches in size.

(b)$1.50 per color page 8.5 x 11, 8.5 x 14 or 11 x 17 inches in size. $3.00 per page for black and white wide format documents such as maps and blue prints. Compact discs are $15.00 each for files retrievable from electronic date bases.

(c)50 cents per page for certified documents.

(d)10 cents per page rounded to the nearest dollar for paper copies of each Division of the regulations. Compact discs of a Division of the regulations are $15.00.

(e)The Department will not invoice unless the charges exceed $10.00.

(7)Requests which do not reasonably describe records sought. The Department may communicate with the requester to clarify records sought and with a view toward reducing the administrative burden of processing a broad request and minimizing the fees payable by the requester.

(8)Public distribution. Any written request for records prepared by the Department for routine public distribution, e.g. pamphlets, copies of speeches, press releases, and education materials, shall be honored.

(9)Disclosure of information to other agencies. Nothing in these rules and regulations shall be construed to prevent disclosure of any report, record, or information obtained under the Act, or any of the official records of the Commission to federal, or state, agencies, or when relevant in any proceedings under the Act.

Authors: Ronald W. Farley, Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-4, 41-22-5 .

History: Effective: Filed June 17, 1988. Amended: Filed December 24, 2003; effective January 28, 2004.

<regElement name="335.1.1.07" level="3" title="Departmental Forms, Instructions, And Procedures"> <dwc name="disinfect" times="2"><dwc name="asbesto" times="2"><dwc name="copper" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="1"><dwc name="radioact" times="1">

(1)Designation as the State Environmental Control Agency. The Department is the State Environmental Control Agency for the purposes of federal environmental law including the Federal Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq., as amended; the Federal Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq., as amended; the Federal Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. A 201 et seq., as amended. The Department is authorized to take all actions necessary and appropriate to secure the benefits of federal environmental laws. The Department operates in conformity with such federal laws, policies, and procedures, as provided in the Act.

(2)Policies and Procedures. The Commission, through the adoption of rules pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-7(c)(6), establishes environmental policies and procedures.

(3)Form and Instructions. The Director may require such forms within the rules as he deems necessary. The content of such forms and instructions for their completion may be prescribed by the Director including the changes of such from time to time. Federal forms as published by the Environmental Protection Agency may be used in lieu of state developed forms. Departmental forms prescribed by the Director shall be identified and numbered as follows:

Name of FormsForm Number

<table width="100%"> ADEM Baseline Monitoring Report Submittal Form 314 ADEM Field Operation Division NPDES Individual Permit Application 315 Air Permit Application For Gasoline Dispensing Facilities M -1 197 Alabama Coastal Area Management Program Application for Approval of a Non-Regulated Use ADEM Administrative Code Rule 335-8-1-.11 Groundwater Extraction 50 PM or Greater 316 Alabama Hazardous Waste/Used Oil Transporter Permit Application 317 Alabama Tank Trust Fund Cost Proposal Form 318 Alabama Tank Trust Fund Payment Request Form 319 Alternative Analysis 311 Alternative Medical Waste Treatment Technology Equipment Approval Application 323 Annual Certification Form for Discharges Associated with Petroleum Storage and Handling Areas 324 Annual Compliance Statement Form 325 Annual Statistical Inventory Reconciliation (SIR) Report Form 326 Application for a Permit for the Construction for a Motel, Hotel, or Other Multi-Unit Development on a Property Intersected by the Construction Control Line in the Alabama Coastal Area 327 Application for a Permit for the Construction of Single Family Dwellings, Duplexes, or Other Similar Structures on Properties Intersected by the Construction Control Line in the Alabama Coastal Area 328 Application for Alabama Well Driller?s License 193 Application for Approval of a Non-Regulated Use in the Alabama Coastal Area Developments and Subdivisions of Property Greater then 5 Acres in Size 329 Application for Approval to Use a Water Supply Well 259 </table>

Name of FormsForm Number

<table width="100%"> Application for Name Change or Transfer of Permit or Exception M-1 330 Bulk (Gasoline) Plant Application 331 Calculation of Total Annualized Project Cost for Private-Sector Projects 312 Calculation of Total Annualized Project Cost for Public ? Sector Projects 313 Cargo Tank Tightness Test Report 309 Cathodic Protection Monitoring Form 332 CBM NPDES Stormwater Discharge Monitoring Report 333 CBM Toxicity Test Report Summary 334 Chemical Monitoring Data Report 335 Chemical Monitoring Waiver Application 336 Chemical Sampling Chain of Custody Form 337 Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF) Construction Report Form 338 Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF) Loan Application Form 339 Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF) Preapplication Form 340 Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF) Supplemental General Conditions 341 Coal Permit Precipitation Event Discharge Limitations Exemption Claim Report 342 Coalbed Methane Stormwater Inspection Summary Report 343 Coalbed Methane Temporary Pit Wastewater Land Application Certification Report 344 Community Public Notification Certification Form 345 Community System Susceptibility Analysis Sheet 346 </table>

Name of FormsForm Number

<table width="100%"> Consumer Confidence Report Certification Form 347 Discharge Monitoring Report for CBM Coal ? Type 60 Effluent 348 Discharge Monitoring Report for CBM Coal ? Type 60 Manual 349 Discharge Monitoring Report for CBM Coal ? Type 60 Standard 350 Discharge Monitoring Report for Coal ? Type 1 &amp; Type 3 351 Discharge Monitoring Report for Coal ? Type 11 352 Discharge Monitoring Report for Coal ? Type 13 353 Discharge Monitoring Report for Coal ? Type 14 Sand &amp; Gravel 354 Discharge Monitoring Report for Coal ? Type 14 Fire Clay 355 Discharge Monitoring Report for Coal ? Type 14 Shale ? Common Clay 356 Discharge Monitoring Report for Coal ? Type 15 357 </table>

<table width="100%"> Discharge Monitoring Report for Coal ? Type 38 358 Discharge Monitoring Report for Coal ? Type 5 &amp; Type 7 359 Discharge Monitoring Report for Coal ? Type 9 360 Discharge Monitoring Report for NonCoal ? Type 30 361 Discharge Monitoring Report for NonCoal ? Type 32 362 Discharge Monitoring Report for NonCoal ? Type 34 363 Discharge Monitoring Report for NonCoal ? Type 36 &amp; Type 48 &amp; Type 50 364 Discharge Monitoring Report for NonCoal ? Type 41 365 Discharge Monitoring Report for NonCoal ? Type 42 366 Discharge Monitoring Report for NonCoal ? Type 44 &amp; Type 45 367 </table>

Name of FormsForm Number

<table width="100%"> Discharge Monitoring Report for NonCoal ? Type 46 368 Disposal Approval Request 278 Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF) Loan Application Form 369 Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF) Preapplication Form 370 Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF) Supplemental General Conditions 371 Emissions Statement Reporting Form 372 Excess Emission Monitoring Report 373 Exemption Claim Form for Cofired Combustors (Appendix H - Division 3) 374 Exemption Claim Form For Incinerators Burning Only Pathological, Low-Level Radioactive, and Chemotherapeutic Waste (Appendix H - Division 3) 375 Field Operation Division NPDES Individual Permit Application Addendum Form 376 Field Operation Division NPDES Individual Permit Application Minor Permit Modification Addendum Form 377 Filter Plant Monthly Operational Data Report M-1 242 Gasoline Dispensing Facility Information Survey 378 Gasoline Transport Tank Truck Application 198 General Permit Application Package ? NOI-11 380 General Permit Application Package ? NOI-12 381 General Permit Application Package ? NOI-14 382 General Permit Application Package ? NOI-15 383 General Permit Application Package ? NOI-16 384 General Permit Application Package ? NOI-17 385 General Permit Application Package ? NOI-18 386 General Permit Application Package ? NOI-2 387 </table>

Name of FormsForm Number

<table width="100%"> General Permit Application Package ? NOI-20 388 General Permit Application Package ? NOI-23 389 General Permit Application Package ? NOI-24 390 General Permit Application Package ? NOI-25 391 General Permit Application Package ? NOI-28 392 General Permit Application Package ? NOI-3 393 General Permit Application Package ? NOI-34 394 General Permit Application Package ? NOI-36 395 General Permit Application Package ? NOI-6 396 General Permit Application Package ? NOI-67 397 General Permit Renewal Form 398 Groundwater System Monthly Operational Data Report 8 Hydrograph Control Release (HCR) Attachment 399 Impressed Current Cathodic Protection System 60-Day Inspection Log 400 Individual NPDES Permit Noncompliance Notification (5-day Report) 401 Instrumental Stack Test Observation Checklist 402 Interior Lining Inspection Form 403 Interior Lining Report Form 404 Joint Application and Notification U. S. Department of Army, Corps of Engineers Alabama Department of Environmental Management 166 Lead and Copper Monitoring Data Report 405 Manual Interstitial Monitoring Monthly Log 406 Material Safety Data Sheet Reporting 407 Maximum Residual Disinfectant Level Input Form (Samples) 408 </table>

Name of FormsForm Number

<table width="100%"> Maximum Residual Disinfectant Level Input Form (Sources) 409 Medical Waste Notification Form 410 Medical Waste Transporter Permit Application 411 Medical Waste Treatment Permit Application 412 Method 205 ? Verification of Gas Dilution Systems for Field Instrument Calibrations 413 Monthly Statistical Inventory Reconciliation (SIR) Report 414 Municipal POTW SSO/MS4 Event Reporting Form 415 Municipal Water Pollution Prevention (MWPP) Annual Report (Collection Systems) Package 416 Municipal Water Pollution Prevention (MWPP) Annual Report Package 417 Municipal Water Pollution Prevention Resolution Form 418 MWPP Sewage Sludge Survey 419 Non-Community Public Notification Certification Form 420 Non-Compliance Report Form 421 Notice of Intent to Permanently Close Underground Storage Tanks 422 Notice of Proposed UST New Installation or Upgrade 423 Notice of Temporary Closure 310 Notification ? Above the Threshold Planning Quantities (TPQ) of Extremely Hazardous Substances 424 Notification for Above Ground Storage Tanks 283 Notification for Underground Storage Tanks 279 Notification of Election of Coverage under The Alabama Drycleaning Environmental Response Trust Fund Act 425 Notification of Intent to Drill a Water Well 60 </table>

Name of FormsForm Number

<table width="100%"> Notification of Regulated Waste Activity M 2 8700-12 Nox Budget Permit Application Form 426 Nox Budget Retired Unit Exemption Claim Form 427 NPDES AFO/CAFO Waste Management System Plan (WMSP) Qualified Credentialed Professional (QCP) ? Professional Engineer (PE) Certification Report 428 NPDES Annual Notice of Registration (NOR) 429 NPDES Discharge Monitoring Report Form (Monthly) 430 NPDES Discharge Monitoring Report Form (Quarterly) 431 NPDES Individual Permit Pollution Abatement/Treatment Measures and Sediment Control Structures Certification Report 432 NPDES Permit Application Supplementary Information M-1 187 NPDES Permitted Coalbed Methane Operations Pollution Abatement/Treatment Measures and Waste Treatment Facilities Certification Report 433 Open Burning Incident Report 434 Operating Permit Application Facility Identification Form 103 Operator Certification Application 89 Operator Certification Renewal Form 435 Perc Dry Cleaner Status Update 436 Permit Application for Air Pollution Control Device 110 Permit Application for Compliance Schedule 437 Permit Application for Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems (CEMS) 438 Permit Application for Indirect Heating Equipment 104 Permit Application for Loading and Storage of Organic Compounds 108 Permit Application for Manufacturing or Processing Operation 105 </table>

Name of FormsForm Number

<table width="100%"> Permit Application for Solvent Metal Cleaning 112 Permit Application for Stationary Internal Combustion Engines 107 Permit Application for Volatile Organic Compound Surface Coating Emission Source 109 Permit Application for Waste Disposal 106 Permit Application Solid Waste Disposal Facility 439 Permit Application Solid Waste Disposal Facility Construction/Demolition Landfill 305 Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaning Questionnaire 440 Plant and Collection System Personnel Inventory 441 Potable Water Laboratory Certification Application 442 Progress Report Form 443 Project Completion Form 444 PSD Project Information Form 445 Purchase Water System Monthly Operation Report 185 Raw Sewage Bypass and Overflow Event Reporting Form 446 Registration Form for the Construction, Installation, or Modification of an Incinerator 52 Release Information Form 447 Remediation Approval Form 448 Remediation Reporting Form 449 Representative Stormwater Outfall Certification 450 Request for Coal Permit Post-Mining Discharge Limitations 451 Request for Release from Monitoring and Reporting Requirements 452 Request to Remove Subsurface Withdrawal From Discharge Structure 453 </table>

Name of FormsForm Number

<table width="100%"> Request to Remove Treatment Basin/Pond or Other Discharge Structure 454 Required Information for Mixing Zone Modeling 455 Seal Gap Test Form 184 Segmental Water System Certification Application 456 SID Discharge Monitoring Report Form (Monthly) 457 SID Discharge Monitoring Report Form (Quarterly) 458 Solid Waste Profile Sheet 300 SRF Payment Request Form 459 Stabilization Lagoon Inspection Report 257 State Indirect Discharge Permit Application M-1 186 Statistical Inventory Reconciliation SIR 7 Day Release Investigation Notice Form 460 Surface Source Susceptibility Analysis Worksheet 461 Tank Trust Fund Eligibility/Ineligibility Determination Form 462 Toxicity Discharge Monitoring Report Form 464 Toxicity Test Report Summary 465 Transfer Agreement Form 466 UIC Permit Application Existing Discharge M-1 467 UIC Permit Application New Discharge M-1 468 Underground and Above Ground Storage Tank Transfer of Ownership 469 USDA/NRCS Waste Storage Pond (WSP) and Waste Treatment Lagoon (WTL) Evaluation 470 UST ARBCA Tier 1 Report Forms 471 UST ARBCA Tier 2 Report Forms 472 UST ARBCA Tier 3 Report Forms 473 </table>

Name of FormsForm Number

<table width="100%"> UST Closure Site Assessment Report Form 474 UST Free Product Recovery Report Form 475 UST Groundwater Monitoring Report Form 476 UST Line Tightness Test Report Form 477 UST Natural Attenuation Monitoring Report Form 478 UST Release Fact Sheet 479 UST Release Report Form 480 UST Site Classification System Checklist 481 UST System Effectiveness Monitoring Report Form 482 UST Tracer Tank Tightness Test Report Form 483 UST Ullage Tank Tightness Test Report Form 484 UST Vacuum Tank Tightness Test Report Form 485 UST Volumetric Overfill Tank Tightness Test Report Form 486 UST Volumetric Underfill Tank Tightness Test Report Form 487 Water Supply Construction Permit Application 488 Water Supply Permit Application (Modification) 489 Water Supply Permit Application (Renewal) 490 Water System Update 491 UST Closure Total Potential Voc Emissions Calculations 492 112(j) Part 1 Applicability Notification 493 Birmingham Fuel Supplier Report 494 Major Source Operation Permit Skeleton Form 495 Notice of Demolition and/or Asbestos Removal 496 Asbestos Removal Contractor Certification 497 </table>

Name of FormsForm Number

<table width="100%"> NPDES Construction, Noncoal/Nonmetallic Mining and Dry Processing Less than Five Acres, Other Land Disturbance Activities Notice of Registration Form 498 NPDES Construction, Noncoal Mining Less than Five Acres Stormwater Registration Termination Request and Certification Form 499 NPDES Construction, and Noncoal Mining Less than Five Acres Stormwater Inspection Report and BMP Certification Form 500 NPDES Construction, and Noncoal Mining Less than Five Acres Stromwater Noncompliance Notification Report Form 501 Visible Emission Field Test Sheet 502 General Permit for Phase II Small Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems (MS4) ALNOI 503 Technical Proposal for Qualification as a Scrap Tire Fund Remediation Center 530 Hydrogeology Unit Evaluation Report Form 531 UIC Permit Application for Coal Mining Wastewater 532 Documentation of Disability Related Needs 533 EHS Notification Form 534 CT Profiling Spreadsheet 535 Scrap Tire Manifest 536 Scrap Tire Registration &amp; Exemption Application 537 Scrap Tire Transporter Permit Application 538 Scrap Tire Quarterly Report 539 Scrap Tire Processor Permit Application 540 Scrap Tire Site Registration 541 </table>

Authors: Marilyn Elliott, Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 411-22-4, 41-22-5.

History: Amended: Filed June 26, 2002; effective July 31, 2002. Amended: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003. Amended: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

EXPLANATORY NOTE FOR CHAPTER 335-1-1

GENERAL ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS

On their effective date, August 1, 1988, portions of these regulations replaced existing regulations covering the issues of organization and availability of public information contained in chapters administered by the Air and Water Divisions of the Department. Specifically, the following regulations were repealed when this chapter was adopted:

1.ADEM Air Regulations Part 1.3--"Organization" of the Air Pollution Control Rules and Regulations.

2.ADEM Air Regulations Part 1.4--"Availability of Records and Information" of the Air Pollution Control Rules and Regulations.

3.ADEM Air Regulations Part 1.5--"Employee Responsibilities and Conduct" of the Air Pollution Control Rules and Regulations.

4.ADEM Water Quality Regulations Chapter 335-6-1-.03--"Public Information" of the Water Division - Water Quality Program rules.

Author: Ronald W. Farley

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-4, 41-22-5.

History: Effective: Filed June 17, 1988. Amended:

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-1-2" level="2" title="(RESERVED)">

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-1-3" level="2" title="(Reserved)">

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-1-4" level="2" title="PETITIONS FOR DECLARATORY RULINGS">

<regElement name="335.1.4.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

This Chapter prescribes the procedures for the submission, consideration and disposition of petitions for declaratory rulings.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Ronald W. Farley

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-11.

History: Effective March 6, 1987. Amended:

<regElement name="335.1.4.02" level="3" title="Definitions">

For purposes of this Chapter, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

(a)"declaratory ruling" means a written decision identified as a declaratory ruling and issued by the Department with respect to the validity of a rule, the applicability of any rule or statute enforceable by the Department to any person, property, or existing state of facts or facts certain to arise, or the meaning and scope of any order issued by the Department.

(b)"Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management established by the Alabama Environmental Management Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-1 et seq., as amended.

(c)"order" means those orders issued by the Department pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-5, as amended, or any other statute administered by the Department.

(d)"person" means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, governmental subdivision, or public or private organization of any character other than an agency as defined in Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;41-22-3.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Ronald W. Farley

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-11.

History: Effective March 6, 1987. Amended:

<regElement name="335.1.4.03" level="3" title="Right To Petition">

Any person substantially affected by a rule, order or statute may petition the Department for a declaratory ruling to determine the validity of the rule, the applicability of the rule or statute enforceable by the Department, or the meaning and scope of the order issued by the Department by making and filing a written petition in accordance with Rule 335-1-4-.04. At least ten days prior to filing a petition, the prospective petitioner must present in writing the substance of his question to the Department to determine that in the opinion of the Department no previously issued declaratory ruling addresses the question in a manner sufficient to resolve the matter without the need for further consideration by the Department.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Ronald W. Farley

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, and 41-22-11.

History: Effective March 6, 1987. Amended:

<regElement name="335.1.4.04" level="3" title="Petition Form And Contents">

(1)A petition requesting a declaratory ruling shall be in writing and shall contain the following information:

(a)the name, address and telephone number of the person making the petition;

(b)a statement identifying the rule, statute or order, and provision thereof, on which the declaratory ruling is sought;

(c)a statement of the exact question presented to the Department for ruling;

(d)a statement of the particular facts sufficient to show that the petitioner is substantially affected by the rule, statute or order on which the declaratory ruling is sought, and sufficient to answer the question presented to the Department for ruling;

(e)a statement identifying all other rules, statutes, orders or statements from officials of the Department, whether formal or informal, which are relevant to the question presented by the petition;

(f)a statement of the reasons for submitting the petition, including a full disclosure of the petitioner's interest in obtaining the declaratory ruling;

(g)a statement as to whether the question presented by the petitioner is presently pending before or under consideration by the Department or any other adjudicative body;

(h)a statement certifying that the preliminary written inquiry of previously issued declaratory rulings has been made of the Department as required by Rule 335-1-4-.03 and providing the details of any reply to his preliminary inquiry including a copy of any written response received; and

(i)subscription and verification of the petition before a notary.

(2)A petition for a declaratory ruling shall be filed with the Department by delivering the same, either personally or by United States Mail as certified mail, return receipt requested with instructions to the delivering postal employee to show to whom delivered, date of delivery, and address where delivered to:

Director

Alabama Department of Environmental Management

1400 Coliseum Boulevard

Montgomery, Alabama 36110

(3)A petition for declaratory ruling may be accompanied by a memorandum which urges the Department to issue a declaratory ruling of specified content. Such memorandum should contain the arguments therefor and any relevant authorities in support thereof.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Ronald W. Farley, Russell Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-11.

History: Effective March 6, 1987. Amended: Filed December 6, 2001; effective January 9, 2002.

<regElement name="335.1.4.05" level="3" title="Disposition Of Petition">

(1)After determining whether any circumstances exist which preclude the issuance of a declaratory ruling under Rule 335-1-4-.06, the Department shall, not later than 45 days after receipt of the petition, either:

(a)issue a declaratory ruling;

(b)deny the request for a declaratory ruling; or

(c)fail to respond to the petition in which case the Department's failure to respond shall be deemed to be a denial of the request for a ruling as well as a denial of the merits of the request.

(2)All declaratory rulings and written denials of requests for declaratory rulings issued by the Department shall contain an explanation of the relevant facts and conclusions which served as the basis for the ruling or the denial.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Ronald W. Farley

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, and 41-22-11.

History: Effective March 6, 1987. Amended:

<regElement name="335.1.4.06" level="3" title="Circumstances In Which Declaratory Rulings Will Not Be Issued">

Circumstances in which declaratory rulings will not be issued include, but are not necessarily limited to:

(a)lack of jurisdiction;

(b)lack of clarity concerning the question presented;

(c)the existence of pending or imminent litigation or administrative action or adjudication which may either answer the question presented by the petition or otherwise make an answer unnecessary;

(d)the petition presents a hypothetical question or otherwise presents an issue not of immediate concern to or having impact on the petitioner;

(e)the statute, rule, or order on which a declaratory ruling is sought is clear and not in need of interpretation to answer the question presented by the petition;

(f)the facts presented in the petition are not sufficient to answer the question presented;

(g)the petition fails to contain any of the information required by Rule 335-1-4-.04;

(h)the petitioner is not substantially affected by the rule, statute or order on which a declaratory ruling is sought;

(i)the petitioner is not faced with existing facts or those certain to arise which raise a question concerning the rights, status, or other legal relations between the petitioner and the Department;

(j)no controversy exists concerning the petitioner and regarding the validity of any rule, the applicability of any rule or statute enforceable by the Department or the meaning and scope of any order issued by the Department;

(k)the question presented by the petition concerns the validity of a statute;

(l)the petitioner has not suffered an injury or threatened injury fairly traceable to the validity of any rule, the application of any rule or statute enforceable by the Department or the meaning or scope of any order issued by the Department; or

(m)the injury suffered by or threatened to the petitioner cannot be remedied by a declaratory ruling or other relief following therefrom.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Ronald W. Farley

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-11.

History: Effective March 6, 1987. Amended:

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-1-5" level="2" title="(Reserved)">

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-1-6" level="2" title="APPLICATION FEES">

<regElement name="335.1.6.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

The provisions of this Chapter shall apply to any person making application to the Department for issuance, reissuance or modification of a permit, registration, license or certification, except as provided in Rule 335-1-6-.03.

Author: Marilyn Elliott

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-5.

History: Effective February 13, 1985. Amended: Filed December 12, 1996; effective January 16, 1997. Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999.

<regElement name="335.1.6.02" level="3" title="Definitions">

The words or phrases used in this Chapter shall have the meanings provided in the rules and regulations applicable to the particular application involved unless the word or phrase is defined in this Rule. For the purposes of this Chapter, the following words or phrases shall have the following meanings:

(a)"Greenfield site" shall mean a new development or the initial operation of a new facility or a facility or operation not previously permitted.

(b)"Minor NPDES modification" shall mean a termination or a modification not requiring a public notice.

Author: Marilyn Elliott

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-5.

History: Effective February 13, 1985. Amended: October 30, l990. Amended: Filed December 12, 1996; January 16, 1997.

<regElement name="335.1.6.03" level="3" title="Exemptions">

No fee is required for making the following applications:

(a)applications for the issuance, reissuance or modification of permits for Class V wells of the type specified in subparagraph (1)(1.) of Rule 336-6-8-.02 provided that no pollutants other than heat are injected and the heating or cooling unit(s) serve only a single family dwelling;

(b)applications for a license, variance or permit modification to correct clerical, typographical or calculation errors; and

(c)applications for the issuance, reissuance, or modification of Operating Permits for Major Sources of air pollution, Chapter 335-3-16.

Author: Marilyn Elliott

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-5.

History: Effective February 13, 1985. Amended: Filed November 23, 1993; effective December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed December 12, 1996; effective January 16, 1997. Amended: Filed December 5, 2001; effective January 9, 2002.

<regElement name="335.1.6.04" level="3" title="Permit Application Fees">

(1)Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this Rule, any person making application to the Department for the issuance, reissuance or modification of a permit shall be subject to a three-part application fee consisting of the following:

(a)a fee of $550 per application relating to a greenfield site. This fee shall not apply to General permits or applications subject to Schedule B and F or to AFO/CAFO registration if continuing education certification is submitted with initial registration and each annual registration request as required by Rule 335-6-7-.18;

(b)a fee which shall be the sum of the fees for each applicable type of permit application, and each action deemed necessary to complete evaluation of the application, as specified in Fee Schedules A through G; and

(c)a public hearing fee of $2,900 if a public hearing relating to the permit application is held.

(2)Any person making application to the Department for modification of a permit to change the name of the permittee only or to transfer the permit only shall be subject to a $275 fee per application.

(3)Fees required by AFO/CAFO registration may be suspended by category by the Director to reflect the budgetary circumstances of the AFO/CAFO program.

Authors: Marilyn Elliott, Russell Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-5.

History: Effective February 13, 1985. Amended: October 30, l990. Amended: Filed December 12, 1996; effective January 16, 1997. Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999. Amended: Filed December 5, 2001; effective January 9, 2002.

<regElement name="335.1.6.05" level="3" title="Water Quality Certification And Coastal Area Management Certification Fees">

Any person making application for the issuance, reissuance or modification of a water quality certification pursuant to section 401 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. &#167;1341, and/or making request for a permit or consistency determination pursuant to Chapter 335-8-1, shall be subject to the highest applicable fee as provided in Fee Schedule B or F, as appropriate.

Author: Marilyn Elliott

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-5.

History: Effective February 13, 1985. Amended: October 30, l990. Amended: Filed December 12, 1996; effective January 16, 1997.

<regElement name="335.1.6.06" level="3" title="Other Certification, Variance And License Fees">

Any person making application for the issuance or reissuance of a variance, license or certification shall be subject to a fee as provided in Fee Schedule G.

Authors: Marilyn Elliott, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-5.

Effective: February 13, 1985. Amended: October 30, l990. Amended: Filed December 12, 1996; effective January 16, 1997.

<regElement name="335.1.6.07" level="3" title="Payment Of Fees"> <dwc name="bromat" times="1"><dwc name="chlorit" times="1"><dwc name="haloacet acid" times="1"><dwc name="tthm" times="1"><dwc name="asbesto" times="2"><dwc name="cyanid" times="1"><dwc name="dbcp" times="1"><dwc name="dioxin" times="1"><dwc name="pcb" times="1">

(1)Payment of permit application/registration fees required under subparagraphs (1)(a) and (1)(b) or paragraph (2) of Rule 335-1-6-.04 shall be included with the permit application/registration. No permit application shall be processed without payment of such fees.

(2)Any fee required under subparagraph (1)(c) of Rule 335-1-6-.04 shall be billed to the applicant. Payment of such fee shall be made within thirty days of the invoice date. No final decision regarding the permit application shall be made until after payment of such fee. Failure to make payment as provided herein shall constitute cause for non-processing/denial of the permit application.

(3)Payment of fees required under Rule 1-6-.05 shall be made within thirty days of the date of the invoice which the Department shall send to the person making the application or request or requiring the certificate.

(4)Payment of fees required under Rule 335-1-6-.06 shall be included with the application for such license, variance or certification. No application shall be processed without payment of such fees.

(5)All fees paid pursuant to the requirements of this Chapter shall be non-refundable.

(6)All fees and remittances shall be made payable to the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

Authors: Marilyn Elliott, Russell Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-5.

History: Effective February 13, 1985. Amended: Filed December 12, 1996; effective January 16, 1997. Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999. Amended: Filed December 5, 2001; effective January 9, 2002. Amended (Schedule H only): Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended (Schedules B, C, D, E, &amp; F only): Filed August 29, 2002; effective October 3, 2002. Amended (Added Schedule I only): Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

Schedule A

Air Quality Permits

Type of ActivityFee

Permit Application 250

Non-Attainment Review Submittal Fee (Per Application) 825

LAER Determination (Per Permit per Pollutant) 325

PSD Review (Per Application) 825

BACT Determination (Per Pollutant) 325

State Regulations Only (Per Permit) 200

NESHAPS Review (Per Permit) 825

MACT/112(g) Determination (Per Pollutant) 325

Non-Criteria Air Pollutant Review (Per Pollutant) 650

NSPS Review (Per Permit) 950

Modeling Review3000+

$500/pollutant

Emission Inventory Preparation 500+

$50/point

Meteorological Data 375

Permit Preparation (Per Permit) 250

Public Comment Period (Per Application) 250

Review of Preconstruction Monitoring Network/data2550

Certification and Recertification of Asbestos 250

Removal Contractors

Name Change (335-1-6-.04(2)) 275

+50 per permit

Fee Schedule B

Coastal Use Permits Statewide Water Quality

and Certification and Project Reviews

Type of ActivityFee

Commercial and/or Residential Development

(a)Commercial and Residential Development 3100

(335-8-2-.11) greater than 5 acres and less than 25 acres in size.

(b)Commercial and Residential Development 6550

(335-8-2-.11) greater than 25 acres and less than l00 acres in size.

(c)Commercial and Residential Development 8900

(335-8-2-.11) 100 acres or greater in size.

Groundwater extraction from a well having capacity1375

of 50 gpm or more (335-8-2-.09).

Construction on Beaches and Dunes (335-8-2-.08)

(a)1 single family dwelling or 1 duplex. 450

(b)2 single family dwellings or 2 duplexes. 600

(c)Commercial (non-residential) structure, multi-unit6000

residential structure having more than 2 units, or any other combination of living units not covered under (a) or (b) above.

(d)Hardened erosion control structure, including 700

retaining walls, seawalls, bulkheads and similar structure, or the placement of rip-rap.

Beach Nourishment Projects on Gulf Beaches

(a)Gulf Beach Nourishment Project filling less than 650

1,000 square feet of State waterbottoms.

(b)Gulf Beach Nourishment Project filling 1,0001300

square feet to 10,000 square feet of State waterbottoms.

(c)Gulf Beach Nourishment Project filling greater2400

than 100,000 square feet of State waterbottoms.

Projects Impacting Wetlands

(a)Project involving the dredging or filling of less 725

than 1,000 square feet of wetlands.

(b)Project involving the dredging or filling of 1,0001450

square feet or more of wetlands.

(c)Pile Supported residential, multifamily or1350

commercial structure (does not include piers, walkways, gazebos).

Projects Impacting Water Bottoms

(a)Project involving the filling of less than 1,000 725

square feet of water bottom.

(b)Project involving the filling of 1,000 square feet1450

or more of water bottom.

(c)Project involving the dredging of less than 725

10,000 cubic yards of material from the water bottom.

(d)Project involving the dredging of 10,000 cubic 1450

yards to 100,000 cubic yards of material from the water bottom.

(e)Project involving the dredging of greater than 2700

100,000 cubic yards of material from the water bottom.

(f)Project which involves the construction of coastal1450

or inland marinas, canals, or creek relocation or modification.

(g)Raised creek crossing. 275

Shoreline Stabilization of Non Gulf-Fronting Properties

(a)Shoreline stabilization project involving less 275

than 200 feet of shoreline stabilization, including bulk head construction or placement of rip-rap.

(b)Shoreline stabilization project involving greater 450

than 200 feet of shoreline stabilization including bulkhead construction or placement of rip-rap.

Groin, jetty, and/or other sediment catching shoreline 575

structure.

Construction of pile supported pier, dock, boardwalk, 275

or other similar structure.

Siting, construction and operation of energy facility2250

(335-8-2-.l0).

Mitigation bank project.3000

State agency permits subject to review (335-8-l-.08), not 575

otherwise specified in Schedule B.

Federal activity, licenses, or permits (335-8-l-.09-.l0) 575

not otherwise specified in Schedule B.

Project requiring certification for a Federal Energy2250

Regulatory Commission permit or authorization.

All other projects not otherwise specified in Schedule B 275

which are subject to ADEM?s Division 8 regulations.

Modifications, including extensions, not requiring 275

public notice.

Modifications requiring public notice shall be one-half1/2 or

the fee listed in schedule B but in no case less than$275 275

Additive fee for variance request 1125

Fee Schedule C

Hazardous Waste Permits

<table width="100%"> TYPE OF ACTIVITY INITIAL UNIT (1) NEW DESIGN/ ADDITIONAL UNIT (2) MINOR MOD (3) MAJOR MOD (4) CLOSURE PLAN (5) Permit Type (6) Transport-Hazardous Waste/Used Oil 725 ---- 400 725 ---- Base Application (Non Transporter)(25) Storage (Container/Tank/Containment Building) 2.400 12,525 --- 9,450 --- 800 --- 3,100 2,800 Drip Pad 12,525 9,450 800 3,100 2,800 Treatment (7) 15,900 11,950 1,000 3,925 3,350 Thermal Treatment (8) 38,300 28,750 2,475 9,525 3,350 Land Treatment 21,475 16,150 1,350 5,325 6,725 Waste Pile 18,125 13,650 1,125 4,475 6,725 Surface Impoundment 29,325 22,050 1,850 7,275 6,725 Landfill 37,050 27,825 2,350 9,125 6,725 Post-Closure (9) 28,200 21,200 1,750 7,000 ---- SWMU Only (10) 5,600 ---- 350 1,400 ---- Miscellaneous Units 32,200 24,200 2,000 8,000 ---- Corrective Action Management Unit (17) 14,550 10,925 950 3,650 Varies (18) Remedial Action Plan Certification (17) 14,550 10,925 950 3,650 --- Non-Unit Specific Modifications (11) ---- ---- 400 1,850 ---- Modifications to Incorporate Final Corrective Measures ---- ---- --- 5,000 ---- ADDITIVE FEES (12) Groundwater Contamination (13) Plume Undefined 21,275 15,950 ---- ---- ---- Plume Defined 11,200 8,400 ---- ---- ---- Trial Burn (14) 5,600 ---- ---- ---- ---- RCRA Facility Assessment (RFA) (24) 5,600 ---- ---- ---- ---- RCRA Facility Investigation (RFI) Work Plan Certification (15) 8,400 6,450 ---- ---- ---- Corrective Action System (16) 14,550 10,925 950 3,650 ---- Temporary Unit 12,325 9,250 800 3,075 2,800 Off-Site Waste Analysis Certification (19) 2,800 ---- 280 725 ---- Indirect Risk Assessment (20) 56,000 ---- ---- ---- ---- Confirmatory Sampling (CS) Work Plan Certification (21) 7,000 5,250 ---- ---- ---- Interim Measures (IM) Work Plan Certification (22) 7,000 5,250 ---- ---- ---- Corrective Measures Study (CMS) Certification (23) 8,500 6,500 ---- ---- ---- </table>

Fee Schedule C (cont.)

Page 2

EXPLANATORY NOTES

(1)Fee applies to initial unit (design) of a given type at a facility.

(2)Fee applies to additional designs and/or units of the same type unit or process at a given facility.

(3)Refer to Rule 335-14-8-.04(3) for classification of minor mods. Each separate mod request requires a separate fee payment. Multiple changes to a permit consolidated in one mod request will be charged a single fee for each applicable unit. (e.g., A facility permitted for container storage and a landfill who requests modifications to both units will be charged the appropriate fee for each unit.)

(4)Refer to Rule 335-14-8-.04(2) for classification of major mods. Each separate mod request requires a separate fee payment. Multiple changes to a permit consolidated in one mod request will be charged a single fee for each applicable unit. (e.g., A facility permitted for container storage and a landfill who requests modifications to both units will be charged the appropriate fee for each unit.)

(5)If clean closure is not attained and a post-closure permit is required, then the cost is credited to the post-closure permit fee. Closure plan fees shall be charged per unit to be closed.

(6)Fees for miscellaneous units (Rule 335-14-5-.24) and for other units not specifically listed shall be assessed based on the fees established for the permit type most closely analogous to the activity in question. For example, an open burning/open detonation unit would be assessed fees for thermal treatment; a stabilization unit would be assessed fees for treatment; etc.

(7)Fee applies to all treatment units except land treatment units and thermal treatment units.

(8)Fee applies to incinerators, boilers, industrial furnaces, and other thermal treatment units.

(9)Fee applies to each hazardous waste management unit which is subject to post-closure permitting requirements. Multiple units which are closed under a single (common) cap will be charged the fee for a single post-closure unit. Fee also applies to certification of post-closure plans required by order.

(10)Fee applies to permits which include solid waste management unit (SWMU) requirements (pursuant to ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.06(12), 335-14-5-.19, 335-14-80.02(5)(d), but do not include regulated hazardous waste management unit requirements. This fee applies to facilities which have completed all closure and post-closure requirements for regulated hazardous waste management units, but do not complete all SWMU requirements.

(11)Fee applies to modifications which are not unit specific (i.e., mods not affecting the unit type, design, or configuration). Examples: contingency plan changes, transfer of ownership, personnel training plan changes, changes to groundwater monitoring system, etc.

Fee Schedule C (cont.)

Page 3

(12)Additive fees are levied in addition to base application fees as applicable. Total fees due are sum of base application fees and additive fees applicable to a given facility/application.

(13)Initial fee applies to the first contaminant plume at a facility. The additional unit fee will be charged for each additional, separate plume at the same facility.

(14)Fee applies to each trial burn performed.

(15)Initial fee applies to the first RFI workplan at a facility. The additional unit fee will be charged for each additional, separate RFI workplan at the same facility. This fee is also applicable to any work plan required by statute or order that is designed to assess the extent of contamination at a facility or a single unit within a facility.

(16)Fee applies to each separate corrective action system design. Systems which integrate multiple technologies (e.g., pump and treat, biological, chemical, physical, etc.) into a single system shall be charged a single fee for the system. Facilities which have multiple separate systems (e.g., two separate groundwater contamination plumes, one remediated using pump and treat and the other using vapor extraction) shall be charged a separate fee for each separate system. This fee is also applicable to passive corrective measures (e.g. land-use restrictions, monitored natural attenuation).

(17)Fee applies to each separate corrective action management unit (CAMU) or Remedial Action Plan (RAP) designated/approved at a facility. This fee is in addition to any other fees applicable to any hazardous waste management units included within a CAMU or hazardous waste remediation site.

(18)Fee determined based on type of units (Storage - $2,500; Treatment [except Land Treatment] - $3,000; Disposal/Land Treatment - $6,000)

(19)Fee applies to facilities which receive hazardous waste from off-site sources (e.g., commercial facilities).

(20)Fee applies to thermal treatment units required to conduct indirect risk assessments.

(21)Initial fee applies to the first CS work plan at a facility. The additional unit feel will be charged for each additional, separate CS workplan at the same facility.

(22)Initial fee applies to the first IM work plan at a facility. The additional unit fee will be charged for each additional, separate IM workplan at the same facility.

(23)Initial fee applies to the first CMS work plan at a facility. The additional unit fee will be charged for each additional, separate CMS workplan at the same facility.

(24)Fee is charged per each RFA Report prepared for a given facility.

(25)Base application fee Calculated for 10-year permit period

REVISED SCHEDULEFEE SCHEDULE D

WATER PERMITS

Initial Registration/Issuance Modification

Reissuance or Modification(no effluent limit change)

(effluent limit change)(no injection zone change

(injection zone change oror no compatibility study)

compatibility study)

Type of Activity

Major Industrial Discharger 6,175 1,350

Minor Industrial Discharger 1,925 1,075

Major Municipal &amp; Private 2,425 1,125

Minor Municipal &amp; Private &amp; 1,475 775

Water Treatment

Municipal Stormwater 2,425 1,125

Municipal &amp; Private-Sludge Only 925 625

Mineral/Resource Extraction Mining, Storage

Transloading, Dry Processing 2,000 1,175

Wet Preparation, Processing, 2,350 1,350

Beneficiation

Coalbed Methane 2,350 1,350

General Permit 475 275

Minor NPDES Modifications ---- 275

ADDITIVIE FEES

Modeling with Data Collection (10 Stations)31,10031,100

Modeling with Data Collection (5 Stations)25,40025,400

Modeling - desktop 2,500 2,500

Review of Model Performed by Others 500 500

Seasonal Limits 2,500/ 2,500/

additional seasonadditional season

Biomonitoring &amp; Toxicity Limits 350 350

SID

Indirect Discharge (SID) 1,325 725

FEE SCHEDULE D (cont.)

Page 2

Initial Registration/Issuance Modification

Reissuance or Modification(no effluent limit change)

(effluent limit change)(no injection zone change

(injection zone change oror no compatibility study)

compatibility study)

Indirect Discharge with EPA 1,500 900

Established Categorical

Effluent Guidelines

UIC

Class III Well11,550 775

Class V Well 500 75

WATER SUPPLY

Surface Water Treatment 1,575 775

Plant/System

Distribution System 1.025 675

Groundwater supply (Well/System) 1,275 675

Name Change/Permit Minor Mod 275

AFO/CAFO INDIVIDUAL PERMIT 2,550 2,000

AFO/CAFO REGISTRATION

AFO 150 50

CAFO

500 Animal Units 150 50

501 - 1,000 Animal Units 250 150

ADDITIVE FEES

CAFO Registration - Each Additional 225 125

500 Animal Units Over 1,000 - Total

Combined Base and Additive Fee Not

to Exceed $925

Fee Schedule E

Solid Waste Permits/Registration

<table width="100%"> Type of Activity Initial Issuance Modification Reissuance Medical Waste Transfer Facility 700 250 450 New Technology Review 3,500 ---- ---- Commercial Treatment Facility 5,650 2,500 3,150 Commercial Transportation Of Medical Waste 1,200 500 700 Storage of Untreated Medical Waste 900 225 675 Municipal Solid Waste Landfill Minor Mod. (1)* Major Mod. (2)* 28,800 ---- ---- ---- 1,125 11,200 6,400 ---- ---- Construction/Demolition Waste Landfill Minor Mod. (1)* Major Mod. (2)* 2,450 ---- ---- ---- 500 1,000 925 ---- ---- Industrial Waste Landfill Minor Mod. (1)* Major Mod. (2)* 4,350 ---- ---- ---- 500 1,500 1,400 ---- ---- ADDITIVE FEES Geological Review 1,675 1,125 1,125 Solid Waste Disposal Notification 75 75 75 Compost Facility 1,100 600 ---- Variance Request 500 500 500 </table>

*1.These are modifications as included in ADEM Admin. Code Rule 335-13-5-.06(2)

*2.These are modifications as included in ADEM Admin. Code Rule 335-13-5-.06(1)

Fee Schedule F

Construction Stormwater Compliance and NPDES Registration/Authorization Program

Construction Materials Non-Coal Non-Metallic Mining, Excavation, Borrow, Disturbance, Development Dry Processing Storage, and Transloading Sites Less Than Five Acres Base Annual and Additive Registration and General Permit Authorization Fees.

Base Annual Tier 1

Registration, Major Water Fee

DescriptionAuthorizationModification Additive

Fee Fee 1/ Increment 2/

Base Fee ? Sites less than 5 acres.

1. Sites 5 acres and greater require275175125

Individual NPDES Permit Coverage

Construction Base Annual and Additive Registration and General Permit Authorization Fees

1. Base Fee ? Less than 5 acres175175125

2. Base Fee ? 5 acres up to 10 acres275175125

3. Base Fee ? 10 acres up to 25 acres425175125

4. Base Fee ? 25 acres up to 50 acres575175125

5. Base Fee ? 50 acres up to 75 acres725175125

6. Base Fee ? 75 acres up to 100 acres875175125

7. Base Fee ? Greater than 100 acres1,025175125

1/ A Major Modification Additive Increment Fee is required for a request for Major Modification of an existing registration approval or authorization. The increment fee is additive as the disturbed area expands or the permitted area is modified from an existing permitted category through subsequent category(s) and when a new receiving waterbody or waterbody segment is added that was not identified on the NOR/NOI upon which existing permit coverage approval was granted.

2/ An Impacted Watershed Additive Increment Fee, required for all registrations/authorizations for projects discharging to any Tier 1 water, shall be submitted with each initial registration/authorization request, and each Major Modification Request, and each subsequent annual registration/authorization request. The increment fee is additive as the disturbed area expands or the permitted area is modified from an existing permitted category through subsequent category(s) and when a discharge to a Tier 1 water is added that was not identified on the NOR/NOI upon which existing permit coverage approval was granted.

DescriptionAnnual Registration/AuthorizationMajor Modification

Additive Greenfield Fee500---

A Greenfield Fee is not required if continuing education certification acceptable to the Department is submitted with each initial registration/authorization request, each annual

Fee Schedule F (continued)

Page 2

registration/authorization request, or each Major Modification Request, and as otherwise required by the Director or his designee.

Initial Registration Fee Applicability

The initial annual registration fee required under this fee schedule shall not apply to the initial registration request/approval for a construction site granted authorization under General Permit ALG610000 in writing by the Department that is subject to and remits the authorization fee required pursuant to Fee Schedule F, after the effective date of Fee Schedule F and prior to the effective date of the ADEM Phase 2 construction stormwater management program.

Credit/Debit Card Processing Fee

If approved by the Department, any fee paid by credit/debit card in conjunction with electronic submittal of a registration/authorization request is subject to an additional convenience charge required to electronically process fee transaction.

Up-Front Payment of Fees for Extended Duration Permit Coverage

Annual Base and Additive Fees for registrations/authorizations and major modifications can be tabulated and paid for annual coverage increments at one time for up to a maximum 5-year coverage duration.

Fee Schedule G

Variances, Certifications and Licenses

Certification

and Performance

InitialEvaluation (PE)

Type of ActivityIssuanceReissuance Samples

Well Driller's License 200 200----

Water and Wastewater

Operator Certification 60 25----

Microbiological lab certification 125 125----

Chemical laboratory certification

Metals 125 125 140

Cyanide 125 125 80

Pesticides 125 125 260

Herbicides 125 125 150

EDB and DBCP 125 125 80

PCBs 125 125 90

Carbamates 125 125 90

Haloacetic Acids 125 125 115

Chlorite 125 125 80

Bromate 125 125 80

Total Organic Carbon (TOC) 125 125 80

VOC/TTHM 175 175 205

SOC by GC or GC/MS 175 175 90

SOC by HPLC 125 125 90

SOC-Other Methods 125 125 90

Inorganics 175 175 90

Radiologicals 125 125 100

Asbestos 125 125 100

Dioxin 125 125 100

Fee Schedule G (cont.)

Page 2

Type of ActivityInitial IssuanceReissuance

Maximum annual chemical lab 500 500

certification fee Disposal

Certification of Waste at a 125 75

Commercial Hazardous Waste Landfill

Coastal VarianceSee Sch. B ----

Segmented Water System Certification ---- 100

Variance from Classification as a 5,6005,600

Solid Waste Pursuant to Alabama Department of Environmental Management Admin. Code R. 335-14-1-.03(10)

Delisting Certification Pursuant 5,600 ----

to Alabama Department of Environmental Management Admin. Code R. 335-14-1-.03(2)

Variance from a Hazardous Waste1,5001,500

Treatment Standard Pursuant to ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-9-.04(5)

Notification of Regulated 60 60

Waste Activity

Variance to be Classified as a 1,5001,500

Boler Pursuant to ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-1-.03(12)

Variance to Extend the Effective1,5001,500

Date of and LDR on a Case-by-case Basis

Variance to Allow Land Disposal1,5001,500

Of a Prohibited Waste

Hazardous Waste generator 1,5001.500

Closure Certification

<table width="100%"> FEE SCHEDLE H Brownfield Redevelopment and Voluntary Cleanup Program TYPE OF ACTIVITY WITHOUT VARIANCE OR RISK ASSESSMENT WITH VARIANCE ONLY WITH RISK ASSESSMENT ONLY WITH VARIANCE &amp; RISK ASSESSMENT MINOR MOD MAJOR MOD Application (1) $1,500 $5,000 $1,500 $5,000 NA NA Assessment Plan Review $2,000 $2,000 $2,000 $2,000 $250 $500 Cleanup Plan Review With ADEM Approved Assessment $2,000 $2,000 $3,500 $3,500 $500 $1,000 Without ADEM Previously Approved Assessment (2) $4,000 $4,000 $5,500 $5,500 $500 $1,000 Certificate of Compliance With ADEM Approved Assessment and Cleanup Plan $500 $500 $500 $500 NA NA Without ADEM Previously Approved Assessment and Cleanup Plan (3) $4,500 $4,500 $6,000 $6,000 NA NA Property Eligibility Determination (4) $200 (1) Submittal of the appropriate application fee is required prior to the review of any plans, reports, and, or certifications. Property Eligibility Determinations are excluded from this requirement (2) Submittal must include the assessment plan &amp; assessment report used to develop the cleanup plan. (3) Submittal must include the assessment plan, assessment report used to develop the cleanup plan, the cleanup plan and the final cleanup report. (4) Property eligibility determinations are valid for a period of one year from date of issuance. </table>

FEE SCHEDULE I

SCRAP TIRE PROGRAM PERMITS/REGISTRATIONS

Type of ActivityInitial IssuanceModificationReissuance

Class One Processor Permit$1,200$300$600

Class Two Processor Permit$1,000$250$500

Class Three Processor Permit$1,000$250$500

Class Four Processor Permit$ 200$ 50$100

(see note 1)

Scrap Tire Transporter Permit$ 400$100$200

Limited-use Transporter Permit$ 100$100

(see note 2)

Registration as an Exempt$ 400$100$200

Processor

Registration for Engineered Use$ 400

of Tire Materials

Note 1: This fee is in addition to the scrap tire transporter permit fee for a transporter acting as a processor. A SWDF or Class Two Receiver shall pay this fee only for a processor permit.

Note 2: A limited-use transporter permit is available to property owners remediating a scrap tire pile on their own property, and shall be issued for a limited amount of time and under conditions as prescribed by ADEM.

See ADEM Admin. Code 335-4-3-.03(b) for definitions of processors.

Authors: Marilyn Elliott, Russell Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-5.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999. Amended (Schedules A ? G): Filed December 5, 2001; effective January 9, 2002. Amended (Added Schedule H): Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended (Schedules B, C, D, E, &amp; F only): Filed August 29, 2002; effective October 3, 2002. Amended (added Schedule I only): Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004..

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-1-7" level="2" title="AIR DIVISION OPERATING PERMIT FEES">

<regElement name="335.1.7.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

The provisions of this Chapter shall apply to any person who operates a stationary source, except as provided in Rule 335-1-7-.03.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: December 19, 1991. Amended:

<regElement name="335.1.7.02" level="3" title="Definitions"> <dwc name="copper" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="1"><dwc name="radionuclid" times="1">

The words or phrases used in this Chapter shall have the meanings provided in the rules and regulations applicable to the particular application involved unless the word or phrase is defined in this Rule For the purposes of this Chapter, the following words or phrases shall have the following meanings:

(a)"actual emissions" means the actual rate of emissions in tons per year of any regulated air pollutant emitted by a stationary source. Actual emissions shall be calculated using the stationary source's actual operating hours, production rates, and in-place control equipment, types of materials processed, stored, or combusted during the calendar year which precedes the year the fees are due by one year.

(b)"affected pollutant" means any of the following pollutants: nitrogen oxides, sulfur oxides measured as sulfur dioxide, volatile organic compounds, or particulate matter.

(c)"consumer price index or CPI" means the average of the Consumer Price Index for all-urban consumers published by the Department of Labor, as of the close of the 12-month period ending on August 31 of each year.

(d)"fugitive emissions" are the emissions which could not reasonably pass through a stack, chimney, vent, or other functionally-equivalent opening.

(e)"major source" means any stationary source (or any group of stationary sources that are located on one or more contiguous or adjacent properties, and are under common control of the same person or persons under common control belonging to a single major industrial grouping) that is characterized by one of the following categories:

1.emits or has the potential to emit 10 tons per year or more of any hazardous air pollutant which has been listed in section 112(b) in the Clean Air Act (except radionuclides) or 25 tons per year or more of any combination of such hazardous air pollutants. Emissions from any oil or gas exploration or production well (with its associated equipment) and emissions from any pipeline compressor or pump station shall not be aggregated with other similar units, whether or not such units are in a contiguous area or under common control, to determine whether such units or stations are major sources for hazardous air pollutants.

2.emits or has the potential to emit 100 tons per year or more of any regulated pollutant. The fugitive emissions of a stationary source shall not be considered in determining whether it is a major stationary source unless the source belongs to one of the following categories of stationary source:

(i)Coal cleaning plants (with thermal dryers)

(ii)Kraft pulp mills

(iii)Portland cement plants

(iv)Primary zinc smelters

(v)Iron and steel mills

(vi)Primary aluminum ore reduction plants

(vii)Primary copper smelters

(viii)Municipal incinerators capable of charging more than 250 tons of refuse per day.

(ix)Hydrofluoric, sulfuric, or nitric acid plants

(x)Petroleum refineries

(xi)Lime plants

(xii)Phosphate rock processing plants

(xiii)Coke oven batteries

(xiv)Sulfur recovery plants

(xv)Carbon black plants

(xvi)Primary lead smelters

(xvii)Fuel conversion plants

(xviii)Sintering plants

(xix)Secondary metal production plants

(xx)Chemical process plants

(xxi)Fossil-fuel boilers (or combination thereof) totaling more than 250 million British thermal units per hour heat input

(xxii)Petroleum storage and transfer units with a total storage capacity exceeding 300,000 barrels.

(xxiii)Taconite ore processing plants.

(xxiv)Glass fiber processing plants.

(xxv)Charcoal production plants

(xxvi)Fossil-fuel fired steam electric plants of more than 250 million British thermal units per hour of heat input

(xxvii)All other stationary source categories regulated under sections 111 or 112 in the Clean Air Act.

(f)"potential to emit" means the maximum capacity of a stationary source to emit a pollutant under its physical and operational design. Any physical or operational limitation on the capacity of a source to emit a pollutant, including air pollution control equipment and restrictions on hours of operation or on the type or amount of material combusted, stored, or processed, shall be treated as part of its design if the limitation is federally-enforceable.

(g)"regulated pollutant", means the following:

1.nitgrogen oxides or any volatile organic compound

2.any pollutant for which a national ambient air quality standard has been promulgated.

3.any pollutant that is subject to any standard promulgated under sections 111 of the Clean Air Act.

4.any pollutant subject to a standard promulgated under 112 or the requirements established under section 112 of the Act including sections 112(g), and (j) of the Act, including the following:

(i)any pollutant subject to requirements under section 112(j) of the Act. If the Administrator fails to promulgate a standard by the date established pursuant to section 112(e) of the Act, any pollutant for which a subject source would be major shall be considered to be regulated on the date 18 months after the applicable date established pursuant to section 112(e) of the Act; and

(ii)any pollutant for which the requirements of section 112(g)(2) of the Act have been met, but only with respect to the individual source subject to section 112(g)(2) requirement.

(h)"stationary source" means any activity or piece of equipment at a building, structure, facility, or installation that emits or may emit any air pollutant.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: December 19, 1991. Amended: Filed November 23, 1993; effective December 28, 1993.

<regElement name="335.1.7.03" level="3" title="Exemptions">

(1)Stationary sources which are not major sources as defined in 335-1-7-.02 are exempt from annual fee payments.

(2)Stationary sources which are subject to Phase I of Title IV in the 1990 Clean Air Act Amendments are exempt from the payment of fees for the calendar years through 1999.

(3)Fugitive emissions shall be exempt from the fees paid in Schedules A and B of this Chapter.

(4)Stationary sources within the boundaries of Jefferson County and the City of Huntsville shall be exempt from the payment of fees if each said source pays an equivalent amount to either the Jefferson County Department of Health or the City of Huntsville Department of Natural Resources and Environmental.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: December 19, 1991. Amended:

<regElement name="335.1.7.04" level="3" title="Fee Schedule">

(1)Major sources which have actual emissions of 1000 tons or more per year of an affected pollutant in the calendar years 1991, 1992, and 1993 shall pay permit fees to the Department according to Schedule A of this Chapter for pollutants which are limited by regulation in ADEM Administrative Code R. 335-1-14, 335-3 or by a permit condition developed pursuant to these requirements.

(2)Major sources which have actual emissions of 100 tons or more per year but less than 1000 tons per year of an affected pollutant in the calendar years 1992 and 1993 shall pay permit fees to the Department according to Schedule B of this Chapter for pollutants which are limited by regulation in ADEM Administrative Code R. 335-1-14, 335-3 or by a permit condition developed pursuant to these requirements.

(3)Beginning in the calendar year 1995, fees will be due on May 1 for every major source at the rate of $25 per ton plus the difference in the CPI of the year the fees were assessed and the CPI of 1989 for each regulated pollutant, except carbon monoxide, as defined in 335-1-7-.02(g), for the actual emissions during the calendar year 1994. Each subsequent year, fees will be due on May 1 for the emissions of regulated pollutants during the year which precedes the year the fees are due by one year.

(4)Emissions from a major source of any pollutant subject to fees in this chapter which are emitted at a rate greater than 4000 tons per year shall be defined as 4000 tons per year for the purposes of assessing fees for each said pollutant.

(5)Emissions of a regulated pollutant shall not be counted more than once in determining fees.

(6)Facilities having paid fees for 1991 and/or, 1992, and/or 1993 emissions as assessed according to Fee Schedules A or B shall be given credit on the amount owed in the following five years (1995-1999), until the sum of the amount paid in 1992, 1993, and 1994 equals the amount of credit allowed. The fee credits shall be subtracted from the total fees due the Department after annual assessment at $25.00 per ton plus CPI. The annual total due to the Department shall be calculated as follows:

1995 fees assessed minus 30% 1992-1994 Total

1996 fees assessed minus 25% 1992-1994 Total

1997 fees assessed minus 20% 1992-1994 Total

1998 fees assessed minus 15% 1992-1994 Total

1999 fees assessed minus 10% 1992-1994 Total

(7)If at the end of any fiscal year, the amount of operating permit fees carried over in the Air Division budget exceeds the amount of the Air Division budget for that fiscal year, the operating permit fees shall be reduced the following year.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: December 19, 1991. Amended: Filed November 23, 1993; effective December 28, 1993.

<regElement name="335.1.7.05" level="3" title="Payment Of Fees">

(1)Payment of operating permit fees required under 335-1-7-.04 shall be made on or before May 1 of each year beginning in 1992.

(2)Failure to submit payment as required in this Chapter shall be cause for revocation of air permit(s).

(3)Failure to make payment of fees within 30 days of the date the fees are due as provided in 335-1-7-.05(1) shall be cause for the Department to assess a late fee of 3% (of the original fee) per month or fraction thereof.

(4)All fees paid pursuant to the requirements of this Chapter shall be non-refundable.

(5)All fees and remittances shall be made payable to the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(6)Within 60 days of payment of the fees, the Department shall advise the source that it agrees with the actual emission estimate used to calculate the fees, disagrees with the actual emission estimate used to assess the fees or needs additional information. When the Department sends a letter agreeing with actual emission estimates, it may not reassess the fees for the year in question unless it determines that the source intentionally provided erroneous information.

(7)All fees generated by this program will be used to directly and indirectly support the Air Program.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: December 19, 1991. Amended:

SCHEDULE A

Due DateFee Assessment

May 1, 1992$7.7 per ton of actual emissions per affected

pollutant emitted at a rate of 1000 tons per

year or more during the calendar year 1991

May 1, 1993$12.0 per ton of actual emissions per affected

pollutant emitted at a rate of 1000 tons per

year or more during the calendar year 1992

May 1, 1994$18.3 per ton of actual emissions per affected

pollutant emitted at a rate of 1000 tons per

year or more during the calendar year 1993

SCHEDULE B

Due DateFee Assessment

May 1, 1993$15.7 per ton of actual emissions per affected

pollutant emitted at a rate of 100 tons or

more per year but less than 1000 tons per year

during the calendar year 1992

May 1, 1994$22.4 per ton of actual emissions per affected

pollutant emitted at a rate of 100 tons or

more per year but less than 1000 tons per year

during the calendar year 1993

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-2-1" level="2" title="RULES OF PROCEDURE FOR HEARING APPEALS OF ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS OF THE ALABAMA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT">

<regElement name="335.2.1.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

This Chapter prescribes the Environmental Management Commission's procedures for the hearing and determination of appeals of administrative actions of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: July 1, 1983. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.02" level="3" title="Definitions">

For purposes of this Chapter, the following words and phrases, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context, shall have the following meanings:

(a)"administrative action" means the issuance, modification, repeal, or denial of any permit, license, certification, or variance, or the issuance, modification or repeal of any order, notice of violation, citation, rule, or regulation by the Department.

(b)"aggrieved" means having suffered a threatened or actual injury in fact.

(c)"Commission" means the Environmental Management Commission of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(d)"Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, established by the Alabama Environmental Management Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16.

(e)"person" means any and all persons, natural or artificial, including, but not limited to, any individual, partnership, association, society, joint stock company, firm, company, corporation, institution, trust, estate, or other legal entity or other business organization or any governmental entity, and any successor, representative, agent, or agency of the foregoing.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective, July 1, 1983. Amended: October 10, 1984. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.03" level="3" title="Right To Hearing">

Upon a proper request made and filed in accordance with Rule 335-2-1-.04, any person aggrieved by an administrative action of the Department shall be entitled to a hearing before the Commission or its designated Hearing Officer.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective, July 1, 1983. Amended: October 10, 1984.

<regElement name="335.2.1.04" level="3" title="Request For Hearing">

(1)Any person aggrieved by an administrative action of the Department, other than the issuance of any rule or regulation or emergency order, may file with the Commission a request for a hearing to contest such action within thirty days of such action.

(2)To obtain a hearing on any order assessing a civil penalty issued by the Department, an aggrieved person must either be subject to the order or have submitted timely written comments on the proposed order in accordance with Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-5(18).

(3)Any person aggrieved by the issuance, modification or repeal of any rule or regulation by the Department may file with the Commission a request for a hearing to contest such administrative action within forty-five days of the adoption of the rule or regulation by the Commission.

(4)Any person aggrieved by the issuance of any emergency order by the Department may file with the Commission a request for an expedited hearing to contest such administrative action. The request shall be filed within the time provided in paragraph (1), above.

(5)A request for a hearing to contest an administrative action of the Department shall be made in writing and shall contain:

(a)the name, mailing address, and telephone number of the person making the request;

(b)a short and plain statement identifying the administrative action of the Department being contested;

(c)a short and plain statement of the threatened or actual injury suffered by the person making the request as a result of the administrative action of the Department;

(d)a short and plain statement of the alleged error(s) made by the Department in the administrative action;

(e)a short statement of the terms and conditions which the person making the request proposes that the Commission should include in an order modifying or disapproving the Department's administrative action; and

(f)the name, mailing address, and telephone number of the attorney for the person making the request, if represented by an attorney.

(g)an original signature of the person making the request or such person's attorney.

(6)A request for a hearing to contest an administrative action of the Department shall be filed with the Commission. Filing may be accomplished by personal, private-service or mail delivery addressed to:

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION

Street Address:Mailing Address:

1400 Coliseum BoulevardP.O. Box 301463

Montgomery, AL 36110 2059Montgomery, AL 36130-1463

Filing shall not be timely unless the papers are received by the Commission within the time fixed for filing, except that papers shall be deemed filed on the day of mailing if mailed by certified, registered or express mail of the United States Postal Service or a similar private express-delivery service, and the date of the official post-mark is on or before the time fixed for filing. A request for a hearing may not be filed by facsimile (telefax).

(7)Within five (5) days of receipt by the Department of a timely request for a hearing, the Department shall file with the Commission, if appropriate, a notice alleging any pleading defects in the request for a hearing and identifying the omissions of information required by paragraph (4), above. A copy of the notice shall be served on the petitioner. Thereupon, the petitioner shall correct the identified defects within ten (10) days of receipt of the notice. Failure by the petitioner to cure all identified defects within the time provided shall deem the original filing an improper request and will not preserve that person's right to a hearing.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins, Thomas L. Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective July 1, 1983. Amended: October 10, 1984. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994. Amended: Filed June 20, 2003; effective July 25, 2003. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.2.1.05" level="3" title="Notice Of Filing A Request For Hearing">

Upon the filing with the Commission of a request for a hearing to contest an administrative action of the Department, the person making the request (the "petitioner") shall serve a copy of such request upon the Department and any other parties required by this rule to be served. If the administrative action appealed is the issuance of a permit, license, certification, or variance, and the petitioner is a person other than the recipient of said permit, license, certification, or variance, the petitioner shall serve a copy of the request upon the recipient of the permit, license, certification, or variance. If the administrative action appealed is the issuance of a notice of violation or of an administrative order, and the petitioner is a person other than the recipient of the notice of violation or administrative order, the petitioner shall serve a copy of the request upon the recipient of the notice of violation or administrative order.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective July 1, 1983. Amended: October 10, 1984. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.06" level="3" title="Parties">

(1)In any hearing to contest an administrative action of the Department, the person making and filing a request for a hearing in accordance with Rule 335-2-1-.04 (the "petitioner") shall be a party.

(2)In any hearing to contest an administrative action of the Department, the Department shall be a party.

(3)In any hearing to contest an administrative action of the Department, any person whose application to intervene is granted by the Commission or Hearing Officer shall be a party.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective July 1, 1983. Amended: October 10, 1984. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.07" level="3" title="Motions">

(1)All motions, except those made orally on the record during a hearing, shall (a) be in writing; (b) state the grounds therefor with particularity; (c) set forth the relief or order sought; and (d) be accompanied by any affidavit, certificate, other evidence, or legal argument relied upon. Such motions shall be served as provided by Rule 335-2-1-.24

(2)The Commission or Hearing Officer shall set a reasonable time for response to motions. A party's response to such motion shall be accompanied by any affidavit, certificate, other evidence, or legal argument relied upon.

(3)The Commission or Hearing Officer shall rule on all written motions within fifteen days after the last allowed time period for response or the last hearing on the motion, whichever is later. The failure of the Commission or Hearing Officer to rule on a motion within the time required will be considered a denial of said motion without prejudice. This paragraph shall not apply to motions to dismiss filed pursuant to Rule 335-2-1-.21 (4), or motions for summary judgment filed pursuant to Rule 335-2-1-.22.

Author: Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.08" level="3" title="Intervention">

(1)A motion for leave to intervene in any hearing to contest an administrative action of the Department shall set forth the grounds for the proposed intervention, the position and interest of the movant and the likely impact that intervention will have on the expeditious progress of the proceeding. Any person already a party to the proceeding may file an opposition to the motion to intervene, making specific reference to the factors set forth in the foregoing sentence and paragraph (6) of this section, within 10 days after service of the motion for leave to intervene.

(2)An application to intervene shall contain:

(a)the name, mailing address, and telephone number of the applicant;

(b)a short and plain statement identifying the administrative action of the Department being contested and, if possible, the name of the person who filed the request for a hearing to contest such action;

(c)a short and plain statement of the grounds for the application, including reference to any statute which confers an unconditional right to intervene or a statement of the individual interest of the applicant in the outcome of the hearing and a statement of why the representation of the interest of the applicant by persons already parties in the hearing is inadequate; and

(d)the name, mailing address, and telephone number of the applicant's attorney, if represented by an attorney.

(3)An application to intervene shall contain an original signature of the person making the request or the applicant's attorney.

(4)A motion for leave to intervene in a proceeding must ordinarily be filed before the first prehearing conference or, in the absence of a prehearing conference, before the setting of a date and time for the hearing. Any motion filed after that time shall include, in addition to the information set forth in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this section, a statement of good cause for the failure to file in a timely manner. Except for good cause shown, the Intervenor shall be bound by any agreements, arrangements, schedules and other matters previously made in this proceeding.

(5)Within five days after the filing of an application to intervene in any hearing to contest an administrative action of the Department, the petitioning Intervenor shall serve a copy of such application upon each of the parties.

(6)Leave to intervene may be granted only if the movant demonstrants that (a) the movant's presence in the proceeding would not prejudice the timely adjudication of the rights of the original parties; (b) the movant may be aggrieved by a final order; and (c) the interests of the movant are not being adequately represented by the original parties. In the case of an appeal of a permit by a third party, the Permittee's intervention shall be as of right. The Intervenor shall become a full party to the proceeding upon the granting of leave to intervene.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective July 1, 1983. Amended: October 10, 1984. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.09" level="3" title="Consolidation And Severance">

(1)The Commission or Hearing Officer may order consolidation, in whole or in part, of two or more hearings to contest an administrative action of the Department whenever it appears that such consolidation would expedite or simplify consideration of the issues and no party would be prejudiced thereby.

(2)The Commission or Hearing Officer may order severance, in whole or in part, of any hearings consolidated in accordance with paragraph (1) of this Rule whenever it appears that continued consolidation will not expedite or simplify consideration of the issues or will prejudice any party.

(3)The Commission or Hearing Officer may order severance, in whole or in part, of any hearing upon the consent of all parties or upon the motion of any party whenever it appears that severance would serve to make presentation of the issues more orderly and would not unduly delay the resolution of the issues.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8

History: Effective July 1, 1983. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.10" level="3" title="Prehearing Procedure">

(1)Upon receipt by the Department of a request for hearing timely filed pursuant to Rule 335-2-1-.04, the Department shall waive the requirements of ADEM Admin. Code Rule 335-1-1-.06 and shall make the Department's files immediately available to the petitioner and/or the petitioner's representative.

(2)No later than 15 days prior to the hearing, except by consent of the parties, the Commission or Hearing Officer shall direct the parties to appear at a specified time and place for one or more conferences, prior to or during a hearing to consider:

(a)settlement of the case;

(b)the identification, clarification, simplification, or limitation of the issues;

(c)the necessity or desirability of amendments to pleadings, except that amendments to cure jurisdictional defects shall not be allowed;

(d)the submission of admissions or stipulations as to facts or the genuineness of documents which will avoid unnecessary proof;

(e)the identification of facts, and the source thereof, of which official notice is proposed to be taken;

(f)the identification of persons with knowledge of any relevant matter;

(g)the identification of any expert witnesses expected to be called by any party to testify at the hearing and the substance of the facts and opinions to which the expert witness is expected to testify and a summary of the grounds for each opinion;

(h)the limitation of the number of expert or other witnesses;

(i)the deadline for the service of subpoenas to compel the attendance of any witness at the hearing;

(j)the need for the issuance of subpoenas for the production of any papers, books, accounts, payrolls, documents, or records, either prior to or at the hearing;

(k)the need for the issuance of subpoenas to compel the attendance of any witness at the taking of the witness' deposition, if such witness is unable to be present or to testify at the hearing because of age, illness, infirmity, or imprisonment or if the parties have agreed to the submission of the testimony of such witness in verified form;

(l)the possibility of submitting any evidence in verified form when the hearing will be expedited and the interests of the parties will not be prejudiced thereby, provided that the right of cross-examination of any witness shall not be denied;

(m)setting a time for the hearing; and

(n)such other matters as may aid in the disposition of the case.

(3)Pre-Hearing Order.

(a)The Commission or Hearing Officer shall issue a written prehearing order reciting the action taken at the conference and the agreements made by the parties as to any of the matters considered.

(b)The Pre-Hearing Order shall include:

1.A statement of petitioner's allegation of the error(s) committed by the Department in taking the contested administrative action;

2.A statement of the factual basis supporting the petitioner's allegation of error.

3.A statement of the legal issues raised in the appeal and each party's position on said issues,

4.A statement of agreed and disputed facts,

5.A schedule for the exchange of the following:

(i)copies of all documents and exhibits which each party intends to introduce into evidence,

(ii)the name, address and relationship to the appeal of each fact witness that each party intends to call, along with a brief narrative summary of the expected testimony of each witness;

(iii)the name, address and qualifications of each expert witness that each party intends to call, along with a brief narrative summary of the facts and opinions to which the expert witness is expected to testify and a summary of the grounds for each opinion.

6.Such other matters as the Hearing Officer deems appropriate.

(c)The order shall identify the manner in which documents and exhibits shall be marked for identification. The order shall provide that documents that have not been exchanged and witnesses whose names, addresses, qualifications and/or relationship to the appeal have not been exchanged shall not be introduced into evidence or allowed to testify at the hearing without a determination by the Commission or Hearing Officer that introduction of the evidence would not cause undue prejudice and that, in such a case, the Commission or Hearing Officer shall allow the parties reasonable opportunity to review new evidence prior to its being offered into evidence. In addition, the order shall limit the issues for consideration at the hearing to those not disposed of by admissions or agreement of the parties and those which are properly before the Commission. The Pre-Hearing Order shall specify only those issues identified in the request for hearing unless the issue is based on facts that were not known and reasonably could not have been known to the petitioner within the time required by statute for filing a request for hearing. Such order, when entered as amended, shall control the subsequent course of the hearing, unless modified to prevent manifest injustice.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7 22-22A-8.

History: Effective July 1, 1983. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.11" level="3" title="Discovery"> <dwc name="lead" times="1">

(1)Except as provided by Rule 335-2-1-.10, discovery shall be permitted only upon determination by the Hearing Officer:

(a)That such discovery will not unreasonably delay the proceeding;

(b)That the information to be obtained is not otherwise obtainable;

(c)That such information has significant probative value; and

(d)That such information is not confidential, financial, commercial or trade-secret information, or privileged. The Commission shall give effect to the rules of privilege recognized and protected by law.

(2)Any party to the proceeding desiring an order of discovery shall make a motion therefor. Such a motion shall set forth:

(a)The nature of the information expected to be discovered; and

(b)The proposed time and place where it will be taken. If the Commission or Hearing Officer determines that the motion should be granted, the Commission or Hearing Officer shall issue an order for the taking of such discovery together with the conditions and terms thereof.

(3)When the information sought to be obtained is within the control of one of the parties, failure to comply with an order issued pursuant to this paragraph may lead to (a) the inference that the information to be discovered would be adverse to the party from whom the information was sought, or (b) the issuance of a dismissal order under Rule 335-2-1-.21

(4)Parties may obtain discovery by one or more of the following methods: depositions upon oral examinations and production of documents or things.

(5)With the exception of petitioner's witnesses in an appeal of an enforcement action, depositions of all parties, their family members, employees, agents, and other persons under their control will be conducted at the Department's offices in Montgomery, Alabama, unless all parties agree otherwise. Depositions of petitioner's witnesses in appeals of enforcement actions may be scheduled in the county of the witness's residence or the county where the violation occurred, or any other persons who are not subject to the control of a party to the proceeding may be taken in Montgomery County, the county where the person resides, or any other place to which all parties agree.

(6)Court reporter's fees and reasonable copying costs shall be borne by the party requesting the discovery.

Author: Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.12" level="3" title="Subpoenas">

(1)The attendance of witnesses or the production of documentary evidence may be required by subpoena. The Chair of the Commission or the Hearing Officer may grant a request for a subpoena upon a showing of (a) the grounds and necessity therefor, and (b) the materiality and relevance of the evidence to be adduced. Request for the production of documents shall describe the evidence sought as specifically as practicable. A subpoena may be issued by the Chair of the Commission, the Hearing Officer, or a designee.

(2)Subpoenas shall be served in accordance with the Alabama Rules of Civil Procedure.

(3)Witnesses summoned before the Hearing Officer shall be paid the same fees and mileage that are paid witnesses in the courts of Alabama. Fees shall be paid by the party at whose instance the witness appears. Where a witness appears pursuant to a request initiated by the Commission or Hearing Officer, fees shall be paid by the Department.

Author: Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.13" level="3" title="Notice Of Hearing">

(1)At least fifteen days prior to the commencement of any hearing to contest an administrative action of the Department, other than the issuance of an emergency order, the Commission or Hearing Officer shall give written notice of the time and nature of such hearing to the person requesting such hearing, the Department and any other named or necessary party. Such notice shall include a citation to the legal authority and jurisdiction under which the hearing is to be held and reference to the particular sections of the statutes and rules involved and a short and plain statement of the matters asserted by the requester.

(2)Within such time as may be reasonable under the circumstances, the Commission or Hearing Officer shall give notice of the time and nature of any hearing to contest the issuance of an emergency order to the person requesting such hearing, the Department, and any other named or necessary party.

(3)Any notice required by this Rule to be given to any party shall be delivered to such party either personally, by registered mail, or by certified mail return receipt requested. A Prehearing Order issued pursuant to Rule 335-2-1-.10 at least fifteen days before the hearing shall satisfy the notice requirements of this Rule.

Author: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Filed July 1, 1983. Amended: Filed October 10, 1984. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.14" level="3" title="Hearing Procedure">

(1)A hearing to contest an administrative action of the Department shall be commenced in Montgomery, Alabama within a reasonable time, not to exceed forty-five days after the making and filing of a proper request in accordance with Rule 335-2-1-.04.

(2)Upon motion of any of the parties, the Commission or Hearing Officer may delay the commencement of the hearing if all parties agree to waive the forty-five day period for commencement of the hearing set forth in subsection (1) above.

(3)The testimony of all parties and witnesses shall be made under oath administered by the Commission or Hearing Officer.

(4)All testimony or comments given in any hearing before the Commission or Hearing Officer shall be electronically or stenographically recorded. Parties wishing to obtain a copy of the transcript may make arrangements with the court reporter to receive a copy at their expense or may purchase a copy from the Department.

(5)The parties shall not be bound by the strict rules of evidence prevailing in the courts. The Commission or Hearing Officer shall admit all evidence that is not irrelevant, immaterial, unduly repetitious, confidential, privileged or otherwise unreliable or of little probative value, except that offers of compromise are not admissible. The Commission or Hearing Officer shall preserve the confidentiality of trade-secrets and other commercial or financial information. The Commission or Hearing Officer may make such orders as may be necessary to consider such evidence in camera to address questions of law, fact, or discretion which arise out of that portion of the evidence which includes secrets, confidences, or privileged information.

(6)Each party shall be entitled to respond and present evidence and argument on all material issues properly before the Commission. The burden of going forward with the evidence shall be on the party requesting the hearing. The hearing shall be conducted as a de novo proceeding.

(7)Each party shall be entitled to present opening statements and closing arguments, oral or written, or both.

(8)Witnesses shall be examined orally, under oath or affirmation, except as otherwise provided in these rules or by the Commission or Hearing Officer. Parties shall have the right to cross-examine a witness who appears at the hearing provided that such cross-examination is not unduly repetitious.

(9)The Commission or Hearing Officer may admit and insert into the record as evidence, in lieu or oral testimony, statements of fact or opinion prepared by a witness, provided such statements are served on all parties not later than five (5) days before the hearing. The admissibility of the evidence contained in the statement shall be subject to the same rules as if the testimony were produced under oral examination. Before any such statement is read or admitted into evidence, the witness shall deliver a copy of the statement to the Commission or Hearing Officer, the reporter, and opposing counsel. The witness presenting the statement shall swear to or affirm the statement and shall be subject to appropriate oral cross-examination upon the contents thereof.

(10)The Commission or Hearing Officer may admit into evidence depositions of witnesses who are not subject to the subpoena power of the Commission or who are unable to be present or to testify at the hearing because of death or then existing physical or mental illness or infirmity or call to military duty.

(11)Where practicable, an original and seven copies of each exhibit shall be filed with the Commission or Hearing Officer for the record and a copy shall be furnished to each party. Each party shall be responsible for submitting the required number of copies of each exhibit that party offers into evidence, except that the Department shall provide the required number of copies of any exhibit that is taken from the Department's files. A true copy of any exhibit may be substituted for the original. Any party who wishes may arrange for the court reporter to make the requisite number of copies of each exhibit; however, the requesting party shall pay the court reporter for all such copies.

(12)Official notice may be taken of any matter judicially noticed in the courts of Alabama and of any scientific or technical facts within the specialized knowledge of the agency. Opposing parties shall be given adequate opportunity to show that such facts are erroneously noticed.

(13)Any objection concerning the conduct of the hearing may be stated orally or in writing during the hearing. The party raising the objection shall supply a short statement of its grounds. The ruling by the Commission or Hearing Officer on any objection and the reasons given for it shall be part of the record. An exception to each objection shall be automatic and is not waived by further participation in the hearing.

(14)Whenever evidence is excluded from the record, the party offering the evidence may make an offer of proof, which shall be included in the record. The offer of proof for excluded oral testimony shall consist of a brief statement describing the nature of the evidence excluded. The offer of proof for excluded documents or exhibits shall consist of the insertion in the record of the documents or exhibits excluded.

(15)At any time after the commencement of a hearing to contest an administrative action of the Department, the Commission or Hearing Officer may on its own initiative, or on the motion of any party, adjourn the hearing to a later time and/or different place. If any party raises an issue at hearing which was not included in the pre-hearing order, the Hearing Officer shall allow the issue to be raised only upon a finding that it is based upon newly discovered evidence that was not known and could not have been know at the time of the pre-hearing order. If the issue is allowed, the Hearing Officer shall, upon request of the other party, delay the hearing for a period of at least five working days, if he determines that the party will be prejudiced if no continuance is granted.

(16)Within ten (10) days after the parties are notified of the availability of the transcript, or within such longer time as may be fixed by the Commission or Hearing Officer, any party may submit for consideration of the Commission or Hearing Officer proposed findings of fact, conclusions of law, and a proposed order, together with briefs in support thereof. The Commission or Hearing Officer shall set a time by which reply briefs must be submitted and may set a page limit for said briefs. All submissions shall be in writing, shall be served upon all parties, and shall contain adequate references to the record and authorities relied upon.

(17)A hearing to contest an administrative action of the Department is concluded on the date when all evidence, other submissions, testimony, comments, briefs, opening statements, and closing arguments have been received or heard by the Commission or its designated Hearing Officer and all motions have been ruled upon.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective July 1, 1983. Amended: October 10, 1984. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.15" level="3" title="Default">

If a party fails to appear at a hearing after being given proper notice thereof, the Commission or Hearing Officer may, if no adjournment is granted, proceed with the hearing in the absence of the party. If the petitioner fails to appear without good cause, such being submitted in writing within twenty-four hours of the commencement of the scheduled hearing, the Hearing Officer may recommend to the Commission a dismissal and the Commission may then enter said order of dismissal. In the case of an emergency, the Hearing Officer or Commission may waive the 24-hour notification requirement.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective July 1, 1983. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.16" level="3" title="Record">

The record of a hearing to contest an administrative action of the Department shall include:

(a)the request for a hearing made and filed in accordance with Rule 335-2-1-.04;

(b)all motions, applications and intermediate rulings and orders;

(c)all evidence admitted or for which an offer of proof has been made and all briefs; provided, in the event that evidence in any proceeding contains information which the Department has determined to be confidential or otherwise not available to the public under any law, rule, or regulation administered by the Department, the Commission and Hearing Officer shall take such steps as are necessary to prevent public disclosure of that information;

(d)a statement of all matters officially noticed;

(e)all questions and objections, and rulings thereon;

(f)all proposed findings and EXCEPTION;

(g)the report of the Hearing Officer, if one was designated by the Commission.

(h)a certified copy of the court reporter's transcript of the proceedings; and

(i)the final Order of the Commission.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective July 1, 1983. Amended: October 10, 1984 . Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.17" level="3" title="Order">

(1)Within thirty days after the conclusion of a hearing contesting an administrative action of the Department, other than the issuance of an emergency order, the Commission shall issue an appropriate order modifying, approving, or disapproving the Department's action unless all the parties agree to some other period of time.

(2)Within such time as may be reasonable under the circumstances but not later than thirty days after the conclusion of a hearing contesting the issuance of an emergency order, unless all the parties agree to some other period of time, the Commission shall issue an appropriate order modifying, approving, or disapproving the Department's action.

(3)Any order of the Commission modifying, approving, or disapproving the Department's administrative action shall be in writing and shall include findings of fact and conclusions of law separately stated. Findings of fact shall be based solely on the evidence in the record and on matters officially noticed in the record. Findings of fact, if set forth in a manner which is no more than mere tracking of statutory language, shall be accompanied by a concise and explicit statement of the underlying facts of record which support the findings.

(4)The Hearing Officer's recommendation shall be given due weight but is not binding on the Commission.

(5)A copy of the order of the Commission shall be served upon each of the parties either personally, by registered mail, or by certified mail return receipt requested.

(6)In the case of the imposition of civil penalties in an administrative order, the Commission may increase or decrease the penalty assessed based upon the evidence presented as applied to the six penalty factors found at Code of Ala. 1975, Section 22-22A-5(18).

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective July 1, 1983. Amended: October 10, 1984. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.18" level="3" title="Majority Of Quorum Needed To Issue Order">

The Commission may not issue an order modifying, approving, or disapproving an administrative action of the Department without the concurrence of a majority of a quorum. A quorum shall be any four of the seven members of the Commission. Recusal of a member of the Commission shall not affect the quorum.

Author: David A. Ludder

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective July 1, 1983.

<regElement name="335.2.1.19" level="3" title="Mandatory Recusal">

(1)Any Commission member who was not present at a hearing to contest an administrative action of the Department and who has not considered the record, including a transcript of all testimony or comments given in such hearing, the pleadings, briefs, and the Hearing Officer's recommendation, shall recuse himself or herself from voting to issue any order modifying, approving, or disapproving such administrative action of the Department and from participating in any discussions with other members of the Commission concerning the issuance of any such order.

(2)Any party to a hearing contesting an administrative action of the Department may file a timely motion to compel the recusal of any member of the Commission from voting to issue an order modifying, approving, or disapproving such administrative action or to disqualify a Hearing Officer from conducting a hearing contesting such administrative action. Such motion shall be supported by a sufficient affidavit, made on personal knowledge, asserting conflict of interest or personal bias. The Commission shall determine the matter as part of the record of the hearing; however, the Commission member against whom conflict of interest or personal bias is asserted, shall recuse himself or herself from such determination.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective July 1, 1983. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.20" level="3" title="Permissive Recusal">

Any Commission member may recuse himself or herself from voting to issue any order modifying, approving, or disapproving an administrative action of the Department and from participating in any discussions with other members of the Commission concerning the issuance of any such order if the Commissioner believes himself or herself to have a conflict of interest or personal bias which would prevent the Commissioner's fair and impartial consideration of the merits of the case.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective July 1, 1983. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.21" level="3" title="Disposition Without Hearing">

(1)Any party who made and filed with the Commission a request for a hearing to contest an administrative action of the Department in accordance with Rule 335-2-1-.04, may at any time before the commencement of a hearing withdraw the request by filing a notice thereof with the Commission and serving a copy upon the Hearing Officer and all parties in accordance with Rule 335-2-1-.24.

(2)Any party who made and filed with the Commission a request for a hearing to contest an administrative action of the Department in accordance with Rule 335-2-1-.04, may at any time after the commencement of a hearing file a motion for voluntary dismissal of the contest with the Commission. A copy of said notice shall be served upon all parties and the Hearing Officer in accordance with Rule 335-2-1-.24.

(3)The parties to any hearing to contest an administrative action of the Department may at any time after the filing of the request for a hearing to contest an administrative action of the Department file with the Commission a proposed consent order modifying, approving, or disapproving the administrative action of the Department with a joint motion that the Commission issue an order in accordance therewith. A copy of said consent order shall be served upon the Hearing Officer as provided by Rule 335-2-1-.24.

(4)Motion to Dismiss.

(a)Upon motion of the Department, the Commission may dismiss an action for failure of the petitioner to comply with any of the following:

1.The time requirements for filing a request for hearing set forth at Rule 335-2-1-.04;

2.The pleading requirements of Rule 335-2-1-.04;

3.An order of the Commission or Hearing Officer; or,

4.A requirement to appear and proceed at a pre-hearing conference or at the hearing.

(b)Before any action is taken on a motion to dismiss filed in accordance with this rule, all parties shall be given a reasonable opportunity to oppose such motion.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective July 1, 1983. Amended: October 10, 1984. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.22" level="3" title="Summary Judgment">

(a)The Commission or Hearing Officer, upon motion of any party or sua sponte, may at any time render an accelerated recommendation in favor of the petitioner or the respondent as to all or any part of the proceeding, without further hearing or upon such limited additional evidence, such as affidavits, as the Commission or Hearing Officer may require, if no genuine issue of material fact exists and a party is entitled to decision as a matter of law, as to all or any part of the proceeding.

(b)Before any motion is granted in accordance with this rule, all parties shall be given a reasonable opportunity to oppose such motion.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.23" level="3" title="Stay Of Action Pending Issuance Of Order">

(1)Pending issuance of the Commission's order and upon application therefor made by any party, the Commission may stay the operation of the contested administrative action of the Department upon such terms and conditions as it may deem proper.

(2)An application for a stay of the operation of the contested administrative action shall state the grounds therefor.

(3)No stay of the operation of a contested administrative action of the Department shall be granted without prior notice to each party and an opportunity to be heard before the Commission. The Commission shall afford each party the opportunity to be heard, upon such terms and conditions as it may deem proper.

(4)The party moving for a stay shall file with the Commission all briefs, affidavits, exhibits and other evidence the movant wishes considered at least 6 days before the stay hearing. The opposing parties shall file any briefs, affidavits, exhibits or other evidence they wish considered at least 3 days before the stay hearing. The Commission, through its Chair, may grant oral argument on its own motion or upon request of a party.

(5)No stay of the operation of a contested administrative action of the Department shall be granted unless the party requesting the stay shows (a) that there is a substantial likelihood that the petitioner will prevail on the merits at the hearing, (b) that the movant will suffer irreparable harm if not granted injunctive relief, (c) that the benefits the stay will provide the movant outweigh the harm it will cause the opposing party, and (d) that issuance of the stay will not harm the public interest.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective July 1, 1983.

<regElement name="335.2.1.24" level="3" title="Filing And Service">

(1)Except as otherwise provided in this Chapter, the filing of any request, application, motion, or other pleading or paper with the Commission shall be made by delivering such request, application, motion, or other pleading or paper to:

Environmental Management Commission

1400 Coliseum Boulevard

Montgomery, Alabama 36110-1463

Filing shall not be timely unless the papers are received by the Commission within the time fixed for filing, except that papers shall be deemed filed on the day of mailing if mailed by certified, registered or express mail of the United States Postal Service or a similar private express-delivery service, and the date of the official post-mark is on or before the time fixed for filing.

(2)A copy of every motion or other pleading or paper, other than a request for a hearing and application to intervene, filed with the Commission concerning a contested administrative action of the Department shall be served upon each of the parties, the Department's Office of General Counsel, and the Hearing Officer if one has been appointed. The Hearing Officer shall maintain a duplicate file during the course of the proceeding. When the Hearing Officer corresponds directly with the parties, a copy of the correspondence shall be sent to the Commission, a copy shall be maintained by the Hearing Officer in the duplicate file, and a copy shall be sent to all the parties. Parties who correspond directly with the Hearing Officer shall, in addition to serving all other parties, send a copy of all such correspondence to the Commission. A certificate of service shall accompany each document served under this subsection. Except as otherwise provided in this Chapter, service upon a party shall be made by delivering or mailing a copy to the party or the party's attorney, if represented by one. Delivery of a copy for purposes of service means: handing it to the party or the party's attorney; or leaving it at the party's office with his or her clerk or other person in charge thereof; or, if there is no one in charge, leaving it in a conspicuous place therein; or, if the office is closed or the person to be served has no office, leaving it at his or her dwelling house or usual place of abode with some person of suitable age and discretion then residing therein. Service by mail is complete upon mailing.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective July 1, 1983. Amended: October 10, 1984. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994. Amended: Filed June 20, 2003; effective July 25, 2003.

<regElement name="335.2.1.25" level="3" title="Computation Of Time">

In computing any period of time prescribed by this Chapter or by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-7, the day of the event from which the designated period begins to run shall not be included. The last day of the period so computed shall be included, unless it is a Saturday, a Sunday, or a legal holiday, in which event the period runs until the end of the next day which is not a Saturday, a Sunday, or a legal holiday. A legal holiday includes New Year's Day, Washington's Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and any other day appropriated as a holiday by the President or the Congress of the United States, or the Governor of Alabama, or as prescribed in Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;1-3-8. With the exception of the initial filing of the appeal request, whenever a party has the right or is required to do some act or to take some proceedings within a prescribed period after the service of a notice or other paper upon the party and the notice or paper is served upon the party by mail, three days shall be added to the prescribed period.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective July 1, 1983. Amended: October 10, 1984. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.26" level="3" title="Ex Parte Communications">

(1)A party, or the party's attorney, shall not communicate, or cause another to communicate, with the Commission or any member thereof or a Hearing Officer, as to any matter which concerns a contested administrative action of the Department then pending, except:

(a)in the course of official proceedings concerning the contested administrative action;

(b)in writing if the party promptly serves a copy of the writing on all other parties;

(c)orally upon adequate notice to each party or the party's attorney; or

(d)to set up scheduling conferences and make other contacts of an administrative nature in which substantive issues are not discussed.

(2)No Commission member or Hearing Officer shall initiate, entertain, or consider any communication with a party, or the party's attorney, concerning a contested administrative action of the Department then pending unless such communication is permitted as provided in this Rule.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective July 1, 1983. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.27" level="3" title="Hearing Officers">

(1)The Commission may hire or employ one or more Hearing Officers to conduct hearings of contested administrative actions of the Department, other than requests for a stay of an administrative action of the Department or hearings to contest the issuance of emergency orders. Such Hearing Officers shall be attorneys licensed to practice law in the State of Alabama and shall be paid an amount prescribed by the Commission from Department funds but shall not be subject to the authority, direction, or discretion of the Director of the Department or any other person subject to the authority, direction, or discretion of the Director of the Department.

(2)The Commission may delegate to a Hearing Officer the power to conduct hearings of contested administrative actions of the Department, other than hearings to contest the issuance of an emergency order or to request a stay of the administrative action, and all proceedings related thereto, in the same manner as provided in this Chapter for the conduct of such hearings and proceedings before the Commission. Except as otherwise provided by these rules, the power to conduct hearings of contested administrative actions of the Department shall include the power to do all things which the Commission might do under this Chapter, except issue an order modifying, approving, or disapproving an administrative action of the Department, issue an order dismissing an appeal pursuant to Rule 335-2-1-.15 or Rule 335-2-1-.21, or issue an order granting or denying an application for a stay of the operation of the contested administrative action of the Department pending issuance of a Commission order modifying, approving, or disapproving such administrative action.

(3)The Hearing Officer shall prepare and submit to the Commission within ten days after the close of the record of any hearing to contest an administrative action of the Department, or such other time as the parties agree, a report containing findings of fact, conclusions of law, recommendations, and the record, including a transcript of all testimony or comments given in such hearing, for the consideration of the Commission. The report of the Hearing Officer shall also state the date on which the hearing was concluded.

(4)The Hearing Officer is specifically authorized to:

(a)Rule upon motions, requests, and offers of proof, dispose of procedural requests, and issue all necessary orders other than those specifically reserved to the Commission under this chapter;

(b)Administer oaths and affirmations and take affidavits;

(c)Examine witnesses and receive documentary or other evidence;

(d)For good cause, upon motion or sua sponte, order a party, or an officer or agent thereof, to produce testimony, documents, or other non privileged evidence, and failing the production thereof without good cause shown, draw adverse inferences against the party;

(e)Limit or strike issues not properly before the Commission;

(f)Admit or exclude evidence;

(g)Hear and make recommendations on questions of facts, law or discretion;

(h)Require parties to attend conferences for the settlement or simplification of the issues, or the expedition of the proceedings;

(i)Issue subpoenas;

(j)Make recommendations to the Commission concerning the final disposition of the proceedings;

(k)Establish guidelines and limitations on the scope and length of any hearings and briefs presented consistent with the principles of administrative law and the intent of the Environmental Management Act; and

(l)Do all other acts and take all measures necessary for the maintenance of order and for the efficient, fair and impartial adjudication of issues arising in proceedings governed by these rules.

(5)In preparing the recommendation to the Commission, the Hearing Officer shall determine each matter of controversy upon a preponderance of the evidence. The burden shall rest with the petitioner to show by a preponderance of the evidence that the Department's action should be modified or disapproved.

Authors: David A. Ludder, Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective July 1, 1983. Amended: October 10, 1984. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.28" level="3" title="Objections To Hearing Officer's Recommendation">

(1)Any party may object to the recommendation of the Hearing Officer by filing objections to the recommendation and an accompanying brief with the Commission within ten (10) days after the Hearing Officer's recommendation is served upon the parties. The objections shall set forth alternative findings of fact, alternative conclusions regarding issues of law or discretion, and a proposed order together with relevant references to the record and the Hearing Officer's recommendation.

(2)Not later than 3 days prior to the meeting of the Commission to make its final decision, or ten days after receipt of notice of the filing of objections to the Hearing Officer's recommendation, whichever is sooner, any other party may file and serve with the Commission a reply brief responding to arguments raised by the objecting party, together with references to the relevant portions of the record, recommendation, or opposing brief. Rely briefs shall be limited to the scope of the objections. Further briefs shall be filed only with the permission of the Chair of the Commission.

(3)The Commission may grant oral argument of issues raised by the objections to the recommendation of the Hearing Officer on its own motion or upon request of a party. If oral argument is required, the argument shall be limited to the issues included in the objections filed with the Commission. The Commission may limit the amount of time each party shall have for oral argument. No oral argument will be allowed if objections to the Hearing Officer's recommendation are not filed.

Author: Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.29" level="3" title="Oral Argument Before The Commission">

Any party may request oral argument before the Commission to address matters raised by the Commission. The decision to allow oral argument is discretionary with the Commission.

Author: Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="335.2.1.30" level="3" title="Practice Before The Commission">

No person shall represent a party before the Commission unless that person is licensed to practice law in the State of Alabama or has been admitted pro hac vice in accordance with Rule VII, Rules Governing Admission to the Alabama State Bar.

Author: Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-7, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-2-2" level="2" title="PETITIONS FOR RULEMAKING">

<regElement name="335.2.2.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

This Chapter prescribes the procedures for the submission, consideration and disposition of petitions for rulemaking.

Author: David A. Ludder

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-8.

History: Effective March 6, 1987. Amended:

<regElement name="335.2.2.02" level="3" title="Definitions">

For purposes of this Chapter, the following words and phrases, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context, shall have the following meanings:

(a)"Commission" means the Environmental Management Commission of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(b)"Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, established by the Alabama Environmental Management Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-1 to 22-22A-15.

(c)"person" means any and all persons, natural or artificial, including, but not limited to, any individual, partnership, association, society, joint stock company, firm, company, corporation, institution, trust, estate, or other legal entity or other business organization or any governmental entity, and any successor, representative, agent, or agency of the foregoing.

Author: David A. Ludder

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-8.

History: Effective March 6, 1987. Amended:

<regElement name="335.2.2.03" level="3" title="Right To Petition">

Any person may petition the Commission to adopt, amend or repeal a rule by making and filing a written petition in accordance with Rule 335-2-2-.04.

Author: David A. Ludder

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-8.

History: Effective March 6, 1987. Amended:

<regElement name="335.2.2.04" level="3" title="Petition Content And Submission">

(1)A petition to adopt, amend or repeal a rule shall contain the following information:

(a)the name, address and telephone number of the person making the petition;

(b)a statement of the interest of the person making the petition;

(c)the specific language of the rule proposed to be adopted, the proposed amendment, or the rule proposed to be repealed;

(d)all evidence, data and information on which the petitioner relies in support of the petition; and

(e)a statement of the petitioner's position on the considerations described in subparagraphs (b) through (g) of Rule 335-2-2-.05.

(2)A petition for rulemaking shall be filed with the Commission by delivering the same, either personally or by United States Mail as certified mail, return receipt requested with instructions to the delivering postal employee to show to whom delivered, date of delivery, and address where delivered, to:

Chairman (or his designee)

Environmental Management Commission

c/o Alabama Department of Environmental Management

1400 Coliseum Boulevard

Montgomery, Alabama 36110

Author: David A. Ludder

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-8.

History: Effective March 6, 1987. Amended: Filed June 20, 2003; effective July 25, 2003.

<regElement name="335.2.2.05" level="3" title="Consideration Of Petition">

The Commission shall give fair consideration to any petition for rulemaking made and filed in accordance with Rule 335-2-2-.04. The Commission may consider:

(a)the views of the Director of the Department;

(b)whether the proposed rule adoption, amendment, or repeal is constitutional and within the statutory authority of the Department to adopt;

(c)whether the proposed rule adoption, amendment, or repeal would promote the legislative intent and purposes of the statutes which the Department administers;

(d)whether the petition is supported by such substantive, credible and relevant evidence, data and information as would reasonably support the proposed rule adoption, amendment, or repeal in the absence of contradictory evidence, data or information or other relevant factors, evidence, data or information which the Commission might legitimately consider;

(e)whether the petitioner has had a prior opportunity to present relevant evidence, data and information on the subject matter of the petition and the petitioner unjustifiably failed to present such evidence, data or information;

(f)whether alternative means of obtaining the same or similar relief are presently available to the petitioner or have in the recent past been made available to the petitioner;

(g)the manner in which the proposed rule adoption, amendment, or repeal would impact the overall regulatory scheme of the Department and whether the proposed rule adoption, amendment, or repeal would promote the basic underlying public policies of the statutes and rules which the Department administers; and

(h)any other relevant factors, evidence, data or information.

Author: David A. Ludder

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-8.

History: Effective March 6, 1987. Amended:

<regElement name="335.2.2.06" level="3" title="Disposition Of Petition">

Within sixty days after a petition is filed with the commission in accordance with Rule 335-2-2-.04, the Commission shall do one of the following, provided however, that upon written notice to the petitioner, such sixty day period may be extended for not more than thirty days if the Commission's next regularly scheduled meeting is not within said sixty day period:

(a)initiate rulemaking proceedings in accordance with Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-8 and 41-22-5, as amended; or

(b)deny the petition in writing on the merits stating the reasons therefor.

Author: David A. Ludder

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-8.

History: Effective March 6, 1987. Amended:

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-2-3" level="2" title="RULES OF PROCEDURE FOR MEETINGS OF THE ALABAMA ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION">

<regElement name="335.2.3.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

This Chapter prescribes the procedures for meetings of the Environmental Management Commission.

Author: Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-3.

History: New Rule: Filed April 17, 1998; effective May 22, 1998.

<regElement name="335.2.3.02" level="3" title="Definitions">

For purposes of this Chapter, the following words shall have the following meanings:

(1)"Commission" means the Alabama Environmental Management Commission of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(2)"Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(3)"Member" means a member of the Alabama Environmental Management Commission.

Author: Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-3.

History: New Rule: Filed April 17, 1998; effective May 22, 1998.

<regElement name="335.2.3.03" level="3" title="Officers">

(1)The Commission shall select a Chair and a Vice-Chair who will serve a three-year term. An officer may not succeed himself or herself in the same office.

(2)Elections shall be held at the first regularly-scheduled Commission meeting after October 1 of the year in which the election is to take place. An officer shall hold office until such time as new elections are held and he or she is replaced.

(3)The duties of the Chair are:

(a)To call the meeting of the Commission to order.

(b)To preside at all meetings of the Commission.

(c)To announce business before the Commission in proper order.

(d)To state and put to a vote all questions that are properly brought before the Commission.

(e)To preserve order and decorum at meetings of the Commission.

(f)To decide all questions of Order at meetings of the Commission.

(4)The Chair may vote on all matters which come before the Commission.

(5)The duty of the Vice-Chair is to serve as the Chair in all meetings at which the Chair is absent or in which the Chair recuses himself or herself from voting on an issue. In the absence of the Chair, the Vice-Chair shall have all the power and authority of the Chair as set forth in paragraph (3) above. When presiding over the Commission, the Vice-Chair may vote on all matters which come before the Commission.

(6)Members who are holding the office of Chair and Vice-Chair on the effective date of these rules shall continue to hold said offices until the expiration of the regularly scheduled term.

Author: Olivia H Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed April 17, 1998; effective May 22, 1998.

<regElement name="335.2.3.04" level="3" title="Meetings">

(1)Meetings of the Environmental Management Commission shall be scheduled at least once every two months. The date and time of the next regularly scheduled meeting shall be decided upon by the Commission at the end of each Commission meeting. Unless otherwise specified, meetings shall take place at the Department's Montgomery offices. Meetings may be held at other locations by a vote of a majority of the Commission.

(2)Special meetings may be called at the discretion of the Chair of the Commission or shall be called by the Chair of the Commission on written request of any four members of the Commission.

(3)Notice of the date and time of Commission meetings shall be mailed by the Commission's Executive Assistant at least two weeks in advance of said meetings to all persons who have requested to be so notified.

(4)In the case of an emergency meeting of the Commission, such notice as is reasonable under the circumstances shall be given to the public.

(5)Notice of the date and time of any regular or special meetings shall be provided to Commission members in writing or by telegram to each member's last known address as provided to the Department or by telephone or facsimile.

Author: Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed April 17, 1998; effective May 22, 1998.

<regElement name="335.2.3.05" level="3" title="Agenda">

(1)For any regularly scheduled meeting, the Chair of the Commission shall cause to be published a draft agenda on the Department website and forward it to the other Commission members at least 30 (thirty) days prior to the Commission meeting. Included in the agenda shall be the consideration of the previous meeting?s minutes, a report from the Director, committee reports, any pending recommendation from a hearing officer and other matters within the jurisdiction of the Commission. Requests from members of the public to appear before the Commission shall be attached to the agenda.

(2)In order for the Commission to be better prepared on the subjects to be discussed, members of the public wishing to speak at regularly scheduled Commission meetings must submit to the Commission Office a written request along with a description of the matter they wish to raise before the Commission. Written requests must include the name, address, telephone number and, if applicable, the email address of any and all persons who wish to address the Commission as well as a description of the matter to be discussed. Written requests from members of the public wishing to appear before the Commission must be received by the Commission Office not later than 14 (fourteen) days prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting of the Commission. Such submissions shall be in writing and delivered by hand, U.S. Mail, facsimile, or private express delivery service. The Chair of the Commission, or designee, shall notify those persons requesting an opportunity to address the Commission in writing as to the proposed disposition of their request. The Chair of the Commission shall have the final agenda published along with the list of persons who will appear and the subjects they will address on the Department website and at the Commission office at least 7 (seven) days before the Commission meeting. The Commission shall set reasonable time limitations on public appearances before the Commission.

(3)After consideration of agenda items the commission may consider comments from the members of the public. While the Commission encourages public participation at its meetings, for reasons of fairness and due process to the parties in administrative and legal proceedings involving the Commission, it specifically discourages the members of the Commission from engaging in the non-deliberative discussion of any case or legal proceeding pending before the Commission, or of any decision by the Commission in a case or legal proceeding pending appeal before the Courts of this State. Parties to such proceedings and members of the general public shall not be permitted to use the public participation opportunities herein provided by the Commission to circumvent administrative or judicial procedures which specify the time and manner of presenting testimony, evidence, or comment to the Commission in a formal manner designed to provide due process to all parties.

(4)With the exception of a request for a stay of administrative action pending hearing, no item shall be added to the agenda that has not been submitted to the Commission's Executive Assistant at least 7 (seven) days prior to the Commission meeting.

(5)Notwithstanding paragraph four above, the Commission may take up new business at a Commission meeting if a motion to take up the new business is made, seconded, and carried by a majority of those voting.

Author: Olivia H. Jenkins, Rulemaking Petition Committee, Alabama Environmental Management Commission

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed April 17, 1998; effective May 22, 1998. Repealed and New Rule: Filed June 20, 2003; effective July 25, 2003. Amended: Filed December 24, 2003; effective January 28, 2004.

<regElement name="335.2.3.06" level="3" title="Minutes">

(1)A transcript of each Commission meeting shall be prepared under the direction of the Commission's Executive Assistant and shall be circulated by the Commission's Executive Assistant to the Commission members at least two weeks prior to the next regularly scheduled Commission meeting. The transcript shall serve as the minutes of the Commission meeting.

(2)The Commission may dispense with the reading of the transcript of the minutes of the previous meeting and shall vote to accept the minutes. If the minutes require correction, a motion to correct the minutes shall be made, seconded, and voted upon.

Author: Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed April 17, 1998; effective May 22, 1998.

<regElement name="335.2.3.07" level="3" title="Motions">

(1)Any motion may be made by any member of the Commission and may be seconded by any other member of the Commission. If there is no second, the motion dies. After the motion is seconded, the Chair shall call for discussion. Once discussion of the question is completed, or if there is no discussion, the Chair shall call for the question.

(2)Any members having made a motion may withdraw or change the motion before a vote with the approval of the member who made the second unless there is an objection. In the event of an objection, the Chair must call for a vote on the question of withdrawal or modification and thereafter, if necessary, must call for a final vote on the motion as it may be amended.

(3)Before the Chair states the question, the person making the motion can modify or withdraw it. After the Chair states the question, the person must get the consent of the Commission to withdraw it or make a motion for an amendment.

(4)A member may object to having the Commission consider any principal or main motion, but only when the motion is first introduced, before it has been debated. When a member makes a motion and another member objects to considering it, the Chair must immediately put the question to a vote.

Author: Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed April 17, 1998; effective May 22, 1998.

<regElement name="335.2.3.08" level="3" title="Voting">

(1)The Commission shall not vote on any matter unless a quorum is present. Recusal of a member shall not affect the quorum.

(2)A simple majority of those voting is required for a motion to carry or for a member to be elected to office or to a committee.

(3)In the case of a tie vote, the motion shall not carry.

(4)A member who wishes to abstain from voting shall indicate so orally.

Author: Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed April 17, 1998; effective May 22, 1998.

<regElement name="335.2.3.09" level="3" title="Committees">

(1)The Commission may establish committees to which certain questions may be referred for evaluation and recommendation to the Commission.

(a)Special committees may be established at any time to evaluate a particular question. A special committee will cease to exist once it has made its recommendation to the Commission.

(b)Standing committees may be established at any time for the purposes of considering all questions of a like nature which shall be defined in the motion seeking to establish the standing committee. Members of the standing committee shall serve until the expiration of the Chair's term.

(2)The procedure for establishing a committee is as follows:

(a)A motion which proposes a committee for a specific purpose and identifies the type of committee proposed is made, seconded, and carried.

(b)A motion which establishes the number of members of the committee is made, seconded, and carried.

(c)Nominations for Chair of the Committee are made and voted upon.

(d)Nominations for membership on the committee are made and voted upon.

(3)A committee may consist of no more than three members of the Commission.

(4)Standing committees and their members which are standing as of the effective date of these rules shall remain in effect as provided for by subparagraph (1)(b) above.

(5)Special committees and their members which are standing as of the effective date of these rules shall remain in effect as provided by subparagraph (1)(a) above.

Author: Olivia H. Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed April 17, 1998; effective May 22, 1998.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-3-1" level="2" title="GENERAL PROVISIONS">

<regElement name="335.3.1.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

The purpose of these rules and regulations is to protect and enhance the public health and welfare through the development and implementation of coordinated statewide programs for the prevention, abatement and control of air pollution.

Author: Tommy E. Bryan

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 22, 1989. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.1.02" level="3" title="Definitions"> <dwc name="mercuri" times="2"><dwc name="dichloromethan" times="1"><dwc name="methylen chlorid" times="1"><dwc name="tetrachloroethylen" times="1">

(1)Meaning of Terms. As used in these rules and regulations, terms shall have the meanings ascribed in this Rule.

(a)"Act" shall mean the Alabama Air Pollution Control Act of 1971, Act No. 769, Regular Session, 1971.

(b)"Adjudication" shall mean decisions, orders, decrees, determinations, or rulings by the Commission or its authorized Hearing officers and is specifically limited to decisions in regard to citations, Sections 17(e) and (f) of the Act, and variances, Section 12 of the Act.

(c)"Adjudication Hearing" shall mean a hearing held before the Commission or its authorized Hearing Officer, pursuant to the issuance of a citation(s), Section 17(e) and (f) of the Act, and variances, Section 12 of the Act, for the purpose of establishing a record and a set of recommendations to provide the basis for an adjudication by the Commission of a contested case.

(d)"Air Contaminant" shall mean any solid, liquid, or gaseous matter, any odor, or any combination thereof, from whatever source.

(e)"Air Pollution" shall mean the presence in the outdoor atmosphere of one or more air contaminants in such quantities and duration as are, or tend to be, injurious to human health or welfare, animal or plant life, or property, or would interfere with the enjoyment of life or property throughout the State and in such territories of the State as shall be affected thereby.

(f)"Air Pollution Emergency" shall mean a situation in which meteorological conditions and/or contaminant levels in the ambient air reach or exceed the levels which may cause imminent and substantial endangerment to health.

(g)"Air Quality Control Region" shall mean jurisdictional areas designated in 40 CFR 81.

(h)"Capture System" shall mean the equipment (including hoods, ducts, fans, etc.) used to contain, capture, or transport a pollutant to a control device.

(i)"Chairman" shall mean the Chairman or, in his absence, the Vice Chairman of the Commission.

(j)"Citation" shall mean a notice sent by the Commission or its authorized agent (to suspected violators of the Act) pursuant to Section 17(e).

(k)"Coating" shall mean a protective, decorative, or functional film applied in a thin layer to a surface substrate.

(l)"Coating Applicator" shall mean an apparatus used to apply a surface coating.

(m)"Coating Line" shall mean one or more apparatus or operations which may include any number or combination of coating applicators, flash-off areas, and ovens wherein a surface coating is applied, dried, and/or cured.

(n)"Commenced" shall mean that an owner or operator has undertaken a continuous program of construction or modification or that an owner or operator has entered into a binding agreement or contractual obligation to undertake and complete, within a reasonable time, a continuous program of construction or modification.

(o)"Commission" shall mean the "Environmental Management Commission".

(p)"Construction" shall mean fabrication, erection, or installation of an affected facility.

(q)"Continuous Vapor Control System" shall mean a vapor control system that treats vapors displaced from tanks during filling on a demand basis without intermediate accumulation.

(r)"Control Device" shall mean any device which has the function of controlling the emissions from a process, fuel-burning, or refuse-burning device and thus reduces the creation of or the emission of air contaminants into the atmosphere, or both.

(s)"Control Regulation" shall mean a legally enforceable emission control strategy.

(t)"Control Strategy" shall mean a collection of various emission standards selected for the different categories of sources.

(u)"County Classification" shall mean the designation Class 1 County or Class 2 County. All facilities, plants, or other installations shall be subject to the restrictions on air pollution emissions specific to the county classification of the county in which they are located.

1.A "Class 2 County" shall mean a county in which:

(i)More than 50 percent of the county population resides in a non-urban place, as defined by the U.S. Department of Commerce Census Bureau for 1970.

(ii)No secondary National Ambient Air Quality Standards are being exceeded, based on 1971 air quality measurements.

2.A "Class 1 County" shall mean a county in which the conditions of either subparagraph 1.(i) or 1.(ii) above or both are not met.

(v)"Day" shall mean a twenty-four (24) hour period beginning at midnight.

(w)"Department" shall mean the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(x)"Director" shall mean the Director of the Department of Environmental Management.

(y)"Effluent Water Separator" shall mean any tank, box, sump, or other container in which any volatile organic compound floating on or entrained or contained in water entering such tank, box, sump, or other container is physically separated and removed from such water prior to outfall, drainage, or recovery of such water.

(z)"Emission" shall mean a release into the outdoor atmosphere of air contaminants.

(aa)"Employee" shall mean any employee of the Commission or Division.

(bb)"Existing Source" shall mean any source in operation or on which construction has commenced on the date of initial adoption of an applicable rule or regulation; except that any existing source which has undergone modification after the date of initial adoption of an applicable rule or regulation, shall be reclassified and considered a new source.

(cc)"Federal Act" shall mean the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 1857 etseq.) as last amended, and as may hereafter be amended.

(dd)"Flash-Off Area" shall mean the space between the application area and the oven.

(ee)"Fuel-Burning Equipment" shall mean any equipment, device, or contrivance and all appurtenances thereto, including ducts, breechings, fuel-feeding equipment, ash removal equipment, combustion controls, stacks, and chimney, used primarily, but not exclusively, to burn any fuel for the purpose of indirect heating in which the material being heated is not contracted by and adds no substance to the products of combustion.

(ff)"Fugitive Dust" shall mean solid air-borne particulate matter emitted from any source other than a flue or stack.

(gg)"Gasoline" shall mean a petroleum distillate having a Reid vapor pressure of 27.6 KPA (4 psia) or greater and used as a fuel for internal combustion engines.

(hh)"Heat Available" shall mean the aggregate heat content of all fuels whose products of combustion pass through a stack or stacks.

(ii)"Hydrocarbons" shall mean any organic compound of carbon and hydrogen only.

(jj)"Incinerator" shall mean any equipment, device, or contrivance and all appurtenances thereof used for the destruction (by burning) of solid, semi-solid, liquid, or gaseous combustible wastes.

(kk)"Intermediate Vapor Control System" shall mean a vapor control system that employs an intermediate vapor holder to accumulate vapors displaced from tanks during filling. The control device treats the accumulated vapors only during automatically controlled cycles.

(ll)"Loading Rack" shall mean an aggregation or combination of gasoline loading equipment arranged so that all loading outlets in the combination can be connected to a tank truck or trailer parked in a specified loading space.

(mm)"Maximum Process Weight Per Hour" shall mean the equipment manufacturer's or designer's guaranteed maximum (whichever is greater) process weight per hour.

(nn)"Model Year" shall mean the annual production period of new motor vehicles designated by the calendar year in which such period ends, provided that if the manufacturer does not so designate vehicles manufactured by him, the model year with respect to such vehicle shall mean the twelve-month period beginning January 1 of the year specified herein.

(oo)"Modification" shall mean any physical change in, or change in the method of operation of, an affected source which increases the amount of any air contaminant (to which a rule or regulation applies) emitted by such source or which results in the emission of any air contaminant (to which a rule or regulation applies) not previously emitted, except that:

1.Routine maintenance, repair, and replacement shall not be considered physical changes, and

2.The following shall not be considered a change in the method of operation:

(i)An increase in the production rate;

(ii)An increase in hours of operation;

(iii)Use of an alternative fuel or raw material.

(pp)"Motor Vehicle" shall mean every self-propelled device in or upon or by which any person or property is, or may be, transported or drawn upon a public highway.

(qq)"New Source" shall mean any source built or installed on or after the date of initial adoption of an applicable rule or regulation, and any source existing at said stated time which later undergoes modification. Any source moved to another premise involving a change of location after the date of initial adoption of an applicable rule or regulation shall be considered a new source. This definition of new source is not applicable to ADEM Admin. Code Rules 335-3-10-.01(3) and 335-3-11-.01(3).

(rr)"Objector" shall mean any person who objects to the granting of a variance pursuant to Section 12(d) of the Act.

(ss)"Odor" shall mean smells or aromas which are unpleasant to persons or which tend to lessen human food and water intake, interfere with sleep, upset appetite, produce irritation of the upper respiratory tract, or cause symptoms or nausea, or which by their inherent chemical or physical nature or method or processing are, or may be, detrimental or dangerous to health. Odor and smell are used interchangeably herein.

(tt)"Opacity" shall mean the degree to which emissions reduce the transmission of light and obscure the view of the background.

(uu)"Open Burning" shall mean the burning of any matter in such a manner that the products of combustion resulting from the burning are emitted directly into the ambient air without passing through an adequate stack, duct, or chimney.

(vv)"Operating Time" shall mean the number of hours per year that a source conducts operations.

(ww)"Organic Material" shall mean a chemical compound of carbon excluding carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides or carbonates, and ammonium carbonate.

(xx)"Oven" shall mean a chamber within which heat is used to bake, cure, polymerize, and/or dry a surface coating.

(yy)"Owner or Operator" shall mean any person who owns, leases, operates, controls, or supervises an affected facility, article, machine, equipment, other contrivance, or source.

(zz)"Particulate Matter" shall mean finely divided material, except uncombined water, which is a liquid or solid at the conditions of the applicable test method.

(aaa)"Party" shall mean the petitioner(s) for variance under Section 12 of the Act, the person(s) objecting to the grant of a variance petition under Section 12 of the Act, the alleged violator in the case of a citation issued pursuant to Section 17(e) of the Act, and the State.

(bbb)"Petitioner" shall mean any person who petitions the Commission pursuant to Section 12 of the Act and in accordance with Rule 335-3-1-.09 of the Rules and Regulations.

(ccc)"PM10" means particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter less than or equal to a nominal 10 micrometers as measured by a reference method based on 40 CFR 50, Appendix J, and designated in accordance with 40 CFR 53, or by an equivalent method designated in accordance with 40 CFR 53.

(ddd)"PM10 Emission" means finely divided solid or liquid material, with an aerodynamic diameter less than or equal to a nominal 10 micrometers emitted to the ambient air as measured by an applicable reference method, or an equivalent or alternative method, specified in 40 CFR.

(eee)"Prime Coat" shall mean the first film of coating applied in a multiple coat operation.

(fff)"Priority Classification" shall mean Air Quality Control Region Pollutant Priority Classifications set forth in 40 CFR 52.

(ggg)"Process" shall mean any action, operation, or treatment of materials, including handling and storage thereof, which may cause discharge of an air contaminant or contaminants into the atmosphere, but excluding fuel burning and refuse burning.

(hhh)"Process Weight" shall mean the total weight in pounds of all materials introduced into any specific process which may cause any discharge into the atmosphere.

(iii)"Process Weight Per Hour" shall mean the total weight of all materials introduced into any specific process that may cause any discharge of particulate matter. Solid fuels charged will be considered as part of the process weight, but liquid and gaseous fuels and combustion air will not. For a cyclical or batch operation, the process weight per hour will be derived by dividing the total process weight by the number of hours in one complete operation from the beginning of any given process to the completion thereof, excluding any time during which the equipment is idle. For a continuous operation, the process weight per hour will be derived by dividing the process weight for a typical period of time by that time period.

(jjj)"Refuse" shall mean matter consisting of garbage, rubbish, ashes, street debris, dead animals, abandoned vehicles, industrial wastes, demolition wastes, construction wastes, special wastes, or sewage treatment residue.

(kkk)"Reid Vapor Organic Pressure" shall mean a vapor pressure specification for volatile crude oil and volatile nonviscous petroleum liquids except liquid petroleum gases as determined by American Society for Testing and Materials. The pressure approximates the absolute vapor pressure of the liquid.

(lll)"Shutdown" shall mean the cessation of operation of affected source or emission control equipment.

(mmm)"Six-Minute Average" shall be determined by calculating the arithmetic mean of twenty-four (24) consecutive opacity observations, taken at intervals of fifteen (15) seconds.

(nnn)"Smoke" shall mean gas-borne particles resulting from incomplete combustion consisting predominantly, but not exclusively, of carbon, ashes, or other combustible materials.

(ooo)"Soiling Index" shall mean a measure of the soiling properties of total suspended particulates in air determined by drawing a measured volume of air through a known area of Whatman No. 4 filter paper for a measured period of time, expressed as COHs/1,000 linear feet.

(ppp)"Solvent" shall mean organic materials which are liquid at standard conditions and which are used as dissolvers, viscosity reducers, or cleaning agents.

(qqq)"Source" shall mean any building, structure, facility, installation, article, machine, equipment, device, or other contrivance which emits or may emit any air contaminant. Any activity which utilizes abrasives or chemicals for cleaning or any other purpose (such as cleaning the exterior of buildings) which emits air contaminants shall be considered a source.

(rrr)"Stack or Ducts" shall mean any flue, duct, or other contrivance arranged to conduct emissions to the open air.

(sss)"Standard Conditions" shall mean a temperature of 20&#176; C (68&#176; F) and pressure of 760 millimeters of mercury (29.92 inches of mercury).

(ttt)"Startup" shall mean the setting in operation of an affected source for any purpose.

(uuu)"State" shall mean the State of Alabama, the Environmental Management Commission, and the Commission's representatives.

(vvv)"Storage Tank Capacity" shall mean the tank manufacturer's design capacity. Storage tank and storage vessel shall be equivalent in meaning.

(www)"Submerged Fill Pipe" shall mean any fill pipe, the discharge opening of which is entirely submerged when the liquid level is six (6) inches above the bottom of the tank; or when applied to a tank which is loaded from the side, shall mean any fill pipe, of which the top of the discharge opening is not over 18 inches from the bottom of the tank.

(xxx)"Topcoat" shall mean the final film of coating applied in a multiple coat operation.

(yyy)"Total Reduced Sulfur (TRS)" shall mean hydrogen sulfide, mercaptans, dimethyl sulfide, dimethyl disulfide, and any other organic sulfides present.

(zzz)"Total suspended particulate" means particulate matter as measured by the method described in 40 CFR 50, Appendix B.

(aaaa)"Transfer Efficiency (TE)" shall mean the efficiency of a surface coating application system to deposit coating solids on a substrate. The transfer efficiency of an application system is determined by dividing the volume of coating solids deposited on a substrate by the total volume of coating solids used.

(bbbb)"True Vapor Pressure" shall mean the equilibrium partial pressure exerted by a stored petroleum liquid at the temperature equal to the highest calendar-month average of the liquid storage temperature as determined in accordance with methods described in American Petroleum Institute Bulletin 2517, "Evaporation Loss from External Floating Roof Tanks," 1962, Second Edition, February 1980.

(cccc)"Uncombined Water" shall mean any water droplets or water vapor condensate that does not contain any other solid or liquid particulate matter attached to the water droplets.

(dddd)"Vapor Collection System" shall mean a vapor transport system which uses direct displacement by the liquid loaded to force vapors from the tank into a vapor control system.

(eeee)"Vapor Recovery System" shall mean a system that prevents release to the atmosphere of at least 90 percent by weight of organic compounds in the vapor displaced from a tank during the transfer of gasoline.

(ffff)"Violator" shall mean any person who is issued a citation by the Commission or its authorized agent pursuant to Section 17(e) and (f) of the Act.

(gggg)"Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC)" shall mean any compound of carbon excluding carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides or carbonates, and ammonium carbonate, which participates in atmospheric photochemical reactions. This includes any such organic compound other than the following:

1.Methane;

2.Ethane;

3.Methyl Chloroform (1,1,1 Trichloroethane);

4.Methylene Chloride (Dichloromethane);

5.CFC-11 (Trichlorofluoromethane);

6.CFC-12 (Dichlorodifluoromethane);

7.HCFC-22 (Chlorodifluoromethane);

8.HFC-23 (Trifluoromethane);

9.CFC-114 (1,2-dichloro 1,1,2,2-Tetrafluoroethane);

10.CFC-115 (Chloropentafluoroethane);

11.HCFC-123 (1,1,1-Trifluoro-2,2-dichloroethane);

12.HCFC-124 (2-Chloro-1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane);

13.HFC-125 (Pentafluoroethane);

14.HFC-134 (1,1,2,2-Tetrafluoroethane);

15.HFC-134a (1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane);

16.HCFC-141b (1,1-Dichloro-1-fluoroethane);

17.HCFC-142b (1-Chloro-1,1-difluoroethane);

18.HFC-143a (1,1,1-Trifluoroethane);

19.HFC-152a (1,1-Difluoroethane);

20.CFC-113 (1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-Trifluoroethane);

21.Parachlorobenzotrifluoride (PCBTF);

22.Cyclic, branched, or linear completely methylated siloxanes;

23.Acetone;

24.Perchloroethylene (tetrachloroethylene);

25.HCFC-225ca (3,3-dichloro-1,1,1,2,2? pentafluoropropane);

26.HCFC-225cb (1,3-dichloro-1,1,2,2,3- pentafluoropropane);

27.HFC 43-10mee (1,1,1,2,3,4,4,5,5,5- decafluoropentane);

28.HFC-32 (Difluoromethane);

29.HFC-161 (Ethylfluoride);

30.HFC-236fa (1,1,1,3,3,3-Hexafluoropropane);

31.HFC-245ca (1,1,2,2,3-Pentafluoropropane);

32.HFC-245ea (1,1,2,3,3-Pentafluoropropane);

33.HFC-245eb (1,1,1,2,3-Pentafluoropropane);

34.HFC-245fa (1,1,1,3,3-Pentafluropropane);

35.HFC-236ea (1,1,1,2,3,3-Hexafluoropropane);

36.HFC-365mfc (1,1,1,3,3-Pentafluororbutane);

37.HCFC-31 (Chlorofluoromethane);

38.HCFC-123a (1,2-Dichloro-1,1,2-trifluoroethane);

39.HCFC-151a (1-Chloro-1-fluoroethane);

40.C4F9OCH3 (1,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4-Nonafluoro-4- methoxybutane);

41.(CF3)2CFCF2OCH3 (2-(Difluoromethoxymethyl)-1,1,1,2, 3,3,3-heptafluoropropane);

42.C4F9OC2H5 (1-Ethoxy-1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4,4- nonafluorobutane);

43.(CF3)2CFCF2OC2H5 (2-(Ethoxydifluoromethyl)-1,1,1,2, 3,3,3-heptafluoropropane);

44.Methyl Acetate; and

45.Perfluorocarbon compounds which fall into these four classes:

(i)Cyclic, branched, or linear, completely fluorinated alkanes;

(ii)Cyclic, branched, or linear, completely fluorinated ethers with no unsaturations;

(iii)Cyclic, branched, or linear, completely fluorinated tertiary amines with no unsaturations, and

(iv)sulfur containing perfluorocarbons with no unsaturations and with sulfur bonds only to carbon and fluorine.

(2)The heretofore mentioned excluded organic compounds have been determined to have negligible photochemical reactivity by the EPA Administrator. For purposes of determining compliance with emission limits under Chapter 335-3-6, VOC shall be measured by the approved test methods contained in Chapter 335-3-6. Where such a method also inadvertently measures the heretofore mentioned negligibly photochemical reactive organic compounds with the reactive organic compounds, an owner or operator may exclude these negligibly reactive compounds when determining compliance with an emission limit using EPA-approved test methods and procedures.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: Effective Date: September 24, 1974, November 27, 1978, April 3, 1979, June 5, 1979, July 26, 1979, June 16, 1988, September 21, 1989, November 1, 1990, October 24, 1991. Amended: Filed October 19, 1995; effective November 23, 1995. Amended: Filed December 1, 1995; effective January 5, 1996. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 21, 1997; effective September 25, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed October 15, 1998; effective November 19, 1998. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.1.03" level="3" title="Ambient Air Quality Standards">

(1)Primary and Secondary Standards. The National Primary Ambient Air Quality Standards and National Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standards and accompanying appendices of reference methods, set forth in 40 CFR 50, as the same may be amended or revised, are hereby incorporated and made a part of these regulations and shall apply throughout the State.

(2)Policy. It is the objective of the Commission to obtain and maintain the ambient air quality standards of this Rule in achieving the policy and purpose of the Act and as required by the Federal Act. The adoption hereby of the National Primary and Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standards shall not be considered in any manner to allow significant deterioration of existing air quality in any portion of the State.

(3)Attainment of Primary Standard. These rules and regulations and the administration of the Division by the Director shall provide for the attainment of the National Primary Ambient Air Quality Standards throughout the State as expeditiously as practicable, but in no case later than three years after the date of initial adoption of these rules and regulations or within the time limits specified by Section 110(a) of the Clean Air Act, as amended (91 Stat. 685), whichever is later.

(4)Attainment of Secondary Standard. To the extent practicable and feasible, these rules and regulations and the administration of the Division by the Director shall strive for the attainment of the National Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standards throughout the State concurrently with the attainment of the National Primary Ambient Air Quality Standard as provided in Rule 335-3-1-.03(3).

(5)Effect on Interstate Air Quality Control Regions. The administration of the Division by the Director shall insure that air contaminants emitted within an Alabama portion of an Interstate Air Quality Control Region designated at 40 CFR 81 will not interfere with attainment and maintenance of any National Primary or Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standards in the remaining portion of such region. To this end, the Director is authorized to advise and consult with air pollution control agencies in other states and to enter into cooperative agreements with such agencies to achieve the purposes of this Rule.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: Filed October 15, 1998; effective November 19, 1998.

<regElement name="335.3.1.04" level="3" title="Monitoring, Records, And Reporting">

(1)The Director may require the owner or operator of any air contaminant source to establish and maintain such records; make such reports; install, use, and maintain such monitoring equipment or methods; sample such emissions in accordance with such methods at such locations, intervals, and procedures as the Director may prescribe; and provide such periodic emission reports as required in paragraph (2) of this Rule below.

(2)Reports. Records and reports as the Director may prescribe on air contaminants or fuel shall be recorded, compiled, and submitted on forms furnished by the Director or when forms are not so furnished, then in formats approved by the Director. These may include but not be limited to any of the following:

(a)Emissions of particulate matter, sulfur dioxide, and oxides of nitrogen shall be expressed as follows: in pounds per hour and pounds per million BTU of heat input for fuel-burning equipment; in pounds per hour and pounds per 100 pounds of refuse burned for incinerators; and in pounds per hour and in pounds per hourly process weight or production rate or in terms of some other easily measured and meaningful process unit specified by the Director.

(b)Sulfur dioxide and oxides of nitrogen emission data shall be averaged over a 24-hour period and shall be summarized monthly. Daily averaged and monthly summaries shall be submitted to the Director biannually. Data should be calculated daily and available for inspection at any time.

(c)Particulate matter emissions shall be sampled and submitted biannually.

(d)Visible emissions shall be measured continuously, and records kept indicating total minutes per day in which stack discharge effluent exceeds 20 percent opacity. Data should be summarized monthly and submitted monthly and biannually. Current daily results shall be available for inspection at any time.

(e)The sulfur content of fuels, as burned, except natural gas, shall be determined in accordance with current recognized ASTM procedures. Averages for periods prescribed by the Director shall be submitted biannually. Records shall be kept current and be available for inspection.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.1.05" level="3" title="Sampling And Testing Methods">

(1)Methods. All required sampling and testing shall be made and the results calculated in accordance with sampling testing procedures and methods approved by the Director. All required samples and tests shall be made under the direction of persons qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution control.

(2)Standard Methods. The Director, to the extent practicable, should recognize and approve the test methods and procedures established by 40 CFR 60, as the same may be amended or revised.

(3)The Division may conduct tests and take samples of air contaminants, fuel, process material, or other material which affects or may affect emission of air contaminants from any source. Upon request of the Division, the person responsible for the source to be tested shall provide necessary holes in stacks or ducts and such other safe and proper sampling and testing facilities exclusive of instruments and sensing devices as may be necessary for proper determination of the emission of air contaminants. If an authorized employee of the Division during the course of an inspection obtains a sample of air contaminant, fuel, process material, or other material, he shall give the owner or operator of the equipment or fuel facility a receipt for the sample obtained.

(4)Report to Owner or Operator. At the conclusion of any inspection under Section 9 of the Act or conduction of any testing or sampling under this Part, if requested, the owner or operator of the premises shall receive a report setting forth all facts found which relate to compliance status with the Act and these rules and regulations.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.1.06" level="3" title="Compliance Schedule">

(1)Scope. Except as otherwise specified, compliance with the provisions of these rules and regulations shall be according to the time schedule of this Rule.

(2)New Sources. All new sources shall comply with the applicable rules and regulations of Chapter 335-3-3 etseq. within 60 days after achieving the maximum production rate at which the affected source will be operated, but not later than 120 days after initial startup of such source, unless the Director specifies another period of time as a condition to the issuance of any Permit under Chapter 335-3-14.

(3)Existing Sources. All existing sources not in compliance as of the date of initial adoption of an applicable rule or regulation contained in Chapter 335-3-3 etseq. shall be in compliance within six (6) months of such initial date unless the owner or operator responsible for the operation of such source shall have submitted to the Director in a form and manner satisfactory to him, a control plan and schedule for achieving compliance, such plan and schedule to contain a date on or before which full compliance will be attained and such other information as the Director may require. Any such plan and schedule expected to extend over a period of eighteen (18) or more months from such initial date shall include provisions for periodic increments of progress toward full compliance. If approved by the Director, such dates shall be the dates on which said owner or operator shall achieve incremental progress and full compliance. The Director may require persons to submit subsequent periodic reports on progress in achieving compliance. In no event shall the control plan and schedule exceed three (3) years from the date of initial adoption of an applicable rule or regulation. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to sources for which permits are required under Chapter 335-3-14.

(4)Nothing in this Rule shall relieve any person or any new or existing source from complying with the provisions of Chapters 335-3-1 and 335-3-2 of these rules and regulations.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.1.07" level="3" title="Maintenance And Malfunctioning Of Equipment; Reporting">

(1)Maintenance; Reporting. In the case of shutdown of air pollution control equipment (which operates pursuant to any permit issued by the Director) for necessary scheduled maintenance, the intent to shut down such equipment shall be reported to the Director at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the planned shutdown, unless such shutdown is accompanied by the shutdown of the source which such equipment is intended to control. Such prior notice shall include, but is not limited to the following:

(a)Identification of the specific facility to be taken out of service as well as its location and permit number;

(b)The expected length of time that the air pollution control equipment will be out of service;

(c)The nature and quantity of emissions of air contaminants likely to occur during the shutdown period;

(d)Measures such as the use of off-shift labor and equipment that will be taken to minimize the length of the shutdown period;

(e)The reasons that it would be impossible or impractical to shut down the source operation during the maintenance period.

(2)Malfunction; Reporting. In the event that any emission source, air pollution control equipment, or related facility fails or breaks down in such a manner as to cause the emission of air contaminants in violation of these rules and regulations, the person responsible for such source, equipment, or facility shall notify the Director within twenty-four (24) hours of such failure or breakdown and provide a statement giving all pertinent facts, including the estimated duration of the breakdown. The Director shall be notified when the condition causing the failure or breakdown has been corrected and such source, equipment, or facility is again in operation.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.1.08" level="3" title="Prohibition Of Air Pollution">

No person shall permit or cause air pollution, as defined in Rule 335-3-1-.02(1)(e) of this Chapter by the discharge of any air contaminant for which no ambient air quality standards have been set under Rule 335-3-1-.03(1).

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.1.09" level="3" title="Variances">

(1)Petition Procedures.

(a)Any person subject to any rule or regulation, requirement or order, may petition the Commission for a variance from the application thereof as prescribed by the Act. A petition for a variance must state the following:

1.The name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner, or other person authorized to receive service of notices.

2.Whether the petitioner is an individual, partnership, corporation or other entity, and names and addresses of the partners, if a partnership, and names and addresses of the officers, if a corporation, and names and addresses of the persons in control, if other entity.

3.The type of business or activity involved in the application and the street address at which it is conducted.

4.A brief description of the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance, if any, involved in the petition.

5.The signature of the petitioner or that of some person on his behalf, and, where the person signing is not the petitioner, the authority to sign.

6.The rule or regulations, requirement or order from which a variance is requested.

7.The facts showing why compliance with such rule or regulation, requirement or order would impose serious hardship on the petitioner or on any other person or persons without equal or greater benefits to the public.

8.The facts showing why the emissions occurring or proposed to occur do not endanger or tend to endanger human health or safety, human comfort, and aesthetic values.

9.For what period of time the variance is sought and why.

10.Provisions of the rule or regulation, requirement or order which the petitioner can meet and the date when petitioner can comply with such provisions.

11.Whether or not any case involving the same identical equipment or process identified in subparagraph (a)4. of this paragraph above is pending in any court, civil or criminal.

(b)All petitions shall be typewritten, double spaced, on legal or letter size paper, on one side of the paper only.

(2)Failure to Comply with Procedures.

(a)The Director shall not accept for filing any petition which does not comply with these rules and regulations relating to the form, filing, and service of petitions unless the Chairman or any two members of the Commission direct otherwise and confirm such direction in writing. Such direction need not be made at a meeting of the Commission.

(b)The Chairman or any two members, without a meeting, may require the petitioner to state further facts or reframe a petition so as to disclose clearly the issues involved.

(3)Objection Procedures.

(a)A person may file a written objection to the grant of a variance within twenty-one (21) days from initial advertised notice and thus insure that a public hearing will be held, according to Section 12(d) of Act. An objection to the grant of a variance must state:

1.The objector's name, address, and telephone number.

2.Whether the objector is an individual, partnership, corporation, or other entity, and names and addresses of the partners, if a partnership, names and addresses of the officer, if a corporation, and the names and addresses of the persons in control, if other entity.

3.A specification of which petition for a variance is being objected to.

4.A statement indicating why the objector believes that the variance should not be granted.

(b)All objections should be typewritten or carefully printed in ink on legal or letter size paper.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: Effective Date: September 24, 1974. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.1.10" level="3" title="Circumvention">

No person shall cause or permit the installation or use of any device or any means which, without resulting in reduction in the total amount of air contaminant emitted, conceals or dilutes any emission of air contaminant which would otherwise violate these rules and regulations.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: Effective Date: September 24, 1974.

<regElement name="335.3.1.11" level="3" title="Severability">

The provisions of these rules and regulations and the various applications thereof are declared to be severable and if any chapter, rule, paragraph, subparagraph, clause, or phrase of these rules and regulations shall be adjudged to be invalid or unconstitutional by any court of competent jurisdiction, the judgment shall not affect, impair, or invalidate the remainder of these rules and regulations, but shall be confined in its operation to the chapter, rule, paragraph, subparagraph, clause, or phrase of these rules and regulations that shall be directly involved in the controversy in which such judgment shall have been rendered.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: Effective Date: September 24, 1974. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.1.12" level="3" title="Bubble Provision">

(1)Notwithstanding the specific emission limitations contained in Chapters 335-3-3, 335-3-4, 335-3-5, 335-3-7, and 335-3-8, the Director may allow a facility to reduce the level of control required at one source in exchange for an equal increase in the level of control required at another source. Approval of any such exchange shall not be granted unless it is consistent with the requirements of Federal and State law.

(2)Any such approval granted will not be effective until it becomes a part of the approved State Implementation Plan.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: April 3, 1979. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.1.13" level="3" title="Credible Evidence">

(1)Compliance Certification. Notwithstanding any other provision in ADEM Admin. Code Division 3, an owner or operator may use any credible evidence or information relevant to whether a source would have been in compliance with applicable requirements if the appropriate performance or compliance test had been performed, for the purpose of submitting compliance certifications.

(2)Enforcement. Notwithstanding any other provision in ADEM Admin. Code Division 3, any credible evidence or information relevant to whether a source would have been in compliance with applicable requirements if the appropriate performance or compliance test had been performed, can be used to establish whether or a not an owner or operator has violated or is in violation of any rule or standard in this Division.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed April 15, 1999; effective May 20, 1999.

<regElement name="335.3.1.14" level="3" title="Emissions Reporting Requirements Relating To Budgets For NOx Emissions">

(1)General. The requirements of this Rule serve to establish ozone season NOX emissions reporting requirements from NOX point sources in order to meet the statewide NOX transport budget reporting requirements under 40 CFR, &#167;51.122.

(2)Definitions. For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"NOX Point Source" means:

1.A plant or facility which has one or more non-mobile or stationary NOX sources; and,

2.Has the potential to emit a total of 100 tons of NOX or more per year.

(b)"Ozone Season" means the period May 1 through September 30 of a year.

(c)"Potential to Emit" shall have the same meaning ascribed in Chapters 335-3-14 and 335-3-16 of this Division.

(3)Applicability. This Rule applies to all owners or operators of NOX point sources in the State that have NOX emission sources that are not subject to Rules 335-3-8-.01, 335-3-8-.04, or Rules 335-3-8-.05 through 335-3-8-.13.

(4)Reporting requirements.

(a)The owner or operator of a point source shall submit NOX ozone season emissions data as follows:

1.Annual reporting. For each owner or operator, beginning with emission year 2004 and every year thereafter, by March 31st of the calendar year following the emission year being reported, the data specified in 40 CFR, &#167;&#167;51.122(c)(1) and (2) must be submitted to the Department.

2.Triennial reporting. For each owner or operator, beginning with emission year 2005 and every third year thereafter, by March 31st of the calendar year following the emission year being reported, the data specified in 40 CFR, &#167;51.122(c)(3) must be submitted to the Department.

3.Year 2003 reporting. For each owner or operator, by March 31, 2004, the data specified in 40 CFR, &#167;51.122(c)(3) must be submitted to the Department.

4.Year 2007 reporting. For each owner or operator, by March 31, 2008, the data specified in 40 CFR, &#167;51.122(c)(3) must be submitted to the Department.

(b)The data required under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph shall be submitted electronically to the Department in a format prescribed and provided by the Department.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-10, 22-28-14, 22-28-18, 22-28-20, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed March 2, 2001; effective April 6, 2001.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-3-2" level="2" title="AIR POLLUTION EMERGENCY">

<regElement name="335.3.2.01" level="3" title="Air Pollution Emergency">

The Director is authorized and empowered to enforce or require enforcement of any provisions of this Chapter throughout the State of Alabama.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.2.02" level="3" title="Episode Criteria"> <dwc name="lead" times="1">

When the Director determines that conditions justify the proclamation of an air pollution episode stage, due to the accumulation of air contaminants in any place within the State, attaining levels which could, if sustained or exceeded, lead to a substantial threat to the health of persons, he shall be guided by the following criteria:

(a)Episode stages shall be determined and declared upon the basis of average concentrations recorded at any monitoring station in the State.

(b)If contamination and meteorology warrant, any advanced episode stage may be declared by the Director without first declaring a lesser degree of Alert or Watch. The Director shall, at his discretion, declare a lesser stage, the termination or the continuance of the advanced episode stage during such times when contamination and meteorological conditions moderate significantly after an advanced episode stage has been declared.

(c)Episode Watch. The Director shall declare an Episode Watch when one or more of the following events takes place:

1.An Atmospheric Stagnation Advisory is issued by the National Weather Service, stating that atmospheric conditions marked by a slow moving high pressure system, light winds, and temperature inversions are expected to affect the State of Alabama or portions thereof for the next thirty-six (36) hours.

2.A forecast by local meteorologist that stagnant atmospheric conditions as described above could result in high air pollution levels in Alabama or portions thereof.

3.Validated reports of abnormally high air pollution measurements, specifically, reaching or exceeding fifty percent (50%) of the Alert level of paragraph (4) of this Rule for at least three (3) consecutive hours at a given locality in the State.

(d)Alert. The Director shall declare an Alert when any one of the following contaminant concentrations is measured at any monitoring site and when adverse meteorological conditions can be expected to remain at these levels or higher for the next twelve (12) hours or more unless control measures are taken:

1.Sulfur Dioxide. Measured by a continuous reference method analyzer or equivalent.

24-hour average, 0.30 ppm (800 ug/m3)

2.PM10. Measured by a PM10 sampler, 24 hour accumulation.

24-hour average, 350 ug/m3

3.Carbon Monoxide. Measured by a continuous reference method analyzer or equivalent.

8-hour average, 15 ppm (17 mg/m3)

4.Nitrogen Dioxide. Measured by a continuous reference method analyzer or equivalent.

24-hour average, 0.15 ppm (282 ug/m3)

or 1-hour average, 0.6 ppm (1130 ug/m3)

5.Ozone. Measured by a continuous reference method analyzer or equivalent.

1-hour average, 0.15 ppm (295 ug/m3)

(e)Warning. A Warning shall be declared by the Director when the concentrations of any of the following air contaminants measured at any monitoring site reach the following levels, and when adverse meteorological conditions can be expected to remain at these levels or higher for the next 12 hours or more unless control measures are taken:

1.Sulfur Dioxide. Measured by a continuous reference method analyzer or equivalent.

24-hour average, 0.6 ppm (1600 ug/m3)

2.PM10. Measured by a PM10 sampler, 24-hour accumulation.

24-hour average, 420 ug/m3

3.Carbon Monoxide. Measured by a continuous reference method analyzer or equivalent.

8-hour average, 30 ppm (34 mg/m3)

4.Nitrogen Dioxide. Measured by a continuous reference method analyzer or equivalent.

24-hour average, 0.30 ppm (565 ug/m3)

1-hour average, 1.20 ppm (2260 ug/m3)

5.Ozone. Measured by a continuous reference method analyzer or equivalent.

1-hour average, 0.40 ppm (800 ug/m3)

(f)Emergency. An Emergency shall be declared by the Director when the following concentrations of air contaminants have been reached or when meteorological conditions can be expected to reach or exceed these levels at any monitoring site in the State for a period of twelve (12) hours or more unless control actions are taken:

1.Sulfur Dioxide. Measured by a continuous reference method analyzer or equivalent.

24-hour average, 0.8 ppm (2100 ug/m3)

2.PM10. Measured by a PM10 sampler, 24-hour accumulation.

24-hour average, 500 ug/m3

3.Carbon monoxide. Measured by a continuous reference method analyzer or equivalent.

8-hour average, 40 ppm (46 mg/m3)

4.Nitrogen Dioxide. Measured by a continuous

reference method analyzer or equivalent.

24-hour average, 0.40 ppm (750 ug/m3)

1-hour average, 1.60 ppm (3000 ug/m3)

5.Ozone. Measured by a continuous reference method analyzer or equivalent.

1-hour average, 0.50 ppm (1000 ug/m3)1

(g)Termination.

1.The status reached by application of the Episode Criteria of this Rule shall remain in effect until the criteria for that level is no longer met. At such time, the next lower status will be assumed and such changes declared by the Director. Specifically:

(i)When ambient contaminant concentrations fall below the critical levels for the stage, and a downward trend of concentrations is established; and

(ii)When meteorological conditions that attended the high concentrations are no longer called for in official weather predictions.

2.A public declaration will take on one of the following forms:

_______________________

1(Revised March 30, 1976)

(i)Terminate "Emergency Status", resume "Warning Status" or "Alert Status", whichever is appropriate;

(ii)Terminate "Warning Status", resume "Alert Status", or stage;

(iii)Terminate "Episode Status".

3.Upon termination of an "Episode Status", the Air Division will remain on internal "Episode Watch" until a return to normal operation is announced by the Director.

(h)Status Declaration Authority. The Director of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, or his duly authorized agent, shall have the authority to make an announcement of internal Episode Watch and public declarations of Alert, Warning, and Emergency Status.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date January 18, 1972. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.2.03" level="3" title="Special Episode Criteria">

(1)The Director shall have the authority to declare episodic conditions when the atmospheric concentration of a single contaminant or that of a specific locality within the State show elevated concentrations.

(2)Specific Pollutant Situation. When concentrations of one or two contaminants reach or exceed the defined criteria levels, and concentration of other contaminants remain substantially below 50 percent of Alert levels, and meteorological conditions are such that these specific contaminant concentrations can be expected to remain at the above levels for 12 hours or more or increase unless control action is taken, a Specific Alert, Warning, or Emergency Status shall be declared by the Director, naming the contaminants that meet the respective criteria. In such instances when two such contaminants meet different criteria, the Director shall declare the status for the episode having the higher level and that an Episode Watch is being maintained on the remaining contaminant.

(3)Specific Locality Situation. When high concentrations of one or more contaminants are measured at one monitoring site and not others and the effect is Judged to originate from an identifiable source near the given site, the Director shall declare the appropriate local Alert, Warning, or Emergency Status for the delineated area and that an Episode Watch is in effect for any remaining portion of the jurisdictional area while meteorological conditions favor the maintenance or increase of said high concentration for at least twelve (12) hours or more unless control action is taken.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5; 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.2.04" level="3" title="Emission Reduction Plans">

Upon declaring an Episode Watch, Alert, Warning, or Emergency, the Director shall order persons responsible for the operation of a source of air contaminants causing or contributing to such episode to take the general measures outlined in the Emergency Episode Plan for the State of Alabama (dated November 1971, prepared by TRW, Inc.) or revision thereof, as he deems appropriate, in addition to all specific source curtailments designated by him.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.2.05" level="3" title="Two Contaminant Episode">

The Director shall declare an Alert, Warning, or Emergency Status specific for two contaminants when the ambient concentrations of two contaminants simultaneously reach or exceed their respective Episode Criteria of this Chapter and meteorological conditions or such that contaminant concentrations can be expected to remain at those criteria levels for twelve (12) or more hours or increase unless control actions are taken. When criteria levels correspond to different episode status for two contaminants, the Director shall declare the status of the higher of the two.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.2.06" level="3" title="General Episodes">

The Director shall in the event that ambient concentrations of three (3) or more contaminants simultaneously reach or exceed their respective Episode Criteria and no improvements in meteorological conditions are forecast for the next twelve (12) hours, declare a General Alert, Warning, or Emergency Status. In the event that criteria levels correspond to different statuses for each contaminant, the Director shall declare a general status corresponding to the highest individual status.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.2.07" level="3" title="Local Episodes">

(1)The Director shall specify the area of the State affected when a Local Alert, Warning, or Emergency Status is declared or when an Accidental Episode for common contaminants occurs, based upon air quality and meteorological reports and predictions.

(2)When the Director declares such a local episode, any person responsible for the operation from which excess emissions result shall shut down such an operation and make repairs or alter the process as required by the Director to restore normal operations.

(3)When the Director declares that a Local Alert, Warning, or Emergency Status is in effect for a delineated area, corresponding general measures shall be applied as detailed in Rule 335-3-2-.04, depending upon which contaminant(s) is/are being emitted in excess.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5; 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.2.08" level="3" title="Other Sources">

(1)Any person responsible for the operation of a source of air contaminants as determined by the Director shall prepare standby plans for reducing the emissions of air contaminants during periods of an Episode Alert, Warning, and Emergency. Standby plans shall be designed to reduce or eliminate emissions of air contaminants in accordance with the objectives set forth in Rule 335-3-2-.04.

(2)Any person responsible for the operation of a source of air contaminants not designated by the Director shall, when requested in writing by the Director, prepare standby plans for reducing the emission of air contaminants during periods of Episode Alert, Warning, and Emergency. Standby plans shall be designed to reduce or eliminate emissions for air contaminants in accordance with the objectives set forth in Rule 335-3-2-.04.

(3)Standby plans as required under paragraph (1) of this Rule shall be in writing and identify the sources of air contaminants, the amount of reduction of contaminants, and a brief description of the manner in which reduction will be achieved during Episodes of Alert, Warning, and Emergency.

(4)During Episodes of Alert, Warning, and Emergency Status, standby plans as required by this Chapter shall be made available on the premises to any person authorized to enforce the provisions of applicable rules and regulations.

(5)Standby plans as required by this Chapter shall be submitted to the Director upon request within thirty (30) days of the receipt of such request; such standby plans shall be subject to review and approval by the Director. If, in the opinion of the Director, a standby plan does not effectively carry out the objectives as set forth in these rules and regulations, the Director may disapprove it, state the reason for disapproval, and order the preparation of an amended standby plan within the time period specified in the order.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: July 26, 1972. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.2.09" level="3" title="Other Authority Not Affected">

The provisions of this Chapter shall in no way affect the power and authority of the Governor, Chairman, or Director as they pertain to Emergency Procedures as provided in Section 11 of the Act.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended:

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-3-3" level="2" title="OPEN BURNING AND INCINERATION">

<regElement name="335.3.3.01" level="3" title="Open Burning">

(1)No person shall ignite, cause to be ignited, permit to be ignited, or maintain any open fire except as follows:

(a)Open fires for the cooking of food for human consumption on other than commercial premises;

(b)Fires for recreational or ceremonial purposes;

(c)Fires to abate a fire hazard, providing the hazard is so declared by the fire department or fire district having jurisdiction;

(d)Fires for prevention or control of disease or pests;

(e)Fires for training personnel in the methods of fighting fires, provided that all requirements of ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-11-.02(12) are met;

(f)Fires for the disposal of dangerous materials where there is no practical alternate method of disposal and burning is approved by the Director;

(g)Fires set for recognized agricultural, silvicultural, range, and wildlife management practices;

(h)Fires set in salamanders or other devices, utilizing only wood, vegetation, coal, propane, kerosene, fuel oil or used oil (used oil as defined in ADEM Admin. Code Chapter 335-14-17) as fuel, and used by construction or other workers for heating purposes;

(i)Open fires specifically or expressly approved by the Director.

(2)Open burning may also be conducted for the purposes listed below and if it meets all the requirements of this paragraph. Authority to conduct open burning under the provisions of this paragraph does not exempt or excuse a person from the consequences, damages, or injuries which may result from such conduct, not does it exempt or excuse a person from complying with all applicable laws, ordinances, regulations, and orders of governmental entities having jurisdiction, even though the open burning is conducted as specified in this paragraph.

(a)Open burning of vegetation or untreated wood may be conducted if it is generated by clearing or maintaining land, or from demolition or operations conducted for any of the following purposes:

1.Erection of any structure;

2.Construction of any transportation, utility, or communications line;

3.Maintenance of rights-of-way;

4.Development or modification of a recreational or commercial area;

5.Plant husbandry practices.

(b)Open burning authorized by this paragraph shall comply with the following conditions:

1.The burning must take place on the property on which the combustible fuel originates;

2.The location of the burning must be at least 500 feet from the nearest occupied dwelling other than a dwelling located on the property on which the burning is conducted;

3.The burning must be controlled so as to avoid creating a traffic hazard on any public road, street, or highway as a result of the air contaminants emitted;

4.Only vegetation and untreated wood may be burned. It is unauthorized to open burn heavy oils, asphalt products, plastics, vinyl materials, insulation, paper, cardboard, natural or synthetic rubber, salvage or scrap materials, chemicals, garbage, treated or painted wood, or any trash;

5.Initial burning may be commenced only between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. No combustible material is to be added to the fire between 3:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m. the following day;

6.Burning shall be conducted only when there is good ventilation and when the prevailing wind direction is away from any built-up area in the vicinity. No burning shall be conducted in areas under a current air stagnation advisory issued by the National Weather Service or during a "Drought Emergency" declared by the Governor;

7.The fire shall be attended at all times.

(c)The Director or his authorized representative may impose additional conditions to cover specific open burning situations where additional controls or requirements are deemed necessary to minimize air pollution.

(d)Permission to open burn under the provisions of this paragraph is revoked during the months of May, June, July, August and September in Baldwin, Jefferson, Lawrence, Madison, Mobile, Montgomery, Morgan, and Shelby Counties. During 2003 only burning may be conducted in Morgan County if an air curtain incinerator is used to burn the materials.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel, Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date January 18, 1972. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 21, 1997; effective September 25, 1997. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000. Amended: Filed February 27, 2003; effective April 3, 2003. Amended: Filed August 28, 2003; effective October 2, 2003.

<regElement name="335.3.3.02" level="3" title="Incinerators">

(1)The provisions of this Rule are applicable to any incinerator except as provided in Rule 335-3-3-.03 and Rule 335-3-3-.04.

(2)Incinerators shall be designed and operated in such manner as is necessary to prevent the emission of objectionable odors.

(3)No person shall cause or permit to be emitted into the open air from any incinerator, particulate matter in the exhaust gases to exceed 0.20 pounds per 100 pounds of refuse charged; provided that: for incinerators of more than 50 tons per day charging rate, particulate matter in the exhaust gases may not exceed 0.10 pounds per 100 pounds of refuse charged.

(4)Emission tests shall be conducted at maximum burning capacity of the incinerator.

(5)The burning capacity of an incinerator shall be the manufacturer's or designer's guaranteed maximum rate or such other rate as may be determined by the Director in accordance with good engineering practices. In cases of conflict, the determination made by the Director shall govern.

(6)For the purposes of this Rule, the total of the capacities of all furnaces within one system shall be considered as the incinerator capacity.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date January 18, 1972. Amended: Effective Date July 26, 1972, September 19, 1991.

<regElement name="335.3.3.03" level="3" title="Incineration Of Wood, Peanut, And Cotton Ginning Wastes">

(1)No person shall cause or permit to be emitted into the open air from any incinerator which incinerates wood, peanut, or cotton ginning wastes, particulate matter in the exhaust gases to exceed 0.40 pounds per 100 pounds of materials charged.

(2)Emission tests shall be conducted at maximum burning capacity of the incinerator.

(3)The burning capacity of an incinerator shall be the manufacturer's or designer's guaranteed maximum rate or such other rate as may be determined by the Director in accordance with good engineering practices. In case of conflict, the determination made by the Director shall govern.

(4)Each incinerator subject to this Rule shall be properly designed, equipped, and maintained for its maximum burning capacity and shall be equipped with a temperature recorder which shall be operated continuously with the incinerator; and the temperature records shall be made available for inspection at the request of the Director and shall either:

(a)be equipped with an underfire forced air system, which shall be electronically controlled to insure that optimum temperature range for the complete combustion of the amount and type of material waste being charged into the incinerator, and a variable damper, or

(b)consist of an all-metal shell with refractory lining, circular furnace, and a built-in cinder catching system for either reburning or other disposition; all primary combustion air shall be supplied under pressure through nozzle openings located around the periphery of the lower furnace; over-fire air shall be provided under pressure through ports which shall be directed downward and tangentially in the same direction as the primary air; cinder collection shall be accomplished by the provision of openings through the shell located above the furnace section.

(5)Each incinerator subject to this Rule shall be properly designed, equipped, and maintained for its maximum rated burning capacity and shall be equipped with an underfire forced air system, an over-fire air recirculation secondary combustion system, and variable control damper, all of which shall be electronically controlled to insure the optimum temperature range for the complete combustion of the amount and type of material waste being charged into the incinerator. Each such incinerator shall be equipped with a temperature recorder which shall be operated continuously with the incinerator, and the temperature records shall be made available for inspection at the request of the Director.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date January 18, 1972. Amended: Effective Date July 26, 1972.

<regElement name="335.3.3.04" level="3" title="Incineration Of Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste"> <dwc name="bacteria" times="1"><dwc name="chlorin" times="1"><dwc name="cadmium" times="2"><dwc name="lead" times="2"><dwc name="mercuri" times="5"><dwc name="dioxin" times="37"><dwc name="radioact" times="7">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Batch HMIWI" means an HMIWI that is designed such that neither waste charging nor ash removal can occur during combustion.

(b)"Biologicals" means preparations made from living organisms and their products, including vaccines, cultures, etc., intended for use in diagnosing, immunizing, or treating humans or animals or in research pertaining thereto.

(c)"Blood Products" means any product derived from human blood, including but not limited to blood plasma, platelets, red or white blood corpuscles, and other derived licensed products, such as interferon, etc.

(d)"Body Fluids" means liquid emanating or derived from humans and limited to blood; dialysate; amniotic, cerebrospinal, synovial, pleural, peritoneal and pericardial fluids; and semen and vaginal secretions.

(e)"Bypass stack" means a device used for discharging combustion gases to avoid severe damage to the air pollution control device or other equipment.

(f)"Chemotherapeutic waste" means waste material resulting from the production or use of antineoplastic agents used for the purpose of stopping or reversing the growth of malignant cells.

(g)"Co-fired combustor" means a unit combusting hospital waste and/or medical/infectious waste with other fuels or wastes (e.g., coal, municipal solid waste) and subject to an enforceable requirement limiting the unit to combusting a fuel feed stream, 10 percent or less of the weight of which is comprised, in aggregate, of hospital waste and medical/infectious waste as measured on a calendar quarter basis. For purposes of this definition, pathological waste, chemotherapeutic waste, and low-level radioactive waste are considered "other" wastes when calculating the percentage of hospital waste and medical/infectious waste combusted.

(h)"Continuous emission monitoring system or CEMS" means a monitoring system for continuously measuring and recording the emissions of a pollutant from an affected facility.

(i)"Continuous HMIWI" means an HMIWI that is designed to allow waste charging and ash removal during combustion.

(j)"Dioxins/furans" means the combined emissions of tetra-through octa-chlorinated dibenzo-para-dioxins and dibenzofurans, as measured by EPA Reference Method 23.

(k)"Dry scrubber" means an add-on air pollution control system that injects dry alkaline sorbent (dry injection) or sprays an alkaline sorbent (spray dryer) to react with and neutralize acid gases in the HMIWI exhaust stream forming a dry powder material.

(l)"Fabric filter or baghouse" means an add-on air pollution control system that removes particulate matter (PM) and nonvaporous metals emissions by passing flue gas through filter bags.

(m)"High-air phase" means the stage of the batch operating cycle when the primary chamber reaches and maintains maximum operating temperatures.

(n)"Hospital" means any facility which has an organized medical staff, maintains at least six inpatient beds, and where the primary function of the institution is to provide diagnostic and therapeutic patient services and continuous nursing care primarily to human inpatients who are not related and who stay on average in excess of 24 hours per admission. This definition does not include facilities maintained for the sole purpose of providing nursing or convalescent care to human patients who generally are not acutely ill but who require continuing medical supervision.

(o)"Hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerator or HMIWI or HMIWI unit" means any device that combusts any amount of hospital waste and/or medical/ infectious waste.

(p)"Hospital/medical/infectious waste incinerator operator or HMIWI operator" means any person who operates, controls or supervises the day-to-day operation of an HMIWI.

(q)"Hospital waste" means discards generated at a hospital, except unused items returned to the manufacturer. The definition of hospital waste does not include human corpses, remains, and anatomical parts that are intended for interment or cremation.

(r)"Infectious agent" means any organism (such as a virus or bacteria) that is capable of being communicated by invasion and multiplication in body tissues and capable of causing disease or adverse health impacts in humans.

(s)"Intermittent HMIWI" means an HMIWI that is designed to allow waste charging, but not ash removal, during combustion.

(t)"Large HMIWI" means:

1.Except as provided in subparagraph 2.;

(i)An HMIWI whose maximum design waste burning capacity is more than 500 pounds per hour; or

(ii)A continuous or intermittent HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is more than 500 pounds per hour; or

(iii)A batch HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is more than 4,000 pounds per day.

2.The following are not large HMIWI:

(i)A continuous or intermittent HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is less than or equal to 500 pounds per hour; or

(ii)A batch HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is less than or equal to 4,000 pounds per day.

(u)"Low-level radioactive waste" means waste material which contains radioactive nuclides emitting primarily beta or gamma radiation, or both, in concentrations or quantities that exceed applicable federal or State standards for unrestricted release. Low-level radioactive waste is not high-level radioactive waste, spent nuclear fuel, or by-product material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 [42 U.S.C. 2014(e)(2)].

(v)"Maximum charge rate" means:

1.For continuous and intermittent HMIWI, 110 percent of the lowest 3-hour average charge rate measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating compliance with all applicable emission limits.

2.For batch HMIWI, 110 percent of the lowest daily charge rate measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating compliance with all applicable emission limits.

(w)"Maximum design waste burning capacity" means:

1.For intermittent and continuous HMIWI,

C = PV x 15,000/8,500

Where:

C = HMIWI capacity, lb/hr

PV = primary chamber volume, ft3

15,000 = primary chamber heat release rate factor, Btu/ft3/hr

8,500 = standard waste heating value, Btu/lb;

2.For batch HMIWI,

C = PV x 4.5/8

Where:

C = HMIWI capacity, lb/hr

PV = primary chamber volume, ft3

4.5 = waste density, lb/ft3

8 = typical hours of operation of a batch HMIWI, hours.

(x)"Maximum fabric filter inlet temperature" means 110 percent of the lowest 3-hour average temperature at the inlet to the fabric filter (taken, at a minimum, once every minute) measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating compliance with the dioxin/furan emission limit.

(y)"Maximum flue gas temperature" means 110 percent of the lowest 3-hour average temperature at the outlet from the wet scrubber (taken, at a minimum, once every minute) measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating compliance with the mercury (Hg) emission limit.

(z)"Medical/infectious waste" means any waste generated in the diagnosis, treatment, or immunization of human beings or animals, in research pertaining thereto, or in the production or testing of biologicals that is listed below: The definition of medical/infectious waste does not include hazardous waste identified or listed under the regulations in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-2; household waste, as defined in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-2-.01(4)(b)1.; ash from incineration of medical/ infectious waste, once the incineration process has been completed; human corpses, remains, and anatomical parts that are intended for interment or cremation; and domestic sewage materials identified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)1.

1.Cultures and stocks of infectious agents and associated biologicals, including: cultures from medical and pathological laboratories; cultures and stocks of infectious agents from research and industrial laboratories; wastes from the production of biologicals; discarded live and attenuated vaccines; and culture dishes and devices used to transfer, inoculate, and mix cultures.

2.Human pathological waste, including tissues, organs, and body parts and body fluids that are removed during surgery or autopsy, or other medical procedures, and specimens of body fluids and their containers.

3.Human blood and blood products including:

(i)Liquid waste human blood;

(ii)Products of blood;

(iii)Items saturated and/or dripping with human blood; or

(iv)Items that were saturated and/or dripping with human blood that are now caked with dried human blood; including serum, plasma, and other blood components, and their containers, which were used or intended for use in either patient care, testing and laboratory analysis or the development of pharmaceuticals. Intravenous bags are also included in this category.

4.Sharps that have been used in animal or human patient care or treatment or in medical, research, or industrial laboratories, including hypodermic needles, syringes (with or without the attached needle), Pasteur pipettes, scalpel blades, blood vials, needles with attached tubing, and culture dishes (regardless of presence of infectious agents). Also included are other types of broken or unbroken glassware that were in contact with infectious agents, such as used slides and cover slips.

5.Animal waste including contaminated animal carcasses, body parts, and bedding of animals that were known to have been exposed to infectious agents during research (including research in veterinary hospitals), production of biologicals or testing of pharmaceuticals.

6.Isolation wastes including biological waste and discarded materials contaminated with blood, excretions, exudates, or secretions from humans who are isolated to protect others from certain highly communicable diseases, or isolated animals known to be infected with highly communicable diseases.

7.Unused sharps including the following unused, discarded sharps: hypodermic needles, suture needles, syringes, and scalpel blades.

(aa)"Medium HMIWI" means:

1.Except as provided in subparagraph 2.;

(i)An HMIWI whose maximum design waste burning capacity is more than 200 pounds per hour but less than or equal to 500 pounds per hour; or

(ii)A continuous or intermittent HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is more than 200 pounds per hour but less than or equal to 500 pounds per hour; or

(iii)A batch HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is more than 1,600 pounds per day but less than or equal to 4,000 pounds per day.

2.The following are not medium HMIWI:

(i)A continuous or intermittent HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is less than or equal to 200 pounds per hour or more than 500 pounds per hour; or

(ii)A batch HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is more than 4,000 pounds per day or less than or equal to 1,600 pounds per day.

(bb)"Minimum dioxin/furan sorbent flow rate" means 90 percent of the highest 3-hour average dioxin/furan sorbent flow rate (taken, at a minimum, once every hour) measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating compliance with the dioxin/furan emission limit.

(cc)"Minimum Hg sorbent flow rate" means 90 percent of the highest 3-hour average Hg sorbent flow rate (taken, at a minimum, once every hour) measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating compliance with the Hg emission limit.

(dd)"Minimum hydrogen chloride (HCl) sorbent flow rate" means 90 percent of the highest 3-hour average HCl sorbent flow rate (taken, at a minimum, once every hour) measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating compliance with the HCl emission limit.

(ee)"Minimum horsepower or amperage" means 90 percent of the highest 3-hour average horsepower or amperage to the wet scrubber (taken, at a minimum, once every minute) measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating compliance with the applicable emission limits.

(ff)"Minimum pressure drop across the wet scrubber" means 90 percent of the highest 3-hour average pressure drop across the wet scrubber PM control device (taken, at a minimum, once every minute) measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating compliance with the PM emission limit.

(gg)"Minimum scrubber liquor flow rate" means 90 percent of the highest 3-hour average liquor flow rate at the inlet to the wet scrubber (taken, at a minimum, once every minute) measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating compliance with all applicable emission limits.

(hh)"Minimum scrubber liquor pH" means 90 percent of the highest 3-hour average liquor pH at the inlet to the wet scrubber (taken, at a minimum, once every minute) measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating compliance with the HCl emission limit.

(ii)"Minimum secondary chamber temperature" means 90 percent of the highest 3-hour average secondary chamber temperature (taken, at a minimum, once every minute) measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating compliance with the PM, CO, or dioxin/furan emission limits.

(jj)"Modification or Modified HMIWI" means any change to an HMIWI unit on or after June 20, 1996 such that:

1.The cumulative costs of the modifications, over the life of the unit, exceed 50 per centum of the original cost of the construction and installation of the unit (not including the cost of any land purchased in connection with such construction or installation) updated to current costs, or

2.The change involves a physical change in or change in the method of operation of the unit which increases the amount of any air pollutant emitted by the unit for which standards have been established under Section 129 or Section 111.

(kk)"Operating day" means a 24-hour period between 12:00 midnight and the following midnight during which any amount of hospital waste or medical/ infectious waste is combusted at any time in the HMIWI.

(ll)"Operation" means the period during which waste is combusted in the incinerator excluding periods of startup or shutdown.

(mm)"Particulate matter or PM" means the total particulate matter emitted from an HMIWI as measured by EPA Reference Method 5 or EPA Reference Method 29.

(nn)"Pathological waste" means waste material consisting of only human or animal remains, anatomical parts, and/or tissue, the bags/containers used to collect and transport the waste material, and animal bedding (if applicable).

(oo)"Primary chamber" means the chamber in an HMIWI that receives waste material, in which the waste is ignited, and from which ash is removed.

(pp)"Pyrolysis" means the endothermic gasification of hospital waste and/or medical/infectious waste using external energy.

(qq)"Responsible Official" means one of the following:

1.For a corporation: a president, secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy or decision-making functions for the corporation, or a duly authorized representative of such person if the representative is responsible for the overall operation of one or more manufacturing, production, or operating facilities applying for or subject to a permit and either:

(i)The facilities employ more than 250 persons or have gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $25 million (in second quarter 1980 dollars); or

(ii)The delegation of authority to such representatives is approved in advance by the Department;

2.For a partnership or sole proprietorship: a general partner or the proprietor, respectively;

3.For a municipality, State, Federal, or other public agency: Either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official. For the purposes of this Rule, a principal executive officer of a Federal agency includes the chief executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency (e.g., a Regional Administrator of EPA); or

4.For affected sources: the designated representative for any other purposes under this Rule.

(rr)"Secondary chamber" means a component of the HMIWI that receives combustion gases from the primary chamber and in which the combustion process is completed.

(ss)"Shutdown" means the period of time after all waste has been combusted in the primary chamber. For continuous HMIWI, shutdown shall commence no less than 2 hours after the last charge to the incinerator. For intermittent HMIWI, shutdown shall commence no less than 4 hours after the last charge to the incinerator. For batch HMIWI, shutdown shall commence no less than 5 hours after the high-air phase of combustion has been completed.

(tt)"Small HMIWI" means:

1.Except as provided in subparagraph 2.;

(i)An HMIWI whose maximum design waste burning capacity is less than or equal to 200 pounds per hour; or

(ii)A continuous or intermittent HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is less than or equal to 200 pounds per hour; or

(iii)A batch HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is less than or equal to 1,600 pounds per day.

2.The following are not small HMIWI:

(i)A continuous or intermittent HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is more than 200 pounds per hour;

(ii)A batch HMIWI whose maximum charge rate is more than 1,600 pounds per day.

(uu)"Standard conditions" means a temperature of 20 ºC and a pressure of 101.3 kilopascals.

(vv)"Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area or SMSA" means any areas listed in OMB Bulletin No. 93-17 entitled "Revised Statistical Definitions for Metropolitan Areas" dated June 30, 1993 (see 40 CFR &#167;60.17).

(ww)"Startup" means the period of time between the activation of the system and the first charge to the unit. For batch HMIWI, startup means the period of time between activation of the system and ignition of the waste.

(xx)"Wet scrubber" means an add-on air pollution control device that utilizes an alkaline scrubbing liquor to collect particulate matter (including nonvaporous metals and condensed organics) and/or to absorb and neutralize acid gases.

(2)Applicability.

(a)Except as provided in subparagraphs (b) through (h) of this paragraph, the designated facility to which this Rule applies is each individual HMIWI for which construction was commenced on or before June 20, 1996.

(b)A combustor is not subject to this Rule during periods when only pathological waste, low-level radioactive waste, and/or chemotherapeutic waste is burned, provided the owner or operator of the combustor:

1.Notifies the Director of an exemption claim [see Appendix H]; and

2.Keeps records on a calendar quarter basis of the periods of time when only pathological waste, low-level radioactive waste, and/or chemotherapeutic waste is burned.

(c)Any co-fired combustor is not subject to this Rule if the owner or operator of the co-fired combustor:

1.Notifies the Director of an exemption claim [see Appendix H];

2.Provides an estimate of the relative weight of hospital waste, medical/ infectious waste, and other fuels and/or wastes to be combusted; and

3.Keeps records on a calendar quarter basis of the weight of hospital waste and medical/infectious waste combusted, and the weight of all other fuels and wastes combusted at the co-fired combustor.

(d)Any combustor required to have a permit under Section 3005 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act is not subject to this Rule.

(e)Any combustor which meets the applicability requirements under 40 CFR, Subpart Cb, Ea, or Eb [ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-10-.02(3)(a) and (3)(b)] (standards or guidelines for certain municipal waste combustors) is not subject to this Rule.

(f)Any pyrolysis unit is not subject to this Rule.

(g)Cement kilns firing hospital waste and/or medical/infectious waste are not subject to this Rule.

(h)Physical or operational changes made to an existing HMIWI unit solely for the purpose of complying with this Rule are not considered a modification and do not result in an existing HMIWI unit becoming subject to the provisions of 40 CFR, Subpart Ec [ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-10-.02(c)].

(i)Each existing HMIWI is subject to the permitting requirements in ADEM Admin. Code Chapter 335-3-16. Each owner and operator of an existing HMIWI shall submit a Major Source Operating Permit application to the Department by December 15, 1999.

(j)Beginning September 15, 2000, designated facilities subject to this Rule shall operate pursuant to a permit issued under ADEM Admin. Code Chapter 335-3-16.

(3)Emission limits.

(a)On and after the date on which the initial performance test is completed or is required to be completed under &#167;60.8, whichever date comes first, no owner or operator of an affected facility shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from that affected facility any gases that contain stack emissions in excess of the limits presented in Table 1 of this paragraph. The emission limits in Table 2 apply to any small HMIWI which is located more than 50 miles from the boundary of the nearest Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area (SMSA) and which burns less than 2,000 pounds per week of hospital waste and medical/infectious waste. The 2,000 lb/week limitation does not apply during performance tests.

(b)On and after the date on which the initial performance test is completed or is required to be completed under &#167;60.8, whichever date comes first, no owner or operator of an affected facility shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from the stack of that affected facility any gases that exhibit greater than 10 percent opacity (6-minute block average).

TABLE 1. EMISSION LIMITS FOR SMALL, MEDIUM, AND LARGE HMIWI

<table width="100%"> Emission Limits HMIWI Size Pollutant Units (7 percent oxygen, dry basis) Small Medium Large Particulate Matter Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter (grains per dry standard cubic foot) 115 (0.05) 69 (0.03) 34 (0.015) Carbon Monoxide Parts per million by volume 40 40 40 Dioxins/furans Nanograms per dry standard cubic meter total dioxins/ furans (grains per billion dry standard cubic feet) or nanograms per dry standard cubic meter total dioxins/ furans TEQ (grains per billion dry standard cubic feet) 125 (55) or 2.3 (1.0) 125 (55) or 2.3 (1.0) 125 (55) or 2.3 (1.0) Hydrogen Chloride Parts per million by volume or percent reduction 100 or 93% 100 or 93% 100 or 93% Sulfur Dioxide Parts per million by volume 55 55 55 Nitrogen Oxides Parts per million by volume 250 250 250 Lead Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter (grains per thousand dry standard cubic feet) or percent reduction 1.2 (0.52) or 70% 1.2 (0.52) or 70% 1.2 (0.52) or 70% Cadmium Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter (grains per thousand dry standard cubic feet) or percent reduction 0.16 (0.07) or 65% 0.16 (0.07) or 65% 0.16 (0.07) or 65% Mercury Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter (grains per thousand dry standard cubic feet) or percent reduction 0.55 (0.24) or 85% 0.55 (0.24) or 85% 0.55 (0.24) or 85% </table>

TABLE 2. EMISSION LIMITS FOR SMALL HMIWI

<table width="100%"> Pollutant Units (7 percent oxygen, dry basis) HMIWI Emission Limits Particulate Matter Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter (grains per dry standard cubic foot) 197 (0.086) Carbon Monoxide Parts per million by volume 40 Dioxins/furans Nanograms per dry standard cubic meter total dioxins/ furans (grains per billion dry standard cubic feet) or nanograms per dry standard cubic meter total dioxins/ furans TEQ (grains per billion dry standard cubic feet) 800 (350) or 15 (6.6) Hydrogen Chloride Parts per million by volume 3100 Sulfur Dioxide Parts per million by volume 55 Nitrogen Oxides Parts per million by volume 250 Lead Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter (grains per thousand dry standard cubic feet) 10 (4.4) Cadmium Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter (grains per thousand dry standard cubic feet) 4 (1.7) Mercury Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter (grains per thousand dry standard cubic feet) 7.5 (3.3) </table>

(4)Operator Training and Qualification Requirements.

(a)Compliance with the requirements of this paragraph shall occur no later than one year after EPA approval of these Rules.

(b)No owner or operator of an affected facility shall allow the affected facility to operate at any time unless a fully trained and qualified HMIWI operator is accessible, either at the facility or available within 1 hour. The trained and qualified HMIWI operator may operate the HMIWI directly or be the direct supervisor of one or more HMIWI operators.

(c)Operator training and qualification shall be obtained through a State-approved program that meets the requirements included in subparagraphs (d) through (k) of this paragraph.

(d)Training shall be obtained by completing an HMIWI operator training course that includes, at a minimum, the following provisions:

1.24 hours of training on the following subjects:

(i)Environmental concerns, including pathogen destruction and types of emissions;

(ii)Basic combustion principles, including products of combustion;

(iii)Operation of the type of incinerator to be used by the operator, including proper startup, waste charging, and shutdown procedures;

(iv)Combustion controls and monitoring;

(v)Operation of air pollution control equipment and factors affecting performance (if applicable);

(vi)Methods to monitor pollutants (continuous emission monitoring systems and monitoring of HMIWI and air pollution control device operating parameters) and equipment calibration procedures (where applicable);

(vii)Inspection and maintenance of the HMIWI, air pollution control devices, and continuous emission monitoring systems;

(viii)Bottom and fly ash characteristics and handling procedures;

(ix)Applicable Federal, State, and local regulations;

(x)Work safety procedures;

(xi)Pre-startup inspections; and

(xii)Recordkeeping requirements.

2.An examination designed and administered by the instructor.

3.Reference material distributed to the attendees covering the course topics.

(e)Qualification shall be obtained by:

1.Completion of a training course that satisfies the criteria under subparagraph (d) of this paragraph; and

2.Either 6 months experience as an HMIWI operator, 6 months experience as a direct supervisor of an HMIWI operator, or completion of at least two burn cycles under the observation of two qualified HMIWI operators.

(f)Qualification is valid from the date on which the examination is passed or the completion of the required experience, whichever is later.

(g)To maintain qualification, the trained and qualified HMIWI operator shall complete and pass an annual review or refresher course of at least 4 hours covering, at a minimum, the following:

1.Update of regulations;

2.Incinerator operation, including startup and shutdown procedures;

3.Inspection and maintenance;

4.Discussion of operating problems encountered by attendees.

(h)A lapsed qualification shall be renewed by one of the following methods:

1.For a lapse of less than 3 years, the HMIWI operator shall complete and pass a standard annual refresher course described in subparagraph (g) of this paragraph above.

2.For a lapse of 3 years or more, the HMIWI operator shall complete and pass a training course with the minimum criteria described in subparagraph (d) of this paragraph above.

(i)The owner or operator of an affected facility shall maintain documentation at the facility that address the following:

1.Summary of the applicable standards under this Rule;

2.Description of basic combustion theory applicable to an HMIWI;

3.Procedures for receiving, handling, and charging waste;

4.HMIWI startup, or shutdown procedures;

5.Procedures for maintaining proper combustion air supply levels;

6.Procedures for operating the HMIWI and associated air pollution control systems within the standards established under this Rule;

7.Procedures for monitoring HMIWI emissions;

8.Reporting and recordkeeping procedures; and

9.Procedures for handling ash.

(j)The owner or operator of an affected facility shall establish a program for reviewing the information listed in subparagraph (i) of this paragraph annually with each HMIWI operator.

1.The initial review of the information listed in subparagraph (i) of this paragraph shall be conducted within 6 months after EPA approval of these Rules or prior to assumption of responsibilities affecting HMIWI operation, whichever date is later.

2.Subsequent reviews of the information listed in subparagraph (i) of this paragraph shall be conducted annually.

(k)The information listed in subparagraph (i) of this paragraph shall be kept in a readily accessible location for all HMIWI operators. This information, along with records of training shall be available for inspection by the Department.

(5)Waste Management Guidelines. The owner or operator of an affected facility shall prepare a waste management plan. The waste management plan shall identify both the feasibility and the approach to separate certain components of solid waste from the health care waste stream in order to reduce the amount of toxic emissions from incinerated waste. A waste management plan may include, but is not limited to, elements such as paper, cardboard, plastics, glass, battery, or metal recycling; or purchasing recycled or recyclable products. A waste management plan may include different goals or approaches for different areas or departments of the facility and need not include new waste management goals for every waste stream. It should identify, where possible, reasonably available additional waste management measures, taking into account the effectiveness of waste management measures already in place, the costs of additional measures, the emission reductions expected to be achieved, and any other environmental or energy impacts they might have. The American Hospital Association publication entitled "An Ounce of Prevention: Waste Reduction Strategies for Health Care Facilities" shall be considered in the development of the waste management plan.

(6)Inspection Guidelines.

(a)The requirements of this paragraph apply to small HMIWI subject to the emission limits in Table 2 of paragraph (3) of this Rule.

(b)Within one year of EPA approval of these Rules and annually thereafter (no more than 12 months following the previous annual equipment inspection) an equipment inspection shall be performed.

1.At a minimum, an inspection shall include the following:

(i)Inspect all burners, pilot assemblies, and pilot sensing devices for proper operation; clean pilot flame sensor, as necessary;

(ii)Ensure proper adjustment of primary and secondary chamber combustion air, and adjust as necessary;

(iii)Inspect hinges and door latches, and lubricate as necessary;

(iv)Inspect dampers, fans, and blowers for proper operation;

(v)Inspect HMIWI door and door gaskets for proper sealing;

(vi)Inspect motors for proper operation;

(vii)Inspect primary chamber refractory lining; clean and repair/replace lining as necessary;

(viii)Inspect incinerator shell for corrosion and/or hot spots;

(ix)Inspect secondary/tertiary chamber and stack, clean as necessary;

(x)Inspect mechanical loader, including limit switches, for proper operation, if applicable;

(xi)Visually inspect waste bed (grates), and repair/seal, as appropriate;

(xii)For the burn cycle that follows the inspection, document that the incinerator is operating properly and make any necessary adjustments;

(xiii)Inspect air pollution control device(s) for proper operation, if applicable;

(xiv)Inspect waste heat boiler systems to ensure proper operation, if applicable;

(xv)Inspect bypass stack components;

(xvi)Ensure proper calibration of thermocouples, sorbent feed systems and any other monitoring equipment; and

(xvii)Generally observe that the equipment is maintained in good operating condition.

2.Within 10 operating days following an equipment inspection, all necessary repairs shall be completed unless the owner or operator obtains written approval from the Department establishing a date whereby all necessary repairs of the designated facility shall be completed.

(7)Compliance and Performance Testing.

(a)The emission limits under this Rule apply at all times except during periods of startup or shutdown, provided that no hospital waste or medical/infectious waste is charged to the affected facility during startup or shutdown.

(b)The owner or operator of an affected facility shall conduct an initial performance test as required under &#167;60.8 to determine compliance with the emission limits using the procedures and test methods listed in subparagraphs (b)1. through (b)11. of this paragraph. The use of the bypass stack during a performance test shall invalidate the performance test.

1.All performance tests shall consist of a minimum of three test runs conducted under representative operating conditions.

2.The minimum sample time shall be 1 hour per test run unless otherwise indicated.

3.EPA Reference Method 1 of Appendix A of 40 CFR 60 shall be used to select the sampling location and number of traverse points.

4.EPA Reference Method 3 or 3A of Appendix A of 40 CFR 60 shall be used for gas composition analysis, including measurement of oxygen concentration. EPA Reference Method 3 or 3A of Appendix A of 40 CFR 60 shall be used simultaneously with each reference method.

5.The pollutant concentrations shall be adjusted to 7 percent oxygen using the following equation:

<img src="Image3706.gif"/> Where:

Cadj = pollutant concentration adjusted to 7 percent oxygen;

Cmeas = pollutant concentration measured on a dry basis (20.9 - 7) = 20.9 percent oxygen - 7 percent oxygen (defined oxygen correction basis);

20.9 = oxygen concentration in air, percent; and

%O2 = oxygen concentration measured on a dry basis, percent.

6.EPA Reference Method 5 or 29 of Appendix A of 40 CFR 60 shall be used to measure the particulate matter emissions.

7.EPA Reference Method 9 of Appendix A of 40 CFR 60 shall be used to measure stack opacity.

8.EPA Reference Method 10 or 10B of Appendix A of 40 CFR 60 shall be used to measure the CO emissions.

9.EPA Reference Method 23 of Appendix A of 40 CFR 60 shall be used to measure total dioxin/furan emissions. The minimum sample time shall be 4 hours per test run. If the affected facility has selected the toxic equivalency standards for dioxin/furans, under paragraph (3) of this Rule, the following procedures shall be used to determine compliance:

(i)Measure the concentration of each dioxin/furan tetra-through octa-congener emitted using EPA Reference Method 23.

(ii)For each dioxin/furan congener measured in accordance with subparagraph (b)9.(i) of this paragraph, multiply the congener concentration by its corresponding toxic equivalency factor specified in Table 3 of this Rule.

(iii)Sum the products calculated in accordance with subparagraph (b)9.(ii) of this paragraph to obtain the total concentration of dioxins/furans emitted in terms of toxic equivalency.

TABLE 3. TOXIC EQUIVALENCY FACTORS

<table width="100%"> Dioxin/Furan Congener Toxic Equivalency Factor 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin 1 1,2,3,7,8- pentachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin 0.5 1,2,3,4,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin 0.1 1,2,3,7,8,9-hexachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin 0.1 1,2,3,6,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin 0.1 1,2,3,4,6,7,8-heptachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin 0.01 octachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin 0.001 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.1 2,3,4,7,8-pentachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.5 1,2,3,7,8-pentachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.05 1,2,3,4,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.1 1,2,3,6,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.1 1,2,3,7,8,9-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.1 2,3,4,6,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.1 1,2,3,4,6,7,8-heptachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.01 1,2,3,4,7,8,9-heptachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.01 octachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.001 </table>

10.EPA Reference Method 26 or 26A of Appendix A of 40 CFR 60 shall be used to measure HCl emissions. If the affected facility has selected the percentage reduction standards for HCl under paragraph (3) of this Rule, the percentage reduction in HCl emissions (%RHCl) is computed using the following formula:

<img src="Image3707.gif"/> Where:

%RHCl = percentage reduction of HCl emissions achieved;

Ei = HCl emission concentration measured at the control device inlet, corrected to 7 percent oxygen (dry basis); and

Eo = HCl emission concentration measured at the control device outlet, corrected to 7 percent oxygen (dry basis).

11.EPA Reference Method 29 of Appendix A of 40 CFR 60 shall be used to measure Pb, Cd, and Hg emissions. If the affected facility has selected the percentage reduction standards for metals under paragraph (3) of this Rule, the percentage reduction in emissions (%Rmetal) is computed using the following formula:

<img src="Image3708.gif"/> Where:

%R metal = percentage reduction of metal emission (Pb, Cd, or Hg) achieved;

Ei = metal emission concentration (Pb, Cd, or Hg) measured at the control device inlet, corrected to 7 percent oxygen (dry basis); and

Eo = metal emission concentration (Pb, Cd, or Hg) measured at the control device outlet, corrected to 7 percent oxygen (dry basis).

(c)Following the date on which the initial performance test is completed or is required to be completed under &#167;60.8, whichever date comes first, the owner or operator of an affected facility shall:

1.Determine compliance with the opacity limit by conducting an annual performance test (no more than 12 months following the previous performance test) using the applicable procedures and test methods listed in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph.

2.Determine compliance with the PM, CO, and HCl emission limits by conducting an annual performance test (no more than 12 months following the previous performance test) using the applicable procedures and test methods listed in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph. If all three performance tests over a 3-year period indicate compliance with the emission limit for a pollutant (PM, CO, or HCl), the owner or operator may forego a performance test for that pollutant for the subsequent 2 years, if specifically approved by the Director. At a minimum, a performance test for PM, CO, and HCl shall be conducted every third year (no more than 36 months following the previous performance test). If a performance test conducted every third year indicates compliance with the emission limit for a pollutant (PM, CO, or HCl), the owner or operator may forego a performance test for that pollutant for up to an additional 2 years, if specifically approved by the Director. If any performance test indicates noncompliance with the respective emission limit, a performance test for that pollutant shall be conducted annually until all annual performance tests over a 3-year period indicate compliance with the emission limit. The use of the bypass stack during a performance test shall invalidate the performance test.

3.Facilities using a CEMS to demonstrate compliance with any of the emission limits under paragraph (3) of this Rule shall:

(i)Determine compliance with the appropriate emission limit(s) using a 12-hour rolling average, calculated each hour as the average of the previous 12 operating hours (not including startup or shutdown).

(ii)Operate all CEMS in accordance with the applicable procedures under Appendices B and F of 40 CFR 60.

(d)The owner or operator of an affected facility equipped with a dry scrubber followed by a fabric filter, a wet scrubber, or a dry scrubber followed by a fabric filter and wet scrubber shall:

1.Establish the appropriate maximum and minimum operating parameters, indicated in Table 4 of this Rule for each control system, as site specific operating parameters during the initial performance test to determine compliance with the emission limits; and

2.Following the date on which the initial performance test is completed or is required to be completed under &#167;60.8, whichever date comes first, ensure that the affected facility does not operate above any of the applicable maximum operating parameters or below any of the applicable minimum operating parameters listed in Table 4 of this Rule and measured as 3-hour rolling averages (calculated each hour as the average of the previous 3 operating hours) at all times except during periods of startup or shutdown. Operating parameter limits do not apply during performance tests. Operation above the established maximum or below the established minimum operating parameter(s) shall constitute a violation of established operating parameter(s).

(e)Except as provided in subparagraph (h) of this paragraph, for affected facilities equipped with a dry scrubber followed by a fabric filter:

1.Operation of the affected facility above the maximum charge rate and below the minimum secondary chamber temperature (each measured on a 3-hour rolling average) simultaneously shall constitute a violation of the CO emission limit.

2.Operation of the affected facility above the maximum fabric filter inlet temperature, above the maximum charge rate, and below the minimum dioxin/furan sorbent flow rate (each measured on a 3-hour rolling average) simultaneously shall constitute a violation of the dioxin/furan emission limit.

3.Operation of the affected facility above the maximum charge rate and below the minimum HCl sorbent flow rate (each measured on a 3-hour rolling average) simultaneously shall constitute a violation of the HCl emission limit.

4.Operation of the affected facility above the maximum charge rate and below the minimum Hg sorbent flow rate (each measured on a 3-hour rolling average) simultaneously shall constitute a violation of the Hg emission limit.

5.Use of the bypass stack (except during startup or shutdown) shall constitute a violation of the PM, dioxin/furan, HCl, Pb, Cd and Hg emission limits.

(f)Except as provided in subparagraph (h) of this paragraph, for affected facilities equipped with a wet scrubber:

1.Operation of the affected facility above the maximum charge rate and below the minimum pressure drop across the wet scrubber or below the minimum horsepower or amperage to the system (each measured on a 3-hour rolling average) simultaneously shall constitute a violation of the PM emission limit.

2.Operation of the affected facility above the maximum charge rate and below the minimum secondary chamber temperature (each measured on a 3-hour rolling average) simultaneously shall constitute a violation of the CO emission limit.

3.Operation of the affected facility above the maximum charge rate, below the minimum secondary chamber temperature, and below the minimum scrubber liquor flow rate (each measured on a 3-hour rolling average) simultaneously shall constitute a violation of the dioxin/furan emission limit.

4.Operation of the affected facility above the maximum charge rate and below the minimum scrubber liquor pH (each measured on a 3-hour rolling average) simultaneously shall constitute a violation of the HCl emission limit.

5.Operation of the affected facility above the maximum flue gas temperature and above the maximum charge rate (each measured on a 3-hour rolling average) simultaneously shall constitute a violation of the Hg emission limit.

6.Use of the bypass stack (except during startup or shutdown) shall constitute a violation of the PM, dioxin/furan, HCl, Pb, Cd and Hg emission limits.

(g)Except as provided in subparagraph (h) of this paragraph, for affected facilities equipped with a dry scrubber followed by a fabric filter and a wet scrubber:

1.Operation of the affected facility above the maximum charge rate and below the minimum secondary chamber temperature (each measured on a 3-hour rolling average) simultaneously shall constitute a violation of the CO emission limit.

2.Operation of the affected facility above the maximum fabric filter inlet temperature, above the maximum charge rate, and below the minimum dioxin/furan sorbent flow rate (each measured on a 3-hour rolling average) simultaneously shall constitute a violation of the dioxin/furan emission limit.

3.Operation of the affected facility above the maximum charge rate and below the minimum scrubber liquor pH (each measured on a 3-hour rolling average) simultaneously shall constitute a violation of the HCl emission limit.

4.Operation of the affected facility above the maximum charge rate and below the minimum Hg sorbent flow rate (each measured on a 3-hour rolling average) simultaneously shall constitute a violation of the Hg emission limit.

5.Use of the bypass stack (except during startup or shutdown) shall constitute a violation of the PM, dioxin/furan, HCl, Pb, Cd and Hg emission limits.

(h)The owner or operator of an affected facility may conduct a repeat performance test within 30 days of violation of applicable operating parameter(s) to demonstrate that the affected facility is not in violation of the applicable emission limit(s). Repeat performance tests conducted pursuant to this paragraph shall be conducted using the identical operating parameters that indicated a violation under subparagraph (e), (f), or (g) of this paragraph.

(i)The owner or operator of an affected facility using an air pollution control device other than a dry scrubber followed by a fabric filter, a wet scrubber, or a dry scrubber followed by a fabric filter and a wet scrubber to comply with the emission limits under paragraph (3) of this Rule shall petition the Administrator for other site-specific operating parameters to be established during the initial performance test and continuously monitored thereafter. The owner or operator shall not conduct the initial performance test until after the petition has been approved by the Administrator.

(j)The owner or operator of an affected facility may conduct a repeat performance test at any time to establish new values for the operating parameters. The Administrator may request a repeat performance test at any time.

(k)Any small HMIWI subject to the emission limits in Table 2 of paragraph (3) of this Rule shall meet the following compliance and performance testing requirements:

1.Conduct the performance testing requirements in subparagraphs (a), (b)1. through (b)9., (b)11. [Mercury only], and (c)1. of this paragraph. The 2,000 lb/week limitation does not apply during performance tests.

2.Establish maximum charge rate and minimum secondary chamber temperature as site-specific operating parameters during the initial performance test to determine compliance with applicable emission limits.

3.Following the date on which the initial performance test is completed or is required to be completed under &#167;60.8, whichever date comes first, ensure that the designated facility does not operate above the maximum charge rate or below the minimum secondary chamber temperature measured as 3-hour rolling averages (calculated each hour as the average of the previous 3 operating hours) at all times except during periods of startup or shutdown. Operating parameter limits do not apply during performance tests. Operation above the maximum charge rate or below the minimum secondary chamber temperature shall constitute a violation of the established operating parameter(s).

4.Except as provided in subparagraph (k)5. of this paragraph below, operation of the designated facility above the maximum charge rate and below the minimum secondary chamber temperature (each measured on a 3-hour rolling average) simultaneously shall constitute a violation of the PM, CO, and dioxin/furan emission limits.

5.The owner or operator of a designated facility may conduct a repeat performance test within 30 days of violation of applicable operating parameter(s) to demonstrate that the designated facility is not in violation of the applicable emission limit(s). Repeat performance tests conducted pursuant to this paragraph must be conducted using the identical operating parameters that indicated a violation under subparagraph (k)4. of this paragraph above.

(8)Monitoring.

(a)The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install, calibrate (to manufacturers' specifications), maintain, and operate devices (or establish methods) for monitoring the applicable maximum and minimum operating parameters listed in Table 4 of this Rule such that these devices (or methods) measure and record values for these operating parameters at the frequencies indicated in Table 4 of this Rule at all times except during periods of startup and shutdown.

(b)The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install, calibrate (to manufacturers' specifications), maintain, and operate a device or method for measuring the use of the bypass stack including date, time, and duration.

(c)The owner or operator of an affected facility using something other than a dry scrubber followed by a fabric filter, a wet scrubber, or a dry scrubber followed by a fabric filter and a wet scrubber to comply with the emission limits under paragraph (3) of this Rule shall install, calibrate (to the manufacturers' specifications), maintain, and operate the equipment necessary to monitor the site-specific operating parameters developed pursuant to subparagraph (7)(i) of this Rule.

(d)The owner or operator of an affected facility shall obtain monitoring data at all times during HMIWI operation except during periods of monitoring equipment malfunction, calibration, or repair. At a minimum, valid monitoring data shall be obtained for 75 percent of the operating hours per day and for 90 percent of the operating days per calendar quarter that the affected facility is combusting hospital waste and/or medical/infectious waste.

(e)Any small HMIWI subject to the emission limits in Table 2 of paragraph (3) of this Rule shall meet the following monitoring requirements:

1.Install, calibrate (to manufacturers' specifications), maintain, and operate a device for measuring and recording the temperature of the secondary chamber on a continuous basis, the output of which shall be recorded, at a minimum, once every minute throughout operation.

2.Install, calibrate (to manufacturers' specifications), maintain, and operate a device which automatically measures and records the date, time, and weight of each charge fed into the HMIWI.

3.The owner or operator of a designated facility shall obtain monitoring data at all times during HMIWI operation except during periods of monitoring equipment malfunction, calibration, or repair. At a minimum, valid monitoring data shall be obtained for 75 percent of the operating hours per day and for 90 percent of the operating hours per calendar quarter that the designated facility is combusting hospital waste and/or medical/infectious waste.

TABLE 4. OPERATING PARAMETERS TO BE MONITORED AND MINIMUM MEASUREMENT AND RECORDING FREQUENCIES

<table width="100%"> Minimum Frequency Control System Operating Parameters to be Monitored Data Measurement Data Recording Dry Scrubber followed by Fabric Filter Wet Scrubber Dry Scrubber followed by Fabric Filter and Wet Scrubber Maximum operating parameters: Maximum charge rate Continuous 1xhour &#214; &#214; &#214; Maximum fabric filter inlet temperature Continuous 1xminute &#214; &#214; Maximum flue gas temperature Continuous 1xminute &#214; &#214; Minimum operating parameters: Minimum secondary chamber temperature Continuous 1xminute &#214; &#214; &#214; Minimum dioxin/furan sorbent flow rate Hourly 1xhour &#214; &#214; Minimum HCl sorbent flow rate Hourly 1xhour &#214; &#214; Minimum mercury (Hg) sorbent flow rate Hourly 1xhour &#214; &#214; Minimum pressure drop across the wet scrubber or minimum horsepower or amperage to the scrubber Continuous 1xminute &#214; &#214; Minimum scrubber liquor flow rate Continuous 1xminute &#214; &#214; Minimum scrubber liquor pH Continuous 1xminute &#214; &#214; </table>

(9)Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements.

(a)The owner or operator of an affected facility shall maintain the following information (as applicable) for a period of at least 5 years:

1.Calendar date of each record;

2.Records of the following data:

(i)Concentrations of any pollutant listed in paragraph (3) of this Rule or measurements of opacity as determined by the continuous emission monitoring system (if applicable);

(ii)Results of fugitive emissions (by EPA Reference Method 22) tests, if applicable;

(iii)HMIWI charge dates, times, and weights and hourly charge rates;

(iv)Fabric filter inlet temperatures during each minute of operation, as applicable;

(v)Amount and type of dioxin/furan sorbent used during each hour of operation, as applicable;

(vi)Amount and type of Hg sorbent used during each hour of operation, as applicable;

(vii)Amount and type of HCl sorbent used during each hour of operation, as applicable;

(viii)Secondary chamber temperatures recorded during each minute of operation;

(ix)Liquor flow rate to the wet scrubber inlet during each minute of operation, as applicable;

(x)Horsepower or amperage to the wet scrubber during each minute of operation, as applicable;

(xi)Pressure drop across the wet scrubber system during each minute of operation, as applicable,

(xii)Temperature at the outlet from the wet scrubber during each minute of operation, as applicable;

(xiii)pH at the inlet to the wet scrubber during each minute of operation, as applicable,

(xiv)Records indicating use of the bypass stack, including dates, times, and durations, and

(xv)For affected facilities complying with subparagraphs (7)(i) and (8)(c) of this Rule, the owner or operator shall maintain all operating parameter data collected.

3.Identification of calendar days for which data on emission rates or operating parameters specified under subparagraph (a)2. of this paragraph have not been obtained, with an identification of the emission rates or operating parameters not measured, reasons for not obtaining the data, and a description of corrective actions taken.

4.Identification of calendar days for which data on emission rates or operating parameters specified under subparagraph (a)2. of this paragraph exceeded the applicable limits, with a description of the exceedances, reasons for such exceedances, and a description of corrective actions taken.

5.The results of the initial, annual, and any subsequent performance tests conducted to determine compliance with the emission limits and/or to establish operating parameters, as applicable.

6.Records showing the names of HMIWI operators who have completed review of the information in subparagraph (4)(i) as required by subparagraph (4)(j), including the date of the initial review and all subsequent annual reviews;

7.Records showing the names of the HMIWI operators who have completed the operator training requirements, including documentation of training and the dates of the training;

8.Records showing the names of the HMIWI operators who have met the criteria for qualification under paragraph (4) of this Rule and the dates of their qualification; and

9.Records of calibration of any monitoring devices as required under subparagraphs (8)(a), (b), and (c) of this Rule.

(b)The owner or operator of an affected facility shall submit the information specified in subparagraphs (b)1. through (b)3. of this paragraph no later than 60 days following the initial performance test. All reports shall be signed by the responsible official.

1.The initial performance test data as recorded under subparagraphs (7)(b)1. through (b)11., as applicable.

2.The values for the site-specific operating parameters established pursuant to subparagraphs (7)(d) or (i), as applicable.

3.The waste management plan as specified in paragraph (5) of this Rule.

(c)An annual report shall be submitted 1 year following the submission of the information in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph and subsequent reports shall be submitted no more than 12 months following the previous report (once the unit is subject to permitting requirements under Chapter 335-3-16, the owner or operator of an affected facility must submit these reports semiannually). The annual report shall include the information specified in subparagraphs (c)1. through (c)8. of this paragraph. All reports shall be signed by the responsible official.

1.The values for the site-specific operating parameters established pursuant to subparagraph (7)(d) or (i), as applicable.

2.The highest maximum operating parameter and the lowest minimum operating parameter, as applicable, for each operating parameter recorded for the calendar year being reported, pursuant to subparagraph (7)(d) or (i), as applicable.

3.The highest maximum operating parameter and the lowest minimum operating parameter, as applicable for each operating parameter recorded pursuant to subparagraph (7)(d) or (i) for the calendar year preceding the year being reported, in order to provide the Director with a summary of the performance of the affected facility over a 2-year period.

4.Any information recorded under subparagraphs (c)3. through (c)5. of this paragraph for the calendar year being reported.

5.Any information recorded under subparagraphs (c)3. through (c)5. of this paragraph for the calendar year preceding the year being reported, in order to provide the Director with a summary of the performance of the affected facility over a 2-year period.

6.If a performance test was conducted during the reporting period, the results of that test.

7.If no exceedances were reported under subparagraphs (c)3. through (c)5. of this paragraph for the calendar year being reported, a statement that no exceedances occurred during the reporting period.

8.Any use of the bypass stack, the duration, reason for its use, and corrective action taken.

(d)The owner or operator of an affected facility shall submit semiannual reports containing any information recorded under subparagraphs (a)3. through (a)5. of this paragraph no later than 60 days following the reporting period. The first semiannual reporting period ends 6 months following the submission of information in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph. Subsequent reports shall be submitted no later than 6 calendar months following the previous report. All reports shall be signed by the responsible official.

(e)All records specified under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph shall be maintained onsite in either paper copy or computer-readable format, unless an alternative format is approved by the Director.

(f)Any small HMIWI subject to the emission limits in Table 2 of paragraph (3) of this Rule shall meet the following reporting and recordkeeping requirements:

1.Maintain records of the annual equipment inspections, any required maintenance, and any repairs not completed within 10 days of an inspection or the timeframe established by the Department; and

2.Submit an annual report containing information recorded under subparagraph (f)1. above no later than 60 days following the year in which data were collected. Subsequent reports shall be sent no later than 12 calendar months following the previous report (once the unit is subject to permitting requirements under Chapter 335-3-16, the owner or operator must submit these reports semiannually). The report shall be signed by the responsible official.

(10)Compliance Schedules.

(a)Except as provided in subparagraph (b), designated facilities to which this Rule applies [as defined in paragraph (2)] shall comply with all requirements of this Rule on or before the date one year after EPA approval of these Rules, regardless of whether the Department has identified a designated facility in its inventory required by &#167;60.25(a) of 40 CFR, Subpart B.

[NOTE: EPA approved these Rules effective June 9, 2000 in the April 10, 2000 Federal Register.]

(b)For designated facilities planning to install the necessary air pollution control equipment, the Department may allow compliance on or before the date three years after EPA approval of these Rules, but as expeditiously as possible. Within 90 days of EPA?s approval of these Rules, these facilities shall petition the Department in writing, as outlined in subparagraphs 1. through 2. below. Under no circumstances can compliance with these Rules extend beyond September 15, 2002.

1.Documentation of the analyses undertaken to support the need for an extension, including an explanation of why up to 3 years after EPA approval of these Rules is sufficient time to comply while 1 year after EPA approval of these Rules is not sufficient. The documentation shall also include an evaluation of the option to transport the waste offsite to a commercial medical waste treatment and disposal facility on a temporary or permanent basis; and

2.Documentation of measurable and enforceable incremental steps of progress to be taken towards compliance with this Rule, as defined in subparagraphs (i) through (x) below:

(i)Date for submitting a petition for site specific operating parameters under subparagraph (7)(i) of this Rule [&#167;60.56c(i) of 40 CFR Subpart Ec].

(ii)Date for obtaining services of an architectural and engineering firm regarding the air pollution control device(s);

(iii)Date for obtaining design drawings of the air pollution control device(s);

(iv)Date for ordering the air pollution control device(s);

(v)Date for obtaining the major components of the air pollution control device(s);

(vi)Date for initiation of site preparation for installation of the air pollution control device(s);

(vii)Date for initiation of installation of the air pollution control device(s);

(viii)Date for initial startup of the air pollution control device(s); and

(ix)Date for initial compliance test(s) of the air pollution control device(s).

(x)Date for final compliance.

(c)Designated facilities planning to shut down permanently to demonstrate compliance with subparagraph (a) of these Rules shall notify the Department in writing, within 90 days after EPA approval of these Rules. The notification shall include documentation of measurable and enforceable incremental steps of progress to be taken towards compliance with this Rule, as defined in subparagraphs 1. through 6. below:

1.Date for designated facility plan for shut down;

2.Date for contract with the appropriate vendor (off-site hauler or alternative waste treatment equipment);

3.Date to begin construction of alternative waste treatment equipment (if applicable);

4.Date for complete installation of alternative waste treatment equipment (if applicable);

5.Date for shut down of incinerator;

6.Date for dismantling incinerator.

(d)Department Actions on Petitions. On receipt of a petition, the Department will authorize one of the following actions, as they shall determine:

1.The petition may be dismissed if the Department determines that it is not adequate under subparagraph (b) of this paragraph.

2.The Department may grant the request of the petition, as petitioned or by imposing such conditions as these Rules may require in the Major Source Operating Permit, including the establishment of schedules of compliance.

3.The Department may deny the petition. If such a denial is made, the Department shall notify the petitioner in writing, state the reasons for denial and outline procedures for appeal.

(e)Termination Procedures. Any petition granted by the Department may be terminated by the Department whenever the Department finds, after an opportunity for the petitioner to demonstrate compliance and after notice and an opportunity for hearing, that the petitioner is in violation of any requirement, condition, schedule, limitation or any other provision of the petition or that operation under the petition does not meet the minimum requirements established by state and federal laws and regulations or is unreasonably threatening the public health.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date September 19, 1991. Repealed and New Rule: Filed April 15, 1999; effective May 20, 1999. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000. Amended: Filed February 7, 2002; effective March 14, 2002.

<regElement name="335.3.3.05" level="3" title="Incineration Of Commercial And Industrial Solid Waste"> <dwc name="arsen" times="1"><dwc name="cadmium" times="1"><dwc name="copper" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="3"><dwc name="mercuri" times="1"><dwc name="dioxin" times="15"><dwc name="pentachlorophenol" times="1"><dwc name="radioact" times="6">

(1)Terms used but not defined in this Rule are defined in 40 CFR 60, Subparts A and B, and are incorporated by reference in ADEM Admin. Code Chapter 335-3-10. For the purposes of this Rule only, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Administrator" means the Administrator of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or his/her authorized representative.

(b)"Agricultural waste" means vegetative agricultural materials such as nut and grain hulls and chaff (e.g., almond, walnut, peanut, rice, and wheat), bagasse, orchard prunings, corn stalks, coffee bean hulls and grounds, and other vegetative waste materials generated as a result of agricultural operations.

(c)"Air curtain incinerator" means an incinerator that operates by forcefully projecting a curtain of air across an open chamber or pit in which combustion occurs. Incinerators of this type can be constructed above or below ground and with or without refractory walls and floor. (Air curtain incinerators are not to be confused with conventional combustion devices with enclosed fireboxes and controlled air technology such as mass burn, modular, and fluidized bed combustors.)

(d)"Auxiliary fuel" means natural gas, liquefied petroleum gas, fuel oil, or diesel fuel.

(e)"Bag leak detection system" means an instrument that is capable of monitoring particulate matter loadings in the exhaust of a fabric filter (i.e., baghouse) in order to detect bag failures. A bag leak detection system includes, but is not limited to, an instrument that operates on triboelectric, light scattering, light transmittance, or other principle to monitor relative particulate matter loadings.

(f)"Calendar quarter" means three consecutive months (nonoverlapping) beginning on: January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1.

(g)"Calendar year" means 365 consecutive days starting on January 1 and ending on December 31.

(h)"Chemotherapeutic waste" means waste material resulting from the production or use of antineoplastic agents used for the purpose of stopping or reversing the growth of malignant cells.

(i)"Clean lumber" means wood or wood products that have been cut or shaped and include wet, air-dried, and kiln-dried wood products. Clean lumber does not include wood products that have been painted, pigment-stained, or pressure-treated by compounds such as chromate copper arsenate, pentachlorophenol, and creosote.

(j)"Commercial and industrial solid waste incineration (CISWI) unit" means any combustion device that combusts commercial and industrial waste, as defined in this Rule. The boundaries of a CISWI unit are defined as, but not limited to, the commercial or industrial solid waste fuel feed system, grate system, flue gas system, and bottom ash. The CISWI unit does not include air pollution control equipment or the stack. The CISWI unit boundary starts at the commercial and industrial solid waste hopper (if applicable) and extends through two areas:

1.The combustion unit flue gas system, which ends immediately after the last combustion chamber.

2.The combustion unit bottom ash system, which ends at the truck loading station or similar equipment that transfers the ash to final disposal. It includes all ash handling systems connected to the bottom ash handling system.

(k)"Commercial and industrial waste" means solid waste combusted in an enclosed device using controlled flame combustion without energy recovery that is a distinct operating unit of any commercial or industrial facility (including field-erected, modular, and custom built incineration units operating with starved or excess air), or solid waste combusted in an air curtain incinerator without energy recovery that is a distinct operating unit of any commercial or industrial facility.

(l)"Contained gaseous material" means gases that are in a container when that container is combusted.

(m)"Cyclonic barrel burner" means a combustion device for waste materials that is attached to a 55 gallon, open-head drum. The device consists of a lid, which fits onto and encloses the drum, and a blower that forces combustion air into the drum in a cyclonic manner to enhance the mixing of waste material and air.

(n)"Deviation" means any instance in which an affected source subject to this Rule, or an owner or operator of such a source:

1.Fails to meet any requirement or obligation established by this Rule, including but not limited to any emission limitation, operating limit, or operator qualification and accessibility requirements;

2.Fails to meet any term or condition that is adopted to implement an applicable requirement in this Rule and that is included in the operating permit for any affected source required to obtain such a permit; or

3.Fails to meet any emission limitation, operating limit, or operator qualification and accessibility requirement in this Rule during startup, shutdown, or malfunction, regardless or whether or not such failure is permitted by this Rule.

(o)"Dioxins/furans" means tetra-through octachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins and dibenzofurans.

(p)"Discard" means, for purposes of this Rule and 40 CFR 60, Subpart CCCC [ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-10-.02(81)], only, burned in an incineration unit without energy recovery.

(q)"Drum reclamation unit" means a unit that burns residues out of drums (e.g., 55 gallon drums) so that the drums can be reused.

(r)"Energy recovery" means the process of recovering thermal energy from combustion for useful purposes such as steam generation or process heating.

(s)"Fabric filter" means an add-on air pollution control device used to capture particulate matter by filtering gas streams through filter media, also known as a baghouse.

(t)"Low-level radioactive waste" means waste material which contains radioactive nuclides emitting primarily beta or gamma radiation, or both, in concentrations or quantities that exceed applicable Federal or State standards for unrestricted release. Low-level radioactive waste is not high-level radioactive waste, spent nuclear fuel, or by-product material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 U.S.C. 2014(e)(2)).

(u)"Malfunction" means any sudden, infrequent, and not reasonably preventable failure of air pollution control equipment, process equipment, or a process to operate in a normal or usual manner. Failures that are caused, in part, by poor maintenance or careless operation are not malfunctions.

(v)"Modification or modified CISWI unit" means a CISWI unit that has been changed on or after June 1, 2001 and that meets one of two criteria:

1.The cumulative cost of the changes over the life of the unit exceeds 50 percent of the original cost of building and installing the CISWI unit (not including the cost of land) updated to current costs (current dollars). To determine what systems are within the boundary of the CISWI unit used to calculate these costs, see the definition of CISWI unit.

2.Any physical change in the CISWI unit or change in the method of operating it that increases the amount of any air pollutant emitted for which section 129 or section 111 of the Clean Air Act has established standards.

(w)"Part reclamation unit" means a unit that burns coatings off parts (e.g., tools, equipment) so that the parts can be reconditioned and reused.

(x)"Particulate matter" means total particulate matter emitted from CISWI units as measured by Method 5 or Method 29 of 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.

(y)"Pathological waste" means waste material consisting of only human or animal remains, anatomical parts, and/or tissue, the bags/containers used to collect and transport the waste material, and animal bedding (if applicable).

(z)"Rack reclamation unit" means a unit that burns the coatings off racks used to hold small items for application of a coating. The unit burns the coating overspray off the rack so the rack can be reused.

(aa)"Reconstruction" means rebuilding a CISWI unit and meeting two criteria:

1.The reconstruction begins on or after June 1, 2001.

2.The cumulative cost of the construction over the life of the incineration unit exceeds 50 percent of the original cost of building and installing the CISWI unit (not including land) updated to current costs (current dollars). To determine what systems are within the boundary of the CISWI unit used to calculate these costs, see the definition of CISWI unit.

(bb)"Refuse-derived fuel" means a type of municipal solid waste produced by processing municipal solid waste through shredding and size classification. This includes all classes of refuse-derived fuel including two fuels:

1.Low-density fluff refuse-derived fuel through densified refuse-derived fuel.

2.Pelletized refuse-derived fuel.

(cc)"Responsible Official" means one of the following:

1.For a corporation: a president, secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy or decision-making functions for the corporation, or a duly authorized representative of such person if the representative is responsible for the overall operation of one or more manufacturing, production, or operating facilities applying for or subject to a permit and either:

(i)The facilities employ more than 250 persons or have gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $25 million (in second quarter 1980 dollars); or

(ii)The delegation of authority to such representatives is approved in advance by the Department;

2.For a partnership or sole proprietorship: a general partner or the proprietor, respectively;

3.For a municipality, State, Federal, or other public agency: Either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official. For the purposes of this Rule, a principal executive officer of a Federal agency includes the chief executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency (e.g., a Regional Administrator of EPA); or

4.For affected sources: the designated representative for any other purposes under this Rule.

(dd)"Shutdown" means the period of time after all waste has been combusted in the primary chamber.

(ee)"Solid waste" means any garbage, or rubbish, construction/demolition debris, ash, sludge from a waste treatment plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility and other discarded material, including solid, liquid, semisolid, or contained gaseous material resulting from industrial, commercial, mining, agricultural operations, and from community activities, or materials intended for or capable of recycling, but which have not been diverted or removed from the solid waste stream. The term "solid waste" does not include recoverable material, solid or dissolved materials in domestic sewage, or solid or dissolved materials in irrigation return flows or industrial discharges which are point sources subject to permits under Section 402 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1342), or source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2014). For purposes of this Rule and 40 CFR 60, Subpart CCCC [ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-10-.02(81)], only, solid waste does not include the waste burned in the fifteen types of units described in subparagraph (2)(d) of this Rule.

(ff)"Standard conditions, when referring to units of measure", means a temperature of 68 deg. F (20 deg. C) and a pressure of 1 atmosphere (101.3 kilopascals).

(gg)"Startup period" means the period of time between the activation of the system and the first charge to the unit.

(hh)"Wet scrubber" means an add-on air pollution control device that utilizes an aqueous or alkaline scrubbing liquor to collect particulate matter (including nonvaporous metals and condensed organics) and/or to absorb and neutralize acid gases.

(ii)"Wood waste" means untreated wood and untreated wood products, including tree stumps (whole or chipped), trees, tree limbs (whole or chipped), bark, sawdust, chips, scraps, slabs, millings, and shavings. Wood waste does not include:

1.Grass, grass clippings, bushes, shrubs, and clippings from bushes and shrubs from residential, commercial/ retail, institutional, or industrial sources as part of maintaining yards or other private or public lands.

2.Construction, renovation, or demolition wastes.

3.Clean lumber.

(2)Applicability.

(a)Except as provided in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph below, the designated facility to which this Rule applies is each individual CISWI that commenced construction on or before November 30, 1999.

(b)If the owner or operator of a CISWI unit makes changes that meet the definition of modification or reconstruction on or after June 1, 2001, the CISWI unit becomes subject to 40 CFR 60, Subpart CCCC [ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-10-.02(81)] and this Rule no longer applies to that unit.

(c)If the owner or operator of a CISWI unit makes physical or operational changes to an existing CISWI unit primarily to comply this Rule, 40 CFR 60, Subpart CCCC [ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-10-.02(81)] does not apply to that unit. Such changes do not qualify as modifications or reconstructions under Subpart CCCC.

(d)The following fifteen combustion units are exempt from this Rule:

1.Pathological waste incineration units. Incineration units burning 90 percent or more by weight (on a calendar quarter basis and excluding the weight of auxiliary fuel and combustion air) of pathological waste, low-level radioactive waste, and/or chemotherapeutic waste as defined in paragraph (1) are not subject to this Rule if the two requirements specified in subparagraphs (d)1.(i) and (ii) of this paragraph below are met.

(i)Notify the Director that the unit meets these criteria.

(ii)Keep records on a calendar quarter basis of the weight of pathological waste, low-level radioactive waste, and/or chemotherapeutic waste burned, and the weight of all other fuels and wastes burned in the unit.

2.Agricultural waste incineration units. Incineration units burning 90 percent or more by weight (on a calendar quarter basis and excluding the weight of auxiliary fuel and combustion air) of agricultural wastes as defined in paragraph (1) are not subject to this Rule if the two requirements specified in subparagraphs (d)2.(i) and (ii) of this paragraph below are met.

(i)Notify the Director that the unit meets these criteria.

(ii)Keep records on a calendar quarter basis of the weight of agricultural waste burned, and the weight of all other fuels and wastes burned in the unit.

3.Municipal waste combustion units. Incineration units that meet either of the two criteria specified in subparagraphs (d)3.(i) or (ii) of this paragraph below.

(i)Are regulated under 40 CFR 60, Subpart Ea (Standards of Performance for Municipal Waste Combustors); 40 CFR 60, Subpart Eb (Standards of Performance for Municipal Waste Combustors for Which Construction is Commenced After September 20, 1994); 40 CFR 60, Subpart Cb (Emission Guidelines and Compliance Time for Large Municipal Combustors that are Constructed on or Before September 20, 1994); 40 CFR 60, Subpart AAAA (Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources: Small Municipal Waste Combustion Units); or 40 CFR 60, Subpart BBBB (Emission Guidelines for Existing Stationary Sources: Small Municipal Waste Combustion Units).

(ii)Burn greater than 30 percent municipal solid waste or refuse-derived fuel, as defined in Subpart Ea, Subpart Eb, Subpart AAAA, and Subpart BBBB, and that have the capacity to burn less than 35 tons (32 megagrams) per day of municipal solid waste or refuse-derived fuel, if the two requirements in subparagraphs (d)3.(ii)(I) and (II) of this paragraph below are met.

(I)Notify the Director that the unit meets these criteria.

(II)Keep records on a calendar quarter basis of the weight of municipal solid waste burned, and the weight of all other fuels and wastes burned in the unit.

4.Medical waste incineration units. Incineration units regulated under 40 CFR 60, Subpart Ec incorporated by reference in Rule 335-3-10-.02(3)(c) (Standards of Performance for Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators for Which Construction is Commenced After June 20, 1996) or Rule 335-3-3-.04 [Incineration of Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste].

5.Small power production facilities. Units that meet the three requirements specified in subparagraphs (d)5.(i) through (iii) of this paragraph below.

(i)The unit qualifies as a small power-production facility under Section 3(17)(C) of the Federal Power Act (16 U.S.C. 796(17)(C)).

(ii)The unit burns homogeneous waste (not including refuse-derived fuel) to produce electricity.

(iii)The owner or operator notifies the Director that the unit meets all of these criteria

6.Cogeneration facilities. Units that meet the three requirements specified in subparagraphs (d)6.(i) through (iii) of this paragraph below.

(i)The unit qualifies as a cogeneration facility under Section 3(18)(B) of the Federal Power Act (16 U.S.C. 796(18)(B)).

(ii)The unit burns homogeneous waste (not including refuse-derived fuel) to produce electricity and steam or other forms of energy used for industrial, commercial, heating, or cooling purposes.

(iii)The owner or operator notifies the Director that the unit meets all of these criteria

7.Hazardous waste combustion units. Units that meet either of the two criteria specified in subparagraphs (d)7.(i) or (ii) of this paragraph below.

(i)Units for which are required to obtain a permit under Section 3005 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act.

(ii)Units regulated under 40 CFR 63, Subpart EEE as incorporated in Rule 335-3-11-.06(56) (National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants from Hazardous Waste Combustors).

8.Materials recovery units. Units that combust waste for the primary purpose of recovering metals, such as primary and secondary smelters.

9.Air curtain incinerators. Air curtain incinerators that burn only the materials listed in subparagraphs (d)9.(i) through (iii) of this paragraph below are only required to meet the requirements under "Air Curtain Incinerators" (paragraph (13) of this Rule).

(i)100 percent wood waste.

(ii)100 percent clean lumber.

(iii)100 percent mixture of only wood waste, clean lumber, and/or yard waste.

10.Cyclonic barrel burners.

11.Rack, part, and drum reclamation units.

12.Cement kilns. Kilns regulated under 40 CFR 63, Subpart LLL as incorporated in Rule 335-3-11-.06(63) (National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants from the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry).

13.Sewage sludge incinerators. Incineration units regulated under 40 CFR 60, Subpart O as incorporated in Rule 335-3-10-.02(15) (Standards of Performance for Sewage Treatment Plants).

14.Chemical recovery units. Combustion units burning materials to recover chemical constituents or to produce chemical compounds where there is an existing commercial market for such recovered chemical constituents or compounds. The seven types of units described in subparagraphs (d)14.(i) through (vii) of this paragraph below are considered chemical recovery units.

(i)Units burning only pulping liquors (i.e., black liquor) that are reclaimed in a pulping liquor recovery process and reused in the pulping process.

(ii)Units burning only spent sulfuric acid used to produce virgin sulfuric acid.

(iii)Units burning only wood or coal feedstock for the production of charcoal.

(iv)Units burning only manufacturing byproduct streams/residues containing catalyst metals which are reclaimed and reused as catalysts or used to produce commercial grade catalysts.

(v)Units burning only coke to produce purified carbon monoxide that is used as an intermediate in the production of other chemical compounds

(vi)Units burning only hydrocarbon liquids or solids to produce hydrogen, carbon monoxide, synthesis gas, or other gases for use in other manufacturing processes.

(vii)Units burning only photographic film to recover silver.

15.Laboratory analysis units. Units that burn samples of materials for the purpose of chemical or physical analysis.

(e)Chemical Recovery Units not Listed. If a chemical recovery unit is not listed in subparagraph (d)14. of this paragraph above, the owner or operator of the unit can petition the Administrator of EPA to add the unit to the list. Until the Administrator approves the petition, the incineration unit is covered by this Rule. If a petition is approved, the Administrator will amend 40 CFR 60, &#167;60.2555(n) to add the unit to the list of chemical recovery units. The petition shall contain the six items in subparagraphs (e)1. through 6. of this paragraph below.

1.A description of the source of the materials being burned.

2.A description of the composition of the materials being burned, highlighting the chemical constituents in these materials that are recovered.

3.A description (including a process flow diagram) of the process in which the materials are burned, highlighting the type, design, and operation of the equipment used in this process.

4.A description (including a process flow diagram) of the chemical constituent recovery process, highlighting the type, design, and operation of the equipment used in this process.

5.A description of the commercial markets for the recovered chemical constituents and their use.

6.The composition of the recovered chemical constituents and the composition of these chemical constituents as they are bought and sold in commercial markets.

(3)Increments of Progress.

(a)For owners or operators planning to achieve compliance more than one year following the effective date of EPA's approval of these Rules, the two increments of progress specified in subparagraphs (a)1. and 2. of this paragraph below shall be met.

1.Submit a final control plan to the Director no later than one year after the effective date of EPA's approval of these Rules.

2.Achieve final compliance no later than December 1, 2005.

(b)The owner or operator shall submit to the Director, notifications for achieving increments of progress. The notifications shall be postmarked no later than 10 business days after the compliance date for the increment. These notifications shall include the three items specified in subparagraphs (b)1. through 3. of this paragraph below:

1.Notification that the increment of progress has been achieved.

2.Any items required to be submitted with each increment of progress.

3.Signature of the owner or operator of the CISWI unit.

(c)If an owner or operator fails to meet an increment of progress, a notification to the Director shall be submitted and postmarked within 10 business days after the date for that increment of progress in subparagraph (3)(a) above. The owner or operator shall inform the Director that the increment was not met, and reports shall be submitted each subsequent calendar month until the increment of progress is met.

(d)For the control plan increment of progress, the owner or operator shall satisfy the two requirements specified in subparagraphs (d)1. and 2. of this paragraph below.

1.Submit the final control plan that includes the five items described in subparagraphs (d)1.(i) through (v). of this paragraph below.

(i)A description of the devices for air pollution control and process changes that will be used to comply with the emission limitations and other requirements of this Rule.

(ii)The type(s) of waste to be burned.

(iii)The maximum design waste burning capacity.

(iv)The anticipated maximum charge rate.

(v)If applicable, the petition for site-specific operating limits under paragraph (6)(c) of this Rule.

2.Maintain an onsite copy of the final control plan.

(e)For the final compliance increment of progress, the owner or operator shall complete all process changes and retrofit construction of control devices, as specified in the final control plan, so that, if the affected CISWI unit is brought online, all necessary process changes and air pollution control devices would operate as designed.

(f)Closing and restarting a CISWI unit.

1.If the CISWI unit is closed but will be restarted prior to the final compliance date of December 1, 2005, the owner or operator shall meet the increments of progress specified in subparagraph (a) of this paragraph.

2.If the CISWI unit is closed but will be restarted after the final compliance date of December 1, 2005, the owner or operator shall complete emission control retrofits and meet the emission limitations and operating limits on the date the unit restarts operation.

(g)Permanent closure of a CISWI unit. If the owner or operator plans to close the CISWI unit rather than comply with this Rule, submit a closure notification, including the date of closure, to the Director within 90 days after EPA approval of these Rules.

(4)Waste Management Plan.

(a)A waste management plan is a written plan that identifies both the feasibility and the methods used to reduce or separate certain components of solid waste from the waste stream in order to reduce or eliminate toxic emissions from incinerated waste.

(b)A waste management plan shall be submitted no later than the date specified in subparagraph (3)(a)1. of this Rule for submittal of the final control plan.

(c)A waste management plan shall include consideration of the reduction or separation of waste-stream elements such as paper, cardboard, plastics, glass, batteries, or metals; or the use of recyclable materials. The plan shall identify any additional waste management measures, and the source shall implement those measures considered practical and feasible, based on the effectiveness of waste management measures already in place, the costs of additional measures, the emissions reductions expected to be achieved, and any other environmental or energy impacts they might have.

(5)Operator Training and Qualification.

(a)No CISWI unit can be operated unless a fully trained and qualified CISWI unit operator is accessible, either at the facility or can be at the facility within 1 hour. The trained and qualified CISWI unit operator may operate the CISWI unit directly or be the direct supervisor of one or more other plant personnel who operate the unit. If all qualified CISWI unit operators are temporarily not accessible, the procedures in subparagraph (h) of this paragraph below shall be followed.

(b)Operator training and qualification shall be obtained through a State-approved program that meets the requirements included in subparagraph (c) of this paragraph below. Qualification is valid from the date on which the training course is completed and the operator successfully passes the examination required under subparagraph (c)2. of this paragraph below.

(c)Training shall be obtained by completing an incinerator operator training course that includes, at a minimum, the three elements described in subparagraphs (c)1. through 3. of this paragraph below.

1.Training on the eleven subjects listed in subparagraphs (c)1.(i) through (xi) of this paragraph below.

(i)Environmental concerns, including types of emissions.

(ii)Basic combustion principles, including products of combustion.

(iii)Operation of the specific type of incinerator to be used by the operator, including proper startup, waste charging, and shutdown procedures.

(iv)Combustion controls and monitoring.

(v)Operation of air pollution control equipment and factors affecting performance (if applicable).

(vi)Inspection and maintenance of the incinerator and air pollution control devices.

(vii)Actions to correct malfunctions or conditions that may lead to malfunction.

(viii)Bottom and fly ash characteristics and handling procedures.

(ix)Applicable Federal, State, and local regulations, including Occupational Safety and Health Administration workplace standards.

(x)Pollution prevention.

(xi)Waste management practices.

2.An examination designed and administered by the instructor.

3.Written material covering the training course topics that can serve as reference material following completion of the course.

(d)The operator training course shall be completed by the later of the three dates specified in subparagraphs (d)1. through 3. of this paragraph below.

1.The final compliance date of December 1, 2005.

2.Six months after CISWI unit startup.

3.Six months after an employee assumes responsibility for operating the CISWI unit or assumes responsibility for supervising the operation of the CISWI unit.

(e)To maintain qualification, the operator shall complete an annual review or refresher course covering, at a minimum, the five topics described in subparagraphs (e)1. through 5. of this paragraph below.

1.Update of regulations.

2.Incinerator operation, including startup and shutdown procedures, waste charging, and ash handling.

3.Inspection and maintenance.

4.Responses to malfunctions or conditions that may lead to malfunction.

5.Discussion of operating problems encountered by attendees.

(f)A lapsed operator qualification shall be renewed by one of the two methods specified in subparagraphs (f)1. and 2. of this paragraph below.

1.For a lapse of less than 3 years, the operator shall complete a standard annual refresher course described in subparagraph (e) of this paragraph above.

2.For a lapse of 3 years or more, the operator shall repeat the initial qualification requirements in subparagraphs (b) and (c) of this paragraph above.

(g)Requirements for site specific documentation.

1.Site specific documentation shall be available at the facility and readily accessible for all CISWI unit operators that addresses the ten topics described in subparagraphs (g)1.(i) through (x) of this paragraph below. The owner or operator shall maintain this information and the training records required by subparagraph (g)3. of this paragraph below in a manner that they can be readily accessed and are suitable for inspection upon request.

(i)Summary of the applicable standards under this Rule.

(ii)Procedures for receiving, handling, and charging waste.

(iii)Incinerator startup, shutdown, and malfunction procedures.

(iv)Procedures for maintaining proper combustion air supply levels.

(v)Procedures for operating the incinerator and associated air pollution control systems within the standards established under this Rule.

(vi)Monitoring procedures for demonstrating compliance with the incinerator operating limits.

(vii)Reporting and recordkeeping procedures.

(viii)The waste management plan required under paragraph (4) of this Rule.

(ix)Procedures for handling ash.

(x)A list of the wastes burned during the performance test.

2.The owner or operator shall establish a program for reviewing the information listed in subparagraph (g)1. of this paragraph above with each incinerator operator.

(i)The initial review of the information listed in subparagraph (g)1. of this paragraph shall be conducted by the later of the three dates specified in subparagraphs (g)2.(i)(I) through (III) of this paragraph below.

(I)The final compliance date of December 1, 2005.

(II)Six months after CISWI unit startup.

(III)Six months after being assigned to operate the CISWI unit.

(ii)Subsequent annual reviews of the information listed in subparagraph (g)1. of this paragraph shall be conducted no later than 12 months following the previous review.

3.The owner or operator shall also maintain the information specified in subparagraphs (g)3.(i) through (iii) below.

(i)Records showing the names of CISWI unit operators who have completed review of the information in subparagraph (g)1. of this paragraph above as required by subparagraph (g)2. of this paragraph, including the date of the initial review and all subsequent annual reviews.

(ii)Records showing the names of the CISWI operators who have completed the operator training requirements under this paragraph, met the criteria for qualification under subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this paragraph, and maintained or renewed their qualification under subparagraphs (e) or (f) of this paragraph, respectively. Records shall include documentation of training, the dates of the initial refresher training, and the dates of their qualification and all subsequent renewals of such qualifications.

(iii)For each qualified operator, the phone and/or pager number at which they can be reached during operating hours.

(h)If all qualified operators are temporarily not accessible (i.e., not at the facility and not able to be at the facility within 1 hour), the owner or operator shall meet one of the two criteria specified in subparagraphs (h)1. and 2. of this paragraph below, depending on the length of time that a qualified operator is not accessible.

1.When all qualified operators are not accessible for more than 8 hours, but less than 2 weeks, the CISWI unit may be operated by other plant personnel familiar with the operation of the CISWI unit who have completed a review of the information specified in subparagraph (g)1. of this paragraph within the past 12 months. However, the period when all qualified operators were not accessible shall be recorded and this deviation included in the annual report as specified under paragraph (11) of this Rule.

2.When all qualified operators are not accessible for 2 weeks or more, the two actions that are described in subparagraphs (h)2.(i) and (ii) of this paragraph below shall be taken.

(i)Notify the Director of this deviation in writing within 10 days. In the notice, state what caused this deviation, what actions are being taken to ensure that a qualified operator is accessible, and when it is expected that a qualified operator will be accessible.

(ii)Submit a status report to the Administrator every 4 weeks outlining what actions are being taken to ensure that a qualified operator is accessible, stating when it is expected that a qualified operator will be accessible and requesting approval from the Administrator to continue operation of the CISWI unit. The first status report shall be submitted 4 weeks after notification to the Director of the deviation under subparagraph (h)2.(i). If the Administrator notifies the owner or operator that the request to continue operation of the CISWI unit is disapproved, the CISWI unit may continue operation for 90 days, then shall cease operation. Operation of the unit may resume if the two requirements in subparagraphs (h)2.(ii)(I) and (II) of this paragraph below are met.

(I)A qualified operator is accessible as required under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph.

(II)The owner or operator notifies the Administrator that a qualified operator is accessible and operation is resuming.

(6)Emission Limitations and Operating Limits.

(a)The owner or operator shall meet the emission limitations specified in Table 1 of this Rule on the date the initial performance test is required or completed (whichever is earlier).

(b)Timelines for Operating Limits.

1.If a wet scrubber is used to comply with the emission limitations, the owner or operator shall establish operating limits for four operating parameters (as specified in Table 2 of this Rule) as described in subparagraphs (b)1.(i) through (iv) of this paragraph during the initial performance test.

(i)Maximum charge rate, calculated using one of the two different procedures in subparagraph (b)1.(i)(I) or (II) of this paragraph, as appropriate.

(I)For continuous and intermittent units, maximum charge rate is 110 percent of the average charge rate measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating compliance with all applicable emission limitations

(II)For batch units, maximum charge rate is 110 percent of the daily charge rate measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating compliance with all applicable emission limitations.

(ii)Minimum pressure drop across the wet scrubber, which is calculated as 90 percent of the average pressure drop across the wet scrubber measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating compliance with the particulate matter emission limitations; or minimum amperage to the wet scrubber, which is calculated as 90 percent of the average amperage to the wet scrubber measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating compliance with the particulate matter emission limitations.

(iii)Minimum scrubber liquor flow rate, which is calculated as 90 percent of the average liquor flow rate at the inlet to the wet scrubber measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating compliance with all applicable emission limitations.

(iv)Minimum scrubber liquor pH, which is calculated as 90 percent of the average liquor pH at the inlet to the wet scrubber measured during the most recent performance test demonstrating compliance with the HCl emission limitation.

2.The owner or operator shall meet the operating limits established during the initial performance test on the date the initial performance test is required or completed (whichever is earlier).

3.If the owner or operator uses a fabric filter to comply with the emission limitations, each fabric filter system shall be operated such that the bag leak detection system alarm does not sound more than 5 percent of the operating time during a 6-month period. In calculating this operating time percentage, if inspection of the fabric filter demonstrates that no corrective action is required, no alarm time is counted. If corrective action is required, each alarm shall be counted as a minimum of 1 hour. If the owner or operator takes longer than 1 hour to initiate corrective action, the alarm time shall be counted as the actual amount of time taken by the owner or operator to initiate corrective action.

(c)If the owner or operator uses an air pollution control device other than a wet scrubber, or limit emissions in some other manner, to comply with the emission limitations under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph, the owner or operator shall petition the Administrator for specific operating limits to be established during the initial performance test and continuously monitored thereafter. The owner or operator shall not conduct the initial performance test until after the petition has been approved by the Administrator. The petition shall include the five items listed in subparagraphs (c)1. through 5. of this paragraph below.

1.Identification of the specific parameters the owner or operator proposes to use as additional operating limits.

2.A discussion of the relationship between these parameters and emissions of regulated pollutants, identifying how emissions of regulated pollutants change with changes in these parameters, and how limits on these parameters will serve to limit emissions of regulated pollutants.

3.A discussion of how the owner or operator will establish the upper and/or lower values for these parameters which will establish the operating limits on these parameters.

4.A discussion identifying the methods the owner or operator will use to measure and the instruments that will be used to monitor these parameters, as well as the relative accuracy and precision of these methods and instruments.

5.A discussion identifying the frequency and methods for recalibrating the instruments that will be used for monitoring these parameters.

(d)Periods of Startup, Shutdown, and Malfunction.

1.The emission limitations and operating limits apply at all times except during CISWI unit startups, shutdowns, or malfunctions.

2.Each malfunction shall last no longer than 3 hours.

(7)Performance Testing.

(a)All performance tests shall consist of a minimum of three test runs conducted under conditions representative of normal operations.

(b)The owner or operator shall document that the waste burned during the performance test is representative of the waste burned under normal operating conditions by maintaining a log of the quantity of waste burned (as required in paragraph (11) of this Rule) and the types of waste burned during the performance test.

(c)All performance tests shall be conducted using the minimum run duration specified in Table 1 of this Rule.

(d)Method 1 of Appendix A, 40 CFR 60 shall be used to select the sampling location and number of traverse points.

(e)Method 3A or 3B of Appendix A, 40 CFR 60 shall be used for gas composition analysis, including measurement of oxygen concentration. Method 3A or 3B of Appendix A, 40 CFR 60 shall be used simultaneously with each method.

(f)All pollutant concentrations, except for opacity, shall be adjusted to 7 percent oxygen using Equation 1 of this Rule:

(Eq. 1) <img src="Image3706.gif"/> Where:

Cadj = pollutant concentration adjusted to 7 percent oxygen;

Cmeas = pollutant concentration measured on a dry basis (20.9 - 7) = 20.9 percent oxygen - 7 percent oxygen (defined oxygen correction basis);

20.9 = oxygen concentration in air, percent; and %O2 = oxygen concentration measured on a dry basis, percent.

(g)The owner or operator shall determine dioxins/furans toxic equivalency by following the procedures in subparagraphs (g)1. through 3. of this paragraph below.

1.Measure the concentration of each dioxin/furan tetra- through octa-congener emitted using EPA Method 23.

2.For each dioxin/furan congener measured in accordance with subparagraph (g)1. of this paragraph above, multiply the congener concentration by its corresponding toxic equivalency factor specified in Table 3 of this Rule.

3.Sum the products calculated in accordance with subparagraph (g)2. of this paragraph above to obtain the total concentration of dioxins/furans emitted in terms of toxic equivalency.

(h)The results of performance tests are used to demonstrate compliance with the emission limitations in Table 1 of this Rule.

(8)Initial Compliance Requirements.

(a)The owner or operator shall conduct an initial performance test, as required under 40 CFR, &#167;60.8 [incorporated by reference under ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-10-.02(1)], to determine compliance with the emission limitations in Table 1 of this Rule and to establish operating limits using the procedure in subparagraphs (6)(b) or (6)(c) of this Rule. The initial performance test shall be conducted using the test methods listed in Table 1 of this Rule and the procedures in paragraph (7) of this Rule.

(b)The initial performance test shall be conducted no later than 180 days after the final compliance date. The final compliance date is specified in subparagraph (3)(a)2. of this Rule.

(9)Continuous Compliance Requirements.

(a)The owner or operator shall conduct an annual performance test for particulate matter, hydrogen chloride, and opacity for each CISWI unit as required under 40 CFR, &#167;60.8 to determine compliance with the emission limitations. The annual performance test shall be conducted using the test methods listed in Table 1 and the procedures in paragraph (7) of this Rule.

(b)The owner or operator shall continuously monitor the operating parameters specified in subparagraph (6)(b) or established under subparagraph (6)(c) of this Rule. Operation above the established maximum or below the established minimum operating limits constitutes a deviation from the established operating limits. Three-hour rolling average values are used to determine compliance (except for baghouse leak detection system alarms) unless a different averaging period is established under subparagraph (6)(c) of this Rule. Operating limits do not apply during performance tests.

(c)The owner or operator shall only burn the same types of waste used to establish operating limits during the performance test.

(d)The owner or operator shall conduct annual performance tests for particulate matter, hydrogen chloride, and opacity within 12 months following the initial performance test. Subsequent annual performance tests shall be conducted within 12 months following the previous one.

(e)The owner or operator can test less often for a given pollutant if the test data for at least 3 years, and all performance tests for the pollutant (particulate matter, hydrogen chloride, or opacity) over 3 consecutive years show that the CISWI unit comply with the emission limitation. In this case, a performance test would not need to be conducted for that pollutant for the next 2 years. A performance test shall be conducted during the third year and no more than 36 months following the previous performance test.

(f)If the CISWI unit continues to meet the emission limitation for particulate matter, hydrogen chloride, or opacity, the owner or operator may choose to conduct performance tests for these pollutants every third year, but each test shall be within 36 months of the previous performance test.

(g)If a performance test shows a deviation from an emission limitation for particulate matter, hydrogen chloride, or opacity, the owner or operator shall conduct annual performance tests for that pollutant until all performance tests over a 3-year period show compliance.

(h)The owner or operator may conduct a repeat performance test at any time to establish new values for the operating limits. The Director may request a repeat performance test at any time.

(i)The owner or operator shall repeat the performance test if the feed stream is different than the feed streams used during any performance test used to demonstrate compliance.

(10)Monitoring.

(a)If a wet scrubber is used to comply with the emission limitation under subparagraph (6)(a) of this Rule, the owner or operator shall install, calibrate (to manufacturers' specifications), maintain, and operate devices (or establish methods) for monitoring the value of the operating parameters used to determine compliance with the operating limits listed in Table 2 of this Rule. These devices (or methods) must measure and record the values for these operating parameters at the frequencies indicated in Table 2 of this Rule at all times except as specified in subparagraph (d)1. of this paragraph.

(b)If a fabric filter is used to comply with the requirements of this Rule, the owner or operator shall install, calibrate, maintain, and continuously operate a bag leak detection system as specified in subparagraphs (b)1. through 8. of this Rule.

1.The owner or operator shall install and operate a bag leak detection system for each exhaust stack of the fabric filter.

2.Each bag leak detection system shall be installed, operated, calibrated, and maintained in a manner consistent with the manufacturer's written specifications and recommendations.

3.The bag leak detection system shall be certified by the manufacturer to be capable of detecting particulate matter emissions at concentrations of 10 milligrams per actual cubic meter or less.

4.The bag leak detection system sensor shall provide output of relative or absolute particulate matter loadings.

5.The bag leak detection system shall be equipped with a device to continuously record the output signal from the sensor.

6.The bag leak detection system shall be equipped with an alarm system that will sound automatically when an increase in relative particulate matter emissions over a preset level is detected. The alarm shall be located where it is easily heard by plant operating personnel.

7.For positive pressure fabric filter systems, a bag leak detection system shall be installed in each baghouse compartment or cell. For negative pressure or induced air fabric filters, the bag leak detector shall be installed downstream of the fabric filter.

8.Where multiple detectors are required, the system's instrumentation and alarm may be shared among detectors.

(c)If a device other than a wet scrubber is used to comply with the emission limitations under subparagraph (6)(a) of this Rule, the owner or operator shall install, calibrate (to the manufacturers' specifications), maintain, and operate the equipment necessary to monitor compliance with the site-specific operating limits established using the procedures in subparagraph (6)(c) of this Rule.

(d)The amount of monitoring data obtained is determined as follows:

1.Except for monitoring malfunctions, associated repairs, and required quality assurance or quality control activities (including, as applicable, calibration checks and required zero and span adjustments of the monitoring system), all monitoring shall be conducted at all times the CISWI unit is operating.

2.Do not use data recorded during monitoring malfunctions, associated repairs, and required quality assurance or quality control activities for meeting the requirements of this Rule, including data averages and calculations. All the data collected during all other periods in assessing compliance with the operating limits shall be used.

(11)Recordkeeping and Reporting. The following 13 items shall be maintained (as applicable) as specified in subparagraphs (a) through (m) of this paragraph for a period of at least 5 years:

(a)Calendar date of each record.

(b)Records of the data described in subparagraphs (b)1. through 6. of this paragraph:

1.The CISWI unit charge dates, times, weights, and hourly charge rates.

2.Liquor flow rate to the wet scrubber inlet every 15 minutes of operation, as applicable.

3.Pressure drop across the wet scrubber system every 15 minutes of operation or amperage to the wet scrubber every 15 minutes of operation, as applicable.

4.Liquor pH as introduced to the wet scrubber every 15 minutes of operation, as applicable.

5.For affected CISWI units that establish operating limits for controls other than wet scrubbers under subparagraph (6)(c), the owner or operator shall maintain data collected for all operating parameters used to determine compliance with the operating limits.

6.If a fabric filter is used to comply with the emission limitations, the owner or operator shall record the date, time, and duration of each alarm and the time corrective action was initiated and completed, and a brief description of the cause of the alarm and the corrective action taken. The owner or operator shall also record the percent of operating time during each 6-month period that the alarm sounds, calculated as specified in subparagraph (6)(b)3. of this Rule.

(c)Identification of calendar dates and times for which monitoring systems used to monitor operating limits were inoperative, inactive, malfunctioning, or out of control (except for downtime associated with zero and span and other routine calibration checks). Identify the operating parameters not measured, the duration, reasons for not obtaining the data, and a description of corrective actions taken.

(d)Identification of calendar dates, times, and duration of malfunctions, and a description of the malfunction and the corrective action taken.

(e)Identification of calendar dates and times for which data show a deviation from the operating limits in Table 2 of this Rule or a deviation from other operating limits established under subparagraph (6)(c) of this Rule with a description of the deviations, reasons for such deviations, and a description of corrective actions taken.

(f)The results of the initial, annual, and any subsequent performance tests conducted to determine compliance with the emission limits and/or to establish operating limits, as applicable. Retain a copy of the complete test report including calculations.

(g)Records showing the names of CISWI unit operators who have completed review of the information in subparagraph (5)(g)1. as required by subparagraph (5)(g)2. of this Rule, including the date of the initial review and all subsequent annual reviews.

(h)Records showing the names of the CISWI operators who have completed the operator training requirements, met the criteria for qualification, and maintained or renewed their qualification under paragraph (5) of this Rule. Records shall include documentation of training, the dates of the initial and refresher training, and the dates of their qualification and all subsequent renewals of such qualifications.

(i)For each qualified operator, the phone and/or pager number at which they can be reached during operating hours.

(j)Records of calibration of any monitoring devices as required under paragraph (10) of this Rule.

(k)Equipment vendor specifications and related operation and maintenance requirements for the incinerator, emission controls, and monitoring equipment.

(l)The information listed in subparagraph (5)(g) of this Rule.

(m)On a daily basis, keep a log of the quantity of waste burned and the types of waste burned (always required).

(n)All records shall be available onsite in either paper copy or computer-readable format that can be printed upon request, unless an alternative format is approved by the Director.

(o)A summary of the reporting requirements can be found in Table 4 of this Rule.

(p)The waste management plan shall be submitted no later than the date specified in subparagraph (3)(a)1. of this Rule for submittal of the final control plan.

(q)The information specified in subparagraphs (q)1. through 3. of this paragraph below shall be submitted no later than 60 days following the initial performance test. All reports shall be signed by the responsible official.

1.The complete test report for the initial performance test results obtained under paragraph (8) of this Rule, as applicable.

2.The values for the site-specific operating limits established in subparagraphs (6)(b) or (c) of this Rule.

3.If a fabric filter is being used to comply with the emission limitations, documentation that a bag leak detection system has been installed and is being operated, calibrated, and maintained as required by subparagraph (10)(b) of this Rule.

(r)An annual report shall be submitted no later than 12 months following the submission of the information in subparagraph (q) of this paragraph above. Subsequent reports shall be submitted no more than 12 months following the previous report.

(s)The annual report required under subparagraph (r) of this paragraph above shall include the ten items listed in subparagraphs (s)1. through 10. of this paragraph below. If there is a deviation from the operating limits or the emission limitations, deviation reports shall also be submitted as specified in subparagraph (t) of this paragraph below.

1.Company name and address.

2.Statement by a responsible official, with that official's name, title, and signature, certifying the accuracy of the content of the report.

3.Date of report and beginning and ending dates of the reporting period.

4.The values for the operating limits established pursuant to subparagraphs (6)(b) or (6)(c) of this Rule.

5.If no deviation from any emission limitation or operating limit that applies has been reported, a statement that there was no deviation from the emission limitations or operating limits during the reporting period, and that no monitoring system used to determine compliance with the operating limits was inoperative, inactive, malfunctioning or out of control.

6.The highest recorded 3-hour average and the lowest recorded 3-hour average, as applicable, for each operating parameter recorded for the calendar year being reported.

7.Information recorded under subparagraphs (b)6. and (c) through (e) of this paragraph for the calendar year being reported.

8.If a performance test was conducted during the reporting period, the results of that test.

9.If the requirements of subparagraphs (9)(e) or (9)(f) were met, and did not conduct a performance test during the reporting period, the owner or operator shall state that the requirements of subparagraphs (9)(e) or (9)(f) were met, and, therefore, were not required to conduct a performance test during the reporting period.

10.Documentation of periods when all qualified CISWI unit operators were unavailable for more than 8 hours, but less than 2 weeks.

(t)Reporting of deviations from the operating limits or the emission limitations.

1.A deviation report shall be submitted if any recorded 3-hour average parameter level is above the maximum operating limit or below the minimum operating limit established under this Rule, if the bag leak detection system alarm sounds for more than 5 percent of the operating time for the 6-month reporting period, or if a performance test was conducted that deviated from any emission limitation.

2.The deviation report shall be submitted by August 1 of that year for data collected during the first half of the calendar year (January 1 to June 30), and by February 1 of the following year for data collected during the second half of the calendar year (July 1 to December 31).

3.In each report required under this subparagraph, for any pollutant or parameter that deviated from the emission limitations or operating limits specified in this Rule, include the six items described in subparagraphs (t)3.(i) through (vi) of this paragraph below.

(i)The calendar dates and times the CISWI unit deviated from the emission limitations or operating limit requirements.

(ii)The averaged and recorded data for those dates.

(iii)Duration and causes of each deviation from the emission limitations or operating limits and corrective actions taken.

(iv)A copy of the operating limit monitoring data during each deviation and any test report that documents the emission levels.

(v)The dates, times, number, duration, and causes for monitoring downtime incidents (other than downtime associated with zero, span, and other routine calibration checks).

(vi)Whether each deviation occurred during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction, or during another period.

4.If all qualified operators are not accessible for 2 weeks or more, the two actions in subparagraphs (t)4.(i) and (ii) of this paragraph below shall be taken.

(i)Submit a notification of the deviation within 10 days that includes the three items in subparagraphs (t)4.(i)(I) through (III) of this paragraph below.

(I)A statement of what caused the deviation.

(II)A description of what actions are being taken to ensure that a qualified operator is accessible.

(III)The date when it is anticipated that a qualified operator will be available.

(ii)Submit a status report to the Director every 4 weeks that includes the three items in subparagraphs (t)4.(ii)(I) through (III) of this paragraph below.

(I)A description of what actions are being taken to ensure that a qualified operator is accessible.

(II)The date when it is anticipated that a qualified operator will be accessible.

(III)Request approval from the Director to continue operation of the CISWI unit.

(iii)If the CISWI unit was shut down by the Administrator, under the provisions of subparagraph (5)(h)2.(ii) of this Rule, due to a failure to provide an accessible qualified operator, the owner or operator shall notify the Administrator that operations will resume once a qualified operator is accessible.

(u)Notifications provided by 40 CFR, &#167;60.7 [as incorporated by reference under ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-10-.02(1)] shall be submitted.

(v)Initial, annual, and deviation reports shall be submitted electronically or in paper format, postmarked on or before the submittal due dates.

(w)The Director may change the semiannual or annual reporting dates. Procedures for seeking approval to change reporting dates are found in 40 CFR, &#167;60.19(c) [as incorporated by reference under ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-10-.02(1)].

(12)Major Source Operating Permits. Each CISWI unit shall operate pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 335-3-16 by December 1, 2003.

(13)Air Curtain Incinerators.

(a)An air curtain incinerator operates by forcefully projecting a curtain of air across an open chamber or open pit in which combustion occurs. Incinerators of this type can be constructed above or below ground and with or without refractory walls and floor. (Air curtain incinerators are not to be confused with conventional combustion devices with enclosed fireboxes and controlled air technology such as mass burn, modular, and fluidized bed combustors.)

(b)Air curtain incinerators that burn only the materials listed in subparagraphs (b)1. through 3. of this paragraph below are only required to meet the requirements under this paragraph.

1.100 percent wood waste.

2.100 percent clean lumber.

3.100 percent mixture of only wood waste, clean lumber, and/or yard waste.

(c)For owners or operators planning to achieve compliance more than one year following the effective date of EPA's approval of these Rules, the two increments of progress specified in subparagraphs (c)1. and 2. of this paragraph below shall be met.

1.Submit a final control plan no later than one year following the effective date of EPA's approval of these Rules.

2.Achieve final compliance no later than December 1, 2005.

(d)The owner or operator shall submit to the Director, notifications for achieving increments of progress. The notifications shall be postmarked no later than 10 business days after the compliance date for the increment. These notifications shall include the three items specified in subparagraphs (d)1. through 3. of this paragraph below:

1.Notification that the increment of progress has been achieved.

2.Any items required to be submitted with each increment of progress.

3.Signature of the owner or operator of the incinerator unit.

(e)If an owner or operator fails to meet an increment of progress, a notification to the Director shall be submitted and postmarked within 10 business days after the date for that increment of progress in subparagraph (c) of this paragraph above. The owner or operator shall inform the Director that the increment was not met, and reports shall be submitted each subsequent calendar month until the increment of progress is met.

(f)For the control plan increment of progress, the owner or operator shall satisfy the two requirements specified in subparagraphs (f)1. and 2. of this paragraph below.

1.Submit the final control plan, including a description of any devices for air pollution control and any process changes that will be used to comply with the emission limitations and other requirements of this paragraph.

2.Maintain an onsite copy of the final control plan.

(g)For the final compliance increment of progress, the owner or operator shall complete all process changes and retrofit construction of control devices, as specified in the final control plan, so that, if the affected incinerator is brought online, all necessary process changes and air pollution control devices would operate as designed.

(h)Closing and restarting an air curtain incinerator.

1.If the incinerator is closed but will be restarted prior to the final compliance date of December 1, 2005, the increments of progress specified in subparagraph (c) of this paragraph shall be met.

2.If the incinerator is to restart after the final compliance date, the owner or operator shall complete emission control retrofits and meet the emission limitations on the date the incinerator restarts operation.

(i)Permanent closure of an air curtain incinerator. If the owner or operator plans to close the incinerator rather than comply with this Rule, submit a closure notification, including the date of closure, to the Director within 90 days after EPA approval of these Rules.

(j)Emission limitations for air curtain incinerators.

1.After the date the initial stack test is required or completed (whichever is earlier), the owner or operator shall meet the limitations in subparagraphs (j)1.(i) and (ii) of this paragraph below.

(i)The opacity limitation is 10 percent (6-minute average), except as described in subparagraph (j)1.(ii) of this paragraph below.

(ii)The opacity limitation is 35 percent (6-minute average) during the startup period that is within the first 30 minutes of operation.

2.Except during malfunctions, the requirements of this paragraph apply at all times, and each malfunction shall not exceed 3 hours.

(k)Monitoring opacity for air curtain incinerators.

1.Use Method 9 of 40 CFR 60, Appendix A to determine compliance with the opacity limitation.

2.Conduct an initial test for opacity as specified in 40 CFR, &#167;60.8 no later than 180 days after the final compliance date.

3.After the initial test for opacity, conduct annual tests no more than 12 calendar months following the date of the previous test.

(l)Recordkeeping and reporting requirements for air curtain incinerators.

1.Keep records of results of all initial and annual opacity tests onsite in either paper copy or electronic format, unless the Director approves another format, for at least 5 years.

2.Make all records available for submittal to the Director or for an inspector's onsite review.

3.Submit an initial report no later than 60 days following the initial opacity test that includes the information specified in subparagraphs (l)3.(i) and (ii) of this paragraph below.

(i)The types of materials planned to be combusted in the air curtain incinerator.

(ii)The results (each 6-minute average) of the initial opacity tests.

4.Submit annual opacity test results within 12 months following the previous report.

5.Submit initial and annual opacity test reports as electronic or paper copy on or before the applicable submittal date and keep a copy onsite for a period of 5 years.

TABLE 1. EMISSION LIMITS FOR CISWI

<table width="100%"> Pollutant Units (7 percent oxygen, dry basis, except opacity) Averaging Time Compliance Method 40 CFR 60 Appendix A Cadmium 0.004 Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter 3-run average (1 hour minimum sample time per run) Method 29 Carbon Monoxide 157 Parts per million by dry volume 3-run average (1 hour minimum sample time per run) Methods 10, 10A, or 10B Dioxins/furans (toxic equivalency basis) 0.41 Nanograms per dry standard cubic meter. 3-run average (1 hour minimum sample time per run) Method 23 Hydrogen Chloride 62 Parts per million by dry volume 3-run average (1 hour minimum sample time per run) Method 26A Lead 0.04 Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter 3-run average (1 hour minimum sample time per run) Method 29 Mercury 0.47 Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter 3-run average (1 hour minimum sample time per run) Method 29 Nitrogen Oxides 388 Parts per million by dry volume 3-run average (1 hour minimum sample time per run) Methods 7, 7A, 7C, 7D, or 7E Particulate Matter 70 Milligrams per dry standard cubic meter 3-run average (1 hour minimum sample time per run) Method 5 or 29 Sulfur Dioxide 20 Parts per million by dry volume 3-run average (1 hour minimum sample time per run) Method 6 or 6c Opacity 10 Percent 6-minute averages Method 9 </table>

TABLE 2. OPERATING LIMITS FOR WET SCRUBBERS

<table width="100%"> And Monitor Using These Minimum Frequencies For these operating parameters Establish these operating limits Data Measurement Data Recording Averaging Time (Calculated each hour as the average of the previous 3 operating hours.) Charge rate. Maximum charge rate. Continuous Every hour Daily (batch units). 3-hour rolling (continuous and intermittent units). Pressure drop across the wet scrubber or amperage to wet scrubber. Minimum pressure drop or amperage. Continuous Every 15 minutes 3-hour rolling. Scrubber liquor flow rate. Minimum flow rate. Continuous Every 15 minutes 3-hour rolling. Scrubber liquor pH. Minimum pH. Continuous Every 15 minutes 3-hour rolling. </table>

TABLE 3. TOXIC EQUIVALENCY FACTORS

<table width="100%"> Dioxin/Furan Congener Toxic Equivalency Factor 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin 1 1,2,3,7,8- pentachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin 0.5 1,2,3,4,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin 0.1 1,2,3,7,8,9-hexachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin 0.1 1,2,3,6,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin 0.1 1,2,3,4,6,7,8-heptachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin 0.01 octachlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin 0.001 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.1 2,3,4,7,8-pentachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.5 1,2,3,7,8-pentachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.05 1,2,3,4,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.1 1,2,3,6,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.1 1,2,3,7,8,9-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.1 2,3,4,6,7,8-hexachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.1 1,2,3,4,6,7,8-heptachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.01 1,2,3,4,7,8,9-heptachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.01 octachlorinated dibenzofuran 0.001 </table>

TABLE 4. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

<table width="100%"> Report Due Date Contents Reference 335-3-.05 Waste Management Plan No later than the date specified for submittal of the final control plan. Waste Management Plan????.. (11)(p) Initial Test Report No later than 60 days following the initial performance test. Complete test report for the initial performance test. The values for the site-specific operating limits. Installation of bag leak detection systems for fabric filters. (11)(q) Annual Report No later than 12 months following the submission of the initial test report. Subsequent reports are to be submitted no more than 12 months following the previous report. Name and address??????.?. Statement and signature by responsible official. Date of report. Values for the operating limits. If no deviations or malfunctions were reported, a statement that no deviations occurred during the reporting period. Highest recorded 3-hour average and the lowest recorded 3-hour average, as applicable, for each operating parameter recorded for the calendar year being reported. Information for deviations or malfunctions recorded under (11)(b)6. &amp; (11)(c) through (e). If a performance test was conducted during the reporting period, the results of the test. If a performance test was not conducted during the reporting period, a statement that the requirements of (9)(e) or (9)(f) were met. Documentation of periods when all qualified CISWI unit operators were unavailable for more than 8 hours but less than 2 weeks. (11)(r) &amp; (s) Emission Limitation or Operating Limit Deviation Report By August 1 of that year for data collected during the first half of the calendar year. By February 1 of the following year for data collected during the second half of the calendar year. Dates and times of deviations??. Averaged and recorded data for these dates. Duration and causes for each deviation and the corrective actions taken. Copy of operating limit monitoring data and any test reports. Dates, times, and causes for monitor downtime incidents. Whether each deviation occurred during a period of startup, shutdown, or malfunction. (11)(t)1. - 3. </table>

TABLE 4. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS CONT'D

<table width="100%"> Report Due Date Contents Reference 335-3-.05 Qualified Operator Deviation Notification. Within 10 days of deviation. Statement of cause of deviation. Description of efforts to have an accessible qualified operator. The date a qualified operator will be accessible. (11)(t)4.(i) Qualified Operator Deviation Status Report. Every 4 weeks following deviation. Description of efforts to have an accessible qualified operator. The date a qualified operator will be accessible. Request for approval to continue operation. (11)(t)4.(ii) Qualified Operator Deviation Notification of Resumed Operation. Prior to resuming operation. Notification that operation will resume. (11)(t)4.(iii) </table>

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed February 7, 2002; effective March 14, 2002. Amended: Filed August 28, 2003; effective October 2, 2003.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-3-4" level="2" title="CONTROL OF PARTICULATE EMISSIONS">

<regElement name="335.3.4.01" level="3" title="Visible Emissions">

(1)Visible Emissions Restrictions for Stationary Sources.

(a)Except as provided in subparagraphs (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this paragraph, no person shall discharge into the atmosphere from any source of emission, particulate of an opacity greater than that designated as twenty percent (20%) opacity, as determined by a six (6) minute average.

(b)During one six (6) minute period in any sixty (60) minute period, a person may discharge into the atmosphere from any source of emission, particulate of an opacity not greater than that designated as forty percent (40%) opacity.

(c)The Director may approve EXCEPTION to this Rule or specific sources which hold permits under Chapter 335-3-14; provided however, such EXCEPTION may be made for startup, shutdown, load change, and rate change or other short, intermittent periods of time upon terms approved by the Director and made a part of such permit.

(d)The Director may also approve EXCEPTION to this Rule in accordance with the following provisions:

1.The owner or operator of the affected source shall request in writing for the Director to provide an opportunity for the determination of the opacity of emissions during sampling and testing required pursuant to Rule 335-3-1-.08.

2.Upon receipt from such owner or operator of the written report of the results of the sampling and testing conducted pursuant to Rule 335-3-1-.08, the Director will make a finding concerning compliance with opacity and other applicable standards.

3.If the Director determines that an affected source is in compliance with all applicable standards for which the sampling and testing are being conducted in accordance with Rule 335-3-1-.08 but during such sampling and testing the affected source fails to meet any applicable opacity standard, he shall notify the owner or operator and advise him that he may petition the Director within ten (10) days of receipt of notification to make appropriate adjustment to the opacity standard for the affected source.

4.The Director may grant such a petition upon a demonstration by the owner or operator that the affected source and associated air pollution control equipment were operated and maintained in a manner to minimize the opacity of emissions during the sampling and testing; that such sampling and testing were performed under the conditions established by the Director; and that the affected source and associated air pollution control equipment were incapable of being adjusted or operated to meet the applicable opacity standard.

5.Upon the conclusion of sampling and testing as required above, the Director may establish an opacity standard for the affected source at a level at which the source will be able, as indicated by the sampling and testing, to meet the opacity standard at all times during which the source is meeting the mass emissions standards. If sufficient data is not available to the Director to establish such opacity standards, the Director may require additional sampling and testing as necessary to make such a determination of opacity.

(e)The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to combustion sources in single-family and duplex dwellings where such sources are used for heating or other domestic purposes.

(2)Compliance with opacity standards in this Rule shall be determined by conducting observations in accordance with Reference Method 9 in Appendix A, 40 CFR Part 60, as the same may be amended requiring a six (6) minute average as determined by twenty-four (24) consecutive readings, at intervals of fifteen (15) seconds each.

(3)The conditions in paragraph (4) of this Rule apply to each emissions unit that meets all of the following requirements:

(a)A Continuous Opacity Monitoring System (COMS) is used for indication of opacity of emissions;

(b)With respect to opacity limitations, the units are subject only to the opacity provisions stated in paragraph (1) of this Rule; and

(c)The COMS system utilized is required to comply with the requirements of 40 CFR 60.13 or 40 CFR 75.14 (if applicable) and is required to be certified in accordance with the requirements of 40 CFR 60, Appendix B, Performance Specification 1.

(4)During each calendar quarter, the permittee will not be deemed in violation of Rule 335-3-4-.01(1) if the non-exempt excess emissions periods do not exceed 2.0 percent of the source operating hours for which the opacity standard is applicable and for which the COMS is indicating valid data.

(5)Nothing in paragraph (4) of this Rule shall be construed to supercede the validity of opacity readings taken under paragraph (2) of this Rule.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel, Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14; 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective date January 18, 1972. Amended: June 5, 1979. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 28, 2003; effective October 2, 2003.

<regElement name="335.3.4.02" level="3" title="Fugitive Dust And Fugitive Emissions">

(1)No person shall cause, suffer, allow, or permit any materials to be handled, transported, or stored; or a building, its appurtenances, or a road to be used, constructed, altered, repaired, or demolished without taking reasonable precautions to prevent particulate matter from becoming airborne. Such reasonable precautions shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

(a)Use, where possible, of water or chemicals for control of dust in the demolition of existing buildings or structures, construction operations, the grading of roads, or the clearing of land;

(b)Application of asphalt, oil, water, or suitable chemicals on dirt roads, materials stock piles, and other surfaces which create airborne dust problems;

(c)Installation and use of hoods, fans, and fabric filters (or other suitable control devices) to enclose and vent the handling of dusty materials. Adequate containment methods shall be employed during sandblasting or other similar operations.

(2)Visible Emissions Restrictions Beyond Lot Line. No person shall cause or permit the discharge of visible fugitive dust emissions beyond the lot line of the property on which the emissions originate.

(3)When dust, fumes, gases, mist, odorous matter, vapors, or any combination thereof escape from a building or equipment in such a manner and amount as to cause a nuisance or to violate any rule or regulation, the Director may order that the building or equipment in which processing, handling and storage are done be tightly closed and ventilated in such a way that all air and gases and air or gas-borne material leaving the building or equipment are treated by removal or destruction of air contaminants before discharge to the open air.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: April 3, 1979; September 18, 1985. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed June 10, 1999; effective July 15, 1999.

<regElement name="335.3.4.03" level="3" title="Fuel Burning Equipment">

(1)Class 1 Counties: No person shall cause or permit the emission of particulate matter from fuel-burning equipment in a Class 1 County in excess of the amount shown in Table 4-1 for the heat input allocated to such source. For sources in Class 1 Counties, interpolation of the data in Table 4-1 for heat input values between 10 million BTU/hr and 250 million BTU/hr shall be accomplished by the use of the equation:

E = 1.38H-0.44

where: E = Emissions in lb/million BTU

H = Heat Input in millions of BTU/hr

(2)Class 2 Counties: No person shall cause or permit the emission of particulate matter from fuel-burning equipment in a Class 2 County in excess of the amount shown in Table 4-1 for the heat input allocated to such source. For sources in Class 2 Counties, interpolation of the data in Table 4-1 for heat input values between 10 million BTU/hr and 250 million BTU/hr shall be accomplished by the use of the equation:

E = 3.109H-0.589

where: E = Emissions in lb/million BTU

H = Heat Input in millions of BTU/hr

(3)For purposes of this Rule, the total heat input from all similar fuel combustion units which discharge particulate matter through a common stack at a plant or premises shall be used for determining the maximum allowable emission of particulate matter.

(4)New fuel-burning sources emitting particulate matter shall be subject to the rules and regulations for Class 1 Counties, paragraph (1) of this Rule, regardless of their location.

TABLE 4-1 ALLOWABLE PARTICULATE MATTER EMISSION

BASED ON HEAT INPUT

Heat InputAllowable Emission(lb/million BTU)

(Millions of BTU/hr) Class 1 County Class 2 County

10.50.8

100.50.8

200.370.53

400.270.35

600.230.28

800.200.24

1000.180.21

1500.150.16

2000.130.14

2500.120.12

1,000,0000.120.12

(5)In lieu of the particulate emission limitations contained in paragraph (1) of this Rule for existing coal fired boilers at pulp mills in Talladega County having a rated capacity of up to 300 million BTU per hour, the allowable particulate emission limit shall be 0.1 lb/MMBTU.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: October 10, 1984. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.4.04" level="3" title="Process Industries - General">

(1)Class 1 Counties: No person shall cause or permit the emission of particulate matter in any one hour from any source in a Class I County in excess of the amount shown in Table 4-2 for the process weight per hour allocated to such source. For sources in Class I Counties, interpolation of the data in Table 4-2 for the process weight per hour values up to 60,000 lbs/hr shall be accomplished by use of the equation:

E = 3.59 P0.62

(P&lt;30 tons/hr)

and interpolation and extrapolation of the data for process weight per hour values equal to or in excess of 60,000 lbs/hr shall be accomplished by use of the equation:

E = 17.31 P0.16

(P&gt;30 tons/hr)

whereE = Emissions in pounds per hour

P = Process weight per hour in tons per hour.

(a)For the existing four (4) sinter machines in Jefferson County, the allowable filterable particulate limit from each windbox exhaust shall not exceed 0.030 grains per dry standard cubic foot with the additional requirement that total filterable particulate emissions from all windbox exhausts and discharge ends not exceed 140 pounds per hour.

Compliance with the total emission limit shall be achieved by operating no more than three (3) of the four (4) sinter machines simultaneously.

(2)Class 2 Counties: No person shall cause or permit the emission of particulate matter in any one hour from any source in a Class 2 County in excess of the amount shown in Table 4-2 for the process weight per hour allocated to such source. For sources in Class 2 Counties, interpolation of the data in Table 4-2 for the process weight per hour values up to 60,000 lbs/hr shall be accomplished by use of the equation:

E = 4.10 P0.67

(P&lt; 30 tons/hr)

and interpolation and extrapolation of the data for process weight per hour values equal to or in excess of 60,000 lbs/hr shall be accomplished by use of the equation:

E = 55.0 P0.11 -40

(P&gt; 30 tons/hr)

where:E = Emissions in pounds per hour

P = Process weight per hour in tons per hour.

(3)Where the nature of any process or operation or the design of any equipment is such as to permit more than one interpretation of this Rule, the interpretation that results in the minimum value for allowable emission shall apply.

(4)For purposes of this Rule, the total process weight from all similar process units at a plant or premises shall be used for determining the maximum allowable emission of particulate matter that passes through a stack or stacks.

(5)New sources subject to this Rule emitting particulate matter shall be subject to the rules and regulations for Class I Counties, contained in paragraph (1) of this Rule, regardless of their location.

TABLE 4-2 ALLOWABLE PARTICULATE MATTER EMISSION

BASED ON PROCESS WEIGHT RATE

Process Weight RateAllowable Emission Rate (lb/hr)

(lb/hr) Class 1 CountyClass 2 County

100 0.56 0.55

500 1.52 1.62

1,000 2.34 2.57

5,000 6.33 7.57

10,000 9.7612.05

20,00014.9719.18

60,00029.8339.96

80,00031.2342.53

120,00033.3346.30

160,00034.9049.06

200,00036.1751.28

1,000,00046.7968.96

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: April 6, 1983. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.4.05" level="3" title="Small Foundry Cupola">

(1)No person shall cause or permit the emission of particulate matter in any one (1) hour from any small foundry cupola source in excess of the amount shown in Table 4-3 for the process weight per hour allocated to such source.

(2)Where the nature of any process or operation or the design of any equipment is such as to permit more than one interpretation of this Rule, the interpretation that results in the minimum value for allowable emission shall apply.

(3)For purposes of this Rule, the total process weight from all similar process units at a plant or premises shall be used for determining the maximum allowable emission of particulate matter that passes through a stack or stacks.

(4)Foundry cupolas with a process weight rate greater than 50,000 pounds per hour shall be subject to the rules and regulations of Rule 335-3-4-.04.

TABLE 4-3 ALLOWABLE PARTICULATE MATTER EMISSION

BASED ON PROCESS WEIGHT RATE FOR

SMALL FOUNDRY CUPOLAS

Process WeightAllowable Emission Rate

(lb/hr) (lb/hr)

1,000 3.05

2,000 4.70

3,000 6.35

4,000 8.00

5,000 9.58

6,00011.30

7,00012.90

8,00014.30

9,00015.50

10,00016.65

12,00018.70

16,00021.60

18,00023.40

20,00025.10

30,00031.30

40,00037.00

50,00042.40

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.4.06" level="3" title="Cotton Gins">

(1)No person shall cause or permit the emission of particulate matter in any one (1) hour from any cotton gin operation in excess of the amount shown in Table 4-4 for the process weight per hour allocated to such operation. Particulate matter emissions subject to this Rule include process emissions and incinerator emissions if any; provided, however, that this shall in no way relieve or affect the application of Chapter 335-3-3 to open burning and incineration at cotton gin operations.

(2)Where the nature of any process or operation or the design of any equipment is such as to permit more than one interpretation of this Rule, the interpretation that results in the minimum value for allowable emission shall apply.

(3)For purposes of this Rule, the total process weight from all similar process units at a plant or premises shall be used for determining the maximum allowable emission of particulate matter that passes through a stack or stacks.

TABLE 4-4 ALLOWABLE PARTICULATE MATTER EMISSION

BASED ON PROCESS WEIGHT RATE FOR COTTON GINS

Process Weight AllowableProcess Weight Allowable

Rate Emission Rate RateEmission Rate

(lb/hr) (lb/hr) (lb/hr) (lb/hr)

1,000 1.6 9,000 13.7

1,500 2.4 10,000 15.2

2,000 3.1 12,000 18.2

2,500 3.9 14,000 21.2

3,000 4.7 16,000 24.2

3,500 5.4 18,000 27.2

4,000 6.2 20,000 30.1

5,000 7.7 30,000 44.9

6,000 9.2 40,000 59.7

7,000 10.7 50,000 64.0

8,000 12.2 &gt;60,000 67.4

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.4.07" level="3" title="Kraft Pulp Mills">

(1)Applicability. This Rule applies to manufacturing facilities for the pulping of wood and the preparation and recovery of associated chemicals by the kraft process, including combined recovery systems serving other processes such as neutral sulfite pulping.

(2)No person shall cause or permit the emission of particulate matter from any kraft pulp mill in excess of the amounts provided as follows:

(a)From all recovery furnaces, not more than 4.0 pounds per ton of pulp.

(b)From all smelt dissolver vents, not more than 0.5 pounds per ton.

(c)From all lime kilns, not more than 1.0 pounds per ton of pulp.

(3)The pulp production rates for kraft mills referred to in this Rule shall be tons of unbleached air-dried kraft pulp.

(4)Notwithstanding the specific limits set forth in this Rule, in order to maintain the lowest possible emission of air contaminants, the highest and best practicable treatment and control for particulate matter currently available shall be provided for new kraft pulp mills.

(5)For chemical recovery boilers constructed before 1972 at kraft pulp mills in Autauga County, the allowable particulate emissions shall be 1.11 pounds per air-dried ton of pulp.

(6)In lieu of the particulate emission limitations contained in subparagraph (2)(a) of this Rule, for chemical recovery boilers constructed before 1973 at pulp mills in Talladega County, the allowable particulate emission limits shall be 2.5 pounds per air-dried ton of unbleached kraft pulp.

(7)In lieu of the particulate emission limitations contained in subparagraph (2)(b) of this Rule, for smelt dissolver tanks constructed before 1973 at pulp mills in Talladega County, the allowable particulate emission limit shall be 0.3 pounds per air-dried ton of unbleached kraft pulp.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: July 26, 1972. Amended: March 7, 1984; October 10, 1984. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.4.08" level="3" title="Wood Waste Boilers">

(1)Applicability. This Rule applies to boilers and other indirect heat exchangers using not less than thirty percent (30%) wood waste or wood by-products as fuel measured by heat input.

(2)Except as provided in paragraph (3) of this Rule, no person shall cause or permit the emission of particulate matter from any existing wood waste boilers in excess of 0.30 grains per standard dry cubic foot adjusted to fifty percent (50%) excess air. Provided that: for any existing wood waste boiler which must be modified in order to meet the emission limitations of this Rule, no person shall cause or permit the emission of particulates in excess of:

(a)0.17 grains per standard dry cubic foot, adjusted to fifty percent (50%) excess air for combination gas and wood waste boilers.

(b)0.20 grains per standard dry cubic foot, adjusted to 50 percent excess air for combination oil and wood waste boilers.

(c)0.23 grains per standard dry cubic foot, adjusted to fifty percent (50%) excess air for combination coal and wood waste boilers.

(d)0.20 grains per standard dry cubic foot, adjusted to fifty percent (50%) excess air for boilers using wood waste only.

(3)In lieu of the particulate emission limitations contained in paragraph (2) of this Rule for existing wood waste boilers at pulp mills in Talladega County having a rated capacity greater than 300 million BTU per hour:

(a)The allowable particulate emission limit shall be 0.60 grains per standard dry cubic foot adjusted to 50% excess air, with the additional requirement that total mass particulate emissions shall not exceed 347 pounds per hour.

(b)In lieu of the opacity limits contained in Rule 335-3-4-.01, such units shall not discharge into the atmosphere particulate of an opacity greater than that designated as seventy-six percent (76%) opacity, as determined by fixed one-hour averages (the average of each ten six-minute averages per discrete clock hour).

(c)The transmissometer system for continuous measurement of the opacity of stack emissions shall be the technique for determining compliance with opacity limits. The transmissometer shall comply with the requirements of 40 CFR 60, Appendix B, Performance Specification 1. If the opacity monitoring system is not operating properly, the EPA Reference Method 9 (40 CFR 60, Appendix A), utilizing one-hour averages, shall serve as the compliance technique.

Authors: James W Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14; 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: July 26, 1972. Amended: January 27, 1981; December 9, 1983; October 10, 1984. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.4.09" level="3" title="Coke Ovens">

(1)Applicability. The provisions of this Rule shall apply to the production of coke in existing conventional slot-oven coke batteries with the exception of paragraph (10) of this Rule which applies to new batteries.

(2)Unloading and Transfer of Coal and Coke. Every person operating coke ovens shall apply all reasonable measures to prevent emissions from coal unloading, transfer, and coke transfer.

(3)Charging. There shall be no visible emissions during the charging cycle from the charging holes or the larry car of any battery with an opacity which is greater than twenty percent (20%) except for an average period or periods not to exceed three (3 minutes of any consecutive sixty (60) minutes on batteries with less than seventy (70) ovens nor more than four (4) minutes of any consecutive sixty (60) minutes on batteries with seventy (70) ovens or more.

(4)Pushing.

(a)There shall be no visible emissions during the pushing cycle, other than water mist or vapor, with an opacity which is greater than forty percent (40%) for more than one (1) push per hour per battery.

(b)This paragraph specifically exempts existing conventional slot-oven coke batteries with forty (40) ovens located in Tuscaloosa County from subparagraph (a) above and imposes the following requirements:

1.There shall be no visible emissions during the pushing cycle, other than water mist or vapor, with an opacity which is greater than forty percent (40%) for more than two (2) pushes per hour per battery.

(c)Compliance with subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph shall be determined by dividing by four (4) the total number of pushes greater than forty percent (40%) opacity, observed during a four (4) hour observation period.

(d)Should the observation period include intervals of non-activity, (e.g., when the common coke car is servicing another battery) such intervals shall be included for purposes of determining compliance, provided that the average number of pushes per hour coincides with the average number of pushes per hour required by the normal production cycle of the battery. Intervals such as meal breaks, scheduled breaks when not on a twenty-four (24) hour pushing schedule, or intervals greater than fifteen (15) minutes due to malfunction of equipment cannot be included in the observation period.

(e)For purposes of this paragraph, "normal production cycle" shall mean the average number of pushes per hour determined by taking an arithmetic average of the pushing schedules of the previous ten (10) days. (The denominator to be based on the actual number of hours the pushing machine was scheduled to operate.)

(f)Observation Procedures.

1.The inspector shall evaluate the criteria listed below and select the most appropriate point at which to observe the visible emissions during the pushing cycle.

(i)The inspector should position himself as close to the source of pushing emissions as practical.

(ii)The inspector should observe pushing emissions against the sky.

(iii)The inspector should stand with the sun behind him, if possible, and with the emissions moving in any direction except directly toward or away from the inspector.

(5)Topside Emissions.

(a)Any leak discovered on the topside of a battery shall be wet sealed or the oven shall not be recharged until the necessary repairs are made.

(b)At no time shall there be leaks in more than ten percent (10%) of the offtake piping and no more than five percent (5%) of the charging hole lids on any one battery.

(6)Coke Oven Doors.

(a)There shall be no visible emissions, except non-smoking flame, from any opening on the coke oven doors from more than fifteen percent (15%) of the coke oven doors on any battery at any time.

(b)If a self-sealing door fails to seal during the coking cycle, it shall be adjusted, repaired, or replaced prior to a subsequent charge of oven.

(c)Luted doors which fail to seal after the oven is charged shall be reluted promptly.

(d)Every person operating coke ovens shall have a facility to maintain and repair coke oven doors and shall maintain an inventory of one (1) coke oven door per twelve (12) ovens operated.

(7)Oven Maintenance.

(a)All ovens shall be maintained in good condition to promote complete coking of coal.

(b)All coke oven cracks are to be sealed as soon as practicable after they are detected.

(c)As directed by the Director, reasonable records of the maintenance of oven doors, oven burners, and oven interiors are to be made and retained for a reasonable time.

(8)Combustion Stacks. There shall be no visible emissions, other than water mist or vapor, with an opacity greater than twenty percent (20%) from any stack except for a period or periods aggregating not more than three (3) minutes in any consecutive sixty (60) minutes.

(9)Quenching.

(a)No person shall operate a coke oven plant without baffles installed and properly operating in the quench towers.

(b)Water introduced to the quenching station must be of a quality approved by the Director.

(10)Notwithstanding the specific limits set forth in this Rule, in order to maintain the lowest possible emission of air contaminants, the highest and best practicable treatment and control for particulate matter currently available shall be provided for any new coke producing facilities.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: July 26, 1972. Amended: May 28, 1974; July 11, 1978; September 18, 1985, September 21, 1989. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.4.10" level="3" title="Primary Aluminum Plants">

(1)Applicability. This Rule applies to existing primary aluminum plants which will or do operate for the purpose of or related to producing aluminum metal from aluminum oxide (alumina).

(2)Emission Limits. The emission of particulate matter to the atmosphere from the baking of carbon anodes and from the reduction process (potlines) of any primary aluminum reduction plant shall not exceed twenty-two (22) pounds per ton of aluminum produced on a daily basis.

(3)Compliance. Each primary aluminum plant shall be in compliance with the provisions of this Rule at the earliest possible date, but not later than May 31, 1975. Nothing in this Rule shall negate the requirement for obtaining permits or submitting compliance schedules as required by these rules and regulations.

Author: Sue R. Robertson

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 30, 1973. Amended: November 27, 1973.

<regElement name="335.3.4.11" level="3" title="Cement Plants">

(1)Applicability. This Rule applies to:

(a)Existing cement plants that have a process weight that is greater than 88.7 tons per hour.

(b)All existing cement plants in the primary nonattainment area for suspended particulates in Mobile County (Appendix D).

(c)New cement plants.

(2)This Rule specifically exempts new cement plants from Rule 335-3-4-.04(5).

(3)Emission Limits.

(a)No owner or operator shall cause, permit, or allow the emission of particulate matter from the kiln which is in excess of 0.30 pounds per ton of feed to the kiln, maximum two (2) hour average.

(b)No owner or operator shall cause, permit, or allow the emission of particulate matter from the clinker cooler which is in excess of 0.10 pounds per ton of feed to the kiln, maximum two (2) hour average.

(4)Compliance. Those cement plants located in the primary nonattainment area for suspended particulates in Mobile County (Appendix D) shall be in compliance with these provisions by January 1, 1982 and shall adhere to the increments of progress contained in the following schedule:

(a)Final plans for the emission control system must be submitted before December 31, 1979.

(b)Contracts for the emission control system must be awarded or orders must be issued for purchase of component parts to accomplish emission control before July 1, 1980.

(c)Initiation of on-site construction or installation of the emission control equipment must begin before December 31, 1980.

(d)On-site construction or installation of the emission control equipment must be complete before August 31, 1981.

(e)Final compliance shall be demonstrated before January 1, 1982.

(5)Exception. Cement plants located in the primary nonattainment area for suspended particulates in Mobile County (Appendix D) which shut down prior to December 31, 1982 will not be subject to the requirements contained in this Rule upon the posting of a surety bond in the amount of $100,000, such surety bond contingent on shutting down the facility and with no provision for extension.

Author: Jack Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: March 25, 1975. Amended: April 3, 1979. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.4.12" level="3" title="Xylene Oxidation Process"> <dwc name="xylen" times="3">

(1)Applicability. The provisions of this Rule shall apply to all xylene oxidation processes. Each process system shall be considered as a separate process unit.

(2)No person shall cause or permit the emissions of particulate matter in any one hour from any xylene oxidation process in excess of the amount calculated by use of the equations:

E = 2.75 P0.62E = 13.15 P0.16

(P&lt;30 tons/hr)(P&gt;30 tons/hr)

Where:E = Emissions in pounds per hour

P = Process weight per hour in tons per hour

(3)Where a thermal oxidizer is used for the reduction of process waste from a xylene oxidation process and no other waste streams are added, this thermal oxidizer shall be considered a part of the process system.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: September 12, 1978. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.4.13" level="3" title="Reserved">

<regElement name="335.3.4.14" level="3" title="Grain Elevators">

(1)Applicability. This Rule applies to existing grain elevators which have a permanent storage capacity of more than 88,000 m3 located in Mobile County, provided, however, that it does not apply to grain elevators located at animal food manufacturers, pet food manufacturers, cereal manufacturers, breweries, and livestock feedlots.

(2)Emission Limit. No owner or operator subject to this Rule shall cause, suffer, or allow the discharge into the atmosphere of any fugitive emission from:

(a)Any barge or ship loading station which exhibits greater than twenty percent (20%) opacity. Said emission limit shall be achieved by:

1.A telescoping loading spout which is kept extended to the grain surface and ventilation applied at the end of the spout to a fabric filter.

2.A system demonstrated to have control efficiency equivalent to or greater than provided under subparagraph (a)1. of this paragraph and approved by the Director.

(b)Any barge or ship unloading station unless operated as follows:

1.The unloading leg shall be enclosed from the top (including the receiving hopper) and ventilation to a control device shall be maintained on both sides of the leg and the grain receiving hopper.

2.The total rate of air ventilation shall be at least 32.1 actual cubic meters per cubic meter of grain handling capacity.

3.The owner or operator may use other methods of emission control demonstrated to have control efficiency equivalent to or greater than provided under subparagraphs (b)l. and 2. above and approved by the Director.

(3)Compliance. Affected facilities shall be in compliance with the provisions of this Rule at the earliest possible date, but no later than December 31, 1982 and shall adhere to the increments of progress contained in the following schedule:

(a)Final plans for the emission control system must be submitted before January 1, 1981.

(b)Contracts for the emission control systems must be awarded or orders must be issued for purchase of component parts to accomplish emission control before June 30, 1981.

(c)Initiation of on-site construction or installation of the emission control equipment must begin before August 31, 1981.

(d)On-site construction or installation of the emission control equipment must be completed before September 30, 1982.

(e)Final compliance shall be demonstrated before December 31, 1982.

Author: Marilyn G. Elliott

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: April 3, 1979. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.4.15" level="3" title="Secondary Lead Smelters"> <dwc name="lead" times="9">

(1)All blast (cupola) or reverberatory furnaces at a secondary lead smelter must be equipped with a capture system for fugitive emissions from the tapping and charging operations with the exception of a reverberatory furnace lead tap. Such capture systems, including hoods, ducts, and fans, shall be designed, operated and maintained to achieve maximum reasonable capture and shall be vented to a control device with at least 99.5 percent collection efficiency.

(2)All alloying kettles or pots at a secondary lead smelter must be equipped with a vented cover that will be in place at all times the kettle contains molten lead except when access is necessary for casting or refining operations. The capture system, including covers, ducts, and fans, shall be designed, operated and maintained to achieve maximum reasonable capture and shall be vented to a control system with at least 90 percent collection efficiency.

(3)No owner or operator of a secondary lead smelter shall discharge or cause the discharge into the atmosphere from a blast (cupola) or reverberatory furnace primary exhaust stack any gases which contain particulate matter in excess of 50.0 mg/dscm (0.022 gr/dscf).

(4)Owners and operators of a secondary lead plant shall minimize fugitive dust at the plant by good housekeeping practices that will include: frequent sweeping of the plant and grounds; shielding the handling of flue dust from the wind; and enclosing, sheltering or otherwise treating all flue dust storage piles to prevent wind erosion.

(5)Compliance. Affected facilities shall be in compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (4) of this Rule at the earliest possible date, but no later than October 31, 1982.

(6)This paragraph applies to existing secondary lead smelters located in Pike County.

(a)Visible emissions escaping the capture system for the charging door shall not exceed 10% opacity when charging the blast furnace as determined by 40 CFR 60, Appendix A, Method 9 excluding Section 2.5. Visible emissions escaping the capture system for the closed charging door on the blast furnace shall not exceed 5% opacity during furnace operation as determined by 40 CFR 60, Appendix A, Method 9 excluding Section 2.5.

(b)Visible emissions escaping the capture system for the slag tap and lead tap on blast furnaces shall not exceed 1% opacity as determined by 40 CFR 60, Appendix A, Method 9.

(c)All lead bearing material (excluding the material from the battery breaking operation, material stored in closed containers, and other material which has been excluded in writing, by the Director) will be unloaded and stored in enclosed buildings. These buildings shall have no openings directly to the atmosphere except doors which may be opened only during egress or ingress or while material is being added or removed from the buildings. The buildings will be constructed such that stored material is transported to the smelter building without leaving an enclosed area.

(d)All paved areas external to buildings on which raw materials are handled will be clearly marked and kept wet by watering devices so that no visible emissions are observed emanating from the paved areas. All vehicles leaving the areas so designated by this Rule shall have their wheels and undercarriages washed immediately prior to leaving the area. Records must be kept of all vehicles leaving the area. Said records shall be maintained for a minimum of two years following date of recorded information.

(e)Paved areas not designated as necessitating wetting by subparagraph (d) of this paragraph above shall be vacuum swept twice daily except under specific conditions as approved by the Director. Records must be kept documenting when sweeping is done and any reason for not sweeping (such as equipment breakdown, inclement weather conditions). Said records shall be maintained for a minimum of two years following date of recorded information.

(f)Unpaved areas will be planted with grass or other ground cover or treated with lignosulfonate or equivalent surfactant on a schedule approved in writing by the Director. An evergreen vegetation boundary approved by the Director shall be planted and maintained on the northwest and north side of the plant.

(g)Compliance.

1.Except as provided under subparagraph (g)2. of this paragraph, affected facilities shall be in compliance with this paragraph within twelve (12) months of adoption.

2.Nothing in this Rule shall prevent the owner or operator of an affected facility from submitting to the Director a proposed alternative compliance schedule provided:

(i)the proposed alternative schedule is submitted within two (2) months of adoption; and

(ii)the proposed alternative schedule contains increments of progress; and

(iii)sufficient documentation and certification from appropriate suppliers, contractors, manufacturers, or fabricators are submitted by the owner or operator of the affected source to justify the dates proposed for the increments of progress; and

(iv)all alternative compliance schedules proposed or promulgated under this Rule shall provide for compliance of the source with this Rule as expeditiously as practicable, but no later than December 31, 1987.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: March 23, 1982. Amended: March 1, 1985. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.4.16" level="3" title="Reserved">

<regElement name="335.3.4.17" level="3" title="Steel Mills Located In Etowah County">

(1)Visible Emissions from the roof monitor or other openings in the BOF shop building, other than water mist or vapor, shall not exceed a shade or density greater than twenty percent (20%) opacity as determined on a three (3) minute rolling average. Compliance shall be determined by using the procedures specified at 40 C.F.R., Part 60, Appendix A, Method 9, excluding Section 2.5.

(2)All paved roads shall be vacuum swept or flushed of surface material every third consecutive day. The vacuum sweeper shall have a minimum blower capacity of 12,000 cfm and the flushing machine shall dispense water at the rate of 0.32 gal/yd2.

(3)Paved parking areas shall be vacuum swept or flushed of surface material every calendar quarter. The vacuum sweeper shall have a minimum blower capacity of 12,000 cfm and the flushing machine shall dispense water at the rate of 0.32 gal/yd2.

(4)Paved road or area flushing specified in paragraphs (2) and (3) of this Rule is not required when the temperature is below 32&#176; F. Paved road or area cleaning is not required when precipitation during the previous 24-hour period has exceeded 0.01 inches.

(5)Unpaved roads, traffic areas in the slab storage area, and traffic areas in other material storage areas shall be treated with petroleum resin, asphalt emulsion, or equivalent dust suppressant on a quarterly or more frequent basis as determined by the Director.

(6)Unpaved parking lots shall be treated with petroleum resin, asphalt emulsion, or equivalent dust suppressant on a semi-annual basis.

(7)The petroleum resin or asphalt emulsion dust suppressant required in paragraphs (5) and (6) of this Rule shall be applied at a dilution ratio of 20% for the initial 3 applications and 12% for subsequent applications. The suppressant shall be applied at the rate of 0.75 gal/yd2 of diluted solution for the initial 3 applications. Subsequent applications shall be applied at 0.25 gal/yd2 of diluted solution. Other dust suppressants must be applied at an equivalent dilution ratio and application rate as determined by the Director.

(8)The source shall maintain at its plant premises, and make available for inspection, records documenting each occasion on which paved areas are cleaned in accordance with paragraphs (2) and (3) of this Rule, and any occasion on which such paved areas are not cleaned according to the required schedule, including any justification for failure to meet the required schedule, such as equipment breakdown or inclement weather conditions. The company shall also maintain and make available for inspection records documenting the frequency and amount of applications required by paragraphs (5) and (6) of this Rule. Said records shall be maintained for a minimum of two years following the date of recorded information.

(9)The source shall, within 30 days of approval of this Rule, notify the Department of a designated reclaim area on plant property and a designated paved road at its premises to be used to transport molten slag from the basic oxygen furnace shop to the reclaim area. These designations shall not be changed without the written approval of the Director.

Author: Sue R. Robertson

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: March 23, 1982. Amended: September 18, 1985. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-3-5" level="2" title="CONTROL OF SULFUR COMPOUND EMISSIONS">

<regElement name="335.3.5.01" level="3" title="Fuel Combustion">

(1)(a)Sulfur Dioxide Category I Counties. No person

shall cause or permit the operation of a fuel burning installation in a Sulfur Dioxide Category I County or in Jefferson County in such a manner that sulfur oxides,

measured as sulfur dioxide, are emitted in excess of 1.8 pounds per million BTU heat input.

(b)Sulfur Dioxide Category II Counties. No person shall cause or permit the operation of a fuel burning installation in a Sulfur Dioxide Category II County in such a manner that sulfur oxides, measured as sulfur dioxide, are emitted in excess of 4.0 pounds per million BTU heat input.

(c)Sulfur Dioxide - Jackson County. No person shall cause or permit the operation of an electric utility steam generating installation having a total rated capacity greater than 5,000 million BTU per hour in Jackson County in such a manner that sulfur oxides, measured as sulfur dioxide, are emitted in excess of 1.2 pounds per million BTU heat input.

(d)Sulfur Dioxide - Colbert County. No person shall cause or permit the operation of electric utility steam generating units with rated capacities greater than 1,000 million BTU per hour which commenced operation prior to 1960 in Colbert County in such a manner that sulfur oxides, measured as sulfur dioxide, are emitted in excess of 2.2 pounds per million BTU heat input.

1.Compliance with this paragraph shall be achieved no later than the dates in the following schedule:

(i)Specifications for emission control equipment shall be completed by October 1, 1987.

(ii)Initiation of on-site construction shall begin by April 1, 1988.

(iii)Contracts for emission control equipment shall be awarded by May 1, 1988.

(iv)Contracts for compliance coal shall be awarded by February 1, 1990.

(v)The first electric utility steam generating unit shall be in compliance with this paragraph by May 1, 1990.

(vi)The second electric utility steam generating unit shall be in compliance with this paragraph by August 1, 1990.

(vii)The third electric utility steam generating unit shall be in compliance with this paragraph by November 1, 1990.

(viii)The fourth electric utility steam generating unit shall be in compliance with this paragraph by January 1, 1991.

(e)Sulfur Dioxide - Shelby County. No person shall cause or permit the operation of an electric utility steam generating installation having a total rated capacity greater than 5,000 million BTU per hour in Shelby County in such a manner that sulfur oxides, measured as sulfur dioxide, are emitted in excess of 3.8 pounds per million BTU heat input.

(2)Air Quality Demonstration. In addition to the requirements of paragraph (1) of this Rule, every owner or operator of a fuel burning installation having a total rated capacity greater than 1500 million BTU per hour shall:

(a)Demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Director, that the sulfur oxides emitted, either alone or in contribution to other sources, will not interfere with attainment and maintenance of any primary or secondary ambient air quality standard prescribed at Rule 335-3-1-.03.

(b)Demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Director, that in meeting the emission limitations of paragraph (1) of this Rule, the installation will not increase emissions to the extent that resulting air quality concentrations will be greater than:

1.those concentrations (either measured or calculated) which existed in 1970; or

2.those concentrations (either measured or calculated) which existed during the first year of operation of any installation which began operating after January 1, 1970.

(c)Upon the direction of the Director, install and maintain air quality sensors to monitor attainment and maintenance of ambient air quality standards in the areas influenced by the emissions from such installation. Results of such monitoring shall be provided to the Director in a manner and form as he shall direct.

(3)For purposes of this Rule, the total heat input from all similar fuel combustion units at a plant, premises, or installation shall be used for determining the maximum allowable emission of sulfur dioxide that passes through a stack or stacks. Units constructed and operated to conform with the New Source Performance Standards shall not be considered similar to other units at a plant, premises, or installation.

(4)All calculations performed pursuant to demonstrations required by paragraph (2) of this Rule shall assume that the fuel burning installation is operating at or above the maximum capacity which such installation is capable of being operated.

(5)No person shall cause or permit the emission or combustion of any refinery process gas stream that contains H2S in concentrations greater than 150 ppm without removal of the hydrogen sulfide in excess of this concentration.

(6)To ensure that ambient air quality standards are met, an annual review of Sulfur Dioxide Category I and II Counties will be made by the Air Division staff. Initial Sulfur Dioxide Category classifications and any subsequent changes to Sulfur Dioxide Category classifications will be the subject of a public hearing.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: May 29, 1973; March 25, 1975; August 28, 1979; August 10, 1987. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="355.3.5.02" level="3" title="Sulfuric Acid Plants">

(1)Applicability.

(a)For existing sulfuric acid plants operating as of January 18, 1972, the following applies:

1.No person shall cause or permit sulfur dioxide tail gas emissions from sulfuric acid manufacturing plants to exceed 27 pounds per ton of 100 percent sulfuric acid produced; provided, however, that no sulfuric acid manufacturing plant emitting less than 27 pounds per ton of 100 percent sulfuric acid produced shall be allowed to increase its emission rate.

2.No person shall cause or permit tail gas acid mist emissions to exceed 0.5 pounds per ton of sulfuric acid produced, and the sulfur trioxide emissions are not to exceed 0.2 pounds per ton of sulfuric acid produced.

(b)For all sulfuric acid plants not included in subparagraph (a) above, the following applies:

1.No person shall cause or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of sulfur dioxide in excess of 4 pounds per ton of sulfuric acid produced, maximum two-hour average.

2.No person shall cause or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of acid mist which is in excess of 0.15 pounds per ton of acid produced, maximum two-hour average, expressed as H2SO4.

(2)There shall be installed, calibrated, maintained, and operated in any sulfuric acid production unit subject to the provisions of this Rule, an instrument for continuously monitoring and recording emissions of sulfur dioxide.

(3)Any instrument and sampling system installed and used pursuant to this Rule shall be subject to the approval of the Director.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: May 29, 1973; April 22, 1975. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.5.03" level="3" title="Petroleum Production">

(1)Applicability. This regulation applies to facilities that handle natural gas or refinery gas that contains more than 0.10 grain of hydrogen sulfide per standard cubic foot (SCF).

(2)No person shall cause or permit the emission of a process gas stream containing more than 0.10 grain of hydrogen sulfide per SCF into the atmosphere unless it is properly burned to maintain the ground level concentrations of hydrogen sulfide to less than twenty (20) parts per billion beyond plant property limits, averaged over a thirty (30) minute period.

(3)No person shall cause or permit the sulfur oxide emission from any facility designed to dispose of or process natural gas or refinery gas containing more than 0.10 grain of hydrogen sulfide per standard cubic foot to exceed the following:

CATEGORY I COUNTIES

Available SulfurPermitted Emissions of

(Long Tons/Day)Sulfur Dioxide

Up to 5No Limit

5 to 35373 lbs/hour

35 to 750.10 lbs. SO2/lb. S processed

Over 750.08 lbs. SO2/lb. S processed

CATEGORY II COUNTIES

Available SulfurPermitted Emissions

(Long Tons/Day)of Sulfur Dioxide

Up to 10No Limit

10 to 50560 lbs/hour

50 to 1000.10 lbs. SO2/lb. S processed

Over 1000.08 lbs. SO2/lb. S processed

(a)The allowable emissions of sulfur dioxide are increased as follows to allow for dry acid gas streams containing less than 60 percent hydrogen sulfide:

Mole Percent of HydrogenAdditional SO2

Sulfide In Dry Acid GasEmissions Allowed

50% but less than 60%0.02 lbs. SO2/lb. S processed

40% but less than 50%0.04 lbs. SO2/lb. S processed

30% but less than 40%0.06 lbs. SO2/lb. S processed

20% but less than 30%0.10 lbs. SO2/lb. S processed

Less than 20%Must utilize the best available control technology, with consideration to the technical practicability and economic reasonableness of reducing or eliminating the emissions from the facility.

(4)Applicability. In addition to the requirements of paragraph (3) of this Rule, the provisions of this paragraph apply to all natural gas processing facilities in Escambia County with capacities greater than 50 million standard cubic feet of sour gas per day.

(a)No person shall cause or permit the emissions of total sulfur compounds, measured as sulfur dioxide, from any affected facility to exceed the following:

Available Sulfur Permitted Emissions

(Long Tons/Day)Of Total Sulfur Compounds

Up to 5750.140 pounds of total sulphur compounds per pound of available sulfur

575 to 1031Pounds of total sulfur compounds per pound of available sulfur =

0.186 - 8.57 x 10-7S

Where

S = lb/hr of available sulfur

Over 103110,008 lb/hr

(b)Compliance with subparagraph (a) of this paragraph shall be determined continuously by monitors which measure the total sulfur compounds, measured as sulfur dioxide, emitted by the facility and total available sulfur to the facility or by other equivalent methods approved by the Director.

(5)For purposes of this Rule, the following counties are classified as Category I Counties: Jackson, Jefferson, and Mobile. The remaining counties in the state are classified as Category II Counties.

(6)Compliance with this Rule shall be determined by both material balances and stack sampling. New plants are required either to install monitors to continuously determine the sulfur oxide emissions in terms of mass per unit of time or to determine the sulfur oxide emissions by other means approved by the Director.

(7)In calculating the ground level concentration that results from short-term waste gas or emergency flaring, it shall be assumed that only seventy-five percent (75%) of the heat of combustion is used to heat the products of combustion.

(8)Air Quality Demonstration. In addition to the requirements of paragraph (3) of this Rule, every owner or operator of a facility covered by Rule 335-3-5-.03 shall demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Director, that the sulfur oxides emitted, either along or in conjunction with other sources, will not interfere with attainment and maintenance of any primary or secondary ambient air quality standard.

(9)To ensure that ambient air quality standards are met, an annual review of Sulfur Dioxide Category I and II Counties will be made by the staff. Initial Sulfur Dioxide Category Classifications and any subsequent changes to Sulfur Dioxide Category Classifications will be the subject of a public hearing.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: May 29, 1973; May 25, 1976; August 10, 1987. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.5.04" level="3" title="Kraft Pulp Mills">

(1)For the purposes of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Old Design Recovery Furnaces" shall mean recovery furnaces designed to burn black liquor after direct contact evaporation, as well as units built prior to 1970, converted to an indirect contact unit prior to 1990 and whose exhaust gases pass through a wet bottom electrostatic precipitator.

(b)"New Design Recovery Furnaces" shall mean recovery furnaces designed to burn black liquor after indirect contact evaporation.

(2)Applicability. This Rule applies to manufacturing facilities for the pulping of wood and the preparation and recovery of associated chemicals by the kraft process, including combined recovery systems serving other processes such as neutral sulfite pulping.

(3)Except as provided in paragraphs (11) and (13), no owner/operator shall cause or permit an old design recovery furnace to emit more than 20 parts per million total reduced sulfur corrected to eight percent oxygen on a daily basis 12 hour average for the two consecutive periods of each operating day measured by the continuous emission monitor.

(4)Except as provided in paragraphs (11) and (13), no owner/operator shall cause or permit a new design recovery furnace to emit more than 5 parts per million total reduced sulfur corrected to eight percent oxygen on a daily basis 12 hour average for the two consecutive periods of each operating day measured by the continuous emission monitor.

(5)Except as provided in paragraphs (11) and (13), no owner/operator shall cause or permit a digester system or an evaporator system to emit more than 5 parts per million total reduced sulfur corrected to ten percent oxygen on a daily basis 12 hour average for the two consecutive periods of each operating day measured by the continuous emission monitor, unless the gases are incinerated in a unit at a minimum temperature of 1200º F for at least 0.5 seconds.

(6)Except as provided in paragraphs (11) and (13), no owner/operator shall cause or permit any lime kiln to emit more than 20 parts per million total reduced sulfur corrected to ten percent oxygen on a daily basis 12 hour average for the two consecutive periods of each operating day measured by the continuous emission monitor.

(7)Except as provided in paragraphs (11) and (13), no owner/operator shall cause or permit a smelt tank to emit more than 0.033 pounds of total reduced sulfur per ton of black liquor solids fired in the recovery furnace measured in accordance with the 40 CFR (7-1-90 Edition) Part 60, Appendix A, Method 16, 16A, or 16B as approved by the Director.

(8)Except as provided in paragraph (11), within eighteen months of this regulation's promulgation, for each affected recovery furnace, lime kiln, digester system and evaporator system the owner/operator shall have a continuous total reduced sulfur emission monitoring system installed, calibrated, maintained and operated in accordance with 40 CFR &#167;60.284, except that monitor spans will be approved by the Director. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, when emissions from two or more sources are combined before release to the atmosphere, the owner/operator may install a single continuous emission monitoring system to measure the combined emissions. Digester and evaporator system emissions that are incinerated in units other than recovery furnaces or lime kilns at a minimum temperature of 1200º F for at least 0.5 seconds shall not require a continuous emission monitoring system for the measurement of total reduced sulfur.

(9)For each monitored unit, a quarterly report shall be submitted to the Department of all valid twelve hour averages determined as the arithmetic mean of the appropriate and valid 12 contiguous 1 hour average total reduced sulfur concentrations greater than the respective limits.

(10)For the purpose of quarterly reports required in paragraph (9), the following are applicable:

(a)All data averages must be calculated using valid data.

(b)Valid data is defined as each hourly and twelve hour average where the monitor provides calibrated emission data for a minimum of seventy-five percent of the unit operating time (i.e., the time a recovery furnace is firing liquor or a lime kiln is feeding lime mud).

(c)A continuous emission monitoring system installed per paragraph (8) is not calibrated (Monitor inoperable) when:

1.The continuous emission monitoring system breaks down, undergoes repairs, undergoes zero and span adjustments, or undergoes more than the required zero and span calibration drift check.

2.The fifth consecutive daily calibration drift check occurs that indicates either the zero or span calibration drift exceeded ten percent of span for total reduced sulfur or one percent for oxygen.

3.Or at the end of the daily calibration drift check preceding any daily calibration drift check that indicates the zero or span calibration drift exceeded twenty percent of span for total reduced sulfur or two percent for oxygen.

(d)Any continuous emission monitoring system found to be uncelebrated (Monitor inoperable) per subparagraph (c) of this paragraph is again calibrated when the calibration drift check after corrective action indicates both the zero and span calibration drift did not exceed ten percent of span for total reduced sulfur and one percent for oxygen.

(e)Twelve-hour periods which cannot be calculated using a minimum of seventy-five (75) percent valid data (e.g. data collected during either monitor inoperability or unit operating less than 75% of the twelve-hour period) shall be reported with an explanation of the cause of the valid data being unavailable.

(f)Data generated by required continuous emission monitoring systems which are shown to the satisfaction of the Director to be inaccurate due to unavoidable monitoring system problems shall not be considered valid.

(11)Within six months of this regulation's promulgation, the owner/operator of each affected unit shall notify the Department in writing of the compliance status of each affected unit. This notification shall state which of the following categories each unit falls into:

(a)The unit is in compliance, or;

(b)The unit is not capable of achieving compliance within six months of this regulation's promulgation. The owner/operator shall submit by that date a description of the techniques to be used to achieve compliance and a schedule (including increments of progress) that provide a final compliance date. The Director shall approve plans that he determines to be expeditious. In no case shall a plan to meet these limits specify a time period to exceed five years from this regulation's promulgation. The total reduced sulfur continuous emission monitoring system as described in paragraph (8) shall be installed and operational on the date measures designed to effect compliance are complete, or;

(c)The unit is scheduled to be permanently shut down. The owner/operator shall submit by that date a plan to shut the unit down. The Director shall approve plans that he determines to be expeditious. In no case shall a shutdown schedule exceed five years from this regulation's promulgation. A total reduced sulfur continuous emission monitoring system is not required; or

(d)The unit's compliance status is uncertain, and a determination of that status cannot be made until the monitoring system required in paragraph (8) is in operation. Within twenty-seven months of this regulation's promulgation, the owner/operator shall either confirm that the unit is in compliance or submit a description of the techniques to be used to achieve compliance and a schedule (including increments of progress) that provide a final compliance date. The Director shall approve plans that he determines to be expeditious. In no case shall a plan to meet these limits specify a time period to exceed five years from this regulation's promulgation.

(12)Each applicable emission unit shall remain subject to the following regulations until compliance with Paragraphs 1 through 11 is achieved:

(a)No person shall cause or permit the emissions of total reduced sulfur (TRS) from recovery furnaces, lime kilns, digesters, and multiple effect evaporators to exceed 1.2 pounds (expressed as hydrogen sulfide on a dry gas basis) per ton of air-dried pulp from kraft pulp mills.

(b)The pulp production rates for draft pulp mills referred to in this Rule shall be calculated as provided in Rule 335-3-4-.07(3).

(c)Notwithstanding the specific limits set forth in this Rule, in order to maintain the lowest possible emission of air contaminants, the highest and best practicable treatment and control for TRS currently available shall be provided for new kraft pulp mills.

(13)If an owner or operator demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Director that emissions in excess of the levels otherwise authorized in this regulation occur as a result of properly performed startups, shutdowns or unavoidable malfunctions these emissions will not constitute a violation.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date, July 26, 1972, May 29, 1973, October 30, 1992. Amended: Filed September 25, 1992, Effective November 10, 1992. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.5.05" level="3" title="Process Industries - General">

(1)Applicability. This Rule applies to facilities not regulated by Rules 335-3-5-.01 through 335-3-5-.04.

(2)No person shall construct and operate a new or modified sulfur compound emission source that does not meet any and all applicable New Source Performance Standards and utilizes the best available control technology, with consideration to the technical practicability and economic reasonableness of reducing or eliminating the emissions from the facility.

(3)No person shall construct and operate a new or modified emission source that will cause or contribute to a condition such that either the primary or the secondary sulfur dioxide ambient air quality standards are exceeded in the area.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: May 25, 1976. Amended: August 10, 1976.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-3-6" level="2" title="CONTROL OF ORGANIC EMISSIONS">

<regElement name="335.3.6.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

(1)The provisions of this Chapter shall apply to all sources of volatile organic compounds (VOC) in accordance with schedules contained in Rule 335-3-6-.15 except:

(a)sources in Jefferson County are not subject to the provisions of Rules 335-3-6-.02 through 335-3-6-.23 and only VOC sources in Jefferson County are subject to the provisions of Rules 335-3-6-.24 through 335-3-6-.52 of this Chapter;

(b)sources with a potential VOC emission rate of less than 100 tons/year;

(c)sources used exclusively for chemical or physical analysis or determination of product quality and commercial acceptance provided:

1.the operation of the sources is not an integral part of the production process; and

2.the emissions from sources do not exceed 363 kilograms (800 pounds) in any calendar month.

(2)Rules 335-3-6-.02 and 335-3-6-.03 shall not apply to sources which are located in any county with the exception of Mobile and which were built prior to January 30, 1973.

(3)In addition, the provisions of Rule 335-3-6-.03 shall apply to sources which are located in Mobile County regardless of construction date and to sources located in all other counties which were constructed or otherwise came into being after January 30, 1973 regardless of the EXCEPTION provided in paragraph (1) of this Rule.

(4)The provisions of Rule 335-3-6-.11(6) shall not apply to any sources except those sources in the State which manufacture audio or video recording tape.

(5)The provisions of Rules 335-3-6-.17 through 335-3-6-.23, and Rules 335-3-6-.11(2), 335-3-6-.11(10), and 335-3-6-.11(11) shall not apply to any source except those located in Etowah, Mobile, and Russell Counties.

(6)The provisions of Rules 335-3-6-.05 through 335-3-6-.07 and Rule 335-3-6-.20 shall apply to all sources regardless of the EXCEPTION provided in subaragraph (1)(b) of this Rule.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: Effective Date: July 26, 1972, November 26, 1979, September 18, 1985; June 9, 1987; November 1, 1990. Amended Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.02" level="3" title="VOC Water Separation">

(1)Rule 335-3-6-.02 shall apply to VOCs with a true vapor pressure greater than or equal to 1.5 psia under storage conditions.

(2)No person shall use any compartment of any single or multiple compartment VOC water separator which receives effluent water containing 1,000 gallons a day or more of any VOC from processing, refining, treating, storing, or handling VOCs, unless such compartment is equipped with one of the following vapor loss control devices, properly installed, in good working order, and in operation:

(a)a container having all openings sealed and totally enclosing the liquid contents. All gauging and sampling devices shall be gastight, except when gauging or sampling is performed.

(b)a container equipped with a floating roof consisting of a pontoon type, double-deck type roof or internal floating cover which shall rest on the surface of the contents and be equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and containing walls. All gauging or sampling devices shall be gastight, except when gauging or sampling is performed.

(c)a container equipped with a vapor recovery system consisting of a vapor gathering system capable of collecting the VOC vapors and gases dispersed and a vapor disposal system capable of processing such VOC vapors and gases so as to prevent their emission into the atmosphere. All container gauging and sampling devices shall be gastight, except when gauging or sampling is performed.

(d)a container having other equipment of equal efficiency for purposes of air pollution control as may be approved by the Director.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: Effective Date: July 26, 1972, November 26, 1979, September 21, 1989.

<regElement name="335.3.6.03" level="3" title="Loading And Storage Of VOC">

(1)Rule 335-3-6-.03 shall apply to VOCs with a true vapor pressure greater than or equal to 1.5 psia under storage conditions.

(2)No person shall place, store, or hold in any stationary storage vessel of more than 1,000-gallon capacity any VOC unless such vessel is a pressure tank or is equipped with one of the following vapor loss control devices:

(a)a permanent submerged fill pipe (storage vessels in existence prior to January 30, 1973 may employ portable submerged fill pipe).

(b)a floating roof, consisting of a pontoon type, double-deck type roof or internal floating cover, which shall rest on the surface of the liquid contents and be equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and tank wall. This control equipment shall not be permitted if the VOCs have a vapor pressure of 11.0 pounds per square inch absolute (568 mmHg) or greater under actual storage conditions. All tank gauging or sampling devices shall be airtight except when tank gauging or sampling is performed.

(c)a vapor recovery system consisting of a vapor gathering system capable of collecting the VOC vapors and gases discharged, and a vapor disposal system capable of processing such VOC vapors and gases so as to prevent their emission to the atmosphere and with all tank gauging and sampling devices gastight except when gauging or sampling is performed.

(d)other equipment or means of equal efficiency for purposes of air pollution control as may be approved by the Director.

(3)No person shall load any VOCs into any tank truck or trailer having a capacity in excess of two hundred (200) gallons from any terminal or bulk storage facility unless such terminal or facility is equipped with a vapor collection and disposal system or its equivalent, properly installed, in good working order, or has in operation a loading system which will result in a ninety-five percent (95%) submerged fill either with a submerged fill pipe or by loading from the bottom. Where the vapor collection and disposal system is utilized, the loading arm shall be equipped with a vapor collection adaptor, pneumatic, hydraulic, or other mechanical means which will provide a vapor-tight seal between the adaptor and the hatch. A means shall be provided to prevent liquid organic compound drainage from the loading device when it is removed from the hatch of any tank, truck, or trailer. When loading is effected through means other than the hatches, all loading lines shall be equipped with fittings which make vapor-tight connections and which will close automatically when disconnected.

(4)This Rule shall not apply to crude petroleum produced, separated, treated, or stored in the field.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: Effective Date: November 27, 1979, September 21, 1989.

<regElement name="335.3.6.04" level="3" title="Fixed-Roof Petroleum Liquid Storage Vessels">

(1)For the purpose of Rule 335-3-6-.04, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Condensate" shall mean hydrocarbon liquid separated from natural gas which condenses due to changes in the temperature and/or pressure and remains liquid at standard conditions.

(b)"Crude Oil" shall mean a naturally occurring mixture which consists of hydrocarbons and sulfur,nitrogen and/or oxygen derivatives of hydrocarbons and which is a liquid in the reservoir at standard conditions.

(c)"Custody Transfer" shall mean the transfer of produced crude oil and/or condensate, after processing and/or treating in the producing operations, from storage tanks or automatic transfer facilities to pipelines or any other form of transportation.

(d)"External Floating Roof" shall mean a storage vessel cover in an open top tank consisting of a double deck or pontoon single deck which rests upon and is supported by the petroleum liquid being contained and is equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and tank shell.

(e)"Internal Floating Roof" shall mean a cover or roof in a fixed roof tank which rests upon or is floated upon the petroleum liquid being contained and is equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and tank shell.

(f)"Petroleum Liquids" shall mean crude oil, condensate, and any finished or intermediate products manufactured or extracted in a petroleum refinery.

(g)"Petroleum Refinery" shall mean any facility engaged in producing gasoline, kerosene, distillate fuel oils, residual fuel oils, lubricants, or other products through distillation, cracking, extraction, or reforming of unfinished petroleum derivatives.

(2)This Rule shall apply to all fixed roof storage vessels with capacities greater than 150,000 liters (40,000 gallons) containing petroleum liquids whose true vapor pressure (TVP) is greater than 10.5 kilo Pascals (1.52 psia). Vessels containing petroleum liquids whose TVP is equal to or less than 10.5 kilo Pascals are exempt, provided that records are maintained of the average monthly storage temperature and TVP of the petroleum liquid stored if the product has a stored TVP greater than 7.0 kilo Pascals.

(3)Rule 335-3-6-.04 shall not apply to the following petroleum liquid storage vessels:

(a)equipped with external floating roofs before July 1, 1979; or

(b)having capacities less than 1,600,000 liters (423,000 gallons) used to store produced crude oil and condensate prior to lease custody transfer.

(4)Except as provided under paragraph (3) of this Rule, no owner or operator of an affected source under paragraph (2) of this Rule shall permit the use of such source unless:

(a)the source has been retrofitted with an internal floating roof equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and tank wall; or

(b)the source has been retrofitted with equally effective alternative control, approved by the Director; and

(c)the source is maintained such that there are no visible holes, tears, or other openings in the seal or any seal fabric or materials; and

(d)all openings, except stub drains, are equipped with covers, lids, or seals such that;

1.the cover, lid, or seal is in the closed position at all times except when in actual use; and

2.automatic bleeder vents are closed at all times except when the roof is floated off or landed on the roof leg support; and

3.rim vents, if provided, are set to open when the roof is being floated off the roof leg supports or at the manufacturer's recommended setting; and

(e)routine inspections are conducted through roof hatches once every six months; and

(f)a complete inspection of cover and seals is conducted whenever the tank is emptied for nonoperational reasons.

Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: November 26, 1979. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.05" level="3" title="Bulk Gasoline Plants">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Bottom Filling" shall mean the filling of a tank truck or stationary storage tank through an opening that is flush with the tank bottoms.

(b)"Bulk Gasoline Plant" shall mean a gasoline storage and distribution facility with an average daily throughput equal to or less than 76,000 liters (20,000 gallons) in any calendar month which receives gasoline from bulk terminals by trailer transport, stores it in tanks, and subsequently dispenses it via account trucks to local farms, businesses, and gasoline dispensing facilities.

(c)"Splash Filling" shall mean the filling of a tank truck or stationary tank through a pipe or hose whose discharge opening is above the surface level of the liquid in the tank being filled.

(d)"Vapor Balance System" shall mean a combination of pipes or hoses which create a closed system between the vapor spaces of an unloading and a receiving tank such that vapors displaced from the receiving tank are transferred to the tank being unloaded.

(2)This Rule shall apply to the unloading and storage operations of all bulk gasoline plants and all tank trucks or trailers delivering gasoline at bulk gasoline plants, except stationary storage tanks of less than 3,785 liters (1,000 gallons) capacity.

(3)Except as provided under paragraph (2) of this Rule, no owner or operator of a bulk gasoline plant may permit the unloading of gasoline into stationary storage tanks unless each tank is equipped with a vapor balance system as described under paragraph (6) of this Rule and approved by the Director; and

(a)each tank is equipped with a submerged fill pipe, approved by the Director; or

(b)each tank is equipped with a fill line whose discharge opening is not over 18 inches from the bottom of the tank.

(4)Except as provided under paragraph (2) of this Rule, after October 1, 1992, no owner or operator of a bulk gasoline plant, tank truck, or trailer may permit the unloading of tank trucks or trailers at a bulk gasoline plant unless each tank truck or trailer is equipped with a vapor balance system as described under paragraph (6) of this Rule and complies with Rule 335-3-6-.20(3).

(5)No owner or operator of a bulk gasoline plant, tank truck, or trailer shall permit the transfer of gasoline between tank truck or trailer and stationary storage tank unless:

(a)the transfer is conducted in accordance with paragraphs (3) (4) of this Rule; and

(b)the vapor balance system is in good working order and is connected and operating; and

(c)gasoline tank truck or trailer hatches are covered at all times during unloading operations; and

(d)there are no leaks in the tank trucks' and trailers' pressure/vacuum relief valves and hatch covers, or the truck tanks or storage tanks, or associated vapor and liquid lines during unloading; and

(e)the pressure relief valves on above-ground storage vessels and tank trucks or trailers are set to release at no less than 4.8 kPa (0.7 psia) or the highest possible pressure (in accordance with state or local fire codes or the National Fire Prevention Association guidelines); and

(f)the gasoline tank truck or trailer has a valid Department Air Sticker as required by Rule 335-3-6-.20(4) attached and visibly displayed.

(6)Vapor balance system required under paragraphs (3) and (4) of this Rule shall consist of the following major components:

(a)a vapor space connection on the stationary storage tank equipped with fittings which are vapor tight and will automatically and immediately close upon disconnection so as to prevent release of organic compounds; and

(b)a connecting pipe or hose equipped with fittings which are vapor tight and will automatically and immediately close upon disconnection so as to prevent release of organic compounds; and

(c)a vapor space connection on the tank truck or trailer equipped with fittings which are vapor tight and will automatically and immediately close upon disconnection so as to prevent release of organic material.

(7)Except as provided under paragraph (2) of this Rule after October 1, 1998, no owner or operator of a bulk gasoline plant, tank truck, or trailer may permit the loading of gasoline into tank trucks or trailers that are returning with vapors from gasoline dispensing facilities affected by Rule 335-3-6-.07 unless each tank truck or trailer and the stationary storage tank is equipped with a vapor balance system as described under paragraph (6) of this Rule and complies with Rule 335-3-6-.20(3) and

(a)equipment is available at the bulk gasoline plant to provide for the submerged filling of each tank truck or trailer; or

(b)each tank truck or trailer is equipped for bottom filling.

(8)No owner or operator of a bulk gasoline plant may permit the disposal of waste gasoline in sewers, open containers or in a manner that would result in evaporation.

Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: November 26, 1979. Amended: Effective Date: November 1, 1990; October 24, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.06" level="3" title="Bulk Gasoline Terminals">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definition applies:

"Bulk Gasoline Terminal" shall mean a gasoline storage facility which receives gasoline from its supply source primarily by pipelines, ships, barges and delivers gasoline to bulk gasoline plant or to commercial or retail accounts primarily by tank trucks and has an average daily throughput of more than 76,000 liters (20,000 gallons) of gasoline in any calendar month.

(2)This Rule will apply to bulk gasoline terminals and the appurtenant equipment necessary to load the tank truck or trailer compartments.

(3)No person may load gasoline into any tank truck or trailer from any bulk gasoline terminal unless;

(a)the bulk gasoline terminal is equipped with a vapor recovery system capable of complying with paragraph (4) of this Rule, properly installed, in good working order, in operation, and consisting of one of the following:

1.an absorber or condensation system which processes and recovers at least ninety percent (90%) by weight of all vapors and gases from the equipment being controlled; or

2.a vapor collection system which directs all vapors to a fuel gas system; or

3.a control system demonstrated to have control efficiency equivalent to or greater than subparagraph (a)1. or (a)2. of this paragraph and approved by the Director; and

(b)all displaced vapors and gases are vented only to the vapor control system; and

(c)a means is provided to prevent liquid drainage from the loading device when it is not in use or to accomplish complete drainage before the loading device is disconnected; and

(d)all loading and vapor lines are equipped with fittings which make vapor-tight connections and which close automatically when disconnected; and

(e)the gasoline tank truck or trailer has a valid Department Air Sticker as required by Rule 335-3-6-.20(4) attached and visibly displayed.

(4)Sources affected under subparagraph (3)(a) of this Rule may not allow mass emissions of VOCs from control equipment to exceed 80 milligrams per liter (4.7 grains per gallon) of gasoline loaded.

(5)Sources affected under paragraph (2) of this Rule may not:

(a)allow the pressure in the vapor collection system to exceed the tank truck or trailer pressure relief settings; nor

(b)allow the disposal of waste gasoline in sewers, open containers or in a manner that would result in evaporation.

Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: November 26, 1979. Amended: Effective Date: November 1, 1990; October 24, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.07" level="3" title="Gasoline Dispensing Facilities - Stage I">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Gasoline Tank Truck" shall mean tank trucks or trailers equipped with a storage tank and used for the transport of gasoline from sources of supply to stationary storage tanks of gasoline dispensing facilities.

(b)"Gasoline Dispensing Facility" shall mean any outlet where gasoline is dispensed to motor vehicle gasoline tanks from stationary storage tanks.

(c)"Vapor Balance System (Stage I)" means a vapor-tight system that transfers the vapors displaced from the stationary storage tanks to the gasoline tank truck.

(2)This Rule will apply to all gasoline dispensing facilities that commenced construction after October 1, 1990. This Rule also applies to any gasoline dispensing facility whose tank or tanks are replaced, upgraded, modified, reconstructed, altered, or removed after October 1, 1990 except;

(a)transfers made to storage tanks or gasoline dispensing facilities equipped with floating roofs or their equivalent;

(b)transfers made to stationary gasoline storage tanks of less than 11,356 liters (3,000 gallons) capacity;

(c)stationary gasoline storage containers of less than 2,082 liters (550 gallons) capacity used exclusively for the fueling of implements of husbandry, provided the containers are equipped with a submerged fill pipe.

(d)any new or modified existing facility, regardless of tank upgrade, with an actual or expected throughput of gasoline of less than 4,000 gallons per month for the months of June, July, and August during full operation, provided that all gasoline storage tanks that are not exempted under subparagraphs (a),(b), and (c) of this paragraph are equipped with a submerged fill pipe.

(3)No owner or operator may transfer, cause, or allow the transfer of gasoline from any gasoline tank truck into any stationary storage tank subject to this Rule, unless the tank is equipped with a submerged fill pipe and the vapors displaced from the storage tank during filling are processed by a vapor control system in accordance with paragraph (4) of this Rule.

(4)The vapor control system required by paragraph (3) of this Rule shall include one or more of the following:

(a)a vapor balance system (Stage I) between the stationary storage tank and the gasoline tank truck and a system that will ensure the vapor line is connected before gasoline can be transferred into the tank; or

(b)a refrigeration condensation system or equivalent designed to recover at least ninety percent (90%) by weight of the organic compounds in displaced vapor; or

(c)a system demonstrated to have control efficiency equivalent to or greater than provided under subparagraph (4)(b) above and approved by the Director.

(5)Each owner or operator of a gasoline dispensing facility subject to this Rule shall:

(a)not permit the transfer of gasoline between a gasoline tank truck and a stationary storage tank unless the gasoline tank truck complies with Rule 335-3-6-.20 and the vapor control system is connected and operating in accordance with paragraph (4) of this Rule;

(b)maintain written records of the monthly throughput quantities in gallons and types of petroleum distillates in all stationary storage tanks; and

(c)make available to representatives of the Director upon request copies of all records required under subparagraph (b) of this paragraph and retain the records for a minimum of two (2) years after the date on which the documents were made.

(6)No owner or operator of a gasoline dispensing facility subject to this Rule shall cause or allow gasoline to be spilled, discarded in sewers, stored in open containers, or handled in any other manner that would result in evaporation of the gasoline to the atmosphere.

(7)Regardless of the applicability exemption under subparagraph (2)(d) of this Rule, all gasoline dispensing facilities that are subject to this Rule shall maintain the system in proper working order in accordance with this Rule even if the facility's average monthly throughput of gasoline decreases to less than 4,000 gallons.

Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: November 26, 1979. Amended: Effective Date: November 1, 1990, October 24, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.08" level="3" title="Petroleum Refinery Sources">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Accumulator" shall mean the reservoir of a condensing unit receiving the condensate from the condenser.

(b)"Condenser" shall mean any heat transfer device used to liquefy vapors by removing their latent heats of vaporization. Such devices include, but are not limited to, shell and tube, coil, surface, or contact condensers.

(c)"Firebox" shall mean the chamber or compartment of a boiler or furnace in which materials are burned, but does not mean the combustion chamber of an incinerator.

(d)"Hot Well" shall mean the reservoir of a condensing unit receiving the warm condensate from the condenser.

(e)"Refinery Fuel Gas" shall mean any gas which is generated by a petroleum refinery process unit and which is combusted, including any gaseous mixture of natural gas and fuel gas.

(f)"Turnaround" shall mean the procedure of shutting a refinery unit down after a run to do necessary maintenance and repair work and putting the unit back on stream.

(g)"Vacuum Producing System" shall mean any reciprocating, rotary or centrifugal blower or compressor or any jet ejector or device that takes suction from a pressure below atmosphere and discharges against atmospheric pressure.

(2)This Rule will apply to vacuum producing systems and process unit turnarounds at petroleum refining sources.

(3)The owner or operator of any vacuum producing systems at a petroleum refinery may not permit the emission of noncondensable VOCs from the condensers, hot wells, or accumulators of the system unless:

(a)the vapors are combusted in a firebox or incinerator; or

(b)the vapors are added to the refinery fuel gas.

(4)Before April 1, 1980, the owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall develop and submit to the Director for approval a detailed procedure for minimizing VOC emissions during process unit turnaround. As a minimum, the procedure shall provide for:

(a)depressurization venting of the process unit or vessel to a vapor recovery system, flare, or firebox; and

(b)no emission of VOCs from a process unit or vessel until its internal pressure is 136 kilo Pascals (19.6 psia) or less.

(5)The owner or operator of any wastewater (oil/water) separators at a petroleum refinery shall:

1.Provide covers and seals approved by the Director on all separators and forebays; and

2.Equip all openings in covers, separators, and forebays with lids and seals such that the lids or seals are in the closed position at all times except when in actual use.

Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: November 26, 1979. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.6.09" level="3" title="Pumps And Compressors">

All pumps and compressors handling VOCs and located in Mobile County shall have mechanical seals or other equipment of equal efficiency for purposes of air pollution as may be approved by the Director.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: November 26, 1979

<regElement name="335.3.6.10" level="3" title="Ethylene Producing Plants">

No person shall emit into the atmosphere a waste gas stream from any ethylene producing plant which is located in Mobile County, unless the waste gas stream is properly burned at 1300&#176; F for 0.3 seconds or greater in a direct-flame afterburner equipped with an indicating pyrometer which is positioned in the working area at the operator's eye level or an equally effective catalytic vapor incinerator also with pyrometer.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: November 26, 1979.

<regElement name="335.3.6.11" level="3" title="Surface Coating"> <dwc name="copper" times="1">

(1)Can Coating.

(a)For the purpose of this paragraph, the following definitions apply:

1."End Sealing Compound" shall mean a synthetic rubber compound which is coated onto can ends and which functions as a gasket when the end is assembled on the can.

2."Exterior Base Coating" shall mean a coating applied to the exterior of a can to provide exterior protection to the metal and to provide background for the lithographic or printing operation.

3."Interior Base Coating" shall mean a coating applied by roller coater or spray to the interior of a can to provide a protective lining between the can metal and product.

4."Interior Body Spray" shall mean a coating sprayed on the interior of the can to provide a protective film between the product and the can.

5."Overvarnish" shall mean a coating applied directly over ink to reduce the coefficient of friction, to provide gloss, and to protect the finish against abrasion and corrosion.

6."Three-Piece Can Side-Seam Spray" shall mean a coating sprayed on the exterior and interior of a welded, cemented, or soldered seam to protect the exposed metal.

7."Two-Piece Can Exterior End Coating" shall mean a coating applied by roller coating or spraying to the exterior of a can to provide protection to the metal.

(b)This paragraph will apply to coating applicator(s) and oven(s) of sheet, can, or end coating lines involved in sheet basecoat (exterior and interior) and overvarnish; two-piece can exterior (basecoat and overvarnish); two-piece and three-piece can interior body spray; two-piece can exterior end (spray or roll coat); three-piece can side-seam spray and end sealing compound operations.

(c)No owner or operator of a can coating line subject to this paragraph shall cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of:

1.0.34 kilograms per liter of coating (2.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from sheet basecoat (exterior and interior) and overvarnish or two-piece can exterior (basecoat and overvarnish) operations.

2.0.51 kilograms per liter of coating (4.2 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from two-piece and three-piece can interior body spray and two-piece can exterior end (spray or roll coat) operations.

3.0.66 kilograms per liter of coating (5.5 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from three-piece can side seam spray operations.

4.0.44 kilograms per liter of coating (3.7 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from end sealing compound operations.

(2)Coil Coating.

(a)For the purpose of this paragraph, the following definitions apply:

1."Coil Coating" shall mean the coating of any flat metal sheet or strip that comes in rolls or coils.

2."Quench Area" shall mean a chamber where the hot metal exiting the oven is cooled by either a spray of water or a blast of air followed by water cooling.

(b)This paragraph, will apply to the coating applicator(s), oven(s), and quench area(s) of coil coating lines involved in prime and top coat or single coat operations.

(c)No owner or operator of a coil coating line subject to this paragraph, may cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of VOCs in excess of 0.31 kilograms per liter of coating (2.6 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from prime and topcoat or single coat operations.

(3)Metal Furniture Coating.

(a)For the purpose of this paragraph, the following definitions apply:

1."Application Area" shall mean the area where the coating is applied by spraying, dipping, or flowcoating techniques.

2."Metal Furniture Coating" shall mean the surface coating of any furniture made of metal or any metal part which will be assembled with other metal, wood, fabric, plastic, or glass parts to form a furniture piece.

(b)This paragraph, will apply to the application areas, flashoff area(s), and oven(s) of metal furniture coating lines involved in prime and topcoat or single coating operations.

(c)No owner or operator of a metal furniture coating line subject to this paragraph, may cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of 0.36 kilograms per liter of coating (3.0 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from prime and topcoat or single coat operations.

(4)Surface Coating of Large Appliances.

(a)For the purpose of this paragraph, the following definitions apply:

1."Application Area" shall mean the area where the coating is applied by spraying, dipping, or flowcoating techniques.

2."Single Coat" shall mean a single film of coating applied directly to the metal substrate omitting the primer application.

3."Large Appliances" shall mean doors, cases, lids, panels, and interior support parts of residential and commercial washers, dryers, ranges, refrigerators, freezers, water heaters, dishwashers, trash compactors, air conditioners, and other similar products.

(b)This paragraph, will apply to application area(s), flashoff area(s), and oven(s) of large appliance coating lines involved in prime, single, or topcoat coating operations.

(c)This paragraph, will not apply to the use of quick-drying lacquers for repair of scratches and nicks that occur during assembly, provided that the volume of coating does not exceed 757 liters (200 gallons) in any one year.

(d)No owner or operator of a large appliance coating line subject to this paragraph, may cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of 0.34 kilograms per liter of coating (2.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from prime, single, or topcoat coating operations.

(5)Automobile and Light Duty Truck Manufacturing.

(a)For the purpose of this paragraph, the following definitions apply:

1."Application Area" shall mean the area where the coating is applied by dipping or spraying.

2."Manufacturing Plant" shall mean a facility where automobile and truck bodies are manufactured and/or finished for eventual assembly into a finished product ready for sale to vehicle dealers. Customizer, body shops, and other repainters are not part of this definition.

3."Automobile" shall mean all passenger cars or passenger car derivations capable of seating 12 or fewer passengers.

4."Light-Duty Trucks" shall mean any motor vehicles rated at 3,864 kilograms (8,500 pounds) gross weight or less which are designed primarily for the purpose of transportation or are derivatives of such vehicles.

(b)This paragraph will apply to the application area(s), flashoff area(s), and oven(s) of automotive and light-duty truck manufacturing plants involved in prime, topcoat, and final repair coating operations.

(c)No owner or operator of an automobile or light-duty manufacturing plant subject to this pargraph may cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of:

1.0.23 kilograms per liter of coating (1.2 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the applicator from prime application, flashoff area, and oven operations.

2.0.34 kilograms per liter of coating (2.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the applicator from surface application, flashoff area, and oven operations.

3.0.34 kilograms per liter of coating (2.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the applicator from topcoat application, flashoff area, and oven operations.

4.0.58 kilograms per liter of coating (4.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the applicator from final repair application, flashoff area, and oven operations.

(6)Paper Coating.

(a)For the purpose of this paragraph, the following definitions apply:

1."Knife Coating" shall mean the application of a coating material to a substrate by means of drawing the substrate beneath a knife that spreads the coating evenly over the full width of the substrate.

2."Paper Coating" shall mean coatings put on paper and pressure sensitive tapes regardless of substrate. Related web coating processes on plastic film and decorative coatings on metal foil are included in this definition.

3."Roll Coating" shall mean the application of a coating material to a substrate by means of hard rubber or steel rolls.

4."Rotogravure Coating" shall mean the application of a coating material to a substrate by means of a roll coating technique in which the pattern to be applied is etched on the coating roll. The coating material is picked up in these recessed areas and is transferred to the substrate.

(b)This paragraph will apply to roll, knife, or rotogravure coater(s) and drying ovens of paper coating lines.

(c)No owner or operator of a paper coating line subject to this paragraph may cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of 0.35 kilograms per liter of coating (2.9 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from a paper coating line.

(7)Fabric and Vinyl Coating.

(a)For the purpose of this paragraph, the following definitions apply:

1."Fabric Coating" shall mean the coating of a textile substrate with a knife, roll, or rotogravure coater to impart properties that are not initially present, such as strength, stability, water or acid repellancy, or appearance.

2."Knife Coating" shall mean the application of a coating material to a substrate by means of drawing the substrate beneath a knife that spreads the coating evenly over the full width of the substrate.

3."Roll Coating" shall mean the application of a coating material to a substrate by means of hard rubber or steel rolls.

4."Rotogravure Coating" shall mean the application of a coating material to a substrate by means of a roll coating technique in which the pattern to be applied is etched on the coating roll. The coating material is picked up in these recessed areas and is transferred to the substrate.

5."Vinyl Coating" shall mean to apply a decorative or protective topcoat or printing on vinyl coated fabric or vinyl sheets.

(b)This paragraph will apply to roll, knife, or rotogravure coater(s) and drying ovens of fabric and vinyl coating lines.

(c)No owner or operator of a fabric coating line or a vinyl coating line subject to this paragraph may cause, allow, or permit discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of;

1.0.35 kilograms per liter of coating (2.9 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from a fabric coating line.

2.0.45 kilograms per liter of coating (3.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from a vinyl coating line.

(8)Magnet Wire Coating.

(a)For the purpose of this paragraph, the following definition applies:

"Magnet Wire Coating" shall mean the process of applying a coating of electrically insulating varnish or enamel to aluminum or copper wire for use in electrical machinery.

(b)This paragraph will apply to oven(s) of magnet wire coating operations.

(c)No owner or operator of a magnet wire coating oven subject to this paragraph may cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of 0.20 kilograms per liter of coating (1.7 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from magnet wire coating operations.

(9)Compliance Methods.

(a)The emission limits under this Rule shall be achieved by:

1.the application of low solvent content coating technology; or

2.incineration, provided that ninety percent (90%) of the nonmethane volatile organic compounds (VOC measured as total combustible carbon) which enter the incinerator are oxidized to carbon dioxide and water; or

3.a system demonstrated to have control efficiency equivalent to or greater than provided under subparagraphs (a)1. or (a)2. of this paragraph and approved by the Director; or

(b)the design, operation, and efficiency of any capture system used in conjunction with subparagraphs (a)2. and (a)3. of this paragraph shall be certified by the owner or operator and approved by the Director.

(10)Flatwood Paneling.

(a)For the purpose of this paragraph, the following definitions apply:

1."Class II Hardboard Paneling Finish" shall mean finishes which meet the specifications of Voluntary Product Standard PS-59-73 as approved by the American National Standards Institute.

2."Hardboard" shall mean a panel manufactured primarily from inter-felted ligno-cellulosic fibers which are consolidated under heat and pressure in a hot press.

3."Hardwood Plywood" shall mean plywood whose surface layer is a veneer of hardwood.

4."Natural Finish Hardwood Plywood Panels" shall mean panels whose original grain pattern is enhanced by essentially transparent finishes frequently supplemented by fillers and toners.

5."Thin Particleboard" is a manufactured board 1/4 inch or less in thickness made of individual wood particles which have been coated with a binder and formed into flat sheets by pressure.

6."Printed Interior Panels" shall mean panels whose grain or natural surface is obscured by fillers and basecoats upon which a simulated grain or decorative pattern is printed.

7."Tileboard" shall mean paneling that has a colored waterproof surface coating.

8."Coating Application System" shall mean all operations and equipment which apply, convey, and dry a surface coating, including, but not limited to, spray booths, flow coaters, conveyors, flashoff areas, air dryers, and ovens.

(b)This paragraph applies to all flatwood manufacturing facilities that manufacture the following products:

1.printed interior panels made of hardwood, plywood, and thin particleboard;

2.natural finish hardwood plywood panels; or

3.hardboard paneling with Class II finishes.

(c)This paragraph does not apply to the manufacture of exterior siding, tileboard, or particleboard used as a furniture component.

(d)No owner or operator of a flatwood manufacturing facility subject to this paragraph shall emit VOCs from a coating application system in excess of:

1.2.9 kilograms per 100 square meters of coated finished product (6.0 pounds per 1,000 square feet) from printed interior panels, regardless of the number of coats applied;

2.5.8 kilograms per 100 square meters of coated finished product (12.0 pounds per 1,000 square feet) from natural finish hardwood plywood panels, regardless of the number of coats applied; and

3.4.8 kilograms per 100 square meters of coated finished product (10.0 pounds per 1,000 square feet) from Class II finishes on hardboard panels, regardless of the number of coats applied.

(11)Miscellaneous Metal Parts and Products

(a)For the purpose of this paragraph, the following definitions apply:

1."Air Dried Coating" shall mean coatings which are dried by the use of air or forced warm air at temperatures up to 90&#176; C (194&#176; F).

2."Clear Coat" shall mean a coating which lacks color and opacity or is transparent and uses the undercoat as a reflectant base or undertone color.

3."Coating Application System" shall mean all operations and equipment which applies, conveys, and dries a surface coating, including, but not limited to, spray booths, flow coaters, flashoff areas, air dryers and ovens.

4."Extreme Environmental Conditions" shall mean exposure to any one of the following; the weather all of the time, temperatures consistently above 95&#176; C (203&#176; F), detergents, abrasive and scouring agents, solvents, corrosive atmospheres, or similar environmental conditions.

5."Extreme Performance Coatings" shall mean coatings designed for harsh exposure or extreme environmental conditions.

6."Heat Sensitive Material" shall mean materials which cannot consistently be exposed to temperatures greater than 95&#176; C (203&#176; F).

7."Low Solvent Coating" shall mean coatings which contain less organic solvent than the conventional coatings used by the industry. Low solvent coatings include water-borne, higher solids, electrodeposition and powder coatings.

8."Single Coat" shall mean one film of coating applied to a metal surface.

9."Transfer Efficiency" shall mean the portion of coating which adheres to the metal surface during the application process, expressed as a percentage of the total volume of coating delivered by the applicator.

(b)This paragraph applies to coating of miscellaneous metal parts and products in the following industries:

1.Large farm machinery (harvesting, fertilizing and planting machines, tractors, combines, etc.);

2.Small farm machinery (lawn and garden tractors, lawn mowers, rototillers, etc.);

3.Small appliances (fans, mixers, blenders, crock pots, dehumidifiers, vacuum cleaners, etc.);

4.Commercial machinery (office equipment, computers and auxiliary equipment, typewriters, calculators, vending machines, etc.);

5.Industrial machinery (pumps, compressors, conveyor components, fans, blowers, transformers, etc.);

6.Fabricated metal products (metal covered doors, frames, etc.); and

7.Any other industrial category which coats metal parts or products under the Standard Industrial Classification Code of Major Group 33 (primary metal industries), Major Group 34 (fabricated metal products), Major Group 35 (nonelectric machinery), Major Group 36 (electrical machinery), Major Group 37 (transportation equipment), Major Group 38 (miscellaneous instruments), and Major Group 39 (miscellaneous manufacturing industries).

(c)This paragraph does not apply to the surface coating of the following metal parts and products:

1.automobiles and light-duty trucks;

2.metal cans;

3.flat metal sheets and strips in the form of rolls or coils;

4.magnet wire for use in electrical machinery;

5.metal furniture;

6.large appliances;

7.exterior of airplanes;

8.automobile refinishing;

9.customized coating of automobiles and trucks, if production is less than 35 vehicles per day; and

10.exterior of marine vessels.

(d)This paragraph applies to the application area(s), flashoff area(s), air and forced air dryer(s) and oven(s) used in the surface coating of the metal parts and products in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph. This paragraph also applies to prime coat, top coat, and single coat operations.

(e)No owner or operator of a facility engaged in the surface coating of miscellaneous metal parts and products may operate a application system subject to this paragraph that emits VOCs in excess of:

1.0.52 kilograms per liter (4.3 pounds per gallon) of coating, excluding water, delivered to a coating applicator that applies clear coatings;

2.0.42 kilograms per liter (3.5 pounds per gallon) of coating, excluding water, delivered to a coating applicator in a coating application system that is air dried or forced warm air dried at temperatures up to 90&#176; C (194&#176; F);

3.0.42 kilograms per liter (3.5 pounds per gallon) of coating, excluding water, delivered to a coating applicator that applies extreme performance coatings; and,

4.0.36 kilograms per liter (3.0 pounds per gallon) of coating, excluding water, delivered to a coating applicator for all other coatings and coating application systems.

Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: November 26, 1979. Amended: April 19, 1984. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.12" level="3" title="Solvent Metal Cleaning"> <dwc name="mercuri" times="3">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Cold Cleaning" shall mean the batch process of cleaning and removing soils from metal surfaces by spraying, brushing, flushing or immersion while maintaining the solvent below its boiling point. Wipe cleaning is not included in this definition.

(b)"Conveyorized Degreasing" shall mean the continuous process of cleaning and removing soils from metal surfaces by operating with either cold or vaporized solvents.

(c)"Freeboard Height" shall mean for a cold cleaner, the distance from the liquid solvent level in the degreaser tank to the lip of the tank. For vapor degreasers, it is the distance from the solvent level in the tank to the lip of the tank.

(d)"Freeboard Ratio" shall mean the freeboard height divided by the width of the degreaser.

(e)"Open Top Vapor Degreasing" shall mean the batch process of cleaning and removing soils from metal surfaces by condensing hot solvent vapor on the colder metal parts.

(f)"Solvent Metal Cleaning" shall mean the process of cleaning soils from metal surfaces by cold cleaning or open top vapor degreasing or conveyorized degreasing.

(2)This Rule will apply to cold cleaning, open top vapor degreasing and conveyorized degreasing operations.

(3)The provisions of this Rule shall apply with the following EXCEPTION:

(a)Open top vapor degreasers with an open area smaller than one square meter (10.8 square feet) shall be exempt from this Rule.

(b)Conveyorized degreasers with an air/vapor interface smaller than 2.0 square meters (21.6 square feet) shall be exempt from this Rule.

(4)Except as provided under paragraph (3) above, the owner or operator of a cold cleaning device shall:

(a)equip the cleaner with a cover and the cover shall be so designed that it can be easily operated with one hand; if,

1.the solvent volatility is greater than 2 kPa (15 millimeters of mercury or 0.3 pounds per square inch) measured at 38&#176; C (100&#176; F); or

2.the solvent is agitated; or

3.the solvent is heated; and

(b)equip the cleaner with a device for draining cleaned parts; and if the solvent volatility is greater than 4.3 kPa (32 millimeters of mercury or 0.6 pounds per square inch) measured at 38&#176; C (100&#176; F), equip the construct drainage device internally so that the parts are enclosed under the cover while draining, except that the drainage device may be external for applications where an internal type cannot fit into the cleaning systems; and

(c)if the solvent volatility is greater than 4.3 kPa (32 millimeters of mercury or 0.6 pounds per square inch) measured at 38&#176; C (100&#176; F) or if the solvent is heated above 50&#176; C (120&#176; F), install one of the following devices:

1.freeboard that gives a freeboard ratio greater than or equal to 0.7; or

2.water cover (solvent must be insoluble in and heavier than water); or

3.other systems of equivalent control, such as refrigerated chiller or carbon absorption, approved by the Director; and

(d)provide a permanent, conspicuous label, summarizing the operating requirements; and

(e)close the cover whenever parts are not being handled in the cleaner; and

(f)drain the cleaned parts for at least 15 seconds or until dripping ceases; and

(g)if used, supply a solvent spray that is a solid fluid stream (not a fine, atomized, or shower type spray) at a pressure which does not cause excessive splashing; and

(h)store waste solvent only in covered containers and not dispose of waste solvent or transfer it to another party, such that greater than twenty percent (20%) of the waste solvent (by weight) can evaporate into the atmosphere.

(5)Except as provided under paragraph (3) above, the owner or operator of an open top vapor degreaser shall;

(a)equip the vapor degreaser with a cover that can be opened and closed easily without disturbing the vapor zone; and

(b)provide the following safety switches:

1.a condenser flow switch and thermostat which shuts off the heat if the condenser coolant is either not circulating or too warm; and

2.Reserved.

3.a vapor level control thermostat which shuts off the heat when the level rises too high.

(c)install one of the following control devices:

1.a freeboard ratio of greater than or equal to 0.75 and a powered or mechanically assisted cover if the degreaser opening is greater than 1 square meter (10.8 square feet); or

2.refrigerated chiller; or

3.enclosed design (cover or door opens only when the dry part is actually entering or exiting the degreaser); or

4.carbon adsorption system with ventilation greater than or equal to 15 cubic meters per minute per square meter (50 cubic feet per minute per square foot) of air/vapor area (when cover is open) and exhausting less than 25 parts per million of solvent averaged over one complete adsorption cycle; or

5.a control system, demonstrated to have control efficiency equivalent to or greater than any of the above and approved by the Director; and

(d)keep the cover closed at all times except when processing work loads through the degreaser; and

(e)minimize solvent carryout by:

1.racking parts to allow complete drainage; and

2.moving parts in and out of the degreaser at less than 3.3 meters per minute (11 feet per minute); and

3.holding the parts in the vapor zone at least 30 seconds or until condensation ceases; and

4.tipping out any pools of solvent on the cleansed parts before removal from the vapor zone; and

5.allowing parts to dry within the degreaser for at least 15 seconds or until visually dry; and

(f)not degrease porous or absorbent materials, such as cloth, leather, wood or rope; and

(g)not occupy more than half of the degreaser's open top area with a workload; and

(h)Reserved.

(i)always spray below the vapor level; and

(j)repair solvent leaks immediately, or shutdown the degreaser; and

(k)store waste solvent only in covered containers and not dispose of waste solvent or transfer it to another party, such that greater than twenty percent (20%) of the waste solvent (by weight) can evaporate into the atmosphere; and

(l)not operate the cleaner so as to allow water to be visually detectable in solvent existing in the water separator; and

(m)not use ventilation fans near the degreaser opening nor provide exhaust ventilation exceeding 20 cubic meters per minute per square meter (65 cubic feet per minute per square foot) of degreaser open area, unless necessary to meet OSHA requirements.

(6)Except as provided under paragraph (3) above, the owner or operator of a conveyorized degreaser shall:

(a)not use workplace fans near the degreaser opening nor provide exhaust ventilation exceeding 20 cubic meters per minute per square meter (65 cubic feet per minute per square foot) of degreaser opening, unless necessary to meet OSHA requirements; and

(b)install one of the following control devices:

1.refrigerated chiller; or

2.carbon adsorption system with ventilation greater than or equal to 15 cubic meters per minute per square meter (50 cubic feet per minute per square foot) or air/vapor area (when downtime covers are open), and exhausting less than 25 parts per million of solvent by volume averaged over a complete adsorption cycle; or

3.a system demonstrated to have a control efficiency equivalent to or greater than subparagraphs (b)l. or (b)2. of this paragraph and approved by the Director; and

(c)equip the cleaner with equipment, such as drying tunnel or rotating (tumbling) basket sufficient to prevent cleaned parts from carrying out solvent liquid or vapor; and

(d)provide the following safety switches:

1.a condenser flow switch and thermostat which shut off the heat if the condenser is either not circulating or too warm; and

2.a spray safety switch which shuts off the spray pump or the conveyor if the vapor level drops more than 10 centimeters (4 inches) below the bottom of the condenser; and

3.a vapor level control thermostat which shuts off the heat when the level rises too high; and

(e)minimize openings during operation so that entrances and exits will silhouette workloads with an average clearance between the parts and the edge of the degreaser opening of less than ten centimeters (4 inches) or less than ten percent (10%) of the width of the opening; and

(f)provide downtime covers for closing off the entrance and exit during the shutdown hours; and

(g)minimize carryout emissions by:

1.racking parts for best drainage; and

2.maintaining the vertical conveyor speed at less than 3.3 meters per minute (11 feet per minute); and

(h)store waste solvent only in covered containers; and

(i)repair solvent leaks immediately, or shut down the degreasers; and

(j)not operate the cleaner so as to allow water to be visually detectable in solvent exiting the water separator; and

(k)place downtime covers over entrances and exits of conveyorized degreasers immediately after the conveyors and exhaust are shut down and not remove them until just before start-up.

Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: November 26, 1979. Amended: March 24, 1981. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.13" level="3" title="Cutback Asphalt">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Asphalt" shall mean a dark brown to black cementitious material (solid, semisolid, or liquid in consistency) in which the predominating constituents are bitumens which occur in nature as such or which are obtained as residue in refining petroleum.

(b)"Cutback Asphalt" shall mean asphalt cement which has been liquefied by blending with petroleum solvents (diluents). Upon exposure to atmospheric conditions, the diluents evaporate, leaving the asphalt cement to perform its function.

(c)"Penetrating Prime Coat" shall mean an application of low-viscosity liquid asphalt to an absorbent surface. It is used to prepare an untreated base for an asphalt surface. The prime penetrates the base and plugs the voids, hardens the top, and helps bind it to the overlying asphalt layer.

(2)This Rule will apply to the manufacture and use of cutback asphalts in highway paving and maintenance operations in Mobile, Russell, Madison and Morgan counties.

(a)After June 1, 1980, no person may cause, allow, or permit the sale or offering for sale, mixing, storage, use, or application of cutback asphalts without approval of the Director as provided in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph below.

(b)The Director may approve the sale or offering for sale, mixing, storage, use, or application of cutback asphalts where:

1.long-time stockpile storage is necessary; or

2.the use or application commences on or after November of any year and such use or application is completed by February of the following year; or

3.the cutback asphalt is to be used solely as a penetrating prime coat.

Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: November 26, 1979. Amended: June 9, 1987. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.14" level="3" title="Petition For Alternative Controls">

(1)Notwithstanding any requirements of Rules 335-3-6-.02 through 335-3-6-.13 of this Chapter, an owner or operator may petition the Director for permission to use alternative operational and/or control techniques for any emission point subject to the requirements of this Chapter, if each of the following requirements is satisfied:

(a)the petition is submitted within 3 months of EPA approval; and

(b)the petition demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Director that the reduction in VOC emissions achieved through use of the alternative technique is equivalent to that which would be expected from compliance with the applicable regulations.

(2)Notwithstanding any requirements of Rule 335-3-6-.02 through 335-3-6-.13, an owner or operator may petition the Director for permission to substitute reductions in emissions for those regulated source categories below those required by these regulations for increase in emissions above allowable limits (compliance is to be determined on a plant-wide basis, using a weekly weighted average) for the emission reductions required by these regulations, if each of the following requirements are satisfied:

(a)the petition is submitted within 3 months of EPA approval;

(b)the petition demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Director that sufficient additional reduction in VOC emissions not required by the regulations will be achieved to assure that the aggregate reduction in VOC emissions is no less than the reductions in emission which would be expected for compliance with the regulations.

(3)Alternative Control Technology.

(a)Notwithstanding any requirement of Rules 335-3-6-.02 through 335-3-6-.13, sources unable to achieve the levels of control specified in this Chapter on a technical or economic basis may petition the Director for permission on a case-by-case basis to establish the applicable reasonably available control technology.

(b)Any such change to the applicable reasonably available control technology will not be effective until it becomes a part of the approved State Implementation Plan.

Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: November 26, 1979. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.6.15" level="3" title="Compliance Schedules">

(EPA approval as used herein means final approval of this Chapter as part of the State Implementation Plan.)

(1)Process and Emission Control Equipment Installations.

(a)Except as provided under paragraphs (4) or (5) of this Rule, the owner or operator of a VOC emission source proposing to install and operate VOC emission control equipment and/or replacement process equipment to comply with this Chapter shall adhere to the increments of progress contained in the following schedule:

1.Final plans for the emission control system and/or process equipment must be submitted within three (3) months of EPA approval;

2.Contracts for the emission control system and/or process equipment must be awarded or orders must be issued for purchase of component parts to accomplish emission control within six (6) months of EPA approval;

3.Initiation of on-site construction or installation of the emission control and/or process equipment must begin within nine (9) months of EPA approval;

4.On-site construction or installation of the emission control and/or process equipment must be completed within fifteen (15) months of EPA approval;

5.Final compliance shall be achieved within sixteen (16) months of EPA approval.

(b)Any owner or operator of an emission source subject to the compliance schedule of this Rule shall certify to the Director in five (5) days after the deadline for each increment of progress, whether the required increment of progress has been met.

(2)Low Solvent Content Coating.

(a)Except as provided under paragraphs (4) or (5) of this Rule or under subparagraph (b) of this paragraph, the owner or operator of a VOC emission source proposing to employ low solvent content coating technology to comply with this Chapter shall adhere to the increments of progress contained in the following schedules:

1.Final plans for the application of low solvent content coating technology must be submitted within three (3) months of EPA approval;

2.Research and development of low solvent content coating must be completed within six (6) months of EPA approval;

3.Evaluation of product quality and commercial acceptance must be completed within one (1) year of EPA approval;

4.Purchase orders must be issued for low solvent content coatings and process modifications within fifteen (15) months of EPA approval;

5.Initiation of process modification must begin within seventeen (17) months of EPA approval;

6.Process modifications must be completed and use of low solvent content coatings must begin within twenty-two (22) months of EPA approval;

7.Final compliance shall be achieved within two (2) years of EPA approval.

(b)Where the Director determines that low solvent content coating technology has been sufficiently researched and developed for a particular application, the owner or operator of a VOC emission source proposing to comply with this Chapter through application of low solvent content coatings shall adhere to the increments of progress contained in the following schedule:

1.Final plans for the application of low solvent content coating technology must be submitted within three (3) months of EPA approval;

2.Evaluation of product quality and commercial acceptance must be completed within six (6) months of EPA approval;

3.Purchase orders must be issued for low solvent content coatings and process modifications within nine (9) months of EPA approval;

4.Initiation of process modifications must begin within eleven (11) months of EPA approval;

5.Process modifications must be completed and use of low solvent content coatings must begin within fifteen (15) months of EPA approval;

6.Final compliance shall be achieved within sixteen (16) months of EPA approval.

(c)Any owner or operator of a stationary source subject to the compliance schedule of this pargraph shall certify to the Director within five (5) days after the deadline for each increment of progress whether the required increment of progress has been met.

(3)Equipment Modification.

(a)Except as provided under paragraphs (4) or (5) of this Rule, the owner or operator of a VOC emission source proposing to comply with this Chapter by modification of existing processing equipment shall adhere to the increments of progress contained in the following schedule:

1.Final plans for process modification must be submitted within three (3) months of EPA approval;

2.Contracts for process modifications must be awarded or orders must be issued for the purchase of component parts to accomplish process modifications within five (5) months of EPA approval;

3.Initiation of on-site construction or installation of process modifications must begin within seven (7) months of EPA approval;

4.On-site construction or installation of process modifications must be completed within ten (10) months of EPA approval;

5.Final compliance shall be achieved within eleven (11) months of EPA approval.

(b)Any owner or operator of an emission source subject to the compliance schedule of this Rule shall certify to the Director within five (5) days after the deadline for each increment of progress, whether the required increment of progress has been met.

(4)Alternative Compliance.

(a)Nothing in this Rule shall prevent the Director from approving a separate schedule for any source, if he finds that the application of a compliance schedule in paragraphs (1) through (3) above would be infeasible or impracticable.

(b)Nothing in this Rule shall prevent the owner or operator of a VOC source from submitting to the Director a proposed alternative compliance schedule provided:

1.the proposed alternative compliance schedule is submitted within three (3) months of EPA approval; and

2.the final control plans for achieving compliance with this Chapter are submitted simultaneously; and

3.the alternative compliance schedule contains the same increments of progress as the schedule for which it is proposed; and

4.sufficient documentation and certification from appropriate suppliers, contractors, manufacturers, or fabricators are submitted by the owner or operator of the VOC source to justify the dates proposed for the increments of progress.

(c)All alternative compliance schedules proposed or promulgated under this Rule shall provide for compliance of the VOC emission source with this Chapter as expeditiously as practicable, but not later than December 31, 1982.

(d)Any schedule approved under this paragraph may be revoked at any time if the source does not meet the increments of progress stipulated.

(5)Exception. Paragraphs(1) through (4) of this Rule will not apply to sources which are in compliance with this Chapter before June 1, 1979 and have determined and certified compliance to the satisfaction of the Director within three (3) months of EPA approval.

(6)Exception. Nothing in this Rule shall prevent the Director from approving a separate schedule for any source beyond December 31, 1982, provided:

(a)the source is located in an attainment or unclassifiable area, and

(b)the source is proposing to use innovative technologies, and

(c)the extension will not interfere with reasonable further progress in attaining the National Ambient Air Quality Standard.

Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: November 26, 1979. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.16" level="3" title="Test Methods And Procedures"> <dwc name="lead" times="1"><dwc name="toluen" times="1">

(1)Determination of Volatile Organic Content of Surface Coatings.

(a)This method applies to paint, varnish, lacquer, and surface coatings which are air-dried or force-dried.

(b)This method does not apply to any coating system requiring a special curing process such as:

1.exposure to temperatures in excess of 110&#176; C (230&#176; F) to promote thermal cross-linking; or

2.exposure to ultraviolet light to promote cross-linking.

(c)For the purposes of this method, the applicable surface coatings are divided into three classes. They are:

1.Class I: General Solvent-Type Paints. This class includes white linseed oil outside paint, white soya and phthalic alkyd enamel, white linseed o-phthalic alkyd enamel, red lead primer, zinc chromate primer, flat white inside enamel, white epoxy enamel, white vinyl toluene modified alkyd, white amino modified baking enamel, and other solvent-type paints not included in Class II.

2.Class II: Varnishes and Lacquers. This class includes clear and pigmented lacquers and varnishes.

3.Class III: Water Thinned Paints. This class includes emulsion or latex paints and colored enamels.

(d)For the purposes of this method, a representative sample of the surface coating shall be obtained at the point of delivery to the coater or any other point in the process that the Director approves.

(e)The volatile organic content of the sample shall be determined as follows:

1.Assign the coating to one of the three classes in subparagraph (c) of this paragraph. Assign any coating not clearly belonging to Class II or III to Class I.

2.Determine the density Dm (in grams/cubic centimeter) of the paint, varnish, lacquer, or related product according to the procedure outlined in ASTM 1475-60, Standard Method of Test for density of Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products. Then, depending on the class of the coatings, use one of the following specified procedures to determine the volatile content:

(i)Class I. Use the procedure in ASTM 2369-73, Standard Method of Test for Volatile Content of Paints.

(I)Record the following information:

W1 = Weight of dish and sample, grams

W2 = Weight of dish and sample after heating,

grams

S = Sample weight, grams.

(II)Compute the volatile organic content Cv (in grams/liter of paint) as follows:

Cv = (W1 - W2)(Dm)(103)

S

(III)To convert grams/liter to pounds/gallons, multiply Cv by 8.3455 x 10-3.

(ii)Class II. Use the procedure in ASTM D 1644-59 Method A, Standard Methods of Test for Nonvolatile Content of Varnishes (Do not use Method B).

(I)Record the following information:

A = Record of dish, grams

B = Weight of sample used, grams

C = Weight of dish and content after heating, grams.

(II)Compute the volatile organic content Cv (in grams/liter) as follows:

Cv = (A + B + C) (Dm)(103)

B

(III)To convert grams/liter to pounds/gallon, multiply Cv by 8.3455 x 10-3.

(iii)Class III. Use the procedure in ASTM D 2369-73, Standard Method of Test for Volatile Content of Paints.

(I)Record the same information as specified in subparagraph (e)2.(i) of this paragraph.

(II)Determine the water content P (in percent water) of the paint according to the procedure outlined in Federal Standards 141a, Method 4082.1, Water in Paint and Varnishes (Karl Fisher Titration Method).

(III)Compute the nonaqueous volatile matter content Cv (in grams/liter) as follows:

Cv = (W1 - W2 - 0.01 PS) (Dm)(103)

S

(IV)To convert grams/liter to pounds/gallon, multiply Cv by 8.3455 x 10-3.

(2)Test Procedure for Determination of VOC Emissions from Bulk Gasoline Terminals.

(a)Principle. VOC mass emissions are determined directly using flow meters and hydrocarbon analyzers. The volume of liquid gasoline dispensed is determined by computation based on the metered quantity of gasoline at the loading rack. Test results are expressed in milligrams of hydrocarbons emitted per liter of gasoline transferred.

(b)Summary of the Method. This method describes the test conditions and test procedures to be followed in determining the emissions from systems installed to control VOC vapors resulting from tank truck and trailer loading operations at bulk terminals. Under this procedure direct measurements are made to compute the hydrocarbon mass exhausted from the vapor control system. All possible sources of leaks are qualitatively checked to ensure that no uncontrolled vapors are emitted to the atmosphere. The results are expressed in terms of mass hydrocarbons emitted per unit volume of gasoline transferred. Emissions are determined on a total hydrocarbon basis. If methane is present in the vapors returned from the tank trucks or trailers, provisions are included for conversion to a total nonmethane hydrocarbon basis.

(c)Applicability. This method is applicable to determining VOC emission rates at tank truck and trailer gasoline loading terminals employing vapor collection systems and either continuous or intermittent vapor control systems. This method is applicable to motor tank truck and trailer loading only as per Rule 335-3-6-.06.

(d)Apparatus. The components essential to the evaluation of emissions from gasoline loading terminals are:

1.portable combustible gas detector equipped to read zero (0) to one hundred percent (100%) of the lower explosive limit,

2.flexible thermocouple with recorder,

3.gas volume meter, sized for the expected exhaust flow rate and range,

4.total hydrocarbon analyzer with recorder (flame ionization detector or nondispersive infrared equipped to read zero (0) to ten percent (10%) by volume hydrocarbon as propane for vapor control systems which recover the vapor liquid, or 0 to 10,000 ppmv hydrocarbon as propane for incineration vapor control system),

5.barometer to measure atmospheric pressure,

6.gas chromatography/flame ionization detector with a column to separate C1 - C7 alkanes (used if methane is present in recovered vapors or if incineration is the vapor control technique).

(e)Test Requirements:

1.No less than three 8-hour repetitions will be performed.

2.During the test period, all loading racks shall be open for each produce line which is controlled by the system under test. Simultaneous use of more than one loading rack shall occur to the extent that such would normally occur.

3.Simultaneous use of more than one dispenser on each loading rack shall occur to the extent that such use would normally occur.

4.Dispensing rates shall be set at the maximum rate at which the equipment is designed to be operated. Automatic product dispensers are to be used according to normal operating practices.

5.Applicable operating parameters of the vapor control system shall be monitored to demonstrate that the control unit is operating at design levels. For intermittent vapor control systems employing a vapor holder, each test repetition shall include at least one fully automatic operation cycle of the vapor holder and control device. Tank trucks and trailers shall be essentially leak free as determined by the Director.

(f)Basic Measurements Required. The basic measurements essential to the evaluation of emissions from gasoline loading terminals are:

1.the amount of gasoline dispensed from gasoline dispensers,

2.leak check of all fittings and vents,

3.the following items for the processing unit exhaust:

(i)temperature,

(ii)pressure,

(iii)volume of vapors,

(iv)hydrocarbon concentration of vapors, if methane is present, in recovered vapors.

(g)Test Procedure.

1.Calibrate and span all instruments as outlined under subparagraph (I) of this paragraph.

2.Install an appropriately sized gas meter on the exhaust vent of the vapor control system. For those vapor control systems where restrictions preclude the use of a volume meter or when incineration is used for vapor control, a gas flow rate meter (orifice, pitot tube, annubar, etc.) is necessary. At the meter inlet, install a thermocouple with recorder. Install a tap at the volume meter outlet. Attach a sample line for total hydrocarbon analyzer (0 to 10 percent) as propane to this tap. If the meter pressure is different than barometric pressure, install a second tap at the meter outlet and attach an appropriate manometer for pressure measurement. If methane analysis is required, install a third tap for connection to a constant volume sample pump/evacuated bag assembly as described in 40 CFR 36.247, Method 3, December 23, 1977.

3.Measurements and data required for evaluating emissions from the system:

(i)at the beginning and end of each test repetition, record the volume readings on each product dispenser on each loading rack served by the system under test;

(ii)at the beginning of each test repetition and each two (2) hours thereafter, record the ambient temperature and the barometric pressure;

(iii)for intermittent vapor control systems employing a vapor holder, the unit shall be manually started and allowed to process vapors in the holder until the lower automatic cut-off is reached. This cycle should be performed immediately prior to the beginning of the test repetition before readings under Subparagraph (g)3.(i) of this paragraph are taken. No loading shall be in progress during this manual cycle;

(iv)for each cycle of the vapor control system during each test repetition, record the start and stop time, the initial and final gas meter readings, and the average vapor temperature, pressure and hydrocarbon concentration. If a flow rate meter is used, record flow meter readouts continuously during the cycle. If required, extract a sample continuously during each cycle for chromatographic analysis for specific hydrocarbons;

(v)for each tank truck or trailer loading during the test period, check all fittings and seals on the tanker compartments with the combustible gas detector. Record the maximum combustible gas reading for any incidents of leakage of hydrocarbon vapors. Explore the entire periphery of the potential leak source with the sample hose inlet 1 cm (0.4 inches) away from the interface;

(vi)during each test period, monitor all possible sources of leaks in the vapor collection and control systems with the combustible gas indicator. Record the location and combustible gas reading for any incidents of leakage;

(vii)for intermittent vapor control systems, the control unit shall be manually started and allowed to process vapors in the holder until the lower automatic shutoff is reached at the end of each test repetition. Record the data required under subparagraph (g)3.(iv) of this paragraph for this manual cycle. No loading shall be in progress during this manual cycle.

(h)Calculations.

1.Terminology:

Ta = Ambient temperature (&#176; C)

Pb = Barometric pressure (mm Hg)

Lt =Total volume of liquid dispensed from all controlled racks during the test period (liters)

Ve =Volume of air-hydrocarbon mixture exhausted from the processing unit (m3)

Ves =Normalized volume of air-hydrocarbon mixture exhausted NM3 @ 20&#176; C, 760 mm Hg

Ce =Volume fraction of hydrocarbons in exhausted mixture (volume % as C3H8/100, corrected for methane content if required)

Te =Temperature at processing unit exhaust (&#176; C)

Pe =Pressure at processing unit exhaust (mm Hg abs)

(M/L)e =Mass of hydrocarbons exhausted from the processing unit per volume of liquid loaded (mg/1).

2.Calculate the following results for each period of the vapor control system operation:

(i)volume of air-hydrocarbon mixture exhausted from the vapor control system:

Ve =Vef - Vei; or

Ve = total volume from flow rate and time records

(ii)normalized volume of exhausted mixture:

Ves = (0.3858&#176; K/mm Hg) VePe

(Te + 273.2)

(iii)mass of hydrocarbons exhausted from the vapor control system:

Me = (1.833 x 106 mgC3H8) x VesCe

NM3C3H8

3.calculate the average mass of hydrocarbons emitted per volume of gasoline loaded:

(M/L)e = Me

Lt

(i)Calibrations.

1.Flow meters shall be calibrated using standard methods and procedures which have been approved by the Director.

2.Temperature recording instruments shall be calibrated prior to a test period and following the test period using an ice bath (0&#176; C) and a known reference temperature source of about 35&#176; C. Daily during the test period, use an accurate reference to measure the ambient temperature and compare the ambient temperature reading of all other instruments to this value.

3.Manufacturer's instructions concerning warm-up and adjustments shall be followed for total hydrocarbon analyzers. Prior to and immediately after the emission test, perform a comprehensive laboratory calibration on each analyzer used. Calibration gases should be propane in nitrogen prepared gravimetrically with mass quantities of approximately one hundred percent (100%) propane. A calibration curve shall be provided using a minimum of five (5) prepared standards in the range of concentrations expected during testing;

(i)For each repetition, zero with zero gas (3 ppm C) and span with seventy percent (70%) propane for instruments used in the vapor lines and with ten percent (10%) propane for instruments used at the vapor control system exhaust.

(ii)The zero and span procedure shall be performed at least once prior to the first test measurements, once during the middle of the run, and once following the final test measurement for each run.

(iii)Conditions in calibration gas cylinders must be kept such that condensation of propane does not occur. A safety factor of two (2) for pressure and temperature is recommended.

(3)Determination of Volatile Organic Compound Emission Control System Efficiency.

(a)The provisions of this paragraph are generally applicable to any test method employed to determine the collection or control efficiency of any device or system designed, installed, and operated for the purpose of reducing volatile organic compound emissions.

(b)The following procedures shall be included in any efficiency demonstration:

1.The volatile organic compound containing material shall be sampled and analyzed in a manner approved by the Director such that the quantity of emissions that could result from the use of the material can be quantified.

2.The efficiency of any capture system used to transport the volatile organic compound emissions from their point of origination to the control equipment shall be computed by using accepted engineering practice and in a manner approved by the Director.

3.Samples of the volatile organic compound containing gas stream shall be taken simultaneously at the inlet and outlet of the emissions control device in a manner approved by the Director.

4.The total combustible carbon content of the samples shall be determined by a method approved by the Director.

5.The efficiency of the control device shall be expressed as the fraction of total combustible carbon content reduction achieved.

6.The volatile organic compound mass emission rate shall be the sum of emissions from the control device, emissions not collected by the capture system, and capture system losses.

(4)Determination of Solvent Metal Cleaning Volatile Organic Compound Emissions.

(a)This method is applicable to determining volatile organic compound emissions from solvent metal cleaning equipment.

(b)The purpose of this method is to quantify, by material balance, the amount of solvent input into a degreaser over a sufficiently long period of time so that an average emission rate can be computed.

(c)The following procedure shall be forwarded to perform a material balance test:

1.Clean the degreaser sump before testing.

2.Record the amount of solvent added to the tank with a flow meter.

3.Record the weight and type of work load degreased each day.

4.At the end of the test run, pump out the used solvent and measure the amount with a flow meter. Also, estimate the volume of metal chips and other material remaining in the emptied sump, if significant.

5.Bottle a sample of the used solvent and analyze it to find the percent that is oil and other contaminants. The oil and solvent proportions can be estimated by weighing samples of used solvent before and after boiling off the solvent. Compute the volume of oils in the used solvent. The volume of solvent displaced by this oil along with the volume of make-up solvent added during operations are equal to the solvent emission.

(5)Reserved.

(6)Testing and Monitoring Procedures for Graphic Arts.

(a)The owner or operator of a VOC source shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance with this Chapter by the methods in subparagraph (c) of this paragraph or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing.

(b)A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director.

(c)Test procedures to determine compliance with Chapter 335-3-6 must be approved by the Director and consistent with:

1.EPA Guideline Series document, "Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds", EPA-450/2-78-041; and

2.Appendix A of "Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary Sources - Volume II: Surface Coating of Cans, Coils, Paper, Fabrics, Automobiles, and Light-Duty Trucks", EPA-450/2-77-008.

(d)The Director may accept, instead of ink solvent analysis, a certification by the ink manufacturer of the composition of the ink solvent, if supported by actual batch formulation records.

(e)If add-on control equipment is used, continuous monitors of the following parameters shall be installed, periodically calibrated, and operated at all times that the associated control equipment is operating:

1.exhaust gas temperatures of all incinerators;

2.temperature rise across a catalytic incinerator

bed;

3.breakthrough of VOC on a carbon adsorption unit; and,

4.any other continuous monitoring or recording device required by the Director.

(7)Testing and Monitoring Procedures for Surface Coating of Miscellaneous Metal Parts.

(a)The owner or operator of a VOC source required to comply with this Chapter shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of this paragraph, or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing.

(b)A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director.

(c)Test procedures to determine compliance with Chapter 335-3-6 must be approved by the Director and be consistent with:

1.EPA Guideline Series document, "Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds", EPA-450/2-78-041; and,

2.Appendix A of "Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary Sources - Volume II: Surface Coating of Cans, Coils, Paper, Fabrics, Automobiles, and Light-Duty Trucks", EPA-450/2-77-008.

(d)The Director may accept, instead of the coating analysis required in subparagraph (c)2. of this paragraph, a certification by the manufacturer of the composition of the coatings, if supported by actual batch formulation records.

(e)If add-on control equipment is used, continuous monitors of the following parameters shall be installed, periodically calibrated, and operated at all times that the associated control equipment is operating:

1.exhaust gas temperature of all incinerators;

2.temperature rise across a catalytic incinerator bed;

3.breakthrough of VOC on a carbon adsorption unit;

and

4.any other continuous monitoring or recording device required by the Director.

(8)Testing and Monitoring Procedures for Petroleum Liquid Storage in Floating Roof Tanks.

(a)The owner or operator of any VOC source required to comply with this Chapter shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of this paragraph or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing.

(b)A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director.

(c)Compliance with Chapter 335-3-6 shall be determined by:

1.physically measuring the length and width of all gaps around the entire circumference of the secondary seal in each place where a 0.32 centimeter (1/8 inch) uniform diameter probe passes freely (without forcing or binding against the seal) between the seal and tank wall; and,

2.summing the area of the individual gaps.

(9)Testing and Monitoring Procedures for the Manufacture of Pneumatic Rubber Tires.

(a)The owner or operator of a VOC source required to comply with this Chapter shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of subparagraphs (c) and (d) of this paragraph, or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing.

(b)A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may, at his option, observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director.

(c)Test procedures to determine compliance with Chapter 335-3-6 must be approved by the Director and be consistent with:

1.EPA Guideline Series document, "Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds," EPA-450/2-78-041; and,

2.Appendix A of "Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary Sources - Volume II: Surface Coating of Cans, Coils, Paper, Fabrics, Automobiles, and Light-Duty Trucks," EPA-450/2-77-008.

(d)The Director may accept, instead of the analyses of spray, cement, or other compounds, a certification by the manufacturer of the composition of the spray, cement, or other compounds, if supported by actual batch formulation records.

(e)If add-on control equipment is used, continuous monitors of the following parameters shall be installed, periodically calibrated, and operated at all times that the associated control equipment is operating:

1.exhaust gas temperatures of incinerators;

2.temperature rise across a catalytic incinerator bed;

3.breakthrough of VOC on a carbon adsorption unit; and

4.any other continuous monitoring or recording device required by the Director.

(10)Testing and Monitoring Procedures for the Manufacture of Synthesized Pharmaceutical Products.

(a)The owner or operator of any VOC source required to comply with this Chapter shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of subparagraph (c) of this paragraph or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing.

(b)A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may, at his option, observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and in a format approved by, the Director.

(c)Test procedures to determine compliance with Chapter 335-3-6 must be approved by the Director and consistent with EPA Guideline Series document, "Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds," EPA-450/2-78-041.

(d)If add-on control equipment is used, continuous monitors of the following parameters shall be installed, periodically calibrated, and operated at all times that the associated control equipment is operating:

1.exhaust gas temperature of all incinerators;

2.temperature rise across a catalytic incinerator

bed;

3.breakthrough of VOC on a carbon adsorption unit; and,

4.any other continuous monitoring or recording device required by the Director.

(11)Testing and Monitoring Procedures for the Surface Coating of Flatwood Paneling.

(a)The owner or operator of a VOC source required to comply with this Chapter shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of subparagraphs (c) and (d) of this paragraph or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing.

(b)A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may, at his option, observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director.

(c)Test procedures to determine compliance with Chapter 335-3-6 must be approved by the Director and be consistent with:

1.EPA Guideline Series document, "Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds", EPA-450/2-78-041; and,

2.Appendix A of "Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary Sources - Volume II: Surface Coating of Cans, Coils, Paper, Fabrics, Automobiles, and Light-Duty Trucks", EPA-450/2-77-008.

(d)The Director may accept, instead of the coating analysis required by subparagraph (c)2. of this paragraph above, a certification by the coating manufacturer of the composition of the coating, if supported by actual batch formulation records.

(e)If add-on control equipment is used, continuous monitors of the following parameters shall be installed, periodically calibrated, and operated at all times that the associated control equipment is operating:

1.exhaust gas temperature of all incinerators;

2.temperature rise across a catalytic incinerator bed;

3.breakthrough of VOC on a carbon adsorption unit; and,

4.any other continuous monitoring or recording device required by the Director.

(12)Testing and Monitoring Procedures for Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems.

(a)The owner or operator of a VOC source shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance with Rule 335-3-6-.20 by the methods of subparagraph (c) of this paragraph or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing.

(b)The owner or operator of a gasoline tank truck subject to Chapter 335-3-6 must notify the Director in writing of the date and location of a certification test at least ten (10) days before the anticipated test date. In order to observe a certification test, the Director may postpone or reschedule the certification test date by written notice to the owner or operator within five (5) days after receipt of certification test notification.

(c)Test methods and procedures shall be consistent with one of the following methods and procedures:

1.Reference Method 27.

2.EPA Guideline Series document, "Control of Volatile Organic Compound Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems", EPA-450/2-78-051.

(13)Testing and Monitoring Procedures for Petroleum Refinery Equipment.

(a)The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery subject to this Chapter shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of this paragraph or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of a person qualified by training and/or experienced in the field of air pollution testing.

(b)Testing and monitoring procedures to determine compliance with this Chapter must be approved by the Director and consistent with Appendix B of the OAQPS Guideline Series document, "Control of Volatile Organic Compound Leaks from Petroleum Refinery Equipment," EPA-450/2-78-036.

Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: November 26, 1979, April 19, 1984. Amended: November 1, 1990. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 21, 1997; effective September 25, 1997.

<regElement name="335.3.6.17" level="3" title="Manufacture Of Pneumatic Rubber Tires">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Pneumatic rubber tire manufacture" shall mean the production of pneumatic rubber, passenger type tires on a mass production basis.

(b)"Passenger type tires" shall mean agricultural, airplane, industrial, mobile home, light and medium duty truck, and passenger vehicle tires with a bead diameter up to 20.0 inches and cross section dimension up to 12.8 inches.

(c)"Undertread cementing" shall mean the application of cement to the underside of a tire tread.

(d)"Tread-end cementing" shall mean the application of cement to the tire tread ends.

(e)"Green tires" shall mean assembled tires before molding and curing have occurred.

(f)"Green tire spraying" shall mean the spraying of green tires, both inside and outside, with compounds which help remove air from the tire, prevent the tire from sticking to the mold during curing, improve the finish, etc.

(g)"Water-based sprays or compounds" shall mean compounds in which solids, water, and emulsifiers (non-organic) constitute at least eighty-eight percent (88%) by weight of the compound.

(2)This Rule applies to VOC emissions from the following operations:

(a)Undertread cementing,

(b)Tread-end cementing,

(c)Green tire spraying.

(3)The owner or operator of an undertread cementing, tread-end cementing, or green tire spraying operation subject to this Rule shall:

(a)Install and operate a capture system which achieves maximum reasonable capture of evaporated VOC from all undertread cementing, tread-end cementing, and green tire spraying operations. If practical, maximum reasonable capture shall be consistent with the following documents:

1."Industrial Ventilation, A Manual of Recommended Practices", 14th Edition, American Federation of Industrial Hygienists.

2."Recommended Industrial Ventilation Guidelines", U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health.

(b)Install and operate a control device that removes or oxidizes to inorganic compounds at least ninety percent (90%) of the VOC by weight from the gases ducted to the control device. The device must be approved by the Director.

(c)The owner or operator may, instead of implementing the measures required by subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph, substitute water-based cements or compounds for the solvent-based cements or compounds.

(d)The owner or operator may, instead of implementing the measures required by subparagraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this paragraph, submit to the Director for approval a petition for alternative measures which have achieved or will achieve equivalent reductions in VOC emissions. Equivalent reductions mean that the total VOC emissions from undertread cementing, tread-end cementing and green tire spraying shall not exceed an average of 76 grams per green tire, as determined on a monthly basis.

(4)From the date of EPA approval of this regulation, the owner or operator shall adhere to the following schedules:

(a)

Required ActionSchedule

Submit final plans for control strategy3 months

Award contracts or purchase orders9 months

Complete modification, construction, or installation of equipment and/or processes27 months

Achieve compliance30 months

(b)Instead of the schedule contained in subparagraph (a) above, the owner or operator may submit to the Director, and the Director may approve, an alternative compliance schedule provided:

1.The schedule is submitted within three months after EPA approval of this regulation.

2.The need for or the advantages of an alternative schedule is adequately documented.

3.The schedule contains increments of progress.

4.Sufficient documentation and certification from appropriate suppliers, contractors, manufacturers or fabricators are submitted to justify the proposed dates for the increments of progress.

5.Final compliance is achieved as expeditiously as possible.

Author: Wm Gerald Hardy

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: April 19, 1984. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.18" level="3" title="Manufacture Of Synthesized Pharmaceutical Products">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Condenser" shall mean a device which cools a gas stream to a temperature which removes specific organic compounds by condensation.

(b)"Control system" shall mean any number of control devices, including condensers, which are designed and operated to reduce the quantity of VOCs emitted to the atmosphere.

(c)"Reactor" shall mean a vat or vessel, which may be jacketed to permit temperature control, designed to contain chemical reactions.

(d)"Separation operation" shall mean a process that separates a mixture of compounds and solvents into two or more components. Specific mechanisms include extraction, centrifugation, filtration, and crystallization.

(e)"Synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing" shall mean manufacture of pharmaceutical products by chemical synthesis.

(f)"Production equipment exhaust system" shall mean a device for collecting and directing out of the work area VOC fugitive emissions from reactor openings, centrifuge openings, and other vessel openings for the purpose of protecting workers from excessive VOC exposure.

(2)This Rule applies to all synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities.

(3)This Rule applies to all sources of VOCs, including reactors, distillation units, dryers, storage of VOCs, transfer of VOCs, extraction equipment, filters, crystallizers and centrifuges that have the potential to emit 6.8 kilograms per day (15 pounds per day) or more.

(4)The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facility subject to this Rule shall control the VOC emissions from all reactors, distillation operations, crystallizers, centrifuges and vacuum dryers that have the potential to emit 6.80 kilograms per day (15 pounds per day) or more of VOCs. Surface condensers or equivalent controls shall be used, provided that:

(a)If surface condensers are used, the condenser outlet gas temperature must not exceed:

1.-25&#176; C (-13&#176; F) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressure greater than 40.0 kPa (5.8 psia)*

2.-15&#176; C (5&#176; F) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressure greater than 20.0 kPa (2.9 psia)*

3.0&#176; C (32&#176; F) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressure greater than 10.0 kPa (1.5 psia)*

4.10&#176; C (50&#176; F) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressure greater than 7.0 kPa (1.0 psia)*; or,

5.25&#176; C (77&#176; F) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressure greater than 3.50 kPa (0.5 psia)*.

(b)If equivalent controls are used, the VOC emissions must be reduced by at least as much as they would be by using a surface condenser which meets the requirements of subparagraph (a) of this paragraph.

__________

*Vapor pressures as measured at 20&#176; C (68&#176; F)

(5)The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facility subject to this Rule shall reduce the VOC emissions from all air dryers and production equipment exhaust systems;

(a)by at least ninety percent (90%) if emissions are 150 kilograms per day (330 pounds per day) or more of VOC; or,

(b)to 15.0 kilograms per day (33 pounds per day) or less if emissions are less than 150 kilograms per day (330 pounds per day) of VOC.

(6)The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facility subject to this Rule shall:

(a)provide a vapor balance system or equivalent control that is at least ninety percent (90%) effective in reducing emissions from truck or railcar deliveries to storage tanks with capacities greater than 7,500 liters (2,000 gallons) that store VOC with vapor pressures greater than 28.0 kPa (4.1 psia) at 20&#176; C (68&#176; F); and,

(b)Install pressure/vacuum conservation vents set at D+ 0.2 kPa on all storage tanks that store VOC with

vapor pressures greater than 10.0 kPa (1.5 psia) at 20&#176; C (68&#176; F), unless a more effective control system is used.

(7)The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical facility subject to this Rule shall enclose all centrifuges, rotary vacuum filters, and other filters which process liquids containing VOC with vapor pressures of 3.50 kPa (0.5 psia) or more at 20&#176; C (68&#176; F).

(8)The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical facility subject to this Rule shall install covers on all in-process tanks containing a VOC at any time. These covers must remain closed, unless production, sampling, maintenance, or inspection procedures require operator access.

(9)The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facility subject to this Rule shall repair all leaks from which a liquid, containing VOC, can be observed running or dripping. The repair shall be completed the first time the equipment is off-line for a period of time long enough to complete the repair.

Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: April 19, 1984. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.19" level="3" title="Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaning Systems">

(Repealed - Reserved)

Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: April 19, 1984. Repealed: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.20" level="3" title="Leaks From Gasoline Tank Trucks And Vapor Collection Systems">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Air Sticker" shall mean a sticker to be affixed to a gasoline tank truck, representing issuance of an Air Permit and that the gasoline tank truck has been demonstrated during its most recent annual vapor leak testing to be leakfree.

(b)"Bottom Filling" shall mean the filling of a tank truck or stationary storage tank through an opening that is flush with the tank bottom.

(c)"Gasoline" shall mean a petroleum distillate having a Reid vapor pressure of 27.6 kPa (4 psia) or greater that is used as fuel for internal combustion engines.

(d)"Gasoline Tank Truck" shall mean tank trucks or trailers equipped with a storage tank and used for the transport of gasoline from sources of supply to stationary storage tanks of gasoline dispensing facilities, bulk gasoline plants or bulk gasoline terminals.

(e)"Gasoline Dispensing Facility" shall mean any site where gasoline is dispensed to motor vehicle gasoline tanks from stationary storage tanks.

(f)"Bulk Gasoline Terminal" shall mean a gasoline storage facility which receives gasoline from refineries primarily by pipeline, ship, or barge, and delivers gasoline to bulk gasoline plants or to commercial or retail accounts primarily by tank truck; and has a daily throughput of more than 76,000 liters (20,000 gallons) of gasoline in any calendar month.

(g)"Bulk Gasoline Plant" shall mean a gasoline storage and distribution facility with an average daily throughput of 76,000 liters (20,000 gallons) or less in any calendar month which receives gasoline from bulk terminals by trailer transport, stores it in tanks, and subsequently dispenses the gasoline via account trucks to local farms, businesses, and gasoline dispensing facilities.

(h)"Vapor Collection System" shall mean a vapor transport system which uses direct displacement by the gasoline being transferred to force vapors from the vessel being loaded into either a vessel being unloaded or a vapor control system or vapor holding tank.

(i)"Vapor Control System" shall mean a system that prevents release to the atmosphere of at least ninety percent (90%) by weight of organic compounds in the vapors displaced from a vessel during transfer of gasoline.

(2)This Rule is applicable to all vapor collection and control systems at bulk plants, bulk terminals, and gasoline dispensing facilities required by Rules 335-3-6-.05, .06 and .07, and to all vapor collection systems on gasoline tank trucks affected by these Rules.

(3)After October 1, 1991, no person shall allow a gasoline tank truck subject to this Rule to be filled or emptied unless the gasoline tank truck has:

(a)a vapor collection system that meets the test requirements of subparagraph (4)(a) of this Rule; and

(b)a valid Department Air Sticker attached and visibly displayed; or,

(c)a valid Jefferson County Department of Health Air Sticker attached and visibly displayed.

(4)Air Permits for Gasoline Tank Trucks.

(a)The owner or operator of a vapor collection system subject to this Rule shall not load or cause to be loaded the said gasoline tank truck without a valid Air Sticker for the gasoline tank truck. An Air Permit and Air Sticker shall be issued by the Department for the gasoline tank truck upon receipt of appropriate documentation from the owner or operator documenting that the gasoline tank truck has been leak checked by the test method referenced in Rule 335-3-6-.16(12)(c) and has during the test sustained a pressure change of no more than 0.750 kPa (3 inches of H20) within five (5) consecutive minutes when pressurized to a gauge pressure of 4.50 kPa (18 inches of H2O) and, when evacuated to a gauge pressure of 1.50 kPa (6 inches of H20) during the testing.

(b)Any owner or operator obtaining an Air Permit and Air Sticker from the Jefferson County Department of Health shall not be required to obtain an additional Air Permit and Air Sticker from the Department.

(c)The Air Sticker shall be renewed annually upon successful demonstration by the owner or operator that the gasoline tank truck has been leak checked and passed the requirements of subparagraph (a) of this paragraph above.

(d)The owner or operator shall display the Air Sticker near the Department of Transportation Certification plate required by 49 CFR 178.340-10b.

(5)The owner or operator of a vapor collection system at a bulk plant, bulk terminal, gasoline dispensing facility or gasoline tank truck subject to this Rule shall:

(a)design and operate the vapor collection system and the gasoline loading equipment in a manner that prevents:

1.gauge pressure from exceeding 4.50 kPa (18 inches of H20) and vacuum from exceeding 1.50 kPa (6 inches of H20) in the gasoline tank truck;

2.a reading equal to or greater than one hundred percent (100%) of the lower explosive limit (LEL, measured as propane) at 2.5 centimeters from all points on the perimeter of a potential leak source when measured by the method referenced in Rule 335-3-6-.16(12) during loading or unloading operations at gasoline dispensing facilities, bulk plants and bulk terminals; and

3.avoidable visible liquid leaks during loading or unloading operations at gasoline dispensing facilities, bulk plants and bulk terminals;

(b)and within fifteen (15) days, repair and retest a vapor collection or control system that exceeds the limit in subparagraph (a)2. of this paragraph.

(6)The Director may, at any time, monitor a gasoline tank truck, vapor collection system or vapor control system to confirm continuing compliance with paragraphs (3), (4) and (5) of this Rule. Monitoring to confirm the continuing existence of leak-tight conditions shall be consistent with the procedures described in Appendix B of the OAQPS Guideline Series document, "Control of Organic Compound Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems," EPA-450/2-78-051.

(7)Each vapor-laden gasoline tank truck shall be designed and maintained to be vapor-tight during loading, unloading operations, and transport with the exception of normal pressure/vacuum venting as required by DOT regulations.

Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: April 19, 1984. Amended: November 1, 1990. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.21" level="3" title="Leaks From Petroleum Refinery Equipment">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Petroleum refinery" shall mean any facility engaged in producing gasoline, kerosene, distillate fuel oils, residual fuel oils, lubricants, or other products through distillation, cracking, extraction, or reforming of unfinished petroleum derivatives.

(b)"Leaking component" shall mean any source which has a VOC concentration exceeding 10,000 parts per million by volume when tested in the manner described in Rule 335-3-6-.16(13). These sources include, but are not limited to, pumping seals, compressor seals, seal oil degassing vents, pipeline valves, flanges and other connections, pressure relief devices, process drains, and open ended pipes. Excluded from these sources are valves which are not externally regulated.

(c)"Liquid service" shall mean equipment which processes, transfers or contains a VOC or mixture of VOCs in the liquid phase.

(d)"Gas service" shall mean equipment which processes, transfers or contains a VOC or mixture of VOCs in the gaseous phase.

(e)"Valves not externally regulated" shall mean valves that have no external controls, such as in-line check valves.

(f)"Refinery unit" shall mean a set of components which are a part of a basic process operation, such as, distillation, hydrotreating, cracking or reforming of hydrocarbons.

(2)This Rule applies to all petroleum refineries.

(3)The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery complex subject to this regulation shall develop and conduct a monitoring program consistent with paragraphs (7) through (14) of this Rule, inclusive.

(4)The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery complex, upon detection of a leaking component, which has a VOC concentration exceeding 10,000 parts per million by volume when tested in the manner described in Rule 335-3-6-.16(13), shall:

(a)include the leaking component on a written list of scheduled repairs within twenty-four (24) hours; and,

(b)repair and retest the component within fifteen (15) days unless the leaking component cannot be repaired until the unit is shutdown for turnaround.

(5)Except for safety pressure relief valves, no owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall install a valve at the end of a pipe or line containing VOCs unless the pipe or line is sealed with a second valve, a blind flange, a plug, or a cap. The sealing device may be removed only when the line is in use (i.e., when a sample is being taken).

(6)No owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall operate a pipeline valve or pressure relief valve in gaseous VOC service unless it is marked in some manner that will be readily obvious to both refinery personnel performing monitoring and the Director.

(7)The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall maintain a leaking components monitoring log which shall contain, at a minimum, the following data:

(a)The name of the process unit where the component is located.

(b)The type of component (e.g., valve, seal).

(c)The tag number of the component.

(d)The date on which a leaking component is discovered.

(e)The date on which a leaking component is repaired.

(f)The date and instrument reading of the recheck procedure after a leaking component is repaired.

(g)A record of the calibration of the monitoring instrument.

(h)Those leaks that cannot be repaired until turnaround.

(i)The total number of components checked and the total number of components found leaking.

(8)Copies of the monitoring log shall be retained by the owner or operator for a minimum of 2 years after the date on which the record was made or the report prepared.

(9)Copies of the monitoring log shall immediately be made available to the Director, upon verbal or written request, at any reasonable time.

(10)The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery, upon the completion of each yearly and/or quarterly monitoring procedure, shall:

(a)Submit a report to the Director by the 15th day, of January, April, July, and October that lists all leaking components that were located during the previous 3 calendar months but not repaired within 15 days, all leaking components awaiting unit turnaround, the total number of components inspected and the total number of components found leaking.

(b)Submit a signed statement with the report attesting to the fact that, with the exception of those leaking components listed in subparagraph (a) of this paragraph all monitoring and repairs were performed as stipulated in the monitoring program.

(11)The Director, upon written notice, may modify the monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements.

(12)The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery subject to this regulation shall conduct a monitoring program consistent with the following provisions:

(a)Monitor yearly by the methods referenced in Rule 335-3-6-.16(13), all

1.pump seals;

2.pipeline valves in liquid service; and

3.process drains.

(b)Monitor quarterly by the methods referenced in Rule 335-3-6-.16(13), all

1.compressor seals;

2.pipeline valves in gaseous service; and

3.pressure relief valves in gaseous service.

(c)Monitor weekly by visual methods all pump seals;

(d)Monitor immediately any pump seal from which liquids are observed dripping;

(e)Monitor any relief valve within twenty-four (24) hours after it has vented to the atmosphere; and

(f)Monitor immediately after repair any component that was found leaking.

(13)Pressure relief devices which are connected to an operating flare header, vapor recovery device, inaccessible valves, storage tank valves, and valves that are not externally regulated are exempt from the monitoring requirements in subparagraph (12) of this Rule above.

(14)The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery, upon the detection of a leaking component, shall affix a weatherproof and readily visible tag, bearing an identification number and the date the leak is located, to the leaking component. This tag shall remain in place until the leaking component is repaired.

Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: April 19, 1984. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.22" level="3" title="Graphic Arts">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Packaging rotogravure printing" shall mean printing upon paper, paper board, metal foil, plastic film, and other substrates, which are, in subsequent operations, formed into containers and labels for articles to be sold.

(b)"Publication rotogravure printing" shall mean printing upon paper which is subsequently formed into books, magazines, catalogues, brochures, directories, newspaper supplements, and other types of printed materials.

(c)"Flexographic printing" shall mean the application of words, designs and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll printing technique in which both the pattern to be applied is raised above the printing roll and the image carrier is made of rubber or other elastometric materials.

(d)"Roll printing" shall mean the application of words, designs and pictures to a substrate usually by means of a series hard rubber or steel rolls each with only partial coverage.

(e)"Rotogravure printing" shall mean the application of words, designs and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll printing technique which involves an intaglio or recessed image areas in the form of cells.

(2)This Rule will apply to packaging rotogravure, printing rotogravure, and flexographic printing facilities.

(3)No owner or operator of a packaging rotogravure, printing rotogravure or flexographic printing facility subject to this Rule and employing solvent containing ink may operate, cause, allow or permit the operation of the facility unless:

(a)The volatile fraction of ink, as it is applied to the substrate, contains twenty-five percent (25%) by volume or less of organic solvent and seventy-five percent (75%) by volume or more of water;

(b)The facility prints with ink which contains sixty percent (60%) by volume or more nonvolatile material; or,

(c)The owner or operator installs and operates:

1.A carbon adsorption system which reduces the volatile organic emissions from the capture system by at least ninety percent (90%) by weight;

2.An incineration system which oxidizes at least ninety percent (90%) of the nonmethane VOCs (VOC measured as total combustible carbon) to carbon dioxide and water; or,

3.An alternative VOC emission reduction system demonstrated to have at least a ninety percent (90%) reduction efficiency, measured across the control system, that has been approved by the Director.

(4)A capture system must be used in conjunction with the emission control systems in subparagraph (3)(c) of this Rule. The design and operation of a capture system must be consistent with good engineering practice, and shall be required to provide for an overall reduction in VOC emissions of at least:

(a)seventy-five percent (75%) where a publication rotogravure process is employed;

(b)sixty-five percent (65%) where a packaging rotogravure process is employed; or,

(c)sixty percent (60%) where a flexographic printing process is employed.

Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 2-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: April 19, 1984. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.23" level="3" title="Petroleum Liquid Storage In External Floating Roof Tanks">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Condensate" shall mean hydrocarbon liquid separated from natural gas which condenses due to changes in the temperature and/or pressure and remains liquid at standard conditions.

(b)"Crude Oil" shall mean a naturally occurring mixture which consists of hydrocarbons and sulfur, nitrogen and/or oxygen derivatives of hydrocarbons which is a liquid in the reservoir at standard conditions.

(c)"Custody Transfer" shall mean the transfer of produced crude oil and/or condensate, after processing and/or treating in the producing operations, from storage tanks or automatic transfer facilities to pipelines or any other forms of transportation.

(d)"External Floating Roof" shall mean a storage vessel cover in an open top tank consisting of a double deck or pontoon single deck which rests upon and is supported by the petroleum liquid being contained and is equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and tank wall.

(e)"Liquid-Mounted Seal" shall mean a primary seal mounted in continuous contact with the liquid between the tank wall and the floating roof around the circumference of the tank.

(f)"Petroleum Liquids" mean crude oil, condensate, and any finished or intermediate products manufactured or extracted in a petroleum refinery.

(g)"Vapor-Mounted Seal" shall mean any primary seal mounted continuously around the circumference of the tank. The annular vapor space is bounded by the bottom of the primary seal, the tank wall, the liquid surface, and the floating roof.

(h)"Waxy, Heavy Pour Crude Oil" shall mean a crude oil with a pour point of 10&#176; C (50&#176; F) or higher as determined by the American Society for Testing Materials Standard D 97-66, "Test for Pour Point of Petroleum Oils."

(2)This Rule shall apply to all petroleum liquid storage vessels equipped with external floating roofs, having capacities greater than 150,000 liters (40,000 gallons).

(3)This Rule does not apply to petroleum liquid storage vessels which:

(a)are used to store waxy, heavy pour crude oil;

(b)have capacities less than 1,600,000 liters (423,000 gallons) and are used to store produced crude oil and condensate prior to custody transfer;

(c)contain a petroleum liquid with a true vapor pressure of less than 10.5 kPa (1.5 psia);

(d)contain a petroleum liquid with a true vapor pressure less than 27.6 kPa (4.0 psia); and,

1.are of welded construction; and,

2.presently possess a metallic-type shoe seal, a liquid-mounted foam seal, a liquid-mounted liquid filled type seal, or other closure device of demonstrated equivalence approved by the Director; or,

(e)are of welded construction, equipped with a metallic-type shoe primary seal and has a secondary seal from the top of the shoe seal to the tank wall (shoe-mounted secondary seal).

(4)No owner or operator of a petroleum liquid storage vessel subject to this Rule shall store a petroleum liquid in that vessel unless:

(a)the vessel has been fitted with:

1.a continuous secondary seal extending from the floating roof to the tank wall (rim-mounted secondary seal); or

2.a closure or other device which controls VOC emissions with an effectiveness equal to or greater than a seal required under subparagraph (a)1. of this paragraph above, as approved by the Director.

(b)All seal closure devices meet the following requirements:

1.there are no visible holes, tears, or other openings in the seal(s) or seal fabric;

2.the seal(s) are intact and uniformly in place around the circumference of the floating roof between the floating roof and tank wall; and

3.for vapor mounted seals, the area of accumulated gaps between the secondary seal and the tank wall are determined by the method in Rule 335-3-6-.16(8)(c), and shall not exceed 21.2 square centimeters per meter of tank diameter (1.0 square inch per foot of tank diameter)

(c)All openings in the external floating roof, except for automatic bleeder vents, rim space vents, and leg sleeves, are:

1.equipped with covers, seals, or lids in the closed position except when the openings are in actual use; and

2.equipped with projections into the tank which remain below the liquid surface.

(d)Automatic bleeder vents are closed at all times except when the roof is floated off or landed on the roof leg supports;

(e)Rim vents are set to open when the roof is being floated off the leg supports or at the manufacturer's recommended setting; and,

(f)Emergency roof drains are provided with slotted membrane fabric covers or equivalent covers which cover at least ninety percent (90%) of the area of the opening.

(5)The owner or operator of a petroleum liquid storage vessel with an external floating roof subject to this Rule shall:

(a)perform routine inspections semi-annually in order to ensure compliance with paragraph (4) of this Rule, and the inspections shall include a visual inspection of the secondary seal gap;

(b)measure the secondary seal gap annually in accordance with Rule 335-3-6-.16(8) when the floating roof is equipped with a vapor-mounted primary seal; and,

(c)maintain records of the throughput quantities and types of volatile petroleum liquids stored.

(6)The owner or operator of a petroleum liquid storage vessel with an external floating roof not subject to this Rule, but containing a petroleum liquid with a true vapor pressure greater than 7.0 kPa (1.0 psia), shall maintain records of the average monthly storage temperature, the type of liquid, throughput quantities, and the maximum true vapor pressure for all petroleum liquids with a true vapor pressure greater than 7.0 kPa.

(7)The owner or operator of a petroleum liquid storage vessel subject to this Rule shall submit to the Director, as a minimum, an annual report detailing the results of routine monthly inspections, secondary seal gap measurements, and the amounts and physical properties of stored liquids.

(8)Copies of all records and reports under paragraphs (5), (6), and (7) of this Rule shall be retained by the owner or operator for a minimum of two (2) years after the date on which the record was made or the report submitted.

Author: Wm. Gerald Hardy

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: April 19, 1984. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.24" level="3" title="Applicability">

(1)The provisions of Rules 335-3-6-.24 through 335-3-6-.52 of this Chapter shall apply to all sources of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) in accordance with schedules contained in Rule 335-3-6-.36 except:

(a)sources specifically exempted under any Rule of this Chapter through annual operating, production, or potential VOC emissions rates.

(b)sources used exclusively for chemical or physical analysis or determination of product quality and commercial acceptance provided:

1.the operation of the sources is not an integral part of the production process; and

2.the emissions from sources do not exceed 363 kilograms (800 pounds) in any calendar month;

(2)Fifty-five (55) gallons of all low-use coatings in the aggregate may be exempted on a plantwide basis (not per point emissions source) from regulation under Rules 335-3-6-.25 through .53 provided the following conditions are complied with:

(a)prior written approval from the Director is obtained,

(b)all applicable air permits contain permit provisos requiring recordkeeping in accordance with Rule 335-3-6-.32(12), and

(c)the fifty-five (55) gallon usage rate is based on an annual rolling average.

(d)"Low-use coating" shall mean a coating or an aggregate of coatings used in quantities of 55 gallons or less per year for intermittent or specialty-type operations within a single facility. Yearly usage is based on an annual rolling average.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: September 21, 1989; July 31, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.25" level="3" title="VOC Water Separation">

(1)No person shall use any compartment of any single or multiple compartment VOC water separator which receives effluent water containing 1,000 gallons a day or more of any VOC from processing, refining, treating, storing, or handling VOCs, unless such compartment is equipped with one of the following vapor loss control devices, properly installed, in good working order, and in operation:

(a)a container having all openings sealed and totally enclosing the liquid contents. All gauging and sampling devices shall be gastight, except when gauging or sampling is performed.

(b)a container equipped with a floating roof consisting of a pontoon type, double-deck type roof or internal floating cover which shall rest on the surface of the contents and be equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and containing walls. All gauging or sampling devices shall be gas-tight, except when gauging or sampling is performed.

(c)a container equipped with a vapor recovery system consisting of a vapor gathering system capable of collecting the VOC vapors and gases dispersed and a vapor disposal system capable of processing such VOC vapors and gases so as to prevent their emission into the atmosphere. All container gauging and sampling devices shall be gastight, except when gauging or sampling is performed.

(d)a container having other equipment of equal efficiency for purposes of air pollution control as may be approved by the Director.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 19, 1987. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.6.26" level="3" title="Loading And Storage Of VOC">

(1)For the purposes of this Rule, any stationary storage tank containing a VOC with a true vapor pressure of 1.5 pounds per square inch absolute or greater (78 mmHg) under actual storage conditions shall be subject to this Rule.

(2)No person shall:

(a)place, store, or hold in any stationary storage vessel of more than 1,000-gallon capacity any VOC unless such vessel is a pressure tank or is equipped with a permanent submerged fill pipe or bottom fill pipe (storage vessels in existence prior to January 30, 1973 may employ portable submerged fill pipe).

(b)place, store, or hold in any stationary storage vessel of more than 40,000 gallon capacity any VOC unless such vessel is equipped with one of the following vapor loss control devices, as appropriate:

1.Liquids of intermediate volatility (liquids having a true vapor pressure under actual storage conditions of greater than 1.5 psia (78 mmHg) but not greater than 11.1 psia (570 mmHg)) shall be stored in vessels equipped with a floating roof or a vapor recovery system or an equivalent control system. A floating roof may be a double-deck, or flexible single-deck, pontoon-type cover which rests upon and is supported by the stored liquid, and shall be equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and the tank wall. All tank gauging or sampling devices shall be airtight except when sampling or tank gauging is performed.

2.Liquids of high volatility (liquids having a true vapor pressure under actual storage conditions of greater than 11.1 psia (570 mmHg)) shall be stored in vessels equipped with vapor recovery systems or equivalent vapor control systems. A vapor recovery system includes a system of collecting vapors and gases so as to prevent their emissions to the atmosphere. All tank gauging or sampling devices shall be airtight except when sampling or tank gauging is performed.

3.Other equipment of equal efficiency for purposes of air pollution control as may be approved by the Director.

(c)Load any VOCs into any gasoline tank truck or trailer having a capacity in excess of two hundred (200) gallons from any terminal or bulk storage facility unless such terminal or facility is:

1.equipped with:

(i)a vapor collection system or its equivalent, properly installed, in good working order, with a loading arm equipped with a vapor collection adaptor of pneumatic, hydraulic, or other mechanical means which will provide a vapor-tight seal between the adaptor and the hatch; or

(ii)a loading system which will result in a submerged fill either with a submerged fill pipe or by loading from the bottom, and with loading lines equipped with fittings which make vapor-tight connections and which will close automatically when disconnected; and

2.for hatch-loading, equipped with a means to prevent liquid organic compound drainage from the loading device when it is removed from the hatch of any transport vessel or transport container.

(3)This Rule shall not apply to crude petroleum produced, separated, treated, or stored in the field.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: September 21, 1989; July 31, 1991.

<regElement name="335.3.6.27" level="3" title="Fixed-Roof Petroleum Liquid Storage Vessels">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Condensate" means hydrocarbon liquid separated from natural gas which condenses due to changes in the temperature and/or pressure and remains liquid at standard conditions.

(b)"Crude Oil" means a naturally occurring mixture which consists of hydrocarbons and/or sulfur, nitrogen and/or oxygen derivatives of hydrocarbons and which is a liquid in the reservoir at standard conditions.

(c)"Custody Transfer" means the transfer of produced crude oil and/or condensate, after processing and/or treating in the producing operations, from storage tanks or automatic transfer facilities to pipelines or any other form of transportation.

(d)"External Floating Roof" means a storage vessel cover in an open top tank consisting of a double deck or pontoon single deck which rests upon and is supported by the petroleum liquid being contained and is equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and tank shell.

(e)"Internal Floating Roof" means a cover or roof in a fixed roof tank which rests upon or is floated upon the petroleum liquid being contained and is equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and tank shell.

(f)"Petroleum Liquids" mean crude oil, condensate, and any finished or intermediate products manufactured or extracted in a petroleum refinery.

(g)"Petroleum Refinery" means any facility engaged in producing gasoline, kerosene, distillate fuel oils, residual fuel oils, lubricants, or other products through distillation, cracking, extraction, or reforming of unfinished petroleum derivatives.

(2)This Rule shall apply to all fixed roof storage vessels with capacities greater than 151,416 liters (40,000 gallons) containing petroleum liquids whose true vapor pressure (TVP) is greater than 10.5 kPa (1.52 psia) under actual storage conditions. Vessels containing petroleum liquids whose TVP is equal to or less than 10.5 kPa (1.5 psia) are exempt, provided that records are maintained of the average monthly storage temperature and TVP of the petroleum liquid stored if the product has a stored TVP greater than 7.0 kPa (1.0 psia).

(3)This Rule shall not apply to the following petroleum liquid storage vessels:

(a)equipped with external floating roofs before July 1, 1979; and

(b)having capacities less than 1,601,224 liters (423,000 gallons) used to store produced crude oil and condensate prior to lease custody transfer.

(4)Except as provided under paragraph (3) of this Rule, no owner or operator of an affected source under paragraph (2) of this Rule shall permit the use of such source unless:

(a)the source has been retrofitted with an internal floating roof equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and tank wall; or

(b)the source has been retrofitted with equally effective alternative control equipment, approved by the Director;

(c)the source is maintained such that there are no visible holes, tears, or other openings in the seal or any seal fabric or materials; and

(d)all openings, except stub drains, are equipped with covers, lids, or seals such that:

1.the cover, lid, or seal is in the closed position at all times except when in actual use;

2.automatic bleeder vents are closed at all times except when the roof is floated off or landed on the roof leg support; and

3.rim vents, if provided, are set to open when the roof is being floated off the roof leg supports or at the manufacturer's recommended setting; and

(e)routine inspections are conducted through roof hatches once every six months; and

(f)a complete inspection of cover and seals is conducted whenever the tank is emptied for nonoperational reasons.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: July 31, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.28" level="3" title="Bulk Gasoline Plants">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Bottom Filling" means the filling of a gasoline tank truck or stationary storage tank through an opening that is flush with the tank bottoms.

(b)"Bulk Gasoline Plant" means a gasoline storage and distribution facility with an average daily throughput equal to or less than 75,708 liters (20,000 gallons) of gasoline per day averaged over the work days in one calendar year which receives gasoline from bulk terminals by gasoline tank truck or trailer, stores it in tanks, and subsequently dispenses it via account trucks to local farms, businesses, and gasoline dispensing facility.

(c)"Splash Filling" means the filling of a gasoline tank truck or stationary tank through a pipe or hose whose discharge opening is above the surface level of the liquid in the tank being filled.

(d)"Vapor Balance System" means a combination of pipes or hoses which create a closed system between the vapor spaces of an unloading and a receiving tank such that vapors displaced from the receiving tank are transferred to the tank being unloaded.

(2)This Rule shall apply to the unloading, loading, and storage operations of all bulk gasoline plants and all gasoline tank trucks or trailers delivering or receiving gasoline at bulk gasoline plants, except stationary storage tanks of less than 3,785 liters (1,000 gallons) capacity.

(3)Except as provided under paragraph (2) of this Rule, no owner or operator of a bulk gasoline plant shall permit stationary storage tanks to load or unload gasoline unless each tank is equipped with vapor balance system as described under paragraph (6) of this Rule and approved by the Director; and

(a)each tank is equipped with a submerged or bottom fill pipe, approved by the Director; or

(b)each tank is equipped with a fill line whose discharge opening is not over 18 inches from the bottom of the tank.

(4)Except as provided under paragraph (2) of this Rule, no owner or operator of a bulk gasoline plant, gasoline tank truck, or trailer shall permit the loading or unloading of gasoline tank trucks or trailers at a bulk gasoline plant unless each gasoline tank truck or trailer is equipped with a vapor balance system as described under paragraph (6) of this Rule and complies with Rule 335-3-6-.41(3); and

(a)equipment is available at the bulk gasoline plant to provide for the submerged filling of each gasoline tank truck or trailer; or

(b)each gasoline tank truck or trailer is equipped for bottom filling.

(5)No owner or operator of a bulk gasoline plant, gasoline tank truck, or trailer shall permit the transfer of gasoline between gasoline tank truck or trailer and a stationary storage tank unless:

(a)the transfer is conducted in accordance with paragraphs (3) and (4) of this Rule;

(b)the vapor balance system is in good working order and is connected and operating;

(c)gasoline tank truck or trailer hatches are closed and vapor-tight at all times during loading operations;

(d)there are no leaks in the gasoline tank trucks' and trailers' pressure/vacuum relief valves and hatch covers, or the truck tanks or storage tanks, or associated vapor and liquid lines during loading or unloading;

(e)the pressure relief valves on stationary storage vessels and gasoline tank trucks or trailers are set to release at no less than 4.8 kPa (0.7 psia) or the highest possible pressure (in accordance with state or local fire codes or the National Fire Prevention Association guidelines); and

(f)the gasoline tank truck or trailer has a valid Jefferson County Department of Health Air Sticker as required by Rule 335-3-6-.41(4) attached and visibly displayed.

(6)Vapor balance system required under paragraphs (3) and (4) of this Rule shall consist of the following major components:

(a)a vapor space connection on the stationary storage tank equipped with fittings which are vapor-tight and will automatically and immediately close upon disconnection so as to prevent release of organic compounds;

(b)a connecting pipe or hose equipped with fittings which are vapor-tight and will automatically and immediately close upon disconnection so as to prevent release of organic compounds; and

(c)a vapor space connection on the gasoline tank truck or trailer equipped with fittings which are vapor-tight and will automatically and immediately close upon disconnection so as to prevent release of organic material.

(7)No owner or operator of a bulk gasoline plant shall permit the disposal of waste gasoline in sewers, open containers or in a manner that would result in evaporation.

(8)The owner or operator of a gasoline bulk plant subject to this Rule shall:

(a)maintain records of the annual throughput quantities and types of volatile petroleum liquids stored in each storage tank;

(b)maintain a daily record of all gasoline tank trucks or trailers loaded or unloaded and the Jefferson County Department of Health Air Sticker number of each gasoline tank truck or trailer;

(c)submit to the Director as a minimum, an annual summary report of the records required under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph; and

(d)copies of all records and reports required under subparagraph (b) of this paragraph shall be available to representatives of the Director upon request and shall be retained by the owner or operator for a minimum of two (2) years after the date on which the record was made.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: July 31, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.29" level="3" title="Bulk Gasoline Terminals">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Bulk Gasoline Terminal" means a gasoline storage facility which receives gasoline from its supply source primarily by pipelines, ships, barges and delivers gasoline to bulk gasoline plants or to commercial or retail accounts primarily by gasoline tank trucks and has an average daily throughput of more than 75,708 liters (20,000 gallons) of gasoline.

(2)This Rule shall apply to bulk gasoline terminals and the appurtenant equipment necessary to load the gasoline tank truck or trailer compartments.

(3)No person shall load gasoline into any gasoline tank truck or trailer from any bulk gasoline terminal unless:

(a)the bulk gasoline terminal is equipped with a vapor recovery equipment system capable of complying with paragraph (4) of this Rule, properly installed, in good working order, in operation, and consisting of one of the following:

1.an adsorber or condensation system which processes and recovers at least ninety percent (90%) by weight of all vapors and gases from the equipment being controlled;

2.a vapor collection system which directs all vapors to a fuel gas system; or

3.a control equipment system demonstrated to have control efficiency equivalent to or greater than subparagraphs (a)1. or (a)2. of this paragraph and approved by the Director; and

(b)all displaced vapors and gases are vented only to the vapor control system;

(c)a means is provided to prevent liquid drainage from the loading device when it is not in use or to accomplish complete drainage before the loading device is disconnected;

(d)all loading and vapor lines are equipped with fittings which make vapor-tight connections and which close automatically when disconnected; and

(e)the gasoline tank truck or trailer has a valid Jefferson County Department of Health Air Sticker as required by Rule 335-3-6-.41(4) attached and visibly displayed.

(4)Sources affected under subparagraph (3)(a) shall not allow mass emissions of VOCs from control equipment to exceed 80 milligrams per liter (4.7 grains per gallon) of gasoline loaded.

(5)Sources affected under paragraph (2) of this Rule shall not:

(a)allow the pressure in the vapor collection system to exceed the gasoline tank truck or trailer pressure relief settings; nor

(b)allow the disposal of waste gasoline in sewers, open containers or in a manner that would result in evaporation.

(6)The owner or operator of a gasoline bulk terminal subject to this Rule shall:

(a)maintain records of the annual throughput quantities and types of petroleum liquids stored in each storage tank;

(b)maintain a daily record of all gasoline tank trucks or trailers loaded or unloaded and the Jefferson County Department of Health Air Sticker number of each gasoline tank truck or trailer;

(c)submit to the Director as a minimum, an annual summary report of the records required under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph; and

(d)copies of all records and reports required under subparagraph (b) of this paragraph shall be available to representatives of the Director upon request and shall be retained by the owner or operator for a minimum of two (2) years after the date on which the record was made.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: July 31, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.30" level="3" title="Gasoline Dispensing Facilities - Stage I Control">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Gasoline Tank Truck" means tank trucks or trailers equipped with a storage tank and used for the transport of gasoline from sources of supply to stationary storage tanks of gasoline dispensing facilities.

(b)"Gasoline Dispensing Facility" means any outlet where gasoline is dispensed to motor vehicle gasoline tanks from stationary storage tanks.

(c)"Vapor Balance System (Stage I)" means a vapor-tight system that transfers the vapors displaced from the stationary storage tanks to the gasoline tank truck.

(d)"Average Monthly Throughput of Gasoline" means the average monthly throughput for the last previous months of June, July, and August during full operation.

(2)This Rule shall apply to all gasoline dispensing facilities except:

(a)transfers made to storage tanks or gasoline dispensing facilities equipped with floating roofs or their equivalent;

(b)transfers made to stationary gasoline storage tanks of less than 3,785 liters (1,000 gallons) capacity in place before July 1, 1979 and of less than 946 liters (250 gallons) installed after July 1, 1979;

(c)stationary gasoline storage containers of less than 2,082 liters (550 gallons) capacity used exclusively for the fueling of implements of husbandry, provided the containers are equipped with submerged fill pipe; and

(d)any existing facility with an average monthly throughput of gasoline of less than 4,000 gallons, provided that all gasoline storage tanks that are not exempted under subparagraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this paragraph are equipped with a submerged fill pipe.

(3)No owner or operator shall transfer, cause, or allow the transfer of gasoline from any gasoline tank truck into any stationary storage tank subject to this Rule, unless the tank is equipped with a submerged fill pipe and the vapors displaced from the storage tank during filling are processed by a vapor control system in accordance with paragraph (4) of this Rule.

(4)The vapor control system required by paragraph (3) of this Rule shall include one or more of the following:

(a)a vapor balance system (Stage I) between the stationary storage tank and the gasoline tank truck and a system that will ensure the vapor line is connected before gasoline can be transferred into the tank;

(b)a refrigeration condensation system or equivalent designed to recover at least ninety percent (90%) by weight of the organic compounds in the displaced vapor; or

(c)a control equipment system demonstrated to have control efficiency equivalent to or greater than provided under subparagraph (b) of this paragraph and approved by the Director.

(5)Each owner or operator of a gasoline dispensing facility subject to this Rule shall:

(a)not permit the transfer of gasoline between a gasoline tank truck and a stationary storage tank unless the gasoline tank truck complies with Rule 335-3-6-.41 and the vapor control system is connected and operating in accordance with paragraph (4) of this Rule;

(b)maintain written records of the monthly throughput quantities in gallons and types of petroleum distillates in all stationary storage tanks;

(c)submit to the Director, as a minimum, an annual summary report of the record required under subparagraph (b) of this paragraph; and

(d)make available to representatives of the Director upon request copies of all records and reports required under subparagraphs (b) and (c) of this paragraph and retain the records and reports for a minimum of two (2) years after the date on which the documents were made.

(6)No owner or operator of a gasoline dispensing facility subject to this Rule shall cause or allow gasoline to be spilled, discarded in sewers, stored in open containers, or handled in any other manner that would result in evaporation of the gasoline to the atmosphere.

(7)Regardless of the applicability exemption under subparagraph (2)(d) of this Rule, all gasoline dispensing facilities that are subject to this Rule shall not disconnect an existing vapor balance system and shall maintain the system in proper working order in accordance with this Rule even if the facility's average monthly throughput of gasoline decreases to less than 4,000 gallons.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala.1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: July 31, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.31" level="3" title="Reserved">

<regElement name="335.3.6.32" level="3" title="Surface Coating"> <dwc name="copper" times="1">

(1)Can Coating.

(a)For the purpose of this paragraph, the following definitions apply:

1."End Sealing Compound" means a synthetic rubber compound which is coated on to can ends and which functions as a gasket when the end is assembled on the can.

2."Exterior Base Coating" means a coating applied to the exterior of a can to provide exterior protection to the metal and to provide background for the lithographic or printing operation.

3."Interior Base Coating" means a coating applied by roller coater or spray to the interior of a can to provide a protective lining between the can metal and product.

4."Interior Body Spray" means a coating sprayed on the interior of the can to provide a protective film between the product and the can.

5."Overvarnish" means a coating applied directly over ink to reduce the coefficient of friction, to provide gloss, and to protect the finish against abrasion and corrosion.

6."Three-Piece Can Side-Seam Spray" means a coating sprayed on the exterior and interior of a welded, cemented, or soldered seam to protect the exposed metal.

7."Two-Piece Can Exterior End Coating" means a coating applied by roller coating or spraying to the exterior of a can to provide protection to the metal.

(b)This paragraph shall apply to coating applicator(s), flashoff area(s) and oven(s) of sheet, can, or end coating lines involved in sheet basecoat (exterior and interior) and overvarnish; two-piece can exterior (basecoat and overvarnish); two-piece and three-piece can interior body spray; two-piece can exterior end (spray or roll coat); three-piece can side-seam spray and end sealing compound operations.

(c)No owner or operator of a can coating line subject to this paragraph shall cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of:

1.0.34 kilograms per liter of coating (2.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from sheet basecoat (exterior and interior) and overvarnish or two-piece can exterior (basecoat and overvarnish) operations;

2.0.51 kilograms per liter of coating (4.2 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from the two-piece and three-piece can interior body spray and two-piece can exterior end (spray or roll coat) operations;

3.0.66 kilograms per liter of coating (5.5 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from three-piece can side seam spray operations; and

4.0.44 kilograms per liter of coating (3.7 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from end sealing compound operations.

(2)Coil Coating.

(a)For the purpose of this paragraph, the following definitions apply:

1."Coil Coating" means the coating of any flat metal sheet or strip that comes in rolls or coils.

2."Quench Area" means a chamber where the hot metal exiting the oven is cooled by either a spray of water or a blast of air followed by water cooling.

(b)This paragraph shall apply to the coating applicator(s), oven(s), and quench area(s) of coil coating lines involved in prime and top coat or single coat operations.

(c)No owner or operator of a coil coating line subject to this paragraph shall cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of VOCs in excess of 0.31 kilograms per liter of coating (2.6 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from prime and topcoat or single coat operations.

(3)Metal Furniture Coating.

(a)For the purpose of this paragraph, the following definitions apply:

1."Application Area" means the area where the coating is applied by spraying, dipping, or flowcoating techniques.

2."Metal Furniture Coating" means the surface coating of any furniture made of metal or any metal part which will be assembled with other metal, wood, fabric, plastic, or glass parts to form a furniture piece.

(b)This paragraph shall apply to the application areas, flashoff area(s), and oven(s) of metal furniture coating lines involved in prime and topcoat or single coating operations.

(c)No owner or operator of a metal furniture coating line subject to this paragraph shall cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of 0.36 kilograms per liter of coating (3.0 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from prime and topcoat or single coat operations.

(4)Surface Coating of Large Appliances.

(a)For the purpose of this paragraph, the following definitions apply:

1."Application Area" means the area where the coating is applied by spraying, dipping, or flowcoating techniques.

2."Single Coat" means a single film of coating applied directly to the metal substrate omitting the primer application.

3."Large Appliances" means doors, cases, lids, panels, and interior support parts of residential and commercial washers, dryers, ranges, refrigerators,

freezers, water heaters, dishwashers, trash compactors, air conditioners, and other similar products.

(b)This paragraph shall apply to application area(s), flashoff area(s), and oven(s) of large appliance coating lines involved in prime, single, or topcoat coating operations.

(c)This paragraph shall not apply to the use of quick-drying lacquers for repair of scratches and nicks that occur during assembly, provided that the volume of coating does not exceed 757 liters (200 gallons) in any one year.

(d)No owner or operator of a large appliance coating line subject to this paragraph shall cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of 0.34 kilograms per liter of coating (2.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from prime, single, or topcoat coating operations.

(5)Reserved.

(6)Paper Coating.

(a)For the purpose of this paragraph, the following definitions apply:

1."Knife Coating" means the application of a coating material to a substrate by means of drawing the substrate beneath a knife that spreads the coating evenly over the full width of the substrate.

2."Paper Coating" means coatings put on paper and pressure sensitive tapes regardless of substrate. Related web coating processes on plastic film and decorative coatings on metal foil are included in this definition. Paper coating includes, but is not limited to, application by impregnation or saturation or by the use of roll, knife, or rotogravure coating.

3."Roll Coating" means the application of a coating material to a substrate by means of hard rubber or steel rolls.

4."Rotogravure Coating" means the application of a coating material to a substrate by means of a roll coating technique in which the pattern to be applied is etched on the coating roll. The coating material is picked up in these recessed areas and is transferred to the substrate.

(b)This paragraph shall apply to roll, knife, or rotogravure coater(s), flashoff areas, and drying ovens of paper coating lines. This paragraph shall also apply to other application and drying systems of paper coating lines.

(c)No owner or operator of a paper coating line subject to this paragraph shall cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of 0.35 kilograms per liter of coating (2.9 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from a paper coating line.

(7)Fabric and Vinyl Coating.

(a)For the purpose of this paragraph, the following definitions apply:

1."Fabric Coating" means the coating of a textile substrate with a knife, roll, or rotogravure coater to impart properties that are not initially present, such as strength, stability, water or acid repellancy, or appearance. Fabric coating includes, but is not limited to, application by impregnation or saturation or by the use of roll, knife, or rotogravure coating.

2."Knife Coating" means the application of a coating material to a substrate by means of drawing the substrate beneath a knife that spreads the coating evenly over the full width of the substrate.

3."Roll Coating" means the application of a coating material to a substrate by means of hard rubber or steel rolls.

4."Rotogravure Coating" means the application of a coating material to a substrate by means of a roll coating technique in which the pattern to be applied is etched on the coating roll. The coating material is picked up in these recessed areas and is transferred to the substrate.

5."Vinyl Coating" means to apply a decorative or protective or functional topcoat or printing on vinyl coated fabric or vinyl sheets. Vinyl plastisol shall not be considered a vinyl coating when it is applied to a fabric to form the substrate that is subsequently coated.

(b)This paragraph shall apply to roll, knife, or rotogravure coater(s), flashoff areas, and drying ovens of fabric and vinyl coating lines. This paragraph shall also apply to other application and drying systems of fabric and vinyl coating lines.

(c)No owner or operator of a fabric coating line or a vinyl coating line subject to this paragraph shall cause, allow, or permit discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of:

1.0.35 kilograms per liter of coating (2.9 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from a fabric coating line; and

2.0.45 kilograms per liter of coating (3.8 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from a vinyl coating line.

(8)Magnet Wire Coating.

(a)For the purpose of this paragraph, the following definition applies:

1."Magnet Wire Coating" means the process of applying a coating of electrically insulating varnish or enamel to aluminum or copper wire for use in electrical machinery.

(b)This paragraph shall apply to oven(s) of magnet wire coating operations.

(c)No owner or operator of a magnet wire coating oven subject to this paragraph shall cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere of any VOCs in excess of 0.20 kilograms per liter of coating (1.7 pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the coating applicator from magnet wire coating operations.

(9)Compliance Methods.

(a)The emission limits under this Rule may be achieved by:

1.the application of low solvent content coating technology; or

2.the installation and operation of a VOC capture system and a VOC control device system provided that each day the overall VOC emission reduction efficiency needed to demonstrate compliance with the applicable emission rate restriction is achieved; or

3.the application of powder coating technology; or

4.The Director may allow a coating line that has no add-on VOC control equipment to average two or more coatings under all the following conditions:

(i)The surface coating shall be for the same type of operation (source category) and shall be subject to the same regulated emission rate restriction; and

(ii)The surface coatings shall be delivered to the application system on the same coating line; and

(iii)The surface coatings shall be averaged on the basis of pounds of VOC emitted per gallon of coating solids applied to the substrate; and

(iv)The compliance demonstration time frame shall be a twenty-four (24) hour period (calendar day); and

(v)The VOC emissions shall be equal to or less than those emitted when all the surface coatings delivered to the application system comply with the applicable regulated VOC emission rate restriction.

(10)Flatwood Paneling.

(a)For the purpose of this paragraph, the following definitions apply:

1."Class II Hardboard Paneling Finish" means finishes which meet the specifications of Voluntary Product Standard PS-59-73 as approved by the American National Standards Institute.

2."Hardboard" means a panel manufactured primarily from inter-felted lino-cellulosic fibers which are consolidated under heat and pressure in a hot press.

3."Hardwood Plywood" means plywood whose surface layer is a veneer of hardwood.

4."Natural Finish Hardwood Plywood Panels" mean panels whose original grain pattern is enhanced by essentially transparent finishes frequently supplemented by filters and toners.

5."Thin Particle Board" is a manufactured board 1/4 inch or less in thickness made of individual wood particles which have been coated with a binder and formed into flat sheets by pressure.

6."Printed Interior Panels" mean panels whose grain or natural surface is obscured by fillers and basecoats upon which a simulated grain or decorative pattern is printed.

7."Tileboard" means paneling that has a colored waterproof surface coating.

8."Coating Application System" means all operations and equipment which apply, convey, and dry a surface coating, including, but not limited to, spray booths, flow coaters, conveyors, flashoff areas, air dryers, and ovens.

(b)This paragraph shall apply to all flatwood manufacturing facilities that manufacture the following products:

1.printed interior panels made of hardwood, plywood, and thin particle board;

2.natural finish hardwood plywood panels; or

3.hardboard paneling with Class II finishes.

(c)This paragraph shall not apply to the manufacture of exterior siding, tileboard, or particleboard used as a furniture component.

(d)No owner or operator of a flatwood manufacturing facility subject to this paragraph shall emit VOCs from a coating application system in excess of:

1.2.9 kilograms per 100 square meters of coated finished product (6.0 pounds per 1,000 square feet) from printed interior panels, regardless of the number of coats applied;

2.5.8 kilograms per 100 square meters of coated finished product (12.0 pounds per 1,000 square feet) from natural finish hardwood plywood panels, regardless of the number of coats applied; and

3.4.8 kilograms per 100 square meters of coated finished product (10.0 pounds per 1,000 square feet) from Class II finishes on hardboard panels, regardless of the number of coats applied.

(11)Miscellaneous Metal Parts and Products.

(a)For the purpose of this paragraph, the following definitions apply:

1."Air Dried Coating" means coatings which are dried by the use of air or forced warm air at temperatures up to 90&#176; C (194&#176; F).

2."Clear Coat" means a coating which lacks color and opacity or is transparent and uses the undercoat as a reflective base or undertone color and any coating used as an interior protective lining on any cylindrical metal shipping container of greater than one gallon capacity.

3."Coating Application System" means all operations and equipment which applies, conveys, and dries a surface coating, including, but not limited to, spray booths, flow coaters, flashoff areas, air dryers and ovens.

4."Extreme Environmental Conditions" means exposure to any one of the following; the weather all of the time, temperatures consistently above 95&#176; C (203&#176; F), detergents, abrasive and scouring agents, solvents, corrosive atmospheres, or similar environmental conditions.

5."Extreme Performance Coatings" means coatings designed for harsh exposure or extreme environmental conditions.

6."Heat Sensitive Material" means materials which cannot consistently be exposed to temperatures greater than 95&#176; C (203&#176; F).

7."Low Solvent Coating" means coatings which contain less organic solvent than the conventional coatings used by the industry. Low solvent coatings include water-borne, higher solids, electrodeposition and powder coatings.

8."Powder Coating" means any surface coating which is applied as a dry powder and is fused into a continuous coating film through the use of heat.

9."Single Coat" means one film of coating applied to a metal surface.

(b)This paragraph shall apply to coating of miscellaneous metal parts and products in the following industries:

1.large farm machinery (harvesting, fertilizing and planting machines, tractors, combines, etc.);

2.small farm machinery (lawn and garden tractors, lawn mowers, rototillers, etc.);

3.small appliances (fans, mixers, blenders, crock pots, dehumidifiers, vacuum cleaners, etc.);

4.commercial machinery (office equipment, computers and auxiliary equipment, typewriters, calculators, vending machines, etc.);

5.industrial machinery (pumps, compressors, conveyor components, fans, blowers, transformers, etc.);

6.fabricated metal products (metal covered doors, frames, etc.); and

7.any other industrial category which coats metal parts or products under the Standard Industrial Classification Code of Major Group 33 (primary metal industries), Major Group 34 (fabricated metal products), Major Group 35 (nonelectric machinery), Major Group 36 (electrical machinery), Major Group 37 (transportation equipment), Major Group 38 (miscellaneous instruments), Major Group 39 (miscellaneous manufacturing industries), Major Group 40 (railroad transportation), and Major Group 41 (transit passenger transportation).

(c)This paragraph shall not apply to the surface coating of the following metal parts and products:

1.automobiles and light-duty trucks;

2.metal cans;

3.flat metal sheets and strips in the form of rolls or coils;

4.magnet wire for use in electrical machinery;

5.metal furniture;

6.large appliances;

7.exterior of airplanes;

8.automobile refinishing;

9.customized coating of automobiles and trucks, if production is less than 35 vehicles per day and if the VOC emission rate from the customized coating operation does not exceed 60 tons per year based on an annual rolling average calculated at the end of each calendar month; and

10.exterior of marine vessels.

11.fabricated metal parts and products under the major Standard Industrial Classification Code of Group No. 34 if the VOC emissions rate is less than a potential ten tons per calendar year (10 TPY) before an add-on VOC control device.

(d)This paragraph shall apply to the application area(s), flashoff area(s), air and forced air dryer(s) and oven(s) used in the surface coating of the metal parts and products in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph. This paragraph also applies to prime coat, top coat, and single coat operations.

(e)No owner or operator of a facility engaged in the surface coating of miscellaneous metal parts and products shall operate a coating application system subject to this paragraph that emits VOCs in excess of:

1.0.52 kilograms per liter (4.3 pounds per gallon) of coating, excluding water, delivered to a coating applicator that applies clear coatings;

2.0.42 kilograms per liter (3.5 pounds per gallon) of coating, excluding water, delivered to a coating applicator in a coating application system that is air dried or forced warm air dried at temperatures up to 90&#176; C (194&#176; F);

3.0.42 kilograms per liter (3.5 pounds per gallon) of coating, excluding water, delivered to a coating applicator that applies extreme performance coatings;

4.0.36 kilograms per liter (3.0 pounds per gallon) of coating, excluding water, delivered to a coating applicator for all other coatings and coating application systems, excluding powder coating systems; and

5.0.05 kilograms per liter (0.4 pounds per gallon) of coating, excluding water, delivered to a coating applicator for all powder coating systems.

(f)If add-on control equipment is used, continuous monitors of the following parameters shall be installed, periodically calibrated, and operated at all times that the associated control equipment is operating:

1.exhaust gas temperature of all incinerators;

2.temperature rise across a catalytic incinerator bed;

3.breakthrough of VOC on a carbon adsorption unit; and

4.any other continuous monitoring or recording device required by the Director.

(12)Recordkeeping.

(a)The owner or operator of a coating line subject to the requirements in this Rule shall maintain as a minimum the following daily records to demonstrate compliance in the time frame required by any regulation under this Rule or Air Permit condition:

1.the quantity in gallons of all surface coatings delivered to the application system; and

2.the quantity in gallons of all organic liquid diluents (coating thinners and additives) added to the surface coatings; and

3.the quantity in gallons of all organic liquid solvents used for wash or cleanup; and

4.the quantity in gallons of all organic liquid waste properly contained and shipped out for proper disposal and a certification of the waste density and percent VOC content by weight; and

5.the date of each application of surface coatings and diluents and usage of wash and cleanup solvents; and

6.the regulation(s) applicable to the coating line for which the records are being maintained; and

7.the daily records shall be kept in the units necessary to verify compliance with the applicable regulations (i.e., pounds of VOC per gallon of coating delivered to the application system, excluding water and exempt VOC); and

8.the application method and the substrate material type; and

9.where applicable, the surface coating curing and/or drying oven temperature(s) in degrees Fahrenheit; and

10.where applicable, the continuous combustion temperature in degrees Fahrenheit of a thermal incinerator control system; and

11.where applicable, the temperature rise across the catalyst bed and exhaust temperature in degrees Fahrenheit of a catalytic incinerator control system; and

12.where applicable, the inlet and outlet temperature in degrees Fahrenheit of the cooling medium of a condenser control system; and

13.the following information on all surface coatings, and organic liquid solvents (diluents, additives, wash and cleanup):

(i)manufacturer (supplier); and

(ii)product name and manufacturer's code number; and

(iii)density (pounds per gallon); and

(iv)VOC content in percent weight and volume; and

(v)solids content in percent weight and volume; and

(vi)water content in percent weight and volume; and

(vii)exempt VOC content in percent weight and volume;

and

(viii)pounds of VOC per gallon of coating delivered to the application system, excluding water and exempt VOC.

(b)The compliance demonstration time frame for an individual coating line that applies coatings that are subject to the same regulated VOC emission rate under this Rule shall be a twenty-four (24) hour period (calendar day).

(c)The daily records required under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph shall be retained by the owner or operator at the location of the regulated source for a minimum of two years after the date of record and shall be available to representatives of the Director upon request.

(d)The recordkeeping provisions of subparagraph (a) of this paragraph shall not apply if the Director determines that alternative records would be sufficient to provide assurance that the source is operating in compliance on a twenty-four (24) hour basis and these alternative requirements are incorporated as permit conditions for the source. In no case can recordkeeping requirements be waived or the stringency of the emissions limit be relaxed.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: September 21, 1989, July 31, 1991, October 24, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.33" level="3" title="Solvent Metal Cleaning">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Cold Cleaning" means the batch process of cleaning and removing soils from metal surfaces by spraying, brushing, flushing or immersion while maintaining the solvent below its boiling point. Wipe cleaning is not included in this definition.

(b)"Conveyorized Degreasing" means the continuous process of cleaning and removing soils from metal surfaces by operating with either cold or vaporized solvents.

(c)"Freeboard Height" means for cold cleaner, the distance from the liquid solvent level or solvent drain in the degreaser tank to the lip of the tank. For vapor degreasers, it is the distance from the solvent vapor-air interface in the tank to the lip of the tank.

(d)"Freeboard Ratio" means the freeboard height divided by the width of the degreaser.

(e)"Open Top Vapor Degreasing" means the batch process of cleaning and removing soils from metal surfaces by condensing hot solvent vapor on the cold metal parts.

(f)"Solvent Metal Cleaning" means the process of cleaning soils from metal surfaces by cold cleaning or open top vapor degreasing or conveyorized degreasing.

(2)This Rule shall apply to cold cleaning, open top vapor degreasing and conveyorized degreasing operations.

(3)The provisions shall apply with the following EXCEPTION:

(a)Open top vapor degreasers with an open area smaller than one (1) square meter (10.8 square feet) shall be exempt from subparagraphs (5)(c)2. and 4. of this Rule.

(b)Conveyorized degreasers with an air/vapor interface smaller than 2.0 square meters (21.6 square feet) shall be exempt from subparagraph (6)(b) of this Rule.

(4)Except as provided under paragraph (3) of this Rule, the owner or operator of a cold cleaning device shall:

(a)equip the cleaner with a cover and the cover shall be so designed that it can be easily operated with one hand; if,

1.the solvent volatility is greater than 2 kPa (15

mm Hg or 0.3 psi) measured at 38&#176; C (100&#176; F); or

2.the solvent is agitated; or

3.the solvent is heated;

(b)equip the cleaner with a device for draining cleaned parts; and if the solvent volatility is greater than 4.3 kPa (32 mm Hg or 0.6 psi) measured at 38&#176; C (100&#176; F), construct the drainage device internally so that the parts are enclosed under the cover while draining, except that the drainage device may be external for applications where an internal type cannot fit into the cleaning system;

(c)if the solvent volatility is greater than 4.3 kPa (32 mm Hg or 0.6 psi) measured at 38&#176; C (100&#176; F) or if the solvent is heated above 50&#176; C (120&#176; F), install one of the following devices:

1.freeboard that gives a freeboard ratio greater than or equal to 0.7; or

2.water cover (solvent must be insoluble in and heavier than water); or

3.other equipment systems of equivalent control, such as refrigerated chiller or carbon adsorption, approved by the Director;

(d)provide a permanent, conspicuous label, summarizing the operating requirements;

(e)close the cover whenever parts are not being handled in the cleaner;

(f)drain the cleaned parts for at least 15 seconds or until dripping ceases;

(g)if used, supply a solvent spray that is a solid fluid stream (not a fine, atomized, or shower type spray) at a pressure which does not cause excessive splashing; and

(h)store waste solvent only in covered containers and not dispose of waste solvent or transfer it to another party, such that greater than twenty percent (20%) of the waste solvent (by weight) can evaporate into the atmosphere.

(5)Except as provided under paragraph (3) of this Rule, the owner or operator of an open top vapor degreaser shall;

(a)equip the vapor degreaser with a cover that can be opened and closed easily without disturbing the vapor zone; and

(b)provide the following safety switches:

1.a condenser flow switch and thermostat which shuts off the heat if the condenser coolant is either not circulating or too warm;

2.a spray safety switch which shuts off the spray pump if the vapor level drops more than 10 centimeters (4 inches) below the bottom of the condenser coil; and

3.a vapor level control thermostat which shuts off the heat when the level rises too high.

(c)install one of the following control devices:

1.a freeboard ratio of greater than or equal to 0.75 and a powered or mechanically assisted cover if the degreaser opening is greater than 1 square meter (10.8 square feet); or

2.refrigerated chiller; or

3.enclosed design (cover or door opens only when the dry part is actually entering or exiting the degreaser); or

4.carbon adsorption system, with ventilation greater than or equal to 15 cubic meters per minute per square meter (50 cubic feet per minute per square foot) of air/vapor area (when cover is open) and exhausting less than 25 parts per million of solvent averaged over one complete adsorption cycle; or

5.a control equipment system, demonstrated to have control efficiency equivalent to or greater than any of the above and approved by the Director;

(d)keep the cover closed at all times except when processing work loads through the degreaser;

(e)minimize solvent carryout by:

1.racking parts to allow complete drainage;

2.moving parts in and out of the degreaser at less than 3.3 meters per minute (11 feet per minute);

3.holding the parts in the vapor zone at least 30 seconds or until condensation ceases;

4.tipping out any pools of solvent on the cleaned parts before removal from the vapor zone;

5.allowing parts to dry within the degreaser for at least 15 seconds or until visually dry;

(f)not degrease porous or absorbent materials, such as cloth, leather, wood or rope;

(g)not occupy more than half of the degreaser's open top area with a workload;

(h)not load the degreaser to the point where the vapor level would drop more than 10 centimeters (4 inches) below the bottom of the condenser coil when the workload is lowered into the vapor zone;

(i)always spray below the vapor level;

(j)repair solvent leaks immediately, or shutdown the degreaser;

(k)store waste solvent only in covered containers and not dispose of waste solvent or transfer it to another party, such that greater than twenty percent (20%) of the waste solvent (by weight) can evaporate into the atmosphere;

(l)not operate the cleaner so as to allow water to be visually detectable in solvent exiting in the water separator;

(m)not use ventilation fans near the degreaser opening nor provide exhaust ventilation exceeding 20 cubic meters per minute per square meter (65 cubic feet per minute per square foot) of degreaser open area, unless necessary to meet OSHA requirements; and

(n)provide a permanent, conspicuous label, summarizing the operating requirements.

(6)Except as provided under paragraph (3) of this Rule, the owner or operator of a conveyorized degreaser shall:

(a)not use workplace fans near the degreaser opening nor provide exhaust ventilation exceeding 20 cubic meters per minute per square meter (65 cubic feet per minute per square foot) of degreaser opening, unless necessary to meet OSHA requirements;

(b)install one of the following control devices:

1.refrigerated chiller; or

2.carbon adsorption system with ventilation greater than or equal to 15 cubic meters per minute per square meter (50 cubic feet per minute per square foot) of air/vapor area (when downtime covers are open), and exhausting less than 25 parts per million of solvent by volume averaged over a complete adsorption cycle; or

3.a control equipment system demonstrated to have a control efficiency equivalent to or greater than subparagraphs (b)1. or (b)2. of this paragraph and approved by the Director;

(c)equip the cleaner with equipment, such as drying tunnel or rotating (tumbling) basket sufficient to prevent cleaned parts from carrying out solvent liquid or vapor;

(d)provide the following safety switches:

1.a condenser flow switch and thermostat which shut off the heat if the condenser is either not circulating or too warm;

2.a spray safety switch which shuts off the spray pump or the conveyor if the vapor level drops more than 10 centimeters (4 inches) below the bottom of the condenser; and

3.a vapor level control thermostat which shuts off the heat when the level rises too high;

(e)minimize openings during operation so that entrances and exits will silhouette workloads with an average clearance between the parts and the edge of the degreaser opening of less than ten centimeters (4 inches) or less than ten percent (10%) of the width of the opening;

(f)provide downtime covers for closing off the entrance and exit during the shutdown hours;

(g)minimize carryout emissions by:

1.racking parts for best drainage; and

2.maintaining the vertical conveyor speed at less than 3.3 meters per minute (11 feet per minute);

(h)store waste solvent only in covered containers;

(i)repair solvent leaks immediately, or shut down

the degreasers;

(j)not operate the cleaner so as to allow water to be visually detectable in solvent exiting the water separator; and

(k)place downtime covers over entrances and exits of conveyorized degreasers immediately after the conveyors and exhaust are shut down and not remove them until just before start-up.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: July 31, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.34" level="3" title="Cutback And Emulsified Asphalt">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Asphalt" means a dark brown to black cementitious material (solid, semisolid, or liquid in consistency) in which the predominating constituents are bitumens which occur in nature as such or which are obtained as residue in refining petroleum.

(b)"Cutback Asphalt" means asphalt cement which has been liquefied by blending with petroleum solvents (diluents). Upon exposure to atmospheric conditions, the diluents evaporate, leaving the asphalt cement to perform its function.

(c)"Penetrating Prime Coat" means an application of low-viscosity liquid asphalt to an absorbent surface. It is used to prepare an untreated base for an asphalt surface. The prime penetrates the base and plugs the voids, hardens the top, and helps bind it to the overlying asphalt layer.

(d)"Emulsified Asphalt" means asphalt cement which has been liquefied by blending it with water and an emulsifying agent. Upon exposure to atmospheric conditions, the water and emulsifying agency evaporate, leaving the asphalt cement to perform its function.

(e)"ASTM" is an acronym for American Society for Testing and Materials. This organization publishes reference test methods.

(2)This Rule shall apply to the manufacture and use of cutback and emulsified asphalts in highway paving and maintenance operations in Jefferson County.

(3)No person may cause, allow, or permit the sale or offering for sale, mixing, storage, use, or application of cutback asphalts except where:

(a)long-time stockpile storage is necessary; or

(b)the use or application commences in December of any year and such use or application is completed by the end of February of the following year; or

(c)the cutback asphalt is to be used solely as a penetrating prime coat.

(4)The mixing, storage, use or application of emulsified asphalt in highway and maintenance operations in Jefferson County shall be allowed at all times if the maximum oil distillate (organic solvent) content in the emulsified asphalt does not exceed seven percent (7%) as determined by ASTM distillation test method D-244. If the maximum oil distillate in the emulsified asphalt exceeds seven percent (7%), the mixing, storage, use or application of said asphalt is limited to January, February, and December.

(5)Recordkeeping Requirements.

(a)The manufacturer of cutback or emulsified asphalt shall maintain a current record in a format approved by the Director of each batch of cutback or emulsified asphalt produced. The record shall contain the following information as a minimum:

1.The calendar date that the batch was produced; and,

2.The quantity in tons produced; and,

3.The customer's name and address to where the cutback or emulsified asphalt was sent; and,

4.For emulsified asphalt only, the oil distillate (organic solvent) content as determined by ASTM distillation test method D-244. The Director may accept, instead of ASTM test method D-244, a certification by the emulsified asphalt manufacturer of the composition of the batch if supported by actual batch formulation records.

(b)The record required in subparagraph (a) of this paragraph shall be maintained on file for a minimum of two years after the date of record and shall be made available to the Director upon request.

(c)The recordkeeping provisions of this paragraph shall not apply if the Director determines that alternative records would be sufficient to provide assurance that the source is operating in compliance on a twenty-four (24) hour basis and these alternative requirements are incorporated as permit conditions for the source. In no case can recordkeeping requirements be waived or the stringency of the emissions limit be relaxed.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: July 31, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.35" level="3" title="Petition For Alternative Control Strategies">

(1)Notwithstanding any requirements under this Chapter, an owner or operator of a VOC source may petition the Director for a source-specific State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision on a case-by-case basis to establish an alternative control strategy not specifically allowed under this Chapter. Alternative control strategies include the establishment of a source-specific reasonably available control technology, a change in operational procedures, new and innovative control techniques, and crossline averaging of one or more point sources within a facility (plantwide bubble).

(2)The methods and procedures of petitioning for a source-specific SIP revision shall be in accordance with all requirements of the Federal Act, Code of Federal Regulations, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) policies, Alabama Department of Environmental Management Air Regulations, and the Jefferson County Board of Health Air Pollution Control Rules and Regulations. Any questions regarding the methods and procedures of petitioning shall be directed to the Jefferson County Department of Health Air Pollution Control Program.

(3)The petition package for a source-specific SIP revision shall be obtained from the Jefferson County Department of Health Air Pollution Control Program.

(4)Only completed petitions containing all the necessary documentation to evaluate the source-specific SIP revision will be processed by the Jefferson County Department of Health Air Pollution Control Program to be considered by the Director. No petition will become effective prior to its approval by EPA as a source-specific SIP revision.

(5)Any VOC source which submitted a completed application package to the Director prior to November 9, 1987 for a crossline averaging strategy shall not be required to petition for an EPA approved source-specific SIP revision. The affected source(s) shall operate under the provisions of their respective Air Permit Conditions.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: July 31, 1991.

<regElement name="335.3.6.36" level="3" title="Compliance Schedules">

(1)Process and Emission Control Equipment Installations.

(a)Except as provided under paragraphs (4) or (5) of this Rule, the owner or operator of a VOC emission source proposing to install and operate VOC emission control equipment and/or replacement process equipment to comply with this Chapter shall adhere to the increments of progress contained in the following schedule:

1.Final plans for the emission control system and/or process equipment shall be submitted within three (3) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation.

2.Contracts for the emission control system and/or process equipment shall be awarded or orders must be issued for purchase of component parts to accomplish emission control within six (6) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation.

3.Initiation of on-site construction or installation of the emission control and/or process equipment shall begin within nine (9) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation.

4.On-site construction or installation of the emission control and/or process equipment shall be completed within fifteen (15) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation.

5.Final compliance shall be achieved within sixteen (16) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation.

(b)Any owner or operator of an emission source subject to the compliance schedule of this Rule shall certify to the Director within five (5) days after the deadline for each increment of progress, whether the required increment of progress has been met.

(2)Low Solvent Content Coating.

(a)Except as provided under paragraphs (4) or (5) of this Rule or under subparagraph (b) of this paragraph, the owner or operator of a VOC emission source proposing to employ low solvent content coating technology to comply with this Chapter shall adhere to the increments of progress contained in the following schedules:

1.Final plans for the application of low solvent content coating technology shall be submitted within three (3) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation.

2.Research and development of low solvent content coating shall be completed within six (6) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation.

3.Evaluation of product quality and commercial acceptance shall be completed within one (1) year of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. A determination of product unacceptability will trigger orders for add-on control equipment.

4.Purchase orders shall be issued for low solvent coatings and process modifications within fifteen (15) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. Purchase orders for add-on controls necessitated under subparagraph (a)3. of this paragraph shall be issued within twelve (12) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation.

5.Initiation of process modification for low solvent coating application shall begin within seventeen (17) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. Initiation of construction or installation of add-on controls necessitated under subparagraph (a)3. of this paragraph shall begin within fifteen (15) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation.

6.Process modifications for low solvent coating application shall be completed and use of low solvent coatings shall begin within twenty-two (22) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. On-site construction or installation of add-on controls necessitated under subparagraph (a)3. of this paragraph shall be completed within twenty-two (22) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation.

7.Final compliance shall be achieved within two (2) years of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation. In no case, shall final compliance be allowed beyond December 31, 1987.

(b)Where the Director determines that low solvent content coating technology has been sufficiently researched and developed for a particular application, the owner or operator of a VOC emission source proposing to comply with this Chapter through application of low solvent content coatings shall adhere to the increments of progress contained in the following schedule:

1.Final plans for the application of low solvent content coating technology shall be submitted within three (3) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation;

2.evaluation of product quality and commercial acceptance shall be completed within six (6) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation;

3.purchase orders shall be issued for low solvent

content coatings and process modifications within nine (9)

months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation;

4.initiation of process modifications shall begin within eleven (11) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation;

5.process modifications shall be completed and use of low solvent content coatings shall begin within fifteen (15) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation; and

6.final compliance shall be achieved within sixteen (16) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation.

(c)Any owner or operator of a stationary source subject to the compliance schedule of this Rule shall certify to the Director within five (5) days after the deadline for each increment of progress, whether the required increment of progress has been met.

(3)Equipment Modification.

(a)Except as provided under paragraphs (4) or (5) of this Rule, the operator or owner of a VOC emission source proposing to comply with this Chapter by modification of existing processing equipment shall adhere to the increments of progress contained in the following schedule:

1.final plans for process modification shall be submitted within three (3) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation;

2.contracts for process modifications shall be awarded or orders shall be issued for the purchase of component parts to accomplish process modifications within five (5) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation;

3.initiation of on-site construction or installation of process modifications shall begin within seven (7) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation;

4.on-site construction or installation of process modifications shall be completed within ten (10) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation; and

5.final compliance shall be achieved within eleven (11) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation.

(b)Any owner or operator of an emission source subject to the compliance schedule of this Rule shall certify to the Director within five (5) days after the deadline for each increment of progress, whether the required increment of progress has been met.

(4)Alternative Compliance Schedules.

(a)Nothing in this Rule shall prevent the Director from approving a separate schedule for any source, if he finds that the application of a compliance schedule in paragraphs (1) through (3) of this Rule would be infeasible or impracticable.

(b)Nothing in this Rule shall prevent the owner or operator of a VOC source from submitting to the Director a proposed alternative compliance schedule provided:

1.the proposed alternative compliance schedule is submitted within three (3) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation;

2.the final control plans for achieving compliance with this Chapter are submitted simultaneously;

3.the alternative compliance schedule contains the same increments of progress as the schedule for which it is proposed; and

4.sufficient documentation and certification from appropriate suppliers, contractors, manufacturers, or fabricators are submitted by the owner or operator of the VOC source to justify the dates proposed for the increments of progress.

(c)All alternative compliance schedules proposed or promulgated under this Rule shall provide for compliance of the VOC emission source with this Chapter as expeditiously as practicable, but not later than three years beyond promulgation by the Jefferson County Board of Health.

(d)Any compliance schedule approved under this Rule may be revoked at any time if the source does not meet the increments of progress stipulated.

(e)Any owner or operator of an emission source subject to the compliance schedule of this Rule shall certify to the Director within five (5) days after the deadline for each increment of progress, whether the required increment of progress has been met.

(5)Exception. Paragraphs(1) through (4) of this Rule shall not apply to sources which are in compliance with this Chapter prior to the date of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation of this Chapter and have determined and certified compliance to the satisfaction of the Director within three (3) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation.

(6)Coke By-Product Recovery Plant Equipment Leaks.

(a)owners or operators of coke by-product recovery plants shall adhere to the following increments of progress contained in the following schedule:

1.final plans for the initial leak check and inspection program required by Rule 335-3-6-.47(3) shall be submitted within one (1) month of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation; and

2.initiation of the leak check and inspection program required by Rule 335-3-6-.47(3) shall begin within three (3) months of Jefferson County Board of Health promulgation.

(b)Any owner or operator of a coke by-product recovery plant subject to the compliance schedule of this Rule shall certify to the Director within five (5) days after the deadline for each increment of progress, whether the required increment of progress has been met.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: July 31, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.37" level="3" title="Test Methods And Procedures">

(1)Determination of Volatile Organic Compound Content of Surface Coatings.

(a)This method shall apply to ink, paint, varnish, lacquer, and other surface coatings.

(b)For the purposes of this method, a representative sample of the surface coating shall be obtained at the point of delivery to the coater or any other point in the process that the Director approves.

(c)The volatile organic compound content of the sample shall be determined using the test procedures found in 40 CFR 60 (except that references to Administrator are changed to Director) and one of the following methods:

1.Reference Method 24.

2.Reference Method 24A.

3.The Director may accept, instead of the coating analysis methods required under subparagraphs (c)1. and 2. of this paragraph, a certification by the coating manufacturer of the composition of the coating if supported by actual batch formulation records. Also, the manufacturer's certification shall be consistent with EPA's document number 450/3-84-019, titled "Procedures for Certifying Quantity of Volatile Organic Compounds Emitted by Paint, Ink, and Other Coatings."

(d)A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director.

(2)Test Procedure for Determination of VOC Emissions from Bulk Gasoline Terminals.

(a)Applicability. This method shall be applicable to determining VOC emission rates at tank truck and trailer gasoline loading terminals employing vapor collection systems and either continuous or intermittent vapor control systems. This method is applicable to motor tank truck and trailer loading only as per Rule 335-3-6-.29.

(b)Test Methods and Procedures. The Volatile Organic Compound emissions from Bulk Gasoline Terminals shall be determined by one of the following methods:

1.Test methods and procedures required in 40 CFR 60.503, Subpart XX.

2.Reference Method 25.

3.Reference Method 25A.

4.Reference Method 25B.

(c)A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director.

(3)Determination of Volatile Organic Compound Emission Control System Efficiency.

(a)The provisions of this Rule shall be applicable to any test method employed to determine the collection or control efficiency of any device or system designed, installed, and operated for the purpose of reducing volatile organic compound emissions.

(b)An efficiency demonstration shall include, but not be limited to, the following methods and procedures:

1.The volatile organic compound containing material shall be sampled and analyzed by EPA approved methods and procedures under Appendix A of 40 CFR 60 such that the emissions that could result from the use of the material can be quantified. For paints, inks, and other related coatings, the test methods and procedures shall be in accordance with paragraph (1) of this Rule.

2.The efficiency of any capture system used to capture and transport the volatile organic compound emissions from their point of origination to the control equipment shall be determined in accordance with the test methods and procedures in paragraph (13) of this Rule.

3.Samples of the volatile organic compound containing gas streams shall be taken simultaneously at the fugitives emission points from the permanent or temporary total enclosures, inlet and outlet of the emissions control device, and at least one centrally located point outside the permanent or temporary total enclosures and between the natural draft openings (background concentration).

4.The total combustible carbon content of the samples shall be determined by one of the following methods:

(i)Reference Method 25.

(ii)Reference Method 25A.

(iii)Reference Method 25B.

(iv)Reference Method 18.

5.the efficiency of the control device shall be expressed as the fraction of total combustible carbon content reduction achieved; and

6.the volatile organic compound mass emission rate shall be the sum of emissions from the control device, emissions not collected by the capture system, and capture system losses.

(c)A person proposing to conduct a VOC emission control system efficiency test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and in a format approved by, the Director.

(d)The written results of any capture or control efficiency testing shall be submitted to the Director in an approved format within thirty (30) days after the date of the test. The written results shall also be retained at the location of the tested source for at least three (3) years after the date of the test.

(4)Determination of Solvent Metal Cleaning Volatile Organic Compound Emissions.

(a)This method shall be applicable to determining volatile organic compound emissions from solvent metal cleaning equipment.

(b)The purpose of this method is to quantify, by material balance, the amount of solvent input into a solvent metal cleaner over a sufficiently long period of time so that an average emission rate can be computed.

(c)The test methods and procedures shall be performed in accordance with those specified in EPA's control technique guideline document (EPA-450/2-77-.022) "Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Solvent Metal Cleanings."

(d)A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director.

(5)Test Methods and Procedures for Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaning Systems.

(a)The provisions of this paragraph shall be applicable to any Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaning System.

(b)Test procedures to determine compliance with Rule 335-3-6-.40 shall be consistent with one of the following guideline methods:

1.EPA Guideline Series document, "Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds," EPA-450/2-78-041;

2.Appendix B of "Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaning Systems,"

EPA-450/2-78-050; or

3.American National Standards Institute paper, "Standard Method of Test for Dilution of Gasoline Engine Crankcase Oils."

(c)A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director.

(6)Test Methods and Procedures for Graphic Arts.

(a)The owner or operator of a VOC source shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance with Rule 335-3-6-.43 by the methods in subparagraph (c) of this paragraph. All tests shall be conducted by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing.

(b)A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director.

(c)Test procedures to determine compliance with Rule 335-3-6-.43 shall be consistent with one of the following methods and procedures:

1.EPA Guideline Series document, "Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds," EPA-450/2-78-041;

2.Method 24A; or

3.40 CFR 60.433, "Performance Test and Compliance Provisions," except compliance shall be determined on a daily time period.

4.For add-on control equipment, the VOC mass emission rate shall be determined using the test procedures found in 40 CFR 60 (except that references to Administrator are changed to Director) and a method consistent with one of the following test methods:

(i)Reference Method 25.

(ii)Reference Method 25A.

(iii)Reference Method 25B.

(d)The Director may accept, instead of ink solvent analysis, a certification by the ink manufacturer of the composition of the ink solvent, if supported by actual batch formulation records. Also, the manufacturer's certification shall be consistent with EPA document 450/3-84-019, titled "Procedures for Certifying Quantity of VOC Emitted by Paint, Ink, and Other Coatings." Sufficient data to determine as-applied formulation must be provided if the as-applied formulation is different from the as-purchased ink.

(7)Test Methods and Procedures for Surface Coating of Miscellaneous Metal Parts and Products.

(a)The owner or operator of a VOC source required to comply with Rule 335-3-6-.32(11) shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of subparagraph (c) of this paragraph. All tests shall be conducted by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing.

(b)A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director.

(c)Test procedures to determine compliance with Rule 335-3-6-.32(11) shall be consistent with one of the following methods and procedures:

1.EPA Guideline Series document, "Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds," EPA-450/2-78-041;

2.Reference Method 24; or

3.Reference Method 24A.

4.For add-on control equipment, the VOC mass emission rate shall be determined using the test procedures found in 40 CFR 60 (except that references to Administrator are changed to Director) and a method consistent with one of the following test methods:

(i)Reference Method 25.

(ii)Reference Method 25A.

(iii)Reference Method 25B.

(d)The Director may accept, instead of the coating analysis required in subparagraph (c)2. of this paragraph, a certification by the manufacturer of the composition of the coatings, if supported by actual batch formulation records. Also, the manufacturer's certification shall be consistent with EPA document 450/3-84-019, titled "Procedures for Certifying Quantity of VOC Emitted by Paint, Ink, and Other Coatings." Sufficient data to determine as-applied formulation must be provided if the as-applied formulation is different from the as-purchased coating.

(8)Test Methods and Procedures for Petroleum Liquid Storage in Floating Roof Tanks.

(a)The owner or operator of any VOC source required to comply with Rule 335-3-6-.44 shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of this paragraph. All tests shall be conducted by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing.

(b)A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may at his option observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director.

(c)Compliance with Rule 335-3-6-.44 shall be determined by the methods and procedures in EPA Guideline Series document (EPA-450/2-78-047) "Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Petroleum Liquid Storage in External Floating Roof Tanks."

(9)Reserved.

(10)Test Methods and Procedures for the Manufacture of Synthesized Pharmaceutical Products.

(a)The owner or operator of any VOC source required to comply with Rule 335-3-6-.39 shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of subparagraph (c) of this paragraph or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be conducted, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing.

(b)A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may, at his option, observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and in a format approved by, the Director.

(c)Test procedures to determine compliance with Rule 335-3-6-.39 shall be consistent with EPA Guideline Series document, "Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds," (EPA-450/2-78-041) and "Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Manufacture of Synthesized Pharmaceutical Products" (EPA-450/2-78-029).

(d)If add-on control equipment is used, continuous monitors of the following parameters shall be installed, periodically calibrated, and operated at all times that the associated control equipment is operating:

1.exhaust gas temperature of all incinerators;

2.temperature rise across a catalytic incinerator

bed;

3.breakthrough of VOC on a carbon adsorption unit; and

4.any other continuous monitoring or recording device required by the Director.

(11)Test Methods and Procedures for the Surface Coating of Flatwood Paneling.

(a)The owner or operator of a VOC source required to comply with Rule 335-3-6-.32(10) shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance by the methods of subparagraph (c) of this paragraph. All tests shall be conducted, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing.

(b)A person proposing to conduct a VOC emissions test shall notify the Director of the intent to test not less than thirty (30) days before the proposed initiation of the tests so the Director may, at his option, observe the test. The notification shall contain the information required by, and be in a format approved by, the Director.

(c)Test procedures to determine compliance with Rule 335-3-6-.32(10) shall be consistent with one of the following methods and procedures:

1.EPA Guideline Series document, "Measurement of Volatile Organic Compounds," EPA-450/2-78-041 and "Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary Sources, Vol. VII: Factory Surface Coating of Flat Wood Paneling," EPA-450/2-78-032;

2.Reference Method 24;

3.Reference Method 24A; or

4.For add-on control equipment, the VOC mass emission rate shall be determined using the test procedures found in 40 CFR 60 (except that references to Administrator are changed to Director) and a method consistent with one of the following test methods:

(i)Reference Method 25.

(ii)Reference Method 25A.

(iii)Reference Method 25B.

(iv)Reference Method 18.

(d)The Director may accept, instead of the coating analysis required by subparagraph (c)2. of this paragraph, a certification by the coating manufacturer of the composition of the coating, if supported by actual batch formulation records. Also, the manufacturer's certification shall be consistent with EPA document 450/3-84-019, titled "Procedures for Certifying Quantity of VOC Emitted by Paint, Ink, and Other Coatings." Sufficient data to determine as-applied formulation must be provided if the as-applied formulation is different from the as-purchased coating.

(12)Test Methods and Procedures for Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems.

(a)The owner or operator of a VOC source shall, at his own expense, demonstrate compliance with Rule 335-3-6-.41 by the methods of subparagraph (c) of this paragraph or an alternative method approved by the Director. All tests shall be made by, or under the direction of, a person qualified by training and/or experience in the field of air pollution testing.

(b)The owner or operator of a gasoline tank truck subject to Chapter 6 shall notify the Director in writing of the date and location of a certification test at least ten (10) days before the anticipated test date. In order to observe a certification test, the Director may postpone or reschedule the certification test date by written notice to the owner or operator within five (5) days after receipt of certification test notification.

(c)Test methods and procedures shall be consistent with one of the following methods and procedures:

1.Reference Method 27.

2.EPA Guideline Series document, "Control of Volatile Organic Compound Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems," EPA-450/2-78-051.

(13)Capture Efficiency Test Procedures for Volatile Organic Compound Emissions Capture and Control Systems.

(a)For the purposes of this Rule, the following definitions and abbreviations apply:

1."Capture" means the containment or recovery of emissions from a process for direction into a duct which may be exhausted through a stack or sent to a control device.

2."Capture System" means all equipment (including, but not limited to, hoods, ducts, fans, booths, ovens, dryers, etc.) that contains, collects, and transports an air pollutant to a control device.

3."Capture Efficiency" means the weight per unit time of VOC entering a capture system and delivered to a control device divided by the weight per unit time of total VOC generated by a source of VOC, expressed as a percentage.

4."Control Device" means equipment (such as an incinerator or carbon adsorber) used to reduce, by destruction or removal, the amount of air pollutant(s) in an air stream prior to discharge to the ambient air.

5."Control System" means a combination of one or more capture system(s) and control devices working in concert to reduce discharges of pollutants to the ambient air.

6."Destruction or Removal Efficiency" means the efficiency, expressed as a decimal fraction, of a control device in destroying or removing contaminants calculated as one minus the amount of VOC exiting the control device divided by the amount of VOC entering the control device, e.g., [1 - (10 ppm/100 ppm)] = 0.9.

7."Gas/Gas Method" means either of two methods for determining capture which rely only on gas phase measurements. One method requires construction of a temporary total enclosure (TTE) to assure all would be fugitive emissions are measured while the other uses the room or building which houses the emission source as an enclosure.

8."Hood" means a device used to ventilate process equipment by capturing emissions of heat or air contaminants, e.g. organic vapors or other fumes, which are then conveyed through exhaust system ductwork to a more convenient discharge point or to air pollution control equipment.

9."Liquid/Gas Method" means either of two methods for determining capture which require both gas phase and liquid phase measurements and analysis. One liquid/gas method requires construction of a temporary total enclosure, the other uses the building or room which houses the facility as a permanent total enclosure.

10."Overall Emission Reduction Efficiency," means the weight per unit time of VOC removed by a control device divided by the weight per unit time of VOC emitted by an emission source, expressed as a percentage. The overall emission reduction efficiency is the product of the capture efficiency and the control equipment destruction or removal efficiency.

11."Method 204D" is the EPA-approved test procedure to determine the fugitive volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions from temporary total enclosures (TTE). It is intended to be used as a segment in the development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for determining VOC capture efficiency (CE) for surface coating and printing operations. Refer to Appendix F for Method 204D.

12."Method 204E" is the EPA-approved test procedure to determine the fugitive volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions from a building enclosure (BE). It is intended to be used as a segment in the development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for determining VOC capture efficiency (CE) for surface coating and printing operations. Refer to Appendix F for Method 204E.

13."Method 204B" is the EPA-approved test procedure to determine the volatile organic compounds (VOC) content of captured gas streams. It is intended to be used as a segment in the development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for determining VOC capture efficiency (CE) for surface coating and printing operations. The procedure may not be acceptable in certain site-specific situations, e.g., when (1) direct fired heaters or other circumstances affect the quantity of VOC at the control device inlet; and (2) particulate organic aerosols are formed in the process and are present in the captured emissions. Refer to Appendix F for Method 204B.

14."Method 204C" is the EPA-approved test Method 204o determine the volatile organic compounds (VOC) content of captured gas streams. It is intended to be used as a segment in the development of gas/gas protocol in which fugitive VOC emissions are measured for determining VOC capture efficiency (CE) for surface coating and printing operations. A dilution system is used to reduce the VOC concentration of the captured emissions to about the same concentration as the fugitive emissions. The procedure may not be acceptable in certain site-specific situations, e.g., when (1) direct fired heaters or other circumstances affect the quantity of VOC at the control device inlet; and (2) particulate organic aerosols are formed in the process and are present in the captured emissions. Refer to Appendix F for Method 204C.

15."Method 204A and 204F" are the EPA-approved test procedure to determine the input of volatile organic compounds (VOC) to a VOC emitting process. They are intended to be used as a segment in the development of liquid/gas protocols for determining VOC capture efficiency (CE) for surface coating and printing operations. Refer to Appendix F for Methods 204A and 204F.

16."Method 204" is the EPA-approved procedure to determine whether a permanent or temporary enclosure meets the criteria of a total enclosure. Refer to Appendix F for Method 204.

17."F" shall be an abbreviation for the mass of VOC leaving the process as gaseous fugitive emissions.

18."G" shall be an abbreviation for the mass of VOC captured and delivered to a control device.

19."L" shall be an abbreviation for the mass of VOC input to the process in liquid form.

20."PTE" shall be an abbreviation for a permanent total enclosure, which contains a process that emits VOC and meets the specifications in Method 204.

21."TTE" shall be an abbreviation for a temporary total enclosure which is built around a process that emits VOC and meets the specifications given in Method 204.

22."BE" shall be an abbreviation for a building or room enclosure that contains a process that emits VOC. If a BE is to serve as a PTE or TTE, the appropriate requirements given in Method 204 shall be met.

(b)Applicability.

1.The requirements of subparagraph (3)(c) of this Rule shall apply to all regulated VOC emitting processes employing a control system except as provided below.

2.If a source installs a PTE that meets EPA specifications, and which directs all VOC to a control device, the capture efficiency is assumed to be 100 percent, and the source is exempted from the requirements described in subparagraph (3)(c) of this Rule. The EPA specifications to determine whether a structure is considered a PTE are given in Method 204. This does not exempt a source from performance of any control device efficiency testing required under these or any other regulations. In addition, a source shall demonstrate that all criteria for a PTE are met during the testing for control efficiency.

3.If a source uses a control device designed to collect and recover VOC (e.g. carbon adsorber), an explicit measurement of capture efficiency is not necessary if the conditions given below are met. The overall control of the system can be determined by directly comparing the input liquid (L) to the recovered liquid VOC. The general procedure for use in this situation is given in 40 CFR 60.433 with the following additional restrictions:

(i)The source shall be able to equate solvent usage with solvent recovery on a 24-hour (daily) basis, rather than a 30-day weighted average as given in 40 CFR 60.433. This shall be done within 72 hours following each 24-hour period. In addition, one of the following two criteria shall be met:

(ii)The solvent recovery system (i.e., capture and control system) shall be dedicated to a single process line (e.g., one process line venting to a carbon adsorber system), or

(iii)If the solvent recovery system controls multiple process lines, the source shall be able to demonstrate that the overall control (i.e., the total recovered solvent VOC divided by the sum of liquid VOC input to all process lines venting to the control system) meets or exceeds the most stringent standard applicable for any process line venting to the control system.

(c)Specific requirements.

1.The capture efficiency of a process line shall be measured using one of the four protocols given in subparagraph (c)3. of this paragraph.

2.Any error margin associated with a test protocol may not be incorporated into the results of a capture efficiency test.

3.The four specific capture efficiency protocols are discussed in subparagraphs (c)3.(i) through (c)3.(iv) of this paragraph below. Any affected source shall use one of these protocols to measure capture efficiency, unless a suitable alternative protocol is approved by EPA as a SIP revision.

(i)Gas/Gas Method using TTE. The EPA specifications to determine whether a temporary enclosure is considered a TTE are given in Method 204. The capture efficiency equation to be used for this Protocol is:

CE = Gw

(Gw + Fw)

where:

CE = capture efficiency, decimal fraction.

Gw = mass of VOC captured and delivered to the control device using a TTE. Method 204C is used to obtain Gw.

Fw = mass of fugitive VOC that escapes from a TTE. Method 204D is used to obtain Fw.

(ii)Liquid/Gas Method using TTE. The EPA specifications to determine whether a temporary enclosure is considered a TTE are given in Method 204. The capture efficiency equation to be used for this Protocol is:

CE = (L - F)

L

where:

CE = capture efficiency, decimal fraction.

L = mass of liquid VOC input to the process. Methods 204A or F are used to obtain L.

F = mass of fugitive VOC that escapes from a TTE. Method 204D is used to obtain F.

(iii)Gas/Gas Method using the building or room (BE) in which the affected source is located as the enclosure and in which G and F are measured while operating only the affected facility. All fans and blowers in the building or room shall be operated as they would under normal production. The capture efficiency equation to be used for this Protocol is:

CE = G

(G + Fb)

where:

CE = capture efficiency, decimal fraction.

G = mass of VOC captured and delivered to a control device. Method 204C is used to obtain G.

Fb = mass of fugitive VOC that escapes from the building enclosure. Method 204E is used to obtain Fb.

(iv)Liquid/Gas Method using the building or room (BE) in which the affected source is located as the enclosure and in which L and F are measured while operating only the affected facility. All fans and blowers in the building or room shall be operated as they would under normal production. The capture efficiency equation to be used for this protocol is:

CE = (L - Fb)

L

where:

CE = capture efficiency, decimal fraction.

L = mass of liquid VOC input to the process. Methods 204A or 204F are used to obtain L.

Fb = mass of fugitive VOC that escapes from building enclosure. Method 204E is used to obtain Fb.

(d)Recordkeeping and Reporting.

1.The owner or operator of all affected facilities shall maintain a copy of the capture efficiency protocol submitted to the Director on file. All results of appropriate test methods and CE procedures shall be reported to the Director within thirty (30) days of the test date. These records shall be retained by the owner or operator for a minimum of three (3) years after the test date.

2.Prior to making any changes to the capture or control equipment of an affected source, the owner or operator of the source shall notify the Director in writing of these changes in accordance with the permitting requirements under Rule 335-3-14-.01.

3.The owner or operator of an affected source shall notify the Director thirty (30) days prior to performing any capture efficiency test and/or control efficiency tests.

(4)An affected source utilizing a PTE shall demonstrate that this enclosure meets the requirement given in Method 204 for a PTE during any testing of a control system.

(5)An affected source utilizing a TTE shall demonstrate that its TTE meets the requirements given in Method 204 for a TTE during the test of their control system. The source shall also provide documentation that the quality assurance criteria for a TTE have been achieved.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: September 21, 1989; July 31, 1991; October 24, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.38" level="3" title="Reserved">

<regElement name="335.3.6.39" level="3" title="Manufacture Of Synthesized Pharmaceutical</U><U>Products">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Condenser" means a device which cools a gas stream to a temperature which removes specific organic compounds by condensation.

(b)"Control System" means any number of control devices, including condensers, which are designed and operated to reduce the quantity of VOCs emitted to the atmosphere.

(c)"Reactor" means a vat or vessel, which may be jacketed to permit temperature control, designed to contain chemical reactions.

(d)"Separation Operation" means a process that separates a mixture of compounds and solvents into two or more components. Specific mechanisms include extraction, centrifugation, filtration, and crystallization.

(e)"Synthesized Pharmaceutical Manufacturing" means manufacture of pharmaceutical products by chemical synthesis.

(f)"Production Equipment Exhaust System" means a device for collecting and directing out of the work area VOC fugitive emissions from reactor openings, centrifuge fugitive emissions from reactor openings, centrifuge openings, and other vessel openings for the purpose of protecting workers from excessive VOC exposure.

(2)This Rule shall apply to all synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities.

(3)This Rule shall apply to all sources of VOCs, including reactors, distillation units, dryers, storage of VOCs, transfer of VOCs, extraction equipment, filters, crystallizers and centrifuges that have the potential to emit 6.8 kilograms per day (15 pounds per day) or more.

(4)The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facility subject to this Rule shall control the VOC emissions from all reactors, distillation operations, crystallizers, centrifuges and vacuum dryers that have the potential to emit 6.80 kilograms per day (15 pounds per day) or more of VOCs. Surface condensers or equivalent controls shall be used, provided that:

(a)If surface condensers are used, the condenser outlet gas temperature must not exceed:

1.-25&#176; C (-13&#176; F) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressure greater than 40.0 kPa (5.8 psia)*;

2.-15&#176; C (5&#176; F) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressure greater than 20.0 kPa (2.9 psia)*;

3.O&#176; C (32&#176; F) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressure greater than 10.0 kPa (1.5 psia)*;

4.10&#176; C (50&#176; F) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressure greater than 7.0 kPa (1.0 psia)*; or

5.25&#176; C (77&#176; F) when condensing a VOC of a vapor pressure greater than 3.50 kPa (0.5 psia)*.

(b)If equivalent controls are used, the VOC emissions shall be reduced by at least as much as they would be by using a surface condenser which meets the requirements of subparagraph (a) of this paragraph.

(5)The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facility subject to this Rule shall reduce the VOC emissions from all air dryers and production equipment exhaust systems:

(a)by at least ninety percent (90%) if emissions are 150 kilograms per day (330 pounds per day) or more of VOC; or

(b)to 15.0 kilograms per day (33 pounds per day) or less if emissions are less than 150 kilograms per day (330 pounds per day) of VOC.

(6)The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facility subject to this Rule shall:

(a)provide a vapor balance system or equivalent control that is at least ninety percent (90%) effective in reducing emissions from truck or railcar deliveries to storage tanks with capacities greater than 7,571 liters (2,000 gallons) that store VOC with vapor pressures greater than 28.0 kPa (4.1 psia) at 20&#176; C (68&#176; F); and

(b)install pressure/vacuum conservation vents set at + 0.2 kPa on all storage tanks that store VOC with vapor pressures greater than 10.0 kPa (1.5 psia) at 20&#176; C (68&#176; F),

unless a more effective control system is used.

(7)The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical facility subject to this Rule shall enclose all centrifuges, rotary vacuum filters, and other filters which process liquids containing VOC with vapor pressures of 3.50 kPa (0.5 psia) or more at 20&#176; C (68&#176; F).

(8)The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical facility subject to this Rule shall install covers on all in-process tanks containing a VOC at any time. These covers must remain closed, unless production, sampling, maintenance, or inspection procedures require operator access.

(9)The owner or operator of a synthesized pharmaceutical manufacturing facility subject to this Rule shall repair all leaks from which a liquid, containing VOC, can be observed running or dripping. The repair shall be completed the first time the equipment is off-line for a period of time long enough to complete the repair.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: July 31, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.40" level="3" title="Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaning Systems">

(Repealed)

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: July 31, 1991. Repealed: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.41" level="3" title="Leaks From Gasoline Tank Trucks And Vapor Collection Systems">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Air Sticker" means a sticker to be affixed to a gasoline tank truck, representing issuance of an Air Permit and that the gasoline tank truck has been demonstrated during its most recent annual vapor leak testing to the leakfree.

(b)"Bottom Filling" means the filling of a gasoline tank truck or stationary storage tank through an opening that is flush with the tank bottom.

(c)"Gasoline" means a petroleum distillate having a Reid vapor pressure of 27.6 kPa (4 psia) or greater that is used as fuel for internal combustion engines.

(d)"Gasoline Tank Truck" means tank trucks or trailers equipped with a storage tank and used for the transport of gasoline from sources of supply to stationary storage tanks of gasoline dispensing facilities, bulk gasoline plants or bulk gasoline terminals.

(e)"Gasoline Dispensing Facility" means any site where gasoline is dispensed to motor vehicle gasoline tanks from stationary storage tanks.

(f)"Bulk Gasoline Terminal" means a gasoline storage facility which receives gasoline from refineries primarily by pipeline, ship, or barge, and delivers gasoline to bulk gasoline plants or to commercial or retail accounts primarily by tank truck; and has a daily throughput of more than 75,708 liters (20,000 gallons) of gasoline.

(g)"Bulk Gasoline Plant" means a gasoline storage and distribution facility with an average daily throughput of 75,708 liters (20,000 gallons) or less which receives gasoline from bulk terminals by trailer transport, stores it in tanks, and subsequently dispenses the gasoline via account trucks to local farms, businesses, and gasoline dispensing facilities.

(h)"Vapor Collection System" means in a vapor transport system which uses direct displacement by the gasoline being transferred to force vapors from the vessel being loaded into either a vessel being unloaded or a vapor control system or vapor holding tank.

(i)"Vapor Control System" means a system that prevents release to the atmosphere of at least ninety percent (90%) by weight of organic compounds in the vapors displaced from a vessel during transfer of gasoline.

(2)This Rule shall be applicable to all vapor collection and control systems at bulk plants, bulk terminals, and gasoline dispensing facilities required by Rules 335-3-6-.28, 335-3-6-.29, and 335-3-6-.30, and to all vapor collection systems on gasoline tank trucks.

(3)No person shall allow a gasoline tank truck subject to this Rule to be filled or emptied unless the gasoline tank truck has:

(a)a vapor collection system that meets the test requirements of subparagraph (4)(a) of this Rule; and

(b)a valid Jefferson County Department of Health Air Sticker attached and visibly displayed.

(4)Air Permits for Gasoline Tank Trucks.

(a)The owner or operator of a vapor collection system subject to this Rule shall not load or cause to be loaded the said gasoline tank truck without a valid Air Sticker for the gasoline tank truck. An Air Permit and Air Sticker shall be issued by the Jefferson County Department of Health for the gasoline tank truck upon application by the owner or operator documenting that the gasoline tank truck has been leak checked by the test method referenced in Rule 335-3-6-.37(12)(c) and has during the test sustained a pressure change of no more than 0.750 kPa (3 inches of H20) within five (5) consecutive minutes when pressurized to a gauge pressure of 4.50 kPa (18 inches of H20) and, when evacuated to a gauge pressure of 1.50 kPa (6 inches of H20) during the testing.

(b)The Air Sticker shall be renewed annually upon successful demonstration by the owner or operator that the gasoline tank truck has been leak checked and passed the requirements of subparagraph (a) of this paragraph.

(c)The owner or operator shall display the Air Sticker in accordance with instructions provided by the Jefferson County Department of Health Air Pollution Control Program.

(5)The owner or operator of a vapor collection system at a bulk plant, bulk terminal, gasoline dispensing facility or gasoline tank truck subject to this Rule shall:

(a)design and operate the vapor collection system and the gasoline loading equipment in a manner that prevents:

1.gauge pressure from exceeding 4.50 kPa (18 inches of H20) and vacuum from exceeding 1.50 kPa (6 inches of H20) in the gasoline tank truck;

2.a reading equal to or greater than one hundred percent (100%) of the lower explosive limit (LEL, measured as propane) at 2.5 centimeters from all points on the perimeter of a potential leak source when measured by the method referenced in Rule 335-3-6-.37(12) during loading or unloading operations at gasoline dispensing facilities, bulk plants and bulk terminals; and

3.avoidable visible liquid leaks during loading or unloading operations at gasoline dispensing facilities, bulk plants and bulk terminals;

(b)and within fifteen (15) days, repair and retest a vapor collection or control system that exceeds the limit in subparagraph (a)2. of this paragraph.

(6)The Director may, at any time, monitor a gasoline tank truck, vapor collection system or vapor control system to confirm continuing compliance with paragraphs (3), (4), and (5) of this Rule. Monitoring to confirm the continuing existence of leak-tight conditions shall be consistent with the procedures described in Appendix B of the OAQPS Guideline Series document, "Control of Organic Compound Leaks from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor Collection Systems," EPA-450/2-78-051.

(7)Each vapor-laden gasoline tank truck shall be:

(a)designed and maintained to be vapor-tight during loading, unloading operations, and transport with the exception of normal pressure/vacuum venting as required by DOT regulations; and

(b)if refilled in Jefferson County, filled only at:

1.bulk gasoline plants complying with Rule 335-3-6-.28; or

2.bulk gasoline terminals complying with Rule 335-3-6-.29.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: July 31, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.42" level="3" title="Reserved">

<regElement name="335.3.6.43" level="3" title="Graphic Arts">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Packaging Rotogravure Printing" means printing upon paper, paper board, metal foil, plastic film, and other substrates, which are, in subsequent operations, formed into containers and labels for articles to be sold.

(b)"Publication Rotogravure Printing" means printing upon paper which is subsequently formed into books, magazines, catalogues, brochures, directories, newspaper supplements, and other types of printed materials.

(c)"Flexographic Printing" means the application of words, designs and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll printing technique in which both the pattern to be applied is raised above the printing roll and the image carrier is made of rubber or other elastometric materials. The two roller inking system consists of an ink trough, a rubber covered fountain roller, and a screened (Anilox) inking roller with cells of uniform size and depth. The fountain roller transfers the ink from the trough to the anilox roller cells. The anilox roller may be engraved or etched metal or ceramic. The cells of the anilox roller transfer the inks to the surface of the flexographic plate.

(d)"Roll Printing" means the application of words, designs and pictures to a substrate usually by means of a series hard rubber or steel rolls each with only partial coverage.

(e)"Rotogravure Printing" means the application of words, designs and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll printing technique which involves an intaglio or recessed image areas in the form of cells.

(f)"Letterpress Printing" means the application of words, designs, or pictures to a substrate by means of a raised ink surface in the mirror image of the printed material or "wrong-reading". The ink is transferred to the substrate directly from the raised surface. Inking rollers transfer the ink from the ink trough directly to the image carrier. Letterpress inks, which typically have the consistency of paste, are viscous and tacky.

(2)This Rule shall apply to packaging rotogravure, printing rotogravure, and flexographic printing facilities.

(3)No owner or operator of a packaging rotogravure, printing rotogravure or flexographic printing facility subject to this Rule and employing solvent containing ink shall operate, cause, allow or permit the operation of the facility unless:

(a)the volatile fraction of ink, as it is applied to the substrate, contains twenty-five percent (25%) by volume or less of organic solvent and seventy-five percent (75%) by volume or more of water; or

(b)the facility prints with ink which contains sixty percent (60%) by volume or more nonvolatile material; or

(c)the owner or operator installs and operates:

1.a carbon adsorption system which reduces the volatile organic emissions from the capture system by at least ninety percent (90%) by weight; or

2.an incineration system which oxidizes at least ninety percent (90%) of the VOCs (VOC measured as total combustible carbon) to carbon dioxide and water; or

3.an alternative VOC emission reduction system demonstrated to have at least a ninety percent (90%) reduction efficiency, measured across the control system, that has been approved by the Director.

(4)A capture system shall be used in conjunction with the emission control systems in subparagraph (3)(c) of this Rule. The design and operation of a capture system must be consistent with good engineering practice, and shall be required to provide for an overall reduction in VOC emissions of at least:

(a)seventy-five percent (75%) where a publication rotogravure process is employed;

(b)sixty-five percent (65%) where a packaging rotogravure process is employed; or

(c)sixty percent (60%) where a flexographic printing process is employed.

(5)If add-on control equipment is used, continuous monitors of the following parameters shall be installed, periodically calibrated, and operated at all times that the associated control equipment is operating:

(a)exhaust gas temperature of all incinerators;

(b)temperature rise across a catalytic incinerator bed;

(c)breakthrough of VOC on a carbon adsorption unit; and

(d)any other continuous monitoring or recording device required by the Director.

(6)The owner or operator of all Graphic Arts sources subject to the requirements in this Rule shall maintain as a minimum the following records to demonstrate compliance in the time frame required by any regulation under this Rule or Air Permit condition:

(a)The quantity in gallons of all inks delivered to the application system; and

(b)The quantity in gallons of all organic liquid dilutents (ink thinners and additives) added to the surface coatings; and,

(c)The quantity in gallons of all organic liquid solvents used for wash (blanket) or cleanup; and,

(d)The quantity in gallons of all organic liquid waste properly contained and shipped out for proper disposal and a certification of the waste density and percent VOC content by weight; and,

(e)The following information on all inks and organic liquid solvents (dilutents, wash, and cleanup):

1.Manufacturer; and,

2.Product name and manufacturer's code number; and,

3.Density (pounds per gallon); and,

4.VOC content in percent weight and volume; and,

5.Solids content in percent weight and volume; and,

6.Water content in percent weight and volume; and,

7.Exempt VOC content in percent weight and volume.

(f)The permanent records required under this paragraph shall be retained by the owner or operator at the location of the regulated source for a minimum of two years after the date of record and shall be available to representatives of the Director upon request.

(g)The recordkeeping provisions of this paragraph 335-3-6-.43(6) shall not apply if the Director determines that alternative records would be sufficient to provide assurance that the source is operating in compliance on a twenty-four (24) hour basis and these alternative requirements are incorporated as permit conditions for the source. In no case can recordkeeping requirements be waived or the stringency of the emissions limit be relaxed.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: July 31, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.44" level="3" title="Petroleum Liquid Storage In External Floating Roof Tanks">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Condensate" means hydrocarbon liquid separated from natural gas which condenses due to changes in the temperature and/or pressure and remains liquid at standard conditions.

(b)"Crude Oil" means a naturally occurring mixture which consists of hydrocarbons and sulfur, nitrogen and/or oxygen derivatives of hydrocarbons which is a liquid in the reservoir at standard conditions.

(c)"Custody Transfer" means the transfer of produced crude oil and/or condensate, after processing and/or treating in the producing operations, from storage tanks or automatic transfer facilities to pipelines or any other forms of transportation.

(d)"External Floating Roof" means a storage vessel cover in an open top tank consisting of a double deck or pontoon single deck which rests upon and is supported by the petroleum liquid being contained and is equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the space between the roof edge and tank wall.

(e)"Liquid-mounted Seal" means a primary seal mounted in continuous contact with the liquid between the tank wall and the floating roof around the circumference of the tank.

(f)"Petroleum Liquids" mean crude oil, condensate, and any finished or intermediate products manufactured or extracted in a petroleum refinery.

(g)"Vapor-mounted Seal" means any primary seal mounted continuously around the circumference of the tank. The annular vapor space is bounded by the bottom of the primary seal, the tank wall, the liquid surface, and the floating roof.

(h)"Waxy, Heavy Pour Crude Oil" means a crude oil with a pour point of 10&#176; C (50&#176; F) or higher as determined by the American Society for Testing Materials Standard D 97-66, "Test for Pour Point of Petroleum Oils."

(2)This Rule shall apply to all petroleum liquid storage vessels equipped with external floating roofs, having capacities greater than 151,146 liters (40,000 gallons).

(3)This Rule shall not apply to petroleum liquid storage vessels which:

(a)are used to store waxy, heavy pour crude oil;

(b)have capacities less than 1,601,224 liters (423,000 gallons) and are used to store produced crude oil and condensate prior to custody transfer;

(c)contain a petroleum liquid with a true vapor pressure of less than 10.5 kPa (1.5 psia);

(d)contain a petroleum liquid with a true vapor pressure less than 27.6 kPa (4.0 psia); and

1.are of welded construction and

2.presently possess a metallic-type shoe seal, a liquid-mounted foam seal, a liquid-mounted liquid filled type seal, or other closure device of demonstrated equivalence approved by the Director; or

(e)are of welded construction, equipped with a metallic-type shoe primary seal and has a secondary seal from the top of the shoe seal to the tank wall (shoe-mounted secondary seal).

(4)No owner or operator of a petroleum liquid storage vessel subject to this Rule shall store a petroleum liquid in that vessel unless:

(a)the vessel has been fitted with:

1.a continuous secondary seal extending from the floating roof to the tank wall (rim-mounted secondary seal); or

2.a closure or other device which controls VOC emissions with an effectiveness equal to or greater than a seal required under subparagraph (a)l. of this paragraph as approved by the Director.

3.for vapor mounted seals, the area of accumulated gaps between the secondary seal and the tank wall are determined by the method in Rule 335-3-6-.37(8)(c), and shall not exceed 21.1 square centimeters per meter of the tank diameter (1.0 square inch per foot of tank diameter).

(b)all seal closure devices meet the following requirements:

1.there are no visible holes, tears, or other openings in the seal(s) or seal fabric;

2.the seal(s) are intact and uniformly in place around the circumference of the floating roof between the floating roof and tank wall; and

3.for vapor-mounted seals, the area of accumulated gaps between the secondary seal and the tank wall are determined by the method in Rule 335-3-6-.37(8)(c), and shall not exceed 21.2 square centimeters per meter of tank diameter (1.0 square inch per foot of tank diameter).

(c)all openings in the external floating roof, except for automatic bleeder vents, rim space vents, and leg sleeves, are:

1.equipped with covers, seals, or lids in the closed position except when the openings are in actual use; and

2.equipped with projections into the tank which remain below the liquid surface.

(d)automatic bleeder vents are closed at all times except when the roof is floated off or landed on the roof leg supports;

(e)rim vents are set to open when the roof is being floated off the leg supports or at the manufacturer's recommended setting; and

(f)emergency roof drains are provided with slotted membrane fabric covers or equivalent covers which cover at least ninety percent (90%) of the area of the opening.

(5)The owner or operator of a petroleum liquid storage vessel with an external floating roof subject to this Rule shall:

(a)perform routine inspections semi-annually in order to ensure compliance with paragraph (4) of this Rule, and the inspections shall include a visual inspection of the secondary seal gap;

(b)measure the secondary seal gap annually in accordance with Rule 335-3-6-.37(8) when the floating roof is equipped with a vapor-mounted primary seal; and

(c)maintain records of the throughput quantities, maximum true vapor pressure at storage conditions, and types of volatile petroleum liquids stored. Permanent records shall also be maintained of the results of the inspections performed in subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph.

(6)The owner or operator of a petroleum liquid storage vessel with an external floating roof not subject to this Rule, but containing a petroleum liquid with a true vapor pressure greater than 7.0 kPa (1.0 psia), shall maintain records of the average monthly storage temperature, the type of liquid, throughput quantities, and the maximum true vapor pressure for all petroleum liquids with a true vapor pressure greater than 7.0 kPa.

(7)The owner or operator of a petroleum liquid storage vessel subject to this Rule shall submit to the Director, as a minimum, an annual report detailing the results of routine monthly inspections, secondary seal gap measurements, and the amounts and physical properties of stored liquids.

(8)Copies of all records and reports under paragraphs (5), (6), and (7) of this Rule shall be retained by the owner or operator for a minimum of two (2) years after the date on which the record was made.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: September 21, 1989; July 31, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.45" level="3" title="Large Petroleum Dry Cleaners">

(1)Except as otherwise required by the context, terms used in this Rule are defined in Rule 335-3-1-.02 or in this paragraph, as follows:

(a)"Cartridge Filter" means perforated canisters containing filtration paper and/or activated carbon that are used in a pressurized system to remove solid particles and fugitive dyes from soil-laden solvent.

(b)"Containers and Conveyors of Solvent" means piping, ductwork, pumps, storage tanks, and other ancillary equipment that are associated with the installation and operation of washers, dryers, filters, stills, and settling tanks.

(c)"Dry Cleaning" means a process for the cleaning of textiles and fabric products in which articles are washed in a nonaqueous solution (solvent) and then dried by exposure to a heated air stream.

(d)"Perceptible Leaks" means any petroleum solvent vapor or liquid leaks that are conspicuous from visual observation; such as pools or droplets of liquid, or buckets or barrels of solvent or solvent-laden waste standing open to the atmosphere.

(e)"Petroleum Solvent" means organic material produced by petroleum distillation comprising a hydrocarbon range of 8 to 12 carbon atoms per organic molecule that exists as a liquid under standard conditions.

(f)"Solvent Recovery Dryer" means a class of dry cleaning dryers that employs a condenser to liquefy and recover solvent vapors evaporated in a closed-loop, recirculating stream of heated air.

(2)Applicability. This Rule shall apply to petroleum solvent washers, dryers, solvent filters, settling tanks, vacuum stills, and other containers and conveyors of petroleum solvent that are used in petroleum solvent dry cleaning facilities that consume 123,026 liters (32,500 gallons) or more of petroleum solvent annually.

(3)Standards.

(a)Each owner or operator of a petroleum solvent dry cleaning dryer shall either:

1.limit VOC emissions to the atmosphere to 3.5 kilograms (7.7 lbs) of volatile organic compounds per 100 kilograms (220 lbs) dry weight of articles dry cleaned; or

2.install and operate a solvent recovery dryer in a manner such that the dryer remains closed and the recovery phase continues until a final recovered solvent flow rate of 50 milliliters (1.7 oz) per minute is attained.

(b)Each owner or operator of a petroleum solvent filtration system shall either:

1.reduce the volatile organic compound content in all filtration wastes to 1.0 kilogram (2.2 lbs) or less per 100 kilograms (220 lbs) dry weight of articles dry cleaned, before disposal, and exposure to the atmosphere, or

2.install and operate a cartridge filtration system, and drain the filter cartridges in their sealed housings for 8 hours or more before their removal.

(c)Each owner or operator shall repair all petroleum solvent vapor and liquid leaks within 3 working days after identifying the sources of the leaks. If necessary repair parts are not on hand, the owner or operator shall order these parts within 3 working days, and repair the leaks no later than 3 working days following the arrival of the necessary parts.

(4)Testing and Monitoring.

(a)To be in compliance with subparagraph (3)(a)l. of this Rule the owner or operator shall:

1.calculate, record, and report to the Director the weight of volatile organic compounds vented from the dryer emission control device calculated by using EPA Reference Methods 1, 2, and 25A of 40 CFR 60 with the following specifications:

(i)field calibration of the flame ionization analyzer with propane standards;

(ii)laboratory determination of the ratio of the flame ionization analyzer response to a given parts per million by volume concentration of propane to the response to the same parts per million concentration of the volatile organic compounds to be measured; and

(iii)determination of the weight of volatile organic compounds vented to the atmosphere by:

(I)the multiplication of the ratio determined in subparagraph (a)1.(ii) of this paragraph by the measured concentration of volatile organic compound gas (as propane) as indicated by the flame ionization analyzer response output record;

(II)the conversion of the parts per million by volume value calculated in subparagraph (a)1.(iii)(I) of this paragraph into a mass concentration value for the volatile organic compounds present; and

(III)multiply the mass concentration value calculated in subparagraph (a)1.(iii)(II) of this paragraph by the exhaust flow rate determined by using EPA Reference Test Methods 1 and 2;

2.calculate, record, and report to the Director the dry weight of articles dry cleaned; and

3.repeat subparagraphs (a)1. and 2. above for normal operating conditions that encompass at least 30 dryer loads, which total not less than 1,800 kg dry weight, and represent a normal range of variations in fabrics, solvents, load weights, temperatures, flow rates, and process deviations.

(b)To determine compliance with subparagraph (3)(a)2. of this Rule, the owner or operator shall verify that the flow rate of recovered solvent from the solvent recovery dryer at the termination of the recovery phase is no greater than 50 milliliters (1.7 oz) per minute. This one-time procedure shall be conducted for a duration of no less than two weeks during which no less than 50 percent of the dryer loads shall be monitored for their final recovered solvent flow rate. The suggested point for measuring the flow rate of recovered solvent is from the solvent-water separator. Near the end of the recovery cycle, the flow of recovered solvent should be diverted to a graduated cylinder. The cycle should continue until the minimum flow of solvent is 50 milliliters (1.7 oz) per minute. The type of articles cleaned and the total length of the cycle should then be recorded.

(c)To be in compliance with subparagraph (3)(b)1. of this Rule the owner or operator shall:

1.calculate, record, and report to the Director the weight of volatile organic compounds contained in each of at least five 1.0 kilogram (2.2 lbs) samples of filtration waste material taken at intervals of at least 1 week by employing ASTM Method D322-80 (Standard Test Method for Gasoline Diluent in Used Gasoline Engine Oils by Distillation);

2.calculate, record, and report to the Director the total dry weight of articles dry cleaned during the intervals between removal of filtration waste samples, as well as the total mass of filtration waste produced in the same period; and

3.calculate, record, and report to the Director the weight of volatile organic compounds contained in filtration waste material per 100 kilograms (220 lbs) dry weight of articles dry cleaned.

(d)Compliance with subparagraph (3)(c) of this Rule requires that each owner or operator make weekly inspections of washers, dryers, solvent filters, settling tanks, vacuum stills, and all containers and conveyors of petroleum solvent to identify perceptible volatile organic compound vapor or liquid leaks.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: July 31, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.46" level="3" title="Reserved">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: July 31, 1991.

<regElement name="335.3.6.47" level="3" title="Leaks From Coke By-Product Recovery Plant Equipment">

(1)Except as otherwise required by the context, terms used in this Rule are defined in Rule 335-3-1-.02 or in this paragraph as follows:

(a)"Closed Vent System" means a system that is not open to the atmosphere and that is composed of piping, connections, and, if necessary, flow indicating devices that transport gas or vapor from a piece or pieces of equipment to a control device.

(b)"Coke By-Product Recovery Plant" means any facility engaged in the separation and recovery of various fractions from coke oven gas, including tar, pitch, ammonium sulfate, naphthalene, and light oil.

(c)"Connector" means flanged, screwed, welded, or other joined fittings used to connect two pipe lines or a pipe line and a piece of process equipment.

(d)"Conservation Vent" means a pressure-vacuum valve installed on a napthalene separation unit cover that prevents the release of vapors during small changes in temperatures, barometric pressure, or liquid level.

(e)"Control Device" means an enclosed combustion device, vapor recovery system or flare.

(f)"Equipment" means each pump, valve, pressure relief valve, sampling connection, open-ended valve, and flange or connector in VOC service.

(g)"First Attempt at Repair" means taking rapid action for the purpose of stopping or reducing leakage of organic material to atmosphere using best practices.

(h)"In Gas Service" means that the piece of equipment contains process fluid that is in the gaseous state at operating conditions.

(i)"In Light Liquid Service" means that the piece of equipment contains or contacts a process fluid that is a liquid at operating conditions, one or more components having a vapor pressure greater than 0.3 kPa at 20&#176; C (0.04 psia at 68&#176; F), and the total concentration of the pure components, having a vapor pressure greater than 0.3 kPa at 20&#176; C, is equal to or greater than 20 percent by weight.

(j)"In Vacuum Service" means that equipment is operating at an internal pressure which is at least 5 kPa (0.73 psia) below ambient pressure.

(k)"In VOC Service" means that the piece of equipment contains or contacts VOC.

(1)"Naphthalene Separation Unit" means the settling tank and associated equipment used in the recovery of naphthalene from the final cooler aqueous effluent.

(m)"Open-Ended Valve" means any valve, except pressure relief devices, having one side of the valve in contact with process fluid and one side open to the atmosphere, either directly or through open piping.

(n)"Pressure Release" means the emission of materials resulting from system pressure being greater than set pressure of the pressure relief device.

(o)"Quarter" means the following three-month periods: January through March, April through June, July through September, and October through December.

(p)"Reference Method 21" means Reference Method 21 of Appendix A of 40 CFR 60.

(q)"Repaired" means that equipment is adjusted, or otherwise altered, in order to eliminate a leak as indicated by one of the following: an instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater, indication of liquids dripping, or indication by a sensor that a seal or barrier fluid system has failed.

(2)The provisions of this Rule shall apply to all equipment in VOC service in a Coke By-Product Recovery Plant.

(3)General Requirements.

(a)Owners or operators of coke by-product recovery plants shall demonstrate compliance with the requirements of paragraphs (4) through (7) of this Rule. Compliance will be determined by review of records and reports, and inspection using the methods and procedures specified in Reference Method 21.

(b)Equipment that is in vacuum service shall be controlled by means of a closed vent system, or determined to achieve emission limitation at least equivalent to the requirements of paragraphs (4) through (7) of this Rule.

(c)Each component subject to the requirements of this paragraph shall be marked with weatherproof tags that will be readily obvious to both plant personnel and the Director, and have an identification number.

(d)Any component in VOC service that appears to be leaking on the basis of sight, smell, or sound, shall be repaired with an initial attempt as soon as possible and final repair within 15 calendar days.

(4)Pumps in Light Liquid Service.

(a)Each pump in light liquid service shall be monitored each calendar quarter to detect leaks by the methods specified in Reference Method 21.

(b)Each pump in light liquid shall be checked by visual inspection each calendar week for indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal.

(c)If an instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater is measured, or if there are indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal, a leak is detected.

(d)When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days after it is detected, except as provided in paragraph (8) of this Rule.

(5)Valves in Gas and Light Liquid Service.

(a)Each valve in gas and light liquid service shall be monitored each calendar quarter to detect leaks by the methods specified in Reference Method 21, except as provided in subparagraph (d) of this paragraph.

(b)If an instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater is measured, a leak is detected.

(c)When a leak is detected, it shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days after the leak is detected.

(d)Valves in gas and light liquid service may be exempted from this paragraph provided:

1.An owner or operator demonstrates that a valve cannot be monitored without elevating the monitoring personnel more than 2 meters above a support surface.

2.A valve has no external actuating mechanism in contact with the process fluid.

(6)Pressure Relief Valves in Gas Service.

(a)Each pressure relief valve in gas service shall be monitored each calendar quarter to detect leaks by methods specified in Reference Method 21.

(b)If an instrument reading of 10,000 ppm or greater is measured, a leak is detected.

(c)When a leak is detected, excluding over pressure releases, it shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but not later than 15 calendar days after it is detected.

(7)Open Ended Valves.

(a)Each open-ended valve shall be equipped with a cap, blind flange, plug, or a second valve, except during operations requiring fluid flow through the open-ended valve.

(b)Each open-ended valve equipped with a second valve shall be operated in a manner such that the valve on the process fluid end is closed before the second valve is closed.

(c)Open-ended valves which serve as a sampling connection shall be equipped with a closed purge system or closed vent system such that:

1.purged process fluid be returned to the process line with zero VOC emissions to atmosphere, or

2.collect and recycle the purged process fluid with zero VOC emissions to atmosphere.

(8)Delay of Repair.

(a)Delay of repair of equipment for which leaks have been detected will be allowed if repair is technically infeasible without process unit shutdown. Repair of this equipment shall occur before the end of the next process unit shutdown.

(b)Delay of repair of equipment will be allowed for equipment which is isolated from the process and which does not remain in VOC service.

(c)Delay of repair for valves will be allowed if the owner or operator demonstrates that emissions of purged material resulting from immediate repair are greater than the fugitive emissions likely to result from delay of repair, and when repair procedures are effected, the purged material is collected and destroyed or recovered in a control device or collected and recycled with zero emissions to atmosphere.

(9)Naphthalene Separation Unit Emissions.

(a)Each owner or operator of any open settling tank used in the separation of napthalene from final cooler aqueous effluent shall enclose and seal the tank to contain VOC emissions. The cover may include the following items of equipment:

1.a vent equipped with a water leg seal or a conservation vent; and

2.an access hatch which is equipped with a gasket.

(b)The cover may be removed when required by process operations, but must be replaced at the completion of operations.

(10)Recordkeeping Requirements.

(a)Owners or operators of coke by-product recovery plants shall maintain monitoring records for all components subject to the requirements of this Rule. This log shall contain at a minimum the following data:

1.the type of component;

2.the location of the component;

3.the identification number of the component;

4.the date on which a leaking component is discovered, initial repair attempted, and the component is repaired;

5.the date and instrument reading of the recheck monitoring after a leaking component is repaired;

6.a record of the calibration of the monitoring instrument; and

7.the identification of components awaiting repair according to paragraph (8) of this Rule.

(b)Copies of the monitoring log shall be retained by the owner or operator for a minimum of 2 years after the date on which the record was made or the report prepared.

(c)Copies of the monitoring log shall immediately be made available to the Director or his representative upon verbal or written request, at any reasonable time.

(11)Reporting Requirements. Owners or operators of coke by-product recovery plants shall submit reports for each calendar quarter to the Director listing the following data:

(a)the total number of components inspected;

(b)the total number of components found leaking; and

(c)the total number of components awaiting repair

per delay of repair provisions of paragraph (8) of this Rule.

(12)The Director, upon written notice, may modify the monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: July 31, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.5.6.48" level="3" title="Emissions From Coke By-Product Recovery Plant Coke Oven Gas Bleeder">

(1)For the purpose of this Rule, all terms not defined herein shall have the meaning given them in Rule 335-3-6-.47(1) or in Rule 335-3-1-.02, and for the following term the specific definition given shall apply:

(a)"Coke Oven Gas Bleeder" means that piece of equipment which vents surplus coke oven gas (gas not consumed in the process or supplied to other sources) directly to the atmosphere.

(2)Owners or operators of coke by-product recovery plants shall equip each coke oven gas bleeder with a closed vent system capable of capturing and transporting excess gas to a control device. All coke oven gas from the closed vent system shall be passed through the said control device which removes at least 95-percent of the VOC from such gas before it is discharged to the atmosphere.

(3)Owners or operators of control devices used to comply with this Rule shall monitor these control devices to ensure that they are operated and maintained in conformance with their design specifications.

(4)Closed vent systems shall be monitored to determine compliance with no detectable emissions, as indicated by an instrument reading of less than 500 ppm above background, and, by visual inspections, quarterly and at other times requested by the Director.

(5)Control devices used to comply with the provisions of this Rule shall be operated at all times when emissions may be vented to them from the closed vent systems.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.49" level="3" title="Manufacture Of Laminated Countertops">

(1)Except as otherwise required by the context, terms used in this Rule are defined in Rule 335-3-1-.02 or in this paragraph as follows:

(a)"Adhesive" means any substance that is capable of bonding surface together by attachment.

(b)"Adhesive Application System" means all operations and equipment which applies, conveys, and dries an adhesive, including, but not limited to, spray booths, flow coaters, flash off areas, air dryers, and ovens.

(c)"Elastomeric Adhesive" means any adhesive containing natural or synthetic rubber.

(d)"Flash-Off Area" means the space between the application area and the oven.

(e)"Lamination of Countertops" means the bonding of a decorative material such as vinyl, plastic, or linoleum, to particle board, composition board, plywood, or other similar materials to manufacture a cabinet or countertop using an adhesive.

(2)This Rule shall apply to all facilities which have the potential to emit more than 90.7 Mg (100 tons) per year of VOCs from the manufacture of counter and cabinet tops by bonding decorative laminates to wood, particle board, composition board, or similar materials.

(3)No owner or operator of a facility manufacturing laminated countertops subject to this Rule may cause, allow, or permit the discharge into the atmosphere in excess of 0.06 kilogram of VOC per liter (0.5 lb/gal) of adhesive, excluding water, as delivered to the adhesive application system.

(4)Compliance with the emission limit under this Rule shall be demonstrated by one or more of the following methods:

(a)For low solvent adhesive technology, the VOC mass emission rate shall be demonstrated via certification by the adhesive manufacturer as to the composition of the adhesive, if supported by actual batch formulation records. Sufficient data to determine as-applied formulation must be provided if the as-applied formulation is different from the as-purchased adhesive.

(b)For add-on control equipment, the VOC mass emission rate shall be determined using the test procedures found in 40 CFR 60 (except that references to Administrator are changed to Director) and a method consistent with one of the following test methods:

1.Reference Method 25.

2.Reference Method 25A.

3.Reference Method 25B.

4.Reference Method 18.

(5)Recordkeeping.

(a)The owner or operator of a laminated countertop manufacturing line subject to the requirements in this Rule shall maintain as a minimum the following daily records to demonstrate compliance in the time frame required by subparagraph (b) of this paragrahg below or Air Permit condition:

1.the quantity in gallons of all adhesives delivered to the application system; and

2.the quantity in gallons of all organic liquid diluents (thinners and additives) added to the adhesives; and

3.the quantity in gallons of all organic liquid solvents used for wash or cleanup; and

4.the quantity in gallons of all organic liquid waste properly contained and shipped out for proper disposal and a certification of the waste density and percent VOC content by weight; and

5.the date of each application of adhesives, diluents and usage of wash and cleanup solvents; and

6.the regulation(s) applicable to the laminated countertop manufacturing line for which the records are being maintained; and

7.the daily records shall be kept in the units necessary to verify compliance (i.e., pounds of VOC per gallon of adhesive delivered to the application system, excluding water and exempt VOC); and

8.the application method and the substrate material type; and

9.where applicable, the continuous combustion temperature in degrees Fahrenheit of a thermal incinerator control system; and

10.where applicable, the temperature rise across the catalyst bed and exhaust temperature in degrees Fahrenheit of a catalytic incinerator control system; and

11.where applicable, the inlet and outlet temperature in degrees Fahrenheit of the cooling medium of a condenser control system; and

12.the following information on all adhesives and organic liquid solvents (diluents, additives, wash, and cleanup):

(i)manufacturer (supplier); and

(ii)product name and manufacturer's code number; and

(iii)density (pounds per gallon); and

(iv)VOC content in percent weight and volume; and

(v)solids content in percent weight and volume; and

(vi)water content in percent weight and volume; and

(vii)exempt VOC content in percent weight and volume; and

(viii)pounds of VOC per gallon of adhesive delivered to the application system, excluding water and exempt VOC.

(b)The compliance demonstration time frame for an individual laminated countertop manufacturing line shall be a twenty-four (24) hour period (calendar day).

(c)The daily records required under this Chapter shall be retained by the owner or operator at the location of the regulated source for a minimum of two years after the date of record and shall be available to representatives of the Director upon request.

(d)The recordkeeping provisions of this Chapter shall not apply if the Director determines that alternative records would be sufficient to provide assurance that the source is operating in compliance on a twenty-four (24) hour basis and these alternative requirements are incorporated as permit conditions for the source. In no case can recordkeeping requirements be waived or the stringency of the emissions limit be relaxed.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Effective Date: September 21, 1989; July 31, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.50" level="3" title="Paint Manufacture">

(1)Except as otherwise required by the context, terms used in this Rule are defined in Rule 335-3-1-.02 or in this paragraph, as follows:

(a)"Bottom Filling" means the filling of a tank in VOC service through an opening that is flush with the bottom of the tank.

(b)"Conservation Vents" means a pressure-vacuum valve installed on a fixed roof tank that prevents the release of vapors during small changes in temperatures, barometric pressure, or liquid level.

(c)"Enamel" means a glossy paint that forms a smooth hard coat after application and drying.

(d)"Equipment" means each pump, valve, pressure relief valve, sampling connection, open-ended valve, and flange or connector in VOC service.

(e)"In-VOC Service" means that the piece of equipment contains or contacts a fluid which is at least 10% VOC by weight.

(f)"Paint" means a liquid suspension of finely divided pigment particles in a liquid composed of a resin or binder and volatile solvent. Paint includes water-based, solvent-based oil and alkyd paints.

(g)"Repaired" means that equipment is adjusted or otherwise altered in order to eliminate indications of a leak.

(h)"Submerged Filling" means the filling of a tank through a pipe or hose whose discharge is under the surface level of the liquid in the tank being filled.

(i)"Varnish" means a homogeneous solution of natural or synthetic resins, dyes, and oils dispersed in organic solvents. The term varnish includes varnishes, resins, and lacquers.

(2)This Rule shall apply to all facilities which have the potential to emit more than 90.7 Mg (100 tons) per year of VOCs from the manufacture or processing of paints, varnishes, lacquers, enamels, and other allied surface coating products.

(3)The owner or operator of a paint, varnish, lacquer, enamel, and other allied surface coatings manufacturing or processing facility subject to this Rule shall meet the following equipment and operating requirements:

(a)The owner or operator shall equip tanks storing VOC with a vapor pressure greater than 10 kPa (1.5 psi) at 20&#176; C (68&#176; F) with pressure/vacuum Conservation Vents set at + 0.2 kPa (0.029 psi), except where more effective air pollution control is used. Stationary VOC storage containers with a capacity greater than 946 liters (250 gallons) shall be equipped with a submerged-fill pipe or bottom fill, except where more effective air pollution control is used.

(b)The owner or operator shall install covers on all open-top tanks used for the production of non-waterbase coating products. These covers shall remain closed except when production, sampling, maintenance or inspection procedures require operator access.

(c)The owner or operator shall install covers on all tanks containing VOC used for cleaning equipment. These covers shall remain closed except when operator access is required.

(d)The owner or operator shall operate and maintain all grinding mills according to the manufacturer's specifications. The manufacturer's specifications shall be kept on file at the facility and made available to the Director on request.

(e)The owner or operator shall check each pump by visual inspection each calendar week for indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal. If there are indications of liquids dripping from the pump seal, it shall be repaired as soon as practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days after it is detected.

(f)If any equipment in VOC service appears to be leaking on the basis of sight, smell, or sound, the following requirements shall apply:

1.a readily visible identification shall be attached to the leaking equipment. The identification may be removed upon repair.

2.the leaking equipment shall be repaired with an initial attempt as soon as practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days after it is detected.

3.when a leak is detected, the owners or operators shall record the date of detection and repair and the said record shall be retained at the facility in a readily accessible location for at least 2 years from the date of each detection or each repair attempt.

(4)All gases or vapors from varnish cooking (resin reactor) operations shall be collected and passed through a control device which removes at least 85 percent of the VOC from such gases or vapors before they are discharged to the atmosphere.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.6.51" level="3" title="Reserved">

<regElement name="335.3.6.52" level="3" title="Seasonal Afterburner Shutdown - VOC Control Only">

(1)This Rule shall apply to natural gas-fired afterburners installed to control the emissions of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) for the purpose of reducing ambient ozone concentrations. It does not apply to flares, VOCs vented to boilers, afterburners-operated principally for odor control, or afterburners operated to control toxic or hazardous substances.

(2)The months of applicability for the seasonal afterburner shutdown shall be December, January, and February.

(3)Seasonal shutdown of natural gas-fired afterburners shall be allowed in Jefferson County under the following conditions:

a.the afterburner is for the control of VOC emissions only;

b.a petition to shutdown an afterburner is submitted in writing to the Director thirty (30) days prior to the shutdown date each season specifying the period(s) within the seasonal afterburner shutdown period when the shutdown shall be in effect for the afterburner;

c.written approval is granted by the Director for each afterburner; and

d.monthly records in a format approved by this Department, are maintained during the periods of afterburner shutdown of the quantity of VOC emissions from the source for which the afterburner is normally used as an air pollution control device.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: June 9, 1987. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.6.53" level="3" title="List )f EPA Approved And Equivalent Test Methods and Procedures For The Purpose Of Determining VOC Emissions"> <dwc name="dioxin" times="1">

(1)Reference Method 1, "Sample and Velocity Traverses for Stationary Sources," 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.

(2)Reference Method 1A, "Sample and Velocity Traverses for Stationary Sources with Small Stacks or Ducts," 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.

(3)Reference Method 2, "Determination of Stack Gas Velocity and Volumetric Flow Rate (Type S Pitot Tube)," 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.

(4)Reference Method 2A, "Direct Measurement of Gas Volume Through Pipes and Small Ducts," 40 CFR 60,

Appendix A.

(5)Reference Method 2B, "Determination of Exhaust Gas Volume Flow Rate from Gasoline Vapor Incinerators," 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.

(6)Reference Method 2C, "Determination of Stack Gas Velocity and Volumetric Flow Rate from Small Stacks or Ducts (Standard Pitot Tube)," 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.

(7)Reference Method 2D, "Measurement of Gas Volume Flow Rates in Small Pipes and Ducts," 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.

(8)Reference Method 3, "Gas Analysis for Carbon Dioxide, Oxygen, Excess Air, and Dry Molecular Weight," 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.

(9)Reference Method 3A, "Determination of Oxygen and Carbon Dioxide Concentrations in Emissions From Stationary Sources (Instrumental Analyzer Procedure)," 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.

(10)Reference Method 4, "Determination of Moisture Content in Stack Gases," 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.

(11)Reference Method 18, "Determination of Gaseous Organic Compounds by Gas Chromatography," 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.

(12)Reference Method 21, "Determination of Volatile Organic Compound Leaks," 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.

(13)Reference Method 23, "Determination of Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-dioxins and Polychlorinated dibenzofurans From Stationary Sources", 40 DFR 60, Appendix A.

(14)Reference Method 24, "Determination of Volatile Matter Content, Water Content, Density, Volume Solids, and Weight Solids of Surface Coatings," 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.

(15)Reference Method 24A, "Determination of Volatile Matter Content and Density of Printing Inks and Related Coatings," 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.

(16)Reference Method 25, "Determination of Total Gaseous Nonmethane Organic Emissions as Carbon," 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.

(17)Reference Method 25A, "Determination of Total Gaseous Organic Concentrations Using a Flame Ionization Analyzer," 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.

(18)Reference Method 25B, "Determination of Total Gaseous Organic Concentration Using a Nondispersive Infrared Analyzer," 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.

(19)Reference Method 27, "Determination of Vapor Tightness of Gasoline Delivery Tank Using Pressure-Vacuum Test," 40 CFR 60, Appendix A.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: Amended: Effective Date: September 21, 1989; July 31, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-3-7" level="2" title="CARBON MONOXIDE EMISSIONS">

<regElement name="335.3.7.01" level="3" title="Metals Production">

No person shall emit the carbon monoxide gases generated during the operation of a grey iron cupola, blast furnace, or basic oxygen steel furnace unless they are burned at a 1300&#176; F for 0.3 seconds or greater in a direct flame afterburner or equivalent device equipped with an indicating pyrometer which is positioned in the working area at the operator's eye level.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.7.02" level="3" title="Petroleum Processes">

No person shall emit carbon monoxide waste gas stream from any catalyst regeneration of a petroleum cracking system, petroleum fluid coker, or other petroleum process into the atmosphere, unless the waste gas stream is burned at 1300&#176; F for 0.3 seconds or greater in a direct-flame afterburner or boiler equipped with an indicating pyrometer which is positioned in the working area at the operator's eye level.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5; 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended:

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-3-8" level="2" title="NITROGEN OXIDES EMISSIONS">

<regElement name="335.3.8.01" level="3" title="Standards For Portland Cement Kilns">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of this Rule apply only to Portland cement kilns in the Counties of Autauga, Bibb, Blount, Calhoun, Chambers, Cherokee, Chilton, Clay, Cleburne, Colbert, Coosa, Cullman, Dallas, Dekalb, Elmore, Etowah, Fayette, Franklin, Greene, Hale, Jackson, Jefferson, Lamar, Lauderdale, Lawrence, Lee, Limestone, Macon, Madison, Marion, Marshall, Morgan, Perry, Pickens, Randolph, Russell, Shelby, St. Clair, Sumter, Talladega, Tallapoosa, Tuscaloosa, Walker, and Winston with process rates of at least the following:

(a)Long dry kilns-12 short tons per hour (TPH) of clinker produced;

(b)Long wet kilns-10 short TPH of clinker produced;

(c)Preheater kilns-16 short TPH of clinker produced; and

(d)Precalciner and preheater/precalciner kilns-22 short TPH of clinker produced.

(2)Definitions. For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Clinker" means the product of a Portland cement kiln from which finished cement is manufactured by milling and grinding.

(b)"Long Dry Kiln" means a kiln 14 feet or larger in diameter, 400 feet or greater in length, which employs no preheating of the feed. The inlet feed to the kiln is dry.

(c)"Long Wet Kiln" means a kiln 14 feet or larger in diameter, 400 feet or greater in length, which employs no preheating of the feed. The inlet feed to the kiln is a slurry.

(d)"Low-NOX Burners" means combustion equipment designed to reduce flame turbulence, delay fuel/air mixing, and establish fuel rich zones for initial combustion.

(e)"Mid-kiln System Firing" means secondary firing in kiln systems by injecting solid fuel at an intermediate point in the kiln system using a specially designed fuel injection mechanism for the purpose of decreasing nitrogen oxide (NOX) emissions through:

1.Burning part of the fuel at a lower temperature; and

2.Reducing conditions at the fuel injection point that may destroy some of the NOX formed upstream in the kiln burning zone.

(f)"Portland Cement" means a hydraulic cement produced by pulverizing clinker consisting essentially of hydraulic calcium silicates, usually containing one or more of the forms of calcium sulfate as an interground addition.

(g)"Portland Cement Kiln" means a system, including any solid, gaseous or liquid fuel combustion equipment, used to calcine and fuse raw materials, including limestone and clay, to produce Portland cement clinker.

(h)"Precalciner Kiln" means a kiln where the feed to the kiln system is preheated in cyclone chambers and utilize a second burner to calcine material in a separate vessel attached to the preheater prior to the final fusion in a kiln which forms clinker.

(i)"Preheater Kiln" means a kiln where the feed to the kiln system is preheated in cyclone chambers prior to the final fusion in a kiln which forms clinker.

(3)Standard Requirements. After May 31, 2004, the owner or operator of any Portland cement kiln subject to this Rule shall not operate the kiln during May 1 through September 30 unless the kiln has installed and operates during May 1 to September 30 with at least one of the following: low-NOX burners, mid-kiln system firing, alternative control techniques or reasonably available control technology approved by the Director and the EPA as achieving at least the same emissions decreases as with low-NOX burners or mid-kiln system firing.

(4)The owner or operator subject to the requirements of paragraph (3) of this Rule above shall comply with the requirements as follows:

(a)By May 31, 2004, submit to the Department the identification number and type of each Portland cement kiln subject to this Rule, the name and address of the facility where the kiln is located, and the name and telephone number of the person responsible for demonstrating compliance with paragraph (3); and

(b)Submit data, electronically and in a format prescribed and provided by the Department, which reports the total NOX emissions from May 1 through September 30 of each year as follows:

1.Annual reporting. For each kiln, beginning with emission year 2004 and every year thereafter, by March 31st of the calendar year following the emission year being reported, the data specified in 40 CFR, &#167;&#167;51.122(c)(1) and (2) must be submitted to the Department.

2.Triennial reporting. For each kiln, beginning with emission year 2005 and every third year thereafter, by March 31st of the calendar year following the emission year being reported, the data specified in 40 CFR,51.122(c)(3) must be submitted to the Department.

3.Year 2003 reporting. For each kiln, by March 31, 2004, the data specified in 40 CFR, &#167;51.122(c)(3) must be submitted to the Department.

4.Year 2007 reporting. For each kiln, by March 31, 2008, the data specified in 40 CFR, &#167;51.122(c)(3) must be submitted to the Department.

(5)By May 31, 2004, the owner or operator of a kiln subject to this Rule shall submit to the Department a demonstration of compliance with the requirements of paragraph (3). If compliance is being achieved by use of prescribed equipment, for example low-NOX burners or mid-kiln system firing, the demonstration of compliance shall be written certification to the Department that this equipment is installed and in use. If compliance is being achieved by use of alternative control techniques, approved by the Director and EPA, demonstration of compliance shall be specified by the Director and EPA. In case of compliance proposed to be achieved by use of alternative control techniques, a plan for compliance demonstration shall be submitted to the Department by May 1, 2003. Upon receipt, the Department shall immediately forward a copy of the plan to the EPA. By November 1, 2003, the Director shall specify in writing to the owner or operator of the kiln how compliance shall be demonstrated, this specification consistent with methods and requirements specified by the EPA following its review of the submitted plan.

(6)By December 31 of each year, beginning in 2004, the owner or operator of a Portland cement kiln subject to this Rule shall submit to the Department a written certification that compliance with the requirements of paragraph (3) has been maintained during that year's five-month period May 1 though September 30. The methods of determining that this compliance has been maintained shall be as specified on the major source operating permit issued for the facility at which the kiln is operated.

(7)Beginning May 1, 2004, the owner or operator of a Portland cement kiln subject to this Rule shall maintain records for May 1 through September 30 of each year that include the data as follow:

(a)The date, time, and duration of any startup, shutdown, or malfunction in the operation of the cement kiln or its emissions monitoring equipment or of any scheduled maintenance activity that affects NOx emissions or emissions monitoring;

(b)The results of any compliance testing; and

(c)Other data required by permit to be maintained.

(8)The records listed in paragraph (7) of this Rule shall be retained on-site for a minimum of 2 years following the calendar year for which they are made and shall be made available to the Department for review upon request.

(9)The requirements of this Rule shall not apply to periods of scheduled maintenance activities that affect NOX emissions.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-28-10, 22-28-11, 22-28-14, 22-28-18, 22-28-20.

History: New Rule: Filed March 2, 2001; effective April 6, 2001.

<regElement name="335.3.8.02" level="3" title="Nitric Acid Manufacturing">

(1)Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this Rule, no person shall cause or permit the emission of nitrogen oxides, calculated as nitrogen dioxide, from nitric acid manufacturing plants in excess of 5.5 pounds per ton of one hundred percent (100%) acid produced.

(2)For nitric acid manufacturing plants within a designed capacity greater than one hundred and fifty (150) tons per day of one hundred percent (100%) acid, no person shall cause or permit the emission of nitrogen oxides, calculated as nitrogen dioxide, from such manufacturing plants in excess of twenty (20) pounds per ton of one hundred percent (100%) acid produced.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.8.03" level="3" title="NO<SUB>X</SUB> Emissions From Electric Utility Steam Generating Units">

(1)Applicability. This Rule applies to existing coal-fired electric utility steam generating installations in Walker and Jefferson Counties.

(2)During the compliance period specified in paragraph (3) below, no person shall cause or permit the operation of a coal-fired electric utility steam generating installation in Walker or Jefferson Counties in such a manner that nitrogen oxides (NOX) are emitted in excess of the emission limits established by the Department in this Rule and specified in the Major Source Operating Permit for the affected unit(s). The BTU-weighted 30-day rolling average NOX emission rate for the affected units shall be less than or equal to 0.21 pounds per million BTU of heat input, during the compliance period specified in paragraph (3) below.

(3)Beginning May 1, 2003, and each year thereafter, the compliance period shall begin May 1 and end on September 30 of each year. Compliance is based on a 30-day rolling average.

(a)The first calculated 30-day averaging period shall be May 1 through May 30.

(b)The last calculated 30-day averaging period shall be September 1 through September 30.

(4)Testing, Recordkeeping and Reporting.

(a)Continuous emissions monitoring systems (CEMS) to measure nitrogen oxide emissions from each affected unit shall be installed and operated at locations approved by the Director. The CEMS shall meet the specifications and procedures of 40 CFR Part 75 and will be certified and maintained in accordance with 40 CFR Part 75. In addition, each of the CEMS shall undergo a relative accuracy test audit (RATA) on an annual basis at times approved by the Director.

(b)Records of the 30-day average nitrogen oxide emission rate for the affected units shall be kept for a period of five (5) years.

(c)A written report of the 30-day average nitrogen oxide emission rates for the affected units shall be submitted to the Department by the 15th day of each month during the period from May 1 to September 30 of each year. The first report shall be submitted by June 15 and shall include data for the month of May. The final report shall be submitted by October 15 and shall include data for the month of September.

(d)Any exceedances of the NOX emission rate specified in paragraph (2) of this Rule shall be reported to the Department within two (2) working days of the date of the exceedance.

(e)Additional testing, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements may be necessary and will be specified by the Director at such times as they become necessary.

Authors: A. David Ousley, C. Lynn Garthright, Jeffery W. Kitchens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed October 26, 2000; effective November 30, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.8.04" level="3" title="Standards For Stationary Reciprocating Internal Combustion Engines">

[RESERVED]

<regElement name="335.3.8.05" level="3" title="NO<SUB>X</SUB> Budget Trading Program">

(1)Purpose. Rules 335-3-8-.05 through 335-3-8-.13 establish general provisions and the applicability, permitting, allowance, excess emissions, monitoring, and opt-in provisions for the NOX Budget Trading Program for Alabama's State Implementation Plan as a means of mitigating the interstate transport of ozone and nitrogen oxides pursuant to 40 CFR, &#167;51.121 and 51.122. The State authorizes the Administrator to assist the State in implementing the NOX Budget Trading Program by carrying out the functions set forth for the Administrator in such requirements.

(2)Definitions. For the purpose of Rules 335-3-8-.05 through 335-3-8-.13, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Account Certificate of Representation" means the completed and signed submission required by Rule 335-3-8-.06 for certifying the designation of a NOX authorized account representative for a NOX Budget source or a group of identified NOX Budget sources who is authorized to represent the owners and operators of such source or sources and of the NOX Budget units at such source or sources with regard to matters under the NOX Budget Trading Program.

(b)"Account Number" means the identification number given by the Administrator to each NOX Allowance Tracking System account.

(c)"Acid Rain Emissions Limitation" means, as defined in 40 CFR, &#167;72.2 and incorporated by reference in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-18-.01, a limitation on emissions of sulfur dioxide or nitrogen oxides under the Acid Rain Program under Title IV of the CAA.

(d)"Administrator" means the Administrator of the United States Environmental Protection Agency or the Administrator's duly authorized representative.

(e)"Allocate or Allocation" means the determination by the Department or the Administrator of the number of NOX allowances to be initially credited to a NOX Budget unit.

(f)"Automated Data Acquisition and Handling System or DAHS" means that component of the CEMS, or other emissions monitoring system approved for use under Rule 335-3-8-.12, designed to interpret and convert individual output signals from pollutant concentration monitors, flow monitors, diluent gas monitors, and other component parts of the monitoring system to produce a continuous record of the measured parameters in the measurement units required by Rule 335-3-8-.12.

(g)"Boiler" means an enclosed fossil or other fuel-fired combustion device used to produce heat and to transfer heat to recirculating water, steam, or other medium.

(h)"CAA" means the CAA, 42 U.S.C. 7401, et seq., as amended by Pub. L. No. 101-549 (November 15, 1990).

(i)"Cogeneration Combined Cycle System" means a combined cycle system that has equipment used to produce electricity and forms the useful thermal energy (such as heat or steam) for industrial, commercial, heating, or cooling purposes through the sequential use of energy.

(j)"Combined Cycle System" means a system comprised of one or more combustion turbines, heat recovery steam generators, and steam turbines configured to improve overall efficiency of electricity generation or steam production.

(k)"Combustion Turbine" means an enclosed fossil or other fuel-fired device that is comprised of a compressor, a combustor, and a turbine, and in which the flue gas resulting from the combustion of fuel in the combustor passes through the turbine, rotating the turbine.

(l)"Commence Commercial Operation" means, with regard to a unit that serves a generator, to have begun to produce steam, gas, or other heated medium used to generate electricity for sale or use, including test generation. Except as provided in paragraph (5) of this Rule, for a unit that is a NOX Budget unit under paragraph (4) of this Rule on the date the unit commences commercial operation, such date shall remain the unit's date of commencement of commercial operation even if the unit is subsequently modified, reconstructed, or re-powered. Except as provided in paragraph (5) of this Rule or Rule 335-3-8-.13, for a unit that is not a NOX Budget unit under paragraph (4) of this Rule on the date the unit commences commercial operation, the date the unit becomes a NOX Budget unit under paragraph (4) of this Rule shall be the unit's date of commencement of commercial operation.

(m)"Commence Operation" means to have begun any mechanical, chemical, or electronic process, including, with regard to a unit, start-up of a unit's combustion chamber. Except as provided in paragraph (5) of this Rule, for a unit that is a NOX Budget unit under paragraph (4) of this Rule on the date of commencement of operation, such date shall remain the unit's date of commencement of operation even if the unit is subsequently modified, reconstructed, or repowered. Except as provided in paragraph (5) of this Rule or Rule 335-3-8-.13, for a unit that is not a NOX Budget unit under paragraph (4) of this Rule on the date of commencement of operation, the date the unit becomes a NOX Budget unit under paragraph (4) of this Rule shall be the unit's date of commencement of operation.

(n)"Common Stack" means a single flue through which emissions from two or more units are exhausted.

(o)"Compliance Account" means a NOX Allowance Tracking System account, established by the Administrator for a NOX Budget unit under Rule 335-3-8-.10, in which the NOX allowance allocations for the unit are initially recorded and in which are held NOX allowances available for use by the unit for a control period for the purpose of meeting the unit's NOX Budget emissions limitation.

(p)"Compliance Certification" means a submission to the Department or the Administrator, as appropriate, that is required under Rule 335-3-8-.08 to report a NOX Budget source's or a NOX Budget unit's compliance or noncompliance with this Rule and that is signed by the NOX authorized account representative in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.06.

(q)"Continuous Emission Monitoring System or CEMS" means the equipment required under Rule 335-3-8-.12 to sample, analyze, measure, and provide, by readings taken at least once every 15 minutes of the measured parameters, a permanent record of nitrogen oxides emissions, expressed in tons per hour for nitrogen oxides. The following systems are component parts included, consistent with 40 CFR 75, in a continuous emission monitoring system:

1.Flow monitor;

2.Nitrogen oxides pollutant concentration monitors;

3.Diluent gas monitor (oxygen or carbon dioxide) when such monitoring is required by Rule 335-3-8-.12;

4.A continuous moisture monitor when such monitoring is required by Rule 335-3-8-.12; and

5.An automated data acquisition and handling system.

(r)"Control Period" means the period beginning May 1 of a year and ending on September 30 of the same year, inclusive.

(s)"Emissions" means air pollutants exhausted from a unit or source into the atmosphere, as measured, recorded, and reported to the Department and the Administrator by the NOX authorized account representative and as determined by the Administrator in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12.

(t)"Energy Information Administration" means the Energy Information Administration of the United States Department of Energy.

(u)"Excess Emissions" means any tonnage of nitrogen oxides emitted by a NOX Budget unit during a control period that exceeds the NOX Budget emissions limitation for the unit.

(v)"Fossil Fuel" means natural gas, petroleum, coal, or any form of solid, liquid, or gaseous fuel derived from such material. Fossil fuel-fired means, with regard to a unit:

1.The combustion of fossil fuel, alone or in combination with any other fuel, where fossil fuel actually combusted comprises more than 50 percent of the annual heat input on a Btu basis during any year starting in 1995 or, if a unit had no heat input starting in 1995, during the last year of operation of the unit prior to 1995; or

2.The combustion of fossil fuel, alone or in combination with any other fuel, where fossil fuel is projected to comprise more than 50 percent of the annual heat input on a Btu basis during any year; provided that the unit shall be "fossil fuel-fired'' as of the date, during such year, on which the unit begins combusting fossil fuel.

(w)"General Account" means a NOX Allowance Tracking System account, established under Rule 335-3-8-.10, that is not a compliance account or an overdraft account.

(x)"Generator" means a device that produces electricity.

(y)"Heat Input" means the product (in mmBtu/time) of the gross calorific value of the fuel (in Btu/lb) and the fuel feed rate into a combustion device (in mass of fuel/time), as measured, recorded, and reported to the Administrator by the NOX authorized account representative and as determined by the Department and the Administrator in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12, and does not include the heat derived from preheated combustion air, recirculated flue gases, or exhaust from other sources.

(z)"Life-of-the-Unit, Firm Power Contractual Arrangement" means a unit participation power sales agreement under which a utility or industrial customer reserves, or is entitled to receive, a specified amount or percentage of nameplate capacity and associated energy from any specified unit and pays its proportional amount of such unit's total costs, pursuant to a contract:

1.For the life of the unit;

2.For a cumulative term of no less than 30 years, including contracts that permit an election for early termination; or

3.For a period equal to or greater than 25 years or 70 percent of the economic useful life of the unit determined as of the time the unit is built, with option rights to purchase or release some portion of the nameplate capacity and associated energy generated by the unit at the end of the period.

(aa)"Maximum Design Heat Input" means the ability of a unit to combust a stated maximum amount of fuel per hour on a steady state basis, as determined by the physical design and physical characteristics of the unit.

(bb)"Maximum Potential Hourly Heat Input" means an hourly heat input used for reporting purposes when a unit lacks certified monitors to report heat input. If the unit intends to use Appendix D of 40 CFR 75 to report heat input, this value should be calculated, in accordance with 40 CFR 75, using the maximum fuel flow rate and the maximum gross calorific value. If the unit intends to use a flow monitor and a diluent gas monitor, this value should be reported, in accordance with 40 CFR 75, using the maximum potential flow rate and either the maximum carbon dioxide concentration (in percent CO2) or the minimum oxygen concentration (in percent O2).

(cc)"Maximum Potential NOX Emission Rate" means the emission rate of nitrogen oxides (in lb/mmBtu) calculated in accordance with paragraph 3 of Appendix F of 40 CFR 75, using the maximum potential nitrogen oxides concentration as defined in paragraph 2 of Appendix A of 40 CFR 75, and either the maximum oxygen concentration (in percent O2) or the minimum carbon dioxide concentration (in percent CO2), under all operating conditions of the unit except for unit start up, shutdown, and upsets.

(dd)"Maximum Rated Hourly Heat Input" means a unit-specific maximum hourly heat input (mmBtu) which is the higher of the manufacturer's maximum rated hourly heat input or the highest observed hourly heat input.

(ee)"Monitoring System" means any monitoring system that meets the requirements of Rule 335-3-8-.12, including a continuous emissions monitoring system, an excepted monitoring system, or an alternative monitoring system.

(ff)"Most Stringent State or Federal NOX Emissions Limitation" means, with regard to a NOX Budget opt-in source, the lowest NOX emissions limitation (in terms of lb/mmBtu) that is applicable to the unit under State or Federal law, regardless of the averaging period to which the emissions limitation applies.

(gg)"Nameplate Capacity" means the maximum electrical generating output (in MWe) that a generator can sustain over a specified period of time when not restricted by seasonal or other deratings as measured in accordance with the United States Department of Energy standards.

(hh)"Non-title V Permit" shall have the same meaning as either an "Air Permit" issued pursuant to the rules in Chapter 335-3-14 or "Synthetic Minor Operating Permit" defined in Chapter 335-3-15.

(ii)"NOX Allowance" means an authorization by the Department or the Administrator under a NOX Budget Trading Program established, and approved by the Administrator pursuant to 40 CFR, &#167;51.121 or &#167;52.34 to emit up to one ton of nitrogen oxides during the control period of the specified year or of any year thereafter, except as provided under Rule 335-3-8-.10(6)(b).

(jj)"NOX Allowance Deduction or Deduct NOX Allowances" means the permanent withdrawal of NOX allowances by the Administrator from a NOX Allowance Tracking System compliance account or overdraft account to account for the number of tons of NOX emissions from a NOX Budget unit for a control period, determined in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12, or for any other allowance surrender obligation under Rules 335-3-8-.05 through 335-3-8-.13.

(kk)"NOX Allowances Held or Hold NOX Allowances" means the NOX allowances recorded by the Administrator, or submitted to the Administrator for recordation, in accordance with Rules 335-3-8-.10 and 335-3-8-.11, in a NOX Allowance Tracking System account.

(ll)"NOX Allowance Tracking System" means the system by which the Administrator records allocations, deductions, and transfers of NOX allowances under the NOX Budget Trading Program.

(mm)"NOX Allowance Tracking System Account" means an account in the NOx Allowance Tracking System established by the Administrator for purposes of recording the allocation, holding, transferring, or deducting of NOX allowances.

(nn)"NOX Allowance Transfer Deadline" means midnight of November 30 or, if November 30 is not a business day, midnight of the first business day thereafter and is the deadline by which NOX allowances may be submitted for recordation in a NOX Budget unit's compliance account, or the overdraft account of the source where the unit is located, in order to meet the unit's NOX Budget emissions limitation for the control period immediately preceding such deadline.

(oo)"NOX Authorized Account Representative" means, for a NOX Budget source or NOX Budget unit at the source, the natural person who is authorized by the owners and operators of the source and all NOX Budget units at the source, in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.06, to represent and legally bind each owner and operator in matters pertaining to the NOX Budget Trading Program or, for a general account, the natural person who is authorized, in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.10, to transfer or otherwise dispose of NOX allowances held in the general account.

(pp)"NOX Budget Emissions Limitation" means, for a NOX Budget unit, the tonnage equivalent of the NOX allowances available for compliance deduction for the unit under Rule 335-3-8-.10(5)(a), (b), (e), and (f) in a control period adjusted by deductions of such NOX allowances to account for excess emissions for a prior control period under Rule 335-3-8-.10(5)(d) or, for a NOX Budget opt-in source, to account for withdrawal from the NOX Budget Program under Rule 335-3-8-.13(7), or for a change in regulatory status for a NOX Budget opt-in source under Rule 335-3-8-.13(8).

(qq)"NOX Budget Opt-in Permit" means a NOX Budget permit covering a NOX Budget opt-in source.

(rr)"NOX Budget Opt-in Source" means a unit that elects to become a NOX Budget unit under the NOX Budget Trading Program and whose NOX Budget opt-in permit has been issued and is in effect under Rule 335-3-8-.13.

(ss)"NOX Budget Permit" means the legally binding and enforceable written document, or portion of such document, issued by the Department under Rules 335-3-8-.05 through 335-3-8-.13, including any permit revisions, specifying the NOX Budget Trading Program requirements applicable to a NOX Budget source, to each NOX Budget unit at the NOX Budget source, and to the owners and operators and the NOX authorized account representative of the NOX Budget source and each NOX Budget unit.

(tt)"NOX Budget Source" means a source that includes one or more NOX Budget units.

(uu)"NOX Budget Trading Program" means a multi-state nitrogen oxides air pollution control and emission reduction program established pursuant to 40 CFR &#167;51.121, as a means of mitigating the interstate transport of ozone and nitrogen oxides, an ozone precursor.

(vv)"NOX Budget Unit" means a unit that is subject to the NOX Budget Trading Program emissions limitation under paragraph (4) of this Rule or Rule 335-3-8-.13.

(ww)"Operating" means, with regard to a unit under Rules 335-3-8-.07(3)(d)2. and 335-3-8-.13(1), having documented heat input for more than 876 hours in the 6 months immediately preceding the submission of an application for an initial NOX Budget permit under Rule 335-3-8-.13(4)(a).

(xx)"Operator" means any person who operates, controls, or supervises a NOX Budget unit, a NOX Budget source, or unit for which an application for a NOX Budget opt-in permit under Rule 335-3-8-.13(4) is submitted and not denied or withdrawn and shall include, but not be limited to, any holding company, utility system, or plant manager of such a unit or source.

(yy)"Opt-in" means to elect to become a NOX Budget unit under the NOX Budget Trading Program through a final, effective NOX Budget opt-in permit under Rule 335-3-8-.13.

(zz)"Overdraft Account" means the NOX Allowance Tracking System account, established by the Administrator under Rule 335-3-8-.10, for each NOX Budget source where there are two or more NOX Budget units.

(aaa)"Owner" means any of the following persons:

1.Any holder of any portion of the legal or equitable title in a NOX Budget unit or in a unit for which an application for a NOX Budget opt-in permit under Rule 335-3-8-.13(4) is submitted and not denied or withdrawn; or

2.Any holder of a leasehold interest in a NOX Budget unit or in a unit for which an application for a NOX Budget opt-in permit under Rule 335-3-8-.13(4) is submitted and not denied or withdrawn; or

3.Any purchaser of power from a NOX Budget unit or from a unit for which an application for a NOX Budget opt-in permit under Rule 335-3-8-.13(4) is submitted and not denied or withdrawn under a life-of-the-unit, firm power contractual arrangement. However, unless expressly provided for in a leasehold agreement, owner shall not include a passive lessor, or a person who has an equitable interest through such lessor, whose rental payments are not based, either directly or indirectly, upon the revenues or income from the NOX Budget unit or the unit for which an application for a NOX Budget opt-in permit under Rule 335-3-8-.13(4) is submitted and not denied or withdrawn; or

4.With respect to any general account, any person who has an ownership interest with respect to NOX allowances held in the general account and who is subject to the binding agreement for the NOX authorized account representative to represent that person's ownership interest with respect to NOX allowances.

(bbb)"Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management authorized by the Administrator to issue or revise permits to meet the requirements of the NOX Budget Trading Program in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.07.

(ccc)"Receive or Receipt of" means, when referring to the Department or the Administrator, to come into possession of a document, information, or correspondence (whether sent in writing or by authorized electronic transmission), as indicated in an official correspondence log, or by a notation made on the document, information, or correspondence, by the Department or the Administrator in the regular course of business.

(ddd)"Recordation, Record, or Recorded" means, with regard to NOX allowances, the movement of NOX allowances by the Administrator from one NOX Allowance Tracking System account to another, for purposes of allocation, transfer, or deduction.

(eee)"Reference Method" means any direct test method of sampling and analyzing for an air pollutant or diluent as specified in 40 CFR 60, Appendix A [incorporated by reference in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-10-.03(1)].

(fff)"Serial Number" means, when referring to NOX allowances, the unique identification number assigned to each NOX allowance by the Administrator, under Rule 335-3-8-.10(4)(c).

(ggg)"Source" means any governmental, institutional, commercial, or industrial structure, installation, plant, building, or facility that emits or has the potential to emit any regulated air pollutant under the CAA. For purposes of paragraph 502(c) of the CAA, a "source", including a "source" with multiple units, shall be considered a single "facility''.

(hhh)"State" means the State of Alabama, the Environmental Management Commission, and the Commission's representatives.

(iii)"State Trading Program Budget" means the total number of NOX tons apportioned to all NOX Budget units in the State, in accordance with the NOX Budget Trading Program, for use in a given control period.

(jjj)"Submit or Serve" means to send or transmit a document, information, or correspondence to the person specified in accordance with the applicable regulation:

1.In person;

2.By United States Postal Service; or

3.By other means of dispatch or transmission and delivery.

(i)Compliance with any "submission", "service", or "mailing" deadline shall be determined by the date of dispatch, transmission, or mailing and not the date of receipt.

(kkk)"Title V Operating Permit" means a "Major Source Operating Permit" as defined and issued under Chapter 335-3-16. Title V operating permit regulations means the Major Source Operating Permits regulations in Chapter 335-3-16 that the Administrator has approved or issued as meeting the requirements of Title V of the CAA and 40 CFR 70 or 71.

(lll)"Ton or Tonnage" means any "short ton" (i.e., 2,000 pounds). For the purpose of determining compliance with the NOX Budget emissions limitation, total tons for a control period shall be calculated as the sum of all recorded hourly emissions (or the tonnage equivalent of the recorded hourly emissions rates) in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12, with any remaining fraction of a ton equal to or greater than 0.50 ton deemed to equal one ton and any fraction of a ton less than 0.50 ton deemed to equal zero tons.

(mmm)"Unit" means a fossil fuel-fired stationary boiler, combustion turbine, combined cycle system, or cogeneration combined cycle system.

(nnn)"Unit Load" means the total (i.e., gross) output of a unit in any control period (or other specified time period) produced by combusting a given heat input of fuel, expressed in terms of:

1.The total electrical generation (MWe) produced by the unit, including generation for use within the plant; or

2.In the case of a unit that uses heat input for purposes other than electrical generation, the total steam produced by the unit, including steam for use by the unit.

(ooo)"Unit Operating Day" means a calendar day in which a unit combusts any fuel.

(ppp)"Unit Operating Hour or Hour of Unit Operation" means any hour (or fraction of an hour) during which a unit combusts any fuel.

(qqq)"Utilization" means the heat input (expressed in mmBtu/time) for a unit. The unit's total heat input for the control period in each year will be determined in accordance with 40 CFR 75 if the NOX Budget unit was otherwise subject to the requirements of 40 CFR 75 for the year, or will be based on the best available data reported to the Administrator and the Department for the unit if the unit was not otherwise subject to the requirements of 40 CFR 75 for the year.

(3)Measurements, Abbreviations, and Acronyms. Measurements, abbreviations, and acronyms used in this Rule are defined as follows:

(a)Btu--British thermal unit.

(b)hr--hour.

(c)Kwh--kilowatt hour.

(d)lb--pounds.

(e)mmBtu--million Btu.

(f)MWe--megawatt electrical.

(g)ton--2000 pounds.

(h)CO2--carbon dioxide.

(i)NOX--nitrogen oxides.

(j)O2--oxygen.

(4)Applicability.

(a)The following units in the Counties of Autauga, Bibb, Blount, Calhoun, Chambers, Cherokee, Chilton, Clay, Cleburne, Colbert, Coosa, Cullman, Dallas, Dekalb, Elmore, Etowah, Fayette, Franklin, Greene, Hale, Jackson, Jefferson, Lamar, Lauderdale, Lawrence, Lee, Limestone, Macon, Madison, Marion, Marshall, Morgan, Perry, Pickens, Randolph, Russell, Shelby, St. Clair, Sumter, Talladega, Tallapoosa, Tuscaloosa, Walker, and Winston shall be NOX Budget units, and any source that includes one or more such units shall be a NOX Budget source, subject to the requirements of this Rule:

1.Any unit that any time on or after January 1, 1995, serves a generator with a nameplate capacity greater than 25 MWe and sells any amount of electricity; or,

2.Any unit that is not a unit under subparagraph (a)1. of this paragraph and that has a maximum design heat input greater than 250 mmBtu/hr.

(5)Retired Unit Exemption.

(a)This paragraph applies to any NOX Budget unit, other than a NOX Budget opt-in source, that is permanently retired.

(b)Any NOX Budget unit, other than a NOX Budget opt-in source, that is permanently retired shall be exempt from the NOX Budget Trading Program, except for the provisions of this paragraph, paragraphs (2), (3), (4), and (7) of this Rule and Rules 335-3-8-.09, 335-3-8-.10, and 335-3-8-.11 of this Division.

1.The exemption under subparagraph (b) of this paragraph shall become effective the day on which the unit is permanently retired. Within 30 days of permanent retirement, the NOX authorized account representative (authorized in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.06) shall submit a statement to the Department. A copy of the statement shall be submitted to the Administrator. The statement shall state (in a format prescribed by the Department) that the unit is permanently retired and will comply with the requirements of subparagraph (c) of this paragraph. After receipt of the notice under this subparagraph, the Department will amend any permit covering the source at which the unit is located to add the provisions and requirements of the exemption under subparagraphs (b) and (c) of this paragraph.

(c)Special provisions.

1.A unit exempt under this paragraph shall not emit any nitrogen oxides, starting on the date that the exemption takes effect.

2.The owners and operators of the unit will be allocated allowances in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.09(m). For each control period for which the retired unit has remaining, one or more NOX allowances, the owners and operators of the unit shall specify a general account, in which the Administrator will record such NOX allowances.

3.A unit exempt under this paragraph and located at a source that is required, or but for this exemption would be required, to have a major source (Title V) operating permit shall not resume operation unless the NOX authorized account representative of the source submits a complete NOX Budget permit application under Rule 335-3-8-.07(3) for the unit not less than 18 months (or such lesser time provided under the Department's major source operating permits regulations for final action on a permit application) prior to the later of May 31, 2004 or the date on which the unit is to first resume operation.

4.A unit exempt under this paragraph and located at a source that is required, or but for this exemption would be required, to have a synthetic minor operating permit shall not resume operation unless the NOX authorized account representative of the source submits a complete NOX Budget permit application under Rule 335-3-8-.07(3) for the unit not less than 18 months (or such lesser time provided under the Department's synthetic minor operating permits regulations for final action on a permit application) prior to the later of May 31, 2004 or the date on which the unit is to first resume operation.

5.The owners and operators and, to the extent applicable, the NOX authorized account representative of a unit exempt under this paragraph shall comply with the requirements of the NOX Budget Trading Program concerning all periods for which the exemption is not in effect, even if such requirements arise, or must be complied with, after the exemption takes effect.

6.A unit that is exempt under this paragraph is not eligible to be a NOX Budget opt-in source under Rule 335-3-8-.13.

7.For a period of 5 years from the date the records are created, the owners and operators of a unit exempt under this paragraph shall retain at the source that includes the unit, records demonstrating that the unit is permanently retired. The 5-year period for keeping records may be extended for cause, at any time prior to the end of the period, in writing by the Department or the Administrator. The owners and operators bear the burden of proof that the unit is permanently retired.

8.Loss of exemption.

(i)On the earlier of the following dates, a unit exempt under subparagraph (b) of this paragraph shall lose its exemption:

(I)The date on which the NOX authorized account representative submits a NOX Budget permit application under subparagraph (c)2. of this paragraph; or

(II)The date on which the NOX authorized account representative is required under subparagraphs (c)3. and (c)4. of this paragraph to submit a NOX Budget permit application.

(ii)For the purpose of applying monitoring requirements under Rule 335-3-8-.12, a unit that loses its exemption under this paragraph shall be treated as a unit that commences operation or commercial operation on the first date on which the unit resumes operation.

(6)Standard Requirements.

(a)Permit Requirements.

1.The NOX authorized account representative of each NOX Budget source required to have an enforceable permit and each NOX Budget unit required to have an enforceable permit at the source shall:

(i)Submit to the Department a complete NOX Budget permit application under Rule 335-3-8-.07(3) in accordance with the deadlines specified in Rules 335-3-8-.07(2)(b), (c) and (d);

(ii)Submit in a timely manner any supplemental information that the Department determines is necessary in order to review a NOX Budget permit application and issue or deny a NOX Budget permit.

2.The owners and operators of each NOX Budget source required to have an enforceable permit and each NOX Budget unit required to have an enforceable permit at the source shall have a NOX Budget permit issued by the Department and operate the unit in compliance with such NOX Budget permit.

3.The owners and operators of a NOX Budget source that are not otherwise required to have an enforceable permit are not required to submit a NOX Budget permit application, and to have a NOX Budget permit, under Rule 335-3-8-.07 for such NOX Budget source.

(b)Monitoring requirements.

1.The owners and operators and, to the extent applicable, the NOX authorized account representative of each NOX Budget source and each NOX Budget unit at the source shall comply with the monitoring requirements of Rule 335-3-8-.12.

2.The emissions measurements recorded and reported in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12 shall be used to determine compliance by the unit with the NOX emissions limitation under subparagraph (c) below.

(c)Nitrogen Oxides requirements.

1.The owners and operators of each NOX Budget source and each NOX Budget unit at the source shall hold NOX allowances available for compliance deductions under Rule 335-3-8-.10(5)(a), (b), (e), or (f), as of the NOX allowance transfer deadline, in the unit's compliance account and the source's overdraft account in an amount not less than the total NOX emissions for the control period from the unit, as determined in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12, plus any amount necessary to account for excess emissions for a prior control period under Rule 335-3-8-.10(5)(d) or, for a NOX Budget opt-in source, to account for withdrawal from the NOX Budget Program under Rule 335-3-8-.13(7), or for a change in regulatory status for a NOX Budget opt-in source under Rule 335-3-8-.13(8).

2.Each ton of nitrogen oxides emitted in excess of the NOX Budget emissions limitation shall constitute a separate violation of this Division, the CAA, and applicable State law.

3.A NOX Budget unit shall be subject to the requirements under subparagraph (c)1. of this paragraph starting on the later of May 31, 2004 or the date on which the unit commences operation.

4.NOX allowances shall be held in, deducted from, or transferred among NOX Allowance Tracking System accounts in accordance with Rules 335-3-8-.09, 335-3-8-.10, 335-3-8-.11, and 335-3-8-.13 of this Division.

5.A NOX allowance shall not be deducted, in order to comply with the requirements under subparagraph (c)1. of this paragraph, for a control period in a year prior to the year for which the NOX allowance was allocated.

6.A NOX allowance allocated by the Department or the Administrator under the NOX Budget Trading Program is a limited authorization to emit one ton of nitrogen oxides in accordance with the NOX Budget Trading Program. No provision of the NOX Budget Trading Program, the NOX Budget permit application, the NOX Budget permit, or an exemption under paragraph (5) of this Rule and no provision of law shall be construed to limit the authority of the United States or the State to terminate or limit such authorization.

7.A NOX allowance allocated by the Department or the Administrator under the NOX Budget Trading Program does not constitute a property right.

8.Upon recordation by the Administrator under Rules 335-3-8-.10, 335-3-8-.11, or 335-3-8-.13, every allocation, transfer, or deduction of a NOX allowance to or from a NOX Budget unit's compliance account or the overdraft account of the source where the unit is located is deemed to amend automatically, and become a part of, any NOX budget permit of the NOX budget unit by operation of law without further review.

(d)Excess emissions requirements.

1.The owners and operators of a NOX Budget unit that has excess emissions in any control period shall:

(i)Surrender the NOX allowances required for deduction under Rule 335-3-8-.10(5)(d)1.; and

(ii)Pay any fine, penalty, or assessment or comply with any other remedy imposed under 335-3-8-.10(5)(d)3.

(e)Recordkeeping and Reporting requirements.

1.Unless otherwise provided, the owners and operators of the NOX Budget source and each NOX Budget unit at the source shall keep on site at the source each of the following documents for a period of 5 years from the date the document is created. This period may be extended for cause, at any time prior to the end of 5 years, in writing by the Department or the Administrator.

(i)The account certificate of representation for the NOX authorized account representative for the source and each NOX Budget unit at the source and all documents that demonstrate the truth of the statements in the account certificate of representation, in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.06(4); provided that the certificate and documents shall be retained on site at the source beyond such 5-year period until such documents are superseded because of the submission of a new account certificate of representation changing the NOX authorized account representative.

(ii)All emissions monitoring information, in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12; provided that to the extent that Rule 335-3-8-.12 provides for a 3-year period for recordkeeping, the 3-year period shall apply.

(iii)Copies of all reports, compliance certifications, and other submissions and all records made or required under the NOX Budget Trading Program.

(iv)Copies of all documents used to complete a NOX Budget permit application and any other submission under the NOX Budget Trading Program or to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the NOX Budget Trading Program.

2.The NOX authorized account representative of a NOX Budget source and each NOX Budget unit at the source shall submit the reports and compliance certifications required under the NOX Budget Trading Program, including those under Rules 335-3-8-.08, 335-3-8-.12, or 335-3-8-.13.

(f)Liability.

1.Any person who knowingly violates any requirement or prohibition of the NOX Budget Trading Program, a NOX Budget permit, or an exemption under paragraph (5) of this Rule shall be subject to enforcement pursuant to applicable State or Federal law.

2.Any person who knowingly makes a false material statement in any record, submission, or report under the NOX Budget Trading Program shall be subject to criminal enforcement pursuant to the applicable State or Federal law.

3.No permit revision shall excuse any violation of the requirements of the NOX Budget Trading Program that occurs prior to the date that the revision takes effect.

4.Each NOX Budget source and each NOX Budget unit shall meet the requirements of the NOX Budget Trading Program.

5.Any provision of the NOX Budget Trading Program that applies to a NOX Budget source (including a provision applicable to the NOX authorized account representative of a NOX Budget source) shall also apply to the owners and operators of such source and of the NOX Budget units at the source.

6.Any provision of the NOX Budget Trading Program that applies to a NOX Budget unit (including a provision applicable to the NOX authorized account representative of a NOX budget unit) shall also apply to the owners and operators of such unit. Except with regard to the requirements applicable to units with a common stack under Rule 335-3-8-.12, the owners and operators and the NOX authorized account representative of one NOX Budget unit shall not be liable for any violation by any other NOX Budget unit of which they are not owners or operators or the NOX authorized account representative and that is located at a source of which they are not owners or operators or the NOX authorized account representative.

(g)Effect on other authorities. No provision of the NOX Budget Trading Program, a NOX Budget permit application, a NOX Budget permit, or an exemption under paragraph (5) of this Rule shall be construed as exempting or excluding the owners and operators and, to the extent applicable, the NOX authorized account representative of a NOX Budget source or NOX Budget unit from compliance with any other provision of the applicable, approved State implementation plan, an enforceable permit, or the CAA.

(7)Computation of time.

(a)Unless otherwise stated, any time period scheduled, under the NOX Budget Trading Program, to begin on the occurrence of an act or event shall begin on the day the act or event occurs.

(b)Unless otherwise stated, any time period scheduled, under the NOX Budget Trading Program, to begin before the occurrence of an act or event shall be computed so that the period ends the day before the act or event occurs.

(c)Unless otherwise stated, if the final day of any time period, under the NOX Budget Trading Program, falls on a weekend or a State or Federal holiday, the time period shall be extended to the next business day.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-28-10, 22-28-11, 22-28-14, 22-28-18, 22-28-20, 22-28-22.

History: New Rule: Filed March 2, 2001; effective April 6, 2001.

<regElement name="335.3.8.06" level="3" title="Authorized Account Representative For NO<SUB>X</SUB> Budget Sources">

(1)Authorization and responsibilities of the NOX authorized account representative.

(a)Except as provided under paragraph (2) below, each NOX Budget source, including all NOX Budget units at the source, shall have one and only one NOX authorized account representative, with regard to all matters under the NOX Budget Trading Program concerning the source or any NOX Budget unit at the source.

(b)The NOX authorized account representative of the NOX Budget source shall be selected by an agreement binding on the owners and operators of the source and all NOX Budget units at the source.

(c)Upon receipt by the Administrator of a complete account certificate of representation under paragraph (4) of this Rule, the NOX authorized account representative of the source shall represent and, by his or her representations, actions, inactions, or submissions, legally bind each owner and operator of the NOX Budget source represented and each NOX Budget unit at the source in all matters pertaining to the NOX Budget Trading Program, not withstanding any agreement between the NOX authorized account representative and such owners and operators. The owners and operators shall be bound by any decision or order issued to the NOX authorized account representative by the Department, the Administrator, or a court regarding the source or unit.

(d)No NOX Budget permit shall be issued, and no NOX Allowance Tracking System account shall be established for a NOX Budget unit at a source, until the Administrator has received a complete account certificate of representation under paragraph (4) of this Rule for a NOX authorized account representative of the source and the NOX Budget units at the source.

(e)Each submission under the NOX Budget Trading Program shall be submitted, signed, and certified by the NOX authorized account representative for each NOX Budget source on behalf of which the submission is made. Each such submission shall include the following certification statement by the NOX authorized account representative: "I am authorized to make this submission on behalf of the owners and operators of the NOX Budget sources or NOX Budget units for which the submission is made. I certify under penalty of law that I have personally examined, and am familiar with, the statements and information submitted in this document and all its attachments. Based on my inquiry of those individuals with primary responsibility for obtaining the information, I certify that the statements and information are to the best of my knowledge and belief true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false statements and information or omitting required statements and information, including the possibility of fine or imprisonment."

1.The Department and the Administrator will accept or act on a submission made on behalf of owner or operators of a NOX Budget source or a NOX Budget unit only if the submission has been made, signed, and certified in accordance with subparagraph (e) of this paragraph.

(2)Alternate NOX authorized account representative.

(a)An account certificate of representation may designate one and only one alternate NOX authorized account representative who may act on behalf of the NOX authorized account representative. The agreement by which the alternate NOX authorized account representative is selected shall include a procedure for authorizing the alternate NOX authorized account representative to act in lieu of the NOX authorized account representative.

(b)Upon receipt by the Administrator of a complete account certificate of representation under paragraph (4) of this Rule, any representation, action, inaction, or submission by the alternate NOX authorized account representative shall be deemed to be a representation, action, inaction, or submission by the NOX authorized account representative.

(c)Except in this paragraph and paragraphs (1)(a), (3), and (4) of this Rule, and Rule 335-3-8-.10(2), whenever the term "NOX authorized account representative'' is used in Rules 335-3-8-.05 through 335-3-8-.13, the term shall be construed to include the alternate NOX authorized account representative.

(3)Changing the NOX authorized account representative and the alternate NOX account representative; changes in owners and operators.

(a)Changing the NOX authorized account representative. The NOX authorized account representative may be changed at any time upon receipt by the Administrator of a superseding complete account certificate of representation under paragraph (4) of this Rule. Notwithstanding any such change, all representations, actions, inactions, and submissions by the previous NOX authorized account representative prior to the time and date when the Administrator receives the superseding account certificate of representation shall be binding on the new NOX authorized account representative and the owners and operators of the NOX Budget source and the NOX Budget units at the source.

(b)Changing the alternate NOX authorized account representative. The alternate NOX authorized account representative may be changed at any time upon receipt by the Administrator of a superseding complete account certificate of representation under paragraph (4) of this Rule. Notwithstanding any such change, all representations, actions, inactions, and submissions by the previous alternate NOX authorized account representative prior to the time and date when the Administrator receives the superseding account certificate of representation shall be binding on the new alternate NOX authorized account representative and the owners and operators of the NOX Budget source and the NOX Budget units at the source.

(c)Changes in the owners and operators.

1.In the event a new owner or operator of a NOX Budget source or a NOX Budget unit is not included in the list of owners and operators submitted in the account certificate of representation, such new owner or operator shall be deemed to be subject to and bound by the account certificate of representation, the representations, actions, inactions, and submissions of the NOX authorized account representative and any alternate NOX authorized account representative of the source or unit, and the decisions, orders, actions, and inactions of the Department or the Administrator, as if the new owner or operator were included in such list.

2.Within 30 days following any change in the owners and operators of a NOX Budget source or a NOX Budget unit, including the addition of a new owner or operator, the NOX authorized account representative or alternate NOX authorized account representative shall submit a revision to the account certificate of representation amending the list of owners and operators to include the change.

(4)Account certificate of representation.

(a)A complete account certificate of representation for a NOX authorized account representative or an alternate NOX authorized account representative shall include the following elements in a format prescribed by the Administrator:

1.Identification of the NOX Budget source and each NOX Budget unit at the source for which the account certificate of representation is submitted.

2.The name, address, e-mail address (if any), telephone number, and facsimile transmission number (if any) of the NOX authorized account representative and any alternate NOX authorized account representative.

3.A list of the owners and operators of the NOX Budget source and of each NOX Budget unit at the source.

4.The following certification statement by the NOX authorized account representative and any alternate NOX authorized account representative: "I certify that I was selected as the NOX authorized account representative or alternate NOX authorized account representative, as applicable, by an agreement binding on the owners and operators of the NOX Budget source and each NOX Budget unit at the source. I certify that I have all the necessary authority to carry out my duties and responsibilities under the NOX Budget Trading Program on behalf of the owners and operators of the NOX Budget source and of each NOX Budget unit at the source and that each such owner and operator shall be fully bound by my representations, actions, inactions, or submissions and by any decision or order issued to me by the Department, the Administrator, or a court regarding the source or unit."

5.The signature of the NOX authorized account representative and any alternate NOX authorized account representative and the dates signed.

(b)Unless otherwise required by the Department or the Administrator, documents of agreement referred to in the account certificate of representation shall not be submitted to the Department or the Administrator. Neither the Department nor the Administrator shall be under any obligation to review or evaluate the sufficiency of such documents, if submitted.

(5)Objections concerning the NOX authorized account representative.

(a)Once a complete account certificate of representation under paragraph (4) of this Rule has been submitted and received, the Department and the Administrator will rely on the account certificate of representation unless and until a superseding complete account certificate of representation under paragraph (4) of this Rule is received by the Administrator.

(b)Except as provided in subparagraph (3)(a) or (b) of this Rule, no objection or other communication submitted to the Department or the Administrator concerning the authorization, or any representation, action, inaction, or submission of the NOX authorized account representative shall affect any representation, action, inaction, or submission of the NOX authorized account representative or the finality of any decision or order by the Department or the Administrator under the NOX Budget Trading Program.

(c)Neither the Department nor the Administrator will adjudicate any private legal dispute concerning the authorization or any representation, action, inaction, or submission of any NOX authorized account representative, including private legal disputes concerning the proceeds of NOX allowance transfers.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8,22-28-10, 22-28-11, 22-28-14, 22-28-18, 22-28-20, 22-28-22.

History: New Rule: Filed March 2, 2001; effective April 6, 2001.

<regElement name="335.3.8.07" level="3" title="Permits">

(1)General NOX Budget trading program permit requirements.

(a)For each NOX Budget source required to have an enforceable permit, such permit shall include a NOX Budget permit administered by the Department. Any requirements of the NOX Budget permit shall be considered federally enforceable.

1.For NOX Budget sources required to have a major source operating permit, the NOX Budget portion of the major source operating permit shall be administered in accordance with the Department's major source operating permits regulations promulgated under Chapter 335-3-16, except as provided otherwise by this Rule or Rule 335-3-8-.13. The applicable provisions of such major source operating permits regulations shall include, but are not limited to, those provisions addressing operating permit applications, operating permit application shield, operating permit duration, operating permit shield, operating permit issuance, operating permit revision and reopening, public participation, State review, and review by the Administrator.

2.For NOX Budget sources required to have a non-title V permit, the NOX Budget portion of the permit shall be administered in accordance with Chapter 335-3-14 or 335-3-15, except as provided otherwise by this Rule or Rule 335-3-8-.13. The applicable provisions of such permit regulations may include, but are not limited to, provisions addressing permit applications, permit issuance, permit revision and reopening, public participation, and review by the Administrator.

(b)Each NOX Budget permit (including a draft or proposed NOX Budget permit, if applicable) shall contain all applicable NOX Budget Trading Program requirements and shall be a complete and segregable portion of the permit under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph.

(2)Submission of NOX Budget permit applications.

(a)Duty to apply. The NOX authorized account representative of any NOX Budget source required to have an enforceable permit shall submit to the Department a complete NOX Budget permit application under paragraph (3) of this Rule by the applicable deadline in subparagraph (b) or (c) below.

(b)For NOX Budget sources required to have a major source operating permit:

1.For any source, with one or more NOX Budget units under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4) that commenced operation before January 1, 2001, the NOX authorized account representative shall submit a complete NOX Budget permit application under paragraph (3) of this Rule covering such NOX Budget units to the Department at least 18 months (or such lesser time provided under Chapter 335-3-16 for final action on a permit application) before May 31, 2004.

2.For any source, with any NOX Budget unit under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4) that commences operation on or after January 1, 2001, the NOX authorized account representative shall submit a complete NOX Budget permit application under paragraph (3) of this Rule covering such NOX Budget unit to the Department at least 18 months (or such lesser time provided under Chapter 335-3-16 for final action on a permit application) before the later of May 31, 2004 or the date on which the NOX Budget unit commences operation.

(c)For NOX Budget sources required to have a non-title V permit:

1.For any source, with one or more NOX Budget units under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4) that commenced operation before January 1, 2001, the NOX authorized account representative shall submit a complete NOX Budget permit application under paragraph (3) of this Rule covering such NOX Budget units to the Department at least 18 months (or such lesser time provided under the Department's permit regulations in Chapter 335-3-14 or 335-3-15 for final action on a permit application) before May 31, 2004.

2.For any source, with any NOX Budget unit under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4) that commenced operation on or after January 1, 2001, the NOX authorized account representative shall submit a complete NOX Budget permit application under paragraph (3) of this Rule covering such NOX Budget unit to the Department at least 18 months (or such lesser time provided under the Department's permit regulations in Chapter 335-3-14 or Chapter 335-3-15 for final action on a permit application) before the later of May 31, 2004 or the date on which the NOX Budget unit commences operation.

(d)Duty to reapply. For a NOX Budget source required to have a major source operating permit, the NOX authorized account representative shall submit a complete NOX Budget permit application under paragraph (3) of this Rule for the NOX Budget source covering the NOX Budget units at the source in accordance with the Department's major source operating permits regulations in Chapter 335-3-16 addressing operating permit renewal.

(3)Information requirements for NOX Budget permit applications. A complete NOX Budget permit application shall include the following elements concerning the NOX Budget source for which the application is submitted, in a format prescribed by the Department:

(a)Identification of the NOX Budget source, including plant name and the ORIS (Office of Regulatory Information Systems) or facility code assigned to the source by the Energy Information Administration, if applicable;

(b)Identification of each NOX Budget unit at the NOX Budget source and whether it is a NOX budget unit under Rules 335-3-8-.05(4) or 335-3-8-.13;

(c)The standard requirements under Rule 335-3-8-.05(6); and

(d)For each NOX Budget opt-in unit at the NOX Budget source, the following certification statements by the NOX authorized account representative:

1."I certify that each unit for which this permit application is submitted under Rule 335-3-8-.13 is not a NOX Budget unit under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4) and is not covered by a retired unit exemption under Rule 335-3-8-.05(5) that is in effect."

2.If the application is for an initial NOX Budget opt-in permit, "I certify that each unit for which this permit application is submitted under Rule 335-3-8-.13 is currently operating, as that term is defined under Rule 335-3-8-.05(2)."

(4)NOX Budget permit contents.

(a)Each NOX Budget permit (including any draft or proposed NOX Budget permit, if applicable) will contain, in a format prescribed by the Department, all elements required for a complete NOX Budget permit application under paragraph (3) of this Rule.

(b)Each NOX Budget permit is deemed to incorporate automatically the definitions of terms under Rule 335-3-8-.05(2) and, upon recordation by the Administrator under Rules 335-3-8-.10, 335-3-8-.11, or 335-3-8-.13 of this Division, every allocation, transfer, or deduction of a NOX allowance to or from the compliance accounts of the NOX Budget units covered by the permit or the overdraft account of the NOX Budget source covered by the permit.

(5)Effective date of initial NOX Budget permit. The initial NOX Budget permit covering a NOX Budget unit for which a complete NOX Budget permit application is timely submitted under subparagraph (2)(b) or 2(c) of this Rule shall become effective by the later of:

(a)May 31, 2004;

(b)May 1 of the year in which the NOX Budget unit commences operation, if the unit commences operation on or before May 1 of that year;

(c)The date on which the NOX Budget unit commences operation, if the unit commences operation during a control period; or

(d)May 1 of the year following the year in which the NOX Budget unit commences operation, if the unit commences operation on or after October 1 of the year.

(6)NOX Budget permit revisions.

(a)For a NOX Budget source with a major source operating permit, except as provided in subparagraph (4)(b) of this Rule, the Department will revise the NOX Budget permit, as necessary, in accordance with the Department's major source operating permits regulations in Chapter 335-3-16 addressing permit revisions.

(b)For a NOX Budget source with a non-title V permit, except as provided in subparagraph (4)(b) of this Rule, the Department will revise the NOX Budget permit, as necessary, in accordance with the Department's permit regulations in Chapter 335-3-14 or 335-3-15, as applicable.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-28-10, 22-28-11, 22-28-14, 22-28-16, 22-28-18, 22-28-20, 22-28-22.

History: New Rule: Filed March 2, 2001; effective April 6, 2001.

<regElement name="335.3.8.08" level="3" title="Compliance Certification">

(1)Compliance certification report.

(a)Applicability and deadline. For each control period in which one or more NOX Budget units at a source are subject to the NOX Budget emissions limitation, the NOX authorized account representative of the source shall submit to the Department and the Administrator by November 30 of that year, a compliance certification report for each source covering all such units.

(b)Contents of report. The NOX authorized account representative shall include in the compliance certification report under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph the following elements, in a format prescribed by the Administrator, concerning each unit at the source and subject to the NOX Budget emissions limitation for the control period covered by the report:

1.Identification of each NOX Budget unit;

2.The serial numbers of the NOX allowances that are to be deducted from each unit's compliance account under Rule 335-3-8-.10(5) for the control period;

3.For units sharing a common stack and having NOX emissions that are not monitored separately or apportioned in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12, the percentage of allowances that is to be deducted from each unit's compliance account under Rule 335-3-8-.10(5)(e); and

4.The compliance certification under subparagraph (c) of this paragraph.

(c)Compliance certification. In the compliance certification report under subparagraph (a) above, the NOX authorized account representative shall certify, based on reasonable inquiry of those persons with primary responsibility for operating the source and the NOX Budget units at the source in compliance with the NOX Budget Trading Program, whether each NOX Budget unit for which the compliance certification is submitted was operated during the calendar year covered by the report in compliance with the requirements of the NOX Budget Trading Program applicable to the unit, including:

1.Whether the unit was operated in compliance with the NOX Budget emissions limitation;

2.Whether the monitoring plan that governs the unit has been maintained to reflect the actual operation and monitoring of the unit, and contains all information necessary to attribute NOX emissions to the unit, in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12;

3.Whether all the NOX emissions from the unit, or a group of units (including the unit) using a common stack, were monitored or accounted for through the missing data procedures and reported in the quarterly monitoring reports, including whether conditional data were reported in the quarterly reports in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12. If conditional data were reported, the owner or operator shall indicate whether the status of all conditional data has been resolved and all necessary quarterly report re-submissions has been made;

4.Whether the facts that form the basis for certification under Rule 335-3-8-.12 of each monitor at the unit or a group of units (including the unit) using a common stack, or for using an excepted monitoring method or alternative monitoring method approved under Rule 335-3-8-.12, if any, has changed; and

5.If a change is required to be reported under subparagraph (c)4. of this paragraph, specify the nature of the change, the reason for the change, when the change occurred, and how the unit's compliance status was determined subsequent to the change, including what method was used to determine emissions when a change mandated the need for monitor re-certification.

(2)Department's and Administrator's action on compliance certifications.

(a)The Department or the Administrator may review and conduct independent audits concerning any compliance certification or any other submission under the NOX Budget Trading Program and make appropriate adjustments of the information in the compliance certifications or other submissions.

(b)The Administrator may deduct NOX allowances from or transfer NOX allowances to a unit's compliance account or a source's overdraft account based on the information in the compliance certifications or other submissions, as adjusted under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8,22-28-10, 22-28-11, 22-28-14, 22-28-18, 22-28-20, 22-28-22.

History: New Rule: Filed March 2, 2001; effective April 6, 2001.

<regElement name="335.3.8.09" level="3" title="NO<SUB>X</SUB> Allowance Allocations">

(1)State Trading Program Budget. The State trading program budget allocated by the Department under paragraph (3) of this Rule for a control period will equal the total number of tons of NOX emissions apportioned to the NOX Budget units under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4) in the State for the control period, as determined by the applicable, approved State Implementation Plan.

(2)Timing Requirements for NOX Allowance Allocations.

(a)By April 6, 2001, the Department will submit to the Administrator the NOX allowance allocations, in accordance with paragraph (3) of this Rule, for the control periods in 2004, 2005, and 2006.

(b)By April 1, 2004 and April 1 of every third year thereafter (i.e. 2007, 2010, 2013, etc.), the Department will submit to the Administrator the NOX allowance allocations, in accordance with paragraph (3) of this Rule, for the control periods in the three years that are three, four, and five years, respectively, after the year of the applicable deadline for submission under this subparagraph (b). If the Department fails to submit to the Administrator the NOx allowance allocations in accordance with this subparagraph (b), the Administrator will allocate, for the applicable control periods, the same number of NOx allowances as were allocated for the preceding control periods.

(3)NOX Allowance Allocations.

(a)Definitions. For the purpose of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

1.Baseline NOX Budget Unit. A NOX Budget unit that either:

(i)Commenced operation on or before May 1, 1999; or

(ii)Submitted a permit application to the Department that was affirmatively deemed complete by the Department in writing on or before October 2, 2000.

2.Replacement NOX Budget Unit.

(i)A NOx Budget unit, which replaces at the same facility, a Baseline NOx budget unit with the same or less design heat input capacity; or

(ii)The portion of a NOX Budget unit, which replaces at the same facility, a Baseline NOX Budget unit with the same or less design heat input capacity.

3.New NOX Budget Unit.

(i)A NOX Budget unit that does not meet the definition of either Baseline NOX Budget Unit or Replacement NOX Budget Unit as defined in (3)(a)1. and (3)(a)2. of this Rule; or

(ii)The portion of a NOX Budget unit that does not meet the definition of either Baseline NOX Budget Unit or Replacement NOX Budget Unit as defined in (3)(a)1. and (3)(a)2. of this Rule.

(b)Determination of Heat Input.

1.The heat input (in mmBtu) used for calculating NOX allowance allocations under subparagraph (2)(a) of this Rule will be:

(i)For a baseline NOX Budget unit that commenced operation on or before May 1, 1999, the average of the two highest amounts of the unit?s heat input for the control periods in 1997, 1998, and 1999; or

(ii)For a baseline NOX Budget unit that did not commence operation on or before May 1, 1999 but had submitted a permit application to the Department that was affirmatively deemed complete by the Department in writing on or before October 2, 2000, the expected actual ozone season heat input based on actual utilization data of similar sources.

2.The heat input (in mmBtu) used for calculating NOX allowance allocations under subparagraph (2)(b) of this Rule that are to be submitted to the Administrator on April 1, 2004 will be:

(i)For a baseline or replacement NOX Budget unit that commenced operation on or before May 1, 2001, the average of the two highest amounts of the unit?s heat input for the control periods in 2001, 2002, and 2003; or

(ii)For a baseline or replacement NOX Budget unit that did not commence operation on or before May 1, 2001 but did commence operation on or before May 1, 2002, the average heat input for the control periods in 2002 and 2003; or

(iii)For a baseline or replacement NOX Budget unit that did not commence operation on or before May 1, 2002 but did commence operation on or before May 1, 2003, the heat input for the control period in 2003; or

(iv)For a replacement NOX Budget unit that did not commence operation on or before May 1, 2003, the average of the two highest amounts of the heat inputs for the control periods in 2001, 2002, and 2003 for the baseline NOX Budget unit that it replaced.

(v)For a new NOX Budget unit that commenced operation on or before May 1, 2003, the average of the two highest amounts of the unit?s heat input for the control periods in 2001, 2002, and 2003; or

(vi)For a new NOX Budget unit that did not commence operation on or before May 1, 2003, the expected actual ozone season heat input based on actual utilization data of similar sources.

3.The heat input (in mmBtu) used for calculating NOX allowance allocations under subparagraph (2)(b) of this Rule that are to be submitted to the Administrator on April 1, 2007 and all subsequent years will be:

(i)For a baseline NOX Budget unit, the average of the two highest amounts of the unit?s heat input for the three most recent control periods (e.g. allocations calculated for submission to the Administrator on April 1, 2007 will be based on ozone season heat inputs from 2004, 2005, and 2006); or

(ii)For a replacement NOX Budget unit, if the average of the two highest amounts of the unit?s heat input for the three most recent control periods is less than or equal to the average of the two highest amounts of the ozone season heat inputs of the baseline NOX Budget unit that it replaced during the last three control periods that it operated, the unit's calculated average ozone season heat input will be used; or

(iii)For a replacement NOX Budget unit, if the average of the two highest amounts of the unit?s heat input for the three most recent control periods is greater than the average of the two highest amounts of the ozone season heat inputs of the baseline NOX Budget unit that it replaced during the last three control periods that it operated, the average of the two highest amounts of the ozone season heat inputs of the baseline NOX Budget unit that it replaced during the last three control periods that it operated will be used; or

(iv)For a new NOX Budget unit that commenced operation prior to or during the most recent control period, the average of the two highest amounts of the unit?s heat input for the three most recent control periods; or

(v)For a new NOX Budget unit that did not commence operation prior to or during the most recent control period, the expected actual ozone season heat input based on actual utilization data of similar sources.

4.The unit?s total heat input for the control period in each year specified under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph will be determined in accordance with 40 CFR 75 if the NOX Budget unit was otherwise subject to the requirements of 40 CFR 75 for the year, or will be based on the best available data reported to the Administrator and the Department for the unit if the unit was not otherwise subject to the requirements of 40 CFR 75 for the year.

(c)Establishment of Baseline and Retired Unit Allowance Pools. At the time NOX allowances are initially allocated to baseline NOX Budget units under subparagraph (e)1. of this paragraph, each unit's allocation will be permanently recorded as that unit's "Baseline Allowance". This value will be used to calculate the following:

1.Baseline Allowance Pool. The Baseline Allowance Pool shall be calculated each time NOX allowances are allocated under subparagraph (2)(b) of this Rule and shall equal the sum of the Baseline Allowances for all baseline NOX Budget units that have not retired in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.05(5).

2.Retired Unit Allowance Pool. The Retired Unit Allowance Pool shall be calculated each time NOX allowances are allocated under subparagraph (2)(b) of this Rule and shall equal the sum of the Baseline Allowances for all NOX Budget units that have retired in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.05(5).

(d)Adjustment Ratios. To ensure that the total number of NOX allowances allocated under paragraph (3) of this Rule equals the number of tons of NOX emissions in the State trading program budget, the following ratios may be applied to the calculated NOX allowance allocations as appropriate.

1.Baseline Adjustment Ratio. The Baseline Adjustment Ratio is the total number of NOX allowances in the Baseline Allowance Pool divided by the total number of NOX allowances calculated for baseline NOX Budget units for a control period prior to any adjustments.

2.Alternate Baseline Adjustment Ratio. If there are no New NOX Budget Units for which allocations must be calculated, the Alternate Baseline Adjustment Ratio is the total number of tons of NOX emissions in the State trading program budget divided by the total number of NOX allowances calculated for baseline and replacement NOX Budget units for a control period prior to any adjustments.

(e)Calculation of NOX Allowances for Baseline NOX Budget Units.

1.For each control period under subparagraph (2)(a) of this Rule, the Department will allocate NOX allowances to all baseline NOX Budget units in accordance with the following procedures:

(i)The Department will allocate NOX allowances to each NOX Budget unit under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4)(a)1. in an amount equaling 0.15 lb/mmBtu, or the unit's permitted NOX limit (expressed as lb/mmBtu), whichever is less, multiplied by the heat input determined under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph, multiplied by the ratio of the total number of tons of NOX emissions in the State trading program budget divided by the total number of NOX allowances calculated for baseline NOX Budget units for a control period prior to any adjustments, and then rounded to the nearest whole NOX allowance as appropriate.

(ii)The Department will allocate NOX allowances to each NOX Budget unit under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4)(a)2. in an amount equaling 0.17 lb/mmBtu or the unit's permitted NOX limit (expressed as lb/mmBtu), whichever is less, multiplied by the heat input determined under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph, multiplied by the ratio of the total number of tons of NOX emissions in the State trading program budget divided by the total number of NOX allowances calculated for baseline NOX Budget units for a control period prior to any adjustments, and then rounded to the nearest whole NOX allowance as appropriate.

2.For each control period under subparagraph (2)(b) of this Rule, the Department will allocate NOX allowances to all baseline NOX Budget units in accordance with the following procedures:

(i)The Department will allocate NOX allowances to each NOX Budget unit under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4)(a)1. in an amount equaling 0.15 lb/mmBtu or the unit's permitted NOX limit (expressed as lb/mmBtu), whichever is less, multiplied by the heat input determined under subparagraph (b)2. or (b)3. of this paragraph, multiplied by the Baseline Adjustment Ratio or, if no new NOX Budget units have been identified at the time allocations are calculated, the Alternate Baseline Adjustment Ratio, and then rounded to the nearest whole NOX allowance as appropriate. These NOX allowances may be further adjusted in accordance with subparagraph (h) of this paragraph where necessary.

(ii)The Department will allocate NOX allowances to each NOX Budget unit under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4)(a)2. in an amount equaling 0.17 lb/mmBtu or the unit's permitted NOX limit (expressed as lb/mmBtu), whichever is less, multiplied by the heat input determined under subparagraph (b)2. or (b)3. of this paragraph, multiplied by the Baseline Adjustment Ratio or, if no new NOX Budget units have been identified at the time allocations are calculated, the Alternate Baseline Adjustment Ratio, and then rounded to the nearest whole NOX allowance as appropriate. These NOX allowances may be further adjusted in accordance with subparagraph (h) of this paragraph where necessary.

(f)Calculation of NOX Allowances for Replacement NOX Budget Units. For each control period under subparagraph (2)(b) of this Rule, after calculating NOX allowances for all baseline NOX Budget units that have not retired in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.05(5), the Department will allocate NOX allowances from the Retired Unit Allowance Pool to all replacement NOX Budget units in accordance with the following procedures:

1.For each replacement NOX Budget unit under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4)(a)1. that commenced operation or submitted a permit application affirmatively deemed complete by the Department in writing on or before March 1 of the year allocations are to be submitted to the Administrator under subparagraph (2)(b) of this Rule, the number of NOX allowances allocated for each applicable control period will be equal to 0.15 lb/mmBtu, or the unit's permitted NOX limit (expressed as lb/mmBtu), whichever is less, multiplied by the heat input determined under subparagraph (b)2. or (b)3. of this paragraph, multiplied by the Baseline Adjustment Ratio or, if no new NOX Budget units have been identified at the time allocations are calculated, the Alternate Baseline Adjustment Ratio, and then rounded to the nearest whole NOX allowance as appropriate. These NOX allowances may be further adjusted in accordance with subparagraph (i) of this paragraph where necessary.

2.For each replacement NOX Budget unit under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4)(a)2. that commenced operation or submitted a permit application affirmatively deemed complete by the Department in writing on or before March 1 of the year allocations are to be submitted to the Administrator under subparagraph (2)(b) of this Rule, the number of NOX allowances allocated for each applicable control period will be equal to 0.17 lb/mmBtu, or the unit's permitted NOX limit (expressed as lb/mmBtu), whichever is less, multiplied by the heat input determined under subparagraph (b)2. or (b)3. of this paragraph, multiplied by the Baseline Adjustment Ratio or, if no new NOX Budget units have been identified at the time allocations are calculated, the Alternate Baseline Adjustment Ratio, and then rounded to the nearest whole NOX allowance as appropriate. These NOX allowances may be further adjusted in accordance with subparagraph (i) of this paragraph where necessary.

(g)Calculation of NOX Allowances for New NOX Budget Units. For each control period under subparagraph (2)(b) of this Rule, after calculating NOX allowances for all baseline NOX Budget units that have not retired in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.05(5) and calculating NOX allowances for all replacement NOX Budget Units, the Department will allocate NOX allowances remaining in the Retired Unit Allowance Pool to all new NOX Budget units in accordance with the following procedures:

1.For each new NOX Budget unit under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4)(a)1. that commenced operation or submitted a permit application affirmatively deemed complete by the Department in writing on or before March 1 of the year allocations are to be submitted to the Administrator under subparagraph (2)(b) of this Rule, the number of NOX allowances allocated for each applicable control period will be equal to 0.15 lb/mmBtu, or the unit's permitted NOX limit (expressed as lb/mmBtu), whichever is less, multiplied by the heat input determined under subparagraph (b)2. or (b)3. of this paragraph, multiplied by the Baseline Adjustment Ratio, and then rounded to the nearest whole NOX allowance as appropriate. These NOX allowances may be further adjusted in accordance with subparagraph (j) of this paragraph where necessary.

2.For each new NOX Budget unit under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4)(a)2. that commenced operation or submitted a permit application affirmatively deemed complete by the Department in writing on or before March 1 of the year allocations are to be submitted to the Administrator under subparagraph (2)(b) of this Rule, the number of NOX allowances allocated for each applicable control period will be equal to 0.17 lb/mmBtu, or the unit's permitted NOX limit (expressed as lb/mmBtu), whichever is less, multiplied by the heat input determined under subparagraph (b)2. or (b)3. of this paragraph, multiplied by the Baseline Adjustment Ratio, and then rounded to the nearest whole NOX allowance as appropriate. These NOX allowances may be further adjusted in accordance with subparagraph (j) of this paragraph where necessary.

(h)Adjustment of Baseline NOx Allowance Allocations. If NOX allowances remain in the Retired Unit Allowance Pool after allocations are made to all replacement and new NOX Budget units in accordance with subparagraphs (f) and (g) of this paragraph, these NOx allowances will be allocated on a pro rata basis to the baseline NOX Budget units for the applicable control periods.

(i)Adjustment of Replacement NOx Allowance Allocations. If the total number of calculated NOX allowances allocated to all replacement NOX Budget units under subparagraph (f) of this paragraph exceeds the number of NOX allowances in the Retired Unit Allowance Pool, each unit's allocation will be further adjusted by multiplying by the ratio of the number of NOX allowances in the Retired Unit Allowance Pool divided by the total number of NOX allowance allocations to all replacement NOX Budget units under subparagraph (f) of this paragraph so that the number of NOX allowances in the Retired Unit Allowance Pool is not exceeded. The adjusted NOX allowance allocations will be rounded to the nearest ton, as appropriate.

(j)Adjustment of New NOx Allowance Allocations. If the total number of calculated NOX allowances allocated to all new NOX Budget units under subparagraph (f) of this paragraph exceeds the number of NOX allowances remaining in the Retired Unit Allowance Pool after allocation to replacement NOX Budget units, each unit's allocation will be further adjusted by multiplying by the ratio of the number of NOX allowances remaining in the Retired Unit Allowance Pool after allocation to replacement NOX Budget units divided by the total number of NOX allowance allocations to new replacement NOX Budget units under subparagraph (f) of this paragraph so that the total number of NOX allowances in the Retired Unit Allowance Pool is not exceeded. The adjusted NOX allowance allocations will be rounded to the nearest ton, as appropriate.

(k)NOX allowances allocated to baseline NOX Budget units based on heat inputs determined in accordance with subparagraph (b)1.(ii) of this paragraph shall not be banked, as described under Rule 335-3-8-.10(6), or transferred, as described under Rule 335-3-8-.11, by the NOX Budget unit to which the NOX allowances were allocated if the unit does not commence operation prior to or during the control period for which NOX allowances were allocated. The NOX allowances will be transferred by the Department pro rata to baseline NOX Budget units that were allocated NOX allowances in accordance with subparagraphs (b)1.(i) of this paragraph. By November 1 of the same year, the Department shall notify the Administrator of the appropriate NOX allowance transfers.

(l)NOX allowances allocated to new NOX Budget units based on heat inputs determined in accordance with subparagraphs (b)2.(vi) or (b)3.(v) of this paragraph shall not be banked, as described under Rule 335-3-8-.10(6), or transferred, as described under Rule 335-3-8-.11, by the NOX Budget unit to which the NOX allowances were allocated if the unit does not commence operation prior to or during the control period for which NOX allowances were allocated. The NOX allowances will be transferred by the Department pro rata to NOX Budget units that were allocated NOX allowances in accordance with subparagraphs (b)2.(i) through (v) or (b)3.(i) through (iv) of this paragraph. By November 1 of the same year, the Department shall notify the Administrator of the appropriate NOX allowance transfers.

(m)NOX allowances will not be allocated to NOX Budget units that retire under 335-3-8-.05(5) prior to the date NOX allowance allocations are submitted to the Administrator under subparagraphs (2)(a) or (2)(b).

(n)The total NOX allowances allocated for any control period in accordance with subparagraphs 335-3-8-.09(3)(e), (f), and (g) shall not exceed the State Trading Program Budget as determined by the applicable, approved State Implementation Plan.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8,22-28-10, 22-28-11, 22-28-14, 22-28-18, 22-28-20, 22-28-22,.

History: New Rule: Filed March 2, 2001; effective April 6, 2001.

<regElement name="335.3.8.10" level="3" title="NO<SUB>X</SUB> Allowance Tracking System">

(1)NOX Allowance Tracking System accounts.

(a)Nature and function of compliance accounts and overdraft accounts. Consistent with subparagraph (2)(a) of this Rule, the Administrator will establish one compliance account for each NOX Budget unit and one overdraft account for each source with two or more NOX Budget units. Allocations of NOX allowances pursuant to Rule 335-3-8-.09 or Rule 335-3-8-.13(9) and deductions or transfers of NOX allowances pursuant to Rules 335-3-8-.08(2), 335-3-8-.10(7), 335-3-8-.11, or 335-3-8-.13 will be recorded in the compliance accounts or overdraft accounts in accordance with this Rule.

(b)Nature and function of general accounts. Consistent with paragraph (2) of this Rule, the Administrator will establish, upon request, a general account for any person. Transfers of allowances pursuant to Rule 335-3-8-.11 will be recorded in the general account in accordance with this Rule.

(2)Establishment of accounts.

(a)Compliance accounts and overdraft accounts. Upon receipt of a complete account certificate of representation under Rule 335-3-8-.06(4), the Administrator will establish:

1.A compliance account for each NOX Budget unit for which the account certificate of representation was submitted; and

2.An overdraft account for each source for which the account certificate of representation was submitted and that has two or more NOX Budget units.

(b)General accounts.

1.Any person may apply to open a general account for the purpose of holding and transferring allowances. A complete application for a general account shall be submitted to the Administrator and shall include the following elements in a format prescribed by the Administrator:

(i)Name, mailing address, e-mail address (if any), telephone number, and facsimile transmission number (if any) of the NOX authorized account representative and any alternate NOX authorized account representative;

(ii)The NOX authorized account representative, organization name and type of organization;

(iii)A list of all persons subject to a binding agreement for the NOX authorized account representative or any alternate NOX authorized account representative to represent their ownership interest with respect to the allowances held in the general account;

(iv)The following certification statement by the NOX authorized account representative and any alternate NOX authorized account representative: "I certify that I was selected as the NOX authorized account representative or the NOX alternate authorized account representative, as applicable, by an agreement that is binding on all persons who have an ownership interest with respect to allowances held in the general account. I certify that I have all the necessary authority to carry out my duties and responsibilities under the NOX Budget Trading Program on behalf of such persons and that each such person shall be fully bound by my representations, actions, inactions, or submissions and by any order or decision issued to me by the Administrator or a court regarding the general account."

(v)The signature of the NOX authorized account representative and any alternate NOX authorized account representative and the dates signed.

(vi)Unless otherwise required by the Department or the Administrator, documents of agreement referred to in the account certificate of representation shall not be submitted to the Department nor the Administrator. Neither the Department nor the Administrator shall be under any obligation to review or evaluate the sufficiency of such documents, if submitted.

2.Upon receipt by the Administrator of a complete application for a general account under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph:

(i)The Administrator will establish a general account for the person or persons for whom the application is submitted.

(ii)The NOX authorized account representative and any alternate NOX authorized account representative for the general account shall represent and, by his or her representations, actions, inactions, or submissions, legally bind each person who has an ownership interest with respect to NOX allowances held in the general account in all matters pertaining to the NOX Budget Trading Program, not withstanding any agreement between the NOX authorized account representative or any alternate NOX authorized account representative and such person. Any such person shall be bound by any order or decision issued to the NOX authorized account representative or any alternate NOX authorized account representative by the Administrator or a court regarding the general account.

(iii)Each submission concerning the general account shall be submitted, signed, and certified by the NOX authorized account representative or any alternate NOX authorized account representative for the persons having an ownership interest with respect to NOX allowances held in the general account. Each such submission shall include the following certification statement by the NOX authorized account representative or any alternate NOX authorized account representative any: "I am authorized to make this submission on behalf of the persons having an ownership interest with respect to the NOX allowances held in the general account. I certify under penalty of law that I have personally examined, and am familiar with, the statements and information submitted in this document and all its attachments. Based on my inquiry of those individuals with primary responsibility for obtaining the information, I certify that the statements and information are to the best of my knowledge and belief true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false statements and information or omitting required statements and information, including the possibility of fine or imprisonment."

(iv)The Administrator will accept or act on a submission concerning the general account only if the submission has been made, signed, and certified in accordance with subparagraph (b)2.(iii) of this paragraph above.

3.An application for a general account may designate one and only one NOX authorized account representative and one and only one alternate NOX authorized account representative who may act on behalf of the NOX authorized account representative. The agreement by which the alternate NOX authorized account representative is selected shall include a procedure for authorizing the alternate NOX authorized account representative to act in lieu of the NOX authorized account representative.

(i)Upon receipt by the Administrator of a complete application for a general account under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph, any representation, action, inaction, or submission by any alternate NOX authorized account representative shall be deemed to be a representation, action, inaction, or submission by the NOX authorized account representative.

4.Changing the NOx authorized account representative and the alternate NOX authorized account representative; changes in ownership interest.

(i)Changing the NOx authorized account representative. The NOX authorized account representative for a general account may be changed at any time upon receipt by the Administrator of a superseding complete application for a general account under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph. Notwithstanding any such change, all representations, actions, inactions, and submissions by the previous NOX authorized account representative prior to the time and date when the Administrator receives the superseding application for a general account shall be binding on the new NOX authorized account representative and the persons with an ownership interest with respect to the allowances in the general account.

(ii)Changing the alternate NOX authorized account representative. The alternate NOX authorized account representative for a general account may be changed at any time upon receipt by the Administrator of a superseding complete application for a general account under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph. Notwithstanding any such change, all representations, actions, inactions, and submissions by the previous alternate NOX authorized account representative prior to the time and date when the Administrator receives the superseding application for a general account shall be binding on the new alternate NOX authorized account representative and the persons with an ownership interest with respect to the allowances in the general account.

(iii)Changes in ownership interest.

(I)In the event a new person having an ownership interest with respect to NOX allowances in the general account is not included in the list of such persons in the account certificate of representation, such new person shall be deemed to be subject to and bound by the account certificate of representation, the representation, actions, inactions, and submissions of the NOX authorized account representative and any alternate NOX authorized account representative of the source or unit, and the decisions, orders, actions, and inactions of the Administrator, as if the new person were included in such list.

(II)Within 30 days following any change in the persons having an ownership interest with respect to NOX allowances in the general account, including the addition of persons, the NOX authorized account representative or any alternate NOX authorized account representative shall submit a revision to the application for a general account amending the list of persons having an ownership interest with respect to the NOX allowances in the general account to include the change.

5.Once a complete application for a general account under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph has been submitted and received, the Administrator will rely on the application unless and until a superseding complete application for a general account under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph is received by the Administrator.

(i)Except as provided in subparagraph (b)4. of this paragraph, no objection or other communication submitted to the Administrator concerning the authorization, or any representation, action, inaction, or submission of the NOX authorized account representative or any alternate NOX authorized account representative for a general account shall affect any representation, action, inaction, or submission of the NOX authorized account representative or any alternate NOX authorized account representative or the finality of any decision or order by the Administrator under the NOX Budget Trading Program.

(ii)The Administrator will not adjudicate any private legal dispute concerning the authorization or any representation, action, inaction, or submission of the NOX authorized account representative or any alternate NOX authorized account representative for a general account, including private legal disputes concerning the proceeds of NOX allowance transfers.

(c)Account identification. The Administrator will assign a unique identifying number to each account established under subparagraph (a) or (b) of this paragraph.

(3)NOX Allowance Tracking System responsibilities of NOX authorized account representative.

(a)Following the establishment of a NOX Allowance Tracking System account, all submissions to the Administrator pertaining to the account, including, but not limited to, submissions concerning the deduction or transfer of NOX allowances in the account, shall be made only by the NOX authorized account representative for the account.

(b)Authorized account representative identification. The Administrator will assign a unique identifying number to each NOX authorized account representative.

(4)Recordation of NOX allowance allocations.

(a)Upon approval of this Regional NOX State Implementation Plan by the Administrator, the Administrator will record in the unit's compliance account NOX allowances allocated to a NOX Budget unit pursuant to Rule 335-3-8-.09(2)(a), and in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.09(3) for the control periods in 2004, 2005, and 2006. Pursuant to subparagraph (d) of this paragraph, the year designated within each NOX allowance's serial number shall determine the first control period in which the NOX allowance is available for deduction for compliance.

(b)By May 1, 2004 and May 1 of every third year thereafter, the Administrator will record in the unit's compliance account all NOX allowances allocated to a NOX Budget unit pursuant to Rule 335-3-8-.09(2)(b), and in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.09(3) for the control periods in the three years after the last year for which NOX allowances were previously recorded. Pursuant to subparagraph (d) of this paragraph, the year designated within each NOX allowance's serial number shall determine the first control period in which the NOX allowance is available for deduction for compliance.

(c)For NOX allowances allocated to a NOX Budget opt-in unit under Rule 335-3-8-.13(9)(a), the Administrator will record the NOX allowances in the unit's compliance account by May 1 of the control period for which the NOX allowances were allocated.

(d)Serial numbers for allocated NOX allowances. When allocating NOX allowances to a NOX Budget unit and recording them in an account, the Administrator will assign each NOX allowance a unique identification number that will include digits identifying the year for which the NOX allowance is allocated.

(5)Compliance.

(a)NOX allowance transfer deadline. The NOX allowances are available to be deducted for compliance with a unit's NOX Budget emissions limitation for a control period in a given year only if the NOX allowances:

1.Were allocated for a control period in a prior year or the same year; and,

2.Are held in the unit's compliance account, or the overdraft account of the source where the unit is located, as of the NOX allowance transfer deadline for that control period or are transferred into the compliance account or overdraft account by a NOX allowance transfer correctly submitted for recordation under Rule 335-3-8-.11(1) by the NOX allowance transfer deadline for that control period.

(b)Deductions for compliance.

1.Following the recordation, in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.11(2), of NOX allowance transfers submitted for recordation in the unit's compliance account or the overdraft account of the source where the unit is located by the NOX allowance transfer deadline for a control period, the Administrator will deduct NOX allowances available under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph to cover the unit's NOX emissions (as determined in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12) for the control period:

(i)From the compliance account; and,

(ii)Only if no more NOX allowances available under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph remain in the compliance account, from the overdraft account. In deducting allowances for units at the source from the overdraft account, the Administrator will begin with the unit having the compliance account with the lowest NOX Allowance Tracking System account number and end with the unit having the compliance account with the highest NOX Allowance Tracking System account number (with account numbers sorted beginning with the left-most character and ending with the right-most character and the letter characters assigned values in alphabetical order and less than all numeric characters).

2.The Administrator will deduct NOX allowances first under subparagraph (b)1.(i) of this paragraph and then under paragraph (b)1.(ii) of this paragraph:

(i)Until the number of NOX allowances deducted for the control period equals the number of tons of NOX emissions, determined in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12, from the unit for the control period for which compliance is being determined, or

(ii)Until no more NOX allowances available under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph remain in the respective account.

(c)Identification of NOX allowances by serial number. The NOX authorized account representative for each compliance account may identify by serial number the NOX allowances to be deducted from the unit's compliance account under subparagraphs (b), (d), or (e) of this paragraph. Such identification shall be made in the compliance certification report submitted in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.08(1).

1.First-in, first-out. The Administrator will deduct NOX allowances for a control period from the compliance account, in the absence of an identification or in the case of a partial identification of NOX allowances by serial number under subparagraph (c) of this paragraph, or the overdraft account on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) accounting basis in the following order:

(i)Those NOX allowances that were allocated for the control period to the unit under Rules 335-3-8-.09 or 335-3-8-.13;

(ii)Those NOX allowances that were allocated for the control period to any unit and transferred and recorded in the account pursuant to Rule 335-3-8-.11, in order of their date of recordation;

(iii)Those NOX allowances that were allocated for a prior control period to the unit under Rules 335-3-8-.09 or 335-3-8-.13; and

(iv)Those NOX allowances that were allocated for a prior control period to any unit and transferred and recorded in the account pursuant to Rule 335-3-8-.11, in order of their date of recordation.

(d)Deductions for excess emissions.

1.After making the deductions for compliance under subparagraph (b) of this paragraph, the Administrator will deduct from the unit's compliance account or the overdraft account of the source where the unit is located a number of NOX allowances, allocated for a control period after the control period in which the unit has excess emissions, equal to three times the number of the unit's excess emissions.

2.If the compliance account or overdraft account does not contain sufficient NOX allowances, the Administrator will deduct the required number of NOX allowances, regardless of the control period for which they were allocated, whenever NOX allowances are recorded in either account.

3.Any allowance deduction required under subparagraph (d) of this paragraph shall not affect the liability of the owners and operators of the NOX Budget unit for any fine, penalty, or assessment, or their obligation to comply with any other remedy, for the same violation, as ordered under the CAA or applicable State law. The following guidelines will be followed in assessing fines, penalties or other obligations:

(i)For purposes of determining the number of days of violation, if a NOX Budget unit has excess emissions for a control period, each day in the control period (153 days) constitutes a day in violation unless the owners and operators of the unit demonstrate that a lesser number of days should be considered.

(ii)Each ton of excess emissions is a separate violation.

(e)Deductions for units sharing a common stack. In the case of units sharing a common stack and having emissions that are not separately monitored or apportioned in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12:

1.The NOX authorized account representative of the units may identify the percentage of NOX allowances to be deducted from each such unit's compliance account to cover the unit's share of NOX emissions from the common stack for a control period. Such identification shall be made in the compliance certification report submitted in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.08(1).

2.Notwithstanding subparagraph (b)2.(i) of this paragraph, the Administrator will deduct NOX allowances for each such unit until the number of NOX allowances deducted equals the unit's identified percentage (under subparagraph (e)1. of this paragraph) of the number of tons of NOX emissions, as determined in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12, from the common stack for the control period for which compliance is being determined or, if no percentage is identified, an equal percentage for each such unit.

(f)The Administrator will record in the appropriate compliance account or overdraft account all deductions from such an account pursuant to subparagraphs (b), (d), or (e) of this paragraph.

(6)Banking.

(a)NOX allowances may be banked for future use or transfer in a compliance account, an overdraft account, or a general account, as follows:

1.Any NOX allowance that is held in a compliance account, an overdraft account, or a general account will remain in such account unless and until the NOX allowance is deducted or transferred under Rules 335-3-8-.08(2), 335-3-8-.10(5) and (6), 335-3-8-.11, or 335-3-8-.13.

2.The Administrator will designate, as a "banked" NOX allowance, any NOX allowance that remains in a compliance account, an overdraft account, or a general account after the Administrator has made all deductions for a given control period from the compliance account or overdraft account pursuant to paragraph (5) of this Rule (except deductions pursuant to subparagraph (5)(d)2. above) and that was allocated for that control period or a control period in a prior year.

(b)Each year starting in 2005, after the Administrator has completed the designation of banked NOX allowances under subparagraph (a)2. of this paragraph and before May 1 of the year, the Administrator will determine the extent to which banked NOX allowances may be used for compliance in the control period for the current year, as follows:

1.The Administrator will determine the total number of banked NOX allowances held in compliance accounts, overdraft accounts, or general accounts.

2.If the total number of banked NOX allowances determined, under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph, to be held in compliance accounts, overdraft accounts, or general accounts is less than or equal to 10% of the sum of the State trading program budgets for the control period for the States in which NOX Budget units are located, any banked NOX allowance may be deducted for compliance in accordance with paragraph (5) of this Rule.

3.If the total number of banked NOX allowances determined, under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph, to be held in compliance accounts, overdraft accounts, or general accounts exceeds 10% of the sum of the State trading program budgets for the control period for the States in which NOX Budget units are located, any banked allowance may be deducted for compliance in accordance with paragraph (5) of this Rule, except as follows:

(i)The Administrator will determine the following ratio: 0.10 multiplied by the sum of the State trading program budgets for the control period for the States in which NOX Budget units are located and divided by the total number of banked NOX allowances determined, under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph, to be held in compliance accounts, overdraft accounts, or general accounts.

(ii)The Administrator will multiply the number of banked NOX allowances in each compliance account or overdraft account by the ratio determined in subparagraph (i) above. The resulting product is the number of banked NOX allowances in the account that may be deducted for compliance in accordance with paragraph (5) of this Rule. Any banked NOX allowances in excess of the resulting product may be deducted for compliance in accordance with paragraph (5) of this Rule, except that, if such NOX allowances are used to make a deduction, two such NOX allowances must be deducted for each deduction of one NOX allowance required under paragraph (5) of this Rule.

(c)For any NOX Budget unit that reduces its NOX emission rate in the 2001, 2002 or 2003 control period, the owner or operator of the unit may request early reduction credits, and the Department may allocate NOX allowances by May 1, 2004 to the unit in accordance with the following requirements.

1.Each NOX Budget unit for which the owner or operator requests any early reduction credits under subparagraph (c)4. of this paragraph shall monitor NOX emissions in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12 starting May 1 of the control period prior to the first control period for which such early reduction credits are requested and during each control period for which the early reduction credits are requested. The unit's monitoring system availability shall be not less than 90 percent, and the unit must be in compliance with any applicable State or Federal emissions or emissions-related requirements, during the control period prior to the first control period for which such early reduction credits are requested. Early reduction credits may only be requested for emissions reductions that are not required by Alabama?s State Implementation Plan or the Clean Air Act.

2.NOX emission rate and heat input under subparagraphs (c)3. through 5. of this paragraph shall be determined in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12.

3.Each NOX Budget unit for which the owner or operator requests any early reduction credits under subparagraph (c)4. of this paragraph shall reduce its NOX emission rate, for each control period for which early reduction credits are requested, to below the lesser of the NOX emission rate required under 40 CFR 76, including emission averaging under 40 CFR 76.11, or ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-8-.03.

4.The NOX authorized account representative of a NOX Budget unit that meets the requirements of subparagraphs (c)1. and 3. of this paragraph may submit to the Department a request for early reduction credits for the unit based on NOX emission rate reductions made by the unit in the control period for 2001, 2002 or 2003 in accordance with subparagraph (c)3. of this paragraph.

(i)Except as provided in subparagraph (c)4.(ii) below, in the early reduction credit request, the NOX authorized account representative may request early reduction credits for such control period in an amount equal to the unit's heat input for such control period multiplied by the difference between 0the following:

(I)The unit's actual average NOX emission rate in the ozone control period prior to the first ozone control period for which early reduction credits are requested; and,

(II)The unit's NOX emission rate for the ozone control period in which the early reductions occurred, divided by 2000 lb/ton, and rounded to the nearest ton.

(ii)In the early reduction credit request for units subject to ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-8-.03, the NOX authorized account representative may request early reduction credits for 2003 in an amount equal to the difference between the allowable NOX emission rate per million BTU of heat input and the actual seasonal NOX emission rate multiplied by the total heat input of the subject units in the 2003 ozone control period.

(iii)The early reduction credit request must be submitted, in a format specified by the Department, by October 31 of the year in which the NOX emission rate reductions on which the request is based are made or such later date approved by the Department.

5.The Department will allocate NOX allowances to NOX Budget units meeting the requirements of subparagraphs (c)1. and 3. of this paragraph and covered by early reduction requests meeting the requirements of subparagraph (c)4.(ii) of this paragraph, in accordance with the following procedures:

(i)Upon receipt of each early reduction credit request, the Department will accept the request only if the requirements of subparagraphs (c)1., (c)3., and (c)4.(ii) of this paragraph as well as subparagraphs 335-3-8-.10(7)(b), (c), and (d) are met and, if the request is accepted, will make any necessary adjustments to the request to ensure that the amount of the early reduction credits requested meets the requirements of subparagraphs (c)2. and 4. of this paragraph.

(ii)If the State's compliance supplement pool has an amount of NOX allowances not less than the number of early reduction credits in all accepted early reduction credit requests for 2001 through 2003 (as adjusted under subparagraph (c)5.(i) of this paragraph), the Department will allocate to each NOX Budget unit covered by such accepted requests one allowance for each early reduction credit requested (as adjusted under subparagraph (c)5.(i) of this paragraph).

(iii)If the State's compliance supplement pool has a smaller amount of NOX allowances than the number of early reduction credits in all accepted early reduction credit requests for 2001 through 2003 (as adjusted under subparagraph (c)5.(i) of this paragraph), the Department will allocate NOX allowances to each NOX Budget unit covered by such accepted requests according to the following formula:

Unit's allocated early reduction credits = [(Unit's adjusted early reduction credits)/(Total adjusted early reduction credits requested by all units)] x (Available NOX allowances from the State's compliance supplement pool) where:

"Unit's adjusted early reduction credits" is the number of early reduction credits for the unit for 2001 through 2003 in accepted early reduction credit requests, as adjusted under subparagraph (c)5.(i) of this paragraph.

"Total adjusted early reduction credits requested by all units" is the number of early reduction credits for all units for 2001 through 2003 in accepted early reduction credit requests, as adjusted under subparagraph (c)5.(i) of this paragraph.

"Available NOX allowances from the State's compliance supplement pool" is the number of NOX allowances in the State's compliance supplement pool and available for early reduction credits for 2001 through 2003.

6.By May 1, 2004, the Department will submit to the Administrator the allocations of NOX allowances determined under subparagraph (c)5. of this paragraph. The Administrator will record such allocations to the extent thatthey are consistent with the requirements of subparagraphs (c)1. through 5. of this paragraph.

7.NOX allowances recorded under subparagraph (c)6. of this paragraph may be deducted for compliance under paragraph (5) of this Rule for the control periods in 2004 or 2005. Notwithstanding subparagraph (a) of this paragraph, the Administrator will deduct as retired any NOX allowance that is recorded under subparagraph (c)6. of this paragraph and is not deducted for compliance in accordance with paragraph (5) of this Rule for the control period in 2004 or 2005.

8.NOX allowances recorded under subparagraph (c)6. of this paragraph are treated as banked allowances in 2005 for the purposes of subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph.

(7)Compliance Supplement Pool. The total number of allowances under the Compliance Supplement Pool will be determined upon promulgation of EPA's Phase II rules. The Department may issue the compliance supplement pool to NOX Budget units that implement emissions reductions during the ozone season beyond all applicable requirements in years prior to 2004 according to the following provisions:

(a)The Department shall complete the issuance process by no later than May 31, 2004.

(b)The emissions reduction may not be required by the Alabama SIP or be otherwise required by the CAA.

(c)The emissions reduction must be verified by the source as actually having occurred from May 1 through and including September 30 in any year in 2001 through 2003.

(d)Emissions reductions implemented by sources serving electric generators with a nameplate capacity greater than 25 MWe, or boilers, combustion turbines or combined cycle units with a maximum design heat input greater than 250 mmBTU/hr, must be quantified in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12.

(e)The compliance supplement pool credits shall be available for the control periods of 2004 and 2005.

(f)Sources that receive credit according to the provisions of this Rule, may trade the credit to other sources or persons in a NOX Budget Trading Program established, and approved by the Administrator pursuant to 40 CFR, &#167;51.121, or the Federal NOX Budget Trading Program promulgated under 40 CFR 97, pursuant to 40 CFR &#167;52.34.

(g)Notwithstanding other provisions regarding the distribution of allowances from the compliance supplement pool, operators of NOx Budget sources may receive allowances from the compliance supplement pool only to the extent that the total number of allowances issued to such operators does not exceed 40% of the total number of NOx allowances issued to that operator from the initial allowance allocation of all sources controlled by that operator.

(8)Account error. The Administrator may, at his or her sole discretion and on his or her own motion, correct any error in any NOX Allowance Tracking System account. Within 10 business days of making such correction, the Administrator will notify the NOX authorized account representative for the account.

(9)Closing of general accounts.

(a)The NOX authorized account representative of a general account may instruct the Administrator to close the account by submitting a statement requesting deletion of the account from the NOX Allowance Tracking System and by correctly submitting for recordation under Rule 335-3-8-.11(1) an allowance transfer of all NOX allowances in the account to one or more other NOX Allowance Tracking System accounts.

(b)If a general account shows no activity for a period of a year or more and does not contain any NOX allowances, the Administrator may notify the NOX authorized account representative for the account that the account will be closed and deleted from the NOX Allowance Tracking System following 20 business days after the notice is sent. The account will be closed after the 20-day period unless before the end of the 20-day period the Administrator receives a correctly submitted transfer of NOX allowances into the account under Rule 335-3-8-.11(1) or a statement submitted by the NOX authorized account representative demonstrating to the satisfaction of the Administrator good cause as to why the account should not be closed.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8,22-28-10, 22-28-11, 22-28-14, 22-28-18, 22-28-20, 22-28-22.

History: New Rule: Filed March 2, 2001; effective April 6, 2001. Amended: Filed August 29, 2002; effective October 3, 2002. Amended: Filed February 27, 2003; effective April 3, 2003.

<regElement name="335.3.8.11" level="3" title="NO<SUB>X</SUB> Allowance Transfers">

(1)Submission of NOX allowance transfers. The NOX authorized account representative seeking recordation of a NOX allowance transfer shall submit the transfer to the Administrator. To be considered correctly submitted, the NOX allowance transfer shall include the following elements in a format specified by the Administrator:

(a)The numbers identifying both the transferor and transferee accounts;

(b)A specification by serial number of each NOX allowance to be transferred; and

(c)The printed name and signature of the NOX authorized account representative of the transferor account and the date signed.

(2)EPA recordation.

(a)Within 5 business days of receiving a NOX allowance transfer, except as provided in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph, the Administrator will record a NOX allowance transfer by moving each NOX allowance from the transferor account to the transferee account as specified by the request, provided that:

1.The transfer is correctly submitted under paragraph (1) of this Rule;

2.The transferor account includes each NOX allowance identified by serial number in the transfer; and

3.The transfer meets all other requirements of this Rule.

(b)A NOX allowance transfer that is submitted for recordation following the NOX allowance transfer deadline and that includes any NOX allowances allocated for a control period prior to or the same as the control period to which the NOX allowance transfer deadline applies will not be recorded until after completion of the process of recordation of NOX allowance allocations in Rule 335-3-8-.10(4)(b).

(c)Where a NOX allowance transfer submitted for recordation fails to meet the requirements of subparagraph (a) of this paragraph, the Administrator will not record such transfer.

(3)Notification.

(a)Notification of recordation. Within 5 business days of recordation of a NOX allowance transfer under Rule 335-3-8-.11(2), the Administrator will notify each party to the transfer. Notice will be given to the NOX authorized account representatives of both the transferor and transferee accounts.

(b)Notification of non-recordation. Within 10 business days of receipt of a NOX allowance transfer that fails to meet the requirements of Rule 335-3-8-.11(2)(a), the Administrator will notify the NOX authorized account representatives of both accounts subject to the transfer of:

1.A decision not to record the transfer, and,

2.The reasons for such non-recordation.

(c)Nothing in this Rule shall preclude the submission of a NOX allowance transfer for recordation following notification of non-recordation.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, and 22-22A-8,22-28-10, 22-28-11, 22-28-14, 22-28-18, 22-28-20, 22-28-22.

History: New Rule: Filed March 2, 2001; effective April 6, 2001.

<regElement name="335.3.8.12" level="3" title="Monitoring And Reporting">

(1)General requirements. The owners and operators, and to the extent applicable, the NOX authorized account representative of a NOX Budget unit, shall comply with the monitoring and reporting requirements as provided in this Rule and in 40 CFR 75, Subpart H. For purposes of complying with such requirements, the definitions in Rule 335-3-8-.05(2) and in 40 CFR, &#167;72.2 shall apply, and the terms "affected unit", "designated representative", and "continuous emission monitoring system" (or "CEMS") in 40 CFR 75 shall be replaced by the terms "NOX Budget unit", "NOX authorized account representative", and "continuous emission monitoring system" (or "CEMS"), respectively, as defined in Rule 335-3-8-.05(2).

(a)Requirements for installation, certification, and data accounting. The owner or operator of each NOX Budget unit must meet the following requirements. These provisions also apply to a unit for which an application for a NOX Budget opt-in permit is submitted and not denied or withdrawn, as provided in Rule 335-3-8-.13:

1.Install all monitoring systems required under this Rule for monitoring NOX mass. This includes all systems required to monitor NOX emission rate, NOX concentration, heat input, and flow, in accordance with 40 CFR, &#167;&#167;75.72 and 75.75.

2.Install all monitoring systems for monitoring heat input, if required under paragraph (7) of this Rule for developing NOX allowance allocations.

3.Successfully complete all certification tests required under paragraph (2) of this Rule and meet all other provisions of this Rule and 40 CFR 75 applicable to the monitoring systems under subparagraphs (a)1. and 2. of this paragraph.

4.Record, and report data from the monitoring systems under subparagraphs (a)1. and 2. of this paragraph.

(b)Compliance dates. The owner or operator must meet the requirements of subparagraphs (a)1. through (a)3. of this paragraph on or before the following dates and must record and report data on and after the following dates:

1.NOX Budget units for which the owner or operator intends to apply for early reduction credits under Rule 335-3-8-.10(6)(c), must comply with the requirements of this Rule by May 1 of the control period prior to the control period for which such early reduction credits are requested.

2.Except for NOX Budget units under subparagraph (b)1. above, NOX Budget units under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4) that commence operation before January 1, 2002, must comply with the requirements of this Rule by May 1, 2003.

3.NOX Budget units under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4) that commence operation on or after January 1, 2002 and that report on an annual basis under subparagraph (5)(b) of this Rule must comply with the requirements of this Rule by the later of the following dates:

(i)May 1, 2003; or

(ii)The earlier of:

(I)180 calendar days after the date on which the unit commences operation or,

(II)For units under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4)(a)1., 90 unit operating days after the date on which the unit commences commercial operation.

4.NOX Budget units under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4) that commence operation on or after January 1, 2002 and that report on a control season basis under subparagraph (5)(b) of this Rule must comply with the requirements of this Rule by the later of the following dates:

(i)The earlier of:

(I)180 calendar days after the date on which the unit commences operation or,

(II)For units under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4)(a)1., 90 unit operating days after the date on which the unit commences commercial operation.

(ii)However, if the applicable deadline under subparagraph (b)4.(i) of this paragraph does not occur during a control period, May 1 immediately following the date determined in accordance with subparagraph (b)4.(i) of this paragraph.

5.For a NOX Budget unit with a new stack or flue for which construction is completed after the applicable deadline under subparagraphs (b)1., (b)2. or (b)3. of this paragraph or Rule 335-3-8-.13:

(i)90 days after the date on which emissions first exit to the atmosphere through the new stack or flue;

(ii)However, if the unit reports on a control season basis under subparagraph (5)(d) of this Rule and the applicable deadline under subparagraph (b)5.(i) of this paragraph does not occur during the control period, May 1 immediately following the applicable deadline in subparagraph (b)5.(i) of this paragraph.

6.For a unit for which an application for a NOX Budget opt-in permit is submitted and not denied or withdrawn, the compliance dates specified under Rule 335-3-8-.13.

(c)Reporting data prior to initial certification.

1.The owner or operator of a NOX Budget unit that misses the certification deadline under subparagraph (b)1. is not eligible to apply for early reduction credits. The owner or operator of the unit becomes subject to the certification deadline under subparagraph (b)2. of this paragraph.

2.The owner or operator of a NOX Budget unit under subparagraphs (b)3. or (b)4. of this paragraph must determine, record and report NOX mass, heat input rate (if required for purposes of allocations) and any other values required to determine NOX mass emissions (e.g. NOX emission rate and heat input or NOX concentration and stack flow) using the provisions of 40 CFR, &#167;75.70(g), from the date and hour that the unit starts operating until the date and hour on which the continuous emission monitoring system, excepted monitoring system under Appendix D or E of Part 75, or excepted monitoring methodology under &#167;75.19 is provisionally certified.

(d)Prohibitions.

1.No owner or operator of a NOX Budget unit or a non-NOX Budget unit monitored under 40 CFR, &#167;75.72(b)(2)(ii) shall use any alternative monitoring system, alternative reference method, or any other alternative for the required continuous emission monitoring system without having obtained prior written approval in accordance with paragraph (6) of this Rule.

2.No owner or operator of a NOX Budget unit or a non-NOX Budget unit monitored under 40 CFR, &#167;75.72(b)(2)(ii) shall operate the unit so as to discharge, or allow to be discharged, NOX emissions to the atmosphere without accounting for all such emissions in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Rule and 40 CFR 75, except as provided for in &#167;75.74.

3.No owner or operator of a NOX Budget unit or a non-NOX Budget unit monitored under 40 CFR, &#167;75.72(b)(2)(ii) shall disrupt the continuous emission monitoring system, any portion thereof, or any other approved emission monitoring method, and thereby avoid monitoring and recording NOX mass emissions discharged into the atmosphere, except for periods of recertification or periods when calibration, quality assurance testing, or maintenance is performed in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Rule and 40 CFR 75 except as provided for in &#167;75.74.

4.No owner or operator of a NOX Budget unit or a non-NOX Budget unit monitored under 40 CFR, &#167;75.72(b)(2)(ii) shall retire or permanently discontinue use of the continuous emission monitoring system, any component thereof, or any other approved emission monitoring system under this Rule, except under any one of the following circumstances:

(i)During the period that the unit is covered by a retired unit exemption under Rule 335-3-8-.05(5) that is in effect;

(ii)The owner or operator is monitoring emissions from the unit with another certified monitoring system approved, in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Rule and 40 CFR 75, by the Department for use at that unit that provides emission data for the same pollutant or parameter as the retired or discontinued monitoring system; or

(iii)The NOX authorized account representative submits notification of the date of certification testing of a replacement monitoring system in accordance with subparagraph (2)(b)2. below.

(2)Initial certification and recertification procedures.

(a)The owner or operator of a NOX Budget unit that is subject to an Acid Rain emissions limitation shall comply with the initial certification and recertification procedures of 40 CFR 75, except that:

1.If, prior to January 1, 1998, the Administrator approved a petition under 40 CFR, &#167;75.17(a) or (b) for apportioning the NOX emission rate measured in a common stack or a petition under 40 CFR, &#167;75.66 for an alternative to a requirement in 40 CFR, &#167;75.17, the NOX authorized account representative shall resubmit the petition to the Administrator under subparagraph (6)(a) of this Rule to determine if the approval applies under the NOX Budget Trading Program.

2.For any additional CEMS required under the common stack provisions in 40 CFR, &#167;75.72, or for any NOX concentration CEMS used under the provisions of 40 CFR, &#167;75.71(a)(2), the owner or operator shall meet the requirements of subparagraph (b) of this paragraph.

(b)The owner or operator of a NOX Budget unit that is not subject to an Acid Rain emissions limitation shall comply with the following initial certification and recertification procedures, except that the owner or operator of a unit that qualifies to use the low mass emissions excepted monitoring methodology under 40 CFR, &#167;75.19 shall also meet the requirements of subparagraph (c) of this paragraph and the owner or operator of a unit that qualifies to use an alternative monitoring system under Subpart E of 40 CFR 75 shall also meet the requirements of subparagraph (d) of this paragraph. The owner or operator of a NOX Budget unit that is subject to an Acid Rain emissions limitation, but requires additional CEMS under the common stack provisions in 40 CFR, &#167;75.72, or that uses a NOX concentration CEMS under 40 CFR, &#167;75.71(a)(2) also shall comply with the following initial certification and recertification procedures.

1.Requirements for initial certification. The owner or operator shall ensure that each monitoring system required by 40 CFR 75, Subpart H (which includes the automated data acquisition and handling system) successfully completes all of the initial certification testing required under 40 CFR, &#167;75.20. The owner or operator shall ensure that all applicable certification tests are successfully completed by the deadlines specified in subparagraph (1)(b) of this Rule. In addition, whenever the owner or operator installs a monitoring system in order to meet the requirements of this part in a location where no such monitoring system was previously installed, initial certification according to 40 CFR, &#167;75.20 is required.

2.Requirements for recertification. Whenever the owner or operator makes a replacement, modification, or change in a certified monitoring system that the Administrator or the Department determines significantly affects the ability of the system to accurately measure or record NOX mass emissions or heat input rate or to meet the requirements of 40 CFR, &#167;75.21 or 40 CFR 75, Appendix B, the owner or operator shall recertify the monitoring system according to 40 CFR, &#167;75.20(b). Furthermore, whenever the owner or operator makes a replacement, modification, or change to the flue gas handling system or the unit's operation that the Administrator or the Department determines to significantly change the stack flow or concentration profile, the owner or operator shall recertify the continuous emissions monitoring system according to 40 CFR, &#167;75.20(b). Examples of changes which require recertification include: replacement of the analyzer, complete replacement of an existing continuous emission monitoring system, or change in location or orientation of the sampling probe or site.

3.Certification approval process for initial certifications and recertification.

(i)Notification of certification. The NOX authorized account representative shall submit to the Department, and the appropriate EPA Regional Office, a written notice of the dates of certification in accordance with paragraph (4) of this Rule.

(ii)Certification application. The NOX authorized account representative shall submit to the Department a certification application for each monitoring system required under 40 CFR 75, Subpart H. A complete certification application shall include the information specified in 40 CFR 75, Subpart H.

(iii)Except for units using the low mass emission excepted methodology under 40 CFR, &#167;75.19, the provisional certification date for a monitor shall be determined using the procedures set forth in 40 CFR, &#167;75.20(a)(3). A provisionally certified monitor may be used under the NOX Budget Trading Program for a period not to exceed 120 days after receipt by the Department of the complete certification application for the monitoring system or component thereof under subparagraph (b)3.(ii) of this paragraph. Data measured and recorded by the provisionally certified monitoring system or component thereof, in accordance with the requirements of 40 CFR 75, will be considered valid quality-assured data (retroactive to the date and time of provisional certification), provided that the Department does not invalidate the provisional certification by issuing a notice of disapproval within 120 days of receipt of the complete certification application by the Department.

(iv)Certification application formal approval process. The Department will issue a written notice of approval or disapproval of the certification application to the owner or operator within 120 days of receipt of the complete certification application under subparagraph (b)3.(ii) of this paragraph. In the event the Department does not issue such a notice within such 120-day period, each monitoring system which meets the applicable performance requirements of 40 CFR 75 and is included in the certification application will be deemed certified for use under the NOX Budget Trading Program.

(I)Approval notice. If the certification application is complete and shows that each monitoring system meets the applicable performance requirements of 40 CFR 75, then the Department will issue a written notice of approval of the certification application within 120 days of receipt.

(II)Incomplete application notice. A certification application will be considered complete when all of the applicable information required to be submitted under subparagraph (b)3.(ii) of this paragraph has been received by the Department. If the certification application is not complete, then the Department will issue a written notice of incompleteness that sets a reasonable date by which the NOX authorized account representative must submit the additional information required to complete the certification application. If the NOX authorized account representative does not comply with the notice of incompleteness by the specified date, then the Department may issue a notice of disapproval under subparagraph (b)3.(iv)(III) of this paragraph.

(III)Disapproval notice. If the certification application shows that any monitoring system or component thereof does not meet the performance requirements of this part, or if the certification application is incomplete and the requirement for disapproval under subparagraph (b)3.(iv)(II) of this paragraph has been met, the Department will issue a written notice of disapproval of the certification application. Upon issuance of such notice of disapproval, the provisional certification is invalidated by the Department and the data measured and recorded by each uncertified monitoring system or component thereof shall not be considered valid quality-assured data beginning with the date and hour of provisional certification. The owner or operator shall follow the procedures for loss of certification in subparagraph (b)3.(v) of this paragraph for each monitoring system or component thereof which is disapproved for initial certification.

(IV)Audit decertification. The Department may issue a notice of disapproval of the certification status of a monitor in accordance with subparagraph (3)(b) of this Rule.

(v)Procedures for loss of certification. If the Department issues a notice of disapproval of a certification application under subparagraph(b)3.(iv)(III) of this paragraph or a notice of disapproval of certification status under subparagraph (b)3.(iv)(IV) of this paragraph, then:

(I)The owner or operator shall substitute the following values, for each hour of unit operation during the period of invalid data specified under &#167;75.20(a)(4)(iii), &#167;75.20(b)(5), &#167;75.20(h)(4), or &#167;75.21(e) and continuing until the time, date, and hour specified under 40 CFR 75.20(a)(5)(i):

I.For units that the owner or operator intends to monitor or monitors for NOX emission rate and heat input rate or intends to determine or determines NOX mass emissions using the low mass emission excepted methodology under 40 CFR, &#167;75.19, the maximum potential NOX emission rate and the maximum potential hourly heat input of the unit;

II.For units that the owner or operator intends to monitor or monitors for NOX mass emissions using a NOX pollutant concentration monitor and a flow monitor, the maximum potential concentration of NOX and the maximum potential flow rate of the unit under Section 2.1 of Appendix A of 40 CFR 75;

(II)The NOX authorized account representative shall submit a notification of certification retest dates and a new certification application in accordance with subparagraphs (b)3.(i) and (ii) of this paragraph; and

(III)The owner or operator shall repeat all certification tests or other requirements that were failed by the monitoring system, as indicated in the Department's notice of disapproval, no later than 30 unit operating days after the date of issuance of the notice of disapproval.

(c)Initial certification and recertification procedures for low mass emission units using the excepted methodologies under 40 CFR, &#167;75.19. The owner or operator of a gas-fired or oil-fired unit using the low mass emissions excepted methodology under 40 CFR, &#167;75.19 and not subject to an Acid Rain emissions limitation shall meet the applicable general operating requirements of 40 CFR, &#167;75.10, and the applicable requirements of 40 CFR, &#167;75.19. The owner or operator of such a unit shall also meet the applicable certification and recertification procedures of subparagraph (b) of this Rule, except that the excepted methodology shall be deemed provisionally certified for use under the NOX Budget Trading Program as of the following dates:

1.For a unit that does not have monitoring equipment initially certified or recertified for the NOX Budget Trading Program as of the date on which the NOX authorized account representative submits the certification application under &#167;75.19 for the unit, starting on the date of such submission until the completion of the period for the Department's review.

2.For a unit that has monitoring equipment initially certified or recertified for the NOX Budget Trading Program as of the date on which the NOX authorized account representative submits the certification application under &#167;75.19 for the unit, and that reports data on an annual basis under Rule 335-3-8-.12(5)(d), starting January 1 of the year after the year of such submission until the completion of the period for the Department's review.

3.For a unit that has monitoring equipment initially certified or recertified for the NOX Budget Trading Program as of the date on which the NOX authorized account representative submits the certification application under &#167;75.19 for the unit, and that reports data on a control season basis under Rule 335-3-8-.12(5)(d), starting May 1 of the control period after the year of such submission until the completion of the period for the Department's review.

(d)Certification/recertification procedures for alternative monitoring systems. The NOX authorized account representative representing the owner or operator of each unit applying to monitor using an alternative monitoring system approved by the Administrator and, if applicable, the Department under 40 CFR 75, Subpart E shall apply for certification to the Department prior to use of the system under the NOX Trading Program. The NOX authorized account representative shall apply for recertification following a replacement, modification or change according to the procedures in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph. The owner or operator of an alternative monitoring system shall comply with the notification and application requirements for certification according to the procedures specified in subparagraph (b)3. of this paragraph and 40 CFR, &#167;75.20(f).

(3)Out of control periods.

(a)Whenever any monitoring system fails to meet the quality assurance requirements of 40 CFR 75, Appendix B, data shall be substituted using the applicable procedures in Subpart D, Appendix D, or Appendix E of 40 CFR 75.

(b)Audit decertification. Whenever both an audit of a monitoring system and a review of the initial certification or recertification application reveal that any system or component should not have been certified or recertified because it did not meet a particular performance specification or other requirement under paragraph (2) of this Rule or the applicable provisions 40 CFR 75, both at the time of the initial certification or recertification application submission and at the time of the audit, the Department will issue a notice of disapproval of the certification status of such system or component. For the purposes of this subparagraph, an audit shall be either a field audit or an audit of any information submitted to the Department or the Administrator. By issuing the notice of disapproval, the Department revokes prospectively the certification status of the system or component. The data measured and recorded by the system or component shall not be considered valid quality-assured data from the date of issuance of the notification of the revoked certification status until the date and time that the owner or operator completes subsequently approved initial certification or recertification tests. The owner or operator shall follow the initial certification or recertification procedures in paragraph (2) of this Rule for each disapproved system.

(4)Notifications. The NOX authorized account representative for a NOX Budget unit shall submit written notice to the Department and the Administrator in accordance with 40 CFR, &#167;75.61, except that if the unit is not subject to an Acid Rain emissions limitation, the notification is only required to be sent to the Department.

(5)Recordkeeping and reporting.

(a)General provisions.

1.The NOX authorized account representative shall comply with all recordkeeping and reporting requirements in this paragraph and with the requirements of Rule 335-3-8-.06(1)(e).

2.If the NOX authorized account representative for a NOX Budget unit subject to an Acid Rain Emission limitation who signed and certified any submission that is made under Subpart F or G of 40 CFR 75 and which includes data and information required under this Rule or 40 CFR 75, Subpart H is not the same person as the designated representative or the alternative designated representative for the unit under 40 CFR 72, the submission must also be signed by the designated representative or the alternative designated representative.

(b)Monitoring plans.

1.The owner or operator of a unit subject to an Acid Rain emissions limitation shall comply with requirements of 40 CFR, &#167;75.62, except that the monitoring plan shall also include all of the information required by 40 CFR 75, Subpart H.

2.The owner or operator of a unit that is not subject to an Acid Rain emissions limitation shall comply with requirements of 40 CFR, &#167;75.62, except that the monitoring plan is only required to include the information required by 40 CFR 75, Subpart H.

(c)Certification applications. The NOX authorized account representative shall submit an application to the Department within 45 days after completing all initial certification or recertification tests required under paragraph (2) of this Rule including the information required under 40 CFR 75, Subpart H.

(d)Quarterly reports. The NOX authorized account representative shall submit quarterly reports, as follows:

1.If a unit is subject to an Acid Rain emission limitation or if the owner or operator of the NOX budget unit chooses to meet the annual reporting requirements of this Rule, the NOX authorized account representative shall submit a quarterly report for each calendar quarter beginning with:

(i)For units that elect to comply with the early reduction credit provisions under Rule 335-3-8-.10(6)(c), the calendar quarter that includes the date of initial provisional certification under subparagraphs (2)(b)3.(iii) or (2)(c) of this Rule. Data should be recorded and reported from the date and hour corresponding to the date and hour of provisional certification;

(ii)For units commencing operation prior to May 1, 2002 that are not required to certify monitors by the date under subparagraph (1)(b)1. of this Rule, the earlier of the calendar quarter that includes the date of initial provisional certification under subparagraph (2)(b)3.(iii) or (2)(c) of this Rule or, if the certification tests are not completed by May 1, 2003, the partial calendar quarter from May 1, 2003 through June 30, 2003. Data shall be recorded and reported from the earlier of the date and hour corresponding to the date and hour of provisional certification or the first hour on May 1, 2003; or

(iii)For a unit that commences operation on or after May 1, 2002, the calendar quarter in which the unit commences operation, data shall be reported from the date and hour corresponding to when the unit commenced operation.

2.If a NOX budget unit is not subject to an Acid Rain emission limitation, then the NOX authorized account representative shall either:

(i)Meet all of the requirements of 40 CFR 75 related to monitoring and reporting NOX mass emissions during the entire year and meet the reporting deadlines specified in subparagraph (d)1. of this paragraph; or

(ii)Submit quarterly reports only for the periods from the earlier of May 1 or the date and hour that the owner or operator successfully completes all of the recertification tests required under 40 CFR, &#167;75.74(d)(3) through September 30 of each year in accordance with the provisions of 40 CFR, &#167;75.74(c)(6). The NOX authorized account representative shall submit a quarterly report for each calendar quarter, beginning with:

(I)For units that elect to comply with the early reduction credit provisions under Rule 335-3-8-.10(6)(c), the calendar quarter that includes the date of initial provisional certification under subparagraphs (2)(b)3.(iii) or (2)(c) of this Rule. Data should be recorded and reported from the date and hour corresponding to the date and hour of provisional certification;

(II)For units commencing operation prior to May 1, 2002 that are not required to certify monitors by the date under subparagraph (1)(b)1. of this Rule, the earlier of the calendar quarter that includes the date of initial provisional certification under subparagraph (2)(b)3.(iii) or (2)(c) of this Rule, or if the certification tests are not completed by May 1, 2003, the partial calendar quarter from May 1, 2003 through June 30, 2003. Data shall be reported from the earlier of the date and hour corresponding to the date and hour of provisional certification or the first hour of May 1, 2003; or

(III)For units that commence operation on or after May 1, 2002 during the control period, the calendar quarter in which the unit commences operation. Data shall be reported from the date and hour corresponding to when the unit commenced operation; or

(IV)For units that commence operation on or after May 1, 2002 and before May 1 of the year in which the unit commences operation, the earlier of the calendar quarter that includes the date of initial provisional certification under subparagraph (2)(b)3.(iii) or (2)(c) of this Rule or, if the certification tests are not completed by May 1 of the year in which the unit commences operation, May 1 of the year in which the unit commences operation. Data shall be reported from the earlier of the date and hour corresponding to the date and hour of provisional certification or the first hour of May 1 of the year after the unit commences operation.

(V)For units that commence operation on or after May 1, 2002 and after September 30 of the year in which the unit commences operation, the earlier of the calendar quarter that includes the date of initial provisional certification under subparagraph (2)(b)3.(iii) or (2)(c) of this Rule or, if the certification tests are not completed by May 1 of the year after the unit commences operation, May 1 of the year after the unit commences operation. Data shall be reported from the earlier of the date and hour corresponding to the date and hour of provisional certification or the first hour of May 1 of the year after the unit commences operation.

3.The NOX authorized account representative shall submit each quarterly report to the Administrator within 30 days following the end of the calendar quarter covered by the report. Quarterly reports shall be submitted in the manner specified in 40 CFR 75 and 40 CFR, &#167;75.64.

(i)For units subject to an Acid Rain Emissions limitation, quarterly reports shall include all of the data and information required in 40 CFR 75, Subpart H for each NOX Budget unit (or group of units using a common stack) as well as information required in 40 CFR 75, Subpart G.

(ii)For units not subject to an Acid Rain Emissions limitation, quarterly reports are only required to include all of the data and information required in 40 CFR 75, Subpart H for each NOX Budget unit (or group of units using a common stack).

4.Compliance certification. The NOX authorized account representative shall submit to the Administrator a compliance certification in support of each quarterly report based on reasonable inquiry of those persons with primary responsibility for ensuring that all of the unit's emissions are correctly and fully monitored. The certification shall state that:

(i)The monitoring data submitted were recorded in accordance with the applicable requirements of this Rule and 40 CFR 75, including the quality assurance procedures and specifications; and

(ii)For a unit with add-on NOX emission controls and for all hours where data are substituted in accordance with 40 CFR, &#167;75.34(a)(1), the add-on emission controls were operating within the range of parameters listed in the monitoring plan and the substitute values do not systematically underestimate NOX emissions; and

(iii)For a unit that is reporting on a control period basis under subparagraph (d) of this paragraph, the NOX emission rate and NOX concentration values substituted for missing data under 40 CFR 75, Subpart D are calculated using only values from a control period and do not systematically underestimate NOX emissions.

(6)Petitions.

(a)The NOX authorized account representative of a NOX Budget unit that is subject to an Acid Rain emissions limitation may submit a petition under 40 CFR, &#167;75.66 to the Administrator requesting approval to apply an alternative to any requirement of this Rule.

1.Application of an alternative to any requirement of this Rule is in accordance with this Rule only to the extent that the petition is approved by the Administrator, in consultation with the Department.

2.Notwithstanding subparagraph (a)1. of this paragraph, if the petition requests approval to apply an alternative to a requirement concerning any additional CEMS required under the common stack provisions of 40 CFR, &#167;75.72, the petition is governed by subparagraph (b) of this paragraph.

(b)The NOX authorized account representative of a NOX Budget unit that is not subject to an Acid Rain emissions limitation may submit a petition under 40 CFR, &#167;75.66 to the Department and the Administrator requesting approval to apply an alternative to any requirement of this Rule.

1.The NOX authorized account representative of a NOX Budget unit that is subject to an Acid Rain emissions limitation may submit a petition under 40 CFR, &#167;75.66 to the Department and the Administrator requesting approval to apply an alternative to a requirement concerning any additional CEMS required under the common stack provisions of 40 CFR, &#167;75.72 or a NOX concentration CEMS used under 40 CFR, &#167;75.71(a)(2).

2.Application of an alternative to any requirement of this Rule is in accordance with this Rule only to the extent the petition under subparagraph (b) of this paragraph is approved by both the Department and the Administrator.

(7)Additional requirements to provide heat input data for allocations purposes.

(a)The owner or operator of a unit that elects to monitor and report NOX mass emissions using a NOX concentration system and a flow system shall also monitor and report heat input at the unit level using the procedures set forth in 40 CFR 75.

(b)The owner or operator of a unit that elects to monitor and report NOX mass emissions using a NOX concentration system and a flow system shall also monitor and report heat input at the unit level using the procedures set forth in 40 CFR 75 for any source that is applying for early reduction credits under Rule 335-3-8-.10(6).

(8)Alabama emission reporting requirements for NOX Budget Units.

(a)The owner or operator of a NOX budget unit under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4) shall submit NOX ozone season emissions data as follows:

1.Annual reporting. For each NOX budget unit, beginning with emission year 2004 and every year thereafter, by March 31st of the calendar year following the emission year being reported, the data specified in 40 CFR, &#167;&#167;51.122(c)(1) and (2) must be submitted to the Department.

2.Triennial reporting. For each NOX budget unit, beginning with emission year 2005 and every third year thereafter, by March 31st of the calendar year following the emission year being reported, the data specified in 40 CFR, &#167;51.122(c)(3) must be submitted to the Department.

3.Year 2003 reporting. For each NOX budget unit, by March 31, 2004, the data specified in 40 CFR, &#167;51.122(c)(3) must be submitted to the Department.

4.Year 2007 reporting. For each NOX budget unit, by March 31, 2008, the data specified in 40 CFR, &#167;51.122(c)(3) must be submitted to the Department.

(b)The data required under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph shall be submitted electronically to the Department in a format prescribed and provided by the Department.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-28-14, 22-28-19, 22-28-20.

History: New Rule: Filed March 2, 2001; effective April 6, 2001. Amended: Filed February 27, 2003; effective April 3, 2003.

<regElement name="335.3.8.13" level="3" title="Individual Unit Opt-ins">

(1)Applicability. A unit that is in the Counties of Autauga, Bibb, Blount, Calhoun, Chambers, Cherokee, Chilton, Clay, Cleburne, Colbert, Coosa, Cullman, Dallas, Dekalb, Elmore, Etowah, Fayette, Franklin, Greene, Hale, Jackson, Jefferson, Lamar, Lauderdale, Lawrence, Lee, Limestone, Macon, Madison, Marion, Marshall, Morgan, Perry, Pickens, Randolph, Russell, Shelby, St. Clair, Sumter, Talladega, Tallapoosa, Tuscaloosa, Walker, and Winston, is not a NOX Budget unit under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4)(a), vents all of its emissions to a stack, and is operating, may qualify, under this Rule, to become a NOX Budget opt-in source. A unit that is a NOX Budget unit, is covered by a retired unit exemption under Rule 335-3-8-.05(5) that is in effect, or is not operating is not eligible to become a NOX Budget opt-in source.

(2)General. Except otherwise as provided in this Rule, a NOX Budget opt-in source shall be treated as a NOX Budget unit for purposes of applying Rules 335-3-8-.05 through 335-3-8-.08 and 335-3-8-.10 through 335-3-8-.13.

(3)NOX authorized account representative. A unit for which an application for a NOX Budget opt-in permit is submitted and not denied or withdrawn, or a NOX Budget opt-in source, located at the same source as one or more NOX Budget units, shall have the same NOX authorized account representative as such NOX Budget units.

(4)Applying for NOX Budget opt-in permit.

(a)Applying for initial NOX Budget opt-in permit. In order to apply for an initial NOX Budget opt-in permit, the NOX authorized account representative of a unit qualified under paragraph (1) of this Rule may submit to the Department at any time, except as provided under paragraph (7)(g) of this Rule:

1.A complete NOX Budget permit application under Rule 335-3-8-.07(3);

2.A monitoring plan submitted in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12; and

3.A complete account certificate of representation under Rule 335-3-8-.06(4), if no NOX authorized account representative has been previously designated for the unit.

(b)Duty to reapply. The NOX authorized account representative of a NOX Budget opt-in source shall submit a complete NOX Budget permit application under Rule 335-3-8-.07(3) to renew the NOX Budget opt-in permit in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.07(2)(d) and, if applicable, an updated monitoring plan in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12.

(5)Opt-in process. The Department will issue or deny a NOX Budget opt-in permit for a unit for which an initial application for a NOX Budget opt-in permit under paragraph (4) above is submitted, in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.07(1) and the following:

(a)Interim review of monitoring plan. The Department will determine, on an interim basis, the sufficiency of the monitoring plan accompanying the initial application for a NOX Budget opt-in permit under paragraph (4) above. A monitoring plan is sufficient, for purposes of interim review, if the plan appears to contain information demonstrating that the NOX emissions rate and heat input of the unit are monitored and reported in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12. A determination of sufficiency shall not be construed as acceptance or approval of the unit's monitoring plan.

(b)If the Department determines that the unit's monitoring plan is sufficient under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph and after completion of monitoring system certification under Rule 335-3-8-.12, the NOX emissions rate and the heat input of the unit shall be monitored and reported in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12 for one full control period during which monitoring system availability is not less than 90 percent and during which the unit is in full compliance with any applicable State or Federal emissions or emissions-related requirements. Solely for purposes of applying the requirements in the prior sentence, the unit shall be treated as a "NOX Budget unit" prior to issuance of a NOX Budget opt-in permit covering the unit.

(c)Based on the information monitored and reported under subparagraph (b) of this paragraph above, the unit's baseline heat rate shall be calculated as the unit's total heat input (in mmBtu) for the control period and the unit's baseline NOX emissions rate shall be calculated as the unit's total NOX emissions (in lb) for the control period divided by the unit's baseline heat rate.

(d)After calculating the baseline heat input and the baseline NOX emissions rate for the unit under subparagraph (c) of this paragraph, the Department will serve a draft NOX Budget opt-in permit on the NOX authorized account representative of the unit.

(e)Confirmation of intention to opt-in. Within 20 days after the issuance of the draft NOX Budget opt-in permit, the NOX authorized account representative of the unit must submit to the Department a confirmation of the intention to opt-in the unit or a withdrawal of the application for a NOX Budget opt-in permit under paragraph (4) above. The Department will treat the failure to make a timely submission as a withdrawal of the NOX Budget opt-in permit application.

(f)Issuance of draft NOX Budget opt-in permit. If the NOX authorized account representative confirms the intention to opt-in the unit under subparagraph (e) of this paragraph, the Department will issue the draft NOX Budget opt-in permit in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.07(1).

(g)Notwithstanding subparagraphs (a) through (f) of this paragraph, if at any time before issuance of a draft NOX Budget opt-in permit for the unit, the Department determines that the unit does not qualify as a NOX Budget opt-in source under paragraph (1) of this Rule, the Department will issue a draft denial of a NOX Budget opt-in permit for the unit in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.07(1).

(h)Withdrawal of application for NOX Budget opt-in permit. A NOX authorized account representative of a unit may withdraw its application for a NOX Budget opt-in permit under paragraph (4) of this Rule at any time prior to the issuance of the final NOX Budget opt-in permit. Once the application for a NOX Budget opt-in permit is withdrawn, a NOX authorized account representative wanting to reapply must submit a new application for a NOX Budget permit under paragraph (4) of this Rule.

(i)Effective date. The effective date of the initial NOX Budget opt-in permit shall be May 1, with the exception of the year 2004 in which case the date would be May 31, of the first control period starting after the issuance of the initial NOX Budget opt-in permit by the Department. The unit shall be a NOX Budget opt-in source and a NOX Budget unit as of the effective date of the initial NOX Budget opt-in permit.

(6)NOX Budget opt-in permit contents.

(a)Each NOX Budget opt-in permit (including any draft or proposed NOX Budget opt-in permit, if applicable) will contain all elements required for a complete NOX Budget opt-in permit application under Rule 335-3-8-.07(3).

(b)Each NOX Budget opt-in permit is deemed to incorporate automatically the definitions of terms under Rule 335-3-8-.05(2) and, upon recordation by the Administrator under Rules 335-3-8-.10, 335-3-8-.11, or 335-3-8-.13, every allocation, transfer, or deduction of NOX allowances to or from the compliance accounts of each NOX Budget opt-in source covered by the NOX Budget opt-in permit or the overdraft account of the NOX Budget source where the NOX Budget opt-in source is located.

(7)Withdrawal from NOX Budget Trading Program.

(a)Requesting withdrawal. To withdraw from the NOX Budget Trading Program, the NOX authorized account representative of a NOX Budget opt-in source shall submit to the Department a request to withdraw effective as of a specified date prior to May 1 or after September 30. The submission shall be made no later than 90 days prior to the requested effective date of withdrawal.

(b)Conditions for withdrawal. Before a NOX Budget opt-in source covered by a request under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph may withdraw from the NOX Budget Trading Program and the NOX Budget opt-in permit may be terminated under subparagraph (e) of this paragraph, the following conditions must be met:

1.For the control period immediately before the withdrawal is to be effective, the NOX authorized account representative must submit or must have submitted to the Department an annual compliance certification report in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.08(1).

2.If the NOX Budget opt-in source has excess emissions for the control period immediately before the withdrawal is to be effective, the Administrator will deduct or has deducted from the NOX Budget opt-in source's compliance account, or the overdraft account of the NOX Budget source where the NOX Budget opt-in source is located, the full amount required under Rule 335-3-8-.10(5)(d) for the control period.

3.After the requirements for withdrawal under subparagraphs (b)1. and 2. of this paragraph are met, the Administrator will deduct from the NOX Budget opt-in source's compliance account, or the overdraft account of the NOX Budget source where the NOX Budget opt-in source is located, NOX allowances equal in number to and allocated for the same or a prior control period as any NOX allowances allocated to that source under paragraph (9) of this Rule for any control period for which the withdrawal is to be effective. The Administrator will close the NOX Budget opt-in source's compliance account and will establish, and transfer any remaining allowances to, a new general account for the owners and operators of the NOX Budget opt-in source. The NOX authorized account representative for the NOX Budget opt-in source shall become the NOX authorized account representative for the general account.

(c)A NOX Budget opt-in source that withdraws from the NOX Budget Trading Program shall comply with all requirements under the NOX Budget Trading Program concerning all years for which such NOX Budget opt-in source was a NOX Budget opt-in source, even if such requirements arise or must be complied with after the withdrawal takes effect.

(d)Notification.

1.After the requirements for withdrawal under subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph are met (including deduction of the full amount of NOX allowances required), the Department will issue a notification to the NOX authorized account representative of the NOX Budget opt-in source of the acceptance of the withdrawal of the NOX Budget opt-in source as of a specified effective date that is after such requirements have been met and that is prior to May 1 or after September 30.

2.If the requirements for withdrawal under subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph are not met, the Department will issue a notification to the NOX authorized account representative of the NOX Budget opt-in source that the NOX Budget opt-in source's request to withdraw is denied. If the NOX Budget opt-in source's request to withdraw is denied, the NOX Budget opt-in source shall remain subject to the requirements for a NOX Budget opt-in source.

(e)Permit amendment. After the Department issues a notification under subparagraph (d)1. of this paragraph that the requirements for withdrawal have been met, the Department will revise the NOX Budget permit covering the NOX Budget opt-in source to terminate the NOX Budget opt-in permit as of the effective date specified under subparagraph (d)1. of this paragraph. A NOX Budget opt-in source shall continue to be a NOX Budget opt-in source until the effective date of the termination.

(f)Reapplication upon failure to meet conditions of withdrawal. If the Department denies the NOX Budget opt-in source's request to withdraw, the NOX authorized account representative may submit another request to withdraw in accordance with subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph.

(g)Ability to return to the NOX Budget Trading Program. Once a NOX Budget opt-in source withdraws from the NOX Budget Trading Program and its NOX Budget opt-in permit is terminated under this paragraph, the NOX authority account representative may not submit another application for a NOX Budget opt-in permit under paragraph (4) of this Rule for the unit prior to the date that is 4 years after the date on which the terminated NOX Budget opt-in permit became effective.

(8)Change in regulatory status.

(a)Notification. When a NOX Budget opt-in source becomes a NOX Budget unit under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4)(a), the NOX authorized account representative shall notify in writing the Department and the Administrator of such change in the NOX Budget opt-in source's regulatory status, within 30 days of such change.

(b)Department's and Administrator's action.

1.When the NOX Budget opt-in source becomes a NOX Budget unit under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4), the Department will revise the NOX Budget opt-in source's NOX Budget opt-in permit to meet the requirements of a NOX Budget permit under Rule 335-3-8-.07(4) as of an effective date that is the date on which such NOX Budget opt-in source becomes a NOX Budget unit under Rule 335-3-8-.05(4).

(i)The Administrator will deduct from the compliance account for the NOX Budget unit under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph, or the overdraft account of the NOX Budget source where the unit is located, NOX allowances equal in number to and allocated for the same or a prior control period as follows:

(I)Any NOX allowances allocated to the NOX Budget unit (as a NOX Budget opt-in source) under paragraph (9) of this Rule for any control period after the last control period during which the unit's NOX Budget opt-in permit was effective; and

(II)If the effective date of the NOX Budget permit revision under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph is during a control period, the NOX allowances allocated to the NOX Budget unit (as a NOX Budget opt-in source) under paragraph (9) of this Rule for the control period multiplied by the ratio of the number of days, in the control period, starting with the effective date of the permit revision under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph, divided by the total number of days in the control period.

(ii)The NOX authorized account representative shall ensure that the compliance account of the NOX Budget unit under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph, or the overdraft account of the NOX Budget source where the unit is located, includes the NOX allowances necessary for completion of the deduction under subparagraph (b)1.(i) of this paragraph. If the compliance account or overdraft account does not contain sufficient NOX allowances, the Administrator will deduct the required number of NOX allowances, regardless of the control period for which they were allocated, whenever NOX allowances are recorded in either account.

(iii)For every control period during which the NOX Budget permit revised under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph is effective, the NOX Budget unit under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph will be treated, solely for purposes of NOX allowance allocations under Rule 335-3-8-.09(3), as a unit that commenced operation on the effective date of the NOX Budget permit revision under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph and will be allocated NOX allowances under Rule 335-3-8-.09(3).

(iv)Notwithstanding subparagraph (b)1.(iii) above, if the effective date of the NOX Budget permit revision under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph is during a control period, the following number of NOX allowances will be allocated to the NOX Budget unit under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph under Rule 335-3-8-.09 for the control period: the number of NOX allowances otherwise allocated to the NOX Budget unit under Rule 335-3-8-.09 for the control period multiplied by the ratio of the number of days, in the control period, starting with the effective date of the permit revision under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph, divided by the total number of days in the control period.

2.When the NOX authorized account representative of a NOX Budget opt-in source does not renew its NOX Budget opt-in permit under subparagraph (4)(b) of this Rule, the Administrator will deduct from the NOX Budget opt-in unit's compliance account, or the overdraft account of the NOX Budget source where the NOX Budget opt-in source is located, NOX allowances equal in number to and allocated for the same or a prior control period as any NOX allowances allocated to the NOX Budget opt-in source under paragraph (9) of this Rule for any control period after the last control period for which the NOX Budget opt-in permit is effective. The NOX authorized account representative shall ensure that the NOX Budget opt-in source's compliance account or the overdraft account of the NOX Budget source where the NOX Budget opt-in source is located includes the NOX allowances necessary for completion of such deduction. If the compliance account or overdraft account does not contain sufficient NOX allowances, the Administrator will deduct the required number of NOX allowances, regardless of the control period for which they were allocated, whenever NOX allowances are recorded in either account.

(i)After the deduction under subparagraph (b)2. of this paragraph is completed, the Administrator will close the NOX Budget opt-in source's compliance account. If any NOX allowances remain in the compliance account after completion of such deduction and any deduction under Rule 335-3-8-.10(5), the Administrator will close the NOX Budget opt-in source's compliance account and will establish, and transfer any remaining allowances to, a new general account for the owners and operators of the NOX Budget opt-in source. The NOX authorized account representative for the NOX Budget opt-in source shall become the NOX authorized account representative for the general account.

(9)NOX allowance allocations to opt-in units.

(a)NOX allowance allocation.

1.By December 31 immediately before the first control period for which the NOX Budget opt-in permit is effective, the Department will allocate NOX allowances to the NOX Budget opt-in source and submit to the Administrator the allocation for the control period in accordance with subparagraph (b) of this paragraph.

2.By no later than December 31, after the first control period for which the NOX Budget opt-in permit is in effect, and December 31 of each year thereafter, the Department will allocate NOX allowances to the NOX Budget opt-in source, and submit to the Administrator allocations for the next control period, in accordance with subparagraph (b) of this paragraph.

(b)For each control period for which the NOX Budget opt-in source has an approved NOX Budget opt-in permit, the NOX Budget opt-in source will be allocated NOX allowances in accordance with the following procedures:

1.The heat input (in mmBtu) used for calculating NOX allowance allocations will be the lesser of:

(i)The NOX Budget opt-in source's baseline heat input determined pursuant to subparagraph (5)(c) of this Rule; or

(ii)The NOX Budget opt-in source's heat input, as determined in accordance with Rule 335-3-8-.12, for the control period in the year prior to the year of the control period for which the NOX allocations are being calculated.

2.The Department will allocate NOX allowances to the NOX Budget opt-in source in an amount equaling the heat input (in mmBtu) determined under subparagraph (b)1. of this paragraph multiplied by the lesser of:

(i)The NOX Budget opt-in source's baseline NOX emissions rate (in lb/mmBtu) determined pursuant to subparagraph (5)(c) of this Rule; or

(ii)The most stringent State or Federal NOX emissions limitation applicable to the NOX Budget opt-in source during the control period.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8,22-28-10, 22-28-11, 22-28-14, 22-28-18, 22-28-20, 22-28-22.

History: New Rule: Filed March 2, 2001; effective April 6, 2001.

<regElement name="335.3.8.14" level="3" title="New Combustion Sources">

(1)No person shall cause or permit emissions of nitrogen oxides from a new gas-fired boiler with a capacity of 250 million BTU/hr or more in excess of 0.20 pounds per million BTU of heat input per hour.

(2)No person shall cause or permit emissions of nitrogen oxides from a new oil-fired boiler with a capacity of 250 million BTU/hr or more in excess of 0.30 pounds per million BTU of heat input per hour.

(3)No person shall cause or permit emission of nitrogen oxides from a new coal-fired boiler with a capacity of 250 million BTU per hour or more in excess of 0.7 pounds per million BTU of heat input per hour.

(4)For purposes of this Rule, the total heat input from all similar fuel combustion units at a plant or premises shall be used for determining the maximum allowable emission of nitrogen oxides that passes through a stack or stacks.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8,22-28-14,.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: March 2, 2001; effective April 6, 2001.

Ed. Note: Previous Rule 335-3-8-.01 was renumbered to 335-3-8-.14, as per certification filed March 2, 2001; effective April 6, 2001.

<regElement name="335.3.8.15" level="3" title="Standards For New Combined-Cycle Electric Generating Units">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of this Rule apply to all natural gas-fired and fuel oil-fired combined-cycle electric generating units which commence operation on or after April 1, 2003. The requirements of this Rule do not pre-empt the applicability of any other State or Federal regulations.

(2)Definitions. For the purposes of this Rule, the following definitions apply:

(a)"Combined-Cycle Electric Generating Unit" means a system comprised of one or more combustion turbines, heat recovery steam generators, and steam turbines configured to improve overall efficiency of electricity generation or steam production.

(b)"Commence Operation" means to have begun to produce steam, gas, or other heated medium used to generate electricity for use or sale, including test generation.

(c)"Fuel Oil" means any petroleum-based fuel (including diesel fuel) as defined by the American Society for Testing and Materials in ASTM D396-90a, "Standard Specification for Fuel Oils".

(d)"Natural Gas" means a naturally fluid mixture of hydrocarbons (e.g., methane, ethane, or propane) produced in geological formations beneath the Earth's surface that maintains a gaseous state at standard atmospheric temperature and pressure under ordinary conditions. Natural gas contains 20.0 grains or less of total sulfur per 100 standard cubic feet. Additionally, natural gas must either be composed of at least 70 percent methane by volume or have a gross calorific value between 950 and 1100 Btu per standard cubic foot. Natural gas does not include the following gaseous fuels: landfill gas, digester gas, refinery gas, sour gas, blast furnace gas, coal-derived gas, producer gas, coke oven gas, or any gaseous fuel produced in a process which might result in highly variable sulfur content or heating value.

(3)Emission Limitations.

(a)No person shall cause or permit the emissions of nitrogen oxides from combined-cycle electric generating units fired by natural gas in excess of 4.0 ppmvd at 15% O2.

(b)No person shall cause or permit the emissions of nitrogen oxides from combined-cycle electric generating units fired by fuel oil in excess of 15.0 ppmvd at 15% O2.

(4)Compliance Method. Compliance with the nitrogen oxides emissions limitations in paragraph (3) of this Rule shall be determined by EPA Reference Method 20 as found in 40 CFR 60, Appendix A [and incorporated by reference in Rule 335-3-10-.03(1)].

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-10, 22-28-11, 22-28-14, 22-28-18, 22-28-20, 22-28-22, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-3-9" level="2" title="CONTROL OF EMISSIONS FROM MOTOR VEHICLES">

<regElement name="335.3.9.01" level="3" title="Visible Emission Restrictions For Motor Vehicles">

(1)No persons shall cause or permit the emission of visible air contaminants from gasoline-powered motor vehicles, operated upon any street, highway, or other public place, for longer than five (5) consecutive seconds.

(2)No person shall cause or permit the emission of visible air contaminants from diesel-powered motor vehicles and other movable sources of a shade or density greater than twenty percent (20%) opacity for longer than five (5) consecutive seconds.

(3)Uncombined Water. Where the presence of uncombined water is the only reason for failure of an emission to meet the requirements of this Rule, this Rule shall not apply.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: September 24, 1972. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.9.02" level="3" title="Ignition System And Engine Speed">

All 1968 and subsequent model year gasoline-powered motor vehicles shall be maintained so as to be in compliance with the following requirements:

(1)The number of revolutions per minute of an engine while operating at idle speed shall be in accordance with the specifications and determined under conditions published by the manufacturer, but in no case shall the idle speed be less than the minimum specified in such published specifications. Revolutions per minute shall be tested for accuracy and precision at reasonable intervals.

(2)Ignition timing of an engine shall comply with the published specifications of the manufacturer as determined in accordance with procedures and conditions specified by the manufacturer.

(3)All cylinders shall be firing.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: September 24, 1972. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.9.03" level="3" title="Crankcase Ventilation Systems">

The positive crankcase ventilation system on all 1968 and subsequent model year gasoline-powered motor vehicles, except motorcycles and motor tricycles, and all 1969 and subsequent model year gasoline-powered motor vehicles, including motorcycles and motor tricycles, shall meet the following requirements:

(1)The plumbing and connections shall be properly connected as installed by the manufacturer and free of obstructions and leakage.

(2)There shall be a negative pressure (suction) at the inlet of the crankcase ventilation valve.

(3)The crankcase ventilation valve shall be freely operative so as to regulate the flow of gases through the system.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: September 24, 1972. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.9.04" level="3" title="Exhaust Emission Control Systems">

(1)Air Injection System. Exhaust emission control air injection systems on those gasoline-powered motor vehicles so equipped by the manufacturer shall operate so that:

(a)The air delivery hoses, connections, and air distribution manifold shall be properly connected as installed by the manufacturer and free of obstructions and leakage.

(b)The air compressor drive belt tension shall be within manufacturer's specifications.

(c)There is a positive air flow from the air pump to the air delivery distribution manifold.

(d)The check valve prevents any reverse air flow from the air distribution manifold out through the check valve inlet.

(e)The anti-backfire valve, gulp-valve, air bypass valve, or other similar device with the same function permits the passage of air from the air pump to the exhaust manifold or manifolds, except when the carburetor throttle is closed rapidly from an open position as in deceleration.

(2)Engine Modification System. All vacuum control valves, vacuum lines, mechanical linkage, electrical circuits and switches peculiar to certain engine modification systems shall be properly connected as installed on all 1968 and subsequent model year gasoline-powered motor vehicles so equipped by the manufacturer.

(3)Other Exhaust Emission Control Systems. Any other exhaust emission control system, other than air injection or engine modification which is installed or incorporated in a motor vehicle in compliance with Federal motor vehicle pollution control regulations shall be maintained in good operable conditions as specified by the manufacturer and shall be used at all times that the motor vehicle is operated.

(4)The requirements of this Rule shall apply to all gasoline-powered motor vehicles with the following EXCEPTION:

(a)Vehicles of 1967 or earlier model year.

(b)Vehicles not equipped by the manufacturer with exhaust emission control injection systems.

(c)Motor vehicles with an engine displacement of less than 50 cubic inches (819.35 cubic centimeters).

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: September 24, 1972. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.9.05" level="3" title="Evaporative Loss Control Systems">

The evaporative loss control systems or devices designed and installed on 1972 and subsequent model year gasoline-powered motor vehicles shall be maintained in an operable condition such that the system or device continues to reduce or prevent the emission to the atmosphere of the vapors of the hydrocarbon fuel contained in the fuel tank, carburetor and/or fuel pump of the motor vehicle.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: September 24, 1972. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.9.06" level="3" title="Other Prohibited Acts">

In addition to the other strictures contained in this Chapter, no person shall cause, suffer, allow, or permit the removal, disconnection, and/or disabling of a positive crankcase ventilator, exhaust emission control system, or evaporative loss control system which has been installed on a motor vehicle; nor shall any person defeat the design purpose of any such motor vehicle pollution control device by installing therein or thereto any part or component which is not a comparable replacement part or component of the device. Provided that:

(1)The components or parts of emission control systems on motor vehicles may be disassembled or reassembled for the purpose of repair and maintenance in proper working order.

(2)Components and parts of emission control systems may be removed and replaced with like components and parts intended by the manufacturer for such replacement.

(3)The provisions of this Rule shall not apply to salvage operations on wrecked motor vehicles when the engine is so damaged that it will not be used again for the purpose of powering a motor vehicle on a highway.

Author: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8 .

History: Effective Date: September 24, 1972. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.9.07" level="3" title="Effective Date">

The provisions of this Chapter shall become effective sixty (60) days from the date of its adoption and promulgation.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: September 14, 1972. Amended:

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-3-10" level="2" title="STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW STATIONARY SOURCES">

<regElement name="335.3.10.01" level="3" title="General">

(1)The Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, and the Appendices applicable thereto, governing Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources (40 CFR 60 and Appendices) designated in Rules 335-3-10-.02 and -.03 are incorporated by reference as they exist in 40 CFR 60 (2002), and 68 FR 17990 [04/14/03, amendments to Subparts A and GG], as amended by the word or phrase substitutions given in Rule 335-3-10-.04. References for specific documents containing the complete text of subject regulations are given in Appendix C to these Regulations. Authorities which are not delegable to the state are also listed in Appendix C.

[NOTE: The standards pertaining to the Consolidated Federal Air Rule are located in Chapter 335-3-11A.]

(a)The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110.

(2)The emission standards in this Chapter shall supercede the emission standards in Chapters 335-3-3, -4, -5, -6, -7, and -8 if both of the following criteria are met:

(a)the source category is subject to the regulations in this Chapter for the specific pollutants to which an emission standard under this Chapter applies, and

(b)the emission standard under Chapters 335-3-3, -4, -5, -6, -7, and -8 is more stringent than the emission standard in this Chapter for the specific pollutants regulated.

(3)Definitions. For purposes of this Chapter, the definitions listed in 40 CFR &#167;60.2 will apply.

Author: Department of Environmental Management

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-9.

History: Effective Date: May 25, 1976. Amended: Effective Date: February 13, 1985; June 9,1987; June 16, 1988; September 2, 1989; November 1, 1990; March 28, 1991; July 31, 1991; October 24, 1991. Amended: November 23, 1993; effective December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed March 23, 1995; effective April 27, 1995. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 21, 1997; effective September 25, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed June 10 1999; effective July 15, 1999. Amended: Filed December 9, 1999; effective January 13, 2000. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000. Amended: Filed February 7, 2002; effective March 14, 2002. Amended: Filed August 29, 2002; effective October 3, 2002. Amended: Filed February 27, 2003; effective April 3, 2003. Amended: Filed August 28, 2003; effective October 2, 2003.

<regElement name="335.3.10.02" level="3" title="Designated Standards Of Performance"> <dwc name="copper" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="3">

(1)Subpart A - General Provisions.

(2)Subpart D - Fossil Fuel-Fired Steam Generators for which construction is commenced after August 17, 1971.

(a)Subpart Da - Electric Utility Steam Generating Units for which construction is commenced after September 18, 1978.

(b)Subpart Db - Industrial-Commercial-Institutional Steam Generating Units.

(c)Subpart Dc - Small Industrial-Commercial-Institutional Steam Generating Units.

(3)Subpart E - Incinerators.

(a)Subpart Ea - Municipal Waste Combustors for which construction is commenced after December 20, 1989 and on or before September 20, 1994.

(b)Subpart Eb - Municipal Waste Combustors for which construction is commenced after September 20, 1994.

(c)Subpart Ec - Standards of Performance for Hospital/Medical/ Infectious Waste Incinerators for which construction is commenced after June 20, 1996.

(4)Subpart F - Portland Cement Plants.

(5)Subpart G - Nitric Acid Plants.

(6)Subpart H - Sulfuric Acid Plants.

(7)Subpart I - Hot Mix Asphalt Facilities.

(8)Subpart J - Petroleum Refineries.

(9)Subpart K - Storage Vessels for Petroleum Liquids constructed after June 11, 1973 and prior to May 19, 1978.

(a)Subpart Ka - Storage Vessels for Petroleum Liquids constructed after May l8, l978.

(b)Subpart Kb - Volatile Organic Liquid Storage Vessels (Including Petroleum Liquid Storage Vessels) for which Construction, Reconstruction, or Modification Commenced after July 12, 1984.

(10)Reserved.

(11)Reserved.

(12)Subpart L - Secondary Lead Smelters.

(13)Subpart M - Secondary Brass and Bronze Ingot Production Plants.

(14)Subpart N ? Primary Emissions from Basic Oxygen Process Furnaces for which construction is commenced after June 11, 1973.

(a)Subpart Na - Standards of Performance for Secondary Emissions from Basic Oxygen Process Steelmaking Facilities for which construction is commenced after January 20, l983.

(15)Subpart O - Sewage Treatment Plants.

(16)Subpart P - Primary Copper Smelters.

(17)Subpart Q - Primary Zinc Smelters.

(18)Subpart R - Primary Lead Smelters.

(19)Subpart S - Primary Aluminum Reduction Plants.

(20)Subpart T - Wet Process Phosphoric Acid Plants.

(21)Subpart U - Superphosphoric Acid Plants.

(22)Subpart V - Diammonium Phosphate Plants.

(23)Subpart W - Triple Superphosphate Plants.

(24)Subpart X - Granular Triple Superphosphate Storage Facilities.

(25)Subpart Y - Coal Preparation Plants.

(26)Subpart Z - Ferroalloy Production Facilities.

(27)Subpart AA - Steel Plants (Electric arc furnaces and dust-handling equipment).

(a)Subpart AAa - Steel Plants: Electric Arc Furnaces and Argon Oxygen-Decarburization Vessels.

(28)Subpart BB - Kraft Pulp Mills.

(29)Subpart CC - Standards of Performance for Glass Manufacturing Plants.

(30)Subpart DD - Grain Elevators.

(31)Subpart EE - Surface Coating of Metal Furniture.

(32)Subpart FF - Reserved.

(33)Subpart GG - Stationary Gas Turbines.

(34)Subpart HH - Lime Manufacturing Plants.

(35)Subpart II - Reserved.

(36)Subpart JJ - Reserved.

(37)Subpart KK - Lead-Acid Battery Manufacture.

(38)Subpart LL - Metallic Mineral Processing Plants.

(39)Subpart MM - Automobile and Light-Duty Truck Surface Coating Operations.

(40)Subpart NN - Phosphate Rock Plants.

(41)Subpart OO - Reserved.

(42)Subpart PP - Ammonium Sulfate Manufacturing.

(43)Subpart QQ - Graphic Arts Industry: Publication Rotogravure Printing.

(44)Subpart RR - Pressure Sensitive Tape and Label Surface Coating Industry.

(45)Subpart SS - Industrial Surface Coating - Large Appliances.

(46)Subpart TT - Metal Coil Surface Coating Operations.

(47)Subpart UU - Asphalt Processing and Asphalt Roofing Manufacture.

(48)Subpart VV - Equipment Leaks of VOC in the Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry.

(49)Subpart WW - Beverage Can Surface Coating Industry.

(50)Subpart XX - Bulk Gasoline Terminals.

(51)Subpart YY - Reserved.

(52)Subpart ZZ - Reserved.

(53)Subpart AAA - Reserved.

(54)Subpart BBB - Rubber Tire Manufacturing Industry.

(55)Subpart CCC - Reserved.

(56)Subpart DDD - Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Emissions from the Polymer Manufacturing Industry.

(57)Subpart EEE - Reserved.

(58)Subpart FFF - Flexible Vinyl and Urethane Coating and Printing.

(59)Subpart GGG - VOC Fugitive Emission Sources - Petroleum Refineries.

(60)Subpart HHH - Synthetic Fiber Production Facilities.

(61)Subpart III - VOC Emissions from SOCMI Air Oxidation Unit Processes.

(62)Subpart JJJ - Petroleum Dry Cleaners.

(63)Subpart KKK - Equipment Leaks of VOC from Onshore Natural Gas Processing Plants.

(64)Subpart LLL - Standards of Performance for Onshore Natural Gas Processing: SO2 Emissions.

(65)Subpart MMM - Reserved.

(66)Subpart NNN - VOC Emissions from SOCMI Distillation Operations.

(67)Subpart OOO - Nonmetallic Mineral Processing Plants.

(68)Subpart PPP - Wool Fiberglass Insulation Manufacturing Plants.

(69)Subpart QQQ - VOC Emissions from Petroleum Refinery Wastewater Systems.

(70)Subpart RRR - Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Emissions from the Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry Reactor Processes.

(71)Subpart SSS - Magnetic Tape Manufacturing Industry.

(72)Subpart TTT - Industrial Surface Coating; Plastic Parts for Business Machines.

(73)Subpart UUU - Calciners and Dryers in Mineral Industries.

(74)Subpart VVV - Polymeric Coating of Supporting Substrates.

(75)Subpart WWW - Municipal Waste Landfills.

(76)Subpart XXX ? Reserved.

(77)Subpart YYY ? Reserved.

(78)Subpart ZZZ ? Reserved.

(79)Subpart AAAA ? Small Municipal Waste Combustion Units for which construction is commenced after August 30, 1999 or for which modification or reconstruction is commenced after June 6, 2001.

(80)Subpart BBBB ? Reserved.

(81)Subpart CCCC ? Commercial and Industrial Solid Waste Incineration Units for which construction is commenced after November 30, 1999 or for which modification or reconstruction is commenced on or after June 1, 2001.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-9.

History: Effective Date: May 25, 1976. Amended: Effective Date: June 23, 1981; February 13, 1985; April 15, 1987; June 16, 1988; September 21, 1989; November 1, 1990; March 28, 1991; July 31, 1991; October 24, 1991. Amended: Filed November 23, 1993; effective December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed March 23, 1995; effective April 27, 1995. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed June 10, 1999; effective July 15, 1999. Amended: Filed December 9, 1999; effective January 13, 2000. Adopted by Reference: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000. Amended: Filed February 7, 2002; effective March 14, 2002. Amended: Filed August 29, 2002; effective October 3, 2002. Amended: Filed February 27, 2003; effective April 3, 2003. Amended: Filed August 28, 2003; effective October 2, 2003.

<regElement name="335.3.10.03" level="3" title="Appendices To 40 CFR 60">

(1)Appendix A - Reference Method.

(2)Appendix B - Performance Specifications.

(3)Appendix F - Quality Assurance Procedures.

Author: Robert Cowne

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-9.

History: Effective Date: June 16, 1988. Amended: Effective Date: November 1, 1990; March 28, 1991; July 31, 1991; October 24, 1991. Amended: Filed November 23, 1993; effective December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed December 9, 1999; effective January 13, 2000. Adopted by Reference: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000. Amended: Filed February 7, 2002; effective March 14, 2002. Amended: Filed August 29, 2002; effective October 3, 2002.

<regElement name="335.3.10.04" level="3" title="Word Or Phrase Substitutions">

In all the standards designated in Rule 335-3-10-.02 substitute:

(a)Director for Administrator.

(b)Department for U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (except in references).

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-9.

History: Effective Date: May 25, 1976. Amended: Effective Date: February 13, 1985; June 16, 1988. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-3-11" level="2" title="NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS">

<regElement name="335.3.11.01" level="3" title="General">

(1)The Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, and the Appendices applicable thereto, governing Hazardous Air Pollutants, 40 CFR, Part 61 and Appendices, designated in Rules 335-3-11-.02 and 335-3-11-.03 and 40 CFR Part 63, and Appendices designated in Rules 335-3-11-.06 and 335-3-11-.07 are incorporated by reference as they exist in 40 CFR 61 (2002)and 67 FR 68526 [11/12/02, amendments to Subpart FF], 68 FR 6082 [02/06/03, amendments to Subpart FF] and 40 CFR Part 63 (2002) and 67 FR 44371 [07/02/2002, amendments to Subpart LLL], 67 FR 44766 [07/05/2002, amendments to Subpart LLL], 67 FR 45588 [07/09/2002, addition of Subpart XXXX], 67 FR 45886 [07/10/2002, addition of Subpart J], 67 FR 46271 [07/12/2002, addition of Subpart XX and amendments to Subparts SS, TT, UU, WW and YY], 67 FR 46289 [07/12/2002, amendments to Subpart YY], 67 FR 48254 [07/23/2002, addition of Subpart NNNN], 67 FR 59336 [09/20/2002, amendments to Subpart MMM], 67 FR 59787 [09/24/2002, amendments to Subpart RRR], 67 FR 64742 [10/21/02, amendments to Subpart VVV], 67 FR 72330 [12/04/02, amendments to Subpart A and addition of Subpart JJJJ], 67 FR 72580 [12/06/02, amendments to Subpart LLL], 67 FR 77687 [12/19/02, amendments to Subpart EEE], 67 FR 79808 [12/30/02, amendments to Subpart RRR], 68 FR 2227 [01/16/03, addition of Subpart AAAA], 68 FR 6635 [02/10/03, amendments to Subpart YY], 68 FR 7706 [02/18/03, amendments to Subparts A and MM], 68 FR 11745 [03/12/03, amendments to Subpart XXXX], 68 FR 12590 [03/17/03, amendments to SSSS], 68 FR 18008 [04/14/03, addition of Subpart CCCCC], 68 FR 19076 [04/17/03, addition of Subpart NNNNN], 68 FR 19375 [04/21/03, amendments to Subpart A and addition of Subpart WWWW], 68 FR 19885 [04/22/03, amendments to Subpart CCCCC], 68 FR 23898 [05/06/03, amendments to Subpart A], and 68 FR 24562 [05/07/03, addition of Subpart LLLLL], 68 FR 24653 [05/08/03, amendments to Subpart MM], as amended by the word or phrase substitutions given in Rule 335-3-11-.03. References for specific documents containing the complete text of subject regulations are given in Appendix C to these Regulations. Authorities which are not delegable to the state are also listed in Appendix C.

[NOTE: The standards pertaining to the Consolidated Federal Air Rule are located in Chapter 335-3-11A.]

(a)The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110.

(2)In the event of any conflict between the regulations contained in this Chapter and regulations contained in other Chapters, the more stringent regulations will take precedence.

(3)Definitions. For purposes of this Chapter, the definitions listed in 40 CFR 61.02, Subpart A will apply in Rules 335-3-11-.02 and 335-3-11-.03 and the definitions listed in 40 CFR 63.2, Subpart A will apply in Rules 335-3-11-.06 and 335-3-11-.07.

Author: Department of Environmental Management

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-9.

History: Effective Date: May 25, 1976. Amended: Effective Date: February 13, 1985; June 9, 1987; June 16, 1988; November 1, 1990; March 28, 1991; July 31, 1991; September 19, 1991. Amended: Filed November 23, 1993; effective December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed October 19, 1995; effective November 23, 1995. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 21, 1997; effective September 25, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed October 15, 1998; effective November 19, 1998. Amended: Filed June 10, 1999; effective July 15, 1999. Amended: Filed December 9, 1999; effective January 13, 2000. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000. Amended: Filed February 7, 2002; effective March 14, 2002. Amended: Filed August 29, 2002; effective October 3, 2002. Amended: Filed February 27, 2003; effective April 3, 2003. Amended: Filed August 28, 2003; effective October 2, 2003.

<regElement name="335.3.11.02" level="3" title="Designated Emission Standards"> <dwc name="arsen" times="5"><dwc name="asbesto" times="1"><dwc name="beryllium" times="2"><dwc name="copper" times="1"><dwc name="mercuri" times="1"><dwc name="benzen" times="8"><dwc name="vinyl chlorid" times="1">

(1)Subpart A ? General Provisions.

(2)Subpart C - Beryllium.

(3)Subpart D - Beryllium Rocket Motor Firing.

(4)Subpart E - Mercury.

(5)Subpart F - Vinyl Chloride.

(6)Reserved.

(7)Reserved.

(8)Reserved.

(9)Subpart J - Benzene Equipment Leaks.

(10)Reserved.

(11)Subpart L - Benzene Emissions from Coke By-Product Recovery Plants.

(12)Subpart M - Asbestos.

(13)Subpart N - Standard for Inorganic Arsenic Emissions from Glass Manufacturing Plants.

(14)Subpart 0 - Standard for Inorganic Arsenic Emissions from Primary Copper Smelters.

(15)Subpart P - Standard for Inorganic Arsenic Emission from Arsenic Trioxide and Metallic Arsenic Production Facilities.

(16)Reserved.

(17)Reserved.

(18)Reserved.

(19)Reserved.

(20)Reserved.

(21)Subpart V - Equipment Leaks (Fugitive Emission Sources).

(22)Reserved.

(23)Reserved.

(24)Subpart Y - Benzene Emissions from Benzene Storage Vessels.

(25)Reserved.

(26)Reserved.

(27)Subpart BB - Benzene Emissions from Benzene Transfer Operations.

(28)Reserved.

(29)Reserved.

(30)Reserved.

(31)Subpart FF - Benzene Emissions from Benzene Waste Operations.

Author: Alabama Department of Environmental Management

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-9.

History: Effective Date: May 25, 1976. Amended: Effective Date: June 23, 1981; February 13, 1985; June 9, 1987; November 1, 1990; March 28, 1991; July 31, 1991; September 19, 1991. Amended: Filed November 23, 1993; effective December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed December 9, 1999; effective January 13, 2000. Amended: Filed February 7, 2002; effective March 14, 2002. Amended: Filed August 28, 2003; effective October 2, 2003.

<regElement name="335.3.11.03" level="3" title="Appendices To 40 CFR 61">

(1)Appendix B - Test Methods.

Author: Robert W. Cowne

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-9.

History: Effective Date: June 16, 1988. Amended: Effective March 28, 1991. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed February 7, 2002; effective March 14, 2002.

<regElement name="335.3.11.04" level="3" title="Word Or Phrase Substitutions">

In all of the standards designated in Rules 335-3-11-.02 and 335-3-11-.06 substitute:

(a)Director for Administrator.

(b)Department for U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (except in references).

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-9.

History: Effective May 25, 1976. Amended: Effective Date: February 13, 1985; June 16, 1988. Amended: Filed October 19, 1995; effective November 23, 1995. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.11.05" level="3" title="Certification Of Asbestos Abatement Contractors"> <dwc name="asbesto" times="6">

(1)Any person, firm, organization, or corporation who is the owner or operator of any asbestos removal project for which notification is required pursuant to the requirements of Rule 335-3-11-.02(12) shall ensure that the parties executing the asbestos removal project are certified by the Department.

(2)Procedures for application for certification and recertification.

(a)An application for certification or recertification must be completed on forms that are supplied by the Department.

(b)Applications shall include, at minimum, the following information:

1.Lists of supervisors and workers, including their accreditation numbers issued by the state-approved accreditation program.

2.A list of asbestos removal operations performed by the party during the previous twelve (12) months.

3.Assurance that all supervisors or workers used in asbestos removal operations employed by the party shall have a current accreditation by the state-approved accreditation program before performing any work inside or outside a removal site.

4.A written certification from the principal officer or person stating that he/she understands state regulations pertaining to asbestos removal and will abide by said regulations.

(c)The Department may issue a certificate of certification to a party if it has been determined that:

1.Each supervisor and worker involved in asbestos removal is accredited by the state-approved accreditation program.

2.All application forms and attachments are properly completed and have been submitted.

3.The application fees have been paid.

(d)The Department may deny certification if it determines that the applicant is unable or unwilling to fully comply with applicable requirements, procedures, rules and standards promulgated or established by the Commission or the Department. All notices regarding the denial of certification will be sent via certified mail.

(3)Parties must reapply annually in order to maintain proper certification.

(4)A copy of the party's current certification must be available at each of its removal sites.

(5)Annual accreditation of supervisors and workers is required.

(6)Copies of accreditation for every supervisor and worker must be kept at each removal site.

(7)The Department may revoke certification of any party duly certified if the party repeatedly fails to comply with applicable rules and standards or fails to comply with any certification requirements.

(8)The requirements of this Rule become enforceable 120 days after the effective date.

Author: Ludwig C. Hoffmann III

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-39-5.

History: Effective November 1, 1990. Amended: Filed March 23, 1995; effective April 27, 1995. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.11.06" level="3" title="National Emission Standards For Hazardous Air Pollutants For Source Categories"> <dwc name="chromium" times="3"><dwc name="lead" times="1">

(1)Subpart A ? General Provisions.

(2)Subpart B - Requirements for Control Technology Determinations for Major Sources in Accordance With Clean Air Act Sections, Sections 112(g) and 112(j).

[NOTE: The requirements for implementation of &#167;112(g) are found in Rule 335-3-14-.06]

(3)Subpart D - Regulations Governing Compliance Extensions for Early Reductions of Hazardous Air Pollutants.

(4)Reserved.

(5)Subpart F - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants From Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry.

(6)Subpart G - National Emission Standards for Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants From Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry Process Vents, Storage Vessels, Transfer Operations, and Wastewater.

(7)Subpart H - National Emission Standards for Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants for Equipment Leaks.

(8)Subpart I - National Emission Standards for Organic Hazardous Air Pollutants for Certain Processes Subject to the Negotiated Regulation for Equipment Leaks.

(9)Subpart J ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Polyvinyl Chloride and Copolymers Production.

(10)Reserved.

(11)Subpart L - National Emission Standards for Coke Oven Batteries.

(12)Subpart M - National Perchloroethylene Air Emission Standards for Dry Cleaning Facilities.

(13)Subpart N - National Emission Standards for Chromium Emissions from Hard and Decorative Chromium Electroplating and Chromium Anodizing Tanks.

(14)Subpart O - Ethylene Oxide Emissions Standards for Sterilization Facilities.

(15)Reserved.

(16)Subpart Q - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Industrial Process Cooling Towers.

(17)Subpart R - National Emission Standards for Gasoline Distribution Facilities (Bulk Gasoline Terminals and Pipeline Breakout Stations).

(18)Subpart S - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Pulp and Paper Production.

(19)Subpart T - National Emission Standards for Halogenated Solvent Cleaning.

(20)Subpart U - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutant Emissions: Group I Polymers and Resins.

(21)Reserved.

(22)Subpart W - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Epoxy Resins Production and Non-Nylon Polyamides Production.

(23)Subpart X - National Emission Standards from Secondary Lead Smelting.

(24)Subpart Y - National Emission Standards for Marine Tank Vessel Loading Operations [with the EXCEPTION of those subsections referencing the Valdez Marine Terminal (VMT) in Alaska].

(25)Reserved.

(26)Subpart AA ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants from Phosphoric Acid Manufacturing Plants.

(27)Subpart BB ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants from Phosphate Fertilizers Production Plants.

(28)Subpart CC - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants from Petroleum Refineries.

(29)Subpart DD - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants from Off-Site Waste and Recovery Operations.

(30)Subpart EE - National Emission Standards for Magnetic Tape Manufacturing Operations.

(31)Reserved.

(32)Subpart GG - National Emission Standards for Aerospace Manufacturing and Rework Facilities.

(33)Subpart HH ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants From Oil and Natural Gas Production Facilities.

(34)Subpart II - National Emission Standards for Shipbuilding and Ship Repair (Surface Coating) Operations.

(35)Subpart JJ - National Emission Standards for Wood Furniture Manufacturing Operations.

(36)Subpart KK - National Emission Standards for the Printing and Publishing Industry.

(37)Reserved.

(38)Subpart MM ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Chemical Recovery Combustion Sources at Kraft, Soda, Sulfite, and Stand-Alone Semichemical Pulp Mills.

(39)Reserved.

(40)Subpart OO - National Emission Standards for Tanks - Level 1.

(41)Subpart PP - National Emission Standards for Containers.

(42)Subpart QQ - National Emission Standards for Surface Impoundments.

(43)Subpart RR - National Emission Standards for Individual Drain Systems.

(44)Subpart SS ? National Emission Standards Closed Vent Systems, Control Devices, Recovery Devices and Routing to a Fuel Gas System or a Process.

(45)Subpart TT ? National Emission Standards for Equipment Leaks ? Control Level 1.

(46)Subpart UU ? National Emission Standards for Equipment Leaks ? Control Level 2 Standards.

(47)Subpart VV National Emission Standards for Oil-Water Separators and Organic-Water Separators.

(48)Subpart WW ? National Emission Standards for Storage Vessels (Tanks) ? Control Level 2.

(49)Subpart XX ? National Emission Standards for Ethylene Manufacturing Process Units: Heat Exchange Systems and Waste Operations.

(50)Subpart YY ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Source Categories: Generic Maximum Achievable Control Technology Standards.

(51)Reserved.

(52)Reserved.

(53)Reserved.

(54)Subpart CCC ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Steel Pickling ? HCl Process Facilities and Hydrochloric Acid Regeneration Plants.

(55)Subpart DDD ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Mineral Wool Production.

(56)Subpart EEE - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants From Hazardous Waste Combustors.

(57)Reserved.

(58)Subpart GGG - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Source Categories: Pharmaceuticals Production.

(59)Subpart HHH ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants from Natural Gas Transmission and Storage Facilities.

(60)Subpart III - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Flexible Polyurethane Foam Production.

(61)Subpart JJJ - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutant Emissions: Group IV Polymers and Resins.

(62)Reserved.

(63)Subpart LLL - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants From the Portland Cement Manufacturing Industry.

(64)Subpart MMM ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Pesticide Active Ingredient Production.

(65)Subpart NNN ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Wool Fiberglass Manufacturing.

(66)Subpart OOO ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Amino/Phenolic Resins Production.

(67)Subpart PPP ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Polyether Polyols Production.

(68)Reserved.

(69)Subpart RRR ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Secondary Aluminum Production.

(70)Reserved.

(71)Reserved.

(72)Subpart UUU ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Petroleum Refineries: Catalytic Cracking Units, Catalytic Reforming Units, and Sulfur Recovery Units.

(73)Subpart VVV ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Publicity Owned Treatment Works.

(74)Reserved.

(75)Subpart XXX ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Ferroalloys Production: Ferromanganese and Silicomanganese.

(76)Reserved.

(77)Reserved.

(78)Subpart AAAA ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Municipal Solid Waster Landfills.

(79)Reserved.

(80)Subpart CCCC ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Nutritional Yeast.

(81)Reserved.

(82)Reserved.

(83)Reserved.

(84)Subpart GGGG ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Solvent Extraction for Vegetable Oil Production.

(85)Subpart HHHH ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Wet-Formed Fiberglass Mat Production.

(86)Reserved.

(87)Subpart JJJJ ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Paper and Other Web Coating.

(88)Reserved.

(89)Reserved.

(90)Reserved.

(91)Subpart NNNN ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Surface Coating of Large Appliances.

(92)Reserved.

(93)Reserved.

(94)Reserved.

(95)Reserved.

(96)Subpart SSSS ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Surface Coating of Metal Coil.

(97)Reserved.

(98)Reserved.

(99)Subpart VVVV ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Boat Manufacturing.

(100)Subpart WWWW ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Reinforced Plastic Composites Production.

(101)Subpart XXXX ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Rubber Tire Manufacturing.

(102)Reserved.

(103)Reserved.

(104)Reserved.

(105)Reserved.

(106)Subpart CCCCC ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants for Coke Ovens: Pushing Quenching and Battery Stacks.

(107)Reserved.

(108)Reserved.

(109)Reserved.

(110)Reserved.

(111)Reserved.

(112)Reserved.

(113)Reserved.

(114)Reserved.

(115)Subpart LLLLL ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Asphalt Processing and Asphalt Roofing Manufacturing.

(116)Reserved.

(117)Subpart NNNNN ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Hydrochloric Acid Production.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-9.

History: New Rule: Filed October 19, 1995; effective November 23, 1995. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 21, 1997; effective September 25, 1997. Amended: Filed June 10, 1999; effective July 15, 1999. Amended: Filed December 9, 1999; effective January 13, 2000. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000. Amended: Filed February 7, 2002; effective March 14, 2002. Amended: Filed August 29, 2002; effective October 3, 2002. Amended: Filed February 27, 2003; effective April 3, 2003. Amended: Filed August 28, 2003; effective October 2, 2003.

<regElement name="335.3.11.07" level="3" title="Appendices To 40 CFR 63">

(1)Appendix A - Test Methods.

(2)Appendix B - Sources Defined for Early Reduction Provisions.

(3)Appendix C - Determination of the Fraction Biodegraded (Fbio) in a Biological Treatment Unit.

(4)Appendix D - Alternative Validation Procedure for EPA Waste and Wastewater Methods.

(5)Appendix E ? Monitoring Procedure for Nonthoroughly Mixed Open Biological Treatment System Systems at Kraft Pulp Mills Under Unsafe Sampling Conditions.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-229.

History: New Rule: Filed October 19, 1995; effective November 23, 1995. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 21, 1997; effective September 25, 1997. Amended: Filed October 15, 1998; effective November 19, 1998. Amended: Filed June 10, 1999; effective July 15, 1999. Amended: Filed December 9, 1999; effective January 13, 2000. Amended: Filed February 7, 2002; effective March 14, 2002.

CHAPTER 335-3-11A CONSOLIDATED FEDERAL AIR RULE REGARDING NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS AND NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

335-3-11A-.01General

335-3-11A-.02Designated Emission Standards

335-3-11A-.03Word or Phrase Substitutions

335-3-11A-.01General.

(1)The Environmental Protection Agency Regulations designated in Rule 335-3-11A-.02 are incorporated by reference as they exist in 40 CFR 65 (2000) as amended by the word or phrase substitutions given in Rule 335-3-11A-.03, except for the provisions found in 65.14, which are excluded. References for specific documents containing the complete text of subject regulations are given in Appendix C to these Regulations. Authorities that are not delegable to the state are also listed in Appendix C.

(a)The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110.

(2)In the event of any conflict between the regulations contained in this Chapter and regulations contained in other Chapters, the more stringent regulations will take precedence.

(3)Definitions. For purposes of this Chapter, the definitions listed in 40 CFR 65.2, Subpart A will apply in Rule 335-3-11A-.02.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-9.

History: New Rule: Filed February 7, 2002; effective March 14, 2002. Amended: Filed August 28, 2003; effective October 2, 2003.

335-3-11A-.02Designated Emission Standards.

(1)Subpart A ? General Provisions.

(2)Subpart B ? Reserved.

(3)Subpart C ? Storage Vessels.

(4)Subpart D ? Process Vents.

(5)Subpart E ? Transfer Racks.

(6)Subpart F ? Equipment Leaks.

(7)Subpart G ? Closed Vent Systems, Control Devices, and Routing to a Fuel Gas System or a Process.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-9.

History: New Rule: Filed February 7, 2002; effective March 14, 2002.

335-3-11A-.03Word Or Phrase Substitutions. In all of the standards designated in Rule 335-3-11A-.02 substitute:

(a)Director for Administrator.

(b)Department for U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (except in references).

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-9.

History: New Rule: Filed February 7, 2002; effective March 14, 2002.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-3-12" level="2" title="CONTINUOUS MONITORING REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING SOURCES">

<regElement name="335.3.12.01" level="3" title="Definitions">

For the purposes of this Chapter, the following terms will have the meanings ascribed in this Rule:

(a)"Emission Standard" shall mean a regulation (or portion thereof) setting forth an allowable rate of emissions, level of opacity, or prescribing equipment or fuel specifications that result in control of air pollution emissions.

(b)"Capacity Factor" shall mean the ratio of the average load on a machine or equipment for the period of time considered to the capacity rating of the machine or equipment.

(c)"Excess Emissions" shall mean emissions of an air pollutant in excess of an emission standard.

(d)"Sulfuric Acid Plant" shall mean any facility producing sulfuric acid by the contact process by burning elemental sulfur, alkylation acid, hydrogen sulfide, or acid sludge, but does not include facilities where conversion to sulfuric acid is utilized primarily as a means of preventing emissions to the atmosphere of sulfur dioxide or other sulfur compounds.

(e)"Fossil Fuel-Fired Steam Generator" shall mean a furnace or boiler used in the process of burning fossil fuel for the primary purpose of producing steam by heat transfer.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: October 26, 1976. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.12.02" level="3" title="Emission Monitoring And Reporting Requirements">

(1)Sources in the following categories which initiated construction prior to August 17, 1971, are subject to the requirements of this Chapter:

(a)Fossil fuel-fired steam generators.

(b)Sulfuric acid plants. Sources in these categories which are constructed after August 17, 1971, are subject to the emission monitoring requirements of Chapter 335-3-10. This Chapter is intended to supplement existing regulations, and no Rule thereof shall be construed to interfere with the enforcement of other provisions of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(2)The Director shall require the owner or operator of an emission source listed in paragraph (1) of this Rule to install, calibrate, operate, and maintain all monitoring equipment necessary for continuously monitoring the pollutants specified in paragraph (3) and (4) of this Rule. The specific source categories listed in paragraph (1) of this Rule must complete the installation and performance testing of monitoring equipment and begin monitoring and recording within eighteen months from the date of the Environmental Protection Agency's approval of these regulations. Within six (6) months of such approval, all affected sources must present a detailed plan for complying with the requirements of this Chapter to the Director. The Director shall condition written approval of such plan upon the requirement that the plan will meet the minimum reporting requirements set forth in Divisions 4 and 5 of Appendix P of 40 CFR 51. More stringent reporting procedures may be required in the Director's discretion.

(3)Fossil fuel-fired steam generators, as defined in this Chapter, with an annual average capacity factor of greater than thirty percent (30%), as reported to the Federal Power Commission for calendar year 1974, or was otherwise demonstrated to the Director by the owner or operator, shall conform with the following monitoring requirements when such facility is subject to an emission standard for the pollutant in question:

(a)A continuous monitoring system for the measurement of opacity shall be installed, calibrated, maintained, and operated by the owner or operator of any such steam generator of greater than 250 million BTU per hour heat input except where:

1.gaseous fuel is the only fuel burned, or

2.oil or a mixture of gas and oil are the only fuels burned and the source is able to comply with the applicable particulate matter and opacity regulations without utilization of particulate matter collection equipment, and where the source has never been found, through any administrative or judicial proceedings, to be in violation of any visible emission standard of the applicable plan.

(b)A continuous monitoring system for the measurement of sulfur dioxide shall be installed, calibrated, maintained, and operated on any fossil fuel-fired steam generator of greater than 250 million BTU per hour heat input which has installed equipment designed for the desulfurization of flue gas.

(c)A continuous monitoring system for the measurement of the percent oxygen or carbon dioxide in stack gases shall be installed, calibrated, operated, and maintained on fossil fuel-fired steam generators where measurements of oxygen or carbon dioxide in the flue gas are required to convert sulfur dioxide continuous emission monitoring data, to units of the emission standard in Chapter 335-3-5.

(4)Sulfuric acid plants, as defined in this Chapter, with greater than 300 tons per day production capacity, the production being expressed as 100 percent (100%) acid, shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a continuous monitoring system for the measurement of sulfur dioxide for each sulfuric acid producing facility within such plant.

(5)All monitoring equipment specified in this Chapter shall meet the performance specifications described in Appendix B of 40 CFR 60, except that the Director may from time to time specify different data averaging times and sampling intervals to permit accurate determinations of compliance with specific Air Pollution Control Rules and Regulations. The monitoring equipment shall also be installed, calibrated, operated, and maintained in accordance with the procedures in Appendix B of 40 CFR 60 and the minimum specifications of Division 3 in Appendix P of 40 CFR 51.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: October 26, 1976. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998.

<regElement name="335.3.12.03" level="3" title="Monitoring System Malfunction">

(1)Malfunctions of a monitoring system required in this Chapter which last more than forty-eight (48) hours must be reported as expeditiously as possible to the Director in a written report. This report should include statements as to the time the monitor malfunctioned, the nature of the malfunction, the corrective action being taken, the estimated repair time, and any other information needed to demonstrate to the Director that the malfunction was unavoidable. The Director shall be informed of the time at which the monitor again becomes operational.

(2)The Director may temporarily exempt an owner or operator from the monitoring and reporting requirements of this Chapter if it is demonstrated to the Director's satisfaction that the malfunction was unavoidable and is being repaired as expeditiously as possible.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: October 26, 1976. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.12.04" level="3" title="Alternate Monitoring And Reporting Requirements">

(1)Alternative monitoring and reporting requirements may be approved by the Director on a case-by-case basis, provided the following statements and explanations are contained in a written request to the Director:

(a)the basis or reason that alternative monitoring and reporting requirements are desirable and necessary;

(b)a proposal of alternative monitoring and reporting requirements;

(c)any other information needed by the Director to make a determination of the desirability of alternative requirements.

(2)Request for alternative monitoring and reporting requirements may be made in certain situations, including, but not limited to, the following:

(a)when installation of a continuous monitoring system or device required by this Chapter would not provide accurate determinations of emissions;

(b)when the affected facility is operated less than thirty (30) days per year;

(c)when effluents from two (2) or more sources of significantly different design and operating characteristics are combined before release to the atmosphere or when the effluent from one source is released to the atmosphere through more than one (1) point;

(d)when the Director determines that the requirements prescribed by this Chapter would impose an extreme economic burden on the source owner or operator. The determination of an extreme economic burden shall be made on the basis of whether meeting the requirements prescribed by this Chapter would produce serious hardship without equal or greater benefit to the public;

(e)when the monitoring systems prescribed by this Chapter cannot be installed due to physical limitations at the facility. The determination of such limitations shall be made on the basis of whether meeting the requirements prescribed by this Chapter would necessitate significant reconstruction of the facility.

(3)The Director may require the submission of additional information as he deems appropriate to evaluate the request for alternative requirements. Upon making a determination that the source should be subject to alternative monitoring and reporting requirements, the Director may approve either the proposed alternative monitoring and reporting requirements or any other monitoring and reporting requirements that he deems appropriate and feasible.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: October 26, 1976. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.12.05" level="3" title="Exemptions And Extensions">

(1)The Director may exempt any source from the requirements of this Chapter if such source is scheduled for permanent shutdown by October 6, 1980 provided that adequate evidence and guarantees are provided to clearly show that the source will cease operations prior to such date.

(2)The Director may grant reasonable extensions of the time provided for installation of monitors for facilities unable to meet the prescribed eighteen (18) month time frame, provided that the owner or operator of such facility demonstrates that good faith efforts have been made to obtain and install such devices within the prescribed time frame.

(3)If, prior to September 11, 1974, an affected source purchased an emission monitor which does not conform to the requirements of Appendix B of 40 CFR 60, then the source may be granted a five (5) year period from the date of the Environmental Protection Agency's approval of this revision, during which time the monitor installed on that source is exempt from applicable performance specifications.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: October 26, 1976.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-3-13" level="2" title="CONTROL OF FLUORIDE EMISSIONS">

<regElement name="335.3.13.01" level="3" title="Definitions">

Meaning of Terms. As used in these rules and regulations, terms referenced in 40 CFR &#167;&#167;60.201, 60.211, 60.221, 60.231, 60.241 shall have the meaning ascribed in this Rule.

Author: Marilyn G. Elliott

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5; 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: February 28, 1978. Amended:

<regElement name="335.3.13.02" level="3" title="Superphosphoric Acid Plants"> <dwc name="fluorid" times="1">

(1)Applicability. For the purpose of this Rule the affected facility includes any combination of existing evaporators, hotwells, acid sumps, and cooling tanks.

(2)Superphosphoric Acid Plants. No owner or operator shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 5.0 g/metric ton of equivalent P2O5 feed (0.010 lb/ton).

(3)Test Methods and Procedures. Reference methods described in 40 CFR 60.214 shall be used to determine compliance with paragraph (2) of this Rule.

Author: Marilyn G. Elliott

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: February 28, 1978. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.13.03" level="3" title="Diammonium Phosphate Plants"> <dwc name="fluorid" times="1">

(1)Applicability. For the purpose of this Rule, the affected facility includes any combination of existing reactors, granulators, dryers, coolers, screens, and mills.

(2)Diammonium Phosphate Plants. No owner or operator shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 30 g/metric ton of equivalent P2O5 feed (0.060 lb/ton).

(3)Test Methods and Procedures. Reference methods described in 40 CFR 60.224 shall be used to determine compliance with paragraph (2) of this Rule.

Author: Marilyn G. Elliott

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: February 28, 1978. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.13.04" level="3" title="Triple Superphosphate Plants"> <dwc name="fluorid" times="1">

(1)Applicability. For the purpose of this Rule the affected facility includes any combination of existing mixers, curing belts (dens), reactors, granulators, dryers, coolers, screens, mills, and facilities which store run-of-pile triple superphosphate.

(2)Triple Superphosphate Plants. No owner or operator shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 100 g/metric ton of equivalent P2O5 feed (0.20 lb/ton).

(3)Test Methods and Procedures. Reference methods described in 40 CFR &#167;60.234 shall be used to determine compliance with paragraph (2) of this Rule.

Author: Marilyn G. Elliott

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: February 28, 1978. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.13.05" level="3" title="Granular Triple Superphosphate Storage Facilities"> <dwc name="fluorid" times="1">

(1)Applicability. For the purpose of this Rule, the affected facility includes any combination of existing storage or curing piles, conveyors, elevators, screens, and mills.

(2)Granular Triple Superphosphate Storage Facilities. No owner or operator shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 0.25 g/hr/metric ton of equivalent P2O5 stored (5.0 x 10-4 lb/hr/ton of equivalent P2O5 stored).

(3)Test Methods and Procedures. Reference methods described in 40 CFR &#167;60.244 shall be used to determine compliance with paragraph (2) of this Rule.

Author: Marilyn G. Elliott

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: February 28, 1978. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.13.06" level="3" title="Wet Process Phosphoric Acid Plants"> <dwc name="fluorid" times="1">

(1)Applicability. For the purpose of this Rule the affected facility includes any combination of existing reactors, filters, evaporators, and hotwells.

(2)Wet Process Phosphoric Acid Plants. No owner or operator shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility any gases which contain total fluorides in excess of 10.0 g/metric ton of equivalent P2O5 feed (0.020 lb/ton).

(3)Test Methods and Procedures. Reference methods described in 40 CFR &#167;60.204 shall be used to determine compliance with paragraph (2) of this Rule.

Author: Marilyn G. Elliott

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective February 28, 1978. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-3-14" level="2" title="AIR PERMITS">

<regElement name="335.3.14.01" level="3" title="General Provisions">

(1)Air Permit.

(a)Any person building, erecting, altering, or replacing any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance, the use of which may cause the issuance of or an increase in the issuance of air contaminants or the use of which may eliminate or reduce or control the issuance of air contaminants, shall submit an application for an Air Permit at least 10 days prior to construction.

(b)Before any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in subparagraph (a) of this paragraph may be operated or used, authorization shall be obtained from the Director in the form of an Air Permit. No Permit shall be granted for any article, machine, equipment or contrivance described in subparagraph (a) of this paragraph, constructed or installed without notification as required by subparagraph (a) of this paragraph, until the information required is presented to the Director and such article, machine, equipment or contrivance is altered, if necessary, and made to conform to the standards established by the Department.

(c)Any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in subparagraph (a) of this paragraph which is presently operating (or which is not presently operating but which is capable of being operated) without an Air Permit may continue to operate (or may restart) only if its owner or operator obtains an Air Permit prior to a date to be set by the Director (or prior to restarting).

(d)Display of Air Permit. A person who has been granted an Air Permit for any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance shall keep such permit under file or on display at all times at the site where the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance is located and will make such a permit readily available for inspection by any and all persons who may request to see it.

(e)The Director shall have the authority to decide cases where an article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance is not clearly subject to nor exempt from the application of this Rule. In addition, the Director may rule that a particular article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance is subject to the application of this Rule even though it is exempt from the system according to subparagraph (a) of this paragraph and paragraph (5) of this Rule. The operator or builder of such an article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance may appeal the Director's classification to the Commission, which shall overrule the Director only if it is shown that he acted arbitrarily and contrary to the purposes of the Act.

(f)Upon completion of construction by a new facility, the Director shall, within a reasonable period of time, dispatch an inspector to the facility in question. If the inspector determines that the facility has been constructed according to the specifications as set forth under the Air Permit or that any changes to the facility would reduce or affect to an insubstantial degree that quantity of air contaminants emitted by the facility, and if a reviewing officer of the Division agrees with this conclusion, then the Director shall authorize initial operation of the facility until an official inspection of the facility under actual operating conditions can be made and the results reviewed or until the Air Permit is suspended or revoked by the Director. The Director may authorize initial operation of the facility without an inspection if upon completion of the construction, an owner or operator familiar with the application for an Air Permit submits a letter to the Director, testifying that the construction under application has been completed and is in accordance with the specification as set down in the Air Permit. The Director is empowered to reject that testimony if the Director decides that the owner or operator's qualifications are insufficient to allow him to accurately and completely assess the equipment in question. An owner or operator may appeal any such judgment to the Commission.

(g)The Director may issue an Air Permit subject to conditions which will bring the operation of any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance within the standards of Rule 335-3-14-.03(1) in which case the conditions shall be specified in writing. Commencing construction or operation under such an Air Permit shall be deemed acceptance of all the conditions specified. The Director shall issue an Air Permit with revised conditions upon receipt of a new application, if the applicant demonstrates that the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance can operate within the standards of Rule 335-3-14-.03(1) under the revised conditions.

(h)Reserved.

(i)Reserved.

(j)Reserved.

(k)An existing facility which holds a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit issued under Chapter 335-3-15 or an Operating Permit issued under Chapter 335-3-16 is exempt from the requirements of this chapter provided that:

1.the Synthetic Minor Operating Permit is modified as required by Chapter 335-3-15 prior to the initial operation of any new or modified sources, or

2.the Operating Permit is modified as required by Chapter 335-3-16 and any modifications are not subject to the requirements of Rule 335-3-14-.04, or

3.for a modification which is subject to the requirements of Rule 335-3-14-.04, the Operating Permit is issued prior to commencement of construction of the modification, and the Operating Permit fulfills all requirements of Rule 335-3-14-.04, or

4.the Operating Permit is modified as required by Chapter 335-3-16 and any modifications are not subject to the requirements of Rule 335-3-14-.05, or

5.for a modification which is subject to the requirements of Rule 335-3-14-.05, the Operating Permit is issued prior to commencement of construction of the modification, and the Operating Permit fulfills all requirements of Rule 335-3-14-.05.

(2)Provision of Sampling and Testing Facilities. A person operating or using any article, machine, equipment or other contrivance for which these rules and regulations require a permit shall provide and maintain such sampling and testing facilities as specified in the Air Permit.

(3)The holder of a Permit under this Rule shall comply with conditions contained in such Permit as well as all applicable provisions of these rules and regulations.

(4)Transfer. An Air Permit shall not be transferable whether by operation of law or otherwise, either from one location to another, from one piece of equipment to another, or from one person to another.

(5)Exemptions. From time to time the Director may specify certain classes or sizes of articles, machines, equipment, or other contrivances which would normally be subject to the requirements to apply for an Air Permit as being exempt from the requirement to apply for such permits. Exempt sources are subject in every other way to these rules and regulations.

(6)Delegation of Air Permit requirements to Local Air Pollution Control Programs.

(a)Local air pollution control programs may receive delegation of authority from the Director to administer the general Air Permit requirements of paragraph (1) of this Rule within their jurisdiction provided the local air pollution control program:

1.adopts regulations insuring applicants are required to satisfy the same requirements as contained in the Department's regulations; and

2.adopts regulations which require the Director to be provided with an opportunity to review the permit application, the analysis of the permit, and proposed permit conditions at least 10 days prior to issuance of an Air Permit.

(b)Local air pollution control programs may receive delegation of authority from the Director to administer the Air Permit requirements of Rules 335-3-14-.05 and 335-3-14-.04 within their jurisdiction provided:

1.the requirements of subparagraph (a)1. of this paragraph are met; and

2.the local air pollution control program demonstrates that it has the necessary manpower and technical expertise to implement the requirements of said regulations; and

3.the local air pollution control program adopts regulations which require that the local air pollution control program shall provide the Director a copy of preliminary determinations and public comment notices for all permits issued pursuant to Rules 335-3-14-.05 and 335-3-14-.04 at the same time the notice is forwarded for publication in the newspaper.

(c)If the Director of ADEM determines that local program procedures for implementing all the portions of Rules 335-3-14-.01(1), 335-3-14-.04, and 335-3-14-.05 are inadequate, or are not being effectively carried out, any authority delegated to the local programs to administer Rules 335-3-14-.01(1), 335-3-14-.04, and 335-3-14-.05 may be revoked in whole or in part. Any such revocation shall be effective as of the date specified in a Notice of Revocation to the local air pollution control program.

(d)The Director reserves the authority contained in Rule 335-3-14-.02(4), to revoke any Air Permit issued pursuant to this Rule.

(e)Any Air Permit issued by a local air pollution control program, including all conditions contained therein, is enforceable by the ADEM.

(7)Public Participation.

(a)Notice shall be given by publication in a newspaper of general circulation in the area where the source is located or in a State publication designed to give general public notice and also to persons on a mailing list developed by the Department for persons desiring notice of permit action, including persons who have requested in writing to be on such a list, under the following circumstances:

1.Construction at a Greenfield Site.

(i)For the purposes of this paragraph, a "Greenfield Site" shall mean a new development or the initial operation of a new facility.

2.The Director, at his discretion, may require Public Notification for any application received in accordance with subparagraph (1)(a) of this Rule.

(b)Public comments will be received by the Department for a period of 15 days following the publication of the public notice.

(c)Public Notice will be held in accordance with the requirements of Rules 335-3-14-.04, 335-3-14-.05, or 335-3-14-.06 for any application which is subject to the requirements of Rules 335-3-14-.04, 335-3-14-.05, or 335-3-14-.06, respectively.

(d)Construction of any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance as described in subparagraph (1)(a) of this Rule shall not commence until after an Air Permit is issued if a public notice is required under this Rule.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: January 18, 1972. Amended: April 3, 1979; February 13, 1985; December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed November 23, 1993; effective December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998.

<regElement name="335.3.14.02" level="3" title="Permit Procedure">

(1)Applications. Every application for an Air Permit required under Rule 335-3-14-.01(1) shall be filed in the manner and form prescribed by the Director and shall give all the information necessary to enable the Director to make the determination required by Rule 335-3-14-.03.

(a)Cancellation of Applications. An Air Permit authorizing construction shall expire and the application shall be canceled two years from the date of issuance of the Air Permit if the construction has not begun.

(2)Action on Application. The Director shall act, within a reasonable time, on an application for an Air Permit and shall notify the applicant in writing of its approval, conditional approval, or denial.

(3)Denial of Application. In the event of a denial of an Air Permit, the Director shall notify the applicant in writing of the reason therefor. Service of this notification may be made in person or by mail, and such service may be proved by the written acknowledgment of the persons served or affidavit of the person making the service. The Director shall not accept a further application unless the applicant has complied with the objections specified by the Director as its reasons for denial of the Air Permit.

(4)Revocation of Air Permits. Any Air Permit granted by the Director may be revoked for any of the following causes:

(a)failure to comply with any conditions of the permit;

(b)failure to notify the Director prior to intended use or operation of any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in Rule 335-3-14-.01(1)(a);

(c)failure to establish and maintain such records, make such reports, install, use and maintain such monitoring equipment or methods; and sample such emissions in accordance with such methods at such locations, intervals and procedures as the Director may prescribe in accordance with Rule 335-3-1-.04(2);

(d)failure to comply with any provisions of any Departmental administrative order issued concerning the permitted source or facility.

(e)failure to allow employees of the Department upon proper identification:

1.to enter any premises where any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in Rule 335-3-14-.01(1) is located or in which any records are required to be kept under provisions of the permit and/or the rules and regulations;

2.to have access to and copy any records required to be kept under provisions of the permit and/or the rules and regulations;

3.to inspect any monitoring equipment or practices being maintained pursuant to the permit and/or rules and regulations; and

4.to have access to and sample any discharge of air contaminants resulting directly or indirectly from the operation of any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in Rule 335-3-14-.01(1).

(f)failure to comply with the rules and regulations of the Department.

(g)for any other cause, after a hearing which establishes, in the judgment of the Department, that continuance of the permit is not consistent with the purpose of this Act or regulations under it.

(5)Expiration of Air Permits. Air Permits shall expire immediately following:

(a)the issuance of a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit required by Chapter 335-3-15 or an Operating Permit required by Chapter 335-3-16 which pertains to the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance regulated by the Air Permit.

(b)the final denial of a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit required by Chapter 335-3-15 or an Operating Permit required by Chapter 335-3-16 which pertains to the article, machine equipment, or other contrivance regulated by the Air Permit.

(c)the failure of a facility to apply for a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit or modification to an existing Synthetic Minor Operating Permit as required by Chapter 335-3-15 or the failure of a facility to apply for an Operating Permit or modification to an existing Operating Permit as required by Chapter 335-3-16.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective January 18, 1972. Amended: April 3, 1979; February 13, 1985. Amended: Filed November 23, 1993; effective December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.14.03" level="3" title="Standards For Granting Permits">

(1)General Standards.

(a)The Director shall deny a permit if the applicant does not show that every article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance, the use of which may cause the issuance of air contaminants, is so designed, controlled, or equipped with such air pollution control equipment, that it may be expected to operate without emitting or without causing to be emitted air contaminants in violation of these rules and regulations.

(b)The Director shall deny a permit if the applicant does not present, in writing, a plan whereby the emission of air contaminants by every article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in the permit application, will be reduced during periods of an Air Pollution Alert, Air Pollution Warning, and Air Pollution Emergency in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 335-3-2, where such a plan is required.

(c)Before an Air Permit is granted, the Director may require the applicant to provide and maintain such facilities as are necessary for sampling and testing purposes in order to secure information that will disclose the nature, extent, quantity or degree of air contaminants discharged into the atmosphere from the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in the Air Permit. In the event of such a requirement, the Director shall notify the applicant in writing of the required size, number, and location of the sampling platform; the access to the sampling platform; and the utilities for operating and sampling and testing equipment.

(d)The Director may also require the applicant to install, use, and maintain such monitoring equipment or methods; sample such emissions in accordance with such methods, at such locations, intervals, and procedures as may be specified; and provide such information as the Director may require.

(e)Before acting on an application for an Air Permit, the Director may require the applicant to furnish further information or further plans or specifications.

(f)If the Director finds that the article, machine, or other contrivance has been constructed not in accordance with the Air Permit, and if the changes noted are of a substantial nature in that the amount of air contaminants emitted by the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance may be increased, or in that the effect is unknown, then he shall revoke the Air Permit. The Director shall not accept any further application for an Air Permit until the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance has been reconstructed in accordance with said Air Permit or until the applicant has proven to the satisfaction of the Director that the change will not cause an increase in the emission of air contaminants.

(g)The Director shall deny an Air Permit where he determines that the construction and operation of such source will interfere with attaining or maintaining any primary or secondary standard established by Rule 335-3-1-.03(1). A new source or modification will be considered to interfere with attaining or maintaining a standard when such source or modification would, at a minimum, exceed the following significance levels at any locality that does not or would not meet the NAAQS:

<table width="100%"> Averaging Time Pollutant Annual 24 hours 8 hours 3 hours 1 hour SO2 1.0 &#109; g/m3 5 &#109; g/m3 25 &#109; g/m3 PM10 1.0 &#109; g/m3 5 &#109; g/m3 NO2 1.0 &#109; g/m3 CO 0.5 mg/m3 2 mg/m3 </table>

1.A proposed major source or major modification subject to this Paragraph may reduce the impact of its emissions upon air quality by obtaining sufficient emissions reductions to, at a minimum, compensate for its adverse ambient impact where this impact would otherwise cause or contribute to a violation of any national ambient air quality standard or exceed the significance levels of subparagraph (g)1. of this paragraph above. In the absence of such emission reductions, the Director shall deny the proposed construction.

2.The requirements of subparagraph (g) of this paragraph shall not apply to a major stationary source or major modification with respect to a particular pollutant if the owner or operator demonstrates that, as to that pollutant, the source or modification is located in an area designated as nonattainment pursuant to Section 107 of the federal Clean Air Act.

(h)EXCEPTION to violations of emissions limits.

1.The Director may, in the Air Permit, exempt on a case by case basis any exceedances of emission limits which cannot reasonably be avoided, such as during periods of start-up, shut-down or load change.

2.Emergency provision.

(i)An "emergency" means any situation arising from sudden and reasonably unforeseeable events beyond the control of the facility, including acts of God, which situation require immediate corrective action to restore normal operation, and that causes the facility to exceed a technology based emission limitation under the permit, due to unavoidable increases in emissions attributable to the emergency. An emergency shall not include noncompliance to the extent caused by improperly designed equipment, lack of preventative maintenance, careless or improper operation, or operator error.

(ii)Exceedances of emission limitations during emergencies (as defined above) at a facility may be exempted as being violations provided that:

(I)the permittee can identify the cause(s) of the emergency;

(II)the permitted facility was at the time being properly operated;

(III)during the period of the emergency, the permittee took all reasonable steps to minimize levels of emissions that exceeded the emission standards, or other requirements of the permit;

(IV)the permittee submitted notice of the emergency to the Department within 2 working days of the time when the emissions limitations were exceeded due to the emergency; and

(V)the permittee immediately documented the emergency exceedance in an "Emergency Log", which shall be maintained for 5 years in a form suitable for inspection upon request by a representative of the Department.

(iii)The Director shall be the sole determiner of whether an emergency has occurred.

(iv)This provision is in addition to any emergency or upset provision contained in any applicable requirement.

(i)A determination may be made by the Director to deny a permit application if the applicant operates other permitted facilities or sources within the state which are in substantial noncompliance as determined by the Director, until such noncompliance is corrected or if the Director determines that a permit that results in compliance with applicable air pollution control standards could not be issued, or if issued, could not be complied with.

(2)Stack Heights.

(a)Definitions. For purposes of this paragraph, the following words and phrases, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context, shall have the following meanings:

1."Emission limitation" and "emission standard" mean a requirement, established by ADEM or the EPA Administrator, which limits the quantity, rate, or concentration of emissions of air pollutants on a continuous basis, including any requirements which limit the level of opacity, prescribe equipment, set fuel specifications, or prescribe operation or maintenance procedures for a source to assure continuous emission reduction.

2."Stack" means any point in a source designed to emit solids, liquids, or gases into the air, including a pipe or duct but not including flares.

3."A stack in existence" means that the owner or operator had (1) begun, or caused to begin, a continuous program of physical on-site construction of the stack or (2) entered into binding agreements or contractual obligations, which could not be canceled or modified without substantial loss to the owner or operator, to undertake a program of construction of the stack to be completed in a reasonable time.

4."Dispersion technique" means any technique which attempts to affect the concentration of a pollutant in the ambient air by:

(i)Using that portion of a stack which exceeds good engineering practice stack height;

(ii)Varying the rate of emission of a pollutant according to atmospheric conditions or ambient concentrations of that pollutant; or

(iii)Increasing final exhaust gas plume rise by manipulating source-process parameters, exhaust gas parameters, stack parameters, or combining exhaust gases from several existing stacks into one stack; or other selective handling of exhaust gas streams so as to increase the exhaust gas plume rise.

(iv)The preceding sentence does not include:

(I)The reheating of a gas stream, following use of a pollution control system, for the purpose of returning the gas to the temperature at which it was originally discharged from the facility generating the gas stream;

(II)The merging of exhaust gas streams where:

I.The source owner or operator demonstrates that the facility was originally designed and constructed with such merged gas streams:

II.After July 8, 1985, such merging is part of a change in operation at the facility that includes the installation of pollution controls and is accompanied by a net reduction in the allowable emissions of a pollutant. This exclusion from the definition of "dispersion techniques" shall apply only to the emission limitation for the pollutant affected by such change in operation; or

III.Before July 8, 1985, such merging was part of a change in operation at the facility that included the installation of emissions control equipment or was carried out for sound economic or engineering reasons. Where there was an increase in the emission limitation or, in the event that no emission limitation was in existence prior to the merging, an increase in the quantity of pollutants actually emitted prior to the merging, the Director shall presume that merging was significantly motivated by an intent to gain emissions credit for greater dispersion. Absent a demonstration by the source owner or operator that merging was not significantly motivated by such intent, the Director shall deny credit for the effects of such merging in calculating the allowable emissions for the source:

(III)Smoke management in agricultural or silvicultural prescribed burning programs:

(IV)Episodic restrictions on residential woodburning and open burning; or

(V)Techniques under subparagraph (a)4.(iii) of this paragraph which increase final exhaust gas plume rise where the resulting allowable emissions of sulfur dioxide from the facility do not exceed 5,000 tons per year.

5."Good engineering practice" (GEP) stack height means the greater of:

(i)65 meters measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack:

(ii)For stacks in existence on January 12, 1979, and for which the owner or operator had obtained all applicable permits or approvals required under 40 CFR 51 and 52, provided the owner or operator produces evidence that this equation was actually relied on in establishing an emission limitation;

<img src="Image2450.gif"/> (I)For all other stacks,

<img src="Image2451.gif"/> where:

Hg = good engineering practice stack height measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack,

H = height of nearby structure(s) measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack,

L = lesser dimension, height or projected width of nearby structure(s), provided that the Director may require the use of a field study or fluid model to verify GEP stack height for the source; or

(iii)The height demonstrated by a fluid model or a field study approved by the Director, which ensures that the emissions from a stack do not result in excessive concentrations of any air pollutant as a result of atmospheric downwash, wakes, or eddy effects created by the source itself, nearby structures, or nearby terrain features.

6."Nearby" as used in subparagraph (a)5. of this paragraph is defined for a specific structure or terrain feature and

(i)for purposes of applying the formulas provided in subparagraph (a)5.(ii) of this paragraph means that distance up to five times the lesser of the height or the width dimension of a structure, but not greater than 0.8 km (½ mile); and

(ii)for conducting demonstrations under subparagraph (a)5.(iii) of this paragraph means not greater than 0.8 km (½ mile), except that the portion of a terrain feature may be considered to be nearby which falls within a distance of up to 10 times the maximum height (ht) of the feature, not to exceed 2 miles if such feature achieves a height (ht) 0.8 km from the stack that is at least 40 percent of the GEP stack height determined by the formula provided in subparagraph (a)5.(ii)(I) of this paragraph or 26 meters, whichever is greater, as measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack. The height of the structure or terrain feature is measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack.

7."Excessive concentration" is defined for the purpose of determining GEP stack height under subparagraph (a)5.(iii) of this paragraph and means:

(i)for sources seeking credit for stack height exceeding that established under subparagraph (a)5.(ii) of this paragraph, a maximum ground-level concentration due to emissions from a stack due in whole or part to downwash, wakes, and eddy effects produced by nearby structures or nearby terrain features which individually is at least 40 percent in excess of the maximum concentration experienced in the absence of such downwash, wakes, or eddy effects and which contributes to a total concentration due to emissions from all sources that is greater than a NAAQS. For sources subject to the PSD program (Rule 335-3-14-.04), an excessive concentration alternatively means a maximum ground-level concentration due to emissions from a stack due in whole or part to downwash, wakes, or eddy effects produced by nearby structures or nearby terrain features which individually is at least 40 percent in excess of the maximum concentration experienced in the absence of such downwash, wakes, or eddy effects and greater than a prevention of significant deterioration increment. The allowable emissions rate to be used in making demonstrations under this Rule shall be prescribed by the new source performance standard that is applicable to the source category unless the owner or operator demonstrates that this emission rate is infeasible. Where such demonstrations are approved by the Director, an alternative emission rate shall be established in consultation with the source owner or operator;

(ii)for sources seeking credit after October 11, 1983, for increases in existing stack heights up to the heights established under subparagraph (a)5.(ii) of this paragraph, either:

(I)a maximum ground-level concentration due in whole or part to downwash, wakes, or eddy effects as provided in subparagraph (a)7.(i) of this paragraph, except that the emission rate specified elsewhere in these regulations (or, in the absence of such a limit, the actual emission rate) shall be used, or

(II)the actual presence of a local nuisance caused by the existing stack, as determined by the Director; and

(iii)for sources seeking credit after January 12, 1979, for a stack height determined under subparagraph (a)5.(ii) of this paragraph where the Director requires that use of a field study or fluid model to verify GEP stack height, for sources seeking stack height credit after November 9, 1984, based on the aerodynamic influence of cooling towers, and for sources seeking stack height credit after December 31, 1970, based on the aerodynamic influence of structures not adequately represented by the equations in subparagraph (a)5.(ii) of this paragraph, a maximum ground-level concentration due in whole or part to downwash, wakes, or eddy effects that is at least 40 percent in excess of the maximum concentration experienced in the absence of such downwash, wakes, or eddy effects.

(b)Before acting on any Air Permit, the Director shall require that the degree of emission limitation required of any source for control of any air pollutants shall not be affected by so much of any source's stack height that exceeds GEP or by any other dispersion technique, except as provided in subparagraph (c) of this paragraph below.

(c)The provisions of subparagraph (b) above shall not apply to stack heights in existence, or dispersion techniques implemented, prior to December 31, 1970, except where pollutants are being emitted from such stacks or using such dispersion techniques by sources, as defined in Section 111(a)(3) of the Clean Air Act, which were constructed, or reconstructed or for which major modifications, as defined pursuant to Rules 335-3-14-.05(2)(d) and 335-3-14-.04(2)(b), were carried out after December 31, 1970.

(d)If any existing source, after appropriate application of the preceding limitations and provisions, is found to exceed or potentially exceed a NAAQS or PSD increment, when operating within previously established emission limitations, the emissions limitations applicable to that source shall be modified so as to eliminate and prevent the exceedance.

(e)If any new source or source modification, after appropriate application of the preceding limitations and provisions, is predicted to exceed a NAAQS or PSD increment when evaluated under emission limitations consistent with other applicable rules and regulations, the emission limitations considered shall be deemed inadequate and different emission limits, based on air quality considerations, shall be made applicable.

(f)If any source provides a field study or fluid modeling demonstration proposing a GEP stack height greater than that allowed by subparagraphs (a)5.(i) and (a)5.(ii) of this paragraph, then the public will be notified of the availability of the study and provided the opportunity for a public hearing before any new or revised emission limitation or permit is approved.

(g)The actual stack height used or proposed by a source shall not be restricted in any manner by requirements of this paragraph.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective January 18, 1972. Amended: April 3, 1979; February 13, 1980; March 24, 1981; March 23, 1982; February 13, 1985; November 13, 1985; September 18, 1986; June 9, 1987; May 4, 1988; September 21, 1989; November 1, 1990; October 30, 1992. Amended: Filed November 23, 1993; effective December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.14.04" level="3" title="Air Permits Authorizing Construction In Clean Air Areas [Prevention Of Significant Deterioration Permitting (PSD)]"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="1"><dwc name="copper" times="2"><dwc name="fluorid" times="2"><dwc name="lead" times="4"><dwc name="dioxin" times="1">

(1)Effective Date. The requirements of this Rule shall be effective upon approval by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

(2)Definitions. For the purposes of this Rule only, the following terms will have meanings ascribed in this paragraph:

(a)"Major Stationary Source" shall mean:

1.Any of the following stationary sources [see subparagraph (e) of this paragraph] of air pollutants which emits, or has the potential to emit [see subparagraph (d) of this paragraph], 100 tons per year or more of any pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 7401, etseq.:

carbon black plants (furnace process);charcoal production plants;chemical process plants;coal cleaning plants (with thermal dryers);coke oven batteries;fossil fuel-fired steam electric plants of more than 250 million British thermal units per hour heat input;fossil fuel boilers (or combinations thereof) totaling more than 250 million British thermal units per hour heat input;fuel conversion plants;glass fiber processing plants; andhydrofluoric acid plants;sulfuric acid plants;nitric aid plants;iron and steel mill plants;kraft pulp mills;lime plants;municipal incinerators capable of charging more than 250 tons of refuse per day;petroleum refineries;petroleum storage and transfer units with a total storage capacity exceeding 300,000 barrels;phosphate rock processing plants;portland cement plants;primary aluminum ore reduction plants;primary copper smelters;primary lead smelters;primary zinc smelters;secondary metal production plants;sintering plants;sulfur recovery plants;taconite ore processing plants;

(i)Notwithstanding the stationary source size specified in subparagraph (a)1.(i) of this paragraph, any stationary source which emits, or has the potential to emit, 250 tons per year or more of any air pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA; or

(ii)Any physical change that would occur at a stationary source not otherwise qualifying under this Rule as a major stationary source, if the changes would constitute a major stationary source by itself.

2.A stationary source that is considered major for VOC shall be considered major for ozone.

(b)"Major Modification" shall mean any physical change in or change in the method of operation of a major stationary source that would result in a significant [see subparagraph (w) of this paragraph] net emissions increase [see subparagraph (c) of this paragraph] of any pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA.

1.Any net emissions increase that is significant for VOC shall be considered significant for ozone.

2.A physical change or change in the method of operation shall not include:

(i)Routine maintenance, repair and replacement;

(ii)Use of an alternative fuel or raw material by reason of an order under Sections 2(a) and (b) of the Energy Supply and Environmental Coordination Act of 1974 (P.L. 93-319, 15 U.S.C. 791 note) or any superseding legislation, or by reason of a natural gas curtailment plan pursuant to the Federal Power Act (June 10, 1920, P.L. 280, 16 U.S.C. 791a);

(iii)Use of an alternative fuel by reason of an order or rule under Section 125 of the CAA;

(iv)Use of an alternative fuel at a steam generating unit to the extent that the fuel is generated from municipal solid waste;

(v)Use of an alternative fuel or raw material by a stationary source which:

(I)The source was capable of accommodating before January 6, 1975, unless such change would be prohibited under any enforceable permit condition which was established after January 6, 1975.

(II)The source is approved to use under any permit issued under the Federal Prevention of Significant Deterioration ("PSD") regulations (40 CFR 52.21) or under regulations of this Rule;

(vi)An increase in the hours of operation or in the production rate, unless such change would be prohibited under any enforceable permit condition which was established after January 6, 1975.

(vii)Any change in ownership at a stationary source.

(c)"Net Emissions Increase" shall mean the amount by which the sum of the following exceeds zero:

1.Any increase in actual emissions [see Paragraph 335-3-14-.04(2)(u)] from a particular physical change or change in method of operation at a stationary source; and

2.Any other increases and decreases in actual emissions at the source that are contemporaneous with the particular change and are otherwise creditable.

(i)An increase or decrease in actual emissions is contemporaneous with the increase from the particular change only if it occurs between:

(I)The date five (5) years before construction [see subparagraph (h) of this paragraph] on the particular change commences [see) subparagraph (i) of this paragraph]; and

(II)The date that the increase from the particular change occurs.

(ii)An increase or decrease in actual emissions is creditable only if the Director has not relied on it in issuing a permit for the source under this Rule, which is in effect when the increase in actual emissions from the particular change occurs.

(iii)An increase or decrease in actual emissions of sulfur dioxide, particulate matter, or nitrogen oxides which occurs before the applicable minor source baseline date [see subparagraph (n)2. of this paragraph] is creditable only if it is required to be considered in calculating the amount of maximum allowable increases remaining available. With respect to particulate matter, only PM10 emissions can be used to evaluate the net emissions increase for PM10.

(iv)An increase in actual emissions is creditable only to the extent that the new level of actual emissions exceeds the old level.

(v)A decrease in actual emissions is creditable only to the extent that:

(I)The old level of actual emissions or the old level of allowable emissions [see subparagraph (p) of this paragraph], whichever is lower, exceeds the new level of actual emissions;

(II)It is enforceable [see subparagraph (q) of this paragraph], at and after the time that actual construction on the particular change begins; and

(III)It has approximately the same qualitative significance for public health and welfare as that attributed to the increase from the particular change.

(vi)An increase that results from a physical change at a source occurs when the emissions unit on which construction occurred becomes operational and begins to emit a particular pollutant. Any replacement unit that requires shakedown becomes operational only after a reasonable shakedown period, not to exceed 180 days.

(d)"Potential To Emit" shall mean the maximum capacity of a stationary source to emit a pollutant under its physical and operational design. Any physical or operational limitation on the capacity of the source to emit a pollutant, including air pollution control equipment and restrictions on hours of operation or on the type or amount of material combusted, stored, or processed, shall be treated as part of its design if the limitation or the effect it would have on emissions is enforceable. Secondary emissions [see Paragraph 335-3-14-.04(2)(r)] do not count in determining the potential to emit of a stationary source.

(e)"Stationary Source" shall mean any building, structure, facility, or installation which emits or may emit any air pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA.

(f)"Building, Structure, Facility, or Installation" shall mean all of the pollutant-emitting activities which belong to the same industrial grouping, are located on one or more contiguous or adjacent properties, and are under the control of the same person (or persons under common control). Pollutant- emitting activities shall be considered as part of the same industrial grouping if they belong to the same "Major Group" (i.e., all have the same two digit code) as described in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual.

(g)"Emissions Unit" shall mean any part of a stationary source which emits or would have the potential to emit any pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA.

(h)"Construction" shall mean any physical change or change in the method of operation (including fabrication, erection, installation, demolition, or modification of an emissions unit) which would result in a change in actual emissions.

(i)"Commence" as applied to construction of a major stationary source or major modification shall mean that the owner or operator has all necessary preconstruction approvals or permits [see subparagraph (j) of this paragraph] and either has:

1.Begun, or caused to begin, a continuous program of actual on-site construction [see subparagraph (k) of this paragraph] of the source, to be completed within a reasonable time; or

2.Entered into binding agreements or contractual obligations, which cannot be canceled or modified without substantial loss to the owner or operator, to undertake a program of actual construction of the source to be completed within a reasonable time.

(j)"Necessary Preconstruction Approvals or Permits" shall mean those permits or approvals required under Alabama air quality control laws and regulations which are part of the State Implementation Plan.

(k)"Begin Actual Construction" shall mean, in general, initiation of physical on-site construction activities on an emissions unit which are of a permanent nature. Such activities include, but are not limited to, installation of building supports and foundations, laying underground pipework and construction of permanent storage structures. With respect to a change in method of operations, this term refers to those on-site activities other than preparatory activities which mark the initiation of the change.

(l)"Best Available Control Technology (BACT)" shall mean an emissions limitation (including a visible emission standard) based on the maximum degree of reduction for each pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA which would be emitted from any proposed major stationary source or major modification which the Director, on a case-by-case basis, taking into account energy, environmental, and economic impacts and other costs, determines is achievable for such source or modification through application of production processes or available methods, systems and techniques, including fuel cleaning or treatment or innovative fuel combustion techniques for control of such pollutant. In no event shall application of BACT result in emissions of any pollutant which would exceed the emissions allowed by any applicable standard under 40 CFR 60 and 61. If the Director determines that technological or economic limitations on the application of measurement methodology to a particular emissions unit would make the imposition of an emissions standard infeasible, a design, equipment, work practice, operational standard, or combination thereof may be prescribed instead to satisfy the requirement for the application of BACT. Such standard shall, to the degree possible, set forth the emissions reduction achievable by implementation of such design, equipment, work practice, or operation and shall provide for compliance by means which achieve equivalent results.

(m)"Baseline Concentration" shall mean that ambient concentration level which exists in the baseline area [see subparagraph (o) of this paragraph] at the time of the applicable minor source baseline date. A baseline concentration is determined for each pollutant for which a minor source baseline date is established and shall include:

1.The actual emissions representative of sources in existence on the applicable minor source baseline date, except as provided in subparagraph (m)3. of this paragraph;

2.The allowable emissions of major stationary sources which commenced construction before the major source baseline date, but were not in operation by the applicable minor source baseline date.

3.The following will not be included in the baseline concentration and will affect the applicable maximum allowable increase(s):

(i)Actual emissions from any major stationary source on which construction commenced after the major source baseline date; and

(ii)Actual emissions increases and decreases at any stationary source occurring after the minor source baseline date.

(n)"Major Source Baseline Date" means: in the case of particulate matter and sulfur dioxide, January 6, 1975; and, in the case of nitrogen dioxide, the major source baseline date is February 8, 1988.

1."Minor Source Baseline Date" means the earliest date after the trigger date on which the first complete [see subparagraph (v) of this paragraph], application is submitted by a major stationary source or major modification subject to the requirements of Federal PSD regulations or this Chapter. The trigger date is:

(i)In the case of particulate matter and sulfur oxides, August 7, 1977, and

(ii)In the case of nitrogen dioxide, February 8, 1988.

2.The baseline date is established for each pollutant for which increments or other equivalent measures have been established if:

(i)The area in which the proposed source or modification would construct is designated as attainment or unclassifiable under Section 107(d)(1)(D) or (E) of the CAA for the pollutant on the date of its complete application under Federal PSD regulations or this Rule.

(ii)In the case of a major stationary source, the pollutant would be emitted in significant amounts or, in the case of a major modification, there would be a significant net emissions increase of the pollutant.

3.Any minor source baseline date established originally for the TSP increments shall remain in effect and shall apply for purposes of determining the amount of available PM10 increments.

(o)"Baseline Area" shall mean any intrastate area (and every part thereof) designated as attainment or unclassifiable under Section 107(d)(1)(D) or (E) of the CAA in which the major source or major modification establishing the minor source baseline date would construct or would have an air quality impact equal to or greater than one (1) microgram per cubic meter (annual average) of the pollutant for which the minor source baseline date is established.

1.Any baseline area established originally for the TSP increments shall remain in effect and shall apply for purposes of determining the amount of available PM10 increments.

(p)"Allowable Emissions" shall mean the emissions rate of a stationary source calculated using the maximum rated capacity of the source (unless the source is subject to enforceable limits which restrict the operating rate, or hours of operation, or both) and the most stringent of the following:

1.The applicable standards as set forth in 40 CFR 60 and 61;

2.The applicable State Implementation Plan emissions limitation, including those with a future compliance date; or

3.The emissions rate specified as an enforceable permit condition, including those with a future compliance date.

(q)"Enforceable" shall mean all limitations and conditions which are enforceable, including those requirements developed pursuant to 40 CFR 60 and 61, requirements within the State Implementation Plan and any permit requirements established pursuant to 40 CFR &#167;51.18, 40 CFR &#167;52.21 or this Chapter.

(r)"Secondary Emissions" shall mean emissions which would occur as a result of the construction or operation of a major stationary source or major modification, but do not come from the major stationary source or major modification itself. For the purpose of this Rule, secondary emissions must be specific, well defined, quantifiable, and impact the same general area as the stationary source or modification which causes the secondary emissions. Secondary emissions may include, but are not limited to:

1.Emissions from ships or trains coming to or from the new or modified stationary source; and

2.Emissions from any off-site support facility which would not otherwise be constructed or increase its emissions as a result of the construction or operation of the major stationary source or major modification.

(s)"Innovative Control Technology" shall mean any system of air pollution control that has not been adequately demonstrated in practice, but would have a substantial likelihood of achieving greater continuous emissions reduction than any control system in current practice or of achieving at least comparable reductions at lower cost in terms of energy, economics, or non-air quality environmental impacts.

(t)"Fugitive Emissions" shall mean those emissions which could not reasonably pass through a stack, chimney, vent, roof monitor, or other functionally equivalent opening.

(u)"Actual Emissions" shall mean the actual rate of emissions of a pollutant from an emissions unit, as determined in accordance with subparagraphs (u)1. through (u)3. below.

1.In general, actual emissions as of any given date shall equal the average rate, in tons per year, at which the unit actually emitted the pollutant during a two-year period which precedes the given data and which is representative of normal source operation. The Director shall allow the use of a different time period upon a determination that it is more representative of normal source operation. Actual emissions shall be calculated using the unit's actual operating hours, production rates, and types of materials processed, stored, or combusted during the selected time period.

2.The Director may presume that source-specific allowable emissions for the unit are equivalent to the actual emissions of the unit.

3.For any emissions unit which has not begun normal operations on the given date as determined in subparagraph (u)1., actual emissions shall equal the potential to emit of the unit on that date.

(v)"Complete" shall mean, in reference to an application for a permit, that the application contains all of the information necessary for processing the application.

(w)"Significant" shall mean, in reference to a net emissions increase or the potential of a source to emit any of the following pollutants, a rate of emissions that would equal or exceed any of the following rates:

PollutantEmissions Rate (tons per year)

<table width="100%"> Carbon monoxide??????????????????????????????. 100 Nitrogen oxides??????????????????????????????. 40 Sulfur dioxide???????????????????????????????. 40 Particulate matter???????????????????????????. 25 PM10 ?????????????????????????????????????????. 15 Ozone????????????????????????????????????????. 40 (of VOC) Lead?????????????????????????????????????????. 0.6 Fluorides????????????????????????????????????. 3 Sulfuric acid mist???????????????????????????. 7 Hydrogen sulfide (H2S)???????????????????????. 10 Total reduced sulfur (including H2S)?????????. 10 Reduced sulfur compounds (including H2S)?????. 10 Municipal waste combustor organics (measured as total tetra- through octa-chlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins and dibenzofurans)?????????. 3.5 x 10-6 Municipal waste combustor metals (measured as particulate matter)??????????????????????????. 15 Municipal waste combustor acid gases (measured as sulfur dioxide and hydrogen chloride)?????. 40 Municipal solid waste landfill emissions (measured as nonmethane organic compounds)???. 50 </table>

1.Reserved.

2.Notwithstanding subparagraph (w) above, significant shall mean any emissions rate or any net emissions increase associated with a major stationary source or major modification which would construct within ten (10) kilometers of a Class I area and have an impact on such area equal to or greater than one (1) microgram per cubic meter (24-hour average).

(x)"Federal Land Manager" shall mean, with respect to any lands in the United States, the Secretary of the Department with authority over such lands.

(y)"High Terrain" shall mean any area having an elevation 900 feet or more above the base of the stack of a source.

(z)"Low Terrain" shall mean any area other than high terrain.

(aa)"Indian Governing Body" shall mean the governing body of any tribe, band, or group of Indians subject to the jurisdiction of the United States and recognized by the United States as possessing power of self-government.

(bb)"Indian Reservation" shall mean any Federally recognized reservation established by Treaty, Agreement, Executive Order, or Act of Congress.

(cc)"Adverse Impact on Visibility" means visibility impairment which interferes with the management, protection, preservation or enjoyment of the visitor's visual experience of the Federal Class I area. This determination must be made on a case-by-case basis taking into account the geographic extent, intensity, duration, frequency and time of visibility impairments, and how these factors correlate with (1) times of visitor use of the Federal Class I area, and (2) the frequency and timing of natural conditions that reduce visibility.

(dd)"Visibility Impairment" means any humanly perceptible change in visibility (visual range, contrast, coloration) from that which would have existed under natural conditions.

(ee)"Natural Conditions" includes naturally occurring phenomena that reduce visibility as measured in terms of visual range, contrast, or coloration.

(ff)"Environmentally Beneficial Activity" shall mean:

1.Any activity or project undertaken at an existing emissions unit which, as its primary purpose, reduces emissions of air pollutants from such unit, and is limited to the installation or modification of any of the following:

(i)Conventional or advanced flue gas desulfurization, or sorbent injection for SO2;

(ii)Electrostatic precipitators, baghouses, high efficiency multiclones, or scrubbers for particulate matter or other pollutants;

(iii)Flue gas recirculation, low-NOX burners, selective non-catalytic reduction or selective catalytic reduction for NOX;

(iv)Regenerative thermal oxidizers, catalytic oxidizers, condensers, thermal incinerators, flares, carbon adsorbers, or combustion devices installed or modified to comply with hazardous emission standards for volatile organic compounds or hazardous air pollutants;

(v)Activities or projects undertaken to accommodate switching to an inherently less polluting fuel, including but not limited to natural gas or coal reburning, or the cofiring of natural gas and other inherently less polluting fuels, for the purpose of controlling emissions, and including any activity that is necessary to accommodate switching to an inherently less polluting fuel;

(vi)Pollution prevention projects which the Director determines to be environmentally beneficial.

(vii)Installation or modification of a technology other than those listed in subparagraphs (ff)1.(i) through (v), for the purposes set forth in subparagraph (ff)1., which has demonstrated an effectiveness at reducing emissions and is determined by the Director to be environmentally beneficial.

2.Environmentally beneficial projects do not include:

(i)The replacement of an existing emissions unit with a newer or different unit;

(ii)Reconstruction of an existing emissions unit;

(iii)Pollution prevention projects which result in an increased risk from the release of hazardous air pollutants;

(iv)Any project which would result in the increased production of an existing emissions unit.

(v)Any project which reduces emissions solely by transferring them to or from another media.

(vi)Any project which would cause an exceedance of an existing enforceable emissions limitation which was established to avoid applicability of the requirements of this Rule.

(gg)"Pollution Prevention Projects" shall mean any activity that through process changes, product reformulation or redesign, or substitution of less polluting raw materials, eliminates or reduces the release of air pollutants (including fugitive emissions) and other pollutants to the environment prior to recycling, treatment, or disposal. It does not mean recycling (other than certain "in-process recycling" practices), energy recovery, treatment, or disposal.

(3)Ambient Air Increments. In areas designated as Class I, II or III, increases in pollutant concentration over the baseline shall be limited to the following:

<table width="100%"> Area Pollutant Maximum Allowable Increase (micrograms per cubic meter) Class I PM10: Annual arithmetic mean4 24-hour maximum8 Sulfur dioxide: Annual arithmetic mean2 24-hour maximum5 3-hour maximum25 Nitrogen dioxide: Annual arithmetic mean2.5 Class II PM10: Annual arithmetic mean17 24-hour maximum30 Sulfur dioxide: Annual arithmetic mean20 24-hour maximum91 3-hour maximum512 Nitrogen dioxide: Annual arithmetic mean25 Class III PM10: Annual arithmetic mean34 24-hour maximum60 Sulfur dioxide: Annual arithmetic mean40 24-hour maximum182 Sulfur dioxide: 3-hour maximum700 Nitrogen dioxide: Annual arithmetic mean50 </table>

For any period other than an annual period, the applicable maximum allowable increase may be exceeded during one such period per year at any one location.

(4)Ambient Air Ceilings. No concentration of a pollutant shall exceed:

(a)The concentration permitted under the National Secondary Ambient Air Quality Standard, or

(b)The concentration permitted under the National Primary Ambient Air Quality Standard, whichever concentration is lowest for the pollutant for a period of exposure.

(5)Area Classifications.

(a)The following area, which was in existence on August 7, 1977, shall be a Class I area and may not be redesignated:

1.The Sipsey Wilderness Area, located in Franklin, Winston, and Lawrence counties, Alabama.

(b)Any other area is initially designated Class II:

(6)Exclusions from Increment Consumption.

(a)The following concentrations shall be excluded in determining compliance with a maximum allowable increase:

1.Concentrations attributable to the increase in emissions from stationary sources which have converted from the use of petroleum products, natural gas, or both by reason of an order in effect under Section 2(a) and (b) of the Energy Supply and Environmental Coordination Act of 1974 (or any superseding legislation) over the emissions from such sources before the effective date of such an order;

2.Concentrations attributable to the increase in emissions from sources which have converted from using natural gas by reason of a natural gas curtailment plan in effect pursuant to the Federal Power Act over the emissions from such sources before the effective date of such plan;

3.Concentrations of PM10 attributable to the increase in emissions from construction or other temporary emission-related activities of new or modified sources;

4.The increase in concentrations attributable to new sources outside the United States over the concentrations attributable to existing sources which are included in the baseline concentration; and

5.Concentrations attributable to the temporary increase in emissions of sulfur dioxide, PM10, or nitrogen oxides from stationary sources which are affected by plan revisions approved by the EPA as being exempt from increment consumption.

(b)No exclusion of such concentrations shall apply for more than five (5) years after the effective date of the order to which subparagraph (a)1. of this paragraph or the plan to which subparagraph (a)2. of this paragraph refers, whichever is applicable. If both such order and plan are applicable, no such exclusion shall apply for more than five (5) years after the later of such effective dates.

(7)Reserved.

(8)Review of Major Stationary Sources and Major Modification - Source Applicability and Exemptions.

(a)No major stationary source or major modification shall begin actual construction unless, as a minimum, requirements contained in paragraphs (9) through (17) of this Rule have been met.

(b)The requirements contained in paragraphs (9) through (17) shall apply to any major stationary source and any major modification with respect to each pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA that it would emit, except as this Rule would otherwise allow.

(c)The requirements contained in paragraphs (9) through (17) apply only to any major stationary source or major modification that would be constructed in an area designated as attainment or unclassified under Section 107(d)(1)(D) or (E) of the CAA.

(d)The requirements contained in paragraphs (9) through (17) shall not apply to a major stationary source or major modification, if:

1.Reserved.

2.Reserved.

3.Reserved.

4.Reserved.

5.Reserved.

6.The source or modification would be a nonprofit health or nonprofit educational institution, or a major modification would occur at such an institution; or

7.The source or modification would be a major stationary source or major modification only if fugitive emissions, to the extent quantifiable, are considered in calculating the potential to emit of the stationary source or modification, and the source does not belong to any of the following categories:

(i)Coal cleaning plants (with thermal dryers);

(ii)Kraft pulp mills;

(iii)Portland cement plants;

(iv)Primary zinc smelters;

(v)Iron and steel mills;

(vi)Primary aluminum ore reduction plants;

(vii)Primary copper smelters;

(viii)Municipal incinerators capable of charging more than 250 tons of refuse per day;

(ix)Hydrofluoric, sulfuric or nitric acid plants;

(x)Petroleum refineries;

(xi)Lime plants;

(xii)Phosphate rock processing plants;

(xiii)Coke oven batteries;

(xiv)Sulfur recovery plants;

(xv)Carbon black plants (furnace process);

(xvi)Primary lead smelters;

(xvii)Fuel conversion plants;

(xviii)Sintering plants;

(xix)Secondary metal production plants;

(xx)Chemical process plants;

(xxi)Fossil-fuel boilers (or combination thereof) totaling more than 250 million British thermal units per hour heat input;

(xxii)Petroleum storage and transfer units with a total storage capacity exceeding 300,000 barrels;

(xxiii)Taconite ore processing plants;

(xxiv)Glass fiber processing plants;

(xxv)Charcoal production plants;

(xxvi)Fossil fuel-fired steam electric plants of more than 250 million British thermal units per hour heat input;

(xxvii)Any other stationary source category which, as of August 7, 1980, is being regulated under Section 111 or 112 of the CAA; or

8.The source is a portable stationary source which has previously received a permit under this Rule; and

(i)The owner or operator proposes to relocate the source and emissions of the source at the new location would be temporary; and

(ii)The emissions from the source would not exceed its allowable emissions; and

(iii)The emissions from the source would impact no Class I area and no area where an applicable increment is known to be violated; and

(iv)Reasonable notice is given to the Director prior to the relocation identifying the proposed new location and the probable duration of operation at the new location. Such notice shall be given to the Director not less than ten (10) days in advance of the proposed relocation unless a different time duration is previously approved by the Director.

(e)The requirements of paragraphs (9) through (17) of this Rule shall not apply to a major stationary source or major modification with respect to a particular pollutant if the owner or operator demonstrates that, as to that pollutant, the source or modification is located in an area designated as nonattainment under Section 107 of the CAA.

(f)The requirements of paragraphs (10), (12), and (14) of this Rule shall not apply to a major stationary source or major modification with respect to a particular pollutant if the allowable emissions of that pollutant from the source or the net emissions increase of that pollutant from the modification:

1.Would impact no Class I area and no area where an applicable increment is known to be violated, and

2.Would be temporary.

(g)The requirements of paragraphs (10), (12), and (14) of this Rule as they relate to any maximum allowable increase for a Class II area shall not apply to a major modification at a stationary source that was in existence on March 1, 1978, if the net increase in allowable emissions of each pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA from the modification after the application of BACT would be less than 50 tons per year.

(h)The Director may exempt a stationary source or modification from the requirements of paragraph (12) of this Rule with respect to monitoring for a particular pollutant if:

1.The emissions increase of the pollutant from the new source or the net emissions increase of the pollutant from the modification would cause, in any area, air quality impacts which are less than the following amounts:

Carbon monoxide575 µg/m3, 8-hour average;

Nitrogen dioxide14 µg/m3, annual average;

PM1010 µg/m3, 24-hour average

Sulfur dioxide13 µg/m3, 24-hour average;

Ozone;

Lead0.1 µg/m3, 3-month average;

Fluorides0.25 µg/m3, 24-hour average;

Total reduced sulfur10 µg/m3, 1-hour average;

Hydrogen sulfide0.2 µg/m3, 1-hour average;

or

2.The concentrations of the pollutant in the area that the source or modification would affect are less than the concentrations listed in subparagraph (h)1. of this paragraph, or the pollutant is not listed in subparagraph (h)1. of this paragraph; or

3.The owner or operator of the stationary source or modification submits an application under this Rule that the Director determines is complete, except with respect to the requirements for monitoring PM10 in paragraph (12) of this Rule, on or before June 1, 1988. If a complete permit application is received after June 1, 1988, but not later than December 1, 1988, the requirements for PM10 monitoring under paragraph (12) of this Rule apply in that data shall have been gathered over at least the period from February 1, 1988 to the date the complete application is received, except that if the Director determines that a complete and adequate analysis can be accomplished with monitoring data over a shorter period (not to be less than four months) then the shorter period of data gathering will suffice to meet the requirements of paragraph (12) of this Rule.

(i)Reserved.

(j)Reserved.

(k)At the discretion of the Director, the requirements for air quality monitoring of PM10 in subparagraphs (12)(a)1. through 4. of this Rule may not apply to a particular source or modification when the owner or operator of the source or modification submits an application for a permit under this Rule on or before June 1, 1988 and the Director subsequently determines that the application as submitted before that date was complete, except with respect to the requirements for monitoring PM10 in subparagraphs (12)(a)1. through 4.

(l)The requirements for air quality monitoring of PM10 in subparagraphs (12)(a)2. and 4. and subparagraph (12)(c) shall apply to a particular source or modification if the owner or operator of the source of modification submits an application for permit under this Rule after June 1, 1988 and no later than December 1, 1988. The data shall have been gathered over at least the period from February 1, 1988 to the date the application becomes otherwise complete in accordance with the provisions set forth under subparagraph (12)(a)8., except that if the Director determines that a complete and adequate analysis can be accomplished with monitoring data over a shorter period (not to be less than 4 months), the data that subparagraph (12)(a)3. requires shall have been gathered over that shorter period.

(m)Any project which is an environmentally beneficial project as defined in subparagraph (2)(ff) of this Rule shall not be considered a major modification as defined in paragraph (2) of this Rule and is exempt from all provisions of this Rule except paragraphs (10), (11), (13), (15), and (16).

(9)Control Technology Review.

(a)A major stationary source or major modification shall meet each applicable emissions limitation under the State Implementation Plan and each applicable limitation standard and standard of performance under 40 CFR 60 and 61.

(b)A new major stationary source shall apply BACT for each pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA that it would have the potential to emit in significant amounts.

(c)A major modification shall apply BACT for each pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA for which it would result in a significant net emissions increase at the source. This requirement applies to each proposed emissions unit at which a net emissions increase in the pollutant would occur as a result of a physical change or change in the method of operation in the unit.

(d)For phased construction projects, the determination of BACT shall be reviewed and modified as appropriate at the latest reasonable time which occurs no later than eighteen (18) months prior to commencement of construction of each independent phase of the project. At such time, the owner or operator of the applicable stationary source may be required to demonstrate the adequacy of any previous determination of BACT for the source.

(10)Source Impact Analysis. The owner or operator of the proposed source or modification shall demonstrate that allowable emission increases from the proposed source or modification, in conjunction with all other applicable emissions increases or reductions (including secondary emissions), would not cause or contribute to air pollution in violation of:

(a)Any National Ambient Air Quality Standard in any air quality control region; or

(b)Any applicable maximum allowable increase over the baseline concentration in any area.

(11)Air Quality Models.

(a)All estimates of ambient concentrations required under this Rule shall be based on the applicable air quality models, data bases, and other requirements specified in the "Guideline on Air Quality Models". (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711)

(12)Air Quality Analysis.

(a)Preapplication Analysis.

1.Any application for a permit under this Rule shall contain an analysis of ambient air quality in the area that the major stationary source or major modification would affect for each of the following pollutants:

(i)For the source, each pollutant that it would have the potential to emit in a significant amount;

(ii)For the modification, each pollutant for which it would result in a significant net emissions increase.

2.With respect to any such pollutant for which no NAAQS exists, the analysis shall contain such air quality monitoring data as the Director determines is necessary to assess ambient air quality for that pollutant in any area that the emissions of that pollutant would affect.

3.With respect to any such pollutant (other than nonmethane hydrocarbons) for which such a standard does exist, the analysis shall contain continuous air quality monitoring data gathered for purposes of determining whether emissions of that pollutant would cause or contribute to a violation of the standard or any maximum allowable increase.

4.In general, the continuous air quality monitoring data that is required shall have been gathered over a period of at least one (1) year and shall represent the year preceding receipt of the application, except that, if the Director determines that a complete and adequate analysis can be accomplished with monitoring data gathered over a period shorter than one (1) year (but not to be less than four (4) months), the data that is required shall have been gathered over at least that shorter period.

5.Reserved.

6.The owner or operator of a proposed stationary source or modification of VOC who satisfies all conditions of Rule 335-3-14-.05 may provide post-approval monitoring data for ozone in lieu of providing preconstruction data as required under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph.

7.For any application that becomes complete, except as the requirements of subparagraphs (a)3. and 4. of this paragraph pertaining to PM10, after December 1, 1988 and no later than August 1, 1989 the data that subparagraph (a)3. of this paragraph requires shall have been gathered over at least the period from August 1, 1988 to the date the application becomes otherwise complete, except that if the Director determines that a complete and adequate analysis can be accomplished with monitoring data over a shorter period (not to be less than 4 months), the data that subparagraph (a)3. of this paragraph requires shall have been gathered over that shorter period.

8.With respect to any requirements for air quality monitoring of PM10 under subparagraphs (8)(k) and (l) of this Rule, the owner or operator of the source or modification shall use a monitoring method approved by the Director and shall estimate the ambient concentrations of PM10 using the data collected by such approved monitoring method in accordance with estimating procedures approved by the Director.

(b)Post-construction Monitoring. The owner or operator of a major stationary source or major modification shall, after construction of the stationary source or modification, conduct such ambient monitoring as the Director determines is necessary to determine the impact for said source or modification may have, or is having, on air quality in any area.

(c)Operations of Monitoring Stations. The owner or operator of a major stationary source or major modification shall meet Federal monitoring quality assurance requirements during the operation of monitoring stations for purposes of satisfying this paragraph.

(d)Visibility Monitoring. The Director may require monitoring of visibility in any Federal Class I area near the proposed new stationary source or major modification for such purposes and by such means as the Director deems necessary and appropriate.

(13)Source Information. The owner or operator of a proposed source or modification shall submit all information necessary to perform any analysis or to make any determination required under this Rule.

(a)With respect to a source or modification to which Rules 335-3-14-.04(9), 335-3-14-.04(10), 335-3-14-.04(12), and 335-3-14-.04(14) apply, such information shall include:

1.A description of the nature, location, design capacity, and typical operating schedule of the source or modification, including specifications and drawings showing its design and plant layout;

2.A detailed schedule for construction of the source or modification;

3.A detailed description as to what system of continuous emission reduction is planned for the source or modification, emission estimates and any other information necessary to determine that BACT would be applied.

(b)Upon request of the Director, the owner or operator shall also provide information on:

1.The air quality impact of the source or modification, including meteorological and topographical data necessary to estimate such impact; and

2.The air quality impacts and the nature and extent of any or all general commercial, residential, industrial, and other growth which has occurred since August 7, 1977, in the area the source or modification would affect.

(14)Additional Impact Analyses.

(a)The owner or operator shall provide an analysis of the impact on visibility, soils and vegetation that would occur as a result of the source or modification and general commercial, residential, industrial, and other growth associated with the source or modification. The owner or operator need not provide an analysis of the impact on vegetation having no significant commercial or recreational value.

(b)The owner or operator shall provide an analysis of the air quality impact projected for the area as a result of general commercial, residential, industrial, and other growth associated with the source or modification.

(15)Sources Impacting Federal Class I Areas - Additional Requirements.

(a)Notice to Federal Land Managers and to EPA. The Director shall provide notice of any permit application for a proposed major stationary source or major modification the emissions from which would affect a Class I area to EPA, the Federal Land Manager and the Federal official charged with direct responsibility for management of any lands within any such area. The Director shall provide such notice promptly after receiving the application. The Director shall also provide EPA, the Federal Land Manager and such Federal officials with notice of every action related to the consideration of such permit.

(b)The Director shall notify all affected Federal Land Managers within 30 days of receipt of an advance notification of any permit application for a proposed major stationary source or modification, the emissions from which may affect a Class I Area. The Director shall provide written notification to all affected Federal Land Managers within 30 days of receiving the permit application. At least 30 days prior to the publication of the notice for public comment on the application, the Director shall provide the Federal Land Manager with a copy of all information relevant to the permit application including an analysis provided by the source of the potential impact of the proposed source on visibility.

(c)Visibility analysis. The Director shall consider any analysis performed by the Federal Land Manager concerning visibility impairment if the analysis is received within 30 days of being provided the permit application information and analysis required by subparagraph (b) of this paragraph above. Where the Director finds that such an analysis does not demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Director that an adverse impact on visibility will result in the Federal Class I area, the Director must, in the notice of public comment on the permit application, either explain his decision or give notice as to where the explanation can be obtained.

(d)Denial - Impact on Air Quality Related Values. The Federal Land Manager of any such lands may demonstrate to the Director that the emissions from a proposed source or modification would have an adverse impact on the air quality related values (including visibility) of those lands, notwithstanding that the change in air quality resulting from emissions from such source or modification would not cause or contribute to concentrations which would exceed the maximum allowable increases for a Class I area. If the Director concurs with such demonstration, then he shall not issue the permit.

(e)Class I Variances. The owner or operator of a proposed source or modification may demonstrate to the Federal Land Manager that the emissions from such source or modification would have no adverse impact on the air quality related values of any such lands (including visibility), notwithstanding that the change in air quality resulting from emissions from such source or modification would cause or contribute to concentrations which would exceed the maximum allowable increases for a Class I area. If the Federal Land Manager concurs with such demonstration and he so certifies, the Director may issue the permit with such emission limitations as may be necessary to assure that emissions of sulfur dioxide, PM10, and nitrogen oxides would not exceed the following maximum allowable increases over baseline concentration for such pollutants:

<table width="100%"> Pollutant Maximum Allowable Increase (micrograms per cubic meter) PM10: Annual arithmetic mean17 24-hour maximum30 Sulfur dioxide: Annual arithmetic mean20 24-hour maximum91 3-hour maximum325 Nitrogen dioxide: Annual arithmetic mean25 </table>

provided, that the applicable requirements of this Rule are otherwise met.

(f)Sulfur Dioxide Variance by Governor with Federal Land Manager's Concurrence. The owner or operator of a proposed source or modification which cannot be approved under subparagraph (c) of this paragraph may demonstrate to the Governor that the source or modification cannot be constructed by reason of any maximum allowable increase for sulfur dioxide for a period of twenty-four (24) hours or less applicable to any Class I area and, in the case of Federal mandatory Class I areas, that a variance under this clause would not adversely affect the air quality related values of the area (including visibility). The Governor, after consideration of the Federal Land Manager's recommendation (if any) and subject to his concurrence, may, after notice and public hearing, grant a variance from such maximum allowable increase. If such variance is granted, the Director shall issue a permit to such source or modification pursuant to the requirements of subparagraph (f) of this paragraph provided, that the applicable requirements of this Rule are otherwise met.

(g)Variance by the Governor with the President's Concurrence. In any case where the Governor recommends a variance in which the Federal Land Manager does not concur, the recommendations of the Governor and Federal Land Manager shall be transmitted to the President. The President may approve the Governor's recommendation if he finds that the variance is in the national interest. If the variance is approved, the Director shall issue a permit pursuant to the requirements of subparagraph (f) of this paragraph provided, that the applicable requirements of this Rule are otherwise met.

(h)Emission Limitations for Presidential or Gubernatorial Variance. In the case of a permit issued pursuant to subparagraphs (d) or (e) of this paragraph, the source or modification shall comply with such emission limitations as may be necessary to assure that emissions of sulfur dioxide from the source or modification would not (during any day on which the otherwise applicable maximum allowable increases are exceeded) cause or contribute to concentrations which would exceed the following maximum allowable increases over the baseline concentration and to assure that such emissions would not cause or contribute to concentrations which exceed the otherwise applicable maximum allowable increases for periods of exposure of twenty-four (24) hours or less for more than eighteen (18) days, not necessarily consecutive, during any annual period:

<table width="100%"> Maximum Allowable Increase Period of (micrograms per cubic meter) exposure Terrain areas Low High 24-hour maximum 36 62 3-hour maximum 130 221 </table>

(16)Public Participation.

(a)After receipt of an application for an Air Permit or any addition to such application, the Director shall advise the applicant of any deficiency in the application or in the information submitted. In the event of such a deficiency, the date of receipt of the application shall be, for the purpose of this Rule, the date on which the Director received all required information.

(b)Within one (1) year after receipt of a complete application, the Director shall make a final determination of the application. This involves performing the following actions in a timely manner:

1.Make a preliminary determination whether construction should be approved, approved with conditions or disapproved.

2.Make available in at least one location in each region in which the proposed source or modification would be constructed a copy of all materials the applicant submitted, a copy of the preliminary determination and a copy or summary of other materials, if any, considered in making the preliminary determination.

3.Notify the public, by advertisement in a newspaper of general circulation in each region in which the proposed source or modification would be constructed, of the application, the preliminary determination, the degree of increment consumption that is expected from the source or modification, and the opportunity for written public comment, as well as comment at a public hearing.

4.Send a copy of the notice of public comment to the applicant, to EPA and to officials and agencies having cognizance over the location where the proposed construction would occur as follows: any other State or local air pollution control agencies, the chief executives of the city and county where the source or modification would be located, any comprehensive regional land use planning agency and any State, Federal Land Manager, or Indian Governing Body whose lands may be affected by emissions from the source or modification.

5.Provide opportunity for a public hearing for interested persons to appear and submit written or oral comments on the air quality impact of the source or modification, alternatives to the source or modification, the control technology required, and other appropriate considerations.

6.Consider all written comments submitted within a time specified in the notice of public comment and all comments received at any public hearing(s) in making a final decision on the approvability of the application. No later than ten (10) days after the close of the public comment period, the applicant may submit a written response to any comments submitted by the public. The Director shall consider the applicant's response in making a final decision. The Director shall make all comments available for public inspection in the same locations where the Director made available preconstruction information relating to the proposed source or modification.

7.Make a final determination whether construction should be approved, approved with conditions or disapproved pursuant to this Rule.

8.Notify the applicant in writing of the final determination and make such notification available for public inspection at the same location where the Director made available preconstruction information and public comments relating to the source or modification.

(17)Source Obligation.

(a)An Air Permit authorizing construction shall become invalid if construction is not commenced within twenty-four (24) months after receipt of such approval, if construction is discontinued for a period of twenty-four (24) months or more, or if construction is not completed within a reasonable time. The Director may extend the twenty-four (24) month period upon satisfactory showing that an extension is justified. This provision does not apply to the time period between construction of the approved phases of a phased construction project; each phase must commence construction within twenty-four (24) months of the projected and approved commencement date.

(b)An Air Permit authorizing construction shall not relieve any owner or operator of the responsibility to comply fully with applicable provisions of the State Implementation Plan and any other requirements under local, State or Federal law.

(c)At such time that a particular source or modification becomes a major stationary source or major modification solely by virtue of a relaxation in any enforceable limitation which was established after August 7, 1980, on the capacity of the source or modification otherwise to emit a pollutant, such as a restriction on hours of operation, then the requirements of paragraphs (9) through (17) of this Rule shall apply to the source or modification as though construction had not yet commenced on the source or modification.

(18)Innovative Control Technology.

(a)An owner or operator of a proposed major stationary source or major modification may request the Director in writing no later than the close of the comment period under paragraph (16) of this Rule to approve a system of innovative control technology.

(b)The Director shall determine that the source or modification may employ a system of innovative control technology, if:

1.The proposed control system would not cause or contribute to an unreasonable risk to public health, welfare or safety in its operation or function;

2.The owner or operator agrees to achieve a level of continuous emissions reduction equivalent to that which would have been required under subparagraph (9)(b) of this Rule by a date specified by the Director. Such date shall not be later than four (4) years from the time of startup or seven (7) years from permit issuance;

3.The source or modification would meet the requirements of paragraphs (9) and (10) of this Rule based on the emissions rate that the stationary source employing the system of innovative control technology would be required to meet on the date specified by the Director;

4.The source or modification would not before the date specified by the Director:

(i)Cause or contribute to a violation of an applicable National Ambient Air Quality Standard; or

(ii)Impact any Class I area; or

(iii)Impact any area where an applicable increment is known to be violated; and

5.The consent of the Governor of any other affected state is secured;

6.All other applicable requirements including those for public participation have been met.

(c)The Director shall withdraw any approval to employ a system of innovative control technology made under this Rule, if:

1.The proposed system fails by the specified date to achieve the required continuous emissions reduction rate; or

2.The proposed system fails before the specified date so as to contribute to an unreasonable risk to public health, welfare or safety; or

3.The Director decides at any time that the proposed system is unlikely to achieve the required level of control or to protect the public health, welfare or safety.

(d)If a source or modification fails to meet the required level of continuous emission reduction within the specified time period or the approval is withdrawn in accordance with subparagraph (c) of this paragraph, the Director may allow the source or modification up to an additional three (3) years to meet the requirement for the application of BACT through use of a demonstrated system of control.

(19)Permit Rescission.

(a)Any owner or operator of a stationary source or modification who holds a permit for the source or modification which was issued under this Rule as in effect on July 30, 1987 or any earlier version of this Rule, may request that the Director rescind the permit or a particular portion of the permit.

(b)The Director shall grant an application for rescission if the application shows that this Rule would not apply to the source or modification.

(c)If the Director rescinds a permit under this Rule, the public shall be given adequate notice of the rescission. Publication of an announcement of rescission in a newspaper of general circulation in the affected region within sixty (60) days of the rescission shall be considered adequate notice.

Author: Marilyn G. Elliott

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective Date: December 10, 1981. Amended: February 13, 1985; November 13, 1985; November 1, 1990. Amended: Filed November 23, 1993; effective December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed March 23, 1995; effective April 27, 1995. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed December 11, 1997; effective January 15, 1998. Amended: Filed April 15, 1999, effective May 20, 1999. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000. Amended: Filed February 7, 2002; effective March 14, 2002.

<regElement name="335.3.14.05" level="3" title="Air Permits Authorizing Construction In Or Near Nonattainment Areas"> <dwc name="copper" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="2">

(1)Effective Date. The requirements of this Rule shall be effective upon approval by EPA.

(2)Definitions. For purposes of this Rule, the following terms will have the meanings ascribed in this Paragraph:

(a)"Source" shall mean any building structure, installation, article, machine, equipment, device or other contrivance which emits or may emit any air contaminant. A facility is composed of one or more pollutant-emitting sources.

(b)"Potential to Emit" shall mean the maximum capacity to emit a pollutant under physical and operational design conditions. Any physical or operational limitation on the capacity to emit a pollutant, including air pollution control equipment and restrictions on hours of operation or on the type or amount of material combusted, stored or processed, shall be treated as a part of the design only if the limitation or the effect it would have on emissions is enforceable. Secondary emissions are not calculated in determining the potential to emit.

(c)"Major Facility" shall mean:

1.Any source or facility for which the potential emission rate is equal to or greater than 100 tons per year of any pollutant subject to regulation under the Federal Clean Air Act (CAA); or

2.Any physical change that would occur at a facility not qualifying under subparagraph (c)1.(i) above as a major facility, if the change would constitute a major facility by itself.

3.Furthermore, a major facility that is major for volatile organic compounds and/or nitrogen oxides also shall be considered major for the pollutant ozone.

(d)"Major Modification" shall mean any physical change in, change in the method of operation of, or addition to a major facility which would result in a significant net emissions increase at the facility of any pollutant subject to regulation under the CAA.

1.A physical change or a change in method of operation shall not include:

(i)Routine maintenance, repair, and replacement;

(ii)Use of an alternative fuel or raw material by reason of an order in effect under Sections 2(a) and (b) of the Energy Supply and Environmental Coordination Act of 1974 (or any superseding legislation) or by reason of a natural gas curtailment plan in effect pursuant to the Federal Power Act;

(iii)Use of an alternative fuel by reason of an order or rule under Section 125 of the CAA;

(iv)Change in ownership of a source;

(v)Use of refuse derived fuel generated from municipal solid waste.

2.A change in the method of operation, unless limited by previous permit conditions, shall not include:

(i)An increase in the production rate, if such increase does not exceed the operating design capacity of the source;

(ii)An increase in the hours of operation;

(iii)Use of an alternative fuel or raw material, if on December 21, 1976, the source was capable of accommodating such fuel or material.

(e)"Allowable Emissions" shall mean the emission rate calculated using the maximum rated capacity of the source (unless the source is subject to enforceable permit conditions which limit the operating rate, or hours of operation, or both) and the most stringent of the following:

1.Applicable New Source Performance Standards set forth in 40 CFR 60,

2.Applicable National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants set forth in 40 CFR 61,

3.Applicable State Implementation Plan emission limitation, or

4.The emission rate specified as an enforceable permit condition.

(f)"Lowest Achievable Emission Rate" (LAER) shall mean, for any source, that rate of emissions based on whichever of the following is more stringent:

1.The most stringent emission limitation which is contained in the implementation plan of any state for such class or category of source, unless the owner or operator of the proposed source demonstrates that such limitations are not achievable, or

2.The most stringent emission limitation which is achieved in practice or can reasonably be expected to occur in practice by such class or category of sources taking into consideration the pollutant which must be controlled.

3.This term, applied to a modification, means the lowest achievable emission rate for the new or modified source within the facility. In no event shall the application of this term permit a proposed new or modified source to emit any pollutant in excess of the amount allowable under applicable new source standards of performance.

(g)Reserved.

(h)Reserved.

(i)"Significant Impact" shall mean the following significant levels would be exceeded in the portion of the designated nonattainment area where the ambient air quality standards are actually violated.

<table width="100%"> Pollutant Annual 24-Hour 8-Hour 3-Hour 1-Hour PM10 1 µg/m3 5 µg/m3 SO2 1 µg/m3 5 µg/m3 25 µg/m3 NO2 1 µg/m3 CO 0.5 mg/m3 2 mg/m3 </table>

(j)"Net Emissions Increase" shall mean

1.The amount by which the sum of the following exceeds zero:

(i)Any increase in actual emissions from a particular physical change or change in the method of operation, and

(ii)Any other increases and decreases in actual emissions that are contemporaneous with the particular change and are otherwise creditable.

2.An increase or decrease in actual emissions is contemporaneous with the increase from the particular change only if it occurs between:

(i)The date five (5) years before construction on the particular change commences, and

(ii)The date that the increase from the particular change occurs.

3.An increase or decrease in actual emissions is creditable only if:

(i)It has not been relied on in issuing a permit to the facility which is in effect when the increase in actual emissions from the particular change occurs, and

(ii)It occurs after the effective date of this Rule.

4.An increase in actual emissions is creditable only to the extent that the new level of actual emissions exceeds the old level.

5.A decrease in actual emissions is creditable only to the extent that:

(i)The old level of actual emissions or the old level of allowable emissions, whichever is lower, exceeds the new level of actual emissions;

(ii)It is enforceable at and after the time that actual construction on the particular change begins;

(iii)It has not been relied on in issuing any permit under the State Implementation Plan or in demonstrating attainment or reasonable further progress; and

(iv)It has approximately the same qualitative significance for public health and welfare as that attributed to the increase from the particular change.

6.An increase that results from a physical change occurs when the source on which construction occurred becomes operational and begins to emit a particular pollutant. Any replacement unit that requires shakedown becomes operational only after a reasonable shakedown period, not to exceed 180 days.

(k)"Significant" shall mean, in reference to a net emissions increase or the potential of a source or facility to emit any of the following pollutants, a rate of emissions that would equal or exceed any of the following rates:

PollutantEmissions Rate (tons per year)

Carbon monoxide:100

Nitrogen oxides: 40

Sulfur dioxide: 40

Ozone (volatile organic compounds): 40

Lead: 0.6

(l)"Actual Emissions" shall mean the actual rate of emissions of a pollutant from a source as determined by subparagraphs (l)2. through 4. below.

1.In general, actual emissions as of any given date shall equal the average rate in tons per year at which the source actually emitted the pollutant during a two-year period which precedes the given date and which is representative of normal source operation. The use of a different time shall be allowed upon a determination that it is more representative of normal source operation. Actual emissions shall be calculated using the source?s actual operating hours, production rates, and types of materials processed, stored or combusted during the selected time period.

2.The reviewing authority may presume that source- specific allowable emissions for the source are equivalent to the actual emissions of the source.

3.For any source which has not begun normal operations on the given date, actual emissions shall equal the potential to emit of the source on that date.

(m)"Construction" shall mean any physical change or change in the method of operation (including fabrication, erection, installation, demolition, or modification of a source) which would result in a change in actual emissions.

(n)"Commence", as applied to construction of a major facility or major modification, shall mean that the owner or operator has all necessary preconstruction approvals or permits and has either:

1.Begun, or caused to begin, a continuous program of actual on-site construction of the source, to be completed within a reasonable time; or

2.Entered into binding agreements or contractual obligations, which cannot be canceled or modified without substantial loss to the owner or operator, to undertake a program of actual construction of the source to be completed within a reasonable time.

(o)"Necessary Preconstruction Approvals or Permits" shall mean those permits or approvals required under the State Implementation Plan.

(p)"Begin Actual Construction" shall mean, in general, initiation of physical on-site construction activities including, but not limited to, installation of building supports and foundations, laying of underground pipework, and construction of permanent storage structures. With respect to a change in method of operating, this term refers to those on-site activities other than preparatory activities which mark the initiation of the change.

(q)"Adverse Impact on Visibility" shall mean visibility impairment which interferes with the management, protection, preservation or enjoyment of the visitor's visual experience of the Federal Class I area. This determination must be made on a case-by-case basis taking into account the geographic extent, intensity, duration, frequency and time of visibility impairments, and how these factors correlate with (1) times of visitor use of the Federal Class I area, and (2) the frequency and timing of natural conditions that reduce visibility.

(r)"Visibility Impairment" shall mean any humanly perceptible change in visibility (visual range, contrast, coloration) from that which would have existed under natural conditions.

(s)"Natural Conditions" includes naturally occurring phenomena that reduce visibility as measured in terms of visual range, contrast or coloration.

(t)"Offset ratio" shall mean the ratio of total actual emissions reductions to total allowable emissions increases of such pollutant from the new source.

(3)Applicability. Except as provided in paragraphs (4), (5), and (6) of this Rule, no Air Permit shall be issued to a person proposing to construct or make a major modification to a major facility (for the pollutant for which the area has been designated nonattainment) in a nonattainment area or which will have a significant impact if located outside the nonattainment area unless:

(a)The person demonstrates that the new source or the major modification will meet an emission limitation, said emission limitation to be the lowest achievable emission rate (LAER) for that source or facility;

(b)The person certifies that all existing major sources owned or operated by that person (or any entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with that person) within Alabama are in compliance with applicable emission limits or are on an acceptable schedule;

(c)The person demonstrates that emission reductions from existing source(s) in the area of the proposed source/major modification (whether or not under the same ownership) meet the offset requirements of paragraph (7) of this Rule;

(d)Reserved.

(4)EXCEPTION. Construction of or modification to a major source locating in a nonattainment area which is projected to be attainment as of the startup date of such source shall be exempt from the requirements of this Rule.

(5)Temporary Emissions. The requirements of subparagraph (3)(c) of this Rule shall not apply to emissions of a particular pollutant if the person applying for an Air Permit under this Rule can demonstrate that the emissions of the pollutant are of a temporary nature including but not limited to those from a pilot plant, a portable facility, construction, or exploration; and notice is given to the Director at least thirty (30) days prior to relocation of such source identifying the proposed new location and the probable duration of operation at such location.

(6)When a facility or modification subject to this Rule may impair the visibility of a Federal Class I area, the following procedures shall be followed:

(a)The facility shall provide an analysis of the impairment to visibility that would occur as a result of the facility or modification and general commercial, industrial and other growth associated with the facility or modification.

(b)The Director shall notify all affected Federal Land Managers within 30 days of receipt of any advance notification of a permit application for a proposed major stationary facility or modification, the emissions from which may affect a Class I Area. The Director shall provide written notification to all affected Federal Land Managers within 30 days of receiving the permit application. At least 30 days prior to the publication of the notice for public comment on the application, the Director shall provide the Federal Land Manager with a copy of all information relevant to the permit application including an analysis provided by the facility of the potential impact of the proposed facility on visibility.

(c)The Director shall consider any analysis concerning visibility impairment performed by the Federal Land Manager if the analysis is received within 30 days of being provided the permit application information and analysis required in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph. If the Director finds that the analysis of the Federal Land Manager fails to demonstrate to his satisfaction that an adverse impact on visibility will result in the Federal Class I area, the Director shall provide in the notice for public comment on the application, an explanation of his decision or notice as to where the explanation can be obtained.

(d)The Director may require monitoring of visibility in any Class I area near the proposed new facility or modification.

(e)The requirements of this paragraph shall not apply to a particular major stationary facility or major modification, if the facility or modification would be a nonprofit health or nonprofit educational institution, or a major modification would occur at such an institution, and the Governor of Alabama requests that it be exempt from those requirements.

(7)Offset Standards.

(a)Increased emissions by a source or facility subject to this paragraph must be offset by a reduction in the emissions of that pollutant by the source itself or by other sources in the area to the extent necessary to prevent interference with reasonable further progress toward attainment.

1.The offset ratio for ozone (marginal) nonattainment areas shall be at least 1.1 to 1.

2.The offset ratio for all other nonattainment areas shall be at least 1.0 to 1.

(b)When a major source or modification, which is otherwise subject to the requirements of this paragraph, will result in a specific and well defined increase in secondary emissions, which can be accurately quantified and which will impact the same nonattainment area, these emissions shall be offset in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph.

(c)The baseline for determining credit for emission offsets of any source shall be the allowable emissions of said source or the existing emissions of said source, not including any malfunctions, whichever is less.

(d)Reduced allowable emissions from an existing source due to a change to a cleaner fuel may be used to offset emissions from the new source or alteration so long as the change will occur at some future date. Emission reductions from a change of fuel shall not be used to offset emissions if there are not adequate supplies of the new fuel available.

(e)Offsets shall be made on a tons-per-year basis when all facilities involved in the emission offset calculations are operating at their maximum expected production rate. However, a source may be credited with emission reductions achieved by the shutdown of a source or the curtailment of production of a source below that which existed at the time the application was submitted, provided that the work force to be affected has been notified of the proposed shutdown or curtailment.

(f)All emission reductions used for offsets must be legally enforceable in a manner approved by the Director.

(8)Reserved.

(9)Banking of Emission Offsets. Offsets approved after January 16, 1979, which exceed the requirement of reasonable further progress may be "banked" for future use; likewise, reductions in emissions from existing sources which exceed the requirement of reasonable further progress may be "banked" for future use. The banking is subject to the following requirements:

(a)1.Application shall be made in writing to the Director, describing the emission offsets to be banked, such description to include location, source, and type of emissions.

2.Emission offsets cannot be banked beyond the allowable emissions of said source or the existing emission of said source, not including any malfunctions, whichever is less.

(b)Upon approval by the Director of said application, the banked emissions shall be credited to the facility submitting such application.

(c)1.No emission offsets banked in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph shall be used unless written notice is provided to the Director thirty (30) days prior to submission of the necessary permit applications, to provide opportunity for review of the proposed use of the banked emission offsets.

2.In the event that a determination is made that the banked emission offsets may not be used for the proposed construction, written notice shall be afforded the applicant, as provided in Rule 335-3-14-.02(3), herein.

(d)In the event that a determination under subparagraph (c)2. of this paragraph is made by the Director, construction may proceed if, and only if, emission offsets are obtained sufficient to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (7) of this Rule.

(e)Nothing contained in this Paragraph shall prohibit the transfer, assignment, sale, or otherwise complete disposition of said banked emission offsets, provided that written notice is provided to the Director, thirty (30) days prior to such disposition, describing in detail the recipient of the banked emissions.

(10)Reserved.

(11)At such time that a particular source or facility or modification becomes a major facility or major modification solely by virtue of a relaxation in any enforceable limitation established after August 7, 1980, on the capacity of the source, facility or modification otherwise to emit a pollutant, then the requirements of this Rule shall apply as though construction had not yet commenced.

(12)The requirements of this Rule shall not apply to a particular major stationary facility or major modification if:

(a)The major facility or major modification was not subject to this Rule as in effect on November 26, 1979, or to the Federal Emission Offset Interpretative Ruling as in effect January 18, 1979, if the owner or operator:

1.Obtained all necessary preconstruction approval before August 7, 1980;

2.Commenced construction within 18 months from August 7, 1980; and

3.Did not discontinue construction for a period of (18) eighteen months or more and completed construction within a reasonable time; or,

(b)The facility or modification would be a major stationary facility or major modification only if fugitive emissions, to the extent quantifiable, are considered in calculating the potential to emit of the stationary facility or modification and the facility does not belong to any of the following categories:

1.Coal cleaning plants (with thermal dryers);

2.Kraft pulp mills;

3.Portland cement plants;

4.Primary zinc smelters;

5.Iron and steel mills;

6.Primary aluminum ore reduction plants;

7.Primary copper smelters;

8.Municipal incinerators capable of charging more than 250 tons of refuse per day;

9.Hydrofluoric, sulfuric or nitric acid plants;

10.Petroleum refineries;

11.Lime plants;

12.Phosphate rock processing plants;

13.Coke oven batteries;

14.Sulfur recovery plants;

15.Carbon black plants (furnace process);

16.Primary lead smelters;

17.Fuel conversion plants;

18.Sintering plants;

19.Secondary metal production plants;

20.Chemical process plants;

21.Fossil-fuel boilers (or combination thereof) totaling more than 250 million British thermal units per hour heat input;

22.Petroleum storage and transfer units with a total storage capacity exceeding 300,000 barrels;

23.Taconite ore processing plants;

24.Glass fiber processing plants;

25.Charcoal production plants;

26.Any other stationary category which, as of August 7, 1980 is being regulated under Sections 111 or 112 of the Clean Air Act;

(13)Public Participation.

(a)After receipt of an application to construct or any addition to such application, the Director shall advise the applicant of any deficiency in the application or in the information submitted. In the event of such a deficiency, the date of receipt of the application shall be, for the purpose of this Rule the date on which the Director received all required information.

(b)Within one (1) year after receipt of a complete application, the Director shall make a final determination of the application. This involves performing the following actions in a timely manner:

1.Make a preliminary determination whether construction should be approved, approved with conditions or disapproved.

2.Make available in at least one location in each region in which the proposed facility or modification would be constructed a copy of all materials the applicant submitted, a copy of the preliminary determination and a copy or summary of other materials, if any, considered in making the preliminary determination.

3.Notify the public, by advertisement in a newspaper of general circulation in each region in which the proposed facility or modification would be constructed, of the application, the preliminary determination, and the opportunity for written public comment, as well as comment at a public hearing.

4.Send a copy of the notice of public comment to the applicant, to EPA and to officials and agencies having cognizance over the location where the proposed construction would occur as follows: any other state or local air pollution control agencies, the chief executives of the city and county where the source or modification would be located, any comprehensive regional land use planning agency and any State, Federal Land Manager, or Indian Governing Body whose lands may be affected by emissions from the facility or modification.

5.Provide opportunity for a public hearing for interested persons to appear and submit written or oral comments on the air quality impact of the facility or modification, the control technology required, and other appropriate considerations.

6.Consider all written comments submitted within a time specified in the notice of public comment and all comments received at any public hearing(s) in making a final decision on the approvability of the application. No later than ten (10) days after the close of the public comment period, the applicant may submit a written response to any comments submitted by the public. The Director shall consider the applicant's response in making a final decision. The Director shall make all comments available for public inspection in the same locations where the Director made available preconstruction information relating to the proposed facility or modification.

7.Make a final determination whether construction should be approved, approved with conditions or disapproved pursuant to this Rule.

8.Notify the applicant in writing of the final determination and make such notification available for public inspection at the same location where the Director made available preconstruction information and public comments relating to the facility or modification.

Authors: James W. Cooper, John E. Daniel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective January 18, 1972. Amended: April 3, 1979; February 13, 1985; November 13, 1985; September 18, 1986; June 9, 1987; May 4, 1988; September 21, 1989; November 1, 1990; December 19, 1991; October 30, 1992. Repealed and Replaced: Filed November 23, 1993; effective December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed March 23, 1995; effective April 27, 1995. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed December 9, 1999; effective January 13, 2000. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.14.06" level="3" title="Requirements For Control Technology [Determinations For Major Sources In Accordance With Clean Air Act Section 112(g)]">

(1)Applicability.

(a)The requirements of paragraphs (1) through (4) of this Rule carry out Section 112(g)(2)(B) of the 1990 Clean Air Act Amendments (hereinafter, referred to as ?the Act? in this Rule).

(b)Overall requirements. The requirements of paragraphs (1) through (4) of this Rule apply to any owner or operator who constructs or reconstructs a major source of hazardous air pollutants after the effective date of this Rule unless the major source in question has been specifically regulated or exempted from regulation under a standard issued pursuant to Section 112(d), Section 112(h), or Section 112(j) and incorporated in another Subpart of Part 63 of the 40 Code of Federal Regulations or Chapter 335-3-11 of this Division, or the owner or operator of such major source has received all necessary air quality permits for such construction or reconstruction project before the effective date of this Rule.

(c)Exclusion for electric utility steam generating units. The requirements of this Rule do not apply to electric utility steam generating units unless and until such time as these units are added to the source category list pursuant to Section 112(c)(5) of the Act.

(d)Exclusion for stationary sources in deleted source categories. The requirements of this Rule do not apply to stationary sources that are within a source category that has been deleted from the source category list pursuant to Section 112(c)(9) of the Act.

(e)Exclusion for research and development activities. The requirements of this Rule do not apply to research and development activities, as defined in paragraph (2) below.

(f)Prohibition. After the effective date of this Rule, no person may begin actual construction or reconstruction of a major source of HAP unless:

1.The major source in question has been specifically regulated or exempted from regulation under a standard issued pursuant to Section 112(d), Section 112(h) or Section 112(j) in Part 63 [40 CFR 63, Subpart B, as incorporated by reference in Rule 335-3-11-.06(1)], and the owner and operator has fully complied with all procedures and requirements for preconstruction review established by that standard, including any applicable requirements set forth in Subpart A of Part 63; or

2.The Department has made a final and effective case-by-case determination pursuant to the provisions of this Rule such that emissions from the constructed or reconstructed major source will be controlled to a level no less stringent than the maximum achievable control technology emission limitation for new sources.

(2)Definitions. Terms used in this Rule that are not defined below have the meaning given to them in the Act and in 40 CFR Subpart A.

(a)"Affected Source" means the stationary source or group of stationary sources which, when fabricated (on site), erected, or installed meets the definition of "construct a major source" or the definition of "reconstruct a major source" contained in this paragraph.

(b)"Affected States" are all States:

1.Whose air quality may be affected and that are contiguous to the State in which a MACT determination is made in accordance with this Rule; or

2.Whose air quality may be affected and that are within 50 miles of the major source for which a MACT determination is made in accordance with this Rule.

(c)"Available Information" means, for purposes of identifying control technology options for the affected source, information contained in the following information sources as of the date of approval of the MACT determination by the Department:

1.A relevant proposed regulation, including all supporting information;

2.Background information documents for a draft or proposed regulation;

3.Data and information available from the Control Technology Center developed pursuant to Section 113 of the Act;

4.Data and information contained in the Aerometric Informational Retrieval System including information in the MACT data base;

5.Any additional information that can be expeditiously provided by the Director; and

6.For the purpose of determinations by the Department, any additional information provided by the applicant or others, and any additional information considered available by the Department.

(d)"Construct a Major Source" means:

1.To fabricate, erect, or install at any greenfield site a stationary source or group of stationary sources which is located within a contiguous area and under common control and which emits or has the potential to emit 10 tons per year of any HAP or 25 tons per year of any combination of HAPs, or

2.To fabricate, erect, or install at any developed site a new process or production unit which in and of itself emits or has the potential to emit 10 tons per year of any HAP or 25 tons per year of any combination of HAPs, unless the process or production unit satisfies criteria (i) through (vi) below:

(i)All HAP emitted by the process or production unit that would otherwise be controlled under the requirements of this Rule will be controlled by emission control equipment which was previously installed at the same site as the process or production unit;

(ii)The Department has determined within a period of 5 years prior to the fabrication, erection, or installation of the process or production unit that the existing emission control equipment represented best available control technology (BACT), or lowest achievable emission rate (LAER) under Chapter 335-3-14; or the Department determines that the control of HAP emissions provided by the existing equipment will be equivalent to that level of control currently achieved by other well-controlled similar sources (i.e., equivalent to the level of control that would be provided by a current BACT or LAER determination);

(iii)The Department determines that the percent control efficiency for emissions of HAP from all sources to be controlled by the existing control equipment will be equivalent to the percent control efficiency provided by the control equipment prior to the inclusion of the new process or production unit;

(iv)The Department has provided notice and an opportunity for public comment concerning its determination that criteria in subparagraphs 2.(i), 2.(ii), and 2.(iii) of this definition apply and concerning the continued adequacy of any prior LAER or BACT determination;

(v)If any commenter has asserted that a prior LAER or BACT determination is no longer adequate, the Department has determined that the level of control required by that prior determination remains adequate; and

(vi)Any emission limitations, work practice requirements, or other terms and conditions upon which the above determinations by the Department are predicated will be construed by the Department as applicable requirements under Section 504(a) and either have been incorporated into any existing Major Source Operating Permit for the affected facility or will be incorporated into such permit upon issuance.

(e)"Control Technology" means measures, processes, methods, systems, or techniques to limit the emission of hazardous air pollutants through process changes, substitution of materials or other modifications including, but not limited to, measures that:

1.Reduce the quantity of, or eliminate emissions of, such pollutants through process changes, substitution of materials or other modifications;

2.Enclose systems or processes to eliminate emissions;

3.Collect, capture or treat such pollutants when released from a process, stack, storage or fugitive emissions point;

4.Are design, equipment, work practice, or operational standards (including requirements for operator training or certification) as provided in 42 U.S.C. 7412(h); or

5.Are a combination of subparagraphs 1. - 4. of this definition.

(f)"Department" means the Department as defined in this Division.

(g)"Effective Date of Section 112(g)(2)(B)" means the effective date of this Rule adopted by the Department.

(h)"Electric Utility Steam Generating Unit" means any fossil fuel fired combustion unit of more than 25 megawatts that serves a generator that produces electricity for sale. A unit that co-generates steam and electricity and supplies more than one-third of its potential electric output capacity and more than 25 megawatts electric output to any utility power distribution system for sale shall be considered an electric utility steam generating unit.

(i)"Greenfield Site" means a contiguous area under common control that is an undeveloped site.

(j)"Hazardous Air Pollutant or HAP" means any of the substances listed in Appendix G of this Division.

(k)"List of Source Categories" means the Source Category List required by Section 112(c) of the Act.

(l)"Maximum Achievable Control Technology (MACT) Emission Limitation for New Sources" means the emission limitation which is not less stringent than the emission limitation achieved in practice by the best controlled similar source, and which reflects the maximum degree of reduction in emissions that the Department, taking into consideration the cost of achieving such emission reduction, and any non-air quality health and environmental impacts and energy requirements, determines is achievable by the constructed or reconstructed major source.

(m)"Process or Production Unit" means any collection of structures and/or equipment, that processes, assembles, applies, or otherwise uses material inputs to produce or store an intermediate or final product. A single facility may contain more than one process or production unit.

(n)"Reconstruct a Major Source" means the replacement of components at an existing process or production unit that in and of itself emits or has the potential to emit 10 tons per year of any HAP or 25 tons per year of any combination of HAPs, whenever:

1.The fixed capital cost of the new components exceeds 50 percent of the fixed capital cost that would be required to construct a comparable process or production unit; and

2.It is technically and economically feasible for the reconstructed major source to meet the applicable maximum achievable control technology emission limitation for new sources established under this Rule.

(o)"Research and Development Activities" means activities conducted at a research or laboratory facility whose primary purpose is to conduct research and development into new processes and products, where such source is operated under the close supervision of technically trained personnel and is not engaged in the manufacture of products for sale or exchange for commercial profit, except in a de minimis manner.

(p)"Similar Source" means a stationary source or process that has comparable emissions and is structurally similar in design and capacity to a constructed or reconstructed major source such that the source could be controlled using the same control technology.

(3)Maximum Achievable Control Technology (MACT) Determinations for Constructed and Reconstructed Major Sources.

(a)Applicability. The requirements of this paragraph apply to an owner or operator who constructs or reconstructs a major source of HAP subject to a case-by-case determination of maximum achievable control technology pursuant to this Rule.

(b)Principles of MACT determinations. The following general principles shall govern preparation by the owner or operator of each permit application or other application requiring a case-by-case MACT determination concerning construction or reconstruction of a major source, and all subsequent review of and actions taken concerning such an application by the Department:

1.The MACT emission limitation or MACT requirements recommended by the applicant and approved by the Department shall not be less stringent than the emission control which is achieved in practice by the best controlled similar source, as determined by the Department.

2.Based upon available information, as defined in this Rule, the MACT emission limitation and control technology (including any requirements under subparagraph (b)3. below) recommended by the applicant and approved by the Department shall achieve the maximum degree of reduction in emissions of HAP which can be achieved by utilizing those control technologies that can be identified from the available information, taking into consideration the costs of achieving such emission reduction and any non-air quality health and environmental impacts and energy requirements associated with the emission reduction.

3.The applicant may recommend a specific design, equipment, work practice, or operational standard, or a combination thereof, and the Department may approve such a standard if the Department specifically determines that it is not feasible to prescribe or enforce an emission limitation under the criteria set forth in Section 112(h)(2) of the Act.

4.If the Administrator has either proposed a relevant emission standard pursuant to Section 112(d) or Section 112(h) of the Act or adopted a presumptive MACT determination for the source category which includes the constructed or reconstructed major source, then the MACT requirements applied to the constructed or reconstructed major source shall have considered those MACT emission limitations and requirements of the proposed standard or presumptive MACT determination.

(c)Application requirements for a case-by-case MACT determination.

1.An application for a MACT determination (whether a permit application under Chapter 335-3-16, or other permit specified by the Department under subparagraph (d) of this paragraph) shall specify a control technology selected by the owner or operator that, if properly operated and maintained, will meet the MACT emission limitation or standard as determined according to the principles set forth in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph.

2.In each instance where a constructed or reconstructed major source would require additional control technology or a change in control technology, the application for a MACT determination shall contain the following information:

(i)The name and address (physical location) of the major source to be constructed or reconstructed;

(ii)A brief description of the major source to be constructed or reconstructed and identification of any listed source category or categories in which it is included;

(iii)The expected commencement date for the construction or reconstruction of the major source;

(iv)The expected completion date for construction or reconstruction of the major source;

(v)the anticipated date of start-up for the constructed or reconstructed major source;

(vi)The HAP emitted by the constructed or reconstructed major source, and the estimated emission rate for each such HAP, to the extent this information is needed by the Department to determine MACT;

(vii)Any enforceable emission limitations applicable to the constructed or reconstructed major source;

(viii)The maximum and expected utilization of capacity of the constructed or reconstructed major source, and the associated uncontrolled emission rates for that source, to the extent this information is needed by the Department to determine MACT;

(ix)The controlled emissions for the constructed or reconstructed major source in tons/yr at expected and maximum utilization of capacity, to the extent this information is needed by the Department to determine MACT;

(x)A recommended emission limitation for the constructed or reconstructed major source consistent with the principles set forth in subparagraph (d) of this paragraph;

(xi)The selected control technology to meet the recommended MACT emission limitation, including technical information on the design, operation, size, estimated control efficiency of the control technology (and the manufacturer's name, address, telephone number, and relevant specifications and drawings, if requested by the Department);

(xii)Supporting documentation including identification of alternative control technologies considered by the applicant to meet the emission limitation, and analysis of cost and non-air quality health environmental impacts or energy requirements for the selected control technology; and

(xiii)Any other relevant information required pursuant to Subpart A, 40 CFR 63.

3.In each instance where the owner or operator contends that a constructed or reconstructed major source will be in compliance, upon startup, with case-by-case MACT under this Rule without a change in control technology, the application for a MACT determination shall contain the following information:

(i)The information described in subparagraphs (c)2.(i) through (c)2.(x) of this paragraph; and

(ii)Documentation of the control technology in place.

(d)Permit Content.

1.The Air Permit will contain a MACT emission limitation (or a MACT work practice standard if the Department determines it is not feasible to prescribe or enforce an emission standard) to control the emissions of HAP. The MACT emission limitation or standard will be determined by the Department and will conform to the principles set forth in subparagraph (3)(b) of this Rule.

2.The Air Permit will specify any notification, operation and maintenance, performance testing, monitoring, reporting and record keeping requirements, including:

(i)Additional emission limits, production limits, operational limits or other terms and conditions necessary to ensure enforceability of the MACT emission limitation;

(ii)Compliance certifications, testing, monitoring, reporting and record keeping requirements that are consistent with the requirements of 335-3-16-.07;

(iii)In accordance with Section 114(a)(3) of the Act, monitoring shall be capable of demonstrating continuous compliance during the applicable reporting period. Such monitoring data shall be of sufficient quality to be used as a basis for enforcing all applicable requirements established under this Rule, including emission limitations;

(iv)A statement requiring the owner or operator to comply with all applicable requirements contained in Subpart A of 40 CFR 63;

3.All provisions contained in the Air Permit shall be enforceable upon the effective date of issuance of said permit, as provided by subparagraph (g) of this paragraph.

4.The Air Permit shall expire if construction or reconstruction has not commenced within 18 months of issuance, unless the Department has granted an extension which shall not exceed an additional 12 months.

(e)Public participation.

1.Notice shall be given by publication in a newspaper of general circulation in the area where the source is located or in a State publication designed to give general public notice and also to persons on a mailing list developed by the Department for persons desiring notice of permit action, including persons who have requested in writing to be on such a list;

2.The notice shall identify the affected facility; the name and address of the permittee; the address of the Department; the activity or activities involved in the permit action; the emissions change involved in any permit modification; the name, address, and telephone number of a person from whom interested persons may obtain additional information, including copies of the permit draft, the application, all relevant supporting materials, including any compliance plan, monitoring and compliance certification report, except for information entitled to be kept confidential, and all other materials available to the Department that are relevant to the permit decision; a brief description of the comment procedures required by this Chapter; and the time and place of any hearing that may be held, including a statement of procedures to request a hearing (unless a hearing has already been scheduled);

3.The Department shall provide at least 30 days for public comment and shall give notice of any public hearing at least 30 days in advance of the hearing; and

4.The Department shall keep a record of the comments made during the public participation process.

5.EXCEPTION.

(i)If the owner or operator obtains a Major Source Operating Permit prior to construction or reconstruction of a source subject to this Rule, then the requirements of this subparagraph do not apply.

(ii)If the owner or operator is concurrently applying for an Air Permit under Rules 335-3-14-.04 or 335-3-14-.05, the public participation requirements of those Rules shall substitute for the requirements of this paragraph.

(f)Prohibition of construction. An owner or operator applying for a MACT emission limitation for new sources under this Rule shall not begin construction until a permit has been issued pursuant to this Rule.

(g)Effective date. The effective date of a MACT determination shall be the date of issuance of a final Major Source Operating Permit incorporating a MACT determination (in those instances where the owner or operator either is required or elects to obtain such a permit before construction or reconstruction), or a permit issued pursuant to this Rule.

(h)Compliance date. On and after the date of start-up, a constructed or reconstructed major source which is subject to the requirements of this Rule shall be in compliance with all applicable requirements specified in the MACT determination.

(i)Compliance with MACT determinations.

1.An owner or operator of a constructed or reconstructed major source that is subject to a MACT determination shall comply with all requirements in the final Major Source Operating Permit (in those instances where the owner or operator either is required or elects to obtain such a permit before construction or reconstruction), or other permit issued pursuant to this Rule, including but not limited to any MACT emission limitation or MACT work practice standard, and any notification, operation and maintenance, performance testing, monitoring, reporting, and recordkeeping requirements.

2.An owner or operator of a constructed or reconstructed major source which has obtained a MACT determination shall be deemed to be in compliance with Section 112(g)(2)(B) of the Act and this Rule only to the extent that the constructed or reconstructed major source is in compliance with all requirements set forth in the final Major Source Operating Permit (in those instances where the owner or operator either is required or elects to obtain such a permit before construction or reconstruction), or other permit issued pursuant to this Rule. Any violation of such requirements by the owner or operator shall be deemed by the Department and by EPA to be a violation of the prohibition on construction or reconstruction in Section 112(g)(2)(B) and this Rule for whatever period the owner or operator is determined to be in violation of such requirements, and shall subject the owner or operator to appropriate enforcement action under the Act.

(4)Requirements for Constructed or Reconstructed Major Sources Subject to a Subsequently Promulgated MACT Standard or MACT Requirement.

(a)If the Administrator promulgates an emission standard under Section 112(d) or Section 112(h) of the Act or the Department issues a determination under Section 112(j) of the Act [40 CFR 63, Subpart B, as incorporated by reference in Rule 335-3-11-.06(1)] that is applicable to a stationary source or group of sources which would be deemed to be a constructed or reconstructed major source under this Rule before the date that the owner or operator has obtained a final and legally effective MACT determination pursuant to this Rule, the owner or operator of the source(s) shall comply with the promulgated standard or determination rather than any MACT determination under this Rule, and the owner or operator shall comply with the promulgated standard by the compliance date in the promulgated standard.

(b)If the Administrator promulgates an emission standard under Section 112(d) or Section 112(h) of the Act or the Department makes a determination under Section 112(j) of the Act [40 CFR 63, Subpart B, as incorporated by reference in Rule 335-3-11-.06(1)] that is applicable to a stationary source or group of sources which was deemed to be a constructed or reconstructed major source under this Rule and has been subject to a prior case-by-case MACT determination pursuant to this Rule, and the owner and operator obtained a final and legally effective case-by-case MACT determination prior to the promulgation date of such emission standard, then the Department shall (if the initial Major Source Operating Permit has not yet been issued) issue an initial operating permit which incorporates the emission standard or determination, or shall (if the initial Major Source Operating Permit has been issued) revise the operating permit according to the reopening procedures in Chapter 335-3-16 to incorporate the emission standard or determination.

1.The EPA may include in the emission standard established under Section 112(d) or Section 112(h) of the Act a specific compliance date for those sources which have obtained a final and legally effective MACT determination under this Rule and which have submitted the information required by paragraph (3) of this Rule to the EPA before the close of the public comment period for the standard established under Section 112(d) of the Act. Such date shall assure that the owner or operator shall comply with the promulgated standard as expeditiously as practicable, but not longer than 8 years after such standard is promulgated. In that event, the Department shall incorporate the applicable compliance date in the Major Source Operating Permit.

2.If no compliance date has been established in the promulgated Section 112(d) or 112(h) standard or Section 112(j) determination [40 CFR 63, Subpart B, as incorporated by reference in Rule 335-3-11-.06(1)], for those sources which have obtained a final and legally effective MACT determination under this Rule, then the Department shall establish a compliance date in the permit that assures that the owner or operator shall comply with the promulgated standard or determination as expeditiously as practicable, but not longer than 8 years after such standard is promulgated or a Section 112(j) determination [40 CFR 63, Subpart B, as incorporated by reference in Rule 335-3-11-.06(1)] is made.

(c)Notwithstanding the requirements of subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph, if the Administrator promulgates an emission standard under Section 112(d) or Section 112(h) of the Act or the Department issues a determination under Section 112(j) of the Act [40 CFR 63, Subpart B, as incorporated by reference in Rule 335-3-11-.06(1)] that is applicable to a stationary source or group of sources which was deemed to be a constructed or reconstructed major source under this Rule and which is the subject of a prior case-by-case MACT determination pursuant to paragraph (3) of this Rule, and the level of control required by the emission standard issued under Section 112(d) or Section 112(h) or the determination issued under Section 112(j) [40 CFR 63, Subpart B, as incorporated by reference in Rule 335-3-11-.06(1)] is less stringent than the level of control required by any emission limitation or standard in the prior MACT determination, the Department is not required to incorporate any less stringent terms of the promulgated standard in the Major Source Operating Permit applicable to such source(s) and may in its discretion consider any more stringent provisions of the prior MACT determination to be applicable legal requirements when issuing or revising such an operating permit.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-11, 22-28-14, 22-28-16, 22-22A-5.

History: New Rule: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-3-16" level="2" title="MAJOR SOURCE OPERATING PERMITS">

<regElement name="335.3.16.01" level="3" title="Definitions"> <dwc name="copper" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="1"><dwc name="radionuclid" times="2">

For the purposes of this Chapter only, the following words and phrases, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the content, shall have the following meanings.

(a)"Act" means the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 7401, et seq.

(b)"Affected source" means a source that includes one or more affected units subject to emission reduction requirements or limitations in Title IV of the Act.

(c)"Affected States" are all States:

1.Whose air quality may be affected and that are contiguous to the State in which permit modification or permit renewal is being proposed; or

2.That are within 50 miles of the permitted source.

(d)"Affected Unit" means any unit subject to emission reduction requirements or limitations under Title IV of the Act.

(e)"Applicable Requirement" means all of the following as they apply to emissions units (including requirements that have been promulgated or approved by EPA through rule making at the time of issuance but have future effective compliance dates):

1.Any standard or other requirement provided for in Alabama's State Implementation Plan approved or promulgated by EPA through rule making in Part 51 of Title 40 in the Code of Federal Regulations that implements the relevant requirements of the Act, including any revisions to that plan promulgated in Subpart B of Part 52 of Title 40 in the Code of Federal Regulation.

2.Any term or condition of any preconstruction permits issued pursuant to regulations approved or promulgated through rule making under Title I, including parts C or D, of the Act; (Air Pollution Prevention and Control, Prevention of Significant Deterioration and Plan Requirement for nonattainment areas);

3.Any standard or other requirement in Chapter 335-3-10 (NSPS); including Section 111(d);

4.Any standard or other requirement in Chapter 335-3-11 (NESHAPS), including any requirement concerning accident prevention under Section 112(r)(7) of the Act;

5.Any standard or other requirement of the acid rain program under Title IV (Acid Deposition Control) of the Act or the regulations promulgated thereunder;

6.Any requirements established pursuant to Section 504(b) or Section 114(a)(3) of the Act;

7.Any standard or other requirement governing solid waste incineration, under Section 129 of the Act;

8.Any standard or other requirement for consumer and commercial products, under Section 183(e) of the Act;

9.Any standard or other requirement for tank vessels under Section 183(f) of the Act;

10.Any standard or other requirement of the regulations promulgated to protect stratospheric ozone (Title VI of the Act, Stratospheric Ozone Protection) unless the Administrator has determined that such requirements need not be contained in a Title V permit; and

11.Any national ambient air quality standard as defined in Rule 335-3-1-.03 or increment as defined in Rule 335-3-14-.04 (3) or visibility requirement in Rule 335-3-14-.04 (15), but only as it would apply to temporary sources permitted pursuant to Rule 335-3-16-.09.

(f)"The Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(g)"Designated Representative" means a responsible person or official authorized by the owner or operator of an Affected Unit to represent the owner or operator in matters pertaining to the holding, transfer, or disposition of allowances allocated to an Affected Unit, and the submission of and compliance with permits, permit applications, and compliance plans for the Affected Unit.

(h)"Draft Permit" means the version of a permit for which the Department offers public participation under Rule 335-3-16-.15(4) or affected State review under Rule 335-3-16-.15(2) of this Chapter.

(i)"Emissions Allowable Under the Permit" means a federally enforceable permit term or condition determined at issuance of the permit to be required by an applicable requirement that establishes an emissions limit (including a work practice standard) or a federally enforceable emissions cap that the source has assumed to avoid an applicable requirement to which the source would otherwise be subject.

(j)"Emissions Unit" means any part or activity of a stationary source that emits or has the potential to emit any regulated air pollutant or any pollutant listed under Section 112(b) of the Act. This term is not meant to alter or affect the definition of the term "unit" for purposes of Title IV (Acid Deposition Control) of the Act.

(k)"The EPA" or "the Administrator" means the Administrator of the EPA or his/her designee.

(1)"Final Permit" means the version of a permit issued by the Department that has completed all review procedures required by Rules 335-3-16-.12 and 335-3-16-.15 of this Chapter.

(m)"Fugitive Emissions" means those emissions which could not reasonably pass through a stack, chimney, vent, or other functionally equivalent opening.

(n)"General Permit" means a permit that meets the requirements of Rule 335-3-16-.08.

(o)"Insignificant Activity" generally means any air emissions or air emissions unit at a plant that has the potential to emit less than 5 tons per year of any criteria pollutant or less than 1,000 pounds per year of any pollutant listed in Appendix G of ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3. Subject to EPA review and approval the Director may determine that certain types or classes of units may be considered insignificant at higher emission levels, or that, due to the nature of the pollutant(s) emitted, a unit may be considered significant at a lower emission rate. The Director shall maintain lists of air emissions or air emission units which are considered to be insignificant without a determination of emission levels by the permittee. Changes to this list are subject to EPA review and approval. Activities subject to applicable requirements as defined in paragraph (e) of this Rule shall not be classified as insignificant.

(p)"Interim Approval" means a conditional approval of ADEM Admin. Code 335-3-16 by the Administrator that may extend the implementation deadline of this Administrative Code.

(q)"Major Source" means any stationary source [or any group of stationary sources that are located on one or more contiguous or adjacent properties, and are under common control of the same person (or persons under common control)] belonging to a single major industrial grouping and that are described in paragraph (1) or (2) of this definition. For the purposes of defining "major source," a stationary source or group of stationary sources shall be considered part of a single industrial grouping if all of the pollutant emitting activities at such source or group of sources on contiguous or adjacent properties belong to the same Major Group (i.e., all have the same two digit code) as described in the Standard Industrial Classification Manual, 1987.

1.A major source under Section 112 of the Act, which is defined as:

(i)For pollutants other than radionuclides, any stationary source or group of stationary sources located within a contiguous area and under common control that emits or has the potential to emit, in the aggregate, 10 tons per year (tpy) or more of any hazardous air pollutant which has been listed in Appendix G of this Administrative Code, 25 tpy or more of any combination of such hazardous air pollutants, or such lesser quantity as the Administrator may establish by rule. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, emissions from any oil or gas exploration or production well (with its associated equipment) and emissions from any pipeline compressor or pump station shall not be aggregated with emissions from other similar units, whether or not such units are in a contiguous area or under common control, to determine whether such units or stations are major sources; or

(ii)For radionuclides, "major source" shall have the meaning specified by the Administrator by rule.

2.A major stationary source of air pollutants, as defined in Section 302 of the Act, that directly emits or has the potential to emit, 100 tpy or more of any regulated air pollutant (including any major source of fugitive emissions of any such pollutant, as determined by rule by the Administrator). The fugitive emissions of a stationary source shall not be considered in determining whether it is a major stationary source for the purposes of this Chapter, unless the source belongs to one of the following categories of stationary source:

(i)Coal cleaning plants (with thermal dryers);

(ii)Kraft pulp mills;

(iii)Portland cement plants;

(iv)Primary zinc smelters;

(v)Iron and steel mills;

(vi)Primary aluminum ore reduction plants;

(vii)Primary copper smelters;

(viii)Municipal incinerators capable of charging more than 250 tons of refuse per day;

(ix)Hydrofluoric, sulfuric, or nitric acid plants;

(x)Petroleum refineries;

(xi)Lime plants;

(xii)Phosphate rock processing plants;

(xiii)Coke oven batteries;

(xiv)Sulfur recovery plants;

(xv)Carbon black plants (furnace process);

(xvi)Primary lead smelters;

(xvii)Fuel conversion plants;

(xviii)Sintering plants;

(xix)Secondary metal production plants;

(xx)Chemical process plants;

(xxi)Fossil-fuel boilers (or combination thereof) totaling more than 250 million British thermal units per hour heat input;

(xxii)Petroleum storage and transfer units with a total storage capacity exceeding 300,000 barrels;

(xxiii)Taconite ore processing plants;

(xxiv)Glass fiber processing plants;

(xxv)Charcoal production plants;

(xxvi)Fossil-fuel fired steam electric plants of more than 250 million British thermal units per hour heat input; or

(xxvii)All other stationary source categories regulated by a standard promulgated under Chapters 10 and 11 of this Administrative Code.

(r)"Operating Permit" or "Permit" (unless the context suggests otherwise) means any permit or group of permits that is issued, renewed, amended, or revised pursuant to this Chapter.

(s)"Permit Modification" means a revision to a permit that meets the requirements of Rules 335-3-16-.13(3) and (4).

(t)"Permit Revision" means any permit modification or administrative permit amendment.

(u)"Potential to Emit" means the maximum capacity of a stationary source to emit any air pollutant under its physical and operational design. Any physical or operational limitation on the capacity of a source's potential to emit an air pollutant, including air pollution control equipment and restrictions on hours of operation or on the type or amount of material combusted, stored, or processed, shall be treated as part of its design if the limitation is enforceable by the Administrator. This term does not alter or affect the use of this term for any other purposes under the Act, or the term "capacity factor" as used in Title IV (Acid Deposition Control) of the Act or the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(v)"Proposed Permit" means the version of a permit that the Department proposes to issue and forwards to the Administrator for review in compliance with Rule 335-3-16-.15(2).

(w)"Regulated Air Pollutant" means the following:

1.Nitrogen oxides or any volatile organic compounds;

2.Any pollutant for which a national ambient air quality standard has been promulgated;

3.Any pollutant that is subject to any standard promulgated under Section 111 of the Act;

4.Any Class I or II substance subject to a standard promulgated under or established by Title VI (Stratospheric Ozone Protection) of the Act; or

5.Any pollutant subject to a standard promulgated under Section 112 or other requirements established under Section 112 of the Act, including Sections 112(g), (j), and (r) of the Act, including the following:

(i)Any pollutant subject to requirements under Section 112(j) of the Act. If the Administrator fails to promulgate a standard by the date established pursuant to Section 112(e) of the Act, any pollutant for which a subject source would be major shall be considered to be regulated on the date 18 months after the applicable date established pursuant to Section 112(e) of the Act; and

(ii)Any pollutant for which the requirements of section 112(g)(2) of the Act have been met, but only with respect to the individual source subject to Section 112(g)(2) requirement.

(x)"Renewal" means the process by which a permit is reissued at the end of its term.

(y)"Responsible Official" means one of the following:

1.For a corporation: a president, secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy or decision-making functions for the corporation, or a duly authorized representative of such person if the representative is responsible for the overall operation of one or more manufacturing, production, or operating facilities applying for or subject to a permit and either:

(i)The facilities employ more than 250 persons or have gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $25 million (in second quarter 1980 dollars); or

(ii)The delegation of authority to such representatives is approved in advance by the Department;

2.For a partnership or sole proprietorship: a general partner or the proprietor, respectively;

3.For a municipality, State, Federal, or other public agency: Either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official. For the purposes of this Chapter, a principal executive officer of a Federal agency includes the chief executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency (e.g., a Regional Administrator of EPA); or

4.For affected sources:

(i)The designated representative in so far as actions, standards, requirements, or prohibitions under Title IV (Acid Deposition Control) of the Act or the regulations promulgated thereunder are concerned; and

(ii)The designated representative for any other purposes under this Chapter.

(z)"Section 502(b)(10) Changes" are changes that contravene an express permit term. Such changes do not include changes that would violate applicable requirements or contravene federally enforceable permit terms and conditions that are monitoring (including test methods), record keeping, reporting, or compliance certification requirements.

(aa)"Stationary Source" means any building, structure, facility, or installation that emits or may emit any regulated air pollutant or any pollutant listed under Appendix G of this Administrative Code.

(bb)"Trivial Activity" means any air emissions from a unit that is considered inconsequential, as determined by the Director. The Director shall maintain a list of air emission units that have been determined to be trivial activities.

Authors: Richard E. Grusnick, Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed November 23, 1993; Effective Date: December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000. Amended: Filed August 29, 2002; effective October 3, 2002.

<regElement name="335.3.16.02" level="3" title="General Provisions">

(1)Any Major Source operating without an Air Permit, an Operating Permit or a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit (as defined in Chapters 14, 15 and 16 of this Administrative Code) may continue to operate (or may restart) only if its owner or operator obtains an Operating Permit or a Synthetic Minor Operating Permit prior to a date to be set by the Director (or prior to restarting).

(2)Display of Operating Permit. A person who has been granted an Operating Permit for any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance shall keep such permit under file or on display at all times at the site where the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance is located and will make such a permit readily available for inspection by any and all persons who may request to see it.

(3)The Director shall have the authority to decide cases where an article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance is not clearly subject to nor exempt from the application of this Rule. The operator or builder of such an article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance may appeal the Director's classification to the Commission, which shall overrule the Director only if it is shown that he acted arbitrarily and contrary to the purposes of the Act.

(4)The Director may issue an Operating Permit subject to conditions which will bring the operation of any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance within the standards of subparagraph (8)(a) of this Rule in which case the conditions shall be specified in writing. Commencing construction or operation under such an Operating Permit shall be deemed acceptance of all the conditions specified. The Director may issue an Operating Permit with revised conditions upon receipt of a new application, if the applicant demonstrates that the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance can operate within the standards of subparagraph (8)(a) of this Rule under the revised conditions.

(5)Provision of Sampling and Testing Facilities. A person operating or using any article, machine, equipment or other contrivance for which this Administrative Code require a permit shall provide and maintain such sampling and testing facilities as specified in the Operating Permit.

(6)Transfer. An Operating Permit shall not be transferable whether by operation of law or otherwise, either from one location to another, from one piece of equipment to another, or from one person to another, except as provided in Rule 335-3-16-.13(1)(a)5.

(7)Delegation of Operating Permit Requirements to Local Air Pollution Control Programs.

(a)Local air pollution control programs may receive delegation of authority from the Director to administer the requirements of Chapter 335-3-16 of the ADEM Administrative Code within their jurisdiction provided the local air pollution control program:

1.adopts regulations insuring applicants are required to satisfy the same requirements as contained in the Department's regulations; and

2.adopts regulations which require the Director to be provided with an opportunity to review the permit application, the analysis of the permit, and proposed permit conditions at least 30 days prior to issuance of an Operating Permit.

(b)If the Director of the Department determines that local program procedures for implementing all the portions of Chapter 335-3-16 are inadequate, or are not being effectively carried out, any authority delegated to the local programs to administer Chapter 335-3-16 may be revoked in whole or in part. Any such revocation shall be effective as of the date specified in a Notice of Revocation to the local air pollution control program.

(c)The Director reserves the authority contained in subparagraph (8)(e) of this Rule, to revoke any Operating Permit issued pursuant to this Chapter.

(d)Any Operating Permit issued by a local air pollution control program, including all conditions contained therein, is enforceable by the Department.

(8)General Standards for Granting Operating Permits.

(a)The Director shall deny an Operating Permit if the applicant does not show that every article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance, the use of which may cause the issuance of air contaminants, is so designed, controlled, or equipped with such air pollution control equipment, that it is expected to operate without emitting or without causing to be emitted air contaminants in violation of this Administrative Code.

(b)The Director shall deny an Operating Permit if the applicant does not present, in writing, a plan whereby the emission of air contaminants by every article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in the permit application, will be reduced during periods of an Air Pollution Alert, Air Pollution Warning, and Air Pollution Emergency in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 335-3-2, where such plan is required.

(c)Before an Operating Permit is granted, the Director may require the applicant to provide and maintain such facilities as are necessary for sampling and testing purposes in order to secure information that will disclose the nature, extent, quantity or degree of air contaminants discharged into the atmosphere from the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in the Operating Permit. In the event of such a requirement, the Director shall notify the applicant in writing of the required size, number, and location of the sampling platform; the access to the sampling platform; and the utilities for operating and sampling and testing equipment. The Director may also require the applicant to install, use, and maintain such monitoring equipment or methods, including enhanced monitoring methods prescribed under Section 504(b) or Section 114(a)(3); sample such emissions in accordance with such methods, at such locations, intervals, and procedures as may be specified; and provide such information as the Director may require.

(d)Before acting on an application for an Operating Permit, the Director may require the applicant to furnish further information or further plans or specifications.

(e)If the Director finds that the article, machine, or other contrivance has been constructed not in accordance with the Operating Permit application, and if the changes noted are of a substantial nature in that the amount of air contaminants emitted by the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance may be increased, or in that the effect is unknown, then he shall revoke the Operating Permit. The Director shall not accept any further application for an Operating Permit until the article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance has been reconstructed in accordance with said Operating Permit or until the applicant has proven to the satisfaction of the Director that the change will not cause an increase in the emission of air contaminants.

(9)Revocation of Operating Permits. Any Operating Permit granted by the Director may be revoked for any of the following causes:

(a)failure to comply with any conditions of the permit;

(b)failure to establish and maintain such records, make such reports, install, use and maintain such monitoring equipment or methods; and sample such emissions in accordance with such methods at such locations, intervals and procedures as the Director may prescribe in accordance with Rule 335-3-1-.04(2);

(c)failure to comply with any provisions of any Departmental administrative order issued concerning the permitted Stationary Source or facility;

(d)failure to allow employees of the Department upon proper identification, to:

1.enter any premises where any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in Rule 335-3-16-.03(1) is located or in which any records are required to be kept under provisions of the permit and/or this Administrative Code;

2.have access to and copy any records required to be kept under provisions of the permit and/or this Administrative Code;

3.inspect any monitoring equipment or practices being maintained pursuant to the permit and/or this Administrative Code; and

4.have access to and sample any discharge of air contaminants resulting directly or indirectly from the operation of any article, machine, equipment, or other contrivance described in Rule 335-3-16-.03(1).

(e)failure to comply with this or any other Administrative Code of the Department.

(f)for any other cause, after a hearing which establishes, in the judgment of the Department, that continuance of the permit is not consistent with the purpose of the Act or this Administrative Code.

(10)Stack Heights.

(a)Definitions. For purposes of this paragraph, the following terms will have the meanings ascribed in this subparagraph.

1."Emission limitation" and "emission standard" mean a requirement, established by ADEM or the EPA Administrator, which limits the quantity, rate, or concentration of emissions of air pollutants on a continuous basis, including any requirements which limit the level of opacity, prescribe equipment, set fuel specifications, or prescribe operation or maintenance procedures for a source to assure continuous emission reduction.

2."Stack" means any point in a source designed to emit solids, liquids, or gases into the air, including a pipe or duct but not including flares.

3."A stack in existence" means that the owner or operator had (1) begun, or caused to begin, a continuous program of physical on-site construction of the stack or (2) entered into binding agreements or contractual obligations, which could not be canceled or modified without substantial loss to the owner or operator, to undertake a program of construction of the stack to be completed in a reasonable time.

4."Dispersion technique" means any technique which attempts to affect the concentration of a pollutant in the ambient air by:

(i)Using that portion of a stack which exceeds good engineering practice stack height;

(ii)Varying the rate of emission of a pollutant according to atmospheric conditions or ambient concentrations of that pollutant; or

(iii)Increasing final exhaust gas plume rise by manipulating source-process parameters, exhaust gas parameters, stack parameters, or combining exhaust gases from several existing stacks into one stack; or other selective handling of exhaust gas streams so as to increase the exhaust gas plume rise.

(iv)The preceding sentence does not include:

(I)The reheating of a gas stream, following use of a pollution control system, for the purpose of returning the gas to the temperature at which it was originally discharged from the facility generating the gas stream; or,

(II)The merging of exhaust gas streams where:

I.The source owner or operator demonstrates that the facility was originally designed and constructed with such merged gas streams;

II.After July 8, 1985, such merging is part of a change in operation at the facility that includes the installation of pollution controls and is accompanied by a net reduction in the allowable emissions of a pollutant. This exclusion from the definition of "dispersion techniques" shall apply only to the emission limitation for the pollutant affected by such change in operation; or

III.Before July 8, 1985, such merging was part of a change in operation at the facility that included the installation of emissions control equipment or was carried out for sound economic or engineering reasons. Where there was an increase in the emission limitation or, in the event that no emission limitation was in existence prior to the merging, an increase in the quantity of pollutants actually emitted prior to the merging, the Director shall presume that merging was significantly motivated by an intent to gain emissions credit for greater dispersion. Absent a demonstration by the source owner or operator that merging was not significantly motivated by such intent, the Director shall deny credit for the effects of such merging in calculating the allowable emissions for the source;

(III)Smoke management in agricultural or silvicultural prescribed burning programs;

(IV)Episodic restrictions on residential woodburning and open burning; or

(V)Techniques under subparagraph (a)4.(iii) of this paragraph which increase final exhaust gas plume rise where the resulting allowable emissions of sulfur dioxide from the facility do not exceed 5,000 tons per year.

5."Good engineering practice" (GEP) stack height means the greater of:

(i)65 meters measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack:

(ii)For stacks in existence on January 12, 1979, and for which the owner or operator had obtained all applicable permits or approvals required under 40 CFR 51 and 52, provided the owner or operator produces evidence that this equation was actually relied on in establishing an emission limitation;

Hg = 2.5H

(I)For all other stacks,

Hg = H + 1.5 L,

where

Hg = good engineering practice stack height measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack,

H = height of nearby structure(s) measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack,

L = lesser dimension, height or projected width of nearby structure(s),

provided that the Director may require the use of a field study or fluid model to verify GEP stack height for the source; or

(iii)The height demonstrated by a fluid model or a field study approved by the Director, which ensures that the emissions from a stack do not result in excessive concentrations of any air pollutant as a result of atmospheric downwash, wakes, or eddy effects created by the source itself, nearby structures, or nearby terrain features.

6."Nearby" as used in subparagraph (a)5. of this paragraph is defined for a specific structure or terrain feature and

(i)for purposes of applying the formulas provided in subparagraph (a)5.(ii) of this paragraph means that distance up to five times the lesser of the height or the width dimension of a structure, but not greater than 0.8 km (1/2 mile), and

(ii)for conducting demonstrations under subparagraph (a)5.(iii) of this paragraph means not greater than 0.8 km (1/2 mile), except that the portion of a terrain feature may be considered to be nearby which falls within a distance of up to 10 times the maximum height (ht) of the feature, not to exceed 2 miles if such feature achieves a height (ht) 0.8 km from the stack that is at least 40 percent of the GEP stack height determined by the formula provided in subparagraph (a)5.(ii)(I) of this paragraph or 26 meters, whichever is greater, as measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack. The height of the structure or terrain feature is measured from the ground-level elevation at the base of the stack.

7."Excessive concentration" is defined for the purpose of determining GEP stack height under subparagraph (a)(5)(iii) of this paragraph and means:

(i)for sources seeking credit for stack height exceeding that established under subparagraph (a)5.(ii) of this paragraph, a maximum ground-level concentration due to emissions from a stack due in whole or part to downwash, wakes, and eddy effects produced by nearby structures or nearby terrain features which individually is at least 40 percent in excess of the maximum concentration experienced in the absence of such downwash, wakes, or eddy effects and which contributes to a total concentration due to emissions from all sources that is greater than a NAAQS. For sources subject to the PSD program (Rule 335-3-14-.04), an excessive concentration alternatively means a maximum ground-level concentration due to emissions from a stack due in whole or part to downwash, wakes, or eddy effects produced by nearby structures or nearby terrain features which individually is at least 40 percent in excess of the maximum concentration experienced in the absence of such downwash, wakes, or eddy effects and greater than a prevention of significant deterioration increment. The allowable emissions rate to be used in making demonstrations under this Rule shall be prescribed by the new source performance standard that is applicable to the source category unless the owner or operator demonstrates that this emission rate is infeasible. Where such demonstrations are approved by the Director, an alternative emission rate shall be established in consultation with the source owner or operator;

(ii)for sources seeking credit after October 11, 1983, for increases in existing stack heights up to the heights established under subparagraph (a)5.(ii) of this paragraph, either:

(I)a maximum ground-level concentration due in whole or part to downwash, wakes, or eddy effects as provided in subparagraph (a)7.(i) of this paragraph, except that the emission rate specified elsewhere in this Administrative Code (or, in the absence of such a limit, the actual emission rate) shall be used, or

(II)the actual presence of a local nuisance caused by the existing stack, as determined by the Director; and

(iii)for sources seeking credit after January 12, 1979, for a stack height determined under subparagraph (a)5.(ii) of this paragraph where the Director requires that use of a field study or fluid model to verify GEP stack height, for sources seeking stack height credit after November 9, 1984, based on the aerodynamic influence of cooling towers, and for sources seeking stack height credit after December 31, 1970, based on the aerodynamic influence of structures not adequately represented by the equations in subparagraph (a)5.(ii) of this paragraph, a maximum ground-level concentration due in whole or part to downwash, wakes, or eddy effects that is at least 40 percent in excess of the maximum concentration experienced in the absence of such downwash, wakes, or eddy effects.

(b)Before acting on any Major Source Operating Permit, the Director shall require that the degree of emission limitation required of any source for control of any air pollutants shall not be affected by so much of any source's stack height that exceeds GEP or by any other dispersion technique, except as provided in subparagraph (c) of this paragraph.

(c)The provisions of subparagraph (b) of this paragraph shall not apply to stack heights in existence, or dispersion techniques implemented, prior to December 31, 1970, except where pollutants are being emitted from such stacks or using such dispersion techniques by sources, as defined in Section 111(a)(3) of the Clean Air Act, which were constructed, or reconstructed or for which major modifications, as defined pursuant to Rules 335-3-14-.05(2)(d) and 335-3-14-.04(2)(b), were carried out after December 31, 1970.

(d)If any existing source, after appropriate application of the preceding limitations and provisions, is found to exceed or potentially exceed a NAAQS or PSD increment, when operating within previously established emission limitations, the emissions limitations applicable to that source shall be modified so as to eliminate and prevent the exceedance.

(e)If any new source or source modification, after appropriate application of the preceding limitations and provisions, is predicted to exceed a NAAQS or PSD increment when evaluated under emission limitations consistent with other applicable rules and regulations, the emission limitations considered shall be deemed inadequate and different emission limits, based on air quality considerations, shall be made applicable.

(f)If any source provides a field study or fluid modeling demonstration proposing a GEP stack height greater than that allowed by subparagraphs (a)5.(i) and (a)5.(ii) of this paragraph, then the public will be notified of the availability of the study and provided the opportunity for a public hearing before any new or revised emission limitation or permit is approved.

(g)The actual stack height used or proposed by a source shall not be restricted in any manner by requirements of this paragraph.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed November 23, 1993; Effective Date: December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed December 9, 1999; effective January 13, 2000. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.16.03" level="3" title="Applicability"> <dwc name="asbesto" times="1">

(1)Except as exempted under paragraph (2) below and elsewhere herein, the following sources are subject to the permitting requirements under this Administrative Code:

(a)Any major source as defined under Rule 335-3-16-.01 of this Chapter;

(b)Any source subject to a standard, limitation, or other requirement under Chapters 335-3-10 or 335-3-11 of this Administrative Code;

(c)Any affected source as defined under Rule 335-3-16-.01 of this Chapter;

(2)The following sources are exempt from the requirements of this Chapter:

(a)Non-major sources subject to Chapters 335-3-10 or 335-3-11 of this Administrative Code prior to July 21, 1992;

(b)Non-major sources subject to Chapters 335-3-10 or 335-3-11 of this Administrative Code which have an applicability date after July 21, 1992 that have been exempted by the Administrator from the requirements of 40 CFR 70; and

(c)Asbestos demolitions and renovation sources subject to Chapter 335-3-11 of this Administrative Code.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed November 23, 1993; Effective Date: December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.16.04" level="3" title="Permit Application Requirements"> <dwc name="lead" times="1">

(1)Upon becoming subject to this Administrative Code, a source must submit an application, as described in this Rule within 12 months. The Director may require some sources to submit their applications earlier than 12 months after the Rules in this Chapter become applicable if it is determined that an earlier submittal is necessary to satisfy the requirements in Rule 335-3-16-.12(1). The Department shall notify any emission source that must submit early applications at least one year in advance of the date the submittal is due.

(2)Sources subject to Rule 335-3-14-.06 or subject to preconstruction review under Title I of the Act must apply for a permit under this Chapter within 12 months after commencing operation, except, when an existing permit issued under this Chapter prohibits construction or a change in operation, a permit revision must be obtained before commencing operation.

(3)Renewal. An application for renewal shall be submitted at least six (6) months before the date of permit expiration, unless a longer period (not to exceed 18 months) is specified in the permit.

(4)Applications for initial phase II acid rain permits shall be submitted by January 1, 1996 for sulfur dioxide (SO2) and by January 1, 1998 for nitrogen oxides (NOx).

(5)Complete application. Unless the Department notifies the permit applicant in writing that the application is not complete, the application is considered complete 60 days after receipt by the Department. If, while processing the application, the Department determines that more information is needed to evaluate the application, the applicant must submit such information within 30 days or for such other reasonable time as set by a written request(s) by the Department.

(6)A source may operate without a permit under this Chapter between the date the application has been deemed complete and the date the final permit is issued, provided that the applicant submits any requested additional material by the deadline(s) specified by the Department.

(7)Duty to supplement or correct an application. A source must submit additional information to the Department to supplement or correct an application promptly after becoming aware of the need for additional or corrected information. Also, a source must supply to the Department additional information concerning any new requirements which have become applicable after a complete application has been filed but before a draft permit is released.

(8)Standard application form and required information. The following information shall be included in an application by a source for a permit under this Chapter:

(a)Identifying information, including company name and address (or plant name and address if different from the company name), owner's name and agent, and telephone number and names of plant site manager/contact;

(b)A description of the source's processes and products (by four-digit Standard Industrial Classification Code), including any processes and products associated with each alternate scenario that is identified by the source and a list of insignificant sources and the basis for the determination(s);

(c)The following emissions-related information:

1.A list of all emissions of pollutants for which the source is considered to be major and a list of all emissions of regulated air pollutants. The permit application shall describe all emissions of regulated air pollutants emitted from any emissions unit, except where such units are exempted under this Rule. The source shall submit additional information related to the emissions of air pollutants sufficient to verify which requirements are applicable to the source, and other information necessary to determine the amount of any permit fees owed under the fee schedule approved pursuant to Rule 335-1-7-.04 of the ADEM Administrative Code;

2.Identification and description of all points of emissions described in subparagraph (c)l. of this paragraph in sufficient detail to establish the basis for fees and the applicability of the requirements of this chapter;

3.Emissions rates of all pollutants in tons per year (tpy) and in such terms as are necessary to establish compliance consistent with the applicable standard reference test method, or alternative method approved by the Department's Director;

4.The following information to the extent it is needed to determine or regulate emissions: fuels to be used, rate of fuel use, raw materials that will be used in the production process, production rates, and operating schedules;

5.Identification and description of all air pollution control equipment and compliance monitoring devices or activities that will be used by the source;

6.Limitations that will be placed on the source's operation so as to affect emissions or any work practice standards that will be implemented, where applicable, for all regulated pollutants.

7.Other information that may be required to address other applicable requirements (including, but not limited to, information relating to stack height limitations developed pursuant to Section 123 of the Act).

8.Calculations on which the information in subparagraphs 1. through 7. above are based.

9.Trivial and insignificant activities.

(i)Insignificant activities shall not necessarily be listed in permits, issued pursuant to the provisions of this Chapter, provided they are listed in the permit application, and they are not expected to violate any generally applicable requirements listed in the permit.

(ii)Trivial activities shall not be subject to the provisions of this Chapter.

(d)The following air pollution control requirements:

1.Citations and descriptions of all applicable statutory and administrative code requirements, and

2.A description of or reference to any applicable test methods for determining compliance with each applicable statutory or administrative code requirement.

(e)Other information that may be required by the Department to enforce and implement other requirements of this Chapter;

(f)An explanation of all proposed exemptions from otherwise applicable requirements;

(g)Additional information determined by the Department to be necessary to define alternative operating scenarios that are identified by the source pursuant to Rule 335-3-16-.05(1), or to define permit terms or conditions implementing Rule 335-3-16-.05(m) or Rule 335-3-16-.14.

(h)A compliance plan for the source that contains the following:

1.A description of the compliance status of the source with respect to all applicable requirements and a compliance schedule.

2.A statement that the source will continue to comply with all regulatory requirements that it is now in compliance with;

3.A statement that the source will, on a timely basis, meet such requirements that will become effective during the permit term unless a more detailed schedule is expressly required by the applicable requirement;

4.A narrative description of how the source will achieve compliance with requirements for which the source is not in compliance at the time of permit issuance with a compliance schedule for the source. Any schedule shall include a schedule of remedial measures, including an enforceable sequence of actions with milestones, leading to compliance with any applicable requirements for which the source will be in noncompliance at the time of permit issuance. The compliance schedule shall be at least as stringent as any compliance schedule that is contained in any judicial consent decree or administrative order to which the source is subject. Any schedule of compliance shall be supplemental to, and shall not sanction non-compliance with, the applicable requirements on which it is based.

5.A schedule for submission of certified progress reports no less frequently than every 6 months for sources required to have a schedule of compliance to remedy a violation.

6.The compliance plan content requirements specified in this paragraph shall apply and be included in the acid rain portion of a compliance plan for an affected source, except as specifically superseded by regulations promulgated under Title IV of the Act with regard to the schedule and method(s) the source will use to achieve compliance with the acid rain emissions limitations.

(i)A compliance certification, including the following:

1.A certification of compliance with all applicable requirements by a responsible official consistent with paragraph (9) of this Rule and Section 114(a)(3) of the Act, as it relates to the enhanced monitoring requirements;

2.A statement of methods used for determining compliance, including a description of monitoring, record keeping, and reporting requirements and test methods;

3.A schedule for submission of compliance certifications during the permit term, which shall be submitted annually, or more frequently if required by the underlying applicable requirement or by the Department; and

4.A statement indicating the source's compliance status with any applicable enhanced monitoring and compliance certification requirements of the Act.

(j)The use of nationally-standardized forms for acid rain portions of permit applications and compliance plans as required by regulations promulgated under Title IV of the Act.

(9)Certification of truth, accuracy and completeness. Any application form, report, or compliance certification submitted pursuant to this Administrative Code shall contain certification by a responsible official of truth, accuracy, and completeness. This Certification and any other certification required under this Chapter shall state that, based on information and belief formed after reasonable inquiry, the statements and information in the document are true, accurate, and complete.

Authors: Richard E. Grusnick, Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed November 23, 1993; effective date: December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000. Amended: Filed February 7, 2002; effective March 14, 2002.

<regElement name="335.3.16.05" level="3" title="Permit Content">

All permits required under this Chapter shall include certain standard permit requirements. The permits shall contain the following:

(a)Applicable emissions limitations and standards and operational requirements and limitations necessary to assure compliance with all applicable requirements at the time of permit issuance. In addition, the permit shall include:

1.A statement or reference to the origin and authority for each term or condition in the permit and any difference in form as compared to the applicable requirement under this Chapter upon which the term or condition is based; and

2.A statement to the effect that where an applicable requirement of this Chapter is more stringent than an applicable requirement of regulations promulgated under Title IV of the Act, both provisions shall be incorporated into the permit and shall be enforceable by the Department.

(b)Duration of Operating Permits.

1.The Department shall issue permits for a fixed period of five years, except as provided in subparagraph (b)2. below.

2.Solid waste incineration units combusting municipal waste subject to standards under Section 129(e) of the Act shall have a fixed term not to exceed 12 years. However, said permits shall be reviewed every five years.

3.Permits which are issued for new emission units before the units become operational shall be effective for five years after operation of the unit commences.

(c)Monitoring and record keeping requirements.

1.Permits shall contain the following requirements with respect to monitoring:

(i)All emissions monitoring and analysis procedures or test methods required under the applicable requirements, including any procedures and methods promulgated pursuant to Sections 114(a)(3) or 504(b) of the Act;

(ii)Where the applicable requirement does not require periodic testing or instrumental or non-instrumental monitoring (e.g. record keeping designed to serve as monitoring), periodic monitoring sufficient to yield reliable data from the relevant time period that is representative of the source's compliance with the permit, as reported pursuant to subparagraph (c) of this paragraph. Such monitoring requirements shall assure use of terms, test methods, units, averaging periods, and other statistical conventions consistent with the applicable requirement. In certain instances record keeping provisions may be sufficient to meet the requirements of this paragraph; and

(iii)As necessary, information concerning the use, maintenance, and, where appropriate, installation of monitoring equipment or methods.

2.With respect to record keeping, the permit shall incorporate all requirements of this Chapter and require, where appropriate, the following:

(i)Records of required monitoring information of the source that include the following:

(I)The date, place as defined in the permit, and time of all sampling or measurements;

(II)The date(s) analyses were performed;

(III)The company or entity that performed the analyses;

(IV)The analytical techniques or methods used;

(V)The results of all analyses; and

(VI)The operating conditions that existed at the time of sampling or measurement;

(ii)Retention of records of all required monitoring data and support information of the source for a period of at least 5 years from the date of the monitoring sample, measurement, report, or application. Support information includes all calibration and maintenance records and all original strip-chart recordings for continuous monitoring instrumentation and copies of all reports required by the permit.

3.Permits shall incorporate all reporting requirements of this Chapter and require the following:

(i)The source to submit reports to the Department of any required monitoring at least every 6 months. All instances of deviations from permit requirements must be clearly identified in said reports. All required reports must be certified by a responsible official consistent with Rule 335-3-16-.04(9).

(ii)The source to report deviations from permit requirements within 2 working days of such deviations, including those attributable to upset conditions as defined in the permit, the probable cause of said deviations, and any corrective actions or preventive measures that were taken.

(d)Permits shall contain statements to the effect that emissions exceeding any allowances that the source lawfully holds under Title IV of the Act or the regulations promulgated thereunder are prohibited. Furthermore, the following shall be applicable:

1.No permit revision shall be required for increases in emissions that are authorized by allowances acquired pursuant to the acid rain program, provided that such increases do not require a permit revision under any other applicable requirement.

2.No limit shall be placed on the number of allowances held by the source. The source may not, however, use allowances as a defense to noncompliance with any other applicable requirement.

3.Any such allowance shall be accounted for according to the procedures established in regulations promulgated pursuant to Title IV of the Act.

(e)Permits shall include a severability clause for the purpose of continuation of a permit in the event a portion(s) of the permit is successfully challenged in a legal forum.

(f)Permits shall contain a provision that states that the source (permittee) must comply with all conditions of this Administrative Code: Noncompliance with a permit will constitute a violation of the Act and this Administrative Code and may result in an enforcement action; including but not limited to, permit termination, revocation and reissuance, or modification; or denial of a permit renewal application by the source.

(g)Permits shall contain a provision that states the source (permittee) shall not use as a defense in an enforcement action, that maintaining compliance with conditions of the permit would have required halting or reducing the permitted activity.

(h)Permits shall contain a provision that states that the permit may be modified, revoked, reopened, and reissued, or terminated for cause. The filing of a request by the source (permittee) for a permit modification, revocation and reissuance, or termination, or of a notification of planned changes or anticipated noncompliance will not stay any permit condition.

(i)Permits shall contain a provision that states that no property rights of any sort, or any exclusive privilege are conveyed through the issuance of the permit.

(j)Permits shall contain a provision that states that the source (permittee) shall furnish to the Department, within 30 days or for such other reasonable time as the Department may set, any information that the Department may request in writing to determine whether cause exists for modifying, revoking and reissuing, or terminating the permit or to determine compliance with the permit. Upon receiving a specific request, the permittee shall also furnish to the Department copies of records required to be kept by the permit.

(k)Permits shall state that no permit revision shall be required, under any approved economic incentives, marketable permits, emissions trading and other similar programs or processes for changes that are provided for in the permit.

(l)The permit shall contain a provision that quantifies the terms and conditions for reasonably anticipated alternative operating scenarios that were identified by the source in its application and are acceptable to the Department. The alternative operating scenarios terms and conditions shall:

1.Require the source, contemporaneously with making a change from one operating scenario to another, to record in a log at the permitted facility a record of the scenario under which it is operating;

2.Ensure that the terms and conditions of each such alternative scenario meet all applicable requirements and the requirements of this Chapter.

(m)The permit shall contain terms and conditions, if specifically requested by the applicant, which authorize the trading of emissions increases and decreases in the permitted facility solely for the purposes of complying with a federally enforceable emissions cap that is established in the permit independent of otherwise applicable requirements, to the extent that the applicable requirements provide for trading such increases and decreases without a case-by-case approval of each emissions trade.

1.Such terms and conditions:

(i)Shall include all terms required under Rule 335-3-16-.05 and Rule 335-3-16-.07 to determine compliance;

(ii)May extend the permit shield described in Rule 335-3-16-.10 to all terms and conditions that allow such increases and decreases in emissions; and

(iii)Must meet all applicable requirements and requirements of this Chapter.

2.All requests for emissions trading under this Rule shall include proposed replicable procedures and permit terms that ensure the emissions trades are quantifiable and enforceable. Such requests shall also include sufficient proposed monitoring, recordkeeping, and reporting as necessary to ensure compliance with all applicable requirements. The applicant shall provide written notice of requests for emissions trading under this Rule to the Department and EPA at least 7 days prior to the anticipated change. The notice shall state when the change would occur and shall describe the changes in emissions that would result and how these increases and decreases in emissions would comply with the terms and conditions of the permit.

Authors: Richard E. Grusnick, Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed November 23, 1993; Effective Date: December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000. Amended: Filed February 7, 2002; March 14, 2002.

<regElement name="335.3.16.06" level="3" title="Federally Enforceable Requirements">

(1)All terms in a permit that are required to be part of a permit pursuant to the Act are federally enforceable by EPA, the Department and citizens in general. However, those provisions of a permit that are not required under the Act are considered to be state permit provisions and consequently, are not federally enforceable by EPA and citizens in general.

(2)Those provisions of a permit that are state provisions shall be separated from the federally enforceable terms. Such state provisions shall be clearly identified in the permit.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed November 23, 1993; Effective Date: December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.16.07" level="3" title="Compliance Requirements">

Permits shall contain the following elements with respect to compliance:

(a)Compliance certification, testing, monitoring, reporting, and record keeping requirements sufficient to assure compliance with the terms and conditions of the permit. Any document [including reports submitted by the source (permittee)] that is required in a permit shall contain a certification by a responsible official that meets the requirements of Rule 335-3-16-.04(9).

(b)Inspection and entry requirements that mandate that, the permittee shall allow the Department or an authorized representative, upon presentation of credentials and other documents that may be required by law, to conduct the following:

1.Enter upon the permittee's premises where a source is located or emissions-related activity is conducted, or where records must be kept pursuant to the conditions of a permit;

2.Review and/or copy, at reasonable times, any records that must be kept pursuant to the conditions of a permit;

3.Inspect at reasonable times any facilities, equipment (including monitoring and air pollution control equipment), practices, or operations regulated or required pursuant to a permit; and

4.Sample or monitor at reasonable times substances or parameters for the purpose of assuring compliance with the permit or other applicable requirements.

(c)A schedule of compliance consistent with Rule 335-3-16-.04(8)(h).

(d)Progress reports consistent with an applicable schedule of compliance and Rule 335-3-16-.04(8)(h) to be submitted at least semiannually, or at a more frequent period if specified in the applicable requirement or by the Department. Such progress reports shall contain the following:

1.Dates for achieving the activities, milestones, or compliance required in the schedule of compliance, and/or dates when such activities, milestones or compliance were achieved; and

2.An explanation of why any dates in the schedule of compliance were not or will not be met, and any preventive or corrective measures adopted.

(e)Requirements for compliance certification with terms and conditions contained in the permit, including emission limitations, standards, or work practices. Permits shall include each of the following:

1.The frequency of submissions of compliance certifications, which shall be at least annually unless more frequent periods are specified according to the specific rule governing the source or required by the Department.

2.A means for monitoring the compliance of the source with its emissions limitations, standards, and work practices in accordance with Rule 335-3-16-.05(c);

3.A requirement that the compliance certification include the following:

(i)The identification of each term or condition of the permit that is the basis of the certification;

(ii)The compliance status;

(iii)Whether compliance has been continuous or intermittent;

(iv)The method(s) used for determining the compliance status of the source, currently and over the reporting period consistent with Rule 335-3-16-.05(c); and

(v)Such other facts as the Department may require to determine the compliance status of the source;

4.A requirement that all compliance certifications be submitted to the Administrator as well as to the Department; and

5.Such additional requirements as may be specified pursuant to Sections 114(a)(3) and 504(b) of the Act.

(f)Such other provisions as the Department may require.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed November 23, 1993; Effective Date: December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.16.08" level="3" title="General Permits">

(1)The Department may issue a general permit to any source category if it concludes that the category is appropriate for permitting on a generic basis after notice and opportunity for public participation provided under Rule 335-3-16-.15(4). No general permit may be issued for affected sources under the acid rain program unless otherwise provided in regulations promulgated under Title IV of the Act.

(2)A general permit may be issued for a source category based upon an application from a source within the source category or upon the Department's own initiative. The same procedures for issuance of a general permit are applicable as for any other permit issued under this Chapter.

(3)A general permit may be issued for the following purposes:

(a)to establish terms and conditions to implement applicable requirements for a source category;

(b)to establish terms and conditions to implement applicable requirements for specified categories of changes to permitted sources;

(c)to establish terms and conditions for new requirements that apply to sources with existing permits; and

(d)to establish federally-enforceable caps on emissions from sources in a specified category.

(4)The Department may issue a general permit if it finds that:

(a)there are several permittees or permit applicants who have the same or substantially similar operations, emissions, activities, or facilities;

(b)the permittees or permit applicants emit the same types of regulated air pollutants;

(c)the operations, emissions, activities, or facilities are subject to the same or similar standards, limitations, and operating requirements; and

(d)the operations, emissions, activities, or facilities are subject to the same or similar monitoring requirements.

(5)A general permit issued under this Rule shall identify criteria by which sources may qualify for the general permit. After a general permit has been issued, any source may submit a request to be covered under the permit.

(a)A request for coverage under a general permit shall identify the source and provide information sufficient to demonstrate that it falls within the source category covered by the general permit, together with any additional information that may be specified in the general permit.

(b)A final action approving a request for coverage under a general permit shall not require repeating the public participation procedures.

(6)A copy of the general permit, together with a list of sources approved for coverage under it, shall be kept on file for public review at the Department's office in Montgomery.

(7)If some, but not all, of a source's operations, activities, and emissions are eligible for coverage under one or more general permits, the source may apply for and receive coverage under the general permits for the operations, activities, and emissions that are so eligible. If the source is required under Rule 335-3-16-.04 to obtain a permit addressing the remainder of its operations, activities, and emissions, it may apply for and receive a permit that addresses specifically only those items not covered by general permits. In such a case, the source's permit shall identify all operations, activities, and emissions that are subject to general permits and incorporate those general permits by reference or use this for General Permits instead of paragraphs (1) - (6) above.

(8)If a source that is covered by a general permit is later determined to have not qualified for such general permit, the source shall have been operating without an operating permit.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed November 23, 1993; Effective Date: December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.16.09" level="3" title="Temporary Sources">

(1)One permit for sources which move at least once during the term of the permit may be issued authorizing emissions from similar operations by the same source owner or operator at multiple temporary locations. The operation must be temporary and involve at least one change of location during the term of the permit.

(2)No affected source shall be permitted as a temporary source. Permits for temporary sources shall include the following:

(a)Conditions that will assure compliance with all applicable requirements at all authorized locations;

(b)Requirements that the owner or operator notify in writing the permitting authority at least ten days in advance of each change in location; and

(c)Conditions that assure compliance with all other provisions of this Rule.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed November 23, 1993; Effective Date: December 28, 1993. Amended Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.16.10" level="3" title="Permit Shield">

(1)Except as provided in this Rule, the Department may expressly include in an Operating Permit a provision stating that compliance with the conditions of the permit shall be deemed compliance with any applicable requirements as of the date of permit issuance, provided that:

(a)Such applicable requirements are included and are specifically identified in the permit; or

(b)The Department, in acting on the permit application or revision, determines in writing that other requirements specifically identified are not applicable to the source, and the permit includes the determination or a concise summary thereof.

(2)An Operating Permit that does not expressly state that a permit shield exists shall be presumed not to provide such a shield.

(3)Nothing in this Rule or in any Operating Permit shall alter or affect the following:

(a)The provisions of section 303 of the Act (emergency orders), including the authority of the Administrator under that section;

(b)The liability of an owner or operator of a source for any violation of applicable requirements prior to or at the time of permit issuance;

(c)The applicable requirements of the acid rain program, consistent with section 408(a) of the Act; or

(d)The ability of EPA to obtain information from a source pursuant to section 114 of the Act.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed November 23, 1993; Effective Date: December 28, 1993.

<regElement name="335.3.16.11" level="3" title="EXCEPTION To Violations Of Emissions Limits">

(1)The Director may, in the operating permit, exempt on a case-by-case basis exceedances of emission limits which cannot reasonably be avoided, such as during periods of start-up, shut-down or load change. For emission limits established by federal rules (e.g., NSPS, NESHAP, and MACT) exemptions may be granted only where provisions for such exemptions are contained in the applicable rule or its general provisions.

(2)Emergency provision.

(a)An "emergency" means any situation arising from sudden and reasonably unforeseeable events beyond the control of the source, including acts of God, which situation requires immediate corrective action to restore normal operation, and that causes the source to exceed a technology-based emission limitation under the permit, due to unavoidable increases in emissions attributable to the emergency. An emergency shall not include noncompliance to the extent caused by improperly designed equipment, lack of preventative maintenance, careless or improper operation, or operator error.

(b)Exceedances of emission limits during emergencies (as defined above) at a facility may be exempted from being violations provided that:

1.The permittee can identify the cause(s) of the emergency;

2.At the time of the emergency, the permitted facility was being properly operated;

3.During the period of the emergency the permittee took all reasonable steps to minimize levels of emissions that exceeded the emission standards, or other requirements in the permit;

4.The permittee submitted notice of the emergency to the permitting authority within two (2) working days of the time when emission limitations were exceeded due to the emergency. Such notice shall include those deviations attributable to upset conditions as defined in the permit, the probable cause of said deviations, and any corrective actions or preventive measures that were taken. Within five (5) working days of the emergency, a written documentation what was reported in the notice of the emergency shall be submitted to the Department; and

5.The permittee immediately documented the emergency exceedance in an "Emergency Log", which shall be maintained for five (5) years in a form suitable for inspection upon request by a representative of the Department.

(c)The Director shall be the sole determiner of whether an emergency has occurred.

(d)This provision is in addition to any emergency or upset provision contained in any applicable requirement.

(e)An emergency constitutes an affirmative defense.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed November 23, 1993; Effective Date: December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed December 9, 1999; effective January 13, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.16.12" level="3" title="Permit Issuance">

(1)Initial.

(a)All major sources must be issued operating permits within 3 years of the date that EPA approves the Department's program.

(b)At least one-third of the permits for sources subject to this chapter must be issued each of the three years following EPA's approval of the Department's program.

(c)If the Department is granted interim approval, then the provisions of subparagraphs (a) and (b) do not apply.

1.During each year of interim approval, at least 20% of the permits subject to this Chapter must be acted upon. Thereafter, at least one-third of the remaining sources subject to this Chapter must be acted upon each year.

(d)Any application for a new source must be acted on within 18 months of receiving a complete application.

(2)Renewals.

(a)Applications for permit renewal shall be subject to the same procedural requirements, including those for public participation, and affected State and EPA review, that apply to initial permit issuance under this chapter.

(b)A source's right to operate shall terminate upon the expiration of its permit unless a timely and complete renewal application has been submitted at least six months, but not more than 18 months, before the date of expiration or the Department has taken final action approving the source's application for renewal by the expiration date.

(c)If a timely and complete application for a permit renewal is submitted, but the Department fails to take final action to issue or deny the renewal permit before the end of the term of the previous permit, then the permit shall not expire until the renewal permit has been issued or denied, and any permit shield granted for the permit shall continue in effect during that time.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed November 23, 1993; Effective Date: December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.16.13" level="3" title="Permit Modifications Or Amendments">

(1)Administrative.

(a)An administrative permit amendment is a permit revision that:

1.Corrects typographical errors;

2.Identifies a change in the name, address, or phone number of any person identified in the permit, or provides a similar minor administrative change at the source;

3.Requires more frequent monitoring or reporting by the permittee;

4.Incorporates a general permit into an Operating Permit.

5.Allows for a change in ownership or operational control of a source where the Department determines that no other change in the permit is necessary, provided that a written agreement containing a specific date for transfer of permit responsibility, coverage, and liability between the current and new permittee has been submitted to the Department;

6.Incorporates into a permit issued under this Chapter the requirements from preconstruction review permits authorized under this Administrative Code, provided that the process used meets procedural requirements substantially equivalent to the requirements Rules 335-3-16-.12 and 335-3-16-.15 of this Chapter that would be applicable to the change if it were subject to review as a permit modification, and compliance requirements substantially equivalent to those contained in Rules 335-3-16-.05 through 335-3-16-.11 of this Chapter; or

7.Incorporates any other type of change which the Department has determined, and the Administrator has approved as part of an approved operating permit program to be similar to those in subparagraphs l. - 5. above.

(b)Administrative permit amendments for purposes of the acid rain portion of the permit shall be governed by regulations promulgated under Title IV of the Act.

(c)An administrative permit amendment may be made by the Department consistent with the following:

1.The Department shall take no more than 60 days from receipt of a request for an administrative permit amendment to take final action on such request, and may incorporate such changes without providing notice to the public or affected States provided that it designates any such permit revisions as having been made pursuant to this paragraph.

2.The Department shall submit a copy of the revised permit to the Administrator.

3.The source may implement the changes addressed in the request for an administrative amendment immediately upon submittal of the request.

(2)Flexibility (i.e., Section 502(B) 10 changes): Modifications which are not modifications under Title I of the Act, that contravene an existing permit condition and do not exceed emissions allowable under the permit can be done without modifying the permit if:

(a)Written notification is given that describes the proposed change, the date of the change, any change in emissions, and any term or condition of the permit which is no longer valid due to the change; and

(b)Notice is given to the Department and EPA at least 7 days before the change is made.

(3)Minor permit modification procedures.

(a)Criteria.

1.Minor permit modification procedures may be used only for those permit modifications that:

(i)Do not violate any applicable requirement;

(ii)Do not involve significant changes to existing monitoring, reporting, or record keeping requirements in the permit;

(iii)Do not require or change a case-by-case determination of an emission limitation or other standard, or a source-specific determination for temporary sources of ambient impacts, or a visibility or increment analysis;

(iv)Do not seek to establish or change a permit term or condition for which there is no corresponding underlying applicable requirement and that the source has assumed to avoid an applicable requirement to which the source would otherwise be subject. Such terms and conditions include:

(I)A federally enforceable emissions cap assumed to avoid classification as a modification under any provision of Title I; and

(II)An alternative emissions limit approved pursuant to regulations promulgated under Section 112(i)(5) of the Act;

(v)Are not modifications under any provision of Title I of the Act; and

(vi)Are not required by Rule 335-3-16-.13(4) to be processed as a significant modification.

2.Notwithstanding subparagraph (a) of this paragraph, minor permit modification procedures may be used for permit modifications involving the use of economic incentives, marketable permits, emissions trading, and other similar approaches, to the extent that such minor permit modification procedures are explicitly provided for in an applicable implementation plan or in applicable requirements promulgated by EPA.

(b)Application. An application requesting the use of minor permit modification procedures shall meet the requirements of Rule 335-3-16-.04(8) of this Chapter relative to the modification and shall include the following:

1.A description of the change, the emissions resulting from the change, and any new applicable requirements that will apply if the change occurs;

2.The source's suggested draft permit;

3.Certification by a responsible official, consistent with Rule 335-3-16-.04(9), that the proposed modification meets the criteria for use of minor permit modification procedures and a request that such procedures be used; and

4.Completed forms for the Department to use to notify the Administrator and affected States as required under Rule 335-3-16-.15.

(c)EPA and affected State notification. Within 5 working days of receipt of a complete permit modification application, the Department shall notify the Administrator and affected States of the requested permit modification. The Department promptly shall send any notice of refusal to accept any recommendations made by the Administrator or the affected States to the Administrator.

(d)Timetable for issuance. The Department may not issue a final permit modification until after EPA's 45-day review period or until EPA has notified the Department that EPA will not object to issuance of the permit modification, whichever is first. Within 90 days of the Department's receipt of an application under minor permit modification procedures or 15 days after the end of the Administrator's 45-day review period under Rule 335-3-16-.15(3), whichever is later, the Department shall:

1.Issue the permit modification as proposed;

2.Deny the permit modification application;

3.Determine that the requested modification does not meet the minor permit modification criteria and should be reviewed under the significant modification procedures; or

4.Revise the draft permit modification and transmit to the Administrator the new proposed permit modification as required by Rule 335-3-16-.15(1) of this Chapter.

(e)Source's ability to make change.

1.Ten days after the application has been submitted to the Department, the source may make the change for which they applied unless the change qualifies as a significant modification. After the source makes the change allowed by the preceding sentence, and until the Department takes any of the actions specified in subparagraphs (d)l. - 4. above, the source must comply with both the applicable requirements governing the change and the proposed permit terms and conditions. During this time period, the source need not comply with the existing permit terms and conditions it seeks to modify. However, if the source fails to comply with its proposed permit terms and conditions during this time period, the existing permit terms and conditions it seeks to modify may be enforced against it.

2.If the Department notifies the source that the modification does not qualify as a minor modification within 10 days after receiving the application, then the source shall apply for the change as a significant modification.

(f)The permit shield under Rule 335-3-16-.10 shall not extend to minor permit modifications.

(4)Significant Modifications. Modifications that are significant modifications under Rules 335-3-14-.04 or 335-3-14-.05 or are modifications under the NSPS or NESHAPS regulations must be incorporated in the Operating Permit using the requirements for sources initially applying for an Operating Permit, including those for applications, public participation, review by affected States, and review by EPA, as described in Rules 335-3-16-.04 and .14.

(5)Reopening for cause.

(a)Each issued permit shall include provisions specifying the conditions under which the permit will be reopened prior to the expiration of the permit. A permit shall be reopened and revised under any of the following circumstances:

1.Additional applicable requirements under the Act become applicable to a major source with a remaining permit term of 3 or more years. Such a reopening shall be completed not later than 18 months after promulgation of the applicable requirement. No such reopening is required if the effective date of the requirement is later than the date on which the permit is due to expire.

2.Additional requirements (including excess emissions requirements) become applicable to an affected source under the acid rain program. Upon approval by the Administrator, excess emissions offset plans shall be deemed to be incorporated into the permit.

3.The Department or EPA determines that the permit contains a material mistake or that inaccurate statements were made in establishing the emissions standards or other terms or conditions of the permit.

4.The Administrator or the Department determines that the permit must be revised or revoked to assure compliance with the applicable requirements.

(b)Proceedings to reopen and issue a permit shall follow the same procedures as apply to initial permit issuance and shall affect only those parts of the permit for which cause to reopen exists. Such reopening shall be made as expeditiously as practicable.

(c)Reopenings under subparagraph (a) of this paragraph shall not be initiated before a notice of such intent is provided to the source by the Department at least 30 days in advance of the date that the permit is to be reopened, except that the Department may provide a shorter time period in the case of an emergency.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed November 23, 1993; Effective Date: December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.16.14" level="3" title="Off-Permit Changes">

(1)Any change at a source holding an operating permit which is not addressed or prohibited in the federally enforceable terms and conditions of the permit may be designated by the owner or operator as an off-permit change, and may be made without revision to the federally enforceable terms and conditions of the operating permit, provided that the change:

(a)shall meet all applicable requirements;

(b)does not violate any federally enforceable permit term or condition;

(c)is not subject to any requirement or standard under Title IV of the Clean Air Act; and

(d)is not a modification under Title I.

(2)Designation of a change as state-only affects only the federal requirements for processing of the change under the federal operating permit program. The owner or operator must comply with all applicable state permitting and preconstruction review requirements. Any change designated as state-only will be treated as a permit revision under state permitting requirements and shall be processed in accordance with the administrative permit amendment provisions in Rule 335-3-16-.13(1) or the minor permit modification provisions in Rule 335-3-16-.13(3), except that the provisions of Rule 335-3-16-.13(3)(d) shall not apply.

(3)The owner or operator of any permitted source who plans to make a change meeting the criteria set forth in this Rule may submit a request that the Director process the change application as an off-permit change, in accordance with paragraph (2) of this Rule.

(4)Any application pertaining to a change designated by the applicant as an off-permit change shall be submitted by the applicant to EPA in fulfillment of the obligation to provide written notice, provided, that no change meeting the criteria for an insignificant activity or trivial activity is subject to the procedures set forth in this Rule.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed November 23, 1993; Effective Date: December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="335.3.16.15" level="3" title="Permit Review By EPA, Affected States And Public">

(1)Transmission of information to EPA.

(a)The Department shall submit each application, each proposed permit and each final permit to EPA. The Department may require the applicant to submit a copy of its application directly to EPA. The Department also shall submit a copy of the draft permit to the applicant at the same time that EPA is sent a copy.

(b)Upon agreement with EPA, the Department may submit a summary of the application instead of the full application.

(c)The Department shall keep 5 years of records of the information sent to EPA that is required in subparagraph (a) of this paragraph.

(2)Review by affected states.

(a)The Department shall give notice to each affected state of each draft permit on or before public notice, unless public notice is not required.

(b)The Department shall respond in writing its reasons for refusing to accept an affected State's recommendations or for refusing to accept the Administrator's recommendations.

(3)EPA objection.

(a)If EPA objects in writing within 45 days of receipt of a proposed permit or prior to issuance of a final permit, the Department shall not issue the permit, except that the Department may issue a permit that is valid pursuant to Alabama's Air Pollution Control Act only. However, the Department shall advise the source that issuance of such permit shall not provide any protection from federal requirements.

(b)The objection must include the reasons for the objection and a description of the terms that the permit must include to respond to the objections. EPA must supply the applicant with a copy of the objection.

(c)Failure of the Department to do any of the following are also grounds for objection:

1.Comply with paragraphs (1) or (2) of this Rule.

2.Submit any information requested by EPA in writing necessary to review the permit.

3.Process the permit under the significant permit modification procedures (unless the modification is minor)

(4)Public participation. Except for modifications qualifying for administrative or minor permit modification procedures, all permit proceedings, including initial permit issuance, significant modifications, and renewals, shall use the following procedures for public notice:

(a)Notice shall be given by publication in a newspaper of general circulation in the area where the source is located or in a State publication designed to give general public notice and also to persons on a mailing list developed by the Department for persons desiring notice of permit action, including persons who have requested in writing to be on such a list;

(b)The notice shall identify the affected facility; the name and address of the permittee; the address of the Department; the activity or activities involved in the permit action; the emissions change involved in any permit modification; the name, address, and telephone number of a person from whom interested persons may obtain additional information, including copies of the permit draft, the application, all relevant supporting materials, including any compliance plan, monitoring and compliance certification report, except for information entitled to be kept confidential, and all other materials available to the Department that are relevant to the permit decision; a brief description of the comment procedures required by this Chapter; and the time and place of any hearing that may be held, including a statement of procedures to request a hearing (unless a hearing has already been scheduled);

(c)The Department shall provide at least 30 days for public comment and shall give notice of any public hearing at least 30 days in advance of the hearing; and

(d)The Department shall keep a record of the comments made during the public participation process.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed November 23, 1993; Effective Date: December 28, 1993. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-3-17" level="2" title="CONFORMITY OF FEDERAL ACTIONS TO STATE IMPLEMENTATION PLANS">

<regElement name="335.3.17.01" level="3" title="Transportation Conformity">

(1)General. The Environmental Protection Agency Regulations and the Appendices applicable thereto, governing Conformity to State Implementation Plans of Transportation Plans, Programs, and Projects Developed, Funded, or Approved Under Title 23 U.S.C. or the Federal Transit Act, are incorporated by reference as they exist in 40 CFR 93 Subpart A (July 1, 2002), and 67 FR 50808 [08/06/2002]. (The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase and inspection at the Department's offices.)

Author: Richard E. Grunsnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8; 41-22-9.

History: New Rule: Filed March 23, 1995; effective April 27, 1995. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 27, 2003; effective April 3, 2003.

<regElement name="335.3.17.02" level="3" title="General Conformity">

(1)General. The Environmental Protection Agency Regulations and the Appendices applicable thereto, governing Determining Conformity of General Federal Actions to State Implementation Plans, are incorporated by reference as they exist in 40 CFR 93 Subpart B (July 1, 1997). (The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase and inspection at the Department's offices.)

Author: Richard E. Grunsnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed March 23, 1995; effective April 27, 1995. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-3-18" level="2" title="ACID RAIN PROGRAM-PERMITS REGULATION">

<regElement name="335.3.18.01" level="3" title="General-Permits Regulation">

(1)The Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, and the Appendices applicable thereto, governing the Acid Rain Program-Permits Regulation (40 CFR, Part 72 and Appendices) are incorporated by reference as they exist in 40 CFR Part 72, (July 1, 2002) and 67 FR 53503 [08/16/2002; amendments], except for the provisions found in 40 CFR &#167;72.12 and 40 CFR &#167;&#167;72.70 through 72.74 which are excluded.

(a)The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase and inspection at the Department?s offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110.

(2)In the event of any inconsistency between the regulations contained in this chapter and regulations contained in other chapters of this administrative code, the provisions of this rule shall take precedence and shall govern the issuance, denial, revision, reopening, and renewal of the Acid Rain provisions of an operating permit.

(3)Definitions. For purposes of this Rule, the definitions listed in 40 CFR &#167;72.2, Subpart A, will apply.

Author: Richard E. Grusnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-9.

History: New Rule: Filed October 19, 1995; effective November 23, 1995. Amended: Filed October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed October 15, 1998; effective November 19, 1998. Amended: Filed December 9, 1999; effective January 13, 2000. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000. Amended: Filed February 7, 2002; effective March 14, 2002. Amended: Filed February 27, 2003; effective April 3, 2003.

<regElement name="335.3.18.02" level="3" title="Nitrogen Oxides Emission Reduction Program">

(1)The Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, and the Appendices applicable thereto, governing the Acid Rain Nitrogen Oxides Emission Reduction Program (40 CFR, Part 76 and Appendices) are incorporated by reference as they exist in 40 CFR part 76, (July 1, 1997), except for the references to 40 CFR 78 which are excluded.

(a)The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase and inspection at the Department?s offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110.

(2)In the event of any inconsistency between the regulations contained in this chapter and regulations contained in other chapters of this administrative code, the provisions of this rule shall take precedence and shall govern the issuance, denial, revision, reopening, and renewal of the Acid Rain provisions of an operating permit.

(3)Definitions. For purposes of this Rule, the definitions listed in 40 CFR &#167;72.2, Subpart A and &#167;76.2, will apply.

Author: Richard E. Grunsnick

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 41-22-9.

History: New Rule: October 17, 1996; effective November 21, 1996. Amended: Filed October 15, 1998; effective November 19, 1998. Amended: Filed December 9, 1999; effective January 13, 2000. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-3-19" level="2" title="CONTROL OF MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE LANDFILL GAS EMISSIONS">

<regElement name="335.3.19.01" level="3" title="Definitions"> <dwc name="inorgan chemic" times="1">

For the purposes of this Chapter and Rule 335-3-10-.02(75) only, the following words and phrases, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the content, shall have the following meanings.

(a)"Active collection system" means a gas collection system that uses gas mover equipment.

(b)"Active landfill" means a landfill in which solid waste is being placed or a landfill that is planned to accept waste in the future.

(c)"Closed landfill" means a landfill in which solid waste is no longer being placed, and in which no additional solid wastes will be placed without first filing a notification of modification as prescribed under &#167;60.7(a)(4), 40 CFR. Once a notification of modification has been filed, and additional solid waste is placed in the landfill, the landfill is no longer closed.

(d)"Closure"means that point in time when a landfill becomes a closed landfill.

(e)"Commercial solid waste" means all types of solid waste generated by stores, offices, restaurants, warehouses, and other nonmanufacturing activities, excluding residential and industrial wastes.

(f)"Controlled landfill" means any landfill at which collection and control systems are required under this Chapter as a result of the nonmethane organic compounds emission rate. The landfill is considered controlled at the time a collection and control system design plan is submitted in compliance with Rule 335-3-19-.03(1)(b)2.(i).

(g)"Design capacity" means the maximum amount of solid waste a landfill can accept, as indicated in terms of volume or mass in the most recent permit issued by the Department, plus any in-place waste not accounted for in the most recent permit. If the owner or operator chooses to convert the design capacity from volume to mass or from mass to volume to demonstrate its design capacity is less than 2.5 million megagrams or 2.5 million cubic meter, the calculation must include a site specific density, which must be recalculated annually.

(h)"Emission rate cutoff" means the threshold annual emission rate to which a landfill compares its estimated emission rate to determine if control under the regulation is required.

(i)"Enclosed combustor" means an enclosed firebox which maintains a relatively constant limited peak temperature generally using a limited supply of combustion air. An enclosed flare is considered an enclosed combustor.

(j)"Flare" means an open combustor without enclosure or shroud.

(k)"Gas mover equipment" means the equipment (i.e., fan, blower, compressor) used to transport landfill gas through the header system.

(l)"Household waste" means any solid waste including garbage and trash derived from households (including, but not limited to, single and multiple residences, hotels and motels, bunkhouses, ranger stations, crew quarters, campgrounds, picnic grounds, and day-use recreation areas).

(m)"Industrial solid waste" means solid waste generated by manufacturing or industrial processes that is not a hazardous waste regulated under Subtitle C of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. Such waste may include, but is not limited to, waste resulting from the following manufacturing processes: electric power generation; fertilizer/agricultural chemicals; food and related products/by-products; inorganic chemicals; iron and steel manufacturing; leather and leather products; nonferrous metals manufacturing/foundries; organic chemicals; plastics and resins manufacturing; pulp and paper industry; rubber and miscellaneous plastic products; stone, glass, clay, and concrete products; textile manufacturing; transportation equipment; and water treatment. This term does not include fly ash waste, bottom ash waste, boiler slag waste, or flue gas emission control waste which result from the combustion of coal or other fossil fuels at electric or steam generating plants. Additionally, this term does not include mining waste or oil and gas wastes, or small quantity generator waste as defined in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-2-.01(5). Uncontaminated concrete, soil, brick, rock, and similar materials are excluded from this definition.

(n)"Interior Well" means any well or similar collection component located inside the perimeter of the landfill waste. A perimeter well located outside the landfilled waste is not an interior well.

(o)"Landfill" means an area of land or an excavation in which wastes are placed for permanent disposal, and that is not a land application unit, surface impoundment, injection well, or waste pile as those terms are defined under ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-13-1-.03.

(p)"Lateral expansion" means a horizontal expansion of the waste boundaries of an existing MSW landfill. A lateral expansion is not a modification unless it results in an increase in the design capacity of the landfill.

(q)"Modification" means an increase in the permitted volume design capacity of the landfill by either horizontal or vertical expansion based on its design capacity as of May 30, 1991. Modification does not occur until the owner or operator commence construction on the horizontal or vertical expansion.

(r)"Municipal solid waste landfill" or "MSW landfill" means an entire disposal facility in a contiguous geographic space where household waste is placed in or on land. An MSW landfill may also receive other types of RCRA Subtitle D wastes (ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-13-1-.03) such as commercial solid waste, nonhazardous sludge, conditionally exempt small quantity generator waste, and industrial solid waste. Portions of an MSW landfill may be separated by access roads. An MSW landfill may be publicly or privately owned. An MSW landfill may be a new MSW landfill, an existing MSW landfill, or a lateral expansion.

(s)"Municipal solid waste landfill emissions" or "MSW landfill emissions" means gas generated by the decomposition of organic waste deposited in an MSW landfill or derived from the evolution of organic compounds in the waste.

(t)"NMOC" means nonmethane organic compounds, as measured according to the provisions of Rule 335-3-19-.03(3).

(u)"Nondegradable waste" means any waste that does not decompose through chemical breakdown or microbiological activity. Examples are, but are not limited to, concrete, municipal waste combustor ash, and metals.

(v)"Passive collection system" means a gas collection system that solely uses positive pressure within the landfill to move the gas rather than using gas mover equipment.

(w)"Sludge" means any nonhazardous solid, semisolid, or liquid waste generated from a municipal, commercial, or industrial wastewater treatment plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility, exclusive of the treated effluent from a wastewater treatment plant.

(x)"Solid waste" means any garbage or rubbish, construction/demolition debris, ash, sludge from a wastewater treatment plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility and other discarded material, including solid, liquid, semisolid, or contained gaseous material resulting from industrial, commercial, mining, and agricultural operations, and from community activities or materials intended for or capable of recycling, but which have not been diverted or removed from the solid waste stream. The term "solid waste" does not include recovered material, solid or dissolved material in domestic sewage, or solid or dissolved materials in irrigation return flows or industrial discharges that are point sources subject to National Pollutant Discharge permits under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act 33 U.S.C. 1342, as amended, or source, special nuclear, or by-product material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.). Also excluded from this definition are wastes from silvicultural operations, land application of crop residues, animal residues, animal manure and ash resulting exclusively from the combustion of fossil fuels or wood during normal agricultural operations or mining refuse as defined and regulated pursuant to the Alabama Mining Act.

(y)"Sufficient density" means any number, spacing, and combination of collection system components, including vertical wells, horizontal collectors, and surface collectors, necessary to maintain emission and migration control as determined by measures of performance set forth in this Chapter.

(z)"Sufficient extraction rate" means a rate sufficient to maintain a negative pressure at all wellheads in the collection system without causing air infiltration, including any wellheads connected to the system as a result of expansion or excess surface emissions, for the life of the blower.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed December 11, 1997; effective January 15, 1998. Amended: Filed December 9, 1999; effective January 13, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.19.02" level="3" title="General Provisions">

(1)The provisions of this Chapter apply to each existing MSW landfill for which construction, reconstruction or modification was commenced before May 30, 1991. Physical or operational changes made to an existing MSW landfill solely to comply with this Chapter are not considered a modification or reconstruction and would not subject an existing MSW landfill to the requirements of Subpart WWW as incorporated by reference in Rule 335-3-10-.02(75), [see &#167;60.750 of Subpart WWW, 40 CFR].

(2)Control of MSW landfill emissions shall be required at each MSW landfill meeting the following three conditions:

(a)The landfill has accepted municipal solid waste at any time since November 8, 1987;

(b)The landfill has a design capacity greater than or equal to 2.5 million megagrams and 2.5 million cubic meters. The landfill may calculate design capacity in either megagrams or cubic meters for comparison with the exemption values. Any density conversions shall be documented and submitted with the design capacity report; and

(c)The landfill has a nonmethane organic compound emission rate of 50 megagrams per year or more.

(3)For purposes of obtaining an operating permit under Chapter 335-3-16 of this Division, the owner or operator of a MSW landfill subject to this Chapter with a design capacity less than 2.5 million megagrams or 2.5 million cubic meters is not subject to the requirements to obtain an operating permit for the landfill under Chapter 335-3-16, unless the landfill is otherwise subject to Chapter 335-3-16. For purposes of submitting a timely application for an operating permit, the owner or operator of a MSW landfill subject to this Chapter with a design capacity greater than or equal to 2.5 million megagrams and 2.5 million cubic meters on the effective date of EPA?s approval of the state?s program [December 7, 1998], and not otherwise subject to Chapter 335-3-16, becomes subject to the requirements of Chapter 335-3-16, 90 days after the effective date [March 7, 1999] of said program approval, even if the design capacity report is submitted earlier.

(4)When a MSW landfill subject to this Chapter is closed, the owner or operator is no longer subject to the requirement to maintain an operating permit under Chapter 335-3-16 for the landfill if the landfill is not otherwise subject to the requirements of Chapter 335-3-16 and if either of the following conditions are met.

(a)The landfill was never subject to the requirement for a control system under Rule 335-3-19-.03; or

(b)The owner or operator meets the condition for control system removal specified in Rule 335-3-19-.03(1)(b)2.(v).

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed December 11, 1997; effective January 15, 1998. Amended: Filed December 9, 1999; effective January 13, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.19.03" level="3" title="Standards For Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills"> <dwc name="asbesto" times="5"><dwc name="lead" times="1">

(1)Standards for Air Emissions from Existing Municipal Solid Waste Landfills.

(a)Each owner or operator of an MSW landfill having a design capacity less than 2.5 million megagrams by mass or 2.5 million cubic meters by volume shall submit an initial design capacity report to the Director as provided in subparagraph(6)(a) of this Rule. The landfill may calculate design capacity in either megagrams or cubic meters for comparison with the exemption values. Any density conversions shall be documented and submitted with the report. Submittal of the initial design capacity report shall fulfill the requirements of this Rule except as provided for in subparagraphs (a)1. and (a)2. below.

1.The owner or operator shall submit to the Director an amended design capacity report, as provided for in subparagraph(6)(a)3. [Guidance: Note that if the design capacity increase is the result of a modification, as defined in Rule 335-3-19-.01, that was commenced construction on or after May 30, 1991, the landfill will become subject to Rule 335-3-10-.02(75), 40 CFR 60, Subpart WWW. If the design capacity increase is the result of a change in operating practices, density, or some other change that is not a modification, the landfill remains subject to this Chapter.]

2.When an increase in the maximum design capacity of a landfill with an initial design capacity less than 2.5 million megagrams or 2.5 million cubic meters results in a revised maximum design capacity equal to or greater than 2.5 million megagrams and 2.5 million cubic meters, the owner or operator shall comply with the provision of subparagraph (b) below.

(b)Each owner or operator of an MSW landfill having a design capacity equal to or greater than 2.5 million megagrams and 2.5 million cubic meters, shall either comply with subparagraph (b)2. of this paragraph or calculate an NMOC emission rate for the landfill using the procedures specified in paragraph (3) of this Rule. The NMOC emission rate shall be recalculated annually, except as provided in subparagraph (6)(b)1.(ii) of this Rule. The owner or operator of an MSW landfill subject to this Chapter with a design capacity greater than or equal to 2.5 million megagrams and 2.5 million cubic meters is subject to major source operating permitting requirements in Chapter 335-3-16.

1.If the calculated NMOC emission rate is less than 50 megagrams per year, the owner or operator shall:

(i)submit an annual emission report to the Director, except as provided for in subparagraph(6)(b)1.(ii) of this Rule; and

(ii)recalculate the NMOC emission rate annually using the procedures specified in subparagraph (3)(a) of this Rule until such time as the calculated NMOC emission rate is equal to or greater than 50 megagrams per year, or the landfill is closed.

(I)If the NMOC emission rate, upon initial calculation or annual recalculation required in subparagraph (b)1.(ii) above, is equal to or greater than 50 megagrams per year, the owner or operator shall install a collection and control system in compliance with subparagraph (b)2. below.

(II)If the landfill is permanently closed, a closure notification shall be submitted to the Director as provided for in subparagraph (6)(d) of this Rule.

2.If the calculated NMOC emission rate is equal to or greater than 50 megagrams per year, the owner or operator shall:

(i)Submit a collection and control system design plan prepared by a professional engineer to the Director within 1 year:

(I)The collection and control system as described in the plan shall meet the design requirements of subparagraph (b)2.(ii) of this paragraph, below.

(II)The collection and control system design plan shall include any alternatives to the operational standards, test methods, procedures, compliance measures, monitoring, recordkeeping or reporting provisions of paragraphs (2) through (7) of this Rule proposed by the owner or operator.

(III)The collection and control system design plan shall either conform with specifications for active collection systems in paragraph (8) of this Rule or include a demonstration to the Director?s satisfaction of the sufficiency of the alternative provisions to paragraph (8) of this Rule.

(IV)The Director shall review the information submitted under subparagraphs (b)2.(i)(I), (II) and (III) of this paragraph and either approve it, disapprove it, or request that additional information be submitted. Because of the many site-specific factors involved with landfill gas system design, alternative systems may be necessary. A wide variety of system designs are possible, such as vertical wells, combination horizontal and vertical collection systems, or horizontal trenches only, leachate collection components, and passive systems.

(ii)Install a collection and control system that captures the gas generated within the landfill as required by Rule 335-3-19-.03(1)(b)2.(ii)(I) or (II) and (b)2.(iii) of this Chapter within 30 months after the first annual report in which the emission rate equals or exceeds 50 megagrams per year, unless Tier 2 or Tier 3 sampling demonstrates that the emission rate is less than 50 megagrams per year, as specified in subparagraph (6)(c)1. or 2. of this Rule.

(I)An active collection system shall:

I.Be designed to handle the maximum expected gas flow rate from the entire area of the landfill that warrants control over the intended use period of the gas control or treatment system equipment;

II.Collect gas from each area, cell, or group of cells in the landfill in which the initial solid waste has been placed for a period of:

A.5 years or more if active; or

B.2 years or more if closed or at final grade;

III.Collect gas at a sufficient extraction rate;

IV.Be designed to minimize off-site migration of subsurface gas.

(II)A passive collection system shall:

I.Comply with the provisions specified in subparagraphs (I)I., (I)II., and (I)IV. of subparagraph (b)2.(ii) of this paragraph.

II.Be installed with liners on the bottom and all sides in all areas in which gas is to be collected. The liners shall be installed as required under ADEM Admin. Code Chapter 335-13-4.

(iii)Route all the collected gas to a control system that complies with the requirements in either subparagraph (b)2.(iii)(I), (II) or (III) below.

(I)An open flare designed and operated in accordance with &#167;60.18, 40 CFR;

(II)A control system designed and operated to reduce NMOC by 98 weight-percent, or, when an enclosed combustion device is used for control, to either reduce NMOC by 98 weight percent or reduce the outlet NMOC concentration to less than 20 parts per million by volume, dry basis as hexane at 3 percent oxygen. The reduction efficiency or parts per million by volume shall be established by an initial performance test to be completed no later than 180 days after initial startup of the approved control system, using the test methods specified in subparagraph(3)(d) of this Rule.

I.If a boiler or process heater is used as the control device, the landfill gas stream shall be introduced into the flame zone.

II.The control device shall be operated within the parameter ranges established during the initial or most recent performance test. The operating parameters to be monitored are specified in paragraph (5) of this Rule;

(III)Route the collected gas to a treatment system that processes the collected gas for subsequent sale or use. All emissions from any atmospheric vent from the gas treatment system shall be subject to the requirements of subparagraph (b)2.(iii)(I) or (II) of this paragraph.

(iv)Operate the collection and control device installed to comply with this Chapter in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (2), (4) and (5) of this Rule.

(v)The collection and control system may be capped or removed provided that all the conditions of subparagraphs (b)2.(v)(I), (II), and (III) of this paragraph below are met:

(I)The landfill shall be a closed landfill as defined in Rule 335-3-19-.01(c). A closure report shall be submitted to the Director as provided in subparagraph (6)(d) of this Rule;

(II)The collection and control system shall have been in operation a minimum of 15 years; and

(III)Following the procedures specified in subparagraph (3)(b) of this Rule, the calculated NMOC gas produced by the landfill shall be less than 50 megagrams per year on three successive test dates. The test dates shall be no less than 90 days apart, and no more than 180 days apart.

(2)Operational Standards for Collection and Control Systems. Each owner or operator of an MSW landfill with a gas collection and control system used to comply with the provisions of subparagraph (1)(b)2.(ii) of this Rule shall:

(a)Operate the collection system such that gas is collected from each area, cell, or group of cells in the MSW landfill in which solid waste has been in place for:

1.5 years or more if active; or

2.2 years or more if closed or at final grade;

(b)Operate the collection system with negative pressure at each wellhead except under the following conditions:

1.a fire or increased well temperature. The owner or operator shall record instances when positive pressure occurs in efforts to avoid a fire. These records shall be submitted with the annual reports as provided in subparagraph (6)(f)1. of this Rule;

2.use of a geomembrane or synthetic cover. The owner or operator shall develop acceptable pressure limits in the design plan;

3.a decommissioned well. A well may experience a static positive pressure after shut down to accommodate for declining flows. All design changes shall be approved by the Director;

(c)Operate each interior wellhead in the collection system with a landfill gas temperature less than 55oC and with either a nitrogen level less than 20 percent or an oxygen level less than 5 percent. The owner or operator may establish a higher operating temperature, nitrogen, or oxygen value at a particular well. A higher operating value demonstration shall show supporting data that the elevated parameter does not cause fires or significantly inhibit anaerobic decomposition by killing methanogens.

1.the nitrogen level shall be determined using Method 3C (40 CFR 60), unless an alternative test method is established as allowed by subparagraph (1)(b)2.(i) of this Rule.

2.unless an alternative test method is established as allowed by subparagraph (1)(b)2.(i) of this Rule, the oxygen shall be determined by an oxygen meter using Method 3A (40 CFR 60) except that:

(i)the span shall be set so that the regulatory limit is between 20 and 50 percent of the span;

(ii)a data recorder is not required;

(iii)only two calibration gases are required, a zero and span, and ambient air may be used as the span;

(iv)a calibration error check is not required;

(v)the allowable sample bias, zero drift, and calibration drift are &#177; 10 percent.

(d)Operate the collection system so that the methane concentration is less than 500 parts per million above background at the surface of the landfill. To determine if this level is exceeded, the owner or operator shall conduct surface testing around the perimeter of the collection area and along a pattern that traverses the landfill at 30 meter intervals and where visual observations indicate elevated concentrations of landfill gas, such as distressed vegetation and cracks or seeps in the cover. The owner or operator may establish an alternative traversing pattern that ensures equivalent coverage. A surface monitoring design plan shall be developed that includes a topographical map with the monitoring route and the rationale for any site-specific deviations from the 30 meter intervals. Areas with steep slopes or other dangerous areas may be excluded from the surface testing.

(e)Operate the system such that all collected gases are vented to a control system designed and operated in compliance with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(iii) of this Rule. In the event the collection or control system is inoperable, the gas mover system shall be shut down and all valves in the collection and control system contributing to venting of the gas to the atmosphere shall be closed within 1 hour; and

(f)Operate the control or treatment system at all times when the collected gas is routed to the system.

(g)If monitoring demonstrates that the operational requirement in subparagraphs (b), (c), or (d) of this paragraph are not met, corrective action shall be taken as specified in subparagraphs (4)(a)3. through 5. or subparagraph (4)(c) of this Rule. If corrective actions are taken as specified in paragraph (4) of this Rule, the monitored exceedance is not a violation of the operational requirements in this paragraph.

(3)Test Methods and Procedures.

(a)The landfill owner or operator shall calculate the NMOC emission rate using either the equation provided in subparagraph (a)1. of this paragraph or the equation provided in subparagraph (a)1.(ii) of this paragraph. Both equations may be used if the actual year-to-year solid waste acceptance rate is known, as specified in subparagraph (a)1. of this paragraph, for part of the life of the landfill and the actual year-to-year solid waste acceptance rate if unknown, as specified in subparagraph (a)1.(ii) of this paragraph, for part of the life of the landfill. The values to be used in both equations are 0.05 per year for k, 170 cubic meters per megagram for Lo, and 4,000 parts per million by volume as hexane for the CNMOC.

1.The following equation shall be used if the actual year-to-year solid waste acceptance rate is known.

<img src="Image2774.gif"/> where,

<table width="100%"> MNMOC = Total NMOC emission rate from the landfill, megagrams per year k = methane generation rate constant, year-1 Lo = methane generation potential, cubic meters per megagram solid waste Mi = mass of solid waste in the ith section, megagrams ti = age of the ith section, years CNMOC = concentration of NMOC, parts per million by volume as hexane 3.6 x 10-9 = conversion factor </table>

(i)The mass of nondegradable solid waste may be subtracted from the total mass of solid waste in a particular section of the landfill when calculating the value for Mi if the documentation of the nature and amount of such wastes is maintained.

(ii)The following equation shall be used if the actual year-to-year solid waste acceptance rate is unknown.

<img src="Image2775.gif"/> where,

<table width="100%"> MNMOC = mass emission rate of NMOC, megagrams per year Lo = methane generation potential, cubic meters per megagram solid waste R = average annual acceptance rate, megagrams per year k = methane generation rate constant, year-1 t = age of landfill, years CNMOC = concentration of NMOC, parts per million by volume as hexane c = time since closure, years. For active landfill c = 0 and e-kc = 1 3.6 x 10-9 = conversion factor </table>

(iii)The mass of nondegradable solid waste may be subtracted from the total mass of solid waste in a particular section of the landfill when calculating a value for R, if the documentation of the nature and amount of such wastes is maintained.

2.Tier 1. The owner or operator shall compare the calculated NMOC mass emission rate to the standard of 50 megagrams per year.

(i)If the NMOC emission rate calculated in subparagraph (a)1. of this paragraph is less than 50 megagrams per year, then the landfill owner shall submit an emission rate report as provided in subparagraph (6)(b)1. of this Rule, and shall recalculate the NMOC mass emission rate annually as required under subparagraph (1)(b)1. of this Rule.

(ii)If the calculated NMOC emission rate is equal to or greater than 50 megagrams per year, then the landfill owner shall either comply with subparagraph (1)(b)2. of this Rule, or determine a site-specific NMOC concentration and recalculate the NMOC emission rate using the procedures provided in subparagraph (a)3. of this paragraph.

3.Tier 2. The landfill owner or operator shall determine the NMOC concentration using the following sampling procedure. The landfill owner or operator shall install at least two sample probes per hectare of landfill surface that has retained waste for at least 2 years. If the landfill is larger than 25 hectares in area, only 50 samples are required. The sample probes should be located to avoid known areas of nondegradable solid waste. The owner or operator shall collect and analyze one sample of landfill gas from each probe to determine the NMOC concentration using Method 25C of Appendix A or Method 18 of Appendix A (40 CFR 60). If using Method 18 of Appendix A, the minimum list of compounds to be tested shall be those published in the most recent Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors (AP-42). If composite sampling is used, equal volumes shall be taken from each sample probe. If more than the required number of samples are taken, all samples shall be used in the analysis. The landfill owner or operator shall divide the NMOC concentration from Method 25C by six to convert from CNMOC as carbon to CNMOC as hexane.

[NOTE: Test Methods found in Appendix A of 40 CFR 60 are incorporated by reference in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-3-10-.03.]

(i)The landfill owner or operator shall recalculate the NMOC mass emission rate using the equations provided in subparagraph (a)1. or (a)1.(ii) of this paragraph and using the average NMOC concentration from the collected samples instead of the default value in the equation provided in subparagraph (a) of this paragraph.

(ii)If the resulting mass emission rate calculated using the site-specific NMOC concentration is equal to or greater than 50 megagrams per year, then the landfill owner or operator shall either comply with subparagraph (1)(b)2., or determine the site-specific methane generation rate constant and recalculate the NMOC emission rate using the site-specific methane generation rate using the procedure specified in subparagraph (a)4. of this paragraph below.

(iii)If the resulting NMOC mass emission rate is less than 50 megagrams per year, the owner or operator shall submit a periodic estimate of the emission rate report as provided in subparagraph (6)(b)1. of this Rule and retest the site-specific NMOC concentration every 5 years using the methods specified in this paragraph.

4.Tier 3. The site-specific methane generation rate constant shall be determined using the procedures provided in Method 2E of Appendix A. The landfill owner or operator shall estimate the NMOC mass emission rate using equations in subparagraph (a)1. or (a)1.(ii) of this paragraph and using a site-specific methane generation rate constant k, and the site-specific NMOC concentration as determined in subparagraph (a)3. of this paragraph instead of the default values provided in subparagraph (a) of this paragraph. The landfill owner or operator shall compare the resulting NMOC mass emission rate to the standard of 50 megagrams per year.

(i)If the NMOC mass emission rate as calculated using the site-specific methane generation rate and concentration of NMOC is equal to or greater than 50 megagrams per year, the owner or operator shall comply with subparagraph (1)(b)2. of this Rule.

(ii)If the NMOC mass emission rate is less than 50 megagrams per year, then the owner or operator shall submit a periodic emission rate report as provided in subparagraph (6)(b)1. of this Rule and shall recalculate the NMOC mass emission rate annually, as provided in subparagraph (6)(b)1. of this Rule using the equations in subparagraph (a) of this paragraph and using the site-specific methane generation rate constant and NMOC concentration obtained in subparagraph (a)3. of this paragraph. The calculation of the methane generation rate constant is performed only once, and the value obtained from this test shall be used in all subsequent annual NMOC emission rate calculations.

5.The owner or operator may use other methods to determine the NMOC concentration or a site-specific k as an alternative to the methods required in subparagraphs (a)3. and (a)4. of this paragraph if the method has been approved by the Administrator.

(b)After the installation of a collection and control system in compliance with paragraph (4) of this Rule, the owner or operator shall calculate the NMOC emission rate for purposes of determining when the system can be removed as provided in subparagraph (1)(b)2.(v) of this Rule, using the following equation:

<img src="Image2776.gif"/> where,

<table width="100%"> MNMOC = mass emission rate of NMOC, megagrams per year QLFG = flow rate of landfill gas, cubic meters per minute CNMOC = NMOC concentration, parts per million by volume as hexane </table>

1.The flow rate of landfill gas, QLFG, shall be determined by measuring the total landfill gas flow rate at the common header pipe that leads to the control device using a gas flow measuring device calibrated according to the provisions of Section 4 of Method 2E of Appendix A.

2.The average NMOC concentration, CNMOC, shall be determined by collecting and analyzing landfill gas sampled from the common header pipe before the gas moving or condensate removal equipment using the procedures in Method 25C or Method 18 of Appendix A. If using Method 18, the minimum list of compounds to be tested shall be those published in the most recent Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors (AP-42). The sample location on the common header pipe shall be before any condensate removal or other gas refining units. The landfill owner or operator shall divide the NMOC concentration from Method 25C by six to convert from CNMOC as carbon to CNMOC as hexane.

3.The owner or operator may use another method to determine landfill gas flow rate and NMOC concentration if the method has been approved by the Director.

(c)When calculating emissions for PSD purposes, the owner or operator of each MSW landfill subject to the provisions of this Chapter shall estimate the NMOC emission rate for comparison to the PSD major source and significance levels in Rule 335-3-14-.04(2)(w) using AP-42 or other approved measurement procedures.

(d)For the performance test required in subparagraph (1)(b)2.(iii)(II), Method 25C or Method 18 shall be used to determine compliance with 98 weight-percent efficiency or the 20 ppmv outlet concentration level, unless another method to demonstrate compliance has been approved by the Director as provided by subparagraph (1)(b)2.(iii)(II). If using Method 18, the minimum list of compounds to be tested shall be those published in the most recent Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors (AP-42). The following equation shall be used to calculate efficiency:

<img src="Image2777.gif"/> where,

<table width="100%"> NMOCin = mass of NMOC entering control device NMOCout = mass of NMOC exiting control device </table>

(4)Compliance Provisions.

(a)Except as provided in paragraph (1)(b)2.(i)(II) of this Rule, the specified methods in subparagraphs (a)1. through (a)6. of this paragraph shall be used to determine whether the gas collection system is in compliance with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(ii) of this Rule.

1.For the purposes of calculating the maximum expected gas generation flow rate from the landfill to determine compliance with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(ii)(I)I. of this Rule, one of the following equations shall be used. The k and Lo kinetic factors should be those published in the most recent Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors (AP-42) or other site specific values demonstrated to be appropriate and approved by the Director. If k has been determined as specified in subparagraph (3)(a)4. of this Rule, the value of k determined from the test shall be used. A value of no more than 15 years shall be used for the intended use period of the gas mover equipment. The active life of the landfill is the age of the landfill plus the estimated number of years until closure.

(i)For sites with unknown year-to-year solid waste acceptance rate:

<img src="Image2778.gif"/> where,

<table width="100%"> Qm = maximum expected gas generation flow rate, cubic meters per year Lo = methane generation potential, cubic meters per megagram solid waste R = average annual acceptance rate, megagrams per year k = methane generation rate constant, year-1 t = age of the landfill at equipment installation plus the time the owner or operator intends to use the gas mover equipment or active life of the landfill, whichever is less. If the equipment is installed after closure, t is the age of the landfill at installation, years c = time since closure, years (for an active landfill c = 0 and e-kc = 1) </table>

(ii)For sites with known year-to-year solid waste acceptance rate:

<img src="Image2779.gif"/> where,

<table width="100%"> Qm = maximum expected gas generation flow rate, cubic meters per year k = methane generation rate constant, year-1 Lo = methane generation potential, cubic meters per megagram solid waste Mi = mass of solid waste in the ith section, megagrams ti = age of the ith section, years </table>

(iii)If a collection and control system has been installed, actual flow data may be used to project the maximum expected gas generation flow rate instead of, or in conjunction with, the equations in subparagraphs (a)1.(i) and (ii) of this paragraph. If the landfill is still accepting waste, the actual measured flow data will not equal the maximum expected gas generation rate, so calculations using the equations in subparagraphs (a)1.(i) or (ii) or other methods shall be used to predict the maximum expected gas generation rate over the intended period of use of the gas control system equipment.

2.For the purposes of determining sufficient density of gas collectors for compliance with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(ii)(I)II., the owner or operator shall design a system of vertical wells, horizontal collectors, or other collection devices, satisfactory to the Director, capable of controlling and extracting gas from all portions of the landfill sufficient to meet all operational and performance standards.

3.For the purpose of demonstrating whether the gas collection system flow rate is sufficient to determine compliance with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(ii)(I)III. of this Rule, the owner or operator shall measure gauge pressure in the gas collection header at each individual well, monthly. If a positive pressure exists, action shall be initiated to correct the exceedance within 5 calendar days, except for the three conditions allowed under subparagraph (2)(b) of this Rule. If negative pressure cannot be achieved without excess air infiltration within 15 calendar days of the first measurement, the gas collection system shall be expanded to correct the exceedance within 120 days of the initial measurement of positive pressure. Any attempted corrective measure shall not cause exceedances of other operational or performance standards. An alternative timeline for correcting the exceedance may be submitted to the Director for approval.

4.Owners or operators are not required to expand the system as required in subparagraph (a)3. of this paragraph during the first 180 days after gas collection system start-up.

5.For the purpose of identifying whether excess air infiltration into the landfill is occurring, the owner or operator shall monitor each well monthly for temperature and nitrogen or oxygen as provided in subparagraph (2)(c) of this Rule. If a well exceeds one of these operating parameters, action shall be initiated to correct the exceedance within 5 calendar days. If correction of the exceedance cannot be achieved within 15 calendar days of the first measurement, the gas collection system shall be expanded to correct the exceedance within 120 days of the initial exceedance. Any attempted corrective measure shall not cause exceedances of other operational or performance standards. An alternative timeline for correcting the exceedance may be submitted to the Director for approval.

6.An owner or operator seeking to demonstrate compliance with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(ii)(I)IV. of this Rule through the use of a collection system not conforming to the specifications provided in paragraph (8) of this Rule shall provide information satisfactory to the Director as specified in subparagraph (1)(b)2.(i)(III) of this Rule demonstrating that off-site migration is being controlled.

(b)For purposes of compliance with subparagraph (2)(a) of this Rule, each owner or operator of a controlled landfill shall place each well or design component as specified in the approved design plan as provided in subparagraph (1)(b)2.(i). Each well shall be installed no later than 60 days after the date on which the initial solid waste has been in place for a period of:

1.5 years or more if active; or

2.2 years or more if closed or at final grade.

(c)The following procedures shall be used for compliance with the surface methane operational standard as provided in subparagraph (2)(d) of this Rule.

1.After installation of the collection system, the owner or operator shall monitor surface concentrations of methane along the entire perimeter of the collection area and along a pattern that traverses the landfill at 30 meter intervals (or a site-specific established spacing) for each collection area on a quarterly basis using an organic vapor analyzer, flame ionization detector, or other portable monitor meeting the specifications provided in subparagraph (d) of this paragraph.

2.The background concentration shall be determined by moving the probe inlet upwind and downwind outside the boundary of the landfill at a distance of at least 30 meters from the perimeter wells.

3.Surface emission monitoring shall be performed in accordance with Section 4.3.1 of Method 21 of Appendix A, except that the probe inlet shall be placed within 5 to 10 centimeters of the ground. Monitoring shall be performed during typical meteorological conditions.

4.Any reading of 500 parts per million or more above background at any location shall be recorded as a monitored exceedance and the actions specified in subparagraphs (c)4.(i) through (v) of this paragraph below shall be taken. As long as the specified actions are taken, the exceedance is not a violation of the operational requirements of subparagraph (2)(d) of this Rule.

(i)The location of each monitored exceedance shall be marked and the location recorded.

(ii)Cover maintenance or adjustments to the vacuum of the adjacent wells to increase the gas collection in the vicinity of each exceedance shall be made and the location shall be re-monitored within 10 calendar days of detecting the exceedance.

(iii)If the re-monitoring of the location shows a second exceedance, additional corrective action shall be taken and the location shall be monitored again within 10 days of the second exceedance. If the re-monitoring shows a third exceedance for the same location, the action specified in subparagraph (c)4.(v) of this paragraph shall be taken, and no further monitoring of that location is required until the action specified in subparagraph (c)4.(v) has been taken.

(iv)Any location that initially showed an exceedance but has a methane concentration less than 500 ppm methane above background at the 10-day re-monitoring specified in subparagraph (c)4.(ii) or (iii) of this paragraph shall be re-monitored 1 month from the initial exceedance. If the 1-month remonitoring shows a concentration less than 500 parts per million above background, no further monitoring of that location is required until the next quarterly monitoring period. If the 1-month remonitoring shows an exceedance, the actions specified in subparagraph (c)4.(iii) or (v) of this paragraph shall be taken.

(v)For any location where monitored methane concentration equals or exceeds 500 parts per million above background three times within a quarterly period, a new well or other collection device shall be installed within 120 calendar days of the initial exceedance. An alternative remedy to the exceedance, such as upgrading the blower, header pipes or control device, and a corresponding timeline for installation may be submitted to the Director for approval.

5.The owner or operator shall implement a program to monitor for cover integrity and implement cover repairs as necessary on a monthly basis.

(d)Each owner or operator seeking to comply with the provisions in paragraph (c) of this paragraph shall comply with the following instrumentation specifications and procedures for surface emission monitoring devices:

1.The portable analyzer shall meet the instrument specifications provided in Section 3 of Method 21 of Appendix A, except that "methane" shall replace all references to VOC.

2.The calibration gas shall be methane, diluted to a nominal concentration of 500 parts per million in air.

3.To meet the performance evaluation requirements in Section 3.1.3 of Method 21 of Appendix A, the instrument evaluation procedures of Section 4.4 of Method 21 of Appendix A shall be used.

4.The calibration procedures provided in Section 4.2 of Method 21 of Appendix A shall be followed immediately before commencing a surface monitoring survey.

(e)The provisions of this paragraph apply at all times, except during periods of start-up, shutdown, or malfunction, provided that the duration of start-up, shutdown, or malfunction shall not exceed 5 days for collection systems and shall not exceed 1 hour for treatment or control devices.

(5)Monitoring of Operations. Except as provided in subparagraph (1)(b)2.(i)(II) of this Rule,

(a)Each owner or operator seeking to comply with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(ii)(I) of this Rule for an active gas collection system shall install a sampling port and a thermometer, other temperature measuring device, or an access port for temperature measurements at each wellhead and:

1.Measure the gauge pressure in the gas collection header on a monthly basis as provided in subparagraph (4)(a)3. of this Rule; and

2.Monitor nitrogen or oxygen concentration in the landfill gas on a monthly basis as provided in subparagraph (4)(a)5. of this Rule; and

3.Monitor temperature of the landfill gas on a monthly basis as provided in subparagraph (4)(a)5. of this Rule.

(b)Each owner or operator seeking to comply with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(iii) of this Rule using an enclosed combustor shall calibrate, maintain, and operate according to the manufacturer's specifications, the following equipment.

1.A temperature monitoring device equipped with a continuous recorder and having a minimum accuracy of &#177;1 percent of the temperature being measured expressed in ºCelsius or &#177;0.5 ºC, whichever is greater. A temperature monitoring device is not required for boilers or process heaters with design heat input capacity equal to or greater than 44 megawatts.

2.A device that records flow to or bypass of the control device. The owner or operator shall either:

(i)Install, calibrate, and maintain a gas flow rate measuring device that shall record the flow to the control device at least every 15 minutes; or

(ii)Secure the bypass line valve in the closed position with a car-seal or a lock-and-key type configuration. A visual inspection of the seal or closure mechanism shall be performed at least once every month to ensure that the valve is maintained in the closed position and that the gas flow is not diverted through the bypass line.

(c)Each owner or operator seeking to comply with subparagraph (b)2.(iii) of this Rule using an open flare shall install, calibrate, maintain, and operate according to the manufacturer's specifications the following equipment:

1.A heat sensing device, such as an ultraviolet beam sensor or thermocouple, at the pilot light or the flame itself to indicate the continuous presence of a flame.

2.A device that records flow to or bypass of the flare. The owner or operator shall either:

(i)Install, calibrate, and maintain a gas flow rate measuring device that shall record the flow to the control device at least every 15 minutes; or

(ii)Secure the bypass line valve in the closed position with a car-seal or a lock-and-key type configuration. A visual inspection of the seal or closure mechanism shall be performed at least once every month to ensure that the valve is maintained in the closed position and that the gas flow is not diverted through the bypass line.

(d)Each owner or operator seeking to demonstrate compliance with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(iii) of this Rule using a device other than an open flare or an enclosed combustor shall provide information satisfactory to the Director as provided in subparagraph (1)(b)2.(i)(II) of this Rule describing the operation of the control device, the operating parameters that would indicate proper performance, and appropriate monitoring procedures. The Director shall review the information and either approve it, or request that additional information be submitted. The Director may specify additional appropriate monitoring procedures.

(e)Each owner or operator seeking to install a collection system that does not meet the specifications in paragraph (8) of this Rule or seeking to monitor alternative parameters to those required by paragraphs (2) through (5) of this Rule shall provide information satisfactory to the Director as provided in subparagraphs (1)(b)2.(i)(II) and (III) of this Rule describing the design and operation of the collection system, the operating parameters that would indicate proper performance, and appropriate monitoring procedures. The Director may specify additional appropriate monitoring procedures.

(f)Each owner or operator seeking to demonstrate compliance with subparagraph (4)(c) of this Rule, shall monitor surface concentrations of methane according to the instrument specifications and procedures provided in subparagraph (4)(d) of this Rule. Any closed landfill that has no monitored exceedances of the operational standard in three consecutive quarterly monitoring periods may skip to annual monitoring. Any methane reading of 500 ppm or more above background detected during the annual monitoring returns the frequency for that landfill to quarterly monitoring.

(6)Reporting Requirements. Except as provided in subparagraph (1)(b)2.(i)(II) of this Rule,

(a)Each owner or operator subject to the requirements of this Chapter shall submit an initial design capacity report to the Director.

1.The initial design capacity report shall fulfill the requirements of the notification of the date construction is commenced as required under &#167;60.7(a)(1), 40 CFR and shall be submitted no later than 90 days from the effective date of these Rules.

2.The initial design capacity report shall contain the following information:

(i)A map or plot of the landfill, providing the size and location of the landfill, and identifying all areas where solid waste may be landfilled according to the provisions of the State permit;

(ii)The maximum design capacity of the landfill. Where the maximum design capacity is specified in the State permit, a copy of the permit specifying the maximum design capacity may be submitted as part of the report. If the maximum design capacity of the landfill is not specified in the permit, the maximum design capacity shall be calculated using good engineering practices. The calculations shall be provided, along with the relevant parameters as part of the report. The Director may request other reasonable information as may be necessary to verify the maximum design capacity of the landfill.

3.An amended design capacity report shall be submitted to the Director providing notification of any increase in the design capacity of the landfill, within 90 days of an increase in the maximum design capacity of the landfill to or above 2.5 million megagrams and 2.5 million cubic meters. This increase in design capacity may result from an increase in the permitted volume of the landfill or an increase in the density as documented in the annual recalculation required in subparagraph (7)(f) of this Rule.

(b)Each owner or operator subject to the requirements of this Chapter shall submit an NMOC emission rate report to the Director initially and annually thereafter, except as provided for in subparagraphs (b)1.(ii) or (b)3. of this paragraph. The Director may request such additional information as may be necessary to verify the reported NMOC emission rate.

1.The NMOC emission rate report shall contain an annual or 5-year estimate of the NMOC emission rate calculated using the formula and procedures provided in subparagraphs (3)(a) or (b) of this Rule, as applicable.

(i)The initial NMOC emission rate report shall be submitted within 90 days from the effective date of these Rules and may be combined with the initial design capacity report required in subparagraph (a) of this paragraph. Subsequent NMOC emission rate reports shall be submitted annually thereafter, except as provided for in subparagraphs (b)1.(ii) and (b)3. of this paragraph.

(ii)If the estimated NMOC emission rate as reported in the annual report to the Director is less than 50 megagrams per year in each of the next 5 consecutive years, the owner or operator may elect to submit an estimate of the NMOC emission rate for the next 5-year period in lieu of the annual report. This estimate shall include the current amount of solid waste-in-place and the estimated waste acceptance rate for each year of the 5 years for which an NMOC emission rate is estimated. All data and calculations upon which this estimate is based shall be provided to the Director. This estimate shall be revised at least once every 5 years. If the actual waste acceptance rate exceeds the estimated waste acceptance rate in any year reported in the 5-year estimate, a revised 5-year estimate shall be submitted to the Director. The revised estimate shall cover the 5-year period beginning with the year in which the actual waste acceptance rate exceeded the estimated waste acceptance rate.

2.The NMOC emission rate report shall include all the data, calculations, sample reports and measurements used to estimate the annual or 5-year emissions.

3.Each owner or operator subject to the requirements of this Chapter is exempted from the requirements of subparagraphs (b)1. and 2. of this paragraph, after the installation of a collection and control system in compliance with subparagraph (1)(b)2. of this Rule, during such time as the collection and control system is in operation and in compliance with paragraphs (2) and (4) of this Rule.

(c)Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of subparagraph (1)(b)2.(i) of this Rule shall submit a collection and control system design plan to the Director within 1 year of the first report, required under subparagraph (b) of this paragraph, in which the emission rate equal to or exceeds 50 megagrams per year, except as follows:

1.If the owner or operator elects to recalculate the NMOC emission rate after Tier 2 NMOC sampling and analysis as provided in subparagraph (3)(a)3. of this Rule and the resulting rate is less than 50 megagrams per year, annual periodic reporting shall be resumed, using the Tier 2 determined site-specific NMOC concentration, until the calculated emission rate is equal to or greater than 50 megagrams per year or the landfill is closed. The revised NMOC emission rate report, with the recalculated emission rate based on NMOC sampling and analysis, shall be submitted within 180 days of the first calculated exceedance of 50 megagrams per year.

2.If the owner or operator elects to recalculate the NMOC emission rate after determining a site-specific methane generation rate constant (k), as provided in Tier 3 in subparagraph (3)(a)4. of this Rule, and the resulting NMOC emission rate is less than 50 Mg/yr, annual periodic reporting shall be resumed. The resulting site-specific methane generation rate constant (k) shall be used in the emission rate calculation until such time as the emissions rate calculation results in an exceedance. The revised NMOC emission rate report based on the provisions of subparagraph (3)(a)4. of this Rule and the resulting site-specific methane generation rate constant (k) shall be submitted to the Director within 1 year of the first calculated emission rate exceeding 50 megagrams per year.

(d)Each owner or operator of a controlled landfill shall submit a closure report to the Director within 30 days of waste acceptance cessation. The Director may request additional information as may be necessary to verify that permanent closure has taken place in accordance with the requirements of ADEM Admin. Code Chapter 335-13-4. If a closure report has been submitted to the Director, no additional wastes may be placed into the landfill without filing a notification of modification as described under &#167;60.7(a)(4), 40 CFR.

(e)Each owner or operator of a controlled landfill shall submit an equipment removal report to the Director 30 days prior to removal or cessation of operation of the control equipment.

1.The equipment removal report shall contain all of the following items:

(i)A copy of the closure report submitted in accordance with paragraph (d) of this paragraph;

(ii)A copy of the initial performance test report demonstrating that the 15 year minimum control period has expired; and

(iii)Dated copies of three successive NMOC emission rate reports demonstrating that the landfill is no longer producing 50 megagrams or greater of NMOC per year.

2.The Director may request such additional information as may be necessary to verify that all of the conditions for removal in subparagraph (1)(b)2.(v) of this Rule have been met.

(f)Each owner or operator of a landfill seeking to comply with subparagraph (1)(b)2. of this Rule using an active collection system designed in accordance with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(ii) of this Rule shall submit to the Director annual reports of the recorded information in subparagraphs (f)1. through (f)6. of this paragraph. The initial annual report shall be submitted within 180 days of installation and start-up of the collection and control system, and shall include the initial performance test report required under &#167;60.8, 40 CFR. For enclosed combustion devices and flares, reportable exceedances are defined under subparagraph (7)(c) of this Rule.

1.Value and length of time for exceedance of applicable parameters monitored under subparagraphs (5)(a), (b), (c), and (d) of this Rule.

2.Description and duration of all periods when the gas stream is diverted from the control device through a bypass line or the indication of bypass flow as specified under paragraph (5) of this Rule.

3.Description and duration of all periods when the control device was not operating for a period exceeding 1 hour and length of time the control device was not operating.

4.All periods when the collection system was not operating in excess of 5 days.

5.The location of each exceedance of the 500 parts per million methane concentration as provided in subparagraph (2)(d) of this Rule and the concentration recorded at each location for which an exceedance was recorded in the previous month.

6.The date of installation and the location of each well or collection system expansion added pursuant to subparagraphs (a)3., (b), and (c)4. of paragraph (4).

(g)Each owner or operator seeking to comply with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(i) of this Rule shall include the following information with the initial performance test report required under &#167;60.8, 40 CFR:

1.A diagram of the collection system showing collection system positioning including all wells, horizontal collectors, surface collectors, or other gas extraction devices, including the locations of any areas excluded from collection and the proposed sites for the future collection system expansion;

2.The data upon which the sufficient density of wells, horizontal collectors, surface collectors, or other gas extraction devices and the gas mover equipment sizing are based;

3.The documentation of the presence of asbestos or nondegradable material for each area from which collection wells have been excluded based on the presence of asbestos or nondegradable material;

4.The sum of the gas generation flow rates for all areas from which collection wells have been excluded based on nonproductivity and the calculations of gas generation flow rate for each excluded area; and

5.The provisions for increasing gas mover equipment capacity with increased gas generation flow rate, if the present gas mover equipment is inadequate to move the maximum flow rate expected over the life of the landfill; and

6.The provisions for the control of off-site migration.

(7)Recordkeeping Requirements.

(a)Except as provided in subparagraph (1)(b)2.(i)(II) of this Rule, each owner or operator of an MSW landfill subject to the provisions of subparagraph (1)(b) of this Rule shall keep for at least 5 years up-to-date, readily accessible, on-site records of the design capacity report which triggered subparagraph (1)(b), the current amount of solid waste in-place, and the year-by-year waste acceptance rate. Off-site records may be maintained if they are retrievable within 4 hours. Either paper copy or electronic formats are acceptable.

(b)Except as provided in subparagraph (1)(b)2.(i)(II) of this Rule, each owner or operator of a controlled landfill shall keep up-to-date, readily accessible records for the life of the control equipment of the data listed in subparagraphs (b)1. through (b)4. of this paragraph as measured during the initial performance test or compliance determination. Records of subsequent tests or monitoring shall be maintained for a minimum of 5 years. Records of the control device vendor specifications shall be maintained until removal.

1.Where an owner or operator subject to the provisions of this Chapter seeks to demonstrate compliance with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(ii) of this Rule:

(i)The maximum expected gas generation flow rate as calculated in subparagraph (4)(a)1. of this Rule. The owner or operator may use another method to determine the maximum gas generation flow rate, if the method has been approved by the Director.

(ii)The density of wells, horizontal collectors, surface collectors, or other gas extraction devices determined using the procedures specified in subparagraph (8)(a)1. of this Rule.

2.Where an owner or operator subject to the provisions of this Chapter seeks to demonstrate compliance with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(iii) of this Rule through use of an enclosed combustion device other than a boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity equal to or greater than 44 megawatts:

(i)The average combustion temperature measured at least every 15 minutes and averaged over the same time period of the performance test.

(ii)The percent reduction of NMOC determined as specified in subparagraph (1)(b)2.(iii)(II) of this paragraph achieved by the control device.

3.Where an owner or operator subject to the provisions of this Chapter seeks to demonstrate compliance with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(iii)(II)I. of this Rule through use of a boiler or process heater of any size: a description of the location at which the collected gas vent stream is introduced into the boiler or process heater over the same time period of the performance testing.

4.Where an owner or operator subject to the provisions of this Chapter seeks to demonstrate compliance with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(iii)(I) of this Rule through use of an open flare, the flare type (i.e., steam-assisted, air-assisted, or nonassisted), all visible emission readings, heat content determination, flow rate or bypass flow rate measurements, and exit velocity determinations made during the performance test as specified in &#167;60.18, 40 CFR; continuous records of the flare pilot flame or flare flame monitoring and records of all periods of operations during which the pilot flame of the flare flame is absent.

(c)Except as provided in subparagraph (1)(b)2.(i)(II) of this Rule, each owner or operator of a controlled landfill subject to the provisions of this Chapter shall keep for 5 years up-to-date, readily accessible continuous records of the equipment operating parameters specified to be monitored in paragraph (5) of this Rule as well as up-to-date, readily accessible records for periods of operation during which the parameter boundaries established during the most recent performance test are exceeded.

1.The following constitute exceedances that shall be recorded and reported under subparagraph (6)(f) of this Rule:

(i)For enclosed combustors except for boilers and process heaters with design heat input capacity of 44 megawatts (150 million British thermal unit per hour) or greater, all 3-hour periods of operation during which the average combustion temperature was more than 28 ºC below the average combustion temperature during the most recent performance test at which compliance with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(iii) of this Rule was determined.

(ii)For boilers or process heaters, whenever there is a change in the location at which the vent stream is introduced into the flame zone as required under subparagraph (b)3. of this paragraph.

2.Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this Chapter shall keep up-to-date, readily accessible continuous records of the indication of flow to the control device or the indication of bypass flow or records of monthly inspections of car-seals or lock-and-key configurations used to seal bypass lines, specified under paragraph (5) of this Rule.

3.Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this Chapter who uses a boiler or process heater with a design heat input capacity of 44 megawatts or greater to comply with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(iii) shall keep an up-to-date, readily accessible record of all periods of operation of the boiler or process heater. (Examples of such records could include records of steam use, fuel use, or monitoring data collected pursuant to other State regulatory requirements.)

4.Each owner or operator seeking to comply with the provisions of this Chapter by use of an open flare shall keep up-to-date, readily accessible continuous records of the flame or flare pilot flame monitoring specified under subparagraph (5)(c) of this Rule, and up-to-date, readily accessible records of all periods of operation in which the flame or flare pilot flame is absent.

(d)Except as provided in subparagraph (1)(b)2.(i)(II) of this Rule, each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this Chapter shall keep for the life of the collection system an up-to-date, readily accessible plot map showing each existing and planned collector in the system and providing a unique identification location label for each collector.

1.Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this Chapter shall keep up-to-date, readily accessible records of the installation date and location of all newly installed collectors as specified under subparagraph (4)(b) of this Rule.

2.Each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this Chapter shall keep readily accessible documentation of the nature, date of deposition, amount, and location of asbestos-containing or nondegradable waste excluded from collection as provided in subparagraph (8)(a)3.(i) of this Rule as well as any nonproductive areas excluded from collection as provided in subparagraph (8)(a)3.(ii) of this Rule.

(e)Except as provided in subparagraph (1)(b)2.(i)(II) of this Rule, each owner or operator subject to the provisions of this Chapter shall keep for at least 5 years up-to-date, readily accessible records of all collection and control system exceedances of the operational standards in paragraph (2) of this Rule, the reading in the subsequent month whether or not the second reading is an exceedance, and the location of each exceedance.

(f)Landfill owners or operators who convert design capacity from volume to mass or mass to volume to demonstrate that landfill design capacity is less than 2.5 million megagrams or 2.5 million cubic meters, as provided in the definition of "design capacity", shall keep readily accessible, on-site records of the annual recalculation of site-specific density, design capacity, and the supporting documentation. Off-site records may be maintained if they are retrievable within 4 hours. Either paper copy or electronic format are acceptable.

(8)Specifications for Active Collection Systems.

(a)Each owner or operator seeking to comply with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(i) of this Rule shall site active collection wells, horizontal collectors, surface collectors, or other extraction devices at a sufficient density throughout all gas producing areas using the following procedures unless alternative procedures have been approved by the Director as provided in subparagraphs (1)(b)2.(i)(III) and (IV) of this Rule:

1.The collection devices within the interior and along the perimeter areas shall be certified to achieve comprehensive control of surface gas emissions by a professional engineer. The following issues shall be addressed in the design: depths of refuse, refuse gas generation rates and flow characteristics, cover properties, gas system expandability, leachate and condensate management, accessibility, compatibility with filling operations, integration with closure end use, air intrusion control, corrosion resistance, fill settlement, and resistance to the refuse decomposition heat.

2.The sufficient density of gas collection devices determined in subparagraph (a)1. of this paragraph shall address landfill gas migration issues and augmentation of the collection system through the use of active or passive systems at the landfill perimeter or exterior.

3.The placement of gas collection devices determined in subparagraph (a)1. of this paragraph shall control all gas producing areas, except as provided by subparagraphs (a)3.(i) and (a)3.(ii) of this paragraph.

(i)Any segregated area of asbestos or nondegradable material may be excluded from collection if documented as provided under subparagraph (7)(d) of this Rule. The documentation shall provide the nature, date of deposition, location and amount of asbestos or nondegradable material deposited in the area, and shall be provided to the Director upon request.

(ii)Any nonproductive area of the landfill may be excluded from control, provided that the total of all excluded areas can be shown to contribute less than 1 percent of the total amount of NMOC emissions from the landfill. The amount, location, and age of the material shall be documented and provided to the Director upon request. A separate NMOC emissions estimate shall be made for each section proposed for exclusion, and the sum of all such sections shall be compared to the NMOC emissions estimate for the entire landfill. Emissions from each section shall be computed using the following equation:

<img src="Image2780.gif"/> where,

<table width="100%"> Qi = NMOC emission rate from the ith section, megagrams per year k = methane generation rate constant, year-1 Lo = methane generation potential, cubic meters per megagram solid waste Mi = mass of the degradable solid waste in the ith section, megagram ti = age of the solid waste in the ith section, years CNMOC = concentration of nonmethane organic compounds, parts per million by volume 3.6 x 10-9 = conversion factor </table>

(iii)The values for k, and CNMOC determined in field testing shall be used, if field testing has been performed in determining the NMOC emission rate or the radii of influence (the distance from the well center to a point in the landfill where the pressure gradient applied by the blower or compressor approaches zero). If field testing has not been performed, the default values for k, Lo and CNMOC provided in subparagraph (3)(a) of this Rule or the alternative values from subparagraph (3)(a)5. of this Rule shall be used. The mass of nondegradable solid waste contained within the given section may be subtracted from the total mass of the section when estimating emissions provided the nature, location, age, and amount of the nondegradable material is documented as provided in subparagraph (a)3.(i) of this paragraph.

(b)Each owner or operator seeking to comply with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(i)(I) of this Rule shall construct the gas collection devices using the following equipment or procedures:

1.The landfill gas extraction components shall be constructed of polyvinyl chloride (PVC), high density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe, fiberglass, stainless steel, or other nonporous corrosion resistant material of suitable dimensions to: convey projected amounts of gases; withstand installation, static, and settlement forces; and withstand planned overburden or traffic loads. The collection system shall extend as necessary to comply with emission and migration standards. Collection devices such as wells and horizontal collectors shall be perforated to allow gas entry without head loss sufficient to impair performance across the intended extent of control. Perforations shall be situated with regard to the need to prevent excessive air infiltration.

2.Vertical wells shall be placed so as not to endanger underlying liners and shall address the occurrence of water within the landfill. Holes and trenches constructed for piped wells and horizontal collectors shall be of sufficient cross-section so as to allow for their proper construction and completion including, for example, centering of pipes and placement of gravel backfill. Collection devices shall be designed so as not to allow indirect short circuiting of air into the cover or refuse into the collection system or gas into the air. Any gravel used around pipe perforations should be of a dimension so as not to penetrate or block perforations.

3.Collection devices may be connected to the collection header pipes below or above the landfill surface. The connector assembly shall include a positive closing throttle valve, any necessary seals and couplings, access couplings and at least one sampling port. The collection devices shall be constructed of PVC, HDPE, fiberglass, stainless steel, or other nonporous material of suitable thickness.

(c)Each owner or operator seeking to comply with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(i)(I) of this Rule shall convey the landfill gas to a control system in compliance with subparagraph (1)(b)2.(iii) of this Rule through the collection header pipe(s). The gas mover equipment shall be sized to handle the maximum gas generation flow rate expected over the intended use period of the gas moving equipment using the following procedures:

1.For existing collection systems, the flow data shall be used to project the maximum flow rate. If no flow data exists, the procedures in subparagraph (c)2. of this paragraph shall be used.

2.For new collection systems, the maximum flow rate shall be in accordance with subparagraph (4)(a)1. of this Rule.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed December 11, 1997; effective January 15, 1998. Amended: Filed December 9, 1999; effective January 13, 2000. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000. Amended: Filed February 7, 2002; effective March 14, 2002.

<regElement name="335.3.19.04" level="3" title="Compliance Schedules">

(1)Except as provided for under paragraph (2) of this Rule, planning, awarding of contracts, and installation of MSW landfill air emission collection and control equipment capable of meeting the emission standards established under this Chapter, shall be accomplished within 30 months after the date the initial NMOC emission rate report shows NMOC emissions equal or exceed 50 megagrams per year.

(2)For each existing MSW landfill meeting the conditions in Rules 335-3-19-.02(2)(a) and (2)(b) whose NMOC emission rate is less than 50 megagrams per year on the effective date of Rule 335-3-19-.03, installation of collection and control systems capable of meeting emission standards established under this Chapter shall be accomplished within 30 months of the date when the condition in Rule 335-3-19-.02(2)(c) is met (i.e., the date of the first annual nonmethane organic compounds emission rate which equals or exceeds 50 megagrams per year).

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed December 11, 1997; effective January 15, 1998. Amended: Filed December 9, 1999; effective January 13, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.19.05" level="3" title="Petition For Alternative Standards And Compliance Schedules">

(1)A MSW landfill owner or operator may request through petition, alternative emission standards or a longer compliance schedule that is/are not specified in this Chapter through the following procedures.

(a)Petition Requirements. To enable the Department to rule on the Petition, the following information, where determined applicable by the Department, shall be included in the petition:

1.A clear and complete statement of the precise extent of the relief sought including specific identification of the particular provisions of the regulations from which the petition is sought. The criteria for relief include:

(i)Unreasonable cost of control resulting from landfill age, location, or basic design:

(ii)Physical impossibility of installing necessary control equipment; or

(iii)Other factors specific to the landfill that make application of a less stringent standard or final compliance time significantly more reasonable.

(2)An assessment, with supporting factual information, of the impact that the petition will impose on the public health and the environment in the affected area.

(3)Any additional information requested by the Department as necessary to evaluate the petition.

(4)A concise factual statement of the reasons the petitioner believes that alternative emission limits or a longer compliance schedule will not threaten the public health or unreasonably create environmental pollution.

(b)Extension of Prior or Existing Alternative Emission Standards or Compliance Schedule. A petition to extend a prior or existing petition granted by the Department shall be commenced by filing a new petition with the Department in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (1) of this Rule. To the extent that the information required by paragraph (1) of this Rule has been included in the prior petition for which extension is sought, a submission of that information shall not be required provided that the petition shall request the incorporation of the record, opinion and order in the prior proceeding into the new petition.

(c)Department Actions on Petitions. On receipt of a petition, the Department will authorize one of the following actions, as they shall determine:

1.The petition may be dismissed if the Department determines that it is not adequate under paragraph (1) of this Rule.

2.The Department may grant the request of the petition, as petitioned or by imposing such conditions as this Division may require in the Major Source Operating Permit, including the establishment of schedules of compliance and monitoring requirements, if EPA consents to the extension of prior or existing alternative emission standards or compliance schedule as submitted to EPA by the Department.

3.The Department may deny the petition. If such a denial is made, the Department shall notify the petitioner in writing, the reasons for denial and outline procedures for appeal.

(d)Termination Procedures. Any petition granted by the Department may be terminated by the Department whenever the Department finds, after an opportunity for the petitioner to demonstrate compliance and after notice and an opportunity for hearing, that the petitioner is in violation of any requirement, condition, schedule, limitation or any other provision of the petition or that operation under the petition does not meet the minimum requirements established by state and federal laws and regulations or is unreasonably threatening the public health.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed December 11, 1997; effective January 15, 1998. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-3-20" level="2" title="CONTROL OF FUELS">

<regElement name="335.3.20.01" level="3" title="Definitions">

For the purposes of this Chapter, the following terms have the meanings indicated unless otherwise specified:

(a)"Carrier" means any distributor who transports or causes the transportation or storage of gasoline without taking title to or otherwise having any ownership of the gasoline, and without altering either the quality or quantity of the gasoline.

(b)"Ethanol Blend" means gasoline which contains at least 9 percent and no more than 10 percent (by volume) ethanol, excluding denaturants.

(c)"Field Testing" means the approach to accomplish the sampling of gasoline from retail stations in a specified area so as to obtain an unbiased estimate of the average level of sulfur in the gasoline distributed in that area as outlined in the document "Methodology for Randomized Sampling to Estimate Mean Sulfur in Gasoline During a Specified Ozone Season, April 1, 2000".

(d)"Gasoline" means any fuel sold for use in spark ignition engines and which is commonly or commercially known or sold as gasoline, including oxygenated gasoline.

(e)"Importer" means any person who transports gasoline from another state or a foreign country into the state of Alabama.

(f)"Producer" means any person who manufactures gasoline in Alabama.

(g)"Reformulated Gasoline" or "RFG" means any gasoline whose formulation has been certified under 40 CFR 80, Subpart D which meets each of the standards and requirements of Subpart D for Phase II.

(h)"Retailer" means a person operating an establishment at which motor fuel is sold or offered for sale to an ultimate consumer.

(i)"Ultimate Consumer" means a person who purchases or obtains motor fuel for direct consumption in a motor vehicle and who does not transfer or offer to transfer the motor fuel to any other person following purchase or receipt.

(j)"Wholesale Purchaser-Consumer" means any organization that is an ultimate consumer of gasoline and which purchases or obtains gasoline from a supplier for use in motor vehicles and receives delivery of that product into a storage tank under the control of that organization.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed April 15, 1999; effective May 20, 1999. Amended: Filed October 26, 2000; effective November 30, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.20.02" level="3" title="Control Of Fuels">

(1)Applicability.

(a)No person may produce, store, transport, supply, offer to supply, transfer or otherwise handle, sell, offer for sale, or dispense gasoline that does not meet the limits specified in this Chapter when tested in accordance with the test methods specified in Rule 335-3-20-.03, unless the gasoline is segregated and clearly documented as not for sale or supply to an ultimate consumer in the following counties: Jefferson and Shelby.

(b)Gasoline which meets the limits specified in this Chapter shall also be segregated and clearly documented as such.

(2)Compliance with this Chapter shall be met if producers and importers choose to supply federal Phase II Reformulated gasoline.

(3)The requirements of this Chapter shall expire upon promulgation and implementation of federal standards that meet or exceed the requirements of this Chapter.

(4)Reid Vapor Pressure.

(a)Effective June 1, 1999, during the period from June 1 to September 15 of any calendar year, the Reid vapor pressure of the gasoline sold in the counties specified in paragraph (1) above shall not exceed 7.0 psi.

(b)An ethanol blend is considered in compliance if its measured Reid vapor pressure does not exceed 8.0 psi. This waiver is subject to the following conditions:

1.Gasoline must contain denatured, anhydrous ethanol. The concentration of ethanol, excluding the required denaturing agent, must be at least 9 percent and no more than 10 percent (by volume) of the gasoline.

2.Each invoice, loading ticket, bill of lading, delivery ticket and any other document that accompanies a shipment of gasoline containing ethanol shall contain a legible and conspicuous statement that the gasoline being shipped contains ethanol and the percentage concentration of ethanol.

(5)Sulfur Content. Effective April 1, 2001 and subsequent years through September 15, 2003, the sulfur content of all gasoline supplied for use (during the control period of June 1 to September 15) by each producer or importer to comply with the Reid vapor pressure limits specified in paragraph (4) of this Rule and designated for the counties listed in paragraph (1) of this Rule shall not exceed seasonal average of 150 ppm (by weight) and a per-gallon cap of 500 ppm (by weight). For the control period for each calendar year, the sulfur content shall be averaged on a volume-weighted basis over the pool of gasoline supplied by the producer or importer.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed April 15, 1999; effective May 20, 1999. Amended: Filed October 26, 2000; effective November 30, 2000.

<regElement name="335.3.20.03" level="3" title="Recordkeeping, Reporting And Testing">

(1)Reporting. Effective April 1, 2001, and each April 1 thereafter, the producer or importer shall submit documentation of the Reid vapor pressure, sulfur content, and volume of each batch beginning with the first shipment of gasoline in each calendar year subject to the limits specified in Rule 335-3-20-.02 and designated for the counties specified in Rule 335-3-20-.02. Similar documentation is required to demonstrate compliance with Rule 335-3-20-.02(2) if Phase II RFG is introduced in an affected county. This documentation shall be submitted to the Department in the format specified by the Department within 30 days of the first shipment in each calendar year. Through November 30, 2003, the producer, importer and carrier shall provide to the Division in the format specified by the Division an annual report summarizing any required records and/or test results pursuant to this subsection by November 30 of each year. The producer, importer and carrier shall provide to the Department any records required to be maintained pursuant to this Rule within 10 business days of a written request from the Department.

(2)Testing and Recordkeeping.

(a)Producers.

1.Refinery Level Sampling and Testing. Effective April 1, 2001, and each April 1 thereafter, each producer shall sample and test for the Reid vapor pressure and the sulfur content in each batch of gasoline that the producer has produced for the purpose of complying with this Chapter, by collecting and analyzing a representative sample of gasoline taken from the batch at the refinery, using the methodologies specified in subparagraph (2)(d) of this Rule. A producer may choose to meet the testing requirements of this paragraph by utilizing the same samples and test results used for meeting the federal RFG and/or antidumping regulations. If a producer blends gasoline components directly to pipelines, storage tanks, tankships, railway tankcars or trucks and trailers, the loading(s) shall be sampled and tested by the producer or authorized contractor. The producer shall maintain, for two years from the date of each sampling, records showing the sample date, the product sampled, the container or other vessel sampled, the volume of the shipment, results of any required testing, the name and address of the laboratory that performed the analysis, and the pool volume-weighted average for the respective calendar years of the components limited by this Rule.

2.Terminal Level Sampling. Effective May 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2001, the producer shall conduct volume-weighted, terminal-level sampling of each batch of gasoline received and intended for sale or supply during the control period in any of the applicable counties listed in Rule 335-3-20-.02(1) in calendar years 2001 through 2003. A composite sample will be obtained on every continuous movement of each distinct grade of low RVP/low sulfur gasoline at a pipeline breakout tankage. The composite sample will be obtained automatically with a non-pressurized automatic sampler, or manually through head-end, middle, and tail-end spot samples. Each distinct grade of low RVP/low sulfur gasoline will be composited separately. All samples thus taken shall be delivered to the Department or it?s designee for further testing and analysis.

3.Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph 2. above, the producer shall not provide terminal-level sampling if the Department provides notice that the field testing from the previous calendar year indicates a seasonal arithmetic average sulfur content of 140 ppm or less.

(b)Importers.

1.Refinery Level Testing. Effective April 1, 2001, each importer shall provide test results for the Reid vapor pressure and the sulfur content in each shipment of gasoline that the importer intends to import or will import into the State of Alabama during the control period, by pipeline or other means, for the purpose of complying with this Rule, by ensuring that a representative sample of gasoline is taken from the batch at the refinery and analyzed, using the methodologies specified in paragraph (2)(d) of this Rule. An importer may choose to meet the testing requirements of this paragraph by utilizing the same samples and test results used for meeting the federal RFG and/or antidumping regulations, as provided in subparagraph (2)(a)1. above. If an importer blends gasoline components directly to pipelines, storage tanks, tankships, railway tankcars or trucks and trailers, the loading(s) shall be sampled and tested by the importer or authorized contractor. The importer shall maintain, for two years from the date of each sampling, records showing the sample date, the product sampled, the container or other vessel sampled, the volume of the shipment, results of any required testing, the name and the address of the laboratory that performed the analysis, final destination of the batch, and the pool volume-weighted average for the respective calendar years of the components limited by this Rule.

2.Terminal Level Sampling. Effective May 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2001, the importer shall conduct volume-weighted, terminal-level sampling of each batch of gasoline received and intended for sale or supply during the control period in any of the applicable counties listed in Rule 335-3-20-.02(1) in calendar years 2001 through 2003. A composite sample will be obtained on every continuous movement of each distinct grade of low RVP/low sulfur gasoline at a pipeline breakout tankage. The composite sample will be obtained automatically with a non-pressurized automatic sampler or manually through head-end, middle, and tail-end spot samples. Each distinct grade of low RVP/low sulfur gasoline will be composited separately. All samples thus taken shall be delivered to the Department or it?s designate for further testing and analysis.

2.Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph 2. above, the importer shall not provide terminal-level sampling if the Department provides notice that the field testing from the previous calendar year indicates a seasonal arithmetic average sulfur content of 140 ppm or less.

(c)Carriers. Each carrier shall maintain, for two years from the date of entry, records indicating the volume of each batch of transported gasoline, the producers and/or importers which contributed to each batch, date of receipt, identity of the destination, date of delivery to the destination, and recipient of each batch of gasoline delivered to any destination for distribution to any of the counties specified in Rule 335-3-20-.02.

(d)Test Methods.

1.In determining compliance with the standards set forth in this Chapter, the test methods presented in Table 1 shall be used. ASTM D-4057 or ASTM D-4177 shall be used for sampling of materials used in these tests. All identified test methods are incorporated and adopted herein by reference.

Table 1

<table width="100%"> Gasoline Specification Test Method Reid Vapor Pressure ASTM D 5191* Sulfur Content ASTM D 2622 or ASTM D 5453 </table>

* In lieu of equation 1 in Section 13.2 of the test method, use the following:

where:

RVPE = equivalent Reid vapor pressure

X = measured total vapor pressure in psi

2.Equivalent Test Methods. Whenever this paragraph provides for a specified test method, another test method may be used following a determination by the Director that the other method produces results equivalent to the results with the specified method.

Author: Ronald W. Gore

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-28-14, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed April 15, 1999; effective May 20, 1999. Amended: Filed October 26, 2000; effective November 30, 2000.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-4" level="1" title="(Reserved)">

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-4-1" level="2" title="GENERAL PROVISIONS">

<regElement name="335.4.1.01" level="3" title="Definitions">

For the purpose of these rules, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings given to them in this Rule and as given by law unless the context of ADEM Administrative Code 335-4 indicates differently.

(a)Accumulation - any of the following activities related to scrap tires at a particular location:

1.The amassing or gathering of scrap tires, for whatever purpose, not in accordance with the Act and 335-4, in a manner that poses a threat to human health and the environment.

2.The amassing or gathering of scrap tires by a permitted processor, registered receiver, or permitted landfill or solid waste disposal facility.

(b)Act - the "Alabama Scrap Tire Environmental Quality Act," Act No. 2003-332, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

(c)Approved - authorized, certified, permitted by, or meets standards of a regulatory authority.

(d)Baling - a method of volume reduction in which whole tires are compressed into bales.

(e)Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) - an agency of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services whose function is developing and applying disease prevention and control, environmental health, and health promotion and education activities designed to improve the health of the people of the United States.

(f)Cleanup - the cleaning up, remediation, control, or removal of scrap tires from the environment.

(g)Closure Plan - the plan for closing a processing facility prepared in accordance with 335-4-6-.06(b).

(h)Consumer - either a retail purchaser or a vehicle dealer who buys a tire to be installed on a vehicle for resale. A wholesale purchaser who buys tires for resale is not considered a consumer.

(i)Current Closure Cost Estimate - the most recent of the estimates prepared in accordance with 335-4-8-.03(2).

(j)Department - the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (ADEM) or its successor organization having similar responsibility.

(k)Department of Public Health (ADPH) - the Alabama Department of Public Health as defined by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-2-1.

(l)Director - the Director of ADEM or a duly authorized representative.

(m)Disposal - the deposit of a tire in a permitted solid waste disposal facility or landfill.

(n)Duly Authorized Representative - a person or position designated by a responsible official to act in place of that responsible official. A person or position is a duly authorized representative if:

1.The authorization is made in writing by a responsible official and is submitted to ADEM. The written authorization shall specify the actions or activities the duly authorized representative has approval to conduct for the regulated facility or activity, and shall be updated in writing to accurately identify any changes to the authorized individual or position.

2.The authorization specifies either an individual or a position having responsibility for the overall operation of the regulated facility or activity.

(o)Enforcement Officer - an employee of ADEM or the person appointed by the County Commission having a delegation agreement with ADEM to enforce the Act and 335-4, and deputy enforcement officers under the supervision of the County Enforcement Officer.

(p)Engineer - a person currently registered as a professional engineer with the Alabama Board of Licensure for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors.

(q)Final Designated Facility - a person indicated on a manifest as the last, or ultimate, recipient of the scrap tires or processed tire material to be recycled, reused or disposed.

(r)Fuel User - a processor that uses tire-derived fuel as a source of energy and has been permitted by ADEM or a local air pollution control agency for the use of tire-derived fuel.

(s)Ground or Crumb Rubber - a processed tire material resulting from the grinding or other processing of scrap tires whose particles have a diameter of less than 0.375 inches and are 98% wire free by weight.

(t)Individual Scrap Tire Generator - an individual who generates eight (8) or less scrap tires per year from his personal use vehicles. Not included in this definition are tires removed from a vehicle used in commerce or business by an individual, even if that vehicle is owned by the individual.

(u)Innocent Landowner - a person holding an interest in real property upon which scrap tires are discarded illegally by another person without specific permission from the holder of the real property interest, provided the holder took reasonable steps to prevent foreseeable acts of illegal disposal.

(v)Manifest - a form used for identifying the quantity, composition, origin, routing and destination of scrap tires or processed tire material during its transportation from the point of origination to the point of end-use, processing or disposal.

(w)Operating Record - a collection of documents relating to the permitting or operation of a scrap tire facility.

(x)Operator - the person responsible for the overall operation of a scrap tire facility, or a part of a facility, with the authority and knowledge to make and implement decisions, or whose actions or failure to act may result in noncompliance with the requirements of 335-4 or the Act.

(y)Owner - The person who owns a scrap tire facility or part of a facility.

(z)Permit - written authorization granted to a person by ADEM to transport scrap tires or to operate a scrap tire processing facility.

(aa)Person - an individual, organization, business, or entity, whether or not organized for profit.

(bb)Processing - any of the following activities related to pneumatic tires:

1.Evaluating, transferring, or sorting tires to determine their suitability for reuse as used tires or for retreading.

2.Baling of whole tires or processed tire material.

3.Shredding, reducing, or altering tires by any physical, chemical, or thermal process, including specifically, the burning of tires for fuel.

4.Incorporating whole scrap tires into any end-use product or structure where the scrap tire is not deconstructed into its component parts.

5.Punching or stamping products from whole scrap tires or producing processed tire material, crumb, or ground rubber product, whether or not that product is held for sale or used in the facility to produce an end product.

(cc)Processed Tire Material - a material produced from scrap tires through any chemical, physical, or thermal process, including, but not limited to, baling.

(dd)Processor ? a person engaged in the processing or tires. A retreader is not considered a processor.

(ee)Recall Tire - a scrap tire resulting from its replacement at no cost to the consumer due to a manufacturing defect and specifically recalled by the manufacturer or by the federal government.

(ff)Receiver - a person who generates or accumulates scrap tires, including the following:

1.Class One Receivers include retail tire dealers, retreaders, and used tire dealers.

2.Class Two Receivers include all other receivers of scrap tires, other than Class One Receivers, that generate or accumulate a minimum of ten (10) scrap tires in a year, specifically including, among others, a component of government, vehicle fleet maintenance or dismantling, rental or sales operations, or other activity that generates scrap tires, whether or not organized for profit.

(gg)Recycling or Reuse - a use of scrap tires or processed tire material other than for land disposal, including, but not limited to, new products, rubber modified asphalt, civil engineering applications, or fuel use.

(hh)Replacement Tire - a pneumatic tire sold to the consumer regardless of whether or not mounted on a rim or wheel.

(ii)Responsible Official - means one of the following:

1.For a corporation, a president, vice-president, secretary, or treasurer of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or other person who performs similar policy or decision-making functions for the corporation, or a duly authorized representative of the person if the representative is responsible for the overall operation of one or more facilities applying for or subject to a permit and either:

(i)The facilities employ more than 250 persons or have gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $25 million (in second quarter 1980 dollars); or

(ii)The delegation of authority to the representative is approved in advance by ADEM.

2.For a partnership, a general partner.

3.For a sole proprietorship, the proprietor.

4.For a limited liability company, a person as designated under the authority of Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;10-12-22.

5.For a municipality, state, federal, or other public agency, either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official. A principal executive officer of a federal agency includes the chief executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency.

(jj)Responsible Party or Responsible Person - with respect to the remediation of an accumulation of scrap tires on any property, the person who deposited the tires on the property, if known and if different than the person who holds title to the property.

(kk)Retail Tire Dealer or Tire Dealer - a person selling replacement tires to the consumer whether or not mounted on a rim.

(ll)Retreaded Casing Replacement Tire - a retreaded casing sold to the consumer regardless of whether or not mounted on a rim.

(mm)Retreader - a person engaged in the retreading of casings.

(nn)Scrap Tire ? any pneumatic tire no longer suitable or useable for its original purpose, and, in addition, includes but is not limited to, all tires with a manufacturing defect, except those that are in the process of being returned to the manufacturer for a refund.

(oo)Scrap Tire Commission (STC) - the commission established to review implementation of the Act and to recommend changes of the Act to the Legislature.

(pp)Scrap Tire Environmental Fee - the fee established by the Act, to be collected on the purchase of replacement tires by the Department of Revenue and deposited to the Scrap Tire Fund.

(qq)Scrap Tire Facility or Facility - all contiguous land, structures and other appurtenances thereto used for the accumulation, storage or processing of scrap tires or processed tire material.

(rr)Scrap Tire Fund (STF) - the separate fund established by the Act to fund the cleanup of scrap tire sites, the scrap tire program implemented by ADEM and other activities described in the Act.

(ss)Scrap Tire Site - a site or location where scrap tires or tire pieces are illegally stored or accumulated and is not in compliance with the Act or 335-4.

(tt)Solid Wastes Disposal Act - Chapter 27 of Title 22, Code of Ala. 1975.

(uu)Solid Waste Disposal Facility (SWDF) ? all contiguous land, structures and other appurtenances used for the processing, treatment or disposal of solid waste including landfill cells, and is not a land application unit, surface impoundment, injection well or waste pile as those terms are defined in ADEM Admin. Code 335-13-1-.03.

(vv)Thirty-Day Supply - the amount of scrap tires or processed tire material necessary to provide a 30-calendar day supply for the indicated process.

(ww)Threat - a condition creating a substantial probability of harm, where the probability and potential extent of harm makes it reasonably necessary to take immediate action to prevent, reduce, or mitigate damage to persons, property, the environment, natural resources, or the public health and safety.

(xx)Tire Chips - A processed tire material resulting from the shredding or chopping of whole scrap tires whose pieces have a basic geometrical shape and are generally between one-half (0.5) inches and two (2) inches in size and have most of the wire removed.

(yy)Tire-Derived Fuel (TDF) - a scrap tire or processed tire material intended for use as fuel.

(zz)Tire Materials - either scrap tires, processed tire material, or both.

(aaa)Tire Shreds - A processed tire material resulting from the shredding or chopping of whole scrap tires whose pieces have a basic geometrical shape and are generally between two (2) inches and twelve (12) inches in size.

(bbb)Transporter ? a person engaged in the transportation of scrap tires or processed tire materials.

(ccc)Used Replacement Tire or Used Tire - a pneumatic tire that is capable of reuse as a tire, directly or following repair, regrooving, or retread, excluding processed tire material, end-use products or by-products derived from scrap tires, that meets all of the following requirements:

1.If a tire is designed for highway use it shall still have more than two thirty-seconds (0.0625) inch of tread.

2.The tire is stored in a rack or a stack, but not in a pile, in a manner consistent with National Fire Protection Association guidelines for tire storage, as well as in a manner that minimizes vector breeding.

3.The tire is stored in a manner to allow inspection of each individual tire.

(ddd)Warranty Tire - a scrap tire resulting from the replacement of a tire at no or reduced cost to the consumer, under a manufacturer?s or other warranty, due to damage to the tire while mounted on a vehicle.

(eee)Whole Tire - a scrap tire that has been removed from a rim but which has not been processed.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.1.02" level="3" title="Communications With ADEM">

(1)All correspondence concerning 335-4 or facilities regulated under 335-4 shall be mailed to ADEM, Solid Waste Branch, P. O. Box 301463, Montgomery, Alabama 36130-1463. All correspondence delivered as packages or overnight or express mail concerning 335-4 or facilities regulated under 335-4 shall be addressed to ADEM, Solid Waste Branch, 1400 Coliseum Blvd., Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059. Electronic copies of documents may be sent via e-mail to TireMail@adem.state.al.us in accordance with 335-4-1-.02(4).

(2)All applications, reports required by permits, or other information requested by ADEM shall be signed by a responsible official or by a duly authorized representative. For a Limited Liability Company (LLC) formed pursuant to Title 10, Code of Ala. 1975, all members of the LLC shall be identified in a permit application to ADEM and the LLC members shall designate in writing a responsible official and duly authorized representative bearing the signatures of all members.

(3)Any person submitting an application or a report under 335-4 shall make the following certification:

"I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations."

(4)Electronic submittal of reports, applications and other documents required under 335-4 may be sent to ADEM in accordance with Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;8-1A-1 et seq. The electronic submittal shall contain all required information and be formatted in an electronic file format approved by ADEM. The documents may be submitted by mail on compact disk or in an e-mail.

(a)Any document submitted electronically is assumed by ADEM to have been submitted on behalf of the responsible corporate official having responsibility to certify the submittal in 335-4-1-.02(3).

(b)A written signature is not required for documents sent electronically. The applicant assumes the responsibility of assuring himself that any electronic document submitted on his behalf would have been certified by his written signature as required in 335-4-1-.02(3).

(c)The receipt date for an electronic submittal via e-mail shall be the date and time the document is received by ADEM as indicated by the computer software accepting the submission, in accordance with Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;8-1A-15.

(d)Fees may be submitted electronically via an e-government contractor when the service becomes available to ADEM.

(5)ADEM may place certain documents resulting from implementation of 335-4 on its Internet web site at www.adem.state.al.us for viewing or use by the public and regulated persons.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.1.03" level="3" title="Penalty For Violations">

No person shall violate any of the provisions of 335-4. Violation of 335-4 shall be considered to be a violation of Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-40A-1 et seq., and shall be punishable as provided therein or by the Environmental Management Act.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq., 22-22A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.1.04" level="3" title="General">

(1)Gender and Number.

(a)Words in the masculine gender also include the feminine and neuter genders.

(b)Words in the singular include the plural.

(c)Words in the plural include the singular.

(2)All scrap tires shall be processed and disposed of in a manner consistent with the requirements of 335-4.

(3)The following tires are exempt from regulation under 335-4:

(a)Tires used on devices moved exclusively by human power.

(b)Solid tires manufactured from plastic or rubber.

(c)Other tires as may be approved by ADEM on a case-by-case basis.

(4)Scrap Tire Environmental Fee. A tire dealer selling replacement tires shall collect the Scrap Tire Environmental Fee at a rate of one dollar ($1.00) per tire. The Alabama Department of Revenue (ADOR) shall specify how the fee is to be submitted.

(a)Used tires are subject to the Scrap Tire Environmental Fee.

(b)Recall tires are not subject to the Scrap Tire Environmental Fee.

(c)Warranty tires are subject to the Scrap Tire Environmental Fee, except those replaced at no charge due to a manufacturing defect.

(5)Vector Control Plans. A Vector Control Plan required to be developed by a person remediating scrap tire sites or storing tire materials shall be prepared and implemented to protect public health and welfare by controlling mosquitoes and rodents. The Vector Control Plan shall contain all of the following:

(a)A list of all vectors that may be associated with the scrap tire site or facility.

(b)A description of surveillance and monitoring techniques appropriate for the type of vectors expected, and a schedule for surveillance and monitoring.

(c)A description of preventative treatments, including larvacides and adulticides, and a schedule of the treatments.

(d)A list of the chemicals to be used, including a copy of all labels or Material Safety Data Sheets.

(e)A copy of a contract with a licensed pest control operator who will perform the inspections, treatments, monitoring and surveillance, or a narrative of how the facility will perform these functions.

(6)Inspection of Facilities or Vehicles.

(a)A receiver, processor, fuel user, processor exempt in 334-4-3-.02, or transporter shall, upon request of an authorized enforcement officer, permit the enforcement officer to enter, at all reasonable times, property and buildings relating to past, present, and future management of scrap tires and allow the representative to inspect facilities, equipment, vehicles, or the operating record, and to conduct monitoring and sampling activities. The inspections may be unannounced, and a written report prepared by the enforcement officer shall be provided to the authorized representative of the facility at a later date. The report shall specify items not in compliance with 335-4 and shall outline measures for corrections and dates for compliance.

(b)The facility may be required to prepare certain items for inspection upon the request of an authorized enforcement officer.

(7)Electronic Records and Retention. Electronic versions of records may be maintained in the operating record in accordance with Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;8-1A-12 and must provide that:

(a)The electronic storage medium is of sufficient quality to maintain the record in viewable form for at least five (5) years.

(b)The electronic information is indexed and filed so it is easily accessible to an authorized enforcement officer when reviewing records.

(c)The appropriate electronic viewing device is made available to ADEM upon request to review records. Paper copies of documents larger than 11 inches by 17 inches shall be maintained.

(8)Applicability. These regulations are not applicable to and do not limit the handling, storage or use of new tires or used tires meeting the definition of used tires found in 335-4-1-.01(ccc).

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-4-2" level="2" title="SCRAP TIRE SITE REMEDIATION">

<regElement name="335.4.2.01" level="3" title="Remediation Of Sites">

(1)ADEM, ADPH or delegated County Enforcement Officers may access property suspected of containing scrap tire sites for the purpose of evaluation of the threat to public health, the environment and safety.

(2)The responsible party for a scrap tire site shall be responsible for the remediation of the site. If the responsible party is not determined, the landowner shall be responsible for remediation of the site, unless the landowner qualifies as an innocent landowner.

(3)If ADPH, County Health Departments or CDC determines that a significant threat to public health exists from disease vectors associated with the scrap tire site, ADEM can require the responsible party or landowner through an administrative or civil action to immediately implement vector control at the site. If the responsible party or landowner refuses to implement vector control measures, STF monies may be used for this purpose. ADEM may recover all costs associated with the vector control actions pursuant to a determination of a public health threat.

(4)A person remediating a scrap tire site, whether on their own initiative or at the direction of ADEM, shall submit a Remediation Plan prepared by an engineer which shall be used to direct remedial actions.

(5)The Remediation Plan shall be approved by ADEM prior to initiating action, and provide for the following as applicable:

(a)Remove all scrap tires from the site and transport to a permitted processor, solid waste transfer station or SWDF, unless otherwise approved by ADEM. Verification of removal and transport to an authorized facility shall be provided to ADEM. All other regulated solid waste at the site will be removed in the same manner.

(b)Removal or treatment of substances that are a threat to human health and the environment that may have been released to the environment from accumulation, burning or processing scrap tires and other materials.

(c)Restoration of the site by placing backfill in excavated areas, sloping and landscaping to minimize erosion and establish a vegetative cover over the site.

(d)Securing the site by a barricade or other device and posting signs indicating the dump site is closed and the location of the nearest SWDF when considered necessary by ADEM.

(e)Methods to remediate the site and to remove scrap tires and other wastes, to include:

1.An estimate of the quantity of whole tires or processed tire material to be removed.

2.An estimate of other regulated wastes to be removed.

3.A list of equipment to be utilized.

4.Any processing of scrap tires on-site, and storage of processed tire material.

(f)Vector Control Plan.

(g)Stormwater runoff control.

(h)Access control.

(i)Fire protection measures.

(j)Key staff involved in the supervision and performance of the proposed work.

(k)A schedule of proposed work.

(l)Disposition of the scrap tires, processed tire materials and other materials removed from the site.

(m)Site restoration.

(n)The total cost of remediation, with a breakdown of costs estimated by the contractor, if the cost of remediation is to be paid from the STF.

(6)A Remediation Plan prepared by an engineer is not required when the total number of scrap tires at a site is less than 500. The responsible person at a site with less than 500 scrap tires shall submit a general description of work to be performed, the disposition of the scrap tires and other solid waste removed from the site, and restoration of the site.

(7)A person holding an interest in real property upon which scrap tires are discarded may remediate that property himself without obtaining a permit from ADEM to transport scrap tires to a permitted processor or SWDF prior to September 30, 2006. After this date, the property owner may obtain a limited-use transporter permit to transport tire materials.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.2.02" level="3" title="Site Ranking System">

A site ranking system shall be used to determine priority for remediating existing scrap tire sites utilizing STF monies. Higher ranking sites will be remediated before lower ranking sites.

(a)The following factors shall be considered in determining priority ranking:

1.Human and Animal Infection or Disease Threats, including:

(i)The presence or threat of vectors that may cause the following infections or diseases:

(I)West Nile Virus.

(II)Eastern Equine Encephalitis.

(III)Other infection or disease threats as determined in conjunction with ADPH and CDC.

(ii)The presence of an infection or disease threat in 335-4-2-.02(a)1. as reported by ADPH or CDC, in the form of:

(I)Human mortality confirmed in area.

(II)Human infection confirmed in area.

(III)Animal mortality confirmed in area.

(IV)Animal infection confirmed in area.

2.Estimated Quantity of Scrap Tires. Sites with more tires will be given a higher ranking.

(i)Greater than 3,000,000.

(ii)Greater than 1,000,000.

(iii)Greater than 250,000.

(iv)Greater than 10,000.

(v)Less than 10,000.

3.Proximity of a Scrap Tire Site to:.

(i)Schools, hospitals, and nursing homes.

(ii)Churches, businesses, residential areas, recreational areas and other populated structures or areas.

(iii)Public water supply systems or sources, or coastal area beaches and dunes.

(iv)Gas pipelines, electrical power lines, phone lines, and cable lines.

(v)Roadways, railroads, and other transportation resources.

(vi)Other structures or areas.

4.Fire Hazards.

(i)Lack of availability of adequate fire protective equipment or services.

(ii)Height and width of tire pile.

(iii)Inadequate fire lanes.

(iv)Inadequate access control.

(b)ADEM shall review site ranking yearly, during the month of July, and adjust the scrap tire site cleanup priority list not later than August 31. If no new sites are added during the previous year, the priority list will not be adjusted unless additional information on an existing site affects its ranking. The priority list shall be adjusted when remediation has been completed on a site and it is removed from the priority list.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.2.03" level="3" title="Scrap Tire Fund">

The STF may be used to pay for the cost of remediation at a scrap tire site on the Site Ranking System.

(a)A scrap tire site will be eligible for remediation utilizing the STF if either of the following occur:

1.The responsible party cannot be identified and the site is located on property owned by an innocent landowner.

2.The responsible party refuses to remediate the site, and the site is located on property owned by an innocent landowner.

(b)If the responsible party refuses to remediate a scrap tire site after notice from ADEM, and the STF is used to remediate the site, ADEM may through a civil action in circuit court recover all costs incurred during the site remediation. Recoverable costs may include, but are not limited to, legal expenses for remediation or cost recovery, utilization of remediation contractors, vector control, disposal costs, administrative costs, and other associated costs.

(c)An innocent landowner shall not be liable for remediation costs if that person works cooperatively with ADEM to remediate the site. The innocent landowner shall do all of the following:

1.Provide site access to ADEM or its representatives.

2.Restrict site access.

3.Provide all information the landowner may have regarding the source(s) of the scrap tires, and cooperate with ADEM in enforcement of the Act and 335-4 in determining the responsible party and recovering cost of remediation.

(d)Obligation of Funds.

1.STF monies for remediation of sites shall be obligated on an annual basis from funds collected the previous fiscal year by ADOR, funds not previously expended or funds recovered under 335-4-2-.03(b).

2.Once a site has qualified for remediation using STF monies, remediation shall be continuously funded until the site is closed.

(e)Nothing in 335-4 shall establish liability or responsibility on the part of ADEM, the STC or the State of Alabama to pay remediation costs from a source other than the STF, nor to make payments for remediation costs if the STF is insufficient to do so.

(f)ADEM, the STC or the State of Alabama shall have no liability or responsibility if the owner or operator defaults in payment for remedial actions undertaken by the owner or operator to remediate a scrap tire site.

(g)If funds from a financial assurance instrument are deposited in the STF in accordance with 335-4-8-.01(4), those funds shall be used exclusively for closure or remediation of the site or facility covered by the financial assurance instrument. The site or facility does not have be in the Site Ranking System to utilize the funds deposited to the STF. Any funds remaining in the STF after completion of closure or remediation of the site or facility shall remain in the STF for use as allowed by 335-4-2-.03 for closure or remediation at other sites on the Site Ranking System. If there are insufficient funds from the financial assurance instrument to complete closure or remediation, the STF shall be used and ADEM may seek the recoverable cost in 335-4-2-.03(b) through a civil action in circuit court.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.2.04" level="3" title="Remediation Contracting">

(1)Approved Contractors List.

(a)Remediation contractors who wish to perform work under the STF must demonstrate to the satisfaction of ADEM through the submittal of a technical proposal using ADEM Form 530 that they have adequate staff and resources to perform scrap tire site remediation. The remediation contractor must provide services that include, but are not limited to, preparation of a remediation plan, site assessment, site security, excavation or processing of scrap tires or tire materials, vector control, transportation of tire materials, and site closure.

(b)ADEM will provide notice of requests for technical proposals from remediation contractors by publication of a legal advertisement.

1.Completed proposals shall be independently evaluated by members of a Contractor Review Committee to establish an approved contractor list. The Review Committee shall consist of three (3) ADEM staff appointed by the Director and two (2) members of the STC appointed by the Chairperson of the STC. This process shall be repeated at yearly intervals to provide interested firms with the opportunity to submit qualifications to be included on the approved contractors list.

2.Contractors that have been approved will not be required to resubmit except under the provisions of 335-4-2-.04(1)(c).

3.Contractors who submitted technical proposals but were not approved may resubmit in response to the next request for proposals. Contractors will be notified in writing of the reasons why they were not approved.

4.A contractor shall not be eligible for payment of expenses from the STF if he is not on the approved contractors list.

5.Misrepresentation of any information in the technical proposal shall be cause for disqualification of the firm from further consideration or removal of the firm from the approved list

(c)Remediation contractors that fail to satisfactorily maintain the requirements of 335-4-2-.04(1) will not be approved to perform remediation work utilizing the STF until a demonstration is made that satisfies the requirements of 335-4-2-.04(1).

1.A contractor may lose authorization to perform work for the STF if, due to the quality or timeliness of work performed by the contractor, progress in completing actions at STF-funded sites has been significantly delayed or inhibited.

2.A contractor removed from the approved contractor list may submit a request for evaluation as an approved contractor at the next notice of request for proposals in 335-4-2-.04(1)(b). This contractor shall satisfactorily demonstrate that steps have been taken to address the causes for losing approval. A satisfactory evaluation by the Contractor Review Committee will enable the contractor to perform STF work.

(d)The approval of a remediation contractor shall in no way establish liability or responsibility on the part of ADEM, STC or the State of Alabama in regards to the services provided by the contractor or circumstances which may occur as a result of the services.

(2)Contractor Selection.

(a)Once a scrap tire site has been determined by ADEM to be eligible for STF remediation, ADEM shall issue a Request for Remediation Plans from those contractors on the approved contractor list. The Request for Remediation Plans shall identify the site, scope of work, and a deadline for submittals.

(b)Interested remediation contractors shall submit three (3) sets of its Remediation Plan, prepared in accordance with 335-4-2-.01(5) by an engineer, for closure of the scrap tire site.

(c)Not later than thirty (30) days after the deadline for accepting remediation proposals in 335-4-2-.04(2)(a), ADEM shall select the remediation contractor submitting the lowest bid meeting all requirements of the scope of work in the Request for Remediation Plan.

(d)A contract between ADEM and the remediation contractor will be executed in compliance with State of Alabama contracting procedures. The contract shall contain:

1.Detailed scope of work.

2.Schedule for completion of the work.

3.Recordkeeping and reporting requirements.

4.Maximum amount of remediation cost reimbursement.

5.Methods of payment to the contractor.

6.Reserve to be held until completion of the work.

7.Provisions for removing the contractor for inadequate performance.

(3)Contractor Performance.

(a)A remediation contractor performing work payable by the STF shall not be required to obtain a processor permit.

(b)If the costs of completing the activities in the approved scope of work are estimated to exceed the amount of funds obligated from the STF, an amended Remediation Plan shall be submitted that details the cost increases proposed. ADEM shall review the amended Plan, and, if costs projections are justified, shall approve the amended Remediation Plan, modify the approved scope of work, and obligate more funds from the STF before the additional work may proceed. However, there shall be a presumption against allowing amendments to Remediation Plans for failure to adequately estimate costs. To justify increased cost projections, extraordinary reasons must be shown to exist that were not known at the time the scope of work was approved by ADEM.

(c)The remediation activities shall be implemented consistent with the approved Remediation Plan in a manner acceptable to ADEM in order for the contractor to be reimbursed for all costs associated with those activities.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-4-3" level="2" title="REGISTRATION AND PERMITTING">

<regElement name="335.4.3.01" level="3" title="Registration Requirements">

(1)Scrap Tire Sites. All persons who are not registered receivers of scrap tires or permitted processors and who have more than 100 scrap tires on their property as of September 1, 2003, shall register with ADEM no later than September 1, 2004 using ADEM Form 541 and provide an estimate of the number scrap tires and their location.

(2)The following scrap tire facilities are required to register with ADEM using ADEM Form 537:

(a)Class One and Class Two Receivers.

(b)Fuel users.

(c)Facilities that produce an end-use material or product from ground or crumb rubber derived from scrap tires purchased from another facility.

(d)Facilities using the component parts of tire materials as a substitute raw material.

(3)Owners or operators of scrap tire facilities in existence on the effective date of 335-4 shall register with ADEM within forty-five (45) days of the effective date of 335-4 or not later than September 15, 2004. New scrap tire facilities desiring to begin operation after the effective date of 335-4 shall register at least forty-five (45) days prior to receiving tire material. Once ADEM has reviewed the registration form, ADEM shall provide the facility with its registration number and the accumulation limit of tire materials it may accumulate or store.

(4)Registered facilities may request a modification to the registration approval if they desire to increase the accumulation limit of tire materials they may accumulate or store. This request shall be submitted to ADEM at least forty-five (45) days prior to the proposed change in operations utilizing ADEM Form 537.

(5)Registrations are not transferable. If a registered facility has a change in ownership, the new owner shall register at least thirty (30) days prior to assuming ownership or operational control of the facility. The new owner registration will not be issued until the current facility has requested their registration to be revoked.

(6)If a scrap tire receiver is found to be in significant noncompliance with 335-4, the registration for the receiver may be terminated or denied by the Director. The receiver may request an informal hearing with ADEM to discuss the termination or denial by ADEM. Following this hearing, the Director shall advise the receiver of his final determination on the registration.

(7)Registered facilities that discontinue receiving, processing or utilizing tire materials shall notify ADEM within thirty (30) days of a change in operations and request that their registration be terminated. All tire materials shall be removed from the facility before ADEM will terminate the registration.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.3.02" level="3" title="Requests For Exemption">

Facilities in 335-4-3-.01(2)(c) and (d) may request an exemption as a processor.

(a)The request shall be made on ADEM Form 537. A person applying for an exemption shall submit fees required in 335-1-6.

(b)ADEM will terminate review of the request if sufficient information is not submitted with the application.

(c)After review of the application for exemption, ADEM shall notify the processor if the application is approved.

1.The ADEM exemption shall specify the accumulation limit of tire materials that may be stored at the facility, and other special handling requirements.

2.An exemption granted by ADEM shall be valid for a period of three (3) years. Application for renewal of the exemption shall be made on ADEM Form 537 and submitted to ADEM at least forty-five (45) days prior to the expiration date of the current exemption.

3.If processes or conditions that warranted an exemption for the facility change during the term of the exemption, the facility shall notify ADEM within thirty (30) days of the change. ADEM may terminate the exemption if changes reported by the facility require a permit.

(d)An exemption may be transferred to a new owner or operator by submitting an application using ADEM Form 330. Procedures in 335-4-3-.06(a) must be followed.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.3.03" level="3" title="Requirement For A Permit">

The following facilities shall obtain a permit from ADEM to transport or process tire materials:

(a)Transporters of Scrap Tires. Transporters of scrap tires who transport more than eight (8) scrap tires at a time shall obtain a transporter permit. A transporter who acts as a processor shall obtain a transporter permit and a processor permit.

(b)Processors of Scrap Tires. Permits shall be issued for processing based on the activities performed. The classification of processors shall be:

1.Processors who shred, size-reduce or alter tires, punch or stamp tire materials to produce a end-product, or produce products from ground or crumb rubber at their facility. These shall be known as Class One processors.

2.Processors who only shred, size reduce or alter tires at their facility, and who shall be known as Class Two processors.

3.Mobile processors, who shall be known as Class Three Processors.

4.Class Four Processors are persons who evaluate or sort tires to determine their suitability for reuse as used tires or for retreading, including the following:

(i)Transporters who evaluate or sort tires to determine their suitability for reuse as used tires or for retreading.

(ii)SWDF.

(c)The following transporters are exempt from the requirement to obtain a permit from ADEM:

1.Class One Receivers.

2.Persons transporting less than eight (8) scrap tires at one time to a registered receiver, permitted processor or SWDF.

3.Class Two receivers who are units of federal, state or local governments when transporting their own scrap tires.

4.State, county or municipal vehicles transporting illegally disposed tire materials removed from property owned or controlled by the governmental unit.

(d)The following processors are exempt from the requirement to obtain a permit from ADEM:

1.Registered Class One Receivers who evaluate tires to determine suitability for reuse as used tires or as casings for retreading.

2.Processors in 335-4-3-.01(2)(b) to (d) and fuel users that are properly registered and have received the necessary exemptions in 335-4-3-.02.

3.Registered Class Two Receivers who are units of federal, state or local governments who evaluate their own tires to determine suitability for reuse as used tires or as casings for retreading.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.3.04" level="3" title="Permit Applications">

An existing facility in operation on the effective date of these regulations that must obtain a permit shall submit a complete application not later than 120 days after the effective date of these regulations. A facility not in operation on the effective date of these regulations shall submit a complete permit application at least 120 days prior to receiving tire materials for transportation or processing.

(a)Transporters. Applicants for a permit to transport tire materials shall submit ADEM Form 538. A transporter acting as a processor as classified in 335-4-3-.03(b)4.(i) shall use ADEM Form 538 to apply for a processor permit.

(b)Processors. Applicants for a permit to process tire materials shall submit ADEM Form 540.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.3.05" level="3" title="Issuance Of Permits">

(1)When ADEM is satisfied that an application is complete it shall make a determination to issue or to deny a permit for the operations or activities described in the application. ADEM shall notify the applicant of this determination. If the determination is to issue, reissue, or modify a permit, ADEM shall prepare a draft permit. Following review of the draft permit by the applicant and resolution of any comments received from the applicant, the permit shall be issued by ADEM.

(2)A determination may be made by the director to deny a permit or to delay consideration of a permit application if the applicant owns or operates facilities within the state that are in substantial or continuing noncompliance with the Act or a permit issued by ADEM, as determined by ADEM, until the noncompliance is corrected or, if the applicant could not comply with the permit if issued. ADEM shall notify the applicant of this determination.

(3)Duration of Permits.

(a)Transporter permits shall be valid for three (3) years.

(b)Processor permits are valid for five (5) years.

(c)Permits are subject to revocation or termination under 335-4-3-.06(c).

(4)Continuation of Expiring Permits. The terms and conditions of an expiring scrap tire permit are automatically extended pending issuance of a new permit if the permittee has submitted a complete application for reissuance of a permit in accordance with 335-4-3-.04 at least 120 days prior to permit expiration, and the delay in permit issuance has not been caused by the actions of the permittee. A complete application is one that contains all items required in the permit application and its accompanying instructions, and the items contain enough information to allow ADEM to conduct a detailed review of the application. Failure to submit a complete application and reapply at least 120 days prior to permit expiration may result in expiration before reissuance. If ADEM determines that it cannot reissue an existing permit prior to its expiration date because a completed application was not received in time to reissue the permit, ADEM shall notify the permittee forty-five (45) days prior to the expiration date that the permit will expire and may subject the permittee to enforcement action as described in 335-4-3-.07.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.3.06" level="3" title="Changes To Permits">

Subject to notice, hearing, and appeal rights of the permittee, ADEM may transfer, modify, or revoke and reissue a scrap tire permit during its term for cause, including but not limited to, the causes listed in 335-4-3-.06.

(a)Permit Transfers. A permit may be transferred to a new owner or operator only if the permit has been modified or revoked and reissued through application to ADEM and payment of fees in 335-1-6.

1.If there is to be no change in the operation of the scrap tire facility that affects the permittee's ability to comply with the permit and if there are to be no changes in the design or operation of the facility, the permit may be transferred, provided that all of the following conditions are met:

(i)The current permittee and the prospective permittee shall apply for a transfer of the permit at least thirty (30) days in advance of the change in owner or operator utilizing ADEM Form 330.

(ii)The application shall include a notarized written agreement between the existing and new permittees containing the specific date for transfer of permit responsibilities, coverage and liability.

(iii)Financial assurance requirements of 335-4-8 have been met by the new permittee and ADEM has been provided copies of and approved the financial instruments utilized.

2.If the transfer would result in changes to the design or operation of the facility, the transfer of ownership may not commence until a new application has been submitted to ADEM in 335-4-3-.04 and the permit has been modified accordingly.

3.All persons having or claiming an interest in the real property where the facility is located shall be notified by the applicant that change-of-permittee has been requested. The permit shall not be transferred until the applicant has provided verification to ADEM that these notices have been received by those persons.

(b)Modification or Revocation and Reissuance of Permits. When ADEM receives information or an application for modification with fees in 335-1-6, or conducts a review of the permit file, it may determine whether or not cause for modification or revocation and reissuance exists. ADEM may modify or revoke and reissue the permit accordingly and may request an updated application if necessary. The permittee may submit an application for modification or revocation and reissuance and shall provide justification of the request and clearly outline what parts of the permit are to be modified. When a permit is modified, only the conditions subject to modification are reopened. If a permit is revoked and reissued, the entire permit is reopened and subject to revision and the permit may be reissued for a new term. If cause does not exist, ADEM shall not modify or revoke and reissue the permit.

1.The following are causes for modification:

(i)Material and substantial alterations or additions to the permitted facility that occurred after permit issuance.

(ii)Receipt of information not available at the time of permit issuance (other than revised regulations).

(iii)Changes by statute, promulgation of new or amended rules, or judicial decisions.

(iv)Changes to General Permit Provisions:

(I)Administrative and informational changes.

(II)Changes to the financial assurance instruments.

(III)Changes to remove permit conditions that are no longer applicable.

(v)Changes to General Facility Standards:

(I)Changes to the amount or volume of tire materials that may be accumulated, stored or processed that occur without a change or addition of processing equipment.

(II)Changes in procedures for maintaining the operating record.

(vi)A permit may be modified to correct typographical or technical mistakes associated with establishing permit conditions.

(vii)Other causes for modification not listed in 335-4-3-.06(b)1.(i) to (vi) may be considered by ADEM. The applicant or ADEM must justify why this modification is necessary.

2.Request for modification shall be made at least forty-five (45) days prior to the commencement of alterations or other changes that may affect operation of the facility.

(c)Termination or Denial of Permits. Any of the following are causes for terminating a permit during its term, or for denying an application for permit reissuance:

1.Substantial or continuing permit noncompliance.

2.The permittee's failure in the application or during the permit issuance process to disclose fully all relevant facts, or the permittee's misrepresentation of relevant facts.

3.A change in a condition that requires either a temporary or a permanent cessation of activities controlled by the permit.

4.The permittee's failure to submit a complete application to include additional information or items requested by ADEM.

5.A determination that continued operation of the facility endangers human health or the environment.

6.The permittee?s failure to submit a complete renewal application at least 120 days prior to permit expiration.

7.The permittee?s failure to maintain financial assurance as required in 335-4-8.

(d)Permit Suspension. When a permittee is not in compliance with a permit, the director may suspend the permit until the permittee has taken the action(s) necessary to achieve compliance with the permit.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.3.07" level="3" title="Enforcement Under The Act">

(1)A permit issued by ADEM is a permit for the purpose of the Act and is enforceable under 335-4-1-.03. Violations of the conditions of a permit are subject to one or more of the following enforcement actions under the Act or the Environmental Management Act:

(a)An administrative order requiring abatement, compliance, mitigation, cessation of activity, cleanup, or penalties.

(b)An action for damages.

(c)An action for injunctive relief.

(d)An action for penalties.

(2)An order issued by ADEM shall specify a reasonable time within which compliance shall be achieved.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-4-4" level="2" title="MANAGEMENT OF TIRE MATERIALS">

<regElement name="335.4.4.01" level="3" title="Accumulation Of Scrap Tires">

(1)No person may accumulate more than 100 scrap tires, except a permitted processor, a person who registers as required in 335-4-3-.01(2), or a permitted SWDF. No person may expose accumulated scrap tires to the elements for more than thirty (30) days.

(2)A Class One Receiver may be registered to accumulate no more than 1,500 scrap tires.

(3)A Class Two Receiver may be registered to accumulate no more than 300 scrap tires. Tire manufacturers are excluded from this limit if the scrap tires are not exposed to the elements.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.4.02" level="3" title="Storage Requirements">

(1)Indoor Storage. The amount of tire materials that may be stored indoors shall not exceed the number of scrap tires or weight of processed tire material that can be processed or utilized in a thirty-day period. The facility shall process or utilize tire materials on a first-in, first-used basis. ADEM shall approve the amount of tire materials that may be stored indoors when it issues a facility registration or permit. A Vector Control Plan is required if tire materials containing water are stored indoors.

(2)Outdoor Storage. The amount of tire materials that may be stored outdoors shall not exceed the number of scrap tires or weight of processed tire material that can be processed or utilized in a thirty-day period. The facility shall process or utilize tire materials on a first-in, first-used basis. ADEM shall approve the amount of tire materials that may be stored outdoors when it issues a facility registration or permit. All scrap tire facilities that store scrap tires or processed tire material outdoors shall comply with the following technical and operational standards:

(a)Tire materials shall not be stored in the 100-year flood plain, in coastal beaches or dunes, or within 200 feet of a wetland or waters of the state as these terms are defined in ADEM Admin. Code 335-13, unless otherwise approved by ADEM.

(b)The maximum dimensions of a tire materials pile shall not exceed:

1.A width of fifty (50) feet.

2.A length of 200 feet.

3.An area of 10,000 square feet.

4.A height of fifteen (15) feet for whole tires or nine (9) feet for processed tire material, unless measures are provided that assures maximum temperature shall not exceed 300&#176; Fahrenheit at a point in the pile.

(c)For piles of tire materials capable of holding water, a Vector Control Plan shall be prepared.

(d)A facility shall arrange for fire protection.

1.If a facility does not provide its own fire protection, the facility shall make arrangements with public or private emergency response personnel that are capable of providing an adequate fire protection system. Documentation of this arrangement shall be submitted to ADEM.

2.The facility shall provide a letter to ADEM from the fire department or fire marshal within whose jurisdiction the facility is located stating that they have reviewed and approved the fire protection system or plan.

(e)An Emergency Response Plan shall be developed prior to initial receipt of tire materials and updated at least annually or upon changes in the operation. The Plan shall contain the following:

1.A list of names and telephone numbers of persons to be contacted in case of a fire, accident or other emergency. Communication equipment sufficient to ensure notification of applicable agencies in case of an emergency shall be maintained at the facility and described in the Plan.

2.A list of emergency response equipment, its location, and how it shall be utilized.

3.Procedures to contain and dispose of tire fire residue.

4.A list of other materials stored on-site that may accelerate or expand a fire, to include location and other necessary precautions to take with these materials.

(f)A 100-foot wide fire lane shall be placed around the perimeter of tire materials piles, and 50-foot fire lanes shall be placed between individual tire materials piles, unless otherwise approved by ADEM. Access to the fire lane shall be unobstructed at all times. Potentially flammable vegetation shall be removed if growing within the fire lane.

(g)A berm or other features shall be constructed around tire materials piles to contain liquid runoff from a tire fire.

(h)No operations or activities involving open flames shall be conducted within twenty-five (25) feet of a tire materials pile.

(i)Adequate access controls, to include fences, gates, or other means, shall be provided to minimize entrance by unauthorized persons.

(j)An attendant, operator, or some authorized person shall be present at all times when the facility is operating.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.4.03" level="3" title="Engineered Uses Of Processed Tire Material">

(1)A person proposing to utilize processed tire material in a civil engineering application shall receive approval from ADEM in writing before initiating the use application. Engineered uses shall be in general conformity with the latest edition of "ASTM Standard Practice for Use of Scrap Tires in Civil Engineering Applications" (D 6270-98).

(2)Approved engineered uses of processed tire material include, but are not limited to:

(a)SWDF construction and closure, including:

1.Underdrain layer beneath a liner system.

2.Pipe trenches associated with leachate collection or recirculation, and landfill gas collection systems.

3.The leachate drainage or protective layer above the liner.

4.The drainage layer in the final cover design for closure.

(b)Public works construction, including:

1.Backfill material in an embankment or behind a retaining wall.

2.Subgrade base beneath pavement.

3.Rubber-modified asphalt using crumb rubber.

(c)Drainfield aggregate construction of subsurface sewage disposal systems or drains for groundwater/surface water diversion systems. The tire chips shall be protected from soil infiltration by a synthetic geotextile fabric.

(d)Others as may be approved by ADEM.

(3)The engineered use of processed tire material shall comply with all of the following standards:

(a)Processed tire material shall not be placed or discharged into waters of the state.

(b)The use will not adversely affect human health, public safety or the environment.

(c)Processed tire material shall not be used in a manner that constitutes disposal or is not in compliance with other ADEM regulations.

(d)Tire chips or tire shreds may not be used in an application where the thickness of a layer exceeds nine (9) feet.

(e)Uses approved by ADEM may be subject to approvals, standards or specifications imposed by other persons. The applicant and its engineer shall certify to ADEM that all other approvals or permits have been obtained prior to submittal of the Engineered Use Application. Approval for use by ADEM does not constitute approval for use by other persons or agencies.

(4)A person proposing to utilize processed tire material in a civil engineering application shall submit to ADEM an Engineered Use Application that provides details of the proposed use, and appropriate fees. The design and specifications shall be prepared by an engineer. The Engineered Use Application shall contain all of the following:

(a)The general location where project activities will take place to include either the ¼, ¼ Section, Township, and Range, or Global Positioning System coordinates, and a legal description of the property. The location shall be shown on a U.S. Geological Survey 7.5 minute quadrangle map.

(b)An affidavit from the property owner acknowledging the use or placement of processed tire material.

(c)Detailed plans and specifications of the engineered use.

(d)The approximate volume or weight of processed tire material to be used.

(e)The approximate periods of time during which the project will be conducted with estimated start and finish dates.

(f)The source of the processed tire material, and how the material will be stored prior to use. If processed tire material that may retain rainfall is to be stored more than seven (7) days and exposed to the elements, a Vector Control Plan shall be included in the application.

(5)The local fire marshal or fire chief shall be notified of the proposed engineered use of processed tire material.

(6)The following uses do not require an Engineered Use Application or notification to the local fire marshal or fire chief:

(a)Use of tire materials in construction or closure of a SWDF.

(b)Use as subgrade base or in rubber modified asphalt when installation is done in compliance with state or federal standards for highway construction.

(c)Use in a domestic on-site sewage disposal system approved by a County Health Department or ADPH.

(7)ADEM shall approve the Engineered Use Application before the activity may proceed. ADEM shall assign a project identification number that shall be used in all correspondence with ADEM.

(8)Following completion of the project, the owner or operator shall submit to ADEM certification signed by an engineer verifying that the project has been completed in accordance with the approved application.

(9)Use of whole tires or tire bales in engineered use applications may be subject to other provisions considered necessary by ADEM, or may require financial assurance for closure of the site.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.4.04" level="3" title="Disposal In A SWDF">

A SWDF permitted by ADEM under 335-13 does not have to obtain a new or different permit to accept tires for disposal if tires are an approved waste stream for that SWDF. Additional requirements for SWDF include:

(a)Tire materials transported to a SWDF for disposal shall be placed directly in the landfill cell.

(b)A SWDF having a processor permit as a Class Four Processor may remove tires usable as used tires or casings for retreading and shall store the tires in accordance with 335-4-4-.02.

(c)Processed tire material delivered to a SWDF for engineered use shall not be stored within 200 feet of an active landfill cell, and shall be stored in accordance with 335-4-4-.02(2) except that an Emergency Response Plan is not required. There shall be no time limit for storage of processed tire material to be used in this manner.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.4.05" level="3" title="Manifests">

All scrap tire receivers, transporters, processors, and SWDF are required to use a written manifest for the movement, shipment, transportation or receipt of scrap tires and processed tire material, except as otherwise provided in 335-4-4-.05.

(a)General Requirements. The manifest shall be originated by the receiver or other person shipping the tire materials and shall identify the quantity of tire materials transported.

1.Each user of a manifest shall be responsible for obtaining the manifest form at their cost from a source producing the form which shall be similar to ADEM Form 536.

2.The manifest shall be a four-part, carbonless-paper form.

3.For shipments of scrap tires from another state to the State of Alabama, the receiver or transporter may use a manifest approved by the other state if the manifest contains all information required by ADEM.

4.ADEM may accept other documents in lieu of a manifest if the documents contain all information required on the manifest form, meets other requirements of 335-4-4-.05, and ADEM has approved use of the alternate document in writing.

5.If a person is shipping tires or tire materials that may be exempt from the requirements of 335-4-4-.05, that shipment shall be accompanied by sufficient paperwork and documentation to assure ADEM, its delegated enforcement officers and other law enforcement officers that the shipment is exempt from 335-4-4-.05.

6.A SWDF may receive scrap tires transported by a person permitted as a Solid Waste Collector or Transporter by a County Health Department without requiring a manifest if the tires are collected as part of a routine program of household waste collection. The SWDF may not accept tire materials transported by a permitted Solid Waste Collector or Transporter who collects tires at a registered scrap tire receiver unless that person has also received a scrap tire permit to transport scrap tires.

(b)Receiver Requirements. A receiver who transports, or offers for transportation, more than ten (10) scrap tires per year for off-site processing or disposal shall complete a manifest for each shipment.

1.Class One Receivers are exempt from using a manifest when transporting their own scrap tires from one business location to another or between a customer site and the receiver.

2.Class One Receivers shall use a manifest when transporting their own scrap tires to a processor or SWDF.

3.A receiver shall designate on the manifest the next receiver, transporter, processor, SWDF, or final designated facility that will receive the scrap tires described on the manifest. The receiver may designate where or to whom the transporter shall deliver the scrap tires. If a transporter is unable to deliver the scrap tires to the next designated facility, the receiver generating the manifest shall either designate another facility or instruct the transporter to return the scrap tires to the receiver.

(c)Processor Requirements.

1.Processors Receiving Tire Materials.

(i)A processor shall not accept tire materials from a receiver or transporter unless accompanied by a manifest. This applies to all processing facilities receiving tire materials, including permitted processors, registered fuel user, registered manufacturers using tire materials or ground or crumb rubber to make other products, and registered users of tire materials as a substitute raw material.

(ii)A processor may accept scrap tires from an individual scrap tire generator without a manifest, provided the individual is transporting his own scrap tires and delivers no more than eight (8) tires at a time. The processor shall maintain records of receipt of tires from individuals in the Operating Record, and shall report those receipts separately when submitting quarterly reports to ADEM.

(iii)A processor may receive scrap tires without a manifest from recognized non-profit civic organizations, associations or clubs, and state, county or municipal governments who deliver scrap tires resulting from roadside, stream or other cleanup programs. The processor shall maintain records of receipt of tires from these groups in the Operating Record, and shall report those receipts separately when submitting quarterly reports to ADEM.

2.Processors Shipping Tire Materials.

(i)A processor shall not transport, or offer tire materials for shipment by a transporter, unless that shipment of tire materials is accompanied by a manifest originated by the processor.

(ii)Manifests are not required for a processor to transport tire materials on a public or private right-of-way within or along the border of contiguous property under the control of the processor, even if the contiguous property is divided by a public or private right-of-way.

(iii)Manifests are not required for a processor to ship its final end product produced from tire materials if that end product requires no further processing or is incorporated into another product.

(d)Transporter Requirements. No transporter shall accept tire materials unless that shipment is accompanied by a manifest prepared by the person offering the tire materials for shipment.

1.If the transporter places tire materials from more than one person offering the tire materials for shipment on a permitted vehicle, the transporter shall maintain individual manifests from each person and shall not combine scrap tires from different persons on one manifest except as provided in 335-4-4-.05(d)5.

2.Each shipment of tire materials shall be delivered to the next designated person or facility indicated on the manifest, or to an alternate person or facility designated on the manifest.

3.If the transporter is unable to deliver the tire materials to the next designated person or facility or the alternate person or facility, the transporter shall contact the person originating the shipment who shall either designate another facility or instruct the transporter to return the tire materials.

4.If the person originating the shipment of tire materials does not indicate on the manifest another designated person or facility to accept the tire materials from the transporter, the transporter may utilize the same manifest when selecting the next person or facility to accept the shipment. The person or facility to which the transporter delivers the tire materials shall complete the manifest according to 335-4-4-.05.

5.If a transporter acts as a processor and removes scrap tires from a shipment accompanied by a manifest, that transporter then becomes a processor and shall generate a new manifest to accompany the shipment of the remaining scrap tires. If the shipment of scrap tires that is affected by a transporter acting as a processor contains commingled scrap tires from more than one person or facility, all remaining scrap tires in that shipment are considered to be generated by the transporter acting as a processor. The transporter acting as a processor shall complete an original manifest or manifests according to 335-4-4-.05.

(e)SWDF Requirements.

1.A SWDF shall not accept tire materials from a receiver or transporter unless accompanied by a manifest.

2.A SWDF may accept scrap tires from an individual scrap tire generator without a manifest, provided the individual is transporting his own scrap tires and delivers no more than eight (8) tires at a time. The SWDF shall maintain records of receipt of tire materials from individuals in the Operating Record, and shall report those receipts separately when submitting quarterly reports to ADEM.

3.A SWDF may receive scrap tires without a manifest from recognized non-profit civic organizations, associations, or clubs and state, county or municipal governments who deliver scrap tires resulting from roadside, steam or other cleanup programs. The SWDF shall maintain records of receipt of tire materials from these groups in the Operating Record, and shall report those receipts separately when submitting quarterly reports to ADEM.

(f)Use of the Manifest.

1.All signatures required on the manifest shall be a handwritten signature in ink.

2.The person originating a manifest shall obtain the printed name and signature of the next person accepting the shipment of tire materials on the manifest and retain one copy of the manifest. The remaining copies of the manifest shall accompany the shipment.

3.All subsequent persons accepting shipment of the tire materials shall print their name and sign the manifest and the previous person offering the shipment of tire materials shall retain a copy of the manifest. The original manifest shall accompany the subsequent shipment to its ultimate destination.

4.Once the shipment of tire materials has reached the final designated facility or SWDF, the manifest shall be signed with their printed name and a copy of the manifest retained by the person accepting the shipment. The completed manifest shall be returned by the SWDF or processor to the receiver initiating the shipment of tire materials once per month.

5.The manifest shall be made available to ADEM upon request.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-4-5" level="2" title="SCRAP TIRE RECEIVERS">

<regElement name="335.4.5.01" level="3" title="General Requirements For Receivers">

(1)A receiver shall not store tire materials in excess of the accumulation limit approved by ADEM. If the excess amount has not been eliminated within thirty (30) days of the date the accumulation limit was exceeded, the receiver shall notify ADEM and shall begin to remove the tire materials from the facility to a permitted processor or SWDF.

(2)No receiver may expose scrap tires to the elements for more than thirty (30) days. If scrap tires are exposed to the elements for more than seven (7) days, a Vector Control Plan shall be prepared and implemented.

(3)Receivers are required to used a permitted transporter to transport tires for disposal, for further processing, or for further evaluation by another business, except as provided in 335-4-5-.01(4).

(4)Class One receivers are not required to use a permitted transporter for purposes of transporting their tires or their customers? tires between their business locations or between a customer site and the receiver. Each vehicle operated by the receiver to transport scrap tires shall have a decal issued by ADEM, in accordance with 335-4-7-.02.

(5)Receivers shall utilize manifests and comply with requirements of 335-4-4-.05 for shipment of tire materials.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.5.02" level="3" title="Requirements For Storage">

All receivers shall comply with storage requirements in 335-4-4-.02. Facilities located in urbanized areas or other business locations with limited area may be exempt by ADEM from some siting and location requirements for storage if approved by ADEM on a case-by-case basis.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.5.03" level="3" title="Reporting">

A receiver shall submit a summary of the previous quarter activities to ADEM utilizing ADEM Form 539.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.5.04" level="3" title="Recordkeeping Requirements">

An operating record for the receiver shall be maintained at the facility or in an alternate location approved by ADEM.

(a)The following information shall be placed in the operating record as it becomes available:

1.Copies of the ADEM registration approval.

2.Registration application.

3.Appropriate information on all vehicles transporting tire materials, to include vehicle identification number, make/model, and license number, and decal numbers assigned to those vehicles.

4.Reports or documentation generated during the normal operation of the receiving facility including, but not limited to:

(i)Manifests of tires or tire materials received or shipped.

(ii)Quarterly Reports utilizing ADEM Form 539.

(iii)Arrangement for fire protection services, if applicable.

(iv)Any other report or document generated in the normal operation of the facility that is submitted to ADEM.

4.Electronic versions of records listed in 335-4-5-.04 may be maintained in the operating record as allowed in 335-4-1-.04(7).

(b)Information contained in the operating record shall be retained for at least three (3) years. Records relating to a violation or enforcement action shall not be removed from the operating record until these matters are resolved.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-4-6" level="2" title="SCRAP TIRE PROCESSORS">

<regElement name="335.4.6.01" level="3" title="General Requirements For Processors">

(1)A processor shall not store tire materials in excess of the accumulation limit approved by ADEM. If the excess amount has not been eliminated within thirty (30) days of the date the accumulation limit was exceeded, the processor shall notify ADEM and shall begin to remove the tire materials from the facility to a permitted processor or SWDF.

(2)A processor shall have all necessary processing equipment in operating condition prior to receiving scrap tires for processing.

(3)Processors shall utilize manifests and comply with requirements of 335-4-4-.05 for shipment of tire materials.

(4)Processors are required to maintain financial assurance according to 335-4-8.

(5)Fuel users and processors exempt in 334-4-3-.02 are subject to the requirements for processors in 335-4-6-.02, -.03, and -.04.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.6.02" level="3" title="Requirements For Storage">

A processor shall comply with storage requirements in 335-4-4-.02. Tire materials piles shall not be stored on asphalt pavement.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.6.03" level="3" title="Reporting">

A processor shall submit a summary of the previous quarter activities to ADEM utilizing ADEM Form 539.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.6.04" level="3" title="Recordkeeping Requirements">

An operating record for the processor shall be maintained at the facility or in an alternate location approved by ADEM.

(a)The following information shall be placed in the operating record as it becomes available:

1.Permit or exemption as issued by ADEM.

2.Permit or exemption application, operational narrative, and other documentation submitted to ADEM during the permitting process.

3.Closure Plan with cost estimates to implement the Closure Plan.

4.Financial Assurance documentation.

5.Reports or documentation generated during the normal operation of the processing facility including, but not limited to:

(i)Manifests of tire materials received or shipped.

(ii)Receipt of scrap tires without a manifest.

(iii)Quarterly Reports utilizing ADEM Form 539.

(iv)Arrangement for fire protection services, if applicable.

(v)Any other report or document generated in the normal operation of the facility that is submitted to ADEM.

6.Electronic versions of records listed in 335-4-6-.04 may be maintained in the operating record as allowed in 335-4-1-.04(7).

(b)All information contained in the operating record shall be retained for at least three (3) years. Records relating to a violation or enforcement action shall not be removed from the operating record until these matters are resolved.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.6.05" level="3" title="Mobile Processing Facilities">

(1)A person operating mobile processing equipment shall obtain a permit from ADEM unless exempt in 335-4-2-.04(3)(a).

(2)A permittee utilizing equipment that is moved between sites or receivers shall notify ADEM in writing at least three (3) days prior to movement of the processing equipment to a different location. Each location where mobile processing occurs shall meet the minimum siting requirements found in the owner or operator?s permit.

(3)All processed tire material shall be removed from the location for recycling, further processing, or disposal in a SWDF within thirty (30) days of processing. The owner or operator of the mobile processing equipment shall provide ADEM the name and address of each facility or SWDF that will receive the processed tire material for further use or disposal. Shipments of processed tire material shall be manifested in accordance with 335-4-4-.05, unless the processed tire material is placed in a solid waste container that is routinely emptied by a Solid Waste Collector permitted by a County Health Department. If the processed tire material is to be placed in a solid waste container, the processor shall provide the name of the SWDF that will receive the processed tire material for disposal and shall provide a letter from the SWDF stating acceptance of the processed tire material.

(4)Mobile processors shall maintain an operating record as required in 335-4-6-.04 at a location approved by ADEM.

(5)Owners or operators of mobile processing equipment shall report to ADEM each location where the equipment operated and the number of tires processed. The report shall be submitted by the twentieth day of each month for the previous month?s operations. A report shall be filed even if the equipment was not utilized during the reporting month.

(6)If mobile processing equipment is to be operated at a location for more than 180 consecutive days, that location shall be considered a scrap tire processing facility and shall then meet the requirements in 335-4-6-.01 and -.02.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.6.06" level="3" title="Closure Of Facilities">

Processors discontinuing their operations or those not meeting the requirements of 335-4-6 shall discontinue receiving tire materials and shall close the facility.

(a)The processor shall submit a Closure Plan to ADEM as a part of the permit application.

(b)The Closure Plan shall provide for the following if applicable:

1.A narrative description of the closure process to be implemented and a schedule for closure.

2.Removal of all tire materials to a permitted processor, end user, or SWDF.

3.Removal of all other regulated solid waste accumulated at the facility for disposal through a permitted solid waste transfer station or in a SWDF.

4.A Vector Control Plan.

5.Restriction of access to preclude delivery of additional tire materials.

6.A plan for site remediation if a contaminant or other threat to public health or the environment resulting from routine operations or a fire or other emergency is identified.

7.An estimate of the cost to close the facility according to the Closure Plan.

(c)The Closure Plan shall be updated every three (3) years or when conditions change at the processor that may affect the current closure plan. The updated plan, the new closure cost estimate based on the revised closure plan, and an updated financial assurance instrument shall be submitted to ADEM for review.

(d)The processor shall notify ADEM in writing when all closure requirements have been implemented. If ADEM determines closure has been completed according to the Closure Plan, the financial assurance instruments shall be released within thirty (30) days.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-4-7" level="2" title="SCRAP TIRE TRANSPORTERS">

<regElement name="335.4.7.01" level="3" title="General Requirements For Transporters">

(1)A transporter shall only accept scrap tires or processed tire material from a registered receiver, a permitted processor, a SWDF or other persons approved by ADEM.

(2)Transporters may transport scrap tires or processed tire material to a registered receiver, a permitted or registered processor, a retreader or a SWDF.

(3)Transporters may only accept scrap tires or processed tire material manifested in accordance with 335-4-4-.05.

(4)Scrap tire transporters are required to maintain financial assurance in accordance with 335-4-8.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.7.02" level="3" title="Decal Requirements">

Vehicles operated by the transporter or receiver shall exhibit a decal issued by ADEM. The transporter or receiver shall maintain a list of decal assignments to specific vehicles, and may request new decals when additional vehicles are added.

(a)The decal shall be placed on each vehicle in the fleet and be clearly visible at all times. The decal shall be placed on the left side of the vehicle, either on the windshield or the side of the vehicle immediately behind the driver?s side door.

(b)Numbered decals shall be provided by ADEM to the transporter who shall assign the decals to their vehicles. The transporter or receiver shall maintain a list of decals and the vehicle to which that decal is assigned. Decals are not transferable to another vehicle.

(c)The transporter or receiver may paint or scribe in some manner the decal information of the side of the vehicle immediately behind the driver?s side door if the information placed on the vehicle clearly provides all information on the ADEM decal. Letters and numbers placed on the vehicle in this manner shall be at least one (1) inch in height. Letters and numbers shall be enduring and not change appearance with time.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.7.03" level="3" title="Reporting">

(1)A transporter shall submit a summary of the previous quarter activities to ADEM utilizing ADEM Form 539.

(2)If a permitted vehicle of the transporter is involved in a motor vehicle accident while transporting tire materials and tire materials are spilled, the transporter shall notify ADEM in writing within seventy-two (72) hours of the accident. The notification shall provide the following information:

(a)Date, time, and location of the accident.

(b)Amount of tire materials spilled from the vehicle involved in the accident.

(c)The disposition of spilled tire materials and tire materials remaining in or on the vehicle.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.7.04" level="3" title="Recordkeeping Requirements">

An operating record for the transporter shall be maintained at a facility located in Alabama or in an alternate location approved by ADEM.

(a)The following information shall be placed in the operating record as it becomes available:

1.The permit application and permit as issued by ADEM.

2.Financial Assurance or insurance documentation.

3.Appropriate information on all vehicles transporting tire materials, to include vehicle identification number, make/model, and license number, and decal numbers assigned to those vehicles.

4.Reports or documentation generated during the normal operation of the transporter including, but not limited to:

(i)Manifests of tire materials transported.

(ii)Quarterly Reports utilizing ADEM Form 539.

(iii)Arrangement for fire protection services, if applicable.

(iv)Accident reports.

(v)Any other report or document generated in the normal operation of the facility that is submitted to ADEM.

5.Electronic versions of records listed in 335-4-7-.04 may be maintained in the operating record as allowed in 335-4-1-.04(7).

(b)All information contained in the operating record shall be retained for at least three (3) years. Records relating to a violation or enforcement action shall not be removed from the Operating Record until all these matters are resolved.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-4-8" level="2" title="FINANCIAL ASSURANCE">

<regElement name="335.4.8.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

(1)Financial assurance shall be provided by the following persons:

(a)Permitted scrap tire transporters.

(b)Permitted Class One, Class Two and Class Three scrap tire processing facilities. Class Four Processors in 335-4-3-.03(b)4 are not required to provide financial assurance as a processor.

(c)If a permitted processor is also a permitted transporter, a separate and appropriate financial assurance instrument shall be posted for each permit and each separate facility for which the permittee applies.

(2)A fuel user may be subject to 335-4-8 if it stores tire materials in excess of the accumulation limits in its registration approval.

(3)Owners or operators of scrap tire facilities that are state or federal government entities, whose debts and liabilities are the debts and liabilities of the state or the United States, are not required to provide financial assurance.

(4)If financial assurance instruments utilized by persons to comply with 335-4-8 provide that monies shall be directed to ADEM to use to close or remediate a scrap tire site or facility, those monies shall be deposited to the STF which shall be used for closure or remediation of the site or facility. If these funds are inadequate to close or remediate the site or facility, ADEM may recover costs as provided in 335-4-2-.03(g). Excess funds may be retained by the STF in 335-4-2-.03(g).

(5)The form of financial assurance instruments shall be approved by ADEM.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.8.02" level="3" title="Transporters">

(1)Any person proposing to transport scrap tires or processed tire material shall submit with its permit application evidence of financial assurance using one of the following:

(a)A surety bond in which the applicant is the principal obligor and ADEM is the obligee.

1.The surety company issuing the bond shall, at a minimum, be among those listed as acceptable sureties on federal bonds in Circular 570 of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or be a corporate surety licensed to do business in the State of Alabama.

2.The amount of the surety bond for environmental cleanup and restoration resulting from a transportation-related accident or event shall be established as follows:

(i)Transporters proposing to transport tire materials shall be required to provide a surety bond in an amount equal to $10,000.

(ii)If the surety bond is drawn upon, the transporter shall notify ADEM within twenty-four (24) hours, and shall acquire additional financial assurance in the amount of $10,000 within five (5) days of the surety bond being drawn. If the permittee fails to provide the additional assurance as required, ADEM may terminate the permit as prescribed in 335-4-3-.06(c).

(b)A person proposing to transport tire materials may submit evidence satisfactory to ADEM of a net worth equal to ten times the value of the a surety bond required in 335-4-8-.02(1)(a). The evidence shall be submitted with a letter from the chief financial officer of the applicant.

(c)Proof of insurance in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 to abate any problems created as a result of the transporter?s failure to properly manage scrap tires, exclusive of legal defense costs. The insurance may not include a pollution exclusion clause. Proof of insurance shall be provided on a Certificate of Insurance form naming ADEM as the certificate holder and giving at least thirty (30) days written Notice of Cancellation to the certificate holder.

(2)A transporter shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of ADEM that the financial instrument submitted with their application as required in 335-4-3-.04 is in force for the duration of the permit. Nothing in 335-4-8-.02 shall be construed to allow a transporter to operate in violation of the U.S. Department of Transportation rules governing financial assurance.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.8.03" level="3" title="Processors">

(1)The owner or operator of a scrap tire processing facility shall provide financial assurance equal to the sum of the amounts required in 335-4-8-.03(2) and (3) for the following:

(a)Closure of the scrap tire processing facility.

(b)Remediation of the facility if impacted by an incident, such as a fire or a catastrophic natural event, such as a flood, that may affect human health and the environment.

(2)Cost Estimate for Closure. The owner or operator shall have a detailed written estimate, in current dollars, of the cost to utilize a third party to complete closure of the processing facility during the active life in accordance with the Closure Plan in 335-4-6-.06. The owner or operator shall submit a copy of the estimate to ADEM as a part of the permit application for approval and retain the estimate in the operating record.

(a)The cost estimate shall equal the cost to remove, transport and process the largest volume of tire materials present and the cost to remove the contents and cleanup tanks, process equipment or other appurtenances during the active life of the facility when the extent and manner of its operation may make closure the most expensive.

(b)During the active life of the facility, the owner or operator shall annually adjust the closure cost estimate for inflation.

(c)The closure cost estimate and the amount of financial assurance provided shall be increased if changes to the facility or its operation increase the maximum cost of closure.

(d)The owner or operator of a processing facility shall establish financial assurance for closure in compliance with 335-4-8-.04 and shall maintain continuous coverage until released from financial assurance requirements by ADEM.

(e)The minimum financial assurance for closure of a permitted scrap tire processing facility shall be $20,000.

(3)The owner or operator shall provide financial assurance for remediation of an incident, such as a fire or flood or other catastrophic natural event that impacts public health and the environment, based on the following:

(a)An amount equal to two dollars ($2) per whole tire for the maximum number of tires allowed to be stored at the facility. ADEM may require a higher amount per whole tire if it determines the types of tires being processed are larger than typical passenger and light truck tires.

(b)An amount equal to $200 per ton of processed tire material allowed to be stored at the facility.

(4)If whole tires and processed tire material are stored at a facility at the same time, the amount of financial assurance required shall equal the total in 335-4-8-.03(3)(a) and (b).

(5)The minimum financial assurance required for remediation at a permitted scrap tire processor shall be $20,000.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.8.04" level="3" title="Financial Assurance Instruments For Closure">

The following instruments may be used to provide financial assurance for closure. The instruments selected shall ensure that the funds necessary to meet the costs of closure will be available whenever needed. The instruments must be in effect for a new facility at least sixty (60) days prior to receiving tire materials for processing, and must be in effect for an existing facility when it submits a permit application in 335-4-3-.04.

(a)Trust Fund. An owner or operator may establish a trust fund that conforms to the following requirements:

1.The trustee shall be an entity that has the authority to act as a trustee and whose trust operations are examined by the State of Alabama.

2.Payments into the Trust.

(i)The owner or operator shall make a payment into the trust fund each year during the pay-in period.

(ii)The pay-in period is five years. The pay-in period commences on the date the facility first receives scrap tires or processed tire material.

(iii)Annual payments are determined by the following formula:

Annual payment = (CE-CV)/Y where:

CE = Current cost estimate

CV = Current value of the trust fund

Y = Number of years remaining in the pay-in period.

(iv)The owner or operator shall make the first annual payment prior to the beginning of the pay-in period. Prior to the beginning of the pay-in period, the owner or operator shall submit to ADEM a receipt from the trustee for the first annual payment.

(v)Subsequent annual payments shall be made no later than thirty (30) days after each anniversary of the first payment.

(vi)The owner or operator may accelerate payments into the trust fund, or deposit the full amount of the current cost estimate at the time the fund is established.

(vii)If the owner or operator establishes a trust fund after having used one or more alternative instruments, the first payment shall be at least equal to the amount the fund may contain if the trust fund were established initially and payments made as provided in 335-4-8-04(a)3.

3.The trustee shall evaluate the trust fund annually, as of the day the trust was created. The trustee shall notify the owner or operator and ADEM of the value within thirty (30) days after the evaluation date.

(i)Whenever the current closure cost estimate exceeds the amount of the trust fund, the owner or operator, within sixty (60) days after the new estimate, shall either cause the amount of the trust fund to be increased to equal the current closure cost estimate and submit evidence of the increase to ADEM, or obtain other or additional financial assurance as specified in 335-4-8-.04 to meet the current closure cost estimate.

(ii)Whenever the current closure cost estimate is less than the trust fund amount, the trust fund may be reduced accordingly with ADEM approval.

4.Release of Excess Funds.

(i)If the value of the financial assurance is greater than the current cost estimates for closure, the owner or operator may submit a written request to ADEM for a release of the amount in excess of the current cost estimate.

(ii)Not later than sixty (60) days after receiving a request from the owner or operator for a release of funds for which the value of the financial assurance instrument is greater then the current closure cost estimate, ADEM shall instruct the trustee in writing to release to the owner or operator the funds to be in excess of the current cost estimates.

5.Reimbursement for Closure Expenses.

(i)After initiating closure, an owner or operator, or another person allowed to perform closure, may request reimbursement for work performed by submitting itemized invoices to ADEM.

(ii)Not later than sixty (60) days after receiving the itemized invoices, ADEM shall determine if the expenditures are consistent with the approved Closure Plan. If the expenditures are in accordance with the approved Closure Plan, ADEM shall instruct the trustee in writing to make reimbursement in the amounts specified for work performed.

(iii)If ADEM determines that the cost of closure will be greater than the value of the trust fund, it shall withhold reimbursement of the amount it determines is necessary to preserve the trust corpus in order to accomplish closure until it determines that the owner or operator is no longer required to maintain financial assurance for closure.

(iv)If the owner or operator is named as a debtor in a voluntary or involuntary proceeding under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the trustee shall release all trust fund monies to ADEM for the purpose of completing required closure activities. In the event the bankruptcy proceeding results in the liquidation or dissolution of the assets of the owner or operator, any funds so released which remain upon completion of all required closure activities may be used by ADEM at other STF sites in the state.

(b)Letter of Credit. An owner or operator may obtain an irrevocable standby letter of credit which conforms to the following requirements:

1.The issuing institution shall be an entity that has the authority to issue letters of credit and whose operations are regulated and examined by a federal or state agency.

2.An owner or operator who uses a letter of credit shall also establish a standby trust fund. Under the terms of the letter of credit, all amounts paid pursuant to a draft by ADEM will be deposited by the issuing institution directly into the standby trust fund in accordance with instructions from ADEM. This standby trust fund shall meet the requirements in 335-4-8-.04(a), except:

(i)An originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement shall be submitted to ADEM with the letter of credit; and

(ii)The initial payment and subsequent annual payments specified in 335-4-8-.04(a)3. are not required.

3.The letter of credit shall be accompanied by a letter from the owner or operator referring to the letter of credit by number, issuing institution and date, and provide the ADEM Permit Number, name, and address of the facility, and the amount of funds assured for closure of the facility.

4.The letter of credit shall be irrevocable and issued for a period of at least one (1) year in an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate. The letter of credit shall provide that the expiration date will be automatically extended for a period of at least one (1) year unless, at least 120 days before the current expiration date, the issuing institution notifies both the owner or operator and ADEM by certified mail of a decision not to extend the expiration date. Under the terms of the letter of credit, the 120 days will begin on the date when the owner or operator and ADEM have received the notice, as evidenced by return receipts.

5.Whenever the current closure cost estimate exceeds the amount of the credit, the owner or operator, within sixty (60) days after the new estimate, shall either cause the amount of the credit to be increased to equal the current closure cost estimate and submit evidence of the increase to ADEM, or obtain other or additional financial assurance as specified in 335-4-8-.04. Whenever the current closure cost estimate is less than the amount of the credit, the letter of credit may be reduced following approval by ADEM.

6.After all administrative and judicial remedies have been exhausted in which a determination has been made that the owner or operator has failed to perform in accordance with the approved Closure Plan and other permit requirements when required to do so, ADEM may draw on the letter of credit.

7.If the owner or operator does not establish alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-4-8-.06 and obtain approval of the alternate assurance from ADEM within ninety (90) days after receipt by both the owner or operator and ADEM of a notice from the issuing institution that it has decided not to extend the letter of credit beyond the current expiration date, ADEM will draw on the letter of credit. ADEM may delay the drawing if the issuing institution grants an extension of the term of the credit. During the last thirty (30) days of an extension ADEM will draw on the letter of credit if the owner or operator has failed to provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-4-8-.04 and obtain approval of the assurance from ADEM.

8.ADEM will return the letter of credit to the issuing institution for termination when one of the following is accomplished:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-4-8-.06; or

(ii)ADEM releases the owner or operator from the requirements in accordance with 335-4-8-.07.

(c)Closure Insurance. An owner or operator may obtain closure insurance which conforms to the following requirements:

1.The insurer shall be licensed to transact the business of insurance, or be eligible to provide insurance as an excess or surplus lines insurer in the State of Alabama.

(i)The use of insurance to demonstrate financial assurance for closure pertains exclusively to those insurance policies underwritten by commercial property and casualty insurers (primary or excess and surplus lines), each having a Standard and Poor's Insurer Financial Strength Rating of ?BBB? or higher, through which, in the insurance contract, the financial burden for closure is transferred to the third-party insurer. Except as provided in 335-4-8-.07, the third-party insurer shall assume financial responsibility for this accepted risk, using its own pool of resources that is independent, separate, and unrelated to that of the insured owner or operator.

(ii)The use of insurance policies underwritten by captive insurers is prohibited.

2.The closure insurance policy shall be issued for a face amount equal to the current closure cost estimate. There shall be no policy deductible. The term "face amount" means the total amount the insurer is obligated to pay under the policy. Actual payments by the insurer will not change the face amount, although the insurer's future liability will be lowered by the amount of the payments.

3.The closure insurance policy shall guarantee that funds will be available to close the facility whenever closure occurs. The policy shall also guarantee that once closure begins, the insurer will be responsible for paying out funds, up to an amount equal to the face amount of the policy, upon the direction of ADEM, to the party or parties as ADEM specifies in writing.

4.After beginning closure, an owner or operator or another person allowed to conduct closure may request reimbursements for closure expenditures by submitting itemized bills to ADEM. Within sixty (60) days after receiving itemized invoices, ADEM shall determine if the expenditures are consistent with the approved closure plan. ADEM shall instruct the insurer in writing to make reimbursements in the amounts ADEM specifies. If ADEM believes that the maximum cost of closure over the remaining life of the facility will be significantly greater than the face amount of the policy, ADEM may instruct the insurer to withhold reimbursements of the amounts as the insurer considers prudent until ADEM determines in accordance with 335-4-8-.07 that the owner or operator is no longer required to maintain financial assurance for closure of the facility. If ADEM does not instruct the insurer to make the reimbursements, ADEM will provide the owner or operator with a statement of reasons.

5.The owner or operator shall maintain the policy in full force and effect until ADEM consents to termination of the policy in accordance with 335-4-8-.07. Failure to pay the premium without substitution of alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-4-8-.06 will constitute a violation of 335-4. The violation will be considered to begin upon receipt by ADEM of a notice of future cancellation, termination, or failure to renew due to nonpayment of the premium, rather than upon the date of expiration.

6.Each policy shall contain a provision allowing assignment of the policy to a successor owner or operator. The assignment may be conditional upon consent of the insurer, provided the consent is not unreasonably refused.

7.The policy shall provide that the insurer may not terminate, cancel or not renew the policy except for failure to pay the premium. The automatic renewal of the policy shall, at a minimum, provide the insured with the option of renewal at the face amount of the expiring policy. If there is a failure to pay the premium, the insurer may elect to terminate, cancel or not renew the policy by sending notice by certified mail to the owner or operator and ADEM. Cancellation, termination, or non-renewal may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning with the date of receipt of the notice by both ADEM and the owner or operator, as evidenced by return receipts. Cancellation, termination, or non-renewal may not occur and the policy will remain in full force and effect in the event that, on or before the date of expiration:

(i)ADEM considers the facility abandoned; or

(ii)The permit is terminated or revoked or a new permit is denied; or

(iii)Closure is ordered by ADEM or a court of competent jurisdiction; or

(iv)The owner or operator is named as debtor in a voluntary or involuntary proceeding under Title 11 (Bankruptcy), U.S. Code; or

(v)The premium due is paid.

8.Whenever the current closure cost estimate exceeds the face amount of the policy, the owner or operator, within sixty (60) days after the new estimate, shall either cause the face amount to be increased to the current closure cost estimate and submit evidence of the increase to ADEM, or obtain other or additional financial assurance as specified in 335-4-8-.06. Whenever the current closure cost estimate is less than the face amount, the policy face amount may be reduced following approval by ADEM.

9.ADEM will give consent to the owner or operator that it may terminate the insurance policy when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-4-8-.06; or

(ii)ADEM releases the owner or operator in accordance with 335-4-8-.07.

(d)Surety Bond Guaranteeing Payment or Performance. An owner or operator may obtain a performance or surety bond which conforms to the following requirements:

1.The surety company issuing the bond shall, at a minimum, be among those listed as acceptable sureties on federal bonds in Circular 570 of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

2.The penal sum of the bond shall be in an amount equal to the current closure cost estimate and shall guarantee that funds will be available to close the facility whenever closure occurs.

3.Under the terms of the bond, the surety will become liable on the bond obligation when the owner or operator fails to perform as guaranteed by the bond or when ADEM determines that the bond amount is necessary to pay for closure.

4.If the bond is called, the owner or operator shall establish a standby trust fund that meets the requirements of 335-4-8-.04(a) except the requirements for initial payment and subsequent annual payments specified in 335-4-8-.04(a)3. Payments made under the terms of the bond will be deposited by the surety directly into the standby trust fund in accordance with instructions from ADEM. Payments from the trust fund shall be approved by the trustee and ADEM. Any forfeiture money remaining after completion of closure shall be returned to the surety.

5.Under the terms of the bond, the surety may cancel the bond by sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner and operator and to ADEM 120 days in advance of cancellation. If the surety cancels the bond, the owner or operator shall obtain alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-4-8-.06.

6.The owner or operator may cancel the bond only if alternate financial assurance is substituted as specified in 335-4-8-.06 or if the owner or operator is no longer required to demonstrate financial responsibility in accordance with 335-4-8-.07.

7.Whenever the current closure cost estimate exceeds the penal sum of the bond, the owner or operator, within sixty (60) days of the new estimate, shall cause the penal sum of the bond to be increased to the current closure cost estimate and submit evidence of the increase to ADEM or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-4-8-.06 to meet the current closure cost estimate.

8.Failure of the owner or operator to report an increase in the current closure cost estimate shall be grounds for revocation of the processor permit.

9.ADEM may decrease the penal sum of the bond if the owner or operator adequately demonstrates to ADEM that the penal sum exceeds the current closure cost estimate. Penal sum reduction is not mandatory if the sum exceeds the estimate. ADEM shall consider the following to determine the penal sum of the bond:

(i)The current closure cost estimate submitted by an applicant for a scrap tire processor permit.

(ii)The 30-day supply capacity submitted as part of an application for a scrap tire processor permit.

(e)For transporters and processors of scrap tires permitted or licensed under the authority of Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40-01 to 22-40-11 (promulgated pursuant to Act 1999-597 and 2001-976 and repealed by Act 2003-332) on the effective date of 335-4, financial assurance instruments shall be in effect on the date a permit application is submitted to ADEM in 335-4-3-.04.

(f)Self-insurance. Only agencies of the State of Alabama or the U.S. Government may qualify for self-insurance.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.8.05" level="3" title="Financial Assurance Instruments for Remediation">

The owner or operator of a scrap tire processing facility may utilize the following instruments to provide financial assurance for remediation. The instruments used to demonstrate financial assurance shall ensure that the level of financial assurance in 335-4-8-.03(3) will be available whenever they are needed.

(a)Trust Fund. An owner or operator may establish a trust fund conforming to the requirements of 335-4-8-.04(a).

(b)Letter of Credit. An owner or operator may obtain an irrevocable standby letter of credit conforming to the requirements of 335-4-8-.04(b).

(c)Insurance. An owner or operator may obtain remediation insurance conforming to the requirements of 335-4-8-.04(c).

(d)Surety Bond. An owner or operator may obtain a surety bond conforming to the requirements of 335-4-8-.04(d).

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.8.06" level="3" title="Use Of Multiple Financial Assurance Instruments">

An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-4-8-.03 to .05 by establishing more than one financial instrument per site. These instruments are limited to trust funds, letters of credit and surety bonds.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.8.07" level="3" title="Release Of Financial Institution">

ADEM shall release a trustee, bank, surety or other financial institution when either of the following occur:

(a)An owner or operator substitutes alternative financial assurance so that the total financial assurance for the facility is equal to or greater than the current cost estimate for closure and remediation, without counting the amounts to be released.

(b)ADEM releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-4-8-.02 and .03 following completion of closure or remediation.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-4-9" level="2" title="DELEGATION OF COUNTY ENFORCEMENT PROGRAMS">

<regElement name="335.4.9.01" level="3" title="Delegation Procedures">

A County Commission may request delegation for enforcement of the Act and 335-4.

(a)The application for delegation shall include a resolution adopted by the County Commission in a regularly scheduled meeting of the County Commission stating the Commission?s desire for delegation.

(b)Execution or approval of a delegation agreement by ADEM does not entitle the County to receive STF monies dedicated to county enforcement activities.

(c)The delegation application shall provide information on how the County Commission will enforce the Act and 335-4. ADEM shall provide the information it has to the County Commission on all registered receivers, registered sites containing more than 100 scrap tires, known illegal tires sites, permitted transporters and processors. The application shall include:

1.A County Scrap Tire Enforcement Plan, which includes:

(i)Number of new and used tire dealers in the county.

(ii)Number of scrap tire processors in the county.

(iii)Location of known illegal scrap tire piles and an estimate of the total number of scrap tire sites in the county.

(iv)Estimated personnel to conduct the enforcement program, position descriptions of these persons, and estimated man-hours committed per year per person.

(v)Estimated annual cost of scrap tire enforcement activities.

(vi)Procedures to perform the duties listed in 335-4-9-.02.

(vii)Procedures for tracking and reporting scrap tire enforcement activities to ADEM.

2.A list of personnel who will act as county enforcement officers and their qualifications to act in this manner.

3.A description of all County scrap tire activities and how the County will conduct independent inspections of its operations.

(d)ADEM shall review the delegation application and provide comments or questions to the County Commission. The County Commission will have thirty (30) days to respond to ADEM. Once ADEM has determined that a delegation agreement can be prepared, it shall submit a draft of the agreement to the County Commission for review.

(e)The delegation agreement shall specify the following, at a minimum:

1.Investigation and reporting procedures to be utilized, and duties of the county enforcement program.

2.ADEM activities to audit performance and success of the county enforcement program.

3.The term of the delegation agreement shall not exceed three (3) years from the date of execution by ADEM of the final Delegation Agreement.

(f)The County Commission shall provide comments on the draft delegation agreement to ADEM within thirty (30) days of receipt. Upon resolution of all comments, ADEM shall submit the final Delegation Agreement to the County Commission for approval and execution in a regularly scheduled meeting of the County Commission. Once executed the agreement shall be returned to ADEM for signature by the Director.

(g)If the County Commission desires to extend the Delegation Agreement, it shall submit an application to extend at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the agreement. The application to extend shall update information or data that may be different from the original delegation application.

(h)If ADEM determines through an audit of the county enforcement program that there are deficiencies in the program, ADEM shall notify the County Commission of its findings and methods for the county to return to an acceptable enforcement program. If the County Commission does not address the findings of deficiency, ADEM may revoke the Delegation Agreement. ADEM shall notify the County Commission of its intention to revoke the Delegation Agreement at least thirty (30) days prior to revoking the Delegation Agreement. Actions by ADEM to revoke the Delegation Agreement are subject to appeal in accordance with ADEM Admin. Code 335-2.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="335.4.9.02" level="3" title="Duties">

Enforcement officers of delegated counties shall be accorded the authority to implement the provisions of 335-4 when conducting inspections or reviewing records for compliance with 335-4 and the Act. County enforcement officers shall perform all of the following duties:

(a)Investigate illegal dumping of scrap tires.

(b)Investigate reports and complaints regarding scrap tires in the county.

(c)Inspect tire dealers, receivers, and transporters, to include:

1.Manifests of scrap tire shipments.

2.Registration of the receiver with ADOR for payment of the Scrap Tire Environmental Fee.

3.Scrap tire accumulation and storage areas.

4.Transporter decals as prescribed by ADEM.

5.Operating record.

(d)Inspect permitted scrap tire processors, to include:

1.Manifests of scrap tire shipments.

2.Scrap tire accumulation and storage areas.

3.Operating record.

(e)Provide comprehensive investigation reports to ADEM within ten (10) days of the initial investigation or inspection.

(f)Take legal actions to enforce 335-4 as allowed in the Act.

(g)Provide Quarterly Reports to ADEM on all scrap tire activities within that quarter on a form provided by ADEM. The Quarterly Report shall be submitted to ADEM not later than the twenty-eighth day of the month following the end of the quarter.

(h)Investigation reports and Quarterly Reports shall be submitted electronically to TireMail@adem.state.al.us by the county enforcement program.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40A-1 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed June 30, 2004; effective August 4, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-5" level="1" title="(Reserved)">

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-6-1" level="2" title="GENERAL PROVISIONS">

<regElement name="335.6.1.01" level="3" title="General Definitions">

The following definitions describe the meaning of certain terms used in this Division, unless a different meaning clearly appears from the context or unless a different meaning is stated in a definition applicable only to a particular chapter within this Division. Additional terms may also be defined in individual chapters.

(a)The following terms shall have the meanings set forth in the AWPCA "waters," "pollution," "sewage," "industrial wastes," "other wastes," "person," and "discharge."

(b)"AWPCA" means the Alabama Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14.

(c)"Administrator" means the Administrator of the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

(d)"Director" means the Director of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, appointed pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-3(4).

(e) "Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management established by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-3(1).

(f)"EPA" means the United States Environmental Protection Agency or its successor.

(g)"FWPCA" means the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, also known as the Clean Water Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. &#167;1251 et seq., and regulations listed thereunder.

(h)"Regulation" or "Rule" means each Department statement of general applicability that implements, interprets, or prescribes law or policy, or describes the organization, procedure, or practice requirements of the Department. The term includes the amendment or repeal of a prior rule but does not include:

1.Statements concerning only the internal management of an agency and not affecting private rights or procedures available to the public;

2.Intra-agency memoranda; or

3.An order which is directed to a specifically named person or to a group of specifically named persons which does not constitute a general class and the order is served on the person or persons by the appropriate means applicable thereto. The fact that the named person who is being regulated serves a group of unnamed persons who will be affected does not make such order a "rule" or "regulation."

(i)"State" means the State of Alabama.

(j)"Technical Staff" means the technical staff of the Department.

Author: David Ludder

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Amended: October 10, 1984.

<regElement name="335.6.1.02" level="3" title="Adoption Of Rules And Standards">

In addition to the other rule-making requirements imposed by law, the Department shall:

(1)Adopt rules establishing water quality standards and stream classifications for all waters of the State as the Department sees fit;

(2)Adopt effluent limitation guidelines; a system for issuance of permits which system shall include effluent limitations for each discharge for which a permit is issued; and, such other rules as necessary to enforce water quality standards adopted by the Department; and

(3)Adopt any other rules within the Department's authority to further the policy and purpose of the AWPCA and to control pollution in the waters of the State.

(4)No rule of the Department is valid or effective against any person or party, nor may it be invoked by the Department for any purpose until it has been made available for public inspection as herein required. This provision is not applicable in favor of any person or party who has actual knowledge thereof.

Author: David Ludder

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: May 9, 1972. Amended: January 7, 1974; January 10, 1984; October 10, 1984.

<regElement name="335.6.1.03" level="3" title="Public Information">

(Repealed)

Author:

Statutory Authority:

History: Effective: May 9, 1972; Amended: January 7, 1974; January 10, 1981; October 10, 1984; Repealed: August 1, 1986.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-6-2" level="2" title="STATE CERTIFICATION OF WATER POLLUTION CONTROL FACILITIES OF SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS">

<regElement name="335.6.2.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

This Chapter is promulgated for the purpose of establishing procedures to enable the Department to conduct a program for the issuance of statements, referred to in Section 7(g) of the Small Business Act and Section 8 of the FWPCA, certifying that additions to or alterations in the equipment, facilities, or methods of operation of small business concerns are necessary and adequate to comply with requirements established under the FWPCA.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: November 17, 1977.

335-6-2-.02 General Procedure. In conducting the above-mentioned program, the procedures and provisions set forth in 40 C.F.R. Part 21 shall be applicable, except as otherwise provided by these rules. The Director shall be authorized to certify in accordance with 40 C.F.R. Part 21 and other rules hereafter promulgated.

Author: David Ludder

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: November 17, 1977. Amended: October 10, 1984.

335-6-2-.03 Submission Of Applications. Applications for a "necessary and adequate" statement shall contain the information specified in 40 C.F.R. &#167; 21.3 and shall be made to the Director, Department of Environmental Management, 1751 Cong. W.L. Dickinson Drive, Montgomery, Alabama 36130.

Author: David Ludder

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: November 17, 1977. Amended: October 10, 1984.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-6-3" level="2" title="SUBMITTAL OF ENGINEERING PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER TECHNICAL INFORMATION">

335-6-3-.01 Purpose. The following rules are promulgated to establish minimum requirements governing the submission of plans, specifications, and other technical data pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-22-9(h).

Author: David Ludder

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: January 17, 1974. Amended: October 10, 1984.

335-6-3-.02 Definitions. The following definitions describe the meaning of certain terms used in this Chapter, unless a different meaning clearly appears from the context:

(a) "professional engineer" shall mean a person who by reason of his special knowledge of the mathematical and physical sciences and the principles and methods of engineering analysis and design, acquired by professional education and/or practical experience, is qualified to practice engineering according to the provisions of Title 34, Chapter 11, Code of Ala. 1975, as amended, and is presently registered by the Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors.

(b) "waste treatment facility" shall mean any devices or systems used in the storage, treatment, recycling or reclamation of municipal sewage, industrial waste or other waste, including but not limited to, interceptor sewers, outfall sewers, sewage collection systems; associated pumping power and other equipment and their appurtenances; extensions, improvements, remodeling, additions or alterations thereof. In addition, "waste treatment facility" shall mean any other method or system for preventing, abating, reducing, storing, treating, separating, or disposing of municipal waste, industrial waste, or other waste which flows into waters of the State.

Author: David Ludder

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: January 17, 1974. Amended: January 10, 1981; October 10, 1984.

335-6-3-.03 Submission Of Plans. The submission of plans, specifications, and other technical data pursuant to &#167; 22-22-9(h) of the AWPCA or any other order or directive of the Department relating to the construction of waste treatment facilities shall be in a form which is acceptable to the technical staff.

Author: David Ludder

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: January 17, 1974. Amended: October 10, 1984.

335-6-3-.04 Preparation Of Plans, Specifications, And_Technical Data. Unless specifically waived in writing by the technical staff, all plans, specifications, and other technical data for the construction of waste treatment facilities which are submitted to the technical staff for review shall be prepared by a professional engineer, presently registered to practice in the State and who is competent to perform work in this field of engineering.

Author: David Ludder

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: January 17, 1974. Amended: January 10, 1981; October 10, 1984.

335-6-3-.05 Direct Correspondence Between Professional_Engineer And The Technical Staff. Discussions and correspondence involving technical aspects of construction, modification, or additions to any waste treatment facility shall be made between members of the technical staff and the professional engineer directly.

Author: David Ludder

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: January 17, 1974. Amended: October 10, 1984.

335-6-3-.06 Engineering Competency. Questions which relate to the competence of any engineer to design or supervise construction of any waste treatment facility shall be resolved by forwarding such questions to the State Board of Registration of Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors for final determination.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: January 17, 1974.

335-6-3-.07 Engineering Seal And/Or Signature. Unless specifically waived in writing by the technical staff, all engineering drawings, plans, specifications, plats, and reports submitted to the technical staff for review pursuant to &#167; 22-22-9(h) of the AWPCA or submitted pursuant to any order, directive, or rule of the Department shall have affixed thereto the seal and/or signature of the professional engineer who designed such facility and for which he accepts full responsibility. The presence of such seal and/or signature should be considered evidence that the professional engineer accepts full responsibility for the waste treatment facility. Responsibility in this context is intended to include the production of a specified quality waste effluent from the facilities when constructed in accordance with plans and specifications and when such facilities are properly operated.

Author: David Ludder

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: January 17, 1974. Amended: January 10, 1981; October 10, 1984.

335-6-3-.08 Modifications Or Alterations. Any proposed modification or alteration of plans, specifications, or technical data previously submitted to and reviewed by the technical staff must also be forwarded to the staff for review.

Author: David Ludder

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: January 17, 1974. Amended: October 10, 1984.

335-6-3-.09 Engineer Inspection. Upon completion of construction of a waste treatment facility and upon request of the technical staff, the professional engineer who designed such facility or assumed responsibility for its design shall furnish said staff with a letter certifying that the facility has been constructed in accordance with the plans, specifications, modifications, and alterations reviewed by the technical staff.

Author:David Ludder

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: January 17, 1974. Amended: October 10, 1984.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-6-4" level="2" title="SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING STATE REVOLVING FUND (SRF) LOAN PRIORITY OF PUBLICLY OWNED TREATMENT WORKS PROJECTS">

<regElement name="335.6.4.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

This Chapter prescribes the system to be utilized by the Department in the preparation and administration of an annual POTW project priority list for purposes of determining which eligible projects will receive funding assistance under the provisions of Title VI of the FWPCA.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: September 27, 1983; Amended: October 10, 1984; August 26, 1988; November 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.4.02" level="3" title="Definitions">

For purposes of this Chapter, the following words and phrases, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context, shall have the following meanings:

(a)"allotment" shall mean a sum of money allotted to the State of Alabama by the Administrator of the United States Environmental Protection Agency to carry out the purposes of Title VI of the FWPCA.

(b)"annual average" means the arithmetic mean value of all values reported to the Department during the proceeding fiscal year on discharge monitoring reports in accordance with the terms and conditions of a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permit. Where the annual average cannot be determined as heretofore provided, the annual average shall be that which is attributable to the existing publicly owned treatment works as reported in the facilities plan applicable to the POTW project, or as computed from existing water use and wastewater customer records, not to exceed 120 gallons per capita per day.

(c)"Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, established by the Alabama Environmental Management Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-1 to 22-22A-13.

(d)"facilities plan" means a plan, or amendment thereto, prepared in accordance with 40 C.F.R. &#167;35.2030 and submitted to the Department.

(e)"municipality" means a city, town, borough, county, parish, district, association, or other public body created by or pursuant to State law and having jurisdiction over disposal of sewage, industrial wastes or other wastes, or an Indian tribe or an authorized Indian tribal organization, or designated and approved management agency under Section 208 of the FWPCA.

(f)"Municipal Water Pollution Prevention (MWPP) Annual Report" or "MWPP Annual Report" means a report which the owner of the POTW submits to the Department to describe the physical condition and the performance of the owner's sewerage system during the previous calendar year.

(g)"publicly owned treatment works" or "POTW" means treatment works owned by a municipality or the State of Alabama.

(h)"treatment works" means any devices and systems used in the storage, treatment, recycling, and reclamation of municipal sewage or industrial wastes of a liquid nature necessary to implement Section 201 of the FWPCA or necessary to recycle or reuse water at the most economical cost over the estimated life of the works. These include intercepting sewers, outfall sewers, sewage collection systems, pumping, power, and other equipment, and their appurtenances; extensions, improvements, remodeling, additions, and alterations thereof; elements essential to provide a reliable recycled supply such as standby treatment units and clear well facilities; any works, including site acquisition of the land that will be an integral part of the treatment process (including land use for the storage of treated wastewater in land treatment systems prior to land application) or is used for ultimate disposal of residues resulting from such treatment; or any other method or system for preventing, abating, reducing, storing, treating, separating, or disposing of municipal waste, including storm water runoff, or industrial waste, including waste in combined storm water and sanitary sewer systems.

(i)"10-year, 7-day low flow rate" means the lowest average rate of flow for seven consecutive days to or below which streamflow can be expected to decline in one year out of ten, on the average, as estimated in 7-Day Low Flows and Flow_Duration of Alabama Streams Through 1973, Geological Survey of Alabama, Bulletin 113 (1978), or most recent revision thereof, or if not estimated therein, as estimated in accordance with the method described in Low Flow Characteristics of Alabama_Streams, Geological Survey of Alabama, Bulletin 117 (1979), or most recent revision thereof.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: September 27, 1983; Amended: October 10, 1984; August 26, 1988; November 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.4.03" level="3" title="Preparation Of Project Priority List">

(1)The Department shall prepare annually a ranked priority listing of POTW projects for which Federal financial assistance under Title VI of the FWPCA, is expected.

(2)Projects on the priority list shall be ranked in descending order of the point rating assigned to each project in accordance with Rule 335-6-4-.04. In the event two or more projects are assigned an identical point rating, such projects shall be ranked in accordance with the following criteria: The project which will replace or upgrade the older existing wastewater treatment plant shall be ranked first. In the event such wastewater treatment plants are the same age, the project which will serve the larger existing population as defined in subparagraph (g) of Rule 335-6-4-.05, shall be ranked first. In the event such wastewater treatment plants are the same age and the projects will serve equal existing populations, the project which will replace or upgrade the existing POTW which discharges to the receiving water with the higher use classification shall be ranked first.

(3)The priority list shall be divided into a fundable and planning portion. The list's fundable portion shall include those projects anticipated to be funded under Title VI of the FWPCA from the projected available loan funds. The list's planning portion shall include all protside the fundable portion that are anticipated to be funded from future projected loan funds provided from Title VI of the FWPCA and the State match.

(4)The priority list shall include an estimate of the eligible cost of each project and shall specify the amount of the projected loan funds .

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: September 27, 1983; Amended: October 10, 1984; August 26, 1988; November 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.4.04" level="3" title="Point Rating Of Projects">

Each POTW project considered eligible for assistance under Title VI of the FWPCA, shall be assigned a point rating computed according to the following formula, utilizing the numerical values derived from the application of the point rating determinants described in Rule 335-6-4-.05. The point rating shall be rounded to the nearest hundredth place, except that .005 shall be rounded to the nearest even hundredth place.

Point Rating= [(Pollution Ratio Value + Pollution

Reduction Value) x (Proposed Use

Value - Present Use Value)]+

Inadequate Treatment Level Value +

Fish and Wildlife Objective Value +

Septic Tank Failure Value + Treatment

Level Value + Efficient Treatment

Value + Sewered Population Value

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: September 27, 1983; Amended: October 10, 1984; August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.4.05" level="3" title="Point Rating Determinants">

The values derived from the application of the following point rating determinants shall be utilized in computing and assigning a point rating to eligible POTW projects under Rule 335-6-4-.04. Each factor of each determinant, and the result computed therefrom, shall be rounded to the nearest hundredth place, except that .005 shall be rounded to the nearest even hundredth place.

(a)Pollution Ratio Value shall be that numerical value in the table below which corresponds to the ratio of the annual average influent or effluent (discharge) flow rate of the existing POTW to the 10-year, 7-day low flow rate of the receiving water.

Influent or Effluent / 10-year, 7-day Pollution

(Discharge) Flow Rate (MGD)/ Low Flow Rate(MGD)Ratio Value

&lt;0.250.00

0.25 to 0.490.25

0.50 to 0.990.50

1.00 to 4.991.00

5.00 to 9.992.00

10.00 to 14.993.00

15.00 to 19.994.00

&gt;19.995.00

(b)Pollution Reduction Value shall be that numerical value which is derived from dividing the annual average biochemical oxygen demand (in milligrams per liter) of the effluent (discharge) of the existing POTW by the final monthly average biochemical oxygen demand (in milligrams per liter) discharge limitation in the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permit applicable to the discharge from such works, or 30 milligrams per liter, whichever is less.

(c)Present Use Value shall be that numerical value in the table below which corresponds to the highest water use classification for which all water quality criteria have been achieved and are being maintained in the water segment receiving the discharge from the existing POTW.

Use Classification For WhichPresent

Criteria Are Achieved And MaintainedUse Value

Public Water Supply 2.00

Swimming and Other Whole

Body Water-Contact Sports 2.00

Shellfish Harvesting 2.00

Fish and Wildlife 1.00

Agricultural and Industrial

Water Supply 0.00

Industrial Operations 0.00

Navigation 0.00

(d)Proposed Use Value shall be that numerical value in the table below which corresponds to the water use classification of the water segment receiving the discharge from the existing POTW except that if an actual higher use can be demonstrated, the numerical value which corresponds to that actual higher use shall be the Proposed Use Value.

Use ClassificationProposed

Use Value

Public Water Supply 5.00

Swimming and Other Whole

Body Water-Contact Sports 5.00

Shellfish Harvesting 5.00

Fish and Wildlife 4.00

Agricultural and Industrial

Water Supply 4.00

Industrial Operations 4.00

Navigation 4.00

(e)Inadequate Treatment Level Value shall be that numerical value in the table below which corresponds to the level of treatment which the existing POTW is designed to provide and the annual average influent or effluent (discharge) flow rate of such works.

Influent or EffluentInadequate

(Discharge) Flow Rate Treatment

Level (MGD)_________Level Value

None &lt; 0.26 25.00

&gt; 0.26 30.00

Primary &lt; 0.26 15.00

&gt; 0.26 20.00

(f)Fish and Wildlife Objective Value shall be that numerical value in the table below which corresponds to the annual average influent or effluent (discharge) flow rate of the existing POTW, except that if the water quality criteria associated with the water use classification of Fish and Wildlife, Shellfish Harvesting, Swimming and Other Whole Body Water-Contact Sports, or Public Water Supply have been achieved and are being maintained in the receiving water segment, the Fish and Wildlife Objective Value shall be 0.00.

Influent or Effluent Fish and Wildlife

(Discharge) Flow Rate (MGD) Objective Value_

&lt; 0.6015.00

0.60 to 1.9918.00

2.00 to 5.9921.00

6.00 to 15.99 23.00

&gt; 15.99 25.00

(g)Septic Tank Failure Value shall be that numerical value in the table below which corresponds to the population which is affected by failing individual residential or commercial septic tanks where local and/or State health officials have identified health hazards related thereto and which is identified in a facilities plan as planned for connection to the POTW project.

Population Septic Tank

Affected_Failure Value

1 to 200010.00 + (0.005 x Population Affected)

2001 to 500020.00 + (0.001 x Population Affected)

&gt; 5000 30.00

(h)Treatment Level Value shall be that numerical value in the table below which corresponds to the level of treatment which the existing POTW is designed to provide and the annual average influent or effluent (discharge) flow rate of such works, except that if the POTW does not have an active Administrative Order or MWPP Annual Report score equal to/or greater than 120 and the treatment level is biological and the annual average biochemical oxygen demand or total suspended solids of the effluent (discharge) at such works does not exceed the monthly average discharge limitations for biochemical oxygen demand or total suspended solids contained in the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permit applicable to the discharge from such works, or 30 milligrams per liter, whichever is less, the Treatment Level Value shall be 0.00.

Treatment Influent or EffluentTreatment

Level__(Discharge) Flow Rate (MGD)Level Value

Primary &lt; 0.26 60.00

&gt; 0.26 65.00

Biological &lt; 0.60 15.00

0.60 to 1.99 18.00

2.00 to 5.99 21.00

6.00 to 15.99 23.00

&gt; 15.99 25.00

(i)Efficient Treatment Value shall be that numerical value in the table below which corresponds to the annual average influent or effluent (discharge) flow rate of the existing POTW except that if such treatment works are designed to provide biological treatment and the annual average biochemical oxygen demand of the influent, (in pounds per day), or the annual average influent or effluent (discharge) flow rate, of such works does not exceed the design capacity of such works, the Efficient Treatment Value shall be 0.00.

Influent or EffluentEfficient Treatment

(Discharge) Flow Rate (MGD) Value_______

&lt; 0.60 20.00

0.60 to 1.09 21.00

1.10 to 5.99 22.00

6.00 to 9.99 23.00

10.00 to 15.99 24.00

&gt; 15.99 25.00

(j)Sewered Population Value shall be that value in the table below which corresponds to the existing population connected to the sewer system of the existing POTW plus the annual average daily population equivalent contributed by documented septage tank disposers to the sewer system. The existing population connected to the sewer system shall be

obtained from the Alabama Municipal Data Book, Latest Edition, prepared by the Alabama Department of Economic and Community Affairs. Notwithstanding the above-described method of determining the existing population, the existing population shall be that figure derived by multiplying 3.5 times the number of residential connections to the sewer system of the existing POTW, provided that the chief executive officer of the municipality or state agency has certified to the Department, prior to February 1 of the year in which the project priority list is prepared, the number of residential connections to the sewer system of the existing POTW. The population equivalent for septage tank disposers to the system shall be computed on the basis of 350 persons per thousand gallon tank.

Sewered

Existing Population

Population Value__

&lt; 2501 Existing Population / 1,000

2,501 to 5,000(Existing Population / 1,250) + 2.50

5,001 to 10,000(Existing Population / 2,500) + 6.50

10,001 to 20,000(Existing Population / 10,000) + 10.50

20,001 to 50,000(Existing Population / 15,000) + 12.50

50,001 to 200,000(Existing Population / 20,000) + 15.00

&gt; 200,000 25.00

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: September 27, 1983; Amended: October 10, 1984; August 26, 1988; November 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.4.06" level="3" title="Removal From Project Priority List">

(1)The Department may remove a POTW project from the project priority list at any time provided that one or more of the following conditions is found to exist:

(a)The project has been fully funded;

(b)the project is no longer entitled to funding under the provisions of this Chapter;

(c)the Regional Administrator has determined that the project is not needed to comply with the enforceable requirements of the FWPCA; or

(d)the project is otherwise ineligible.

(2)The Department shall notify the municipality or State agency whose POTW project has been removed from the project priority list, in writing, within fifteen days after such removal, except that no such notification shall be required for removal pursuant to paragraph (1)(a) of this Rule.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: September 27, 1983; Amended: October 10, 1984; August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.4.07" level="3" title="Project Bypass">

(1)The Department may bypass a project on the fundable portion of the project priority list provided that the municipality or State agency has not submitted a complete loan application as required under Rule 335-6-14-.10 by May 1 of the current fiscal year; or as otherwise established by the Department.

(2)The Department reserves the right to limit or deny the SRF loan funds to any loan recipient.

(3)The highest ranked projects with approved applications on the planning portion of the list will replace bypassed projects.

(4)Bypassed projects shall not be precluded from consideration in the preparation of any future project priority list by reason of such bypass.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: September 27, 1983; Amended: October 10, 1984; August 26, 1988; November 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.4.08" level="3" title="Funding Reserves">

In developing the fundable portion of the project priority list, the Department shall provide for the establishment of the several reserves required or allowed under this Rule.

(a)The Department may reserve from each annual Title VI allotment up to four percent of such allotment based on the amount authorized to be appropriated to cover the reasonable costs of administering the fund and conducting activities under Title VI.

(b)The Department shall reserve not less than $100,000 nor more than one percent, whichever amount is greater, from the Title VI allotment to carry out planning under Section 205(j) and 303(e) of FWPCA.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: September 27, 1983; Amended: October 10, 1984; August 26, 1988; November 29, 1991.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-6-5" level="2" title="INDIRECT DISCHARGE PERMIT AND PRETREATMENT RULES">

<regElement name="335.6.5.01" level="3" title="Purpose"> <dwc name="lead" times="1"><dwc name="radioact" times="1">

Section 403.10 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA) provides that a state may administer its own pretreatment program for regulation of discharges of non-domestic wastewater into publicly owned treatment works within its jurisdiction. Such pretreatment program, however, must be comparable to the National Program. The Alabama Water Pollution Control Act (AWPCA) provides that the Department shall regulate and permit the discharge of sewage and industrial wastes entering a water of the state either directly or indirectly by passing through a publicly or privately owned treatment plant. It is the purpose of this Chapter to establish rules and procedures which will enable the state to administer a pretreatment program for this state and to enforce the provisions of the AWPCA.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

335-6-5-.02 Definitions. Whenever used in this Chapter, unless a different meaning clearly appears from the context or unless a different meaning is stated in a definition applicable to only a portion of this Chapter, the following shall mean:

(a)"application" means forms, applicable permit fees, and additional information required by this Chapter to be submitted when applying for a SID Permit.

(b)"average monthly discharge limitation" means the highest allowable average of "daily discharges" over a calendar month, calculated as the sum of all "daily discharges" measured during a calendar month divided by the number of "daily discharges" measured during that month. Zero discharge days shall not be included in the number of "daily discharges" measured. When an EPA approved method having a detection limit lower than the permit limitation or when the EPA approved method having the lowest detection limit for a substance is used by the permittee, a value of less than detectable shall be considered zero for purposes of calculating the average monthly discharge of the substance.

(c)"average weekly discharge limitation" means the highest allowable average of "daily discharges" over a calendar week, calculated as the sum of all "daily discharges" measured during a calendar week divided by the number of "daily discharges" measured during that week (zero discharge days shall not be included in the number of "daily discharges" measured). When an EPA approved method having a detection limit lower than the permit limitation or when the EPA approved method having the lowest detection limit for a substance is used by the permittee, a value of less than detectable shall be considered zero for purposes of calculating the average weekly discharge of the substance.

(d)"baseline report" means information required by 40 CFR Section 403.12(b) (1994) to be submitted by an industrial user subject to a categorical pretreatment standard.

(e)"best management practices plan" ("BMP") means schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures, and other management practices to prevent or reduce the pollution of "waters of the state." BMPs also include treatment requirements, operating procedures, and practices to control site runoff, spillage or leaks, sludge or waste disposal, or drainage from raw material or product storage.

(f)"bypass" means the intentional diversion of waste streams from any portion of an industrial user's wastewater treatment facility.

(g)"categorical industrial user" means any "industrial user" to which a "categorical pretreatment standard" applies.

(h)"categorical pretreatment standard" or "pretreatment standard" means any regulation containing pollutant discharge limits promulgated by the EPA in accordance with Section 307(b) and (c) of the FWPCA, which applies to industrial users.

(i)"commencement of construction" means that the owner or operator has:

1.begun, or caused to begin as part of a continuous on-site construction program:

(i)any placement, assembly, or installation of facilities or equipment or

(ii) significant site preparation work including clearing, excavation, or removal of existing buildings, structures, or facilities which is necessary for the placement, assembly, or installation of new source facilities or equipment; or

2.entered into a binding contractual obligation for the purpose of placement, assembly, or installation of facilities or equipment which are intended to be used in its operation within a reasonable time. Options to purchase or contracts which can be terminated or modified without substantial loss, and contracts for feasibility, engineering, and design studies do not constitute a contractual obligation under the paragraph.

(j)"commercial centralized waste treatment facility" or "CWT" means a facility, other than a landfill or incinerator, which treats or stores aqueous wastes generated by facilities not located on the site of the CWT and which disposes of these wastes by introducing them into a publicly owned treatment works.

(k)"daily discharge" means the discharge of a pollutant measured during any consecutive 24 hour period in accordance with the sample type and analytical methodology specified by the discharge permit.

(1)"Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, established by the Alabama Environmental Management Act, Code of Alabama 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16.

(m)"Director" means the Director of the "Department" or an authorized representative.

(n)"discharge limitation" means any restriction imposed by the Director on quantities, discharge rates, concentrations or other characteristics of "pollutants" or volumes or flow rates of wastewater which are "discharged" into a "publicly or privately owned treatment works."

(o)"discharge monitoring report" or "(DMR)" means the form approved by the Director to accomplish the reporting requirements of a SID Permit.

(p)"domestic discharger" means a "discharger" which discharges only "domestic wastewater."

(q)"domestic wastewater" means wastewater from residences and other wastewaters of similar composition and strength and does not mean wastewater generated by industrial processes.

(r)"draft permit" means a document indicating the Director's tentative decision to issue or deny, modify, revoke and reissue, terminate, or reissue a "SID Permit."

(s)"general prohibitions" means those promulgated restrictions and standards published in 40 CFR Section 403.5 (1994) and applicable to all industrial discharges.

(t)"indirect discharge" or "discharge" means the addition, introduction, leaking, spilling, or emitting of non-domestic pollutants from any source, including but not limited to those regulated under Section 307(b) or (c) of the FWPCA, into a "publicly owned treatment works" or the introduction of non-domestic pollutants into a "privately owned treatment works" by a person other than the operator of the "privately owned treatment works."

(u)"indirect discharger" or "discharger" means a non-domestic discharger who discharges "pollutants" to a "publicly owned treatment works" or a "privately owned treatment facility" operated by a person other than the indirect discharger.

(v)"industrial user" means a source of "indirect discharge."

(w)"interference" means inhibition or disruption of the treatment processes or operations of a "publicly or privately owned treatment works" which contributes to a violation of any requirement of its "NPDES" permit or causes damage to any part of the collection, treatment, and disposal system; and includes prevention of sewage sludge use or disposal by a "publicly owned treatment works" in accordance with Section 405 of the FWPCA, or any criteria, guidelines, or regulations developed pursuant to the Solid Waste Disposal Act (SWDA), the Clean Air Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Marine Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act, or more stringent state criteria (including those contained in any state sludge management plan prepared pursuant to Title IV of SWDA) applicable to the method of disposal or use employed by the "publicly owned treatment works."

(x)"maximum daily discharge limitation" means the highest allowable "daily discharge."

(y)"municipal wastewater" means any wastewater discharged to a "publicly owned treatment works" and includes domestic and industrial wastewater.

(z)"National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System" or "NPDES" means the national program for issuing, modifying, revoking and reissuing, terminating, monitoring and enforcing permits for the discharge of pollutants into waters of the state.

(aa)"new discharger" means any "significant indirect discharger", to whom the "Department" has not issued a "SID Permit", or any potential "significant industrial discharger."

(bb)"new source" means:

1.any building, structure, facility, or installation from which there is or may be a discharge of pollutants, for which the "commencement of construction" occurred:

(i)after promulgation of "categorical pretreatment standards" under Section 307(c) of FWPCA which are applicable to such source; or

(ii)after proposal of "categorical pretreatment standards" in accordance with Section 307(c) of the FWPCA which are applicable to such source, but only if the standards are promulgated in accordance with Section 307(c) within 120 days of their proposal.

(cc)"NPDES Permit" means a permit issued to the "privately or publicly owned treatment works" pursuant to Section 402 of the FWPCA.

(dd)"pass through" means that a pollutant(s) introduced into a "publicly or privately owned treatment works" by an "industrial discharger" exits into a "water of the state" in quantities or concentrations which, alone or in conjunction with one or more other discharges, is a cause of a violation of the "NPDES Permit" issued to the treatment works or is a cause of a violation of a state water quality standard or is a cause of an increase in the duration or magnitude of a violation of the permit or water quality standard.

(ee)"permittee" means a person to whom a permit has been issued under this Chapter.

(ff)"person" means any and all persons, natural or artificial, including, but not limited to, any individual, partnership, association, society, joint stock company, firm, company, corporation, institution, trust, other legal entity, business organization or any governmental entity and any successor, representative, responsible corporate officer, agent or agency of the foregoing.

(gg)"pollutant" includes but is not limited to dredged spoil, solid waste, incinerator residue, sewage, garbage, sewage sludge, munitions, chemical wastes, biological materials, radioactive materials, heat, wrecked or discarded equipment, rock, sand, cellar dirt and industrial, municipal and agricultural waste discharged into water. It does not mean:

1.sewage from vessels or

2.water, gas, or other material which is injected into a well to facilitate production of oil or gas, or water derived in association with oil and gas production and disposed of in a well, if the well used either to facilitate production or for disposal purposes is approved by authority of the state and if the Department determines that the injection or disposal will not result in the degradation of ground or surface water resources.

(hh)"pretreatment" means the reduction of the amount of a "pollutant(s)," the elimination of "pollutant(s)," or the alteration of the nature of pollutant properties in wastewater to a less harmful state prior to or in lieu of discharging or otherwise introducing such pollutants into a "publicly or privately owned treatment works." The reduction or alteration can be obtained by physical, chemical or biological processes, process changes or by other means, except as prohibited by Rule 335-6-5-.06.

(ii)"privately owned treatment works" means any device or system which is used to treat wastes from any facility whose operator is not the operator of the treatment works, and which is not a "publicly owned treatment works."

(jj)"publicly owned treatment works" means a treatment works as defined by Section 212 of the FWPCA, which is owned by the state, a municipality, a regional entity composed of two or more municipalities, or another entity created by state or local authority for the purpose of collecting and treating municipal wastewater. This definition does not include pipes, sewers or other conveyances not connected to a facility providing treatment. The term also means the municipality as defined in Section 502(4) of the FWPCA, which has jurisdiction over the "indirect discharges" to and the discharges from such a treatment works.

(kk)"Regional Administrator" means the Regional Administrator of the appropriate regional office of the Environmental Protection Agency or the authorized representative of the Regional Administrator.

(ll)"schedule of compliance" means a schedule of remedial measures, included in a permit, including an enforceable sequence of actions or operations leading to compliance with any permit requirement or water quality standard.

(mm)"severe property damage" means substantial physical damage to property, damage to waste treatment facilities which causes them to become inoperable, or substantial and permanent loss of natural resources which can reasonably be expected to occur in the absence of a bypass. Severe property damage does not mean economic loss caused by delays in production.

(nn)"sewage" means water carried human wastes from residences, buildings, industrial establishments or other places, together with such ground, surface, storm or other waters as may be present.

(oo)"significant industrial discharger" or "significant industrial user" means any of the following:

1.All "industrial users" subject to Categorical Pretreatment Standards under 40 CFR 403.6 (1994) and 40 CFR Chapter I, Subchapter N (1994);

2.All "industrial users" that "discharge" an average of 25,000 gallons per day or more of process wastewater (excluding sanitary wastewater, noncontact cooling water, and boiler blowdown) to a "publicly owned treatment works";

3.All "industrial users" that "discharge" an average quantity of process wastewater (excluding sanitary wastewater, noncontact cooling water, and boiler blowdown) that makes up five percent or more of the average dry weather organic or hydraulic capacity of the "publicly owned treatment works";

4.All "industrial users" that "discharge" an average organic loading that makes up five percent or more of the design capacity of the "publicly owned treatment works";

5.All "industrial users" that "discharge" to a "privately owned treatment works"; or

6.Any "industrial user" that is determined by the "Director" to have a reasonable potential to adversely affect the operation of the "publicly owned treatment works" or for violating any pretreatment standard or requirement (in accordance with 40 CFR 403.8(f)(6) (1994);

(pp)"sludge" means any solid, semi-solid, or viscous material or other residue resulting from treatment of wastewater or produced as a result of wastewater management;

(qq)"State Indirect Discharge Permit" or "SID Permit" means a permit issued to an "industrial user";

(rr)"submission" when referring to the rendering of reports, applications, or other documents required to be submitted to the Department, means that the complete

document(s)is received by the Department;

(ss)"toxic pollutant" means a "pollutant" or combination of pollutants, including disease-causing agents, which after discharge and upon exposure, ingestion, inhalation or assimilation into any organisms, either directly from the environment or indirectly through food chains, will, on the basis of information available to the Department or Director cause death, disease, behavioral abnormalities, cancer, genetic mutations, physiological malfunctions, including malfunctions in reproduction, or physical deformations, in such organisms or their offspring. This shall include but not be limited to pollutants listed as toxic under Section 307(a)(1) of the FWPCA.

(tt)"trade secret" includes but is not limited to, any formula, plan, pattern, process, tool, mechanism, compound or procedure, as well as production data or compilation of information, financial and marketing data, which is not patented, which is known only to certain individuals within a commercial concern who are using it to fabricate, produce or compound an article of trade or a service having commercial value, and which gives its user an opportunity to obtain a business advantage over competitors who do not know of it.

(uu)"upset" means an exceptional incident in which there is unintentional and temporary noncompliance with SID Permit effluent limitations because of factors beyond the reasonable control of the permittee. An upset does not include noncompliance to the extent caused by operational error, improperly designed treatment facilities, inadequate treatment facilities, lack of preventive maintenance, or careless or improper operation.

(vv)"waste treatment facility" means any devices or systems used in the storage, treatment, recycling or reclamation of municipal sewage, industrial waste, any pollutant, or other waste, including but not limited to, interceptor sewers, outfall sewers, sewage collection systems; associated pumping power and other equipment and their appurtenances; extensions, improvements, remodeling, additions or alterations thereof. In addition, "waste treatment facility" shall mean any other method or system for preventing, abating, reducing, storing, treating, separating, or disposing of municipal waste, industrial waste, pollutant, or other waste which flows into waters of the state, either directly or indirectly by passing through a publicly or privately owned treatment works.

(ww)"waters of the state" means all waters of any river, stream, watercourse, pond, lake, coastal, ground or surface water, wholly or partially within the state, natural or artificial. This does not include waters which are entirely confined and retained completely upon the property of a single individual, partnership or corporation unless such waters are used in interstate commerce.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991. Amended: July 12, 1995.

<regElement name="335.6.5.03" level="3" title="General Pretreatment Standards And Prohibitions And Local Limits"> <dwc name="lead" times="1">

(1)An industrial user, whether or not the user is subject to other categorical pretreatment standards or any national, state, or local pretreatment requirements, shall not introduce into publicly or privately owned treatment works any pollutant(s) which, alone or in conjunction with a discharge or discharges from other sources, cause pass through or interference or in any other manner adversely impact the operation or performance of the treatment works, to include the method of sludge disposal in use by the publicly or privately owned treatment works.

(2)The following pollutants may not be introduced into a publicly owned treatment works:

(a)pollutants which create a fire or explosion hazard in the publicly owned treatment works, including, but not limited to, wastestreams with a closed cup flashpoint of less than 140 degrees Fahrenheit or 60 degrees Centigrade using the test methods specified in 40 CFR 261.21 (1994);

(b)pollutants which will cause corrosive structural damage to the treatment works, but in no case discharges with pH lower than 5.0, unless the treatment works are specifically designed to accommodate such discharges;

(c)solid or viscous pollutants in amounts which will cause obstruction to the flow in sewers, or other interference with the operation of the treatment works;

(d)any pollutant, including oxygen demanding pollutants (BOD, etc.) released in a discharge of such volume or strength as to cause interference in the treatment works;

(e)heat in amounts which will inhibit biological activity in the treatment plant resulting in interference but in no case in such quantities that the temperature of the influent, at the treatment plant, exceeds 40&#176; C (104&#176; F) unless the treatment plant is designed to accommodate such heat;

(f)pollutants which result in the presence of toxic gases, vapors, or fumes within the treatment works in a quantity that may cause acute worker health and safety problems;

(g)any trucked or hauled pollutants, except at discharge points designated by the treatment works; and

(h)petroleum oil, nonbiodegradable cutting oil, or products of mineral oil origin in amounts that will cause interference or pass-through.

(3)The Department shall develop and enforce any specific local limits required to ensure compliance with the requirements of this Rule and, where appropriate, shall include these limits in SID Permits. Ordinance limits developed by publicly owned treatment works, that are based on a technical evaluation, shall be imposed as local limits in SID Permits, provided the publicly owned treatment works submits the limit and technical evaluation to the Department for review and approval and the limit is determined to be necessary to ensure compliance with the Department's Rules.

(a)Local limits shall not be developed for substances that are not present in industrial user discharges to the publicly owned treatment works or that are not limited by a SID Permit issued for discharge to the publicly owned treatment works, except that local limits necessary to ensure compliance with general pretreatment standards shall be developed.

(b)Local limits may be determined using actual data from analysis of publicly owned treatment plant influent and effluent, from sludge analysis, and the characteristics of the waterbody receiving the publicly owned treatment works NPDES permitted discharge. If actual data is not available, pollutant loadings from all significant industrial discharges and best professional judgment based on literature search and/or EPA published estimates shall be used. When the publicly owned treatment works disposes of treated wastewater using an alternative, such as land application, to discharge to a surface water, local limits determinations shall consider the wastewater quality required by the disposal method when evaluating pass-through.

(c)Local limits shall prevent the creation of sludges at the treatment plant that are not compatible with the treatment works chosen method of sludge disposal and may be developed to produce a sludge compatible with a POTW's long range plan for sludge disposal. Local limits for support of long range sludge disposal plans must be developed by the POTW and submitted in accordance with this paragraph.

(d)Local limits for a substance may be equivalent to the concentration of the substance found in domestic wastewater when necessary to prevent water quality impacts, interference, or sludge problems.

(e)Public notice of the Department's intent to develop local limits shall be published in a newspaper of general circulation in the area served by the treatment works for which the limits are being developed. The notice shall include directions for obtaining a copy of the proposed limits and for commenting on the limits. The notice shall allow at least a 30 day comment period prior to final development of the local limits. All comments received during the notice period shall be considered during development of the final local limits.

(f)Procedure For Submittal Of Local Limits. Any POTW wishing to participate in the initial development of local limits shall notify the Department within 30 days of the effective date of this Rule and shall provide an anticipated schedule leading to the submittal of the limits and technical justification. The notification shall also state what local limits the POTW plans to develop. A POTW may submit requested changes to local limits at any time and shall submit the technical justification concurrent with the requested change.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.5.04" level="3" title="Requirement For SID Permit">

(1)No person shall introduce pollutants, other than domestic wastewater into a privately owned treatment works operated by another person without having first obtained a valid State Indirect Discharge (SID) Permit from the Department.

(2)No significant industrial user shall introduce pollutants into publicly owned treatment works without having first obtained a valid State Indirect Discharge (SID) Permit from the Department.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.5.05" level="3" title="Duties Of Industrial Users">

(1)All industrial users shall comply with the requirements of this Chapter and all prohibitions listed in 40 CFR Section 403.5.

(2)All categorical industrial users shall comply with the provisions of applicable categorical pretreatment standards.

(3)All existing categorical industrial users shall submit to the Department a baseline report containing the information required by 40 CFR Section 403.12 (1994) within 180 days after the effective date of a categorical standard applying to that users process(s) or 180 days after the final decision has been made upon a category determination submittal by the industrial user. New sources shall submit the baseline report as a part of the SID Permit Application.

(4)Any holder of a SID Permit shall comply with all provisions of the SID Permit.

(5)An existing significant industrial user shall apply for reissuance of an expiring SID Permit no later than 180 days prior to the expiration date of the expiring SID Permit.

(6)A new significant industrial user shall apply for a SID Permit at least 180 days prior to the date that commencement of discharge is expected.

(7)An industrial user shall notify the publicly owned treatment works, the Department, and the EPA Region IV Waste Management Division Director of any discharge into a publicly owned treatment works of a substance which is a listed or characteristic waste under Section 3001 of RCRA.

(a)Such notification must include a description of any such wastes discharged, specifying the volume and concentration of such wastes and the type of discharge (continuous, batch, or other), identifying the hazardous constituents contained in the listed wastes and estimating the volume of hazardous wastes expected to be discharged during the following twelve months. The notification must take place within 180 days of the effective date of this Rule. This requirement shall not apply to pollutants already reported under the requirements of a SID Permit.

(b)Dischargers are exempt from these reporting requirements during a calendar month in which they generate no more than 100 kilograms of hazardous wastes, unless the wastes are acute hazardous wastes as specified in 40 CFR 261.5(e), (f), (g) and (j) (1994). Generation of more than 100 kilograms of hazardous wastes in any given month requires a one-time notification. Subsequent months during which the industrial user generates more than 100 kilograms of hazardous wastes do not require additional notification, except for acute hazardous wastes.

(c)In the case of new regulations under Section 3001 of RCRA identifying additional characteristics of hazardous wastes or listing any additional hazardous waste, the industrial user must notify of the discharge of such substance within 90 days of the effective date of such regulations.

(d)In the case of any notification, the industrial user shall certify that it has a program in place to reduce the volume and toxicity of the wastes to the degree it has determined to be economically practicable and that it has selected the method of treatment, storage, or disposal currently available which minimizes the present and future threat to human health and the environment.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.5.06" level="3" title="Categorical Pretreatment Standards">

(1)Categorical pretreatment standards, specifying quantities or concentrations of pollutants or pollutant properties which may be discharged or introduced to a publicly owned treatment works by existing or new industrial users in specific industrial subcategories, have been and will be established as separate regulations under the appropriate subpart of 40 CFR Chapter I, Subchapter N (1994). The Department shall require compliance with the requirements of those regulations and shall include the requirements in SID Permits issued to categorical dischargers. Compliance by existing sources shall be attained within three years of the effective date of the standard or as stated in the standard, whichever is earlier. New sources shall install, have in operating condition and start-up all pollution control equipment required to comply with the standard before beginning to discharge and shall attain compliance with the standard within 90 days of beginning discharge.

(2)Category Determination Request:

(a)Within sixty days after the effective date of a categorical pretreatment standard for a subcategory under which an existing industrial user may be included, the industrial user may request that the Department provide written certification to the effect that the industrial user does or does not fall within that particular subcategory.

(b)New source industrial dischargers and existing industrial dischargers, requesting a category determination because of the addition or alteration of a process, must request a category determination prior to commencing discharge of pollutants from the process(es) included in the request.

(c)Each request shall contain a statement:

1.describing which subcategories might be applicable;

2.citing evidence and reasons why a particular subcategory is applicable and why others are not applicable; and

3.the following certification signed by a person meeting the requirements of Rule 335-6-5-.14.

"I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations."

(d)The Department will notify the industrial user of any incomplete aspects of a request and give the industrial user thirty days (or longer, by written permission of the Department) to complete the request.

(e)When the request is complete, the Director will make a written determination of the applicable subcategory and state the reasons for the determination and shall forward the determination to the EPA Regional Water Management Division Director.

(f)The EPA Water Management Division Director may make a final determination. If the Water Management Division Director does not modify the Director's decision within sixty days after receipt thereof, the Director's decision is final, and shall be sent to the requester.

(g)Where the EPA Water Management Division Director elects to modify the Department's decision, the Water Management Division Director's decision will be final.

(h)If the EPA Water Management Division Director elects to modify the Department's decision, the industrial user may submit a petition to reconsider or contest the decision to the Regional Administrator within thirty days of receipt of the modified decision, in accordance with pertinent EPA regulations (40 C.F.R. Part 403 (1994)). If the Director's decision is final, the industrial user may appeal that decision in accordance with Chapter 335-2-1.

(3)Except where expressly authorized to do so by an applicable categorical pretreatment standard, no industrial user shall ever increase the use of process water or, in any other way, attempt to dilute a discharge as a partial or complete substitute for adequate treatment to achieve compliance with a categorical pretreatment standard.

(4)Calculation of Categorical Pretreatment Standard Permit Limits.

(a)The Department may convert mass limits based on units of production to concentration units and may use the concentration limits as SID Permit limits. Mass limits will be converted to concentration units using a reasonable measure of the industrial user's long-term average daily flow, such as the average daily flow rate during a representative year or for new dischargers an engineering estimate of the average flow may be used. When a concentration limit developed from a categorical standard is applied, the flow shall be limited accordingly.

(b)The Department shall calculate mass limits by using a reasonable measure of the industrial user's actual long-term daily production, such as the average daily production for a representative year.

(c)The same flow or production figures shall be used to calculate daily and average permit limitations.

(d)Combined wastestream limits shall be calculated in accordance with the methods described in 40 CFR Section 403.6 (1994).

Author: John Poole

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.5.07" level="3" title="Publicly And Privately Owned Treatment Works">

(1)Control Of Industrial Users by Publicly Owned Treatment Works.

(a)The Department shall not process a SID Permit Application nor issue a SID Permit to a new discharger or a discharger that is requesting an increase in permit limits for any pollutant until the publicly owned treatment works has provided written approval of the connection.

(b)A publicly owned treatment works may designate any portion of its unused capacity as not available for industrial users by submitting such designation in writing to the Department. SID Permit limits will be determined on the basis of the capacity remaining after subtracting the sum of the reserved capacity and that capacity already in use from the design capacity of the treatment works. This reservation of capacity shall apply to pollutants regulated by local limits as well as to traditional substances such as organic loading, flow, ammonia, and suspended solids.

(c)If requested by the POTW the Department will require the submittal of a copy of any document or report, that is required to be submitted to the Department, to the POTW. If requested, all notifications required by the permit shall be required to made to the POTW. The POTW may make a one time request applicable to all permits or make individual requests during review of draft permits.

(d)Publicly owned treatment works shall report all instances of pass through or interference caused by or believed to be caused by an industrial user to the Department as soon as possible and no later than 24 hours after learning of a water quality standard violation that was or may have been caused by pass through or interference caused by an industrial user.

(e)A publicly owned treatment works may submit a written notification reducing or deleting the capacity available to a permitted industrial user. Such notification shall be signed by a representative of the publicly owned treatment works who meets the requirements of Rule 335-6-5-.07 335-6-5-.14 as an acceptable signatory to its NPDES permit application. The Department shall keep the notification on file and will use the modified capacity to develop any subsequent draft SID Permit.

(f)Publicly owned treatment works may pass ordinances, adopt policies, assess surcharges and regulate industrial users to the extent allowed by law. Regulatory and other requirements of the publicly owned treatment works may be more stringent than those of the Department, however the Department will enforce only requirements of the AWPCA and EPA and rules implementing the requirements of the AWPCA and EPA.

(2)Publicly owned treatment works may participate in the surveillance and monitoring functions of the pretreatment program. Copies of all inspection reports to include sampling results that are performed by the treatment works shall be submitted to the Department.

(3)Prior to acceptance of an indirect discharge, a privately owned treatment system shall apply for a modification to its NPDES Permit identifying the additional source of wastewater. The Department shall enforce limits of SID Permits issued to industrial users of privately owned treatment systems, but noncompliance by a user with its SID Permit shall not constitute a defense for violation by the privately owned treatment works of its NPDES Permit.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.5.08" level="3" title="Request For Variances From Categorical</U><U>Pretreatment Standards For Fundamentally Different Factors">

(1)Request for variances from categorical pretreatment standards for fundamentally different factors shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements under 40 CFR Section 403.13 (1994).

(2)The request for a variance shall be submitted to the Director for action. The Director may determine that fundamentally different factors do not exist and deny the request. If the Director determines that fundamentally factors exist, he shall forward the request with a recommendation that the request be approved to the Administrator.

(3)The Administrator shall deny or approve the request. If the request is approved, the Administrator shall develop alternate pretreatment standards applicable to the requester discharge.

(4)The Administrator's decision may be contested in accordance with the procedure described in 40 CFR 403.13 (1994).

(5)The Director's decision to deny may be appealed in accordance with Chapter 355.2.1 of the Department's Rules.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.5.09" level="3" title="Prohibited Discharges"> <dwc name="radioact" times="1">

A SID Permit shall not be issued to a person under the following circumstances:

(1)the industrial discharge contains a radiological, chemical or biological warfare agent or a high-level radioactive waste;

(2)the publicly or privately owned treatment works does not provide written agreement to accept the industrial discharge;

(3)when the imposition of permit conditions cannot reasonably ensure compliance with the general or categorical pretreatment standards applicable to the industrial discharge;

(4)for a discharge which otherwise does not comply with the AWPCA or the FWPCA; or

(5)when hydraulic or organic treatment works capacity is insufficient to accommodate the discharge.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.5.10" level="3" title="Duration Of Permits">

(1)A SID Permit issued pursuant to the AWPCA and this Chapter shall have a fixed term not to exceed five years. A person who wishes to continue to discharge beyond the term of such permit shall apply for reissuance of a SID Permit pursuant to Rule 335-6-5-.13.

(2)A SID Permit issued for a "new discharger" or "new source" shall expire eighteen months after issuance if "construction" has not begun during that eighteen month period.

(3)That portion of a SID Permit authorizing the discharge of increased quantities of pollutants to accommodate the modification of an existing facility shall expire eighteen months after issuance if "construction" of the modification has not begun within eighteen months after reissuance of the SID Permit or modification of the SID Permit to allow the discharge of increased quantities of pollutants.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.5.11" level="3" title="Continuation Of Expiring Permits">

The terms and conditions of an expiring SID Permit are automatically extended pending issuance of a new SID Permit if the permittee has submitted a timely and complete application for reissuance of the SID Permit and the delay in permit issuance has not been caused by the actions of the permittee. An application that is received by the Department less than 180 days prior to the expiration date of the existing SID Permit is not timely and, if the SID Permit is not reissued prior to expiration, the applicant shall not have a valid permit until such time as the permit is reissued.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.6.12" level="3" title="Confidentiality Of Information">

(1)Information required by this Chapter to be submitted as a part of a SID Permit application may not be claimed as confidential. This includes information submitted on the approved application forms themselves and any attachments used to supply information required by the forms. Claims of confidentiality for the following information will be denied:

(a)the name and address of any permit applicant or permittee;

(b)information required to develop the permit, permits, and effluent data;

(c)baseline reports;

(d)category determination request; and

(e)requests for variances from categorical pretreatment standards.

(2)With the exception of the information specified in paragraph 335-6-5-.12(1) above, all claims of confidentiality shall be handled in accordance with Rule 335-1-1-.06.

(3)Requests for confidentiality should be submitted with the material for which confidential treatment is desired and if possible the confidential material should be separated from the rest of the submittal. A request for confidentiality received more than 90 days after the Department has received the material shall be denied.

(4)A request for confidenitality shall include:

(a)a showing that making the information public will divulge unique methods, sales figures or processes, or that the divulgence of the information will otherwise adversely affect the competitive position of the requester.

(b)a showing of statutory authority such as would empower the Department to hold such information confidenital.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.5.13" level="3" title="Application Format And Procedures For New Permits, For Permit Reissuance, And Permit Modification">

(1)Applications for SID Permits shall be made in duplicate, shall be made using forms designated by the Director, shall be submitted to the Department and a copy of the application shall be submitted to the POTW, and shall consist of the following:

(a)type of business entity, whether corporation, general or limited partnership, sole proprietorship or other;

(b)if applicable, name of applicant's parent corporation or subsidiary corporations;

(c)if a corporation, location of incorporation;

(d)a listing of corporate officers and their names and addresses; and the name and address of the agent designated by the corporation for purposes of service. If a partnership, the names and addresses of the general partners and, if a proprietorship, the name and address of the proprietor;

(e)permit numbers and other identification of any other state environmental permits and if applicable air permits issued by approved local programs presently held by the applicant or its parent corporation or subsidiary corporations within the state;

(f)identification of administrative complaints, notices of violation, directives, or administrative orders, or litigation concerning environmental compliance, if any, against the applicant, its parent corporation or subsidiary corporations within the state;

(g)if the discharge is to be from a new or modified process, a new facility or new waste treatment facility, the Department may require the submittal of a preliminary engineering report and/or preliminary plans and specifications prior to permitting or the Department may elect to require one or more of these documents prior to discharge or the Department may waive the requirement for one or all of these documents;

(h)a Best Management Practices (BMP) plan if required by the Director prior to permitting. BMP plans shall be developed in accordance with good engineering practices and may be required to:

1.be documented in narrative form and shall include any necessary plot plans, drawings or maps;

2.examine each facility component or system with respect to its potential for causing a release of significant amounts of pollutants into a waters of the state or a publicly or privately owned treatment works due to equipment failure, improper operation, natural phenomena such as rain, freezing temperatures, etc.;

3.include a prediction of the direction, rate of flow and total quantity of pollutants which could be discharged from the facility as a result of equipment failure, natural phenomena or other circumstances;

4.establish best management practices addressing each system capable of causing a release of significant amounts of pollutants into waters of the state or into a publicly or privately owned treatment works;

5.reflect applicable requirements for Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure (SPCC) plans under Section 311 of the FWPCA and 40 CFR Part 151 (1994), and may incorporate such plans into the BMP plan by reference;

6.assure the proper management of solid and hazardous waste; and

7.address materials storage areas, process and material handling areas, loading and unloading areas, plant site runoff, and sludge and waste disposal areas and include statements of policy, employee training, inspections, preventative maintenance; and housekeeping;

8.provide impervious liners, dikes, or other structures sufficient to prevent the discharge of a pollutant to groundwater.

(j)a description of the wastewater to be discharged including chemical analysis, flow rates, volumes, and any other characteristics required by the Director; and

(k)all information required by the Department's SID Permit application forms.

(2)The Department may require that an application for a SID Permit provide additional reports, specifications, plans, quantitative data, bioassays, specific or general influent and effluent studies at the publicly or privately owned treatment plant, or other information reasonably required to assess the discharges of the facility and the potential impact of the discharges on the publicly or privately owned treatment works and to determine whether to issue a SID Permit.

(3)Signatory requirements for permit applications shall comply with the requirements of Rule 335-6-5-.14.

(4)Applicants shall keep records of all data used to complete permit applications and any supplemental information submitted under this section for a period of at least 3 years from the date the application is signed or if the applicant is involved in litigation with the Department until such time that the litigation is resolved.

(5)Any application which is incomplete or otherwise deficient shall not be processed until such time as the applicant has supplied the missing information or otherwise corrected the deficiency and shall not constitute compliance with the requirements under Rule 335-6-5-.10 or paragraphs 335-6-5-.05(5) and 335-6-5-.13(6), except that a request for additional information not required to be submitted with the application shall not render initial application incomplete unless the information is not submitted in accordance with the submittal date required by the request for additional information.

(6)Applications for new sources, new dischargers, and for permit modifications shall be submitted at least 180 days prior to the applicant's desired date for commencement of the new discharge and for permit reissuance at least 180 days prior to expiration of the current permit.

(7)Applications shall include baseline reports when applicable to the proposed industrial discharge.

(8)Applications for permit reissuance may reference information already submitted to the Department and state that such information is unchanged. If the information is present in the Department file it will be made a part of the application. The Department will notify the applicant of any information that could not be located and the application shall not be complete until this information is submitted to the Department by the applicant.

(9)SID Permit applications submitted for industrial discharges to privately owned treatment works may be required to provide information not identified in this Rule. Submittal of information required by this Rule that is not required to determine permit limits for the SID Permit for an industrial discharge to a privately owned treatment works may be waived by the Director. The applicant should determine the application requirements by consultation with the Department prior to submittal of the application.

(10)Applications for modification of a SID Permit are required to contain only that information necessary to describe the changed conditions or planned changes that are the reason for the application, except the Director may request any other information required to make a decision concerning the application.

(11)The permit writer shall determine if a permit application is complete as defined by this rule and if all the information necessary for determining permit conditions has been submitted. If additional information is required, the permit writer shall request the information from the applicant in writing and failure to respond by the applicant shall be grounds for denial of the permit application.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.5.14" level="3" title="Signatories To Permit Applications And Reports">

(1)The application for a SID Permit, a request for variance from categorical pretreatment standards, and a category determination request shall be signed by a responsible official, as indicated below:

(a)in the case of a corporation, by a principal executive officer of at least the level of vice president;

(b)in the case of a partnership, by a general partner;

(c)in the case of a sole proprietorship, by the proprietor; or

(d)in the case of a municipal, state, federal, or other public entity by either a principal executive officer, or ranking elected official.

(2)All reports required by permits and other information requested by the Department shall be signed by a person described under paragraph 335-6-5-.14(1) or by a duly authorized representative of that person. A person is a duly authorized representative only if:

(a)the authorization is made in writing by a person

described in paragraph 335-6-5-.14(1);

(b)the authorization specifies either an individual or a position having responsibility for the overall operation of the regulated facility or activity; and

(c)the written authorization is submitted to the Department.

(3)If an authorization under paragraph 335-5-6-.14(2) is no longer accurate because a different individual or position has responsibility for the overall operation of the facility, a new authorization satisfying the requirements of said paragraph must be submitted to the Department prior to or together with any reports or information signed by the newly authorized representative.

(4)Any person signing a document under this Rule shall make the following certification:

"I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations."

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.5.15" level="3" title="Conditions Applicable To SID Permits">

The following requirements apply to SID Permits issued to significant industrial dischargers. Provisions implementing these requirements shall be incorporated into each permit.

(1)Duty to comply with a SID Permit.

(a)The permittee must comply with all conditions of the permit. Any permit noncompliance constitutes a violation of the AWPCA and the FWPCA and is grounds for enforcement action, for permit termination, revocation and re-issuance, suspension, modification; or denial of a permit renewal application.

(b)The permittee shall comply with applicable pretreatment categorical and general standards or prohibitions established under the FWPCA within the time provided in the regulations that establish these standards or prohibitions, even if the permit has not yet been modified to incorporate the requirement.

(c)Any person who violates a permit condition is subject to a civil penalty as authorized by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-22A-5(18) (1987 Cum. Supp.) and/or a criminal penalty as authorized by the AWPCA.

(2)If the permittee wishes to continue a discharge regulated by the permit after the expiration date of that permit, the permittee must apply for re-issuance of the permit at least 180 days prior to its expiration and, except as provided in Rule 335-6-5-.11, must obtain a new permit prior to the expiration of the existing permit. If the permittee does not desire to continue the discharge of wastewater allowed by an expiring permit, the permittee shall notify the Department at least 180 days prior to expiration of the permit of the permittee?s intention not to request reissuance of the permit.

(3)It shall not be a defense for a permittee in an enforcement action that it would have been necessary to halt or reduce production or other activities in order to maintain compliance with the conditions of the permit.

(4)The permittee shall take all reasonable steps to minimize or prevent any violation of the permit or to minimize or prevent any adverse impact of any permit violation.

(5)The permittee shall at all times properly operate and maintain all facilities and systems of treatment and control (and related appurtenances) which are installed or used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of the permit. Proper operation and maintenance include effective performance, adequate funding, adequate operator staffing and training, and adequate laboratory and process controls, including appropriate quality assurance procedures. This provision requires the operation of backup or auxiliary facilities only when necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of the permit.

(6)The permit may be modified, revoked and re-issued, suspended, or terminated for cause. The filing of a request by a permittee for a permit modification, revocation and re-issuance, or termination, or a notification of planned changes or anticipated noncompliance does not stay any permit condition.

(7)The permit does not convey any property rights of any sort or any exclusive privilege.

(8)The permittee shall furnish to the Director, within a reasonable time, any information which the Director may request to determine whether cause exists for modifying, revoking and re-issuing, suspending, or terminating the permit or to determine compliance with the permit. The permittee shall also furnish to the Director upon request, copies of records required to be kept by the permit.

(9)The permittee shall allow the Director, or an authorized representative, upon the presentation of credentials and other documents as may be required by law to:

(a)enter upon the permittee's premises where a regulated facility or activity is located or conducted, or where records must be kept under the conditions of the permit;

(b)have access to and copy, at reasonable times, any records that must be kept under the conditions of the permit;

(c)inspect at reasonable times any facilities, equipment (including monitoring and control equipment), practices, or operations regulated or required under the permit; and

(d)sample or monitor at reasonable times, for the purposes of assuring permit compliance or as otherwise authorized by the AWPCA, any substances or parameters at any location.

(10)Monitoring and records keeping requirements.

(a)All permits shall specify:

1.requirements concerning the proper use, maintenance, and installation, when appropriate, of monitoring equipment or methods (including biological monitoring methods when appropriate);

2.required monitoring, including type, intervals, and frequency sufficient to yield data which are representative of the monitored activity including, when appropriate, continuous monitoring; and

3.applicable reporting requirements based upon the impact of the regulated activity.

(b)To assure compliance with permit limitations, all permits may specify requirements to monitor:

1.the mass and/or other measurement for each pollutant limited in the permit;

2.the volume of effluent discharged from each outfall;

3.whole effluent toxicity determinations;

4.other measurements as appropriate; including pollutants in internal waste streams, pollutants in intake water for net limitations, pollutants subject to notification requirements, frequency, and rate of discharge; and

5.to determine the impact on the treatment works, any of the preceding measurements of influent and effluent from the treatment works.

(c)Samples and measurements taken for the purpose of monitoring shall be in accordance with the terms of the SID Permit.

(d)The permittee shall retain records of all monitoring information, including all calibration and maintenance records and all original strip chart recordings for continuous monitoring instrumentation, copies of all reports required by the permit, and records of all data used to complete the above reports or the application for this permit, for a period of at least three years from the date of the sample measurement, report or application. This period may be extended by request of the Director at any time. If litigation or other enforcement action, under the AWPCA and/or the FWPCA, is ongoing which involves any of the above records, the records shall be kept until the litigation is resolved.

(e)Records of monitoring information shall include:

1.the date, exact place, and time of sampling or measurements;

2.the individual(s) who performed the sampling or measurements;

3.the date(s) analyses were performed;

4.the individual(s) who performed the analyses or under whose direct supervision the analyses were performed;

5.the analytical techniques or methods used; and

6.the results of such analyses.

(f)All records required to be kept for a period of three years shall be kept at the permitted facility or an alternate location approved by the Department in writing and shall be available for inspection.

(g)Monitoring shall be conducted according to test procedures approved under 40 CFR Part 136 (1994), unless other test procedures have been approved by the Director or specified in the permit. Upon the establishment of a program for certifying testing laboratories which perform wastewater analyses, only a laboratory certified by the state may be used for contracting wastewater analyses used for SID Permit reporting.

(h)Any person who falsifies, tampers with, or knowingly renders inaccurate any monitoring device or method required to be maintained or performed under the permit shall, upon conviction, be subject to penalties as provided by the AWPCA.

(i)If sampling performed by any permittee results in a permit violation, the permittee shall repeat the sampling and analysis within 24 hours after becoming aware of the violation and shall submit the results to the Department with the discharge monitoring report for the period in which the violation occurred. If the permit requires daily sampling for the parameter found to be in noncompliance or if the parameter has been sampled for and tested again before the permittee becomes aware of the violation, this requirement shall not apply.

(11)Signatory Requirements. All applications, reports, or information submitted to the Director shall be signed and certified according to the requirements under Rule 335-6-5-.14.

(12)Reporting Requirements.

(a)The permittee shall apply for a permit modification at least 180 days in advance of any planned physical alterations or additions to a facility. Application is required only when the alteration or addition could result in the discharge of additional pollutants or increase the quantity of pollutants discharged or when the alteration or additions would subject the permittee to the requirements of a categorical pretreatment standard. This notification applies to pollutants that are or are not subject to discharge limitations in the permit.

(b)The permittee shall give advance notice to the Director of any planned changes in or other circumstances regarding a facility which may result in noncompliance with permit requirements.

(c)Any person who knowingly makes any false statement, representation, or certification in any record or other document submitted or required to be maintained under this permit, including monitoring reports or reports of compliance or noncompliance shall, upon conviction, be punished as provided by applicable state and federal law.

(d)The permit is not transferable to any person except by modification or revocation and re-issuance of the permit to change the name of the permittee and incorporate such other requirements as may be necessary under the AWPCA or FWPCA. The Director may require the submittal of a complete permit application by the new operator and may issue a new permit or the Director may, in the case of a change in operator where no significant change in operations has occurred that would affect compliance with the SID Permit, where no additional discharges would be added that would require coverage by an SID Permit and where no additional requirements under the AWPCA or FWPCA are necessary, accomplish transfer of the SID Permit by the following procedure:

1.The current permittee and the prospective permittee shall apply for a transfer of the permit at least thirty days in advance of the change in operator.

2.This application shall include a written agreement between the existing and new permittees containing the specific date for transfer of permit responsibilities, coverage and liability. This application shall be signed by a representative of both the existing and new permittee, both representatives shall meet the requirements of a signatory to permit applications set forth in Rule 335-6-5-.14 and shall be accompanied by the appropriate fee required under Chapter 335-1-6.

(e)Discharge monitoring shall be required by all SID Permits in accordance with the following requirements.

1.Monitoring results shall be summarized for each month on a Discharge Monitoring Report form (DMR) approved by the Department and shall be submitted so that the DMR is received by the Department no later than the 28th day of the month following the reporting period specified in the permit.

2.Monitoring reports shall be submitted with a frequency dependent on the nature and effect of the discharge, but in no case less than once each six months, and as required by the SID Permit.

3.If the permittee monitors any pollutant more frequently than required by the permit, using test procedures approved under 40 CFR Part 136 (1994) or as specified in the permit, the results of this monitoring shall be included in the calculation and reporting of the data submitted in the DMR.

4.Calculations for all limitations which require averaging of measurements shall utilize an arithmetic mean (zero discharge days shall not be used in these calculations) unless otherwise specified by the Director in the permit. When monitoring is in accordance with permit requirements, a less than detectable result shall be considered a zero when calculating averages.

5.The permittee shall be required to monitor for all parameters limited by the permit at least once each six months and report the results of all required monitoring at least once each six months.

(f)Noncompliance reporting shall be required by the SID Permit in accordance with the following requirements.

1.Twenty-four hour reporting. The permittee shall report to the Director within 24 hours of becoming aware of any noncompliance which has caused interference or pass through or an unpermitted direct or indirect discharge to a water of the state and shall follow up the oral report with a written submission to the Director no later than five days after becoming aware of the unpermitted discharge, interference, or pass through.

2.The permittee shall report all instances of noncompliance not reported under the preceding subparagraph, at the time monitoring reports are submitted.

3.Written noncompliance reports shall include the following information:

(i)description of the noncompliance and its cause;

(ii)period of noncompliance; including exact dates and times, or, if not corrected, the anticipated time it is expected to continue;

(iii)description of the steps taken and/or being taken to reduce or eliminate the noncompliance and to prevent its recurrence.

4.Within the next 30 days after the permittee becomes aware of the exceedance of a permit limit for any parameter, the permittee shall sample and test for this parameter and submit the results of the testing to the Department. If the permit monitoring frequency requires the monitoring of the parameter more often than once every 30 days this requirement is satisfied and additional sampling is not required.

(g)Bypass.

1.Bypass Not Exceeding Limitations. The permittee may allow any bypass to occur which does not cause permit limitations, categorical pretreatment standards, nor general pretreatment standards to be violated or exceeded but only if it also is necessary for essential maintenance to assure efficient operation of the waste treatment facility. The permittee shall monitor the bypassed wastewater at least daily and at a frequency sufficient to prove compliance with permit discharge limitations and shall include the results of all such monitoring in the DMR submitted for the period(s) of bypass.

2.Notice.

(i)Anticipated bypass. If the permittee knows in advance of the need for a bypass, it shall submit prior notice to the Department, if possible at least ten days before the date of the bypass.

(ii)Unanticipated bypass. The permittee shall submit notice of an unanticipated bypass as required in subparagraph 335-6-5-.15(12)(f).

3.Prohibition of bypass.

(i)Bypass is prohibited and the Director may take enforcement action against a permittee for bypass, unless:

(I)bypass was unavoidable to prevent loss of life, personal injury, or severe property damage;

(II)there were no feasible alternatives to the bypass, such as the use of auxiliary waste treatment facilities, retention of untreated wastes, or maintenance during normal periods of equipment downtime. This condition is not satisfied if the permittee could have installed adequate backup equipment to prevent a bypass which occurred during normal periods of equipment downtime or preventive maintenance; and

(III)the permittee submitted notices as required under subparagraph 335-6-5-.15(g)2.(i) and the bypass was approved by the Director.

(ii)The Director may approve an anticipated bypass, after considering its adverse effects, if the Director determines that it will meet the conditions listed above in subparagraph 335-6-5-.15(g)3.

(13)The SID Permit shall contain the following upset requirements:

(a)An upset constitutes an affirmative defense to an action brought for noncompliance with permit limitations if the requirements of subparagraph 335-6-6-.12(n)2. are met.

(b)Conditions Necessary for Demonstration of an Upset. A permittee who wishes to establish the affirmative defense of an upset shall demonstrate through properly signed, contemporaneous operating logs, or other relevant evidence that:

(i)an upset occurred and that the permittee can identify the specific cause(s) of the upset;

(ii)the wastewater treatment facility was at the time being properly operated;

(iii)the permittee submitted notice of the noncompliance caused by the upset as required under 335-6-5-.15(12)(f); and

(iv)the permittee complied with any remedial measures required under paragraph 335-6-5-.15(4).

(c)In any enforcement proceeding the permittee seeking to establish the occurrence of an upset has the burden of proof.

(14)New, reissued, modified or revoked and reissued SID Permits shall incorporate all applicable requirements of this Chapter pertaining to SID Permits.

(15)A SID Permit issued for a "new discharger" or "new source" shall expire eighteen months after issuance if "construction" has not begun during the eighteen month period.

(16)That portion of a SID Permit authorizing the discharge of increased quantities of pollutants to accommodate the modification of an existing facility shall expire if "construction" of the modification has not begun within eighteen months after issuance of the SID Permit or modification of the SID Permit to allow the discharge of increased quantities of pollutants.

(17)The SID Permit shall require the permittee to make notification of hazardous wastes discharges in accordance with Rule 335-6-5-.05(7).

(18)The SID Permit shall require categorical dischargers to submit baseline reports in accordance with Rule 335-6-5-.05(3).

(19)The SID Permit shall specify the physical location of the sampling point(s) to be used when performing discharge monitoring.

(20)The SID Permit shall require the permittee to notify the publicly or privately owned treatment works and the Department of any slug type discharge that may cause interference with the treatment works. Such notification shall be made to the treatment works immediately after the permittee becomes aware of the event and to the Department during the first normal business day after becoming aware of the event. The permittee shall coordinate with the operator of the treatment works and shall develop a notification procedure that is acceptable to the operator. The permit shall also provide for the establishment of a formal slug load control program if determined by the Director to be required to prevent pass through or interference.

(21)The SID Permit shall require the permittee to report on compliance with any categorical pretreatment standard applicable to the permitted discharge within 90 days following the final compliance date for the applicable standard. The report shall contain the information required by 40 CFR 403.12(d) (1994).

(22)The SID Permit shall require the permittee to comply with the requirements of any categorical pretreatment standard not later than three years after its effective date, unless another compliance date is specified by the standard.

(23)The SID Permit shall require the permittee to provide spill prevention, control and/or management for any stored pollutant(s) that may, if spilled, be reasonably expected to enter a water of the state or the collection system for a publicly or privately owned treatment works. Any containment system used for spill control and management shall be constructed of materials compatible with the substance(s) stored and of materials which shall prevent the pollution of groundwater and shall be capable of retaining 110 percent of the volume of the largest container of pollutants for which the containment system is provided.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

335-6-6-.16Establishing Limitations, Standards, And Other

Permit Conditions.

(1)In addition to permit conditions required under other rules, the Director shall establish permit conditions, as required on a case-by-case basis, to provide for and ensure compliance with all applicable requirements. An applicable requirement is a state statutory or regulatory requirement which takes effect prior to final administrative disposition of a permit. An applicable requirement is also any requirement which takes effect prior to the modification or revocation and reissuance of a permit.

(2)All applicable requirements shall be incorporated into each SID Permit.

(3)Permit limitations based on applicable categorical pretreatment standards and general pretreatment standards shall be included in each SID Permit, this requirement is not applicable to SID Permits issued for indirect discharge to a privately owned treatment works.

(4)A reopener clause that allows permit modification or permit revocation and reissuance to include the requirements of any applicable categorical standard that is promulgated under the FWPCA after the permit is issued shall be included in each SID Permit, this requirement is not applicable to SID Permits issued for indirect discharge to a privately owned treatment works.

(5)A reopener clause that allows permit modification or permit revocation and reissuance to include addition of more stringent limits to prevent interference or pass-through, when the discharge is determined to cause pass through or interference and existing permit limits are not sufficient to prevent pass-through or interference shall be included in each SID Permit.

(6)Where required, SID Permits shall contain permit limits based on local limits developed to prevent pass-through, sludge disposal problems, and interference.

(7)To ensure compliance with permit limitations, the SID Permit may include requirements to monitor:

(a)the mass, concentration, or other measurement specified in the permit, for each pollutant limited in the permit;

(b)the volume of effluent discharged from each outfall; and

(c)other measurements as appropriate; including pollutants in internal waste streams; pollutants in intake water for net limitations; frequency, rate of discharge, etc., for noncontinuous discharges; and pollutants subject to notification requirements; and

(8)The SID Permit shall require monitoring to be performed according to test procedures approved under 40 CFR Part 136 (1994) for the analyses of pollutants having approved methods under that part, and according to a test procedure specified in the permit or approved by the Director for pollutants with no approved methods, or according to a test procedure specified in the permit for alternate test methods.

(9)When more than one approved test method exists for a substance limited in the SID Permit, the SID Permit shall require the use of a method having a detection limit below the permit limit for the substance or, when no method has a detection limit as low as the permit limit, the SID Permit shall require the use of a method having the lowest detection limit.

(10)The SID Permit shall require Best Management Practices to control or abate the discharge of pollutants when the practices are reasonably necessary to achieve effluent limitations and standards or to carry out the purposes and intent of the FWPCA and the AWPCA.

(11)A SID Permit issued to a commercial aqueous off-site waste treater shall be based upon a best professional judgment determination of best available technology economically achievable or local limits required to prevent pass-through or interference, whichever limit is most stringent, this requirement is not applicable to SID Permits issued for indirect discharge to a privately owned treatment works.

(12)A SID Permit limit shall be the most stringent of the limits required to satisfy categorical pretreatment standards, general pretreatment standards, or local limits.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.5.17" level="3" title="Calculating SID Permit Limitations">

(1)SID Permit discharge limitations, standards and prohibitions shall be established for each discharge point from the facility, except where limitations on internal waste streams are more appropriately used.

(2)General pretreatment standards shall be included in all SID Permits.

(3)Where applicable, SID Permit limits shall be calculated using categorical pretreatment standards. Such limits shall be calculated using the following methods:

(a)When the limit is production based, a reasonable measure of the applicant's long term daily production, such as the average daily production during a representative year, shall be used to calculate the permit limits. Where daily and average maximum permit limits are calculated, averages from the same production period will be used to calculate both limits.

(b)When calculating equivalent concentration or mass limits, an average daily flow based upon a reasonable measure of the applicant's actual long-term flow rate, such as the average daily flow rate during a representative year, shall be used to calculate limits.

(c)When wastewater regulated under a categorical pretreatment standard is mixed with another wastewater prior to treatment an alternative limit shall be calculated in accordance with the method provided under 40 CFR Section 403.6(e) (1994).

(d)When requested by the applicant, the categorical pretreatment standard limit may be adjusted to reflect the presence of pollutants in the applicant's intake water. Adjustments shall be calculated and applied in accordance with the method provided under 40 CFR Section 403.15 (1994). The applicant shall submit proof that the background is not metals leaching from the applicants plumbing and such proof shall consist of sampling results of water taken from as near the water meter as possible and not after contact with the applicant's plumbing.

(e)When an industrial user, to which a categorical pretreatment standard applies, uses a combination of disposal methods including discharge to a publicly owned treatment works, production based limits calculated from the standard shall be adjusted by multiplying the limit by the ratio of the quantity of wastewater discharged to the publicly owned treatment works to the quantity of wastewater generated.

(4)Where required to prevent violation of general pretreatment standards or to correct existing violations of general pretreatment standards, SID Permit limits based on local limits shall be calculated. Local limits may be determined using actual data from analysis of publicly owned treatment plant influent and effluent, from sludge analysis, and the characteristics of the waterbody receiving the publicly owned treatment works NPDES permitted discharge. If actual data is not available, pollutant loadings from all significant industrial discharges and best professional judgment based on literature search and/or EPA published estimates shall be used. When the publicly owned treatment works disposes of treated wastewater using an alternative, such as land application, to discharge to a surface water, local limits determinations shall consider the wastewater quality required by the disposal method when evaluating pass-through. The sources of information identified above are not inclusive and any other reliable information may be considered when developing local limits.

(5)SID Permit limitations developed for permits issued to industrial users of privately owned treatment works shall be based on the quantity of wastewater and wastewater characteristics that the privately owned treatment works agrees to accept, except that a permit to discharge wastewater that is known not to be treatable to the degree necessary to comply with the treatment works NPDES Permit shall not be issued.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.5.18" level="3" title="Schedules Of Compliance"> <dwc name="lead" times="1">

The permit may, when appropriate, specify a schedule of compliance leading to compliance with the FWPCA and the AWPCA.

(a)Any schedules of compliance shall require compliance as soon as possible, but not later than the applicable statutory deadline under the FWPCA.

(b)If a permit establishes a schedule of compliance which exceeds one year from the date of permit issuance, the schedule shall set forth interim requirements and the dates for their achievement in accordance with the following:

1.the time between interim dates shall not exceed one year;

2.dates for compliance may be established, where applicable, as follows:

(i)submission of pollution abatement program and preliminary plans;

(ii)submission of final plans, specification, and drawings;

(iii)initiation of construction;

(iv)attainment of operational status; and

(v)attainment of compliance with permit limitations;

3.Reporting.

(i)The permit shall be written to require that no later than fourteen days following each interim date, the final date of compliance, or other period which the Director determines, the permittee shall notify the Director in writing of its compliance or noncompliance with the interim or final requirements, or submit progress reports.

(ii)The first SID Permit issued to a new source or a new discharger shall contain a schedule of compliance only when necessary to allow a reasonable opportunity to attain compliance with requirements issued or revised after commencement of construction but less than three years before commencement of the relevant discharge. For dischargers that have ceased discharge for an extended period and wish to recommence discharge, a schedule of compliance shall be available only when necessary to allow a reasonable opportunity to attain compliance with requirements issued or revised less than three years before recommencement of discharge.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.5.19" level="3" title="Transfer, Modification, Revocation And Reissuance, And Termination Of Permits">

Subject to appeal rights of the permittee, the Department may transfer, modify, or revoke and reissue any SID Permit during its term for cause, including but not limited to, the causes listed in this Rule. All applicable fees required by Chapter 335-1-6 shall be paid prior to permit transfer, modification, or revocation and reissuance, when the permit action is at the request of the permittee.

(a)Permit Transfers. A permit may be transferred from the permittee to a new operator only if the permit has been modified, revoked and reissued, or a minor modification made to identify the new permittee:

1.If there is to be no change in the operation of the facility which would affect the permittee's ability to comply with the permit and if there are to be no new, different, altered or increased discharges from the facility, the permit may be transferred by modification, revocation and reissuance, or by a minor modification of the permit, provided that the reporting requirements of subparagraph 335-6-5-.15(12)(d) are complied with.

2.If there are to be changes in the facility which would result in new, different, altered, or increased discharges from the facility, the transfer of ownership or operational obligations may be accomplished by complying with the reporting requirements of subparagraph 335-6-5-.15(12)(b), but no new, different, altered, or increased discharges may commence until a new application and, if required by the Department, an engineering report describing such discharges have been submitted to the Department and the permit has been revoked and reissued or modified accordingly.

3.If the entity to which a permit is requested to be transferred, owns or operates facilities within the state which are in substantial noncompliance, as determined by the Director, the Director may refuse to transfer the permit until noncompliance is corrected or significant progress is made to achieve compliance.

(b)Modification or Revocation and Reissuance of Permits.

1.The following are causes for modification or revocation and reissuance of permits:

(i)When the Director receives any information (for example, inspects the facility, receives information submitted by the permittee as required in the permit, receives a written request for modification or revocation and reissuance, by the permittee or other interested person, or conducts a review of the permit file), the Director may determine whether or not one or more of the causes for modification or revocation and reissuance exists. If cause exists, the Director may modify or revoke and reissue the permit accordingly and may request additional information, an engineering report, and/or an updated application. When a permit is modified, only the conditions subject to modification are reopened. If a permit is revoked and reissued, an updated application is required, additional information and/or an engineering report may be required, and the entire permit is reopened and subject to revision and the permit is reissued for a new term.

(ii)If cause exists for termination under this Chapter, the Director may determine that modification or revocation and reissuance is appropriate.

(iii)If the Director has received notification, as required in the permit, of a proposed transfer of the permit, he may determine that modification or revocation and reissuance is appropriate.

2.The following are causes for modification but not revocation and reissuance of permits except when the permittee requests or agrees:

(i)There are material and substantial alterations or additions to the facility or activity generating wastewater which occurred after permit issuance which justify the application of permit conditions that are different or absent in the existing permit.

(ii)Permits may be modified during their terms if the Director has received new information that was not available at the time of permit issuance and that would have justified the application of different permit conditions at the time of issuance.

(iii)The pretreatment general or categorical standard(s) on which the permit was based has been changed by promulgation of amended standards or regulations or by judicial decision after the permit was issued.

(iv)A SID Permit may be modified to change a compliance schedule when the Director determines good cause exists for modification of a compliance schedule, such as an act of God, strike, flood, or materials shortage or other events over which the permittee has little or no control and for which there is no reasonably available remedy; however, in no case may a SID Permit compliance schedule be modified to extend beyond an applicable statutory deadline.

(vii)Reopener. A permit shall be modified, when required by the reopener conditions in the permit.

(viii)A permit may be modified to correct technical mistakes, such as errors in calculation, or mistaken interpretations of law made in determining permit conditions.

(c)Termination of Permits.

1.The following are causes for terminating a permit during its term, or for denying a permit reissuance application:

(i)non-compliance by the permittee with any condition of the permit;

(ii)the permittee's failure in the application or during the permit issuance process to disclose fully all relevant facts, or the permittee's misrepresentation of any relevant facts at any time;

(iii)a change in any condition that requires either a temporary or a permanent reduction or elimination of any discharge controlled by the permit (for example, plant closure or termination of a discharge to a publicly or privately owned treatment works);

(iv)the permittee's failure to submit a complete application to include additional information requested by the Director and appropriate permit fees;

(v)the discharge endangers human health or the environment; and

(vi)the publicly or privately owned treatment works notifies the Department that the permittee is no longer authorized by the POTW to discharge industrial wastewater to the treatment works.

2.Substantial non-compliance, as determined by the Director, of another facility within the state owned or operated by the permittee requesting issuance of a permit, will be grounds for denial of permit issuance or reissuance until such non-compliance is corrected.

(d)Permit Suspension. When a permittee is not in compliance with a permit, the Director may suspend the permit until the permittee has taken the action(s) necessary to achieve compliance with the permit.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.5.20" level="3" title="Enforcement">

(1)Any SID Permit issued or reissued by the Department is a permit for the purpose of the AWPCA and the FWPCA and any terms, conditions, or limitations of the permit are enforceable under state and federal law.

(2)Any person required to have a SID Permit pursuant to this Chapter and who discharges pollutants without said permit, who violates the conditions of said permit, who discharges pollutants in a manner not authorized by the permit, or who violates this Chapter or applicable orders of the Department or any applicable rule or standard under this Division, is subject to any one or combination of the following enforcement actions under the AWPCA.

(a)An administrative order requiring abatement compliance, mitigation, cessation of discharge, clean-up, and/or penalties;

(b)An action for damages;

(c)An action for injunctive relief; or

(d)An action for penalties.

(3)Any order issued by the Department pursuant to the AWPCA requiring compliance with the AWPCA, its implementing Rules, or a SID Permit shall specify a reasonable time within which noncompliance must cease. In appropriate cases a reasonable time may be immediately. Reasonableness shall be determined based upon the severity of the violation and the complexity and availability of the measures necessary to correct the violation.

(4)If the permittee is not in compliance with the conditions of an expiring or expired permit the Director may choose to do any or all of the following provided the permittee has made a timely application for reissuance of the permit:

(a)initiate enforcement action based upon the permit which has been continued;

(b)deny the permit reissuance. If the permit is denied, the owner or operator would then be required to cease the activities authorized by the continued permit or be subject to enforcement action for operating without a permit;

(c)reissue the new permit with appropriate conditions; or

(d)take other actions authorized by these Rules and the AWPCA.

(5)At least once each twelve months the Department will issue a news release listing all significant industrial users that have been in significant noncompliance, as defined under 40 CFR Section 403.8 (1994), at any time during the previous twelve month period. A list shall be prepared for each publicly owned treatment works and shall be sent to the local newspaper and to the major newspaper serving the community where the publicly owned treatment works is located. If the significant noncompliance of a discharger has been announced as a result of enforcement action, additional notification shall not be required.

(6)The reports and other documents required to be submitted or maintained under ADEM Admin. Code, Chapter 335-6-5 and permits issued under the Chapter?s authority may be subject to:

(a)The provisions of 18 U.S.C. section 1001 relating to fraud and false statements;

(b)The provisions of sections 309(c)(4) of the ACT, as amended, governing false statements, representation or certification; and

(c)The provisions of section 309(c)(6) regarding responsible corporate officers.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22-14, 22-22A-5.

History: April 29, 1991. Amended: July 12, 1995.

<regElement name="335.6.5.21" level="3" title="SID Permit Development">

(1)Tentative Determinations. When the Department is satisfied that an application is complete it shall make a tentative determination on the application, including a tentative determination to issue or to deny a SID Permit for the discharge(s) described in the application. If the tentative determination is to issue a SID Permit, the following additional tentative determinations shall be made:

(a)tentative discharge limitations and monitoring requirements shall be identified for the constituents proposed to be limited;

(b)a preliminary schedule of compliance for meeting the tentative discharge limitations including interim dates and requirements, if applicable; and

(c)any other tentative restrictions or other conditions determined necessary by the Director which will significantly affect the discharge described in the application.

(2)A determination may be made by the Director to deny a permit application if the applicant operates other permitted facilities within the state which are in substantial non-compliance, as determined by the Director, until such non-compliance is corrected or if the Director determines that a permit that results in compliance with applicable pretreatment standards or local limits could not be issued or, if issued, could not be complied with.

(3)Draft Permits.

(a)If the tentative determination is to issue, reissue, or modify a SID Permit, the Department shall prepare a draft SID Permit based upon the tentative determinations made pursuant to paragraph 335-6-6-.19(1) for the SID Permit application.

(b)All effluent limitations, monitoring requirements, schedules of compliance, or other conditions determined necessary by the Director to be included in the draft permit shall be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 335-6-5 where applicable.

(c)For every draft SID Permit, the Department shall prepare a statement (rationale) of the basis of the conditions in the draft SID Permit. The rationale and draft permit shall be available to the public.

(d)If a tentative decision is made to deny the SID Permit application, the Department shall prepare a statement (rationale) of the basis for denial, which shall be available to the public.

(4)The draft permit, denial, and rationale shall be provided the publicly or privately owned treatment works and the applicant and the recipients shall be provided a minimum of 30 days to review and comment on the proposed permit. The applicant and the treatment works may waive any or all of the comment time by mutual agreement.

(5)Comments received from the treatment works and the applicant will be considered by the Director and a final decision to issue the permit as proposed, to modify the proposed permit in response to comments and to issue the modified permit, or to deny the permit will be made by the Director. Should the treatment works choose to object to issuance of the permit, the Director shall deny the permit.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.5.22" level="3" title="Reclassification Of Significant Industrial Users">

(1)The Director may make a finding that an industrial user meeting the definition of a significant industrial user has no reasonable potential for adversely affecting the publicly owned treatment works operation or for violating any pretreatment standard or requirement and may at any time determine that the industrial user is not a significant industrial user. Prior to making such finding the Director shall notify the POTW receiving the industrial users discharge of his intention and shall request the POTW to submit any comments it wishes concerning the proposed action. The POTW shall be allowed at least 30 days to respond. The Director shall consider the POTW comments prior to making a final decision.

(2)A determination that a industrial user meeting the definition of a significant industrial user is not a significant industrial user shall be made in writing and shall state the reasons for the determination. Such determination may be reevaluated at any time and if justified the user shall be returned to significant industrial user status.

Author: John Poole.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: April 29, 1991.

Ed. Note: Previous Chapter 336-6-5 (same title) consisting of Rules:336-6-5-.01Purpose

336-6-5-.02Definitions

336-6-5-.03Requirements for Indirect Discharge Permit

336-6-5-.04Duty to Comply

336-6-5-.05General Pretreatment Standards and Requirements

336-6-5-.06Categorical Pretreatment Standards

336-6-5-.07Development of Pretreatment Programs

336-6-5-.08Revision of Categorical Pretreatment Standards to Reflect POTW Removal of Pollutants

336-6-5-.09Request for Revision of Categorical Pretreatment Standards

336-6-5-.10Preliminary Review of POTV Pretreatment Programs and Revision of Categorical Pretreatment Standards

336-6-5-.11Approval Procedures for POTW Pretreatment Programs and Revisions of Categorical Pretreatment Standards

336-6-5-.12Continuation and Withdrawal of Revisions of Categorical Pretreatment Standards

336-6-5-.13Reporting Requirements

336-6-5-.14Cooperative Agreements

REPEALED AND NEW CHAPTER ADOPTED IN LIEU THEREOF: Filed March 25, 1991.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-6-6" level="2" title="NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM">

<regElement name="335.6.6.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

Section 402(b) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA) provides that a state may administer its own permit program for discharges into the navigable waters within its jurisdiction. Such permit program, however, must be comparable to the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit program. It is the purpose of this Chapter to establish rules and procedures which will enable the state to administer an NPDES-type permit system for this state and to enforce the provisions of the Alabama Water Pollution Control Act (AWPCA).

Author: John Poole

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14 and &#167;&#167;22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989; April 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.6.02" level="3" title="Definitions"> <dwc name="lead" times="2"><dwc name="radioact" times="1">

Wherever used in this Chapter, unless a different meaning clearly appears from the context or unless a different meaning is stated in a definition applicable to only a portion of this Chapter, the following shall mean:

(a)"Applicable standards and limitations" means all state, interstate, and federal standards and limitations to which a "discharge" or a related activity is subject under the FWPCA and AWPCA, including "effluent limitations," water quality standards, standards of performance, toxic effluent standards or prohibitions, "best management practices," and pretreatment standards under Sections 301, 302, 303, 304, 306, 307, 308, 403, and 405 of the FWPCA and their implementing regulations and the AWPCA and its implementing rules.

(b)"Application" means forms, and additional information that are required by Rule 335-6-6-.08 to be submitted when applying for an NPDES permit.

(c)"Average monthly discharge limitation" means the highest allowable average of "daily discharges" over a calendar month, calculated as the sum of all "daily discharges" measured during a calendar month divided by the number of "daily discharges" measured during that month (zero discharge days shall not be included in the number of "daily discharges" measured). When an EPA approved method is used by the permittee, a value of less than the Minimum Level (ML) shall be considered zero for purposes of calculating the average monthly discharge of the substance. For example, if a discharge is monitored on three days during a month and the results of testing for a substance on those three days are 1, 2, and less than the ML the average monthly discharge is equal to 1 + 2 + 0 divided by 3 which would equal 1.

(d)"Average weekly discharge limitation" means the highest allowable average of "daily discharges" over a calendar week, calculated as the sum of all "daily discharges" measured during a calendar week divided by the number of "daily discharges" measured during that week (zero discharge days shall not be included in the number of "daily discharges" measured). When an EPA approved method is used by the permittee, a value of less than the Minimum Level (ML) shall be considered zero for purposes of calculating the average weekly discharge of the substance. For example, if a discharge is monitored on three days during a week and the results of testing for a substance on those three days are 1, 2, and less than the ML, the average monthly discharge is equal to 1 + 2 + 0 divided by 3 which would equal 1.

(e)"Best management practices" ("BMPs") means schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures, and other management practices to prevent or reduce the pollution of "waters of the state." BMPs also include treatment requirements, operating procedures, and practices to control site runoff, spillage or leaks, sludge or waste disposal, or drainage from raw material storage.

(f)"Bypass" means the intentional diversion of waste streams from any portion of a waste treatment facility.

(g)"Construction" means that the owner or operator has:

1.begun, or caused to begin as part of a continuous on-site construction program:

(i)any placement, assembly, or installation of facilities or equipment; or

(ii)significant site preparation work including clearing, excavation, or removal of existing buildings, structures, or facilities which is necessary for the placement, assembly, or installation of new source facilities or equipment; or

2.entered into a binding contractual obligation for the purpose of placement, assembly, or installation of facilities or equipment which are intended to be used in its operation within a reasonable time. Options to purchase or contracts which can be terminated or modified without substantial loss, and contracts for feasibility, engineering, and design studies do not constitute a contractual obligation under the paragraph.

(h)"Contiguous zone" means the entire zone established by the United States under Article 24 of the Convention on the Territorial Sea and the Contiguous Zone.

(i)"Continuous discharge" means a "discharge" which occurs without interruption throughout the operating hours of the facility, except for infrequent shutdowns for maintenance, process changes, or other similar activities.

(j)"Daily discharge" means the discharge of a pollutant measured during any consecutive 24 hour period in accordance with the sample type and analytical methodology specified by the discharge permit.

(k)"Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, established by the Alabama Environmental Management Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16.

(1)"Director" means the Director of the Department or an authorized representative.

(m)"Discharge" means the addition, introduction, leaking, spilling, or emitting of any sewage, industrial wastes, pollutant or other wastes into waters of the state.

(n)"Discharge limitation" means any restriction imposed by the Director on quantities, discharge rates, concentrations or other characteristics of "pollutants" which are "discharged" into "waters of the state."

(o)"Discharge monitoring report" or "(DMR)" means the form approved by the Director to accomplish reporting requirements of an NPDES permit.

(p)"Discharger" means a "person" who discharges a "pollutant(s)" into a "water of the state."

(q)"Domestic discharger" means a "person" who discharges only "domestic wastewater."

(r)"Domestic wastewater" means wastewater from residences and other wastewaters of similar composition and strength and does not mean wastewater generated by industrial processes.

(s)"Draft permit" means a document indicating the Director's tentative decision to issue or deny, modify, revoke and reissue, terminate, or reissue a "permit." A notice of intent to terminate a permit, and a notice of intent to deny a permit are types of "draft permits." A denial of a request for modification, revocation and reissuance, or termination is not a "draft permit." A "proposed permit" is not a "draft permit."

(t)"Effluent limitations" means any restriction imposed by the Environmental Protection Agency under Section 304(b) of the FWPCA (usually referred to as effluent limitation guidelines) on quantities, discharge rates, and concentration of pollutants which are discharged into waters of the state.

(u)"General Permit" means a NPDES Permit issued for a class of dischargers located in a defined area and, meeting the requirements of ADEM Administrative Code R. 335-6-6-.23.

(v)"Indirect discharger" means a nondomestic discharger who discharges "pollutants" to a "publicly owned treatment works (POTW)", or a "privately owned treatment facility" operated by another person.

(w)"Interim Minimum Level" (Interim ML) is calculated when a method-specific ML does not exit. It is equal to 3.18 times the method-specified MDL.

(x)"Major facility" means any facility or activity discharging to a "water of the state" and classified as such by the Regional Administrator.

(y)"Maximum daily discharge limitation" means the highest allowable "daily discharge."

(z)"Method Detection Limit" (MDL) means the minimum concentration of an analyte that can be measured and reported with 99 percent confidence that the analyte concentration is greater than zero as determined by a specific laboratory method (40 CFR Part 136) (1994).

(aa)"Minimum Level" (ML) means the concentration at which the entire analytical system must give a recognizable signal and acceptable calibration point. The ML is the concentration of the lowest calibration standard analyzed by a specific analytical procedure, assuming that all the method-specified sample weights, volumes, and processing steps have been followed.

(bb)"Municipal wastewater" means any wastewater discharged to a POTW and includes domestic and industrial wastewater.

(cc)"National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System" or "(NPDES)" means the national program for issuing, modifying, revoking and reissuing, terminating, monitoring and enforcing permits for the discharge of pollutants into waters of the state.

(dd)"New discharger" means any person who from any building, structure, facility or installation:

1.is discharging a pollutant(s) or may discharge a pollutant(s),

2.who did not commence the discharge of pollutants at a particular site prior to August 13, 1979 and which is not a new source, and

3.who has never received a final effective NPDES permit for discharges at that site.

(ee)"New source" means:

1.a new source as defined for coal mines by 40 CFR Part 434.11 (1994); and

2.any building, structure, facility, or installation from which there is or may be a discharge of pollutants, the construction of which commenced:

(i)after promulgation of standards of performance under Section 306 of FWPCA which are applicable to such source; or

(ii)after proposal of standards of performance in accordance with Section 306 of the FWPCA which are applicable to such source, but only if the standards are promulgated in accordance with Section 306 within 120 days of their proposal.

(ff)"Notifiable sanitary sewer overflow" means an overflow, spill, release or diversion of wastewater from a sanitary sewer system that:

1.reaches a surface water of the State; or

2.may imminently and substantially endanger human health based on potential for public exposure including but not limited to close proximity to public or private water supply wells or in areas where human contact would be likely to occur.

(gg)"Operator" (for purposes of permit application) means the person who treats and discharges wastewater or in the absence of treatment the person who generates and/or discharges wastewater, sludge, or storm water.

(hh)"Permit" means any issued permit under the NPDES.

(ii)"Permittee" a person to whom a permit has been issued under this Chapter.

(jj)"Person" means any and all persons, natural or artificial, including, but not limited to, any individual, partnership, association, society, joint stock company, firm, company, corporation, institution, trust, other legal entity, business organization or any governmental entity and any successor, representative, responsible corporate officer, agent or agency of the foregoing.

(kk)"Pollutant" includes but is not limited to dredged spoil, solid waste, incinerator residue, sewage, garbage, sewage sludge, munitions, chemical wastes, biological materials, radioactive materials, heat, wrecked or discarded equipment, rock, sand, cellar dirt and industrial, municipal and agricultural waste discharged into water. It does not mean:

1.sewage from vessels or

2.water, gas, or other material which is injected into a well to facilitate production of oil or gas, or water derived in association with oil and gas production and disposed of in a well, if the well used either to facilitate production or for disposal purposes is approved by authority of the state and if the Department determines that the injection or disposal will not result in the degradation of ground or surface water resources.

(ll)"Pollutant load allocation" means a determination of allowable amount(s) of a specific pollutant that may be discharged to a water of the state by one or more dischargers without causing a water quality standard violation.

(mm)"Privately owned treatment works" means any device or system which is used to treat wastes from any facility whose operator is not the operator of the treatment works, and which is not a "POTW."

(nn)"Publicly owned treatment works" or "(POTW)" means a wastewater collection and treatment facility owned by the state, a municipality, regional entity composed of two or more municipalities, or another entity created by state or local authority for the purpose of collecting and treating municipal wastewater.

(oo)"POTW operator" (for purposes of permit application) means a person having all of the following powers, except where a POTW is operated by a contractor who is not required to have these powers:

1.Police and land use powers, including the power to grant, deny, or condition new sewer connections and to establish and enforce sewer use ordinances and

2.Power over the design, construction, operation, and maintenance of a treatment works, including the power to select and terminate operations personnel, finance facilities construction by capital expenditures, and enact and enforce user charge systems and taxes that generate revenue for operation and maintenance.

(pp)"Regional Administrator" means the Regional Administrator of the appropriate regional office of the Environmental Protection Agency or the authorized representative of the Regional Administrator.

(qq)"Schedule of compliance" means a schedule of remedial measures, included in a permit, including an enforceable sequence of actions or operations leading to compliance with any permit requirement or water quality standard.

(rr)"Severe property damage" means substantial physical damage to property, damage to waste treatment facilities which causes them to become inoperable, or substantial and permanent loss of natural resources which can reasonably be expected to occur in the absence of a bypass. Severe property damage does not mean economic loss caused by delays in production.

(ss)"Sewage" means water carried human wastes from residences, buildings, industrial establishments or other places, together with such ground, surface, storm or other waters as may be present.

(tt)"Sludge" means any solid, semi-solid, or viscous material or other residue resulting from treatment of wastewater or produced as a result of wastewater management.

(uu)"State Indirect Discharge Permit" or "SID Permit" means a permit issued to dischargers of non-domestic pollutants to a "POTW" or a "Privately Owned Treatment Works."

(vv)"Territorial seas" means the belt of the seas measured from the line of ordinary low water along that portion of the coast which is in direct contact with the open sea and the line marking the seaward limit of inland waters, and extending seaward a distance of three miles.

(ww)"Toxic pollutants" means pollutants and combination of pollutants, including disease-causing agents, which after discharge and upon exposure, ingestion, inhalation or assimilation into any organisms, either directly from the environment or indirectly through food chains, will, on the basis of information available to the Department or Director cause death, disease, behavioral abnormalities, cancer, genetic mutations, physiological malfunctions, including malfunctions in reproduction, or physical deformations, in such organisms or their offspring. This shall include but not be limited to pollutants listed as toxic under Section 307(a)(1) of the FWPCA.

(xx)"Trade secret" includes but is not limited to, any formula, plan, pattern, process, tool, mechanism, compound or procedure, as well as production data or compilation of information, financial and marketing data, which is not patented, which is known only to certain individuals within a commercial concern who are using it to fabricate, produce or compound an article of trade or a service having commercial value, and which gives its user an opportunity to obtain a business advantage over competitors who do not know of it.

(yy)"Upset" means an exceptional incident in which there is unintentional and temporary noncompliance with technology based permit effluent limitations because of factors beyond the reasonable control of the permittee. An upset does not include noncompliance to the extent caused by operational error, improperly designed treatment facilities, inadequate treatment facilities, lack of preventive maintenance, or careless or improper operation.

(zz)"Waste treatment facility" shall mean any devices or systems used in the storage, treatment, recycling or reclamation of municipal sewage, industrial waste, any pollutant, or other waste, including but not limited to, interceptor sewers, outfall sewers, sewage collection systems; associated pumping power and other equipment and their appurtenances; extensions, improvements, remodeling, additions or alterations thereof. In addition, "waste treatment facility" shall mean any other method or system for preventing, abating, reducing, storing, treating, separating, or disposing of municipal waste, industrial waste, pollutant, or other waste which flows into waters of the state.

(aaa)"Waters of the state" means all waters of any river, stream, watercourse, pond, lake, coastal, ground or surface water, wholly or partially within the state, natural or artificial. This does not include waters which are entirely confined and retained completely upon the property of a single individual, partnership or corporation unless such waters are used in interstate commerce.

(bbb)"Zone of initial dilution" or "ZID" means that area extending from the port openings of a high rate diffuser to the initial edge of the mixing zone where due to great turbulence a constant instream waste concentration (IWC) cannot be determined. For purposes of this definition a high rate diffuser is a submerged outfall in the form of a single pipe outlet or of multiport design giving rise to one or several submerged discharge jets designed to induce mixing between the effluent and receiving stream. The diffuser will protect against surface impingement and bottom attachment of the submerged jet(s) and in general a minimum exit velocity of ten feet per second shall be provided. The length of the ZID and thereby the distance to the initial edge of the mixing zone shall not exceed the more stringent of the following requirements:

1.fifty times the discharge length scale (DLS) in any spatial direction, where the DLS is the square root of the cross-sectional area of any discharge outlet,

2.five times the water depth in any horizontal direction from the discharge outlet, or

3.no more than ten percent of the distance from the edge of the outfall structure to the leading edge of the mixing zone in any spatial direction.

Authors: John Poole, Ed Hughes

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14 and &#167;&#167;22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989; April 29, 1991. Amended: Filed August 8, 1995; effective September 12, 1995. Amended: Filed June 26, 2002; effective July 31, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.6.03" level="3" title="Requirement For NPDES Permit">

(1)No person shall discharge pollutants into waters of the state without first having obtained a valid NPDES permit or coverage under a valid General NPDES Permit unless such discharge is:

(a)of sewage from vessels, effluent from properly functioning marine engines, laundry, shower, and galley sink wastes, or any other discharge incidental to the normal operation of a vessel. This exclusion does not apply to:

1.the discharge of any solid wastes, garbage, ashes, rubbish, or hazardous waste within the meaning of Code of Alabama (1975), 22-27-2 (1984 Rplc. Vol.), any other pollutant, industrial waste or other waste within the meaning of Code of Alabama (1975), 22-22-1(b) (1984 Rplc. Vol.), or any discharge in violation of ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-6-6-.02

2.Waste resulting from the improper operation of a vessel, or from the improper storage or handling of a solid or liquid product on board a vessel; or

3.Any waste resulting from any operations of a vessel in use for a purpose other than a means of transportation.

(b)of dredged or fill material which is regulated under Section 404 of the FWPCA;

(c)in compliance with the instructions of an On-Scene Coordinator pursuant to 33 CFR 153.10(e) (1994) or 40 CFR Part 300 (1994) and 40 CFR Part 122.3(d) (1994);

(d)from non-point source agricultural and silvicultural activities, including runoff from orchards, cultivated crops, pastures, range lands and forest lands, but not discharges from animal feeding operations (AFO) and concentrated animal feeding operations (CAFO), discharges from concentrated aquatic animal production facilities, aquaculture projects and discharges from silvicultural sources as defined in regulations referenced in Rule 335-6-6-.10;

(e)a return flow from irrigated agriculture.

(f)a discharge to a publicly owned treatment works or a privately owned treatment works that has been approved and granted a State Indirect Discharge Permit by the Department.

(g)a discharge to an injection well that has been permitted by the Department or the State Oil and Gas Board.

(2)No person, required to apply for a storm water discharge permit by 40 CFR 122.26 (2000), shall discharge pollutants into waters of the state without first having applied for a valid NPDES permit, coverage under a valid General NPDES Permit, or coverage under a valid NPDES Registration. New dischargers shall obtain a valid NPDES permit, coverage under a valid General Permit, or coverage under a valid NPDES Registration prior to conducting any activity for which application for a storm water discharge permit is required by 40 CFR 122.26 (2000).

Authors: John Poole, Richard Hulcher, Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1, 22-22-9, 22-22A-5.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989; April 29, 1991. Amended: Filed August 8, 1995; effective September 12, 1995. Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999. Amended: Filed June 26, 2002; effective July 31, 2002. Amended: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

<regElement name="335.6.6.04" level="3" title="Prohibited Discharges"> <dwc name="radioact" times="1">

An NPDES permit shall not be issued to a person proposing any of the following discharges:

(a)a discharge containing a radiological, chemical or biological warfare agent or a high-level radioactive waste;

(b)a discharge which, as determined by the Secretary of the Army, would substantially impair anchorage or navigation;

(c)a discharge in conflict with an Area Wide Waste Treatment Management Plan or amendment thereto, certified by the state and approved by EPA pursuant to Section 208(b) of the FWPCA;

(d)a discharge for which the applicant is required to obtain a certification under Section 401 of the FWPCA and that certification has not been obtained or waived;

(e)a discharge to waters of the territorial seas or the contiguous zone in the following circumstances:

1.before the promulgation of guidelines under Section 403(c) of the FWPCA, (for determining degradation of the waters of the territorial seas or the contiguous zone) unless it is determined to be in the public interest or

2.after promulgation of guidelines under Section 403(c) of the FWPCA, when insufficient information exists to make a reasonable judgment whether the discharge complies with them;

(f)when the imposition of conditions cannot ensure compliance with applicable water quality requirements;

(g)a discharge to which the Regional Administrator objects in writing to the Department pursuant to any right to object provided the Regional Administrator in Section 402(d) of the FWPCA;

(h)a discharge which otherwise does not comply with the AWPCA or the FWPCA; or

(i)a discharge from the construction of a new source or the construction of a new discharger, if the discharge from its construction will cause or contribute to the violation of water quality standards.

(j)a discharge from the operation of a new source or the operation of a new discharger, if the discharge from its operation will cause or contribute to a violation of water quality standards.

Authors: John Poole, Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989. Amended: Filed June 26, 2002; effective July 31, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.6.05" level="3" title="Duration Of Permits">

(1)An NPDES permit issued pursuant to the AWPCA and this Chapter shall have a fixed term not to exceed five years unless a longer term is allowed by 40 CFR Part 122 and is approved by the Director. A person who wishes to continue to discharge beyond the term of such permit shall apply for reissuance of an NPDES permit pursuant to Rule 335-6-6-.08.

(2)An NPDES permit issued for a "new discharger" or "new source" shall expire eighteen months after issuance if "construction" has not begun during that eighteen-month period. This period shall be tolled by any administrative or judicial stay.

(3)That portion of an NPDES permit authorizing the discharge of increased quantities of pollutants to accommodate the modification of an existing facility shall expire eighteen months after issuance if "construction" of the modification has not begun within eighteen months after reissuance of the NPDES permit or modification of the NPDES permit to allow the discharge of increased quantities of pollutants. This period shall be tolled by any administrative or judicial stay.

Authors: John Poole, Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989. Amended: Filed August 8, 1995; effective September 12, 1995. Amended: Filed June 26, 2002; effective July 31, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.6.06" level="3" title="Continuation Of Expiring Permits">

The terms and conditions of an expiring NPDES permit are automatically extended until the effective date a new NPDES permit if the permittee has submitted a timely and complete application for reissuance of an NPDES permit and the delay in permit issuance has not been caused by the actions of the permittee in accordance with 335-6-6-.08(1)(k)8. and 335-6-6-.12(b).

Authors: John Poole, Ed Hughes

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989. Amended: Filed August 8, 1995; effective September 12, 1995. Amended: Filed June 26, 2002; effective July 31, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.6.07" level="3" title="Confidentiality Of Information">

(1)Information required under the Rule 335-6-6-.08 as necessary to form a complete NPDES application may not be claimed as confidential. This includes information submitted on the approved application forms themselves and any attachments used to supply information required by the forms. Claims of confidentiality for the following information will be denied:

(a)the name and address of any permit applicant or permittee and

(b)information required to develop the permit, permits, and effluent data.

(2)With the exception of the information specified in paragraph 335-6-6-.07(1), all claims of confidentiality shall be handled in accordance with Rule 335-1-1-.06.

(3)Requests for confidentiality should be submitted with the material for which confidential treatment is desired and if possible the confidential material should be separated from the rest of the submittal. A request for confidentiality received more than 90 days after the Department has received the material shall be denied.

(4)A request for confidentiality shall include:

(a)a showing that making the information public will divulge unique methods, sales figures or processes, or that the divulgence of the information will otherwise adversely affect the competitive position of the requester.

(b)a showing of statutory authority such as would empower the Department to hold such information confidential.

Author: John Poole

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989. Amended: Filed August 8, 1995; effective September 12, 1995.

<regElement name="335.6.6.08" level="3" title="Application Format And Procedures For New Permits And For Permit Reissuance">

(1)Applications shall be made in duplicate, shall be made using forms designated by the Director, and shall consist of the following:

(a)information required under 40 CFR Part 122 Subpart B (2000) where applicable to the particular discharges;

(b)trade name and chemical composition of all biocides and corrosion inhibitors used;

(c)type of business entity, whether corporation, general or limited partnership, sole proprietorship or other;

(d)if applicable, name of applicant's parent corporation or subsidiary corporations;

(e)if a corporation, location of incorporation;

(f)a listing of corporate officers and their names and addresses; and the name and address of the agent designated by the corporation for purposes of service. If a partnership, the names and addresses of the general partners and, if a proprietorship, the name and address of the proprietor;

(g)permit numbers for applicant's previously issued NPDES permits and identification of any other state environmental permits presently held by the applicant or its parent corporation or subsidiary corporations within the state;

(h)identification of administrative complaints, notices of violation, directives, or administrative orders, or litigation concerning water pollution, if any, against the applicant, its parent corporation or subsidiary corporations within the state;

(i)if the discharge is to be from a new processing facility or new waste treatment facility, the Department may require the submittal of a preliminary engineering report and/or preliminary plans and specifications prior to permitting or the Department may elect to require one or more of these documents prior to discharge or the Department may waive the requirement for one or all of these documents. This requirement applies whether or not an existing facility is present at the same location which may possess an NPDES permit, but does not apply to mining operations regulated pursuant to the Alabama Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1981; and

(j)a best management practices (BMP) plan if required by the Director prior to permitting. BMP plans shall be developed in accordance with good engineering practices and may be required to:

1.be documented in narrative form and shall include any necessary plot plans, drawings or maps;

2.examine each facility component or system with respect to its potential for causing a release of significant amounts of pollutants into waters due to equipment failure, improper operation, natural phenomena such as rain, freezing temperatures, etc.;

3.include a prediction of the direction, rate of flow and total quantity of pollutants which could be discharged from the facility as a result of equipment failure, natural phenomena or other circumstances;

4.establish best management practices addressing each system capable of causing a release of significant amounts of pollutants into waters of the state;

5.reflect applicable requirements for Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure (SPCC) plans under Section 311 of the FWPCA and 40 CFR Part 112 (1994), and may incorporate such plans into the BMP plan by reference;

6.assure the proper management of solid and hazardous waste;

7.address the following points for materials storage areas, process and material handling areas, loading and unloading areas, plant site runoff, and sludge and waste disposal areas: statement of policy, employee training, inspections, preventative maintenance, and housekeeping; and

8.provide impervious liners, dikes, or other structures sufficient to prevent the discharge of a pollutant to groundwater.

(k)the Department may require that an application for an NPDES permit provide additional reports, specifications, plans, quantitative data, bioassays, stream models, or other information reasonably required to assess the discharges of the facility and the potential water quality impact of the discharges and to determine whether to issue an NPDES permit; and

1.Applicable fees as required by Chapter 335-1-6.

2.Signatory requirements for permit applications shall comply with the requirements of Rule 335-6-6-.09.

3.Applicants shall keep records of all data used to complete permit applications and any supplemental information submitted under this section for a period of at least three years from the date the application is signed or if the applicant is involved in litigation with the Department until such time that the litigation is resolved.

4.Any application which is incomplete or otherwise deficient shall not be processed until such time as the applicant has supplied the missing information or otherwise corrected the deficiency and shall not constitute compliance with Rule 335-6-6-.12 or Rule 335-6-6-.06, except that information requested under the authority of Rule 335-6-6-.08(1)(k) above after submittal of the initial application shall not render the initial application incomplete unless such information was requested at least 180 days prior to the expiration of an existing permit.

5.Permit applications shall be submitted by the operator of the wastewater treatment and disposal system or, in instances where wastewater is discharged without treatment, by the operator of the process or facility generating the wastewater. Permit applications for storm water discharge permits from municipalities and other governmental agencies shall be submitted by the person owning or having control over the storm sewer system.

6.Permit applications submitted for publicly owned treatment works, that have design effluent flows equal to or greater than one million gallons per day or that receive a discharge from a significant industrial discharger, shall include the results of a valid whole effluent biological toxicity test, performed within the twelve month period immediately preceding the application submittal date.

7.The permit writer shall determine if a permit application is complete as defined by this rule and if all the information necessary for determining permit conditions has been submitted. If additional information is required, the permit writer shall request the information from the applicant in writing and failure to respond by the applicant shall be grounds for denial of the permit application.

8.Applications for new sources, new dischargers, permit reissuance and for permit modifications (except as in 335-6-6-.08(k)9.) shall be submitted at least 180 days prior to the applicant's desired date for commencement of the new discharge and for permit reissuance at least 180 days prior to expiration of the current permit.

9.Applications for individual NPDES permits for storm water discharge shall contain the information required by 40 CFR 122 (2000) and shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of 40 CFR 122 (2000).

Authors: John Poole, Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989; April 29, 1991. Amended: Filed August 8, 1995; effective September 12, 1995. Amended: Filed June 26, 2002; effective July 31, 2002. Amended: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

<regElement name="335.6.6.09" level="3" title="Signatories To Permit Applications And Reports">

(1)The application for an NPDES permit shall be signed by a responsible official, as indicated below:

(a)in the case of a corporation, by a principal executive officer of at least the level of vice president, or a manager assigned or delegated in accordance with corporate procedures, with such delegation submitted in writing if required by the Department, who is responsible for manufacturing, production, or operating facilities and is authorized to make management decisions which govern the operation of the regulated facility;

(b)in the case of a partnership, by a general partner;

(c)in the case of a sole proprietorship, by the proprietor; or

(d)in the case of a municipal, state, federal, or other public entity by either a principal executive officer, or ranking elected official.

(2)All reports required by permits and other information requested by the Department shall be signed by a person described in paragraph 335-6-6-.09(1) or by a duly authorized representative of that person. A person is a duly authorized representative only if:

(a)the authorization is made in writing by a person

described in paragraph 335-6-6-.09(1);

(b)the authorization specifies either an individual or a position having responsibility for the overall operation of the regulated facility or activity and;

(c)the written authorization is submitted to the Department.

(3)If an authorization under paragraph 335-6-6-.09(2) is no longer accurate because a different individual or position has responsibility for the overall operation of the facility, a new authorization satisfying the requirements of said paragraph must be submitted to the Department prior to or together with any reports or information signed by the newly authorized representative.

(4)Any person signing a document under this Rule shall make the following certification:

"I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations."

Authors: John Poole, Ed Hughes

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22-14, 22-22A-5.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989. Amended: Filed June 26, 2002; effective July 31, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.6.10" level="3" title="Requirements Applicable To Particular Discharges">

NPDES permits for the following categories of discharges shall comply with and be governed by pertinent regulations as specified below:

(a)animal feeding operations (AFO) and concentrated animal feeding operations (CAFO): ADEM Administrative Code Chapter 335-6-6 (Individual Permit) and Chapter 335-6-7 (Registration);

(b)concentrated aquatic animal production facilities; 40 CFR 122.24 (1994), and 40 CFR Part 122 (1994) Appendix C;

(c)aquaculture projects: 40 CFR Part 122.25 (1994); and 40 CFR Part 125 (1994) Subpart B;

(d)silvicultural point sources, excluding mining operations regulated pursuant to ADEM Administrative Code Chapter 335-6-9: 40 CFR Part 122.27 (1994);

(e)mining operations: ADEM Administrative Code Chapter 335-6-9; and

(f)construction, noncoal/nonmetallic mining and dry processing less than five acres, other land disturbance activities, and areas associated with these activities; ADEM Administrative Code Chapter 335-6-6 (Individual Permit) and Chapter 335-6-12 (Registration).

Authors: John Poole, Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989. Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999. Amended: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

<regElement name="335.6.6.11" level="3" title="Conditions Applicable To Storm Water Discharges By Operators of Municipal Storm Sewers">

NPDES permits issued to operators of large or medium municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4) shall include the applicable requirements of 40 CFR Part 122.42(c) (2000). NPDES permits issued to operators of small MS4?s shall include the applicable requirements of 40 CFR Parts 122.30 ? 122.37 (2000).

Authors: John Poole, Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989; April 29, 1991. Amended: Filed December 19, 2003; effective January 23, 2003.

<regElement name="335.6.6.12" level="3" title="Conditions Applicable To All NPDES Permits">

The following requirements apply to all NPDES permits. Provisions implementing these requirements shall be incorporated into each permit.

(a)Duty to Comply.

1.The permittee must comply with all conditions of the permit. Any permit noncompliance constitutes a violation of the AWPCA and the FWPCA and is grounds for enforcement action, for permit termination, revocation and re-issuance, suspension, modification; or denial of a permit renewal application.

2.The permittee shall comply with effluent standards or prohibitions established under Section 307(a) of the FWPCA for toxic pollutants within the time provided in the regulations that establish these standards or prohibitions, even if the permit has not yet been modified to incorporate the requirement.

3.Any person who violates a permit condition is subject to a civil penalty as authorized by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-5(18) (1987 Cum. Supp.) and/or a criminal penalty as authorized by the AWPCA.

(b)Duty to Reapply. If the permittee wishes to continue a discharge regulated by the permit after the expiration date of that permit, the permittee must apply for re-issuance of the permit at least 180 days prior to its expiration and, except as provided in Rule 335-6-6-.06 and 335-6-6-.08(1)(k)9., must obtain a new permit prior to the expiration of the existing permit. If the permittee does not desire to continue the discharge of wastewater allowed by an expiring permit, the permittee shall notify the Department at least 180 days prior to expiration of the permit of the permittee's intention not to request reissuance of the permit.

(c)It shall not be a defense for a permittee in an enforcement action that it would have been necessary to halt or reduce production or other activities in order to maintain compliance with the conditions of the permit.

(d)Duty to Mitigate. The permittee shall take all reasonable steps to minimize or prevent any violation of the permit or to minimize or prevent any adverse impact of any permit violation.

(e)Proper Operation and Maintenance. The permittee shall at all times properly operate and maintain all facilities and systems of treatment and control (and related appurtenances) which are installed or used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of the permit. Proper operation and maintenance includes effective performance, adequate funding, adequate operator staffing and training, and adequate laboratory and process controls, including appropriate quality assurance procedures. This provision requires the operation of backup or auxiliary facilities only when necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of the permit.

(f)Permit Actions. The permit may be modified, revoked and reissued, suspended, or terminated for cause. The filing of a request by a permittee for a permit modification, revocation and re-issuance, or termination, or a notification of planned changes or anticipated noncompliance does not stay any permit condition.

(g)Property Rights. The permit does not convey any property rights of any sort or any exclusive privilege.

(h)Duty to Provide Information. The permittee shall furnish to the Director, within a reasonable time, any information which the Director may request to determine whether cause exists for modifying, revoking and re-issuing, suspending, or terminating the permit or to determine compliance with the permit. The permittee shall also furnish to the Director upon request, copies of records required to be kept by the permit.

(i)Inspection and Entry. The permittee shall allow the Director, or an authorized representative, upon the presentation of credentials and other documents as may be required by law to:

1.enter upon the permittee's premises where a regulated facility or activity is located or conducted, or where records must be kept under the conditions of the permit;

2.have access to and copy, at reasonable times, any records that must be kept under the conditions of the permit;

3.inspect at reasonable times any facilities, equipment (including monitoring and control equipment), practices, or operations regulated or required under the permit; and

4.sample or monitor at reasonable times, for the purposes of assuring permit compliance or as otherwise authorized by the AWPCA, any substances or parameters at any location.

(j)Monitoring and Records.

1.All permits shall specify:

(i)requirements concerning the proper use, maintenance, and installation, when appropriate, of monitoring equipment or methods (including biological monitoring methods when appropriate);

(ii)required monitoring, including type, intervals, and frequency sufficient to yield data which are representative of the monitored activity including, when appropriate, continuous monitoring; and

(iii)applicable reporting requirements based upon the impact of the regulated activity.

2.To assure compliance with permit limitations, all permits shall specify requirements to monitor:

(i)the mass and/or other measurement for each pollutant limited in the permit;

(ii)the volume of effluent discharged from each outfall; and

(iii)other measurements as appropriate; including pollutants in internal waste streams, pollutants in intake water for net limitations, pollutants subject to notification requirements, frequency, and rate of discharge.

3.Samples and measurements taken for the purpose of monitoring shall be in accordance with the terms of the NPDES permit.

4.The permittee shall retain records of all monitoring information, including all calibration and maintenance records and all original strip chart recordings for continuous monitoring instrumentation, copies of all reports required by the permit, and records of all data used to complete the above reports or the application for this permit, for a period of at least three years from the date of the sample measurement, report or application. This period may be extended by request of the Director at any time. If litigation or other enforcement action, under the AWPCA and/or the FWPCA, is ongoing which involves any of the above records, the records shall be kept until the litigation is resolved.

5.Records of monitoring information shall include:

(i)the date, exact place, and time of sampling or measurements;

(ii)the individual(s) who performed the sampling or measurements;

(iii)the date(s) analyses were performed;

(iv)the individual(s) who performed the analyses;

(v)the analytical techniques or methods used; and

(vi)the results of such analyses.

6.All records required to be kept for a period of three years shall be kept at the permitted facility or an alternate location approved by the Department in writing and shall be available for inspection.

7.Monitoring shall be conducted according to test procedures approved under 40 CFR Part 136 (1994), unless other test procedures have been approved by the Director or specified in the permit. Upon the establishment of a program for certifying commercial laboratories which perform wastewater analyses, only a laboratory certified by the state may be used for contracting wastewater analyses used for NPDES reporting.

8.Any person who falsifies, tampers with, or knowingly renders inaccurate any monitoring device or method required to be maintained or performed under the permit shall, upon conviction, be subject to penalties as provided by the AWPCA.

(k)Signatory Requirements. All applications, reports, or information submitted to the Director shall be signed and certified according to the requirements of Rule 335-6-6-.09.

(l)Reporting Requirements.

1.Planned Changes. The permittee shall apply for a permit modification at least 180 days in advance of any planned physical alterations or additions to a facility. Application is required only when:

(i)the alteration or addition could result in the discharge of additional pollutants or increase the quantity of pollutants discharged. This notification applies to pollutants that are or are not subject to discharge limitations in the permit, as well as to pollutants subject to notification requirements under paragraph 335-6-6-.13 or

(ii)the alteration or addition would result in additional discharge points that would require coverage under an NPDES permit.

2.Anticipated Noncompliance. The permittee shall give advance notice to the Director of any planned changes in or other circumstances regarding a facility which may result in noncompliance with permit requirements.

3.Any person who knowingly makes any false statement, representation, or certification in any record or other document submitted or required to be maintained under this permit, including monitoring reports or reports of compliance or noncompliance shall, upon conviction, be punished as provided by applicable state and federal law.

4.Transfers. The permit is not transferable to any person except by modification or revocation and re-issuance of the permit to change the name of the permittee and incorporate such other requirements as may be necessary under the AWPCA or FWPCA. The Director may require the submittal of a complete permit application by the new operator and may issue a new permit or the Director may, in the case of a change in operator where no significant change in operations has occurred that would affect compliance with the NPDES permit, where no additional discharges would be added that would require coverage by an NPDES permit and where no additional requirements under the AWPCA or FWPCA are necessary, accomplish transfer of the NPDES permit by the following procedure:

(i)The current permittee and the prospective permittee shall apply for a transfer of the permit at least thirty days in advance of the change in operator.

(ii)This application shall include a written agreement between the existing and new permittees containing the specific date for transfer of permit responsibilities, coverage and liability. This application shall be witnessed and accompanied by the appropriate fee required under Chapter 335-1-6.

5.Monitoring Reports.

(i)Monitoring results shall be summarized for each monitoring period on a Discharge Monitoring Report form (DMR) approved by the Department and shall be submitted so that the DMR is received by the Department no later than the 28th day of the month following the reporting period specified in the permit.

(ii)Except as allowed under (v) below, monitoring reports shall be submitted with a frequency dependent on the nature and effect of the discharge, but in no case less than once per year, and as required by the NPDES permit.

(iii)If the permittee monitors any pollutant more frequently than required by the permit, using test procedures approved under 40 CFR Part 136 (1994) or as specified in the permit, the results of this monitoring shall be included in the calculation and reporting of the data submitted in the DMR.

(iv)Calculations for all limitations which require averaging of measurements shall utilize an arithmetic mean (zero discharge days shall not be used in these calculations) unless otherwise specified by the Director in the permit.

(v)Except for those storm water discharges associated with industrial activity that are subject to an effluent limitation guideline under applicable Federal Regulations, requirements to report results of storm water discharge monitoring shall be established on a case-by-case basis with a frequency dependent on the nature and effect of the discharge. At a minimum, a permit for such a discharge must require:

(I)The discharger to conduct an annual inspection of the facility site to identify areas contributing to a storm water discharge associated with industrial activity and evaluate whether measures to reduce pollutant loadings identified in a best management practices plan are adequate and properly implemented in accordance with the terms of the permit or whether additional control measures are needed;

(II)The discharger to maintain a record for a period of three years a record summarizing the results of the inspection and a certification that the facility is in compliance with the plan and the permit, and identifying any incidents of non-compliance;

(III)Such report and certification to be signed by a person meeting the requirements of Rule 335-6-6-.09(1);

(IV)Permits for storm water discharges associated with industrial activity from inactive mining operations may, where annual inspections are impracticable, require certification once every three years by a Registered Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the State of Alabama that the facility is in compliance with the permit, or alternative requirements; and

(V)Permits which do not require submittal of monitoring result reports at least annually shall require that the permittee report all instances of noncompliance, not required to be reported by ADEM Admin. Code, Chapter 335-6-6, at least annually.

6.Noncompliance Reporting.

(i)Twenty-four Hour Reporting. The permittee shall report to the Director, within 24 hours of becoming aware of the noncompliance, any noncompliance which may endanger health or the environment. This shall include but not be limited to the following circumstances:

(I)violation of a discharge limitation for any pollutants identified in the permit to be reported within 24 hours;

(II)a discharge which threatens human health or welfare, fish or aquatic life, or water quality standards;

(III)a discharge which does not comply with an applicable toxic pollutant effluent standard or prohibition established under Section 307(a) of the FWPCA;

(IV)a discharge which contains a quantity of a hazardous substance which has been determined may be harmful to the public health or welfare under Section 311(b)(4) of the FWPCA; and

(V)a direct or indirect unpermitted discharge of a pollutant to a water of the state, regardless of the cause of the discharge. This requirement shall not apply to spills or releases that are properly reported to the Department under any other state or federal requirement, if the report is made in accordance with the other requirement.

(ii)In addition to the oral report, a written submission shall also be submitted to the Director no later than five days after becoming aware of the circumstances identified in subparagraph 335-6-6-.12(1)6.(i) above.

(iii)The permittee shall report all instances of noncompliance not reported under subparagraph 335-6-6-.12(1)6.(i) and subparagraph 335-6-6-.12(1)6.(ii), at the time monitoring reports are submitted.

(iv)Written reports required by subparagraph 335-6-6-.12(1)6.(ii) or subparagraph 335-6-6-.12(1)6.(iii) shall include the following information:

(I)description of the noncompliance and its cause;

(II)period of noncompliance; including exact dates and times, or, if not corrected, the anticipated time it is expected to continue;

(III)description of the steps taken and/or being taken to reduce or eliminate the noncompliance and to prevent its recurrence;

(v)Immediate notification. The permittee shall report to the Director, the public, the county health department, and any other affected entity such as public water systems, as soon as possible upon becoming aware of any notifiable sanitary sewer overflow.

(m)Bypass.

1.Bypass Not Exceeding Limitations. The permittee may allow any bypass to occur which does not cause discharge limitations to be exceeded and which enters the same receiving water as the permitted outfall but only if it also is for essential maintenance to assure efficient operation of the waste treatment facility. The permittee shall monitor the bypassed wastewater at a frequency, at least daily, sufficient to prove compliance with permit discharge limitations. These bypasses are not subject to the provisions of subparagraph 335-6-6-.12(m)3.

2.Notice.

(i)Anticipated Bypass. If the permittee knows in advance of the need for a bypass, it shall submit prior notice to the Department, if possible at least ten days before the date of the bypass.

(ii)Unanticipated Bypass. The permittee shall submit notice of an unanticipated bypass as required in subparagraph 335-6-6-.12(1)6.

3.Prohibition of Bypass.

(i)Bypass is prohibited and the Director may take enforcement action against a permittee for bypass, unless:

(I)bypass was unavoidable to prevent loss of life, personal injury, or severe property damage;

(II)there were no feasible alternatives to the bypass, such as the use of auxiliary waste treatment facilities, retention of untreated wastes, or maintenance during normal periods of equipment downtime. This condition is not satisfied if the permittee could have installed adequate backup equipment to prevent a bypass which occurred during normal periods of equipment downtime or preventive maintenance; and

(III)the permittee submitted notices as required under subparagraph 335-6-6-.12(m)2. and the bypass was approved by the Director.

(ii)The Director may approve an anticipated bypass, after considering its adverse effects, if the Director determines that it will meet the conditions listed above in subparagraph 335-6-6-.12(m)3.

(n)Upset.

1.Effect of an Upset. An upset constitutes an affirmative defense to an action brought for noncompliance with technology based permit limitations if the requirements of subparagraph 335-6-6-.12(n)2. are met.

2.Conditions Necessary for Demonstration of an Upset. A permittee who wishes to establish the affirmative defense of an upset shall demonstrate through properly signed, contemporaneous operating logs, or other relevant evidence that:

(i)an upset occurred and that the permittee can identify the specific cause(s) of the upset;

(ii)the wastewater treatment facility was at the time being properly operated;

(iii)the permittee submitted notice of the upset as required in subparagraph 335-6-6-.12(1)6.; and

(iv)the permittee complied with any remedial measures required under paragraph 335-6-6-.12(d).

3.Burden of Proof. In any enforcement proceeding the permittee seeking to establish the occurrence of an upset has the burden of proof.

(o)New, reissued, modified or revoked and reissued permits shall incorporate all applicable requirements of Rule 335-6-6-.12 and Rule 335-6-6-.13.

(p)An NPDES permit issued for a "new discharger" or "new source" shall expire eighteen months after issuance if "construction" has not begun during the eighteen month period.

(q)That portion of an NPDES permit authorizing the discharge of increased quantities of pollutants to accommodate the modification of an existing facility shall expire if "construction" of the modification has not begun within eighteen months after issuance of the NPDES permit or modification of the NPDES permit to allow the discharge of increased quantities of pollutants.

(r)The permittee shall provide spill prevention, control and/or management for any stored pollutant(s) that may, if spilled, be reasonably expected to enter a water of the state or the collection system for a publicly or privately owned treatment works. Any containment system used for spill control and management shall be constructed of materials compatible with the substance(s) stored and of materials which shall prevent the pollution of groundwater and shall be capable of retaining 110 percent of the volume of the largest container of pollutants for which the containment system is provided.

Authors: John Poole, Ed Hughes

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22-14, 22-22A-5.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989; April 29, 1991. Amended: Filed August 8, 1995; effective September 12, 1995. Amended: Filed June 26, 2002; effective July 31, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.6.13" level="3" title="Conditions Applicable To Specific Categories Of NPDES Permits"> <dwc name="antimoni" times="2">

The following conditions apply to all NPDES permits within the categories specified below and shall be incorporated into NPDES permits as applicable.

(a)Existing manufacturing, commercial, mining, and silvicultural dischargers. In addition to the reporting requirements under paragraph 335-6-6-.12(1), all existing manufacturing, commercial, mining, and silvicultural permittees must notify the Director as soon as they know or have reason to believe:

1.that any activity has occurred or will occur which would result in the discharge on a routine or frequent basis, of any toxic pollutant which is not limited in the permit, if that discharge will exceed the highest of the following notification levels:

(i)one hundred micrograms per liter;

(ii)two hundred micrograms per liter for acrolein and acrylonitrile; five hundred micrograms per liter for 2,4-dinitrophenol and for 2-methyl-4, 6-dinitrophenol; and one milligram per liter for antimony;

(iii)five times the maximum concentration value reported for that pollutant in the permit application; or

(iv)a level established by the Director under subparagraph 335-6-6-.14(3)(g);

2.That any activity has occurred or will occur which would result in any discharge, on a non-routine or infrequent basis, of a toxic pollutant which is not limited in the permit, if that discharge will exceed the highest of the following notification levels:

(i)five hundred micrograms per liter;

(ii)one milligram per liter for antimony;

(iii)ten times the maximum concentration value reported for that pollutant in the permit application; or

(iv)a level established by the Director under subparagraph 335-6-6-.14(3)(g).

(b)Publicly and Privately Owned Treatment Works.

1.Publicly owned treatment works and privately owned treatment works shall not allow the introduction of wastewater other than domestic wastewater from a new indirect discharger prior to the approval and permitting, if applicable, of the discharge by the Department (permits for indirect discharges to privately owned treatment works shall be issued in accordance with the procedures for issuance of permits to indirect dischargers to POTWs as found in Chapter 335-6-5).

2.Publicly owned treatment works and privately owned treatment works shall not allow an existing indirect discharger to increase the quantity or change the character of its non-domestic wastewater discharge prior to the approval and permitting, if applicable, of the discharge by the Department (permits for indirect discharges to privately owned treatment works shall be issued in accordance with the procedures for issuance of permits to indirect dischargers to POTWs found in Chapter 335-6-5).

3.Publicly owned treatment works and privately owned treatment works shall report to the Department any adverse impact caused or believed to be caused by an indirect discharger, on the treatment process, quality of discharged wastewater, or quality of sludge. Such report shall be submitted within seven days of the date that the permittee becomes aware of the adverse impacts.

4.Publicly owned treatment works shall designate discharge points for trucked or hauled pollutants and shall not allow discharge of such pollutants at any other location. Additionally, publicly owned treatment works shall not allow the discharge of industrial wastes or pollutants at a designated discharge point unless such discharge has been permitted by the Department or determined by the Department not to be a significant industrial user.

Author: John Poole

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989; April 29, 1991. Amended: Filed June 26, 2002; effective July 31, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.6.14" level="3" title="Establishing Limitations, Standards, And Other Permit Conditions">

(1)In addition to permit conditions required under Rule 335-6-6-.12 and Rule 335-6-6-.13, the Director shall establish permit conditions, as required on a case-by-case basis, to provide for and ensure compliance with all applicable requirements. An applicable requirement is a state statutory or regulatory requirement which takes effect prior to final administrative disposition of a permit. An applicable requirement is also any requirement which takes effect prior to the modification or revocation and reissuance of a permit.

(2)All applicable requirements shall be incorporated into each NPDES permit either expressly or by reference. If incorporated by reference, a specific citation to the applicable requirements must be given in the permit.

(3)Each NPDES permit shall include conditions meeting the following requirements where applicable:

(a)Technology-based effluent limitations and standards based on effluent limitations and standards promulgated under Section 301 of the FWPCA or new source performance standards promulgated under Section 306 of the FWPCA, or case-by-case effluent limitations determined under Section 402(a)(1) of the FWPCA when technology based standards or new source performance standards have not been promulgated, or on a combination of the two. Application of technology-based effluent limitations shall be in accordance with 40 CFR Part 125 (1994) Subpart A.

(b)Other applicable effluent limitations and standards under Sections 301, 302, 303, 304, 307, 318, and 405 of the FWPCA and applicable effluent guidelines and standards under 40 CFR (1994) Subchapter N. If any applicable toxic effluent standard or prohibition (including any schedule of compliance specified in such effluent standard or prohibition) is promulgated under Section 307(a) of the FWPCA for a toxic pollutant and that standard is more stringent than any limitation on the pollutant in the permit, the Director shall institute proceedings to modify or revoke and reissue the permit to conform to the toxic effluent standard or prohibition.

(c)Where applicable, requirements for secondary treatment shall be in accordance with the Department's Water Quality Criteria, Section V, and 40 CFR Part 133 (1994).

(d)A reopener clause that requires permit modification or permit revocation and reissuance to include the requirements of any applicable standard or limitation that is promulgated under Sections 301(b)(2)(C), (D), (E), and (F), 304(b)(2), and 307(a)(2) of the FWPCA after the permit is issued and when that effluent standard or limitation is more stringent than any effluent limitation in the permit or controls a pollutant not limited in the permit and that requires permit modification or permit revocation and reissuance to correct any water quality standard violation caused by the permitted discharge shall be included in all permits.

(e)Other requirements in addition to or more stringent than promulgated effluent limitations guidelines or standards under Sections 301, 304, 306, 307, 318, and 405 of the FWPCA shall be included where necessary to:

1.achieve water quality standards established under Section 303 of the FWPCA and (AWPCA) Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22-9(g)(1984);

(i)limitations must be applied to control all pollutants or pollutant parameters which the Director determines are or may be discharged at a level which will cause, have reasonable potential to cause, or contribute to an exceedance of a narrative or numerical water quality standard;

(ii)procedures which account for existing controls on point and nonpoint sources of pollution, the variability of the pollutant or pollutant parameter in the discharge, the sensitivity of the species to toxicity testing (when evaluating whole effluent toxicity) and where appropriate the dilution of the effluent in the receiving water shall be considered when determining whether a discharge will cause, have reasonable potential to cause, or contribute to an exceedance of a narrative or numerical water quality standard;

(iii)when the Director determines that a discharge will cause, have reasonable potential to cause, or contribute to an exceedance of a narrative or numerical water quality standard for an individual pollutant, the permit shall contain a discharge limit for that pollutant;

(iv)except when it can be determined using the methods described in 335-6-6-.14(3)(e)1.(ii), that chemical specific limits are sufficient to attain and maintain the narrative toxicity water quality standard, the permit shall contain effluent limits for whole effluent toxicity sufficient to attain and maintain the narrative standard.

2.attain or maintain a specified water quality through water quality related effluent limits;

3.conform to applicable water quality requirements under Section 401(a)(2) of the FWPCA when the discharge affects another state;

4.incorporate any more stringent limitations, standards, or schedule of compliance requirements established under federal or state law or regulations in accordance with Section 301(b)(1)(C) of the FWPCA;

5.ensure consistency with the requirements of a Water Quality Management Plan approved by EPA under Section 208(b) of the FWPCA;

6.incorporate Section 403(c) (FWPCA) criteria under 40 CFR Part 125 (1994), Subpart M, for ocean discharges; and

7.incorporate alternative effluent limitations or standards where warranted by "fundamentally different factors", under 40 CFR Part 125 (1994), Subpart D.

(f)Toxic Pollutants. Limitations established under subparagraphs 335-6-6-.14(3)(a), (b), or (e), to control pollutants meeting the criteria listed in subparagraph 335-6-6-.14(3)(f)1. of this rule shall be included. Limitations will be established in accordance with subparagraph 335-6-6-.14(3)(f)2. An explanation of the development of these limitations shall be included in the permit rationale and (if prepared) fact sheet. Permit conditions for toxic pollutants shall be in accordance with the requirements of 40 CFR Part 129 (1994).

1.Limitations must control all toxic pollutants which the Director determines (based on information reported in a permit application or in a notification under paragraph 335-6-6-.13(a) or on other information) are or may be discharged at a level greater than the level which can be achieved by the technology-based treatment requirements appropriate to the permittee under 40 CFR Part 125.3 (1994) or in concentrations which would cause violations of state water quality standards in the receiving stream.

2.The requirement that the limitations control the pollutants meeting the criteria of subparagraph 335-6-6-.14(3)(f)1. will be satisfied by:

(i)limitations on those pollutants;

(ii)limitations on other pollutants which, in the judgment of the Director, will represent treatment of the pollutants under subparagraph 335-6-6-.14(3)(f)1. to the levels required by technology-based treatment requirements under 40 CFR Part 125.3(c) (1994); and/or

(iii)whole effluent toxicity limits.

3.When no individual water quality standard exists for a substance that the Director determines to be present in concentrations that represent a potential to cause a violation of a narrative water quality standard(s), limitations on the discharge of the substance shall be based on the review of any applicable data available to the Department. Information that may be considered includes, but is not limited to the following:

(i)EPA water quality criteria or other EPA documents that suggest or predict an acceptable instream pollutant concentration,

(ii)information that may be available from the Food and Drug Administration,

(iii)scientific information available to the permit writer,

(iv)review of practices employed by agencies of other states and their success in achieving compliance with the standard,

(v)toxicity or other testing performed by the Department or by the permit applicant and others, testing must be in accordance with good scientific practice and must be quality controlled, and

(vi)when information sufficient to develop a permit limit is not available to the Department, whole effluent toxicity testing may be substituted for a numerical permit limitation.

(g)Notification Level. A notification level which exceeds the notification level of subparagraph 335-6-6-.13(a) or subparagraph 335-6-6-.13(b) may be included and upon petition from the permittee or on the Director's initiative. This new notification level may not exceed the level which can be achieved by technology based treatment requirements appropriate to the permittee under 40 CFR Part 125.3(c) (1994).

(h)Twenty-four Hour Reporting. Pollutants for which the permittee must report violations of discharge limitations under subparagraph 335-6-6-.12(1)6.(i) shall be listed in the permit. This list shall include any toxic pollutant, hazardous substance, any pollutant specifically identified as the method to control a toxic pollutant or hazardous substance, or any other pollutant specified by the Director.

(i)Monitoring Requirements. To ensure compliance with permit limitations, the permit shall include requirements to monitor:

1.the mass, or other measurement specified in the permit, for each pollutant limited in the permit;

2.the volume of effluent discharged from each outfall, except when the volume is not required to evaluate the discharge's impact on water quality or compliance with effluent or treatment standards;

3.the determination of the toxicity of the effluent by whole effluent biological testing, as necessary;

4.other measurement as appropriate; including pollutants in internal waste streams; pollutants in intake water for net limitations; frequency, rate of discharge, etc., for noncontinuous discharges; and pollutants subject to notification requirements; and

5.according to test procedures approved under 40 CFR Part 136 (1994) for the analyses of pollutants having approved methods under that part, and according to a test procedure specified in the permit or approved by the Director for pollutants with no approved methods, or according to a test procedure specified in the permit for alternate test methods.

(j)Pretreatment Program for POTW's. Requirement for POTW's to:

1.comply with the provisions of paragraph 335-6-6-.13(b);

2.identify, in terms of character and volume of pollutants, any indirect discharges into the POTW subject to pretreatment standards under Section 307(b) of the FWPCA, general and specific prohibitions under 40 CFR Part 403 (1994), and subject to permitting requirements under Chapter 335-6-5;

3.submit a local program when required by and in accordance with 40 CFR Part 403 (1994), and Chapter 335-6-5 of these regulations, to ensure compliance with pretreatment standards as applicable under Section 307(b) of the FWPCA. The local program shall be incorporated into the permit as described in 40 CFR Part 403 (1994). The Department may choose to assume responsibility for any or all of these requirements. When the Department assumes partial responsibility, the local program shall address those requirements not assumed by the Department.

(k)Best Management Practices: to control or abate the discharge of pollutants when:

1.the practices are reasonably necessary to achieve effluent limitations and standards or to carry out the purposes and intent of the FWPCA and the AWPCA or;

2.numeric discharge limitations are infeasible;

(l)Reissued Permits.

1.Except as provided in subparagraph 335-6-6-.14(3)(e)2., when a permit is renewed, modified, or reissued, limitations, standards or conditions shall be included which are at least as stringent as the final limitations, standards, or conditions in the previous permit unless the circumstances on which the previous permit was based have materially and substantially changed since the time the permit was issued and would constitute cause for permit modification or revocation and reissuance under Rule 335-6-6-.17.

2.When effluent limitations were imposed under Section 402 (a)(1) of the FWPCA in a previously issued permit and these limitations are more stringent than the subsequently promulgated effluent guidelines, subparagraph 335-6-6-.14(3)(e)1. shall apply unless:

(i)the permittee has installed the waste treatment facilities required to meet the effluent limitations in the previous permit and has properly operated and maintained the facilities but has nevertheless been unable to achieve the previous effluent limitations. In this case the limitations in the renewed or reissued permit may reflect the level of pollutant control actually achieved, but shall not be less stringent than required by the subsequently promulgated effluent limitation guidelines;

(ii)the circumstances on which the previous permit was based have materially and substantially changed since the time the permit was issued and would constitute cause for permit modification or revocation and reissuance under Rule 335-6-6-.17;

(iii)there is increased production at the facility which results in significant reduction in treatment efficiency, in which case the permit limitations will be adjusted to reflect any decreased efficiency resulting from increased production and raw waste loads, but in no event shall permit limitations be less stringent than those required by subsequently promulgated standards and limitations;

(iv)the Director determines that technical mistakes or mistaken interpretations of the law were made in issuing the permit; or

(v)the permittee has received permit modification under Clean Water Act Sections 301(c), 301(g), 301(h), 301(i), 301(k), 301(n), or 316(a).

3.In any case, discharge limitations shall not be less stringent than required to meet water quality standards.

(m)Grants. Any conditions imposed in grants made by the Administrator to POTW's under Sections 201 and 204 of the FWPCA which are reasonably necessary for the achievement of effluent limitations under Section 301 of the FWPCA.

(n)Sewage Sludge. Requirements under Section 405 of the FWPCA governing the disposal of sewage sludge from publicly owned treatment works and privately owned treatment works, in accordance with any applicable regulations and requirements of 40 CFR Parts 122, 123, 124, 501, and 503 (1994).

(o)Other Sludge. Requirements under appropriate state and federal laws governing solid waste disposal or other requirements to ensure that sludges are disposed of in an environmentally acceptable manner.

Authors: John Poole, Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989; April 29, 1991. Amended: Filed August 8, 1995; effective September 12, 1995. Amended: Filed June 26, 2002; effective July 31, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.6.15" level="3" title="Calculating NPDES Permit Limitations"> <dwc name="chromium" times="1">

(1)Outfalls and Discharge Points. Permit discharge limitations, standards and prohibitions shall be established for each discharge point from the facility, except where limitations on internal waste streams are more appropriately used.

(2)Production Based Limitations.

(a)In the case of POTW's, permit limitations, standards, or prohibitions shall be calculated based on design flow, the Department's Water Quality Criteria, Section IV, ADEM Administrative Code Rule 335-6-10, 40 CFR Part 133 (1994) secondary treatment requirements, and criteria necessary to achieve or maintain water quality standards for the particular receiving stream.

(b)Except, in the case of POTW's or as provided in subparagraph 335-6-6-.15(2)(c) or subparagraph 335-6-6-.15(2)(d), calculation of any permit limitations, standards, or prohibitions which are based on production (or other measure of operation) shall not be based upon the designed production capacity but shall be based upon a reasonable measure of actual production of the facility, [for example, the production during the high month of the previous year, or the monthly average for the highest of the previous five years]. For new sources or new dischargers, actual production shall be estimated using projected production. The time period of the measure of production shall correspond to the time period of the calculated permit limitation; [for example, monthly production shall be used to calculate average monthly discharge limitations].

(c)The Director may include a condition establishing alternate permit limitations, standards, or prohibitions based upon an anticipated increase, not to exceed maximum production capability, or decrease in production levels. Such anticipated increases or decreases in production must be reasonably projected to occur during the duration of the permit.

(d)If the Director establishes permit conditions under paragraph 335-6-6-.15(2)(c):

1.the permit shall require the permittee to notify the Director at least two business days prior to a month in which the permittee expects to operate at a level higher than the lowest production level identified in the permit. The notice shall specify the anticipated level and the period during which the permittee expects to operate at the alternate level. If the notice covers more than one month, the notice shall specify the reasons for the anticipated production level increase. New notice of discharge at alternate levels is required to cover a period or production level not covered by prior notice or, if during two consecutive months otherwise covered by a notice, the production level at the facility does not in fact meet the higher level designated in the notice;

2.the permittee shall comply with the limitations, standards, or prohibitions that correspond to the lowest level of production specified in the permit, unless the permittee has notified the Director under subparagraph 335-6-6-.15(2)(d)1., in which case the permittee shall comply with the level specified in the notice; and

3.the permittee shall submit with the DMR the level of production that actually occurred during each month and the limitations, standards, or prohibitions applicable to that level of production.

(3)Metals. All permit effluent limitations, standards, or prohibitions for a metal shall be expressed in terms of "total recoverable metal" as defined in 40 CFR Part 136 (1994) unless:

(a)an applicable effluent standard or limitation has been promulgated under the FWPCA and specifies the limitation for the metal in the dissolved or valent or total form;

(b)in establishing discharge limitations on a case by case basis, it is necessary to express the limitation on the metal in the dissolved or valent or total form to carry out the provisions of the FWPCA; or

(c)all approved analytical methods for the metal inherently measure only its dissolved form.

(4)Continuous Discharges. For continuous discharges all permit discharge limitations, standards, and prohibitions, including those necessary to achieve water quality standards, shall unless impracticable be stated as:

(a)maximum daily and average monthly discharge limitations for all dischargers other than publicly owned treatment works or privately owned treatment facilities which treat domestic wastewater and

(b)average weekly and average monthly discharge limitations for POTWs and privately owned treatment works which treat domestic wastewater.

(5)Non-continuous Discharges. Discharges which are not continuous, as defined in Rule 335-6-6-.02, shall be particularly described and limited, considering the following factors, as appropriate:

(a)frequency (for example, a batch discharge shall not occur more than once every three weeks);

(b)total mass (for example, not to exceed 100 kilograms of zinc and 200 kilograms of chromium per batch discharge);

(c)maximum rate of discharge of pollutants during the discharge (for example, not to exceed two kilograms of zinc per minute or not to exceed a specified discharge rate); and

(d)prohibition or limitation of specified pollutants by mass, concentration, or other appropriate measure (for example, shall not contain at any time more than 0.1 milligrams per liter zinc or more than 250 grams of zinc in any discharge).

(6)Mass Limitations.

(a)All pollutants limited in permits shall have limitations, standards or prohibitions expressed in terms of mass except:

1.for pH, temperature, or other pollutants which cannot appropriately be expressed by mass;

2.when applicable standards and limitations are expressed in terms of other units of measurement;

3.when concentration limits are required to comply with water quality standards; or

4.if in establishing permit limitations on a case by case basis, limitations expressed in terms of mass are infeasible because the mass of the pollutant discharged cannot be related to a measure of operation (for example, discharges of TSS from certain mining operations), and permit conditions ensure that dilution will not be used as a substitute for treatment.

(b)Pollutants limited in terms of mass additionally may be limited in terms of other units of measurement, and the permit shall require the permittee to comply with both limitations.

(7)Pollutants in Intake Water.

(a)Upon request of the discharger, technology-based effluent limitations or standards shall be adjusted to reflect credit for pollutants in the discharger's intake water if:

1.the applicable effluent limitations and standards contained in 40 CFR Subchapter N (1994) specifically provide that they shall be applied on a net basis; or

2.the discharger demonstrates that the control system it proposes or uses to meet applicable technology based limitations and standards would, if properly installed and operated, meet the limitations and standards in the absence of pollutants in the intake waters.

(b)Credit for generic pollutants such as biochemical oxygen demand or total suspended solids should not be granted unless the permittee demonstrates that the constituents of the generic measure in the effluent are substantially similar to the constituents of the generic measure in the intake water or unless appropriate additional limits are placed on process water pollutants either at the point of discharge or elsewhere.

(c)Credit shall be granted only to the extent necessary to meet the applicable limitation or standard, up to a maximum value equal to the influent value. Additional monitoring may be necessary to determine eligibility for credits and compliance with permit limits.

(d)Credit shall be granted only if the discharger demonstrates that the intake water is drawn from the same body of water into which the discharge is made. The Director may waive this requirement if he finds that no significant environmental degradation will result.

(e)This paragraph does not apply to the discharge of raw water clarifier sludge generated from the treatment of intake water.

(f)In no case shall the application of credits for pollutants in intake waters be allowed to result in the violation of water quality standards.

(g)When wastewater is treated by a system which removes a pollutant for which credit is granted, the credit granted shall be no greater than the limit of treatability of the pollutant by the treatment system.

(8)Internal Waste Streams.

(a)Limitations on internal waste streams may be imposed:

1.when permit limitations or standards imposed at the point of discharge are impractical or infeasible;

2.prior to mixing with other waste streams or cooling water streams;

3.when the wastes at the final point of discharge are so diluted that monitoring would be impracticable;

4.when interferences among pollutants at the point of discharge would make detection or analysis infeasible.

(b)When monitoring of internal waste streams is required, the monitoring requirements of subparagraph 335-6-6-.14(3)(i) shall be applicable.

(c)When monitoring of internal waste streams is required, the permit rationale and fact sheet, where required, shall set forth the circumstances which make such limitations necessary.

(9)Disposal of Pollutants Into Wells, Into Publicly Owned Treatment Works or by Land Application.

(a)When part of a discharger's process wastewater is not being discharged into surface waters of the state because it is disposed into a well, into a POTW, private treatment facility, or by land application thereby reducing the flow or level of pollutants being discharged into surface waters of the state, applicable technology based effluent standards and limitations for the discharge in an NPDES permit shall be adjusted to reflect the reduced raw waste resulting from such disposal.

(b)If none of the waste from a particular process is discharged into waters of the state, and effluent limitations guidelines provide separate allocation for wastes from that process, all allocation for wastes from that process shall be eliminated from calculation of permit effluent limitations or standards.

(c)In all cases other than those described in paragraph (b) of this section, effluent limitations shall at least be no less stringent than the limitation derived by multiplying the effluent limitation derived by applying effluent limitation guidelines to the total waste stream by the amount of wastewater flow to be treated and discharged into waters of the state, and dividing the result by the total wastewater flow. Effluent limitations and standards so calculated may be further adjusted under 40 CFR Part 125 (1994), Subpart D to make them more or less stringent if discharges to wells, publicly owned treatment works, private treatment facilities, or by land application change the character or treatability of the pollutants being discharged to surface waters. This method may be algebraically expressed as:

P = (E) (N)

T

Where P is the permit effluent limitation, E is the limitation derived by applying effluent guidelines to the total wastestream, N is the wastewater flow to be treated and discharged to waters of the state, and T is the total wastewater flow.

(d)Subparagraph 335-6-6-.15(9)(a) does not apply to the extent that promulgated effluent limitations guidelines:

1.control concentrations of pollutants discharged but not mass; or

2.specify a different specific technique for adjusting effluent limitations to account for well injection, land application, or disposal into publicly or privately owned treatment works.

(e)Subparagraph 335-6-6-.15(9)(a) does not alter a discharger's obligation to meet any more stringent permit requirements established under the AWPCA.

(10)Mixing Zones. Limits calculated to comply with water quality standards may allow an opportunity for mixing with the receiving waters in accordance with Rule 355-6-10-.05. Determination of mixing zones shall be in accordance with the following requirements.

(a)Whole effluent acute toxicity limitations shall be applied at the perimeter of the zone of initial dilution (ZID), when the discharge is mixed with the receiving stream by a high rate diffuser, in the absence of a high rate diffuser, acute limitations shall be applied based on best professional judgment and may be applied at the end of the pipe.

(b)Whole effluent chronic toxicity limitations shall be applied at the perimeter of a mixing zone developed using best professional judgment and, in instances where the discharge is to a lake or other water body having zero or near zero flow, limitations developed to meet chronic toxicity water quality standards and human health criteria for substances classified as non-carcinogens shall be applied at the perimeter of a mixing zone developed using best professional judgment. A mixing zone may be developed using isopleth studies, diffuser models, or other methods that are appropriate to the particular situation being evaluated. For discharges to waters of the coastal area, the mixing zone for whole effluent toxicity limitations and for limitations developed to meet chronic toxicity water quality standards and human health criteria for substances classified as non-carcinogens shall be the discharge information zone as defined by Rule 335-8-2-.12(1)(a).

(c)When developing permit limits for discharge to flowing streams to comply with human health water quality criteria for pollutants classified as carcinogens the wastewater discharge shall be assumed to be completely mixed in the receiving water at the moment of discharge. When the discharge is to an impoundment or estuary, the allowable mixing zone shall be based on best professional judgment.

(d)Mixing zone prohibitions.

1.Mixing zones in streams shall not preclude passage of aquatic life up or down stream, shall not exceed a width of 50 percent of the stream width, shall not exceed a length of five times the width of the mixing zone, and shall not exceed an area of 25 percent of the stream cross-sectional area, and a mixing zone shall not encompass drinking water intakes.

2.The total area of all mixing zones in a lake shall not encompass more than ten percent of the surface area of the lake, the radius of any one zone shall not be greater than 750 feet, and a mixing zone shall not encompass water intakes.

(11)Receiving Water Flow. The calculation of permit limitations to meet water quality standards shall be based on following statistical flows:

(a)Permit limitations to comply with chronic aquatic life criteria for toxic substances listed in Rule 335-6-10-.07 shall be calculated using the minimum 7-day low flow that occurs once in 10 years (7Q10) or a base flow higher than the 7Q10, in which case discharge when the stream flow is less than the base flow shall be prohibited.

(b)Permit limitations to comply with acute aquatic life criteria for toxic substances listed in Rule 335-6-10-.07 shall be calculated using the minimum 1-day low flow that occurs once in 10 years (1Q10) or a base flow higher than the 1Q10, in which case discharge when the stream flow is less than the base flow shall be prohibited.

(c)Permit limitations to comply with human health criteria for substances classified as non-carcinogens and listed in Rule 335-6-10-.07 shall be calculated using the minimum 7-day low flow that occurs once in 10 years (7Q10) or a base flow higher than the 7Q10, in which case discharge when the stream flow is less than the base flow shall be prohibited.

(d)Permit limitations to comply with human health criteria for substances classified as carcinogens and listed in Rule 335-6-10-.07 shall be calculated using the mean annual flow.

(e)Calculation of permit limitations to comply with water quality requirements, other than those listed in Rule 335-6-6-.15(11)(a), (b), (c) and (d) and substances which in the concentrations found in the discharged wastewater can be reasonably expected to violate the narrative toxicity standards of 335-6-10, shall be based on the assimilative capacity of the receiving water and shall not result in degradation of water quality. Permit limits recognizing the variability of receiving stream flows shall be allowable and may be based on statistical seasonal low flows or actual stream flow measurements taken at the time of discharge. Permit limits which require the instream measurement of the substance or parameter being regulated and require that the instream concentration not exceed the applicable water quality requirement may be imposed in conjunction with a discharge limit.

(12)Quantitation.

(a)For the purpose of reporting and compliance, permittees shall use the Minimum Level (ML) as established by EPA. All analytical values at or above the ML shall be reported as the measured value. Values below the ML shall be reported as "O."

(b)For pollutant parameters without an established ML, an interim ML shall be utilized. The interim ML shall be calculated as 3.18 times the Method Detection Level (MDL) calculated pursuant to 40 CFR Part 136 (1994), Appendix B.

(c)Permittees may develop an effluent matrix-specific ML, where an effluent matrix prevents attainment of the established ML. However, a matrix specific ML shall be based upon proper laboratory method and technique. Matrix-specific MLs must be approved by the Department, and may be developed by the permittee during permit issuance, reissuance, modification, or during a compliance schedule.

Authors: John Poole, Ed Hughes

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5.

History: January 24, 1989. Amended: April 29, 1991. Amended: Filed August 8, 1995; effective September 12, 1995. Amended: Filed June 26, 2002; effective July 31, 2002. Amended: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

<regElement name="335.6.6.16" level="3" title="Schedules Of Compliance"> <dwc name="lead" times="1">

The permit may, when appropriate, specify a schedule of compliance leading to compliance with the FWPCA and the AWPCA.

(a)Time for Compliance. Any schedules of compliance shall require compliance as soon as possible, but not later than the applicable statutory deadline under the FWPCA.

(b)Interim Dates. If a permit establishes a schedule of compliance which exceeds one year from the date of permit issuance, the schedule shall set forth interim requirements and the dates for their achievement in accordance with the following:

1.the time between interim dates shall not exceed one year;

2.dates for compliance shall be established, where applicable, as follows:

(i)submission of pollution abatement program and preliminary plans;

(ii)submission of final plans, specification, and drawings;

(iii)initiation of construction;

(iv)attainment of operational status; and

(v)attainment of compliance with permit limitations.

3.Reporting.

(i)The permit shall be written to require that no later than fourteen days following each interim date, the final date of compliance, or other period which the Director determines, the permittee shall notify the Director in writing of its compliance or noncompliance with the interim or final requirements, or submit progress reports.

(ii)The first NPDES permit issued to a new source or a new discharger shall contain a schedule of compliance only when necessary to allow a reasonable opportunity to attain compliance with requirements issued or revised after commencement of construction but less than three years before commencement of the relevant discharge. For dischargers that have ceased discharge for an extended period and wish to recommence discharge, a schedule of compliance shall be available only when necessary to allow a reasonable opportunity to attain compliance with requirements issued or revised less than three years before recommencement of discharge.

(c)Compliance schedules for storm water discharges shall not exceed three years from the effective date of the storm water discharge permit.

Author: John Poole

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989. Amended: Filed August 8, 1995; effective September 12, 1995.

<regElement name="335.6.6.17" level="3" title="Transfer, Modification, Revocation And Reissuance, And Termination Of Permits">

Subject to notice, hearing, and appeal rights of the permittee, the Department may transfer, modify, or revoke and reissue any NPDES permit during its term for cause, including but not limited to, the causes listed in this rule. All applicable fees required by Chapter 335-1-6 shall be paid prior to permit transfer, modification, or revocation and reissuance.

(a)Permit Transfers. A permit may be transferred from the permittee to a new operator only if the permit has been modified, revoked and reissued, or a minor modification made to identify the new permittee:

1.If there is to be no change in the operation of the facility which would affect the permittee's ability to comply with the permit and if there are to be no new, different, altered or increased discharges from the facility, the permit may be transferred by modification, revocation and reissuance, or by a minor modification of the permit, provided that the reporting requirements of subparagraph 335-6-6-.12(a) are complied with.

2.If there are to be changes in the facility which would result in new, different, altered, or increased discharges from the facility, the transfer of ownership or operational obligations may be accomplished by complying with the reporting requirements of subparagraph 335-6-6-.12(a), but no new, different, altered, or increased discharges may commence until a new application and, if required by the Department, an engineering report describing such discharges have been submitted to the Department and the permit has been modified accordingly.

3.If the entity to which a permit is requested to be transferred, owns or operates facilities within the state which are in substantial noncompliance, as determined by the Director, the Director may refuse to transfer the permit until noncompliance is corrected or significant progress is made to achieve compliance.

(b)Modification or Revocation and Reissuance of Permits.

1.The following are causes for modification or revocation and reissuance of permits:

(i)When the Director receives any information (for example, inspects the facility, receives information submitted by the permittee as required in the permit, receives a written request for modification or revocation and reissuance, by the permittee or other interested person, or conducts a review of the permit file), the Director may determine whether or not one or more of the causes for modification or revocation and reissuance exists. If cause exists, the Director may modify or revoke and reissue the permit accordingly, subject to public notice requirements, and may request additional information, an engineering report, and/or an updated application. When a permit is modified, only the conditions subject to modification are reopened. If a permit is revoked and reissued, an updated application is required, additional information and/or an engineering report may be required, and the entire permit is reopened and subject to revision and the permit is reissued for a new term.

(ii)If cause exists for termination under paragraph 335-6-6-.17(c), the Director may determine that modification or revocation and reissuance is appropriate.

(iii)If the Director has received notification, as required in the permit, of a proposed transfer of the permit, he may determine that modification or revocation and reissuance is appropriate.

2.Modification of Permits. The following are causes for modification but not revocation and reissuance of permits except when the permittee requests or agrees.

(i)Alterations. There are material and substantial alterations or additions to the facility or activity generating wastewater which occurred after permit issuance which justify the application of permit conditions that are different or absent in the existing permit.

(ii)Information. Permits may be modified during their terms if the Director has received new information that was not available at the time of permit issuance and that would have justified the application of different permit conditions at the time of issuance.

(iii)New Regulations. The standards or regulations on which the permit was based have been changed by promulgation of amended standards or regulations or by judicial decision after the permit was issued. Permits may be modified during their terms for this cause only when:

(I)the permit condition requested to be modified was based on a promulgated effluent limitation guideline, EPA approved or promulgated water quality standards, or the Secondary Treatment Regulations under 40 CFR Part 133 (1994), and

(II)EPA has revised, withdrawn, or modified that portion of the regulation or effluent limitation guideline on which the permit condition was based, or has approved a state action with regard to a water quality standard on which the permit condition was based.

(iv)Compliance Schedules. Permits may be modified to change compliance schedules:

(I)when the Director determines good cause exists for modification of a compliance schedule, such as an act of God, strike, flood, or materials shortage or other events over which the permittee has little or no control and for which there is no reasonably available remedy; however, in no case may an NPDES compliance schedule be modified to extend beyond an applicable statutory deadline and

(II)to modify a schedule of compliance to reflect the time lost during construction of an innovative or alternative facility, in the case of a POTW which has received a grant under Section 202(a)(3) of the FWPCA for 100% of the costs to modify or replace facilities constructed with a grant for innovative and alternative wastewater technology under Section 202(a)(2) of the FWPCA; however, in no case shall the compliance schedule be modified to extend beyond an applicable FWPCA statutory deadline for compliance.

(v)When the permittee has filed a request for a variance under 301(c), 301(g), 301(h), 301(k), or 316(a) of the FWPCA or for fundamentally different factors within the time specified in the applicable federal regulations, and has been granted the variance, a permit may be modified to agree with the variance.

(vi)A permit may be modified to incorporate an applicable 307(a) FWPCA toxic effluent standard or prohibition.

(vii)Reopener. A permit shall be modified, when required by the reopener conditions in a permit, which are established in the permit under subparagraph 335-6-6-.14(3)(d).

(viii)Net Limits. A permit may be modified:

(I)upon request of a permittee who qualifies for effluent limitations on a net basis under paragraph 335-6-6-.15(7) and

(II)when a discharger is no longer eligible for net limitations, as provided in paragraph 335-6-6-.15(7).

(ix)Pretreatment. A permit shall be modified as necessary under 40 CFR 403.8(e) (1994) (compliance schedule for development of pretreatment program).

(x)Failure to Notify. A permit may be modified upon failure of state to notify, as required by Section 402(b)(3) (1994) of the FWPCA, another state whose waters may be affected by a discharge.

(xi)Notification Levels. A permit may be modified to establish a notification level as provided in subparagraph 335-6-6-.14(3)(g).

(xii)Non-Limited Pollutants. A permit may be modified when the level of discharge of any pollutant which is not limited in the permit exceeds the level which can be achieved by the technology based treatment requirements appropriate to the permittee under 40 CFR 125.3(c) (1994).

(xiii)A permit may be modified if the permittee's effluent limitations were imposed under Section 402(a)(1) of the FWPCA and the permittee demonstrates operation and maintenance costs that are totally disproportionate from the operation and maintenance costs considered in the development of a subsequently promulgated effluent limitations guideline and EPA approves the demonstration, but in no case may the limitations be made less stringent than the subsequent guideline or less stringent than required to meet water quality standards.

(xiv)A permit may be modified to correct technical mistakes, such as errors in calculation, or mistaken interpretations of law made in determining permit conditions.

(xv)A permit may be modified when the discharger has installed the treatment technology considered sufficient by the Director in setting effluent limitations imposed under Section 402(a)(1) of the FWPCA and has properly operated and maintained the facilities but nevertheless has been unable to achieve those effluent limitations. In this case, the limitations in the modified permit may reflect the level of pollutant control actually achieved (but shall not be less stringent than required by a subsequently promulgated effluent limitations guideline and shall not be less stringent than required to meet water quality standards).

3.Minor Modifications of Permits. Upon consent of the permittee, the Director may modify a permit to make the corrections or allowances for changes in the permitted activity listed in this rule, without following the requirements of Rule 335-6-6-.21. Any permit modification not processed as a minor modification under this section must be made for cause and all applicable requirements of Rule 335-6-6-.21 must be satisfied. Minor modifications may only:

(i)correct administrative and typographical errors;

(ii)increase the frequency of monitoring or reporting by the permittee;

(iii)change an interim compliance date in a schedule of compliance, provided the new date is not more than 120 days after the date specified in the existing permit and does not interfere with attainment of the final compliance date requirement;

(iv)allow for a change in name or operational control of the facility where the Director determines that no other change in the permit is necessary, provided that a written agreement containing a specific date for transfer of permit responsibility, coverage, and liability between the current and new permittees has been submitted to the Director as required by subparagraph 335-6-6-.12(1)4;

(v)change the construction schedule for a discharger which is a new source. No such change shall affect a discharger's obligation to have all pollution control equipment installed and in operation prior to discharge; or

(vi)delete a point source outfall when the discharge from that outfall is terminated and does not result in discharge of pollutants from other outfalls except in accordance with permit limits.

(c)Termination of Permits.

1.The following are causes for terminating a permit during its term, or for denying a permit reissuance application:

(i)noncompliance by the permittee with any condition of the permit;

(ii)the permittee's failure in the application or during the permit issuance process to disclose fully all relevant facts, or the permittee's misrepresentation of any relevant facts at any time;

(iii)a change in any condition that requires either a temporary or a permanent reduction or elimination of any discharge controlled by the permit (for example, plant closure or termination of a discharge by connection to a POTW); and

(iv)the permittee's failure to submit a complete application to include additional information requested by the Director and appropriate permit fees; and

(v)the discharge endangers human health or the environment.

2.Substantial non-compliance, as determined by the Director, of another facility within the state owned or operated by the permittee requesting reissuance of a permit, will be grounds for denial of permit reissuance until such non-compliance is corrected.

(d)Permit Suspension. When a permittee is not in compliance with a permit, the Director may suspend the permit until the permittee has taken the action(s) necessary to achieve compliance with the permit.

Author: John Poole

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989. Amended: Filed June 26, 2002; effective July 31, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.6.18" level="3" title="Enforcement Under NPDES">

(1)Any NPDES permit issued or reissued by the Department is a permit for the purpose of the AWPCA and the FWPCA as such any terms, conditions, or limitations of the permit are enforceable under state and federal law.

(2)Any person required to have a NPDES permit pursuant to this Chapter and who discharges pollutants without said permit, who violates the conditions of said permit, who discharges pollutants in a manner not authorized by the permit, or who violates this Chapter or applicable orders of the Department or any applicable rule or standard under this Division, is subject to any one or combination of the following enforcement actions under the AWPCA.

(a)An administrative order requiring abatement compliance, mitigation, cessation of discharge, clean-up, and/or penalties;

(b)An action for damages;

(c)An action for injunctive relief; or

(d)An action for penalties.

(3)Any order issued by the Department pursuant to the AWPCA requiring compliance with the AWPCA, its implementing rules, or an NPDES Permit shall specify a reasonable time within which noncompliance must cease. In appropriate cases a reasonable time may be immediately. Reasonableness shall be determined based upon the severity of the violation and the complexity and availability of the measures necessary to correct the violation.

(4)If the permittee is not in compliance with the conditions of an expiring or expired permit the Director may choose to do any or all of the following provided the permittee has made a timely application for reissuance of the permit:

(a)initiate enforcement action based upon the permit which has been continued;

(b)issue a notice of intent to deny the permit reissuance. If the permit is denied, the owner or operator would then be required to cease the activities authorized by the continued permit or be subject to enforcement action for operating without a permit;

(c)reissue the new permit with appropriate conditions; or

(d)take other actions authorized by these rules and the AWPCA.

Author: John Poole

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22-14, 22-22A-5.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.6.19" level="3" title="Tentative Determinations And Draft NPDES Permits">

(1)Tentative Determinations. When the Department is satisfied that an application is complete it shall make a tentative determination on the application, including a tentative determination to issue or to deny a NPDES permit for the discharge(s) described in the application. If the tentative determination is to issue an NPDES permit, the following additional tentative determinations shall be made:

(a)tentative discharge limitations and monitoring requirements shall be identified for the constituents proposed to be limited;

(b)a preliminary schedule of compliance for meeting the tentative discharge limitations including interim dates and requirements, if applicable; and

(c)any other tentative restrictions or other conditions determined necessary by the Director which will significantly affect the discharge described in the application.

(2)A determination may be made by the Director to deny a permit application if the applicant operates other permitted facilities within the state which are in substantial non-compliance, as determined by the Director, until such non-compliance is corrected or if the Director determines that a permit that results in compliance with applicable water quality standards could not be issued or, if issued, could not be complied with.

(3)Draft Permits

(a)If the tentative determination is to issue, reissue, or modify an NPDES permit, the Department shall prepare a draft NPDES permit based upon the tentative determinations made pursuant to paragraph 335-6-6-.19(1) for the NPDES permit application.

(b)All effluent limitations, monitoring requirements, schedules of compliance, or other conditions determined necessary by the Director to be included in the draft permit shall be in accordance with the provisions of Rules 335-6-6-.10 through 335-6-6-.16 where applicable.

(c)For every draft NPDES permit for which a fact sheet is not required in accordance with Rule 335-6-6-.20, the Department shall prepare a statement (rationale) of the basis of the conditions in the draft NPDES permit. The rationale shall be available to the public.

Author: John Poole

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989; April 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.6.20" level="3" title="Fact Sheets">

(1)A fact sheet shall be prepared for every draft NPDES permit for a major NPDES facility, for every NPDES draft permit that incorporates a variance, for any permit that a fact sheet is required by 40 CFR 124.8 (1994), and for every draft permit which the Director finds is the subject of widespread public interest or raises major issues. The fact sheet shall briefly set forth the principal facts and the significant factual, legal, methodological and policy questions considered in preparing the draft permit. The Director shall send this fact sheet to the applicant and, on request, to any other person.

(2)The fact sheet shall include, when applicable;

(a)a brief description of the type of facility or activity which is the subject of the draft permit;

(b)the type and quantity of wastes, or pollutants which are proposed to be treated or discharged;

(c)a summary of the basis for the draft permit conditions including references to applicable statutory or regulatory provisions;

(d)reasons why any requested variances or alternatives to required standards do or do not appear justified;

(e)any calculations or other necessary explanation of the derivation of specific discharge limitations and conditions, including a citation to the applicable effluent limitation guideline or performance standard provisions and reasons why they are applicable or an explanation of how alternate effluent limitations were developed;

(f)when the draft permit contains any of the following conditions, an explanation of the reasons why such conditions are applicable:

1.limitations to control toxic pollutants;

2.limitations on internal waste streams;

3.limitations on indicator pollutants;

4.limitations for a new source or new discharger whose discharge has the potential to cause or contribute to the violation of a water quality standard;

5.limitations set on a case by case basis in accordance with 40 CFR Part 125.3 (1989);

6.waivers from monitoring requirements granted under 40 CFR Part 122.44(a) (2000).

(g)when appropriate, sketch or detailed description of the location of the discharge described in the application;

(h)a description of the procedures for reaching a final decision on the draft permit including:

1.the beginning and ending dates of the public notice period and the address where comments will be received;

2.procedures for requesting a hearing and the nature of that hearing; and

3.any other procedures by which the public may participate in the final decision.

(i)name and telephone number of a person to contact for additional information; and

(j)permit rationales, permit applications and draft permits that contain information required to be included in a fact sheet may be referenced and attached to the fact sheet.

Authors: John Poole, Ed Hughes

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989. Amended: Filed June 26, 2002; effective July 31, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.6.21" level="3" title="Public Notice Requirements">

(1)Actions Requiring Public Notice. The Director shall give public notice that the following actions have occurred:

(a)A NPDES Permit application has been received and a draft NPDES permit or draft modification to an NPDES permit has been prepared and a tentative determination made to issue or reissue the permit or modification;

(b)A NPDES Permit application has been received and a tentative determination to deny a permit application has been made;

(c)A tentative determination has been made to revoke and reissue an NPDES permit;

(d)A tentative determination has been made to terminate an NPDES permit (except that if the determination results from the permanent termination of the flow or by connection to the POTW, the Director may terminate the permit by providing 30-day notice to the permittee); or

(e)A public hearing has been scheduled.

(2)Duration of Public Notice Periods

(a)Public notice of the receipt of an application and the preparation of a draft permit or draft modification to a permit, including a notice of intent to deny a permit application or termination of a permit shall allow at least 30 days for public comment.

(b)Public notice of a public hearing shall be given at least 30 days before the hearing. Public notice of the hearing may be given at the same time as public notice of the application and draft permit and the two notices may be combined.

(3)Methods of Public Notice. Public notice of activities described in paragraph 335-6-6-.21(2) above shall be given by the methods listed below:

(a)By mailing a copy of a notice to the persons listed below. Any person otherwise entitled to receive notice under this paragraph may waive his or her rights to receive notice for any classes and categories of permits:

1.The permit applicant.

2.Any other agency which the Director knows has issued or is required to issue a RCRA, UIC, PSD, NPDES or 404 permit for the same facility or activity.

3.Federal and state agencies with jurisdiction over fish, shellfish, and wildlife resources and over coastal zone management plans, the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation, State Historic Preservation Officers, and other appropriate government authorities, including any affected states.

4.Any state agency responsible for plan development under the FWPCA Section 208(b)(2), 208(b)(4) or 303(e) and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and the National Marine Fisheries Service.

5.Any indirect discharger identified in the permit application of a publicly or privately owned treatment works.

6.Persons on a mailing list developed by:

(i)including those who request in writing to be on the list;

(ii)notifying the public of the opportunity to be put on the mailing list through periodic publication in the public press and in such publications as regional and state funded newsletters, environmental bulletins, or state law journals (the Director may update the mailing list from time to time by requesting written indication of continued interest from those listed and may delete from the list the name of any person who fails to respond to such a request);

7.To any unit of local government having jurisdiction over the area where the facility is or is proposed to be located.

8.To each state agency having any authority under state law with respect to the construction or operation of such facility.

(b)By publication of a notice in a daily or weekly newspaper of general circulation within the area affected by the facility or activity.

(4)Content of Public Notices

(a)All public notices issued under this Rule shall contain the following minimum information:

1.name and address of the office processing the permit action for which notice is being given;

2.name and address of the permittee or permit applicant and, if different, of the facility or activity regulated by the permit (when an address is not applicable to the regulated entity a general location shall be given);

3.name, address and telephone number of a person from whom interested persons may obtain further information, including copies of the draft permit, statement of basis or fact sheet, and the application;

4.a general description of the public comment procedures required by Rule 335-6-6-.21 and the time and place of any hearing that will be held, (if applicable) including a statement of procedures to request a hearing, unless a hearing has already been scheduled, and other procedures by which the public may participate in the final permit decision;

5.a general description of the location of each existing or proposed discharge point and the name of the receiving water; and

6.a general description of the activity or business conducted at the facility generating the wastewater.

(b)Public Notices for Hearings. In addition to the general public notice requirements, the public notice of a hearing shall contain the following information:

1.a reference to the date of previous public notices relating to the permit;

2.date, time, and place of the hearing; and

3.a description of the nature and purpose of the hearing, including a citation of the applicable rules and procedures.

(5)Public comments and Requests for Public Hearings. During the public comment period, any interested person may submit written comments on the permit application and draft permit and may request a public hearing, if no hearing has already been scheduled. A request for a public hearing shall be in writing and shall state the nature of the issues proposed to be raised in the hearing. All comments shall be considered in making the final decision and shall be answered as provided in paragraph 335-6-6-.21(7).

(6)Public Hearings

(a)The Director shall hold a public hearing whenever it is found, on the basis of hearing requests, that there exists a significant degree of public interest in a permit application or a draft permit.

(b)The Director may also hold a public hearing at his or her discretion whenever such a hearing might clarify one or more issues involved in the permit decision;

(c)Any person may submit oral or written statements and data concerning the permit application or the draft permit. Reasonable limits may be set upon the time allowed for oral statement, and the submission of statements in writing may be required. The public comment period shall automatically be extended to the close of any public hearing under this section. The hearing officer may also extend the comment period by so stating at the hearing.

(d)A tape recording or written transcript of the hearing shall be made available to the public.

(7)Response to Comments. At the time that any final permit decision is issued, the Department shall prepare a response to comments which shall be made available to the public. This response shall:

(a)specify which provisions, if any, of the draft permit have been changed by the final permit decision, and the reasons for the change and

(b)describe and respond to all significant comments (like comments may be grouped and one response written), concerning the draft permit, raised during the public comment period or during any hearing. A significant comment is a comment that offers information or suggestions of a technical, environmental, legal, or regulatory nature that are applicable to the proposed permit.

(8)Comments from Governmental Agencies

(a)If during the comment period for an NPDES draft permit, the District Engineer of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers advises the Director in writing that anchorage and navigation of any of the waters of the United States would be substantially impaired by the granting of a permit, the permit shall be denied and the applicant so notified. If the District Engineer advises the Director that imposing specified conditions upon the permit is necessary to avoid any substantial impairment of anchorage or navigation, then the Director shall include the specified conditions in the permit. Review or appeal of a permit denial or of conditions specified by the District Engineer shall be made through the applicable procedures of the Corps of Engineers, those conditions shall be considered stayed in the NPDES permit for the duration of that appeal or review.

(b)If during the comment period the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, the National Marine Fisheries Service, or any other state or federal agency with jurisdiction over fish, wildlife, or public health advised the Director in writing that the imposition of specified conditions upon the permit is necessary to avoid substantial impairment of fish, shellfish, a public water supply, or wildlife resources, the Director may include the specified conditions in the permit to the extent they are determined necessary to carry out the provisions of the FWPCA.

(c)In appropriate cases the Director may consult with one or more of the agencies referred to in this Rule before issuing a draft permit and may reflect their views in the statement of basis, the fact sheet, or the draft permit.

Authors: John Poole, Ed Hughes

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: January 24, 1989; April 29, 1991. Amended: Filed June 26, 2002; effective July 31, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.6.22" level="3" title="Variance Requests">

Requests for variances shall be submitted to the Director for action. The Director may deny the request. If the Director determines that the variance should be granted, he shall forward the request with a recommendation that the request be approved to the Administrator. A discharger may request a variance from otherwise applicable effluent limitations under any of the following statutory or regulatory provisions within the times specified in the pertinent regulations as given below:

(a)fundamentally different factors - 40 CFR Part 122.21 (1994); and 40 CFR Part 125 (1994);

(b)301(c) or (g) variance from best available technology economically achievable (BAT) for non-conventional pollutants - 40 CFR Part 122.21 (1994);

(c)301(k) Extension for innovative technology - 40 CFR Part 122.21 (1994); and 40 CFR Part 125 (1994); and

(d)301(h) Variance for discharge into marine waters - 40 CFR Part 122.21 (1994); and 40 CFR Part 125 (1994).

Author: Craig Kniesel

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5.

History: October 19, 1979. Amended: Filed August 8, 1995; effective September 12, 1995.

<regElement name="335.6.6.23" level="3" title="General Permits"> <dwc name="lead" times="1">

(1)Category. A general permit may be written to regulate:

(a)storm water discharges; or

(b)a category of discharges that all:

1.involve the same or substantially similar types of discharges;

2.discharge the same types of pollutants;

3.require the same effluent limitations or operating conditions;

4.require the same or similar monitoring; and

5.in the opinion of the Director are more appropriately controlled under a general permit than under individual permits.

(2)Prohibitions

(a)A discharger, classified as a major discharger by EPA, shall not receive coverage under a general permit. The identity of major dischargers may be obtained from EPA or the Department.

(b)A discharger, not in compliance with Department Rules applicable to its wastewater discharges or not in compliance with an individual NPDES permit applicable to the discharge in question, shall not receive coverage under a general permit.

(3)Area. A general permit shall be written to cover a category of discharges described in the permit, within a geographical area. The area shall correspond to existing geographic or political boundaries, such as:

(a)designated planning areas under Sections 208 and 303 of the CWA;

(b)sewer districts or sewer authorities;

(c)city, county, or state political boundaries;

(d)state highway systems;

(e)standard metropolitan statistical areas as defined by the Office of Management and Budget;

(f)urbanized areas as designated by the Bureau of the Census; or

(g)any other appropriate division or combination of

boundaries.

(4)Applications

(a)Any interested party may make application to the Director requesting the issuance or modification of a general permit. The Director may deny the application: if he determines that application does not meet the criteria set forth in this rule for the issuance of a general permit; if the application does not contain sufficient information upon which to make a decision; or if he determines that the issuance of a general permit for the discharges addressed by the application is prohibited by this Rule or other applicable state or federal laws or rules. If the Director accepts the application, a general permit addressing the discharges described by the petition shall be developed and proposed in accordance with this Rule.

(b)The Director may, on his own initiative, develop and propose for issuance a general permit for a category of wastewater dischargers meeting the criteria of this Rule.

(5)Provisions and Limitations

(a)With the exception of those provisions identified in Rule 335-6-6-.23(4)(b), the requirements of Rules 335-6-6-.02, 335-6-6-.07, 335-6-6-.10, 335-6-6-.11, 335-6-6-.12, 335-6-6-.13, 335-6-6-.14, 335-6-6-.15 and 335-6-6-.16 concerning permit provisions and determination of permit limitations shall apply to general permits. Provisions implementing all applicable requirements of these rules shall be incorporated into each general permit and permit limitations, determined in accordance with all applicable requirements of these rules, shall be incorporated into each general permit. In addition to the above listed requirements any requirement of 40 C.F.R. Section 122.28(b) (1994) shall apply to general permits.

(b)The following requirements of Rules 335-6-6-.12, 335-6-6-.13, and 335-6-6-.14 shall not apply to general permits:

1.Rules 335-6-6-.12(b), 335-6-6-.12(f), 335-6-6-.12(1)1., 335-6-6-.12(p), and 335-6-6-.12(q);

2.Rule 335-6-6-.13(b); and

3.Rule 335-6-6-.14(3)(j).

(c)Each general permit shall contain provisions implementing the requirements under Rule 335-6-6-.23(14) and (15).

(d)Each general permit may specify the appropriate public notice procedures required to be followed by each discharger prior to the coverage of any discharge under the general permit. Notice by individual dischargers shall not be required in instances where the Department can notice the dischargers with notice of the permit. For instance during renewal of a permit, those dischargers already covered may be noticed with the permit.

(e)The monitoring requirements of each general permit shall be in accordance with the requirements for individual permits referenced by this rule and shall be consistent with the requirements of 40 C.F.R. Sections 122.42, 122.44, and 122.48 (1994).

(6)Compliance Schedules. A general permit may, when appropriate, specify a schedule of compliance leading to compliance with the FWPCA and the AWPCA. General permit compliance schedules shall comply with the requirements of Rule 335-6-6-.16 and all dischargers covered under the general permit shall be subject to the same compliance schedule.

(7)Modification, Revocation and Reissuance, and Termination of Permits

(a)Subject to the public notice procedures of Rule 335-6-6-.21, the Director may modify or revoke and reissue any general permit during its term for cause, including but not limited to, the causes listed below:

1.when the Director receives any information that was not available at the time of permit issuance and that would have justified the application of different permit conditions at the time of issuance,

2.when the standards or regulations on which the permit was based have been changed by promulgation of amended standards or regulations or by judicial decision after the permit was issued,

3.upon failure of the state to notify, as required by Section 402(b)(3) of the FWPCA, another state whose waters may be affected by a discharge,

4.when the level of discharge of any pollutant which is not limited in the permit exceeds the level which can be achieved by the technology based treatment requirements appropriate to the discharge under 40 CFR 125.3(c) (1994),

5.to correct technical mistakes, such as errors in calculation, or mistaken interpretations of law made in determining permit conditions,

6.when the permit limitations are found not to be protective of water quality standards, or

7.for any applicable cause set forth in 40 C.F.R.

Sections 122.61, 122.62, 122.63, and 122.64 (1994).

(b)Subject to the public notice procedures of Rule 335-6-6-.21, the Director may terminate any general permit during its term for any of the causes for modification listed in 335-6-6-.23(7)(a).

(c)The director may terminate coverage of a discharge under a general permit for cause. Cause shall include but not be limited to: noncompliance with the permit; noncompliance with Department Rules; or a finding that the general permit does not control the wastewater discharge sufficiently to protect water quality or comply with treatment based limits applicable to the discharge.

(8)When an individual NPDES Permit is issued for a discharge otherwise subject to a general permit, the applicability of the general permit to that discharge is automatically terminated on the effective date of the individual permit.

(9)Issuance of an Individual NPDES Permit to a Person Eligible for Coverage or Covered by a General Permit

(a)The Director may require any person with any discharges, otherwise eligible for coverage under a general permit, to apply for an individual NPDES Permit for any or all of the discharges at that facility by notifying that person that an application is required. Notification shall consist of a written description of the reason(s) for the decision, appropriate permit application forms and directions, a statement establishing the required date for submission of the application, and a statement informing the person that upon issuance of the individual permit coverage by the general permit for the applicable discharges shall automatically terminate. Reasons for requiring application for an individual permit may be:

1.noncompliance with the general permit,

2.noncompliance with Department Rules,

3.a change has occurred in the availability of demonstrated technology or practices for the control or abatement of pollutants applicable to the wastewater being discharged,

4.effluent guidelines are promulgated for a point source(s) covered by the general permit,

5.a Water Quality Management Plan applicable to the wastewater being discharged under the general permit,

6.circumstances have changed since the time of the request to be covered so that the discharger is no longer appropriately controlled under the general permit or either a temporary reduction or permanent reduction or elimination of the authorized discharge is necessary,

7.standards for sewage sludge use or disposal have been promulgated for the sludge use or disposal practice covered by the general permit,

8.the discharge(s) is a significant contributor of pollutants. In making this decision the Director may consider:

(i)the location of the waters with respect to waters of the state,

(ii)the size of the discharge,

(iii)the quantity and nature of the pollutants discharged to waters of the state, and

9.a determination that the water of the state receiving the discharge is not meeting applicable water quality standards.

(b)Any person covered by a general permit may apply for termination of coverage by applying for an individual NPDES permit.

(c)Termination of coverage by a general permit shall be processed consistent with the rules found in this Chapter applicable to individual NPDES Permits except a public notice period shall not be required for termination of coverage requested by the permittee, and a public notice shall not be required for termination if a public notice for coverage authorized by the Department is not required by the general permit.

(d)Any person may petition the Director for withdrawal of general permit coverage from a discharger. The Director shall consider the information submitted by the petitioner and any other information he may be aware of and may obtain additional information from the discharger and through inspections by Department staff and shall decide if coverage should be withdrawn. The petitioner shall be informed of the Director's decision and shall be provided a summary of the information considered.

(10)Enforcement. Any general permit issued or reissued by the Department is a permit for the purposes of the AWPCA and the FWPCA and any terms, conditions, or limitations of the permit are enforceable under state and federal law and as described under Rule 335-6-6-.18.

(11)Permit Development. When the Department is satisfied that a general permit should be issued it shall develop a draft general permit in accordance with the procedures under Rule 335-6-6-.19.

(12)Fact Sheets. A fact sheet shall be prepared for each draft general permit and shall be available to the public upon request. The fact sheet shall include, when applicable:

(a)a brief description of the category(s) of dischargers to be permitted by the general permit;

(b)description of the geographic area to covered by the general permit; and

(c)the information required under Rule 335-6-6-.20 to be included in fact sheets.

(13)Public Notice Requirements. Public notice of the Department's tentative decision to issue a general permit shall be accomplished in accordance with the requirements under Rule 335-6-6-.21.

(14)EPA Review. Concurrent with issuance of public notice, the Department shall submit the draft general permit and fact sheet to EPA for review. EPA shall be allowed a review period of 90 days and a general permit shall not be issued over the specific written objection of the EPA.

(15)Notice of Intent

(a)Any person wishing to be permitted to discharge by a general permit shall submit a notice of intent to be covered by the general permit at least 30 days prior to the date of desired coverage. No discharge under the general permit may commence until the discharger receives the Department's acknowledgment of the notice of intent and approval of the coverage of the discharge by the general permit. The Department's acknowledgment shall include a copy of the general permit and the appropriate discharge monitoring report forms.

(b)Any person permitted to discharge by an expiring general permit shall submit a notice of intent to be covered by the general permit upon reissuance. Such notice of intent shall include information required by the initial notice of intent and shall be submitted at least 90 days prior to the expiration date of the expiring general permit.

(c)A notice of intent shall include:

1.a description of the processes generating the wastewater for which coverage is desired, which description shall be in sufficient detail to allow the Department to determine that the wastewater discharge is included in the category permitted by the general permit;

2.the latitude and longitude of the discharge points for each wastewater discharge and the name of the waterbody receiving each wastewater discharge for which coverage under the general permit is desired; and

3.a contact person, address and phone number for each location to be covered under the general permit;

(d)A notice of intent shall be signed by a person meeting the requirements for signatories to permit applications under Rule 335-6-6-.09 and the person signing the notice of intent shall make the certification required for submission of documents under Rule 335-6-6-.09.

(e)If required by a specific general permit, proof of public notice as required by the permit under which the applicant seeks to discharge must be submitted with the notice of intent.

(16)Signatories To Reports. Discharge monitoring reports and any other submissions required by a general permit shall be signed in accordance with the requirements of Rule 335-6-6-.09.

(17)Duration of General Permits

(a)General permits shall not be issued for a term longer than five years unless a longer term is allowed by 40 CFR Part 122 and is approved by the Director. The term of the permit does not mean that coverage for a discharger is for five years; coverage for a discharger, which begins after the effective date of the permit shall be determined by the Director or his designee and can be for the remaining term of the general permit.

(b)Should a general permit expire prior to reissuance, the permit shall be extended administratively until the Department can complete reissuance of the permit.

(c)Should a general permit expire and the Director decide not to reissue the permit, the Director shall notify each discharger permitted by the general permit to submit an individual permit application and shall give the discharger at least 90 days to submit the application. The general permit shall be extended until the Department completes the permit decision process for individual NPDES permits for all persons covered under the general permit and who have submitted applications for an individual permit within the time period required by the Director.

(d)Should the Director revoke or terminate a general permit, the Director shall notify each discharger permitted by the general permit to submit an individual permit application and shall give the discharger at least 90 days to submit the application. The effective date of the action shall be the date on which the Department completes the permit decision process for individual NPDES permits for all persons covered under the general permit and who have submitted applications for an individual permit within the time period required by the Director.

Authors: John Poole, Ed Hughes, Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16.

History: April 29, 1991. Amended: Filed August 8, 1995; effective September 12, 1995. Amended: Filed June 26, 2002; effective July 31, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.6.24" level="3" title="Standards For The Use Or Disposal Of Sewage Sludge">

(Repealed)

Author: Dennis Harrison

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14 and &#167;&#167;22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16.

History: New Rule: Filed August 8, 1995; effective September 12, 1995. Amended: Filed June 26, 2002; effective July 31, 2002. Repealed: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-6-7" level="2" title="NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM (NPDES) BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES, REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS, TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES, CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION REQUIREMENTS, WASTE/WASTEWATER AND WASTE PRODUCT TREATMENT, STORAGE, HANDLING, TRANSPORT, AND DISPOSAL/LAND APPLICATION, NUTRIENT MANAGEMENT, AND ANIMAL MORTALITY MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR OWNERS AND OPERATORS OF ANIMAL FEEDING OPERATIONS (AFOS) AND CONCENTRATED ANIMAL FEEDING OPERATIONS (CAFOS)">

<regElement name="335.6.7.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

(1)The purpose of this Chapter is for the Department, with input from the agricultural community, the environmental community, interested governmental resource agencies, and other stakeholders, to establish the minimum qualifications, standards and procedures, technical standards, construction and operation requirements, best management practices (BMPs), and waste/ wastewater storage, treatment, handling, transport, disposal/land application, and dead animal disposal requirements for owners/ operators of AFOs to protect water quality within the State as mandated by applicable State and federal law, and pursuant to the requirements of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES).

(2)The Department intends to partner with the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS), Alabama Soil and Water Conservation Committee (ASWCC), Auburn University College of Agriculture, Alabama Cooperative Extension System (ACES), Alabama Department of Public Health (ADPH), Alabama Department of Agriculture and Industries (ADAI), and other interested resource agencies to the extent possible through establishment of a formal Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) that describes joint administrative procedures and technical standards necessary to implement the requirements of this Chapter and draw on the strengths of each resource agency to avoid duplication, conflicting regulatory requirements, or conflicting technical standards. Any MOA, guidance documents, forms, or other information will be incorporated into and updated as appropriate in the Alabama Nonpoint Source Management Program document, as amended.

(3)The Department?s goal is to minimize administrative requirements while promoting and encouraging voluntary good stewardship in a continuing effort to implement an effective management program tailored to the needs of Alabama. This Chapter provides for management, operational and maintenance procedures required by all AFO owners/operators to prevent point source pollution and minimize nonpoint source pollution to groundwater and surface waters of the State and control to the degree practicable the generation of offensive odors and breeding of nuisance pests by AFOs, and further provides for preparation and implementation of an approved, comprehensive Waste Management System Plan (WMSP) and registration by all CAFO owners/operators.

(4)The buffer requirements set forth in this Chapter are intended to protect water quality, protect public health, and minimize odor to the maximum extent practicable. It is recognized that the generation of odor is inherent to animal agriculture. In order to minimize odor and nuisance pests, owner/operators are encouraged to adopt a good neighbor policy, and are required to implement odor and nuisance pest minimization BMPs in the operation of animal waste management systems.

(5)Unless approved otherwise by the Director or specifically provided for otherwise in this Chapter, it is intended that all BMP design, implementation, and maintenance, pollution prevention/control, land application, buffers, waste storage, treatment, handling, transport, and disposal, dead animal disposal, facility construction, facility operation, facility management, and facility closure for AFOs shall meet or exceed the criteria of NRCS technical standards and guidelines and shall evaluate and implement as appropriate NRCS planning considerations and recommendations, and in such a manner to ensure protection of water quality. The Director retains final authority regarding disputes of a technical nature, prohibiting implementation of accepted practices which may not be protective of water quality in some situations, or for implementation of management practices not included in NRCS technical standards and guidelines, and as otherwise provided by law.

(6)Buffers, operation, management, monitoring, record keeping, continuing education, implementation of NRCS technical standards and guidelines, and other management practices required by this Chapter are intended and established as regulatory common sense minimum requirements within the Department?s statutory authority to ensure protection of the environment. It is anticipated that additional efforts to be good neighbors, enhance the farming operation, or assist resource agencies will be implemented voluntarily by many AFO owners/operators.

Authors: Richard Hulcher, Steven Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-28-1 to 22-28-23; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999. Amended: Filed October 26, 2000; effective November 30, 2000.

<regElement name="335.6.7.02" level="3" title="Definitions">

The following words and terms, when used in this Chapter, shall have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates otherwise or unless a different meaning is stated in a definition applicable to only a portion of this Chapter. Unless manifestly inconsistent with this Chapter, other words and phrases used in this Chapter shall have the same meaning as used in Chapters 335-6-3, 335-6-6, 335-6-10, 335-6-11, and the AWPCA.

(a)"AAPCA" means the Alabama Air Pollution Control Act, as amended.

(b)"ADAI" means the Alabama Department of Agriculture and Industries, including the office of the State Veterinarian.

(c)"ADEM" (Department) means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(d)"ADPH" means the Alabama Department of Public Health.

(e)"Agricultural Waste" means animal production by-products including animal waste, wastewater, manure, litter, bedding material, feces, urine, washdown water, dead animals, compost, dead animal compost, or other potential nutrient sources or pollutants generated by operation of an Animal Feeding Operation (AFO).

(f)"Agronomic Rates" means the land application of animal wastes at rates of application which provide the crop or forage growth with needed nutrients for optimum health and growth in accordance with NRCS technical standards and guidelines to ensure the protection of groundwater and surface water quality.

(g)"Ancillary Equipment" means any devices including, but not limited to, such devices as piping, pumps, concrete conveyances, etc. used to distribute, meter, or control the flow of wastes.

(h)"Animal Feeding Operation" (AFO) means a lot or facility (other than an aquatic animal production facility) where animals (does not have to be the same animals) have been, are, or will be stabled, confined, gathered, or concentrated and fed or maintained (watered, cleaned, groomed, medicated, etc.) for a total of 45 days (days do not have to be consecutive) or more in any 12-month period (period does not have to correspond to the calendar year), and the animal confinement areas do not sustain crops, vegetation, forage growth, or post-harvest residues in the normal growing season as generally described in 40 CFR (Code of Federal Regulations) 122.23(b)(1). Two or more AFOs under common ownership are considered a single AFO and may require Registration as a CAFO if they adjoin, or are in close proximity to each other as determined by the Director or his designee. Unless determined otherwise by the Director or his designee, two or more AFOs under common ownership or under different ownership are considered a single AFO and may require Registration as a CAFO, separately or together, if they are operated as a single operation, if they use a common area or system for the disposal of waste/wastewater, if they significantly share resources, storage or treatments systems, equipment, etc., or otherwise significantly link operations. Each owner/operator of an AFO that adjoins or is in close proximity to another AFO, or shares resources or has links to other operations, can contact the Department for clarification in writing of the status of their facility(s).

(i)"Animal Unit" (AU) means a unit of measurement for any AFO calculated by adding the following numbers: the number of slaughter and feeder cattle and dairy heifers multiplied by 1.0, plus the number of mature dairy cattle multiplied by 1.4, plus the number of swine weighing greater than or equal to 55 pounds multiplied by 0.4, plus the number of swine weighing greater than or equal to 15 pounds and less than 55 pounds multiplied by 0.25, plus the number of swine weighing less than 15 pounds multiplied by 0.1, plus the number of goats multiplied by 0.16, plus the number of emus multiplied by 0.16, plus the number of rabbits multiplied by 0.016, plus the number of sheep multiplied by 0.1, plus the number of horses multiplied by 2.0, and as designated in rule 335-6-7-.10. Where an AU is not specifically defined in this Chapter for an animal (e.g. nutria, other ratites, reptiles, brood cows, etc.), an appropriate AU is determined comparing live weight equivalent waste quantity and constituent composition (limiting nutrients, moisture, additive compounds, etc.) from the most similar type animal with a defined AU.

(j)"Animal Waste Management System" means any system used for the collection, storage, treatment, handling, transport, distribution, land application, or disposal of agricultural wastes, animal waste/wastewater, waste product, and dead animals generated by an AFO that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines.

(k)"AWPCA" means the Alabama Water Pollution Control Act, as amended.

(l)"Best Management Practices" (BMPs) means schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures, and other effective management practices that meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines, NRCS Comprehensive Nutrient Management Plan (CNMP) guidelines, and Departmental requirements that are implemented to the maximum extent practicable to prevent or reduce pollutant discharges to waters of the State. BMPs also include effective treatment requirements, operating procedures, and practices to control construction and operation, site runoff, spillage or leaks, sludge or waste/wastewater transport, storage, disposal or land application, dead animal disposal, or drainage from raw material handling and storage. BMPs also means full implementation and continued maintenance of appropriate structural and non-structural practices and management strategies to prevent and minimize the introduction of pollutants to stormwater and to treat stormwater to remove pollutants to the maximum extent practicable prior to discharge.

(m)"Bypass" means the intentional diversion of waste streams from any portion of a waste treatment facility.

(n)"CWA" means the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA), 33 U.S.C. &#167;1251 et seq., as amended.

(o)"Certified Animal Waste Vendor" (CAWV) means any person certified by the Department, or certified by another agency in cooperation with the Department, to accept liability and responsibility for AFO waste, obtain required continuing education, keep required records, and effectively manage, handle, transport, store, and properly land apply AFO waste in a manner that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines, manage animal mortality in a manner that meets or exceeds ADAI requirements, prevents discharges, and ensures protection of groundwater and surface water quality in accordance with the requirements of this Chapter, and the requirements of the AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. The CAWV is responsible, in cooperation with the AFO owner/operator generating the waste/wastewater or land owner(s) receiving the waste/wastewater, for ensuring the suitability of each site prior to applying waste/wastewater, including but not limited to, proper timing of waste/wastewater application, proper calibration of equipment, ensuring that required waste/wastewater characterization and soil testing have been properly performed, ensuring that required inspections are properly performed, ensuring that required sampling of any discharges are properly performed, and ensuring that the land owner(s) or others receiving the waste/wastewater are informed of the requirements of this Chapter.

(p)"Chronic and Catastrophic Rainfall" means precipitation events which may result in an overflow of the required retention structure as described in 40 CFR Part 412. Catastrophic rainfall conditions would mean any single event which would equal or exceed the volume of the 25-year, 24-hour storm event. Catastrophic conditions could also include tornadoes, hurricanes or other catastrophic conditions which could cause overflow due to winds or mechanical damage. Chronic rainfall would be that series of wet weather conditions which would not provide opportunity for dewatering and which would equal or exceed the volume of the comparable 25-year, 24-hour storm event.

(q)"Commission" means the Alabama Environmental Management Commission (AEMC).

(r)"Concentrated Animal Feeding Operation" (CAFO) means an animal feeding operation (AFO) as generally described in 40 CFR 122.23 Appendix B, 40 CFR 122.23(c), and defined in Rule 335-6-7-.10. For purposes of this Chapter, an AFO, regardless of size or number of animals, that has experienced a point source discharge after April 1, 1999 is considered to be included in this definition.

(s)"Construction" means any land disturbance associated with or the result of building, excavation, digging, land clearing, grubbing, placement of fill, grading, blasting, reclamation, or other activity which in any way disturbs, changes, or modifies the ground surface, ground profile or topography, or materials stored or processed above ground, including right-of-ways (ROWs) and associated areas, but excluding mining. Construction also means that the owner or operator has begun, or caused to begin as part of a continuous or phased on-site construction program, (1) any placement, assembly, or installation of facilities or equipment; or (2) significant site preparation work including, but not limited to, clearing, excavation, or removal of existing buildings, structures, or facilities which is necessary for the placement, assembly, or installation of new source facilities or equipment; or (3) entered into a binding contractual obligation for the purpose of placement, assembly, or installation of facilities or equipment which are intended to be used in its operation within a reasonable time. Options to purchase or contracts which can be terminated or modified without substantial loss, and contracts for feasibility, engineering, and design studies do not constitute a contractual obligation under this paragraph.

(t)"Control Facility" means any system used for the retention of all wastes on the premises until their ultimate disposal. This includes the retention of manure, liquid waste, dead animals, and runoff from the feedlot or stable area.

(u)"Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (ADEM), established by the Alabama Environmental Management Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16.

(v)"Director" means the Director of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management or his authorized representative or designee.

(w)"Discharge" means "[t]he addition, introduction, leaking, spilling or emitting of any sewage, industrial waste, pollutant or other waste into waters of the State", Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22-1(b)(9), as amended.

(x)"Freeboard" means the minimum elevation of the top of the settled embankment above the maximum design water surface in a lagoon or waste storage pond/sump to provide a margin of safety.

(y)"Groundwater" means water below the land surface in a zone of saturation.

(z)"Hydrologic Connection" means the interflow and exchange between surface impoundments or containment structures and groundwater or surface water through an underground corridor or pathway. In the context of this Chapter, the purpose of prevention/reduction of hydrologic connection is to prevent/ reduce groundwater flow contact resulting in the transfer of pollutants from an AFO into groundwater or surface waters.

(aa)"Intermittent Watercourse" means, for the purposes of the Chapter, a watercourse that is represented by a dashed blue line on the most recent U.S.G.S. topographic map, and that flows only at certain times of the year, receiving water from springs or surface sources, and does not flow continuously when water losses from evaporation or seepage exceed available stream flow.

(bb)"Land Application" means the removal of wastewater and/or waste solids from a control facility and distribution to, or incorporation into, the soil mantle at agronomic rates as a fertilizer on actively growing crops for disposal purposes which meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines.

(cc)"Liner" means any barrier in the form of a clay soil layer, concrete, synthetic membrane or blanket, that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines properly installed to effectively prevent a hydrologic connection between liquids contained in lagoons, pits, ponds, sumps, and other retention structures to waters of the State.

(dd)"Liquid Animal Waste Management System" means any system that is used for the collection, storage, treatment, handling, transport, distribution or disposal of animal waste in liquid form generated by an AFO as determined by NRCS or the Department.

(ee)"Maximum Extent Practicable" (MEP) means full implementation and regular maintenance of available technology to meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines to prevent discharges and ensure protection of groundwater and surface water quality, and if necessary, additional full implementation and regular maintenance of best available technology (BAT) to meet or exceed CWA and AWPCA technical standards and guidelines to the level necessary to prevent discharges and to ensure protection of groundwater and surface water quality.

(ff)"NPDES" means the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permitting system for the control of and discharge of pollutants as set forth in 33 U.S.C. &#167;1342 and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, as administered by the Department in the State of Alabama.

(gg)"NRCS" means the Natural Resources Conservation Service, an agency within the U.S. Department of Agriculture.

(hh)"Ordinary High Water Mark" - as determined by U.S. Army Corps of Engineers guidelines [40 CFR, No. 144, Part 209.120(d)(2)(ii)(a)] - means with respect to inland surface waters the line on the shore established by analysis of all daily high waters. It is established as that point on the shore that is inundated 25% of the time, and is derived by a flow-duration curve for the particular water body that is based on available water stage data. It may also be estimated by erosion or easily recognized characteristics such as the line on the shore established by the fluctuation of water and indicated by physical characteristics such as a clear, natural line impressed on the bank, shelving, changes in the character of the soil, destruction of terrestrial vegetation or its inability to grow, the presence of vegetative litter and debris, or other appropriate means that consider the characteristics of the surrounding areas.

(ii)"Operator" means any person in control of, or having responsibility for, the daily operation of an AFO or any person who treats and discharges wastewater or in the absence of treatment, the person who generates and/or discharges wastewater, sludge, or storm water.

(jj)"OAW" means Outstanding Alabama Water as defined in Chapter 335-6-10.

(kk)"ONRW" means Outstanding National Resource Water as defined in Chapter 335-6-10.

(ll)"Park" means an area of land owned or controlled by a governmental body through a permanent easement that is specifically set aside for public use (e.g. a public cemetery, land set aside for public access within a municipality maintained for recreational or ornamental purposes, a landscaped city square, a large tract of rural land kept in its natural state and reserved for the enjoyment and recreation of public visitors, a State or federal wilderness or dedicated monument area, a game preserve, a stadium or an enclosed playing field, a monument plaza, etc.)

(mm)"Perennial Non-Headwater Watercourse" means, for the purposes of this Chapter, that portion of a water of the State in a well-defined channel that is represented by a solid blue line on the most recent U.S.G.S. topographic map and with a drainage watershed equal to or greater than 5.0 square miles (3,200 acres).

(nn)"Person" means any and all persons, natural or artificial, including, but not limited to, any individual, partner, partnership, association, society, joint stock company, firm, company, corporation, institution, trust, other legal entity, business organization or any governmental entity and any successor, representative, responsible corporate officer, agent or agency of the foregoing.

(oo)"Professional Engineer" (PE) means a person who by reason of his special knowledge of the mathematical and physical sciences and the principles and methods of engineering analysis and design, acquired by professional education and/or practical experience, is qualified to practice engineering according to the provisions of Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;34-11-1 through 34-11-37, as amended, and is presently registered by the Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors.

(pp)"Professional Geologist" (PG) means a person who by reason of his special knowledge of the geological sciences and the principles and methods of geologic analysis and investigation, acquired by professional education and/or practical experience, is qualified to practice geology according to the provisions of Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;34-41-1 through 34-41-24, as amended, and is presently licensed by the Board of Licensure for Professional Geologists. The professional practice of geology shall mean the performance of geological service or work, including, but not limited to, consultation, geological investigation, surveys, evaluations, planning, mapping, or review of geological work related to the public practice of geology, or both, in which the performance is related to the public welfare or safeguarding of life, health, property, and the environment except as otherwise specifically provided or allowed by Alabama law.

(qq)"PWS" means Public Water Supply as defined in Chapter 335-6-10.

(rr)"Qualified Credentialed Professional" (QCP) means any staff member of the Department designated by the Director, a PE registered in the State of Alabama, an NRCS representative, an NRCS approved professional, or other qualified professional or professional designation acceptable to the Department, who can document proven training and experience in design, implementation, and inspection of comprehensive animal waste, waste product, and dead animal disposal management practices and system plans, including land application practices that meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines and the requirements of this Chapter as may be demonstrated by state registration, credential, professional certification, relevant experience and continuing education, or completion of accredited university programs, acceptable to the Department, that enable the individual to make sound professional judgments regarding animal waste management practices. The registrant or professional should contact the Department with any questions or comments regarding designation as a QCP. The QCP must be in good standing with the authority granting the registration or designation. The QCP must be familiar with current industry standards and be able to certify that effective management strategies have been properly implemented and regularly maintained according to good engineering practices and the requirements of this Chapter. Pursuant to Chapter 335-6-3 a PE registered in the State of Alabama must certify the design and construction of structural practices such as a Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) plan containment structures, embankments, dams, dikes, berms, ditches, lagoon construction, etc. Pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;34-41-1 to 34-41-24, a PG must perform and certify certain geological services or work.

(ss)"Release" means any spilling, leaking, emitting, discharging, escaping, leaching or disposing of pollutants from an AFO which has the potential to discharge into groundwater or surface water.

(tt)"Retention Facility" or "Retention Structure" means all collection ditches, conduits and swales for the collection of runoff and wastewater, and all basins, ponds, sumps, and lagoons used to store and/or treat wastes, wastewaters and manure.

(uu)"Severe Property Damage" means substantial physical damage to property, damage to the waste treatment facilities which causes them to become inoperable, or substantial and permanent loss of natural resources, as defined by the Department, which can reasonably be expected to occur in the absence of a bypass. Severe property damage does not mean economic loss caused by delays in production.

(vv)"Storm-Water Or Wastewater Collection/Drainage System" means piping, pumps, ditches, swales, concrete conveyances, conduits, and any other structure or equipment used to collect and transport the flow of surface water run-off or wastewater resulting from precipitation or other sources, or wastewater to and from retention areas or any areas where treatment is designated to occur. The collection of storm water and wastewater does not include treatment except where incidental to conveyance.

(ww)"Surface Impoundment" is a natural topographic depression, man-made excavation, or diked area generally formed primarily of compacted earthen materials (although it may be lined with man-made materials) designed and constructed to prevent discharges to surface water and groundwater.

(xx)"Tank" is a stationary device designed to contain an accumulation of animal wastes, fuels, or chemicals, and constructed of non-earthen materials (e.g., concrete, steel, plastic) that provide structural support.

(yy)"Toxic Pollutants" means pollutants and combination of pollutants, including disease-causing agents, which after discharge and upon exposure, ingestion, inhalation or assimilation into any organisms, either directly from the environment or indirectly through food chains, will, on the basis of information available to the Department or Director cause death, disease, behavioral abnormalities, cancer, genetic mutations, physiological malfunctions, including malfunctions in reproduction, or physical deformations, in such organisms or their offspring. This shall include but not be limited to pollutants listed as toxic pursuant to 33 U.S.C. &#167;1317(a)(1), as amended.

(zz)"Trade Secret" (pursuant to Rule 335-6-6-.07) includes but is not limited to, any formula, plan, pattern, process, tool, mechanism, compound or procedure, as well as production data or compilation of information, financial and marketing data, which is not patented, which is known only to certain individuals within a commercial concern who are using it to fabricate, produce or compound an article of trade or a service having commercial value, and which gives its user an opportunity to obtain a business advantage over competitors who do not have the information.

(aaa)"25-Year, 24-Hour Rainfall Event" means the maximum 24-hour precipitation event with a probable recurrence interval of once in 25 years, as defined by the National Weather Service in Technical Paper Number 40, Rainfall Frequency Atlas, as amended.

(bbb)"Upset" means an exceptional incident in which there is unintentional and temporary noncompliance with technology based permit effluent limitations because of factors beyond the reasonable control of the permittee. An upset does not include noncompliance to the extent caused by operational error, improperly designed treatment facilities, inadequate treatment facilities, lack of preventive maintenance, failure to fully implement and regularly maintain effective management practices that meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines and Department requirements, or careless or improper operation.

(ccc)"Waste" means Agricultural Waste including, but not limited to chemicals, sediment, trash, debris, garbage, etc. generated at an AFO.

(ddd)"Waste Management System Plan" (WMSP) means a comprehensive plan which meets or exceeds USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) technical standards and guidelines, NRCS Comprehensive Nutrient Management Plan (CNMP) guidelines, the requirements of this Chapter, and applicable requirements of the CWA and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, that is prepared by a QCP approved by the Department. The plan shall detail management of the entire facility and associated areas which includes but is not limited to proper treatment, storage, handling, transport, and disposal/utilization of wastes, wastewater, wasteproduct, dead or diseased animals, general housekeeping BMPs, nutrient management, and land application of wastes. The nutrient management portion of the plan shall include an assessment of the land application site; a description of the land use, cropping sequence, and management of crops; nutrient budget which accounts for nitrogen and phosphorus use; timing of applications, buffer requirements, erosion, and runoff control practices; and if the site is not owned by the registrant, a signed lease to use the land, a detailed bill of sale for the waste, a valid contract with a CAWV, or a signed written land use agreement. The site assessment shall include a soil map, hydrologic soil group(s), permeability of the upper ten inches of soil, and location of streams, sinkholes, and wells. The nutrient budget shall account for all available nutrients applied on the site and shall include soil test results, sources of nutrients, and application rates. A detailed map of the application site showing location of fields, buffer zones, streams, wells, sinkholes, and other pertinent information will be part of the plan.

(eee)"Wastewater" means liquid Agricultural Waste and any liquid waste or water generated directly or indirectly in the operation of an AFO (such as spillage or overflow from animal or poultry watering systems; washing, cleaning, or flushing pens, barns, lagoons, manure pits, direct contact, swimming, washing, or spray cooling of animals; and dust control) and any precipitation (rain or snow) which comes into contact with any manure or litter, bedding, or any other raw material or intermediate or final material or product used in or resulting from the production of animals or poultry or direct products (e.g. milk, eggs).

(fff)"Wastewater Treatment Tank" means a tank that is designated to receive and treat an influent wastewater through physical, chemical, or biological methods.

(ggg)"Waters Of The State" means "[a]ll waters of any river, stream, watercourse, pond, lake, coastal, groundwater or surface water, wholly or partially within the State, natural or artificial. This does not include waters which are entirely confined and retained completely upon the property of a single individual, partnership or corporation unless such waters are used in interstate commerce", Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22-1(b)(2), as amended. Waters "include all navigable waters" as defined in 33 U.S.C. &#167;1362(7), as amended, which are within the State of Alabama.

(hhh)"Well" means a hole drilled, dug, driven, board, jetted, or otherwise constructed for water production or water supply.

Authors: Richard Hulcher, Steven Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-28-1 to 22-28-23; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999. Amended: Filed October 26, 2000; effective November 30, 2000.

<regElement name="335.6.7.03" level="3" title="Applicability">

(1)The provisions of this Chapter are applicable to the construction, operation, maintenance, repair, and closure of cattle, swine, poultry, fowl, dairy, stockyard, auction or buyer yards, farms, facilities, or operations, and any other AFOs or facilities with wild or domesticated animals designated by the Director or his designee, and their associated waste management and land application systems located wholly or partially within the State of Alabama.

(2)Unless specifically excluded in writing by the Director from the administrative requirements of this Chapter pursuant to Rule 335-6-7-.07(5), and in accordance with applicable requirements of the CWA and NPDES program, the requirements of this Chapter are applicable to all new and existing AFOs in the State.

(3)Any AFO may be required to register under this Chapter or be required to obtain an NPDES Individual permit or appropriate General permit authorization in writing by the Director or his designee for reasons that include but are not limited to the location of the facility, size of the facility, discharge status of the facility, and compliance history of the owner/operator.

(4)Unless required in writing by the Director, AFOs that are not considered CAFOs pursuant to Rule 335-6-7-.10 are not required to apply for and obtain Registration from the Department as required by this Chapter.

(5)Chapter Modification And Public Participation

(a)The Director or his designee shall cause to be published a Public Notice with a comment period of not less than 30 days to solicit public participation and comment and to schedule a Public Hearing according to procedures described in Rule 335-6-6-.21 regarding the content of, implementation of, and compliance with provisions herein, prior to the completion of the first five year term beginning with the effective date of this Chapter, and at least once every five years after the Public Notice referenced above and each subsequent Public Notice is held. After review of comments received during the public participation process, and no later than 120 days after the close of the public comment period, the Director or his designee shall prepare a written Response To Comments addressing comments received during the public participation process and shall make a determination in writing regarding the status of this Chapter and of the need, if any, to initiate procedures pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;41-22-1 through 41-22-27, as amended, to modify this Chapter to ensure that the requirements of this Chapter are in accordance with the requirements of the AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. Where the Director or his designee has initiated procedures to modify this Chapter as set forth in this Rule, the Director or his designee shall provide the proposed modifications to the Regional Administrator, United States Environmental Protection Agency, for comment, objection, or recommendation, for a period of time not less than 90 days.

(b)The Director or his designee shall cause to be published a Public Notice with a comment period of not less than 30 days according to procedures described in Rule 335-6-6-.21 to inform the public regarding the Response To Comments and the Director?s or his designee?s determination regarding the need, if any, to initiate rulemaking procedures to modify this Chapter as described in (a) above. The Public Notice shall include information to inform the public how to obtain in writing the procedures for the public to petition the Department to initiate procedures in accordance with Chapter 335-2-2 to modify this Chapter if the Director or his designee determines, after consideration of comments or other information received during the public participation process, that modification of this Chapter by the Department is not necessary.

(c)Where the Director or his designee has initiated the procedures within the prescribed periods set forth in paragraph (a), the provisions of this Chapter continue in force until modified or repealed pursuant to applicable provisions of Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;41-22-1 through 41-22-27, as amended. Pursuant to paragraph (b), provisions proposed to be modified or repealed shall continue in force until the effective date of any modification or repeal and any proposed new provision shall apply commencing with the effective date of the new provision.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999.

<regElement name="335.6.7.04" level="3" title="General Provisions">

(1)All AFOs, regardless of size or registration status, must maintain adequate records to document compliance with this Chapter and shall fully implement and regularly maintain comprehensive waste management system Best Management Practices (BMPs) to the maximum extent practicable which meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines to prevent and minimize discharges of pollution during construction and operation. Appropriate pollution abatement/prevention facilities and structural and nonstructural BMPs, or Department approved equivalents, must be fully implemented prior to and concurrent with commencement of regulated activities and regularly maintained during operation as needed at the facility to meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines and ADEM requirements until closure is approved by the Director or his designee. Failure to fully implement and regularly maintain BMPs for the protection of water quality and minimization of odors to the maximum extent practicable may subject the owner/operator of the AFO to appropriate enforcement action.

(2)All AFO owners/operators shall regularly inspect and evaluate their facility(s) to ensure compliance with provisions of this Chapter. Each owner/operator of an AFO that is also a defined CAFO or that may meet the criteria for designation as a CAFO under this Chapter shall notify the Director or his designee of their status and register. Each CAFO owner/operator shall implement and maintain an approved WMSP and submit formal certification/evaluation as required by this Chapter. Each owner/operator of an AFO that has a question or is unsure regarding their status under this Chapter shall contact the Director or his designee for clarification of their status.

(3)Except as provided otherwise by this Chapter and approved by the Director or his designee in writing, after September 30, 1999, continued operation of CAFO facilities existing after April 1, 1999 who have not submitted a complete and correct application or Notice of Registration (NOR) for coverage under a valid NPDES Registration, General permit (if issued), or Individual permit, are prohibited. Except as provided otherwise by this Chapter and approved by the Director or his designee in writing, after April 1, 1999, construction of, or commencement of regulated activity, at proposed CAFO facilities who have not submitted a complete and correct application or NOR and have not been granted coverage under a valid NPDES Registration, General permit, or Individual permit, and by the Director or his designee, is prohibited.

(4)Construction and operation of, and discharges from, CAFO facilities who have had coverage terminated or have been denied coverage under a valid NPDES Registration, General permit, or Individual permit, are prohibited.

(5)As used in this Chapter:

(a)Words in the masculine gender also include the feminine and neuter genders; and

(b)Words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; and

(c)Words that are capitalized include non-capitalized and non-capitalized words include capitalized.

(6)In any case where rule(s) may appear to be in conflict, allow different actions, or allow a choice of actions, the requirements of the rule(s) are presumed to complement and supplement each other. For buffers, the more stringent applicable buffer requirement shall apply.

Authors: Richard Hulcher, Steven Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-28-1 to 22-28-23; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999. Amended: Filed October 26, 2000; effective November 30, 2000.

<regElement name="335.6.7.05" level="3" title="Reserved">

<regElement name="335.6.7.06" level="3" title="Compliance With NPDES Rules">

(1)Approval of Registration under this Chapter constitutes NPDES permit coverage as provided in Chapter 335-6-6. Unless specifically provided otherwise by this Chapter, Registrants shall comply with all provisions of this Chapter and the NPDES permit program as described in Chapter 335-6-6.

(2)Any noncompliance with this Chapter constitutes a violation of this Chapter and NPDES rules and may constitute a violation of the CWA and the AWPCA and is grounds for enforcement action and/or for requiring the owner/operator or registrant to apply for and obtain an Individual NPDES permit.

(3)It shall not be a defense for an owner/operator in an enforcement action that it would have been necessary to halt or reduce the permitted activity in order to maintain compliance with the conditions of this Chapter. Upon reduction, loss, or failure of the treatment facility, the owner/operator shall, to the extent necessary to maintain compliance with this Chapter, control production or discharge or both until the facility is restored or an effective alternative method of treatment is provided.

(4)The owner/operator shall take all reasonable steps to prevent and minimize to the maximum extent practicable any discharge in violation of this Chapter which has a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting human health or the environment and/or the groundwater or surface water receiving the discharge(s).

(5)In accordance with the provisions of 40 CFR 123.1(i), states may adopt and enforce Rules which are more stringent than those required for NPDES delegation, or operate a program with a greater scope of coverage than required by federal law and an owner/operator shall comply with such State Rules. This includes any requirements to prohibit discharge from all AFOs regardless of the number of animals being confined, stabled, or concentrated and fed. This Chapter may be both greater in scope and more stringent than required by federal law. Enforcement authority for conditions in this Chapter which constitute greater scope of coverage than required by Federal law are not part of the federally approved NPDES program and therefore are not subject to EPA oversight.

(6)To ensure compliance with the requirements of this Chapter, an AFO/CAFO owner/operator has the option to apply for and obtain coverage under an Individual NPDES permit, considering the requirements of Rule 335-6-7-.07(3), including payment of required application fees, as provided in 40 CFR 122.28(b)(2)(i), and as pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 335-6-6. All requirements of this Chapter shall apply to the AFO/CAFO owner/ operator until issuance of the Individual NPDES permit. The AFO/CAFO owner/operator shall be considered in violation of this Chapter, the AWPCA, and NPDES requirements each day that the operation is not in compliance with the requirements of this Chapter until the required complete and correct Individual permit application is submitted and Individual permit coverage is issued by the Department.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999.

<regElement name="335.6.7.07" level="3" title="Requirement To Apply For And Obtain Coverage Under A General Or Individual NPDES Permit, Termination And/Or Denial Of Registration">

(1)The Director may require any CAFO required to be registered under this Chapter to apply for and obtain an Individual NPDES permit as provided in 40 CFR 122.28(b)(2)(i) and pursuant to Chapter 335-6-6. The Director or his designee will notify the owner/operator in writing that an Individual permit application to include the appropriate application fee is required. If an owner/operator fails to submit a complete and correct Individual NPDES application with applicable application fee as required by Chapter 335-1-6 or by the deadline specified by the Director or his designee, then any Registration granted to the owner/operator is automatically terminated at the end of the day specified for application submittal and the owner/operator may be subject to enforcement action. All requirements of this Chapter still apply to the AFO/CAFO owner/operator. The owner/operator shall be considered in violation of this Chapter, the AWPCA, and NPDES requirements each day until the required complete and correct Individual permit application is submitted and Individual permit coverage is issued by the Department.

(2)When an Individual NPDES permit or General permit (if issued) coverage is issued to an owner/operator subject to this Chapter, the applicability of this Chapter to the registrant is automatically terminated on the effective date of the Individual/General permit coverage. When an Individual NPDES permit or General permit coverage is terminated or an application is denied to an owner/operator otherwise subject to this Chapter, the owner/operator continues to be subject to the requirements of this Chapter on and after the date of such termination or denial, unless otherwise specified in writing by the Director or his designee.

(3)Individual NPDES permits or General permit coverage issued to AFO/CAFO facilities shall contain at least the same design and operational considerations as described in this Chapter and/or an affirmative demonstration of new and/or innovative technology or management measures acceptable to the Director or his designee to ensure an equivalent level of environmental quality as required by this Chapter. When the facility obtains coverage under an Individual permit or General permit (if issued) reflecting current regulatory requirements, any previously approved Registration will be considered administratively voided and superseded.

(4)Initial construction (that exceeds 1 acre) of an AFO that is not registered under this Chapter, or additional construction (that exceeds 1 acre) at an existing AFO that is not registered under this Chapter shall obtain coverage under an NPDES construction Notification, Registration, General permit, or Individual permit prior to commencement of new or increased construction, land disturbance, or associated regulated activity, unless exempted on a programmatic or categorical basis from this requirement in writing by the Director or his designee.

(5)Termination Or Denial Of Registrations

(a)The following may be causes for terminating a Registration during its term, for denying a Registration issuance application, or denying a Registration reissuance application:

1.substantial noncompliance by the registrant or applicant with any condition of the Registration or the requirements of this Chapter;

2.the registrant?s or applicant?s failure in the Registration application or during the Registration issuance or reissuance process to disclose fully all relevant facts, or the registrant?s or applicant?s failure to disclose all relevant facts or the registrant?s or applicant?s misrepresentation of any relevant facts, at any time;

3.a change in any condition that results in either a temporary or a permanent reduction or elimination of any discharge controlled by the Registration [for example, facility closure or termination of a discharge by connection to a publicly/privately owned treatment works (POTW)];

4.the registrant?s or applicant?s failure to submit a complete Registration, including any additional information requested by the Director or his designee and appropriate registration fees;

5.the registrant?s or applicant?s history of substantial noncompliance if determined applicable by the Director; or

6.any other relevant factors the Director determines to be appropriate.

(b)If cause exists for denial or termination of Registration under this Rule, the Director may determine that termination or denial of Registration is appropriate.

(c)If the Director determines that a Registration that results in compliance with applicable water quality standards could not be issued or, if issued, could not be complied with, such Registration shall be terminated or denied.

(d)Any applicant or registrant whose Registration is denied or terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Rule shall comply with the AWPCA and applicable requirements of Division 335-6 and may apply for coverage under an Individual NPDES permit pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 335-6-6.

Authors: Richard Hulcher, Steven Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999. Amended: Filed October 26, 2000; effective November 30, 2000.

<regElement name="335.6.7.08" level="3" title="Reserved">

<regElement name="335.6.7.09" level="3" title="Notice Of Registration (NOR)">

(1)Unless exempted by the Director or his designee in writing, the Notice of Registration (NOR) shall include the following information:

(a)Facility owner's name, address, and telephone number;

(b)Operator's name, address, and telephone number, if different from owner;

(c)Facility name, contact person, address, telephone number, directions to the facility, and Township, Range, and Section(s) of the facility and each land application site, Latitude and Longitude of the front access gate of the facility, and Latitude and Longitude of each lagoon or liquid waste storage/treatment structure;

(d)Methods proposed to be or currently being used for processing wastes/wastewater (for example, dry storage facility, flushing to holding ponds/sumps, followed by land application, etc.);

(e)Name of receiving water(s) according to USGS 7.5-minute topographic map to which wastewaters have discharged, are discharging, or could potentially be discharged;

(f)The type(s) and highest number of each animal type that have been in open confinement and/or housed under roof for the previous 12 months, and the anticipated type(s) and highest number of each animal type that are planned/expected to be in open confinement and/or housed under roof for the next 12 months;

(g)If different from the owner/operator, the name, address, telephone number, and contact person for the entity who owns or has an ownership interest in the animals present at the facility, and animal feed or chemicals stored at the facility;

(h)If flowing surface waters or waters of the State (e.g. streams, rivers, canals) have the potential to come into direct contact with animals confined or concentrated in the facility, describe measures to be utilized to avoid direct animal contact;

(i)If a corporation, or partnership, a statement that the entity is registered with or has notified the Office of the Secretary of State of Alabama in writing of the intent to conduct business in Alabama;

(j)Listing of any partners or other owners;

(k)Listing of any past or current permit violations, Registration violations, NPDES Rules violations, and violations of the AWPCA and CWA;

(l)Proposed schedule for preparation and implementation of approved WMSP and for submittal of appropriate certification/evaluation of implementation of the WMSP that is certified by a QCP;

(m)Other relevant information that may be requested by the Director or his designee;

(n)Date of last annual inspection and name of the QCP who performed the inspection, date of last five-year inspection and the name of the PE who performed the inspection or directed/supervised the QCP who performed the inspection, and the name of the QCP who performed the inspection under the direct supervision of the PE, and a summary of any deficiencies observed and corrective action taken as a result of the inspection(s);

(o)All NORs for coverage under this Chapter must be signed in accordance with the provisions of 40 CFR 122.22 and Rule 335-6-7-.09 (9), (11), and (12).

(p)Any additional plans, applicable information, or certifications required by this Chapter or the Director or his designee.

(2)The NOR must be delivered or mailed by certified mail to the Department or other agency as may be designated by the Director.

(3)Coverage provided by registration under this Chapter will expire 365 days from issuance unless the owner/operator submits a complete and correct NOR requesting continued coverage and continued coverage is approved by the Director. However, all requirements of this Chapter continue in effect regardless of the owner/operator?s registration status.

(4)In accordance with Chapter 335-1-6 (Fee System) and Rule 335-6-7-.12, a registration fee must accompany the NOR. An NOR shall not be considered complete and correct until submittal of the required fee is verified by the Department. Failure to remit the required fee is grounds for the Director or his designee to initiate enforcement action and to deny Registration under this Chapter and require the owner/operator to apply for an Individual NPDES permit pursuant to the provisions of Rule 335-6-7-.07(5). Subsequent annual registration fees are due with the submittal of any NOR requesting continued coverage or if billed by the Department in accordance with Chapter 335-1-6.

(5)An owner/operator who registers under this Chapter must provide a complete and correct NOR to the Department or other agency approved by the Department on such form or forms, to include complete and correct information, as the Department may require. An NOR shall be considered complete and correct as determined by the Director or his designee.

(6)Unless notified in writing by the Director or his designee within 45 days after written verification from the Department of receipt of a complete and correct NOR, including the appropriate registration fee, WMSP if required, and applicable QCP certifications, that the NOR is incomplete, that additional time is needed by the Department to properly process the NOR, or that the NOR has been denied, owners/operators are authorized to construct and operate the facility on an interim basis provided the facility remains in full compliance with all provisions of this Chapter. Subsequent to the filing of a complete Registration, the Department shall determine whether to formally approve or deny the request for Registration. In the event the Registration is formally approved, any interested party, as provided in Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-7(c), as amended, may appeal the Registration approval to the Environmental Management Commission. In the event Registration is denied, the Department shall provide to the applicant a written statement setting out the basis for the denial. The applicant may appeal the denial in accordance with Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-7(c), as amended.

(7)Registration Modification

(a)Registrants shall notify the Department in writing whenever there is a change in operational procedures of the registered facility. When the operational situation changes, an owner/operator covered under this Chapter shall submit a revised NOR, including any applicable fee for a Major modification, describing the operational changes at the facility, including any supporting documentation required by the Department.

(b)Major Modification. The registrant must request modification of the Registration from the Department in writing and submit the appropriate registration fee at least 15 days prior to any change in ownership or operational procedures of the registered facility, including, but not limited to, the following:

1.A change of ownership or name of registrant;

2.A change in operational control of the facility;

3.Increase in the number of confined or concentrated animals at any time which is sufficient to place the facility in a higher animal unit fee category as provided in Chapter 335-1-6 ? Fee Schedule D, Water Permits/Registration, CAFO.

4.Significant change in waste treatment, handling or disposal as determined by the Director or his designee.

(c)Minor Modification. If required by the Director or his designee, the registrant shall notify the Department in writing of any minor modification of the Registration. The registrant shall document no later than 30 days after any minor change that the WMSP has been properly updated regarding any minor change in operational procedures of the registered facility, including, but not limited to, the following:

1.A change in approved land application sites.

2.Non-significant change in waste treatment, handling or disposal as determined by the Director or his designee.

3.Entering into or canceling a written contract with a CAWV.

(d)The Department may in its discretion require the owner/operator to provide construction plans and specifications, amended plans of operation or any other information required by this Chapter.

(8)In the event of any change in control or ownership of facilities covered by this Chapter, the registrant shall, by certified mail, signed receipt, or other method approved by the Department, notify at least 15 days prior to the change in ownership, with copy to the Department, the succeeding owner/operator or controller of the existence of this Chapter and the need to update the facility?s Registration.

(9)All NORs shall be signed as follows:

(a)For a corporation: By a responsible corporate officer. For the purposes of this Chapter, a responsible corporate officer means a principal executive officer at the level of vice president or above of the corporation in charge of a principal business function or who performs similar policy or decision making functions for the corporation.

(b)For a partnership or sole proprietorship: By a general partner or the proprietor, respectively.

(c)For a Limited Liability Corporation (LLC): By any controlling member.

(d)For a municipality, State, federal, or other public agency: By either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official. For purposes of this paragraph, a principal executive officer of a federal agency includes the chief executive officer of the agency or a senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency.

(10)All reports required by this Chapter and other information required by the Director or his designee shall be signed by a person described above or by a duly authorized representative of that person, and where required by this Chapter, a QCP. A person is a duly authorized representative only if:

(a)The authorization is made in writing and signed by a responsible corporate official; and

(b)The authorization specifies either an individual or a person having responsibility for the overall operation of the regulated facility or activity, such as the position of facility manager, superintendent, or position of equivalent responsibility for environmental matters for the company. (A duly authorized representative may thus be either a named individual or any individual occupying a named position); and

(c)The written authorization is submitted to and approved by the Director or his designee.

(11)If a signatory authorization under this Chapter is no longer accurate because a different individual or position has responsibility for the overall operation of the facility, a new signatory authorization satisfying the above requirements must be submitted to the Director, prior to or with any reports, information, or applications to be signed by an authorized individual.

(12)Any person signing a document required by this Chapter shall make the following certification:

"I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations".

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999. Amended: Filed October 26, 2000; effective November 30, 2000.

<regElement name="335.6.7.10" level="3" title="Registration Requirements For Concentrated Animal Feeding Operations (CAFOs)">

(1)After April 1, 1999, no new CAFO shall be constructed or commence operation unless the owner/operator has first submitted a complete and correct Notice of Registration (NOR) to the Department or other governmental agency acceptable to the Department, and the Registration has been approved by the Department.

(2)After September 30, 1999, no CAFO existing after April 1, 1999 shall continue operation unless the owner/operator has first submitted a complete and correct NOR to the Department or other governmental agency acceptable to the Department.

(3)After April 1, 1999, no existing AFO shall expand or modify operations such that the AFO would become a defined CAFO or would be designated as a CAFO, and no existing CAFO shall expand or modify operations, unless the owner/operator has first submitted a complete and correct NOR to the Department or other governmental agency acceptable to the Department, and the Registration has been approved by the Department.

(4)For purposes of this Chapter, a CAFO is an AFO which is subject to the NPDES permitting requirements of 40 CFR 122.23 and as generally described by EPA?s Guide Manual On NPDES Regulations For Concentrated Animal Feeding Operations (CAFOs) (December 1995), as amended, meeting any of the following criteria:

(a)An AFO with more than the following number(s) and type(s) of animals:

1.1,000 slaughter or feeder cattle,

2.700 mature dairy cattle (whether milked or dry cows),

3.2,500 swine each weighing equal to or greater than 25 kilograms (approximately 55 pounds),

4.4,000 swine each weighing equal to or greater than 7 kilograms and less than 25 kilograms (approximately between 15 pounds and 55 pounds),

5.10,000 swine each weighing less than 7 kilograms (approximately 15 pounds or less),

6.6,250 goats,

7.500 horses,

8.10,000 sheep or lambs,

9.55,000 turkeys,

10.125,000 laying hens, broilers, or other poultry,

11.6,250 emus,

12.60,000 rabbits,

13.5,000 ducks, or

14.1,000 animal units of any other type/size animal as generally described in 40 CFR 122, Appendix B, or as determined by the Director; or

(b)An AFO with more than the following number(s) and type(s) of animals and where there is a point source or nonpoint source discharge or a point source or nonpoint source discharge has occurred after April 1, 1999, of pollutants into groundwater or surface waters of the State through a man-made ditch, flushing system, other similar man-made devices, or improper handling, storage, transport, distribution, or land application of wastes:

1.300 slaughter or feeder cattle,

2.200 mature dairy cattle (whether milked or dry cows),

3.750 swine each weighing equal to or greater than 25 kilograms (approximately 55 pounds),

4.1,200 swine each weighing equal to or greater than 7 kilograms and less than 25 kilograms (approximately between 15 pounds and 55 pounds),

5.3,000 swine each weighing less than 7 kilograms (approximately 15 pounds or less),

6.1,875 goats,

7.150 horses,

8.3,000 sheep or lambs,

9.16,000 turkeys,

10.37,500 laying hens, broilers, or other poultry,

1,875 emus,

12.18,000 rabbits,

13.1,500 ducks, or

14.300 animal units of any other type/size animal as generally described in 40 CFR 122, Appendix B, or as determined by the Director.

(c)As determined necessary by the Director, a new or existing AFO, 100 animal units or larger, which is located in a localized watershed or defined stream segment that has been formally designated by the Director and publicly noticed by the Department as a priority, threatened, or water quality limited/impaired watershed due to documented, monitored pollutant concentrations which may be caused by or contributed to by actual or potential point or nonpoint source discharges from an AFO. The AFO shall remain registered until termination of the Registration is approved by the Director or his designee.

(d)An AFO of any size which has been designated by the Director following an on-site inspection by Department representatives as a significant contributor or potential significant contributor of pollution, or has caused or contributed to a violation of an applicable Water Quality Standard. An AFO that fails to fully implement and regularly maintain effective BMPs after notification from the Department shall be considered a significant contributor, shall be considered to have discharged pursuant to Rule 335-6-7-.10(4)(e), and shall be subject to enforcement action by the Department.

(e)An active AFO or inactive AFO that has not been properly closed according to the requirements of this Chapter of any size which has experienced or experiences a discharge to groundwater or surface water of the State by lack of proper management, abandonment, negligence, by design, or for any other reason not authorized by this Chapter at any time after April 1, 1999.

(f)An AFO of any size which has experienced a discharge to groundwater or surface water of the State due to bypass or upset conditions as defined in Rule 335-6-7-.32 (3) or (4), which has not fully implemented and regularly maintained a WMSP and associated land application plan which meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines at any time after April 1, 1999 or did not notify the Department of an unpermitted discharge or the bypass or upset discharge as required by this Chapter or the AWPCA at any time after April 1, 1999.

(g)At any time after April 1, 1999, an AFO of any size with a liquid waste management system which has not fully implemented and regularly maintained a WMSP and associated land application plan which meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines, as certified by NRCS personnel or a PE at the time of installation or as a result of a post-construction comprehensive inspection/evaluation. Unless determined otherwise by the Director or his designee, a facility is considered to have a liquid waste management system if liquid storage or treatment is used (flushing systems, lagoons, waste storage ponds, sumps, tanks, etc.), or if the waste is defined as liquid, slurry, or semi-solid according to American Society of Agricultural Engineers (ASAE) Standard S292.4, Section 2, Part 2.74, as amended.

(5)Animal units (AUs) for animals not specifically listed in this Chapter (e.g. nutria, other ratites, reptiles, brood cows, etc.), shall be determined on an individual basis by the Director or his designee considering the quantity and chemical characteristics of the waste using as a comparison listed animals that are similar.

(6)Unless approved by the Director or his designee in writing, a CAFO that discharges all of its stormwater runoff and wastewater to a sanitary sewer system which discharges to a water of the State in accordance with a valid NPDES or State Indirect Discharge (SID) permit is not eligible to obtain registration coverage under this Chapter.

(7)An owner/operator of an AFO that is not defined by Rule as a CAFO or is not designated as a CAFO by the Director, that has registered may request termination of Registration at any time from the Department. Voluntary Registration by an AFO that is not defined by Rule as a CAFO or is not designated as a CAFO by the Director is not considered to be a CAFO after approval of the voluntary registration termination provided the AFO owner/operator continues to comply with all applicable requirements of this Chapter. The request shall be in a form acceptable to the Department.

Authors: Richard Hulcher, Steven Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999. Amended: Filed October 26, 2000; effective November 30, 2000.

<regElement name="335.6.7.11" level="3" title="Reserved">

<regElement name="335.6.7.12" level="3" title="Registration Fees For Concentrated Animal Feeding Operations (CAFOs)">

(1)The registrant of a CAFO shall pay an initial and annual Registration fee according to Chapter 335-1-6 - Fee Schedule D, Water Permits/Registration, CAFO. The total registration fee amount shall be determined annually by the registrant according to the Fee Schedule and approved by the Director or his designee. Payment of the appropriate fee shall be due with submittal of the initial and each subsequent annual NOR.

(2)The registrant of a CAFO shall pay a modification fee according to Chapter 335-1-6 - Fee Schedule D, Water Permits/Registration, CAFO. The registration modification fee amount shall be determined by the registrant from the Fee Schedule D and be approved by the Director or his designee. Payment of the appropriate modification fee shall be due with submittal of the request to modify the existing NOR filed with the Department. A modification fee is required if there is:

(a)A change of ownership or name of registrant;

(b)A change in operational control of the facility; or

(c)Any increase in the number of animal units at any time which is sufficient to place the facility in a higher fee category.

(d)Significant change in waste treatment, handling or disposal.

(3)A "Greenfield" fee required by Chapter 335-1-6 shall not be required provided the registrant submits the continuing education certification(s) required in Rule 335-6-7-.18(1) and (2) with the initial Registration and/or each annual Registration.

(4)The registrant shall comply with all applicable fee requirements for the operation of this facility, as specified in Chapter 335-1-6. Failure to promptly remit all required fees, certifications, or other information required by the Director shall be grounds for the Director to initiate enforcement action and/or terminate Registration under this Chapter.

(5)Any AFO that is not defined by Rule as a CAFO or is not designated as a CAFO by the Director that wishes to be registered shall pay the applicable fee according to Chapter 335-1-6.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999.

<regElement name="335.6.7.13" level="3" title="Schedule Of Registration And Certification/ Evaluation Of Approved Waste Management System Plan (WMSP)">

(1)Owners/operators of CAFOs who intend to or are required to obtain coverage under this Chapter shall submit a Notice of Registration (NOR) to the Director or his designee in accordance with the following:

(a)Facilities existing after April 1, 1999 shall submit the complete and correct NOR no later than September 30, 1999, or as otherwise authorized by the Director or his designee in writing on a case-by-case basis.

(b)New or proposed facilities shall submit the NOR at least 30 days prior to the proposed beginning of construction of the facility and at least 45 days prior to the proposed commencement of feeding operations at the facility and shall comply with the provisions of Rule 335-6-7-.09.

(c)AFOs not previously subject to registration requirements of this Chapter, but which intend to expand operations to more than the number and type of animals to be considered a CAFO, must submit a new NOR or, if currently registered a modified NOR, to the Director or his designee at least 30 days prior to the proposed beginning of construction of the expanded facilities and at least 45 days prior to the proposed commencement of feeding operations at the expanded facilities and shall comply with the provisions of Rule 335-6-7-.09.

(d)CAFOs subject to this Chapter may submit a NOR at any time after the dates specified above. However, the Director or his designee may take appropriate enforcement action for failure to submit a NOR as required by the Department in accordance with this Chapter.

(2)Owners/operators of AFOs defined or designated as CAFOs by the requirements of this Chapter who intend to, are required to, or have obtained NPDES permit coverage under this Chapter shall submit to the Department certification/evaluation by a QCP that the facility has been designed, constructed, or has been updated, and can reasonably be operated in accordance with an approved WMSP that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines and as required by this Chapter and the Director or his designee. The type, format, and content of the certification/evaluation required shall be determined by the Director or his designee considering facility construction, site conditions, operational history and any potential impacts to groundwater and surface waters of the state. Unless required otherwise in writing by the Director or his designee, the certification/evaluation shall be submitted by the earliest date specified according to the following schedule:

(a)After April 1, 1999, new or proposed CAFO facilities shall submit the required certification at least 15 days prior to the commencement of feeding operations at the new CAFO facility.

(b)Facilities existing after April 1, 1999 with a WMSP previously prepared by a QCP or an NRCS representative that met or exceeded NRCS technical standards and guidelines at the time it was implemented shall submit the required certification/ evaluation no later than November 1, 1999.

(c)AFOs not previously subject to registration under this Chapter, but which intend to expand or modify operations to more than the number and type of animals to be considered a CAFO after April 1, 1999, must submit the required certification/ evaluation at least 15 days prior to commencement of feeding operations at the expanded facilities.

(d)Existing facilities identified as a priority facility by the Director due to size, location, potential impacts to water quality, or other factors shall submit the required certification/evaluation no later than 30 days after receiving written notification from the Director or his designee, unless an extension is granted in writing by the Director or his designee.

(e)Facilities existing after April 1, 1999 with point or nonpoint source discharges which may have caused since April 1, 1999, are causing, or have the potential to cause, as determined by the Director or his designee, a violation of a State Water Quality Standard pursuant to Chapter 335-6-10, shall submit the required certification/evaluation no later than November 1, 1999.

(f)Facilities existing as of April 1, 1999 where any point source discharge(s) have occurred after April 1, 1999 shall submit the required certification/evaluation no later than November 1, 1999.

(g)Facilities existing as of April 1, 1999 where any nonpoint source discharge(s) have occurred after April 1, 1999 shall submit the required certification/evaluation no later than November 1, 2000.

(h)Facilities existing after April 1, 1999 located in watersheds of water bodies listed on the Department?s CWA Section 303(d) list of priority water quality limited streams as a result of agricultural impacts or pollutants directly related to animal agriculture shall submit the required certification/evaluation no later than November 1, 2001.

(i)Facilities existing after April 1, 1999 located in the watersheds of water bodies listed on the Department?s CWA Section 305(b) list as being water quality impacted as a result of agricultural impacts or pollutants directly related to animal agriculture shall submit the required certification/evaluation no later than November 1, 2002.

(j)All remaining facilities existing after April 1, 1999 that are not required to submit certification/ evaluation pursuant to (a) through (i) of this Rule and that have not previously submitted the required certification/evaluation shall submit the required certification/evaluation no later than November 1, 2003.

(k)Existing facilities located in a watershed designated by the Director pursuant to Rule 335-6-7-.10(4)(c) as a priority watershed shall submit the required certification/ evaluation within ninety (90) days after public notice by the Department, unless an alternate schedule is approved in writing by the Director or his designee.

(l)Facilities existing after April 1, 1999, with an earthen storage or treatment facility for liquid waste which was constructed without documented technical assistance from a QCP according to NRCS technical standards and guidelines shall submit the required certification/evaluation to continue operation or implement an approved closure plan no later than November 1, 2000.

(3)The Director may modify (shorten or extend) any deadline required in this Rule in accordance with the requirements of the AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, for cause, to include but not be limited to, availability of adequate technical resources and funding. Failure to seek or obtain, or delay in seeking or obtaining, technical assistance or the services of a QCP in a timely manner for preparation, implementation, and certification/evaluation of a WMSP, may be considered by the Director or his designee when determining if deadline modification is warranted.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999.

<regElement name="335.6.7.14" level="3" title="Reporting And Record Keeping">

(1)AFO owners/operators shall cooperate fully with inspections, monitoring and testing conducted by the Department as well as requests for document submission, submission of engineering or technical data, and testing and monitoring performed by the owner/operator at the request of the Department.

(2)AFO owners/operators must keep all records required either:

(a)At the facility and be immediately available for inspection by the Department; or

(b)At a readily available alternative site and be provided for inspection to the Director or his designee upon request.

(3)The registrant shall designate in writing as part of any Registration individual(s) responsible for inspections and record keeping.

(4)Incidents such as spills, or other discharges, along with information describing the pollution potential and quantity of the discharge, shall be documented and reported to the Director or his designee as required by this Chapter by all AFO owners/operators.

(5)CAFO facility inspections and maintenance activities shall be documented and reported as required by this Chapter and records must be kept on site or at a Department approved location for a minimum of three years and until after the next inspection and certification/evaluation of the facility and applicable records by a PE as required by Rule 335-6-7-.28.

(6)All reports required by this Chapter shall be submitted in a timely manner as required by this Chapter or as required by the Director or his designee. Failure to submit required reports may subject the AFO owner/operator to enforcement actions in accordance with the provisions of the AWPCA, as amended, and Rules promulgated thereunder.

(7)All discharge information and other data required to be maintained by the AFO owner/operator shall be made available to the Director or his designee upon request. Signed copies of monitoring reports shall be submitted to the Director or his designee if requested.

(8)AFO owners/operators shall retain copies of all records required by this Chapter for a period of at least three years from the date reported. This period may be extended by the Director at any time.

(9)Except for data determined to be confidential under 40 CFR Part 2, under Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22-9(c), as amended, and under Rule 335-6-7-.16 all reports prepared and submitted in accordance with the terms of this Chapter shall be available for public inspection at the Department?s Montgomery offices, or through appropriate alternative procedures implemented by the Department and the name and address of any applicant or registrant, name and location of the facility, NPDES applications or NORs, permits, registration, and effluent data shall not be considered confidential.

(10)The registrant shall document any planned physical alterations or additions to the registered facility. The AFO owner/operator must ensure that any change or facility expansion is in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter, and that an applicable Registration issuance or Registration modification is obtained and approved by the Director or his designee and a revised WMSP that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines is obtained and accepted by the Director or his designee, prior to any change or modification. Notwithstanding Departmental acceptance of the WMSP, additional/revised effective management practices shall be implemented as necessary by the AFO owner/operator that are sufficient to protect water quality and minimize the generation of odors to the maximum extend practicable.

(11)The registrant shall furnish to the Director or his designee any information which the Director may request to determine whether cause exists for modifying, revoking and requiring coverage under an Individual NPDES permit, or terminating the facility's Registration under this Chapter, or to determine compliance with this Chapter. The registrant shall also furnish to the Director or his designee, upon request, copies of records required to be kept by this Chapter.

(12)When the registrant becomes aware that it failed to submit any relevant facts or submitted incorrect information in the NOR or in any other report required by this Chapter, it shall promptly submit such facts or information to the Director.

(13)Except as required by Rule 335-6-7-.03, while an AFO that is not a defined or designated CAFO is not required to maintain or submit specific records unless required in writing by the Director, it is the responsibility of owners/operators of an AFO that may not be considered a CAFO requiring registration under this Chapter to maintain sufficient records that can document their status as a facility that has implemented best management practices that meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines, that has not discharged, or that is not otherwise required to register. Any records shall be made available to the Director or his designee upon request. Failure to record and keep adequate records documenting the operation of the AFO shall not be a defense to the Department determining that the operation is a CAFO requiring registration under Rule 335-6-7-.10.

Authors: Richard Hulcher, Steven Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-28-1 to 22-28-23; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999. Amended: Filed October 26, 2000; effective November 30, 2000.

<regElement name="335.6.7.15" level="3" title="Reserved">

<regElement name="335.6.7.16" level="3" title="Access To And Availability Of Records, Reports Or Information">

(1)Any owner/operator of an AFO shall, upon request of a duly authorized representative of the Department, permit the representative, at all reasonable times, access to all records concerning the acquisition, storage, handling, and transport of regulated chemicals, compounds, and pollutants and permit the representative to copy said records.

(2)Except as provided by Rule 335-6-6-.07, any records, reports, or information obtained under this Chapter may be made available to the public by the Department. The owner/ operator shall prove to the satisfaction of the Director or his designee that records, reports or information, or a particular part thereof to which the Department has access under this Chapter, if made public, would divulge production or sales figures or methods, processes or production unique to such owner/operator or would otherwise tend to adversely affect the competitive position of such owner/operator by revealing trade secrets. The Department may consider such record, report, or information or particular portion thereof, confidential. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent disclosures of such report, record, or information to federal or State representatives as necessary for purposes of administration of any federal or State laws or when relevant to proceedings under this Chapter. Information concerning the presence or concentration of substances in waste, wastewater, soil, or State waters shall not be considered confidential by the Department.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999.

<regElement name="335.6.7.17" level="3" title="Entry And Inspection Of Facilities">

(1)Any owner/operator of an AFO shall upon request of the Director or his designee upon the presentation of credentials and other documents as may be required by law, permit Department representatives to enter, at all reasonable times, property and buildings at the facility and allow the representative to inspect facilities and equipment, review records, to conduct monitoring and sampling, and to:

(a)Excluding the personal domicile of the owner/operator, enter upon the premises where a regulated facility or activity is located or conducted, or where records must be kept under the conditions of this Chapter. The owner/operator shall provide the records upon request at an alternate location acceptable to the Department;

(b)Have access to and copy, at reasonable times, any records that must be kept under the conditions of this Chapter;

(c)Inspect at reasonable times any facilities, equipment (including monitoring and control equipment), practices, or operations regulated or required under this Chapter; and

(d)Sample, inspect, or monitor, at reasonable times, for the purposes of assuring compliance with this Chapter or as otherwise authorized by the CWA and/or AWPCA, any substances or parameters at any location.

(2)Where bio-security may be a concern for any specific structure or breeding area, the registrant, with consent by the Department, shall provide alternate access acceptable to the Department that does not require bio-security to meet with facility personnel, and to inspect/evaluate waste management systems, land application sites, record storage areas, and enter other areas deemed necessary by the Director or his designee.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999.

<regElement name="335.6.7.18" level="3" title="Continuing Educational And Training Requirements">

(1)Except as provided in Rule 335-6-7-.18(3), commencing effective April 1, 1999, all managing owners/operators and onsite supervisors of proposed or existing registered facilities and proposed or existing CAFO operations must obtain certification of satisfactory completion of formal education or training in the areas of general BMPs, comprehensive waste/ wastewater management, land application, nutrient budgeting, dead animal disposal, and other appropriate areas. Proof of satisfactory completion of up to sixteen (16) hours of approved group or individualized initial training and education must be submitted with the NOR or no later than one (1) year after the effective date of the initial Registration unless extended by the Director or his designee for cause. The registrant will be informed of, and the Department shall approve initial training requirements including, but not limited to, appropriate curricula, course content, course length, any participant testing, evaluation of the effectiveness/applicability of the training, and total hours of training required.

(2)Except as provided in Rule 335-6-7-.18(3), commencing effective April 1, 1999, all managing owners/operators and onsite supervisors of all registered facilities and unregistered existing CAFO operations, which have been in operation for no less than eighteen (18) months, must obtain certification of satisfactory completion of annual refresher training in the areas of general BMPs, comprehensive waste/ wastewater management, land application, nutrient budgeting, dead animal disposal, and other appropriate areas as described in and in addition to the educational requirements required in Rule 335-6-7-.18(1). Proof of satisfactory completion of up to eight (8) hours of annual approved group or individualized refresher training and education must be submitted with each annual re-registration NOR unless extended by the Director or his designee for cause. The registrant will be informed of, and the Department shall approve refresher-training requirements including, but not limited to, appropriate curricula, course content, course length, any participant testing, evaluation of the effectiveness/applicability of the training, and total hours of training required.

(3)An owner/operator has the option to submit the additive "Greenfield" fee with the initial registration and each annual registration as provided in Chapter 335-1-6 ? Fee Schedule D, Water Permits/Registration, CAFO so that the Department can perform a comprehensive facility evaluation prior to approval of the registration request, in lieu of submitting the continuing education certification(s) required in Rule 335-6-7-.18(1) and (2).

(4)Failure to obtain and submit certification of the prerequisite and annual training and education, or pay the additive Greenfield fee as provided in Rule 335-6-7-.18(3) shall be deemed a violation of this Chapter.

(5)Where employees are responsible for activities which relate to Rule compliance, those employees must be regularly trained or informed of any information pertinent to the proper operation and maintenance of the facility and waste/wastewater disposal. Training shall address such topics as proper land application of wastes, nutrient budgeting, proper operation and maintenance of the facility, good housekeeping and chemical/fuel management practices, proper dead or diseased animal disposal, proper waste product disposal, necessary record keeping requirements, emergency response in case of power failure, system failure, or unpermitted discharge, spill response and clean-up, and other topics required by the Director or his designee. The registrant is responsible for determining the appropriate training frequency for different levels of personnel expertise and the pollution prevention plan shall identify periodic dates for such training.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999. Amended: Filed October 26, 2000; effective November 30, 2000.

<regElement name="335.6.7.19" level="3" title="Reserved">

<regElement name="335.6.7.20" level="3" title="Plans, Specifications, And Technical Requirements">

(1)No AFO animal waste management system shall be constructed, modified, repaired, or placed into operation after April 1, 1999 unless it is designed, constructed, operated, and maintained in accordance with final design plans and specifications which meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines as accepted by the Department, and the requirements of the AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

(2)No CAFO animal waste management system shall be constructed, modified, or placed into operation after April 1, 1999 unless certified by a QCP that it is designed, constructed, and can be operated and maintained in accordance with a WMSP which meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines and as accepted by the Department, and the requirements of the AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

(3)Unless approved otherwise in writing by the Director pursuant to Rule 335-6-7-.22, new well siting and construction, and new or existing well operation and maintenance, all waste management activities including but not limited to structural designs, system plans, waste storage, handling, and transport, nutrient management, land application, dead animal disposal including incinerator and freezer siting and operation, waste product disposal, construction erosion and sediment control BMPs, spill prevention control and countermeasures (SPCC) BMPs, other necessary BMPs required for good housekeeping, and implementation of waste management practices for AFOs and CAFOs shall be in accordance with this Chapter, the requirements of the AAPCA, AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and shall meet or exceed the technical standards and guidelines contained in the NRCS Field Office Technical Guide and other approved technical publications or documents as amended, for the year that the practice was implemented, to include:

(a)Conservation Practice Standards - Field Office Technical Guide, Section IV, Standards and Specifications, February, 1990, as amended.

(b)Agricultural Waste Management Field Handbook - National Engineering Handbook Series (NEHS), Part 651, April 1992, as amended.

(c)Alternative or innovative technology implemented in accordance with Rule 335-6-7-.22.

(d)General best management and housekeeping practices implemented in accordance with Rule 335-6-7-.21.

(4)If full implementation and regular maintenance of management practices that meet or exceed NRCS technical standards or guidelines are not or will not be protective of water quality and/or reduce the generation of odors to the maximum extent practicable, the owner/operator of an AFO shall implement, within timeframes required by the Director or his designee, additional effective structural and nonstructural management practices necessary to adequately protect water quality and/or reduce the generation of odors to the maximum extent practicable.

(5)Except as provided in Rule 335-6-7-.20(8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), and (27), AFO confinement buildings with a liquid waste/wastewater handling system, liquid waste storage settling basins, lagoons, holding ponds, sumps, or pits, and other animal liquid waste containment structures for new operations that are initially constructed or commence initial operation after April 1, 1999 shall be located to meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines, the requirements of this Chapter, and the requirements of the AAPCA, AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, but in no case shall be constructed within 1,320 feet of the nearest existing occupied dwelling, church, school, hospital, or park.

(a)Except as provided in Rule 335-6-7-.20(8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), and (27), AFO dry waste confinement buildings and dry waste storage/containment and treatment structures for new operations that are initially constructed or commence initial operation after April 1, 1999 shall be located to meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines, the requirements of this Chapter, and the requirements of the AAPCA, AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, but in no case shall be constructed within 330 feet of the nearest existing occupied dwelling, church, school, hospital, or park.

(b)Except as provided in Rule 335-6-7-.20(8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), and (27), any new or additional confinement buildings with a liquid waste/wastewater handling system, liquid waste storage settling basins, lagoons, holding ponds, sumps, or pits, and other animal liquid waste containment structures constructed after April 1, 1999 at existing AFO facilities shall be located to meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines, the requirements of this Chapter, and the requirements of the AAPCA, AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, but in no case shall be constructed within 660 feet of the nearest existing occupied dwelling, church, school, hospital, or park.

(c)Except as provided in Rule 335-6-7-.20(8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), and (27), any new or additional confinement buildings with a dry waste handling system or dry waste storage/containment and treatment structures constructed after April 1, 1999 at existing AFO facilities shall be located to meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines, the requirements of this Chapter, and the requirements of the AAPCA, AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, but in no case shall be constructed within 165 feet of the nearest existing occupied dwelling, church, school, hospital, or park.

(6)Except as provided in Rule 335-6-7-.20(8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), and (27), AFO confinement buildings with a liquid waste/wastewater handling system, liquid waste storage settling basins, lagoons, holding ponds, sumps, or pits, and other animal liquid waste containment structures for new operations that are initially constructed or commence initial operation after April 1, 1999 shall be located to meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines, the requirements of this Chapter, and the requirements of the AAPCA, AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, but in no case shall be constructed within 500 feet of any property line.

(a)Except as provided in Rule 335-6-7-.20(8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), and (27), AFO dry waste confinement buildings and dry waste storage/containment and treatment structures for new operations that are initially constructed or commence initial operation after April 1, 1999 shall be located to meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines, the requirements of this Chapter, and the requirements of the AAPCA, AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, but in no case shall be constructed within 165 feet of any property line.

(b)Except as provided in Rule 335-6-7-.20(8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), and (27), any new or additional confinement buildings with a liquid waste/wastewater handling system, liquid waste storage settling basins, lagoons, holding ponds, sumps, or pits, and other animal liquid waste containment structures constructed after April 1, 1999 at existing AFO facilities shall be located to meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines, the requirements of this Chapter, and the requirements of the AAPCA, AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, but in no case shall be constructed within 500 feet of any property line.

(c)Except as provided in Rule 335-6-7-.20(8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), and (27), any new or additional confinement buildings with a dry waste handling system or dry waste storage/containment and treatment structures constructed after April 1, 1999 at existing AFO facilities shall be located to meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines, the requirements of this Chapter, and the requirements of the AAPCA, AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, but in no case shall be constructed within 165 feet of any property line.

(7)Except as provided in Rule 335-6-7-.20(8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), and (27), any new or additional confinement buildings, waste/wastewater handling system, waste/wastewater transport structures, waste/wastewater treatment structures, settling basins, lagoons, holding ponds, sumps, or pits, and other agricultural waste containment/treatment structures constructed after April 1, 1999 shall be located to meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines, the requirements of this Chapter, and the requirements of the AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, but in no case shall be constructed within 100 feet of any streams including, but not limited to, intermittent streams, ponds, lakes, springs, sinkholes, or PWS, ONRW, or OAW classified/designated waters, wells, and water supplies. Buffer distances for streams, ponds and lakes shall be measured from the ordinary high water mark. Buffer distances in excess of 100 feet may be required according to site specific conditions or according to NRCS guidelines. The Department may require additional buffer distances deemed necessary to protect waters of the State on an individual facility basis.

(8)Except as provided in Rule 335-6-7-.20 (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), and (27), or other applicable rules, and notwithstanding with provisions of paragraphs (5), (5)(b), (6), (6)(b) of this Rule, any new or additional confinement buildings with a liquid waste/wastewater handling system, or any liquid waste storage settling basins, lagoons, holding ponds, sumps, or pits, and other animal liquid waste containment structures where construction commenced on or after December 1, 2000 at new or existing AFO/CAFO facilities shall be located to meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines, the requirements of this Chapter, and the requirements of the AAPCA, AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, but in no case shall be constructed closer than 500 feet to an existing offsite potable water well, 200 feet to a perennial non-headwater watercourse, or PWS, ONRW, or OAW classified/designated waters and in no case shall be constructed closer than the distances from property lines as specified below.

<table width="100%"> Minimum Buffer Distance Animal Units (AU) From Property Line Less than 1,000 500 feet 1,000 ? 2,499 1,320 feet 2,500 ? 3,999 2,640 feet 4,000 and greater 5,280 feet </table>

(9)Except as provided in Rule 335-6-7-.20(8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), and (27), or other applicable rules, any new or additional wells installed after December 1, 2000 as defined in 335-6-7-.02 shall be located, operated, and maintained to meet or exceed applicable requirements of ADEM Administrative Code Chapter 335-9, NRCS technical standards and guidelines, the requirements of this Chapter, and the requirements of the AWPCA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, but in no case shall be constructed within 100 feet of any confinement buildings, waste/wastewater handling system, waste/wastewater transport structures, waste/wastewater treatment structures, settling basins, lagoons, holding ponds, sumps, or pits, and other agricultural waste containment/treatment structures. Buffer distances in excess of 100 feet may be required according to site specific conditions or according to NRCS guidelines. The Department may require additional buffer distances deemed necessary to protect groundwater resources on an individual facility basis.

(10)AFO confinement buildings, dry waste storage/containment and treatment structures, liquid waste storage settling basins, lagoons, holding ponds, sumps, or pits, and other animal liquid waste containment structures shall be located to meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines, the requirements of this Chapter, and the requirements of the AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

(11)AFO operations existing as of April 1, 1999 and proposing to construct/expand an animal waste containment structure in order to prevent waste/wastewater discharge or run-off to waters of the State may be considered exempt from location buffer distances specified in this Chapter by the Director if the Director or his designee determines in writing that the additional/expanded structures are necessary to assure the protection of water quality and that there is not a feasible location alternative.

(12)Location buffer distances do not apply to confinement buildings, settling basins, holding ponds, sumps or other animal waste containment structures existing prior to April 1, 1999 nor do they apply to structures existing as of April 1, 1999 when a registration modification is required due to a change in ownership.

(13)Location buffer distances from an existing occupied dwelling, church, school, hospital, park, or property line shall not apply if the existing occupied dwelling, church, school, hospital, or park is owned by owners/operators of the animal waste management system, if the adjoining property owner consents in writing through a dated, notarized document, if the adjoining property contains a deed restriction notifying the owner of the possibility of nearby AFOs, or if the area is specifically zoned for the construction and operation of CAFOs by the controlling elected governmental authority.

(14)Location buffer distances do not apply to AFO waste/wastewater storage/treatment structures in existence, or where full site preparation is complete and utility infrastructure is installed and is documented in writing, as of April 1, 1999, or to AFO waste/wastewater storage/treatment structures constructed in accordance with the requirements of this Chapter after April 1, 1999 that are completed, replaced, repaired, modernized, reconstructed, and/or refurbished on the pre-existing site/location according to NRCS technical standards and guidelines to pre-existing size and operational status provided the resultant waste/wastewater storage/treatment structure is no closer to the nearest existing occupied dwelling, church, school, hospital, park, intermittent streams, ponds, lakes, springs, or sinkholes, or PWS, ONRW, or OAW classified/designated waters, wells, and water supplies, or property line than it was prior to the work on the waste/wastewater storage/treatment structure commencing.

(15)Location buffer distances do not apply to AFO confinement buildings in existence, or where full site preparation is complete and utility infrastructure is installed and is documented in writing, as of April 1, 1999, or to AFO confinement buildings constructed in accordance with the requirements of this Chapter after April 1, 1999 that are completed, replaced, repaired, modernized, reconstructed, and/or refurbished on the pre-existing site/location to current industry design standards according to NRCS technical standards and guidelines provided the resulting confinement building is no closer to the nearest existing occupied dwelling, church, school, hospital, park, intermittent streams, ponds, lakes, springs, or sinkholes, or PWS, ONRW, or OAW classified/designated waters, wells, and water supplies, or property line than it was prior to the work on the confinement building commencing.

(16)Location buffer distances do not apply to confinement buildings, settling basins, holding ponds, sumps or other animal waste containment structures under significant, active construction in accordance with the requirements of this Chapter as of April 1, 1999 provided all earthwork and construction/building is complete as of August 1, 1999 or an alternate completion date approved by the Director or his designee in writing, and the facility is ready to be operated according to NRCS technical standards and guidelines and the requirements of this Chapter.

(17)Unless required by the Director or his designee in writing as conditions warrant on an individual facility, programmatic, or categorical basis to ensure the protection of water quality and minimization of odors to the maximum extent practicable, the requirement for AFOs to maintain buffer distances contained in this Chapter shall not apply to right-of-ways (ROWs) or easements for energy transmission or transportation (e.g. power lines, gas or water pipelines, roads, etc.). The Director or his designee may exempt in writing as conditions warrant on an individual facility, programmatic, or categorical basis the requirement to maintain buffer distances contained in this Chapter for personal pets, veterinary offices, animal hospitals, municipal zoos, etc. small concentrations or collections of animals, or confined animals, and animals subject to specific zoning or siting restrictions by a municipality or other governmental body.

(18)A subsurface investigation for earthen holding pond, pit, sump, treatment lagoon, or other earthen storage/ containment structure suitability and liner requirements shall be a component of the system designee and shall be performed by the owner/operator under the supervision of and certified by a QCP, and may consist of auger holes, dozer pits, or backhoe pits at a depth to the extent necessary to determine adequacy of the specific site for waste storage. The subsurface investigation must extend at least two feet below the planned bottom grade. Subsurface investigation in soils underlain by the Demopolis or Mooreville Chalk formations of the Selma Chalk group in the Blackland Prairie major land resource area may terminate at a depth of 1 foot below the surface of the chalk [Reference: (1) Geologic Map of Alabama, 1988, Geologic Survey of Alabama, Michael W. Szabo and Charles W. Copeland, Jr., and (2) Land Resource Regions and Major Land Resource Areas of the United States, USDA-NRCS, SCS, Agricultural Handbook 296, MLRA 135, Alabama, Mississippi, and Arkansas Blackland Prairie]. A detailed, comprehensive geologic investigation for suitability of the site that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines must be performed for proposed sites in karst topography. In those situations where testing performed during the initial on-site subsurface investigation is not conclusive, the owner/operator shall conduct additional subsurface investigation as necessary and provide documentation certified by a QCP to ensure conformance with NRCS technical standards and guidelines or other additional standards required by the Director or his designee to ensure the protection of water quality. Unless relevant information is available to the contrary, compliance with this provision during design and construction of the facility will normally demonstrate that no hydrologic connection exists at the particular site.

(19)All WMSPs shall be developed to meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines and address operation of the lagoon, waste storage ponds/sumps, and other waste storage facilities, and the location, amount, and timing of land application of wastes with respect to the nutrient uptake cycle of the vegetation on the land application site(s), minimization of odors to the maximum extent practicable, and minimization of potential disease vectors and nuisance pests.

(20)Unless the AFO owner /operator contracts in writing with a valid CAWV for all waste generated, or the owner/ operator properly sells or gives away in good faith the waste to another person, the comprehensive waste management system BMPs for the entire farm, facility, or operation must include written agreements for use of all land application sites with documentation that adequate land application area is readily available. If the waste is sold or given away in good faith, the owner/operator or CAWV shall retain detailed, complete records of the transaction and provide the receiver of the waste information explaining the requirements of this Chapter. AFO waste management system BMPs must meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines. A CAFO WMSP must be prepared by a QCP and must meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines. The Department may require proof of land ownership, contractual agreements, or written permission for use of land as a land application site.

(21)All AFOs shall implement effective management procedures to the maximum extent practicable to keep dry wastes under roof or effective cover and to minimize manure from the facility coming into contact with stormwater or other water or wastewater source (other than de minimus inputs as determined by the Department) at any time during production, handling/spillage, storage, treatment, transport, or other activity prior to proper land application which meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines.

(22)Unless an alternate date is approved in writing by the Director or his designee, after April 1, 1999, all AFO lagoons and other waste storage/treatment facilities, separately or collectively/cumulatively, shall be designed, constructed, operated, and maintained to ensure sufficient storage volume to contain all dry/wet waste and wastewater, to contain contaminated stormwater resulting from runoff generated by a 25-year, 24-hour storm event, to contain uncontaminated stormwater (that cannot be separated/segregated from contaminated runoff) resulting from runoff generated by a 25-year, 24-hour storm event, and to maintain an additional minimum safety margin of at least 12 inches freeboard to prevent discharges to groundwater or surface water. Operating storage volume shall be sufficient to contain/ retain all dry/wet waste and wastewater and contaminated stormwater during extended periods when waste/wastewater cannot be properly land applied during the growing season at agronomic rates due to adverse climatological or seasonal conditions (generally late fall, winter, and early spring months).

(23)All AFOs shall implement effective management procedures at all times to properly collect, manage, store, treat, transport, and dispose domestic sewage and domestic wastewater onsite or offsite in a manner that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines and the requirements of the Department and the ADPH.

(24)Unless extended in writing by the Director or his designee, no later than January 1, 2003, all AFOs and CAFOs in the North Alabama Area as designated in NRCS technical standards and guidelines shall implement provisions to provide for a minimum of 180 days waste/wastewater storage/retention/holding capacity and/or Department accepted management procedures that meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines to ensure effective water quality protection during periods when land application or other approved disposal alternatives are not available. After December 1, 2000, new or expanding AFOs and CAFOs in the North Alabama Area shall implement this 180 day permanent/temporary storage requirement prior to commencing initial operation and/or expanded operations.

(a)Unless extended in writing by the Director or his designee, no later than January 1, 2003, all AFOs and CAFOs in the South Alabama Area as designated in NRCS technical standards and guidelines, shall implement provisions to provide for a minimum of 120 days waste/wastewater storage/retention/holding capacity and/or Department accepted management procedures that meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines to ensure effective water quality protection during periods when land application or other approved disposal alternatives are not available. After December 1, 2000, new or expanding AFOs and CAFOs in the South Alabama Area shall implement this 120 day permanent/temporary storage requirement prior to commencing initial operation and/or expanded operations.

(25)After December 1, 2000, construction of new or expanded manure storage pits and/or new waste/wastewater storage ponds at new, expanding, or existing AFOs or CAFOs are prohibited unless the owner/operator submits in writing an affirmative demonstration acceptable to the Director or his designee that the use of new or expanded manure storage pits and/or new waste storage ponds will be protective of water quality and will provide for the minimization of odors to the maximum extent practicable. Approval of the use of new or expanded manure storage pits and/or new or expanded concentrated waste storage ponds, if granted, shall be made in writing by the Director or his designee.

(26)Eligibility for alternate or modified buffer requirements for new or expanding AFO facilities as provided in Rule 335-6-7-.20 (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), and (27), or other applicable rules, where construction commenced, is continuing, or resumes after December 1, 2000, must be approved in writing by the Director or his designee. Adequate, dated records documenting eligibility for alternate or modified buffer requirements claimed or applied by an AFO owner/operator for new or expanded facilities where construction was ongoing as of April 1, 1999 or construction commenced after April 1, 1999, and construction was completed prior to December 1, 2000, as provided in Rule 335-6-7-.20 (11), (12), (13), (14), (15), (16), (17), and (27), or other applicable rules, must be witnessed or notarized and submitted to the Department prior to June 1, 2001.

(27) Unless otherwise approved by the Director or his designee for cause in writing, notwithstanding any other provision of this Chapter, existing or previously constructed/operated AFOs or AFOs constructed after April 1, 1999, that are inactive, idle, or closed, that have not registered and do not confine greater than 50 animal units during any 36 month period will not be considered existing facilities, but are/will be considered as expanding facilities for the application of buffer requirements and other requirements of this Chapter at the time animal confinement greater than 50 animal units resumes.

Authors: Richard Hulcher, Steven Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-28-1 to 22-28-23; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999. Amended: Filed October 26, 2000; effective November 30, 2000.

<regElement name="335.6.7.21" level="3" title="General Best Management And Housekeeping Practices">

(1)Owners/operators of AFOs shall fully implement and regularly maintain comprehensive waste management system Best Management Practices (BMPs) and owners/operators of CAFOs shall fully implement and regularly maintain comprehensive BMPs as part of an approved WMSP, that meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines, the requirements of this Chapter, and the requirements of the AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and accepted by the Department, that includes but is not limited to:

(a)Structural and non-structural practices which will be implemented and maintained to prevent/minimize the discharge of all sources of pollution (e.g. sediment, trash, garbage, debris, oil and grease, chemicals, materials etc.) to State waters in stormwater runoff during the construction of the facility and during water acquisition or dewatering operations;

(b)Proper disposal of solid, toxic, or hazardous wastes as required by ADEM Rules and applicable State and federal requirements and regular cleanup and proper disposal of floating or submerged trash and garbage resulting from activities authorized by this Chapter;

(c)Appropriate, effective measures that will be taken to prevent airborne pollutants such as spray paint, herbicides, excessive road dust, etc. from entering any waterbody;

(d)Appropriate, effective measures that will be taken to ensure that materials used as earth fill for construction purposes must be non-toxic, non-acid forming and free of solid waste or other debris unless approved otherwise in writing by the Director or his designee.

(e)Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) that will be implemented for all onsite fuel, chemical, or pollutant storage tanks according to Rule 335-6-6-.12(r) and other applicable State and federal requirements.

(2)Full implementation and regular maintenance of these BMPs as required by this Chapter shall become a part of any registration and all requirements of the BMPs shall become requirements of the registration.

(3)The AFO facility owner/operator is responsible for remediation of offsite deposition or discharge of waste, wastewater, sediment, and other pollutants and shall, if required by the Director or his designee, implement Department approved measures to remediate any impacts to the maximum extent practicable.

(4)The AFO facility owner/operator shall post or make readily available in a common location easily accessible to all employees the proper procedures, and ensure that all employees are fully aware of the proper procedures, to effectively respond to any emergency situation, spill, or discharge. The posted procedures shall contain detailed response instructions to include, but not be limited to, names of facility officials to be notified, State or federal agencies to be notified, local or downstream public water supply entities to be notified, appropriate phone numbers, addresses, safety precautions, immediate actions to abate the occurrence, public health and bio-security procedures, etc.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999.

<regElement name="335.6.7.22" level="3" title="Alternative Or Innovative Technology">

(1)Waste management and land application system plans submitted in accordance with the requirements of this Chapter may include alternative or innovative waste management or land application technology or procedures not contained in NRCS technical standards and guidance documents, provided that:

(a)Use of the alternative technology or procedure is specifically approved for use by the NRCS and other agencies specified by the Director, and is approved by the Director or his designee, and;

(b)Point or nonpoint source pollution to waters of the State will not result from the use of the alternative technology or procedure.

(2)Reserved.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999.

<regElement name="335.6.7.23" level="3" title="Reserved">

<regElement name="335.6.7.24" level="3" title="Facility Closure">

(1)Should a CAFO or registrant cease operation, the owner/operator shall submit to the Department a closure/ rehabilitation plan for the waste system storage/treatment structure(s) at least thirty (30) days prior to the final day of operation. This plan shall be prepared by a QCP to meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines, the requirements of this Chapter, and the requirements of the AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and additional conditions required by the Director or his designee to ensure the protection of water quality, and shall be submitted to the Department in a format acceptable to Director or his designee. The closure plan, at a minimum, shall address maintenance of the facility until proper closure is completed and certified by a QCP and shall include a proposed schedule for closure not to exceed 180 days unless an extension is granted in writing by the Director or his designee.

(2)The owner/operator shall comply with all applicable requirements of this Chapter until such time as the facility closure plan is approved by the Department.

(3)The approved closure plan shall be completed according to the approved schedule, unless an alternate date is approved in writing by the Director or his designee.

(4)Once closure is completed, the owner/operator shall submit to the Department certification from a QCP that the facility has in fact been properly closed in accordance with the closure plan and the requirements of this Chapter.

(5)Failure to fully implement the closure plan as required by this Chapter may subject the owner/operator to enforcement action to include, but not be limited to, termination of existing registrations and denial of future requests for registration.

(6)Where the owner/operator or registrant of the facility is unable to ensure proper closure or environmental remediation of the facility as required by this Rule due to owner/operator death, liquidation bankruptcy, natural disaster, animal disease outbreak, etc., each landowner of the property where the facility is located and each person or entity (if different from the owner/operator) who owns or has an ownership interest in the facility, shall submit and implement the Closure Plan required by this Rule or shall submit and implement an effective environmental remediation plan prepared by a QCP to meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines, the requirements of this Chapter, and the requirements of the AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and additional conditions required by the Director or his designee to ensure the protection of water quality, and shall be submitted to the Department in a format acceptable to Director or his designee.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999.

<regElement name="335.6.7.25" level="3" title="Discharge Prohibitions And Waste Disposal Requirements">

(1)Discharge Prohibitions

(a)This Chapter has as its stated purpose the prevention of discharges of pollution to waters of the State from AFOs, and contains conditions which may be broader in scope than federal rules. Except as specifically provided otherwise by this Chapter, discharge of any wastewater from an AFO to waters of the State at any time is prohibited, except as a direct result of periods of chronic or catastrophic precipitation or weather conditions as determined by the Director or his designee, including precipitation equivalent to or in excess of the 25-year, 24-hour storm event, provided:

1.The Department is properly notified and discharges are properly sampled as required by Rule 335-6-7-.31; and

2.Appropriate, effective waste management and land application practices that meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines have been fully implemented and regularly maintained prior to the causative precipitation event; and

3.The discharge is unavoidable after the AFO owner/operator has taken action to the maximum extent possible to prevent discharge(s); and

4.The owner/operator takes action to the maximum extent possible to terminate discharge(s) as soon as possible; and

5.The owner/operator takes action to the maximum extent possible to mitigate any impacts caused by the discharge(s) as soon as possible.

(b)No flowing surface waters or waters of the State (e.g. rivers, streams, canals, etc.) shall come into direct contact with the animals confined or concentrated in the facility or waste generated by the facility except as provided by NRCS technical standards and guidelines, the requirements of this Chapter, the requirements of the AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

(c)Uncontaminated drainage or runoff (which does not come into contact with waste products, animals, or other pollutants) should be segregated and excluded from wastewaters flowing to the animal waste control structures (settling basins and holding basins) to the maximum extent practicable unless specific provisions are made in a WMSP for the addition of water to aid land application or reduce odors. Failure to segregate uncontaminated runoff from other wastewater shall not be a valid defense to a discharge violation under this Chapter. Diversion ditches, dikes, berms, terraces or other such structures designed to carry uncontaminated runoff peak flows expected at times when the 10-year, 24-hour rainfall event occurs are commonly constructed for this purpose.

(2)The following technical requirements and management practices are applicable to the operation and maintenance of waste control facilities (settling basins, holding ponds, sumps, lagoons, tanks, etc.). Documentation supporting these requirements shall be included in the WMSP that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines, and as approved by the Department.

(a)Waste control facilities must be constructed, maintained and operated so as to retain all contaminated rainfall from open lots and associated areas, process generated wastewater, and all other wastes from the AFO which will enter or be stored in the retention structure. Calculations must also include allowances for surface retention, infiltration, and other site-specific factors. For purposes of this Chapter, land application sites are not included in the definition of waste control facilities.

(b)New, modified, or expanded AFO facilities shall not be built in or over a surface water of the State or in or over specific sites with direct hydrologic connection to groundwater.

(c)Waste/wastewater operating levels in the waste control facilities shall be in accordance with the approved WMSP that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines.

(d)Net freeboard (margin of safety) on any settling basin, lagoon, waste storage pond, sumps, and holding pond(s) shall meet or exceed NRCS technical standards but in no case shall be less than 12 inches.

(e)Solid material (sludges, manure, or other pollutants) accumulated in the waste control facilities shall be removed as necessary according to the approved WMSP to maintain the facilities' design treatment and storage volume. Solids, sludges, manure, or other pollutants removed in the course of treatment or control of wastewaters shall be disposed or land applied in accordance with the requirements of this Chapter and in a manner so as to prevent pollutants from being discharged to waters of the State.

(f)All basin, lagoon, and waste storage pond/sump liners shall be designed, constructed, and maintained to prevent leaking and control seepage in a manner that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines. Any leaks or observed seeps shall be documented and reported to the Department as required by this Chapter and appropriately corrected. Any discharge from the waste storage, treatment, or transport system, including but not limited to, discharges caused by overflow, observed or evident leaks or seeps, conveyance structure failure, broken pipe, broken pump or other equipment, etc. shall be reported to the Department in accordance with Rule 335-6-7-.31.

(g)Waste/wastewater handling/storage/treatment/ retention facilities, confinement buildings, holding pens, etc. may not be located in the 100-year flood plain unless the facility is constructed, maintained, and effectively protected from inundation and damage that may occur during that flood event.

(h)Waste handling, treatment, and management shall not create an environmental or a public health hazard; shall not result in the contamination of drinking water; and shall not cause or contribute to a violation of any Water Quality Standard(s).

(i)The owner/operator shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent the discharge of waters which have been, or could be contaminated by pesticides. All wastes from dipping vats, pest and parasite control units, and other facilities utilized for the application of potentially hazardous or toxic chemicals shall be handled and disposed of in a manner such as to prevent any pollutant from such material from entering the waters of the State and according to applicable State and federal law.

(j)Confinement buildings, settling basins, lagoons, waste storage ponds, sumps, and other animal waste control structures shall comply with the set-back requirements of this Chapter in order to ensure the protection of water quality.

(k)Collection, storage, handling, transport, and disposal of solid animal waste shall be managed in accordance with recognized practices of good agricultural management and as authorized by the requirements of this Chapter.

(l)Appropriate measures necessary, as documented in the facility?s SPCC plan, to prevent spills and to clean up spills of any toxic pollutant shall be fully implemented. Where potential spills can occur, materials handling procedures and storage shall be specified. Procedures for immediate cleanup/ remediation of spills shall be described in the training plans and the necessary equipment to implement a clean up shall be made available to facility personnel.

(m)AFO facilities located in the drainage area of a municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4) shall comply with applicable requirements in the storm water management program developed under an NPDES permit issued to the MS4. Failure to comply with this requirement is a violation of this Chapter and may subject the AFO owner/operator to enforcement action.

(n)AFO facilities discharging through a publicly/ privately owned treatment works (POTW) shall comply with applicable requirements in any NPDES permit issued to the POTW receiving the AFO facility discharge. Failure to comply with this requirement is a violation of this Chapter and may subject the AFO owner/operator to enforcement action.

(o)Facilities shall not expand operations, either in size or numbers, change land application procedures or areas, or implement significant change in waste treatment, handling or disposal as determined by the Director or his designee, unless the approved WMSP has been revised to meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines for the expanded/modified operations, and implementation of the approved, revised WMSP has been certified by the QCP.

(p)Facilities shall not expand operations, either in size or numbers, prior to amending or enlarging the waste handling procedures and structures to accommodate any additional wastes that will be generated by the expanded operations. Facilities shall not expand operations, either in size or numbers, unless adequate land is available and has been secured to properly land apply waste/wastewater for the existing operation and any additional waste/wastewater that will be generated by the expanded operations, or unless waste/wastewater disposal and land application responsibilities are properly contracted in writing to a valid CAWV.

(q)Waste and wastewater storage/treatment facilities, retention facilities, holding pens, or waste/wastewater disposal sites shall be located in accordance with the approved plans and specifications designed and implemented that meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines, and as accepted by the Department.

(3)All influent to containment structures shall be composed entirely of process wastewaters and contaminated stormwater from the proper operation and maintenance of the AFO and any precipitation from the AFO areas. The disposal of any other materials or pollutants into the containment/treatment structures or waste management system that is not approved by the Director or his designee, is prohibited.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-28-1 t0 22-28-23; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999. Amended: Filed October 26, 2000; effective November 30, 2000.

<regElement name="335.6.7.26" level="3" title="Land Application And Manure Management Requirements"> <dwc name="arsen" times="2"><dwc name="copper" times="2">

(1)The WMSP, prepared by the QCP with the NOR prior to construction and operation of a new CAFO, prior to construction and operation of additional facilities at an existing CAFO, as required to continue operation of an existing CAFO, or as otherwise required by the Director or his designee, are incorporated into the requirements of this Chapter by reference. All provisions of the WMSP accepted by the Department become enforceable conditions of this Chapter. Only areas identified in the approved WMSP shall be used for the disposal of animal liquid wastes, manure, litter, and mortality compost, and shall be located to prevent any pollutant from such materials from entering waters of the State to the maximum extent practicable. Unless waste disposal and land application responsibilities are contracted in writing to a valid CAWV, all new sites not identified in the approved WMSP at the time of registration under this Chapter must be accepted by the Department prior to its use as a land application site.

(2)Unless alternate practice(s) or buffer distances are approved in writing by the Director or his designee, in order to ensure the protection of water quality, all AFOs shall ensure that:

(a)Land application of waste/wastewater shall be conducted in accordance with NRCS technical standards and guidelines, the approved WMSP, the requirements of this Chapter, the requirements of the AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

(b)Any application of waste/wastewater shall be conducted in such a manner so as to prevent to the maximum extent practicable discharges of pollutants to groundwater or surface waters of the State.

(c)Application of waste/wastewater shall be conducted in a manner that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines, the approved WMSP, the requirements of this Chapter, the requirements of the AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and is protective of water quality, but in no case shall be made within 50 feet of surface waters of the State including, but not limited to, perennial or intermittent streams, ponds, lakes, springs, or sinkholes; or within 100 feet of non-potable water wells and water supplies, or within 200 feet of PWS, ONRW or OAW classified/designated waters, or potable water wells and water supplies. Buffer distances for streams, ponds and lakes shall be measured from the ordinary high water mark. Buffer distances in excess of 50, 100, or 200 feet may be required according to site specific conditions or according to NRCS guidelines. The Department may require additional buffer distances deemed necessary to protect waters of the State on an individual facility basis.

(d)Unless responsibility for wastes are properly assumed by a CAWV, the owner/operator shall ensure that the land owner of any offsite land application site not owned or controlled by the registrant, abides by the applicable requirements of this Chapter.

(e)The owner/operator shall ensure that appropriate waste handling equipment is available and used for effective operation of the application system.

(f)Storage/treatment of manure or wastewater in the 100-year flood plain is prohibited unless storage/treatment structure is constructed, maintained, and effectively protected in a manner that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines to prevent inundation, damage for that flood event, or discharge to waters of the State. The land application of AFO wastes at agronomic rates shall not be considered surface disposal in this case and is not prohibited if applied in a manner that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines, the approved WMSP, the requirements of this Chapter, the requirements of the AWPCA, CWA, and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

(g)Effective management practices to protect water quality and minimized odors to the maximum extend practicable that meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines must be implemented and maintained for all manure/waste storage areas. Any runoff from manure storage piles must be retained on site and not discharged to groundwater or surface waters of the State.

(h)Temporary or permanent stockpiling or storage of waste/manure near watercourses or waters of the State during land application operations shall be done in a manner that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines and that will prevent discharge to a water of the State and minimize odors to the maximum extent practicable.

(i)Dead and diseased animals shall be managed and disposed of in accordance with NRCS technical standards and guidelines and as approved by the State Veterinarian, ADAI. Dead and diseased animal management and disposal shall be addressed in any WMSP submitted with an NOR, and as approved by the Department.

(j)Waste/wastewater shall be evenly distributed over application sites according to the approved nutrient management plan and according to NRCS technical standards and guidelines.

(k)Land application of waste/wastewater shall not be undertaken or continue when soil is saturated as defined in NRCS technical standards and guidelines, frozen, covered with ice or snow, during precipitation, or when significant precipitation as defined in NRCS technical standards and guidelines is reasonably expected within the next 72 hours. Waste/wastewater shall be applied in accordance with NRCS technical standards and guidelines and the WMSP. Waste/wastewater shall only be applied on days of the year and during times consistent with NRCS technical standards and guidelines and the WMSP. Land application shall be conducted when vegetation on the site is actively growing or waste/wastewater can be applied to land up to 30 days prior to planting a crop (row or forage). If applied to conventional tillage (farm tillage practices which result in complete surface disturbance and/or soil inversion or minimal surface residues) cropland or to pasture or hay land being renovated or established, the waste/wastewater shall be incorporated immediately after application. Waste/wastewater does not have to be incorporated when applied to conservation tillage (farm tillage practices which manage and maintain plant residues on the soil surface) crop, hay, or pastureland.

(l)Waste/wastewater shall not be applied on slopes with a steep grade as defined by NRCS technical standards and guidelines and in any manner that will allow waste/wastewater to enter drainage conveyance structures, enter waters of the State or to run onto adjacent property without the written consent of the affected adjacent property owner. Effective vegetative filters that meet or exceed NRCS technical standards and guidelines and the requirements of this Chapter shall be maintained between application sites and waters of the State.

(m)Surface and subsurface (plowing, injection into topsoil, etc.) application of waste/wastewater shall be done in a manner that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines to ensure the protection of groundwater and surface water quality in nearby streams including, but not limited to, perennial streams, intermittent streams, ponds, lakes, springs, sinkholes, rock outcrops, wells and water supplies, wetlands, or PWS, ONRW, and OAW classified/designated waters.

(n)Application of waste/wastewater near property lines shall be done in a manner to minimize odors to the maximum extent practicable, effectively control waste/wastewater application to prevent overland flow and significant aerial drift, from crossing any property line. Application of waste/wastewater near public roads shall be done in a manner that protects vehicles and the general public, effectively prevents application of waste/wastewater on the road, effectively prevents waste/wastewater from entering roadside drainage conveyance structures, and meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines.

(o)After April 1, 1999, application of waste near property lines or neighboring occupied buildings shall be done in a manner that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines, but in no case shall be closer than 100 feet from the nearest existing occupied dwelling, church, school, hospital, or park.

(p)Aerial or spray irrigation, or other type pumped or pressurized surface land application of wastewater shall be done in a manner that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines, but in no case shall be closer than 500 feet from the nearest existing occupied dwelling, church, school, hospital, or park. Non-pumped surface application, or soil subsurface injection/application or wastewater shall be done in a manner that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines, but in no case shall be closer than 200 feet from the nearest existing occupied dwelling, church, school, hospital, or park.

(q)The restrictions regarding property lines or neighboring buildings shall not apply if the adjoining property is also approved as a land application site under this Chapter and if the adjoining property owner consents in writing. Buffer distances in excess of 100, 150, or 500 feet may be required according to site specific conditions or according to NRCS guidelines. The Department may require additional buffer distances deemed necessary to protect waters of the State on an individual facility basis.

(r)Application of waste/wastewater shall not be made in areas where such land application is prohibited by the Department for the protection of public water supplies, groundwater and surface water quality, or Alabama Department of Public Health Rules for the protection of human health and welfare.

(s)Land application practices shall be managed so as to minimize to the maximum extent practicable ponding or puddling of wastewater on the site and the occurrence of nuisance conditions such as odors and flies.

(t)Facilities, including, but not limited to, ponds/ sumps, lagoons, pipes, ditches, pumps, diversion and irrigation equipment, and other equipment shall be maintained to ensure ability to fully comply with the terms and conditions of this Chapter and the pollution prevention plan.

(3)Unless responsibility for wastes is properly assumed by a CAWV in writing, or the owner/operator properly sells or gives away in good faith the waste to another person, AFO owners/operators shall keep complete records of all surface and subsurface application of waste and wastewater. A detailed log shall be kept of all surface and subsurface applied waste/ wastewater, which will include the date, weight and/or volume, and destination and acreage over which the load was spread. All records and logs shall be kept at the facility and provided to the Department upon request. These records shall be kept in sufficient detail to determine application rates. If the waste is sold or given away in good faith, the owner/operator shall retain detailed, complete records of the transaction and provide the receiver of the waste information explaining the requirements of this Chapter. Unless responsibility for wastes is properly assumed by a CAWV in writing, to the extent allowed by law, the owner/operator shall remain responsible for the proper disposition of the waste.

(4)The rate of land application of waste/wastewater can be based on either a laboratory analysis of a representative waste/wastewater sample or on the average nutrient values according to NRCS technical standards and guidelines for the type waste and animal operation. If NRCS approved average nutrient/ component values for the appropriate animal type are used, a representative sample of waste and/or wastewater to be land applied need only be collected as often as is determined necessary by the QCP to ensure consistency with NRCS approved average nutrient/component values. Unless NRCS approved average nutrient/component values are used, a representative sample of waste and/or wastewater to be land applied shall be collected periodically, but at least annually, and analyzed using an analytical methodology accepted by the Department for the following parameters:

(a)pH.

(b)Total Nitrogen.

(c)Ammonium Nitrogen.

(d)Total Phosphorus.

(e)Total Potassium.

(f)Percent Solids.

(g)Selected metals (e.g. zinc, copper, arsenic, etc.) which could become concentrated in animal wastes and in some cases are added to the animal feed producing the waste being tested.

(h)Any parameter(s) as may be required by the Director or his designee.

(5)The surface soils (0-3 inches in sod crops and depth of plow layer in cultivated crops) of each field where waste/wastewater has been or will be land applied shall be sampled according to accepted standard soil sampling procedures. Soils shall be evaluated and analyzed using analytical methodology appropriate for the soils and nutrients to be tested as outlined in:

(a)Soil Test Methods for the Southern Region of the United States, 1983, Southern Cooperative Service Bulletin, 289, University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia, or

1.Reference Soil and Media Diagnostic Procedures for the Southern Region of the United States, 1992, S.J. Donahue (ed.), Southern Cooperative Service Bulletin 374, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, Blacksburg, Virginia, or

2.Soil Test Fertilizer Recommendations For Alabama Crops, 1994, J.F. Adams, C.C. Mitchell, and H.H. Bryant, Agronomy And Soils Department Series No. 178 (as amended), Auburn University, Alabama, or

3.Other analytical methodology(s) as may be approved by the Director or his designee.

(b)Soil samples shall be collected and analyzed at a frequency that meets NRCS technical standards and guidelines, and as often as is necessary to ensure protection of groundwater and surface water quality. Analyses shall include:

1.Soil pH and lime requirement for the soil and crop to be grown.

2.Extractable phosphorus.

3.Extractable zinc, copper, arsenic, and other selected metals, if it is determined by the QCP that it is probable that one or more metals (which could become concentrated in animal wastes and in some cases are added to the animal feed producing the waste being tested) are present in sufficiently high concentrations in the land applied waste or wastewater, or naturally present in the soil, that further soil accumulation could become toxic to plants or animals or potentially impact groundwater or surface water quality.

4.Any parameter(s) as may be required by the Director or his designee.

(6)The Department may require more frequent testing deemed necessary to protect waters of the State.

(7)Methods and timing of sampling and analysis described in this Chapter shall be in a manner that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines.

(8)Annual reports for the previous year shall be submitted on forms approved by the Department with submittal of the NOR for continued coverage and must include the following:

(a)Any waste/wastewater analyses conducted;

(b)Any soils analyses conducted;

(c)Locations, volumes, and nutrient application rates for the previous year;

(d)Methods of land application;

(e)Types and uses of crops or vegetation grown on each land application site and plans/procedures for protective storage and/or removal of harvested crops or vegetation from the field;

(f)Documentation of any point source or nonpoint source discharges resulting from improper land application, spills, bypasses, etc., including actions taken by the owner/operator to correct any deficiencies as required by this Chapter.

Authors: Richard Hulcher, Steven Jenkins

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-28-1 to 22-28-23; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999. Amended: Filed October 26, 2000; effective November 30, 2000.

<regElement name="335.6.7.27" level="3" title="Reserved">

<regElement name="335.6.7.28" level="3" title="Pollution Prevention">

(1)Pollution Prevention Plans (PPP) are required to be developed and implemented by CAFO facilities in accordance with the EPA Storm Water Rules promulgated on November 19, 1990(FR 48062) and subsequent EPA Rule requirements. The requirements for a PPP shall be considered to be met by a facility that has been properly designed, constructed, and is operated and maintained under terms of this Chapter. Copies of all documentation signed by a CAFO owner/operator submitted to the Department by the registrant, including but not limited to WMSPs, construction plans and specifications, Notice of Registration for coverage under this Chapter, and any other required documents requested by the Department shall be kept at the facility and will constitute the equivalent of a PPP.

(2)If not included in the documents addressed above, the PPP and any additional information regarding requirements shall be prepared and certified by a QCP and signed by a CAFO owner/operator and retained on site for review by Department representatives and shall include implementation of and compliance with the following:

(a)Written provisions for weekly inspection/ evaluation of all waste management system practices, structural controls, and daily inspection/evaluation of each land application site during land application, and when precipitation has occurred within 7 days since the last application. Records shall include the dates for each inspection/evaluation, a log of the findings and action taken as a result of such inspection/ evaluation, and shall be signed by the person(s) performing the inspection/evaluation.

(b)Written provisions for annual inspection by a QCP of all waste management system facilities, structural controls, and each land application site where wastes/wastewater have been applied in the previous year. Records shall include dates for each inspection, a log of the findings and action taken as a result of such inspections, and shall be signed by the person(s) performing the inspection/evaluation.

(c)Initial written documentation of inspection by a PE registered in the State of Alabama or a QCP under the direct supervision of the PE, and certification by the PE that all new and existing embankments, dams, dikes, ditches, or berms associated with lagoons or waste storage ponds/sumps or other structural controls identified by the Director or his designee have been constructed in accordance with accepted engineering practices and in such a manner that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines. Records shall include dates for each inspection, a log of the findings and any action taken as a result of such inspections, and shall be signed by the person(s) performing the inspection/evaluation.

(d)Written provisions for inspection by a PE registered in the State of Alabama or a QCP under the direct supervision of the PE, and certification/evaluation by the PE at least once every five years that all embankments, dams, dikes, ditches, or berms associated with lagoons or waste storage ponds/ sumps or other structural controls identified by the Director or his designee have been maintained in accordance with accepted engineering practices and in such a manner that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines. Records shall include dates for each inspection, a log of the findings and action taken as a result of such inspections, and shall be signed by the person(s) performing the inspection/evaluation.

(e)A schedule and procedures for lagoon or waste storage pond/sump dewatering must be retained at the facility. A date log indicating weekly inspections of the wastewater level in any lagoon or waste storage pond/sump shall be maintained, and shall be signed by the person(s) performing the inspection/ evaluation. Owners/operators using ponds/sumps or lagoons for storage and treatment of storm water, manure and process generated wastewater, including flush water waste systems, shall maintain in their retention facility sufficient storage volume to contain all dry/wet waste and wastewater, to contain contaminated stormwater runoff from a 25-year, 24-hour event, to contain uncontaminated stormwater (that cannot be separated/segregated from contaminated runoff) from a 25-year, 24-hour storm event, and to maintain an additional 12 inch freeboard safety margin. The owner/operator shall restore storage volume for retention of all waste/wastewater, contaminated runoff from the 25-year, 24-hour event, and non segregated, uncontaminated runoff from the 25-year, 24-hour event as soon as possible after any rainfall event or accumulation of wastes or process generated wastewater which reduces such storage volume, weather permitting. Equipment capable of dewatering the wastewater lagoon or storage pond/sump shall be available whenever needed to restore the required operating storage volume and freeboard.

(f)A permanent marker (measuring device), visible from the top of the embankment, shall be maintained in the retention structure to show the volume/water levels for normal operation of the retention structure according to the approved animal waste system management plan for containing all dry/wet waste and wastewater, for containing contaminated stormwater resulting from runoff generated by a 25-year, 24-hour storm event, for containing uncontaminated stormwater (that cannot be separated/segregated from contaminated runoff) resulting from runoff generated by a 25-year, 24-hour storm event, and show the additional 12 inches of safety margin freeboard within the containment ponds/sumps or lagoon.

(g)Where a liner is installed in a retention structure in accordance with the requirements of this Chapter, the owner/operator shall maintain the liner to prevent hydrologic connection to groundwater or surface waters. Provisions must be implemented to prevent damage from grazing animals through the use of fences or other protective devices. No trees shall be allowed to grow on or near the structure within the potential distance of the root zone. Any mechanical or erosive structural damage to the liner should be immediately evaluated by an NRCS representative or PE, or appropriate QCP, but in no case later than 3 days after the damage, or an alternate schedule approved by the Department. All documentation on inspection and maintenance of the liner shall be kept at the facility.

(h)The owner/operator shall keep records and ensure that storage and land application of animal liquid wastes, manure, or mortality compost shall not cause a discharge of pollutants to waters of the State, unless responsibility for ensuring proper management and preventing discharge(s) of any waste is properly assumed in writing by a CAWV. Except as provided by Rule 335-6-7-.32 (3) and (4), discharge (runoff) of waste from the land application site is prohibited.

(i)When animal liquid wastes, manure, or mortality compost is sold or given away to persons other than a CAWV, the owner/operator must maintain a log of:

1.Date of removal from the facility.

2.Temporary storage areas.

3.Name, address, and phone number of hauler/ transporter.

4.Amount, in wet tons, cubic yards, or gallons of waste removed from the facility. (Incidental or de minimus amounts, as determined by the Director or his designee, need not be logged).

(j)Where waste is to be land applied by the hauler/ transporter, the owner/operator must provide to the hauler/ transporter any available nutrient analyses or the NRCS approved average nutrient value of the waste from that year.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-28-1 to 22-28-23; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999. Amended: Filed October 26, 2000; effective November 30, 2000.

<regElement name="335.6.7.29" level="3" title="Preventive Maintenance">

CAFO owners/operators and registrants shall develop, maintain and implement an appropriate schedule for routine effective preventive maintenance to their control facilities. A maintenance log shall be maintained separately or as part of the approved animal waste system management plan and signed by the owner/operator documenting that preventive maintenance has been accomplished. A preventive maintenance program shall involve inspection and maintenance of all runoff management devices (cleaning separators, catch basins, etc.) as well as inspecting and testing facility equipment and containment structures to uncover conditions that could cause breakdowns or failures which may result in the discharge of pollutants to waters of the State.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-28-1 to 22-28-23; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999. Amended: Filed October 26, 2000; effective November 30, 2000.

<regElement name="335.6.7.30" level="3" title="Reserved">

<regElement name="335.6.7.31" level="3" title="Discharge Notification"> <dwc name="bacteria" times="1"><dwc name="coliform" times="1"><dwc name="arsen" times="1"><dwc name="copper" times="1">

(1)The discharge of waste/wastewater from facilities covered by this Chapter to a water of the State is not authorized and owners/operators of facilities with such discharges may be subject to enforcement action by the Department. If, for any reason, there is a discharge from an AFO, the owner/operator is required to visually monitor and notify the Director or his designee as soon as possible, but in no case later than 24 hours after becoming aware of any discharge to a water of the State caused by dike or structural failure, leakage, equipment breakdown, overflow caused by chronic or catastrophic rainfall events, human error, improper management, or any other reason. The owner/operator shall document the circumstances/reasons if elapsed time between becoming aware of the discharge and notification to the Department exceeds 4 hours.

(2)Additionally, the registrant shall document the following information and submit a report to the Department within five (5) days of becoming aware of such discharge:

(a)A description and cause of the discharge, including an estimate of the flow, discharge volume, and any analytical data;

(b)The period of discharge, including exact begin and end dates and times, and, if not corrected, the anticipated time the discharge is expected to continue, and steps taken (or to be taken) to reduce, eliminate, and prevent the recurrence of the discharge;

(c)If the discharge was caused by a precipitation event(s), information from the on-site rain gauge or weather station in close proximity to the facility concerning the size of the precipitation event(s);

(d)All AFO facilities shall sample and analyze all discharges to a water of the State from any treatment, storage, or other waste/wastewater retention facilities. Sample analyses shall be retained on site, and submitted to the Department within 5 days unless otherwise directed by the Director or his designee.

(3)Samples shall consist of grab samples taken from the overflow or discharges from the retention structures. A minimum of one sample should be obtained from the initial discharge immediately, but in no case later than 60 minutes after the registrant becoming aware of the discharge or the potential for discharge and sampling shall continue at least once every 6 hours if the discharge continues, unless an alternate schedule is required by the Director or his designee. The sample shall be obtained, stored, transported, and analyzed in accordance with EPA approved methods for water analysis listed in 40 CFR Part 136. Measurements taken for the purpose of monitoring shall be representative of the discharge.

(4)Should discharge occur for any reason, the sample analysis, at a minimum, must include the following:

(a)Fecal Coliform Bacteria (col./100 ml).

(b)5-Day Biochemical Oxygen Demand (mg/l).

(c)Total Suspended Solids (mg/l).

(d)Ammonia Nitrogen (mg/l).

(e)Total Phosphorus (mg/l).

(f)Any pesticide, hydrocarbon, or other pollutant which the owner/operator has reason to believe might be present in the discharge.

(g)Selected metals (e.g. zinc, copper, arsenic, etc.) which could become concentrated in animal wastes and in some cases are added to the animal feed producing the waste being tested.

(h)Any parameter(s) as may be required by the Director or his designee.

(5)The owner/operator must keep readily available onsite proper equipment and sample containers to obtain, store, handle, and transport any samples resulting from sampling conducted pursuant to the requirements of this Chapter or retain a QCP able to properly conduct sampling within timeframes as required by this Chapter.

(6)If required sampling is not conducted for any reason, the registrant must document the reasons why discharge samples could not be collected or why the discharger was unable to conduct sampling due to climatic conditions which prohibit the collection of samples, including weather conditions that create dangerous conditions for personnel (such as local flooding, high winds, hurricane, tornadoes, electrical storm, etc.). Once dangerous conditions have passed, the registrant shall collect a sample of the discharge, if ongoing, or from the retention structure, storage pond/sump, or lagoon if the discharge has ceased. The sample shall be analyzed in accordance with the above procedures.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999.

<regElement name="335.6.7.32" level="3" title="Other Requirements">

(1)AFO owners/operators shall at all times properly operate and maintain all facilities and systems of treatment and control (and related appurtenances) which are installed or used by the owner/operator to achieve compliance with the conditions of this Chapter. Proper operation and maintenance includes the operation of backup or auxiliary facilities or similar systems only when necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of this Chapter. Proper operation and maintenance also includes the requirements for maintaining adequate staff to properly operate the facility and for registrants to conduct prerequisite and annual training as described in Rule 335-6-7-.18.

(2)Any person who falsifies, tampers with, or knowingly renders inaccurate any monitoring device, record, or method required to be maintained under this Chapter shall, upon conviction, be punished by fines and/or imprisonment as provided by State and federal law.

(3)Bypass

(a)Any bypass is prohibited except as provided in (b) and (c) below:

(b)A bypass is not prohibited if:

1.It does not cause any applicable discharge limitation specified in this Chapter to be exceeded or cause or contribute to a violation of an applicable Water Quality Standard; and

2.It is necessary for essential maintenance of a treatment or control facility or system to assure efficient operation of such facility or system; and

3.The AFO owner/operator submits a written request for authorization to bypass to the Direct or his designee or at least 5 days prior to the proposed bypass, the owner/operator is granted such authorization by the Director or his designee, and the owner/operator complies with any conditions imposed by the Director or his designee; and

4.Approval of the request is consistent with the requirements of this Chapter; and

5.The AFO owner/operator monitors the discharge resulting from such bypass at a frequency, at least daily, or according to an alternate schedule as required by the Director or his designee, sufficient to prove compliance with applicable discharge limitations and requirements of this Chapter; and

6.The facility has been designed, constructed, operated, and regularly maintained in a manner that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines.

(c)A bypass is not prohibited and need not meet the requirements and limitations of this Chapter if:

1.It is unavoidable to prevent loss of life, personal injury, or severe property damage; and

2.There are no feasible alternatives to the bypass, such as the use of auxiliary treatment facilities, retention of untreated wastes, or maintenance during normal periods of equipment downtime (this condition is not satisfied if adequate back-up equipment should have been installed in the exercise of reasonable engineering judgment to prevent a bypass which occurred during normal periods of equipment downtime or preventive maintenance); and

3.The AFO owner/operator submits a written request for authorization to bypass to the Direct or his designee or at least ten (10) days prior to the anticipated bypass (if possible) or if not possible, immediately notifies the Department telephonically or by facsimile and notifies the Department in writing, but in no case later than 48 hours after the bypass stating the valid reasons why prior notification could not be submitted, the owner/operator is granted such authorization, and the owner/operator complies with any conditions imposed by the Director to minimize any adverse impact on human health or the environment resulting from the bypass; and

4.The AFO owner/operator monitors the discharge resulting from such bypass as required by this Chapter at least daily or according to an alternate schedule as required by the Director or his designee; and

5.The facility has been designed, constructed, operated, and regularly maintained in a manner that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines.

(d)The owner/operator has the burden of establishing that each of the conditions of b. or c. above have been met to qualify for an exception to the general prohibition against bypassing contained in a. above and an exemption, where applicable, from any discharge limitation or requirements specified in this Chapter.

(4)Upset

(a)A discharge which results from an upset need not meet the requirements and limitations of this Chapter if:

1.As soon as possible, but in no case later than 24 hours after becoming aware of the occurrence of the upset, the owner/operator orally reports the occurrence and circumstances of the upset to the Director or his designee; and

2.No later than five (5) days after becoming aware of the occurrence of the upset, the owner/operator furnishes the Director or his designee with evidence, including properly signed, contemporaneous operating/inspection logs, or other relevant evidence, demonstrating that (i) an upset occurred; (ii) the owner/operator can identify the specific cause(s) of the upset; (iii) the owner/operator?s facility was being properly operated at the time of the upset; and (iv) the owner/operator promptly took all reasonable steps to minimize any adverse impact on human health or the environment resulting from the upset; and

3.The AFO owner/operator monitors the discharge resulting from such upset as required by this Chapter at least daily or according to an alternate schedule as required by the Director or his designee; and

4.The facility has been designed, constructed, operated, and regularly maintained in a manner that meets or exceeds NRCS technical standards and guidelines.

(b)The owner/operator has the burden of establishing that each of the conditions of a. above have been met to qualify for an exemption from any discharge limitation/requirement or operating standard specified in this Chapter.

(5)Property and Other Rights. Registration under this Chapter does not convey any property rights in either real or personal property, or any exclusive privileges, nor does it authorize any injury to persons or property or invasion of other private rights, or any infringement of federal, State, or local laws or regulations, nor does it authorize or approve the construction of any physical structures or facilities or the undertaking of any work in any waters of the State or of the United States.

(6)Groundwater. Unless specifically authorized by this Chapter or the Department, the discharge of pollutants to groundwater is not authorized. Should a threat of groundwater contamination occur, the Director may require groundwater evaluation and/or monitoring to properly assess the degree of the problem and the Director may require that any AFO/CAFO operator/owner undertake measures to mitigate, remediate, and/or abate any such discharge and/or contamination. Groundwater investigation/evaluation, monitoring, mitigation, remediation, and other activities performed voluntarily by the operator/owner or required by the Department, shall be conducted in accordance with a plan prepared and certified by a Professional Engineer (PE) or Professional Geologist (PG) and accepted by the Department.

(7)Coastal Zone Management

(a)Excepting those activities described in Rule 335-6-7-.32(7)(b) below, registration under this Chapter is conditionally certified consistent with the Alabama Coastal Area Management Plan (ACAMP) contingent upon continued compliance with the ACAMP.

(b)The conditional certification in Rule 335-6-7-.32(7)(a) above does not obviate the need for an AFO/CAFO owner/operator to apply for and/or otherwise obtain, if applicable, Coastal Use Permits and certifications required by Chapter 335-8. Of particular note is the need to obtain a Coastal Use Permit for Commercial and Residential Developments in the Coastal Zone that are or will be greater than 5 acres in size.

(8)Activities Not Authorized By This Chapter

(a)Discharges from surface mining, mineral and ore raw material or product recovery and processing as described in Chapter 335-6-9 are not authorized by this Chapter unless specifically authorized by the Department on an individual basis.

(b)Discharge(s) from landfill activities as described in Chapter 335-13 are not authorized by this Chapter.

(c)Relocation, diversion, or other alteration of a water of the State is not authorized by this Chapter unless specifically approved in writing by the Director or his designee.

(9)Compliance With Water Quality Standards

(a)An AFO owner/operator or registrant may be required by the Director to apply for an Individual permit, if the Director determines that discharge under a registration approved pursuant to this Chapter causes or contributes to a violation of State Water Quality Standard(s) or stream use classification.

(b)Compliance with requirements of this Chapter or valid Registration terms and conditions notwithstanding, if any discharge(s) from the facility or regulated activity cause or contribute to a condition in contravention of State Water Quality Standards, the Department may require that the AFO owner/operator to take abatement action in an emergency situation, may modify any registration pursuant to the Department?s Rules, may require the AFO owner/operator to take timely non-emergency abatement action, may require the owner/operator to apply for an Individual permit pursuant to the Department?s Rules, or may require any combination of the actions specified above.

(c)If the Department determines, on the basis of a notice provided pursuant to this Chapter or any investigation, inspection or sampling, that a modification of registration is necessary to assure maintenance of State Water Quality Standards or compliance with other provisions of the AAPCA, AWPCA or CWA, the Department may require such modification.

(10)Animal Mortality Emergency Response. In addition to proper planning and proper management of normal operating animal mortality as required by 335-6-7-.26(2)(i), AFO owners/ operators shall notify the State Veterinarian, ADAI immediately and shall comply with ADAI requirements regarding emergency response for dead and diseased animal handling, transport, and disposal during occurrences of significant animal mortality due to disease, natural disaster, extreme climatological conditions, etc. to ensure the protection of groundwater and surface water quality.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-28-1 to 22-28-23; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999. Amended: Filed October 26, 2000; effective November 30, 2000.

<regElement name="335.6.7.33" level="3" title="Reserved">

<regElement name="335.6.7.34" level="3" title="Severability">

If any paragraph, subparagraph, provision, clause or portion of this chapter is adjudged unconstitutional or invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this chapter shall not be affected thereby.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: Amended: Filed February 24, 1999; effective March 31, 1999.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-6-8" level="2" title="UNDERGROUND INJECTION CONTROL">

<regElement name="335.6.8.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

(1)The Safe Drinking Water Act, Public Law 93-523, provides that a state may administer its own UIC Program. Such a program, however, must conform to the requirements of applicable Federal regulations, in particular 40 CFR Parts 122, 123, 124 and 146.

(2)Section 22-22-1 et seq., Code of Ala. 1975, includes as its purpose "? to conserve the waters of the State and to protect, maintain and improve the quality thereof for public water supplies, for the propagation of wildlife, fish and aquatic life and for domestic, agricultural, industrial, recreational and other legitimate beneficial uses; to provide for the prevention, abatement and control of new or existing water pollution; and to cooperate with other agencies of the State, agencies of other states and the federal government in carrying out these objectives."

(3)It is the purpose of this Chapter to establish rules and procedures which will enable the State to administer a UIC Program in conformance with applicable Federal laws and regulations and to administer the provisions of Section 22-22-1 et seq., Code of Ala. 1975.

Author: Curt Johnson, Thad Pittman, Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective June 10, 1982. Amended: October 10, 1984. Repealed and New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.8.02" level="3" title="Definitions"> <dwc name="lead" times="1"><dwc name="radioact" times="5">

Whenever used in this Chapter, unless a different meaning clearly appears from the context or unless a different meaning is stated in a definition applicable to only a portion of this Chapter, the following definitions shall apply:

(a)"Abandoned well" means an injection well into which the injection has been terminated or a well in such a state of disrepair as to be unusable. A temporary abandonment shall be when injection has ceased but is expected to resume within one year. A permanent abandonment shall be when injection has ceased and no future injection is planned or when no injection has taken place for a period of one year or more.

(b)"Administrator" means the Administrator of the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) or an authorized representative.

(c)"Area of review" means the area around an injection well or well field in which migration of injected fluids and/or pollutants or formation fluids into an Underground Source of Drinking Water (USDW) may occur.

(d)"Aquiclude" means a formation that stores water, but does not transmit significant quantities of water, and which is often referred to as a confining interval.

(e)"Aquifer" means a geological formation, group of formations or part of a formation that is capable of yielding a significant amount of water to a well or spring.

(f)"Best management practices" ("BMP's") means schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures, and other management practices to prevent or reduce the pollution of waters of the state. BMP's also include treatment requirements, operating procedures, and practices to control site runoff, spillage or leaks, sludge or waste disposal, or drainage from raw material storage.

(g)"Blow-out preventer" means a mechanical device used to keep pressurized fluids in a well from leaving the well head, while allowing access to the well casing by drilling tools and well-logging tools.

(h)"Bypass" means the intentional diversion of waste streams from any portion of a waste treatment facility.

(i)"Casing" means a heavy pipe or tubing which is lowered into a borehole, during or after drilling in order to support the sides of a hole and prevent caving; to prevent loss of drilling mud into porous formations; or to prevent water, gas or other fluid from entering or leaving the hole.

(j)"Cementing" means the operation where a cement slurry is placed into a borehole and/or forced behind a casing or between casings.

(k)"Cesspool" means a drywell that receives untreated sanitary waste containing human excreta, and which sometimes has an open bottom and/or perforated sides.

(l)"Class I well" means an injection well used to inject a fluid and/or pollutant beneath the lowermost formation which contains an underground source of drinking water within five miles of the borehole.

(m)"Class II well" means an injection well which is used:

1.To inject brine or other fluids which are brought to the surface in connection with oil or natural gas production and which may be co-mingled with waste waters from gas plants which are an integral part of production operations, unless those waters are classified as a hazardous waste at the time of injection;

2.For enhanced recovery of oil or natural gas; or

3.For storage of hydrocarbons which are liquid at standard temperature and pressure.

(n)"Class III well" means an injection well which is used for extraction of minerals or energy, including mining of sulfur by the Frasch process, solution mining of minerals, in-situ combustion of fossil fuel and recovery of geothermal energy to produce electricity. Fossil fuels include coal, tar sands, oil shale and any other fossil fuel which can be mined by in-situ combustion. Geothermal recovery wells used for heating and aquaculture are not considered Class III wells and are classified as Class V wells.

(o)"Class IV well" means an injection well which is used for injection of a hazardous or radioactive waste into or above a formation which contains an USDW. A Class IV well does not include injection of treated contaminated ground water into the same formation from which it was drawn as a result of a cleanup of a release under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), or the Alabama Hazardous Waste Minimization Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-1 through 22-30-24.

(p)"Class V well" means an injection well not included in Classes I, II, III, or IV. Class V wells include but are not limited to:

1.Injection wells used to inject treated ground water as part of a ground water corrective action system;

2.Injection wells used to return the water used for heating or cooling in a heat pump to the supply aquifer (air conditioning return flow wells);

3.Cesspools, drywells, or other similar systems designed for injection;

4.Injection wells used for the injection of water previously used for cooling (cooling water return flow wells);

5.Injection wells used to drain surface fluid, primarily storm runoff into a subsurface formation (drainage wells);

6.Injection wells used to replenish the water in an aquifer (recharge wells);

7.Injection wells used for the injection of water into a fresh water aquifer to prevent the intrusion of salt water into the fresh water (salt water intrusion barrier wells);

8.Injection wells used for the injection of a mixture of water and sand, mill tailings or other solids into mined out portions of subsurface mines or injection wells used for the injection of wastewater form a coal washing operation into subsurface mines;

9.Injection wells used for the injection of any treated sanitary waste from business establishment, multiple dwelling, community or regional septic tank or other treatment system;

10.Injection wells (not used for the purpose of oil or natural gas production) used for injection into a non-oil or gas producing zone to reduce or eliminate subsidence associated with the overdraft of fresh water (subsidence control wells);

11.Injection wells used in heating, aquaculture and production of electric power (geothermal wells);

12.Injection wells used for injection of treated commercial or industrial fluids or pollutants, such as motor vehicle waste disposal wells, which are not hazardous or toxic;

13.Injection wells used for solution mining of conventional mines such as stopes leaching;

14.Injection wells used to inject spent brine into the same formation from which it was withdrawn after extraction of halogens or their salts;

15.Injection wells used for in situ recovery of lignite, coal, tar sands, and oil shale;

16.Injection wells used in experimental technologies.

(q)"Completion" means the subsurface preparation of an injection well as approved by the Department.

(r)"Construction" means that the owner or operator has:

1.Entered into a binding contractual obligation for the purpose of placement, assembly, or installation of facilities or equipment which are intended to be used in its operation within a reasonable time. Options to purchase or contracts which can be terminated or modified without substantial loss, and contracts for feasibility, engineering, and design studies do not constitute a contractual obligation under the paragraph; or

2.Begun, or caused to begin as part of a continuous on-site construction program:

(i)Any placement, assembly, or installation of facilities or equipment; or

(ii)Significant site preparation work including clearing, excavation, or removal of existing buildings, structures, or facilities which is necessary for the placement, assembly, or installation of new source facilities or equipment.

(s)"Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, established by the Alabama Environmental Management Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16.

(t)"Director" means the Director of the Department or an authorized representative.

(u)"Discharge" means the addition, introduction, leaking, spilling or emitting of any sewage, industrial waste, pollutant or other wastes into the waters of the state.

(v)"Draft permit" means a document indicating the Department?s tentative decision to issue, modify and issue, revoke and reissue, or reissue a permit. A denial of a request for issuance, modification and issuance, revocation and reissuance, or termination is not a draft permit.

(w)"Drywell" means a well, other than an improved sinkhole or subsurface fluid distribution system, completed above the water table so that its bottom and sides are typically dry except when receiving fluids and/or pollutants.

(x)"Existing injection well" means a permitted injection well that is in operation or under construction on the effective date of this Chapter.

(y)"Facility or activity" means any injection well or other facility or activity that is subject to regulation under the UIC program.

(z)"Fluid" means a material or substance which flows or moves whether in a semi-solid, liquid, sludge, gas or any other form or state.

(aa)"Formation" means a body of consolidated or unconsolidated rock characterized by a degree of lithologic homogeneity which is prevailingly but not necessarily, tabular and is mappable on the earth's surface or traceable in the subsurface.

(bb)"Formation fluid" means a fluid present naturally as opposed to a fluid introduced into a formation from drilling or well injection.

(cc)"Generic permit" means a permit that may be issued to an owner or operator of Class V wells with same or similar facilities and activities that generate similar fluids and or pollutants for well injection when in the opinion of the Department, the injection is more appropriately controlled by this type of permit.

(dd)"Ground water" means water below the land surface in a zone of saturation.

(ee)"Hazardous waste" means a hazardous waste as defined by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-3(5).

(ff)"Improved sinkhole" means a naturally occurring karst depression or other natural crevice found in volcanic terrain and other geologic settings which have been modified by man for the purpose of injection.

(gg)"Industrial Wastes" means liquid or other wastes resulting from any process of industry, manufacture, trade or business or from the development of natural resources.

(hh)"Injection" means the subsurface emplacement of fluids and/or pollutants through a well.

(ii)"Injection well" means a well that is used for well injection.

(jj)"Injection zone" means the formation, group of formations or part of a formation receiving fluids and/or pollutants through an injection well.

(kk)"Modification of a well" means any operation requiring reworking of an injection well causing a change in the physical construction of the well after its initial completion, and not requiring a permit modification. Such reworking operations include, but are not limited to, squeezing, reperforating, setting a liner, and side tracking of a well into the same injection zone. Routine maintenance where the physical construction and/or operations are not changed does not constitute modification of a well. Modifications resulting in new injection zones are not allowed except by permit modification.

(ll)"Motor vehicle waste disposal well" means an injection well that receives or has received fluids from motor vehicular repair or maintenance activities, such as an auto body repair shop, automotive repair shop, new and used car dealership, specialty repair shop (e.g., transmission and muffler repair shop), or any facility that does any vehicular repair work.

(mm)"New injection well" means an injection well other than an existing injection well.

(nn)"Operator" means the person responsible for the operation of a treatment system and/or an injection well.

(oo)"Other Wastes" means all other substances, whether liquid, gaseous, or solid, or energy in the form of heat from all other sources including but not limited to, any vessels or other conveyances traveling or using the waters of this state, except industrial wastes or sewage.

(pp)"Owner" means a person that owns a facility or activity subject to regulation under the UIC Program.

(qq)"Packer" means a mechanical or physical device used to seal off certain sections of an injection well.

(rr)"Permit" means any issued permit under the UIC Program.

(ss)"Permittee" means a person to whom a permit has been issued under this Chapter.

(tt)"Person" means an individual, association, partnership, corporation, municipality, State or Federal agency, or an agent or employee thereof.

(uu)"Plugging" means the act or process of stopping the flow of formation fluids or surface waters into a borehole or well or out of a borehole or well into formations or to the surface.

(vv)"Point of Injection" means the last accessible sampling point prior to fluids and/or pollutants being injected into an injection well.

(ww)"Pollutant" includes but is not limited to any physical, chemical, biological, sanitary, industrial, radioactive substance, matter, or waste, or other waste.

(xx)"Pollution" means the discharge of a pollutant or combination of pollutants.

(yy)"Radioactive waste" means any waste which contains radioactive materials in concentrations which exceed those listed in 10 CFR Part 20, Appendix B, Table II, Column 2.

(zz)"Sanitary waste" means liquid or solid wastes originating solely from humans and human activities, such as wastes collected from toilets, showers, wash basins, sinks used for cleaning domestic areas, sinks used for food preparation, clothes washing operations, and sinks or washing machines where food and beverage serving dishes, glasses, and utensils are cleaned. Sources of these wastes may include single or multiple residences, hotels and motels, restaurants, bunkhouses, schools, ranger stations, crew quarters, guard stations, campgrounds, picnic grounds, day-use recreation areas, other commercial facilities, and industrial facilities provided the waste is not mixed with industrial waste.

(aaa)"Schedule of compliance" means a schedule of remedial measures included in a permit including an enforceable sequence of interim requirements leading to compliance with the appropriate regulations.

(bbb)"Septic System" means a treatment tank and injection well that is used to treat and inject sanitary waste and is typically comprised of a septic tank and subsurface fluid distribution system.

(ccc)"Sewage" means water-carried human wastes from residences, buildings, industrial establishments or other places, together with such ground, surface, storm or other wastes as may be present.

(ddd)"Site" means the area where any facility or activity is physically located or conducted, including adjacent land used in connection with the facility or activity.

(eee)"State/EPA UIC Memorandum of Agreement" means an official document signed by the Director and Administrator which describes the functions and responsibilities of the Department and EPA in the conduct or management of the UIC Program.

(fff)"Subsurface fluid distribution system" means an assemblage of perforated pipes, drain tiles, or other similar mechanisms intended to distribute and inject fluids and/or pollutants below the surface of the ground.

(ggg)"Total dissolved solids (TDS)" means the total dissolved solids as determined by use of the method specified in 40 CFR Part 136.

(hhh)"Underground Injection Control (UIC)" means the regulatory management and control of well injection.

(iii)"UIC Program" means the EPA approved state program for management and regulation of well injection.

(jjj)"Underground Source of Drinking Water (USDW)" means an aquifer or portion thereof:

1.Which currently supplies drinking water for human consumption; or

2.In which the ground water contains fewer than 10,000 mg/l of total dissolved solids.

(kkk)"Upset" means an exceptional incident in which there is unintentional and temporary noncompliance with technology based permit effluent limitations because of factors beyond the reasonable control of the owner or operator. An upset does not include noncompliance to the extent caused by operational error, improperly designed treatment facilities, inadequate treatment facilities, lack of preventive maintenance, or careless or improper operation.

(lll)"Waters of the state" means all waters of any river, stream, watercourse, pond, lake, coastal, ground or surface water, wholly or partially within the state, natural or artificial. This does not include waters which are entirely confined and retained completely upon the property of a person unless such waters are used in interstate commerce.

(mmm)"Well" means a borehole; or, drilled or driven shaft; or, a dug hole; or, an improved sinkhole; or, a subsurface fluid distribution system; or a cesspool; or a drywell; or, any other system which results in subsurface emplacement of fluids and/or pollutants.

(nnn)"Well field" means a well or group of wells of similar construction which are used for the same purpose, penetrate essentially the same geological formations and are located in the same area.

(ooo)"Well injection" means injection.

(ppp)"Well log" means a recording obtained from a well, showing such information as resistivity, radioactivity, spontaneous potential, acoustic velocity, and other information as a function of depth and/or time.

Author: Curt Johnson, Thad Pittman, Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective June 10, 1982. Amended: October 10, 1984. Repealed and New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.8.03" level="3" title="Underground Sources Of Drinking Water (USDW)">

All aquifers or portions of aquifers partially or wholly within the State of Alabama which supply water for human consumption, and all aquifers or portions of aquifers partially or wholly within the State of Alabama in which the groundwater contains less than 10,000 mg/l of total dissolved solids, are designated underground sources of drinking water and shall be protected from pollution.

Author: Curt Johnson, Thad Pittman, Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective June 10, 1982. Amended: October 10, 1984. Repealed and New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.8.04" level="3" title="Exempted Operations">

The following well injection operations are not subject to the provisions of this Chapter:

(a)Single family sanitary waste disposal systems.

(b)Facilities injecting natural gas for purposes of storage.

(c)Class II wells.

(d)Class V wells for disposal of laundromat, seafood processing, and meat processing (not slaughter house) wastewaters, if permitted by the Alabama Department of Public Health.

(e)Any dug hole which is not used for injection.

(f)Dug, drilled, or driven shafts used to extract oil, gas, or ground water.

Author: Curt Johnson, Thad Pittman, Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective June 10, 1982. Amended: April 15, 1983; October 10, 1984. Repealed and New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.8.05" level="3" title="Prohibited Actions">

(1)The following actions are prohibited by this Chapter:

(a)The discharge of fluids and/or pollutants to ground water and/or to soils, which may result in a discharge of fluids and/or pollutants to ground water waters of the state which is not authorized by and in compliance with a permit issued under the provisions of this Chapter, the Alabama Hazardous Waste Management and Minimization Act or ADEM Administrative Code Division 335-14 (Hazardous Waste Program) or other Chapter of the ADEM administrative Code.

(b)The injection into any injection well or the construction of any facility to be used for the injection into any injection well unless such injection and construction is authorized by permit in accordance with this Chapter.

(c)Violation of any condition or requirement of any permit issued pursuant to this Chapter.

(d)Constructing, operating, maintaining, converting, plugging, abandoning, or conducting any other injection activity in a manner that allows the movement of fluids and/or pollutants into a USDW, if the presence of fluids and/or pollutants may cause an exceedance of any primary or secondary drinking water regulation under 40 CFR Part 142; or may result in a water of the state failing to meet applicable water quality criteria in accordance with ADEM Administrative Code Rule 335-6-.10; or may otherwise adversely affect the health of persons or other legitimate beneficial uses. The owner or operator shall have the burden of showing that the requirements of this paragraph are met.

(e)Well injection between the outermost casing and the borehole.

(f)Construction or operation of a Class I well.

(g)Operation of a Class III well lacking mechanical integrity.

(h)Construction or operation of a Class IV well.

(i)Construction or operation of a cesspool.

(j)Construction or operation of a motor vehicle waste disposal well.

(2)If the Department becomes aware that an injection well may cause a violation of primary drinking water regulations under 40 CFR Part 142 in a USDW, has not been operated in accordance with the requirements of this Chapter, or otherwise poses a threat to the environment or the health of persons, the Department may order the owner or operator to take such actions (including where required closure of the injection well) as may be necessary to prevent or abate the violation of a primary drinking water regulation under 40 CFR Part 142 in a USDW. This may include the performance of ground water quality investigations and the implementation of corrective actions. Such investigations and/or corrective actions shall be conducted in a manner suitable to the Department.

3.The Department may take emergency action upon receipt of information that a fluid and/or pollutant which is present in or likely to enter a USDW may present an imminent and substantial endangerment to the health of persons or the environment.

Author: Curt Johnson, Thad Pittman, Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective June 10, 1982. Amended: April 15, 1983; October 10, 1984. Repealed and New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.8.06" level="3" title="Required Actions">

(1)In the event of a discharge of fluids and/or pollutants to ground water and/or to soils, which may result in a discharge of fluids and/or pollutants to ground water, which is not authorized by a permit, the following actions must be taken by the person responsible for the discharge:

(a)Make a report to the Department within 24 hours of becoming aware that an unauthorized discharge has occurred;

(b)Take immediate action to prevent any further unauthorized discharge of fluids and/or pollutants;

(c)Take immediate action to identify and mitigate threats which may be posed to people or the environment;

(d)When required by the Department, conduct an investigation to determine the lateral and vertical extent of soil and ground water contamination for the pollutants likely to be present considering the source and nature of the unauthorized discharge. This investigation shall be conducted within the time frame and according to the requirements identified by the Department.

(e)When required by the Department, prepare and implement a corrective action plan sufficient to mitigate the impact or potential impact of the unauthorized discharge to the surrounding population and the environment. The corrective action plan shall be prepared to address risks to human health and the environment and shall take into account current and future exposure pathways and receptors, toxicity of pollutants, current and reasonable future land uses, and current and future use of aquifers. The corrective action shall be conducted within the time frame and according to site-specific requirements identified by the Department.

Author: Curt Johnson, Thad Pittman, Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective June 10, 1982. Amended: April 15, 1983; October 10, 1984. Repealed and New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.8.07" level="3" title="Permit Issuance Procedures">

Upon receipt of a complete permit application the Department shall:

(a)Determine the type of well.

(b)Determine if a generic permit may be applicable.

(c)Determine whether the proposed injection poses an unacceptable risk of contamination of an USDW. Where the application does not provide sufficient information to demonstrate that the proposed injection well will not cause the exceedance of a primary or secondary drinking water regulation under 40 CFR Part 142, or otherwise render the ground water unsafe or objectionable for human consumption, or result in a water of the state failing to meet applicable water quality criteria in accordance with ADEM Administrative Code Rule 335-6-.10, the Department shall not issue the permit.

(d)Determine any special construction and operation requirements which may be required to protect a USDW.

(e)For Class V wells, except when generic permits apply, issue a draft permit to the owner or operator for review and comment.

(f)For Class III wells:

1.Prepare a fact sheet and include as a minimum the information required by 40 CFR 124.8 or future Federal regulations applicable to State UIC Programs;

2.Submit a copy of the draft permit to the owner or operator and EPA for review and comment.

(g)Allow public participation in the permitting process in accordance with procedures established in Rule 335-6-8-.098.

(h)Review comments received from any interested persons, EPA and the owner or operator.

(i)Make a final decision to issue, modify and issue, or deny the permit.

Author: Curt Johnson, Thad Pittman, Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective June 10, 1982. Amended: October 10, 1984. Repealed and New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.8.08" level="3" title="Public Notice Requirements">

(1)Public notice is required when the Department takes the following actions:

(a)A permit application has been received and a generic permit, draft permit, or draft modification to a permit has been prepared and a tentative determination made to issue or reissue the permit or modification;

(b)A public hearing has been scheduled.

(2)Public notice is not required when the Department makes a minor modification to a permit. Minor permit modification may only:

(a)Correct administrative and typographical errors;

(b)Increase the frequency of monitoring or reporting by the permittee;

(c)Change an interim compliance date in a schedule of compliance, provided the new date is not more than 120 days after the date specified in the existing permit and does not interfere with attainment of the final compliance date requirement;

(d)Allow for a change in name or operational control of the facility where the Department determines that no other change in the permit is necessary, provided that a written agreement containing a specific date for transfer of permit responsibility, coverage, and liability between the current and new owner or operator has been submitted to the Department;

(e)Delete an injection well when the injection to that well is terminated, the well has been properly abandoned, and the injection well does not result in injection to other injection wells except in accordance with permit limits.

(3)The duration of a public notice shall be as follows:

(a)At least 30 days shall be allowed by the Department to receive public comment after a public notice is issued for a generic permit, draft permit, or draft modification to a permit;

(b)At least 30 days shall be allowed by the Department to receive public comment prior to the scheduled date of a public hearing. The public notice of the hearing may be given at the same time as public notice of the generic or draft permit. The two notices may be combined.

(4)Public notice shall be provided using the following methods:

(a)A copy of public notices shall be mailed to the persons listed below. Any person entitled to receive notice under this paragraph may waive his or her rights to receive notice for any classes and categories of permits:

1.The person applying for a permit.

2.Any other agency which the Department knows has issued or is required to issue a RCRA, UIC, PSD, NPDES or 404 permit for the same facility or activity.

3.Federal and state agencies with jurisdiction over fish, shellfish, and wildlife resources and over coastal zone management plans, the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation, State Historic Preservation Officers, public health, and other appropriate government authorities including any affected states.

4.Any state agency responsible for plan development under the FWPCA Section 208(b)(2), 208(b)(4) or 303(e) and the U.S Army Corps of Engineers, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and the National Marine Fisheries Service.

5.Persons on a mailing list developed by:

(i)Including those who request in writing to be on the list;

(ii)Notifying the public of the opportunity to be put on the mailing list through periodic publication in the public press and in such publications as regional and state funded newsletters, environmental bulletins, or state law journals (the Department may update the mailing list from time to time by requesting written indication of continued interest from those listed and may delete from the list the name of any person who fails to respond to such a request);

6.To any unit of local government having jurisdiction over the area where the facility is or is proposed to be located.

7.To each state agency having any authority under state law with respect to the construction or operation of such facility.

(b)Public notice shall be published in a daily or weekly newspaper of general circulation within the area affected by the facility or activity.

(5)All public notices shall, as a minimum, contain the following information:

(a)Name and address of the office processing the permit action for which notice is being given;

(b)Name and address of the person applying for a permit or holding a permit and, if different, of the facility or activity regulated by the permit (when an address is not applicable to the regulated entity, a general location shall be given);

(c)Name, address and telephone number of a person from whom interested persons may obtain further information, including copies of the generic or draft permit, statement of basis or fact sheet, and the application;

(d)A general description of the public comment procedures required by this Ruleparagraph (5) of this Rule and the time and place of any hearing that will be held, (if applicable) including a statement of procedures to request a hearing, unless a hearing has already been scheduled, and other procedures by which the public may participate in the final permit decision;

(e)A general description of the location of each existing or proposed injection well or well field; and

(f)A general description of the activity or business conducted at the facility generating the fluids and/or pollutants to be injected.

(6)The public notice of a hearing shall contain, in addition to public notice information requirements in paragraph (4) of this Rule, the following information:

(a)A reference to the date of previous public notices relating to the permit;

(b)Date, time, and place of the hearing; and

(c)A description of the nature and purpose of the hearing, including a citation of the applicable rules and procedures.

(7)The Department shall accept public comments and requests for public hearings as follows:

(a)During the public comment period, any interested person may submit written comments on the permit application, and generic or draft permit, and may request a public hearing if no hearing has already been scheduled.

(b)A request for a public hearing shall be in writing and shall state the nature of the issues proposed to be raised in the hearing.

(8)The Department shall determine when a public hearing is appropriate as follows:

(a)Whenever it is found, on the basis of hearing requests, that there exists a significant degree of public interest in a permit application, or generic or draft permit.

(b)At the Department's discretion, whenever such a hearing might clarify one or more issues involved in the permit decision.

(9)The Department shall hold a public hearing in the following manner:

(a)At a location that shall be convenient to the majority of those providing comments in response to the public notice.

(b)To allow any person to present oral or written statements and to present data concerning the permit application, and generic or draft permit to the Department. Reasonable limits may be set upon the time allowed for oral statement. As a result, the submission of statements in writing may be necessary.

(c)Automatically extend the public comment period to the close of any public hearing. The hearing officer may also extend the comment period by so stating at the hearing.

(d)The Department shall make a record of the public hearing available to the public in the form of a tape recording or written transcript.

(10)The Department shall prepare and make available to the public upon request, a response to comments received during the public comment period or public hearing, as follows:

(a)After consideration of any comments, the Department may revise and issue a draft permit, or not issue a draft or generic permit.

(b)The Department may provide a written reply to significant comments (like comments may be grouped and one response written) concerning the generic or draft permit. A significant comment is a comment that offers information or suggestions of a technical, environmental, legal, or regulatory nature that are applicable to the generic or draft permit.

(c)After consulting with, or receiving written comments from Federal or State agencies with jurisdiction over public health, the Department may add and/or modify permit conditions that these Federal or State agencies have advised the Department are necessary to avoid substantial impairment of a public water supply.

Author: Curt Johnson, Thad Pittman, Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective June 10, 1982. Amended: October 10, 1984. Repealed and New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.8.09" level="3" title="Class III Well Permit Application Requirements">

(1)For any new well field(s), the owner or operator shall submit in duplicate completed EPA Consolidated Permit Application Form 1 ? "General Information" and Form 4 ? "Underground Injection of Fluids", the information required in subparagraphs (1)(c) through (1)(e), (1)(h) of Rule 335-6-8-.110, any additional information required by paragraph (2) of Rule 335-6-8-.110, and the following information:

(a)Data on all wells (to include injection wells, oil and gas exploration and/or production wells, and water wells) located within the area of review which represents well type, well construction, date drilled, location, depth, record of plugging and/or completion and the present use of the well.

(b)An inventory of all surface waters located within the area of review to include type, location, and use.

(c)A map(s) which shows the location of wells, surface waters, and other pertinent surface features such as roads, mines, quarries, residences, and other structures within the area of review.

(d)Hydrogeological data including maps and cross sections showing local geological structure, regional geological structure, and the horizontal and vertical location of USDW's within the area of review. Where sufficient information is available, the direction of flow of water in each USDW shall also be shown.

(e)The source and analysis of the chemical, physical, radiological, and biological characteristics of the pollutants to be injected and, if available, of the formation fluid from the intended injection zone.

(f)A best management practice plan shall be developed in accordance with sound engineering practices to prevent or respond to pollution of any USDW or surface water which may be caused by operation or failure of the well or any other associated equipment at the facility as follows:

1.Examine each facility component or system with respect to its potential for causing a release of significant amounts of fluids and/or pollutants into a USDW or surface water due to equipment failure, improper operation, natural phenomena such as rain, freezing temperatures, etc.;

2.Include a prediction of the direction, rate of flow and total quantity of fluids and/or pollutants which could be discharged from the facility as a result of equipment failure, natural phenomena or other circumstances;

3.Establish best management practices addressing each system capable of causing a release of significant amounts of fluids and/or pollutants into a USDW or surface water;

4.Reflect all applicable requirements for Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure (SPCC) plans under 40 CFR Part 151, and incorporate such plans into the plan by reference;

5.Assure the proper management of solid and hazardous waste;

6.Address materials storage areas, process and material handling areas, loading and unloading areas, plant site runoff, and sludge and waste disposal areas;

7.Consider including statement of policy, employee training, inspections, preventative maintenance, and housekeeping;

8.When necessary, provide impervious liners, dikes, or other structures sufficient to prevent the discharge of a fluids and/or pollutant to a USDW;

9.Document the plan in narrative form and include any necessary plot plans, drawings or maps.

(g)A plan for plugging and abandonment of the injection well. Plugging shall be accomplished so that USDW's are completely isolated and the movement of fluids and/or pollutants into any USDW or between USDW's is prevented and so that the injection zone is isolated. Plugging shall also be accomplished so that surface water cannot enter the well.

(h)An executed financial guarantee sufficient to demonstrate the financial responsibility and resources to close, plug, and abandon the underground injection operation in a manner acceptable to the Department. Financial responsibility may be demonstrated by the submission of adequate assurance, such as financial statements or other materials acceptable to the Department.

(i)A description of the corrective actions planned to eliminate any deficiencies in the plugging or completion of wells located in the area of review which, if not eliminated, may result in pollution of a USDW. In determining the adequacy of the corrective action, the following criteria shall be considered:

1.Nature and volume of the injected fluid;

2.Nature of by-products of injection;

3.Potentially affected population;

4.Geology;

5.Hydrology;

6.History of the injection operation; and

7.Hydraulic connections with underground sources of drinking water.

(j)A proposed ground water monitoring program showing the location, depth, and method of construction of any monitoring wells to be installed and similar information concerning any existing wells or surface water bodies to be monitored. This submittal shall also provide a proposed sampling and testing scheme to be followed during groundwater monitoring. Monitoring wells shall be located and constructed in accordance with approved plans and shall conform to subparagraph (1)(e) items 1. through 4. of Rule 335-6-8-.110 and the following requirements:

1.Where injection is into a formation containing less than 10,000 mg/l total dissolved solids, monitoring wells shall extend into the injection zone.

2.Where a USDW is penetrated by the injection well and the operation may cause or be affected by subsidence or catastrophic collapse, monitoring wells shall be located outside the physical influence of the possible subsidence or collapse.

3.Where the injection zone is an USDW; the number, location, construction, and frequency of monitoring of the monitoring wells shall be determined by considering:

(i)The population relying upon the USDW affected or potentially affected by the injection operation;

(ii)The proximity of the injection operation to points of withdrawal of drinking water;

(iii)The local geology and hydrology;

(iv)The operating pressure and whether a negative gradient is being maintained;

(v)The nature and volume of the injected fluid, the

formation water, and the process by-products; and

(vi)The injection well density.

(k)If the permit application is for a well field with more than one well, the ultimate expected well field configuration shall be submitted on a drawing showing the area of review, and showing injection and recovery wells.

(l)Proposed operational procedures which include estimated average and maximum daily injection rates and injection pressures.

(m)Drilling and well testing plans, completion plans, and surface construction plans which meet the requirements of subparagraph (1)(b), (1)(c), and (1)(d) items 4. and 5. of Rule 335-6-8-.121.

(n)A signature of a person who meets the requirements of a responsible official as indicated below:

1.In the case of a corporation, by a principal executive officer of at least the level of vice-president;

2.In the case of a partnership, by a general partner;

3.In the case of a sole proprietorship, by the owner;

4.In the case of a municipal, state, federal, or other public agency, by either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official.

(o)A signed certification by the responsible official described in subparagraph (1)(n) of the permit application as follows:

"I certify under penalty of law that I have personally examined and am familiar with the information submitted in this application and all attachments and that, based on my inquiry of those persons immediately responsible for obtaining the information contained in the application, I believe that the information is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment."

(2)For any existing well field(s), the owner or operator of the well(s) or well field(s) shall, in addition to the information required by paragraph (1) of this Rule, submit in duplicate the following information:

(a)Available past operation data, to include average and maximum daily injection rates, volume and characteristics of the fluids and/or pollutants injected, the average and maximum injection pressures, and annular pressures shall be submitted in a format that allows comparison of data such as injection rate versus corresponding injection pressure.

(b)The following cased hole logs and their interpretation, or substitute logs as agreed upon by the Department, to form base conditions for future well monitoring:

1.A combination cement bond, variable density, gamma ray, and casing collar locator log;

2.A high resolution temperature log performed after the well has been shut down for a minimum of three days or a thermal decay log;

3.A caliper log;

4.Any well logs run previously in the well to determine the past performance of the well system;

5.Other logs as the Department may require.

(c)A description of the actions planned to upgrade the well and meet the minimum requirements of paragraph (1) of this Rule or other requirement determined by the Department and a proposed compliance schedule for completion of these actions.

(d)Proof of mechanical integrity of the well which shall demonstrate that there is no detectable leak in the casing, tubing, or packer and that there is no detectable movement of pollutants from the injection zone through vertical channels adjacent to the injection well bore. As a minimum the absence of leaks must be determined by the monitoring of annulus pressure or pressure test with liquid or gas. As a minimum, the absence of vertical pollutant migration must be determined by a temperature log or a noise or acoustic log. The owner or operator may submit a request for substitution of another test method to the Department. This request must be in such detail as to show that the proposed test method will reliably demonstrate mechanical integrity of the wells for which its use is proposed. Should the Department agree to the request, approval of the Administrator will be requested and must be obtained prior to substitution of the method. The owner or operator and the Department will apply methods and standards generally accepted in the industry. Reports on mechanical integrity will include description of the tests and methods used. In making the evaluation, the Department shall review all data submitted since the previous evaluation.

(3)For purpose of this Rule, the area of review shall include all of that area within a one and one-half mile radius of a well or in the case of a well field, a circumscribing area the width of which is the lateral distance from the perimeter of the well field, unless the Department approves a smaller radius or width of not less than one-fourth mile. The Department may, on a case-by-case basis require a radius or width greater than one and one-half miles if available data indicate that a larger area of review is justified.

(4)The permit application will not be processed until a completed application is received by the Department with the appropriate permit fee in accordance with Rule 335-1-6.

Author: Curt Johnson, Thad Pittman, Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective June 10, 1982. Amended: October 10, 1984. Repealed and New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.8.10" level="3" title="Class V Well Permit Application Requirements">

(1)To apply for a Class V or generic Class V permit, an owner or operator of a new or existing well field(s) shall submit a permit application to the Department which shall include the following information:

(a)Name, address and phone number of the owner and, if different, the name, address and phone number of the property owner and operator.

(b)Facility name, address, phone number (if applicable) and physical location (if different from the address).

(c)A map(s) which shows the location of proposed injection well(s), public and private water supply wells, source water assessment areas meeting the requirements of Rule 335-7-5, well head protection areas meeting the requirements of Rule 335-7-12, surface waters and other pertinent surface features such as roads, natural or man made drainage courses, residences, and other structures within the area of review.

(d)A description of the fluids and/or pollutants to be injected and proposed operational procedures which include estimated average and maximum daily injection rates and volume of fluids and/or pollutants to be injected.

(e)The design, plans, construction specifications and other pertinent information of the treatment system, injection well(s), sampling system, and ground water monitoring well(s) required by the Department. Monitoring wells shall be located and constructed in accordance with approved plans and shall conform to the following requirements:

1.The monitoring well configuration shall be designed to detect pollutant movement away from the well or well field;

2.The monitoring well plan shall be designed to detect pollution in the USDW into which injection is permitted and any other USDW which the Department determines may or has the potential to be impacted by the permitted injection and any associated facility or activity in the area of review;

3.An adequate number of monitoring wells shall extend into all USDW's, likely to be affected, to detect any movement of fluids and/or pollutants injected, process by-products or formation fluids into the USDW;

4.A plugging and abandonment plan may be required for a monitoring well when the Director deems it is necessary in order to prevent pollution of a USDW.

(f)Hydrodrogeological data determined to be necessary by the Department such as depth to ground water, direction of ground water flow, topographic description, physiographic province, etc.

(g)When required, the financial responsibility requirements in subparagraph (1)(h) of Rule 335-6-8-.1009 shall be demonstrated.

(h)A certification described in subparagraph (1)(o) of Rule 335-6-8-.1009 signed by the responsible official described by subparagraph (1)(n) of Rule 335-6-8-.1009.

(2)The Department may require submittal of additional information concerning any permit application when that information is required to evaluate the potential for pollution of a USDW or surface water or to determine permit conditions necessary to protect a USDW or surface water.

(3)A permit application will not be processed until a completed application is received by the Department with the appropriate permit fee in accordance with Rule 335-1-6.

Author: Curt Johnson, Thad Pittman, Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective June 10, 1982. Amended: October 10, 1984. Repealed and New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.8.11" level="3" title="Class III Well Permit Requirements">

(1)A permit for any Class III injection well shall contain the following:

(a)Authorization to operate as follows:

1.Authorization to inject for a period not to exceed the life of the injection well field, but shall be reviewed at least once every five years.

2.When required by the Department, the well density in the permitted field and the area included in the well field shall be limited.

3.Applications for permit reissuance shall comply with Rule 335-6-8-.10, except that previously submitted information need not be submitted unless requested by the Department.

3.The requirements found in subparagraph (a) items 2., 3., 5., and 6. of Rule 335-6-8-.132 shall apply.

(b)Construction and maintenance requirements as follows:

1.A well head shall be constructed so that a blow out preventer and workover rig can be placed over the well.

2.Injection shall be through casing.

3.Injection wells shall be double cased to a depth below the deepest USDW and shall be cased for the full depth of the well. Casing shall be designed for the expected life of the well when axial loading, diameter of casing, down hole pressures, corrosiveness of injected fluids and/or pollutants and formation fluids, temperatures to be encountered, and any other pertinent conditions are considered.

4.Injection wells shall be cemented from the surface to the upper limit of the injection zone. Cementing shall be conducted in such a manner and shall use a type and grade of cement such that all USDW's are protected from pollution by surface waters, other formation fluids, or fluids and/or pollutants injected and that the injection zone is isolated from all formations above it.

5.Deviation checks on all holes constructed by first drilling a pilot hole and then enlarging the pilot hole by reaming or another method shall be performed at sufficiently frequent intervals to assure that vertical avenues for fluid migration in the form of diverging holes are not created.

6.Any annular spaces formed between casings or casing and injection tubing shall be filled with a noncorrosive fluid or inert gasunder pressure.

7.The requirements found in subparagraph (b) items 1. through 3. of Rule 335-6-8-.132 shall apply.

(c)Monitoring and operating requirements as follows:

1.Operating restrictions shall include, as a minimum, a maximum allowable injection pressure which shall preclude fracturing that could result in migration of fluids and/or pollutants from the injection zone.

2.The requirements found in subparagraph (c) items 1. through 8., and 12. of Rule 335-6-8-.132 shall apply.

3.When required by the Department, injection pressure, annulus pressure, flow rate, and volume injected shall be monitored. Instrumentation shall be sufficient to provide the data required by the permit.

(d)Logging and well integrity requirements as follows:

1.In the case of a new well, the following logs and their interpretation, or substitute logs as agreed upon by the Department, shall be run before the casing is installed and submitted: resistivity, spontaneous potential, porosity, caliper, and gamma ray. This requirement shall also apply to a new well in a permitted well field.

2.In the case of a new well, the cased hole logs described in subparagraph (2)(b) items 1. through 4. of Rule 335-6-8-.1009 and their interpretation, or substitute logs as agreed upon by the Department shall be submitted. This requirement shall also apply to a new well in a permitted well field.

3.In the case of a new well, proof of mechanical integrity shall be submitted as described in subparagraph (2)(d) of Rule 335-6-8-.1009 prior to operation of the well.

4.The following information concerning the injection zone may be required to be calculated or determined:

i.Fluid pressure;

ii.Temperature;

iii.Fracture pressure;

iv.Other physical and chemical characteristics of the injection matrix;

v.Physical and chemical characteristics of the formation fluids.

5.The results obtained in subparagraph (1)(d) item 4. of this Rule shall be used to determine the compatibility of the injection fluids and/or pollutants with the formation fluids and matrix. The Department will consider the results of the testing program prior to granting approval for the injection.

6.Cased hole logs described in subparagraph (2)(b) of Rule 335-6-8-.1009 or substitute logs as agreed upon by the Department shall be performed every five years and shall demonstrate proof of mechanical integrity. The results and their interpretation shall be submitted to the Department. The Department may require these evaluations to be performed more frequently after considering the nature of the fluids and/or pollutants to be injected, the age of the well, or other conditions that may adversely affect the expected life of the well.

7.Logging requirements may be relaxed by the Department after consideration of the intended function, depth, construction, and other characteristics of the well, availability of similar data in the area of the drilling site, and the need for additional information that may arise from time to time as the construction of the well progresses.

(e)Records, reports and submittals as follows:

1.The permittee shall submit copies of all logs or other analyses performed and their interpretation to the Department not later than 28 days after completion of the logs and/or analyses.

2.The requirements found in subparagraph (d) items 1. through 5.of Rule 335-6-8-.132.

(f)Plugging and abandonment as follows:

1.The requirements found in subparagraph (e) items 3. through 6. of Rule 335-6-8-.132.

2.The permittee shall notify the Department at least 180 days prior to actual plugging of the well and submit for approval by the Department an updated plugging and abandonment plan. The plan shall be submitted to the Department at least 90 days prior to actual plugging of the well.

3.The plugging or abandonment plan shall be made a part of the permit.

4.The permittee shall correct any improperly sealed, completed, or abandoned well located within the area of review which extends into the injection zone or any other well which may cause pollution of a USDW. A schedule of compliance for taking corrective action will be established and included in the permit.

(g)Well or well field management as follows:

1.The permittee shall cease injection immediately upon determination that a well has malfunctioned and correct the malfunction prior to resumption of injection. Permittee shall notify the Department in writing within 5 days of the occurrence of any malfunction. This notification shall include a description of the malfunction, its cause, and the corrective action(s) taken. Notification within 24 hours shall be required if the malfunction results in pollution of a surface water or a USDW, when any noncompliance with a permit condition or malfunction of the injection system may cause fluid migration into or between USDW's, or when monitoring or other information indicates that any fluid and/or pollutant may cause a violation of subparagraph (ed) of Rule 335-6-8-.05.

2.In the case of a new well, prior authorization shall be obtained from the Department for any change in the approved construction of the well.

3.Well data required by subparagraph (1)(d) items 1. and 3. of this Rule shall be submitted for each new well constructed in the permitted field.

(h)Permit modification, revocation, suspension, and termination as follows:

1.The requirements found in subparagraph (f) items 1. through 3. of Rule 335-6-8-.132 shall apply.

(i)General provisions as follows:

1.The requirements found in subparagraph (g) items 1. through 6. of Rule 335-6-8-.132 shall apply.

2.The best management practices plan shall be made a part of the permit.

3.In the case of an existing well the following may be required:

(i)A schedule of compliance in accordance with 40 CFR &#167;144. 53.

(ii)Special construction requirements.

4.For a new well, no injection may begin until:

(i)A notice of completion of construction and the information required to be gathered during construction having been received and reviewed by the Department and any changes in permit conditions such as maximum injection pressure, etc., have been determined.

(ii)Notification that all required corrections to other wells in the area of review are complete and have been received by the Department.

(iii)When a permit modification is necessary, the permittee has been issued a modified permit containing any change in permit conditions and has been informed in writing by the Department that injection may begin.

(iv)The permittee has been informed of any intention to inspect the well prior to operation.

Author: Curt Johnson, Thad Pittman, Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective June 10, 1982. Amended: October 10, 1984. Repealed and New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.8.12" level="3" title="Class V Well Permit Requirements">

A permit for any Class V well shall contain the following:

(a)Authorization to operate as follows:

1.Authorization to inject for a period not to exceed five (5) years.

2.Only the fluids and/or pollutants described in the original permit application or any subsequent permit application approved by the Department shall be injected.

3.If the permittee desires to continue operation of the well past the expiration date, at least 180 days prior to expiration of a permit the permittee shall submit an application for reissuance of the permit.

4.Applications for reissuance shall comply with Rule 335-6-8-.110, except that previously submitted information need not be submitted unless requested by the Department.

5.Permit reissuance procedures shall be in accordance with Rules 335-6-8-.087 and 335-6-8-.098.

6.The terms and conditions of an existing permit are automatically extended pending reissuance of thea new permit if the permittee has submitted a timely and complete application.

(b)Construction and maintenance requirements as follows:

1.The permittee shall properly construct operate and maintain treatment systems, injection well(s), monitoring well(s), sampling systems, and other related appurtenances which are installed or used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of the permit.

2.Treatment system structures, and electrical and mechanical equipment shall be protected from physical damage by the maximum expected one hundred (100) year flood. The treatment system shall remain fully operational, unless the flow of wastewater may be stored or eliminated, during a twenty-five (25) year flood. Treatment systems located in coastal areas subject to flooding by wave action shall be similarly protected from (100) year and twenty-five (25) year wave actions.

3.For the purposes of determining the bottom elevation of a subsurface fluid distribution system, an estimate of ground water elevation shall be obtained by a measurement of ground water levels, either during the months of February, March and April, or alternatively during the remaining months of the year. If measured during February, March or April, there shall be a minimum of five (5) feet of separation between the bottom elevation of a subsurface fluid distribution system and the estimate of ground water elevation. If measured during the other months of the year, there shall be a minimum of ten (10) feet of separation between the bottom elevation of a subsurface fluid distribution system and the estimate of ground water elevation. The Department may consider other separation distances based on a detailed hydrogeological evaluation of the site.

4.Department approval shall be obtained prior to constructing new wells, and modifying existing wells or surface structures.

5.When monitoring wells are required by the Department, an as built description and geologic log of the monitoring well(s) shall be obtained. The monitoring well(s) shall be completed and sampled prior to the use of the injection well.

(c)Monitoring and operating requirements as follows:

1.The permittee shall provide a method of obtaining grab and/or composite samples of fluids and/or pollutants after all treatment and prior to injection.

2.The permittee shall comply with applicable Federal and State hazardous waste management rules and regulations, and the permittee not inject any substance that is defined as hazardous or toxic by Federal or State laws or regulations or any substance not identified in the permit application. The proposed use of any substances other than those identified in the permit application must be reviewed and approved by the Department prior to use.

3.The permittee shall monitor injection(s) and monitoring well(s) as required by the Department.

4.When sampling is required by the Department, all sampling and analysis shall be in accordance with EPA approved methods and procedures in all cases where an approved method and procedure is in existence.

5.When EPA has not approved methods and procedures for any sampling and analysis required by this Chapter, the method and procedure shall be stated by reference or verbatim in the permit, administrative order, directive, or plugging and abandonment plan requiring the monitoring.

6.Calibration of meters and other instruments used in monitoring shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedure and frequency.

7.The permittee shall not exceed the limits that the Department has determined may cause, have reasonable potential to cause, or contribute to an exceedance of a narrative or numerical water quality standard for an individual fluid and/or pollutant.

8.The injection well shall function properly and, when required by the Department, fluids and/or pollutants shall not surface or saturate the uppermost soil layer.

9.When required by the Department, the permittee shall not operate any wastewater treatment plant unless the competency of the operator of such plant has been duly certified by the Department pursuant to the Alabama Water Pollution Control Act (AWPCA) and meets the requirements specified in Rule 335-10-1.

10.When allowed by the Department, the permittee may bypass the treatment facilities if the bypass does not cause an injection that exceeds the limits of the permit and the bypass is necessary for essential maintenance to ensure efficient operation.

11.When allowed by the Department, the permittee may exceed permit limits due to an upset if no later than 24 hours after becoming aware of the upset, the permittee reports the occurrence and circumstances of the upset to the Department and no later than five (5) days after becoming aware of the upset, the permittee furnishes the Department with evidence, including properly signed operating logs or other relevant evidence that an upset occurred; identification of the cause of the upset; the facility was being properly operated at the time of the upset; and the permittee took all reasonable steps to minimize and adverse impact on human health or the environment resulting from the upset.

12.When required by the Department, the permittee shall perform best management practices.

(d)Records, reports and submittals as follows:

1.The permittee shall retain all records concerning the data used to complete the permit application, the operation of the well, nature and composition of fluids and/or pollutants injected and ground water monitoring records for a period of at least three years from the date of the record(s), and shall deliver copies of any records to the Department if requested. Samples and measurements taken for monitoring, and records kept for documentation shall be representative of the activity monitored or documented. Records of monitoring information shall include:

(i)The date, exact place, and time of sampling or measurements;

(ii)The individual(s) who performed the sampling or measurements;

(iii)The date(s) analyses were performed;

(iv)The individual(s) who performed the analyses;

(v)The analytical techniques or methods used;

(vi)The results of such analyses.

2.When required by the Department, the permittee shall submit to the Department, monitoring reports summarizing the results from fluid and/or pollutant monitoring, and injection well operation monitoring, not later than 28 days after the reporting period specified in the permit.

3.All reports required to be submitted to the Department by the permit and other information requested by the Department shall include the certification in subparagraph (d) item 4. of this Rule signed by either the responsible official described in subparagraph (1)(n) of Rule 335-6-8-.1009, or a duly authorized representative of the responsible official. A person is a duly authorized representative only as follows:

(i)The authorization is made in writing by a person described in paragraph (1)(n) of Rule 335-6-8-.1009;

(ii)The authorization specifies either an individual or a position having responsibility for the overall operation of the regulated facility or activity;

(iii)The written authorization is submitted to the Department.

4.The certification required in subparagraph (d) item 3. of this Rule shall be as follows:

"I certify under penalty of law that I have personally examined and am familiar with the information submitted in this document and all attachments and that, based on my inquiry of those persons immediately responsible for obtaining the information contained in the document, I believe that the information is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment."

5.The permittee shall report to the Department any of the following:

(i)Any planned changes in the permitted facility or activity which may result in noncompliance with permit conditions;

(ii)Any planned transfer of ownership of the permitted facility by the person buying and the person selling the facility;

(iv)Compliance or noncompliance with interim and final requirements contained in any permit schedule of compliance within 14 days following each schedule date;

(v)Any relevant facts which the permittee becomes aware of which should have been submitted in a permit application, or corrections to incorrect data submitted in a permit application.

(e)Plugging and abandonment as follows:

1.The permittee shall notify the Department at least 180 days prior to well abandonment.

2.At least 90 days prior to abandonment, the permittee shall submit a plugging and abandonment plan to the Department which protects each USW from pollution by surface water and which prevents the movement of any pollutant or formation fluid from one USDW to another or from one formation to another and which isolates the injection zone.

3.Placement of cement may be by the Balance Method, Dump Bailer Method, the Two-Plug Method, or other method approved by the Department. Where required by the permit, the method to be used shall be approved by the Department prior to plugging. The well to be plugged shall be in a state of static equilibrium with the mud weight equalized top to bottom, either by circulating the mud in the well at least once or by a comparable method approved by the Department, prior to the placement of cement plugs.

4.When required by the Department, the permittee shall measure for the presence of contamination where it is most likely to be present at the site in accordance with procedures which are acceptable to the Department. In selecting sample types, sample locations, and measurement methods, the permittee shall consider the method of plugging and abandonment, the nature of the fluid and/or pollutant injected, the depth to ground water, and other factors appropriate for identifying the presence of contamination. A report of the findings shall be submitted to the Department within 45 days of initiating the plugging and abandonment.

5.If contaminated soils and/or contaminated ground water is discovered as a result of subparagraph 4. of this Rule, or by any other manner, the permittee shall submit a corrective action plan. Department approval of the plan shall be obtained before beginning aquifer cleanup procedures and ground water monitoring at the site.

6.Other precautions or actions may be required if deemed necessary by the Department to protect or restore a USDW.

(f)Permit modification, revocation, suspension, and termination as follows:

1.Permits may be modified, suspended, revoked, or terminated either at the request of any interested person (including the permittee) or upon the Department's initiative for any of the reasons specified below. All requests shall be in writing and shall contain facts or reasons supporting the request. The filing of a request for a permit modification, revocation and reissuance, or termination; or a notification of planned changes or anticipated noncompliance, does not stay any permit condition.

(i)Violation of any provision of the permit or the Chapter has occurred;

(ii)Information submitted for the purpose of obtaining the permit or influencing the permit conditions is found to be misrepresented, materially false or inaccurate;

(iii)Errors in calculations, typographical errors or clerical errors are found in the permit application or other information submitted for the purpose of obtaining a permit which materially affects permit conditions;

(iv)The Department has reason to believe that the permitting activity has resulted in pollution of an USDW or surface water or that pollution of a USDW or surface water is imminent;

(v)New information becomes known to the Department which, if available at the time the permit was issued, would have influenced the permitting decision or permit conditions;

(vi)Failure to meet conditions specified in the schedule of compliance contained in the permit;

(vii)New rules or regulations are promulgated which have a bearing upon the permitted operations;

(viii)Any other information not available at the time of permitting which may have a bearing upon the permitted operations;

(ix)The ownership of the facility is transferred to another person.

2.Modification, revocation, suspension, or termination of a permit shall not relieve the permittee of his responsibility to properly abandon the injection well.

3.If the Department tentatively decides to terminate a permit, the Department shall issue a notice of intent to terminate.

(g)General provisions as follows:

1.Any permittee authorized by permit to construct or operate an injection well shall allow access to their property and records by a duly authorized representative of the Department for the purpose of routine or other inspections and shall allow copying of records by a duly authorized representative of the Department. The duly authorized representative of the Department shall also be allowed to sample the fluids and/or pollutants to be injected, the processes and wastewater streams associated with the permitted well, and the monitoring wells.

2.When required by the Department, the permittee shall maintain financial resources in compliance with subparagraph (1)(g) of Rule 335-6-8-.110 and furnish proof of this financial capability to the Department prior to beginning construction.

3.The permit shall not convey any property rights of any sort, or any exclusive privilege.

4.The permittee shall comply with all conditions in the permit.

5.The permittee shall halt or reduce injection if needed to maintain compliance with the conditions of the permit.

6.The permittee shall take all reasonable steps to minimize or correct any adverse impact on the environment resulting from noncompliance with the permit.

Author: Curt Johnson, Thad Pittman, Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective June 10, 1982. Amended: October 10, 1984. Repealed and New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.8.13" level="3" title="Technical Submittals And Other Reports To The Department">

(1)Studies, engineering reports, plans and specifications, plugging and abandonment plans, well logs, drilling logs, and other technical submittals required by this Chapter involve the practice of engineering and/or land surveying, as those terms are defined in Code of Ala. 1975, as amended, &#167;&#167;34-11-1 to 34-11-37; and/or the practice of geology, as that term is defined in Code of Ala. 1975, as amended, &#167;&#167;34-41-1 to 34-41-24. It is the responsibility of any person preparing or submitting such submissions to ensure compliance with these laws and any regulations promulgated thereunder, as may be required by the State Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors and/or the Alabama Board of Licensure for Professional Geologists. All submissions, or parts thereof, which are required by State law to be prepared by a licensed engineer, land surveyor, or geologist, must include the engineer's, land surveyor's, and/or geologist's signature and/or seal, as required by the applicable licensure laws.

(2)Technical submittals and other reports, other than permit applications, shall include the certification in subparagraph (d) item 4. of Rule 335-6-8-.132 and the signature of the responsible official described in subparagraph (1)(n) of Rule 335-6-8-.1009, or a duly authorized representative of the responsible official in accordance with item 3. of Rule 335-6-8-.132.

Author: Curt Johnson, Thad Pittman, Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective June 10, 1982. Amended: October 10, 1984. Repealed and New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.8.14" level="3" title="Coordination With EPA">

Copies of permit applications, permits, inspection reports, monitoring reports, and compilations of various other information concerning the UIC program shall be submitted to EPA by the Department in accordance with Federal regulations and/or State/EPA UIC Memorandum of Agreement.

Author: Curt Johnson, Thad Pittman, Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective June 10, 1982. Amended: October 10, 1984. Repealed and New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002.

<regElement name="335.6.8.15" level="3" title="Confidentiality">

The public shall have access to applications, public notices, fact sheets, draft, generic and final permits and written comments on these documents. Other permit related forms shall not be released to the extent that they contain confidential information. Information determined to be data describing fluids and/or pollutants injected or to be injected shall not be classified confidential. Any trade secret information shall be classified as confidential information. All matters involving public access to information and protection of confidential information shall be handled in accordance with Chapter 335-6-1.

Author: Curt Johnson, Thad Pittman, Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective June 10, 1982. Amended: October 10, 1984. Repealed and New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-6-9" level="2" title="SURFACE MINING RULES">

<regElement name="335.6.9.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

This Chapter is promulgated in order to protect, maintain and improve the quality of waters of the state and to provide for the prevention, abatement and control of new or existing water pollution associated with surface mining operations.

Author: Joe Myers

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

Effective: June 10, 1982. Amended: October 10, 1984.

<regElement name="335.6.9.02" level="3" title="Definitions">

The following words and phrases, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context, shall have the following meanings:

(a) "advance prospecting" shall mean the removal of overburden for the purpose of determining the location, quality or quantity of a natural deposit in an area not to exceed two acres per forty acre tract.

(b) "discharge" shall mean any addition of any pollution to any stream.

(c)"non-point source pollution" shall mean sources, other than point sources, from which pollution is or may be added to any stream.

(d) "NPDES Rules" shall mean applicable National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Rules of the Department.

(e) "overburden" shall mean the strata or material overlying a natural deposit of coal, lignite, bauxite, gravel, gold, marble, or any other mineral in its natural state, and shall mean such strata or material both before and after its removal by surface mining.

(f) "pit" shall mean any tract of land from which overburden has been or is being removed for the purpose of surface mining.

(g) "point source pollution" shall mean any discernible, confined and discrete conveyance, including but not limited to any pipe, ditch, channel, tunnel, conduit or well from which pollution is or may be added to any stream.

(h) "sedimentation basin, settling pond or collection pool" shall mean any natural or artificial structure, depression or body of water into which waters used in any phase of the mineral washing process are discharged for treatment, to include solids removal, pH adjustment or other necessary operations.

(i)"stream" shall mean any body of water having a drainage area in excess of one square mile.

(j)"surface mining" shall mean all or any part of the process of recovering coal, lignite, iron, clay, sand, bauxite, gravel, ores, gold, marble or any other material or mineral by removal of such mineral from the surface or by removal or displacement of the strata or material which overlies such mineral deposits in its natural condition, and shall include but not be limited to the open-pit or open-cut method, the auger method and the highwall mining method. As used in this Chapter, "surface mining" shall not be interpreted to include dredging operations or advance prospecting.

(k) "surface mining operation" shall mean all of the premises, facilities, roads and equipment used for the process of surface mining in a designated area.

(l) "surface mining operator" shall mean any person, firm, corporation or partnership engaged in or controlling a surface mining operation including any agent or independent contractor engaged in surface mining under a contract with such person, firm, corporation or partnership.

Author: Joe Myers

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: June 10, 1974. Amended: January 10, 1981; October 10, 1984.

<regElement name="335.6.9.03" level="3" title="Pollution Abatement And/Or Prevention Plan">

(1) All surface mining operations shall be conducted in such a manner as to minimize their impact on water quality to avoid contravention of applicable water quality standards. To this end, all surface mine operators shall provide the Department with a pollution abatement and/or prevention plan.

(2) The pollution abatement and/or prevention plan shall be prepared and certified by a registered professional engineer, licensed to practice engineering in the State of Alabama, as required by Chapter 335-6-3, and shall be submitted in a format acceptable to the Department's staff. The plan shall include, as a minimum, the following:

(a) name and address of the operator and a legal description of the area to be mined.

(b) general information, including name and affiliation of company, number of employees, product(s) to be mined, hours of operation and water supply and disposition.

(c) topographic map showing location of mine, preparation plant, settling basin and all wastewater discharge points.

(d) method and plan for diverting surface water runoff from operational areas and mineral and refuse storage piles.

(e) narrative account of operation(s) explaining and/or defining raw materials, processes and products. Blockline or schematic diagrams indicating points of waste origin and its collection and disposal shall be included.

(f) quantity and characteristics of waste after treatment with respect to flow, suspended solids, total iron and pH.

(g) description of waste treatment facilities, pretreatment measures and recovery systems including expected life of sedimentation basins and schedules for cleaning or proper abandonment of such basins. If earthen sedimentation basins are a portion of the treatment scheme, plans for the construction of these facilities should meet minimum construction criteria as found in the Guidelines in Appendix A.

(h) a plan to eliminate or minimize sediment and other pollutants from haul roads must be included and should meet minimum design criteria as established by the Guidelines in Appendix B.

(i) location of all streams in or adjacent to the mining area and those measures which will be taken to minimize the impact on water quality when the mining operation is located in close proximity to such streams. Such measures may include but not be limited to setbacks, buffer strips or screens.

(j) those measures to be employed to minimize the effect of any non-point source pollution which may be generated as a result of the surface mining operation.

(k) all pollution abatement facilities must be certified by the design engineer as being constructed in accordance with the approved plans.

(l) the applicant shall specify if the proposed mining operation is to be constructed in the watershed of an impoundment classified as a public water supply or a direct tributary thereon.

(m) the Department shall publish, and revise as necessary, guidelines which shall be the basis for formulating pollution abatement and/or prevention plans required by this Chapter.

(n) any other information required for NPDES permit applications under applicable NPDES Rules.

Author: Joe Myers

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: June 14, 1974. Amended: January 13, 1978; October 19, 1979; January 10, 1981; October 10, 1984.

<regElement name="335.6.9.04" level="3" title="Acceptance Of Plan">

Upon review of the plan required in Rule 335-6-9-.03, the Department shall notify the operator, in writing, of the acceptance or rejection of his plan. If such plan is accepted, the Department shall issue a permit to conduct the mining operation and operate any waste treatment facility required in the plan. If such plan is not accepted, the applicant shall be advised of the reasons of such rejection.

Author: Joe Myers

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective : June 14, 1974. Amended: January 10, 1981; October 10, 1984.

<regElement name="335.6.9.05" level="3" title="Permit Required">

(1) All surface mining operations must have an NPDES permit issued by the Department pursuant to this Chapter. Such permits shall conform with, and be issued in accordance with, NPDES Rules.

(2) The permit to conduct any surface mining operation shall be based on a determination by the Department that the pollution abatement and/or prevention plan and accompanying data submitted by the applicant is adequate to provide for protection of water quality in and adjacent to the area of operations and the pollution abatement and/or prevention plan and any amendments or modifications thereto shall become a part of the permit upon its acceptance.

(3) Any waste treatment facility required in the pollution abatement and/or prevention plan shall be specifically identified in the permit and any special conditions applicable to the operation of such facilities shall be included.

(4) Effluent limitations, for point source pollution, monitoring requirements and compliance schedules, if necessary for each applicant, will be specified in the permit conditions.

(5) Permits issued pursuant to this Rule shall be valid for a period of five years from the date of issuance, unless suspended, modified or revoked.

Author: Joe Myers

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: June 14, 1974. Amended: January 13, 1978; October 19, 1979; January 10, 1981; October 10, 1984.

<regElement name="335.6.9.06" level="3" title="Special Limitations">

(1) No operator shall conduct his operation in such a manner as to place, or cause to be placed into a stream, soil, rock, trees, overburden or any other debris or material associated with mining operations.

(2) No untreated wastewater from a mineral preparation plant, washing operation or contaminated surface runoff from mineral storage piles or refuse piles shall be discharged into any stream.

(3) All water which is used to wash coal, gravel or other minerals shall be directed to specially constructed sedimentation basins or abandoned mines. The location and construction of such basins and/or the utilization of any abandoned mine for disposal, must be approved by the Department.

(4) No earthen sedimentation basin utilized in conjunction with mining operations shall be abandoned without staff approval or without release of all reclamation bonds by either the Alabama Surface Mining Commission or the Alabama Department of Industrial Relations. The Department staff shall be notified in writing of the intent to either abandon, reclaim or permanently leave sediment ponds with such notification including those measures to be taken by the operator to comply with this Chapter.

(5) In no event shall effluent limitations applicable to any waste treatment facility be less stringent than any applicable state law, rule, interim rule, guideline, or interim guideline, or any federal law, regulation, interim regulation, guideline or interim guideline, whichever is the more stringent, which is in effect at the time permit conditions for such facilities are derived.

Author: Joe Myers

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: June 14, 1974. Amended: January 13, 1978; January 10, 1981; October 10, 1984.

<regElement name="335.6.9.07" level="3" title="Setbacks">

(1) All setbacks established under Alabama Law are incorporated by reference.

(2) Setbacks on other water courses shall be determined as necessary to protect water quality.

Author: Joe Myers

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: June 14, 1974. Amended: January 13, 1978; January 10, 1981; October 10, 1984.

<regElement name="335.6.9.08" level="3" title="Implementation">

(1) Applicants who wish to begin a new operation shall comply with the provisions of this Chapter prior to commencing such operation.

(2) Those surface mining operators currently holding valid waste discharge permits for mineral preparation or washing facilities or surface mining permits, as issued by the Alabama Water Improvement Commission, need not apply for a new permit for such facilities until notified of any necessary revisions, deletions, additions or other changes needed to bring such permits in compliance with this Chapter.

Author: Joe Myers

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: June 14, 1974. Amended: January 13, 1978; January 10, 1981; October 10, 1984.

GUIDELINES FOR MINIMIZING THE EFFECTS OF SURFACE MINING

AND SURFACE EFFECTS OF UNDERGROUND MINING ON WATER QUALITY

Recognizing that there are wide variations in the circumstances and conditions surrounding and arising out of the strip mining and underground mining processes, such variables include but not limited to topography, climatic conditions, location of material deposits and soil types, the rules adopted by the Department are of a broad, general nature. They have been designed to provide flexibility to both the Department and the mine operator in preparing a plan of operation with each plan being tailored to a specific set of conditions. The following guidelines should be used as minimum criteria in formulating any pollution abatement and/or prevention plan required by Rule 335-6-9-.03 adopted by the Department and for any plan which the technical staff may require to minimize the surface effects of underground mining on water quality.

APPENDIX A

Sedimentation Controls

(1) Pollution abatement facilities should be designed and constructed so as to control both spoil runoff and pit drainage.

(2) Pit drainage and spoil runoff should be diverted through the sedimentation basin by means of diversion ditches or normal drainage patterns. In cases where it is not practical to use this system, then natural vegetation, vegetative windrows, hay berms, earthen berms or other equally effective systems may be utilized.

(3) The sediment basin should have a minimum capacity to store 0.25 acre feet/acre of disturbed area in the drainage area. The basin shall be cleaned out when the sediment accumulation approaches 60 percent of the design capacity. All trees, boulders and other obstructions must be removed from the basin during the initial construction phase to facilitate clean-out.

(4) The dam for the sediment basin should be designed and built using the following as minimum criteria:

(a) the top of the dam should be no less than 12 feet wide.

(b) the slope on either side of the dam should be no steeper than 3:1.

(c)the dam should be constructed wide a cutoff trench at least 8 feet wide. The side slopes should be no less than 1:1. The cutoff trench shall be located on the dam centerline and be of sufficient depth (not less than 2 feet) to extend into a relatively impervious layer of soil or to bedrock and shall be filled with a relatively impervious material from which the core of the dam shall be constructed.

(d) the entire embankment and cutoff trench shall be compacted to 95 percent density, based on standard proctor as outlined in ASTM.

(e) the material placed in the embankment should be free to sod, roots, stones over 6 inches in diameter and other objectionable materials. The fill material should be placed and spread over the entire fill area, starting at the lowest point of the foundation, in layers not to exceed 12 inches in thickness. Construction of the fill should be undertaken only at such times that the moisture content of the fill material will permit satisfactory compaction in accordance with subparagraph (4)(d) above.

(f) the spillpipe should be seized to adequately carry the expected peak flow from a one-year frequency storm.

(g) the spillpipes should be made of a material capable of withstanding chemical reactions caused by the quality of the water being discharged.

(h) the spillpipe should be equipped with a device, or constructed, such to ensure that subsurface withdrawal is accomplished in order to ensure that no floating solids are discharged.

(i) the spillpipes should be equipped with anti-seep collars at each joint which radiate at least 2 feet from the pipe in all directions. The collars and their connections to the pipe should be watertight.

(j) a splash pad or riprap should be placed under the discharge of the spillpipe, or the location of the discharge set, so as to ensure that the discharge does not erode the dam.

(k) the emergency spillway should be designed to safely carry the expected peak flow from a 25 year, 24 hour storm or shorter duration. When designing spillways that are in the drainage course of a public water supply, then 50 years, 24 hour or shorter duration data should be used. The slope of the entrance and exit to the emergency overflow should not exceed 3 percent. The emergency overflow should be constructed with a control section at least 20 feet long. The side slopes of the emergency overflow should not be steeper than 2:1. The emergency overflow should be riprapped or concreted in order to prevent erosion.

(l) there should be a minimum of 1 1/2 feet of freeboard between the normal overflow and the emergency overflow. There should be at least 1 1/2 feet of freeboard between the maximum design flow elevation in the emergency overflow and the top of the dam.

(m) if basins are built in series, then the emergency overflow for each should be designed to accommodate the entire drainage area.

(n)the dam should be sowed with both perennial and annual grasses in order to ensure erosion is minimized. Hay bails or riprap should be placed at the toe of the dam immediately upon completion of construction.

(5) Areas in which surface mined minerals are stockpiled, and areas in which refuse resulting from any type of mining operation is or has been deposited, should be provided with diversion ditches or other appropriate methods of intercepting surface water in such a way as to minimize the possibility of sediment laden, acidic or toxic waters from such areas, being deposited into a stream.

APPENDIX B

Haul Roads

(1) In order to minimize sediment from haul roads:

(a) no sustained grade should exceed 10 percent;

(b) the maximum grade should not exceed 15 percent for 300 feet;

(c) there should not be more than 300 feet of 15 percent maximum grade for each 1,000 feet of road constructed;

(d) the haul road, wherever possible, should be located so that runoff from the road enters a sediment basin constructed for the mining operation.

(e) outer slopes for haul roads out of the permitted area should not be steeper than 2:1 and should be seeded with annual and perennial grasses with at least 80 percent cover to avoid erosion. Where this is not possible, basins, hay filters or diversion ditches should be cut, built or placed to intercept runoff. Details outlining control measures must be included with the abatement plan.

(2) Stream crossings should be avoided; however, any crossings which are necessary and which meet technical staff approval should be detailed with drawings and any other pertinent data in the pollution abatement plan, using best engineering practices.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-6-10" level="2" title="WATER QUALITY CRITERIA">

<regElement name="335.6.10.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

(1)Title 22, Section 22-22-1 et seq., Code of Ala. 1975, includes as its purpose "to conserve the waters of the State and to protect, maintain and improve the quality thereof for public water supplies, for the propagation of wildlife, fish and aquatic life and for domestic, agricultural, industrial, recreational and other legitimate beneficial uses; to provide for the prevention, abatement and control of new or existing water pollution; and to cooperate with other agencies of the State, agencies of other states and the federal government in carrying out these objectives."

(2)Water quality criteria, covering all legitimate water uses, provide the tools and means for determining the manner in which waters of the State may be best utilized, provide a guide for determining waste treatment requirements, and provide the basis for standards of quality for State waters and portions thereof. Water quality criteria are not intended to freeze present uses of water, nor to exclude other uses not now possible. They are not a device to insure the lowest common denominator of water quality, but to encourage prudent use of the State's water resources and to enhance their quality and productivity commensurate with the stated purpose of Title 22, Section 22-22-1 et seq., Code of Ala. 1975.

(3)Water quality criteria herein set forth have been developed by the Commission for those uses of surface waters known and expected to exist over the State. They are based on present scientific knowledge, experience and judgment. Characteristics or parameters included in the criteria are those of fundamental significance to a determination of water quality and are those which are and can be routinely monitored and compared to data that are generally available. It is the intent that these criteria will be applied only after reasonable opportunity for mixture of wastes with receiving waters has been afforded. The reasonableness of the opportunity for mixture of wastes and receiving waters shall be judged on the basis of the physical characteristics of the receiving waters and approval by the Department of the method in which the discharge is physically made.

Author: James E. McIndoe

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: May 5, 1967. Amended: June 19, 1967. Amended: July 17, 1972. Amended: February 26, 1973. Amended: May 30, 1977. Amended: December 19, 1977. Amended: February 4, 1981. Amended: Filed January 26, 1990; Effective March 2, 1990. Amended: Filed February 27, 1991; Effective April 3, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.10.02" level="3" title="Definitions"> <dwc name="radioact" times="1">

(1)"Commission" means the Environmental Management Commission, established by the Environmental Management Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16.

(2)"Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, established by the Alabama Environmental Management Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16.

(3)"Existing uses" means those legitimate beneficial uses of a water body attained in fact on or after November 28, l975, whether or not they are included as classified uses in ADEM Administrative Code Rule 335-6-11-.02.

(4)"Industrial waste" means liquid or other wastes resulting from any process of industry, manufacture, trade or business or from the development of natural resources.

(5)"NPDES" means National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System.

(6)"Other wastes" means all other substances, whether liquid, gaseous or solid, from all other sources including, but not limited to, any vessels, or other conveyances traveling or using the waters of this State, except industrial wastes or sewage, which may cause pollution of any waters of the State.

(7)"Pollutant" includes but is not limited to dredged spoil, solid waste, incinerator residue, filter backwash, sewage, garbage, sewage sludge, munitions, chemical wastes, biological materials, radioactive materials, heat, wrecked or discarded equipment, rock, sand, cellar dirt and industrial, municipal, and agricultural waste discharged into water. Pollutant does not mean (a) sewage from vessels; or (b) water, gas, or other material which is injected into a well to facilitate production of oil or gas, or water derived in association with oil or gas production and disposed of in a well, if the well used either to facilitate production or for disposal purposes is approved by authority of the State, and if the Department determines that such injection or disposal will not result in the degradation of ground or surface water resources.

(8)"Pollution" means the discharge of a pollutant or combination of pollutants.

(9)"Sewage" means water-carried human wastes from residences, buildings, industrial establishments or other places including, but not limited to, any vessels, or other conveyances traveling or using the waters of this State, together with such ground, surface, storm or other waters as may be present.

(10)"State waters" or "waters of the State" means all waters of any river, stream, watercourse, pond, lake, coastal, or surface water, wholly or partially within the State, natural or artificial. This does not include waters which are entirely confined and retained completely upon the property of a single individual, partnership or corporation unless such waters are used in interstate commerce.

Author: James E. McIndoe

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: May 5, 1967. Amended: June 19, 1967. Amended: July 17, 1972. Amended: February 26, 1973. Amended: May 30, 1977. Amended: December 19, 1977. Amended: February 4, 1981. Amended: Filed January 26, 1990; effective March 2, 1990. Amended: Filed February 27, 1991; effective April 3, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.10.03" level="3" title="Water Use Classifications">

(1)Outstanding Alabama Water

(2)Public Water Supply

(3)Swimming and Other Whole Body Water-Contact Sports

(4)Shellfish Harvesting

(5)Fish and Wildlife

(6)Limited Warmwater Fishery

(7)Agricultural and Industrial Water Supply

Author: James E. McIndoe

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: May 5, 1967. Amended: June 19, 1967. Amended: July 17, 1972. Amended: February 26, 1973. Amended: May 30, 1977. Amended: December 19, 1977. Amended: February 4, 1981. Amended: Filed November 25, 1992; effective December 30, 1992. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="335.6.10.04" level="3" title="Antidegradation Policy">

(1)The purpose and intent of the water quality standards is to conserve the waters of the State of Alabama and to protect, maintain and improve the quality thereof for public water supplies, for the propagation of wildlife, fish and aquatic life, and for domestic, agricultural, industrial, recreational and other legitimate beneficial uses; and to provide for the prevention, abatement and control of new or existing water pollution.

(2)Existing instream water uses and the level of water quality necessary to protect the existing uses shall be maintained and protected. Uses and the water quality to support such uses were established through public participation in the initial establishment, and periodic review, of water quality standards. Should the Department determine that an existing use is not encompassed in the classification of a waterbody, that use shall be recognized.

(3)Where the quality of the waters exceed levels necessary to support propagation of fish, shellfish, and wildlife and recreation in and on the water, that quality shall be maintained and protected, except that a new or increased discharge of pollutants may be allowed, after intergovernmental coordination and public participation pursuant to applicable permitting and management processes, when the person proposing the new or increased discharge of pollutants demonstrates that the proposed discharge is necessary for important economic or social development. In such cases, water quality adequate to protect existing uses fully shall be maintained. All new and existing point source discharges shall be subject to the highest statutory and regulatory requirements, and nonpoint source discharges shall use best management practices adequate to protect water quality consistent with the Department's nonpoint source control program.

(4)Where high quality waters constitute an outstanding National resource, such as waters of national and state parks and wildlife refuges and waters of exceptional recreational or ecological significance, that water quality shall be maintained and protected.

(5)Developments constituting a new or increased source of thermal pollution shall assure that such release will not impair the propagation of a balanced indigenous population of fish and aquatic life.

(6)In applying these policies and requirements, the State of Alabama will recognize and protect the interests of the federal government. Toward this end the Department will consult and cooperate with the Environmental Protection Agency on all matters affecting the federal interest.

Author: James E. McIndoe

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: May 5, 1967. Amended: June 19, 1967. Amended: July 17, 1972. Amended: February 26, 1973. Amended: May 30, 1977. Amended: December 19, 1977. Amended: February 4, 1981. Amended: Filed January 26, 1990; effective March 2, 1990. Amended: Filed February 27, 1991; effective April 3, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.10.05" level="3" title="General Conditions Applicable To All Water Quality Criteria">

(1)The quality of any waters receiving sewage, industrial wastes or other wastes, regardless of their use, shall be such as will not cause the best usage of any other waters to be adversely affected by such sewage, industrial wastes or other wastes.

(2)Tests or analytical procedures to determine compliance or noncompliance with water quality criteria shall be in accordance with the methods specified in 40 CFR 136.3 (1990). Where other tests or analytical procedures are found to be more applicable and satisfactory, these may be used upon acceptance and approval by the Department.

(3)In making any tests or analytical determinations to determine compliance or noncompliance with water quality criteria, samples shall be collected in such manner and at such locations approved by a duly authorized representative of the Department as being representative of the receiving waters after reasonable opportunity for dilution and mixture with the wastes discharged thereto. Mixing zones, i.e., that portion of the receiving waters where mixture of effluents and natural waters take place, shall not preclude passage of free-swimming and drifting aquatic organisms to the extent that their populations are significantly affected.

(4)Natural waters may, on occasion, have characteristics outside of the limits established by these criteria. The criteria contained herein relate to the condition of waters as affected by the discharge of sewage, industrial wastes or other wastes, not to conditions resulting from natural forces.

(5)All waters, where attainable, shall be suitable for recreation in and on the waters during the months of June through September except that recreational use is not recommended in the vicinity of discharges or other conditions which the Department or the Department of Public Health does not control.

(6)Where necessary to attain compliance with a new water quality standard, existing permits for the discharge of wastewaters shall be modified or reissued to limit the discharge of a substance causing or contributing to the failure of a water of the state to meet the new standard. Compliance with the modified limit shall be required as soon as practical, but in all cases within three years of the adoption of the new standard.

Author: James E. McIndoe

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: May 5, 1967. Amended: June 19, 1967. Amended: July 17, 1972. Amended: February 26, 1973. Amended: May 30, 1977. Amended: December 19, 1977. Amended: February 4, 1981. Amended: Filed January 26, 1990; effective March 2, 1990. Amended: Filed February 27, 1991; effective April 3, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.10.06" level="3" title="Minimum Conditions Applicable To All State Waters">

The following minimum conditions are applicable to all State waters, at all places and at all times, regardless of their uses:

(a)State waters shall be free from substances attributable to sewage, industrial wastes or other wastes that will settle to form bottom deposits which are unsightly, putrescent or interfere directly or indirectly with any classified water use.

(b)State waters shall be free from floating debris, oil, scum, and other floating materials attributable to sewage, industrial wastes or other wastes in amounts sufficient to be unsightly or interfere directly or indirectly with any classified water use.

(c)State waters shall be free from substances attributable to sewage, industrial wastes or other wastes in concentrations or combinations which are toxic or harmful to human, animal or aquatic life to the extent commensurate with the designated usage of such waters.

Author: James E. McIndoe

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: May 5, 1967. Amended: June 19, 1967. Amended: July 17, 1972. Amended: February 26, 1973. Amended: May 30, 1977. Amended: December 19, 1977. Amended: February 4, 1981.

<regElement name="335.6.10.07" level="3" title="Toxic Pollutant Criteria Applicable To State Waters"> <dwc name="antimoni" times="1"><dwc name="arsen" times="1"><dwc name="asbesto" times="1"><dwc name="cadmium" times="2"><dwc name="chromium" times="3"><dwc name="copper" times="2"><dwc name="cyanid" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="2"><dwc name="mercuri" times="1"><dwc name="selenium" times="1"><dwc name="thallium" times="1"><dwc name="benzen" times="1"><dwc name="carbon tetrachlorid" times="1"><dwc name="chlordan" times="1"><dwc name="chlorobenzen" times="1"><dwc name="methylen chlorid" times="1"><dwc name="dioxin" times="1"><dwc name="tcdd" times="1"><dwc name="endrin" times="2"><dwc name="ethylbenzen" times="1"><dwc name="heptachlor" times="2"><dwc name="heptachlor epoxid" times="1"><dwc name="hexachlorobenzen" times="1"><dwc name="hexachlorocyclopentadien" times="1"><dwc name="pcb" times="7"><dwc name="pentachlorophenol" times="2"><dwc name="tetrachloroethylen" times="1"><dwc name="toluen" times="1"><dwc name="toxaphen" times="1"><dwc name="trichloroethylen" times="1"><dwc name="vinyl chlorid" times="1">

(1)The U. S. Environmental Protection Agency has listed the chemical constituents given in Table 1 as toxic pollutants pursuant to Section 307(a)(1) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA). Concentrations of these toxic pollutants in State waters shall not exceed the criteria indicated in Table 1 to the extent commensurate with the designated usage of such waters.

(a)The freshwater and marine aquatic life criteria for certain of the pollutants are dependent on hardness or pH. For these pollutants, the criteria are given by the following equations.

1.Cadmium

(i)freshwater acute aquatic life:

conc. (µg/l) = e(1.128[ln(hardness in mg/l as CaCO3)]-3.828) (Eq. 1)

(ii)freshwater chronic aquatic life:

conc. (µg/l) = e(0.7852[ln(hardness in mg/l as CaCO3)]-3.490) (Eq. 2)

2.Chromium (trivalent)

(i)freshwater acute aquatic life:

conc. (µg/l) = e(0.8190[ln(hardness in mg/l as CaCO3)]+3.688) (Eq. 3)

(ii)freshwater chronic aquatic life:

conc. (µg/l) = e(0.8190[ln(hardness in mg/l as CaCO3)]+1.561) (Eq. 4)

3.Copper

(i)freshwater acute aquatic life:

conc. (µg/l) = e(0.9422[ln(hardness in mg/l as CaCO3)]-1.464) (Eq. 5)

(ii)freshwater chronic aquatic life:

conc. (µg/l) = e(0.8545[ln(hardness in mg/l as CaCO3)]-1.465) (Eq. 6)

4.Lead

(i)freshwater acute aquatic life:

conc. (µg/l) = e(1.273[ln(hardness in mg/l as CaCO3)]-1.460) (Eq. 7)

(ii)freshwater chronic aquatic life:

conc. (µg/l) = e(1.273[ln(hardness in mg/l as CaCO3)]-4.705) (Eq. 8)

5.Nickel

(i)freshwater acute aquatic life:

conc. (µg/l) = e(0.8460[ln(hardness in mg/l as CaCO3)]+3.3612) (Eq. 9)

(ii)freshwater chronic aquatic life:

conc. (µg/l) = e(0.8460[ln(hardness in mg/l as CaCO3)]+1.1645) (Eq. 10)

6.Pentachlorophenol

(i)freshwater acute aquatic life:

conc. (µg/l) = e[1.005(pH)-4.830] (Eq. 11)

(ii)freshwater chronic aquatic life:

conc. (µg/l) = e[1.005(pH)-5.290] (Eq. 12)

7.Silver

(i)freshwater acute aquatic life:

conc. (µg/l) = e(1.72[ln(hardness in mg/l as CaCO3)]-6.52) (Eq. 13)

8.Zinc

(i)freshwater acute aquatic life:

conc. (µg/l) = e(0.8473[ln(hardness in mg/l as CaCO3)]+0.8604) (Eq. 14)

(ii)freshwater chronic aquatic life:

conc. (µg/l) = e(0.8473[ln(hardness in mg/l as CaCO3)]+0.7614) (Eq. 15)

(b)The marine aquatic life criteria apply only to interstate and coastal waters of the Mobile River - Mobile Bay Basin and interstate and coastal waters of the Perdido River Basin, as identified in Rule 335-6-11-.02 of the Department's regulations. The acute aquatic life criteria apply to all waters o the State. The chronic aquatic life criteria apply only to waters classified Outstanding Alabama Water, Public Water Supply, Swimming and Other Whole Body Water-Contact Sports, Shellfish Harvesting, Fish and Wildlife, and Limited Warmwater Fishery, as identified in Rule 335-6-11-.02 of the Department's regulations.

(c)For the purpose of establishing effluent limitations pursuant to Chapter 335-6-6 of the Department's regulations, the minimum 7-day low flow that occurs once in 10 years (7Q10) shall be the basis for applying the chronic aquatic life criteria, except as noted in Rule 335-6-10-.09(6), and the minimum 1-day low flow that occurs once in 10 years (1Q10) shall be the basis for applying the acute aquatic life criteria; except that where a permit specifies a minimum flow greater than 7Q10, the specified minimum flow may be used as the basis for applying the acute and chronic aquatic life criteria for that permit.

(d)Except as noted in Table 1, two human health criteria are provided for each pollutant--a criterion for consumption of water and fish, and a criterion for consumption of fish only. For certain pollutants, the human health criterion for consumption of water and fish may represent a maximum contaminant level (MCL) developed under the Safe Drinking Water Act.

1.For pollutants classified by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency as non-carcinogens, the criteria shall be given by the following equations, except where numeric values are given in Table 1.

(i)Consumption of water and fish:

conc. (mg/l) = (HBW x RfD)/[(FCR x BCF) + WCR](Eq. 16)

(ii)Consumption of fish only:

conc. (mg/l) = (HBW x RfD)/(FCR x BCF)(Eq. 17)

where:HBW = human body weight, set at 70 kg

RfD = reference dose, in mg/(kg-day)

FCR = fish consumption rate, set at 0.030 kg/day

BCF = bioconcentration factor, in l/kg

WCR = water consumption rate, set at 2 l/day

(iii)The values used for the reference dose (RfD) shall be values available through the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS), and values used for the bioconcentration factor (BCF) shall be values contained in ambient water quality criteria documents published by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, except where other values are established pursuant to subparagraph (1)(g). The RfD and BCF values for specific pollutants are provided in Appendix A.

2.For pollutants classified by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency as carcinogens, the criteria shall be given by the following equations, except where numeric values are given in Table 1.

(i)Consumption of water and fish:

conc. (mg/l) = (HBW x RL)/(CPF x [(FCR x BCF) + WCR])(Eq. 18)

(ii)Consumption of fish only:

conc. (mg/l) = (HBW x RL)/(CPF x FCR x BCF)(Eq. 19)

where:HBW = human body weight, set at 70 kg

RL = risk level, set at 1 x 10-5

CPF = cancer potency factor, in (kg-day)/mg

FCR = fish consumption rate, set at 0.030 kg/day

BCF = bioconcentration factor, in l/kg

WCR = water consumption rate, set at 2 l/day

(iii)The values used for the cancer potency factor (CPF) shall be values available through the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS), and values used for the bioconcentration factor (BCF) shall be values contained in ambient water quality criteria documents published by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, except where other values are established pursuant to subparagraph (1)(g). The CPF and BCF values for specific pollutants are provided in Appendix A.

(e)The criteria given in Table 1 for consumption of water and fish, or computed from equation 16 or equation 18 for consumption of water and fish, shall apply only to those waters of the State classified Public Water Supply, as identified in Rule 335-6-11-.02 of the Department's regulations. The criteria given in Table 1 for consumption of fish only, or computed from equation 17 or equation 19 for consumption of fish only, shall apply to all waters of the State.

(f)For the purposes of establishing effluent limitations pursuant to Chapter 335-6-6 of the Department's regulations, the minimum 7-day low flow that occurs once in 10 years (7Q10) shall be the basis for applying the human health criteria for pollutants classified as non-carcinogens, and the mean annual flow shall be the basis for applying the human health criteria for pollutants classified as carcinogens; except that where a permit specifies a minimum flow greater than 7Q10, the specified minimum flow may be used as the basis for applying the human health criteria for pollutants classified as non-carcinogens for that permit.

(g)Numeric criteria may be computed by the Department from equations 16, 17, 18, and 19 using values for the reference dose (RfD), cancer potency factor (CPF), and bioconcentration factor (BCF) determined by the Department in consultation with the State Department of Public Health after review of information available from sources other than the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) or ambient water quality criteria documents. Such criteria, or the RfD, CPF, and BCF values used to compute criteria, shall not be effective until adopted following established rulemaking procedures.

Author: James E. McIndoe

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted January 24, 1990; Filed January 26 1990; effective March 2, 1990. Amended: Filed February 27, 1991; effective April 3, 1991. Amended: Filed April 23, 1992; effective May 28, 1992. Amended: Filed July 25, 1994; effective August 29, 1994. Amended (Table 1 also): Filed April 25, 1997; effective May 30, 1997. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000. Amended: Filed December 8, 2000; effective January 12, 2001.

TABLE 1

TOXIC POLLUTANT CRITERIA

<table width="100%"> Aquatic Life Criteria (in µg/l unless otherwise noted) Human Health Criteria (in µg/l unless otherwise noted) Pollutant Freshwater Acute Freshwater Chronic Marine Acute Marine Chronic Consumption of Water and Fish Consumption of Fish Only Acenaphthene Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Acrolein Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Acrylonitrile * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Aldrin * 3.0 1.3 Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Anthracene Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Antimony Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Arsenic * 360 (tri) 190 (tri) 69 (tri) 36 (tri) Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Asbestos 7,000,000 fibers/l(MCL) Benzene * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Benzidine * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Benzo(a)anthracene * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Benzo(a)pyrene * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Benzo(b)fluoranthene * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Benzo(k)fluoranthene * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Bis(2-chloroethyl)ether * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Bis(2-chloroisopropyl)ether Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Bromoform * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 * carcinogen Butylbenzyl phthalate Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Cadmium Eq. 1 Eq. 2 43 9.3 Carbon tetrachloride * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Chlordane * 2.4 0.0043 0.09 0.004 Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Chlorobenzene Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Chlorodibromomethane * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Chloroform * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 2-Chloronaphthalene Eq. 16 Eq. 17 2-Chlorophenol Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Chromium (trivalent) Eq. 3 Eq. 4 Chromium (hexavalent) 16 11 1100 50 Chrysene * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Copper Eq. 5 Eq. 6 2.9 2.9 1300(MCL) Cyanide 22 5.2 1.0 1.0 Eq. 16 Eq. 17 4,4'-DDD * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 4,4'-DDE * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 4,4'-DDT * 1.1 0.001 0.13 0.001 Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 1,2-Dichlorobenzene Eq. 16 Eq. 17 1,3-Dichlorobenzene Eq. 16 Eq. 17 1,4-Dichlorobenzene Eq. 16 Eq. 17 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Dichlorobromomethane * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 1,2-Dichloroethane * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 1,1-Dichloroethylene * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 * carcinogen 2,4-Dichlorophenol Eq. 16 Eq. 17 1,2 Dichloropropane Eq. 16 Eq. 17 1,3 Dichloropropylene Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Dieldrin * 2.5 0.0019 0.71 0.0019 Eq. 18 Eq. 19 2,4-Dimethylphenol Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Diethyl phthalate Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Dimethyl phthalate Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Di-n-butyl phthalate Eq. 16 Eq. 17 4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol Eq. 16 Eq. 17 2,4 Dinitrotoluene * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 2,4-Dinitrophenol Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Dioxin (2,3,7,8-TCDD) * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 1,2-Diphenylhydrazine * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Endosulfan (alpha) 0.22 0.056 0.034 0.0087 Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Endosulfan (beta) 0.22 0.056 0.034 0.0087 Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Endosulfan sulfate Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Endrin 0.18 0.0023 0.037 0.0023 Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Endrin aldehyde Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Ethylbenzene Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Fluoranthene Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Fluorene Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Heptachlor * 0.52 0.0038 0.053 0.0036 Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Heptachlor epoxide * 0.52 0.0038 0.053 0.0036 Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Hexachlorobenzene * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Hexachlorobutadiene * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Hexachlorocyclohexane (alpha) * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 * carcinogen Hexachlorocyclohexane (beta) * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Hexachlorocyclohexane (gamma) * 2.0 0.08 0.16 Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Hexachloroethane * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Indeno (1,2,3-cd) pyrene * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Isophorone * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Lead Eq. 7 Eq. 8 220 8.5 Mercury 2.4 0.012 2.1 0.025 Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Methyl bromide Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Methylene chloride * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Nickel Eq. 9 Eq. 10 75 8.3 Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Nitrobenzene Eq. 16 Eq. 17 N-Nitrosodimethylamine * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 N-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 N-Nitrosodiphenylamine * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 PCB-1016 * 0.014 0.03 Eq. 18 Eq. 19 PCB-1221 * 0.014 0.03 Eq. 18 Eq. 19 PCB-1232 * 0.014 0.03 Eq. 18 Eq. 19 PCB-1242 * 0.014 0.03 Eq. 18 Eq. 19 PCB-1248 * 0.014 0.03 Eq. 18 Eq. 19 PCB-1254 * 0.014 0.03 Eq. 18 Eq. 19 PCB-1260 * 0.014 0.03 Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Pentachlorophenol * Eq. 11 Eq. 12 13 7.9 Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Phenol Eq. 16 Eq. 17 * carcinogen Pyrene Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Selenium 20 5.0 300 71 Silver Eq. 13 2.3 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Tetrachloroethylene * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Thallium Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Toluene Eq. 16 Eq. 17 Toxaphene * 0.73 0.0002 0.21 0.0002 Eq. 18 Eq. 19 1,2-Trans-dichloroethylene Eq. 16 Eq. 17 1,1,2-Trichloroethane * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Trichloroethylene * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Vinyl chloride * Eq. 18 Eq. 19 Zinc Eq. 14 Eq. 15 95 86 </table>

* carcinogen

<regElement name="335.6.10.08" level="3" title="Waste Treatment Requirements"> <dwc name="disinfect" times="1">

The following treatment requirements apply to all industrial waste discharges, sewage treatment plants, and combined waste treatment plants:

(a)As a minimum, secondary treatment or "equivalent to secondary treatment" as provided for in rules and regulations promulgated by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency at 40 CFR Part 133 (1990), shall be applied to all waste discharges. The term "secondary treatment" is applied to biologically degradable waste and is interpreted to mean a facility which at design flow is capable of removing substantially all floating and settleable solids and to achieve a minimum removal of 85 percent of both the 5-day biochemical oxygen demand and suspended solids which, in the case of municipal wastes, is generally considered to produce an effluent quality containing a BOD5 concentration of 30 mg/l and a suspended solids concentration of 30 mg/l. Disinfection, where necessary, will also be required. Waste treatment requirements also include those established under the provisions of Sections 301, 304, 306, and 307 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA). In addition, the Department may require secondary treatment of biologically degradable industrial wastewaters when the application of guidelines published under federal law do not produce a similar reduction in the parameters of concern. In the application of this requirement, consideration will be given to efficiencies achieved through in-process improvements.

(b)In all cases an analysis of water use and flow characteristics for the receiving stream shall be provided to determine the degree of treatment required. Where indicated by the analysis, a higher degree of treatment may be required.

(c)The minimum 7-day low flow that occurs once in 10 years shall be the basis for design criteria.

Author: James E. McIndoe

Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: May 5, 1967. Amended: June 19, 1967. Amended: July 17, 1972. Amended: February 26, 1973. Amended: May 30, 1977. Amended: December 19, 1977. Amended: February 4, 1981. Amended: Filed January 26, 1990; effective March 2, 1990. Amended: Filed February 27, 1991; effective April 3, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.10.09" level="3" title="Specific Water Quality Criteria"> <dwc name="bacteria" times="25"><dwc name="coliform" times="9"><dwc name="turbid" times="24"><dwc name="disinfect" times="2"><dwc name="radionuclid" times="2"><dwc name="radioact" times="11">

(1)Outstanding Alabama Water

(a)Best usage of waters: Activities consistent with the natural characteristics of the waters.

(b)Conditions related to best usage:

1.High quality waters that constitute an outstanding Alabama resource, such as waters of state parks and wildlife refuges and waters of exceptional recreational or ecological significance, may be considered for classification as an Outstanding Alabama Water (OAW).

(c)Specific criteria:

1.Sewage, industrial wastes, or other wastes:

(i)Existing point source discharges to an Outstanding Alabama Water shall be allowed; however, within three years of assignment of the OAW classification or at permit renewal, whichever is later, existing point sources shall be required to meet the effluent limitations specified for new point source discharges in subparagraph (ii) hereof.

(ii)New point source discharges or expansions of existing point source discharges shall not be allowed unless a thorough evaluation of all practicable treatment and disposal alternatives by the permit applicant has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Department that there is no feasible alternative to discharge to the waters classified OAW. At a minimum, domestic wastewater discharges shall be required to meet monthly average effluent limitations of 15 mg/l biochemical oxygen demand (5-day), 3 mg/l ammonia nitrogen, and 6 mg/l dissolved oxygen, and shall be required to provide disinfection of the effluent. Non-domestic wastewater discharges shall be required to provide a comparably stringent level of treatment as determined by the Department.

(iii)Effluent limitations for new point source discharges or expansions of existing point source discharges to waters upstream of, or tributary to, waters classified OAW shall be established by the Department such that the impact of the discharge within the waters classified OAW is no greater than if the discharge occurred at the OAW boundary at the treatment levels specified in subparagraph (ii) hereof.

(iv)All NPDES permits shall contain toxics limits that will ensure compliance with all applicable water quality standards. Such limits shall be acute and chronic toxicity limits for individual toxic substances, whole effluent toxicity limits, or both. For permittees subject to whole effluent toxicity limitations, both acute and chronic testing will be required. Whole effluent acute toxicity will be demonstrated if the effluent causes more than 10 percent mortality of test organisms when tested at an effluent concentration of 100 percent. For permittees whose discharge will result in an in-stream waste concentration of 10 percent or more, whole effluent chronic toxicity limits will be based on an in-stream concentration of 100 percent; for permittees whose discharge will result in an in-stream waste concentration of less than 10 percent, whole effluent chronic toxicity limits will be based on the in-stream waste concentration.

(v)Nonpoint source discharges shall use best management practices adequate to protect water quality consistent with the Department's nonpoint source control program.

(vi)All NPDES permits and nonpoint sources shall incorporate or employ water pollution prevention or waste reduction measures as established by the Department.

2.pH: Sewage, industrial wastes or other wastes shall not cause the pH to deviate more than one unit from the normal or natural pH, nor be less than 6.0, nor greater than 8.5. For salt waters and estuarine waters to which this classification is assigned, wastes as herein described shall not cause the pH to deviate more than one unit from the normal or natural pH, nor be less than 6.5, nor greater than 8.5.

3.Temperature:

(i)The maximum temperature in streams, lakes, and reservoirs, other than those in river basins listed in subparagraph (ii) hereof, shall not exceed 90&#176;

F.

(ii)The maximum temperature in streams, lakes, and reservoirs in the Tennessee and Cahaba River Basins, and for that portion of the Tallapoosa River Basin from the tailrace of Thurlow Dam at Tallassee downstream to the junction of the Coosa and Tallapoosa Rivers which has been classified by the Alabama Department of Conservation and Natural Resources as supporting smallmouth bass, sauger, or walleye, shall not exceed 86&#176;

F.

(iii)The maximum in-stream temperature rise above ambient water temperature due to the addition of artificial heat by a discharger shall not exceed 5&#176;

F in streams, lakes, and reservoirs in non-coastal and non-estuarine areas.

(iv)The maximum in-stream temperature rise above ambient water temperature due to the addition of artificial heat by a discharger shall not exceed 4&#176;

F in coastal or estuarine waters during the period October through May, nor shall the rise exceed 1.5&#176;

F during the period June through September.

(v)In lakes and reservoirs there shall be no withdrawal from, nor discharge of heated waters to, the hypolimnion unless it can be shown that such discharge or withdrawal will be beneficial to water quality.

(vi)In all waters the normal daily and seasonal temperature variations that were present before the addition of artificial heat shall be maintained, and there shall be no thermal block to the migration of aquatic organisms.

(vii)Thermal permit limitations in NPDES permits may be less stringent than those required by subparagraphs (i)-(iv) hereof when a showing by the discharger has been made pursuant to Section 316 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA), 33 U.S.C. &#167;1251 et seq. or pursuant to a study of an equal or more stringent nature required by the State of Alabama authorized by Title 22, Section 22-22-9(c), Code of Ala. 1975, that such limitations will assure the protection and propagation of a balanced, indigenous population of shellfish, fish and wildlife, in and on the body of water to which the discharge is made. Any such demonstration shall take into account the interaction of the thermal discharge component with other pollutants discharged.

4.Dissolved oxygen:

(i)For a diversified warm water biota, including game fish, daily dissolved oxygen concentrations shall not be less than 5.5 mg/l at all times; except under extreme conditions due to natural causes, it may range between 5.5 mg/l and 4 mg/l, provided that the water quality is favorable in all other parameters. The normal seasonal and daily fluctuations shall be maintained above these levels. In no event shall the dissolved oxygen level be less than 4 mg/l due to hydroelectric turbine discharges from existing hydroelectric generation impoundments. All new hydroelectric generation impoundments, including addition of new hydroelectric generation units to existing impoundments, shall be designed so that the discharge will contain at least 5.5 mg/l dissolved oxygen where practicable and technologically possible. The Environmental Protection Agency, in cooperation with the State of Alabama and parties responsible for impoundments, shall develop a program to improve the design of existing facilities.

(ii)In coastal waters, surface dissolved oxygen concentrations shall not be less than 5.5 mg/l, except where natural phenomena cause the value to be depressed.

(iii)In estuaries and tidal tributaries, dissolved oxygen concentrations shall not be less than 5.5 mg/l, except in dystrophic waters or where natural conditions cause the value to be depressed.

(iv)In the application of dissolved oxygen criteria referred to above, dissolved oxygen shall be measured at a depth of 5 feet in waters 10 feet or greater in depth; and for those waters less than 10 feet in depth, dissolved oxygen criteria will be applied at mid-depth.

5.Toxic substances attributable to sewage, industrial wastes, or other wastes: Only such amounts, whether alone or in combination with other substances, as will not exhibit acute toxicity or chronic toxicity, as demonstrated by effluent toxicity testing or by application of numeric criteria given in Rule 335-6-10-.07, to fish and aquatic life, including shrimp and crabs in estuarine or salt waters or the propagation thereof.

6.Taste, odor, and color-producing substances attributable to sewage, industrial wastes, or other wastes: Only such amounts, whether alone or in combination with other substances, as will not exhibit acute toxicity or chronic toxicity, as demonstrated by effluent toxicity testing or by application of numeric criteria given in Rule 335-6-10-.07, to fish and aquatic life, including shrimp and crabs in estuarine and salt waters or adversely affect the propagation thereof; impair the palatability or marketability of fish and wildlife or shrimp and crabs in estuarine and salt waters; or unreasonably affect the aesthetic value of waters for any use under this classification.

7.Bacteria: in non-coastal waters, bacteria of the fecal coliform group shall not exceed a geometric mean of 200 colonies/100 ml. In coastal waters, bacteria of the enterococci group shall not exceed a geometric mean of 35 colonies/100 ml nor exceed a maximum of 104 colonies/100 ml in any sample. The geometric mean shall be calculated from no less than five samples collected at a given station over a 30-day period at intervals not less than 24 hours.

8.Radioactivity: The concentrations of radioactive materials present shall not exceed the requirements of the State Department of Public Health.

9.Turbidity: There shall be no turbidity of other than natural origin that will cause substantial visible contrast with the natural appearance of waters or interfere with any beneficial uses which they serve. Furthermore, in no case shall turbidity exceed 50 Nephelometric units above background. Background will be interpreted as the natural condition of the receiving waters without the influence of man-made or man-induced causes. Turbidity levels caused by natural runoff will be included in establishing background levels.

(2)Public Water Supply

(a)Best usage of waters: Source of water supply for drinking or food-processing purposes.&#42;

(b)Conditions related to best usage: The waters, if subjected to treatment approved by the Department equal to coagulation, sedimentation, filtration and disinfection, with additional treatment if necessary to remove naturally present impurities, and which meet the requirements of the Department, will be considered safe for drinking or food-processing purposes.

(c)Other usage of waters: It is recognized that the waters may be used for incidental water contact and recreation during June through September, except that water contact is strongly discouraged in the vicinity of discharges or other conditions beyond the control of the Department or the Alabama Department of Public Health.

(d)Conditions related to other usage: The waters, under proper sanitary supervision by the controlling health authorities, will meet accepted standards of water quality for outdoor swimming places and will be considered satisfactory for swimming and other whole body water-contact sports.

(e)Specific criteria:

1.Sewage, industrial wastes, or other wastes: None which are not effectively treated or controlled in accordance with Rule 335-6-10-.08.

2.pH: Sewage, industrial wastes or other wastes shall not cause the pH to deviate more than one unit from the normal or natural pH, nor be less than 6.0, nor greater than 8.5.

3.Temperature:

(i)The maximum temperature in streams, lakes, and reservoirs, other than those in river basins listed in subparagraph (ii) hereof, shall not exceed 90&#176;

F.

(ii)The maximum temperature in streams, lakes, and reservoirs in the Tennessee and Cahaba River Basins, and for that portion of the Tallapoosa River Basin from the tailrace of Thurlow Dam at Tallassee downstream to the junction of the Coosa and Tallapoosa Rivers which has been designated by the Alabama Department of Conservation and Natural Resources as supporting smallmouth bass, sauger, or walleye, shall not exceed 86&#176;

F.

(iii)The maximum in-stream temperature rise above ambient water temperature due to the addition of artificial heat by a discharger shall not exceed 5&#176;

F in streams, lakes, and reservoirs in non-coastal and non-estuarine areas.

(iv)The maximum in-stream temperature rise above ambient water temperature due to the addition of artificial heat by a discharger shall not exceed 4&#176;

F in coastal or estuarine waters during the period October through May, nor shall the rise exceed 1.5&#176;

F during the period June through September.

(v)In lakes and reservoirs there shall be no withdrawal from, nor discharge of heated waters to, the hypolimnion unless it can be shown that such discharge or withdrawal will be beneficial to water quality.

(vi)In all waters the normal daily and seasonal temperature variations that were present before the addition of artificial heat shall be maintained, and there shall be no thermal block to the migration of aquatic organisms.

(vii)Thermal permit limitations in NPDES permits may be less stringent than those required by subparagraphs (i) - (iv) hereof when a showing by the discharger has been made pursuant to Section 316 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA), 33 U.S.C.&#167;1251 et seq. or pursuant to a study of an equal or more stringent nature required by the State of Alabama authorized by Title 22, Section 22-22-9(c), Code of Ala. 1975, that such limitations will assure the protection and propagation of a balanced, indigenous population of shellfish, fish and wildlife, in and on the body of water to which the discharge is made. Any such demonstration shall take into account the interaction of the thermal discharge component with other pollutants discharged.

4.Dissolved oxygen:

(i)For a diversified warm water biota, including game fish, daily dissolved oxygen concentrations shall not be less than 5 mg/l at all times; except under extreme conditions due to natural causes, it may range between 5 mg/l and 4 mg/l, provided that the water quality is favorable in all other parameters. The normal seasonal and daily fluctuations shall be maintained above these levels. In no event shall the dissolved oxygen level be less than 4 mg/l due to discharges from existing hydroelectric generation impoundments. All new hydroelectric generation impoundments, including addition of new hydroelectric generation units to existing impoundments, shall be designed so that the discharge will contain at least 5 mg/l dissolved oxygen where practicable and technologically possible. The Environmental Protection Agency, in cooperation with the State of Alabama and parties responsible for impoundments, shall develop a program to improve the design of existing facilities.

(ii)In coastal waters, surface dissolved oxygen concentrations shall not be less than 5 mg/l, except where natural phenomena cause the value to be depressed.

(iii)In estuaries and tidal tributaries, dissolved oxygen concentrations shall not be less than 5 mg/l, except in dystrophic waters or where natural conditions cause the value to be depressed.

(iv)In the application of dissolved oxygen criteria referred to above, dissolved oxygen shall be measured at a depth of 5 feet in waters 10 feet or greater in depth; and for those waters less than 10 feet in depth, dissolved oxygen criteria will be applied at mid-depth.

5.Toxic substances; color producing; heated liquids; or other deleterious substances attributable to sewage, industrial wastes, or other wastes: Only such amounts, whether alone or in combination with other substances, and only such temperatures as will not render the waters unsafe or unsuitable as a source of water supply for drinking or food-processing purposes, or exhibit acute toxicity or chronic toxicity, as demonstrated by effluent toxicity testing or by application of numeric criteria given in Rule 335-6-10-.07, to fish, wildlife and aquatic life, or adversely affect the aesthetic value of waters for any use under this classification.

6.Taste and odor producing substances attributable to sewage, industrial wastes, or other wastes: Only such amounts, whether alone or in combination with other substances or wastes, as will not cause taste and odor difficulties in water supplies which cannot be corrected by treatment as specified under subparagraph (b), or impair the palatability of fish.

7.Bacteria:

(i)In non-coastal waters, bacteria of the fecal coliform group shall not exceed a geometric mean of 1,000 colonies/100 ml; nor exceed a maximum of 2,000 colonies/100 ml in any sample. The geometric mean shall be calculated from no less than five samples collected at a given station over a 30-day period at intervals not less than 24 hours. In coastal waters, bacteria of the enterococci group shall not exceed a maximum of 275 colonies/100 ml in any sample.

(ii)For incidental water contact and recreation during June through September, the bacterial quality of water is acceptable when a sanitary survey by the controlling health authorities reveals no source of dangerous pollution and when the geometric mean fecal coliform organism density does not exceed 200 colonies/100 ml in non-coastal waters. In coastal waters, bacteria of the enterococci group shall not exceed a geometric mean of 35 colonies/100 ml nor exceed a maximum of 158 colonies/100 ml in any sample. The geometric mean shall be calculated from no less than five samples collected at a given station over a 30-day period at intervals not less than 24 hours. When the geometric mean bacterial organism density exceeds these levels, the bacterial water quality shall be considered acceptable only if a second detailed sanitary survey and evaluation discloses no significant public health risk in the use of the waters. Waters in the immediate vicinity of discharges of sewage or other wastes likely to contain bacteria harmful to humans, regardless of the degree of treatment afforded these wastes, are not acceptable for swimming or other whole body water-contact sports.

8.Radioactivity: No radionuclide or mixture of radionuclides shall be present at concentrations greater than those specified by the requirements of the State Department of Public Health.

9.Turbidity: There shall be no turbidity of other than natural origin that will cause substantial visible contrast with the natural appearance of waters or interfere with any beneficial uses which they serve. Furthermore, in no case shall turbidity exceed 50 Nephelometric units above background. Background will be interpreted as the natural condition of the receiving waters, without the influence of man-made or man-induced causes. Turbidity levels caused by natural runoff will be included in establishing background levels.

(3)Swimming And Other Whole Body Water-Contact Sports

(a)Best usage of waters: Swimming and other whole body water-contact sports.&#42;

(b)Conditions related to best usage: The waters, under proper sanitary supervision by the controlling health authorities, will meet accepted standards of water quality for outdoor swimming places and will be considered satisfactory for swimming and other whole body water-contact sports. The quality of waters will also be suitable for the propagation of fish, wildlife and aquatic life. The quality of salt waters and estuarine waters to which this classification is assigned will be suitable for the propagation and harvesting of shrimp and crabs.

(c)Specific criteria:

1.Sewage, industrial wastes, or other wastes: None which are not effectively treated or controlled in accordance with Rule 335-6-10-.08.

2.pH: Sewage, industrial wastes or other wastes shall not cause the pH to deviate more than one unit from the normal or natural pH, nor be less than 6.0, nor greater than 8.5. For estuarine waters and salt waters to which this classification is assigned, wastes as described herein shall not cause the pH to deviate more than one unit from the normal or natural pH, nor be less than 6.5, nor greater than 8.5.

3.Temperature:

(i)The maximum temperature in streams, lakes, and reservoirs, other than those in river basins listed in subparagraph (ii) hereof, shall not exceed 90&#176;

F.

(ii)The maximum temperature in streams, lakes, and reservoirs in the Tennessee and Cahaba River Basins, and for that portion of the Tallapoosa River Basin from the tailrace of Thurlow Dam at Tallassee downstream to the junction of the Coosa and Tallapoosa Rivers which has been designated by the Alabama Department of Conservation and Natural Resources as supporting smallmouth bass, sauger, or walleye, shall not exceed 86&#176;

F.

(iii)The maximum in-stream temperature rise above ambient water temperature due to the addition of artificial heat by a discharger shall not exceed 5&#176;

F in streams, lakes, and reservoirs in non-coastal and non-estuarine areas.

(iv)The maximum in-stream temperature rise above ambient water temperature due to the addition of artificial heat by a discharger shall not exceed 4&#176;

F in coastal or estuarine waters during the period October through May, nor shall the rise exceed 1.5&#176;

F during the period June through September.

(v)In lakes and reservoirs there shall be no withdrawal from, nor discharge of heated waters to, the hypolimnion unless it can be shown that such discharge or withdrawal will be beneficial to water quality.

(vi)In all waters the normal daily and seasonal temperature variations that were present before the addition of artificial heat shall be maintained, and there shall be no thermal block to the migration of aquatic organisms.

(vii)Thermal permit limitations in NPDES permits may be less stringent than those required by subparagraphs (i)-(iv) hereof when a showing by the discharger has been made pursuant to Section 316 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA), 33 U.S.C. &#167;1251 et seq. or pursuant to a study of an equal or more stringent nature required by the State of Alabama authorized by Title 22, Section 22-22-9(c), Code of Ala. 1975, that such limitations will assure the protection and propagation of a balanced, indigenous population of shellfish, fish and wildlife, in and on the body of water to which the discharge is made. Any such demonstration shall take into account the interaction of the thermal discharge component with other pollutants discharged.

4.Dissolved oxygen:

(i)For a diversified warm water biota, including game fish, daily dissolved oxygen concentrations shall not be less than 5 mg/l at all times; except under extreme conditions due to natural causes, it may range between 5 mg/l and 4 mg/l, provided that the water quality is favorable in all other parameters. The normal seasonal and daily fluctuations shall be maintained above these levels. In no event shall the dissolved oxygen level be less than 4 mg/l due to discharges from existing hydroelectric generation impoundments. All new hydroelectric generation impoundments, including addition of new hydroelectric generation units to existing impoundments, shall be designed so that the discharge will contain at least 5 mg/l dissolved oxygen where practicable and technologically possible. The Environmental Protection Agency, in cooperation with the State of Alabama and parties responsible for impoundments, shall develop a program to improve the design of existing facilities.

(ii)In coastal waters, surface dissolved oxygen concentrations shall not be less than 5 mg/l, except where natural phenomena cause the value to be depressed.

(iii)In estuaries and tidal tributaries, dissolved oxygen concentrations shall not be less than 5 mg/l, except in dystrophic waters or where natural conditions cause the value to be depressed.

(iv)In the application of dissolved oxygen criteria referred to above, dissolved oxygen shall be measured at a depth of 5 feet in waters 10 feet or greater in depth; and for those waters less than 10 feet in depth, dissolved oxygen criteria will be applied at mid-depth.

5.Toxic substances; color producing substances; odor producing substances; or other deleterious substances attributable to sewage, industrial wastes, or other wastes: Only such amounts, whether alone or in combination with other substances or wastes, as will not render the water unsafe or unsuitable for swimming and water-contact sports; exhibit acute toxicity or chronic toxicity, as demonstrated by effluent toxicity testing or by application of numeric criteria given in Rule 335-6-10-.07, to fish, wildlife, and aquatic life or, where applicable, shrimp and crabs; impair the palatability of fish, or where applicable, shrimp and crabs; impair the waters for any other usage established for this classification or unreasonably affect the aesthetic value of waters for any use under this classification.

6.Bacteria:

(i)Waters in the immediate vicinity of discharges of sewage or other wastes likely to contain bacteria harmful to humans, regardless of the degree of treatment afforded these wastes&#42;

, are not acceptable for swimming or other whole body water-contact sports.

(ii)In all other areas, the bacterial quality of water is acceptable when a sanitary survey by the controlling health authorities reveals no source of dangerous pollution and when the geometric mean fecal coliform organism density does not exceed 200 colonies/100 ml in non-coastal waters. In coastal waters, bacteria of the enterococci group shall not exceed a geometric mean of 35 colonies/100 ml nor exceed a maximum of 104 colonies/100 ml in any sample. The geometric mean shall be calculated from no less than five samples collected at a given station over a 30-day period at intervals not less than 24 hours. When the geometric mean bacterial organism density exceeds these levels, the bacterial water quality shall be considered acceptable only if a second detailed sanitary survey and evaluation discloses no significant public health risk in the use of the waters.

(iii)The policy of nondegradation of high quality waters shall be stringently applied to bacterial quality of recreational waters.

7.Radioactivity: The concentrations of radioactive materials present shall not exceed the requirement of the State Department of Public Health.

8.Turbidity: There shall be no turbidity of other than natural origin that will cause substantial visible contrast with the natural appearance of waters or interfere with any beneficial uses which they serve. Furthermore, in no case shall turbidity exceed 50 Nephelometric units above background. Background will be interpreted as the natural condition of the receiving waters, without the influence of man-made or man-induced causes. Turbidity levels caused by natural runoff will be included in establishing background levels.

(4)Shellfish Harvesting

(a)Best usage of waters: Propagation and harvesting of shellfish for sale or use as a food product.

(b)Conditions related to best usage: waters will meet the sanitary and bacteriological standards included in the National Shellfish Sanitation ProgramModel Ordinance, 1999, Chapter IV, published by the Food and Drug Administration, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and the requirements of the State Department of Public Health. The waters will also be of a quality suitable for the propagation of fish and other aquatic life, including shrimp and crabs.

(c)Other usage of waters: It is recognized that the waters may be used for incidental water contact and recreation during June through September, except that water contact is strongly discouraged in the vicinity of discharges or other conditions beyond the control of the Department or the Alabama Department of Public Health.

(d)Conditions related to other usage: The waters, under proper sanitary supervision by the controlling health authorities, will meet accepted standards of water quality for outdoor swimming places and will be considered satisfactory for swimming and other whole body water-contact sports.

(e)Specific criteria:

1.Sewage, industrial wastes, or other wastes: None which are not effectively treated in accordance with Rule 335-6-10-.08.

2.pH: Sewage, industrial wastes or other wastes shall not cause the pH to deviate more than one unit from the normal or natural pH, nor be less than 6.5, nor greater than 8.5.

3.Temperature:

(i)The maximum temperature in streams, lakes, and reservoirs, other than those in river basins listed in subparagraph (ii) hereof, shall not exceed 90&#176;

F.

(ii)The maximum temperature in streams, lakes, and reservoirs in the Tennessee and Cahaba River Basins, and for that portion of the Tallapoosa River Basin from the tailrace of Thurlow Dam at Tallassee downstream to the junction of the Coosa and Tallapoosa Rivers which has been designated by the Alabama Department of Conservation and Natural Resources as supporting smallmouth bass, sauger, or walleye, shall not exceed 86&#176;

F.

(iii)The maximum in-stream temperature rise above ambient water temperature due to the addition of artificial heat by a discharger shall not exceed 5&#176;

F in streams, lakes, and reservoirs in non-coastal and non-estuarine areas.

(iv)The maximum in-stream temperature rise above ambient water temperature due to the addition of artificial heat by a discharger shall not exceed 4&#176;

F in coastal or estuarine waters during the period October through May, nor shall the rise exceed 1.5&#176;

F during the period June through September.

(v)In lakes and reservoirs there shall be no withdrawal from, nor discharge of heated waters to, the hypolimnion unless it can be shown that such discharge or withdrawal will be beneficial to water quality.

(vi)In all waters the normal daily and seasonal temperature variations that were present before the addition of artificial heat shall be maintained, and there shall be no thermal block to the migration of aquatic organisms.

(vii)Thermal permit limitations in NPDES permits may be less stringent than those required by subparagraphs (i)-(iv) hereof when a showing by the discharger has been made pursuant to Section 316 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA), 33 U.S.C. &#167;1251 et seq. or pursuant to a study of an equal or more stringent nature required by the State of Alabama authorized by Title 22, Section 22-22-9(c), Code of Ala. 1975, that such limitations will assure the protection and propagation of a balanced, indigenous population of shellfish, fish and wildlife, in and on the body of water to which the discharge is made. Any such demonstration shall take into account the interaction of the thermal discharge component with other pollutants discharged.

4.Dissolved oxygen:

(i)For a diversified warm water biota, including game fish, daily dissolved oxygen concentrations shall not be less than 5 mg/l at all times; except under extreme conditions due to natural causes, it may range between 5 mg/l and 4 mg/l, provided that the water quality is favorable in all other parameters. The normal seasonal and daily fluctuations shall be maintained above these levels. In no event shall the dissolved oxygen level be less than 4 mg/l due to discharges from existing hydroelectric generation impoundments. All new hydroelectric generation impoundments, including addition of new hydroelectric generation units to existing impoundments, shall be designed so that the discharge will contain at least 5 mg/l dissolved oxygen where practicable and technologically possible. The Environmental Protection Agency, in cooperation with the State of Alabama and parties responsible for impoundments, shall develop a program to improve the design of existing facilities.

(ii)In coastal waters, surface dissolved oxygen concentrations shall not be less than 5 mg/l, except where natural phenomena cause the value to be depressed.

(iii)In estuaries and tidal tributaries, dissolved oxygen concentrations shall not be less than 5 mg/l, except in dystrophic waters or where natural conditions cause the value to be depressed.

(iv)In the application of dissolved oxygen criteria referred to above, dissolved oxygen shall be measured at a depth of 5 feet in waters 10 feet or greater in depth; and for those waters less than 10 feet in depth, dissolved oxygen criteria will be applied at mid-depth.

5.Toxic substances attributable to sewage, industrial wastes, or other wastes: Only such amounts, whether alone or in combination with other substances, as will not exhibit acute toxicity or chronic toxicity, as demonstrated by effluent toxicity testing or by application of numeric criteria given in Rule 335-6-10-.07, to fish and aquatic life, including shrimp and crabs; or affect the marketability of fish and shellfish, including shrimp and crabs.

6.Color, taste, and odor-producing substances and other deleterious substances attributable to sewage, industrial wastes, or other wastes: Only such amounts, whether alone or in combination with other substances, as will not exhibit acute toxicity or chronic toxicity, as demonstrated by effluent toxicity testing or by application of numeric criteria given in Rule 335-6-10-.07, to fish and shellfish, including shrimp and crabs; adversely affect marketability or palatability of fish and shellfish, including shrimp and crabs; or unreasonably affect the aesthetic value of waters for any use under this classification.

7.Bacteria:

(i)Not to exceed the limits specified in the National Shellfish Sanitation Program Model Ordinance, 1999, Chapter IV, published by the Food and Drug Administration, U. S. Department of Health and Human Services.

(ii)For incidental water contact and recreation during June through September, the bacterial quality of water is acceptable when a sanitary survey by the controlling health authorities reveals no source of dangerous pollution and when the geometric mean fecal coliform organism density does not exceed 200 colonies/100 ml in non-coastal waters. In coastal waters, bacteria of the enterococci group shall not exceed a geometric mean of 35 colonies/100 ml nor exceed a maximum of 104 colonies/100 ml in any sample. The geometric mean shall be calculated from no less than five samples collected at a given station over a 30-day period at intervals not less than 24 hours. When the geometric mean bacterial organism density exceeds these levels, the bacterial water quality shall be considered acceptable only if a second detailed sanitary survey and evaluation discloses no significant public health risk in the use of the waters. Waters in the immediate vicinity of discharges of sewage or other wastes likely to contain bacteria harmful to humans, regardless of the degree of treatment afforded these wastes, are not acceptable for swimming or other whole body water-contact sports.

8.Radioactivity: The concentrations of radioactive materials present shall not exceed the requirements of the State Department of Public Health.

9.Turbidity: There shall be no turbidity of other than natural origin that will cause substantial visible contrast with the natural appearance of waters or interfere with any beneficial uses which they serve. Furthermore, in no case shall turbidity exceed 50 Nephelometric units above background. Background will be interpreted as the natural condition of the receiving waters without the influence of man-made or man-induced causes. Turbidity levels caused by natural runoff will be included in establishing background levels.

(5)Fish And Wildlife

(a)Best usage of waters: Fishing, propagation of fish, aquatic life, and wildlife, and any other usage except for swimming and water-contact sports or as a source of water supply for drinking or food-processing purposes.

(b)Conditions related to best usage: The waters will be suitable for fish, aquatic life and wildlife propagation. The quality of salt and estuarine waters to which this classification is assigned will also be suitable for the propagation of shrimp and crabs.

(c)Other usage of waters: It is recognized that the waters may be used for incidental water contact and recreation during June through September, except that water contact is strongly discouraged in the vicinity of discharges or other conditions beyond the control of the Department or the Alabama Department of Public Health.

(d)Conditions related to other usage: The waters, under proper sanitary supervision by the controlling health authorities, will meet accepted standards of water quality for outdoor swimming places and will be considered satisfactory for swimming and other whole body water-contact sports.

(e)Specific criteria:

1.Sewage, industrial wastes, or other wastes: None which are not effectively treated in accordance with Rule 335-6-10-.08.

2.pH: Sewage, industrial wastes or other wastes shall not cause the pH to deviate more than one unit from the normal or natural pH, nor be less than 6.0, nor greater than 8.5. For salt waters and estuarine waters to which this classification is assigned, wastes as herein described shall not cause the pH to deviate more than one unit from the normal or natural pH, nor be less than 6.5, nor greater than 8.5.

3.Temperature:

(i)The maximum temperature in streams, lakes, and reservoirs, other than those in river basins listed in subparagraph (ii) hereof, shall not exceed 90&#176;

F.

(ii)The maximum temperature in streams, lakes, and reservoirs in the Tennessee and Cahaba River Basins, and for that portion of the Tallapoosa River Basin from the tailrace of Thurlow Dam at Tallassee downstream to the junction of the Coosa and Tallapoosa Rivers which has been designated by the Alabama Department of Conservation and Natural Resources as supporting smallmouth bass, sauger, or walleye, shall not exceed 86&#176;

F.

(iii)The maximum in-stream temperature rise above ambient water temperature due to the addition of artificial heat by a discharger shall not exceed 5&#176;

F in streams, lakes, and reservoirs in non-coastal and non-estuarine areas.

(iv)The maximum in-stream temperature rise above ambient water temperature due to the addition of artificial heat by a discharger shall not exceed 4&#176;

F in coastal or estuarine waters during the period October through May, nor shall the rise exceed 1.5&#176;

F during the period June through September.

(v)In lakes and reservoirs there shall be no withdrawal from, nor discharge of heated waters to, the hypolimnion unless it can be shown that such discharge or withdrawal will be beneficial to water quality.

(vi)In all waters the normal daily and seasonal temperature variations that were present before the addition of artificial heat shall be maintained, and there shall be no thermal block to the migration of aquatic organisms.

(vii)Thermal permit limitations in NPDES permits may be less stringent than those required by subparagraphs (i)-(iv) hereof when a showing by the discharger has been made pursuant to Section 316 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA), 33 U.S.C. &#167;1251 et seq. or pursuant to a study of an equal or more stringent nature required by the State of Alabama authorized by Title 22, Section 22-22-9(c), Code of Ala. 1975, that such limitations will assure the protection and propagation of a balanced, indigenous population of shellfish, fish and wildlife, in and on the body of water to which the discharge is made. Any such demonstration shall take into account the interaction of the thermal discharge component with other pollutants discharged.

4.Dissolved oxygen:

(i)For a diversified warm water biota, including game fish, daily dissolved oxygen concentrations shall not be less than 5 mg/l at all times; except under extreme conditions due to natural causes, it may range between 5 mg/l and 4 mg/l, provided that the water quality is favorable in all other parameters. The normal seasonal and daily fluctuations shall be maintained above these levels. In no event shall the dissolved oxygen level be less than 4 mg/l due to discharges from existing hydroelectric generation impoundments. All new hydroelectric generation impoundments, including addition of new hydroelectric generation units to existing impoundments, shall be designed so that the discharge will contain at least 5 mg/l dissolved oxygen where practicable and technologically possible. The Environmental Protection Agency, in cooperation with the State of Alabama and parties responsible for impoundments, shall develop a program to improve the design of existing facilities.

(ii)In coastal waters, surface dissolved oxygen concentrations shall not be less than 5 mg/l, except where natural phenomena cause the value to be depressed.

(iii)In estuaries and tidal tributaries, dissolved oxygen concentrations shall not be less than 5 mg/l, except in dystrophic waters or where natural conditions cause the value to be depressed.

(iv)In the application of dissolved oxygen criteria referred to above, dissolved oxygen shall be measured at a depth of 5 feet in waters 10 feet or greater in depth; and for those waters less than 10 feet in depth, dissolved oxygen criteria will be applied at mid-depth.

5.Toxic substances attributable to sewage, industrial wastes, or other wastes: Only such amounts, whether alone or in combination with other substances, as will not exhibit acute toxicity or chronic toxicity, as demonstrated by effluent toxicity testing or by application of numeric criteria given in Rule 335-6-10-.07, to fish and aquatic life, including shrimp and crabs in estuarine or salt waters or the propagation thereof.

6.Taste, odor, and color-producing substances attributable to sewage, industrial wastes, or other wastes: Only such amounts, whether alone or in combination with other substances, as will not exhibit acute toxicity or chronic toxicity, as demonstrated by effluent toxicity testing or by application of numeric criteria given in Rule 335-6-10-.07, to fish and aquatic life, including shrimp and crabs in estuarine and salt waters or adversely affect the propagation thereof; impair the palatability or marketability of fish and wildlife or shrimp and crabs in estuarine and salt waters; or unreasonably affect the aesthetic value of waters for any use under this classification.

7.Bacteria:

(i)In non-coastal waters, bacteria of the fecal coliform group shall not exceed a geometric mean of 1,000 colonies/100 ml; nor exceed a maximum of 2,000 colonies/100 ml in any sample. In coastal waters, bacteria of the enterococci group shall not exceed a maximum of 275 colonies/100 ml in any sample. The geometric mean shall be calculated from no less than five samples collected at a given station over a 30-day period at intervals not less than 24 hours.

(ii)For incidental water contact and recreation during June through September, the bacterial quality of water is acceptable when a sanitary survey by the controlling health authorities reveals no source of dangerous pollution and when the geometric mean fecal coliform organism density does not exceed 200 colonies/100 ml in non-coastal waters. In coastal waters, bacteria of the enterococci group shall not exceed a geometric mean of 35 colonies/100 ml nor exceed a maximum of 158 colonies/100 ml in any sample. The geometric mean shall be calculated from no less than five samples collected at a given station over a 30-day period at intervals not less than 24 hours. When the geometric mean bacterial organism density exceeds these levels, the bacterial water quality shall be considered acceptable only if a second detailed sanitary survey and evaluation discloses no significant public health risk in the use of the waters. Waters in the immediate vicinity of discharges of sewage or other wastes likely to contain bacteria harmful to humans, regardless of the degree of treatment afforded these wastes, are not acceptable for swimming or other whole body water-contact sports.

8.Radioactivity: The concentrations of radioactive materials present shall not exceed the requirements of the State Department of Public Health.

9.Turbidity: There shall be no turbidity of other than natural origin that will cause substantial visible contrast with the natural appearance of waters or interfere with any beneficial uses which they serve. Furthermore, in no case shall turbidity exceed 50 Nephelometric units above background. Background will be interpreted as the natural condition of the receiving waters without the influence of man-made or man-induced causes. Turbidity levels caused by natural runoff will be included in establishing background levels.

(6)LIMITED WARMWATER FISHERY

(a)The provisions of the Fish and Wildlife water use classification at Rule 335-6-10-.09(5) shall apply to the Limited Warmwater Fishery water use classification, except as noted below. Unless alternative criteria for a given parameter are provided in paragraph (e) below, the applicable Fish and Wildlife criteria at paragraph 10-.09(5)(e) shall apply year-round. At the time the Department proposes to assign the Limited Warmwater Fishery classification to a specific waterbody, the Department may apply criteria from other classifications within this chapter if necessary to protect a documented, legitimate existing use.

(b)Best usage of waters (May through November): agricultural irrigation, livestock watering, industrial cooling and process water supplies, and any other usage, except fishing, bathing, recreational activities, including water-contact sports, or as a source of water supply for drinking or food-processing purposes.

(c)Conditions related to best usage (May through November):

1.The waters will be suitable for agricultural irrigation, livestock watering, and industrial cooling waters. The waters will be usable after special treatment, as may be needed under each particular circumstance, for industrial process water supplies. The waters will also be suitable for other uses for which waters of lower quality will be satisfactory.

2.This category includes watercourses in which natural flow is intermittent, or under certain conditions non-existent, and which may receive treated wastes from existing municipalities and industries. In such instances, recognition is given to the lack of opportunity for mixture of the treated wastes with the receiving stream for purposes of compliance. It is also understood in considering waters for this classification that urban runoff or natural conditions may impact any waters so classified.

(d)Other usage of waters: none recognized.

(e)Specific criteria:

1.Dissolved oxygen (May through November): treated sewage, industrial wastes, or other wastes shall not cause the dissolved oxygen to be less than 3.0 mg/l. In the application of dissolved oxygen criteria referred to above, dissolved oxygen shall be measured at a depth of 5 feet in waters 10 feet or greater in depth; and for those waters less than 10 feet in depth, dissolved oxygen criteria will be applied at mid-depth.

2.Toxic substances and taste-, odor-, and color-producing substances attributable to treated sewage, industrial wastes, and other wastes: only such amounts as will not render the waters unsuitable for agricultural irrigation, livestock watering, industrial cooling, and industrial process water supply purposes; interfere with downstream water uses; or exhibit acute toxicity or chronic toxicity, as demonstrated by effluent toxicity testing or by application of numeric criteria given in Rule 335-6-10-.07, to fish and aquatic life, including shrimp and crabs in estuarine or salt waters or the propagation thereof. For the purpose of establishing effluent limitations pursuant to Chapter 335-6-6 of the Department's regulations, the minimum 7-day low flow that occurs once in 2 years (7Q2) shall be the basis for applying the chronic aquatic life criteria. The use of the 7Q2 low flow for application of chronic criteria is appropriate based on the historical uses and/or flow characteristics of streams to be considered for this classification.

3.Bacteria: In non-coastal waters, bacteria of the fecal coliform group shall not exceed a geometric mean of 1,000 colonies/100 ml; nor exceed a maximum of 2,000 colonies/100 ml in any sample. In coastal waters, bacteria of the enterococci group shall not exceed a maximum of 275 colonies/100 ml in any sample. The geometric mean shall be calculated from no less than five samples collected at a given station over a 30-day period at intervals not less than 24 hours.

(7)Agricultural And Industrial Water Supply

(a)Best usage of waters: Agricultural irrigation, livestock watering, industrial cooling and process water supplies, and any other usage, except fishing, bathing, recreational activities, including water-contact sports, or as a source of water supply for drinking or food-processing purposes.

(b)Conditions related to best usage:

(i)The waters, except for natural impurities which may be present therein, will be suitable for agricultural irrigation, livestock watering, industrial cooling waters, and fish survival. The waters will be usable after special treatment, as may be needed under each particular circumstance, for industrial process water supplies. The waters will also be suitable for other uses for which waters of lower quality will be satisfactory.

(ii)This category includes watercourses in which natural flow is intermittent and non-existent during droughts and which may, of necessity, receive treated wastes from existing municipalities and industries, both now and in the future. In such instances, recognition must be given to the lack of opportunity for mixture of the treated wastes with the receiving stream for purposes of compliance. It is also understood in considering waters for this classification that urban runoff or natural conditions may impact any waters so classified.

(c)Specific criteria:

1.Sewage, industrial wastes, or other wastes: None which are not effectively treated or controlled in accordance with Rule 335-6-10-.08.

2.pH: Sewage, industrial wastes or other wastes shall not cause the pH to deviate more than one unit from the normal or natural pH, nor be less than 6.0, nor greater than 8.5. For salt waters and estuarine waters to which this classification is assigned, wastes as herein described shall not cause the pH to deviate more than one unit from the normal or natural pH, nor be less than 6.5, nor greater than 8.5.

3.Temperature: The maximum temperature rise above natural temperatures due to the addition of artificial heat shall not exceed 5&#176;

F in streams, lakes, and reservoirs, nor shall the maximum water temperature exceed 90&#176;

F.

4.Dissolved oxygen: Sewage, industrial wastes, or other wastes shall not cause the dissolved oxygen to be less than 3.0 mg/1. In the application of dissolved oxygen criteria referred to above, dissolved oxygen shall be measured at a depth of 5 feet in waters 10 feet or greater in depth; and for those waters less than 10 feet in depth, dissolved oxygen criteria will be applied at mid-depth.

5.Color, odor, and taste-producing substances, toxic substances, and other deleterious substances, including chemical compounds attributable to sewage, industrial wastes, and other wastes: Only such amounts as will not render the waters unsuitable for agricultural irrigation, livestock watering, industrial cooling, industrial process water supply purposes, and fish survival, nor interfere with downstream water uses.

6.Bacteria: In non-coastal waters, bacteria of the fecal coliform group shall not exceed a geometric mean of 2,000 colonies/100 ml; nor exceed a maximum of 4,000 colonies/100 ml in any sample. In coastal waters, bacteria of the enterococci group shall not exceed a maximum of 500 colonies/100 ml in any sample. The geometric mean shall be calculated from no less than five samples collected at a given station over a 30-day period at intervals not less than 24 hours.

7.Radioactivity: The concentrations of radioactive materials present shall not exceed the requirements of the Statement Department of Public Health.

8.Turbidity: There shall be no turbidity of other than natural origin that will cause substantial visible contrast with the natural appearance of waters or interfere with any beneficial uses which they serve. Furthermore, in no case shall turbidity exceed 50 Nephelometric units above background. Background will be interpreted as the natural condition of the receiving waters without the influence of man-made or man-induced causes. Turbidity levels caused by natural runoff will be included in establishing background levels.

Author: James E. McIndoe

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: May 5, 1967. Amended: June 19, 1967. Amended: July 17, 1972. Amended: February 26, 1973. Amended: May 30, 1977. Amended: December 19, 1977. Amended: February 4, 1981. Amended: Filed January 26, 1990; effective March 2, 1990. Amended: Filed February 27, 1991; effective April 3, 1991. Amended: Filed November 25, 1992; effective December 30, 1992. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000. Amended: Filed April 22, 2004; effective May 27, 2004.

<regElement name="335.6.10.10" level="3" title="Special Designations">

(1)Outstanding National Resource Water

(a)Designation:

1.High quality waters that constitute an outstanding National resource, such as waters of national and state parks and wildlife refuges and waters of exceptional recreational or ecological significance, may be considered for designation as an Outstanding National Resource Water (ONRW). For waters designated as ONRW, existing water quality shall be maintained and protected.

(b)Specific Criteria:

1.Sewage, industrial wastes or other wastes:

(i)No new point source discharges or expansions of existing point source discharges to Outstanding National Resource Waters shall be allowed.

(ii)Existing point source discharges to the Outstanding National Resource Water shall be allowed provided they are treated or controlled in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

(iii)New point source discharges or expansions of existing point source discharges to waters upstream of, or tributary to, Outstanding National Resource Waters shall be regulated in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, including compliance with water quality criteria for the use classification applicable to the particular water. However, no new point source discharge or expansion of an existing point source discharge to waters upstream of, or tributary to, Outstanding National Resource Waters shall be allowed if such discharge would not maintain and protect water quality within the Outstanding National Resource Water.

(iv)Nonpoint source discharges shall use best management practices adequate to protect water quality consistent with the Department's nonpoint source control program.

Author: James E. McIndoe

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed February 27, 1991; effective April 3, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.10.11" level="3" title="Water Quality Criteria Applicable To Specific Lakes">

(1)For certain lakes and reservoirs, waterbody-specific criteria are appropriate to enhance nutrient management. The response to nutrient input may vary significantly lake-to-lake, and for a given lake year-to-year, depending on a number of factors such as rainfall distribution and hydraulic retention time. For this reason, lake nutrient quality targets necessary to maintain and protect existing uses, expressed as chlorophyll a criteria, may also vary lake-to-lake. Because the relationship between nutrient input and lake chlorophyll a levels is not always well-understood, it may be necessary to revise the criteria as additional water quality data and improved assessment tools become available.

(2)The following lake-specific criteria apply to the waters listed below, in addition to any other applicable criteria commensurate with the designation usage of such waters.

(a)The Alabama River Basin

1.Claiborne Lake: those waters impounded by Claiborne Lock and Dam on the Alabama River. The lake has a surface area of 5,930 acres at full pool.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of the photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 15 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay.

2.Dannelly Lake: those waters impounded by Millers Ferry Lock and Dam on the Alabama River. The lake has a surface area of 17,200 acres at full pool.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of the photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 17 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay.

(b)The Chattahoochee River Basin

1.Walter F. George Lake: those waters impounded by Walter F. George Lock and Dam on the Chattahoochee River. The lake has a surface area of 45,181 acres at full power pool, 18,672 acres of which are within Alabama. The Alabama-Georgia state line is represented by the west bank of the original river channel, and the points of measurement for the criteria given below are located in Georgia waters.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 15 µg/1, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay; or 18 µg/1, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, approximately 0.25 miles upstream of U.S. Highway 82.

2.Lake Harding: those waters impounded by Bartletts Ferry Dam on the Chattahoochee River. The lake has a surface area of 5,850 acres at full pool, 2,176 acres of which are within Alabama. The point of measurement for the criterion given below is located in Georgia waters.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of the photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 15 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay.

3.West Point Lake: those waters impounded by West Point Dam on the Chattahoochee River. The lake has a surface area of 25,864 acres at full power pool, 2,765 acres of which are within Alabama. The point of measurement for the criterion given below is located in Georgia waters.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 27 µg/1, as measured at the LaGrange, Georgia Water Intake.

(c)The Coosa River Basin

1.Weiss Lake: those waters impounded by Weiss Dam on the Coosa River. The lake has a surface area of 30,200 acres at full pool.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 20 µg/1, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, power dam forebay; or 20 µg/1, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, immediately upstream of causeway (Alabama Highway 9) at Cedar Bluff. If the mean of photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October is significantly less than 20 µg/1 for a given year, the Department will re-evaluate the chlorophyll a criteria, associated nutrient management strategies, and available data and information, and recommend changes, if appropriate, to maintain and protect existing uses.

(d)The Perdido/Escambia River Basin

1.Point A Lake: those waters impounded by Point A Dam on the Conecuh River. The lake has a surface area of 900 acres at full pool.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of the photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 9 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay.

2.Gantt Lake: those waters impounded by Gantt Dam on the Conecuh River. The lake has a surface area of 2,767 acres at full pool.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of the photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 11 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay.

(e)The Tallapoosa River Basin

1.Thurlow Lake: those waters impounded by Thurlow Dam on the Tallapoosa River. The reservoir has a surface area of 574 acres at full pool.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of the photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 5 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay.

2.Yates Lake: those waters impounded by Yates Dam on the Tallapoosa River. The lake has a surface area of 2,000 acres at full pool.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of the photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 5 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay.

3.Lake Martin: those waters impounded by Martin Dam on the Tallapoosa River. The lake has a surface area of 40,000 acres at full pool.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of the photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 5 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay; or 5 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point main river channel, immediately upstream of Blue Creek embayment; or 5 µg/l as measured at the deepest point, main creek channel, immediately upstream of Alabama Highway 63 (Kowaliga) bridge.

4.R. L. Harris Lake: those waters impounded by R. L. Harris Dam on the Tallapoosa River. The lake has a surface area of 10,660 acres at full pool.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean to photic zone composite chlorophyll asamples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 10µg/1, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay; or 12 µg/1, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay; or 12µg/1, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, immediately upstream of the Tallapoosa River ? Little Tallapoosa River conference.

(f)The Tennessee River Basin

1.Pickwick Lake: those waters impounded by Pickwick Dam on the Tennessee River. The reservoir has a surface area of 43,100 acres at full pool, 33,700 acres of which are within Alabama. The point of measurement for the criterion given below is located in Tennessee waters.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of the photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through September shall not exceed 18 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay.

2.Wilson Lake: those waters impounded by Wilson Dam on the Tennessee River. The lake has a surface area of 15,930 acres at full pool.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of the photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through September shall not exceed 18 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay.

3.Wheeler Lake: those waters impounded by Wheeler Dam on the Tennessee River. The lake has a surface area of 67,100 acres at full pool.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of the photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through September shall not exceed 18 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay.

4.Guntersville Lake: those waters impounded by Guntersville Dam on the Tennessee River. The lake has a surface area of 69,700 acres at full pool, 67,900 of which are within Alabama.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20thEdition, 1998): the mean of photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through September shall not exceed 18 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay.

5.Cedar Creek Lake: those waters impounded by Cedar Creek Dam on Cedar Creek. The reservoir has a surface area of 4,200 acres at full pool.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of the photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 8 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main creek channel, dam forebay.

6.Little Bear Creek Lake: those waters impounded by Little Bear Dam on Little Bear Creek. The reservoir has a surface area of 1,600 acres at full pool.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of the photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 8 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main creek channel, dam forebay.

(g)The Warrior River Basin

1.Warrior Lake: those waters impounded by Warrior Lock and Dam on the Black Warrior River. The lake has a surface area of 7,800 acres at full pool.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of the photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 12 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay.

2.Oliver Lake: those waters impounded by William Bacon Oliver Lock and Dam on the Black Warrior River. The lake has a surface area of 800 acres at full pool.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of the photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 12 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay.

3.Holt Lake: those waters impounded by Holt Lock and Dam on the Black Warrior River. The lake has a surface area of 3,200 acres at full pool.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of the photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 16 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay.

4.Lake Tuscaloosa: those waters impounded by Lake Tuscaloosa Dam on the North River. The lake has a surface area of 5,885 acres at full pool.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of the photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 8 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay.

5.Bankhead Lake: those waters impounded by John Hollis Bankhead Lock and Dam on the Black Warrior River. The lake has a surface area of 9,200 acres at full pool.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of the photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 16 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay.

6.Smith Lake: those waters impounded by Lewis M. Smith Dam on the Sipsey Fork River. The lake has a surface area of 21,200 acres at full pool.

(i)Chlorophyll a (corrected, as described in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998): the mean of the photic-zone composite chlorophyll a samples collected monthly April through October shall not exceed 5 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, dam forebay; 5 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, at Duncan Creek/Sipsey River confluence (downstream of the Alabama Highway 257 bridge); and 5 µg/l, as measured at the deepest point, main river channel, immediately downstream of Brushy Creek confluence.

Author: James E. McIndoe

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed December 8, 2000; effective January 12, 2001. Amended: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed April 22, 2004; effective May 27, 2004.

<regElement name="335.6.10.12" level="3" title="Implementation Of The Antidegradation Policy"> <dwc name="antimoni" times="1"><dwc name="arsen" times="1"><dwc name="cyanid" times="1"><dwc name="mercuri" times="1"><dwc name="thallium" times="1"><dwc name="benzen" times="1"><dwc name="carbon tetrachlorid" times="1"><dwc name="chlordan" times="1"><dwc name="chlorobenzen" times="1"><dwc name="methylen chlorid" times="1"><dwc name="dioxin" times="1"><dwc name="tcdd" times="1"><dwc name="endrin" times="2"><dwc name="ethylbenzen" times="1"><dwc name="heptachlor" times="2"><dwc name="heptachlor epoxid" times="1"><dwc name="hexachlorobenzen" times="1"><dwc name="hexachlorocyclopentadien" times="1"><dwc name="pcb" times="7"><dwc name="pentachlorophenol" times="1"><dwc name="tetrachloroethylen" times="1"><dwc name="toluen" times="1"><dwc name="toxaphen" times="1"><dwc name="trichloroethylen" times="1"><dwc name="vinyl chlorid" times="1">

(1)The antidegradation policy at Rule 335-6-10-.04 addresses three categories of waters/uses:

(a)High quality waters that constitute an outstanding national resource (Tier 3);

(b)Waters where the quality exceeds levels necessary to support propagation of fish, shellfish, and wildlife and recreation in and on the water (Tier 2); and

(c)Existing instream water uses and the level of water quality necessary to protect the existing uses (Tier 1).

(2)Tier 3 waters are those waters designated pursuant to the Outstanding National Resource Water (ONRW) special designation at Rule 335-6-10-.10, and are identified in Rule 335-6-11-.02.

(3)Tier 1 waters are:

(a)Those waters (except waters assigned the use classification of Outstanding Alabama Water, which are Tier 2 waters) identified on the most recent EPA-approved Section 303(d) list;

(b)Those waters (except waters assigned the use classification of Outstanding Alabama Water, which are Tier 2 waters) for which attainment of applicable water quality standards has been, or is expected to be, achieved through implementation of effluent limitations more stringent than technology-based controls (BPT, BAT, and secondary treatment); and

(c)Those waters assigned the use classification of Limited Warmwater Fishery or Agricultural and Industrial Water Supply (as identified in Rule 335-6-11-.02).

(4)Tier 2 waters are all other waters (those waters not identified as either Tier 3 waters or Tier 1 waters), including all waters assigned the use classification of Outstanding Alabama Water (as identified in Rule 335-6-11-.02).

(5)All new or expanded discharges to Tier 2 waters (except discharges eligible for coverage under general permits) covered by the NPDES permitting program are potentially subject to the provisions of Rule 335-6-10-.04(3). Applicants for such discharges are required to demonstrate that the proposed discharge is necessary for important economic or social development as a part of the permit application process.

(6)After receipt of a permit application for a potentially covered discharge, the Department will determine whether the proposed discharge is to a Tier 2 water, as defined in paragraph (4) above. Of necessity, this determination will be made on a case-by-case basis.

(7)The basic framework of the permitting process is unchanged for a covered discharge to a Tier 2 water. However, the process is enhanced to document the consideration of Tier 2 provisions. The additional documentation includes:

(a)The Department's determination that the application is for a new or expanded discharge;

(b)The Department's determination that the receiving stream is considered to be a Tier 2 water; and

(c)The Department's determination, based on the applicant's demonstration, that the proposed discharge is necessary for important economic or social development in the area in which the waters are located.

(8)All three items will be documented in the permit file and/or fact sheet, and will be used by the Department in its decision process. The public notice process will be used to announce a preliminary Department decision to deny or to allow a covered discharge to a Tier 2 water, while the final determination will be made concurrently with the final Department decision regarding the permit application for a covered discharge.

(9)Documentation by the applicant shall include:

(a)An evaluation of discharge alternatives completed by a Registered Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the State of Alabama.

1.The applicant shall document the discharge alternatives evaluation by completing and submitting the following forms, or by submitting the same information in another format acceptable to the Department:

(i)ADEM Form 311, Alternatives Analysis; and, as applicable,

(ii)ADEM Form 312, Calculation of Total Annualized Costs for Public-Sector Projects, or ADEM Form 313, Calculation of Total Annualized Costs for Private-Sector Projects. Alternatives with total annualized project costs that are less than 110% of the total annualized project costs for the Tier 2 discharge proposal are considered viable alternatives.

(b)A demonstration that the proposed discharge will support important economic or social development in the area in which the waters are located, documented by the applicant's response, in writing, to the following questions. The applicant shall provide supporting information for each response.

1.What environmental or public health problem will the discharger be correcting?

2.How much will the discharger be increasing employment (at its existing facility or as the result of locating a new facility)?

3.How much reduction in employment will the discharger be avoiding?

4.How much additional state or local taxes will the discharger be paying?

5.What public service to the community will the discharger be providing?

6.What economic or social benefit will the discharger be providing to the community?

(10)The following forms are embodied in this rule:

(a)ADEM Form 311 - Alternatives Analysis

(b)ADEM Form 312 - Calculation of Total Annualized Costs for Public-Sector Projects

(c)ADEM Form 313 - Calculation of Total Annualized Costs for Private-Sector Projects

Author: James E. McIndoe

Statutory Authority: Code of Alabama 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed June 26, 2002; effective July 31, 2002.

Alternatives Analysis

Applicant/Project: _________________________

All new or expanded discharges (except discharges eligible for coverage under general permits) covered by the NPDES permitting program are subject to the provisions of the antidegradation policy. Applicants for such discharges to Tier 2 waters are required to demonstrate " . . . that the proposed discharge is necessary for important economic or social development." As a part of this demonstration, the applicant must complete an evaluation of the discharge alternatives listed below, to include calculation of total annualized project costs for each technically feasible alternative (using ADEM Form 312 for public-sector projects and ADEM Form 313 for private-sector projects). Alternatives with total annualized project costs that are less than 110% of the total annualized project costs for the Tier 2 discharge proposal are considered viable alternatives.

<table width="100%"> Alternative Viable Non-Viable Comment 1 Land Application 2 Pretreatment/Discharge to POTW 3 Relocation of Discharge 4 Reuse/Recycle 5 Process/Treatment Alternatives 6 On-site/Sub-surface Disposal (other project-specific alternatives identified by the applicant or the Department; attach additional sheets if necessary) 7 8 9 Pursuant to ADEM Administrative Code Signature: ____________________________ Rule 335-6-3-.04, I certify on behalf of the applicant that I have completed (Professional Engineer) an evaluation of the discharge alternatives identified above, Date: _____________________________ and reached the conclusions indicated. (Supporting documentation to be attached, referenced, or otherwise handled as appropriate.) ADEM Form 311 3/02 </table>

Calculation of Total Annualized Project Costs

for Public-Sector Projects

A.Capital Costs

Capital Cost of Project$

Other One-Time Costs of Project (Please List, if any):

__________________________________________________$

__________________________________________________$

__________________________________________________$

Total Capital Costs (Sum column)$ (1)

Portion of Capital Costs to be Paid for with Grant

Monies$ (2)

Capital Costs to be Financed [Calculate: (1) ? (2)]$ (3)

Type of Financing (e.g., G.O. bond, revenue bond,

bank loan)

Interest Rate for Financing (expressed as

decimal) (i)

Time Period of Financing (in years) (n)

Annualization Factor = i + i

(1+i)n ? 1 (4)

Annualized Capital Cost [Calculate: (3) x (4)] (5)

B.Operating and Maintenance Costs

Annual Costs of Operation and Maintenance (including but not limited to: monitoring, inspection, permitting fees, waste disposal charges, repair, administration and replacement.) (Please list below.)

__________________________________________________$

__________________________________________________$

__________________________________________________$

__________________________________________________$

Total Annual O &amp; M Costs (Sum column)$ (6)

C.Total Annual Cost of Pollution Control Project

<table width="100%"> Total Annual Cost of Pollution Control Project [(5) + (6)] $ (7) </table>

ADEM Form 312 3/02Calculation of Total Annualized Project Costs

for Private-Sector Projects

<table width="100%"> Capital Costs to be Financed (Supplied by applicant) $ (1) Interest rate for Financing (Expressed as a decimal) (i) Time Period of Financing (Assume 10 years*) 10 years (n) Annualization Factor = i + i (1+i)10 - 1 (2) Annualized Capital Cost [Calculate: (1) x (2) ] $ (3) Annual Cost of Operation and Maintenance (including but not limited to monitoring, inspection, permitting fees, waste disposal charges, repair, administration and replacement)** $ (4) Total Annual Cost of Pollution Control Project [(3) + (4)] $ (5) </table>

*While actual payback schedules may differ across projects and companies, assume equal annual payments over a 10-year period for consistency in comparing projects.

**For recurring costs that occur less frequently than once a year, pro rate the cost over the relevant number of years (e.g., for pumps replaced once every three years, include one-third of the cost in each year).

ADEM Form 313 3/02

APPENDIX A

<table width="100%"> REFERENCE CANCER POTENCY BIOCONCENTRATION DOSE FACTOR FACTOR POLLUTANT mg/(kg-day) (kg-day)/mg l/kg Acrylonitrile 0.54 30 Aldrin 17 4670 Anthracene 0.3 30 Antimony 0.0004 1 Arsenic 1.75 44 Benzene 0.029 5.2 Benzidine 230 87.5 Benzo(a)anthracene 11.53 30 Benzo(a)pyrene 11.53 30 Benzo(b)fluoranthene 11.53 30 Benzo(k)fluoranthene 11.53 30 Bis(2-chloroethyl)ether 1.1 6.9 Bis(2-chloroisopropyl)ether 0.04 2.47 Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate 0.014 130 Bromoform 0.0079 3.75 Butylbenzyl phthalate 0.2 414 Carbon tetrachloride 0.13 18.75 Chlordane 1.3 14100 Chlorobenzene 0.02 10.3 Chlorodibromomethane 0.084 3.75 Chloroform 0.0061 3.75 2-Chloronaphthalene 0.08 202 2-Chlorophenol 0.005 134 Chrysene 11.53 30 Cyanide 0.02 1 4,4'-DDD 0.24 53600 4,4'-DDE 0.34 53600 4,4'-DDT 0.34 53600 Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene 11.53 30 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 0.09 55.6 1,3-Dichlorobenzene 0.0134 55.6 1,4-Dichlorobenzene 0.0134 55.6 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidiene 0.45 312 Dichlorobromomethane 0.13 3.75 1,2-Dichloroethane 0.091 1.2 1,1-Dichloroethylene 0.6 5.6 2,4-Dichlorophenol 0.003 40.7 1,2-Dichloropropane 0.000015 4.11 1,3-Dichloropropylene 0.0003 1.9 Dieldrin 16 4670 Diethyl phthalate 0.8 73 2,4 Dimethylphenol 0.02 93.8 Dimethyl phthalate 10 36 Di-n-butyl phthalate 0.1 89 4,6-Dinitro-2-methylphenol 0.00039 5.5 2,4-Dinitrophenol 0.002 1.5 2,4 Dinitrotoluene 0.31 3.8 Dioxin (2,3,7,8-TCDD) 17500 5000 1,2-Diphenylhydrazine 0.8 24.9 Endosulfan (alpha) 0.00005 270 Endosulfan (beta) 0.00005 270 Endosulfan sulfate 0.00005 270 Endrin 0.0003 3970 Endrin aldehyde 0.0003 3970 Ethylbenzene 0.1 37.5 Fluoranthene 0.04 1150 Fluorene 0.04 30 Heptachlor 4.5 11200 Heptachlor epoxide 9.1 11200 Hexachlorobenzene 1.688 8690 Hexachlorobutadiene 0.078 2.78 Hexachlorocyclohexane (alpha) 6.3 130 Hexachlorocyclohexane (beta) 1.8 130 Hexachlorocyclohexane (gamma) 1.326 130 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 0.007 4.34 Hexachloroethane 0.014 86.9 Indeno (1,2,3-cd) pyrene 11.53 30 Isophorone 0.0041 4.38 Mercury 0.000286 5500 Methyl bromide 0.0014 3.75 Methylene chloride 0.0075 0.9 Nickel 0.02 47 Nitrobenzene 0.0005 2.89 N-Nitrosodimethylamine 51 0.026 N-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine 7 1.13 N-Nitrosodiphenylamine 0.0049 136 PCB-1016 7.7 31200 PCB-1221 7.7 31200 PCB-1232 7.7 31200 PCB-1242 7.7 31200 PCB-1248 7.7 31200 PCB-1254 7.7 31200 PCB-1260 7.7 31200 Pentachlorophenol 0.12 11 Phenol 0.6 1.4 Pyrene 0.03 30 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 0.2 5 Tetrachloroethylene 0.039776 30.6 Thallium 0.000068 119 Toluene 0.2 10.7 Toxaphene 1.1 13100 1,2-Trans-dichloroethylene 0.02 1.58 1,1,2-Trichloroethane 0.057 4.5 Trichloroethylene 0.0126 10.6 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol 0.011 150 Vinyl chloride 0.0174 1.17 </table>

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;

History: Amended: Filed April 25, 1997; effective May 30, 1997.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-6-11" level="2" title="WATER USE CLASSIFICATIONS FOR INTERSTATE AND INTRASTATE WATERS">

<regElement name="335.6.11.01" level="3" title="The Use Classification System"> <dwc name="lead" times="1">

(1)Use classifications utilized by the State of Alabama are as follows:

Outstanding Alabama WaterOAW

Public Water SupplyPWS

Swimming and Other Whole Body

Shellfish HarvestingSH

Fish and WildlifeF&amp;W

Limited Warmwater FisheryLWF

Agricultural and Industrial

Water SupplyA&amp;I

(2)Use classifications apply water quality criteria adopted for particular uses based on existing utilization, uses reasonably expected in the future, and those uses not now possible because of correctable pollution but which could be made if the effects of pollution were controlled or eliminated. Of necessity, the assignment of use classifications must take into consideration the physical capability of waters to meet certain uses.

(3)Those use classifications presently included in the standards are reviewed informally by the Department's staff as the need arises, and the entire standards package, to include the use classifications, receives a formal review at least once each three years. Efforts currently underway through local 201 planning projects will provide additional technical data on certain streams in the State, information on treatment alternatives, and applicability of various management techniques, which, when available, will hopefully lead to new decisions regarding use classifications. Of particular interest are those segments which are currently classified for any usage which has an associated degree of quality criteria considered to be less than that applicable to a classification of "Fish and Wildlife." As rapidly as it can be demonstrated that new classifications are feasible on these segments from an economic and technological viewpoint, based on the information being generated pursuant to staff studies and the planning efforts previously outlined, such improvement will be sought.

(4)Although it is not explicitly stated in the classifications, it should be understood that the use classification of "Shellfish Harvesting" is only applicable in the coastal area and, therefore, is included only in the Mobile River Basin and the Perdido-Escambia River Basin. It should also be noted that with the exception of those segments in the "Public Water Supply" classification, every segment, in addition to being considered acceptable for its designated use, is also considered acceptable for any other use with a less stringent associated criteria.

(5)Not all waters are included by name in the use classifications since it would be a tremendous administrative burden to list all stream segments in the State. In addition, in virtually every instance where a segment is not included by name, the Department has no information or stream data upon which to base a decision relative to the assignment of a particular classification. An effort has been made, however, to include all major stream segments and all segments which, to the Department's knowledge, are currently recipients of point source discharges. Those segments which are not included by name will be considered to be acceptable for a "Fish and Wildlife" classification unless it can be demonstrated that such a generalization is inappropriate in specific instances.

Author: James E. McIndoe

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: May 5, 1967. Amended: June 19, 1967. Amended: April 1, 1970. Amended: October 16, l972. Amended: September 17, 1973. Amended: May 30, 1977. Amended: December 19, 1977. Amended: February 4, 1981. Amended: April 5, 1982. Amended: December 11, 1985. Amended: March 26, 1986. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000.

<regElement name="335.6.11.02" level="3" title="Use Classifications">

(1)THE ALABAMA RIVER BASIN

INTERSTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification ALABAMA RIVER MOBILE RIVER Claiborne Lock and Dam F&amp;W ALABAMA RIVER Claiborne Lock and Dam Frisco Railroad Crossing S/F&amp;W ALABAMA RIVER Frisco Railroad Crossing River Mile 131 F&amp;W ALABAMA RIVER River Mile 131 Millers Ferry Lock and Dam PWS ALABAMA RIVER Millers Ferry Lock and Dam Blackwell Bend (Six Mile Creek) S/F&amp;W ALABAMA RIVER Blackwell Bend (Six Mile Creek) Jones Bluff Lock and Dam F&amp;W ALABAMA RIVER Jones Bluff Lock and Dam Pintlalla Creek S/F&amp;W ALABAMA RIVER Pintlalla Creek Its source F&amp;W </table>

INTRASTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification Little River ALABAMA RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Randons Creek ALABAMA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Bear Creek Randons Creek Its source F&amp;W Limestone Creek ALABAMA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Double Bridges Creek Limestone Creek Its source F&amp;W Hudson Branch Limestone Creek Its source F&amp;W Big Flat Creek ALABAMA RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Pursley Creek ALABAMA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Unnamed tributary south of Camden Pursley Creek Its source F&amp;W Beaver Creek ALABAMA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Cub Creek Beaver Creek Its source F&amp;W Turkey Creek Beaver Creek Its source F&amp;W Rockwest Creek ALABAMA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Unnamed tributary west of Camden Rockwest Creek Its source F&amp;W Pine Barren Creek ALABAMA RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Chilatchee Creek ALABAMA RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Bogue Chitto Creek ALABAMA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Sand Creek Bogue Chitto Creek Its source F&amp;W Big Cedar Creek ALABAMA RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Valley Creek ALABAMA RIVER Selma-Summerfield Rd. F&amp;W Valley Creek Selma-Summerfield Rd. Its source S/F&amp;W Mulberry Creek ALABAMA RIVER Plantersville S/F&amp;W Mulberry Creek Plantersville Its source F&amp;W Gale Creek Mulberry Creek Its source F&amp;W Charlotte Creek Gale Creek Its source F&amp;W Big Swamp Creek ALABAMA RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Swift Creek ALABAMA RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Pintlalla Creek ALABAMA RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Autauga Creek ALABAMA RIVER Western boundary of Prattville F&amp;W Autauga Creek Western boundary of Prattville Its source S/F&amp;W Catoma Creek ALABAMA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Mortar Creek ALABAMA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Valley Creek Lake Within Valley Creek State Park S/F&amp;W Little River Lake Within Valley Creek State Park S/F&amp;W </table>

(2)THE CAHABA RIVER BASIN

INTRASTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification CAHABA RIVER ALABAMA RIVER Junction of lower Little Cahaba River OAW/S CAHABA RIVER Junction of lower Little Cahaba River Shelby County Road 52 OAW/F&amp;W CAHABA RIVER Shelby County Road 52 Dam near U.S. Highway 280 F&amp;W CAHABA RIVER Dam near U.S. Highway 280 Grant's Mill Road OAW/PWS CAHABA RIVER Grant's Mill Road U.S. Highway 11 F&amp;W CAHABA RIVER U.S. Highway 11 Its source OAW/F&amp;W Childers Creek CAHABA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Oakmulgee Creek CAHABA RIVER Its source S Little Oakmulgee Creek Oakmulgee Creek Its source S Rice Creek CAHABA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Waters Creek CAHABA RIVER Its source S Old Town Creek CAHABA RIVER Its source S Blue Outtee Creek CAHABA RIVER Its source S Affonee Creek CAHABA RIVER Its source S Haysop Creek CAHABA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Schultz Creek CAHABA RIVER Its source S Little Cahaba River (Bibb County) CAHABA RIVER Its source (junction of Mahan and Shoal Creeks) OAW/F&amp;W Six mile Creek Little Cahaba River Its source S Mahan Creek Little Cahaba River Its source F&amp;W Shoal Creek Little Cahaba River Its source F&amp;W Caffee Creek CAHABA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Shades Creek CAHABA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Buck Creek CAHABA RIVER Cahaba Valley Creek F&amp;W Buck Creek Cahaba Valley Creek Shelby County Road 44 LWF4 Buck Creek Shelby County Road 44 Its source F&amp;W Cahaba Valley Creek Buck Creek Its source F&amp;W Peavine Creek Buck Creek Its source F&amp;W Oak Mountain State Park Lakes PWS Patton Creek CAHABA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Little Shades Creek CAHABA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Little Cahaba River (Jefferson- Shelby Counties) CAHABA RIVER Head of Lake Purdy PWS </table>

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification Little Cahaba River (Jefferson County) Head of Lake Purdy Its source F&amp;W </table>

(3)THE CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER BASIN

INTERSTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER Alabama-Florida state line Water supply intake of Great Southern Division, Great Northern Paper Co. F&amp;W CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER Water supply intake of Great Southern Division, Great Northern Paper Co. Cowikee Creek S/F&amp;W CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER Cowikee Creek 14th Street Bridge between Columbus and Phenix City F&amp;W CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER 14th Street Bridge between Columbus and Phenix City Osanippa Creek PWS/S/F&amp;W CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER Osanippa Creek West Point Manufacturing Company water supply intake at Lanett F&amp;W CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER West Point Manufacturing Company water supply intake at Lanett West Point Dam PWS CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER (West Point Lake) West Point Dam West Point Lake limits in Alabama S/F&amp;W Osligee Creek Alabama-Georgia state line Its source F&amp;W Wehadkee Creek Alabama-Georgia state line Its source F&amp;W Finley Creek Alabama-Georgia state line Its source F&amp;W Hardley Creek Alabama-Georgia state line Its source F&amp;W Veasey Creek Alabama-Georgia state line Its source F&amp;W </table>

INTRASTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification Omusee Creek CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Mill Creek Omusee Creek Its source F&amp;W Abbie Creek CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Skippers Creek Abbie Creek Its source F&amp;W Owens Branch Abbie Creek Its source F&amp;W Cheneyhatchee Creek CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Barbour Creek CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Chewalla Creek CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Cowikee Creek CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W North Fork of Cowikee Creek Cowikee Creek Its source F&amp;W Middle Fork of Cowikee Creek North Fork of Cowikee Creek Its source S/F&amp;W Hurtsboro Creek North Fork of Cowikee Creek Its source A&amp;I South Fork of Cowikee Creek Cowikee Creek Its source S/F&amp;W Hatchechubbee Creek CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER Russell County Highway 4, west of Pittsview S/F&amp;W Hatchechubbee Creek Russell County Highway 4, west of Pittsview Its source F&amp;W Ihagee Creek CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Uchee Creek CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER County Road 39 S/F&amp;W Uchee Creek County Road 39 Alabama Highway 169 PWS/S/F&amp;W Uchee Creek Alabama Highway 169 Its source S/F&amp;W Halawakee Creek CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER Three miles upstream of County Road 79 PWS/F&amp;W Halawakee Creek Three miles upstream of County Road 79 Its source F&amp;W Osanippa Creek CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Kellum Hill Creek Osligee Creek Its source F&amp;W Allen Creek Kellum Hill Creek Its source F&amp;W Moore's Creek CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Guss Creek Wehadkee Creek Its source F&amp;W Gladney Mill Branch Guss Creek Its source F&amp;W </table>

(4)THE CHIPOLA RIVER BASIN

INTERSTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification Big Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Buck Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Cowarts Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W </table>

INTRASTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification Limestone Creek Big Creek Its source F&amp;W Cypress Creek Limestone Creek Its source F&amp;W Rocky Creek Cowarts Creek Its source F&amp;W </table>

(5)THE CHOCTAWHATCHEE RIVER BASIN

INTERSTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification Pea River CHOCTAWHATCHEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W CHOCTAWHATCHEE RIVER Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Wright Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Holmes Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Ten Mile Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W </table>

INTRASTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification Sandy Creek Pea River Samson F&amp;W Flat Creek Pea River Junction with Eight mile Creek F&amp;W Flat Creek Junction with Eight mile Creek Its source S/F&amp;W Eight mile Creek Flat Creek Its source F&amp;W Corner Creek Eight mile Creek Its source F&amp;W Cripple Creek Pea River Its source F&amp;W Samson Branch Pea River Its source F&amp;W Whitewater Creek Pea River Its source F&amp;W Big Creek Whitewater Creek Its source F&amp;W Walnut Creek Whitewater Creek Its source F&amp;W Mims Creek Whitewater Creek Its source F&amp;W Pea Creek Pea River Its source F&amp;W Double Bridges Creek CHOCTAWHATCHEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Blanket Creek Double Bridges Creek Its source F&amp;W Claybank Creek CHOCTAWHATCHEE RIVER Lake Tholocco F&amp;W Lake Tholocco Dam Its source S/F&amp;W Claybank Creek Lake Tholocco Its source F&amp;W Harrand Creek Claybank Creek Its source F&amp;W Tributary of Harrand Creek Harrand Creek Its source F&amp;W Hurricane Creek CHOCTAWHATCHEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Mill Creek Hurricane Creek Hartford F&amp;W Little Choctawhatchee River CHOCTAWHATCHEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Newton Creek Little Choctawhatchee River Its source F&amp;W Beaver Creek Newton Creek Its source F&amp;W Hurricane Creek (Dale County) CHOCTAWHATCHEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W West Fork of Choctawhatchee River CHOCTAWHATCHEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Judy Creek West Fork of Choctawhatchee River Its source F&amp;W Little Judy Creek Judy Creek Its source F&amp;W Lindsey Creek West Fork of Choctawhatchee River Its source F&amp;W East Fork of Choctawhatchee River CHOCTAWHATCHEE RIVER Blackwood Creek F&amp;W East Fork of Choctawhatchee River Blackwood Creek Its source S/F&amp;W Blackwood Creek East Fork of Choctawhatchee River Its source F&amp;W </table>

(6)THE COOSA RIVER BASIN

INTERSTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification COOSA RIVER Its junction with the TALLAPOOSA RIVER Jordan Dam F&amp;W COOSA RIVER (Lake Jordan) Jordan Dam Mitchell Dam S/F&amp;W COOSA RIVER (Lake Jordan) Bouldin Dam Alabama Highway 111 PWS/S/F&amp;W COOSA RIVER (Lake Mitchell) Mitchell Dam Lay Dam PWS/S/F&amp;W COOSA RIVER (Lay Lake) Lay Dam Southern RR Bridge (1-1/3 miles above Yellowleaf Creek) PWS/S/F&amp;W COOSA RIVER (Lay Lake) Southern RR Bridge (1-1/3 miles above Yellowleaf Creek) River Mile 89 (1-1/2 miles above Talladega Creek) S/F&amp;W COOSA RIVER (Lay Lake) River Mile 89 (1-1/2 miles above Talladega Creek) Logan Martin Dam PWS/S/F&amp;W COOSA RIVER (Logan Martin Lake) Logan Martin Dam Broken Arrow Creek S/F&amp;W COOSA RIVER (Logan Martin Lake) Broken Arrow Creek Trout Creek PWS/S/F&amp;W COOSA RIVER (Logan Martin Lake) (Lake Henry) Trout Creek McCardney's Ferry (3 miles upstream of Big Canoe Creek) S/F&amp;W COOSA RIVER (Lake Henry) McCardney's Ferry (3 miles upstream of Big Canoe Creek) City of Gadsden's water supply intake F&amp;W COOSA RIVER (Lake Henry) City of Gadsden's water supply intake Weiss Dam powerhouse PWS/F&amp;W COOSA RIVER Weiss Dam powerhouse Weiss Dam F&amp;W COOSA RIVER (Weiss Lake) Weiss Dam and Weiss Dam powerhouse Spring Creek PWS/S/F&amp;W COOSA RIVER (Weiss Lake) Spring Creek Alabama-Georgia state line S/F&amp;W Bouldin Tailrace Canal (Callaway Creek) COOSA RIVER Bouldin Dam F&amp;W Terrapin Creek COOSA RIVER U.S. Highway 278 F&amp;W Terrapin Creek U.S. Highway 278 Calhoun County Road 70, east of Vigo PWS/F&amp;W Terrapin Creek Calhoun County Road 70, east of Vigo Alabama-Georgia state line F&amp;W Little River and tributaries COOSA RIVER (Weiss Lake) Junction of East Fork of Little River and West Fork of Little River PWS/S/F&amp;W3 East Fork of Little River and tributaries Little River Alabama-Georgia state line PWS/S/F&amp;W3 West Fork of Little River and tributaries Little River Alabama-Georgia state line PWS/S/F&amp;W3 Chattooga River COOSA RIVER (Weiss Lake) Gaylesville S/F&amp;W Chattooga River Gaylesville Alabama-Georgia state line F&amp;W Spring Creek COOSA RIVER (Weiss Lake) Alabama-Georgia state line F&amp;W </table>

INTRASTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification Weoka Creek COOSA RIVER (Lake Jordan) Its source S/F&amp;W Chestnut Creek COOSA RIVER (Lake Jordan) Its source F&amp;W Hatchet Creek COOSA RIVER (Lake Mitchell) Norfolk Southern Railway OAW/S/F&amp;W Hatchet Creek Norfolk Southern Railway Junction of East Fork Hatchet Creek and West Fork Hatchet Creek OAW/PWS/S/F&amp;W East Fork Hatchet Creek Hatchet Creek Its source OAW/F&amp;W West Fork Hatchet Creek Hatchet Creek Its source OAW/F&amp;W Socapatoy Creek Hatchet Creek Its source F&amp;W Weogufka Creek Hatchet Creek (Lake Mitchell) Its source S/F&amp;W Walnut Creek COOSA RIVER (Lake Mitchell) Its source F&amp;W Waxahatchee Creek COOSA RIVER (Lay Lake) Its source F&amp;W Tributary of Waxahatchee Creek Waxahatchee Creek Its source F&amp;W Buxahatchee Creek Waxahatchee Creek (Lay Lake) Its source F&amp;W Yellowleaf Creek COOSA RIVER (Lay Lake) Its source S/F&amp;W Tallasseehatchee Creek COOSA RIVER (Lay Lake) City of Sylacauga's water supply reservoir dam F&amp;W Tallasseehatchee Creek City of Sylacauga's water supply reservoir dam Its source PWS/F&amp;W Shirtee Creek Tallasseehatchee Creek Its source A&amp;I Talladega Creek COOSA RIVER (Lay Lake) County Road 303 F&amp;W Talladega Creek County Road 303 Alabama Highway 77 PWS/F&amp;W Talladega Creek Alabama Highway 77 Its source F&amp;W Mump Creek Talladega Creek City of Talladega's water supply reservoir dam F&amp;W Mump Creek City of Talladega's water supply reservoir dam Its source PWS/F&amp;W Kelly Creek COOSA RIVER (Lay Lake) Its source S/F&amp;W Wolf Creek Kelly Creek Its source F&amp;W Choccolocco Creek COOSA RIVER (Logan Martin Lake) Its source F&amp;W Eastaboga Creek Choccolocco Creek Its source F&amp;W Cheaha Creek Choccolocco Creek Lake Chinnabee S/F&amp;W Lake Chinnabee Within Talladega National Forest S/F&amp;W Kelly Creek Cheaha Creek Its source F&amp;W Brecon Branch Kelly Creek Its source F&amp;W Coldwater Creek Choccolocco Creek Its source F&amp;W Coldwater Spring PWS/F&amp;W Snow Creek Choccolocco Creek Its source F&amp;W Dye Creek COOSA RIVER (Logan Martin Lake) Its source F&amp;W Cane Creek COOSA RIVER (Logan Martin Lake) Its source F&amp;W Cave Creek Cane Creek Its source F&amp;W Ohatchee Creek COOSA RIVER (Logan Martin Lake) Its source S/F&amp;W Tallahatchee Creek Ohatchee Creek Its source F&amp;W Tributary of Tallahatchee Creek Tallahatchee Creek Its source F&amp;W Big Canoe Creek COOSA RIVER (Lake Henry) Its source F&amp;W Little Canoe Creek Big Canoe Creek Its source F&amp;W Spring Creek Little Canoe Creek Its source F&amp;W Big Wills Creek COOSA RIVER (Lake Henry- Lake Gadsden) 100 yds. below Allen Branch F&amp;W Big Wills Creek 100 yds. below Allen Branch Its source PWS/F&amp;W Lake Gadsden (Lake Henry) U. S. Highway 411 Impoundment limits F&amp;W Black Creek Lake Henry (Lake Gadsden) U. S. Highway 431 A&amp;I Black Creek U. S. Highway 431 Its source F&amp;W Allen Branch Big Wills Creek Ft. Payne public water supply dam F&amp;W Allen Branch Ft. Payne public water supply dam Its source PWS/F&amp;W Coleman Lake Within Talladega National Forest S/F&amp;W Sweetwater Lake Within Talladega National Forest PWS/S/F&amp;W High Rock Lake Within Talladega National Forest S/F&amp;W Hillabee Lake Within Talladega National Forest PWS/S/F&amp;W Salt Creek Lake Within Talladega National Forest S/F&amp;W Shoal Creek Choccolocco Creek Whitesides Mill Lake PWS/S/F&amp;W Whitesides Mill Lake Western Border of Talladega National Forest S/F&amp;W/PWS Shoal Creek Whitesides Mill Lake Sweetwater Lake S/F&amp;W Ladiga Creek Terrapin Creek Terrapin Creek PWS </table>

(7)THE ESCATAWPA RIVER BASIN

INTERSTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification Big Creek Alabama- Mississippi state line Big Creek Reservoir F&amp;W Big Creek Big Creek Reservoir Its source PWS/F&amp;W ESCATAWPA RIVER Alabama- Mississippi state line Its source S/F&amp;W </table>

INTRASTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification Puppy Creek ESCATAWPA RIVER Its source F&amp;W </table>

(8)THE LOWER TOMBIGBEE RIVER BASIN

INTERSTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification TOMBIGBEE RIVER MOBILE RIVER One-half mile downstream from Southern Railway Crossing F&amp;W TOMBIGBEE RIVER One-half mile downstream from Southern Railway Crossing Five miles upstream from U. S. Highway 43 PWS/S/F&amp;W TOMBIGBEE RIVER Five miles upstream from U. S. Highway 43 Jackson Lock and Dam F&amp;W TOMBIGBEE RIVER Jackson Lock and Dam Beach Bluff (River Mile 141) S/F&amp;W TOMBIGBEE RIVER Beach Bluff (River Mile 141) One-half mile downstream from Alabama Highway 114 F&amp;W1 TOMBIGBEE RIVER One-half mile downstream from Alabama Highway 114 Three miles upstream from Alabama Highway 114 PWS/F&amp;W1 TOMBIGBEE RIVER Three miles upstream from Alabama Highway 114 Demopolis Lock and Dam F&amp;W1 TOMBIGBEE RIVER Demopolis Lock and Dam WARRIOR RIVER S/F&amp;W Okatuppa Creek TOMBIGBEE RIVER Alabama- Mississippi state line F&amp;W Bogueloosa Creek Okatuppa Creek Its source F&amp;W Tuckabum Creek TOMBIGBEE RIVER Alabama- Mississippi state line F&amp;W Yantley Creek Tuckabum Creek Alabama- Mississippi state line F&amp;W Sucarnoochee River TOMBIGBEE RIVER U. S. Highway 11 F&amp;W Sucarnoochee River U. S. Highway 11 Five miles upstream from Livingston city limits PWS/S/F&amp;W Sucarnoochee River Five miles upstream from U. S. Highway 11 Alabama- Mississippi state line F&amp;W Alamuchee Creek Sucarnoochee River Alabama- Mississippi state line F&amp;W Toomsuba Creek Alamuchee Creek AT&amp;N Railroad F&amp;W Toomsuba Creek AT&amp;N Railroad Alabama- Mississippi state line PWS/F&amp;W </table>

INTRASTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification Bilbo Creek TOMBIGBEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Bates Creek Bilbo Creek Its source S/F&amp;W Lewis Creek TOMBIGBEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Bassett's Creek (Washington County) TOMBIGBEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Little Bassett's Creek (Washington County) Bassett's Creek (Washington County) Its source F&amp;W Miles Creek Little Bassett's Creek (Washington County) Its source F&amp;W Bassett's Creek (Clarke County) TOMBIGBEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W James Creek Bassett's Creek (Clarke Co.) Its source F&amp;W Jackson Creek TOMBIGBEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Satilpa Creek TOMBIGBEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Santa Bogue Creek TOMBIGBEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Turkey Creek TOMBIGBEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Bashi Creek TOMBIGBEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Tishlarka Creek TOMBIGBEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Wahalak Creek Tishlarka Creek Its source F&amp;W Horse Creek TOMBIGBEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Beaver Creek TOMBIGBEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Kinterbish Creek TOMBIGBEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Chickasaw Bogue TOMBIGBEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Sycamore Creek Chickasaw Bogue Its source F&amp;W Unnamed tributary southwest of York (Lake Louise) Toomsuba Creek Its source PWS </table>

(9)THE MOBILE RIVER-MOBILE BAY BASIN

INTERSTATE AND COASTAL WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification Mobile River and all other rivers, creeks, lakes of the Mobile River Delta and their tributaries except as otherwise designated F&amp;W MOBILE RIVER Tensaw River Barry Steam Plant PWS/F&amp;W MOBILE RIVER Its mouth Spanish River LWF4 Tensaw River Junction of Tensaw and Apalachee Rivers Junction of Briar Lake OAW/S/F&amp;W Tensaw River Junction of Briar Lake Junction of Tensaw Lake OAW/F&amp;W Briar Lake Junction of Tensaw River Junction of Tensaw Lake OAW/F&amp;W Tensaw Lake Junction of Tensaw River Bryant Landing OAW/F&amp;W MOBILE BAY West of a line drawn due south from the western shore of Chacaloochee Bay (Lat. 304047.3/ Long. 0875944.2) A point due east of the mouth of Dog River (Lat. 303353.2/ Long. 0880515.3) F&amp;W MOBILE BAY South of a line drawn due east from the mouth of Dog River (Lat. 303353.2/ Long. 0880515.3) and east of a line drawn due south from the western shore of Chacaloochee Bay (Lat. 304047.3/ Long. 0875944.2) and all other portions of MOBILE BAY S/F&amp;W MOBILE BAY All that portion lying south of a line extending in an easterly direction from the south bank of East Fowl River at its mouth (Lat. 302703.1/ Long. 0880622.6) through lighted beacon (FL 2 seconds) (Lat.302707.5/ Long. 0880539.3) to lighted beacon (FLG 4 seconds "23") (Lat. 302718.3/Long. 0880058.3) at the Mobile Ship Channel thence in a northeasterly direction to Daphne (Bench Mark 157, Lat. 303607.5/ Long. 0875416.4) SH/F&amp;W Bon Secour Bay In its entirety (east and south of a line connecting Mullet Point, Lat. 332435.0/Long. 0875423.2, and Engineers Point, Lat. 301350.1/Long. 0880126.2, at Fort Morgan) SH/S/F&amp;W Mississippi Sound and contiguous waters excepting: that portion of Portersville Bay 1,000 feet on each side of a straight line connecting the shore at Bayou Coden to a lighted beacon (FLR 4 seconds "6") (Lat. 302231.2 Long. 0881425.8) and lighted beacon (FL 4 seconds "1") (Lat. 302223.7/Long0881434.8); that portion of Portersville Bay 1,000 feet on each side of a straight line connecting the shore at Bayou La Batre and lighted beacons (FR) (Lat. 302311.0/Long. 0881609.6) and (FLR 4 seconds "6") (Lat. 302105.2/Long. 0881702.2), and that portion of Bayou Aloe within 1,000 feet of the outfall (Lat. 301552.0/Long. 0880702.1) of the Dauphin Island sewage treatment plant SH/S/F&amp;W Waters excepted in foregoing description of Portersville Bay and contiguous waters F&amp;W Oyster Bay and that portion of Bon Secour River west of a line drawn due north from the east bank of the inlet connecting Oyster Bay and Bon Secour River SH/F&amp;W Coastal waters of the Gulf of Mexico contiguous to the State of Alabama SH/S/F&amp;W Intracoastal Waterway Bon Secour Bay Alabama Highway 59 F&amp;W Bon Secour River Bon Secour Bay One mile upstream from first bridge above its mouth S/F&amp;W Boggy Branch Bon Secour River Its source S/F&amp;W Weeks Bay Bon Secour Bay Fish River S/F&amp;W3 Magnolia River Weeks Bay Its source S/F&amp;W Fish River Weeks Bay Clay City S/F&amp;W Turkey Branch Fish River Its source S/F&amp;W Waterhole Branch Fish River Its source S/F&amp;W Cowpen Creek Fish River Its source S/F&amp;W Point Clear Creek MOBILE BAY Its source F&amp;W Fly Creek MOBILE BAY Its source S/F&amp;W Rock Creek MOBILE BAY Its source F&amp;W D'Olive Creek D'Olive Bay Its source F&amp;W West Fowl River Fowl River Bay Its source S/F&amp;W Bayou Coden Portersville Bay Its source F&amp;W Bayou La Batre Portersville Bay Its source F&amp;W Little River Portersville Bay Its source F&amp;W East Fowl River Fowl River Its source S/F&amp;W Fowl River MOBILE BAY Its source S/F&amp;W Deer River and its forks MOBILE BAY Their sources F&amp;W Dog River MOBILE BAY Halls Mill Creek S/F&amp;W Halls Mill Creek Dog River Its source F&amp;W Alligator Bayou Dog River Its source F&amp;W Rabbit Creek Dog River Its source F&amp;W Rattlesnake Bayou Dog River Its source F&amp;W Robinson's Bayou Dog River Its source F&amp;W Three Mile Creek MOBILE RIVER Mobile Street A&amp;I Industrial Canal Three Mile Creek Its source A&amp;I Chickasaw Creek MOBILE RIVER Limit of tidal effects (Highway 43) LWF Hog Bayou Chickasaw Creek Its source F&amp;W Little Lagoon (Baldwin County) In its entirety SH/S/F&amp;W Bayou Sara MOBILE RIVER U. S. Highway 43 S/F&amp;W Bayou Sara U. S. Highway 43 Its source F&amp;W Gunnison Creek Bayou Sara Its source S/F&amp;W Steele Creek Gunnison Creek Its source S/F&amp;W </table>

NOTE: Waters of the Mobile River-Mobile Bay Basin classified for SWIMMING AND OTHER WHOLE BODY WATER-CONTACT SPORTS, SHELLFISH HARVESTING and/or FISH AND WILDLIFE in which natural conditions provide an appropriate habitat for shrimp and crabs are to be suitable for the propagation and harvesting of shrimp and crabs.

INTRASTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification Bon Secour River One mile upstream from first bridge above its mouth Its source S/F&amp;W Fish River Clay City Its source S/F&amp;W Polecat Creek Fish River Its source S/F&amp;W Corn Branch Fish River Its source F&amp;W Three Mile Creek Mobile Street Its source A&amp;I Chickasaw Creek Limit of tidal effects Mobile College F&amp;W Chickasaw Creek Mobile College Its source S/F&amp;W Eight Mile Creek Chickasaw Creek City of Prichard's water supply intake F&amp;W Eight Mile Creek City of Prichard's water supply intake U. S. Highway 45 PWS/F&amp;W Eight Mile Creek U. S. Highway 45 Its source F&amp;W Norton Creek Bayou Sara Its source F&amp;W Martin Branch Tensaw River Its source F&amp;W Cold Creek MOBILE RIVER Dam 1 1/2 miles west of U.S. Highway 43 F&amp;W2 Cold Creek Dam 1 1/2 miles west of U. S. Highway 43 Its source PWS/F&amp;W </table>

(10)THE PERDIDO/ESCAMBIA RIVER BASIN (TO INCLUDE THE BLACKWATER, CONECUH, PERDIDO, AND YELLOW RIVER SUB-BASINS)

INTERSTATE WATERS OF THE BLACKWATER RIVER BASIN

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification BLACKWATER RIVER Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Big Juniper Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Sweetwater Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Rock Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Boggy Hollow Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W </table>

INTERSTATE WATERS OF THE CONECUH RIVER BASIN

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification CONECUH RIVER Alabama-Florida state line Point A Dam F&amp;W CONECUH RIVER Point A Dam Head of Gantt Lake S/F&amp;W CONECUH RIVER Head of Gantt Lake Its source F&amp;W Little Escambia Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Big Escambia Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Pine Barren Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Dixon Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Canoe Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Reedy Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Beaver Dam Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W </table>

INTRASTATE WATERS OF THE CONECUH RIVER BASIN

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification Murder Creek CONECUH RIVER Its source F&amp;W Sandy Creek Murder Creek Its source F&amp;W Burnt Corn Creek Murder Creek Its source S/F&amp;W Sepulga River CONECUH RIVER Its source F&amp;W Pigeon Creek Sepulga River Its source F&amp;W Unnamed Tributary Pigeon Creek Its source F&amp;W Persimmon Creek Sepulga River Its source F&amp;W Rocky Creek Persimmon Creek Its source F&amp;W Prestwood Creek CONECUH RIVER Its source F&amp;W Unnamed Tributary west of Andalusia CONECUH RIVER Its source F&amp;W Patsaliga Creek CONECUH RIVER Its source F&amp;W Little Patsaliga Creek Patsaliga Creek Its source S/F&amp;W Double Branch CONECUH RIVER Its source F&amp;W Sizemore Creek Big Escambia Creek Its source S/F&amp;W Wet Weather Creek Sizemore Creek Its source F&amp;W </table>

INTERSTATE AND COASTAL WATERS OF THE PERDIDO RIVER BASIN

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification PERDIDO BAY and all connecting coves and bayous Gulf of Mexico Its source S/F&amp;W/SH Intracoastal Waterway Alabama Highway 59 Wolf Bay F&amp;W Wolf Bay and all connecting coves and bayous Intracoastal Waterway Its source S/F&amp;W/SH Bay La Launch and all connecting coves and bayous Wolf Bay Arnica Bay S/F&amp;W/SH Arnica Bay and all connecting coves and bayous Bay La Launch PERDIDO BAY S/F&amp;W/SH Miflin Creek Wolf Bay Limit of tidal effects S/F&amp;W Hammock Creek Wolf Bay Limit of tidal effects S/F&amp;W Palmetto Creek PERDIDO BAY Its source S/F&amp;W Spring Branch PERDIDO BAY Its source S/F&amp;W Soldier Creek PERDIDO BAY Its source S/F&amp;W PERDIDO RIVER PERDIDO BAY Its source F&amp;W Perdido Creek PERDIDO RIVER Its source F&amp;W Brushy Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Shelby Lakes Within Gulf State Park S/F&amp;W Coastal waters of the Gulf of Mexico Contiguous to the State of Alabama S/F&amp;W/SH </table>

NOTE: Waters of the Perdido River Basin classified for SWIMMING AND OTHER WHOLE BODY WATER-CONTACT SPORTS, SHELLFISH HARVESTING and/or FISH AND WILDLIFE in which natural conditions provide an appropriate habitat for shrimp and crabs are to be suitable for the propagation and harvesting of shrimp and crabs.

INTRASTATE WATERS OF THE PERDIDO RIVER BASIN

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification Wolf Creek Wolf Bay Its source F&amp;W Sandy Creek Wolf Bay Its source S/F&amp;W Miflin Creek Limit of tidal effects Its source F&amp;W BLACKWATER RIVER PERDIDO RIVER Its source F&amp;W Negro Creek BLACKWATER RIVER Its source F&amp;W Rock Creek BLACKWATER RIVER Its source F&amp;W Styx River PERDIDO RIVER Hollinger Creek F&amp;W Styx River Hollinger Creek Its source S/F&amp;W Hollinger Creek Styx River Its source F&amp;W Dyas Creek PERDIDO RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W </table>

INTERSTATE WATERS OF THE YELLOW RIVER BASIN

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification YELLOW RIVER Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Pond Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Big Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Horsehead Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Fleming Creek Alabama-Florida state line Its source F&amp;W Lake Jackson Within Florala and north of Alabama-Florida state line S/F&amp;W </table>

INTRASTATE WATERS OF THE YELLOW RIVER BASIN

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification Five Runs Creek YELLOW RIVER Its source F&amp;W Indian Creek YELLOW RIVER Its source F&amp;W Lightwood Knot Creek YELLOW RIVER Its source F&amp;W Cameron Creek Lightwood Knot Creek Its source F&amp;W Bay Branch Five Runs Creek Its source F&amp;W Blue Lake Within Conecuh National Forest S/F&amp;W Open Pond Within Conecuh National Forest S/F&amp;W Dowdy Pond Within Conecuh National Forest S/F&amp;W </table>

(11)THE TALLAPOOSA RIVER BASIN

INTERSTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification TALLAPOOSA RIVER ALABAMA RIVER U. S. Highway 231 F&amp;W TALLAPOOSA RIVER U. S. Highway 231 Thurlow Dam PWS/F&amp;W TALLAPOOSA RIVER (Thurlow Lake) Thurlow Dam Yates Dam PWS/S/F&amp;W TALLAPOOSA RIVER (Yates Lake) Yates Dam Martin Dam PWS/S/F&amp;W TALLAPOOSA RIVER (Lake Martin) Martin Dam Highway 280 S/F&amp;W TALLAPOOSA RIVER (Lake Martin) Highway 280 Hillabee Creek PWS/S/F&amp;W TALLAPOOSA RIVER Hillabee Creek R.L. Harris Dam F&amp;W TALLAPOOSA RIVER (R.L. Harris Lake) R.L. Harris Dam Four miles upstream of Randolph County Road 88 (Lee Bridge) S/F&amp;W TALLAPOOSA RIVER Four miles upstream of Randolph County Road 88 (Lee Bridge) One-half mile upstream of Cleburne County Road 36 F&amp;W TALLAPOOSA RIVER One-half mile upstream of Cleburne County Road 36 Cleburne County Road 19 PWS/F&amp;W TALLAPOOSA RIVER Cleburne County Road 19 Alabama-Georgia state line F&amp;W Little Tallapoosa River (R.L. Harris Lake TALLAPOOSA RIVER R.L. Harris Lake U.S. Highway 431 S/F&amp;W Little Tallapoosa River (R.L. Harris Lake) U.S. Highway 431 Five miles upstream of U.S. Highway 431 PWS/S/F&amp;W Little Tallapoosa River Five miles upstream of U.S. Highway 431 Alabama-Georgia state line F&amp;W </table>

INTRASTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification Oakfuskee Creek (Line Creek) TALLAPOOSA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Old Town Creek Oakfuskee Creek (Line Creek) Its source F&amp;W Cubahatchee Creek TALLAPOOSA RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Calebee Creek TALLAPOOSA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Uphapee Creek TALLAPOOSA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Bulger Creek Uphapee Creek Its source PWS/F&amp;W Parkerson Mill Creek Chewacla Creek Its source F&amp;W Chewacla Creek Uphapee Creek Chewacla State Park Lake (Moore?s Mill Creek F&amp;W Chewacla Creek Chewacla State Park Lake (Moore?s Mill Creek Its source PWS/F&amp;W Moore's Mill Creek Chewacla Creek (Dam at Chewacla State Park Lake) Its source S/F&amp;W Sougahatchee Creek TALLAPOOSA RIVER (Yates Lake) Sougahatchee Lake Dam F&amp;W Sougahatchee Creek Sougahatchee Lake Dam Its source PWS/F&amp;W Pepperell Branch Sougahatchee Creek Its source F&amp;W Head Creek Sougahatchee Creek Its source F&amp;W Little Kowaliga Creek (Lake Martin) Big Kowaliga Creek (Lake Martin) Reservoir Limits PWS/S/F&amp;W Sandy Creek TALLAPOOSA RIVER (Lake Martin) Its source F&amp;W Chattasofka Creek Sandy Creek Its source F&amp;W North Fork of Sandy Creek Sandy Creek Its source F&amp;W South Fork of Sandy Creek Sandy Creek Its source F&amp;W Little Sandy Creek South Fork of Sandy Creek Central of Georgia RR F&amp;W Little Sandy Creek Central Georgia RR Its source PWS/F&amp;W Manoy Creek (Lake Martin) TALLAPOOSA RIVER (Lake Martin) Reservoir Limits PWS/S/F&amp;W Elkahatchee Creek TALLAPOOSA RIVER (Lake Martin) Alabama Highway 63 F&amp;W Elkahatchee Creek Alabama Highway 63 Alabama Highway 22 PWS/F&amp;W Elkahatchee Creek Alabama Highway 22 Its source F&amp;W Harold Creek Elkahatchee Creek Its source F&amp;W Sugar Creek Elkahatchee Creek Its source F&amp;W Coley Creek TALLAPOOSA RIVER (Lake Martin) Its source F&amp;W Hillabee Creek TALLAPOOSA RIVER Jct. of Oaktasasi and Town Creeks F&amp;W Hillabee Creek Jct. of Oaktasasi and Town Creeks County road bridge 3 miles east of Hackneyville PWS/F&amp;W Hillabee Creek County road bridge 3 miles east of Hackneyville Its source F&amp;W Oaktasasi Creek Hillabee Creek Its source F&amp;W Christian Creek Oaktasasi Creek Its source F&amp;W Dobbs Creek Oaktasasi Creek Its source F&amp;W Town Creek Hillabee Creek Its source F&amp;W Hackney Creek Town Creek Its source PWS/F&amp;W Chatahospee Creek TALLAPOOSA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Mill Creek Chatahospee Creek Its source F&amp;W Finley Creek Mill Creek Its source PWS/F&amp;W High Pine Creek TALLAPOOSA RIVER Highway 431 Crossing F&amp;W High Pine Creek Highway 431 crossing Its source PWS Jones Creek High Pine Creek Its source PWS Unnamed tributary to Jones Creek northwest of Roanoke Jones Creek Its source PWS Graves Creek High Pine Creek Its source F&amp;W Town Creek High Pine Creek Its source F&amp;W Hutton Creek TALLAPOOSA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Beaverdam Creek TALLAPOOSA RIVER Its source F&amp;W Crooked Creek TALLAPOOSA RIVER Alabama Highway 9 F&amp;W Crooked Creek Alabama Highway 9 Its source PWS/F&amp;W Horsetrough Creek Crooked Creek Its source F&amp;W Wedowee Creek Little Tallapoosa River Its source F&amp;W Cahulga Creek TALLAPOOSA RIVER U. S. Highway 78 F&amp;W Cahulga Creek U .S. Highway 78 Its source PWS/F&amp;W </table>

(12)THE TENNESSEE RIVER BASIN

INTERSTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification TENNESSEE RIVER Pickwick Lake Alabama-Tennessee state line Lower end of Seven Mile Island PWS/S/F&amp;W TENNESSEE RIVER Pickwick Lake Lower end of Seven Mile Island Sheffield water intake F&amp;W TENNESSEE RIVER Pickwick Lake Sheffield water intake Wilson Dam PWS/F&amp;W TENNESSEE RIVER Wilson Lake Wilson Dam Wheeler Dam PWS/S/F&amp;W TENNESSEE RIVER Wheeler Lake Wheeler Dam Five miles upstream of Elk River (RM 289.3) PWS/S/F&amp;W TENNESSEE RIVER Wheeler Lake Five miles upstream of Elk River (RM 289.3) U. S. Highway 31 (see Note 1 this basin) S/F&amp;W TENNESSEE RIVER Wheeler Lake U. S. Highway 31 Flint Creek PWS/S/F&amp;W TENNESSEE RIVER Wheeler Lake Flint Creek Cotaco Creek S/F&amp;W TENNESSEE RIVER Wheeler Lake Cotaco Creek Indian Creek PWS/S/F&amp;W TENNESSEE RIVER Wheeler Lake Indian Creek Flint River PWS/F&amp;W TENNESSEE RIVER Wheeler Lake Flint River Guntersville Dam S/F&amp;W TENNESSEE RIVER Guntersville Lake Guntersville Dam Upper end of Buck's Island (see Note 2 this basin) PWS/S/F&amp;W TENNESSEE RIVER Guntersville Lake Upper end of Buck's Island Roseberry Creek S/F&amp;W TENNESSEE RIVER Guntersville Lake Roseberry Creek Alabama-Tennessee state line (see Note 3 this basin) PWS/S/F&amp;W Bear Creek Alabama- Mississippi state line Bear Creek Lake Dam F&amp;W Bear Creek (Bear Creek Lake) Bear Creek Lake Dam Alabama Highway 187 PWS/S/F&amp;W Bear Creek Alabama Highway 187 Upper Bear Creek Lake Dam S/F&amp;W Bear Creek (Upper Bear Creek Lake) Upper Bear Creek Lake Dam Alabama Highway 243 PWS/S/F&amp;W Bear Creek Alabama Highway 243 Its source F&amp;W Cedar Creek Bear Creek Alabama- Mississippi state line F&amp;W Cedar Creek Alabama- Mississippi state line Cedar Creek Reservoir Dam F&amp;W Cedar Creek (Cedar Creek Reservoir) Cedar Creek Reservoir Dam Alabama Highway 24 PWS/S/F&amp;W Cedar Creek Alabama Highway 24 Its source F&amp;W Bear Creek U. S. Highway 72 Alabama- Mississippi state line F&amp;W Bear Creek TENNESSEE RIVER (Pickwick Lake) U. S. Highway 72 S/F&amp;W Second Creek TENNESSEE RIVER (Pickwick Lake) Alabama-Tennessee state line F&amp;W Cypress Creek TENNESSEE RIVER (Pickwick Lake) City of Florence Water Treatment Plant F&amp;W Cypress Creek City of Florence Water Treatment Plant Little Cypress Creek PWS/F&amp;W Cypress Creek Little Cypress Creek Alabama-Tennessee state line F&amp;W Little Cypress Creek Cypress Creek Alabama-Tennessee state line F&amp;W Shoal Creek TENNESSEE RIVER (Wilson Lake) Indian Camp Creek S/F&amp;W Shoal Creek Indian Camp Creek Alabama-Tennessee state line F&amp;W Bluewater Creek TENNESSEE RIVER (Wilson Lake) U. S. Highway 72 S/F&amp;W Bluewater Creek U. S. Highway 72 Alabama-Tennessee state line F&amp;W Second Creek TENNESSEE RIVER (Wheeler Lake) First bridge upstream from U.S. Highway 72 S/F&amp;W Second Creek First bridge upstream from U.S. Highway 72 Alabama-Tennessee state line F&amp;W Elk River TENNESSEE RIVER (Wheeler Lake) Alabama Highway 99 S/F&amp;W Elk River Alabama Highway 99 Alabama-Tennessee state line PWS/F&amp;W Piney Creek TENNESSEE RIVER (Wheeler Lake) Alabama-Tennessee state line F&amp;W Limestone Creek TENNESSEE RIVER (Wheeler Lake) Alabama-Tennessee state line F&amp;W Flint River TENNESSEE RIVER (Wheeler Lake) Big Cove Creek F&amp;W Flint River Big Cove Creek Hurricane Creek PWS/F&amp;W Flint River Hurricane Creek Alabama-Tennessee state line F&amp;W Paint Rock River (including Estill and Larkin Forks) TENNESSEE RIVER (Wheeler Lake) Alabama-Tennessee state line F&amp;W Crow Creek TENNESSEE RIVER (Guntersville Lake) Alabama-Tennessee state line F&amp;W Lookout Creek Alabama-Georgia state line Junction of East Fork Lookout Creek and West Fork Lookout Creek S/F&amp;W </table>

NOTE 1.That portion of Wheeler Lake in the immediate vicinity of the discharge from the City of Decatur's sewage treatment plant is not considered suitable for SWIMMING AND OTHER WHOLE BODY WATER-CONTACT SPORTS.

NOTE 2.Those portions of Guntersville Lake in the immediate vicinity of discharges from the City of Guntersville's sewage treatment plants are not considered suitable for SWIMMING and OTHER WHOLE BODY WATER-CONTACT SPORTS nor for sources of PUBLIC WATER SUPPLY.

NOTE 3.That portion of Guntersville Lake in the immediate vicinity of the discharge of sewage from the City of Bridgeport is not considered suitable for use as a source of PUBLIC WATER SUPPLY nor for SWIMMING AND OTHER WHOLE BODY WATER-CONTACT SPORTS.

INTRASTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification Little Bear Creek (Franklin County) Cedar Creek Little Bear Creek Lake Dam S/F&amp;W Little Bear Creek (Little Bear Creek Lake, Franklin County) Little Bear Creek Lake Dam Alabama Highway 187 PWS/S/F&amp;W Little Bear Creek (Franklin County) Alabama Highway 187 Its source S/F&amp;W Dunkin Creek Cedar Creek Its source PWS Little Bear Creek Bear Creek Its source PWS/S/F&amp;W Mud Creek Cedar Creek Its source F&amp;W Flat Creek Bear Creek Its source F&amp;W Cane Creek TENNESSEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Little Bear Creek (Colbert County) TENNESSEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Stinking Bear Creek Little Bear Creek (Colbert County) Its source F&amp;W Spring Creek (Colbert County) TENNESSEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Cox Creek Cypress Creek Its source F&amp;W Pond Creek TENNESSEE RIVER Its source A&amp;I Town Creek TENNESSEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Big Nance Creek TENNESSEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Muddy Fork Big Nance Creek Crow Branch A&amp;I Crow Branch Muddy Fork Its source A&amp;I Clear Fork Big Nance Creek Its source F&amp;W Sinking Creek Clear Fork Its source PWS/F&amp;W First Creek TENNESSEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Spring Creek (Lawrence County) TENNESSEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Swan Creek TENNESSEE RIVER Highway 24 crossing F&amp;W Swan Creek Highway 24 crossing Town Creek A&amp;I Swan Creek Town Creek Its source F&amp;W Town Creek (Athens) Swan Creek Its source F&amp;W Flint Creek TENNESSEE RIVER L &amp; N Railroad F&amp;W Flint Creek L &amp; N Railroad Alabama Highway 36 PWS/F&amp;W Flint Creek Alabama Highway 36 Shoal Creek LWF4 Flint Creek Shoal Creek Its source F&amp;W Shoal Creek Flint Creek Its source F&amp;W Cotaco Creek TENNESSEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Mill Pond Creek Cotaco Creek Junction with Gilliam Creek F&amp;W Gilliam Creek Mill Pond Creek Its source F&amp;W Bradford Creek Barren Fork Creek Its source F&amp;W Indian Creek TENNESSEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Huntsville Spring Branch Indian Creek Its source F&amp;W Aldridge Creek TENNESSEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Hurricane Creek Flint River Its source F&amp;W Sand Branch Hurricane Creek Its source F&amp;W Short Creek TENNESSEE RIVER Scarham Creek PWS/F&amp;W Short Creek Scarham Creek Its source F&amp;W Drum Creek Short Creek Its source F&amp;W East Fork of Drum Creek Drum Creek Its source F&amp;W Turkey Creek Short Creek Its source F&amp;W Town Creek (DeKalb County) TENNESSEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W South Sauty Creek TENNESSEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W North Sauty Creek TENNESSEE RIVER Its source PWS Roseberry Creek TENNESSEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Coon-Flat Rock Creek TENNESSEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Widow's Creek TENNESSEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Long Island Creek TENNESSEE RIVER Long Creek PWS/S/F&amp;W Long Island Creek Long Creek Its source S/F&amp;W Turkey Creek Clear Fork Its source PWS/F&amp;W Bengis Creek Town Creek Its source F&amp;W </table>

(13)THE UPPER TOMBIGBEE RIVER BASIN

INTERSTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification TOMBIGBEE RIVER Junction with WARRIOR RIVER Cobb Creek S/F&amp;W TOMBIGBEE RIVER Cobb Creek Gainesville Lock and Dam F&amp;W TOMBIGBEE RIVER (Gainesville and Aliceville Lakes) Gainesville Lock and Dam Alabama- Mississippi state line S/F&amp;W Noxubee River TOMBIGBEE RIVER Alabama- Mississippi state line F&amp;W Bodka Creek Noxubee River Alabama- Mississippi state line F&amp;W Yellow Creek At Alabama- Mississippi state line PWS Yellow Creek Alabama- Mississippi state line Its source F&amp;W Buttahatchee River Alabama- Mississippi state line U.S. Hwy. 278 one mile east of junction of U.S. Highways 43 and 78 in Hamilton F&amp;W Buttahatchee River U.S. Hwy. 278 one mile east of junction of U.S Highways 43 and 78 in Hamilton U.S. Hwy. 278 seven miles east of junction of U.S. Highways 43 and 78 in Hamilton PWS/F&amp;W Buttahatchee River U.S. Hwy. 278 seven miles east of junction of U.S. Highways 43 and 78 in Hamilton Lake Buttahatchee Dam F&amp;W Buttahatchee River Lake Buttahatchee Dam Head of backwaters of Lake Buttahatchee S Buttahatchee River Head of backwaters of Lake Buttahatchee Its source F&amp;W Bull Mountain Creek Alabama- Mississippi state line Its source F&amp;W Sipsey Creek Alabama- Mississippi state line Its source F&amp;W Luxapallila Creek At Alabama- Mississippi state line PWS Luxapallila Creek Alabama- Mississippi state line County Road 37 F&amp;W Luxapallila Creek County Road 37 County road crossing approximately 6 miles upstream from Alabama Highway 18 PWS/F&amp;W Luxapallila Creek County road crossing approximately 6 miles upstream from Alabama Highway 18 U .S. Highway 78 F&amp;W Luxapallila Creek U. S. Highway 78 Its source PWS/F&amp;W </table>

INTRASTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification Sipsey River TOMBIGBEE RIVER U. S. Highway 43 F&amp;W Sipsey River U. S. Highway 43 Alabama Highway 102 PWS/F&amp;W Sipsey River Alabama Highway 102 Its source F&amp;W New River Sipsey River Its source F&amp;W Little New River Sipsey River Its source F&amp;W Lubbub Creek TOMBIGBEE RIVER Its source F&amp;W Bear Creek Lubbub Creek Its source F&amp;W Little Bear Creek Bear Creek Its source F&amp;W Coal Fire Creek TOMBIGBEE RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Bogue Creek Buttahatchee River Its source F&amp;W Beaver Creek Buttahatchee River U. S. Highway 78 F&amp;W Beaver Creek U. S. Highway 78 Its source PWS/F&amp;W Purgatory Creek Beaver Creek U. S. Highway 278 F&amp;W Purgatory Creek U. S. Highway 278 Its source PWS/F&amp;W Camp Creek Buttahatchee River Its source F&amp;W East Branch Luxapallila Creek Luxapallila Creek at Winfield Its source PWS/F&amp;W Moore Creek Buttahatchee River Its source F&amp;W </table>

(14)THE WARRIOR RIVER BASIN

INTRASTATE WATERS

<table width="100%"> Stream From To Classification WARRIOR RIVER TOMBIGBEE RIVER Five miles upstream from Big Prairie Creek S/F&amp;W WARRIOR RIVER Five miles upstream from Big Prairie Creek Eight miles upstream from Big Prairie Creek PWS/S/F&amp;W WARRIOR RIVER Eight miles upstream from Big Prairie Creek Warrior Lock and Dam S/F&amp;W WARRIOR RIVER Warrior Lock and Dam Oliver Lock and Dam F&amp;W WARRIOR RIVER Oliver Lock and Dam Hurricane Creek F&amp;W1 WARRIOR RIVER Hurricane Creek Bankhead Lock and Dam S/F&amp;W1 WARRIOR RIVER Bankhead Lock and Dam Junction of Locust and Mulberry Forks PWS/S/F&amp;W Locust Fork Junction of Locust and Mulberry Forks Jefferson County Highway 61 (Maxine) PWS/S/F&amp;W Locust Fork Jefferson County Highway 61 (Maxine) U. S. Highway 31 F&amp;W Locust Fork U. S. Highway 31 County road between Hayden and County Line PWS/F&amp;W Locust Fork County road between Hayden and County Line Its source F&amp;W Mulberry Fork Junction of Locust and Mulberry Forks Burnt Cane Creek (9 miles below Cordova) PWS/S/F&amp;W Mulberry Fork Burnt Cane Creek (9 miles below Cordova) Frog Ague Creek (Cordova) PWS/F&amp;W Mulberry Fork Frog Ague Creek (Cordova) Junction of Mulberry and Sipsey Forks PWS/F&amp;W Mulberry Fork Junction of Mulberry and Sipsey Forks Its source F&amp;W Sipsey Fork Junction of Mulberry and Sipsey Forks Lewis Smith Dam PWS/F&amp;W Lake Lewis Smith on Sipsey Fork Lewis Smith Dam Three miles upstream from Lewis Smith Dam PWS/S/F&amp;W Lake Lewis Smith on Sipsey Fork Three miles upstream from Lewis Smith Dam Reservoir limits S/F&amp;W Sipsey Fork Lake Lewis Smith Sandy Creek F&amp;W Sipsey Fork and tributaries Sandy Creek Its source F&amp;W3 Big Prairie Creek Head of backwater above Demopolis Lock and Dam on WARRIOR RIVER Its source F&amp;W Cottonwood Creek Big Prairie Creek Its source F&amp;W White Creek WARRIOR RIVER Its source F&amp;W Big Brush Creek WARRIOR RIVER Its source F&amp;W Colwell Creek Big Brush Creek Its source F&amp;W Minter Creek WARRIOR RIVER Its source F&amp;W Five Mile Creek WARRIOR RIVER Payne Lake in Talladega National Forest F&amp;W Payne Lake in Talladega National Forest S Elliotts Creek WARRIOR RIVER Its source F&amp;W Cypress Creek WARRIOR RIVER Its source F&amp;W North River WARRIOR RIVER City of Tuscaloosa's water supply reservoir dam F&amp;W North River City of Tuscaloosa's water supply reservoir dam Binnion Creek PWS/S North River Binnion Creek Its source F&amp;W Binnion Creek North River Its source F&amp;W Cedar Creek North River Its source F&amp;W Clear Creek North River Bugs Lake Dam F&amp;W Clear Creek Bugs Lake Dam Its source PWS Hurricane Creek WARRIOR RIVER Its source F&amp;W Yellow Creek WARRIOR RIVER City of Tuscaloosa's water supply reservoir dam F&amp;W Yellow Creek City of Tuscaloosa's water supply reservoir dam Its source PWS Davis Creek WARRIOR RIVER Its source F&amp;W Blue Creek WARRIOR RIVER Its source F&amp;W Big Yellow Creek WARRIOR RIVER Its source S/F&amp;W Valley Creek WARRIOR RIVER Blue Creek F&amp;W Valley Creek Blue Creek Its source LWF Opossum Creek Valley Creek Its source A&amp;I Village Creek Locust Fork Bayview Lake Dam F&amp;W Village Creek Bayview Lake Dam Its source LWF Five Mile Creek Locust Fork Its source F&amp;W Turkey Creek Locust Fork Its source F&amp;W Cunningham Branch Turkey Creek Its source F&amp;W Self Creek Locust Fork Town of Bradford's water supply intake F&amp;W Self Creek Town of Bradford's water supply intake Its source PWS Gurley Creek Self Creek Its source F&amp;W Little Warrior River Locust Fork Junction of Blackburn Fork and Calvert Prong F&amp;W Calvert Prong Little Warrior River City of Oneonta's water supply intake F&amp;W Calvert Prong City of Oneonta's water supply intake Its source PWS Blackburn Fork Little Warrior River Inland Lake Dam F&amp;W Blackburn Fork Inland Lake Dam Its source PWS/S Chitwood Creek Calvert Prong Its source (junction with Mill and Cheney Branch) F&amp;W Mill Creek Chitwood Creek Its source F&amp;W Graves Creek Locust Fork Its source F&amp;W Whippoorwill Creek Locust Fork Its source F&amp;W Clear Creek Locust Fork Its source F&amp;W Slab Creek Locust Fork Its source F&amp;W Lost Creek Mulberry Fork Two miles upstream from Wolf Creek F&amp;W Lost Creek Two miles upstream from Wolf Creek Cane Creek PWS/F&amp;W Lost Creek Cane Creek Its Source F&amp;W Cane Creek (Oakman) Lost Creek Dixie Springs Road F&amp;W Cane Creek (Oakman) Dixie Springs Road Alabama Highway 69 LWF Cane Creek (Oakman) Alabama Highway 69 Its source F&amp;W Indian Creek Lost Creek Its source F&amp;W Wolf Creek Lost Creek Its source F&amp;W Burnt Cane Creek Mulberry Fork Its source F&amp;W Cane Creek (Jasper) Mulberry Fork Town Creek LWF Cane Creek (Jasper) Town Creek Its source F&amp;W Town Creek Cane Creek 100 yards upstream of Southern Railway crossing (1.1 miles upstream of Cane Creek) LWF Town Creek 100 yards upstream of Southern Railway crossing (1.1 miles upstream of Cane Creek) Its source F&amp;W Blackwater Creek Mulberry Fork Its source F&amp;W Mud Creek Mulberry Fork Its source F&amp;W Broglen River Mulberry Fork Junction of Eight mile and Brindley Creeks F&amp;W Brindley Creek Broglen River Its source PWS Eight mile Creek Broglen River Cullman water supply reservoir dam F&amp;W Eight mile Creek Cullman water supply reservoir dam Its source PWS Pope Creek Cullman water supply dam Its source PWS Blue Springs Creek Mulberry Fork Its source F&amp;W Warrior Creek Mulberry Fork Its source F&amp;W Tibb Creek Warrior Creek Its source F&amp;W Riley Maze Creek Tibb Creek Its source F&amp;W Ryan Creek Lake Lewis Smith Its source F&amp;W Crooked Creek Lake Lewis Smith Its source F&amp;W Brushy Creek Lake Lewis Smith (Sipsey Fork) U.S. Highway 278 PWS/F&amp;W Brushy Creek U.S. Highway 278 Its source F&amp;W Clear Creek Lake Lewis Smith City of Haleyville water supply reservoir dam F&amp;W Clear Creek City of Haleyville water supply reservoir dam Its source PWS Rock Creek Lake Lewis Smith Its source F&amp;W Sandy Creek Sipsey Fork Its source F&amp;W Curtis Mill Creek Sandy Creek Town of Double Springs water supply reservoir dam F&amp;W Curtis Mill Creek Town of Double Springs water supply reservoir dam Its source PWS </table>

Author: James E. McIndoe

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-9, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: May 5, 1967. Amended: June 19, 1967. Amended: April 1, 1970. Amended: October 16, l972. Amended: September 17, 1973. Amended: May 30, 1977. Amended: August 29, 1977. Amended: December 19, 1977. Amended: February 4, 1981. Amended: April 5, 1982. Amended: December 11, 1985. Amended: March 26, 1986. Amended: Adopted July 20, 1988; Filed July 22, l988; effective August 26, 1988. Amended: Adopted January 24, 1990; Filed January 26, 1990; effective March 2, 1990. Amended: Adopted February 20, 1991; Filed February 27, 1991; effective April 3, 1991. Amended: Adopted June 26, 1991; Filed June 27, 1991; effective August 1, 1991. Amended: Adopted February 26, 1992; Filed February 27, 1992; effective April 2, 1992. Amended: Adopted April 22, 1992; Filed April 24, 1992; effective May 29, 1992. Amended: Adopted December 23, 1992; Filed December 28, 1992; effective February 1, 1993. Amended: Adopted August 18, 1993; Filed August 19, 1993; effective September 23, 1993. Amended: Adopted July 20, 1994; Filed July 25, 1994; effective August 29, 1994. Amended: Filed April 25, 1997; effective May 30, 1997. Amended: Filed June 9, 1999; effective July 14, 1999. Amended: Filed August 3, 2000; effective September 7, 2000. Amended: Filed December 8, 2000; effective January 12, 2001. Amended: Filed April 11, 2002; Recertified: Filed June 28, 2002; effective June 28, 2002. Amended: Filed February 27, 2003; effective April 3, 2003. Amended: Filed December 24, 2003; effective January 28, 2004. Amended: Filed April 22, 2004; effective May 27, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-6-12" level="2" title="NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM (NPDES)">

335-6-12-.01Purpose

(1)The purpose of this Chapter is to establish a comprehensive Statewide program for stormwater management pursuant to the requirements of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES).

(2)Registration for NPDES permit coverage under this Chapter establishes requirements, including but not limited to, Best Management Practices (BMPs), Construction Best Management Practices Plans (CBMPPs), registration requirements, technical standards and guidelines, operational requirements, stormwater storage, transport, treatment, and discharge management requirements for construction activity, noncoal mining sites less than five (5) acres in size, and areas associated with these activities described in this Chapter.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

<regElement name="335.6.12.02" level="3" title="Definitions">

The following words and terms, when used for the purposes of this Chapter, shall have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates otherwise or unless a different meaning is stated in a definition applicable to only a portion of this Chapter. Unless inconsistent with this Chapter as determined by the Director, other words and phrases used in this Chapter shall have the same meaning as used in Chapters 335-6-3, 335-6-6, 335-6-7, 335-6-9, 335-6-10, 335-6-11, and the Alabama Water Pollution Control Act (AWPCA), as amended.

(a)"Alabama Handbook" means the Introduction through Appendix A7, inclusive, of the Alabama Handbook For Erosion Control, Sediment Control, And Stormwater Management On Constructions Sites And Urban Areas, Alabama Soil and Water Conservation Committee (ASWCC) (2002).

(b)"Associated Areas" means other onsite or adjacent support activities, including but not limited, to construction site temporary office space, parking areas, employee work areas, material stockpiles, waste or material storage, disposal, equipment storage, chemical/fuel storage and staging areas.

(c)"Best Management Practices" (BMPs)

1.BMPs mean planning, project phasing, schedules of activities, implementation, operating, and maintenance procedures, management strategies, effective treatment practices, and to the extent necessary, post-construction follow-up continuing maintenance, that meet or exceed recognized effective industry standard practices, that meet or exceed the technical standards and guidelines of the Alabama Handbook, and that meet or exceed the requirements of this Chapter, that are implemented to prevent/minimize pollutant discharges to the maximum extent practicable. BMPs also include effective practices to control pollutant discharges from land disturbance activities associated with pre-construction testing, site assessment, surveying, and other pre-construction development support activities. BMPs also include effective practices to control pollutant discharges from spillage or leakage, stormwater transport, storage, treatment, or disposal.

2.BMPs also mean full implementation and continued maintenance of effective structural and non-structural practices and planning/management strategies to ensure effective erosion and sediment control, and prevent/minimize the introduction of pollutants to stormwater and to treat stormwater to remove pollutants to the maximum extent practicable prior to discharge. BMPs also mean the treatment of construction associated de minimus non-stormwater or process wastewater discharges authorized pursuant to the requirements of this Chapter, including but not limited to, pit dewatering, drilling fluids (augering), and the proper handling and disposal of construction wastes, and prevention of the discharge of petroleum products, solvents, and other chemicals. BMPs also mean implementation of effective construction site nutrient management practices, temporary, annual, or perennial vegetation management, minimally disturbed natural riparian buffer area, fully vegetated filter strips, and streambank management practices. A BMP can be a single practice or more than one practice that combined will provide continuing effective treatment.

3.Any management practice, structure, or procedure, that is not recognized by the Department as a BMP based on performance, not installed/implemented correctly, not maintained, not adequately or properly located/sited, not suitable for the specific site conditions, not designed or configured to control potential or existing site conditions where the BMP is located, including but not limited to, steep slopes or grades, soils, potential precipitation and size of drainage area, which is not consistent with effective erosion and sediment control, that does not meet or exceed recognized effective industry standard practices, or not in accordance with the Alabama Handbook or other ADEM recognized BMP documents, is not considered or recognized as a BMP under this Chapter.

(d)"Chronic And Catastrophic Precipitation" means precipitation events which may result in failure of the properly designed, located, implemented, and maintained BMPs or other structure/practices required by this Chapter. Catastrophic precipitation conditions means any single event of significant total volume, or of increased intensity and shortened duration, that exceeds normally expected or predicted precipitation over the time period that the disturbance is planned or is ongoing, as determined by the Department. Catastrophic conditions could also include tornadoes, hurricanes, or other climatic conditions which could cause failure due to winds or mechanical damage. Chronic precipitation is also that series of wet-weather conditions over a limited time-period which does not provide any opportunity for emergency maintenance, reinstallation, and corrective actions and which equals or exceeds the volume of normally expected or predicted precipitation for the time period that the disturbance is planned or is ongoing.

(e)"Construction" means any land disturbance or discharges of pollutants associated with, or the result of building, excavation, land clearing, grubbing, placement of fill, grading, blasting, reclamation, areas in which construction materials are stored in association with a land disturbance or handled above ground, and other associated areas including, but not limited to, construction site vehicle parking, equipment or supply storage areas, material stockpiles, temporary office areas, and access roads. Construction also means significant pre-construction land disturbance activities performed in support or in advance of NPDES construction activity including, but not limited to, land clearing, dewatering and geological testing. Construction does not include deminimus pre-construction or other minor land disturbing activities, such as, but not limited to, the installation of auger holes, bore holes, or small excavations, unless such activities cause discharges which present a reasonable potential for significant contribution of pollutants to State waters or reasonable potential to cause or contribute to a violation of applicable water quality standards. For the purposes of this Chapter, construction does not include mining, wet preparation, beneficiation, recovery, storage, handling, and transloading of coal or metallic ores/minerals, and any mining or mineral processing, beneficiation, storage, handling, and associated activity/disturbance equal to or greater than five (5) acres in size.

(f)"Construction Best Management Practices Plan" (CBMPP) means any research, planning considerations, systems, procedures, processes, activities, and practices implemented for the prevention and/or minimization of pollutants in stormwater to the maximum extent practicable, and collection, storage, treatment, handling, transport, distribution, land application, or disposal of construction stormwater and onsite management of construction waste generated by the construction activity, and to comply with the requirements of this Chapter. This includes any required component plans and other pertinent information requested by the Department. The CBMPP shall be prepared/ certified, and when necessary updated/certified, by a qualified credentialed professional (QCP) in accordance with the requirements of this Chapter.

(g)"Construction Site" means any site regardless of size where construction or construction associated activity has commenced, or is continuing, and associated areas, including sites where active work is suspended or has ceased, until the activity is completed and effective reclamation and/or stormwater quality remediation has been achieved.

(h)"Construction Waste" means construction and land disturbance generated materials, including but not limited to, waste chemicals, sediment, trash, debris, litter, garbage, construction demolition debris, land clearing and logging slash or other materials or pollutants located or buried at the site prior to disturbance activity or that is generated at a construction site.

(i)"Director" means the Director of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (ADEM) or the Director?s designee.

(j)"Maximum Extent Practicable" means full implementation and regular maintenance of available industry standard technology and effective management practices, such as those contained in the Alabama Handbook, designed to prevent and/or minimize discharges of pollutants and ensure protection of groundwater and surface water quality.

(k)"Noncoal Mining Site" means an area, on or beneath land, less than five (5) total unreclaimed acres in size, used or disturbed in activity, including but not limited to, advance prospecting, noncoal mining site development, extraction, removal, mining, borrowing, remining, storing, transloading, dry processing, transportation, and/or recovery of any noncoal and nonmetallic mineral, ore, or mineral/ore product, including but not limited to, overburden, dirt, chert, soil, clay, rock, stone, aggregate, sand, gravel, tailings, and refuse from natural or artificial deposits. Pre-mining construction and land preparation, including but not limited to, clearing, grubbing, testing and advance prospecting in advance of mining activity is considered part of the noncoal mining activity which is required to register under this Chapter prior to commencement. For the purposes of this Chapter, noncoal mining does not mean any mining or recovery site, or associated product processing, recovery, storing, handling or transloading operations equal to or greater than five (5) acres in size, any mineral or ore wet processing or beneficiation regardless of size, and any metal ore/mineral, coal or associated product, mining, recovery, remining, processing, storing, handling or transloading operations, regardless of size.

(l)"Notice of Registration" (NOR) means an application, including all applicable fees imposed by Chapter 335-1-6, filed by the operator requesting National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) registration under this Chapter on a form or via electronic means as approved by the Department.

(m)"NPDES Construction Site" means construction activities that are required to obtain NPDES permit coverage under this Chapter. An NPDES Construction Site is construction that disturbs 1 acre or greater or will disturb less than 1 acre but is part of a larger common plan of development or sale whose total land disturbing activities total 1 acre or greater. An NPDES construction site also includes construction sites, irrespective of size, whose stormwater discharges have a reasonable potential to be a significant contributor of pollutants to a water of the State, or whose stormwater discharges have a reasonable potential to cause or contribute to a violation of an applicable Alabama water quality standard as determined by the Department.

(n)"Operator" means any person, registrant, or other entity, that owns, operates, directs, conducts, controls, authorizes, approves, determines, or otherwise has responsibility for, or exerts financial control over the commencement, continuation, or daily operation of activity regulated by this Chapter. An operator includes any person who treats and discharges stormwater or in the absence of treatment, the person who generates and/or discharges stormwater, or pollutants. An operator may include but may not be limited to, property owners, agents, general partners, LLP partners, LLC members, leaseholders, developers, builders, contractors, or other responsible or controlling entities. An operator does not include passive financial investors that do not have control over activities regulated by this Chapter.

(o)"Plan or Sale" as included in the phrase "larger common plan of development or sale" is broadly defined to mean any announcement or documentation, sales program, permit application, presentation, zoning request, physical demarcation, surveying marks, etc., associated with or indicating construction activities may occur in an area.

(p)"Qualified Credentialed Inspector (QCI) means an operator, operator employee, or operator designated qualified person who has successfully completed initial training and annual refresher Qualified Credentialed Inspection Program (QCIP) training, and holds a valid certification from a Department approved cooperating training entity.

(q)"Qualified Credentialed Inspection Program (QCIP)" means a Department approved program conducted by a cooperating training entity. Approved programs provide training in the requirements of the Alabama NPDES rules, the Department?s construction stormwater management program, evaluation of construction sites to ensure that QCP designed and certified BMPs detailed in a CBMPP are effectively implemented and maintained, and evaluation of conveyance structures, receiving waters and adjacent impacted offsite areas to ensure the protection of water quality and compliance with the requirements of this Chapter.

(r)"Qualified Credentialed Professional" (QCP) means any staff member of the Department designated by the Director, a Professional Engineer, an Alabama Natural Resources Conservation Service professional designated by the State Conservationist, or a Certified Professional In Erosion And Sediment Control (CPESC). A QCP includes a registered landscape architect, a registered land surveyor, a Professional Geologist, a registered forester, a Registered Environmental Manager as determined by the National Registry of Environmental Professionals (NREP), and a Certified Professional Soil Scientist (CPSSc) as determined by ARCPACS, and other Department accepted professional designations, certifications, and/or accredited university programs that can document requirements regarding proven training, relevant experience, and continuing education, that enable recognized individuals to prepare CBMPPs, to make sound professional judgments regarding Alabama NPDES rules, the requirements of this Chapter, planning, design, implementation, maintenance, and inspection of construction sites, receiving waters, BMPs, remediation/cleanup of accumulated offsite pollutants from the regulated site, and reclamation or effective stormwater quality remediation of construction associated land disturbances, that meet or exceed recognized technical standards and guidelines, effective industry standard practices, and the requirements of this Chapter. The QCP shall be in good standing with the authority granting the registration or designation.

(s)"Reclaimed" means that all disturbed areas are permanently covered by completed buildings, other structures, pavement/concrete, other acceptable impervious materials, or other effective permanent non-vegetative structures and practices. Reclaimed also means that all disturbed areas have been graded, slopes effectively stabilized, and perennial vegetation has been fully established with the ability to survive in the future if properly maintained, to prevent/minimize to the maximum extent practicable exposure of disturbed soils to erosion as necessary to protect water quality.

(t)"Registered Forester" means a person who is registered and holds a valid license by the Alabama Board of Registration for Foresters (Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;34-12-1 through 34-12-37, as amended).

(u)"Stormwater" means runoff, accumulated precipitation, process water, and other wastewater generated directly or indirectly as a result of construction activity, the operation of a construction material management site, or the operation of a noncoal mining site, including but not limited to, precipitation, upgradient or offsite water that cannot be diverted away from the site, and wash down water associated with normal construction activities. Stormwater does not mean discharges authorized by the Department via other permits or regulations.

(v)"Stormwater Quality Remediation" means effective permanent structural or non-structural management practices implemented at a construction or noncoal mining site that will prevent or ensure continuing effective minimization of pollutants in stormwater discharges to groundwater and surface waters to the maximum extent practicable, and to prevent a contravention of applicable water quality standards. Stormwater quality remediation also means that the active total unreclaimed construction disturbance and any potential future construction activity at the site/development have been reduced to less than one (1) acre and there is no potential for adverse impacts to water quality provided the operator maintains compliance with BMP and performance requirements of this Chapter.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

<regElement name="335.6.12.03" level="3" title="Applicability">

(1)The provisions of this Chapter are applicable to all new and existing construction activity, noncoal mining activity, construction materials management activity and associated activities, described in this Chapter, located wholly or partially within the State of Alabama.

(2)While the requirements of this Chapter do not modify or supercede the requirements of Chapter 335-6-9, any requirement contained in Chapter 335-6-9 shall apply to a noncoal mining site to the extent necessary to protect water quality.

(3)Unless specifically required by this Chapter or required in writing by the Director, construction sites and associated areas that are less than one (1) acre in size that are not otherwise considered a defined or designated NPDES construction site, are not required to register under this Chapter.

(4)Unless required in writing by the Director, maintenance and repair activities at existing roads, utility infrastructure, bridges, other facilities or structures, including but not limited to, repaving, painting, bridge repair, vegetation maintenance, tree replacement, normal maintenance of existing unimproved roads, that are not associated with new or additional defined or designated NPDES construction disturbance activity are not required to register under this Chapter.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; &#167;&#167;22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

<regElement name="335.6.12.04" level="3" title="Chapter Modification And Public Participation">

(1)The Department shall cause to be published a Public Notice with a comment period of not less than thirty (30) days to solicit public participation and comment and to schedule a Public Hearing, if necessary, according to procedures described in Rule 335-6-6-.21 regarding the content of, implementation of, and compliance with provisions herein, prior to the completion of the first five-year term beginning with the effective date of this Chapter, and at least once every five years after the Public Notice referenced above or each subsequent Public Notice is held. After review of comments received during the public participation process, and no later than one-hundred and twenty (120) days after the close of the public comment period, the Department shall prepare a written Response to Comments addressing comments received during the public participation process and shall make a determination in writing regarding the status of this Chapter and of the need, if any, to initiate procedures pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;41-22-1 through 41-22-27, as amended, to modify this Chapter to ensure that the requirements of this Chapter are in accordance with the requirements of the Alabama Water Pollution Control Act (AWPCA), Clean Water Act (CWA), and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. Where the Department has initiated procedures to modify this Chapter as set forth in this Rule, the Department shall provide the proposed modifications to the EPA Regional Administrator for comment consistent with NPDES regulations.

(2)The Department shall cause to be published a Public Notice with a comment period of not less than thirty (30) days according to procedures described in Rule 335-6-6-.21 to inform the public regarding the Response To Comments and the Department?s determination regarding the need, if any, to initiate rulemaking procedures to modify this Chapter as described in paragraph (1) of this rule. The Public Notice shall include information to inform the public how to obtain in writing the procedures for the public to petition the Department to initiate procedures in accordance with Chapter 335-2-2 to modify this Chapter if the Director determines, after consideration of comments or other information received during the public participation process, that modification of this Chapter by the Department is not necessary.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

<regElement name="335.6.12.05" level="3" title="General Provisions">

(1)The operator, registrant, developer, onsite contractors, home builder(s), utility installers, or property owners association, separately or collectively, shall maintain valid registration for an NPDES construction site/activity, including subdivision developments or other linear or phased projects, until disturbance activity is complete and all disturbed areas have been reclaimed or effective stormwater quality remediation has been achieved in accordance with the requirements of this Chapter or another operator(s) has registered.

(2)The operator of construction activity defined or designated as NPDES construction under this Chapter shall maintain adequate records to document compliance with this Chapter and shall fully implement and regularly maintain effective BMPs to the maximum extent practicable, and in accordance with the operator?s CBMPP. Appropriate, effective pollution abatement/prevention facilities, structural and nonstructural BMPs, and management strategies shall be fully implemented prior to and concurrent with commencement of regulated activities and regularly maintained during construction as needed at the site to meet or exceed the requirements of this Chapter until construction is complete, effective reclamation and/or stormwater quality remediation is achieved, and if registration is required, the registration is terminated. Failure to fully implement and regularly maintain effective BMPs for the protection of water quality to the maximum extent practicable is a violation of this Chapter.

(3)Operators shall ensure that their construction activities are regularly evaluated to ensure compliance with the provisions of this Chapter. All NPDES construction site operators shall ensure that their construction activities are regularly inspected by a QCI, QCP, or a qualified person under the direct supervision of a QCP, as applicable, to ensure compliance with the provisions of this Chapter. Each NPDES construction site operator shall implement and maintain a comprehensive CBMPP in accordance with the requirements of this Chapter and submit reports and certifications as required by this Chapter.

(4)The NOR and CBMPP, prepared in accordance with the Alabama Handbook and the requirements of this Chapter by the QCP prior to commencing construction at a new NPDES construction site, and prior to continued construction at an existing NPDES construction site, or as otherwise required by the Director, are incorporated into the requirements of any NPDES registration under this Chapter.

(5)The operator shall post and maintain sign(s) at the front gate/entrance, and if utility installation, where project crosses paved county, State, or federal highways/roads, and/or at other easily accessible location(s) to adequately identify the site prior to commencement of and during NPDES construction until registration is properly terminated. Such sign shall display the name of the registrant, "ADEM Registration" followed by the ADEM NPDES registration number, and facility or site name.

(6)The operator retains full responsibility for the design, construction, operation and maintenance of BMPs to protect water quality to the maximum extent practicable. In recognition that construction activities and noncoal mining activities are site specific in nature and conditions can change as the site develops, the Department may require the submission of additional information or require additional management measures to be implemented, as necessary.

(7)The Director may require the operator to modify existing registrations, require any CBMPP to be updated, require additional BMPs, and/or restrict discharges, if needed, based on implementation of an applicable, approved total maximum daily load.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

<regElement name="335.6.12.06" level="3" title="Compliance With NPDES Rules">

(1)Registration under this Chapter constitutes NPDES permit coverage as provided in Chapter 335-6-6. Operators shall comply with all provisions of this Chapter, applicable provisions of the NPDES permit program as described in Chapter 335-6-6, and other applicable provisions of ADEM Administrative Code Division 335-6.

(2)Any noncompliance with this Chapter constitutes a violation of this Chapter, Alabama NPDES rules, and the AWPCA, and is grounds for enforcement action, including termination or denial of registration, and/or for requiring the operator or registrant to apply for and obtain an individual NPDES permit.

(3)It shall not be a defense for an operator subject to an enforcement action that it would have been necessary to halt or reduce construction/disturbance activity or the permitted activity in order to maintain compliance with the conditions of this Chapter. Upon reduction in effectiveness, loss, or failure of a treatment facility or BMP, the operator shall, to the extent necessary to maintain compliance with this Chapter, control/suspend/cease construction/discharge until the construction BMP/control is restored or an effective alternative BMP or method of effective treatment is provided.

(4)The operator shall take all reasonable steps to prevent and/or minimize, to the maximum extent practicable, any discharge in violation of this Chapter or which has a reasonable likelihood of adversely affecting the quality of groundwater or surface water receiving the discharge(s).

(5)This Chapter may be both greater in scope and more stringent than required by federal law. Enforcement authority for conditions in this Chapter which constitute greater scope of coverage than required by Federal law are not part of the federally approved NPDES program and therefore are not subject to EPA oversight. The Director retains final authority regarding questions or disputes related to administrative procedures, technical determinations, and interpretation or meaning of the requirements of this Chapter, and as otherwise provided by law.

(6)Any person who knowingly omits or ignores required or pertinent information, or makes any false statement, representation, or certification in any record or other document submitted or required to be maintained under this Chapter, including monitoring reports or reports of compliance or noncompliance, shall be subject to penalties as provided by the AWPCA.

(7)Except as provided by the bypass and upset conditions contained in this Chapter, nothing in this Chapter shall be construed to relieve the operator of civil or criminal liability under the AWPCA for noncompliance with any term or condition of this Chapter.

(8)The filing of a request by the operator for any action such as a request for termination, submittal deadline extension, or application for an individual permit, or any other action, does not stay any requirement of this Chapter.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

<regElement name="335.6.12.07" level="3" title="Requirement To Update Registration And Apply For And Obtain Coverage Under An NPDES General Or Individual Permit, Termination And/Or Denial Of Registration">

(1)The Department may require any operator of a construction site required to be registered under this Chapter to apply for and obtain coverage under an NPDES individual permit or general permit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 335-6-6. The Department shall notify the operator in writing that an individual permit or general permit application, including the correct fee, is required. If an operator fails to submit a complete and correct individual NPDES or general permit application with applicable fee as required by Chapter 335-1-6 or by a reasonable deadline specified by the Director, then any previous registration granted to the operator is automatically terminated at the end of the day specified for application submittal and the operator may be subject to enforcement action.

(2)When either NPDES individual permit is issued or general permit coverage is extended to an operator authorizing discharges otherwise subject to this Chapter, the applicability of this Chapter to the operator is automatically terminated on the effective date of the individual/general permit coverage. When an NPDES individual permit or general permit coverage is terminated, or an application is denied to an operator otherwise subject to this Chapter, the operator and the NPDES Construction Site continues to be subject to the requirements of this Chapter on and after the date of such termination or denial, and shall immediately cease the regulated activity and complete all measures necessary to permanently halt discharges of pollutants until registration or other permit coverage is obtained from the Department.

(3)Registration Administration, Duration, And Limitations

(a)Registration under this Chapter may be granted on an annual (12 month) basis, in annual increments, or any length of time determined appropriate by the Director, provided registration does not exceed five (5) years from the date of the last registration or re-registration. Unless registration is extended by the Director, continued construction activity is prohibited after the expiration date of registration unless the operator submits a complete and correct NOR requesting re-registration. NORs submitted for re-registration shall be subject to the requirements of Rule 335-6-12-.11(3) and Rule 335-6-12-.11(4). All requirements of this Chapter continue in effect regardless of the operator?s registration status.

(b)Any registration under this Chapter may be limited in size, scope or geographical area at the reasonable discretion of the Director to facilitate efficient and effective administration of the registration program or compliance with the requirements of this Chapter.

(c)Multiple small construction sites may be allowed to be grouped under a single registration, at the reasonable discretion of the Director to facilitate efficient/effective administration of the registration program or compliance with the requirements of this Chapter.

(d)Registration under this Chapter is conditionally granted, and the requirement to submit an NOR, information contained or required in the NOR, or submittal of the registration fee under this Chapter is suspended for governmental agencies and utilities to allow for immediate and effective emergency repairs and response to natural disasters, human health or environmental emergencies, or to avert/avoid imminent, probable, or irreparable harm to the environment or severe property damage. The operator or controlling/ participating federal, State, or local government agencies/ entities conducting emergency construction activity shall document the emergency condition, ensure compliance with the BMP requirements of this Chapter to the extent possible, and shall notify the Department as promptly as possible regarding the occurrence of the emergency construction disturbance and measures that have been implemented and are being implemented to protect water quality. Unless the requirement to register pursuant to the requirements of this Chapter are suspended or voided by the Director on a categorical or individual emergency basis, the operator shall submit the appropriate project information, NOR, and the required registration fee for construction or reconstruction activity after emergency repairs have been accomplished, according to a schedule acceptable to the Department.

(4)Termination Or Denial Of Registration

(a)If cause exists for denial or termination of registration or under this Rule, the Director may determine that termination or denial of registration is appropriate. The following may be causes for terminating a registration during its term, for denying a request for registration, or denying a request for re-registration:

1.Substantial noncompliance by the operator with any registration requirement or the requirements of this Chapter;

2.Failure by the operator to disclose fully all relevant facts or the operator?s misrepresentation of any relevant facts, at any time;

3.A change in any condition that results in either a temporary or a permanent reduction or elimination of any discharge controlled by the registration, including but not limited to, completion of construction, or termination of a discharge by connection to a publicly/privately owned treatment works;

4.The compliance history of the operator; or

5.Any other relevant factors the Director reasonably determines to be appropriate.

(b)If the Director determines that a registration that results in compliance with applicable water quality standards could not be issued or, if issued, could not be complied with, such registration shall be terminated or denied.

(c)Any operator whose registration is denied or terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Rule shall comply with the AWPCA and applicable requirements of Division 335-6.

(5)The Director may, for cause, require any operator regulated under this Chapter to apply for and obtain registration modification or to apply for and obtain NPDES individual or general permit coverage for those causes set forth in Rule 335-6-6-.17.

(6)If the operator determines that any past activity regulated by this Chapter should have obtained registration or registration modification under this Chapter, issuance of an individual NPDES permit, or coverage under a general permit, under Rule 335-6-6-.03, the operator shall report such information to the Director.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

<regElement name="335.6.12.08" level="3" title="Activities Not Authorized By This Chapter">

(1)Discharge(s) from wet preparation, processing, or beneficiation, of coal, mineral, or ore, are not authorized by this Chapter. Discharge(s) from metal ore/mineral and coal, or associated product, mining, remining, recovery, storing, handling, or transloading, are not authorized by this Chapter.

(2)Discharge(s) from any mining operation that at any time has a total area of land disturbance that equals or exceeds five (5) acres in size that has not been fully reclaimed, including but not limited to, access roads, spoil areas, and mineral storage, handling, loading, and transloading areas, excavation areas, operation support areas, and vehicle maintenance areas, are not authorized by this Chapter, but are regulated pursuant to the applicable provisions of 335-6-9 and 335-6-6.

(3)Discharge(s) from any mining operations where the planned or proposed area of total land disturbance, including but not limited to, access roads, spoil areas, mineral storage areas, loading areas, excavation areas, and vehicle maintenance areas, equals, exceeds, will equal or exceed, or is predicted to equal or exceed five (5) acres, that has not been fully reclaimed, are not authorized by this Chapter.

(4)Discharge(s) from instream and within-bank mining are not authorized by this Chapter.

(5)Discharge(s) from the operation or closure of a landfill as described in ADEM Administrative Code Division 335-13 are not authorized by this Chapter. Construction disturbance associated with pre-construction testing, initial development, continuing operation, and/or expansion of a landfill is not required to register under this Chapter provided the landfill operator has obtained applicable permit coverage pursuant to the requirements of Division 335-13 prior to commencement of initial construction of the landfill. Compliance with valid permit coverage issued to the landfill operator pursuant to the requirements of Division 335-13 constitutes compliance with the provisions of this Chapter.

(6)Discharge(s) from manufacturing/industrial process or produced waste or wastewaters are not authorized by this Chapter.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

335-6-12-.09Reserved

<regElement name="335.6.12.10" level="3" title="Notice Of Registration (NOR)">

(1)A complete and correct Notice of Registration (NOR) shall be submitted to the Department for all NPDES construction sites in a format acceptable to the Department. The NOR shall include the following information and/or attachments:

(a)A copy of the CBMPP for the site, if required to be submitted by the requirements of this Chapter or the Department.

(b)A copy of the CBMPP shall be submitted for NPDES construction sites discharging to a Tier 1 waterbody segment, as described in Rule 335-6-10-.12, due to a construction activity pollutant of concern, or a waterbody designated as ONRW, pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 335-6-10, and for the relocation, diversion, or realignment of any water of the State;

(c)Portions or copies of 7.5' Series U.S. Geological Survey maps, or other maps acceptable to the Department, showing the site location;

(d)Any other relevant information that may be required by this Chapter or the Department.

(2)The NOR shall be delivered or mailed in such a manner that date of receipt by the Department is confirmed by the operator using means such as certified mail, overnight mail or otherwise submitted/transmitted via electronic means to the Department.

(3)Registration Modification

(a)Operators shall notify the Department in writing whenever there is a change in the information contained within the NOR, including a change in control/responsibility for the registered construction site.

(b)If the operator becomes aware that it submitted incomplete information, failed to submit any relevant facts in the NOR, or submitted incorrect information in the NOR, it shall promptly submit such facts, corrections, or information with a written explanation for the mistake and/or omission.

(c)Operators shall make such notifications by submitting a revised NOR.

(4)Change in Discharge

(a)The operator shall give advance notice to the Department of any proposed facility expansion, increase in disturbed acreage, new disturbance or the addition of a new receiving water not identified in the NOR requesting registration, construction change, or other activity or action, including but not limited to, the discharge of additional or different pollutants in stormwater discharges which could result in noncompliance with the requirements of this Chapter.

(b)Major Modification. The operator shall request modification of the registration from the Department by submission of a revised NOR, including the correct registration fee prior to any proposed major modification including but not limited to, the following:

1.At any time that there is an increase in the size of the project or number of unreclaimed or disturbed acres that is sufficient to place the construction site in a higher fee category as provided in Chapter 335-1-6;

2.Addition of a new receiving water or waterbody segment that was not identified in the NOR requesting registration;

3.Significant change in the CBMPP or BMPs; or

4.Any other significant change at the construction site that may have an impact on water quality.

(c)Transfer of Registration. An operator shall request transfer of the registration from the Department in writing with a copy of a formal transfer agreement. Submittal of the correct registration transfer fee is required prior to any proposed change in responsible operators or change in responsibility/control for the registered site. Instances where transfer or registration is required include, without limitation, the following:

1.A change of ownership or name of registrant; or

2.A change in operational control of the construction site.

(d)Minor Modification. The operator shall document in his file no later than fifteen (15) days after any minor change, that the CBMPP and BMPs have been properly updated to reflect any minor change in construction activity as it relates to this Chapter or operational procedures at the registered site or a change in the NOR submitted to the Department, including but not limited to, the following:

1.A minor change or update of information submitted in the NOR to provide more complete information including a change in contractors, submittal of a revised site map, etc;

2.A minor change in the CBMPP or BMPs, or other pollution control activities;

3.Any other minor change at the construction site that is needed to ensure compliance with the requirements of this Chapter or ensure the protection of water quality; or

4.A change in responsible offices or other controlling entity(s).

(5)After registration or re-registration, the Department may require the operator to provide additional or updated construction plans, data, designs, drawings, photographs, maps, or any other information to document compliance with the requirements of this Chapter.

(6)All NORs requesting initial registration, registration modification [other than minor modifications described in 335-6-12-.10(4)(d)], and re-registration under this Chapter shall be signed by a QCP and, as required by Rule 335-6-6-.09, the operator.

(7)All reports required by this Chapter and any other information required by the Department shall be signed by a qualified person described by this rule and, where required or allowed by this Chapter, a QCI or QCP. A person is an authorized representative only if:

(a)The authorization is made in writing and signed by a responsible official;

(b)The authorization specifies either an individual or a person having responsibility for the overall operation of the regulated construction site or activity, such as the position of site manager, superintendent, or position of equivalent responsibility for environmental matters for the operator. An authorized representative may be either an operator named individual or any individual occupying a named position; and

(c)The written authorization is submitted to the Department. This written authorization remains valid for signatures on all subsequent submittals unless revoked by the authorizing responsible official.

(8)If a signatory authorization under this Chapter is no longer accurate because a different individual or position has responsibility for the overall operation of the construction site, a new signatory authorization satisfying the above requirements shall be submitted to the Department prior to, or submitted with, any reports, information, or NORs signed by the authorized individual.

(9)Any person signing an NOR, document, report, or other information required by this Chapter shall certify the document pursuant to Rule 335-6-6-.09(4).

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

<regElement name="335.6.12.11" level="3" title="Registration Requirements For NPDES Construction Sites">

(1)Except as provided otherwise by this Chapter, after March 1, 2003 or the effective date of this Chapter, whichever date occurs later, new or continued operation of NPDES construction sites that have not submitted a complete and correct Notice of Registration (NOR) or application requesting coverage under a valid NPDES general permit, or individual permit, is prohibited. Except as provided otherwise by this Chapter, after March 1, 2003 or the effective date of this Chapter, whichever date occurs later, commencement of construction at proposed NPDES construction sites that have not submitted a complete and correct NOR acceptable to the Department, or have not been granted NPDES permit coverage under a valid NPDES general permit, or individual permit, is prohibited.

(2)After March 1, 2003, or the effective date of this Chapter, whichever date occurs later, modification of an existing construction site/activity less than one (1) acre that would result in an increase in size or change in construction activity such that the construction site would become an NPDES construction site, is prohibited, unless the operator has first submitted a complete and correct Notice of Registration (NOR) to the Department.

(3)Except as provided by Rule 335-6-12-.11(4), upon submission to the Department of a complete and correct NOR, including the correct registration fee, CBMPP if required, and applicable QCP certifications, unless notified by the Department that the NOR is incorrect or incomplete, that additional time is needed by the Department to review the NOR, or that the NOR has been denied, the operator is authorized to commence and/or continue construction disturbance provided the construction site remains in full compliance with all provisions of this Chapter.

(4)For NPDES construction sites/activity discharging and/or proposing to discharge to a Tier 1 waterbody segment, unless notified by the Department within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Department of a complete and correct NOR, including the correct registration fee, CBMPP, and applicable QCP certifications, that the NOR is incorrect or incomplete, that additional time is needed by the Department to properly process the NOR, or that the NOR has been denied, the operator is authorized to commence construction disturbance provided the construction site remains in full compliance with all provisions of this Chapter.

(5)As determined necessary by the Department, a new or existing construction site regardless of size, which discharges to a Tier 1 waterbody segment that has been listed for a pollutant that is likely to be discharged from the construction site including, but not limited to sediment, may also be required to register under this Chapter.

(6)Unless required by applicable federal law or State law, and provided the activity is not being conducted in support of, in conjunction with, or to prepare for NPDES construction activity as defined by this Chapter, the following construction activities are not required to register under this Chapter:

(a)Normal silvicultural harvesting and associated silvicultural construction practices conducted in accordance with Rule 335-6-6-.03 and Rule 335-6-6-.10 that are not planned or performed in immediate advance of, in support of, or as part of, a regulated construction activity or development.

1.For the purposes of this Chapter, silvicultural construction includes certain temporary nonmetallic/noncoal material acquisition or borrow activity that is reasonably considered as an extension of forest road construction activity. Generally, small, temporary material borrow areas for silvicultural local road construction are considered part of the normal nonpoint source silvicultural activity, including but not limited to, timber harvesting, site preparation, tree planting, controlled burning, fertilization and are not required to register under this Chapter provided the duration of the disturbance is minimized to the extent possible, but in all cases is less than sixty (60) days, effective BMPs are fully implemented and regularly maintained to the maximum extent practicable prior to, during, and immediately after use of each completed increment of the borrow area until the site is reclaimed or effective stormwater quality remediation is achieved, and the total active, unreclaimed land disturbance is less than five (5) acres in size at all times;

2.In addition, in order for temporary material borrow areas for silvicultural local road construction to be considered part of the normal nonpoint source silvicultural activity not required to register under this Chapter, the disturbance shall be conducted to ensure that borrow material is exclusively obtained for construction and periodic maintenance of forest roads utilized in silvicultural activities. The temporary disturbed area shall be continually graded and reclaimed to within a safe operating distance from any high-wall or steep slope and the temporary borrow area is used exclusively by a single operator within the scope of the operator's own operations. Re-establishment of permanent vegetative cover shall be accomplished immediately after active disturbance is completed for each disturbed increment, and the active non-graded, non-reclaimed area adjacent to the active high-wall shall not exceed one-half acre. The borrow area shall be located outside of streamside management zones and outside the designated 50-year flood plain and the site is located as close as practicable near scheduled road construction and maintenance activities to the extent that appropriate road fill material is available. Fuel storage tanks/containers shall not remain onsite unattended dry/wet crushing/screening or other processing shall not be conducted, the borrow activity shall not result in a point source discharge to surface waters of the State, and the Department shall be notified immediately of any unpermitted discharges or non-compliant discharges in order to ensure the protection of water quality;

3.Road construction and maintenance shall be for support of normal nonpoint source silvicultural practices only. Material borrow activity for construction or maintenance of dual-use or multi-use roads used for silvicultural practices but which are also used incidentally for access to other types of activities or development is exempt. However, material borrow activity for construction or maintenance of dual-use or multi-use roads used primarily for access to other types of regulated non-silvicultural development, including but not limited to, marinas, barge/rail loading facilities, industrial/manufacturing facilities and subdivision developments, is not exempt and requires registration under this Chapter;

(b)Animal feeding operation (AFO) or concentrated animal feeding operation (CAFO) construction activity that has been granted NPDES registration pursuant to Chapter 335-6-7;

(c)Aquatic animal production facilities, concentrated aquatic animal production facilities, and aquaculture project construction associated activity that have been granted NPDES permit coverage in accordance with Rule 335-6-6-.03 and Rule 335-6-6-.10;

(d)Normal, on-farm non-AFO agricultural planting, harvesting and associated normal agricultural practices in accordance with Rule 335-6-6-.03 and Rule 335-6-6-.10. For the purposes of this Chapter, normal agricultural practices also means practices commensurate with the size of the farming operation that are implemented in a manner that meet or exceed Natural Resources Conservation Service technical standards and guidelines, including but not limited to, farm ponds that are constructed for the primary purpose of irrigation and/or watering of livestock, terraces, grassed waterways, vegetative filter strips, cropland grade stabilization measures, drainage tiles, underground outlets, land leveling, dike/diversion structures, and other grade stabilization structures;

(e)Discharges of treated stormwater from construction or land disturbance activity regulated by this Chapter that is specifically authorized by a valid individual NPDES permit, valid State Indirect Discharge (SID) permit, or other valid ADEM permit, provided the valid ADEM permit contains specific, detailed BMP requirements and other provisions to effectively treat/control construction stormwater runoff consistent with the requirements of this Chapter, or requires compliance with the requirements of the this Chapter, or requires compliance with the Department?s construction stormwater management program;

(f)Surface mining operations and associated activities, coalbed methane exploration, development, production and associated activities, and construction bulk materials management, including but not limited to, storage, transloading, and/or dry processing, that has valid NPDES individual permit coverage, or valid State Indirect Discharge (SID) permit coverage that contains specific, detailed BMP requirements and other provisions to effectively treat/control construction stormwater runoff; or

(g)Construction bulk materials management, including but not limited to, storage, transloading, and/or dry processing, conducted entirely under roof without any exposure or contact with precipitation and without stormwater discharges of any kind consistent with the requirements of Rule 335-6-6-.03. This includes the requirement to submit a No Exposure Certification Form.

(7)Unless the registration is properly terminated pursuant to the requirements of this Chapter, failure by the operator to submit a complete and correct NOR requesting re-registration under this Chapter prior to the expiration of registration, unless extended in writing by the Director, shall void the automatic continuation of registration to discharge under this Chapter as provided by Rule 335-6-6-.06.

(8)The Director may condition registration(s) as needed to ensure compliance with the requirements of the AWPCA, ADEM regulations, and the requirements of this Chapter, to ensure the protection of water quality.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

335-6-12-.12Reserved

<regElement name="335.6.12.13" level="3" title="Registration Fees">

(1)The operator shall pay fees according to Chapter 335-1-6.

(2)A continuing education Greenfield fee required by Chapter 335-1-6 for NPDES construction sites shall not be required provided the operator certifies that required continuing education has been accomplished pursuant to Rule 335-6-12-.19 with the initial registration and/or each subsequent or annual registration. Alternatively, the operator may certify it will solely retain or has solely retained a QCP or a person under the direct supervision of a QCP to carry out the inspection requirements of this Chapter.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

335-6-12-.14Reserved

<regElement name="335.6.12.15" level="3" title="Routine Reporting, Notification, And Record Keeping Requirements">

(1)Construction site operators shall cooperate fully with inspections, monitoring, records review, and testing conducted by the Department as well as requests for submission of available documents, or technical data, and any testing/monitoring performed by the operator.

(2)Construction site operators shall keep all records required either:

(a)At the construction site and immediately available for inspection by the Department; or

(b)At an alternative site previously identified to the Department, provided they are readily available for inspection upon request.

(3)The operator shall document the names of individual(s) that perform inspections.

(4)All discharge information, data, records, and other information required to be maintained by the operator shall be made available to the Department upon request. Signed copies of monitoring reports or other information shall be submitted to the Department upon request. The operator shall retain records of all inspections and monitoring required to be maintained by this Chapter, including all certification reports, noncompliance reports, calibration and maintenance records, all original strip chart recordings for continuous monitoring instrumentation, copies of all reports required by this Chapter, and records of all data used to complete the above reports or the NOR requesting registration under this Chapter until after construction is complete and any disturbance reclaimed or effective stormwater quality remediation achieved. Operators of NPDES construction sites shall retain copies of all records required by this Chapter for a period of at least three (3) years after proper termination of registration pursuant to the requirements of this Chapter. This period may be extended by the Director at any time during the 3 year record retention period for reasonable cause. If litigation or other enforcement action is ongoing which involves any of the above records, the records shall be kept until the litigation or other enforcement action is resolved.

(5)Except for data determined to be confidential under Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22-9(c), as amended, under Rule 335-6-6-.07, all reports prepared and submitted in accordance with the terms of this Chapter shall be available for public inspection at the Department?s Central Montgomery Office, or through alternative procedures implemented by the Department.

(6)The operator shall furnish to the Department any information which the Director may request to determine whether cause exists for modifying, revoking, and requiring coverage under an NPDES individual permit, or terminating the construction site's registration under this Chapter, or to determine compliance with this Chapter.

(7)Failure to record and maintain adequate records documenting the operation of a construction site shall not be a defense to the Department determining that the construction activity is an NPDES construction site requiring registration under Rule 335-6-12-.11.

(8)Summary annual reports for the previous year shall be submitted in a format acceptable to the Department and with submittal of an NOR requesting re-registration:

(a)For construction projects granted a multi-year registration, the report shall summarize all inspection information every twelfth (12th) month after initial registration, regardless of the status of the site, until construction is finished, reclamation of disturbed areas is complete, or effective stormwater quality remediation is achieved, and the registration is properly terminated;

(b)With a request by the operator to re-register or terminate registration under this Chapter after completion of all disturbance, reclamation, and stormwater remediation activities. Documentation summarizing all inspection and monitoring data and other relevant information and, for requests for termination of registration, a demonstration that appropriate, effective actions have been taken for the survival of permanent vegetative cover shall be included with this request; and

(c)Results of all required inspections shall be summarized in a format acceptable to the Department, and shall be available for inspection no later than fifteen (15) days following the date of the inspection, monitoring, or sampling. Reports shall be legible and bear an original signature or, in the case of electronic reports, an electronic signature.

(9)Construction site operators shall furnish to the Department upon reasonable request and in a timely manner, available information, including but not limited to, the name, phone number, address, county, site location, and directions to the site, which identifies offsite sources of material, natural resources used or stored at the construction site, and the acquisition, usage, storage, handling, and transport of construction site related regulated chemicals, compounds, and pollutants.

(10)The operator shall notify the Department as soon as it is known, or there is reason to believe, that any activity has occurred or will occur which would result in the discharge on a routine or frequent basis of any toxic pollutant which is not effectively limited/controlled by the requirements of this Chapter, or if that discharge will exceed the highest of any notification levels pursuant to Rule 335-6-6-.13.

(11)Recording of Results

(a)For each inspection, measurement, sample taken, laboratory or field measurement, parameter, or analysis performed, observed, or recorded pursuant to the requirements of this Chapter, the operator shall record the following minimum information:

1.The site/facility name and location, registration number, source location, date, time and exact place of sampling, if conducted. If sampling is not conducted, a written explanation why sampling was not conducted or did not need to be conducted to ensure compliance with the requirements of this Chapter;

2.The name of those persons who performed the inspection or obtained the samples or measurements; the dates and times the inspection or the analyses were performed; the name(s) of the person(s) who performed the analyses; the analytical techniques or methods used, including source of method and method number; the equipment used, methods used, and calibration procedures; the results of all samples and analyses; and

3.Any deficiencies noted during the inspection, any corrective action or mitigation needed to correct the deficiencies, and a proposed compliance schedule not to exceed seven (7) days for temporary, nonstructural BMP implementation, fifteen (15) days for implementation of structural controls, or an alternative schedule acceptable to the Department.

(b)The operator shall maintain records regarding chemical use, storage, and including a copy of all Material Safety Data Sheet(s) (MSDS).

(12)If the operator becomes aware that it submitted incomplete information, failed to submit any relevant facts or submitted incorrect information in any report to the Department, it shall promptly submit such facts, corrections, or information with a written explanation for the mistake and/or omission.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

335-6-12-.16Reserved

335-6-12-.17Reserved

<regElement name="335.6.12.18" level="3" title="Entry And Inspection Of Sites/Facilities">

(1)Any operator of a construction site shall upon the presentation of credentials, permit authorized representatives of the Department to enter, at all reasonable times, the construction project area and property and buildings at the construction site, and allow the representative to inspect facilities and equipment, review records, to conduct monitoring and sampling, and to:

(a)Have vehicle and equipment access to inspect at reasonable times, any facilities, or equipment, including but not limited to, monitoring and control equipment, BMPs, other practices, or activities regulated or required under this Chapter; and

(b)Sample, inspect, take photographs, or monitor, the site at reasonable times for the purposes of assuring compliance with this Chapter or as otherwise authorized by the AWPCA or CWA, any area, BMPs, equipment, disposal site, regulated by this Chapter.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

<regElement name="335.6.12.19" level="3" title="Continuing Educational And Training Requirements">

(1)Unless the operator has employed or contracted with a QCP that performs duties as required by this Chapter, and the QCP, or a qualified person under the direct supervision of a QCP, is readily available and able to be present onsite as often as is necessary to ensure full compliance with the requirements of this Chapter, the operator shall ensure that:

(a)Effective January 1, 2004, at least one onsite employee shall maintain valid QCI Certification. The employee(s) holding QCI Certification need not be on-site continuously and they may represent multiple sites.

(b)Effective January 1, 2004, the employee QCI of existing NPDES construction sites shall obtain annual certification of satisfactory completion of formal refresher education or training regarding general BMPs, Alabama NPDES construction stormwater management requirements, and Department recognized QCI training. The refresher training requirements, including but not limited to, appropriate curricula, course content, course length, minimum/maximum training/contact hours, any participant testing, and evaluation of the effectiveness/applicability of the training shall be subject to acceptance by the Director prior to use.

(2)An operator shall submit the continuing education greenfield fee with each NOR as provided in Chapter 335-1-6, if any QCI employed by the operator as set forth in Rule 335-6-12-.19(1), does not maintain required QCIP training.

(3)Failure to comply with Rule 335-6-12-.19(1), and if required, obtain and submit certification of the prerequisite initial and annual refresher training and education, or alternatively submit the continuing education greenfield fee as provided in Rule 335-6-12-.19(2), shall be deemed a violation of this Chapter.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

335-6-12-.20Reserved

<regElement name="335.6.12.21" level="3" title="CBMPPs, Other Plans, Specifications, BMPs, And Technical Requirements"> <dwc name="turbid" times="2">

(1)Commencement and/or continuation of NPDES construction activity is prohibited after March 1, 2003, or the effective date of this Chapter, whichever date occurs later, unless effective BMPs are implemented and maintained in accordance with a CBMPP prepared/certified by a QCP as adequate to meet the requirements of this Chapter and applicable requirements of ADEM Administrative Code Division 335-6. The CBMPP and any BMPs shall meet or exceed following the technical standards and guidelines:

(a)The Alabama Handbook; and

(b)In accordance with the requirements of this Chapter.

(2)Construction Best Management Practices Plan (CBMPP)

(a)The operator of an NPDES construction site shall implement a comprehensive CBMPP appropriate for site specific conditions that has been prepared and certified by a QCP. The CBMPP shall describe in detail the structural and/or non-structural practices and management strategies which will be implemented and continually maintained to prevent/minimize the discharge of all sources of pollutants, including but not limited to, sediment, construction waste, oil and grease, chemicals, and other pollutants. The CBMPP shall be updated as necessary to address any potential or observed deficiencies.

(b)The CBMPP shall include a description of appropriate, effective water quality BMPs to be implemented at the site as needed to ensure compliance with this Chapter, including but not limited to:

1.Maximum diversion of upgradient or offsite water from the site and minimum duration of disturbed area exposure;

2.Minimization of surface area that is disturbed at any one time (project phasing); Minimize introduction, and facilitate removal, of sediment, nutrients, and other pollutants in the stormwater;

3.Proper cleanup/removal or effective stabilization of sediment deposited offsite, in the event of such an occurrence and effective remediation of sediment or other pollutant instream impacts to the maximum extent practicable;

4.Measure(s) to ensure that dilution water is not used as a BMP to achieve compliance with the requirements of this Chapter unless the Director has granted prior written authorization;

5.Measures to be implemented on all areas not undergoing active disturbance or active construction and progressive construction for longer than thirteen (13) days to prevent/minimize erosion and ensure timely temporary vegetative cover, and permanent revegetation or cover of all disturbed areas when disturbance is complete;

6.A system for the proper collection, storage, treatment, and disposal of construction site sanitary wastes, sewage, gray-water, and putrescible wastes;

7.Construction waste and sediment contaminated as a result of construction activities shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements in a timely manner. The operator shall perform regular cleanup and proper disposal of any floating, submerged, or offsite deposited construction waste resulting from construction activities;

8.BMPs addressing water, stormwater, and fluid acquisition operations, dewatering, and pre-disturbance discharges that are, or may be, associated with construction regulated by this Chapter. These CBMPP shall specify the method of withdrawal or dewatering and describe BMPs for activities, including, but not limited to, pump priming/maintenance discharges, dewatering of existing ponded or impounded water, dewatering of groundwater, and removal of natural obstructions or earthen structures to drain existing ponded or impounded water prior to or during construction. The CBMPP shall detail effective BMPs to protect groundwater and surface waters of the State as a result of discharges associated with the fluids acquisition and dewatering sites;

9.A detailed description of the site and the nature of the construction activity, including site design plans if required by the Department; A description of the intended sequence of major activities which disturb soils, including but not limited to, grubbing, excavation, and/or grading; Existing data describing the surface soils as well as subsoils;

10.Estimates of the total area of the property and the total site area that is expected to be disturbed by excavation, grading, or other activities, including off-site temporary borrow and fill areas; Estimates, including any calculations of the runoff coefficient(s) of the site before and after construction activities are completed;

11.Identification of the receiving water(s) from the United States Geological Survey 7.5-minute series topographical map(s) or equivalent;

12.Description of temporary and permanent stabilization practices, including a schedule and/or sequence for implementation. Operators shall ensure that site plans provide for the stabilization of disturbed portions of the site; Description of structural and nonstructural practices to divert flow from exposed soils, store stormwater flows, or otherwise limit runoff and the discharge of pollutants;

13.Management of any overland flow not otherwise controlled by effective BMPs; Trapping of any sediment in channelized flow to the extent possible; Staging construction to limit bare areas subject to erosion; Protection of down slope drainage inlets where they occur; Minimization of offsite sediment/mud tracking by vehicles or equipment; Stabilization of drainage ways or channels; Installation of permanent stabilization practices as soon as possible after final grading; and

14.Use of energy or flow velocity dissipation devices at discharge locations and along the length of any outfall channel to provide a stable, non-erosive flow velocity from the structure and prevent waterbody scouring, streambank erosion, and sedimentation, during and after construction.

(c)Appropriate detailed map(s), drawings or descriptions as part of the CBMPP shall include:

1.Existing topography and drainage patterns and features, existing structures, proposed structures, roads, utilities, ROWs, and waterbody(s); Property ownership and lease boundaries of the site; Drainage patterns and approximate slopes anticipated after major grading activities; Boundaries of the site/activity and areas of soil disturbance; and

2.Locations of major structural and nonstructural BMPs proposed to be implemented; Locations where permanent stabilization practices will be employed including areas stabilized by buildings, other structures, other acceptable impervious surfaces; Areas which will be permanently vegetated following construction.

(d)Each CBMPP shall include, as appropriate, component plans as needed that address pre-construction project planning and design, project phasing, BMP implementation and maintenance, inspection and sampling efforts, record keeping, emergency response, construction site nutrient management, pollution prevention efforts, preventive and continuing maintenance efforts, spill prevention control and countermeasures, remediation, mitigation, and restoration efforts, post-construction stormwater flow and quality, training and continuing education, runoff coefficients and infiltration rates, streambank protection, and pre-construction site assessment information such as soils characteristics and maps, site hydrology, geology, land use, site topography, receiving water quality, slope stability, precipitation patterns, climate, survival of temporary vegetative cover, site specific effective erosion control, site specific effective sediment control, location of waterbody(s), sinkholes, wetlands, and wells, and other relevant information or component plans identified by the operator, QCP, or the Department.

(e)CBMPP revisions or additions shall be documented, to include, as appropriate, updated site maps, photographs, history of the location, description of implemented BMPs, basis for the use of specific BMPs, analysis of any BMP deficiencies, and other information produced by the operator, QCP, and QCI, including but not limited to, inspection reports, logs, checklists and project diaries. The CBMPP, and all components of the CBMPP, as updated/amended in compliance with this Chapter, shall become a part of the operator?s registration.

(3)If full implementation and regular maintenance of BMPs are not, or will not be, protective of water quality, the operator shall immediately update the CBMPP and implement additional effective structural and nonstructural BMPs as necessary to protect water quality.

(4)BMPs shall be designed, implemented, and regularly maintained to provide effective treatment of discharges of pollutants in stormwater resulting from runoff generated by probable storm events expected/predicted during construction disturbance based on historic precipitation information, and during extended periods of adverse weather and seasonal conditions.

(5)The operator shall ensure that:

(a)BMPs shall be fully implemented and regularly maintained in accordance with the Alabama Handbook, recognized practices, effective industry standard pollution control practices, requirements of the CBMPP, the requirements of this Chapter, and consistent with the requirements of the AWPCA and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto;

(b)Effective BMPs shall be implemented to the maximum extent practicable to prevent offsite sedimentation and deposition of construction site wastes;

(c)Any BMPs located in a floodplain shall be designed, implemented, and maintained to provide effective treatment to the maximum extent practicable in response to the occurrence of a flood event;

(d)BMPs shall not result in the contamination of drinking water and shall not cause or contribute to a violation of any State water quality standard;

(e)Diversion structures, including but not limited to, berms, ditches, and swales created in order to re-route upgradient stormwater runoff from the proposed project location shall be constructed, stabilized, and vegetated as necessary, consistent with recognized effective industry standard practices, prior to or concurrent with the commencement of construction activities;

(f)Proper management and disposal of solid, toxic, or hazardous wastes resulting from activities authorized by this Chapter are performed as required by Departmental rules; and

(g)Effective measures are taken to prevent/minimize the deposition of airborne pollutants, including but not limited to, sand blasting particles, spray paint, herbicides, excessive road or other airborne dust, from entering any waterbody.

(6)The operator is responsible for remediation of any offsite deposition or discharge of sediment and other pollutants and shall, if required by the Department, implement measures to remediate any impacts to the maximum extent practicable.

(7)Unless specifically detailed in a CBMPP submitted with an NOR to the Department, instream or within-bank NPDES construction and noncoal mining disturbance, including but not limited to, trenching, ditching, digging, excavation, blasting, drilling, and placement of fill, within a Tier 1 waterbody segment due to a construction activity pollutant of concern, or in any water segment designated as ONRW, pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 335-6-10, is not authorized by this Chapter, unless specifically approved in writing by the Department. The Department may require the implementation of additional BMPs when necessary to protect water quality for construction disturbance discharging to a Tier 1 waterbody segment.

(8)BMPs shall not be installed in a water of the State except as provided in the Alabama Handbook, or unless authorized by the Department.

(9) Effective measures shall be taken to prevent, to the maximum extent possible, the deposition/disposal, and to effect the removal as necessary, of materials, waste, debris/litter, or liquids resulting from bridge/culvert NPDES construction. Examples of these materials include, but are not limited to, waste concrete/cement, wash water, surfactants, sand blasting particles and paint, from falling or being placed into any waterbody.

(10)The installation or use of instream or within-bank sediment storage traps or deposition areas, or other sediment storage/detention BMPs, in waters of the State is not authorized.

(11)Unless alternate or innovative practices acceptable to the Department are implemented and maintained to protect water quality in any State water during NPDES construction disturbance, the operator shall ensure that:

(a)Permanent or temporary elevated waterbody crossings constructed in conjunction with the regulated activity shall safely pass expected water flow for the duration of use. Crossings shall be inspected as often as is necessary and any significant debris or blockage removed and properly disposed of to ensure unobstructed flow. During construction, placement of rock-fill without pipe(s) for passage of water is not authorized unless approved in writing by the Department;

(b)The bottom of any new or diverted channel is concave in shape or has a base-flow channel to ensure adequate concentrated and unobstructed flow of water during periods of low flow;

(c)Effective BMPs, including installation of floating turbidity screens, are implemented as necessary to minimize downstream turbidity;

(d)Disturbance is minimized to the extent practicable to ensure the protection of water quality and ensure the physical integrity of the waterbody;

(e)Temporary or permanent stockpiling and side-casting of excavated material within the banks of a waterbody, or disposal of material into waters of the State from dredging/disturbance does not occur, unless specifically approved in writing by the Department;

(f)The width of any access through a streambank is minimized to the extent practicable, and a continuous program of effective erosion and sediment control measures is implemented prior to and concurrent with construction disturbance. When NPDES construction disturbance is completed, access through the streambank shall be restored to original contours, stabilized, and, unless structural forms of stabilization such as stone rip-rap are more appropriate, vegetated with annual and perennial vegetation consistent with pre-disturbance conditions or such alternate condition that provides an equal protection of water quality;

(g)Unless authorized otherwise by the Department, equipment, machinery, vehicles, or pollution prevention/abatement equipment, or other construction materials, shall not be left unattended within any watercourse;

(h)Potentially affected parties are notified, as appropriate, of the intent to conduct NPDES construction disturbance in a watercourse within one-half mile upstream or one-quarter mile downstream of any existing municipal or public water intake;

(i)Permanent revegetation or stabilization and restoration at each streambank is performed. Unless allowed otherwise by the Department, permanent revegetation or stabilization and restoration, certified by a QCP or QCI, shall be completed no later than thirty (30) days after permanent completion or cessation of the regulated disturbance.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

335-6-12-.22Reserved

335-6-12-.23Reserved

<regElement name="335.6.12.24" level="3" title="Alternative Or Innovative Technology">

(1)CBMPPs may include alternative or innovative technology, procedures, or BMPs not included in the Alabama Handbook, provided that:

(a)Use of an alternative technology or procedure is consistent with the requirements of this Chapter and is accepted by the Department prior to its use;

(b)Point source and nonpoint source pollutant discharges to waters of the State will be minimized to the maximum extent practicable from the use of the alternative technology or procedure; and

(c)Use of the alternative technology or procedure is protective of groundwater and surface water quality.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

<regElement name="335.6.12.25" level="3" title="Site Completion, Reclamation, Effective Stormwater Quality Remediation, And Termination Of Registration">

(1)Upon completion of construction, and reclamation or effective stormwater quality remediation at an NPDES construction site or noncoal mining site registered, or required to be registered, under this Chapter, the operator shall submit to the Department a complete and correct request for registration termination, including applicable QCP certifications and if required by the Department, photographs and monitoring data for the site. A request shall be prepared and certified by a QCP consistent with the requirements of this Chapter, the requirements of the regulations promulgated pursuant to the AWPCA, and any additional conditions required by the Department to ensure to the maximum extent practicable the continued protection of water quality. The request shall be submitted in a format acceptable to the Department.

(2)Unless the operator is notified by the Department within 30 days of receipt that the request has not been granted, in total or in part, the request for termination is considered granted provided the operator complies with, and the construction site remains in full compliance with, all provisions of this Chapter. It is the responsibility of the operator to ensure that information submitted in the request for termination, including any attachments, is true, complete, and accurate, and to verify receipt of a complete and correct request for termination by the Department. It remains the responsibility of the operator to submit and verify receipt by the Department any corrected or additional information to complete the request for termination, if required by the Department. Failure to submit a complete and correct request for termination and ensure that the construction site remains in full compliance with all provisions of this Chapter may result in denial of the request for termination.

(3)The request for termination shall be in a format acceptable to the Department, and shall include:

(a)Certification from the operator, and a QCP or a qualified person under the direct supervision of a QCP, including if needed, photographs, documenting that the site has in fact been properly completed in accordance with the requirements of this Chapter;

(b)Confirmation that the stormwater discharges associated with construction activity have been eliminated, effective reclamation or stormwater quality remediation has been achieved, permanent vegetation has been established, or the operator no longer has operational control of the site;

(c)If applicable, confirmation by the operator stating in detail the reason(s) that the operator may not have operational control, to include any information required by the Department, including but not limited to, property deeds, bill-of-sale, contracts, legal affidavits, correspondence and detailed information regarding the identified succeeding operator. It remains the responsibility of the operator to submit and verify receipt by the Department of required information. Loss of operational control does not relieve the operator from liability and responsibility for compliance with the provisions of this Chapter until the complete and correct request for termination is received by the Department. Failure to submit a complete and correct request for termination and ensure that the construction site remains in full compliance with all provisions of this Chapter may result in denial of the request for termination. Sale or transfer of operational responsibility for the site by the operator prior to the succeeding operator obtaining registration required by this Chapter, does not relieve the registrant from the responsibility to comply with the requirements of this Chapter;

(d)Certification, and documentation if required by the Department, that inspections required by this Chapter were performed by a QCI, QCP, or a qualified person under the direct supervision of a QCP.

(e)Certification, and documentation if required by the Department, that QCIP continuing education training was completed if required by this Chapter.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

<regElement name="335.6.12.26" level="3" title="Discharge And Receiving Water Evaluation Requirements"> <dwc name="turbid" times="4">

(1)It is possible and allowable to achieve and maintain compliance with the requirements of this Chapter without conducting any discharge sampling provided a QCI, QCP or a qualified person under the direct supervision of a QCP documents and certifies on each inspection report or other report/log that sampling is not necessary to properly evaluate and document the effectiveness or deficiencies of BMP implementation to ensure compliance with this Chapter. It remains the responsibility of the operator to be continually aware of and to effectively evaluate the quality of the stormwater being discharged. Lack of knowledge regarding stormwater discharge quality or receiving water quality shall not constitute a valid defense with regard to deficiencies in BMP implementation and maintenance, negative impacts to water quality, or other noncompliance with the requirements of this Chapter.

(2)It remains the responsibility of the operator to document and ensure that effective BMPs are properly designed, implemented, and consistently maintained utilizing recognized effective industry standard practices to prevent/minimize to the maximum extent practicable discharges of pollutants in stormwater runoff.

(3)Stormwater discharge flow can be determined by direct measurement, calculation, or other generally accepted scientific method by a QCI, QCP or a qualified person under the direct supervision of a QCP.

(4) Precipitation shall be measured and recorded in tenths of an inch by the operator or an individual under the direction of the operator, using continuous recorders, daily readings of an onsite precipitation gauge, or daily readings of an offsite precipitation gauge located adjacent to or in close proximity to the facility.

(5)Receiving Water Turbidity Monitoring And Limitations

(a)A QCI, QCP, or a qualified person under the direct supervision of a QCP shall inspect as necessary, and if needed, conduct sampling, during NPDES construction activity, monitoring upstream and downstream turbidity after reasonable opportunity for mixing has been afforded of all affected watercourse(s) to ensure protection of water quality.

(b)It is possible and allowable to achieve and maintain compliance with the requirements of this Chapter without conducting any instream turbidity or other instream sampling provided a QCI, QCP, or a qualified person under the direct supervision of a QCP documents and certifies on any inspection report or other report/log that instream sampling is not necessary to properly evaluate and document the effectiveness or deficiencies of BMP implementation and that discharges are not causing or contributing to a contravention of Alabama water quality standards. It remains the responsibility of the operator to be continually aware of and to effectively evaluate instream water quality.

(c)Background or upstream turbidity for discharges to a municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4) or where the NPDES construction site is the headwater of the receiving water shall be determined from offsite drainage entering the site and/or from drainage areas or waters near the site which do not receive discharges from the facility, or are not impacted by the facility or a similarly situated or type facility, acceptable to the Department.

(6)Samples, if collected, and measurements taken for purposes of determining compliance with this Chapter shall be representative of the volume and nature of the monitored discharge and shall be in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter.

(7)Test procedures for the preservation and analysis of samples shall conform to Rule 335-6-6-.14 and guidelines published pursuant to &#167;304(h) of the FWPCA, 33 U.S.C. &#167;1314(h). If more than one method for analysis of a substance is approved for use, the method having a lower detection limit shall be used.

(8)All equipment and instrumentation used to determine compliance with the requirements of this Chapter must be installed, used, maintained, and calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer?s instructions. If used, flow measurement devices shall be calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer?s instructions if available, or at least once every six (6) months.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

335-6-12-.27Reserved

<regElement name="335.6.12.28" level="3" title="Inspection Requirements">

(1)The operator shall ensure that regular, comprehensive site and receiving water(s) inspections are conducted to ensure that effective BMPs are properly designed, implemented, and consistently maintained in accordance with the requirements of this Chapter.

(2)Comprehensive inspections of NPDES construction sites and areas impacted by the construction site, including affected ditches and other stormwater conveyances, perennial and intermittent waterbody(s), streambanks, and floodplains, shall be performed by a QCI, QCP, or a qualified person under the direct supervision of a QCP as often as is needed to ensure, document, and certify continuing compliance with the requirements of this Chapter. The QCI, QCP, or a qualified person under the direct supervision of a QCP performing the inspection shall evaluate and document on the inspection report if the BMPs being implemented are adequate and if additional or improved control measures are needed. If the CBMPP plan is determined to be deficient, the CBMPP shall be revised and the revisions fully implemented within seven (7) calendar days following the inspection unless an alternate scheduled is approved in writing by the Department.

(3)Each day there is activity at the site, the operator, a QCI, a QCP, a qualified person under the direct supervision of a QCP, other qualified consultant, or other qualified persons, shall visually observe that portion of the construction project where active disturbance, work, or construction occurred and report any apparent BMP deficiencies observed to the operator, QCP, or QCI.

(4)Complete and comprehensive inspections/ evaluations of defined or designated NPDES construction sites/activity shall be performed:

(a)A minimum of once a month, by a QCI, QCP, or a qualified person under the direct supervision of a QCP;

(b)A minimum of once every six (6) months, by a QCP or a qualified person under the direct supervision of a QCP;

(c)Except as provided in Rule 335-6-12-.28(4)(d), by a QCI, QCP, or a qualified person under the direct supervision of a QCP, after any precipitation of 0.75 inches or greater in any 24-hour period since the last inspection, commencing as promptly as possible, but no later than 48-hours after resuming or continuing active construction or disturbance, and completed no later than 72-hours following the qualifying precipitation event;

(d)On linear projects, including but not limited to, oil/gas, water, and sewer pipelines, conveyors, roads, highways, power lines, buried cables, or other energy or resource transmission right-of-way (ROW) or utility infrastructure, equal to or exceeding ten miles of disturbed length where active construction or areas where annual or perennial vegetation has not been fully established, by a QCI, QCP, or a qualified person under the direct supervision of a QCP, after any precipitation of 0.75 inches or greater in any 24-hour period since the last inspection, beginning as promptly as possible, but no later than 48-hours after resuming or continuing active construction or disturbance and completed no later than five (5) days after the qualifying precipitation event;

(e)At least once a week and as often as is necessary by a QCI, QCP, or a qualified person under the direct supervision of a QCP of all active disturbance, dredging, excavation, work, or construction undertaken or located within the banks of a waterbody, including but not limited to, equipment, vehicle crossing, pipelines, or other transmission line installation, conveyor structure installation, and waterbody relocation, streambank stabilization, or other alterations, until the disturbance/activity impacting the waterbody is complete and reclamation or effective stormwater quality remediation is achieved; and

(f)As often as is necessary until any non-compliant BMPs, discharges, or any deficiencies observed during a prior inspection are corrected and documented as being in compliance with the requirements of this Chapter.

(5)Unless otherwise required by the Department, inspections or evaluations required by Rule 335-6-12-.28(4)(a), (b), (c), or (d), do not have to be conducted for noncoal mining sites regulated under this Chapter provided:

(a)The operator submits to the Department certification from a QCP, a minimum of once every three (3) months, with inspections at least two (2) months apart, that the noncoal mining site is designed and is being operated with significant freeboard due to incised mining excavation or incised storage basins to prevent all discharges resulting from groundwater intrusion, precipitation events less than the applicable 50-year, 24-hour precipitation event, or other stormwater sources to surface waters of the State, and;

(b)The noncoal mining site has been operated and is being operated in full compliance with the applicable requirements of this Chapter; and

(c)In the case of precipitation that equals or exceeds the 50-year, 24-hour storm event, the QCP conducts a comprehensive inspection of the noncoal mining site within 72-hours of said event and representative samples of any discharges are obtained, and a detailed report is submitted to the Department within seven (7) days of the inspection if non-compliant discharges, deficient BMPs, or other deficiencies or noncompliance with the requirements of this Chapter are observed.

(6)Suspension of applicable monitoring and inspection requirements for phased projects or developments such as transmission ROWs or subdivisions may be granted provided:

(a)The Department is notified in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to the requested suspension;

(b)The operator and QCP certify in the request that all disturbance has been graded, stabilized, and/or fully vegetated or otherwise permanently covered, and that appropriate, effective steps have been and will be taken by the operator to ensure compliance with the requirements of this Chapter, and commit that these measures will remain continually effective until registration is properly terminated;

(c)The operator notifies the Department prior to resumption of disturbance or commencement of the next phase of development and the operator complies with the requirements of this Chapter prior to commencement of additional disturbance;

(7)NPDES construction site inspection reports shall contain information and be in a format acceptable to the Department. The reports shall document facility/site conditions, describe any BMP deficiencies and maintenance needs. The reports shall detail any corrective action(s) that need to be implemented to ensure compliance with the requirements of this Chapter. Lack of knowledge by the operator of construction site conditions and compliance with this Chapter shall not be a valid defense in an enforcement action.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

335-6-12-.29Reserved

<regElement name="335.6.12.30" level="3" title="Pollution Prevention For NPDES Construction Sites">

(1)Requirements for a Pollution Prevention Plan (PPP) shall be considered to be met by NPDES construction site through activities and BMPs that have been properly planned, designed, implemented, and maintained under the terms of this Chapter.

(2)Spill Prevention, Control, and Management

(a)The operator shall prepare, implement, and maintain a Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) Plan, as a separate document or as a component of the CBMPP, for all tanks/containers storing onsite fuel, chemicals, or other pollutants consistent with the requirements of Rule 335-6-6-.12 and 40 CFR Part 112 (2002).

(b)Effective measures necessary to prevent spills and to clean up spills of any toxic pollutant, as documented in the facility?s SPCC plan, shall be fully implemented. Soil contaminated by hazardous substances, paints, fuel, or chemical spills, shall be immediately cleaned-up, managed, and disposed of in an approved manner. Where potential spills can occur, materials handling procedures shall be specified and procedures for immediate cleanup/remediation of spills shall be described in the SPCC plan or employee training plans. The equipment necessary to implement a cleanup shall be made available to facility personnel. The operator shall immediately notify the designated State and local government agencies after becoming aware of a visible oil sheen in stormwater runoff from its facility or in a water of the State in the project vicinity as a result of activities at the site. The caller should be prepared to report the name, address and telephone number of the person reporting spill, the exact location of the spill, company name and location, the material spilled, the estimated quantity, the source of spill, the cause of the spill, the nearest downstream water with the potential to receive the spill, and the actions being taken for containment and cleanup.

(3)The operator shall observe, and if those observations reasonably warrant, conduct analyses of excavated or dredged material in order to ensure that potential pollutants are not present in concentrations that could cause or contribute to a violation of applicable water quality standards. Information regarding the evaluation or detailed results of any analyses of excavated/dredged material shall be made available to the Department upon request.

(4)Solids, sludges, removed substances, or any other pollutant or other waste removed in the course of treatment or control of stormwater shall be disposed of in a manner that complies with applicable Department rules.

(5)The operator shall ensure that agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, or other onsite persons with authorized access to the site, are informed of the pollution prevention and control requirements of this Chapter.

(6)Post-construction stormwater management is not required for projects that do not significantly alter runoff volumes or velocities from conditions existing prior to the NPDES construction activity. Said management, if required, shall be implemented to control the discharge of pollutants associated with significant hydrologic modifications to the site resulting from construction activities. Post-construction stormwater management is not required by the provisions of this Chapter to address stormwater quality from operation of the completed facility provided construction activity is complete, reclamation or effective stormwater quality remediation of the construction disturbance has been achieved.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

335-6-12-.31Reserved

335-6-12-.32Reserved

<regElement name="335.6.12.33" level="3" title="Ineffective BMPs, Discharge Prohibitions, And Noncompliance Notification">

(1)The discharge of pollutants from NPDES construction sites/activity not effectively treated to the maximum extent practicable by BMPs implemented and maintained pursuant to the requirements of this Chapter is prohibited. If, for any reason, there is a non-compliant discharge that causes or contributes to a violation of applicable water quality standards, the operator is required to visually monitor and notify the Department as soon as possible, but in no case later than 24-hours after becoming aware of such discharge.

(2)The operator shall document and submit the following information in a form acceptable to the Department within five (5) days of becoming aware of any BMP deficiency/failure or non-compliant discharge that causes or contributes to a violation of applicable water quality standards:

(a)A description, including any photographs, and the reason for the deficiency, including an estimate of the flow, discharge volume, and any analytical data associated with the noncompliant discharges;

(b)The period of noncompliant discharge, including beginning and ending times and dates, and, if not already corrected, the anticipated date the non-compliant discharge is expected to cease, and steps taken (or to be taken) to reduce, eliminate, mitigate, and prevent the recurrence of such discharge;

(c)If the non-compliant discharge was caused by chronic or catastrophic precipitation event(s), information from the on-site precipitation gauge or weather station in close proximity to the facility documenting the amount and duration of the precipitation event(s); and

(3)The Department may require testing deemed necessary to protect waters of the State or to determine continuing compliance with the requirements of this Chapter.

(4)The operator shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent the discharge of waters which have been, or could be, contaminated by pesticides, paints, solvents, preservatives, surfactants, surface blasting, pressure cleaning, excess coagulant, excess flocculent, or other chemicals, or activities. Termaticides, other pest and parasite controls, and water used to clean equipment used for the application of potentially hazardous or toxic chemicals shall be handled and disposed of and in a manner so as to prevent any pollutant from such material from entering the waters of the State according to applicable State and federal law.

(5)NPDES construction sites discharging through a municipal separate storm sewer system (MS4) shall comply with the requirements of this Chapter prior to discharging to the system receiving the NPDES construction stormwater discharge.

(6)The discharge of stormwater, generated by any process, facility, or by any other means not under the operational control of the operator, not identified in the NOR, or not identified specifically in the description of a source when requesting registration, is not authorized by this Chapter.

(7)Discharge Prohibitions

(a)Except as specifically provided otherwise by this Chapter, discharge of any untreated stormwater from a NPDES construction site to waters of the State at any time is prohibited, except as a direct result of periods of chronic or catastrophic precipitation or weather conditions as determined by the Department, provided:

1.The Department is notified as required by this Chapter;

2.Appropriate, effective BMPs that meet or exceed the requirements of this Chapter have been fully implemented and regularly maintained prior to the causative precipitation event;

3.The discharge is unavoidable after the operator has taken action to prevent discharge(s) to the maximum extent practicable;

4.The operator takes action to terminate discharge(s) to the maximum extent practicable and as soon as possible; and

5.The operator takes action to mitigate any impacts caused by the discharge(s) to the maximum extent practicable and as soon as possible.

(b)Uncontaminated drainage or runoff which does not come into contact with construction activity or other pollutants should be excluded from flowing onto the site to the extent practicable.

(8)The operator shall give the Department written advance notice of any anticipated noncompliance, planned changes, or other circumstances regarding disturbance activities which may result in noncompliance with the requirements of this Chapter.

(9)Noncompliance Notification

(a)If for any reason, the operator?s discharge:

1.threatens human health or welfare, fish or aquatic life, or water quality standards;

2.does not comply with an applicable toxic pollutant effluent standard or prohibition established under &#167;307(a) of the FWPCA, 33 U.S.C. &#167;1317(a);

3.contains a quantity of a hazardous substance which has been determined may be harmful to public health or welfare under &#167;311(b)(4) of the FWPCA, 33 U.S.C. &#167;1321(b)(4);

4.exceeds any Chapter condition or discharge limitation for an effluent characteristic as a result of an unanticipated bypass and/or upset;

5.is an unpermitted direct or indirect discharge of a pollutant to a water of the state (unpermitted discharges properly reported to the Department under any other requirement are not required to be reported under this provision); or

6.if the operator is in significant noncompliance with the CBMPP and BMPs required by this Chapter, the operator shall report the occurrence and circumstances of such discharge to the Department with a written report with content and in a format acceptable to the Department no later than five (5) days after becoming aware of the occurrence of such discharge.

(b)If for any reason, the operator?s discharge does not comply with any limitation or condition of this Chapter, the operator shall submit to the Department a written report as provided in Rule 335-6-12-.33(14)(c) below. Such report shall be submitted no later than five (5) days after becoming aware of the occurrence of such noncompliance.

(c)Any written report required to be submitted to the Department by Rule 335-6-12-.33(14)(a) or (b) above shall be submitted using a copy of the Noncompliance Notification Form, and shall include the following information:

1.A description of the discharge and cause of noncompliance;

2.The period of noncompliance, including dates and times or, if not corrected, the anticipated time the noncompliance is expected to continue; and

3.A description of the steps taken and/or being taken to reduce or eliminate the non-complying discharge and to prevent its recurrence.

4.A description of the efforts taken to mitigate any adverse impacts of such noncomplying discharge.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

335-6-12-.34Reserved

<regElement name="335.6.12.35" level="3" title="Other Requirements">

(1)Operators of NPDES construction sites shall at all times properly operate and maintain all BMPs, facilities, systems of treatment and control, and associated appurtenances which are installed or used by the operator to achieve compliance with the conditions of this Chapter. Proper operation and maintenance includes effective performance, adequate funding, proper completion of logs/reports, maintenance of records, and adequate laboratory and process controls, including appropriate quality assurance procedures, adequate staff, and prerequisite and annual training requirements as described in Rule 335-6-12-.19. Proper operation and maintenance includes the operation of backup or auxiliary facilities or similar systems when necessary to achieve compliance with the requirements of this Chapter.

(2)Any person who falsifies, tampers with, or knowingly renders inaccurate or inoperable any equipment, monitoring device, record, method, or other activity, responsibility, or practice required to be performed or maintained under this Chapter may be punished by fines and/or imprisonment as provided by State and federal law.

(3)Bypass ? Any bypass is subject to the requirements of Rule 335-6-6-.12(m).

(4)Upset ? Any upset is subject to the requirements of Rule 335-6-6-.12(n).

(5)Property Rights, and Other Rights and Responsibilities

(a)Registration approval under this Chapter does not convey any property rights in either real or personal property, or any exclusive privileges, nor does it authorize any injury to persons or property or invasion of other private rights, or any infringement of federal, State, or local laws or regulations, nor does it authorize or approve the construction of any physical structures or facilities or the undertaking of any work in any waters of the State or waters of the United States.

(b)Except as expressly provided by this Chapter, liability and responsibility for compliance with the requirements of this Chapter are not delegable by contract or otherwise. The operator shall ensure that any partner, consultant, agent, contractor, subcontractor, or other person employed by, under contract, paid a salary by, or under the direction/control of the operator complies with the requirements of this Chapter. Failure of a QCI, QCP, qualified person under the direct supervision of a QCP, or any other person under contract to perform or inform the operator shall not be considered a valid defense in any enforcement action and shall not stay any requirement of this Chapter. Violations resulting from the actions of such person shall be considered violations of this Chapter and may subject the operator to enforcement action.

(c)Except as otherwise provided by Alabama law, issuance of registration under this Chapter does not modify in any way an operator?s legal responsibility or liability, to apply for, obtain, or comply with other applicable ADEM, federal, State, or local government permits, authorizations, registrations, ordinances, regulations, certifications, licenses, or other approvals, not regulated by this chapter prior to commencing or continuing construction disturbance regulated by this Chapter.

(6)Groundwater. Unless specifically authorized by this Chapter, other laws or rules or the Director, the discharge of pollutants to groundwater is not authorized. Should a threat of groundwater contamination occur, the Director may require groundwater evaluation and/or monitoring to properly assess the degree of the problem and the Director may require that any operator undertake measures to mitigate, remediate, and/or abate any such discharge and/or contamination. Groundwater investigation/evaluation, monitoring, mitigation, remediation, and other activities performed voluntarily by the operator or required by the Director, shall be conducted in accordance with a plan accepted by the Department.

(7)Coastal Zone Management. Registration approval under this Chapter for construction projects subject to the Alabama Coastal Area Management Program (ACAMP) are conditionally certified under the ADEM Coastal Program requirements, contingent upon continued compliance with the requirements of this Chapter and ADEM Administrative Code Division 335-8. Registration approval under this Chapter does not modify, abrogate, or supercede the requirement for an operator to apply for and/or obtain, if applicable, Alabama Coastal Area Management Program (ACAMP) permits and/or certifications required by Division 335-8, including the requirement to obtain a Coastal Area Non-Regulated Use Permit for Commercial and Residential Developments in the Coastal Area that are, or will be greater than size thresholds established by Division 335-8.

(8)Registration or the requirements of this Chapter do not modify, abrogate, or supercede the requirement for an operator to apply for and/or otherwise obtain, if applicable, CWA &#167;404 permit coverage or other approvals from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (COE) and CWA &#167;401 Water Quality Certification from the Department.

(9)If any applicable effluent standard or prohibition, including any schedule of compliance specified in such effluent standard or prohibition, is established under &#167;307(a) of the FWPCA, 33 U.S.C. &#167;1317(a), for a toxic pollutant discharged by the operator and such standard or prohibition is more stringent than any discharge limitation or requirement on a pollutant regulated or described in this Chapter, or controls a pollutant not limited/controlled by this Chapter, registration under this Chapter shall be modified to conform to the toxic pollutant effluent standard or prohibition and the operator shall be notified of such modification. If registration has not been modified to conform to the toxic pollutant effluent standard or prohibition before the effective date of such standard or prohibition, the operator shall attain compliance with the requirements of the standard or prohibition within the time period required by the standard or prohibition and shall continue to comply with the standard or prohibition until the registration is modified or a complete request for re-registration is received by the Department.

(10)Duty to Mitigate And Remediate Adverse Impacts

(a)The operator shall notify the Department and promptly take all reasonable steps to 1) mitigate and prevent/minimize any adverse impact resulting from noncompliance with any limitation or requirement of this Chapter, 2) determine the nature and impact of the non-complying discharge, and 3) remove, to the maximum extent practical, pollutants deposited offsite or in any waterbody or stormwater conveyance structure. The necessity to suspend or cease construction or other activities authorized under this Chapter in order to effectively mitigate and remediate adverse impacts shall not be a defense in any enforcement action.

(b)After consultation initiated by the operator with the Department, if it is determined by the Department that removal of pollutants or other mitigation or remediation alternatives may not be protective of water quality, or are otherwise not appropriate or feasible, the operator may be required by the Department to design and implement additional and/or alternative measures to address or mitigate water quality impacts caused by the activity, BMP deficiency, upset or bypass condition, or non-complying discharge.

(11)Duty To Comply

(a)The operator shall take all reasonable steps, including cessation of construction, building, production, or other activities, to prevent/minimize any violation of this Chapter or to prevent/minimize any adverse impact of any violation of the requirements of this Chapter.

(b)Upon the loss or failure of any treatment facility or BMP, including but not limited to, the loss or failure of the primary source of power of any monitoring/ sampling equipment, the operator shall, where necessary to maintain compliance with the requirements of this Chapter, cease, suspend, reduce, or otherwise control construction or other activities until treatment is restored or effective BMPs have been repaired or installed.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

335-6-12-.36Reserved

<regElement name="335.6.12.37" level="3" title="Severability">

If any provision, requirement, or portion of this Chapter is adjudged unconstitutional or invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Chapter shall not be affected thereby.

Author: Richard Hulcher

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16 et seq., as amended.

History: New Rule: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-6-13" level="2" title="(Reserved)">

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-6-14" level="2" title="CONSTRUCTION LOANS FOR WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITIES WATER POLLUTION CONTROL REVOLVING LOAN FUND PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS">

<regElement name="335.6.14.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

This Chapter shall constitute the rules of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management governing the disposition of appropriations pursuant to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and Alabama Act No. 87-226 or other monies appropriated to the Water Pollution Control Revolving Fund. Although the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (FWPCA) of 1987 includes provisions for loans for implementation of a nonpoint source pollution control management program under section 319 of the FWPCA and for development and implementation of an estuary conservation and management plan under section 320 of the FWPCA, the time frame for development of these requirements does not allow inclusion of detail procedures. Such procedures will be added to this Chapter as criteria are developed and loans made available as limited by the first use requirement of Rule 335-6-14-.08(2).

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.02" level="3" title="Construction Of Rules">

This Chapter shall be constructed so as to permit the Department to discharge its statutory functions and to effectuate the purpose of the law.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.03" level="3" title="Purpose">

This Chapter is promulgated for the following purposes:

(a) To implement the purposes and objectives of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, Alabama Act No. 87-226, and the Alabama Water Pollution Control Act.

(b) To establish policies and procedures for the distribution of funds appropriated pursuant to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and other monies appropriated to the Water Pollution Control Revolving Fund, for the purpose of providing financial assistance to local governmental units through the issuance of Fund loans for paying the costs of the construction of wastewater treatment facilities;

(c) To protect the public and the State by ensuring that fund monies appropriated are spent in a proper manner and for the intended purposes;

(d) To assure that the distribution and use of Fund monies is consistent with the laws and policies of the State and Federal Government;

(e) To establish minimum standards of conduct to prevent fraud, waste, abuse and conflicts of interest and to ensure proper administration of Fund monies;

(f)To establish accounting procedures for the administration of Fund monies;

(g)To establish Fund loan repayment requirements; and

(h)To establish standards for the construction of wastewater treatment facilities.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.04" level="3" title="Definitions">

The following words and terms, when used in this Chapter, shall have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

(a)"Act" means Alabama Act No. 87-226.

(b)"allowable costs" means those costs that are eligible, reasonable, necessary, and allocable to the project; permitted by generally accepted accounting principles; and approved by the Department in the Fund loan agreement.

(c)"applicant" means any local governmental unit that applies for a Fund loan pursuant to the provisions of these rules and regulations.

(d)"Authority" means the corporation organized pursuant to the provisions of the Act as a public corporation, agency and instrumentality of the state and known as the Alabama Water Pollution Control Authority.

(e) "authorizing resolution" means a resolution or order adopted by the Board of Directors of the authority authorizing the issuance of bonds by the Authority pursuant to the Act or by a public body.

(f) "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Alabama Water Pollution Control Authority which 335-6-14-.04 consists of the Governor, the Lieutenant Governor, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, the Director of ADEM, and the Director of Finance.

(g) "bonds" means the water pollution control bonds, notes or obligations or other evidence of indebtedness issued by the Authority under the provisions of the Act.

(h)"bond proceeds" means the direct proceeds of sale of bonds or notes, and the income derived from the investment of such proceeds.

(i)"certified mail" means any means of delivery where proof of receipt is obtained and date of receipt is recorded.

(j)"collection system" means the common lateral sewers, which are primarily installed to receive wastewaters directly from individual systems or from private property and which include service "Y" connections designed for connection with those facilities when owned, operated and maintained by or on behalf of the local governmental unit. Included in this definition are crossover sewers connecting more than one property on one side of a major street, road or highway to a lateral sewer on the other side when more cost effective than parallel sewers, and pumping units and pressurized lines serving individual structures or groups of structures when such units are cost effective. This definition excludes other facilities which convey wastewater from individual structures on private property to the lateral sewer or its equivalent.

(k) "construction cost" means the cost for the acquisition, erection, alteration, remodeling, improvement or extension of wastewater treatment facilities. This definition includes administration, legal, land that shall be an integral part of the treatment process or used for the ultimate disposal of residues resulting from such treatment, fiscal, engineering and inspection costs and costs associated with the planning and design of the project.

(l) "Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management established by the Alabama Environmental Management Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22A-1 to 22-22A-13.

(m) "excessive infiltration/inflow" means the quantities of infiltration/inflow which can be economically eliminated from a sewer system as determined in a cost-effectiveness analysis that compares the costs for correcting the infiltration/inflow conditions to the total costs for transportation and treatment of the infiltration/inflow.

(n) "Federal Water Pollution Control Act" (or FWPCA) means the Act of Congress so designated (P.L. 92-500) approved October 18, 1972 (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.), as amended from time to time.

(o) "Federal grant" means a grant awarded pursuant to Section 201 of the FWPCA Amendments of 1972 (33 U.S.C. 1251 et al.) and any amendments or supplements thereto.

(p) "final construction cost" means the total actual allowable cost of the final work in place for the project, in accordance with the scope as defined in the Fund loan agreement.

(q)"Fund" or "Water Pollution Control Revolving Fund" means the Wastewater Treatment Fund established pursuant to the Act.

(r)"Fund loan" means a loan from the Water Pollution Control Revolving Fund for the allowable costs of a project.

(s) "Fund loan agreement" means the legal instrument executed between the Authority and the local governmental unit for the construction of wastewater treatment facilities.

(t) "infiltration" means water other than wastewater that enters a sewer system (including sewer service connections and foundation drains) from the ground through such means as defective pipes, pipe joints, connections, or manholes. Infiltration does not include, and is distinguished from, inflow.

(u) "inflow" means water other than wastewater that enters a sewer system (including sewer service connections) from sources such as, but not limited to, roof leaders, cellar drains, yard drains, area drains, drains from springs and swampy areas, manhole covers, cross connections between storm sewers and sanitary sewers, catch basins, cooling towers, storm waters, surface runoff, street wash waters or drainage. Inflow does not include, and is distinguished from, infiltration.

(v) "initiation of operation" means the date specified by the recipient on which use of the project begins for the purposes that it was planned, designed and built.

(w) "interceptor sewer" means a sewer which is designed for one or more of the following purposes:

1. To intercept wastewater from a final point in a collection sewer and convey such wastes directly to a treatment facility or another interceptor.

2. To replace an existing wastewater treatment facility and transport the wastes to an adjoining collector sewer or interceptor sewer for conveyance to a treatment plant.

3. To transport wastewater from one or more municipal collector sewers to another municipality or to a regional plant for treatment.

4. To intercept an existing major discharge of raw or inadequately treated wastewater for transport directly to another interceptor or to a treatment plant.

(x) "local governmental unit" means a city, town, county, district, association, State agency, or other public body (including an intermunicipal agency of two or more) of the foregoing entities created under State law, or an Indian tribe or an authorized Indian tribal organization having jurisdiction,over disposal of sewage, industrial wastes, or other waste, or a designated and approved management agency under Section 208 of the FWPCA.

1. This definition includes a special district created under State law such as a water district, sewer district, sanitary district, utility district, drainage district or similar entity or an integrated waste management facility, as defined in section 201(e) of the FWPCA which has as one of its principal responsibilities the treatment, transport, or disposal of domestic wastewater in a particular geographic area.

2. This definition excludes the following:

(i) Any revenue producing entity which has as its principal responsibility an activity other than providing wastewater treatment services to the general public, such as an airport, turnpike, portal facility or other municipal utility.

(ii) Any special district (such as school district or a park district) which has the responsibility to provide wastewater treatment services in support of its principal activity at specific facilities, unless the special district has the responsibility under State law to provide wastewater treatment services to the community surrounding the special district's facility and no other municipality, with concurrent jurisdiction to serve the community, serves or intends to serve the special district's facility or the surrounding community.

(y) "low bid construction cost" means the total actual allowable cost for the project due to the award of all contracts within a project scope to the low bidder(s).

(z) "NPDES permit" or "permit" means a permit issued to a POTW as defined in Section 335-6-4-.02(h) pursuant to Section 402 of the FWPCA.

(aa) "project priority list" means the list developed by the State in conformance with the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972 (33 U.S.C. 1251 et al.), and any amendatory or supplementary acts thereto, and State regulations as contained in Chapter 335-6-4 Division 6 of the ADEM Administrative Code.

(bb) "project" means the defined services for the construction of specified operable facilities as approved by the Department in the Fund loan agreement.

(cc) "recipient" means any local governmental unit which has received a Fund loan pursuant to this Chapter.

(dd) "scope of work" means the detailed description of the extent of services required to construct the wastewater treatment facilities.

(ee) "substantial alteration" means any change which results in an alteration of the project costs or a change of 90 days or more in the project schedule.

(ff) "wastewater" means residential, commercial, industrial or agricultural liquid waste, sewage, septage, or any combination thereof, or other residue discharged or collected into a sewer system.

(gg)"wastewater treatment facilities or treatment works" includes, but is not limited to, any devices and systems for the storage, treatment, recycling,and reclamation of municipal sewage, domestic sewage, or liquid industrial wastes used to implement Section 201 of the Act, or necessary to recycle or reuse water at the most economical cost over the design life of the works. These include intercepting sewers, outfall sewers, sewage collection systems, individual systems, pumping power, and other equipment and their appurtenances; extensions, improvement, remodeling, additions, and alterations thereof; elements essential to provide a reliable recycled supply such as standby treatment units and clear well facilities; and any works, including acquisition of the land that will be an integral part of the treatment process or is used for ultimate disposal of residues resulting from such treatment (including land for composting sludge, temporary storage of such compost and land used for the storage of treated wastewater in land treatment systems before land application); or any other method or system for preventing, abating, reducing, storing, treating, separating, or disposing of municipal waste or industrial waste, including waste in combined storm water and sanitary sewer systems.

(hh) "water quality management plans" means the plans prepared pursuant to Sections 208 and 303 of the FWPCA (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.).

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.05" level="3" title="Water Pollution Control Revolving Fund">

Proceeds of bond sales, Federal and State appropriations, payments of loan principal and interest, and interest earned on the fund shall be handled in the following manner:

(a) To make loans;

(b) To buy or refinance the debt obligation of municipalities when such debt obligations were incurred and building began after March 7, 1985;

(c) As a source of revenue or security for the payment of principal and interest on revenue bonds issued by the Authority if the net proceeds of the sale of such bonds will be deposited in the Fund;

(d) Any Federal or State funds which may be made available to the State for loans to local governmental units for the construction of wastewater treatment facilities, under Title VI of the FWPCA and the Act, may be deposited only to the Water Pollution Control Revolving Fund.

(e) The monies in the Fund are specifically dedicated and have been deposited for the purposes identified in Rule 335-6-14-.03; however, no monies shall be expended from the Fund for those purposes without the specific deposits thereof by the Authority.

(f) Payments of principal, interest and penalties on loans awarded from the Fund shall be made to the Fund pursuant to the Act.

(g) All interest earned shall be credited to the Water Pollution Control Revolving Fund pursuant to the Act.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988; Amended: November 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.14.06" level="3" title="Terms Of The Loans From The Water Pollution</U>_<U>Control Revolving Loan Fund">

(1) The Fund may offer loans for up to 100 percent of allowable project costs for the construction of wastewater treatment facilities and may offer a range of options regarding the term, interest rate and level of loan funding. Such loans must be made at or below market interest rates as determined by the Authority.

(2) The total term of the loans shall not exceed 20 years. Repayments shall begin not later than one year after completion of construction, or three years from the date of loan award, whichever comes first, for which such loan was made, and shall be repaid in full no later than 20 years. Thereafter, loan repayments shall be made in accordance with the repayment schedule indicated in the borrower's Fund loan agreement. Principal and accrued interest with respect to a particular Fund loan may, however, be prepaid in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Fund loan agreement. Interest shall accrue from the date of the delivery of the Authority's bonds in a leveraged loan program, and in a direct loan program, from the date of the execution of the SRF loan agreement.

(3) Loans shall be made only to local governmental units that:

(a) Are on the State project priority list;

(b) In the opinion of the Authority, demonstrate tangible financial capability to assure sufficient revenues to operate and maintain the facilities for its useful life and to repay the loan;

(c) Provide security as required by the Authority for repayment of the loan;

(d) Agree to adjust periodically fees and charges for services of the wastewater facility in order that loan repayments and costs of the wastewater facility are timely paid;

(e) Agree to maintain records in accordance with governmental accounting standards and to conduct an annual audit of the facility's financial records and;

(f)Provide such assurances as reasonably required by the Authority and the Department.

(4)Fund loan payments will be disbursed to recipients at intervals as work progresses and expenses are incurred and approved, but not more often than once a month or unless the Fund loan is awarded on a restrictive basis for the reimbursement of eligible prior expenditures.

(5) The specific terms and conditions of the Fund loan shall be incorporated in the Fund loan agreement to be executed by the recipient and the Authority.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988; Amended: November 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.14.07" level="3" title="Criteria For Project Loan Priority">

Each year, the Department shall develop a project priority list pursuant to the FWPCA for the forthcoming Federal fiscal year. The priority system evaluates wastewater treatment projects individually for their anticipated impacts on existing and potential water uses in combination with present water quality conditions. Each year, the project priority list shall be the subject of a public notice, including a public comment period. Local governmental units desiring to be placed on the list shall make their request for placement by June 1 of each year, or as otherwise established by the Department. Those local governmental units will be ranked in accordance with the priority system and placed on the list in accordance with A.D.E.M. Administrative Code (A.C.) Chapter 335-6-4, Division 6. The following shall be submitted by the authorized representative of the local governmental unit when requesting placement on the list:

(a)Brief description of the project indicating category of need (for example, secondary treatment, advanced treatment, collection system, etc.);

(b)Brief description of existing water quality deficiencies; and

(c)Estimated costs associated with building the project including planning and design expenses.

All requests shall be sent to:

ADEM-Water Division

Facilities Construction Section

1751 Cong. W. L. Dickinson Drive

Montgomery, Alabama 36130

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988; Amended: November 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.14.08" level="3" title="State And Federal Funding">

(1) Local governmental units receiving a Fund loan pursuant to this Chapter shall be ineligible to receive a Federal EPA construction grant pursuant to A.D.E.M. A.C. 335-6-4 for the same scope of work for the planning, design or building of a wastewater treatment facilities project.

(2) The Water Pollution Control Revolving Fund shall be used only for providing financial assistance within the limitations provided for in the 40 CFR Part 35 EPA Regulations dated Monday, March 19, 1990, entitled "State Revolving Fund Program Implementation Regulations; Rule" subject where allowed by regulation, to the Department's concurrence (1) to any local governmental unit for the construction of treatment works and that appear on the project priority list (2) for the implementation of a management program established under section 319 of the FWPCA, and (3) for development and implementation of a conservation and management plan under section 320 of the FWPCA. All funds in the fund as a result of capitalization grants under Title VI of the FWPCA will first be used to assure maintenance of POTW's of progress, as determined by the Department, toward compliance with enforceable deadlines, goals, and requirements of the FWPCA, including the municipal compliance deadline.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988; Amended: November 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.14.09" level="3" title="Pre-Application Procedures">

(1) Local governmental units are urged to be familiar with the requirements of this Chapter and to contact the Department early in the planning process so that their projects are in a position to proceed (planning and design completed). Department approval of the planning documents, plans and specifications are required as part of the application for a Fund loan.

(2) The Department may require a pre-application conference with potential applicants prior to submission of a formal application for a Fund loan.

(3) Questions concerning the program and requests for a pre-application conference should be directed to:

ADEM-Water Division

Facilities Construction Section

1751 Cong. W. L. Dickinson Drive

Montgomery, Alabama 36130

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988; Amended: November 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.14.10" level="3" title="Application Procedures"> <dwc name="lead" times="1">

(1) Each application for a Fund loan shall be submitted by the deadline established each year by the Department and generally no later than May 1 of the fiscal year for which funding is requested. The application shall include full and complete documentation and any supplementary materials that an applicant is required to furnish.

(2)Submissions which do not substantially comply with this Chapter shall not be processed, and shall be returned to the applicant.

(3)The following shall be submitted when applying for a Fund loan:

(a)An application for a Fund loan pursuant to this Chapter for construction of wastewater treatment facilities. Each application shall constitute a commitment by the applicant to comply with the requirements of this Chapter and, upon execution of the agreement by the Authority and the applicant, acceptance of the terms and conditions of the Fund loan agreement;

(b) A resolution passed by the local governmental unit authorizing the filing of an application for a Fund loan, specifying the individual authorized to sign the Fund loan application on behalf of the local governmental unit. If two or more local governmental units are involved in the project, a resolution is required from each, indicating the lead applicant and the authorized representative;

(c) Statement of assurances in conformance with Rule 335-6-14-.16;

(d) For projects funded "in whole or in part before Fiscal Year 1995 with funds directly made available" by Federal capitalization grants, the applicant must adequately show compliance with the following requirements of the FWPCA. For all other projects, the applicants will be required to conduct review of potential environmental impacts as required by EPA guidance or regulations.

1. Section 201(b), which requires that projects apply best practicable waste treatment technology (see 40 CFR 35.2005(b)(7): Definition of BPWTT), 40 CFR 35.2030(b)(2): Facilities Planning):

2. Section 201(g)(1), which limits assistance to projects for secondary treatment, advanced treatment, or any cost-effective alternative, new interceptors and appurtenances, and infiltration-inflow correction. This section retains the Governor's discretionary set-aside by which a State can use up to 20 percent of its allotment for other projects within the definition of treatment works in Section 212(2), and for certain non-point source control and groundwater protection purposes, as defined in Section 319 of the FWPCA and subsequent Agency regulations (40 CFR 35.2015(b)(2)(ii-iv): State Priority Systems and Project Priority List);

3. Section 201(g)(2), which requires that alternative technologies be considered in project design (40 CFR 2030: Facilities Planning);

4.Section 201(g)(3), which requires the applicant to show that the related sewer collection system is not subject to excessive infiltration (40 CFR 35.2030(b)(4): Facilities Planning, 40 CFR 35.2120: Infiltration/Inflow);

5. Section 201 (g)(5), which requires that the applicants study innovative and alternative treatment technologies and take into account opportunities to construct revenue producing facilities and to make more efficient uses of energy and resources (40 CFR 35.2030: Facilities Planning);

6. Section 201 (g)(6), which requires that the applicant analyze the potential recreation and open space opportunities in the planning of the proposed facility (40 CFR 35.2030(b)(5): Facilities Planning);

7. Section 201(n)(1), which provides that funds under &#167; 205 may be used for water quality problems due to discharges of combined sewer overflows, which are not otherwise eligible, if such discharges are a major priority in a State (40 CFR 35.2015(b) (2) (iv): State Priority Systems- categories of need and 35.2024(a): Combined Sewer Overflows);

8.Section 201 (o), which calls on the Administrator ("State" under a capitalization grant) to encourage and assist communities in the development of capital financing plans;

9. Section 204(a)(1) and (2), which require that treatment works projects be included in plans developed under Sections 208 and 303(e), (40 CFR 2102: Water Quality Management Plans);

10.Section 204(b)(1), which requires communities to develop user charge system and to have the legal, institutional, managerial, and financial capability to construct, operate, and maintain the treatment works (40 CFR 35.2208: Adoption of Sewer Use Ordinance and User Charge System, 35.2130: Sewer Use Ordinance, 35.2140: User Charge System, and 35.2214: Grantee Responsibilities, 35.2122: Approval of User Charge System and proposed Sewer Use Ordinance, 35.2110: Access to Individual Systems, and 35.2206(a): Operation and Maintenance);

11.Section 204(d)(2), which requires that, one year after the date of completion of construction and initiation of operation, the owner/operator of the treatment works must certify that the facility meets design specifications and effluent limitations included in its permit (40 CFR 35.2218 (c), (d) and (e) (2): Project Performance);

12. Section 211, which provides that major rehabilitation or replacement of collectors are not eligible, under the Governor's 20 percent discretionary authority of 201(g)(1), unless the collector is needed to assure the total integrity of the treatment works or that for a new collector, adequate capacity exists at the facility (40 CFR 35.2116: Collection System);

13.Section 218, which assures that treatment systems are cost-effective and requires that projects of over $10 million include a value-engineering review (40 CFR 35.2030(b)(3): Cost Effectiveness, Facilities Planning, &amp; 35.2114: Value Engineering);

14.Section 511 (c)(1), which applies the Environmental Impact Statement requirement of the National Environmental Policy Act to projects receiving Title II grants (40 CFR 35.2113: Environmental Review). The environmental review requirements are discussed in greater detail in subsection III.B.II and Appendix E of the EPA Regulations governing SRF programs.

15.Section 513, which applies Davis-Bacon labor wage provisions to treatment works construction (see 29 CFR Part 5). Wages paid for the construction of treatment works must conform to the prevailing wage rates established for the locality by the U.S. Department of Labor under the Davis-Bacon Act (Section 513, applies 40 U.S.C. 276 et seq.).

(e) Department concurrence with plans, specifications and technical design report;

(f)Project cost breakdown;

(g)Projected cash flow schedule;

(h)Project construction schedule;

(i)Department-approvable sewer use ordinance and user charge system;

(j)Certificate (legal opinion) from counsel and the authorized representative as to title or mechanism to obtain title necessary for project sites and easements;

(k) A certification that required permits and approvals, if applicable for building the wastewater treatment facilities, were received from the following agencies:

1. Compliance Section of the Municipal Branch of ADEM (NPDES permit);

2. Alabama Historical Commission (historical, archaelogical, cultural resources);

3. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (wetlands);

4. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Services (flood plains/wetlands);

(l) A statement from the applicant indicating that it has not violated any Federal, State or local law pertaining to fraud, bribery, graft, kickback, collusion or conflicts of interest relating to or in connection with the planning and design of the project;

(m) A statement from the applicant which indicates if it used the services of a person for planning or design of the project whose name appears on the Federal list of debarments, suspensions and voluntary exclusions;

(n) Executed intermunicipal agreements, if required;

(o)Draft engineering agreements for construction services which specify engineering costs;

(p)A description of how the applicant plans to repay the Fund loan and pay any other expenses necessary to fully complete and implement the project, the steps it has taken to implement this plan, and steps it plans to take before receiving the Fund loan that shall guarantee that at the time of the signing of the Fund loan agreement it shall be irrevocably committed to repay the Fund loan and pay any other expenses necessary to fully complete, implement, operate and maintain the project. The description shall include: pro forma projections of the applicant's financial operations during the construction period of the project and five years thereafter; a summary of the sources and uses of all funds anticipated to be used for the project to be financed by the Fund loan; and a statement of the assumptions used in creating these projections. Applicants shall secure all Fund loans in a manner acceptable to the Authority, pledging to provide funds to repay the debt, even if the Fund loan is terminated pursuant to Rule 335-6-14-.39.

(q) Such other information as the Department may require.

(3) Applicants shall obtain all necessary Federal, State and local permits and approvals prior to the award of a loan unless the lack of such permits does not significantly affect the loan award. Excluded from prior acquisition are permits and approvals which are impractical to obtain prior to the loan award (e.g., road opening permit, blasting permit, etc.).

(4) All loan applications shall be sent to:

ADEM-Water Division

Facilities Construction Section

1751 Cong. W. L. Dickinson Drive

Montgomery, Alabama 36130

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988; Amended: November 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.14.11" level="3" title="Use And Disclosure Of Information">

All loan applications and other submissions, when received by the Department, constitute public records. The Department shall make them available to persons who request their release to the extent required by Alabama and/or Federal law.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.12" level="3" title="Evaluation Of Application">

(1) The Department shall notify the applicant that it has received the application and is evaluating it pursuant to this section. Each application shall be subject to:

(a) Preliminary administrative review to determine the completeness of the application. The applicant will be notified of the completeness of deficiency of the application;

(b) Programmatic, technical, and scientific evaluations to determine the relevance of the project to the Department's program objectives;

(c) Budget evaluation to determine whether proposed project costs are reasonable, applicable, and allowable; and

(d) Final administrative evaluation, and

(e) Financial Capability.

(2) Upon the completion of a full review and evaluation of each application, the Department shall either approve the application or make the determination that the Fund loan award shall be deferred.

(3) The Department shall promptly notify applicants in writing of any deferral action, indicating the reasons for the deferral and a time frame for the resolution of any outstanding issues. A deferral action shall result in one of the following:

(a) An approval of the application if the outstanding issues are addressed to the satisfaction of the Department within the specified time frame; or

(b) A disapproval of the application if the outstanding issues are not addressed to the satisfaction of the Department within the specified time frame.

(4) The Department shall promptly notify applicants in writing of any disapproval. A disapproval of an application shall not preclude its reconsideration if resubmitted by the applicant. However, reconsideration of a revised Fund loan application and/or processing of a Fund loan agreement for the project within the current fiscal year may be bypassed, precluding funding of the project until a future fiscal year. Affected applicants shall be notified in writing of such action.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988; Amended: November 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.14.13" level="3" title="Supplemental Information">

At any stage during the evaluation process, the Department may require supplemental documents or information necessary to complete full review of the application. The Department may suspend its evaluation until such additional information or documents have been received.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.14" level="3" title="Fund Loan Agreement">

The Authority shall prepare and transmit the Fund loan agreement to the applicant.

(a)The applicant shall execute the Fund loan agreement and return it within 30 calendar days after receipt. The Authority may, at its discretion,extend the time for execution. The Fund loan agreement shall be signed by a person authorized by resolution to obligate the applicant to the terms and conditions of the Fund loan agreement being executed. The authorizing resolution shall also be submitted at this time.

(b) The Fund loan agreement shall set forth the terms and conditions of the Fund loan, approved project scope, budget, approved project costs, and the approved commencement and completion dates for the project or major phases thereof.

(c) The Fund loan agreement shall be deemed to incorporate all requirements, provisions, and information in documents or papers submitted to the Department in the application process.

(d) The Fund loan agreement shall not be executed by the Authority if the applicant is in current default on any State or Federal loan.

(e) After the State has completed its internal processing of the Fund loan agreement, it shall transmit a copy of the executed Fund loan agreement to the recipient.

(f) The Authority shall establish remedies for default in the loan agreement.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.15" level="3" title="Effect Of Loan Award">

(1) At the time of execution of the Fund loan agreement by the Authority and the recipient, the loan shall become effective and shall constitute an obligation of the Fund in the amount and for the purposes stated in the Fund loan agreement.

(2)The award of the Fund loan shall not commit or obligate the Authority to award any continuation Fund loan to cover cost overruns of the project. Cost overruns for any project or portion thereof may be the sole responsibility of the recipient.

(3) The award of a Fund loan by the Authority shall not be used as a defense by the applicant to any action by any agency for the applicant's failure to obtain all required permits, licenses and operating certificates for its respective project.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.16" level="3" title="Loan Conditions">

(1)The following requirements, in addition to Rule 335-6-14-.18 through 335-6-14-.30, as well as such statutes, rules, terms and conditions which may be applicable to particular loans, are disbursement under a Fund loan agreement:

(a) The recipient shall certify that it is maintaining its financial records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and auditing standards for governmental institutions;

(b) The recipient shall comply with the requirements of the N.P.D.E.S. permit;

(c) The recipient shall adopt a sewer use ordinance which shall prohibit any new connections from inflow sources into the treatment works and require that new sewers and connections to the treatment works are properly designed and constructed. The ordinance or other legally binding document shall also require that all wastewater introduced into the treatment works not contain toxics or other pollutants in amounts or concentrations that endanger public safety and physical integrity of the treatment works; cause violation of effluent or water quality limitations; or preclude the selection of the most cost-effective alternative for wastewater treatment and sludge disposal;

(d) The recipient shall enforce pretreatment standards where applicable;

(e)The recipient shall comply with all applicable requirements of Federal, State and local laws;

(f)The recipient shall pay the unallowable costs of the construction of the project;

(g) The Fund loan agreement or any amendment thereto may include special conditions necessary to assure accomplishment of the project objectives or Department requirements;

(h) The recipient shall retain a certified wastewater operator in accordance with A.D.E.M. A.C., Division 335-10, from the time of completion of construction or initiation of operation, whichever is earlier, until such time as the operation of the facility is discontinued, where applicable;

(i) Construction of the project, including letting of contracts in connection therewith, shall conform to applicable requirements of Federal, State, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations and to contract specifications and requirements;

(j) No Fund loan monies shall be disbursed to a local governmental unit who is in current default on any Fund loan. Nothing in this paragraph shall in any way limit any right or duty of the Authority to demand and collect at any time the total due under any such defaulted loan;

(k)The Authority may assess penalties to late loan repayments as appropriate and as specified in the Fund loan agreements;

(l)The recipient shall comply with the following guidelines to the satisfaction of the Department: EPA-430-99-74-001, "Design Criteria for Mechanical, Electrical, and Fluid System and Component Reliability," and "Recommended Standards for Sewage Works, latest edition."

(m)The recipient shall have an operation and maintenance manual developed for the Wastewater Treatment Plant;

(n)The recipient shall certify that the project, or phase of the project, will be initiated and completed in accordance with the time schedule specified in the Fund loan agreement;

(o) The recipient must submit proof that it, and its contractors and subcontractors, will comply with all insurance requirements of the Fund loan agreement and that it shall be able to certify that the insurance is in full force and effect and that the premiums have been paid.

(p) The Authority and/or the Department may require an annual administrative fee payable each year by the borrower starting in the first year of the loan repayment until fund loan payment in an amount determined by the Authority and/or Department based upon administrative costs to the Authority and/or Department.

(q) The recipient shall insure that procurement of supplies, and construction under Authority assistance agreements shall as a minimum conform to Title 41, Chapter 16, of the Code of Ala. 1975, and 40 CFR Part 35, "State Revolving Fund Program Implementation Regulations".

(r) The Department may impose such other conditions as may be necessary and appropriate to implement the FWPCA and laws of the State and effectuate the purpose and intent of the Act.

(2) The recipient shall certify that it is in compliance with all other requirements and conditions of the Fund loan agreement.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988; Amended: November 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.14.17" level="3" title="Administration And Performance Of Loan">

The recipient bears primary responsibility for the administration and success of the project,including any subagreements made by the recipient for accomplishing the Fund loan objectives. Although recipients are encouraged to seek the advice and opinion of the Department on problems that may arise, the giving of such advice shall not shift the responsibility for final decisions from the recipient to the Department. The primary concern of the Department is that Fund loan monies be used in conformance with these rules and the Fund loan agreement to achieve the Fund loan objectives and to ensure that the purposes set forth in the Act and the FWPCA are fully executed.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.18" level="3" title="Project Changes And Loan Modifications">

(1)A loan modification means any written alteration of the Fund loan terms or conditions, budget or project method or other administrative, technical or financial agreements.

(2)There shall be no Fund loan modification increasing the funding amount beyond adjustments to cover the low bid construction costs. Adjustments due to the low bid construction costs will be made only after a subsequent passage of a legislative appropriations act or if funds exist which are unobligated or not already targeted for other projects on the recipient.

(3) The recipient shall promptly notify the Facilities Construction Section, Water Division, in writing (certified mail, return receipt requested) of events or proposed changes which may require a loan modification, including but not limited to:

(a) Rebudgeting;

(b) Changes in approved technical plans or specifications for the project;

(c) Changes which may affect the approved scope or objectives of the project;

(d) Significant, changed conditions at the project site;

(e) Acceleration or deceleration in the time for performance of the project or any major phase thereof; and

(f) Changes which may increase or substantially decrease the total cost of a project.

(4) If the Authority decides a formal Fund loan amendment is necessary, the recipient shall be notified and a formal Fund loan amendment shall be processed in accordance with Rule 335-6-14-.19. If the Authority decides a formal Fund loan amendment is not necessary, the Department shall follow the procedures of Rule 335-6-14-.20 or .21, as applicable.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988; Amended: November 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.14.19" level="3" title="Formal Loan Amendments">

(1)The Authority may require a formal Fund loan amendment to change principal provisions of a Fund loan where project changes substantially alter the cost or time of performance of the project or any major phase thereof, or substantially alter the objective or scope of the project.

(2) The Authority and recipient may effect a formal Fund loan amendment only by a written amendment to the Fund loan agreement executed by the Authority and the recipient.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.20" level="3" title="Administrative Loan Changes">

Administrative changes by the Department, such as a change in the office to which a report is to be transmitted by the recipient, or a change in the disbursement schedule for Fund loans for construction of wastewater treatment facilities, constitute changes to the Fund loan agreement (but not necessarily to the project work) and do not affect the substantive rights of the Department or the recipient. The Department may issue such changes unilaterally. Such changes shall be in writing and generally be effected by a letter (certified mail, return receipt requested) to the recipient.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.21" level="3" title="Other Changes">

All other project changes, which do not require a formal Fund loan amendment as stated in Rule 335-6-14-.20 shall be undertaken only upon written approval of the Director.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.22" level="3" title="Access">

(1) The recipient and its contractor and subcontractors shall provide to Department personnel, and any authorized representative of the Department, access to the facilities, premises and records related to the project.

(2) The recipient shall submit to the Department such documents and information as requested by the Department;

(3) The recipient, and all contractors and subcontractors which contract directly with the recipient or receive a portion of State monies, may be subject to a financial audit.

(4) Records shall be retained and available to the Department until the final Fund loan repayment has been made by the recipient.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.23" level="3" title="Authority Disbursement">

Disbursement of Fund loan monies shall be made at intervals as work progresses and expenses are incurred not to exceed a monthly basis but in no event shall disbursement exceed the allowable costs which have been incurred at that time. No disbursement shall be made until the Department receives satisfactory cost documentation which shall include all forms and information required by the Department and completed in a manner satisfactory to the Department. Should the recipient be receiving Fund loan monies for expenditures incurred prior to the award of the Fund loan, the disbursement schedule shall be as indicated in the Fund loan agreement.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.24" level="3" title="Assignment">

The right of a recipient to receive disbursements from the Authority under a Fund loan may not be assigned, nor may repayments due under a Fund loan be similarly encumbered. 335-6-14-.27.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.25" level="3" title="Unused Funds">

Where the total amount of the construction costs after bids are taken is less than the initial loan award, the Fund loan agreement may be adjusted and the difference shall be retained by the Fund to be reallocated to other wastewater treatment facilities projects. Where allowable cost overruns occur, Fund monies may be used to cover those costs overruns up to the loan amount adjusted due to the low bid construction cost.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.26" level="3" title="Publicity And Signs">

(1) Press releases and other public dissemination of information by the recipient concerning the project work shall acknowledge State and Federal loan support.

(2) A project identification sign, at least eight feet long and four feet high shall be displayed in a prominent location at each publicly visible project site and facility. The sign shall identify the project, State and Federal loan support, and other information as required by the Department, and shall be configured in a manner acceptable to the Department.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.27" level="3" title="Project Initiation">

(1) The recipient shall expeditiously initiate and complete the project in accordance with the project schedule contained in the Fund loan agreement. Failure to promptly initiate and complete a project may result in the imposition of sanctions included in this Chapter.

(2) The recipient shall not advertise any contract until written notice of concurrence with project plans and specifications has been issued by the Department.

(3) Once bids for building the project are received, the recipient shall not award the subagreement(s) until authorization to award has been given by the Department.

(4) The recipient and the contractor to whom the subagreement(s) has been awarded shall attend a preconstruction conference with Department personnel prior to the issuance of a notice to proceed by the recipient.

(5) The recipient shall award the subagreement(s) and issue notice(s) to proceed, where required, for building all "significant" elements of the project no later than 12 months after execution of the loan agreement, unless a specific extension has been approved by the Department.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988; Amended: November 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.14.28" level="3" title="Project Performance">

(1) Within 30 days of the actual date of initiation of operation of the project, the recipient shall, in writing, notify the Department.

(2) For the wastewater treatment process portion of the project, on the date one year after the initiation of operation, the recipient shall certify to the Department the performance record of the project. If the Department or the recipient concludes that the project does not meet the wastewater treatment facilities' performance standards as specified in the Fund loan agreement, the recipient shall submit the following:

(a) A corrective action report which includes an analysis of the cause of the project's failure to meet the performance standards and an estimate of the nature, scope and cost of the corrective action necessary to bring the project into compliance;

(b) The schedule for undertaking in a timely manner the corrective action necessary to bring the project into compliance; and

(c) The scheduled date for certifying to the Department that the project is meeting the specified performance standards.

(3) The recipient shall take corrective action necessary to bring a project into compliance with the specified performance standards at its own expense.

(4) Nothing in this section:

(a) Prohibits a recipient from requiring more assurances, guarantees,or indeminity or other contractual requirements and from any part performing project work; or

(b)Affects the Department's right to take remedial action, including enforcement, against a recipient that fails to carry out its obligations.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.29" level="3" title="Allowable Project Costs">

The Department shall not provide Fund loan monies for costs of work that the Department determines is not in compliance with Section 212 of the FWPCA. Costs for work not in compliance with Section 212 of the FWPCA shall be unallowable. In general, allowable costs may include, but may not be limited to, the following:

(a) Costs of salaries, benefits, and expendable material the applicant incurs for planning and administration of the project;

(b)Costs under construction contracts;

(c)Professional and consultant services;

(d)Facilities planning directly related to the treatment works;

(e)Sewer system evaluation;

(f)Project feasibility and engineering reports;

(g)Costs of complying with the National Environmental Policy Act, including costs of public notices and hearings;

(h)Preparation of construction drawings, specifications, estimates,and construction contract documents;

(i)Landscaping;

(j)Removal and relocation or replacement of utilities, for which the applicant is legally obligated to pay;

(k)Materials acquired, consumed, or expended specifically for the project;

(l)A reasonable inventory of laboratory chemicals and supplies necessary to initiate plant operations;

(m) Development and preparation of an operation and maintenance manual;

(n) Project performance period for new treatment works, in accordance with guidance issued by the EPA.

(o) Project identification signs;

(p)Costs of complying with procurement requirements;

(q)Reasonable costs of public participation incurred by the applicant which are identified in a public participation work plan, or which are otherwise approved by the Department, shall be allowable; and

(r)Site acquisition of the land that will be an integral part of the wastewater treatment process or is used in the ultimate disposal of residues resulting from such treatment. For site acquisition costs made with funds directly made available by EPA capitalization grants, such acquisition shall be in conformance with the Uniform Relocation and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, PL 91-646.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988; Amended: November 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.14.30" level="3" title="Preaward Costs"> <dwc name="lead" times="1">

(1) The Department shall not award loan assistance for "construction costs" incurred for building performed prior to the award of the loan for the project, except:

(a) To buy or refinance local debt obligations (e.g., retire existing municipal bonds to reduce the interest rate, or extend the maturity date, or both) at or below market rate, where such debt was incurred after March 7, 1985 subject to the following conditions:

1. The local governmental unit has submitted all applicable items required by Rule 335-6-14-.10 to the Department prior to the advertisement of any contract for which cost reimbursement is being sought;

2. The local governmental unit has not advertised any contract, for which cost reimbursement is being sought, without the authorization to advertise the contracts being given by the Department; and

3. The local governmental unit has not awarded any contract for which cost reimbursement is being sought without the authorization to award the contracts being given by the Department;

(b) In emergencies or instances where delay could result in significant cost increases or significant environmental impairment, the Department may approve preliminary building activities such as procurement of major equipment requiring long lead times, minor sewer rehabilitation, acquisition of allowable land or advance construction of minor portions of wastewater treatment facilities. However, advance approval shall not be given until after the Department reviews and approves and environmental assessment and any specific documents necessary to adequately evaluate the proposed action.

(2) If the Department approves preliminary building activities, such approval is not an actual or implied commitment of Fund loan monies and the local governmental unit proceeds at its own financial risk. The local governmental unit shall receive cost reimbursement of approved activities only upon execution of a binding loan agreement.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988; Amended: November 29, 1991.

<regElement name="335.6.14.31" level="3" title="Planning And Design">

The costs associated with the planning and design of wastewater treatment facilities are eligible for reimbursement from the Fund.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.32" level="3" title="Infiltration/Inflow">

(1) This section stipulates the requirements for proposed sewer system rehabilitation projects only.

(2) The applicant shall demonstrate to the Department's satisfaction that the project area is subject to excessive infiltration/inflow and that an adequate rehabilitation plan has been developed.

(3) If the rainfall induced peak inflow rate results in chronic operational problems or system surcharging during storm events or the rainfall induced total flow rate exceeds 275 gallons per capita per day during storm events, the applicant shall perform a sewer system evaluation survey including a cost effectiveness analysis to determine the quantity of excessive inflow and shall propose a rehabilitation program to eliminate the excessive inflow.

(4) If the applicant can demonstrate that its sewer system is subject to excessive infiltration of 120 gallons per capita per day or more during periods of high groundwater, the applicant shall perform a sewer system evaluation survey including a cost effectiveness analysis and shall propose a rehabilitation program to eliminate the excess infiltration.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.33" level="3" title="Reserve Capacity">

(1) The Department shall limit the recipient's Fund loan assistance to the cost of the project with a capacity based upon existing flow records, non-excessive I/I, existing unsewered needs and flows anticipated for a reasonable population growth. Future industrial flow capacity can only be added if, in conducting the cost effective analysis as required under Section 218 of the FWPCA, the applicant can assure that oversized facilities that cannot be effectively built or operated are not proposed for construction under the loan program.

(2) For any project providing for capacity in excess of that provided by this section, all incremental costs shall be paid by the recipient. Incremental costs include all costs which would not have been incurred but for the additional excess capacity (that is, any cost in addition to the most cost effective alternative with allowable capacity as described in paragraph (1) of this section).

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.34" level="3" title="Fraud And Other Unlawful Or Corrupt Practices">

(1) The recipient shall administer Fund loans, acquire property pursuant to the award documents, and award contracts and subcontracts pursuant to those loans free from bribery, graft, and other corrupt practices. The recipient bears the primary responsibility for the prevention, detection and cooperation in the prosecution of any such conduct. The State shall also have the right to pursue administrative or other legally available remedies.

(2) The recipient shall pursue available judicial and administrative remedies and take appropriate remedial action with respect to any allegations or evidence of such illegality or corrupt practices. The recipient shall immediately notify the Director when such allegation or evidence comes to its attention, and shall periodically advise the Director of the status and ultimate disposition of any related matter.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.35" level="3" title="Debarment">

(1)No recipient shall enter into a contract for work on a wastewater treatment project with any person debarred, suspended or disqualified.

(2)The recipient, prior to acceptance of Fund loan monies, shall certify that no contractor or subcontractor is included on the list of debarred, suspended and disqualified bidders as a result of action by a Federal agency. If Fund loan monies are used for disbursement to a debarred firm, the Authority reserves the right to immediately terminate the Fund loan and/or take such other action as is appropriate.

(3)Whenever a bidder is debarred, suspended, or disqualified, the recipient may take into account the loss of Fund loan monies under these regulations which result from awarding a contract to such bidder, in determining whether such bidder is the lowest responsive and responsible bidder pursuant to laws, and the recipient may advise prospective bidders that these procedures shall be followed.

(4) Any person included on the Federal list as a result of action by a Federal agency, who is or may become a bidder on any contract which is or shall be funded by a Fund loan under this section, may present information to the Department why this section shall not apply to such person. If the Department determines that it is essential to the public interest, the Department may grant an exception from the application of this section with respect to a particular contract.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.36" level="3" title="Noncompliance">

In addition to any other remedies as may be provided by law or in the Fund loan agreement, in the event of noncompliance with any loan condition, requirement of this Chapter, or contract requirement or modification, the Authority may take any of the following actions or combinations thereof:

(a) Issue a notice of noncompliance pursuant to Rule 335-6-14-.37;

(b) Withhold Fund loan monies pursuant to Rule 335-6-14-.38;

(c)Terminate the Fund loan pursuant to Rule 335-6-14-.39.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.37" level="3" title="Notice Of Noncompliance">

Where the Department determines that the recipient is in noncompliance with any condition or requirement of these rules or requirements, it shall notify the recipient of the noncompliance. The Department may require the recipient to take and complete corrective action within 10 working days of receipt of notice. If the recipient fails to take correction action or if the action taken is inadequate, then the Department may withhold disbursement. The Department may, however, withhold disbursement pursuant to Rule 335-6-14-.38 without issuing a notice pursuant to this section.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.38" level="3" title="Withholding Of Funds">

The Department may withhold, upon written notice to the recipient, a Fund loan disbursement or any portion thereof where it determined that a recipient has failed to comply with any loan condition, provision of this Chapter, or contract specification or requirement.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.39" level="3" title="Termination Of Loans">

(1) Termination of loans by the Authority shall be conducted as follows:

(a) The Authority may terminate a Fund loan in whole or in part for good cause. The term "good cause" shall include but not be limited to:

1. Substantial failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the Fund loan agreement;

2.Default by the recipient;

3.A determination that the Fund loan was obtained by fraud;

4.Without good cause therefor, substantial performance of the project work has not occurred;

5.Gross abuse or corrupt practices in the administration of the project have occurred; or

6. Fund monies have been used for non-allowable costs.

(b) The Authority shall give written notice to the recipient (certified mail, return receipt requested) of its intent to terminate a Fund loan, in whole or in part, at least 30 days prior to the intended date of termination.

(c) The Authority shall afford the recipient an opportunity for consultation prior to any termination. After such opportunity for consultation, the Authority may, in writing (certified mail, return receipt requested), terminate the Fund loan in whole or in part.

(2) Project termination by the recipient shall be subject to the following:

(a) A recipient shall not unilaterally terminate the project work for which a Fund loan has been awarded, except for good cause and subject to negotiation and payment of appropriate termination settlement costs. The recipient shall promptly give written notice to the Department of any complete or partial termination of the project work by the recipient.

(b) If the Department determines that there is good cause for the termination of all or any portion of a project for which the Fund loan has been awarded, the Authority may enter into a termination agreement or unilaterally terminate the Fund loan effective with the date of cessation of the project work by the recipient. The determination to terminate the Fund loan shall be solely within the discretion of the Authority. If the Authority determines not to terminate, the recipient shall remain bound by the terms and conditions of the Fund loan agreement.

(c) If the Authority determines that a recipient has ceased work on a project without good cause, the Authority may unilaterally terminate the Fund loan pursuant to this section.

(3) The Authority and recipient may enter into a mutual agreement to terminate at any time pursuant to terms which are consistent with this Chapter. The agreement shall establish the effective date of termination of the project and the schedule for repayment of the Fund loan.

(4) Upon termination, the recipient may be required to immediately refund or repay to the Authority the entire amount of the Fund loan money received. The Authority may, at its discretion, authorize the immediate repayment of a specific portion of the Fund loan and allow the remaining balances to be repaid in accordance with a revised Fund loan repayment schedule.

(5) The recipient shall reduce the amount of outstanding commitment insofar as possible and report to the Department the uncommitted balance of Fund monies awarded under the Fund loan. The recipient shall make no new commitments without the Department's specific approval thereof. The Department shall make the final determination of the allowability of termination costs.

(6) In addition to any termination action, the Authority retains the right to pursue other legal remedies as may be available under Federal, State and local law as warranted.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="335.6.14.40" level="3" title="Severability">

If any section, subsection, provision, clause or portion of this Chapter is adjudged unconstitutional or invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Chapter shall not be affected thereby.

Author: Truman Green

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-34-3, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Originally Adopted: August 26, 1988.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-6-15" level="2" title="TECHNICAL STANDARDS, CORRECTIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS AND FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR OWNERS AND OPERATORS OF UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS">

<regElement name="335.6.15.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

This chapter is promulgated to establish construction, installation, performance, and operating standards for underground storage tanks and to implement the purposes and objectives of the Alabama Underground Storage Tank and Wellhead Protection Act of 1988 with respect to the regulation of underground storage tanks.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-1 et seq.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.02" level="3" title="Definitions">

The following words and terms, when used in this Chapter, the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

(a) "Aboveground release" means any release to the surface of the land or to surface water. This includes, but is not limited to, releases from the aboveground portion of an UST system and aboveground releases associated with overfills and transfer operations as the regulated substance moves to or from an UST system.

(b) "ADEM" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(c) "Ancillary equipment" means any devices including, but not limited to, such devices as piping, fittings, flanges, valves, and pumps used to distribute, meter, or control the flow of regulated substances to and from an UST.

(d) "Belowground release" means any release to the subsurface of the land, including releases to groundwater. This includes, but is not limited to, releases from the belowground portions of an underground storage tank system and belowground releases associated with overfills and transfer operations as the regulated substance moves to or from an underground storage tank.

(e) "Beneath the surface of the ground" means beneath the ground surface or otherwise covered with earthen materials.

(f) "Cathodic protection" is a technique to prevent corrosion of a metal surface by making that surface the cathode of an electrochemical cell. For example, a tank system can be cathodically protected through the application of either galvanic anodes or impressed current.

(g) "Cathodic protection tester" means a person who can demonstrate an understanding of the principles and measurements of all common types of cathodic protection systems as applied to buried or submerged metal piping and tank systems. At a minimum, such persons must have education

and experience in soil resistivity, stray current, structure-to-soil potential, and component electrical isolation measurements of buried metal piping and tank systems.

(h) "CERCLA" means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

(i) "Compatible" means the ability of two or more substances to maintain their respective physical and chemical properties upon contact with one another for the design life of the tank system under conditions likely to be encountered in the UST.

(j) "Connected piping" means all underground piping including valves, elbows, joints, flanges and flexible connectors attached to a tank system through which regulated substances flow. For the purpose of determining how much piping is connected to any individual UST system, the piping that joins two UST systems should be allocated equally between them.

(k) "Consumptive use" with respect to heating oil means consumed on the premises.

(l) "Contaminant" means a regulated substance which has been released into the environment.

(m) "Corrective action limits (CAL)" means those contaminant concentrations which must be achieved in order for corrective action to be deemed complete by the Department.

(n) "Corrosion expert" means a person who, by reason of thorough knowledge of the physical sciences and the principles of engineering and mathematics acquired by a professional education and related practical experience, is qualified to engage in the practice of corrosion control on buried or submerged metal piping systems and metal tanks. Such a person must be accredited or certified as being qualified by the National Association of Corrosion Engineers or be a registered professional engineer who has certification or licensing that includes education and experience in corrosion control of buried or submerged metal piping systems and metal tanks.

(o)"De minimus concentration" means that amount of hazardous substance mixed with a petroleum product which does not alter the detectability, effectiveness of corrective action, or toxicity of the petroleum to any significant degree.

(p) "Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(q)"Dielectric material" means a material that does not conduct direct electrical current. Dielectric coatings are used to electrically isolate UST systems from the surrounding soils. Dielectric bushings are used to electrically isolate portions of the UST system (e.g., tank from piping).

(r) "Director" means the Director of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(s) "Electrical equipment" means underground equipment that contains dielectric fluid that is necessary for the operation of equipment such as transformers and buried electrical cable.

(t) "Excavation zone" means the volume containing the tank system and backfill material bounded by the ground surface, walls, and floor of the pit and trenches into which the UST system is placed at the time of installation.

(u) "Existing tank system" means a tank system used to contain an accumulation of regulated substances or for which installation has commenced on or before (insert effective date of ADEM UST regulations). Installation is considered to have commenced if:

1. the owner or operator has obtained all federal, state, and local approvals or permits necessary to begin physical construction of the site or installation of the tank system; and if,

2. either a continuous on-site physical construction or installation program has begun; or

3. the owner or operator has entered into contractual obligations--which cannot be cancelled or modified without substantial loss--for physical construction at the site or installation of the tank system to be completed within a reasonable time.

(v) "Farm tank" is a tank located on a tract of land devoted to the production of crops or raising animals, including fish, and associated residences and improvements. A farm tank must be located on the farm property. "Farm" includes fish hatcheries, rangeland and nurseries with growing operations.

(w) "Flow-through process tank" is a tank that forms an integral part of a production process through which there is a steady, variable, recurring, or intermittent flow of materials during the operation of the process. Flow-through process tanks do not include tanks used for the storage of materials prior to their introduction into the production process or for the storage of finished products or by-products from the production process.

(x) "Free product" refers to a regulated substance that is present as a nonaqueous phase liquid (e.g., liquid not dissolved in water).

(y) "Gathering lines" means any pipeline, equipment, facility, or building used in the transportation of oil or gas during oil or gas production or gathering operations.

(z)"Groundwater" means water below the land surface in a zone of saturation.

(aa) "Hazardous substance UST system" means an underground storage tank system that contains a hazardous substance defined in Section 101(14) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (but not including any substance regulated as a hazardous waste under Division 14 of the ADEM Administrative Code) or any mixture of such substances and petroleum, and which is not a petroleum UST system.

(bb)"Heating oil" means petroleum that is No. 1, No. 2, No.4--light, No. 4--heavy, No. 5--light, No. 5--heavy, and No. 6 technical grades of fuel oil; other residual fuel oils (including Navy Special Fuel Oil and Bunker C); and other fuels when used as substitutes for one of these fuel oils. Heating oil is typically used in the operation of heating equipment, boilers, or furnaces.

(cc) "Hydraulic lift tank" means a tank holding hydraulic fluid for a closed-loop mechanical system that used compressed air or hydraulic fluid to operate lifts, elevators, and other similar devices.

(dd) "Liquid trap" means sumps, well cellars, and other traps used in association with oil and gas production, gathering, and extraction operations (including gas production plants), for the purpose of collecting oil, water, and other liquids. These liquid traps may temporarily collect liquids for subsequent disposition or reinjection into a production or pipeline stream, or may collect and separate liquids from a gas stream.

(ee) "Maintenance" means the normal operational upkeep to prevent an underground storage tank system from releasing product.

(ff) "Motor fuel" means petroleum or a petroleum-based substance that is motor gasoline, aviation gasoline, No. 1 or No. 2 diesel fuel, or any grade of gasohol, and is typically used in the operation of a motor engine.

(gg) "New tank system" means a tank system that will be used to contain an accumulation of regulated substances and for which installation has commenced after (insert effective date of ADEM UST regulations). (See also "Existing tank system.")

(hh) "Noncommercial purposes" with respect to motor fuel means not for resale.

(ii) "On the premises where stored" with respect to heating oil means UST systems located on the same property where the stored heating oil is used.

(jj) "Operational life" refers to the period beginning when installation of the tank system has commenced until the time the tank system is properly closed under Rules 335-6-15-.36 through 335-6-15-.40.

(kk) "Operator" means any person in control of, or having responsibility for, the dally operation of the UST system.

(ll) "Overfill release" is a release that occurs when a tank is filled beyond its capacity, resulting in a discharge of the regulated substance to the environment.

(mm) "Owner" means: in the case of an UST system in use on November 8, 1984, or brought into use after that date, any person who owns an UST system used for storage, use, or dispensing of regulated substances; and in the case of any UST system in use before November 8, 1984, but no longer in use on that date, the present owner of the underground storage tank and any person who owned such underground storage tank immediately before the discontinuation of its use.

(nn) "Person" means an individual, trust, firm, joint stock company, federal agency, corporation, state, municipality, commission, political subdivision of a state, or any interstate body. "Person" also includes a consortium, a joint venture, a commercial entity, and the United States Government.

(oo)"Petroleum UST system" means an underground storage tank system that contains petroleum or a mixture of petroleum with de minimus quantities of other regulated substances. Such systems include those containing motor fuels, jet fuels, distillate fuel oils, residual fuel oils, lubricants, petroleum solvents, and used oils.

(pp) "Pipe" or "Piping" means a hollow cylinder or tubular conduit that is constructed of non-earthen materials.

(qq) "Pipeline facilities (including gathering lines)" are new and existing pipe rights-of-way and any associated equipment, facilities, or buildings.

(rr) "Regulated substance" means any substance defined in Section 101(14) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) of 1980 (but not including any substance regulated as a hazardous waste under Division 14 of the ADEM Administrative Code); and petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof that is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute). The term "regulated substance" includes but is not limited to petroleum and petroleum-based substances comprised of a complex blend of hydrocarbons derived from crude oil through processes of separation, conversion, upgrading, and finishing, such as motor fuels, jet fuels, distillate fuel oils, residual fuel oils, lubricants, petroleum solvents, and used oils.

(ss) "Release" means any spilling, leaking, emitting, discharging, escaping, leaching or disposing from an UST into groundwater, surface water or subsurface soils.

(tt) "Release detection" means determining whether a release of a regulated substance has occurred from the UST system into the environment or into the interstitial space between the UST system and its secondary barrier or secondary containment around it.

(uu) "Repair" means to restore a tank or UST system component that has caused a release of product from the UST system.

(vv) "Residential tank" is a tank located on property used primarily for dwelling purposes.

(ww) "SARA" means the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986.

(xx) "Septic tank" is a water-tight covered receptacle designed to receive or process, through liquid separation or biological digestion, the sewage discharged from a building sewer. The effluent from such receptacle is distributed for disposal through the soil and settled solids and scum from the tank are pumped out periodically and hauled to a treatment facility.

(yy) "Storm-water or wastewater collection system" means piping, pumps, conduits, and any other equipment necessary to collect and transport the flow of surface water run-off resulting from precipitation, or domestic, commercial, or industrial wastewater to and from retention areas or any areas where treatment is designated to occur. The collection of storm water and wastewater does not include treatment except where incidental to conveyance.

(zz) "Surface impoundment" is a natural topographic depression, man-made excavation, or diked area formed primarily of earthen materials (although it may be lined with man-made materials) that is not an injection well.

(aaa) "Tank" is a stationary device designed to contain an accumulation of regulated substances and constructed of non-earthen materials (e.g., concrete, steel, plastic) that provide structural support.

(bbb) "Underground area" means an underground room, such as a basement, cellar, shaft or vault, providing enough space for physical inspection of the exterior of the tank situated on or above the surface of the floor.

(ccc) "Underground release" means any belowground release.

(ddd) "Underground storage tank" or "UST" means any one or combination of tanks (including underground pipes connected thereto) that is used to contain an accumulation of regulated substances, and the volume of which (including the volume of underground pipes connected thereto) is 10 percent or more beneath the surface of the ground. This term does not include any:

1. Farm or residential tank of 1,100 gallons or less capacity used for storing motor fuel for noncommerical purposes;

2. Tank used for storing heating oil for consumptive use on the premises where stored;

3. Septic tank;

4. Pipeline facility (including gathering lines) regulated under:

(i) The Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act of 1968 (49 U.S.C. App. 1671, et seq.), or

(ii) The Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Safety Act of 1979 (49 U.S.C. App. 2001, et seq.), or

(iii) State laws comparable to the provisions of law in Subparagraph (i) or (ii) above.

5. Surface impoundment, pit, pond, or lagoon;

6. Storm-water or wastewater collection system;

7. Flow-through process tank;

8. Liquid trap or associated gathering lines directly related to oil or gas production and gathering operations; or

9. Storage tank situated in an underground area (such as a basement cellar, mineworking, drift, shaft, or tunnel) if the storage tank is situated upon or above the surface of the floor.

10. Other tanks exempted by the administrator of the United States Environmental Protection Agency; and

11. Piping connected to any of the above exemptions.

(eee) "Upgrade" means the addition or retrofit of some systems such as cathodic protection, lining, or spill and overfill controls to improve the ability of an underground storage tank system to prevent the release of product.

(fff) "UST system" or "Tank system" means an underground storage tank, connected underground piping, underground ancillary equipment, and containment system, if any.

(ggg) "Wastewater treatment tank" means a tank that is designated to receive and treat an influent waste water through physical, chemical, or biological methods.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-36-2, 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989

<regElement name="335.6.15.03" level="3" title="Applicability"> <dwc name="radioact" times="1">

(1) The requirements of this chapter apply to all owners and operators of an UST system as defined in Rule 335-6-15-.02 except as otherwise provided for in paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) of this rule. Any UST system listed in paragraph (3) of this rule must meet the requirements of Rule 335-6-15-.04.

(2) The following UST systems are excluded from the requirements of this chapter:

(a) Any UST system holding hazardous wastes listed or identified under Division 14 of the ADEM Administrative Code, or a mixture of such hazardous wastes and other regulated substances.

(b) Any wastewater treatment tank system that is part of a wastewater treatment facility regulated under Chapter 335-6-5 or 335-6-6 of the ADEM Administrative Code.

(c)Equipment or machinery that contains regulated substances for operational purposes such as hydraulic lift tanks and electrical equipment tanks.

(d) Any UST system whose capacity is 110 gallons or less.

(e) Any UST system that contains a de minimus concentration of regulated substances.

(f) Any emergency spill or overflow containment UST system that is expeditiously emptied after use.

(3) Deferrals. The following UST systems are only subject to Rules 335-6-15-.04 and 335-6-15-.20 through 335-6-15-.34:

(a) Wastewater treatment tank systems;

(b) Any UST system containing radioactive materials that are regulated under the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC 2011 and following);

(c) Any UST system that is part of an emergency generator system at nuclear power generation facilities regulated by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission under 10 CFR 50 Appendix A;

(d) Airport hydrant fuel distribution systems; and

(e) UST systems with field constructed tanks.

(4) Deferrals. Any UST system that stores fuel solely for use by emergency power generators is not subject to Rules 335-6-15-.14 through 335-6-15-.19.

Author:Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989

<regElement name="335.6.15.04" level="3" title="Interim Prohibition For Deferred UST Systems">

No person may install an UST system listed in Rule 335-6-15-.02(3) for the purpose of storing regulated substances unless the UST system (whether of single or double-wall construction):

(a) Will prevent releases due to corrosion or structural failure for the operational life of the UST system;

(b) Is protected by one of the following methods: cathodically protected against corrosion; constructed of noncorrodible material; steel clad with a noncorrodible material; or designed in a manner to prevent the release or threatened release of any stored substance; and

(c) Is constructed or lined with material that is compatible with the stored substance.

Author: Sonja Massey.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.05" level="3" title="Notification Requirements">

(1) Any owner or operator of an underground storage tank system for which a notification has not been provided to the Department as of (insert effective date of this chapter), must within 30 days of that date, submit, in a form approved by the Department, a notice of the existence of such tank system to the ADEM. Notification shall include the information identified in paragraph (2) below.

(2) Any owner who brings an underground storage tank system into use after (insert effective date of this chapter), must within 30 days of bringing such tank into use, submit, in a form approved by the Department, a notice of the existence of such tank system to the ADEM. Notification shall include the following information:

(a) Owner name and address.

(b) Type of owner (e.g., sole proprietor, partnership, corporation).

(c) Location of tank.

1. Description of facility location;

2. Mailing address of facility at which tank is located (where applicable);

(d) Name and telephone number of contact person at facility where the tank is located (where applicable).

(e)Operational status of tank.

(f)Estimated age of tank.

(g)Estimated total capacity in gallons.

(h)Material of construction of tank and piping.

(i)Type of tank internal protection.

(j)Type of tank external protection.

(k)Type of release detection method or methods.

(l)Substance currently stored.

(m)Type of product dispensing system; pressure or suction.

(n)Location of check valve and slope of piping for suction systems.

(o)Other such information determined to be necessary by the Department.

(3) An owner of an UST system which has had a modification which has changed any of the information reported originally under paragraph (1) or (2) of this rule must submit an amended notification to the department within 30 days of the completion of that modification.

(4) Owners required to submit notices under paragraphs (1) and (2) of this rule must provide notices to the Department for each tank they own. Owners may provide notice for several tanks using one notification form, but owners who own tanks located at more than one place of operation must file a separate notification form for each separate place of operation.

(5) Notices for tanks installed after (insert effective date of this chapter) must also provide all of the information required in Rule 335-6-15-.06(e) for each tank for which notice must be given.

(6) All owners and operators of new UST systems must certify in the notification, that they are in compliance with the following requirements:

(a) Installation of tanks and piping under Rule 335-6-15-.06(d);

(b) Cathodic protection of steel tanks and piping under Rule 335-6-15-.06(a) and (b);

(c) Financial responsibility under Rules 335-6-15-.47 and 335-6-15-.48;

(d) Release detection under Rules 335-6-15-.15 and 335-6-15-.16.

(7) All owners and operators of new UST systems must ensure that the installer certifies in the notification form that the methods used to install the tanks and piping complies with the requirements in Rule 335-6-15-.06(d).

(8) Any person who sells a tank intended to be used as an underground storage tank must notify the purchaser of such tank of the owner's notification obligations under paragraph (2) of this rule.

(9) Any person who sells an UST system that is already in service must: notify the Department of such sale, provide proof of transfer of ownership of the UST system and provide the name and address of the new UST system owner to the Department.

(10) A person receiving ownership of an UST system under the conditions of paragraph (9) of this rule must comply with the notification requirements of paragraphs (1) and (3) of this rule.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.06" level="3" title="Performance Standard For New UST Systems">

In order to prevent releases due to structural failure, corrosion, or spills and overfills for as long as the UST system is used to store regulated substances, all owners and operators of new UST systems must meet the following requirements:

(a) Tanks. Each tank must be properly designed and constructed, and any portion underground that routinely contains product must be protected from corrosion, in accordance with a code of practice developed by a nationally recognized association or independent testing laboratory as specified below:

1. The tank is constructed of fiberglass-reinforced plastic; or

2. The tank is constructed of steel and cathodically protected in the following manner:

(i) The tank is coated with a suitable dielectric material;

(ii) Field-installed cathodic protection systems are designed by a corrosion expert;

(iii) Cathodic protection systems are designed to allow determination of current operating status according to the requirements of Rule 335-6-15-.10; and

(iv) Cathodic protection systems are operated and maintained in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.10.

3. The tank is constructed of a steel-fiberglass-reinforced-plastic composite; or

4. The tank construction and corrosion protection are determined by the Department to be designed to prevent the release or threatened release of any stored regulated substance in a manner that is no less protective of human health and the environment than the requirements of subparagraphs (a)1. through 3. of this rule.

(b) Piping. The piping that routinely contains regulated substances and is in contact with the ground must be properly designed, constructed, and protected from corrosion in accordance with a code of practice developed by a nationally recognized association or independent testing laboratory as specified below:

1. The piping is constructed of fiberglass-reinforced plastic; or

2. The piping is constructed of steel and cathodically protected in the following manner:

(i)The piping is coated with a suitable dielectric material;

(ii)Field-installed cathodic protection systems are designed by a corrosion expert;

(iii) Cathodic protection systems are designed to allow determination of current operating status according to the requirements of Rule 335-6-15-.10; and

(iv) Cathodic protection systems are operated and maintained in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.10.

3. The piping construction and corrosion protection are determined by the Department to be designed to prevent the release or threatened release of any stored regulated substance in a manner that is no less protective of human health and the environment than the requirements in subparagraphs (b)1. and 2. of this rule.

(c)Spill And Overfill Prevention Equipment. Except as provided for in subparagraph (c)3. below, to prevent spilling and overfilling associated with product transfer to the UST system, owners and operators must use the following spill and overfill prevention equipment or preventive measures in 1. and 2. below:

1. Spill prevention equipment that will prevent release of product to the environment when the transfer hose is detached from the fill pipe (for example, a spill catchment basin); and

2. Overfill prevention equipment that will:

(i) Automatically shut off flow into the tank when the tank is no more than 95 percent full; or

(ii)Alert the transfer operator when the tank is no more than 90 percent full by restricting the flow into the tank or triggering a high-level alarm.

3. Owner and operators are not required to use the spill and overfill prevention equipment specified in subparagraphs (c)1. and 2. above if alternative equipment is used that is determined by the Department to be no less protective of human health and the environment than the equipment specified in subparagraph (c)1. or 2. of this rule; or the UST system is filled by transfers of no more than 25 gallons at one time.

(d)Installation. All tanks and piping must be properly installed in accordance with a code of practice developed by a nationally recognized association or independent testing laboratory in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, and in accordance with plans and specifications reviewed by the Department, where required, to include any modifications required to be made by the Department.

(e) Certification of Installation. All owners and operators must ensure that one or more of the following methods of certification, testing, or inspection is used to demonstrate compliance with subparagraph (d) of this rule by providing a certification of compliance on the UST notification form in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.05.

1. The installer has been certified by the tank and piping manufacturers; or

2. The installation has been inspected and certified by a registered professional engineer, possessing education and experience in UST system installation and that the UST system has been installed in accordance with plans and specifications which have been reviewed by the Department where required; or

3. The installation has been inspected and approved by the Department; or

4. All work listed in the manufacturer's installation checklists has been completed, and the installation is in accordance with plans and specifications reviewed by the Department, where required; or

5. The owner and operator have complied with another method for ensuring compliance with subparagraph (d) of this rule that is determined by the Department to be no less protective of human health and the environment.

(f) The Department reserves the right to inspect an UST system within 30 days of submission of plans or notification of installation prior to the UST system being fully backfilled and placed into operation. The Department may authorize a representative to make this inspection.

Author: Sonja Massey.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.07" level="3" title="Upgrading Of Existing UST Systems">

(1) Alternatives Allowed. Not later than December 22, 1998, all existing UST systems must comply with one of the following requirements:

(a) New UST system performance standards under Rule 335-6-15-.06;

(b) The upgrading requirements in paragraphs (2) through (4) below; or

(c) Closure requirements under Rules 335-6-15-.36 through 335-6-15-.40, including applicable requirements for corrective action under Rules 335-6-15-.25 through 335-6-15-.34.

(2)Tank Upgrading Requirement. Steel tanks must be upgraded to meet one of the following requirements In accordance with a code of practice developed by a nationally recognized association or independent testing laboratory:

(a)Interior Lining. A tank may be upgraded by internal lining if:

1. The lining is installed in accordance with the requirements of Rule 335-6-15-.12, and

2. Within 10 years after lining, and every 5 years thereafter, the lined tank is internally inspected and found to be structurally sound with the lining still performing in accordance with original design specifications.

(b) Cathodic Protection. A tank may be upgraded by cathodic protection if the cathodic protection system meets the requirements of Rule 335-6-15-.06(a)2.ii, iii, and iv and the integrity of the tank is ensured using one of the following methods:

1. The tank is internally inspected and assessed to ensure that the tank is structurally sound and free of corrosion holes prior to installing the cathodic protection system; or

2. The tank has been installed for less than 10 years and is monitored monthly for releases in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.17(d) through (h); or

3. The tank has been installed for less than 10 years and is assessed for corrosion holes by conducting two (2) tightness tests that meet the requirements of Rule 335-6-15-.17(3). The first tightness test must be conducted prior to installing the cathodic protection system. The second tightness test must be conducted between three (3) and six (6) months following the first operation of the cathodic protection system; or

4. The tank is assessed for corrosion holes by a method that is determined by the Department to prevent releases in a manner that is no less protective of human health and the environment than the requirements of subparagraphs (2)(b)1. through 3. of this rule.

(c) Internal Lining Combined With Cathodic_Protection. A tank may be upgraded by both internal lining and cathodic protection if:

1. The lining is installed in accordance with the requirements of Rule 335-6-15-.12; and

2. The cathodic protection system meets the requirements of Rule 335-6-15-.06(a)2.ii, iii, and iv.

(3) Piping Upgrading Requirements. Metal piping that routinely contains regulated substances and is in contact with the ground must be cathodically protected in accordance with a code of practice developed by a nationally recognized association or independent testing laboratory and must meet the requirements of Rule 335-6-15-.06(b)2.ii, iii, and iv.

(4)Spill And Overfill Prevention Equipment. To prevent spilling and overfilling associated with product transfer to the UST system, all existing UST systems must comply with new UST system spill and overfill prevention equipment requirements specified in Rule 335-6-15-.06(c).

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.08" level="3" title="Plans And Specifications">

(1) Submission of Plans. The Department may require submission of plans, specifications, and other technical data pursuant to rule 335-6-15-.06, 335-6-15-.07, or any other requirement by the department relating to the construction of UST systems, upgrading of UST systems, installation of release detection equipment, corrosion protection measures, or engineering design related to the implementation of a corrective action plan. Such plans and specifications shall be submitted at least 30 days prior to the anticipated date of construction or installation. Where plans and specifications are not required, a notification of installation shall be submitted 30 days prior to the anticipated date of installation. Such submissions shall be in a form which is acceptable to the department. The department may require modification of submitted plans and specifications where necessary to demonstrate compliance with applicable requirements.

(2) Preparation of Plans, Specifications, and_Technical Data. Plans, specifications, and technical data submitted to the department for review shall bear the seal or number of a professional engineer, in accordance, with Alabama law concerning engineering practices, who is competent to perform work in this field of engineering.

(3) Plans and specifications submitted for construction and upgrading of UST systems shall, where applicable, adequately describe:

(a) Site sketch with boundaries and structures approximately to scale.

(b) Tank excavation dimensions and location.

(c) Tank capacity, dimensions, materials of construction, and material to be stored, and whether of single or double wall construction.

(d) Type and size of backfill material.

(e) Depth of backfill to be placed under tank.

(f) Water table data for the site, including the annual high and low water table elevations as determined from nearby water supply wells, piezometers, or other available hydrogeologic data.

(g) Supports and anchorage design if applicable.

(h) Piping dimensions, materials of construction, layout, location of dispensers, and slope of piping for suction systems.

(i) Release detection method to be used, to include:

1. number, location and construction details for any monitoring wells, whether for groundwater monitoring, vapor monitoring or monitoring of an interstitial space.

2. Description of and manufacturer's performance specifications for any continuous monitoring equipment to be used where required by the department.

3. For non-continuous monitoring, (other than manual sampling of groundwater monitoring wells), a description of and manufacturer's performance specifications for the type of equipment to be used where required by the Department.

4. Manufacturer specifications for any secondary barrier to be used in interstitial monitoring.

(j) Wiring and conduit associated with monitoring systems.

(k) Information regarding the cathodic protection method to be used, to include:

1. Type of cathodic protection, galvanic or impressed current.

2. Test or monitoring station for cathodic protection system.

3. Location and weight of sacrificial anodes.

4. The corrosion expert responsible for the design of a field installed cathodic protection system.

(l) Spill and overfill containment devices.

(m) For groundwater monitoring well systems, the hydraulic conductivity of the soils in which the monitoring wells will be placed.

(n) Type of secondary containment, where applicable.

(o) Whether or not the UST system will be within 300 feet of a private domestic water supply or 1000 feet of a public water supply well.

(p) Any other information that may be required by the Department.

(4)Existing Systems. When plans and specifications are submitted for existing systems, all available information should be submitted regarding the above items.

(5) Modification or Alteration. Any proposed modification or alteration of plans, specifications, or technical data previously submitted to and reviewed by the Department which could affect the UST system's compliance with this chapter must also be forwarded to the Department for review.

Author:Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-36-3, 22-36-4.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.09" level="3" title="Spill And Overfill Control">

(1) Owners and operators must ensure that releases due to spilling or overfilling do not occur. The owner and operator must ensure that the volume available in the tank is greater than the volume of product to be transferred to the tank before the transfer is made and that the transfer operation is monitored constantly to prevent overfilling and spilling.

(2) The owner and operator must report, investigate, and clean up any spills and overfills in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.23.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.10" level="3" title="Operation And Maintenance Of Corrosion</U>_<U>Protection">

All owners and operators of steel UST systems with corrosion protection must comply with the following requirements to ensure that releases due to corrosion are prevented for as long as the UST system is used to store regulated substances:

(a) All corrosion protection systems must be operated and maintained to continuously provide corrosion protection to the metal components of that portion of the tank and piping that routinely contain regulated substances and are in contact with the ground.

(b) All UST systems equipped with cathodic protection systems must be inspected for proper operation by a qualified cathodic protection tester in accordance with the following requirements:

1.Frequency. All cathodic protection systems must be tested within 6 months of installation and at least every 3 years thereafter; and

2.Inspection Criteria. The criteria that are used to determine that cathodic protection is adequate as required by subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this rule must be in accordance with the code of practice established by the National Association of Corrosion Engineers.

(c)UST systems with impressed current cathodic protection systems must also be inspected every 60 days to ensure the equipment is operating properly.

(d)For UST systems using cathodic protection, records of the operation of the cathodic protection must be maintained in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.13 to demonstrate compliance with the performance standards in this section. These records must provide the following:

1.The results of the last three inspections required in subparagraph (c) of this rule; and

2.The results of testing from the last two inspections required in subparagraph (b) of this rule.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.11" level="3" title="Compatability">

Owners and operators must use an UST system made of or lined with materials that are compatible with the substance stored in the UST system. For petroleum, and alcohol blends this determination shall be in accordance with the code of practice established by the American Petroleum Institute.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.12" level="3" title="Repairs Allowed">

Owners and operators of UST systems must ensure the repairs will prevent releases due to structural failure or corrosion as long as the UST system is used to store regulated substances. The repairs must meet the following requirements:

(a) Repairs to UST systems must be properly conducted in accordance with a code of practice developed by a nationally recognized association or an independent testing laboratory.

(b) Repairs to fiberglass-reinforced plastic tanks must be made by the manufacturer's authorized representatives or in accordance with a code of practice developed by a nationally recognized association or an independent testing laboratory.

(c) Metal pipe sections and fittings that have released product as a result of corrosion or other damage must be replaced. Fiberglass pipes and fittings may be repaired in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.

(d) Repaired tanks and piping must be tightness tested in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.17(c) and Rule 335-6-15-.18(b) within 30 days following the date of the completion of the repair except as provided in paragraphs 1. through 3., below:

1. The repaired tank is internally inspected in accordance with a code of practice developed by a nationally recognized association or an independent testing laboratory and certification of this inspection provided to the Department by the owner or operator and the party performing the internal inspection; or

2. The repaired portion of the UST system is monitored monthly for releases in accordance with a method specified in Rule 335-6-15-.17(d) through (h); or

3. Another test method is used that is determined by the Department to be no less protective of human health and the environment than those listed above.

(e) Within 6 months following the repair of any cathodically protected UST system, the cathodic protection system must be tested in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.10(b) and (c) to ensure that it is operating properly.

(f) UST system owners and operators must maintain records of each repair for the remaining operating life of the UST system that demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this section.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.13" level="3" title="Reporting And Recordkeeping">

Owners and operators of UST systems must cooperate fully with inspections, monitoring and testing conducted by the Department as well as requests for document submission, submission of engineering or technical data, and testing and monitoring performed by the owner or operator at the request of the Department.

(a) Reporting. Owners and operators must submit the following information to the ADEM:

1. Notification for all UST systems in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.05, which includes certification of installation for new UST systems, Rule 335-6-15-.06(e);

2. Reports of all releases including suspected releases Rule 335-6-15-.20, spills and overfills Rule 335-6-15-.23, and confirmed releases Rule 335-6-15-.24;

3. Corrective actions planned or taken including initial abatement measures (Rule 335-6-15-.25), conducting a preliminary investigation (Rule 335-6-15-.26), free product removal (Rule 335-6-15-.27), conducting a secondary investigation (Rule 335-6-15-.28) and corrective action plan (Rule 335-6-15-.29); and

4. A notification before permanent closure or change-in-service Rule 335-6-15-.37 and upon completion of final closure or change-in-service.

5. Results of all tightness testing of a UST.

(b) Recordkeeping. Owners and operators must maintain the following information:

1. Documentation of operation of corrosion protection equipment (Rule 335-6-15-.10);

2. Documentation of UST system repairs (Rule 335-6-15-.12(f));

3. Compliance with release detection requirements (Rule 335-6-15-.19);

4. Documentation of all tightness testing performed for an UST.

5. Results of the site investigation conducted at permanent closure (Rule 335-6-15-.40).

6. Documentation of release detection equipment maintenance and calibrations where applicable as required by equipment manufacturer or by the Department.

7. Documentation of compliance with notification requirements (Rule 335-6-15-.05).

(c)Availability and Maintenance of Records. Owners and operators must keep the records required either:

1. At the UST site and immediately available for inspection by the Department; or

2. At a readily available alternative site and be provided for inspection to the Department upon request.

3. In the case of permanent closure, records required under Rule 335-6-15-.40 may be mailed to the Department if they cannot be kept at the site or an alternative site.

(d) Current proof of tank registration shall be displayed at active retail petroleum facilities.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-36-3, 22-36-4.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.14" level="3" title="General Release Detection Requirements for All</U>_<U>UST Systems">

(1) Owners and operators of new and existing UST systems must provide a method, or combination of methods, of release detection that:

(a) Can detect a release from any portion of the tank and the connected underground piping that routinely contains product;

(b) Is installed, calibrated, operated, and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, including routine maintenance and service checks for operability or running condition; and

(c) Meets the performance requirements in Rule 335-6-15-.17 or Rule 335-6-15-.18, with any performance claims and their manner of determination described in writing by the equipment manufacturer or installer. In addition, methods used after December 22, 1990, except for methods permanently installed prior to that date, must be capable of detecting the leak rate or quantity specified for that method in Rule 335-6-15-.17(b), (c) and (d) or Rule 335-6-15-.18(a) and (b) with a probability of detection of 0.95 and a probability of false alarm of 0.05.

(2) When a release detection method operated in accordance with the performance standards in Rule 335-6-15-.17 and Rule 335-6-15-.18 indicates a release may have occurred, owners and operators must notify the Department in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.20.

(3) Owners and operators of all UST systems must comply with the release detection requirements of this chapter by December 22 of the year listed in Table A.

(4) Any existing UST system that cannot apply a method of release detection that complies with the requirements of this chapter must complete the closure procedures in Rule 335-6-15-.37 through 335-6-15-.40 by the date on which release detection is required for that UST system under paragraph (3) of this rule.

(5)Owners of existing UST systems shall submit to the Department a description of the type of release detection method or methods which will be used at each site at which an UST system is located. This description and any required plans and specifications shall be submitted at least 60 days prior to the date for which release detection is required according to Table A.

(6) Release detection on systems employing the methods of vapor monitoring, groundwater monitoring or interstitial monitoring shall be installed according to plans and specifications reviewed by the Department, where required.

(7)Owners and operators must ensure that personnel who are familiar with the monitoring, operation, maintenance and calibration requirements of release detection equipment for an UST system are routinely present at the location of the UST.

TABLE A

Schedule for Phase-in of Release Detection

Year System Was Year When Release Detection

Installed is Required (By Dec. 22

of the year indicated)

19891990199119921993

Before 1965 or RDP

date unknown

1965-1969P/RD

1970-1974P RD

1975-1979P RD

1980-1988P RD

New TanksImmediately upon installation

(effective date of this chapter)

P = Must begin release detection for all pressurized piping in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.15(b)1. and 335-6-15-.16(b)4.

RD = Must begin release detection for tanks and suction piping in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.15(a), 335-6-15-.15(b)2., and 335-6-15-.16.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.15" level="3" title="Release Detection Requirements For Petroleum</U>_<U>UST Systems">

Owners and operators of petroleum UST systems must provide release detection for tanks and piping as follows:

(a) Tanks. Tanks must be monitored at least every 30 days for releases using one of the methods listed in Rule 335-6-15-.17(d) through (h) except that:

1. UST systems that meet the performance standards in Rules 335-6-15-.06 or 335-6-15-.07, and the monthly inventory control requirements in Rule 335-6-15-.17(a) or (b), may use tank tightness testing (conducted in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.17(c)) at least every 5 years until December 22, 1998, or until 10 years after the tank is installed or upgraded under Rule 335-6-15-.07(2), whichever is later;

2. UST systems that do not meet the performance standards in Rule 335-6-15-.06 or 335-6-15-.07 may use monthly inventory controls (conducted in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.17(a) or (b)) and annual tank tightness testing (conducted in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.17(c)) until December 22, 1998, when the tank must be upgraded under Rule 335-6-15-.07 or permanently closed under Rule 335-6-15-.37; and

3. Tanks with capacity of 550 gallons or less may use weekly tank gauging (conducted in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.17(b)).

(b) Piping. Underground piping that routinely contains regulated substances must be monitored for releases in a manner that meets one of the following requirements:

1.Pressurized Piping. Underground piping that conveys regulated substances under pressure must:

(i) Be equipped with an automatic line leak detector conducted in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.18(a); and

(ii) Have an annual line tightness test conducted in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.18(b) or have monthly monitoring conducted in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.18(c).

2.Suction Piping. Underground piping that conveys regulated substances under suction must either have a line tightness test conducted at least every 3 years and in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.18(b), or use a monthly monitoring method conducted in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.18(c). No release detection is required for suction piping that is designed and constructed to meet the following standards:

(i) The below-grade piping operates at less than atmospheric pressure;

(ii) The below-grade piping is sloped so that the contents of the pipe will drain back into the storage tank if the suction is released;

(iii) Only one check valve is included in each suction line;

(iv) The check valve is located directly below and as close as practical to the suction pump; and

(v) A method is provided that allows compliance with subparagraphs (ii) through (iv) above, to be readily determined.

(c)All new petroleum UST systems which are: located within 1000 feet of a public water supply well; located within 300 feet of a private domestic water supply; or which are located in an area which the Department has determined to be exceptionally vulnerable to groundwater contamination, may be required to take additional measures to prevent contamination of groundwater. Such measures may include: the installation of a release detection in accordance with one of the methods in Rule 335-6-15-.17(d) through (h) for tanks and (e) through (h) for piping and/or the implementation of more frequent monitoring of release detection systems.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.16" level="3" title="Release Detection Requirements For Hazardous</U>_<U>Substance UST Systems">

Owners and operators of hazardous substance UST systems must provide release detection that meets the following requirements:

(a) Release detection at existing UST systems must meet the requirements for petroleum UST systems in Rule 335-6-15-.15. By December 22, 1998, all existing hazardous substance UST systems must have secondary containment and meet the release detection requirements for new systems in subparagraph (b) below.

(b) Release detection at new hazardous substance UST systems must meet the following requirements:

1. Secondary containment systems must be designed, constructed and installed to:

(i) Contain regulated substances released from the tank system until they are detected and removed;

(ii) Prevent the release of regulated substances to the environment at any time during the operational life of the UST system; and

(iii) Be checked for evidence of a release at least every 30 days.

2. Double-walled tanks must be designed, constructed, and installed to:

(i) Contain a release from any portion of the inner tank within the outer wall; and

(ii) Detect the failure of the inner wall.

3. External liners (including vaults) must be designed, constructed, and installed to:

(i) Contain 100 percent of the capacity of the largest tank within its boundary;

(ii)Prevent the interference of precipitation of groundwater intrusion with the ability to contain or detect a release of regulated substances; and

(iii) Surround the tank completely (i.e., it is capable of preventing lateral as well as vertical migration of regulated substances).

4. Underground piping must be equipped with secondary containment that satisfies the requirements of subparagraph (b)1. above (e.g., trench liners, jacketing of double-walled pipe). In addition, underground piping that conveys regulated substances under pressure must be equipped with an automatic line leak detector in accordance with Rule 355-6-15-.18(a).

5. Other methods of release detection may be used if owners and operators:

(i) Demonstrate to the Department that an alternate method can detect a release of the stored substance as effectively as any of the methods allowed in Rule 335-6-15-.17(d) through (h) can detect a release of petroleum;

(ii) Provide information to the Department on effective corrective action technologies, health risks, and chemical and physical properties of the stored substance, and the characteristics of the UST site; and

(iii) Obtain approval from the Department to use the alternate release detection method before the installation and operation of the new UST system.

Author:Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.17" level="3" title="Methods Of Release Detection For Tanks">

Each method of release detection for tanks used to meet the requirements of Rule 335-6-15-.15 must be conducted in accordance with the applicable requirements (a) through (h) of this rule. The Department may make a determination as to the capability of release detection equipment to meet the requirements of this rule.

(a)Inventory Control. Product inventory control (or another test of equivalent performance) must be conducted monthly to detect a release of at least 1.0 percent of flow-through plus 130 gallons on a monthly basis in the following manner:

1. Inventory volume measurements for regulated substance inputs, withdrawals, and the amount still remaining in the tank are recorded each operating day;

2. The equipment used is capable of measuring the level of product over the full range of the tank's height to the nearest one-eighth of an inch;

3. The regulated substance inputs are reconciled with delivery receipts by measurement of the tank inventory volume before and after delivery;

4. Deliveries are made through a drop tube that extends to within one foot of the tank bottom;

5. Product dispensing is metered and recorded within the local standards for meter calibration or an accuracy of 6 cubic inches for every 5 gallons of product withdrawn; and

6. The measurement of any water level in the bottom of the tank is made to the nearest one-eighth of an inch at least once a month.

(b) Manual Tank Gauging. Manual tank gauging must meet the following requirements:

1. Tank liquid level measurements are taken at the beginning and ending of a period of at least 36 hours during which no liquid is added to or removed from the tank;

2. Level measurements are based on an average of two consecutive stick readings at both the beginning and ending of the period;

3. The equipment used is capable of measuring the level of product over the full range of the tank's height to the nearest one-eighth of an inch;

4. A leak is suspected and subject to the requirements of Rules 335-6-15-.20 through 335-6-15-.23 if the variation between beginning and ending measurements exceed the weekly or monthly standards in the following table:

NominalWeekly Standard Monthly Standard

Tank Capacity (one test)___(average of four tests)

550 gallons or less 10 gallons 5 gallons

551-1,000 gallons 13 gallons 7 gallons

1,001-2,000 gallons 26 gallons 13 gallons

5.Only tanks of 550 gallons or less nominal capacity may use this as the sole method of release detection. Tanks of 551 to 2,000 gallons may use the method in place of manual inventory control in Rule 335-6-15-.17(a). Tanks of greater than 2,000 gallons nominal capacity may not use this method to meet release detection requirements of this chapter.

(c) Tank Tightness Testing. Tank tightness testing (or another test of equivalent performance) Must be capable of detecting a 0.1 gallon per hour leak rate from any portion of the tank that routinely contains product while accounting for the effects of thermal expansion or contraction of the product, vapor pockets, tank deformation, evaporation or condensation, and the location of the water table.

1. The test must be performed by an individual having current certification of training from the manufacturer of the test method.

2. Unless waived by the Department the report of tightness testing of a tank must state whether or not the water table was above the base of the tank excavation pit at the time of testing and the method by which this determination was made. If it is above the base, the specific elevation of the water table shall be determined and recorded in the test report.

(d) Automatic Tank Gauging. Equipment for automatic tank gauging that tests for the loss of product and conducts inventory control must meet the following requirements:

1. The automatic product level monitor test can detect a 0.2 gallon per hour leak rate from any portion of the tank that routinely contains product; and

2. Inventory control (or another test of equivalent performance) is conducted in accordance with the requirements of Rule 335-6-15-.17(a).

(e) Vapor Monitoring. Testing or monitoring for vapors within the soil gas of the excavation zone must meet the following technical and procedural requirements:

1. A vapor monitoring plan with any required plans and specifications, must be submitted to the Department for review by the Department. The plan must be sufficient to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of subparagraphs 2. through 8. below or modifications may be required by the Department.

2. The materials used as backfill are sufficiently porous (e.g., gravel, sand, crushed rock) to readily allow diffusion of vapors from releases into the excavation area;

3. The stored regulated substance, or a tracer compound placed in the tank system, is sufficiently volatile (e.g., gasoline) to result in a vapor level that is detectable by the monitoring devices located in the excavation zone in the event of a release from the tank. The Department may require testing of a vapor monitoring system with a tracer compound where a system's reliability is in question.

4. The measurement of vapors by the monitoring device is not rendered inoperative by the groundwater, rainfall, or soil moisture or other known interferences so that a release could go undetected for more than 30 days;

5. The level of background contamination in the excavation zone will not interfere with the method used to detect releases from the UST system based upon information, to include volatile hydrocarbon concentrations, collected throughout the excavation zone where this method is proposed for use.

6. The vapor monitors and vapor monitoring wells are designed and operated In a manner sufficient to: detect any significant increase in concentration above background of the regulated substance stored in the tank system, a component or components of that substance, or a tracer compound placed in the tank system, and provide a vapor sample to the vapor monitor that is representative of the concentration in the excavation zone. Construction details shall comply with subparagraphs 7. through 13. below.

7. The well casing shall be constructed of a material which is compatible with the substance stored, and which has sufficient strength to prevent structural failure.

8. The well casing shall be a minimum of 2 inches in diameter and shall be large enough for the chosen monitoring device to be installed or operated properly in the well. A low permeability backfill may require the use of larger diameter casing.

9. The length and slot size of the slotted portion of the casing should be sufficient to obtain a representative vapor sample in accordance with the depth of excavation zone and site hydrogeology.

10. The well screen should be surrounded by a clean filter pack which allows for passage of vapors while preventing passage of materials which could clog the well screen. The filter pack should extend 1 to 2 feet above the well screen.

11. An annular seal shall extend up from the top of the filter pack for 1 to 2 feet.

12. The well annulas shall be grouted from the top of the bentonite to the ground surface.

13. Monitoring wells shall have a watertight cap or enclosure at the ground surface.

14. In the UST excavation zone, the site is assessed to ensure compliance with the requirements in subparagraphs (e)2. through 5. of this rule and to establish the number and positioning of monitoring wells that will detect releases within the excavation zone from any portion of the tank that routinely contains product.

15. Vapor monitoring wells are clearly marked with the wording "NOT FOR DELIVERIES" or other sufficient language and locked to avoid unauthorized access and tampering. Monitoring wells which are located in an area subject to traffic must be equipped with enclosures which will not be damaged by normal traffic.

16. In the event of permanent closure of the UST system, all monitoring wells shall be closed according to a method acceptable to the Department, unless otherwise directed by the Department.

17.If a monitoring well is determined to be improperly constructed, closure may be required according to a method acceptable to the Department.

(f) Groundwater Monitoring. Testing or monitoring for liquids on the groundwater must meet the following technical and procedural requirements:

1. A groundwater monitoring plan with any required plans and specifications, must be submitted for review. The plan must be sufficient to demonstrate that the requirements of 2. through 20. of this subparagraph will be complied with or modifications may be required by the Department.

2. The regulated substance stored is immiscible in water and has a specific gravity of less than one;

3. The level of background contamination in or near the excavation zone will not interfere with the method used to detect releases from the UST system based upon information collected throughout the excavation zone and in the proposed area of well placement if not in the excavation zone.

4. Groundwater is never more than 20 feet from the ground surface and the hydraulic conductivity of the soil(s) between the UST system and the monitoring wells or devices is not less than 0.01 cm/sec (e.g., the soil should consist of gravels, coarse to medium sands, coarse silts or other permeable materials);

5. Monitoring wells used for the purpose of release detection by groundwater monitoring shall be constructed according to the requirements of 6. through 15. and 20. below;

6. The well casing shall be a minimum of 2 inches in diameter when used for release detection, but shall be 4 inches in diameter if installed for corrective action. All wells shall be constructed with only threaded connections between sections;

7. The well casing shall be constructed of a material which is compatible with the substance stored; and which has sufficient strength to prevent structural failure;

8. The well casing shall be slotted from the bottom to at least two feet above the normal annual high water table where the depth to water will allow, and shall be designed to prevent migration of natural soils or filter pack into the well and to allow entry of a regulated substance on the water table into the well under both high and low groundwater conditions.

9. The well casing shall extend at least five feet below the water level at the time of drilling but no deeper than 25 feet;

10.The well annulus shall be backfilled with an appropriate clean filter pack adjacent to the slotted casing;

11.An annular seal shall extend from the top of the filter pack for 2 to 5 feet, where the depth to water will allow;

12.The well annulus shall be grouted from the top of the bentonite seal to the ground surface;

13.Monitoring wells shall have a watertight enclosure or cap with a grouted collar at the ground surface;

14.Monitoring wells shall be developed upon drilling until the water is clear and relatively sand free by overpumping, bailing, or surging with compressed air;

15. Monitoring wells shall be as close to the excavation zone as is technically feasible. If a monitoring well is located within the excavation zone, the base of the excavation zone shall not be penetrated.

16. If a continuous monitoring device is not used, manual monitoring shall consist of removal of fluid from the well, using a bailer, or a sampler of similar design. The fluid shall be taken from the surface of the water table. The fluid shall:

(i) Be poured into a clean, clear glass container kept for the purpose, and examined for signs of an oily layer or odor of pollutant; or

(ii) Be tested at the site; or

(iii)Be sent to a laboratory and tested.

17.A monitoring well must contain at least 6 inches of water or a sufficient depth to allow a sample to be obtained using a sampler selected in accordance with subparagraph (f)15. of this rule. If this requirement cannot be met for more than 30 days, the Department may require the monitoring well to be replaced, or another method of monitoring to be proposed to the Department for review.

18. The continuous monitoring devices or manual methods used can detect the presence of at least one-eighth of an inch of free product on top of the groundwater in the monitoring wells.

19. Within and immediately below the UST system excavation zone, the site is assessed to ensure compliance with the requirements in subparagraphs (f)2. through 15. above and to establish the number and positioning of monitoring wells or devices that will detect releases from any portion of the UST system that routinely contains product. This is to include an evaluation of the direction of the groundwater gradient at a site.

20. Monitoring wells are clearly marked with the wording "NOT FOR DELIVERIES" or other sufficient language and locked to avoid unauthorized access and tampering. Monitoring wells which are located in an area subject to traffic must be equipped with enclosures which will not be damaged by normal traffic.

21. In the event of permanent closure of the UST system, all monitoring wells shall be closed according to a method acceptable to the Department.

22. If a monitoring well is determined by the Department to be improperly constructed, closure may be required according to a method acceptable to the Department.

23. Existing groundwater monitoring wells which were completed prior to (effective date of this chapter) will be authorized for continued use if the Department determines that the minimum criteria of the federal UST regulations for monitoring wells are satisfied and the existing wells do not pose a threat of groundwater contamination due to poor construction.

(g) Interstitial Monitoring. Interstitial monitoring between the UST system and a secondary barrier immediately around or beneath it may be used, but only if the system is designed, constructed and installed to detect a leak from any portion of the tank that routinely contains product and also meets one of the following requirements:

1. For double-walled UST systems, the sampling or testing method can detect a release through the inner wall in any portion of the tank that routinely contains product;

2. For UST systems with a secondary barrier within the excavation zone, the sampling or testing method used can in the determination of the Department, detect a release between the UST system and the secondary barrier;

3. The secondary barrier around or beneath the UST system consists of artificially constructed material that is sufficiently thick and impermeable (at least 10-6 cm/sec for the regulated substance stored) to direct a release to the monitoring point and permit its detection;

4. The barrier is compatible with the regulated substance stored so that a release from the UST system will not cause a deterioration of the barrier allowing a release to pass through undetected;

5. For cathodically protected tanks the secondary barrier must be installed so that it does not interfere with the proper operation of the cathodic protection system;

6. The groundwater, soil moisture, or rainfall will not render the testing or sampling method used inoperative so that a release could go undetected for more than 30 days;

7. The site is assessed to ensure that the secondary barrier is always above the groundwater and not in a 25-year flood plain, unless the barrier and monitoring designs are for use under such conditions; and

8. Monitoring wells are clearly marked with the wording "NOT FOR DELIVERIES" or other sufficient language and locked to avoid unauthorized access and tampering; and when located in areas which are subject to traffic must be equipped with enclosures which will not be damaged by normal traffic.

9. Monitoring wells extend to within 6 inches of the secondary barrier but shall not contact the barrier;

10. For tanks with an internally fitted liner, an automated device can detect a release between the inner wall of the tank and the liner, and the liner is compatible with the substance stored.

(h)Other Methods. Any other type of release detection method, or combination of methods, can be used if:

1. It can detect a 0.2 gallon per hour leak rate of a release of 150 gallons within a month with a probability of detection of 0.95 and a probability of false alarm of 0.05; or

2. The Department may approve another method if the owner and operator can demonstrate that the method can detect a release as effectively as any of the methods allowed in subparagraphs (c) through (h) above. In comparing methods, the Department shall consider the size of release that the method can detect and the frequency and reliability with which it can be detected. If the method is approved, the owner and operator must comply with any conditions imposed by the ADEM on its use to ensure the protection of human health and the environment.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.18" level="3" title="Methods Of Release Detection For Piping">

Each method of release detection for piping used to meet the requirements of Rule 335-6-15-.15 must be conducted in accordance with the following:

(a) Automatic line leak detectors. Methods which alert the operator to the presence of a leak by restricting or shutting off the flow of regulated substances through piping or triggering an audible or visual alarm may be used only if they detect leaks of 3 gallons per hour at 10 pounds per square inch line pressure within 1 hour. An annual test of the operation of the leak detector must be conducted in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements.

(b) Line tightness testing. A periodic test of piping may be conducted only if it can detect a 0.1 gallon per hour leak rate at one and one-half times the operating pressure.

(c) Applicable tank method. Any of the methods in Rule 335-6-15-.17(e) through (h) may be used if they are designed to detect a release from any portion of the underground piping that routinely contains regulated substances.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.19" level="3" title="Release Detection Recordkeeping">

All UST system owners and operators must maintain records in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.13 demonstrating compliance with all applicable requirements of this chapter. These records must include the following:

(a) All written performance claims pertaining to any release detection system used, and the manner in which these claims have been justified or tested by the equipment manufacturer or installer, must be maintained for 5 years from the date of installation;

(b) The results of any sampling, testing, or monitoring must be maintained for at least 1 year except that the results of tank tightness testing conducted in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.17(c) must be retained until the next test is conducted; and

(c) Written documentation of all calibration, maintenance, and repair of release detection equipment must be maintained for at least one year after the servicing work is completed. Any schedules of required calibration and maintenance provided by the release detection equipment manufacturer must be retained for 5 years from the date of installation.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.20" level="3" title="Reporting Of Suspected Releases">

Owners and operators of UST systems must report suspected releases to the Department immediately upon discovery but in no case later than 24 hours following discovery, and follow the procedures in Rule 335-6-15-.22 for any of the conditions identified in (a) through (c) below.

(a) The discovery by owners and operators or others of released regulated substances at the UST site or in the surrounding area including, but not limited to, the presence of free or dissolved product or vapors in soils, groundwater, basements, sewer and utility lines, nearby surface water or a well contaminated with a regulated substance.

(b) Unusual operating conditions observed by owners and operators (including but not limited to the erratic behavior of product dispensing equipment, the sudden loss of product from the UST system, or an unexplained presence of water in the tank), unless product dispensing equipment is found to be defective but not leaking, and is immediately repaired or replaced.

(c) Monitoring results from a release detection method required under Rules 335-6-15-.15 and 335-6-15-.16 that indicate a release may have occurred unless:

1. The monitoring device is found to be defective, and is immediately repaired, recalibrated or replaced, and additional monitoring does not confirm the initial results; or

2. In the case of inventory control, where the amount of calculated loss for a month is less than or equal to twice the sum of 1.0 percent of monthly flow-through plus 130 gallons, a second month of data does not confirm a loss of 1.0 percent of monthly flow-through plus 130 gallons.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.21" level="3" title="Investigation Due To Environmental Impacts">

When required by the Department, owners and operators of UST systems must follow the procedures in Rule 335-6-15-.22 to determine if the UST system is the source of environmental impacts, which include but are not limited to the discovery of regulated substances (such as the presence of free or dissolved product of vapors in soils, basements, sewer and utility lines, and nearby surface waters, or a well contaminated with a regulated substance that has been observed by the Department or brought to its attention by another party.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.22" level="3" title="Release Investigation And Confirmation Steps">

Unless corrective action is initiated in accordance with Rules 335-6-15-.24 through 335-5-15-.34, owners and operators

must immediately investigate and confirm all suspected releases of regulated substances requiring reporting under Rule 335-6-15-.20 within 7 days, or another reasonable time period specified by the implementing agency, using either the following steps or another procedure approved by the Department:

(a) System test. Owners and operators must conduct tests (according to the requirements for tightness testing in Rules 335-6-15-.17(c) and in Rule 335-6-15-.18(b) that determine whether a leak exists in the tank, or the attached delivery piping, or both.

1. Owners and operators must repair, replace or upgrade the UST system, and begin corrective action if the test results for the system, tank, or delivery piping indicate that a leak exists.

2. The Department may release an owner or operator from any further investigation requirements if the tank tests tight after minor repairs to that portion of the tank that does not routinely contain product.

3. Further investigation is not required if the test results for the system, tank, and delivery piping do not indicate that a leak exists and if environmental contamination is not the basis for suspecting a release.

4. Owners and operators must conduct a preliminary investigation as described in subparagraph (b) of this rule If the test results for the system, tank, and delivery piping do not indicate that a leak exists but environmental contamination is the basis for suspecting a release.

(b) Preliminary investigation. Owners and operators must measure for the presence of a release where contamination is most likely to be present at the UST site. In selecting sample types, sample locations, and measurement methods, owners and operators must consider the nature of the stored substance, the type of initial alarm or cause for suspicion, the type of backfill, the depth of groundwater, and other factors appropriate for identifying the presence and source of the release. Specific requirements for a preliminary investigation are included in Rule 335-6-15-.26.

(1) If in the determination of the Department the results of the preliminary investigation indicate that a release has occurred, owners and operators must initiate corrective action in accordance with Rules 335-6-15-.24 through 335-6-15-.34. The Department may require a secondary investigation to be performed.

(2) If in the determination of the Department the results of the preliminary investigation do not indicate that a release has occurred, further investigation is not required.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.23" level="3" title="Reporting And Cleanup Of Spills And Overfills">

(1)Owners and operators of UST systems must contain and immediately clean up a spill or overfill and report to the Department within 24 hours, or another reasonable time period specified by the Department, and begin corrective action in accordance with Rules 335-6-15-.24 through 335-6-15-.34 in the following cases:

(a) Spill or overfill of petroleum that results in a release to the environment that exceeds 25 gallons or another reasonable amount specified by the Department, or that causes a sheen on nearby surface water; and

(b) Spill or overfill of a hazardous substance that results in a release to the environment that equals or exceeds its reportable quantity under CERCLA (40 CFR 302).

(2) Owners and operators of UST systems must contain and immediately clean up a spill or overfill of petroleum that is less than 25 gallons or another reasonable amount specified by the Department and a spill or overfill of a hazardous substance that is less than the reportable quantity. If cleanup cannot be accomplished within 24 hours, or another reasonable time period established by the Department, owners and operators must immediately notify the Department.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.24" level="3" title="Initial Release Response">

(1) Owners and operators of petroleum or hazardous substance UST systems must, in response to a confirmed release from the UST system, comply with the requirements of Rules 335-6-15-.24 through 335-6-15-.34 except for USTs excluded under Rule 335-6-15-.03(2) and UST systems subject to corrective action requirements under Chapter 14 of the ADEM Administrative Code.

(2) Upon confirmation of a release in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.22 or after a release is identified in any other manner, owners and operators must perform the following initial response actions within 24 hours of a release or within another reasonable period of time determined by the Department:

(a) Report the release to the Department (notification by telephone is acceptable);

(b) Take immediate action to prevent any further release of the regulated substance into the environment; and

(c) Identify and mitigate fire, explosion, and vapor hazards.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.25" level="3" title="Initial Abatement Measures And Preliminary</U>_<U>Investigation">

(1) Upon confirmation of a release in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.22 or after a release is identified in any other manner, unless directed to do otherwise by the Department, owners and operators must perform the following abatement measures:

(a) Remove as much of the regulated substance from the UST system as is necessary to prevent further release to the environment;

(b) Visually inspect any aboveground releases or exposed below ground releases and prevent further migration of the released substance into surrounding soils and groundwater;

(c) Continue to monitor and mitigate any additional fire and safety hazards posed by vapors or free product that have migrated from the UST excavation zone and entered into subsurface structures (such as sewers or basements);

(d) Remedy hazards posed by contaminated soils that are excavated or exposed as a result of release confirmation, site investigation, abatement, or corrective action activities. If these remedies include treatment or disposal of soils, the owner and operator must comply with applicable ADEM and local requirements;

(e) Perform a preliminary investigation in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.26;

(f) Investigate to determine the possible presence of free product, and if found, begin free product removal as soon as practicable and in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.27. Where free product is present, investigative and corrective actions must be initiated in accordance with Rules 335-6-15-.24 through 335-6-15-.34;

(g) Where dissolved groundwater contamination is determined to occur, for example, the contamination of an on-site well with a regulated substance, investigative and corrective actions must be initiated in accordance with Rules 335-6-15-.24 through 335-6-15-.34;

(2) Within 20 days after release confirmation, or within another reasonable period of time determined by the Department, owners and operators must submit a report of initial response to the Department summarizing the initial abatement steps taken under paragraph (1) above, the nature and estimated quantity of the regulated substance lost, information regarding the presence of free or dissolved product, tightness testing results where applicable, or any other resulting information or data.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.26" level="3" title="Preliminary Investigation Requirements">

(1) Unless directed to do otherwise by the Department, or under the conditions identified in paragraph (2) of this rule, owners and operators required to perform a preliminary investigation must obtain and provide information about the site and the nature of the release, including information gained while confirming the release or completing the initial abatement measures in Rule 335-6-15-.25. This information must include, but is not necessarily limited to the following:

(a) Type of surrounding population, e.g., urban, rural, residential;

(b) Results of a well inventory within 1000 feet of the site which includes the location, and where available, information on the depth and elevation and ownership of each well;

(c) Location of any public water supply wells which are within 1 mile of the site;

(d) A description of the hydrogeologic environment, including type and nature of geologic materials, location of surface waters, surrounding land and water users, and the location of all underground utilities, water lines, sewers or other conduits;

(e) A determination of the uppermost aquifer and an initial evaluation of the potential for hydraulic interconnection with lower aquifers. This evaluation at this stage may be made based upon the results of site soil sampling and borings and available literature data.

(f) Results of soil sampling collected from the area which is most likely to have been affected by a release of a regulated substance.

1. A sufficient number of soil samples shall be collected to accurately represent the area and depths affected by a release;

2. Soil sampling shall be performed to a depth which adequately represents the zone most likely to have been contaminated by a release.

3. Soil sampling shall be sufficient to determine if free product is present on the water table.

(g) Where soils are encountered which have a total petroleum hydrocarbon concentration of greater than 100 ppm and such soils extend to within 5 feet of the seasonal high water table, groundwater samples shall be collected and analyzed at a minimum of one up-gradient and three down-gradient locations unless directed to do otherwise by the Department.

(2) Upon approval by the Department, the following procedures may be used in satisfying the requirement for a preliminary investigation or closure assessment when the tank excavation pit is completely open and available for representative sample collection. If the conditions identified in (d)1. and 2. below cannot be met; however, the preliminary investigation requirements of paragraph (1) must be complied with, unless directed to do otherwise by the Department.

(a) Soil samples shall be collected from the sides and base of the tank pit. At least one sample shall be collected from each side of the pit and at least one sample from the pit bottom for every tank that was present in the excavation. Side samples shall be collected from the lowest one-third of the tank wall. One sample per 10 lineal foot shall be collected from the base of piping trenches. Samples from the tank pit sides, base, and piping trenches shall be representative of the area being sampled.

(b) Analyze soil samples for the presence of total petroleum hydrocarbons.

(c) Determine the elevation of the groundwater table. Information on the elevation of the water table may be obtained from a boring located adjacent to the tank pit or from a nearby location. Water table elevation data may also be obtained when topographical features provide surface indications of the water table, and this data is substantiated by literature values.

(d) If the conditions identified in 1. and 2. below are met, the Department may consider the investigation to be complete and no further action will be required. If the conditions identified in 1. and 2. below cannot be met, the Department may require additional investigative actions or a preliminary investigation, in accordance with paragraph (1) of this rule, to be conducted.

Total Petroleum

Hydrocarbon Depth to

Concentration__ Groundwater

1. 100 ppm or less for each sample 5 feet or more below

base of tank excavation

2. 10 ppm or less for every sample No restrictions

(3) Monitoring wells must be constructed in a manner acceptable to the Department or the Department may require them to be properly closed. Except where cross-contamination of aquifers is of concern, general construction details for monitoring wells should conform to the requirements of Rules 335-6-15-.17(f)6. through 8. and 10. through 14. and 20., and where cross-contamination is of concern, monitoring well construction details must be reviewed in advance by the Department. The Department may require modification of proposed construction details.

(4) All samples shall be analyzed for parameters which are appropriate to the nature of the stored substance and according to the methods specified in Rule 335-6-15-.35.

(5) Within 60 days of release confirmation, or notification by the Department that a Preliminary Investigation is required, under the conditions of paragraph (1) of this rule the owners and operators must submit the information collected in compliance with this rule to the Department in a manner that demonstrates its applicability and technical adequacy, or in a format and according to a schedule required by the Department. If the procedures under paragraph (2) of this rule apply, the results of the investigation most be submitted within 45 days of release confirmation or notification by the Department that an investigation is required.

(6) Preliminary investigation and closure site assessments must be performed in accordance with accepted geologic practices by a geologist or registered professional engineer experienced in hydrogeologic investigations.

(7) Upon review of the results of the Preliminary investigation, the Department may require a Secondary investigation to be completed in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.28.

(8) The Department may require additional sampling and analyses to be performed if it is determined that the number or location of samples, or methods used in the analysis of such samples are not sufficient to characterize the area and soil depths most likely to have been contaminated by a release.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.27" level="3" title="Free Product Removal">

At sites where investigations indicate the presence of free product, owners and operators must remove free product to the maximum extent practicable as determined by the Department while continuing, as necessary, any actions initiated under Rules 335-6-15-.24 through 335-6-15-.26 or preparing for actions required under Rules 335-6-15-.28 and 335-6-15-.29. In meeting the requirements of this section, owners and operators must:

(a) Conduct free product removal in a manner that minimizes the spread of contamination into previously uncontaminated zones by using recovery and disposal techniques appropriate to the hydrogeologic conditions at the site, and that properly treats, discharges or disposes of recovery byproducts in compliance with applicable local, state and federal regulations;

(b) Use abatement of free product migration and removal of free product in a reasonable period of time as a minimum objective for the design of the free product removal system;

(c) Handle any flammable products in a safe and competent manner to prevent fires or explosions; and

(d) Unless directed to do otherwise by the Department, prepare and submit to the implementing agency, within 45 days after confirming a release, a free product removal report that provides at least the following information:

(1) The name of the person(s) responsible for implementing the free product removal measures;

(2) The estimated quantity, type, and thickness of free product observed or measured in wells, boreholes, and excavations;

(3) The type of free product recovery system used;

(4) Whether any discharge will take place on-site or off-site during the recovery operation and where this discharge will be located;

(5) The type of treatment applied to, and the effluent quality expected from, and discharge;

(6) The steps that have been or are being taken to obtain necessary permits for any discharge; and

(7) The disposition of the recovered free product.

(e) The Department may require additional measures to be taken to achieve free product recovery, if it is determined that the objectives of paragraphs (a) through (c) are not being accomplished.

Author:Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.28" level="3" title="Secondary Investigation Requirements">

(1) When required in order to determine the full lateral and vertical extent and location of: soils contaminated by the release; the presence of free product; and the presence and concentrations of dissolved product contamination in the groundwater, the Department may require owners and operators to conduct a secondary investigation of the release site. This investigation must include the surrounding area possibly affected by the release if any of the following conditions exist:

(a) There is evidence that groundwater wells have been affected by the release (e.g., as found during release confirmation or previous corrective action measures);

(b) Free product is found to need recovery in compliance with Rule 335-6-15-.27;

(c) There is evidence that contaminated soils may be in contact with groundwater (e.g., as found during conduct of the initial response measures or investigations required under Rules 335-6-15-.24 through 335-6-15-.26; and

(d) The Department requests an investigation, based on the potential effects of contaminated soil or groundwater on nearby surface water and groundwater resources.

(2)The investigations required by paragraph (1) of this rule shall:

(a)Be sufficient to define the full lateral and vertical extent of soil and groundwater contamination;

(b)Determine the rate and direction of pollutant and groundwater migration through the use of piezometers and/or monitoring wells;

(c) Include results of groundwater sampling and analysis from monitoring wells at one background and a minimum of three down-gradient locations. The location of the down-gradient wells should take into consideration the direction of groundwater flow and should be placed so as to define the plume of contamination and the outer limits of the plume of contamination.

(d) Include a determination of the uppermost aquifer and an initial evaluation of the potential for hydraulic interconnection with lower aquifers. This evaluation may be made based upon the results of site soil sampling and borings and available literature data but may also require installation of wells into underlying aquifers. If this becomes necessary proper well construction techniques must be used to ensure that wells do not serve as conduits for contamination of underlying aquifers.

(e) Include analytical results for soil and groundwater samples for parameters which are appropriate to the nature of the stored substance and according to methods specified in Rule 335-6-15-.35.

(f) Provide sufficient information for the selection and design of appropriate corrective actions.

(3) The Department may require additional sampling and analyses to be performed if it is determined that the number or location of samples, or methods used in the analysis of such samples are not sufficient to define the full lateral and vertical extent of soil and groundwater contamination.

(4) Owners and operators must submit a plan of study sufficient to accomplish the objective of paragraphs (1) and (2) of this rule together with a schedule of implementation. The owners and operators shall make any modifications to the plan of study deemed necessary by the Department.

(5) The plan of study must contain construction details for monitoring wells. Monitoring wells must be constructed in a manner acceptable to the Department or the Department may require them to be properly closed. Except where cross-contamination of aquifers is of concern, general construction details for monitoring wells should conform to the requirements of Rule 335-6-15-.17(f)6. through 8. and 10. through 14. and 20. The Department may require modification of proposed construction details.

(6) Owners and operators must submit the information collected under paragraphs (1) through (3) of this rule within the schedule submitted in (4) above or in accordance with a schedule established by the Department.

(7) The secondary site investigation must be performed in accordance with accepted geologic practices by a geologist or registered professional engineer experienced In hydrogeologic investigations.

Author:Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.29" level="3" title="Corrective Action Plan">

(1) At any point after reviewing the information submitted in compliance with Rules 335-6-15-.24 through 335-6-15-.28, the Department may require owners and operators to submit additional information or to develop and submit a corrective action plan for responding to contaminated soils and groundwater. If a plan is required, owners and operators must submit the plan according to a schedule and format established by the Department. Alternatively, owners and operators may, after fulfilling the requirements of Rules 335-6-15-.24 through 335-6-15-.28, choose to submit a corrective action plan for responding to contaminated soil and groundwater. In either case, owners and operators are responsible for submitting a plan that provides for adequate protection of human health and the environment as determined by the Department, and must modify their plan as necessary to meet the requirements of the Department for achieving this standard.

(2) The corrective action plan must:

(a) Address the full lateral and vertical extent of soil and groundwater contamination;

(b) Address mitigation of soil contamination either through soil removal, or treatment in place, or another method which is determined by the Department to be no less protective of health and the environment, to standards identified in Rule 335-6-15-.30 or 335-6-15-.32;

(c) Provide for removal of free product in an effective and timely manner;

(d) Provide for treatment of dissolved groundwater contamination in an effective and timely manner to standards identified in Rule 335-6-15-.31 or 335-6-15-.32;

(e) Provide a rationale for selection of the proposed corrective actions and design criteria which address such items as equipment selection, flow rates and pumping rates;

(f) Address measures necessary to meet local, state or federal requirements for control of surface or air discharges or disposal of soil;

(g) Include a proposed schedule of implementation and monitoring plan.

(3) The Department will approve the corrective action plan only when satisfied that implementation of the plan provides for measures considered adequate to protect human health, safety, and the environment. In making this determination the Department should consider the following factors as appropriate:

(a) The physical and chemical characteristics of the regulated substance, including its toxicity, persistence, and potential for migration;

(b) The hydrogeologic characteristics of the facility and the surrounding area;

(c) The findings of the preliminary and secondary investigations;

(d)The proximity, quality, and current and future uses of nearby surface water and groundwater;

(e)The potential effects of residual contamination on nearby surface water and groundwater;

(f) An exposure assessment conducted in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.33(2); and

(g) Any information assembled in compliance with this subpart.

(4) Upon approval of the corrective action plan or as directed by the Department, owners and operators must implement the plan, including modification to the plan made by or required to be made by the Department. They must monitor, evaluate, and report the results of implementing the plan in accordance with a schedule and in a format established by the Department.

(5) If at any time, the Department determines that the implementation of corrective actions are not achieving adequate protection of human health and the environment, the Department may require additional measures to be taken.

(6) Owners and operators shall continue implementation of the corrective action plan until released in writing from this responsibility by the Department.

(7) Owners and operators may, in the interest of minimizing environmental contamination and promoting more effective cleanup, begin cleanup of soil and groundwater before the corrective action plan is approved provided that they:

(a) Notify the Department of their intention to begin cleanup;

(b)Comply with any conditions imposed by the Department, including halting cleanup or mitigating adverse consequences from cleanup activities; and

(c) Incorporate these self-initiated cleanup measures in the corrective action plan that is submitted to the Department for approval.

(8) Upon conclusion of investigative monitoring, or corrective actions at a site, the Department may require any or all monitoring wells to be properly closed.

Author:Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.30" level="3" title="Corrective Action Limits For Soils">

Unless the conditions identified in Rule 335-6-15-.32 are satisfied, corrective action limits, CAL's, for soils shall be as identified in subparagraphs (a) and (b) below.

(a) Corrective action limits for petroleum contaminated soils shall be 100 parts per million total petroleum hydrocarbons as determined by the applicable method(s) of Rule 335-6-15-.35.

(b) Corrective action limits for soil for regulated substances other than petroleum contaminants shall be as established by the Department after review of any information available to the Department related to the health or environmental effects of a contaminant.

Author:Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.31" level="3" title="Corrective Action Limits For Groundwater">

(1) Unless the conditions identified in Rule 335-6-15-.32 are satisfied, the corrective action limits, CAL's, for contaminated groundwater shall be equivalent to the Maximum Contaminant Levels applicable to primary state or national drinking water regulations or Health Advisories issued by the Office of Drinking Water of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency for all substances for which these levels have been established; for substances for which these levels have not been established, the Department may establish a limitation which is based upon information related to the health or environmental effects of a contaminant.

(2) Maximum Contaminant Levels and Health Advisories are subject to change. Therefore, the Department shall maintain a current listing of Maximum Contaminant Levels for state or national drinking water regulations and Health Advisories for petroleum related contaminants, which shall be available to the public.

Author:Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.32" level="3" title="Alternate Corrective Action Limits">

Alternate CAL's may be established by the Department when the requirements of (a) or (b) below are met.

(a)A demonstration is made to the satisfaction of the Department that site-specific factors justify development of an alternative and less stringent CAL. Proposals for an alternate CAL must be submitted to the Department for a determination and must include the following:

1. A discussion of the present and future uses of an affected or potentially affected aquifer or adjacent surface waters with particular consideration of the probability that the contamination is substantially affecting, or will migrate to and substantially affect, an aquifer which is used as a public or private source of potable water. Contaminant transport models may be used to evaluate contaminant migration potential;

2. The technical and economic feasibility of achieving corrective action limits based on a review of reasonably available technology and costs;

3. Individual site characteristics relevant to the proposal which may include ambient concentrations of contaminants up-gradient of a site.

4. The results of a risk assessment performed according to Rule 335-6-15-.33 when required by the Department.

(b) If, after full implementation of a corrective action plan for the remediation of groundwater contamination, the concentrations of dissolved contaminants have levelled off, and a proposal for an alternate CAL is submitted to the Department for determination. Levelling off shall mean that the graph of the contaminant concentration versus time fits a curve generally defined by the equation C=Cf+Coe-kt, that the lower limb of the curve is substantially linear, and the slope of the final portion of the curve approaches zero. An indicator parameter satisfactory to the Department shall be selected for application to the curve. In the equation above, the symbols are defined as follows:

1.C - contaminant concentration at time t;

2.Cf - coefficient representing the final concentration which the curve approaches asymptotically;

3.Co - coefficient representing the concentration difference between the final concentration and the concentration at time zero;

4.e - 2.718, the base of natural logarithms;

5.K - coefficient representing an exponential factor which indicates how fast the concentration approaches Cf;

6.t - time in days from some fixed starting point.

(c) The Department may approve the use of alternate statistical methods for use in demonstrating that contaminant concentrations are no longer decreasing with application of continued groundwater treatment.

(d) To qualify for consideration under (b) or (c) above, an analysis must be made of:

1. The technical feasibility of other proven groundwater treatment techniques to further reduce the contaminant levels at the site;

2. Costs and time frames involved to further reduce contaminant levels employing the alternative methods proposed; and

3. Effects on the water resource if contaminants remain at existing levels.

4. The results of a risk assessment performed according to the requirements of Rule 335-6-15-.33, when required by the Department.

(e) If an alternate CAL is established by the Department under the provisions of subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) the Department may require a monitoring plan to be established and carried out, the provisions of which shall be acceptable to the Department.

Author:Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.33" level="3" title="Risk Assessment">

(1) When an alternate CAL is to be requested, or when otherwise required by the Department, a risk assessment shall be performed and the findings of the assessment submitted in a report to the Department. A risk assessment shall utilize the results of either an exposure assessment, a toxicity assessment or both as may be required by the Department, to characterize cumulative risks to an affected population and the environment from contaminants found in soil or groundwater. Based on contaminant levels presently found at the site, a risk characterization shall be performed which considers:

(a) Risks to human health and safety from the contamination;

(b) Effects on the public welfare from exposure to the contamination; and

(c) Environmental risks in areas which are, or will be, ultimately affected by the contamination.

(2)Exposure Assessment. An exposure assessment shall identify routes by which receptors may be exposed to contaminants and shall estimate contaminant levels to which receptors may be exposed. The exposure assessment should:

(a) Identify contaminant concentrations found at the site;

(b) Identify background contaminant concentrations found at the site and in the aquifer as a whole;

(c) Identify potential exposure routes;

(d) Identify potential receptors for each exposure route; and

(e) Estimate or calculate expected contaminant concentrations to which actual or potential receptors may be exposed.

(3) Toxicity Assessment. A toxicity assessment shall determine human health and environmental criteria based on information from scientific literature for contaminants found at the site. The criteria shall be developed for applicable exposure routes identified in the exposure assessment which may include:

(a) Potable water exposure route for ingestion, dermal contact, and inhalation of vapors and mists;

(b) Non-potable domestic water exposure route for dermal contact, inhalation of vapors and mists, ingestion of food crops irrigated with such water, lawn watering, ingestion by pets and livestock, and other related exposures;

(c) Soil exposure route for ingestion, dermal contact, inhalation, and ingestion by humans or animals of food crops grown in contaminated soils; and

(d) Non-potable surface water exposure route for prevention of adverse effects on human health or the environment. Adverse effects on aquatic or marine biota (including any bio-accumulative effects in the food chain), on the designated use of the resource, and on humans (through dermal contact while using the resource for recreational purposes) should be considered.

Author:Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.34" level="3" title="Public Participation">

(1) For each confirmed release that requires a corrective action plan, the Department must provide notice to the public by means designed to reach those members of the public directly affected by the release and the planned corrective action. This notice may include, but is not limited to, public notice in local newspapers, block advertisements, public service announcements, publication in a state register, letters to individual households, or person contacts by field staff.

(2) The Department must ensure that site release information and decisions concerning the corrective action plan are made available to the public for inspection upon request.

(3) Before approving a corrective action plan, the Department may hold a public meeting to consider comments on the proposed corrective action plan if there is sufficient public interest, or for any other reason.

(4) The Department must give public notice that complies with paragraph (1) above if implementation of an approved corrective action plan does not achieve the corrective action limits established in accordance with Rules 335-6-15-.30 through 335-6-15-.32 and termination of that plan is under consideration by the Department.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.35" level="3" title="Analytical Requirements"> <dwc name="lead" times="3"><dwc name="benzen" times="6"><dwc name="pah" times="2"><dwc name="ethyl benzen" times="3"><dwc name="toluen" times="3"><dwc name="xylen" times="3">

Soil and groundwater samples collected under the requirements of this chapter shall be analyzed according to the methods presented in this rule, as directed by the Department.

(a) Analysis of soils. Analysis of soils for petroleum contaminants shall be performed for the following parameters according to the type of petroleum product causing the contamination:

1. Total petroleum hydrocarbons Standard Method 503

EPA Method 9071

2. Benzene, ethyl benzene, EPA Method 5030 or toluene and total xylenes 3810, followed by EPA

Method 8020 or 8240

3. Lead EPA Method 239.2

(b)Gasoline analytical group. Analysis of groundwater or surface waters required by this chapter for petroleum contaminants of this group shall be performed for the following parameters according to the type of petroleum product causing the contamination.

1. Volatile organic halocarbons EPA Method 601

(Including priority pollutant

compounds)

2. Benzene, ethyl benzene EPA Method 602

toluene and total xylenes or 624

3. 1,2-Dibromoethane EPA Method 504.1

4. Lead EPA Method 239.2

(c)Kerosene analytical group. Analysis of groundwater or surface waters required by this chapter for petroleum contaminants of this group shall be performed for the following parameters according to the type of petroleum product causing the contamination.

Kerosene, diesel and jet fuels included in this group.

1. Polynuclear aromatic EPA Method 610 or 625

hydrocarbons (PAH)

(Including 15 priority pollutant

PAH's plus 2-methylnapththalene

and 1-methylnaphthalene)

2. Benzene, ethyl benzene, EPA Method 602 or 624

toluene and total xylenes

3. Volatile organics halocarbons EPA Method 601

(Including priority pollutant

compounds)

4. 1,2-Dibromoethane EPA Method 504.1

5. Lead EPA Method 239.2

(d) Monitoring of soil or groundwater for other than petroleum related regulated substances shall be according to established EPA analytical methods, where applicable.

(e) Where the results of initial analyses of soil or groundwater do not indicate the presence of a contaminant listed in subparagraphs (a) through (c) above, or indicate that the presence of the contaminant is due to an ambient concentration, the Department may waive requirements for further testing for that contaminant.

(f) The Department may approve additional methods for the monitoring or investigation of regulated substances which have been released to soils, groundwaters or surface waters of the state.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.36" level="3" title="Temporary Closure">

(1) When an UST system is temporarily closed, owners and operators must continue operation and maintenance of corrosion protection in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.10, and any release detection in accordance with Rules 335-6-15-.14 through 335-6-15-.19. Rules 335-6-15-.20 through 335-6-15-.25 must be complied with if a release is suspected or confirmed. However, release detection is not required as long as the UST system is empty. The UST system is empty when all materials have been removed using commonly employed practices so that no more than 2.5 centimeters (one inch) of residue, or 0.3 percent by weight of the total capacity of the UST system, remain in the system.

(2) When an UST system is temporarily closed for 3 months or more, owners and operators must also comply with the following requirements:

(a) Leave vent lines open and functioning; and

(b) Cap and secure all other lines, pumps, manways, and ancillary equipment.

(c) When an UST system is temporarily closed for more than 12 months, owners and operators must permanently close the UST system if it does not meet either performance standards in Rule 335-6-15-.06 for new UST systems or the upgrading requirements in Rule 335-6-15-.07, except that the spill and overfill equipment requirements do not have to be met. Owners and operators must permanently close the substandard UST systems within 90 days from the end of this 12-month period in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.37 through 335-6-15-.40, unless the Department provides an extension of the 12-month temporary closure period. Owners and operators must complete a site assessment in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.26 before such an extension can be applied for.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.37" level="3" title="Permanent Closure And Changes-In-Service">

(1) At least 30 days before beginning either permanent closure or a change-in-service under paragraph (2) and (3) below, or within another reasonable time period determined by the Department, owners and operators must notify the Department of their intent to permanently close or make the change-in-service, and the method of proposed closure unless such action is in response to corrective action. The required assessment of the excavation zone under Rule 335-6-15-.38 must be performed after notifying the Department but before completion of the permanent closure or change-in-service. Upon completion, a notice of final closure or change-in-service must be submitted to the Department.

(2) To permanently close a tank, owners and operators must empty and clean it by removing all liquids and accumulated sludges. All tanks taken out of service permanently must also be either removed from the ground or filled with an inert solid material. All lines, manways, and or other connections must be capped or closed.

(3) Continued use of an UST system to store a non-regulated substance is considered a change-in-service. Before a change-in-service, owners and operators must empty and clean the tank by removing all liquid and accumulated sludge and conduct a site assessment in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.38.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.38" level="3" title="Site Closure Or Change-In-Service Assessment">

(1) Before permanent closure or a change-in-service is completed, owners and operators must measure for the presence of a release where contamination is most likely to be present at the UST site according to procedures which are acceptable to the Department. In selecting sample types, sample locations, and measurement methods, owners and operators must consider the method of closure, the nature of the stored substance, the type of backfill, the depth to groundwater, and other factors appropriate for identifying the presence of a release. A report of the assessment findings shall be submitted to the Department within 45 days of initiating the closure or the change-in-service. The assessment requirements of this paragraph are satisfied if the requirements of Rule 335-6-15-.26(1)(f) and (g) or (2) are satisfied or one of the external release detection methods allowed in Rule 335-6-15-.17(e) and (f) and Rule 335-6-15-.18 have been routinely used and operated in accordance with the requirements in Rules 335-6-15-.17 and 335-6-15-.18 at the time of closure, and indicates no release has occurred.

(2) If contaminated soils, contaminated groundwater, or free product as a liquid or vapor is discovered under paragraph (1) above, or by any other manner, owners and operators must begin corrective action in accordance with Rules 335-6-15-.24 through 335-6-15-.34.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.39" level="3" title="Applicability To Previously Closed UST Systems">

When directed by the Department, the owner and operator of an UST system permanently closed before the effective date of this rule must assess the excavation zone and close the UST system in accordance with Rules 335-6-15-.37 and 335-6-15-.38 if releases from the UST may, in the judgment of the Department, pose a current or potential threat to human health and the environment.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.40" level="3" title="Closure Records">

Owners and operators must maintain records in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.13 that are capable of demonstrating compliance with closure requirements under these Rules 335-6-15-.36 through 335-6-15-.39. The results of the excavation zone assessment required in Rule 335-6-15-.38 must be submitted to the Department and be maintained for at least 3 years after completion of permanent closure or change-in-service in one of the following ways:

(a)By the owners and operators who took the UST system out of service;

(b)By the current owners and operators of the UST system site.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.41" level="3" title="Alternate Or Temporary Drinking Water Source">

Where an owner or operator is responsible for polluting a drinking water source beyond applicable standards, or where no standard exists, such standard as the Director shall determine, the Department may require the owner or operator to provide an alternate or temporary drinking water source to any person deprived of drinking water.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.42" level="3" title="Availability To Public Of Records, Reports Or</U>_<U>Information">

Any records, reports, or information obtained under this chapter shall be available to the public; except that upon a showing satisfactory to the Department by any person that records, reports or information, or a particular part thereof to which the department has access under this Chapter if made public, would divulge production or sales figures or methods, processes or production unique to such person or would otherwise tend to affect adversely the competitive position of such person by revealing trade secrets, the Department shall consider such record, report, or information or particular portion thereof, confidential. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent disclosures of such report, record, or information to federal or state representatives as necessary for purposes of administration of any federal or state laws or when relevant to proceedings under this chapter. Information concerning the presence or concentration of substances in waters shall not be considered confidential by the Department (Acts 1988, No. 88-537, &#167; 8.)

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-8.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.43" level="3" title="Access To Records">

Any owner or operator of an underground storage tank shall upon request of a duly authorized representative of the Department, permit the representative, at all reasonable times, access to all records concerning the storage of regulated substances and permit the representative to copy said records.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-4.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.44" level="3" title="Entry And Inspection Of Facilities">

Any owner or operator of an underground storage tank shall upon request of a duly authorized representative of the Department, permit the representative to enter, at all reasonable times, property and buildings where an underground storage tank is located and allow the representative to inspect facilities and equipment and to conduct monitoring and sampling.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-4.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.45" level="3" title="Underground Storage Tank Regulation Fee">

Any owner of an underground storage tank shall pay a yearly Underground Storage Tank Regulation Fee of not less than $15.00 and not more than $30.00 per regulated tank per year. The amount of the fee shall be determined annually by the Director. Payment of the fee shall be due within 30 days of notification to the owner by the Department of the amount of such fee.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-5.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.46" level="3" title="Financial Responsibility For Petroleum UST</U>_<U>Owners And Operators">

40 CFR Part 280 &#167; &#167; 280.90 through 280.112 is hereby adopted by reference. This rule sets forth the amounts of financial responsibility required of petroleum UST owners and operators and the mechanisms allowed for satisfying these requirements.

Copies of this rule are available from ADEM. Charges for reproduction apply.

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.47" level="3" title="Financial Responsibility For Hazardous</U>_<U>Substance UST Owners And Operators (Reserved)">

Author: Sonja Massey

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-36-3.

History: Effective: April 5, 1989.

<regElement name="335.6.15.48" level="3" title="Severability">

If any paragraph, subparagraph, provision, clause or portion of this chapter is adjudged unconstitutional or invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this chapter shall not be affected thereby.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-6-16" level="2" title="ADMINISTRATIVE GUIDELINES AND PROCEDURES FOR THE ALABAMA UNDERGROUND AND ABOVEGROUND STORAGE TANK (TANK TRUST FUND) TRUST FUND">

<regElement name="335.6.16.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

This chapter is promulgated to establish administrative guidelines and procedures to determine the manner in which disbursements are made from the Alabama Underground and Aboveground Storage Tank (Tank Trust Fund) and to implement the purposes and objectives of the Alabama Underground Storage Tank Trust Fund Act of 1988 and the Alabama Underground and Aboveground Storage Tank Trust Fund Acts of 1993. (Act No. 93-628 1993 Regular Session and Act No. 93-891 1993 Special Session).

Authors: Sonja Massey, Gregory Stephens, James Stevens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-35-1 etseq.

History: Effective June 1, 1989. Amended: Filed March 18, 1994; effective April 22, 1994.

<regElement name="335.6.16.02" level="3" title="Definitions">

The following words and terms, when used in this Chapter, shall have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

(a)"ADEM" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(b)"Commission" means The Alabama Environmental Management Commission.

(c)"Connected piping" means all underground an aboveground piping including valves, elbows, joints, flanges, and flexible connectors attached to a tank system through which "motor fuels" flow. For the purpose of determining how much piping is connected to any individual underground storage tank UST system, the piping that joins two UST systems should be allocated equally between them.

(d)"Consumptive use" with respect to heating oil means consumed on the premises.

(e)"Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(f)"Director" means the Director of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(g)"Eligible owner" means an owner or operator that is in "Substantial Compliance" as that term is defined in paragraph (ff) of this Rule.

(h)"Farm tank" is a tank located on a tract of land, which may or may not include associated residences and improvements, devoted to the production of crops or raising animals, including fish. A farm tank must be located on the farm property. "Farm" includes fish hatcheries, rangeland and nurseries with growing operations.

(i)"Final judgment" means any judgment, obtained by a third party in a third party claim, that is enforceable in this State.

(j)"Flow-through process tank" is a tank that forms an integral part of a production process through which there is a steady, variable, recurring, or intermittent flow of materials during the operation of the process. Flow-through process tanks do not include tanks used for the storage of materials prior to their introduction into the production process or for the storage of finished products or by-products from the production process.

(k)"Free product" refers to a motor fuel that is present as a nonaqueous phase liquid (e.g., liquid not dissolved in water).

(l)"Gathering lines" means any pipeline, equipment, facility, or building used in the transportation of oil or gas during oil or gas production or gathering operations.

(m)"Groundwater" means water below the land surface in a zone of saturation.

(n)"Heating oil" means petroleum that is No. 1, No. 2, No. 4--light, No. 4--heavy, No. 5--light, No. 5--heavy, and No. 6 technical grades of fuel oil; other residual fuel oils (including Navy Special Fuel Oil and Bunker C); and other fuels when used as substitutes for one of these fuel oils. "Heating oil" is typically used in the operation of heating equipment, boilers, or furnaces.

(o)"Hydraulic lift tanks" means a tank holding hydraulic fluid for a closed-loop mechanical system that uses compressed air or hydraulic fluid to operate lifts, elevators, and other similar devices.

(p)"Liquid trap" means sumps, well cellars, and other traps used in association with oil and gas production, gathering, and extraction operations (including gas production plants), for the purpose of collecting oil, water, and other liquids. These liquid traps may temporarily collect liquids for subsequent disposition or reinjection into a production or pipeline stream, or may collect and separate liquids from a gas stream.

(q)"Motor fuels" means all grades of gasoline including gasohol or any gasoline blend, number 1 diesel, number 2 diesel, kerosene and all aviation fuels.

(r)"Noncommercial purposes" with respect to motor fuel means not for resale.

(s)"On the premises where stored" with respect to heating oil means UST or AST systems located on the same property where the stored heating oil is used.

(t)"Operator" means any person in control of, or having responsibility for, the daily operation of the UST or Aboveground Storage Tank (AST) system.

(u)"Owner" means, in the case of an UST system in use on November 8, 1984, or brought into use after that date, or in the case of an AST in use on August 1, 1993, or brought into use after August 1, 1993, any person who owns an UST or AST system used for storage, use, or dispensing of motor fuels; and in the case of any UST system in use before November 8, 1984, but not longer in use on that date, or an AST in use before August 1, 1993, but no longer in use on that date, the present owner of the underground storage tank or aboveground storage tank system and any person who owned such underground storage tank or aboveground storage tank system immediately before the discontinuation of its use. For the purposes of this chapter, the person who registers the underground storage tank or aboveground storage tank is, and shall be considered the owner.

(v)"Person" means any natural person, any firm, association, partnership, corporation, trust, the state of Alabama, and any agency of the state of Alabama, governmental entity, a consortium, a joint venture, a commercial entity and any other legal entity.

(w)"Pipe" or "Piping" means a hollow cylinder or tubular conduit that is constructed of non-earthen materials.

(x)"Pipeline facilities (including gathering lines)" are new and existing pipe right-of-way and any associated equipment, facilities, or buildings.

(y)"Reasonable cost" means that monetary amount or range, as determined by the Department, which is commensurate with a response action, where the Department's determination is based on an evaluation of typical costs expected for the particular response action under review, with respect to the activities' scope and complexity.

(z)"Release" means any spilling, leaking, emitting, discharging, escaping, leaching or disposing from an UST or AST into groundwater, surface water or subsurface soils.

(aa)"Residential tank" is a tank located on property used primarily for dwelling purposes.

(bb)"Response Action" means any activity, including evaluation, planning, design, engineering, construction, and ancillary service, which is carried out in response to any discharge, release, or threatened release of "motor fuels".

(cc)"Response Action Contractor" means a person who has been approved by the Department to carry out any response action, including a person retained or hired by such person to provide services relating to a response action.

(dd)"Septic tank" is a water-tight covered receptacle designed to receive or process, through liquid separation or biological digestion, the sewage discharged from a building sewer. The effluent from such receptacle is distributed for disposal through the soil and settled solids and scum from the tanks are pumped out periodically and hauled to a treatment facility.

(ee)"Storm-water or wastewater collection system" means piping, pumps, conduits, and any other equipment necessary to collect and transport the flow of surface water run-off resulting from precipitation, or domestic, commercial, or industrial wastewater to and from retention areas or any areas where treatment is designated to occur. The collection of storm water and wastewater does not include treatment except where incidental to conveyance.

(ff)"Substantial Compliance" shall mean that an owner or operator of an underground or aboveground storage tank has registered that tank with the Department, has timely paid the annual fee, if any, has made a good faith effort to comply with the state and federal laws applicable to underground or aboveground storage tanks, and the rules and regulations adopted pursuant thereto, shall have met the financial responsibility requirements imposed by Code of Ala. 1975, Section 22-35-7 (1990 Replacement Vol.) and shall have promptly notified the Director of any third party claim or suit made against the owner or operator.

(gg)"Surface impoundment" is a natural topographic depression, man-made excavation, or diked area formed primarily of earthen materials (although it may be lined with man-made materials) that is not an injection well.

(hh)"Tangible net worth" means the tangible assets that remain after deducting liabilities; such assets do not include intangibles such as goodwill and rights to patents or royalties. For purposes of this definition, "assets" means all existing and all probable future economic benefits obtained or controlled by a particular entity as a result of past transactions.

(ii)"Tank" is a stationary device designed to contain an accumulation of "motor fuels" and constructed of non-earthen materials (e.g., concrete, steel, plastic) that provide structural support.

(jj)"Third Party Claim" means any civil action brought or asserted by any person against any owner or operator of any underground or aboveground storage tank who is in substantial compliance, as that term is defined above, for bodily injury or property damage which damages are the direct result of an accidental release arising from the operation of motor fuel underground or aboveground storage tanks covered under this Chapter.

(kk)"Underground area" means an underground room, such as a basement, cellar, shaft or vault, providing enough space for physical inspection of the exterior of the tanks situated on or above the surface of the floor.

(ll)"Underground storage tank" or "UST" means any one or combination of tanks (including underground pipes connected thereto) that is used to contain an accumulation of motor fuels, and the volume of which (including the volume of underground pipes connected thereto) is 10 percent or more beneath the surface of the ground.

(mm)"Aboveground storage tank" or "AST" means any one or combination of stationary tanks affixed permanently to the ground or other support structure (including pipes connected thereto) used to contain an accumulation of motor fuels, the volume of which (including pipes connected thereto) is greater than 90 percent above the surface of the ground. The terms underground and aboveground storage tank do not include any of the following:

1.Farm or residential tank of 1,100 gallons or less capacity used for storing "motor fuel" for noncommercial purposes;

2.Tank used for storing heating oil for consumptive use on the premises where stored;

3.Septic tank;

4.Pipeline facility (including gathering lines) regulated under:

(i)The Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Act of 1968 (49 U.S.C. App. 1671, et seq.), or

(ii)The Hazardous Liquid Pipeline Safety Act of 1979 (49 U.S.C. App. 2001, et seq.), or

(iii)State laws comparable to the provisions of law in Subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;

5.Surface impoundment, pit, pond, or lagoon;

6.Storm-water or wastewater collection system;

7.Flow-through process tank;

8.Liquid trap or associated gathering lines directly related to oil or gas production and gathering operations; or

9.Storage tanks situated in an underground area (such as a basement cellar, mine working, drift, shaft, or tunnel) if the storage tank is situated upon or above the surface of the floor;

10.Other underground storage tanks exempted by the administrator of the federal Environmental Protection Agency; and

11.Piping connected to any of the above exemptions.

12.Pipeline terminals, refinery terminals, rail and barge terminals and tanks associated with each.

(nn)"AST system" or "Tank system" means an aboveground storage tank connected piping, ancillary equipment, and containment system, if any.

(oo)"UST system" or "Tank system" means an underground storage tank, connected piping, ancillary equipment, and containment system, if any.

(pp)"Bulk facility" means a facility, including pipeline terminals, refinery terminals, motor fuel distribution terminals, rail and barge terminals, and associated tanks, connected or separate, from which motor fuels are withdrawn from bulk and delivered into a cargo tank used to transport these materials.

(qq)"Cargo tank" means a assembly that is used for transporting, hauling, or delivering liquids and that consists of a tank having one or more compartments mounted on a wagon, truck, trailer.

(rr)"Withdrawal from bulk" means the removal of a motor fuel or a combination of motor fuels from bulk facility storage tanks directly into a cargo tank to be transported to a location in this state. The underground and aboveground storage tank trust fund charge shall not be assessed on motor fuel "withdrawn from bulk: the ultimate destination of which is outside the state of Alabama. Withdrawal of different grades of motor fuel into separate compartments of a cargo tank does not constitute separate withdrawals fro bulk. The underground and aboveground storage tank trust fund charge shall not be assessed on fuel oil "withdrawn from bulk" used in the generation of electricity.

(ss)"Wastewater treatment tank" means a tank that is designated to receive and treat an influent wastewater through physical, chemical, or biological methods.

(tt)"Waters" means all waters of any river, stream, water course, pond, lake, coastal, ground, or surface waters wholly or partially within the state?s natural or artificial.

(uu)"Registration" means notification to the Department of the existence of a tank system which satisfies the requirements of ADEM Admin. Code Rule 335-6-15-.05.

(vv)"Fuel Oil" mean #1 or #2 diesel.

(ww)"Trust Fund Fee" means an annual fee to be charged for each underground storage tank containing a motor fuel.

(xx)"Trust Fund Charge" means a charge imposed on each gallon of motor fuel first withdrawal from bulk.

Authors: Sonja Massey, Gregory Stephens, James Stevens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-35-3.

History: Effective June 1, 1989. Amended: Filed March 18, 1994; effective April 22, 1994. Amended: Filed August 26, 2004; effective September 30, 2004.

<regElement name="335.6.16.03" level="3" title="Applicability">

(1)The requirements of this chapter apply to all owners and operators of an UST or AST system as defined in 335-6-16-.02 except as otherwise provided for in paragraph 335-6-16-.03(3) of this Rule.

(2)References in this Chapter to response action and closure requirements of ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-6-15-.20 through 335-6-15-.37 shall also be applicable to response actions taken for releases from aboveground storage tanks. Where, due to differences between aboveground and underground storage tank systems, an owner and/or operator cannot comply with the provisions of Chapter 15, Rule 335-6-15-.20 through .37, the Department may waive those provisions of this Chapter which are not applicable to aboveground storage tank systems.

(3)The following UST or AST systems are excluded from the requirements of this Chapter:

(a)State and federal government entities whose debts and liabilities are debts and liabilities of a state or the United States are exempt from the requirements of this chapter.

(b)Any UST or AST system holding hazardous waste listed or identified under Division 14 of the ADEM Administrative Code, or a mixture of such hazardous wastes and motor fuels.

(c)Any wastewater treatment tank system that is part of a wastewater treatment facility regulated under Chapter 335-6-5 or 335-6-6 of the ADEM Administrative Code.

(d)Equipment or machinery that contains motor fuels for operational purposes such as hydraulic lift tanks and electrical equipment tanks.

(e)Any UST system whose capacity is 110 gallons or less.

(f)Any emergency spill or overflow containment UST or AST system that is expeditiously emptied after use.

(4)Eligible owners or operators are entitled to reimbursement of reasonable costs and coverage for third party claims from the Tank Trust Fund resulting from the release of motor fuels from an UST only for releases that were discovered and subsequently reported after September 30, 1988. Eligible owners or operators are entitled to reimbursement of reasonable costs and coverage for third party claims from the Tank Trust Fund resulting from the release of motor fuels from an AST only for releases that were discovered and subsequently reported on or after August 1, 1993.

Authors: Sonja Massey, Gregory Stephens, James Stevens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-35-1 etseq.

History: Effective June 1, 1989. Amended: Filed March 18 1994; effective April 22, 1994. Amended: Filed August 28, 2003; effective October 2, 2003.

<regElement name="335.6.16.04" level="3" title="Tank Trust Fund Eligibility Requirements For Underground Storage Tanks">

Every owner or operator of an UST is required to establish and maintain Trust Fund eligibility in accordance with the following requirements:

(a)Registration of tank(s) with the Department.

(b)Annual payment of Tank Trust Fund and Underground Storage Tank Regulatory Fees for each UST until such time as permanent closure requirements of Chapter 335-6-15 of the ADEM Administrative Code are satisfied, if any.

(c)The owner or operator remains in substantial compliance for each UST.

(d)Every owner or operator of an UST is required to maintain financial responsibility in the amount of $5000 per occurrence ($25,000 aggregate) or another amount if required by the Commission, by any one or combination of the following: insurance, guarantee, surety bond, letter of credit or qualification as a self-insurer by demonstration of a tangible net worth in the amount of $25,000.

(e)The owner or operator shall maintain the following records and submit or make them available to the Department upon request.

1.Evidence of current financial responsibility for $5,000 per occurrence ($25,000 aggregate) or other amount as may be required by the Commission; or

2.Evidence of current ability to self-insure by demonstrating net worth of $25,000; and

3.Any other records as may be required by the Department.

(f)All records identified in subparagraph (e) above shall be retained until one of the following is accomplished:

1.Closure requirements of Chapter 335-6-15 of the ADEM Administrative Code are satisfied;

2.Ownership of an UST, is transferred to a new owner; or

3.Owner or operator is instructed otherwise by the Department.

Authors: Sonja Massey, Gregory Stephens, James Stevens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-35-5, 22-35-7.

History: Effective June 1, 1989. Amended: Filed March 18, 1994; effective April 22, 1994.

<regElement name="335.6.16.05" level="3" title="Tank Trust Fund Eligibility Requirements For Aboveground Storage Tanks">

Every owner or operator of an AST is required to establish and maintain Trust Fund eligibility in accordance with the following requirements:

(a)Registration of the tanks with the Department.

(b)The owner or operator remains in substantial compliance for each AST.

(c)The owner or operator must comply with ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-6-6-.03 and 335-6-6-.12(r) and Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 40 Part 112 (40 CFR 112).

(d)Every owner or operator of an AST is required to maintain financial responsibility in the amount of $10,000 per occurrence or another amount if required by the Commission, by any one or combination of the following: insurance, guarantee, surety bond, letter of credit or qualification as a self-insurer by demonstration of a tangible net worth in the amount of $25,000.

(e)The owner or operator shall maintain the following records and submit or make them available to the Department upon request.

1.Evidence of current financial responsibility for $10,000 per occurrence or other amount as may be required by the Commission; or

2.Evidence of current ability to self-insure by demonstrating net worth of $25,000; and

3.Any other records as may be required by the Department.

(f)All records identified in subparagraph (e) above shall be retained until one of the following is accomplished:

1.Closure requirements of Chapter 335-6-15 of the ADEM Administrative Code are satisfied;

2.Ownership of an AST, is transferred to a new owner; or

3.Owner or operator is instructed otherwise by the Department.

Author: James Stevens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22A-35A-5, 22A-35A-7.

History: Amended: Filed March 18, 1994; effective April 22, 1994.

<regElement name="335.6.16.06" level="3" title="Loss And Restoration Of Tank Trust Fund Eligibility">

(1)If at the time of discovery of a release, the Department determines that an owner or operator has failed to establish Tank Trust Fund eligibility in accordance with Rule 335-6-16-.04 or .05, response action costs and third party claims associated with that release are not eligible for coverage by the Tank Trust Fund.

(2)If at any time after the determination of eligibility for Tank Trust Fund coverage, the Department determines that an owner or operator has failed to maintain Tank Trust Fund eligibility, the Department will provide notice to the owner or operator of such failure to maintain eligibility. The owner or operator shall have thirty (30) days from receipt of such notice, or such other time period as the Department may allow, to provide evidence of compliance with all Tank Trust Fund eligibility requirements. If, after completion of this time period, the owner or operator fails to resolve the non-compliance, the Director shall issue a notice of Tank Trust Fund ineligibility and enforcement actions including penalty assessment may be initiated.

Authors: Sonja Massey, Gregory Stephens, James Stevens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-35-5.

History: Effective June 1, 1989. Amended: Filed March 18, 1994; effective April 22, 1994.

<regElement name="335.6.16.07" level="3" title="Trust Fund Fee And Charge">

(1)In order to participate in the liability limitations and reimbursement benefits of the Tank Trust Fund, an UST and/or AST owner or operator shall pay an annual Tank Trust Fund Fee, if any. The Commission may set annual fees the total of which shall not exceed $150 per regulated tank.

(2)Each year UST and/or AST owners or operators will be notified by the Department of the amount of the required Tank Trust Fund Fee, if any, which will be due within thirty (30) days of the invoice date. For underground storage tanks and/or aboveground storage tanks brought into service on or after October 1 of each year the Tank Trust Fund fee is due with the registration of the tank(s) with the Department.

(3)To protect the financial integrity of the fund, the Commission may make special assessments of Tank Trust Fund Fees. However, the total fee, if any, shall not exceed $150 per regulated tank per year. Special assessment fees will be due within thirty (30) days of the invoice date.

(4)The failure to pay Tank Trust Fund Fees, if any, within the time prescribed by the Department shall make the owner or operator of an UST and/or AST liable for a late charge penalty in an amount not to exceed $100 per tank for each day such payment is delinquent and will result in the loss of Trust Fund eligibility. The Director, for good cause shown, may abate all or part of said late charge penalty.

(5)The Trust Fund Fee is set at $0.00 per tank.

(6)The Trust Fund Charge if set at $0.01 per gallon.

Authors: Sonja Massey, Gregory Stephens, James Stevens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-35-5.

History: Effective June 1, 1989. Amended: Filed March 18, 1994; effective April 22, 1994. Amended: Filed August 26, 2004; effective September 30, 2004.

<regElement name="335.6.16.08" level="3" title="Authorized ADEM Disbursements Of Tank Trust Funds">

(1)Whenever in the Director's determination a release of motor fuels may pose a threat to the environment or the public health, safety or welfare, and the owner or operator of the underground or aboveground storage tank has been found to be eligible for Tank Trust Fund coverage, the Department shall, subject to the provisions of this Chapter, disburse monies available in the fund to provide for:

(a)Investigation, assessment and remediation of sites contaminated by a release of motor fuels in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 335-6-15 of the ADEM Administrative Code which may consist of clean-up of affected soil and waters, using cost effective alternatives that are technologically feasible and reliable, and that provide adequate protection of the public health, safety and welfare and minimize environmental damage, in accordance with corrective action requirements of Chapter 335-6-15 of the ADEM Administrative Code.

(b)The interim replacement and permanent restoration of potable water supplies.

(2)Monies held in the Fund shall be disbursed for making payments to third parties who bring suit relative to an UST or AST release against the Director, in his official capacity as representative of the Fund, and the owner or operator of an UST or AST who is in substantial compliance as stated in this Chapter, when such third party obtains a final judgment in that action which is enforceable in this State and the eligible owner or operator submits proof of payment of the first $5,000 in the case of a UST or in the case of a AST the eligible owner or operator submits proof of payment of the first $10,000.00.

Authors: Sonja Massey, Gregory Stephens, James Stevens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-35-4, 22-35-5, 22-35-9.

History: Effective June 1, 1989. Amended: Filed March 18, 1994; effective April 22, 1994.

<regElement name="335.6.16.09" level="3" title="Scope Of Tank Trust Fund Coverage">

(1)The Tank Trust Fund will provide to eligible UST or AST owners or operators coverage for the reasonable cost of response actions and for compensation of third parties for bodily injury and property damage resulting from accidental releases arising from the operation of an UST or AST which stores motor fuels.

(2)The financial responsibility requirements for eligible UST owners or operators will be $5,000 for UST owners or operators per occurrence and $10,000.00 per occurrence for AST owners or operators for taking response actions and compensation of third parties, unless another amount is established by the Commission.

(3)The monies expended from the Tank Trust Fund to eligible UST owners or operators for response actions may be disbursed only up to such sum as will cause the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, Subtitle I, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, and other federal laws governing disbursements of federal funds for clean up and/or third party claims to come into effect. Monies expended from the Tank Trust Fund to eligible AST owners or operators as a result of a release from an aboveground tanks shall not exceed one million dollars (1,000,000.00) less the applicable deductible.

(4)The indemnification limit of the Tank Trust Fund with respect to satisfaction of third party claims shall be in the following amounts:

(a)For owners and operators of motor fuels underground and aboveground storage tanks that are located at petroleum marketing facilities, or that handle an average of more than 10,000 gallons of motor fuels per month based on annual throughput for the previous calendar year; $1 million per occurrence;

(b)For all other owners and operators of motor fuels underground and aboveground storage tanks; $500,000 per occurrence;

(c)For owners and operators of 1 to 100 motor fuels underground and aboveground storage tanks, $1 million annual aggregate; and

(d)For owners and operators of more than 101 motor fuels underground and aboveground storage tanks, $2 million annual aggregate.

Authors: Sonja Massey, Gregory Stephens, James Stevens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-35-4, 22-35-5, 22-35-7.

History: Effective June 1, 1989. Amended: Filed March 18, 1994; effective April 22, 1994.

<regElement name="335.6.16.10" level="3" title="Requirements For Tank Trust Fund Coverage Of Response Action Costs For UST And AST Systems">

(1)An eligible owner or operator conducting response actions is entitled to coverage of reasonable costs from the Tank Trust Fund, subject to the following provisions:

(a)Upon confirmation and reporting of a release in accordance with the requirements of Rules 335-6-15-.20 through 335-6-15-.23 of the ADEM Administrative Code the owner or operator shall select a contractor from the Department's list of approved contractors, or upon approval by the Department under the conditions identified in Rule 335-6-16-.16(5) and (6), may use the owner or operator's personnel and/or equipment to accomplish all or part of an investigation and necessary corrective action. If a contractor is to be retained the Department must be notified in writing of such a selection within twenty (20) days of reporting of a release. A contractual agreement must be established between the owner or operator and the contractor, and the Department must be provided a copy of the contractual agreement. The owner or operator of an UST is responsible for the first $5000 or the owner or operator of an AST is responsible for the first $10,000 of eligible response action costs, or other such amount as may be set by the Commission, as the owner's limit of individual responsibility.

(b)If initial release responses, abatement measures and initial free product removal, conducted in accordance with Rules 335-6-15-.22 through 335-6-15-.25 and 335-6-15-.27 of the ADEM Administrative Code, are required to properly stabilize a site and prevent significant continuing damage to the environment or risk to human health, and the cost of such required measures is expected to exceed the individual limit of financial responsibility established by the Commission, the owner, or the approved response action contractor may contact the Department to obtain verbal or written approval to allow additional expenditures prior to the submittal of a cost proposal. Additional expenditures may be authorized by the Department up to a total of $20,000 which may be reimbursable from the Tank Trust Fund to achieve site stabilization and immediate protection of human health or the environment. Such approval may be given following the actual expenditures if immediate actions were necessary to protect human health or the environment and Departmental personnel were unavailable. In such a case, the Department must be notified of the actions taken within twenty-four hours.

(c)Following completion of necessary site stabilization actions as described in Subparagraph (b) of this Rule, subsequent investigative and corrective actions must be performed by approved contractors, or by owners or operators approved by the Department to perform such actions, and in accordance with the requirements of Rules 335-6-15-.25 through 335-6-15-.31 of the ADEM Administrative Code. The contractor selection, Departmental notification and contractual requirements as described in subparagraph (a) of this Rule, relative to approved contractors, will be applicable.

(d)Prior to initiating any of the response actions identified in 1. through 6. below, unless otherwise directed by the Department, a cost proposal shall be submitted to the Department for conducting the proposed response action. Cost proposals shall be submitted in accordance with a format which shall be established by the Department.

1.Preliminary Investigation (in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.25 and 335-6-15-.26).

2.Risk Assessment in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.33.

3.Free Product Removal (in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.27).

4.Secondary Investigation and Development of Corrective Action Plan (in accordance with Rule 335-6-15-.28 through 335-6-15-.31).

5.Implementation of Corrective Action Plan. This shall include the costs of: finalizing equipment design; purchase of equipment and materials to be dedicated to the site for corrective action; installation and bringing to operational status the corrective action system; operation and maintenance costs of corrective action system for the total projected time period in which the corrective action system will be needed to comply with corrective action limits of Chapter 335-6-15 of the ADEM Administrative Code.

6.Provision of alternate water supply.

(e)Upon review of a cost proposal for any of the activities identified in (d)1. through 6. above, the Department may:

1.Approve the cost proposal and authorize work to be initiated; or

2.Require a modification to or clarification of the cost proposal if projected costs are not determined to be reasonable.

(f)In addition to the above requirements of (c), (d) and (e) of this Rule, the owner or operator shall upon submittal of a cost proposal for a site investigation, also submit an estimate of the total cost of remediation for the site which shall be used solely for the purpose of the Commission, the Department, and the Advisory Board in projecting future funding requirements for the Tank Trust Fund. The total estimated cost of remediation for a site shall be updated by the owner or operator as necessary and as more complete information regarding a site becomes available.

(g)Upon approval of a cost proposal by the Department, sufficient funds will be obligated from the Tank Trust Fund for completion of the particular phase of work for which the cost proposal was submitted and authorization will be provided for the initiation of the proposed action.

Obligation of funds shall be subject to the availability of funds at the time of acceptance of the cost proposal.

(h)Response actions performed prior to approval of an associated cost proposal may not be eligible for reimbursement.

(i)If the costs of completing any of the response actions of subparagraph (d)1. through 6. is expected to exceed the amount of an approved cost proposal, an amended cost proposal must be submitted and approved to allow additional funds to be obligated.

(j)Any response action which is carried out in response to any discharge, release or threatened release of motor fuels from an UST or AST must be conducted in accordance with the requirements of Rules 335-6-15-.21 through 335-6-15-.31 and subparagraphs (a) through (d) of this Rule.

(k)The owner or operator shall keep and preserve detailed records demonstrating compliance with approved investigative and corrective action plans and all invoices and financial records associated with costs for which reimbursement will be requested. These records shall be kept for at least three years, or as otherwise instructed by the Department, after corrective action has been completed for a site.

(l)The selected investigative and/or corrective action alternative must be implemented in a manner acceptable to the Department in order for the owner or operator to be eligible for the reimbursement of costs associated with those activities.

(m)An eligible owner or operator conducting AST response actions from August 1, 1993 until June 1, 1994 relative to any discharge, release or threatened release of motor fuels from an AST, is entitled to reimbursement of reasonable costs from the Tank Trust Fund if the release was discovered and subsequently reported August 1, 1993 or after, and is exempted from the requirements of subparagraphs (a) through (h) above, provided that response actions were carried out in a manner acceptable to the Department.

(n)If response actions which were initiated during the time period referenced in subparagraph (m) above are still continuing upon the effective date of these regulations, the Department will require submittal of cost proposals for any remaining phases of work and for the total projected cost of the remediation.

(o)If the contractor performing response actions as described in subparagraph (n) above is not an approved contractor, the Department may authorize the continued use of that contractor.

Authors: Sonja Massey, Gregory Stephens, James Stevens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-35-4, 22-35-5.

History: Effective June 1, 1989. Amended: Filed March 18, 1994; effective April 22, 1994. Amended: Filed August 28, 2003; effective October 2, 2003.

<regElement name="335.6.16.11" level="3" title="Requirements For Tank Trust Fund Coverage Of Third Party Claims">

An eligible owner or operator is entitled to Tank Trust Fund coverage for third party claims resulting from the release of motor fuels from an UST or AST, subject to the following provisions:

(a)The Department was notified by the owner or operator within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice of the third party liability suit.

(b)The owner or operator was in substantial compliance at the time a release occurred and at the time the third party suit is filed.

(c)The third party liability suit must name the Director, in his official capacity as representative of the fund, and the owner or operator.

(d)The third party obtains a final judgment enforceable in Alabama.

(e)The eligible UST owner or operator submits proof of payment of the first $5,000 of a final judgment or in the case of an eligible AST owner or operator the first $10,000.00 of a final judgment or such other amount as may be established by the Commission.

Authors: Sonja Massey, Gregory Stephens, James Stevens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-35-5.

History: Effective June 1, 1989. Amended: Filed March 18, 1994; effective April 22, 1994.

<regElement name="335.6.16.12" level="3" title="Tank Trust Fund Obligations">

(1)Contingent upon availability of funds the Department will make obligations from the Tank Trust Fund when:

(a)A cost proposal for response actions, submitted in accordance with Rule 335-6-16-.10, is approved by the Department.

(b)A judgment for a third party claim is submitted for payment in accordance with Rule 335-6-16-.08 and 335-6-16-.11.

(c)A payment application in accordance with Rule 335-6-16-.14, is received for:

1.Response actions work performed from August 1, 1993 until June 1, 1994 for an AST, is subject to a determination of reasonable costs by the Department.

2.Investigative or corrective actions under the terms of Rule 335-6-16-.10(b).

(2)If the unobligated balance of the Tank Trust Fund is less than the total amount associated with payment applications, cost proposals and third party judgments which have been approved by the Department, to the extent allowed by available funds, funds will be obligated in the chronological order in which the claims were submitted.

Authors: Sonja Massey, Gregory Stephens, James Stevens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-35-4, 22-35-5.

History: Effective June 1, 1989. Amended: Filed March 18, 1994; effective April 22, 1994.

<regElement name="335.6.16.13" level="3" title="Tank Trust Fund Ineligible Costs">

(1)Costs of replacement, installation, closure and/or retrofitting, or testing of affected tanks and associated piping shall not be eligible for payment or reimbursement by the Tank Trust Fund. Additionally, any equipment or labor or installation costs not integral to site rehabilitation or provision of an alternate water supply are not eligible for reimbursement from the Tank Trust Fund.

(2)The cost of equipment purchases other than routinely required supplies which are expended at a given site or equipment which must be installed at a site to implement a corrective action plan, shall not be charged to the cost of rehabilitating any given site at which Tank Trust Funds are being claimed for investigative or corrective action costs. Examples of equipment which could not be charged to a specific site would include: drilling rigs, earth moving equipment, groundwater sampling pumps, and photoionization detectors. Examples of equipment which could be charged to a specific site would include: bailers, sample containers, etc. Hourly charges for equipment may be established in the cost proposal submitted for each major phase of work. These hourly rates must be competitive with similar charges by other approved contractors, or they may be rejected by the Department if they are determined to represent unreasonable costs.

(3)The costs associated with environmental audits and property transfer audits are not eligible for reimbursement from the Tank Trust Fund.

(4)The first $5000 in the case of an UST or $10,000.00 in the case of an AST of approved response action costs, or such other amount as may be approved by the Commission, which are incurred by the owner or operator are not eligible for reimbursement from the Tank Trust Fund. Proof of payment of the first $5000 for UST or $10,000.00 for AST or another amount as may be approved by the Commission, is required prior to reimbursement of any costs.

(5)The first $5000 in the case of an UST or $10,000.00 in the case of an AST of a final judgment obtained by qualified third parties are not eligible for disbursement from the Tank Trust Fund. Proof of payment by the eligible UST owner or operator of the said first $5000 in the case of an UST or $10,000.00 in the case of an AST of a final judgment is required prior to disbursement of fund monies.

Authors: Sonja Massey, Gregory Stephens, James Stevens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-35-4, 22-35-7.

History: Effective June 1, 1989. Amended: Filed March 18, 1994; effective April 22, 1994.

<regElement name="335.6.16.14" level="3" title="Applications For Payment">

(1)Applications for reimbursement for costs of response actions shall be submitted on a form established by the Department which shall include an itemization of all charges according to labor hours and rates, analytical charges, equipment charges, and other categories which may be identified by the Department, or which the applicant may wish to provide. Documentation of charges must be submitted as part of the application, as required by the Department.

(2)The application shall contain the following statement which shall be signed by the owner or operator and the project manager of the contracting firm responsible for performance of response actions where applicable:

I certify to the best of my knowledge and belief: that the costs presented herein represent actual costs incurred in the performance of response actions related to this site during the period of time indicated on this application; and that no charges are presented as part of this application that did not result from the performance of response actions which were necessary due to the release of motor fuels at this site.

(3)The application shall contain the following statement which shall be signed by the owner or operator:

I certify that an unintentional release has occurred from a motor fuel underground storage tank system or aboveground storage tank system at this site.

(4)Applications for payments may be submitted following acceptance by the Department of completed response actions. Such response actions may include but are not limited to the following:

(a)Completion of site stabilization activities which were authorized by the Department.

(b)Completion and submittal of a report for a Preliminary Investigation.

(c)Implementation of a Free Product Removal System.

(d)Completion and submittal of a report for a Secondary Investigation and Development of a Corrective Action Plan.

(e)Implementation of a Corrective Action Plan.

(f)Provision of an alternate water supply.

(g)Completion and submittal of Risk Assessment.

(5)Applications for payments for the implementation of corrective action may be submitted ninety (90) days following initiation of work to implement the corrective action plan and at ninety (90) day intervals thereafter until completion of the authorized activities. Upon request, the Department may approve interim payments at more frequent intervals.

(6)All payments shall be subject to approval by the Department. Should a site inspection or other information available to the Department reveal a discrepancy between the work performed and the work addressed by a payment application, the Department may deny payment or may require the Tank Trust Fund to be reimbursed.

(7)An application for payment must be received within one year from the date of the approval of the associated cost proposal in order to be eligible for payments from the Tank Trust Fund.

(8)Except as provided for in Rule 335-6-16-.12(c)(1), payments shall not be made for response actions performed at a site until the Department has reviewed and approved a cost proposal for that work and until funds have been obligated from the Tank Trust Fund for completion of that particular stage of work.

(9)For payment of third party claims the UST or AST owner or operator must submit an application to the Department attaching the original or a certified copy of a final judgment, enforceable in this state with proof of payment of the first $5000 for a UST or $10,000.00 for a AST, as the case may be no later than thirty (30) days after notification of judgment.

(10)Payments for response actions, the cost of which exceed the scope or amount of the approved cost proposal for that action, are subject to approval by the Department.

Authors: Sonja Massey, Gregory Stephens, James Stevens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-35-5.

History: Effective June 1, 1989. Amended: Filed March 18, 1994; effective April 22, 1994.

<regElement name="335.6.16.15" level="3" title="Tank Trust Fund Payment Procedures">

(1)Where the owner or operator has submitted an complete application for payment for response action costs or third party claims but has not paid for these activities or claims, payments will be made by a check written to the Tank Trust Fund Response action contractor who provided the response action services or the third party.

(2)Payments from the Tank Trust Fund will be made directly to the eligible owner or operator in cases where the owner or operator submits documentation verifying the owner or operator has paid for response actions.

(3)Contingent upon availability of funds the Department shall process all complete applications for payment within sixty (60) days of receipt of application. If certain costs are considered as not being reasonable or eligible for reimbursement, the Department may issue a check for the amount of the application not in question and provide a fifteen (15) day period in which the owner or operator or contractor may present such information as is necessary to justify the disallowed costs. Following review of such information, the Department may agree to pay the previously disallowed costs, or any portion thereof, or may again disallow the costs for payment.

Authors: Sonja Massey, Gregory Stephens, James Stevens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-35-5, 22-35-8.

History: Effective June 1, 1989. Amended: Filed March 18, 1994; effective April 22, 1994.

<regElement name="335.6.16.16" level="3" title="Approval Of Response Action Contractors">

(1)Response action contractors will be approved to perform Tank Trust Fund work upon satisfaction of the following:

(a)Response action contractors who wish to perform work under the Tank Trust Fund must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Department through the submittal of a technical proposal that they have hydrogeological and engineering staff with significant experience in performing investigative and corrective actions for soil and groundwater contamination and knowledge of technical considerations necessary to perform petroleum contamination assessments. The response action contractor must provide services (that include, but are not limited to) tank tightness testing, analytical and emergency response capabilities. The Department shall establish guidance for the preparation of a technical proposal that identifies the information required to be submitted with the technical proposal. The Department will approve those response action contractors that demonstrate the capabilities and expertise, as stated above, to perform Tank Trust Fund response actions. Response action contractors must maintain staff, as stated above, to continue to perform Tank Trust Fund response actions.

(b)The contractor shall maintain liability insurance coverage of the types and in the amounts described in the table below and shall provide certification to the Department of such coverage upon meeting the requirements of (a) above of this Rule, and yearly thereafter.

<table width="100%"> Type of Policy Limits of Liability Description Worker?s Compensation Statutory All states Employer's Liability $500,000 Automobile Liability $1,000,000 combined single limit (bodily injury and property damages) All owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles General Liability $1,000,000 combined single limit General Liability Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability Umbrella Excess Liability $3,000,000 This policy is in excess if the underlying General Liability, Worker's Compensation, and Automobile Liability policies. </table>

(2)The Department will provide notice that technical proposals are to be requested by publication of a legal advertisement which will provide interested firms with the information necessary to request instructions for preparation and submittal of technical proposals. Technical proposals shall be independently evaluated by members of a review committee consisting of Department staff members according to the criteria of Subparagraph (1)(a) of this Rule. Contractors satisfactorily meeting the requirements of (1)(a) and (b) above shall be placed on the Department's list of approved response action contractors. This process shall be repeated at yearly intervals to provide interested firms with the opportunity to submit technical proposals for evaluation. Contractors which have previously been approved will not be required to requalify except under the provisions of paragraph (3) below. Contractors which previously submitted technical proposals but did not meet the requirements of Subparagraph (1)(a) of this Rule may submit a subsequent proposal for review at the time of the Department's next yearly request for proposals.

(3)Response action contractors that fail to satisfactorily maintain the requirements of (a) and (b) above, will not be authorized to perform response action work for the Tank Trust Fund until such time a demonstration is made that satisfies the requirements of 1 (a and b) of this Rule. A contractor may lose authorization to perform work for the Tank Trust Fund if, due to the quality or timeliness of work performed by such contractor, progress in achieving appropriate investigative and/or corrective actions at Tank Trust Fund sites has been significantly delayed or inhibited. Information as to why such a contractor should be allowed to again perform work for the Tank Trust Fund may be submitted for evaluation after twelve (12) months. A satisfactory evaluation by the Department will enable the contractor to again perform work for the Tank Trust Fund.

(4)The approval of a response action contractor shall in no way establish liability or responsibility on the part of the Department or the State of Alabama in regards to the services provided by the contractor or circumstances which may occur as a result of such services.

(5)The Department may approve the use of an owner or operator's personnel and equipment for use in performing any or all response actions necessary for the remediation of a site upon satisfaction of the following:

(a)Within 10 days of reporting of a release, or such other time as the Department may allow, the owner or operator shall make a demonstration to the satisfaction of the Department with respect to the capability of the owner or operator's personnel to perform the work in a manner which shall comply with Rules 335-6-15-.21 through 335-6-15-.31 and 335-6-16-.10, with particular consideration being given to the background and experience of the personnel who will perform the work and their knowledge of the technical considerations necessary to perform the response actions for which approval for their use is being requested; and

(b)An owner or operator who performs any or all of the necessary response actions at a site is required to comply with the provisions of Rules 335-6-15-.21 through 335-6-15-.31, and 335-6-16-.10.

(c)An owner or operator must satisfy the liability insurance coverage requirements of Rule 335-6-16-.16(1)(b).

(6)If the Department determines that an owner or operator that is performing response actions is not performing such actions in compliance with Rules 335-6-15-.21 through 335-6-15-.31 and 335-6-16-.10, the Department may require the owner or operator to obtain the services of an approved response action contractor. Any work performed by an owner or operator that is not in compliance with the above referenced rules may not be eligible for reimbursement.

Authors: Sonja Massey, Gregory Stephens, James Stevens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-35-3.

History: Effective June 1, 1989. Amended: Filed March 18, 1994; effective April 22, 1994. Amended: Filed August 28, 2003; effective October 2, 2003.

<regElement name="335.6.16.17" level="3" title="Insufficient Funds">

(1)Nothing in these regulations shall establish liability or responsibility on the part of the Department or State of Alabama to pay any response action costs or third party judgments from any other source than the Tank Trust Fund, nor shall the Department or State of Alabama have any liability or responsibility to make any payments for response action costs or third party judgments if the Tank Trust Fund is insufficient to do so. Further, the Department or State of Alabama shall have no liability or responsibility if the owner or operator defaults in payment for response actions or third party judgments.

(2)In the event the Tank Trust Fund is insufficient to make full payments for eligible UST or AST owners or operators taking investigative or corrective actions or for satisfaction of third party judgments, at the time the claim is filed, such claims shall be paid in accordance with the provisions described in Rule 335-6-16-.l2(2).

(3)The owner of an UST or AST retains responsibility for any liability that cannot be satisfied by the provisions of this Chapter.

Authors: Sonja Massey, Gregory Stephens, James Stevens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-35-5, 22-35-13.

History: Effective June 1, 1989. Amended: Filed March 18, 1994; effective April 22, 1994.

<regElement name="335.6.16.18" level="3" title="Cost Recovery Allowed">

Whenever funds from the Tank Trust Fund have been expended by the Department for taking response action with respect to the release of motor fuels from an underground storage tank or aboveground storage tank, the owner or operator of the underground storage tank or aboveground storage tank shall be liable to the Department for such costs if the owner or operator were not eligible for Tank Trust Fund coverage on the date of discovery of the release of motor fuels which necessitates the response action or such owner or operator fails to maintain substantial compliance thereafter; otherwise, liability is limited to the provisions contained in Rule 335-6-16-.09(2).

Authors: Sonja Massey, Gregory Stephens, James Stevens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-35-4.

History: Effective June 1, 1989. Amended: Filed March 18, 1994; effective April 22, 1994.

<regElement name="335.6.16.19" level="3" title="Adjustment Of Limit Of Owner Or Operator's Financial Responsibility">

The Commission may adjust the owner or operator's limits of financial responsibility for response actions and third party damages. Prior to the Commission taking any action to adjust the owner or operator's limit of financial responsibility, the Trust Fund Advisory Board will provide a recommendation to the Commission regarding such proposed action. The Commission shall take into consideration the recommendation of the Advisory Board in making the final determination.

Authors: Sonja Massey, Gregory Stephens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-35-11.

History: Effective June 1, 1989. Amended: Filed March 18, 1994; effective April 22, 1994.

<regElement name="335.6.16.20" level="3" title="Severability">

If any paragraph, subparagraph, provision, clause or portion of this Chapter is adjudged unconstitutional or invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Chapter shall not be affected thereby.

Authors: Sonja Massey, Gregory Stephens, James Stevens

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-35-11.

History: Effective June 1, 1989. Amended: Filed March 18, 1994; effective April 22, 1994.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-7-1" level="2" title="GENERAL PROVISIONS">

<regElement name="335.7.1.01" level="3" title="Definitions"> <dwc name="cryptosporidium" times="1"><dwc name="giardia lamblia" times="1"><dwc name="giardia" times="1"><dwc name="coliform" times="1"><dwc name="turbid" times="1"><dwc name="disinfect" times="9"><dwc name="chlorin" times="2"><dwc name="chloramin" times="1"><dwc name="chlorin dioxid" times="1"><dwc name="disinfect byproduct" times="1"><dwc name="haloacet acid" times="2"><dwc name="haa" times="1"><dwc name="total trihalomethan" times="3"><dwc name="trihalomethan" times="5"><dwc name="tthm" times="1">

When used in these regulations, the following words and terms shall have the meaning assigned to them as shown. Additional terms may also be defined in other chapters at the time of their use.

(a)Coagulation--a process using coagulant chemicals and mixing to destabilize colloidal and suspended particles into floc.

(b)Community Water System--a public water system which serves at least fifteen (15) service connections used by year-round residents or regularly serves at least twenty-five (25) year-round residents.

(c)Compliance cycle--the nine year calendar year cycle during which public water systems must monitor. Each compliance cycle contains three 3 year compliance periods. The first compliance cycle begins January l, l993 and ends December 3l, 200l.

(d)Compliance period--a three year calendar period within a compliance cycle.

(e)Confluent growth--a continuous bacterial growth covering the entire filtration area of a membrane filter, or a portion thereof, in which bacterial colonies are not discrete.

(f)Consecutive Public Water System ? A community water system which obtains drinking water from an ADEM permitted system and has at least 15 service connections or regularly serves 25 or more individuals at least 60 days out of the year whose facilities consist of distribution and plumbing, but may include storage and pumping facilities.

(g)Contaminant--matter which renders water unfit to use due to its physical, chemical, biological, or radiological properties.

(h)Cross-Connection--the interconnection of an approved drinking water source water system with a facility or system which contains or provides an unapproved or unaccepted water source, supply, or product.

(i)CT--the product of residual disinfection concentration (C) in milligrams per liter determined before the first customer and the corresponding disinfection contact time (T) in minutes.

(j)Department--the Alabama Department of Environmental Management as created under &#167;&#167;22-22A-1, et seq., Code of Ala., 1975.

(k)Director--the Director of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management or his designee.

(l)Disinfectant--any oxidant including but not limited to chlorine, chlorine dioxide, chloramines or ozone, added to water in any part of the treatment or distribution process, with the intent to kill or inactivate pathogenic micro-organisms.

(m)Disinfection--the process of applying an approved disinfectant to destroy, neutralize, or inhibit the growth of pathogenic micro-organisms.

(n)Engineer--a person currently licensed by the Alabama State Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors to provide engineering services.

(o)Enhanced softening--the improved removal of disinfection byproduct percursors by precipitative softening.

(p)EPA--the Environmental Protection Agency.

(q)Exemption--the process of allowing a water system to be excused from meeting an established drinking water standard for a specific length of time.

(r)Federal Act--the Safe Drinking Water Act, Public Law 93-523, including all amendments.

(s)Filtration--a process for removing particulate matter from water by passage through media.

(t)Finished Water--water to be used by a public water supply system which has received the application of water treatment chemicals and other processes necessary to meet drinking water standards.

(u)Flocculation--a process to enhance agglomeration of smaller floc particles into larger more easily settleable particles through gentle stirring by hydraulic or mechanical means.

(v)GAC 10--granular activated carbon filter beds with an empty-bed contact time of 10 minutes based on average daily flow and a carbon reactivation frequency of every 180 days.

(w)Groundwater Source--a source of water that is obtained from wells or springs and not directly influenced by surface water.

335-7-1-.01

(x)Ground Water Under the Influence--any water beneath the surface of the ground with (1) significant occurrence of insects or other macroorganisms, algae, or large diameter pathogens such as Giardia lamblia, Cryptosporidium or (2) significant and relatively rapid shifts in water characteristics such as turbidity, temperature, conductivity, or pH which closely correlate to climatological or surface water conditions.

(y)Haloacetic acids (five) (HAA5)--the sum of the concentrations in milligrams per liter of the haloacetic acid compounds (monochloroacetic acid, dichloracetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, monobromoacetic acid, and dibromoacetic acid), rounded to two significant figures after addition.

(z)Initial compliance period--the first full three-year compliance period which starts January l, l993 and ends December 3l, l995.

(aa)Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL)--the maximum permissible level of a contaminant in drinking water, which is delivered to any user of a public water system.

(bb)Maximum residual disinfectant level (MRDL)--the level of a disinfectant added for water treatment that may not be exceeded at the consumer?s tap without an unacceptable possibility of adverse health effects. MRDLs are enforceable in the same manner as maximum contaminant levels.

(cc)Maximum Total Trihalomethane Potential--the maximum concentration of total trihalomethanes produced in a given water containing a disinfectant residual after seven days at a temperature of 25oC or above.

(dd)Monitoring Trigger--a level established by EPA for each individual contaminant to be utilized to require more frequent monitoring for that contaminant.

(ee)Monitoring Waiver--the process by which a public water system is allowed to reduce or eliminate required monitoring during a specific monitoring period.

(ff)National Drinking Water Standards--drinking water standards adopted by EPA pursuant to the Federal Act.

(gg)Non-community Water System--a public water system which does not meet the requirements of a community water system or a non-transient non-community water system.

(hh)Non-transient non-community Water Systems (NTNC)--a public water system that is not a community water system and that regularly serves at least 25 of the same individuals at least six months per year.

335-7-1-.01

(ii)Permit--written authorization granted by the Department to construct, install, and operate a public water system and to furnish and supply water for human consumption or use.

(jj)Person--any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, local governmental unit, party, company, association, federal agency, state agency, or any other public or private legal entity.

(kk)Public Water System--a system for the provision to the public of water for human consumption through pipes or other constructed conveyances, if such system has at least fifteen (15) service connections or regularly serves an average of at least twenty-five (25) individuals at least sixty (60) days out of the year. A public water system includes any source, collection, treatment, storage and distribution facilities under the control of the operator of such system and used primarily in connection with such system, and any collection or pretreatment storage facilities not under such control which are used primarily in connection with such system. A public water system is either a community water system, a non-community water system, or a non-transient non-community water system.

(ll)Raw water--water which has received no treatment nor the application of treatment chemicals.

(mm)Repeat compliance period--any subsequent compliance period after the initial compliance period.

(nn)Sanitary survey--an onsite review of the water source, facilities, equipment, operation and maintenance of a public water system for the purpose of evaluating the adequacy of such source, facilities, equipment, operation and maintenance for producing and distributing safe drinking water.

(oo)Sedimentation--a process using gravity or separation for removal or concentration of solids prior to filtration.

(pp)Segmental Water System ? An apartment complex or business mall that is a consecutive water system that serves at least 25 individuals or has at least 15 service connections and obtains water from a permitted public water system. This type system serves less than 3300 population, does not contain pumps nor storage facilities, has a greater amount of plumbing lines that distribution lines and has no back siphonage potential or cross-connections. The designation of this type water system is based on assurances that monitoring and operation by the parent system is sufficient to demonstrate consistent satisfactory water quality and there is not threat to public health.

(qq)Supplier of Water--any person who owns, operates, controls, directs, or is responsible for a public water system.

(rr)Surface Water Source--a source of raw, untreated water that is open to the atmosphere and subject to surface water runoff or direct atmospheric contamination; or groundwater which is subject to direct influence of surface water.

(ss)Technical, Managerial &amp; Financial Capacity--the overall capability or wherewithal of a water system to consistently produce and deliver satisfactory drinking water and consistently meeting all Departmental regulations. Technical means the physical infrastructure of the water system including water source(s), treatment facilities, water storage, distribution and service connections. Managerial means the management and operational structure of the water system, including but not limited to accountability, staffing and organization, and effective linkages to customers and regulatory agencies. Financial means the financial resources of the water system, including but not limited to revenue sufficiency, credit worthiness, and fiscal controls.

(tt)TNTC--"Too Numerous To Count" means that the total number of bacterial colonies exceeds 200 on a 47-mm diameter membrane filter used for coliform detection.

(uu)Total Organic Carbon (TOC)--total organic carbon in mg/L measured using heat, oxygen, ultraviolet irradiation, chemical oxidants, or combinations of these oxidants that convert organic carbon to carbon dioxide, rounded to two significant figures.

(vv)Treated Water--water to be used by a public water system which has received the application of approved water treatment chemicals.

(ww)Treatment Technique--a required treatment process, procedure, or activity necessary to provide deliverance of safe drinking water.

(xx)Trihalomethane (THM)--one of the family of organic compounds, named as derivatives of methane, wherein three of the four hydrogen atoms in methane are each substituted by a halogen atom in the molecular structure.

(yy)Total Trihalomethanes (TTHM)--the sum of the concentration in milligrams per liter of the trihalomethane compounds: chloroform, dibromochloromethane, bromodichloromethane and bromoform, rounded to two significant figures.

(zz)Unregulated Contaminant--any contaminant with established monitoring requirements but with no prescribed maximum contaminant level adopted.

(aaa)Variance--the process by which a public water system is allowed to deviate from established regulations.

(bbb)Virus--a virus of fecal origin which is infectious to humans by waterborne transmission.

(ccc)Volatile Synthetic Organic Chemical (VOC)--a group of organic chemical compounds considered to be probable human carcinogens for which maximum contaminant levels and monitoring requirements have been adopted by the Department.

(ddd)Waterborne Disease Outbreak--the significant occurrence of acute infectious illness, epidemiologically associated with the ingestion of water from a public water system which is deficient in treatment, as determined by the appropriate local or State agency.

(eee)Water Dispensing Machine - a device that complies with National Sanitation Foundation ("NSF") standards for drinking water equipment, obtains all of its water from a permitted public water system, and dispenses unit servings of piped water to the public.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989;

October 31, 1990. Revised: September 23, l992; effective November 9, 1992. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 6, 1996. Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.1.02" level="3" title="Applicability">

Regulations and standards established under Division 7 apply to each public water system in Alabama as defined in this chapter except water dispensing machines unless the water system meets all of the following conditions:

(a)Consists only of distribution and/or storage facilities and does not have any collection and treatment facilities.

(b)Obtains all of its water from, but is not owned or operated by, a public water system to which this chapter applies.

(c)Does not sell water to any person.

(d)Is not a carrier which conveys passengers in interstate commerce.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala.1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989;

October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.1.03" level="3" title="Variance From Regulations">

The Department may grant variances to design, treatment, and operational requirements based on the following conditions and procedures:

(a)No variance will be granted for treatment techniques or activities which will result in an unreasonable risk to public health, cause a public nuisance, create environmental pollution, or allow use of a surface source without filtration unless the system can demonstrate compliance with EPA Regulations 141.71, 141.72, and 141.75.

(b)The Department may impose additional monitoring, require onsite treatability studies, and may require the applicant to obtain and keep in force a bond to ensure further treatment facilities are obtained to prevent any hazard to public health.

(c)The Department may establish a compliance schedule to obtain modifications to the treatment process, obtain a new source of supply, or other action deemed necessary to bring the system into full compliance with these regulations.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-35, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Amended: September 19, 1995 (ER); November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996.

<regElement name="335.7.1.04" level="3" title="Variance Application">

Any supplier of water requesting a variance from provisions of these regulations shall file a written application providing the following information:

(a)Specific regulation for which a variance is requested;

(b)The type and duration of the variance;

(c)Analytical results of system and source water quality and projected quality if the variance is approved.

(d)Data showing adequate water treatment will be provided based on information from plant studies, research, pilot plant results or other studies using the same or similar raw water sources.

(e)A plan for the provision of safe drinking water if an excessive level of any contaminant affected by the variance should occur.

Author: Joe Alan Power.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-35, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989;

October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.1.05" level="3" title="Exemption">

The Department may, upon written application, grant an exemption from drinking water standards not to include monitoring, based upon the following conditions and findings:

(a)The public water system was in operation on the date the MCL became effective.

(b)The granting of the exemption will not result in an unreasonable risk to the public health.

(c)The exemption may be granted for a period not to exceed three years from the date of issuance.

(d)The Department may require the applicant to obtain a bond in sufficient amount to correct a possible hazard to public health which may be created by the granting of this exemption.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-35, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989;

October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.1.06" level="3" title="Exemption Application">

Any supplier of water requesting an exemption from compliance of any water standard shall file a written application providing the following information:

(a)Contaminant to be considered plus historic and current analysis indicating the maximum and normal level found and the potential for increased levels.

(b)Health effects data demonstrating that no unreasonable risk to human health will occur.

(c)A detailed engineering report providing either proposed treatment or alternative sources which will meet all water standards.

(d)An economic statement demonstrating that funds will be available within two years to provide necessary system modification to meet all water standards.

(e)An explanation of the compelling factors, such as time or economics, which prevent the system from achieving present compliance.

(f)Any other information believed relevant by the applicant or requested by the Department.

Author: Joe Alan Power.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-35, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.1.07" level="3" title="Exemption Disposition">

Upon receipt of a complete application the Department shall take the following action:

(a)Approval - should the Department favorably consider the exemption request, the following procedures must be followed:

l.At the expense of the applicant a public hearing will be held in the county where the greatest percent of customers will be affected.

2.The Department will provide notice to the affected public including:

(i)Contaminant

(ii)Health-effects

(iii)Time and location of public hearing and comment period.

(iv)ADEM established Compliance schedule

(v)Name, address, and telephone number of the person requesting the exemption.

3.EPA will be provided with copies of all applications and documents with a request made for concurrence with granting the exemption.

4.No later than 90 days after close of the comment period and hearing record the Department shall, after taking into consideration comments received, confirm, revise or rescind the compliance schedule and exemption.

5.Upon approval of the exemption, the applicant shall provide written notification to all persons affected in a manner acceptable to the Department. Such notice shall be repeated at least once every three months so long as the exemption remains in effect.

(b)Denial -- should the Department deny the request, the applicant shall be notified in writing and provided a reason for the denial.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-32, 22-23-33, 22-23-35, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Revised: September 23, 1992. Effective: November 9, 1992. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 6, 1996. Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-7-2" level="2" title="PRIMARY DRINKING WATER STANDARDS">

<regElement name="335.7.2.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

Drinking water standards established in these regulations are applicable to water systems required to monitor for the various contaminants. Systems are required to monitor at the frequency and time designated by the Department. All systems required to meet these standards must provide drinking water in compliance with regulation 335-7 at all times even if the provision of alternate water supplies, including bottled water, is necessary. When the primary supply is unusable due to contamination, mechanical failure or other reasons the system is responsible for providing to each water customer an alternate water supply.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Revised: September 23, 1992; effective November 9, 1992. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.2.02" level="3" title="Sampling And Analytical Requirements"> <dwc name="turbid" times="1"><dwc name="disinfect" times="4"><dwc name="chlorin" times="5"><dwc name="chloramin" times="1"><dwc name="chlorin dioxid" times="3"><dwc name="disinfect byproduct" times="2"><dwc name="bromat" times="6"><dwc name="chlorit" times="12"><dwc name="haloacet acid" times="5"><dwc name="haa" times="13"><dwc name="total trihalomethan" times="6"><dwc name="trihalomethan" times="6"><dwc name="tthm" times="14"><dwc name="inorgan chemic" times="5"><dwc name="inorgan contamin" times="4"><dwc name="antimoni" times="1"><dwc name="arsen" times="2"><dwc name="asbesto" times="17"><dwc name="barium" times="1"><dwc name="beryllium" times="1"><dwc name="cadmium" times="1"><dwc name="chromium" times="1"><dwc name="cyanid" times="1"><dwc name="fluorid" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="1"><dwc name="mercuri" times="1"><dwc name="nitrat" times="13"><dwc name="nitrit" times="10"><dwc name="selenium" times="1"><dwc name="thallium" times="1"><dwc name="alachlor" times="1"><dwc name="atrazin" times="1"><dwc name="benzen" times="1"><dwc name="carbofuran" times="1"><dwc name="carbon tetrachlorid" times="1"><dwc name="chlordan" times="1"><dwc name="monochlorobenzen" times="1"><dwc name="dalapon" times="1"><dwc name="dibromochloropropan" times="1"><dwc name="dichloromethan" times="1"><dwc name="dinoseb" times="1"><dwc name="dioxin" times="1"><dwc name="tcdd" times="1"><dwc name="diquat" times="1"><dwc name="endothal" times="1"><dwc name="endrin" times="1"><dwc name="ethylbenzen" times="1"><dwc name="ethylen dibromid" times="1"><dwc name="glyphos" times="1"><dwc name="heptachlor" times="4"><dwc name="heptachlor epoxid" times="2"><dwc name="hexachlorobenzen" times="1"><dwc name="hexachlorocyclopentadien" times="1"><dwc name="lindan" times="1"><dwc name="methoxychlor" times="1"><dwc name="vydat" times="1"><dwc name="oxamyl" times="1"><dwc name="polychlorin biphenyl" times="1"><dwc name="picloram" times="1"><dwc name="simazin" times="1"><dwc name="styren" times="1"><dwc name="tetrachloroethylen" times="2"><dwc name="toluen" times="1"><dwc name="toxaphen" times="1"><dwc name="trichloroethylen" times="2"><dwc name="vinyl chlorid" times="4"><dwc name="xylen" times="1"><dwc name="alpha particl" times="2"><dwc name="gross alpha" times="2"><dwc name="radium" times="1"><dwc name="uranium" times="1">

Samples to be used to demonstrate compliance with these regulations must be collected using procedures, containers, and preservatives established by EPA. Analysis of such samples must be performed using approved EPA methodology and by a laboratory certified by EPA or this Department which has demonstrated the ability to analyze the specific contaminants at an acceptable detectable limit established by EPA, except turbidity, chlorine residual, and secondary standards may be analyzed by a certified operator using procedures established by EPA. Confirmation samples may be required after the detection of a contaminant or the submittal of results which is questionable.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Amended: September 19, 1995 (ER); November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996.

335-7-2-.03Inorganic Chemical Standards And Monitoring Requirements.

(1)The following are maximum contaminant levels for inorganic chemicals in drinking water:

<table width="100%"> Contaminant MCL in mg/L Antimony 0.006 Arsenic 0.01 Asbestos 7 Million Fibers*/Liter Barium 2.0 Beryllium 0.004 Cadmium 0.005 Chromium 0.1 Cyanide 0.2 Fluoride 4.0 Lead 0.015 Mercury 0.002 Nickel 0.1 Nitrate (as N) 10 Nitrite (as N) 1 Total Nitrate/Nitrite 10 Selenium 0.05 Sulfate 500 Thallium 0.002 </table>

*Longer than l0 micrometers

(2)Should any inorganic contaminant exceed the MCL, the system must establish a treatment process using the best available technology to achieve compliance with the MCL or cease using the source of supply in conjunction with a Department-issued compliance schedule and provide an alternate source of approved drinking water with any cost to be born by the water system.

(3)Sampling for asbestos shall be as follows:

(a)Community and NTNC water systems shall analyze for asbestos during the first three-year compliance period of each nine-year compliance cycle.

(b)A system that is not vulnerable to asbestos contamination may apply to the Department for a waiver from asbestos monitoring for each three-year monitoring period. If the Department grants the waiver, the system is not required to monitor.

(c)A system vulnerable to asbestos contamination due to corrosion of asbestos-cement pipe shall collect at least one sample from a tap served by asbestos-cement pipe and under conditions where asbestos contamination is most likely to occur. A system determined to be vulnerable to asbestos contamination in source water shall monitor at least one sample representative of each suspected source after treatment.

(d)Community and NTNC water systems which exceed the MCL shall analyze for asbestos quarterly beginning in the next quarter after the violation occurred. Sampling may be reduced to initial monitoring requirements if the average of all analytical results is less than 3.5 million fibers/Liter. Groundwater systems shall analyze a minimum of two quarterly samples and surface water systems a minimum of four quarterly samples.

(e)The Department may require analysis of asbestos during a specific quarter of the year.

(f)The Department has the authority to determine compliance based on analytical results and other information compiled by Department staff.

(g)When the MCL for asbestos is exceeded, a second analysis shall be initiated within two weeks and the average of the two analyses shall be used as the compliance level. Should this level also exceed the MCL, the Department shall be notified within 48 hours.

(4)Sampling for nitrates shall be as follows:

(a)Community and NTNC water systems utilizing surface sources shall analyze for nitrates four consecutive quarters starting January, 1993. Samples shall be collected during periods of normal operating conditions from the entry point to the distribution system for each surface source.

(b)Community and NTNC water systems utilizing surface sources shall analyze for nitrates annually if all analytical results from four consecutive quarters are less than 4.5 mg/L. A surface water system shall return to quarterly monitoring if any one sample is greater than 4.4 mg/L.

335-7-2-.03

(c)Community and NTNC water systems utilizing groundwater sources and all non-community water systems shall analyze for nitrates annually. Samples shall be collected during periods of normal operating conditions from the entry point to the distribution system representing each source or treatment plant utilized.

(d)Community and NTNC water systems utilizing groundwater sources shall analyze for nitrates quarterly for at least one year following any one sample whose analytical result is greater than 4.4 mg/L. Sampling may be reduced to annually if the average of four consecutive quarterly results is less than 4.5 mg/L.

(e)The Department may require analysis of nitrates during a specific quarter of the year. Samples must be collected during the quarter which previously resulted in the highest analytical result unless laboratory availability or other conditions require sampling during another quarter.

(f)The Department has the authority to determine compliance based on analytical results and other information compiled by Department staff.

(g)When the MCL for nitrates is exceeded, a second analysis shall be initiated within 24 hours and the average of the two analyses shall be used as the compliance level. Should this level also exceed the MCL, the Department shall be notified within 48 hours. Should the system be unable to collect a confirmation sample within 24 hours, the system must immediately notify their customers for an acute violation and collect a confirmation sample within 14 days.

(5)Sampling for nitrites shall be as follows:

(a)Community, NTNC and non-community water systems shall analyze for nitrites starting the compliance period beginning January, 1993. One sample shall be collected during periods of normal operating conditions representative of each surface source and from the entry point to the distribution system representing each groundwater source or treatment plant utilized.

(b)All public water systems shall collect repeat samples for nitrites:

1.The quarter following any analytical result for nitrate which exceeds 4.4 mg/L.

2.Quarterly for at least one year following any one sample whose analytical result is greater than .54 mg/L. Sampling may be reduced to annually if the average of four consecutive quarterly results is less than .54 mg/L.

(c)The Department may require analysis of nitrites during a specific quarter of the year. Samples must be collected during the quarter which previously resulted in the highest analytical result unless laboratory availability or other conditions require sampling during another quarter.

(d)The Department has the authority to determine compliance based on analytical results and other information compiled by Department staff.

(e)When the MCL for nitrites is exceeded, a second analysis shall be initiated within 24 hours and the average of the two analyses shall be used as the compliance level. Should this level also exceed the MCL, the Department shall be notified within 48 hours. Should the system be unable to collect a confirmation sample within 24 hours, the system must immediately notify their customers for an acute violation and collect a confirmation sample within 14 days.

(6)Sampling for inorganic chemicals other than asbestos, nitrates, and nitrites shall be as follows:

(a)Community and NTNC water systems utilizing surface sources shall analyze for inorganic chemicals annually. Samples shall be taken during periods of normal operating conditions from a representative point in the distribution system for each surface source.

(b)Community and NTNC water systems using groundwater sources shall analyze samples collected during periods of normal operating conditions from the distribution system representing each source or treatment plant utilized. Analysis will be performed on no less than a three year cycle.

(c)Non-community systems must sample at a frequency established by the Department.

(d)No waivers for inorganic chemicals other than asbestos will be allowed.

(e)Community and NTNC water systems which exceed the MCL for an inorganic contaminant other than asbestos, nitrate and nitrite shall analyze quarterly for that contaminant beginning in the next quarter after the violation occurred. Sampling may be reduced to initial monitoring requirements if the average of all analytical results is less than one-half of the MCL. Groundwater systems shall analyze a minimum of two quarterly samples and surface water systems a minimum of four quarterly samples.

(f)The Department may require analysis of inorganic contaminants during a specific quarter or season of the year.

(g)The Department has the authority to determine compliance based on analytical results and other information compiled by Department staff.

(h)If the results of an analysis for an inorganic contaminant other than asbestos, nitrites and nitrates exceeds the established MCL, the supplier of water shall report to the Department within seven days of receipt of the results and have analyzed an additional confirmation sample collected from the same sampling point within fourteen days. The average of the two samples shall be used to determine the compliance level. If more than the minimum number of samples are collected during a compliance period, the average of the values will be used as the compliance level.

1.Compliance with MCLs will be determined based on the analytical result(s) obtained at each sampling point. If one sampling point is in violation of an MCL, the system is in violation of the MCL.

2.For systems monitoring more than once per year, compliance with the MCL is determined by a running annual average at each sampling point. If the average of any sampling point is greater than the MCL, then the system is out of compliance with the MCL.

3.For systems monitoring annually or less frequently, if any sample result exceeds the MCL at any sample point, the system is out of compliance with the MCL.

4.Systems must include all samples taken and analyzed under the provisions of this section in determining compliance, even if that number is greater than the minimum required.

5.If a system does not collect all required samples when compliance is based on a running annual average of quarterly samples, compliance will be based on the running average of the samples collected.

6.If a sample result is less than the detection limit, zero will be used to calculate the annual average, unless a gross alpha particle activity is being used in lieu of radium-226 or 228 and/or uranium. If the gross alpha particle activity result is less than detection, one half the detection limit will be used to calculate the annual average.

(i)Arsenic sampling results shall be reported to the nearest 0.001 mg/L

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Thomas S DeLoach

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Revised: September 23, 1992; effective November 9, 1999. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002. Amended: Filed April 25, 2003; effective May 30, 2003.

335-7-2-.04Organic Chemical Standards And Monitoring Requirements.

(1)The following are the maximum contaminant levels for organic chemicals:

(a)Synthetic Organic Chemicals (non-volatile) SOC MCL in mg/L

<table width="100%"> CONTAMINANT MCL in mg/L Alachlor 0.002 Atrazine 0.003 Carbofuran 0.04 Chlordane 0.002 Dibromochloropropane 0.0002 2,4-D 0.07 Endrin 0.002 Ethylene Dibromide 0.00005 Heptachlor 0.0004 Heptachlor Epoxide 0.0002 Lindane 0.0002 Methoxychlor 0.04 Polychlorinated Biphenyls 0.0005 Pentaclorophenol 0.001 Toxaphene 0.003 2,4,5-TP 0.05 Benzo(a)pyrene 0.0002 Dalapon 0.2 Di(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate 0.006 Di(2-ethylhexyl) adipate 0.4 Dinoseb 0.007 Diquat 0.02 Endothall 0.1 Glyphosate 0.7 Hexachlorobenzene 0.001 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 0.05 Oxamyl (Vydate) 0.2 Picloram 0.5 Simazine 0.004 2,3,7,8-TCDD (Dioxin) 3x10-8 </table>

(b)Total Trihalomethanes the annual average of quarterly samples 0.10 mg/L (until December 31, 2000) Disinfection Byproducts (after January 1, 2001)

<table width="100%"> CONTAMINANT MCL in mg/L Bromate 0.010 Chlorite 1.0 Haloacetic acids (HAA5) 0.060 Total trihalomethanes (TTHM) 0.080 </table>

(c)Volatile Synthetic Organic Chemicals (VOC)

<table width="100%"> CONTAMINANT MCL in mg/L Benzene 0.005 Carbon Tetrachloride 0.005 1,2-dichloroethane 0.005 CONTAMINANT MCL in mg/L Trichloroethylene 0.005 para-dichlorobenzene 0.075 1,1-dichloroethylene 0.007 1,1,1-trichloroethane 0.2 Vinyl chloride 0.002 cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene 0.07 1,2-Dichloropropane 0.005 Ethylbenzene 0.7 Monochlorobenzene 0.1 O-Dichlorobenzene 0.6 Styrene 0.1 Tetrachloroethylene 0.005 Toluene 1 Trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene 0.1 Xylene (Total) l0 Dichloromethane 0.005 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 0.07 1,1,2-Trichloroethane 0.005 </table>

(2)The following are the monitoring requirements for Synthetic Organic Chemicals:

(a)Community and NTNC systems utilizing surface sources shall analyze for Synthetic Organic Chemicals four consecutive quarters beginning the compliance period starting January, 1993. Samples shall be collected during periods of normal operating conditions from the entry point to the distribution system for each surface source. Samples shall be collected during the period most susceptible to pesticide contamination.

(b)Community and NTNC water systems utilizing groundwater sources shall analyze for Synthetic Organic Chemicals four consecutive quarters beginning the compliance period starting January, 1993. Samples shall be collected during periods of normal operating conditions from the entry point to the distribution system representing each source of water used after any application of treatment. Raw water analysis may be used to determine compliance if no treatment processes are used for the reduction of Synthetic Organic Chemicals.

(c)Community and NTNC water systems using water from more than one source and blending prior to the entry point to the distribution system must sample at the entry point to the distribution system during periods of normal operating conditions. Sampling of raw water from each source may be required if a contaminant is detected.

(d)Community and NTNC water systems shall sample all new sources for synthetic organic chemicals for four consecutive quarters. The system may apply for a waiver for the new source after two quarters of monitoring for any SOC which has not been detected above the monitoring trigger.

(e)Confirmation samples may be required by the Department to confirm a negative or positive result. Confirmation samples must be collected from a point representing the source and unless investigation proves initial samples were contaminated because of conditions at the sampling site or because of sampling procedure the confirmation results will be averaged with the initial results to determine compliance.

(f)Community and NTNC water systems may apply to the Department for a waiver from monitoring of any Synthetic Organic Chemical. The waiver application should demonstrate lack of transport, storage and disposal of the contaminant in the watershed or Source Water Assessment Areas I and II as identified by the Alabama Wellhead Protection Plan. The waiver if granted shall be in effect for one compliance period and the system must reapply for the waiver for each compliance period. Reduced initial monitoring may be allowed during the compliance period for the Synthetic Organic Chemicals for which the waiver is granted.

(g)The Department may require analysis of Synthetic Organic Chemicals during a specific quarter of the year.

(h)The Department has the authority to determine compliance based on analytical results and other information compiled by Department staff.

(i)Non-compliance with any Synthetic Organic Chemical MCL will occur when:

1.For systems monitoring more than once per year, compliance with the MCL is determined by a running annual average at each sampling point.

2.If any sample result would cause the running annual average to exceed the MCL at any sampling point, the system is out of compliance with the MCL immediately.

3.Any sample analysis exceeds the MCL, if monitoring is being conducted annually or less frequently.

4.If one sampling point is in violation of an MCL, the system is in violation of the MCL.

(j)Upon exceeding the MCL, the system must establish a treatment process using the EPA approved best available technology to achieve compliance with the MCL or cease using the source of supply in conjunction with a Department issued compliance schedule.

(k)Repeat samples must be analyzed after initial sampling has been completed according to the following schedule:

1.Community and NTNC water systems serving a population of less than or equal to 3,300 persons must collect one sample during each repeat compliance period if no Synthetic Organic Chemicals are detected in the initial compliance period.

2.Community and NTNC water systems serving a population of greater than 3,300 persons must collect a minimum of two quarterly samples in one year during each repeat compliance period if no Synthetic Organic Chemicals are detected in the initial compliance period.

3.If a Synthetic Organic Chemical is detected above the monitoring trigger, community and NTNC water systems must monitor quarterly for the particular Synthetic Organic Chemical which is detected. If related contaminants (aldicarb, aldicarb sulfone, aldicarb sulfoxide and heptachlor and heptachlor epoxide) are detected, then subsequent monitoring shall analyze for all related compounds.

4.Monitoring may be reduced to annually if the average of all analytical results within the past two years is less than one half the MCL and no analytical result within the past two years exceeds 75% of the MCL. Groundwater systems shall analyze a minimum of two quarterly samples and surface water systems a minimum of four quarterly samples.

5.Community and NTNC water systems which have three consecutive annual sample results with no detection of a Synthetic Organic Chemical may apply to the Department for a waiver according to the criteria listed in section 335-7-2-.11.

6.Systems serving a population of less than or equal to 3,300 persons and which are granted a waiver for a Synthetic Organic Chemical which has been previously detected must collect a minimum of one sample during each repeat compliance period.

7.Systems serving a population of greater than 3,300 persons and which are granted a waiver for a Synthetic Organic Chemical which has been previously detected must collect a minimum of two quarterly samples in one year during each repeat compliance period.

8.Community and NTNC water systems which exceed the MCL for a Synthetic Organic Chemical shall analyze quarterly for that contaminant beginning in the next quarter after the violation occurred. Sampling may be reduced to annually if the average of all analytical results within the past two years is less than one half of the MCL and no analytical result within the past two years exceeds 75% of the MCL. All community and NTNC water systems must analyze a minimum of four quarterly samples. The system will not be considered in violation of the MCL until it has completed one year of quarterly sampling.

9.All repeat samples shall be collected at the sampling point where the detection occurred.

(l)If a system fails to collect the required number of samples, compliance will be based on the total number of samples collected.

(m)If a sample result is less than the detection limit, zero will be used to calculate the annual average.

(3)Community water systems and NTNCWSs that use a surface or groundwater source and add a chemical disinfectant to the water in any part of the drinking water treatment process must monitor for disinfection byproducts.

(a)Systems, with ADEM approval, may increase residual disinfectant levels in the distribution system of chlorine or chloramines (but not chlorine dioxide) to a level and for a time necessary to protect public health, to address specific microbiological contamination problems caused by circumstances such as, but not limited to, distribution line breaks, storm run-off events, source water contamination events, or cross-connection events.

(b)Community water systems utilizing surface sources or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water shall collect each quarter and have analyzed for total trihalomethanes (TTHMs) and haloacetic acids (HAA5s) at least four samples that are representative of each treatment plant used by the system. Twenty five percent of these samples shall be collected at a location reflecting the maximum residence time of the water even if the sample is collected outside the systems? distribution area and the remaining 75 percent shall be collected at locations representative of the average residence time in the distribution system taking into account the number of persons served, different sources of water, and different treatment methods employed. The results of all samples will be averaged to provide the quarterly compliance value.

(c)After four consecutive quarters of monitoring, a community water system using a surface source or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water may reduce the monitoring frequency to one sample per quarter for each treatment plant if the annual average for TTHMs is less than or equal to 0.040 mg/L and the annual average for HAA5s is less than or equal to 0.030 mg/L. The sample must be collected from a point in the total service area reflecting the maximum residence time of the water.

(d)Community water systems and NTNC water systems utilizing only groundwater sources not under the direct influence of surface water and serving at least 10,000 persons shall collect each quarter and have analyzed for TTHMs and HAA5s one sample from a point in the total service area reflecting the maximum residence time of the water. After four consecutive quarters of monitoring, the frequency may be reduced to one sample per year between the months of June and September for each groundwater treatment plant if the annual average for TTHMs is less than or equal to 0.040 mg/L and the annual average for HAA5s is less than or equal to 0.030 mg/L The sample must be collected from a point in the total service area reflecting the maximum residence time of the water.

(e)Community water systems and NTNC water systems utilizing only groundwater sources not under the direct influence of surface water and serving less than 10,000 persons shall collect each year between the months of June and September and have analyzed for total trihalomethanes (TTHMs) and haloacetic acids (HAA5s) one sample from a point in the total service area reflecting the maximum residence time of the water. The frequency may be reduced to one sample every three years between the months of June and September for each treatment plant if the annual average for TTHMs is less than or equal to 0.040 mg/L and the annual average for HAA5s is less than or equal to 0.030 mg/L for two consecutive years or if the annual average for TTHMs is less than or equal to 0.020 mg/L and the annual average for HAA5s is less than or equal to 0.015 mg/L for one year. The sample must be collected from a point in the total service area reflecting the maximum residence time of the water in the system.

(f)NTNC systems using a surface source or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water shall collect each quarter and have analyzed for total trihalomethanes (TTHMs) and haloacetic acids (HAA5s) a minimum of one sample representing the maximum residence time in the distribution system for each plant.

(g)Systems on a reduced monitoring schedule may remain on the reduced schedule as long as the annual average of all samples collected in the previous four quarters (for systems that monitor quarterly) or the result of a sample (for systems which that annually or less frequently) is no more than 0.060 mg/L and 0.045 mg/L for TTHMs and HAA5, respectively. Systems that do not meet these levels must resume monitoring at the initial monitoring frequency in the quarter immediately following the quarter in which the system exceeds 0.060 mg/L and 0.045 mg/L for TTHMs and HAA5, respectively.

(h)Multiple wells drawing water from a single aquifer may be considered one treatment plant for determining the minimum number of samples required for TTHM and HAA5 analysis.

(i)All samples must be collected during periods of normal operating conditions.

(j)Should a community or NTNC system make significant modification to the existing treatment process for the purpose of achieving compliance with TTHM standards, the system must submit an engineering report demonstrating that the treatment changes will allow the system continue to meet bacteriological standards and that the quality of the water will not be adversely impacted by the treatment change.

(k)Upon exceeding the MCL, the system must establish a treatment process using the EPA approved best available technology to achieve compliance with the MCL or cease using the source of supply in conjunction with a Department issued compliance schedule.

(l)If providing water to a consecutive system(s), the maximum and average residence time total trihalomethane and haloacetic acid sample locations must reflect the entire distribution system including the consecutive system(s) that utilize water produced by the plant being sampled.

(m)Community and nontransient noncommunity water systems using chlorine dioxide must collect daily samples for chlorite analysis at the entrance to the distribution system. If a daily sample exceeds the chlorite MCL of 1.0 mg/L, the system shall collect three additional samples from the distribution system the following day. The distribution samples shall be collected from a location near the first customer, a location representative of the average residence time and a location representative of the maximum residence time. Should no sample exceed the chlorite MCL on a day, the system can revert to routine monitoring.

(n)In addition to daily chlorite monitoring, community and nontransient noncommunity water systems using chlorine dioxide must collect at least three samples monthly for chlorite analysis. The samples must be collected in the distribution system on the same day from a location near the first customer, a location representative of the average residence time and a location representative of the maximum residence time. Monthly chlorite monitoring may be reduced to quarterly after one year of monitoring if no chlorite sample has exceeded the chlorite MCL. If any sample analyzed for chlorites exceeds the chlorite MCL, the system must revert to monthly monitoring.

(o)Community and nontransient noncommunity systems using ozone must collect one sample per month for bromate analysis from each treatment plant using ozone. The samples shall be collected at the entrance to the distribution system while the ozonation system is operating under normal conditions. Systems required to analyze for bromate may reduce monitoring from monthly to quarterly if the system demonstrates that the average source water bromide concentration is less than 0.05 mg/L based upon representative monthly bromide measurements for one year. The system must return to routine bromate monitoring requirements if the average annual source water bromide concentration is equal to or greater than 0.05 mg/L based upon representative monthly measurements. To remain on reduced bromate monitoring, the system must continue to monitor monthly for bromides.

(p)Community and nontransient noncommunity systems utilizing surface sources or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water shall sample each treatment plant for TOC analysis. One sample shall be collected from the raw water and one sample shall be collected from the point of combined filter effluent. These samples are referred to as paired samples and shall be collected at the same time. At the same time as the raw water sample is collected, the alkalinity in the raw water prior to any treatment must be determined. Systems must collect one paired sample and one source water alkalinity sample per month per plant at a time representative of normal operating conditions and raw water quality. Systems with an average treated water TOC of less than 2.0 mg/L for two consecutive years, or less than 1.0 mg/L for one year, may reduce monitoring for both TOC and alkalinity to one paired sample and one source water alkalinity sample per plant per quarter. The system must revert to routine monitoring in the month following the quarter when the annual average treated water TOC is greater than or equal to 2.0 mg/L.

(q)Non-compliance with the TTHM and HAA5 MCL will occur when the running annual average of four consecutive quarterly analyses exceeds the MCL for systems that are sampling quarterly. For systems that have not completed the first four quarters of monitoring, should any individual quarter average cause the running annual average of that system to exceed the MCL, the system is in non-compliance at the end of that quarter. For systems monitoring less frequently than quarterly, compliance must be based on an average of samples collected that year. Systems on a reduced monitoring schedule whose annual average exceeds the MCL will not be considered in violation of the MCL until they have completed one year of routine monitoring. If a system on quarterly monitoring fails to complete four quarters? monitoring, compliance with the MCL for the last four-quarter compliance period must be based on an average of the available data.

(r)Non-compliance with the bromate MCL will occur when the running annual average of monthly samples, computed quarterly, exceeds the MCL. If a system fails to complete 12 consecutive months' monitoring, compliance with the MCL for the last four-quarter compliance period must be based on an average of the available data.

(s)Non-compliance with the chlorite MCL will occur when the average of any three distribution sample set exceeds the MCL.

(4)The following are the monitoring requirements for Volatile Synthetic Organic Chemicals (VOCs).

(a)Community and NTNC water systems utilizing surface sources shall analyze for each VOC four consecutive quarters each compliance period starting January, 1993. Samples shall be collected during periods of normal operating conditions from the entry point to the distribution system representing each source of water used after any application of treatment. Raw water analysis may be used to determine compliance if no treatment processes are used for the reduction of VOCs.

(b)Community and NTNC water systems utilizing groundwater sources shall analyze for each VOC four consecutive quarters each compliance period starting January, 1993. Samples shall be collected during periods of normal operating conditions from the entry point to the distribution system representing each source of water used after any application of treatment. Raw water analysis may be used to determine compliance if no treatment processes are used for the reduction of VOCs.

(c)VOC analysis results after January 1, 1988, may be used to determine compliance and to satisfy initial monitoring requirements if sample collection procedures and laboratory methods are consistent with the remainder of this section.

(d)Community and NTNC water systems shall sample all new sources for VOCs for four consecutive quarters. The system may apply for a waiver for the new source after two quarters of monitoring for any VOC which has not been detected above the monitoring trigger.

(e)Community and NTNC water systems using water from more than one source and blending prior to the entry point to the distribution system must sample at the entry point to the distribution system during periods of normal operating conditions. Sampling of raw water from each source may be required if a contaminant is detected.

(f)Confirmation samples may be required by the Department to confirm a negative or positive result. Confirmation samples must be collected from a point representing the source and unless investigation proves initial samples were contaminated because of conditions at the sampling site or sampling procedures, the confirmation results will be averaged with the initial results to determine compliance.

(g)Community and NTNC water systems may apply to the Department for a waiver from monitoring VOCs. Issuance of the waiver shall be based on established vulnerability criteria, results of water analysis and a demonstration by the system of no use, transport, storage or disposal in the watershed or Source Water Assessment Areas I and II. The waiver, if granted, shall be in effect for two compliance periods and the system must reapply for the waiver every two compliance periods. A system must collect one sample at each sampling point for a VOC analysis during the time frame the waiver is in effect and update the vulnerability assessment within three years after the waiver is granted.

(h)The Department may require analysis of VOCs during a specific quarter of the year.

(i)The Department has the authority to determine compliance based on analytical results and other information compiled by Department staff.

(j)Non compliance with any regulated VOC MCL will occur when:

1.For systems monitoring more than once per year, compliance with the MCL is determined by a running annual average at each sampling point.

2.If any sample result would cause the running annual average to exceed the MCL at any sampling point, the system is out of compliance with the MCL immediately.

3.Any sample analysis exceeds the MCL, if monitoring is being conducted annually or less frequently.

4.Upon exceeding the MCL, the system must establish a treatment process using the EPA approved best available technology to achieve compliance with the MCL or phase out using the source of supply in conjunction with a Department-issued compliance schedule.

5.If one sampling point is in violation of an MCL, the system is in violation of the MCL.

(k)Repeat samples must be analyzed after initial sampling has been completed according to the following schedule:

1.Community and NTNC water systems shall monitor for VOCs annually if no regulated VOCs are detected above the monitoring trigger in the initial compliance monitoring.

2.Monitoring may be reduced to one sample percompliance period for ground water systems if no regulated VOCs are detected above the monitoring trigger after a minimum of three years of annual sampling.

3.Monitoring may be reduced to one sample percompliance period for surface water systems if no regulated VOCs are detected above the monitoring trigger after a minimum of three years of annual sampling and the system is determined to be non-vulnerable according to previously approved EPA criteria.

4.If a regulated VOC is detected above the monitoring trigger, community and NTNC water systems must monitor quarterly for VOCs. The system will not be considered in violation of the MCL until it has completed one year of quarterly sampling.

5.Monitoring may be reduced to annually if the average of all analytical results within the past two years is less than one- half of the MCL and no analytical result within the past two years exceeds 75% of the MCL. Groundwater systems shall analyze a minimum of two quarterly samples and surface water systems a minimum of four quarterly samples.

6.Community and NTNC water systems which exceed the MCL for a regulated VOC shall analyze quarterly for that contaminant beginning in the next quarter after the violation occurred. Sampling may be reduced to annually if the average of all analytical results within the past two years is less than one-half of the MCL and no analytical result within the past two years exceeds 75% of the MCL. All community and NTNC water systems must analyze a minimum of four quarterly samples. The system will not be considered in violation of the MCL until it has completed one year of quarterly sampling.

7.Community and NTNC water systems which have three consecutive annual sample results with no detection of a regulated volatile organic chemical may apply to the Department for a waiver according to the criteria listed in Section 335-7-2-.11.

8.All repeat samples shall be collected at the sampling point where a detection occurred.

9.Systems which have detected one or more of the following two-carbon organic compounds: trichloroethylene, tetrachloroethylene, 1,2 dichloroethane, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, cis-1,2 dichloroethylene, trans-1,2-dichloroethylene, or 1,1-dichloroethylene shall monitor quarterly for vinyl chloride. A vinyl chloride sample shall be taken at each sampling point at which one or more of the two-carbon organic compounds were detected. If the results of the first analysis do not detect vinyl chloride, the system shall collect one sample during each compliance period.

(l)Consecutive systems which obtain all of their water from a public water system are exempt from monitoring for the regulated VOCs.

(m)If a system fails to collect the required number of samples, compliance will be based on the total number of samples collected.

(n)If a sample result is less than the detection limit, zero will be used to calculate the annual average.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Thomas S. DeLoach

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Revised: September 23, 1992. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 6, 1996. Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002. Amended: Filed April 25, 2003; effective May 30, 2003.

<regElement name="335.7.2.05" level="3" title="Turbidity Standards And Monitoring Requirements"> <dwc name="turbid" times="30">

(1)Public water systems must meet the following levels for turbidity:

(a)Water systems using surface sources or groundwater sources under the direct influence of a surface water source must provide a filtration process to produce a filtered water turbidity no greater than 0.3 turbidity units in 95% of filtered water samples analyzed each month and at no time exceeds 1.0 turbidity units. Should the turbidity exceed 1.0 NTU, the Department must be notified within 24 hours. If the Department is not notified within 24 hours, an acute violation occurs and the system must provide public notification within 24 hours.

(b)All other groundwater sources must produce a treated water which at no time exceeds 5.0 turbidity units.

(c)Any system failing to meet these standards violates treatment technique requirements and shall provide public notification using appropriate language from Appendix D within 30 days.

(2)Turbidity monitoring and recording requirements for surface sources and ground water under the influence of surface water:

(a)Samples of the raw, and settled water shall be collected at least every other hour the plant is in operation and analyzed for turbidity. Filtered water shall be analyzed for turbidity every 15 minutes from each filter that is in operation and the result recorded and maintained for 3 years. Each filter in service must be equipped with a continuous turbidity monitoring and recording analyzer. All turbidimeters must be calibrated and standardized according to standard methods and the procedure specified by the manufacturer. Results from the continuous turbidity monitoring analyzer may be used to demonstrate compliance with these standards if records are maintained at the plant that confirm proper calibration of this instrument in accordance with manufactures recommendation and which show that the accuracy of continuous turbidity monitoring analyzers and bench turbidimeters is verified daily.

(b)If there is a failure in the continuous turbidity monitoring equipment, a grab sample must be collected every 15 minutes in lieu of continuous monitoring, but for no more than five working days following the failure of the equipment.

(c)Turbidity results must be logged on a daily operation report and the highest value determined during that operating day recorded on the monthly operation data report. Should any filtered water turbidity values exceed 0.3 turbidity units, the site shall be resampled within 15 minutes and if this repeat sample also exceeds 0.3 turbidity units, the Department shall be notified of the filter numbers, values, date and time within 24 hours of the occurrence. A filter profile must be conducted within 7 days and submitted to the Department on any filter where the filtered water turbidity exceeds 0.5 unit at any time unless it can be demonstrated to the Department the exceedance is due to other than ineffective treatment and filter performance.

(d)If a turbidity measurement of filter effluent from any filter is greater than 0.5 NTU in two consecutive measurements taken 15 minutes apart at any time in each of two consecutive months, the system must report the filter number, the turbidity measurement, and the dates on which the exceedance occurred. In addition, the system must arrange for a comprehensive performance evaluation (CPE) to be conducted by an engineering firm with adequate CPE training no later than 30 days following the exceedance and have the evaluation completed and submitted to the Department no later than 90 days following the exceedance. Within 45 days following Department approval of the CPE report, the system shall submit a written report outlining corrective measures to address the performance limiting factors identified by the CPE. The submittal shall contain an implementation schedule acceptable to the Department.

(e)Operation data reports showing daily levels of turbidity shall be provided to the Department within ten days after the end of each month. The total number of monthly turbidity measurements of the filtered water, the total number of measurements of the filtered water exceeding 0.3 turbidity units and the percentage of the filtered water measurements exceeding 0.3 turbidity units shall be reported.

(3)Public water systems using only groundwater and which are required to monitor for turbidity by the Department shall analyze and record the results of at least one turbidity measurement each day the source is in operation. Continuous turbidity monitoring devices may be used and the highest value indicated each day must be listed on the operational data report.

(a)Should any turbidity result of the finished or filtered water exceed five units, that site shall be resampled within 60 minutes and if this result exceeds five turbidity units, the Department shall be notified within 24 hours. If the average of these samples exceeds 5.0 units, the standard is exceeded. Public notification must be made, unless the source is immediately taken out of service after the second sample.

(b)Turbidity measurements must be reported to the Department within ten days after the end of each month.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Thomas D. DeLoach

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49.

History: May 23, 1977, Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002. Amended: Filed April 25, 2003; effective May 30, 2003.

<regElement name="335.7.2.06" level="3" title="Microbiological Standards And Monitoring</U><U>Requirements"> <dwc name="bacteria" times="5"><dwc name="total coliform" times="14"><dwc name="coliform" times="17"><dwc name="disinfect" times="2"><dwc name="chlorin" times="1">

(1)Public water systems meeting the following criteria will be in compliance with the microbiological MCL:

(a)Systems collecting 40 or more compliance samples monthly shall have total coliform bacteria detected in less than 5.0 percent of the samples collected.

(b)Public water systems collecting fewer than 40 samples per month shall not have total coliform bacteria detected in greater than one sample per month.

(c)No fecal coliform or E. coli bacteria shall be present in any repeat sample necessitated by a total coliform being present in the initial sample.

(d)No total coliform bacteria shall be present in any repeat sample collected in response to either a fecal or E. coli positive routine sample.

(e)A public water system exceeding the MCL for total coliforms shall report the violation to ADEM no later than the end of the next business day after it learns of the violation.

(2)Water systems are required to monitor for microbiological contaminants at sites which are representative of water throughout a distribution system during any month of operation according to a written sample plan acceptable to the Department. All routine and repeat compliance samples showing total coliform positive must be analyzed for fecal coliforms or E. coli bacteria. If fecal coliform or E. coli are present, the system must notify ADEM no later than the end of the day the results are provided to the system. Chlorine or disinfectant residuals must be determined at the time of sample collection for each location and recorded on the sample form. Systems must provide the results of monthly bacteriological monitoring to the Department reflecting the following minimum number of samples per month:

(a)Non-community and NTNC systems using ground water shall provide results from at least two compliance monitoring samples on a monthly basis. Such systems serving more than 2500 persons shall sample at the same frequency as like size community water systems. Systems using a surface source or groundwater source subject to the influence of surface water shall sample with the same frequency as a community system based on the population served.

(b)Community water systems must have analyzed a minimum number of monthly distribution compliance samples based on the population shown in the following chart:

<table width="100%"> POPULATION SERVED COMPLIANCE SAMPLES 25 - 2,500 2 2,501 - 3,300 3 3,301 - 4,100 4 4,101 - 4,900 5 4,901 - 5,800 6 5,801 - 6,700 7 6,701 - 7,600 8 7,601 - 8,500 9 8,501 - 12,900 10 12,901 - 17,200 15 17,201 - 21,500 20 21,501 - 25,000 25 25,001 - 33,000 30 33,001 - 41,000 40 41,001 - 50,000 50 50,001 - 59,000 60 59,001 - 70,000 70 70,001 - 83,000 80 83,001 - 96,000 90 96,001 - 130,000 100 130,001 - 220,000 120 220,001 - 320,000 150 320,001 - 450,000 180 450,001 - 600,000 210 600,001 - 780,000 240 780,001 - 970,000 270 970,001 - 1,230,000 300 </table>

(3)Public water systems shall collect bacteriological compliance samples at regular time intervals throughout the month. The number of samples and sampling sites per interval shall be identified in the sampling plan.

(4)Special samples may be required to provide information regarding the quality of raw water from existing and proposed sources and to determine whether disinfection practices following water main installation or repair is sufficient. Raw or plant water samples shall be taken at a frequency established by the Department. Neither raw samples nor special samples will be used to determine compliance with the microbiological drinking water standards.

(5)Repeat samples shall be collected according to the following requirements:

(a)If a routine compliance sample is total coliform positive the public water system must collect a set of repeat samples within 24 hours of being notified of the positive results unless a time extension is obtained from the Department. No fewer than three repeat samples must be obtained for each total coliform positive sample found.

(b)Community water systems must collect at least one repeat sample from the sampling tap where the original total coliform positive sample was taken and at least one repeat sample at a tap within five service connections upstream and at least one repeat sample at a tap within five service connections downstream of the original sampling site. The Department may waive the requirement to collect the downstream sample should the original sample be collected at the end of a distribution line.

(c)Non-community and NTNC systems must collect at least one repeat sample from the sampling tap where the original total coliform positive sample was taken and the other two repeat samples at representative taps from opposite sides of the facility served by the system.

(d)The system must collect all repeat samples on the same day.

(e)If one or more repeat samples in a set is total coliform positive, the public water system must collect an additional set of repeat samples for each positive sample required above. The additional samples must be collected within 24 hours of being notified of the positive result. The system must repeat this process until either total coliforms are not detected in one complete set of repeat samples or the system exceeds the MCL for total coliforms and notifies the Department.

(f)A system with a total coliform positive compliance sample which is required to collect fewer than five routine samples per month must collect at least five routine samples during the next compliance month the system provides water to the public.

(g)Failure to provide results from the minimum number of monthly compliance samples, repeated failure to provide results from required raw water samples, failure to provide results from minimum repeat samples and failure to collect repeat samples within 24 hours of notification is a monitoring violation requiring public notification.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, l990.

<regElement name="335.7.2.07" level="3" title="Radionuclide Standards And Monitoring Requirements"> <dwc name="radionuclid" times="6"><dwc name="radioact" times="9"><dwc name="alpha particl" times="16"><dwc name="gross alpha" times="17"><dwc name="photon radioact" times="2"><dwc name="beta emitt" times="1"><dwc name="beta particl" times="16"><dwc name="radium" times="26"><dwc name="uranium" times="13">

(1)To determine compliance with the MCLs for natural radionuclides in picocuries per liter (pCi/L) listed below, the averages of data shall be used and shall be rounded to the same number of significant figures as the MCL for the contaminant in question:

(a)Gross alpha particle15 pCi/L (including radium-226 but excluding radon and uranium)

(b)Combined radium-226 and radium-228 5 pCi/L

(c)Uranium30 µg/L

(2)The MCL for manmade radionuclides are:

(a)Tritium20,000 pCi/L

(b)Strontium 908 pCi/L

(c)Beta particle and photon4 millirem/year radioactivity

(3)To determine compliance the detection limits shall not exceed the concentrations listed below:

<table width="100%"> Contaminant Detection Limit Gross Alpha Particle Activity 3pCi/L Radium 226 1 pCi/L Radium 228 1 pCi/L Uranium Tritium 1,000 pCi/L Strontium-89 10 pCi/L Strontium-90 2 pCi/L Iodin-131 1 pCi/L Cesium 134 10 pCi/L Gross Beta 4 pCi/L Other Radionucleides 1/10 of the MCL </table>

(4)Monitoring requirements for gross alpha particle activity, radium-226, radium-228 and Uranium in community water systems are as follows:

(a)Initial monitoring for all community system sources to determine compliance for naturally occurring radionuclides shall be completed by December 31, 2007. Community water systems utilizing surface and/or groundwater sources shall monitor at every entry point to the distribution system that is representative each source of water used after any application of treatment. Community water systems using water from more than one source and blending prior to the entry point to the distribution system must sample at the entry point to the distribution system during periods of normal operating conditions. Sampling of raw water from each source may be required if a contaminant is detected New community water systems or community water systems that use a new source of water must begin monitoring in the first quarter after initiating use of the source. Community water systems must conduct more frequent monitoring if there are conditions determined by the state that may increase the concentration of radioactivity in finished water.

1.Systems without acceptable previous monitoring data must monitor for four consecutive quarters at all sampling points before December 31, 2007.

2.Previous monitoring data from each entry point for the last compliance monitoring period that began between June 2000 and December 8, 2003 may be used to satisfy initial monitoring requirements.

3.The state may waiver the final two quarters of initial monitoring if the results of the monitoring from the previous two quarters are below the detection limit.

4.A gross alpha particle activity measurement may be substituted for the required radium-226 and radium-228 analyses, provided that the measured gross alpha particle activity does not exceed five pCi/L. A gross alpha particle activity measurement may be substituted for the required Uranium analyses, provided that the measured gross alpha particle activity does not exceed 15 pCi/L. A gross alpha measurement shall have a confidence level of 95 percent (1.65&#963;, where &#963; is the standard deviation of the net counting rate of the sample) for Radium 226, Radium 228 and Uranium. When a system uses a gross alpha particle activity measurement in lieu of a radium-226 and 228 and/or uranium measurement, the gross alpha particle activity analytical result will be used to determine the future monitoring frequency for radium-226 and 228 and/or uranium. If the gross alpha particle activity result is less than detection, one half the detection limit will be used to determine compliance and the future monitoring frequency.

(b)Community water systems may reduce monitoring for naturally occurring radionuclides after completing initial monitoring requirements.

1.If the average of the initial monitoring results for each contaminant (gross alpha particle activity, uranium, radium-226, or radium-228) is below the detection limit, the system must monitor for that contaminant at that sampling point every nine years.

2.For gross alpha particle activity and uranium, if the average of the initial monitoring results for each contaminant is at or above the detection limit but at or below one half the MCL, the system must monitor for that contaminant at the sampling point every six years. For combined radium-226 and radium-228, the analytical results must be combined. If the average of the combined initial monitoring results for radium-226 and radium-228 is at or above the detection limit but at or below one half the MCL, the system must monitor for that contaminant at the sampling point every six years.

3.For gross alpha particle activity and uranium, if the average of the initial monitoring results for each contaminant is above one half the MCL but at or below the MCL, the system must monitor for that contaminant at the sampling point every three years. For combined radium-226 and radium-228, the analytical results must be combined. If the average of the combined initial monitoring results for radium-226 and radium-228 is above one half the MCL but at or below the MCL, the system must monitor for that contaminant at the sampling point every three years.

4.Systems must use the analytical results from the previous reduced monitoring period to determine the monitoring frequency for subsequent monitoring periods (e.g., if a system's sampling point is on a nine year monitoring period, and the sample result is above on half the MCL, then the next monitoring period for that sampling point is three years).

5.If a system has a monitoring result that exceeds the MCL while on reduced monitoring, the system must monitor quarterly at that sampling point until the system has results from four consecutive quarters that are below the MCL, unless the system enters into another schedule as part of a formal compliance agreement with the State.

(c)If the average annual maximum contaminant level for gross alpha particle activity, Radium 226, Radium 228 or Uranium is exceeded, the supplier of a community water system shall notify the Department and provide public notification. The system shall monitor quarterly at the monitoring point until results from four consecutive quarters are at or below the MCL or until a monitoring schedule as a condition to an exemption or enforcement action shall become effective. Upon exceeding the MCL, the system must establish a treatment process using the EPA approved best available technology to achieve compliance with the MCL or cease using the source of supply in conjunction with a Department issued compliance schedule.

(4)Monitoring requirements for man-made radioactivity in community and NTNC water systems are as follows:

(a)Community water systems determined by the state to be vulnerable shall monitor for beta particle and photon radioactivity. Systems must monitor quarterly for beta emitters and annually for tritium and strontium-90 at each entry point to the distribution system beginning within one quarter after being notified by the state.

1.If the gross beta particle activity minus the naturally occurring potassium-40 beta particle activity at a sampling point has a running annual average (computed quarterly) less than or equal to 50 pCi/L, the State may reduce the frequency of monitoring at that sampling point to once every 3 years. Systems must collect all the samples required in the previous paragraph during the reduced monitoring period.

2.If the gross beta particle activity minus the naturally occurring potassium-40 beta particle activity exceeds 50 pCi/L, an analysis of the sample must be performed to identify the major radioactive constituents present and the appropriate organ and total body doses shall be calculated to determine compliance. Doses must also be calculated and combined for measured levels of tritium and strontium to determine compliance.

3.Community water systems designated by the State to monitor for beta particle and photon radioactivity can not apply to the State for a waiver from the specified listed above.

4.Community water systems may analyze for naturally occurring potassium-40 beta particle activity from the same or equivalent sample used for the gross beta particle activity analysis. Systems are allowed to subtract the potassium-40 beta particle activity value from the total gross beta particle activity value to determine if the screening level of 50 pCi/L is exceeded. The potassium-40 beta particle activity must be calculated by multiplying elemental potassium concentrations (in mg/L) by a factor of 0.82.

(b)Community water systems utilizing water contaminated by effluents from nuclear facilities shall monitor quarterly for gross beta particle and iodine-131 radioactivity and annually for strontium-90 and tritium at each entry point to the distribution system beginning within one quarter after being notified by the state.

1.Quarterly monitoring for gross beta particle activity shall be based on the analyses of monthly samples

2.For iodine-131, a composite of five consecutive daily samples shall be analyzed once each quarter. As ordered by the Department, more frequent monitoring shall be conducted when iodine-131 is identified in the finished water.

3.Annual compliance for strontium-90 and tritium shall be based on the analyses of four quarterly samples.

4.If the gross beta particle activity minus the naturally occurring potassium-40 beta particle activity at a sampling point has a running annual average (computed quarterly) less than or equal to 15 pCi/L, the State may reduce the frequency of monitoring at that sampling point to every 3 years. Systems must collect all the samples required in the paragraph (b) during the reduced monitoring period.

5.The Department may allow the substitution of environmental surveillance data taken in conjunction with a nuclear facility for direct monitoring of man-made radioactivity by the supplier of water where the Department determines such data are applicable to a particular water system. In the event that there is a release from a nuclear facility, systems that are using surveillance data must begin monitoring at the community water system's entry point(s) in accordance with paragraph (4)(a) or (b)of this section.

6.If the average annual maximum contaminant level for man-made radioactivity is exceeded, the supplier of water shall give notice to the Department and to the public. Monitoring at monthly intervals shall be continued until the concentration no longer exceeds the maximum contaminant level as established by a rolling average of three monthly samples, or until a monitoring schedule as a condition of an exemption or enforcement action shall become effective. Systems who establish that the MCL is being met must return to quarterly monitoring until they meet the requirements set forth in this section. Upon exceeding the MCL, the system must establish a treatment process using the EPA approved best available technology to achieve compliance with the MCL or cease using the source of supply in conjunction with a Department issued compliance schedule.

(c)General monitoring and compliance requirements for radionuclides.

1.The State may require more frequent monitoring than specified in this section, or may require confirmation samples at its discretion. The results of the initial and confirmation samples will be averaged for use in compliance determinations.

2.Each public water system shall monitor at the time designated by the State during each compliance period.

3.Compliance with radionuclide MCLs will be determined based on the analytical result(s) obtained at each sampling point. If one sampling point is in violation of an MCL, the system is in violation of the MCL.

(i)For systems monitoring more than once per year, compliance with the MCL is determined by a running annual average at each sampling point. If the average of any sampling point is greater than the MCL, then the system is out of compliance with the MCL.

(ii)For systems monitoring more than once per year, if any sample result will cause the running average to exceed the MCL at any sample point, the system is out of compliance with the MCL immediately.

(iii)Systems must include all samples taken and analyzed under the provisions of this section in determining compliance, even if that number is greater than the minimum required.

(iv)If a system does not collect all required samples when compliance is based on a running annual average of quarterly samples, compliance will be based on the running average of the samples collected.

(v)If a sample result is less than the detection limit, zero will be used to calculate the annual average, unless a gross alpha particle activity is being used in lieu of radium-226 or 228 and/or uranium. If the gross alpha particle activity result is less than detection, one half the detection limit will be used to calculate the annual average.

(4)States have the discretion to delete results of obvious sampling or analytic errors.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Thomas S. DeLoach

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, l990. Amended: Filed April 25, 2003; effective May 30, 2003.

<regElement name="335.7.2.08" level="3" title="Maximum Residual Disinfectant Levels And Monitoring Requirements"> <dwc name="total coliform" times="1"><dwc name="coliform" times="1"><dwc name="disinfect" times="11"><dwc name="chlorin" times="14"><dwc name="chloramin" times="4"><dwc name="chlorin dioxid" times="9">

(1)The following are the maximum residual disinfectant levels (MRDLs):

<table width="100%"> Disinfectant MRDL in mg/L Chlorine 4.0 (as Cl2) Chloramines 4.0 (as Cl2) Chlorine Dioxide 0.8 (as ClO2) </table>

(2)Community water systems and nontransient noncommunity water systems that use a surface or groundwater source and add a chemical disinfectant to the water in any part of the drinking water treatment process must measure for disinfectant residuals.

(a)Systems that add either chlorine or chloramines must measure the disinfectant levels daily at the entrance to the distribution system from any treatment plant in use and at any distribution disinfection addition point or at the time and location of monthly distribution microbiological samples that are collected to determine compliance with the total coliform rule.

(b)Community, nontransient noncommunity, and transient noncommunity water systems using chlorine dioxide must measure the chlorine dioxide level daily at the entrance to the distribution system. On each day following a daily sample monitoring result that exceeds the MRDL, the system is required to take three chlorine dioxide distribution system samples. If chlorine dioxide or chloramines are used to maintain a disinfectant residual in the distribution system, or if chlorine is used to maintain a disinfectant residual in the distribution system and there are no disinfection addition points after the entrance to the distribution system, the system must collect three samples as close to the first customer as possible, at intervals of at least six hours. If chlorine is used to maintain a disinfectant residual in the distribution system and there are one or more disinfection addition points after the entrance to the distribution system, the system must collect one sample as close to the first customer as possible, one sample at a location representative of average residence time, and one sample representative of the maximum residence time in the distribution system.

(c)Non-compliance with the chlorine or chloramine MRDL will occur when the annual average of monthly samples, computed quarterly, exceeds the MCL. If a system fails to complete 12 consecutive months' monitoring, compliance with the MCL for the last four-quarter compliance period must be based on an average of the available data.

(d)Acute non-compliance with the chlorine dioxide MRDL will occur when any daily sample taken at the entrance to the distribution system exceeds the MRDL and on the following day one or more of the three samples taken in the distribution system exceed the MRDL or the system fails to collect samples in the distribution system the day following an exceedance of the chlorine dioxide MRDL at the entrance to the distribution system. Nonacute non-compliance with the chlorine dioxide MRDL will occur any two consecutive daily samples collected at the entrance to the distribution system exceed the MRDL and all distribution system samples collected are below the MRDL or the system fails to collect samples at the entrance to the distribution system the day following an exceedance of the chlorine dioxide MRDL.

Author: Thomas S. DeLoach

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.2.09" level="3" title="Special Monitoring And Analytical Requirements For</U><U>Unregulated Contaminants"> <dwc name="inorgan chemic" times="2"><dwc name="pcb" times="1">

All community and NTNC water systems shall monitor for the following:

(1)Unregulated Synthetic Organic Chemicals and miscellaneous synthetic organic chemicals

Aldicarb

Aldicarb Sulfone

Aldicarb Sulfoxide

Aldrin

Butachlor

Carbaryl

Dicamba

Dieldrin

3-Hydroxycarbofuran

Methomyl

Metolachlor

Metribuzin

Propachlor

(2)Unregulated VOCs

Chloroform1,2,3-Trichloropropane

Bromodichloromethane1,1,1,2Tetrachloroethane

ChlorodibromomethaneChloroethane

Bromoformm-Dichlorobenzene

1,1-Dichloropropeneo-Chlorotoluene

1,1-Dichloroethanep-Chlorotoluene

1,1,2,2-TetrachloroethaneBromobenzene

1,3-Dichloropropane1,3-Dichloropropene

ChloromethaneDibromomethane

Bromomethane

1,2,3-TrichlorobenzeneMethyl Tertiary Butyl Ether (MTBE)

n-Propylbenzene

Isopropylbenzene

Tert-butylbenzene

Sec-butylbenzene

Fluorotrichloromethane

Dichlorodifluoromethane

Bromochloromethane

n-Butylbenzene

Naphthalene

Hexachlorobutadiene

1,3,5-Trimethylbenzene

p-Isopropyltoluene

2,2-Dichloropropane

1,2,4 Trimethylbenzene

1,2,3-Trichlorobenzene

(3)The following are the monitoring requirements for the unregulated contaminants:

(a)All community and NTNC water systems shall collect four consecutive quarterly samples for unregulated Synthetic Organic Chemicals at the same sampling point and at the same time as the initial samples are collected for the analysis of the regulated Synthetic Organic Chemicals.

(b)Community and NTNC water systems may apply to the Department for a waiver from monitoring of any unregulated Synthetic Organic Chemicals. The waiver application should demonstrate lack of transport, storage and disposal of the contaminant in the watershed or Source Water Assessment Areas I and II as identified by the Alabama Wellhead Protection Plan. The waiver if granted shall be in effect for one compliance period and the system must reapply for the waiver for each compliance period. Reduced initial monitoring may be allowed during the compliance period for the herbicide, pesticide or PCB for which the waiver is granted.

(c)All community and NTNC water systems shall collect one sample at each sampling point for the unregulated inorganic chemicals at the same time as samples are collected for the analysis of the regulated inorganic chemicals during the first monitoring period.

(d)The monitoring frequency and analytical requirements for the unregulated VOCs shall be the same as for Volatile Synthetic Organic Chemicals.

(e)Any water system required to monitor by this rule shall notify persons served by the system of the availability of the results of sampling. Results of such monitoring and notice shall be provided to the Department within 30 days of completion.

(f)The Department may increase monitoring where necessary to detect variations within a water system.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Revised September 23, 1992; effective November 9, 1992. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

Ed. Note: Rule 335-7-2-.09 was previously Rule 335-7-2-.08 as per certification filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.2.10" level="3" title="Monitoring Requirements of Consecutive Systems">

When a public water system obtains water from another public water system, the Department may modify the monitoring requirements imposed by this chapter to the extent that the interconnection of the systems justifies treating them as a single system for monitoring purposes. Any modified monitoring shall be conducted pursuant to a schedule specified by the Department and acceptable to the Environmental Protection Agency.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, l990. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

Ed. Note: Rule 335-7-2-.10 was previously Rule 335-7-2-.09 as per certification filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.2.11" level="3" title="Monitoring Waiver Criteria"> <dwc name="total trihalomethan" times="1"><dwc name="trihalomethan" times="1"><dwc name="inorgan contamin" times="1"><dwc name="asbesto" times="2"><dwc name="nitrat" times="1"><dwc name="dioxin" times="1">

Waivers to eliminate or reduce certain chemical monitoring requirements may be granted for the contaminants listed below, according to the criteria listed below. Statewide or regional waivers may be issued by ADEM without application submittal. Individual source or systems waivers may be issued after an application containing the provisions outlined in 335-7-2-.11(3) is approved by ADEM.

(1)No waivers will be granted for:

(a)Microbiological contaminants

(b)Inorganic contaminants except for asbestos

(c)Total trihalomethanes

(2)Monitoring waivers may be granted for:

(a)Asbestos

(b)Dioxin

(c)Synthetic Organic Chemicals

(d)VOCs

(3)All waiver applications must address the following:

(a)Previous analytical results.

(b)The proximity of a source to a potential point or non-point source of contamination.

(c)An approved local well-head protection plan by the system.

(d)The environmental persistence and transport of the contaminants.

(e)How well the source is protected against contamination due to factors such as the depth of the source and well construction.

(f)Elevated nitrate levels in the water supply source.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: Repealed and Replaced: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

Ed. Note: Rule 335-7-2-.11 was previously Rule 335-7-2-.10 as per certification filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.2.12" level="3" title="Reporting Requirements">

(1)All persons subject to this chapter shall comply with the following:

(a)Except where a shorter reporting period is specified in these regulations, the supplier of water shall report to the Department the results of

any test, measurement or analysis within the first ten days following the month in which the result is received or the first ten days following the end of the required monitoring period as stipulated by the Department, whichever is shortest.

(b)The supplier of water shall report to the Department within 48 hours the failure to comply with any primary drinking water standards (including failure to comply with monitoring requirements) set forth in this chapter.

(c)The supplier of water is not required to report analytical results to the Department in cases where a State Laboratory performs the analyses and reports the results to the Department.

(d)Within ten days of completion of each public notification, a representative copy of each type of notice shall be submitted to the Department. This includes notice distributed, published, posted or made available to the persons served by the system or to the media as directed by the Department.

(e)The suppliers of water shall submit to the Department within the time stated in the request copies of any records required to be maintained or copies of any documents then in existence which the Department is entitled to inspect.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, l990. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

Ed. Note: Rule 335-7-2-.12 was previously Rule 335-7-2-.11 as per certification filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.2.13" level="3" title="Public Notification"> <dwc name="coliform" times="1"><dwc name="turbid" times="1"><dwc name="disinfect" times="4"><dwc name="chlorin" times="1"><dwc name="chlorin dioxid" times="1"><dwc name="inorgan chemic" times="1"><dwc name="fluorid" times="2"><dwc name="lead" times="3"><dwc name="nitrat" times="1"><dwc name="nitrit" times="1">

(1)Any public water system which fails to comply with an applicable maximum contaminant level (MCL) or maximum residual disinfectant level (MRDL) established in these regulations, is granted an exemption from an applicable maximum contaminant level, or fails to comply with an applicable treatment process, or fails to comply with the requirements of any schedule prescribed pursuant to an exemption shall notify persons served by the system as follows:

(a)Community systems shall provide notification within 30 days by other methods to reach persons not being reached by direct notification. These methods must include publication in a daily newspaper of general circulation in the area served by the system. If the area served by a public water system is not served by a daily newspaper of general circulation, notice shall instead be given in a weekly newspaper of general circulation serving the area. Public notification shall also be made by distribution of multiple copies to customers that provide drinking water to others, by the Internet, by posting for seven days or by delivery to community organizations if directed by the Department.

(b)Community water systems shall provide notification by direct mail, inclusion with a water bill or by hand delivery, not later than 45 days after the violation or failure.

(c)Following the initial notice given under this rule, the community water system must give notice at least once every three months by mail or hand delivery for as long as the violation or failure exists.

(d)NTNC water systems must post notice in places of public view or provide hand delivery to those using the system. The notice shall remain posted for a minimum of seven days or as long as the failure continues, whichever is greater. A copy of the notice must also be furnished to a communications media that is most likely to serve the local area.

(e)Non-community water systems must post notice in places of public view instead of hand delivery. The notice shall remain posted for a minimum of seven days or as long as the failure continues, whichever is greater. A copy of the notice must also be furnished to a communications media that is most likely to serve the local area.

(f)When violations of the maximum contaminant level of contaminants that may pose an acute risk to human health occur, public notification must be provided by the system within 24 hours of the discovery of the violation by either radio and television, posting of the notice in conspicuous locations throughout the area served by the water system or by hand delivery of the notice to persons served by the water system. The water system must also consult with the Department within 24 hours to determine additional public notification requirements. The following violations are considered to be acute risk to human health:

1.Violation of the microbiological maximum contaminant level, when fecal coliform or E. coli are present.

2.Violation of the MCL for nitrates and or nitrites.

3.Violation of the MCL for organic or inorganic chemicals at a level determined by the Department to be an acute risk to human health.

4.An acute violation of the MRDL for chlorine dioxide.

5.Exceedance of the maximum allowable turbidity limit if the Department is not notified within 24 hours of the violation or the Department when the Department determines that an acute violation has occurred.

6.Occurrence of a waterborne disease outbreak or other emergency such as a natural disaster that disrupts water treatment, a chemical spill or an unexpected high levels of possible pathogens in the source water.

(2)A community water system must give a copy of the most recent public notice for any outstanding violation of any maximum contaminant level, any maximum residual disinfectant level, any treatment technique requirement or variance or exemption schedule to all new billing units or new hookups prior to or at the time service begins.

(3)Notices given shall be written in a manner reasonably designed to inform fully the users of the system. The notice shall be conspicuous and shall not use unduly technical language, unduly small print or other methods which would frustrate the purpose of the notice. The notice shall disclose all material facts regarding the subject including the contaminant of concern and if applicable the contaminant level, when the violation or situation occurred, any potential adverse health effects, the population at risk, reasonably available methods of mitigating known or potential contamination in drinking water, steps being taken by the water system to mitigate problems in drinking water, and the necessity for seeking alternative water supplies, if any. Each notice shall contain the name, business address, and telephone number of the water system's owner, operator or designee as an additional source of information regarding the notice. The notice must also include what the water system is doing to correct the violation or situation and when the system expects to return to compliance or resolve the situation. When appropriate, a clear statement that a primary drinking water standard has been violated and any preventive measures that should be taken by the public. Notices for all maximum contaminant level, treatment technique, maximum residual disinfectant level, and monitoring violations shall contain the specific language as written in Appendix D. For public water systems serving a large proportion of non-English speaking consumers, the public notice must contain information in the appropriate language regarding the importance of the notice or contain a telephone number or address where persons served may contact the water system to obtain a translated copy of the notice or to request assistance in the appropriate language.

(4)Any water system which fails to comply with an applicable testing procedure, fails to perform required monitoring, fails to maintain the required disinfectant residual or is granted an exemption shall notify persons served by the system as follows:

(a)Community water systems shall provide notification within one year of being notified of the violation by direct mail, inclusion with a water bill or by hand delivery. A copy of the notice must be furnished to a communications media that is most likely to serve the local area. Notification by mail or hand delivery must be made every three months following the initial newspaper notification for as long as the violation continues or exemption continues. Public notification shall also be made by distribution of multiple copies to customers that provide drinking water to others, by the internet, by posting for seven days or by delivery to community organizations if directed by the Department.

(b)In lieu of an individual notice, the public water system may use an annual report of monitoring violations or the CCR, as long as the method of delivery and content of the violation notice meets the requirements of the regulations.

(c)NTNC water systems must post a notice in places of public view instead of hand delivery. The notice shall remain posted for a minimum of seven days or as long as the failure continues, whichever is greater. A copy of the notice must also be furnished to a communications media that is most likely to serve the local area. In lieu of an individual notice, the public water system may use an annual report of monitoring violations, as long as the method of delivery and content of the violation notice meets the requirements of the regulations.

(d)Non-community water systems must post a notice in places of public view instead of hand delivery. The notice shall remain posted for a minimum of seven days or as long as the failure continues, whichever is greater. A copy of the notice must also be furnished to a communications media that is most likely to serve the local area. In lieu of an individual notice, the public water system may use an annual report of monitoring violations, as long as the method of delivery and content of the violation notice meets the requirements of the regulations.

(5)Each community, and NTNC water system shall issue notice when required by the Department to persons served by the system that may be affected by lead contamination of their drinking water. Such notification is required even if there is no violation of the primary drinking water standards for lead. The notice for lead shall include the specific language as written in Appendix D.

(6)Each water system required to perform monitoring for unregulated contaminants shall notify persons served by the water system of the availability of said monitoring results no later than twelve months after the monitoring results are known. Community water systems shall provide notification by direct mail, inclusion with a water bill or by hand delivery. Public notification shall also be made by publication in a local newspaper, distribution of multiple copies to customers that provide drinking water to others, by the internet, by posting for seven days or by delivery to community organizations if directed by the Department. NTNC water systems must post a notice in places of public view instead of hand delivery. The notice shall remain posted for a minimum of seven days. The notice shall identify the system?s owner, operator or designee and telephone number to contact for information on the monitoring results.

(7)Community water systems that exceed the fluoride secondary maximum contaminant level of 2 mg/l (determined by the last single sample), but do not exceed the maximum contaminant level of 4 mg/l for fluoride, must provide the public notice in Appendix D to persons served by the system. The public notice must be provided as soon as practical but no later than 12 months from the day the water system learns of the exceedance. A copy of the notice must also be sent to all new billing units and new customers at the time service begins and to the State public health officer. The public water system must repeat the notice at least annually for as long as the SMCL is exceeded. If the public notice is posted, the notice must remain in place for as long as the SMCL is exceeded, but in no case less than seven days even if the exceedance is eliminated. Community water systems shall provide notification by direct mail, inclusion with a water bill or by hand delivery. Public notification shall also be made by publication in a local newspaper, distribution of multiple copies to customers that provide drinking water to others, by the internet, by posting for seven days or by delivery to community organizations if directed by the Department.

(8)Public water systems that provide water to trailer parks, apartments, nursing homes, schools, businesses and other similar facilities must include in their notice the following language: Please share this information with all the other people who drink this water, especially those who may not have received this notice directly (for example, people in apartments, nursing homes, schools, and businesses). You can do this by posting this notice in a public place or distributing copies by hand or mail.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

Ed. Note: Rule 335-7-2-.13 was previously Rule 335-7-2-.12 as per certification filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-7-3" level="2" title="SECONDARY DRINKING WATER STANDARDS">

<regElement name="335.7.3.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

Secondary Drinking Water Standards established in these regulations are applicable to water systems required to monitor for these various contaminants.

Author: Joe Alan Power.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-23-34, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Effective: December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.3.02" level="3" title="Secondary Maximum Contaminant Levels"> <dwc name="copper" times="1">

Aluminum0.2 mg/1

Chloride250 mg/1

Color15 units

Copper1 mg/1

Foamingagents 0.5 mg/1

Iron0.3 mg/1

Manganese0.05 mg/1

Odor3 threshold odor number

Silver0.1 mg/1

Sulfate250 mg/1

Total Dissolved Solids500 mg/1

Zinc5 mg/1

Author: Joe Alan Power.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-23-34, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5. 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Revised September 23, 1992. Effective: November 9, 1992.

<regElement name="335.7.3.03" level="3" title="Monitoring Requirements"> <dwc name="inorgan contamin" times="1">

Other than odor and foaming agents, contaminants identified in these regulations shall be monitored by community and NTNC systems at the same frequency as the monitoring performed for inorganic contaminants included in Chapter 335-7-2. More frequent monitoring and confirmation samples may be required by the Department.

Author: Joe Alan Power.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-23-34, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Effective: December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.3.04" level="3" title="Special Monitoring For Corrosivity</U>_<U>Characteristics"> <dwc name="asbesto" times="2"><dwc name="lead" times="1">

(a)All community and NTNC water systems shall monitor the following for corrosivity characteristics:

pHCalcium

Total AlkalinityMagnesium

Carbon DioxideHardness

SodiumTemperature

SulfatesSpecific Conductance

or total dissolved solids

(b)The supplier shall collect two samples from a representative entry point to the water distribution system per plant for analyses for each system using surface water sources. One sample shall be collected during midwinter and one during midsummer. The supplier of water shall collect one sample per plant for analysis for each plant using groundwater sources. The minimum number of samples required to be taken by the system shall be based on the number of treatment plants used by the system, except that multiple wells drawing raw water from a single aquifer may, with Departmental approval, be considered one treatment plant for determining the minimum number of samples. Additional monitoring may be required by the Department.

(c)The supplier of water shall report to the Department the results of the analyses for the corrosivity characteristics no later than the tenth of the following month.

(d)Community water systems shall identify the presence of the following construction materials in the distribution system and report to the Department as required:

1.Lead piping, service lines, goosenecks, solder, caulking, or interior lining of distribution mains.

2.Galvanized pipe or service lines.

3.Asbestos cement pipe.

4.Vinyl lined asbestos cement pipe.

5.Coal tar lined pipes and tanks.

Author: Joe Alan Power.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-23-34, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Effective: December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.3.05" level="3" title="Analytical Requirements">

For the purpose of determining compliance with these standards, samples must be analyzed by a laboratory certified by the Department or a certified operator using methodology and detection limits established by EPA.

Author: Joe Alan Power.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-23-34, 22-24-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Effective: December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.3.06" level="3" title="Reporting Requirements">

(1)Except where a shorter reporting period is required, the supplier of water shall report the results to the Department of any test, measurement or analysis required by this chapter within the first ten days of the following month in which the result is received by the supplier.

(2)The supplier of water is not required to report analytical results to the Department in cases where a State Laboratory performs the analysis and reports the results to the Department.

Author: Joe Alan Power.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-23-34, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Effective: December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.3.07" level="3" title="Deviation From Secondary Standards">

Upon receipt of a written request and assurance that neither an aesthetic nor health problems will occur because of an elevated level of a secondary contaminant, the Department may issue a deviation for a secondary standard. The request must include analysis of the contaminant indicating the contaminant concentration is not increasing over time or use. Also to be submitted are any treatment or sequestration processes which will be employed to reduce the impact of the secondary contaminant being present. The Department may require posting or other forms of public notification in conjunction with the issuance of this deviation.

Author: Joe Alan Power.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-23-33, 22-23-49.

History: Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Effective: December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.3.08" level="3" title="Public Notification">

(1)If a community or NTNC water system exceeds the MCL of a secondary standard, as confirmed by at least one check sample, or fails to comply with prescribed monitoring, the Department may require the supplier of water to give notice to persons served by the system in a newspaper of general circulation in the area.

(2)Notices given pursuant to this rule shall be written in a manner reasonably designed to fully inform the users of the system. The notice shall be conspicuous and shall not use unduly technical language, unduly small print or other methods which would frustrate the purpose of the notice. The notice shall disclose all material facts and, when appropriate, a clear statement that a secondary drinking water standard has been violated and any preventive measures that should be taken by the public. Notices may include a balanced explanation of the significance or seriousness of the subject of the notice, a fair explanation of steps taken by the system to correct any problem and the results of any additional sampling.

(3)Proof of completion of any notice required by this rule shall be received by the Department within ten days of the completion of the notice. Such proof of notification shall include a copy of the exact notice used with details as to manner and date of notification.

(4)Notice to the public required by this rule may be given by the Department on behalf of the supplier of water.

Author: Joe Alan Power.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-23-34, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989, October 31, 1990. Effective: December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-7-4" level="2" title="PERMIT REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES">

<regElement name="335.7.4.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

This chapter applies to each person in the state proposing to construct a new community or NTNC public water supply system or place into use a non-community water system. It also applies to each community, non-community, and NTNC water system seeking to make significant improvements or major modifications to an existing system.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.4.02" level="3" title="Facility Permit">

All public water systems must possess a current Water Supply Permit authorizing the furnishing of water for potable use prior to beginning operation. All general and special conditions that are part of such permit must be met. All non-permitted systems or facilities meeting the definition of a public water system are prohibited from providing water for human consumption.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.4.03" level="3" title="Permit For System Addition">

All permitted public water supply systems must obtain a permit from the Department prior to the construction of distribution system additions which will significantly affect system hydraulics, water storage facilities, water sources, treatment plants, and pumping facilities. Prior to executing construction contracts or beginning construction, plans and specifications must be acceptable to the Department and a Water Supply Permit issued. Monthly progress reports must be filed by the system or its representative providing the status of construction and the estimated date of completion.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.4.04" level="3" title="Application Requirements"> <dwc name="nitrat" times="1">

(1)Community and NTNC systems shall submit the following information when requesting a permit for the construction of a new public water system:

(a)A completed application signed by the responsible authority or owner.

(b)The appropriate permit fee as determined by the Department.

(c)An engineering report providing a description of the proposed service area, proposed sources of water supply and a description of treatment processes to be employed, an estimation of maximum and future water demands by the system, financial data and detailed information regarding the proposed operation and management of the system. The engineering report may be submitted at any time prior to the application should preliminary concurrence of the proposal be needed.

(d)Plans and specifications bearing the seal of a licensed professional engineer reflecting accepted construction practices and design.

(2)Community and NTNC systems proposing to make major additions, significant improvements or major modifications to existing systems must provide the following:

(a)A completed application describing the proposed project.

(b)Permit fees as established by the Department.

(c)A project summary report identifying how the additions will impact the existing system, addressing any permit conditions not presently being met with the existing facility permit, and any expected operational problems which may occur because of the new project.

(d)A layout map showing the location of the project as it relates to existing water systems in the area.

(e)Plans and specifications bearing the seal of a licensed professional engineer reflecting acceptable construction techniques and design. Plans not meeting Departmental guidelines should be accompanied with documentation supporting design differences.

(f)Information which demonstrates the applicant water system has technical, managerial and financial capacity.

(3)Non-community water systems proposing to use an existing facility or proposing facility additions must provide the following:

(a)A completed application signed by the responsible party or owner.

(b)Permit fees as established by the Department.

(c)A summary report describing the functions of the facility, number of anticipated people it will serve, bacteriological and nitrate analyses of the proposed source of supply, well construction data should the proposed source be a well and any sources of contamination which might impact the water quality.

(d)Information which demonstrates the applicant water system has technical, managerial and financial capacity.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.4.05" level="3" title="Engineering Requirements">

Plans and specifications submitted for new community and NTNC water systems or significant improvements or major modifications to these systems must bear the seal of an engineer licensed by the Alabama State Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.4.06" level="3" title="Permits Approval/Denial">

Upon receipt of a complete application, appropriate fees, and necessary information to evaluate the water quality, system facilities, and operational aspects, existing and proposed system facilities will be evaluated. Existing and proposed systems must demonstrate technical, managerial, and financial capabilities to reliably meet performance requirements on a long term basis and be self sustaining. After a determination has been made that the proposed water system or additions to the system are satisfactory and the existing system has technical, managerial and financial capacity and is in complete compliance with all regulations, a permit will be issued.

(a)If after the review of the application and information submitted shows water quality deficiencies, design problems or technical, managerial or financial capacity deficiencies, a formal request for additional information to clarify the problem areas will be made to the applicant. Upon failure to receive this additional information or if upon review of the supplemental information the proposal is still unsatisfactory, the permit will be denied. Permit denial will be made in writing to the applicant with reasons for the denial stated.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-44, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Revised: September 23, 1992; effective November 9, 1992. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.4.07" level="3" title="Permit Renewal">

Facility permits for community systems are issued for a period of six years. Facility permits for non-community and NTNC systems are issued for a period of ten years. Permits issued for the construction of additional facilities have an expiration date coinciding with the existing facility permit unless the indicated period of construction will exceed this expiration date of the facility permit. Public water systems are eligible for permit renewal by submitting a completed application, necessary fees, and any documentation necessary to show the system has technical, managerial and financial capacity and is in complete compliance with the existing permit conditions and regulations of this Department. Water systems must submit a satisfactorily completed permit application with the appropriate permit fee to the Department requesting permit renewal no less than 180 days prior to permit expiration. Such an application will be accepted by the Department for processing up to 12 months prior to the expiration of the facility permit.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.4.08" level="3" title="Revocation Of A Water Supply Permit">

A permit issued by the Department may be revoked for any of the following causes:

(a)Failure to comply with the general or special conditions of the permit;

(b)Failure to establish and maintain such records, make such reports, maintain treatment equipment or provide satisfactory operation of water facilities;

(c)Provision of water not meeting drinking water standards;

(d)Failure to comply with provisions of a Departmental Administrative Order or regulations;

(e)Failure to allow identified employees of the Department access to all water facilities and records for the purpose of evaluating compliance with these regulations;

(f)Failure to take bids for a project within six months or start construction of the project within 12 months of the permit issuance date;

(g)Failure to construct water facilities in accordance with approved plans and specifications and regulations in this chapter.

(h)Failure to demonstrate the water system has technical, managerial and financial capacity.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-44, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.4.09" level="3" title="Revisions To Approved Plans And Specifications">

Any significant deviations from approved plans or specifications affecting capacity, hydraulic conditions, operating units, the functioning of water treatment processes, or the quality of water to be delivered must be approved in writing before such changes are made. Major revisions may require submittal of revised plans and specifications and issuance of a new Water Supply Permit.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-44, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.4.10" level="3" title="Completed Project Approval">

Community and NTNC water systems shall submit a written request for a final inspection for any project permitted by the Department at least two weeks prior to the anticipated date of the final inspection. No project permitted by the Department may be placed into operation, have customers connected to unapproved water mains, or begin operation without written or verbal approval by the Department.

(a)The following information shall be submitted to the Department prior to the final inspection:

1.Distribution pressure test results.

2.Results of bacteriological analyses from distribution lines and storage tanks.

3.All primary and secondary water quality analysis representing treated water from a new source or plant.

4.A completed application for approval to use a well if applicable.

(b)The following information shall be submitted no later than 60 days after the final inspection:

1.Record drawings of the distribution system with valve references.

2.A project completion form signed by the licensed engineer for the project.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.4.11" level="3" title="Consecutive Water System Requirements"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="1"><dwc name="copper" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="1">

Consecutive Water Systems must maintain an active valid permit and meet all of the following requirements. In addition, consecutive systems must meet specific monitoring and reporting requirements as identified in subsequent chapters in these regulations.

(a)Consecutive Water Systems must maintain a Water Supply Permit authorizing operation and service of water for human consumption.

1.An Application for Permit Renewal and appropriate permit fee must be received by the Department at least six-months prior to the expiration date of the current permit.

2.A new consecutive system must obtain a construction permit that will also serve as the first six-year operating permit for this system but no customers can be provided with water until a final inspection is held on the project and approval granted from the Department. A purchase water contract shall be maintained by this system that allows sufficient water to be purchased to meet all system demands during normal operating periods. Upon expiration of such contract, the system shall not exceed a period of more than 30 consecutive days without a revised contract to ensure that adequate water can be provided to all existing customers. A copy of new or revised water purchase contracts shall be provided to the Department within fifteen (15) days of execution.

3.Water purchase contracts shall be modified to obtain additional capacity prior to the financial and construction commitment to serve additional customers that will cause the existing contract maximum allowable water purchased to be exceeded.

(b)Consecutive water systems must provide adequate operation through the employment of certified operators to ensure that the quality of water provided meets all State and Federal Drinking Water Standards.

1.The system must employ an operator in responsible charge with a minimum of a Grade I Water Works Operator Certificate.

2.The responsible operator or its designees shall collect the required minimum number of monthly bacteriological samples and have these analyzed at an approved, certified ADEM laboratory.

3.The system must maintain an updated Bacteriological Sample Site Plan indicating the location of sites to be used for monthly bacteriological sampling, the primary and backup certified laboratories for bacteriological analysis, a public notification procedure to be activated in case of monitoring or maximum contaminant level violations, and other pertinent information necessary to ensure compliance with the bacteriological monitoring and analysis requirements.

4.Samples must be taken at intervals established by the Department to analyze for lead and copper in distribution samples. Sample sites must meet criteria established in 335-7-11.

5.An annual Consumer Confidence Report must be prepared and made available to consumers based on the requirements established by Regulation 335-7-14.

6.Monthly Operation Data Reports indicating amount of water purchased, amount of water sold, water loss, and chlorine residual levels in the distribution system must be maintained at the system office and a copy provided to the Drinking Water Branch of ADEM no later than the 10th of the following month.

7.A Cross-Connection Policy shall be established to minimize contamination through cross-connections and unapproved connections. This policy shall be updated periodically and enforced within the capabilities of the system.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-32, 22-23-49, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.4.12" level="3" title="Segmental Water System Requirements">

A consecutive system can be designated as a segmental water system if it contains no pumping facilities, water storage, and consists primarily of plumbing instead of distribution. This facility, such as an apartment complex or shopping center, must obtain water from a permitted public water system whose actions, activities, reports, and monitoring meets all State and Federal Standards and are sufficient to ensure that a proper quality of water is made available to the customers of the segmental system during all times of normal operation.

(a)Segmental water systems are not required to maintain a valid Water Supply Permit or routinely collect water quality samples, but must be included in the Drinking Water Branch database inventory and meet the requirements established under this section.

1.Facilities meeting the definition of Consecutive Public Water System that seek reclassification of a Segmental Water System must submit an application and certification fee to the Department at least ninety (90) days prior to the date the certification is needed.

2.The application for facilities constructed after the effective date of these regulations must include a statement from a licensed plumber that no cross-connections nor potential for backflow or low pressure exists in the facility.

3.A statement must be submitted from the permitted water system providing water to the facilities that routine monitoring and operation will reflect the quality of water available to the segmental water system.

4.The application must identify the location of the facilities, owner of the facilities, a contact person in the State of Alabama if this is different from the owner, the mailing address for the facilities, and an e-mail address and daytime telephone number for the individual responsible for the day-to-day operation of the facility.

(b)Segmental Water Systems must request re-certification on a three-year basis through submittal of a revised Certification Application and fee no later than 6-months prior to the expiration date of the current certification. Failure to maintain a current certification or the occurrence of activities which degrades the quality of water being provided will require the system to be re-classified as a regular Consecutive Water System which must meet all requirement established in 335-7-4-11 and other sections of these regulations.

(c)Segmental Water Systems must employ a certified water operator with a minimum grade one certificate, to be available as needed to respond to water quality complaints and monitoring requirements.

(d)Water quality monitoring may be required by the department if the quality of water being provided is not meeting drinking water standards, there is a high potential for the water to not meet drinking water standards or if the parent system fails to monitor water quality.

(e)Segmental Water Systems shall provide copies of the parent system?s annual consumer confidence report to each tenant by July 1 each year and also provide copies of all public notices issued by the parent system regarding MCL violations, monitoring violations, and variance procedures.

(f)Segmental Water Systems are subject to inspection and records review by ADEM staff after a 10-day intent notice is provided to the responsible operator or manager.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-32, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.4.13" level="3" title="Continuation Of Expiring Permits">

The terms and conditions of an expiring facility permit are automatically extended pending issuance of an new facility permit if the water system has submitted a timely and complete application for reissuance, the system has technical, managerial and financial capacity, is in complete compliance with all regulations and the delay in the permit issuance has not been caused by the actions of the water system.

Author: Ed Hughes

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-32, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed December 24, 2003; effective January 28, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-7-5" level="2" title="GROUNDWATER SOURCES AND TREATMENT">

<regElement name="335.7.5.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

This chapter is applicable to all public water systems within the state using or proposing to use a groundwater source for water supply, unless specifically exempted by a part of these regulations.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.5.02" level="3" title="Definitions"> <dwc name="lead" times="2">

The following words and phrases, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context, shall have the following meaning:

(a)ADEM--the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(b)Analytical methods--the delineation of a Source Water Assessment Area based on a specific value of drawdown.

(c)Aquifer--a geologic formation, group of formations, or part of a formation that is capable of yielding a significant amount of groundwater to wells and springs.

(d)Calculated fixed radius--a circle, with a radius specified by the time-of travel criterion, drawn around a well or wellfield.

(e)Conduit flow--the flow of groundwater in karst (carbonate) aquifers through integrated systems of openings ranging from solutionally widened joints and bedding plane partings to pipe-like passages. Conduit flow is groundwater flow through a system of irregular conduits and open cave stream channels.

(f)Contaminant--matter which renders water unfit to use due to its physical, chemical, biological, or radiological properties.

(g)Contaminant source--origin of a known or potential contaminant.

(h)Contamination--matter present which renders water unfit for use by causing a change in its physical, chemical, biological or radiological properties.

(i)Flow boundaries--zones of higher or lower transmissivity, recharge zones, impermeable boundaries, groundwater divides and saddles, and discharge zones that influence flow direction and velocity in an aquifer.

(j)Fracture flow--the groundwater flow along openings produced by the breaking or shattering of rock.

(k)Geologic mapping--the delineation of Source Water Assessment Areas by mapping time-of-travel and flow boundary criteria using geological observations, geophysical data, and dye-tracing methods.

(l)Geologist--a geologist licensed by the State of Alabama.

(m)Groundwater source--well or spring permitted as a public water supply source by the State.

(n)Known contaminant source--contaminant source which has lead to the detection of a regulated or unregulated chemical contaminant, bacteriological contaminant or physical contaminant in the ground or surface source?s raw water quality.

(o)Licensed well driller--a driller licensed by ADEM, who has direct responsibility and supervision over water supply wells drilled by them and their company.

(p)Numerical modeling method--the delineation of a Source Water Assessment Area using computer models that approximate groundwater flow and/or transport equations numerically.

(q)Physiographic province--a region of which all parts are similar in geologic structures and climate and which has consequently had a unified geomorphic history; a region whose pattern of relief features or landforms differ significantly from that of adjacent regions.

(r)Porous flow--the flow of groundwater through the connected interstices of unconsolidated sediments.

(s)Potential contaminant source--contaminant source which houses regulated or unregulated chemical contaminants, bacteriological contaminants or physical contaminants which may lead to the detection of these substances in the ground or surface source?s raw water.

(t)Simplified variable shapes model--delineation method using "standardized forms" generated with analytical methods, with flow boundaries and Time Of Travel used as criteria.

(u)Sinkhole--a funnel shaped depression caused by subterranean drainage.

(v)Source Water Assessment Area ? SWAA. The surface and subsurface area surrounding a spring, water well or wellfield, supplying a public water system, through which contaminants are reasonably likely to move toward and reach such water well or wellfield.

(w)Stratigraphic pinch-out--the termination or end of a stratum, vein, or other body of rock that narrows or thins progressively in a given horizontal direction until it disappears and the rocks it once separated are in contact.

(x)Susceptibility determination--the evaluation of a known or potential source of contamination to degrade the quality of a drinking water source. Contaminant sources shall be listed as low, moderate, or highly likely to impact a drinking water source.

(y)Time-of-Travel (TOT)--the analytical time-of-travel is based on the maximum time for a contaminant to reach a well according to regional groundwater patterns and velocities. Time periods of 180 days and 10 years are used for determining the time-related capture zones or source water assessment areas.

(z)Unconfined aquifer--an aquifer in which there are no confining beds between the zone of saturation and the surface. An aquifer in which there is a saturated and unsaturated zone.

(aa)GPS method--determination of latitude and longitude at a point using Global Positioning System (GPS) collected, differentially corrected data to an EPA accepted accuracy of 25 meters at a specified datum (i.e. NAD 83).

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Replaced: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Repealed and Replaced: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999.

<regElement name="335.7.5.03" level="3" title="Site Requirements">

Wells or springs shall be constructed in a location such that the upper most extent of the outer casing or collection basin is above the 100 year flood plain and not subject to contamination or sinkhole subsidence. Along with the permit application, a USGS 7.5 minutes (1-24000 scale) map shall be provided, which identifies the location of the proposed groundwater source, using the GPS method.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999.

<regElement name="335.7.5.04" level="3" title="Source Water Assessment Program For Groundwater Systems">

All public water supply systems must have a completed and approved Source Water Assessment Program (SWAP) for groundwater sources used in drinking water no later than February 6, 2003. A completed SWAP must include the following: a Source Water Assessment Area (SWAA) delineation, contaminant inventory within the SWAA, a susceptibility analysis of each contaminant source in the inventory and completion of the public awareness requirements. Written notification that the delineation, contaminant inventory, susceptibility analysis have been updated and the public awareness requirements have been met must be received at the time a water system applies for renewal of its general operating permit. Wells constructed after the effective date of these regulations must meet all requirements of the program before placing the source into service.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: New Rule: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Repealed and Replaced: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999.

<regElement name="335.7.5.05" level="3" title="SWAA Delineation For Community Water System">

All community groundwater systems shall delineate appropriate SWAA I and II in accordance with the requirements of this section

(a)The delineated SWAA shall be drawn on a 24" X 36" US Geological Survey (USGS) 7.5 minutes topographic quadrangle (more than one sheet may be used of necessary). Color photos or color print copies shall be used. The delineation may utilize natural or man made structures to define the SWAA as long as these structures are located in close proximity to the calculated or mapped SWAA boundary.

(b)A geologist shall perform all SWAA area delineations, other than the fixed radius method.

(c)To identify aquifer flow characteristics, a potentiometric map shall be constructed using local water level measurements and show gradient and flow direction.

(d)The degree of confinement shall be determined by geologic or hydrologic approaches. Geologic, graphical and drilling logs, geologic descriptions of local stratigraphy, and cross-sections derived from local stratigraphy shall be included and used to determine confinement.

(e)Construction of the SWAA shall use one of the following methods: fixed radius, analytical methods, numerical modeling, and hydrogeological mapping of flow boundaries according to Table 1.

1.Special Conditions

(i)Confined aquifers

(ii)The SWAA I for public water supply wells in coastal plain confined aquifers, with the top of the first screened interval at 600 feet below ground surface or greater, may be established by a 400 foot fixed radius. A SWAA II is not required.

(iii)A waiver from the full TOT SWAA delineation requirement may be requested of the Department by systems that have wells with the first screened interval less than 600 feet below ground surface. If the aquifer is under confined conditions waivers may be considered based on site-specific considerations such as degree of confinement.

(f)Gulf Coast aquifers. Wells that have been identified as being in the coastal zone of Alabama shall comply with the Alabama Coastal Zone Management Program Regulations.

1.Wellfields. Systems with large wellfields, where wellhead areas may overlap, may define a SWAA I and II that encompasses all of the wells to create a composite SWAA I and II. This area shall be based on cumulative drawdown and interference of all the wells in the wellfield.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Thomas S. DeLoach

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: New Rule: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed December 24, 2003; effective January 28, 2004.

<regElement name="335.7.5.06" level="3" title="SWAA Delineation For Transient Non-Community Water Systems">

All public water systems designated by the Department as Transient Non-Community water systems utilizing a groundwater source shall use a fixed 400-foot radius extending from the groundwater source as the SWAA I. A SWAA II is not required for these systems.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: New Rule: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999.

<regElement name="335.7.5.07" level="3" title="SWAA Delineation For Non-Transient Non-Community Water Systems">

All water systems designated by the Department as Non-Transient Non-Community water systems utilizing a groundwater source shall use a fixed 1,000-foot radius extending from the groundwater source as the SWAA I. A SWAA II is not required for these systems.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: New Rule: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999.

<regElement name="335.7.5.08" level="3" title="Contaminant Inventory Development">

All known and potential contaminant sources shall be located in SWAA I. Contaminant sources, shall be located in SWAA II. A chart listing all contaminant sources indicated in the inventory shall be developed and include contaminant source identification number, type of source, owner?s name, owner?s address, owner?s telephone number, names of the contaminants which can be released from the source, and latitude and longitude of the source using the GPS method. The contaminant source shall be located on the SWAA maps using its identification number, and the following color codes: red for highly susceptible, yellow for moderately susceptible, and green for non-susceptible.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: New Rule: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999.

<regElement name="335.7.5.09" level="3" title="Susceptibility Analysis Of A Groundwater Source">

A representative of the water system and a representative of the Department shall perform the susceptibility analysis. Contaminant sources shall be classified as high, moderate or non-susceptible to contaminating the water source. Contaminant sources shall be ranked according to a comparative analysis procedure using information such as:

(a)Distance of potential contaminant source from the groundwater source.

(b)Depth and construction characteristics of the well or spring.

(c)Contaminant type.

(d)Potential for contamination event.

(e)Concentration of contaminant(s) in the source water.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: New Rule: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.5.10" level="3" title="Public Awareness">

Source water assessment is not complete until the water system makes the public aware of the condition of its raw water supply, including its susceptibility to contamination. This can be accomplished by the following:

(a)Presenting an oral report to the consumers of the system?s water at a public meeting within 90 days after receiving notification from ADEM that the susceptibility analysis has been completed and approved. The report must include a list of all contaminant sources to which the water system?s source water is susceptible, the susceptibility rating of the contaminant source, and a map indicating SWAA I and II and showing the location of the contaminant sources identified in the contaminant inventory. Water system management should attempt to answer reasonable questions asked by the public relating to source water quality and should make the public aware of other options available for reviewing assessment results.

(b)Allowing individual members of the public to review all assessment documents during normal business hours of operation at the water system?s office. Assessment documents must be maintained on display at the system?s water office for easy access by the public.

(c)Providing copies of the assessment documents to members of the public upon request after payment of a nominal reproduction fee.

(d)Including an abbreviated report in the system?s annual consumer confidence report. The report must include the information contained in paragraph (a) above and inform the public of the other options available for reviewing the assessment results.

(e)Responding within 45 days to reasonable written questions by the public relating to the quality of its source water. The water system must maintain a file of questions asked by the public and the water system?s response to such inquiries.

(f)NTNCs and Non-Community water systems shall post a copy of the SWAA, contaminant inventory and susceptibility analysis in a location convenient to be viewed by the consuming public.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: New Rule: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999.

<regElement name="335.7.5.11" level="3" title="Observation Wells">

For community water systems an observation well/wells shall be constructed at an appropriate distance from the production well, to facilitate determination of the storage coefficient and transmissivity during the aquifer test.

(a)A temporary or test well may be used as the observation well if satisfactory information can be obtained.

(b)If the temporary well is converted to the production well, an observation well must be installed at an appropriate distance from the production well or at an alternate distance approved by the Department.

(c)The observation well shall be a minimum of two inches in diameter and shall penetrate the strata utilized by the production well or wells.

(d)The observation well screen shall be placed at approximately the same depth as the central portion of the screened zone or zones in the production well.

(e)Construction of the observation well shall be according to the ASTM Subcommittee D18.21, 1988, Design and Installation of Groundwater Monitoring Wells in Aquifers.

(f)Storage coefficient and other aquifer characteristics determined for existing wells in a coastal province well field, may be used for delineating the SWAA areas for an additional well in the well field if constructed similar to others in the well field.

(g)If the SWAA can be determined without constructing an observation well, a request for an exemption from constructing an observation well may be requested after submittal of all supporting information.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: New Rule: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. (Rule was renumbered from .05 to .11). Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="355.7.5.12" level="3" title="Well Casing Requirements">

(1)Community and NTNC water supply wells shall be constructed with a protective casing of sufficient size to allow a minimum two-inch annular space between the casing and well hole. This casing shall be of unused steel, which meets requirements from the latest edition of the American Water Works Association Standards or other materials approved by the Department and shall be adaptable to both the stresses of installation and the corrosiveness of water. Joining by either welding or threaded coupling will be accepted. Minimum interior diameter of casing should be two inches larger than the pump bowls. Casings for wells in all formations shall extend to the immediate vicinity of the water bearing formation unless specifically approved by the Department. This casing shall be centered and project at least l2 inches above the finished concrete slab around the well. The concrete slab shall have the minimum dimensions of 3 feet by 3 feet.

(2)Non-community water supply well casing materials shall be as indicated above or may be PVC thermoplastic water well casing produced in accordance with ASTM Standard F480-76 and approved for potable water by the NSF.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Thomas S. DeLoach

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. (Rule was renumbered from .04 to .06). Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. (Rule was renumbered from .06 to .12.) Amended: Filed April 25, 2003; effective May 30, 2003.

<regElement name="335.7.5.13" level="3" title="Grouting Requirements">

(1)Well casings used in the construction of community and NTNC water supply wells, shall be pressure cement grouted. The grout shall be added at the bottom of the outer casing under pressure and flow in a continuous operation until the annular opening is filled and overflowing. Wells shall be grouted from the immediate vicinity of the uppermost formation to land surface unless otherwise approved by the Department. A sufficient annular space shall be available to provide a minimum of two inches of grout around the entire length of protective casing to protect the water bearing aquifer from surface water contamination and undesirable water in upper formations. Casing to be grouted in the drill hole or annular opening shall be provided with sufficient guides to permit unobstructed flow.

(2)Wells for non-community water systems may be grouted as above or by a tremie pipe method. Grout must be introduced at the bottom of the zone to be grouted, and the material continuously introduced. Minimum annular space shall be three inches. In wells greater than 100 feet the length of grout seal shall not be less than 100 feet as measured from the land surface to the end of the grout zone. Other methods of grouting must be approved by the Department prior to installation.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. (Rule was renumbered from .05 to .07.) (Rule was renumbered from .07 to .13, per certification filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999, with no changes being made to the rule.) Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.5.14" level="3" title="Blasting, Cleaning And Chemical Conditioning">

The Department shall be notified 14 days prior to reconditioning any well by blasting or use of chemical additives. Additives shall be of a type that will not adversely affect the aquifer. Analysis of the water showing it to be free of the additives used shall be available prior to reuse of the well.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. (Rule was renumbered from .06 to .08.) Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. (Rule was renumbered from .08 to .14.)

<regElement name="335.7.5.15" level="3" title="Aquifer Test">

An aquifer test of a finished community system production well shall be conducted to determine the aquifer storage coefficient and transmissivity. The test method shall be clearly outlined in the engineering specifications for the project and the test procedure shall be continuous with adequate provisions taken to prevent disruption of the test. The calculated storage coefficient and transmissivity values shall be used to determine the SWAA.

(a)Several days before initiating the aquifer test, the well shall be pumped for several hours to determine the following:

1.the maximum anticipated drawdown,

2.the approximate capacity of the well and

3.if the pump discharge will affect recharge to the well during the anticipated period of the aquifer test.

(b)Steps shall be taken to assure accuracy of the drawdown during the aquifer test.

1.Accurate drawdown readings shall be taken in both the production and observation wells simultaneously. Readings will be taken every 2 minutes for the first hour, every 5 minutes for the next hour, every 10 minutes for the next 2 hours, every 30 minutes for the next 2 hours and then hourly until the end of the test.

2.Drawdown data collected during the period of testing shall be corrected for changes in barometric pressure and tidal oscillations.

3.Recovery water level data shall be determined and recorded simultaneously for both the observation well and production well.

4.The aquifer test shall be conducted for the continuous period required to stabilize the water level at the design capacity.

5.If the aquifer test cannot be conducted according to requirements of this paragraph, a written request shall be submitted to the Department supporting a waiver of this method.

(c)An aquifer test exemption may be granted for wells completed in karst formations under conduit flow conditions and for confined wells with sources of water greater than 600 feet deep. Waivers from the aquifer test can be considered by the Department after receipt of well logs, documented confining layers, proposed construction standards and a waiver request from the applicant.

(d)A public water system with a proposed well exempted from the aquifer test must conduct a capacity test in accordance with 335-7-5-.17.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: New Rule: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. (Rule was renumbered from .09 to .15.) Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.5.16" level="3" title="Development">

After completion, a well shall be thoroughly developed to remove all sand, cuttings, and drilling fluids from the well and aquifer. The permanent pumping equipment shall not be used to develop a well.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. (Rule was renumbered from .07 to .10.) (Rule was renumbered from .10 to .16, as per certification filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999, with no changes being made to the rule.)

<regElement name="335.7.5.17" level="3" title="Capacity Test">

In addition to an aquifer test, all community and NTNC water supply wells shall be tested for yield, drawdown and recovery before being approved for use. The test method shall be clearly outlined in the engineering specifications for the project. The test pumping procedure must be continuous with adequate provisions taken to prevent disruption of the test. The length of the test shall be dependent on the clarity of the water, the amount of sand, or other material produced, and the fluctuation of the water level. During the pumping test, the water level shall not be lowered to the top of the uppermost water bearing formation used. A copy of all available information from the capacity test shall be forwarded to the Department for review.

(a)The capacity test for community system wells shall be conducted as follows:

1.The well shall be pumped at the design capacity until the water level has stabilized (+/- 0.1 foot),

2.After stabilization has occurred, the well shall be pumped for 24 hours with water level readings collected at regular intervals,

3.After the water level in the well has been stabilized at the design capacity for 24 hours, the pumping rate shall be increased to 150% of the design capacity,

4.Once the water level is stabilized the well shall be pumped for six hours with the water level recorded at regular time intervals, and

5.At the end of the six hour period the well pump shall be turned off and the water levels shall be recorded until the pre-test water level is obtained.

(b)If the capacity test cannot be conducted according to 335-7-5-.17(a) a written request shall be submitted to the Department supporting a waiver of this method. If the Department grants a waiver, the capacity test shall be conducted for a period of at least 10 days after the water level has stabilized at the proposed design capacity.

(c)The capacity test for NTNC system wells shall be conducted for the period necessary to stabilize the water level at the design capacity for a minimum of 12 hours.

(d)Department approval shall be obtained prior to any significant increases in capacity to an existing well source. A proposal to significantly increase the capacity of an existing well source shall be accompanied by a satisfactory capacity test at the proposed site, (using procedures 1 or 2 above), a set of chemical (regulated and unregulated) and bacteriological analysis, an updated SWAA delineation, contaminant source inventory, susceptibility analysis and an application (with fee) for a permit modification.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. (Rule was renumbered from .08 to .11.) Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. (Rule was renumbered from .11 to .17.) Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 7, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.5.18" level="3" title="Well Construction Information">

Drill cuttings from community and NTNC water wells shall be obtained at ten foot intervals and all pronounced changes in formations. Cuttings shall be logged on site or bagged and submitted to a geologist for geologic log interpretations. The following shall be submitted to the Department:

(a)An accurate record of the drill hole diameters and depths,

(b)The assembled order of size and length of casings and liners,

(c)Grouting depths,

(d)Well schematic or diagram and a geologic log which describes and identifies depth and thickness of the formations penetrated,

(e)Static and pumping water levels for projected operation, and

(f)Location of blast shots, test wells, or observation wells.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. (Rule was renumbered from.09 to .12.) Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. (Rule was renumbered from .12 to .18.) Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.5.19" level="3" title="Water Level Measurement">

Provisions shall be made for periodic measurement of the static and pumping water levels in all community wells and all NTNC wells constructed after the effective date of this paragraph.

(a)An airline with depth gauges for periodic measurement of water level shall be constructed of minimum 3/8" diameter material sufficient to prevent rupturing or cracking as a result of age and environmental conditions inside the well; or

(b)A continuous monitoring and recording water level measurement system.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. (Rule was renumbered from.10 to .13.) Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. (Rule was renumbered from .13 to .19.) Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.5.20" level="3" title="Shallow Wells">

Community and NTNC wells directly influenced by surface water are considered a surface source and must comply with Chapter 335-7-6. Therefore, unless specifically approved by the Department no proposed well shall be accepted as a groundwater source if the water bearing formation is less than 100 feet from the ground surface. The following information is required to evaluate any proposed community well source with a water bearing formation less than 100 feet from the ground surface:

(a)A comprehensive geologic report complying with SWA requirements and demonstrations the proposed well will be protected from surface water influences and contaminants in its recharge area.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. (Rule was renumbered from .11 to .14.) Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.5.21" level="3" title="Springs"> <dwc name="bacteria" times="1"><dwc name="coliform" times="1"><dwc name="turbid" times="1">

Springs, quarries, and other groundwater sources open to the atmosphere and under the direct influence of surface water are classified as a surface source requiring complete treatment and filtration. A proposal for use of a spring without complete treatment shall meet the following requirement:

(a)The results of flow, turbidity and temperature data taken twice weekly for a minimum of 12 consecutive months,

(b)Total and fecal coliform (or e. coli) bacteria results from weekly sampling for a minimum of 12 consecutive months,

(c)Data indicating the site is not subject to flooding, and

(d)Analysis results from a certified laboratory for all contaminants identified in the primary and secondary standards and any listed unregulated contaminants.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. (Rule was renumbered from .12 to .15.) Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. (Rule was renumbered from .15 to .21.) Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.5.22" level="3" title="Abandoned Wells">

Abandoned wells and bore holes shall be filled and sealed to prevent contamination of ground water formations. Where feasible or when required by the Department, wells shall be completely filled with neat cement. Other wells shall be sealed in accordance with the most recent American Water Works Association Standards, except that the sealing material for the top 20 feet of fill must be neat cement and no material that could impart taste, odor, or toxic components to water may be used in the sealing process.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. (Rule was renumbered from .13 to .16.) Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. (Rule was renumbered from .16 to .22.)

<regElement name="335.7.5.23" level="3" title="Ground Water Quality"> <dwc name="bacteria" times="2"><dwc name="total coliform" times="1"><dwc name="coliform" times="2"><dwc name="turbid" times="1"><dwc name="disinfect" times="1"><dwc name="chlorin" times="2">

The quality of water produced from wells and springs must be determined through analysis of samples representative of the sources.

(a)Physical Quality. Water produced from wells or springs to serve a community or NTNC system shall be free of rock or sand particles, silt, mud, or other foreign material. If compliance cannot be judged through visual observation, the following procedures shall be followed:

1.A turbidity test shall be performed according to methods approved by the Department and the results submitted to the Department.

2.A sample of the water shall be subjected to centrifuge or filtering tests. The test method shall be submitted by the project engineer to the Department which shall review and approve the method and apparatus prior to testing. If the design and apparatus are approved, the full capacity of the well upon start-up shall be tested for ten minutes. The maximum acceptable amount of material collected is one part per million.

(b)Bacteriological Quality. Every new, modified or reconditioned groundwater source shall be tested for bacteriological quality. A minimum of three chlorine free water samples collected at various periods during the capacity test shall be analyzed for both fecal and total coliform bacteria by a laboratory certified by the Department. After the final pumping equipment has been installed and properly disinfected, at least two samples of chlorine free water shall be analyzed by a laboratory certified by the Department for total and fecal coliform bacteria. All results shall be submitted to the Department.

(c)Chemical Quality. After completion of the finished community or NTNC well, representative samples shall be analyzed for all primary and secondary contaminants, including inorganic, radiological and VOCs (regulated and unregulated). These analyses must be performed by a laboratory certified by the Department and a copy of the results shall be submitted to the Department prior to a request for a final inspection. Plans for providing treatment facilities should be provided at this time should any parameter not meet established standards.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. (Rule was renumbered from .14 to .17.) Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. (Rule was renumbered from .17 to .23.) Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.5.24" level="3" title="Treatment Of Groundwater"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="1">

Treatment facilities must be constructed by community and NTNC systems to provide water meeting all primary and secondary drinking water standards. Treatment facilities maintaining more than 2500 pounds of chlorine should contact ADEM Air Division to determine responsibilities under the Accidental Release Prevention and Risk Management Program.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. (Rule was renumbered from .15 to .18.) Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. (Rule was renumbered from .18 to .24.)

<regElement name="335.7.5.25" level="3" title="Disinfection Requirements"> <dwc name="total coliform" times="1"><dwc name="coliform" times="2"><dwc name="turbid" times="1"><dwc name="disinfect" times="6"><dwc name="chlorin" times="4">

Disinfection of the water shall be accomplished using a chemical or treatment technique accepted by the Department. Sufficient contact time to allow proper disinfection to take place must be provided as follows:

(a)A chlorine concentration time (CT) of at least 60 shall be provided when the average monthly turbidity is less than five TU, and

1.The geologic conditions are such that contamination may occur, or

2.The average total coliform count of the raw water exceeds 20 per 100 milliliters but is less than 100 per 100 milliliters for an average of weekly samples for a minimum of four consecutive months, or

3.The average fecal coliform count of the raw water exceeds five per 100 milliliters but is less than 20 per 100 milliliters for an average of weekly samples for a minimum of four consecutive months.

4.Should a disinfectant other than chlorine be used, an equivalent CT time will be provided by the Department.

(b)Water systems shall maintain an adequate level of disinfectant residual in the distribution system at all times. This residual shall be determined and recorded daily from an approved sampling site or other representative point in the system. For systems using chlorine as disinfectant, the residual shall be maintained at a level no less than 0.2 mg/L free chlorine. Should the residual at a sampling site fall below 0.2 mg/L and not be restored within four hours, a treatment technique violation has occurred requiring appropriate public notification within 14 days. Should the disinfectant residual not be restored within 24 hours, microbiological samples representative of the effected area shall be collected. Should these samples show system contamination, an acute violation has resulted, requiring appropriate notification.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. (Rule was renumbered from .16 to .19.) Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. (Rule was renumbered from .19 to .25.) Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.5.26" level="3" title="Filtration Requirements"> <dwc name="total coliform" times="1"><dwc name="coliform" times="2"><dwc name="turbid" times="1">

Treatment processes to include filtration are required when raw water quality from a groundwater source exceeds any of the following parameters:

(a)Turbidity - 5.0 TU

(b)Total Coliform - 100 per 100 milliliter of sample

(c)Fecal Coliform - 20 per 100 milliliter of sample

(d)Iron - 0.6 milligrams per liter

(e)Manganese - 0.1 milligrams per liter

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. (Rule was renumbered from .17 to .20.) Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. (Rule was renumbered from .20 to .26.) Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.5.27" level="3" title="Filtration Processes">

Treatment processes, including filtration, are required to reduce contaminant levels to meet existing standards. Coating materials inside the filter shall not impart an undesirable taste, odor or contribute to an increase in the concentration of any regulated contaminants to the water. A minimum of two filter units shall be installed. Provisions shall be made for the control of the filtration and wash rates, for an adequate supply of backwash water and for a separate filter-to-waste system for each filter. Filtration rates shall not exceed 4 gpm/sf, unless approved by the Department.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: New Rule: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999.

<regElement name="335.7.5.28" level="3" title="Chemicals Used In Ground Water Treatment"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="1"><dwc name="acrylamid" times="3">

(1)Chemicals used in groundwater treatment, other than alum, lime, chlorine, potassium permanganate, caustic soda, soda ash, powdered activated carbon, and hydrofluosilicic acid must be approved by the Department prior to use. Systems currently using chemicals other than these and not having prior ADEM concurrence shall submit required information within six months of the effective date of these regulations. Information regarding company name, telephone number, address and chemicals supplied must be maintained in a file at the plant. All chemical manufacturers supplying chemicals to the treatment plant for the past two years shall be maintained on this list. Water Systems shall determine that the chemical or substance to be added and the proposed application rate meets the ANSI/NSF standard 60. Only products meeting these standards shall be used by supplier of water and certification that such a product meets these standards must be determined through evaluation by a program certified by the American National Standards Institute or Underwriters Laboratory. Water Systems shall provide a list of the type, name, and manufacturer, and certification document requesting departmental approval prior to use of the substance or chemical. Water treatment chemicals containing acrylamide or epichlorohydrin are prohibited from use in water treatment plants unless the system provides annually a written certification to the department that when acrylamide and/or epichlorohydrin are used to treat water, the combination of dose and monomer level does not exceed the following levels: acrylamide - 0.05% dosed at 1ppm or equivalent. Epichlorohydrin - 0.01% dosed at 20 ppm or equivalent. Name of the chemical used and daily average dose rate shall be shown on the monthly operation data report for the plant.

(2)Chemicals shall be stored in containers as received or otherwise their containers shall be labeled to indicate the name of the chemical. Chemicals shall be controlled to prevent contamination with other chemicals and to eliminate any dangerous mixing of chemicals. Acid storage tanks must be vented to the outside atmosphere in a separate vent stack.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. (Rule was renumbered from .18 to .21.) Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. (Rule was renumbered from .21 to .28.)

<regElement name="335.7.5.29" level="3" title="Additional Requirements For Ground Water Under The Influence Of Surface Water">

Surfaces deemed ground water under the influence of surface water must meet the requirements established in 335-7-6-.11 and 335-7-6-.18.

Author: William D. McClimans

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;

History: New Rule: Filed April 25, 2003; effective May 30, 2003.

APPENDIX A

TABLE 1

<table width="100%"> ASSESSMENT AREA Porous: porous flow Karst: porous flow Karst: conduit flow Fractured: porous flow Fractured: conduit flow SWAA I 180 day TOT or 400 ft radius * 180 day TOT or 400 ft radius * 1000 ft radius 180 day TOT or 400 ft radius * 1000 ft radius SWAA II 10 year TOT with hydrogeo- logic flow boundaries Hydrogeo- logic flow boundaries Hydrogeo- logic flow boundaries dye tracing 10 year TOT with hydrogeo- logic flow boundaries Hydrogeologic flow boundaries dye tracing </table>

Table 1. Alabama Source Water Assessment Area delineation criteria and threshold

*Whichever is greater

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;

History: Amended: Filed April 25, 2003; effective May 30, 2003.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-7-6" level="2" title="SURFACE WATER SOURCES AND TREATMENT">

<regElement name="335.7.6.01" level="3" title="Definitions"> <dwc name="giardia lamblia" times="1"><dwc name="giardia" times="1"><dwc name="turbid" times="1"><dwc name="disinfect" times="5"><dwc name="disinfect byproduct" times="1">

The following words and phrases, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context, shall have the following meaning:

(a)ADEM--the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(b)Contaminant--matter which renders water unfit to use due to its physical, chemical, biological, or radiological properties.

(c)Contaminant source--material within a watershed which may consist of one or more contaminants, and which may, or may not be related to a facility. It may be located on the land or in the water within a watershed.

(d)Contaminant source inventory--the synthetic identification, location, and recording of contaminant sources existing within a watershed.

(e)Geographic Information System (GIS)--a computer based method of depicting various types of geographic information on a map.

(f)Global Positioning System (GPS)--the location of items on the earth?s surface by determining their coordinates in relation to a series of satellites.

(g)Intake--the structure where raw water is removed from source water for the purpose of transferring it to a water treatment plant.

(h)Known contaminant source--a contaminant that, due to its nature and location within the watershed, may impact the quality of the source water.

(i)Potential contaminant source--a location within the watershed where a contamination sources does not currently exist but could occur because of circumstances not under the control of the water system.

(j)Public Awareness--the requirement of a water system to notify the public of the susceptibility to contaminant source located in its watershed.

(k)Raw water--water within a watershed used to supply an intake structure.

(l)Significant tributary--a tributary, or subtributary, within a watershed that, due to its location, has the potential to transport contaminant sources and potential contaminant sources into the main raw water source. Their "significance" can be determined only after a preliminary study of their relative location to known or potential contaminant sources.

(m)Source Water Assessment--the systematic identification of contaminant sources within a watershed area and the relative susceptibility to these contamination sources.

(n)Source Water Protection Area (SWPA)--the critical, or special, area in the immediate vicinity of an intake that is closely scrutinized for contaminant sources.

(o)State boundary--the boundary between two or more States which share a common watershed. It is the upper limit for a watershed that exists in more than one State.

(p)Susceptibility analysis--the determination of the relative impact a contaminant source in a watershed has on the quality of a raw water source used for a public water supply system.

(q)Tributary--a sidestream that discharges flow to the main stream of a watershed.

(r)Watershed--the entire land area drained by a stream or system of streams such that all streams originating in the area are discharged through a single outlet at an intake. It is usually identified by the hydrologic boundary or surface topography.

(s)Watershed delineation--the identification of a watershed?s topographic boundary.

(t)Watershed map--a map which depicts the location of the intake of a water system, the boundary of the watershed serving the intake, the location of the Source Water Protection Area, and locations of contaminant sources within the watershed.

(u)Comprehensive performance evaluation (CPE)--a thorough review and analysis of a treatment plant's performance-based capabilities and associated administrative, operation and maintenance practices. It is conducted to identify factors that may be adversely impacting a plant's capability to achieve compliance and emphasizes approaches that can be implemented without significant capital improvements. The comprehensive performance evaluation must consist of at least the following components: Assessment of plant performance; evaluation of major unit processes; identification and prioritization of performance limiting factors; assessment of the applicability of comprehensive technical assistance; and preparation of a CPE report.

(v)Disinfection profile--a summary of daily Giardia lamblia inactivation through the treatment plant.

(w)Filter profile--a graphical representation of individual filter performance, based on continuous turbidity measurements or total particle counts versus time for an entire filter run, from startup to backwash inclusively, that includes an assessment of filter performance while another filter is being backwashed.

(x)Disinfection segment--each individually confined volume of water before the first customer between the first point of disinfectant addition and the next point of disinfectant addition or the first customer.

(y)Enhanced coagulation--the addition of sufficient coagulant for improved removal of disinfection byproduct precursors by conventional filtration treatment.

(z)SUVA--Specific Ultraviolet Absorption at 254 nanometers (nm), an indicator of the humic content of a water. It is a calculated parameter obtained by dividing a sample?s ultraviolet absorption at a wavelength of 254 nm (UV254) (in m-1) by its concentration of dissolved organic carbon (DOC) (in mg/L).

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: New Rule: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.6.02" level="3" title="Applicability">

These regulations apply to all public water systems using or proposing to utilize a surface water source as a supply of drinking water.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 2977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. (Rule was renumbered from .01 to .02, as per certification filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999, with no changes made to the rule.)

<regElement name="335.7.6.03" level="3" title="Source Selection Report">

Any applicant for a permit proposing to utilize surface water as a source for a drinking water facility shall file a report including the following:

(a)A map of the proposed source showing the drainage area in the vicinity of the proposed intake.

(b)Information showing the raw water source meets raw water quality criteria and has a use classification of PUBLIC WATER SUPPLY in accordance with ADEM Regulation 335-6.

(c)Results of an approved source water assessment identifying both natural and manmade contaminant sources, existing and potential, and other activities in the watershed which may adversely affect the quality of the raw water. The watershed map generated by the requirements of this paragraph may be used in meeting the public awareness requirements of paragraph 335-7-6-.09.

(d)A study showing the source will be responsive to the treatment outlined in the engineering report and that the expected finished water will comply with all primary and secondary standards.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Thomas S. DeLoach

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed December 24, 2003; effective January 28, 2004.

<regElement name="335.7.6.04" level="3" title="Source Water Assessment For Surface Systems">

Source waters for all surface water treatment plants shall be assessed for susceptibility to contaminant sources located in its watershed. Source water assessment consists of: watershed delineation, contaminant source inventory, susceptibility analysis, contingency plans and public awareness. Assessments for existing systems shall be completed no later than February 6, 2003. Assessments of proposed new water supply sources must be completed and approved by ADEM prior to issuance of a construction permit for the intake.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999.

<regElement name="335.7.6.05" level="3" title="Delineation Of Watersheds">

Watersheds for all surface water intakes shall be delineated using the Hydrologic Unit Code (HUC), or other approved methods. Delineated watersheds shall extend upstream and laterally from intakes to the watershed topographic boundary, the next upstream dam (where applicable), and to the adjacent state boundary. Watersheds shall be depicted on US Geological Survey (USGS) topographic maps using a suitable scale between 1:100,000 and 1:24,000. Map overlays and the Geographical Information System (GIS), or other approved methods, may be used to depict various types of information such as large land areas, for the watershed and the Source Water Protection Area (SWPA). Maps of watershed delineations must show the location of intakes and known and potential contaminant sources, using the Global Positioning System (GPS) coordinates. The SWPA is the area designated for close scrutiny by the contaminant source inventory and protection, and shall be shown on the watershed map, or overlay, in accordance with the following:

(a)For river runs, creeks, and streams: The SWPA area shall extend from ¼ mile downstream of an intake (where practicable) to:

1.fifteen (15) miles upstream of the intake;

2.¼ mile below the next upstream intake;

3.the next upstream dam, or

4.the state boundary.

5.The SWPA shall extend laterally from the intake for a minimum distance of 500 feet beyond the edge of the body of water at summer pool elevation serving the intake. Special conditions, such as an area of known potential, or suspected contaminant sources, may require the width of the SWPA to exceed 500 feet. Significant tributaries (tributaries draining an area of known, potential, or suspected contaminants) entering the SWPA shall be included as a part of the SWPA for a minimum of one mile upstream of the tributary and laterally to each side of the tributary for a minimum of 500 feet.

(b)For lakes and reservoirs with water surface areas exceeding 1000 acres the SWPA shall extend from ¼ mile downstream of the intake (where practicable) to:

1.five (5) miles upstream of the intake in all directions of potential flow toward the intake,

2.a minimum of 500 feet inland for land falling within the above five mile distance of potential flow towards the intake.

3.A minimum of one mile upstream and a minimum of 500 feet to each side of significant tributaries falling within the above five mile distance of flow towards the intake.

(c)For lakes and reservoirs with water surface areas equal to or less than 1000 acres the SWPA shall extend from ¼ mile downstream of the intake (where practicable) to:

1.A minimum of 500 feet inland for the entire body of water or waters;

2.A minimum of one mile upstream and a minimum of 500 feet to each side of significant tributaries to the body of water.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.6.06" level="3" title="Contaminant Source Inventory">

Source water protection areas (SWPA) shall be inventoried for known and potential contaminants sources. Information on existing contaminants sources shall be obtained by reviewing records available from Local, State, and Federal permitting and monitoring agencies plus on-site field surveys conducted by water system personnel. Information on non-permitted contaminant sources shall be obtained by on-site field surveys conducted by water system personnel their designees.

(a)Information on all contaminant sources identified from records and by water systems shall be recorded in tabular form and include:

1.Contaminant source identification.

2.Contaminant source nature, specific contaminate present at the site, and relative amount.

3.Contaminant source location by longitude and latitude as determined by GPS units of activity, such as crops or pasture (animals grazing) can be located by one point indicate most probable entry of runoff to the water source.

4.Name, address, and telephone number of owner or generator of the contaminant source.

5.Name of the regulatory agency that permitted and monitors the contaminant source.

6.Identify contaminant sources as to whether or not they are regulated.

(b)Contaminant sources identified above shall be plotted on an overlay of the watershed map. Contaminant sources associated with large areas of land shall be plotted using GIS information, when available. Otherwise, the approximate area and location shall be shown on the watershed map.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.6.07" level="3" title="Susceptibility Analysis">

Upon completion of the contaminant source inventory, a representative of the water system and a representative of the Department shall jointly perform a susceptibility analysis of all contaminant sources identified in the contaminant source inventory.

(a)Contaminant sources shall be analyzed for their susceptibility to impact raw water quality. Contaminant sources shall be classed as highly susceptible, moderately susceptible, or not susceptible to impacting raw water quality after consideration of, but not limited to, the following factors:

1.Contaminant source nature, location, type, and source.

2.Concentration and volume of contaminant source after consideration of time of travel to the intake, and dilution.

3.Likelihood the contaminant source can be removed or diverted from the intake by emergency operations measures.

(b)All contaminants shall be plotted on the watershed map by using latitudes and longitudes based on GPS methods. The contaminants sources shall be identified by name and by legend on the map, using color codes to identify their susceptibility classification. The susceptibility codes to be used are:

1.Red: Highly susceptible

2.Yellow: Moderately susceptible

3.Green: Low susceptible.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.6.08" level="3" title="Contingency Plans">

The water system shall submit to ADEM for approval contingency activities for potential contaminant sources rated highly susceptible to entering the intake which may rapidly cause the raw water to be difficult to properly treat. Upon approval of their contingency plans, water systems shall implement them immediately and incorporate them into their Standard Operating Procedure (SOP). Contingency actions may include, but not be limited to the following items, individually, and in combination:

(a)Temporarily closing of the treatment plant,

(b)Obtaining raw water from another approved source,

(c)Obtaining finished water from another public water system,

(d)Developing adequate distribution storage for the expected duration of the contamination event,

(e)Using emergency containment devices to exclude contaminant sources from intakes.

(f)During periods when a treatment plant is closed due to the presence of excessive contaminants, it shall remain out of service until monitoring by the water system indicates the contaminant is no longer a threat to the treatment process or quality of finished water. The water system shall keep ADEM informed of the status of its raw water quality whenever a contamination event results in the closure of a plant and shall furnish monitoring results to ADEM. Treatment plants shall not be returned to service until approval has been received from ADEM.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.6.09" level="3" title="Public Awareness">

(1)Source water assessment is complete when the water system makes the public aware of the condition of its raw water supply, including its susceptibility to contamination. This can be accomplished by the following:

(a)Presenting an oral report to the consumers of the system?s water at a public meeting within 90 days after receiving notification from ADEM that the susceptibility analysis has been completed and contingency plans have been approved. The report must include a list of all contaminant sources to which the water system?s source water is susceptible, the susceptibility rating of the contaminant source, and a map showing the location of contaminant sources identified in the contaminant inventory. Water system management should attempt to answer reasonable questions asked by the public relating to source water quality and should make the public aware of other options available for reviewing assessment results.

(b)Allowing individual members of the public to review all assessment documents during normal business hours of operation at the water system?s office. Assessment documents must be maintained on display at the system?s water office for easy access by the public.

(c)Providing copies of the assessment documents to members of the public upon request after payment of a nominal reproduction fee.

(d)Including an abbreviated report in the system?s annual consumer confidence report. The report must include the information contained in paragraph (a) above and must inform the public of the other options available for reviewing the assessment results.

(e)Responding within 45 days to reasonable written questions by the public relating to the quality of its source water. The water system must maintain a file of questions asked by the public and the water system?s response to such inquiries.

(f)NTNCs and Non-community water systems shall post a copy of the SWPA contaminant inventory, susceptibility analysis, and contingency plan in a location convenient to the consuming public.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-1 through 22-24-12.

History: New Rule: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.6.10" level="3" title="Updating Of Assessments">

Approved assessments must be updated by the water system before permits-to-furnish water are reissued.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999.

<regElement name="335.7.6.11" level="3" title="Treatment Requirements"> <dwc name="bacteria" times="1"><dwc name="cryptosporidium" times="2"><dwc name="giardia lamblia" times="1"><dwc name="giardia" times="1"><dwc name="heterotroph plate count" times="1"><dwc name="plate count" times="1"><dwc name="legionella" times="1"><dwc name="turbid" times="1"><dwc name="virus" times="2"><dwc name="disinfect" times="2">

Treatment shall be provided for all surface water and ground water under the influence of surface water used as a drinking water source to produce water meeting both primary and secondary standards with a goal for particulate removal to result in a filtered water turbidity level less than 0.1 NTU, and be free of Giardialamblia, cryptosporidium oocysts, viruses, heterotrophic plate count bacteria, and Legionella. Provisions to bypass various processes in the treatment are prohibited. Minimum treatment requirements for community plants shall include coagulation, flocculation, sedimentation, filtration and disinfection. Other process which include filtration may be used by NC and NTNC plants. No exemptions from the disinfection and filtration process is allowed. Plants with a raw water source receiving treated or untreated wastewater or having a watershed with high contaminant potential may be required to install equipment to measure, count and record particle size of particles passing through plant filters to demonstrate compliance with the following treatment levels. The treatment technique requirements consist of installing and properly operating water treatment processes which achieve:

(a)At least 99.9 percent removal and/or inactivation of Giardia lamblia cyst and at least 99 percent removal of cryptosporidium oocyst prior to service of the first customer, and

(b)99.99 percent removal and/or inactivation of viruses prior to service of the first customer.

(c)Drinking water meeting all primary and secondary standards.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Thomas S. DeLoach

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Amended: September 23, l992; effective November 9, 1992. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. (Rule was renumbered from .03 to .11, as per certification filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999, with no changes made to the rule.) Amended: Flied May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed April 25, 2003; effective May 30, 2003.

<regElement name="337.7.6.12" level="3" title="Mixing Basins">

Basins or facilities to provide both the rapid disbursement of coagulants in the raw water and development of a settable floc shall be provided. Provision shall be made for the application of chemicals at various points in the treatment train. A detention time of no less than 30 minutes shall be available under normal flow conditions in the flocculation basin. Bypass lines around the rapid mix or flocculation basins are prohibited.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. (Rule was renumbered from .04 to .12, as per certification filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999, with no changes made to the rule.)

<regElement name="335.7.6.13" level="3" title="Settling Basins">

A minimum of two sedimentation basins or clarification basins shall be provided. A minimum settling period of four hours shall be provided in sedimentation basins and two hours contact detention shall be provided in upflow clarifiers during normal operations. Provisions shall be made for the withdrawal of settled sludge from sedimentation basins and for sludge recycling and sludge blanket development for upflow clarifiers.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. (Rule was renumbered from .05 to .13, as per certification filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999, with no changes made to the rule.)

<regElement name="335.7.6.14" level="3" title="Filtration Requirements"> <dwc name="turbid" times="1">

Gravity type rapid sand filters shall be used in the treatment of surface water used by community and NTNC systems with at least two units provided at each plant or facility. Non-community systems may use slow sand filters or pressure filters as long as all standards can be met. The following criteria apply to rapid sand filters:

(a)The rate of filtration shall not exceed two gallons per minute per square foot of sand area unless otherwise approved by the Department.

(b)Sufficient head room shall be available above filters to allow inspection of the facility and access to the filter.

(c)Sample taps shall be provided on the filter effluent line from each filter.

(d)Media used shall meet departmental design requirements.

(e)A method of constantly controlling the rate of flow through each filter shall be provided.

(f)A filter flow indicator and head loss indicator shall be present at each filter.

(g)Provisions shall be made for continuously monitoring and recording the turbidity of the effluent from each filter.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. (Rule was renumbered from .06 to .14, as per certification filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999, with no changes made to the rule.) Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.6.15" level="3" title="High Rate Filtration Requirements"> <dwc name="coliform" times="1"><dwc name="turbid" times="3"><dwc name="chlorin" times="1">

Filtration rates greater than two gpm per square foot of filter area require a permit modification. For high rate filtration approval, the following requirements must be met:

(a)The coagulation process shall be controlled either by zeta potential, streaming current detector or other approved methods.

(b)Indicating and recording turbidity monitors shall be provided for monitoring the turbidity of:

1.Raw water;

2.Settled water prior to filtration at representative points;

3.Filter effluent from each filter.

(c)pH monitoring equipment shall be provided for monitoring

1.Raw water;

2.Treated water;

3.Finished water.

(d)Chlorine residual indicating and recording monitors shall monitor the finished water leaving the plant.

(e)Filtration rates shall not exceed eight gallons per minute per square foot of filter area.

(f)Filters shall be of the dual media or multimedia type.

(g)The plant shall have an acceptable record for operation at the rate of two gpm/sf for a minimum of one year prior to increasing the filtration rate. In order to increase the filter rate, the plant must demonstrate and document satisfactory operation during the worst part of a year (high turbidity).

(h)At least one operator working each shift shall have a Grade IV nonrestrictive certificate issued by the Department.

(i)The minimum detention time for the settling basins must be two hours with sludge removal and four hours without sludge removal. The detention times for the flash mix and flocculator basins will be waived.

(j)Systems operating at filtration rates above four gpm/sf must meet the following additional requirements:

1.System must have 24 hour per day access to bacteriological analysis capabilities.

2.An annual evaluation of the raw water source shall be performed. This should include fecal coliform monitoring and an inventory of all discharges and activities which may impact the raw water quality available to the plant.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. (Rule was renumbered from .07 to .15, as per certification filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999, with no changes made to the rule.)

<regElement name="335.7.6.16" level="3" title="Filter Cleaning Requirements"> <dwc name="turbid" times="3">

Equipment will be installed and maintained to allow proper cleaning and backwashing of filters. Filters shall be backwashed when the head loss exceeds six feet, effluent turbidity approaches or exceeds 0.3 NTU, or there is a rapid increase in effluent turbidity. Water used for all backwashing procedures shall meet primary and secondary drinking water standards. A flow control device shall be available to regulate and indicate the rate of backwashing. Filters shall be designed to allow the operator to observe the backwashing procedures. After backwashing, the filter shall be filtered to waste until the turbidity in the filter to waste water is approximately 0.1 NTU, but no greater than 0.3 NTU.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective January 2, 1996. (Rule was renumbered from .08 to .16, as per certification filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999, with no changes made to the rule.) Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.6.17" level="3" title="Disinfection Of Surface Water Sources"> <dwc name="giardia lamblia" times="1"><dwc name="giardia" times="1"><dwc name="disinfect" times="6"><dwc name="chlorin" times="3">

(1)A disinfectant application rate must be provided to all filtered water to provide at least a one log Giardia lamblia cyst and a two log virus inactivation. This shall be demonstrated by providing a suitable contact time with a post disinfectant. Should chlorine be the disinfectant, a CT of at least 70 must be available or the system must demonstrate that a CT acceptable to the Department corresponding to the water characteristics and detention is available, but the chlorine residual entering the distribution system from each plant shall not be less than 1.0 mg/L at any time.

(2)Approval from the Department shall be obtained before using any disinfectant other than chlorine. Duplicate equipment may be required. A minimum CT for the disinfectant shall be provided in accordance with Departmental calculations and EPA guidance.

(3)Failure to provide disinfection as required or correct a deficiency within 4 hours of occurrence results in a treatment technique violation requiring public notification within 14 days of occurrence. The Department shall be notified of all such deficiencies and resulting action no later than 48 hours of the occurrence of the deficiency.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. (Rule was renumbered from .09 to .17, as per certification filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999, with no changes made to the rule.) Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.6.18" level="3" title="Disinfection Profiling And Benchmarking"> <dwc name="giardia lamblia" times="6"><dwc name="giardia" times="6"><dwc name="turbid" times="3"><dwc name="disinfect" times="22"><dwc name="chlorin" times="1"><dwc name="haa" times="3"><dwc name="tthm" times="4">

(1)Systems must conduct disinfection profiling for all surface water sources and sources that have been designated as ground water under the influence of surface water that does not comply with one of the following must conduct disinfection profiling for up to three years beginning not later than March 16, 2000.

(a)The water system has conducted simultaneous monitoring of water in the distribution system for HAA5 and TTHM that meets the monitoring sample number and location requirements for TTHM. The arithmetic average of all results for the last four quarters of monitoring completed by March 16, 1999 is not greater than .064 mg/L for TTHM and not greater than .048 mg/L for HAA5.

(b)The water system has conducted monitoring in accordance with the Information Collection Rule (ICR) and the arithmetic average of all results for the last four quarters of monitoring for TTHM is not greater than .064 mg/L and monitoring for HAA5 is not greater than .048 mg/L.

(c)The water system confirms a minimum CT using chlorine of no less than 70 is available between the filter effluent and the first customer and submits graphs of filtered water turbidity and probability profiles that demonstrate that the maximum turbidity of water each day from each water treatment plant filter determined every two hours for the last 12 consecutive months is no greater than 0.1 NTU in 95% of all samples analyzed and no individual turbidity determined on water from any filter exceeds 0.3 NTU.

(2)A surface water system required to conduct a disinfection profile must daily, during peak hourly flow, for a period of 12 consecutive calendar months:

(a)Determine the temperature, pH and residual disinfectant concentration (C) of water at a point just before each disinfectant is added and at or before the first customer,

(b)Determine the disinfectant contact time (T) in each disinfection segment before the first customer,

(c)Determine the total CT (CTTotal ) of water before the first customer by adding the individual CT determined for each disinfection treatment segment before the first customer,

(d)Calculate the total Giardia lamblia inactivation ratio by dividing the calculated CT (CTcalc) by the CT required for 99.9% inactivation (CT99.9) for each successive disinfection segment,

(e)Determine the total logs of Giardia lamblia inactivation by multiplying the sum of the Giardia lamblia inactivation ratios (CTcalc / CT99.9)for each successive disinfection segment by 3( 3 x Sum (CTcalc / CT99.9)), and

(f)Retain the disinfection profile data in graphic form for onsite review by the Department and/or for submittal to the Department for review if requested.

(3)Any system required to develop a disinfection profile that decides to make a significant change or modification to its disinfection practice must contact the Department prior to making such change. Significant changes or modifications to disinfection practice include changes to the point of disinfection; disinfectant(s) used in the treatment plant; and the disinfection process.

(4)Any system that is proposing to change or alter its disinfection practice must submit a description of the proposed change, the disinfection profile (graphically), and an analysis of how the proposed changes will affect the current level of disinfection.

(5)Benchmarking is the process of defining the lowest Giardia lamblia inactivation value.

(a)For systems with one year of profiling data the disinfection benchmark is the lowest of 12 monthly average Giardia lamblia inactivation values.

(b)For systems with more than one year of profiling data the disinfection benchmark is the average of the lowest monthly Giardia lamblia inactivation average value in each year divided by the number of years profile data is collected.

Authors: Keith J Lowery, Thomas S. DeLoach

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed April 25, 2003; effective May 30, 2003.

<regElement name="335.7.6.19" level="3" title="Chemicals Used In Surface Water Treatment"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="1"><dwc name="acrylamid" times="3">

(1)Chemicals used in surface water treatment, other than alum, lime, chlorine, potassium permanganate, caustic soda, soda ash, powdered activated carbon, and hydrofluosilicic acid must be approved by the Department prior to use. Information regarding company name, telephone number, address and chemicals supplied must be maintained in a file at the plant. All chemical manufacturers supplying chemicals to the treatment plant for the past two years shall be maintained on this list. Water Systems shall determine that the chemical or substance to be added and the proposed application rate meets the ANSI/NSF standard 60 or 61. Only products meeting these standards shall be used by supplier of water and certification that such a product meets these standards must be determined through evaluation by a program certified by the American National Standards Institute. Water Systems shall provide a list of the type, name, and manufacturer, and certification document requesting departmental approval prior to use of the substance or chemical. Water treatment chemicals containing acrylamide or epichlorohydrin are prohibited from use in water treatment plants unless the system provides annually a written certification to the department that when acrylamide and/or epichlorohydrin are used to treat water, the combination of dose and monomer level does not exceed the following levels: acrylamide - 0.05% dosed at 1ppm or equivalent. Epichlorohydrin - 0.01% dosed at 20 ppm or equivalent. Name of the chemical used and daily average dose rate shall be shown on the monthly operation data report for the plant.

(2)Chemicals shall be stored in packages or containers as received or otherwise their containers shall be labeled to indicate the name of the chemical. Chemicals shall be controlled to prevent contamination with other chemicals and to eliminate any dangerous mixing of chemicals. Acid storage tanks must be vented to the outside atmosphere in a separate vent stack.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Revised: September 23, l992; effective November 9, 1992. (rule was renumbered from .10 to .18, as per certification filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999, with no changes made to the rule.) Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

Ed. Note: Rule 335-7-6-.19 was previously Rule 335-7-6-.18 per certification filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.6.20" level="3" title="Treatment Process Equipment"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="1">

(1)Where a treatment process is necessary for the production of safe drinking water, such as chlorination or coagulation, a minimum of two sets of chemical feeders shall be provided. A standby unit or combination of units of sufficient capacity shall be made available to replace the largest unit during shutdowns. The capacity and design must comply with the following:

(a)Feeders shall be able to supply at all times the necessary amounts of chemical at an accurate rate throughout the range of feed.

(b)Feeders must be designed to prevent treatment chemicals from being siphoned into the water supply.

(c)Service water supply lines must be equipped with backflow or backsiphonage prevention devices or an air gap must be provided between the supply line and solution tank.

(d)Chemical-contact materials and surfaces are resistant to the aggressiveness of the chemical solution.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. (Rule was renumbered from .11 to .19, as per certification filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999, with no changes made to the rule.) Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

Ed. Note: Rule 335-7-6-.20 was previously Rule 335-7-6-.19 per certification filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.6.21" level="3" title="Enhanced Coagulation"> <dwc name="disinfect" times="1"><dwc name="chlorin" times="1"><dwc name="haa" times="3"><dwc name="tthm" times="3">

Community and nontransient noncommunity water systems using surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water shall operate with enhanced coagulation to achieve the TOC percent removal levels specified in this section unless the system meets at least one of the alternative compliance criteria listed below.

(a)Systems that meet any of the following criteria do not have to demonstrate that the system has achieved TOC removal percentages in this section.

1.The system's raw water TOC running annual average, calculated quarterly, is less than 2.0 mg/L.

2.The system's treated water TOC running annual average, calculated quarterly, is less than 2.0 mg/L.

3.The system's raw water TOC annual average, calculated quarterly, is less than 4.0 mg/L, the raw water alkalinity annual average, calculated quarterly, is greater than 60 mg/L (as CaCO3), and either the TTHM and HAA5 annual averages are no greater than 0.040 mg/L and 0.030 mg/L, respectively; or prior to January 1, 2001, the system has made a clear and irrevocable financial commitment not later than January 1, 2001 to use technologies that will limit the levels of TTHMs and HAA5 to no more than 0.040 mg/L and 0.030 mg/L, respectively. The water system must submit evidence of a clear and irrevocable financial commitment, in addition to a schedule containing milestones and periodic progress reports for installation and operation of appropriate technologies, to the Department for approval not later than January 1, 2001. These technologies must be installed and operating not later than June 30, 2005. Failure to install and operate these technologies by the date in the approved schedule will constitute a violation.

4.The system?s TTHM and HAA5 annual averages are no greater than 0.040 mg/L and 0.030 mg/L, respectively, and the system uses only chlorine for primary disinfection and maintenance of a residual in the distribution system.

5.The system?s raw water SUVA annual average, measured monthly and calculated quarterly, is less than or equal to 2.0 L/mg-m.

6.The system?s finished water SUVA annual average, measured monthly and calculated quarterly, is less than or equal to 2.0 L/mg-m.

(b)Systems must achieve the percent reduction of TOC specified below (Step 1) between the raw water and the combined filter effluent, unless the Department approves the system?s request for alternate minimum TOC removal (Step 2).

1.Required Step 1 TOC reductions, indicated in the following table, are based upon specified raw water parameters.

Step 1 required removal of TOC by enhanced coagulation for systems using conventional treatment

<table width="100%"> Raw-Water TOC, mg/L Source Water alkalinity, mg/L as CaCO3 0-60 % &#205; 60-120 % &gt;120 % &gt;2.0-4.0 35.0 25.0 15.0 &gt;4.0-8.0 45.0 35.0 25.0 &gt;8.0 50.0 40.0 30.0 </table>

(c)Systems that cannot achieve the Step 1 TOC removals due to water quality parameters or operational constraints must apply to the Department, within three months of failure to achieve the Step 1 TOC removals, for approval of alternative minimum Step 2 TOC removals. If the State approves the alternative minimum Step 2 TOC removals, Step 2 requirements can be made retroactive for the purposes of determining compliance. Until alternate minimum Step 2 TOC removals are approved, the system must achieve the Step 1 TOC removals.

(d)Applications made to the Department for approval of alternative minimum Step 2 TOC removal must include, as a minimum, results of bench- or pilot-scale testing conducted under the requirements of this section and used to determine the alternate enhanced coagulation level.

1.Alternate enhanced coagulation level is defined as coagulation at a coagulant dose and pH as determined by the method described in this section such that an incremental addition of 10 mg/L of alum (as aluminum) or an equivalent amount of another coagulant (if a coagulant other than alum is used) results in a TOC removal of &lt; 0.3 mg/L. The percent removal of TOC at this point on the "TOC removal versus coagulant dose" curve is then defined as the minimum TOC removal required for the system. Once approved by the Department, this minimum requirement supersedes the minimum Step 1 TOC removal. This requirement will be effective until such time as a new value is approved based on the results of a new bench and pilot scale test. Failure to achieve an alternate minimum TOC removal is a violation.

2.Bench or pilot-scale testing of enhanced coagulation must be conducted by using representative water samples and adding 10 mg/L increments of alum (as aluminum) or equivalent amounts of an alternate coagulant until the pH is reduced to a level less than or equal to the enhanced coagulation Step 2 target pH indicated in the following table:

<table width="100%"> Alkalinity (mg/L as CaCO3) Target pH 0-60 5.5 &gt;60-120 6.3 &gt;120-240 7.0 &gt;240 7.5 </table>

3.For waters with alkalinities of less than 60 mg/L for which addition of small amounts of alum or the equivalent addition of an alternate coagulant drives the pH below 5.5 before significant TOC removal occurs, the system must add necessary chemicals to maintain the pH between 5.3 and 5.7 until the TOC removal of 0.3 mg/L per 10 mg/L alum added (as aluminum) or equivalent addition of an alternate coagulant is reached.

4.The system may operate at any coagulant dose or pH necessary to achieve the approved minimum TOC percent removal.

5.If the TOC removal is consistently less than 0.3 mg/L of TOC per 10 mg/L of incremental alum dose (as aluminum) at all dosages of alum or the equivalent addition of an alternate coagulant, the water is deemed to contain TOC not amenable to enhanced coagulation. The system may then apply to the State for a waiver of enhanced coagulation requirements.

(e)Systems must calculate compliance quarterly, beginning after the system has collected 12 consecutive months of data, by determining an annual average using the following method:

(f)Determine the monthly TOC percent removal and the required monthly TOC percent removal for each month. Divide the monthly TOC percent removal by the required monthly TOC percent removal. Determine compliance by averaging these values for the previous twelve months. If this value is less than 1.00, the system is in non-compliance with TOC percent removal requirements.

(g)In any month that the system's treated or raw water TOC level is less than 2.0 mg/L, the system may assign a monthly value of 1.0 when calculating compliance with TOC removal requirements.

1.In any month that the system's treated or raw water SUVA is less than or equal to 2.0 L/mg-m, the system may assign a monthly value of 1.0 when calculating compliance with TOC removal requirements.

Author: Thomas S DeLoach

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed December 24, 2003; effective January 28, 2004.

<regElement name="335.7.6.22" level="3" title="Lighting Requirements">

Proper illumination shall be available to allow evaluation of treatment processes at the water treatment plant at all times.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted; January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. (Rule was renumbered from .12 to .20, as per certification filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999, with no changes made to the rule.) Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

Ed. Note: Rule 335-7-6-.22 was previously Rule 335-7-6-.20 per certification filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.6.23" level="3" title="Filter Backwash Recycling">

All systems that employ conventional filtration or direct filtration treatment and that recycle spent filter backwash water, thickener supernatant, or liquids from dewatering processes must meet the following requirements:

(a)Reporting. A system must notify the state in writing by December 8, 2003, if the system recycles spent filter backwash water, thickener supernatant, or liquids from dewatering processes. This notification must include, at a minimum:

1.A plant schematic showing the origin of all recycled flows, the hydraulic conveyance used to transport them and the location where they are reintroduced back into the treatment plant. The schematic shall also show all treatment processes and all chemical addition points.

2.Typical recycle flow in gallons per minute (gpm), the highest observed plant flow experienced in the previous year (gpm), design flow for the treatment plant (gpm), permitted operating capacity for the plant.

3.Documentation proving the system can recycle spent filter backwash water, thickener supernatant, or liquids from dewatering processes and continuously produce water that meets the requirements of &#167;335-7-6-.11, (a), (b) and (c).

(b)Treatment technique requirement. Any system that recycles spent filter backwash water, thickener supernatant, or liquids from dewatering processes must meet the following minimum treatment requirements:

1.All recycle flows must undergo independent coagulant addition and clarification before being reintroduced to the treatment processes.

2.All recycle flows must enter the main raw water supply before this combined water source enters the plant?s first treatment process.

3.Equipment must be installed to measure, count and record particles found in recycle flows before being introduced to the raw water supply, prior to the plant?s first treatment process.

4.All capital improvements required to modify recycle processes, to meet these requirements, must be completed no later than June 8, 2006.

(c)Recordkeeping. The system must collect and retain on file, for a period of no less than 5 years, the following recycle flow information for review and evaluation by the Department beginning June 8, 2004:

1.Copy of the recycle notification and information submitted to the state under paragraph (a) of this section.

2.List of all recycle flows and the frequency with which they are returned.

3.Average and maximum backwash flow rate through the filters and the average and maximum duration of the filter backwash process in minutes.

4.Typical filter run length and a written summary of how filter run length is determined.

5.The type of treatment provided for the recycle flow.

6.Data on the physical dimensions of the equalization and/or treatment units, typical and maximum hydraulic loading rates, type of treatment chemicals used, average dose, frequency of use, and frequency at which solids are removed.

Author: Shannon G. Golden

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed April 25, 2003; effective May 30, 2003.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-7-7" level="2" title="DISTRIBUTION OF DRINKING WATER">

<regElement name="335.7.7.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

This chapter applies to all community and NTNC water systems distributing drinking water for consumption by the public.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.7.02" level="3" title="Permit Requirements">

Projects involving water system storage, new sources, pumping stations, or water main additions which will significantly affect system hydraulics must be permitted by the Department prior to construction.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49,

22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.7.03" level="3" title="Distribution Facilities Design And Construction</U><U>Requirements"> <dwc name="coliform" times="2"><dwc name="disinfect" times="4"><dwc name="lead" times="1">

To prevent contamination of the drinking water, the following are required in the design and construction of drinking water facilities:

(a)Water Main Facility Requirements:

(1)Distribution system additions shall be so designed and operated that the minimum residual pressure at the meter of the consumer shall be 20 psi or greater under all normal flow conditions or customer service cannot be provided.

(2)Water mains shall be constructed of materials which will neither contaminate nor allow deterioration of the water quality.

(3)Gaskets, O- rings, and other products used for joining pipe, setting meters or valves, or other appurtenances shall not be made nor coated with materials which will support microbiological growth.

(4)Water mains permitted by the Department shall be properly pressuretested and disinfected after installation. Copies of the pressure test and bacteriological results showing absence of coliform shall be provided to the Department along with a request for a final inspection prior to the setting of meters to serve customers on these lines.

(b)Pumping Station Requirements:

(1)Pumping stations shall be located or constructed so that the pumps and piping will be protected from flooding.

(2)Pumping stations shall be designed and operated in such a manner as to allow satisfactory pressure and service to customers on the suction and discharge side of that station.

(c)Finished Water Storage Requirements:

1.An uncovered finished water storage reservoir used to store water that will undergo no further treatment except residual disinfection and is open to the atmosphere is prohibited.

(2)Storage tanks shall be constructed and operated in such a manner as to provide at least 20 psi of water pressure to the meter for each customer in that service area.

(3)All finished water storage structures shall have suitable water tight roofs, hatches, and covers to exclude outside contamination.

(4)Access manholes shall be provided with a locking mechanism.

(5)New storage facilities shall be properly disinfected and upon refilling, two bacteriological samples must be collected showing absence of coliform prior to use. Documentation of the disinfection and bacteriological analyses information must be provided to the Department along with a request to place the tank into service.

(6)Clear wells and pumping sumps associated with surface treatment plants may not be constructed adjacent to unfinished water units when the compartments are separated by a single wall.

(7)All metal water storage facilities shall be protected by paints or other protective coatings. Inside paint systems shall not use lead primer but shall otherwise conform to AWWA D 102 or latest revision Coating Steel Water-Storage Tanks or other standards accepted by the Department.

(g)Protective coatings shall be used and applied in such a manner as to prevent contamination of the water in contact with these coatings.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Thomas S. DeLoach

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and Readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed December 24, 2003; effective January 28, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-7-8" level="2" title="LEAD BAN REQUIREMENTS">

<regElement name="335.7.8.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

These regulations are applicable to all water systems, cities, counties, and persons, firms or businesses which supply, use, or distribute plumbing materials.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: January 4, 1989. Repealed and readopted: October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.8.02" level="3" title="Plumbing Codes"> <dwc name="copper" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="2">

City and county plumbing codes shall incorporate statements to limit use of piping containing more than 8 percent lead in repair or installation of water mains. These codes shall also limit the use of flux and solder used to join copper piping should they contain more than 0.2% lead. Plumbing codes shall be modified no later than May 10, 1989.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: January 4, 1989. Repealed and readopted: October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.8.03" level="3" title="Materials Distribution Requirements"> <dwc name="lead" times="3">

Import, distribution, or sale of plumbing materials and appurtenances not meeting lead free requirements for use in installation or repair of water systems conveying drinking water is prohibited. Piping and connections containing more than 8 percent lead and solder and flux containing more than .2 percent lead shall be clearly labeled that the product is not to be used in the repair or installation of drinking water facilities or plumbing.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: January 4, 1989. Repealed and readopted: October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

Ed. Note: Rule 335-7-8-.04, Materials Distribution Requirements, was renumbered to 335-7-8-.03. Rule 335-7-8-.03, Notification, was repealed per certification filed February 6, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.8.04" level="3" title="Installation Restrictions"> <dwc name="lead" times="4">

Water mains, plumbing, and other piping used to convey water for drinking purposes may not be constructed nor repaired with piping or materials containing greater than 8 percent lead. Flux and solder containing greater than 0.2 percent lead may not be used in the joining of piping, however, leaded joints for use in the installation of cast iron water mains are excluded if the lead does not make contact with the drinking water. Plumbing fittings and fixtures intended by the manufacturer to dispense water for human ingestion shall meet NSF standards.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: January 4, 1989. Repealed and readopted: October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

Ed. Note: Rule 335-7-8-.05, Installation Restrictions, was renumbered to 335-7-8-.04. Rule 335-7-8-.03, Notification, was repealed per certification filed February 6, 2002.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-7-9" level="2" title="CROSS-CONNECTION CONTROL REQUIREMENTS">

<regElement name="335.7.9.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

These regulations apply to all community water systems and, where indicated, to NTNC water systems.

Author: Joe Alan Power.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Effective: December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.9.02" level="3" title="Cross Connections Prohibited">

A public water system shall be designed, installed, maintained, and operated in such a manner as to prevent contamination from being introduced through any connection to the system.

(a)The installation or continued use of a water service connection to any premises where cross connections may exist is prohibited unless such cross connections are properly controlled.

(b)Any connection with a facility or system whereby unapproved water may enter the public water system must be approved by the Department.

Author: Joe Alan Power.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Effective: December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.9.03" level="3" title="Protection Required">

A suitable backflow prevention device shall be installed on each service connection where an existing or potential health hazard to the water system exists or when any of the following conditions exists:

(a)Premises having an auxiliary water system, unless such auxiliary system is accepted as an additional source by the Department.

(b)Premises on which any substance is handled in such a manner as to create an actual or potential hazard to a water system.

(c)Premises having internal cross connections that, in the judgment of the supplier of water or the Department, may not be easily correctable.

(d)Premises where, because of security requirements, intricate plumbing, or other restrictions, it is impossible to make a complete cross connection survey.

(e)Premises having a repeated history of cross connections being established or reestablished.

(f)NTNC systems and other facilities having fire protection systems utilizing combinations of sprinklers, fire loops, storage tanks, pumps, antifreeze protection or other chemical additives, or auxiliary water sources.

(g)NTNC systems and other facilities having booster pumps which are connected to the water supply line but are not equipped with a low suction pressure cutoff device to shut off the booster pumps when suction pressure drops to 20 psi.

(h)Other premises specified by the Department when cause can be shown that a potential cross connection hazard exists.

Author: Joe Alan Power.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-23-33, 22-23-49,

22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Effective: December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.9.04" level="3" title="Responsibility Of The Supplier Of Water">

It is the responsibility of the community water system to establish and to operate a cross connection control and backflow prevention program consistent with the extent of the system within the jurisdiction of the utility. This program shall have an inspection program and records of health hazards found and corrective action taken shall be kept for five years and shall be made available to the Department when requested. Community systems must have a formally adopted written cross connection control policy. This policy must meet the provisions of this chapter and shall be provided to customers on request.

Author: Joe Alan Power.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Effective: December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="335.7.9.05" level="3" title="Discontinuance Of Service">

The supplier of water shall deny or discontinue water service to a consumer if a required backflow prevention device is not installed or properly maintained. Water service shall not be restored to such premises until the deficiencies have been corrected or eliminated to the satisfaction of the supplier and the Department.

Author: Joe Alan Power.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977; Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990. Effective: December 5, 1990.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-7-10" level="2" title="OPERATION, RECORD KEEPING, AND REPORTS">

<regElement name="335.7.10.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

These regulations apply to all community and NTNC water systems and, where indicated, shall apply also to non-community systems.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.10.02" level="3" title="Certified Operator Requirements">

Community and NTNC water systems shall employ operators certified in accordance with Chapter 335-10 of the Department?s regulations to be responsible for system or plant operations according to the grades indicated below. Where indicated, certification will apply to non-community surface water systems.

(a)Distribution systems operation and systems with only purchase water sources: Grade I.

(b)Basic groundwater treatment and non-community slow sand filtration: Grade II.

(c)Basic surface water treatment plant operation for community and NTNC systems and advanced groundwater treatment: Grade III.

(d)Advanced or high rate surface water treatment plant operation: Grade IV.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.10.03" level="3" title="Water Quality Control Tests"> <dwc name="bacteria" times="2"><dwc name="total coliform" times="1"><dwc name="coliform" times="1"><dwc name="turbid" times="6"><dwc name="disinfect" times="4"><dwc name="chlorin" times="1"><dwc name="tthm" times="1"><dwc name="fluorid" times="2">

In addition to monthly microbiological monitoring and periodic chemical/ radiological/TTHM/VOC monitoring, the following control tests shall be performed and recorded at the specified frequency:

(a)At surface water treatment plants serving community and NTNC systems, the following tests shall be performed and recorded during plant operation:

1.Disinfectant residual of the finished water every other hour. Also, those plants serving 3,300 population or greater must have continuous recording and indicating disinfectant residual equipment;

2.Carbon dioxide of the raw water once per shift;

3.Color of the raw and finished water weekly if the previous sample was less than ten units and daily for three consecutive days after any sample exceeds ten units;

4.Fluoride of the finished water daily when the concentration is adjusted;

5.Fecal bacteria, E. Coli or total coliform bacteria as required by the Department to evaluate quality of the raw source or treated water;

6.Iron of the raw and finished water weekly if the iron concentration of the raw water is less than 0.1 mg/1 or daily if the iron concentration exceeds 0.1 mg/1;

7.Manganese of the raw and finished water weekly if the manganese concentration of the raw water is less than 0.05 mg/1 or daily if the manganese concentration exceeds 0.05 mg/1;

8.pH of the raw and finished water each shift;

9.Total alkalinity of the raw and finished water each day;

10.Turbidity of the raw, settled, water every other hour and turbidity of the filtered water from each filter every fifteen minutes or on a continuous basis if a recording turbidimeter is used;

11.Other tests at the frequency required by the Department.

(b)At groundwater treatment facilities serving community and NTNC systems, the following tests shall be performed and recorded at least daily:

1.Free chlorine residual of the finished water representing each source or plant;

2.Fluoride of the finished water if the level is adjusted;

3.Iron of the raw and finished water, when the raw water concentration exceeds 0.3 mg/1;

4.Manganese of the raw and finished water, when the raw water concentration exceeds 0.05 mg/1;

5.pH of the finished water from each source or plant if a chemical is fed to adjust the pH or if the pH is below 7.0;

6.Turbidity of the raw water if directed by the Department or if the turbidity exceeds 5.0 NTU;

7.Other tests at the frequency determined necessary by the Department.

(c)Results of all water quality control tests shall be provided to the Department within ten days after the end of each month. Disinfectant residual values shall reflect the lowest daily value, and filtered water turbidity levels shall reflect the highest daily value. Results from other tests should reflect average daily values.

(d)The system shall notify the Department within 24 hours of any instance of filtered surface water exceeding 1.0 NTU or finished ground water turbidity exceeding 5.0 NTUs, the disinfectant residual in the system being less than 0.2 mg/1 or waterborne disease outbreak potential.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.10.04" level="3" title="Disinfectant Residual Requirements"> <dwc name="disinfect" times="7"><dwc name="chlorin" times="4"><dwc name="chlorin dioxid" times="1">

All public water systems required to provide disinfection shall maintain a residual level to provide protection of the water throughout the distribution system. These systems must meet the following requirements:

(a)Departmental approval is necessary for use of any disinfectant other than chlorination.

(b)Systems must maintain a minimum disinfectant residual level established by the Department (if chlorine is used, a free residual of 0.2 mg/1 at representative sampling points in the distribution system). Systems must also not exceed the maximum disinfection level at any time.

(c)Upon the determination that the disinfectant level in the service area distribution system falls below the established minimum or exceeds the maximum and is not corrected within four hours, a treatment technique violation has occurred requiring the following action:

1.The treatment process must be revised to correct the violation.

2.The Department must be notified by the end of the next business day.

3.The system must provide proper notification to customers affected in a newspaper of general circulation serving the area within 14 days of the occurrence or for NTNC systems, post notice in appropriate locations.

4.Should the disinfectant residual not be restored within 24 hours, microbiological samples must immediately be collected from representative locations within the area of insufficient disinfectant residual. Should these samples show system contamination an acute violation has resulted, requiring appropriate notification according to paragraph 335-7-2-.12 of these regulations.

(d)A maximum free residual of no more than 4.0 mg/L for chlorine or 0.8 mg/L for chlorine dioxide shall be maintained at any point in the distribution system.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.10.05" level="3" title="Records"> <dwc name="disinfect" times="4"><dwc name="disinfect byproduct" times="2">

The following records shall be maintained by community and NTNC water systems:

(a)Operational records on which all required water quality control tests are recorded shall be maintained by the water system for review by the Department during sanitary surveys for no less than two years.

(b)For systems utilizing surface water, daily log sheets shall be completed for each shift. These records shall be maintained for five years for inspection by the Department.

(c)Records of bacteriological analyses made pursuant to this part shall be kept for not less than five years. Records of chemical analyses made pursuant to this part shall be kept for not less than ten years. Actual laboratory reports may be kept, or data may be transferred to tabular summaries, provided that the following information is included:

1.The date, place, and time of sampling, and the name of the person who collected the sample;

2.Identification of the sample as to whether it was a routine distribution system sample, check sample, raw or process water sample or other special purpose sample;

3.The date of analysis;

4.The laboratory and person responsible for performing analysis;

5.The analytical technique/method used; and

6.The analysis results.

(d)Each water system shall maintain a complaint file including the date, location, type of complaint and action taken. Records shall be maintained for no less than three years after a complaint is received.

(e)Records of action taken by the system to correct violations of primary drinking water regulations shall be kept for a period of not less than three years after the last action taken with respect to the particular violation involved.

(f)Copies of any written reports, summaries or communications relating to sanitary surveys of the system conducted by the system itself, by a private consultant, or by any local, state or federal agency shall be kept for a period not less than ten years after completion of the sanitary survey involved.

(g)Records concerning an exemption granted to the system shall be kept for a period ending not less than five years following the expiration of such exemption.

(h)Any records or reports pertaining to the quality of water or operation of the water supply system shall be furnished to the Department upon request and must be available for review by the public.

(i)Each system required to monitor for disinfection byproducts or disinfectant residuals is required to develop and implement a monitoring plan. The system must maintain the plan and make it available for inspection by the State and the general public no later than December 31, 2000. Community and nontransient noncommunity systems utilizing surface sources or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water must submit a copy of the monitoring plan to the State no later December 31, 2000. The state may also require the plan to be submitted by any other system. After review, the State may require changes in any plan elements, collecting samples for any disinfection byproducts or disinfectants and how the system will calculate compliance with MCLs, MRDLs, and treatment techniques for those contaminants.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.10.06" level="3" title="Reports"> <dwc name="disinfect" times="1">

(1)In addition to the required monthly water quality control test reports, records of daily disinfectant levels shall be provided no later than the tenth of the following month. When required by the Department, water production records, groundwater level information, filter operation records, distribution pressure measurements, and water loss information shall be provided.

(2)Records of chemical analyses shall be provided to the Department no later than the tenth of the month following the end of the required monitoring period. As a minimum, these reporters shall include the location, date and result of each sample collected during the monitoring period. When directed by the Department, the number of samples collected, the quarterly average, the annual average and whether the MCL was exceeded shall be reported.

(3)Systems that required to meet enhanced coagulation shall also report the alternative criterion that the system is using and the percent TOC removal.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: May 23, 1977. Repealed and readopted: January 4, 1989; October 31, 1990; effective December 5, 1990. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-7-11" level="2" title="CONTROL OF LEAD AND COPPER">

<regElement name="335.7.11.01" level="3" title="Definitions"> <dwc name="copper" times="5"><dwc name="lead" times="8">

When used in this chapter, the following words and terms shall have the meaning assigned to them as shown:

(a)Action Level--The concentration of lead or copper in water which is used to determine compliance with these regulations. This action level value is the 90th percentile level determined from monitoring water at specific sites in the distribution system.

(b)Corrosion inhibitor--A substance capable of reducing the corrosivity of water towards metal plumbing materials, especially lead and copper, by forming a protective film on the interior surface of those materials.

(c)Compliance Limit--The level of 0.015 mg/1 of lead and 1.3 mg/1 of copper in drinking water. To determine compliance, a system shall compare its lead/copper action levels with these values.

(d)Effective Corrosion Inhibitor Residual--A concentration of corrosion inhibitor sufficient to form a passivating film on the interior walls of a pipe.

(e)First draw sample--A one liter sample of tap water which has been standing in plumbing piping for at least six hours prior to collection and is collected without flushing the tap. Samples shall be taken from residential housing from a cold water kitchen or bathroom tap or from a non-residential building collected at a tap used for water consumption.

(f)Large water system--A public water system serving 50,000 or more persons.

(g)Lead Service line--A water service line made of lead connecting the water main to a building inlet. This service line includes all fittings attached or connected to it.

(h)Medium size water system--A public water system that serves greater than 3,300 population and less than 50,000 population.

(i)Optimal corrosion control treatment--Treatment of the water that minimizes the lead and copper concentrations at users taps while ensuring that the treatment does not cause non-compliance with other established drinking water standards.

(j)Service line sample--A one liter sample of water which has been standing in a lead service line for at least six hours.

(k)Single family structure--A building constructed as a single family residence that is currently used as either a residence or a place of business.

(l)Small water system--A public water system that serves 3,300 population or less.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: Adopted: September 23, 1992. Effective: November 9, 1992.

<regElement name="335.7.11.02" level="3" title="Applicability"> <dwc name="copper" times="2"><dwc name="lead" times="2">

The regulations established by this chapter apply to all community and NTNC water systems. All water systems shall establish water treatment techniques to produce a nonaggressive water to minimize the exposure to its consumers of lead and copper which may be present in the materials of construction, both in the water system and in customer plumbing. Additional steps may be necessary to minimize exposure to lead and copper by replacing water distribution piping and appertenances.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: Adopted: September 23, 1992. Effective: November 9, 1992.

<regElement name="335.7.11.03" level="3" title="Compliance With Lead And Copper Levels"> <dwc name="copper" times="3"><dwc name="lead" times="3">

All water systems shall determine a lead and copper action level based on the monitoring requirements established in this chapter. A system is considered in compliance if the lead action level is equal to or less than the lead compliance limit (0.015 mg/1) and the copper level is equal to or less than the copper compliance limit (1.3 mg/1). This action level shall be determined using all monitoring at the selected sites, not just the minimum shown in Table 11-1.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: Adopted: September 23, 1992; effective November 9, 1992.

<regElement name="335.7.11.04" level="3" title="Initial Monitoring To Establish Action Levels"> <dwc name="copper" times="3"><dwc name="lead" times="3">

All new community and NTNC water systems shall monitor lead and copper at the number of established monitoring sites for two consecutive six-month monitoring periods starting the first six-month period the system is in operation. Any community and NTNC water system that exceeds a lead or copper action level shall monitor lead and copper at the number of established monitoring sites during at least two consecutive six-month compliance periods. Small and medium systems which have demonstrated satisfactory action levels during both initial six-month monitoring periods may reduce monitoring sites and frequency of monitoring to once per year. Large systems which have demonstrated satisfactory action levels and which maintain the range of values for the water quality control parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control treatment specified by the state during both initial six-month monitoring periods may reduce monitoring sites and frequency of monitoring to once per year if it receives written approval from the state. The number of initial and reduced monitoring sites are shown in Table 11-1.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: Adopted: September 23, 1992; effective November 9, 1992. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.11.05" level="3" title="Repeat Monitoring Requirements"> <dwc name="copper" times="2"><dwc name="lead" times="3">

(1)Systems monitoring on a yearly basis shall use the number of reduced monitoring sites shown in Table 11-1. All monitoring must be taken from previous sites and must be collected during June, July, August, or September of that year. After three consecutive years of meeting compliance limits, a medium or small system may reduce monitoring to once every three years.

(2)After three consecutive years of meeting compliance limits and maintaining the range of values for the water quality control parameters reflecting optimal corrosion control treatment specified by the state, a large system may reduce monitoring sites and frequency of monitoring to once every three years with written approval from the Department.

(3)A system with a 90th percentile level less than or equal to .005 mg/L for lead and 0.65 mg/L for copper for two consecutive six-month periods may reduce monitoring to once every three years.

(4)Any system exceeding a lead or copper compliance limit shall increase monitoring consistent with the initial monitoring compliance requirements. Monitoring must be collected from the initial sites and monitoring must take place during six-month compliance cycles until compliance is achieved. If optimum corrosion control treatment or source water treatment is initiated by the system, monitoring during six-month compliance cycles must continue for two six-month periods after the treatment has been installed demonstrating compliance with the compliance limits.

(5)Any system that fails to operate at or above the minimum value or within the range of values for the water quality parameters specified by the state for more than nine days in any six-month period shall increase monitoring consistent with the initial monitoring compliance requirements. Monitoring must be conducted utilizing the initial monitoring sites and monitoring must take place during six-month compliance cycles until compliance is achieved.

(6)A system may be allowed to monitor during months other than June, July, August and September. The alternate monitoring period shall be no longer than four months in duration when the highest lead levels are likely to occur. Systems monitoring annually must conduct their next round of monitoring during a time period that ends no later than 21 months after the previous round of monitoring. Systems monitoring every three years must conduct their next round of monitoring during a time period that ends no later than 45 months after the previous round of monitoring.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-23-33.

History: Adopted: September 23, 1992; effective November 9, 1992. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.11.06" level="3" title="Number Of Lead-Copper Monitoring Sites"> <dwc name="copper" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="1">

Water systems shall collect at least one sample during each monitoring period from the number of sites established by Table 11-1.

Table 11-1

LEAD/COPPER MONITORING SITES

System size Initial monitoring Reduced monitoring

(population) Sites Sites

greater than 100 50

100,000

10,001-100,000 60 30

3,301-10,000 40 20

501-3,300 20 10

101-500 10 5

less than 100 5 5

Author: Joe Alan Power.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: Adopted: September 23, 1992; effective November 9, 1992. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.11.07" level="3" title="Monitoring Site Selection"> <dwc name="copper" times="8"><dwc name="lead" times="20">

Only monitoring conducted utilizing acceptable sites can be used to determine compliance with this chapter. Water systems shall complete a materials evaluation of its distribution system to identify targeted sample sites. Sufficient sample sites shall be selected to allow an availability of acceptable sites and thus allow monitoring based on the number of samples required in Table 11-1.

(a)Monitoring sites for Community systems--Community water systems must conduct all lead and copper monitoring utilizing tier one sites or document the lack of sufficient sites and conduct the remaining monitoring from tier two sites. Water systems with insufficient tier one and two sites may utilize tier three sites. A community water system with insufficient tier one, two or three sites shall monitor utilizing replacement sites throughout the distribution system. A replacement site is a site in which the plumbing materials used at that site would be commonly found at other sites served by the water system but not conforming to tier one, two or three requirements.

1.Any water system whose distribution system contains lead service lines shall conduct at least 50% of the monitoring from these sites during each monitoring period. Monitoring shall be conducted from the lead service line. Should a sufficient number of sites be unavailable to provide 50% of the required monitoring, written documentation is necessary to demonstrate why the system was unable to locate a sufficient number of such sites.

2.Tier one sites--These sites include single family structures containing lead pipe or plumbing, are served by a lead service line, or contain copper pipes with lead solder and were constructed after 1982.

3.Tier two sites--These sites include buildings and multiple family residences containing lead pipe or plumbing, are served by a lead service line, or contain copper pipes with lead solder and were constructed after 1982.

4.Tier three sites--These sites include single family structures containing copper pipes with lead solder which were constructed prior to 1983.

(b)Monitoring sites for NTNC water systems--NTNC systems shall conduct all lead and copper monitoring from tier one sites. Systems with insufficient tier one sites may use tier two sites and those systems consisting of fewer structures than required sites may collect more than one sample at a structure, but from different spigots which consist of building containing copper pipes with lead solder installed before 1983. A NTNC water system with insufficient tier one or two sites shall conduct the remaining monitoring from replacement sites throughout the distribution system. A replacement site is a site in which the plumbing materials used at that site would be commonly found at other sites served by the water system but not conforming to tier one or two requirements.

1.Tier One Sites--These sites include buildings with lead pipes or plumbing, are served by a lead service line or contain copper pipes with lead solder constructed after 1982.

2.Tier two sites--These sites include buildings with copper pipes and lead solder constructed before 1983.

(c)Lead service line samples--Any water system whose distribution system contains lead service lines shall conduct 50% of the monitoring from sites served by a lead service line each monitoring period. If a sufficient number of sites served by a lead service line cannot be identified, all identified sites shall be monitored.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: Adopted: September 23, 1992; effective November 9, 1992. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.11.08" level="3" title="Lead/Copper Monitoring Collection Procedures"> <dwc name="copper" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="5">

Tap and service line monitoring shall be collected in accordance with the following:

(a)Tap monitoring for lead and copper shall be first draw and one liter in volume. The water shall stand motionless in the plumbing system for at least six hours prior to collection. Collection shall be from the cold water kitchen tap or bathroom sink tap from tier 1 sites or from an interior tap typically used for obtaining water for consumption from tier 2 and tier 3 sites. Monitoring may be conducted by the resident after proper instructions and procedures have been provided by the water system. Follow up tap monitoring shall be conducted from the same sites. Should a site no longer be available, an alternate acceptable site may be selected which is in reasonable proximity of the original site. Taps used for monitoring may not include faucets that have point of use or treatment devices installed.

(b)Service line monitoring shall be one liter in volume and have remained in the lead service line for at least six hours prior to collection. Service line monitoring may be collected directly by tapping into the lead service line, or by flushing the volume of water between the tap and the lead service line until either the calculated amount of water between the tap and the service line has been discharged or for single family residences until there is a significant change in temperature which would indicate the water available was standing in the lead service line.

(c)Water systems with insufficient taps that can supply first draw samples may apply to the state in writing to substitute non ?first-draw samples. These systems must collect as many of the samples as possible from first-draw taps and identify the monitoring times and locations that would likely result in the longest standing times for the remaining samples. Non-first-draw samples shall be one liter in volume and collected from an interior tap from which water is typically drawn for consumption.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: Adopted: September 23, 1992; effective November 9, 1992. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.11.09" level="3" title="Invalidation Of Lead Or Copper Tap Water Samples">

A sample invalidated under this section does not count toward 90th percentile levels or toward meeting minimum monitoring requirements.

(a)A sample may be invalidated for one of the following reasons.

1.The laboratory establishes that improper sample analysis caused erroneous results.

2.The State determines that the sample was taken from a site that did not meet the site selection criteria of this section.

3.The sample container was damaged in transit.

4There is substantial reason to believe that the sample was subject to tampering.

(b)The system must report the results of all samples to the State and all supporting documentation for samples the system believes should be invalidated.

(c)The water system must collect replacement samples for any samples invalidated under this section if, after the invalidation of one or more samples, the system has not collected the minimum number of samples. Any such replacement samples must be taken as soon as possible, but no later than 20 days after the date the State invalidates the sample or by the end of the applicable monitoring period, whichever occurs later. Replacement samples taken after the end of the applicable monitoring period shall not also be used to meet the monitoring requirements of a subsequent monitoring period. The replacement samples shall be taken at the same locations as the invalidated samples or, if that is not possible, at locations other than those already used for monitoring during the monitoring period.

Author: Thomas S. DeLoach

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.11.10" level="3" title="Monitoring Waivers"> <dwc name="copper" times="11"><dwc name="lead" times="15">

A small system that meets the requirements of this section may apply to the state to reduce the frequency of monitoring for lead and copper to once every nine years.

(a)The system must submit a materials survey showing the system is free of lead and copper containing materials as detailed below.

1.It contains no plastic pipes which contain lead plasticizers, or plastic service lines which contain lead plasticizers; and

2.It is free of lead service lines, lead pipes, lead soldered pipe joints, and leaded brass or bronze alloy fittings and fixtures, unless such fittings and fixtures meet the NSF Standard 61 Section 9.

3.The system contains no copper pipes or copper service lines.

(b)The system must have completed at least one six-month round of standard tap water monitoring for lead and copper demonstrating that the 90th percentile levels for all rounds of monitoring conducted since the system became free of all lead-containing and copper-containing materials were less than or equal to .005 mg/L for lead and 0.65 mg/L for copper.

(c)A system that has been granted a waiver must monitor for lead and copper at the reduced number of monitoring sites specified in Table 11-1 every nine years. The system must also submit a materials survey along with the monitoring results.

(d)A system must return to monitoring for lead and copper at least every three years if the system no longer meets than materials criteria, has a 90th percentile level for lead greater than .005 mg/L or a 90th percentile level for copper greater than .065 mg/L.

(e)The system shall notify the Department within 60 days after determining the system is no longer free of materials that contain lead or copper.

Author: Thomas S. DeLoach

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002. Amended: Filed April 25, 2003; effective May 30, 2003.

<regElement name="335.7.11.11" level="3" title="Action Level Non-Compliance"> <dwc name="copper" times="5"><dwc name="lead" times="8">

Any water system with an action level exceeding the compliance limit for lead or copper shall complete the following requirements in the manner and by the deadline established by these regulations:

(a)Water systems must install and maintain adequate corrosion control treatment equipment to ensure that the lead/copper compliance limit can be met. The department may require that an in-depth study be completed to determine the optimum corrosion control process for the system.

(b)Systems installing corrosion control treatment requirements shall monitor the parameters at the frequency established by these regulations. All parameters established must be reported on the monthly operation data reports by the 10th of the following month. Exceedance of the established values which indicate optimum corrosion control is considered a treatment technique violation.

(c)The lead and copper level in the source water serving the areas exceeding the compliance limit must be monitored to determine compliance with the primary drinking water standards in Chapter 335-7-2. The source must be taken out of service and provided with satisfactory treatment, approved by the Department, to reduce the lead or copper level to meet these drinking water standards.

(d)A system that fails to meet the lead/copper compliance limit after the installation of corrosion control shall develop a program to replace lead service lines. All lead service lines in the system shall be identified and at least 7% replaced on an annual basis. More rapid replacement may be required by the department.

(e)Systems which exceed the lead compliance limit shall deliver public educational materials according to the methods specified in the regulations. The language used in this public education notice must include specific language contained in the Appendix D.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: Adopted: September 23, 1992; effective November 9, 1992. Amended: November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.11.12" level="3" title="Corrosion Control Treatment Requirement"> <dwc name="copper" times="6"><dwc name="lead" times="9">

Any water system which has been deemed to have optimized corrosion control and has corrosion control treatment in place shall continue to operate and maintain treatment to ensure that optimal corrosion control is maintained.

(a)All water systems with an action level which exceeds a lead or copper compliance limit and any new drinking water source proposed for use after the effective date of these regulations shall install and properly operate optimum corrosion control processes continuously to reduce the potential for lead or copper exposure by the consumers. Within six months of exceeding the compliance limit a system shall provide a detailed report indicating the process and equipment to be used to provide corrosion control treatment. Installation and start up of the equipment must be completed within 24 months of approval of the department. A corrosion control treatment study may be required by the Department to determine the optimum process to be installed. Those systems practicing corrosion control in their treatment process prior to the effective date of these regulations and acceptable to the Department may have the treatment study requirements waived. Systems required to perform a corrosion control treatment study shall complete the study and submit its results along with a proposal for the process to be used to the Department within 12 months of exceeding a compliance limit. This report must include a proposed construction schedule for installation of the equipment. This project must be completed no more than 24 months after the study submittal. All systems installing corrosion control treatment processes shall monitor initial site during the next two consecutive six-month compliance periods. Systems with corrosion control treatment processes which exceed a compliance limit can demonstrate compliance by properly adjusting the treatment process and conducting a second set of monitoring within 30 days.

(b)The water in a water system is considered to meet optimum corrosion control when the distribution system (a) Water quality parameters reflected on the Baylis Curve indicates no incrusting or corrosion will occur, or (b) the Langelier Index of the water is between -1.0 to +2, or (c) the Ryznar Index is between 7 and 11, or (d) a phosphate or silicate corrosion inhibitor is continuously applied at the manufacturer/supplier recommended level resulting in minimum complaints, or (e) the Calcium Carbonate Precipitation Potential (CCPP) is maintained between 4-l0 mg/l. and (f) the water continuously meets the lead and copper compliance limits.

(c)Any water system may be considered to optimize corrosion control treatment if it demonstrates that it has conducted activities equivalent to the corrosion control steps outlined in this section. Water systems deemed to have optimized corrosion control under this paragraph shall operate in compliance with the State-designated optimal water quality control parameters and continue to conduct lead and copper tap and water quality parameter monitoring as required by these regulations. The system shall provide to the Department:

1.The results of all monitoring for each of the water quality parameters listed in 335-7-11-.13 (c);

2.A report explaining the test methods used by the water system to evaluate the corrosion control treatments listed in 335-7-11-13 (a), the results of all tests conducted and the basis for the system's selection of optimal corrosion control treatment;

3.A report explaining how corrosion control has been installed and how it is being maintained to ensure minimal lead and copper concentrations at consumer's taps; and

4.The information from tap water monitoring conducted in accordance with 335-7-11-.07 above the compliance limit.

(d)Any water system is deemed to have optimized corrosion control if it submits results of tap water monitoring conducted in accordance with 335-7-11-.08 and source water monitoring in accordance with 335-7-11-.15 that demonstrates for two consecutive six-month monitoring periods that the difference between the 90th percentile tap water level computed under 335-7-11-.03 and the highest source water lead concentration is less than 0.005 mg/l.

1.Those systems whose highest source water lead level is below the Method Detection Limit may also be deemed to have optimized corrosion control under this paragraph if the 90th percentile tap water lead level is less than or equal to 0.005 mg/l for two consecutive 6-month monitoring periods.

2.Any water system deemed to have optimized corrosion control in accordance with this paragraph shall continue to monitor for lead and copper at the tap no less frequently than once every three calendar years using the reduced number of monitoring sites and conducting the monitoring at times and locations specified in these regulations.

3.Any water system deemed to have optimized corrosion control shall notify the Department in writing pursuant of any change in treatment or the addition of a new source. The system may be required to conduct additional monitoring or to take other action to ensure that the system maintains minimal levels of corrosion in the distribution system.

4.Any system triggered into corrosion control because it is no longer deemed to have optimized corrosion control under this paragraph shall implement corrosion control treatment in accordance with the deadlines in the regulations. Large systems shall adhere to the schedule specified in the paragraph for medium-size systems, with the time periods for completing each step being triggered by the date the system is no longer deemed to have optimized corrosion control under this paragraph.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: Adopted: September 23, 1992; effective November 9, 1992. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.11.13" level="3" title="Corrosion Control Study"> <dwc name="copper" times="4"><dwc name="lead" times="4">

Systems proposing to use a new source or exceeding the lead and copper compliance limit may be required to conduct and submit a corrosion control study to determine the optimum corrosion control process to minimize exposure of lead and copper to the consumers.

(a)Any water system performing a corrosion control study shall evaluate the effectiveness of each of the following treatment processes and if appropriate, any combination of these processes:

1.alkalinity and pH adjustment,

2.calcium hardness adjustment, and

3.the addition of a phosphate or silicate based corrosion inhibitor at a concentration to maintain an effective residual in the distribution system.

(b)The study shall use either a pipe-loop test, metal coupon test, partial system test, or analysis based on documented treatment activities from other water systems with similar water chemistry, similar system size, and same distribution system configuration.

(c)The following water quality parameters shall be measured during the test conducted to allow proper evaluation of the processes:

1.Lead

2.Copper

3.pH

4.Total alkalinity

5.Calcium

6.Conductivity

7.Orthophosphate (when a phosphate inhibitor is evaluated)

8.Silicate (when a silicate compound is evaluated)

9.Water temperature

(d)The study shall identify all chemical or physical constraints that may limit or prohibit the use of a particular corrosion treatment method, identify any previously used corrosion control treatment that was found ineffective, or adversely affected any treatment processes, shall evaluate the effect of the proposed chemicals to be used on the water quality treatment processes demonstrating adequate corrosion control, and shall provide a recommendation of the proposed process to be installed.

(e)Information to be included with the recommended process shall include cost of the proposed installation, equipment to be used including model number and brand, chemical to be added including proposed concentration rate, NSF approval document, and availability information on the chemical and a construction schedule demonstrating the equipment can be operational within 24 months of the study submittal. After review of the recommended process, the department will determine the optimum corrosion control process and the water quality parameter values. Lead and copper monitoring shall continue each six-month compliance period from the date the parameter values are set.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: Adopted: September 23, 1992; effective November 9, 1992. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.11.14" level="3" title="Corrosion Control Parameter Monitoring Requirements"> <dwc name="copper" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="1">

(1)All large water systems and water systems utilizing a corrosion control process to meet the requirements established under Section 335-7-11-.12 shall begin monitoring within ten days of process activation and maintain water quality parameter values within the ranges established by the Department to demonstrate production of satisfactory water. Should an analysis indicate a value outside the established level, immediate steps shall be taken to adjust the treatment process and additional monitoring conducted within 24 hours to verify compliance with acceptable value. Analysis of corrosion control parameters shall be conducted using analytical methods established by EPA.

(2)Monitoring parameters will be determined for each specific water system and may include requirements for monitoring pH, alkalinity, orthophosphate, silica, calcium, conductivity, water temperature, and other parameters designated by the Department. Compliance may be demonstrated by monitoring the treated water from each individual source for designated parameters on a daily and weekly basis or by establishing distribution system locations and monitoring during six-month monitoring periods.

(a)Systems using the Baylis Curve may demonstrate proper corrosion control by monitoring the treated water from each water source on a daily basis for pH and total alkalinity. Should the system utilize the Langelier Index or Ryznar Index for evaluating the corrosive level of the water, the treated water from each source must be monitored for pH and alkalinity daily and calcium, water temperature, and hardness on a weekly basis. Should an orthophosphate or silicate inhibitor be used, the system shall monitor pH on a daily basis and the phosphate or silicate level on a weekly basis for each treatment facility.

(b)With the approval of the Department, a system may select representative sites throughout the distribution system, taking into consideration the number of different sources of water, different treatment methods, seasonal variability, and density of service. The number of sites must be no less than those designated in Table 11-2.

TABLE 11-2

Water Quality Monitoring

System Size (population)Number of sites

greater than 100,00025

10,001-100,00010

3301-10,000 3

501-3300 2

25-500 1

(c)Two samples shall be obtained from each of the designated sites and two samples shall be obtained from each entry point from a treatment facility operating under normal conditions and analyzed for pH, alkalinity, orthophosphate, (when a phosphate compound is used), silica (when a silicate compound is used), calcium, conductivity, and water temperature. These samples shall be collected each six-month monitoring period and reported by the 10th of the following month after samples are collected.

(d)The study shall identify all chemical or physical constraints that may limit or prohibit the use of a particular corrosion treatment method, identify any previously used corrosion control treatment that was found ineffective, or adversely affected any treatment processes, shall evaluate the effect of the proposed chemicals to be used on the water quality treatment processes demonstrating adequate corrosion control, and shall provide a recommendation of the proposed process to be installed.

(e)Information to be included with the recommended process shall include cost of the proposed installation, equipment to be used including model number and brand, chemical to be added including proposed concentration rate, NSF approval document, and availability information on the chemical and a construction schedule demonstrating the equipment can be operational within 24 months of the study submittal. After review of the recommended process, the department will determine the optimum corrosion control process and the water quality parameter values. Lead and copper monitoring shall continue each six-month compliance period from the date the parameter values are set.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: Adopted: September 23, 1992; effective November 9, 1992. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.11.15" level="3" title="Source Water Monitoring And Treatment"> <dwc name="copper" times="4"><dwc name="lead" times="4">

Any system which exceeds the lead or copper compliance limit must analyze the treated water for the contaminant using the same methodology source used by the system. This analysis must be completed within six months after the exceedance. Should these levels exceed 0.015 mg/1 lead or 1 mg/1 copper, confirmation monitoring must be collected within 7 days. The value of the initial and all confirmation monitoring will be averaged. Treatment modifications must be installed which will result in the finished water meeting the drinking water standard. Unless written approval by the Department is given, the source will be taken out of service within 60 days and remain out of service until these additional treatment requirements are provided. Prior to reactivation of this source, monitoring of the treated water shall demonstrates compliance with drinking water standards and a second set of lead and copper monitoring conducted in six months. All initial sites for lead and copper shall be monitored for the next two six-month compliance periods. Modifications to the treatment process must be approved and permitted by the Department.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: Adopted: September 23, 1992; effective November 9, 1992. Amended: Filed in November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.11.16" level="3" title="Lead Service Line Replacement"> <dwc name="lead" times="17">

(1)Systems which exceed the compliance limit for lead after installation or modification of corrosion control processes or source water treatment and which contain lead service lines shall identify the number and location of lead service lines and develop and implement a removal action plan. This plan shall identify the number of lines, including an identification of the portion owned by the system, general distribution locations, cost of replacement, proposed disposal site for removed lines, and a time schedule for removal. This plan shall be provided within six months of exceeding the compliance limit and will be implemented within twelve months of approval by the Department but no later than 24 months after the compliance limit exceedances. At least 7 % of the initial number of lead service lines shall be replaced yearly. Lead service lines which have demonstrated to meet the compliance limit for lead through service line monitoring can be excluded from the process. The plan shall demonstrate the legal ownership of service lines and if the water system does not control or own the entire lead service line up to the building, it shall include provisions to notify the customer of its existence and offer to replace that service line for a fair and equitable cost. The process of replacing service lines may cease when the system can demonstrate through two consecutive monitoring periods that first draw samples collected from lead service lines are meeting the compliance limit due to enhanced corrosion control activity. A water system that does not replace the entire length of the service line shall comply with the following:

(a)At least 45 days prior to commencing with the partial replacement of a lead service line, the water system shall provide notice to the residents of all buildings served by the line explaining that they may experience a temporary increase of lead levels in their drinking water, along with guidance on measures consumers can take to minimize their exposure to lead. The Department may allow the water system to provide this notice less than 45 days prior to commencing partial lead service line replacement where such replacement is done in conjunction with emergency repairs. In addition, the water system shall inform the residents served by the line that the system will, at the system?s expense, collect a sample for a lead analysis from each partially-replaced lead service line within 72 hours after the completion of the partial replacement of the service line. The system shall collect the sample and report the results of the analysis to the owner and the residents served by the line within three business days of receiving the results. Mailed notices post-marked within three business days of receiving the results shall be considered "on time."

(b)The water system shall provide the information required by this section to the residents of individual dwellings by mail or by other methods approved by the Department. In instances where multi-family dwellings are served by the line, the water system shall have the option to post the information at a conspicuous location.

(2)The process of replacing service lines may cease when the system can demonstrate through two consecutive monitoring periods that first draw tap monitoring conducted from lead service lines are meeting the compliance limit due to enhanced corrosion control activity. If first draw tap monitoring in any such system thereafter exceeds the lead action level, the system shall recommence replacing lead service lines as required by this section.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Thomas S. DeLoach

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: Adopted: September 23, 1992; effective November 9, 1992. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002. Amended: Filed December 24, 2003; effective January 28, 2004.

<regElement name="335.7.11.17" level="3" title="Public Education Requirement"> <dwc name="lead" times="13">

Any water system with a lead action level that exceeds the compliance limit must provide public education materials containing the required language located in the Appendix D to the consumers within sixty days unless the system is being required to meet the repeat public education requirements of this section. In communities where a significant proportion of the population speak a language other than English, this material shall be in the appropriate language. This information must include specific guidance as presented and use the language in paragraph (c). Systems may delete information pertaining to lead service lines, upon approval of the Department, if no lead service lines exist anywhere in the water system service area. Public education language may be modified regarding building permit record availability and consumer access to these records, if approved by the Department. Systems may also continue to utilize pre-printed materials that meet the public education language requirements.

(a)Community systems must insert a notice in and on each customers utility bill which emphasizes: Some homes in this community have elevated lead levels in their drinking water. Lead can pose a significant risk to your health. Please read the enclosed notice for further information. A community water system having a billing cycle that does not include a billing within 60 days of exceeding the action level, or that cannot insert information in the water utility bill without making major changes to its billing system, may use a separate mailing to deliver the public education material as long as the information is delivered to each customer within 60 days of exceeding the action level. Such water systems shall also include the "alert" language specified in this paragraph. In addition, the system must provide a copy of the information to the editorial department of the newspaper read by the majority of customers in the service area. Either pamphlets or brochures containing the information must be provided to public schools and school boards, the local county health department office, hospitals, family planning clinics, local welfare agencies, pediatricians, W.I.C. or Headstart programs, the local medical association office, and to at least five radio and television stations serving the majority of the service area. Repeat public notices must be provided to the radio and television stations every six months and to the remainder of the organizations and individual customers every twelve months as long as the lead action level is exceeded. Systems shall offer to sample the tap water of any customer requesting it, however, the system is not obligated to pay for either the collecting or the analysis of the sample. A community water system may apply to the Department in writing to use the public education materials and delivery methods for NTNC water systems if:

(i)The system is a facility, such as a prison or a hospital, where the population served is not capable of or is prevented from making improvements to plumbing or installing point of use treatment devices; and

(ii)The system provides water as part of the cost of services provided and does not separately charge for water consumption.

(b)NTNC water systems shall provide public education by posting informational posters about lead in drinking water in areas served by the system in public view and by distributing brochures on lead in drinking water to each person served by the NTNC water system. The Department may allow the system to utilize electronic transmission in lieu of or combined with printed materials as long as it achieves at least the same coverage. Repeat notices shall be provided at least once during each year that the compliance limit is exceeded.

(c)Content of Broadcast materials. A water system shall include the following information in all public service announcements submitted under its lead public education program to television and radio stations for broadcasting:

1.Why should everyone want to know the facts about lead and drinking water? Because unhealthy amounts of lead can enter drinking water through the plumbing in your home. That's why I urge you to do what I did. I had my water tested for (insert free or cost per sample). You can contact the (insert the name of the city or water system) for information on testing and on simple ways to reduce your exposure to lead in drinking water.

2.To have your water tested for lead, or to get more information about this public health concern, please call (insert the phone number of the city or water system).

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: Adopted: September 23, 1992; effective November 9, 1992. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.11.18" level="3" title="Reporting Requirements"> <dwc name="copper" times="6"><dwc name="lead" times="11">

(1)Tap Water Monitoring. All water systems shall provide the results of all tap monitoring for lead and copper by the 10th of the month following the end of the compliance period.

(a)Included shall be information regarding the tap, the tier level of the site, identification as a non first draw sample and length of standing time, documentation for all tap water lead and copper monitoring that the system requests invalidation, and an explanation for any site which was not monitored during the previous monitoring period or why sites may have changed.

1.Systems with lead service lines not providing 50% of the monitoring from these sites will provide a letter demonstrating why it was unable to locate a sufficient number of each site. Values shall be placed in ascending order with the highest value first and the 90th percentile value either circled or labeled.

2.All systems utilizing non first draw samples shall provide the Department prior to the first monitoring period after these regulations become effective the locations and standing times of all such monitoring. Systems applying for or systems that have been granted a waiver shall provide a certification that the system?s distribution and plumbing materials are lead and copper free. A water system that has been granted a waiver and later determines the system?s materials are no longer lead or copper free shall provide the basis of that determination and a corrective action plan to remove those materials within 60 days of the determination.

(b)Source Water Monitoring. The lead/copper results from source water required to be monitored shall be provided by the 10th of the month following the analysis.

(c)Corrosion Control Treatment. Systems with an approved corrosion control treatment system on the effective date of these regulations will continue to provide monthly monitoring reports providing the required information. These reports must be received by the 10th of the following month. For systems required to establish optimized corrosion control, daily and weekly analysis may be provided on the monthly operation reports which must be submitted by the 10th of the following month. For systems monitoring during a six-month compliance cycle, the analysis must be provided by the 10th of the month following the analysis.

(d)Lead Service Line Replacement. Systems required to replace service lines shall provide yearly information by December 31 regarding the number and location of service lines replaced, the number remaining, the location and lead concentration of any lead service line monitoring, and any proposed modification to the lead service line removal plan.

(e)Public Education Reporting Requirements. No later than ten days following the date any water system is required to provide public education, the system shall submit documentation to the Department demonstrating that proper public education was distributed to all customers, what was distributed, to whom it was distributed including all radio stations, television stations, newspapers, facilities or organizations and how the information was provided to the public.

(2)Record Keeping of Reporting Requirements. All systems shall retain in its office or on its premises original records of all monitoring data, analysis, reports, surveys, letters, evaluations, schedules, state determinations and other information reflecting activities to demonstrate compliance with the lead and copper requirements of this Department. These records shall be retained for no less than 12 years.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: Adopted: September 23, 1992. Amended: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-7-12" level="2" title="WELLHEAD PROTECTION PROGRAM">

<regElement name="335.7.12.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

This chapter implements the Alabama Wellhead Protection Program, as required by the Safe Drinking Water Act and as authorized pursuant to the Alabama Underground Storage Tank and Wellhead Protection Act of 1988, to assist public water systems in protecting areas surrounding public water supply wells within their jurisdictions against contaminants that may have adverse effects on human health. Development of a Local Wellhead Protection Plan for approval by the Department is voluntary. This chapter sets forth the requirements of a voluntary Local Wellhead Protection Plan that public water systems may establish to qualify for certain waivers under Division 7.

Author: Enid Bittner

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-36-7, 22-36-10, 22-22A-5. See also, Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. &#167;300-h.

History: Adopted: September 19, 1995(ER) New Rule: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999.

<regElement name="335.7.12.02" level="3" title="Applicability">

Each community public water system in Alabama utilizing a groundwater source shall develop a Source Water Assessment Program (SWAP) in accordance with Chapter 335-7-5. Upon approval of the SWAP by ADEM a community water system may voluntarily proceed with developing a Local Wellhead Protection Plan in accordance with this Chapter and the ADEM Wellhead Protection Program Guidance Document.

Author: Enid Bittner

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-36-7, 22-36-10, 22-22A-5.

History: Adopted: September 19, 1995 (ER) New Rule: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999.

<regElement name="335.7.12.03" level="3" title="Definitions">

The following words and phrases, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context, shall have the following meaning:

(a)ADEM - the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(b)Legal authority - a local governing body, board or water authority that has statutory authority to implement the LWHPP.

(c)Local Wellhead Protection Plan (LWHPP) - the Wellhead Protection Plan designed and implemented by a local water authority, board or system pursuant to the provisions of this Chapter.

Author: Enid Bittner

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-36-7, 22-36-10, 22-22A-5.

History: Adopted: September 19, 1995(ER) New Rule: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999.

<regElement name="335.7.12.04" level="3" title="Local Wellhead Protection Plan">

A Local Wellhead Protection Plan shall include the following elements.

(a)Local Wellhead Protection Committee. A committee responsible for the design of the LWHPP should be formed. The committee may include a variety of professions such as local government, education, and civic organization leaders, as well as representatives of business and industry.

(b)An ADEM approved Source Water Assessment Report developed in accordance with Chapter 335-7-5.

(c)Local Wellhead Protection Plan (LWHPP). A protection plan should be developed that provides strategies for protecting the water resource. The LWHP Plan should include the following:

1.Regulatory and Non-regulatory Protection Strategies. Protection strategies can include one or more of the following: acquisition; bonding; building codes; conservation; education and training; subdivision regulations; water rate changes; zoning; identifying an alternate source of supply; or other similar measures.

2.Identification of Local, County and State Rules A compilation of ordinances and rules that identify the individuals, agencies or boards responsible for implementation.

3.Establishment of Compliance Procedures. The water system shall identify the local authority responsible for conducting inspections and provide a mechanism for reporting violations and problems found during inspections to the appropriate organizations or authorities for enforcement.

4.Procedures for Local Notification. The water system should notify residents, as well as owners and operators of potential sources of contamination within the SWA. The notification should request that the owner/ operator notify the local water system in the event of any activity that may have a negative impact on the groundwater.

5.Public Education. Education and outreach activities such as posting signs, distributing brochures and publishing articles that describe the wellhead protection program may be included in the plan.

(d)Contingency Plan. All contingency plans should address potential emergencies, such as well or well field contamination, water shortages due to droughts or flooding, and interruption of water sources and supply due to spills, accidents, power outages or equipment failures. The following four items may be included in the plan.

1.Water Demand. Water demand such as maximum daily, maximum monthly and projected future demand.

2.Chain of command. Identify the area of responsibility for each entity involved during an emergency.

3.Short Term Water Availability. Describe the local response to short term emergencies

4.Long Term Water Availability. Describe the local response to long term shortages.

(e)Plan for new sources. All new drinking water sources must comply with Chapter 335-7-5.

(f)Procedures for Review, Modification and Update. Water Systems should modify the LWHPP every six (6) years, on the occasion of overall system permit renewal. The LWHPP should also be modified when the following conditions occur: new wells are added to the system, there is a significant increase in the withdrawal rate (greater than 25 percent), use of existing wells is discontinued, and there is an increase in the number of potential contaminant sources.

Author: Enid Bittner

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-36-7, 22-36-10, 22-22A-5.

History: Adopted: September 19, 1995(ER) New Rule: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997. Amended: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999.

<regElement name="335.7.12.05" level="3" title="Schedule For Initiation Of Local Wellhead Protection Plan">

(Repealed)

Author: Enid Bittner

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-36-7, 22-36-10, 22-22A-5.

History: Adopted: September 19, 1995(ER) New Rule: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Amended: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997. Repealed: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999.

<regElement name="335.7.12.06" level="3" title="LWHPP Development Procedures">

(Repealed)

Author: Enid Bittner

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-36-7, 22-36-10, 22-22A-5.

History: Adopted: September 19, 1995 (ER) New Rule: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Repealed: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999.

<regElement name="335.7.12.07" level="3" title="Delineation Of Wellhead Protection Areas">

(Repealed)

Author: Enid Bittner

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-36-7, 22-36-10, 22-22A-5.

History: Adopted: September 19, 1995 (ER) New Rule: Filed November 28, 1995; effective January 2, 1996. Repealed: Filed December 21, 1998; effective January 25, 1999.

Table 1.

Alabama Wellhead Protection Area Delineation

Criteria And Thresholds

(Repealed 1/25/99)

Table 2

Potential Sources of Contamination

and Identification Codes

(Repealed 1/25/99)

Figure 1.

Physiographic Provinces

(Repealed 1/25/99)

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-7-13" level="2" title="DRINKING WATER STATE REVOLVING FUND">

<regElement name="335.7.13.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

This Chapter shall constitute the rules of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (ADEM) governing the disposition of appropriations in accordance with the Safe Drinking Water Act or "SDWA" as amended in 1996 and Alabama Act No. 97-415 or other monies appropriated to the Drinking Water Revolving Fund.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.02" level="3" title="Purpose">

This Chapter is promulgated for the following purposes:

(a)To implement the purposes and objectives of the Federal Safe Drinking Water Act Amendments of 1996, Environmental Management Act, and the Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority.

(b)To establish policies and procedures for the distribution of funds appropriated in accordance with the Safe Drinking Water Act Amendments of 1996: State Revolving Fund and other monies appropriated to the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund to provide financial assistance to public water systems in financing the costs of infrastructure needed to achieve or maintain compliance with the SDWA and protect public health.

(c)Ensure that appropriated monies are spent in a proper manner and for the intended purposes;

(d)To assure that the distribution and use of monies provided is consistent with the laws and policies of the State and Federal Government;

(e)To establish minimum standards of conduct to prevent fraud, waste, abuse and conflicts of interest and to ensure proper administration; and

(f)To establish loan repayment requirements.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.03" level="3" title="Definitions">

The following words and terms, when used in this Chapter, shall have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

(a)"Act" means Alabama Act No. 97-415, establishing the Drinking Water Finance Authority.

(b)"Allowable costs" are those costs that are eligible, reasonable, necessary, and allocable to the project; permitted by generally accepted accounting principles; and approved by the Department in the Fund loan agreement.

(c)"Applicant" means any local governmental unit that applies for a Fund loan in accordance with the provisions of these rules and regulations.

(d)"Authority" is the corporation organized in accordance with the provisions of the Act as a public corporation, agency and instrumentality of the state and known as the Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority.

(e)"Authorizing resolution" means a resolution or order adopted by the Board of Directors of the authority authorizing the issuance of bonds by the Authority in accordance with the Act or by a public body.

(f)"Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority, which consists of the Governor, the Lieutenant Governor, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, the Director of ADEM, and the Director of Finance.

(g)"Bonds" are the drinking water finance bonds, notes or obligations or other evidence of indebtedness issued by the Authority under the provisions of the Act.

(h)"Bond proceeds" are the direct proceeds of the sale of bonds or notes, and the income derived from the investment of such proceeds.

(i)"Certified mail" means any means of delivery where proof of receipt is obtained and date of receipt is recorded.

(j)"Construction costs" are the cost for the acquisition, erection, alteration, remodeling, improvement or extension of water treatment or distribution facilities. This definition includes administrative and legal fees, land (an integral part of the treatment or distribution process), fiscal, engineering and inspection costs and costs associated with the planning and design of the project.

(k)"Cross-cutters" are Federal laws, executive orders and government-wide policies that apply by their own terms to projects and activities receiving Federal financial assistance including environmental laws such as the National Historic Preservation Act and the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act, and social and economic policy authorities such as Executive Orders on Equal Employment Opportunity and government-wide debarment and suspension rules.

(l)"Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management established by the Alabama Environmental Management Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-1 to 22-22A-13.

(m)"Director" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management Director.

(n)"Federal grant" means a grant awarded in accordance with section 1452 of the SDWA Amendments of 1996.

(o)"Final construction cost" means the total actual allowable cost of the final work in place for the project, in accordance with the scope as defined in the Fund loan agreement.

(p)"Fund" means the Drinking Water Revolving Fund established in accordance with the Act.

(q)"Fund loan" means a loan from the Drinking Water Revolving Fund for the allowable costs of a project.

(r)"Fund loan agreement" means the legal instrument executed between the Authority and the applicant.

(s)"Initiation of operation" means the date specified by the recipient on which use of the project begins for the purposes that it was planned, designed and built.

(t)"Loan modification" means any written alteration of the Fund loan terms or conditions, budget or project method or other administrative, technical or financial agreements.

(u)"Local governmental unit" includes each county, state agency, incorporated city or town, public corporation, district, cooperative, association, authority or and instrumentality thereof created by or in accordance with state law and having jurisdiction, power or authority with respect to the transmission, sale, production or delivery of drinking water, including also a combination of two or more of the foregoing.

(v)"Low bid construction cost" means the total actual allowable cost for the project as reflected in the award of all contracts within a project scope to the low bidder(s).

(w)"Nonviable" means the lack of technical, managerial and financial capability to maintain the system as demonstrated by the system?s history of monitoring, reporting, and operating in accordance with ADEM requirements.

(x)"Project completion date" is the date the project is estimated to be completed as stated in the full application received by the applicant, and as determined by the Department to be consistent with the scope and complexity of the project and project plans and specifications.

(y)"Project priority list" means the list developed by ADEM in conformance with the Federal Safe Drinking Water Act Amendments of 1996, and any amendatory or supplementary acts thereto, and State regulations as contained in this Chapter of the ADEM Administrative Code.

(z)"Project" is the scope of services to be provided via the construction of specified facilities as approved by the Department in the Fund loan agreement.

(aa)"Recipient" means any local governmental unit which has received a Fund loan in accordance with this Chapter.

(bb)"SDWA" is the Safe Drinking Water Act as amended in 1996.

(cc)"Scope of work" means the detailed description of the extent of services required to construct proposed water treatment or distribution facilities.

(dd)"Substantial alteration" means any change that results in an alteration of the project costs or a change of 90 days or more in the project schedule.

(ee)"Water Conservation Program" means a comprehensive program to effectively manage the demand for water supply for a local governmental unit. The program may include, but is not limited to, the following: a program to detect and minimize leakage from the distribution system; a program to educate the public on the importance of minimizing water consumption; and a program to encourage the use of high efficiency toilets and showerheads, etc.

(ff)"Water treatment facilities" are facilities needed for the transmission, production or delivery of drinking water, including but not limited to, water storage tanks, treatment plants (flocculation, sedimentation, and filtration), pumping stations, and water pipes.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.13.04" level="3" title="Drinking Water Revolving Fund Or ">

Use of the proceeds of bond sales, Federal and State appropriations, payments of loan principal and interest, and interest earned on the fund shall be subject to the following conditions:

(a)The minimum loan amount shall be $100,000 for EPA direct funds and $300,000 for state bond funds.

(b)Buying or refinancing the debt obligation of water systems shall occur only when such debt obligations were incurred and building began after July 1, 1993; and public notice was conducted, and appropriate state and federal cross cutters were considered.

(c)To serve as a source of revenue or security for the payment of principal and interest on revenue bonds issued by the Authority if the net proceeds of the sale of such bonds are deposited in the Fund.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.13.05" level="3" title="Systems Eligible For Funding">

Loans shall be made only to local governmental units that:

(a)Are on the State Drinking Water project priority list;

(b)Demonstrate tangible financial capability to assure sufficient revenues to operate and maintain the proposed facilities over their useful life and to repay the loan;

(c)Provide security as required by the Department for repayment of the loan;

(d)Agree to periodically adjust fees and charges for services of the water system in order that loan repayments and costs of the water system are timely paid;

(e)Agree to maintain records in accordance with governmental accounting standards and to conduct an annual audit of the system?s financial records and;

(f)Provide such assurances as reasonably required by the Authority and the Department.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.13.06" level="3" title="Project Components Eligible For Funding">

(1)The Fund may provide assistance to finance the costs of infrastructure needed to achieve or maintain compliance with requirements, and/or meet public health objectives, of the SDWA. Examples include projects to:

(a)rehabilitate or develop sources to replace an existing contaminated source;

(b)install or upgrade treatment facilities if, in the Department?s opinion, the project is the most economical and would improve the quality of drinking water to comply with primary or secondary standards;

(c)install or upgrade storage facilities, including finished water reservoirs, to prevent microbiological contaminants from entering the water system; and

(d)install or replace transmission and distribution pipes to prevent contamination caused by leaks or breaks in the pipe, or improve water pressure to safe levels.

(2)Land is an allowable cost only if it is integral to a project that is needed to meet or maintain compliance and further public health protection. In this instance, land that is integral to a project is only the land needed to locate eligible treatment or distribution projects. In addition, the acquisition has to be from a willing seller.

(3)The Fund may provide assistance for the costs of project planning, design and other related costs. The provision of assistance for design and planning costs does not guarantee a system that the Fund program will provide funding for the construction of the project. The State may choose to combine the loan for planning and design with a construction loan.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.07" level="3" title="Allowable Project Costs">

The Department shall not provide Fund loan monies for costs of work that the Department determines are not in compliance with the SDWA. In general, allowable costs may include, but may not be limited to, the following:

(a)Costs of salaries, benefits, and expendable material the applicant incurs for planning and administration of the project;

(b)Costs under construction contracts;

(c)Professional and consultant services;

(d)Facilities planning directly related to the treatment works;

(e)Project feasibility and engineering reports;

(f)Costs of complying with the National Environmental Policy Act, including costs of public notices and hearings;

(g)Preparation of construction drawings, specifications, estimates, and construction contract documents;

(h)Landscaping;

(i)Removal and relocation or replacement of utilities, for which the applicant is legally obligated to pay;

(j)Materials acquired, consumed, or expended specifically for the project;

(k)A reasonable inventory of laboratory chemicals, supplies, and equipment necessary to initiate water treatment plant operations;

(l)Development and preparation of an operation and maintenance manual;

(m)Project identification signs;

(n)Costs of complying with procurement requirements; and

(o)Site acquisition of the land that will be an integral part of the water treatment process or is used in the ultimate disposal of residues resulting from such treatment. For site acquisition costs made with funds directly made available by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) capitalization grants, such acquisition shall be in conformance with the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, PL 91-646.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997. Amended: Filed February 6, 2002; effective March 13, 2002.

<regElement name="335.7.13.08" level="3" title="Project Activities Not Eligible For Funding">

(1)The Fund cannot provide funding assistance for the following projects and activities:

(a)Dams, or rehabilitation of dams;

(b)Water rights, except if the water rights are owned by a system that is being purchased through consolidation as part of a capacity development strategy;

(c)Reservoirs, except for finished water reservoirs and those reservoirs that are part of the treatment process and are located on the property where the treatment facility is located;

(dLaboratory fees for monitoring;

(e)Operation and maintenance expenses;

(f)Projects needed mainly for fire protection;

(g)Projects for water systems that lack adequate technical, managerial and financial capability, unless assistance will ensure compliance;

(h)Projects for water systems in significant noncompliance, unless assistance will ensure compliance;

(i)Projects primarily intended to serve future growth;

(j)Projects with adverse environmental impact or strong public objection; or

(k)Operator training.

(2)The Fund may not provide any type of assistance to a system that has a history of non-compliance or lacks the technical, managerial or financial capability to maintain SDWA compliance, unless the owner or operator of the system agrees to undertake feasible and appropriate changes in operation or if the use of the financial assistance from the Fund will ensure compliance over the long-term. These changes include consolidation or management changes that will ensure that the system has the technical, managerial, and financial capability. Costs associated with consolidation, such as legal fees and water buy-in fees, are eligible for funding.

(3)The Fund cannot provide assistance to any water system that is in significant noncompliance with any state drinking water regulation in accordance with ADEM Administrative Code, Division 7 or variance, unless ADEM conducts a review and determines that the project will enable the system to return to compliance and the system will maintain an adequate level of technical, managerial and financial capability to maintain compliance.

(4)The Fund cannot provide assistance to finance the expansion of any drinking water system solely in anticipation of future population growth. However, assistance may be provided to address population growth expected to occur over the useful life of the facility to be funded. If the primary purpose is to supply or attract growth, the project is not eligible to receive assistance. If the primary purpose is to solve a compliance or public health problem, the entire project, including the portion necessary to accommodate a reasonable amount of growth over its useful life, may be eligible.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.09" level="3" title="Terms Of The Loans From The Drinking Water Revolving Fund">

(1)The Fund may offer loans of up to 100 percent of allowable project costs for the construction of water treatment and distribution facilities. Such loans must be made at or below market interest rates as determined by the Authority.

(2)The total term of the loans shall not exceed 20 years. Repayments shall begin not later than one year after completion of construction for which such loan was made, and shall be repaid in full no later than 20 years. Thereafter, loan repayments shall be made in accordance with the repayment schedule indicated in the borrower?s Fund loan agreement. Principal and accrued interest with respect to a particular Fund loan may, however, be prepaid in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Fund loan agreement.

(3)Fund loan payments will be disbursed to recipients at intervals as work progresses and expenses are incurred and approved, but not more often than once a month or unless the Fund loan is awarded on a restrictive basis for the reimbursement of eligible prior expenditures.

(4)The specific terms and conditions of the Fund loan shall be incorporated in the Fund loan agreement to be executed by the applicant and the Department.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.10" level="3" title="Criteria For Project Loan Priority"> <dwc name="cryptosporidium" times="1"><dwc name="giardia" times="1"><dwc name="total coliform" times="1"><dwc name="coliform" times="2"><dwc name="turbid" times="2"><dwc name="total trihalomethan" times="1"><dwc name="trihalomethan" times="1"><dwc name="tthm" times="1"><dwc name="copper" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="1"><dwc name="nitrat" times="1"><dwc name="radionuclid" times="1">

(1)Each year, the Department shall develop a project priority list in accordance with the SDWA for the forthcoming fiscal year. The criteria for ranking projects gives priority to projects that: 1) protect public health, and return systems to compliance; 2) benefit the most people per dollar expended; 3) assist systems most in need on a per household affordability basis; and 4) use consolidation with other systems to correct existing deficiencies and improve management. Each year, the project priority list shall be the subject of a public notice, including a public comment period. Water systems desiring to place a project on the list shall make their request for placement by May 1 of each year, or as otherwise established by the Department. Those projects will be ranked in accordance with the priority system and placed on the list. The pre-application, in the form of an Engineering Report, shall be submitted by the authorized representative of the water system with a request for placement on the list:

(a)Brief description of the project;

(b)Brief description of existing deficiencies (for example, low pressure, inadequate treatment, bacteriological contamination, etc.);

(c)Number of customers for entire water system;

(d)Number of customers for project area;

(e)Estimated costs associated with the project including planning and design expenses;

(f)Financial information summary including, but not limited to, the following:

1.Annual operations and maintenance cost estimates;

2.Total existing water system debt obligations;

3.Total annual revenues;

4.Most recent financial statement;

5.Existing water service rates and proposed increases;

6.Average annual customer water bill based on historical usage; and

7.Median household income for project area;

8.Where one or more project option exists, projected costs for each option.

(g)Engineering Report as described in Rule 335-7-4-.04, unless otherwise directed by the Department; and

(h)Benefits of pollution prevention or water shed enhancement project.

Each project considered eligible for assistance shall be assigned a point rating (P) computed according to the following formula:

P = A+B+C+D+E+F+G

Where:

A = Violations of National Drinking Water Standards

B = Quantity Deficiencies

C = Treatment Deficiencies

D = Affordability

E = New Customers Served

F = Consolidation

G = Benefit/Cost

A = Violations of National Drinking Water Standards

Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) are established by the EPA for those contaminants that may be detrimental to public health. Exceedences of these levels during the 30-month period prior to pre-application submittal (3 years for secondary contaminants) carry the following weightings:

Priority Points

a.Bacteriological

1.No MCL violations 0

2.1-2 MCL violations30

3.Greater than 2 violations40

b.Nitrate

1.&lt; 1.0 mg/L 0

2.1.0 ? 5.0mg/L 5

3.5.0 ? 10.0mg/L20

4.MCL violations40

c.Turbidity in the last 30 months

1.No MCL violations 0

2.1-2 MCL violations30

3.Greater than 2 violations40

d.Primary Organic, Inorganic, and Radionuclide Standards

1.No MCL violations during last 2 monitoring periods 0

2.1-2 violations30

3.Greater than 2 violations40

e.Total Trihalomethanes (TTHM)

1.No MCL violations during last 2 monitoring periods 0

2.1-2 violations30

3.Greater than 2 violations30

f.Secondary Standards ? MCL exceedences20

g.Boil Water Status in the last 3 years30

h.Lead or Copper Exceedence30

B = Quantity Deficiencies. Quantity deficiencies or shortages due to water source/storage.

ConditionPriority Points

Adequate quantity for the present 0

Source

Continual Shortage 30

Shortage during peak demands (daily)20

Shortage during seasonal high use with an implemented conservation program.15

Shortage during seasonal high use without an implemented conservation program 5

Storage (less than 24 hrs available based on average demand)

Inadequate storage with implemented conservation program20

Inadequate storage without implemented conservation program 5

Pressure

Consistently &lt; 20 psi30

Occasionally &lt; 20 psi15

C = Treatment/Design Deficiencies. Design deficiencies are those which could be corrected by enlargement, repair, installation or replacement of all or a portion of the system.

ConditionPriority Points

No filtration of surface water or groundwater under the influence of surface water30

No filtration of groundwater with the following raw water quality referenced in 335-7-5-.20 Administrative Code

1.Turbidity &gt; 5.0 NTU25

2.Total Coliform &gt; 100 per 100 ml of sample20

3.Fecal Coliform &gt; 20 per 100 ml of sample25

4.Iron &gt; 0.6 mg/L15

5.Iron &gt;0.3 &lt;0.6 mg/L10

6.Manganese &gt; 0.1 mg/L15

7.Manganese &gt;0.05 &lt;0.1mg/L10

Inadequate treatment or process facilities12

Distribution or plant capacity deficiencies12

Improper well construction12

Other contaminants of concern such as cryptosporidium or Giardia with monitoring or studies to demonstrate existence or high potential for occurrence25

Bonus Points:

System has implemented or committed (by letter) to implementing a source water protection program15

System has completed or in process (by letter) of delineating source water areas and assessing contaminants.10

D = Affordability Factor. An affordability factor will be assigned to each project to reflect the relative needs of applicants on a per household basis. The affordability factor is defined as the ratio of the Average Annual Household water bill to the 1997 median household income for the project area.

ConditionPriority Points

Average annual household water billX 100

Median household income of project area

a.&gt; 2.00%24

b.1.76 ? 2.0021

c.1.51 - 1.7518

d.1.26 ? 1.5015

e.1.10 - 1.2511

f.0.6 - 1.00 7

h.&lt; 0.5 3

E = New Customer Connections Served.

ConditionPriority Points

New customer connections the project will serve:

a.&lt; 20 connections10

b.21-5012

c.51-10014

d.101-15016

e.151-20018

f.201-30020

g.301-40022

h.401-600 24

i.&gt; 60026

F = Consolidation. Projects which result in the consolidation, interconnection, or improvement of services for two or more drinking water systems, will have the following weighted factor.

ConditionPriority Points

No consolidation 0

Total system consolidation50

Physical interconnection30

Management consolidation20

Improvement of Services (managerial, operational, and financial)10

G = Benefit/Cost Factor. Benefit/Cost points assigned to each project will be determined using the following formula:

Benefit/Cost Factor =Number of benefiting connections Amount of DWSRF Loan (in $1.0 millions)

Applicants must furnish information (including hydraulic analyses, if necessary) to support their estimate of the number of benefiting connections. The amount of DWSRF loan is in millions of dollars.

ConditionPriority Points

a.factor &gt; 10,00022

b.factor 3,001 to 10,00020

c.factor 1501 to 3,00018

d.factor 801 to 1,50016

e.factor 501 to 80014

f.factor 301 to 50012

g.factor 201 to 30010

h.factor 121 to 200 8

I.factor 61 to120 6

j.factor 26 to 60 4

k.factor 0 to 25 2

(2)The priority list shall be divided into a fundable and extended portion. The fundable portion shall include those projects anticipated to be funded from the projected available loan funds for the applicable period. The layout portion shall include those projects anticipated to be funded from future projected loan funds.

(3)Following completion of the ranking process, the priority list will be reviewed to determine if at least 15% of amount projected to be funded is for public water systems which regularly serve fewer than 10,000 people, as required by the SDWA. If this is not the case, the priority list will be adjusted by exchanging the lowest ranking projects above the funding line that serve 10,000 or more with the highest ranking projects below the funding line that serve fewer than 10,000, until the 15% requirement is satisfied.

(4)When two or more projects score equally under the project priority system, a tie breaking procedure will be utilized. The project with the smallest number of existing customers served will receive the higher ranking.

(5)A project on the fundable portion of the list may be bypassed and the next eligible project funded if it is determined that the project will not be ready to proceed during the funding year. The applicant whose project is to be bypassed will be given written notice by the Department. Projects that have been bypassed may be funded at a later date when the project is ready to proceed.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.11" level="3" title="Preapplication Procedures">

(1)Local governmental units are urged to be familiar with the requirements of this Chapter and to contact the Department early in the planning process so that their projects are in a position to proceed.

(2)The Department may require a pre-application conference with potential applicants prior to submission of a formal application for a Fund loan.

(3)Questions concerning the program and requests for a pre-application conference should be directed to:

ADEM-Water Division

Water Supply Branch

P O Box 301463

Montgomery, AL 36130-1463

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.12" level="3" title="Application Procedures"> <dwc name="lead" times="1">

(1)Each application for a Fund loan shall be submitted by the deadline established each year by the Department and generally no later than May 1 of the fiscal year for which funding is requested. Department approval of the planning documents, plans and specifications are required as part of the application for a Fund loan.

(2)Submissions which do not comply with this Chapter shall not be processed, and shall be returned to the applicant.

(3)The following shall be submitted when applying for a Fund loan:

(a)An application for a Fund loan in accordance with this Chapter for construction of water treatment systems. Each application shall constitute a commitment by the applicant to comply with the requirements of this Chapter and, upon execution of the agreement by the Authority and the applicant, acceptance of the terms and conditions of the Fund loan agreement;

(b)A resolution passed by the local governmental unit authorizing the filing of an application for a Fund loan, specifying the individual authorized to sign the Fund loan application on behalf of the local governmental unit. The resolution must be published in the local newspaper or posted in a local municipal building for a period of 5 days in order to notify the public. If two or more local governmental units are involved in the project, a resolution is required from each, indicating the lead applicant and the authorized representative;

(c)A statement of assurances in conformance with Rule 335-7-13-.17;

(d)Department concurrence with plans, specifications and technical design report;

(e)Project cost breakdown;

(f)Projected cash flow schedule;

(g)Project construction schedule;

(h)System financial information summary;

(i)Certificate (legal opinion) from counsel and the authorized representative as to title, or mechanism to obtain title, necessary for project sites and easements;

(j)A certification that required permits and approvals, if applicable for building the water treatment facilities, was received from the following agencies;

Water Supply Branch of ADEM;

Alabama Historical commission (historical, archaeological, cultural resources);

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (wetlands);

U.S. Fish and Wildlife Services (flood plains/wetlands);

(k)A Statement from the applicant indicating that it has not violated any Federal, State or local law pertaining to fraud, bribery, graft, kickback, collusion or conflicts of interest relating to, or in connection with, the planning and design of the project;

(l)A statement from the applicant which indicates if it used the services of a person for planning or design of the project whose name appears on the Federal list of debarments, suspensions and voluntary exclusions;

(m)Executed intermunicipal agreements, if required;

(n)Draft engineering agreements for construction services that specify engineering costs;

(o)A description of how the applicant plans to repay the Fund loan and pay any other expenses necessary to fully complete and implement the project, the steps it has taken to implement this plan, and steps it plans to take before receiving the Fund loan that shall guarantee that at the time of the signing of the Fund loan agreement it shall be irrevocably committed to repay the Fund loan and pay any other expenses necessary to fully complete, implement, operate and maintain the project. The description shall include: pro forma projections of the applicant?s financial operations during the construction period of the project and five years thereafter; a summary of the sources and uses of all funds anticipated to be used for the project to be financed by the Fund loan; and a statement of the assumptions used in creating these projections. Applicants shall secure all Fund loans in a manner acceptable to the Authority, pledging to provide funds to repay the debt, even if the Fund loan is terminated in accordance with Rule 335-7-13-.37.; and

(p)Such other information as the Department may require.

(4)Applicants shall obtain all necessary Federal, State and local permits and approvals prior to the award of a loan unless the lack of such permits does not significantly affect the loan award. Excluded from prior acquisition are permits and approvals that are impractical to obtain prior to the loan award (e.g., road opening permit, blasting permit, etc.).

(5)All loan applications shall be submitted to:

ADEM-Water Division

Water Supply Branch

P O Box 301463

Montgomery, AL 36130-1463

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.13" level="3" title="Evaluation Of Application">

(1)The Department shall notify the applicant that it has received the application and is evaluating it in accordance with this section. Each application shall be subject to a:

(a)Preliminary administrative review to determine the completeness of the application. The applicant will be notified of the completeness or deficiency of the application;

(b)Programmatic, technical, and scientific evaluations to determine the relevance of the project to the Department?s program objectives;

(c)Budget evaluation to determine whether proposed project costs are reasonable, applicable, and allowable;

(d)Final administrative evaluation;

(e)Financial information review to determine system capability of repaying the loan; and

(f)Requirement that the applicant is not in default on any grant, loans, or contracts with the Department.

(2)Upon the completion of a full review and evaluation of each application, the Department shall either approve the application or make the determination that the Fund loan award shall be deferred.

(3)The Department shall promptly notify applicants in writing of any deferral action, indicating the reasons for the deferral and a time frame for the resolution of any outstanding issues. A deferral action shall result in one of the following:

(a)An approval of the application if the outstanding issues are addressed to the satisfaction of the Department within the specified time frame; or

(b)A disapproval of the application if the outstanding issues are not addressed to the satisfaction of the Department within the specified time frame.

(4)The Department shall promptly notify applicants in writing of any disapproval. A disapproval of an application shall not preclude its reconsideration if resubmitted by the applicant. However, reconsideration of a revised Fund loan application and/or processing of a Fund loan agreement for the project within the current fiscal year may be bypassed, precluding funding of the project until a future fiscal year. Affected applicants shall be notified in writing of such action.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.14" level="3" title="Supplemental Information">

At any stage during the evaluation process, the Department may require supplemental documents or information necessary to complete full review of the application. The Department may suspend its evaluation until such additional information or documents have been received.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.15" level="3" title="Fund Loan Agreement">

The Authority shall prepare and transmit the Fund loan agreement to the applicant.

(a)The applicant shall execute the Fund loan agreement and return it within 30 calendar days after receipt. The Authority may, at its discretion, extend the time for execution. The Fund loan agreement shall be signed by a person authorized by resolution to obligate the applicant to the terms and conditions of the Fund loan agreement being executed. The authorizing resolution shall also be submitted at this time.

(b)The Fund loan agreement shall set forth the terms and conditions of the Fund loan, approved project scope, budget, approved project costs, and the approved commencement and completion dates for the project or major phases thereof.

(c)The Fund loan agreement shall be deemed to incorporate all requirements, provisions, and information in documents or papers submitted to the Department in the application process.

(d)The Authority shall not execute the Fund loan agreement if the applicant is in current default on any State or Federal loan.

(e)After the Authority has completed its internal processing of the Fund loan agreement, it shall transmit a copy of the executed Fund loan agreement to the recipient.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.16" level="3" title="Effective Date Of Loan Award">

(1)On the date of execution of the Fund loan agreement by the Authority and the recipient, the loan shall become effective and shall constitute an obligation of the Fund in the amount and for the purposes stated in the Fund loan agreement.

(2)The award of the Fund loan shall not commit or obligate the Authority to award any continuation Fund loan to cover cost overruns of the project. Cost overruns for any project or portion thereof may be the sole responsibility of the recipient.

(3)The award of a Fund loan by the Authority shall not be used as a defense by the applicant to any action by any agency for the applicant?s failure to obtain all required permits, licenses and operating certificates for its respective project.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.17" level="3" title="Loan Conditions">

(1)The following requirements, in addition to Rule 335-7-13-.19 through 335-7-13-.30, as well as such statutes, rules, terms and conditions which may be applicable to particular loans, are applicable to disbursements under a Fund loan agreement:

(a)The recipient shall certify that it is maintaining its financial records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and auditing standards for governmental institutions;

(b)The recipient shall comply with the requirements of all Public Water Supply Permits that may be held;

(c)The recipient shall comply with all applicable requirements of Federal, State and local laws;

(d)The recipient shall pay the unallowable costs of the construction of the project;

(e)The Fund loan agreement or any amendment thereto may include special conditions necessary to assure accomplishment of the project objectives or Department requirements;

(f)The recipient shall retain a certified water operator in accordance with ADEM Administrative Code, Division 335-10;

(g)Construction of the project, including letting of contracts in connection therewith, shall conform to applicable requirements of Federal, State, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations and to contract specifications and requirements;

(h)No Fund loan monies shall be disbursed to a local governmental unit who is in current default on any Fund loan. Nothing in this paragraph shall in any way limit any right or duty of the Authority to demand and collect at any time the total due under any such defaulted loan;

(i)The Authority may assess penalties to late loan repayments as appropriate and as specified in the Fund loan agreements;

(j)The recipient shall certify that the project, or phase of the project, will be initiated and completed in accordance with the time schedule specified in the Fund loan agreement;

(k)The recipient must submit proof that it, and its contractors and subcontractors, will comply with all insurance requirements of the Fund loan agreement and that it shall be able to certify that the insurance is in full force and effect and that the premiums have been paid.;

(l)The Authority and/or the Department may require an administrative fee payable each year by the borrower starting in the first year of the loan repayment until fund loan payment in an amount determined by the Authority and/or Department based upon administrative costs to the Authority and/or Department.;

(m)The Department may impose such other conditions as may be necessary and appropriate to implement the SDWA and laws of the State to meet the purpose and intent of the Act.

(2)The recipient shall certify that it is in compliance with all other requirements and conditions of the Fund loan agreement.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.18" level="3" title="Administration And Performance Of Loan">

The recipient bears primary responsibility for the administration and success of the project, including any subagreements made by the recipient for accomplishing the Fund loan objectives. Although recipients are encouraged to seek the advice and opinion of the Department on problems that may arise, the giving of such advice shall not shift the responsibility for final decisions from the recipient to the Department. The primary concern of the Department is that Fund loan monies be used in conformance with these rules and the Fund loan agreement to achieve the Fund loan objectives and to ensure that the purposes set forth in the Act and the SDWA are fully executed.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.19" level="3" title="Project Changes And Loan Modifications">

(1)There shall be no Fund loan modification increasing the funding amount beyond adjustments to cover the low bid construction costs. Adjustments due to the low bid construction costs will be made only after a subsequent passage of a legislative appropriations act or if funds exist which are unobligated or not already targeted for other projects on the recipient.

(2)The recipient shall promptly notify the Water Supply Branch, Water Division, in writing (certified mail, return receipt requested) of events or proposed changes which may require a loan modification, including but not limited to:

(a)Rebudgeting;

(b)Changes in approved technical plans or specifications for the project;

(c)Changes which may affect the approved scope or objectives of the project;

(d)Significant, changed conditions at the project site;

(e)Acceleration or deceleration in the time for performance of the project or any major phase thereof; or

(f)Changes which may increase or substantially decrease the total cost of a project.

(3)If the Authority decides a formal Fund loan amendment is necessary, the recipient shall be notified and a formal Fund loan amendment shall be processed in accordance with Rule 335-7-13-.20. If the Authority decides a formal Fund loan amendment is not necessary, the Department shall follow the procedures of Rule 335-7-13-.21 or .22, as applicable.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.20" level="3" title="Formal Loan Amendments">

(1)The Authority may require a formal Fund loan amendment to change principal provisions of a Fund loan where project changes substantially alter the cost or time of performance of the project or any major phase thereof, or substantially alter the objective or scope of the project.

(2)The Authority and recipient may effect a formal Fund loan amendment only by a written amendment to the Fund loan agreement executed by the Authority and the recipient.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.21" level="3" title="Administrative Loan Changes">

Administrative changes by the Department, such as a change in the office to which a report is to be transmitted by the recipient, or a change in the disbursement schedule for Fund loans for construction of a water project, constitute changes to the Fund loan agreement (but not necessarily to the project work) and do not affect the substantive rights of the Department or the recipient. The Department may issue such changes unilaterally. Such changes shall be in writing and generally be effected by a letter to the recipient.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.22" level="3" title="Other Changes">

All other project changes, which do not require a formal Fund loan amendment as stated in Rule 335-7-13-.21 shall be undertaken only upon written approval of the Department.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.23" level="3" title="Access">

(1)The recipient and its contractor and subcontractors shall provide to Department personnel, and any authorized representative of the Department, access to the facilities, premises and records related to the project.

(2)The recipient shall submit to the Department such documents and information as requested by the Department;

(3)The recipient, and all contractors and subcontractors which contract directly with the recipient or receive a portion of State monies, may be subject to a financial audit.

(4)Records shall be retained and available to the Department until the final Fund loan repayment has been made by the recipient.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.24" level="3" title="Authority Disbursement">

Disbursement of Fund loan monies shall be made at intervals as work progresses and expenses are incurred not to exceed a monthly basis but in no event shall disbursement exceed the allowable costs that have been incurred at that time. No disbursement shall be made until the Department receives satisfactory cost documentation which shall include all forms and information required by the Department and completed in a manner satisfactory to the Department. Should the recipient be receiving Fund loan monies for expenditures incurred prior to the award of the Fund loan, the disbursement schedule shall be as indicated in the Fund loan agreement.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.25" level="3" title="Assignment">

The right of a recipient to receive disbursements from the Authority under a Fund loan may not be assigned, nor may repayments due under a Fund loan be similarly encumbered.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.26" level="3" title="Unused Funds">

Where the total amount of the construction costs after bids are taken is less than the initial loan award, the Fund loan agreement may be adjusted and the difference shall be retained by the Fund to be reallocated to other water projects. Where allowable cost overruns occur, Fund monies may be used to cover those cost overruns up to the loan amount adjusted due to the low bid construction cost.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.27" level="3" title="Publicity And Signs">

(1)Press releases and other public dissemination of information by the recipient concerning the project work shall acknowledge Department loan support.

(2)A project identification sign, at least eight feet long and four feet high shall be displayed in a prominent location at each publicly visible project site and facility. The sign shall identify the project, State loan support, and other information as required by the Department, and shall be configured in a manner acceptable to the Department as shown in Figure 1.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.28" level="3" title="Project Initiation">

(1)The recipient shall expeditiously initiate and complete the project in accordance with the project schedule contained in the Fund loan agreement. Failure to promptly initiate and complete a project may result in the imposition of sanctions included in this Chapter.

(2)The recipient shall not advertise any contract until a construction permit has been issued by the Department.

(3)Once bids are received, the recipient shall not award any subagreement(s) until authorization to award has been given by the Department.

(4)The recipient and the contractor to whom any subagreement(s) has been awarded shall attend a preconstruction conference with Department personnel prior to the issuance of a notice to proceed by the recipient.

(5)The recipient shall award the subagreement(s) and issue notice(s) to proceed, where required, for building all "significant" elements of the project no later than 12 months after execution of the loan agreement, unless a longer time period has been approved by the Department.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.29" level="3" title="Project Performance">

(1)Within 30 days of the actual date of initiation of operation of the project, the recipient shall, in writing, notify the Department.

(2)For a water treatment process portion of any project, on the date one year after the initiation of operation, the recipient shall certify to the Department the performance record of the project. If the Department or the recipient concludes that the project does not meet the water treatment facilities? performance standards as specified in the Fund loan agreement, the recipient shall submit the following:

(a)A corrective action report which includes an analysis of the cause of the project?s failure to meet the performance standards and an estimate of the nature, scope and cost of the corrective action necessary to bring the project into compliance;

(b)The schedule for undertaking in a timely manner the corrective action necessary to bring the project into compliance; and

(c)The scheduled date for certifying to the Department that the project is meeting the specified performance standards.

(3)The recipient shall take corrective action necessary to bring a project into compliance with the specified performance standards at its own expense.

(4)Nothing in this section:

(a)Prohibits a recipient from requiring more assurances, guarantees, or indemnity or other contractual requirements and from any part performing project work; or

(b)Affects the Department?s right to take remedial action, including enforcement, against a recipient that fails to carry out its obligations.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.30" level="3" title="Preaward Costs"> <dwc name="lead" times="1">

(1)The Department shall not award loan assistance for construction costs incurred for activities performed prior to the award of the loan for the project, except:

(a)To buy or refinance local debt obligations (e.g., retire existing municipal bonds to reduce the interest rate, or extend the maturity date, or both) at or below market rate, where such debt was incurred after July 1, 1993 subject to the following conditions:

1.The local governmental unit has submitted all applicable items required by Rule 335-7-13-.12 to the Department prior to the advertisement of any contract for which cost reimbursement is being sought;

2.The local governmental unit has not advertised any contract, for which cost reimbursement is being sought, prior to the authorization to advertise the contracts being given by the Department; and

3.The local governmental unit has not awarded any contract for which cost reimbursement is being sought prior to the authorization to award the contracts being given by the Department;

(b)In emergencies or instances where delay could result in significant cost increases or significant environmental impairment. The Department may approve preliminary building activities such as procurement of major equipment requiring long lead times, acquisition of allowable land or advanced construction of minor portions of a water treatment facility. However, advanced approval shall not be given until after the Department reviews and approves an environmental assessment and other specific documents necessary to adequately evaluate the proposed action.

(2)If the Department approves preliminary building activities, such approval is not an actual or implied commitment of Fund loan monies and the local governmental unit proceeds at its own financial risk. The local governmental unit shall receive cost reimbursement of approved activities only upon execution of a binding Fund loan agreement.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.31" level="3" title="Reserve Capacity">

(1)The Department shall limit the recipient?s Fund loan assistance to the cost of the project with a capacity based upon existing demand and demands anticipated for a reasonable population growth.

(2)For any project providing for capacity in excess of that provided by this section, all incremental costs shall be paid by the recipient. Incremental costs include all costs which would not have been incurred but for the additional excess capacity (that is, any cost in addition to the most cost effective alternative with allowable capacity as described in paragraph (1) of this section).

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.32" level="3" title="Fraud And Other Unlawful Or Corrupt Practices">

(1)The recipient shall administer Fund loans, acquire property in accordance with the award documents, and award contracts and subcontracts in accordance with those loans free from bribery, graft, and other corrupt practices. The recipient bears the primary responsibility for the prevention, detection and cooperation in the prosecution of any such conduct. The Department shall also have the right to pursue administrative or other legally available remedies.

(2)The recipient shall pursue available judicial and administrative remedies and take appropriate remedial action with respect to any allegations or evidence of such illegality or corrupt practices. The recipient shall immediately notify the Department when such allegation or evidence comes to its attention, and shall periodically advise the Department of the status and ultimate disposition of any related matter.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.33" level="3" title="Debarment">

(1)No recipient shall enter into a contract for work on a water project with any person debarred, suspended or disqualified.

(2)The recipient, prior to acceptance of Fund loan monies, shall certify that no contractor or subcontractor is included on the list of debarred, suspended and disqualified bidders as a result of action by a Federal agency. If Fund loan monies are used for disbursement to a debarred firm, the Authority reserves the right to immediately terminate the Fund loan and/or take such other action as is appropriate.

(3)Whenever a bidder is debarred, suspended, or disqualified, the recipient may take into account the loss of Fund loan monies under these regulations which result from awarding a contract to such bidder, in determining whether such bidder is the lowest responsive and responsible bidder in accordance with laws, and the recipient may advise prospective bidders that these procedures shall be followed.

(4)Any person included on the Federal list as a result of action by a Federal agency, who is or may become a bidder on any contract which is or shall be funded by a Fund loan under this section, may present information to the Department why this section shall not apply to such person. If the Department determines that it is essential to the public interest, the Department may grant an exception from the application of this section with respect to a particular contract.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.34" level="3" title="Noncompliance">

In addition to any other remedies as may be provided by law or in the Fund loan agreement, in the event of noncompliance with any loan condition, requirement of this Chapter, or contract requirement or modification, the Authority may take any of the following actions or combinations thereof:

(a)Issue a notice of noncompliance in accordance with Rule 335-7-13-.35;

(b)Withhold Fund loan monies in accordance with Rule 335-7-13-.36; and/or

(c)Terminate the Fund loan in accordance with Rule 335-7-13-.37.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.35" level="3" title="Notice Of Noncompliance">

Where the Department determines that the recipient is in noncompliance with any condition or requirement of these rules or requirements, it shall notify the recipient of the noncompliance. The Department may require the recipient to take and complete corrective action within 10 working days of receipt of notice. If the recipient fails to take corrective action or if the action taken is inadequate, then the Department may withhold disbursement. The Department may, however, withhold disbursement in accordance with Rule 335-7-13-.36 without issuing a notice in accordance with this section.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.36" level="3" title="Withholding Of Funds">

The Department may withhold, upon written notice to the recipient, a Fund loan disbursement or any portion thereof where it is determined that a recipient has failed to comply with any loan condition, provision of this Chapter, or contract specification or requirement.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="335.7.13.37" level="3" title="Termination Of Loans">

(1)Termination of loans by the Authority shall be conducted as follows:

(a)The Authority may terminate a Fund loan in whole or in part for good cause. The term "good cause" shall include but not be limited to:

1.Substantial failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the Fund loan agreement:

2.Default by the recipient;

3.A determination that the Fund loan was obtained by fraud;

4.Without good cause therefor, substantial performance of the project work has not occurred;

5.Gross abuse or corrupt practices in the administration of the project have occurred; or

6.Fund monies have been used for non-allowable costs.

(b)The Authority shall give written notice to the recipient (certified mail, return receipt requested) of its intent to terminate a Fund loan, in whole or in part, at least 30 days prior to the intended date of termination.

(c)The Authority shall afford the recipient an opportunity for consultation prior to any termination. After such opportunity for consultation, the Authority may, in writing (certified mail, return receipt requested), terminate the Fund loan in whole or in part.

(2)Project termination by the recipient shall be subject to the following:

(a)A recipient shall not unilaterally terminate the project work for which a Fund loan has been awarded, except for good cause and subject to negotiation and payment of appropriate termination settlement costs. The recipient shall promptly give written notice to the Department of any complete or partial termination of the project work by the recipient.

(b)If the Department determines that there is good cause for the termination of all or any portion of a project for which the Fund loan has been awarded, the Authority may enter into a termination agreement or unilaterally terminate the Fund loan effective with the date of cessation of the project work by the recipient. The determination to terminate the Fund loan shall be solely within the discretion of the Authority. If the Authority determines not to terminate, the recipient shall remain bound by the terms and conditions of the Fund loan agreement.

(c)If the Authority determines that a recipient has ceased work on a project without good cause, the Authority may unilaterally terminate the Fund loan in accordance with this section.

(3)The Authority and recipient may enter into a mutual agreement to terminate at any time in accordance with terms which are consistent with this Chapter. The agreement shall establish the effective date of termination of the project and the schedule for repayment of the Fund loan.

(4)Upon termination, the recipient may be required to immediately refund or repay to the Authority the entire amount of the Fund loan money received. The Authority may, at its discretion, authorize the immediate repayment of a specific portion of the Fund loan and allow the remaining balances to be repaid in accordance with a revised Fund loan repayment schedule.

(5)The recipient shall reduce the amount of outstanding commitment insofar as possible and report to the Department the uncommitted balance of Fund monies awarded under the Fund loan. The recipient shall make no new commitments without the Department?s specific approval thereof. The Department shall make the final determination of the allowability of termination costs.

(6)In addition to any termination action, the Authority retains the right to pursue other legal remedies as may be available under Federal, State and local law as warranted.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Alabama Drinking Water Finance Authority Act, Act No. 97-415 (May 14, 1997).

History: New Rule: Filed November 7, 1997; effective December 12, 1997.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-7-14" level="2" title="CONSUMER CONFIDENCE REPORTS">

<regElement name="335.7.14.01" level="3" title="Applicability">

These regulations require all community water systems to develop and provide an annual consumer confidence report (CCR) in accordance with the requirements of this chapter.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.14.02" level="3" title="Definitions">

The following words and terms, when used in this Chapter, shall have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

(a)Consumer--any person who regularly consumes water supplied by a community water system. The number of consumers, or population, of a community water system is estimated by multiplying the number of customers by a factor of three.

(b)Customer--billing units or service connections to which water is delivered by a community water system.

(c)New Community Water System--a community water system permitted by ADEM after the effective date of these regulations. This definition shall not include the merger of two or more existing community water systems.

(d)Detected--detected, for the purposes of this rule means the level at which an EPA Drinking Water Certified laboratory can find a contaminant.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.14.03" level="3" title="Effective Dates">

(1)An existing community water system shall distribute its first CCR by July 1, 2000. Subsequent reports shall be delivered by July 1 annually thereafter. The first CCR shall contain data collected during or prior to calendar year 1999. Each CCR thereafter shall contain data collected during, or prior to, the previous calendar year.

(2)A new community water system shall distribute its first CCR by July 1 of the year following its first full year of operation and annually thereafter.

(3)A community water system that sells water to another community water system shall deliver to the buyer system by April 1 of each year information needed by the buyer system to produce its CCR. The information regarding detected contaminants delivered to a buyer system by a seller system shall include the same information that the seller system will use in its CCR except for monitoring already conducted by the buyer system. The information shall also include source water information of the seller system including treatment used by the seller system. If specified in the written purchase agreement, seller and buyer may agree on a different date for delivery.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.7.14.04" level="3" title="Content Of Report"> <dwc name="bacteria" times="1"><dwc name="cryptosporidium" times="3"><dwc name="total coliform" times="1"><dwc name="coliform" times="5"><dwc name="turbid" times="6"><dwc name="virus" times="1"><dwc name="disinfect" times="9"><dwc name="disinfect by-product" times="1"><dwc name="inorgan contamin" times="1"><dwc name="copper" times="2"><dwc name="lead" times="2"><dwc name="organ contamin" times="1"><dwc name="acrylamid" times="1"><dwc name="radioact" times="2"><dwc name="radioact contamin" times="1">

(1)Each CCR shall provide information on the water system source of water to include type of source (surface water, groundwater, or combination), commonly used names (if any), general location (a map may be included), and a brief summary of treatment used. If a source water assessment has been completed, the CCR shall notify consumers of the means to obtain a copy. Additionally, the CCR shall summarize the source water assessment pursuant to 335-7-6-.09(d). If no source water assessment has been completed, the CCR shall notify customers of the status of efforts to complete it. All systems utilizing a groundwater source shall indicate whether it has established a Wellhead Protection Plan.

(2)Each CCR shall include the following definitions:

(a)Maximum Contaminant Level Goal or MCLG - The level of a contaminant in drinking water below which there is no known or expected risk to health. MCLGs allow for a margin of safety.

(b)Maximum Contaminant Level or MCL - The highest level of a contaminant that is allowed in drinking water. MCLs are set as close to the MCLGs as feasible using the best available treatment technology.

(c)Maximum Residual Disinfectant Level Goal or MRDLG - The level of a drinking water disinfectant below which there is no known or expected risk to health. MRDLGs do not reflect the benefits of the use of disinfectants to control microbial contaminants.

(d)Maximum Residual Disinfectant Level or MRDL - The highest level of a disinfectant allowed in drinking water. There is convincing evidence that addition of a disinfectant is necessary for control of microbial contaminants.

(3)If applicable, the following definitions shall be included:

(a)Variances and Exemptions - ADEM or EPA permission not to meet an MCL or a treatment technique under certain conditions

(b)Treatment Technique - A required process intended to reduce the level of a contaminant in drinking water.

(c)Action Level - The concentration of a contaminant that triggers treatment or other requirement a water system shall follow.

(4)Below are the reporting requirements for drinking water contaminants subject to mandatory monitoring.

(a)Each CCR shall contain a discrete Table of Detected Contaminants or several adjacent Tables of Detected Contaminants depicting the data specified below. Any additional monitoring results that a water system includes in the report shall be displayed separately. The data used in the table shall be derived from the monitoring and analytical results collected to comply with EPA and ADEM regulations:

1.Regulated contaminants subject to an MCL, action level, maximum residual disinfectant level, or treatment technique.

2.Unregulated contaminants monitored as required by ADEM including monitoring required under the Information Collection Rule (ICR).

3.Disinfection by-products or microbiological contaminants that are detected in finished water.

(b)If a water system monitors certain contaminants less frequently than annually, the CCR shall include the most recent sample results, the date samples were collected, and a brief statement indicating that the data presented is from the most recent testing done in accordance with applicable regulations. A water system may exclude data more than five (5) years old.

(c)The Table of Detected Contaminants shall include detected contaminant name, MCL of the as expressed in Appendix B, the MCLG of the contaminant expressed in the same units as the MCL, the range of detected levels (if applicable), and the likely source of contamination. If there is no MCL for a detected contaminant, the table shall note whether there is a treatment technique or specify the action level applicable to that contaminant.

(d)For contaminants subject to an MCL, except turbidity and total coliform, the Table of Detected Contaminants shall list the highest contaminant level used to determine compliance with National Primary Drinking Water Regulation (NPDWR) and the range of detected levels as follows:

1.If compliance with the MCL is determined annually or less frequently, the Table of Detected Contaminants shall include the highest detected level at any sampling point and the range of detected levels.

2.If compliance with the MCL is determined by calculating a running annual average of all samples taken at a sampling point, the Table of Detected Contaminants shall include the highest average of any of the sampling points and range of all sampling points.

3.If compliance with the MCL is determined on a system-wide basis by calculating a running annual average of all samples at all sampling points, the Table of Detected Contaminants shall include the average and range of detected levels.

(e)Turbidity shall be reported in the Table of Detected Contaminants as follows:

1.When reported pursuant to 335-7-2-.05 (turbidity as an MCL), the highest average monthly value.

2.When reported pursuant to 335-7-6-.03 (turbidity as a treatment technique), the highest single measurement and the lowest monthly percentage of samples meeting the turbidity limits. In addition, an explanation of the reasons for measuring turbidity shall be included.

(f)For lead and copper, each CCR shall contain the 90th percentile of the most recent round of sampling and the number of sampling sites exceeding the action level.

(g)Systems that are required to collect fewer than 40 coliform samples per month shall report the highest number of positive samples in a month. Systems required to collect at least 40 coliform samples shall report the highest percentage of positive samples detected in a month. All systems shall report the total number of positive fecal coliform samples. Total and fecal coliform results of raw water and special samples are not included in this requirement.

(h)The likely source(s) of detected contaminants to the best of the operator's knowledge. Specific information regarding contaminants may be available in sanitary surveys and source water assessments, and should be used when available to the operator. If the operator lacks specific information on the likely source, the report must include one or more of the typical sources for that contaminant listed in appendix B to this subpart that is most applicable to the system.

(i)If a water system distributes water to its customers from multiple, hydraulically independent distribution systems that are fed by different sources, the Table of Detected Contaminants shall contain a separate column for each service area. A water system may produce a separate CCR for each service area.

(j)The Table of Detected Contaminants shall clearly identify regulated contaminants detected in violation of an MCL, MRDL, treatment technique, or contaminants exceeding an action level. In addition, the CCR shall include a clear and readily understandable explanation of the violation including the length of the violation, the potential adverse health effects, and actions taken by the system to address the violation. To describe the potential health effects, the system shall use the relevant language of Appendix C.

(k)For detected unregulated contaminants for which monitoring is required, (except Cryptosporidium) the Table of Detected Contaminants shall contain the average and range at which the contaminant was detected. The CCR may include a brief explanation of the reasons for monitoring unregulated contaminants.

(5)The following paragraphs govern the reporting of information on Cryptosporidium, radon, and other contaminants.

(a)If the system monitored for and detected Cryptosporidium in the raw water or the finished water including monitoring to satisfy the requirements of the information collection rule (ICR), the CCR shall include the following:

1.The results of the monitoring.

2.Information on how the monitoring was performed.

3.An explanation of the significance of the results.

(b)If the system has performed any monitoring for and detected radon in the finished water, the CCR shall include the following:

1.The results of the monitoring.

2.Information on how the monitoring was performed.

3.An explanation of the significance of the results.

(c)The water system shall include in its CCR the results of additional monitoring that indicates the presence of a contaminant in the finished water for which the EPA has issued a health advisory. For such contaminants, the CCR shall include:

1.The results of the monitoring.

2.An explanation of the significance of the results noting the existence of a health advisory.

(d)Each CCR shall identify all violations occurring during the reporting year of the requirements listed below and provide a brief explanation of the violation, potential adverse health effects, steps taken to address the violation, and the date the system returned to compliance.

1.Monitoring and reporting.

2.Treatment techniques.

(i)Filtration and disinfection.

(ii)Lead and copper control requirements.

(iii)Treatment techniques for Acrylamide and Epichlorohydrin.

3.Record keeping.

4.Special monitoring requirements for inorganic and organic contaminants.

5.Violation of the terms of a variance, an exemption, or an administrative or judicial order.

(e)If a system has been granted a variance or an exemption, its CCR shall contain the following:

1.An explanation of the reasons for the variance or exemption.

2.The date on which the variance or exemption was issued.

3.A brief status report on the steps the system is taking to install treatment, find alternative sources of water, or otherwise comply with the terms and schedules of the variance or exemption.

4.A notice of any opportunity for public input in the review of the variance or exemption.

(4)Additional information.

(a)Each report shall contain a brief explanation regarding contaminants, which can be found in all drinking water including bottled water. This explanation shall include paragraphs (a)1 and (a)2. Systems may also use any portion the language of paragraphs (a)3 or (a)4 to provide additional information to customers.

1.All drinking water, including bottled water, may reasonably be expected to contain at least small amounts of some contaminants. The presence of contaminants does not necessarily indicate that water poses a health risk. More information about contaminants and potential health effects can be obtained by calling the EnvironmentalProtectionAgency?s Safe Drinking Water Hotline (800-426-4791).

2.The sources of drinking water (both tap water and bottled water) include rivers, lakes, streams, ponds, reservoirs, springs, and wells. As water travels over the surface of the land or through the ground, it dissolves naturally occurring minerals and radioactive material, and it can pick up substances resulting from the presence of animals or from human activity.

3.Contaminants that may be present in source water include the following:

(i)Microbiological contaminants, such as viruses and bacteria, which may come from sewage treatment plants, septic systems, agricultural livestock operations, and wildlife.

(ii)Inorganic contaminants, such as salts and metals, which can be naturally-occurring or result from urban storm run-off, industrial or domestic wastewater discharges, oil and gas production, mining, or farming.

(iii)Pesticides and herbicides, which may come from a variety of sources such as agriculture, storm water runoff, and residential uses.

(iv)Organic chemical contaminants,including synthetic and volatile organic chemicals, which are by-products of industrial processes and petroleum production, and can also come from gas stations, urban storm water run-off and septic systems.

(v)Radioactive contaminants, which can be naturally occurring or be the result of oil and gas production and mining activities.

4.To ensure that tap water is safe to drink, EPA prescribes regulations that limit the amount of certain contaminants in water provided by public water systems. FDA regulations establish limits for contaminants in bottled water.

(b)Each CCR shall include the name and telephone number of the owner, operator, or designee of the public water system as a source of additional information. In addition, each CCR shall include the names of water board members.

(c)If a community water system determines that there is a large proportion of non-English speaking residents, the CCR shall contain information in the appropriate language regarding the importance of the report. Or contain a telephone number or address where such residents may contact the system to obtain a translated copy of the report or assistance in the appropriate language.

(d)Each CCR shall include information such as time and place of regularly scheduled board meetings to encourage public participation in decisions that may affect the quality of the water.

(e)Each CCR may include additional information necessary for public education, which is consistent with, but does not detract from, the purpose of the report.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Thomas S. DeLoach

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-22A-5.

History: New Rule: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed April 25, 2003; effective May 30, 2003. Amended: Filed December 24, 2003; effective January 28, 2004.

<regElement name="335.7.14.05" level="3" title="Required Additional Health Information"> <dwc name="cryptosporidium" times="1"><dwc name="arsen" times="7"><dwc name="asbesto" times="2"><dwc name="lead" times="4"><dwc name="nitrat" times="4"><dwc name="dioxin" times="2">

(1)Each CCR shall include and prominently display the following statement: Some people may be more vulnerable to contaminants in drinking water than the general population. People who are immuno-compromised such as cancer patients undergoing chemotherapy, organ transplant recipients, HIV/AIDS positive or other immune system disorders, some elderly, and infants can be particularly at risk from infections. People at risk should seek advice about drinking water from their health care providers. EPA/CDC guidelines on appropriate means to lessen the risk of infection by Cryptosporidium and other microbiological contaminants are available from the Safe Drinking Water Hotline(800-426-4791).

(2)A system that detects arsenic above 5 &#109;

g/l, and up to and including 10 &#109;

g/l shall include the following statement: Arsenic is a naturally occurring mineral known to cause cancer in humans at high concentrations. While your drinking water meets EPA's standard for arsenic, it does contain low levels of arsenic. EPA's standard balances the current understanding of arsenic's possible health effects against the costs of removing arsenic from drinking water. EPA continues to research the health effects of low levels of arsenic, which is a mineral known to cause cancer in humans at high concentrations and is linked to other health effects such as skin damage and circulatory problems.

(3)A system that detects nitrate at levels above 5 mg/l, but below the MCL shall include the following statement: Nitrate in drinking water at levels above 10 ppm is a health risk for infants less than six months of age. High nitrate levels in drinking water can cause blue baby syndrome. Nitrate levels may rise quickly for short periods of time because of rainfall oragricultural activity. If you are caring for an infant you should ask advice from your health care provider.

(4)A system that detects lead above the action level in more than five percent, but fewer than ten percent of homes sampled shall include the following statement: Infants and young children are typically more vulnerable to lead in drinking water than the general population. It is possible that lead levels at your home may be higher than at other homes in the community as a result of materials used in your home?s plumbing. If you are concerned about elevated lead levels in your home?s water, you may wish to have your water tested and flush your tap for 30 seconds to 2 minutes before using tap water. Additional information is available from the Safe Drinking Water Hotline (800-426-4791).

(5)Each CCR shall include the following statement concerning dioxin and asbestos monitoring: Based on a study conducted by ADEM with the approval of the EPA a statewide waiver for the monitoring of asbestos and dioxin was issued. Thus, monitoring for these contaminants was not required.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Thomas S. DeLoach

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-22A-5.

History: New Rule: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed April 25, 2003; effective May 30, 2003.

<regElement name="335.7.14.06" level="3" title="Report Delivery And Recordkeeping">

(1)Each system shall mail a copy of its CCR to ADEM by July 1 of each year followed within 30 days by a certification. The certification shall provide that the system?s CCR has been distributed in accordance with these regulations, the information is correct, and that the information is consistent with compliance monitoring data previously submitted to ADEM.

(2)A system serving a population of at least 100,000 or at least 33,333 customers shall mail a copy to each customer, make a good faith effort to reach consumers who do not receive bills, and post the CCR on a publicly accessible site on the internet.

(3)A system serving a population of at least 10,000 or 3,333 customers shall mail a copy to each customer and make a good faith effort to reach consumers who do not receive a bill.

(4)A system serving a population of at least 500 or 167 customers but less than 10,000 may choose to mail the CCR or publish it in one or more local newspapers provided customers are informed in writing the CCR will not be mailed. The CCR shall be published in full in a size readable by the average consumer.

(5)If a system serving a population of less than 500 or 167 customers chooses not to mail a copy of its CCR to each customer it, shall provide written notice to each customer that the CCR is available upon request. In addition, a copy of the CCR shall be displayed in a prominent place easily accessible to consumers.

(6)All systems shall provide a copy of its CCR to the health department of the county in which the system or a majority of the system is located.

(7)If a public library is located within five miles of the system office, a copy shall be provided to that library.

(8)If a system?s rates are regulated by the Public Service Commission (PSC), a copy of the system?s CCR shall be provided to the PSC.

(9)Water systems shall maintain copies of its CCR for a minimum of five (5) years, provide copies at no charge to customers, and make the reports available to the public when requested, at cost if necessary.

Author: Joe Alan Power

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-33, 22-23-49, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6.

History: New Rule: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000.

<regElement name="335.8.1.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

(1) This Division is promulgated for the purpose of establishing rules and procedures to administer the permitting, regulatory and enforcement functions of the Alabama Coastal Area Management Program (ACAMP) consistent with Legislative requirements and intent.

(2) In an effort to avoid duplication of permitting or review efforts of state and federal resource agencies, the Department may rely on the findings and conclusions of such agencies relative to a proposed use's impact on coastal resources.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984. Repealed and New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.02" level="3" title="Definitions">

For the purposes of this Division, the following words and phrases, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context, shall have the following meanings:

(a) "adjacent wetlands" means those wetland areas bordering, contiguous, neighboring, or hydrologically contiguous to state waters and/or wetland ecosystems.

(b) "agency" means any unit, department, or office of federal, state or local government, including subdivisions thereof.

(c)"Alabama Coastal Area Management Program" or "ACAMP" (see definition of "management program").

(d)"alternative site" means a physical geographic location, either on the same parcel of property or another parcel of property in the same vicinity, which could result in a use having fewer adverse impacts on coastal resources.

(e) "Areas of Preservation and Restoration" means a special group of Geographic Areas of Particular Concern singled out because of their conservation, recreational, ecological, or aesthetic values.

(f) "beach" means a sandy shoreline area characterized by low relief, generally of gentle slope, and some vegetation. The beach extends from the waterline to a change in physiographic form such as a dune or bluff, a change in sediment type, such as clay from sand, and/or a change in vegetation type. Gulf beaches are those sand beaches of the mainland and islands in Alabama which are subjected to the direct wave action of the Gulf of Mexico. The upper limit of Gulf beaches is usually a transition from halophytic, succulent, prostrate plant forms such as Hydrocotyle_bonariensis (pennywort), Cakile edentula (sea rocket), Iva_imbricata (marsh or seashore elder), and Ipomoea stolonifera_(seaside morning glory) to a zone occupied by grasses, shrubs, and the same prostrate forms mentioned above.

(g) "boathouse" means a structure, constructed over water, designed or intended to be used for the purpose of docking, storing and protecting one or more watercraft.

(h) "boatslip" means an excavated basin whose length is no greater than twice its width and which is used for the dockage of watercraft.

(i) "canal" means an excavated waterway for the purpose of navigation whose bottom elevation is below mean low water.

(j)"certificate of compliance" means a document sent to a state agency certifying that the Department has determined the proposed use is in compliance with the Coastal Area Management Program.

(k) "coastal area" means the waters (including the lands therein and thereunder) and the adjacent shorelands (including the waters therein and thereunder) lying seaward of the continuous 10 foot contour (as defined below) extending seaward to the outer limit of the United States territorial sea. The inland boundaries of the coastal area are described as follows: begin at the southernmost point of the Mississippi-Alabama state line where the land surface elevation reaches 10 feet above mean sea level and continue in a general easterly direction along the 10-foot contour to the proximity of Mobile Bay; continue in a northerly direction on the 10-foot contour along the western shore of Mobile Bay and the Mobile River delta to the north line of Mobile County; thence southeastward along the north line of Mobile County to the intersection with the Baldwin County line in the Mobile River; thence along the west and north lines of Baldwin County in the Mobile and Alabama Rivers to the intersection of the westernmost point of Baldwin County where the land surface altitude reaches 10 feet above mean sea level; thence along the 10-foot contour in a southwesterly and southern direction along the Alabama River, the Mobile River delta and the east shore of Mobile Bay to the proximity of Bon Secour; thence continue along the 10-foot contour in an easterly and northeasterly direction to the Alabama-Florida state line.

(l) "coastal resources" means valuable human, natural, cultural or historical assets within the coastal area, such as water quality, air quality, wetlands and submersed grassbeds, beaches and dunes, wildlife habitats, biological resources, and water resources.

(m) "coastal waters" means those waters, adjacent to the shoreline, which contain a measurable quantity or percentage of sea water, including but not limited to, sounds, bays, lagoons, bayous, ponds and estuaries.

(n) "consistency certification" means a document submitted by an applicant for a federal license, federal permit or activity described in an Outer Continental Shelf Lands Plan stating that a use proposed to be undertaken is consistent with the management program and complies with all relevant rules and regulations.

(o) "consistency determination" means a document sent to the Department by any federal agency stating that a use proposed to be undertaken by that federal agency is consistent with the management program and complies with all relevant rules and regulations.

(p) "construction control line" or "CCL" means

1. between plane coordinates (x = 396,624.613 feet; y = 83,299.904 feet) in the vicinity of BC-19 and (x = 445,081.633 feet; y = 90,661.100 feet) in the vicinity of BC-20, a line running parallel to the shoreline at a point 40 linear feet inland of the most inland point of the crestline; except in the BTL (business, tourist and lodging) and BCR (business, central resort) zones of the City of Gulf Shores as defined on July 16, 1984 by the zoning maps of the City of Gulf Shores, wherein the construction control line means a line running parallel to the crestline at a point five linear feet inland of the most inland point of the crestline;

2. the northern property line of an area known as West Surf Beach of Dauphin Island, Mobile County, Alabama, according to the 1953 subdivision of Dauphin Island, map book 7, pp. 1-21, otherwise known as the southern property line of Block WS Fractional Lot A, and Blocks 101, 103, 105, 107 and 109, as well as the northern property line of the western most part of the area known as West Surf Beach, according to the 1953 Subdivision of Dauphin Island, map book 8, p. 227, otherwise known as the southern property line of Blocks A through T, inclusive.

3. in Mobile County the straight line segments formed by connecting plane coordinates (x = 298,624.45 feet; y = 91,478.75 feet) to (x = 298,624.34 feet; y = 91,452.87 feet) to (x = 299,539.45 feet; y = 91,249.84 feet) in the vicinity of monument DI-16 to (x = 301,494.85 feet; y = 90,976.43 feet) in the vicinity of monument DI-17 to (x = 302,259.79 feet; y = 90,816.16 feet) in the vicinity of monument DI-18 to (x = 303,414.28 feet; y = 90,588.99 feet) in the vicinity of monument DI-19 to (x = 303,989.36 feet; y = 90,393.36 feet) in the vicinity of monument DI-20 to (x = 305,101.01 feet; y= 89,869.47 feet) in the vicinity of monument DI-21 to (x =307,398.80 feet; y = 88,862.42 feet) in the vicinity of monument DI-22 to (x = 307,945.91 feet; y = 88,885.98 feet) in the vicinity of monument DI-23 to (x = 308,855.90 feet; y = 89,139.20 feet) in the vicinity of monument DI-24 to (x = 309,122.13 feet; y = 89,137.43 feet) in the vicinity of monument DI-25 to (x = 309,863.39 feet; y = 88,948.32 feet) in the vicinity of monument DI-26 to (x = 311,275.88 feet; y = 88,837.93 feet) in the vicinity of monument DI-27 to (x = 313,495.41 feet; y = 89,113.09 feet) in the vicinity of monument DI-28 to (x = 315,123.09 feet; y = 89,633.15 feet) in the vicinity of monument DI-29 to (x = 316,487.91 feet; y = 89,930.34 feet) in the vicinity of monument DI-30 to (x = 316,939.88 feet; y = 89,969.09 feet) in the vicinity of monument DI-31 to (x = 317,386.03 feet; y = 89,909.02 feet) in the vicinity of monument DI-32 to (x = 317,947.61 feet; y = 89,915.33 feet) in the vicinity of monument DI-33.

4. in Baldwin County the straight line segments formed by connecting plane coordinates (x = 339,869.380 feet; y = 82,413.826 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-0 to (x = 343,833.777 feet; y = 82,946.329 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-1 to (x = 344,439.935 feet; y = 83,027.749 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-2 to (x = 345,229.900 feet; y = 83,267.806 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-3 to (x = 346,070.573 feet; y = 83,318.732 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-4 to (x = 347,947.400 feet; y = 83,542.163 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-5 to (x = 353,678.481 feet; y = 84,097.590 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-6 to (x = 358,262.949 feet; y = 84,424.908 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-7 to (x = 361,952.301 feet; y = 84,532.314 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-7A to (x = 367,652.468 feet;

y = 84,352.329 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-8 to (x = 370,294.079 feet; y = 84,232.401 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-9 to (x = 370,337.309 feet; y = 84,095.345 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-10 to (x = 372,723.136 feet;

y = 84,013.940 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-11 to (x = 374,515.213 feet; y = 84,209.778 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-12 to (x = 381,454.710 feet; y = 83,545.945 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-13 to (x = 382,099.449 feet;

y = 83,460.299 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-14 to

(x = 384,804.496 feet; y = 83,494.181 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-15 to (x = 388,949.030 feet; y = 83,361.769 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-16 to (x = 394,023.606 feet; y = 83,282.288 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-17 to (x = 394,115.430 feet; y = 83,209.569 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-18 to (x = 396,624.613 feet; y = 83,299.904 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-19; and

5. the straight line segments formed by connecting plane coordinates (x = 445,081.633 feet; y = 90,661.100 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-20 to (x = 445,413.290 feet;

y = 90,747.174 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-21 to

(x = 446,891.053; y = 90,727.783 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-22 to (x = 447,623.180 feet; y = 90,791.160 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-23 to (x = 448,325.619 feet;

y = 90,757.219 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-24 to (x = 449,391.117 feet; y = 90,946.878 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-25 to (x = 449,929.915 feet; y = 91,035.782 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-26 to (x = 451,612.654 feet;

y = 91,469.061 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-27 to

(x = 452,665.982 feet; y = 91,901.813 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-28 to (x = 454,188.522 feet; y = 92,349.654 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-29 to (x = 455,478.358 feet; y = 92,701.191 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-30 to (x = 456,856.032 feet; y = 92,874.036 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-31 to (x = 461,865.947 feet; y = 94,391.131 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-32 to (x = 463,992.195 feet; y = 94,935.555 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-33 to (x = 466,038.578 feet; y = 95,534.410 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-34 to (x = 466,816.191 feet; y = 95,695.196 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-35 to (x = 467,195.619 feet; y = 95,898.951 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-36 to (x = 469,282.178 feet; y = 96,648.946 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-37 to (x = 475,472.539 feet; y = 98,380.947 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-38 to (x = 476,304.695 feet; y = 98,579.846 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-39 to (x = 476,948.092 feet; y = 98,722.141 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-40 to (x = 479,249.115 feet; y = 99,050.021 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-41 to (x = 479,434.293 feet; y = 99,057.019 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-42 to (x = 479,907.870 feet; y = 99,097.293 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-43 to (x = 480,904.364 feet; y = 99,236.552 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-44 to (x = 488,825.140 feet;

y = 100,844.567 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-45 to

(x = 489,712.334 feet; y = 101,001.701 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-45A to (x = 491,026.916 feet; y = 101,322.132 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-46 to (x = 492,439.303 feet; y = 101,623.576 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-47 to (x = 494,213.397 feet; y = 101,981.671 feet) in the vicinity of monument BC-48.

6. all references to monument numbers in Paragraphs 1-5 above are noted for convenience only. All official submissions to the Department regarding the "construction control line" must be based upon official state plane coordinates as determined by a registered surveyor.

(q) "crestline" means a line running more or less parallel with the shoreline interconnecting the peaks of the primary dune system.

(r) "cultural resource" means any district, building, site, object, or other material in American history, architecture, archaeology, or culture which is of national, state, or local significance.

(s) "Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, established by the Alabama Environmental Management Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22A-l to 22-22A-13, et seq.

(t) "Department approval" means the approval of any local permitting program or the issuance of any Department permit.

(u) "Department review" means the procedure by which the Department reviews uses subject to management for the purpose of determining whether or not to do any of the following: issue or deny a certificate of compliance; concur with or object to any person or agency's consistency certification; agree or disagree with an agency's consistency determination; issue a consistency approval or objection; issue or deny a Department permit; or approve or disapprove a local permitting program.

(v) "discharge" means the addition, introduction, leakage, spilling or emitting of any sewer, industrial wastes, pollutant or other wastes into waters of the state.

(w) "ditch" means an excavation designed for the purpose of stormwater drainage whose bottom elevation is at or above zero National Geodetic Vertical Datum.

(x) "dredging" means excavation of any materials from lands underlying coastal waters or wetlands.

(y) "dune" (see definition of primary dune system).

(z) "dune walkover" means a raised walkway constructed for the purpose of protecting the beach and dune system between mean high tide and the construction control line from damage that may result from anticipated pedestrian traffic to the beach and which is no more than six feet in width, constructed without roof or walls, elevated at least one foot above the dune, and extends seaward of the seaward vegetation line.

(aa) "endangered species" means any species, including subspecies and varieties, that are in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of their range in Alabama. Endangered species are those whose prospects for survival are in immediate jeopardy and which must have help or extinction or extirpation from Alabama will probably follow. These species are defined by Code of Federal Regulations 50 CFR 17.11 and 17.12, January 1, 1989, as amended and Alabama Act No. 82-424.

(bb) "energy facility" means any equipment or facility which will be used in the exploration for, or the development, production, conversion, storage, transfer, processing, or transportation of, any energy resource.

(cc) "estuary" means that part of a river or stream or other body of water having unimpaired connection with the open sea, where the sea water is measurably diluted with fresh water derived from land drainage.

(dd) "estuarine sanctuary" or "estuarine research reserve" means a research area which may include any part or all of an estuary, adjoining transitional areas and adjacent uplands, constituting to the extent feasible a natural unit, set aside to provide scientists and students the opportunity to examine, over a period of time, the ecological relationships within the area.

(ee) "existing structure" means a structure the construction of which was initiated prior to October 9, 1985, and for which all required state, local and federal authorizations were obtained prior to October 9, 1985.

(ff) "federal consistency" means the provisions as described in 15 CFR Part 930.

(gg) "federal development project" means federal activity involving the planning, construction, modification or removal of public works, facilities, or other structures, and the acquisition, utilization or disposal of land or water resources.

(hh) "federal permit or license" means any authorization, certification, approval, or other form of permission, and any renewal thereof, which any federal agency is empowered to issue to an applicant. The term also includes the following types of renewals and major amendments which affect the coastal area:

1. Renewals and major amendments of federal license and permit activities not previously reviewed by the Department;

2. Renewals and major amendments of federal license and permit activities previously reviewed by the Department which are filed after and are subject to management program amendments not in existence at the time of original Department review; and

3. Renewals and major amendments of federal license and permit activities previously reviewed by the Department which will cause coastal area effects substantially different than those originally reviewed by the Department.

(ii) "fill" means any solids, dredged material, sludge, or other material the placement of which has the effect or purpose of raising the elevation of wetlands or lands underlying coastal waters. Fill does not normally include the vertical placement of pilings or pile supported structures unless the Department determines such placement has or would have the effect of fill, e.g. the pilings are so closely spaced that sedimentation rates would be significantly increased; the pilings themselves effectively replace the bottom of the water body or wetland; the pilings would significantly impact the flow or circulation of coastal waters; the pilings would otherwise result in a significant impact to the functional value of a wetland.

(jj) "footprint" means the ground area covered by a structure when viewed from the top or plan view.

(kk)"functional value" means a wetland's ability or potential to provide one or more of the following:

1. Stormwater retention and storage

2.Nutrient export and primary productivity

3.Purification and filtration of water

4.Shoreline protection and erosion control

5.Wildlife or fisheries habitat

6.Groundwater recharge

(ll) Reserved

(mm) "habitable structure" means any structure which, by virtue of its design, size or appurtenances, is suitable for occupation as a residence on a temporary or permanent basis, or any similar structure used for commercial purposes.

(nn) "hydrologically contiguous" means continuously or recurrently connected to state waters by other surface water or drainage as evidenced by water marks on land or vegetation, channels, or water eroded paths, including areas separated from state surface waters by a berm, causeway, or similar feature and which have a surface elevation at or below the normal high water line of the adjacent water body.

(oo) "interagency coordination" means consultation, both formal and informal, between the Department and any federal, state or local agency proposing to issue a license or permit for any use in the coastal area.

(pp) "interagency review process" means review of a proposed project between the agency staff and the Department staff to identify information gaps and other relevant aspects of the project.

(qq) "local agency" means any duly authorized county or municipal government or agency of a county or municipal government, or any of their agencies.

(rr) "local code" means any regulations, rules, plans, maps, ordinances, codes, or other related documents as well as any subsequent changes thereto which regard uses subject to management and which are the basis for a local agency permitting program.

(ss) "management program" includes, but is not limited to, a comprehensive statement in words, maps, illustrations, or other media of communication, prepared and adopted by the State in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 7 of Title 9, Code of Ala. 1975, as amended, setting forth objectives, policies and standards to guide public and private users of lands and waters in the coastal area.

(tt) "marina" means any commercial facility which is capable of offering permanent or transient docking or mooring space for 10 or more boats and is capable of providing one or more of the following services: dry boat storage, boat fueling facilities, haulout facilities, repair services, nautical supplies; or any facility which is capable of providing mooring space for 20 or more boats ancillary to developments such as apartments, condominiums, hotels, or other planned unit developments.

(uu) "minor structure" means that subset of structures including, but not limited to, a deck, porch, platform, ramp, non-asphaltic parking area, sunshelter, gazebo, or other like object which is not habitable, including sand fences or dune walkovers constructed for the purpose of dune protection.

(vv) "new structure" means any structure which is not an existing structure.

(ww) "non-regulated use" means a use which is subject to the management program and which does not require a state permit or which is not required by federal law to be consistent with the management program and may have a significant impact on coastal resources. Non-regulated uses may include, but are not limited to, construction on beaches and dunes, developments greater than 5 acres in size, extraction of groundwater, and other uses determined by the department.

(xx) "outer continental shelf (OCS) plan" means any plan for exploration or development of, or production from, any area which has been leased under the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act (43 U.S.C. Section 1331 et seq.), or the regulations under that Act, which is submitted to the Secretary of the Interior following management program approval by OCRM and which describes in detail federal license or permit activities.

(yy) "person" means any and all persons, natural or artificial, including but not limited to, any individual, partnership, association, society, joint stock company, firm, company, corporation, institution, trust, estate, or other legal entity or business organization or any state or local governmental entity and any successor of the foregoing.

(zz) "primary dune system" means a ridge or series of ridges of unconsolidated and usually mobile sands lying landward of the upper limit of Gulf beaches which serves as the principal defense against storm wave attack. Vegetatively, this primary protective dune can be characterized by Uniola_paniculata (sea oats), Spartina patens (saltmeadow cordgrass), Panicum amarulum (dune panicgrass), Distichlis spicata (saltgrass), Solidago pauciflosculosa (seaside goldenrod), Hydrocotyle bonariensis (pennywort), and Ipomoea stolonifera (seaside morning glory).

(aaa) "regulated use" means a use which is subject to the management program and which requires a state permit or which is required by federal law to be consistent with the management program.

(bbb) "significant impact" means the result of any activity carried out by a person which is known to have more than a negligible adverse effect on the coastal area.

(ccc) "sludge" means any solid, semi-solid, or viscous material or other residue resulting from treatment of wastewater or produced as a result of wastewater management.

(ddd) "solid waste" means all putrescible and nonputrescible discarded materials, except household sewage and livestock and poultry wastes, including but not limited to, garbage, rubbish, ashes, street and highway cleanings, dead animals including offal, abandoned automobiles and such industrial wastes and medical wastes as are not controlled by other agencies, including medical wastes as defined by ADEM Administrative Code R. 335-13-1-.03.

(eee) "special management areas" means those specific areas within coastal Alabama that may require special management and regulatory emphasis due to their unique or special values, characteristics or significance.

(fff) "state permit" means any license or permit issued by a duly authorized agency of the State of Alabama for a use which is subject to the management program.

(ggg) "state waters" means all waters of any river, stream, watercourse, pond, lake, coastal, ground or surface water, wholly or partially within the state, natural or artificial. This does not include waters which are entirely confined and retained completely upon the property of a single individual, partnership or corporation unless such waters are used in interstate commerce.

(hhh) "structure" includes but is not limited to a motel, condominium, house, building, bulkhead, deck, pool, parking lot, gazebo or other object the whole or parts of which are arranged by human action including any substantial improvement to an existing structure. This does not include water, oil, gas, electricity, or sewage pipelines or conduits located beneath the surface of lands.

(iii) "submersed grassbeds" means areas within the coastal area which support rooted vegetation that are not normally emerged even at low tide but remain covered within coastal waters.

(jjj)"substantial improvement" means

1. Any extension, enlargement, additions or expansion to any structure which increases the height or footprint of the structure and is subject to local building ordinances; or

2. Any repair, reconstruction or improvement of a structure, the cost of which equals or exceeds 50 percent of the fair market value of the structure, either:

(i)before the repair, reconstruction or improvement is started; or

(ii) if the structure has been damaged and is being restored, before the damage occurred.

(kkk) "toxic pollutants" means those pollutants, or combinations of pollutants, including disease-causing agents, which after discharge and upon exposure, ingestion, inhalation or assimilation into any organisms, either directly from the environment or indirectly through food chains, will, on the basis of the information available to the Department, cause death, disease, behavioral abnormalities, cancer, genetic mutations, physiological malfunctions, including malfunctions in reproduction, or physical deformations, in such organisms or their offspring.

(lll) "use" means any human or corporate activity or result therefrom.

(mmm) "Use of Regional Benefit" means a use which is other than local in nature and produces benefits to citizens of more than one unit of local government or which is in the National interest. The Department recognizes the following uses and others of a similar nature to be of regional benefit:

1.Regional or statewide public recreational facilities;

2.Major transportation facilities such as state and federal highways, commercial ports, Federal Navigation projects and airports;

3.Major energy facilities;

4.Regional water and wastewater treatment facilities;

5.Facilities relating to the national security.

(nnn)"wetlands" means those areas delineated

pursuant to the technical criteria described in the Federal Wetland Delineation Manual that is currently being used by the Corps of Engineers and/or any updated manual that may be used in the future. Wetlands do not include those areas which exist solely due to man-induced conditions such as roadside ditches or man-made impoundments excepting those areas created as mitigation sites.

(ooo) "water dependent use" means those uses which must, under normal operating conditions, be located on or in or immediately adjacent to coastal waters in order to be physically and economically practicable.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: October 10, 1984. Amended: October 9, 1985, October 7, 1988. Repealed and New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 26, 1995.

335-8-1-.03 Review Process Generally.

(1) Persons desiring to conduct a use within the coastal area requiring a state agency permit as described in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-8-1-.08; a consistency determination for federally regulated activities as described in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-8-1-.09; a consistency determination for federal projects, activities and assistance as described in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-8-1-.10; or non-regulated uses as described in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-8-1-.11; shall obtain, as appropriate, a permit or consistency determination from the Department that assesses whether or not the use is consistent with the applicable provisions of this Administrative Code. Certain uses proposed within the Coastal Area may deserve special consideration in determining the use's ability to comply with the provisions of this Administrative Code.

(2)(a) The Department shall consider the following factors prior to making a final determination on permitting or certification matters:

1. whether or not the use is considered a Use of Regional Benefit or is necessary to maintain or protect an existing Use of Regional Benefit.

2. whether or not the use is within a designated Special Management Area (SMA) and whether or not the use is consistent with the use priorities established for the applicable SMA; and

3. in dredge and fill activities impacting adjacent wetlands, whether or not the use is water dependent.

(b) The burden of proof that these factors are relevant and should be considered by the Department shall be on the applicant requesting the permit or certification.

(c) Applicants requesting that the Department consider the aforementioned factors for specific uses are expected to consider alternative sites and/or project designs which would eliminate or reduce the impacts to coastal resources and the Department shall evaluate the possibility of an applicant utilizing an alternative site or project design prior to determining whether one of the factors that are noted in paragraph (2)(a), above, is applicable.

(d)Persons receiving a permit or certification due to a factor stated in paragraph (2)(a), above, are expected to mitigate for unavoidable impacts to coastal resources pursuant to criteria established in this administrative code and/or, in the absence of specific criteria, to the satisfaction of the Department.

(3) The Department is not required to issue a permit to an applicant simply because the use has received special consideration as detailed in paragraph (2)(a), above. Since many projects that are proposed in the coastal area are inappropriate activities due to their overall scope, location, size, and other similar factors, the Department may deny issuance of a permit or certification.

(4) A project or activity that is determined by the Department, based on its nature or scope, not to have a significant impact on coastal resources may be categorically certified to be consistent with the management program (via a Corps of Engineers Nationwide permit or a general permit) or individually determined not to be subject to the requirements of the management program.

(5) On projects or activities which require more than one state and/or federal permit, the Department may, at its discretion, defer individual reviews and certifications pending a future review and decision relative to certification.

(6) The Department may, on its own initiative or in response to information given to it, investigate an on-going or proposed use in order to determine whether such use is subject to this Administrative Code.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: October 9, 1985. Repealed and New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

335-8-1-.04 Special Management Areas. The following special management areas are hereby recognized and defined, with use priorities established for each area:

(1) Geographical Areas of Particular Concern (GAPC):

(a) Port of Mobile - the existing urbanized waterfront extending from the Brookley Industrial area northward up the Mobile River to its confluence with Chickasaw Creek including Pinto Island, McDuffie Island, Blakeley Island (excepting the undeveloped wetlands located north and east of the existing approved disposal sites), Three Mile Creek east of Telegraph Road, Chickasaw Creek up to the northern extent of the Port of Chickasaw, and the existing urbanized shorefront of the Theodore Industrial Complex.

(1) Within the Port of Mobile GAPC, uses which are water dependent or water related and improve or promote port operations and development shall be permissible;

(2) Within the Port of Mobile GAPC, uses, other than those Uses of Regional Benefit, which are determined by the Department to significantly interfere with port operations may be denied.

(b) Mobile-Tensaw River Delta - the lands and waters extending from the confluence of the Tombigbee and Alabama Rivers to the delta front deposits along the northern end of Mobile Bay, westward to the left descending bank of the Mobile River and eastward along the inland extent of the Coastal Zone.

(1) Within the Mobile-Tensaw River Delta GAPC, uses that preserve, enhance, or protect the natural function of wetlands located in the delta shall be permissible;

(2) Within the Mobile-Tensaw River Delta GAPC, uses, other than those Uses of Regional Benefit, which are determined by the Department to degrade the integrity and natural functions of the wetlands in the delta may be denied.

(2) Uses which alter the existing natural state of the following designated Areas of Preservation and Restoration may not be permissible:

(a) Point aux Pines Wetland System - the lands, and waters located between Grand Bay and Portersville Bay owned by the Board of Trustees of the University of Alabama.

(b) Dauphin Island Audubon Sanctuary - the lands and waters located on the eastern portion of Dauphin Island owned by Mobile County and leased to the Friends of the Dauphin Island Audubon Sanctuary, Inc.

(3) Uses proposed within the boundaries of a federally designated National Estuarine Research Reserve which are determined by the Department to alter the existing natural state within the designated National Estuarine Research Reserve may not be permissible.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed and New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.05" level="3" title="Permissible Uses">

(1) Pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 9-7-13, as amended, the following uses and activities shall be permissible to the extent that they are consistent with the provisions of this Administrative Code:

(a) the accomplishment of emergency decrees of any duly appointed health officer of a county or municipality or of the State acting to protect the public health and safety;

(b) the conservation, repletion and research activities of the Marine Environmental Sciences Consortium,

the Marine Resources Division of the Department of Conservation and Natural Resources and the Mississippi-Alabama Sea Grant Consortium;

(c)the exercise of riparian rights by the owner of

the riparian rights; provided, that the construction and maintenance of piers, boathouses and similar structures shall be on pilings that permit a reasonable unobstructed ebb and flow of the tide;

(d)the normal maintenance and repair of bulkheads, piers, roads and highways existing on August 14, 1979;

(e)the use of any structure or land devoted to dwelling uses for any purpose customarily incidental to enjoyment of the dwelling;

(f) normal maintenance and repair activities of railroads and of utilities or other persons engaged in transportation or in telephone communication service or in the distribution or transmission of gas, electricity or water or the collection of sewage, including inspecting, maintaining, repairing or renewing on private or public rights-of-way any sewers, mains, conduits, pipes, cables, utility tunnels, power lines, towers, poles, tracks, bridges, trestles and drainage facilities or the like or making service connections thereto or inspecting, maintaining, repairing or renewing any substation, pumping or lifting facility;

(g) activities of any mosquito control commission which is a political subdivision or agency of the State of Alabama;

(h) the use of any land for the purpose of planting, growing or harvesting plants, crops, trees or other agricultural or forestry products, including normal private road construction, raising livestock or poultry or for other agricultural purposes;

(i) completion of any development, not otherwise in violation of law, for which a valid building or zoning permit was issued prior to August 14, 1979 and which development was initiated prior to such date;

(j) construction of minor structures, and repairs or additions which will not constitute a substantial improvement and which will not obstruct public access;

(k) the conservation, repletion, research and management activities associated with a designated Estuarine Research Reserve, state or federal park or wildlife refuge, the marine mammal stranding network, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, or the Department; and

(1) activities of aquatic weed control programs authorized by the Alabama Department of Conservation and Natural Resources.

(2) Permissible uses shall not result in the conversion of lands to other uses which are subject to, and inconsistent with, the ACAMP.

(3) Any person wishing to conduct a permissible activity or use within the coastal area shall notify the Department and request a review to determine if the use is subject to the permitting procedures of this Administrative Code.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed and New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.06" level="3" title="Reserved">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975,

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed and New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.07" level="3" title="General Conditions">

(1) In no case shall the provisions set forth in this Administrative Code or any action taken pursuant to this Administrative Code relieve any person of the obligation to comply with the requirements of the federal consistency regulations, any state or federal statute or the requirements of any local ordinance.

(2) Any permit, variance or certification issued by the Department pursuant to this Administrative Code shall not be construed as granting or vesting of any property rights or exclusive privileges in any properties nor shall it authorize any injury to the property or rights of others.

(3) The Department may re-evaluate, re-open, modify, suspend or revoke any permit or certification during the effective life of the permit or certification for any just cause, including, but not limited to, the following:

(a) violation of any special condition or provision of a permit or certification;

(b) supporting information filed with an application proves to be false, incomplete or inaccurate;

(c) newly discovered information, previously not considered by the Department which reasonably could have been known by the applicant and relates to the ability of the use or activity to comply with any of the provisions of this Administrative Code.

(4) The issuance of any permit or certification pursuant to these regulations is conditional upon continued compliance with the ACAMP. In addition, the Department may impose such relevant conditions that it deems appropriate to assure compliance with the ACAMP.

(5) If the Department finds that an imminent peril to the public health, safety or welfare requires immediate action without adherence to the procedures herein set forth, the Department may proceed to approve such emergency actions without prior notice or hearing. Such emergency approvals shall be effective for a period not to exceed 120 days.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed and New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.08" level="3" title="Review Process For State Agency Permits">

(1) No other state agency shall issue a permit for a use which is subject to the management program unless, in accordance with the procedure set out in this Chapter, the Department issues a certificate of compliance, or the Department determines that the use is not subject to the management program.

(2) Upon receipt of a permit application for a use subject to the management program, the state agency shall send to the Department an informational copy of the complete application along with any supporting documents submitted by the applicant. Upon receipt, the Department shall begin its review process and shall initiate appropriate interagency coordination.

(a) If at any time during the review process the Department determines that the use is not subject to the management program, the applicant and the state agency will be notified as soon as practicable, and the Department will discontinue review of the application.

(b) As early as possible in the review process the Department will attempt to make known to the state agency additional information needed to complete the review. The agency should facilitate this process by making known to the Department as early as possible the results of its own investigations of the potential or actual impact of the use on the coastal area.

(3) Following the receipt of a request for certification and receipt of the completed permit application and necessary additional information the Department will do one of the following:

(a) issue a certificate of compliance with or without conditions, or

(b) deny a certificate of compliance.

(4) If the Department denies a certificate of compliance, the reasons and supporting details for the denial will be provided to the applicant and to the state agency, along with any alternative means to conduct the use in compliance with the management program. The Department may deny certification on the grounds that the agency has not furnished it with sufficient information to make an adequately informed decision, in which case the agency will be notified of the specific information needed. But in no event shall lack of information be a ground for denial unless the Department requested the information prior to the request for certification.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed and New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.09" level="3" title="Review Process for Federally Regulated</U>_<U>Activities">

(1) Pursuant to 15 CFR Part 930, Subpart D, uses which are federally licensed or permitted activities affecting the coastal area are required to be conducted in a manner consistent with the management program. The Department shall review and respond to a federal license or permit applicant's consistency certification in accordance with the provisions of 15 CFR Part 930, Subpart D.

(a) The federal license and permit activities which are subject to review, listed pursuant to 15 CFR Part 930, Subpart D., are:

AgencyLicenses and PermitsCitation

Department of Permits required under33 U.S.C. &#167; &#167; 403

DefenseSection 10 and 11 ofand 404

the River and Harbor

Act of 1899.

Permits required under33 U.S.C. &#167; 1413

Section 103 of the

Marine Protection,

Research and Sanctuaries

Act of 1972.

Permits required under33 U.S.C. &#167; 1344

Section 404 of the

Federal Water Pollution

Control Act of 1972, as

amended.

EnvironmentalPermits and licenses33 U.S.C. &#167; &#167; 1341-

Protectionrequired under Sections1345

Agency401, 402, 403, 404 and

405 of the Federal

Water Pollution Control

Act of 1972, as amended.

Permits and42 U.S.C. &#167; &#167; 7474

applications forand 7475

redesignation of land

areas under regulation

for the prevention of

significant deterioration

of air quality.

Permits required under 33 U.S.C. 1412

the Marine Protection,

Research and Sanctuaries

Act of 1972.

All other permits for

water pollution control.

All other permits for air

pollution control.

All permits for solid

waste control.

Department ofPermits for33 U.S.C. &#167; 401

Transportationconstruction and

modification of bridges

and causeways in

navigable waters.

Permits for transporting

hazardous substances and

materials.

Licenses for deep-water15 C.F.R. &#167; &#167; 158

ports.et seq.

NuclearPermits and licenses

Regulatoryrequired for siting

Commissionand construction of

nuclear power plants.

Federal EnergyLicenses required for16 U.S.C.

Regulatorynon-federal hydro-&#167; &#167; 797(e) and 808

Commissionelectric projects and

associated transmission

lines under Sections 4(e)

and 15 of the Federal

Power Act.

Orders for interconnection16 U.S.C.

of electric transmission824a(b)

facilities under

Section 202(b) of

the Federal Power Act.

Certificates required15 U.S.C.

for the construction&#167; 717f(c)

and operation of

natural gas pipeline

facilities, defined to

include both interstate

pipeline and terminal

facilities under

Section 7(c) of the

Natural Gas Act.

Permission and approval15 U.S.C.

required for the&#167; 717f(b)

abandonment of natural

gas pipeline facilities

under Section 7(b) of the

Natural Gas Act.

Department ofPermits and licenses33 U.S.C.

the Interiorrequired for all&#167; &#167; 181 et seq.

offshore activities

related to mining and

oil and gas operations.

Permits for the takingEndangered Species

of an endangered speciesAct

16 U.S.C.

&#167; &#167; 1531-1543

Permits and licensesGeothermal Steam

required for geothermalAct of 1970.

operations.

Department ofPermits for water43 U.S.C.

Agricultureeasements and timbering1716.

activities on National

U.S. Forest Service land.

Permits and licenses for16 U.S.C. 497

use and occupancy of

lands for hotels, resorts,

summer homes, stores and

facilities for industrial,

commercial, educational or

public use.

Department ofPermits for the construction,

Energyoperation, siting of energy

facilities.

Department ofPermits for researchEndangered Species

Commerceinvolving takingAct of 1973;

endangered species or16 U.S.C.

marine mammals or for&#167; &#167; 1531-1543

taking of marineMarine Mammal

mammals for publicProtection Act;

display or incidental16 U.S.C.

to commercial fishing.&#167; &#167; 1361-1407.

(b) In addition to the data and information required to be furnished to the Department with the consistency certification pursuant to 15 C.F.R. &#167; 930.58, the following data and information must be provided:

1. An informational copy of the application for the license or permit;

2. A copy of the federal agency's written determination that the license or permit application is complete;

3. A copy of the federal agency's draft or proposed license or permit if a draft or proposed license or permit is required to be prepared by federal law or regulations;

4. A copy of any transcript of any public hearing conducted by the federal agency concerning the federal license or permit application and all written comments received by the federal agency during any comment period; and,

5. A copy of any Environmental Assessment or Environmental Impact Statement required under the National Environmental Policy Act &#167; &#167; 102, 42 U.S.C. &#167; &#167; 4332 or implementing federal regulations.

(c) Upon notification of a proposed federal license or permit the Department will initiate appropriate interagency coordination and identify additional information needs.

(d) Within 3 months of receipt of the applicant's consistency certification and the information and data required pursuant to 15 C.F.R. &#167; 930.58, the Department will do one of the following:

1. concur with the applicant's determination;

2. concur with the applicant's determination subject to any conditions agreed upon pursuant to 15 C.F.R. 930.64(c);

3. object to the applicant's determination; or

4. notify, in writing, the applicant and federal agency of the status of the matter and the basis for further delay.

(2) Pursuant to 15 C.F.R. Part 930, Subpart E, any proposed activity requiring a federal license or permit which is described in detail in any plan for the exploration of, or development of, or production from, any area leased under the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act, (43 U.S.C. 1331 et seq.), and the regulations under that Act, which is submitted to the United States Secretary of the Interior and which affects the coastal area is required to comply with the management program and to be conducted in a manner consistent with the management program.

(a) In addition to the data and information required to be furnished to the Department pursuant to 15 C.F.R.

&#167; 930.77, the applicant shall identify the following applicable documents and shall furnish copies of such documents upon request:

1. The spill contingency plan including a listing of on-rig pollution control equipment available for immediate use;

2. National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permit issued by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act &#167; &#167; 402, 33 U.S.C. &#167; &#167; 1342; and

3. Environmental Assessment or Environmental Impact Statement required under the National Environmental Policy Act &#167; &#167; 102, 42 U.S.C. &#167; &#167; 4332 or implementing federal regulation.

(b) Upon receipt of the consistency certification and the required information set forth in paragraph (2)(a) of this rule, the Department will initiate its review and appropriate interagency coordination and identify additional information needs.

(c) Within 3 months of receipt of the consistency certification and required information, the Department will do one of the following:

1. concur with the consistency certification; or

2. object to the consistency certification; or

3. notify in writing the applicant, the Secretary of the Department of the Interior and the Assistant Administrator of Coastal Zone Management, NOAA, of the status and basis for further delay.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 9, 1985. Repealed and New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 26, 1995.

<regElement name="335.8.1.10" level="3" title="Review Process For Federal Projects, Activities</U>_<U>and Assistance">

(1) Pursuant to 15 C.F.R. Part 930, Subpart C, functions performed by or on behalf of a federal agency in the exercise of its statutory responsibilities and development projects undertaken by or on behalf of the federal agency involving the planning, construction, modification, or removal of public works, facilities, or other structures, in the acquisition, utilization, or disposal of land or water resources which affect the coastal area are required to be undertaken in a manner consistent, to the maximum extent practicable, with the management program. The Department shall review and respond to federal agency consistency determinations in accordance with the provisions of 15 C.F.R. Part 930, Subpart C.

(a) Federal activities which are subject to review, and are listed pursuant to 15 C.F.R. Part 930, Subpart C, include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Property acquisition or disposal within the coastal area;

2. Discharge of wastes into the air or waters of the coastal area;

3. Road construction within the coastal area;

4. Disposition, design, construction, alteration or maintenance of any facilities on lands located within the coastal area;

5. Programs related to management of coastal resources;

6. Activities affecting water quality or quantity;

7. Transport of hazardous substances; and

8. Other activities that could affect coastal resources due to their size, location, or manner of construction.

(b) Upon notification of a proposed federal project or activity the Department will initiate appropriate interagency coordination and identify additional information needs.

(c) Within 45 days of receipt of the federal agency's determination of consistency, the Department will:

1. agree with the federal agency's determination; or

2. disagree to the federal agency's determination; or

3. request, in writing, an extension not to exceed 15 days.

(2) Pursuant to 15 C.F.R. Part 930, Subpart F, assistance provided under a federal program to any unit of state or local government, or any related public entity such as a special purpose district, through grant or contractual arrangements, loans, subsidies, guarantees, insurance, or other form of financial aid for activities affecting the coastal area, are required to be consistent with the management program.

(a) The types of federal assistance programs subject to review, and listed pursuant to 15 C.F.R. &#167; 930.95 include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Grants or loans by the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Farmers Home Administration;

2. Housing development grants by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development;

3. Grants by the U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Aviation Administration;

4. Grants or loans from the Land and Water Construction Fund by the U.S. Department of the Interior;

5. Grants or loans by the U.S. Department of Commerce for public works and development;

6. Community development block grants by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development;

7. Sewage treatment construction grants or loans made directly by capitalization grants from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; and

8. Urban development actions grants by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.

(b) At the earliest practical time the Department will provide the applicant agency with one of the following:

1. an approval of the project, with or without conditions; or

2. a letter of objection to the project.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 9, 1985. Repealed and New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

335-8-1-.11 Review Process for Non-Regulated Uses.

(1) Any person wishing to conduct a non-regulated use in the coastal area must make an application to the Department for a Department permit.

(2) The review procedure is initiated by submission of a completed application form supplied by the Department. Upon receipt of the application, the Department will begin its review process, will inform the permit applicant of any additional information and studies which will be required, and will give notice to the applicant of the availability of a public hearing upon request.

(3) If the Department finds during the course of its review that the use is not subject to the management program, it will so notify the applicant, and the review process will be terminated.

(4) Following receipt of the complete application and any additional information requested and upon completion of the Department's review, the Department shall do one of the following:

(a) Issue a permit for the use with or without conditions; or

(b) Deny the permit.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed and New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 26, 1995.

<regElement name="335.8.1.12" level="3" title="Review Process For Local Program Delegation">

(1) Any local government issuing licenses or permits for uses which are subject to the management program may apply to the Department for local program delegation.

(2) Application for delegation shall be in the form of a written request by the chief executive officer of the local government and include:

(a) an indication of the specific regulation(s) of this Administrative Code for which delegation is sought;

(b) a copy of all existing or draft proposed local codes and a description of the local permitting procedures for uses subject to the regulations for which delegation is sought; and

(c) other such information as the Department may require.

(3) Upon receipt of a properly filed and complete request for local program delegation, the Department will begin its review process and initiate interagency coordination with the local government.

(4) In order for program delegation to be effected, the applicant shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Department that:

(a) the local codes are adequate to ensure that uses permitted and undertaken pursuant to the local program will be in compliance with the management program and consistent with the requirements of this Administrative Code;

(b) the local codes provide a right of appeal for a person aggrieved by a local government permit decision;

(c) the local codes contain provisions for granting a variance from requirements of the local permitting program in cases where the application of the requirement(s) would be unduly restrictive or constitute a taking of property without payment of full compensation in accordance with the Constitution of the State of Alabama or of the United States; and

(d) the local codes will be enforced and the local permitting program will be implemented as approved.

(5) If a determination is made not to approve a local permitting program the Department will so notify the applicant of the decision and provide the reasons and supporting details for the disapproval.

(6) Department approval of a local permitting program remains valid for a period of five years or until any one of the following occurs:

(a) the Department determines that the local codes are not enforced as approved;

(b) the Department determines that the local permitting program is not being implemented as approved;

(c) the Department determines that the local code or the local permitting program is no longer in compliance with the management program.

(7) To remain valid, approved local codes and local permitting programs shall be resubmitted for Departmental approval five years after the last date of approval.

(a) Resubmittals shall follow, and be subject to, the provisions set forth in ADEM Administrative Code 335-8-1-.12(2).

(b) Unless otherwise notified by the Department, the local government may continue to enforce the local codes and implement the local permitting program during the Department's review of the resubmission.

(8) The chief executive officer of the local government having local program delegation shall submit to the Department any proposed amendment to an approved local code or local permitting program or any proposed expansion of the local government jurisdictional boundaries for review and approval by the Department prior to adoption.

(9) Upon approval of local program delegation, the local government is authorized to issue a license or permit to conduct those uses specified in the Department's approval of the local codes and local permitting program, said uses not being subject to further permitting requirements of the Department except as may be set forth in this Administrative Code.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed and New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 26, 1995.

<regElement name="335.8.1.13" level="3" title="Variances">

(1) The Department may grant a variance from any requirement of this Administrative Code where the applicant therefore has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Department that application of the requirement would be unduly restrictive or constitute a taking of property without payment of full compensation in accordance with the Constitution of the State of Alabama or of the United States. Any variance granted pursuant to this Rule may impose conditions and requirements to effectuate to the maximum extent the object of the rule for which a variance is sought without being unduly restrictive or constituting a taking of property without payment of full compensation in accordance with the Constitution of the State of Alabama or of the United States.

(2) An application for a variance pursuant to this rule shall contain, at a minimum, the following information:

(a) a completed application form and any information required for the type of use for which the variance is being sought;

(b) a certified letter indicating specifically from which regulation(s) a variance is sought;

(c) a legal argument and documentation which demonstrates that failure by the Department to grant a variance would constitute a taking of property without just compensation;

(d) a certified copy of the deed or other instrument under which the applicant claims title or possession of the property upon which the project will be carried out;

(e) a demonstration that the project has been planned so as to minimize impacts on the coastal area for which the regulation, from which a variance is sought, was adopted and a demonstration that no alternative sites or means to accomplish the desired activity are available; and

(f) other information as the Department may require.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed and New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

335-8-1-.14 Public Notice and Hearings.

(1) Prior to the Department issuing a decision on the issuance, modification, or denial of any permit or variance under this Administrative Code, or on the concurrence with or objection to a certificate of consistency for a use requiring a federal permit or license (including any use described in a plan for the exploration or development of, or production from any area leased under the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act) or on the approval or disapproval of a local permitting program, or on the issuance, modification, or denial of a certificate of compliance for a use requiring a state permit, the Department or its agents (including other state or federal agencies) shall issue a public notice of the proposed activity for the purpose of soliciting public comment thereon or shall require the applicant for the Department permit or variance or federal permit or license to provide such notice in a manner prescribed by the Department. Said notice shall be issued at least fifteen (15) days prior to issuance of the Department's decision.

(2) The Department may provide an opportunity for a public hearing on the proposed activity if any person has satisfactorily demonstrated that a relevant and significant issue cannot be effectively or fully communicated to the Department in writing or a significant public interest would be served thereby. Any public hearing provided shall be announced at least thirty days prior to the hearing date.

(3) The Department will provide post notice of final determinations made on permit or variance applications to those individuals who properly request such notice in writing to the Department during the public comment period.

(4) Public notice may not be required for modifications, and permit extensions or renewals in which the impact is expected to be equal to or less than that originally permitted. All editorial changes and permit name changes shall not be subject to the public notice requirements of this rule.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed and New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.15" level="3" title="Protection Of Oyster Reefs (Repealed)">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 9, 1985. Repealed: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.16" level="3" title="Construction Or Activity On Beaches And Dunes</U>_<U>(Repealed)">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985; October 7, 1988. Repealed: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.17" level="3" title="Water Wells (Repealed)">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.18" level="3" title="Protection Of Cultural Resources (Repealed)">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.19" level="3" title="Protection Of Fishery Habitats (Repealed)">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 9, 1985. Repealed: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.20" level="3" title="Protection Of Wildlife And Wildlife Habitats</U>_<U>(Repealed)">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 9, 1985. Repealed: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.21" level="3" title="Review Process Generally (Repealed)">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.22" level="3" title="Review Process For State Agency Permits</U>_<U>(Repealed)">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.23" level="3" title="Review Process For Federal Projects And</U>_<U>Activities (Repealed)">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.24" level="3" title="Review Process For Federal Licenses And Permits</U>_<U>(Repealed)">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.25" level="3" title="Review Process For Activities Described In Outer</U>_<U>Continental Shelf Lands Plans (Repealed)">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.26" level="3" title="Review Process For Federal Assistance To Local</U>_<U>Governments (Repealed)">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.27" level="3" title="Review Process For Non-Regulated Uses (Repealed)">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.28" level="3" title="Review Process For Local Permitting Programs</U>_<U>(Repealed)">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.29" level="3" title="Variances (Repealed)">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: October 9, 1985. Repealed: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.30" level="3" title="Public Notice And Hearings (Repealed)">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: October 10, 1984. Amended: October 9, 1985. Repealed: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.31" level="3" title="Records (Repealed)">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: October 10, 1984. Amended: October 9, 1985. Repealed: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.1.32" level="3" title="Monitoring And Enforcement (Repealed)">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: Effective: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984; October 9, 1985. Repealed: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-8-2" level="2" title="PROVISIONS RELATED TO COASTAL ACTIVITIES">

<regElement name="335.8.2.01" level="3" title="General Rules Applicable To All Uses Subject To</U>_<U>The Alabama Coastal Area Management Plan (ACAMP)">

(1) Uses that are determined by the Department to be in violation of applicable air or water quality standards or associated regulations shall not be permitted or certified to be in compliance with the ACAMP.

(2) In determining a use's ability to comply with this Administrative Code, the Department shall consider the extent to which the use adversely impacts the following coastal resources:

(a) Historical, architectural or archaeological sites designated pursuant to 16 U.S.C. &#167; &#167; 470-47OW;

(b) Wildlife and fishery habitat especially the designated Critical Habitats of endangered species listed pursuant to 16 U.S.C. &#167; &#167; 1531-1543;

(c) Public access to tidal and submerged lands, navigable waters and beaches or other public recreational resources.

(3) Any person shall notify the Department and the State Historical Officer of any historical, cultural or archaeological resources that are discovered in the course of conducting an authorized activity.

(4) Uses that are determined by the Department to be inconsistent with a designated special management area shall not be permitted or certified to be in compliance with the ACAMP.

(5) All projects must comply with all applicable provisions of this Administrative Code.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 26, 1995.

<regElement name="335.8.2.02" level="3" title="Dredging And/Or Filling">

(1) Dredging and/or filling of State waterbottoms or adjacent wetlands may be permitted or certified to be in compliance with the ACAMP provided that:

(a) the activity is related to an existing or approved water dependent use, or use of regional benefit or related to an approved beach nourishment, shoreline stabilization or marsh creation, restoration or enhancement project, elimination of dead-end canals or boatslips exhibiting poor water quality or other similar beneficial use;

(b) there will be no dredging or filling in close proximity to existing natural oyster reefs, as defined pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 9-12-21, except in association with the approved creation or enhancement of oyster reefs or artificial fish attracting structures;

(c) there will be no dredging or filling in close proximity to existing submersed grassbeds;

(d) dredging, filling or trenching methods and techniques are such that reasonable assurance is provided that applicable water quality standards will be met; and

(e) no alternative project site or design is feasible and the adverse impacts to coastal resources have been reduced to the greatest extent practicable.

(2) Dredging, filling, or trenching resulting in a temporary disturbance may be permitted or certified to be in compliance with the ACAMP provided that all areas are returned to preproject elevations and all wetland areas are revegetated and the requirements set forth in &#167; 335-8-2-.02(l)(b) thru (d) are met.

(3) Dredging or filling of non-adjacent wetlands may be permitted or certified to be in compliance with the ACAMP provided that:

(a) no alternative project sites or designs which avoid the dredging or filling are feasible and the adverse impacts have been reduced to the greatest extent possible; and

(b) the Department determines, on a site specific basis, that the non-adjacent wetlands to be dredged or filled have a limited functional value.

(4) For projects impacting wetlands, the applicant mitigates for wetland impacts in accordance with the provisions of 335-8-2-.03, unless the Department determines that, due to the scope and nature of the project, mitigation is unnecessary or the project is subject to the provisions of 335-8-1-.03(4).

(5) Any fill material placed on State water bottoms or in wetlands shall be free of toxic pollutants in toxic amounts and shall be devoid of sludge and/or solid waste.

(6) Dredge material shall not be placed in wetlands unless specifically permitted or authorized by the Department.

(7) The disposal of dredge material into open state waters may be permitted or certified to be in compliance with the ACAMP, provided that it complies with the relevant provisions of this Administrative Code.

(8) The salinity of return waters from dredge disposal sites shall be similar to that of the receiving waters and reasonable assurance provided that applicable water quality standards will be met.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994. Amended: Filed September 27, 1994; effective November 1, 1994. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 26, 1995.

<regElement name="335.8.2.03" level="3" title="Mitigation">

(1) Mitigation for wetland impacts resulting from an approved project shall involve the creation of wetlands or the restoration and enhancement of existing degraded wetlands.

(2) Prior to permitting or certification of a use for which mitigation is required, the applicant shall submit to the Department for review and approval a mitigation plan which shall include but not be limited to the following:

(a) a survey of the proposed mitigation site which shall include a delineation of existing vegetative cover, the location of all drainageways and water courses, and property location, size and description;

(b) an indication of site preparation techniques which shall include initial and final elevations, planting and fertilization schedules, plant spacing, and source and vegetative species to be planted;

(c) documentation that, by instrument of law, the mitigation site will be set aside and protected; and

(d) a monitoring, maintenance and reporting schedule which covers the first five years of mitigation.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.2.04" level="3" title="Marinas">

(1) Applicants desiring to construct and operate a new or expand an existing marina within the coastal area must provide:

(a) a comprehensive site plan showing location, size, and number of all upland and water-dependent facilities including boatslips, parking, storage facilities, maintenance and repair facilities, and pile-supported structures;

(b) an "Operation and Maintenance Plan" describing the manner in which the facility will be operated, to include the use of best management practices and a demonstration that:

1. applicable water quality standards will be maintained;

2. applicable measures relating to proper disposal of solid waste, litter, fish carcasses and offal, and other refuse are provided; and

3. adequate sewage pump out and disposal facilities will be provided for vessels and adequate restrooms for patrons will be provided;

(c) if applicable, a spill prevention control and countermeasure plan meeting the requirement of 40 CFR Part 112;

(d) if applicable, an application for a stormwater permit, or if such permit has already been obtained, a copy of the same; and

(e) a submerged lands lease or waiver from the Alabama Department of Conservation and Natural Resources.

(2) Marinas shall not be located within, or in close proximity to, submersed grassbeds or existing public oyster reefs.

(3) Open water marinas constructed in the coastal area shall not have breakwaters, groins, or jetties which significantly interfere with the normal ebb and flow of coastal waters.

(4) Proposals involving excavated marinas shall include appropriate analyses and demonstrations that the facility will not result in contravention of water quality standards in the adjoining waters.

(5) Entrance channels and boat basins shall be constructed to a depth no greater than that of the receiving water.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.2.05" level="3" title="Piers, Docks, Boathouses, And Other Pile</U>_<U>Supported Structures">

(1) Piers, docks, boathouses, and other pile supported structures shall be constructed on pilings that permit a reasonable unobstructed ebb and flow of the tide.

(2) Platforms, decks, "T's", "L's", boathouses, and other similar minor structures associated with residential piers and docks should be located at the waterward end of the pier or dock and shall not be constructed over wetlands or submersed grassbeds nor shall they be habitable.

(3) Piers and docks shall be of sufficient length to reach navigational depths adequate for the proposed use of the pier or dock, to the extent that a hazard to navigation will not be created as determined by the U.S. Coast Guard.

(4) Piers, docks, boathouses, and other pile supported structures shall be designed and constructed such that impacts to wetlands and submersed grassbeds are minimized.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 26, 1995.

335-8-2-.06 Shoreline Stabilization And Erosion Mitigation.

(1) Bulkheads, the placement of rip-rap, and other structural shoreline armament shall not be permitted or certified to be in compliance with the ACAMP unless it is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Department that:

(a) no fill material will be placed in wetlands or submersed grassbeds unless specifically authorized pursuant to 335-8-2-.02;

(b) the structure will be placed at or above mean high tide and landward of any wetlands;

(c) the structure will be designed so as to allow the normal hydrologic regime to be maintained in wetland areas; and

(d) there are no feasible non-structural alternatives available including, but not limited to, preservation and restoration of dunes, beaches, wetlands, submersed grassbeds, and shoreline restoration and nourishment and retreat or abandonment.

(2) Jetties, groins, breakwaters and like structures may be permitted or certified to be in compliance with the ACAMP provided it is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Department that:

(a) they are necessary to protect an existing navigational channel or a use of regional benefit;

(b) there are no other feasible non-structural alternatives; and

(c) there are no significant impacts to adjacent shorelines.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 26, 1995.

<regElement name="335.8.2.07" level="3" title="Canals, Ditches, And Boatslips">

(1) Canals constructed for the purposes of providing navigable access to an existing or approved water dependent facility or Use of Regional Benefit may be permitted or certified to be in compliance with the ACAMP.

(2) Construction of new canals or expansions of existing canals through wetlands or uplands with the purpose or effect of creating new waterfront property, shall not be permitted or certified to be in compliance with the ACAMP.

(3) Stormwater drainage ditches may be permitted or certified to be in compliance with the ACAMP provided that the applicant demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Department that they are hydrologically designed and constructed such that a positive stormwater flow results, standing water is minimized.

(4) Excavated boatslips may be permitted or certified to be in compliance with the ACAMP only in areas where it is demonstrated that the construction of a pier and dock will obstruct navigation.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994.

<regElement name="335.8.2.08" level="3" title="Construction And Other Activities On Gulf Front</U>_<U>Beaches And Dunes">

(1) No person shall remove primary dune or beach sands and/or vegetation or otherwise alter the primary dune system, construct any new structure, or make any substantial improvement to any existing structure, on, beneath or above the surface of any land located between mean high tide and the construction control line.

(2) No person shall construct any new structure on, beneath or above the surface of any state owned lands located in the following areas:

(a) between mean high tide and a line originating at plane coordinate (x = 339,562.58 feet; y = 83,758.99 feet) and extending South 77&#176; 59' 16" West in Baldwin County;

(b) between mean high tide and Alabama Highway 180 between plane abscissas (x = 339,562.58 feet) and (x = 343,833.777 feet);

(c) in Sections 2 and 3 of Township 4 South, Range 33 West (Tallahassee Meridian) in Baldwin County. No person shall construct any new structure on, beneath or above any lands located between the westernmost end of Dauphin Island and a north-south plane represented by the abscissa (x = 281,573.2 feet) in Mobile County.

(3)(a)No person shall construct any new structure or make any substantial improvement to an existing structure, on, beneath or above the surface of any parcel of land owned by a person if any portion of such parcel is intersected by the construction control line without first having obtained a permit therefor from the Department except as may be provided for by 335-8-1-.05.

(b) A permit for construction of a new structure may be issued if the Department is satisfied that the proposed structure is not on, beneath or above the surface of any lands located between mean high tide and the construction control line.

(c) An application for a permit to construct a single family dwelling or duplex pursuant to this rule shall contain:

1. a legal description of the property on which the structure is proposed, as well as the street address;

2. an area map showing the location of the property and proposed structure in relation to roads and other recognized landmarks;

3. a survey of the property and site plan prepared by a duly licensed land surveyor of the State of Alabama showing the location of the construction control line, as determined from the state plane coordinates, the distance from the nearest construction control line monument to the lot, and the location and dimensions of all proposed structures;

4. a certified copy of the deed, lease or other instrument under which the applicant claims title, possession or permission from the owner of the property to carry out the project;

5. an identification of the water supply source and wastewater disposal system;

6. such other information as the Department may reasonably require to assure compliance with the Department's rules and regulations.

(d) An application for a permit to construct a motel, hotel, condominium, or planned multi-unit development shall contain:

1. all information required by 335-8-2-.08(3)(c);

2. an "Environmental Impact and Natural Hazards Study" which will include, at a minimum, the following:

(i) wave height study addressing the flood hazard and erosion potential at the project site using eroded beach profiles for pre and post developed conditions;

(ii) location and delineation of velocity zone; and

(iii) analysis of the project's potential to significantly increase the likelihood that damage will occur from floods, hurricanes, or storms.

3. a "Beach and Dune Enhancement Plan" which includes, at a minimum, the following:

(i) fence placed along the CCL prior to and during construction activities to prevent material and equipment seaward of the line;

(ii) dune walkovers designed to accommodate the anticipated pedestrian traffic from the completed project;

(iii) the placement of sand fences;

(iv) planting of suitable natural vegetation in areas devoid of vegetation; and

(v) a maintenance program for the sand fences and plantings.

(4) Bulkheads, retaining walls, or similar structures shall not be permissible on Gulf beaches or primary dunes unless it can be demonstrated that:

(a) the bulkhead or retaining wall is landward of the CCL and it is necessary to protect and ensure the structural integrity of an existing or previously permitted structure; and

(b) there are no other feasible non-structural alternatives, including retreat.

(5) No person shall operate a motorized vehicle on the beach or primary dune system, except as may be provided by the provisions of this Administrative Code.

(6) Beach cleaning equipment and safety and law enforcement vehicles operating on flat beach sand may be permissible, provided it is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Department that:

(a) the equipment will not be operated within the primary dune system;

(b) a route of ingress and egress has been designated and approved by the Department or its Contractor;

(c) beach and dune vegetation will not be impacted or destroyed; and

(d) the equipment will be operated only in areas specified by the Department or its contractor.

(7) Septic tanks and other on-site sewage disposal systems shall not be permitted on a lot intersected by the construction control line, unless no wastewater disposal system is available for the site and the system has been approved by the Department of Public Health.

(8) The Department has determined that the following activities conducted seaward of the construction control line are not subject to the ACAMP: the placement of items associated with daily recreational use that are of a temporary and removable nature, including but not limited to, chairs, umbrellas, volleyball and similar equipment, provided the posts are not permanently installed in the ground, and provided these items are removed from the beach prior to major storm events.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: August 14, 1979. Amended: October 10, 1984, October 9, 1985, October 7, 1988. New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 26, 1995.

<regElement name="335.8.2.09" level="3" title="Groundwater Extraction">

(1) Installation of a new well, or alteration of an existing well, for the purposes of extracting groundwater at a rate of 50 gallons per minute or greater requires a permit from the Department. This provision is applicable to a well whose surface location is in the coastal area and one whose surface location is not in the coastal area but whose 50 year capture zone extends into the coastal area.

(a) An application for a permit to construct and operate a well which is subject to these provisions shall include:

1. a detailed plan for drilling, sampling, and testing the well;

2. results of analyses which provide the predicted 50 year capture zone of the proposed well at maximum designed pumping capacity;

3. the identification of existing wells, which are capable of pumping 50 gallons per minute or more, and their respective 50 year capture zones, which are located within one mile of the proposed well's 50 year capture zone; and

4. reasonable assurance by the applicant that the proposed activity will not impact groundwater.

(b) The applicant may proceed to install and test the well unless the Department objects in writing within 30 days after receipt of a complete application; however, the lack of an objection by the Department should not be construed as obligating the Department to issue a permit to operate.

(2) Wells shall be drilled and sampled using specialized techniques designed to determine if saltwater zones overlie the target production zone, and shall be logged by a qualified geologist in sufficient detail to establish permeable and impermeable zones and their associated quality.

(a) After the well is constructed, it shall be pump tested to establish aquifer characteristics of transmissivity and storage coefficient using an observation well which is located an appropriate distance from the pumping well and screened in the production zone of the pumping well.

1. The distance from the observation well to the production well shall be equal to or greater than the value derived by the following equation:

1.5m (PH/PV)0.5

Where M = aquifer thickness in feet

PH = aquifer horizontal conductivity in

gallons per day per sq. ft.

PV = aquifer vertical conductivity in

gallons per day per sq. ft.

2. The pump test shall be of sufficient duration to establish aquifer characteristics and groundwater quality. The duration shall be sufficient for the water level to stabilize at design capacity of the well, but in no case shall the duration be less than 12 hours. An evaluation of the pump test data and water quality analysis shall be submitted to the Department for review.

(3) Water samples taken for analysis shall be obtained in accordance with the ADEM Field Operations Standard Operating Procedures or other methods approved by the Department. Parameter coverage shall be specified by the Department.

(4) If the Department determines that saltwater intrusion should be evaluated, a monitoring well may be required to be placed at the 50 year capture zone perimeter in the direction of the most likely source of vertical or horizontal saltwater intrusion into the production aquifer.

(5) Based upon all available information, if it is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Department that the normal operation of the well will not adversely impact the existing quality of groundwater, a permit to operate the well may be issued.

(6) The Department may deny a permit if the operation of a new or altered well would adversely impact existing drinking water wells.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 26, 1995.

335-8-2-.10 Siting, Construction And Operation Of Energy_Facilities.

(1) All new energy facilities located wholly or partially within the coastal area and which require a federal license or permit or a state agency permit must also receive coastal consistency from the Department prior to any land clearing or construction. In addition to the information provided to the federal and state permitting agencies, the following supplemental information shall be provided to the Department:

(a) a survey of the property, encompassing the entire project, prepared by a duly licensed land surveyor of the State of Alabama which shows all property boundaries, existing topographic features, all existing water courses, any and all areas which have been delineated as wetlands, and the proposed location(s) of all improvements and facilities;

(b) identification of all environmental permits which may be required for construction; discharges to water; air emissions; hazardous waste generation; transportation; storage and disposal; solid waste disposal; groundwater extraction; etc; and

(c) an indication of the potential impacts to the following coastal resources, as applicable:

Water Quality Groundwater Resources

Air Quality Wildlife Habitat

Wetlands and Cultural Resources

Submersed GrassBeds

Beaches and Dunes

(2) The siting, construction and operation of energy facilities shall be conducted in a manner which minimizes significant impacts to coastal resources.

(3) Discharge of untreated produced waters resulting from energy exploration or production activities to the coastal waters of Alabama shall not be permissible.

(4) Discharge of untreated drill muds and/or cuttings to coastal waters shall be permissible only in the Gulf of Mexico, and provided that:

(a) the discharge complies fully with the requirements of ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-8-2-.12 even though the discharge may not be continuous;

(b) discharges shall not occur within two nautical miles of the shores of gulf beaches; and

(c) discharges shall not occur within 3000 meters of another active permitted mud or cuttings discharge.

(5) Routing of pipelines, cables, and other such energy facility related appurtenances which are buried under or placed upon state waterbottoms shall comply with the provisions of 335-8-2-.02.

(6) To the maximum extent possible, pipelines, cables and other such energy facility related appurtenances which are buried under or placed upon state waterbottoms shall be routed through existing pipeline corridors to make landfall.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 26, 1995.

<regElement name="335.8.2.11" level="3" title="Commercial And Residential Development">

(1) All new commercial and residential developments located wholly or partially within the coastal area which are or will be greater than five (5) acres in size and have areas which are or could be delineated as wetlands or are adjacent to coastal waters or are intercepted by the coastal control line shall apply for a permit pursuant to &#167; 335-8-1-.11 unless the project requires a federal license or permit pursuant to &#167; 335-8-1-.09. In either case, applications shall contain:

(a) a survey of the property, encompassing the entire project, prepared by a duly licensed land surveyor of the State of Alabama which shows all property boundaries, existing topographic features, all existing water courses, any and all areas which have been delineated as wetlands, the proposed location of all paved and unpaved roads and other improvements, and proposed platting of individual sub-parcels and lots;

(b) identification of the source or supplier of potable water to the development;

(c) type of wastewater collection and treatment system(s);

(d) an application for a stormwater permit, or if such permit has already been obtained, a copy of the same; and

(e) such other information as may be required by the Department.

(2) Developments resulting in the platting or subdividing of lots or subparcels on which construction or other reasonable use would not be consistent with the ACAMP shall not be permitted or certified to be in compliance with the ACAMP.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 26, 1995.

335-8-2-.12 Discharges To Coastal Waters.

(1) Permit applicants for new continuous or frequent discharges to coastal waters which are greater than 1 million gallons per day, or otherwise classified as a major discharge by the Department or EPA Regional Administrator, shall:

(a) characterize the sediments and benthic macroinvertebrate community present along the circumferences of two concentric circles, one with a radius of 400 feet and the other with a radius of 800 feet, both having their origin at the proposed discharge point;

(b) such characterization shall be completed prior to the initiation of a discharge and shall be repeated if the discharger fails accelerated toxicity testing and is required to initiate a Toxicity Reduction Evaluation (TRE) pursuant to the applicable NPDES permit.

1. Upon notification by the Department the discharger shall repeat the characterization of the sediments and benthic community employing the same sampling locations used in the initial characterization.

2. The Department shall be provided an analysis of the toxicity test and characterization results, to include plans for any necessary corrective action.

(2) Existing permitted NPDES dischargers to coastal waters with a continuous or frequent discharge of greater than 1 million gallons per day, or otherwise classified as a major discharge by the Department, shall, upon request for a permit renewal perform a sediment and benthic community characterization as described in paragraph (a) above prior to applying for permit renewal. If a sediment and benthic characterization has been performed in the past then the renewal characterization shall use the same sampling locations as the original characterization and be conducted during the same season. An analysis of the results shall be provided to the Department with the application for renewal. Such characterization shall be repeated if the discharger fails accelerated toxicity testing and is required to initiate a Toxicity Reduction Evaluation (TRE) pursuant to the applicable NPDES permit.

(3) If the Department determines that the discharge is resulting in significant adverse impact to the benthic community or sediment quality in an area beyond the boundaries of the original characterization or 400 feet if an original characterization was not performed, the discharger shall be required to submit plans to identify corrective actions which will be taken.

(4) The Department may suspend or otherwise modify the monitoring requirements of this rule if:

(a) the Department determines, through review of discharger information and/or its own monitoring efforts, that the discharge is having no significant impact to coastal resources beyond 400 feet of the discharge point; or

(b) the Department determines, through review of discharger information and/or its own monitoring efforts, that the discharge monitoring is inadequate to detect significant impacts to coastal resources beyond 400 feet of the discharge point; or

(c) the Department determines, based on available biological and chemical data that, due to the nature of the discharge, no significant impacts to coastal resources will occur beyond 400 feet of the discharge point; or

(d) deemed necessary by the Department to ensure the protection of coastal resources.

Author: John C. Carlton

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 9-7-16, 22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8.

History: New Rule: Filed May 26, 1994; Effective June 30, 1994. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 26, 1995.

<regElement name="335.9.1.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

In order to protect the public health and general welfare of the people of the State of Alabama, the Alabama Department of Environmental Management hereby promulgates the following rules and regulations in order to ensure that a pure, sanitary and healthful water supply is provided to the people of the State of Alabama.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22A-5 (1984), 22-22A-8 (1984), 22-24-3(d) (1984).

History: Filed April 30, 1990.

<regElement name="335.9.1.02" level="3" title="Definitions">

(a)"Board" means the Director of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(b)"Director" means the Director of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(c)"Drill" means to drill or redrill, bore, auger, dig or otherwise construct a water well.

(d)"Driller" means any person who manages or supervises the drilling of a water well.

(e)"Log" means a record of the type of material or rock penetrated in the drilling of a water well.

(f) "Person" means any individual, organization, group, association, partnership, corporation, or any combination of them operating a business to drill water wells.

(g) "Sample" means cutting or other fragments or rock or soil materials removed from the well.

(h)"Well" means a hole drilled for the production of water.

(i)"Shall" means a mandatory requirement.

(j)"Capping a completed well" means the installing of a secure watertight cover sufficient to prevent contamination.

(k) "Capping a well during construction" means the installing of a secure temporary cover sufficient to prevent contamination.

(l) "Aggregate" means sand and/or gravel not to exceed 1/2 inch in diameter.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22A-5 (1984), 22-22A-8 (1984), 22-24-3(d) (1984).

History: Filed April 30, 1990.

<regElement name="335.9.1.03" level="3" title="Rules">

(a) APPLICATION FOR A LICENSE TO DRILL A WATER WELL.

(1) Every person who proposes to drill a water well in the State of Alabama shall file, on or before September 30 of each year, an application for a water well driller's license, along with a payment of the annual fee of $200.00.

(b) FILING OF PERTINENT DATA RELATING TO A WATER WELL.

(1) Every person desiring to drill a water well shall file with the Board, on a form furnished by the Board, a Notification of Intent to drill a well. This form shall be filed prior to the commencement of work.

(2) Every person who drills a well shall file a Certification of Completion on the form furnished by the Board within 30 days after completion of work. The Board shall notify the local Health authorities within 7 days of the receipt thereof.

(3) When requested by the Geological Survey of Alabama, the driller shall collect samples in compliance with Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-24-8 (5) (84).

(c) EXAMINATIONS.

(1) Any driller applying for a license shall furnish the Board acceptable proof that he has at least two years of water well construction experience and shall make a minimum score of 70 percent on a Board authorized examination prior to being licensed.

(2) Reciprocity to drillers from out of state will be considered on an individual basis.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22A-5 (1984), 22-22A-8 (1984), 22-24-3(d) (1984).

History: Filed April 30, 1990.

<regElement name="335.9.1.04" level="3" title="Location Standards">

Every well shall be located so that it is easily accessible, free from flooding from any known source of pollution. The location of the well shall comply with local regulations. The following table is recommended:

Projections or roofs of adjacent building 2 feet

Secondary electrical services 10 feet

Primary electrical services 75 feet

Cess pool or sewage lagoon 150 feet

Septic tank or field lines 100 feet

Barnyard 150 feet

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22A-5 (1984), 22-22A-8 (1984), 22-24-3(d) (1984).

History: Filed April 30, 1990.

<regElement name="335.9.1.05" level="3" title="Materials"> <dwc name="disinfect" times="1"><dwc name="chlorin" times="4">

All materials used in the construction of a water well shall have the structural strength to accomplish the purpose for which they are installed.

(a) Casing and liners shall be new steel of a minimum wall thickness of Schedule 30 or thermoplastic water well casing produced in accordance with ASTM Standard F 480-76, and approved for potable water by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF). Nonporous concrete pipe shall be acceptable when grouted to a depth of 20 feet below land surface, and the grout shall be introduced at the bottom until it overflows at the top or by gravity flow. The grout shall consist of 50% cement and 50% aggregate. The upper 20 feet of the hole diameter shall be at least 4-inch larger than the O.D. of the concrete casing. All steel casing is to be welded, or threaded and coupled; thermoplastic casing shall be joined in accordance with ASTM Standard F 480-76.

(b)Screen, where required, shall provide adequate open area to transmit the desired amount of water from the formation and shall be sized to retain the sand or other extraneous material that would make the completed well undesirable. It shall be constructed of a material that will not be subjected to serious attack by the chemical action of the water in the formation in which it is placed. Thermoplastic screens shall be approved by NSF for potable water uses.

(c) When required, grout shall consist of a ratio of one sack of Portland cement to a maximum of six gallons of clean water.

(d) Capping of the well shall be such that no contamination can enter the well.

(e) Disinfection of every well shall be accomplished by adding a strong chlorine solution such as HTH, Prechlorine, or Chlorox, so as to subject the entire well to a 50 ppm solution for at least 12 hours. It is strongly recommended that all drilling fluids be chlorinated with at least 50 ppm chlorine.

Gallons 5 1/4% 10% Sodium30% Chlorine70%

Water_ChloroxHypochlorite Lime____HTH

50 6.5 oz 3.5 oz 1 oz.5 oz

100 13 oz 7 oz 2 oz 1 oz

50063.5 oz 33 oz 11 oz 5 oz

1,000 127 oz 67 oz 22 oz10 oz

Remember -- There are 16 oz/lb and 32 fl oz/qt.

(f) No materials may be used in the construction of a well that will result in the delivery of water that is toxic or has an objectionable odor or taste.

(g) Any person desiring to use materials that are not approved herein shall submit the specifications for the materials to the Board for approval before they are used in any well.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22A-5 (1984), 22-22A-8 (1984), 22-24-3(d) (1984).

History: Filed April 30, 1990.

<regElement name="335.9.1.06" level="3" title="Construction Standards"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="2">

(a) Casing.

(1) In every well, the casing shall extend from 1 foot above ground level to a suitable impervious layer where it shall be properly sealed to prevent the entrance of seep water and other extraneous material. In no case shall the length of casing be less than 20 feet. Where an impervious layer is not encountered above the water-bearing zone, the seal shall be affected by sealing 50 feet of the annulus, the upper 20 feet of which must be grouted. All well with casing greater than 8 inches in I.D. (inside diameter) shall be grouted to a depth of 20 feet or more. Wells that are to be constructed with less than 20 feet of casing must be approved by the County Environmentalist.

(2) The minimum casing size in mud rotary wells shall be 4 1/2 inches O.D. If a person desires to drill a well with casing of a size smaller than herein specified, permission shall be obtained from the County Environmentalist prior to commencement of work, and when approved by the County Environmentalist, the driller may construct, install, or service a single-string completion well with cemented casing and chlorination. This type well shall not be pulled or re-screened except in Choctaw County, Act 81-185, and Sumter County, Act 81-186; it shall be sealed or plugged according to Rule .06 (g).

(3) Air rotary drilling equipment used in the developing of ground water shall be equipped with a pump for the injection of a minimum of 3 gallons per minute of water. This injection equipment shall be used during the course of drilling for water.

(4) Casing may be driven, lowered, or installed in any manner which will affect a continuous watertight installation. In those wells where there is an annulus, it shall be filled with puddled clay and/or cement grout in the manner prescribed in Rule .06 (a) (1).

(b) Screens.

An adequate screen shall be provided where necessary and installed in such a manner that removal and replacement can be accomplished without affecting the watertight seal around the casing.

(c) Development.

The well shall be developed to its maximum practical yield of the best quality of water at the site.

(d) Testing.

The contractor shall make an adequate test for yield and report the results on the Well Completion Certificate.

(e) Capping.

Every well shall be left with a secure cap which will not permit the well to become contaminated during construction.

(f) Special Cases.

Any person desiring to construct a well in a manner not covered above, shall submit this information to the Board for approval before the work is started on the well.

(g) Abandonment.

Any well to be abandoned shall be permanently sealed in the following manner: The well will be filled with a puddled clay material containing 50 ppm of chlorine to within 20 feet of the top of the well. The top 20 feet shall be filled with cement grout or concrete.

(h) Holes.

Any holes remaining after construction or testing attempts shall be properly backfilled.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22A-5 (1984), 22-22A-8 (1984), 22-24-3(d) (1984).

History: Filed April 30, 1990.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-10-1" level="2" title="CLASSIFICATION OF WATER AND WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANTS, WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS, AND PUBLIC WASTEWATER COLLECTION SYSTEM; CERTIFICATION OF OPERATORS">

<regElement name="335.10.1.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

The purpose of this Chapter is to protect the public health and welfare and prevent pollution by classifying all water and wastewater treatment plants, water distribution systems, and public wastewater collection systems, and by establishing a program for the certification of the competency of operators to operate such plants and systems.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Aubrey White

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-25-11, 22-25-13.

History: September 18, 1986; Amended: Filed May 25, 1994; Effective: July 1, 1994. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.10.1.02" level="3" title="Definitions"> <dwc name="microorgan" times="2"><dwc name="bacteria" times="2"><dwc name="disinfect" times="2"><dwc name="fluorid" times="2">

For the purposes of this Chapter, the following words and phrases, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context, shall have the following meanings:

(a)"Activated sludge process plant" means a wastewater treatment plant employing a biological wastewater treatment process in which a mixture of wastewater and a coagulum or gel composed of bacteria and other microorganisms is agitated and aerated in the presence of a sufficient concentration of dissolved oxygen so that the gel can sorb dissolved and finely divided organic particles from the wastewater. The gel or sludge is subsequently separated by sedimentation and is wasted or returned to the aeration process as required. Activated sludge consists of, but is not limited to, the following:

1.Conventional activated sludge;

2.Extended aeration;

3.Complete-mix aerated lagoon; and

4.Contact stabilization.

(b)"Advanced groundwater treatment plant" means a water treatment plant employing any treatment of greater technical sophistication than aeration, disinfection, corrosion control, pressure filtration and fluoridation for the treatment of water from a well or spring.

(c)"Basic groundwater treatment plant" means a water treatment plant employing treatment for corrosion control, disinfection, pressure filtration and/or fluoridation for treatment of water from a well or spring.

(d)"Surface water treatment plant" means a water treatment plant designed and operated for the treatment of surface water supplies. This definition also includes treatment plants which have groundwater under the influence of surface water as the source.

(e)"Certification" means the certificate of competency issued by the Director stating that the operator has met the requirements for the specified operator classification of the certification program.

(f)"Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management established by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-4.

(g)"Director" means the Director of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, appointed pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-4.

(h)"Operator" means the person on duty who has direct responsibility for the operation of a water treatment plant, water distribution system, public wastewater collection system or wastewater treatment plant. A person shall be deemed to have direct responsibility for the operation of a water treatment plant, water distribution system or wastewater treatment plant if he in fact supervises or directs the operation of a water treatment plant, water distribution system or wastewater treatment plant, or makes process control decisions.

(i)"Operator intern" means a person who has successfully passed the operator examination but has not yet obtained the necessary experience to become certified.

(j)"Person" means a natural person.

(k)"Process control decision" means a decision regarding the daily operational activities of a water system or wastewater system that will directly impact the quality and/or quantity of drinking water or treated wastewater.

(l)"Public wastewater collection system" means the system of pipes, structures, and facilities through which wastewater, municipal sewage, or wastes, of a liquid nature is received, collected, stored, transported, or delivered into a wastewater treatment plant.

(m)"Restricted certificate" means an operator certificate issued without examination which is valid only for a particular plant or system and cannot be transferred to another plant.

(n)"Trickling filter and/or biological contactor process plant" means a wastewater treatment plant employing a treatment process whereby the wastewater is passed over a medium upon which grows bacteria and other microorganisms that sorb and oxidize soluble and finely dissolved organic matter. Subsequent sedimentation separates the resulting settleable solids from the process effluent.

(o)"Wastewater treatment lagoon" means a wastewater treatment plant employing an excavation designed and constructed to receive raw or pretreated wastewater in which stabilization is accomplished by several natural and photosynthetic (algal) self-purification phenomena with or without supplemental aeration. Wastewater treatment lagoon consists of, but is not limited to the following:

1.Non-aerated;

2.Partial mix;

3.Hydrograph control release (HCR);

4.Aquaculture and constructed wetlands.

(p)"Wastewater treatment plant" means the facility or group of units used for the treatment of wastewater from public wastewater collection systems and for the reduction or handling of solids removed from such wastewater.

(q)"Water distribution system" means that portion of the water supply system in which water is conveyed from the water treatment plant or other supply point to the premises of the consumer.

(r)"Water treatment plant" means that portion of the water supply system which in some way alters the physical, chemical or bacteriological quality of the water.

(s)"Water supply system" means the system of pipes, structures and facilities through which a public water supply is obtained, treated and sold or distributed for human consumption for household use and which serves at least 15 service connections used by year-round residents or regularly serves at least 25 year-round residents.

(t)"Working experience" means experience that is gained from actual hands-on operation of a water or wastewater treatment plant, water distribution system or public wastewater collection system. Excluded from this definition is work of a clerical or administrative nature.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Aubrey White

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-25-11, 22-25-13.

History: September 18, 1986. Amended: Filed May 25, 1994; Effective: July 1, 1994. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective May 6, 2000. Amended: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.10.1.03" level="3" title="Classification Of Systems">

(1)Wastewater treatment plants, water treatment plants, water distribution systems, and public wastewater collection systems are classified by grades in accordance with the following:

GRADEDESCRIPTIONSIZE

WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANTS

IWastewater treatment lagoonALL

IITrickling filter and/or biological contactor process plant 0 to .999 MGD

Activated sludge process plant0 to .999 MGD

IIITrickling filter and/or biological contactor process plant1.000 to 15.000 MGD

Activated sludge process plant1.000 to 5.000 MGD

IVTrickling filter and/or biological contactor process plant&gt;15.000 MGD

Activated sludge process plant&gt;5.000 MGD

PUBLIC WASTEWATER COLLECTION SYSTEMS

I(C)Public wastewater collection systemsALL

WATER TREATMENT PLANTS

IIBasic groundwater treatment plantsALL

IIIAdvanced groundwater treatment plantsALL

IVSurface water treatment plantsALL

WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

IWater distribution systemALL

(2)Any water or wastewater treatment plant having a combination of treatment processes which are in different grades shall be classified according to the process associated with the higher grade.

(3)The Director may change the classification of a particular water distribution system, water treatment plant or wastewater treatment plant when there are unusual factors affecting the quality of the source, the complexity of treatment or distribution, potential health hazards, or compliance history. Upon changing the classification, the Director shall notify the owner of the affected water distribution system, water treatment plant or wastewater treatment plant of the change in classification and shall give the owner a reasonable time to comply with the requirements this Chapter.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Aubrey White

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-25-11, 22-25-13.

History: September 18, 1986. Amended: Filed May 25, 1994; effective July 1, 1994. Amended: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.10.1.04" level="3" title="Staffing Requirements">

(1)All water treatment plants, wastewater treatment plants, water distribution systems, and public wastewater collection systems are required to be operated by an operator certified in accordance with the provisions of this Chapter as competent to operate the classification of plants or systems to which the plant or system is classified.

(2)All Grade IV surface water treatment plants must have a certified operator of the same grade present at the plant during all hours of operation. All Grade III advanced groundwater plants must have a certified operator of the same grade or higher present as directed by the Department. A permanent record of daily operator staffing shall be maintained at all Grade III and IV facilities. This record must contain the operator's name, time of arrival and departure, and the operator's signature.

(3)All Grade III wastewater treatment plants must have a certified operator of the same grade or higher present at the plant for a minimum of one 8-hour work shift during the daytime hours of plant operation, five days a week. For all other days of plant operation, at a minimum, a certified operator Grade II or higher must operate the facility one 8-hour work shift during the daytime hours. A permanent record of daily operator staffing shall be maintained at all Grade III facilities. This record must contain the operator's name, time of arrival and departure, and the operator's signature. Upon demonstration and approval of a facility?s ability to be remotely monitored, the Department may waive all or part of the staffing requirements in excess of the five 8-hour shifts by a Grade III or higher.

(4)All Grade IV wastewater treatment plants must have a certified operator of the same grade present at the plant for a minimum of one 8-hour work shift during the daytime hours of plant operation. For all other times of operation, as a minimum, a certified operator Grade II or higher may operate the facility if the Grade IV operator is available on call within 30 minutes of the plant site. A permanent record of daily operator staffing shall be maintained at all Grade IV facilities. This record must contain the operator's name, time of arrival and departure, and the operator's signature.

(5)All Grade I water distribution systems, Grade I wastewater treatment plants, public wastewater or collection systems, and Grade II water and wastewater treatment plants must have a certified operator of the same grade or higher present at the plant or system at all times necessary to ensure its safe, efficient, and proper operation. A permanent record of daily operator staffing shall be maintained at all Grade I &amp; II wastewater treatment plants and at all Grade II water treatment plants or well sites. This record must contain the operator's name, time of arrival and departure, and the operator's signature. All Grade I water distribution systems, Grade I wastewater treatment plants, public wastewater collection systems, and Grade II water and wastewater treatment plants must be visited, as a minimum, once per week by a certified operator unless the facility?s operating permit calls for more frequent site visits.

(6)A certified operator may operate more than one plant or system only if he provides written assurance to the Department, in such form as the Department may provide, that he can ensure the safe, efficient and proper operation of all plants and systems he operates. Operation must be limited to plants or systems classified at or lower than the grade of the operator. All staffing requirements applicable to the systems or plants to be operated must be followed.

(7)Any Water Grade III operator employed at a surface water treatment plant with a filtration rate not to exceed two gallons per minute per square foot on the effective date of this Rule may request that the Department issue a Restricted Water Grade IV certificate with the same expiration date as the current certificate. All such requests must be received by the Department no later than one year after the effective date of this Rule.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Aubrey White

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-25-11, 22-25-13.

History: September 18, 1986. Amended: Filed May 25, 1994; Effective: July 1, 1994. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.10.1.05" level="3" title="Reciprocal Certificates">

Certificates may be issued in a comparable classification to a person who holds a current certificate from another state by examination, provided the requirements of that state are comparable to or higher than those of the Department. Reciprocity will only be granted to operators applying from states which reciprocate with the Department. The issuance of a reciprocal certificate is contingent upon submission of an application to the Department, nonrefundable fees required by Rule 335-1-6-.06, a copy of the present certificate and other supporting documentation required by the Department.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Aubrey White

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-25-11, 22-25-13.

History: September 18, 1986. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.10.1.06" level="3" title="Certification By Examination">

Persons not entitled to certification under Rule 335-10-1-.05 shall be issued a certificate indicating the classification of water treatment plant, wastewater treatment plant, public wastewater collection system, or water distribution system which the person is qualified to operate upon fulfilling the two-step application process as provided by Rules 335-10-1-.07 and 335-10-1-.08.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Aubrey White

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-25-11, 22-25-13.

History: September 18, 1986. Amended: Filed May 25, 1994; Effective: July 1, 1994. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.10.1.07" level="3" title="Examinations">

The first step in the certification process is the written examination. A person wishing to apply for examination must submit a complete application to the Department, together with the appropriate fees required by Rule 335-1-1-.06. The applicant must have a high school diploma or a general equivalency diploma (GED).

(1)Examinations shall reflect the minimum knowledge and skills required to competently operate the various classifications of water treatment plants, wastewater treatment plants, water distribution systems, and public wastewater collection systems.

(2)The Department shall hold at least one examination each year for the purpose of examining candidates for certification, at a time and place designated by the Department. The Department reserves the right to limit the number of examinees for each scheduled exam based on space limitations. The examinees will be scheduled on a first-come first-serve basis.

(3)The minimum passing grade shall be seventy percent. Each applicant shall be notified in writing of the results of his examination. All examinations shall remain the property of the Department.

(4)Upon passing the examination, the operator intern must obtain the necessary working experience as detailed in 335-10-1-.08 in order to become certified. If the necessary working experience is not obtained within five years of passing the examination, the operator intern must retest.

(5)The application and fees for examination must be received by the Department no later than 30 days prior to the examination.

(6)The Director may deny an application for cause, including violations of this Chapter.

Author: Aubrey White

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-25-11, 22-25-13.

History: September 18, 1986. Amended: Filed May 25, 1994; effective July 1, 1994. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

Ed. Note: Rule 335-10-1-.08, Examinations, was renumbered to 335-10-1-.07, Examinations, as per certification filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.10.1.08" level="3" title="Qualification For Examination">

An operator intern wishing to apply for certification must submit a complete application to the Department, together with the appropriate fees required by Rule 335-1-1-.06. The applicant must obtain the following working experience prior to submittal of the application:

(a)For a Grade I water distribution system, at least twelve months working experience in a Grade I or higher water system. Credit for a maximum of six months of working experience may be allowed by the Department for the completion of, or attendance at, Department approved training programs, classes or seminars;

(b)For a Grade I wastewater treatment plant or Grade I(C) public wastewater collection system, at least twelve months working experience in a Grade I or higher wastewater treatment plant or Grade I(C) public wastewater collection system. Credit for a maximum of six months of working experience may be allowed by the Department for the completion of, or attendance at, Department approved training programs, classes, or seminars;

(c)For a Grade II water treatment plant, at least eighteen months working experience in a Grade II or higher water treatment plant, or twenty-four months of combined experience in a Grade I water distribution system or a Grade II, III, or IV water treatment plant. Credit for a maximum of nine months of working experience may be allowed by the Department for the completion of, or attendance at, Department approved training programs, classes or seminars.

(d)For a Grade II wastewater treatment plant, at least eighteen months working experience in a Grade II or higher wastewater treatment plant or twenty-four months of combined experience in a Grade I, II, III, or IV wastewater treatment plant. Credit for a maximum of nine months of working experience may be allowed by the Department for the completion of, or attendance at, Department approved training programs, classes, or seminars.

(e)For a Grade III advanced groundwater treatment plant, at least twenty-four months treatment experience in a Grade III advanced groundwater treatment plant or thirty-six months of combined working experience in a Grade II, III or IV water treatment plant. Credit for a maximum of twelve months of working experience may be allowed by the Department for the completion of, or attendance at, Department approved training programs, classes or seminars.

(f)For a Grade III wastewater treatment plant, at least twenty-four months working experience in a Grade III or higher wastewater treatment plant or thirty-six months of combined working experience in a Grade II, III or IV wastewater treatment plant. Credit for a maximum of twelve months of treatment experience may be allowed by the Department for the completion of, or attendance at, Department approved training programs, classes or seminars.

(g)For a Grade IV water treatment plant, at least twenty-four months treatment experience in a Grade IV water treatment plant. Credit for a maximum of twelve months of working experience may be allowed by the Department for the completion of, or attendance at, Department approved training programs, classes or seminars.

(h)For a Grade IV wastewater treatment plant, at least twenty-four months working experience in a Grade IV wastewater treatment plant or thirty-six months of combined working experience in a Grade III or IV wastewater treatment plant. Credit for a maximum of twelve months of treatment experience may be allowed by the Department for the completion of, or attendance at, Department approved training programs, classes or seminars.

(i)For the purposes of calculating working experience, 1900 hours of applicable experience equals twelve months

(j)Substitution for required experience with approved training programs, classes or seminars is as follows (limited by requirements of each grade level in this chapter):

15 Hours?????????????? 3 months experience

30 Hours?????????????? 6 months experience

45 Hours?????????????? 9 months experience

60 Hours??????????????12 months experience

(k)All working experience claimed in the application must be verified in writing by the operator intern?s direct supervisor or another certified operator familiar with the operator intern?s experience.

(l)The Director may deny an application for cause, including violations of this Chapter.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Aubrey White

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-25-11, 22-25-13.

History: September 18, 1986; Amended: Filed May 25, 1994; Effective: July 1, 1994. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

Ed. Note: Rule 335-10-1-.07, Qualification for Certification, was renumbered to 335-10-1-.08, Qualification for Certification, as per certification filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.10.1.09" level="3" title="Re-Examination">

(1)A person who fails to pass one examination for a particular classification of water treatment plant, water distribution system, wastewater treatment plant, or public wastewater collection system may take another regularly scheduled examination for the same classification of plant or system provided a new application is submitted together with fees in accordance with Rule 335-10-1-.07.

(2)A person who fails to pass two examinations for a particular classification of water treatment plant, water distribution system, wastewater treatment plant, or public wastewater collection system may take another regularly scheduled examination for the same classification of plant or system provided a new application is submitted together with fees in accordance with Rule 335-10-1-.07 and provided that he submits adequate proof that he has successfully completed 8 hours of additional training programs as approved by the Department.

Author: Joe Alan Power, Aubrey White

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-25-11, 22-25-13.

History: September 18, 1986. Amended: Filed May 25, 1994; effective July 1, 1994. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.10.1.10" level="3" title="Continuing Education Requirement For Renewal">

(1)All certified operators must demonstrate continuing education activities and file these activities along with the renewal application and nonrefundable fee for certification renewal. Training activities must be attended within the three year period prior to the expiration date except for carry over credit.

(2)Operators with one water certificate must demonstrate 24 continuing education hours (CEH) of actual training in the water field. Wastewater operators with one certificate must demonstrate 24 CEH training in the wastewater field. Training activities can only be counted once. Operators with more than one certificate must obtain 15 CEH of training in the proper field for each certificate for the renewal period. An operator can only hold one water and one wastewater certificate.

(3)A maximum of 10 CEH of training per certificate may be carried over into the next three year renewal period.

(4)Continuing education training shall include, but not be limited to:

(a)Association and/or Department sponsored short-courses, and seminars;

(b)Successfully completing or auditing college sponsored courses, and seminars;

(c)Approved correspondence and online courses;

(d)Management and supervision courses;

(e)In-house or regional courses taught by experienced certified operators or experienced instructors;

(f)Teaching or instructing as described in (a) through (e) above.

(g)All such activities as described in (a) through (f) above must be relevant to water and wastewater treatment, distribution and collection systems and may include safety and/or managerial content. Documentation of class attendance must be obtained from the instructor and retained until the next renewal period.

(5)The conversion to CEH units from other units is as follows:

1 College semester hour of credit ????????? 45 CEH

1 College quarter hour of credit ?????????? 30 CEH

1 College Audit hour ??????????????????? 1/3 of above

1 Continuing Education Unit (CEU) ????????? 10 CEH

1 Hour teaching or instructing ???????????? 2 CEH

1 Hour of acceptable training ????????????? 1 CEH

(6)Effective January 1, 2007, one half of the required CEH courses must be of a technical nature. Acceptable coursework would include topics directly related to the operation, maintenance, and regulation of water and wastewater systems. Excluded from eligibility would be management, computer, and administrative courses.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Aubrey White

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-25-11, 22-25-13.

History: September 18, 1986; Amended: Filed May 25, 1994; Effective: July 1, 1994. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.10.1.11" level="3" title="Certificate Expiration And Renewal">

(1)Certificates issued under Rule 335-10-1-.05, or 335-10-1-.06 shall remain in effect three years unless revoked or suspended by the Director as provided in Rule 335-10-1-.12.

(2)A complete application for certificate renewal must be received by the Department at least thirty days prior to the expiration date of the certificate sought to be renewed. Failure to submit an application for certificate renewal as provided in this paragraph may result in a lapse of an operator's certification and may make it unlawful for such operator to continue to operate a water treatment plant, water distribution system, wastewater treatment plant, or public wastewater collection system until a renewal certificate is issued.

(3)Operators who fail to submit a renewal application 30 calendar days prior to certificate expiration date may file a late application and pay a $90.00 late fee over and above the certification fee. All late applications must be received by the Department within 180 calendar days of the certificate expiration date. If renewed late, the new certificate will become effective on the date processed by the Department, with an expiration date of three years after the expiration date of the previous certificate. During the period of time between the expiration of the previous certificate, and the effective date of the new certificate, the operator may not practice as a certified operator.

(4)An application for certificate renewal shall be on a form prescribed by the Department. An application shall not be complete without payment of fees required by Rule 335-1-6-.06.

(5)The Director may deny an application for cause, including violations of this Chapter.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Aubrey White

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-25-11, 22-25-13.

History: September 18, 1986; Amended: Filed May 25, 1994; Effective: July 1, 1994. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.10.1.12" level="3" title="Revocation Of Certificate">

Following a hearing before the Director or his designated representative, the Director may revoke or suspend a certificate if it is found that the operator:

(a)Has practiced fraud or deception in obtaining the certificate or in the performance of his duties as an operator;

(b)Has not used reasonable care, judgment, or the application of his knowledge or ability in the performance of his duties;

(c)Is incompetent or unable to perform his duties as an operator;

(d)Has knowingly submitted incorrect or falsified operational data;

(e)Has consistently failed to submit operational data as required by the department; or

(f)Has violated the requirements of this Chapter.

Authors: Joe Alan Power, Aubrey White

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-25-11, 22-25-13.

History: September 18, 1986. Amended: Filed May 25, 1994; effective July 1, 1994. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed December 19, 2002; effective January 23, 2003. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.10.1.13" level="3" title="Violations">

The Department may initiate proceedings to enforce the requirements of Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-25-1 to 22-25-15, any rule in this chapter or any condition of any certification or provision of any order. Such proceedings may include:

(a)The issuance of a notice of violation;

(b)The issuance of an administrative order directing compliance;

(c)The issuance of an administrative order assessing a civil penalty of not less than $100.00 for each violation and each day of continued violation and not more than $25,000.00 for each violation and each day of continued violation.

(d)The commencement of a civil action to enjoin any threatened or continuing violation;

(e)The commencement of a civil action to assess a civil penalty of not less than $100.00 for each violation and each day of continued violation and not more than $25,000.00 for each violation and each day of continued violation.

(f)The commencement of a criminal action after written notice of the violation.

Author: Joe Alan Power, Aubrey White

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-25-11, 22-25-13.

History: September 18, 1986. Amended: Filed May 25, 1994; effective July 1, 1994. Amended: Filed May 2, 2000; effective June 6, 2000. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.10.1.14" level="3" title="Certification Required For Operation">

Wastewater treatment plants, water treatment plants, water distribution systems, and public wastewater collection systems classified in 335-10-1-.03 must be operated by an operator holding a valid certificate of the same grade or higher. Any person without a valid certificate can only work under the direct supervision of a properly certified operator, and may not work a shift as specified in 335-10-1-.04 unless a properly certified operator is present to supervise the work at all times.

Author: Aubrey White

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-25-11, 22-25-13.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.10.1.15" level="3" title="Process Control Decisions">

Process control decisions at wastewater treatment plants, water treatment plants, water distribution systems and public wastewater collection systems classified in 335-10-1-.03 must be made or supervised by a properly certified operator.

Author: Aubrey White

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-6, 22-22A-8, 22-25-11, 22-25-13.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-11" level="1" title="(Reserved)">

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-12" level="1" title="(Reserved)">

<regElement name="335.13.1.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

The purpose of this Division is to establish minimum criteria for use under the Act, as amended, primarily for the disposal of solid waste and the design, location and operation of landfill units.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-27-7.

History: Effective: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988: November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1296.

<regElement name="335.13.1.02" level="3" title="Statutory Authority">

The Department is authorized to promulgate these rules and regulations under and by virtue of authority granted in the Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-7, 22-22A-5 and 22-22A-8.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-8, 22-27-7.

History: Effective: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988.

<regElement name="335.13.1.03" level="3" title="Definitions"> <dwc name="microorgan" times="1"><dwc name="inorgan chemic" times="1"><dwc name="asbesto" times="2">

For the purpose of these rules and regulations, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Rule and as ascribed by law unless the context of the regulations indicate differently.

(1)Act - the "Solid Waste Disposal Act", Act No. 771 (Regular Session, 1969), as amended by Act No. 2247 (Regular Session, 1971) Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-1 etseq.

(2)Active Life - the period of operation beginning with the initial receipt of solid waste and ending at completion of closure activities in accordance with the applicable requirements of Rule 335-13-4-.20.

(3)Active Portion (or Active Footprint) - that part of a facility or unit that has received or is receiving wastes and that has not been closed in accordance with the applicable requirements of Rule 335-13-4-.20.

(4)Adjacent property owner - an owner whose property is adjacent to a proposed site.

(5)Agency - any controlling agency, public or private, elected, appointed or volunteer utilizing methods approved by the State Health Department, for the purpose of regulating the collection of solid wastes, and approved by the Department, for regulating the disposal of solid wastes. (Act 1969, No. 771, p. 1373, &#167;1.)

(6)Ambient - normal atmospheric conditions.

(7)Animal Carcasses - see Medical Waste.

(8)Annular Space of a Well - the space between the bore hole and the casing.

(9)Aquifer - a geologic formation, group of formations or part of a formation capable of yielding a significant amount of groundwater to wells, springs or waters of the State.

(10)Airport - public-use airport open to the public without prior permission and without restrictions within the physical capacities of available facilities.

(11)Areas Susceptible To Mass Movement - those areas of influence (i.e., areas characterized as having an active or substantial possibility of mass movement) where the movement of earth material at, beneath, or adjacent to the landfill unit, because of natural or man-induced events, results in the downslope transport of soil and rock material by means of gravitational influence. Areas of mass movement include, but are not limited to, landslides, avalanches, debris slides and flows, soil fluctuation, block sliding, and rock fall.

(12)Ashes - the solid residue from burning of wood, coal, coke or other combustible material used for heating or the burning or incineration of solid wastes. The terms "solid waste," "garbage," and "ash," as defined in this Chapter, do not include fly ash waste, bottom ash waste, boiler slag waste, or flue gas emission control waste which result primarily from the combustion of coal, untreated wood, or the ash resulting from the combustion of other fossil fuels at electric or steam generating plants.

(13)ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials. A technical society with headquarters located at 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 19103, which publishes national standards for the testing and quality assurance of materials.

(14)Beach - For this definition, refer to Division 8 of the ADEM Administrative Code.

(15)Biological Waste - see Medical Waste.

(16)Bird Hazard - an increase in the likelihood of bird/aircraft collisions that may cause damage to the aircraft or injury to its occupants.

(17)Bladeable - the physical condition of a sludge or similar waste. Physical conditions include, but are not limited to, the absence of free liquids and of a consistency that can be easily managed by heavy equipment normally utilized at a landfill unit.

(18)Bore Hole - a man-made hole in a geological formation which has been drilled, jetted, driven or made by other similar techniques.

(19)Cell - a volume of compacted solid waste that is covered by means of compacted earth or some other approved alternative cover usually on a daily or weekly basis in a landfill unit.

(20)Certification - a statement of professional opinion based upon knowledge and belief.

(21)CFR - Code of Federal Regulations.

(22)Chemotherapy Waste - see Medical Waste.

(23)Closure - the process by which a landfill unit permanently ceases to accept waste, to include those actions taken by the permittee or owner of the facility to prepare the site for post-closure monitoring and maintenance or to make it suitable for other uses.

(24)Coastal Area - For this definition, refer to Division 8 of the ADEM Administrative Code.

(25)Coastal Waters - those waters adjacent to the shoreline, which contain a measurable quantity or percentage of seawater, including but not limited to, sounds, bays, lagoons, bayous, ponds and estuaries.

(26)Commercial Medical Waste Treatment Facility - a facility, other than an incinerator, used to treat more than 220 pounds of medical waste per month.

(27)Commercial Solid Waste - all types of solid waste generated by stores, offices, restaurants, warehouses, and other nonmanufacturing activities, excluding residential and industrial wastes.

(28)Composite Liner - a system consisting of two components; the upper component must consist of a minimum 40 mil flexible membrane liner (FML), and the lower component must consist of at least a two-foot layer of compacted soil with a hydraulic conductivity of no more than 1 x 10-7 cm/sec. FML components consisting of High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) shall be at least 60 mil thick. The FML component must be installed in direct and uniform contact with the compacted soil component.

(29)Composting or Compost Plant - an officially controlled method or operation whereby putrescible solid wastes are broken down through microbic action to a material offering no hazard or nuisance factors to public health or well-being.

(30)Construction/Demolition Inert Landfill Unit (C/DLF) - a discrete area of land or an excavation that receives construction/demolition waste, and/or rubbish and/or water treatment (alum) sludge, foundry waste meeting Rule 335-13-4-.26(3), and that is not a land application unit, surface impoundment, or injection well as those terms are defined in this Rule.

(31)Construction/Demolition Waste - waste building materials, packaging, and rubble resulting from construction, remodeling, repair, or demolition operations on, houses, commercial buildings, and other structures. Such waste include, but are not limited to, masonry materials, sheet rock, roofing waste, insulation (not including asbestos) scrap metal, and wood products. Uncontaminated concrete, soil, brick, old or weathered waste asphalt paving, ash resulting from the combustion of untreated wood, rock, and similar materials are excluded from this definition.

(32)Container - any portable device in which a material is stored, transported, treated, disposed of or otherwise handled. The term container, when describing the packaging requirements, does not include items that are classified as medical waste.

(33)Contingency Plan - a document setting out an organized, planned and coordinated course of action to be followed in case of a fire, explosion or release of solid waste or medical waste which could threaten human health or the environment.

(34)Decontamination - a process of reducing or eliminating the presence of harmful substances, such as infectious agents, so as to reduce the likelihood of disease transmission from those substances.

(35)Department - the Alabama Department of Environmental Management as established by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-4.

(36)Destruction or Adverse Modification - a direct or indirect alteration of critical habitat which appreciably diminishes the likelihood of the survival and recovery of threatened or endangered species using that habitat.

(37)Director - the Director of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, appointed pursuant to Code of Ala.1975, &#167;22-22A-4, or his designee.

(38)Discarded Material - material thrown away, abandoned, disposed of, or otherwise given up without intent to reuse or reclaim.

(39)Disease Vector - an organism that is capable of transmitting a disease from one host to another.

(40)Displacement - the relative movement of any two sides of a fault measured in any direction.

(41)Disposal - the discharge, deposit, injection, dumping, spilling, leaking or placing of any solid waste into or on any land or water so that such waste or any constituent thereof may enter the environment or be emitted into the air or discharged into any waters.

(42)Drill Cuttings - solid materials generated by subsurface drilling operations.

(43)Drilling Fluids - any fluid used in drilling operations that is sent down the well bore, including drilling muds and any specialty products, from the time a well is begun until final cessation of drilling in that well.

(44)Dune - (see definition of primary dune system)

(45)Endangered or Threatened Species - any species listed as such pursuant to Section 4 of the Endangered Species Act.

(46)Engineer - a person currently registered as a professional engineer with the State of Alabama Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors.

(47)Explosive Gas - a gas that is explosive under ordinary conditions as used herein generally refers to methane (CH4).

(48)Facility - all contiguous land, structures and other appurtenances thereto used for the processing, treatment or disposal of solid waste, including waste disposal areas and waste disposed therein.

(49)Facility Structures - any buildings and sheds or utility or drainage lines on the facility.

(50)Fault - a fracture or a zone of fractures in any material along which strata on one side have been displaced with respect to that on the other side.

(51)Floodplain - the lowland and relatively flat areas adjoining inland and coastal waters, including floodprone areas of offshore islands, which are inundated by the 100-year flood.

(52)Foundry Waste - Waste, including but not limited to, slag, sand, baghouse dust, etc. generated from foundry smelting and metal casting processes.

(53)Free Liquids - liquids which readily separate from the solid portion of a waste under ambient temperature and pressure as determined by the Paint Filter Test referenced in USEPA Publication SW-846, Method 9095.

(54)Garbage - putrescible animal and vegetable waste resulting from the handling, preparation, cooking and consumption of food, including, but not limited to, waste from markets, storage facilities, handling and sale of produce and other food products and excepting such materials that may be serviced by garbage grinders and handled as household sewage.

(55)Gas Condensate - the liquid generated as a result of the gas collection and recovery process at the landfill unit.

(56)Generator - any person who utilizes any process which results in the production of solid waste.

(57)Groundwater - water below the land surface in the zone of saturation.

(58)Hazardous Waste - defined in the same manner as that term is defined in the Alabama Hazardous Wastes Management and Minimization Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-3(5) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. See definition of regulated hazardous waste.

(59)Holocene - the most recent epoch of the Quaternary period, extending from the end of the Pleistocene Epoch to the present.

(60)Household Waste - any solid waste including garbage and trash derived from households including, but not limited to, single and multiple residences, hotels and motels, bunkhouses, ranger stations, crew quarters, parks, campgrounds, picnic grounds, and day-use recreation areas.

(61)Incinerator or Combustion Unit - any equipment,

device, or contrivance and all appurtenances thereof used for the destruction by burning of solid, semi-solid, liquid, or gaseous combustible waste.

(62)Industrial Landfill (ILF) Unit - a discrete area of land or an excavation that receives industrial solid waste and may in addition receive construction/demolition waste and/or rubbish and that is not a land application unit, surface impoundment, injection well, or waste pile, as those terms are defined in this Rule.

(63)Industrial Solid Waste - solid waste generated by manufacturing or industrial processes that is not a hazardous waste regulated under Subtitle C of RCRA. Such waste may include, but is not limited to, waste resulting from the following manufacturing processes: Electric power generation; fertilizer/agricultural chemicals; food and related products/ by-products; inorganic chemicals; iron and steel manufacturing; leather and leather products; nonferrous metals manufacturing/foundries; organic chemicals; plastics and resins manufacturing; pulp and paper industry; rubber and miscellaneous plastic products; stone, glass, clay, and concrete products; textile manufacturing; transportation equipment; and water treatment. This term does not include fly ash waste, bottom ash waste, boiler slag waste, or flue gas emission control waste which result primarily from the combustion of coal or other fossil fuels at electric or steam generating plants. Additionally, this term does not include mining waste or oil and gas wastes, or conditionally exempt small quantity generator waste as defined in Rule 335-14-2-.01(5). Uncontaminated concrete, soil, brick, rock, old or weathered waste asphalt paving, ash resulting from the combustion of untreated wood, and similar materials are excluded from this definition.

(64)Infectious Agent - any organism (such as a virus or a bacterium) that is capable of causing disease or adverse health impacts in humans by invasion and multiplication in body tissues, fluids or secretions.

(65)Infectious Waste - see Medical Waste.

(66)Injection Well - a bored, drilled, or driven shaft or dug hole which is used for the injection of pollutants.

(67)Isolation Waste - see Medical Waste.

(68)International Biological Hazard Symbol - A symbol used to identify Infectious or Medical Waste as depicted in Chapter 7 - Appendix I.

(69)Karst Terrains - areas where karst topography, with its characteristic surface and subterranean features, is developed as the result of dissolution of limestone, dolomite, or other soluble rock. Characteristic physiographic features present in karst terrains include, but are not limited to, sinkholes, sinking streams, caves, large springs, and blind valleys.

(70)Laboratory Waste - see Medical Waste.

(71)Land Application Unit - an area where wastes are applied onto or incorporated into the soil surface (excluding manure spreading operations) for agricultural purposes or for treatment and disposal.

(72)Landfill (LF) - an area of land or an excavation in which wastes are placed for disposal, and that is not a land application unit, surface impoundment, injection well, or waste pile, as those terms are defined in this Rule.

(73)Landfill (LF) Unit - this term shall include MSWLF, C/DLF, ILF units.

(74)Land Surveyor - a person currently registered as a land surveyor with the State of Alabama Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors.

(75)Lateral Expansion - a horizontal expansion of the waste boundaries of an existing LF unit.

(76)Leachate - any liquid, including any soluble, suspended or miscible components in the liquid, that has percolated through or emerged from solid waste other than construction/demolition waste and or rubbish.

(77)Leachate Recirculation - the recycling or reintroduction of leachate into or on a landfill unit constructed with liners and leachate collection systems.

(78)Lift - the compacted vertical thickness of a horizontal series of cells which have been accumulated and covered with earth or some other approved alternative cover. The cover may be either daily, weekly, intermediate, or final as required.

(79)Liquid Waste - any waste material that is determined to contain "free liquids" as defined by Method 9095 (Paint Filter Liquids Test), as described in "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Wastes, Physical/Chemical Methods" (EPA Pub. No. SW-846), and is not considered bladeable.

(80)Lithified Earth Material - all rock, including all naturally occurring and naturally formed aggregates or masses of minerals or small particles of older rock that formed by crystallization of magma or by induration of loose sediments. This term does not include man-made materials, such as fill, concrete, and asphalt, or unconsolidated earth materials, soil, or regolith lying at or near the earth surface.

(81)Lower Explosive Limit - the lowest percent by volume of a mixture of explosive gases which will propagate a flame in air at 25&#176;C and atmospheric pressure. For Methane (CH4) the LEL is considered to be 5 percent.

(82)Maximum Horizontal Acceleration in Lithified Earth Material - the maximum expected horizontal acceleration depicted on a seismic hazard map, with a 90 percent or greater probability that the acceleration will not be exceeded in 250 years, or the maximum expected horizontal acceleration based on a site-specific seismic risk assessment.

(83)Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL) - maximum permissible levels of contaminants allowed in the saturated zone unless occurring naturally or found to already exist during background sampling.

(84)Medical Waste - medical waste shall mean the following:

(a)Animal Waste - carcasses and body parts of animals exposed to human infectious agents as a result of the animal being used for the production and/or testing of biologicals and pharmaceuticals or in research. Bulk blood, blood components and potentially infectious body fluids from these animals shall be handled as specified in (b) for human blood and body fluids. All materials discarded from surgical procedures involving these animals which are grossly contaminated with bulk blood, blood components, or body fluids shall be treated as specified in (g) surgical waste.

(b)Blood and Body Fluids - all human bulk blood, bulk blood components (serum and plasma, for example), and bulk laboratory specimens of blood, tissue, semen, vaginal secretions, cerebrospinal fluid, synovial fluid, pleural fluid, peritoneal fluid, pericardial fluid, and amniotic fluid. Precautions do not apply to feces, nasal secretions, sputum, sweat, tears, urine or vomitus unless they contain visible blood. Free-flowing material or items saturated to the point of dripping liquids containing visible blood or blood components would be treated/handled as bulk blood and bulk blood components.

(c)Microbiological Waste - discarded cultures and stocks of human infectious agents and associated microbiologicals; human and animal cell cultures from medical and pathological laboratories; cultures and stocks of infectious agents from research and industrial laboratories; waste from the production of biologicals; discarded live and attenuated vaccines; culture dishes and devices used to transfer, inoculate and mix cultures. Only those animal vaccines which are potentially infectious to humans (Strain 19 Brucellosis Vaccine, Feline Pneumonitis Vaccine, contagious Eczema Vaccine for Sheep, Newcastle Disease Vaccine, Anthrax Spore Vaccine, and Venezuelan Equine Encephalitis Vaccine) shall be considered microbiological waste.

(d)Pathological Waste - all discarded human tissues, organs, and body parts which are removed during surgery, obstetrical procedures, autopsy, laboratory, embalming, or other medical procedures, or traumatic amputation. Extracted teeth are not included in this definition.

(e)Renal Dialysis Waste - all liquid waste from renal dialysis contaminated with peritoneal fluid or with human blood visible to the human eye. Solid renal dialysis waste is considered medical waste if it is saturated, having the potential to drip or splash regulated blood or body fluids contained in (b) above.

(f)Sharps - any used or unused discarded article that may cause punctures or cuts and which has been or is intended for use in animal or human medical care, medical research, or in laboratories utilizing microorganisms. Such waste includes, but is not limited to, hypodermic needles, IV tubing with needles attached, scalpel blades, and syringes (with or without a needle attached). Items listed above that have been removed from their original sterile containers are included in this definition. Glassware, blood vials, pipettes, and similar items are to be handled as sharps if they are contaminated with blood or body fluids.

(g)Surgical Waste - all materials discarded from surgical procedures which are contaminated with human bulk blood, blood components, or body fluids, including but not limited to, disposable gowns, dressings, sponges, lavage tubes, drainage sets, underpads, and surgical gloves. Discarded surgical material is considered medical waste if it is saturated, having the potential to drip or splash regulated blood or body fluids contained in (b) above. Extracted teeth are not included in this definition.

(85)Medical Waste Facility - all contiguous land and structures, other appurtenances, and improvements on the land used for treating, destroying, or storing of medical waste. A facility may consist of several treatment, destruction, or storage units.

(86)Medical Waste Generator - a medical facility or person who produces or generates medical waste. The term includes, but is not limited to, hospitals, nursing or convalescent facilities, intermediate care facilities, clinics, dialysis clinics, blood banks, dental offices, surgical clinics, medical buildings, health maintenance organizations, home health agencies, physicians offices, laboratories, emergency medical services, veterinary clinics, research and manufacturing facilities, and funeral homes. In the case where more than one person (e.g., doctors with separate medical practices) is located in the same building, each individual business entity is a separate generator. In no case shall a person be classified as a medical waste generator if those wastes are generated from a single-family residential dwelling by someone other than a health care professional.

(87)Medical Waste Storage - the containment of medical waste at the generating facility or some alternative place for a temporary or extended period of time at the end of which the waste is treated or stored elsewhere. Placing waste in a container at the point of generation such as a patient's room, operating room, or laboratory would not be considered as storage.

(88)Medical Waste Storage Facility - a facility or part thereof at which medical waste is placed in storage. The storage facility includes loading docks and parking areas where shipments of medical waste are held during the normal course of transportation.

(89)Medical Waste Transportation - the movement of medical waste after leaving the generator's building to any intermediate transfer points, and finally to the landfill unit. The mode of transport may be by air, highway, rail, or water.

(90)Medical Waste Transporter - a person engaged in the off-site transportation of medical waste. A medical waste generator who generates less than 220 pounds (100 kilograms) of medical waste per month and transports his/her own waste is exempt from the transporter requirements.

(91)Medical Waste Transport Vehicle - a motor vehicle, barge, airplane or rail car used for the transportation of medical waste by any mode. Each cargo-carrying body (trailer, railroad car, etc.) is a separate transport vehicle. A vehicle used to transport less than 220 pounds of medical waste per month is exempt.

(92)Medical Waste Treatment - any process, including incineration or steam sterilization, which changes the character or composition of medical waste in order for decontamination to take place. Additional treatment measures may include melting, shredding, grinding, tearing, or breaking, so that it is no longer generally recognizable as medical waste.

(93)Medical Waste Treatment Facility - a location at which medical waste is subjected to treatment.

(94)Municipal Solid Waste Landfill (MSWLF) Unit - a discrete area of land or an excavation that receives household waste, and that is not a land application unit, surface impoundment, injection well, or waste pile, as those terms are defined in this Rule. A MSWLF unit also may receive other types of solid wastes, such as commercial solid waste, nonhazardous sludge, conditionally exempt small quantity generator waste, industrial solid waste, construction/demolition waste and/or rubbish. Such a landfill may be publicly or privately owned. A MSWLF unit may be a new MSWLF unit, an existing MSWLF unit or a lateral expansion. A municipal solid waste landfill unit is a sanitary landfill.

(95)Off-site not a part of what is defined as on-site.

(96)On-site - the same or geographically contiguous property which may be divided by public or private right-of-way. Non-contiguous properties owned by the same person connected by a right-of-way which he controls and to which the public does not have access, is also considered on-site property.

(97)100-year flood - a flood that has a one percent or greater chance of recurring in any given year or a flood of a magnitude equalled or exceeded once in 100 years on the average over a significantly long period.

(98)Open Burning - the combustion of any material without the following characteristics:

(a)Control of combustion air to maintain adequate temperature for efficient combustion.

(b)Containment of the combustion-reaction is an enclosed device to provide sufficient residence time and mixing for complete combustion, and

(c)Control of emission of the gaseous combustion products.

(99)Open Dump - any officially recognized place, land or building which serves as a final depository for solid wastes, whether or not burned or buried, which does not meet the minimum requirements for a landfill unit except approved incinerators, compost plants and salvage yards.

(100)Operating Record - a collection of documents relating to the permitting or operation of any landfill unit as listed in 335-13-4-.29.

(101)Operator - the person(s) responsible for the overall operation of a facility or part of a facility.

(102)Owner - the person(s) who owns a facility or part of a facility.

(103)Partial Closure - the closure of a discrete part of a facility in accordance with the applicable closure requirements of Rule 335-13-4-.20. For example, partial closure may include the closure of a trench, a unit operation, a landfill cell or a pit, while other parts of the same facility continue in operation or will be placed in operation in the future.

(104)Pathological Waste - see Medical Waste.

(105)Permit - written authorization granted to a person by the Department to operate a solid waste management facility for the disposal of solid waste.

(106)Permittee - any person possessing a valid permit issued by the Department to dispose of solid waste or possess a permit to manage medical waste. This person is responsible for the overall operation of a solid waste facility or a medical waste facility.

(107)Person - any individual, trust, firm, joint stock company, corporation (including a government corporation), partnership, agent, agency, association, State, municipality, commission, political subdivision of a state, any interstate body, or any other private or public legal entity.

(108)Personnel - all persons who work at or supervise the operations of a waste facility, and whose actions or inactions are responsible for compliance with the requirements of this Division.

(109)Petroleum Contaminated Waste (PCW) - any material, including but not limited to soil, debris, absorbent pads/booms, oil dry, etc., that has been exposed to petroleum products in such a manner that the petroleum product can be detected by a total petroleum hydrocarbon (TPH) analysis using Standard Method 503 D &amp; E, EPA methods 9071 or 418.1 Infra Red, and that analysis exceeds 100 ppm TPH.

(110)Poor Foundation Conditions - those areas where features exist which indicate that a natural or man-induced event may result in inadequate foundation support for the structural components of a landfill unit.

(111)Post Closure - the activities, including monitoring and maintenance at the site following closure if solid waste will remain at the site after closure.

(112)Practice - any operating method, technique or procedure for the management of solid waste.

(113)Primary Dune System - For this definition, refer to Division 8 of the ADEM Administrative Code.

(114)Proposed site - total acreage as identified by the legal survey included in the application submitted to the Department.

(115)Qualified Groundwater Scientist - a scientist or engineer who has received a baccalaureate or post-graduate degree in the natural sciences or engineering and has sufficient training and experience in groundwater hydrology and related fields as may be demonstrated by state registration, professional certifications, or completion of accredited university programs that enable that individual to make sound professional judgments regarding groundwater monitoring, contaminant fate and transport, and corrective-action.

(116)Recycling - any process by which solid waste, or materials which would otherwise become solid waste, are collected, separated, or processed and reused or returned to use in the form of raw materials or products.

(117)Regulated Hazardous Waste - a solid waste that is a hazardous waste, as defined in 335-14-2-.01(3), that is not excluded from regulation as a hazardous waste under 335-14-2-.01(4)(b).

(118)Relevant Point of Compliance - that point within the first saturated zone at which groundwater quality must be in compliance with water quality standards set forth by Rule 335-13-4-.27. Groundwater monitoring wells are to be located in order to yield samples that are representative of the quality of groundwater passing the relative point of compliance.

(119)Representative Sample - a sample of a universe or whole (e.g., waste pile, groundwater) which can be expected to exhibit the average properties of the universe or whole.

(120)Rubbish - nonputrescible solid wastes, excluding ashes, consisting of both combustible and noncombustible wastes. Combustible rubbish includes paper, rags, cartons, wood, furniture, rubber, plastics, and similar materials. Noncombustible rubbish includes glass, crockery, metal cans, metal furniture and like materials which will not burn at ordinary incinerator temperatures, not less than 1600 degree F. Uncontaminated concrete, soil, brick, waste asphalt paving, ash resulting from the combustion of untreated wood, rock, yard trimmings, leaves, stumps, limbs and similar materials are excluded from this definition.

(121)Run-off - any rainwater, leachate, or other liquid that drains over land from any part of a facility.

(122)Run-on - any rainwater, leachate, or other liquid that drains over land onto any part of a facility.

(123)Salvaging - the controlled removal for reuse of material from a solid waste landfill unit.

(124)Sanitary Landfill - a controlled area of land upon which solid waste is deposited and is compacted and covered with compacted earth each day as deposited, with no on-site burning of wastes, and so located, contoured and drained that it will not constitute a source of water pollution as determined by the Water Division of this Department. See definition of Municipal Solid Waste Landfill Unit.

(125)Sanitary Sewer - any device or system used in the treatment of municipal sewage or industrial waste of a liquid nature. This includes sewers, pipes or other conveyances only if they convey wastewater to a facility providing treatment.

(126)Saturated Zone - that part of the earth's crust in which all voids are filled with water.

(127)Scavenging - the unauthorized removal of solid waste, from a landfill unit permitted under these regulations.

(128)Seismic Impact Zone - an area with a ten percent or greater probability that the maximum horizontal acceleration in lithified earth material, expressed as a percentage of the earth's gravitational pull (g), will exceed 0.10 g in 250 years.

(129)Service Area - the geographical area serviced by a solid waste facility from which solid waste is generated and collected, including any interim points, (i.e., transfer stations) at which the solid waste is repacked or reloaded onto vehicles or other methods of transport for delivery to that facility.

(130)Sharps - see Medical Waste.

(131)Sludge - any nonhazardous, solid, semi-solid, or liquid waste generated from a municipal, commercial, or industrial wastewater treatment plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility exclusive of the treated effluent from a wastewater treatment plant.

(132)Solid Waste - any garbage, or rubbish, construction/demolition debris, ash, sludge from a wastewater treatment facility, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility, and other discarded material, including solid, liquid, semi-solid, or contained gaseous material resulting from industrial, commercial, mining, and agricultural operations and from community activities or materials intended for or capable of recycling, but which have not been diverted or removed from the solid waste stream. The term "solid waste" does not include recovered material, solid or dissolved materials in domestic sewage, solid or dissolved materials in irrigation return flows, or industrial discharges which are point sources subject to National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permits under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1342), as amended, or source, special nuclear, or by-product material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (68 Stat. 923). Also excluded from this definition are wastes from silvicultural operations, land application of crop residues, animal manure and ash resulting exclusively from the combustion of fossil fuels or wood during normal agricultural operations or mining refuse as defined and regulated pursuant to the Alabama Mining Act.

(133)Solid Waste Boundary - the outermost perimeter of the solid waste, projected in the horizontal plane, as it would exist at completion of the disposal activity.

(134)Special Waste - those waste requiring specific processing, handling or disposal techniques as determined necessary by the Department which are different from the techniques normally utilized for handling or disposal. Examples of such waste types may include, but are not limited to: mining waste; fly ash; bottom ash; sludges; friable asbestos; industrial waste; liquid waste; large dead animals or large quantities of dead animals and residue, medical waste, foundry sand, debris, petroleum contaminated wastes, municipal solid waste ash, or contaminated soil and water from the cleanup of a spill.

(135)Spill - the unplanned, accidental or unpermitted discharge, deposit, injection, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, dumping, placing or releasing of solid or medical waste, or materials which when spilled become solid or medical waste, into or on the land, the air or the water.

(136)State - the State of Alabama.

(137)State Health Department - the Alabama Department of Public Health as defined by &#167;22-2-1, Code of Ala. 1975.

(138)State Health Officer - the Health Officer for the State of Alabama as set out in &#167;22-2-8, Code of Ala. 1975, or his designee provided by law.

(139)Structural Components - liners, leachate collection systems, final covers, run-on/run-off systems, and any other component used in the construction and operation of the landfill unit that is necessary for protection of human health and the environment.

(140)Surface Impoundment or Impoundment - a facility or part of a facility that is a natural topographic depression, human-made excavation, or diked area formed primarily of earthen materials (although it may be lined with human-made materials), that is designed to hold an accumulation of liquid wastes or wastes containing free liquids and that is not an injection well. Examples of surface impoundments are holding storage, settling, and aeration pits, ponds and lagoons.

(141)Surgical Waste - see Medical Waste.

(142)Taking - harassing, harming, pursuing, hunting,

wounding, killing, trapping, capturing or collecting or attempting to engage in such conduct.

(143)Twenty-Four Hour, Twenty-Five Storm (24 hour, 25 year Storm) - the maximum 24 hour precipitation event with a probable reoccurrence interval of once in twenty-five years as defined by the National Weather Service and Technical Paper No. 40, "Rainfall Frequency Atlas of the U.S.", May 1961, and subsequent amendments or equivalent regional or rainfall probability information developed therefrom.

(144)Unauthorized Dump - any collection of solid wastes either dumped or caused to be dumped or placed on any property either public or private, whether or not regularly used, and not under the control and supervision of any person or agency. An abandoned automobile, large appliance or similar large item of solid waste shall be considered as forming an unauthorized dump within the meaning of this Division, but not the careless littering of smaller individual items as tires, bottles, cans and the like. An unauthorized dump shall also mean any solid waste disposal site which does not meet the regulatory provisions of this Division.

(145)Unstable Area - a location that is susceptible to natural or human-induced events or forces capable of impairing the integrity of some or all of the landfill structural components responsible for preventing releases from a landfill. Unstable areas can include poor foundation conditions, areas susceptible to mass movements, and karst terrains.

(146)Uppermost Aquifer - the geologic formation nearest the natural ground surface that is an aquifer, as well as lower aquifers that are hydraulically interconnected with this aquifer within the facility's property boundary.

(147)Washout - the carrying away of solid waste or earth cover by waters of the base flood.

(148)Waste Management Unit Boundary - a vertical surface located at the hydraulically downgradient limit of the unit. This vertical surface extends down into the uppermost aquifer.

(149)Waste Pile or Pile - any noncontainerized accumulation of solid, non-flowing waste that is used for treatment or storage.

(150)Waters of the State (Waters) - all waters of any river, stream, watercourse, pond, lake, coastal, ground or surface water, wholly or partially within the State, natural or artificial. This does not include waters which are entirely confined and retained completely upon the property of a single individual, partnership or corporation unless such waters are used in interstate commerce.

(151)Wetlands - those areas as defined by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers regulations.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-2, 22-27-7.

History: Effective: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988; October 2, 1990. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.1.04" level="3" title="Limitations">

Nothing in these rules and regulations shall be construed to limit the authority of municipal and county governments, solid waste authorities, Local Health Officer or State Health Department from adopting more stringent solid waste management requirements than those set forth in this Division.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-27-4, 22-27-5, 22-27-6, 22-27-7.

History: Effective: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988; October 2, 1990.

<regElement name="335.13.1.05" level="3" title="Communications">

All official communications, reports, and correspondence concerning this Division shall be addressed to the ADEM, Land Division, 1751 Congressman W. L. Dickinson Drive, Montgomery, Alabma 36109-2608 or P.O. Box 301463, Montgomery, Alabama 36130-1463.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-27-7.

History: New Rule: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.1.06" level="3" title="Penalty For Violations">

No person shall violate any of the provisions of these rules and regulations. Violation of these rules and regulations shall be deemed to be a violation of the Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-27-7, and shall be punishable as provided therein or by other applicable penalties which may be more stringent.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-27-7.

History: New Rule: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.1.07" level="3" title="Appeals">

Any person aggrieved by any ruling of the Department has the right of appeal in accordance with procedures promulgated by the Department.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-7.

History: New Rule: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.1.08" level="3" title="Severability">

The Chapters, Rules, paragraphs and provisions of this Division are severable. Should any portion thereof be ruled unconstitutional or unenforceable by any court, the said ruling shall not affect any other provisions of this Division not ruled upon.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-8, 22-27-6.

History: New Rule: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.1.09" level="3" title="Repealer">

All rules and regulations promulgated and adopted by the Department which are in conflict with this Divison or any provision thereof are hereby expressly repealed. This Division is intended to be comprehensive and include all the regulations of the Department dealing with solid waste management as enforced by the Solid Waste Branch of the Land Division.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-27-7.

History: New Rule: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.1.10" level="3" title="Effective Date">

This Division shall be in full force and effective on July 26, 1996.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-22A-8, 22-27-7.

History: New Rule: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.1.11" level="3" title="General">

All solid waste shall be disposed of in a manner consistent with the requirements of this Division.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-27-7.

History: Effective: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988; October 2, 1990. Amended: September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993.

335-13-1-.12[Reserved]

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-27-2, 22-27-7.

History: Effective: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988; October 2, 1990. Repealed: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993.

<regElement name="335.13.1.13" level="3" title="Open Or Unauthorized Dump">

(1)Prohibition.

(a)Open or unauthorized dumps are prohibited by this Division.

(b)Municipal solid waste landfill units failing to satisfy the Division 13 regulations constitute open dumps, which are probibited, and must be closed in accordance with Rule 335-13-4-.20.

(2)Closure. An agency or person discontinuing the use of an open or unauthorized dump, whether on his own initiative or at the direction of the Department or the State Health Department, shall take the following actions as determined to be necessary by the Department or State Health Department following the Department's criteria:

(a)Barricade and secure entrance.

(b)Implement effective rodent or vector controls, including baiting for at least two weeks after closing, to prevent rodent migration to adjacent properties and spraying of containers to control mosquitoes, or other measures as determined necessary by the Department or State Health Department.

(c)Compact and cover existing solid waste. Final cover for the entire area shall be two feet or more of compacted earth or as otherwise determined by the Department or State Health Department. Earth cover shall be of a quality to be easily managed and with sufficient clay content to provide an adequate seal on the waste. The uppermost 6" of cover shall support an adequate stand of vegetation.

(d)The establishment of a vegetative or some other appropriate cover to minimize erosion and, when applicable, maximize evapotranspiration shall be established. Within 30 days after completion of final grading, the owner or operator of the dump shall prepare the final cover for the establishment of a vegetative or alternative cover. For the establishment of a vegetative cover, such preparation shall include, but not be limited to:

1.Placement of appropriate species of grass seed,

fertilizer and mulch; and

2.Watering and maintenance necessary such that

germination can reasonably be anticipated.

(e)Implement and maintain erosion control measures

by grading and re-establishing vegetative cover as needed or determined necessary.

(f)Post signs indicating the dump site closure and location of the nearest approved disposal site when deemed necessary by the Department.

(g)Based on site geology, hydrology or waste types, remove the solid waste from the site and placed in an approved landfill unit in accordance with a clean-up, site restoration and monitoring plan, as approved by the Department or State Health Department. The Department or State Health Department may also require monitoring of the site for unpermitted discharges to waters of the state as defined by the Alabama Water Pollution Control Act and other sources as may be necessary to protect public health and the environment.

(h)When closure requirements are achieved as determined by the Department or State Health Department, the landowner shall record a notation onto the land deed, when deemed necessary by the Department or State Health Department. When determining if the land owner shall record a notation onto the land deed, the Department or State Health Department shall consider open dump size and types of wastes disposed. The land deed notation shall contain the property utilized for disposal, and/or some other legal instrument that is normally examined during a title search, that will, in perpetuity, notify any potential purchaser of the property that:

(1)the land has been used as a solid waste disposal area, not permitted by the Department.

(2)the unauthorized dump on the land has been closed in accordance with Department regulations; and

(3)the landowner shall submit a certified copy of the recording instrument to the Department or State Health Department within 90 days.

(i)If all solid wastes are removed from the site according to subparagraph (g) of this Rule, the land deed notation in subparagraph (h) of this Rule will not be required.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-4, 22-27-7.

History: Effective: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988; October 2, 1990. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-13-2" level="2" title="COLLECTION AND TRANSPORTATION">

<regElement name="335.13.2.01" level="3" title="Collection And Transportation">

Pursuant to the provisions of Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-4(i), regulations addressing the collection and transportation of solid waste remain within the function of the State Health Department pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, and 22-22A-8.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4, 22-22A-5, 22-27-7.

History: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988; October 2, 1990. Amended: June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-13-3" level="2" title="(RESERVED)">

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-13-4" level="2" title="PERMIT REQUIREMENTS">

<regElement name="335.13.4.01" level="3" title="Landfill Unit Siting Standards">

New or existing landfill units shall comply with the following standards in order to prevent adverse effects on health or the environment. As part of the application, the owner/operator must submit documentation addressing to the satisfaction of the Department the following siting standards.

(1)Location Standards.

(a)A facility located in a floodplain shall not restrict the flow of the 100-year flood, reduce the temporary water storage capacity of the floodplain, or result in washout of solid waste, so as to pose a hazard to human health and the environment.

(b)A facility shall be located in consideration of the following:

1.A facility shall not jeopardize the continued existence of endangered or threatened species protected under the Endangered Species Act of 1973.

2.The facility shall not result in the destruction or adverse modification of critical habitats protected under the Endangered Species Act of 1973.

(c)A MSWLF unit shall not be sited within 10,000 feet of any airport runway end. Owners or operators proposing to renew existing or site new MSWLF units located within a five-mile radius of any airport runway must notify the affected airport and the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA).

(d)Zones of active faults, seismic impact zones and unstable areas shall be avoided in locating facilities and practices unless a site specific evaluation as described below, demonstrates minimum potential for adverse effects upon waters of the State.

1.Site specific evaluations for geology and hydrology shall comply with 335-13-4-.11 through 335-13-4-.14.

2.Site specific evaluation shall include minimum design parameters necessary to protect the waters of the State and human health to include minimum requirements of 335-13-4-.15 through 335-13-4-.24.

3.Landfill Units shall not be located within 200 feet of a fault that has had displacement within the Holocene epoch unless the owner or operator demonstrates to the Department that an alternative setback distance of less than 200 feet will not result in damage to the structural integrity of the facility and will be protective of human health and the environment.

4.Landfill units shall not be located in seismic impact zones, unless the owner or operator demonstrates to the Department that all containment structures, including liners, leachate collection systems, and surface water control systems, are designed to resist the maximum horizontal acceleration in lithified earth material for the site.

5.Landfill units shall not be located in an unstable area unless engineering measures have been incorporated in the design of the facility to ensure that the integrity of the structural components of the facility will not be disrupted. The following factors, at a minimum, must be considered when determining whether an area is unstable:

(i)On-site or local soil and subsurface conditions that may result in significant differential settling;

(ii)On-site or local geologic or geomorphologic features; and

(iii)On-site or local human-made features or events (both surface and subsurface).

(e)Landfill units shall not be located on a site that is archaeologically or historically sensitive as determined by the Alabama Historical Commission. Written certification must be provided from the State Historic Preservation Officer.

(2)Water Quality Standards. A facility shall be located so as to not adversely impact water quality by complying with the following:

(a)A facility shall not cause a discharge of pollutants into waters of the State, including wetlands, that is in violation of the requirements of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), Alabama Water Pollution Control Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14 and/or section 404 of the Clean Water Act, as amended.

(b)A facility shall not cause non-point source pollution of waters of the State, including wetlands, that violates any requirements of an area wide and Statewide water quality management plan that has been approved under the Alabama Water Pollution Control Act.

(c)Landfill units including buffer zones shall not be permissible in wetlands, beaches or dunes.

(d)Landfill units shall not be permissible in any location where the disposal of solid waste would significantly degrade wetlands, beaches or dunes.

(e)Landfill units shall be located outside the boundaries of the coastal area, unless no other reasonable alternative is available. If a site within the coastal area is proposed for development as a landfill unit, it shall be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Department that siting, design, construction, and operation will ensure that present levels of coastal plants and animals will be maintained.

(3)Other Requirements. Solid Waste Disposal Facilities must comply with any other applicable State or Federal rules, laws, regulations or other requirements.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-7.

History: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988; Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

335-13-4-.02[Reserved]

335-13-4-.03[Reserved]

335-13-4-.04[Reserved)

335-13-4-.05[Reserved]

335-13-4-.06[Reserved)

335-13-4-.07[Reserved]

335-13-4-.08[Reserved]

335-13-4-.09[Reserved]

335-13-4-.10[Reserved)

<regElement name="335.13.4.11" level="3" title="General Design Standards For Disposal Facilities">

(1)General Standards. 335-13-4-.12 through 335-13-4-.20 provides standards for establishing a landfill unit providing that the siting standards of 335-13-4-.01 have been fully complied with to the satisfaction of the Department. Certain requirements contained in 335-13-4-.01 through 335-13-4-.20 may be enhanced or reduced by the Department as deemed necessary to comply with the Act and this Division.

(2)Hydrogeology Standards.

(a)For purposes of designing the bottom elevation of the cell or liner system, the applicant shall obtain a general estimate of ground water elevation. Such estimate shall be obtained by a measurement of ground water levels taken, at the option of the applicant, either during the calendar months of February, March and April, or alternatively, a measurement taken during the remaining months of the year. Having obtained a measurement during one of these described periods, the applicant shall design the facility so that the bottom elevation of the cell for unlined landfill units and the bottom elevation of the liner system for lined landfill units shall be a minimum of five feet (if measured during February, March or April) or ten feet (if measured during the remaining nine months) above the estimated ground water level beneath the landfill unit. Nothing herein shall prevent the Department from requiring an additional buffer as it may deem appropriate with respect to a particular site.

(b)When the geological and hydrological data so indicate, the Department may specify greater separation distances, a liner(s), or a leachate collection system, or combination of the above to protect the groundwater.

(c)When the geological and hydrological data so indicate, the Department may allow engineering controls to remove, divert, drain, or otherwise modify zones of saturation above the uppermost aquifer.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-7.

History: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.4.12" level="3" title="Plans and Operational Reports">

(1)Compliance. Plans and operational reports for construction, operation, maintenance, closure, and post-closure care of landfill units shall be prepared and kept on site and shall comply with 335-13-5-.02(1) and this Chapter.

(2)Plan Requirements. These plans and reports shall include the following as determined necessary by the Department:

(a)Sufficient control points on-site to provide for accurate horizontal and vertical control for facility construction, operation and closure and post-closure.

(b)Detail presentation of geological and hydrogeological units in the disposal site, with typical sections of disposal method and plan and profile sheets on all areas or trenches.

(c)Boundary plat and legal property description prepared, signed, and sealed by a land surveyor of the proposed boundary of the facility and disposal area of the facility.

(d)Initial and final topographical maps at contour intervals of five feet or as otherwise specified by the Department.

(e)Existing and proposed surface drainage pattern to include control structures designed to handle run-on and run-off. Design calculations for sediment control basins, etc. should be provided.

(f)Buffer zones, screening and other aesthetic control measures. Buffer zones around the perimeter of the landfill unit shall be a minimum of 100 feet in width measured in a horizontal plane. No disposal or storage practices for waste shall take place in the buffer zone. Roads, access control measures, earth storage, and buildings may be placed in the buffer zone.

(g)Details of plans for temporary and permanent all weather access roads.

(h)A summary of 335-13-4-.01 standards and conclusions of action to be taken and implemented into facility design.

(i)Location of any areas of the facility used for disposal of solid wastes.

(j)Presentation of special engineering features or considerations which must be included or maintained in facility construction, operation, maintenance and closure. Items required in 335-13-4-.12 through 335-13-4-.20 shall be included.

(k)Quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) plan for all components of the liner, leachate collection, and cap systems.

(l)Location of all explosive gas wells and/or monitoring points.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-7.

History: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.4.13" level="3" title="Site Geology And Hydrology">

(1)Site Hydrogeology. The site hydrogeology shall be established to the upper most aquifer and subsequent interconnecting aquifers.

(2)Hydrogeological Evaluation. The hydrogeological evaluation for a specific site, as required by the Department, may be provided for as follows:

(a)A hydrogeological evaluation performed by a firm or individual having expertise in hydrogeology. The expense of this evaluation shall be borne wholly by the applicant. The following shall be required on such evaluations made under this Rule:

1.The installation of a minimum of three exploration borings to include sampling and geologic logging and completion of these borings as piezometers. Subsequent establishment of the first saturated zone, the upper most aquifer and subsequent underlying and interconnected aquifers, piezometer measuring point elevations, water table elevations and an estimate of groundwater flow direction and rate will be required.

2.A report shall be submitted to the Department which includes all items, information and analyses contained in 335-13-4-.13(2)(a)1.

3.Resumes and references, as necessary, to establish the qualifications of the firm or individual preparing the evaluation.

(b)A review of the information submitted under 335-13-4-.13(2)(a) shall be conducted by the Department.

(c)The requirement for a hydrogeological evaluation may be waived by the Department based on specific geology, hydrology, or waste types proposed for disposal.

(3)Department Action. The Department will conduct a site background hydrogeological evaluation and review all other related reports, plans or submittals.

(a)Expense for the background hydrogeological evaluation and reviews conducted by the Department shall be borne by the applicant in accordance with established procedures of the Department.

(b)The expense for soil borings, soil tests, piezometers and other data as needed by the Department shall be borne by the applicant.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-7.

History: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.4.14" level="3" title="Groundwater Resources">

(1)Groundwater. Groundwater resources in the vicinity of the landfill unit shall be determined as a basis for facility design, groundwater protection, and groundwater monitoring required under 335-13-4-.27.

(a)The depth to the groundwater and the direction of flow shall be established during the hydrogeological evaluation.

(b)The groundwater in the first saturated zone below the landfill unit shall be evaluated as follows:

1.A minimum of one hydraulically upgradient monitoring well for background data and two hydraulically downgradient monitoring wells shall be required.

2.The location and design of the monitoring wells shall be approved by the Department prior to installation and the upgradient well shall be located so as not to be affected by the landfill unit.

3.The monitoring wells shall be installed well in advance of projected facility opening so as to provide an undisputed background water quality sample from each well. Background water quality shall be established using the sampling and analysis procedures described in 335-13-4-.27.

4.Additional monitoring wells above the minimum may be required by the Department based on site hydrology, geology, topographical features and waste characteristics.

5.Groundwater monitoring wells shall be designed and constructed as described in 335-13-4-.27.

(c)The groundwater sampling and analysis plan shall be prepared in accordance with 335-13-4-.27.

(2)Soil Permeability. The permeability of on-site soils, specifically those underlying the disposal site, shall be determined by laboratory testing at a qualified soils laboratory and followed up by pump testing or slug testing of monitoring wells.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-7.

History: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.4.15" level="3" title="Cover">

Daily, weekly, or some other periodic cover shall be required at all landfill units, as determined by the Department.

(1)The suitability and volume of any soils for daily, intermediate and final cover requirements shall be determined by soil borings and analysis.

(2)Any proposal to use alternate cover systems shall be submitted to and approved by the Department prior to implementation.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-7.

History: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993.

<regElement name="335.13.4.16" level="3" title="Explosive Gases">

The generation of explosive gases, especially methane (CH4), at a landfill unit which accepts organic waste shall be considered in the design and operation of the facility. Special attention shall be given to control and monitoring of explosive gases as follows:

(1)Control.

(a)Explosive gases shall not exceed the lower explosive limit at the facility boundary.

(b)Explosive gases shall not exceed 25 percent of the lower explosive limit in facility structures except for gas control or recovery system components.

(c)Facility structures shall be designed and constructed so as not to allow explosive gases to collect in, under or around structures in concentrations exceeding the requirements of this Rule.

(2)Monitoring.

(a)Gas monitoring equipment as required by the Department shall be provided at the landfill unit by the operating agency.

(b)The Department upon review of waste type, facility structures, site geology and surrounding land use may require installation of permanent gas monitoring structures, gas vents, gas control or recovery systems.

(c)An explosive gas monitoring and reporting plan shall be prepared and filed at the facility for all landfill units receiving organic wastes. All sites required to monitor for explosive gases shall submit a plat which indicates permanent monitoring points. The plan shall also include what measures shall be taken by the permittee, landfill supervisor, and any operators present on-site to protect human health and property should explosive gases be detected which exceed the lower explosive limit (LEL). The plan must be prepared by a registered professional engineer and include seal or signature and registration number in accordance with Rule 335-13-5-.02(1)(e)1. of the ADEM Administrative Code.

1.The type and frequency of monitoring must be determined based on the following factors:

(i)Soil conditions;

(ii)Hydrogeological conditions surrounding the landfill unit;

(iii)Hydraulic conditions surrounding the landfill unit;

(iv)Location of the facility structures and property boundaries;

(v)Location of structures adjacent to facility.

2.The minimum frequency for monitoring shall be quarterly for MSWLF and yearly for C/DLF and ILF.

(i)All monitoring reports shall be submitted to the Department and placed in the operating record of the facility within 30 days of the monitoring event.

(ii)Levels of gas detected shall be expressed in percent LEL and percent volume.

3.If explosive gas levels exceeds the limits specified in this Rule, the permittee shall:

(i)Immediately take all necessary steps to ensure protection of human health and property and notify the Department;

(ii)Within 7 days of detection, place in the operating record of the facility the explosive gas levels detected and the immediate steps taken to protect human health and property;

(iii)Within 20 days of detection, submit to the Department for approval a remedial plan for the explosive gas releases. This plan shall describe the nature and extent of the problem and the proposed remedy. The plan shall be implemented upon approval by the Department, but within 60 days of detection. Also within 60 days of detection, a copy of the plan shall be placed in the operating record of the facility and the Department notified that the plan has been implemented.

4.Monitoring points shall be located every 300 feet along the landfill permit boundaries. In areas where a dwelling is within 1000 feet of the boundaries, the monitoring points shall be 100 feet apart or as otherwise directed by the Department.

(i)Monitoring shall be conducted in structures, culverts, under bridges, drop inlets, and any other place that is conducive to gas accumulation.

(ii)Permanent gas monitoring structures, or use of the bar hole punch method, are required by the Department.

(iii)A minimum depth of six feet must be obtained for permanent monitoring structures and four feet when using the bar hole punch method.

Author: Russell A. Kelly.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-7.

History: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.4.17" level="3" title="Drainage">

Owners or operators of all facilities must design, construct and maintain:

(1)A run-on control system to prevent flow onto the active and/or closed portions of the landfill during the peak discharge from a 25-year storm;

(2)A run-off control system from the active and/or closed portions of the landfill to collect and control at least the water volume resulting from a 24-hour, 25-year storm.

(3)On-site drainage structures to carry incident precipitation from the disposal site so as to minimize the generation of leachate, erosion and sedimentation. Run-off from the active and/or closed portions of the landfill unit must be handled in accordance with 335-13-4-.01(2)(a), and (b) and shall be routed to a settling basin or other sedimentation control structure to remove sediment prior to release onto adjacent properties or waters.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-7.

History: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.4.18" level="3" title="Liners and Leachate Collection"> <dwc name="arsen" times="1"><dwc name="barium" times="1"><dwc name="cadmium" times="1"><dwc name="chromium" times="1"><dwc name="fluorid" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="1"><dwc name="mercuri" times="1"><dwc name="nitrat" times="1"><dwc name="selenium" times="1"><dwc name="benzen" times="1"><dwc name="carbon tetrachlorid" times="1"><dwc name="endrin" times="1"><dwc name="lindan" times="1"><dwc name="methoxychlor" times="1"><dwc name="toxaphen" times="1"><dwc name="trichloroethylen" times="1"><dwc name="vinyl chlorid" times="1">

(1)Liners. Where natural hydrogeologic conditions may be determined by the Department to be insufficient to minimize the impact of leachate on waters, the use of an appropriate liner(s) shall be used as approved by the Department. New MSWLF units and lateral expansions, as a minimum, shall be constructed with a composite liner, as defined in 335-13-1-.03, or an alternate design as specified in 335-13-4-.18(3)(h). Multiple liners, including composite liners, may be required if determined necessary by the Department.

(2)Leachate Collection System. A leachate collection system shall be required that is designed and constructed to maintain less than a 30 cm depth of leachate over the liner.

(3)Specifications. The composite liner(s) shall comply with the following minimum standards:

(a)The permeability shall be 1x10-7 cm/sec or less for soil liners.

(b)The synthetic liner(s) shall be resistant to physical and chemical attack by leachate.

(c)The liner system shall be capable of maintaining integrity for the design life which must be determined on a site specific basis.

(d)The minimum allowable thickness of each layer of the composite liner shall be:

1.40 mil for the flexible membrane liner component unless FML consists of HDPE which requires 60 mil, and

2.Two feet, measured after compaction, for the natural soil liner component meeting the permeability requirements of 335-13-4-.18(3)(a).

(e)The installation of synthetic liners shall be as recommended by the manufacturer providing that:

1.The installation recommendations of the manufacturer to be used are provided to the Department for review.

2.The Department finds that the recommended installation procedures are consistent with the intent of the Act and this Chapter.

3.The installation of the liner shall be under the supervision of an engineer who shall certify to the Department that the liner was installed and maintained in accordance with this Division, QA/QC plans, and approved design plans.

(f)The design and installation of soil liners and the properties of soils used in a soil liner shall meet the following minimum requirements:

1.Design of soil liner(s) shall be by a qualified soils engineer, or geotechnical engineer.

2.The soil liner must be compacted in lifts of 4 to 6 inches within 4 percent of optimum moisture content (or as approved by the Department) to a field density which correlates with a laboratory permeability of 1x10-7 cm/sec or less.

3.The installation of soil liner(s) shall be under the supervision of a soils engineer, geotechnical engineer or geologist who shall certify to the Department that the liner(s) was installed and maintained in accordance with this Division, QA/QC plans, and approved design plans.

4.The soils used in soil liners shall meet the minimum following criteria:

(i)Free of oversize particles, such as rocks, roots, limbs and other foreign substances which would alter the design integrity of the liner;

(ii)Classified under the Unified Soil Classification System as CL, CH or SC (ASTM Standard D2 487-69);

(iii)Allow greater than 30 percent passage through a No. 200 sieve (ASTM Test D-1140);

(iv)Have a liquid limit equal to or greater than 30 units (ASTM Test D-423); and

(v)Have a plasticity greater than or equal to 15 units (ASTM Test D-424).

(g)For a composite liner system, the synthetic liner shall be installed in direct contact with the soil liner.

(h)An alternate liner design may be approved by the Department provided that:

1.The owner or operator demonstrates that the alternate design ensures the concentration values listed in Table 1 of this Rule will not be exceeded in the first saturated zone at the relevant point of compliance, as specified by the Department under 335-13-4-.27(2)(a)3.

2.When approving a design that complies with subparagraph (a) of this paragraph, the Department shall consider at least the following factors:

(i)The hydrogeologic characteristics of the facility and surrounding land;

(ii)The climatic factors of the area; and

(iii)The volume and physical and chemical

characteristics of the leachate.

TABLE 1

<table width="100%"> Chemical MCL(mg/1) Arsenic 0.05 Barium 1.0 Benzene 0.005 Cadmium 0.01 Carbon tetrachloride 0.005 Chromium (hexavalent) 0.05 2,4-Dichlorophenoxy acetic acid 0.1 1,4-Dichlorobenzene 0.075 1,2-Dichloroethane 0.005 1,1-Dichloroethylene 0.007 Endrin 0.0002 Fluoride 4 Lindane 0.004 Lead 0.015 Mercury 0.002 Methoxychlor 0.1 Nitrate 10 Selenium 0.01 Silver 0.05 Toxaphene 0.005 1,1,1-Trichloromethane 0.2 Trichloroethylene 0.005 2,4,5-Trichlorophenoxy acetic acid 0.01 Vinyl Chloride 0.002 </table>

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-7.

History: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.4.19" level="3" title="Access">

The owner or operator of the facility must control public access and prevent unauthorized vehicular traffic and illegal dumping of wastes by using artificial barriers, natural barriers, or both, as appropriate to protect human health and the environment.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-7.

History: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993.

<regElement name="335.13.4.20" level="3" title="Closure And Post-Closure">

(1)Submittal. The owner or operator must submit a closure/post-closure plan to the Department and place in the operating record, no later than the effective date of these regulations or by the initial receipt of waste, whichever is later.

(2)Closure. The requirements for closure of existing and proposed landfill units shall include the following unless otherwise noted.

(a)The owner or operator must prepare a written closure plan that describes the steps necessary to close all existing and proposed landfill units at any point during their active life in accordance with the cover design requirements in 335-13-4-.20(2)(b). The owner or operator must submit the closure plan as part of the permit application to the Department. The closure plan, at a minimum, must include the following information:

1.A description of the final cover, designed in accordance with 335-13-4-.20(2)(b) and the methods and procedures to be used to install the cover;

2.An estimate of the largest area of the landfill unit ever requiring a final cover as required under 335-13-4-.20(2)(b) at any time during the active life;

3.An estimate of the maximum inventory of wastes ever on-site over the active life of the facility; and

4.A schedule for completing all activities necessary to satisfy the closure criteria in this Rule.

(b)A final cover system must be installed which is designed to minimize infiltration and erosion. The final cover system must be comprised of an erosion layer(s) underlain by an infiltration layer(s) as follows:

1.The infiltration layer for MSWLF and ILF must be comprised of a minimum of 18 inches of earthen material and/or a synthetic layer that has a permeability less than or equal to the permeability of any bottom liner system or natural subsoils present, or a permeability no greater than 1 x 10-5 cm/sec, whichever is less. The infiltration layer for C/DLF must be comprised of a minimum of 18 inches of compacted earthen material excluding sands, and

2.The erosion layer must consist of a minimum 6 inches of earthen material that is capable of sustaining native plant growth, as specified in 335-13-4-.20(2)(d).

3.The Department may approve an alternative final cover design that includes:

(i)An infiltration layer that achieves an equivalent reduction in infiltration as the infiltration layer specified in 335-13-4-.20(2)(b)1., and

(ii)An erosion layer that provides equivalent protection from wind and water erosion as the erosion layer specified in 335-13-4-.20(2)(b)2.

(c)Final soil cover shall be graded so that:

1.Surface water does not pond over the landfill unit.

2.The maximum final grade of the final cover system shall not exceed 25 percent or as specified by the Department to minimize erosion.

3.Slopes longer than 25 feet shall require horizontal terraces, of sufficient width for equipment operation, for every 20 feet rise in elevation or utilize other erosion control measures approved by the Department.

4.The minimum final grade of the final cover system shall not be less than 5 percent or as specified by the Department to minimize ponding.

5.For a permitted facility utilizing the area fill method or the trench method, final grading of the infiltration layer shall be completed within 90 days after the unit has received the last known receipt of waste.

(d)A vegetative or some other appropriate cover must be established to minimize erosion and, when applicable, maximize evapotranspiration. Within 90 days after completion of final grading requirements on each phase or each trench as specified in 335-13-4-.20(2)(a), the permittee or owner of a permitted landfill unit shall prepare the final cover for the establishment of a vegetative cover or alternative cover. Deep rooted vegetation (roots that may grow below the 6 inch erosion layer) shall be prohibited as vegetative cover. Preparation of a vegetative cover shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

1.Placement of appropriate species of grass seed, fertilizer and mulch; and

2.Watering and maintenance necessary such that germination of grass will occur.

(e)Prior to beginning closure of each landfill unit as specified in this Rule, an owner or operator must submit to the Department and place in the operating record a notice of the intent to close the unit.

(f)The owner or operator must begin closure activities of each LF unit no later than 30 days after the date of which the LF unit receives the known final receipt of wastes. If the LF unit has remaining capacity and there is reasonable likelihood that the LF unit will receive additional wastes, closure activities of each LF unit must begin no later than one year after the date of known final receipt of wastes. Extensions beyond the one-year deadline for beginning closure may be granted by the Department if the owner or operator demonstrates that the LF unit has the capacity to receive additional wastes and the owner or operator has taken and will continue to take all steps necessary to prevent threats to human health and the environment from the unclosed LF unit.

(g)The owner or operator of all LF units must complete closure activities of each LF unit in accordance with the closure plan within 180 days following the last known receipt of waste. Extensions of the closure period may be granted by the Department if the owner or operator demonstrates that closure will, of necessity, take longer than 180 days and he has taken and will continue to take all steps necessary to prevent threats to human health and the environment from the unclosed LF unit. Extensions granted for closure of each LF unit shall not exceed a total of 180 days.

(h)Following closure of each LF unit, the owner or operator must submit to the Department a certification, signed by an independent registered professional engineer verifying that closure has been completed in accordance with the closure plan, and a copy placed in the operating record. C/DLF and/or ILF owner or operator may submit certification signed by a registered professional engineer in lieu of an independent registered professional engineer.

(i)Within 90 days after permit expiration, revocation or when final closure requirements in 335-13-4-.20 are achieved as determined by the Department, the permittee or owner of a facility shall record a notation onto the land deed containing the property utilized for disposal, and/or some other legal instrument that is normally examined during a title search, that will in perpetuity, notify any potential purchaser of the property that:

1.The land has been used as a solid waste disposal facility landfill unit;

2.Its use is restricted by the items contained in 335-13-4-.20(3)(c) and 335-13-4-.20(3)(d);

3.The locations and dimensions of the landfill unit with respect to permanently surveyed benchmarks and surveyed benchmarks and section corners shall be on a plat prepared and sealed by a land surveyor;

4.Contain a note, prominently displayed, which states the name of the Permittee or operating agency, the type of landfill unit and the beginning and closure dates of the disposal activity.

5.Certification by and Engineer or Land Surveyor that all closure requirements have been completed as determined necessary by the Department.

(j)For a permitted facility, the permittee or land owner shall submit a certified copy of the recording instrument to the Department and place a copy in the operating record within 120 days after permit expiration, revocation or as otherwise directed by the Department.

(k)Detail design for the closure of existing and proposed LF units shall be shown on a final contour and drainage plan. Items required in 335-13-4-.20(2)(b) through (d), (i), (j), and (3)(a), (d), and (f) shall be included.

(3)Post-closure. The requirements for post-closure of existing and proposed landfill units shall include the following unless otherwise noted.

(a)Following closure of each LF unit, the owner or operator must conduct post-closure care. Post-closure care must be conducted for a minimum of 30 years; or a minimum of 5 years if closed prior to October 9, 1993, or the effective date of &#167;258.1 of 40 CFR 258, Solid Waste Disposal Criteria, whichever is later; except as provided under 335-13-4-.20(3)(b), and consist of at least the following:

1.Eroded areas shall be filled with suitable soil cover, compacted, graded and appropriate cover established as described in 335-13-4-.20(2)(d).

2.Areas which provide for ponding of surface water shall be filled, graded and an appropriate cover established as described in 335-13-4-.20(2)(d).

3.Landfilled areas with extensive surface cracks in soil cover shall be corrected as necessary, or as determined by the Department, to prevent infiltration of surface water.

4.An appropriate cover shall be maintained on the facility at all times as described in 335-13-4-.20(2)(d).

5.Access control structures shall be maintained or erected and signs shall be posted stating that the facility is closed and giving the location of the nearest permitted landfill unit.

6.Any waste dumped at the landfill unit following closure shall be removed to an approved landfill unit by the permittee, operating agency, or owner.

7.Monitoring devices and pollution control equipment such as groundwater monitoring wells, explosive gas monitoring systems, erosion, and surface water control structures, and leachate facilities shall be maintained. Monitoring requirements shall continue in effect throughout the active life and post-closure care period as determined by the Department unless all solid waste is removed and no unpermitted discharge to waters has occurred.

8.Other deficiencies such as vector control which may be observed by the Department shall be corrected.

(b)The length of the post-closure care period may be:

1.Decreased by the Department if the owner or operator demonstrates that the reduced period is sufficient to protect human health and the environment and this demonstration is approved by the Department; or

2.Increased by the Department if the Department determines that the lengthened period is necessary to protect human health and the environment.

(c)The owner or operator of all LF units must submit to the Department and receive approval as part of the permit application, a written post-closure plan. A copy must also be placed in the operating record. The post-closure plan must include, at a minimum, the following information:

1.A description of the monitoring and maintenance activities required in 335-13-4-.20(3)(a) for each LF unit, and the frequency at which these activities will be performed;

2.Name, address, and telephone number of the person or office to contact about the facility during the post-closure period; and

3.A description of the planned uses of the property during the post-closure period.

(d)Post-closure use of the property used for the disposal operation must never be allowed to disturb the integrity of the final cover, liner(s), or any other component of the containment system, or the function of the monitoring systems necessary to comply with the requirements of these Rules. The Department may approve any other disturbance if the owner or operator demonstrates that the disturbance, including any removal of waste, complies with the following:

1.The activities will not increase the potential threat to human health or the environment; or

2.The activities are necessary to reduce a threat to human health or the environment.

(e)Following completion of the post-closure care period for each LF unit, the owner or operator must submit to the Department a certification, signed by an independent registered professional engineer verifying that post-closure care has been completed in accordance with the post-closure plan, and a copy placed in the operating record. A C/DLF Owner or Operator may submit certification signed by a registered professional engineer in lieu of an independent registered professional engineer.

(f)If the permittee or owner, or any subsequent owner of the land upon which a landfill unit is located wishes to remove waste, waste residues, the liner, if any, or any contaminated soils, the owner must request approval from the Department. The owner may also ask permission to remove the notation from the recording instrument if all waste and contaminated soils are removed from the property and no unpermitted discharges to waters have occurred.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-4, 22-27-7.

History: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.4.21" level="3" title="General Operational Standards For Disposal"> <dwc name="pcb" times="6">

Any person or agency operating or planning to operate a landfill unit shall operate and maintain the facility consistent with this Division. General requirements for operating and maintaining an acceptable landfill unit shall be:

(1)General Operation.

(a)The operation and use of the landfill unit shall be as stipulated in the permit.

(b)Waste accepted at the facility shall be strictly controlled so as to allow only waste stipulated on the permit or otherwise as may be approved by the Department. The permittee of any facility permitted under these Rules must have in the operating record a plan describing procedures the permittee will implement for detecting and preventing the disposal of free liquids, regulated hazardous wastes, regulated medical wastes, and regulated PCB wastes at the facility. This plan must include at a minimum:

1.Random inspections of incoming loads to ensure that incoming loads do not contain free liquids, regulated hazardous wastes, regulated medical wastes, or regulated PCB wastes.

2.Inspection of suspicious loads.

3.Records of all inspections to include origin of waste suspected to be regulated hazardous, regulated medical, or regulated PCB waste if known; transporters, to include transfer stations and all handlers of the waste enroute to the disposal site; and any certifications from generators provided to the permittee or facility personnel. These records must be maintained on file in the operating record of the facility.

4.Training of facility personnel to recognize free liquids, regulated hazardous wastes, regulated medical wastes, and regulated PCB wastes.

5.Procedures for notifying the proper authorities if free liquids, regulated hazardous wastes, regulated medical wastes, or regulated PCB wastes are discovered at the facility.

6.Methods to identify all industrial users of the facility, producers of special wastes, and transporters of these wastes.

(c)Prior to disposal of industrial waste and/or medical waste, the permittee shall obtain from each generator a written certification that the material to be disposed does not contain free liquids, regulated hazardous wastes, regulated medical wastes, or regulated PCB wastes.

1.This certification may be based on laboratory analysis of the waste on a case-by-case basis, or documentation supporting the generator?s knowledge of the wastestreams(s), or as may be required by the Department.

2.Copies of the certification shall be submitted to the Department for disposal approval and for any specific requirements prior to disposal. After submittal of the required certification, the Department shall have five (5) working days to respond. If no response is given, the permittee may dispose of the material as proposed.

3.In the case of one-time emergency disposal requests, the permittee shall submit the required certification no later than five (5) days after the disposal of waste.

4.Certification shall be renewed or revised biennially (every two years) or at such time that operational changes at the point of generation could render the waste hazardous, whichever is more frequent and submitted to the Department for approval.

5.Copies of these certifications and approvals shall be maintained on file in the operating record of the facility and shall be made available for the Department upon request.

6.The above requirements notwithstanding and, as may otherwise be required, pursuant to Division 13 rules, generators will not be required to submit certification to the Department provided that:

(i)The waste will be disposed of at a non-commercial industrial waste landfill which has been permitted by the Department, and is owned either exclusively or mutually by the generator(s) of the waste, and which disposes of waste generated only by the owner(s);

(ii)The wastestream(s) to be disposed of are specifically described in the Solid Waste Landfill Permit issued by the Department or in the final application as referenced by the permit for the site designated to receive the waste;

(iii)The required certification, as described above, is maintained on-site by the owner(s) of the landfill; and

(iv)The required certification, as described above, is made available for inspection by the Department upon request.

(d)The landfill unit shall be operated in such a manner that there will be no water pollution or unauthorized discharge.

1.Any discharge resulting from a landfill unit or practice may require:

(i)A National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit under the Alabama Water Pollution Control Act as issued by the Department.

(ii)A dredge or fill permit from the Army Corps of Engineers as required under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act, as amended; or

(iii)That a non-point source of surface waters does not violate an area wide or statewide water quality management plan that has been approved under the Alabama Water Pollution Control Act.

2.The groundwater shall not be contaminated as specified by this Division.

(e)The facility shall be identified with a sufficient number of permanent markers which are at least visible from one marker to the next.

(f)Measuring or weighing devices shall be required for all municipal solid waste landfill units accepting solid waste. All solid waste shall be properly measured or weighed prior to disposal unless otherwise approved by the Department.

(2)Open Burning.

(a)Open burning of solid waste at any landfill unit is prohibited unless approved by the Department as follows:

1.Clearing debris at the landfill unit such as trees and stumps may be burned if prior approval is received from the Department and the Alabama Forestry Commission.

2.Emergency clean-up debris resulting from castastrophic incidents may be burned at a permitted landfill unit if consistent with the intent of this Division and air pollution control requirements. Prior approval must be received from this Department and other appropriate agencies.

3.If approved, the burning shall not occur over previously filled areas or within 200 feet of existing disposal operations unless otherwise specified by the Department and such burning shall not cause a public nuisance or pose a threat to public health.

(b)The person or agency requesting permission to burn solid waste shall apply in writing to the Department, outlining why a burn request should be granted. This request should include, but not be limited to, specifically what areas will be utilized, types of waste to be burned, the projected starting and completion dates for the project, and the projected days and hours of operation.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-27-3, 22-27-4, 22-27-7, 22-27-47, 22-27-48.

History: November 18, 1981; Amended: March 31, 1988 (Emergency Regulations); July 21, 1988; October 2, 1990. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.4.22" level="3" title="Specific Requirements For Municipal Solid Waste Landfills">

The following requirements in conjunction with 335-13-4-.21 shall be for operating and maintaining an acceptable MSWLF:

(1)Daily Operation.

(a)All waste shall be covered as follows:

1.A minimum of six inches of compacted earth or other alternative cover material that includes but is not limited to foams, geosynthetic or waste products, and is approved by the Department shall be added at the conclusion of each day's operation or as otherwise approved by the Department to control disease vectors, fires, odors, blowing litter, and scavenging.

2.Final closure shall be carried out in accordance with Rule 335-13-4-.20 of this Division.

(b)All waste shall be confined to as small an area as possible and spread to a depth not exceeding two feet prior to compaction, and such compaction shall be accomplished on a face slope not to exceed 4 to 1 (25%) or as otherwise approved by the Department.

(c)All waste shall be thoroughly compacted with adequate landfill equipment before the daily cover is applied. A completed daily cell shall not exceed eight feet in vertical thickness measured perpendicular to the slope of the preceding cell.

(d)The site shall be operated in accordance with approved plans and permits.

(e)Adequate personnel shall be provided to insure continued and smooth operation of the facility.

(f)Adequate equipment shall be provided to insure continued operation in accordance with permit and regulations.

(g)Provisions shall be made for disposal activities in adverse weather conditions.

(h)The site shall be adequately secured using artificial barriers, natural barriers, or both to prevent entry of unauthorized vehicular traffic.

(i)A sign outlining instructions for use of the site shall be posted at the entrance and shall include: name of facility, name of permittee and/or operating agency or person, days and hours of operation, disposal fees, and types of waste accepted if the site is available to the general public or commercial haulers.

1.name of facility,

2.name of permittee and/or operating agency or person,

3.days and hours of operation,

4.disposal fees, and

5.types of waste accepted if the site is available to the general public or commercial haulers.

(j)Special provisions shall be made for handling large dead animals or highly putrescible waste. Immediately covering the waste with a minimum of 12 inches of cover in a designated area of the facility shall be included in these provisions.

(k)Bulk or noncontainerized liquid waste, or containers capable of holding liquids, shall not be accepted at a landfill unit unless:

1.The liquid is household waste other than septic waste;

2.The liquid is leachate or gas condesate derived from the MSWLF unit, and the MSWLF unit is designed with a minimum composite liner and leachate collection system or approved equivalent liner and leachate collection system; or

3.The containers:

(i)Are similar in size to that normally found in household waste;

(ii)Are designed to hold liquids for use other than storage; or

(iii)Contain household wastes.

(l)Empty containers larger in size than normally found in household waste must be rendered unsuitable for holding liquids prior to disposal in the landfill unit unless otherwise approved by the Department.

(m)MSWLF units containing sewage sludge and failing to satisfy the criteria in this Division violate Sections 309 and 405(e) of the Clean Water Act.

(2)Routine Maintenance.

(a)Scavenging shall be prohibited and salvaging operations shall be controlled.

(b)Litter shall be controlled within the permitted facility.

(c)An all-weather access road shall be provided to the dumping face.

(d)Measures shall be taken to prevent the breeding or accumulation of disease vectors. If determined necessary by the Department or the State Health Department, additional disease vector control measures shall be conducted.

(e)Environmental monitoring and treatment structures shall be clearly marked and identified, protected and maintained in good repair and shall be easily accessible.

(f)Completed sites or portions of sites shall be properly closed as provided by this Division and approved facility plans.

(g)Records shall be maintained on the daily volume of waste received at MSWLFs. A quarterly report utilizing a format approved by the Department which summarizes the daily volumes shall be submitted to the Department and maintained on file in the operating record of the facility by the permittee.

(3)Additional Requirements.

(a)Owners or operators of all MSWLFs must ensure that the units do not violate any applicable requirements developed under a State Implementation Plan (SIP) approved or promulgated by the Administrator pursuant to Section 110 of the Clean Air Act, as amended.

(b)Notwithstanding this Rule, additional requirements for operating and maintaining a MSWLF may be imposed by the Department, as deemed necessary, to comply with the Act and this Division.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-4, 22-27-7.

History: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988; October 2, 1990. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.4.23" level="3" title="Specific Requirements For Inert Construction/ Demolition Landfills And Industrial Landfills">

The following requirements in conjunction with 335-13-4-.21 shall be for operating and maintaining an acceptable C/DLF or ILF:

(1)Operation.

(a)All waste shall be covered as follows:

1.A minimum of six inches of compacted earth or other alternative cover material that includes but is not limited to foams, geosynthetic or waste products, and is approved by the Department shall be added at the conclusion of each week's operation or as otherwise specified by the Department to control disease vectors, fires, odors, blown litter and scavenging.

2.Final closure shall be carried out in accordance with 335-13-4-.20 of this Division.

(b)All waste shall be thoroughly spread in layers two feet or less in thickness and thoroughly compacted weekly with adequate landfill equipment prior to placing additional layers of waste or placing the weekly cover as specified in 335-13-4-.23(1)(a)1., unless otherwise approved by the Department. Waste such as construction/demolition waste and other types of waste which cannot be managed by landfill equipment in this manner shall be managed in a manner approved by the Department.

(c)All waste shall be confined to as small an area as possible and placed onto an appropriate slope not to exceed 4 to 1 (25%) or as approved by the Department.

(d)The facility shall be operated in accordance with approved plans and permits.

(e)The site shall be adequately secured to prevent entry except by authorized person(s) unless an operator is on site.

(f)If the site is available to the public or commercial haulers, a sign shall be posted at the landfill stating:

1.name of permittee,

2.owner and/or operator,

3.name of landfill,

4.days and hours of operation,

5.waste types accepted, and

6.disposal fees for use of the landfill.

(g)Provisions shall be made for disposal activities in adverse weather conditions.

(h)Adequate personnel shall be provided to insure continued and smooth operation of the site.

(i)Adequate equipment shall be provided to insure continued operation in accordance with permit and regulations.

(j)Bulk or noncontainerized liquid waste, or containers capable of holding liquids, shall not be accepted at a C/DLF or ILF unless:

1.the liquid is leachate or gas condensate derived from the C/DLF or ILF unit, and

2.the C/DLF or ILF unit is designed with a minimum single liner and leachate collection system or approved equivalent liner and leachate collection system.

(k)Empty containers larger 10 gallons in size must be rendered unsuitable for holding liquids prior to disposal in the landfill unit unless otherwise approved by the Department.

(2)Routine Maintenance.

(a)Scavenging shall not be permitted, and salvaging operations shall be controlled.

(b)Litter shall be controlled within the permitted facility.

(c)Completed sites or portions of sites shall be properly closed as provided by this Division and approved facility plans.

(d)An all-weather access road shall be provided to the dumping face.

(e)Environmental monitoring and treatment structures shall be protected and maintained in good repair and easily accessible.

(f)Records shall be maintained on the daily volume of waste received at C/DLFs and ILFs. A quarterly report utilizing a format approved by the Department which summarizes the daily volumes shall be submitted to the Department and maintained on file in the operating record of the facility by the permittee.

(g)Measures shall be taken to prevent the breeding or accumulation of disease vectors. If determined necessary by the Department or the State Health Department, additional disease vector control measures shall be conducted.

(3)Additional Requirements.

(a)Notwithstanding this Rule, certain requirements for operating and maintaining a C/DLF or ILF may be enhanced or reduced by the Department as deemed necessary to comply with the Act and this Division.

(b)[Reserved].

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-4, 22-27-7.

History: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988; October 2, 1990. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.4.24" level="3" title="Septic Tank Pumpings And Sewage Sludge">

The practice of accepting septic tank pumpings and sewage sludge shall not occur at landfill units unless specifically approved in writing by the Department.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-7.

History: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993.

<regElement name="335.13.4.25" level="3" title="Specific Requirements For Other Disposal Methods(Repealed 6/21/96; effective 7/26/96)">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-7.

History: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993.

<regElement name="335.13.4.26" level="3" title="Requirements For Management And Disposal Of Special Waste"> <dwc name="asbesto" times="5"><dwc name="lead" times="1">

(1)EXCEPTION.

(a)Requirements for the management and disposal of special waste at a landfill unit permitted by the Department shall meet the requirements of this Rule.

(b)Certain requirements may be modified by the Department as deemed necessary to comply with the Act and this Division.

1.Waste types for which specific rules and regulations under this Division have not been developed shall be managed and disposed of in a manner as determined by the Department to be consistent with the intent of the Act and this Division.

2.Generators of a special waste may be required by the Department to provide an analysis and certification that the waste is nonhazardous waste or treated medical waste.

(2)Disposal requirements for friable asbestos. Any person who generates, processes, treats, or disposes of friable asbestos shall comply with the following practices:

(a)Friable asbestos shall be disposed of in a facility permitted by the Department. The friable asbestos shall arrive at the landfill unit in properly labeled, leak-tight containers as determined by the Department?s Air Division.

(b)Containers shall be placed intact in a specially prepared place and covered with a minimum of 12 inches of earth at the end of each working day. Asbestos waste may be landfilled in an excavation at the bottom of the operating face if no liner is present or the design depth restriction is not exceeded. The waste may also be placed in a separately designated area. If a separate area is utilized, it shall be clearly marked to prevent future excavation into the waste.

(c)Proper handling precautions shall be taken to ensure that containers are not ruptured prior to placing the required daily earth cover as noted in 335-13-4-.26(2)(b). No machinery shall be operated directly over uncovered containers.

(d)Final cover shall be as noted in 335-13-4-.20(2)(b).

(3)Disposal requirements for foundry wastes. Foundry waste which exhibits less than 50 percent of each of the TC Levels for metals as defined by the USEPA's Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) may be managed in the following manner:

(a)Foundry waste may be managed in areas other than

1.Flood Plains;

2.Wetlands;

3.Residential zones; or

4.Areas less than 5 feet above the uppermost aquifer.

(b)Each foundry must maintain records at the manufacturing facility. These records must include:

1.A description of the site to within the 1/4, 1/4 Section of a specific Township and Range.

2.Volume of foundry waste disposed of at each location.

(c)The waste must be certified by the generator on a quarterly basis or whenever the process changes which would significantly alter the test results, whichever is more frequent. Certification of the foundry waste shall be accomplished by submitting the following:

1.A completed Solid/Hazardous Waste Determination Form.

2.A TCLP Analysis for metals.

(d)Each foundry must contact the Water Division of ADEM with regards to General Stormwater and/or NPDES permits.

(e)Foundry waste from two or more foundries may be managed at one location provided adequate documentation and record keeping is maintained for each foundry.

(f)Foundry waste not meeting the requirements of paragraph (2) of this Rule must be managed at an approved recycle/reuse facility or at a landfill unit approved for the disposal of foundry waste and permitted by the Department.

(4)Disposal requirements for petroleum contaminated waste. Any person who disposes of petroleum contaminated waste shall comply with the following practices:

(a)Petroleum contaminated waste must be disposed of in a MSWLF and/or a synthetically lined facility having a solid waste disposal permit issued by the Department and having groundwater monitoring wells.

(b)Prior to disposing of a petroleum contaminated waste in accordance with subparagraph (a) of this paragraph, the generator of the waste must provide the Department with a written certification that the waste is non-hazardous.

1.The generator of a petroleum contaminated waste may use his knowledge of the processes producing the waste to certify that the waste is non-hazardous; however the Department, on a case-by-case basis, may require additional information and/or laboratory analyses to support the generator?s certification.

2.The written certification that the waste is non-hazardous must include laboratory analysis for metals if the source of the petroleum contamination is leaded gasoline, used automotive crank case oil, or if the generator has reason to believe that the source contains TCLP metals.

(c)Small quantities of petroleum contaminated waste may be disposed in MSWLFs, C/DLFs, or ILFs, and shall not require approval and/or testing, provided that the waste:

1.Contains less than twenty-five (25) gallons of petroleum; and

2.Total material (i.e., soil, rags, sorbent, etc.) is less than five (5) cubic yards per occurrence.

(5)Disposal requirements for municipal solid waste ash. Municipal solid waste ash shall be disposed of at a MSWLF meeting at a minimum the design criteria established under 335-13-4-.18. Alternative disposal methods or uses must be approved by the Department prior to implementation.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-4, 22-27-7.

History: July 21, 1988; Amended: October 2, 1990. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.4.27" level="3" title="Groundwater Monitoring And Corrective Action">

The requirements for groundwater monitoring and corrective action at MSWLFs, C/DLFs, and ILFs are presented in the following paragraphs:

(1)Applicability.

(a)The requirements in this Rule shall apply to all MSWLF units and, when determined necessary by the Department to protect public health and the environment, the requirements in this Rule or any part thereof shall apply to C/DLF units or ILF units, except as provided in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph.

(b)Groundwater monitoring requirements under paragraphs (2) through (4) of this Rule may be suspended by the Department for a LF unit if the owner or operator can demonstrate that there is no potential for migration of hazardous constituents from that LF unit to the first saturated zone, as defined in 335-13-1-.03, during the active life of the unit and the post-closure care period.

This demonstration must be certified by a qualified groundwater scientist, as defined in 335-13-1-.03, and approved by the Department, and must be based upon:

1.Site-specific field collected measurements, sampling, and analysis of physical, chemical, and biological processes affecting contaminant fate and transport, and

2.Contaminant fate and transport predictions that maximize contaminant migration and consider impacts on human health and environment.

(c)Owners and operators of LF units must comply with the groundwater monitoring requirements of this Rule according to the following schedule.

1.All LF units must be in compliance with the groundwater monitoring requirements specified in paragraphs (2) through (4) of this Rule.

2.New LF units must be in compliance with the groundwater monitoring requirements specified in paragraphs (2) through (4) of this Rule before waste can be placed in the unit.

(d)Once established at a LF unit, groundwater monitoring shall be conducted throughout the active life and post-closure care period of that LF unit as specified in 335-13-4-.20.

(e)The Department may establish alternative schedules for demonstrating compliance with Department notification (and placement of notification in operating record) requirements of this Rule.

(2)Groundwater Monitoring Requirements.

(a)A groundwater monitoring system must be installed that consists of a sufficient number of wells, installed at appropriate locations and depths, to yield groundwater samples from the first saturated zone (as defined in 335-13-1-.03(126)) that:

1.Represent the quality of background groundwater that has not been affected by leakage from a unit. A determination of background quality may include sampling of wells that are not hydraulically upgradient of the waste management area where:

(i)Hydrogeologic conditions do not allow the owner or operator to determine what wells are hydraulically upgradient; or

(ii)Sampling at other wells will provide an indication of background groundwater quality that is as representative or more representative than that provided by the upgradient wells; and

2.Represent the quality of groundwater passing the relevant point of compliance specified by the Department subparagraph (a)3 of this paragraph.

(i)The downgradient monitoring system must be installed at the relevant point of compliance specified by the Department under subparagraph (a)3. of this paragraph that ensures detection of groundwater contamination in the first saturated zone.

(ii)When physical obstacles preclude installation of groundwater monitoring wells at the relevant point of compliance at existing units, the down-gradient monitoring system may be installed at the closest practicable distance hydraulically down-gradient from the relevant point of compliance specified by the Department under subparagraph (a)3. of this paragraph that ensures detection of groundwater contamination in the uppermost aquifer.

3.The relevant point of compliance shall be no more than 150 meters (492 feet) from the waste management unit boundary and shall be located on land owned by the owner of the landfill unit. In determining the relevant point of compliance, the following factors shall be considered, at a minimum:

(i)The hydrogeologic characteristics of the facility and surrounding land;

(ii)The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the leachate;

(iii)The quantity, quality, and direction of groundwater flow;

(iv)The proximity and withdrawal rate of the groundwater users;

(v)The availability of alternative drinking water supplies;

(vi)The existing quality of the groundwater, including other sources of contamination and their cumulative impacts on the groundwater and whether groundwater is currently used or reasonably expected to be used for drinking water;

(vii)Public health, safety, and welfare effects; and

(viii)Practicable capability of the owner or operator.

(b)The Department may approve a multi-unit groundwater monitoring system instead of separate groundwater monitoring systems for each MSWLF unit when the facility has several units, provided the multi-unit groundwater monitoring system meets the requirement of subparagraph (a) of this paragraph and will be as protective of human health and the environment as individual monitoring systems for each MSWLF unit. This approval will be based on the following factors:

1.Number, spacing, and orientation of the MSWLF units;

2.Hydrogeologic setting;

3.Site history;

4.Engineering design of the MSWLF units; and

5.Type of waste accepted at the MSWLF units.

(c)Well design and construction

1.Groundwater monitoring wells shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the following reference: "Design and Installation of Groundwater Monitoring Wells in Aquifers", ASTM Subcommittee D18.21 on Groundwater Monitoring, or otherwise as specifically approved by the Department.

2.Plans for groundwater monitoring well location, design, construction and/or abandonment shall be submitted to the Department for review and approval prior to installation.

3.The monitoring wells must be cased in a manner that maintains the integrity of the monitoring well bore hole.

(i)This casing must be screened or perforated and packed with gravel or sand, where necessary, to enable collection of groundwater samples.

(ii)The annular space (i.e., the space between the bore hole and well casing) above the sampling depth must be sealed to prevent contamination of samples and the groundwater.

4.The owner or operator must notify the Department that the design, installation, development, and/or abandonment of any monitoring wells, piezometers and other measurement, sampling, and analytical devices has been documented and placed in the operating record; and

(d)The monitoring wells, piezometers, and other measurement, sampling, and analytical devices must be operated and maintained so that they perform to design specifications throughout the life of the monitoring program.

(e)Abandoned wells and bore holes shall be abandoned in accordance with the following procedures in order to prevent contamination of groundwater resources. A plan of abandonment must be submitted and approved by the Department prior to implementing abandonment of any well.

1.A well shall be measured for depth prior to sealing to ensure that it is free from any obstructions that may interfere with sealing operations.

2.Where feasible, wells shall be completely filled with neat cement. If the well cannot be completely filled, the sealing materials for the top 20 feet must be neat cement and no material that could impart taste, odor, or toxic components to water may be used in the sealing process.

3.Liner pipe shall be removed from each well in order to ensure placement of an effective seal. If the liner pipe cannot be readily removed, it shall be perforated to ensure that proper sealing is obtained.

4.Concrete, cement grout, or neat cement shall be used as primary sealing materials and shall be placed from the bottom upwards using methods that will avoid segregation or dilution of material.

5.Complete, accurate records of the abandonment procedure shall be kept for each well abandoned. The record of abandonment shall include, at a minimum, the depth of each layer of all sealing and backfilling materials, the quantity of sealing materials used, measurements of static water levels and depths, and any changes made in the well during the sealing. A copy of these records shall be submitted to the Department and a copy placed in the operating record.

(f)The number, spacing, and depths of monitoring systems shall be:

1.Determined based upon site-specific technical information that must include thorough characterization of:

(i)Aquifer thickness, groundwater flow rate, groundwater flow direction including seasonal and temporal fluctuations in groundwater flow; and

(ii)Saturated and unsaturated geologic units and fill materials overlying the uppermost aquifer, materials comprising the uppermost aquifer, and materials comprising the confining unit defining the lower boundary of the uppermost aquifer, including, but not limited to: thickness, stratigraphy, lithology, hydraulic conductivity, porosity and effective porosity.

2.Certified by a qualified groundwater scientist and approved by the Department. Within 14 days of the Department's approval, the owner or operator must notify the Department that the certification has been placed in the operating record.

(g)The groundwater monitoring program must include consistent sampling and analytical methods that are:

1.Designed to ensure monitoring results that provide an accurate representation of groundwater quality at the background and downgradient wells which have been installed in compliance with subparagraph (a) of this paragraph.

(i)The groundwater monitoring program, and subsequent documentation, must be submitted to the Department for approval and appropriate copies placed in the operating record.

(ii)The program must include procedures and techniques for:

(I)Sample collection;

(II)Sample preservation and shipment;

(III)Analytical procedures;

(IV)Chain of custody control;

(V)Quality assurance and quality control.

(2)Appropriate for groundwater sampling and that accurately measure hazardous constituents and other monitoring parameters in groundwater samples.

(h)Groundwater samples shall not be field-filtered prior to laboratory analysis.

(i)The sampling procedures and frequency must be protective of human health and the environment.

1.Groundwater elevations (MSL) must be measured in each well immediately prior to purging, each time groundwater is sampled.

2.Groundwater elevations in wells which monitor the same waste management area must be measured within a 48 hour period to avoid temporal variations in groundwater flow which could preclude accurate determination of groundwater flow rate and direction.

3.The owner or operator must determine the rate and direction of groundwater flow each time groundwater is sampled.

(j)The owner or operator must establish background groundwater quality in a hydraulically upgradient or background well(s) for each of the monitoring parameters or constituents required in the particular groundwater monitoring program that applies to the LF unit, as determined under subparagraphs (3)(a) or (4)(a) of this Rule. Background groundwater quality may be established at wells that are not located hydraulically upgradient from the LF unit if it meets the requirements of subparagraph (a)1. of this paragraph.

(k)The number of samples collected to establish groundwater quality data must be consistent with the appropriate statistical procedures determined pursuant to subparagraph (1) of this paragraph. The sampling procedures shall be those specified under subparagraph (3)(b) of this Rule for detection monitoring, subparagraphs (4)(b) and (4)(d) of this Rule for assessment monitoring, and subparagraph (5)(b) of this Rule for corrective action.

(1)The owner or operator must specify in writing to the Department and place in the operating record one of the following statistical methods to be used in evaluating groundwater monitoring data for each hazardous constituent. The statistical test chosen shall be conducted separately for each hazardous constituent in each well.

1.A parametric analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by multiple comparisons procedures to identify statistically significant evidence of contamination. The method must include estimation and testing of the contrasts between each compliance well's mean and the background mean levels for each constituent.

2.An analysis of variance (ANOVA) based on ranks followed by multiple comparisons procedures to identify statistically significant evidence of contamination. The method must include estimation and testing of the contrasts between each compliance well's median and the background median levels for each constituent.

3.A tolerance or prediction interval procedure in which an interval for each constituent is established from the distribution of the background data, and the level of each constituent in each compliance well is compared to the upper tolerance or prediction limit.

4.A control chart approach that gives control limits for each constituent.

5.Another statistical test method that meets the performance standards of subparagraph (m) of this paragraph. The owner or operator must place a justification for this alternative in the operating record and submit it to the Department for approval to use this alternative test. The justification must demonstrate that the alternative method meets the performance standards of subparagraph (m) of this paragraph.

(m)Any statistical method chosen under subparagraph (1) of this paragraph shall comply with the following performance standards, as appropriate:

1.The statistical method used to evaluate groundwater monitoring data shall be appropriate for the distribution of chemical parameters or hazardous constituents. If the distribution of the chemical parameters or hazardous constituents is shown by the owner or operator to be inappropriate for a normal theory test, then the data should be transformed or a distribution-free theory test should be used. If the distributions for the constituents differ, more than one statistical method may be needed.

2.If an individual well comparison procedure is used to compare an individual compliance well constituent concentration with background constituent concentrations or a groundwater protection standard, the test shall be done at a Type I error level no less than 0.01 for each testing period. If a multiple comparisons procedure is used, the Type I experiment wise error rate for each testing period shall be no less than 0.05; however, the Type I error of no less than 0.01 for individual well comparisons must be maintained. This performance standard does not apply to tolerance intervals, prediction intervals, or control charts.

3.If a control chart approach is used to evaluate groundwater monitoring data, the specific type of control chart and its associated parameter values shall be protective of human health and the environment. The parameters shall be determined after considering the number of samples in the background data base, the data distribution, and the range of the concentration values for each constituent of concern.

4.If a tolerance interval or a prediction interval is used to evaluate groundwater monitoring data, the levels of confidence and, for tolerance intervals, the percentage of the population that the interval must contain, shall be protective of human health and the environment. These parameters shall be determined after considering the number of samples in the background data base, the data distribution, and the range of the concentration values for each constituent of concern.

5.The statistical method shall account for data below the limit of detection with one or more statistical procedures that are protective of human health and the environment. Any practical quantitation limit (pql) that is used in the statistical method shall be the lowest concentration level that can be reliably achieved within specified limits of precision and accuracy during routine laboratory operating conditions that are available to the facility.

6.If necessary, the statistical method shall include procedures to control or correct for seasonal and spatial variability, as well as temporal correlation in the data.

(n)The owner or operator must determine and certify in writing to the Department if there is a statistically significant increase (SSI) over background values for each parameter or constituent required in the groundwater monitoring program.

1.In determining whether an SSI has occurred, the owner or operator must compare the groundwater quality of each parameter or constituent at each monitoring well to the background value of that constituent, according to the statistical procedures and performance standards specified under this Rule.

2.Within 30 days after completing sampling and receiving analytical results, the owner or operator must determine whether there has been an SSI over background at each monitoring well.

3.If an SSI over background groundwater quality is detected owner/operator must notify the Department within 14 days of this event.

(3)Detection Monitoring.

(a)Detection monitoring is required at LF units for all groundwater monitoring wells defined under subparagraphs (2)(a)1.(i) and (ii) of this Rule.

1.At a minimum, a detection monitoring program for MSWLF units must include the monitoring for the constituents listed in Appendix I of this Chapter.

2.Detection monitoring programs for C/DLFs or ILFs must include monitoring for constituents as specified by the Department.

3.The Department may delete any of the detection monitoring parameters for a LF unit if it can be shown that the removed constituents are not reasonably expected to be contained in or derived from the waste contained in the unit.

4.The Department may establish an alternative list of inorganic indicator parameters for a MSWLF unit, in lieu of some or all of the heavy metals (constituents 1 through 16 in Appendix I), if the alternative parameters provide a reliable indication of inorganic releases from the MSWLF unit to the groundwater. In determining alternative parameters, the Department shall consider the following factors:

(i)The types, quantities, and concentrations of constituents in waste managed at the MSWLF unit;

(ii)The mobility, stability, and persistence of waste constituents or their reaction products in the unsaturated zone beneath the MSWLF unit;

(iii)The detectability of indicator parameters, waste constituents, and reaction products in the groundwater; and

(iv)The concentration or values and coefficients of variation of monitoring parameters or constituents in the groundwater background.

(b)Frequency.

1.The monitoring frequency for all constituents listed in Appendix I, or in the alternative list approved in accordance with subparagraph (a)4. of this paragraph, shall be at least semiannual during the active life of the facility (including closure) and the post-closure period.

(i)A minimum of four independent samples from each well (background and downgradient) must be collected and analyzed for the Appendix I constituents, or the alternative list approved in accordance with subparagraph (a) of this paragraph, during the first semiannual sampling event.

(ii)At least one sample from each well (background and downgradient) must be collected and analyzed during subsequent semiannual sampling events.

2.The Department may specify an appropriate alternative frequency for repeated sampling and analysis for Appendix I constituents, or the alternative list approved in accordance with subparagraph (a) of this paragraph, during the active life (including closure) and the post-closure care period.

(i)The alternative frequency during the active life (including closure) shall be no less than annual.

(ii)The alternative frequency shall be based on consideration of the following factors:

(I)Lithology of the aquifer and unsaturated zone;

(II)Hydraulic conductivity of the aquifer and unsaturated zone;

(III)Groundwater flow rates;

(IV)Minimum distance between upgradient edge of the LF unit and downgradient monitoring well screen (minimum distance of travel); and

(V)Resource value of the aquifer.

(c)If the owner or operator determines, pursuant to subparagraph (2)(1) of this Rule, that there is an SSI over background for one or more of the constituents listed in Appendix I, or in the alternative list approved in accordance with subparagraph (a) of this paragraph, at any monitoring well at the boundary specified under subparagraph (2)(a)1.(ii) of this Rule, the owner or operator:

1.Must, within 14 days of this finding, place a notice in the operating record, and submit a copy of this notice to the Department, indicating which constituents have shown statistically significant changes from background levels, and notify the Department that this notice was placed in the operating record; and

2.Must establish an assessment monitoring program meeting the requirements of subparagraphs (4)(a) through (j) of this Rule within 90 days except as provided for under subparagraph (2)(c)3. of this Rule.

3.May demonstrate that a source other than a LF unit caused the contamination or that the SSI resulted from an error in sampling, analysis, statistical evaluation, or natural variation in groundwater quality.

(i)A report documenting this demonstration must be certified by a qualified groundwater scientist, approved by the Department and be placed in the operating record.

(ii)If a successful demonstration is made and documented, the owner or operator may continue detection monitoring as specified in this Rule. If, after 90 days, a successful demonstration is not made, the owner or operator must initiate an assessment monitoring program as required in subparagraphs (4)(a) through (j) of this Rule.

(4)Assessment Monitoring.

(a)Assessment monitoring is required whenever an SSI over background has been detected for one or more of the constituents listed in Appendix I or in the alternative list approved in accordance with subparagraph (3)(a)4. of this Rule.

(b)Frequency.

1.Within 90 days of triggering an assessment monitoring program, and annually thereafter, the owner or operator must sample and analyze the groundwater for all constituents identified in Appendix II of this Chapter.

(i)A minimum of one sample from each downgradient well must be collected and analyzed during each sampling event.

(ii)For any constituent detected in the downgradient wells as the result of the complete Appendix II analysis, a minimum of four independent samples from each well (background and downgradient) must be collected and analyzed to establish background for the new constituents.

2.The Department may specify an appropriate subset of wells to be sampled and analyzed for Appendix II constituents during assessment monitoring. The Department may delete any of the Appendix II monitoring parameters for a LF unit if it can be shown that the removed constituents are not reasonably expected to be in or derived from the waste contained in the unit.

(c)The Department may specify an appropriate alternate frequency for repeated sampling and analysis for the full set of Appendix II constituents required by subparagraph (b) of this paragraph, during the active life (including closure) and post-closure care of the unit considering the following factors:

1.Lithology of the aquifer and unsaturated zone;

2.Hydraulic conductivity of the aquifer and

unsaturated zone;

3.Groundwater flow rates;

4.Minimum distance between upgradient edge of the MSWLF unit and downgradient monitoring well screen (minimum distance of travel);

5.Resource value of the aquifer; and

6.Nature (fate and transport) of any constituents detected in response to this Rule.

(d)After obtaining the results from the initial or subsequent sampling events required in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph, the owner or operator must:

1.Within 14 days, place a notice in the operating record identifying the Appendix II constituents that have been detected and notify the Department that this notice has been placed in the operating record;

2.Within 90 days, and on at least a semiannual basis thereafter,

(i)Resample all wells specified by subparagraph (2)(a) of this Rule with a minimum of one sample from each well (background and downgradient) being collected and analyzed during these sampling events,

(ii)Conduct analyses for all constituents in Appendix I or in the alternative list approved in accordance with subparagraph (3)(a)4. of this Rule, and for those constituents in Appendix II that are detected in response to subparagraph (b) of this paragraph, and

(iii)Record their concentrations in the facility operating record.

The Department may specify an alternative monitoring frequency during the active life (including closure) and the post closure period for the constituents referred to in this paragraph. The alternative frequency for Appendix I constituents, or the alternative list approved in accordance with subparagraph (3)(a)4. of this Rule, during the active life (including closure) shall be no less than annual. The alternative frequency shall be based on consideration of the factors specified in subparagraph (c) of this paragraph;

3.Establish background concentrations for any constituents detected pursuant to subparagraph (b) or subparagraph (d)2. of this paragraph; and

4.Establish groundwater protection standards for all constituents detected pursuant to subparagraph (b) or subparagraph (d)2. of this paragraph. The groundwater protection standards shall be established in accordance with subparagraphs (h) or (i) of this paragraph.

(e)If the concentrations of all Appendix II constituents are shown to be at or below background values, using the statistical procedures in paragraph (2)(1) of this Rule, for two consecutive sampling events, the owner or operator must notify the Department of this finding and may return to detection monitoring.

(f)If the concentrations of any Appendix II constituents are above background values, but all concentrations are below the groundwater protection standard established under subparagraphs (h) or (i) of this paragraph, using the statistical procedures in subparagraph (2)(1) of this Rule, the owner or operator must continue assessment monitoring in accordance with this Rule.

(g)If one or more Appendix II constituents are detected at statistically significant levels above the groundwater protection standard established under subparagraphs (h) or (i) of this paragraph in any sampling event, within 14 days of this finding, the owner or operator must:

1.Place a notice in the operating record identifying the Appendix II constituents that have exceeded the groundwater protection standard and

2.Notify the Department and all appropriate local government officials that the notice has been placed in the operating record.

3.And must, either:

(i)Characterize the nature and extent of the release by installing additional monitoring wells as necessary,

(ii)Install at least one additional monitoring well at the facility boundary in the direction of contaminant migration and sample this well in accordance with subparagraph (d)2. of this paragraph,

(iii)Notify all persons who own the land or reside on the land that directly overlies any part of the plume of contamination if contaminants have migrated off-site as indicated by sampling of wells in accordance with subparagraphs (g)3.(i) and (ii) of this paragraph, and

(iv)Initiate an assessment of corrective measures as required by subparagraphs (5)(a) through (d) of this Rule within 90 days;

4.Or may demonstrate that a source other than a LF unit caused the contamination, or that the SSI resulted from error in sampling, analysis, statistical evaluation, or natural variation in groundwater quality. A report documenting this demonstration must be certified by a qualified groundwater scientist or approved by the Department and placed in the operating record. If a successful demonstration is made, the owner or operator must continue monitoring in accordance with the assessment monitoring program pursuant to subparagraphs (a) through (j) of this paragraph, and may return to detection monitoring if the Appendix II constituents are at or below background as specified in subparagraph (e) of this paragraph. Until a successful demonstration is made, the owner or operator must comply with subparagraph (g) of this paragraph, including initiating an assessment of corrective measures.

(h)The owner or operator must establish a groundwater protection standard for each Appendix II constituent detected in the groundwater. The groundwater protection standard shall be:

1.For constituents for which a maximum contaminant level (MCL) has been promulgated under Section 1412 of the Safe Drinking Water Act (codified) under 40 CFR 141, the MCL for that constituent;

2.For constituents for which MCLs have not been promulgated, the background concentration for the constituent established from wells in accordance with subparagraph (3)(a)1. of this Rule; or

3.For constituents for which the background level is higher than the MCL identified under subparagraph (h)1. of this paragraph or health based levels identified under subparagraph (i)1. of this paragraph, the background concentration.

(i)The Department may establish an alternative groundwater protection standard for constituents for which MCLs have not been established. These groundwater protection standards shall be appropriate health based levels that satisfy the following criteria:

1.The level is derived in a manner consistent with Agency guidelines for assessing the health risks of environmental pollutants (51 FR 33992, 34006, 34014, 34028, September 24, 1986);

2.The level is based on scientifically valid studies conducted in accordance with the Toxic Substances Control Act Good Laboratory Practice Standards (40 CFR 792) or equivalent;

3.For carcinogens, the level represents a concentration associated with an excess lifetime cancer risk level (due to continuous lifetime exposure) with the 1 x 10-4 to 1 x 10-6 range; and

4.For systemic toxicants, the level represents a concentration to which the human population (including sensitive subgroups) could be exposed to on a daily basis that is likely to be without appreciable risk of deleterious effects during a lifetime. For purposes of this subpart, systemic toxicants include toxic chemicals that cause effects other than cancer or mutation.

(j)In establishing groundwater protection standards under subparagraph (i) of this paragraph, the Department may consider the following:

1.Multiple contaminants in the groundwater;

2.Exposure threats to sensitive environmental receptors; and

3.Other site-specific exposure or potential exposure to groundwater.

(5)Corrective Action Requirements.

(a)Within 90 days of finding that any of the constituents listed in Appendix II have been detected at a statistically significant level exceeding the groundwater protection standards defined under subparagraphs (4)(h) or (i) of this Rule, the owner or operator must initiate an assessment of corrective measures. Such an assessment must be completed within a reasonable period of time.

(b)The owner or operator must continue to monitor in accordance with the assessment monitoring program as specified in subparagraphs (4)(a) through (j) of this Rule.

(c)The assessment shall include an analysis of the effectiveness of potential corrective measures in meeting all of the requirements and objectives of the remedy as described under subparagraphs (c) through (i) of this paragraph, addressing at least the following:

1.The performance, reliability, ease of implementation, and potential impacts of appropriate potential remedies, including safety impacts, cross-media impacts, and control of exposure to any residual contamination;

2.The time required to begin and complete the remedy;

3.The costs of remedy implementation; and

4.The institutional requirements such as State or local permit requirements or other environmental or public health requirements that may substantially affect implementation of the remedy(s).

(d)The owner or operator must discuss the results of the corrective measures assessment, prior to the selection of remedy, in a public meeting with interested and affected parties.

(e)Based on the results of the corrective measures assessment conducted under subparagraphs (5a) through (d) of this paragraph, the owner or operator must select a remedy that, at a minimum, meets the standards listed in this paragraph. The owner or operator must notify the Department, within 14 days of selecting a remedy, that a report describing the selected remedy has been placed in the operating record and how it meets the standards in this paragraph. Remedies must:

1.Be protective of human health and the environment;

2.Attain the groundwater protection standard as specified pursuant to subparagraphs (4)(h) or (i) of this Rule;

3.Control the source(s) of releases so as to reduce or eliminate, to the maximum extent practicable, further releases of Appendix II constituents into the environment that may pose a threat to human health or the environment; and

4.Comply with standards for management of wastes as specified in subparagraph (m) of this paragraph.

(f)In selecting a remedy that meets the standards of subparagraph (e) of this paragraph, the owner or operator shall consider the following evaluation factors:

1.The long- and short-term effectiveness and protectiveness of the potential remedy(s), along with the degree of certainty that the remedy will prove successful based on consideration of the following:

(i)Magnitude of reduction of existing risks;

(ii)Magnitude of residual risks in terms of likelihood of further releases due to waste remaining following implementation of a remedy;

(iii)The type and degree of long-term management

required, including monitoring, operation, and maintenance;

(iv)Short-term risks that might be posed to the community, workers, or the environment during implementation of such a remedy, including potential threats to human health and the environment associated with excavation, transportation, and redisposal or containment;

(v)Time until full protection is achieved;

(vi)Potential for exposure of humans and environmental receptors to remaining wastes, considering the potential threat to human health and the environment associated with excavation, transportation, redisposal, or containment;

(vii)Long-term reliability of the engineering and institutional controls; and

(viii)Potential need for replacement of the remedy.

2.The effectiveness of the remedy in controlling the source to reduce further releases based on consideration of the following factors:

(i)The extent to which containment practices will reduce further releases;

(ii)The extent to which treatment technologies may be used.

3.The ease or difficulty of implementing a potential remedy(s) based on consideration of the following types of factors:

(i)Degree of difficulty associated with constructing the technology;

(ii)Expected operational reliability of the technologies;

(iii)Need to coordinate with and obtain necessary approvals and permits from other agencies;

(iv)Availability of necessary equipment and specialists; and

(v)Available capacity and location of needed treatment, storage, and disposal services.

4.Practicable capability of the owner or operator, including a consideration of the technical and economic capability.

5.The degree to which community concerns are addressed by a potential remedy(s).

(g)The owner or operator shall specify as part of the selected remedy a schedule(s) for initiating and completing remedial activities. Such a schedule must require the initiation of remedial activities within a reasonable period of time taking into consideration the factors set forth in this paragraph. The owner or operator must consider the following factors in determining the schedule of remedial activities:

1.Extent and nature of contamination;

2.Practical capabilities of remedial technologies in achieving compliance with groundwater protection standards established under paragraphs (4)(g) or (h) of this Rule and other objectives of the remedy;

3.Availability of treatment or disposal capacity for wastes managed during implementation of the remedy;

4.Desirability of utilizing technologies that are not currently available, but which may offer significant advantages over already available technologies in terms of effectiveness, reliability, safety, or ability to achieve remedial objectives;

5.Potential risks to human health and the environment from exposure to contamination prior to completion of the remedy;

6.Resource value of the aquifer including:

(i)Current and future uses;

(ii)Proximity and withdrawal rate of users;

(iii)Groundwater quantity and quality;

(iv)The potential damage to wildlife, crops, vegetation, and physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituents;

(v)The hydrogeologic characteristic of the facility and surrounding land;

(vi)Groundwater removal and treatment costs; and

(vii)The cost and availability of alternative water supplies.

7.Practicable capability of the owner or operator.

8.Other relevant factors.

(h)The Department may determine that remediation of a release of an Appendix II constituent from a LF unit is not necessary if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Department that:

1.The groundwater is additionally contaminated by substances that have originated from a source other than a LF unit and those substances are present in concentrations such that cleanup of the release from the LF unit would provide no significant reduction in risk to actual or potential receptors; or

2.The constituent(s) is present in groundwater that:

(i)Is not currently or reasonably expected to be a source of drinking water; and

(ii)Is not hydraulically connected with waters to which the hazardous constituents are migrating or are likely to migrate in a concentration(s) that would exceed the groundwater protection standards established under subparagraphs (4)(h) or (i) of this Rule; or

3.Remediation of the release(s) is technically impracticable; or

4.Remediation results in unacceptable cross-media impacts.

(i)A determination by the Department pursuant to subparagraph (h) of this paragraph shall not affect the authority of the State to require the owner or operator to undertake source control measures or other measures that may be necessary to eliminate or minimize further releases to the groundwater, to prevent exposure to the groundwater, or to remediate the groundwater to concentrations that are technically practicable and significantly reduce threats to human health or the environment.

(j)Based on the schedule established under subparagraph (g) of this paragraph for initiation and completion of remedial activities the owner/operator must:

1.Establish and implement a corrective action groundwater monitoring program that:

(i)At a minimum, meets the requirements of an assessment monitoring program under subparagraphs (4)(a) through (j) of this Rule;

(ii)Indicates the effectiveness of the corrective action remedy; and

(iii)Demonstrates compliance with groundwater protection standards pursuant to subparagraph (n) of this paragraph.

2.Implement the corrective action remedy selected under subparagraphs (e) through (i) of this paragraph; and

3.Take any interim measures necessary to ensure the protection of human health and the environment. Interim measures should, to the greatest extent practicable, be consistent with the objectives of and contribute to the performance of any remedy that may be required pursuant to subparagraphs (e) through (i) of this paragraph. The following factors must be considered by an owner or operator in determining whether interim measures are necessary:

(i)Time required to develop and implement a final remedy;

(ii)Actual or potential exposure of nearby populations or environmental receptors to hazardous constituents;

(iii)Actual or potential contamination of drinking water supplies or sensitive ecosystems;

(iv)Further degradation of the groundwater that may occur if remedial action is not initiated expeditiously;

(v)Weather conditions that may cause hazardous constituents to migrate or be released;

(vi)Risks of fire or explosion, or potential for exposure to hazardous constituents as a result of an accident or failure of a container or handling system; and

(vii)Other situations that may pose threats to human health and the environment.

(k)An owner or operator may determine, based on information developed after implementation of the remedy has begun or other information, that compliance with requirements of subparagraph (e) of this paragraph are not being achieved through the remedy selected. In such cases, the owner or operator must implement other methods or techniques that could practicably achieve compliance with the requirements, unless the owner or operator makes the determination under subparagraph (l) of this paragraph.

(l)If the owner or operator determines that compliance with requirements under subparagraph (e) of this paragraph cannot be practically achieved with any currently available methods, the owner or operator must:

1.Obtain certification of a qualified groundwater scientist or approval by the Department that compliance with requirements under subparagraph (e) of this paragraph cannot be practically achieved with any currently available methods;

2.Implement alternate measures to control exposure of humans or the environment to residual contamination, as necessary to protect human health and the environment; and

3.Implement alternate measures for control of the sources of contamination, or for removal or decontamination of equipment, units, devices, or structures that are:

(i)Technically practicable; and

(ii)Consistent with the overall objective of the remedy.

4.Notify the Department within 14 days that a report justifying the alternative measures prior to implementing the alternative measures has been placed in the operating record.

(m)All solid wastes that are managed pursuant to a remedy required under subparagraphs (e) through (i) of this paragraph, or an interim measure required under subparagraph (j)3. of this paragraph, shall be managed in a manner:

1.That is protective of human health and the environment; and

2.That complies with applicable RCRA requirements.

(n)Remedies selected pursuant to subparagraphs (e) through (i) of this paragraph shall be considered complete when:

1.The owner or operator complies with the groundwater protection standards established under subparagraphs (4)(h) or (i) of this Rule at all points within the plume of contamination that lie beyond the groundwater monitoring well system established under subparagraph (3)(a) of this Rule.

2.Compliance with the groundwater protection standards established under subparagraphs (4)(h) or (i) of this Rule has been achieved by demonstrating that concentrations of Appendix II constituents have not exceeded the groundwater protection standard(s) for a period of three consecutive years using the statistical procedures and performance standards in subparagraphs (4)(l) and (m) of this Rule. The Department may specify an alternative length of time during which the owner or operator must demonstrate that concentrations of Appendix II constituents have not exceeded the groundwater protection standard(s) taking into consideration:

(i)Extent and concentration of the release(s);

(ii)Behavior characteristics of the hazardous constituents in the groundwater;

(iii)Accuracy of monitoring or modeling techniques, including any seasonal, meteorological, or other environmental variabilities that may affect the accuracy; and

(iv)Characteristics of the groundwater.

3.All actions required to complete the remedy have been satisfied.

(o)Upon completion of the remedy, the owner or operator must notify the Department within 14 days that a certification that the remedy has been completed in compliance with the requirements of subparagraph (n) of this paragraph has been placed in the operating record. The certification must be signed by the owner or operator and by a qualified groundwater scientist or approved by the Department.

(p)When, upon completion of the certification, the owner or operator determines that the corrective action remedy has been completed in accordance with the requirements under subparagraph (n) of this paragraph, the owner or operator shall be released from the requirements for financial assurance for corrective action under 40 CFR 258, Subpart G.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-4, 22-27-7.

History: New Rule: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.4.28" level="3" title="Financial Assurance Criteria">

[Reserved]

<regElement name="335.13.4.29" level="3" title="Recordkeeping Requirements"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="1"><dwc name="benzen" times="1"><dwc name="carbon tetrachlorid" times="1"><dwc name="chlordan" times="6"><dwc name="chlorobenzen" times="1"><dwc name="dbcp" times="1"><dwc name="dichloromethan" times="1"><dwc name="methylen chlorid" times="1"><dwc name="ethylbenzen" times="1"><dwc name="ethylen dibromid" times="1"><dwc name="polychlorin biphenyl" times="1"><dwc name="pcb" times="1"><dwc name="styren" times="1"><dwc name="tetrachloroethylen" times="1"><dwc name="toluen" times="1"><dwc name="toxaphen" times="2"><dwc name="trichloroethylen" times="1"><dwc name="vinyl chlorid" times="1"><dwc name="xylen" times="9">

Recordkeeping shall be maintained as follows:

(1)Operating Record. The owner or operator of a MSWLF, C/DLF or ILF unit must record and retain in an operating record at the facility, or in an alternative location approved by the Department, the following information as it becomes available:

(a)Solid Waste Disposal Facility Permit as issued by the Department.

(b)Permitted application, operational narrative, and engineering drawings. This may include, but is not limited to:

1.Any location restriction demonstration required under 335-13-4-.01 of this Division;

2.Any MSWLF unit design documentation for placement of leachate or gas condensate in a MSWLF unit as required under 335-13-4-.22(1)(k) of this Division;

3.Closure and post closure care plans as required by 335-13-4-.20 of this Division;

4.Explosive gas monitoring plans as required by 335-13-4-.16 of this Division;

5.Corrective action plan, if necessary, which includes detection in assessment monitoring;

6.Any other documentation submitted to the Department during the permitting process.

(c)Reports or documentation generated during the normal operation of the facility may include, but are not limited to:

1.Gas monitoring results from monitoring and any remediation plans required by 335-13-4-.16;

2.Inspection records, training procedures, notification procedures, and other information required in 335-13-4-.21(1)(b);

3.Any monitoring, testing, or analytical data as required by 335-13-4-.20 of this Division concerning closure;

4.Any demonstration, certification, finding monitoring, testing, or analytical data required by 335-13-4-.27 concerning groundwater monitoring and corrective action;

5.Quarterly volume reports as required in 335-13-4-.22(2)(g) or 335-13-4-.23(2)(f) of this Division;

6.Waste certifications as required by 335-13-4-.21(1)(c) of this Division;

7.Any other report or document generated in the normal operation of the facility which is submitted to the Department.

(d)Any cost estimates and financial assurance documentation required by 40 CFR 258, Subpart G.

(2)Department notification. The owner/operator must notify the Department when the documents from subparagraph (1)(b) of this Rule have been placed or added to the operating record, and all information contained in the operating record must be furnished upon request to the Department or be made available at all reasonable times for inspection by the Department.

(3)Alternative schedules. The Department can set alternative schedules for recordkeeping and notification requirements as specified in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Rule, except for notification requirements in 335-13-4-.01(1)(c) and 335-13-4-.27(4)(g)3.(iii).

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-8, 22-27-7.

History: New Rule: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

APPENDIX I

CONSTITUENTS FOR DETECTION MONITORING

Common Name2CAS Number3

pH4N/A

Specific Conductance4N/A

Inorganic Constituents

1.AntimonyTotal

2.ArsenicTotal

3.BariumTotal

4.BerylliumTotal

5.CadmiumTotal

6.ChromiumTotal

7.CobaltTotal

8.CopperTotal

9.LeadTotal

10.MercuryTotal

11.NickelTotal

12.SeleniumTotal

13.SilverTotal

14.ThalliumTotal

15.VanadiumTotal

16.ZincTotal

Organic Constituents

17.Acetone 67-64-1

18.Acrylonitrile107-13-1

19.Benzene 71-43-2

20.Bromochloromethane 74-97-5

21.Bromodichloromethane 75-27-4

22.Bromoform; Tribromomethane 75-25-2

23.Carbon disulfide 75-15-0

24.Carbon tetrachloride 56-23-5

25.Chlorobenzene 108-90-7

26.Chloroethane; Ethyl chloride 75-00-3

27.Chloroform; Trichloromethane 67-66-3

28.Dibromochloromethane; Chlorodibromomethane124-48-1

29.1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP) 96-12-8

30.1,2-Dibromoethane; Ethylene dibromide; EDB106-93-4

31.o-Dichlorobenzene; 1,2-Dichlorobenzene 95-50-1

32.p-Dichlorobenzene; 1,4-Dichlorobenzene106-46-7

33.trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene110-57-6

34.1,1-Dichloroethane; Ethylidene chloride 75-34-3

35.1,2-Dichloroethane; Ethylene dichloride107-06-2

36.1,1-Dichloroethylene; 1,1-dichloroethene;

Vinylidene chloride 75-35-4

37.cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene; cis-1,2-

Dichloroethene156-59-2

38.trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene; trans-1,2-

Dichloroethene156-60-5

39.1,2-Dichloropropane; Propylene dichloride 78-87-5

40.cis-1,3-Dichloropropene10061-01-5

41.trans-1,3-Dichloropropene10061-02-6

42.Ethylbenzene100-41-4

CONSTITUENTS FOR DETECTION MONITORING

(CONT.)

Common Name2CAS Number3

43.2-Hexanone; Methyl butyl ketone591-78-6

44.Methyl bromide; Bromomethane 74-83-9

45.Methyl chloride; Chloromethane 74-87-3

46.Methylene bromide; Dibromomethane 74-95-3

47.Methylene chloride; Dichloromethane 75-09-2

48.Methyl ethyl ketone; MEK; 2-Butanone 78-93-3

49.Methyl iodide; Iodomethane 74-88-4

50.4-Methyl-2-pentanone; Methyl isobutyl ketone108-10-1

51.Styrene100-42-5

52.1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane630-20-6

53.1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 79-34-5

54.Tetrachloroethylene; Tetrachloroethene;

Perchloroethylene127-18-4

55.Toluene108-88-3

56.1,1,1-Trichloroethane; Methylchloroform 71-55-6

57.1,1,2-Trichloroethane 79-00-5

58.Trichloroethylene; Trichloroethene 79-01-6

59.Trichlorofluoromethane; CFC-11 75-69-4

60.1,2,3-Trichloropropane 96-18-4

61.Vinyl acetate108-05-4

62.Vinyl chloride 75-01-4

63.Xylenes1330-20-7

NOTES

1This list contains 47 volatile organics for which possible analytical procedure provided in EPA Report SW-846, "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste," Third Edition, November 1986, as revised December 1987, includes Method 8260; and 15 metals for which SW-846 provides either Method 6010 or a method from the 7000 series of methods.

2Common names are those widely used in government regulations, scientific publications, and commerce; synonyms exist for many chemicals.

3Chemical Abstracts Service registry number. Where "Total" is entered, all species in the groundwater that contain this element are included.

4State specific requirements.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-4, 22-27-7.

History: New: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

APPENDIX II

See Master Code for chart

APPENDIX II

See Master Code for chart

APPENDIX II

See Master Code for chart

APPENDIX II

See Master Code for chart

APPENDIX II

See Master Code for chart

APPENDIX II

See Master Code for chart

APPENDIX II

See Master Code for chart

APPENDIX II

See Master Code for chart

NOTES

1The regulatory regulatory requirements pertain only to the list of substances; the right hand columns (Methods and PQL) are given for informational purposes only. See also footnotes 5 and 6.

2Common names are those widely used in government regulations, scientific publications, and commerce; synonyms exist for many chemicals.

3Chemical Abstracts Service registry number. Where "Total" is entered, all species in the groundwater that contain this element are included.

4CAS index are those used in the 9th Collective Index.

5Suggested Methods refer to analytical procedure numbers used in EPA Report SW-846 "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste", third edition, November 1986, as revised, December 1987. Analytical details can be found in SW-846 and in documentation on file at the agency. CAUTION: The methods listed are representative SW-846 procedures and may not always be the most suitable method(s) for monitoring an analyte under the regulations.

6Practical Quantitation Limits (PQLs) are the lowest concentrations of analytes in groundwater?s that can be reliably determined within specified limits of precision and accuracy by the indicated methods under routine laboratory operating conditions. The PQLs listed are generally stated to one significant figure. PQLS are based on 5 ml samples for volatile organic and 1 L samples for semivolatile organic. CAUTION: The PQL values in many cases are based only on a general estimate for the method and not on a determination for individual compounds; PQLs are not a part of the regulation.

7This substance is often called Bis(2-chloroisopropyl)ether, the name Chemical Abstracts Serrvice applies to its noncommercial isomer, Propane, 2,2"-oxybis[2-chloro-(CAS RN 39638-32-9).

8Chlordane: This entry includes alpha-chlordane (CAS RN 5103-71-9), beta-chlordane(CAS RN 5103-74-2), gamma-chlordane (CAS RN 5566-34-7), and constituents of chlordane (CAS RN 57-74-9 and CAS RN 12789-03-6). PQL shown is for technical chlordane. PQLs of specific isomers are about 20 ug/L by method 8270.

9Polychlorinated biphenyl?s (CAS RN 1336-36-3); this category contains congener chemicals, including constituents of Aroclor 1016 (CAS RN 12674-11-2), Aroclor 1221 (CAS RN 11104-28-2), Aroclor 1232 (CAS RN 11141-16-5), Aroclor 1242 (CAS RN 53469-21-9), Aroclor 1248 (CAS RN 12672-29-6), Aroclor 1254 (CAS RN 11097-69-1), and Aroclor 1260 (CAS RN 11096-82-5). The PQL shown is an average value for PCB congeners.

10Toxaphene: This entry includes congener chemicals contained in technical toxaphene (CAS RN 8001-35-2), i.e., chlorinated camphene.

11Xylene (total): This entry includes o-xylene (CAS RN 96-47-6), m-xylene (CAS RN 108-38-3), p-xylene (CAS RN 106-42-3), and unspecified xylenes (dimethylbenzenes) (CAS RN 1330-20-7). PQLs for method 8021 are 0.2 for o-xylene and 0.1 for m- or p-xylene. The PQL for m-xylene is 2.0 ug/L by method 8020 or 8260.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-7.

History: November 2, 1993.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-13-5" level="2" title="PROCEDURES FOR OBTAINING PERMITS">

<regElement name="335.13.5.01" level="3" title="Disposal Permits">

All solid waste shall be disposed of in a landfill unit permitted by the Department. Rules 335-13-5-.02 through 335-13-5-.07 establish the minimum requirements and procedures for obtaining a solid waste disposal facility permit for existing and proposed facilities.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-27-3, 22-27-5, 22-27-7.

History: Effective: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993.

<regElement name="335.13.5.02" level="3" title="Permit Application">

Existing and proposed landfill units shall obtain permits to construct and/or operate in accordance with the following:

(1)Application Requirements. Landfill units proposed after the effective date of this Division shall submit the following in order to request a permit:

(a)Host government approval, as provided in the Codeof Ala. 1975, &#167;22-27-48;

(b)Statement of consistency, as provided in the Codeof Ala. 1975, &#167;22-27-48;

(c)Facility design plans and operational procedures in accordance with Permit Application Procedures for Solid Waste Disposal Facilities as prepared by the Department; and

(d)Technical data and reports to comply with 335-13-4-.01, 335-13-4-.11 through 335-13-4-.24 and this Division,

(e)All technical reports, plans and specifications, plats, geological and hydrological reports required by this Division, prepared under the following:

1.Plans, specifications, operational procedures, letters of final construction certification and other technical data, except as provided in 335-13-5-.02(1)(e)2. and 3., for the construction and operation of a facility shall be prepared by an engineer. The seal or signature and registration number of the design engineer shall be affixed to the plans, specifications and reports.

2.Reports, letters of certification and other documents and technical data concerning the siting standards of 335-13-4-.01 shall be prepared by a person with technical expertise in the field of concern.

3.Legal property descriptions and survey plats shall be by a land surveyor with the seal or signature and registration number of the land surveyor affixed.

(f)The name and mailing address of all property owners whose property is adjacent to the proposed site shall be submitted as part of a landfill unit's permit application.

(g)In addition to the requirements listed in (a) through (f) above the Department may waive certain requirements of (c) and (d) for those landfill units that will receive for disposal only construction and demolition type waste. A permit application for a C/DLF will be submitted on a form developed by the Department which shall specify the minimum requirements for a complete application. The C/DLF permit application shall also include statements signed by an engineer and a representative of the facility owner/operator certifying that the information being submitted is accurate and correct. The submittal of false or inaccurate information shall result in the C/DLF permit application being suspended or denied.

(2)Permit Duration. Solid waste disposal permits obtained under compliance with this Division shall be valid for the design life of the facility or as otherwise determined by the Department, but no longer than a period of five years. Permits, however, are subject to revocation under 335-13-5-.05 of this Division.

(3)Filing Deadline. Request for extension, renewal, or a new permit for any landfill unit shall be filed with the Department by the operating agency at least 180 days prior to expiration date for existing permits or proposed construction date for new facilities.

(4)Modifications. Prior to any change in the permitted service area, increasing the volume of waste received or changing the design or operating procedure as described in 335-13-5-.06(1) and (2) and the current permit, the permittee shall request a modification of the permit as described in 335-13-5-.06(3). This modification request for modification described in 335-13-5-.06(1) and (2) must be filed with the Department at least 90 days prior to the anticipated change and shall receive approval from the Department prior to the implementation of the proposed change.

(5)Effect of non-compliance

(a)As determined by the Director, substantial non-compliance with Department regulations or permits at any facility owned or operated by the applicant, including any facility for which the pending permit application is requested, may be grounds for denial of the application, or alternatively, for suspension of further consideration of the application until such non-compliance is corrected.

(b)In addition to the foregoing, the Director may deny a permit application if:

1.The Director determines that a permit could not be issued that would result in compliance with applicable solid waste standards; or

2.The applicant could not comply with the permit as issued.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-5, 22-27-7, 22-27-48.

History: Effective: November 18, 1981; Amended: March 31, 1988. (Emergency Regulations); July 21, 1988; October 2, 1990. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.5.03" level="3" title="Public Notice">

(1)Notice Requirements.

(a)The Department may provide notice and an opportunity for a public hearing on any landfill unit permit if determined necessary to meet the requirements of this Division.

(b)The following procedures shall be observed:

1.The Department shall notify interested and potentially interested persons of the proposed landfill unit by publishing a notice in a newspaper of general circulation in the area.

(i)The notice shall be given not less than 35 days prior to the proposed issuance of a permit.

(ii)The notice shall contain the specific type and nature of the landfill units, the type of waste to be disposed, the person or agency requesting the permit, and the descriptive location of the landfill units, address and telephone number of the Department, and that interested persons may request a public hearing on the proposed landfill units.

2.Landowners adjacent to a proposed landfill unit shall receive a copy of public notice.

(2)Departmental Action. The Department shall take one of the following actions after the hearing:

(a)Deny the permit, stating in writing the reasons for denial and inform the person requesting the permit of appeal procedures in 335-13-1-.07;

(b)Issue the permit if the application complies with this Division; or

(c)Require additional information, elements of design for the facility, and specify procedures for inclusion into the permit prior to issuance of the permit.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-27-7.

History: Effective: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996, effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.5.04" level="3" title="Public Hearing">

(1)Authorization. The Department shall authorize a public hearing upon receipt of significant number of technical requests as provided in 335-13-5-.04(2).

(2)Procedures.

(a)Requests for public hearings shall be submitted in writing to the Department by interested persons.

1.Frivolous or nontechnical requests shall be denied by the Department.

2.Requests for public hearings must be submitted within 35 days after the publication of the public notice and must contain the following:

(i)The name, address and telephone number of the person requesting the hearing.

(ii)A brief statement of the person?s interest and the information the person wishes to submit.

(iii)The person?s signature, if an individual, or the signature of a responsible officer of an organization or legal entity.

(b)When a hearing has been authorized, the Department shall appoint a hearing officer to conduct the hearing and shall establish a time, date, and location for the hearing. The location for the hearing shall comply with the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act.

(c)The Department shall give notice of the public hearings in the manner set forth in 335-13-5-.03(1), and also to the persons requesting the hearing in 335-13-5-.04(2). The notice given not less than 35 days prior to the time of the public hearing shall include:

1.A summary of the proposed permit.

2.The place, time, and date of the hearing.

3.The name, address and telephone number of an office at which interested persons may receive further information.

(3)Departmental Action. The Department shall take one of the following actions after the hearing:

(a)Deny the permit, stating in writing the reasons for denial and inform the person requesting the permit of appeal procedures in 335-13-1-.07;

(b)Issue the permit if the application complies with this Division; or

(c)Require additional information, elements of design for the facility, and specify procedures for inclusion into the permit prior to issuance of the permit.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-27-7.

History: Effective: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.5.05" level="3" title="Permit Denial, Suspension or Revocation">

(1)Conditions. The Department may deny, suspend or revoke any permit if:

(a)the permittee is found to be in violation of any of the permit conditions,

(b)the permittee fails to perform the permitted activity in accordance with the approved operational narrative or engineering drawings,

(c)the permittee fails to seek a modification of the permit as required by the Rules,

(d)an active site stops receiving waste for more than one year, or

(e)the design operations creates a nuisance or is inconsistent with the Act or this Division.

(2)Written Notice. In the event of denial, suspension or revocation of a permit, the Department shall serve written notice of such action on the permittee and shall set forth in such notice the reason for such action.

(3)Closure. Upon revocation or suspension of the permit, or denial of the renewal of the permit, the permittee shall meet the closure requirements found in 335-13-4-.20.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-27-3, 22-27-5, 22-27-7.

History: Effective: November 18, 1981; Amended: March 31, 1988; (Emergency Regulations); July 21, 1988; October 2, 1990; Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.5.06" level="3" title="Permit Modification">

The Department may modify any permit after receiving a satisfactory application that is found in compliance with ADEM rules and regulations.

(1)Major Modifications.

(a)Permit modification shall be requested utilizing forms designated by the Department when the permittee proposes to modify its operation in any of the following ways:

1.There is any change in the permitted service area. The Director may temporarily or on a one-time basis waive permit modification requirements on a case-by-case basis for special waste or other solid waste if it is demonstrated that a disposal alternative is needed immediately to protect health or the environment.

2.Convert an industrial landfill (ILF) or construction/demolition landfill (C/DLF) to a municipal solid waste landfill (MSWLF) or convert a construction/demolition landfill (C/DLF) to an industrial landfill (ILF).

3.Addition of a liner and leachate collection system or any design change in existing permitted liner and leachate collection system.

4.Addition of disposal acreage inside the permitted perimeter where design plans have not been previously submitted.

(b)Modifications required under this paragraph are subject to the provisions of Rules 335-13-5-.03 and &#167;335-13-5-.04, which require a public notice and may require a public hearing.

(2)Minor Modifications.

(a)A permit modification shall be required, utilizing forms designated by the Department, when the permittee proposes to modify its operations or design in any of the following ways:

1.Addition of a waste stream to a ILF or C/DLF.

2.Addition or relocation of a monitoring well.

3.Addition of sedimentation basins.

4.Any change in the permitted final fill elevations.

5.The average daily volume of waste specified by the permit for a landfill unit is proposed to be exceeded, or is exceeded for two or more consecutive reporting quarters, by 20 percent, or 100 tons/day, whichever is less.

(i)The average daily volume of waste received at a landfill unit shall be calculated by dividing the total months receipts by the total number of days in the reporting month.

(ii)Volumes received shall be reported to the Department in a format specified by the Department.

(b)Modification required this paragraph are not subject to the provision of Rules 335-13-5-.03 and 335-13-5-.04, and do not require public notice or public hearing.

(3)Procedures. Permittee shall request a permit modification in accordance with the following procedures:

(a)Submit a request for modification to the Department at least 90 days prior to the anticipated change.

(b)Identify each and every part of the permit or plans to be modified.

(c)Submit revised plans and narratives as required by the Department.

(d)Receive approval from the Department prior to implementing modification.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-27-3, 22-27-5, 22-27-7.

History: New Rule: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.5.07" level="3" title="Transfer Of Permit">

Permits are not transferable except as follows:

(1)A notification must be submitted to and approved by the Department prior to any proposed transfer from one person or company to another or name change of any permitted facility.

(a)The notification must be submitted to the Department at least 30 days prior to the proposed transfer.

(b)Information regarding the transfer must be submitted on form(s) designated by the Department.

(2)[Reserved]

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-27-7. History: Effective: November 18, 1981; Amended: March 31,1988. (Emergency Regulations); July 21, 1988. Amended: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993.

<regElement name="335.13.5.08" level="3" title="Vertical Expansion">

(1)Applicability. Existing MSWLF units may continue to operate past October 8, 1993, or the effective date of &#167;258.1 of 40 CFR 258, Solid Waste Disposal Criteria, whichever is later, provided that an adequate application request is submitted and approval is granted by the Department.

(2)Application Requests. A vertical expansion application request must be submitted to the Department. The application, at a minimum, shall include the following:

(a)An assessment of the existing groundwater data and groundwater monitoring system. The assessment shall include:

1.Submittals of past groundwater data and conclusions as to whether or not the groundwater has been impacted by the landfill.

2.Monitoring well data such as: well logs, total well depth, screen depth, depth to water level (MSL), indication/documentation of upgradient or downgradient well location, numbering sequence, etc. and conclusions as to whether or not the groundwater monitoring system is adequate.

(b)A plat or engineering drawing, designating the active footprint; i.e., area where waste has previously been disposed and has not reached final closure elevations. Areas that have the final closure cap in place will not be considered active areas.

(3)Approval Criteria. In determining whether to approve or deny the vertical expansion request, the Department shall consider the following criteria:

(a)If the groundwater analysis indicates no significant impact to the groundwater, the MSWLF will be allowed to fill vertically over the active footprint, according to their approved plans, until final closure elevations are reached, provided the active footprint is over a lined area with a leachate collection system. If the approved active footprint is over an unlined area, the MSWLF may not operate vertically past October 8, 1997.

(b)If the groundwater analysis indicates an increase over the background data (initial sampling data), and no sampling data has exceeded primary drinking water standards, unlined MSWLFs will be allowed to expand vertically until October 8, 1995 and MSWLFs operating over liners and leachate collection systems may operate according to the approved plans until final closure elevations are reached.

(c)If the groundwater analysis indicates an increase over the background data and exceeds the primary drinking water standards, the MSWLF must perform a groundwater assessment. After Departmental review of the groundwater assessment, a remediation plan (if required) must be submitted to and approved by the Department prior to October 9, 1993, or the effective date of &#167;258.1 of 40 CFR 258, Solid Waste Disposal Criteria, whichever is later. If a remediation plan is approved by ADEM and implemented by the MSWLF unit, the facility may expand vertically until October 8, 1995.

(d)The active footprint shall be determined by the Department.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-27-4, 22-27-7.

History: New Rule: Filed September 28, 1993; effective November 2, 1993. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-13-6" level="2" title="INSPECTION OF FACILITIES">

<regElement name="335.13.6.01" level="3" title="Inspection Of Solid Waste Disposal Facilities">

(1)General.

(a)The Department shall make periodic evaluations of all solid waste disposal facilities. The evaluations shall be unannounced, and a written report shall be forwarded to the persons holding the disposal permit. The report shall specify the items not in compliance and shall outline measures for corrections and dates for compliance.

(b)The Department may require the permittee to prepare waste for inspection. Such preparation may include but not be limited to the disassembly of bales, or spreading of confined waste to facilitate inspection.

(2)Access. Any permittee, owner or operator of a solid waste disposal facility shall upon request of a duly authorized representative of the Department, permit the representative to enter, at all reasonable times, property and buildings relating to past, present and future management of solid and medical waste and allow the representative to inspect facilities and equipment and to conduct monitoring and sampling activities.

Authors: Lindsay Mothershed, Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-3, 22-27-5, 22-27-7.

History: Effective: November 18, 1981; Amended: March 31, 1988 (Emergency Regulations); July 21, 1988; October 2, 1990. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-13-7" level="2" title="MEDICAL WASTE">

<regElement name="335.13.7.01" level="3" title="Generators">

(1)Within 90 days from the effective date of this Division, each generator of medical waste shall prepare, maintain and update as necessary a written plan to ensure proper management of medical waste. This plan must be made available to the Department upon request. This plan shall address the following if applicable to the generators:

(a)The type of medical waste generated;

(b)Proper segregation, packaging and labeling procedures of untreated medical waste intended for off-site transportation;

(c) Treatment method to be utilized on-site;

(d) Transporter of any untreated medical waste transported off-site;

1. Name, address and telephone number of a responsible person;

2. ADEM permit number.

(e) Storage facilities utilized both on-site and off-site;

1. Name, address and telephone number of a responsible person for all off-site storage facilities;

2. ADEM permit number for all off-site storage facilities.

(f) All treatment/processing facilities utilized;

1. Name, address and telephone number of all off-site facilities;

2. ADEM permit number for all off-site facilities.

(g) All disposal facilities utilized;

1. Name of disposal facility as it appears on their permit;

2.Permittee of disposal facility;

3.ADEM permit number.

(h)Frequency medical waste is removed off-site from medical waste generator's facility;

(i) Training of employees;

1. Steps that will be taken to minimize the exposure of their employees to infectious agents;

2. Name of the individual who is responsible for training.

(2) Each generator of medical waste shall notify the Department in writing within 90 days from the effective date of this Division. This notification shall address the following:

(a)Name and mailing address of generator;

(b)Name and telephone number of responsible person;

(c)Street address, including nearest city, of generator's facility;

(d) A person who will begin the generation of medical waste after the effective date of this Division must submit the above notification and prepare a written Medical Waste Management Plan prior to initiating any waste generation, treatment, transportation or disposal activity.

Author: Lindsay Mothershed

Statutory Authority: Solid Waste Disposal Act, Code of Ala._1975, &#167; &#167; 22-27-1 to 7.

History: Effective: October 2, 1990.

<regElement name="335.13.7.02" level="3" title="Collection Of Untreated Waste">

Collection of untreated medical waste intended for transport off-site, except where interment will be utilized, shall be packaged and maintained in the following manner:

(1) The outermost layer of packaging for medical waste, except sharps, shall be packaged in containers which have either a red background color or utilize red lettering with contrasting background color and conspicuously labeled with either the words "Infectious" or "Medical Waste" or "Bio-Hazardous" and/or contain the International Biological Hazard Symbol.

(a) The wording shall be either printed on the container or securely attached by label on two or more sides. The wording shall utilize letters two inches or larger in size, and the International Biological Hazard Symbol, must be six inches or larger in diameter. The wording and symbol, if utilized, must be in a contrasting color to the background color.

(b) The ink utilized must be indelible and considered permanent when exposed to the environment under normal weather conditions.

(2) Containers shall be impermeable to moisture and shall have a strength which prevents ripping, tearing, or bursting under normal conditions of use.

(3) Sharps shall be placed directly into leak proof, rigid, puncture-resistant containers and sealed to prevent loss of contents under normal handling procedures. These containers shall be clearly labeled as described in (1) above unless placed in rigid shipping containers that meet this requirement.

(4) Small containers used to collect untreated medical waste placed inside larger containers to better facilitate storage, transportation, or disposal. Small containers that will be placed into larger shipping containers shall meet the following requirements:

(a) Containers used for sharps shall meet the requirements in paragraph 335-13-7-.02(3).

(b) All other containers shall utilize either a red background color or red lettering or symbol which contrast with adjacent colors.

(c) Wording utilized in paragraph 335-13-7-.02(2) shall be utilized. The wording shall be either painted on the container or securely attached by label on two or more sides. The wording shall utilize letters one inch or larger in size, and the International Biological Hazard Symbol must be three inches or larger in diameter.

(5) The outermost layer of packaging must be properly identified with the following information. This information shall be securely attached or permanently printed and shall be clearly legible. Indelible ink shall be used to print the information on the label or container.

(a)The generator's name and address;

(b)The date the waste was packaged in its outermost container;

(c)One of the following words or phrases used in conjunction with the International Biological Hazard Symbol: "Medical Waste" or "Bio-Hazardous" or "Infectious."

(6)Containers of medical waste must remain intact without signs of leakage until treatment.

(7)Containers of medical waste shall be handled in a manner that does not affect the integrity of the packaging.

(8) Disposable single use containers used for the storage and transportation of untreated medical waste shall be rigid, leak resistant, puncture resistant, burst resistant, and tear resistant under normal conditions of handling and use. Reuseable containers shall meet the preceding requirements in addition to being constructed of smooth, easily cleanable, impermeable materials and resistant to corrosion. If a fiberboard container is used, it shall meet the standards of 49 CFR 178.210 of the Code of Federal Regulations for a classified strength of at least 200 pound test and be marked DOT-12A65. All containers must be sealed prior to shipment. The maximum gross weight of fiberboard containers shall be 65 pounds.

(9) Containers utilized for collection, storage and transportation shall be constructed of materials that are compatible with the treatment method to be utilized.

(a)Single-use containers destined for incinerators shall be burnable.

(b)Containers destined for steam sterilizers shall allow the waste to be treated at required temperature and pressure.

(c) Reusable containers shall be decontaminated after each use with an approved treatment method.

(d)Reusable containers shall not be used for other purposes unless the following conditions are met:

1.Containers shall be decontaminated by a method approved by the Department;

2.All labeling, symbols or other identifications normally used to identify medical waste shall be removed.

(10) Medical waste, such as liquids which are amenable to disposal by sanitary sewer, may be discharged subject to the following conditions:

(a)Sanitary sewer system must provide secondary treatment;

(b)Solid and liquid waste removed from systems which do not provide secondary treatment (e.g., holding tanks) must be further processed in a sanitary sewer system that provides secondary treatment. Prior approval for sewer systems not regulated by the Water Division of the Department must be obtained from the Local Health Officer.

(c) Sanitary sewer system shall be operated in such a manner that medical waste will not bypass the treatment facility during normal operating conditions.

Author: Lindsay Mothershed

Statutory Authority: Solid Waste Disposal Act, Code of Ala._1975, &#167; &#167; 22-27-1 to 7.

History: Effective: October 2, 1990.

<regElement name="335.13.7.03" level="3" title="Collection Of Treated Waste">

The collection of treated medical waste intended for transport off-site shall comply with the following requirements:

(1) All containers shall not be red in color and display the International Biological Hazard Symbol or display one of the following phrases:

(a)"Medical Waste";

(b)"Infectious" or "Infectious Waste";

(c)"Bio-Hazardous";

(d)Any other identification normally used to indicate medical waste as being untreated;

(e) Containers which cannot meet the above requirements shall be further processed by incineration, grinding, shredding, or some other means to achieve this requirement.

(3) Containers which are treated but did not lose their identity as untreated medical waste shall not be placed into a container used for shipment of treated medical waste.

(4) Containerized treated medical waste may be mixed with other solid waste for transportation to an approved disposal facility in vehicles where compaction of the waste will take place.

(5)Treated medical waste shall be delivered to an approved sanitary landfill for disposal.

(6)Written certification, to the effect that all treatment requirements contained in this Chapter have been met, shall be provided to the permittee of the disposal facility utilized at least on an annual basis or as specified by the Department or the permittee of the disposal facility being utilized. When written certification is required on a per load basis, transporters shall deliver the certification, provided by the person who treated the waste, to the permittee or his designee of the disposal facility utilized at the time of disposal. Appropriate documentation to confirm this certification may be required from the treatment facility.

(7) Pursuant to the provisions of Code of Ala._1975, &#167; 22-22A-4(i), additional regulations addressing the storage of solid waste remain within the function of the State Health Department pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-22A-5 and &#167; 22-22A-8.

Author: Lindsay Mothershed

Statutory Authority: Solid Waste Disposal Act, Code of Ala._1975, &#167; &#167; 22-27-1 to 7.

History: Effective: October 2, 1990.

<regElement name="335.13.7.04" level="3" title="Storage Of Untreated Waste">

Persons engaged in the storage of untreated medical waste shall comply with the following. Storage as used in this rule would begin after a shipping container is prepared for shipment to a storage or treatment facility.

(1) No person shall operate or maintain a facility for storage of untreated medical waste without a valid permit granted by the Department. Storage facilities that are an integral part of the generator's facility will not be required to obtain a permit.

(2) Storage facilities shall be fully enclosed.

(3) Designated storage facilities shall not be utilized for other purposes.

(4) Surfaces of storage facilities which may come into contact with medical waste shall be constructed of smooth, easily cleanable materials that are impervious to liquids.

(5) Storage facilities must be conspicuously identified with signs which contain either the phrase "Medical Waste," "Infectious Waste," "Bio-hazardous," or display the International Biological Hazard Symbol.

(6) Storage facilities must be adequately secured to prevent entry of unauthorized persons.

(7)Storage facilities must be operated in such a manner to minimize entry by rodents and vectors.

(8)The operation of storage facilities must minimize or prevent objectionable odors as determined by the Department from migrating off-site.

(9)If a container is damaged or leaking or improperly labeled, the storage facility may accept the container provided the damaged container is overpacked into another container or is properly labeled in accordance with the requirements of Rule 335-13-7-.02.

(10) Persons manually handling untreated medical waste at the storage facility shall wear impermeable gloves and protective clothing to minimize exposure.

(11) Storage of untreated medical waste shall meet the following criteria:

(a) Storage of medical waste by the generator shall not exceed seven calendar days from the date initial storage begins unless waste is refrigerated at a temperature less than 45 degrees Fahrenheit. This requirement shall not apply to generators who generate less than 220 pounds per month of medical waste.

(b) Transportation of medical waste and subsequent storage prior to treatment shall be at temperatures less than 45 degrees Fahrenheit unless said transportation can be accomplished in less than four hours.

(12) The permittee or his designee shall allow inspection of the storage facility by Department Personnel during normal working hours.

(13) The permittee shall maintain records as required by the Department for a period of three years. Records shall contain the following as minimum requirements:

(a)The name and location of any generator or transporter who utilize the storage facility.

1.Generators shall provide name and street address of business, name and telephone number of a contact person.

2. Transporters shall provide name and street address of business, name and telephone number of a contact person and list of any permits obtained for the transportation of untreated medical waste from a regulatory agency.

(b) The quantity of medical waste stored from each generator or transporter per month. The quantity may be recorded in tons, pounds, cubic yards, cubic feet, or gallons.

(c) The date the waste was accepted from the generator or transporter for storage and the date it was removed from the storage facility.

(d) The name and telephone number of a contact person for the transporter removing the waste to another facility and any permits which have been issued to that transporter.

(e) The quantity of medical waste removed from the storage facility. The quantity may be recorded in tons, pounds, cubic yards, cubic feet, or gallons.

(14) The permittee of a medical waste storage facility shall prepare a Management Plan for the medical waste handled and stored at their facility. Multiple locations covered by a single permit may be included in one overall plan if each facility is adequately addressed.

(a) The Management Plan must address to the extent the information is applicable to the storage facility:

1.The types of medical waste handled;

2.Storage procedures that will be followed;

3.Treatment facilities that will be utilized;

4.Steps that will be taken to minimize the

exposure of employees to untreated medical waste;

5.Name of the individual responsible for the

storage facility.

(b)The Management Plan must be kept at the permittee's principal place of business;

(c) The Management Plan must be made available to the Department upon request;

(d)The Management Plan must be updated as needed.

Author: Lindsay Mothershed

Statutory Authority: Solid Waste Disposal Act, Code of Ala._1975, &#167; &#167; 22-27-1 to 7.

History: Effective: October 2, 1990.

<regElement name="335.13.7.05" level="3" title="Storage Of Treated Waste">

(1) Containerized treated medical waste may be mixed with other solid waste for storage prior to transportation to an approved disposal facility.

(2) When written certification is required on a per load basis, storage facilities shall provide transporters the certification, provided by the person who treated the waste, to be delivered to the permittee or his designee of the disposal facility utilized.

(3) Pursuant to the provisions of Code of Ala._1975, &#167; 22-22A-4(i), additional regulations addressing the storage of solid waste remain within the function of the State Health Department pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-22A-5 and &#167; 22-22A-8.

Author: Lindsay Mothershed

Statutory Authority: Solid Waste Disposal Act, Code of Ala._1975, &#167; &#167; 22-27-1 to 7.

History: Effective: October 2, 1990.

<regElement name="335.13.7.06" level="3" title="Transportation Of Untreated Waste"> <dwc name="radioact" times="1">

Untreated medical waste transported off-site from the medical facility generating the waste shall comply with the following requirements:

(1) No medical waste transporter shall accept untreated medical waste which contains hazardous waste or radioactive waste for transportation to a medical waste treatment facility.

(2) No medical waste transporter shall transport untreated medical waste in the same transport vehicle with other solid waste unless all the waste in the vehicle is managed as untreated medical waste.

(3) No medical waste transporter shall accept any container of untreated medical waste for transport which shows visible signs of leakage, or which is not properly sealed and labeled.

(4)No medical waste transporter shall compact untreated medical waste in a transport vehicle.

(5)No medical waste transporter shall allow untreated medical waste to escape from a transport vehicle into the environment. All vehicles utilized must be enclosed.

(6) No medical waste transporter shall deliver untreated medical waste to an unapproved storage, treatment, or disposal facility in Alabama. All out-of-state shipments should be coordinated with the appropriate regulatory authority of the receiving State.

(7) Persons manually loading or unloading containers of untreated medical waste from a medical waste transport vehicle must wear impermeable gloves and protective clothing to help minimize exposure.

(8) Surfaces of medical waste transport vehicles which may come into contact with medical waste must be constructed of durable, easily cleanable materials.

(9) Surfaces of medical waste transport vehicles which have been in contact with untreated medical waste shall be decontaminated.

(10) All owners of medical waste transport vehicles shall apply within 90 days from the effective date of this Division for a permit to transport untreated medical waste in Alabama.

(11) All medical waste transport vehicles shall be identified with the following information:

(a)The business name of the permitted transporter;

(b)The telephone number of a contact person for the transporter;

(c)One or more of the following phrases or symbols: "Medical Waste" or "Infectious Waste" or the International Biological Hazard Symbol; and

(d)The ADEM permit number.

(12)Each medical waste transporter shall allow the following at reasonable times and locations:

(a) The inspection of vehicles by Department Personnel; and

(b) The inspection of all documents required by this Division.

(13) All medical waste transport vehicles shall be fully enclosed and secured when unattended.

(14) All medical waste transporters shall notify the Solid Waste Program of the Department immediately by telephone if a spill occurs. A written report addressing how the spill occurred, what impact if any it had on the environment, any injury to individuals, method of clean-up, and final disposition of the waste. In addition, the transporter must address what steps will be taken in the future to minimize a similar occurrence. This report shall be filed with the Department within seven calendar days from the date the spill occurred.

(15) All medical waste transporters shall maintain records for a period of at least three years regarding the following:

(a) The quantity of untreated medical waste transported from each generator or storage facility per month. The quantity may be recorded in tons, pounds, cubic yards, cubic feet, or gallons.

(b) The name and location of any storage facilities utilized by the transporter prior to delivery to a treatment facility and the period of time the waste remained in storage.

(c) The date the waste was accepted from the generator or storage facility, and the date it was delivered to a treatment facility or another storage facility.

(16) All medical waste transport vehicles shall be equipped with refrigeration if necessary to comply with Rule 335-13-7-.04(11).

(17) Each medical waste transporter shall prepare a Management Plan for the medical waste they handle.

(a) The Management Plan must address to the extent the information is applicable to the transporter:

1.The types of medical waste handled;

2.Transportation procedures;

3.Storage, treatment and disposal facilities that will be utilized;

4.Steps that will be taken to minimize the exposure of employers to untreated medical waste throughout the process of transporting and handling the waste;

5.The name of the individual responsible for the transportation and management of medical waste.

(b) The Management Plan must be kept at the permittee's principal place of business.

(c) The Management Plan must be made available to the Department upon request.

(d) The Management Plan must be updated as needed.

(18) All medical waste transporters shall notify the Solid Waste Branch of the Department immediately by telephone when untreated medical waste has been or is anticipated to be out of compliance with the refrigeration requirement as contained in paragraph 335-13-7-.04(11) while in their possession. A written report addressing why the waste was kept longer than seven days, without refrigeration being provided, what impact, if any, it had on the environment, how the occurrence was corrected, and what steps will be taken in the future to minimize a similar occurrence. This report shall be filed with the Department within seven calendar days from the date noncompliance was noted.

Author: Lindsay Mothershed

Statutory Authority: Solid Waste Disposal Act, Code of Ala._1975, &#167; &#167; 22-27-1 to 7.

History: Effective: October 2, 1990.

<regElement name="335.13.7.07" level="3" title="Transportation Of Treated Waste">

Medical waste which has been treated shall meet the following requirements when transported off-site for disposal:

(1) Containers or vehicles cannot be red in color, or contain markings that would indicate the material is untreated medical waste. Containers may be repacked or relabeled to indicate that treatment has occurred.

(2)Transporters shall deliver the waste to an approved sanitary landfill for disposal.

(3)Treated medical waste may be mixed with other solid waste for transportation to a disposal facility in vehicles where compaction of the waste will take place.

(4) When written certification is required on a per load basis as defined by the Department or the permittee of the disposal facility, transporters shall deliver the certification, provided by the person who treated the waste, to the permittee or his designee of the disposal facility utilized. Certifications required on a less frequent basis shall be provided by the treatment facility directly to the disposal facility permittee.

(5) Pursuant to the provisions of Code of Ala._1975, &#167; &#167; 22-22A-4(i), additional regulations addressing the transportation of solid waste remain within the function of the State Health Department pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167; 22-22A-5 and &#167; 22-22A-8.

Author: Lindsay Mothershed

Statutory Authority: Solid Waste Disposal Act, Code of Ala._1975, &#167; &#167; 22-27-1 to 7.

History: Effective: October 2, 1990.

<regElement name="335.13.7.08" level="3" title="Treatment Measures"> <dwc name="radioact" times="1">

Medical waste intended for transport to a solid waste disposal facility shall be treated on-site or at some alternative location prior to disposal. When written certification is required by the Department or the permittee of the disposal facility to be utilized on a per load basis, the person treating the medical waste shall provide the transporter the certification. The certification must state that all regulated medical waste has been treated prior to placing the waste in a designated location for transport to an approved disposal facility. When written certification is required on a less frequent basis as noted above, the responsible person for the treatment facility shall provide the certification to the permittee or his designee of the disposal facility to be utilized. Approved treatment and/or disposal practices for each type of medical waste is depicted in the illustration at the end of this Chapter.

(1) Incinerators. Persons owning or operating an incinerator (combustion unit) shall comply with the requirements of this Department as addressed in regulations contained within Division 3, the Department's regulations regarding air pollution control.

(a) Storage requirements for untreated medical waste located at the incinerator facility shall comply with Rule 335-13-7-.04.

(b) Storage requirements for the ash residue collected at the incinerator facility shall comply with Rule 335-13-7-.05.

(c) Transportation of the ash or other solid waste which is not classified as untreated medical waste shall comply with Rule 335-13-7-.07.

(d) All combustible medical waste shall be rendered unrecognizable during incineration or further processed prior to disposal. Additional processing may include grinding or shredding to render the waste unrecognizable.

(e) Disposal practices for the ash and other solid waste generated at an incinerator or combustion unit used to treat medical waste shall comply with Rule 335-13-4-.22.

(2) Steam Sterilizers. Persons owning or operating a commercial medical waste facility used to treat medical waste by steam sterilization shall apply for a permit within 90 days of the effective date of this Division. After the effective date of this Division, a person shall not start operating a new facility of this type without obtaining a valid permit from the Department. Medical waste may be treated by steam sterilizers (autoclaves) provided the following requirements are met:

(a) Medical waste containing hazardous chemicals or radioactive waste shall not be approved for this method of treatment.

(b) Certain medical waste, including sharps and recognizable human tissue, organs, body parts, and infected animals, shall be further processed after the steam sterilization process.

1. The additional processing methods for sharps includes, but is not limited to, grinding, incineration, or packaging in puncture proof containers.

2. The additional processing methods for recognizable human tissue, organs, and body parts includes, but is not limited to, incineration, grinding and/or interment. The method selected must render the waste unrecognizable prior to containment for shipment to a disposal facility or place of interment.

(d)Steam sterilizers should be equipped to continuously monitor and record temperature and pressure during the entire length of each cycle. Sterilizers not so equipped shall affix a temperature sensitive tape to each bag or container or obtain approval from the Department of an equivalent test.

1.Each bag or container shall be exposed to a minimum temperature of 250 degrees Fahrenheit and at least 15 pounds of pressure for 30 minutes. Processing requirements may be altered if proper decontamination is assured by appropriate testing, and approval is received from the Department.

2.Each sterilizer shall be evaluated for effectiveness under full loading by an approved method at least once for each 40 hours of combined operation. Biological indicators such as spores of "Bacillus stearothemophilus" may be utilized with Departmental approval.

(e) A written log or other means of documentation as approved by the Department shall be maintained for each steam sterilization unit and shall contain the following:

1. The date, time (including duration), and operator for each cycle;

2.Approximate weight or volume of medical waste treated during each cycle;

3.The temperature and pressure maintained during each cycle;

4. Method utilized for confirmation of temperature and pressure; and

5. Dates and results of calibration and maintenance.

(f) Packaging of medical waste which has been treated by steam sterilization shall comply with the requirements contained in Rule 335-13-7-.03.

(g) Owners or operators of steam sterilizers shall not place untreated regulated medical waste in areas or containers designated for pickup and delivery to a solid waste disposal facility.

(h) Sterilizers utilized for waste treatment shall not be utilized for sterilization of equipment, food, or other related items.

(3) Other treatment methods may be approved by the Department which are consistent with the intent of this Division. A person must make a request in writing for approval of an alternative treatment method and shall address the following minimum requirements:

(a)Storage requirements for untreated medical waste shall comply with Rule 335-13-7-.04.

(b)Storage requirements for treated medical waste shall comply with Rule 335-13-7-.05.

(c) Transportation of untreated medical waste shall comply with Rule 335-13-7-.06.

(d)Transportation of treated medical waste shall comply with Rule 335-13-7-.07.

(e)Specific types of medical waste and projected volumes shall be stated.

(f) A demonstration that the alternative treatment method provides protection for the public and the environment equal to that provided by methods contained in Rule 335-13-7-.08(1) and (2).

(g) A demonstration of the effectiveness of the proposed treatment method.

Author: Lindsay Mothershed

Statutory Authority: Solid Waste Disposal Act, Code of Ala.1975, &#167; &#167; 22-27-1 to 7.

History: Effective: October 2, 1990.

<regElement name="335.13.7.09" level="3" title="Disposal Of Untreated Waste">

Medical waste shall be treated on-site at the point of generation or off-site at an approved treatment facility prior to delivery to a solid waste disposal facility. If the Department determines that the generator or treater of medical waste cannot comply with this requirement, a variance may be granted. Rules relating to collection, storage and transportation must be addressed in the variance request. In addition, the request must address why treatment facilities within a reasonable distance cannot handle their waste if temporary storage was utilized.

Author: Lindsay Mothershed

Statutory Authority: Solid Waste Disposal Act, Code of Ala._1975, &#167; &#167; 22-27-1 to 7.

History: Effective: October 2, 1990.

<regElement name="335.13.7.10" level="3" title="Disposal Of Treated Waste">

All treated medical waste intended for disposal in a sanitary landfill shall be disposed of in an approved facility.

(1) Requirements for disposal in an approved solid waste disposal facility is as follows:

(a) Medical waste containing liquids must be further processed to eliminate free liquids and further reduce the liquid consistency to the point where the waste would be considered bladeable by disposal facility personnel.

(b) Written certification to the effect that medical waste has been properly treated shall be provided to the permittee or his designee.

1. The minimum frequency for providing this certification shall be annually. The treater shall be responsible for providing this certification.

2. The permittee or the Department may require more frequent certification.

i. Certifications provided on a per-load basis shall be made available to the permittee or his designee prior to unloading.

ii. Certifications required more frequently than yearly, but less frequently than a per-load basis, shall be provided as required by the permittee or the Department.

(c) Each permittee of a solid waste disposal facility shall maintain records in a format approved by the Department for each transporter of medical waste who utilizes their facility.

(d) All records shall be maintained by the permittee for at least three years and shall be available upon request for review by the Department.

(e) No untreated medical waste shall be accepted for disposal without Departmental approval.

1. Packaging, as required in Rule 335-13-7-.02, shall not be accepted for disposal without a variance being granted by the Department.

2. Containers showing signs of leakage shall not be accepted.

(f) Medical waste properly treated shall be placed directly in the active face for putrescibles and managed accordingly.

Author: Lindsay Mothershed

Statutory Authority: Solid Waste Disposal Act, Code of Ala._1975, &#167; &#167; 22-27-1 to 7.

History: Effective: October 2, 1990.

ILLUSTRATION

MEDICAL WASTE

APPROPRIATE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL METHODS

SteamSanitary

Type of WasteIncinerationSterilizationSewer___

Animal X X*

Blood/Body Fluids X X X

Microbiological X X

Pathological X X*

Renal Dialysis X X* X

Sharps X* X*

Surgical X X

* Indicates waste must be rendered unrecognizable prior to final disposal.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-13-8" level="2" title="PROCEDURES FOR VARIANCES">

<regElement name="335.13.8.01" level="3" title="Variances">

The Department may grant individual variances from the specific provisions of Division 13 based upon the procedures of 335-13-8-.02 through 335-13-8-.05 whenever it is found by the Department, upon presentation of adequate proof, that non-compliance with Division 13 will not threaten the public health or unreasonably create environmental pollution. Variances per se are not favored by the Department.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-27-7.

History: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988.

Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.8.02" level="3" title="Petition For Variance">

(1)Applicability. Any person may request a variance from specific provisions of Division 13 by filing a Petition for Variance with the Department.

(2)Petition Requirements. To enable the Department to rule on the Petition for Variance, the following information, where determined applicable by the Department, shall be included in the petition:

(a)A clear and complete statement of the precise extent of the relief sought including specific identification of the particular provisions of the regulations from which the variance is sought;

(b)An assessment, with supporting factual information, of the impact that the variance will impose on the public health and the environment in the affected area.

(c)Any additional information requested by the Department as necessary to evaluate the variance request.

(d)A concise factual statement of the reasons the petitioner believes that non-compliance with the particular provisions of Division 13 will not threaten the public health or unreasonably create environmental pollution.

(e)Applicable fees in accordance with Division 1.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-27-7.

History: Effective: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988. Amended: Filed June 21, 1996; effective July 26, 1996.

<regElement name="335.13.8.03" level="3" title="Extension Of Prior Or Existing Variance">

A petition to extend a prior or existing variance granted by the Department shall be commenced by filing a Petition for Variance with the Department in accordance with the requirements of 335-13-8-.02.

(1)To the extent that the information required by 335-13-8-.02 has been included in the prior Petition for Variance for which extension is sought, a submission of that information shall not be required provided that the petition shall request the incorporation of the record, opinion and order in the prior proceeding into the new petition.

(2)A petition to extend a prior or existing variance shall be a new petition for Variance before the Department and shall be subject to all of the requirements of this Division except as provided in 335-13-8-.03(1).

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-27-7.

History: Effective: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988.

<regElement name="335.13.8.04" level="3" title="Department Action On Petitions For Variance">

On receipt of a Variance Petition the Department will authorize one of the following actions, as they shall determine:

(1)The petition may be dismissed if the Department determines that it is not adequate under 335-13-8-.02.

(2)The Department may grant the variance as petitioned or by imposing such conditions as this Division may require, including the establishment of schedules of compliance and monitoring requirements.

(3)The Department may deny the petition. If such a denial is made, the Department shall notify the petitioner in writing the reasons for denial and outline procedures for appeal.

Author: Russell A. Kelly

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-27-7.

History: Effective: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988.

<regElement name="335.13.8.05" level="3" title="Termination Of Variance">

Any variance granted by the Department may be terminated by the Department whenever the Department finds, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that the petitioner is in violation of any requirement, condition, schedule, limitation or any other provision of the variance or that operation under the variance does not meet the minimum requirements established by state and federal laws and regulations or is unreasonably threatening the public health.

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-27-7.

History: Effective: November 18, 1981; Amended: July 21, 1988.

335-13-8-.06[Reserved]

335-13-8-.07[Reserved]

335-13-8-.08[Reserved]

335-13-8-.09[Reserved]

335-13-8-.10[Reserved]

335-13-8-.11[Reserved]

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-13-9" level="2" title="STATE SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN">

<regElement name="335.13.9.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

Pursuant to the provisions of Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-40 to 22-47-49, the Department is required to develop a comprehensive plan for managing solid waste in the state. Local authorities must develop solid waste management plans for their respective areas.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-8(d); 22-27-40 etseq.

History: New Rule: Filed February 5, 2002; effective March 12, 2002.

<regElement name="335.13.9.02" level="3" title="Phase I Plan">

Pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-27-45(4), Phase I of the Alabama Solid Waste Management Plan, dated November 1989, and included in Appendix A of these regulations, is hereby adopted to the extent allowed by law.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-8(d); 22-27-40 etseq.

History: New Rule: Filed February 5, 2002; effective March 12, 2002.

<regElement name="335.13.9.03" level="3" title="Phase II Plan">

Pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-27-45(4), Phase II of the Alabama Solid Waste Management Plan, dated April 1991, and included in Appendix B of these regulations, is hereby adopted to the extent allowed by law.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-8(d); 22-27-40 etseq.

History: New Rule: Filed February 5, 2002; effective March 12, 2002.

<regElement name="335.13.9.04" level="3" title="Updating and Modifying the State Solid Waste Management Plan">

The state solid waste management plan shall be subject to amendment and periodic revision.

(1)Each revision of the state solid waste management plan should address those items identified in Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-27-45(4)c. that the Department has statutory authority, at the time of revision, to control or regulate.

(2)Revisions of the state solid waste management plan are to be adopted not later than eighteen months after release of final decennial census information by the US Census Bureau. However, the first revision shall be completed not later than December 31, 2005.

(3)The state solid waste management plan may be amended at any time as deemed necessary by the Director.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-8(d); 22-27-40 et seq.

History: New Rule: Filed February 5, 2002; effective March 12, 2002.

<regElement name="335.13.9.05" level="3" title="Regional Planning and Development Needs Assessments">

(1)Each regional planning and development commission or council in the state shall prepare and adopt a regional needs assessment evaluating solid waste management needs in their respective regions as required by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-27-46. The regional needs assessment shall be prepared each year and submitted to the Department and to local governments in their region.

(2)The regional needs assessment shall include, at a minimum, the following:

(a)An evaluation of the amount of solid waste generated within the region and the amount of remaining design disposal capacity, expressed in years, at each solid waste disposal facility within the region.

(b)An evaluation of the needs of all localities within the region as to the adequacy or inadequacy of solid waste collection, transportation and disposal within those localities.

(c)A projection of the expected population and business growth in the region, including specific estimates of the types of businesses which may be entering and leaving the region and the resulting impact these changes will likely have on waste volumes generated in the region.

(d)An evaluation of the environmental, economic and other relevant factors which would be implicated by acceptance of solid waste from beyond the boundaries of the region.

(3)Each landfill permitted by the Department must provide to the regional planning and development commission or council serving the county in which the facility is located the information as may be necessary to complete the annual regional needs assessment and shall be reported in the following manner:

(a)Information shall be reported using forms developed by the Department in consultation with the regional planning and development commission or council requesting the information.

(b)Information shall be submitted to the regional planning and development commission or council not later than March 31 of each calendar year for the immediate past calendar year. However, the first reported information will be due March 31, 2003.

(4)Annual needs assessments shall be prepared and submitted to the Department and to local governments in their region not later than November 16 of each calendar year. The needs of all governing bodies of the county or municipality with responsibility for solid waste management plans within the region of each regional planning and development commission or council shall be evaluated and reported. The first regional needs assessment utilizing data reported under 335-13-9-.05(3) shall be submitted to the Department and to local governments in their region not later than November 16, 2003.

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-8(d); 22-27-40 etseq.

History: New Rule: Filed February 5, 2002; effective March 12, 2002.

<regElement name="335.13.9.06" level="3" title="Local Solid Waste Management Plans">

(1)The governing body of a county or municipality has a responsibility for and the authority to assure the proper management of solid wastes generated within its jurisdiction in accordance with its solid waste management plan. Local solid waste management plans shall be developed pursuant to the guidance stated in Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-27-47(b).

(2)Local solid waste management plans shall be revised and submitted to the Department in accordance with Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-27-47. The governing body of the county or municipality with responsibility for its solid waste management plan shall consider the information provided in the annual regional needs assessment prepared in accordance with 335-13-9-.05 when revising its solid waste management plan. The first revised plan shall be submitted to the Department not later than September 30, 2004. After the first revision date, local plans shall be revised and submitted in accordance with Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-27-47(i).

Author: James L. Bryant

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-8(d); 22-27-40 etseq.

History: New Rule: Filed February 5, 2002; effective March 12, 2002.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-14-1" level="2" title="HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM: GENERAL">

<regElement name="335.14.1.01" level="3" title="General">

(1)Purpose, scope, applicability, citations, and submissions.

(a)335-14-1 provides definitions of terms, general standards, and overview information applicable to 335-14-1 through 335-14-6 and 335-14-9.

(b)In 335-14-1:

1.335-14-1-.01(2) sets forth the rules that EPA and ADEM will use in making information they receive available to the public and sets forth the requirements that generators, transporters, or owners or operators of treatment, storage or disposal facilities must follow to assert claims of business confidentiality with respect to information that is submitted to EPA and ADEM under 335-14-1 through 335-14-6 and 335-14-9.

2.335-14-1-.01(3) establishes rules of grammatical construction for 335-14-1 through 335-14-6 and 335-14-9.

3.335-14-1-.02(1) defines terms which are used in 335-14-1 through 335-14-6 and 335-14-9.

4.335-14-1-.03(1) establishes procedures for petitioning ADEM and EPA to amend, modify, or revoke any provision of 335-14-1 through 335-14-6 and 335-14-9 and establishes procedures for governing ADEM action on such petitions.

5.335-14-1-.03(1) establishes procedures for petitioning ADEM to approve testing methods as equivalent to those prescribed in 335-14-2, 335-14-5, or 335-14-6.

6.335-14-1-.03(2) establishes procedures for petitioning ADEM to amend 335-14-2-.04 to exclude a waste from a particular facility.

7.335-14-1-.03(3) establishes procedures for petitioning ADEM to include a waste in 335-14-11.

NOTE: Generators cannot petition ADEM under Rules 335-14-1-.03 and 335-14-11-.07 until the Department has received authorization from EPA for this revision of the Department?s base program.

(c)Unless specified otherwise by citation to the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) or other authority, all citations to Divisions, Rules, paragraphs, and subparagraphs are to the Alabama Department of Environmental Management Administrative Code.

(d)Unless specified otherwise in Division 335-14, reports, notices, permit applications and all other submissions required by Division 335-14 shall be addressed to the following:

1.If such submission is to the Director,

Mail:

Director

Alabama Department of Environmental Management

P. O. Box 301463

Montgomery, AL 36130-1463

Hand Delivery:

Director

Alabama Department of Environmental Management

1400 Coliseum Boulevard

Montgomery, AL 36110-2059

2.If such submission is to the Department,

Mail:

Chief, Land Division

Alabama Department of Environmental Management

P. O. Box 301463

Montgomery, AL 36130-1463

Hand Delivery:

Chief, Land Division

Alabama Department of Environmental Management

1400 Coliseum Boulevard

Montgomery, AL 36110-2059

(e)Certain submissions required by Division 335-14 involve the practice of engineering and/or land surveying, as those terms are defined in Code of Ala. 1975, as amended, &#167;&#167;34-11-1 to 34-11-37; and/or the practice of geology, as that term is defined in Code of Ala. 1975, as amended, &#167;&#167;34-41-1 to 34-41-24. It is the responsibility of any person preparing or submitting such submissions to ensure compliance with these laws and any regulations promulgated thereunder, as may be required by the Alabama Board of Licensure for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors and/or the Alabama Board of Licensure for Professional Geologists. All submissions, or parts thereof, which are required by State of Alabama law to be prepared by a licensed engineer, land surveyor, or geologist, must include the engineer?s, land surveyor?s, and/or geologist?s signature and/or seal, as required by the applicable licensure laws.

(2)Availability of information; confidentiality of information.

(a)Any information provided to EPA under Parts 260 through 265 and 268 of 40 CFR will be made available to the public to the extent and in the manner authorized by the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. Section 552, Section 3007(b) of RCRA and EPA regulations implementing the Freedom of Information Act and Section 3007(b), Part 2 of 40 CFR, as applicable. Any information provided to ADEM under 335-14-1 through 335-14-6 and 335-14-9 will be made available to the public to the extent and in the manner authorized by the ADEM Administrative Code 335-1-1-.06.

(b)Any person who submits information to EPA in accordance with Parts 260 through 266 and 268 of 40 CFR may assert a claim of business confidentiality covering part or all of that information by following the procedures set forth in &#167;2.203(b) of 40 CFR. Information covered by such a claim will be disclosed by EPA only to the extent, and by means of the procedures, set forth in Part 2, Subpart B, of 40 CFR except that information required by &#167;262.53(a) and &#167;262.83 that is submitted in notification of intent to export a hazardous waste will be provided to the Department of State and the appropriate authorities in a receiving country regardless of any claims of confidentiality. However, if no such claim accompanies the information when it is received by EPA, it may be made available to the public without further notice to the person submitting it. Any person who submits information to ADEM in accordance with 335-14-1 through 335-14-7 and 335-14-9 may assert a claim of business confidentiality in accordance with the ADEM Administrative Code 335-1-1-.06.

(3)Use of number and gender. As used in Division 335-14:

(a)Words in the masculine gender also include the feminine and neuter genders; and

(b)Words in the singular include the plural; and

(c)Words in the plural include the singular.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Michael B. Jones, Amy P. Zachry, Stephen A. Cobb; C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-11.

History: April 9, 1986. Amended: February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000, effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.1.02" level="3" title="Definitions And References"> <dwc name="mercuri" times="3"><dwc name="dioxin" times="4"><dwc name="radioact" times="3">

(1)Definitions. When used in 335-14-1 through 335-14-11, the following terms have the meanings given below:

(a)"Aboveground tank" means a device meeting the definition of "tank" in 335-14-1-.02 and that is situated in such a way that the entire surface area of the tank is completely above the plane of the adjacent surrounding surface and the entire surface area of the tank (including the tank bottom) is able to be visually inspected.

(b)"Active life" of a facility means the period from the initial receipt of hazardous waste at the facility until the Department receives certification of final closure.

(c)"Active portion" means that portion of a facility where treatment, storage, or disposal operations are being or have been conducted after November 19, 1980 and which is not a closed portion. (See also "closed portion" and "inactive portion".)

(d)"ADEM" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management as established by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-4.

(e)"Administrator" means the Administrator of EPA or his designee.

(f)"AHWMMA" means the Alabama Hazardous Wastes Management and Minimization Act of 1978, as amended, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-1 et seq.

(g)"Ancillary equipment" means any device including, but not limited to, such devices as piping, fittings, flanges, valves, and pumps, that is used to distribute, meter, or control the flow of hazardous waste from its point of generation to a storage or treatment tank(s), between hazardous waste storage and treatment tanks to a point of disposal onsite, or to a point of shipment for disposal off-site.

(h)"Aquifer" means a geologic formation, group of formations or part of a formation capable of yielding a significant amount of groundwater to wells or springs.

(i)"Authorized representative" means the person responsible for the overall operation of a facility or an operational unit (i.e., part of a facility), e.g., the plant manager, superintendent, or person of equivalent responsibility.

(j)"Battery" means a device consisting of one or more electrically connected electrochemical cells which is designed to receive, store, and deliver electric energy. An electrochemical cell is a system consisting of an anode, cathode, and an electrolyte, plus such connections (electrical and mechanical) as may be needed to allow the cell to deliver or receive electrical energy. The term battery also includes an intact, unbroken battery from which the electrolyte has been removed.

(k)"Boiler" means an enclosed device using controlled flame combustion and having the following characteristics:

1.(i)The unit must have physical provisions for recovering and exporting thermal energy in the form of steam, heated fluids, or heated gases; and

(ii)The unit's combustion chamber and primary energy recovery section(s) must be of integral design. To be of integral design, the combustion chamber and the primary energy recovery section(s) (such as waterwalls and superheaters) must be physically formed into one manufactured or assembled unit. A unit in which the combustion chamber and the primary energy recovery section(s) are joined only by ducts or connections carrying flue gas is not integrally designed; however, secondary energy recovery equipment (such as economizers or air preheaters) need not be physically formed into the same unit as the combustion chamber and the primary energy recovery section. The following units are not precluded from being boilers solely because they are not of integral design: process heaters (units that transfer energy directly to a process stream) and fluidized bed combustion units; and

(iii)While in operation, the unit must maintain a thermal energy recovery efficiency of at least 60 percent, calculated in terms of the recovered energy compared with the thermal value of the fuel; and

(iv)The unit must export and utilize at least 75 percent of the recovered energy, calculated on an annual basis. In this calculation, no credit shall be given for recovered heat used internally in the same unit. (Examples of internal use are the preheating of fuel or combustion air and the driving of induced or forced draft fans or feedwater pumps); or

2.The unit is one which the Department has determined, on a case-by-case basis, to be a boiler, after consideration of the standards in 335-14-1-.03(12).

(l)"Carbon regeneration unit" means any enclosed thermal treatment device used to regenerate spent activated carbon.

(m)"Certification" means a statement of professional opinion based upon knowledge and belief.

(n)"Closed portion" means that portion of a facility which an owner or operator has closed in accordance with the approved facility closure plan and all applicable closure requirements. (See also "active portion" and "inactive portion".)

(o)"Commission" means the Alabama Environmental Management Commission as established by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-6.

(p)"Component" means either the tank or ancillary equipment of a tank system.

(q)"Confined aquifer" means an aquifer bounded above and below by impermeable beds or by beds of distinctly lower permeability than that of the aquifer itself; an aquifer containing confined groundwater.

(r)"Container" means any portable device in which a material is stored, transported, treated, disposed of, or otherwise handled.

(s)"Containment building" means a hazardous waste management unit that is used to store or treat hazardous waste under the provisions of Rules 335-14-5-.30 or 335-14-6-.30.

(t)"Contamination" means the presence of any hazardous constituent in a concentration that exceeds the naturally occurring concentration of that constituent.

(u)"Contingency plan" means a document setting out an organized, planned, and coordinated course of action to be followed in case of a fire, explosion, or release of hazardous wastes or hazardous waste constituents which could threaten human health or the environment.

(v)"Corrective action management unit (CAMU)" means an area within a facility that is used only for implementing corrective action or cleanup at the facility, pursuant to the requirements of 335-14-5-.19(1), (2), and (3).

[Note: All regulated units included in a CAMU remain subject to all applicable requirements, including but not limited to, the requirements of Rules 335-14-5-.06, 335-14-5-.07 and 335-14-5-.08, Chapter 335-14-8, and the unit specific requirements of 335-14-5 and 335-14-6 that applied to the units prior to their incorporation into the CAMU. See 335-14-5-.19(1)(b).]

(w)"Corrosion expert" means a person who, by reason of his knowledge of the physical sciences and the principles of engineering and mathematics, acquired by a professional education and related practical experience, is qualified to engage in the practice of corrosion control on buried or submerged metal piping systems and metal tanks. Such a person must be certified as being qualified by the National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) or be a registered professional engineer who has certification or licensing that includes education and experience in corrosion control on buried or submerged metal piping systems and metal tanks.

(x)"CAMU-eligible waste" means all solid and hazardous wastes, and all media (including groundwater, surface water, soils, and sediments) and debris, that are managed for implementing cleanup, pursuant to the requirements of 335-14-5-.19(1), (2), and (3).

(y)"Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management as established by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-4.

(z)"Designated facility" means a hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility which [1] has received a permit (or interim status) in accordance with the requirements of 40 CFR, Parts 270 and 124, [2] has received a permit (or interim status) from the State of Alabama in accordance with Chapter 335-14-8; or [3] is regulated under 335-14-2-.01(6)(c)2. or 335-14-7-.06, and [4] that has been designated on the manifest by the generator pursuant to 335-14-3-.02(1). If a waste is destined to a facility in an authorized State which has not yet obtained authorization to regulate that particular waste as hazardous, then the designated facility must be a facility allowed by the receiving State to accept such waste.

(aa)"Destination facility" means a facility that treats, disposes of, or recycles a particular category of universal waste, except those management activities described in 335-14-11-.02(4)(a) and (c) and 335-14-11-.03(4)(a) and (c). A facility at which a particular category of universal waste is only accumulated, is not a destination facility for purposes of managing that category of universal waste.

(bb)"Dike" means an embankment or ridge of either natural or man-made materials used to prevent the movement of liquids, sludges, solids, or other materials.

(cc)"Dioxins and furans (D/F)" means tetra, penta, hexa, hepta, and octachlorinated dibenzo dioxins and furans.

(dd)"Director" means the Director of the Department, appointed pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-4, or his designee.

(ee)"Discharge" or "hazardous waste discharge" means the accidental or intentional spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, or dumping of hazardous waste into or on any land or water.

(ff)"Disposal" means the discharge, deposit, injection, dumping, spilling, leaking, or placing of any hazardous waste into or on any land or water so that such hazardous waste or any constituent thereof may enter the environment or be emitted into the air or discharged into any waters including groundwaters.

(gg)"Disposal facility" means a disposal site. The term disposal facility does not include a corrective action management unit into which remediation wastes are placed but does include all hazardous waste management units within a corrective action management unit.

(hh)"Disposal site" means the location where any ultimate disposal of hazardous waste occurs.

(ii)"Drip pad" is an engineered structure consisting of a curbed, free-draining base, constructed of non-earthen materials and designed to convey preservative kick-back or drippage from treated wood, precipitation, and surface water run-on to an associated collection system at wood preserving plants.

(jj)"Elementary neutralization unit" means a device which:

1.Is used for neutralizing wastes that are hazardous only because they exhibit the corrosivity characteristic defined in 335-14-2-.03(3), or they are listed in 335-14-2-.04 only for this reason; and

2.Meets the definition of a tank, tank system, container, transport vehicle, or vessel in this paragraph.

(ll)"Engineer" means a person registered as a licensed professional engineer with the Alabama Board of Licensure for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors and practicing under the Rules of Professional Conduct, specifically Canon II.

(mm)"EPA" means the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

(nn)"EPA hazardous waste number" means the number assigned by EPA and the Department to each hazardous waste listed in 335-14-2-.04 and to each characteristic identified in 335-14-2-.03.

(oo)"EPA identification number" means the number assigned by EPA or the Department to each generator, transporter, and treatment, storage or disposal facility.

(pp)"Equivalent method" means any testing or analytical method approved by the Department under 335-14-1-.03(1).

(qq)"Existing hazardous waste management (HWM) facility" or "existing facility" means a facility which was in operation or for which construction commenced on or before November 19, 1980. A facility had commenced construction if:

1.The owner or operator had obtained the Federal, State of Alabama, and local approvals or permits necessary to begin actual construction; and

2.Either

(i)a continuous on-site physical construction program had begun; or

(ii)the owner or operator had entered into contractual obligations which could not be canceled or modified without substantial loss for physical construction of the facility to be completed within a reasonable time.

(rr)"Existing portion" means that land surface area of an existing waste management unit, included in the original Part A permit application, on which wastes have been placed prior to the issuance of a permit.

(ss)"Existing tank system" or "existing component" means a tank system or component that is used for the storage or treatment of hazardous waste and that is in operation, or for which installation has commenced on or prior to July 14, 1986. Installation will be considered to have commenced if the owner or operator has obtained all Federal, State of Alabama, and local approvals or permits necessary to begin physical construction of the site or installation of the tank system and if either:

1.A continuous on-site physical construction or installation program has begun; or

2.The owner or operator has entered into contractual obligations - which cannot be canceled or modified without substantial loss - for physical construction of the site or installation of the tank system to be completed within a reasonable time.

(tt)"Explosives or munitions emergency" means a situation involving the suspected or detected presence of unexploded ordnance (UXO), damaged or deteriorated explosives or munitions, an improvised explosive device (IED), other potentially harmful military chemical munitions or device, that creates an actual or potential imminent threat to human health, including safety, or the environment, including property, as determined by an explosives or munitions emergency response specialist. Such situations may require immediate and expeditious action by an explosives or munitions emergency response specialist to control, mitigate, or eliminate the threat.

(uu)"Explosives or munitions emergency response" means all immediate response activities by an explosives and munitions emergency response specialist to control, mitigate, or eliminate the actual or potential threat encountered during an explosives or munitions emergency. An explosives or munitions emergency response may include in-place render-safe procedures, treatment or destruction of the explosives or munitions and/or transporting those items to another location to be rendered safe, treated, or destroyed. Any reasonable delay in the completion of an explosives or munitions emergency response caused by a necessary, unforeseen, or uncontrollable circumstance will not terminate the explosives or munitions emergency. Explosives and munitions emergency responses can occur on either public or private lands and are not limited to responses at RCRA facilities.

(vv)"Explosives or munitions emergency response specialist" means an individual trained in chemical or conventional munitions or explosives handling, transportation, render-safe procedures, or destruction techniques. Explosives or munitions emergency response specialists include Department of Defense (DOD) emergency explosive ordnance disposal (EOD), technical escort unit (TEU), and DOD-certified civilian or contractor personnel; and other Federal, State of Alabama, or local government, or civilian personnel similarly trained in explosives or munitions emergency responses.

(ww)"Extent of contamination" means the horizontal and vertical area in which the concentrations of hazardous constituents in environmental media are above detection limits or background concentrations indicative of the region, whichever is appropriate as determined by the Department.

(xx)"Facility" means:

1.All contiguous land, and structures, other appurtenances, and improvements on the land, used for treating, storing, or disposing of hazardous waste. A facility may consist of several treatment, storage, or disposal operational units (e.g., one or more landfills, surface impoundments, or combinations of them).

2.For the purpose of implementing corrective action under 335-14-5-.06(12), all contiguous property under the control of the owner or operator seeking a permit under Chapter 30 of Title 22, Code of Ala. 1975 (AHWMMA). This definition also applies to facilities implementing corrective action under &#167;22-30-19 et seq., Code of Ala. 1975 and/or RCRA Section 3008(h).

3.Notwithstanding subparagraph 2. of this definition, a remediation waste management site is not a facility that is subject to 335-14-5-.06(12), but is subject to corrective action requirements if the site is located within such a facility.

(yy)"Facility owner" means a person who owns a facility. In most cases, this will be the "operator" or the "owner".

(zz)"Federal, State of Alabama and local approvals or permits necessary to begin physical construction" means permits and approvals required under Federal, State of Alabama, or local hazardous waste control statutes, regulations, or ordinances.

(aaa)"Final closure" means the closure of all hazardous waste management units at the facility in accordance with all applicable closure requirements so that hazardous waste management activities under 335-14-5 and 335-14-6 are no longer conducted at the facility unless subject to the provisions in 335-14-3-.03(5).

(bbb)"Food-chain crops" means tobacco, crops grown for human consumption, and crops grown for feed for animals whose products are consumed by humans.

(ccc)"Freeboard" means the vertical distance between the top of a tank or surface impoundment dike and the surface of the waste contained therein.

(ddd)"Free liquids" means liquids which readily separate from the solid portion of a waste under ambient temperature and pressure.

(eee)"Generator" means any person, by individual generation site, whose act or process produces hazardous waste identified or listed in Chapter 335-14-2 or whose act first causes a hazardous waste to become subject to regulation.

(fff)"Geologist" means a person who holds a license as a professional geologist under the Alabama Professional Geologist Licensing Act.

(ggg)"Groundwater" means water below the land surface in a zone of saturation.

(hhh)"Hazardous constituents" are those substances listed in ADEM Admin. Code Rule 335-14-2-Appendix VIII and/or ADEM Admin. Code Rule 335-14-5-Appendix IX and include hazardous constituents released from solid waste, hazardous waste, or hazardous waste constituents that are reaction by-products.

(iii)"Hazardous waste" means a hazardous waste as defined in 335-14-2-.01(3).

(jjj)"Hazardous waste constituent" means a constituent that caused the Department to list the hazardous waste in 335-14-2-.04 or a constituent listed in Table 1 of 335-14-2-.03(5).

(kkk)"Hazardous waste management unit" is a contiguous area of land on or in which hazardous waste is placed, or the largest area in which there is significant likelihood of mixing hazardous waste constituents in the same area. Examples of hazardous waste management units include a surface impoundment, a waste pile, a land treatment area, a landfill cell, an incinerator, a tank and its associated piping and underlying containment system, and a container storage area. A container alone does not constitute a unit; the unit includes containers and the land or pad upon which they are placed.

(lll)"Inactive portion" means that portion of a facility which is not operated after November 19, 1980. (See also "active portion" and "closed portion".)

(mmm)"Incinerator" means any enclosed device that:

1.Uses controlled flame combustion and neither meets the criteria for classification as a boiler, sludge dryer, or carbon regeneration unit, nor is listed as an industrial furnace; or

2.Meets the definition of infrared incinerator or plasma arc incinerator.

(nnn)"Incompatible waste" means a hazardous waste which is unsuitable for:

1.Placement in a particular device or facility because it may cause corrosion or decay of containment materials (e.g. container inner liners or tank walls); or

2.Commingling with another waste or material under uncontrolled conditions because the commingling might produce heat or pressure, fire or explosion, violent reaction, toxic dusts, mists, fumes, or gases, or flammable fumes or gases. (See 335-14-6-Appendix V for examples).

(ooo)"Individual generation site" means the contiguous site at or on which one or more hazardous wastes are generated. An individual generation site, such as a large manufacturing plant, may have one or more sources of hazardous waste but is considered a single or individual generation site if the site or property is contiguous.

(ppp)"Industrial furnace" means any of the following enclosed devices that are integral components of manufacturing processes and that use thermal treatment to accomplish recovery of materials or energy:

1.Cement kilns;

2.Lime kilns;

3.Aggregate kilns;

4.Phosphate kilns;

5.Coke ovens;

6.Blast furnaces;

7.Smelting, melting and refining furnaces (including pyrometallurgical devices such as cupolas, reverberator furnaces, sintering machines, roasters, and foundry furnaces);

8.Titanium dioxide chloride process oxidation reactors;

9.Methane reforming furnaces;

10.Pulping liquor recovery furnaces;

11.Combustion devices used in the recovery of sulfur values from spent sulfuric acid; and

12.Halogen acid furnaces (HAFs) for the production of acid from halogenated hazardous waste generated by chemical production facilities where the furnace is located on the site of a chemical production facility, the acid product has a halogen acid content of at least 3 percent, the acid product is used in a manufacturing process, and, except for hazardous waste burned as fuel, hazardous waste fed to the furnace has a minimum halogen content of 20 percent as-generated.

13.Such other devices as the Department may, after notice and comment, add to this list on the basis of one or more of the following factors:

(i)The design and use of the device primarily to accomplish recovery of material products;

(ii)The use of the device to burn or reduce raw materials to make a material product;

(iii)The use of the device to burn or reduce secondary materials as effective substitutes for raw materials, in processes using raw materials as principal feedstocks;

(iv)The use of the device to burn or reduce secondary materials as ingredients in an industrial process to make a material product;

(v)The use of the device in common industrial practice to produce a material product; and

(vi)Other factors, as appropriate.

(qqq)"Infrared incinerator" means any enclosed device that uses electric powered resistance heaters as a source of radiant heat followed by an afterburner using controlled flame combustion and which is not listed as an industrial furnace.

(rrr)"In operation" refers to a facility which is treating, storing, or disposing of hazardous waste.

(sss)"Inground tank" means a device meeting the definition of "tank" in 335-14-1-.02 whereby a portion of the tank wall is situated to any degree within the ground, thereby preventing visual inspection of that external surface area of the tank that is in the ground.

(ttt)"Injection well" means a bored, drilled, or driven shaft or dug hole which is used for the injection of pollutants. (See also "underground injection".)

(uuu)"Inner liner" means a continuous layer of material placed inside a tank or container which protects the construction materials of the tank or container from the contained waste or reagents used to treat the waste.

(vvv)"Installation inspector" means a person who, by reason of his knowledge of the physical sciences and the principles of engineering, acquired by a professional education and related practical experience, is qualified to supervise the installation of tank systems.

(www)"International shipment" means the transportation of hazardous waste into or out of the jurisdiction of the United States.

(xxx)"Lamp", also referred to as "universal waste lamp", means the bulb or tube portion of an electric lighting device. A lamp is specifically designed to produce radiant energy, most often in the ultraviolet, visible, and infra-red regions of the electromagnetic spectrum. Examples of common universal waste electric lamps include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, high intensity discharge, neon, mercury vapor, high pressure sodium, and metal halide lamps.

(yyy)"Land Surveyor" means a person registered as a licensed Land Surveyor with the Alabama Board of Licensure for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors and practicing under the Rules of Professional Conduct (Code of Ethics).

(zzz)"Land treatment facility" means a facility or part of a facility at which hazardous waste is applied onto or incorporated into the soil surface; such facilities are disposal facilities if the waste will remain after closure.

(aaaa)"Land Use Controls" has the same meaning as in 335-15-1-.02.

(bbbb)"Landfill" means a disposal facility or part of a facility where hazardous waste is placed in or on land and which is not a pile, a land treatment facility, a surface impoundment, an underground injection well, a salt dome formation, a salt bed formation, an underground mine, a cave or a corrective action management unit.

(cccc)"Landfill cell" means a discrete volume of a hazardous waste landfill which uses a liner to provide isolation of wastes from adjacent cells or wastes. Examples of landfill cells are trenches and pits.

(dddd)"Leachate" means any liquid, including any suspended components in the liquid, that has percolated through or drained from hazardous waste.

(eeee)"Leak-detection system" means a system capable of detecting the failure of either the primary or secondary containment structure or the presence of a release of hazardous waste or accumulated liquid in the secondary containment structure. Such a system must employ operational controls (e.g., daily visual inspections for releases into the secondary containment system of aboveground tanks) or consist of an interstitial monitoring device designed to detect continuously and automatically the failure of the primary or secondary containment structure or the presence of a release of hazardous waste into the secondary containment structure.

(ffff)"Liner" means a continuous layer of natural or man-made materials, beneath or on the sides of a surface impoundment, waste pile, landfill, or landfill cell, which restricts the downward or lateral escape of hazardous waste, hazardous waste constituents, or leachate.

(gggg)"Management" or "hazardous waste management" means the systematic control of the collection, source separation, storage, transportation, processing, treatment, recovery, and/or disposal of hazardous waste.

(hhhh)"Manifest" means the form adopted by the Department used for identifying the quantity, composition, origin, routing and destination of hazardous waste during its transportation from the point of generation to the point of disposal, treatment or storage.

(iiii)"Manifest document number" means the EPA twelve digit identification number assigned to the generator plus a unique five digit document number assigned to the manifest by the generator for recording and reporting purposes.

(jjjj)"Method detection limit or MDL" means the minimum concentration of a substance that can be measured and reported with 99% confidence that the analyte concentration is greater than zero and is determined from analysis of a sample in a given matrix type containing the analyte.

(kkkk)"Military munitions" means all ammunition products and components produced or used by or for the US Department of Defense or the US Armed Services for national defense and security, including military munitions under the control of the Department of Defense, the US Coast Guard, the US Department of Energy (DOE), and National Guard personnel. The term military munitions includes: confined gaseous, liquid, and solid propellants, explosives, pyrotechnics, chemical and riot control agents, smokes, and incendiaries used by DOD components, including bulk explosives and chemical warfare agents, chemical munitions, rockets, guided and ballistic missiles, bombs, warheads, mortar rounds, artillery ammunition, small arms ammunition, grenades, mines, torpedoes, depth charges, cluster munitions and dispensers, demolition charges, and devices and components thereof. Military munitions do not include wholly inert items, improvised explosive devices, and nuclear weapons, nuclear devices and nuclear components thereof. However, the term does include non-nuclear components of nuclear devises, managed under DOE?s nuclear weapons program after all required sanitization operations under the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, have been completed.

(llll)"Mining overburden returned to the mine site" means any material overlaying an economic mineral deposit which is removed to gain access to that deposit and is then used for reclamation of a surface mine.

(mmmm)"Miscellaneous unit" means a hazardous waste management unit where hazardous waste is treated, stored, or disposed of and that is not a container, tank, surface impoundment, pile, land treatment unit, landfill, incinerator, boiler, industrial furnace, underground injection well with appropriate technical standards under 40 CFR Part 146, containment building, corrective action management unit, unit eligible for a research, development and demonstration permit under 335-14-8-.06(4); or staging pile.

(nnnn)"Mixed waste" means a solid waste that is a mixture of hazardous waste (as defined in 335-14-2-.01(3)) and radioactive waste (as defined in 10 CFR 61.2). The radioactive component of mixed waste is subject to regulation by the Atomic Energy Act (AEA)/Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC). The non-radioactive chemically hazardous component of mixed waste is subject to regulation by the AHWMMA and ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14.

(oooo)"Movement" means that hazardous waste transported to a facility in an individual vehicle.

(pppp)"New hazardous waste management facility" or "new facility" means a facility which began operation, or for which construction commenced after October 21, 1976.

(qqqq)"New tank system" or "new tank component" means a tank system or component that will be used for the storage or treatment of hazardous waste and for which installation has commenced after July 14, 1986; except, however, for purposes of 335-14-5-.10(4)(g)2. and 335-14-6-10(4)(g)2., a new tank system is one for which construction commences after July 14, 1986. (See also "existing tank system".)

(rrrr)"One-time shipment" means a unique waste received at a commercial hazardous waste disposal facility which originated from a single generator and is not routinely produced by that generator on a regularly recurring basis. Such waste would include, but would not be limited to, lab packs. Other examples might include spill cleanups, or the removal of obsolete or out-dated commercial chemicals.

(ssss)"Onground tank" means a device meeting the definition of "tank" in 335-14-1-.02 and that is situated in such a way that the bottom of the tank is on the same level as the adjacent surrounding surface so that the external tank bottom cannot be visually inspected.

(tttt)"On-site" means the same or geographically contiguous property which may be divided by public or private right-of-way, provided the entrance and exit between the properties is at a cross-roads intersection, and access is by crossing as opposed to going along the right-of-way. Non-contiguous properties owned by the same person connected by a right-of-way which he controls and to which the public does not have access, is also considered on-site property.

(uuuu)"Open burning" means the combustion of any material without the following characteristics:

1.Control of combustion air to maintain adequate temperature for efficient combustion;

2.Containment of the combustion-reaction in an enclosed device to provide sufficient residence time and mixing for complete combustion; and

3.Control of emission of the gaseous combustion products.

(vvvv)"Operating day" means any day on which hazardous waste is treated, stored, or disposed of in a unit. For example, each day that a hazardous waste storage unit contains hazardous waste is an operating day; as is each day that a disposal unit contains or receives hazardous waste, or each day that hazardous waste is treated in a treatment unit.

(wwww)"Operator" means the person responsible for the overall operation of a facility.

(xxxx)"Owner" means the person who owns in fee simple the property on which a facility or part of a facility is sited.

(yyyy)"Partial closure" means the closure of a hazardous waste management unit in accordance with the applicable closure requirements of 335-14-5 and 335-14-6 at a facility that contains other active hazardous waste management units. For example, partial closure may include the closure of a tank (including its associated piping and underlying containment systems), landfill cell, surface impoundment, waste pile, or other hazardous waste management unit, while other units of the same facility continue to operate.

(zzzz)"Person" means any and all persons, natural or artificial, including, but not limited to any individual, partnership, association, society, joint stock company, firm company, corporation, institution, trust, estate, or other legal entity or other business organization or any governmental entity, and any successor, representative, agent or agency of the foregoing.

(aaaaa)"Personnel" or "facility personnel" means all persons who work at, or oversee the operations of, a hazardous waste facility, and whose actions or failure to act may result in noncompliance with the requirements of 335-14-5 or 335-14-6.

(bbbbb)"Pesticide" means any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating any pest, or intended for use as a plant regulator, defoliant, or desiccant, other than any article that:

1.Is a new animal drug under FFDCA section 201(w), or

2.Is an animal drug that has been determined by regulation of the Secretary of Health and Human Services not to be a new animal drug, or

3.Is an animal feed under FFDCA section 201(x) that bears or contains any substances described by paragraph 1. or 2. of this definition.

(ccccc)"Pile" means any non-containerized accumulation of solid, nonflowing hazardous waste that is used for treatment or storage and that is not a containment building.

(ddddd)"Plasma arc incinerator" means any enclosed device using a high intensity electrical discharge or arc as a source of heat followed by an afterburner using controlled flame combustion and which is not listed as an industrial furnace.

(eeeee)"Point source" means any discernible, confined, and discrete conveyance, including, but not limited to any pipe, ditch, channel, tunnel, conduit, well, discrete fissure, container, rolling stock, concentrated animal feeding operation, or vessel or other floating craft, from which pollutants are or may be discharged. This term does not include return flows from irrigated agriculture.

(fffff)"Privatized municipal waste treatment facility" means a facility which is operated to treat domestic and/or industrial wastewaters from a municipality or industrial park and which otherwise meets the definition of a POTW, but which is not publicly owned.

(ggggg)"Publicly owned treatment works" or "POTW" means any device or system used in the treatment (including recycling and reclamation) of municipal sewage or industrial wastes of a liquid nature which is owned by the State of Alabama or municipality [as defined by 33 U.S.C. &#167;1362(4)]. This definition includes sewers, pipes, or other conveyances only if they convey wastewater to a POTW providing treatment.

(hhhhh)"Qualified Groundwater Scientist" means a scientist or engineer who has received a baccalaureate or post-graduate degree in the natural sciences or engineering, and has sufficient training and experience in groundwater hydrology and related fields as may be demonstrated by State of Alabama registration, professional certifications, or completion of accredited university courses that enable that individual to make sound professional judgments regarding groundwater monitoring and contaminant fate and transport.

(iiiii)"RCRA" means the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, (42 U.S.C. &#167;&#167;6901 et seq.).

(jjjjj)"Regional Administrator" means the Regional Administrator for the EPA Region in which the facility is located, or his designee.

(kkkkk)"Release" means any spilling, leaking, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, pumping, or disposing into the environment of any hazardous waste or hazardous constituent.

(lllll)"Remediation waste" means all solid and hazardous wastes, and all media (including groundwater, surface water, soils, and sediments) and debris that are managed for implementing cleanup, pursuant to the requirements of 335-14-5-.19(1), (2), and (3).

(mmmmm)"Remediation waste management site" means a facility where an owner or operator is or will be treating, storing, or disposing of hazardous remediation wastes. A remediation waste management site is not a facility that is subject to corrective action under 335-14-5-.06(12),but is subject to corrective action requirements if the site is located in such a facility.

(nnnnn)"Replacement unit" means a landfill, surface impoundment, or waste pile unit [1] from which all or substantially all of the waste is removed, and [2] that is subsequently reused to treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste. "Replacement unit" does not apply to a unit from which waste is removed during closure, if the subsequent reuse solely involves the disposal of waste from that unit and other closing units or corrective action areas at the facility in accordance with an approved closure plan or EPA or State of Alabama approved corrective action.

(ooooo)"Representative sample" means a sample of a universe or whole (e.g., waste pile, lagoon, groundwater) which can be expected to exhibit the average properties of the universe or whole.

(ppppp)"Run-off" means any rainwater, leachate, or other liquid that drains over land from any part of a facility.

(rrrrr)"Run-on" means any rainwater, leachate, or other liquid that drains over land onto any part of a facility.

(sssss)"Saturated zone" or "zone of saturation" means that part of the earth's crust in which all voids are filled with water.

(ttttt)"Sludge" means any solid, semi-solid, or liquid waste generated from a municipal, commercial, or industrial wastewater treatment plant, water treatment plant, or air pollution control facility, exclusive of the treated effluent from a wastewater treatment plant.

(uuuuu)"Sludge dryer" means any enclosed thermal treatment device that is used to dehydrate sludge and that has a maximum total thermal input, excluding the heating value of the sludge itself, of 2,500 Btu/lb. of sludge treated on a wet-weight basis.

(vvvvv)"Small Quantity Generator" means a generator who generates less than 1000 kg of hazardous waste in a calendar month.

(wwwww)"Solid waste" means a waste as defined by 335-14-2-.01(2).

(xxxxx)"Solid waste management unit or SWMU" includes any unit which has been used for the treatment, storage, or disposal of solid waste at any time, irrespective of whether the unit is or ever was intended for the management of solid waste. Units subject to regulation under 335-14-5, 335-14-6, 335-14-7, or 335-14-8 are also solid waste management units. SWMU?s include areas that have been contaminated by routine and systematic releases of hazardous waste or hazardous constituents, excluding one-time accidental spills that are immediately remediated and cannot be linked to solid waste management activities (e.g., product or process spills).

(yyyyy)"Sorbent" means a material that is used to soak up free liquids by either adsorption or absorption, or both. "Sorb" means to either adsorb or absorb, or both.

(zzzzz)"Spill" means the unplanned, accidental, or unpermitted discharge, deposit, injection, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, dumping, placing, or releasing of hazardous wastes, or materials which when spilled become hazardous wastes, into or on the land, the air, or the water.

(aaaaaa)"Staging pile" means an accumulation of solid, non-flowing remediation waste (as defined in 335-14-1-.02) that is not a containment building and that is used only during remedial operations for temporary storage at a facility. Staging piles must be designated by the Department according to the requirements of 335-14-5-.19(3).

(bbbbbb)"State" means any of the United States except the State of Alabama.

(cccccc)"Storage" means the actual or intended containment of wastes, either on a temporary basis or for a period of years, in such a manner as not to constitute disposal of such wastes.

(dddddd)"Storage facility" means any facility or part of a facility at which hazardous waste is placed in storage, exclusive of transfer facilities where waste is stored for ten days or less and on-site storage by generators in compliance with 335-14-3-.03(5).

(eeeeee)"Storm event" means a 1-year, 24-hour storm event or rainfall which measures 1 inch or greater in 1 hour or less as determined by measurements taken at the facility, or the closest official weather monitoring station.

(ffffff)"Sump" means any pit or reservoir that meets the definition of tank and those troughs/trenches connected to it that serve to collect hazardous waste for transport to hazardous waste storage, treatment, or disposal facilities; except that as used in the landfill, surface impoundment, and waste pile rules, "sump" means any lined pit or reservoir that serves to collect liquids drained from a leachate collection and removal system or leak detection system for subsequent removal from the system.

(gggggg)"Surface impoundment" or "impoundment" means a facility or part of a facility which is a natural topographic depression, man-made excavation, or diked area formed primarily of earthen materials (although it may be lined with man-made materials) which is designed to hold an accumulation of liquid wastes or wastes containing free liquids, and which is not an injection well. Examples of surface impoundments are holding, storage, settling, and aeration pits, ponds, and lagoons.

(hhhhhh)"Tank" means a stationary device, designed to contain an accumulation of hazardous waste which is constructed primarily of non-earthen materials (e.g., wood, concrete, steel, plastic) which provide structural support.

(iiiiii)"Tank system" means a hazardous waste storage or treatment tank and its associated ancillary equipment and containment system.

(jjjjjj)"TEQ" means toxicity equivalence, the international method of relating the toxicity of various dioxin/furan congeners to the toxicity of 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin.

(kkkkkk)"Thermal treatment" means the treatment of hazardous waste in a device which uses elevated temperatures as the primary means to change the chemical, physical, or biological character or composition of the hazardous waste. Examples of thermal treatment processes are incineration, molten salt, pyrolysis, calcination, wet air oxidation, and microwave discharge.

(llllll)"Thermostat" means a temperature control device that contains metallic mercury in an ampule attached to a bimetal sensing element, and mercury-containing ampules that have been removed from these temperature control devices in compliance with the requirements of Rules 335-14-11-.02(4)(c)2. or 335-14-11-.03(4)(c)2.

(mmmmmm)"Totally enclosed treatment facility" means a facility for the treatment of hazardous waste which is directly connected to an industrial production process and which is constructed and operated in a manner which prevents the release of any hazardous waste or any constituent thereof into the environment during treatment. An example is a pipe in which waste acid is neutralized. An owner or operator who removes hazardous waste from a totally enclosed treatment system must comply with the applicable standards set forth in Chapter 335-14-3 with respect to any hazardous waste removed from the totally enclosed treatment facility. An owner or operator who removes hazardous waste from a totally enclosed treatment facility may not reintroduce the waste into the totally enclosed treatment facility unless the owner/operator has first complied with the applicable standards and permit requirements set forth in 335-14-5, 335-14-6, 335-14-8, and 335-14-9.

(nnnnnn)"Trade secret" includes, but is not limited to, any formula, plan, pattern, process, tool, mechanism, compound or procedure, as well as production data or compilation of information, financial and marketing data, which is not patented, which is known only to certain individuals within a commercial concern who are using it to fabricate, produce or compound an article of trade or a service having commercial value, and which gives its user an opportunity to obtain a business advantage over competitors who do not know of it.

(oooooo)"Transfer facility" means any transportation related facility including loading docks, parking areas, storage areas, and other similar areas where shipments of hazardous waste are held during the normal course of transportation.

(pppppp)"Transportation" means the movement of wastes from the point of generation to any intermediate transfer points, and finally to the disposal site.

(qqqqqq)"Transporter" means a person engaged in the off-site transportation of hazardous waste by air, rail, highway, or water.

(rrrrrr)"Transport vehicle" means a motor vehicle or railcar used for the transportation of cargo by any mode. Each cargo-carrying body (trailer, railroad freight car, etc.) is a separate transport vehicle.

(ssssss)"Treatability Study" means a study in which a hazardous waste is subjected to a treatment process to determine: [1] whether the waste is amenable to the treatment process, [2] what pretreatment (if any) is required, [3] the optimal process conditions needed to achieve the desired treatment, [4] the efficiency of a treatment process for a specific waste or wastes, or [5] the characteristics and volumes of residuals from a particular treatment process. Also included in this definition for the purpose of 335-14-2-.01(4)(e) and (f) exemptions are liner compatibility, corrosion, and other material compatibility studies and toxicological and health effects studies. A "treatability study" is not a means to commercially treat or dispose of hazardous waste.

(tttttt)"Treatment" means any method, technique, or process, including neutralization, designed to change the physical, chemical, or biological character or composition of any hazardous waste so as to neutralize such waste, or so as to render such waste non-hazardous or less hazardous, safer for transport, amenable for recovery, amenable for storage, or reduced in volume. Such term includes any activity or processing designed to change the physical form or chemical composition of hazardous waste so as to render it non-hazardous or less hazardous.

(uuuuuu)"Treatment facility" means a location at which wastes are subjected to treatment, and may include a facility where waste has been generated.

(vvvvvv)"Treatment zone" means a soil area of the unsaturated zone of a land treatment unit within which hazardous constituents are degraded, transformed or immobilized.

(wwwwww)"Underground injection" means the injection of pollutants through a bored, drilled or driven shaft or dug hole.

(xxxxxx)"Underground tank" means a device meeting the definition of "tank" in 335-14-1-.02 whose entire surface area is totally below the surface of and covered by the ground.

(yyyyyy)"Unfit-for-use tank system" means a tank system that has been determined through an integrity assessment or other inspection to be no longer capable of storing or treating hazardous waste without posing a threat of release of hazardous waste to the environment.

(zzzzzz)"Universal Waste" means any of the following hazardous wastes that are managed under the universal waste requirements of Chapter 335-14-11:

1.Batteries as described in 335-14-11-.01(2);

2.Pesticides as described in 335-14-11-.01(3);

3.Thermostats as described in 335-14-11-.01(4); and

4.Lamps as described in 335-14-11-.01(5).

(aaaaaaa)"Universal Waste Handler":

1.Means:

(i)A generator (as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1)) of universal waste; or

(ii)The owner or operator of a facility, including all contiguous property, that receives universal waste from other universal waste handlers, accumulates universal waste, and sends universal waste to another universal waste handler, to a destination facility, or to a foreign destination.

2.Does not mean:

(i)A person who treats (except under the provisions of 335-14-11-.02(4)(a) or (c) and 335-14-11-.03(4)(a) or (c)), disposes of, or recycles universal waste; or

(ii)A person engaged in the off-site transportation of universal waste by air, rail, highway, or water, including a universal waste transfer facility.

(bbbbbbb)"Universal Waste Transporter" means a person engaged in the off-site transportation of universal waste by air, rail, highway, or water.

(ccccccc)"Unsaturated zone" or "zone of aeration" means the zone between the land surface and the water table.

(ddddddd)"Uppermost aquifer" means the geologic formation nearest the natural ground surface that is an aquifer, as well as lower aquifers that are hydraulically interconnected with this aquifer within the facility's property boundary.

(eeeeeee)"Used Oil" means any oil that has been refined from crude oil, or any synthetic oil, that has been used and as a result of such use, is contaminated by physical or chemical impurities.

(fffffff)"Vessel" means every description of watercraft, used or capable of being used as a means of transportation on the water.

(ggggggg)"Wastewater treatment unit" means a device which:

1.Is part of a wastewater treatment facility that is subject to regulation under either Section 402 or 307(b) of the Clean Water Act; and

2.Receives and treats or stores an influent wastewater which is a hazardous waste as defined in 335-14-2-.01(3), or that generates and accumulates a wastewater treatment sludge that is a hazardous waste as defined in 335-14-2-.01(3), or treats or stores a wastewater treatment sludge which is a hazardous waste as defined in 335-14-2-.01(3); and

3.Meets the definition of tank or tank system in 335-14-1-.02.

(hhhhhhh)"Waste" means any garbage, refuse, sludge from a waste treatment plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility and other discarded material, including solid, liquid, semisolid, or contained gaseous material resulting from industrial, commercial, mining, and agricultural operations and from community activities, including any material to be discarded by a generator, but such term does not include solid or dissolved material in domestic sewage, or solid or dissolved material in irrigation return flows or industrial discharges which are point sources subject to permits under 33 U.S.C. &#167;1342 or source, special nuclear or by-product material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954.

(iiiiiii)"Water (bulk shipment)" means the bulk transportation of hazardous waste which is loaded or carried on board a vessel without containers or labels.

(jjjjjjj)"Well" means any shaft or pit dug or bored into the earth, generally of a cylindrical form, and often walled with bricks or tubing to prevent the earth from caving in.

(kkkkkkk)"Well injection" means "underground injection".

(lllllll)"Zone of engineering control" means an area under the control of the owner/operator that, upon detection of a hazardous waste release, can be readily cleaned up prior to the release of hazardous waste or hazardous constituents to groundwater or surface water.

(2)References.

(a)The Environmental Protection Agency Regulations as they exist in 40 CFR, Section 260.11, as published on July 1, 1999, are incorporated herein by reference.

(b)A list of the publications and analytical testing methods incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Stephen A. Cobb; Steven O. Jenkins; Robert W. Barr; Lynn T. Roper; Edwin C. Johnston; Kelley Lockhart; Vernon H. Crockett

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-3, 22-30-11. History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; April 2, 1991; January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003. Amended: Filed April 22, 2004; effective May 27, 2004.

<regElement name="335.14.1.03" level="3" title="Petitions For Equivalent Testing Or Analytical Methods For Delisting">

(1)Petitions for equivalent testing or analytical methods.

(a)Any person seeking to add a testing or analytical method to Chapters 335-14-2, 335-14-5 or 335-14-6 may petition for such addition under 335-14-1-.03(1). To be successful the person must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Director that the proposed method is equal to or superior to the corresponding method prescribed in Chapters 335-14-2, 335-14-5 or 335-14-6, in terms of its sensitivity, accuracy, and precision (i.e., reproducibility).

(b)Each petition must be submitted to the Department by certified mail and must include:

1.The petitioner's name and address;

2.A statement of the petitioner's interest in the proposed action;

3.A statement of the need and justification for the proposed action;

4.A full description of the proposed method, including all procedural steps and equipment used in the method;

5.A description of the types of waste or waste matrices for which the proposed method may be used;

6.Comparative results obtained from using the proposed method with those obtained from using the relevant or corresponding methods prescribed in Chapters 335-14-2, 335-14-5 or 335-14-6;

7.An assessment of any factors which may interfere with, or limit the use of, the proposed method;

8.A description of the quality control procedures necessary to ensure the sensitivity, accuracy, and precision of the proposed method; and

9.A copy of the Federal Register notice indicating that EPA has added the testing or analytical method to 40 CFR Parts 261, 264 or 265.

(c)After receiving a petition for an equivalent method, the Department may request any additional information on the proposed method which it may reasonably require to evaluate the method.

(d)If the Director determines to permit use of a new testing method, the applicant will be notified and allowed to use the method pending the next revision of Division 335-14. When Division 335-14 is next amended after such a determination, the equivalent method will be proposed to be added to the rules and will be treated as any other rule amendment under Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-8.

(2)Petitions to amend Chapter 335-14-2 to exclude a waste produced at a particular facility (delisting).

(a)Any person seeking to exclude a waste at a particular generating facility from the lists in Rule 335-14-2-.04 may petition for such exclusion under 335-14-1-.03(2). To be successful:

1.The petitioner must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Director that the waste produced by a particular generating facility does not meet any of the criteria under which the waste was listed as a hazardous or an acutely hazardous waste; and

2.Based on a complete application [335-14-1-.03(2)(i)], the Director must determine, where he has a reasonable basis to believe that factors (including additional constituents) other than those for which the waste was listed could cause the waste to be a hazardous waste, that such factors do not warrant retaining the waste as a hazardous waste. A waste which is so excluded, however, still may be a hazardous waste by operation of Rule 335-14-2-.03.

(b)The procedures in 335-14-1-.03(2) and 335-14-1-.03 may also be used to petition the Director for a regulatory amendment to exclude from 335-14-2-.01(3)(a)2.(ii) or (c), a waste which is described in these subparagraphs and is either a waste listed in Rule 335-14-2-.04 or is derived from a waste listed in Rule 335-14-2-.04. This exclusion may only be issued for a particular generating, storage, treatment, or disposal facility. The petitioner must make the same demonstration as required by 335-14-1-.03(2)(a). Where the waste is a mixture of solid waste and one or more listed hazardous wastes or is derived from one or more hazardous wastes, his demonstration must be made with respect to the waste mixture as a whole; analyses must be conducted for not only those constituents for which the listed waste contained in the mixture was listed as hazardous, but also for factors (including additional constituents) that could cause the waste mixture to be a hazardous waste. A waste which is so excluded may still be a hazardous waste by operation of Rule 335-14-2-.03.

(c)If the waste is listed with codes "I", "C", "R", or "E" in Rule 335-14-2-.04,

1.The petitioner must show that the waste does not exhibit the relevant characteristic for which the waste was listed as defined in 335-14-2-.03(2), (3), (4), or (5) using any applicable methods prescribed therein. The petitioner also must show that the waste does not exhibit any of the other characteristics defined in 335-14-2-.03(2), (3), (4), or (5) using any applicable methods prescribed therein;

2.Based on a complete application, the Director must determine, where he has a reasonable basis to believe that factors (including additional constituents) other than those for which the waste was listed could cause the waste to be hazardous waste, that such factors do not warrant retaining the waste as a hazardous waste. A waste which is so excluded, however, still may be a hazardous waste by operation of Rule 335-14-2-.03;

(d)If the waste is listed with code "T" in Rule 335-14-2-.04,

1.The petitioner must demonstrate that the waste:

(i)Does not contain the constituent or constituents (as defined in 335-14-2-Appendix VII) that caused the Department to list the waste, using the appropriate test methods prescribed in "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods", EPA publication SW-846, as incorporated by reference in Rule 335-14-1-.02(2); or

(ii)Although containing one or more of the hazardous constituents (as defined in 335-14-2 Appendix VII) that caused the Department to list the waste, does not meet the criterion of 335-14-2-.02(2)(a)3. when considering the factors used by the Department in 335-14-2-.02(2)(a)3.(i) through (xi) under which the waste was listed as hazardous; and

2.Based on a complete application, the Director must determine, where he has a reasonable basis to believe that factors (including additional constituents) other than those for which the waste was listed could cause the waste to be a hazardous waste, that such factors do not warrant retaining the waste as a hazardous waste; and

3.The petitioner must demonstrate that the waste does not exhibit any of the characteristics defined in 335-14-2-.03(2), (3), (4), or (5) using any applicable methods prescribed therein;

4.A waste which is so excluded, however, still may be a hazardous waste by operation of Rule 335-14-2-.03.

(e)If the waste is listed with the code "H" in Rule 335-14-2-.04,

1.The petitioner must demonstrate that the waste does not meet the criterion of 335-14-2-.02(2)(a)2.; and

2.Based on a complete application, the Director must determine, where he has a reasonable basis to believe that additional factors (including additional constituents) other than those for which the waste was listed could cause the waste to be a hazardous waste, that such factors do not warrant retaining the waste as a hazardous waste; and

3.The petitioner must demonstrate that the waste does not exhibit any of the characteristics defined in 335-14-2-.03(2), (3), (4), and (5) using any applicable methods prescribed therein;

4.A waste which is so excluded, however, still may be a hazardous waste by operation of Rule 335-14-2-.03.

(f)[Reserved]

(g)[Reserved]

(h)Demonstration samples must consist of enough representative samples, but in no case less than four samples, taken over a period of time sufficient to represent the variability or the uniformity of the waste.

(i)Each petition must be submitted to the Department by certified mail and must include:

1.The petitioner's name and address;

2.A statement of the petitioner's interest in the proposed action;

3.A statement of the need and justification for the proposed action;

4.The name and address of the laboratory facility performing the sampling or tests of the waste;

5.The names and qualifications of the persons sampling and testing the waste;

6.The dates of sampling and testing;

7.The location of the generating facility;

8.A description of the manufacturing processes or other operations and feed materials producing the waste and an assessment of whether such processes, operations or feed materials can or might produce a waste that is not covered by the demonstration;

9.A description of the waste and an estimate of the average and maximum monthly and annual quantities of waste covered by the demonstration;

10.Pertinent data on and discussion of the factors delineated in the respective criterion for listing a hazardous waste, where the demonstration is based on the factors in 335-14-2-.02(2)(a)3.;

11.A description of the methodologies and equipment used to obtain the representative samples;

12.A description of the sample handling and preparation techniques used for extraction, containerization, and preservation of the samples;

13.A description of the tests performed (including results);

14.The names and model numbers of the instruments used in performing the tests; and

15.The following statement signed by the generator of the waste:

"I certify under penalty of law that I have personally examined and am familiar with the information submitted in this demonstration and all attached documents, and that, based on my inquiry of those individuals immediately responsible for obtaining the information, I believe that the submitted information is true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment."

(j)After receiving a petition for an exclusion, the Department may request any additional information which it may reasonably require to evaluate the petition. This may include, but is not limited to, samples of the waste collected and analyzed by the Department.

(k)An exclusion will only apply to the waste generated at the individual facility covered by the demonstration and will not apply to waste from any other facility.

(l)The Director may exclude only part of the waste for which the demonstration is submitted where he has reason to believe that variability of the waste justifies a partial exclusion.

(m)The Department will evaluate the application and issue a draft notice tentatively granting or denying the exclusion. Notification of the tentative decision will be provided by a one time publication of notice in a daily or weekly major local newspaper of general circulation in the locality where the generator is located. The Department will accept comment on the tentative decision for a minimum of 30 days and may hold a hearing at its discretion. The Director will issue a final decision after the close of the comment period and hearing (if any).

(3)Petitions to amend Chapter 335-14-11 to include additional hazardous wastes.

(a)Any person seeking to add a hazardous waste or a category of hazardous waste to the universal waste regulations of Chapter 335-14-11, may petition for a regulatory amendment under 335-14-1-.03(3) and 335-14-11-.07.

(b)To be successful, the petitioner must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Director that regulation under the universal waste regulations of Chapter 335-14-11; is appropriate for the waste or category of waste; and will improve implementation of the hazardous waste program. Each petition must be submitted to the Department by certified mail and must include:

1.The petitioner?s name and address;

2.A statement of the petitioner?s interest in the proposed action;

3.A description of the proposed action, including (where appropriate) suggested regulatory language; and

4.A statement of the need and justification of the proposed action, including any supporting tests, studies, or other information. The petition should also address as many of the factors listed in 335-14-11-.07(2) as are appropriate for the waste or category of waste addressed in the petition.

(c)The Director will grant or deny a petition using the factors listed in 335-14-11-.07(2). The decision will be based on the weight of evidence showing that regulation under Chapter 335-14-11 is appropriate for the waste or category of waste, will improve management practices for the waste or category of waste, and will improve implementation of the hazardous waste program.

(d)The Director may request additional information needed to evaluate the merits of the petition.

(e)The Department will evaluate the application and issue a draft notice tentatively granting or denying the addition of hazardous waste or category of hazardous waste to the universal waste regulations of Chapter 335-14-11. Notification of the tentative decision will be provided by a one time publication of notice in a daily or weekly major local newspaper of general circulation in the locality where the generator is located. The Department will accept comment on the tentative decision for a minimum of 30 days and may hold a hearing at its discretion. The Director will issue a final decision after the close of the comment period and hearing (if any).

(4) through (9)[Reserved]

(10)Variances from classification as a solid waste. In accordance with the standards and criteria in 335-14-1-.03(11) and the procedures in 335-14-1-.03(13), the Department may determine on a case-by-case basis that the following recycled materials are not solid wastes:

(a)Materials that are accumulated speculatively without sufficient amounts being recycled (as defined in 335-14-2-.01(1)(c)8.);

(b)Materials that are reclaimed and then reused within the original production process in which they were generated; or

(c)Materials that have been reclaimed but must be reclaimed further before the materials are completely recovered.

(11)Standards and criteria for variances from classification as a solid waste.

(a)The Director may grant requests for a variance from classifying as a solid waste those materials that are accumulated speculatively without sufficient amounts being recycled if the applicant demonstrates that sufficient amounts of the material will be recycled or transferred for recycling in the following year. If a variance is granted, it is valid only for the following year, but can be renewed, on an annual basis, by filing a new application. The Director's decision will be based on the following criteria:

1.The manner in which the material is expected to be recycled, when the material is expected to be recycled and whether this expected disposition is likely to occur (for example, because of past practice, market factors, the nature of the material or contractual arrangements for recycling);

2.The reason that the applicant has accumulated the material for one or more years without recycling 75 percent of the volume accumulated at the beginning of the year;

3.The quantity of material already accumulated and the quantity expected to be generated and accumulated before the material is recycled;

4.The extent to which the material is handled to minimize loss; and

5.Other relevant factors.

(b)The Director may grant requests for a variance from classifying as a solid waste those materials that are reclaimed and then reused as feedstock within the original production process in which the materials were generated if the reclamation operation is an essential part of the production process. This determination will be based on the following criteria:

1.How economically viable the production process would be if it were to use virgin materials, rather than reclaimed materials;

2.The prevalence of the practice on an industry-wide basis;

3.The extent to which the material is handled before reclamation to minimize loss;

4.The time periods between generating the material and its reclamation, and between reclamation and return to the original primary production process;

5.The location of the reclamation operation in relation to the production process;

6.Whether the reclaimed material is used for the purpose for which it was originally produced when it is returned to the original process, and whether it is returned to the process in substantially its original form;

7.Whether the person who generates the material also reclaims it; and

8.Other relevant factors.

(c)The Director may grant requests for a variance from classifying as a solid waste those materials that have been reclaimed but must be reclaimed further before recovery is completed if, after initial reclamation, the resulting material is commodity-like (even though it is not yet a commercial product, and has to be reclaimed further). This determination will be based on the following factors:

1.The degree of processing the material has undergone and the degree of further processing that is required;

2.The value of the material after it has been reclaimed;

3.The degree to which the reclaimed material is like an analogous raw material;

4.The extent to which an end market for the reclaimed material is guaranteed;

5.The extent to which the reclaimed material is handled to minimize loss; and

6.Other relevant factors.

(12)Variance to be classified as a boiler. In accordance with the standards and criteria in 335-14-1-.02(1) (definition of "boiler"), and the procedures in 335-1-.03(13), the Director may determine on a case-by-case basis that certain enclosed devices using controlled flame combustion are boilers, even though they do not otherwise meet the definition of a boiler contained in 335-14-1-.02(1), after considering the following criteria:

(a)The extent to which the unit has provisions for recovering and exporting thermal energy in the form of steam, heated fluids or heated gases; and

(b)The extent to which the combustion chamber and energy recovery equipment are of integral design; and

(c)The efficiency of energy recovery, calculated in terms of the recovered energy compared with the thermal value of the fuel; and

(d)The extent to which exported energy is utilized; and

(e)The extent to which the device is in common and customary use as a "boiler" functioning primarily to produce steam, heated fluids or heated gases; and

(f)Other factors as appropriate.

(13)Procedures for variances from classification as a solid waste or to be classified as a boiler. The Department will use the following procedures in evaluating applications for variances from classification as a solid waste or applications to classify particular enclosed flame combustion devices as boilers:

(a)An application addressing the relevant criteria contained in 335-14-.03(11) or (12) shall be submitted as follows:

1.If both the generator and the recycler are within Alabama, to the Department;

2.If the generator is within Alabama and the recycler is outside Alabama, to the Department and to the agency, if any, designated by the recycling State to receive such applications. If the recycling State has not designated an agency to handle such applications, application should be made to the Regional Administrator of EPA in the region where the recycler is located;

3.If the generator is outside Alabama and the recycler is within Alabama, to the Department.

(b)The Department will evaluate the application and issue a draft notice tentatively granting or denying the application. Notification of the tentative decision will be provided by newspaper advertisement or radio broadcast in the locality where the recycler is located, if the recycler is within Alabama, or in the locality where the generator is located, if the recycler is located outside Alabama. The Department will accept comment on the tentative decision for 30 days, and may also hold a public hearing upon request or at its discretion. The Director will issue a final decision after receipt of comments and after the hearing (if any).

(14) through (19)[Reserved]

(20)Additional regulation of certain hazardous waste recycling activities on a case-by-case basis.

(a)The Director may decide on a case-by-case basis that persons accumulating or storing the recyclable materials described in 335-14-2-.01(6)(a)2.(iv) should be regulated under 335-14-2-.01(6)(b) and (c). The basis for this decision is that the materials are being accumulated or stored in a manner that does not protect human health and the environment because the materials or their toxic constituents have not been adequately contained, or because the materials being accumulated or stored together are incompatible. In making this decision, the Director will consider the following factors:

1.The types of materials accumulated or stored and the amounts accumulated or stored;

2.The method of accumulation or storage;

3.The length of time the materials have been accumulated or stored before being reclaimed;

4.Whether any contaminants are being released into the environment, or are likely to be so released; and

5.Other relevant factors.

(21)Procedures for case-by-case regulation of hazardous waste recycling activities. The Director will use the following procedures when determining whether to regulate hazardous waste recycling activities described in 335-14-2-.01(6)(a)2.(iv) under the provisions of 335-14-2-.01(6)(b) and (c), rather than under the provisions of Rule 335-14-7-.06.

(a)If a generator is accumulating the waste, the Department will issue a notice setting forth the factual basis for the decision and stating that the person must comply with the applicable requirements of Rules 335-14-3-.01, 335-14-3-.03, 335-14-3-.04 and 335-14-3-.05. The notice will become final within 30 days, unless the person served requests a public hearing to challenge the decision. Upon receiving such a request, the Department will hold a public hearing. The Department will provide notice of the hearing to the public and will allow public participation at the hearing. The Director will issue a final order after the hearing stating whether or not compliance with Chapter 335-14-3 is required.

The order becomes effective 30 days after service of the decision unless the Department specifies a later date or unless review by the Commission is requested. The order may be appealed to the Commission by any person who participated in the public hearing. The Commission may choose to grant or to deny the appeal. Final Department action occurs when a final order is issued and Department review procedures are exhausted.

(b)If the person is accumulating the recyclable material as a storage facility, the notice will state that the person must obtain a permit in accordance with all applicable provisions of Chapter 335-14-8. The owner or operator of the facility must apply for a permit within no less than 60 days and no more than six months of notice, as specified in the notice. If the owner or operator of the facility wishes to challenge the Director's decision, he may do so in his permit application, in a public hearing on the draft permit or in comments filed on the draft permit or on the notice of intent to deny the permit. The fact sheet accompanying the permit will specify the reasons for the Director's determination.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Lynn Garthright, Michael Champion, C. Edwin Johnston, Michael Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-9, 22-30-10, 22-30-11; 22-30-12.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 26, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-14-2" level="2" title="IDENTIFICATION AND LISTING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE">

<regElement name="335.14.2.01" level="3" title="General"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="3"><dwc name="antimoni" times="2"><dwc name="arsen" times="5"><dwc name="barium" times="2"><dwc name="beryllium" times="2"><dwc name="cadmium" times="4"><dwc name="chromium" times="9"><dwc name="copper" times="3"><dwc name="cyanid" times="3"><dwc name="lead" times="8"><dwc name="mercuri" times="5"><dwc name="selenium" times="2"><dwc name="thallium" times="2"><dwc name="benzen" times="1"><dwc name="carbon tetrachlorid" times="1"><dwc name="chlorobenzen" times="1"><dwc name="methylen chlorid" times="3"><dwc name="dioxin" times="3"><dwc name="pcb" times="2"><dwc name="tetrachloroethylen" times="1"><dwc name="toluen" times="1"><dwc name="trichloroethylen" times="1"><dwc name="radioact" times="3"><dwc name="uranium" times="1">

(1)Purpose and scope.

(a)335-14-2 identifies those solid wastes which are subject to regulation as hazardous wastes under 335-14-3 through 335-14-6, 335-14-8, and 335-14-9 and which are subject to the notification requirements of Section 3010 of RCRA. In 335-14-2:

1.335-14-2-.01 defines the terms "solid waste" and "hazardous waste", identifies those wastes which are excluded from regulation under 335-14-3 through 335-14-9, and establishes special management requirements for hazardous waste produced by conditionally exempt small quantity generators and hazardous waste which is recycled.

2.335-14-2-.02 sets forth the criteria used by the Department to identify characteristics of hazardous waste and to list particular hazardous wastes.

3.335-14-2-.03 identifies characteristics of hazardous waste.

4.335-14-2-.04 lists particular hazardous wastes.

(b)1.The definition of solid waste contained in 335-14-2 applies only to wastes that also are hazardous for purposes of the AHWMMA. For example, it does not apply to materials (such as non-hazardous scrap, paper, textiles, or rubber) that are not otherwise hazardous wastes and that are recycled.

2.335-14-2 identifies only some of the materials which are solid wastes and hazardous wastes under AHWMMA. A material which is not defined as a solid waste in 335-14-2, or is not a hazardous waste identified or listed in 335-14-2, is still a solid waste and a hazardous waste for purposes of the applicable sections of the AHWMMA if the material may be a solid waste within the meaning of Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-3(11), and a hazardous waste within the meaning of Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-3(5).

(c)For the purposes of 335-14-2-.01(2) and (6):

1.A "spent material" is any material that has been used and as a result of contamination can no longer serve the purpose for which it was produced without processing. Examples include plates and groups and acid from spent lead acid batteries;

(i)Contamination means any impurity, factor, or circumstance that causes the material to be taken out of service for reprocessing.

(ii)The portion of the definition stating a spent material "can no longer serve the purpose for which it was produced" is satisfied when the material is no longer serving its original purpose and is being reprocessed or being accumulated prior to reprocessing.

2."Sludge" has the same meaning used in 335-14-1-.02(1);

3.A "by-product" is a material that is not one of the primary products of a production process and is not solely or separately produced by the production process. Examples are process residues such as slags or distillation column bottoms. The term does not include a co-product that is produced for the general public's use and is ordinarily used in the form it is produced by the process;

4.A material is "reclaimed" if it is processed to recover a usable product, or if it is regenerated. Examples are recovery of lead values from spent batteries and regeneration of spent solvents;

5.A material is "used or reused" if it is either:

(i)Employed as an ingredient (including use as an intermediate) in an industrial process to make a product (for example, distillation bottoms from one process used as feedstock in another process). However, a material will not satisfy this condition if distinct components of the material are recovered as separate end products (as when metals are recovered from metal containing secondary materials); or

(ii)Employed in a particular function or application as an effective substitute for a commercial product (for example, spent pickle liquor used as phosphorous precipitant and sludge conditioner in wastewater treatment);

6."Scrap metal" is bits and pieces of metal parts (e.g., bars, turnings, rods, sheets, wire) or metal pieces that may be combined together with bolts or soldering (e.g., radiators, scrap automobiles, railroad box cars) which when worn or superfluous can be recycled;

7.A material is "recycled" if it is used, reused, or reclaimed;

8.A material is "accumulated speculatively" if it is accumulated before being recycled.

(i)A material is not accumulated speculatively, however, if the person accumulating it can show that;

(I)the material is managed in lined waste pile(s) which meet(s) the requirements of 335-14-5-.12 or tank(s) or container(s) as those terms are defined in Division 335-14;

(II)the material is potentially recyclable and has a feasible means of being recycled; and

(III)that, during the calendar year (commencing on January 1), the amount of material that is recycled, or transferred to a different site for recycling, equals at least 75 percent by weight or volume of the amount of that material accumulated at the beginning of the period. [In calculating the percentage of turnover, the 75 percent requirement is to be applied to each material of the same type (e.g., slags from a single smelting process) that is recycled in the same way (i.e., from which the same material is recovered or that is used in the same way). Materials accumulating in units that would be exempt from regulation under 335-14-2-.01(4)c) are not included in making the calculation. (Materials that are already defined as solid wastes also are not to be included in making the calculation.) Materials are no longer in this category once they are removed from accumulation for recycling however.]

(ii)Notwithstanding the preceding requirements, pulping liquors (i.e., black liquor) subject to the exclusion provided by 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)6. are not required to be managed in lined waste pile(s) which meet(s) the requirements of 335-14-5-.12 or tank(s) or container(s) as those terms are defined in Division 335-14.

9."Excluded scrap metal" is processed scrap metal, unprocessed home scrap metal, and unprocessed prompt scrap metal.

10."Processed scrap metal" is scrap metal which has been manually or physically altered to either separate it into distinct materials to enhance economic value or to improve the handling of materials. Processed scrap metal includes, but is not limited to scrap metal which has been baled, shredded, sheared, chopped, crushed, flattened, cut, melted, or separated by metal type (i.e., sorted), and, fines, drosses and related materials which have been agglomerated. (Note: shredded circuit boards being sent for recycling are not considered processed scrap metal. They are covered under the exclusion from the definition of solid waste for shredded circuit boards being recycled (335-14-2-.01(4)(a)14.).

11."Home scrap metal" is scrap metal as generated by steel mills, foundries, and refineries such as turnings, cuttings, punchings, and borings.

12."Prompt scrap metal" is scrap metal as generated by the metal working/fabrication industries and includes such scrap metal as turnings, cuttings, punchings, and borings. Prompt scrap is also known as industrial or new scrap metal.

(2)Definition of solid waste.

(a)1.A solid waste is any discarded material that is not excluded by 335-14-2-.01(4)(a) or that is not excluded by variance granted under 335-14-1-.03(10) or (11).

2.A "discarded material" is any material which is:

(i)"Abandoned", as explained in 335-14-2-.01(2)(b); or

(ii)"Recycled", as explained in 335-14-2-.01(2)(c); or

(iii)Considered "inherently waste-like", as explained in 335-14-2-.01(2)(d); or

(iv)A "military munition" identified as a solid waste in 335-14-7-.13(3).

(b)Materials are solid wastes if they are "abandoned" by being:

1.Disposed of; or

2.Burned or incinerated; or

3.Accumulated, stored, or treated (but not recycled) before or in lieu of being abandoned by being disposed of, burned, or incinerated.

(c)Materials are solid wastes if they are "recycled", or accumulated, stored, or treated before recycling, as specified in 335-14-2-.01(2)(c)1. through 4.:

1."Used in a manner constituting disposal".

(i)Materials noted with a "*" in column 1 of Table 1 are solid wastes when they are:

(I)Applied to or placed on the land in a manner that constitutes disposal; or

(II)Used to produce products that are applied to or placed on the land or are otherwise contained in products that are applied to or placed on the land (in which cases the product itself remains a solid waste).

(ii)However, commercial chemical products listed in 335-14-2-.04(4) are not solid wastes if they are applied to the land and that is their ordinary manner of use;

2."Burning for energy recovery".

(i)Materials noted with a "*" in column 2 of Table 1 are solid wastes when they are:

(I)Burned to recover energy;

(II)Used to produce a fuel or are otherwise contained in fuels (in which cases the fuel itself remains a solid waste);

(III)Contained in fuels (in which case the fuel itself remains a solid waste);

(ii)However, commercial chemical products listed in 335-14-2-.04(4) are not solid wastes if they are themselves fuels;

3."Reclaimed". Materials noted with a "*" in column 3 of Table 1 are solid wastes when reclaimed (except as provided under 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)17.). Materials noted with a "-" in column 3 of Table 1 are not solid wastes when reclaimed.

4."Accumulated speculatively". Materials noted with a "*" in column 4 of Table 1 are solid wastes when accumulated speculatively.

Table 1

<table width="100%"> Use Constituting Disposal 335-14-2.-01 (2)(c)1. Energy/ Recovery Fuel 335-14-2-.01 (2)(c)2. Reclamation 335-14-2.-01 (2)(c)3. (except as provided in 335-14-2-.01 (4)(a)17. For mineral processing secondary materials) Speculative Accumulation 335-14-2-.01 (2)(c)4. (1) (2) (3) (4) Spent materials (*) (*) (*) (*) Sludges (listed in 335-14-2-.04(2) or (3) (*) (*) (*) (*) Sludges exhibiting a characteristic of hazardous waste (*) (*) - - - - (*) By-products (listed in 335-14-2-.04(2) or (3) (*) (*) (*) (*) By-products exhibiting a characteristic of hazardous waste (*) (*) - - - - (*) Commercial chemical products listed in 335-14-2-.04(4) (*) (*) - - - - - - - - Scrap metal other than excluded scrap metal (See 335-14-2-.01(1)(c)9.) (*) (*) (*) (*) </table>

NOTE: The terms "spent materials", "sludges", "by-products", "scrap metal", and "processed scrap metal" are defined in 335-14-2-.01(1).

(d)"Inherently waste-like materials". The following materials are solid wastes when they are recycled in any manner:

1.Hazardous Waste Nos. F020, F021 (unless used as an ingredient to make a product at the site of generation), F022, F023, F026, and F028.

2.Secondary materials fed to a halogen acid furnace that exhibit a characteristic of a hazardous waste or are listed as a hazardous waste as defined in Rules 335-14-2-.03 and 335-14-2-.04 except for brominated material that meets the following criteria:

(i)The material must contain a bromine concentration of at least 45%; and

(ii)The material must contain less than a total of 1% of toxic organic compounds listed in Appendix VIII; and

(iii)The material is processed continually on-site in the halogen acid furnace via direct conveyance (hard piping).

3.The Department will use the following criteria to add wastes to that list:

(i)(I)The materials are ordinarily disposed of, burned, or incinerated; or

(II)The materials contain toxic constituents listed in 335-14-2-Appendix VIII and these constituents are not ordinarily found in raw materials or products for which the materials substitute (or are found in raw materials or products in smaller concentrations) and are not used or reused during the recycling process; and

(ii)The material may pose a substantial hazard to human health and the environment when recycled.

(e)"Materials which are not solid wastes when recycled".

1.Materials are not solid wastes when they can be shown to be recycled by being:

(i)Used or reused as ingredients in an industrial process to make a product, provided the materials are not being reclaimed; or

(ii)Used or reused as effective substitutes for commercial products.

(iii)Returned to the original process from which they are generated, without first being reclaimed or land disposed. The material must be returned as a substitute for feed stock materials. In cases where the original process to which the material is returned is a secondary process, the materials must be managed such that there is no placement on the land. In cases where the materials are generated and reclaimed within the primary mineral processing industry, the conditions of the exclusion found at 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)17. apply rather than this provision.

2.The following materials are solid wastes, even if the recycling involves use, reuse, or return to the original process (described in 335-14-2-.01(2)(e)1.(i) to (e)1.(iii)):

(i)Materials used in a manner constituting disposal, or used to produce products that are applied to the land; or

(ii)Materials burned for energy recovery, used to produce a fuel or contained in fuels; or

(iii)Materials accumulated speculatively; or

(iv)Materials listed in 335-14-2-.01(2)(d)1. and 2.

(f)"Documentation of claims that materials are not solid wastes or are conditionally exempt from regulation". Respondents in actions to enforce rules and regulations implementing the AHWMMA who raise a claim that a certain material is not a solid waste, or is conditionally exempt from regulation, must demonstrate that there is a known market or disposition for the material, and that they meet the terms of the exclusion or exemption. In doing so, they must provide appropriate documentation (such as contracts showing that a second person uses the material as an ingredient in a production process) to demonstrate that the material is not a waste, or is exempt from regulation. In addition, owners or operators of facilities claiming that they actually are recycling materials must show that they have the necessary equipment to do so.

(g)"Dredged material that is not a hazardous waste". Dredged material that is subject to the requirements of a permit that has been issued under &#167;404 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1344) or section 103 of the Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act of 1972 (33 U.S.C. 1413) is not a hazardous waste. For 335-14-2-.01(4)(g), the following definitions apply:

1.The term "dredged material" has the same meaning as defined in 40 CFR 232.2;

2.The term "permit" means:

(i)A permit issued by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (Corps) or an approved State under section 404 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1344);

(ii)A permit issued by the Corps under section 103 of the Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act of 1972 (33 U.S.C. 1413); or

(iii)In the case of Corps civil works projects, the administrative equivalent of the permits referred to in 335-14-2-.01(4)(g)2.(i) and (ii), as provided for in Corps regulations (for example, see 33 CFR 3361.1, 336.2, and 337.6).

(3)Definition of hazardous waste.

(a)A solid waste, as defined in 335-14-2-.01(2), is a hazardous waste if:

1.It is not excluded from regulation as a hazardous waste under 335-14-2-.01(4)(b); and

2.It meets any of the following criteria:

(i)It exhibits any of the characteristics of hazardous waste identified in 335-14-2-.03. However, any mixture of a waste from the extraction, beneficiation, and processing of ores and minerals excluded under 335-14-2-.01(4)(b)7. and any other solid waste exhibiting a characteristic of hazardous waste under 335-14-2-.03 is a hazardous waste only if it exhibits a characteristic that would not have been exhibited by the excluded waste alone if such mixture had not occurred, or if it continues to exhibit any of the characteristics exhibited by the non-excluded wastes prior to mixture. Further, for the purposes of applying the Toxicity Characteristic to such mixtures, the mixture is also a hazardous waste if it exceeds the maximum concentration for any contaminant listed in Table I to 335-14-2-.03(5) that would not have been exceeded by the excluded waste alone if the mixture had not occurred or if it continues to exceed the maximum concentration for any contaminant exceeded by the nonexempt waste prior to mixture.

(ii)It is listed in 335-14-2-.04 and has not been excluded from the lists in 335-14-2-.04 under 335-14-1-.03(2);

(iii)Reserved

(iv)It is a mixture of solid waste and one or more hazardous wastes listed in 335-14-2-.04 and has not been excluded from 335-14-2-.01(3)(a)2. under 40 CFR 260.20 and 335-14-1-.03(2), 335-14-2-.01(3)(g), or 335-14-2-.01(3)(h); however, the following mixtures of solid wastes and hazardous wastes listed in 335-14-2-.04 are not hazardous wastes (except by application of 335-14-2-.01(3)(a)2.(i) or (a)2.(ii)) if the generator can demonstrate that the mixture consists of wastewater the discharge of which is subject to regulation under either Section 402 or Section 307(b) of the Clean Water Act (including wastewater at facilities which have eliminated the discharge of wastewater) and:

(I)One or more of the following spent solvents listed in 335-14-2-.04(2)--carbon tetrachloride, tetrachloroethylene, trichloroethylene--provided that the maximum total weekly usage of these solvents (other than the amounts that can be demonstrated not to be discharged to wastewater) divided by the average weekly flow of wastewater into the headworks of the facility's wastewater treatment or pretreatment system does not exceed one part per million; or

(II)One or more of the following spent solvents listed in 335-14-2-.04(2)--methylene chloride, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, chlorobenzene, o-dichlorobenzene, cresols, cresylic acid, nitrobenzene, toluene, methyl ethyl ketone, carbon disulfide, isobutanol, pyridine, spent chlorofluorocarbon solvents--provided that the maximum total weekly usage of these solvents (other than the amounts that can be demonstrated not to be discharged to wastewater) divided by the average weekly flow of wastewater into the headworks of the facility's wastewater treatment or pretreatment system does not exceed 25 parts per million; or

(III)One of the following wastes listed in 335-14-2-.04(3), provided that the wastes are discharged to the refinery oil recovery sewer before primary oil/water/solids separation--heat exchanger bundle cleaning sludge from the petroleum refining industry (Hazardous Waste Number K050), crude oil storage tank sediment from petroleum refining operations (EPA Hazardous Waste Number K169), clarified slurry oil tank sediment and/or in-line filter/separation solids from petroleum refining operations (EPA Hazardous Waste Number K170), spent hydrotreating catalyst (EPA Hazardous Waste Number K171), and spent hydrorefining catalyst (EPA Hazardous Waste Number K172); or

(IV)A discarded commercial chemical product, or chemical intermediate listed in 335-14-2-.04(4), arising from deminimis losses of these materials from manufacturing operations in which these materials are used as raw materials or are produced in the manufacturing process. For purposes of 335-14-2-.01(3)(a)2.(iv)(IV), "deminimis" losses include those from normal material handling operations (e.g. spills from the unloading or transfer of materials from bins or other containers, leaks from pipes, valves, or other devices used to transfer materials); minor leaks of process equipment, storage tanks or containers; leaks from well maintained pump packings and seals; sample purgings; relief device discharges, discharges from safety showers and rinsing and cleaning of personal safety equipment; and rinsate from empty containers or from containers that are rendered empty by that rinsing; or

(V)Wastewater resulting from laboratory operations containing toxic (T) wastes listed in 335-14-2-.04, provided that the annualized average flow of laboratory wastewater does not exceed one percent of total wastewater flow into the headworks of the facility's wastewater treatment or pretreatment system, or provided the wastes combined annualized average concentration does not exceed one part per million in the headworks of the facility's wastewater treatment or pretreatment facility. Toxic (T) wastes used in laboratories that are demonstrated not to be discharged to wastewater are not to be included in this calculation; or

(VI)One or more of the following wastes listed in 335-14-2-.04(3)--wastewaters from the production of carbamates and carbamoyl oximes (EPA Hazardous Waste No. K157)--provided that the maximum weekly usage of formaldehyde, methyl chloride, methylene chloride, and triethylamine (including all amounts that can not be demonstrated to be reacted in the process, destroyed through treatment, or is recovered, i.e., what is discharged or volatilized) divided by the average weekly flow of process wastewater prior to any dilutions into the headworks of the facility?s wastewater treatment system does not exceed a total of 5 parts per million by weight; or

(VII)Wastewaters derived from the treatment of one of more of the following wastes listed in 335-14-2-.04(3)--organic waste (including heavy ends, still bottoms, light ends, spent solvents, filtrates, and decantates) from the production of carbamates and carbamoyl oximes (EPA Hazardous Waste No. K156). --Provided, that the maximum concentration of formaldehyde, methyl chloride, methylene chloride, and triethylamine prior to any dilutions into the headworks of the facility?s wastewater treatment system does not exceed a total of 5 milligrams per liter.

(v)Rebuttable presumption for used oil. Used oil containing more than 1000 ppm total halogens is presumed to be a hazardous waste because it has been mixed with halogenated hazardous waste listed in 335-14-2-.04. Persons may rebut this presumption by demonstrating that the used oil does not contain hazardous waste (for example, by using an analytical method from SW-846, Third Edition, to show that the used oil does not contain significant concentrations of halogenated hazardous constituents listed in 335-14-2-Appendix VIII). EPA Publication SW-846, Third Edition, is available from the Government Printing Office, Superintendent of Documents, P. O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954 (202) 783-3238 (document number 955-001-00000-1).

(I)The rebuttable presumption does not apply to metalworking oils/fluids containing chlorinated paraffins, if they are processed, through a tolling agreement, to reclaim metalworking oils/fluids. The presumption does apply to metalworking oils/fluids if such oils/fluids are recycled in any other manner, or disposed.

(II)The rebuttable presumption does not apply to used oils contaminated with chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) removed from refrigeration units where the CFCs are destined for reclamation. The rebuttable presumption does apply to used oils contaminated with CFCs that have been mixed with used oil from sources other than refrigeration units.

(b)A solid waste which is not excluded from regulation under 335-14-2-.01(3)(a)1. becomes a hazardous waste when any of the following events occur:

1.In the case of a waste listed in 335-14-2-.04, when the waste first meets the listing description set forth in 335-14-2-.04;

2.In the case of a mixture of solid waste and one or more listed hazardous wastes, when a hazardous waste listed in 335-14-2-.04 is first added to the solid waste;

3.In the case of any other waste (including a waste mixture), when the waste exhibits any of the characteristics identified in 335-14-2-.03.

(c)Unless or until it meets the criteria of 335-14-2-.01(3)(d):

1.A hazardous waste will remain a hazardous waste;

2.(i)Except as otherwise provided in 335-14-2-.01(2)(c)2.(ii), 335-14-2-.01(3)(g), or 335-14-2-.01(3)(h), any solid waste generated from the treatment, storage, or disposal of a hazardous waste, including any sludge, spill residue, ash, emission control dust, or leachate (but not including precipitation run-off) is a hazardous waste (However, materials that are reclaimed from solid wastes and that are used beneficially are not solid wastes and hence are not hazardous wastes under this provision unless the reclaimed material is burned for energy recovery or used in a manner constituting disposal.);

(ii)The following solid wastes are not hazardous even though they are generated from the treatment, storage, or disposal of hazardous waste, unless they exhibit one or more of the characteristics of hazardous waste:

(I)Waste pickle liquor sludge generated by lime stabilization of spent pickle liquor from the iron and steel industry (SIC codes 331 and 332).

(II)Waste from burning any of the materials exempted from regulation by 335-14-2-.01(6)(a)3.(iii) through (iv).

(III)I.Nonwastewater residues, such as slag, resulting from high temperature metals recovery (HTMR) processing of K061, K062 or F006 waste, in units identified as rotary kilns, flame reactors, electric furnaces, plasma arc furnaces, slag reactors, rotary hearth furnace/electric furnace combinations or industrial furnaces [as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1)], that are disposed in Subtitle D unit(s) (which are in compliance with the applicable requirements of ADEM Administrative Code Division 335-13, Solid Waste Program Rules, and which are authorized to receive such wastes), provided that these residues meet the generic exclusion levels identified in the tables in 335-14-2-.01(3)(c) for all constituents, and exhibit no characteristics of hazardous waste. Testing requirements must be incorporated in a facility's waste analysis plan or a generator's self-implementing waste analysis plan; at a minimum, composite samples of residues must be collected and analyzed quarterly and/or when the process or operation generating the waste changes.

Persons claiming this exclusion in an enforcement action will have the burden of proving by clear and convincing evidence that the material meets all of the exclusion requirements.

<table width="100%"> Constituent Maximum for any single composite sample--TCLP (mg/l) Generic exclusion levels for K061 and K062 nonwastewater HTMR residues Antimony 0.10 Arsenic 0.50 Barium 7.6 Beryllium 0.010 Cadmium 0.050 Chromium (total) 0.33 Lead 0.15 Mercury 0.009 Nickel 1.0 Selenium 0.16 Silver 0.30 Thallium 0.020 Zinc 70 Generic exclusion levels for F006 nonwastewater HTMR residues Antimony 0.10 Arsenic 0.50 Barium 7.6 Beryllium 0.010 Cadmium 0.050 Chromium (total) 0.33 Cyanide (total) (mg/kg) 1.8 Lead 0.15 Mercury 0.009 Nickel 1.0 Selenium 0.16 Silver 0.30 Thallium 0.020 Zinc 70 </table>

II.A one-time notification and certification must be placed in the facility's files and sent to EPA Region IV and the Department for K061, K062 or F006 HTMR residues that meet the generic exclusion levels for all constituents and do not exhibit any characteristics that are sent to Subtitle D unit(s) regulated pursuant to Division 335-13 Rules. The notification and certification that is placed in the generator's or treater's files must be updated if the process or operation generating the waste changes and/or if the Subtitle D unit receiving the waste changes. However, the generator or treater need only notify EPA Region IV and the Department on an annual basis if such changes occur. Such notification and certification should be sent to EPA Region IV and the Department by the end of the calendar year, but no later than December 31. The notification must include the following information: The name and address of the Subtitle D unit(s) regulated pursuant to Division 335-13 Rules receiving the waste shipments; the EPA Hazardous Waste Number(s) and treatability group(s) at the initial point of generation; and, the treatment standards applicable to the waste at the initial point of generation. The certification must be signed by an authorized representative and must state as follows: "I certify under penalty of law that the generic exclusion levels for all constituents have been met without impermissible dilution and that no characteristic of hazardous waste is exhibited. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting a false certification, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment."

(IV)Biological treatment sludge from the treatment of one of the following wastes listed in 335-14-2-.04(3) - organic waste (including heavy ends, still bottoms, light ends, spent solvents, filtrates, and decantates) from the production of carbamates and carbamoyl oximes (EPA Hazardous Waste No. K156), and wastewaters from the production of carbamates and carbamoyl oximes (EPA Hazardous Waste No. K157).

(V)Catalyst inert support media separated from one of the following wastes listed in 335-14-2-.04(3)--Spent hydrotreating catalyst (EPA Hazardous Waste Number K171), and spent hydrorefining catalyst (EPA Hazardous Waste Number K172).

(d)Any solid waste described in 335-14-2-.01(3)(c) is not a hazardous waste if it meets the following criteria:

1.In the case of any solid waste, it does not exhibit any of the characteristics of hazardous waste identified in 335-14-2-.03. (However, wastes that exhibit a characteristic at the point of generation may still be subject to the requirements of 335-14-9, even if they no longer exhibit a characteristic at the point of land disposal.)

2.In the case of a waste which is a listed waste under 335-14-2-.04, contains a waste listed under 335-14-2-.04 or is derived from a waste listed in 335-14-2-.04, it also has been excluded from 335-14-2-.01(3)(c) under 335-14-1-.03(2).

(e)Notwithstanding 335-14-2-.01(3)(a) through (d) and provided the debris as defined in 335-14-9 does not exhibit a characteristic identified in 335-14-2-.03, the following materials are not subject to regulation under 335-14-1 through 335-14-9:

1.Hazardous debris as defined in 335-14-9 that has been treated using one of the required extraction or destruction technologies specified in 335-14-9-.04(6) [see Table 1, 40 CFR 268.45]; persons claiming this exclusion in an enforcement action will have the burden of proving by clear and convincing evidence that the material meets all of the exclusion requirements; or

2.Debris as defined in 335-14-9 that the Department, considering the extent of contamination, has determined is no longer contaminated with hazardous waste.

(f)Reserved.

(g)1.A hazardous waste that is listed in 335-14-2-.04 solely because it exhibits one or more characteristics of ignitability as defined under 35-14-2-.03(2), corrosivity as defined under 335-14-2-.03(3), or reactivity as defined under 335-14-2-.03(4) is not a hazardous waste, if the waste no longer exhibits any characteristic of hazardous waste identified in 335-14-2-.03.

2.The exclusion described in 335-14-2-.01(3)(g)1. also pertains to:

(i)Any mixture of a solid waste and a hazardous waste listed in 335-14-2-.04 solely because it exhibits the characteristics of ignitability, corrosivity, or reactivity as regulated under 335-14-2-.01(3)(a)2.(iv); and

(ii)Any solid waste generated from treating, storing, or disposing of a hazardous waste listed in 335-14-2-.04 solely because it exhibits the characteristics of ignitability, corrosivity, or reactivity as regulated under 335-14-2-.01(3)(c)2.(i).

3.Wastes excluded under 335-14-2-.01(3) are subject to 335-14-9 (as applicable), even if they no longer exhibit a characteristic at the point of land disposal.

4.Any mixture of a solid waste excluded from regulation under 335-14-2-.01(4)(b)7. and a hazardous waste listed in 335-14-2-.04 solely because it exhibits one or more of the characteristics of ignitability, corrosivity, or reactivity as regulated under 335-14-2-.01(3)(a)2.(iv) is not a hazardous waste, if the mixture no longer exhibits any characteristics of hazardous waste identified in 335-14-2-.03 for which the hazardous waste listed in 335-14-2-.04 was listed.

(h)1.Hazardous waste containing radioactive waste is no longer a hazardous waste when it meets the eligibility criteria and ").

2.The exemption described in 335-14-2-.01(3)(h)1. also pertains to:

(i)Any mixture of a solid waste and an eligible radioactive mixed waste; and

(ii)Any solid waste generated from treating, storing, or disposing of an eligible radioactive mixed waste.

3.Waste exempted under 335-14-2-.01(3) must meet the eligibility criteria and specified conditions in 335-14-7-.14(3) and 335-14-7-.14(4) (for storage and treatment) and in 335-14-7-.14(12) and 335-14-7-.14(13) (for transportation and disposal). Waste that fails to satisfy these eligibility criteria and conditions is regulated as hazardous waste.

(4)Exclusions.

(a)"Materials which are not solid wastes". The following materials are not solid wastes for the purpose of 335-14-2:

1.(i)Domestic sewage; and

(ii)Any mixture of domestic sewage and other wastes that passes through a sewer system to a publicly-owned treatment works for treatment. "Domestic sewage" means untreated sanitary wastes that pass through a sewer system;

2.Industrial wastewater discharges that are point source discharges subject to regulation under Section 402 of the federal Clean Water Act, as amended. This exclusion applies only to the actual point source discharge. It does not exclude industrial wastewaters while they are being collected, stored, or treated before discharge, nor does it exclude sludges that are generated by industrial wastewater treatment;

3.Irrigation return flows;

4.Source, special nuclear or by-product material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.;

5.Materials subjected to in-situ mining techniques which are not removed from the ground as part of the extraction process;

6.Pulping liquors (i.e., black liquor) that are reclaimed in a pulping liquor recovery furnace and then reused in the pulping process, unless it is accumulated speculatively as defined in 335-14-2-.01(1)(c);

7.Spent sulfuric acid used to produce virgin sulfuric acid, unless it is accumulated speculatively as defined in 335-14-2-.01(1)(c).

8.Secondary materials that are reclaimed and returned to the original process or processes in which they were generated where they are reused in the production process provided:

(i)Only tank storage is involved, and the entire process through completion of reclamation is closed by being entirely connected with pipes or other comparable enclosed means of conveyance;

(ii)Reclamation does not involve controlled flame combustion (such as occurs in boilers, industrial furnaces, or incinerators):

(iii)The secondary materials are never accumulated in such tanks for over twelve months without being reclaimed; and

(iv)The reclaimed material is not used to produce a fuel, or used to produce products that are used in a manner constituting disposal.

9.(i)Spent wood preserving solutions that have been reclaimed and are reused for their original intended purpose; and

(ii)Wastewaters from the wood preserving process that have been reclaimed and are reused to treat wood.

(iii)Prior to reuse, the wood preserving wastewaters and spent wood preserving solutions described in 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)9.(i) and (a)9.(ii), so long as they meet all of the following conditions:

(I)The wood preserving wastewaters and spent wood preserving solutions are reused on-site at water borne plants in the production process for their original intended purpose;

(II)Prior to reuse, the wastewaters and spent wood preserving solutions are managed to prevent release to either land or ground water or both;

(III)Any unit used to manage wastewaters and/or spent wood preserving solutions prior to reuse can be visually or otherwise determined to prevent such releases;

(IV)Any drip pad used to manage the wastewaters and/or spent wood preserving solutions prior to reuse complies with the standards in 335-14-6-.23, regardless of whether the plant generates a total of less than 100 kg/month of hazardous waste; and

(V)Prior to operating pursuant to this exclusion, the facility owner or operator submits to the Department a one-time notification stating that the facility intends to claim the exclusion, giving the date on which the facility intends to begin operating under the exclusion, and containing the following language: "I have read the applicable regulation establishing an exclusion for wood preserving wastewaters and spent wood preserving solutions and understand it requires me to comply at all times with the conditions set out in the regulation." The facility must maintain a copy of that document in its on-site records for a period of no less than 3 years from the date specified in the notice. The exclusion applies only so long as the facility meets all of the conditions. If the facility goes out of compliance with any condition, it may apply to the Department for reinstatement. The Department may reinstate the exclusion upon finding that the facility has returned to compliance with all conditions and that violations are not likely to recur.

10.EPA Hazardous Waste Nos. K060, K087, K141, K142, K143, K144, K145, K147, and K148 and any wastes from the coke by-products processes that are hazardous only because they exhibit the Toxicity Characteristic specified in 335-14-2-.03(5), when, subsequent to generation, these materials are recycled to coke ovens, to the tar recovery process as a feedstock to produce coal tar or are mixed with coal tar prior to the tar's sale or refining. This exclusion is conditioned on there being no land disposal of the wastes from the point they are generated to the point they are recycled to coke ovens or tar recovery or refining processes, or mixed with coal tar.

11.Nonwastewater splash condenser dross residue from the treatment of K061 in high temperature metals recovery units, provided it is shipped in drums (if shipped) and not land disposed before recovery.

12.(i)Oil-bearing hazardous secondary materials (i.e., sludges, by-products, or spent materials) that are generated at a petroleum refinery (SIC code 2911) and are inserted into the petroleum refining process (SIC code 2911?including, but not limited to, distillation, catalytic cracking, fractionation, or thermal cracking units (i.e., cokers)) unless the material is placed on the land, or speculatively accumulated before being so recycled. Materials inserted into thermal cracking units are excluded under 335-14-2-.01(4), provided that the coke product also does not exhibit a characteristic of hazardous waste. Oil-bearing hazardous secondary materials may be inserted into the same petroleum refinery where they are generated, or sent directly to another petroleum refinery, and still be excluded under this provision. Except as provided in 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)12.(ii), oil-bearing hazardous secondary materials generated elsewhere in the petroleum industry (i.e., from sources other than petroleum refineries) are not excluded under 335-14-2-.01(4). Residuals generated from processing or recycling materials excluded under this 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)12.(i), where such materials as generated would have otherwise met a listing under 335-14-2-.04, are designated as F037 listed wastes when disposed of or intended for disposal.

(ii)Recovered oil that is recycled in the same manner and with the same conditions as described in 335-14-2-.01(4)(a) 12.(i). Recovered oil is oil that has been reclaimed from secondary materials (including wastewater) generated from normal petroleum industry practices, including refining, exploration and production, bulk storage, and transportation incident thereto (SIC codes 1311, 1321, 1381, 1382, 1389, 2911, 4612, 4613, 4922, 4923, 4789, 5171, and 5172.) Recovered oil does not include oil-bearing hazardous wastes listed in 335-14-2-.04; however, oil recovered from such wastes may be considered recovered oil. Recovered oil does not include used oil as defined in 335-14-17-.01(1).

13.Excluded scrap metal (processed scrap metal, unprocessed home scrap metal, and unprocessed prompt scrap metal) being recycled.

14.Shredded circuit boards being recycled provided that they are:

(i)Stored in containers sufficient to prevent a release to the environment prior to recovery; and

(ii)Free of mercury switches, mercury relays and nickel-cadmium batteries and lithium batteries.

15Condensates derived from the overhead gases from kraft mill steam strippers that are used to comply with 40 CFR 63.446(e). The Exemption applies only to combustion at the mill generating the Condensates.

16Comparable fuels or comparable syngas fuels (i.e., comparable/syngas fuels) that meet the requirements of 335-14-2-.04(9).

17.Spent materials (as defined in 335-14-2-.01(1)) (other than hazardous wastes listed in 335-14-2-.04) generated within the primary mineral processing industry from which minerals, acids, cyanide, water, or other values are recovered by mineral processing, or by beneficiation, provided that:

(i)The spent material is legitimately recycled to recover minerals, acids, cyanide, water or other values;

(ii)The spent material is not accumulated speculatively;

(iii)Except as provided in 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)17.(iv), the spent material is stored in tanks, containers, or buildings meeting the following minimum integrity standards: a building must be an engineered structure with a floor, walls, and a roof all of which are made of non-earthen materials providing structural support (except smelter buildings may have partially earthen floors provided the spent material is stored on the non-earthen portion), and have a roof suitable for diverting rainwater away from the foundation; a tank must be free standing, not be a surface impoundment (as defined 335-14-1-.02(1)), and be manufactured of a material suitable for containment of its contents; a container must be free standing and be manufactured of a material suitable for containment of its contents. If tanks or containers contain any particulate which may be subject to wind dispersal, the owner/operator must operate these units in a manner which controls fugitive dust. Tanks, containers, and buildings must be designed, constructed and operated to prevent significant releases to the environment of these materials.

(iv)The Department may make a site-specific determination, after public review and comment, that only solid mineral processing spent materials may be placed on pads, rather than in tanks, containers, or buildings. Solid mineral processing spent materials do not contain any free liquid. The Department must affirm that pads are designed, constructed and operated to prevent significant releases of the secondary material into the environment. Pads must provide the same degree of containment afforded by the non-RCRA tanks, containers and buildings eligible for exclusion.

(I)The Department must also consider if storage on pads poses the potential for significant releases via groundwater, surface water, and air exposure pathways. Factors to be considered for assessing the groundwater, surface water, air exposure pathways are: the volume and physical and chemical properties of the spent material, including its potential for migration off the pad; the potential for human or environmental exposure to hazardous constituents migrating from the pad via each exposure pathway, and the possibility and extent of harm to human and environmental receptors via each exposure pathway.

(II)Pads must meet the following minimum standards: be designed of non-earthen material that is compatible with the chemical nature of the mineral processing spent material, capable of withstanding physical stresses associated with placement and removal, have run on/runoff controls, be operated in a manner which controls fugitive dust, and have integrity assurance through inspections and maintenance programs.

(III)Before making a determination under 335-14-2-.01(4), the Department must provide notice and the opportunity for comment to all persons potentially interested in the determination. This can be accomplished by placing notice of this action in major local newspapers, or broadcasting notice over local radio stations.

(v)The owner or operator provides a notice to the Department, identifying the following information: the types of materials to be recycled; the type and location of the storage units and recycling processes; and the annual quantities expected to be placed in non land-based units. This notification must be updated when there is a change in the type of materials recycled or the location of the recycling process.

(vi)For purposes of 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)7., mineral processing spent materials must be the result of mineral processing and may not include any listed hazardous wastes. Listed hazardous wastes and characteristic hazardous wastes generated by non-mineral processing industries are not eligible for the conditional exclusion from the definition of solid waste.

18.Petrochemical recovered oil from an associated organic chemical manufacturing facility, where the oil is to be inserted into the petroleum refining process (SIC code 2911) along with normal petroleum refinery process streams, provided:

(i)The oil is hazardous only because it exhibits the characteristic of ignitability (as defined in 335-14-2-.03(2) and/or toxicity for benzene (335-14-2-.03(5), hazardous waste number D018); and

(ii)The oil generated by the organic chemical manufacturing facility is not placed on the land, or speculatively accumulated before being recycled into the petroleum refining process. An "associated organic chemical manufacturing facility" is a facility where the primary SIC code is 2869, but where operations may also include SIC codes 2821, 2822, and 2865; and is physically co-located with a petroleum refinery; and where the petroleum refinery to which the oil being recycled is returned also provides hydrocarbon feedstocks to the organic chemical manufacturing facility. "Petrochemical recovered oil" is oil that has been reclaimed from secondary materials (i.e., sludges, byproducts, or spent materials, including wastewater) from normal organic chemical manufacturing operations, as well as oil recovered from organic chemical manufacturing processes.

19.Spent caustic solutions from petroleum refining liquid treating processes used as a feedstock to produce cresylic or naphthenic acid unless the material is placed on the land, or accumulated speculatively as defined in 335-14-2-.01(1)(c).

20.Hazardous secondary materials used to make zinc fertilizers, provided that the following conditions specified are satisfied:

(i)Hazardous secondary materials used to make zinc micronutrient fertilizers must not be accumulated speculatively, as defined in 335-14-2-.01(1)(c)8.

(ii)Generators and intermediate handlers of zinc-bearing hazardous secondary materials that are to be incorporated into zinc fertilizers must:

(I)Submit a one-time notice to the Department, which contains the name, address and EPA ID number of the generator or intermediate handler facility, provides a brief description of the secondary material that will be subject to the exclusion, and identifies when the manufacturer intends to begin managing excluded, zinc-bearing hazardous secondary materials under the conditions specified in 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)20.

(II)Store the excluded secondary material in tanks, containers, or buildings that are constructed and maintained in a way that prevents releases of the secondary materials into the environment. At a minimum, any building used for this purpose must be an engineered structure made of non-earthen materials that provide structural support, and must have a floor, walls and a roof that prevent wind dispersal and contact with rainwater. Tanks used for this purpose must be structurally sound and, if outdoors, must have roofs or covers that prevent contact with wind and rain. Containers used for this purpose must be kept closed except when it is necessary to add or remove material, and must be in sound condition. Containers that are stored outdoors must be managed within storage areas that:

I.have containment structures or systems sufficiently impervious to contain leaks, spills and accumulated precipitation; and

II.provide for effective drainage and removal of leaks, spills and accumulated precipitation; and

III.prevent run-on into the containment system.

(III)With each off-site shipment of excluded hazardous secondary materials, provide written notice to the receiving facility that the material is subject to the conditions of 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)20.

(IV)Maintain at the generator's or intermediate handlers's facility for no less than three years records of all shipments of excluded hazardous secondary materials. For each shipment these records must at a minimum contain the following information:

I.Name of the transporter and date of the shipment;

II.Name and address of the facility that received the excluded material, and documentation confirming receipt of the shipment; and

III.Type and quantity of excluded secondary material in each shipment.

(iii)Manufacturers of zinc fertilizers or zinc fertilizer ingredients made from excluded hazardous secondary materials must:

(I)Store excluded hazardous secondary materials in accordance with the storage requirements for generators and intermediate handlers, as specified in 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)20(ii)(II).

(II)Submit a one-time notification to the Department that, at a minimum, specifies the name, address and EPA ID number of the manufacturing facility, and identifies when the manufacturer intends to begin managing excluded, zinc-bearing hazardous secondary materials under the conditions specified in 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)20.

(III)Maintain for a minimum of three years records of all shipments of excluded hazardous secondary materials received by the manufacturer, which must at a minimum identify for each shipment the name and address of the generating facility, name of transporter and date the materials were received, the quantity received, and a brief description of the industrial process that generated the material.

(IV)Submit to the Department an annual report that identifies the total quantities of all excluded hazardous secondary materials that were used to manufacture zinc fertilizers or zinc fertilizer ingredients in the previous year, the name and address of each generating facility, and the industrial process(s) from which they were generated.

(iv)Nothing in this section preempts, overrides or otherwise negates the provision in 335-14-3-.01(2), which requires any person who generates a solid waste to determine if that waste is a hazardous waste.

(v)Interim status and permitted storage units that have been used to store only zinc-bearing hazardous wastes prior to the submission of the one-time notice described in 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)20(ii)(I), and that afterward will be used only to store hazardous secondary materials excluded under this paragraph, are not subject to the closure requirements of 335-14-5 or 335-14-6.

21.Zinc fertilizers made from hazardous wastes, or hazardous secondary materials that are excluded under 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)20, provided that:

(i)The fertilizers meet the following contaminant limits:

(I)For metal contaminants:

Table 1.--Limits on Metal Contaminants

------------------------------------------------------------------------

Maximum Allowable Total

Concentration in Fertilizer,

per Unit (1%) of Zinc (ppm)

Constituent

------------------------------------------------------------------------

Arsenic........................................................... 0.3

Cadmium........................................................... 1.4

Chromium.......................................................... 0.6

Lead.............................................................. 2.8

Mercury........................................................... 0.3

------------------------------------------------------------------------

(II)For dioxin contaminants the fertilizer must contain no more than eight (8) parts per trillion of dioxin, measured as toxic equivalent (TEQ).

(ii)The manufacturer performs sampling and analysis of the fertilizer product to determine compliance with the contaminant limits for metals no less than every six months, and for dioxins no less than every twelve months. Testing must also be performed whenever changes occur to manufacturing processes or ingredients that could significantly affect the amounts of contaminants in the fertilizer product. The manufacturer may use any reliable analytical method to demonstrate that no constituent of concern is present in the product at concentrations above the applicable limits. It is the responsibility of the manufacturer to ensure that the sampling and analysis are unbiased, precise, and representative of the product(s) introduced into commerce.

(iii)The manufacturer maintains for no less than three years records of all sampling and analyses performed for purposes of determining compliance with the requirements of 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)21(ii). Such records must at a minimum include:

(I)The dates and times product samples were taken, and the dates the samples were analyzed;

(II)The names and qualifications of the person(s) taking the samples;

(III)A description of the methods and equipment used to take the samples;

(IV)The name and address of the laboratory facility at which analyses of the samples were performed;

(V)A description of the analytical methods used, including any cleanup and sample preparation methods; and

(IV)All laboratory analytical results used to determine compliance with the contaminant limits specified in 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)21.

(b)"Solid wastes which are not hazardous wastes". The following solid wastes are not hazardous wastes:

1.Household waste, including household waste that has been collected, transported, stored, treated, disposed, recovered (e.g., refuse-derived fuel), or reused. "Household waste" means any material (including garbage, trash, and sanitary wastes in septic tanks) derived from households (including single and multiple residences, hotels and motels, bunkhouses, ranger stations, crew quarters, campgrounds, picnic grounds, and day-use recreation areas). A resource recovery facility managing municipal solid waste shall not be deemed to be treating, storing, disposing of, or otherwise managing hazardous waste for the purposes of regulation under 335-14-2-.01 if such facility:

(i)Receives and burns only

(I)Household waste (from single and multiple dwellings, hotels, motels, and other residential sources) and

(II)Solid waste from commercial or industrial sources that does not contain hazardous waste; and

(ii)Such facility does not accept hazardous wastes and the owner or operator of such facility has established contractual requirements or other appropriate notification or inspection procedures to assure that hazardous wastes are not received at or burned in such facility.

2.Solid wastes generated by the following and which are returned to the soils as fertilizers:

(i)The growing and harvesting of agricultural crops;

(ii)The raising of animals, including animal manures;

3.Mining overburden returned to the mine site;

4.Fly ash waste, bottom ash waste, slag waste, and flue gas emission control waste generated primarily from the combustion of coal or other fossil fuels, except as provided by 335-14-7-.08(13) for facilities that burn or process hazardous waste.

5.Drilling fluids, produced waters, and other wastes associated with the exploration, development, or production of crude oil, natural gas, or geothermal energy;

6.(i)Wastes which fail the test for the characteristic of toxicity because chromium is present or are listed in 335-14-2-.04 due to the presence of chromium, which do not fail the test for the characteristic of toxicity for any other constituent or are not listed due to the presence of any other constituent, and which do not fail the test for any other characteristic, if it is shown by a waste generator or by waste generators that:

(I)The chromium in the waste is exclusively (or nearly exclusively) trivalent chromium; and

(II)The waste is generated from an industrial process which uses trivalent chromium exclusively (or nearly exclusively) and the process does not generate hexavalent chromium; and

(III)The waste is typically and frequently managed in non-oxidizing environments.

(ii)Specific wastes which meet the standard in 335-14-2-.01(4)(b)6.(i)(I) through (III) (so long as they do not fail the test for the toxicity characteristic for any other constituent, and do not exhibit any other characteristic) are:

(I)Chrome (blue) trimmings generated by the following subcategories of the leather tanning and finishing industry: hair pulp/chrome tan/retan/wet finish; hair save/chrome tan/retan/wet finish; retan/wet finish; no beamhouse; through-the-blue; and shearling.

(II)Chrome (blue) shavings generated by the following subcategories of the leather tanning and finishing industry: hair pulp/chrome tan/retan/wet finish; hair save/chrome tan/retan/wet finish; retan/wet finish; no beamhouse; through-the-blue; and shearling.

(III)Buffing dust generated by the following subcategories of the leather tanning and finishing industry: hair pulp/chrome tan/retan/wet finish; hair save/chrome tan/retan/wet finish; retan/wet finish; no beamhouse; through-the-blue; and shearling.

(IV)Sewer screenings generated by the following subcategories of the leather tanning and finishing industry: hair pulp/chrome tan/retan/wet finish; hair save/chrome tan/retan/wet finish; retan/wet finish; no beamhouse; through-the-blue; and shearling.

(V)Wastewater treatment sludges generated by the following subcategories of the leather tanning and finishing industry: hair pulp/chrome tan/retan/wet finish; hair save/chrome tan/retan/wet finish; retan/wet finish; no beamhouse; through-the-blue; and shearling.

(VI)Wastewater treatment sludges generated by the following subcategories of the leather tanning and finishing industry: hair pulp/chrome tan/retan/wet finish; hair save/chrome tan/retan/wet finish; through-the-blue; and shearling.

(VII)Waste scrap leather from the leather tanning industry, the shoe manufacturing industry and other leather product manufacturing industries.

7.Solid waste from the extraction, beneficiation, and processing of ores and minerals (including coal, phosphate rock and overburden from the mining of uranium ore), except as provided by 335-14-7-.08(13) for facilities that burn or process hazardous waste.

(i)For the purposes 335-14-2-.01(4)(b)7., beneficiation of ores and minerals is restricted to the following activities: crushing; grinding; washing; dissolution; crystallization; filtration; sorting; sizing; drying; sintering; pelletizing; briquetting; calcining to remove water and/or carbon dioxide; roasting, autoclaving, and/or chlorination in preparation for leaching (except where the roasting (and/or autoclaving and/or chlorination)/leaching sequence produces a final or intermediate product that does not undergo further beneficiation or processing); gravity concentration; magnetic separation; electrostatic separation; flotation; ion exchange; solvent extraction; electrowinning; precipitation; amalgamation; and heap, dump, vat, tank, and in-situ leaching.

(ii)For the purposes of 335-14-2-.01(4)(b)7., solid waste from the processing of ores and minerals includes only the following wastes as generated:

(I)Slag from primary copper processing;

(II)Slag from primary lead processing;

(III)Red and brown muds from bauxite refining;

(IV)Phosphogypsum from phosphoric acid production;

(V)Slag from elemental phosphorus production;

(VI)Gasifier ash from coal gasification;

(VII)Process wastewater from coal gasification;

(VIII)Calcium sulfate wastewater treatment plant sludge from primary copper processing;

(IX)Slag tailings from primary copper processing;

(X)Fluorogypsum from hydrofluoric acid production;

(XI)Process wastewater from hydrofluoric acid production;

(XII)Air pollution control dust/sludge from iron blast furnaces;

(XIII)Iron blast furnace slag;

(XIV)Treated residue from roasting/leaching of chrome ore;

(XV)Process wastewater from primary magnesium processing by the anhydrous process;

(XVI)Process wastewater from phosphoric acid production;

(XVII)Basic oxygen furnace and open hearth furnace air pollution control dust/sludge from carbon steel production;

(XVIII)Basic oxygen furnace and open hearth furnace slag from carbon steel production;

(XIX)Chloride process waste solids from titanium tetrachloride production;

(XX)Slag from primary zinc processing.

(iii)A residue derived from coprocessing mineral processing secondary materials with normal beneficiation raw materials or with normal mineral processing raw materials remains excluded under 335-14-2-.01(4)(b) if the owner or operator:

(I)Processes at least 50 percent by weight normal beneficiation raw materials or normal mineral processing raw materials; and,

(II)Legitimately reclaims the secondary mineral processing materials.

8.Cement kiln dust waste, except as provided by 335-14-7-.08(13) for facilities that burn or process hazardous waste.

9.Solid waste which consists of discarded arsenical-treated wood or wood products which fails the test for the Characteristic of Toxicity for Hazardous Waste Codes D004 through D017 and which is not a hazardous waste for any other reason or reasons, if the waste is generated by persons who utilize the arsenical-treated wood and wood products for these materials' intended end use.

10.Petroleum-contaminated media and debris that fail the test for the Characteristic of Toxicity of 335-14-2-.03(5) (Hazardous Waste Codes D018 through D043 only) and are subject to the corrective action regulations under Part 280 of 40 CFR.

11.Injected groundwater that is hazardous only because it exhibits the Toxicity Characteristic (Hazardous Waste Codes D018 through D043 only) in 335-14-2-.03(5) that is reinjected through an underground injection well pursuant to free phase hydrocarbon recovery operations undertaken at petroleum refineries, petroleum marketing terminals, petroleum bulk plants, petroleum pipelines, and petroleum transportation spill sites until January 25, 1993. This extension applies to recovery operations in existence, or for which contracts have been issued, on or before March 25, 1991. For groundwater returned through infiltration galleries from such operations at petroleum refineries, marketing terminals, and bulk plants, until October 2, 1991. New operations involving injection wells (beginning after March 25, 1991) will qualify for this compliance date extension (until January 25, 1993) only if:

(i)Operations are performed pursuant to a written State of Alabama agreement that includes a provision to assess the groundwater and the need for further remediation once the free phase recovery is completed; and

(ii)A copy of the written agreement has been submitted to: Characteristics Section (OS-333), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC 20460.

12.Used chlorofluorocarbon refrigerants from totally enclosed heat transfer equipment, including mobile air conditioning systems, mobile refrigeration, and commercial and industrial air conditioning and refrigeration systems that use chlorofluorocarbons as the heat transfer fluid in a refrigeration cycle, provided the refrigerant is reclaimed for further use.

13.Non-terne plated used oil filters that are not mixed with wastes listed in 335-14-2-.04 if these oil filters have been gravity hot-drained using one of the following methods:

(i)Puncturing the filter anti-drain back valve or the filter dome end and hot-draining;

(ii)Hot-draining and crushing;

(iii)Dismantling and hot-draining; or

(iv)Any other equivalent hot-draining method which will remove the free-flowing used oil.

14.Used oil re-fining distillation bottoms that are used as feedstock to manufacture asphalt products.

15.Leachate or gas condensate collected from landfills where certain solid wastes have been disposed, provided that:

(i)The solid wastes disposed would meet one or more of the listing descriptions for Hazardous Waste Codes K169, K170, K171, K172, K174, K175, K176, K177, and K178, if these wastes had been generated after the effective date of the listing;

(ii)The solid wastes described in 335-14-2-.01(4)(b) 15.(i) were disposed prior to the effective date of the listing;

(iii)The leachate or gas condensate does not exhibit any characteristic of hazardous waste nor are derived from any other listed hazardous waste;

(iv)Discharge of the leachate or gas condensate, including leachate or gas condensate transferred from the landfill to a POTW by truck, rail, or dedicated pipe, is subject to regulation under sections 307(b) or 402 of the Clean Water Act.

(v)After February 13, 2001, leachate or gas condensate will no longer be exempt if it is stored or managed in a surface impoundment prior to discharge. After November 21, 2003, leachate or gas condensate derived from K176, K177, and K178 will no longer be exempt if it is stored or omanaged in a surface impoundment prior to discharge. There is one exception: if the surface impoundment is used to temporarily store leachate or gas condensate in response to an emergency situation (e.g., shutdown of wastewater treatment system), provided the impoundment has a double liner, and provided the leachate or gas condensate is removed from the impoundment and continues to be managed in compliance with the conditions of 335-14-2-.01(b)15.(v) after the emergency ends.

(c)"Hazardous wastes which are exempted from certain regulations". A hazardous waste which is generated in a product or raw material storage tank, a product or raw material transport vehicle or vessel, a product or raw material pipeline, or in a manufacturing process unit or an associated unit, is not subject to regulation under 335-14-3 through 335-14-6, 335-14-8, 335-14-9 or to the notification requirements of Section 3010 of RCRA until it exits the unit in which it was generated, unless the unit is a surface impoundment, or unless the hazardous waste remains in the unit more than 90 days after the unit ceases to be operated for manufacturing, or for storage or transportation of product or raw materials.

(d)"Samples".

1.Except as provided in 335-14-2-.01(4)(d)2., a sample of solid waste or a sample of water, testing to determine its characteristics or composition, is not subject to any requirements of 335-14-2 or 335-14-3 through 335-14-9 or to the notification requirements of Section 3010 of RCRA, when:

(i)The sample is being transported to a laboratory for the purpose of testing; or

(ii)The sample is being transported back to the sample collector after testing; or

(iii)The sample is being stored by the sample collector before transport to a laboratory for testing; or

(iv)The sample is being stored in a laboratory before testing; or

(v)The sample is being stored in a laboratory after testing but before it is returned to the sample collector; or

(vi)The sample is being stored temporarily in the laboratory after testing for a specific purpose (for example, until conclusion of a court case or enforcement action where further testing of the sample may be necessary).

2.In order to qualify for the exemption in 335-14-2-.01(4)(d)1.(i) and (ii), a sample collector shipping samples to a laboratory and a laboratory returning samples to a sample collector must:

(i)Comply with United States Department of Transportation (DOT), United States Postal Service (USPS), or any other applicable shipping requirements; or

(ii)Comply with the following requirements if the sample collector determines that DOT, USPS, or other shipping requirements do not apply to the shipment of the sample:

(I)Assure that the following information accompanies the sample:

I.The sample collector's name, mailing address, and telephone number;

II.The laboratory's name, mailing address, and telephone number;

III.The quantity of the sample;

IV.The date of shipment; and

V.A description of the sample; and

(II)Package the sample so that it does not leak, spill, or vaporize from its packaging.

(III)This exemption does not apply if the laboratory determines that the waste is hazardous but the laboratory is no longer meeting any of the conditions stated in 335-14-2-.01(4)(d)1.

(e)"Treatability Study Samples".

1.Except as provided in 335-14-2-.01(4)(e)2., persons who generate or collect samples for the purpose of conducting treatability studies as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1), are not subject to any requirement of 335-14-2 through 335-14-4 or to the notification requirements of Section 3010 of RCRA, nor are such samples included in the quantity determinations of 335-14-2-.01(5) and 335-14-3-.03(5)(d) when:

(i)The sample is being collected and prepared for transportation by the generator or sample collector; or

(ii)The sample is being accumulated or stored by the generator or sample collector prior to transportation to a laboratory or testing facility; or

(iii)The sample is being transported to the laboratory or testing facility for the purpose of conducting a treatability study.

2.The exemption in 335-14-2-.01(4)(e)1. is applicable to samples of hazardous waste being collected and shipped for the purpose of conducting treatability studies provided that:

(i)The generator or sample collector uses (in "treatability studies") no more than 10,000 kg of media contaminated with non-acute hazardous waste, 1000 kg of non-acute hazardous waste other than contaminated media, 1 kg of acute hazardous waste, or 2500 kg of media contaminated with acute hazardous waste for each process being evaluated for each generated waste stream; and

(ii)The mass of each sample shipment does not exceed 10,000 kg; the 10,000 kg quantity may be all media contaminated with non-acute hazardous waste, or may include 2500 kg of media contaminated with acute hazardous waste, 1000 kg of hazardous waste, and 1 kg of acute hazardous waste; and

(iii)The sample must be packaged so that it will not leak, spill, or vaporize from its packaging during shipment and the requirements of 335-14-2-.01(4)(e)2.(iii)(I) or (II) are met.

(I)The transportation of each sample shipment complies with U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT), U.S. Postal Service (USPS), or any other applicable shipping requirements; or

(II)If the DOT, USPS, or other shipping requirements do not apply to the shipment of the sample, the following information must accompany the sample:

I.The name, mailing address, and telephone number of the originator of the sample;

II.The name, address, and telephone number of the facility that will perform the treatability study;

III.The quantity of the sample;

IV.The date of shipment; and

V.A description of the sample, including its EPA Hazardous Waste Number.

(iv)The sample is shipped to a laboratory or testing facility which is exempt under 335-14-2-.01(4)(f) or has an appropriate RCRA permit or interim status.

(v)The generator or sample collector maintains the following records for a period ending 3 years after completion of the treatability study:

(I)Copies of the shipping documents;

(II)A copy of the contract with the facility conducting the treatability study;

(III)Documentation showing:

I.The amount of waste shipped under this exemption;

II.The name, address, and EPA identification number of the laboratory or testing facility that received the waste;

III.The date the shipment was made; and

IV.Whether or not unused samples and residues were returned to the generator.

(vi)The generator reports the information required under 335-14-2-.01(4)(e)2.(v)(III) in its biennial report.

3.The Department may grant requests on a case-by-case basis for up to an additional two years for treatability studies involving bioremediation. The Department may grant requests on a case-by-case basis for quantity limits in excess of those specified in 335-14-2-.01(4)(e)2.(i) and (ii) and 335-14-2-.01(4)(f)4., for up to an additional 5000 kg of media contaminated with non-acute hazardous waste, 500 kg of non-acute hazardous waste, 2500 kg of media contaminated with acute hazardous waste and 1 kg of acute hazardous waste:

(i)In response to requests for authorization to ship, store and conduct treatability studies on additional quantities in advance of commencing treatability studies. Factors to be considered in reviewing such requests include the nature of the technology, the type of process (e.g., batch versus continuous), size of unit undergoing testing (particularly in relation to scale-up considerations), the time/quantity of material required to reach steady state operating conditions, or test design considerations such as mass balance calculations.

(ii)In response to requests for authorization to ship, store and conduct treatability studies on additional quantities after initiation or completion of initial treatability studies, when: There has been an equipment or mechanical failure during the conduct of a treatability study; there is a need to verify the results of a previously conducted treatability study; there is a need to study and analyze alternative techniques within a previously evaluated treatment process; or there is a need to do further evaluation of an ongoing treatability study to determine final specifications for treatment.

(iii)The additional quantities and timeframes allowed in 335-14-2-.01(4)(e)3.(i) and (ii) are subject to all the provisions in 335-14-2-.01(4)(e)1. and 2.(iii) through (vi). The generator or sample collector must apply to the Department and provide in writing the following information:

(I)The reason why the generator or sample collector requires additional time or quantity of sample for the treatability study evaluation and the additional quantity needed;

(II)Documentation accounting for all samples of hazardous waste from the waste stream which have been sent for or undergone treatability studies including the date each previous sample from the waste stream was shipped, the quantity of each previous shipment, the laboratory or testing facility to which it was shipped, what treatability study processes were conducted on each sample shipped, and the available results of each treatability study;

(III)A description of the technical modifications or change in specifications which will be evaluated and the expected results;

(IV)If such further study is being required due to equipment or mechanical failure, the applicant must include information regarding the reason for the failure or breakdown and also include what procedures or equipment improvements have been made to protect against further breakdowns; and

(V)Such other information that the Department considers necessary.

(f)Samples Undergoing Treatability Studies at Laboratories and Testing Facilities. Samples undergoing treatability studies and the laboratory or testing facility conducting such treatability studies (to the extent such facilities are not otherwise subject to AHWMMA or RCRA requirements) are not subject to any requirement of 335-14-2, and 335-14-3 through 335-14-9, or to the notification requirements of Section 3010 of RCRA provided that the conditions of 335-14-2-.01(4)(f)1. through 11. are met. A mobile treatment unit (MTU) may qualify as a testing facility subject to 335-14-2-.01(4)(f)1. through (f)11. Where a group of MTUs are located at the same site, the limitations specified in 335-14-2-.01(4)(f)1. through 11. apply to the entire group of MTUs collectively as if the group were one MTU.

1.No less than 45 days before conducting treatability studies, the facility notifies the Regional Administrator, or State Director (if located in an authorized State), in writing that it intends to conduct treatability studies under 335-14-2-.04(4)(f).

2.The laboratory or testing facility conducting the treatability study has an EPA identification number.

3.No more than a total of 10,000 kg of "as received" media contaminated with non-acute hazardous waste, 2500 kg of media contaminated with acute hazardous waste or 250 kg of other "as received" hazardous waste is subjected to initiation of treatment in all treatability studies in any single day. "As received" waste refers to the waste as received in the shipment from the generator or sample collector.

4.The quantity of "as received" hazardous waste stored at the facility for the purpose of evaluation in treatability studies does not exceed 10,000 kg, the total of which can include 10,000 kg of media contaminated with non-acute hazardous waste, 2500 kg of media contaminated with acute hazardous waste, 1000 kg of non-acute hazardous wastes other than contaminated media, and 1 kg of acute hazardous waste. This quantity limitation does not include treatment materials (including nonhazardous solid waste) added to "as received" hazardous waste.

5.No more than 90 days have elapsed since the treatability study for the sample was completed, or no more than one year (two years for treatability studies involving bioremediation) has elapsed since the generator or sample collector shipped the sample to the laboratory or testing facility, whichever date first occurs. Up to 500 kg of treated material from a particular waste stream from treatability studies may be archived for future evaluation up to five years from the date of initial receipt. Quantities of materials archived are counted against the total storage limit for the facility.

6.The treatability study does not involve the placement of hazardous waste on the land or open burning of hazardous waste.

7.The facility maintains records for 3 years following completion of each study that show compliance with the treatment rate limits and the storage time and quantity limits. The following specific information must be included for each treatability study conducted:

(i)The name, address, and EPA identification number of the generator or sample collector of each waste sample;

(ii)The date the shipment was received;

(iii)The quantity of waste accepted;

(iv)The quantity of "as received" waste in storage each day;

(v)The date the treatment study was initiated and the amount of "as received" waste introduced to treatment each day;

(vi)The date the treatability study was concluded;

(vii)The date any unused sample or residues generated from the treatability study were returned to the generator or sample collector or, if sent to a designated facility, the name of the facility and the EPA identification number.

8.The facility keeps, on-site, a copy of the treatability study contract and all shipping papers associated with the transport of treatability study samples to and from the facility for a period ending 3 years from the completion date of each treatability study.

9.The facility prepares and submits a report to the Regional Administrator, or State Director (if located in an authorized State), by March 15 of each year that estimates the number of studies and the amount of waste expected to be used in treatability studies during the current year, and includes the following information for the previous calendar year:

(i)The name, address, and EPA identification number of the facility conducting the treatability studies;

(ii)The types (by process) of treatability studies conducted;

(iii)The names and addresses of persons for whom studies have been conducted (including their EPA identification numbers);

(iv)The total quantity of waste in storage each day;

(v)The quantity and types of waste subjected to treatability studies;

(vi)When each treatability study was conducted;

(vii)The final disposition of residues and unused sample from each treatability study.

10.The facility determines whether any unused sample or residues generated by the treatability study are hazardous waste under 335-14-2-.01(3) and, if so, are subject to 335-14-2 through 335-14-9, unless the residues and unused samples are returned to the sample originator under the 335-14-2-.01(4)(e) exemption.

11.The facility notifies the Regional Administrator, or State Director (if located in an authorized State), by letter when the facility is no longer planning to conduct any treatability studies at the site.

(5)Special requirements for hazardous waste generated by conditionally exempt small quantity generators.

(a)A generator is a conditionally exempt small quantity generator in a calendar month if he generates no more than 100 kilograms of hazardous waste in that month.

(b)Except for those wastes identified in 335-14-2-.01(5)(e), (f), (g), and (j), a conditionally exempt small quantity generator's hazardous wastes are not subject to regulation under 335-14-3 through 335-14-9 provided the generator complies with the requirements of 335-14-2-.01(5)(f), (g), and (j). Provided, however, that any generator, including conditionally exempt small quantity generators, may be required by the Department to submit for the Department's approval a plan for the disposal of any hazardous waste generated regardless of whether the waste is to be disposed of at an on-site or off-site disposal area. If the Department requires submission of such a disposal plan, the generator shall not dispose of such hazardous waste at a site not permitted to receive hazardous waste until such times as the Department approves a plan for disposal.

(c)When making the quantity determinations of 335-14-2-.01 and 335-14-3, the generator must include all hazardous waste that it generates, except hazardous waste that:

1.Is exempt from regulation under 335-14-2-.01(4)(c) through (f), 335-14-2-.01(6)(a)3., 335-14-2-.01(7)(a)1., or 335-14-2-.01(8); or

2.Is managed immediately upon generation only in on-site elementary neutralization units, wastewater treatment units, or totally enclosed treatment facilities as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1); or

3.Is recycled, without prior storage or accumulation, only in an on-site process subject to regulation under 335-14-2-.01(6)(c)2.; or

4.Is used oil managed under the requirements of 335-14-2-.01(6)(a)4. and 335-14-17; or

5.Is spent lead-acid batteries managed under the requirements of 335-14-7-.07; or

6.Is universal waste managed under 335-14-2-.01(9) and 335-14-11.

(d)In determining the quantity of hazardous waste generated, a generator need not include:

1.Hazardous waste when it is removed from on-site storage; or

2.Hazardous waste produced by on-site treatment (including reclamation) of this hazardous waste, so long as the hazardous waste that is treated was counted once; or

3.Spent materials that are generated, reclaimed, and subsequently reused on-site, so long as such spent materials have been counted once.

(e)If a generator generates acute hazardous waste in a calendar month in quantities greater than set forth below, all quantities of that acute hazardous waste are subject to full regulation under 335-14-3 through 335-14-9 and the notification requirements of Section 3010 of RCRA:

1.A total of one kilogram of acute hazardous wastes listed in 335-14-2-.04(2), (3), or (4)(e).

2.A total of 100 kilograms of any residue or contaminated soil, waste, or other debris resulting from the clean-up of a spill, into or on any land or water, of any acute hazardous wastes listed in 335-14-2-.04(2), (3), (4)(e).

[Comment: "Full regulation" means those regulations applicable to generators of greater than 1,000 kg of non-acutely hazardous waste in a calendar month.]

(f)In order for acute hazardous wastes generated by a generator of acute hazardous wastes in quantities equal to or less than those set forth in 335-14-2-.01(5)(e)1. or (e)2. to be excluded from full regulation under 335-14-2-.01(5), the generator must comply with the following requirements:

1.335-14-3-.01(2);

2.The generator may accumulate acute hazardous waste on-site. If he accumulates at any time acute hazardous wastes in quantities greater than those set forth in 335-14-2-.01(5)(e)1. or (e)2., all of those accumulated wastes are subject to regulation under 335-14-3 through 335-14-9 and the applicable notification requirements of Section 3010 of RCRA. The time period of 335-14-3-.03(5)(a) for accumulation of wastes on-site begins when the accumulated wastes exceed the applicable exclusion limit;

3.A conditionally exempt small quantity generator may either treat or dispose of his acute hazardous waste in an on-site facility, or ensure delivery to an off-site treatment, storage, or disposal facility, either of which, if located in the U.S., is:

(i)Permitted under 335-14-8 (if located within Alabama), analogous requirements of another authorized State, or 40 CFR Part 270;

(ii)In interim status under 335-14-6 and 335-14-8 (if located within Alabama), analogous requirements of another authorized State, or 40 CFR Parts 265 and 270;

(iii)Permitted, licensed, or registered by a State to manage municipal solid waste and, if located in the State of Alabama and managed in a municipal solid waste landfill, such facility must:

(I)Have obtained a permit from the Department pursuant to the provisions of the Division 335-13 Rules and meet the municipal solid waste landfill standards of 40 CFR 258; and

(II)Have obtained approval from the Department for the disposal of the conditionally exempt small quantity generator hazardous waste in accordance with the requirements of 335-13-4-.21(1)(c);

(iv)Permitted, licensed, or registered by a State to manage non-municipal non-hazardous waste and, if located in the State of Alabama and managed in a non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit after January 1, 1988, such facility must have obtained a permit from the Department pursuant to the provisions of the Division 335-13 Rules and meet the landfill standards of 40 CFR 257.5 through 257.30;

(v)A facility which:

(I)Beneficially uses or reuses, or legitimately recycles or reclaims its waste; or

(II)Treats its waste prior to beneficial use or reuse, or legitimate recycling or reclamation; or

(vi)For universal waste managed under 335-14-11, a universal waste handler or destination facility subject to the requirements of 335-14-11 (if located within Alabama), analogous requirements of another authorized State, or 40 CFR Part 273.

4.Use of EPA ID numbers by conditionally exempt small quantity generators.

(i)Conditionally exempt small quantity generators that want to obtain and use an EPA ID number must comply with the requirements of 335-14-3-.01(3) and (4), except 335-14-3-.01(3)(d).

(ii)Conditionally exempt small quantity generators that have existing and active EPA ID numbers must comply with the annual notification requirements of 335-14-3-.01(4).

(iii)Conditionally exempt small quantity generators that have EPA ID numbers and want to stop using the EPA ID number for their facility may send a letter to ADEM requesting that the ID number be deactivated. The deactivated ID cannot be used by the conditionally exempt small quantity generator for any purpose after that point.

(g)In order for hazardous waste generated by a conditionally exempt small quantity generator in quantities of less than 100 kilograms of hazardous waste during a calendar month to be excluded from full regulation under 335-14-2-.01(5), the generator must comply with the following requirements:

1.335-14-3-.01(2);

2.The conditionally exempt small quantity generator may accumulate hazardous waste on-site. If he accumulates at any time more than a total of 1000 kilograms of his hazardous wastes, all of those accumulated wastes are subject to regulation under the special provisions of Division 335-14 applicable to generators of between 100 kilograms and 1000 kilograms of hazardous waste in a calendar month as well as the requirements of 335-14-4 through 335-14-9 and the applicable notification requirements of Section 3010 of RCRA. The time period of 335-14-3-.03(5) for accumulation of wastes on-site begins for a conditionally exempt small quantity generator when the accumulated wastes exceed 1000 kilograms;

3.A conditionally exempt small quantity generator may either treat or dispose of his hazardous waste in an on-site facility, or ensure delivery to an off-site treatment, storage, or disposal facility, either of which, if located in the U.S., is:

(i)Permitted under 335-14-8 (if located within Alabama), analogous requirements of another authorized State, or 40 CFR Part 270;

(ii)In interim status under 335-14-6 and 335-14-8 (if located within Alabama), analogous requirements of another authorized State, or 40 CFR Parts 265 and 270;

(iii)Permitted, licensed, or registered by a State to manage municipal solid waste and, if located in the State of Alabama and if managed in a municipal solid waste landfill, such facility must:

(I)Have obtained a permit from the Department pursuant to the provisions of the Division 335-13 Rules and meet the municipal solid waste landfill standards of 40 CFR 258; and

(II)Have obtained approval from the Department for the disposal of the conditionally exempt small quantity generator hazardous waste in accordance with the requirements of 335-13-4-.21(1)(c);

(iv)Permitted, licensed, or registered by a State to manage non-municipal non-hazardous waste and, if located in the State of Alabama and managed in a non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit after January 1, 1988, such facility must have obtained a permit from the Department pursuant to the provisions of the Division 335-13 Rules and meet the landfill standards of 40 CFR 257.5 through 257.30;

(v)A facility which:

(I)Beneficially uses or reuses, or legitimately recycles or reclaims its waste; or

(II)Treats its waste prior to beneficial use or reuse, or legitimate recycling or reclamation; or

(vi)For universal waste managed under 335-14-11, a universal waste handler or destination facility subject to the requirements of 335-14-11 (if located within Alabama), analogous requirements of another authorized State, or 40 CFR Part 273.

4.Use of EPA ID numbers by conditionally exempt small quantity generators.

(i)Conditionally exempt small quantity generators that want to obtain and use an EPA ID number must comply with the requirements of 335-14-3-.01(3) and (4), except 335-14-3-.01(3)(d).

(ii)Conditionally exempt small quantity generators that have existing and active EPA ID numbers must comply with the annual notification requirements of 335-14-3-.01(4).

(iii)Conditionally exempt small quantity generators that have EPA ID numbers and want to stop using the EPA ID number for their facility may send a letter to ADEM requesting that the ID number be deactivated. The deactivated ID cannot be used by the conditionally exempt small quantity generator for any purpose after that point.

(h)Hazardous waste subject to the reduced requirements of 335-14-2-.01(5) may be mixed with nonhazardous waste and remain subject to these reduced requirements even though the resultant mixture exceeds the quantity limitations identified in 335-14-2-.01(5) unless the mixture meets any of the characteristics of hazardous waste identified in 335-14-2-.03.

(i)If any person mixes a solid waste with a hazardous waste that exceeds a quantity exclusion level of 335-14-2-.01(5), the mixture is subject to full regulation.

(j)If a conditionally exempt small quantity generator?s wastes are mixed with used oil, the mixture is subject to 335-14-17 if it is destined to be burned for energy recovery. Any material produced from such a mixture by processing, blending, or other treatment is also so regulated if it is destined to be burned for energy recovery.

(6)Requirements for recyclable materials.

(a)1.Hazardous wastes that are recycled are subject to the requirements for generators, transporters, and storage facilities of 335-14-2-.01(6)(b) and (c), except for the materials listed in 335-14-2-.01(6)(a)2. and (a)3. Hazardous wastes that are recycled will be known as "recyclable materials".

2.The following recyclable materials are not subject to the requirements of 335-14-2-.01(6) but are regulated under 335-14-7-.03 through 335-14-7-.08 and all applicable provisions of 335-14-8.

(i)Recyclable materials used in a manner constituting disposal (335-14-7-.03);

(ii)Hazardous wastes burned for energy recovery in boilers and industrial furnaces that are not regulated under 335-14-5-.15 and 335-14-6-.15 (335-14-7-.08);

(iii)Recyclable materials from which precious metals are reclaimed (335-14-7-.06).

(iv)Spent lead-acid batteries that are being reclaimed (335-14-7-.07).

3.The following recyclable materials are not subject to regulation under 335-14-3 through 335-14-9, and are not subject to the notification requirements of Section 3010 of RCRA:

(i)Industrial ethyl alcohol that is reclaimed except that, unless provided otherwise in an international agreement as specified in 335-14-3-.05(9):

(I)A person initiating a shipment for reclamation in a foreign country, and any intermediary arranging for the shipment, must comply with the requirements applicable to a primary exporter in 335-14-3-.05(4), 335-14-3-.05(7)(a)1. through 4., 6., and 335-14-3-.05(7)(b), and 335-14-3-.05(8), export such materials only upon consent of the receiving country and in conformance with the EPA Acknowledgment of Consent as defined in 335-14-3-.05(2), and provide a copy of the EPA Acknowledgment of Consent to the shipment to the transporter transporting the shipment for export;

(II)Transporters transporting a shipment for export may not accept a shipment if he knows the shipment does not conform to the EPA Acknowledgment of Consent, must ensure that a copy of the EPA Acknowledgment of Consent accompanies the shipment and must ensure that it is delivered to the facility designated by the person initiating the shipment.

(ii)Scrap metal that is not excluded under 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)13.;

(iii)Fuels produced from the refining of oil-bearing hazardous wastes along with normal process streams at a petroleum refining facility if such wastes result from normal petroleum refining, production, and transportation practices (this exemption does not apply to fuels produced from oil recovered from oil-bearing hazardous waste, where such recovered oil is already excluded under 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)12.);

(iv)(I)Hazardous waste fuel produced from oil-bearing hazardous wastes from petroleum refining, production, or transportation practices, or produced from oil reclaimed from such hazardous wastes, where such hazardous wastes are reintroduced into a process that does not use distillation or does not produce products from crude oil so long as the resulting fuel meets the used oil specification under 335-14-17-.02(2) and so long as no other hazardous wastes are used to produce the hazardous waste fuel;

(II)Hazardous waste fuel produced from oil-bearing hazardous waste from petroleum refining production, and transportation practices, where such hazardous wastes are reintroduced into a refining process after a point at which contaminants are removed, so long as the fuel meets the used oil fuel specification under 335-14-17-.02(2); and

(III)Oil reclaimed from oil-bearing hazardous wastes from petroleum refining, production, and transportation practices, which reclaimed oil is burned as a fuel without reintroduction to a refining process, so long as the reclaimed oil meets the used oil fuel specifications under 335-14-17-.02(2).

4.Used oil that is recycled and is also a hazardous waste solely because it exhibits a hazardous characteristic is not subject to the requirements of 335-14-1 through 335-14-7 and 335-14-9, but is regulated under 335-14-17. Used oil that is recycled includes any used oil which is reused, following its original use, for any purpose (including the purpose for which the oil was originally used). Such term includes, but is not limited to, oil which is re-refined, reclaimed, burned for energy recovery, or reprocessed.

5.Hazardous waste that is exported to or imported from designated member countries of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) (as defined in 335-14-3-.05(9)(a)1.) for the purpose of recovery is subject to the requirements of 335-14-3-.09 if it is subject to either the manifesting requirements of 335-14-3, or the universal waste management standards of 335-14-11.

(b)Generators and transporters of recyclable materials are subject to the applicable requirements of 335-14-3 and 335-14-4 and the notification requirements under Section 3010 of RCRA, except as provided in 335-14-2-.01(6)(a).

(c)1.Owners or operators of facilities that store recyclable materials before they are recycled are regulated under all applicable provisions of Rules 335-14-5-.01 through 335-14-5-.12, 335-14-5-.27, 335-14-5-.28, 335-14-5-.29, 335-14-6-.01 through 335-14-6-.12, 335-14-6-.27, 335-14-6-.28, 335-14-6-.29, and under 335-14-7, 335-14-8 (except as provided in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)3.(iv)), 335-14-9, and the notification requirements under Section 3010 of RCRA, except as provided in 335-14-2-.01(6)(a). [The recycling process itself is exempt from regulation except as provided in 335-14-2-.01(6)(d).]

2.Owners or operators of facilities that recycle recyclable materials without storing them before they are recycled are subject to the following requirements, except as provided in 335-14-2-.01(6)(a):

(i)Notification requirements under Section 3010 of RCRA;

(ii)335-14-6-.05(2) and (3) (dealing with the use of the manifest and manifest discrepancies);

(iii)335-14-2-.01(6)(d).

(d)Owners or operators of facilities subject to RCRA or AHWMMA permitting requirements with hazardous waste management units that recycle hazardous wastes are subject to the requirements of Rules 335-14-5-.27, 335-14-5-.28, 335-14-6-.27, and 335-14-6-.28.

(7)Residues of hazardous waste in empty containers.

(a)1.Any hazardous waste remaining in either:

(i)An empty container or

(ii)An inner liner removed from an empty container, as defined in 335-14-2-.01(7)(b), is not subject to regulation under 335-14-2 through 335-14-6, 335-14-8 and 335-14-9 or to the notification requirements of Section 3010 of RCRA.

2.Any hazardous waste in either:

(i)A container that is not empty or

(ii)An inner liner removed from a container that is not empty, as defined in 335-14-2-.01(7)(b) is subject to regulation under 335-14-2 through 335-14-9 and to the notification requirements of Section 3010 of RCRA.

3.Residues removed from an empty container are solid wastes subject to the requirements of 335-14-3-.01(2).

(b)1.A container or an inner liner removed from a container that has held any hazardous waste, except a waste that is a compressed gas or that is identified as an acute hazardous waste listed in 335-14-2-.04(2), (3), or (4)(e) is empty if:

(i)All wastes have been removed that can be removed using the practices commonly employed to remove materials from that type of container (e.g., pouring, pumping, and aspirating); and

(ii)No more than 2.5 centimeters (one inch) of residue remain on the bottom of the container or inner liner; or

(iii)(I)No more than 3 percent by weight of the total capacity of the container remains in the container or inner liner if the container is less than or equal to 110 gallons in size, or

(II)No more than 0.3 percent by weight of the total capacity of the container remains in the container or inner liner if the container is greater than 110 gallons in size.

2.A container that has held a hazardous waste that is a compressed gas is empty when the pressure in the container approaches atmospheric.

3.A container or an inner liner removed from a container that has held an acute hazardous waste listed in 335-14-2-.04(2), (3), or (4)(e) is empty if:

(i)The container or inner liner has been triple rinsed using a solvent capable of removing the commercial chemical product or manufacturing chemical intermediate;

(ii)The container or inner liner has been cleaned by another method that has been shown in the scientific literature, or by tests conducted by the generator, to achieve equivalent removal; or

(iii)In the case of a container, the inner liner that prevented contact of the commercial chemical product or manufacturing chemical intermediate with the container, has been removed.

(8)PCB Wastes Regulated Under Toxic Substance Control Act. The disposal of PCB-containing dielectric fluid and electric equipment containing such fluid authorized for use and regulated under Part 761 of 40 CFR and that are hazardous only because they fail the test for the Toxicity Characteristic (Hazardous Waste Codes D018 through D043 only) are exempt, except for the provisions of Rules 335-14-5-.25 and 335-14-6-.21, from regulation under 335-14-2 through 335-14-6, and 335-14-9, Parts 270 and 124 of 40 CFR, and the notification requirements of Section 3010 of RCRA.

(9)Requirements for Universal Waste. The wastes listed in 335-14-2-.01(9) are exempt from regulation under 335-14-3 through 335-14-9, except as specified in 335-14-11 and, therefore are not fully regulated as hazardous waste. The wastes listed in 335-14-2-.01(9) are subject to regulation under 335-14-11:

(a)Batteries as described in 335-14-11-.01(2);

(b)Pesticides as described in 335-14-11-.01(3);

(c)Thermostats as described in 335-14-11-.01(4); and

(d)Lamps as described in 335-14-11-.01(5).

(10)Residues of hazardous waste in empty tanks.

(a)335-14-2-.01 only applies to hazardous waste accumulated or stored in tanks. Tanks remain subject to applicable closure standards in 335-14-3, 335-14-5, and 335-14-6 for all hazardous waste numbers placed into the tank since it was last decontaminated, in accordance with 335-14-5-.07 or 335-14-6-.07.

(b)A tank that has held any hazardous waste, except a waste that is a compressed gas or that is identified as an acute hazardous waste listed in 335-14-2-.04(2), (3), or (4)(e), is empty if:

1.All wastes have been removed that can be removed using the practices commonly employed to remove materials from that type of tank (e.g., draining, pumping, and aspirating);

2.No more than 0.3 percent by volume of the total capacity of the tank or 100 gallons, whichever is less, remains in the tank; and

3.The removal of waste in accordance with 335-14-2-.01(10)(b)1. and volume and percent of total capacity remaining in the tank in accordance with 335-14-2-.01(10)(b)2. has been certified with the date, time and name of the person making the certification.

(c)1.Hazardous waste subsequently placed into a tank which has been emptied in accordance with 335-14-2-.01(10)(b) will be identified only by those hazardous waste numbers which are applicable to the waste prior to entering the tank. Any residue remaining in an empty tank system will not cause waste subsequently placed into the tank to be identified pursuant to 335-14-2-.01(3)(a)2.(iv). All hazardous waste numbers applicable to waste placed in the tank since it was last decontaminated will apply to the tank system upon closure.

2.Residues removed from an empty tank are solid wastes subject to the requirements of 335-14-3-.01(2).

(d)Respondents in actions to enforce rules and regulations implementing the AHWMMA, who raise a claim that a tank or tank system was empty in accordance with 335-14-2-.01(10), must demonstrate compliance with 335-14-2-.01(10) by providing appropriate documentation.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Steven O. Jenkins; Michael B. Jones; Stephen A. Cobb; Ron Shell; Michael Champion; Amy P. Zachry; Lynn T. Roper; C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-10, 22-30-11, 22-30-14, 22-30-15, 22-30-16.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 26, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 2, 1996; effective March 8, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003. Amended: Filed April 22, 2004; effective May 27, 2004.

<regElement name="335.14.2.02" level="3" title="Criteria For Identifying The Characteristics Of Hazardous Waste And For Listing Hazardous Waste">

(1)Criteria for identifying the characteristics of hazardous waste.

(a)The Department shall identify and define a characteristic of hazardous waste in Rule 335-14-2-.03 only upon determining that:

1.A solid waste that exhibits the characteristic may:

(i)Cause, or significantly contribute to, an increase in mortality or an increase in serious irreversible, or incapacitating reversible, illness; or

(ii)Pose a substantial present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when it is improperly treated, stored, transported, disposed of, or otherwise managed; and

2.The characteristic can be:

(i)Measured by an available standardized test method which is reasonably within the capability of generators of solid waste or private sector laboratories that are available to serve generators of solid waste; or

(ii)Reasonably detected by generators of solid waste through their knowledge of their waste.

(2)Criteria for listing hazardous waste.

(a)The Department shall list a solid waste as a hazardous waste only upon determining that the solid waste meets one of the following criteria:

1.It exhibits any of the characteristics of hazardous waste identified in Rule 335-14-2-.03.

2.It has been found to be fatal to humans in low doses or, in the absence of data on human toxicity, it has been shown in studies to have an oral LD 50 toxicity (rat) of less than 50 milligrams per kilogram, an inhalation LC 50 toxicity (rat) of less than 2 milligrams per liter, or a dermal LD 50 toxicity (rabbit) of less than 200 milligrams per kilogram or is otherwise capable of causing or significantly contributing to an increase in serious irreversible, or incapacitating reversible, illness. (Waste listed in accordance with these criteria will be designated Acute Hazardous Waste.)

3.It contains any of the toxic constituents listed in 335-14-2-Appendix VIII, and after considering the following factors, the Department concludes that the waste is capable of posing a substantial present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly treated, stored, transported, or disposed of, or otherwise managed:

(i)The nature of the toxicity presented by the constituent;

(ii)The concentration of the constituent in the waste;

(iii)The potential of the constituent or any toxic degradation product of the constituent to migrate from the waste into the environment under the types of improper management considered in 335-14-2-.02(a)3.(vii);

(iv)The persistence of the constituent or any toxic degradation product of the constituent;

(v)The potential for the constituent or any toxic degradation product of the constituent to degrade into nonharmful constituents and the rate of degradation;

(vi)The degree to which the constituent or any degradation product of the constituent bioaccumulates in ecosystems;

(vii)The plausible types of improper management to which the waste could be subjected;

(viii)The quantities of the waste generated at individual generation sites or on a regional or national basis;

(ix)The nature and severity of the human health and environmental damage that has occurred as a result of the improper management of wastes containing the constituent;

(x)Action taken by other governmental agencies or regulatory programs based on the health or environmental hazard posed by the waste or waste constituent;

(xi)Such other factors as may be appropriate.

4.Substances will be listed in 335-14-2-Appendix VIII only if they have been shown in scientific studies to have toxic, carcinogenic, mutagenic, or teratogenic effects on humans or other life forms. (Wastes listed in accordance with these criteria will be designated Toxic wastes.)

(b)The Department may list classes or types of solid waste as hazardous waste if it has reason to believe that individual wastes, within the class or type of waste, typically or frequently are hazardous under the definition of hazardous waste found in Section 22-30-3(5) of the AHWMMA.

(c)The Department will use the criteria for listing specified in 335-14-2-.02(2) to establish the exclusion limits referred to in 335-14-2-.01(5)(c).

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Amy P Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-10, 22-30-11. History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.2.03" level="3" title="Characteristics Of Hazardous Waste"> <dwc name="arsen" times="1"><dwc name="barium" times="1"><dwc name="cadmium" times="1"><dwc name="chromium" times="1"><dwc name="cyanid" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="1"><dwc name="mercuri" times="1"><dwc name="selenium" times="1"><dwc name="benzen" times="1"><dwc name="carbon tetrachlorid" times="1"><dwc name="chlordan" times="1"><dwc name="chlorobenzen" times="1"><dwc name="endrin" times="1"><dwc name="heptachlor" times="1"><dwc name="hexachlorobenzen" times="1"><dwc name="lindan" times="1"><dwc name="methoxychlor" times="1"><dwc name="pentachlorophenol" times="1"><dwc name="tetrachloroethylen" times="1"><dwc name="toxaphen" times="1"><dwc name="silvex" times="1"><dwc name="trichloroethylen" times="1"><dwc name="vinyl chlorid" times="1">

(1)General.

(a)A solid waste, as defined in 335-14-2-.01(2), which is not excluded from regulation as a hazardous waste under 335-14-2-.01(4)(b), is a hazardous waste if it exhibits any of the characteristics identified in 335-14-2-.03.

(b)A hazardous waste which is identified by a characteristic in 335-14-2-.03 is assigned every EPA Hazardous Waste Number that is applicable as set forth in 335-14-2-.03. This number must be used in complying with the notification requirements of Section 3010 of the RCRA and all applicable recordkeeping and reporting requirements under Chapters 335-14-3 through 335-14-6, 335-14-8 and 335-14-9.

(c)For purposes of 335-14-2-.03, the Department will consider a sample obtained using any of the applicable sampling methods specified in 335-14-2-Appendix I to be a representative sample within the meaning of Chapter 335-14-1.

(2)Characteristic of ignitability.

(a)A solid waste exhibits the characteristic of ignitability if a representative sample of the waste has any of the following properties:

1.It is a liquid, other than an aqueous solution containing less than 24 percent alcohol by volume and has a flash point less than 60&#176; C (140&#176; F), as determined by a Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester, using the test method specified in ASTM Standard D-93-79 or D-93-80 (incorporated by reference, see 335-14-1-.02(2)), or a Setaflash Closed Cup Tester, using the test method specified in ASTM Standard D-3278-78 (incorporated by reference, see 335-14-1-.02(2)), or as determined by an equivalent test method approved by the Department under procedures set forth in 335-14-1-.03(1).

2.It is not a liquid and is capable, under standard temperature and pressure, of causing fire through friction, absorption of moisture, or spontaneous chemical changes and, when ignited, burns so vigorously and persistently that it creates a hazard.

3.It is an ignitable compressed gas as defined in 49 CFR &#167;173.115 and as determined by the test methods described in that regulation or equivalent test methods approved by the Department under 335-14-1-.03(1).

4.It is an oxidizer as defined in 49 CFR &#167;173.127.

(b)A solid waste that exhibits the characteristic of ignitability has the EPA Hazardous Waste Number of D001.

(3)Characteristic of corrosivity.

(a)A solid waste exhibits the characteristic of corrosivity if a representative sample of the waste has either of the following properties:

1.It is aqueous and has a pH less than or equal to 2 or greater than or equal to 12.5, as determined by a pH meter using Method 9040 in "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste Physical/Chemical Methods", EPA Publication SW-846, as incorporated by reference in Rule 335-14-1-.02(2).

2.It is a liquid and corrodes steel (SAE 1020) at a rate greater than 6.35 mm (0.250 inch) per year at a test temperature of 55&#176; C (130&#176; F) as determined by the test method specified in NACE (National Association of Corrosion Engineers) Standard TM-01-69 as standardized in "Test Methods for the Evaluation of Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods", EPA Publication SW-846, as incorporated by reference in Rule 335-14-1-.02(2).

(b)A solid waste that exhibits the characteristic of corrosivity has the EPA Hazardous Waste Number of D002.

(4)Characteristic of reactivity.

(a)A solid waste exhibits the characteristic of reactivity if a representative sample of the waste has any of the following properties:

1.It is normally unstable and readily undergoes violent change without detonating.

2.It reacts violently with water.

3.It forms potentially explosive mixtures with water.

4.When mixed with water, it generates toxic gases, vapors, or fumes in a quantity sufficient to present a danger to human health or the environment.

5.It is a cyanide or sulfide bearing waste which, when exposed to pH conditions between 2 and 12.5, can generate toxic gases, vapors, or fumes in a quantity sufficient to present a danger to human health or the environment.

6.It is capable of detonation or explosive reaction if it is subjected to a strong initiating source or if heated under confinement.

7.It is readily capable of detonation or explosive decomposition or reaction at standard temperature and pressure.

8.It is a forbidden explosive as defined in 49 CFR &#167;173.54, or it meets the definition of a Class/Division 1.1, 1.2, or 1.3 explosive as defined in 49 CFR &#167;173.50.

(b)A solid waste that exhibits the characteristic of reactivity has the EPA Hazardous Waste Number of D003.

(5)Characteristic of Toxicity.

(a)A solid waste, except manufactured gas plant waste, exhibits the characteristic of toxicity if, using the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure, test Method 1311 in "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods", EPA publication SW-846, as incorporated by reference in Rule 335-14-1-.02(2), the extract from a representative sample of the waste contains any of the contaminants listed in Table 1 at the concentration equal to or greater than the respective value given in that Table. Where the waste contains less than 0.5 percent filterable solids, the waste itself, after filtering using the methodology outlined in Method 1311, is considered to be the extract for the purpose of 335-14-2-.03(5).

(b)A solid waste that exhibits the Characteristic of toxicity has the EPA Hazardous Waste Number specified in Table 1 which corresponds to the toxic contaminant causing it to be hazardous.

TABLE 1

MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION OF CONTAMINANTS

FOR THE TOXICITY CHARACTERISTIC

EPA HW Contaminant CAS No.2 Regulatory

No.1 Level (mg/L)

D004Arsenic7440-38-2 5.0

D005Barium7440-39-3100.0

D018Benzene 71-43-2 0.5

D006Cadmium7440-43-9 1.0

D019Carbon tetrachloride 56-23-5 0.5

D020Chlordane 57-74-9 0.03

D021Chlorobenzene 108-90-7100.0

D022Chloroform 67-66-3 6.0

D007Chromium7440-47-3 5.0

D023o-Cresol 95-48-7200.04

D024m-Cresol 108-39-4200.04

D025p-Cresol 106-44-5200.04

D026Cresol ----200.04

D0162,4-D 94-75-7 10.0

D0271,4-Dichlorobenzene 106-46-7 7.5

D0281,2-Dichloroethane 107-06-2 0.5

D029l,l-Dichloroethylene 75-35-4 0.7

D0302,4-Dinitrotoluene 121-14-2 0.133

D012Endrin 72-20-8 0.02

D031Heptachlor (and itsepoxide 76-44-8 0.008

D032Hexachlorobenzene 118-74-1 0.133

D033Hexachlorobutadiene 87-68-3 0.5

D034Hexachloroethane 67-72-1 3.0

D008Lead7439-92-1 5.0

D013Lindane 58-89-9 0.4

D009Mercury7439-97-6 0.2

D014Methoxychlor 72-43-5 10.0

D035Methyl ethyl ketone 78-93-3200.0

D036Nitrobenzene 98-95-3 2.0

D037Pentachlorophenol 87-86-5100.0

D038Pyridine 110-86-1 5.03

D010Selenium7782-49-2 1.0

D011Silver7440-22-4 5.0

D039Tetrachloroethylene 127-18-4 0.7

D015Toxaphene8001-35-2 0.5

D040Trichloroethylene 79-01-6 0.5

D0412,4,5-Trichlorophenol 95-95-4400.0

D0422,4,6-Trichlorophenol 88-06-2 2.0

D0172,4,5-TP (Silvex) 93-72-1 1.0

D043Vinyl chloride 75-01-4 0.2

1Hazardous waste number.

2Chemical abstracts service number.

3Quantitation limit is greater than the calculated regulatory level. The quantitation limit therefore becomes the regulatory level.

4If o-, m-, and p-Cresol concentrations cannot be differentiated, the total cresol (D026) concentration is used. The regulatory level of total cresol is 200 mg/l.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Steven O. Jenkins; Michael B. Champion, C. Edwin Johnson

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-10, 22-30-11. History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.2.04" level="3" title="Lists Of Hazardous Wastes"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="20"><dwc name="inorgan chemic" times="1"><dwc name="antimoni" times="7"><dwc name="arsen" times="13"><dwc name="barium" times="2"><dwc name="beryllium" times="2"><dwc name="cadmium" times="1"><dwc name="chromium" times="3"><dwc name="copper" times="2"><dwc name="cyanid" times="28"><dwc name="fluorid" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="14"><dwc name="mercuri" times="7"><dwc name="nitrat" times="3"><dwc name="selenium" times="4"><dwc name="thallium" times="11"><dwc name="acrylamid" times="1"><dwc name="propenamid" times="1"><dwc name="benzen" times="32"><dwc name="carbofuran" times="2"><dwc name="carbon tetrachlorid" times="4"><dwc name="chlordan" times="7"><dwc name="chlorobenzen" times="4"><dwc name="dichloromethan" times="1"><dwc name="methylen chlorid" times="4"><dwc name="diethylhexyl phthalat" times="1"><dwc name="dinoseb" times="2"><dwc name="dioxin" times="3"><dwc name="tcdd" times="1"><dwc name="endothal" times="2"><dwc name="endrin" times="5"><dwc name="ethyl benzen" times="1"><dwc name="ethylen dibromid" times="5"><dwc name="heptachlor" times="3"><dwc name="heptachlor epoxid" times="1"><dwc name="hexachlorobenzen" times="3"><dwc name="hexachlorocyclopentadien" times="2"><dwc name="lindan" times="2"><dwc name="methoxychlor" times="1"><dwc name="oxamyl" times="1"><dwc name="polychlorin biphenyl" times="1"><dwc name="pentachlorophenol" times="7"><dwc name="tetrachloroethylen" times="4"><dwc name="toluen" times="16"><dwc name="toxaphen" times="3"><dwc name="silvex" times="1"><dwc name="trichloroethylen" times="5"><dwc name="vinyl chlorid" times="6"><dwc name="xylen" times="4">

(1)General.

(a)A solid waste is a hazardous waste if it is listed in 335-14-2-.04, unless it has been excluded from this list under 335-14-1-.03(2).

(b)The Department will indicate its basis for listing the classes or types of wastes listed in 335-14-2-.04 by employing one or more of the following Hazard Codes:

Ignitable Waste(I)

Corrosive Waste(C)

Reactive Waste(R)

Toxicity Characteristic Waste(E)

Acute Hazardous Waste(H)

Toxic Waste(T)

335-14-2-Appendix VII identifies the constituent which caused the Department to list the waste as a Toxicity Characteristic Waste (E) or Toxic Waste (T) in 335-14-2-.04(2) and (3).

(c)Each hazardous waste listed in 335-14-2-.04 is assigned an EPA or Alabama Hazardous Waste Number which precedes the name of the waste. This number must be used in complying with the notification requirements of Section 3010 of the RCRA and certain recordkeeping and reporting requirements under Chapters 335-14-3 through 335-14-6, 335-14-8, and 335-14-9.

(d)The following hazardous wastes listed in 335-14-2-.04(2) or (3) are subject to the exclusion limits for acutely hazardous wastes established in 335-14-2-.01(5): EPA Hazardous Wastes Nos. F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027.

(2)Hazardous wastes from non-specific sources.

(a)The following solid wastes are listed hazardous waste from non-specific sources unless they are excluded under &#167;260.20 of 40 CFR and 335-14-1-.03(2) and listed in 335-14-2 Appendix IX.

Hazardous

WasteHazardous WasteHazard

Number Code

Generic:

F001The following spent halogenated solvents used(T)

in degreasing: tetrachloroethylene,

trichloroethylene, methylene chloride, 1,1,1-

trichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride, and

chlorinated fluorocarbons; all spent solvent

mixtures/blends used in degreasing containing,

before use, a total of ten percent or more(by

volume) of one or more of the above halogenated

solvents or those solvents listed in F002, F004,

and F005; and still bottoms from the recovery of

these spent solvents and spent solvent mixtures.

F002The following spent halogenated solvents:(T)

tetrachloroethylene, methylene chloride,

trichloroethylene, l,l,l-trichloroethane, chloro-

benzene, 1,1,2-trichloro-1,2,2-trifluoroethane,

ortho-dichlorobenzene, trichlorofluoromethane,

and 1,1,2-trichloroethane; all spent solvent

mixtures/blends containing, before use, a total

of ten percent or more (by volume) of one or

more of the above halogenated solvents or those

listed in F001, F004, or F005; and still bottoms

from the recovery of these spent solvents and

spent solvent mixtures.

F003The following spent non-halogenated solvents:(I)*

xylene, acetone, ethyl acetate, ethyl benzene,

ethyl ether, methyl isobutyl ketone, n-butyl

alcohol, cyclohexanone, and methanol; all spent

solvent mixtures/blends containing, before use,

only the above spent non-halogenated solvents;

and all spent

solvent mixtures/blends containing, before use,

one or more of the above non-halogenated solvents,

Hazardous

WasteHazardous WasteHazard

Number Code

and a total of ten percent or more(by volume) of

one or more of those solvents listed in F001, F002,

F004, and F005; and still bottoms from the recovery

of these spent solvents and spent solvent mixtures.

F004The following spent non-halogenated solvents:(T)

cresols and cresylic acid, and nitrobenzene; all

spent solvent mixtures/blends containing, before

use, a total of ten percent or more (by volume) of

one or more of the above non- halogenated solvents

or those solvents listed in F001, F002, and F005;

and still bottoms from the recovery of these spent

solvents and spent solvent mixtures.

F005The following spent non-halogenated solvents:(I,T)

toluene, methyl ethyl ketone, carbon disulfide,

isobutanol, pyridine, benzene, 2-ethoxyethanol,

and 2-nitropropane; all spent solvent mixtures/

blends containing, before use, a total of ten

percent or more (by volume) of one or more of the

above non-halogenated solvents or those solvents

listed in F001, F002, or F004; and still bottoms

from the recovery of these spent solvents and spent

solvent mixtures.

F006Wastewater treatment sludges from electroplating(T)

operations except from the following processes:

(1) sulfuric acid anodizing of aluminum; (2) tin

plating on carbon steel; (3) zinc plating(segregated

basis) on carbon steel; (4) aluminum or zinc-aluminum

plating on carbon steel; (5) cleaning/stripping

associated with tin, zinc and aluminum plating on

carbon steel; and (6) chemical etching and milling

of aluminum.

F007Spent cyanide plating bath solutions from(R,T)

electroplating operations.

F008Plating bath residues from the bottom of plating(R,T)

baths from electroplating operations where

cyanides are used in the process.

F009Spent stripping and cleaning bath solutions from(R,T)

electroplating operations where cyanides are

used in the process.

F010Quenching bath residues from oil baths from metal(R,T)

heat treating operations where cyanides are used

in the process.

F011Spent cyanide solutions from salt bath pot(R,T)

cleaning from metal heat treating operations.

F012Quenching wastewater treatment sludges from metal(T)

heat treating operations where cyanides are used

in the process.

F019Wastewater treatment sludges from the chemical(T)

conversion coating of aluminum except from

zirconium phosphating in aluminum can washing

when such phosphating is an exclusive conversion

Hazardous

WasteHazardous WasteHazard

Number Code

coating process.

F020Wastes (except wastewater and spent carbon from(H)

hydrogen chloride purification) from the

production or manufacturing use (as a reactant,

chemical intermediate, or component in a formulating

process) of tri- or tetrachlorophenol, or of

intermediates used to produce their pesticide

derivatives. (This listing does not include wastes

from the production of Hexachlorophene from highly

purified 2,4,5-trichlorophenol.)

F021Wastes (except wastewater and spent carbon from(H)

hydrogen chloride purification) from the

production or manufacturing use (as a reactant,

chemical intermediate, or component in a

formulating process) of pentachlorophenol, or of

intermediates used to produce its derivatives.

F022Wastes (except wastewater and spent carbon from(H)

hydrogen chloride purification) from the

manufacturing use (as a reactant, chemical

intermediate, or component in a formulating

process) of tetra-, penta-, or hexachloro-

benzenes under alkaline conditions.

F023Wastes (except wastewater and spent carbon from(H)

hydrogen chloride purification) from the production

of materials on equipment previously used for the

production or manufacturing use (as a reactant,

chemical intermediate, or component in a formulating

process) of tri- and tetrachloro-phenols. (This

listing does not include wastes from equipment used

only for the production or use of Hexachlorophene

from highly purified 2,4,5-trichlorophenol.)

F024Process wastes, including but not limited to,(T)

distillation residues, heavy ends, tars, and

reactor clean-out wastes from the production of

certain chlorinated aliphatic hydrocarbons by free

radical catalyzed processes. These chlorinated

aliphatic hydrocarbons are those having carbon

chain lengths ranging from one to, and including,

five with varying amounts and positions of chlorine

substitution. (This listing does not include

wastewaters, wastewater treatment sludges, spent

catalysts, and wastes listed in 335-14-2-.04(2)

or 335-14-2-.04(3).)

F025Condensed light ends, spent filters and filter(T)

aids, and spent desiccant wastes from the

production of certain chlorinated aliphatic

hydrocarbons, by free radical catalyzed processes.

These chlorinated aliphatic hydrocarbons are those

having carbon chain lengths ranging from one to and

including five, with varying amounts and positions

of chlorine substitution.

Hazardous

WasteHazardous WasteHazard

Number Code

F026Wastes (except wastewater and spent carbon from(H)

hydrogen chloride purification) from the

production of materials on equipment previously

used for the manufacturing use (as a reactant,

chemical intermediate or component in a

formulating process) of tetra-, penta-, or

hexachlorobenzene under alkaline conditions.

F027Discarded unused formulations containing tri-(H)

tetra-, or pentachlorophenol or discarded unused

formulations containing compounds derived from

these chlorophenols. (This listing does not

include formulations containing Hexachlorophene

synthesized from prepurified 2,4,5-trichlorophenol

as the sole component.)

F028Residues resulting from the incineration or thermal

treatment of soil contaminated with EPA Hazardous Waste

Nos. F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027.

F032Wastewaters (except those that have not come into(T)

contact with process contaminants), process

residuals, preservative drippage, and spent

formulations from wood preserving processes

generated at plants that currently use or have

previously used chlorophenolic formulations

(except potentially cross-contaminated wastes

that have had the F032 waste code deleted in

accordance with 335-14-2-.04(6), or potentially

cross-contaminated wastes that are otherwise

currently regulated as hazardous wastes (i.e.,

F034 or F035), and where the generator does not

resume or initiate use of chlorophenolic

formulations). This listing does not include K001

bottom sediment sludge from the treatment of that

wastewater from wood preserving processes

that use creosote and/or pentachlorophenol.

F034Wastewaters (except those that have not come into(T)

contact with process contaminants), process

residuals, preservative drippage, and spent

formulations from wood preserving processes

generated at plants that use cresote formulations.

This listing does not include K001 bottom sediment

sludge from the treatment of wastewater from wood

preserving processes that use creosote and/or

pentachlorophenol.

F035Wastewaters (except those that have not come into(T)

contact with process contaminants), process

residuals, preservative drippage, and spent

formulations from wood preserving processes

generated at plants that use inorganic preser-

vatives, containing arsenic or chromium. This

listing does not include K001 bottom sediment

sludge from the treatment of wastewater from wood

Hazardous

WasteHazardous WasteHazard

Number Code

preserving processes that use creosote and/or

pentachlorophenol.

F037Petroleum refinery primary oil/water/solids(T)

separation sludge - Any sludge generated from

the gravitational separation of oil/water/solids

during the storage or treatment of process

wastewaters and oil cooling wastewaters from

from petroleum refineries. Such sludges include,

but are not limited to, those generated in oil/

water/solid separators; tanks and impoundments;

ditches and other conveyances; sumps; and storm-

water units receiving dry weather flow. Sludges

generated in stormwater units that do not receive

dry weather flow, sludges generated from non-

contact once-through cooling waters segregated for

treatment from other process or oily cooling waters,

sludges generated in aggressive biological treatment

units as defined in 335-14-2-.04(2)(b)2. (including

sludges generated in one or more additional units

after wastewaters have been treated in aggressive

biological treatment units) and K051 wastes are

not included in this listing. This listing does

include residuals generated from processing or

materials excluded under 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)12.(i),

if those residuals are to be disposed of.

F038Petroleum refinery secondary (emulsified) oil/(T)

water/solids separation sludge - Any sludge

and/or float generated from the physical and/or

chemical separation of oil/water/solids in

process wastewaters and oily cooling wastewaters

from petroleum refineries. Such wastes include,

but are not limited to, all sludges and floats

generated in: induced air flotation (IAF) units,

tanks and impoundments, and all sludges generated

in dissolved air flotation (DAF) units. Sludges

generated in stormwater units that do not receive

dry weather flow, sludges generated from non-

contact once-through cooling waters segregated

for treatment from other process or oily cooling

waters, sludges and floats generated in

aggressive biological treatment units as defined

in 335-14-2-.04(2)(b)2. (including sludges

and floats generated in one or more additional

units after wastewaters have been treated in

aggressive biological treatment units) and F037,

K048, and K051 wastes are not included in this

listing.

F039Leachate (liquids that have percolated through(T)

through land disposed wastes) resulting from the

disposal of more than one restricted waste

classified as hazardous under Rule 335-14-2-.04.

Hazardous

WasteHazardous WasteHazard

Number Code

(Leachate resulting from the disposal of one or

more of the following EPA hazardous wastes and

no other hazardous wastes retains its hazardous

waste number(s): F020, F021, F022, F026, F027,

and/or F028.)

*(I,T) should be used to specify mixtures containing ignitable and toxic constituents.

(b)Listing Specific Definitions:

1.For the purposes of the F037 and F038 listings, oil/water/solids is defined as oil and/or water and or/solids.

2.(i)For the purposes of the F037 and F038 listings, aggressive biological treatment units are defined as units which employ one of the following four treatment methods: activated sludge; trickling filter; rotating biological contractor for the continuous accelerated biological oxidation of wastewaters; or high-rate aeration. High-rate aeration is a system of surface impoundments or tanks, in which intense mechanical aeration is used to completely mix the wastes, enhance biological activity, and

(I)The units employs a minimum of 6 hp per million gallons of treatment volume; and either

(II)The hydraulic retention time of the unit is no longer than 5 days; or

(III)The hydraulic retention time is no longer than 30 days and the unit does not generate a sludge that is a hazardous waste by the Toxicity Characteristic;

(ii)Generators and treatment, storage and disposal facilities have the burden of providing that their sludges are exempt from listings as F037 and F038 wastes under this definition. Generators and treatment, storage and disposal facilities must maintain, in their operating or other on-site records, documents and data sufficient to prove that:

(I)The unit is an aggressive biological treatment unit as defined in 335-14-2-.04(2)(b); and

(II)The sludges sought to be exempted from the definitions of F037 and/or F038 were actually generated in the aggressive biological treatment unit.

3.(i)For the purposes of the F037 listing, sludges are considered to be generated at the moment of deposition in the unit, where deposition is defined as at least a temporary cessation of lateral particle movement.

(ii)For the purposes of the F038 listing,

(I)Sludges are considered to be generated at the moment of deposition in the unit, where deposition is defined as at least a temporary cessation of lateral particle movement, and

(II)Floats are considered to be generated at the moment they are formed in the top of the unit.

(3)Hazardous wastes from specific sources. The following solid wastes are listed hazardous wastes from specific sources unless they are excluded under &#167;260.20 of 40 CFR and 335-14-1-.03(2) and listed in 335-14-2-Appendix IX.

Hazardous

WasteHazardous WasteHazard

Number Code

Wood preservation:

K001Bottom sediment sludge from the treatment of(T)

wastewaters from wood preserving processes that

use creosote and/or penta-chlorophenol.

Inorganic pigments:

K002Wastewater treatment sludge from the production(T)

of chrome yellow and orange pigments.

K003Wastewater treatment sludge from the production(T)

of molybdate orange pigments.

K004Wastewater treatment sludge from the production(T)

of zinc yellow pigments.

K005Wastewater treatment sludge from the production(T)

of chrome green pigments.

K006Wastewater treatment sludge from the production(T)

of chrome oxide green pigments (anhydrous and

hydrated).

K007Wastewater treatment sludge from the production(T)

of iron blue pigments.

K008Oven residue from the production of chrome oxide(T)

green pigments.

Organic chemicals:

K009Distillation bottoms from the production of(T)

acetaldehyde from ethylene.

K010Distillation side cuts from the production of(T)

acetaldehyde from ethylene.

K011Bottom stream from the wastewater stripper in(R,T)

the production of acrylonitrile.

Hazardous

WasteHazardous WasteHazard

Number Code

K013Bottom stream from the acetonitrile column in(R,T)

production of acrylonitrile.

K014Bottoms from the acetonitrile purification(T)

column in the production of acrylonitrile.

K015Still bottoms from the distillation of benzyl(T)

chloride.

K016Heavy ends or distillation residues from the(T)

production of carbon tetrachloride.

K017Heavy ends (still bottoms) from the purification(T)

column in the production of epichlorohydrin.

K018Heavy ends from the fractionation column in(T)

ethyl chloride production.

K019Heavy ends from the distillation of ethylene(T)

dichloride in ethylene dichloride production.

K020Heavy ends from the distillation of vinyl(T)

chloride in vinyl chloride monomer production.

K021Aqueous spent antimony catalyst waste from(T)

fluoromethanes production.

K022Distillation bottom tars from the production of(T)

phenol/acetone from cumene.

K023Distillation light ends from the production of(T)

phthalic anhydride from naphthalene.

K024Distillation bottoms from the production of(T)

phthalic anhydride from naphthalene.

K025Distillation bottoms from the production of(T)

nitrobenzene by the nitration of benzene.

K026Stripping still tails from the production of(T)

methyl ethyl pyridines.

K027Centrifuge and distillation residues from(R,T)

toluene diisocyanate production.

K028Spent catalyst from the hydrochlorinator reactor(T)

in the production of 1,1,1-trichloroethane.

K029Waste from the product steam stripper in the(T)

production of l,l,l-trichloroethane.

K030Column bottoms or heavy ends from the combined(T)

production of trichloroethylene and perchloro-

ethylene.

K083Distillation bottoms from aniline production.(T)

K085Distillation or fractionation column bottoms(T)

from the production of chlorobenzenes.

K093Distillation light ends from the production(T)

phthalic anhydride from ortho-xylene.

K094Distillation bottoms from the production of(T)

phthalic anhydride from ortho-xylene.

K095Distillation bottoms from the production of(T)

l,l,l-trichloroethane.

K096Heavy ends from the heavy ends column from the(T)

production of l,l,l-trichloroethane.

K103Process residues from aniline extraction from(T)

the production of aniline.

K104Combined wastewater streams generated from(T)

Hazardous

WasteHazardous WasteHazard

Number Code

nitrobenzene/aniline production.

K105Separated aqueous stream from the reactor product(T)

washing step in the production of chlorobenzenes.

K107Column bottoms from product separation from the(C,T)

production of l,l-dimethylhydrazine UDMH) from

(carboxylic acid hydrazides.

K108Condensed column overheads from product separation(I,T)

and condensed reactor vent gases from the

production of 1-1-dimethylhydrazine (UDMH) from

carboxylic hydrazides.

K109Spent filter cartridges from product purification(T)

from the production of l,l-dimethyl-hydrazine

(UDMH) from carboxylic acid hydrazides.

K11OCondensed column overheads from intermediate(T)

separation from the production of 1,1-dimethyl-

hydrazine (UDMH) from carboxylic acid hydrazides.

K111Product washwaters from the production of(C,T)

dinitrotoluene via nitration of toluene.

K112Reaction by-product water from the drying(T)

column in the production of toluenedia-

mine via hydrogenation of dinitrotoluene.

K113Condensed liquid light ends from the(T)

purification of toluenediamine in the

production of toluenediamine via hydrogenation

of dinitrotoluene.

K114Vicinals from the purification of(T)

toluenediamine in the production of

toluenediamine via hydrogenation of

dinitrotoluene.

K115Heavy ends from the purification of(T)

toluenediamine in the production of

toluenediamine via hydrogenation of

dinitrotoluene.

K116Organic condensate from the solvent recovery(T)

column in the production of toluene diiso-

cyanate via phosgenation of toluenediamine.

K117Wastewater from the reactor vent gas scrubber(T)

in the production of ethylene dibromide via

bromination of ethene.

K118Spent adsorbent solids from purification of(T)

ethylene dibromide in the production of

ethylene dibromide via bromination of ethene.

K136Still bottoms from the purification of ethylene(T)

dibromide in the production of ethylene dibromide

via bromination of ethene.

K149Distillation bottoms from the production of alpha-(T)

(or methyl-) chlorinated toluenes, ring- chlorinated

toluenes, benzoyl chlorides, and compounds with

mixtures of these functional groups, (This waste

does not include still bottoms from the distillation

of benzyl chloride).

Hazardous

WasteHazardous WasteHazard

Number Code

K150Organic residuals, escluding spent carbon(T)

adsorbent, from the spent chlorine gas and

hydrochloric acid recovery processes associated

with the production of alpha-(or methyl-)

chlorinated toluenes, ring- chlorinated toluenes,

benzoyl chlorides, and compounds with mixtures of

these functional groups.

K151Wastewater treatment sludges, excluding(T)

neutralization and biological sludges, generated

during the treatment of waste- waters from the

production of alpha-(or methyl-) chlorinated

toluenes, ring- chlorinated toluenes, benzoyl

chlorides, and compounds with mixtures of

these functional groups.

K156Organic waste (including heavy ends, still bottoms,(T)

light ends, spent solvents, filtrates, and

decantates) from the production of carbamates

and carbamoyl oximes. (This listing does not apply to wastes generated from the manufacture of 3-iodo-2-propynyl n-butylcarbamate.).

K157Wastewaters (including scrubber waters, condenser(T)

waters, washwaters, and separation waters) from the

production of carbamates and carbamoyl oximes. (This listing does not apply to wastes generated from the manufacture of 3-iodo-2-propynyl n-butylcarbamate.).

K158Bag house dusts and filter/separation solids from(T)

the production of carbamates and carbamoyl oximes. (This listing does not apply to wastes generated from the manufacture of 3-iodo-2-propynyl n-butylcarbamate.)

K159Organics from the treatment of thiocarbamate wastes.(T)

K161Purification solids (including filtration,(R,T)

evaporation, and centrifugation solids), bag

house dust and floor sweepings from the production

of dithiocarbamate acids and their salts. (This

listing does not include K125 or K126.

K174Wastewater treatment sludges from the production (T)

of ethylene dichloride or vinyl chloride monomer (including sludges that result from commingled

ethylene dichloride or vinyl chloride monomer

wastewater and other wastewater), unless the sludges

meet the following conditions: (i) they are disposed

of in a subtitle C or nonhazardous landfill licensed

or permitted by the State of Alabama or federal government; (ii) they are not otherwise placed on the

land prior to final disposal; and (iii) the generator maintains documentation demonstrating that the waste

was either disposed of in an on-site landfill or

consigned to a transporter or disposal facility that provided a written commitment to dispose of the waste

in an off-site landfill. Respondents in any action brought to enforce the requirements of Subtitle C must,

Hazardous

WasteHazardous WasteHazard

Number Code

upon a showing by the government that the respondent managed wastewater treatment sludges from the

production of vinyl chloride monomer or ethylene dichloride, demonstrate that they meet the terms of

the exclusion set forth above. In doing so, they must provide appropriate documentation (e.g., contracts

between the generator and the landfill owner/operator, invoices documentating delivery of waste to landfill, etc.) that the terms of the exclusion were met.

K175Wastewater treatment sludges from the production(T)

of vinly chloride monomer using mercuric chloride

catalyst in an acetylene-based process.

Inorganic chemicals:

K071Brine purification muds from the mercury cell(T)

process in chlorine production, where separately

prepurified brine is not used.

K073Chlorinated hydrocarbon waste from the(T)

purification step of the diaphragm cell process

using graphite anodes in chlorine production.

K106Wastewater treatment sludge from the mercury(T)

cell process in chlorine production.

K176Baghouse filters from the production of antimony (E)

oxide, including filters from the production of interemediates (e.g., anatomy metal or crude antimony oxide).

K177Slag from the production of antimony oxide that (T)

is speculatively accumulated or disposed, including slag from the production of intermediates (e.g., antimony metal or crude antimony oxide).

K178Residues from manufacturing and manufacturing-(T)

site storage of ferric chloride from acids formed during the production of titanium dioxide using the chloride-ilemite process.

Pesticides:

K031By-product salts generated in the production of(T)

MSMA and cacodylic acid.

K032Wastewater treatment sludge from the production(T)

of chlordane.

K033Wastewater and scrub water from the chlorination(T)

of cyclopentadiene in the production of chlordane.

K034Filter solids from the filtration of hexachloro-(T)

cyclopentadiene in the production of chlordane.

K035Wastewater treatment sludges generated in the(T)

production of creosote.

K036Still bottoms from toluene reclamation distillation(T)

in the production of disulfoton.

K037Wastewater treatment sludges from the production(T)

of disulfoton.

K038Wastewater from the washing and stripping of(T)

Hazardous

WasteHazardous WasteHazard

Number Code

phorate production.

K039Filter cake from the filtration of diethylphos-(T)

phorodithioic acid in the production of phorate.

K040Wastewater treatment sludge from the production(T)

of phorate.

K041Wastewater treatment sludge from the production(T)

of toxaphene.

K042Heavy ends or distillation residues from the(T)

distillation of tetrachlorobenzene in the

production of 2,4,5-T.

K0432,6-Dichlorophenol waste from the production(T)

of 2,4-D.

K097Vacuum stripper discharge from the chlordane(T)

chlorinator in the production of chlordane.

K098Untreated process wastewater from the production(T)

of toxaphene.

K099Untreated wastewater from the production of 2,4-D.(T)

K123Process wastewater (including supernates,(T)

filtrates, and washwaters) from the production

of ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid and its salts.

K124Reactor vent scrubber water from the production(C,T)

of ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid and its salts.

K125Filtration, evaporation, and centrifugation solids(T)

from the production of ethylenebis-dithiocarbamic

acid and its salts.

K126Baghouse dust and floor sweepings in milling and(T)

packaging operations from the production or

formulation of ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid and

its salts.

K131Wastewater from the reactor and spent sulfuric(C,T)

acid from the acid dryer from the production of

methyl bromide.

K132Spent absorbent and wastewater separator solids(T)

from the production of methyl bromide.

Explosives:

K044Wastewater treatment sludges from the manufacturing(R)

and processing of explosives.

K045Spent carbon from the treatment of wastewater(R)

containing explosives.

K046Wastewater treatment sludges from the manufacturing,(T)

formulation, and loading of lead- based initiating

compounds.

K047Pink/red water from TNT operations.(R)

Petroleum refining:

K048Dissolved air flotation (DAF) float from the(T)

petroleum refining industry.

K049Slop oil emulsion solids from the petroleum(T)

refining industry.

K05OHeat exchanger bundle cleaning sludge from the(T)

petroleum refining industry.

Hazardous

WasteHazardous WasteHazard

Number Code

K051API separator sludge from the petroleum refining(T)

industry.

K052Tank bottoms (leaded) from the petroleum refining(T)

industry.

K169Crude oil storage tank sediment from petroleum (T)

refining operations.

K170Clarified slurry oil tank sediment and/or in-line(T)

filter/separation solids from petroleum refining operations.

K171Spent hydrotreating catalyst from petroleum (I,T)

refining operations, including guard beds used to desulfurize feeds to other catalytic reactors (this listing does not include inert support media).

K172Spent hydrorefining catalyst from petroleum (I,T)

refining operations, including guard beds used to desulfurize feeds to other catalytic reactors (this listing does not include inert support media).

Iron and Steel:

K061Emission control dust/sludge from the primary(T)

production of steel in electric furnaces.

K062Spent pickle liquor generated by steel finishing(C,T)

operations of facilities within the iron and

steel industry (SIC Codes 331 and 332).

Primary aluminum:

K088Spent potliners from primary aluminum reduction.(T)

Secondary lead:

K069Emission control dust/sludge from secondary lead(T)

smelting. NOTE: This listing does not include

sludge generated from secondary acid scrubber

systems provided the primary air pollution control

system is properly operated and maintained.

Exempt sludge must be evaluated to determine if it

exhibits a characteristic of a hazardous waste.

K100Waste leaching solution from acid leaching of(T)

emission control dust/sludge from secondary

lead smelting.

Veterinary pharmaceuticals:

K084Wastewater treatment sludges generated during(T)

the production of veterinary pharmaceuticals

from arsenic or organo- arsenic compounds.

K101Distillation tar residues from the distillation(T)

of aniline-based compounds in the production of

veterinary pharmaceuticals from arsenic or organo-

arsenic compounds.

K102Residue from the use of activated carbon for(T)

decolorization in the production of veterinary

pharmaceuticals from arsenic or organo-arsenic

compounds.

Hazardous

WasteHazardous WasteHazard

Number Code

Ink formulation:

K086Solvent washes and sludges, caustic washes and(T)

sludges, or water washes and sludges from cleaning

tubs and equipment used in the formulation of ink

from pigments, driers, soaps, and stabilizers

containing chromium and lead.

Coking:

K060Ammonia still lime sludge from coking operations.(T)

K087Decanter tank tar sludge from coking operations.(T)

K141Process residues from the recovery of coal tar,(T)

including, but not limited to, collecting sump

residues from the production of coke from coal or

the recovery of coke by- products produced from

coal. This listing does not include K087 (decanter

tank tar sludges from coking operations).

K142Tar storage tank residues from the production(T)

of coke from coal or from the recovery of coke

by-products produced from coal.

K143Process residues from the recovery of light oil,(T)

including, but not limited to, those generated in

stills, decanters, and wash oil recovery units from

the recovery of coke by- products produced from coal.

K144Wastewater sump residues from light oil refining,(T)

including, but not limited to, intercepting or

contamination sump sludges from the recovery of

coke by-products produced from coal.

K145Residues from naphthalene collection and recovery(T)

operations from the recovery of coke by-products

produced from coal.

K147Tar storage tank residues from coal tar refining.(T)

K148Residues from coal tar distillation, including(T)

but not limited to, still bottoms.

(4)Discarded commercial chemical product, off-specification species, container residues, and spill residuesthereof. The following materials or items are hazardous wastes if and when they are discarded or intended to be discarded as described in 335-14-2-.01(2)(a)2.(i), when they are mixed with waste oil or used oil or other material and applied to the land for dust suppression or road treatment, when they are otherwise applied to the land in lieu of their original intended use or when they are contained in products that are applied to the land in lieu of their original intended use, or when, in lieu of their original intended use, they are produced for use as (or as a component of) a fuel, distributed for use as a fuel, or burned as a fuel.

(a)Any commercial chemical product, or manufacturing chemical intermediate having the generic name listed in 335-14-2-.04(4)(e) or (f).

(b)Any off-specification commercial chemical product or manufacturing chemical intermediate which, if it met specifications, would have the generic name listed in 335-14-2-.04(4)(e) or (f).

(c)Any residue remaining in a container or in an inner liner removed from a container that has held any commercial chemical product or manufacturing chemical intermediate having the generic name listed in 335-14-2-.04(4)(e) or (f) unless the container is empty as defined in 335-14-2-.01(7)(b).

[Comment: Unless the residue is being beneficially used or reused, or legitimately recycled or reclaimed; or being accumulated, stored, transported or treated prior to such use, re-use, recycling or reclamation, ADEM considers the residue to be intended for discard, and thus, a hazardous waste. An example of a legitimate re-use of the residue would be where the residue remains in the container and the container is used to hold the same commercial chemical product or manufacturing chemical intermediate it previously held. An example of the discard of the residue would be where the drum is sent to a drum reconditioner who reconditions the drum but discards the residue.]

(d)Any residue or contaminated soil, water, or other debris resulting from the cleanup of a spill into or on any land or water of any commercial chemical product or manufacturing chemical intermediate having the generic name listed in 335-14-2-.04(4)(e) or (f), or any residue or contaminated soil, water, or other debris resulting from the cleanup of a spill, into or on any land or water, of any off-specification chemical product and manufacturing chemical intermediate which, if it met specifications, would have the generic name listed in 335-14-2-.04(4)(e) or (f).

[Comment: The phrase "commercial chemical product or manufacturing chemical intermediate having the generic name listed in..." refers to a chemical substance which is manufactured or formulated for commercial or manufacturing use which consists of the commercially pure grade of the chemical, any technical grades of the chemical that are produced or marketed, and all formulations in which the chemical is the sole active ingredient. It does not refer to a material, such as a manufacturing process waste, that contains any of the substances listed in 335-14-2-.04(4)(e) or (f). Where a manufacturing process waste is deemed to be a hazardous waste because it contains a substance listed in 335-14-2-.04(4)(e) or (f), such waste will be listed in either 335-14-2-.04(2) or 335-14-2-.04(3), or will be identified as a hazardous waste by the characteristics set forth in Rule 335-14-2-.03.]

(e)The commercial chemical products, manufacturing chemical intermediates or off-specification commercial chemical products or manufacturing chemical intermediates referred to in 335-14-2-.04(4)(a) through (d), are identified as acute hazardous wastes (H) and are subject to the small quantity exclusion defined in 335-14-2-.0l(5)(e).

[Comment: For the convenience of the regulated community, the primary hazardous properties of these materials have been indicated by the letters T (Toxicity) and R (Reactivity). Absence of a letter indicates that the compound only is listed for acute toxicity.]

These wastes and their corresponding EPA Hazardous Waste Numbers are:

Chemical

Hazardous AbstractsSubstance

Waste No. No.

P023 107-20-0Acetaldehyde, chloro-

P002 591-08-2Acetamide, N-(aminothioxomethyl)-

P057 640-19-7Acetamide, 2-fluoro-

P058 62-74-8Acetic acid, fluoro-, sodium salt

P002 591-08-21-Acetyl-2-thiourea

P003 107-02-8Acrolein

P070 116-06-3Aldicarb

P203 1646-88-4Aldicarb sulfone

P004 309-00-2Aldrin

P005 107-18-6Allyl alcohol

P00620859-73-8Aluminum phosphide (R,T)

P008 504-24-54-Aminopyridine

P007 2763-96-45-(Aminomethyl)-3-isoxazolol

P009 131-74-8Ammonium picrate (R)

P119 7803-55-6Ammonium vanadate

P099 506-61-6Argentate(l-), bis(cyano-C)-, potassium

P010 7778-39-4Arsenic acid H3AsO4

P012 1327-53-3Arsenic oxide As2O3

P011 1303-28-2Arsenic oxide As2O5

P011 1303-28-2Arsenic pentoxide

P012 1327-53-3Arsenic trioxide

P038 692-42-2Arsine, diethyl-

P036 696-28-6Arsonous dichloride, phenyl-

P054 151-56-4Aziridine

P067 75-55-8Aziridine, 2-methyl-

Chemical

Hazardous AbstractsSubstance

Waste No. No.

P013 542-62-1Barium cyanide

P024 106-47-8Benzenamine, 4-chloro-

P077 100-01-6Benzenamine, 4-nitro-

P028 100-44-7Benzene, (chloromethyl)-

P042 51-43-41,2-Benzenediol, 4-[1-hydroxy-2-(methyl-

amino)ethyl]-, (R)-

P046 122-09-8Benzeneethanamine, alpha,alpha-dimethyl-

P014 108-98-5Benzenethiol

P127 1563-66-27-Benzofuranol,2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-,

methylcarbamate

P188 57-64-7Benzoic acid,2-hydroxy-,compd. With (3aS-

cis)-1,2,3,3a,8,8a-hexahydro-1,3a,8-

trimethylprrolo[2,3-b]indol-5-yl

methylcarbamate ester (1:1)

P0011 81-81-22H-1-Benzopyran-2-one, 4-hydroxy-3-

(3-oso-1-phenylbutyl)-, &amp; salts, when

present at concentrations greater than

0.3%

P028 100-44-7Benzyl chloride

P015 7440-41-7Beryllium powder

P017 598-31-2Bromoacetone

P018 357-57-3Brucine

P04539196-18-42-Butanone, 3,3-dimethyl-1-(methylthio)-,

0-[methylamino)carbonyl] oxime

P021592-01-8Calcium cyanide

P021592-01-8Calcium cyanide Ca(CN)2

P018955285-14-8Carbamic acid, [(dibutylamino)-thio]methyl-

2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-7-benzofuranyl

ester

P191 644-64-4Carbamic acid, dimethyl-,1-[(dimethyl-

amino) carbonyl]-5-methyl-1H-pyrozol-

3-yl ester

P192 119-38-0Carbamic acid, dimethyl-, 3-methyl-1(1-

methylethyl)-1H-pryrazol-5yl ester

P190 1129-41-5Carbamic acid, methyl-, 3-methylphenyl

ester

P127 1563-66-2Carbofuran

P022 75-15-0Carbon disulfide

P095 75-44-5Carbonic dichloride

P18955285-14-8Carbosulfan

P023 107-20-0Chloroacetaldehyde

P024 106-47-8p-Chloroaniline

P026 5344-82-11-(o-Chlorophenyl)thiourea

P027 542-76-73-Chloropropionitrile

P029 544-92-3Copper cyanide

P029 544-92-3Copper cyanide Cu(CN)

P202 64-00-6m-Cumenyl methylcarbamate

P030Cyanides (soluble cyanide salts),

not otherwise specified

P031 460-19-5Cyanogen

Chemical

Hazardous AbstractsSubstance

Waste No. No.

P033 506-77-4Cyanogen chloride

P033 506-77-4Cyanogen chloride (CN)Cl

P034 131-89-52-Cyclohesyl-4,6-dinitrophenol

P016 542-88-1Dichloromethyl ether

P036 696-28-6Dichlorophenylarsine

P037 60-57-1Dieldrin

P038 692-42-2Diethylarsine

P041 311-45-5Diethyl-p-nitrophenyl phosphate

P040 297-97-2O,O-Diethyl O-pyrazinyl

phosphorothioate

P191 644-64-4Dimetilan

P043 55-91-4Diisopropylfluorophosphate (DFP)

P004 309-00-21,4,5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene, 1,2,3,4,10,

10-hexachloro-1,4,4a,5,8,8a-

hexahydro-,(1alpha,4alpha,4abeta,5alpha,

8alpha,8abeta)-

P060 465-73-61,4,5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene, 1,2,3,4,10,

10-hexa- chloro-1,4,4a,5,8,8a-

hexahydro-, (lalpha,4alpha,4abeta,

5beta, 8beta,8abeta)-

P037 60-57-12,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth[2,3-b]oxirene,

3,4,5,6,9,9-hexachloro-la,2,2a, 3,6,6a,

7,7a-octahydro-,(1alpha, 2beta,2alpha,

3beta,6beta,6alpha,7beta,7alpha)-

P0511 72-20-82,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth [2,3- b]oxirene,

3,4,5,6,9,9- hexachloro-la,2,2a,3,6,

6a,7,7a-octahydro-,(1alpha,2beta,

2beta,3alpha,6alpha,6beta,7beta,

7alpha)-, &amp; metabolites

P044 60-51-5Dimethoate

P046 122-09-8alpha, alpha-Dimethylphenethylamine

P0471 534-52-14,6-Dinitro-o-cresol, &amp; salts

P048 51-28-52,4-Dinitrophenol

P020 88-85-7Dinoseb

P085 152-16-9Diphosphoramide, octamethyl-

P111 107-49-3Diphosphoric acid, tetraethyl ester

P039 298-04-4Disulfoton

P049 541-53-7Dithiobiuret

P18526419-73-81,3-Dithiolane-2-carboxaldehyde,2,4-

dimethyl-,o-[(methylamino)-

carbonyl]oxime

P050 115-29-7Endosulfan

P088 145-73-3Endothall

P051 72-20-8Endrin

P051 72-20-8Endrin, &amp; metabolites

P042 51-43-4Epinephrine

P031 460-19-5Ethanedinitrile

P06616752-77-5Ethanimidothioic acid, N-[[(methylamino)

carbonyl]oxy]-,ethyl ester

P19423135-22-0Ethanimidothioc acid, 2-(dimethylamino)-N-

Chemical

Hazardous AbstractsSubstance

Waste No. No.

[[(methylamino) carbonyl]-2-oxo]-, methyl

ester

P101 107-12-0Ethyl cyanide

P054 151-56-4Ethyleneimine

P097 52-85-7Famphur

P056 7782-41-4Fluorine

P057 640-19-7Fluoroacetamide

P058 62-74-8Fluoroacetic acid, sodium salt

P19823422-53-9Formetanate hydrochloride

P19717702-57-7Formparante

P065 628-86-4Fulminic acid, mercury(2+) salt(R,T)

P059 76-44-8Heptachlor

P062 757-58-4Hesaethyl tetraphosphate

P116 79-19-6Hydrazinecarbothioamide

P068 60-34-4Hydrazine, methyl-

P063 74-90-8Hydrocyanic acid

P063 74-90-8Hydrogen cyanide

P096 7803-51-2Hydrogen phosphide

P060 465-73-6Isodrin

P192 119-38-0Isolan

P202 64-00-63-Isopropylphenyl N-methylcarbamate

P007 2763-96-43(2H)-Isoxazolone, 5-(aminomethyl)-

P19615339-36-3Manganese, bis(dimethylcarbamodithioato-

S,S?)-,

P19615339-36-3Manganese dimethyldithiocarbamate

P092 62-38-4Mercury, (acetato-O)phenyl-

P065 628-86-4Mercury fulminate (R,T)

P19823422-53-9Methanimidamide, N,N-dimethyl-N?-[3-

[[(methylamino)-cargonyl]oxy]phenyl]-

monohydrochloride

P19717702-57-5Methanimidamide, N,N-dimethyl-N?-[2-

methyl-4-[[(methylamino)carbonyl]

oxl]phenyl]-

P199 2032-65-7Methiocarb

P082 62-75-9Methanamine,N-methyl-N-nitroso-

P064 624-83-9Methane, isocyanato-

P016 542-88-1Methane, oxybis[chloro-

P112 509-14-8Methane, tetranitro-(R)

P118 75-70-7Methanethiol, trichloro-

P050 115-29-76,9-Methano-2,4,3- benzodioxathiepin,

6,7,8,9,10,10- hexachloro-1,5,5a,

6,9,9a-hexahydro-, 3-oxide

P059 76-44-84,7-Methano-lH-indene,1,4,5, 6,7,8,

8-heptachloro-3a,4,7,7a-tetrahydro-

P190 1129-41-5Metolcarb

P06616752-77-5Methomyl

P068 60-34-4Methyl hydrazine

P064 624-83-9Methyl isocyanate

P069 75-86-52-Methyllactonitrile

P071 298-00-0Methyl parathion

P128 315-8-4Mexacarbate

Chemical

Hazardous AbstractsSubstance

Waste No. No.

P072 86-88-4alpha-Naphthylthiourea

P07313463-39-3Nickel carbonyl

P07313463-39-3Nickel carbonyl Ni(C0)4, (T-4)-

P074 557-19-7Nickel cyanide

P074 557-19-7Nickel cyanide Ni(CN)2

P075 154-11-5Nicotine, &amp; salts

P07610102-43-9Nitric oxide

P077 100-01-6p-Nitroaniline

P07810102-44-0Nitrogen dioxide

P07610102-43-9Nitrogen oxide NO

P07810102-44-0Nitrogen oxide NO2

P081 55-63-0Nitroglycerine(R)

P082 62-75-9N-Nitrosodimethylamine

P084 4549-40-0N-Nitrosomethylvinylamine

P085 152-16-9Octamethylpyrophosphoramide

P08720816-12-0Osmium oxide OsO4, (T-4)-

P08720816-12-0Osmium tetroxide

P088 145-73-37-Oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3-

dicarboxylic acid

P194 23135-22-0Oxamyl

P089 56-38-2Parathion

P034 131-89-5Phenol, 2-cyclohexyl-4,6-dinitro-

P128 315-18-4Phenol, 4-(dimethylamino)-3,5-dimethyl-,

methylcarbamate (ester)

P199 2032-65-7Phenol, (3,5-dimethyl-4-(methylthio)-,

methylcarbamate

P048 51-28-5Phenol, 2,4-dinitro-

P0471 534-52-1Phenol, 2-methyl-4,6-dinitro, &amp; salts

P202 64-00-6Phenol, 3-(1-methylethyl)-,methyl carbamate

P201 2631-37-0Phenol, 3-methyl-5-(1-methylethyl)-,methyl

carbamate

P020 88-85-7Phenol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)-4,6-

dinitro-

P009 131-74-8Phenol, 2,4,6-trinitro-, ammonium

salt (R)

P092 62-38-4Phenylmercury acetate

P093 103-85-5Phenylthiourea

P094 298-02-2Phorate

P095 75-44-5Phosgene

P096 803-51-2Phosphine

P041 311-45-5Phosphoric acid, diethyl 4-

nitrophenyl ester

P039 298-04-4Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-diethyl

-S-[2-(ethylthio)ethyl] ester

P094 298-02-2Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-diethyl

S-[(ethylthio)methyl] ester

P044 60-51-5Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-

dimethyl S-[2-(methylamino)-2-

oxoethyl] ester

P043 55-91-4Phosphorofluoridic acid, bis(l-

Chemical

Hazardous AbstractsSubstance

Waste No. No.

methylethyl) ester

P089 56-38-2Phosphorothioic acid, 0,0-diethyl

0-(4-nitrophenyl) ester

P040 297-97-2Phosphorothioic acid, 0,0-diethyl

0-pyrazinyl ester

P097 52-85-7Phosphorothioic acid,

0-[4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]

phenyl] 0,0-dimethyl ester

P071 298-00-0Phosphorothioic acid, 0,0,-dimethyl

0-(4-nitrophenyl) ester

P204 57-47-6Physostigmine

P188 57-64-7Physostigmine salicylate

P110 78-00-2Plumbane, tetraethyl-

P098 151-50-8Potassium cyanide

P098 151-50-8Potassium cyanide K(CN)

P099 506-61-6Potassium silver cyanide

P070 116-06-3Propanal, 2-methyl-2-(methylthio)-,

O-[(methylamino)carbonyl]oxime

P201 2631-37-0Promecarb

P203 1646-88-4Propanal, 2-, methyl-2-(methyl-sulfonyl)-,

O-[(methylamino)carbonyl] oxime

P101 107-12-0Propanenitrile

P027 542-76-7Propanenitrile, 3-chloro-

P069 75-86-5Propanenitrile, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-

P081 55-63-01,2,3-Propanetriol, trinitrate (R)

P017 598-31-22-Propanone, l-bromo-

P102 107-19-7Propargyl alcohol

P003 107-02-82-Propenal

P005 107-18-62-Propen-l-ol

P067 75-55-81,2-Propylenimine

P102 107-19-72-Propyn-l-ol

P008 504-24-54-Pyridinamine

P075 154-11-5Pyridine, 3-(1-methyl-2- pyrrolidinyl)-,

(S)-, and salts

P204 57-47-6Pyrrolo[2,3-b]indol-5-ol,1,2,3,3a,8,8a-

hexahydro-1,3a,8-trimethyl-,

methylcarbamate (ester), (3aS-cis)-

P11412039-52-0Selenious acid, dithallium(l+) salt

P103 630-10-4Selenourea

P104 506-64-9Silver cyanide

P104 506-64-9Silver cyanide (Ag(CN)

P10526628-22-8Sodium azide

P106 143-33-9Sodium cyanide

P106 143-33-9Sodium cyanide Na(CN)

P108 157-24-9Strychnidin-10-one, and salts

P018 357-57-3Strychnidin-10-one, 2,3-dimethoxy-

P108 157-24-9Strychnine, &amp; salts

P115 7446-18-6Sulfuric acid, dithallium(l+) salt

P109 3689-24-5Tetraethyldithiopyrophosphate

P110 78-00-2Tetraethyl lead

Chemical

Hazardous AbstractsSubstance

Waste No. No.

P111 107-49-3Tetraethyl pyrophosphate

P112 509-14-8Tetranitromethane (R)

P062 757-58-4Tetraphosphoric acid, hexaethyl ester

P113 1314-32-5Thallic oxide

P113 1314-32-5Thallium oxide Tl2O3

P11412039-52-0Thallium(l) selenite

P115 7446-18-6Thallium(l) sulfate

P109 3689-24-5Thiodiphosphoric acid, tetraethyl ester

P04539196-18-4Thiofanox

P049 541-53-7Thioimidodicarbonic diamide

[(H2N)C(S)]2NH

P014 108-98-5Thiophenol

P116 79-19-6Thiosemicarbazide

P026 5344-82-1Thiourea, (2-chlorophenyl)-

P072 86-88-4Thiourea, l-naphthalenyl-

P093 103-85-5Thiourea, phenyl-

P18526419-73-8Tirpate

P123 8001-35-2Toxaphene

P118 75-70-7Trichloromethanethiol

Pll9 7803-55-6Vanadic acid, ammonium salt

P120 1314-62-1Vanadium oxide V2O5

P120 1314-62-1Vanadium pentoxide

P084 4549-40-0Vinylamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso-

P001 181-81-2Warfarin, &amp; salts, when present at

concentrations greater than 0.3%

P205 137-30-4Zinc, bis(dimethylcarbamodithioato-S,S?)-,

P121 557-21-1Zinc cyanide

P121 557-21-1Zinc cyanide Zn(CN)2

P122 1314-84-7Zinc phosphide Zn3P2, when present

at concentrations greater than

10% (R,T)

P205 137-30-4Ziram

1CAS Number given for parent compound only.

(f)The commercial chemical products, manufacturing chemical intermediates, or off-specification commercial chemical products referred to in 335-14-2-.04(4)(a) through (d), are identified as toxic wastes (T) unless otherwise designated and are subject to the small quantity exclusion defined in 335-14-2-.01(5)(a) and (g).

These wastes and their corresponding EPA Hazardous Waste Numbers are:

HazardousChemical

WasteAbstracts Substance

No.No.

U39430558-43-1A2213

U001 75-07-0Acetaldehyde (I)

U034 75-87-6Acetaldehyde, trichloro-

U187 62-44-2Acetamide, N-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-

U005 53-96-3Acetamide, N-9H-fluoren-2-yl-

U2401 94-75-7Acetic acid, (2,4-dichlorophenoxy)-,

salts &amp; esters

U112 141-78-6Acetic acid ethyl ester (I)

U144 301-04-2Acetic acid, lead(2+) salt

U214 563-68-8Acetic acid, thallium(l+) salt

See F027 93-76-5Acetic acid, (2,4,5-trichloro phenoxy)-

U002 67-64-1Acetone (I)

U003 75-05-8Acetonitrile (I,T)

U004 98-86-2Acetophenone

U005 53-96-32-Acetylaminofluorene

U006 75-36-5Acetyl chloride (C,R,T)

U007 79-06-1Acrylamide

U008 79-10-7Acrylic acid (I)

U009 107-13-1Acrylonitrile

U011 61-82-5Amitrole

U012 62-53-3Aniline (I,T)

U136 75-60-5Arsinic acid, dimethyl-

U014 492-80-8Auramine

U015 115-02-6Azaserine

U010 50-07-7Azirino[2,3:3,4]pyrrolo[l,2-a]

indole-4,7-dione, 6-amino-8-

[[(aminocarbonyl)oxy]methyl]-

1,la,2,8,8a,8b-hexahydro-8a-

methoxy-5-methyl-, [laS-(laalpha,

8beta,8aalpha,8balpha)]-

U280 101-27-9Barban

U27822781-23-3Bendiocarb

U36422961-82-6Bendiocarb phenol

U27117804-35-2Benomyl

U157 56-49-5Benz[j]aceanthrylene,1,2-dihydro-3-

methyl-

U016 225-51-4Benz[c]acridine

U017 98-87-3Benzal chloride

U19223950-58-5Benzamide, 3,5-dichloro-N-(l,l-dimethyl

-2-propynyl)-

U018 56-55-3Benz[a]anthracene

U094 57-97-6Benz[a]anthracene,7,12-dimethyl-

U012 62-53-3Benzenamine (I,T)

U014 492-80-8Benzenamine, 4,4-carbonimidoylbis

[N,N-dimethyl-

U049 3165-93-3Benzenamine, 4-chloro-2-methyl-,

hydrochloride

U093 60-11-7Benzenamine, N,N-dimethyl-

4-(phenylazo)-

HazardousChemical

WasteAbstracts Substance

No.No.

U328 95-53-4Benzenamine, 2-methyl-

U353 106-49-0Benzenamine, 4-methyl-

U158 101-14-4Benzenamine, 4,4-methylenebis

[2-chloro-

U222 636-21-5Benzenamine, 2-methyl-,

hydrochloride

U181 99-55-8Benzenamine, 2-methyl-5-nitro-

U019 71-43-2Benzene (I,T)

U038 510-15-6Benzeneacetic acid, 4-chloro-alpha-

(4-chlorophenyl)-alpha-hydroxy-,

ethyl ester

U030 101-55-3Benzene, l-bromo-4-phenoxy-

U035 305-03-3Benzenebutanoic acid, 4-[bis(2-

chloroethyl)amino]-

U037 108-90-7Benzene, chloro-

U22125376-45-8Benzenediamine, ar-methyl-

U028 117-81-71,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, bis(2-

ethylhexyl) ester

U069 84-74-21,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dibutyl

ester

U088 84-66-21,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, diethyl

ester

U102 131-11-31,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dimethyl

ester

U107 117-84-01,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dioctyl

ester

U070 95-50-1Benzene, 1,2-dichloro-

U071 541-73-1Benzene, 1,3-dichloro-

U072 106-46-7Benzene, 1,4-dichloro-

U060 72-54-8Benzene, 1,1-(2,2-dichloroethyli-

dene)bis[4-chloro-

U017 98-87-3Benzene, (dichloromethyl)-

U22326471-62-5Benzene, 1,3-diisocyanatomethyl-(R,T)

U239 1330-20-7Benzene, dimethyl-(I,T)

U201 108-46-31,3-Benzenediol

U127 118-74-1Benzene, hexachloro-

U056 110-82-7Benzene, hexahydro- (I)

U220 108-88-3Benzene, methyl-

U105 121-14-2Benzene, l-methyl-2,4-dinitro-

U106 606-20-2Benzene, 2-methyl-1,3-dinitro-

U055 98-82-8Benzene, (l-methylethyl)- (I)

U169 98-95-3Benzene, nitro-

U183 608-93-5Benzene, pentachloro-

U185 82-68-8Benzene, pentachloronitro-

U020 98-09-9Benzenesulfonic acid chloride (C,R)

U020 98-09-9Benzenesulfonyl chloride (C,R)

U207 95-94-3Benzene, 1,2,4,5-tetrachloro-

U061 50-29-3Benzene, 1,1-(2,2,2-trichloro

ethylidene)bis[4-chloro-

U247 72-43-5Benzene, 1,1-(2,2,2-trichloro

ethylidene)bis[4-methoxy-

HazardousChemical

WasteAbstracts Substance

No.No.

U023 98-07-7Benzene, (trichloromethyl)-

U234 99-35-4Benzene, 1,3,5-trinitro-

U021 92-87-5Benzidine

U202 181-07-21,2-Benzisothiazol-3(2H)-one,

l,l-dioxide, &amp; salts

U203 94-59-71,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(2-propenyl)-

U141 120-58-11,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(1-propenyl)-

U090 94-58-61,3-Benzodioxole, 5-propyl-

U27822781-23-31,3-Benzodioxol-4-ol,2,2-dimethyl-,methyl

carbamate

U36422961-82-61,3,Benzodioxol-4-ol,2,2-dimethyl-,

U367 1563-38-87-Benzofuranol, 2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-

U064 189-55-9Benzo[rst]pentaphene

U248 181-81-22H-l-Benzopyran-2-one, 4-hydroxy-3-

(3-oxo-1-phenyl-butyl)-, &amp; salts,

when present at concentrations of

0.3% or less

U022 50-32-8Benzo[a]pyrene

U197 106-51-4p-Benzoquinone

U023 98-07-7Benzotrichloride (C,R,T)

U085 1464-53-52,2-Bioxirane

U021 92-87-5[l,l?-Biphenyl]-4,4-diamine

U073 91-94-1[1,1?-Biphenyl]-4,4-diamine, 3,3?-

dichloro-

U091 119-90-4[1,1?-Biphenyl]-4,4-diamine, 3,3?-

dimethoxy-

U095 119-93-7[l,l?-Biphenyl]-4,4-diamine, 3,3?-

dimethyl-

U225 75-25-2Bromoform

U030 101-55-34-Bromophenyl phenyl ether

U128 87-68-31,3-Butadiene, 1,1,2,3,4,4-

hexachloro-

U172 924-16-3l-Butanamine, N-butyl-N-nitroso-

U031 71-36-3l-Butanol (I)

U159 78-93-32-Butanone (I,T)

U160 1338-23-42-Butanone, peroxide (R,T)

U053 4170-30-32-Butenal

U074 764-41-02-Butene, 1,4-dichloro- (I,T)

U143 303-34-42-Butenoic acid, 2-methyl-,7-[[2,3-

dihydroxy-2-(1-methoxyethyl)-3-

methyl-l-oxobutoxy]methyl]-2,3,5,

7a-tetrahydro-lH-pyrrolizin-l-yl

ester, [lS-[lalpha(Z),7(2S*,3R*),

7aalpha]]-

U031 71-36-3n-Butyl alcohol (I)

U136 75-60-5Cacodylic acid

U03213765-19-0Calcium chromate

U238 51-79-6Carbamic acid, ethyl ester

U178 615-53-2Carbamic acid, methylnitroso-, ethyl ester

U37210605-21-7Carbamic acid, 1H-benzimidazol-2-yl,methyl

ester

HazardousChemical

WasteAbstracts Substance

No.No.

U27117804-35-2Carbamic acid, [1-[butylamino)carbonyl]-1H-

benzimidazol-2-yl], methyl ester

U280 101-27-9Carbamic acid, (3-chlorophenyl)-, 4-chloro-

2-butynyl ester

U373 122-42-9Carbamic acid, phenyl-, 1-methylethyl ester

U40923564-05-8Carbamic acid, [1,2-phenylene bis

(iminocarbonothioyl)]bis-, dimethyl ester

U097 79-44-7Carbamic chloride, dimethyl-

U114 1111-54-6Carbamodithioic acid, 1,2-ethane-

diylbis-, salts &amp; esters

U062 2303-16-4Carbamothioic acid, bis(l-

methylethyl)-, S-(2,3-dichloro-

2-propenyl) ester

U389 2303-17-5Carbamothioic acid, bis(1-methylethyl)-,

S-(2,3,3-trichloro-2-propenyl) ester

U38752888-80-9Carbamothioic acid, dipropyl-, S-

(phenylmethyl) ester

U279 63-25-2Carbaryl

U37210605-21-7Carbendazim

U367 1563-38-8Carbofuran phenol

U215 6533-73-9Carbonic acid, dithallium(l+) salt

U033 353-50-4Carbonic difluoride

U156 79-22-1Carbonochloridic acid, methyl

ester (I,T)

U033 353-50-4Carbon oxyfluoride (R,T)

U211 56-23-5Carbon tetrachloride

U034 75-87-6Chloral

U035 305-03-3Chlorambucil

U036 57-74-9Chlordane, alpha &amp; gamma isomers

U026 494-03-1Chlornaphazine

U037 108-90-7Chlorobenzene

U038 510-15-6Chlorobenzilate

U039 59-50-7p-Chloro-m-cresol

U042 110-75-82-Chloroethyl vinyl ether

U044 67-66-3Chloroform

U046 107-30-2Chloromethyl methyl ether

U047 91-58-7beta-Chloronaphthalene

U048 95-57-8o-Chlorophenol

U049 3165-93-34-Chloro-o-toluidine, hydrochloride

U03213765-19-0Chromic acid H2CrO4, calcium salt

U050 218-01-9Chrysene

U051Creosote

U052 1319-77-3Cresol (Cresylic acid)

U053 4170-30-3Crotonaldehyde

U055 98-82-8Cumene (I)

U246 506-68-3Cyanogen bromide (CN)Br

U197 106-51-42,5-Cyclohexadiene-1,4-dione

U056 110-82-7Cyclohexane (I)

U129 58-89-9Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexa-

HazardousChemical

WasteAbstracts Substance

No.No.

chloro-, (lalpha,2alpha,3beta,

4alpha,5alpha,6beta)-

U057 108-94-1Cyclohexanone (I)

U130 77-47-41,3-Cyclopentadiene, 1,2,3,4,5,5-

hexachloro-

U058 50-18-0Cyclophosphamide

U240 194-75-72,4-D, salts and esters

U05920830-81-3Daunomycin

U060 72-54-8DDD

U061 50-29-3DDT

U062 2303-16-4Diallate

U063 53-70-3Dibenz[a,h]anthracene

U064 189-55-9Dibenzo[a,i]pyrene

U066 96-12-81,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane

U069 84-74-2Dibutyl phthalate

U070 95-50-1o-Dichlorobenzene

U071 541-73-1m-Dichlorobenzene

U072 106-46-7p-Dichlorobenzene

U073 91-94-13,3?-Dichlorobenzidine

U074 764-41-01,4-Dichloro-2-butene (I,T)

U075 75-71-8Dichlorodifluoromethane

U078 75-35-4l,l-Dichloroethylene

U079 156-60-51,2-Dichloroethylene

U025 111-44-4Dichloroethyl ether

U027 108-60-1Dichloroisopropyl ether

U024 111-91-1Dichloromethoxy ethane

U081 120-83-22,4-Dichlorophenol

U082 87-65-02,6-Dichlorophenol

U084 542-75-61,3-Dichloropropene

U085 1464-53-51,2:3,4-Diepoxybutane (I,T)

U395 5952-26-1Diethylene glycol, dicarbamate

U108 123-91-11,4-Diethyleneoxide

U028 117-81-7Diethylhexyl phthalate

U086 1615-80-1N,N?-Diethylhydrazine

U087 3288-58-2O,O-Diethyl S-methyl dithiophosphate

U088 84-66-2Diethyl phthalate

U089 56-53-1Diethylstilbesterol

U090 94-58-6Dihydrosafrole

U091 119-90-43,3?-Dimethoxybenzidine

U092 124-40-3Dimethylamine (I)

U093 60-11-7p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene

U094 57-97-67,12-Dimethylbenz[a]anthracene

U095 119-93-73,3-Dimethylbenzidine

U096 80-15-9alpha,alpha-Dimethylbenzylhydro-

peroxide (R)

U097 79-44-7Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride

U098 57-14-7l,l-Dimethylhydrazine

U099 540-73-81,2-Dimethylhydrazine

U101 105-67-92,4-Dimethylphenol

U102 131-11-3Dimethyl phthalate

HazardousChemical

WasteAbstracts Substance

No.No.

U103 77-78-1Dimethyl sulfate

U105 121-14-22,4-Dinitrotoluene

U106 606-20-22,6-Dinitrotoluene

U107 117-84-0Di-n-octyl phthalate

U108 123-91-11,4-Dioxane

U109 122-66-71,2-Diphenylhydrazine

Ull0 142-84-7Dipropylamine (I)

Ulll 621-64-7Di-n-propylnitrosamine

U041 106-89-8Epichlorohydrin

U001 75-07-0Ethanal (I)

U174 55-18-5Ethanamine, N-ethyl-N-nitroso-

U404 121-44-8Ethanamine, N,N-diethyl-

U155 91-80-51,2,Ethanediamine, N,N-dimethyl- N?-2-

pyridinyl-N?-(2-thienyl-methyl)-

U067 106-93-4Ethane, 1,2-dibromo-

U076 75-34-3Ethane, l,l-dichloro-

U077 107-06-2Ethane, 1,2-dichloro-

U131 67-72-1Ethane, hexachloro-

U024 111-91-1Ethane, l,l?-[methylenebis(oxy)]

bis[2-chloro-

U117 60-29-7Ethane, l,l?-osybis- (I)

U025 111-44-4Ethane, 1,1?-oxybis[2-chloro-

U184 76-01-7Ethane, pentachloro-

U208 630-20-6Ethane, 1,1,1,2-tetrachloro-

U209 79-34-5Ethane, 1,1,2,2-tetrachloro-

U218 62-55-5Ethanethioamide

U226 71-55-6Ethane, l,l,l-trichloro-

U227 79-00-5Ethane, 1,1,2-trichloro-

U41059669-26-0Ethanimidothioic acid, N,N?-[thiobis

[(methylimino) carbonyloxy]]bis-,

dimethyl ester

U39430558-43-1Ethanimidothioic acid, 2-(dimethylamino)-N-

hydroxy-2-oxo-, methyl ester

U359 110-80-5Ethanol, 2-ethoxy-

U173 1116-54-7Ethanol, 2,2?-(nitrosoimino)bis-

U004 98-86-2Ethanone, l-phenyl-

U395 5952-26-1Ethanol, 2,2?-oxybis-, dicarbamate

U043 75-01-4Ethene, chloro-

U042 110-75-8Ethene, (2-chloroethoxy)-

U078 75-35-4Ethene, l,l-dichloro-

U079 156-60-5Ethene, 1,2-dichloro-, (E)-

U210 127-18-4Ethene, tetrachloro-

U228 79-01-6Ethene, trichloro-

U112 141-78-6Ethyl acetate (I)

U113 140-88-5Ethyl acrylate (I)

U238 51-79-6Ethyl carbamate (urethane)

U117 60-29-7Ethyl ether (I)

U1141 111-54-6Ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid, salts &amp;

esters

U067 106-93-4Ethylene dibromide

HazardousChemical

WasteAbstracts Substance

No.No.

U077 107-06-2Ethylene dichloride

U359 110-80-5Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether

U115 75-21-8Ethylene oxide (I,T)

U116 96-45-7Ethylenethiourea

U076 75-34-3Ethylidene dichloride

U118 97-63-2Ethyl methacrylate

Ull9 62-50-0Ethyl methanesulfonate

U120 206-44-0Fluoranthene

U122 50-00-0Formaldehyde

U123 64-18-6Formic acid (C,T)

U124 110-00-9Furan (I)

U125 98-01-12-Furancarboxaldehyde (I)

U147 108-31-62,5-Furandione

U213 109-99-9Furan, tetrahydro- (I)

U125 98-01-1Furfural (I)

U124 110-00-9Furfuran (I)

U20618883-66-4Glucopyranose, 2-deoxy-2-(3-methyl-

3-nitrosoureido)-, D-

U20618883-66-4D-Glucose, 2-deoxy-2-[[(methyl-

nitrosoamino)-carbonyl]amino]-

U126 765-34-4Glycidylaldehyde

U163 70-25-7Guanidine, N-methyl-N?-nitro-N-nitroso

U127 118-74-1Hexachlorobenzene

U128 87-68-3Hexachlorobutadiene

U130 77-47-4Hexachlorocyclopentadiene

U131 67-72-1Hexachloroethane

U132 70-30-4Hexachlorophene

U243 1888-71-7Hexachloropropene

U133 302-01-2Hydrazine (R,T)

U086 1615-80-1Hydrazine, 1,2-diethyl-

U098 57-14-7Hydrazine, l,l-dimethyl-

U099 540-73-8Hydrazine, 1,2-dimethyl-

U109 122-66-7Hydrazine, 1,2-diphenyl-

U134 7664-39-3Hydrofluoric acid (C, T)

U134 7664-39-3Hydrogen fluoride (C,T)

U135 7783-06-4Hydrogen sulfide

U135 7783-06-4Hydrogen sulfide H2S

U096 80-15-9Hydroperoxide, l-methyl-l-phenylethyl-(R)

U116 96-45-72-Imidazolidinethione

U137 193-39-5Indeno[1,2,3-cd]pyrene

Ul90 85-44-91,3-Isobenzofurandione

U140 78-83-1Isobutyl alcohol (I,T)

U141 120-58-1Isosafrole

U142 143-50-0Kepone

U143 303-34-4Lasiocarpine

U144 301-04-2Lead acetate

U146 1335-32-6Lead, bis(acetato-O)tetrahydroxytri-

U145 7446-27-7Lead phosphate

U146 1335-32-6Lead subacetate

U129 58-89-9Lindane

HazardousChemical

WasteAbstracts Substance

No.No.

U163 70-25-7MNNG

U147 108-31-6Maleic anhydride

U148 123-33-1Maleic hydrazide

U149 109-77-3Malononitrile

U150 148-82-3Melphalan

U151 7439-97-6Mercury

U152 126-98-7Methacrylonitrile (I,T)

U092 124-40-3Methanamine, N-methyl- (I)

U029 74-83-9Methane, bromo-

U045 74-87-3Methane, chloro- (I,T)

U046 107-30-2Methane, chloromethoxy-

U068 74-95-3Methane, dibromo-

U080 75-09-2Methane, dichloro-

U075 75-71-8Methane, dichlorodifluoro-

U138 74-88-4Methane, iodo-

Ull9 62-50-0Methanesulfonic acid, ethyl ester

U211 56-23-5Methane, tetrachloro-

U153 74-93-1Methanethiol (I,T)

U225 75-25-2Methane, tribromo-

U044 67-66-3Methane, trichloro-

U121 75-69-4Methane, trichlorofluoro-

U036 57-74-94,7-Methano-1H-indene, 1,2,4,5, 6,7,8,8-

octachloro-2,3,3a,4,7,7a-hexahydro-

U154 67-56-1Methanol (I)

U155 91-80-5Methapyrilene

U142 143-50-01,3,4-Metheno-2H-cyclobuta[cd]

pentalen-2-one, 1,la,3,3a,4,5,5,

5a,5b,6-decachlorooctahydro-

U247 72-43-5Methoxychlor

U154 67-56-1Methyl alcohol (I)

U029 74-83-9Methyl bromide

U186 504-60-9l-Methylbutadiene (I)

U045 74-87-3Methyl chloride (I,T)

U156 79-22-1Methyl chlorocarbonate (I,T)

U226 71-55-6Methyl chloroform

U157 56-49-53-Methylcholanthrene

U158 101-14-44,4?-Methylenebis(2-chloroaniline)

U068 74-95-3Methylene bromide

U080 75-09-2Methylene chloride

U159 78-93-3Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK)(I,T)

U160 1338-23-4Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide (R,T)

U138 74-88-4Methyl iodide

U161 108-10-1Methyl isobutyl ketone (I)

U162 80-62-6Methyl methacrylate (I,T)

U161 108-10-14-Methyl-2-pentanone (I)

U164 56-04-2Methylthiouracil

U010 50-07-7Mitomycin C

U05920830-81-35,12-Naphthacenedione, 8-acetyl-

10[(3-amino-2,3,6-trideoxy)-

alpha-L-lyxo-hexopyranosyl)

oxy]-7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-6,8,11-

HazardousChemical

WasteAbstracts Substance

No.No.

trihydroxy-l-methoxy-, (8S-cis)-

U167 134-32-7l-Naphthalenamine

U168 91-59-82-Naphthalenamine

U026 494-03-1Naphthalenamine, N,N?-bis(2-chloroethyl)-

U165 91-20-3Naphthalene

U047 91-58-7Naphthalene, 2-chloro-

U166 130-15-41,4-Naphthalenedione

U236 72-57-12,7-Naphthalenedisulfonic acid,

3,3?-[(3,3?-dimethyl [1,1?-

biphenyl]-4,4?-diyl)

bis(azo)bis[5-amino-4-

hydroxy]-, tetrasodium salt

U279 63-25-21-Naphthalenol, methylcarbamate

U166 130-15-41,4,Naphthaquinone

U167 134-32-7alpha-Naphthylamine

U168 91-59-8beta-Naphthylamine

U21710102-45-1Nitric acid, thallium(l+) salt

U169 98-9-5-3Nitrobenzene (I,T)

U170 100-02-7p-Nitrophenol

U171 79-46-92-Nitropropane (I,T)

U172 924-16-3N-Nitrosodi-n-butylamine

U173 1116-54-7N-Nitrosodiethanolamine

U174 55-18-5N-Nitrosodiethylamine

U176 759-73-9N-Nitroso-N-ethylurea

U177 684-93-5N-Nitroso-N-methylurea

U178 615-53-2N-Nitroso-N-methylurethane

U179 100-75-4N-Nitrosopiperidine

U180 930-55-2N-Nitrosopyrrolidine

U181 99-55-85-Nitro-o-toluidine

U193 1120-71-41,2-Oxathiolane, 2,2-dioxide

U058 50-18-02H-1,3,2-Oxazaphosphorin-2-amine,

N,N-bis(2-chloroethyl)

tetrahydro-, 2-oxide

U115 75-21-8Oxirane (I,T)

U126 765-34-4Oxiranecarboxyaldehyde

U041 106-89-8Oxirane, (chloromethyl)-

U182 123-63-7Paraldehyde

U183 608-93-5Pentachlorobenzene

U184 76-01-7Pentachloroethane

U185 82-68-8Pentachloronitrobenzene (PCNB)

See F027 87-86-5Pentachlorophenol

U161 108-10-1Pentanol, 4-methyl-

U186 504-60-91,3-Pentadiene (I)

U187 62-44-2Phenacetin

U188 108-95-2Phenol

U048 95-57-8Phenol, 2-chloro-

U411 114-26-1Phenol, 2-(1-methylethoxy)-,methylcarbamate

U039 59-50-7Phenol, 4-chloro-3-methyl-

U081 120-83-2Phenol, 2,4-dichloro-

U082 87-65-0Phenol, 2,6-dichloro-

U089 56-53-1Phenol, 4,4?-(1,2-diethyl-1,2-

ethenediyl)bis-, (E)-

HazardousChemical

WasteAbstracts Substance

No.No.

U101 105-67-9Phenol, 2,4-dimethyl-

U052 1319-77-3Phenol, methyl-

U132 70-30-4Phenol, 2,2-methylenebis

[3,4,6-trichloro-

U170 100-02-7Phenol, 4-nitro-

See F027 87-86-5Phenol, pentachloro-

See F027 58-90-2Phenol, 2,3,4,6-tetrachloro-

See F027 95-95-4Phenol, 2,4,5-trichloro-

See F027 88-06-2Phenol, 2,4,6-trichloro-

U150 148-82-3L-Phenylalanine, 4-[bis(2-

chloroethyl)amino]-

U145 7446-27-7Phosphoric acid, lead(2+) salt(2:3)

U087 3288-58-2Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-diethyl

S-methyl ester

U189 1314-80-3Phosphorous sulfide (R)

U190 85-44-9Phthalic anhydride

Ul91 109-06-82-Picoline

U179 100-75-4Piperidine, l-nitroso-

U19223950-58-5Pronamide

U194 107-10-8l-Propanamine (I,T)

Ulll 621-64-7l-Propanamine, N-nitroso-N-propyl-

U110 142-84-7l-Propanamine, N-propyl- (I)

U066 96-12-8Propane, 1,2-dibromo-3-chloro-

U083 78-87-5Propane, 1,2-dichloro-

U149 109-77-3Propanedinitrile

U171 79-46-9Propane, 2-nitro- (I,T)

U027 108-60-1Propane, 2,2-oxybis[2-chloro-

U193 1120-71-41,3-Propane sultone

See F027 93-72-1Propanoic acid, 2-(2,4,5-trichloro-

phenoxy)-

U235 126-72-7l-Propanol, 2,3-dibromo-, phosphate

(3:1)

U140 78-83-1l-Propanol, 2-methyl-(I,T)

U002 67-64-12-Propanone (I)

U007 79-06-12-Propenamide

U084 542-75-6l-Propene, 1,3-dichloro-

U243 1888-71-7l-Propene, 1,1,2,3,3,3-hexachloro-

U009 107-13-12-Propenenitrile

U152 126-98-72-Propenenitrile, 2-methyl-(I,T)

U008 79-10-72-Propenoic acid (I)

U113 140-88-52-Propenoic acid, ethyl ester (I)

U118 97-63-22-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-,

ethyl ester

U162 80-62-62-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, methyl

ester (I,T)

U373 122-42-9Propham

U411 114-26-1Propoxur

U194 107-10-8n-Propylamine (I,T)

U083 78-87-5Propylene dichloride

U38752888-80-9Prosulfocarb

HazardousChemical

WasteAbstracts Substance

No.No.

U148 123-33-13,6-Pyridazinedione, 1,2-dihydro-

U196 110-86-1Pyridine

Ul91 109-06-8Pyridine, 2-methyl-

U237 66-75-12,4-(lH,3H)-Pyrimidinedione, 5-[bis

(2-chloroethyl)amino]-

U164 56-04-24(1H)-Pyrimidinone, 2,3-dihydro-6-

methyl-2-thioxo-

U180 930-55-2Pyrrolidine, l-nitroso-

U200 50-55-5Reserpine

U201 108-46-3Resorcinol

U202 181-07-2Saccharin, &amp; salts

U203 94-59-7Safrole

U204 7783-00-8Selenious acid

U204 7783-00-8Selenium dioxide

U205 7488-56-4Selenium sulfide

U205 7488-56-4Selenium sulfide SeS2 (R,T)

U015 79-34-5L-Serine, diazoacetate (ester)

See F027 115-02-6Silves (2,4,5-TP)

U206 93-72-1Streptozotocin

U10318883-66-4Sulfuric acid, dimethyl ester

U189 77-78-1Sulfur phosphide (R)

See F027 1314-80-32,4,5-T

U207 93-76-51,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene

U208 95-94-31,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane

U209 630-20-61,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane

U210 127-18-4Tetrachloroethylene

See F027 58-90-22,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol

U213 109-99-9Tetrahydrofuran (I)

U214 563-68-8Thallium(I) acetate

U215 6533-73-9Thallium(I) carbonate

U216 7791-12-0Thallium(I) chloride

U216 7791-12-0Thallium chloride TlCl

U21710102-45-1Thallium(I) nitrate

U218 62-55-5Thioacetamide

U41059669-26-0Thiodicarb

U153 74-93-1Thiomethanol (I,T)

U244 137-26-8Thioperoxydicarbonic diamide

[(H2N)C(S)]2S2, tetrameth

U40923564-05-8Thiophanate-methyl

U219 62-56-6Thiourea

U244 137-26-8Thiram

U220 108-88-3Toluene

U22125376-45-8Toluenediamine

U22326471-62-5Toluene diisocyanate (R,T)

U328 95-53-4o-Toluidine

U353 106-49-0p-Toluidine

U222 636-21-5o-Toluidine hydrochloride

U389 2303-17-5Triallate

U011 61-82-5lH-1,2,4-Triazol-3-amine

U227 79-00-51,1,2-Trichloroethane

HazardousChemical

WasteAbstracts Substance

No.No.

U228 79-01-6Trichloroethylene

U121 75-69-4Trichloromonofluoromethane

See F027 95-95-42,4,5-Trichlorophenol

See F027 88-06-22,4,6-Trichlorophenol

U404 121-44-8Triethylamine

U234 99-35-41,3,5-Trinitrobenzene (R,T)

U182 123-63-71,3,5-Trioxane, 2,4,6-trimethyl-

U235 126-72-7Tris(2,3-dibromopropyl) phosphate

U236 72-57-1Trypan blue

U237 66-75-1Uracil mustard

U176 59-73-9Urea, N-ethyl-N-nitroso-

U177 684-93-5Urea, N-methyl-N-nitroso-

U043 75-01-4Vinyl chloride

U248 181-81-2Warfarin, &amp; salts, when present at

concentrations of 0.3% or less

U239 1330-20-7Xylene (I)

U200 50-55-5Yohimban-16-carboxylic acid, 11,17-

dimethoxy-18-[(3,4,5-trimethoxy-

benzoyl)oxy]-, methyl ester, (3beta,

16beta,17alpha,18beta, 20alpha)-

U249 1314-84-7Zinc phosphide, Zn3P2, when present

at concentrations of 10% or less

1CAS Number given for parent compound only.

(5)[Reserved]

(6)Deletion of Certain Hazardous Waste Codes Following Equipment Cleaning and Replacement.

(a)Wastes from wood preserving processes at plants that do not resume or initiate use of chlorophenolic preservatives will not meet the listing definition of F032 once the generator has met all of the requirements of 335-14-2-.04(6)(b) and (c). These wastes may, however, continue to meet another hazardous waste listing description or may exhibit one or more of the hazardous waste characteristics.

(b)Generators must either clean or replace all process equipment that may have come into contact with chlorophenolic formulations or constituents thereof, including, but not limited to, treatment cylinders, sumps, tanks, piping systems, drip pads, fork lifts, and trams, in a manner which minimizes or eliminates the escape of hazardous waste or constituents, leachate, contaminated drippage, or hazardous waste decomposition products to the groundwater, surface water, or atmosphere.

1.Generators shall do one of the following:

(i)Prepare and follow an equipment cleaning plan and clean equipment in accordance with 335-14-2-.04(6);

(ii)Prepare and follow an equipment replacement plan and replace equipment in accordance with 335-14-2-.04(6); or

(iii)Document cleaning and replacement in accordance with 335-14-2-.04(6), carried out after termination of use of chlorophenolic preservatives.

2.Cleaning Requirements.

(i)Prepare and sign a written equipment cleaning plan that describes:

(I)The equipment to be cleaned;

(II)How the equipment will be cleaned;

(III)The solvent to be used in cleaning;

(IV)How solvent rinses will be tested; and

(V)How cleaning residues will be disposed.

(ii)Equipment must be cleaned as follows:

(I)Remove all visible residues from process equipment;

(II)Rinse process equipment with an appropriate solvent until dioxins and dibenzofurans are not detected in the final solvent rinse.

(iii)Analytical requirements.

(I)Rinses must be tested in accordance with SW-846, Method 8290.

(II)"Not detected" means at or below the lower method calibration limit (MCL) in Method 8290, Table 1.

(iv)The generator must manage all residues from the cleaning process as F032 waste.

3.Replacement requirements.

(i)Prepare and sign a written equipment replacement plan that describes:

(I)The equipment to be replaced;

(II)How the equipment will be replaced; and

(III)How the equipment will be disposed.

(ii)The generator must manage the discarded equipment as F032 waste.

4.Documentation requirements.

(i)Document that previous equipment cleaning and/or replacement was performed in accordance with 335-14-2-.04(6) and occurred after cessation of use of chlorophenolic preservatives.

(c)The generator must maintain the following records documenting the cleaning and replacement as part of the facility's operating record:

1.The name and address of the facility;

2.Formulations previously used and the date on which their use ceased in each process at the plant;

3.Formulations currently used in each process at the plant;

4.The equipment cleaning or replacement plan;

5.The name and address of any persons who conducted the cleaning and replacement;

6.The dates on which cleaning and replacement were accomplished;

7.The dates of sampling and testing;

8.A description of the sample handling and preparation techniques, including techniques used for extraction, containerization, preservation, and chain-of-custody of the samples;

9.A description of the tests performed, the date the tests were performed, and the results of the tests;

10.The name and model numbers of the instrument(s) used in performing the tests;

11.QA/QC documentation; and

12.The following statement signed by the generator or his authorized representative:

I certify under penalty of law that all process equipment required to be cleaned or replaced under 335-14-2-.04(6) was cleaned or replaced as represented in the equipment cleaning and replacement plan and accompanying documentation. I am aware that there are significant penalties for providing false information, including the possibility of fine or imprisonment.

(7)[Reserved]

(8)[Reserved]

(9)Comparable/Syngas Fuel Exclusion. Wastes that meet the following comparable/syngas fuel requirements are not solid wastes:

(a)Comparable fuel specifications.

1.Physical specifications.

(i)Heating value. The heating value must exceed 5,000 BTU/lb. (11,500 J/g).

(ii)Viscosity. The viscosity must not exceed 50 cs, as-fired.

2.Constituent specifications. For compounds listed in Table 1 of 335-14-2-.04(9) the specification levels and, where non-detect is the specification, minimum required detection limits are as listed in Table 1.

(b)Synthesis gas fuel specification.? Synthesis gas fuel (i.e., syngas fuel) that is generated from hazardous waste must:

1.Have a minimum BTU value of 100 BTU/Scf;

2.Contain less than 1 ppmv of total halogen;

3.Contain less than 300 ppmv of total nitrogen other than diatomic nitrogen (N2);

4.Contain less than 200 ppmv of hydrogen sulfide; and

5.Contain less than 1 ppmv of each hazardous constituent in the target list of 335-14-2-Appendix VIII constituents.

TABLE 1: DETECTION AND DETECTION LIMIT VALUES FOR

COMPARABLE FUEL SPECIFICATION

<table width="100%"> Chemical Name CAS No. Com- posite Value (mg/kg) Heating Value (BTU/lb) Concen- tration Limit (mg/kg at 10,000 BTU/lb) Minimum Required Detection Limit (mg/kg) Total Nitrogen as N NA 9000 18400 4900 ..... Total Halogens as Cl NA 1000 18400 540 ..... Total Organic Halogens as Cl NA ..... ..... (1) ..... Polychlorinated biphenyls, total [Arocolors, total] 1336-36-3 ND ..... ND 1.4 Cyanide, total 57-12-5 ND ..... ND 1.0 Metals: Antimony, total 7440-36-0 ND ..... 0.23 ..... Arsenic, total 7440-38-2 ND ..... 0.23 ..... Barium, total 7440-39-3 ND ..... 23 ..... Beryllium, total 7440-41-7 ND ..... 1.2 ..... Cadmium, total 7440-43-9 ..... ND ..... 1.2 Chromium, total 7440-47-3 ND ..... 2.3 ..... Cobalt 7440-48-4 ND ..... 4.6 ..... Lead, total 7439-92-1 57 18100 31 ..... Manganese 7439-96-5 ND ..... 1.2 ..... Mercury, total 7439-97-6 ND ..... 0.25 ..... Nickel, total 7440-02-0 106 18400 58 ..... Selenium, total 7782-49-2 ND ..... 0.23 ..... Silver, total 7440-22-4 ND ..... 2.3 ..... Thallium, total 7440-28-0 ND ..... 23 ..... Hydrocarbons: Benzo[a]anthracene 56-55-3 ND ..... 2400 ..... Benzene 71-43-2 8000 19600 4100 ..... Benzo[b]fluoranthene 205-99-2 ND ..... 2400 ..... Benzo[k]fluoranthene 207-08-9 ND ..... 2400 ..... Benzo[a]pyrene 50-32-8 ND ..... 2400 ..... Chrysene 218-01-9 ND ..... 2400 ..... Dibenzo[a,h]anthracene 53-70-3 ND ..... 2400 ..... 7,12-Dimethylbenz [a]anthracene 57-97-6 ND ..... 2400 ..... Fluoranthene 206-44-0 ND ..... 2400 ..... Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene 193-39-5 ND ..... 2400 ..... 3-Methylcholanthrene 56-49-5 ND ..... 2400 ..... Naphthalene 91-20-3 6200 19400 3200 ..... Toluene 108-88-3 69000 19400 36000 ..... Oxygenates: Acetophenone 98-86-2 ND ..... 2400 ..... Acrolein 107-02-8 ND ..... 39 ..... Allyl alcohol 107-18-6 ND ..... 30 ..... Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate [Di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate] 117-81-7 ND ..... 2400 ..... Butyl benzyl phthalate 85-68-7 ND ..... 2400 ..... o-Cresol [2-Methyl phenol] 95-48-7 ND ..... 2400 ..... m-Cresol [3-Methyl phenol] 108-39-4 ND ..... 2400 ..... p-Cresol [4-Methyl phenol] 106-44-5 ND ..... 2400 ..... Di-n-butyl phthalate 84-74-2 ND ..... 2400 ..... Diethyl phthalate 84-66-2 ND ..... 2400 ..... 2,4-Dimethylphenol 105-67-9 ND ..... 2400 ..... Dimethyl phthalate 131-11-3 ND ..... 2400 ..... Di-n-octyl phthalate 117-84-0 ND ..... 2400 ..... Endothall 145-73-3 ND ..... 100 ..... Ethyl methacrylate 97-63-2 ND ..... 39 ..... 2-Ethoxyethanol [Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether] 110-80-5 ND ..... 100 ..... Isobutyl alcohol 78-83-1 ND ..... 39 ..... Isosafrole 120-58-1 ND ..... 2400 ..... Methyl ethyl ketone [2-Butanone] 78-93-3 ND ..... 39 ..... Methyl methacrylate 80-62-6 ND ..... 39 ..... 1,4-Naphthoquinone 130-15-4 ND ..... 2400 ..... Phenol 108-95-2 ND ..... 2400 ..... Propargyl alcohol [2-Propyn-1-ol] 107-19-7 ND ..... 30 ..... Safrole 94-59-7 ND ..... 2400 ..... Sulfonated Organics: Carbon disulfide 75-15-0 ND ..... ND 39 Disulfoton 298-04-4 ND ..... ND 2400 Ethyl methanesulfonate 62-50-0 ND ..... ND 2400 Methyl methanesulfonate 66-27-3 ND ..... ND 2400 Phorate 298-02-2 ND ..... ND 2400 1,3-Propane sultone 1120-71-4 ND ..... ND 100 Tetraethyldithiopyrophosphate [Sulfotepp] 3689-24-5 ND ..... ND 2400 Thiophenol [Benzenethiol] 108-98-5 ND ..... ND 30 O,O,O-Triethyl phosphorothioate 126-68-1 ND ..... ND 2400 Nitrogenated Organics: Acetonitrile [Methyl cyanide] 75-05-8 ND ..... ND 39 2-Acetylaminofluorene [2-AAF] 53-96-3 ND ..... ND 2400 Acrylonitrile 107-13-1 ND ..... ND 39 4-Aminobiphenyl 92-67-1 ND ..... ND 2400 4-Aminopyridine 504-24-5 ND ..... ND 100 Aniline 62-53-3 ND ..... ND 2400 Benzidine 92-87-5 ND ..... ND 2400 Dibenz[a,j]acridine 224-42-0 ND ..... ND 2400 O,O-Diethyl O-pyrazinyl phosphorothioate [Thionazin] 297-97-2 ND ..... ND 2400 Dimethoate 60-51-5 ND ..... ND 2400 p-(Dimethylamino) azobenzene [4-Dime thylaminoazobenzene] 60-11-7 ND ..... ND 2400 3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine 119-93-7 ND ..... ND 2400 ?,?-Dimethylphenethylamine 122-09-8 ND ..... ND 2400 3,3'-Dimethoxybenzidine 119-90-4 ND ..... ND 100 1,3-Dinitrobenzene [m-Dinitrobenzene] 99-65-0 ND ..... ND 2400 4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol 534-52-1 ND ..... ND 2400 2,4-Dinitrophenol 51-28-5 ND ..... ND 2400 2,4-Dinitrotoluene 121-14-2 ND ..... ND 2400 2,6-Dinitrotoluene 606-20-2 ND ..... ND 2400 Dinoseb [2-sec-Butyl-4, 6-dinitrophenol] 88-85-7 ND ..... ND 2400 Diphenylamine 122-39-4 ND ..... ND 2400 Ethyl carbamate [Urethane] 51-79-6 ND ..... ND 100 Ethylenethiourea (2-Imidazolidinethione) 96-45-7 ND ..... ND 110 Famphur 52-85-7 ND ..... ND 2400 Methacrylonitrile 126-98-7 ND ..... ND 39 Methapyrilene 91-80-5 ND ..... ND 2400 Methomyl 16752-77-5 ND ..... ND 57 2-Methyllactonitrile, [Acetone cyanohydrin] 75-86-5 ND ..... ND 100 Methyl parathion 298-00-0 ND ..... ND 2400 MNNG (N-Metyl-N-nitroso- N'-nitroguanidine) 70-25-7 ND ..... ND 110 1-Naphthylamine, [&#97; - -Naphthylamine] 134-32-7 ND ..... ND 2400 2-Naphthylamine, [&#98; - [-Naphthylamine] 91-59-8 ND ..... ND 2400 Nicotine 54-11-5 ND ..... ND 100 4-Nitroaniline, [p-Nitroaniline] 100-01-6 ND ..... ND 2400 Nitrobenzene 98-95-3 ND ..... ND 2400 p-Nitrophenol, [p-Nitrophenol] 100-02-7 ND ..... ND 2400 5-Nitro-o-toluidine 99-55-8 ND ..... ND 2400 N-Nitrosodi-n-butylamine 924-16-3 ND ..... ND 2400 N-Nitrosodiethylamine 55-18-5 ND ..... ND 2400 N-Nitrosodiphenylamine, [Diphenylnitrosamine] 86-30-6 ND ..... ND 2400 N-Nitroso-N-methylethylamine 10595-95-6 ND ..... ND 2400 N-Nitrosomorpholine 59-89-2 ND ..... ND 2400 N-Nitrosopiperidine 100-75-4 ND ..... ND 2400 N-Nitrosopyrrolidine 930-55-2 ND ..... ND 2400 2-Nitropropane 79-46-9 ND ..... ND 30 Parathion 56-38-2 ND ..... ND 2400 Phenacetin 62-44-2 ND ..... ND 2400 1,4-Phenylene diamine, [p-Phenylenediamine] 106-50-3 ND ..... ND 2400 N-Phenylthiourea 103-85-5 ND ..... ND 57 2-Picoline [alpha-Picoline] 109-06-8 ND ..... ND 2400 Propylthioracil, [6-Propyl-2-thiouracil] 51-52-5 ND ..... ND 100 Pyridine 110-86-1 ND ..... ND 24004700 Strychnine 57-24-9 ND ..... ND 100 Thioacetamide 62-55-5 ND ..... ND 57 Thiofanox 39196-18-4 ND ..... ND 100 Thiourea 62-56-6 ND ..... ND 57 Toluene-2,4-diamine [2,4-Diaminotoluene] 95-80-7 ND ..... ND 57 Toluene-2,6-diamine [2,6-Diaminotoluene] 823-40-5 ND ..... ND 57 o-Toluidine 95-53-4 ND ..... ND 2400 p-Toluidine 106-49-0 ND ..... ND 100 1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene, [sym-Trinitobenzene] 99-35-4 ND ..... ND 2400 Halogenated Organic: Allyl chloride 107-05-1 ND ..... ND 39 Aramite 140-57-8 ND ..... ND 2400 Benzal chloride [Dichloromethyl benzene] 98-87-3 ND ..... ND 100 Benzyl chloride 100-44-77 ND ..... ND 100 bis(2-Chloroethyl)ether [Dichoroethyl ether] 111-44-4 ND ..... ND 2400 Bromoform [Tribromomethane] 75-25-2 ND ..... ND 39 Bromomethane [Methyl bromide] 74-83-9 ND ..... ND 39 4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether [p-Bromo diphenyl ether] 101-55-3 ND ..... ND 2400 Carbon tetrachloride 56-23-5 ND ..... ND 39 Chlordane 57-74-9 ND ..... ND 14 p-Chloroaniline 106-47-8 ND ..... ND 2400 Chlorobenzene 108-90-7 ND ..... ND 39 Chlorobenzilate 510-15-6 ND ..... ND 2400 p-Chloro-m-cresol 59-50-7 ND ..... ND 2400 2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether 110-75-8 ND ..... ND 39 Chloroform 67-66-3 ND ..... ND 39 Chloromethane [Methyl chloride] 74-87-3 ND ..... ND 39 2-Chloronaphthalene [beta-Chloronaphthalene] 91-58-7 ND ..... ND 2400 2-Chlorophenol [o-Chlorophenol] 95-57-8 ND ..... ND 2400 Chloroprene [2-Chloro-1, 3-butadiene] 1126-99-8 ND ..... ND 39 2,4-D [2,4- Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid] 94-75-7 ND ..... ND 7.0 Diallate 2303-16-4 ND ..... ND 2400 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane 96-12-8 ND ..... ND 39 1,2-Dichlorobenzene [o-Dichlorobenzene] 95-50-1 ND ..... ND 2400 1,3-Dichlorobenzene [m-Dichlorobenzene] 541-73-1 ND ..... ND 2400 1,4-Dichlorobenzene [p-Dichlorobenzene] 106-46-7 ND ..... ND 2400 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine 91-94-1 ND ..... ND 2400 Dichlorodifluoromethane [CFC-12] 75-71-8 ND ..... ND 39 1,2-Dichloroethane [Ethylene dichloride] 107-06-2 ND ..... ND 39 1,1-Dichloroethylene [Vinylidene chloride] 75-35-4 ND ..... ND 39 Dichloromethoxy ethane [Bis(2-chloroethoxy)methane 111-91-1 ND ..... ND 2400 2,4-Dichlorophenol 120-83-2 ND ..... ND 2400 2,6-Dichlorophenol 87-65-0 ND ..... ND 2400 1,2-Dichloropropane [Propylene dichloride] 78-87-5 ND ..... ND 39 cis-1,3-Dichloropropylene 10061-01-5 ND ..... ND 39 trans-1,3-Dichloropropylene 10061-02-6 ND ..... ND 39 1,3-Dichloro-2-propanol 96-23-1 ND ..... ND 30 Endosulfan I 959-98-8 ND ..... ND 1.4 Endosulfan II 33213-65-9 ND ..... ND 1.4 Endrin 72-20-8 ND ..... ND 1.44700 Endrin aldehyde 7421-93-4 ND ..... ND 1.4 Endrin Ketone 53494-70-5 ND ..... ND 1.4 Epichlorohydrin [1-Chloro-2,3-epoxy propane] 106-89-8 ND ..... ND 30 Ethylidene dichloride [1,1-Dichloroethane] 75-34-3 ND ..... ND 39 2-Fluoroacetamide 640-19-7 ND ..... ND 100 Heptachlor 76-44-8 ND ..... ND 1.4 Heptachlor epoxide 1024-57-3 ND ..... ND 2.8 Hexachlorobenzene 118-74-1 ND ..... ND 2400 Hexachloro-1,3-butadiene [Hexachlorobutadiene] 87-68-3 ND ..... ND 2400 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 77-47-4 ND ..... ND 2400 Hexachloroethane 67-72-1 ND ..... ND 2400 Hexachlorophene 70-30-4 ND ..... ND 59000 Hexachloropropene [Hexachloropropylene] 1888-71-7 ND ..... ND 2400 Isodrin 465-73-6 ND ..... ND 2400 Kepone [Chlordecone] 143-50-0 ND ..... ND 4700 Lindane [gamma-BHC] [gamma- Hexachlorocyclohexane] 58-89-9 ND ..... ND 1.4 Methylene chloride [Dichloromethane] 75-09-2 ND ..... ND 39 4,4'-Methylene-bis(2-chloroaniline) 101-14-4 ND ..... ND 100 Methyl iodide [Iodomethane] 74-88-4 ND ..... ND 39 Pentachlorobenzene 608-93-5 ND ..... ND 2400 Pentachloroethane 76-01-7 ND ..... ND 39 Pentachloronitrobenzene [PCNB] [Quintobenzene] [Quintozene] 82-68-8 ND ..... ND 2400 Pentachlorophenol 87-86-5 ND ..... ND 2400 Pronamide 23950-58-5 ND ..... ND 2400 Silvex [2,4,5-Trichloro- phenoxypropionic acid] 93-72-1 ND ..... ND 7.0 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin [2,3,7,8- 1746-01-6 ND ..... ND 30 TCDD] 1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene 95-94-3 ND ..... ND 2400 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 79-34-5 ND ..... ND 39 Tetrachloroethylene [Perchloroethylene] 127-18-4 ND ..... ND 39 2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol 58-90-2 ND ..... ND 2400 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 120-82-1 ND ..... ND 2400 1,1,1-Trichloroethane [Methyl chloroform] 71-55-6 ND ..... ND 39 1,1,2-Trichloroethane [Vinyl trichloride] 79-00-5 ND ..... ND 39 Trichloroethylene 79-01-6 ND ..... ND 39 Trichlorofluoromethane [Trichlormonofluoromethane] 75-69-4 ND ..... ND 39 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol 95-95-4 ND ..... ND 2400 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol 88-06-2 ND ..... ND 2400 1,2,3-Trichloropropane 96-18-4 ND ..... ND 39 Vinyl Chloride 75-01-4 ND ..... ND 39 </table>

Notes:

NA--Not Applicable.

ND--Nondetect.

1 25 or individual halogenated organics listed below.

(c)Implementation. Waste that meets the comparable or syngas fuel specifications provided by 335-14-2-.04(9)(a) or (b) (these constituent levels must be achieved by the comparable fuel when generated, or as a result of treatment or blending, as provided in 335-14-2-.04(9)(c)3. or 4.) is excluded from the definition of solid waste provided that the following requirements are met:

1.Notices. For purposes of 335-14-2-.04, the person claiming and qualifying for the exclusion is called the comparable/syngas fuel generator and the person burning the comparable/syngas fuel is called the comparable/syngas burner. The person who generates the comparable fuel or syngas fuel must claim and certify to the exclusion.

(i)State RCRA and CAA Directors in Authorized States or Regional RCRA and CAA Directors in Unauthorized States.

(I)The generator must submit a one-time notice to the Regional or State RCRA and CAA Directors, in whose jurisdiction the exclusion is being claimed and where the comparable/syngas fuel will be burned, certifying compliance with the conditions of the exclusion and providing documentation as required by 335-14-2-.04(9)(c)1.(i)(III);

(II)If the generator is a company that generates comparable/syngas fuel at more than one facility, the generator shall specify at which sites the comparable/syngas fuel will be generated;

(III)A comparable/syngas fuel generator?s notification to the Directors must contain the following items:

A.The name, address, and EPA ID number of the person/facility claiming the exclusion;

B.The applicable EPA Hazardous Waste Numbers for the hazardous waste;

C.Name and address of the units, meeting the requirements of 335-14-2-.04(9)(c)2., that will burn the comparable/syngas fuel; and

D.The following statement is signed and submitted by the person claiming the exclusion or his authorized representative:

Under penalty of criminal and civil prosecution for making or submitting false statements, representations, or omissions, I certify that the requirements of 335-14-2-.04(9) have been met for all waste identified in this notification. Copies of the records and information required at 335-14-2-.04(9)(c)10. are available at the comparable/syngas fuel generator?s facility. Based on my inquiry of the individuals immediately responsible for obtaining the information, the information is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.

(ii)Public notice. Prior to burning an excluded comparable/syngas fuel, the burner must publish in a major newspaper of general circulation local to the site where the fuel will be burned, a notice entitled "Notification of Burning a Comparable/Syngas Fuel Excluded Under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act" containing the following information:

(I)Name, address, and EPA ID number of the generating facility;

(II)Name and address of the unit(s) that will burn the comparable/syngas fuel;

(III)A brief, general description of the manufacturing, treatment, or other process generating the comparable/syngas fuel;

(IV)An estimate of the average and maximum monthly and annual quantity of the waste claimed to be excluded; and

(V)Name and mailing address of the Regional or State Directors to whom the claim was submitted.

2.Burning. The comparable/syngas fuel exclusion for fuels meeting the requirements of 335-14-2-.04(9)(a) or (b) and (c)1. applies only if the fuel is burned in the following units that also shall be subject to Federal/ State/local air emission requirements, including all applicable CAA MACT requirements:

(i)Industrial furnaces as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1);

(ii)Boilers, as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1), that are further defined as follows:

(I)Industrial boilers located on the site of a facility engaged in a manufacturing process where substances are transformed into new products, including the component parts of products, by mechanical or chemical processes; or

(II)Utility boilers used to produce electric power, steam, heated or cooled air, or other gases or fluids for sale;

(iii)Hazardous waste incinerators subject to regulation under Rules 335-14-5-.15 or 335-14-6-.15 or applicable CAA MACT standards.

3.Blending to meet the viscosity specification. ?A hazardous waste blended to meet the viscosity specification shall:

(i)As generated and prior to any blending, manipulation, or processing meet the constituent and heating value specifications of 335-14-2-.04(9)(a)1.(i) and (a)2.;

(ii)Be blended at a facility that is subject to the applicable requirements of 335-14-5 and 335-14-6, or 335-14-3-.03(5); and

(iii)Not violate the dilution prohibition of 335-14-2-.04(9)(c)6.

(iv)Gas turbines used to produce electric power, steam, heated or cooled air, or other gases or fluids for sale.

4.Treatment to meet the comparable fuel exclusion specifications.

(i)A hazardous waste may be treated to meet the exclusion specifications of 335-14-2-.04(9)(a)1. and 2. provided the treatment:

(I)Destroys or removes the constituent listed in the specification or raises the heating value by removing or destroying hazardous constituents or materials;

(II)Is performed at a facility that is subject to the applicable requirements of 335-14-5 and 335-14-6, or 335-14-3-.03(5); and

(III)Does not violate the dilution prohibition of 335-14-2-.04(9)(c)6.

(ii)Residuals resulting from the treatment of a hazardous waste listed in 335-14-2-.04 to generate a comparable fuel remain a hazardous waste.

5.Generation of a syngas fuel.

(i)A syngas fuel can be generated from the processing of hazardous wastes to meet the exclusion specifications of 335-14-2-.04(9)(b) provided the processing:

(I)Destroys or removes the constituent listed in the specification or raises the heating value by removing or destroying constituents or materials;

(II)Is performed at a facility that is subject to the applicable requirements of 335-14-5 and 335-14-6, or 335-14-3-.03(5) or is an exempt recycling unit pursuant to 335-14-2-.01(6)(c); and

(III)Does not violate the dilution prohibition of 335-14-2-.04(9)(c)6.

(ii)Residuals resulting from the treatment of a hazardous waste listed in 335-14-2-.04 to generate a syngas fuel remain a hazardous waste.

6.Dilution prohibition for comparable and syngas fuels. No generator, transporter, handler, or owner or operator of a treatment, storage, or disposal facility shall in any way dilute a hazardous waste to meet the exclusion specifications of 335-14-2-.04(9)(a)1.(i), (a)(2) or (b).

7.Waste analysis plans. The generator of a comparable/syngas fuel shall develop and follow a written waste analysis plan which describes the procedures for sampling and analysis of the hazardous waste to be excluded. The waste analysis plan shall be developed in accordance with the applicable sections of the "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods" (SW?846). The plan shall be followed and retained at the facility excluding the waste.

(i)At a minimum, the plan must specify:

(I)The parameters for which each hazardous waste will be analyzed and the rationale for the selection of those parameters;

(II)The test methods which will be used to test for these parameters;

(III)The sampling method which will be used to obtain a representative sample of the waste to be analyzed;

(IV)The frequency with which the initial analysis of the waste will be reviewed or repeated to ensure that the analysis is accurate and up to date; and

(V)If process knowledge is used in the waste determination, any information prepared by the generator in making such determination.

(ii)The waste analysis plan shall also contain records of the following:

(I)The dates and times waste samples were obtained, and the dates the samples were analyzed;

(II)The names and qualifications of the person(s) who obtained the samples;

(III)A description of the temporal and spatial locations of the samples;

(IV)The name and address of the laboratory facility at which analyses of the samples were performed;

(V)A description of the analytical methods used, including any clean-up and sample preparation methods;

(VI)All quantitation limits achieved and all other quality control results for the analysis (including method blanks, duplicate analyses, matrix spikes, etc.), laboratory quality assurance data, and description of any deviations from analytical methods written in the plan or from any other activity written in the plan which occurred;

(VII)All laboratory results demonstrating that the exclusion specifications have been met for the waste; and

(VIII)All laboratory documentation that support the analytical results, unless a contract between the claimant and the laboratory provides for the documentation to be maintained by the laboratory for the period specified in 335-14-2-.04(9)(c)11. and also provides for the availability of the documentation to the claimant upon request.

(iii)Syngas fuel generators shall submit for approval, prior to performing sampling, analysis, or any management of a syngas fuel as an excluded waste, a waste analysis plan containing the elements of 335-14-2-.04(9)(c)7.(i) to the appropriate regulatory authority. The approval of waste analysis plans must be stated in writing and received by the facility prior to sampling and analysis to demonstrate the exclusion of a syngas. The approval of the waste analysis plan may contain such provisions and conditions as the regulatory authority deems appropriate.

8.Comparable fuel sampling and analysis.

(i)General. For each waste for which an exclusion is claimed, the generator of the hazardous waste must test for all the constituents on 335-14-2-Appendix VIII, except those that the generator determines, based on testing or knowledge, should not be present in the waste. The generator is required to document the basis of each determination that a constituent should not be present. The generator may not determine that any of the following categories of constituents should not be present:

(I)A constituent that triggered the toxicity characteristic for the waste constituents that were the basis of the listing of the waste stream, or constituents for which there is a treatment standard for the waste code in 335-14-9-.04(1);

(II)A constituent detected in previous analysis of the waste;

(III)Constituents introduced into the process that generates the waste; or

(IV)Constituents that are byproducts or side reactions to the process that generates the waste.

Note: Any claim under 335-14-2-.04(9) must be valid and accurate for all hazardous constituents; a determination not to test for a hazardous constituent will not shield a generator from liability should that constituent later be found in the waste above the exclusion specifications.

(ii)For each waste for which the exclusion is claimed where the generator of the comparable/syngas fuel is not the original generator of the hazardous waste, the generator of the comparable/syngas fuel may not use process knowledge pursuant to 335-14-2-.04(9)(c)8.(i) and must test to determine that all of the constituent specifications of 335-14-2-.04(9)(a)2. and (b) have been met.

(iii)The comparable/syngas fuel generator may use any reliable analytical method to demonstrate that no constituent of concern is present at concentrations above the specification levels. It is the responsibility of the generator to ensure that the sampling and analysis are unbiased, precise, and representative of the waste. For the waste to be eligible for exclusion, a generator must demonstrate that:

(I)Each constituent of concern is not present in the waste above the specification level at the 95% upper confidence limit around the mean; and

(II)The analysis could have detected the presence of the constituent at or below the specification level at the 95% upper confidence limit around the mean.

(iv)Nothing in 335-14-2-.04(9) preempts, overrides or otherwise negates the provision in 335-14-3-.01(2), which requires any person who generates a solid waste to determine if that waste is a hazardous waste.

(v)In an enforcement action, the burden of proof to establish conformance with the exclusion specification shall be on the generator claiming the exclusion.

(vi)The generator must conduct sampling and analysis in accordance with their waste analysis plan developed under 335-14-2-.04(9)(c)7.

(vii)Syngas fuel and comparable fuel that has not been blended in order to meet the kinematic viscosity specifications shall be analyzed as generated.

(viii)If a comparable fuel is blended in order to meet the kinematic viscosity specifications, the generator shall:

(I)Analyze the fuel as generated to ensure that it meets the constituent and heating value specifications; and

(II)After blending, analyze the fuel again to ensure that the blended fuel continues to meet all comparable/syngas fuel specifications.

(ix)Excluded comparable/syngas fuel must be re-tested, at a minimum, annually and must be retested after a process change that could change the chemical or physical properties of the waste.

9.Speculative accumulation. Any persons handling a comparable/syngas fuel are subject to the speculative accumulation test under 335-14-2-.01(2)(c)4.

10.Records. The generator must maintain records of the following information on-site:

(i)All information required to be submitted to the implementing authority as part of the notification of the claim:

(I)The owner/operator name, address, and EPA ID number of the person claiming the exclusion;

(II)The applicable EPA Hazardous Waste Numbers for each hazardous waste excluded as a fuel; and

(III)The certification signed by the person claiming the exclusion or his authorized representative.

(ii)A brief description of the process that generated the hazardous waste and the process that generated the excluded fuel, if not the same;

(iii)An estimate of the average and maximum monthly and annual quantities of each waste claimed to be excluded;

(iv)Documentation for any claim that a constituent is not present in the hazardous waste as required under 335-14-2-.04(9)(c)8.(i);

(v)The results of all analyses and all detection limits achieved as required under 335-14-2-.04(9)(c)8.;

(vi)If the excluded waste was generated through treatment or blending, documentation as required under 335-14-2-.04(9)(c)3. or 4.;

(vii)If the waste is to be shipped off-site, a certification from the burner as required under 335-14-2-.04(9)(c)12.;

(viii)A waste analysis plan and the results of the sampling and analysis that includes the following:

(I)The dates and times waste samples were obtained, and the dates the samples were analyzed;

(II)The names and qualifications of the person(s) who obtained the samples;

(III)A description of the temporal and spatial locations of the samples;

(IV)The name and address of the laboratory facility at which analyses of the samples were performed;

(V)A description of the analytical methods used, including any clean-up and sample preparation methods;

(VI)All quantitation limits achieved and all other quality control results for the analysis (including method blanks, duplicate analyses, matrix spikes, etc.), laboratory quality assurance data, and description of any deviations from analytical methods written in the plan or from any other activity written in the plan which occurred;

(VII)All laboratory analytical results demonstrating that the exclusion specifications have been met for the waste; and

(VIII)All laboratory documentation that support the analytical results, unless a contract between the claimant and the laboratory provides for the documentation to be maintained by the laboratory for the period specified in 335-14-2-.04(9)(c)11. and also provides for the availability of the documentation to the claimant upon request; and

(ix)If the generator ships comparable/syngas fuel off-site for burning, the generator must retain for each shipment the following information on-site:

(I)The name and address of the facility receiving the comparable/syngas fuel for burning;

(II)The quantity of comparable/syngas fuel shipped and delivered;

(III)The date of shipment or delivery;

(IV)A cross-reference to the record of comparable/syngas fuel analysis or other information used to make the determination that the comparable/syngas fuel meets the specifications as required under 335-14-2-.04(9)(c)8.; and

(V)A one-time certification by the burner as required under 335-14-2-.04(9)(c)12.

11.Records retention. Records must be maintained for a period of three years. A generator must maintain a current waste analysis plan during that three year period.

12.Burner certification. Prior to submitting a notification to the State and Regional Directors, a comparable/syngas fuel generator who intends to ship their fuel off-site for burning must obtain a one-time written, signed statement from the burner:

(i)Certifying that the comparable/syngas fuel will only be burned in an industrial furnace or boiler, utility boiler, or hazardous waste incinerator, as required under 335-14-2-.04(9)(c)2.;

(ii)Identifying the name and address of the units that will burn the comparable/syngas fuel; and

(iii)Certifying that the state in which the burner is located is authorized to exclude wastes as comparable/syngas fuel under the provisions of 335-14-2-.04(9).

13.Ineligible waste codes. Wastes that are listed because of presence of dioxins or furans, as set out in 335-14-2-Appendix VII, are not eligible for this exclusion, and any fuel produced from or otherwise containing these wastes remains a hazardous waste subject to full AHWMMA/RCRA hazardous waste management requirements.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Steven O. Jenkins; C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-10, 22-30-11.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.2.05" level="3" title="[Reserved]">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975,

History:

<regElement name="335.14.2.06" level="3" title="[Reserved]"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="7"><dwc name="antimoni" times="4"><dwc name="arsen" times="20"><dwc name="barium" times="4"><dwc name="beryllium" times="2"><dwc name="cadmium" times="10"><dwc name="chromium" times="28"><dwc name="copper" times="4"><dwc name="cyanid" times="35"><dwc name="fluorid" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="30"><dwc name="mercuri" times="16"><dwc name="nitrat" times="1"><dwc name="selenium" times="7"><dwc name="thallium" times="13"><dwc name="acrylamid" times="2"><dwc name="propenamid" times="1"><dwc name="benzen" times="49"><dwc name="carbofuran" times="4"><dwc name="carbon tetrachlorid" times="13"><dwc name="chlordan" times="3"><dwc name="chlorobenzen" times="4"><dwc name="monochlorobenzen" times="1"><dwc name="dichloromethan" times="2"><dwc name="methylen chlorid" times="6"><dwc name="diethylhexyl phthalat" times="1"><dwc name="dinoseb" times="1"><dwc name="dioxin" times="20"><dwc name="tcdd" times="2"><dwc name="endothal" times="1"><dwc name="endrin" times="2"><dwc name="ethylen dibromid" times="4"><dwc name="heptachlor" times="4"><dwc name="heptachlor epoxid" times="2"><dwc name="hexachlorobenzen" times="10"><dwc name="hexachlorocyclopentadien" times="6"><dwc name="lindan" times="1"><dwc name="methoxychlor" times="1"><dwc name="oxamyl" times="1"><dwc name="polychlorin biphenyl" times="1"><dwc name="pentachlorophenol" times="7"><dwc name="tetrachloroethylen" times="11"><dwc name="toluen" times="15"><dwc name="toxaphen" times="3"><dwc name="silvex" times="1"><dwc name="trichloroethylen" times="8"><dwc name="vinyl chlorid" times="5"><dwc name="radioact" times="1">

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975,

History:

335-14-2APPENDIX I - Representative Sampling Methods.

NOTE: The Representative Sampling Methods published by the Environmental Protection Agency in 40 CFR, Part 261, Appendix I (July 1, 1995), are incorporated herein by reference.

The list of materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-10, 22-30-11.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: August 24, 1989, January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

335-14-2APPENDIX II - Method 1311 Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP).

NOTE: The TCLP Procedure published by the Environmental Protection Agency in 40 CFR, Part 261, Appendix II (July 1, 1995), is incorporated herein by reference.

The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's Offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-10, 22-30-11.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed Novmeber 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

335-14-2APPENDIX III - Chemical Analysis Test Methods.

NOTE: The Chemical Analysis Test Methods published by the Environmental Protection Agency in 40 CFR, Part 261, Appendix III (July 1, 1995), is incorporated herein by reference.

The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's Offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Steven O. Jenkins, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-10, 22-30-11.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 6, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

335-14-2APPENDIX IV - [Reserved For Radioactive Waste Test Methods].

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975,

History:

335-14-2APPENDIX V - [Reserved For Infectious WasteTreatment Specifications].

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975,

History:

335-14-2APPENDIX VI - [Reserved For Etiologic Agents].

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975,

History:

335-14-2APPENDIX VII - Basis For Listing Hazardous Waste.

EPA

HazardousHazardous Constituents for Which Listed

Waste No.

F001Tetrachloroethylene, methylene chloride

trichloroethylene, l,l,l-trichloroethane,

carbon tetrachloride, chlorinated

fluorocarbons.

F002Tetrachloroethylene, methylene chloride,

trichloroethylene, l,l,l-trichloroethane,

1,1,2-trichloroethane, chlorobenzene,

1,1,2-trichloro-1,2,2-

trifluoroethane, ortho-dichlorobenzene,

trichlorofluoromethane.

F003N.A.

F004Cresols and cresylic acid, nitrobenzene.

F005Toluene, methyl ethyl ketone, carbon

disulfide, isobutanol, pyridine,

2-ethoxyethanol, benzene, 2-nitropropane.

F006Cadmium, hexavalent chromium, nickel,

cyanide (complexed).

F007Cyanide (salts).

F008Cyanide (salts).

F009Cyanide (salts).

F010Cyanide (salts).

F011Cyanide (salts).

F012Cyanide (complexed).

F019Hexavalent chromium, cyanide (complexed).

F020Tetra- and pentachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins;

tetra- and pentachlorodi-benzofurans; tri-

and tetrachlorophenols and their

chlorophenoxy derivative acids, esters,

ethers, amine and other salts.

F021Penta- and hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins;

penta- and hexachlorodibenzofurans;

pentachlorophenol and its derivatives.

F022Tetra-, penta-, and hexachlorodibenzo-

p-dioxins; tetra-, penta- and

hexachlorodibenzofurans.

F023Tetra- and pentachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins;

tetra- and pentachlorodibenzofurans; tri-

and tetrachlorophenols and their

chlorophenoxy derivative acids, esters,

ethers, amine and other salts.

F024Chloromethane, dichloromethane,

trichloromethane, carbon tetrachloride,

chloroethylene, 1,1-dichloroethane, 1,2-

EPA

HazardousHazardous Constituents for Which Listed

Waste No.

dichloroethane, trans-1-2-

dichloroethylene, 1,1-dichloroethylene,

1,1,1-trichloroethane, 1,1,2-

trichloroethane, trichloroethylene,

1,1,1,2-tetrachloro- ethane, 1,1,2,2-

tetrachloroethane, tetrachloroethylene,

pentachloroethane, hexachloroethane, allyl

chloride (3-chloropropene),

dichloropropane, dichloropropene, 2-

chloro-1,3-butadiene, hexachloro-1,3-

butadiene, hexachlorocyclopentadiene,

hexachlorocyclohexane, benzene,

chlorbenzene, dichlorobenzenes, 1,2,4-

trichlorobenzene, tetrachlorobenzene,

pentachlorobenzene, hexachlorobenzene,

toluene, naphthalene.

F025Chloromethane; Dichloromethane; Trichloro-

methane; Carbon tetrachloride; Chloro-

ethylene; 1,1-Dichloroethane; 1,2-

Dichloro-ethane; trans-1,2-

Dichloroethylene; 1,1-Dichloroethylene;

1,1,1-Trichloroethane;

1,1,2-Trichloroethane; Trichloroethylene;

1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane; 1,1,2,2-Tetra-

chloroethane; Tetrachloroethylene;

Pentachloroethane; Hexachloroethane;

Allyl chloride (3-Chloropropene);

Dichloropropane; Dichloropropene; 2-

Chloro-1,3-butadiene; Hexachloro-1,3-

butadiene; Hexachlorocyclopentadiene;

Benzene; Chloro-benzene; Dichlorobenzene;

1,2,4-Trichloro-benzene;

Tetrachlorobenzene; Pentachloro-benzene;

Hexachlorobenzene; Toluene; Naphthalene.

F026Tetra-, penta- and hexachlorodibenzo-p-

dioxins; tetra-, penta- and

hexachlorodibenzofurans.

F027Tetra-,-penta-, and hexachlorodibenzo-p-

dioxins; tetra-, penta- and

hexachlorodibenzofurans; tri-, tetra-, and

pentachlorophenols and their chlorophenoxy

derivative acids, esters, ethers, amine

and other salts.

F028Tetra-, penta- and hexachlorodibenzo-p-

dioxins; tetra-, penta- and

hexachlorodibenzofurans; tri-, tetra-, and

EPA

HazardousHazardous Constituents for Which Listed

Waste No.

pentachlorophenols and their chlorophenoxy

derivative acids, esters, ethers, amine

and other salts.

F032Benz(a)anthracene, benzo(a)pyrene,

dibenz(a,h)-anthracene, indeno(l,2,3-

cd)pyrene, penta-chlorophenol, arsenic,

chromium, tetra-, penta-, hexa-,

heptachlorodibenzo- p-dioxins, tetra-,

penta-, hexa-, heptachloro-dibenzofurans.

F034Benz(a)anthracene, benzo(k)fluoranthene,

benzo(a)pyrene, dibenz(a,h)anthracene

indeno(l,2,3-cd)pyrene, napthalene,

arsenic, chromium.

F035Arsenic, chromium, lead.

F037Benzene, benzo(a)pyrene, chrysene, lead,

chromium.

F038Benzene, benzo(a)pyrene, chrysene, lead,

chromium.

F039All constituents for which treatment

standards are specified for multi-source

leachate (wastewaters and non-wastewaters)

under 335-14-9-.04(4), Table CCW.

K001Pentachlorophenol, phenol, 2-chlorophenol,

p-chloro-m-cresol, 2,4-dimethylphenyl,

2,4-dinitrophenol, trichlorophenols,

tetrachlorophenols, 2,4-dinitrophenol,

creosote, chrysene, naphthalene,

fluoranthene, benzo(b)fluoranthene,

benzo(a)pyrene, ideno(l,2,3-cd)pyrene,

benz(a)anthracene, dibenz(a)anthracene,

acenaphthalene.

K002Hexavalent chromium, lead.

K003Hexavalent chromium, lead.

K004Hexavalent chromium.

K005Hexavalent chromium, lead.

K006Hexavalent chromium.

K007Cyanide (complexed), hexavalent chromium.

K008Hexavalent chromium.

K009Chloroform, formaldehyde,

methylenechloride, methyl chloride,

paraldehyde, formic acid.

K010Chloroform, formaldehyde,

methylenechloride, methyl chloride,

paraldehyde, formic acid,

chloroacetaldehyde.

K011Acrylonitrile, acetonitrile, hydrocyanic acid.

EPA

HazardousHazardous Constituents for Which Listed

Waste No.

K013Hydrocyanic acid, acrylonitrile, acetonitrile.

K014Acetonitrile, acrylamide.

K015Benzyl chloride, chlorobenzene, toluene,

benzotrichloride.

K016Hexachlorobenzene, hexachlorobutadiene,

carbon tetrachloride, hexachloroethane,

perchloroethylene.

K017Epichlorohydrin, chloroethers [bis

(chloromethyl) ether and bis (2-

chloroethyl) ethers], trichloropropane,

dichloropropanols.

K0181,2-dichloroethane, trichloroethylene,

hexachlorobutadiene, hexachlorobenzene.

K019Ethylene dichloride, l,l,l-trichloroethane,

1,1,2-trichloroethane, tetrachloroethanes

(1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane and 1,1,1,2-

tetrachloroethane), trichloroethylene,

tetrachloroethylene, carbon tetrachloride,

chloroform, vinyl chloride, vinylidene

chloride.

K020Ethylene dichloride, l,l,l-trichloroethane,

1,1,2-trichloroethane, tetrachloroethanes

(1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane and 1,1,1,2-

tetrachloroethane), trichloroethylene,

tetrachloroethylene, carbon tetrachloride,

chloroform, vinyl chloride, vinylidene

chloride.

K021Antimony, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform.

K022Phenol, tars (polycyclic aromatic

hydrocarbons).

K023Phthalic anhydride, maleic anhydride.

K024Phthalic anhydride, 1,4-naphthoquinone.

K025Meta-dinitrobenzene, 2,4-dinitrotoluene.

K026Paraldehyde, pyridines, 2-picoline.

K027Toluene diisocyanate, toluene-2, 4-diamine.

K028l,l,l-trichloroethane, vinyl chloride.

K0291,2-dichloroethane, l,l,l-trichloroethane,

vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride,

chloroform.

K030Hexachlorobenzene, hexachlorobutadiene,

hexachloroethane, 1,1,1,2-

tetrachloroethane, 1,1,2,2-

tetrachloroethane, ethylene dichloride.

K031Arsenic.

K032Hexachlorocyclopentadiene.

K033Hexachlorocyclopentadiene.

EPA

HazardousHazardous Constituents for Which Listed

Waste No.

K034Hexachlorocyclopentadiene.

K035Creosote, chrysene, naphthalene,

fluoranthene benzo(b) fluoranthene,

benzo(a)pyrene, indeno(l,2,3-cd) pyrene,

benzo(a)-anthracene, dibenzo(a)anthracene,

acenaphthalene.

K036Toluene, phosphorodithioic and

phosphorothioic acid esters.

K037Toluene, phosphorodithioic and

phosphorothioic acid esters.

K038Phorate, formaldehyde, phosphorodithioic

and phosphorothioic acid esters.

K039Phosphorodithioic and phosphorothioic acid

esters.

K040Phorate, formaldehyde, phosphorodithioic

and phosphorothioic acid esters.

K041Toxaphene.

K042Hexachlorobenzene, ortho-dichlorobenzene.

K0432,4-dichlorophenol, 2,6-dichlorophenol,

2,4,6-trichlorophenol.

K044N.A.

K045N.A.

K046Lead.

K047N.A.

K048Hexavalent chromium, lead.

K049Hexavalent chromium, lead.

K050Hexavalent chromium.

K051Hexavalent chromium, lead.

K052Lead.

K060Cyanide, napthalene, phenolic compounds,

K061Hexavalent chromium, lead, cadmium.

K062Hexavalent chromium, lead.

K064Lead, cadmium.

K065Lead, cadmium.

K066Lead, cadmium.

K069Hexavalent chromium, lead, cadmium.

K071Mercury.

K073Chloroform, carbon tetrachloride,

hexacholroethane, trichloroethane,

tetrachloroethylene, dichloroethylene,

1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane.

K083Aniline, diphenylamine, nitrobenzene,

phenylenediamine.

K084Arsenic.

K085Benzene, dichlorobenzenes,

trichlorobenzenes, tetrachlorobenzenes,

EPA

HazardousHazardous Constituents for Which Listed

Waste No.

pentachlorobenzene, hexachlorobernzene,

benzyl chloride.

K086Lead, hexavalent chromium.

K087Phenol, naphthalene.

K088Cyanide (complexes)

K090Chromium

K091Chromium

K093Phthalic anhydride, maleic anhydride.

K094Phthalic anhydride.

K0951,1,2-trichloroethane, 1,1,1,2-

tetrachloro-ethane, 1,1,2,2-

tetrachloroethane.

K0961,2-dichloroethane, 1,1,1-trichloroethane,

1,1,2-trichloroethane.

K097Chlordane, heptachlor.

K098Toxaphene.

K0992,4-dichlorophenol, 2,4,6-trichlorophenol.

K100Hexavalent chromium, lead, cadmium.

K101Arsenic.

K102Arsenic.

K103Aniline, nitrobenzene, phenylenediamine.

K104Aniline, benzene, diphenylamine,

nitrobenzene, phenylenediamine.

K105Benzene, monochlorobenzene,

dichlorobenzenes, 2,4,6-trichlorophenol.

K106Mercury.

K1071,1-Dimethylhydrazine (UDMH).

K1081,1-Dimethylhydrazine (UDMH).

K1091,1-Dimethylhydrazine (UDMH).

K1101,1-Dimethylhydrazine (UDMH).

K1112,4-Dinitrotoluene.

K1122,4-Toluenediamine, o-toluidine, p-

toluidine, aniline.

K1132,4-Toluenediamine, o-toluidine, p-

toluidine, aniline.

K1142,4-Toluenediamine, o-toluidine, p-

toluidine.

K1152,4-Toluenediamine.

K116Carbon tetrachloride, tetrachloroethylene,

chloroform, phosgene.

K117Ethylene dibromide.

K118Ethylene dibromide.

K123Ethylene thiourea.

K124Ethylene thiourea.

K125Ethylene thiourea.

K126Ethylene thiourea.

EPA

HazardousHazardous Constituents for Which Listed

Waste No.

K131Dimethyl sulfate, methyl bromide.

K132Methyl bromide.

K136Ethylene dibromide.

K141Benzene, Benz(a)anthracene, benzo(a)pyrene,

benzo(b)fluoranthene, benzo(k)

fluoranthene, dibenz(a,h)anthracene,

indeno(l,2,3-cd) pyrene.

K142Benzene, benz(a)anthracene, benzo(a)pyrene,

benzo(b)fluoranthene, benzo(k)

fluoranthene, dibenz(a,h)anthracene,

indeno(l,2,3-cd) pyrene.

K143Benzene,benz(a)anthracene,benzo(b)

fluoranthene, benzo(k)fluoranthene.

K144Benzene, benz(a)anthracene, benzo(a)

pyrene, benzo(b)fluoranthene, benzo(k)

fluoranthene, dibenz(a,h)anthracene.

K145Benzene, benz(a)anthracene, benzo(a)

pyrene, dibenz(a,h)anthrancene,

naphthalene.

K147Benzene, benz(a)anthracene, benzo(a),

pyrene, benzo(b)fluoranthene, benzo(k)

fluoranthene, dibenz(a,h)anthracene,

indeno(l,2,3-cd)pyrene.

K148Benz(a)anthracene, benzo(a)pyrene, benzo(b)

fluoranthene, benzo(k)fluoranthene,

dibenz(a,h)anthracene, indeno(l,2,3-cd)

pyrene.

K149Benzotrichloride, benzyl chloride,

chloroform, chloromethane, chlorobenzene,

1,4-dichlorobenzene, hexachlorobenzene,

pentachlorobenzene, 1,2,4,5-

tetrachlorobenzene, toluene.

K150Carbon tetrachloride, chloroform,

chloromethane, 1,4-dichlorobenzene,

hexachlorobenzene, pentachlorobenzene,

1,2,4,5-tetrachlorobenzene,

1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane,

tetrachloroethylene, l,2,4-

trichlorobenzene.

K151Benzene, carbon tetrachloride, chloroform,

hexachlorobenzene, pentachlorobenzene,

toluene, 1,2,4,5-tetrachlorobenzene,

tetrachloroethylene.

K156Benomyl, carbaryl, carbendaxim, carbofuran,

carbosulfan, formaldehyde, methylene chloride,

triethylamine.

EPA

HazardousHazardous Constituents for Which Listed

Waste No.

K157Carbon tetrachloride, formaldehyde, methyl

chloride, methylene chloride, pyridine,

triethylamine.

K158Benomyl, carbendazim, carbofuran, carbosulfan,

chloroform, methylene chloride.

K159Benzene, butylate, eptc, molinate, pebulate,

vernolate.

K161Anitmony, arsenic, metam-sodium, ziram

K169Benzene.

K170Benzo(a)pyrene, dibenz(a,h)anthracene,

benzo(a)anthracene, benzo(b)fluoranthene,

benzo(k)Fluoranthene, 3-methylcholanthrene,

7,12-dimethylbenz(a)anthracene.

K171Benzene, arsenic.

K172Benzene, arsenic.

K1741,2,3,4,6,7,8-Heptachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpCDD), 1,2,3,4,6,7,8- Heptachlorodibenzofuran (1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpCDF), 1,2,3,4,7,8,9-Heptachlorodibenzofuran (1,2,3,6,7,8,9-HpCDF), HxCDDs (All Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins), HxCDFs (All Hexachlorodibenzofurans), PeCDDs (All Pentachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins), OCDD (1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9-Octachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin, OCDF (1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9-Octachlorodibenzofuran), PeCDFs (All Pentachlorodibenzofurans), TCDDs (All tetrachlorodi-benzo-p-dioxins), TCDFs (All tetrachlorodibenzofurans).

K175Mercury

K176Arsenic,Lead

K177Antimony

K178Thallium

N.A. - Waste is hazardous because it fails the test for the characteristic of ignitability, corrosivity, or reactivity. Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-10, 22-30-11.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed Novemeber 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

335-14-2Appendix VIII - Hazardous Consituents.

<table width="100%"> Common name Chemical abstracts name Chemical abstracts No. Hazardous waste No. A2213 Ethanimidothioic acid, 2-(dimethylamino)-N-hydroxy- 2-oxo-, methyl ester 30558-43-1 U394 Acetonitrile Same 75-05-8 U003 Acetophenone Ethanone, 1-phenyl- 98-86-2 U004 2-Acetylaminefluarone Acetamide, N-9H-fluoren-2-yl- 53-96-3 U005 Acetyl chloride Same 75-36-5 U006 1-Acetyl-2-thiourea Acetamide, N-(aminothioxomethyl)- 591-08-2 P002 Acrolein 2-Propenal 107-02-8 P003 Acrylamide 2-Propenamide 79-06-1 U007 Acrylonitrile 2-Propenenitrile 107-13-1 U009 Aflatoxins Same 1402-68-2 Aldicarb Propanal, 2-methyl-2-(methylthio) -, O-[(methylamino)carbonyl] oxime 116-06-3 P070 Aldicarb sulfone Propanal, 2-methyl-2- (methylsulfonyl)-, O-[(methyl-amino)carbonyl] oxime 1646-88-4 P203 Aldrin 1,4,5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene, 1,2,3,4,10,10-10-hexachloro-1,4,4a,5,8,8a-hexahydro-, (1alpha,4alpha,4abeta,5alpha, 8alpha,8abeta)- 309-00-2 P004 Allyl alcohol 2-Propen-1-ol 107-18-6 P005 Allyl chloride 1-Propane, 3-chloro 107-18-6 Aluminum phosphide Same 20859-73-8 P006 4-Aminobiphenyl [1,1'-Biphenyl]-4-amine 92-67-1 5-(Aminomethyl)-3- isoxazolol 3(2H)-Isoxazolone, 5-(aminomethyl)- 2763-96-4 P007 4-Aminopyridine 4-Pyridinamine 504-24-5 P008 Amitrole 1H-1,2,4-Triazol-3-amine 61-82-5 U011 Ammonium vanadate Vanadic acid, ammonium salt 7803-55-6 P119 Aniline Benzenamine 62-53-3 U012 Antimony Same 7440-36-0 Antimony compounds,N.O.S.1 Aramite Sulfurous acid, 2-chloroethyl 2-[4-(1,1-dimethylethyl) phenoxy]-1-methylethyl ester 140-57-8 Arsenic Same 7440-38-2 Arsenic compounds, N.O.S.1 Arsenic acid Arsenic acid H3AsO4 7778-39-4 P010 Arsenic pentoxide Arsenic oxide As2O5 1303-28-2 P011 Arsenic trioxide Arsenic oxide As2O3 1327-53-3 P012 Auramine Benzenamine, 4,4'-carbon- imidoylbis [N,N-dimethyl 492-80-8 U014 Azaserine L-Serine, diazoacetate (ester) 115-02-6 U015 Barban Carbamic acid, (3-chlorophenyl)-, 4-chloro-2-butynyl ester 101-27-9 U280 Barium Same 7440-39-3 Barium compounds, N.O.S.1 Barium cyanide Same 542-62-1 P013 Bendiocarb 1,3-Benzodioxol-4-ol, 2,2-dimethyl-, methyl carbamate 22781-23-3 U278 Bediocarb phenol 1,3-Benzodioxol-4-ol, 2,2- dimethyl-dimethyl- 22961-82-6 U364 Benomyl Carbamic acid, [1-[(butylamino) carbonyl]-1H-benzimidazol-2- yl]-, methyl ester 17804-35-2 U271 Benz[c]acridine Same 225-51-4 U016 Benz[a]anthracene Same 56-55-3 U018 Benzal chloride Benzene, (dichloromethyl)- 98-87-3 U017 Benzene Same 71-43-2 U019 Benzenearsonic acid Arsonic acid, phenyl- 98-05-5 Benzidine [1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4 1-diamine 92-87-5 U021 Benzo[b]fluoranthene Benz[e]acephenanthrylene 205-99-2 Benzo[j]fluoranthene Same 205-82-3 Benzo[k]fluoranthene Same 207-08-9 Benzo[a]pyrene Same 50-32-8 U022 p-Benzoquinone 2,5-Cyclohexadiene-1,4-dione 106-51-4 U197 Benzotrichloride Benzene, (trichloromethyl)- 98-07-7 U023 Benzyl chloride Benzene, (chloromethyl)- 100-44-7 P028 Beryllium compounds, N.O.S.1 Beryllium powder Same 7440-41-7 P015 Bis (pentamethylene) -thiuram tetrasulfide Piperidine, 1,1?-(tetra-thiodicarbonothioyl)-bis- 120-54-7 Bromoacetone 2-Propanone, 1-bromo- 598-31-2 P017 Bromoform Methane, tribromo- 75-25-2 U225 4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether Benzene, 1-bromo-4-phenoxy- 101-55-3 U030 Brucine Strychnidin-10-one, 2,3-dimethoxy- 357-57-3 P018 Butyl benzyl phthalate 1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, butyl phenylmethyl ester 85-68-7 Butylate Carbamothioic acid, bis (2-methylpropyl)-, S-ethyl ester 2008-41-5 Cacodylic acid Arsinic acid, dimethyl- 75-60-5 U136 Cadmium Same 7440-43-9 Cadmium compounds, N.O.S.1 Calcium chromate Chromic acid H2CrO4, calcium salt 13765-19-0 U032 Calcium cyanide Calcium cyanide Ca(CN)2 592-01-8 P021 Carbaryl 1-Naphthalenol, methylcarbamate 63-25-2 U279 Carbendazim Carbamic acid, 1H-benzimidazol- 2-yl, methyl ester 10605-21-7 U372 Carbofuran 7-Benzofuranol, 2,3-dihydro-2, 2-dimethyl-, methylcarbamate 1563-66-2 P127 Carbofuran phenol 7-Benzofuranol, 2,3-dihydro-2, 2-dimethyl- 1563-38-2 U367 Carbon disulfide Same 75-15-0 P022 Carbon oxyfluoride Carbonic difluoride 353-50-4 U033 Carbon tetrachloride Methane, tetrachloro- 56-23-5 U211 Carbosulfan Carbamic acid, [(dibutylamino) thio] methyl-, 2,3-dihydro-2, 2-dimethyl-7-benzofuranyl ester 55285-14-8 P189 Chloral Acetaldehyde, trichloro- 75-87-6 U034 Chlorambucil Benzenebutanoic acid, 4-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]- 305-03-3 U035 Chlordane 4,7-Methano-1H-indene, 1,2,4,5,6,7,8,8-octachloro-2,3,3a,4,7,7a-hexahydro- 57-74-9 U036 Chlordane (alpha and gamma isomers) U036 Chlorinated benzenes, N.O.S.1 Chlorinated ethane, N.O.S.1 Chlorinated fluorocarbons, N.O.S.1 Chlorinated naphthalene, N.O.S.1 Chlorinated phenol, N.O.S.1 Chlornaphazin Naphthalenamine, N,N'-bis(2-chloroethyl)- 494-03-1 U026 Chloroacetaldehyde Acetaldehyde, chloro- 107-20-0 P023 Chloroalkyl ethers, N.O.S.1 p-Chloroaniline Benzenamine, 4-chloro- 106-47-8 P024 Chlorobenzene Benzene, chloro- 108-90-7 U037 Chlorobenzilate Benzeneacetic acid, 4-chloro-alpha-(4-chlorophenyl)-alpha-hydroxy-, ethyl ester 510-15-6 U038 p-Chloro-m-cresol Phenol, 4-chloro-3-methyl- 59-50-7 U039 2-Chloroethyl vinyl ether Ethene, (2-chloroethoxy)- 110-75-8 U042 Chloroform Methane, trichloro- 67-66-3 U044 Chloromethyl methyl ether Methane, chloromethoxy- 107-30-2 U046 beta-Chloronaphthalene Naphthalene, 2-chloro- 91-58-7 U047 o-Chlorophenol Phenol, 2-chloro- 95-57-8 U048 1-(o-Chlorophenyl)thiourea Thiourea, (2-chlorophenyl)- 5344-82-1 P026 Chloroprene 1,3-Butadiene, 2-chloro- 126-99-8 3-Chloropropionitrile Propanenitrile, 3-chloro- 542-76-7 P027 Chromium Same 7440-47-3 Chromium compounds,N.O.S.1 Chrysene Same 218-01-9 U050 Citrus red No. 2 2-Naphthalenol, 1-[(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)azo]- 6358-53-8 Coal tar creosote Same 8007-45-2 Copper cyanide Copper cyanide CuCN 544-92-3 P029 Copper dimethyldithiocarbamate Copper, bis (dimethylcarbamodithioato-S,S')- 137-29-1 Creosote Same U051 Cresol (Cresylic acid) Phenol, methyl- 1319-77-3 U052 Crotonaldehyde 2-Butenal 4170-30-3 U053 m-Cumenyl methylcarbamate Phenol, 3-(methylethyl)-, methyl carbamate 64-00-6 P202 Cyanides (soluble salts and complexes) N.O.S.1 P030 Cyanogen Ethanedinitrile 460-19-5 P031 Cyanogen bromide Cyanogen bromide (CN)Br 506-68-3 U246 Cyanogen chloride Cyanogen chloride (CN)Cl 506-77-4 P033 Cycasin beta-D-Glucopyranoside, (methyl-ONN-azoxy)methyl 14901-08-7 Cycloate Carbamothioic acid, cyclohexylethyl-, S-ethyl ester 1134-23-2 2-Cyclohexyl-4,6- dinitrophenol Phenol, 2-cyclohexyl-4,6-dinitro- 131-89-5 P034 Cyclophosphamide 2H-1,3,2-Oxazaphosphorin-2-amine, N,N-bis(2-chloroethyl)tetrahydro-, 2-oxide 50-18-0 U058 2,4-D Acetic acid, (2,4-dichlorophenoxy)- 94-75-7 U240 2,4-D, salts, esters U240 Daunomycin 5,12-Naphthacenedione, 8-acetyl-10-[(3-amino-2,3,6-trideoxy-alpha-L-lyxo-hexopyranosyl)oxy]-7,8,9,10-tetrahydro-6,8,11-trihydroxy-1-methoxy-, (8S-cis)- 20830-81-3 U059 Dazomet 2H-1,3,5-thiadiazine-2-thione, tetrahydro-3,5-dimethyl 533-74-4 DDD Benzene, 1,1'-(2,2- dichloroethylidene)bis[4-chloro- 72-54-8 U060 DDE Benzene, 1,1'-(dichloro-ethenylidene)bis[4-chloro- 72-55-9 DDT Benzene, 1,1'-(2,2,2- trichloroethylidene)bis[4-chloro- 50-29-3 U061 Diallate Carbamothioic acid, bis(1-methylethyl)-, S-(2,3-dichloro-2-propenyl) ester 2303-16-4 U062 Dibenz[a,h]acridine Same 226-36-8 Dibenz[a,j]acridine Same 224-42-0 Dibenz[a,h]anthracene Same 53-70-3 U063 7H-Dibenzo[c,g]carbazole Same 194-59-2 Dibenzo[a,e]pyrene Naphtho[1,2,3,4-def] chrysene 192-65-4 Dibenzo[a,h]pyrene Dibenzo[b,def]chrysene 189-64-0 Dibenzo[a,i]pyrene Benzo[rst]pentaphene 189-55-9 U064 1,2-Dibromo-3- chloropropane Propane, 1,2-dibromo-3-chloro- 96-12-8 U066 Dibutyl phthalate 1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dibutyl ester 84-74-2 U069 o-Dichlorobenzene Benzene, 1,2-dichloro- 95-50-1 U070 m-Dichlorobenzene Benzene, 1,3-dichloro- 541-73-1 U071 p-Dichlorobenzene Benzene, 1,4-dichloro- 106-46-7 U072 Dichlorobenzene, N.O.S.1 Benzene, dichloro- 25321-22-6 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine [1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine, 3,3'-dichloro- 91-94-1 U073 1,4-Dichloro-2-butene 2-Butene, 1,4-dichloro- 764-41-0 U074 Dichlorodifluoromethane Methane, dichlorodifluoro- 75-71-8 U075 Dichloroethylene, N.O.S.1 Dichloroethylene 25323-30-2 1,1-Dichloroethylene Ethene, 1,1-dichloro- 75-35-4 U078 1,2-Dichloroethylene Ethene, 1,2-dichlrol-, (E)- 156-60-5 U079 Dichloroethyl ether Ethane, 1,1'oxybis[2-chloro- 111-44-4 U025 Dichloroisopropyl ether Propane, 2,2'-oxybis[2-chloro- 108-60-1 U027 Dichloromethoxy ethane Ethane, 1,1'-[methylenebis (oxy)]bis[2-chloro- 111-91-1 U024 Dichloromethyl ether Methane, oxybis[chloro- 542-88-1 P016 2,4-Dichlorophenol Phenol, 2,4-dichloro- 120-83-2 U081 2,6-Dichlorophenol Phenol, 2,6-dichloro- 87-65-0 U082 Dichlorophenylarsine Arsonous dichloride, phenyl- 696-28-6 P036 Dichloropropane, N.O.S.1 Propane, dichloro- 26638-19-7 Dichloropropanol, N.O.S.1 Propanol, dichloro- 26545-73-3 Dichloropropene, N.O.S.11-Propene, dichloro- 26952-23-8 1,3-Dichloropropene 1-Propene, 1,3-dichloro- 542-75-6 U084 Dieldrin 2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth[2,3-b] oxirene, 3,4,5,6,9,9-hexachloro -1a,2,2a,3,6, 6a,7,7a-octahydro-, (1aalpha,2beta,2aalpha,3beta, 6beta,6aalpha,7beta,7aalpha)- 60-57-1 P037 1,2:3,4-Diepoxybutane 2,2'-Bioxirane 1464-53-5 U085 Diethylarsine Arsine, diethyl- 692-42-2 P038 Diethylene glycol, dicarbamate Ethanol, 2,2'-oxybis-, dicarbamate 5952-26-1 U395 1,4-Diethyleneoxide 1,4-Dioxane 123-91-1 U108 Diethylhexyl phthalate 1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, bis(2-ethylhexyl) ester 117-81-7 U028 N,N'-Diethylhydrazine Hydrazine, 1,2-diethyl- 1615-80-1 U086 O,O-Diethyl S-methyl dithiophosphate Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-diethyl S-methyl ester 3288-58-2 U087 Diethyl-p-nitrophenyl phosphate Phosphoric acid, diethyl 4-nitrophenyl ester 311-45-5 P041 Diethyl phthalate 1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, diethyl ester 84-66-2 U088 O,O-Diethyl O-pyrazinyl phosphorothioate Phosphorothioic acid, O,O-diethyl O-pyrazinyl ester 297-97-2 P040 Diethylstilbesterol Phenol, 4,4'-(1,2-diethyl -1,2-ethenediyl)bis-, (E)- 56-53-1 U089 Dihydrosafrole 1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-propyl- 94-58-6 U090 Diisopropylfluorophosphate (DFP) Phosphorofluoridic acid, bis(1-methylethyl) ester 55-91-4 P043 Dimethoate Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O- dimethyl S-[2-(methylamino) -2-oxoethyl] ester 60-51-5 P044 3,3'-Dimethoxybenzidine [1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine, 3,3'-dimethoxy- 119-90-4 U091 p-Dimethylaminoazobenzene Benzenamine, N,N-dimethyl-4-(phenylazo)- 60-11-7 U093 7,12-Dimethylbenz[a] anthracene Benz[a]anthracene, 7,12-dimethyl- 57-97-6 U094 3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine [1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine, 3,3'-dimethyl- 119-93-7 U095 Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride Carbamic chloride, dimethyl- 79-44-7 U097 1,1-Dimethylhydrazine Hydrazine, 1,1-dimethyl- 57-14-7 U098 1,2-Dimethylhydrazine Hydrazine, 1,2-dimethyl- 540-73-8 U099 alpha,alpha-Dimethylphenethylamine Benzeneethanamine, alpha,alpha-dimethyl- 122-09-8 P046 2,4-Dimethylphenol Phenol, 2,4-dimethyl- 105-67-9 U101 Dimethyl phthalate 1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dimethyl ester 131-11-3 U102 Dimethyl sulfate Sulfuric acid, dimethyl ester 77-78-1 U103 Dimetilan Carbamic acid, dimethyl-, 1-[(dimethylamino) carbonyl] -5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl ester 644-64-4 P191 Dinitrobenzene, N.O.S.1 Benzene, dinitro- 25154-54-5 4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol Phenol, 2-methyl-4,6-dinitro- 534-52-1 P047 4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol salts P047 2,4-Dinitrophenol Phenol, 2,4-dinitro- 51-28-5 P048 2,4-Dinitrotoluene Benzene, 1-methyl-2,4-dinitro- 121-14-2 U105 2,6-Dinitrotoluene Benzene, 2-methyl-1,3-dinitro- 606-20-2 U106 Dinoseb Phenol, 2-(1-methylpropyl) -4,6-dinitro- 88-85-7 P020 Di-n-octyl phthalate 1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dioctyl ester 117-84-0 U017 Diphenylamine Benzenamine, N-phenyl- 122-39-4 1,2-Diphenylhydrazine Hydrazine, 1,2-diphenyl- 122-66-7 U109 Di-n-propylnitrosamine 1-Propanamine, N-nitroso-N -propyl- 621-64-7 U111 Disulfiram Thioperoxydicarbonic diamide, tetraethyl 97-77-8 Disulfoton Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-di-ethylS-[2-(ethylthio)ethyl] ester 298-04-4 P039 Dithiobiuret Thioimidodicarbonic diamide [(H2N)C(S)]2NH 541-53-7 P049 Endosulfan 6,9-Methano-2,4,3-benzodioxathiepin,6,7,8,9,10,10-hexachloro-1,5,5a,6,9,9a-hexahydro-,3-oxide 115-29-7 P050 Endothall 7-Oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3-dicarboxylic acid 145-73-3 P088 Endrin 2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth[2,3-b] oxirene, 3,4,5,6,9,9- hexachloro -1a,2,2a,3,6,6a,7,7a-octa-hydro -,(1aalpha,2beta,2abeta,3alpha, 6alpha,6abeta,7beta,7aalpha)- 72-20-8 P051 Endrin metabolites P051 Epichlorohydrin Oxirane, (chloromethyl)- 106-89-8 U041 Epinephrine 1,2-Benzenediol,4-[1-hydroxy- 2-(methylamino)ethyl]-, (R)- 51-43-4 P042 EPTC Carbamothioic acid, dipropyl-, S-ethyl ester 759-94-4 Ethyl carbamate (urethane) Carbamic acid, ethyl ester 51-79-6 U238 Ethyl cyanide Propanenitrile 107-12-0 P101 Ethyl ziram Zinc, bis(diethylcarbamodithioato -S,S')- 14324-55-1 Ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid Carbamodithioic acid, 1,2-ethane diylbis- 111-54-6 U114 Ethylenebisdithiocarbamic acid, salts and esters U114 Ethylene dibromide Ethane, 1,2-dibromo- 106-93-4 U067 Ethylene dichloride Ethane, 1,2-dichloro- 107-06-2 U077 Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether Ethanol, 2-ethoxy- 110-80-5 U359 Ethyleneimine Aziridine 151-56-4 P054 Ethylene oxide Oxirane 75-21-8 U115 Ethylenethiourea 2-Imidazolidinethione 96-45-7 U116 Ethylidene dichloride Ethane, 1,1-dichloro- 75-34-3 U076 Ethyl methacrylate 2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, ethyl ester 97-63-2 U118 Ethyl methanesulfonate Methanesulfonic acid, ethyl ester 62-50-0 U119 Famphur Phosphorothioic acid, O-[4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]phenyl]O,O-dimethyl ester 52-85-7 P097 Ferbam Iron, tris (dimethylcarbamodithioato-S,S')- 14484-64-1 Fluoranthene Same 206-44-0 U120 Fluorine Same 7782-41-4 P056 Fluoroacetamide Acetamide, 2-fluoro- 640-19-7 P057 Fluoroacetic acid, sodium salt Acetic acid, fluoro-, sodium salt 62-74-8 P058 Formaldehyde Same 50-00-0 U122 Formetanate hydrochloride Methanimidamide, N,N-dimethyl-N' -[3-[[(methylamino)carbonyl] oxy]phenyl]-, monohydrochloride 23422-53-9 P198 Formic acid Same 64-18-6 U123 Formparanate Methanimidamide, N,N-dimethyl-N' -[2-methyl-4-[[(methylamino) carbonyl]oxy]phenyl]- 17702-57-7 P197 Glycidylaldehyde Oxiranecarboxyaldehyde 765-34-4 U126 Halomethanes, N.O.S.1 Heptachlor 4,7-Methano-1H-indene, 1,4,5,6,7,8,8-heptachloro-3a,4,7,7a-tetrahydro- 76-44-8 P059 Heptachlor epoxide 2,5-Methano-2H-indeno[1,2-b]oxirene, 2,3,4,5,6,7,7-heptachloro-1a, 1b,5, 5a,6,6a-hexa-hydro-, (1aalpha,1bbeta,2alpha,5alpha,5abeta,6beta,6aalpha)- 1024-57-3 Heptachlor epoxide (alpha, beta, and gamma isomers) Heptachlorodibenzofurans Heptachlorodibenzo-p- dioxins Hexachlorobenzene Benzene, hexachloro- 118-74-1 U127 Hexachlorobutadiene 1,3-Butadiene, 1,1,2,3,4,4 -hexachloro- 87-68-3 U128 Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 1,3-Cyclopentadiene, 1,2,3,4,5,5 -hexachloro- 77-47-4 U130 Hexachlorodibenzo-p- dioxins Hexachlorodibenzofurans Hexachloroethane Ethane, hexachloro- 67-72-1 U131 Hexachlorophene Phenol, 2,2'-methylene bis[3,4,6-trichloro- 70-30-4 U132 Hexachloropropene 1-Propene, 1,1,2,3,3,3 -hexachloro- 1888-71-7 U243 Hexaethyl tetraphosphate Tetraphosphoric acid, hexaethyl ester 757-58-4 P062 Hydrazine Same 302-01-2 U133 Hydrogen cyanide Hydrocyanic acid 74-90-8 P063 Hydrogen fluoride Hydrofluoric acid 7664-39-3 U134 Hydrogen sulfide Hydrogen sulfide H2S 7783-06-4 U135 Indeno[1,2,3-cd]pyrene Same 193-39-5 U137 3-Iodo-2-propynyl n-butylcarbamate Carbamic acid, butyl-, 3-iodo-2-propynyl ester 55406-53-6 Isobutyl alcohol 1-Propanol, 2-methyl- 78-83-1 U140 Isodrin 1,4,5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene,1,2, 3,4,10,10-hexachloro-1,4,4a,5,8, 8a-hexahydro-,(1alpha,4alpha, 4abeta,5beta,8beta, 8abeta)- 465-73-6 P060 Isolan Carbamic acid, dimethyl-, 3-methyl -1-(1-methylethyl) -1H-pyrazol-5-yl ester 119-38-0 P192 Isosafrole 1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(1-propenyl)- 120-58-1 U141 Kepone 1,3,4-Metheno-2H-cyclobuta[cd] pentalen-2-one,1,1a,3,3a,4,5,5,5a,5b,6-decachlorooctahydro- 143-50-0 U142 Lasiocarpine 2-Butenoic acid,2-methyl-,7-[[2,3 -dihydroxy-2-(1-methoxyethyl)-3-methyl-1-oxobutoxy]methyl]-2,3,5,7a-tetrahydro-1H-pyrrolizin-1-yl ester,[1S-[1alpha(Z),7(2S*,3R*),7aalpha]]- 303-34-1 Lead Same 7439-92-1 Lead compounds, N.O.S.1 Lead acetate Acetic acid, lead(2+) salt 301-04-2 U144 Lead phosphate Phosphoric acid, lead(2+) salt (2:3) 7446-27-7 U145 Lead subacetate Lead, bis(acetato-O) tetrahydroxytri- 1335-32-6 U146 Lindane Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6- hexachloro-, (1alpha,2alpha, 3beta, 4alpha,5alpha,6beta)- 58-89-9 U129 Maleic anhydride 2,5-Furandione 108-31-6 U147 Maleic hydrazide 3,6-Pyridazinedione, 1,2-dihydro- 123-33-1 U148 Malononitrile Propanedinitrile 109-77-3 U149 Manganese dimethyldithiocarbamate Manganese, bis (dimethyl carbamodithioato-S,S')- 15339-36-3 P196 Melphalan L-Phenylalanine, 4-[bis(2- chloroethyl)aminol]- 148-82-3 U150 Mercury Same 7439-97-6 U151 Mercury compounds, N.O.S.1 Mercury fulminate Fulminic acid, mercury(2+) salt 628-86-4 P065 Metam sodium Carbamodithioic acid, methyl-, monosodium salt 137-42-8 Methacrylonitrile 2-Propenenitrile, 2-methyl- 126-98-7 U152 Methapyrilene 1,2-Ethanediamine, N,N-dimethyl -N'-2-pyridinyl-N'- (2-thienylmethyl)- 91-80-5 U155 Methiocarb Phenol, (3,5-dimethyl-4- (methylthio)-, methylcarbamate 2032-65-7 P199 Methomyl Ethanimidothioic acid, N-[[(methylamino)carbonyl]oxy]-, methyl ester 16752-77-5 P066 Methoxychlor Benzene, 1,1'-(2,2,2-trichloro ethylidene)bis[4-methoxy- 72-43-5 U247 Methyl bromide Methane, bromo- 74-83-9 U029 Methyl chloride Methane, chloro- 74-87-3 U045 Methyl chlorocarbonate Carbonochloridic acid, methyl ester 79-22-1 U156 Methyl chloroform Ethane, 1,1,1-trichloro- 71-55-6 U226 3-Methylcholanthrene Benz[j]aceanthrylene, 1,2-dihydro-3-methyl- 56-49-5 U157 4,4'-Methylenebis(2- chloroaniline) Benzenamine, 4,4'-methylenebis [2-chloro- 101-14-4 U158 Methylene bromide Methane, dibromo- 74-95-3 U068 Methylene chloride Methane, dichloro- 75-09-2 U080 Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) 2-Butanone 78-93-3 U159 Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide 2-Butanone, peroxide 1338-23-4 U160 Methyl hydrazine Hydrazine, methyl- 60-34-4 P068 Methyl iodide Methane, iodo- 74-88-4 U138 Methyl isocyanate Methane, isocyanato- 624-83-9 P064 2-Methyllactonitrile Propanenitrile, 2-hydroxy-2- methyl- 75-86-5 P069 Methyl methacrylate 2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, methyl ester 80-62-6 U162 Methyl methanesulfonate Methanesulfonic acid, methyl ester 66-27-3 Methyl parathion Phosphorothioic acid,O,O-dimethyl O-(4-nitrophenyl) ester 298-00-0 P071 Methylthiouracil 4(1H)-Pyrimidinone, 2,3-dihydro-6-methyl-2-thioxo- 56-04-2 U164 Metolcarb Carbamic acid, methyl, 3-methylphenyl ester 1129-41-5 P190 Mexacarbamate Phenol, 4-(dimethylamino)-3,5- dimethyl-,methylcarbamate (ester) 315-18-4 P128 Mitomycin C Azirino[2',3':3,4]pyrrolo[1,2-a] indole-4,7-dione,6-amino-8-[[(aminocarbonyl) oxy]methyl]-1,1a,2,8, 8a,8b-hexahydro-8a-methoxy-5 -methyl-,[1aS-(1aalpha, 8beta,8aalpha, 8balpha)]- 50-07-7 U010 MNNG Guanidine, N-methyl-N'-nitro -N-nitroso- 70-25-7 U163 Molinate 1H-Azepine-1-carbothioic acid, hexahydro-, S-ethyl ester 2212-67-1 Mustard gas Ethane, 1,1'-thiobis[2-chloro- 505-60-2 Naphthalene Same 91-20-3 U165 1,4-Naphthoquinone 1,4-Naphthalenedione 130-15-4 U166 alpha-Naphthylamine 1-Naphthalenamine 134-32-7 U167 beta-Naphthylamine 2-Naphthalenamine 91-59-8 U168 alpha-Naphthylthiourea Thiourea, 1-naphthalenyl- 86-88-4 P072 Nickel Same 7440-02-0 Nickel compounds, N.O.S.1 Nickel carbonyl Nickel carbonyl Ni(CO)4, (T-4)- 13463-39-3 P073 Nickel cyanide Nickel cyanide Ni(CN)2 557-19-7 P074 Nicotine Pyridine, 3-(1-methyl-2- pyrrolidinyl)-, (S)- 54-11-5 P075 Nicotine salts P075 Nitric oxide Nitrogen oxide NO 10102-43-9 P076 p-Nitroaniline Benzenamine, 4-nitro- 100-01-6 P077 Nitrobenzene Benzene, nitro- 98-95-3 U169 Nitrogen dioxide Nitrogen oxide NO2 10102-44-0 P078 Nitrogen mustard Ethanamine, 2-chloro-N-(2- chloroethyl)-N-methyl- 51-75-2 Nitrogen mustard, hydrochloride salt Nitrogen mustard N-oxide Ethanamine, 2-chloro-N-(2- chloroethyl)-N-methyl-, N-oxide 126-85-2 Nitrogen mustard, N-oxide, hydrochloride salt Nitroglycerin 1,2,3-Propanetriol, trinitrate 55-63-0 P081 p-Nitrophenol Phenol, 4-nitro- 100-02-7 U170 2-Nitropropane Propane, 2-nitro- 79-46-9 U171 Nitrosamines, N.O.S.1 35576-91-1D N-Nitrosodi-n-butylamine 1-Butanamine, N-butyl-N-nitroso- 924-16-3 U172 N-Nitrosodiethanolamine Ethanol, 2,2'-(nitrosoimino) bis- 1116-54-7 U173 N-Nitrosodiethylamine Ethanamine, N-ethyl-N-nitroso- 55-18-5 U174 N-Nitrosodimethylamine Methanamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso- 62-75-9 P082 N-Nitroso-N-ethylurea Urea, N-ethyl-N-nitroso- 759-73-9 U176 N-Nitrosomethylethylamine Ethanamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso- 10595-95-6 N-Nitroso-N-methylurea Urea, N-methyl-N-nitroso- 684-93-5 U177 N-Nitroso-N-methylurethane Carbamic acid, methylnitroso-, ethyl ester 615-53-2 U178 N-Nitrosomethylvinylamine Vinylamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso- 4549-40-0 P084 N-Nitrosomorpholine Morpholine, 4-nitroso- 59-89-2 N-Nitrosonornicotine Pyridine, 3-(1-nitroso-2- pyrrolidinyl)-, (S)- 16543-55-8 N-Nitrosopiperidine Piperidine, 1-nitroso- 100-75-4 U179 N-Nitrosopyrrolidine Pyrrolidine, 1-nitroso- 930-55-2 U180 N-Nitrososarcosine Glycine, N-methyl-N-nitroso- 13256-22-9 5-Nitro-o-toluidine Benzenamine, 2-methyl-5-nitro- 99-55-8 U181 Octamethylpyrophosphor amide Diphosphoramide, octamethyl- 152-16-9 P085 Octachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (OCDD) 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9-Octachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin 3268-87-9 Octachlorodibenzofuran (OCDF) 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9-Octachlorodibenzofuran 39001-02-0 Osmium tetroxide Osmium oxide OsO4, (T-4)- 20816-12-0 P087 Oxamyl Ethanimidithioic acid, 2-(di-methylamino)-N-[[(methylamino)carbonyl]oxy]-2-oxo-, methyl ester 23135-22-0 P194 Paraldehyde 1,3,5-Trioxane, 2,4,6-trimethyl- 123-63-7 U182 Parathion Phosphorothioic acid, O,O-diethyl O-(4-nitrophenyl) ester 56-38-2 P089 Pebulate Carbamothioic acid, butylethyl-, S-propyl ester 1114-71-2 Pentachlorobenzene Benzene, pentachloro- 608-93-5 U183 Pentachlorodibenzo-p- dioxins Pentachlorodibenzofurans Pentachloroethane Ethane, pentachloro- 76-01-7 U184 Pentachloronitrobenzene (PCNB) Benzene, pentachloronitro- 82-68-8 U185 Pentachlorophenol Phenol, pentachloro- 87-86-5 See F027 Phenacetin Acetamide, N-(4-ethoxyphenyl)- 62-44-2 U187 Phenol Same 108-95-2 U188 Phenylenediamine Benzenediamine 25265-76-3 Phenylmercury acetate Mercury, (acetato-O)phenyl- 62-38-4 P092 Phenylthiourea Thiourea, phenyl- 103-85-5 P093 Phosgene Carbonic dichloride 75-44-5 P095 Phosphine Same 7803-51-2 P096 Phorate Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-di-ethyl S-[(ethylthio)methyl] ester 298-02-2 P094 Phthalic acid esters, N.O.S.1 Phthalic anhydride 1,3-Isobenzofurandione 85-44-9 U190 Physostigmine Pyrrolo[2,3-b]indol-5-01,1,2,3, 3a,8,8a-hexahydro-1,3a,8-trimethyl-, methylcarbamate (ester), (3aS-cis)- 57-47-6 P204 Physostigmine salicylate Benzoic acid, 2-hydroxy-, compd. with (3aS-cis) -1,2,3,3a,8,8a- hexahydro-1,3a,8-trimethylpyrrolo [2,3-b]indol-5-yl methylcarbamate ester (1:1) 57-64-7 P188 2-Picoline Pyridine, 2-methyl- 109-06-8 U191 Polychlorinated biphenyls, N.O.S.1 Potassium cyanide Potassium cyanide K(CN) 151-50-8 P098 Potassium dimethyldithiocarbamate Carbamodithioic acid, dimethyl, potassium salt 128-03-0 Potassium hydroxymethyl n-methyl-dithiocarbamate Carbamodithioic acid, (hydroxy-methyl)methyl-,monopotassium salt 51026-28-9 Potassium n-methyldithiocarbamate Carbamodithioic acid, methyl- monopotassium salt 137-41-7 Potassium pentachlorophenate Pentachlorophenol, potassium salt 7778-73-6 Potassium silver cyanide Argentate(1-), bis(cyano-C)-, potassium 506-61-6 P099 Promecarb Phenol, 3-methyl-5-(1-methyl ethyl)-, methyl carbamate 2631-37-0 P201 Pronamide Benzamide, 3,5-dichloro-N- (1,1-dimethyl-2-propynyl)- 23950-58-5 U192 1,3-Propane sultone 1,2-Oxathiolane, 2,2-dioxide 1120-71-4 U193 Propham Carbamic acid, phenyl-, 1-methyl ethyl ester 122-42-9 U373 Propoxur Phenol, 2-(1-methylethoxy)-, methylcarbamate 114-26-1 U411 n-Propylamine 1-Propanamine 107-10-8 U194 Propargyl alcohol 2-Propyn-1-ol 107-19-7 P102 Propylene dichloride Propane, 1,2-dichloro- 78-87-5 U083 1,2-Propylenimine Aziridine, 2-methyl- 75-55-8 P067 Propylthiouracil 4(1H)-Pyrimidinone, 2,3-dihydro -6-propyl-2-thioxo- 51-52-5 Prosulfocarb Carbamothioic acid, dipropyl-, S-(phenylmethyl) ester 52888-80-9 U387 Pyridine Same 110-86-1 U196 Reserpine Yohimban-16-carboxylic acid, 11,17-dimethoxy-18-[(3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoyl) oxy]-smethyl ester, (3beta,16beta,17alpha, 18beta, 20alpha)- 50-55-5 U200 Resorcinol 1,3-Benzenediol 108-46-3 U201 Saccharin 1,2-Benzisothiazol-3(2H)-one, 1,1-dioxide 81-07-2 U202 Saccharin salts U202 Safrole 1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(2-propenyl)- 94-59-7 U203 Selenium Same 7782-49-2 Selenium compounds,N.O.S.1 Selenium dioxide Selenious acid 7783-00-8 U204 Selenium sulfide Selenium sulfide SeS2 7488-56-4 U205 Selenium, tetrakis (dimethyl-dithiocarbamate) Carbamodithioic acid, dimethyl-, tetra anhydrosulfide with orthothioselenious acid 144-34-3 Selenourea Same 630-10-4 P103 Silver Same 7440-22-4 Silver compounds, N.O.S.1 Silver cyanide Silver cyanide Ag(CN) 506-64-9 P104 Silvex (2,4,5-TP) Propanoic acid, 2-(2,4,5- trichlorophenoxy)- 93-72-1 See F027 Sodium cyanide Sodium cyanide Na(CN) 143-33-9 P106 Sodium dibutyldithiocarbamate Carbamodithioic acid, dibutyl-, sodium salt 136-30-1 Sodium diethyldithiocarbamate Carbamodithioic acid, diethyl-, sodium salt 148-18-5 Sodium dimethyldithiocarbamate Carbamodithioic acid, dimethyl-, sodium salt 128-04-1 Sodium pentachlorophenate Pentachlorophenol, sodium salt 131-52-2 Streptozotocin D-Glucose, 2-deoxy-2-[[(methyl-nitrosoamino)carbonyl]amino]- 18883-66-4 U206 Strychnine Strychnidin-10-one 57-24-9 P108 Strychnine salts P108 Sulfallate Carbamodithioic acid, diethyl-, 2-chloro-2-propenyl ester 95-06-7 TCDD Dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxin, 2,3,7,8-tetrachloro- 1746-01-6 Tetrabutylthiuram disulfide Thioperoxydicarbonic diamide, tetrabutyl 1634-02-2 Tetramethylthiuram monosulfide Bis(dimethylthiocarbamoyl) sulfide 97-74-5 1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene Benzene, 1,2,4,5-tetrachloro- 95-94-3 U207 Tetrachlorodibenzo-p- dioxins Tetrachlorodibenzofurans Tetrachloroethane, N.O.S.1 Ethane, tetrachloro-, N.O.S 25322-20-7 1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane Ethane, 1,1,1,2-tetrachloro- 630-20-6 U208 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane Ethane, 1,1,2,2-tetrachloro- 79-34-5 U209 Tetrachloroethylene Ethene, tetrachloro- 127-18-4 U210 2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol Phenol, 2,3,4,6-tetrachloro- 58-90-2 See F027 2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol, potassium salt Same 53535-27-6 2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol, sodium salt Same 25567-55-9 Tetraethyldithio-pyrophosphate Thiodiphosphoric acid, tetraethyl ester 3689-24-5 P109 Tetraethyl lead Plumbane, tetraethyl- 78-00-2 P110 Tetraethyl pyrophosphate Diphosphoric acid, tetraethyl ester 107-49-3 P111 Tetranitromethane Methane, tetranitro- 509-14-8 P112 Thallium Same 7440-28-0 Thallium compounds, N.O.S.1 Thallic oxide Thallium oxide Tl2O3 1314-32-5 P113 Thallium(I) acetate Acetic acid, thallium(1+) salt 563-68-8 U214 Thallium(I) carbonate Carbonic acid, dithallium(1+) salt 6533-73-9 U215 Thallium(I) chloride Thallium chloride TlCl 7791-12-0 U216 Thallium(I) nitrate Nitric acid, thallium(1+) salt 10102-45-1 U217 Thallium selenite Selenious acid, dithallium(1+) salt 12039-52-0 P114 Thallium(I) sulfate Sulfuric acid, dithallium(1+) salt 7446-18-6 P115 Thioacetamide Ethanethioamide 62-55-5 U218 Thiodicarb Ethanimidothioic acid, N,N'-[thiobis[(methylimino)carbonyloxy]] bis-, dimethyl ester 59669-26-0 U410 Thiofanox 2-Butanone, 3,3-dimethyl-1- (methylthio)-, 0-[(methylamino) carbonyl] oxime 39196-18-4 P045 Thiomethanol Methanethiol 74-93-1 U153 Thiophanate-methyl Carbamic acid, [1,2-phyenylenebis (iminocarbonothioyl)]bis-, dimethyl ester 23564-05-8 U409 Thiophenol Benzenethiol 108-98-5 P014 Thiosemicarbazide Hydrazinecarbothioamide 79-19-6 P116 Thiourea Same 62-56-6 U219 Thiram Thioperoxydicarbonic diamide [(H2N)C(S)]2S2, tetramethyl- 137-26-8 U244 Tirpate 1,3-Dithiolane-2-carboxaldehyde, 2,4-dimethyl-, O-[(methylamino) carbonyl] oxime 26419-73-8 P185 Toluene Benzene, methyl- 108-88-3 U220 Toluenediamine Benzenediamine, ar-methyl- 25376-45-8 U221 Toluene-2,4-diamine 1,3-Benzenediamine, 4-methyl- 95-80-7 Toluene-2,6-diamine 1,3-Benzenediamine, 2-methyl- 823-40-5 Toluene-3,4-diamine 1,2-Benzenediamine, 4-methyl- 496-72-0 Toluene diisocyanate Benzene, 1,3-diisocyanatomethyl- 26471-62-5 U223 o-Toluidine Benzenamine, 2-methyl- 95-53-4 U328 o-Toluidine hydrochloride Benzenamine, 2-methyl-, hydrochloride 636-21-5 U222 p-Toluidine Benzenamine, 4-methyl- 106-49-0 U353 Toxaphene Same 8001-35-2 P123 Triallate Carbamothioic acid, bis(1- methylethyl)-,S-(2,3,3-trichloro-2-propenyl) ester 2303-17-5 U389 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene Benzene, 1,2,4-trichloro- 120-82-1 1,1,2-Trichloroethane Ethane, 1,1,2-trichloro- 79-00-5 U227 Trichloroethylene Ethene, trichloro- 79-01-6 U228 Trichloromethanethiol Methanethiol, trichloro- 75-70-7 P118 Trichloromonofluoromethane Methane, trichlorofluoro- 75-69-4 U121 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol Phenol, 2,4,5-trichloro- 95-95-4 See F027 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol Phenol, 2,4,6-trichloro- 88-06-2 See F027 2,4,5-T Acetic acid, (2,4,5-trichlorophenoxy)- 93-76-5 See F027 Trichloropropane, N.O.S.1 25735-29-9 1,2,3-Trichloropropane Propane, 1,2,3-trichloro- 96-18-4 O,O,O-Triethyl phosphorothioate Phosphorothioic acid, O,O,O-triethyl ester 126-68-1 Triethylamine Ethanamine, N,N-diethyl- 121-44-8 U404 1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene Benzene, 1,3,5-trinitro- 99-35-4 U234 Tris(1-aziridinyl)phosphine sulfide Aziridine, 1,1',1''- phosphinothioylidynetris- 52-24-4 Tris(2,3-dibromopropyl) phosphate 1-Propanol, 2,3-dibromo-, phosphate (3:1) 126-72-7 U235 Trypan blue 2,7-Naphthalenedisulfonic acid, 3,3'-[(3,3'-dimethyl[1,1'-biphenyl]-4,4'-diyl)bis(azo)]-bis[5-amino-4-hydroxy-, tetrasodium salt 72-57-1 U236 Uracil mustard 2,4-(1H,3H)-Pyrimidinedione, 5-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]- 66-75-1 U237 Vanadium pentoxide Vanadium oxide V2O5 1314-62-1 P120 Vernolate Carbamothioic acid, dipropyl-, S-propyl ester 1929-77-7 Vinyl chloride Ethene, chloro- 75-01-4 U043 Warfarin 2H-1-Benzopyran-2-one, 4-hydroxy-3-(3-oxo-1-phenylbutyl)-,when present at concentrations less than 0.3% 81-81-2 U248 Warfarin 2H-1-Benzopyran-2-one, 4-hydroxy-3-(3-oxo-1-phenylbutyl)-,when present at concentrations greater than 0.3% 81-81-2 P001 Warfarin salts, when present at concentrations less than 0.3% U248 Warfarin salts, when present at concentrations greater than 0.3% P001 Zinc cyanide Zinc cyanide Zn(CN)2 557-21-1 P121 Zinc phosphide Zinc phosphide Zn3P2, when present at concentrations greater than 10% 1314-84-7 P122 Zinc phosphide Zinc phosphide Zn3P2, when present at concentrations of 10% or less 1314-84-7 U249 Ziram Zinc, bis (dimethylcarba-modithioato- S,S')-, (T-4)- 137-30-4 P205 </table>

1The abbreviation N.O.S. (not otherwise specified) signifies those members of the general class not specifically listed by name in this appendix.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Amy P. Zachry; C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-10, 22-30-11.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed Novmeber 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

335-14-2APPENDIX IX - Wastes Excluded Under 335-14-1-.03(2).

TABLE 1 - WASTE EXCLUDED FROM NON-SPECIFIC SOURCES

FacilityWaste Description

Ampex RecordingSolvent recovery residues in the powder of pellet form (EPA

Media Corp. Hazardous Waste Nos. F003 and F005) generated from the

Opelika, AL recovery of spent solvents from the manufacture of tape

ALD 003 297 116 recording media (generated at a maximum annual rate of 1,000 cubic yards in the powder or pellet form) after August 9, 1993. In order to confirm that the characteristics of the wastes do not change significantly, the facility must, on an annual basis, analyze a representative composite sample of the waste (in its final form) for the constituents listed in Rule 335-14-2-.03(5) using the method specified therein. The annual analytical results, including quality control information, must be compiled, certified according to Rule 335-14-1-.03(2)(i)16., maintained on-site for a minimum of five years, and made available for inspection upon request by any employee or representative of the EPA or the State of

Alabama. Failure to maintain the required records on-site will be considered by the EPA, at its discretion, sufficient basis to revoke the exclusion to the extent directed by the EPA.

Hoechust CelaneseDistillation bottoms generated (at a maximum annual rate of

Corp. 31,500 cubic yards) from the production of sodium hydrosulfite

Bucks, AL (EPA Hazardous Waste No. F003). This exclusion was published

ALD 056 113 756 by the EPA on July 17, 1990. This exclusion does not include the waste contained in Hoechust Celanese's on-site surface impoundment.

Universal OilWastewater treatment sludges (EPA Hazardous Waste No. F006)

Products generated from electroplating operations and contained in two

Decatur, AL on-site lagoons on August 15, 1986. This is a one-time

ALD 053 363 776 exclusion.

Reynolds MetalsDewatered wastewater treatment sludges (EPA

Company Hazardous Waste No. F019) generated (at a maximum

FacilityWaste Description

Sheffield, AL annual rate of 3,840 cubic yards) from the

ALD 053 365 160 chemical conversion coating of aluminum after August 15, 1986.

Reynolds MetalsWastewater treatment filter press sludge(EPA Hazardous Waste

Company No. F019) generated (at a maximum annual rate of 3,840 cubic

Sheffield, AL yards) from the chemical conversion coating of aluminum. This

ALD 095 687 679 exclusion was published July 17, 1990.

TABLE 2 - WASTES EXCLUDED FROM SPECIFIC SOURCES

FacilityWaste Description

Akzo Chemicals Inc.Brine purification muds generated from their

(formerly Stauffer choloralkali manufacturing operations (EPA

Chemical Company) Hazardous Waste No. K071) and disposed of in

Axis, AL brine mud pond HWTF: 5 EP-201.

ALD 008 161 176

Occidental ChemicalRetorted wastewater treatment sludge from the

Corporation mercury cell process in chlorine production

Muscle Shoals Plant (EPA Hazardous Waste No. K106) after

Sheffield, AL September 19, 1989. This exclusion is

ALD 004 019 642 conditional upon the submission of data obtained from Occidental's full-scale retort treatment system because Occidental's original data were based on a pilot-scale retort system. To ensure that hazardous constituents are not present in the waste at levels of regulatory concern once the full-scale treatment facility is in operation, Occidental must implement a testing program. All sampling and analyses (including quality control procedures) must be performed according to SW-846 procedures. This testing program must meet the following conditions for the exclusion to be valid:

(1) Initial Testing - During the first four weeks of full-scale retort operation, Occidental must do the following:

(A) Collect representative grab samples from every batch of retorted material and composite the

grab samples to produce a weekly composite sample. The weekly composite samples, prior to disposal of recycling, must be analyzed for the EP leachate concentrations of all the EP toxic metals (except mercury), nickel, and cyanide (using distilled water in the cyanide extractions), and the total constituent concentrations of reactive sulfide and reactive cyanide. Occidental must report the analytical test data, including all quality control data, obtained during this initial period no later than 90 days after the treatment of the first full-scale batch.

FacilityWaste Description

(B) Collect representative grab samples of every batch of retorted material prior to its disposal

of recycling and analyze the sample for EP leachate concentration of mercury. Occidental must report the analytical test data, including all quality control data, within 90 days after the treatment of the first full-scale batch.

(2) Subsequent Testing - After the first four weeks of full-scale retort operation, Occidental must do the following:

(A) Continue to sample and test as described in Condition (1)(A). Occidental must compile and store on-site for a minimum of three years all analytical data and quantity control data. These data must be furnished upon request and made available for inspection by any employee or representative of the EPA or the State of Alabama. These testing requirements shall be terminated by the EPA and the Department when the results of four consecutive weekly composite samples of the petitioned waste, obtained from either the initial testing or subsequent testing show the maximum allowable levels in Condition (3) are not exceeded and the Section Chief, Variances Section, and the Department notifies Occidental that the requirements of this condition have been lifted.

(B) Continue to sample and test for mercury as described in Condition (1)(B). Occidental must compile and store on-site for a minimum of three years all analytical data and quality control data. These data must be furnished upon request and made available for inspection by any employee or representative of the EPA or the State of Alabama. These testing requirements shall remain in effect until Occidental provides the EPA and the Department with analytical and quality control data for 30 consecutive batches of retorted material, collected as described in

Condition (1)(B), demonstrating that the EP leachable levels of mercury are below the maximum allowable level in Condition (3) and the Section Chief, Variances Section, and the Department notifies Occidental that the testing in Condition (2)(B) may be replaced with (2)(C).

(C) [If the conditions in (2)(B) are satisfied, the testing requirements for mercury in (2)(B) shall be replaced with the following condition.] Collect representative grab samples from every batch of retorted material on a daily basis and composite the grab samples to produce a weekly

composite sample. Occidental must analyze each

FacilityWaste Description

weekly composite sample prior to its disposal or

recycling for the EP leachate concentration of mercury. Occidental must compile and store on-site for a minimum of three years all

analytical data and quality control data. These data must be furnished upon request and made available for inspection by an employee or representative of the EPA or the State of Alabama.

(3) If, under Condition (1) or (2), the EP leachate concentrations for chromium, lead, arsenic, or silver exceed 1.616 mg/1; for barium exceeds 32.3 mg/1; for cadmium or selenium exceed 0.323 mg/1; for mercury exceeds 0.065 mg/1; for nickel exceeds 16.15 mg/1: for cyanide exceeds 22.61 mg/1; or for total reactive cyanide or total reactive sulfide levels exceed 250 mg/kg and 500 mg/kg, respectively, the waste must either be retreated until it meets these levels or managed and disposed of in accordance with Subtitle C of RCRA.

(4) Within one week of system start-up, Occidental must notify the Section Chief, Variances Section (see address below) and the Department when the full-scale retort system is on-line and waste treatment has begun. All data obtained through Condition (1) must be submitted to the Section Chief, Variances Section, PSPD/OSW (OS-343), U.S. EPA, 401 M Street SW, Washington, D.C. 20460 and the Director of the Department within the time period specified in Condition (1). At the Section Chief's or the Director's request, Occidental must submit any other analytical data obtained through Condition (2) to the above address, and to the Department within the time period specified by the Section Chief or the Department. Failure to submit the required data will be considered by the Agency or the

Department sufficient basis to revoke Occidental's exclusion to the extent directed by the EPA and the Department. All data must be accompanied by the following certification statement:

"Under civil and criminal penalty of law for the making or submission of false or fraudulent statements or representations (pursuant to the applicable provisions of State law and the Federal Code which include, but may be limited to, 18 U.S.C. 6926), I certify that the information contained in or accompanying this document is true, accurate and complete.

FacilityWaste Description

As to the (those) identified section(s) of this document for which I cannot personally verify its (their) truth and accuracy, I certify as the company official having supervisory responsibility for the persons who, acting under my direct instructions, made the verification that this information is true, accurate and complete.

In the event that any of this information is determined by the EPA or the Department in its sole discretion to be false, inaccurate or incomplete, and upon conveyance of this fact to the company, I recognize and agree that this exclusion of wastes will be void as if it never had effect or to the extent directed by the EPA or the Department and that the company will be liable for any actions taken in contravention of the company's AHWMMA, RCRA and CERCLA obligations premised upon the company's reliance on the void exclusion."

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Philip Woods

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-10, 22-30-11.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998.

335-14-2APPENDIX X - [Reserved].

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975,

History:

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-14-3" level="2" title="IDENTIFICATION AND LISTING OF HAZARDOUS WASTE">

<regElement name="335.14.3.01" level="3" title="General">

(1)Purpose, scope, and applicability.

(a)335-14-3 establishes standards for

1.Generators of hazardous waste and

2.Generators of other waste destined for disposal at commercial hazardous waste disposal facilities located in the State of Alabama.

(b)Rule 335-14-2-.01(5)(c) and (d) must be used to determine the applicability of the provisions of 335-14-3 that are dependent on calculations of the quantity of hazardous waste generated per month.

(c)In addition to the requirements of Chapters 335-14-5 through 335-14-9, a generator who treats, stores, or disposes of hazardous waste on-site must only comply with the following with respect to that waste:

1.335-14-3-.01(2) for determining whether or not he has a hazardous waste;

2.335-14-3-.01(3) for obtaining an EPA identification number;

3.335-14-3-.03(5) for accumulation of hazardous waste;

4.335-14-3-.04(1)(c) and (d) for recordkeeping;

5.335-14-3-.04(4) for additional reporting; and

6.If applicable, 335-14-3-.07(1) for farmers.

(d)Any person who exports or imports hazardous waste subject to the manifesting requirements of 335-14-3, or subject to the universal waste management standards of 335-14-11, or subject to State requirements analogous to 335-14-11, to or from the countries listed in 335-14-3-.05(9)(a)1. for recovery must comply with Rule 335-14-3-.09.

(e)Any person who imports hazardous waste into the United States must comply with the standards applicable to generators established in 335-14-3.

(f)A farmer who generates waste pesticides which are hazardous waste and who complies with all the requirements of 335-14-3-.07(1) is not required to comply with other standards in 335-14-3 or in Chapters 335-14-5, 335-14-6, 335-14-8, or 335-14-9 with respect to such pesticides.

(g)An owner or operator who initiates a shipment of hazardous waste from a treatment, storage or disposal facility must comply with the generator standards established in 335-14-3.

(h)The generators of other waste destined for disposal at commercial hazardous waste disposal facilities located in the State of Alabama must only comply with 335-14-3-.08, Appendix I, and Appendix II.

(i)Persons responding to an explosives or munitions emergency in accordance with 335-14-5-.01(g)8.(i)(IV) or (iv) or 335-14-6-.01(1)(c)11.(i)(IV) or (iv), and 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)3.(i)(IV) or (iii) are not required to comply with the standards of 335-14-3.

(j)When used in 335-14-3, the following terms have the meanings given below;

(k)"Other waste" are wastes as defined in Rule 335-14-1-.02 but are not hazardous waste as defined in Rule 335-14-2-.01.

(l)"Commercial hazardous waste disposal facility" is one receiving hazardous waste not generated on site for disposal and to which a fee is paid or other compensation is given for disposal.

Note 1: The provisions of 335-14-3-.03(5) are applicable to the on-site accumulation of hazardous waste by generators. Therefore, the provisions of 335-14-3-.03(5) only apply to owners or operators who are shipping hazardous waste which they generated at the facility.

Note 2: A generator who treats, stores, or disposes of hazardous waste on-site must comply with the applicable standards and permit requirements set forth in Chapters 335-14-5, 335-14-6, 335-14-7, 335-14-8, and 335-14-9.

(2)Hazardous waste determination. A person who generates a solid waste, as defined in 335-14-2-.01(2), must determine if that waste is a hazardous waste using the following method:

(a)He should first determine if the waste is excluded from regulation under 335-14-2-.01(4);

(b)He must then determine if the waste is listed as a hazardous waste in Rule 335-14-2-.04; and

(c)For purposes of compliance with Chapter 335-14-9, or if the waste is not listed in Rule 335-14-2-.04, the generator must then determine whether the waste is identified in Rule 335-14-2-.03 by either:

1.Testing the waste according to the methods set forth in Rule 335-14-2-.03 or according to an equivalent testing method approved under Rule 335-14-1-.03; or

2.Applying knowledge of the hazardous characteristic of the waste in light of the materials or the processes used.

(d)If the waste is determined to be hazardous, the generator must refer to Chapters 335-14-2, 335-14-5, 335-14-6, 335-14-7, 335-14-9, and 335-14-11 for possible exclusions or restrictions pertaining to management of his specific waste.

(3)EPA identification numbers.

(a)A generator must not treat, store, dispose of, transport, or offer for transportation, hazardous waste without having received an EPA identification number from the Department.

(b)A generator who has not received an EPA identification number may obtain one by applying to the Department using the ADEM Form 8700-12. Upon receiving the request, the Department will assign an EPA identification number to the generator. A generator shall file a new ADEM Form 8700-12 if the facility changes physical location.

[Note: EPA identification numbers are location specific and cannot be transferred from one individual generation site to another.]

(c)No notification under 335-14-3-.01 shall be deemed complete without payment of the certification fee specified in Chapter 335-1-6 of the Department?s Administrative Code.

(d)A generator must not offer his hazardous waste to transporters that have not received an EPA identification number and an Alabama Hazardous Waste Transport Permit or to treatment, storage, or disposal facilities that have not received an EPA identification number and an Alabama Hazardous Waste Facility Permit or interim status pursuant to Rule 335-14-8-.07 (or, in the case of out-of-state facilities, a permit valid in the receiving State).

(4)Annual Submission of ADEM Form 8700-12, Notification of Regulated Waste Activity and Certifications of Waste Management.

(a)A generator must submit a correct and complete ADEM Form 8700-12 (including all appropriate attachment pages and fees) reflecting current waste activities to the Department annually according to the following schedule. The Department must receive the ADEM Form 8700-12 (including all appropriate attachment pages and fees) no later than the 15th day of the specified month.

<table width="100%"> If your site of waste generation is located in the county of ... Submit ADEM Form 8700-12 by the 15th of ... Colbert, Fayette, Franklin, Greene, Hale, Lamar, Lauderdale, Lawrence, Limestone, Marion, Morgan, Pickens, Sumter, Tuscaloosa, Walker, Winston February Blount, Cherokee, Cullman, DeKalb, Etowah, Jackson, Madison, Marshall, St. Clair April Jefferson June Calhoun, Chambers, Clay, Cleburne, Coosa, Elmore, Lee, Macon, Montgomery, Randolph, Shelby, Talladega, Tallapoosa August Autauga, Baldwin, Barbour, Bibb, Bullock, Butler, Chilton, Choctaw, Clarke, Coffee, Conecuh, Covington, Crenshaw, Dale, Dallas, Escambia, Geneva, Henry, Houston, Lowndes, Marengo, Monroe, Perry, Pike, Russell, Washington, Wilcox October Mobile December </table>

(b)In order to eliminate the need for multiple Notifications during the reporting year, facilities which anticipate periodically switching between generator classifications should notify for the higher classification (i.e., if a facility typically operates as small quantity generator, but anticipates being a large quantity generator for any period during the year, they should notify as a large quantity generator); and

(c)The ADEM Form 8700-12, Notification of Regulated Waste Activity, is not complete without payment of all the appropriate fees specified in Chapter 335-1-6 of the ADEM Administrative Code.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, William K. Mullins II; Steven O. Jenkins, Amy P. Zachry, C. Edwin Johnston, Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-13, 22-30-14.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 21, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 2, 1996; effective March 8, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.3.02" level="3" title="The Manifest">

(1)General requirements.

(a)A generator who transports, or offers for transportation, hazardous waste for off-site treatment, storage, or disposal must prepare a Manifest OMB control number 2050-0039 on EPA Form 8700-22 and, if necessary, EPA Form 8700-22A, according to the instructions in 335-14-3 - Appendix I.

(b)A generator must designate on the manifest one facility which is permitted to handle the waste described on the manifest.

(c)A generator may also designate on the manifest one alternate facility which is permitted to handle his waste in the event an emergency prevents delivery of the waste to the primary designated facility.

(d)If the transporter is unable to deliver the hazardous waste to the designated facility or the alternate facility, the generator must either designate another facility or instruct the transporter to return the waste to the generators facility.

(e)The requirements of 335-14-3-.02 do not apply to hazardous waste produced by generators of greater than 100 kg but less than 1000 kg in a calendar month where:

1.The waste is reclaimed under a contractual agreement pursuant to which:

(I)The type of waste and frequency of shipments are specified in the agreement;

(ii)The vehicle used to transport the waste to the recycling facility and to deliver regenerated material back to the generator is owned and operated by the reclaimer of the waste; and

2.The generator maintains a copy of the reclamation agreement in his files for a period of at least three years after termination or expiration of the agreement.

(f)The requirements of 335-14-3-.02 and 335-14-3-.03(3)(b) do not apply to the transport of hazardous wastes on a public or private right-of-way within or along the border of contiguous property under the control of the same person, even if such contiguous property is divided by a public or private right-of-way. Notwithstanding 335-14-4-.01(1)(a), the generator or transporter must comply with the requirements for transporters set forth in 335-14-4-.03(1) and (2) in the event of a discharge of hazardous waste on a public or private right-of-way.

(2)Acquisition of manifests. The generator shall obtain blank manifest forms from the following sources (in order of preference):

(a)The consignment State, if the consignment State requires the use of State-issued manifest forms; or

(b)The generator State, if the generator State requires the use of State-issued manifest forms; or

(c)The facility to be designated, if treatment, storage, or disposal facilities in the consignment state supply the manifest forms; or

(d)Any source, if neither the consignment State, generator State, nor the facility to be designated supply the manifest forms.

(3)Number of copies. The manifest shall consist of at least the number of copies which will provide the Department, the generator, each transporter, and the owner or operator of the designated facility with one copy each for their records and another copy to be returned to the generator.

(4)Use of the manifest.

(a)The generator must:

1.Sign the manifest certification by hand; and

2.Obtain the handwritten signature of the initial transporter and date of acceptance on the manifest; and

3.Retain one copy of the manifest, in accordance with 335-14-3-.04(1)(a).

(b)The generator must give the transporter the remaining copies of the manifest.

(c)For shipments of hazardous waste within the United States solely by water (bulk shipments only), the generator must send three copies of the manifest dated and signed in accordance with 335-14-3-.02(4) to the owner or operator of the designated facility or the last water (bulk shipment) transporter to handle the waste in the United States if exported by water. Copies of the manifest are not required for each transporter.

(d)For rail shipments of hazardous waste within the United States which originate at the site of generation, the generator must send at least three copies of the manifest dated and signed in accordance with 335-14-3-.02(4) to:

1.The next non-rail transporter, if any; or

2.The designated facility if transported solely by rail; or

3.The last rail transporter to handle the waste in the United States if exported by rail.

(e)For shipments of hazardous waste to a designated facility in an authorized State which has not yet obtained authorization to regulate that particular waste as hazardous, the generator must assure that the designated facility agrees to sign and return the manifest to the generator, and that any out-of-state transporter signs and forwards the manifest to the designated facility.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Michael B. Champion, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-14, 22-30-17.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.3.03" level="3" title="Pre-Transport Requirements">

(1)Packaging. Before transporting hazardous waste or offering hazardous waste for transportation off-site, a generator must package the waste in accordance with the applicable United States Department of Transportation regulations on packaging under 49 CFR Parts 173, 178, and 179. Failure to properly package the waste in accordance with the applicable United States Department of Transportation regulations is a violation of 335-14-3-.03(1).

(2)Labeling. Before transporting hazardous waste or offering hazardous waste for transportation off-site, a generator must label each package in accordance with the applicable United States Department of Transportation regulations on hazardous materials under 49 CFR Part 172. Failure to properly label the waste in accordance with the applicable United States Department of Transportation regulations is a violation of 335-14-3-.03(2).

(3)Marking.

(a)Before transporting hazardous waste or offering hazardous waste for transportation off-site, a generator must mark each package of hazardous waste in accordance with the applicable United States Department of Transportation regulations on hazardous materials under 49 CFR Part 172;

(b)Before transporting hazardous waste or offering hazardous waste for transportation off-site, a generator must mark each container of 110 gallons or less used in such transportation with the following words and information displayed in accordance with the requirements of 49 CFR &#167; 172.304:

HAZARDOUS WASTE - Federal Law Prohibits Improper Disposal. If found, contact the nearest police or public safety authority or the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

Generator's Name and Address _______________________________

Manifest Document Number ___________________________________

(c)Failure to properly mark the waste packages or containers in accordance with the applicable United States Department of Transportation regulations and the requirements of 335-14-3-.03(3) is a violation of 335-14-3-.03(3).

(4)Placarding. Before transporting hazardous waste or offering hazardous waste for transportation off-site, a generator must placard or offer the initial transporter the appropriate placards according to United States Department of Transportation regulations under 49 CFR Part 172, Subpart F. Failure to properly placard or offer to the initial transporter the appropriate placards in accordance with the applicable United States Department of Transportation regulations is a violation of 335-14-3-.03(4).

(5)Accumulation time.

(a)Except as provided in 335-14-3-.03(5)(d), (e), and (f), a generator may accumulate hazardous waste which is generated on-site for 90 days or less without a permit or without having interim status, provided that:

1.The waste is placed:

(i)In containers and the generator complies with the applicable requirements of 335-14-6-.09, 335-14-6-.27 through 335-14-6-.29; and/or

(ii)In tanks and the generator complies with the applicable requirements of 335-14-6-.10, 335-14-6-.27 through 335-14-6-.29, except 335-14-6-.10(8)(e) and 335-14-6-.10(11); and/or

(iii)On drip pads and the generator complies with 335-14-6-.23 and maintains the following records at the facility:

(I)A description of procedures that will be followed to ensure that all wastes are removed from the drip pad and associated collection system at least once every 90 days; and

(II)Documentation of each waste removal, including the quantity of waste removed from the drip pad and the sump or collection system and the date and time of removal; and/or

(iv)In containment buildings and the generator complies with 335-14-6-.30, and has placed its professional engineer certification that the building complies with the design standards specified in 335-14-6-.30(2) in the facility's operating record no later than 60 days after the date of initial operation of the unit. After February 18, 1993, a professional engineer's certification will be required prior to operation of the unit. The owner or operator shall maintain the following records at the facility:

(I)A written description of procedures to ensure that each waste volume remains in the unit for no more than 90 days, a written description of the waste generation and management practices for the facility showing that they are consistent with respecting the 90 day limit, and documentation that the procedures are complied with; or

(II)Documentation that the unit is emptied at least once every 90 days.

Note: In addition, such a generator is exempt from all the requirements of Rules 335-14-6-.07 and 335-14-6-.08, except for 335-14-6-.07(2) and 335-14-6-.07(5).

2.The date upon which each period of accumulation begins is clearly marked and visible for inspection on each container;

3.While being accumulated on-site each container and tank is labeled or marked clearly with the words, "Hazardous Waste" and the EPA hazardous waste number; and

4.The generator complies with the requirements for owners or operators in Rules 335-14-6-.03 and 335-14-6-.04, with 335-14-6-.02(5), 335-14-6-.02(6)(c), 335-14-6-.02(6)(d), 335-14-6-.02(7), 335-14-6-.02(8)(a), 335-14-6-.05(5)(a), 335-14-6-.05(5)(b), and 335-14-9-.01(7).

5.Upon ceasing to operate, or moving, or if the facility closes for business, the generator closes each container storage area, storage tank, drip pad, and containment building in a manner that:

(i)Minimizes the need for further maintenance; and

(ii)Controls, minimizes, or eliminates, to the extent necessary to protect human health and the environment, post-closure escape of hazardous waste, hazardous constituents, leachate, contaminated run-off, or hazardous waste decomposition products to the ground or surface waters or to the atmosphere; and

(iii)Complies with the closure requirements of 335-14-3-.03 and the applicable requirements of 335-14-6-.09(9), 335-14-6-.10(8), 335-14-6-.23(6), and 335-14-6-.30(3), and the record keeping requirements of Rules 335-14-3-.04(1)(b) and 335-14-3-.04(4).

(b)A generator who accumulates hazardous waste for more than 90 days is an operator of a storage facility and is subject to the requirements of 335-14-5 and 335-14-6, and the permit requirements of 335-14-8 unless he has been granted an extension to the 90 day period. Such extension may be granted by the Department if hazardous wastes must remain on-site for more than 90 days due to unforeseeable, temporary, and uncontrollable circumstances. An extension of up to 30 days may be granted at the discretion of the Department on a case-by-case basis upon written request from the generator submitted prior to the expiration of the 90-day period.

(c)1.A generator may accumulate as much as 55 gallons of hazardous waste or one quart of acutely hazardous waste as listed in 335-14-2-.04(4)(e) in containers at or near any point of generation where wastes initially accumulate, which is under the control of the operator of the process generating the waste, without a permit or interim status and without complying with 335-14-3-.03(5)(a) provided he:

(i)Complies with 335-14-6-.09(2), (3), and (4)(a); and

(ii)Marks his containers either with the words "Hazardous Waste" or with other words that identify the contents of the containers.

2.A generator who accumulates either hazardous waste or acutely hazardous waste listed in 335-14-2-.04(4)(e) in excess of the amounts listed in 335-14-3-.03(5)(c)1. at or near any point of generation must, with respect to the initial amount of waste (55 gallons of hazardous waste or one quart of acutely hazardous waste), comply within three days with 335-14-3-.03(5)(a) or other applicable provisions of Division 335-14. During the three-day period, the generator must continue to comply with 335-14-3-.03(5)(c)1.(i) and (ii). The generator must mark the container holding the initial amount of hazardous waste with the date the initial amount was reached.

(d)A generator who generates greater than 100 kilograms but less than 1000 kilograms of hazardous waste in a calendar month may accumulate hazardous waste on-site for 180 days or less without a permit or without having interim status provided that:

1.The quantity of waste accumulated on-site never exceeds 6000 kilograms;

2.The generator complies with the requirements of 335-14-6-.09 except 335-14-6-.09(6), (7), (9)(c), and (9)(d);

3.The generator complies with the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(12);

4.The generator complies with the requirements of 335-14-3-.03(5)(a)2. and (a)3., the requirements of 335-14-6-.03, the requirements of 335-14-9-.01(7); and

5.The generator complies with the following requirements:

(i)At all times there must be at least one employee either on the premises or on call (i.e., available to respond to an emergency by reaching the facility within a short period of time) with the responsibility for coordinating all emergency response measures specified in 335-14-3-.03(5)(d)5.(iv). This employee is the emergency coordinator.

(ii)The generator must post the following information next to the telephone:

(I)The name and telephone number of the emergency coordinator;

(II)Location of fire extinguishers and spill control material, and, if present, fire alarm; and

(III)The telephone number of the fire department, unless the facility has a direct alarm.

(iii)The generator must ensure that all employees are thoroughly familiar with proper waste handling and emergency procedures, relevant to their responsibilities during normal facility operations and emergencies;

(iv)The emergency coordinator or his designee must respond to any emergencies that arise. The applicable responses are as follows:

(I)In the event of a fire, call the fire department or attempt to extinguish it using a fire extinguisher;

(II)In the event of a spill, contain the flow of hazardous waste to the extent possible, and as soon as is practicable, clean up the hazardous waste and any contaminated materials or soil;

(III)In the event of a fire, explosion, or other release which could threaten human health or the environment outside the facility or when the generator has knowledge that a spill has reached surface water, the generator must immediately notify the National Response Center (using their 24-hour toll free number 800/424-8802) and the Alabama Department of Public Safety (334/242-4378).

The report must include the following information:

I.The name, address, and U.S. EPA Identification Number of the generator;

II.Date, time, and type of incident (e.g., spill or fire);

III.Quantity and type of hazardous waste involved in the incident;

IV.Extent of injuries, if any; and

V.Estimated quantity and disposition of recovered materials, if any.

(e)A generator who generates greater than 100 kilograms but less than 1000 kilograms of hazardous waste in a calendar month and who must transport his waste, or offer his waste for transportation, over a distance of 200 miles or more for off-site treatment, storage, or disposal may accumulate hazardous waste on-site for 270 days or less without a permit or without having interim status provided that he complies with the requirements of 335-14-3-.03(5)(d).

(f)A generator who generates greater than 100 kilograms but less than 1000 kilograms of hazardous waste in a calendar month and who accumulates hazardous waste in quantities exceeding 6000 kilograms or accumulates hazardous waste for more than 180 days (or for more than 270 days if he must transport his waste, or offer his waste for transportation, over a distance of 200 miles or more) is an operator of a storage facility and is subject to the requirements of 335-14-5, 335-14-6, and 335-14-8 unless he has been granted an extension to the 180-day (or 270-day if applicable) period. Such extension may be granted by this Department if hazardous wastes must remain on-site for longer than 180 days (or 270 days if applicable) due to unforeseen, temporary, and uncontrollable circumstances. An extension of up to 30 days may be granted at the discretion of the Department on a case-by-case basis.

(g)A generator who generates 1,000 kilograms or greater of hazardous waste per calendar month who also generates wastewater treatment sludges from electroplating operations that meet the listing description for the RCRA hazardous waste code F006, may accumulate F006 waste on-site for more than 90 days, but not more than 180 days without a permit or without having interim status provided that:

1.The generator has implemented pollution prevention practices that reduce the amount of any hazardous substances, pollutants or contaminants entering F006 or otherwise released to the environment prior to its recycling;

2.The F006 waste is legitimately recycled through metals recovery;

3.No more than 20,000 kilograms of F006 waste is accumulated on-site at any one time; and

4.The F006 waste is managed in accordance with the following:

(i)The F006 waste is placed:

(I)In containers and the generator complies with the applicable requirements of Rules 335-14-6-.09, 6-.27, 6-.28, and 6-.29; and/or

(II)In tanks and the generator complies with the applicable requirements of Rules 335-14-6-.10, 6-.27, 6-.28, and 6-.29, except 335-14-6-.10(8)(c) and 6-.10(11).

(III)In containment buildings and the generator complies with 335-14-6-.30, and has placed its professional engineer certification that the building complies with the design standards specified in 335-14-6-.30(2) in the facility?s operating record prior to operation of the unit. The owner or operator must maintain the following records at the facility:

I.A written description of procedures to ensure that the F006 waste remains in the unit for no more than 180 days, a written description of the waste generation and management practices for the facility showing that they are consistent with the 180-day limit, and documentation that the generator is complying with the procedures; or

II,Documentation that the unit is emptied at least once every 180 days.

(ii)In addition, such a generator is exempt from all the requirements in 335-14-6-.07 and 6-.08, except for 335-14-6-.07(2) and (5).

(iii)The date upon which each period of accumulation begins is clearly marked and visible for inspection on each container;

(iv)While being accumulated on-site, each container and tank is labeled or marked clearly with the words "Hazardous Waste"; and

(v)The generator complies with the requirements for owners or operators in 335-14-6-.03 and 6-.04, with 335-14-6-.02(7), and with 335-14-9-.01(7).

(h)A generator who generates 1,000 kilograms or greater of hazardous waste per calendar month who also generates wastewater treatment sludges from electroplating operations that meet the listing description for the RCRA hazardous waste code F006, and who must transport this waste, or offer this waste for transportation, over a distance of 200 miles or more for off-site metals recovery, may accumulate F006 waste on-site for more than 90 days, but not more than 270 days without a permit or without having interim status if the generator complies with the requirements of 335-14-3-.03(5)(g)1. through 4.

(i)A generator accumulating F006 in accordance with 335-14-3-.03(5)(g) and (h) who accumulates F006 on-site for more than 180 days (or for more than 270 days if the generator must transport this waste, or offer this waste for transportation, over a distance of 200 miles or more), or who accumulates more than 20,000 kilograms of F006 waste on-site is an operator of a storage facility and is subject to the requirements of 335-14-8 unless the generator has been granted an extension to the 180-day (or 270-day if applicable) period or an exception to the 20,000 kilogram accumulation limit. Such extensions and EXCEPTION may be granted by ADEM if F006 waste must remain on-site for longer than 180 days (270 days if applicable) or if more than 20,000 kilograms of F006 waste must remain on-site due to unforeseen, temporary, and uncontrollable circumstances. An extension of up to 30 days or an exception to the accumulation limit may be granted at the discretion of the Department on a case-by-case basis.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Amy P. Zachry; C. Edwin Johnston; Michael Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12, 22-30-14.

History: September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.3.04" level="3" title="Recordkeeping And Reporting">

(1)Recordkeeping.

(a)A generator must keep a copy of each manifest signed in accordance with 335-14-3-.02(4)(a) for three years or until he receives a signed copy from the designated facility which received the waste. This signed copy must be retained as a record for at least three years from the date the waste was accepted by the initial transporter.

(b)A generator must keep a copy of each Biennial Report, Exception Report, and Closure Report for a period of at least three years from the due date of the report.

(c)A generator must keep records of any test results, waste analyses, or other determinations made in accordance with 335-14-3-.01(2) for at least three years from the date that the waste was last sent to on-site or off-site treatment, storage, or disposal.

(d)The periods of retention referred to in 335-14-3-.04(1) are extended automatically during the course of any unresolved enforcement action regarding the regulated activity or as requested by the Department.

(2)Biennial report.

(a)A generator who ships any hazardous waste off-site to a treatment, storage, or disposal facility within the United States must prepare and submit a single copy of a Biennial Report to the Department by March 1 of each even numbered year. The Biennial Report must be submitted on the Hazardous Waste Generator Biennial Report form supplied by the Department and must cover generator activities during the previous calendar year and must include the following information:

1.The EPA identification number, name, and address of the generator;

2.The calendar year covered by the report;

3.The EPA identification number, name, and location address for each off-site treatment, storage, or disposal facility in the United States to which waste was shipped during the year;

4.The name and EPA identification number of each transporter used during the reporting year for shipments to a treatment, storage, or disposal facility within the United States;

5.A description, EPA hazardous waste number, United States Department of Transportation hazard class, and quantity of each hazardous waste shipped off-site for shipments to a treatment, storage, or disposal facility within the United States. This information must be listed by EPA identification number of each such off-site facility to which waste was shipped;

6.A description of the efforts undertaken during the year to reduce the volume and toxicity of waste generated.

7.A description of the changes in volume and toxicity of waste actually achieved during the year in comparison to previous years to the extent such information is available for years prior to 1984.

8.The certification signed by the generator or authorized representative; and

9.Any other information requested in the instructions to the Hazardous Waste Generator Biennial Report form.

(b)Any generator who treats, stores, or disposes of hazardous waste on-site must submit an biennial report covering those wastes in accordance with the provisions of Chapters 335-14-5, 335-14-6, 335-14-7, and 335-14-8. Reporting for exports of hazardous waste is not required on the Biennial Report form. A separate annual report requirement is set forth in Rule 335-14-3-.05.

(3)Exception reporting.

(a)1.A generator of greater than 1000 kilograms of hazardous waste in a calendar month who does not receive a copy of the manifest with the handwritten signature of the owner or operator of the designated facility within 35 days of the date the waste was accepted by the initial transporter must contact the transporter and/or the owner or operator of the designated facility to determine the status of the hazardous waste.

2.A generator of greater than 1000 kilograms of hazardous waste in a calendar month must submit an Exception Report to the Department if he has not received a copy of the manifest with the handwritten signature of the owner or operator of the designated facility within 45 days of the date the waste was accepted by the initial transporter. The Exception Report must include:

(i)A legible copy of the manifest for which the generator does not have confirmation of delivery;

(ii)A cover letter signed by the generator or his authorized representative explaining the efforts taken to locate the hazardous waste and the results of those efforts.

(b)A generator of greater than 100 kilograms but less than 1000 kilograms of hazardous waste in a calendar month who does not receive a copy of the manifest with the handwritten signature of the owner or operator of the designated facility within 60 days of the date the waste was accepted by the initial transporter must submit a legible copy of the manifest, with some indication that the generator has not received confirmation of delivery, to the Department.

(4)Closure reporting.

(a)A generator of greater than 1000 kilograms of hazardous waste in a calendar month who closes, ceases storage in, or moves a hazardous waste container storage area, tank system, drip pad, and/or containment building (a "unit") must notify the Department in writing no less than 45 days prior to the expected date of beginning closure. The notification must include:

1.The generator?s name, address, and EPA Identification Number;

2.The date closure is expected to begin, and a timeframe for completing closure activities (not to exceed 180 days);

3.A description of the units to be closed, and a site diagram identifying each unit;

4.The procedures to be used for closure;

5.The type and maximum volume of hazardous wastes stored in the unit at any time and the associated EPA hazardous waste numbers;

6.The type and amount of hazardous waste expected to be stored in the unit at the time closure activities are expected to begin;

7.The conditions of the unit(s) at the time of the notification; and

8.Plans for hazardous waste determinations on, and proper management and disposal of, stored wastes, unit components, investigation derived wastes, and decontamination wastes.

(b)Within 45 Days after completion of closure the owner or operator must provide a written report documenting the procedures used to comply with Rule(s) 335-14-3-.03(5)(a)5., 335-14-6-.09(9), 335-14-6-.10(8), 335-14-6-.23(6), and/or 335-14-6-.30(3).

(5)Additional reporting. The Department, as it deems necessary, may require generators to furnish additional reports concerning the quantities and disposition of wastes identified or listed in Chapter 335-14-2.

(6)Special requirements for generators of between 100 and 1000 kg/mo. A generator of greater than 100 kilograms but less than 1000 kilograms of hazardous waste in a calendar month is subject only to the following requirements in 335-14-3-.04:

(a)335-14-3-.04(1)(a), (c) and (d), recordkeeping;

(b)335-14-3-.04(3)(b), exception reporting; and

(c)335-14-3-.04(5), additional reporting.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Michael B. Champion, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-14, 22-30-17, 22-30-18.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.3.05" level="3" title="Exports Of Hazardous Waste">

(1)Applicability. 335-14-3-.05 establishes requirements applicable to exports of hazardous waste. Except to the extent of 335-14-3-.05(9) provides otherwise, a primary exporter of hazardous waste must comply with the special requirements of 335-14-3-.05 and a transporter transporting hazardous waste for export must comply with applicable requirements of Chapter 335-14-4. 335-14-3-.05(9) sets forth the requirements of international agreements between the United States and receiving countries which establish different notice, export, and enforcement procedures for the transportation, treatment, storage, and disposal of hazardous waste for shipments between the United States and those countries.

(2)Definitions. In addition to the definitions set forth in 335-14-1-.02(1) the following definitions apply to 335-14-3-.05:

(a)"Consignee" means the ultimate treatment, storage, or disposal facility in a receiving country to which the hazardous waste will be sent.

(b)"EPA Acknowledgment of Consent" means the cable sent to EPA from the U.S. Embassy in a receiving country that acknowledges the written consent of the receiving country to accept the hazardous waste and describes the terms and conditions of the receiving country's consent to the shipment.

(c)"Primary Exporter" means any person who is required to originate the manifest for a shipment of hazardous waste in accordance with 40 CFR Part 262, Subpart B, and Rule 335-14-3-.02, which specifies a treatment, storage, or disposal facility in a receiving country as the facility to which the hazardous waste will be sent and any intermediary arranging for the export.

(d)"Receiving country" means a foreign country to which a hazardous waste is sent for the purpose of treatment, storage, or disposal (except short-term storage incidental to transportation).

(e)"Transit country" means any foreign country, other than a receiving country, through which a hazardous waste is transported.

(3)General requirements. Exports of hazardous waste are prohibited except in compliance with the applicable requirements of 335-14-3-.05 and Chapter 335-14-4. Exports of hazardous waste are prohibited unless:

(a)Notification in accordance with 335-14-3-.05(4) has been provided;

(b)The receiving country has consented to accept the hazardous waste;

(c)A copy of the EPA Acknowledgment of Consent to the shipment accompanies the hazardous waste shipment and, unless exported by rail, is attached to the manifest (or shipping paper for exports by water (bulk shipment)).

(d)The hazardous waste shipment conforms to the terms of the receiving country's written consent as reflected in the EPA Acknowledgment of Consent.

(4)Notification of intent to export.

(a)A primary exporter of hazardous waste must notify the Department and EPA of an intended export before such waste is scheduled to leave the United States. A complete notification should be submitted sixty (60) days before the initial shipment is intended to be shipped off site. This notification may cover export activities extending over a twelve (12) month or lesser period. The notification must be in writing, signed by the primary exporter, and include the following information:

1.Name, mailing address, telephone number, and EPA ID number of the primary exporter;

2.By consignee, for each hazardous waste type:

(i)A description of the hazardous waste and the EPA hazardous waste number (from 40 CFR Part 261, Subparts C and D and Rules 335-14-2-.03 and 335-14-2-.04), U.S. DOT proper shipping name, hazardous class and ID number (UN/NA) for each hazardous waste as identified in 49 CFR Parts 171 through 177;

(ii)The estimated frequency or rate at which such waste is to be exported and the period of time over which such waste is to be exported.

(iii)The estimated total quantity of the hazardous waste in units as specified in the instructions to the Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest Form (8700-22);

(iv)All points of entry to and departure from each foreign country through which the hazardous waste will pass;

(v)A description of the means by which each shipment of the hazardous waste will be transported (e.g., mode of transportation vehicle (air, highway, rail, water, etc.), type(s) of container (drums, boxes, tanks, etc.);

(vi)A description of the manner in which the hazardous waste will be treated, stored, or disposed of in the receiving country (e.g., land or ocean incineration, other land disposal, ocean dumping, recycling);

(vii)The name and site address of the consignee and any alternate consignee; and

(viii)The name of any transit countries through which the hazardous waste will be sent and a description of the approximate length of time the hazardous waste will remain in such country and the nature of its handling while there;

(b)Notifications submitted by mail should be sent to the following addresses: Alabama Department of Environmental Management, Land Division, P. O. Box 301463, Montgomery, AL 36130-1463; and the Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance, Office of Compliance, Enforcement Planning, Targeting and Data Division (2222A), Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street SW, Washington, DC 20460. Hand-delivered notifications should be delivered to: Alabama Department of Environmental Management, Land Division, 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, AL 36110-2059; and the Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance, Office of Compliance, Enforcement Planning, Targeting, and Data Division (2222A), Environmental Protection Agency, Ariel Rios Bldg., 12th St. and Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC. In both cases, the following shall be prominently displayed on the front of the envelope: "Attention: Notification of Intent to Export".

(c)Except for changes to the telephone number in 335-14-3-.05(4)(a)1., changes to 335-14-3-.05(4)(a)2.(v) and decreases in the quantity indicated pursuant to 335-14-3-.05(4)(a)2.(iii) when the conditions specified on the original notification change (including any exceedence of the estimate of the quantity of hazardous waste specified in the original notification), the primary exporter must provide the Department and EPA with a written renotification of the change. The shipment cannot take place until consent of the receiving country to the changes (except for changes to 335-14-3-.05(4)(a)2.(viii) and in the ports of entry to and departure from transit countries pursuant to 335-14-3-.05(4)(a)2.(iv)) has been obtained and the primary exporter receives an EPA Acknowledgment of Consent reflecting the receiving country's consent to the changes.

(d)Upon request by EPA or the Department, a primary exporter shall furnish to the appropriate requestor (EPA or the Department) any additional information which a receiving country requests in order to respond to a notification.

(e)In conjunction with the Department of State, EPA will provide a complete notification to the receiving country and any transit countries. A notification is complete when EPA receives a notification which EPA determines satisfies the requirements of 335-14-3-.05(4)(a). Where a claim of confidentiality is asserted with respect to any notification information required by 335-14-3-.05(4)(a), EPA and the Department may find the notification not complete until any such claim is resolved in accordance with 335-14-1-.01(2).

(f)Where the receiving country consents to the receipt of the hazardous waste, EPA will forward an EPA Acknowledgment of Consent to the primary exporter for purposes of 335-14-3-.05(5)(h). Where the receiving country objects to receipt of the hazardous waste or withdraws a prior consent, EPA will notify the primary exporter in writing. EPA will also notify the primary exporter of any responses from transit countries.

(5)Special manifest requirements. A primary exporter must comply with the manifest requirements of 335-14-3-.02(1) through 335-14-3-.02(4) except that:

(a)In lieu of the name, site address, and EPA ID number of the designated permitted facility, the primary exporter must enter the name and site address of the consignee;

(b)In lieu of the name, site address, and EPA ID number of a permitted alternate facility, the primary exporter may enter the name and site address of any alternate consignee;

(c)In Special Handling Instructions and Additional Information, the primary exporter must identify the point of departure from the United States;

(d)The following statement must be added to the end of the first sentence of the certification set forth in Item 16 of the Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest Form: "and conforms to the terms of the attached EPA Acknowledgment of Consent";

(e)The primary exporter may obtain a manifest form from any source.

(f)The primary exporter must require the consignee to confirm in writing the delivery of the hazardous waste to that facility and to describe any significant discrepancies (as defined in 335-14-5-.05(3)) between the manifest and the shipment. A copy of the manifest signed by such facility may be used to confirm delivery of the hazardous waste.

(g)In lieu of the requirements of 335-14-3-.02(1)(d), where a shipment cannot be delivered for any reason to the designated or alternate consignee, the primary exporter must:

1.Renotify EPA and the Department of a change in the conditions of the original notification to allow shipment to a new consignee in accordance with 335-14-3-.05(4)(c) and obtain an EPA Acknowledgment of Consent prior to delivery; or

2.Instruct the transporter to return the waste to the primary exporter in the United States or designate another facility within the United States; and

3.Instruct the transporter to revise the manifest in accordance with the primary exporter's instructions.

(h)The primary exporter must attach a copy of the EPA Acknowledgment of Consent to the shipment to the manifest which must accompany the hazardous waste shipment.

For exports by rail or water (bulk shipment), the primary exporter must provide the transporter with an EPA Acknowledgment of Consent which must accompany the hazardous waste but which need not be attached to the manifest except that for exports by water (bulk shipment) the primary exporter must attach the copy of the EPA Acknowledgment of Consent to the shipping paper.

(i)The primary exporter shall provide the transporter with an additional copy of the manifest for delivery to the U.S. Customs official at the point the hazardous waste leaves the United States in accordance with 335-14-4-.02(1)(g)4.

(6)Exception reports. In lieu of the requirements of 335-14-3-.04(3), a primary exporter must file an exception report with the Administrator and the Director if:

(a)He has not received a copy of the manifest signed by the transporter stating the date and place of departure from the United States within forty-five (45) days from the date it was accepted by the initial transporter;

(b)Within ninety (90) days from the date the waste was accepted by the initial transporter, the primary exporter has not received written confirmation from the consignee that the hazardous waste was received;

(c)The waste is returned to the United States.

(7)Annual reports.

(a)Primary exporters of hazardous waste shall file with the Administrator and the Director no later than March 1 of each year, a report summarizing the types, quantities, frequency, and ultimate destination of all hazardous waste exported during the previous calendar year. Such reports shall include the following:

1.The EPA identification number, name, and mailing and site address of the exporter;

2.The calendar year covered by the report;

3.The name and site address of each consignee;

4.By consignee, for each hazardous waste exported, a description of the hazardous waste, the EPA hazardous waste number (from 40 CFR Part 261, Subpart C or D and Rules 335-14-2-.03 and 335-14-2-.04), DOT hazard class, the name and USEPA ID number (where applicable) for each transporter used, the total amount of waste shipped and number of shipments pursuant to each notification;

5.Except for hazardous waste produced by exporters of greater than 100 kg but less than 1000 kg in a calendar month, unless provided pursuant to 335-14-3-.04(2) in even numbered years:

(i)A description of the efforts undertaken during the year to reduce the volume and toxicity of waste generated; and

(ii)A description of the changes in volume and toxicity of waste actually achieved during the year in comparison to previous years to the extent such information is available for years prior to 1984.

6.A certification signed by the primary exporter which states:

"I certify under penalty of law that I have personally examined and am familiar with the information submitted in this and all attached documents, and that based on my inquiry of those individuals immediately responsible for obtaining the information, I believe that the submitted information is true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information including the possibility of fine and imprisonment."

(b)Annual reports submitted by mail should be sent to the following mailing addresses: Alabama Department of Environmental Management, Land Division, P. O. Box 301463, Montgomery, AL 36130-1463; and the Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance, Office of Compliance, Enforcement Planning, Targeting, and Data Division (2222A), Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M St., SW., Washington, DC 20460. Hand-delivered reports should be delivered to: Alabama Department of Environmental Management, Land Division, 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, AL 36110-2059; and the Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance, Office of Compliance, Enforcement Planning, Targeting, and Data Division (2222A), Environmental Protection Agency, Ariel Rios Bldg., 12th St. and Pennsylvania Ave., NW., Washington, DC.

(8)Recordkeeping.

(a)For all exports a primary exporter must:

1.Keep a copy of each notification of intent to export for a period of at least three years from the date the hazardous waste was accepted by the initial transporter;

2.Keep a copy of each EPA Acknowledgment of Consent for a period of at least three years from the date the hazardous waste was accepted by the initial transporter;

3.Keep a copy of each confirmation of delivery of the hazardous waste from the consignee for at least three years from the date the hazardous waste was accepted by the initial transporter; and

4.Keep a copy of each annual report for a period of at least three years from the due date of the report.

(b)The periods of retention referred to in 335-14-3-.05(8) are extended automatically during the course of any unresolved enforcement action regarding the regulated activity or as requested by the Administrator or the Director.

(9)International agreements.

(a)Any person who exports or imports hazardous waste subject to manifest requirements of 335-14-3, or subject to the universal waste management standards of 335-14-11, to or from designated member countries of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) as defined in 335-14-3-.05(9)(a)1. for purposes of recovery is subject to Rule 335-14-3-.09. The requirements of Rules 335-14-3-.05 and 3-.06 do not apply.

1.For the purposes of 335-14-3-.05, the designated OECD countries consist of Australia, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, United Kingdom, and the United States.

2.For the purposes of 335-14-3-.05, Canada and Mexico are considered OECD member countries only for the purpose of transit.

(b)Any person who exports hazardous waste to or imports hazardous waste from: a designated OECD member country for purposes other than recovery (e.g., incineration, disposal), Mexico (for any purpose), or Canada (for any purpose) remains subject to the requirements of Rules 335-14-3-.05 and 3-.06.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Steven O. Jenkins; Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-14.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986, September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.3.06" level="3" title="Imports Of Hazardous Waste">

(1)Imports of hazardous waste.

(a)Any person who imports hazardous waste from a foreign country into the United States must comply with the requirements of 335-14-3 and the special requirements of 335-14-3-.06.

(b)When importing hazardous waste, a person must meet all the requirements of 335-14-3-.02(1)(a) for the manifest except that:

1.In place of the generator's name, address, and EPA identification number, the name and address of the foreign generator and the importer's name, address, and EPA identification number must be used.

2.In place of the generator's signature on the certification statement, the U.S. importer or his agent must sign and date the certification and obtain the signature of the initial transporter.

(c)A person who imports hazardous waste must obtain the manifest form from the receiving facility.

(2)[Reserved]

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-17, 22-30-11.

History: August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.3.07" level="3" title="Farmers">

(1)Farmers. A farmer disposing of waste pesticides from his own use which are hazardous wastes is not required to comply with the standards in 335-14-3 or other standards in Chapters 335-14-5, 335-14-6, 335-14-8 or 335-14-9 for those wastes provided he triple rinses each emptied pesticide container in accordance with 335-14-2-.01(7)(b)3. and disposes of the pesticide residues on his own farm in a manner consistent with the disposal instructions on the pesticide label.

(2)[Reserved]

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-39-11, 22-30-14.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.3.08" level="3" title="Special Requirement For Generators Of Waste Destined For Disposal At Commercial Hazardous Waste Disposal Facilities Located In The State Of Alabama">

(1)Applicability. 335-14-3-.08 applies to Generators of waste destined for disposal at a commercial hazardous waste disposal facility located in the State of Alabama.

Definition.

(a)For the purpose of 335-14-3-.08, the following definitions apply.

1.An "adequate notification" is one meeting the requirements of 335-14-3-.08(5)(a) for each waste stream. An adequate notification shall be made for each individual waste stream from each generator.

2.A "bulked waste stream" is one in which multiple waste streams have been physically mixed together into an individual container or containers.

3.A "broker" is a person who acts as an agent for a generator in return for a fee or commission.

4.A "certification" or "recertification" as used in 335-14-3-.08 and Appendices thereto is a statement based upon knowledge and belief of the accuracy of the information required by 335-14-3-.08.

5.A "consolidated waste stream" is one in which multiple waste streams are grouped together in individual containers for shipping purposes, but are not physically mixed together.

6.A "generator" for purposes of 335-14-3-.08 is a person as defined in 335-14-1-.02, but such term shall not include the treatment, storage, disposal, or other management of solid or hazardous wastes received from off-site when the final disposal of the waste occurs at the same facility which treated, stored, or otherwise managed the waste.

7.A "waste stream" is a waste of given characteristics that is unique to a particular process or individual generation site.

8.A "working day" means any day, Monday through Friday, on which the offices of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management are open for business, and shall not include weekends or any State of Alabama observed holiday.

(b)Reserved.

(3)Disposal Requirement. All generators (directly or through their authorized agents) identified in 335-14-3-.08(1) must have submitted an adequate notification, meeting the requirements of 335-14-3-.08(5)(a), to the Department prior to disposal of any waste stream at a disposal facility. A commercial hazardous waste disposal facility located in the State of Alabama may not dispose of wastes from any generator that has not submitted an adequate notification to the Department.

(a)No waste may be disposed of at a commercial hazardous waste disposal facility in the State of Alabama sooner than five (5) working days following the Department?s receipt of notification unless the Department has previously advised the disposal facility, via mail and/or electronic transmission, of its acceptance of the notification.

(b)If, after five (5) working days following receipt of the notification, the Department fails to advise the generator, his authorized agent and/or the designated commercial hazardous waste disposal facility of either the Department?s acceptance of the notification or of a determination that the notification is inadequate, the disposal facility may, at its discretion, accept and dispose of the waste.

(c)If, at any time after five (5) working days following receipt of a notification, the Department determines that the notification is inadequate, in accordance with 335-14-3-.08(5)(a), the Department will immediately provide notice of the deficiency to the disposal facility and/or the generator or his authorized agent. Following receipt of the Department?s notice of an inadequate notification, further shipments of the waste stream in question may not be disposed of by the disposal facility until the deficiency is resolved to the satisfaction of the Department.

(4)Submittal of Notification. The notification required by 335-14-3-.08 may be submitted by the generator, the generator?s authorized agent, or the commercial hazardous waste disposal facility using ADEM Form 278 01/96 (335-14-3-Appendix II) or an equivalent form.

(5)Disposal Approval. In order for the generator to be deemed to have obtained approval for disposal, an adequate notification from the generator, an authorized agent of the generator, or the disposal facility, in accordance with 335-14-3-.08(4) and accompanied by any applicable fees, must be submitted to the Department prior to disposal of such waste.

(a)The notification shall include:

1.All information required by Appendix II.

2.A description of the waste which will enable the Department to determine whether the waste is a hazardous waste. This must include a detailed and complete description of the process generating the waste, and where applicable:

(i)A detailed chemical and physical analysis, including Extraction Procedure Toxicity (E.P. Tox) and/or Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP), where needed. In accordance with Rule 335-14-3-.01(2)(c)2., the generator may rely on his knowledge of waste generated in determining the extent and types of analytical data supplied to the Department. The commercial disposal facility may also rely on the generator?s knowledge in determining the sufficiency and accuracy of information provided. However, the Department will make the final determination of whether a notification is complete and accurate; and

(ii)The correct hazardous waste codes.

3.A Land Disposal Restriction Notification or Certification form, if applicable; and

4.All applicable fees.

(b)Unless the Department determines that the generator?s information is false, incomplete, or inaccurate, it shall accept such information as meeting 335-14-3-.08?s requirements for adequacy, completeness and compliance. The Department?s acceptance of the generator?s or commercial hazardous waste disposal facility?s information does not relieve the generator or disposal facility of the responsibility for complying with the requirements under Division 335-14 or other federal, State of Alabama or local requirements.

(c)Provided, however, that generators and commercial hazardous waste disposal facilities may continue to manage those wastes, which had under previous regulations received Department approval for disposal, in the same manner as if they had provided adequate notification hereunder. To allow the orderly phase-in of new notifications, such prior Department approvals for disposal shall remain valid for up to two (2) years as the Department may in its discretion allow.

(6)Deficient Notification. The generator, his authorized agent, and/or the designated commercial hazardous waste disposal facility shall within five (5) working days of receipt of notification be advised by the Department in writing and/or electronic transmission of any deficiencies in the notification.

(7)Adequate Notification. Departmental notification from the generator, the generator?s authorized agent, or a commercial hazardous waste disposal facility, which meets the requirements of 335-14-3-.08(5)(a) and has not been determined to be false, incomplete, or inaccurate as indicated in 335-14-3-.08(5)(b) shall be deemed adequate as approval for disposal of such waste at a commercial hazardous waste disposal facility.

(8)Rejection of Notification.

(a)A notification may be rejected by the Department if:

1.It is determined by the Department that any applicable requirements of any federal, State of Alabama, or local laws or regulations would be violated if the waste is disposed of; or

2.It is determined that the waste is prohibited from land disposal as outlined in Chapter 335-14-9 and the notification does not indicate that the prescribe treatment standards will be met; or

3.The commercial hazardous waste disposal facility has not obtained a Hazardous Waste Permit or does not have interim status authorization to dispose of the waste; or

4.The notification is the subject of an inadequate determination as described in 335-14-3-.08(3)(c) and 335-14-3-.08(6), and the deficiency has not been reconciled or the information has not been provided to the Department within fifteen (15) calendar days following the notice of an inadequate notification or the request for additional information.

(b)Within two (2) working days following the Department?s decision to reject a notification, the generator and/or his authorized agent, and the disposal facility will be notified in writing and/or electronically of the rejection.

(9)Recertification.

(a)A recertification of the initial notification shall be required biennially (every 2 years) unless:

1.Regulations promulgated since the previous notification have changed the regulatory status of the waste stream; or

2.The process generating the waste, the waste description, or the chemical composition of the waste stream has changed since the previous recertification or initial notification such that new constituents are present or the physical characteristics of the waste stream have changed in a manner which will alter the management method or the regulatory status of the waste stream.

(b)In either case (335-14-3-.08(9)(a)1. or 2.), the recertification which identifies those changes requiring recertification will be made within five (5) working days prior to disposal of any of the waste which is subject to such change. Provided, however, that a recertification will not be necessary for incidental or temporary changes to an approved waste stream which result in "discrepant" waste when the discrepancy is addressed as described at Rule 335-14-5-.05(3)(b) and which, although it does not conform in every respect to the waste which was originally approved, is not representative of the waste as generated. Such changes may include, but are not limited to accumulation of precipitation, process upsets which temporarily change the characteristics of the waste, or temporary additions of similar waste. Further, the Department may in its discretion allow the disposal facility to receive waste subject to such change prior to completion and submittal of the recertification.

(10)Emergency Authorization for Disposal. The Department may grant emergency authorization for disposal if the generator (or responsible party in the case of an emergency cleanup) can demonstrate that a delay in disposal could cause a situation that could cause harm to human health or the environment. In order to receive emergency authorization for disposal, the generator or responsible party must:

(a)Notify the Department by calling the Land Division at (334) 271-7700 and provide sufficient information to grant emergency authorization for disposal.

(b)Within 15 calendar days submit a complete ADEM Form 278 01/96 (335-14-3-Appendix II) to the Department.

(11)Special Requirements for Brokers of Waste.

(a)For all wastes included in both bulked waste streams and consolidated waste streams, the process generating each individual waste stream must be identified in the notification. For the purpose of completing the notification or the shipping manifest only, the broker may be identified as the waste generator.

(b)Wastes included in a bulked waste stream must be similar in physical form (i.e., solid or liquid) and have similar hazardous constituents. Wastes included in a consolidated waste stream must have similar hazardous constituents.

(c)Any broker of waste may be required by the Department to submit for ADEM?s review a list of all generators (including name and EPA Identification Number) contributing waste to a specific shipment of a bulked or consolidated waste stream. Each broker who either consolidates or bulks waste for shipment for disposal at a commercial hazardous waste landfill in the State of Alabama must submit to the Department certification that it has in place a tracking system capable of providing such information for each shipment of bulked or consolidated waste, and that such information will be provided to the Department upon request. This certification must be renewed annually by the broker.

Note: an example of an acceptable bulked or consolidated waste stream includes F006, K061, and K106. These wastes are similar in physical form and are all listed due to the presence of toxic metals.

Authors: William K. Mullins II, Steven O. Jenkins, Robert W. Barr, Lynn T. Roper, Amanda G. Hawkins, Michael B. Champion, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-14. History: August 24, 1989. Amended: December 21, 1989; December 6, 1990; April 2, 1991. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 2, 1996; effective March 8, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.3.09" level="3" title="Transfrontier Shipments Of Hazardous Waste For Recovery Within The Organization For Economic Cooperation And Development (OECD)"> <dwc name="enter" times="50"><dwc name="lead" times="1"><dwc name="polychlorin biphenyl" times="1">

(1)Applicability.

(a)The requirements of 335-14-3-.09 apply to imports and exports of wastes that are considered hazardous under U.S. national procedures and are destined for recovery operations in the countries listed in 335-14-3-.05(9)(a)1. A waste is considered hazardous under U.S. national procedures if it meets the definition of hazardous waste in 335-14-2-.01(3) and it is subject to either the manifesting requirements at 335-14-3-.02, or the universal waste management standards of 335-14-11.

(b)Any person (notifier, consignee, or recovery facility operator) who mixes two or more wastes (including hazardous and non-hazardous wastes) or otherwise subjects two or more wastes (including hazardous and non-hazardous wastes) to physical or chemical transformation operations, and thereby creates a new hazardous waste, becomes a generator and assumes all subsequent generator duties under RCRA and any notifier duties, if applicable, under 335-14-3-.09.

(2)Definitions. The following definitions apply to 335-14-3-.09.

(a)"Competent authorities" means the regulatory authorities of concerned countries having jurisdiction over transfrontier movements of wastes destined for recovery operations.

(b)"Concerned countries" means the exporting and importing OECD member countries and any OECD member countries of transit.

(c)"Consignee" means the person to whom possession or other form of legal control of the waste is assigned at the time the waste is received in the importing country.

(d)"Country of transit" means any designated OECD country in 335-14-3-.05(a)1. and (a)2. other than the exporting or importing country across which a transfrontier movement of wastes is planned or takes place.

(e)"Exporting country" means any designated OECD member country in 335-14-3-.05(a)1. from which a transfrontier movement of wastes is planned or has commenced.

(f)"Importing country" means any designated OECD country in 335-14-3-.05(a)1. to which a transfrontier movement of wastes is planned or takes place for the purpose of submitting the wastes to recovery operations therein.

(g)"Notifier" means the person under the jurisdiction of the exporting country who has, or will have at the time the planned transfrontier movement commences, possession or other forms of legal control of the wastes and who proposes their transfrontier movement for the ultimate purpose of submitting them to recovery operations. When the United States (U.S.) is the exporting country, notifier is interpreted to mean a person domiciled in the U.S.

(h)"OECD area" means all land or marine areas under the national jurisdiction of any designated OECD member country in Rule 335-14-3-.05. When the regulations refer to shipments to or from an OECD country, this means OECD area.

(i)"Recognized trader" means a person who, with appropriate authorization of concerned countries, acts in the role of principal to purchase and subsequently sell wastes; this person has legal control of such wastes from time of purchase to time of sale; such a person may act to arrange and facilitate transfrontier movements of wastes destined for recovery operations.

(j)"Recovery facility" means an entity which, under applicable domestic law, is operating or is authorized to operate in the importing country to receive wastes and to perform recovery operations on them.

(k)"Recovery operations" means activities leading to resource recovery, recycling, reclamation, direct re-use or alternative uses as listed in Table 2.B of the Annex of OECD Council Decision C(88)90(Final) of 27 May 1988, (available from the Environmental Protection Agency, RCRA Information Center (RIC), 1235 Jefferson-Davis Highway, first floor, Arlington, VA 22203 (Docket # F-94-IEHF-FFFFF) and the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, Environment Directorate, 2 rue Andre Pascal, 75775 Paris Cedex 16, France) which include:

R1Use as a fuel (other than in direct incineration) or other means to generate energy

R2Solvent reclamation/regeneration

R3Recycling/reclamation of organic substances which are not used as solvents

R4Recycling/reclamation of metals and metal compounds

R5Recycling/reclamation of other inorganic materials

R6Regeneration of acids or bases

R7Recovery of components used for pollution control

R8Recovery of components from catalysts

R9Used oil re-refining or other reuses of previously used oil

R10Land treatment resulting in benefit to agriculture or ecological improvement

R11Uses of residual materials obtained from any of the operations numbered R1-R10

R12Exchange of wastes for submission to any of the operations numbered R1-R11

R13Accumulation of material intended for any operation in Table 2.B

(l)"Transfrontier movement" means any shipment of wastes destined for recovery operations from an area under the national jurisdiction of one OECD member country to an area under the national jurisdiction of another OECD member country.

(3)General conditions.

(a)Scope. The level of control for exports and imports of waste is indicated by assignment of the waste to a green, amber, or red list and by U.S. national procedures as defined in 335-14-3-.09(1)(a). The green, amber, and red lists are incorporated by reference in 335-14-3-.09(10)(e).

1.Wastes on the green list are subject to existing controls normally applied to commercial transactions, except as provided below:

(i)Green-list wastes that are considered hazardous under U.S. national procedures are subject to amber-list controls.

(ii)Green-list waste that are sufficiently contaminated or mixed with amber-list wastes, such that the waste or waste mixture is considered hazardous under U.S. national procedures, are subject to amber-list controls.

(iii)Green-list wastes that are sufficiently contaminated or mixed with other wastes subject to red-list controls such that the waste or waste mixture is considered hazardous under U.S. national procedures must be handled in accordance with the red-list controls.

2.Wastes on the amber list that are considered hazardous under U.S. national procedures as defined in 335-14-3-.09(1)(a) are subject to the amber-list controls of 335-14-3-.09.

(i)If amber-list wastes are sufficiently contaminated or mixed with other wastes subject to red-list controls such that the waste or waste mixture is considered hazardous under U.S. national procedures, the wastes must be handled in accordance with the red-list controls.

(ii)[Reserved].

3.Wastes on the red list that are considered hazardous under U.S. national procedures as defined in 335-14-3-.09(1)(a) are subject to the red-list controls of 335-14-3-.09.

Note to 335-14-3-.09(3)(a)3.: Some wastes on the amber or red lists are not listed or otherwise identified as hazardous under RCRA (e.g., polychlorinated biphenyls) and therefore are not subject to the amber- or red-list controls of 335-14-3-.09. Regardless of the status of the waste under RCRA, however, other Federal environmental statutes (e.g., the Toxic Substances Control Act) may restrict certain waste imports or exports. Such restrictions continue to apply without regard to 335-14-3-.09.

4.Wastes not yet assigned to a list are eligible for transfrontier movements, as follows:

(i)If such wastes are considered hazardous under U.S. national procedures as defined in 335-14-3-.09(1)(a), these wastes are subject to the red-list controls; or

(ii)If such wastes are not considered hazardous under U.S. national procedures as defined in 335-14-3-.09(1)(a), such wastes may move as though they appeared on the green list.

(b)General conditions applicable to transfrontier movements of hazardous waste.

1.The waste must be destined for recovery operations at a facility that, under applicable domestic law, is operating or is authorized to operate in the importing country;

2.The transfrontier movement must be in compliance with applicable international transport agreements; and

Note to 335-14-3-.09(3)(b)2.: These international agreements include, but are not limited to, the Chicago Convention (1944), ADR (1957), ADNR (1970), MARPOL Convention (1973/1978), SOLAS Convention (1974), IMDG Code (1985), COTIF (1985), and RID (1985).

3.Any transit of waste through a non-OECD member country must be conducted in compliance with all applicable international and national laws and regulations.

(c)Provisions relating to re-export for recovery to a third country.

1.Re-export of wastes subject to the amber-list control system from the U.S., as the importing country, to a third country listed in Rule 335-14-3-.05(a)1. may occur only after a notifier in the U.S. provides notification to and obtains consent of the competent authorities in the third country, the original exporting country, and new transit countries. The notification must comply with the notice and consent procedures in 335-14-3-.09(4) for all concerned countries and the original exporting country. The competent authorities of the original exporting country as well as the competent authorities of all other concerned countries have 30 days to object to the proposed movement.

(i)The 30-day period begins once the competent authorities of both the initial exporting country and new importing country issue Acknowledgments of Receipt of the notification.

(ii)The transfrontier movement may commence if no objection has been lodged after the 30-day period has passed or immediately after written consent is received from all relevant OECD importing and transit countries.

2.Re-export of waste subject to the red-list control system from the original importing country to a third country listed in Rule 335-14-3-.05(a)1. may occur only following notification of the competent authorities of the third country, the original exporting country, and new transit countries by a notifier in the original importing country in accordance with 335-14-3-.09(4). The transfrontier movement may not proceed until receipt by the original importing country of written consent from the competent authorities of the third country, the original exporting country, and new transit countries.

3.In the case of re-export of amber or red-list wastes to a country other than those in Rule 335-14-3-.05(a)1., notification to and consent of the competent authorities of the original OECD member country of export and any OECD member countries of transit is required as specified in 335-14-3-.09(3)(c)1. and (c)2. in addition to compliance with all international agreements and arrangements to which the first importing OECD member country is a party and all applicable regulatory requirements for exports from the first importing country.

(4)Notification and consent.

(a)Applicability. Consent must be obtained from the competent authorities of the relevant OECD importing and transit countries prior to exporting hazardous waste destined for recovery operations subject to 335-14-3-.09. Hazardous wastes subject to amber-list controls are subject to the requirements of 335-14-3-.09(4)(b); hazardous wastes subject to red-list controls are subject to the requirements of 335-14-3-.09(4)(c); and wastes not identified on any list are subject to the requirements of 335-14-3-.09(4)(d).

(b)Amber-list wastes. The export from the U.S. of hazardous wastes as described in 335-14-3-.09(1)(a) that appear on the amber list is prohibited unless the notification and consent requirements of 335-14-3-.09(4)(b)1. or (b)2. are met.

1.Transactions requiring specific consent:

(i)Notification. At least 45 days prior to commencement of the transfrontier movement, the notifier must provide written notification in English of the proposed transfrontier movement to both the Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance, Office of Compliance, Enforcement Planning, Targeting and Data Division (2222A), Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M St., SW., Washington, DC 20460, and Alabama Department of Environmental Management, Land Division, P. O. Box 301463, Montgomery, AL 36130-1463; with the words "Attention: OECD Export Notification" prominently displayed on the envelope. This notification must include all of the information identified in 335-14-3-.09(4)(e). In cases where wastes having similar physical and chemical characteristics, the same United Nations classification, and the same RCRA waste codes are to be sent periodically to the same recovery facility by the same notifier, the notifier may submit one notification of intent to export these wastes in multiple shipments during a period of up to one year.

(ii)Tacit consent. If no objection has been lodged by any concerned country (i.e., exporting, importing, or transit countries) to a notification provided pursuant to 335-14-3-.09(4)(b)1.(i) within 30 days after the date of issuance of the Acknowledgment of Receipt of notification by the competent authority of the importing country, the transfrontier movement may commence. Tacit consent expires one calendar year after the close of the 30 day period; renotification and renewal of all consents is required for exports after that date.

(iii)Written consent. If the competent authorities of all the relevant OECD importing and transit countries provide written consent in a period less than 30 days, the transfrontier movement may commence immediately after all necessary consents are received. Written consent expires for each relevant OECD importing and transit country one calendar year after the date of that country?s consent unless otherwise specified; renotification and renewal of each expired consent is required for exports after that date.

2.Shipments to facilities pre-approved by the competent authorities of the importing countries to accept specific wastes for recovery:

(i)The notifier must provide EPA the information identified in 335-14-3-.09(4)(e) in English, at least 10 days in advance of commencing shipment to a pre-approved facility. The notification should indicate that the recovery facility is pre-approved, and may apply to a single specific shipment or to multiple shipments as described in 335-14-3-.09(4)(b)1.(i). This information must be sent to both the Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance, Office of Compliance, Enforcement Planning, Targeting and Data Division (2222A), Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M St., SW., Washington, DC 20460, and Alabama Department of Environmental Management, Land Division, P. O. Box 301463, Montgomery, AL 36130-1463; with the words "OECD Export Notification?Pre-approved Facility" prominently displayed on the envelope.

(ii)Shipments may commence after the notification required in 335-14-3-.09(4)(b)1.(i) has been received by the competent authorities of all concerned countries, unless the notifier has received information indicating that the competent authorities of one or more concerned countries objects to the shipment.

(c)Red-list wastes. The export from the U.S. of hazardous wastes as described in 335-14-3-.09(1)(a) that appear on the red list is prohibited unless notice is given pursuant to 335-14-3-.09(4)(b)1.(i) and the notifier receives written consent from the importing country and any transit countries prior to commencement of the transfrontier movement.

(d)Unlisted wastes. Wastes not assigned to the green, amber, or red list that are considered hazardous under U.S. national procedures as defined in 335-14-3-.09(1)(a) are subject to the notification and consent requirements established for red-list wastes in accordance with 335-14-3-.09(4)(c). Unlisted wastes that are not considered hazardous under U.S. national procedures as defined in 335-14-3-.09(1)(a) are not subject to amber or red controls when exported or imported.

(e)Notification information. Notifications submitted under 335-14-3-.09(4) must include:

1.Serial number or other accepted identifier of the notification form;

2.Notifier name and EPA identification number (if applicable), address, and telephone and telefax numbers;

3.Importing recovery facility name, address, telephone and telefax numbers, and technologies employed;

4.Consignee name (if not the owner or operator of the recovery facility) address, and telephone and telefax numbers; whether the consignee will engage in waste exchange or storage prior to delivering the waste to the final recovery facility and identification of recovery operations to be employed at the final recovery facility;

5.Intended transporters and/or their agents;

6.Country of export and relevant competent authority, and point of departure;

7.Countries of transit and relevant competent authorities and points of entry and departure;

8.Country of import and relevant competent authority, and point of entry;

9.Statement of whether the notification is a single notification or a general notification. If general, include period of validity requested;

10.Date foreseen for commencement of transfrontier movement;

11.Designation of waste type(s) from the appropriate list (amber or red and waste list code), descriptions of each waste type, estimated total quantity of each, RCRA waste code, and United Nations number for each waste type; and

12.Certification/Declaration signed by the notifier that states:

I certify that the above information is complete and correct to the best of my knowledge. I also certify that legally-enforceable written contractual obligations have been entered into, and that any applicable insurance or other financial guarantees are or shall be in force covering the transfrontier movement.

Name:

Signature:

Date:

Note to 335-14-3-.09(4)(e)12.: The U.S. does not currently require financial assurance; however, U.S. exporters may be asked by other governments to provide and certify to such assurance as a condition of obtaining consent to a proposed movement.

(5)Tracking document.

(a)All U.S. parties subject to the contract provisions of 335-14-3-.09(6) must ensure that a tracking document meeting the conditions of 335-14-3-.09(5)(b) accompanies each transfrontier shipment of wastes subject to amber-list or red-list controls from the initiation of the shipment until it reaches the final recovery facility, including cases in which the waste is stored and/or exchanged by the consignee prior to shipment to the final recovery facility, except as provided in 335-14-3-.09(5)(a)1. and (a)2.

1.For shipments of hazardous waste within the U.S. solely by water (bulk shipments only) the generator must forward the tracking document with the manifest to the last water (bulk shipment) transporter to handle the waste in the U.S. if exported by water, (in accordance with the manifest routing procedures at 335-14-3-.02(4)(c)).

2.For rail shipments of hazardous waste within the U.S. which originate at the site of generation, the generator must forward the tracking document with the manifest (in accordance with the routing procedures for the manifest in 335-14-3-.02(4)(d)) to the next non-rail transporter, if any, or the last rail transporter to handle the waste in the U.S. if exported by rail.

(b)The tracking document must include all information required 335-14-3-.09(4) (for notification), and the following:

1.Date shipment commenced.

2.Name (if not notifier), address, and telephone and telefax numbers of primary exporter.

3.Company name and EPA ID number of all transporters.

4.Identification (license, registered name or registration number) of means of transport, including types of packaging.

5.Any special precautions to be taken by transporters.

6.Certification/declaration signed by notifier that no objection to the shipment has been lodged as follows:

I certify that the above information is complete and correct to the best of my knowledge. I also certify that legally- enforceable written contractual obligations have been entered into, that any applicable insurance or other financial guarantees are or shall be in force covering the transfrontier movement, and that:

(i)All necessary consents have been received; OR

(ii)The shipment is directed at a recovery facility within the OECD area and no objection has been received from any of the concerned countries within the 30 day tacit consent period; OR

(iii)The shipment is directed at a recovery facility pre-authorized for that type of waste within the OECD area; such an authorization has not been revoked, and no objection has been received from any of the concerned countries.

(delete sentences that are not applicable)

Name:

Signature:

Date:

7.Appropriate signatures for each custody transfer (e.g. transporter, consignee, and owner or operator of the recovery facility).

(c)Notifiers also must comply with the special manifest requirements of 335-14-3-.05(5)(a), (b), (c), (e), and (i) and consignees must comply with the import requirements of 335-14-3-.06.

(d)Each U.S. person that has physical custody of the waste from the time the movement commences until it arrives at the recovery facility must sign the tracking document (e.g. transporter, consignee, and owner or operator of the recovery facility).

(e)Within 3 working days of the receipt of imports subject to 335-14-3, the owner or operator of the U.S. recovery facility must send signed copies of the tracking document to the notifier, to the Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance, Office of Compliance, Enforcement Planning, Targeting and Data Division (2222A), Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M St., SW., Washington, DC 20460, to Alabama Department of Environmental Management, Land Division, P. O. Box 301463, Montgomery, AL 36130, and to the competent authorities of the exporting and transit countries.

(6)Contracts.

(a)Transfrontier movements of hazardous wastes subject to amber or red control procedures are prohibited unless they occur under the terms of a valid written contract, chain of contracts, or equivalent arrangements (when the movement occurs between parties controlled by the same corporate or legal entity). Such contracts or equivalent arrangements must be executed by the notifier and the owner or operator of the recovery facility, and must specify responsibilities for each. Contracts or equivalent arrangements are valid for the purposes of 335-14-3-.09(6) only if persons assuming obligations under the contracts or equivalent arrangements have appropriate legal status to conduct the operations specified in the contract or equivalent arrangement.

(b)Contracts or equivalent arrangements must specify the name and EPA ID number, where available, of:

1.The generator of each type of waste;

2.Each person who will have physical custody of the wastes;

3.Each person who will have legal control of the wastes; and

4.The recovery facility.

(c)Contracts or equivalent arrangements must specify which party to the contract will assume responsibility for alternate management of the wastes if its disposition cannot be carried out as described in the notification of intent to export. In such cases, contracts must specify that:

1.The person having actual possession or physical control over the wastes will immediately inform the notifier and the competent authorities of the exporting and importing countries and, if the wastes are located in a country of transit, the competent authorities of that country; and

2.The person specified in the contract will assume responsibility for the adequate management of the wastes in compliance with applicable laws and regulations including, if necessary, arranging their return to the original country of export.

(d)Contracts must specify that the consignee will provide the notification required in 335-14-3-.09(3)(c) prior to re-export of controlled wastes to a third country.

(e)Contracts or equivalent arrangements must include provisions for financial guarantees, if required by the competent authorities of any concerned country, in accordance with applicable national or international law requirements.

Note to 335-14-3-.09(6)(e): Financial guarantees so required are intended to provide for alternate recycling, disposal or other means of sound management of the wastes in cases where arrangements for the shipment and the recovery operations cannot be carried out as foreseen. The U.S. does not require such financial guarantees at this time; however, some OECD countries do. It is the responsibility of the notifier to ascertain and comply with such requirements; in some cases, transporters or consignees may refuse to enter into the necessary contracts absent specific references or certifications to financial guarantees.

(f)Contracts or equivalent arrangements must contain provisions requiring each contracting party to comply with all applicable requirements of 335-14-3-.09.

(g)Upon request by EPA, U.S. notifiers, consignees, or recovery facilities must submit to EPA copies of contracts, chain of contracts, or equivalent arrangements (when the movement occurs between parties controlled by the same corporate or legal entity). Information contained in the contracts or equivalent arrangements for which a claim of confidentiality is asserted accordance with 40 CFR 2.203(b) will be treated as confidential and will be disclosed by EPA only as provided in 335-14-1-.01(2).

Note to 335-14-3-.09(6)(g): Although the U.S. does not require routine submission of contracts at this time, OECD Council Decision C(92)39/FINAL allows members to impose such requirements. When other OECD countries require submission of partial or complete copies of the contract as a condition to granting consent to proposed movements, EPA will request the required information; absent submission of such information, some OECD countries may deny consent for the proposed movement.

(7)Provisions relating to recognized traders.

(a)A recognized trader who takes physical custody of a waste and conducts recovery operations (including storage prior to recovery) is acting as the owner or operator of a recovery facility and must be so authorized in accordance with all applicable Federal laws.

(b)A recognized trader acting as a notifier or consignee for transfrontier shipments of waste must comply with all the requirements of 335-14-3 associated with being a notifier or consignee.

(8)Reporting and recordkeeping.

(a)Annual reports. For all waste movements subject to 335-14-3-.09, persons (e.g., notifiers, recognized traders) who meet the definition of primary exporter in 335-14-3-.05(2) shall file an annual report with both the Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance, Office of Compliance, Enforcement Planning, Targeting and Data Division (2222A), Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M St., SW., Washington, DC 20460 and the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, Land Division, P. O. Box 301463, Montgomery, AL 36130, no later than March 1 of each year summarizing the types, quantities, frequency, and ultimate destination of all such hazardous waste exported during the previous calendar year. (If the primary exporter is required to file an annual report for waste exports that are not covered under 335-14-3-.09, he may include all export information in one report provided the following information on exports of waste destined for recovery within the designated OECD member countries is contained in a separate section). Such reports shall include the following:

1.The EPA identification number, name, and mailing and site address of the notifier filing the report;

2.The calendar year covered by the report;

3.The name and site address of each final recovery facility;

4.By final recovery facility, for each hazardous waste exported, a description of the hazardous waste, the EPA hazardous waste number (from 335-14-2-.03 or 2-.04), designation of waste type(s) from OECD waste list and applicable waste code from the OECD lists, DOT hazard class, the name and U.S. EPA identification number (where applicable) for each transporter used, the total amount of hazardous waste shipped pursuant to 335-14-3-.09, and number of shipments pursuant to each notification;

5.In even numbered years, for each hazardous waste exported, except for hazardous waste produced by exporters of greater than 100 kg but less than 1000 kg in a calendar month, and except for hazardous waste for which information was already provided pursuant to 335-14-3-.04(2):

(i)A description of the efforts undertaken during the year to reduce the volume and toxicity of waste generated; and

(ii)A description of the changes in volume and toxicity of the waste actually achieved during the year in comparison to previous years to the extent such information is available for years prior to 1984; and

6.A certification signed by the person acting as primary exporter that states:

I certify under penalty of law that I have personally examined and am familiar with the information submitted in this and all attached documents, and that based on my inquiry of those individuals immediately responsible for obtaining the information, I believe that the submitted information is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information including the possibility of fine and imprisonment.

(b)Exception reports. Any person who meets the definition of primary exporter in 335-14-3-.05(2) must file an exception report in lieu of the requirements of 335-14-3-.04(3) with the Administrator if any of the following occurs:

1.He has not received a copy of the tracking documentation signed by the transporter stating point of departure of the waste from the United States, within forty-five (45) days from the date it was accepted by the initial transporter;

2.Within ninety (90) days from the date the waste was accepted by the initial transporter, the notifier has not received written confirmation from the recovery facility that the hazardous waste was received;

3.The waste is returned to the United States.

(c)Recordkeeping.

1.Persons who meet the definition of primary exporter in 335-14-3-.05(2) shall keep the following records:

(i)A copy of each notification of intent to export and all written consents obtained from the competent authorities of concerned countries for a period of at least three years from the date the hazardous waste was accepted by the initial transporter;

(ii)A copy of each annual report for a period of at least three years from the due date of the report; and

(iii)A copy of any exception reports and a copy of each confirmation of delivery (i.e., tracking documentation) sent by the recovery facility to the notifier for at least three years from the date the hazardous waste was accepted by the initial transporter or received by the recovery facility, whichever is applicable.

2.The periods of retention referred to in 335-14-3-.09(8)are extended automatically during the course of any unresolved enforcement action regarding the regulated activity or as requested by the Administrator.

(9)Pre-approval for U.S. Recovery Facilities (Reserved).

(10)OECD Waste Lists.

(a)General. For the purposes of 335-14-3-.09, a waste is considered hazardous under U.S. national procedures, and hence subject to 335-14-3-.09, if the waste:

1.Meets the definition of hazardous waste in 335-14-2-.01(3); and

2.Is subject to either the manifesting requirements at 335-14-3-.02, to the universal waste management standards of 335-14-11, or to State requirements analogous to 335-14-11.

(b)If a waste is hazardous under 335-14-3-.09(10)(a) and it appears on the amber or red list, it is subject to amber- or red-list requirements respectively;

(c)If a waste is hazardous under 335-14-3-.09(10)(a) and it does not appear on either amber or red lists, it is subject to red-list requirements.

(d)The appropriate control procedures for hazardous wastes and hazardous waste mixtures are addressed in 335-14-3-.09(3).

(e)The OECD Green List of Wastes (revised May 1994), Amber List of Wastes and Red List of Wastes (both revised May 1993) as set forth in Appendix 3, Appendix 4 and Appendix 5, respectively, to the OECD Council Decision C(92)39/FINAL (Concerning the Control of Transfrontier Movements of Wastes Destined for Recovery Operations) are incorporated by reference. These incorporations by reference were approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51 on July 11, 1996. These materials are incorporated as they exist on the date of the approval and a notice of any change in these materials will be published in the Federal Register. The materials are available for inspection at: the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW, Suite 700, Washington, DC; the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, RCRA Information Center (RIC), 1235 Jefferson-Davis Highway, first floor, Arlington, VA 22203 (Docket #F-94-IEHF-FFFFF) and may be obtained from the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, Environment Directorate, 2 rue Andre Pascal, 75775 Paris Cedex 16, France.

Authors: Amy P. Zachry, Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-14.

History: New Rule: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

335-14-3Appendix I - Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest And Instructions (EPA Forms 8700-22 And 8700-22A And Their Instructions).

The following statement must be included with each Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest, either on the form, in the instructions to the form, or accompanying the form:

Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average: 37 minutes for generators, 15 minutes for transporters, and 10 minutes for treatment, storage, and disposal facilities. This includes time for reviewing instructions, gathering data, and completing and reviewing the form. Send comments regarding the burden estimate, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to: Chief, Information Policy Branch, PM-223, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street SW, Washington, DC 20460; and to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Washington, DC 20503.

U.S. EPA Form 8700-22

Read all instructions before completing this form.

This form has been designed for use on a 12-pitch (elite) typewriter; a firm point pen may also be used - press down hard.

State and Federal regulations require generators and transporters of hazardous waste and owners or operators of hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal facilities to use this form (8700-22) and, if necessary, the continuation sheet (Form 8700-22-A) for both inter- and intrastate transportation.

State and Federal regulations also require generators and transporters of hazardous waste and owners or operators of hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal facilities to complete the following information:

GENERATORS

Item 1. Generator's U.S. EPA ID Number--Manifest Document Number. Enter the generator's U.S. EPA twelve digit identification number and the unique five digit number assigned to this Manifest by the generator.

Item 2. Page 1 of. Enter the total number of pages used to complete this Manifest, i.e., the first page (EPA Form 8700-22) plus the number of continuation sheets (EPA Form 8700-22A), if any.

Item 3. Generator's Name and Mailing Address. Enter the name and mailing address of the generator. The address should be the location that will manage the returned Manifest forms.

Item 4. Generator's Phone Number. Enter a telephone number where an authorized agent of the generator may be reached in the event of an emergency.

Item 5. Transporter 1 Company Name. Enter the company name of the first transporter who will transport the waste.

Item 6. U.S. EPA ID Number. Enter the U.S. EPA twelve digit identification number of the first transporter identified in Item 5.

Item 7. Transporter 2 Company Name. If applicable, enter the company name of the second transporter who will transport the waste. If more than two transporters are used to transport the waste, use a Continuation Sheet(s) (EPA Form 8700-22A) and list the transporters, in the order they will be transporting the waste.

Item 8. U.S. EPA ID Number. If applicable, enter the U.S. EPA twelve digit identification number of the second transporter identified in Item 7. Note: If more than two transporters are used, enter each additional transporter's company name and U.S. EPA twelve digit identification number in Items 24. - 27. on the Continuation Sheet (EPA Form 8700-22A). Each Continuation Sheet has space to record two additional transporters. Every transporter used between the generator and the designated facility must be listed.

Item 9. Designated Facility Name and Site Address. Enter the company name and site address of the facility designated to receive the waste listed on this Manifest. The address must be the site address, which may differ from the company mailing address.

Item 10. U.S. EPA ID Number. Enter the U.S. EPA twelve digit identification number of the designated facility identified in Item 9.

Item 11. U.S. DOT Description [Including Proper Shipping Name, Hazard Class, and ID Number (UN/NA)].

1.Enter the U.S. Department of Transportation Proper Shipping Name, Hazard Class, and ID Number (UN/NA) for each waste as identified in 49 CFR Parts 171 through 177.

2.If additional space is needed for waste descriptions, enter these additional descriptions in Item 28. on the Continuation Sheet (EPA Form 8700-22A).

Item 12. Containers (No. and Type). Enter the number of containers for each waste and the appropriate abbreviation from Table I (below) for the type of container.

<table width="100%"> Table I - Types of Containers DM Metal drums, barrels, kegs DW Wooden drums, barrels, kegs DF Fiberboard or plastic drums, barrels, kegs TP Tanks portable TT Cargo tanks (tank trucks) TC Tank cars DT Dump truck CY Cylinders CM Metal boxes, cartons, cases (including roll-offs) CW Wooden boxes, cartons, cases CF Fiber or plastic boxes, cartons, cases BA Burlap, cloth, paper or plastic bags </table>

Item 13. Total Quantity. Enter the total quantity of waste described on each line.

Item 14. Unit (Wt./Vol.). Enter the appropriate abbreviation from Table II (below) for the unit of measure.

<table width="100%"> Table II - Units of Measure G Gallons (liquids only) P Pounds T Tons (2000 lbs.) Y Cubic yards L Liters (liquids only) K Kilograms M Metric tons (1000 kg.) N Cubic meters </table>

Item 15. Special Handling Instructions and Additional Information. Generators may use this space to indicate special transportation, treatment, storage, or disposal information or Bill of Lading information. For international shipments, generators must enter in this space the point of departure (City and State) for those shipments destined for treatment, storage, or disposal outside the jurisdiction of the United States.

Item 16. Generator's Certification. The generator must read, sign (by hand), and date the certification statement. If a mode other than highway is used, the word "highway" should be lined out and the appropriate mode (rail, water, or air) inserted in the space below. If another mode in addition to the highway mode is used, enter the appropriate additional mode (e.g., and rail) in the space below.

Primary exporters shipping hazardous wastes to a facility located outside of the United States must add to the end of the first sentence of the certification the following words "and conforms to the terms of the EPA Acknowledgment of Consent to the shipment".

In signing the waste minimization certification statement, those generators who have not been exempted by statute or regulation from the duty to make a waste minimization certification under Section 3002(b) of RCRA are also certifying that they have complied with the waste minimization requirements.

Generators may preprint the words, "On behalf of" in the signature block or may hand write this statement in the signature block prior to signing the generator certifications.

Note: All of the above information except the handwritten signature required in Item 16. may be preprinted.

Item A. State Manifest Document Number. For waste to be treated, stored, or disposed of at an Alabama facility, the generator must ensure that all copies of each manifest have printed on them the unique three or four letter and consecutively numbered designation assigned by the receiving facility. The number on any continuation sheet must be the same as that on the first page of the manifest. When using a manifest that does not have the State Manifest Document Number preprinted on it, the generator shall contact the receiving facility to obtain this number prior to shipment.

Item I. Waste No. The generator must enter the appropriate EPA hazardous waste number (where applicable), listed in Chapter 335-14-2, which corresponds to each waste listed in accordance with Item 11.

Item J. Additional description for Materials Listed Above.

TRANSPORTERS

Item 17. Transporter 1 Acknowledgment of Receipt of Materials. Enter the name of the person accepting the waste on behalf of the first transporter. That person must acknowledge acceptance of the waste described on the Manifest by signing and entering the date of receipt.

Item 18. Transporter 2 Acknowledgment of Receipt of Materials. Enter, if applicable, the name of the person accepting the waste on behalf of the second transporter. That person must acknowledge acceptance of the waste described on the Manifest by signing and entering the date of receipt.

Note: International Shipments - Transporter Responsibilities.

Exports - Transporters must sign and enter the date the waste left the United States in Item 15. of Form 8700-22.

Imports - Shipments of hazardous waste transported into Alabama from another country, upon entry into the United States, must be accompanied by the U.S. EPA Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest. Transporters who transport hazardous waste into Alabama from another country are responsible for completing the Manifest.

OWNERS AND OPERATORS OF TREATMENT, STORAGE OR DISPOSAL FACILITIES

Item 19. Discrepancy Indication Space. The authorized representative of the designated (or alternate) facility's owner or operator must note in this space any significant discrepancy between the waste described on the Manifest and the waste actually received at the facility. Owners and operators who cannot resolve significant discrepancies within 15 days of receiving the waste must submit to the Department a letter with a copy of the manifest at issue describing the discrepancy and attempts to reconcile it [335-14-5-.05(3) and 335-14-6-.05(3)].

Item 20. Facility Owner or Operator: Certification of Receipt of Hazardous Materials Covered by this Manifest Except as Noted in Item 19. Print or type the name of the person accepting the waste on behalf of the owner or operator of the facility. That person must acknowledge acceptance of the waste described on the Manifest by signing and entering the date of receipt.

INSTRUCTIONS - CONTINUATION SHEET

U.S. EPA FORM 8700-22A

Read all instructions before completing this form.

This form has been designed for use on a 12-pitch (elite) typewriter; a firm point pen may also be used - press down hard.

This form must be used as a continuation sheet to U.S. EPA Form 8700-22 if:

More than two transporters are to be used to transport the waste;

More space is required for the U.S. DOT description and related information in Item 11. of U.S. EPA Form 8700-22.

State and Federal regulations require generators and transporters of hazardous waste and owners or operators of hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facilities to use the uniform hazardous waste manifest (EPA Form 8700-22) and, if necessary, this continuation sheet (EPA Form 8700-22A) for both inter- and intrastate transportation.

GENERATORS

Item 21. Generator's U.S. EPA ID Number--Manifest Document Number. Enter the generator's U.S. EPA twelve digit identification number and the unique five digit number assigned to this Manifest as it appears in Item 1. on the first page of the Manifest.

Item 22. Page -- Enter the page number of this Continuation Sheet.

Item 23. Generator's Name. Enter the generator's name as it is in Item 3. on the first page of the Manifest.

Item 24. Transporter--Company Name. If additional transporters are used to transport the waste described on this Manifest, enter the company name of each additional transporter in the order in which they will transport the waste. Enter after the word "Transporter" the order of the transporter. For example, the third transporter will be "Transporter 3 Company Name." Each Continuation Sheet will record the names of two additional transporters.

Item 25. U.S. EPA ID Number. Enter the U.S. EPA twelve digit identification number of the transporter described in Item 24.

Item 26. Transporter--Company Name. Refer to Item 24.

Item 27. U.S. EPA ID Number. Enter the U.S. EPA twelve digit identification number of the transporter described in Item 26.

Item 28. U.S. DOT Description Including Proper Shipping Name, Hazardous Class and ID Number (UN/NA). Refer to Item 11.

Item 29. Containers (No. and Type). Refer to Item 12.

Item 30. Total Quantity. Refer to Item 13.

Item 31. Unit (Wt./Vol.). Refer to Item 14.

Item 32. Special Handling Instructions. Generators may use this space to indicate special transportation, treatment, storage, or disposal information or Bill of Lading information.

Item L. State Manifest Document Number. Refer to Item A.

Item R. Waste No. Refer to Item I.

TRANSPORTERS

Item 33. Transporter-- Acknowledgment of Receipt of Materials. Enter the same number of the Transporter as identified in Item 24. Enter also the name of the person accepting the waste on behalf of the Transporter (Company Name) identified in Item 24. That person must acknowledge acceptance of the waste described on the Manifest by signing and entering the date of receipt.

Item 34. Transporter--Acknowledgment of Receipt of Materials. Enter the same number as identified in Item 26. Enter also the name of the person accepting the waste on behalf of the Transporter (Company Name) identified in Item 26. That person must acknowledge acceptance of the waste described on the Manifest by signing and entering the date of receipt.

OWNERS AND OPERATORS OF TREATMENT, STORAGE OR DISPOSAL FACILITIES

Item 35. Discrepancy Indication Space. Refer to Item 19.

<img src="Image13.gif"/>

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, William K. Mullins II; Michael B. Champion; Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-14, 22-30-15, 22-30-16, 22-30-17.

History: April 9, 1986. Amended: September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 21, 1989. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

335-14-3Appendix II - Request For Commercial Disposal (ADEM Form 278 01/96 And Instructions).

ADEM Form 278 01/96

(Disposal Approval Request)

Read all instructions before completing this form.

State of Alabama regulations require generators of waste to use ADEM Form 278 01/96 or submit equivalent information to dispose of waste at a commercial disposal facility located in the State of Alabama. Generators must complete the following information:

Item 1.Generators Name and Address. Enter the name and mailing address of the generator.

Item 2.Generators Phone Number. Enter a telephone number where an authorized agent of the generator may be reached.

Item 3.EPA I.D. Number. Enter the generators U.S. EPA twelve digit identification number (if applicable).

Item 4.Facility Contact. A contact with the generator or the generator's agent that can be reached at the phone number given in Item 2.

Item 5.Waste Profile Number. Enter the unique profile number assigned to the waste by the commercial disposal facility.

Item 6.Certification. A certification to the accuracy of the information must be signed in accordance with Rule 335-14-8-.02(2).

Item 7.The generator must provide a biennial (every 2 years) update to the notification to include any changes to the waste as defined under 335-14-5-.02(4)(a)(3) along with a certification. If no change in the waste has occurred since the previous notification, the update need not include information in Items 8. through 13.

Item 8.Detailed Description of Waste. Enter a detailed description of the waste to include the following: physical description, type of waste (soil, liquid, solid, debris, etc.), waste analysis, background of waste (process that produced the waste stream), designation of CERCLA, TSCA, or other category of waste and identification of waste from an emergency cleanup (provide details). Also include the waste profile number, a copy of the waste profile sheet and a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) if available.

Item 9.EPA Hazardous Waste Code. Enter the appropriate EPA hazardous waste number (where applicable), listed in Chapter 335-14-2 (40 CFR 261).

Item 10.Estimated Quantity. Enter the estimated quantity to be disposed of per year (tons/year). This quantity is an estimate only and will be updated biennially.

Item 11.Land Disposal Restrictions. Enter the land disposal restrictions information required by 335-14-9-.01(7) to include the treatment standards and prohibition levels of Chapter 335-14-9-.01, 40 CFR 268.

Item 12.Treatment, Storage and Disposal Information. Indicate any intermediate steps (treatment methods before disposal) and any required treatment before disposal.

Item 13.Identification of Commercial Disposal Facility. Enter the name(s) of the facility(ies) that will dispose of the waste for which approval is requested.

ADEM FORM 278 01/96

Request for Commercial Disposal

1.Generator's Name_______________________________

and Address_______________________________

_______________________________

_______________________________

2.Generator's Phone Number( )

3.EPA I.D. Number_______________________________

4.Facility Contact_______________________________

5.Waste Profile Number______________________________

6.Certification:_______________________________

"I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations."

____________________________________ ___________________

Signature Date

____________________________________

Title

7.Initial Request ( )

__________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________

Biennial Recertification

"I certify under penalty of law that the information previously submitted for the waste(s) associated with the TSD approval number(s) listed above is still current."

_____________________________________ ___________________

Signature Date

_____________________________________

Title

8.Detailed Description of Waste:

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

9.EPA Hazardous Waste Code__________________________

10.Estimated Annual Quantity__________________________

11.Land Disposal Restrictions:__________________________

Treatment Standards __________________________

Prohibition Levels __________________________

Certification: _________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

Signature _______________________________

Title _______________________________

12.Treatment, Storage and Disposal Information:

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

13.Identification of Commercial Treatment, Storage or

Disposal Facility

EPA I.D. No.________________________________________________

Name________________________________________________

Address________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

EPA I.D. No.________________________________________________

Name________________________________________________

Address________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

EPA I.D. No.________________________________________________

Name________________________________________________

Address________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

Authors: William K. Mullins II, Steven O. Jenkins, Robert W. Barr, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-14.

History: December 21, 1989. Amended: December 6, 1990. Amended: Filed February 2, 1996; effective March 8, 1996. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

335-14-3Appendix III - Generator's Certification. (Repealed)

Authors: William K. Mullins II, Robert W. Barr

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-5, 22-30-11, 22-30-20(9).

History: December 21, 1989. Amended: Filed February 2, 1996; effective March 8, 1996. Repealed: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-14-4" level="2" title="STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO TRANSPORTERS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE">

<regElement name="335.14.4.01" level="3" title="General">

(1)Scope.

(a)This Chapter establishes standards which apply to persons transporting hazardous waste within the State of Alabama if the transportation requires a manifest under Chapter 335-14-3 and except as provided otherwise in Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-21, as amended.

(b)This Chapter does not apply to on-site transportation of hazardous waste by generators or by owners or operators of permitted hazardous waste management facilities.

(c)A transporter of hazardous waste must also comply with Chapter 335-14-3, Standards Applicable to Generators of Hazardous Waste, if he:

1.Transports hazardous waste into the United States from abroad; or

2.Mixes hazardous wastes of different DOT shipping descriptions by placing them into a single container.

(d)A transporter of hazardous waste subject to the Federal manifesting requirements of 335-14-3, or subject to the waste management standards of 335-14-11, that is being imported from or exported to any of the countries listed in 335-14-3-.05(9)(a)1. for purposes of recovery is subject to this Rule and to all other relevant requirements of Rule 335-14-3-.09, including, but not limited to, 335-14-3-.09(5) for tracking documents.

(e)The regulations in this Rule do not apply to transportation during an explosives or munitions emergency response, conducted in accordance with 335-14-5-.01(1)(g)8.(i)(IV) or (iv) or 335-14-6-.01(1)(c)11.(i)(IV) or (iv), and 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)3.(i)(IV) or (iii).

(f)335-14-7-.13(4) identifies how the requirements of this Rule apply to military munitions classified as solid waste under 335-14-7-.13(3).

(2)EPA identification number and Alabama Hazardous Waste Transport Permit.

(a)A transporter must not transport hazardous wastes without having received an EPA identification number from the Administrator or the authorized State in which the base of operations is located. If the transporter's base of operations is located within the State of Alabama, such application shall be submitted to the Department.

(b)A transporter who has not received an EPA identification number may obtain one by applying to the Administrator or the authorized State in which the base of operations is located using EPA Form 8700-12 or the authorized State's equivalent.

(c)A non-rail transporter must not transport hazardous wastes without having received an Alabama Hazardous Waste Transport Permit in compliance with Rules 335-14-8-.09 through 335-14-8-.13.

(3)Transfer facility requirements. A transporter who stores manifested shipments of hazardous waste in containers meeting the requirements of 335-14-3-.03(1) at a transfer facility for a period of ten days or less is not subject to regulation under Chapters 335-14-5, 335-14-6, 335-14-8, and 335-14-9 with respect to storage of those wastes.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12, 22-30-15, 22-30-21.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998.

<regElement name="335.14.4.02" level="3" title="Compliance With The Manifest System And Recordkeeping">

(1)The manifest system.

(a)A transporter may not accept hazardous waste from a generator unless it is accompanied by a manifest signed in accordance with the provisions of 335-14-3-.02(1). In the case of exports other than those subject to Rule 335-14-3-.09, a transporter may not accept such waste from a primary exporter or other person if he knows the shipment does not conform to the EPA Acknowledgment of Consent; and unless, in addition to a manifest signed in accordance with the provisions of 335-14-3-.02(1), such waste is also accompanied by an EPA Acknowledgment of Consent which, except for shipment by rail, is attached to the manifest (or shipping paper for exports by water (bulk shipment)). For exports of hazardous waste subject to the requirements of Rule 335-14-3-.09, a transporter may not accept hazardous waste without a tracking document that includes all information required by 335-14-3-.09(5).

(b)Before transporting the hazardous waste, the transporter must sign and date the manifest acknowledging acceptance of the hazardous waste from the generator. The transporter must return a signed copy to the generator before leaving the generator's property.

(c)The transporter must ensure that the manifest accompanies the hazardous waste. In the case of exports, the transporter must ensure that a copy of the EPA Acknowledgment of Consent also accompanies the hazardous waste.

(d)A transporter who delivers a hazardous waste to another transporter or to the designated facility must:

1.Obtain the date of delivery and the handwritten signature of that transporter or of the owner or operator of the designated facility on the manifest; and

2.Retain one copy of the manifest in accordance with 335-14-4-.02(3); and

3.Give the remaining copies of the manifest to the accepting transporter or designated facility.

(e)The requirements of 335-14-4-.02(1)(c), (d) and (f) do not apply to water (bulk shipment) transporters if:

1.The hazardous waste is delivered by water (bulk shipment) to the designated facility; and

2.A shipping paper containing all the information required on the manifest (excluding the EPA identification numbers, the state manifest document number, the generator certification and signatures) and, for exports, an EPA Acknowledgment of Consent accompanies the hazardous waste; and

3.The delivering transporter obtains the date of delivery and handwritten signature of the owner or operator of the designated facility on either the manifest or the shipping paper; and

4.The person delivering the hazardous waste to the initial water (bulk shipment) transporter obtains the date of delivery and signature of the water (bulk shipment) transporter on the manifest and forwards it to the designated facility; and

5.A copy of the shipping paper or manifest is retained by each water (bulk shipment) transporter in accordance with 335-14-4-.02(3).

(f)For shipments involving rail transportation, the requirements of 335-14-4-.02(c), (d) and (e) do not apply and the following requirements do apply:

1.When accepting hazardous waste from a non-rail transporter, the initial rail transporter must:

(i)Sign and date the manifest acknowledging acceptance of the hazardous waste;

(ii)Return a signed copy of the manifest to the non-rail transporter;

(iii)Forward at least three copies of the manifest to:

(I)The next non-rail transporter, if any; or

(II)The designated facility, if the shipment is delivered to that facility by rail; or

(III)The last rail transporter designated to handle the waste in the United States;

(iv)Retain one copy of the manifest and rail shipping paper in accordance with 335-14-4-.02(3).

2.Rail transporters must ensure that a shipping paper containing all the information required on the manifest (excluding the EPA identification numbers, the state manifest document number, the state waste numbers, generator certification and signatures) and, for exports, an EPA Acknowledgment of Consent accompanies the hazardous waste at all times. Note: Intermediate rail transporters are not required to sign either the manifest or shipping paper.

3.When delivering hazardous waste to the designated facility, a rail transporter must:

(i)Obtain the date of delivery and handwritten signature of the owner or operator of the designated facility on the manifest or the shipping paper (if the manifest has not been received by the facility); and

(ii)Retain a copy of the manifest or signed shipping paper in accordance with 335-14-4-.02(3).

4.When delivering hazardous waste to a non-rail transporter a rail transporter must:

(i)Obtain the date of delivery and the handwritten signature of the next non-rail transporter on the manifest; and

(ii)Retain a copy of the manifest in accordance with 335-14-4-.02(3).

5.Before accepting hazardous waste from a rail transporter, a non-rail transporter must sign and date the manifest and provide a copy to the rail transporter.

(g)Transporters who transport hazardous waste out of the United States must:

1.Indicate on the manifest the date the hazardous waste left the United States; and

2.Sign the manifest and retain one copy in accordance with 335-14-4-.02(3); and

3.Return a signed copy of the manifest to the generator; and

4.Give a copy of the manifest to a U.S. Customs official at the point of departure from the United States.

(h)A transporter transporting hazardous waste from a generator who generates greater than 100 kilograms but less than 1000 kilograms of hazardous waste in a calendar month need not comply with the requirements of this paragraph, or those of 335-14-4-.02(3) provided that:

1.The waste is being transported pursuant to a reclamation agreement as provided for in 335-14-3-.02(1)(e);

2.The transporter records, on a log or shipping paper, the following information for each shipment:

(i)The name, address, and U.S. EPA Identification Number of the generator of the waste;

(ii)The quantity of waste accepted;

(iii)All DOT-required shipping information;

(iv)The date the waste is accepted; and

3.The transporter carries this record when transporting waste to the reclamation facility; and

4.The transporter retains these records for a period of at least three years after termination or expiration of the agreement.

(2)Compliance with the manifest.

(a)The transporter must deliver the entire quantity of hazardous waste which he has accepted from a generator or a transporter to:

1.The designated facility listed on the manifest; or

2.The alternate designated facility, if the hazardous waste cannot be delivered to the designated facility because an emergency prevents delivery; or

3.The next designated transporter; or

4.The place outside the United States designated by the generator.

(b)If the hazardous waste cannot be delivered in accordance with 335-14-4-.02(2)(a), the transporter must contact the generator for further directions and must revise the manifest according to the generator's instructions.

(3)Recordkeeping.

(a)A transporter of hazardous waste must keep a copy of the manifest signed by the generator, himself, and the next designated transporter or the owner or operator of the designated facility for a period of three years from the date the hazardous waste was accepted by the initial transporter.

(b)For shipments delivered to the designated facility by water (bulk shipment), each water (bulk shipment) transporter must retain a copy of the shipping paper containing all the information required in 335-14-4-.02(1)(e)2. for a period of three years from the date the hazardous waste was accepted by the initial transporter.

(c)For shipments of hazardous waste by rail within the United States:

(i)The initial rail transporter must keep a copy of the manifest and shipping paper with all the information required in 335-14-4-.02(1)(f)2. for a period of three years from the date the hazardous waste was accepted by the initial transporter; and

(ii)The final rail transporter must keep a copy of the signed manifest (or the shipping paper if signed by the designated facility in lieu of the manifest) for a period of three years from the date the hazardous waste was accepted by the initial transporter. Intermediate rail transporters are not required to keep records pursuant to this Chapter.

(d)A transporter who transports hazardous waste out of the United States must keep a copy of the manifest indicating that the hazardous waste left the United States for a period of three years from the date the hazardous waste was accepted by the initial transporter.

(e)The periods of retention referred to in this paragraph are extended automatically during the course of any unresolved enforcement action regarding the regulated activity or as requested by the Department.

(4)Required Records.

(a)A transporter of hazardous waste must maintain a copy of the current hazardous waste transporter permit with each vehicle actively transporting hazardous wastes.

(b)A transporter of hazardous waste must maintain a copy of the contingency plan required by Rule 335-14-8-.09(4)(g) with each vehicle actively transporting hazardous wastes.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-15, 22-30-17, 22-30-18, 22-30-21.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998.

<regElement name="335.14.4.03" level="3" title="Hazardous Waste Discharges">

(1)Immediate action.

(a)In the event of a discharge of hazardous waste during transportation, the transporter must take appropriate immediate action to protect human health and the environment (e.g., notify local authorities, dike the discharge area).

(b)If a discharge of hazardous waste occurs during transportation and the Department or its designee acting within the scope of its official responsibilities determines that immediate removal of the waste is necessary to protect human health or the environment, the Department or its designee may authorize the removal of the waste by transporters who do not have EPA identification numbers or Alabama Hazardous Waste Transportation Permits and without the preparation of manifests.

(c)An air, rail, highway or water transporter who has discharged hazardous waste must:

1.Give notice, if required by 49 CFR &#167;171.15, to the National Response Center (800-424-8802 or 202-426-2675); and

2.Give notice to the Alabama Department of Public Safety (334/242-4378); and

3.Report in writing as required by 49 CFR &#167;171.16 to the Director, Office of Hazardous Materials Regulation, Materials Transportation Bureau, Department of Transportation, Washington, D.C. 20590. A copy of such report shall be provided to the Land Division, Alabama Department of Environmental Management, 1751 Cong. Wm. L. Dickinson Drive, Montgomery, Alabama 36130, not later than 14 days after any such discharge.

(d)A water (bulk shipment) transporter who has discharged hazardous waste must give the same notice as required by 33 CFR &#167;153.203 for oil and hazardous substances and shall give notice to the Alabama Department of Public Safety (334/242-4378).

(2)Discharge clean up. A transporter must clean up any hazardous waste discharge that occurs during transportation or take such action as may be required or approved by the Department or its designee so that the hazardous waste discharge no longer presents a hazard to human health or the environment.

Author: Stephen C. Maurer

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-11.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996.

<regElement name="335.14.4.04" level="3" title="Financial Requirements">

Any person proposing to transport hazardous waste shall submit, with their application for an Alabama Hazardous Waste Transport Permit, one of the following:

(a)A surety bond in which the applicant is the principal obligor and the Department is the obligee;

1.The surety company issuing the bond must, at a minimum, be among those listed as acceptable sureties on Federal bonds in Circular 570 of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or be a corporate surety licensed to do business in the State of Alabama; and

2.The wording of the surety bond must be identical to the following:

SURETY BOND

Date bond executed: ____________________________________________

Effective date: ________________________________________________

Principal: [legal name, business address and EPA identification_

number of applicant]

Type of organization: [insert "individual," "joint venture,"____

"partnership" or "corporation"]

State of incorporation: ________________________________________

Surety(ies): [name(s) and business address(es)]

Total penal sum of bond: $

Surety's bond number: __________________________________________

Know All Persons By These Presents, That we, the Principal and Surety(ies) hereto are firmly bound to the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (hereinafter, "the Department"), in the above penal sum for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns jointly and severally; provided that, where the Surety(ies) are corporations acting as co-sureties, we, the Sureties, bind ourselves in such sum "jointly and severally" only for the purpose of allowing a joint action or actions against any or all of us, and for all other purposes each Surety binds itself, jointly and severally with the Principal, for the payment of such sum only as is set forth opposite the name of such Surety, but if no limit of liability is indicated, the limit of liability shall be the full amount of the penal sum.

Whereas said Principal is required, under the Alabama Hazardous Wastes Management and Minimization Act of 1978, as amended (AHWMMA), to have a permit in order to transport hazardous waste, and

Whereas said Principal is required by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-12(c)(4) to provide financial assurance for compliance with the AHWMMA, the regulations promulgated thereunder, the permit issued to the Principal and any orders issued to the Principal by the Department, and for damages to human health and the environment, including the costs of cleanups caused by spills.

Now, Therefore, the conditions of this obligation are such that if the Principal shall faithfully comply with the AHWMMA, the regulations promulgated thereunder, the permit issued to the Principal, any order(s) issued to the Principal by the Department, and correct any damages to human health or the environment, including the cleanup of spills as approved by the Department for the term of the permit issued to the Principal and the Surety(ies) gives notice of intent not to renew this Performance Bond not less than 90 days prior to the expiration of the permit issued to the Principal,

Or, if the Principal shall provide alternate financial assurance as specified in subparagraph (b) or (c) of Rule 335-14-4-.04 of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management Administrative Code and obtain the Department's written approval of such assurance within 90 days after the date notice of cancellation is received by both the Principal and the Department from the Surety(ies) then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it is to remain in full force and effect.

The Surety(ies) shall become liable on this bond obligation only when the Principal has failed to fulfill the conditions described above.

Upon notification by the Department that the Principal has been found in violation of the AHWMMA, the regulations promulgated thereunder, the permit issued to the Principal or any order(s) issued to the Principal for activities regulated pursuant to the AHWMMA, the Surety(ies) shall correct the violation, including the cost of any remedial action, and pay any penalties assessed by the Department against the Principal or shall within 15 days after notification by the Department, pay to the Department the amount designated as the total penal sum of the bond or such amount as remains if previous violations have been assessed against this bond.

The Surety(ies) hereby waive(s) notification of amendments to permits, applicable laws and regulations and agrees that no such amendment shall in any way alleviate its (their) obligation on this bond.

The liability of the Surety(ies) shall not be discharged by any payment or succession of payments hereunder, unless and until such payment or payments shall amount in aggregate to the penal sum of the bond, but in no event shall the obligation of the Surety(ies) hereunder exceed the amount of said penal sum.

In Witness Whereof, The Principal and Surety(ies) have executed this Performance Bond and have affixed their seals on the date set forth above.

The persons whose signatures appear below hereby certify that they are authorized to execute this surety bond on behalf of the Principal and Surety(ies) and that the wording of this surety bond is identical to the wording specified in subparagraph (a) of Rule 335-14-4-.04 of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management Administrative Code as such rule was constituted on the date this bond was executed.

PRINCIPAL

[Signature(s)]

[Name(s)]

[Title(s)]

[Corporate seal]

CORPORATE SURETY(IES)

[Name and address]

State of incorporation: ______________________________________

Liability limit: $____________________________________________

[Signature(s)]

[Name(s) and title(s)]

[Corporate seal]

[For every co-surety provide the above required information, signature(s) and corporate seal.]

Bond premium: $_______________________________________________

3. The amount of the surety bond for environmental restoration shall be established as follows:

(i) Transporters proposing to transport liquid or flammable solid hazardous wastes shall be required to provide a surety bond in an amount equal to $50,000 per vehicle transporting such wastes to a maximum of $1,000,000 or proof of net worth as provided in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph;

(ii) Transporters proposing to transport nonflammable solid hazardous wastes shall be required to provide a surety bond in an amount equal to $25,000 per vehicle transporting such wastes to a maximum of $1,000,000 or proof of net worth as provided in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph; and

(iii) If the assurance surety bond is drawn upon, the Department may require additional assurance from the permittee and if the permittee fails to provide the assurance as required, the Department may terminate the permit as set out in 335-14-8-.11(2).

(b) Evidence satisfactory to the Department that the person proposing to transport hazardous waste has a net worth equal to ten times the value of the proposed surety bond. Such evidence shall be submitted in the form of a letter from the Chief Financial Officer of the applicant and shall be in a form identical to the following:

DEMONSTRATION OF NET WORTH

Letter From the Chief Financial Officer

(To demonstrate net worth as required by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-12(c)(4) in order to demonstrate financial responsibility for noncompliance with the Alabama Hazardous Wastes Management and Minimization Act of 1978, the regulations promulgated thereunder and any permits or orders issued to the applicant and to demonstrate financial responsibility for damages to human health and the environment, including the costs of cleanups, caused by spills. This demonstration may be used in conjunction with other allowable mechanisms in order to provide the required coverage.)

[Address to the Director, Alabama Department of Environmental Management, 1751 Cong. Wm. L. Dickinson Drive, Montgomery, Alabama 36130]

I am the chief financial officer of [applicant's name, address and EPA transporter identification number]. This letter is in support of the use of the demonstration of net worth to demonstrate financial responsibility as required by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-12(c)(4) and Rule 335-14-4-.04 of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management Administrative Code.

This applicant [insert "is required" or "is not required"] to file a Form 10K with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for the latest fiscal year.

The fiscal year of this applicant ends on [month, day]. The figures for the following items marked with an asterisk are derived from a year-end financial statement(s) for the latest completed fiscal year, ended [date], prepared for the applicant by an independent auditor.

Net Worth

1. Amount of annual aggregate financial

responsibility to be demonstrated . . . . . .$__________

*2.Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $__________

*3.Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$__________

*4.Net worth (line 2 minus line 3) . . . . . . .$__________

*5.If less than 90% of assets are located

in the U.S. give total U.S. assets . . . . . $__________

6.Is line 4 at least 10 times line 1? ______YES ______NO

I hereby certify that the wording of this letter is identical to that in subparagraph (b) of Rule 335-14-4-.04 of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management Administrative Code.

[Signature]

[Name]

[Title]

[Date]

(c)Proof of insurance in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 to cover damages to human health or the environment, exclusive of legal defense costs as defined in 335-14-5-.08(2)(g)2. Such insurance may not include a pollution exclusion clause. Proof of insurance must be provided on a Certificate of Insurance form naming the Alabama Department of Environmental Management as the certificate holder and giving at least 30 days written Notice of Cancellation to the certificate holder. Nothing in this subparagraph shall be construed to allow a transporter to operate in violation of the United States Department of Transportation rules and regulations governing financial assurance.

(d) A transporter must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Department that the financial document submitted with their application as required in this Rule is in force for the entire duration of the permit. The Department may request a permitted transporter at any time to demonstrate that financial assurance is in force for the duration of the hazardous waste transporter permit.

Author: Stephen C. Maurer

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12(f).

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; January 5, 1994.

<regElement name="335.14.4.05" level="3" title="Special Conditions">

The Department may establish conditions and restrictions upon the transportation of a particular shipment of hazardous waste as the Department deems necessary to protect human health or the environment.

Author: Stephen C. Maurer.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-11.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: August 24, 1989.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-14-5" level="2" title="STANDARDS FOR OWNERS AND OPERATORS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE TREATMENT, STORAGE, AND DISPOSAL FACILITIES">

<regElement name="335.14.5.01" level="3" title="General"> <dwc name="lead" times="2">

(1)Purpose, scope and applicability.

(a)The purpose of 335-14-5 is to establish minimum standards which define the acceptable management of hazardous waste.

(b)The standards in 335-14-5 apply to owners and operators of all facilities which treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste, except as specifically provided otherwise in 335-14-5 or 335-14-2.

(c)[Reserved]

(d)[Reserved]

(e)[Reserved]

(f)[Reserved]

(g)The requirements of 335-14-5 do not apply to:

1.The owner or operator of a facility permitted by the Department to manage municipal or industrial solid waste, if the only hazardous waste the facility treats, stores, or disposes of is excluded from regulation under 335-14-5 or 335-14-2-.01(5);

2.The owner or operator of a facility managing recyclable materials described in 335-14-2-.01(6)(a)2., 3. and 4. (except to the extent that requirements of 335-14-5 are referred to in 335-14-17 or Rules 335-14-7-.03, 335-14-7-.06, 335-14-7-.07 or 335-14-7-.08);

3.A generator accumulating waste on-site in compliance with 335-14-3-.03(5), except as otherwise provided in Rule 335-14-3-.03;

4.A farmer disposing of waste pesticides from his own use in compliance with 335-14-3-.07(1);

5.The owner or operator of a totally enclosed treatment facility, as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1);

6.The owner or operator of an elementary neutralization unit or a wastewater treatment unit as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1), provided that if the owner or operator is diluting hazardous ignitable (D001) wastes [other than the D001 High TOC Subcategory defined in 335-14-9-.04(1), Table "Treatment Standards for Hazardous Wastes"], or reactive (D003) waste, to remove the characteristic before land disposal, the owner/operator must comply with the requirements set out in 335-14-5-.02(8)(b).

7.[Reserved]

8.(i)Except as provided in 335-14-5-.01(1)(g)8.(ii), a person engaged in treatment or containment activities during immediate response to any of the following situations:

(I)A discharge of a hazardous waste;

(II)An imminent and substantial threat of a discharge of hazardous waste;

(III)A discharge of a material which, when discharged, becomes a hazardous waste;

(IV)An immediate threat to human health, public safety, property, or the environment, from the known or suspected presence of military munitions, other explosive material, or an explosive device, as determined by an explosive or munitions emergency response specialist as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1).

(ii)An owner or operator of a facility otherwise regulated by Division 335-14 must comply with all applicable requirements of Rules 335-14-5-.03 and 335-14-5-.04;

(iii)Any person who is covered by 335-14-5-.01(1)(g)8.(i) and who continues or initiates hazardous waste treatment or containment activities after the immediate response is over is subject to all applicable requirements of 335-14-5 and 335-14-8;

(iv)In the case of an explosives or munitions emergency response, if a Federal, State of Alabama, Tribal or local official acting within the scope of his or her official responsibilities, or an explosives or munitions emergency response specialist, determines that immediate removal of the material or waste is necessary to protect human health or the environment, that official or specialist may authorize the removal of the material or waste by transporters who do not have EPA Identification numbers or Alabama Hazardous Waste Transport Permits and without the preparation of a manifest. In the case of emergencies involving military munitions, the responding military emergency response specialist?s organizational unit must retain records for three years identifying the dates of the response, the responsible persons responding, the type and description of material addressed, and its disposition.

9.A transporter storing manifested shipments of hazardous waste in containers meeting the requirements of 335-14-3-.03(1) at a transfer facility for a period of ten days or less.

10.The addition of absorbent material to waste in a container or the addition of waste to absorbent material in a container, provided that these activities occur at the time waste is first placed in the container, and 335-14-5-.02(8)(b) and 335-14-5-.09(2) and (3) are complied with.

11.A generator treating hazardous wastes, generated on-site, by evaporation in tanks or containers, provided such treatment complies with Rule 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)2.(viii).

12.Universal waste handlers and universal waste transporters [as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1)] handling the wastes listed below. These handlers are subject to regulation under 335-14-11, when handling the below listed universal wastes:

(i)Batteries as described in 335-14-11-.01(2);

(ii)Pesticides as described in 335-14-11-.01(3);

(iii)Thermostats as described in 335-14-11-.01(4); and

(iv)Lamps as described in 335-14-11-.01(5).

(h)The requirements of 335-14-5 apply to owners or operators of all facilities which treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste referred to in 335-14-9.

(i)335-14-7-.13(6) identifies when the requirements of 335-14-5-.01 apply to the storage of military munitions classified as solid waste under 335-14-7-.13(3). The treatment and disposal of hazardous waste military munitions are subject to the applicable permitting, procedural, and technical standards in 335-14-1 through 335-14-9.

(j)The requirements of 335-14-5-.02, 335-14-5-.03, and 334-14-5-.04 and 335-14-5-.06(12) do not apply to remediation waste management sites. (However, some remediation waste management sites may be apart of a facility that is subject to a traditional RCRA permit because the facility is also treating, storing or disposing of hazardous wastes that are not remediation wastes. In these cases, 335-14-5-.02, 335-14-5-.03, and 335-14-5-.04 and 335-14-5-.06(12) do apply to the facility subject to the traditional RCRA permit.) Instead of the requirements of 335-14-5-.02, and 335-14-5-.03, and 335-14-5-.04 owners or operators of remediation waste management sites must:

1.Obtain an EPA identification number by applying to ADEM using ADEM Form 8700-12;

(2)Obtain a detailed chemical and physical analysis of a representative sample of the hazardous remediation wastes to be managed at the site. At a minimum, the analysis must contain all of the information which must be known to treat, store or dispose of the waste according to 335-14-5 and 335-14-9, and must be kept accurate and up to date;

(3)Prevent people who are unaware of the danger from entering, and minimize the possibility for unauthorized people or livestock to enter onto the active portion of the remediation waste management site, unless the owner or operator can demonstrate to the Department that:

(i)Physical contact with the waste, structures, or equipment within the active portion of the remediation waste management site will not injure people or livestock who may enter the active portion of the remediation waste management site; and

(ii)Disturbance of the waste or equipment by people or livestock who enter unto the active portion of the remediation waste management site, will not cause a violation of the requirement of 335-14-5;

4.Inspect the remediation waste management site for malfunctions, deterioration, operator errors, and discharges that may be causing, or may lead to, a release of hazardous waste constituents to the environment, or a threat to human health. The owner or operator must conduct these inspections often enough to identify problems in time to correct them before it leads to a human health or environmental hazard. Where a hazard is imminent or has already occurred, the owner/operator must take remedial action immediately;

5.Provide personnel with classroom or on-the-job training on how to perform their duties in a way that ensures the remediation waste management site complies with the requirements of 335-14-5, and on how to respond effectively to emergencies;

6.Take precautions to prevent accidental ignition or reaction of ignitable or reactive waste, and prevent threats to human health and the environment from ignitable, reactive and incompatible waste;

7.For remediation waste management sites subject to regulation under 335-14-5-.09 through 335-14-5-.15 and 335-1-5-.24, the owner/operator must design, construct, operate, and maintain a unit within a 100-year floodplain to prevent washout of any hazardous waste by a 100-year flood, unless the owner/operator can meet the demonstration of 335-14-5-.02(9)(b);

8.Not place any non-containerized or bulk liquid hazardous waste in any salt dome formation, salt bed formation, underground mine or cave;

9.Develop and maintain a construction quality assurance program for all surface impoundments, waste piles and landfill units that are required to comply with 335-14-5-.11(2)(c) and (d), 335-14-5-.12(2)(c)and (d), and 335-14-5-.14(2)(c)and (d) at the remediation waste management site, according to the requirements of 335-14-5-.02(10);

10.Develop and maintain procedures to prevent accidents and a contingency and emergency plan to control accidents that occur. These procedures must address proper design, construction, maintenance, and operation of remediation waste management units at the site. The goal of the plan must be to minimize the possibility of, and the hazards from, a fire, explosion, or any unplanned sudden or non-sudden release of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents to air, soil, or surface water that could threaten human health or the environment. The plan must explain specifically how to treat, store and dispose of the hazardous remediation waste in question, and must be implemented immediately whenever a fire, explosion, or release of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents which could threaten human health or the environment;

11.Designate at least one employee, either on the facility premises or on call (that is, available to respond to an emergency by reaching the facility quickly), to coordinate all emergency response measures. The emergency coordinator must be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the facility?s contingency plan, all operations and activities at the facility, the location and characteristics of waste handled, the location of all records within the facility, and the facility layout. In addition, this person must have the authority to commit the resources needed to carry out the contingency plan;

12.Develop, maintain and implement a plan to meet the requirements in 335-14-5-.01(1)(j)2. through (j)6. and (j)9. through (j)10.; and

13.Maintain records documenting compliance with 335-14-5-.01(1)(j)1. through(j)12.

(2)[Reserved]

(3)Relationship to interim status standards. A facility owner or operator who has fully complied with the requirements for interim status must comply with the Rules specified in 335-14-6 in lieu of the Rules in 335-14-5, until final administrative disposition of his Hazardous Waste Facility Permit is made; except as provided under Rule 335-14-5-.19.

(4)Imminent hazard action. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Rules, enforcement actions may be brought pursuant to Section 7003 of RCRA and the AHWMMA.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Lynn T. Roper, C. Edwin Johnston, Michael Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 26, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.5.02" level="3" title="General Facility Standards"> <dwc name="lead" times="2">

(1)Applicability.

(a)The requirements of 335-14-5-.02 apply to owners and operators of all hazardous waste facilities, except as provided in 335-14-5-.01(1) and in 335-14-5-.02(1)(b).

(b)[Reserved]

(2)Identification number. Every facility owner or operator must obtain an EPA identification number by submitting a correct and complete ADEM Form 8700-12 to the Department, along with the appropriate fees specified in Chapter 335-1-6 of the ADEM Administrative Code.

(3)Required notices.

(a)1.The owner or operator of a facility that has arranged to receive hazardous waste from a foreign source must notify the Department in writing at least four weeks in advance of the date the waste is expected to arrive at the facility. Notice of subsequent shipments of the same waste from the same foreign source is not required.

2.The owner or operator of a recovery facility that has arranged to receive hazardous waste subject to 335-14-3-.09 must provide a copy of the tracking document bearing all required signatures to the notifier; to the Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance, Office of Compliance, Enforcement Planning, Targeting and Data Division (2222A), Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC 20460; to the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, P. O. Box 301463, Montgomery, AL 36130; and to the competent authorities of all other concerned countries within three working days of receipt of the shipment. The original of the signed tracking document must be maintained at the facility for at least three years.

(b)The owner or operator of a facility that receives hazardous waste from an off-site source (except where the owner or operator is also the generator) must inform the generator in writing that he has the appropriate permit(s) for, and will accept, the waste the generator is shipping. The owner or operator must keep a copy of this written notice as part of the operating record.

(c)Before transferring ownership or operation of a facility during its operating life, or of a disposal facility during the post-closure care period, the owner or operator must notify the new owner or operator in writing of the requirements of 335-14-5 and 335-14-8. (An owner's or operator's failure to notify the new owner or operator of the requirements of 335-14-5 in no way relieves the new owner or operator of his obligation to comply with all applicable requirements.)

(d)1.A facility owner or operator must submit a correct and complete ADEM Form 8700-12 (including all appropriate attachment pages and fees) reflecting current waste activities to the Department annually according to the following schedule. The Department must receive the ADEM Form 8700-12 (including all appropriate attachment pages and fees) no later than the 15th day of the specified month.

<table width="100%"> If your installation is located in the county of ... Submit ADEM Form 8700-12 by the 15th of ... Colbert, Fayette, Franklin, Greene, Hale, Lamar, Lauderdale, Lawrence, Limestone, Marion, Morgan, Pickens, Sumter, Tuscaloosa, Walker, Winston February Blount, Cherokee, Cullman, DeKalb, Etowah, Jackson, Madison, Marshall, St. Clair April Jefferson June Calhoun, Chambers, Clay, Cleburne, Coosa, Elmore, Lee, Macon, Montgomery, Randolph, Shelby, Talladega, Tallapoosa August Autauga, Baldwin, Barbour, Bibb, Bullock, Butler, Chilton, Choctaw, Clarke, Coffee, Conecuh, Covington, Crenshaw, Dale, Dallas, Escambia, Geneva, Henry, Houston, Lowndes, Marengo, Monroe, Perry, Pike, Russell, Washington, Wilcox October Mobile December </table>

(b)In order to eliminate the need for multiple Notifications during the reporting year, facilities which anticipate periodically switching between generator classifications should notify for the higher classification (i.e., if a facility typically operates as small quantity generator, but anticipates being a large quantity generator for any period during the year, they should notify as a large quantity generator); and

(c)The ADEM Form 8700-12, Notification of Regulated Waste Activity, is not complete without payment of all the appropriate fees specified in Chapter 335-1-6 of the ADEM Administrative Code.

(4)General waste analysis.

(a)1.Before an owner or operator treats, stores, or disposes of any hazardous wastes, or non-hazardous wastes if applicable under 335-14-5-.07(4)(d), he must obtain a detailed chemical and physical analysis of a representative sample of the wastes. At a minimum, this analysis must contain all the information which must be known to treat, store, or dispose of the waste in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5, 335-14-7, and 335-14-9 and with the conditions of a permit issued under 335-14-8.

2.The analysis may include data developed under 335-14-2 and existing published or documented data on the hazardous waste or on hazardous waste generated from similar processes.

3.The analysis must be repeated as necessary to ensure that it is accurate and up to date. At a minimum, the analysis must be repeated:

(i)When the owner or operator is notified, or has reason to believe, that the process or operation generating the hazardous wastes, or non-hazardous wastes if applicable under 335-14-5-.07(4)(d), has changed; and

(ii)For off-site facilities, when the results of the inspection or analysis required in 335-14-5-.02(4)(a)4. indicate that the hazardous waste received at the facility does not match the waste described on the accompanying manifest or shipping paper.

4.The owner or operator of an off-site facility must inspect and analyze each hazardous waste movement received at the facility to determine whether it matches the identity of the waste specified on the accompanying manifest or shipping paper.

(b)The owner or operator must develop and follow a written waste analysis plan which describes the procedures which he will carry out to comply with 335-14-5-.02(4)(a). He must keep this plan at the facility. At a minimum, the plan must specify:

1.The parameters for which each hazardous waste, or non-hazardous waste if applicable under 335-14-5-.07(4)(d), will be analyzed and the rationale for the selection of these parameters (i.e., how analysis for these parameters will provide sufficient information on the waste's properties to comply with 335-14-5-.02(4)(a));

2.The test methods which will be used to test for these parameters;

3.The sampling method which will be used to obtain a representative sample of the waste to be analyzed. A representative sample may be obtained using either:

(i)One of the sampling methods described in 335-14-2 - Appendix I; or

(ii)An equivalent sampling method approved by the Department;

4.The frequency, approved by the Department, with which the initial analysis of the waste will be reviewed or repeated to ensure that the analysis is accurate and up to date; and

5.For off-site facilities, the waste analyses that hazardous waste generators have agreed to supply; and

6.Where applicable, the methods which will be used to meet the additional waste analysis requirements for specific waste management methods as specified in 335-14-5-.02(8), 335-14-5-.14(15), 335-14-5-.15(2), 335-14-5-.27(5), 335-14-5-.28(14), 335-14-5-.29(4), 335-14-7-.08(3), and 335-14-9-.01(7).

7.For surface impoundments exempted from land disposal restrictions under 335-14-9-.01(4), the procedures and schedules for:

(i)The sampling of impoundment contents;

(ii)The analysis of test data; and

(iii)The annual removal of residues which are not delisted under 335-14-1-.03(2) or which exhibit a characteristic of hazardous waste and either:

(I)Do not meet applicable treatment standards of Rule 335-14-9-.04; or

(II)Where no treatment standards have been established;

I.Such residues are prohibited from land disposal under 335-14-9-.03(3) or RCRA Section 3004(d); or

II.Such residues are prohibited from land disposal under 335-14-9-.03(4).

8.For owners and operators seeking an exemption to the air emission standards of 335-14-5-.29 in accordance with 335-14-5-.29(3):

(i)The procedures and schedules for waste sampling and analysis, and the analysis of test data to verify the exemption.

(ii)Each generator?s notice and certification of the volatile organic concentration in the water if the waste is received from off site.

(c)For off-site facilities, the waste analysis plan required in 335-14-5-.02(4)(b) must also specify the procedures which will be used to inspect and analyze each movement of hazardous waste received at the facility to ensure that it matches the identity of the waste designated on the accompanying manifest or shipping paper. At a minimum, the plan must describe and justify:

1.The procedures which will be used to determine the identity of each movement of waste managed at the facility and shall include collection of representative samples which will be obtained from each waste stream from each shipment of waste received from each generator and analyzed in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.02(4) to accurately identify each movement of hazardous waste received at the facility.

2.The sampling method and number of samples which will be used to obtain a representative sample of the waste stream to be identified;

3.The method(s) which will be used to analyze the sample(s); and

4.The procedures that the owner or operator of an off-site landfill receiving containerized hazardous waste will use to determine whether a hazardous waste generator or treater has added a biodegradable sorbent to the waste in the container.

(d)For off-site facilities, samples of waste(s) from each generator collected in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.02(4)(c) may be composited prior to analysis provided that:

1.No more than ten individual samples are composited into any one sample for analysis;

2.Only compatible wastes from the same generator and waste stream are composited into any one sample which is to be analyzed; and

3.In the event that the analytical results of sample(s) obtained in compliance with the requirements 335-14-5-.02(4) indicate that the hazardous waste received at the facility does not match the waste described on the accompanying manifest or shipping paper, the facility owner or operator shall:

(i)Collect and analyze a representative sample from each container;

(ii)Identify the container(s) holding the waste(s) which cause the discrepancy to occur; and

(iii)Comply with the requirements of 335-14-5-.05(3)(b).

(e)Upon receipt of a satisfactory demonstration based on the types of waste received and treated, stored or disposed of at the facility, processes utilized to manage the waste, and any other reasonable factors, the Department may grant a partial or full exemption from the requirements for the sampling and analysis of each shipment of waste as required by 335-14-5-.02(4)(c).

[NOTE: The term "movement" as used in 335-14-5-.02(4) refers to individual truckloads, batches, shipments, etc., of wastes received at the facility. It is not intended to impose requirements for additional waste analyses for internal movements of wastes within the facility unless otherwise required by Division 335-14.]

(5)Security.

(a)The owner or operator must prevent the unknowing entry, and minimize the possibility for unauthorized entry, of persons or livestock onto the active portion of his facility, unless he can demonstrate to the Department that:

1.Physical contact with the waste, structures, or equipment within the active portion of the facility will not injure unknowing or unauthorized persons or livestock which may enter the active portion of the facility; and

2.Disturbance of the waste or equipment, by the unknowing or unauthorized entry of persons or livestock onto the active portion of the facility, will not cause a violation of 335-14-5.

(b)Unless the owner or operator has made a successful demonstration under 335-14-5-.02(5)(a)1. and (a)2., a facility must have:

1.A 24-hour surveillance system (e.g., television monitoring or surveillance by guards or facility personnel) which continuously monitors and controls entry onto the active portion of the facility; or

2.(i)An artificial or natural barrier (e.g., a fence in good repair or a fence combined with a cliff), which completely surrounds the active portion of the facility; and

(ii)A means to control entry, at all times, through the gates or other entrances to the active portion of the facility (e.g., an attendant, television monitors, locked entrance, or controlled roadway access to the facility).

(c)Unless the owner or operator has made a successful demonstration under 335-14-5-.02(5)(a)1. and (a)2., a sign with the legend "Danger-Unauthorized Personnel Keep Out" must be posted at each entrance to the active portion of the facility, and at other locations, in sufficient numbers to be seen from any approach to the active portion. The legend must be written in English and in any other language predominant in the area surrounding the facility, and must be legible from a distance of at least 25 feet. Existing signs with a legend other than "Danger-Unauthorized Personnel Keep Out" may be used if the legend on the sign indicates that only authorized personnel are allowed to enter the active portion, and that entry onto the active portion can be dangerous.

(6)General inspection requirements.

(a)The owner or operator must inspect his facility for malfunctions and deterioration, operator errors, and discharges which may be causing, or may lead to, the release of hazardous waste constituents to the environment or a threat to human health. The owner or operator must conduct these inspections often enough to identify problems in time to correct them before they harm human health or the environment.

(b)1.The owner or operator must develop and follow a written schedule for inspecting monitoring equipment, safety and emergency equipment, security devices, and operating and structural equipment that are important to preventing, detecting, or responding to environmental or health hazards.

2.He must keep the schedule at the facility.

3.The schedule must identify the types of problems which are to be looked for during the inspection.

4.The frequency of inspection may vary for the items on the schedule. However, the frequency should be based on the rate of deterioration of the equipment and the probability of an environmental or human health incident if the deterioration, malfunction, or any operator error goes undetected between inspections. Areas subject to spills, such as loading and unloading areas, must be inspected daily when in use. At a minimum, the inspection schedule must include the items and frequencies called for in 335-14-5-.09(5), 335-14-5-.10(4), 335-14-5-.10(6), 335-14-5-.11(7), 335-14-5-.12(5), 335-14-5-.13(9), 335-14-5-.14(4), 335-14-5-.15(8), 335-14-5-.24(3), 335-14-5-.27(4), 335-14-5-.28(3), 335-14-5-.28(4), 335-14-5-.28(9), and 335-14-5-.29(4) through (10) where applicable.

[Comment: 335-14-8 requires the inspection schedule to be submitted with Part B of the permit application. ADEM will evaluate the schedule along with the rest of the application to ensure that it adequately protects human health and the environment. As part of this review, the Department may modify or amend the schedule as may be necessary.]

(c)The owner or operator must remedy any deterioration or malfunction of equipment or structures which the inspection reveals on a schedule which ensures that the problem does not lead to an environmental or human health hazard. Where a hazard is imminent or has already occurred, remedial action must be taken immediately.

(d)The owner or operator must record inspections in an inspection log or summary. He must keep these records for at least three years from the date of inspection. At a minimum, these records must include the date and time of the inspection, the name of the inspector, a notation of the observations made, and the date and nature of any repairs or other remedial actions.

(7)Personnel training.

(a)1.Facility personnel must successfully complete a program of classroom instruction or on-the-job training that teaches them to perform their duties in a way that ensures the facility's compliance with the requirements of 335-14-5. The owner or operator must ensure that this program includes all the elements described in the document required under 335-14-5-.02(7)(d)3.

2.This program must be directed by a person trained in hazardous waste management procedures, and must include instruction which teaches facility personnel hazardous waste management procedures (including contingency plan implementation) relevant to the positions in which they are employed.

3.At a minimum, the training program must be designed to ensure that facility personnel are able to respond effectively to emergencies by familiarizing them with emergency procedures, emergency equipment, and emergency systems, including, where applicable:

(i)Procedures for using, inspecting, repairing, and replacing facility emergency and monitoring equipment;

(ii)Key parameters for automatic waste feed cut-off systems;

(iii)Communications or alarm systems;

(iv)Response to fires or explosions;

(v)Response to groundwater contamination incidents; and

(vi)Shutdown of operations.

(b)Facility personnel must successfully complete the program required in 335-14-5-.02(7)(a) within six months after the effective date of these rules or six months after the date of their employment or assignment to a facility, or to a new position at a facility, whichever is later. Employees hired after the effective date of these rules must not work in unsupervised positions until they have completed the training requirements of 335-14-5-.02(7)(a).

(c)Facility personnel must take part in an annual review of the initial training required in 335-14-5-.02(7)(a).

(d)The owner or operator must maintain the following documents and records at the facility:

1.The job title for each position at the facility related to hazardous waste management, and the name of the employee filling each job;

2.A written job description for each position listed under 335-14-5-.02(7)(d)1. This description may be consistent in its degree of specificity with descriptions for other similar positions in the same company location or bargaining unit, but must include the requisite skill, education, or other qualifications, and duties of employees assigned to each position;

3.A written description of the type and amount of both introductory and continuing training that will be given to each person filling a position listed under 335-14-5-.02(7)(d)1.; and

4.Records that document that the training or job experience required under 335-14-5-.02(7)(a), (b), and (c) has been given to, and completed by, facility personnel.

(e)Training records on current personnel must be kept until closure of the facility; training records on former employees must be kept for at least three years from the date the employee last worked at the facility. Personnel training records may accompany personnel transferred within the same company.

(8)General requirements for ignitable, reactive, or incompatible wastes.

(a)The owner or operator must take precautions to prevent accidental ignition or reaction of ignitable or reactive waste. This waste must be separated and protected from sources of ignition or reaction including but not limited to: open flames, smoking, cutting, and welding, hot surfaces, frictional heat, sparks (static, electrical, or mechanical), spontaneous ignition (e.g., from heat-producing chemical reactions), and radiant heat. While ignitable or reactive waste is being handled, the owner or operator must confine smoking and open flame to specially designated locations. "No Smoking" signs must be conspicuously placed wherever there is a hazard from ignitable or reactive waste.

(b)Where specifically required by other paragraphs of 335-14-5, the owner or operator of a facility that treats, stores, or disposes ignitable or reactive waste, or mixes incompatible waste or incompatible wastes and other materials, must take precautions to prevent reactions which:

1.Generate extreme heat or pressure, fire or explosions, or violent reactions;

2.Produce uncontrolled toxic mists, fumes, dusts, or gases in sufficient quantities to threaten human health or the environment;

3.Produce uncontrolled flammable fumes or gases in sufficient quantities to pose a risk of fire or explosions;

4.Damage the structural integrity of the device or facility;

5.Through other like means threaten human health or the environment.

(c)When required to comply with 335-14-5-.02(8)(a) or (b), the owner or operator must document that compliance. This documentation may be based on references to published scientific or engineering literature, data from trial tests (e.g., bench scale or pilot scale tests), waste analyses (as specified in 335-14-5-.02(4)), or the results of the treatment of similar wastes by similar treatment processes and under similar operating conditions.

(9)Location standards.

(a)[Reserved]

(b)1.Floodplains. A facility located in a 100-year floodplain must be designed, constructed, operated, and maintained to prevent washout of any hazardous waste by a 100-year flood, unless the owner or operator can demonstrate to the Department's satisfaction that:

(i)Procedures are in effect which will cause the waste to be removed safely, before flood waters can reach the facility, to a location where the wastes will not be vulnerable to flood waters; or

(ii)For existing surface impoundments, waste piles, land treatment units, landfills, and miscellaneous units, no adverse effects on human health or the environment will result if washout occurs, considering:

(I)The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the waste in the facility;

(II)The concentration of hazardous constituents that would potentially affect surface waters as a result of washout;

(III)The impact of such concentrations on the current or potential uses of and water quality standards established for the affected surface waters; and

(IV)The impact of hazardous constituents on the sediments of affected surface waters or the soils of the 100-year floodplain that could result from washout.

2.As used in 335-14-5-.02(9)(b)1.:

(i)"100-year floodplain" means any land area which is subject to a one percent or greater chance of flooding in any given year from any source.

(ii)"Washout" means the movement of hazardous waste from the active portion of the facility as a result of flooding.

(iii)"100-year flood" means a flood that has a one percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year.

(c)Salt dome formations, salt bed formations, underground mines, and caves. The placement of any noncontainerized or bulk liquid hazardous waste in any salt dome formation, salt bed formation, underground mine or cave is prohibited.

(10)Construction quality assurance program.

(a)CQA program.

1.A construction quality assurance (CQA) program is required for all surface impoundment, waste pile and landfill units that are required to comply with 335-14-5-.11(2)(c) and (d), 335-14-5-.12(2)(c) and (d), and 335-14-5-.14(2)(b). The program must ensure that the constructed unit meets or exceeds all design criteria and specifications in the permit. The program must be developed and implemented under the direction of a CQA officer who is a registered professional engineer.

2.The CQA program must address the following physical components, where applicable:

(i)Foundations;

(ii)Dikes;

(iii)Low-permeability soil liners;

(iv)Geomembranes (flexible membrane liners);

(v)Leachate collection and removal systems and leak detection systems; and

(vi)Final cover systems.

(b)Written CQA plan. The owner or operator of units subject to the CQA program under 335-14-5-.02(10)(a) of must develop and implement a written CQA plan. The plan must identify steps that will be used to monitor and document the quality of materials and the condition and manner of their installation. The CQA plan must include:

1.Identification of applicable units and a description of how they will be constructed.

2.Identification of key personnel in the development and implementation of the CQA plan and CQA officer qualifications.

3.A description of inspection and sampling activities for all unit components identified in 335-14-5-.02(10)(a)2., including observations and tests that will be used before, during, and after construction to ensure that the construction materials and the installed unit components meet the design specifications. The description must cover: sampling size and locations; frequency of testing; data evaluation procedures; acceptance and rejection criteria for construction materials; plans for implementing corrective measures; and data or other information to be recorded and retained in the operating record under 335-14-5-.05(4).

(c)Contents of program.

1.The CQA program must include observations, inspections, tests, and measurements sufficient to ensure:

(i)Structural stability and integrity of all components of the unit identified in 335-14-5-.02(10)(a)2.;

(ii)Proper construction of all components of the liners, leachate collection and removal system, leak detection system, and final cover system, according to permit specifications and good engineering practices, and proper installation of all components (e.g., pipes) according to design specifications; and

(iii)Conformity of all materials used with design and other material specifications under 335-14-5-.11(2), 335-14-5-.12(2), and 335-14-5-.14(2).

2.The CQA program shall include test fills for compacted soil liners, using the same compaction methods as in the full scale unit, to ensure that the liners are constructed to meet the hydraulic conductivity requirements of 335-14-5-.11(2)(c)1.(i)(II), 335-14-5-.12(2)(c)1.(i)(II), and 335-14-5-.14(2)(b)1.(i)(II) in the field. Compliance with the hydraulic conductivity requirements must be verified by using in-situ testing on the constructed test fill. The Department may accept an alternative demonstration, in lieu of a test fill, where data are sufficient to show that a constructed soil liner will meet the hydraulic conductivity requirements of 335-14-5-.11(2)(c)1.(i)(II), 335-14-5-.12(2)(c)1.(i)(II), and 335-14-5-.14(2)(b)1.(i)(II) in the field.

(d)Certification. Waste shall not be received in a unit subject to 335-14-5-.02(10) until the owner or operator has submitted to the Department by certified mail or hand delivery a certification signed by the CQA officer that the approved CQA plan has been successfully carried out and that the unit meets the requirements of 335-14-5-.11(2)(c) or (d), 335-14-5-.12(2)(c) or (d), or 335-14-5-.14(2)(b); and the procedure in 335-14-8-.03(1)(l)2.(ii) has been completed. Documentation supporting the CQA officer's certification must be furnished to the Department upon request.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Steven O. Jenkins; Stephen A. Cobb; Amy P. Zachry, Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: July 19, 1982. Amended: 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.5.03" level="3" title="Preparedness And Prevention">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-5-.03 apply to owners and operators of all hazardous waste facilities except as 335-14-5-.01(1) provides otherwise.

(2)Design and operation of facility. Facilities must be designed, constructed, maintained, and operated to minimize the possibility of a fire, explosion, or any unplanned sudden or non-sudden release of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents to air, soil, groundwater, or surface water which could threaten human health or the environment.

(3)Required equipment. All facilities must be equipped with the following, unless it can be demonstrated to the Department's satisfaction that none of the hazards posed by waste handled at the facility could require a particular kind of equipment specified below:

(a)An internal communications or alarm system capable of providing immediate emergency instruction (voice or signal) to facility personnel;

(b)A device, such as a telephone (immediately available at the scene of operations) or a hand-held two-way radio, capable of summoning emergency assistance from local police departments, fire departments, or State of Alabama or local emergency response teams;

(c)Portable fire extinguishers, fire control equipment (including special extinguishing equipment, such as that using foam, inert gas, or dry chemicals), spill control equipment, and decontamination equipment; and

(d)Water at adequate volume and pressure to supply water hose streams, or foam producing equipment, or automatic sprinklers, or water spray systems.

(4)Testing and maintenance of equipment. All facility communications or alarm systems, fire protection equipment, spill control equipment, and decontamination equipment, where required, must be tested and maintained as necessary to assure its proper operation in time of emergency. Documentation of testing and maintenance must be recorded in the facility operating record as described in Rule 335-14-5-.05(4).

(5)Access to communications or alarm system.

(a)Whenever hazardous waste is being poured, mixed, spread, or otherwise handled, all personnel involved in the operation must have immediate access to an internal alarm or emergency communication device, either directly or through visual or voice contact with another employee, unless the Department has ruled that such a device is not required under 335-14-5-.03(3).

(b)If there is ever just one employee on the premises while the facility is operating, he must have immediate access to a device, such as a telephone (immediately available at the scene of operation) or a hand-held two-way radio, capable of summoning external emergency assistance, unless the Department has ruled that such a device is not required under 335-14-5-.03(3).

(6)Required aisle space. The owner or operator must maintain aisle space to allow the unobstructed movement of personnel, fire protection equipment, spill control equipment, and decontamination equipment to any area of facility operation in an emergency, unless it can be demonstrated to the Department's satisfaction that aisle space is not needed for any of these purposes.

(7)[Reserved]

(8)Arrangements with local authorities.

(a)The owner or operator must attempt to make the following arrangements, as appropriate for the type of waste handled at his facility and the potential need for the services of these organizations:

1.Arrangements to familiarize police, fire departments, and emergency response teams with the layout of the facility, properties of hazardous waste handled at the facility and associated hazards, places where facility personnel would normally be working, entrances to and roads inside the facility, and possible evacuation routes;

2.Where more than one police and fire department might respond to an emergency, agreements designating primary emergency authority to a specific police and a specific fire department, and agreements with any others to provide support to the primary emergency authority;

3.Agreements with State of Alabama emergency response teams, emergency response contractors, and equipment suppliers; and

4.Arrangements to familiarize local hospitals with the properties of hazardous waste handled at the facility and the types of injuries or illnesses which could result from fires, explosions, or releases at the facility.

(b)Where State of Alabama or local authorities decline to enter into such arrangements, the owner or operator must document the refusal in the operating record.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Amy P. Zachry, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: July 19, 1982. Amended: April 9, 1986; August 24, 1989; January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.5.04" level="3" title="Contingency Plan And Emergency Procedures">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-5-.04 apply to owners and operators of all hazardous waste facilities, except as 335-14-5-.01(1) provides otherwise.

(2)Purpose and implementation of contingency plan.

(a)Each owner or operator must have a contingency plan for his facility. The contingency plan must be designed to minimize hazards to human health or the environment from fires, explosions, or any unplanned sudden or non-sudden release of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents to air, soil, or surface water.

(b)The provisions of the plan must be carried out immediately whenever there is a fire, explosion, or release of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents which could threaten human health or the environment.

(3)Content of contingency plan.

(a)The contingency plan must describe the actions facility personnel must take to comply with 335-14-5-.04(2) and (7) in response to fires, explosions, or any unpermitted sudden or non-sudden release of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents to air, soil, or surface water at the facility.

(b)If the owner or operator has already prepared a Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasures (SPCC) Plan or some other emergency or contingency plan, he need only amend that plan to incorporate hazardous waste management provisions that are sufficient to comply with the requirements of 335-14-5.

(c)The plan must describe arrangements agreed to by local police departments, fire departments, hospitals, contractors, and State of Alabama and local emergency response teams to coordinate emergency services, pursuant to 335-14-5-.03(8).

(d)The plan must list names, and office and home addresses and phone numbers of all persons qualified to act as emergency coordinator (see 335-14-5-.04(6)), and this list must be kept up to date. Where more than one person is listed, one must be named as primary emergency coordinator and others must be listed in the order in which they will assume responsibility as alternates. For new facilities, this information must be supplied to the Department at the time of certification, rather than at the time of permit application.

(e)The plan must include a list of all emergency equipment at the facility [such as fire extinguishing systems, spill control equipment, communications and alarm systems (internal and external)], and decontamination equipment, where this equipment is required. This list must be kept up to date. In addition, the plan must include the location and a physical description of each item on the list, and a brief outline of its capabilities.

(f)The plan must include an evacuation plan for facility personnel where there is a possibility that evacuation could be necessary. This plan must describe signal(s) to be used to begin evacuation, evacuation routes, and alternate evacuation routes (in cases where the primary routes could be blocked by releases of hazardous waste or fires).

(4)Copies of the contingency plan. A copy of the contingency plan and all revisions to the plan must be:

(a)Maintained at the facility; and

(b)Submitted to all local police departments, fire departments, hospitals, and State of Alabama and local emergency response teams that may be called upon to provide emergency services. Documentation of compliance with this requirement must be maintained at the facility.

(5)Amendment of contingency plan. The contingency plan must be reviewed, and immediately amended if necessary, whenever:

(a)The facility permit is revised;

(b)The plan fails in an emergency;

(c)The facility changes--in its design, construction, operation, maintenance, or other circumstances--in a way that materially increases the potential for fires, explosions, or releases of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents, or changes the response necessary in an emergency;

(d)The list of emergency coordinators changes; or

(e)The list of emergency equipment changes.

(6)Emergency coordinator. At all times, there must be at least one employee either on the facility premises or on call (i.e., available to respond to an emergency by reaching the facility within a short period of time) with the responsibility for coordinating all emergency response measures. This emergency coordinator must be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the facility's contingency plan, all operations and activities at the facility, the location and characteristics of waste handled, the location of all records within the facility, and the facility layout. In addition, this person must have the authority to commit the resources needed to carry out the contingency plan.

(7)Emergency procedures.

(a)Whenever there is an imminent or actual emergency situation, the emergency coordinator (or his designee when the emergency coordinator is on call) must immediately:

1.Activate internal facility alarms or communication systems, where applicable, to notify all facility personnel; and

2.Notify appropriate State of Alabama or local agencies with designated response roles if their help is needed.

(b)Whenever there is a release, fire, or explosion, the emergency coordinator must immediately identify the character, exact source, amount, and areal extent of any released materials. He may do this by observation or review of facility records or manifests, and, if necessary, by chemical analysis.

(c)Concurrently, the emergency coordinator must assess possible hazards to human health or the environment that may result from the release, fire, or explosion. This assessment must consider both direct and indirect effects of the release, fire, or explosion (e.g., the effects of any toxic, irritating, or asphyxiating gases that are generated, or the effects of any hazardous surface water run-off from water or chemical agents used to control fire and heat-induced explosions).

(d)If the emergency coordinator determines that the facility has had a release, fire, or explosion which could threaten human health or the environment outside the facility (release of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents from the active portion of the facility is defined as such a threat), he must report his findings as follows:

1.If his assessment indicates that evacuation of local areas may be advisable, he must immediately notify appropriate local authorities. He must be available to help appropriate officials decide whether local areas should be evacuated; and

2.He must immediately notify either the government official designated as the on-scene coordinator for that geographical area or the National Response Center (800/424-8802, 24 hours a day), and the Department (334/271-7700 between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday) or the Alabama Department of Public Safety (334/242-4378, 24 hours a day). The report must include:

(i)Name and telephone number of reporter;

(ii)Name and address of facility;

(iii)Time and type of incident (e.g., release, fire);

(iv)Name and quantity of material(s) involved, to the extent known;

(v)The extent of injuries, if any; and

(vi)The possible hazards to human health or the environment outside the facility.

(e)During an emergency, the emergency coordinator must take all reasonable measures necessary to ensure that fires, explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread to other hazardous waste at the facility. These measures must include, where applicable, stopping processes and operations, collecting and containing release waste, and removing or isolating containers.

(f)If the facility stops operations in response to a fire, explosion, or release, the emergency coordinator must monitor for leaks, pressure buildup, gas generation, or ruptures in valves, pipes, or other equipment, wherever this is appropriate.

(g)Immediately after an emergency, the emergency coordinator must provide for treating, storing, or disposing of recovered waste, contaminated soil, or surface water, or any other material that results from a release, fire, or explosion at the facility.

(h)The emergency coordinator must ensure that, in the affected area(s) of the facility:

1.No waste that may be incompatible with the released material is treated, stored, or disposed of until cleanup procedures are completed; and

2.All emergency equipment listed in the contingency plan is cleaned and fit for its intended use before operations are resumed.

(i)The owner or operator must notify the Department and other appropriate State of Alabama and local authorities that the facility is in compliance with 335-14-5-.04(7)(h) before operations are resumed in the affected area(s) of the facility.

(j)The owner or operator must note in the operating record the time, date, and details of any incident that requires implementing the contingency plan. Within 15 days after the incident, he must submit a written report on the incident to the Department. The report must include:

1.Name, address, and telephone number of the owner or operator.

2.Name, address, and telephone number of the facility;

3.Date, time, and type of incident (e.g., fire, explosion);

4.Name and quantity of material(s) involved;

5.The extent of injuries, if any:

6.An assessment of actual or potential hazards to human health or the environment, where this is applicable; and

7.Estimated quantity and disposition of recovered material that resulted from the incident.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Amy P. Zachry, W. Gerald Hardy, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: July 19, 1982. Amended: April 9, 1986; August 24, 1989; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.5.05" level="3" title="Manifest System, Recordkeeping And Reporting">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-5-.05 apply to owners and operators of both on-site and off-site facilities, except as 335-14-5-.01(1) provides otherwise. 335-14-5-.05(2), (3), and (7) do not apply to owners and operators of on-site facilities that do not receive any hazardous waste from off-site sources, or to owners and operators of off-site facilities with respect to waste military munitions exempted from manifest requirements under 335-14-7-.13(4)(a). 335-14-5-.05(4)(b)9. only applies to permittees who treat, store, or dispose of hazardous wastes on-site where such wastes were generated.

(2)Use of manifest system.

(a)If a facility requires the use of a manifest under 335-14-5-.05(1), the facility shall provide the manifest form to persons who request it prior to their shipment of hazardous waste to the receiving facility. All manifests provided by the facility shall include the State manifest document number as assigned by the receiving facility. This number must be a unique 3 or 4 letter and consecutively numbered designation and must not be repeated during any calendar year. All manifests not provided by the facility shall have the State Manifest Document Number written in the appropriate location (Item A).

(b)If a facility receives hazardous waste accompanied by a manifest, the owner or operator, or his agent, must:

1.Sign and date each copy of the manifest to certify that the hazardous waste covered by the manifest was received.

2.Note any significant discrepancies in the manifest (as defined in 335-14-5-.05(3)(a)) on each copy of the manifest;

3.Immediately give the transporter at least one copy of the signed manifest;

4.Within 30 days after the delivery, send a copy of the manifest to the generator;

5.Retain at the facility a copy of each manifest for at least three years from the date of delivery; and

6.Within 60 days after the delivery, send a copy of the manifest to the Department.

(c)If a facility receives, from a rail or water (bulk shipment) transporter, hazardous waste which is accompanied by a shipping paper containing all the information required on the manifest (excluding the EPA identification numbers, generator's certification, and signatures), the owner or operator, or his agent, must:

1.Sign and date each copy of the manifest or shipping paper (if the manifest has not been received) to certify that the hazardous waste covered by the manifest or shipping paper was received;

2.Note any significant discrepancies (as defined in 335-14-5-.05(3)(a)) in the manifest or shipping paper (if the manifest has not been received) on each copy of the manifest or shipping paper.

3.Immediately give the rail or water (bulk shipment) transporter at least one copy of the manifest or shipping paper (if the manifest has not been received);

4.Within 30 days after the delivery, send a copy of the signed and dated manifest to the generator; however, if the manifest has not been received within 30 days after delivery, the owner or operator, or his agent, must send a copy of the shipping paper signed and dated to the generator; and

5.Retain at the facility a copy of the manifest and shipping paper (if signed in lieu of the manifest at the time of delivery) for at least three years from the date of delivery.

(d)Whenever a shipment of hazardous waste is initiated from a facility, the owner or operator of that facility must comply with the requirements of 335-14-3.

(e)Within three working days of the receipt of a shipment subject to Rule 335-14-3-.09, the owner or operator of the facility must provide a copy of the tracking document bearing all required signatures to the notifier; to the Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance, Office of Compliance, Enforcement Planning, Targeting and Data Division (2222A), Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M St., SW., Washington, DC 20460; to the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, Land Division, P. O. Box 301463, Montgomery, AL 36130; and to competent authorities of all other concerned countries. The original copy of the tracking document must be maintained at the facility for at least three years from the date of signature.

(3)Manifest discrepancies.

(a)Manifest discrepancies are differences between the quantity or type of hazardous waste designated on the manifest or shipping paper, and the quantity or type of hazardous waste a facility actually receives. Significant discrepancies in type are obvious differences which can be discovered by inspection or waste analysis, such as waste solvent substituted for waste acid, or toxic constituents not reported on the manifest or shipping paper. Significant discrepancies in quantity are:

1.For bulk waste, variations greater than 10 percent in weight; and

2.For batch waste, any variation in piece count, such as a discrepancy of one drum in a truckload.

(b)Upon discovering a significant discrepancy, the owner or operator must attempt to reconcile the discrepancy with the waste generator or transporter (e.g., with telephone conversations). If the discrepancy is not resolved within 15 days after receiving the waste, the owner or operator must immediately submit to the Department a letter describing the discrepancy and attempts to reconcile it, and a copy of the manifest or shipping paper at issue.

(4)Operating record.

(a)The owner or operator must keep a written operating record at his facility.

(b)The following information must be recorded, as it becomes available, and maintained in the operating record until closure of the facility:

1.A description and the quantity of each hazardous waste received, and the method(s) and date(s) of its treatment, storage, or disposal at the facility as required by 335-14-5 - Appendix I;

2.The location of each hazardous waste within the facility and the quantity at each location. For disposal facilities, the location and quantity of each hazardous waste must be recorded on a map or diagram of each cell or disposal area. For all facilities, this information must include cross-references to specific manifest document numbers, if the waste was accompanied by a manifest;

3.Records and results of waste analyses performed as specified in 335-14-5-.02(4) and (8), 335-14-5-.14(15), 335-14-5-.15(2), 335-14-5-.27(5), 335-14-5-.28(14), 335-14-5-.29(4), 335-14-9-.01(4), and 335-14-9-.01(7);

4.Summary reports and details of all incidents that require implementing the contingency plan as specified in 335-14-5-.04(7)(j);

5.Records and results of inspections as required by 335-14-5-.02(6)(d) (except these data need be kept only three years);

6.Monitoring, testing, or analytical data, and corrective action where required by 335-14-5-.06, 335-14-5-.02(10), 335-14-5-.03(4), 335-14-5-.09(5), 335-14-5-.10(2), 335-14-5-.10(4), 335-14-5-.10(6), 335-14-5-.11(3), 335-14-5-.11(4), 335-14-5-.11(7), 335-14-5-.12(3), 335-14-5-.12(4), 335-14-5-.12(5), 335-14-5-.13(7), 335-14-5-.13(9), 335-14-5-.13(11), 335-14-5-.14(3), 335-14-5-.14(4), 335-14-5-.14(5), 335-14-5-.14(10), 335-14-5-.15(8), 335-14-5-.23(2) and .23(5), 335-14-5-.24(3), 335-14-5-.27(5), 335-14-5-.27(6), 335-14-5-.28(14), 335-14-5-.28(15), and 335-14-5-.29(3) through (11), 335-14-5-.30(2) and 335-14-7-.08.;

7.For off-site facilities, notices to generators as specified in 335-14-5-.02(3)(b); and

8.All closure cost estimates under 335-14-5-.08(3), and, for disposal facilities, all post-closure cost estimates under 335-14-5-.08(5).

9.A certification by the permittee no less often than annually, that the permittee has a program in place to reduce the volume and toxicity of hazardous waste that he generates to the degree determined by the permittee to be economically practicable; and the proposed method of treatment, storage, or disposal in that practicable method currently available to the permittee which minimizes the present and future threat to human health and the environment;

10.Records of the quantities (and date of placement) for each shipment of hazardous waste placed in land disposal units under an extension to the effective date of any land disposal restriction granted pursuant to 335-14-9-.01(5), a petition pursuant to 335-14-9-.01(6), or a certification under 335-14-9-.01(8), and the applicable notice required by a generator under 335-14-9-.01(7);

11.For an off-site treatment facility, a copy of the notice, and the certification and demonstration, if applicable, required by the generator or the owner or operator under 335-14-9-.01(7) or 335-14-9-.01(8);

12.For an on-site treatment facility, the information contained in the notice (except the manifest number), and the certification and demonstration, if applicable, required by the generator or the owner or operator under 335-14-9-.01(7) or 335-14-9-.01(8);

13.For an off-site land disposal facility, a copy of the notice, and the certification and demonstration, if applicable, required by the generator or the owner or operator of a treatment facility under 335-14-9-.01(7) and 335-14-9-.01(8), whichever is applicable;

14.For an on-site land disposal facility, the information contained in the notice required by the generator or owner or operator of a treatment facility under 335-14-9-.01(7), except for the manifest number, and the certification and demonstration, if applicable, required under 335-14-9-.01(8), whichever is applicable;

15.For an off-site storage facility, a copy of the notice, and the certification and demonstration, if applicable, required by the generator or the owner or operator under 335-14-9-.01(7) or 335-14-9-.01(8); and

16.For an on-site storage facility, the information contained in the notice (except the manifest number), and the certification and demonstration, if applicable, required by the generator or the owner or operator under 335-14-9-.01(7) or 335-14-9-.01(8).

17.Any records required under 335-14-5-.01(1)(j)13.

(5)Availability, retention, and disposition of records.

(a)All records, including plans, required under 335-14-5 must be furnished upon request, and made available at reasonable times for inspection by any officer, employee, or representative of the Department.

(b)The retention period for all records required under 335-14-5 is extended automatically during the course of any unresolved enforcement action regarding the facility or as requested by the Department.

(c)A copy of records of waste disposal locations and quantities under 335-14-5-.05(4)(b)2. must be submitted to the Department and local land authority upon closure of the facility.

(6)Biennial report. The owner or operator must prepare and submit a single copy of a biennial report to the Department by March 1 of each even numbered year. The biennial report must be submitted on the forms supplied by the Department. The owner or operator must retain copies of each biennial report for, at least, three (3) years from the due date of the report. The report must cover facility activities during the previous calendar year and must include:

(a)The EPA identification number, name, and address of the facility;

(b)The calendar year covered by the report;

(c)For off-site facilities, the EPA identification number, name, and location address of each hazardous waste generator from which the facility received a hazardous waste during the year; for imported shipments, the report must give the name and address of the foreign generator;

(d)A description and the quantity of each hazardous waste the facility received during the year. For off-site facilities, this information must be listed by EPA identification number of each generator;

(e)The method of treatment, storage, or disposal for each hazardous waste;

(f)[Reserved];

(g)The most recent closure cost estimate under 335-14-5-.08(3), and, for disposal facilities, the most recent post-closure cost estimate under 335-14-5-.08(5);

(h)For generators who treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste on-site, a description of the efforts undertaken during the year to reduce the volume and toxicity of waste generated;

(i)For generators who treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste on-site, a description of the changes in volume and toxicity of waste actually achieved during the year in comparison to previous years to the extent such information is available for the years prior to 1984; and

(j)The certification signed by the owner or operator of the facility or his authorized representative.

(7)Unmanifested waste report. If a facility accepts for treatment, storage, or disposal any hazardous waste from an off-site source without an accompanying manifest, or without an accompanying shipping paper as described in 335-14-4-.02(1)(e)2., and if the waste is not excluded from the manifest requirement by 335-14-2-.01(5), then the owner or operator must prepare and submit a single copy of a report to the Department within 15 days after receiving the waste. The owner or operator must retain a copy of each unmanifested waste report for, at least, three (3) years from the due date of the report. Such report must be designated "Unmanifested Waste Report" and include the following information:

(a)The EPA identification number, name, and address of the facility;

(b)The date the facility received the waste;

(c)The EPA identification number, name, and address of the generator and the transporter, if available;

(d)A description and the quantity of each unmanifested hazardous waste the facility received;

(e)The method of treatment, storage, or disposal for each hazardous waste;

(f)The certification signed by the owner or operator of the facility or his authorized representative; and

(g)A brief explanation of why the waste was unmanifested, if known.

(8)Additional reports. In addition to submitting the biennial reports and unmanifested waste reports described in 335-14-5-.05(6) and (7), the owner or operator must also report to the Department:

(a)Releases, fires, and explosions as specified in 335-14-5-.04(7)(j);

(b)Facility closures as specified in 335-14-5-.07(6); and

(c)As otherwise required by Rules 335-14-5-.06, 335-14-5-.11 through 335-14-5-.14, 335-14-5-.27, and 335-14-5-.28.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Amy P. Zachry; C. Edwin Johnston, Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16, 22-30-18, 22-30-19.

History: July 19, 1982. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.5.06" level="3" title="Releases From Solid Waste Management Units"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="2"><dwc name="arsen" times="1"><dwc name="barium" times="1"><dwc name="cadmium" times="1"><dwc name="chromium" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="1"><dwc name="mercuri" times="1"><dwc name="selenium" times="1"><dwc name="endrin" times="1"><dwc name="lindan" times="1"><dwc name="methoxychlor" times="1"><dwc name="toxaphen" times="1"><dwc name="silvex" times="1">

(1)Applicability.

(a)l.Except as provided in 335-14-5-.06(1)(b), the regulations in 335-14-5-.06 apply to owners or operators of facilities that treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste. The owner or operator must satisfy the requirements identified in 335-14-5-.06(1)(a)(2) for all wastes (or constituents thereof) contained in solid waste management units at the facility regardless of the time at which waste was placed in such units.

2.All solid waste management units must comply with the requirements in 335-14-5-.06(12). A surface impoundment, waste pile, and land treatment unit or landfill that receives hazardous waste after July 26, 1982 (hereinafter referred to as a "regulated unit") must comply with the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(2) through (11) in lieu of 335-14-5-.06(12) for purposes of detecting, characterizing, and responding to releases to the uppermost aquifer. The financial responsibility requirements of 335-14-5-.06(12) apply to regulated units.

(b)The owner or operator's regulated unit or units are not subject to regulation for releases into the uppermost aquifer under 335-14-5-.06 if:

1.The owner or operator is exempted under 335-14-5-.01;

2.He operates a unit which the Department finds:

(i)Is an engineered structure,

(ii)Does not receive or contain liquid waste or waste containing free liquids,

(iii)Is designed and operated to exclude liquid, precipitation, and other run-on and run-off,

(iv)Has both inner and outer layers of containment enclosing the waste,

(v)Has a leak detection system built into each containment layer,

(vi)The owner or operator will provide continuing operation and maintenance of these leak detection systems during the active life of the unit and the closure and post-closure care periods, and

(vii)To a reasonable degree of certainty, will not allow hazardous constituents to migrate beyond the outer containment layer prior to the end of the post-closure care period.

3.The Department finds, pursuant to 335-14-5-.13(11)(d), that the treatment zone of a land treatment unit that qualifies as a regulated unit does not contain levels of hazardous constituents that are above background levels of those constituents by an amount that is statistically significant, and if an unsaturated zone monitoring program meeting the requirements of 335-14-5-.13(9) has not shown a statistically significant increase in hazardous constituents below the treatment zone during the operating life of the unit. An exemption under 335-14-5-.06(1)(b) can only relieve an owner or operator of responsibility to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.06 during the post-closure care period;

4.The Department finds that there is no potential for migration of liquid from a regulated unit to the uppermost aquifer during the active life of the regulated unit (including the closure period) and the post-closure care period specified under 335-14-5-.07(8). This demonstration must be certified by a licensed professional geologist and/or registered profiessional engineer. In order to provide an adequate margin of safety in the prediction of potential migration of liquid, the owner or operator must base any predictions made under 335-14-5-.06(1)(b) on assumptions that maximize the rate of liquid migration; or

5.He designs and operates a pile in compliance with 335-14-5-.12(1)(c).

(c)The requirements under 335-14-5-.06 apply during the active life of the regulated unit (including the closure period). After closure of the regulated unit, the requirements of 335-14-5-.06:

1.Do not apply if all waste, waste residues, contaminated containment system components, and contaminated subsoils are removed or decontaminated at closure;

2.Apply during the post-closure care period under 335-14-5-.07(8) if the owner or operator is conducting a detection monitoring program under 335-14-5-.06(9); or

3.Apply during the compliance period under 335-14-5-.06(7) if the owner or operator is conducting a compliance monitoring program under 335-14-5-.06(10) or a corrective action program under 335-14-5-.06(11).

(d)Requirements in 335-14-5-.06 may apply to miscellaneous units when necessary to comply with 335-14-5-.24(2) through (4).

(e)The regulations of 335-14-5-.06 apply to all owners and operators subject to the requirements of 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7., when the Department issues either a post-closure permit or an enforceable document (as defined in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7.) at the facility. When the Department issues an enforceable document, references in 335-14-5-.06 to "in the permit" mean "in the enforceable document".

(f)The Department may replace all or part of the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(2) through (11) applying to a regulated unit with alternative requirements for groundwater monitoring and corrective action for releases to groundwater set out in the permit (or in an enforceable document) (as defined in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7.) where the Department determines that:

1.The regulated unit is situated among solid waste management units (or areas of concern), a release has occurred, and both the regulated unit and one or more solid waste management unit(s) (or areas of concern) are likely to have contributed to the release; and

2.It is not necessary to apply the groundwater monitoring and corrective action requirements of 335-14-5-.06(2) through (11) because alternative requirements will protect human health and the environment.

(2)Required programs.

(a)Owners and operators subject to 335-14-5-.06 must conduct a monitoring and response program as follows:

1.Whenever hazardous constituents under 335-14-5-.06(4) from a regulated unit are detected at the compliance point under 335-14-5-.06(6), the owner or operator must institute a compliance monitoring program under 335-14-5-.06(10). Detected is defined as statistically significant evidence of contamination as described in 335-14-5-.06(9)(f);

2.Whenever the groundwater protection standard under 335-14-5-.06(3) is exceeded, the owner or operator must institute a corrective action program under 335-14-5-.06(11). Exceeded is defined as statistically significant evidence of increased contamination as described in 335-14-5-.06(10)(d);

3.Whenever hazardous constituents under 335-14-5-.06(4) from a regulated unit exceed concentration limits under 335-14-5-.06(5) in groundwater between the compliance point under 335-14-5-.06(6) and the downgradient facility property boundary, the owner or operator must institute a corrective action program under 335-14-5-.06(11); or

4.In all other cases, the owner or operator must institute a detection monitoring program under 335-14-5-.06(9).

(b)The Department will specify in the facility permit the specific elements of the monitoring and response program. The Department may include one or more of the programs identified in 335-14-5-.06(2)(a) in the facility permit as may be necessary to protect human health and the environment and will specify the circumstances under which each of the programs will be required. In deciding whether to require the owner or operator to be prepared to institute a particular program, the Department will consider the potential adverse effects on human health and the environment that might occur before final administrative action on a permit modification application to incorporate such a program could be undertaken.

(3)Groundwater protection standard. The owner or operator must comply with conditions specified in the facility permit that are designed to ensure that hazardous constituents under 335-14-5-.06(4) detected in the groundwater from a regulated unit do not exceed the concentration limits under 335-14-5-.06(5) in the uppermost aquifer underlying the waste management area beyond the point of compliance under 335-14-5-.06(6) during the compliance period under 335-14-5-.06(7). The Department will establish this groundwater protection standard in the facility permit when hazardous constituents have been detected in the groundwater.

(4)Hazardous constituents.

(a)The Department will specify in the facility permit the hazardous constituents to which the groundwater protection standard of 335-14-5-.06(3) applies. Hazardous constituents are constituents identified in 335-14-2 - Appendix VIII that have been detected in groundwater in the uppermost aquifer underlying a regulated unit and that are reasonably expected to be in or derived from waste contained in a regulated unit, unless the Department has excluded them under 335-14-5-.06(4)(b).

(b)The Department will exclude 335-14-2 - Appendix VIII constituent from the list of hazardous constituents specified in the facility permit if it finds that the constituent is not capable of posing a substantial present or potential hazard to human health or the environment. In deciding whether to grant an exemption, the Department will consider the following:

1.Potential adverse effects on groundwater quality, considering:

(i)The physical and chemical characteristics of the waste in the regulated unit, including its potential for migration;

(ii)The hydrogeological characteristics of the facility and surrounding land;

(iii)The quantity of groundwater and the direction of groundwater flow;

(iv)The proximity and withdrawal rates of groundwater users;

(v)The current and future uses of groundwater in the area;

(vi)The existing quality of groundwater, including other sources of contamination and their cumulative impact on the groundwater quality;

(vii)The potential for health risks caused by human exposure to waste constituents;

(viii)The potential damage to wildlife, crops, vegetation, and physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituents;

(ix)The persistence and permanence of the potential adverse effects; and

2.Potential adverse effects on hydraulically-connected surface water quality, considering:

(i)The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the waste in the regulated unit;

(ii)The hydrogeological characteristics of the facility and surrounding land;

(iii)The quantity and quality of groundwater, and the direction of groundwater flow;

(iv)The patterns of rainfall in the region;

(v)The proximity of the regulated unit to surface waters;

(vi)The current and future uses of surface waters in the area and any water quality standards established for those surface waters;

(vii)The existing quality of surface water, including other sources of contamination and the cumulative impact on surface water quality;

(viii)The potential for health risks caused by human exposure to the waste constituents;

(ix)The potential damage to wildlife, crops, vegetation, and physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituents; and

(x)The persistence and permanence of the potential adverse effects.

(c)In making any determination under 335-14-5-.06(4)(b) about the use of groundwater in the area around the facility, the Department will consider any identification of underground sources of drinking water and exempted aquifers made by the Department.

(5)Concentration limits.

(a)The Department will specify in the facility permit concentration limits in the groundwater for hazardous constituents established under 335-14-5-.06(4). The concentration of a hazardous constituent:

1.Must not exceed the background level of that constituent in the groundwater at the time that limit is specified in the permit; or

2.For any of the constituents listed in Table 1, must not exceed the respective value given in that Table if the background level of the constituent is below the value given in Table 1; or

3.Must not exceed an alternate limit established by the Department under 335-14-5-.06(5)(b).

(b)The Department will establish an alternate concentration limit for a hazardous constituent if it finds that the constituent will not pose a substantial present or potential hazard to human health or the environment as long as the alternate concentration limit is not exceeded. In establishing alternate concentration limits, the Department will consider the following factors:

1.Potential adverse effects on groundwater quality, considering:

TABLE 1

MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION OF

CONSTITUENTS FOR GROUNDWATER PROTECTION

Maximum

Constituent Concentration1

Arsenic..................... 0.01

Barium...................... 2.0

Cadmium..................... 0.005

Chromium..................... 0.1

Lead....................... 0.015

Mercury..................... 0.002

Selenium..................... 0.05

Silver...................... 0.01

Endrin (1,2,3,4,10,10-hexachloro-1,7 epoxy

-1,4,4a,5,6,7,8,9a-octahydro-1,4-endo,

endo-5,8-dimethanonaphthalene)........ 0.002

Lindane (1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachlorocyclohexane, gamma isomer). .0.0002

Methoxychlor (l,l,l-Trichloro-2,2-bis(p-methoxyphenylethane) 0.04

Toxaphene (C10H10Cl6, Technical chlorinated

camphene, 67-69 percent chlorine)....... 0.003

2,4-D (2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid) 0.07

2,4,5-TP Silvex (2,4,5-Trichlorophenoxy

propionic acid)................ 0.05

1Milligrams per liter.

[NOTE: The standard for this parameter has been modified pursuant to the Federal Safe Drinking Water Act; however, this change has not been incorporated by EPA into the federal hazardous waste regulations under RCRA.]

(i)The physical and chemical characteristics of the waste in the regulated unit, including its potential for migration;

(ii)The hydrogeological characteristics of the facility and surrounding land;

(iii)The quantity of groundwater and the direction of groundwater flow;

(iv)The proximity and withdrawal rates of groundwater users;

(v)The current and future uses of groundwater in the area;

(vi)The existing quality of groundwater, including other sources of contamination and their cumulative impact on the groundwater quality;

(vii)The potential for health risks caused by human exposure to waste constituents;

(viii)The potential damage to wildlife, crops, vegetation, and physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituents;

(ix)The persistence and permanence of the potential adverse effects; and

2.Potential adverse effects on hydraulically-connected surface water quality, considering:

(i)The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the waste in the regulated unit;

(ii)The hydrogeological characteristics of the facility and surrounding land;

(iii)The quantity and quality of groundwater and the direction of groundwater flow;

(iv)The patterns of rainfall in the region;

(v)The proximity of the regulated unit to surface waters;

(vi)The current and future uses of surface waters in the area and any water quality standards established for those surface waters;

(vii)The existing quality of surface water, including other sources of contamination and the cumulative impact on surface water quality;

(viii)The potential for health risks caused by human exposure to waste constituents;

(ix)The potential damage to wildlife, crops, vegetation, and physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituents;

(x)The persistence and permanence of the potential adverse effects.

(c)In making any determination under 335-14-5-.06(5)(b) about the use of groundwater in the area around the facility the Department will consider any identification of groundwater sources of drinking water and exempted aquifers made by the Department.

(6)Point of compliance.

(a)The Department will specify in the facility permit the point of compliance at which the groundwater protection standard of 335-14-5-.06(3) applies and at which monitoring must be conducted. The point of compliance is a vertical surface located at the hydraulically downgradient limit of the waste management area that extends down into the uppermost aquifer underlying the regulated units.

(b)The waste management area is the limit projected in the horizontal plane of the area on which waste will be placed during the active life of a regulated unit.

1.The waste management area includes horizontal space taken up by any liner, dike, or other barrier designed to contain waste in a regulated unit.

2.If the facility contains more than one regulated unit, the waste management area is described by an imaginary line circumscribing the several regulated units.

(7)Compliance period.

(a)The Department will specify in the facility permit the compliance period during which the groundwater protection standard of 335-14-5-.06(3) applies. The compliance period is the number of years equal to the active life of the waste management area (including any waste management activity prior to permitting and the closure period).

(b)The compliance period begins when the owner or operator initiates a compliance monitoring program meeting the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(10).

(c)If the owner or operator is engaged in a corrective action program at the end of the compliance period specified in 335-14-5-.06(7)(a), the compliance period is extended until the owner or operator can demonstrate that the groundwater protection standard of 335-14-5-.06(3) has not been exceeded for a period of three consecutive years.

(8)General groundwater monitoring requirements. The owner or operator must comply with the following requirements for any groundwater monitoring program developed to satisfy 335-14-5-.06(9), (10), or (11):

(a)The groundwater monitoring system must consist of a sufficient number of wells, installed at appropriate locations and depths, to yield groundwater samples from the uppermost aquifer that:

1.Represent the quality of background water that has not been affected by leakage from a regulated unit;

(i)A determination of background quality may include sampling of wells that are not hydraulically upgradient of the waste management area where:

(I)Hydrogeologic conditions do not allow the owner or operator to determine what wells are hydraulically upgradient; and

(II)Sampling at other wells will provide an indication of background groundwater quality that is representative or more representative than that provided by the upgradient wells; and

2.Represent the quality of groundwater passing the point of compliance; and

3.Allow for the detection of contamination when hazardous waste or hazardous constituents have migrated from the waste management area to the uppermost aquifer.

(b)If a facility contains more than one regulated unit, separate groundwater monitoring systems are not required for each regulated unit provided that provisions for sampling the groundwater in the uppermost aquifer will enable detection and measurement at the compliance point of hazardous constituents from the regulated units that have entered the groundwater in the uppermost aquifer.

(c)All monitoring wells must be cased in a manner that maintains the integrity of the monitoring well bore hole. This casing must be screened or perforated and packed with gravel or sand, where necessary, to enable collection of groundwater samples. The annular space (i.e., the space between the bore hole and well casing) above the sampling depth must be sealed to prevent contamination of samples and the groundwater. Monitoring wells must be operated and maintained in a manner to prevent soil, surface water, and/or groundwater contamination. This requirement includes the installation of protective barriers around monitoring wells where necessary to prevent damage to the well from traffic or other causes or as required on a case-by-case basis by the Department. All monitoring wells must have functional key or combination locks on the wellhead covers to prevent unauthorized access. All monitoring wells must be assigned an identifying number by the facility, and such numbers must be permanently affixed to the outer casing of each monitoring well.

(d)The groundwater monitoring program must include consistent sampling and analysis procedures that are designed to ensure monitoring results that provide a reliable indication of groundwater quality below the waste management area. At a minimum the program must include procedures and techniques for:

1.Sample collection;

2.Sample preservation and shipment;

3.Analytical procedures; and

4.Chain of custody control.

(e)The groundwater monitoring program must include sampling and analytical methods that are appropriate for groundwater sampling and that accurately measure hazardous constituents in groundwater samples.

(f)The groundwater monitoring program must include a determination of the groundwater surface elevation each time groundwater is sampled.

(g)In detection monitoring or where appropriate in compliance monitoring, data on each hazardous constituent specified in the permit will be collected from background wells and wells at the compliance point(s). The number and kinds of samples collected to establish background shall be appropriate for the form of statistical test employed, following generally accepted statistical principles. The sample size shall be as large as necessary to ensure with reasonable confidence that a contaminant release to groundwater from a facility will be detected. The owner or operator will determine an appropriate sampling procedure and interval for each hazardous constituent listed in the facility permit which shall be specified in the permit upon approval by the Department. This sampling procedure shall be:

1.A sequence of at least four samples, taken at an interval that assures, to the greatest extent technically feasible, that an independent sample is obtained, by reference to the uppermost aquifer's effective porosity, hydraulic conductivity, and hydraulic gradient, and the fate and transport characteristics of the potential contaminants, or

2.An alternate sampling procedure proposed by the owner or operator and approved by the Department.

(h)The owner or operator will specify one of the following statistical methods to be used in evaluating groundwater monitoring data for each hazardous constituent which, upon approval by the Department, will be specified in the permit. The statistical test chosen shall be conducted separately for each hazardous constituent in each well. Where practical quantification limits (pqls) are used in any of the following statistical procedures to comply with 335-14-5-.06(8)(i)5., the pql must be proposed by the owner or operator and approved by the Department. Use of any of the following statistical methods must be protective of human health and the environment and must comply with the performance standards outlined in 335-14-5-.06(8)(i).

1.A parametric analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by multiple comparisons procedures to identify statistically significant evidence of contamination. The method must include estimation and testing of the contrasts between each compliance well's mean and the background mean levels for each constituent.

2.An analysis of variance (ANOVA) based on ranks followed by multiple comparisons procedures to identify statistically significant evidence of contamination. The method must include estimation and testing of the contrasts between each compliance well's median and the background median levels for each constituent.

3.A tolerance or prediction interval procedure in which an interval for each constituent is established from the distribution of the background data, and the level of each constituent in each compliance well is compared to the upper tolerance or prediction limit.

4.A control chart approach that gives control limits for each constituent.

5.Another statistical test method submitted by the owner or operator and approved by the Department.

(i)Any statistical method chosen under 335-14-5-.06(8)(h) for specification in the permit shall comply with the following performance standards, as appropriate:

1.The statistical method used to evaluate groundwater monitoring data shall be appropriate for the distribution of chemical parameters or hazardous constituents. If the distribution of the chemical parameters or hazardous constituents is shown by the owner or operator to be inappropriate for a normal theory test, then the data should be transformed or a distribution-free theory test should be used. If the distributions for the constituents differ, more than one statistical method may be needed.

2.If an individual well comparison procedure is used to compare an individual compliance well constituent concentration with background constituent concentrations or a groundwater protection standard, the test shall be done at a Type I error level no less than 0.01 for each testing period. If a multiple comparisons procedure is used, the Type I experiment wise error rate for each testing period shall be no less than 0.05; however, the Type I error of no less than 0.01 for individual well comparisons must be maintained. This performance standard does not apply to tolerance intervals, prediction intervals or control charts.

3.If a control chart approach is used to evaluate groundwater monitoring data, the specific type of control chart and its associated parameter values shall be proposed by the owner or operator and approved by the Department if it finds it to be protective of human health and the environment.

4.If a tolerance interval or a prediction interval is used to evaluate groundwater monitoring data, the levels of confidence and, for tolerance intervals, the percentage of the population that the interval must contain, shall be proposed by the owner or operator and approved by the Department if it finds these parameters to be protective of human health and the environment. These parameters will be determined after considering the number of samples in the background database, the data distribution, and the range of the concentration values for each constituent of concern.

5.The statistical method shall account for data below the limit of detection with one or more statistical procedures that are protective of human health and the environment. Any practical quantification limit (pql) approved by the Department under 335-14-5-.06(8)(h) that is used in the statistical method shall be the lowest concentration level that can be reliably achieved within specified limits of precision and accuracy during routine laboratory operating conditions that are available to the facility.

6.If necessary, the statistical method shall include procedures to control or correct for seasonal and spatial variability as well as temporal correlation in the data.

(j)Groundwater monitoring data collected in accordance with 335-14-5-.06(8)(g) including actual levels of constituents must be maintained in the facility operating record. The Department will specify in the permit when the data must be submitted for review.

(9)Detection monitoring program. An owner or operator required to establish a detection monitoring program under 335-14-5-.06 must, at a minimum, discharge the following responsibilities:

(a)The owner or operator must monitor for indicator parameters (e.g., pH, specific conductance, total organic carbon, or total organic halogen), waste constituents, or reaction products that provide a reliable indication of the presence of hazardous constituents in groundwater. The Department will specify the parameters or constituents to be monitored in the facility permit, after considering the following factors:

1.The types, quantities, and concentrations of constituents in wastes managed at the regulated unit;

2.The mobility, stability, and persistence of waste constituents or their reaction products in the unsaturated zone beneath the waste management area;

3.The detectability of indicator parameters, waste constituents, and reaction products in groundwater; and

4.The concentrations or values and coefficients of variation of proposed monitoring parameters or constituents in the groundwater background;

(b)The owner or operator must install a groundwater monitoring system at the compliance point as specified under 335-14-5-.06(6). The groundwater monitoring system must comply with 335-14-5-.06(8)(a)2., (8)(b), and (8)(c);

(c)The owner or operator must conduct a groundwater monitoring program for each chemical parameter and hazardous constituent specified in the permit pursuant to 335-14-5-.06(9)(a) in accordance with 335-14-5-.06(8)(g). The owner or operator must maintain a record of groundwater analytical data as measured and in a form necessary for the determination of statistical significance under 335-14-5-.06(8)(h).

(d)The Department will specify the frequencies for collecting samples and conducting statistical tests to determine whether there is statistically significant evidence of contamination for any parameter or hazardous constituent specified in the permit under 335-14-5-.06(9)(a) in accordance with 335-14-5-.06(8)(g). A sequence of at least four samples from each well (background and compliance wells) must be collected at least semi-annually during detection monitoring.

(e)The owner or operator must determine the groundwater flow rate and direction in the uppermost aquifer at least annually;

(f)The owner or operator must determine whether there is statistically significant evidence of contamination for any chemical parameter or hazardous constituent specified in the permit pursuant to 335-14-5-.06(9)(a) at a frequency specified under 335-14-5-.06(9)(d).

1.In determining whether statistically significant evidence of contamination exists, the owner or operator must use the method(s) specified in the permit under 335-14-5-.06(8)(h). These method(s) must compare data collected at the compliance point(s) to the background groundwater quality data.

2.The owner or operator must determine whether there is statistically significant evidence of contamination at each monitoring well as the compliance point within a reasonable period of time after completion of sampling. The Department will specify in the facility permit what period of time is reasonable, after considering the complexity of the statistical test and the availability of laboratory facilities to perform the analysis of groundwater samples.

(g)If the owner or operator determines pursuant to 335-14-5-.06(9)(f) that there is statistically significant evidence of contamination for chemical parameters or hazardous constituents specified pursuant to 335-14-5-.06(9)(a) at any monitoring well at the compliance point, he or she must:

1.Notify the Department of this finding in writing within seven days. The notification must indicate what chemical parameters or hazardous constituents have shown statistically significant evidence of contamination;

2.Immediately sample the groundwater in all monitoring wells and determine whether constituents in the list of 335-14-5 - Appendix IX are present, and if so, in what concentration.

3.For any 335-14-5 - Appendix IX compounds found in the analysis pursuant to 335-14-5-.06(9)(g)2., the owner or operator may resample within one month and repeat the analysis for those compounds detected. If the results of the second analysis confirm the initial results, then these constituents will form the basis for compliance monitoring. If the owner or operator does not resample for the compounds found pursuant to 335-14-5-.06(9)(g)2., the hazardous constituents found during this initial 335-14-5 - Appendix IX analysis will form the basis for compliance monitoring.

4.Within 90 days, submit to the Department an application for a permit modification to establish a compliance monitoring program meeting the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(10). The application must include the following information:

(i)An identification of the concentration or any 335-14-5 - Appendix IX constituent detected in the groundwater at each monitoring well at the compliance point;

(ii)Any proposed changes to the groundwater monitoring system at the facility necessary to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(10).

(iii)Any proposed additions or changes to the monitoring frequency, sampling and analysis procedures or methods, or statistical methods used at the facility necessary to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(10).

(iv)For each hazardous constituent detected at the compliance point, a proposed concentration limit under 335-14-5-.06(5)(a)1. or 2. or a notice of intent to seek an alternate concentration limit under 335-14-5-.06(5)(b).

5.Within 180 days, submit to the Department:

(i)All data necessary to justify an alternate concentration limit sought under 335-14-5-.06(5)(b); and

(ii)An engineering feasibility plan for a corrective action program necessary to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(11), unless:

(I)All hazardous constituents identified under 335-14-5-.06(9)(g)2. are listed in Table 1 of 335-14-5-.06(5) and their concentrations do not exceed the respective values given in that Table; or

(II)The owner or operator has sought an alternate concentration limit under 335-14-5-.06(5)(b) for every hazardous constituent identified under 335-14-5-.06(9)(g)2.

6.If the owner or operator determines, pursuant to 335-14-5-.06(9)(f), that there is a statistically significant difference for chemical parameters or hazardous constituents specified pursuant to 335-14-5-.06(9)(a) at any monitoring well at the compliance point, he or she may demonstrate that a source other than a regulated unit caused the contamination or that the detection is an artifact caused by an error in sampling, analysis, or statistical evaluation or natural variation in the groundwater. The owner or operator may make a demonstration under 335-14-5-.06(9)(g) in addition to, or in lieu of, submitting a permit modification application under 335-14-5-.06(9)(g)4.; however, the owner or operator is not relieved of the requirement to submit a permit modification application within the time specified in 335-14-5-.06(9)(g)4. unless the demonstration made under 335-14-5-.06(9)(g) successfully shows that a source other than a regulated unit caused the increase, or that the increase resulted from error in sampling, analysis, or evaluation. In making a demonstration under 335-14-5-.06(9)(g), the owner or operator must:

(i)Notify the Department in writing within seven days of determining statistically significant evidence of contamination at the compliance point that he intends to make a demonstration under 335-14-5-.06(9)(g);

(ii)Within 90 days, submit a report to the Department which demonstrates that a source other than a regulated unit caused the contamination or that the contamination resulted from error in sampling, analysis, or evaluation;

(iii)Within 90 days, submit to the Department an application for a permit modification to make any appropriate changes to the detection monitoring program facility; and

(iv)Continue to monitor in accordance with the detection monitoring program established under 335-14-5-.06(9).

(h)If the owner or operator determines that the detection monitoring program no longer satisfies the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(9), he or she must, within 90 days, submit an application for a permit modification to make any appropriate changes to the program.

(10)Compliance monitoring program. An owner or operator required to establish a compliance monitoring program under 335-14-5-.06 must, at a minimum, discharge the following responsibilities:

(a)The owner or operator must monitor the groundwater to determine whether regulated units are in compliance with the groundwater protection standard under 335-14-5-.06(3). The Department will specify the groundwater protection standard in the facility permit, including:

1.A list of the hazardous constituents identified under 335-14-5-.06(4);

2.Concentration limits under 335-14-5-.06(5) for each of those hazardous constituents;

3.The compliance point under 335-14-5-.06(6); and

4.The compliance period under 335-14-5-.06(7);

(b)The owner or operator must install a groundwater monitoring system at the compliance point as specified under 335-14-5-.06(6). The groundwater monitoring system must comply with 335-14-5-.06(8)(a)2., (8)(b), and (8)(c);

(c)The Department will specify the sampling procedures and statistical methods appropriate for the constituents and the facility, consistent with 335-14-5-.06(8)(g) and (h).

1.The owner or operator must conduct a sampling program for each chemical parameter or hazardous constituent in accordance with 335-14-5-.06(8)(g).

2.The owner or operator must record groundwater analytical data as measured and in form necessary for the determination of statistical significance under 335-14-5- .06(8)(h) for the compliance period of the facility.

(d)The owner or operator must determine whether there is statistically significant evidence of increased contamination for any chemical parameter or hazardous constituent specified in the permit, pursuant to 335-14-5-.06(10)(a), at a frequency specified under 335-14-5-.06(10)(f).

1.In determining whether statistically significant evidence of increased contamination exists, the owner or operator must use the method(s) specified in the permit under 335-14-5-.06(8)(h). The method(s) must compare data collected at the compliance point(s) to a concentration limit developed in accordance with 335-14-5-.06(5).

2.The owner or operator must determine whether there is statistically significant evidence of increased contamination at each monitoring well at the compliance point within a reasonable time period after completion of sampling. The Department will specify that time period in the facility permit, after considering the complexity of the statistical test and the availability of laboratory facilities to perform the analysis of groundwater samples.

(e)The owner or operator must determine the groundwater flow rate and direction in the uppermost aquifer at least annually.

(f)The Department will specify the frequencies for collecting samples and conducting statistical tests to determine statistically significant evidence of increased contamination in accordance with 335-14-5-.06(8)(g). A sequence of at least four samples from each well (background and compliance wells) must be collected at least semi-annually during the compliance period of the facility.

(g)The owner or operator must analyze samples from all monitoring wells at the compliance point for all constituents contained in 335-14-5 - Appendix IX of at least annually to determine whether additional hazardous constituents are present in the uppermost aquifer and, if so, at what concentration, pursuant to procedures in 335-14-5-.06(9)(f). If the owner or operator finds 335-14-5 - Appendix IX constituents in the groundwater that are not already identified in the permit as monitoring constituents, the owner or operator may resample within one month and repeat the 335-14-5 - Appendix IX analysis. If the second analysis confirms the presence of new constituents, the owner or operator must report the concentration of these additional constituents to the Department within seven days after the completion of the second analysis and add them to the monitoring list. If the owner or operator chooses not to resample, then he or she must report the concentrations of these additional constituents to the Department within seven days after completion of the initial analysis and add them to the monitoring list.

(h)If the owner or operator determines, pursuant to 335-14-5-.06(10)(d) that any concentration limits under 335-14-5-.06(5) are being exceeded at any monitoring well at the point of compliance, he or she must:

1.Notify the Department of this finding in writing within seven days. The notification must indicate what concentration limits have been exceeded.

2.Submit to the Department an application for a permit modification to establish a corrective action program meeting the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(11) within 180 days, or within 90 days if an engineering feasibility study has been previously submitted to the Department under 335-14-5-.06(9)(g)5. The application must at a minimum include the following information:

(i)A detailed description of corrective actions that will achieve compliance with the groundwater protection standard specified in the permit under 335-14-5-.06(10)(a); and

(ii)A plan for a groundwater monitoring program that will demonstrate the effectiveness of the corrective action. Such a groundwater monitoring program may be based on a compliance monitoring program developed to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(10).

(i)If the owner or operator determines, pursuant to 335-14-5-.06(10)(d), that the groundwater concentration limits under 335-14-5-.06(10) are being exceeded at any monitoring well at the point of compliance, he or she may demonstrate that a source other than a regulated unit caused the contamination or that the detection is an artifact caused by an error in sampling, analysis, or statistical evaluation or natural variation in the groundwater. In making a demonstration under 335-14-5-.06(10)(i), the owner or operator must:

1.Notify the Department in writing within seven days that he intends to make a demonstration under 335-14-5-.06(10);

2.Within 90 days, submit a report to the Department which demonstrates that a source other than a regulated unit caused the standard to be exceeded or that the apparent noncompliance with the standards resulted from error in sampling, analysis, or evaluation;

3.Within 90 days, submit to the Department an application for a permit modification to make any appropriate changes to the compliance monitoring program at the facility; and

4.Continue to monitor in accord with the compliance monitoring program established under 335-14-5-.06(10).

(j)If the owner or operator determines that the compliance monitoring program no longer satisfies the requirements of this section, he must, within 90 days, submit an application for a permit modification to make any appropriate changes to the program.

(11)Corrective action program. An owner or operator required to establish a corrective action program under 335-14-5-.06 must, at a minimum, discharge the following responsibilities:

(a)The owner or operator must take corrective action to ensure that regulated units are in compliance with the groundwater protection standard under 335-14-5-.06(3). The Department will specify the groundwater protection standard in the facility permit, including:

1.A list of the hazardous constituents identified under 335-14-5-.06(4);

2.Concentration limits under 335-14-5-.06(5) for each of those hazardous constituents;

3.The compliance point under 335-14-5-.06(6); and

4.The compliance period under 335-14-5-.06(7).

(b)The owner or operator must implement a corrective action program that prevents hazardous constituents from exceeding their respective concentration limits at the compliance point by removing the hazardous waste constituents or treating them in place. The permit will specify the specific measures that will be taken.

(c)The owner or operator must begin corrective action within a reasonable time period after the groundwater protection standard is exceeded. The Department will specify that time period in the facility permit. If a facility permit includes a corrective action program in addition to a compliance monitoring program, the permit will specify when the corrective action will begin and such a requirement will operate in lieu of 335-14-5-.06(10)(i)2.

(d)In conjunction with a corrective action program, the owner or operator must establish and implement a groundwater monitoring program to demonstrate the effectiveness of the corrective action program. Such a monitoring program may be based on the requirements for a compliance monitoring program under 335-14-5-.06(10) and must be as effective as that program in determining compliance with the groundwater protection standard under 335-14-5-.06(3) and in determining the success of a corrective action program under 335-14-5-.06(11)(e), where appropriate.

(e)In addition to the other requirements of 335-14-5-.06(11), the owner or operator must conduct a corrective action program to remove or treat in place any hazardous constituents under 335-14-5-.06(4) that exceed concentration limits under 335-14-5-.06(5) in groundwater:

1.Between the compliance point under 335-14-5-.06(6) and the downgradient property boundary;

2.Beyond the facility boundary, where necessary to protect human health and the environment, unless the owner or operator demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Department that, despite the owner's or operator's best efforts, the owner or operator was unable to obtain the necessary permission to undertake such action. The owner/operator is not relieved of all responsibility to clean up a release that has migrated beyond the facility boundary where off-site access is denied. On-site measures to address such releases will be determined on a case-by-case basis.

3.Corrective action measures under 335-14-5-.06(11)(e) must be initiated and completed within a reasonable period of time considering the extent of contamination; and

4.Corrective action measures under 335-14-5-.06(11)(e) may be terminated once the concentrations of hazardous constituents under 335-14-5-.06(4) are reduced to levels below their respective concentration limits under 335-14-5-.06(5).

(f)The owner or operator must continue corrective action measures during the compliance period to the extent necessary to ensure that the groundwater protection standard is not exceeded. If the owner or operator is conducting corrective action at the end of the compliance period, he must continue that corrective action for as long as necessary to achieve compliance with the groundwater protection standard. The owner or operator may terminate corrective action measures taken beyond the period equal to the active life of the waste management area (including the closure period) if he can demonstrate, based on data from the groundwater monitoring program under 335-14-5-.06(11)(d), that the groundwater protection standard of 335-14-5-.06(3) has not been exceeded for a period of three consecutive years. After such demonstration has been determined adequate by the Department, the owner or operator shall implement a monitoring plan under 335-14-5-.06(9) or (10) as specified by the Department.

(g)The owner or operator must report in writing to the Department on the effectiveness of the corrective action program. The owner or operator must submit these reports semi-annually.

(h)If the owner or operator determines that the corrective action program no longer satisfies the requirements of this section, he must, within 90 days, submit an application for a permit modification to make any appropriate changes to the program.

(i)The owner operator must provide financial assurance for corrective action in compliance with 335-14-5-.06(12)(e).

(12)Corrective action for solid waste management units.

(a)The owner or operator of a facility seeking a permit for the treatment, storage, or disposal of hazardous waste must institute corrective action as necessary to protect human health and the environment for all releases of hazardous waste or constituents from any solid waste management unit at the facility, regardless of the time at which waste was placed in such unit.

(b)Corrective action will be specified in the permit in accordance with 335-14-5-.06 and 335-14-5-.19. The permit will contain schedules of compliance for such corrective action (where such corrective action cannot be completed prior to issuance of the permit) and land use controls as required by 335-14-5-.06(12)(f).

(c)The owner or operator must implement corrective actions beyond the facility property boundary, where necessary to protect human health and the environment, unless the owner or operator demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Department that, despite the owner's or operator's best efforts, the owner or operator was unable to obtain the necessary permission to undertake such actions. The owner/operator is not relieved of all responsibility to clean up a release that has migrated beyond the facility boundary where off-site access is denied. On-site measures to address such releases will be determined on a case-by-case basis.

(d)335-14-5-.06(12) does not apply to remediation waste management sites unless they are part of a facility subject to a permit for treating, storing or disposing of hazardous wastes that are not remediation wastes.

(e)The owner or operator must maintain a detailed estimate of the cost of corrective action required by Rules 335-14-5-.06(11, 335-14-5-.06(12)(b), and 335-14-5-.06(12)(c). The cost estimate must be in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(10). Financial assurance must be provided in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(11).

(f)Where corrective actions will result in hazardous constituents remaining in place at a facility in concentrations exceeding those appropriate for unrestricted residential land use, the owner or operator must:

1.Establish appropriate land-use controls designed to minimize exposure to hazardous constituents remaining in place and to limit inappropriate uses of the contaminated areas of the facility; and

2.include the following notice in any deed, mortgage, deed to secure debt, lease, rental agreement, or other instrument given or caused to be given by the owner or operator which creates an interest in the facility or the contaminated area of the facility: "This property has been cleaned up to standards less stringent than those required for unrestricted residential use due to the presence of substances regulated under state law. Certain uses of this property may require additional cleanup. Contact the property owner or the Alabama Department of Environmental Management for further information concerning this property."

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Stephen A. Cobb; Steven O. Jenkins; C. Edwin Johnston; Metz Duites; Michael B. Champion; Vernon H. Crockett

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12, 22-30-16.

History: June 8, 1983. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; April 2, 1991; January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003. Amended: Filed April 22, 2004; effective May 27, 2004.

<regElement name="335.14.5.07" level="3" title="Closure And Post-Closure">

(1)Applicability. Except as 335-14-5-.01(1) provides otherwise:

(a)335-14-5-.07(2) through (6) (which concern closure) apply to the owners and operators of all hazardous waste management facilities and CAMUs; and

(b)335-14-5-.07(7) through (11) (which concern post-closure care) apply to the owners and operators of:

1.All hazardous waste disposal facilities;

2.Waste piles, surface impoundments, and drip pads from which the owner or operator intends to remove the wastes at closure to the extent that these paragraphs are made applicable to such facilities in 335-14-5-.12(9), 335-14-5-.11(9), or 335-14-5-.23(5);

3.Tank systems that are required under 335-14-5-.10(8) to meet the requirements for landfills;

4.Containment buildings that are required under 335-14-5-.30(3) to meet the requirements for landfills;

5.Corrective action management units in which wastes remain after closure; and

6.Other hazardous waste management units which are unable to demonstrate closure by removal.

(c)The Department may replace all or part of the requirements of 335-14-5-.07 (and the unit-specific standards referenced in 334-14-5-.07(2)(c) applying to a regulated unit, which alternative requirements set out in a permit or in an enforceable document (as defined in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7.), where the Department determines that:

1.The regulated unit is situated among solid waste management units (or areas of concern), a release has occurred, and both the regulated unit and one or more solid waste management unit(s) (or areas of concern) are likely to have contributed to the release; and

2.It is not necessary to apply to closure requirements of 335-14-5-.07 (and those referenced herein) because the alternative requirements will protect human health and the environment and will satisfy the closure performance standard of 334-14-5-.07(2)(a) and (b).

(2)Closure performance standards. The owner or operator must close the facility in a manner that:

(a)Minimizes the need for further maintenance; and

(b)Controls, minimizes, or eliminates, to the extent necessary to protect human health and the environment, post-closure escape of hazardous waste, hazardous constituents, leachate, contaminated run-off, or hazardous waste decomposition products to the ground or surface waters or to the atmosphere; and

(c)Complies with the closure requirements of 335-14-5-.07, including, but not limited to, the requirements of 335-14-5-.09(9), 335-14-5-.10(8), 335-14-5-.11(9), 335-14-5-.12(9), 335-14-5-.13(11), 335-14-5-.14(11), 335-14-5-.15(12), 335-14-5-.19(1) through .19(3), 335-14-5-.23(6), 335-14-5-.24(2) through 335-14-5-.24(4), 335-15-5-.30(3), and 335-14-7-.08(3) [40 CFR 266.102(e)(11)].

(3)Closure plan: amendment of plan.

(a)Written Plan.

1.The owner or operator of a hazardous waste management facility must have a written closure plan. In addition, certain surface impoundments, waste piles, and drip pads from which the owner or operator intends to remove or decontaminate the hazardous waste at partial or final closure are required by 335-14-5-.11(9)(c)1.(i), 335-14-5-.12(9)(c)1.(i), and 335-14-5-.23(5)(c)1.(i) to have contingent closure plans. The plan must be submitted with the permit application, in accordance with 335-14-8-.02(5)(b)13., and approved by the Director as part of the permit issuance procedures. In accordance with 335-14-8-.03(3), the approved closure plan will become a condition of any AHWMMA permit.

2.The Director's approval of the plan must ensure that the approved closure plan is consistent with 335-14-5-.07(2) through (6) and the applicable requirements of 335-14-5-.06(1) et seq., 335-14-5-.09(9), 335-14-5-.10(8), 335-14-5-.11(9), 335-14-5-.12(9), 335-14-5-.13(11), 335-14-5-.14(11), 335-14-5-.15(12), 335-14-5-.19(1) through .19(3), 335-14-5-.23(5), 335-14-5-.24(2), 335-14-5-.30(3) and 335-14-7-.08(3) [40 CFR 266.102(e)(11)]. Until final closure is completed and certified in accordance with 335-14-5-.07(6), a copy of the approved plan and all approved revisions must be furnished to the Director upon request, including requests by mail.

(b)Content of plan. The plan must identify steps necessary to perform partial and/or final closure of the facility at any point during its active life. The closure plan must include, at least:

1.A description of how each hazardous waste management unit at the facility will be closed in accordance with 335-14-5-.07(2);

2.A description of how final closure of the facility will be conducted in accordance with 335-14-5-.07(2). The description must identify the maximum extent of the operations which will be unclosed during the active life of the facility;

3.An estimate of the maximum inventory of hazardous wastes ever on-site over the active life of the facility and a detailed description of the methods to be used during partial closures and final closure, including, but not limited to, methods for removing, transporting, treating, storing, or disposing of all hazardous wastes, and identification of the type(s) of the off-site hazardous waste management units to be used, if applicable; and

4.A detailed description of the steps needed to remove or decontaminate all hazardous waste residues and contaminated containment system components, equipment, structures, and soils during partial and final closure, including, but not limited to, procedures for cleaning equipment and removing contaminated soils, methods for sampling and testing surrounding soils, and criteria for determining the extent of decontamination required to satisfy the closure performance standard;

5.A detailed description of other activities necessary during the closure period to ensure that all partial closures and final closure satisfy the closure performance standards, including, but not limited to, groundwater monitoring, leachate collection, and run-on and run-off control; and

6.A schedule for closure for each hazardous waste management unit and for final closure of the facility. The schedule must include, at a minimum, the total time required to close each hazardous waste management unit and the time required for intervening closure activities which will allow tracking of the progress of partial and final closure. (For example, in the case of a landfill unit, estimates of the time required to treat or dispose of all hazardous waste inventory and of the time required to place a final cover must be included.)

7.For facilities that use trust funds to establish financial assurance under 335-14-5-.08(4) and (6) and that are expected to close prior to the expiration of the permit, an estimate of the expected year of final closure.

8.For facilities where the Department has applied alternative requirements at a regulated unit under 335-14-5-.06(1)(f), 335-14-5-.07(1)(c), and/or 335-14-5-.08(1)(d), either the alternative requirements applying to the regulated unit, or a reference to the enforceable document containing those alternative requirements.

(c)Amendment of plan. The owner or operator must submit a written request for a permit modification to authorize a change in operating plans, facility design, or the approved closure plan in accordance with the procedures in 335-14-8. The written request must include a copy of the amended closure plan for review or approval by the Director.

1.The owner or operator may submit a written request to the Director for a permit modification to amend the closure plan at any time prior to the notification of partial or final closure of the facility.

2.The owner or operator must submit a written request for a permit modification to authorize a change in the approved closure plan whenever:

(i)Changes in operating plans or facility design affect the closure plan, or

(ii)There is a change in the expected year of closure, if applicable, or

(iii)In conducting partial or final closure activities, unexpected events require a modification of the approved closure plan.

(iv)The owner or operator requests the Department to apply alternative requirements to a regulated unit under 335-14-5-.06(1)(f), 335-14-5-.07(1)(c), and/or 335-14-5-.08(1)(d).

3.The owner or operator must submit a written request for a permit modification including a copy of the amended closure plan for approval at least 60 days prior to the proposed change in facility design or operation, or no later than 60 days after an unexpected event has occurred which has affected the closure plan. If an unexpected event occurs during the partial or final closure period, the owner or operator must request a permit modification no later than 30 days after the unexpected event. An owner or operator of a surface impoundment, waste pile, or drip pad that intends to remove all hazardous waste at closure and is not otherwise required to prepare a contingent closure plan under 335-14-5-.11(9)(c)1.(i), 335-14-5-.12(9)(c)1.(i), or 335-14-5-.23(5)(c)1.(i) must submit an amended closure plan to the Department no later than 60 days from the date that the owner or operator or Director determines that the hazardous waste management unit must be closed as a landfill, subject to the requirements of 335-14-5-.14(11), or no later than 30 days from that date if the determination is made during partial or final closure. The Department will approve, disapprove, or modify this amended plan in accordance with the procedures in 335-14-8. In accordance with 335-14-8-.03(3), the approved closure plan will become a condition of any AHWMMA permit issued.

4.The Department may request modifications to the plan under the conditions described in 335-14-5-.07(3)(c)2. The owner or operator must submit the modified plan within 60 days of the Department's request, or within 30 days if the change in facility conditions occurs during partial or final closure. Any modifications requested by the Department will be approved in accordance with the procedures in 335-14-8.

(d)Notification of partial closure and final closure.

1.The owner or operator must notify the Department in writing at least 60 days prior to the date on which he expects to begin closure of a surface impoundment, waste pile, land treatment or landfill unit, or final closure of a facility with such a unit. The owner or operator must notify the Department in writing at least 45 days prior to the date on which he expects to begin final closure of a facility with only treatment or storage tanks, container storage, or incinerator units to be closed. The owner or operator must notify the Department in writing at least 45 days prior to the date on which he expects to begin partial or final closure of a boiler or industrial furnace, whichever is earlier.

2.The date when he "expects to begin closure" must be either:

(i)No later than 30 days after the date on which any hazardous waste management unit receives the known final volume of hazardous wastes or, if there is a reasonable possibility that the hazardous waste management unit will receive additional hazardous wastes, no later than one year after the date on which the unit received the most recent volume of hazardous waste. If the owner or operator of a hazardous waste management unit can demonstrate to the Department that the hazardous waste management unit or facility has the capacity to receive additional hazardous wastes and he has taken all steps to prevent threats to human health and the environment, including compliance with all applicable permit requirements, the Department may approve an extension to this one-year limit; or

(ii)For units meeting the requirements of 335-14-5-.07(4)(d), no later than 30 days after the date on which the hazardous waste management unit receives the known final volume of non-hazardous wastes, or if there is a reasonable possibility that the hazardous waste management unit will receive additional non-hazardous wastes, no later than one year after the date on which the unit received the most recent volume of non-hazardous wastes. If the owner or operator can demonstrate to the Department that the hazardous waste management unit has the capacity to receive additional non-hazardous wastes and he has taken, and will continue to take, all steps to prevent threats to human health and the environment, including compliance with all applicable permit requirements, the Department may approve an extension to this one-year limit.

3.If the facility's permit is terminated, or if the facility is otherwise ordered, by judicial decree or final order under Section 3008 of RCRA, to cease receiving hazardous wastes or to close, then the requirements of 335-14-5-.07(3) do not apply. However, the owner or operator must close the facility in accordance with the deadlines established in 335-14-5-.07(4).

(e)Nothing in this 335-14-5-.07 shall preclude the owner or operator from removing hazardous wastes and decontaminating or dismantling equipment in accordance with the approved partial or final closure plan at any time before or after notification of partial or final closure.

(4)Closure: time allowed for closure.

(a)Within 90 days after receiving the final volume of hazardous wastes, or the final volume of non-hazardous wastes if the owner or operator complies with all applicable requirements in 335-14-5-.07(4)(d) and (e), at a hazardous waste management unit or facility, the owner or operator must treat, remove from the unit or facility, or dispose of on-site, all hazardous wastes in accordance with the approved closure plan. The Department may approve a longer period if the owner or operator complies with all applicable requirements for requesting a modification to the permit and demonstrates that:

1.(i)The activities required to comply with 335-14-5-.07(4) will, of necessity, take longer than 90 days to complete; or

(ii)(I)The hazardous waste management unit or facility has the capacity to receive additional hazardous wastes, or has the capacity to receive non-hazardous wastes if the owner or operator complies with 335-14-5-.07(4)(d) and (e);

(II)There is a reasonable likelihood that he or another person will recommence operation of the hazardous waste management unit or the facility within one year; and

(III)Closure of the hazardous waste management unit or facility would be incompatible with continued operation of the site; and

2.He has taken and will continue to take all steps to prevent threats to human health and the environment, including compliance with all applicable permit requirements.

(b)The owner or operator must complete partial and final closure activities in accordance with the approved closure plan and within 180 days after receiving the final volume of hazardous wastes, or the final volume of non-hazardous wastes if the owner or operator complies with all applicable requirements in 335-14-5-.07(4)(d) and (e), at the hazardous waste management unit or facility. The Director may approve an extension to the closure period if the owner or operator complies with all applicable requirements for requesting a modification to the permit and demonstrates that:

1.(i)The partial or final closure activities will, of necessity, take longer than 180 days to complete; or

(ii)(I)The hazardous waste management unit or facility has the capacity to receive additional hazardous wastes, or has the capacity to receive non-hazardous wastes if the owner or operator complies with 335-14-5-.07(4)(d) and (e);

(II)There is reasonable likelihood that he or another person will recommence operation of the hazardous waste management unit or the facility within one year; and

(III)Closure of the hazardous waste management unit or facility would be incompatible with continued operation of the site; and

2.He has taken and will continue to take all steps to prevent threats to human health and the environment from the unclosed but not operating hazardous waste management unit or facility, including compliance with all applicable permit requirements.

(c)The demonstrations referred to in 335-14-5-.07(4)(a)l. and (b)l. must be made as follows:

1.The demonstrations in 335-14-5-.07(4)(a)l. must be made at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the 90-day period in 335-14-5-.07(4)(a); and

2.The demonstration in 335-14-5-.07(4)(b)l. must be made at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the 180-day period in 335-14-5-.07(4)(b), unless the owner or operator is otherwise subject to the deadlines in 335-14-5-.07(4)(d).

(d)The Department may allow an owner or operator to receive only non-hazardous wastes in a landfill, land treatment, or surface impoundment unit after the final receipt of hazardous wastes at that unit if:

1.The owner or operator requests a permit modification in compliance with all applicable requirements in 335-14-8 and in the permit modification request demonstrates that:

(i)The unit has the existing design capacity as indicated on the Part A Application to receive non-hazardous wastes; and

(ii)There is a reasonable likelihood that the owner or operator or another person will receive non-hazardous wastes in the unit within one year after the final receipt of hazardous wastes; and

(iii)The non-hazardous wastes will not be incompatible with any remaining wastes in the unit, or with the facility design and operating requirements of the unit or facility under this part; and

(iv)Closure of the hazardous waste management unit would be incompatible with continued operation of the unit or facility; and

(v)The owner or operator is operating and will continue to operate in compliance with all applicable permit requirements; and

2.The request to modify the permit includes an amended waste analysis plan, groundwater monitoring and response program, human exposure assessment required under RCRA Section 3019, and closure and post-closure plans, and updated cost estimates and demonstrations of financial assurance for closure and post-closure care as necessary and appropriate, to reflect any changes due to the presence of hazardous constituents in the non-hazardous wastes, and changes in closure activities, including the expected year of closure if applicable under 335-14-5-.07(3)(b)7., as a result of the receipt of non-hazardous wastes following the final receipt of hazardous wastes; and

3.The request to modify the permit includes revisions, as necessary and appropriate, to affected conditions of the permit to account for the receipt of non-hazardous wastes following receipt of the final volume of hazardous wastes; and

4.The request to modify the permit and the demonstrations referred to in 335-14-5-.07(4)(d)1. and (d)2. are submitted to the Director no later than 120 days prior to the date on which the owner or operator of the facility receives the known final volume of hazardous wastes at the unit, or no later than 90 days after the effective date of 335-14-5-.07, whichever is later.

(e)In addition to the requirements in 335-14-5-.07(4)(d), an owner or operator of a hazardous waste surface impoundment that is not in compliance with the liner and leachate collection system requirements in 42 U.S.C. 3004(o)(1) and 3005(j)(1) or 42 U.S.C. 3004(o)(2) or (3) or 3005(j)(2), (3), (4), or (13) must:

1.Submit with the request to modify the permit:

(i)A contingent corrective measures plan, unless a corrective action plan has already been submitted under 335-14-5-.06(10); and

(ii)A plan for removing hazardous wastes in compliance with 335-14-5-.07(4)(e)2.; and

2.Remove all hazardous wastes from the unit by removing all hazardous liquids, and removing all hazardous sludges to the extent practicable without impairing the integrity of the liner(s), if any.

3.Removal of hazardous wastes must be completed no later than 90 days after the final receipt of hazardous wastes. The Director may approve an extension to this deadline if the owner or operator demonstrates that the removal of hazardous wastes will, of necessity, take longer than the allotted period to complete and that an extension will not pose a threat to human health and the environment.

4.If a release that is a statistically significant increase (or decrease in the case of pH) over background values for detection monitoring parameters or constituents specified in the permit or that exceeds the facility's groundwater protection standard at the point of compliance, if applicable, is detected in accordance with the requirements in Rule 335-14-5-.06, the owner or operator of the unit:

(i)Must implement corrective measures in accordance with the approved contingent corrective measures plan required by 335-14-5-.07(4)(e)1. no later than one year after detection of the release, or approval of the contingent corrective measures plan, whichever is later;

(ii)May continue to receive wastes at the unit following detection of the release only if the approved corrective measures plan includes a demonstration that continued receipt of wastes will not impede corrective action; and

(iii)May be required by the Director to implement corrective measures in less than one year or to cease the receipt of wastes until corrective measures have been implemented if necessary to protect human health and the environment.

5.During the period of corrective action, the owner or operator shall provide semi-annual reports to the Director that describe the progress of the corrective action program, compile all groundwater monitoring data, and evaluate the effect of the continued receipt of non-hazardous wastes on the effectiveness of the corrective action.

6.The Director may require the owner or operator to commence closure of the unit if the owner or operator fails to implement corrective action measures in accordance with the approved contingent corrective measures plan within one year as required in 335-14-5-.07(4)(e)4., or fails to make substantial progress in implementing corrective action and achieving the facility's groundwater protection standard or background levels if the facility has not yet established a groundwater protection standard.

7.If the owner or operator fails to implement corrective measures as required in 335-14-5-.07(4)(e)4. of, or if the Director determines that substantial progress has not been made pursuant to 335-14-5-.07(4)(e)6., he shall:

(i)Notify the owner or operator in writing that the owner or operator must begin closure in accordance with the deadlines in 335-14-5-.07(4)(a) and (b) and provide a detailed statement of reasons for this determination.

(ii)Provide the owner or operator and the public, through a newspaper notice, the opportunity to submit written comments on the decision no later than 20 days after the date of the notice.

(iii)If the Director receives no written comments, the decision will become final five days after the close of the comment period. The Director will notify the owner or operator that the decision is final, and that a revised closure plan, if necessary, must be submitted within 15 days of the final notice and that closure must begin in accordance with the deadlines in 335-14-5-.07(4)(a) and (b).

(iv)If the Director receives written comments on the decision, he shall make a final decision within 30 days after the end of the comment period, and provide the owner or operator in writing and the public through a newspaper notice, a detailed statement of reasons for the final decision. If the Director determines that substantial progress has not been made, closure must be initiated in accordance with the deadlines in 335-14-5-.07(4)(a) and (b).

(v)The final determinations made by the Director under 335-14-5-.07(4)(e)7.(iii) and (iv) are not subject to administrative appeal.

(5)Disposal or decontamination of equipment, structures, and soils. During the partial and final closure periods, all contaminated equipment, structures, and soils must be properly disposed of or decontaminated unless otherwise specified in 335-14-5-.09(9), 335-14-5-.10(8), 335-14-5-.11(9), 335-14-5-.12(9), 335-14-5-.13(11), 335-14-5-.14(11), 335-14-5-.19(1) through (3), 335-14-5-.23(5), 335-14-5-.24, or 335-14-5-.30(3). By removing any hazardous wastes or hazardous constituents during partial and final closure, the owner or operator may become a generator of hazardous waste and must handle that waste in accordance with all applicable requirements of 335-14-3.

(6)Certification of closure. Within 60 days of completion of closure of each hazardous waste management unit, and within 60 days of the completion of final closure, the owner or operator must submit to the Director, by registered mail, a certification that the hazardous waste management unit or facility, as applicable, has been closed in accordance with the specifications in the approved closure plan. The certification must be signed by the owner or operator and by an independent registered professional engineer. Documentation supporting the independent registered professional engineer's certification must be furnished to the Department upon request until the Department accepts the certification of closure. The owner or operator will be released from the financial assurance requirements for closure under 335-14-5-.08(4)(i) at the time the Department accepts the certification of closure.

(7)Survey plat. No later than the submission of the certification of closure of each hazardous waste disposal unit, the owner or operator must submit to the local zoning authority, or the authority with jurisdiction over local land use, and to the Director, a survey plat indicating the location and dimensions of landfill cells or other hazardous waste disposal units with respect to permanently surveyed benchmarks. This plat must be prepared and certified by a professional land surveyor. The plat filed with the local zoning authority, or the authority with jurisdiction over local land use, must contain a note, prominently displayed, which states the owner's or operator's obligation to restrict disturbance of the hazardous waste disposal unit in accordance with the applicable requirements of 335-14-5-.07.

(8)Post-closure care and use of property.

(a)l.Post-closure care for each hazardous waste management unit subject to the requirements of 335-14-5-.07(8) through (11) must begin after completion of closure of the unit and continue for 30 years after that date, or for 30 years after the date of issuance of a post-closure permitor in an enforceable document (as defined in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7.), whichever is later. Post-closure care must consist of at least the following:

(i)Monitoring and reporting in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.06, .11, .12, .13, .14, .23, and .24; and

(ii)Maintenance and monitoring of waste containment systems in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.06, .11, .12, .13, .14, .23, and .24.

2.Any time preceding partial closure of a hazardous waste management unit subject to post-closure care requirements or final closure, or any time during the post-closure period for a particular unit, the Department may, in accordance with the permit modification procedures in 335-14-8:

(i)Shorten the post-closure care period applicable to the hazardous waste management unit, or facility, if all disposal units have been closed, if he finds that the reduced period is sufficient to protect human health and the environment (e.g., leachate or groundwater monitoring results, characteristics of the hazardous wastes, application of advanced technology, or alternative disposal, treatment, or reuse techniques indicate that the hazardous waste management unit or facility is secure); or

(ii)Extend the post-closure care period applicable to the hazardous waste management unit or facility if he finds that the extended period is necessary to protect human health and the environment (e.g., leachate or groundwater monitoring results indicate a potential for migration of hazardous wastes at levels which may be harmful to human health and the environment).

(b)The Department may require, at partial and final closure, continuation of any of the security requirements of 335-14-5-.02(5) during part or all of the post-closure period when:

1.Hazardous wastes may remain exposed after completion of partial or final closure; or

2.Access by the public or domestic livestock may pose a hazard to human health.

(c)Post-closure use of property on or in which hazardous wastes remain after partial or final closure must never be allowed to disturb the integrity of the final cover, liner(s), or any other components of the containment system, or the function of the facility's monitoring systems, unless the Department finds that the disturbance:

1.Is necessary to the proposed use of the property, and will not increase the potential hazard to human health or the environment; or

2.Is necessary to reduce a threat to human health or the environment.

(d)All post-closure care activities must be in accordance with the provisions of the approved post-closure plan as specified in 335-14-5-.07(9).

(9)Post-closure plan; amendment of plan.

(a)Written plan. The owner or operator of a hazardous waste disposal unit must have a written post-closure plan. In addition, certain surface impoundments, waste piles, and drip pads from which the owner or operator intends to remove or decontaminate the hazardous wastes at partial or final closure are required by 335-14-5-.11(9)(c)1.(ii), 335-14-5-.12(9)(c)1.(ii), and 335-14-5-.23(5)(c)1.(ii) to have contingent post-closure plans. Owners or operators of surface impoundments, waste piles, and drip pads not otherwise required to prepare contingent post-closure plans under 335-14-5-.11(9)(c)1.(ii), 335-14-5-.12(9)(c)1.(ii), and 335-14-5-.23(5)(c)1.(ii) and other hazardous waste management units and CAMUs which cannot demonstrate closure by removal must submit a post-closure plan to the Director within 90 days from the date that the owner or operator or Director determines that the hazardous waste management unit must be closed as a landfill, subject to the requirements of Rules 335-14-5-.07(8) through (11). The plan must be submitted with the permit application, in accordance with 335-14-8-.02(5)(b)13. and approved by the Director as part of the permit issuance procedures under 335-14-8. In accordance with 335-14-8-.03(3), the approved post-closure plan will become a condition of any AHWMMA permit issued.

(b)For each hazardous waste management unit subject to the requirements of 335-14-5-.07, the post-closure plan must identify the activities that will be carried on after closure of each disposal unit and the frequency of these activities, and include at least:

1.A description of the planned monitoring activities and frequencies at which they will be performed to comply with Rules 335-14-5-.06, .09, .10, .11, .12, .13, .14, .19, .23, .24, and .30 during the post-closure care period; and

2.A description of the planned maintenance activities, and frequencies at which they will be performed, to ensure:

(i)The integrity of the cap and final cover or other containment systems in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.06, .09, .10, .11, .12, .13, .14, .19, .23, .24, and .30; and

(ii)The function of the monitoring equipment in accordance with the requirements of Rules 335-14-5-.06, .09, .10, .11, .12, .13, .14, .19, .23, .24, and .30; and

3.The name, address, and phone number of the person or office to contact about the hazardous waste disposal unit or facility during the post-closure care period.

4.For facilities where the Department has applied alternative requirements at a regulated unit under 335-14-5-.06(1)(f), 335-14-5-.07(1)(c), and/or 335-14-.08(1)(d), either the alternative requirements that apply to the regulated unit, or a reference to the enforceable document containing those requirements.

(c)Until final closure of the facility, a copy of the approved post-closure plan must be furnished to the Department upon request, including request by mail. After final closure has been certified, the person or office specified in 335-14-5-.07(9)(b)3. must keep the approved post-closure plan during the remainder of the post-closure period.

(d)Amendment of plan. The owner or operator must submit a written request for a permit modification to authorize a change in the approved post-closure plan in accordance with the applicable requirements of 335-14-8. The written request must include a copy of the amended post-closure plan for review or approval by the Department.

1.The owner or operator may submit a written request to the Department for a permit modification to amend the post-closure plan at any time during the active life of the facility or during the post-closure care period.

2.The owner or operator must submit a written request for a permit modification to authorize a change in the approved post-closure plan whenever:

(i)Changes in operating plans or facility design affect the approved post-closure plan, or

(ii)There is a change in the expected year of final closure, if applicable, or

(iii)Events which occur during the active life of the facility, including partial and final closures, affect the approved post-closure plan, or

(iv)The owner or operator requests the Department to apply alternative requirements to a regulated unit under 335-14-5-.06(1)(f), 335-14-5-.07(1)(c), and/or 335-14-5-.08(1)(d).

3.The owner or operator must submit a written request for a permit modification at least 60 days prior to the proposed change in facility design or operation, or no later than 60 days after an unexpected event has occurred which has affected the post-closure plan. An owner or operator of a surface impoundment, waste pile or drip pad that intends to remove all hazardous waste at closure and is not otherwise required to submit a contingent post-closure plan under 335-14-5-.11(9)(c)l.(ii), 335-14-5-.12(9)(c)1.(ii), and 335-14-5-.23(5)(c)1.(ii) must submit a post-closure plan to the Department no later than 90 days after the date that the owner or operator or Department determines that the hazardous waste management unit must be closed as a landfill, subject to the requirements of Rule 335-14-5-.14(11). The Department will approve, disapprove, or modify this plan in accordance with the procedures in 335-14-8. In accordance with 335-14-8-.03(3), the approved post-closure plan will become a permit condition.

4.The Department may request modifications to the plan under the conditions described in 335-14-5-.07(9)(d)2. The owner or operator must submit the modified plan no later than 60 days after the Department's request, or no later than 90 days if the unit is a surface impoundment, waste pile, or drip pad not previously required to prepare a contingent post-closure plan. Any modifications requested by the Department will be approved, disapproved, or modified in accordance with the procedures in 335-14-8.

(10)Post-closure notices.

(a)No later than 60 days after certification of closure of each hazardous waste disposal unit, the owner or operator must submit to the local zoning authority, or the authority with jurisdiction over local land use, and to the Department a record of the type, location, and quantity of hazardous wastes disposed of within each cell or other disposal unit of the facility. For hazardous wastes disposed of before January 12, 1981, the owner or operator must identify the type, location, and quantity of the hazardous wastes to the best of his knowledge and in accordance with any records he has kept.

(b)Within 60 days of certification of closure of the first hazardous waste disposal unit and within 60 days of certification of closure of the last hazardous waste disposal unit, the owner or operator must:

1.Record, in accordance with State of Alabama law, a notation on the deed to the facility property or on some other instrument which is normally examined during title search that will in perpetuity notify any potential purchaser of the property that:

(i)The land has been used to manage hazardous wastes; and

(ii)Its use is restricted under Rule 335-14-5-.07; and

(iii)The survey plat and record of the type, location, and quantity of hazardous wastes disposed of within each cell or other hazardous waste disposal unit of the facility required by 335-14-5-.07(7) and 335-14-5-.07(10)(a) have been filed with the local zoning authority or the authority with jurisdiction over local land use and with the Department; and

2.Submit a certification, signed by the owner or operator, that he has recorded the notation specified in 335-14-5-.07(10)(b)1., including a copy of the document in which the notation has been placed, to the Department.

(c)If the owner or operator or any subsequent owner or operator of the land upon which a hazardous waste disposal unit is located wishes to remove hazardous wastes and hazardous waste residues, the liner, if any, or contaminated soils, he must request a modification to the post-closure permit in accordance with the applicable requirements in 335-14-8. The owner or operator must demonstrate that the removal of hazardous wastes will satisfy the criteria of 335-14-5-.07(8)(c). By removing hazardous waste, the owner or operator may become a generator of hazardous waste and must manage it in accordance with all applicable requirements of Division 335-14. If he is granted a permit modification or otherwise granted approval to conduct such removal activities, the owner or operator may request that the Director approve either:

1.The removal of the notation on the deed to the facility property or other instrument normally examined during title search; or

2.The addition of a notation to the deed or instrument indicating the removal of the hazardous waste.

(11)Certification of completion of post-closure care. No later than 60 days after completion of the established post-closure care period for each hazardous waste disposal unit, the owner or operator must submit to the Department, by registered mail, a certification that the post-closure care period for the hazardous waste disposal unit was performed in accordance with the specifications in the approved post-closure plan. The certification must be signed by the owner or operator and an independent registered professional engineer. Documentation supporting the independent registered professional engineer's certification must be furnished to the Department upon request until the Director releases the owner or operator from the financial assurance requirements for post-closure care under 335-14-5-.08(6)(i).

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; James W. Hathcock; Stephen A. Cobb; C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12, 22-30-16.

History: July 19, 1982. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.5.08" level="3" title="Financial Requirements"> <dwc name="enter" times="12">

(1)Applicability.

(a)The requirements of 335-14-5-.08(3), (4), and (8) through (12) apply to owners and operators of all hazardous waste facilities and CAMUs, except as provided otherwise in 335-14-5-.08(1) or 335-14-5-.01(1).

(b)The requirements of 335-14-5-.08(5), (6), and (7) apply only to owners and operators of:

1.Disposal facilities;

2.Piles and surface impoundments from which the owner or operator intends to remove the wastes at closure, to the extent that these paragraphs are made applicable to such facilities in 335-14-5-.11(9) and 335-14-5-.12(9);

3.Tank systems that are required under 335-14-5-.10(8) to meet the requirements for landfills;

4.Containment buildings that are required under 335-14-5-.30(3) to meet the requirements for landfills;

5.Corrective action management units in which wastes remain after closure; and

6.Other hazardous waste management units which are unable to demonstrate closure by removal.

(c)The requirements of 335-14-5-.08(10) and (11) apply to owners and operators of all facilities required to perform corrective actions pursuant to 335-14-5-.06(11) or (12), section 3008(h) or RCRA, as applicable.

(d)Except for the requirements to provide and update cost estimates, as described in 335-14-5-.08(3), 335-14-5-.08(5), and 335-14-5-.08(10), the State of Alabama and the Federal government are exempt from the requirements of 335-14-5-.08.

(2)Definitions of terms used in 335-14-5-.08.

(a)"Captive insurance" means insurance provided by a company meeting any of the following conditions:

1.Shares a common pool of assets as its parent corporation,

2.Belongs to the same economic family as its parent corporation,

3.Is wholly owned and/or capitalized with funds provided exclusively by the parent company, or

4.Is a wholly owned insurance interest operated and managed within the corporate family of the owner or operator for the primary purpose of insuring risks from within the same corporate family.

(b)"Closure plan" means the plan for closure prepared in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.07(3).

(c)"Corrective action plan" means the plan(s) which describes the corrective actions to be performed in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(11) and (12).

(d)"Current closure cost estimate" means the most recent of the estimates prepared in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(3)(a), (3)(b), and (3)(c).

(e)"Corrective action cost estimate" means the most recent of the estimates prepared in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(10).

(f)"Current post-closure cost estimate" means the most recent of the estimates prepared in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(5)(a), (5)(b), and (5)(c).

(g)"Operating facility" means a facility with active treatment, storage, and/or disposal units subject to the requirements of 335-14-5 and 335-14-8.

(h)"Parent corporation" means a corporation which directly owns at least 50 percent of the voting stock of the corporation which is the facility owner or operator; the latter corporation is deemed a "subsidiary" of the parent corporation.

(i)"Post-closure facility" means a facility at which all treatment, storage, and/or disposal units have been closed in accordance with 335-14-5-.07, at which the owner or operator is unable to demonstrate closure by removal in accordance with 335-14-8-.01(c)5., for one or more units.

(j)"Post-closure plan" means the plan for post-closure care prepared in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.07(8) through (11).

(k)"SWMU corrective action facility" means a facility which is subject to the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(12) for the corrective action of Solid Waste Management Units, and has been issued a permit or an enforceable document (as defined in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7.) in accordance with 335-14-8 or an order pursuant to Section 3008(h) of RCRA.

(l)The following terms are used in the specifications for the financial tests for closure, post-closure care, corrective action, and liability coverage. The definitions are intended to assist in the understanding of these regulations and are not intended to limit the meanings of terms in a way that conflicts with generally accepted accounting practices:

1."Assets" means all existing and all probable future economic benefits obtained or controlled by a particular entity.

2."Current assets" means cash or other assets or resources commonly identified as those which are reasonably expected to be realized in cash or sold or consumed during the normal operating cycle of the business.

3."Current liabilities" means obligations whose liquidation is reasonably expected to require the use of existing resources properly classifiable as current assets or the creation of other current liabilities.

4."Current plugging and abandonment cost estimate" means the most recent of the estimates prepared in accordance with 40 CFR &#167;144.62(a), (b), and (c) or any State of Alabama equivalent.

5."Independently audited" refers to an audit performed by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.

6."Liabilities" means probable future sacrifices of economic benefits arising from present obligations to transfer assets or provide services to other entities in the future as a result of past transactions or events.

7."Net working capital" means current assets minus current liabilities.

8."Net worth" means total assets minus total liabilities and is equivalent to owner's equity.

9."Tangible net worth" means the tangible assets that remain after deducting liabilities; such assets would not include intangibles such as goodwill and rights to patents or royalties.

(m)In the liability insurance requirements, the terms "bodily injury" and "property damage" shall have the meanings given these terms by applicable Alabama law. However, these terms do not include those liabilities which, consistent with standard industry practices, are excluded from coverage in liability policies for bodily injury and property damage. The Department intends the meanings of other terms used in the liability insurance requirements to be consistent with their common meanings within the insurance industry. The definitions given below of several of the terms are intended to assist in the understanding of these regulations and are not intended to limit their meanings in a way that conflicts with general insurance industry usage.

1."Accidental occurrence" means an accident, including continuous or repeated exposure to conditions, which results in bodily injury or property damage neither expected nor intended from the standpoint of the insured.

2."Legal defense costs" means any expenses that an insurer incurs in defending against claims of third parties brought under the terms and conditions of an insurance policy.

3."Nonsudden accidental occurrence" means an occurrence which takes place over time and involves continuous or repeated exposure.

4."Sudden accidental occurrence" means an occurrence which is not continuous or repeated in nature.

(n)"Substantial business relationship" means the extent of a business relationship necessary under applicable State of Alabama law to make a guarantee contract issued incident to that relationship valid and enforceable. A "substantial business relationship" must arise from a pattern of recent or ongoing business transactions, in addition to the guarantee itself, such that a currently existing business relationship between the guarantor and the owner or operator is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Department.

(3)Cost estimate for closure.

(a)The owner or operator must have a detailed written estimate, in a format specified by the Department, in current dollars, of the cost of closing the facility in accordance with the requirements in 335-14-5-.07(2) through (6) and applicable closure requirements in 335-14-5-.09(9), 335-14-5-.10(8), 335-14-5-.11(9), 335-14-5-.12(9), 335-14-5-.13(11), 335-14-5-.14(11), 335-14-5-.15(12), 335-14-5-.19(1) through .19(3), 335-14-5-.23(6), 335-14-5-.24(2) through (4), and 335-14-5-.30(3).

1.The estimate must equal the cost of final closure at the point in the facility's active life when the extent and manner of its operation would make closure the most expensive, as indicated by its closure plan; and

2.The closure-cost estimate must be based on the costs to the owner or operator of hiring a third party to close the facility. A third party is a party who is neither a parent nor a subsidiary of the owner or operator. (See definition of parent corporation in 335-14-5-.08(2)(h).) The owner or operator may use costs for on-site disposal if he can demonstrate that on-site disposal capacity will exist at all times over the life of the facility.

3.The closure-cost estimate may not incorporate any salvage value that may be realized with the sale of hazardous wastes, or non-hazardous wastes if applicable under 335-14-5-.07(4)(d), facility structures or equipment, land, or other assets associated with the facility at the time of partial or final closure.

4.The owner or operator may not incorporate a zero cost for hazardous wastes, or non-hazardous wastes if applicable under 335-14-5-.07(4)(d), that might have economic value.

(b)During the active life of the facility, the owner or operator must adjust the closure-cost estimate for inflation within 60 days prior to the anniversary date of the establishment of the financial instrument(s) used to comply with 335-14-5-.08(4). For owners and operators using the financial test or corporate guarantee, the closure-cost estimate must be updated for inflation within 30 days after the close of the firm's fiscal year and before submission of updated information to the Department as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(f)5. The adjustment may be made by recalculating the maximum costs of closure in current dollars, or by using an inflation factor derived from the most recent Implicit Price Deflator for Gross National Product published by the U.S. Department of Commerce in its Survey of Current Business, as specified in 335-14-5-.08(3)(b)1. and 2. The inflation factor is the result of dividing the latest published annual Deflator by the Deflator for the previous year.

1.The first adjustment is made by multiplying the closure cost estimate by the inflation factor. The result is the adjusted closure cost estimate.

2.Subsequent adjustments are made by multiplying the latest adjusted closure cost estimate by the latest inflation factor.

(c)During the active life of the facility, the owner or operator must revise the closure-cost estimate no later than 30 days after the Department has approved the request to modify the closure plan, if the change in the closure plan increases the cost of closure. The revised closure-cost estimate must be adjusted for inflation as specified in 335-14-5-.08(3).

(d)The owner or operator must keep the following at the facility during the operating life of the facility: the latest closure cost estimate prepared in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(3)(a) and (3)(c) and, when this estimate has been adjusted in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(3)(b), the latest adjusted closure cost estimate.

(4)Financial assurance for closure. An owner or operator of each facility must establish financial assurance for closure of the facility. He must choose from the options as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(a) through (f).

(a)Closure trust fund.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4) by establishing a closure trust fund which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4)(a) and submitting an originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement to the Department. An owner or operator of a new facility must submit the originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement to the Department at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for treatment, storage, or disposal. The trustee must be an entity which has the authority to act as a trustee and whose trust operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.

2.The wording of the trust agreement must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(a)1. and the trust agreement must be accompanied by a formal certification of acknowledgment (for example, see 335-14-5-.08(12)(a)2.). Schedule A of the trust agreement must be updated and an originally signed duplicate must be submitted to the Department, within 60 days after a change in the amount of the current closure cost estimate covered by the agreement.

3.Payments into the trust fund must be made annually by the owner or operator over the term of the initial Hazardous Waste Facility Permit, over the remaining operating life of the facility as estimated in the closure plan, or eight years, whichever period is shorter. The payments into the closure trust fund must be made as follows:

(i)For a new facility, the first payment must be made before the initial receipt of hazardous waste for treatment, storage, or disposal. A receipt from the trustee for this payment must be submitted by the owner or operator to the Department before the initial receipt of hazardous waste. Subsequent payments must be made no later than 30 days after the anniversary date of the first payment. Payments must be made according to the following schedule:

(I)If the initial permit is for a term of one year, 100% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid initially;

(II)If the initial permit is for a term of two years, 50% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the two years;

(III)If the initial permit is for a term of three years, 34% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid initially and 33% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the two subsequent years;

(IV)If the initial permit is for a term of four years, 25% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the four years;

(V)If the initial permit is for a term of five years, 20% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the five years;

(VI)If the initial permit is for a term of six years, 20% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the first four years and 10% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the two subsequent years;

(VII)If the initial permit is for a term of seven years, 20% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the first three years and 10% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the four subsequent years; and

(VIII)If the initial permit is for a term of eight years or longer, 20% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the first two years and 10% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the six subsequent years;

(ii)Following the initial payment, all subsequent annual payments must reconcile any difference between the actual value of the trust fund and the required value of the trust fund. The required value of the trust fund accounts for adjustments to the closure-cost estimate made in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(3), and may be calculated by determining the value of the trust fund if the current payment and all previous payments were made using the current closure-cost estimate.

(iii)If an owner or operator of an existing facility establishes a trust fund as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(a), and the value of the trust fund is less than the current closure cost estimate when a permit is issued for the facility, the amount of the current closure cost estimate still to be paid into the trust fund must be paid according to the schedule set out in 335-14-5-.08(4)(a)3.(i).

4.The owner or operator may accelerate payments into the trust fund or he may deposit the full amount of the current closure cost estimate at the time the fund is established. However, he must maintain the value of the fund at no less than the value that the fund would have if annual payments were made as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(a)3.

5.If the owner or operator establishes a closure trust fund after having used one or more alternate mechanisms specified in 335-14-5-.08(4) or 335-14-6-.08(4), his first payment must be in at least the amount that the fund would contain if the trust fund were established initially and annual payments made according to specifications of 335-14-5-.08(4)(a) and 335-14-6-.08(4)(a), as applicable.

6.After the pay-in period is completed, whenever the current closure cost estimate changes, the owner or operator must compare the new estimate with the trustee's most recent annual valuation of the trust fund. If the value of the fund is less than the amount of the new estimate, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the change in the cost estimate, must either deposit an amount into the fund so that its value after this deposit at least equals the amount of the current closure cost estimate, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4) to cover the difference.

7.If the value of the trust fund is greater than the total amount of the current closure cost estimate, the owner or operator may submit a written request to the Department for release of the amount in excess of the current closure cost estimate.

8.If an owner or operator substitutes other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4) for all or part of the trust fund, he may submit a written request to the Department for release of the amount in excess of the current closure cost estimate covered by the trust fund.

9.Within 60 days after receiving a request from the owner or operator for release of funds as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(a)7. or (a)8., the Department will instruct the trustee to release to the owner or operator such funds as the Department specifies in writing.

10.After beginning partial or final closure, an owner or operator or another person authorized to conduct partial or final closure may request reimbursements for partial or final closure expenditures by submitting itemized bills to the Department. The owner or operator may request reimbursements for partial closure only if sufficient funds are remaining in the trust fund to cover the maximum costs of closing the facility over its remaining operating life. Within 60 days after receiving bills for partial or final closure activities, the Department will instruct the trustee to make reimbursements in those amounts as the Department specifies in writing, if the Department determines that the partial or final closure expenditures are in accordance with the approved closure plan, or otherwise justified. If the Department has reason to believe that the maximum cost of closure over the remaining life of the facility will be significantly greater than the value of the trust fund, he may withhold reimbursements of such amounts as he deems prudent until he determines, in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(4)(i), that the owner or operator is no longer required to maintain financial assurance for final closure of the facility. If the Department does not instruct the trustee to make such reimbursements, he will provide the owner or operator with a detailed written statement of reasons.

11.The Department will agree to termination of the trust when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4); or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4) in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(4)(i).

(b)Surety bond guaranteeing payment into a closure trust fund.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4) by obtaining a surety bond which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4)(b) and submitting the bond to the Department. An owner or operator of a new facility must submit the bond to the Department at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for treatment, storage, or disposal. The bond must be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste. The surety company issuing the bond must, at a minimum, be among those listed as acceptable sureties on Federal bonds in Circular 570 of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

2.The wording of the surety bond must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(b).

3.The owner or operator who uses a surety bond to satisfy the requirements of this section must also establish a standby trust fund. Under the terms of the bond, all payments made thereunder will be deposited by the surety directly into the standby trust fund in accordance with instructions from the Department. This standby trust fund must meet the requirements specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(a), except that:

(i)An originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement must be submitted to the Department with the surety bond; and

(ii)Until the standby trust fund is funded pursuant to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4), the following are not required by these regulations:

(I)Payments into the trust fund as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(a);

(II)Updating of Schedule A of the trust agreement (see 335-14-5-.08(12)(a)) to show current closure cost estimates;

(III)Annual valuations as required by the trust agreement; and

(IV)Notices of nonpayment as required by the trust agreement.

4.The bond must guarantee that the owner or operator will:

(i)Fund the standby trust fund in an amount equal to the penal sum of the bond before the beginning of final closure of the facility; or

(ii)Fund the standby trust fund in an amount equal to the penal sum within 15 days after an administrative order to begin final closure issued by the Department becomes final, or within 15 days after an order to begin final closure is issued by a U.S. district court or other court of competent jurisdiction; or

(iii)Provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4) and obtain the Department's written approval of the assurance provided, within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Department of a notice of cancellation of the bond from the surety.

5.Under the terms of the bond, the surety will become liable on the bond obligation when the owner or operator fails to perform as guaranteed by the bond.

6.The penal sum of the bond must be in an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate, except as provided in 335-14-5-.08(4)(g).

7.Whenever the current closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the penal sum, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, must either cause the penal sum to be increased to an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Department, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4) to cover the increase. Whenever the current closure cost estimate decreases the penal sum may be reduced to the amount of the current closure cost estimate following written approval by the Department.

8.Under the terms of the bond, the surety may cancel the bond by sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner or operator and to the Department. Cancellation may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by both the owner or operator and the Department, as evidenced by the return receipts.

9.The owner or operator may cancel the bond if the Department has given prior written consent. The Department will provide such written consent when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4); or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4) in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(4)(i).

(c)Surety bond guaranteeing performance of closure.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4) by obtaining a surety bond which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4)(c) and submitting the bond to the Department. An owner or operator of a new facility must submit the bond to the Department at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for treatment, storage, or disposal. The bond must be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste. The surety company issuing the bond must, at a minimum, be among those listed as acceptable sureties on Federal bonds in Circular 570 of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

2.The wording of the surety bond must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(c).

3.The owner or operator who uses a surety bond to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4) must also establish a standby trust fund. Under the terms of the bond, all payments made thereunder will be deposited by the surety directly into the standby trust fund in accordance with instructions from the Department. This standby trust must meet the requirements specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(a), except that:

(i)An originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement must be submitted to the Department with the surety bond; and

(ii)Unless the standby trust fund is funded pursuant to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08, the following are not required by these regulations:

(I)Payments into the trust fund as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(a);

(II)Updating of Schedule A of the trust agreement (see 335-14-5-.08(12)(a)) to show current closure cost estimates;

(III)Annual valuations as required by the trust agreement; and

(IV)Notices of nonpayment as required by the trust agreement.

4.The bond must guarantee that the owner or operator will:

(i)Perform final closure in accordance with the closure plan and other requirements of the permit for the facility whenever required to do so; or

(ii)Provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08, and obtain the Department's written approval of the assurance provided, within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Department of a notice of cancellation of the bond from the surety.

5.Under the terms of the bond, the surety will become liable on the bond obligation when the owner or operator fails to perform as guaranteed by the bond. Following a final administrative determination pursuant to Sections 22-30-19 and 22-22A-7, Code of Ala. 1975, that the owner or operator has failed to perform final closure in accordance with the approved closure plan and other permit requirements when required to do so, under the terms of the bond the surety will perform final closure as guaranteed by the bond or will deposit the amount of the penal sum into the standby trust fund.

6.The penal sum of the bond must be in an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate.

7.Whenever the current closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the penal sum, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, must either cause the penal sum to be increased to an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Department, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4). Whenever the current closure cost estimate decreases, the penal sum may be reduced to the amount of the current closure cost estimate following written approval by the Department.

8.Under the terms of the bond, the surety may cancel the bond by sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner or operator and to the Department. Cancellation may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by both the owner or operator and the Department, as evidenced by the return receipts.

9.The owner or operator may cancel the bond if the Department has given prior written consent. The Department will provide such written consent when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4); or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4) in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(4)(i).

10.The surety will not be liable for deficiencies in the performance of closure by the owner or operator after the Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4) in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(4)(i).

(d)Closure letter of credit.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4) by obtaining an irrevocable standby letter of credit which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4)(d) and submitting the letter to the Department. An owner or operator of a new facility must submit the letter of credit to the Department at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for treatment, storage, or disposal. The letter of credit must be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste. The issuing institution must be an entity which has the authority to issue letters of credit and whose letter-of-credit operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.

2.The wording of the letter of credit must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(d).

3.An owner or operator who uses a letter of credit to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4) must also establish a standby trust fund. Under the terms of the letter of credit, all amounts paid pursuant to a draft by the Department will be deposited by the issuing institution directly into the standby trust fund in accordance with instructions from the Department. This standby trust fund must meet the requirements of the trust fund specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(a), except that:

(i)An originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement must be submitted to the Department with the letter of credit; and

(ii)Unless the standby trust fund is funded pursuant to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4), the following are not required by these regulations:

(I)Payments into the trust fund as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(a);

(II)Updating of Schedule A of the trust agreement (see 335-14-5-.08(12)(a)) to show current closure cost estimates;

(III)Annual valuations as required by the trust agreement; and

(IV)Notices of nonpayment as required by the trust agreement.

4.The letter of credit must be accompanied by a letter from the owner or operator referring to the letter of credit by number, issuing institution, and date, and providing the following information: the EPA Identification Number, name, and address of the facility, and the amount of funds assured for closure of the facility by the letter of credit.

5.The letter of credit must be irrevocable and issued for a period of at least one year. The letter of credit must provide that the expiration date will be automatically extended for a period of at least one year unless, at least 120 days before the current expiration date, the issuing institution notifies both the owner or operator and the Department by certified mail of a decision not to extend the expiration date. Under the terms of the letter of credit, the 120 days will begin on the date when both the owner or operator and the Department have received the notice, as evidenced by the return receipts.

6.The letter of credit must be issued in an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate, except as provided in 335-14-5-.08(4)(g).

7.Whenever the current closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the amount of the credit, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, must either cause the amount of the credit to be increased so that it at least equals the current closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Department, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4) to cover the increase. Whenever the current closure cost estimate decreases, the amount of the credit may be reduced to the amount of the current closure cost estimate following written approval by the Department.

8.Following a final administrative determination pursuant to Sections 22-30-19 and 22-22A-7, Code of Ala. 1975, that the owner or operator has failed to perform final closure in accordance with the closure plan and other permit requirements when required to do so, the Department may draw on the letter of credit.

9.If the owner or operator does not establish alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4) and obtain written approval of such alternate assurance from the Department within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Department of a notice from issuing institution that it has decided not to extend the letter of credit beyond the current expiration date, the Department will draw on the letter of credit. The Department may delay the drawing if the issuing institution grants an extension of the term of the credit. During the last 30 days of any such extension the Department will draw on the letter of credit if the owner or operator has failed to provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4) and obtain written approval of such assurance from the Department.

10.The Department will return the letter of credit to the issuing institution for termination when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4); or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4) in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(4)(i).

(e)Closure insurance.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4) by obtaining closure insurance which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4)(e) and submitting an originally signed certificate of such insurance to the Department. An owner or operator of a new facility must submit the certificate of insurance to the Department at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for treatment, storage, or disposal. The insurance must be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste. At a minimum, the insurer must be licensed to transact the business of insurance, or eligible to provide insurance as an excess or surplus lines insurer, in the State of Alabama, and must not be captive insurance as defined in 335-14-5-.08(2) unless the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4)(e)1.(ii) are met.

(i)The use of insurance to demonstrate financial assurance for closure and post-closure care pertains exclusively to those insurance policies underwritten by commercial property and casualty insurers (primary or excess and surplus lines), through which, in the insurance contract, the financial burden for closure and post-closure care is transferred to the third-party insurer. Except as provided in 335-14-5-.08(4)(e)1.(ii), the third-party insurer must assume financial responsibility for this accepted risk, using its own pool of resources that is independent, separate, and unrelated to that of the insured (owner or operator). The use of insurance policies underwritten by captive insurers therefore is prohibited unless the owner/operator can demonstrate compliance with condition 335-14-5-.08(4)(e)1.(ii) for each year captive insurance is used.

(ii)Captive insurance may be used for closure insurance only when the facility provides annual documentation to the Department that the owner or operator is in compliance with the requirements of Rule 335-14-5-.08(4)(f).

2.The wording of the certificate of insurance must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(e).

3.The closure insurance policy must be issued for a face amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate, except as provided in 335-14-5-.08(4)(g). The term "face amount" means the total amount the insurer is obligated to pay under the policy. Actual payments by the insurer will not change the face amount, although the insurer's future liability will be lowered by the amount of the payments.

4.The closure insurance policy must guarantee that funds will be available to close the facility whenever final closure occurs. The policy must also guarantee that once final closure begins, the insurer will be responsible for paying out funds, up to an amount equal to the face amount of the policy, upon the direction of the Department, to such party or parties as the Department specifies.

5.After beginning partial or final closure, an owner or operator or any other person authorized to conduct closure may request reimbursements for closure expenditures by submitting itemized bills to the Department. The owner or operator may request reimbursements for partial closure only if the remaining value of the policy is sufficient to cover the maximum costs of closing the facility over its remaining operating life. Within 60 days after receiving bills for closure activities, the Department will instruct the insurer to make reimbursements in such amounts as the Department specifies, in writing, if the Department determines that the partial or final closure expenditures are in accordance with the approved closure plan or otherwise justified. If the Department has reason to believe that the maximum cost of closure over the remaining life of the facility will be significantly greater than the face amount of the policy, he may withhold reimbursements of such amounts as he deems prudent until he determines, in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(4)(i), that the owner or operator is no longer required to maintain financial assurance for final closure of the facility. If the Department does not instruct the insurer to make such reimbursements, he will provide the owner or operator with a detailed written statement of reasons.

6.The owner or operator must maintain the policy in full force and effect until the Department consents to termination of the policy by the owner or operator as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)10. Failure to pay the premium, without substitution of alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4), will constitute a significant violation of these regulations, warranting such remedy as the Department deems necessary. Such violation will be deemed to begin upon receipt by the Department of a notice of future cancellation, termination, or failure to renew due to nonpayment of the premium, rather than upon the date of expiration.

7.Each policy must contain a provision allowing assignment of the policy to a successor owner or operator. Such assignment may be conditional upon consent of the insurer, provided such consent is not unreasonably refused.

8.The policy must provide that the insurer may not cancel, terminate, or fail to renew the policy except for failure to pay the premium. The automatic renewal of the policy must, at a minimum, provide the insured with the option of renewal at the face amount of the expiring policy. If there is a failure to pay the premium, the insurer may elect to cancel, terminate, or fail to renew the policy by sending notice by certified mail to the owner or operator and the Department. Cancellation, termination, or failure to renew may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning with the date of receipt of the notice by both the Department and the owner or operator, as evidenced by the return receipts. Cancellation, termination, or failure to renew may not occur and the policy will remain in full force and effect in the event that on or before the date of expiration:

(i)The Department deems the facility abandoned; or

(ii)The permit is terminated or revoked or a new permit is denied; or

(iii)Closure is ordered by the Department or a court of competent jurisdiction; or

(iv)The owner or operator is named as debtor in a voluntary or involuntary proceeding under Title 11 (Bankruptcy), U.S. Code; or

(v)The premium due is paid.

9.Whenever the current closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the face amount of the policy, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, must either cause the face amount to be increased to an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Department, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4) to cover the increase. Whenever the current closure cost estimate decreases, the face amount may be reduced to the amount of the current closure cost estimate following written approval by the Department.

10.The Department will give written consent to the owner or operator that it may terminate the insurance policy when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4); or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4) in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(4)(i).

(f)Financial test and corporate guarantee for closure.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4) by demonstrating that he passes a financial test as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4). To pass this test the owner or operator must meet the criteria of either 335-14-5-.08(4)(f)1.(i) or (f)1.(ii):

(i)The owner or operator must have:

(I)Two of the following three ratios: a ratio of total liabilities to net worth less than 2.0; a ratio of the sum of net income plus depreciation, depletion, and amortization to total liabilities greater than 0.1; and a ratio of current assets to current liabilities greater than 1.5; and

(II)Net working capital and tangible net worth each at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates; and

(III)Tangible net worth of at least $10 million; and

(IV)Assets located in the United States amounting to at least 90 percent of total assets or at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates.

(ii)The owner or operator must have:

(I)A current rating for his most recent bond issuance of AAA, AA, A, or BBB as issued by Standard Poor's or Aaa, Aa, A or Baa as issued by Moody's; and

(II)Tangible net worth at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates; and

(III)Tangible net worth of at least $10 million; and

(IV)Assets located in the United States amounting to at least 90 percent of total assets or at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates.

2.The phrase "current closure and post-closure cost estimates" as used in 335-14-5-.08(4)(f)1. refers to the cost estimates required to be shown in paragraphs 1-4 of the letter from the owner's or operator's chief financial officer (335-14-5-.08(12)).

3.To demonstrate that he meets this test, the owner or operator must submit the following items to the Department:

(i)A letter signed by the owner's or operator's chief financial officer and worded as specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(f);

(ii)A copy of the independent certified public accountant's report on examination of the owner's or operator's financial statements for the latest completed fiscal year; and

(iii)A special report from the owner's or operator's independent certified public accountant to the owner or operator stating that:

(I)He has compared the data which the letter from the chief financial officer specifies as having been derived from the independently audited, year-end financial statements for the latest fiscal year with the amounts in such financial statements; and

(II)In connection with that procedure, no matters came to his attention which caused him to believe that the specified data should be adjusted.

4.An owner or operator of a new facility must submit the items specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(f)3. to the Department at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for treatment, storage, or disposal.

5.After the initial submission of items specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(f)3., the owner or operator must send updated information to the Department within 90 days after the close of each succeeding fiscal year. This information must consist of all three items specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(f)3.

6.If the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4)(f)1., he must send notice to the Department of intent to establish alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4). The notice must be sent by certified mail within 90 days after the end of the fiscal year for which the year-end financial data show that the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements. The owner or operator must provide the alternate financial assurance within 120 days after the end of such fiscal year.

7.The Department may, based on a reasonable belief that the owner or operator may no longer meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4)(f)1., require reports of financial condition at any time from the owner or operator in addition to those specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(f)3. If the Department finds, on the basis of such reports or other information, that the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4)(f)1., the owner or operator must provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4) within 30 days after notification of such a finding.

8.The Department may disallow use of this test on the basis of qualifications in the opinion expressed by the independent certified public accountant in his report on examination of the owner's or operator's financial statements (see 335-14-5-.08(4)(f)3.(ii)). An adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion will be caused for disallowance. The Department will evaluate other qualifications on an individual basis. The owner or operator must provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4) within 30 days after notification of the disallowance.

9.The owner or operator is no longer required to submit the items specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(f)3. when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4); or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4) in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(4)(i).

10.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4) by obtaining a written guarantee, hereinafter referred to as "corporate guarantee". The guarantor must be the direct or higher-tier parent corporation of the owner or operator, a firm whose parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator, or a firm with a "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator. The guarantor must meet the requirements for owners or operators in 335-14-5-.08(4)(f)1. through 8. and must comply with the terms of the guarantee. The wording of the guarantee must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(h). The certified copy of the guarantee must accompany the items sent to the Department as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(f)3. One of these items must be the letter from the guarantor's chief financial officer. If the guarantor's parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator, the letter must describe the value received in consideration of the guarantee. If the guarantor is a firm with a "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator, this letter must describe this "substantial business relationship" and the value received in consideration of the guarantee. The terms of the guarantee must provide that:

(i)If the owner or operator fails to perform final closure of a facility covered by the corporate guarantee in accordance with the closure plan and other permit requirements whenever required to do so, the guarantor will do so or establish a trust fund as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(a) in the name of the owner or operator.

(ii)The corporate guarantee will remain in force unless the guarantor sends notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner or operator and to the Department. Cancellation may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by both the owner or operator and the Department, as evidenced by the return receipts.

(iii)If the owner or operator fails to provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4) and obtain the written approval of such alternate assurance from the Department within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Department of a notice of cancellation of the corporate guarantee from the guarantor, the guarantor will provide such alternative financial assurance in the name of the owner or operator.

(g)Use of multiple financial mechanisms. An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4) by establishing more than one financial mechanism per facility. These mechanisms are limited to trust funds, surety bonds guaranteeing payment into a trust fund, letters of credit, and insurance. The mechanisms must be as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(a), (b), (d), and (e), respectively, except that it is the combination of mechanisms, rather than the single mechanism, which must provide financial assurance for an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate. If an owner or operator uses a trust fund in combination with a surety bond or a letter of credit, he may use the trust fund as the standby trust fund for the other mechanisms. A single standby trust fund may be established for two or more mechanisms. The Department may use any or all of the mechanisms to provide for closure of the facility.

(h)Use of a financial mechanism for multiple facilities. An owner or operator may use a financial assurance mechanism specified in 335-14-5-.08(4) to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4) for more than one facility. Evidence of financial assurance submitted to the Department must include a list showing, for each facility, the EPA or Alabama Identification Number, name, address, and the amount of funds for closure assured by the mechanism. The amount of funds available through the mechanism must be no less than the sum of funds that would be available if a separate mechanism had been established and maintained for each facility. In directing funds available through the mechanism for closure of any of the facilities covered by the mechanism, the Department may direct only the amount of funds designated for that facility, unless the owner or operator agrees to the use of additional funds available under the mechanism.

(i)Release of the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4). Within 60 days after receiving certifications from the owner or operator and an independent registered professional engineer that final closure has been completed in accordance with the approved closure plan, the Department will notify the owner or operator in writing that he is no longer required by 335-14-5-.08(4) to maintain financial assurance for final closure of the facility, unless the Department has reason to believe that final closure has not been in accordance with the approved closure plan. The Department shall provide the owner or operator a detailed written statement of any such reason to believe that closure has not been in accordance with the approved closure plan.

(5)Cost estimate for post-closure care.

(a)The owner or operator of a disposal surface impoundment, disposal miscellaneous unit, land treatment unit, landfill unit, other hazardous waste management unit or CAMU which cannot demonstrate closure by removal, or surface impoundment or waste pile required under Rules 335-14-5-.11(9) and 335-14-5-.12(9) to prepare a contingent closure and post-closure plan must have a detailed written estimate in a format specified by the Department, in current dollars, of the annual cost of post-closure monitoring and maintenance of the facility in accordance with the applicable post-closure requirements in 335-14-5-.07(8) through (11), 335-14-5-.11(9), 335-14-5-.12(9), 335-14-5-.13(11), 335-14-5-.14(11), and 335-14-5-.24(4).

1.The post-closure cost estimate must be based on the costs to the owner or operator of hiring a third party to conduct post-closure care activities. A third party is a party who is neither a parent nor a subsidiary of the owner or operator. (See definition of parent corporation in 335-14-5-.08(2)(h).)

2.The post-closure cost estimate is calculated by multiplying the annual post-closure cost estimate by the number of years of post-closure care required under 335-14-5-.07(8). Unless expressly extended or shortened by the Department in writing, the post-closure care period shall be assumed to be thirty years for the purposes of calculating the post-closure cost estimate.

(b)During the active life of the facility, the owner or operator must adjust the post-closure cost estimate for inflation within 60 days prior to the anniversary date of the establishment of the financial instrument(s) used to comply with 335-14-5-.08(6). For owners or operators using the financial test or corporate guarantee, the post-closure cost estimate must be updated for inflation within 30 days after the close of the firm's fiscal year and before the submission of updated information to the Department as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6)(f)5. The adjustment may be made by recalculating the post-closure cost estimate in current dollars or by using an inflation factor derived from the most recent Implicit Price Deflator for Gross National Product published by the U.S. Department of Commerce in its Survey of Current Business as specified in 335-14-5-.08(5)(b)1. and 2. The inflation factor is the result of dividing the latest published annual Deflator by the Deflator for the previous year.

1.The first adjustment is made by multiplying the post-closure cost estimate by the inflation factor. The result is the adjusted post-closure cost estimate.

2.Subsequent adjustments are made by multiplying the latest adjusted post-closure cost estimate by the latest inflation factor.

(c)During the active life of the facility, the owner or operator must revise the post-closure cost estimate within 30 days after the Department has approved the request to modify the post-closure plan, if the change in the post- closure plan increases the cost of the post-closure care. The revised post-closure cost estimate must be adjusted for inflation as specified in 335-14-5-.08(5)(b).

(d)The owner or operator must keep the following at the facility during the operating life of the facility and throughout the post-closure care period: the latest post-closure cost estimate prepared in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(5)(a) and (5)(c) and, when this estimate has been adjusted in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(5)(b), the latest adjusted post-closure cost estimate.

(6)Financial assurance for post-closure. The owner or operator of a hazardous waste management unit subject to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(5) must establish financial assurance for post-closure care in accordance with the approved post-closure plan for the facility 60 days prior to the initial receipt of hazardous waste or the effective date of the requirement, whichever is later. He must choose from the following options:

(a)Post-closure trust fund.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6) by establishing a post-closure trust fund which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6)(a) and submitting an originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement to the Department. An owner or operator of a new facility must submit the originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement to the Department at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for treatment, storage, or disposal. The trustee must be an entity which has the authority to act as a trustee and whose trust operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.

2.The wording of the trust agreement must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(a)1. and the trust agreement must be accompanied by a formal certification of acknowledgment (for example, see 335-14-5-.08(12)(a)2.). Schedule A of the trust agreement must be updated, and an originally signed duplicate must be submitted to the Department, within 60 days after a change in the amount of the current post-closure cost estimate covered by the agreement.

3.The owner or operator of an operating facility must make annual payments into the fund over the term of the initial Hazardous Waste Facility Permit, over the remaining operating life of the facility as estimated in the closure plan, or eight years, whichever period is shorter. The owner or operator of a post-closure or SWMU corrective action facility must make payments into the fund over a term of eight years beginning on the effective date of the initial post-closure permit or enforceable document (as defined in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7.). The payments into the post-closure trust fund must be made as follows:

(i)For a new or existing operating facility, the first payment must be made before the initial receipt of hazardous waste for treatment, storage or disposal. A receipt from the trustee for this payment must be submitted by the owner or operator to the Department before the initial receipt of hazardous waste. For a post-closure facility or SWMU CA facility, the first payment must be made no later than 60 days following the effective date of the initial post-closure permit. A receipt from the trustee for this payment must be submitted by the owner or operator to the Department no later than 30 days following the payment date. Subsequent payments must be made no later than 30 days after the anniversary date of the first payment. Payments must be made according to the following schedule:

(I)If the initial permit is for a term of one year, 100% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid initially;

(II)If the initial permit is for a term of two years, 50% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid each of the two years;

(III)If the initial permit is for a term of three years, 34% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid initially and 33% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid each of the two subsequent years.

(IV)If the initial permit is for a term of four years, 25% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid each of the four years;

(V)If the initial permit is for a term of five years, 20% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid each of the five years;

(VI)If the initial permit is for a term of six years, 20% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid each of the first four years and 10% of the current cost estimate must be paid each of the two subsequent years;

(VII)If the initial permit is for a term of seven years, 20% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid each of the first three years and 10% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid each of the four subsequent years; and

(VIII)If the initial permit is for a term of eight years or longer, 20% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid each of the first two years and 10% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid each of the six subsequent years;

(ii)Following the initial payment, all subsequent annual payments must reconcile any difference between the actual value of the trust fund and the required value of the trust fund. The required value of the trust fund accounts for adjustments to the post-closure cost estimate made in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(5), and may be calculated by determining the value of the trust fund if the current payment and all previous payments were made using the current post-closure cost estimate.

(iii)If an owner or operator of an existing facility establishes a trust fund as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(a), and the value of the trust fund is less than the current post-closure cost estimate when a permit is issued for the facility, the amount of the current post-closure cost estimate still to be paid into the trust fund must be paid according to the schedule set out in 335-14-5-.08(6)3.(i).

4.The owner or operator may accelerate payments into the trust fund or he may deposit the full amount of the current post-closure cost estimate at the time the fund is established. However he must maintain the value of the fund at no less than the value that the fund would have if annual payments were made as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6)(a)3.

5.If the owner or operator establishes a post-closure trust fund after having used one or more alternate mechanisms specified in 335-14-5-.08(6) or in 335-14-6-.08(6), his first payment must be in at least the amount that the fund would contain if the trust fund were established initially and annual payments made according to specifications of 335-14-5-.08(6)(a) and 335-14-6-.08(6)(a), as applicable.

6.After the pay-in period is completed, whenever the current post-closure cost estimate changes during the operating life of the facility, the owner or operator must compare the new estimate with the trustee's most recent annual valuation of the trust fund. If the value of the fund is less than the amount of the new estimate, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the change in the cost estimate, must either deposit an amount into the fund so that its value after this deposit at least equals the amount of the current post-closure cost estimate, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6) to cover the difference.

7.During the operating life of the facility and throughout the post-closure care period, if the value of the trust fund is greater than the total amount of the current post-closure cost estimate, the owner or operator may submit a written request to the Department for release of the amount in excess of the current post-closure cost estimate.

8.If an owner or operator substitutes other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6) for all or part of the trust fund, the owner or operator may submit a written request to the Department for release of the amount in excess of the current post-closure cost estimate covered by the trust fund.

9.Within 60 days after receiving a request from the owner or operator for release of funds as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6)(a)7. or (a)8., the Department will approve or disapprove the request for release. If the Department approves the owner or operator?s request for release, the Department will instruct the trustee to release to the owner or operator such funds as the Department specifies in writing.

10.Following the completion of the pay-in-period, the Department may approve a release of funds if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Department that the value of the trust fund exceeds the remaining cost of post-closure care.

11.Following the completion of the pay-in-period, an owner or operator or any other person authorized to conduct post-closure care may request reimbursements for post-closure care expenditures by submitting itemized bills to the Department. Within 60 days after receiving bills for post-closure care activities, the Department will instruct the trustee to make reimbursements in those amounts as the Department specifies in writing, if the Department determines that the post-closure care expenditures are in accordance with the approved post-closure plan or otherwise justified. If the Department does not instruct the trustee to make such reimbursements, it will provide the owner or operator with a detailed written statement of reasons.

12.The Department will agree to termination of the trust when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6) and approve by the Department; or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6) in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(6)(i).

(b)Surety bond guaranteeing payment into a post-closure trust fund.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6) by obtaining a surety bond which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6)(b) and submitting the bond to the Department. An owner or operator of a new facility must submit the bond to the Department at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for disposal. The bond must be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste. The surety company issuing the bond must, at a minimum, be among those listed as acceptable sureties on Federal bonds in Circular 570 of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

2.The wording of the surety bond must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(b).

3.The owner or operator who uses a surety bond to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6) must also establish a standby trust fund. Under the terms of the bond, all payments made thereunder will be deposited by the surety directly into the standby trust fund in accordance with instructions from the Department. This standby trust fund must meet the requirements specified in 335-14-5-.08(6)(a), except that:

(i)An originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement must be submitted to the Department with the surety bond; and

(ii)Until the standby trust fund is funded pursuant to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6), the following are not required by these regulations:

(I)Payments into the trust fund as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6)(a);

(II)Updating of Schedule A of the trust agreement (see 335-14-5-.08(12)(a)) to show current post-closure cost estimates;

(III)Annual valuations as required by the trust agreement; and

(IV)Notices of nonpayment as required by the trust agreement.

4.The bond must guarantee that the owner or operator will:

(i)Fund the standby trust fund in an amount equal to the penal sum of the bond before the beginning of final closure of the facility; or

(ii)Fund the standby trust fund in an amount equal to the penal sum within 15 days after an administrative order to begin final closure issued by the Department becomes final, or within 15 days after an order to begin final closure is issued by a U.S. district court or other court of competent jurisdiction; or

(iii)Provide alternate financial assurance as specified in this section, and obtain the Department's written approval of the assurance provided, within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Department of notice of cancellation of the bond from the surety.

5.Under the terms of the bond, the surety will become liable on the bond obligation when the owner or operator fails to perform as guaranteed by the bond.

6.The penal sum of the bond must be in an amount at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate except as provided in 335-14-5-.08(6)(g).

7.Whenever the current post-closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the penal sum, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, must either cause the penal sum to be increased to an amount at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Department, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6) to cover the increase. Whenever the current post-closure cost estimate decreases, the penal sum may be reduced to the amount of the current post-closure cost estimate following written approval by the Department.

8.Under the terms of the bond, the surety may cancel the bond by sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner or operator and to the Department. Cancellation may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by both the owner or operator and the Department, as evidenced by the return receipts.

9.The owner or operator may cancel the bond if the Department has given prior written consent. The Department will provide such written consent when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6); or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6) in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(6)(i).

(c)Surety bond guaranteeing performance of post-closure care and/or corrective action.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6) and 335-14-5-.08(11) by obtaining a surety bond which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6)(c) and submitting the bond to the Department. An owner or operator of a new or existing operating facility must submit the bond to the Department at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for disposal. The owner or operator of a post-closure or SWMU corrective action facility must submit the bond to the Department at leas 60 days following the issuance to the initial post-closure permit or enforceable document (as defined in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7.). The bond must be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste. The surety company issuing the bond must, at a minimum, be among those listed as acceptable sureties on Federal bonds in Circular 570 of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

2.The wording of the surety bond must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(c).

3.The owner or operator who uses a surety bond to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6) must also establish a standby trust fund. Under the terms of the bond, all payments made thereunder will be deposited by the surety directly into the standby trust fund in accordance with instructions from the Department. This standby trust fund must meet the requirements specified in 335-14-5-.08(6)(a), except that:

(i)An originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement must be submitted to the Department with the surety bond; and

(ii)Unless the standby trust fund is funded pursuant to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6), the following are not required by these regulations:

(I)Payments into the trust fund as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6)(a);

(II)Updating of Schedule A of the trust agreement (see 335-14-5-.08(12)(a)) to show current post-closure cost estimates;

(III)Annual valuations as required by the trust agreement; and

(IV)Notices of nonpayment as required by the trust agreement.

4.The bond must guarantee that the owner or operator will:

(i)Perform post-closure care and/or corrective action in accordance with the post-closure plan, corrective action plan, and other requirements of the permit for the facility; or

(ii)Provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6), and obtain the Department's written approval of the assurance provided, within 90 days of receipt by both the owner or operator and the Department of a notice of cancellation of the bond from the surety.

5.Under the terms of the bond, the surety will become liable on the bond obligation when the owner or operator fails to perform as guaranteed by the bond. Following a final administrative determination pursuant to Sections 22-30-19 and 22-22A-7, Code of Ala. 1975, that the owner or operator has failed to perform post-closure care and/or corrective action in accordance with the approved post-closure plan, corrective action plan, and other permit or enforceable document (as defined in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7.) requirements under the terms of the bond the surety will perform post-closure care and/or corrective action in accordance with the post-closure plan, corrective action plan, and other permit or enforceable document (as defined in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7.) requirements or will deposit the amount of the penal sum into the standby trust fund.

6.The penal sum of the bond must be in an amount at least equal to the current post-closure and/or corrective action cost estimate.

7.Whenever the current post-closure and/or corrective action cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the penal sum during the operating life of the facility or the post-closure care period, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, must either cause the penal sum to be increased to an amount at least equal to the current post-closure and/or corrective action cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Department, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6). Whenever the current post-closure and/or corrective action cost estimate decreases during the operating life of the facility, the penal sum may be reduced to the amount of the current post-closure and/or corrective action cost estimate following written approval by the Department.

8.During the period of post-closure care and/or corrective action, the Department may approve a decrease in the penal sum if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Department that the amount exceeds the remaining cost of post-closure care and/or corrective action.

9.Under the terms of the bond, the surety may cancel the bond by sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner or operator and to the Department. Cancellation may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of notice of cancellation by both the owner or operator and the Department, as evidenced by the return receipts.

10.The owner or operator may cancel the bond if the Department has given prior written consent. The Department will provide such written consent when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6) and approved by the Department; or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6) in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(6)(i) or 335-14-5-.08(11).

11.The surety will not be liable for deficiencies in the performance of post-closure care by the owner or operator after the Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6) in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(6)(i) or 335-14-5-.08(11)(f).

(d)Post-closure and/or corrective action letter of credit.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6) and 335-14-5-.08(11) by obtaining an irrevocable standby letter of credit which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6)(d) and submitting the letter to the Department. An owner or operator of a new facility must submit the letter of credit to the Department at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for disposal. The owner or operator of a post-closure or SWMU corrective action facility must submit the letter of credit to the Department at least 60 days following the issuance to the initial post-closure permit or enforceable document (as defined in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7.). The letter of credit must be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste. The issuing institution must be an entity which has the authority to issue letters of credit and whose letter-of-credit operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.

2.The wording of the letter of credit must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(d).

3.An owner or operator who uses a letter of credit to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6) must also establish a standby trust fund. Under the terms of the letter of credit, all amounts paid pursuant to a draft by the Department will be deposited by the issuing institution directly into the standby trust fund in accordance with instructions from the Department. This standby trust fund must meet the requirements of the trust fund specified in 335-14-5-.08(6)(a), except that:

(i)An originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement must be submitted to the Department with the letter of credit; and

(ii)Unless the standby trust fund is funded pursuant to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6), the following are not required by these regulations:

(I)Payments into the trust fund as required in 335-14-5-.08(6)(a);

(II)Updating of Schedule A of the trust agreement (see 335-14-5-.08(12)(a)) to show current post-closure and/or corrective action cost estimates;

(III)Annual valuations as required by the trust agreement; and

(IV)Notices of nonpayment as required by the trust agreement.

4.The letter of credit must be accompanied by a letter from the owner or operator referring to the letter of credit by number, issuing institution, and date, and providing the following information: the EPA Identification Number, name, and address of the facility, and the amount of funds assured for post-closure care and/or corrective action of the facility by the letter of credit.

5.The letter of credit must be irrevocable and issued for a period of at least one year. The letter of credit must provide that the expiration date will be automatically extended for a period of at least one year unless, at least 120 days before the current expiration date, the issuing institution notifies both the owner or operator and the Department by certified mail of a decision not to extend the expiration date. Under the terms of the letter of credit, the 120 days will begin on the date when both the owner or operator and the Department have received the notice, as evidenced by the return receipts.

6.The letter of credit must be issued in an amount at least equal to the current post-closure and/or corrective action cost estimate, except as provided in 335-14-5-.08(6)(g).

7.Whenever the current post-closure and/or corrective action cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the amount of the credit during the operating life of the facility or the post-closure care period, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, must either cause the amount of the credit to be increased so that it at least equals the current post-closure and/or corrective action cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Department, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6) or 335-14-5-.08(11) to cover the increase. Whenever the current post-closure and/or corrective action cost estimate decreases during the operating life of the facility or the post-closure care period, the amount of the credit may be reduced to the amount of the current post-closure and/or corrective action cost estimate following written approval by the Department.

8.During the period of post-closure care and/or corrective action, the Department may approve a decrease in the amount of the letter of credit if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Department that the amount exceeds the remaining cost of post-closure care and/or corrective action.

9.Following a final administrative determination pursuant to Sections 22-30-19 and 22-22A-7, Code of Ala. 1975, that the owner or operator has failed to perform post-closure care and/or corrective action in accordance with the approved post-closure plan and other permit or correction action order requirements, the Department may draw on the letter of credit.

10.If the owner or operator does not establish alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6) and obtain written approval of such alternate assurance from the Department within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Department of a notice from the issuing institution that it has decided not to extend the letter of credit beyond the current expiration date, the Department will draw on the letter of credit. The Department may delay the drawing if the issuing institution grants an extension of the term of the credit. During the last 30 days of any such extension the Department will draw on the letter of credit if the owner or operator has failed to provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6) and obtain written approval of such assurance from the Department.

11.The Department will return the letter of credit to the issuing institution for termination when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6) and approved by the Department; or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6) in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(6)(i) or 335-14-5-.08(11)(f).

(e)Post-closure insurance.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6) by obtaining post-closure insurance which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6)(e) and submitting an originally signed certificate of such insurance to the Department. An owner or operator of a new facility must submit the certificate of insurance to the Department at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for disposal. The insurance must be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste. The insurer must be licensed to transact the business of insurance, or eligible to provide insurance as an excess of surplus lines insurer in the State of Alabama, and must not be captive insurance as defined in 335-14-5-.08(2) unless the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6)(e)1.(ii) are met.

(i)The use of insurance to demonstrate financial assurance for closure and post-closure care pertains exclusively to those insurance policies underwritten by commercial property and casualty insurers (primary or excess and surplus lines), through which, in the insurance contract, the financial burden for closure and post-closure care is transferred to the third-party insurer. Except as provided in 335-14-5-.08(6)(e)1.(ii), the third-party insurer must assume financial responsibility for this accepted risk, using its own pool of resources that is independent, separate, and unrelated to that of the insured (owner or operator). The use of insurance policies underwritten by captive insurers therefore is prohibited unless the owner/operator can demonstrate compliance with condition 335-14-5-.08(6)(e)1.(ii) for each year captive insurance is used.

(ii)Captive insurance may be used for post-closure insurance only when the facility provides annual documentation to the Department that the owner or operator is in compliance with the requirements of Rule 335-14-5-.08(6)(f).

2.The wording of the certificate of insurance must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(e).

3.The post-closure insurance policy must be issued for a face amount at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate, except as provided in 335-14-5-.08(6)(g). The term "face amount" means the total amount the insurer is obligated to pay under the policy. Actual payments by the insurer will not change the face amount, although the insurer's future liability will be lowered by the amount of the payments.

4.The post-closure insurance policy must guarantee that funds will be available to provide post-closure care of the facility whenever the post-closure period begins. The policy must also guarantee that once post-closure care begins, the insurer will be responsible for paying out funds, up to an amount equal to the face amount of the policy, upon the direction of the Department, to such party or parties as the Department specifies.

5.An owner or operator or any other person authorized to conduct post-closure care may request reimbursements for post-closure care expenditures by submitting itemized bills to the Department. Within 60 days after receiving bills for post-closure care activities, the Department will instruct the insurer to make reimbursements in those amounts as the Department specifies in writing, if the Department determines that the post-closure care expenditures are in accordance with the approved post-closure plan or otherwise justified. If the Department does not instruct the insurer to make such reimbursements, he will provide the owner or operator with a detailed written statement of reasons.

6.The owner or operator must maintain the policy in full force and effect until the Department consents to termination of the policy by the owner or operator as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6)(e)11. Failure to pay the premium, without substitution of alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6), will constitute a significant violation of these regulations, warranting such remedy as the Department deems necessary. Such violation will be deemed to begin upon receipt by the Department of a notice of future cancellation, termination, or failure to renew due to nonpayment of the premium, rather than upon the date of expiration.

7.Each policy must contain a provision allowing assignment of the policy to a successor owner or operator. Such assignment may be conditional upon consent of the insurer, provided such consent is not unreasonably refused.

8.The policy must provide that the insurer may not cancel, terminate or fail to renew the policy except for failure to pay the premium. The automatic renewal of the policy must, at a minimum, provide the insured with the option of renewal at the face amount of the expiring policy. If there is a failure to pay the premium, the insurer may elect to cancel, terminate, or fail to renew the policy by sending notice by certified mail to the owner or operator and the Department. Cancellation, termination, or failure to renew may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning with the date of receipt of the notice by both the Department and the owner or operator, as evidenced by the return receipts. Cancellation, termination, or failure to renew may not occur and the policy will remain in full force and effect in the event that on or before the date of expiration:

(i)The Department deems the facility abandoned; or

(ii)The permit is terminated or revoked or a new permit is denied; or

(iii)Closure is ordered by the Department or a court of competent jurisdiction; or

(iv)The owner or operator is named as debtor in a voluntary or involuntary proceeding under Title 11 (Bankruptcy), U.S. Code; or

(v)The premium due is paid.

9.Whenever the current post-closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the face amount of the policy during the operating life of the facility, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, must either cause the face amount to be increased to an amount at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Department, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6) to cover the increase. Whenever the current post-closure cost estimate decreases during the operating life of the facility, the face amount may be reduced to the amount of the current post-closure cost estimate following written approval by the Department.

10.Commencing on the date that liability to make payments pursuant to the policy accrues, the insurer will thereafter annually increase the face amount of the policy, less any payments made, multiplied by an amount equivalent to 85 percent of the most recent investment rate or of the equivalent coupon-issue yield announced by the U.S. Treasury for 26-week Treasury securities.

11.The Department will give written consent to the owner or operator that he may terminate the insurance policy when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6); or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6) in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(6)(i).

(f)Financial test and corporate guarantee for post-closure care.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6) by demonstrating that he passes a financial test as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6)(f). To pass this test the owner or operator must meet the criteria of either 335-14-5-.08(6)(f)1.(i) or (f)1.(ii):

(i)The owner or operator must have:

(I)Two of the following three ratios: a ratio of total liabilities to net worth less than 2.0; a ratio of the sum of net income plus depreciation, depletion, and amortization to total liabilities greater than 0.1; and a ratio of current assets to current liabilities greater than 1.5; and

(II)Net working capital and tangible net worth each at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates; and

(III)Tangible net worth of at least $10 million; and

(IV)Assets in the United States amounting to at least 90 percent of his total assets or at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates.

(ii)The owner or operator must have:

(I)A current rating for his most recent bond issuance of AAA, AA, A, or BBB as issued by Standard Poor's or Aaa, Aa, A, or Baa as issued by Moody's; and

(II)Tangible net worth at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates; and

(III)Tangible net worth of at least $10 million; and

(IV)Assets in the United States amounting to at least 90 percent of his total assets or at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates.

2.The phrase "current closure and post-closure cost estimates" as used in 335-14-5-.08(6)(f)1. refers to the cost estimates required to be shown in paragraphs 1-4 of the letter from the owner's or operator's chief financial officer (335-14-5-.08(12)(f)).

3.To demonstrate that he meets this test, the owner or operator must submit the following items to the Department:

(i)A letter signed by the owner's or operator's chief financial officer and worded as specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(f); and

(ii)A copy of the independent certified public accountant's report on examination of the owner's or operator's financial statements for the latest completed fiscal year; and

(iii)A special report from the owner's or operator's independent certified public accountant to the owner or operator stating that:

(I)He has compared the data which the letter from the chief financial officer specifies as having been derived from the independently audited, year-end financial statements for the latest fiscal year with the amounts in such financial statements; and

(II)In connection with that procedure, no matters came to his attention which caused him to believe that the specified data should be adjusted.

4.An owner or operator of a new facility must submit the items specified in 335-14-5-.08(6)(f)3. at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for disposal.

5.After the initial submission of items specified in 335-14-5-.08(6)(f)3., the owner or operator must send updated information to the Department within 90 days after the close of each succeeding fiscal year. This information must consist of all three items specified in 335-14-5-.08(6)(f)3.

6.If the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6)(f)1., he must send notice to the Department of intent to establish alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6). The notice must be sent by certified mail within 90 days after the end of the fiscal year for which the year-end financial data show that the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements. The owner or operator must provide the alternate financial assurance within 120 days after the end of such fiscal year.

7.The Department may, based on a reasonable belief that the owner or operator may no longer meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6)(f)1., require reports of financial condition at any time from the owner or operator in addition to those specified in 335-14-5-.08(6)(f)3. If the Department finds, on the basis of such reports or other information, that the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6)(f)1., the owner or operator must provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6) within 30 days after notification of such a finding.

8.The Department may disallow use of this test on the basis of qualifications in the opinion expressed by the independent certified public accountant in his report on examination of the owner's or operator's financial statements [see 335-14-5-.08(6)(f)3.(ii)]. An adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion will be cause for disallowance. The Department will evaluate other qualifications on an individual basis. The owner or operator must provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6) within 30 days after notification of the disallowance.

9.During the period of post-closure care, the Department may approve a decrease in the current post-closure cost estimate for which this test demonstrates financial assurance if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Department that the amount of the cost estimate exceeds the remaining cost of post-closure care.

10.The owner or operator is no longer required to submit the items specified in 335-14-5-.08(6)(f)3. of when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6); or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6) in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(6)(i).

11.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6) by obtaining a written guarantee, hereinafter referred to as "corporate guarantee". The guarantor must be the direct or higher-tier parent corporation of the owner or operator, a firm whose parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator, or a firm with a "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator. The guarantor must meet the requirements for owners or operators in 335-14-5-.08(6)(f)1. through 9. and must comply with the terms of the guarantee. The wording of the guarantee must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(h). A certified copy of the guarantee must accompany the items sent to the Department as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6)(f)3. One of these items must be the letter from the guarantor's chief financial officer. If the guarantor's parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator, the letter must describe the value received in consideration of the guarantee. If the guarantor is a firm with a "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator, this letter must describe this "substantial business relationship" and the value received in consideration of the guarantee. The terms of the guarantee must provide that:

(i)If the owner or operator fails to perform post-closure care of a facility covered by the corporate guarantee in accordance with the post-closure plan and other permit requirements whenever required to do so, the guarantor will do so or establish a trust fund as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6)(a) in the name of the owner or operator.

(ii)The corporate guarantee will remain in force unless the guarantor sends notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner or operator and to the Department. Cancellation may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by both the owner or operator and the Department, as evidenced by the return receipts.

(iii)If the owner or operator fails to provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6) and obtain the written approval of such alternate assurance from the Department within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Department of a notice of cancellation of the corporate guarantee from the guarantor, the guarantor will provide such alternate financial assurance in the name of the owner or operator.

(g)Use of multiple financial mechanisms. An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6) by establishing more than one financial mechanism per facility. These mechanisms are limited to trust funds, surety bonds guaranteeing payment into a trust fund, letters of credit, and insurance. The mechanisms must be as specified in 335-14-5-.08(6)(a), (b), (d), and (e), respectively, except that it is the combination of mechanisms, rather than the single mechanism, which must provide financial assurance for an amount at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate. If an owner or operator uses a trust fund in combination with a surety bond or a letter of credit, he may use the trust fund as the standby trust fund for the other mechanisms. A single standby trust fund may be established for two or more mechanisms. The Department may use any or all of the mechanisms to provide for post-closure care of the facility.

(h)Use of a financial mechanism for multiple facilities. An owner or operator may use a financial assurance mechanism specified in 335-14-5-.08(6) to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6) for more than one facility. Evidence of financial assurance submitted to the Department must include a list showing, for each facility, the EPA or Alabama Identification Number, name, address, and the amount of funds for post-closure care assured by the mechanism. The amount of funds available through the mechanism must be no less than the sum of funds that would be available if a separate mechanism had been established and maintained for each facility. In directing funds available through the mechanism for post-closure care of any of the facilities covered by the mechanism, the Department may direct only the amount of funds designated for that facility, unless the owner or operator agrees to the use of additional funds available under the mechanism.

(i)Release of the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6). Within 60 days after receiving certifications from the owner or operator and an independent registered professional engineer that the post-closure care period has been completed for a hazardous waste disposal unit in accordance with the approved plan, the Department will notify the owner or operator that he is no longer required to maintain financial assurance for post-closure care of that unit, unless the Department has reason to believe that post-closure care has not been in accordance with the approved post-closure plan. The Department shall provide the owner or operator with a detailed written statement of any such reason to believe that post-closure care has not been in accordance with the approved post-closure plan.

(7)Use of a mechanism for multiple financial responsibilities. An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements for financial assurance for both closure and post-closure care for one or more facilities by using a trust fund, surety bond, letter of credit, insurance, financial test, or corporate guarantee that meets the specifications for the mechanism in both 335-14-5-.08(4) and (6). For corrective action at one or more facilities, an owner or operator may satisfy the requirements for financial assurance by using a trust fund, surety bond, or letter of credit that meets the specifications of the mechanism in 335-14-5-.08(11). The amount of funds available through the mechanism must be no less than the sum of funds that would be available if a separate mechanism had been established and maintained for financial assurance of closure, post-closure care, and corrective action.

(8)Liability requirements.

(a)Coverage for sudden accidental occurrences. An owner or operator of a hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility, or a group of such facilities, must demonstrate financial responsibility for bodily injury and property damage to third parties caused by sudden accidental occurrences arising from operations of the facility or group of facilities. The owner or operator must have and maintain liability coverage for sudden accidental occurrences in the amount of at least $1 million per occurrence with an annual aggregate of at least $2 million, exclusive of legal defense costs. This liability coverage may be demonstrated as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(a)1., 2., 3., 4., 5., or 6.:

1.An owner or operator may demonstrate the required liability coverage by having liability insurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(a).

(i)Each insurance policy must be amended by attachment of the Hazardous Waste Facility Liability Endorsement or evidence by a Certificate of Liability Insurance. The wording of the endorsement must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(i). The wording of the certificate of insurance must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(j). The owner or operator must submit a signed duplicate original of the endorsement or the certificate of insurance to the Department. If requested by the Department, the owner or operator must provide a signed duplicate original of the insurance policy. An owner or operator of a new facility must submit the signed duplicate original of the Hazardous Waste Facility Liability Endorsement or the Certificate of Liability Insurance to the Department at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for treatment, storage or disposal. The insurance must be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste.

(ii)Each insurance policy must be issued by an insurer which is licensed to transact the business of insurance, or eligible to provide insurance as an excess or surplus lines insurer in the State of Alabama.

2.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8) by passing a financial test or using the guarantee for liability coverage as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(f) and (g).

3.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8) by obtaining a letter of credit for liability coverage as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(h).

4.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8) by obtaining a surety bond for liability coverage as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(i).

5.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8) by obtaining a trust fund for liability coverage as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(j).

6.An owner or operator may demonstrate the required liability coverage through the use of combinations of insurance, financial test, guarantee, letter of credit, surety bond, and trust fund, except that the owner or operator may not combine a financial test covering part of the liability coverage requirement with a guarantee unless the financial statement of the owner or operator is not consolidated with the financial statement of the guarantor. The amounts of coverage demonstrated must total at least the minimum amounts required by 335-14-5-.08(8). If the owner or operator demonstrates the required coverage through the use of a combination of financial assurances under 335-14-5-.08(8)(a), the owner or operator shall specify at least one such assurance as "primary" coverage and shall specify other assurance as "excess" coverage.

7.An owner or operator shall notify the Department in writing within 30 days whenever:

(i)A Claim results in a reduction in the amount of financial assurance for liability coverage provided by a financial instrument authorized in 335-14-5-.08(8)(a)1. through (a)6.; or

(ii)A Certification of Valid Claim for bodily injury or property damages caused by a sudden or non-sudden accidental occurrence arising from the operation of a hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility is entered between the owner or operator and third-party claimant for liability coverage under 335-14-5-.08(8)(a)1. through (a)6.; or

(iii)A final court order establishing a judgment for bodily injury or property damage caused by a sudden or non-sudden accidental occurrence arising from the operation of a hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility is issued against the owner or operator or an instrument that is providing financial assurance for liability coverage under 335-14-5-.08(8)(a)1. through (a)6.

(b)Coverage for nonsudden accidental occurrences. An owner or operator of a surface impoundment, landfill, land treatment facility, or disposal miscellaneous unit that is used to manage hazardous waste, or a group of such facilities, must demonstrate financial responsibility for bodily injury and property damage to third parties caused by nonsudden accidental occurrences arising from operations of the facility or group of facilities. The owner or operator must have and maintain liability coverage for nonsudden accidental occurrences in the amount of at least $3 million per occurrence with an annual aggregate of at least $6 million, exclusive of legal defense costs. An owner or operator who must meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8) may combine the required per-occurrence coverage levels for sudden and nonsudden accidental occurrences into a single per-occurrence level, and combine the required annual aggregate coverage levels for sudden and nonsudden accidental occurrences into a single annual aggregate level. Owners or operators who combine coverage levels for sudden and nonsudden accidental occurrences must maintain liability coverage in the amount of at least $4 million per occurrence and $8 million annual aggregate. This liability coverage may be demonstrated as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(b)1., 2., 3., 4., 5., or 6.:

1.An owner or operator may demonstrate the required liability coverage by having liability insurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(b).

(i)Each insurance policy must be amended by attachment of the Hazardous Waste Facility Liability Endorsement or evidenced by a Certificate of Liability Insurance. The wording of the endorsement must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(i). The wording of the certificate of insurance must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(j). The owner or operator must submit a signed duplicate original of the endorsement or the certificate of insurance to the Department. If requested by the Department, the owner or operator must provide a signed duplicate original of the insurance policy. An owner or operator of a new facility must submit the signed duplicate original of the Hazardous Waste Facility Liability Endorsement or the Certificate of Liability Insurance to the Department at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for treatment, storage, or disposal. The insurance must be effective before this initial receipt of hazardous waste.

(ii)Each insurance policy must be issued by an insurer which is licensed to transact the business of insurance, or eligible to provide insurance as an excess or surplus lines insurer in the State of Alabama.

2.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8) by passing a financial test or using the guarantee for liability coverage as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(f) and (g).

3.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8) by obtaining a letter of credit for liability coverage as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(h).

4.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8) by obtaining a surety bond for liability coverage as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(i).

5.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8) by obtaining a trust fund for liability coverage as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(j).

6.An owner or operator may demonstrate the required liability coverage through the use of combinations of insurance, financial test, guarantee, letter of credit, surety bond, and trust fund, except that the owner or operator may not combine a financial test covering part of the liability coverage requirement with a guarantee unless the financial statement of the owner or operator is not consolidated with the financial statement of the guarantor. The amounts of coverage demonstrated must total at least the minimum amount required by 335-14-5-.08(8). If the owner or operator demonstrates the required coverage through the use of a combination of financial assurances under 335-14-5-.08(8)(b), the owner or operator shall specify at least one such assurance as "primary" coverage and shall specify other assurance as "excess" coverage.

7.An owner or operator shall notify the Department in writing within 30 days whenever:

(i)A Claim results in a reduction in the amount of financial assurance for liability coverage provided by a financial instrument authorized in 335-14-5-.08(8)(b)1. through (b)6.; or

(ii)A Certification of Valid Claim for bodily injury or property damages caused by a sudden or non-sudden accidental occurrence arising from the operation of a hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility is entered between the owner or operator and third-party claimant for liability coverage under 335-14-5-.08(8)(b)1. through (b)6.; or

(iii)A final court order establishing a judgment for bodily injury or property damage caused by a sudden or non-sudden accidental occurrence arising from the operation of a hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility is issued against the owner or operator or an instrument that is providing financial assurance for liability coverage under 335-14-5-.08(8)(b)1. through (b)6.

(c)Request for variance. If an owner or operator can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Department that the levels of financial responsibility required by 335-14-5-.08(8)(a) or (b) are not consistent with the degree and duration of risk associated with treatment, storage, or disposal at the facility or group of facilities, the owner or operator may obtain a variance from the Department. The request for a variance must be submitted to the Department as part of the application under 335-14-8-.02(5) for a facility that does not have a permit, or pursuant to the procedures for permit modification under 335-14-8-.08(3) for a facility that has a permit. If granted, the variance will take the form of an adjusted level of required liability coverage, such level to be based on the Department's assessment of the degree and duration of risk associated with the ownership or operation of the facility or group of facilities. The Department may require an owner or operator who requests a variance to provide such technical and engineering information as is deemed necessary by the Department to determine a level of financial responsibility other than that required by 335-14-5-.08(8)(a) or (b). Any request for a variance for a permitted facility will be treated as a request for a permit modification under 335-14-8-.04(2)(a)5. and 335-14-8-.08(6).

(d)Adjustments by the Department. If the Department determines that the levels of financial responsibility required by 335-14-5-.08(8)(a) or (b) are not consistent with the degree and duration of risk associated with treatment, storage, or disposal at the facility or group of facilities, the Department may adjust the level of financial responsibility required under 335-14-5-.08(8)(a) or (b) as may be necessary to protect human health and the environment. This adjusted level will be based on the Department's assessment of the degree and duration of risk associated with the ownership or operation of the facility or group of facilities. In addition, if the Department determines that there is a significant risk to human health and the environment from nonsudden accidental occurrences resulting from the operations of a facility that is not a surface impoundment, landfill, or land treatment facility, he may require that an owner or operator of the facility comply with 335-14-5-.08(8)(b). An owner or operator must furnish to the Department within a reasonable time, any information which the Department requests to determine whether cause exists for such adjustments of level or type of coverage. Any adjustment of the level or type of coverage for a facility that has a permit will be treated as a permit modification under 335-14-8-.04(2)(a)5. and 335-14-8-.08(3).

(e)Period of coverage. Within 60 days after receiving certifications from the owner or operator and an independent registered professional engineer that final closure has been completed in accordance with the approved closure plan, the Department will notify the owner or operator in writing that he is no longer required by 335-14-5-.08(8) to maintain liability coverage for that facility, unless the Department has reason to believe that closure has not been in accordance with the approved closure plan.

(f)Financial test for liability coverage.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8) by demonstrating that he passes a financial test as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(f). To pass this test the owner or operator must meet the criteria of 335-14-5-.08(8)(f)1.(i) or (ii):

(i)The owner or operator must have:

(I)Net working capital and tangible net worth each at least six times the amount of liability coverage to be demonstrated by this test; and

(II)Tangible net worth of at least $10 million; and

(III)Assets in the United States amounting to either:

I.at least 90 percent of his total assets; or

II.at least six times the amount of liability coverage to be demonstrated by this test.

(ii)The owner or operator must have:

(I)A current rating for his most recent bond issuance of AAA, AA, A, or BBB as issued by Standard and Poor's, or Aaa, Aa, A, or Baa as issued by Moody's; and

(II)Tangible net worth at least $10 million; and

(III)Tangible net worth at least six times the amount of liability coverage to be demonstrated by this test; and

(IV)Assets in the United States amounting to either:

I.at least 90 percent of his total assets; or

II.at least six times the amount of liability coverage to be demonstrated by this test.

2.The phrase "amount of liability coverage" as used in 335-14-5-.08(8)(f)1. refers to the annual aggregate amounts for which coverage is required under 335-14-5-.08(8)(a) and (b).

3.To demonstrate that he meets this test, the owner or operator must submit the following three items to the Department:

(i)A letter signed by the owner's or operator's chief financial officer and worded as specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(g). If an owner or operator is using the financial test to demonstrate both assurance for closure or post-closure care, as specified by 335-14-5-.08(4)(f) and 335-14-5-.08(6)(f), and liability coverage, he must submit the letter specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(g) to cover both forms of financial responsibility; a separate letter as specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(f) is not required.

(ii)A copy of the independent certified public accountant's report on examination of the owner's or operator's financial statements for the latest completed fiscal year.

(iii)A special report from the owner's or operator's independent certified public accountant to the owner or operator stating that:

(I)He has compared the data which the letter from the chief financial officer specified as having been derived from the independently audited, year-end financial statements for the latest fiscal year with the amounts in such financial statements; and

(II)In connection with that procedure, no matters came to his attention which caused him to believe that the specified data should be adjusted.

4.An owner or operator of a new facility must submit the items specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(f)3. to the Department at least 60 days before the date on which hazardous waste is first received for treatment, storage, or disposal.

5.After the initial submission of items specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(f)3., the owner or operator must send updated information to the Department within 90 days after the close of each succeeding fiscal year. This information must consist of all three items specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(f)3.

6.The Department may, based on a reasonable belief that the owner or operator may no longer meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8)(f)1., require from the owner or operator at any time current updates of reports of financial condition specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(f)3.

7.If the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8)(f)1., he must obtain insurance, a letter of credit, a surety bond, a trust fund, or a guarantee for the entire amount of required liability coverage as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8). Evidence of liability coverage must be submitted to the Department within 90 days after the end of the fiscal year for which the year-end financial data show that the owner or operator no longer meets the test requirements.

8.The Department may disallow use of this test on the basis of qualifications in the opinion expressed by the independent certified public accountant in his report on examination of the owner's or operator's financial statements (see 335-14-5-.08(8)(f)3.(ii)). An adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion will be cause for disallowance. The Department will evaluate other qualifications on an individual basis. The owner or operator must provide evidence of insurance for the entire amount of required liability coverage as specified in this section within 30 days after notification of disallowance.

(g)Guarantee for liability coverage.

1.Subject to 335-14-5-.08(8)(g)2., an owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8) by obtaining a written guarantee, hereinafter referred to as "guarantee". The guarantor must be the direct or higher-tier parent corporation of the owner or operator, a firm whose parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator, or a firm with a "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator. The guarantor must meet the requirements for owners or operators in 335-14-5-.08(8)(f)1. through (f)7. The wording of the guarantee must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(h)2. A certified copy of the guarantee must accompany the items sent to the Department as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(f)3. One of these items must be the letter from the guarantor's chief financial officer. If the guarantor's parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator, this letter must describe the value received in consideration of the guarantee. If the guarantor is a firm with a "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator, this letter must describe this "substantial business relationship" and the value received in consideration of the guarantee.

(i)If the owner or operator fails to satisfy a judgment based on a determination of liability for bodily injury or property damage to third parties caused by sudden or nonsudden accidental occurrences (or both as the case may be), arising from the operation of facilities covered by this guarantee, or fails to pay an amount agreed to in settlement of claims arising from or alleged to arise from such injury or damage, the guarantor will do so up to the limits of coverage.

(ii)[Reserved]

2.(i)In the case of corporations incorporated in the United States, a guarantee may be used to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8) only if the Attorneys General or Insurance Commissioners of

(I)the State in which the guarantor is incorporated, and

(II)each State in which a facility covered by the guarantee is located have submitted a written statement to the Department that a guarantee executed as described in 335-14-5-.08(8) and 335-14-5-.08(12)(h)2. is a legally valid and enforceable obligation in that State.

(ii)In the case of corporations incorporated outside the United States, a guarantee may be used to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8) only if

(I)the non-U.S. corporation has identified a registered agent for service of process in each State in which a facility covered by the guarantee is located and in the State in which it has its principal place of business, and

(II)the Attorney General or Insurance Commissioner of each State in which a facility covered by the guarantee is located and the State in which the guarantor corporation has its principal place of business has submitted a written statement to the Department that a guarantee executed as described in 335-14-5-.08(8), and 335-14-5-.08(h)2. is a legally valid and enforceable obligation in that State.

(h)Letter of credit for liability coverage.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8) by obtaining an irrevocable standby letter of credit that conforms to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8)(h) and submitting a copy of the letter of credit to the Department.

2.The financial institution issuing the letter of credit must be an entity that has the authority to issue letters of credit and whose letter of credit operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.

3.The wording of the letter of credit must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(k).

4.An owner or operator who uses a letter of credit to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8) may also establish a standby trust fund. Under the terms of such a letter of credit, all amounts paid pursuant to a draft by the trustee of the standby trust will be deposited by the issuing institution into the standby trust in accordance with instructions from the trustee. The trustee of the standby trust fund must be an entity which has the authority to act as a trustee and whose trust operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.

5.The wording of the standby trust fund must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(n).

(i)Surety bond for liability coverage

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8) by obtaining a surety bond that conforms to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8)(i) and submitting a copy of the bond to the Department.

2.The surety company issuing the bond must be among those listed as acceptable sureties on Federal bonds in the most recent Circular 570 of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

3.The wording of the surety bond must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(l).

4.A surety bond may be used to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8) only if the Attorneys General or Insurance Commissioners of

(i)the State in which the surety is incorporated, and

(ii)each State in which a facility covered by the surety bond is located have submitted a written statement to the Department that a surety bond executed as described in 335-14-5-.08(8)(i) and 335-14-5-.08(12)(l) is a legally valid and enforceable obligation in that State.

(j)Trust fund for liability coverage.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8) by establishing a trust fund that conforms to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8)(j) and submitting an originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement to the Department.

2.The trustee must be an entity which has the authority to act as a trustee and whose trust operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.

3.The trust fund for liability coverage must be funded for the full amount of the liability coverage to be provided by the trust fund before it may be relied upon to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8). If at any time after the trust fund is created the amount of funds in the trust fund is reduced below the full amount of the liability coverage to be provided, the owner or operator, by the anniversary date of the establishment of the fund, must either add sufficient funds to the trust fund to cause its value to equal the full amount of liability coverage to be provided, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8) to cover the difference. For purposes of 335-14-5-.08(8)(j), "the full amount of the liability coverage to be provided" means the amount of coverage for sudden and/or nonsudden occurrences required to be provided by the owner or operator by 335-14-5-.08(8), less the amount of financial assurance for liability coverage that is being provided by other financial assurance mechanisms being used to demonstrate financial assurance by the owner or operator.

4.The wording of the trust fund must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(m).

(k)[Reserved]

(9)Incapacity of owners or operators, guarantors, or financial institutions.

(a)An owner or operator must notify the Department by certified mail of the commencement of a voluntary or involuntary proceeding under Title 11 (Bankruptcy), U.S. Code, naming the owner or operator as debtor, within 10 days after commencement of the proceeding. A guarantor of a corporate guarantee as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(f) and 335-14-5-.08(6)(f) must make such a notification if he is named as debtor, as required under the terms of the corporate guarantee (335-14-5-.08(12)(h)).

(b)An owner or operator who fulfills the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(4), (6), and (8) by obtaining a trust fund, surety bond, letter of credit, or insurance policy will be deemed to be without the required financial assurance or liability coverage in the event of bankruptcy of the trustee or issuing institution, or a suspension or revocation of the authority of the trustee or of the institution to act as trustee or of the institution issuing the surety bond, letter of credit, or insurance policy to issue such instruments. The owner or operator must establish other financial assurance or liability coverage within 60 days after such an event.

(10)Cost estimate for corrective action.

(a)The owner or operator of a facility at which corrective action is required pursuant to 335-14-5-.06(11 or (12) must have a detailed written estimate in a format specified by the Department, in current dollars, of the annual cost of corrective action.

1.The corrective action cost estimate must be based on the cost to the owner or operator of hiring a third party to conduct all corrective actions required by the facility permit or enforceable document (as defined in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7.), the corrective action plan, the corrective action order, and the applicable requirements of 335-14-5-.06(11 and (12). A third party is a party who is neither a parent nor a subsidiary of the owner or operator. (See definition of parent corporation in 335-14-5-.08(2)(h)).

2.The corrective action cost estimate is calculated by multiplying the annual corrective action cost estimate by the total number of years in the corrective action period. Estimation of the required corrective action period shall be made on case-by-case basis, shall be based on the corrective action methods specified in the corrective action plan, and shall be certified by an independent registered professional engineer and/or independent licensed professional geologist.

(b)During the corrective action period, the owner or operator must adjust the corrective action cost estimate for inflation within 60 days prior to the anniversary date of the establishment of the financial instrument(s) used to comply with 335-14-5-.08(11). For owners or operators using the financial test or corporate guarantee, the corrective action cost estimate must be updated for inflation within 30 day after the close of the firm?s fiscal year and before the submission of updated information to the Department as specified in 335-14-5-.08(11)(f)5. The adjustment may be made by recalculating the corrective action cost estimate in current dollars or by using an inflation factor derived from the most recent Implicit Price Deflator for Gross National Product published by the U.S. Department of Commerce in its Survey of Current Business as specified in 335-14-5-.08(11)(b)1. and 2. The inflation factor is the result of dividing the latest published annual Deflator by the Deflator for the previous year.

1.The first adjustment is made by multiplying the corrective action cost estimate by the inflation factor. The result is the adjusted corrective action cost estimate.

2.Subsequent adjustments are made by multiplying the latest adjusted corrective action cost estimate by the latest inflation factor.

(c)During the corrective action period, the owner or operator must revise the corrective action cost estimate within 30 days after the Department has approved a request to modify the corrective action plan, if the change in the corrective action plan increases the cost of the corrective action. The revised corrective action cost estimate must be adjusted for inflation as specified in 335-14-5-.08(11)(b).

(d)The owner or operator must keep the following at the facility during the operating life of the facility and throughout the post-closure care period: The latest corrective action cost estimate prepared in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(11)(a) and (11)(c) and, when this estimate has been adjusted in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(11)(b), the latest adjusted corrective action cost estimate.

(11)Financial assurance for corrective action. The owner or operator of a facility at which corrective action is required pursuant to 335-14-5-.06(11) or (12) must establish financial assurance for corrective action in accordance with the approved corrective action plan for the facility 60 days following the specification of the corrective actions in the facility permit or enforceable document (as defined in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7.). He must choose from the following options:

(a)Corrective action trust fund.

1.An owner or operator may specify the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(11) by establishing a corrective action trust fund which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(11)(a) and submitting an originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement to the Department. An owner or operator of a new facility must submit the originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement to the Department no later than 30 days following establishment of the trust fund. The trustee must be an entity which has the authority to act as a trustee and whose trust operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.

2.The wording of the trust agreement must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(a)1. and the trust agreement must be accompanied by a formal certification of acknowledgment (for example, see 335-14-5-.08(12)(a)2.). Schedule A of the trust agreement must be updated, and an originally signed duplicate must be submitted to the Department, within 60 days after a change in the amount of the current corrective action cost estimate covered by the agreement.

3.Payments into the fund must be made annually by the owner or operator over the pay-in-period, which is the term equal to one-half of the estimated corrective action period. The first payment must be made at the time the trust fund is established. A receipt from the trustee for this payment must be submitted by the owner or operator of the Department no later than 30 days following the payment date. Subsequent payments must be made no later than 30 days after the anniversary date of the first payment. The amount of each payment shall be determined by the following formula:

Payment amount = CE ? CV

y

where CE is the most recent corrective action cost estimate in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(7), at the time of the payment; CV is the current value of the trust fund, at the time of the payment; and Y is the number of remaining years in the pay-in-period, at the time of the payment.

4.The owner or operator may accelerate payments into the trust fund or he may deposit the full amount of the current corrective action cost estimate at the time the fund is established. However he must maintain the value of the fund at no less than the value that the fund would have if annual payments were made as specified in 335-14-5-.08(11)(a)3.

5.If the owner or operator establishes a corrective action trust fund after having used one or more alternate mechanisms specified in 335-14-5-.08(11), his first payment must be in at least the amount that the fund would contain if the trust fund were established initially and annual payments made according to specifications of 335-14-5-.08(11)(a), as applicable.

6.After the pay-in period is completed, whenever the current corrective action cost estimate changes during the operating life of the facility, the owner or operator must compare the new estimate with the trustee?s most recent annual valuation of the trust fund. If the value of the fund is less than the amount of the new estimate, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the change in the cost estimate, must either deposit and amount into the fund so that its value after this deposit at least equals the amount of the current corrective action cost estimate, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(11) to cover the difference.

7.During the corrective action period, if the value of the trust fund is greater than the total amount of the current corrective action cost estimate, the owner or operator may submit a written request to the Department for release of the amount in excess of the current corrective action cost estimate.

8.If an owner or operator substitutes other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(11) for all or part of the trust fund, he may submit a written request to the Department for release of the amount in excess of the current corrective action cost estimate covered by the trust fund.

9.Within 60 days after receiving a request from the owner or operator for release of funds as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(a)7. or (a)8., the Department shall approve or disapprove the request for release. If the Department approves the owner or operator?s request for release the Department will instruct the trustee to release to the owner or operator such funds as the Department specifies in writing.

10.After the pay-in-period is completed, the Department may approve a release of funds during the corrective action period, if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Department that the value of the trust fund exceeds the remaining cost of corrective action.

11.After the pay-in-period is completed, an owner or operator or any other person authorized to conduct corrective action may request reimbursements for corrective action expenditures by submitting itemized bills to the Department. Within 60 days after receiving bills for corrective action care activities, the Department will instruct the trustee to make reimbursements in those amounts as the Department specifies in writing, if the Department determines that the corrective action expenditures are in accordance with the approved corrective action plan or otherwise justified. If the Department does not instruct the trustee to make such reimbursements, he will provide the owner or operator with a detailed written statement of reasons.

12.The Department will agree to termination of the trust when:

(i)The owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(11) and approved by the Department; or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(11) in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(8)(f).

(b)Surety bond guaranteeing performance of corrective action. An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(11) by obtaining a surety bond which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6)(c) and submitting the bond to the Department.

(c)Corrective action letter of credit. An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(11) by obtaining an irrevocable standby letter of credit which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(6)(d) and submitting the letter to the Department.

(d)Use of multiple financial mechanisms. An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(11) by establishing more than one financial mechanism per facility. These mechanisms are limited to trust funds, surety bonds guaranteeing performance of corrective action, and letters of credit. The mechanisms must be as specified in 335-14-5-.08(11)(a), (b), and (c), respectively, except that it is the combination of mechanisms, rather than the single mechanism, which must provide financial assurance for an amount at least equal to the current corrective action cost estimate. If an owner or operator uses a trust fund in combination with a surety bond or a letter of credit, he may use the trust fund as the standby trust fund for the other mechanisms. A single standby trust fund may be established for two or more mechanisms. The Department may use any or all of the mechanisms to provide for corrective action of the facility.

(e)Use of a financial mechanism for multiple facilities. An owner or operator may use a financial assurance mechanism specified in 335-14-5-.08(11) to meet the requirements of 35-14-5-.08(11) for more than one facility. Evidence of financial assurance submitted to the Department must include a list showing, for each facility, the EPA or Alabama Identification Number, name, address, and the amount of funds for corrective action by the mechanism. The amount of funds available through the mechanism must be no less than the sum of funds that would be available if a separate mechanism had been established and maintained for each facility. In directing funds available through the mechanism for corrective action any of the facilities covered by the mechanism, the Department may direct only the amount of funds designated for that facility, unless the owner or operator agrees to the use of additional funds available under the mechanism.

(f)Release of the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(11). Within 60 days after receiving certifications from the owner or operator and an independent registered professional engineer that corrective action has been completed for a hazardous waste disposal unit or solid waste management units in accordance with the approved plan, the Department will notify the owner or operator that he is no longer required to maintain financial assurance for corrective action of that unit, unless the Department has reason to believe that corrective action has not been in accordance with the approved plan, permit, or corrective action order requirements. The Department shall provide the owner or operator with a detailed written statement of any such reason to believe that corrective action has not been in accordance with the approved plan, permit, or order

(12)Wording of the instruments.

(a)1.A Trust agreement for a trust fund, as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(a), 335-14-5-.08(6)(a), or 335-14-5-.08(11)(a), or 335-14-6-.08(4)(a) or 335-14-6-.08(6)(a), must be worded as follows, except that instructions in brackets are to be replaced with the relevant information and the brackets deleted:

TRUST AGREEMENT

Trust Agreement, the "Agreement," entered into as of [date] by and between [name of the owner or operator], a [name of State] [insert "corporation," "partnership," "association," or "proprietorship"], the "Grantor," and [name of corporate trustee], [insert "incorporated in the State of _______" or "a national bank"], the "Trustee."

Whereas, the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (the "Department") an agency of the State of Alabama, has established certain regulations applicable to the Grantor, requiring that an owner or operator of a hazardous waste management facility shall provide assurance that funds will be available when needed for closure and/or post-closure care, and/or corrective action of the facility,

Whereas, the Grantor has elected to establish a trust to provide all or part of such financial assurance for the facilities identified herein,

Whereas, the Grantor, acting through its duly authorized officers, has selected the Trustee to be the trustee under this agreement, and the Trustee is willing to act as trustee,

Now, Therefore, the Grantor and the Trustee agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a)The term "Grantor" means the owner or operator who enters into this Agreement and any successors or assigns of the Grantor.

(b)The term "Trustee" means the Trustee who enters into this Agreement and any successor Trustee.

Section 2. Identification of Facilities and Cost Estimates. This Agreement pertains to the facilities and cost estimates identified on attached Schedule A [on Schedule A, for each facility list the EPA Identification Number, name, address, and the current closure, post-closure, and/or corrective action cost estimates, or portions thereof, for which financial assurance is demonstrated by this Agreement].

Section 3. Establishment of Fund. The Grantor and the Trustee hereby establish a trust fund, the "Fund," for the benefit of the Department. The Grantor and the Trustee intend that no third party have access to the Fund except as herein provided. The Fund is established initially as consisting of the property, which is acceptable to the Trustee, described in Schedule B attached hereto. Such property and any other property subsequently transferred to the Trustee is referred to as the Fund, together with all earnings and profits thereon, less any payments or distributions made by the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement. The Fund shall be held by the Trustee, IN TRUST, as hereinafter provided. The Trustee shall not be responsible nor shall it undertake any responsibility for the amount or adequacy of, nor any duty to collect from the Grantor, any payments necessary to discharge any liabilities of the Grantor established by the Department.

Section 4. Payment for Closure and Post-Closure Care. The Trustee shall make payments from the Fund as the Department shall direct, in writing, to provide for the payment of the costs of closure, post-closure, and/or corrective action care of the facilities covered by this Agreement. The Trustee shall reimburse the Grantor or other persons as specified by the Department from the Fund for closure and post-closure expenditures in such amounts as the Department shall direct in writing. In addition, the Trustee shall refund to the Grantor such amounts as the Department specifies in writing. Upon refund, such funds shall no longer constitute part of the Fund as defined herein.

Section 5. Payments Comprising the Fund. Payments made to the Trustee for the Fund shall consist of cash or securities acceptable to the Trustee.

Section 6. Trustee Management. The Trustee shall invest and reinvest the principal and income of the Fund and keep the Fund invested as a single fund, without distinction between principal and income, in accordance with general investment policies and guidelines which the Grantor may communicate in writing to the Trustee from time to time, subject, however, to the provisions of this Section. In investing, reinvesting, exchanging, selling, and managing the Fund, the Trustee shall discharge his duties with respect to the trust fund solely in the interest of the beneficiary and with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing which persons of prudence, acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters, would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; except that:

(i)Securities or other obligations of the Grantor, or any other owner or operator of the facilities, or any of their affiliates as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, 15 U.S.C. 80a-2.(a), shall not be acquired or held, unless they are securities or other obligations of the Federal or a State government;

(ii)The Trustee is authorized to invest the Fund in time or demand deposits of the Trustee, to the extent insured by an agency of the Federal or State government; and

(iii)The Trustee is authorized to hold cash awaiting investment or distribution uninvested for a reasonable time and without liability for the payment of interest thereon.

Section 7. Commingling and Investment. The Trustee is expressly authorized in its discretion:

(a)To transfer from time to time any or all of the assets of the Fund to any common, commingled, or collective trust fund created by the Trustee in which the Fund is eligible to participate, subject to all of the provisions thereof, to be commingled with the assets of other trusts participating therein; and

(b)To purchase shares in any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a-1 etseq., including one which may be created, managed, underwritten, or to which investment advice is rendered or the shares of which are sold by the Trustee. The Trustee may vote such shares in its discretion.

Section 8. Express Powers of Trustee. Without in any way limiting the powers and discretions conferred upon the Trustee by the other provisions of this Agreement or by law, the Trustee is expressly authorized and empowered:

(a)To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any property held by it, by public or private sale. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the purchase money or to inquire into the validity or expediency of any such sale or other disposition;

(b)To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted;

(c)To register any securities held in the Fund in its own name or in the name of a nominee and to hold any security in bearer form or in book entry, or to combine certificates representing such securities with certificates of the same issue held by the Trustee in other fiduciary capacities, or to deposit or arrange for the deposit of such securities in a qualified central depository even though, when so deposited, such securities may be merged and held in bulk in the name of the nominee of such depository with other securities deposited therein by another person, or to deposit or arrange for the deposit of any securities issued by the United States Government, or any agency or instrumentality thereof, with a Federal Reserve bank, but the books and records of the Trustee shall at all times show that all such securities are part of the Fund;

(d)To deposit any cash in the Fund in interest-bearing accounts maintained or savings certificates issued by the Trustee, in its separate corporate capacity, or in any other banking institution affiliated with the Trustee, to the extent insured by an agency of the Federal or State government; and

(e)To compromise or otherwise adjust all claims in favor of or against the Fund.

Section 9. Taxes and Expenses. All taxes of any kind that may be assessed or levied against or in respect of the Fund and all brokerage commissions incurred by the Fund shall be paid from the Fund. All other expenses incurred by the Trustee in connection with the administration of this Trust, including fees or legal services rendered to the Trustee, the compensation of the Trustee to the extent not paid directly by the Grantor, and all other proper charges and disbursements of the Trustee shall be paid from the Fund.

Section 10. Annual Valuation. The Trustee shall annually, at least 30 days prior to the anniversary date of establishment of the Fund, furnish to the Grantor and to the Department a statement confirming the value of the Trust. Any securities in the Fund shall be valued at market value as of no more than 60 days prior to the anniversary date of establishment of the Fund. The failure of the Grantor to object in writing to the Trustee within 90 days after the statement has been furnished to the Grantor and the Department shall constitute a conclusively binding assent by the Grantor, barring the Grantor from asserting any claim or liability against the Trustee with respect to matters disclosed in the statement.

Section 11. Advice of Counsel. The Trustee may from time to time consult with the counsel, who may be counsel to the Grantor, with respect to any question arising as to the construction of this Agreement or any action to be hereunder. The Trustee shall be fully protected, to the extent permitted by law, in acting upon the advice of counsel.

Section 12. Trustee Compensation. The Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services as agreed upon in writing from time to time with the Grantor.

Section 13. Successor Trustee. The Trustee may resign or the Grantor may replace the Trustee, but such resignation or replacement shall not be effective until the Grantor has appointed a successor trustee and this successor accepts the appointment. The successor trustee shall have the same powers and duties as those conferred upon the Trustee hereunder. Upon the successor trustee's acceptance of the appointment, the Trustee shall assign, transfer, and pay over to the successor trustee the funds and properties then constituting the Fund. If for any reason the Grantor cannot or does not act in the event of the resignation of the Trustee, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee or for instructions. The successor trustee shall specify the date on which it assumes administration of the trust in writing sent to the Grantor, the Department, and the present Trustee by certified mail 10 days before such change becomes effective. Any expenses incurred by the Trustee as a result of any of the acts contemplated by this Section shall be paid as provided in Section 9.

Section 14. Instructions to the Trustee. All orders, requests, and instructions by the Grantor to the Trustee shall be in writing, signed by such persons as are designated in the attached Exhibit A or such other designees as the Grantor may designate by amendment to Exhibit A. The Trustee shall be fully protected in acting without inquiry in accordance with the Grantor's orders, requests, and instructions. All orders, requests, and instructions by the Department to the Trustee shall be in writing, signed by the Department or his designee, and the Trustee shall act and shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with such orders, requests, and instructions. The Trustee shall have the right to assume, in the absence of written notice to the contrary, that no event constituting a change or a termination of the authority of any person to act on behalf of the Grantor or the Department hereunder has occurred. The Trustee shall have no duty to act in the absence of such orders, requests, and instructions from the Grantor and/or the Department, except as provided for herein.

Section 15. Notice of Nonpayment. The Trustee shall notify the Grantor and the Department by certified mail within 10 days following the expiration of the 30-day period after the anniversary of the establishment of the Trust, if no payment is received from the Grantor during that period. After the pay-in period is completed, the Trustee shall not be required to send a notice of nonpayment.

Section 16. Amendment of Agreement. This Agreement may be amended by an instrument in writing executed by the Grantor, the Trustee, and the Department or his designee, or by the Trustee and the Department or his designee, if the Grantor ceases to exist.

Section 17. Irrevocability and Termination. Subject to the right of the parties to amend this Agreement as provided in Section 16, this Trust shall be irrevocable and shall continue until terminated at the written agreement of the Grantor, the Trustee, and the Department, or by the Trustee and the Department, if the Grantor ceases to exist. Upon termination of the Trust, all remaining trust property, less final trust administration expenses, shall be delivered to the Grantor.

Section 18. Immunity and Indemnification. The Trustee shall not incur personal liability of any nature in connection with any act or omission, made in good faith, in the administration of this Trust, or in carrying out any directions by the Grantor or the Department, issued in accordance with this Agreement. The Trustee shall be indemnified and saved harmless by the Grantor or from the Trust Fund, or both, from and against any personal liability to which the Trustee may be subjected by reason of any act or conduct in its official capacity, including all expenses reasonably incurred in its defense in the event the Grantor fails to provide such defense.

Section 19. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be administered, construed, and enforced according to the laws of the State of Alabama.

Section 20. Interpretation. As used in this Agreement, words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular. The descriptive headings for each Section of this Agreement shall not affect the interpretation or the legal efficacy of this Agreement.

In Witness Whereof the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers duly authorized and their corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested as of the date first above written: The parties below certify that the wording of this Agreement is identical to the wording specified in ADEM Administrative Code subparagraph 335-14-5-.08(12)(a)1. as such rules were constituted on the date first above written.

[Signature of Grantor]

[Title]

Attest:

[Title]

[Seal]

[Signature of Trustee]

Attest:

[Title]

[Seal]

2.The following is an example of the certification of acknowledgment which must accompany the trust agreement for a trust fund as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(a) and (6)(a) or 335-14-6-.08(4)(a) and (6)(a).

State of

County of

On this [date], before me personally came [owner or operator] to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she/he resides at [address], that she/he is [title] of [corporation], the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that she/he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to such instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that she/he signed her/his name thereto by like order.

[Signature of Notary Public]

(b)A surety bond guaranteeing payment into a trust fund, as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(b) or 335-14-5-.08(6)(b) or 335-14-6-.08(4)(b) or 335-14-6-.08(6)(b), must be worded as follows, except that instructions in brackets are to be replaced with the relevant information and the brackets deleted:

FINANCIAL GUARANTEE BOND

<table width="100%"> Date bond executed: Effective date: Principal: [legal name and business address of owner or operator] Type or organization: [insert "individual," "joint venture," "partnership," or "corporation"] State of incorporation: Surety(ies): [name(s) and business address(es)] </table>

EPA Identification Number, name, address and closure, post-closure, and/or corrective action amounts(s) for each facility guaranteed by this bond [indicate closure and post-closure amounts separately]:

<table width="100%"> Total penal sum of bond: $ Surety's bond number: </table>

Know All Persons By These Presents, That we the Principal and Surety(ies) hereto are firmly bound to the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (the Department), in the above penal sum for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns jointly and severally; provided that, where the Surety(ies) are corporations acting as co-sureties, we, the Sureties, bind ourselves in such sum "jointly and severally" only for the purpose of allowing a joint action or actions against any or all of us, and for all other purposes each Surety binds itself, jointly and severally with the Principal for the payment of such sum only as is set forth opposite the name of such Surety but if no limit of liability is indicated, the limit of liability shall be the full amount of the penal sum.

Whereas said Principal is required, under the Alabama Hazardous Wastes Management and Minimization Act of 1978 (AHWMMA), as amended, to have a permit or interim status in order to own or operate each hazardous waste management facility identified above, and

Whereas said Principal is required to provide financial assurance for closure, or closure and post-closure care, as a condition of the permit or interim status, and

Whereas said Principal shall establish a standby trust fund as is required when a surety bond is used to provide such financial assurance;

Now, therefore, the conditions of the obligation are such that if the Principal shall faithfully, before the beginning of final closure of each facility identified above, fund the standby trust fund in the amount(s) identified above for the facility,

Or, if the Principal shall fund the standby trust fund in such amount(s) within 15 days after a final order to begin closure is issued by the Department or a U.S. district court or other court of competent jurisdiction,

Or, if the Principal shall provide alternate financial assurance, as specified in ADEM Administrative Code Rule 335-14-5-.08 or 335-14-6-.08, as applicable, and obtain the Department's written approval of such assurance, within 90 days after the date notice of cancellation is received by both the Principal and the Department from the Surety(ies), then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it is to remain in full force and effect.

The Surety(ies) shall become liable on this bond obligation only when the Principal has failed to fulfill the conditions described above. Upon notification by the Department that the Principal has failed to perform as guaranteed by this bond, the Surety(ies) shall place funds in the amount guaranteed for the facility(ies) into the standby trust fund as directed by the Department.

The liability of the Surety(ies) shall not be discharged by any payment or succession of payments hereunder, unless and until such payment or payments shall amount in the aggregate to the penal sum of the bond, but in no event shall the obligation of the Surety(ies) hereunder exceed the amount of said penal sum.

The Surety(ies) may cancel the bond by sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the Principal and to the Department, provided, however, that cancellation shall not occur during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by both the Principal and the Department, as evidenced by the return receipts.

The Principal may terminate this bond by sending written notice to the Surety(ies), provided, however, that no such notice shall become effective until the Surety(ies) receive(s) written authorization for termination of the bond by the Department.

[The following paragraph is an optional rider that may be included but is not required.]

Principal and Surety(ies) hereby agree to adjust the penal sum of the bond yearly so that it guarantees a new closure, post-closure, and/or corrective action amount, provided that the penal sum does not increase by more than 20 percent in any one year, and no decrease in the penal sum takes place without the written permission of the Department.

In Witness Whereof, the Principal and Surety(ies) have executed this Financial Guarantee Bond and have affixed their seals on the date set forth above.

The persons whose signatures appear below certify that they are authorized to execute this surety bond on behalf of the Principal and Surety(ies) and that the wording of this surety bond is identical to the wording specified in ADEM Administrative Code subparagraph 335-14-5-.08(12)(b) as such rules were constituted on the date this bond was executed.

Principal

[Signature(s)]

[Name(s)]

(Title(s)]

[Corporate seal]

Corporate Surety(ies)

<table width="100%"> [Name and address] State of incorporation: Liability limit: $ [Signature(s)] [Name(s) and title(s)] [Corporate seal] [For every co-surety, provide signature(s), corporate seal, and other information in the same manner as for Surety above.] Bond premium: $ </table>

(c)A surety bond guaranteeing performance closure, post-closure, and/or corrective action, as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(c), 335-14-5-.08(6)(c), or 335-14-5-.08(11)(b) must be worded as follows, except that the instructions in brackets are to be replaced with the relevant information and the brackets deleted:

PERFORMANCE BOND

<table width="100%"> Date bond executed: Effective date: Principal: [legal name and business address of owner or operator] Type of organization: [insert "individual," "joint venture," partnership," or "corporation"] State of incorporation: Surety(ies): [name(s) and business address(es)] </table>

EPA Identification Number, name and address, and closure, post-closure, and/or corrective action amount(s) for each facility guaranteed by this bond [indicate closure, post-closure and corrective action amounts separately]:

<table width="100%"> Total penal sum of bond: $ Surety's bond number: </table>

Know All Persons By These Presents, That we, the Principal and Surety(ies) hereto are firmly bound to the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (the "Department"), in the above penal sum for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns jointly and severally; provided that, where the Surety(ies) are corporations acting as co-sureties, we, the Sureties, bind ourselves in such sum "jointly and severally" only for the purpose of allowing a joining action or actions against any or all of us, and for all other purposes each Surety, but if no limit of liability is indicated, the limit of liability shall be the full amount of the penal sum.

Whereas said Principal is required, under the Alabama Hazardous Wastes Management and Minimization Act of 1978 (AHWMMA), as amended, to have a permit in order to own or operate each hazardous waste management facility identified above, and

Whereas said Principal is required to provide financial assurance for closure, or closure and post-closure care, as a condition of the permit, and

Whereas said Principal shall establish a standby trust fund as is required when a surety bond is used to provide such financial assurance;

Now, therefore, the conditions of this obligation are such that if the Principal shall faithfully perform closure, whenever required to do so, of each facility for which this bond guarantees closure, in accordance with the closure plan and other requirements of the permit as such plan and permit may be amended, pursuant to all applicable laws, statutes, rules, and regulations, as such laws, statutes, rules, and regulations may be amended,

And, if the Principal shall faithfully perform post-closure care of each facility for which this bond guarantees post-closure care, in accordance with the post-closure plan and other requirements of the permit, as such plan and permit may be amended, pursuant to all applicable laws, statutes, rules, and regulations, as such laws, statutes, rules, and regulations may be amended,

And, if the Principal shall faithfully perform corrective action at each facility for which this bond guarantees corrective action, in accordance with the corrective action plan and other requirements of the permit or correction action order, as such plan, permit, and/or order may be amended, pursuant to all applicable laws, statutes, rules, and regulations, as such laws, statutes, rules, and regulations may be amended.

Or, if the Principal shall provide alternate financial assurance as specified in ADEM Administrative Code Rule 335-14-5-.08, and obtain the Department's written approval of such assurance, within 90 days after the date notice of cancellation is received by both the Principal and the Department from the Surety(ies), then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it is to remain in full force and effect.

The Surety(ies) shall become liable on this bond obligation only when the Principal has failed to fulfill the conditions described above.

Upon notification by the Department that the Principal has been found in violation of the closure requirements of ADEM Administrative Code 335-14-5, for a facility for which this bond guarantees performance of closure, the Surety(ies) shall either perform closure in accordance with the closure plan and other permit requirements or place the closure amount guaranteed for the facility into the standby trust fund as directed by the Department.

Upon notification by the Department that the Principal has been found in violation of the post-closure requirements of ADEM Administrative Code 335-14-5, for a facility for which this bond guarantees performance of post-closure care, the Surety(ies) shall either perform post-closure care in accordance with the post-closure plan and other permit requirements or place the post-closure amount guaranteed for the facility into the standby trust fund as directed by the Department.

Upon notification by the Department that the Principal has failed to provide alternate financial assurance as specified in ADEM Administrative Code 335-14-5-.08, and obtain written approval of such assurance from the Department during the 90 days following receipt by both the Principal and the Department of a notice of cancellation of the bond, the Surety(ies) shall place funds in the amount guaranteed for the facility(ies) into the standby trust fund as directed by the Department.

Upon notification by the Department that the Principal has been found in violation of the corrective action requirements of ADEM Administrative Code 335-14-5, for a facility for which the bond guarantees performance of corrective action, the Surety(ies) shall either perform corrective action in accordance with the corrective action plan and other permit or corrective action order requirements or place the corrective action amount guaranteed for the facility into the standby trust fund as directed by the Department.

The surety(ies) hereby waive(s) notification of amendments to closure, post-closure, and/or corrective action plans, permits, orders, applicable laws, statutes, rules, and regulations and agrees that no such amendment shall in any way alleviate its (their) obligation on this bond.

The liability of the Surety(ies) shall not be discharged by any payment or succession of payments hereunder, unless and until such payment or payments shall amount in the aggregate to the penal sum of the bond, but in no event shall the obligation of the Surety(ies) hereunder exceed the amount of said penal sum.

The Surety(ies) may cancel the bond by sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner or operator and to the Department, provided, however, that cancellation shall not occur during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by both the Principal and the Department, as evidenced by the return receipts.

The Principal may terminate this bond by sending written notice to the Surety(ies), provided, however, that no such notice shall become effective until the Surety(ies) receive(s) written authorization for termination of the bond from the Department.

[The following paragraph is an optional rider that may be included but is not required.]

Principal and Surety(ies) hereby agree to adjust the penal sum of the bond yearly so that it guarantees a new closure, post-closure, and/or corrective action amount, provided that the penal sum does not increase by more than 20 percent in any one year, and no decrease in the penal sum takes place without the written permission of the Department.

In Witness Whereof, the Principal and Surety(ies) have executed this Performance Bond and have affixed their seals on the date set forth above.

The persons whose signatures appear below hereby certify that they are authorized to execute this surety bond on behalf of the Principal and Surety(ies) and that the wording of this surety bond is identical to the wording specified in ADEM Administrative Code 335-14-5-.08(12)(c) as such rule was constituted on the date this bond was executed.

Principal

[Signature(s)]

[Name(s)]

(Title(s)]

[Corporate seal]

Corporate Surety(ies)

<table width="100%"> [Name and address] State of incorporation: Liability limit: $ [Signature(s)] [Name(s) and title(s)] [Corporate seal] [For every co-surety, provide signature(s), corporate seal, and other information in the same manner as for Surety above.] Bond premium: $ </table>

(d)A letter of credit, as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(d), 335-14-5-.08(6)(d), or 335-14-5-.08(11)(c) or 335-14-6-.08(4)(c) or 335-14-6-.08(6)(c), must be worded as follows, except that instructions in brackets are to be replaced with the relevant information and the brackets deleted:

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

Director

Alabama Department of Environmental Management

Dear Sir or Madam: We hereby establish our Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. __________________ in your favor, at the request and for the account of [owner's or operator's name and address] up to the aggregate amount of [in words] U.S. dollars $___________________, available upon presentation of

(1)your sight draft, bearing reference to this letter of credit No. __________________, and

(2)your signed statement reading as follows: "I certify that the amount of the draft is payable pursuant to regulations issued under authority of the Alabama Hazardous Wastes Management Act of 1978, as amended."

This letter of credit is effective as of [date] and shall expire on [date at least one year later], but such expiration date shall be automatically extended for a period of [at least one year] on [date] and on each successive expiration date, unless, at least 120 days before the current expiration date, we notify both you and [owner's or operator's name] by certified mail that we have decided not to extend this letter of credit beyond the current expiration date. In the event you are so notified, any unused portion of the credit shall be available upon presentation of your sight draft for 120 days after the date of receipt by both you and [owner's or operator's name], as shown on the signed return receipts.

Whenever this letter of credit is drawn on under and in compliance with the terms of this credit, we shall duly honor such draft upon presentation to us, and we shall deposit the amount of the draft directly into the standby trust fund of [owner's or operator's name] in accordance with your instructions.

We certify that the wording of this letter of credit is identical to the wording specified in ADEM Administrative Code subparagraph 335-14-5-.08(12)(d) as such rules were constituted on the date shown immediately below.

______________________________________________________ _______

[Signature(s) and title(s) of official(s) of issuing institution][Date]

This credit is subject to [insert "the most recent edition of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, published and copyrighted by the International Chamber of Commerce," or "the Uniform Commercial Code"].

(e)A certificate of insurance as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(e), 335-14-5-.08(6)(e) or 335-14-6-.08(4)(d) or 335-14-6-.08(6)(d), must be worded as follows, except that the instructions in brackets are to be replaced with the relevant information and the brackets deleted:

CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR CLOSURE OR POST-CLOSURE CARE

Name and Address of Insurer (herein called the "Insurer"):

_______________________________________________________

Name and Address of Insured (herein called the "Insured"):

_______________________________________________________

Facilities Covered: [List for each facility: The EPA Identification Number, name, address, and the amount of insurance for closure and/or the amount for post-closure care (these amounts for all facilities covered must total the face amount shown below).]

<table width="100%"> Face Amount: Policy Number: Effective Date: </table>

The Insurer hereby certifies that it has issued to the Insured the policy of insurance identified above to provide financial assurance for [insert "closure" or "closure and post-closure care" or "post-closure care"] for the facilities identified above. The Insurer further warrants that such policy conforms in all respects with the requirements of ADEM Admin. Code subparagraphs 335-14-5-.08(4)(e), 335-14-5-.08(6)(e), 335-14-6-.08(4)(d), and 335-14-6-.08(6)(d), as applicable and as such regulations were constituted on the date shown immediately below. It is agreed that any provision of the policy inconsistent with such regulations is hereby amended to eliminate such inconsistency.

Whenever requested by the Department, the Insurer agrees to furnish to the Department a duplicate original of the policy listed above, including all endorsements thereon.

I hereby certify that the wording of this certificate is identical to the wording specified in ADEM Admin. Code subparagraphs 335-14-5-.08(12)(e) as such rules were constituted on the date shown immediately below.

[Authorized signature for Insurer]

[Name of person signing]

[Title of person signing]

Signature of witness or notary: _______________________

[Date]

(f)A letter from the chief financial officer, as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(f) or 335-14-5-.08(6)(f) or 335-14-6-.08(4)(e) or 335-14-6-.08(6)(e), must be worded as follows, except that instructions in brackets are to be replaced with the relevant information and the brackets deleted:

LETTER FROM CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

[Address to the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.]

I am the chief financial officer of [name and address of firm]. This letter is in support of this firm's use of the financial test to demonstrate financial assurance, as specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08 and 335-14-6-.08.

[Fill out the following five paragraphs regarding facilities and associated cost estimates. If your firm has no facilities that belong in a particular paragraph, write "None" in the space indicated. For each facility, include its EPA Identification Number, name, address, and current cost estimates. Identify each cost estimate as to whether it is for one or more of the following: closure, post-closure, plugging and abandonment, and corrective action.]

1.This firm is the owner or operator of the following facilities for which financial assurance for [identify one or more of the following: closure, post-closure, and corrective action] care is demonstrated through the financial test specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08 and 335-14-6-.08. The current closure, post-closure, and/or corrective action cost estimates covered by the test are shown for each facility: _______________________________________.

2.This firm guarantees, through the corporate guarantee specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08 and 335-14-6-.08, the [identify one or more of the following: closure, post-closure, and corrective action] cost(s) at the following facilities owned or operated by subsidiaries of this firm. The current cost estimates for the care so guaranteed are shown for each facility: ________________________________________________________

The firm identified above is [insert one or more: (1) The direct or higher-tier parent corporation of the owner or operator; (2) owned by the same parent corporation as the parent corporation of the owner or operator, and receiving the following value in consideration of this guarantee __________________; or (3) engaged in the following substantial business relationship with the owner or operator _________________, and receiving the following value in consideration of this guarantee ____________________]. [Attach a written description of the business relationship or a copy of the contract establishing such relationship to this letter].

3.In states outside of Alabama, where U.S. EPA or some designated authority is administering financial responsibility requirements, this firm, as owner or operator or guarantor, is demonstrating financial assurance for the [identify one or more of the following: closure, post-closure, plugging and abandonment, and corrective action] cost(s) at the following facilities through a financial test and/or corporate guarantee substantially equivalent to the ones specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08 and 335-14-6-.08. The current cost estimates covered by such a test or guarantee are shown for each facility: _________________________________________________

4.This firm is the owner or operator of the following hazardous waste management facilities for which financial assurance for [identify one or more of the following: closure, post-closure, plugging and abandonment, and corrective action] cost(s) is not demonstrated to the state through the financial test or any other financial assurance mechanism specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08 and 335-14-6-.08 or equivalent or substantially equivalent Federal or State mechanism. The current cost estimates not covered by such financial assurance are shown for each facility: ________________________________________

5.This firm is the owner or operator of the following UIC facilities for which financial assurance for plugging and abandonment is required under Part 144. The current closure cost estimates as required by 40 CFR 144.62 are shown for each facility: ______________________________

This firm [insert "is required" or "is not required"] to file a Form 10K with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for the latest fiscal year.

The fiscal year of this firm ends on [month, day]. The figures for the following items marked with an asterisk are derived from this firm's independently audited, year-end financial statements for the latest completed fiscal year, ended [date].

[Fill in Alternative I if the criteria of 335-14-5-.08(4)(f)1.(i) or (6)(f)1.(i) of or 335-14-5-.08(4)(e)1.(i) or (6)(e)1.(i) are used. Fill in Alternative II if the criteria of 335-14-5-.08(4)(f)1.(ii) or (6)(f)1.(ii) or 335-14-6-.08(4)(e)1.(ii) or (6)(e)1.(ii) are used.]

ALTERNATIVE I

1. Sum of current cost estimates [total of all cost estimates shown in the five paragraphs above]

$________________________________________

*2. Total liabilities [if any portion of the cost estimates is included in total liabilities, you may deduct the amount of that portion from this line and add that amount to lines 3 and 4]

$________________________

*3. Tangible net worth$________________________

*4. Net worth $________________________

*5. Current assets$________________________

*6. Current liabilities$________________________

7. Net working capital

[line 5 minus line 6]$________________________

*8. The sum of net income plus

depreciation, depletion,

and amortization$________________________

*9. Total assets in U.S.

(required only if less

than 90% of firm's assets

are located in the U.S.)$________________________

_______________________________________________________

10. Is line 3 at least $10 million?_________

Yes No

11. Is line 3 at least 6 times line 1? ____ ____

Yes No

12. Is line 7 at least 6 times line 1? ____ ____

Yes No

*13. Are at least 90% of firm's assets located

in the U.S.? If not, complete line 14____ ____

Yes No

14. Is line 9 at least 6 times line 1? ____ ____

Yes No

15. Is line 2 divided by line 4 less

than 2.0?____ ____

Yes No

16. Is line 8 divided by line 2 greater

than 0.1?____ ____

Yes No

17. Is line 5 divided by line 6 greater

than 1.5?____ ____

Yes No

_______________________________________________________

ALTERNATIVE II

1. Sum of current cost estimates [total of all cost estimates shown in the five paragraphs above]

$________________________

2. Current bond rating of most recent issuance of this firm and name of rating service

$________________________

3. Date of issuance of bond____________________

4. Date of maturity of bond____________________

*5. Tangible net worth [if any portion of the cost estimates is included in "total liabilities" on your firm's financial statements, you may add the amount of that portion to this line]

$________________________

*6. Total assets in U.S. (required only if less than 90% of firm's assets are located in the U.S.)

$________________________

_________________________________________________________________

7. Is line 5 at least $10 million? ____ ____

Yes No

8. Is line 5 at least 6 times line 1? ____ ____

Yes No

*9. Are at least 90% of the firm's assets

located in the U.S? If not, complete

line 10.____ ____

Yes No

10. Is line 6 at least 6 times line 1? ____ ____

Yes No

_______________________________________________________

I hereby certify that the wording of this letter is identical to the wording specified in ADEM Admin. Code subparagraph 335-14-5-.08(12)(f) as such rules were constituted on the date shown immediately below.

[Signature]

[Name]

[Title]

[Date]

(g)A letter from the chief financial officer, as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(f) or 335-14-6-.08(8)(f), must be worded as follows, except that instructions in brackets are to be replaced with the relevant information and the brackets deleted:

LETTER FROM CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

[Address to the Department]

I am the chief financial officer of [firm's name and address]. This letter is in support of the use of the financial test to demonstrate financial responsibility for liability coverage [insert "and closure, post-closure, and/or corrective action care" if applicable] as specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08 and 335-14-6-.08.

[Fill out the following paragraphs regarding facilities and liability coverage. If there are no facilities that belong in a particular paragraph, write "None" in the space indicated. For each facility, include its EPA Identification Number, name, and address.]

The firm identified above is the owner or operator of the following facilities for which liability coverage for [insert "sudden" or "nonsudden" or "both sudden and nonsudden"] accidental occurrences is being demonstrated through the financial test specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08 and 335-14-6-.08: _____________________________

The firm identified above guarantees, through the guarantee specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08 and 335-14-6-.08, liability coverage for [insert "sudden" or "nonsudden" or "both sudden and nonsudden"] accidental occurrences at the following facilities owned or operated by the following: ___________________________________________.

The firm identified above is [insert one or more: (1) The direct or higher-tier parent corporation of the owner or operator; (2) owned by the same parent corporation as the parent corporation of the owner or operator, and receiving the following value in consideration of this guarantee _______________________; or (3) engaged in the following substantial business relationship with the owner or operator __________________________, and receiving the following value in consideration of this guarantee ___________________________.][Attach a written description of the business relationship or a copy of the contract establishing such relationship to this letter.]

[If you are using the financial test to demonstrate coverage of both liability and closure and post-closure care, fill in the following five paragraphs regarding facilities and associated closure and post-closure cost estimates. If there are no facilities that belong in a particular paragraph, write "None" in the space indicated. For each facility, include its EPA Identification Number, name, address, and current closure, post-closure, and/or corrective action cost estimates. Identify each cost estimate as to whether it is for closure or post-closure care.]

1.The firm identified above owns or operates the following facilities for which financial assurance for closure or post-closure care or liability coverage is demonstrated through the financial test specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08 and 335-14-6-.08. The current closure, post-closure, and/or corrective action cost estimate covered by the test are shown for each facility: _______________________________________.

2.The firm identified above guarantees, through the guarantee specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08 and 335-14-6-.08, the closure and post-closure care or liability coverage of the following facilities owned or operated by the guaranteed party. The current cost estimates for the closure or post-closure care so guaranteed are shown for each facility: ____________________________________.

3.In States outside of Alabama, where the U.S. EPA or some designated authority is administering the financial requirements, this firm is demonstrating financial assurance for the closure or post-closure care of the following facilities through the use of a test equivalent or substantially equivalent to the financial test specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08 and 335-14-6-.08. The current closure or post-closure cost estimates covered by such a test are shown for each facility: ____________________________________.

4.The firm identified above owns or operates the following hazardous waste management facilities for which financial assurance for closure or, if a disposal facility, post-closure care, is not demonstrated to the state through the financial test or any other financial assurance mechanisms specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08 and 335-14-6-.08 or equivalent or substantially equivalent Federal or State mechanisms. The current closure, post-closure, and/or corrective action cost estimates not covered by such financial assurance are shown for each facility: ________________________________________.

5.This firm is the owner or operator or guarantor of the following UIC facilities for which financial assurance for plugging and abandonment is required under Part 144 and is assured through a financial test. The current closure cost estimates as required by 40 CFR 144.62 are shown for each facility:

This firm [insert "is required" or "is not required"] to file a Form 10K with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for the latest fiscal year.

The fiscal year of this firm ends on [month, day]. The figures for the following items marked with an asterisk are derived from this firm's independently audited, year-end financial statements for the latest completed fiscal year, ended [date].

[Fill in Part A if you are using the financial test to demonstrate coverage only for the liability requirements.]

Part A

Liability Coverage for Accidental Occurrences

[Fill in Alternative I if the criteria of 335-14-5-.08(8)(f)1.(i) 335-14-6-.08(8)(f)1.(i) of the Department Administrative Code are used. Fill in Alternative II if the criteria of 335-14-5-.08(8)(f)1.(i) or 335-14-6-.08(8)(f)1.(i) of the Department Administrative Code are used.]

ALTERNATIVE I

1. Amount of annual aggregate liability coverage to be demonstrated

$________________________

*2. Current assets$________________________

*3. Current liabilities$________________________

4. Net working capital

(line 2 minus line 3).$________________________

*5. Tangible net worth$________________________

*6. If less than 90% of assets

are located in the U.S.,

give total U.S. assets$________________________

____________________________________________________________

7. Is line 5 at least $10 million? ____ ____

Yes No

8. Is line 4 at least 6 times line 1?____ ____

Yes No

9. Is line 5 at least 6 times line 1? ____ ____

Yes No

*10. Are at least 90% of assets located

in the U.S.? If not, complete line 11____ ____

Yes No

11. Is line 6 at least 6 times line 1? ____ ____

Yes No

_________________________________________________________________

ALTERNATIVE II

1. Amount of annual aggregate liability coverage to be demonstrated

$_________________________

2. Current bond rating of most recent issuance and name of rating service

$_________________________

3. Date of issuance of bond__________________________

4. Date of maturity of bond__________________________

*5. Tangible net worth$_________________________

*6. Total assets in U.S.

(required only if less

than 90% of assets are

located in the U.S. $_________________________

_________________________________________________________________

7. Is line 5 at least $10 million? _____ _____

Yes No

8. Is line 5 at least 6 times line 1? _____ _____

Yes No

*9. Are at least 90% of assets located

in the U.S.? If not, complete line 10_____ _____

Yes No

10. Is line 6 at least 6 times line 1?_____ _____

Yes No

____________________________________________________________

[Fill in Part B if you are using the financial test to demonstrate assurance of both liability coverage and closure or post-closure care.]

Part B

Closure or Post-Closure Care and Liability Coverage

[Fill in Alternative I if the criteria of 335-14-5-.08(4)(f)1.(i) or 335-14-5-.08(6)(f)1.(i) and 335-14-5-.08(8)(f)1.(i) are used or if the criteria of 335-14-6-.08(4)(e)1.(i) or 335-14-6-.08(6)(e)1.(i) and 335-14-6-.08(8)(f)1.(i) are used. Fill in Alternative II if the criteria of 335-14-5-.08(4)(f)1.(ii) or 335-14-5-.08(6)(f)1.(ii) and 335-14-5-.08(8)(f)1.(ii) are used or if the criteria of 335-14-6-.08(4)(e)1.(ii) or 335-14-6-.08(6)(e)1.(ii) and 335-14-6-.08(8)(f)1.(ii) are used.]

ALTERNATIVE I

1. Sum of current closure and post-closure cost estimates (total of all cost estimates listed above)

$_________________________

2. Amount of annual aggregate liability coverage to be demonstrated

$_________________________

3. Sum of lines 1 and 2$_________________________

*4. Total liabilities (if any portion of your closure or post-closure cost estimates is included in your total liabilities, you may deduct that portion from this line and add that amount to lines 5 and 6)$_________________________

*5. Tangible net worth$_________________________

*6. Net worth$_________________________

*7. Current assets$_________________________

*8. Current liabilities$_________________________

9. Net working capital

(line 7 minus line 8)$_________________________

*10. The sum of net income plus

depreciation, depletion,

and amortization$_________________________

*11. Total assets in U.S. (required only if less than 90% of assets are located in the U.S.)$_________________________

_________________________________________________________________

12. Is line 5 at least $10 million? _____ _____

Yes No

13. Is line 5 at least 6 times line 3? _____ _____

Yes No

14. Is line 9 at least 6 times line 3? _____ _____

Yes No

*15. Are at least 90% of assets located in the

U.S.? If not, complete line 16._____ _____

Yes No

16. Is line 11 at least 6 times line 3?._____ _____

Yes No

17. Is line 4 divided by line 6 less than

2.0?_____ _____

Yes No

18. Is line 10 divided by line 4 greater

than 0.1?._____ _____

Yes No

19. Is line 7 divided by line 8 greater

than 1.5?_____ _____

Yes No

_________________________________________________________________

ALTERNATIVE II

1. Sum of current closure and post-closure cost estimates (total of all cost estimates listed above)

$_________________________

2. Amount of annual aggregate liability coverage to be demonstrated

$_________________________

3. Sum of lines 1 and 2$_________________________

4. Current bond rating of most recent issuance and name of rating service

$_________________________

5. Date of issuance of bond __________________________

6. Date of maturity of bond__________________________

*7. Tangible net worth (if any portion of the closure or post-closure cost estimates is included in "total liabilities" on your financial statements you may add that portion to this line)

$_________________________

*8. Total assets in the U.S. (required only if less than 90% of assets are located in the U.S.)

$_________________________

_________________________________________________________________

9. Is line 7 at least $10 million?._____ _____

Yes No

10. Is line 7 at least 6 times line 3? _____ _____

Yes No

*11. Are at least 90% of assets located in

the U.S.? If not, complete line 12._____ _____

Yes No

12. Is line 8 at least 6 times line 3? _____ _____

Yes No

_________________________________________________________________

I hereby certify that the wording of this letter is identical to the wording specified in ADEM Admin. Code subparagraph 335-14-5-.08(12)(g) as such rules were constituted on the date shown immediately below.

[Signature]

[Name]

[Title]

[Date]

(h)1.A corporate guarantee, as specified in 335-14-5-.08(4)(f) or 335-14-5-.08(6)(f) or 335-14-6-.08(4)(e) or 335-14-6-.08(6)(e), must be worded as follows, except that instructions in brackets are to be replaced with the relevant information and the brackets deleted:

CORPORATE GUARANTEE FOR CLOSURE OR POST-CLOSURE CARE

Guarantee made this [date] by [name of guaranteeing entity], a business corporation organized under the laws of the State of [insert name of State], herein referred to as guarantor. This guarantee is made on behalf of the [owner or operator] of [business address], which is [one of the following: "our subsidiary"; "a subsidiary of [name and address of common parent corporation], of which guarantor is a subsidiary"; or "an entity with which guarantor has a substantial business relationship, as defined in 335-14-5-.08(2)(n) or 335-14-6-.08(2)(n) to the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (the "Department").

Recitals

1.Guarantor meets or exceeds the financial test criteria and agrees to comply with the reporting requirements for guarantors as specified in ADEM Admin. Code subparagraphs 335-14-5-.08(4)(f), 335-14-5-.08(6)(f), 335-14-6-.08(4)(e) and 335-14-6-.08(6)(e).

2.[Owner or operator] owns or operates the following hazardous waste management facility(ies) covered by this guarantee: [List for each facility: EPA Identification Number, name, and address. Indicate for each whether guarantee is for closure, post-closure care, or both.]

3."Closure plans" and "post-closure plans" as used below refer to the plans maintained as required by ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08 and 335-14-6-.08 for the closure and post-closure care of facilities as identified above.

4.For value received from [owner or operator], guarantor guarantees to the Department that in the event that [owner or operator] fails to perform [insert "closure," "post-closure" or "closure and post-closure care"] of the above facility(ies) in accordance with the closure or post-closure plans and other permit requirements whenever required to do so, the guarantor shall do so or establish a trust fund as specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08 or 335-14-6-.08, as applicable, in the name of the [owner or operator] in the amount of the current closure or post-closure cost estimates as specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08 or 335-14-6-.08.

5.Guarantor agrees that if, at the end of any fiscal year before termination of this guarantee, the guarantor fails to meet the financial test criteria, guarantor shall send within 90 days, by certified mail, notice to the Department and to [owner or operator] that he intends to provide alternate financial assurance as specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08 or 335-14-6-.08, as applicable, in the name of [owner or operator]. Within 120 days after the end of such fiscal year, the guarantor shall establish such financial assurance unless [owner or operator] has done so.

6.The guarantor agrees to notify the Department by certified mail, of a voluntary or involuntary proceeding under Title 11 (Bankruptcy), U.S. Code, naming guarantor as debtor, within 10 days after commencement of the proceeding.

7.Guarantor agrees that within 30 days after being notified by the Department of a determination that guarantor no longer meets the financial test criteria or that he is disallowed from continuing as a guarantor of closure or post-closure care, he shall establish alternate financial assurance as specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08 or 335-14-6-.08, as applicable, in the name of [owner or operator] unless [owner or operator] has done so.

8.Guarantor agrees to remain bound under this guarantee notwithstanding any or all of the following: amendment or modification of the closure or post-closure plan, amendment or modification of the permit, the extension or reduction of the time of performance of closure or post-closure, or any other modification or alteration of an obligation of the owner or operator pursuant to ADEM Admin. Code 335-14-5 or 335-14-6.

9.Guarantor agrees to remain bound under this guarantee for so long as [owner or operator] must comply with the applicable financial assurance requirements of ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08 and 335-335-14-6-.08 for the above-listed facilities, except as provided in paragraph 10. of this agreement.

10.[Insert the following language if the guarantor is (a) a direct or higher-tier corporate parent, or (b) a firm whose parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator]:

Guarantor may terminate this guarantee by sending notice by certified mail to the Department and to [owner or operator], provided that this guarantee may not be terminated unless and until [the owner or operator] obtains, and the Department approves, alternate closure, post-closure, and/or corrective action care coverage complying with ADEM Admin. Code paragraphs 335-14-5-.08(8) and/or 335-14-6-.08(8).

[Insert the following language if the guarantor is a firm qualifying as a guarantor due to its "substantial business relationship" with its owner or operator]:

Guarantor may terminate this guarantee 120 days following the receipt of notification, through certified mail, by the Department and by [the owner or operator].

11.Guarantor agrees that if [owner or operator] fails to provide alternate financial assurance as specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08 or 335-14-6-.08, as applicable, and obtain written approval of such assurance from the Department within 90 days after a notice of cancellation by the guarantor is received by the Department from guarantor, guarantor shall provide such alternate financial assurance in the name of [owner or operator].

12.Guarantor expressly waives notice of acceptance of this guarantee by the Department or by [owner of operator]. Guarantor also expressly waives notice of amendments or modifications of the closure, post-closure, and/or corrective action plan and of amendments or modifications of the facility permit(s).

I hereby certify that the wording of this guarantee is identical to the wording specified in ADEM Admin. Code subparagraph 335-14-5-.08(12)(h) as such rules were constituted on the date first above written.

<table width="100%"> Effective date: [Name of guarantor] [Authorized signature for guarantor] [Name of person signing] [Title of person signing] Signature of witness or notary: </table>

2.A guarantee, as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(g) or 335-14-6-.08(8)(g), must be worded as follows, except that instructions in brackets are to be replaced with the relevant information and the brackets deleted:

Guarantee for Liability Coverage

Guarantee made this [date] by [name of guaranteeing entity], a business corporation organized under the laws of [if incorporated within the United States insert "the State of _______________________________" and insert name of State; if incorporated outside the United States, insert the name of the country in which incorporated, the principal place of business within the United States, and the name and address of the registered agent in the State of the principal place of business], herein referred to as guarantor. This guarantee is made on behalf of [owner or operator] of [business address], which is one of the following: "our subsidiary", "a subsidiary of [name and address of common parent corporation], or which guarantor is a subsidiary"; or "an entity with which guarantor has a substantial business relationship, as defined in [either 335-14-5-.08(2)(i) or 335-14-6-.08(2)(i)]", to any and all third parties who have sustained or may sustain bodily injury or property damage caused by [sudden and/or nonsudden] accidental occurrences arising from operation of the facility(ies) covered by this guarantee.

Recitals

1.Guarantor meets or exceeds the financial test criteria and agrees to comply with the reporting requirements for guarantors as specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-5-.08(8)(g) and 335-14-6-.08(8)(g).

2.[Owner or operator] owns or operates the following hazardous waste management facility(ies) covered by this guarantee: [List for each facility: EPA Identification Number, name and address; and if guarantor is incorporated outside the United States, list the name and address of the guarantor's registered agent in each State.] This corporate guarantee satisfies the ADEM Administrative Code third-party liability requirements for [insert "sudden" or "nonsudden" or "both sudden and nonsudden"] accidental occurrences in above-named owner or operator facilities for coverage in the amount of [insert dollar amount] for each occurrence and [insert dollar amount] annual aggregate.

3.For value received from [owner or operator], guarantor guarantees to any and all third parties who have sustained or may sustain bodily injury or property damage caused by [sudden and/or nonsudden] accidental occurrences arising from operations of the facility(ies) covered by this guarantee that in the event that [owner or operator] fails to satisfy a judgment or award based on a determination of liability for bodily injury or property damage to third parties caused by [sudden and/or nonsudden] accidental occurrences, arising from the operation of the above-named facilities, or fails to pay an amount agreed to in settlement of a claim arising from or alleged to arise from such injury or damage, the guarantor will satisfy such judgment(s), award(s), or settlement agreement(s) up to the limits of coverage identified above.

4.Such obligation does not apply to any of the following:

(a)Bodily injury or property damage for which [insert owner or operator] is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that [insert owner or operator] would be obligated to pay in the absence of the contract or agreement.

(b)Any obligation of [insert owner or operator] under a workers' compensation, disability benefits, or unemployment compensation law or any similar law.

(c)Bodily injury to:

(1)An employee of [insert owner or operator] arising from, and in the course of, employment by [insert owner or operator]; or

(2)The spouse, child, parent, brother, or sister of that employee as a consequence of, or arising from, and in the course of employment by [insert owner or operator]. This exclusion applies:

(A)Whether [insert owner or operator] may be liable as an employer or in any other capacity; and

(B)To any obligation to share damages with or repay another person who must pay damages because of the injury to persons identified in paragraphs (1) and (2).

(d)Bodily injury or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, use, or entrustment to others of any aircraft, motor vehicle or watercraft.

(e)Property damage to:

(1)Any property owned, rented, or occupied by [insert owner or operator];

(2)Premises that are sold, given away or abandoned by [insert owner or operator] if the property damage arises out of any part of those premises;

(3)Property loaned to [insert owner or operator];

(4)Personal property in the care, custody or control of [insert owner or operator];

(5)That particular part of real property on which [insert owner or operator] or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on behalf of [insert owner or operator] are performing operations, if the property damage arises out of these operations.

5.Guarantor agrees that if, at the end of any fiscal year before termination of this guarantee, the guarantor fails to meet the financial test criteria, guarantor shall send within 90 days, by certified mail, notice to the Alabama Department of Environmental Management ("the Department") and to [owner or operator] that he intends to provide alternate liability coverage as specified in ADEM Admin. Code paragraphs 335-14-5-.08(8) and 335-14-6-.08(8), as applicable, in the name of [owner or operator]. Within 120 days after the end of such fiscal year, the guarantor shall establish such liability coverage unless [owner or operator] has done so.

6.The guarantor agrees to notify the Department, by certified mail, of a voluntary or involuntary proceeding under Title 11 (Bankruptcy), U.S. Code, naming guarantor as debtor, within 10 days after commencement of the proceeding.

7.Guarantor agrees that within 30 days after being notified by the Department of a determination that guarantor no longer meets the financial test criteria or that he is disallowed from continuing as a guarantor, he shall establish alternate liability coverage, as specified in ADEM Admin. Code paragraph 335-14-5-.08(8) or 335-14-6-.08(8), in the name of [owner or operator], unless [owner or operator] has done so.

8.Guarantor reserves the right to modify this agreement to take into account amendment or modification of the liability requirements set by ADEM Admin. Code paragraphs 335-14-5-.08(8) and 335-14-6-.08(8), provided that such modification shall become effective only if the Department does not disapprove the modification within 30 days of receipt of notification of the modification.

9.Guarantor agrees to remain bound under this guarantee for so long as [owner or operator] must comply with the applicable requirements of ADEM Admin. Code paragraphs 335-14-5-.08(8) and 335-14-6-.08(8) for the above-listed facility(ies), except as provided in paragraph 10. of this agreement.

10.[Insert the following language if the guarantor is (a) a direct or higher-tier corporate parent, or (b) a firm whose parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator]: Guarantor may terminate this guarantee by sending notice by certified mail to the Department and to [owner or operator], provided that this guarantee may not be terminated unless and until [the owner or operator] obtains, and the Department approves alternate liability coverage complying with ADEM Admin. Code paragraphs 335-14-5-.08(8) and/or 335-14-6-.08(8). [Insert the following language if the guarantor is a firm qualifying as a guarantor due to its "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator: Guarantor may terminate this guarantee 120 days following receipt of notification, through certified mail, by the Department and by [the owner or operator].

11.Guarantor hereby expressly waives notice of acceptance of this guarantee by any party.

12.Guarantor agrees that this guarantee is in addition to and does not affect any other responsibility or liability of the guarantor with respect to the covered facilities.

13.The Guarantor shall satisfy a third-party liability claim only on receipt of one of the following documents:

(a)Certification from the Principal and the third-party claimant(s) that the liability claim should be paid. The certification must be worded as follows, except that instructions in brackets are to be replaced with the relevant information and the brackets deleted:

Certification of Valid Claim

The undersigned, as parties [insert Principal] and [insert name and address of third-party claimant(s)], hereby certify that the claim of bodily injury and/or property damage caused by a [sudden or nonsudden] accidental occurrence arising from operating [Principal's] hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility should be paid in the amount of $[___________].

[Signatures]

Principal

[Notary]Date

[Signatures]

Claimant(s)

[Notary]Date

(b)A valid final court order establishing a judgment against the Principal for bodily injury or property damage caused by sudden or nonsudden accidental occurrences arising from the operation of the Principal's facility or group of facilities.

14.In the event of combination of this guarantee with another mechanism to meet liability requirements, this guarantee will be considered [insert "primary" or "excess"] coverage.

I hereby certify that the wording of the guarantee is identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(h)2. as such Rules were constituted on the date shown immediately below.

<table width="100%"> Effective date: [Name of guarantor] [Authorized signature for guarantor] [Name of person signing] [Title of person signing] Signature of witness or notary: </table>

(i)A hazardous waste facility liability endorsement as required in 335-14-5-.08(8) or 335-14-6-.08(8) must be worded as follows, except that instructions in brackets are to be replaced with the relevant information and the brackets deleted:

HAZARDOUS WASTE FACILITY LIABILITY ENDORSEMENT

1.This endorsement certifies that the policy to which the endorsement is attached provides liability insurance covering bodily injury and property damage in connection with the insured's obligation to demonstrate financial responsibility under ADEM Admin. Code paragraph 335-14-5-.08(8) or 335-14-6-.08(8). The coverage applies at [list EPA Identification Number, name, and address for each facility] for [insert "sudden accidental occurrences," "nonsudden accidental occurrences," or "sudden and nonsudden accidental occurrences"; if coverage is for multiple facilities and the coverage is different for different facilities, indicate which facilities are insured for sudden accidental occurrences, which are insured for nonsudden accidental occurrences, and which are insured for both]. The limits of liability are [insert the dollar amount of the "each occurrence" and "annual aggregate" limits of the Insurer's liability], exclusive of legal defense costs.

2.The insurance afforded with respect to such occurrences is subject to all of the terms and conditions of the policy; provided, however, that any provisions of the policy inconsistent with subsections (a) through (e) of this Paragraph 2 are hereby amended to conform with subsections (a) through (e):

(a)Bankruptcy or insolvency of the insured shall not relieve the Insurer of its obligations under the policy to which this endorsement is attached.

(b)The Insurer is liable for the payment of amounts within any deductible applicable to the policy, with a right of reimbursement by the insured for any such payment made by the insured for any such payment made by the Insurer. This provision does not apply with respect to that amount of any deductible for which coverage is demonstrated as specified in ADEM Admin. Code subparagraph 335-14-5-.08(8)(f) or 335-14-6-.08(8)(f).

(c)Whenever requested by the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (the Department), the Insurer agrees to furnish to the Department a signed duplicate original of the policy and all endorsements.

(d)Cancellation of this endorsement, whether by the Insurer, the insured, a parent corporation providing insurance coverage for its subsidiary, or by a firm having an insurable interest in and obtaining liability insurance on behalf of the owner or operator of the hazardous waste management facility, will be effective only upon written notice and only after the expiration of sixty (60) days after a copy of such written notice is received by the Department.

(e)Any other termination of this endorsement will be effective only upon written notice and only after the expiration of thirty (30) days after a copy of such written notice is received by the Department.

Attached to and forming part of policy No. issued by [name of Insurer], herein called the Insurer, of [address of Insurer] to [name of insured] of [address] this___________ day of 20____. The effective date of said policy is ______________ day of _________________ 20_____.

I hereby certify that the wording of this endorsement is identical to the wording specified in ADEM Admin. Code subparagraph 335-14-5-.08(12)(i) as such rule was constituted on the date first above written, and that the Insurer is licensed to transact the business of insurance, or eligible to provide insurance as an excess or surplus lines insurer, in the State of Alabama.

[Signature of Authorized Representative of Insurer]

[Type name]

[Title], Authorized Representative of [name of Insurer]

[Address of Representative]

(j)A certificate of liability insurance as required in 335-14-5-.08(8) or 335-14-6-.08(8) must be worded as follows, except that the instructions in brackets are to be replaced with the relevant information and the brackets deleted:

HAZARDOUS WASTE FACILITY CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE

1.[Name of Insurer], (the "Insurer"), of [address of Insurer] hereby certifies that it has issued liability insurance covering bodily injury and property damage to [name of insured], (the "insured"), of [address of insured] in connection with the insured's obligation to demonstrate financial responsibility under ADEM Admin. Code paragraph 335-14-5-.08(8) or 335-14-6-.08(8). The coverage applies at [list EPA Identification Number, name, and address for each facility] for [insert "sudden accidental occurrences," "nonsudden accidental occurrences," or "sudden and nonsudden accidental occurrences"; if coverage is for multiple facilities and the coverage is different for different facilities, indicate which facilities are insured for sudden accidental occurrences, which are insured for nonsudden accidental occurrences, and which are insured for both]. The limits of liability are [insert the dollar amount of the "each occurrence" and "annual aggregate" limits of the Insurer's liability], exclusive of legal defense costs. The coverage is provided under policy number , issued on [date]. The effective date of said policy is [date].

2.The Insurer further certifies the following with respect to the insurance described in Paragraph 1:

(a)Bankruptcy or insolvency of the insured shall not relieve the Insurer of its obligations under the policy.

(b)The Insurer is liable for the payment of amounts within any deductible applicable to the policy, with a right of reimbursement by the insured for any such payment made by the Insurer. This provision does not apply with respect to that amount of any deductible for which coverage is demonstrated as specified in ADEM Admin. Code subparagraph 335-14-5-.08(8)(f) or 335-14-6-.08(8)(f).

(c)Whenever requested by the Alabama Department of Environmental Management ("the Department"), the Insurer agrees to furnish to the Department a signed duplicate original of the policy and all endorsements.

(d)Cancellation of the insurance, whether by the Insurer, the insured, a parent corporation providing insurance coverage for its subsidiary, or by a firm having an insurable interest in and obtaining liability insurance on behalf of the owner or operator of the hazardous waste management facility, will be effective only upon written notice and only after the expiration of sixty (60) days after a copy of such written notice is received by the Department.

(e)Any other termination of the insurance will be effective only upon written notice and only after the expiration of thirty (30) days after a copy of such written notice is received by the Department.

I hereby certify that the wording of this instrument is identical to the wording specified in ADEM Admin. Code subparagraph 335-14-5-.08(12)(j) as such rule was constituted on the date first above written, and that the Insurer is licensed to transact the business of insurance, or eligible to provide insurance as an excess or surplus lines insurer, in the State of Alabama.

[Signature of authorized representative of Insurer]

[Type name]

[Title], Authorized Representative of [name of Insurer]

[Address of Representative]

(k)A letter of credit, as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(h), or 335-14-6-.08(8)(h), must be worded as follows, except that instructions in brackets are to be replaced with the relevant information and the brackets deleted:

Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit

Name and address of Issuing Institution

Department

Alabama Department of Environmental Management

Dear Sir or Madam: We hereby establish our Irrevocable Letter of Credit No. _____________ in the favor of ["any and all third-party liability claimants" or insert name of trustee of the standby trust fund"], at the request and for the account of [owner's or operator's name and address] for third-party liability awards or settlements up to [in words] U.S. dollars

$ per occurrences and the annual aggregate amount of [in words] U.S. dollars $, for sudden accidental occurrences and/or for third-party liability awards or settlements up to the amount of [in words] U.S. dollars $ per occurrence, and the annual aggregate amounts of [in words] U.S. dollars $, for nonsudden accidental occurrences available upon presentation of a sight draft, bearing reference to this letter of credit No. ________, and (1) a signed certificate reading as follows:

Certification of Valid Claim

The undersigned, as parties [insert grantor] and [insert name and address of third-party claimant(s)], hereby certify that the claim of bodily injury and/or property damage caused by a [sudden or nonsudden] accidental occurrence arising from operations of [grantor's] hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility should be paid in the amount of $. We hereby certify that the claim does not apply to any of the following:

(a)Bodily injury or property damage for which [insert grantor] is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that [insert principal] would be obligated to pay in the absence of the contract or agreement.

(b)Any obligation of [insert grantor] under a workers' compensation, disability benefits, or unemployment compensation law or any similar law.

(c)Bodily injury to:

(1)An employee of [insert grantor] arising from, and in the course of, employment by [insert grantor); or

(2)The spouse, child, parent, brother, or sister of that employee as a consequence of, or arising from, and in the course of employment by [insert grantor]. This exclusion applies:

(A)Whether [insert grantor] may be liable as an employer or in any other capacity; and

(B)To any obligation to share damages with or repay another person who must pay damages because of the injury to persons identified in paragraphs (1) and (2).

(d)Bodily injury or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, use, or entrustment to others of any aircraft, motor vehicle or watercraft.

(e)Property damage to:

(1)Any property owned, rented, or occupied by [insert grantor];

(2)Premises that are sold, given away or abandoned by [insert grantor] if the property damage arises out of any part of those premises;

(3)Property loaned to [insert grantor];

(4)Personal property in the care, custody or control of [insert grantor];

(5)That particular part of real property on which [insert principal] or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on behalf of [insert grantor] are performing operations, if the property damage arises out of these operations.

[Signatures]

Grantor

[Signatures]

Claimant(s)

or (2) a valid final court order establishing a judgment against the Grantor for bodily injury or property damage caused by sudden or nonsudden accidental occurrences arising from operation of the Grantor's facility or group of facilities.

This letter of credit is effective as of [date] and shall expire on [date at least one year later], but such expiration date shall be automatically extended for a period of [at least one year] on [date] and on each successive expiration date, unless, at least 120 days before the current expiration date, we notify you, the Department, and [owner's or operator's name] by certified mail that we have decided not to extend this letter of credit beyond the current expiration date.

Whenever this letter of credit is drawn on under and in compliance with the terms of this credit, we shall duly honor such draft upon presentation to us.

[Insert the following language if a standby trust fund is not being used: "In the event that this letter of credit is used in combination with another mechanism for liability coverage, this letter of credit shall be considered [insert "primary" or "excess" coverage]."

We certify that the wording of this letter of credit is identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(k) as such Rules were constituted on the date shown immediately below.

[Signature(s) and title(s) of official(s) of issuing institution]

[Date]

This credit is subject to [insert "the most recent edition of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, published and copyrighted by the International Chamber of Commerce" or "the Uniform Commercial Code"].

(l)A surety bond, as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(i) or 335-14-6-.08(8)(i) must be worded as follows, except that instructions in brackets are to be replaced with the relevant information and the brackets deleted:

Payment Bond

Surety Bond No. [Insert number]

Parties [insert name and address of owner or operator], Principal, incorporated in [insert State of Incorporation] of [insert city and State of principal place of business] and [insert name and address of surety company(ies), Surety Company(ies), of [insert surety(ies) place of business].

EPA Identification Number, name, and address for each facility guaranteed by this bond:

<table width="100%"> Sudden accidental occurrences Nonsudden accidental occurrences Penal Sum Per Occurrence (insert amount] (insert amount] Annual Aggregate [insert amount] [insert amount] </table>

Purpose: This is an agreement between the Surety(ies) and the Principal under which the Surety(ies), its (their) successors and assignees, agree to be responsible for the payment of claims against the Principal for bodily injury and/or property damage to third parties caused by ["sudden" and/or "nonsudden"] accidental occurrences arising from operations of the facility or group of facilities in the sums prescribed herein; subject to the governing provisions and the following conditions.

Governing Provisions:

(1)Section 22-30-16 of the Alabama Hazardous Wastes Management and Minimization Act of 1978, as amended.

(2)Rules of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management Administrative Code, Division 335-14, particularly Rules 335-14-5-.08(8) and 335-14-6-.08(8), if applicable.

Conditions:

(1)The Principal is subject to the applicable governing provisions that require the Principal to have and maintain liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage to third parties caused by ["sudden" and/or "nonsudden"] accidental occurrences arising from operations of the facility or group of facilities. Such obligation does not apply to any of the following:

(a)Bodily injury or property damage for which [insert principal] is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that [insert principal] would be obligated to pay in the absence of the contract or agreement.

(b)Any obligation of [insert principal] under a workers' compensation, disability benefits, or unemployment compensation law or similar law.

(c)Bodily injury to:

(1)An employee of [insert principal] arising from, and in the course of, employment by [insert principal]; or

(2)The spouse, child, parent, brother, or sister of that employee as a consequence of, or arising from, and in the course of employment by [insert principal]. This exclusion applies:

(A)Whether [insert principal] may be liable as an employer or in any other capacity; and

(B)To any obligation to share damages with or repay another person who must pay damages because of the injury to persons identified in paragraphs (1) and (2).

(d)Bodily injury or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, use, or entrustment to others of any aircraft, motor vehicle or watercraft.

(e)Property damage to:

(1)Any property owned, rented, or occupied by [insert principal];

(2)Premises that are sold, given away or abandoned by [insert principal] if the property damage arises out of any part of those premises;

(3)Property loaned to [insert principal];

(4)Personal property in the care, custody or control of [insert principal];

(5)That particular part of real property on which [insert principal] or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on behalf of [insert principal] are performing operations, if the property damage arises out of these operations.

(2)This bond assures that the Principal will satisfy valid third party liability claims, as described in condition 1.

(3)If the Principal fails to satisfy a valid third party liability claim, as described above, the Surety(ies) becomes liable on this bond obligation.

(4)The Surety(ies) shall satisfy a third party liability claim only upon the receipt of one of the following documents:

(a)Certification from the Principal and the third party claimant(s) that the liability claim should be paid. The certification must be worded as follows, except that instructions in brackets are to be replaced with the relevant information and the brackets deleted:

Certification of Valid Claim

The undersigned, as parties [insert name of Principal] and [insert name and address of third party claimant(s)], hereby certify that the claim of bodily injury and/or property damage caused by a [sudden or nonsudden] accidental occurrence arising from operating [Principal's] hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility should be paid in the amount of

$[ ].

[Signature]

Principal

[Notary] Date

[Signature(s)]

Claimant(s)

[Notary]Date

or (b) A valid final court order establishing a judgment against the Principal for bodily injury or property damage caused by sudden or nonsudden accidental occurrences arising from the operation of the Principal's facility or group of facilities.

(5)In the event of combination of this bond with another mechanism for liability coverage, this bond will be considered [insert "primary" or "excess"] coverage.

(6)The liability of the Surety(ies) shall not be discharged by any payment or succession of payments hereunder, unless and until such payment or payments shall amount in the aggregate to the penal sum of the bond. In no event shall the obligation of the Surety(ies) hereunder exceed the amount of said annual aggregate penal sum, provided that the Surety(ies) furnish(es) notice to the Department forthwith of all claims filed and payments made by the Surety(ies) under this bond.

(7)The Surety(ies) may cancel the bond by sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the Principal and the Department, provided, however, that cancellation shall not occur during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by the Principal and the Department as evidenced by the return receipt.

(8)The Principal may terminate this bond by sending written notice to the Surety(ies) and to the Department.

(9)The Surety(ies) hereby waive(s) notification of amendments to applicable laws, statutes, rules and regulations and agree(s) that no such amendment shall in any way alleviate its [their] obligation on this bond.

(10)This bond is effective from [insert date] [12:01 a.m., standard time, at the address of the Principal as stated herein] and shall continue in force until terminated as described above.

In Witness Whereof, the Principal and Surety(ies) have executed this Bond and have affixed their seals on the date set forth above.

The persons whose signatures appear below hereby certify that they are authorized to execute this surety bond on behalf of the Principal and Surety(ies) and that the wording of this surety bond is identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(l), as such Rules were constituted on the date this bond was executed.

PRINCIPAL

[Signature(s)]

[Name(s)]

[Title(s)]

[Corporate Seal]

CORPORATE SURETY(IES)

[Name and address]

State of incorporation:__________________________

Liability Limit: $_________________________

[Signature(s)]

[Name(s) and title(s)]

[Corporate seal]

[For every co-surety, provide signature(s), corporate seal, and other information in the same manner as for Surety above.]

Bond premium: $_________________________

(m)1.A trust agreement, as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(j) or 335-14-6-.08(12)(j) must be worded as follows, except that instructions in brackets are to be replaced with the relevant information and the brackets deleted:

Trust Agreement

Trust Agreement, the "Agreement," entered into as of [date] by and between [name of the owner or operator] a [name of State] [insert "corporation," "partnership," "association," or "proprietorship"], the "Grantor," and [name of corporate trustee], [insert, "incorporated in the State of" or "a national bank"], the "trustee".

Whereas the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (the "Department") has established certain Rules applicable to the Grantor, requiring that an owner or operator of a hazardous waste management facility or group of facilities must demonstrate financial responsibility for bodily injury and property damage to third parties caused by sudden accidental and/or nonsudden accidental occurrences arising from operations of the facility or group of facilities.

Whereas the Grantor has elected to establish a trust to assure all or part of such financial responsibility for the facilities identified herein.

Whereas, the Grantor, acting through its duly authorized officers, has selected the Trustee to be the trustee under this agreement, and the Trustee is willing to act as trustee.

Now, therefore, the Grantor and the Trustee agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a)The term "Grantor" means the owner or operator who enters into this Agreement and any successors or assigns of the Grantor.

(b)The term "Trustee" means the Trustee who enters into this Agreement and any successor Trustee.

(c)Section 2. Identification of Facilities. This agreement pertains to the facilities identified on attached schedule A (on schedule A, for each facility list the EPA Identification Number, name, and address of the facility(ies) and the amount of liability coverage, or portions thereof, if more than one instrument affords combined coverage as demonstrated by this Agreement].

Section 3. Establishment of Fund. The Grantor and the Trustee hereby establish a trust fund, hereinafter the "Fund," for the benefit of any and all third parties injured or damaged by [sudden and/or nonsudden] accidental occurrences arising from operation of the facility(ies) covered by this guarantee, in the amounts of _______________________ [up to $1 million] per occurrence and ________________________ [up to $2 million] annual aggregate for sudden accidental occurrences and (up to $3 million] per occurrence and [up to $6 million] annual aggregate for nonsudden occurrences, except that the Fund is not established for the benefit of third parties for the following:

(a)Bodily injury or property damage for which [insert Grantor] is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that [insert Grantor] would be obligated to pay in the absence of the contract or agreement.

(b)Any obligation of [insert Grantor] under a workers' compensation, disability benefits, or unemployment compensation law or any similar law.

(c)Bodily injury to:

(1)An employee of [insert Grantor] arising from, and in the course of, employment by [insert Grantor]; or

(2)the spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that employee as a consequence of, or arising from, and in the course of employment by [insert Grantor].

This exclusion applies:

(A)Whether [insert Grantor] may be liable as an employer or in any other capacity; and

(B)To any obligation to share damages with or repay another person who must pay damages because of the injury to persons identified in paragraphs (1) and (2).

(d)Bodily injury or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, use, or entrustment to others of any aircraft, motor vehicle, or watercraft.

(e)Property damage to:

(1)Any property owned, rented, or occupied by [insert Grantor];

(2)Premises that are sold, given away, or abandoned by [insert Grantor] if the property damage arises out of any part of those premises;

(3)Property loaned to [insert Grantor];

(4)Personal property in the care, custody, or control of [insert Grantor];

(5)That particular part of real property on which [insert Grantor] or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on behalf of [insert Grantor] are performing operations, if the property damage arises out of these operations.

In the event of combination with another mechanism for liability coverage, the fund shall be considered [insert "primary" or "excess"] coverage.

The Fund is established initially as consisting of the property, which is acceptable to the Trustee, described in Schedule B attached hereto. Such property and any other property subsequently transferred to the Trustee is referred to as the Fund, together with all earnings and profits thereon, less any payments or distributions made by the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement. The Fund shall be held by the Trustee, IN TRUST, as hereinafter provided. The Trustee shall not be responsible nor shall it undertake any responsibility for the amount or adequacy of, nor any duty to collect from the Grantor, any payments necessary to discharge any liabilities of the Grantor established by the Department.

Section 4. Payment for Bodily Injury or Property Damage. The Trustee shall satisfy a third party liability claim by making payments from the Fund only upon receipt of one of the following documents:

(a)Certification from the Grantor and the third party claimant(s) that the liability claim should be paid. The certification must be worded as follows, except that instructions in brackets are to be replaced with the relevant information and the brackets deleted:

Certification of Valid Claim

The undersigned, as parties [insert Grantor] and [insert name and address of third party claimant(s)], hereby certify that the claim of bodily injury and/or property damage caused by a [sudden or nonsudden] accidental occurrence arising from operating [Grantor's] hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility should be paid in the amount of $[ ].

[Signatures]

Grantor

[Signature(s)]

Claimant(s)

(b)A valid final court order establishing a judgment against the Grantor for bodily injury or property damage caused by sudden or nonsudden accidental occurrences arising from the operation of the Grantor's facility or group of facilities.

Section 5. Payments Comprising the Fund. Payments made to the Trustee for the Fund shall consist of cash or securities acceptable to the Trustee.

Section 6. Trustee Management. The Trustee shall invest and reinvest the principal and income, in accordance with general investment policies and guidelines which the Grantor may communicate in writing to the Trustee from time to time, subject, however, to the provisions of this section. In investing, reinvesting, exchanging, selling, and managing the Fund, the Trustee shall discharge his duties with respect to the trust fund solely in the interest of the beneficiary and with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstance then prevailing which persons of prudence, acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters, would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; except that:

(a)Securities or other obligations of the Grantor, or any other owner or operator of the facilities, or any of their affiliates as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, 15 U.S.C. 80a-2.(a), shall not be acquired or held unless they are securities or other obligations of the Federal or a State government;

(b)The Trustee is authorized to invest the Fund in time or demand deposits of the Trustee, to the extent insured by an agency of the Federal or State government; and

(c)The Trustee is authorized to hold cash awaiting investment or distribution uninvested for a reasonable time and without liability for the payment of interest thereon.

Section 7. Commingling and Investment. The Trustee is expressly authorized in its discretion:

(a)To transfer from time to time any or all of the assets of the Fund to any common commingled, or collective trust fund created by the Trustee in which the fund is eligible to participate, subject to all of the provisions thereof, to be commingled with the assets of other trust participating therein; and

(b)To purchase shares in any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 81a-1 et seq., including one which may be created, managed, underwritten, or to which investment advice is rendered or the shares of which are sold by the Trustee. The Trustee may vote such shares in its discretion.

Section 8. Express Powers of Trustee. Without in any way limiting the powers and discretions conferred upon the Trustee by the other provisions of this Agreement or by law, the Trustee is expressly authorized and empowered:

(a)To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any property held by it, by public or private sale. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the purchase money or to inquire into the validity or expediency of any such sale or other disposition;

(b)To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted;

(c)To register any securities held in the Fund in its own name or in the name of a nominee and to hold any security in bearer form or in book entry, or to combine certificates representing such securities with certificates of the same issue held by the Trustee in other fiduciary capacities, or to deposit or arrange for the deposit of such securities in a qualified central depository even though, when so deposited, such securities may be merged and held in bulk in the name of the nominee of such depository with other securities deposited therein by another person, or to deposit or arrange for the deposit of any securities issued by the United States Government, or any agency or instrumentality thereof, with a Federal Reserve bank, but the books and records of the Trustee shall at all times show that all such securities are part of the Fund;

(d)To deposit any cash in the Fund in interest-bearing accounts maintained or savings certificates issued by the Trustee, in its separate corporate capacity, or in any other banking institution affiliated with the Trustee, to the extent insured by an agency of the Federal or State government; and

(e)To compromise or otherwise adjust all claims in favor of or against the Fund.

Section 9. Taxes and Expenses. All taxes of any kind that may be assessed or levied against or in respect of the Fund and all brokerage commissions incurred by the Fund shall be paid from the Fund. All other expenses incurred by the Trustee in connection with the administration of this Trust, including fees for legal services rendered to the Trustee, the compensation of the Trustee to the extent not paid directly by the Grantor, and all other proper charges and disbursements of the Trustee shall be paid from the Fund.

Section 10. Annual Valuations. The Trustee shall annually, at least 30 days prior to the anniversary date of establishment of the Fund, furnish to the Grantor and to the Department a statement confirming the value of the Trust. Any securities in the Fund shall be valued at market value as of no more than 60 days prior to the anniversary date of establishment of the Fund. The failure of the Grantor to object in writing to the Trustee within 90 days after the statement has been furnished to the Grantor and the Department shall constitute a conclusively binding assent by the Grantor barring the Grantor from asserting any claim or liability against the Trustee with respect to matters disclosed in the statement.

Section 11. Advice of Counsel. The Trustee may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Grantor with respect to any question arising as to the construction of this Agreement or any action to be taken hereunder. The Trustee shall be fully protected, to the extent permitted by law, in acting upon the advice of counsel.

Section 12. Trustee Compensation. The Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services as agreed upon in writing from time to time with the Grantor.

Section 13. Successor Trustee. The Trustee may resign or the Grantor may replace the Trustee, but such resignation or replacement shall not be effective until the Grantor has appointed a successor trustee and this successor accepts the appointment. The successor trustee shall have the same powers and duties as those conferred upon the Trustee hereunder. Upon the successor trustee's acceptance of the appointment, the Trustee shall assign, transfer, and pay over to the successor trustee the funds and properties then constituting the Fund. If for any reason the Grantor cannot or does not act in the event of the resignation of the Trustee, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee or for instructions. The successor trustee shall specify the date on which it assumes administration of the trust in a writing sent to the Grantor, the Department and the present Trustee by certified mail 10 days before such change becomes effective. Any expenses incurred by the Trustee as a result of any of the acts contemplated by this section shall be paid as provided in Section 9.

Section 14. Instructions to the Trustee. All orders, requests, and instructions by the Grantor to the Trustee shall be in writing, signed by such persons as are designated in the attached Exhibit A or such other designees as the Grantor may designate by amendments to Exhibit A. The Trustee shall be fully protected in acting without inquiry in accordance with the Grantor's orders, requests, and instructions. All orders, requests, and instructions by the Department to the Trustee shall be in writing, signed by the Department, and the Trustee shall act and shall be fully protected in acting in accordance with such orders, requests, and instructions. The Trustee shall have the right to assume, in the absence of written notice to the contrary, that no event constituting a change or a termination of the authority of any person to act on behalf of the Grantor or the Department hereunder has occurred. The Trustee shall have no duty to act in the absence of such orders, requests, and instructions from the Grantor and/or the Department except as provided for herein.

Section 15. Notice of Nonpayment. If a payment for bodily injury or property damage is made under Section 4 of this trust, the Trustee shall notify the Grantor of such payment and the amount(s) thereof within five (5) working days. The Grantor shall, on or before the anniversary date of the establishment of the Fund following such notice, either make payments to the Trustee in amounts sufficient to cause the trust to return to its value immediately prior to the payment of claims under Section 4, or shall provide written proof to the Trustee that other financial assurance for liability coverage has been obtained equaling the amount necessary to return the trust to its value prior to the payment of claims. If the Grantor does not either make payments to the Trustee or provide the Trustee with such proof, the Trustee shall within 10 working days after the anniversary date of the establishment of the fund provide a written notice of nonpayment to the Department.

Section 16. Amendment of Agreement. This Agreement may be amended by an instrument in writing executed by the Grantor, the Trustee, and the Department, or by the Trustee and the Department if the Grantor ceases to exist.

Section 17. Irrevocability and Termination. Subject to the right of the parties to amend this Agreement as provided in Section 16, this Trust shall be irrevocable and shall continue until terminated at the written agreement of the Grantor, the Trustee, and the Department, or by the Trustee and the Department if the Grantor ceases to exist. Upon termination of the Trust, all remaining trust property, less final trust administration expenses, shall be delivered to the Grantor.

The Department will agree to termination of the Trust when the owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in this section.

Section 18. Immunity and Indemnification. The Trustee shall not incur personal liability of any nature in connection with any act or omission, made in good faith, in the administration of this Trust, or in carrying out any directions by the Grantor or the Department issued in accordance with this Agreement. The Trustee shall be indemnified and saved harmless by the Grantor or from the Trust fund, or both, from and against any personal liability to which the Trustee may be subjected by reason of any act or conduct in its official capacity, including all expenses reasonably incurred in its defense in the event the Grantor fails to provide such defense.

Section 19. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be administered, construed, and enforced according to the laws of the State of [enter name of State].

Section 20. Interpretation. As used in this Agreement, words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular. The descriptive headings for each section of this Agreement shall not affect the interpretation or the legal efficacy of this Agreement.

In Witness Whereof the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers duly authorized and their corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested as of the date first above written. The parties below certify that the wording of this Agreement is identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(m) as such Rules were constituted on the date first above written.

[Signature of Grantor]

[Title]

Attest:

[Title]

[Seal]

[Signature of Trustee]

Attest:

[Title]

[Seal]

2.The following is an example of the certification of acknowledgment which must accompany the trust agreement for a trust fund as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(j) Rule or 335-14-6-.08(8)(j).

State of

County of

On this [date], before me personally came [owner or operator] to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she/he resides at [address], that she/he is [title] of [corporation], the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that she/he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to such instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that she/he signed her/his name thereto by like order.

[Signature of Notary Public]

(n)1.A standby trust agreement as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(h) or 335-14-6-.08(8)(h) must be worded as follows, except that instructions in brackets are to be replaced with the relevant information and the brackets deleted:

Standby Trust Agreement

Trust Agreement, the "Agreement," entered into as of [date] by and between [name of the owner or operator] a [name of a State] [insert "corporation," "partnership," "association," or "proprietorship"], the "Grantor," and [name of corporate trustee], [insert, "incorporated in the State of" or "a national bank"], the "trustee".

Whereas the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (the "Department"), has established certain regulations applicable to the Grantor, requiring that an owner or operator of a hazardous waste management facility or group of facilities must demonstrate financial responsibility for bodily injury and property damage to third parties caused by sudden accidental and/or nonsudden accidental occurrences arising from operations of the facility or group of facilities.

Whereas, the Grantor has elected to establish a standby trust into which the proceeds from a letter of credit may be deposited to assure all or part of such financial responsibility for the facilities identified herein.

Whereas, the Grantor, acting through its duly authorized officers, has selected the Trustee to be the trustee under this agreement, and the Trustee is willing to act as trustee.

Now, therefore, the Grantor and the Trustee agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a)The term Grantor means the owner or operator who enters into this Agreement and any successors or assigns of the Grantor.

(b)The term Trustee means the Trustee who enters into this Agreement and any successor Trustee.

Section 2. Identification of Facilities. This agreement pertains to the facilities identified on attached schedule A [on schedule A, for each facility list the EPA Identification Number, name, and address of the facility(ies) and the amount of liability coverage, or portions thereof, if more than one instrument affords combined coverage as demonstrated by this Agreement].

Section 3. Establishment of Fund. The Grantor and the Trustee hereby establish a standby trust fund, hereafter the "Fund," for the benefit of any and all third parties injured or damaged by [sudden and/or nonsudden] accidental occurrences arising from operation of the facility(ies) covered by this guarantee, in the amounts of [up to $1 million] per occurrence and [up to $2 million] annual aggregate for sudden accidental occurrences and [up to $6 million] annual aggregate for nonsudden occurrences, except that the Fund is not established for the benefit of third parties for the following:

(a)Bodily injury or property damage for which [insert Grantor] is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that [insert Grantor] would be obligated to pay in the absence of the contract or agreement.

(b)Any obligation of [insert Grantor] under a workers' compensation, disability benefits, or unemployment compensation law or any similar law.

(c)Bodily injury to:

(1)An employee or [insert Grantor] arising from, and in the course of, employment by [insert Grantor]; or

(2)The spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that employee as a consequence of, or arising from, and in the course of employment by [insert Grantor].

This exclusion applies:

(A)Whether [insert Grantor] may be liable as an employer or in any other capacity; and

(B)To any obligation to share damages with or repay another person who must pay damages because of the injury to persons identified in paragraphs (1) and (2).

(d)Bodily injury or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, use, or entrustment to others of any aircraft, motor vehicle or watercraft.

(e)Property damage to:

(1)Any property owned, rented, or occupied by [insert Grantor];

(2)Premises that are sold, given away or abandoned by [insert Grantor] if the property damage arises out of any part of those premises;

(3)Property loaned [insert Grantor];

(4)Personal property in the care, custody or control of [insert Grantor];

(5)That particular part of real property on which [insert Grantor] or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on behalf of [insert Grantor] are performing operations, if the property damage arises out of these operations.

In the event of combination with another mechanism for liability coverage, the fund shall be considered [insert "primary" or "excess"] coverage.

The Fund is established initially as consisting of the proceeds of the letter of credit deposited into the Fund. Such proceeds and any other property subsequently transferred to the Trustee is referred to as the Fund, together with all earnings and profits thereon, less any payments or distributions made by the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement. The Fund shall be held by the Trustee, IN TRUST, as hereinafter provided. The Trustee shall not be responsible nor shall it undertake any responsibility for the amount or adequacy of, nor any duty to collect from the Grantor, any payments necessary to discharge any liabilities of the Grantor established by the Department.

Section 4. Payment for Bodily Injury or Property Damage. The Trustee shall satisfy a third party liability claim by drawing on the letter of credit described in Schedule B and by making payments from the Fund only upon receipt of one of the following documents:

(a)Certification from the Grantor and the third party claimant(s) that the liability claim should be paid. The certification must be worded as follows, except that instructions in brackets are to be replaced with the relevant information and the brackets deleted:

Certification of Valid Claim

The undersigned, as parties [insert Grantor] and [insert name and address of third party claimant(s)], hereby certify that the claim of bodily injury and/or property damage caused by a [sudden or nonsudden] accidental occurrence arising from operating [Grantor's] hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility should be paid in the amount of $ .

[Signature]

Grantor

[Signatures]

Claimant(s)

(b)A valid final court order establishing a judgment against the Grantor for bodily injury or property damage caused by sudden or nonsudden accidental occurrences arising from the operation of the Grantor's facility or group of facilities.

Section 5. Payments Comprising the Fund. Payments made to the Trustee for the Fund shall consist of the proceeds from the letter of credit drawn upon by the Trustee in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(12)(k) and Section 4. of this Agreement.

Section 6. Trustee Management. The Trustee shall invest and reinvest the principal and income, in accordance with general investment policies and guidelines which the Grantor may communicate in writing to the Trustee from time to time, subject, however, to the provisions of this Section. In investing, reinvesting, exchanging, selling, and managing the Fund, the Trustee shall discharge his duties with respect to the trust fund solely in the interest of the beneficiary and with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing which persons of prudence, acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters, would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; except that:

(a)Securities or other obligations of the Grantor, or any other owner or operator of the facilities, or any of their affiliates as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, 15 U.S.C. 80a-2(a), shall not be acquired or held, unless they are securities or other obligations of the Federal or a State government;

(b)The Trustee is authorized to invest the Fund in time or demand deposits of the Trustee, to the extent insured by an agency of the Federal or a State government; and

(c)The Trustee is authorized to hold cash awaiting investment or distribution uninvested for a reasonable time and without liability for the payment of interest thereon.

Section 7. Commingling and Investment. The trustee is expressly authorized in its discretion:

(a)To transfer from time to time any or all of the assets of the Fund to any common, commingled, or collective trust fund created by the Trustee in which the Fund is eligible to participate, subject to all of the provisions thereof, to be commingled with the assets of other trusts participating therein; and

(b)To purchase shares in any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a-1 et seq., including one which may be created, managed, underwritten, or to which investment advice is rendered or the shares of which are sold by the Trustee. The Trustee may vote such shares in its discretion.

Section 8. Express Powers of Trustee. Without in any way limiting the powers and discretions conferred upon the Trustee by the other provisions of this Agreement or by law, the Trustee is expressly authorized and empowered:

(a)To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any property held by it, by public or private sale. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the purchase money or to inquire into the validity or expediency of any such sale or other disposition;

(b)To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted;

(c)To register any securities held in the Fund in its own name or in the name of a nominee and to hold any security in bearer form or in book entry, or to combine certificates representing such securities with certificates of the same issue held by the Trustee in other fiduciary capacities, or to deposit or arrange for the deposit of such securities in a qualified central depository even though, when so deposited, such securities may be merged and held in bulk in the name of the nominee of such depository with other securities deposited therein by another person, or to deposit or arrange for the deposit of any securities issued by the United States Government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, with a Federal Reserve Bank, but the books and records of the Trustee shall at all times show that all such securities are part of the Fund;

(d)To deposit any cash in the Fund in interest-bearing accounts maintained or savings certificates issued by the Trustee, in its separate corporate capacity, or in any other banking institutions affiliated with the Trustee, to the extent insured by an agency of the Federal or State government; and

(e)To compromise or otherwise adjust all claims in favor of or against the Fund.

Section 9. Taxes and Expenses. All taxes of any kind that may be assessed or levied against or in respect of the Fund and all brokerage commissions incurred by the Fund shall be paid from the Fund. All other expenses incurred by the Trustee in connection with the administration of this Trust, including fees for legal services rendered to the Trustee, the compensation of the Trustee to the extent not paid directly by the Grantor, and all other proper charges and disbursements to the Trustee shall be paid from the Fund.

Section 10. Advice of Counsel. The Trustee may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Grantor, with respect to any question arising as to the construction of this Agreement or any action to be taken hereunder. The Trustee shall be fully protected, to the extent permitted by law, in acting upon the advice of counsel.

Section 11. Trustee Compensation. The Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services as agreed upon in writing from time to time with the Grantor.

Section 12. Successor Trustee. The Trustee may resign or the Grantor may replace the Trustee, but such resignation or replacement shall not be effective until the Grantor has appointed a successor trustee and this successor accepts the appointment. The successor trustee shall have the same powers and duties as those conferred upon the Trustee hereunder. Upon the successor trustee's acceptance of the appointment; the Trustee shall assign, transfer, and pay over to the successor trustee the funds and properties then constituting the Fund. If for any reason the Grantor cannot or does not act in the event of the resignation of the Trustee, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee or for instructions. The successor trustee shall specify the date on which it assumes administration of the trust in a writing sent to the Grantor, the Department of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management and the present Trustee by certified mail 10 days before such change becomes effective. Any expenses incurred by the Trustee as a result of any of the acts contemplated by this Section shall be paid as provided in Section 9.

Section 13. Instructions to the Trustee. All orders, requests, certifications of valid claims, and instructions to the Trustee shall be in writing, signed by such persons as are designated in the attached Exhibit A or such other designees as the Grantor may designate by amendments to Exhibit A. The Trustee shall be fully protected in acting without inquiry in accordance with the Grantor's order, requests, and instructions. The Trustee shall have the right to assume, in the absence of written notice to the contrary, that no event constituting a change or a termination of the authority of any person to act on behalf of the Grantor or the Director hereunder has occurred. The Trustee shall have no duty to act in the absence of such orders, requests, and instructions from the Grantor and/or the Department except as provided for herein.

Section 14. Amendment of Agreement. This Agreement may be amended by an instrument in writing executed by the Grantor, the Trustee, and the Department, or by the Trustee and the Department if the Grantor ceases to exist.

Section 15. Irrevocability and Termination. Subject to the right of the parties to amend this Agreement as provided in Section 14., this Trust shall be irrevocable and shall continue until terminated at the written agreement of the Grantor, the Trustee, and the Department, or by the Trustee and the Department, if the Grantor ceases to exist. Upon termination of the Trust, all remaining trust property, less final trust administration expenses, shall be paid to the Grantor.

The Department will agree to termination of the Trust, all remaining trust property, less final trust administration expenses, shall be paid to the Grantor.

The Department will agree to termination of the Trust when the owner or operator substitutes alternative financial assurance as specified in this section.

Section 16. Immunity and indemnification. The Trustee shall not incur personal liability of any nature in connection with any act or omission, made in good faith, in the administration of this Trust, or in carrying out any directions by the Grantor and the Department issued in accordance with this Agreement. The Trustee shall be indemnified and saved harmless by the Grantor or from the Trust Fund, or both, from and against any personal liability to which the Trustee may be subjected by reason of any act or conduct in its official capacity, including all expenses reasonable incurred in its defense in the event the Grantor fails to provide such defense.

Section 17. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be administered, construed, and enforced according to the laws of the State of Alabama.

Section 18. Interpretation. As used in this Agreement, words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular. The descriptive headings for each Section of this Agreement shall not affect the interpretation of the legal efficacy of this Agreement.

In Witness Whereof the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers duly authorized and their corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested as of the date first above written. The parties below certify that the wording of this Agreement is identical to the wording specified in ADEM Admin. Code subparagraph 335-14-5-.08(12)(n) as such regulations were constituted on the date first above written.

_________________________________________________________________

[Signature of Grantor]

[Title]

Attest:

[Title]

[Seal]

_________________________________________________________________

[Signature of Trustee]

Attest:

[Title]

[Seal]

2.The following is an example of the certification of acknowledgment which must accompany the trust agreement for a standby trust fund as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(h) or 335-14-6-.08(8)(h). State requirements may differ on the proper content of this acknowledgment.

State of _____________________________________________

County of ___________________________________________

On this [date], before me personally came [owner or operator] to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she/he resides at [address], that she/he is [title] of [corporation], the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that she/he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to such instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that she/he signed her/his name thereto by like order.

_____________________________________________________________

[Signature of Notary Public]

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Vernon C. Crockett; Amy P. Zachry; Justin Martindale; C. Edwin Johnston; James L. Bryant; Vernon H. Crockett

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12, 22-30-16.

History: February 9, 1983. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003. Amended: Filed April 22, 2004; effective May 27, 2004.

<regElement name="335.14.5.09" level="3" title="Use And Management Of Containers">

(1)Applicability. The regulations in 335-14-5-.09 apply to owners and operators of all hazardous waste facilities that store containers of hazardous waste, except as Rule 335-14-5-.01 provides otherwise.

(2)Condition of containers. If a container holding a hazardous waste is not in good condition (e.g., severe rusting, apparent structural defects) or if it begins to leak, the owner or operator must transfer the hazardous waste from this container to a container that is in good condition or manage the waste in some other way that complies with the requirements of 335-14-5.

(3)Compatibility of waste with containers. The owner or operator must use a container made of or lined with materials which will not react with, and are otherwise compatible with, the hazardous waste to be stored, so that the ability of the container to contain the waste is not impaired.

(4)Management of containers.

(a)A container holding hazardous waste must always be closed during storage, except when it is necessary to add or remove waste.

(b)A container holding hazardous waste must not be opened, handled, or stored in a manner which may rupture the container or cause it to leak.

(c)Containers having a capacity greater than 30 gallons must not be stacked over two containers high.

(5)Inspections. At least weekly, the owner or operator must inspect areas where containers are stored, looking for leaking containers and for deterioration of containers and the containment system caused by corrosion or other factors. These inspections must be documented in accordance with Rule 335-14-5-.02(6)(d).

(6)Containment.

(a)Container storage areas must have a containment system that is designed and operated in accordance with 335-14-5-.09(6)(b), except as otherwise provided by 335-14-5-.09(6)(c).

(b)A containment system must be designed and operated as follows:

1.A base must underly the containers which is free of cracks or gaps and is sufficiently impervious to contain leaks, spills, and accumulated precipitation until the collected material is detected and removed;

2.The base must be sloped or the containment system must be otherwise designed and operated to drain and remove liquids resulting from leaks, spills, or precipitation, unless the containers are elevated or are otherwise protected from contact with accumulated liquids;

3.The containment system must have sufficient capacity to contain 10% of the volume of containers or the volume of the largest container, whichever is greater. Containers that do not contain free liquids need not be considered in this determination;

4.Run-on into the containment system must be prevented unless the collection system has sufficient excess capacity in addition to that required in 335-14-5-.09(6)(b)3. to contain any run-on which might enter the system; and

5.Spilled or leaked waste must be removed from the sump or collection area in a timely manner not to exceed 24 hours after detection. Accumulated precipitation must be removed in as timely a manner necessary to prevent overflow of the collection system.

(c)Storage areas that store containers holding only wastes that do not contain free liquids need not have a containment system defined by 335-14-5-.09(6)(b), except as provided by 335-14-5-.09(6)(d) or provided that:

1.The storage area is sloped or is otherwise designed and operated to drain and remove liquid resulting from precipitation, or

2.The containers are elevated or are otherwise protected from contact with accumulated liquid.

(d)Storage areas that store containers holding the wastes listed below that do not contain free liquids must have a containment system defined by 335-14-5-.09(6)(b):

1.F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027;

2.[Reserved]

(7)Special requirements for ignitable or reactive waste. Containers holding ignitable or reactive waste must be located at least 15 meters (50 feet) from the facility's property line.

(8)Special requirements for incompatible wastes.

(a)Incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials (see 335-14-5 - Appendix V for examples), must not be placed in the same container unless 335-14-5-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

(b)Hazardous waste must not be placed in an unwashed container that previously held an incompatible waste or material.

(c)A storage container holding a hazardous waste that is incompatible with any waste or other materials stored nearby in other containers, piles, open tanks, or surface impoundments must be separated from the other materials or protected from them by means of a dike, berm, wall or other device.

(9)Closure and post-closure care.

(a)At closure, all hazardous waste and hazardous waste residues must be removed from the containment system. Remaining containers, liners, bases, and soil containing or contaminated with hazardous waste or hazardous waste residues must be decontaminated or removed.

(b)If the owner or operator cannot remove or decontaminate all waste required by Rule 335-14-5-.09(9)(a), then the owner or operator must close the container storage area and perform post-closure care in accordance with the closure and post-closure care requirements that apply to landfills [Rule 335-14-5-.14(11)].

(10)Air Emission Standards. The owner or operator shall manage all hazardous waste placed in a container in accordance with the applicable requirements of 335-14-5-.27, 335-14-5-.28, and 335-14-5-.29.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, James W. Hathcock, C. Edwin Johnston, Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16. History: July 19, 1982. Amended: April 9, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.5.10" level="3" title="Tank Systems"> <dwc name="lead" times="1">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-5-.10 apply to owners and operators of facilities that use tank systems for storing or treating hazardous waste except as otherwise provided in 335-14-5-.10(1)(a), (b), and (c) or in Rule 335-14-5-.01.

(a)Tank systems that are used to store or treat hazardous waste which contains no free liquids and are situated inside a building with an impermeable floor are exempted from the requirements in 335-14-5-.10(4). To demonstrate the absence or presence of free liquids in the stored/treated waste, the following test must be used: EPA Method 9095 (Paint Filter Liquids Test) as described in "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Wastes, Physical/Chemical Methods", EPA Publication No. SW-846, as incorporated by reference in Rule 335-14-1-.02(2).

(b)Tank systems, including sumps, as defined in Rule 335-14-1-.02, that serve as part of a secondary containment system to collect or contain releases of hazardous wastes are exempted from the requirements in 335-14-5-.10(4)(a).

(c)Tanks, sumps, and other such collection devices or systems used in conjunction with drip pads, as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1) and regulated under Rule 335-14-5-.23, must meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.10.

(2)Assessment of existing tank system's integrity.

(a)For each existing tank system that does not have secondary containment meeting the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(4), the owner or operator must determine that the tank system is not leaking or is unfit for use. Except as provided in 335-14-5-.10(2)(c), the owner or operator must obtain and keep on file at the facility a written assessment reviewed and certified by an independent, qualified registered professional engineer, in accordance with 335-14-8-.02(2)(d), that attests to the tank system's integrity by January 12, 1988.

(b)This assessment must determine that the tank system is adequately designed and has sufficient structural strength and compatibility with the waste(s) to be stored or treated, to ensure that it will not collapse, rupture, or fail. At a minimum, this assessment must consider the following:

1.Design standard(s), if available, according to which the tank and ancillary equipment were constructed;

2.Hazardous characteristics of the waste(s) that have been and will be handled;

3.Existing corrosion protection measures;

4.Documented age of the tank system, if available (otherwise, an estimate of the age); and

5.Results of a leak test, internal inspection, or other tank integrity examination such that:

(i)For non-enterable underground tanks, the assessment must include a leak test that is capable of taking into account the effects of temperature variations, tank end deflection, vapor pockets, and high water table effects, and

(ii)For other than non-enterable underground tanks and for ancillary equipment, this assessment must include either a leak test, as described above, or other integrity examination, that is certified by an independent, qualified registered professional engineer in accordance with 335-14-8-.02(2)(d) that addresses cracks, leaks, corrosion, and erosion.

[Note: The practices described in the American Petroleum Institute (API) Publication, Guide for Inspection of Refinery Equipment, Chapter XIII, "Atmospheric and Low Pressure Storage Tanks," 4th edition, 1981, may be used, where applicable, as guidelines in conducting other than a leak test.]

(c)Tank systems that store or treat materials that become hazardous wastes subsequent to July 14, 1986, must conduct this assessment within 12 months after the date that the waste becomes a hazardous waste.

(d)If, as a result of the assessment conducted in accordance with s335-14-5-.10(2)(a), a tank system is found to be leaking or unfit for use, the owner or operator must comply with the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(7).

(3)Design and installation of new tank systems or components.

(a)Owners or operators of new tank systems or components must obtain and submit to the Department, at time of submittal of Part B information, a written assessment, reviewed and certified by an independent, qualified registered professional engineer, in accordance with 335-14-8-.02(2)(d) attesting that the tank system has sufficient structural integrity and is acceptable for the storing and treating of hazardous waste. The assessment must show that the foundation, structural support, seams, connections, and pressure controls (if applicable) are adequately designed and that the tank system has sufficient structural strength, compatibility with the waste(s) to be stored or treated, and corrosion protection to ensure that it will not collapse, rupture, or fail. This assessment, which will be used by the Department to review and the Department to approve or disapprove the acceptability of the tank system design, must include, at a minimum, the following information:

1.Design standard(s) according to which tank(s) and/or the ancillary equipment are constructed;

2.Hazardous characteristics of the waste(s) to be handled;

3.For new tank systems or components in which the external shell of a metal tank or any external metal component of the tank system will be in contact with the soil or with water, a determination by a corrosion expert of:

(i)Factors affecting the potential for corrosion, including but not limited to:

(I)Soil moisture content;

(II)Soil pH;

(III)Soil sulfides level;

(IV)Soil resistivity;

(V)Structure to soil potential;

(VI)Influence of nearby underground metal structures (e.g., piping);

(VII)Existence of stray electric current;

(VIII)Existing corrosion-protection measures (e.g., coating, cathodic protection), and

(ii)The type and degree of external corrosion protection that are needed to ensure the integrity of the tank system during the use of the tank system or component, consisting of one or more of the following:

(I)Corrosion-resistant materials of construction such as special alloys, fiberglass reinforced plastic, etc;

(II)Corrosion-resistant coating (such as epoxy, fiberglass, etc.) with cathodic protection (e.g., impressed current or sacrificial anodes); and

(III)Electrical isolation devices such as insulating joints, flanges, etc.

[Note: The practices described in the National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) standard, "Recommended Practice (RP-02-85)-Control of External Corrosion on Metallic Buried, Partially Buried, or Submerged Liquid Storage Systems", and the American Petroleum Institute (API) Publication 1632, "Cathodic Protection of Underground Petroleum Storage Tanks and Piping Systems", may be used, where applicable, as guidelines in providing corrosion protection for tank systems.]

4.For underground tank system components that are likely to be adversely affected by vehicular traffic, a determination of design or operational measures that will protect the tank system against potential damage; and

5.Design considerations to ensure that:

(i)Tank foundations will maintain the load of a full tank;

(ii)Tank systems will be anchored to prevent flotation or dislodgment where the tank system is placed in a saturated zone; and

(iii)Tank systems will withstand the effects of frost heave.

(b)The owner or operator of a new tank system must ensure that proper handling procedures are adhered to in order to prevent damage to the system during installation. Prior to covering, enclosing, or placing a new tank system or component in use, an independent, qualified installation inspector or an independent, qualified, registered professional engineer, either of whom is trained and experienced in the proper installation of tank systems or components, must inspect the system for the presence of any of the following items:

1.Weld breaks;

2.Punctures;

3.Scrapes of protective coatings;

4.Cracks;

5.Corrosion;

6.Other structural damage or inadequate construction/installation. All discrepancies must be remedied before the tank system is covered, enclosed, or placed in use.

(c)New tank systems or components that are placed underground and that are backfilled must be provided with a backfill material that is a noncorrosive, porous, homogeneous substance and that is installed so that the backfill is placed completely around the tank and compacted to ensure that the tank and piping are fully and uniformly supported.

(d)All new tanks and ancillary equipment must be tested for tightness prior to being covered, enclosed, or placed in use. If a tank system is found not to be tight, all repairs necessary to remedy the leak(s) in the system must be performed prior to the tank system being covered, enclosed, or placed into use.

(e)Ancillary equipment must be supported and protected against physical damage and excessive stress due to settlement, vibration, expansion, or contraction.

[Note: The piping system installation procedures described in American Petroleum Institute (API) Publication 1615 (November 1979), "Installation of Underground Petroleum Storage Systems", or ANSI Standard B31.3, "Petroleum Refinery Piping", and ANSI Standard B31.4 "Liquid Petroleum Transportation Piping System," may be used, where applicable, as guidelines for proper installation of piping systems.]

(f)The owner or operator must provide the type and degree of corrosion protection recommended by an independent corrosion expert, based on the information provided under 335-14-5-.10(3)(a)3. or other corrosion protection if the Department believes other corrosion protection is necessary to ensure the integrity of the tank system during use of the tank system. The installation of a corrosion protection system that is field fabricated must be supervised by an independent corrosion expert to ensure proper installation.

(g)The owner or operator must obtain and keep on file at the facility written statements by those persons required to certify the design of the tank system and supervise the installation of the tank system in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(3)(b) through (f) that attest that the tank system was properly designed and installed and that repairs, pursuant to 335-14-5-.10(3)(b) and (d) were performed. These written statements must also include the certification statement as required in 335-14-8-.02(2)(d).

(4)Containment and detection of releases.

(a)In order to prevent the release of hazardous waste or hazardous constituents to the environment, secondary containment that meets the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(4) must be provided (except as provided in 335-14-5-.10(4)(f) and (g)):

1.For all new tank systems or components, prior to their being put into service;

2.For all existing tank systems used to store or treat EPA Hazardous Waste Nos. F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027, within two years after January 12, 1987;

3.For those existing tank systems of known and documented age, within two years after January 12, 1987 or when the tank system has reached 15 years of age, whichever comes later;

4.For those existing tank systems for which the age cannot be documented, within eight years of January 12, 1987; but if the age of the facility is greater than seven years, secondary containment must be provided by the time the facility reaches 15 years of age, or within two years of January 12, 1987, whichever comes later; and

5.For tank systems that store or treat materials that become hazardous wastes subsequent to January 12, 1987, within the time intervals required in 335-14-5-.10(4)(a)1. through (a)4. except that the date that a material becomes a hazardous waste must be used in place of January 12, 1987.

(b)Secondary containment systems must be:

1.Designed, installed, and operated to prevent any migration of wastes or accumulated liquid out of the system to the soil, groundwater, or surface water at any time during the use of the tank system; and

2.Capable of detecting and collecting releases and accumulated liquids until the collected material is removed.

(c)To meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(4)(b), secondary containment systems must be at a minimum:

1.Constructed of or lined with materials that are compatible with the waste(s) to be placed in the tank system and must have sufficient strength and thickness to prevent failure owing to pressure gradients (including static head and external hydrological forces), physical contact with the waste to which it is exposed, climatic conditions, and the stress of daily operation (including stresses from nearby vehicular traffic).

2.Placed on a foundation or base capable of providing support to the secondary containment system, resistance to pressure gradients above and below the system, and capable of preventing failure due to settlement, compression, or uplift;

3.Provided with a leak-detection system that is designed and operated so that it will detect the failure of either the primary or secondary containment structure or the presence of any release of hazardous waste or accumulated liquid in the secondary containment system within 24 hours, or at the earliest practicable time if the owner or operator can demonstrate to the Department that existing detection technologies or site conditions will not allow detection of a release within 24 hours; and

4.Sloped or otherwise designed or operated to drain and remove liquids resulting from leaks, spills, or precipitation. Spilled or leaked waste and accumulated precipitation must be removed from the secondary containment system within 24 hours, or in as timely a manner as is possible to prevent harm to human health and the environment, if the owner or operator can demonstrate to the Department that removal of the released waste or accumulated precipitation cannot be accomplished within 24 hours.

[Note: If the collected material is a hazardous waste under 335-14-2, it is subject to management as a hazardous waste in accordance with all applicable requirements of Chapters 335-14-3 through 335-14-6. If the collected material is discharged through a point source to waters of the United States, it is subject to the requirements of Sections 301, 304, and 402 of the Clean Water Act, as amended. If discharged to a Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW), it is subject to the requirements of Section 307 of the Clean Water Act, as amended. If the collected material is released to the environment, it may be subject to the reporting requirements of 40 CFR Part 302.]

(d)Secondary containment for tanks must include one or more of the following devices:

1.A liner (external to the tank);

2.A vault;

3.A double-walled tank; or

4.An equivalent device as approved by the Department.

(e)In addition to the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(4)(b), (c), and (d), secondary containment systems must satisfy the following requirements:

1.External liner systems must be:

(i)Designed or operated to contain 100 percent of the capacity of the largest tank within its boundary;

(ii)Designed or operated to prevent run-on or infiltration of precipitation into the secondary containment system unless the collection system has sufficient excess capacity to contain run-on or infiltration. Such additional capacity must be sufficient to contain precipitation from a 25-year, 24-hour rainfall event.

(iii)Free of cracks or gaps, and

(iv)Designed and installed to surround the tank completely and to cover all surrounding earth likely to come into contact with the waste if the waste is released from the tank(s) (i.e., capable of preventing lateral as well as vertical migration of the waste).

(v)Provided with an impermeable interior coating or lining if a concrete liner is used. The interior coating or lining must be compatible with the stored waste and prevent migration of the waste into the concrete.

2.Vault systems must be:

(i)Designed or operated to contain 100 percent of the capacity of the largest tank within its boundary;

(ii)Designed or operated to prevent run-on or infiltration of precipitation into the secondary containment system unless the collection system has sufficient excess capacity to contain run-on or infiltration. Such additional capacity must be sufficient to contain precipitation from a 25-year, 24-hour rainfall event;

(iii)Constructed with chemical-resistant water stops in place at all joints (if any);

(iv)Provided with an impermeable interior coating or lining that is compatible with the stored waste and that will prevent migration of waste into the concrete;

(v)Provided with a means to protect against the formation of and ignition of vapors within the vault, if the waste being stored or treated:

(I)Meets the definition of ignitable waste under 335-14-2-.03(2); or

(II)Meets the definition of reactive waste under 335-14-2-.03(4) and may form an ignitable or explosive vapor.

(vi)Provided with an exterior moisture barrier or be otherwise designed or operated to prevent migration of moisture into the vault if the vault is subject to hydraulic pressure.

3.Double-walled tanks must be:

(i)Designed as an integral structure (i.e., an inner tank completely enveloped within an outer shell) so that any release from the inner tank is contained by the outer shell.

(ii)Protected, if constructed of metal, from both corrosion of the primary tank interior and of the external surface of the outer shell; and

(iii)Provided with a built-in continuous leak detection system capable of detecting a release within 24 hours, or at the earliest practicable time, if the owner or operator can demonstrate to the Department, and the Department concludes, that the existing detection technology or site conditions would not allow detection of a release within 24 hours.

[Note: The provisions outlined in the Steel Tank Institute's (STI) "Standard for Dual Wall Underground Steel Storage Tanks" may be used as guidelines for aspects of the design of underground steel double-walled tanks.]

(f)Ancillary equipment must be provided with secondary containment (e.g., trench, jacketing, doublewalled piping) that meets the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(4)(b) and (c) except for:

1.Aboveground piping (exclusive of flanges, joints, valves, and other connections) that are visually inspected for leaks on a daily basis;

2.Welded flanges, welded joints, and welded connections that are visually inspected for leaks on a daily basis;

3.Sealless or magnetic coupling pumps and sealless valves, that are visually inspected for leaks on a daily basis; and

4.Pressurized aboveground piping systems with automatic shut off devices (e.g., excess flow check valves, flow metering shutdown devices, loss of pressure actuated shut-off devices) that are visually inspected for leaks on a daily basis.

(g)The owner or operator may obtain a variance from the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(4) if the Department finds, as a result of a demonstration by the owner or operator that alternative design and operating practices, together with location characteristics, will prevent the migration of any hazardous waste or hazardous constituents into the groundwater; or surface water at least as effectively as secondary containment during the active life of the tank system or that in the event of a release that does migrate to groundwater or surface water, no substantial present or potential hazard will be posed to human health or the environment. New underground tank systems may not, per a demonstration in accordance with 335-14-5-.10(4)(g)2., be exempted from the secondary containment requirements of 335-14-5-.10(4).

1.In deciding whether to grant a variance based on a demonstration of equivalent protection of groundwater and surface water, the Department will consider:

(i)The nature and quantity of the wastes;

(ii)The proposed alternate design and operation;

(iii)The hydrogeologic setting of the facility, including the thickness of soils present between the tank system and groundwater; and

(iv)All other factors that would influence the quality and mobility of the hazardous constituents and the potential for them to migrate to groundwater or surface water.

2.In deciding whether to grant a variance based on a demonstration of no substantial present or potential hazard, the Department will consider:

(i)The potential adverse effects on groundwater, surface water, and land quality taking into account:

(I)The physical and chemical characteristics of the waste in the tank system, including its potential for migration,

(II)The hydrogeological characteristics of the facility and surrounding land,

(III)The potential for health risks caused by human exposure to waste constituents,

(IV)The potential for damage to wildlife, crops, vegetation, and physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituents, and

(V)The persistence and permanence of the potential adverse effects;

(ii)The potential adverse effects of a release on groundwater quality, taking into account:

(I)The quantity and quality of groundwater and the direction of groundwater flow,

(II)The proximity and withdrawal rates of groundwater users,

(III)The current and future uses of groundwater in the area, and

(IV)The existing quality of groundwater, including other sources of contamination and their cumulative impact on the groundwater quality;

(iii)The potential adverse effects of a release on surface water quality, taking into account:

(I)The quantity and quality of groundwater and the direction of groundwater flow,

(II)The patterns of rainfall in the region,

(III)The proximity of the tank system to surface waters,

(IV)The current and future uses of surface waters in the area and any water quality standards established for those surface waters, and

(V)The existing quality of surface water, including other sources of contamination and the cumulative impact on surface-water quality, and

(iv)The potential adverse effects of a release on the land surrounding the tank system, taking into account:

(I)The patterns of rainfall in the region, and

(II)The current and future uses of the surrounding land.

3.The owner or operator of a tank system for which a variance from secondary containment had been granted in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(4)(g)1., at which a release of hazardous waste has occurred from the primary tank system but has not migrated beyond the zone of engineering control (as established in the variance), must:

(i)Comply with the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(7), except 335-14-5-.10(4)(d), and

(ii)Decontaminate or remove contaminated soil to the extent necessary to:

(I)Enable the tank system for which the variance was granted to resume operation with the capability for the detection of releases at least equivalent to the capability it had prior to the release; and

(II)Prevent the migration of hazardous waste or hazardous constituents to groundwater or surface water; and

(iii)If contaminated soil cannot be removed or decontaminated in accordance with 335-14-5-.10(4)(g)3.(ii), comply with the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(8)(b).

4.The owner or operator of a tank system, for which a variance from secondary containment had been granted in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(4)(g)1., at which a release of hazardous waste has occurred from the primary tank system and has migrated beyond the zone of engineering control (as established in the variance), must:

(i)Comply with the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(7)(a), (b), (c), and (d);

(ii)Prevent the migration of hazardous waste or hazardous constituents to groundwater or surface water, if possible, and decontaminate or remove contaminated soil. If contaminated soil cannot be decontaminated or removed or if groundwater has been contaminated, the owner or operator must comply with the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(8)(b); and

(iii)If repairing, replacing, or reinstalling the tank system, provide secondary containment in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(4)(a) through (f) or reapply for a variance from secondary containment and meet the requirements for new tank systems in 335-14-5-.10(3) if the tank system is replaced. The owner or operator must comply with these requirements even if contaminated soil can be decontaminated or removed and groundwater or surface water has not been contaminated.

(h)The following procedures must be followed in order to request a variance from secondary containment:

1.The Department must be notified in writing by the owner or operator that he intends to conduct and submit a demonstration for a variance from secondary containment as allowed in 335-14-5-.10(4)(g) according to the following schedule:

(i)For existing tank systems, at least 24 months prior to the date that secondary containment must be provided in accordance with 335-14-5-.10(4)(a).

(ii)For new tank systems, at least 30 days prior to entering into a contract for installation.

2.As part of the notification, the owner or operator must also submit to the Department a description of the steps necessary to conduct the demonstration and a timetable for completing each of the steps. The demonstration must address each of the factors listed in 335-14-5-.10(4)(g)1. or 335-14-5-.10(4)(g)2.

3.The demonstration for a variance must be completed within 180 days after notifying the Department of an intent to conduct the demonstration; and

4.If a variance is granted under 335-14-5-.10(4)(h), the Department will require the permittee to construct and operate the tank system in the manner that was demonstrated to meet the requirements for the variance.

(i)All tank systems, until such time as secondary containment that meets the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(4) is provided, must comply with the following:

1.For non-enterable underground tanks, a leak test that meets the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(2)(b)5. or other tank integrity method, as approved or required by the Department, must be conducted at least annually.

2.For other than non-enterable underground tanks, the owner or operator must either conduct a leak test as in 335-14-5-.10(4)(i)1. or develop a schedule and procedure for an assessment of the overall condition of the tank system by an independent, qualified registered professional engineer. The schedule and procedure must be adequate to detect obvious cracks, leaks, and corrosion or erosion that may lead to cracks and leaks. The owner or operator must remove the stored waste from the tank, if necessary, to allow the condition of all internal tank surfaces to be assessed. The frequency of these assessments must be based on the material of construction of the tank and its ancillary equipment, the age of the system, the type of corrosion or erosion protection used, the rate of corrosion or erosion observed during the previous inspection, and the characteristics of the waste being stored or treated.

3.For ancillary equipment, a leak test or other integrity assessment as approved by the Department must be conducted at least annually.

[Note: The practices described in the American Petroleum Institute (API) Publication, Guide for Inspection of Refinery Equipment, Chapter XIII, "Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage Tanks", 4th Edition, 1981, may be used, where applicable, as guidelines for assessing the overall condition of the tank system.]

4.The owner or operator must maintain on file at the facility a record of the results of the assessments conducted in accordance with 335-14-5-.10(4)(i)l. through (i)3.

5.If a tank system or component is found to be leaking or unfit for use as a result of the leak test or assessment in 335-14-5-.10(4)(i)1. through (i)3., the owner or operator must comply with the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(7).

(5)General operating requirements.

(a)Hazardous wastes or treatment reagents must not be placed in a tank system if they could cause the tanks, its ancillary equipment, or the containment system to rupture, leak, corrode, or otherwise fail.

(b)The owner or operator must use appropriate controls and practices to prevent spills and overflows from tank or containment systems. These include at a minimum:

1.Spill prevention controls (e.g., check valves, dry disconnect couplings);

2.Overfill prevention controls (e.g., level sensing devices, high level alarms, automatic feed cutoff, or bypass to a standby tank); and

3.Maintenance of sufficient freeboard in uncovered tanks to prevent overtopping by wave or wind action or by precipitation.

(c)The owner or operator must comply with the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(7) if a leak or spill occurs in the tank system.

(6)Inspections.

(a)The owner or operator must develop and follow a schedule and procedure for inspecting overfill controls.

(b)The owner or operator must inspect at least once each operating day:

1.Aboveground portions of the tank system, if any, to detect corrosion or releases of waste;

2.Data gathered from monitoring and leak detection equipment (e.g., pressure or temperature gauges, monitoring wells) to ensure that the tank system is being operated according to its design; and

3.The construction materials and the area immediately surrounding the externally accessible portion of the tank system, including the secondary containment system (e.g., dikes) to detect erosion or signs of releases of hazardous waste (e.g., wet spots, dead vegetation).

[Note: 335-14-5-.02(6)(c) requires the owner or operator to remedy any deterioration or malfunction he finds. 335-14-5- .10(7) requires the owner or operator to notify the Department within 24 hours of confirming a leak. Also, 40 CFR Part 302 may require the owner or operator to notify the National Response Center of a release.]

(c)The owner or operator must inspect cathodic protection systems, if present, according to, at a minimum, the following schedule to ensure that they are functioning properly:

1.The proper operation of the cathodic protection system must be confirmed within six months after initial installation and annually thereafter, and

2.All sources of impressed current must be inspected and/or tested, as appropriate, at least bimonthly (i.e., every other month).

[Note: The practices described in the National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) standard, "Recommended Practice (RP-02-85)-Control of External Corrosion on Metallic Buried, Partially Buried, or Submerged Liquid Storage Systems", and the American Petroleum Institute (API) Publication 1632, "Cathodic Protection of Underground Petroleum Storage Tanks and Piping Systems", may be used, where applicable, as guidelines in maintaining and inspecting cathodic protection systems.]

(d)The owner or operator must document in the operating record of the facility an inspection of those items in 335-14-5-.10(6)(a) through (c).

(7)Response to leaks or spills and disposition of leaking or unfit-for-use tank systems. A tank system or secondary containment system from which there has been a leak or spill, or which is unfit for use, must be removed from service immediately, and the owner or operator must satisfy the following requirements:

(a)Cessation of Use; prevent flow or addition of wastes. The owner or operator must immediately stop the flow of hazardous waste into the tank system or secondary containment system and inspect the system to determine the cause of the release.

(b)Removal of waste from tank system or secondary containment system.

1.If the release was from the tank system, the owner/operator must, within 24 hours after detection of the leak or, if the owner/operator demonstrates that it is not possible, at the earliest practicable time, remove as much of the waste as is necessary to prevent further release of hazardous waste to the environment and to allow inspection and repair of the tank system to be performed.

2.If the material released was to a secondary containment system, all released materials must be removed within 24 hours or in as timely a manner as is possible to prevent harm to human health and the environment.

(c)Containment of visible releases to the environment. The owner/operator must immediately conduct a visual inspection of the release and, based upon that inspection:

1.Prevent further migration of the leak or spill to soils or surface water; and

2.Remove, and properly dispose of, any visible contamination of the soil or surface water.

(d)Notifications, reports.

1.Any release to the environment, except as provided in 335-14-5-.10(7)(d)2. of this paragraph, must be reported to the Department within 24 hours of its detection. Report of a release pursuant to 40 CFR Part 302 does not satisfy this requirement.

2.A leak or spill of hazardous waste is exempted from the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(7)(d) if it is:

(i)Less than or equal to a quantity of one (1) pound, and

(ii)Immediately contained and cleaned up.

3.Within 30 days of detection of a release to the environment, a report containing the following information must be submitted to the Department:

(i)Likely route of migration of the release;

(ii)Characteristics of the surrounding soil (soil composition, geology, hydrogeology, climate);

(iii)Results of any monitoring or sampling conducted in connection with the release (if available). If sampling or monitoring data relating to the release are not available within 30 days, these data must be submitted to the Department as soon as they become available.

(iv)Proximity to downgradient drinking water, surface water, and populated areas; and

(v)Description of response actions taken or planned.

(e)Provision of secondary containment, repair, or closure.

1.Unless the owner/operator satisfies the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(7)(e)2. through (e)4., the tank system must be closed in accordance with 335-14-5-.10(8).

2.If the cause of the release was a spill that has not damaged the integrity of the system, the owner/operator may return the system to service as soon as the released waste is removed and repairs, if necessary, are made.

3.If the cause of the release was a leak from the primary tank system into the secondary containment system, the system must be repaired prior to returning the tank system to service.

4.If the source of the release was a leak to the environment from a component of a tank system without secondary containment, the owner/operator must provide the component of the system from which the leak occurred with secondary containment that satisfies the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(4) before it can be returned to service, unless the source of the leak is an aboveground portion of a tank system that can be inspected visually. If the source is an aboveground component that can be inspected visually, the component must be repaired and may be returned to service without secondary containment as long as the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(7)(f) are satisfied. If a component is replaced to comply with the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(7)(e), that component must satisfy the requirements for new tank systems or components in 335-14-5-.10(3) and 335-14-5-.10(4). Additionally, if a leak has occurred in any portion of a tank system component that is not readily accessible for visual inspection (e.g., the bottom of an inground or onground tank), the entire component must be provided with secondary containment in accordance with 335-14-5-.10(4) prior to being returned to use.

(f)Certification of major repairs. If the owner/operator has repaired a tank system in accordance with 335-14-5-.10(7)(e), and the repair has been extensive (e.g., installation of an internal liner; repair of a ruptured primary containment or secondary containment vessel), the tank system must not be returned to service unless the owner/operator has obtained a certification by an independent, qualified, registered, professional engineer in accordance with 335-14-8-.02(2)(d) that the repaired system is capable of handling hazardous wastes without release for the intended life of the system. This certification must be submitted to the Department within seven days after returning the tank system to use.

[Note: The Department may, on the basis of any information received that there is or has been a release of hazardous waste or hazardous constituents into the environment, issue an order under RCRA Section 3004(v), 3008(h), or 7003(a) or the AHWMMA, respectively, requiring corrective action or such other response as deemed necessary to protect human health or the environment.]

[Note: See 335-14-5-.02(6)(c) for the requirements necessary to remedy a failure. Also, 40 CFR Part 302 may require the owner or operator to notify the National Response Center of certain releases.]

(8)Closure and post-closure care.

(a)At closure of a tank system, the owner or operator must remove or decontaminate all waste residues, contaminated containment system components (liners, etc.), contaminated soils, and structures and equipment contaminated with waste, and manage them as hazardous waste, unless 335-14-2-.01(3)(d) applies. The closure plan, closure activities, cost estimates for closure, and financial responsibility for tank systems must meet all of the requirements specified in Rules 335-14-5-.07 and 335-14-5-.08.

(b)If the owner or operator demonstrates that not all contaminated soils can be practicably removed or decontaminated as required in 335-14-5-.10(8)(a), then the owner or operator must close the tank system and perform post-closure care in accordance with the closure and post-closure care requirements that apply to landfills [335-14-5-.14(11)]. In addition, for the purposes of closure, post-closure, and financial responsibility, such a tank system is then considered to be a landfill, and the owner or operator must meet all of the requirements for landfills specified in Rules 335-14-5-.07 and 335-14-5-.08.

(c)If an owner or operator has a tank system that does not have secondary containment that meets the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(4)(b) through (f) and has not been granted a variance from the secondary containment requirements in accordance with 335-14-5-.10(4)(g), then:

1.The closure plan for the tank system must include both a plan for complying with 335-14-5-.10(8)(a) and a contingent plan for complying with 335-14-5-.10(8)(b).

2.A contingent post-closure plan for complying with 335-14-5-.10(8)(b) must be prepared and submitted as part of the permit application.

3.The cost estimates calculated for closure and post-closure care must reflect the costs of complying with the contingent closure plan and the contingent post-closure plan, if those costs are greater than the costs of complying with the closure plan prepared for the expected closure under 335-14-5-.10(8)(a).

4.Financial assurance must be based on the cost estimates in 335-14-5-.10(8)(c)3.

5.For the purposes of the contingent closure and post-closure plans, such a tank system is considered to be a landfill, and the contingent plans must meet all of the closure, post-closure, and financial responsibility requirements for landfills under Rules 335-14-5-.07 and 335-14-5-.08.

(9)Special requirements for ignitable or reactive wastes.

(a)Ignitable or reactive waste must not be placed in tank systems, unless:

1.The waste is treated, rendered, or mixed before or immediately after placement in the tank system so that:

(i)The resulting waste, mixture, or dissolved material no longer meets the definition of ignitable or reactive waste under 335-14-2-.03(2) or 335-14-2-.03(4); and

(ii)335-14-5-.02(8)(b) is complied with; or

2.The waste is stored or treated in such a way that it is protected from any material or conditions that may cause the waste to ignite or react; or

3.The tank system is used solely for emergencies.

(b)The owner or operator of a facility where ignitable or reactive waste is stored or treated in a tank must comply with the requirements for the maintenance of protective distances between the waste management area and any public ways, streets, alleys, or an adjoining property line that can be built upon as required in Tables 2-1 through 2-6 of the National Fire Protection Association's "Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code", (1977 or 1981), (incorporated by reference, see 335-14-1-.02(2).

(10)Special requirements for incompatible wastes.

(a)Incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials, must not be placed in the same tank system, unless 335-14-5-.02(8)(b), is complied with.

(b)Hazardous waste must not be placed in a tank system that has not been decontaminated and that previously held an incompatible waste or material, unless 335-14-5-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

(11)Air emission standards. The owner or operator shall manage all hazardous waste placed in a tank in accordance with the applicable requirements of 335-14-5-.27, 335-14-5-.28, 335-14-5-.29.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Edwin Johnston; Ronald T. Shell

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16. History: July 19, 1982. Amended: April 9, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.5.11" level="3" title="Surface Impoundments">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-5-.11 apply to owners and operators of facilities that use surface impoundments to treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste except as 335-14-5-.01(1) provides otherwise.

(2)Design and operating requirements.

(a)Any surface impoundment that is not covered by 335-14-5-.11(2)(c) or Rule 335-14-6-.11(2) must have a liner for all portions of the impoundment (except for existing portions of such impoundments). The liner must be designed, constructed, and installed to prevent any migration of wastes out of the impoundment to the adjacent subsurface soil or groundwater or surface water at any time during the active life (including the closure period) of the impoundment. The liner may be constructed of materials that may allow wastes to migrate into the liner (but not into the adjacent subsurface soil or groundwater or surface water) during the active life of the facility, provided that the impoundment is closed in accordance with 335-14-5-.11(9)(a)1. For impoundments that will be closed in accordance with 335-14-5-.11(9)(a)2., the liner must be constructed of materials that can prevent wastes from migrating into the liner during the active life of the facility. The liner must be:

1.Constructed of materials that have appropriate chemical properties and sufficient strength and thickness to prevent failure due to pressure gradients (including static head and external hydrogeologic forces), physical contact with the waste or leachate to which they are exposed, climatic conditions, the stress of installation, and the stress of daily operation;

2.Placed upon a foundation or base capable of providing support to the liner and resistance to pressure gradients above and below the liner to prevent failure of the liner due to settlement, compression, or uplift; and

3.Installed to cover all surrounding earth likely to be in contact with the waste or leachate.

(b)The owner or operator will be exempted from the requirements of 335-14-5-.11(2)(a) if the Director finds, based on a demonstration by the owner or operator, that alternate design and operating practices, together with location characteristics, will prevent the migration of any hazardous constituents (see Rule 335-14-5-.06(4)) into the groundwater or surface water at any future time. In deciding whether to grant an exemption, the Director will consider:

1.The nature and quantity of the wastes;

2.The proposed alternate design and operation;

3.The hydrogeologic setting of the facility, including the attenuative capacity and thickness of the liners and soils present between the impoundment and groundwater or surface water; and

4.All other factors which would influence the quality and mobility of the leachate produced and the potential for it to migrate to groundwater or surface water.

(c)The owner or operator of each new surface impoundment unit on which construction commences after January 29, 1992, each lateral expansion of a surface impoundment unit on which construction commences after July 29, 1992 and each replacement of an existing surface impoundment unit that is to commence reuse after July 29, 1992 must install two or more liners and a leachate collection and removal system between such liners. "Construction commences" is as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1) under "existing facility."

1.(i)The liner system must include:

(I)A top liner designed and constructed of materials (e.g., a geomembrane) to prevent the migration of hazardous constituents into such liner during the active life and post-closure care period; and

(II)A composite bottom liner, consisting of at least two components. The upper component must be designed and constructed of materials (e.g., a geomembrane) to prevent the migration of hazardous constituents into this component during the active life and post-closure care period. The lower component must be designed and constructed of materials to minimize the migration of hazardous constituents if a breach in the upper component were to occur. The lower component must be constructed of at least 3 feet (91 cm) of compacted soil material with a hydraulic conductivity of no more than lX10-7 cm/sec.

(ii)The liners must comply with 335-14-5-.11(2)(a)1., 2., and 3.

2.The leachate collection and removal system between the liners, and immediately above the bottom composite liner in the case of multiple leachate collection and removal systems, is also a leak detection system. This leak detection system must be capable of detecting, collecting, and removing leaks of hazardous constituents at the earliest practicable time through all areas of the top liner likely to be exposed to waste or leachate during the active life and post-closure care period. The requirements for a leak detection system in 335-14-5-.11(2)(c) are satisfied by installation of a system that is, at a minimum:

(i)Constructed with a bottom slope of one percent or more;

(ii)Constructed of granular drainage materials with a hydraulic conductivity of lX10-1 cm/sec or more and a thickness of 12 inches (30.5 cm) or more; or constructed of synthetic or geonet drainage materials with a transmissivity of 3X10-4 m2/sec or more;

(iii)Constructed of materials that are chemically resistant to the waste managed in the surface impoundment and the leachate expected to be generated, and of sufficient strength and thickness to prevent collapse under the pressures exerted by overlying wastes and any waste cover materials or equipment used at the surface impoundment;

(iv)Designed and operated to minimize clogging during the active life and post-closure care period; and

(v)Constructed with sumps and liquid removal methods (e.g., pumps) of sufficient size to collect and remove liquids from the sump and prevent liquids from backing up into the drainage layer. Each unit must have its own sump(s). The design of each sump and removal system must provide a method for measuring and recording the volume of liquids present in the sump and of liquids removed.

3.The owner or operator shall collect and remove pumpable liquids in the sumps to minimize the head on the bottom liner.

4.The owner or operator of a leak detection system that is not located completely above the seasonal high water table must demonstrate that the operation of the leak detection system will not be adversely affected by the presence of groundwater.

(d)The Director may approve alternative design or operating practices to those specified in 335-14-5-.11(2)(c) if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Director that such design and operating practices, together with location characteristics:

1.Will prevent the migration of any hazardous constituent into the groundwater or surface water at least as effectively as the liners and leachate collection and removal system specified in 335-14-5-.11(2)(c); and

2.Will allow detection of leaks of hazardous constituents through the top liner at least as effectively.

(e)The double liner requirement set forth in 335-14-5-.11(2)(c) may be waived by the Director for any monofill if:

1.The monofill contains only hazardous wastes from foundry furnace emission controls or metal casting molding sand, and such wastes do not contain constituents which would render the wastes hazardous for reasons other than the EP toxicity characteristics in 335-14-2-.03(5); and

2.(i)(I)The monofill has at least one liner for which there is no evidence that such liner is leaking. For the purposes of 335-14-5-.11(2)(e), the term "liner" means a liner designed, constructed, installed, and operated to prevent hazardous waste from passing into the liner at any time during the active life of the facility, or a liner designed, constructed, installed, and operated to prevent hazardous waste from migrating beyond the liner to adjacent subsurface soil, groundwater, or surface water at any time during the active life of the facility. In the case of any surface impoundment which has been exempted from the requirements of 335-14-5-.11(2)(c) on the basis of a liner designed, constructed, installed, and operated to prevent hazardous waste from passing beyond the liner, at the closure of such impoundment, the owner or operator must remove or decontaminate all waste residues, all contaminated liner material, and contaminated soil to the extent practicable. If all contaminated soil is not removed or decontaminated, the owner or operator of such impoundment will comply with appropriate post-closure requirements, including but not limited to groundwater monitoring and corrective action;

(II)The monofill is located more than one-quarter mile from an underground source of drinking water (as that term is defined in Section 144.3 of 40 CFR); and

(III)The monofill is in compliance with generally applicable groundwater monitoring requirements for facilities with permits under RCRA Section 3005(c) and the AHWMMA; or

(ii)The owner or operator demonstrates that the monofill is located, designed, and operated so as to assure that there will be no migration of any hazardous constituent into groundwater or surface water at any future time.

(f)The owner or operator of any replacement surface impoundment unit is exempt from 335-14-5-.11(2)(c) if:

1.The existing unit was constructed in compliance with the design standards of Sections 3004(o)(1)(A)(i) and (o)(5) of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and the AHWMMA; and

2.There is no reason to believe that the liner is not functioning as designed.

(g)A surface impoundment must be designed, constructed, maintained, and operated to prevent overtopping resulting from normal or abnormal operations; overfilling; wind and wave action; rainfall; run-on; malfunctions of level controllers, alarms, and other equipment; and human error.

(h)A surface impoundment must have dikes that are designed, constructed, and maintained with sufficient structural integrity to prevent massive failure of the dikes. In ensuring structural integrity, it must not be presumed that the liner system will function without leakage during the active life of the unit.

(i)The Department will specify in the permit all design and operating practices that are necessary to ensure that the requirements of 335-14-5-.11(2) are satisfied.

(3)Action leakaqe rate.

(a)The Director shall approve an action leakage rate for surface impoundment units subject to 335-14-5-.11(2)(c) or (d). The action leakage rate is the maximum design flow rate that the leak detection system (LDS) can remove without the fluid head on the bottom liner exceeding one foot. The action leakage rate must include an adequate safety margin to allow for uncertainties in the design (e.g., slope, hydraulic conductivity, thickness of drainage material), construction, operation, and location of the LDS, waste and leachate characteristics, likelihood and amounts of other sources of liquids in the LDS, and proposed response actions (e.g., the action leakage rate must consider decreases in the flow capacity of the system over time resulting from siltation and clogging, rib layover and creep of synthetic components of the system, overburden pressures, etc.).

(b)To determine if the action leakage rate has been exceeded, the owner or operator must convert the weekly or monthly flow rate from the monitoring data obtained under 335-14-5-.11(7)(d) to an average daily flow rate (gallons per acre per day) for each sump. Unless the Director approves a different calculation, the average daily flow rate for each sump must be calculated weekly during the active life and closure period, and if the unit is closed in accordance with 335-14-5-.11(9)(b), monthly during the post-closure period when monthly monitoring is required under 335-14-5-.11(7)(d).

(4)Response actions.

(a)The owner or operator of surface impoundment units subject to 335-14-5-.11(2)(c) or (d) must have an approved response action plan before receipt of waste. The response action plan must set forth the actions to be taken if the action leakage rate has been exceeded. At a minimum, the response action plan must describe the actions specified in 335-14-5-.11(4)(b).

(b)If the flow rate into the leak detection system exceeds the action leakage rate for any sump, the owner or operator must:

1.Notify the Director in writing of the exceedence within seven days of the determination;

2.Submit a preliminary written assessment to the Director within 14 days of the determination, as to the amount of liquids, likely sources of liquids, possible location, size, and cause of any leaks, and short-term actions taken and planned;

3.Determine to the extent practicable the location, size, and cause of any leak;

4.Determine whether waste receipt should cease or be curtailed, whether any waste should be removed from the unit for inspection, repairs, or controls, and whether or not the unit should be closed;

5.Determine any other short-term and longer-term actions to be taken to mitigate or stop any leaks; and

6.Within 30 days after the notification that the action leakage rate has been exceeded, submit to the Director the results of the analyses specified in 335-14-5-.11(4)(b)3., 4., and 5., the results of actions taken, and actions planned. Monthly thereafter, as long as the flow rate in the leak detection system exceeds the action leakage rate, the owner or operator must submit to the Director a report summarizing the results of any remedial actions taken and actions planned.

(c)To make the leak and/or remediation determinations in 335-14-5-.11(b)3., 4., and 5., the owner or operator must:

1.(i)Assess the source of liquids and amounts of liquids by source,

(ii)Conduct a fingerprint, hazardous constituent, or other analyses of the liquids in the leak detection system to identify the source of liquids and possible location of any leaks, and the hazard and mobility of the liquid; and

(iii)Assess the seriousness of any leaks in terms of potential for escaping into the environment; or

2.Document why such assessments are not needed.

(5)[Reserved]

(6)[Reserved]

(7)Monitoring and inspection.

(a)During construction and installation, liners (except in the case of existing portions of surface impoundments exempt from 335-14-5-.11(2)(a)) and cover systems (e.g., membranes, sheets, or coatings) must be inspected for uniformity, damage, and imperfections (e.g., holes, cracks, thin spots or foreign materials). Immediately after construction or installation:

1.Synthetic liners and covers must be inspected to ensure tight seams and joints and the absence of tears, punctures, or blisters; and

2.Soil-based and admixed liners and covers must be inspected for imperfections including lenses, cracks, channels, root holes, or other structural non-uniformities that may cause an increase in the permeability of the liner or cover.

(b)While a surface impoundment is in operation, it must be inspected weekly and after storms to detect evidence of any of the following:

1.Deterioration, malfunctions, or improper operation of overtopping control systems;

2.Sudden drops in the level of the impoundment's contents; and

3.Severe erosion or other signs of deterioration in dikes or other containment devices.

4.The presence of leachate in and proper functioning of the leachate collection and removal system (between the liners), where present.

[NOTE: These inspections must be documented in accordance with 335-14-5-.02(6)(d).]

(c)Prior to the issuance of a permit, and after any extended period of time (at least six months) during which the impoundment was not in service, the owner or operator must obtain a certification from a qualified engineer that the impoundment's dike, including that portion of any dike which provides freeboard, has structural integrity. The certification must establish, in particular, that the dike:

1.Will withstand the stress of the pressure exerted by the types and amounts of wastes to be placed in the impoundment; and

2.Will not fail due to scouring or piping, without dependence on any liner system included in the surface impoundment construction.

(d)1.An owner or operator required to have a leak detection system under 335-14-5-.11(2)(c) or (d) must record the amount of liquids removed from each leak detection system sump at least once each week during the active life and closure period.

2.After the final cover is installed, the amount of liquids removed from each leak detection system sump must be recorded at least monthly. If the liquid level in the sump stays below the pump operating level for two consecutive months, the amount of liquids in the sumps must be recorded at least quarterly. If the liquid level in the sump stays below the pump operating level for two consecutive quarters, the amount of liquids in the sumps must be recorded at least semi-annually. If at any time during the post-closure care period the pump operating level is exceeded at units on quarterly or semi-annual recording schedules, the owner or operator must return to monthly recording of amounts of liquids removed from each sump until the liquid level again stays below the pump operating level for two consecutive months.

3."Pump operating level" is a liquid level proposed by the owner or operator and approved by the Director based on pump activation level, sump dimensions, and level that avoids backup into the drainage layer and minimizes head in the sump.

(8)Emergency repairs: contingency plans.

(a)A surface impoundment must be removed from service in accordance with 335-14-5-.11(8)(b) when:

1.The level of liquids in the impoundment suddenly drops and the drop is not known to be caused by changes in the normal operating flows into or out of the impoundment; or

2.The dike leaks.

(b)When a surface impoundment must be removed from service as required by 335-14-5-.11(8)(a), the owner or operator must:

1.Immediately shut off the flow or stop the addition of wastes into the impoundment;

2.Immediately contain any surface leakage which has occurred or is occurring;

3.Immediately stop the leak;

4.Take any other necessary steps to stop or prevent catastrophic failure;

5.If a leak cannot be stopped by any other means, empty the impoundment; and

6.Notify the Department of the problem in writing within seven days after detecting the problem.

(c)As part of the contingency plan required in Rule 335-14-5-.04, the owner or operator must specify a procedure for complying with the requirements of 335-14-5-.11(8)(b).

(d)No surface impoundment that has been removed from service in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.11(8) may be restored to service unless the portion of the impoundment which was failing is repaired and the following steps are taken:

1.If the impoundment was removed from service as the result of actual or imminent dike failure, the dike's structural integrity must be recertified in accordance with 335-14-5-.11(7)(c).

2.If the impoundment was removed from service as the result of a sudden drop in the liquid level, then:

(i)For any existing portion of the impoundment, a liner must be installed in compliance with 335-14-5-.11(2)(a); and

(ii)For any other portion of the impoundment, the repaired liner system must be certified by a qualified engineer as meeting the design specifications approved in the permit.

(e)A surface impoundment that has been removed from service in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.11(8) and that is not being repaired must be closed in accordance with the provisions of 335-14-5-.11(9).

(9)Closure and post-closure care.

(a)At closure, the owner or operator must:

1.Remove or decontaminate all waste residues, contaminated containment system components (liners, etc.), contaminated subsoils, and structures and equipment contaminated with waste and leachate, and manage them as hazardous waste unless 335-14-2-.01(3)(d) applies; or

2.(i)Eliminate free liquids by removing liquid wastes or solidifying the remaining wastes and waste residues; and

(ii)Stabilize remaining wastes to a bearing capacity sufficient to support final cover; and

(iii)Cover the surface impoundment with a final cover designed and constructed to:

(I)Provide long-term minimization of the migration of liquids into and through the closed impoundment;

(II)Function with minimum maintenance;

(III)Promote drainage and minimize erosion or abrasion of the final cover;

(IV)Minimize and accommodate settling and subsidence so that the cover's integrity is maintained;

(V)Have a permeability less than or equal to the permeability of any bottom liner system or natural subsoils present; and

(VI)To meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.11(9)(a)2. (iii) the final cover must meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.14(11)(b)1. through 3., unless Rule 335-14-5-.14(11)(c) applies.

(b)If some waste residues or contaminated materials are left in place at final closure, the owner or operator must comply with all post-closure requirements contained in 335-14-5-.07(8) through (11), including maintenance and monitoring throughout the post-closure care period [specified in the permit under 335-14-5-.07(8)]. The owner or operator must:

1.Maintain the integrity and effectiveness of the final cover, including making repairs to the cap as necessary to correct the effects of settling, subsidence, erosion, or other events;

2.Maintain and monitor the leak detection system in accordance with 335-14-5-.11(2)(c)2.(iv) and (2)(c)3. and 335-14-5-.11(7)(d), and comply with all other applicable leak detection system requirements of 335-14-5;

3.Maintain and monitor the groundwater monitoring system and comply with all other applicable requirements of Rule 335-14-5-.06;

4.Prevent run-on and run-off from eroding or otherwise damaging the final cover; and

5.Maintain, monitor, and continue to operate (where applicable) the leachate collection and removal system until leachate is no longer observed.

6.The owner or operator must visually inspect the final cover to identify evidence of settling, subsidence, erosion, or other events expected to limit the integrity or effectiveness. These inspections must be documented in an inspection log, as required by Rule 335-14-5-.02(6)(d). The Department will specify in the permit the inspection schedule.

(c)1.If an owner or operator plans to close a surface impoundment in accordance with 335-14-5-.11(9)(a)1., and the impoundment does not comply with the liner requirements of 335-14-5-.11(2)(a) and is not exempt from them in accordance with 335-14-5-.11(2)(b), then:

(i)The closure plan for the impoundment under 335-14-5-.07(3) must include both a plan for complying with 335-14-5-.11(9)(a)1. and a contingent plan for complying with 335-14-5-.11(9)(a)2. in case not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed at closure; and

(ii)The owner or operator must prepare a contingent post-closure plan under 335-14-5-.07(9) for complying with 335-14-5-.11(9)(b) in case not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed at closure.

2.The cost estimates calculated under 335-14-5-.08(3) and (5) for closure and post-closure care of an impoundment subject to 335-14-5-.11(9)(c) must include the cost of complying with the contingent closure plan and the contingent post-closure plan, but are not required to include the cost of expected closure under 335-14-5-.11(9)(a)1.

(10)Special requirements for ignitable or reactive waste. Ignitable or reactive waste must not be placed in a surface impoundment, unless the waste and impoundment satisfy all applicable requirements of 335-14-9, and:

(a)The waste is treated, rendered, or mixed before or immediately after placement in the impoundment so that:

1.The resulting waste, mixture, or dissolution of material no longer meets the definition of ignitable or reactive waste under 335-14-2-.03(2) or (4); and

2.335-14-5-.02(8)(b) is complied with; or

(b)The waste is managed in such a way that it is protected from any material or conditions which may cause it to ignite or react; or

(c)The surface impoundment is used solely for emergencies.

(11)Special requirements for incompatible wastes. Incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials, (see 335-14-5 - Appendix V for examples) must not be placed in the same surface impoundment, unless 335-14-5-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

(12)Special requirements for hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027.

(a)Hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027 must not be placed in a surface impoundment unless the owner or operator operates the surface impoundment in accordance with a management plan for these wastes that is approved by the Director pursuant to the standards set out in 335-14-5-.11(12)(a) and in accord with all other applicable requirements of 335-14-5. The factors to be considered are:

1.The volume, physical, and chemical characteristics of the wastes, including their potential to migrate through soil or to volatilize or escape into the atmosphere;

2.The attenuative properties of underlying and surrounding soils or other materials;

3.The mobilizing properties of other materials co-disposed with these wastes; and

4.The effectiveness of additional treatment, design, or monitoring techniques.

(b)The Department may determine that additional design, operating and monitoring requirements are necessary for surface impoundments managing hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027 in order to reduce the possibility of migration of these wastes to groundwater, surface water or air so as to protect human health and the environment.

(13)Air emission standards. The owner or operator shall manage all hazardous waste placed in a surface impoundment in accordance with the applicable requirements of 335-14-5-.27, 335-14-5-.28, and 335-14-5-.29.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, James W. Hathcock, C. Edwin Johnston, Michael B. Champion, Vernon H. Crockett

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16. History: July 19, 1982. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed April 22, 2004; effective May 27, 2004.

<regElement name="335.14.5.12" level="3" title="Waste Piles">

(1)Applicability.

(a)The requirements of 335-14-5-.12 apply to owners and operators of facilities that store or treat hazardous waste in piles, except as 335-14-5-.01(1) provides otherwise.

(b)The requirements of 335-14-5-.12 do not apply to owners or operators of waste piles that are closed with wastes left in place. Such waste piles are subject to regulation under Rule 335-14-5-.14 (Landfills).

(c)The owner or operator of any waste pile that is inside or under a structure that provides protection from precipitation so that neither run-off nor leachate is generated is not subject to regulation under 335-14-5-.12(2) or under Rule 335-14-5-.06, provided that:

1.Liquids or materials containing free liquids are not placed in the pile;

2.The pile is protected from surface water run-on by the structure or in some other manner;

3.The pile is designed and operated to control dispersal of the waste by wind, where necessary, by means other than wetting; and

4.The pile will not generate leachate through decomposition or other reactions.

(2)Design and operating requirements.

(a)A waste pile (except for an existing portion of a waste pile) must have:

1.A liner that is designed, constructed, and installed to prevent any migration of wastes out of the pile into the adjacent subsurface soil or groundwater or surface water at any time during the active life (including the closure period) of the waste pile. The liner may be constructed of materials that may allow waste to migrate into the liner itself (but not into the adjacent subsurface soil or groundwater or surface water) during the active life of the facility. The liner must be:

(i)Constructed of materials that have appropriate chemical properties and sufficient strength and thickness to prevent failure due to pressure gradients (including static head and external hydrogeologic forces), physical contact with the waste or leachate to which they are exposed, climatic conditions, the stress of installation, and the stress of daily operation;

(ii)Placed upon a foundation or base capable of providing support to the liner and resistance to pressure gradients above and below the liner to prevent failure of the liner due to settlement, compression or uplift; and

(iii)Installed to cover all surrounding earth likely to be in contact with the waste or leachate; and

2.A leachate collection and removal system immediately above the liner that is designed, constructed, maintained, and operated to collect and remove leachate from the pile. The Department will specify design and operating conditions in the permit to ensure that the leachate depth over the liner does not exceed 30 cm (one foot). The leachate collection and removal system must be:

(i)Constructed of materials that are:

(I)Chemically resistant to the waste managed in the pile and the leachate expected to be generated; and

(II)Of sufficient strength and thickness to prevent collapse under the pressures exerted by overlaying wastes, waste cover materials, and by any equipment used at the pile; and

(ii)Designed and operated to function without clogging through the scheduled closure of the waste pile.

(b)The owner or operator will be exempted from the requirements of 335-14-5-.12(2)(a) if the Director finds, based on a demonstration by the owner or operator, that alternate design and operating practices, together with location characteristics, will prevent the migration of any hazardous constituents [see 335-14-5-.06(4)] into the groundwater or surface water at any future time. In deciding whether to grant an exemption, the Director will consider:

1.The nature and quantity of the wastes;

2.The proposed alternate design and operation;

3.The hydrogeologic setting of the facility, including attenuative capacity and thickness of the liners and soils present between the pile and groundwater or surface water; and

4.All other factors which would influence the quality and mobility of the leachate produced and the potential for it to migrate to groundwater or surface water.

(c)The owner or operator of each new waste pile unit on which construction commences after January 29, 1992, each lateral expansion of a waste pile unit on which construction commences after July 29, 1992, and each replacement of an existing waste pile unit that is to commence reuse after July 29, 1992 must install two or more liners and a leachate collection and removal system above and between such liners. "Construction commences" is as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1) under "existing facility."

1.(i)The liner system must include:

(I)A top liner designed and constructed of materials (e.g., a geomembrane) to prevent the migration of hazardous constituents into such liner during the active life and post-closure care period; and

(II)A composite bottom liner, consisting of at least two components. The upper component must be designed and constructed of materials (e.g., a geomembrane) to prevent the migration of hazardous constituents into this component during the active life and post-closure care period. The lower component must be designed and constructed of materials to minimize the migration of hazardous constituents if a breach in the upper component were to occur. The lower component must be constructed of at least 3 feet (91 cm) of compacted soil material with a hydraulic conductivity of no more than lX10-7 cm/sec.

(ii)The liners must comply with 335-14-5-.12(2)(a)1.(i), (ii), and (iii).

2.The leachate collection and removal system immediately above the top liner must be designed, constructed, operated, and maintained to collect and remove leachate from the waste pile during the active life and post-closure care period. The Director will specify design and operating conditions in the permit to ensure that the leachate depth over the liner does not exceed 30 cm (one foot). The leachate collection and removal system must comply with 335-14-5-.12(2)(c)3.(iii) and (iv).

3.The leachate collection and removal system between the liners, and immediately above the bottom composite liner in the case of multiple leachate collection and removal systems, is also a leak detection system. This leak detection system must be capable of detecting, collecting, and removing leaks of hazardous constituents at the earliest practicable time through all areas of the top liner likely to be exposed to waste or leachate during the active life and post-closure care period. The requirements for a leak detection system in 335-14-5-.12(2)(c) are satisfied by installation of a system that is, at a minimum:

(i)Constructed with a bottom slope of one percent or more;

(ii)Constructed of granular drainage materials with a hydraulic conductivity of lx10-2 cm/sec or more and a thickness of 12 inches (30.5 cm) or more; or constructed of synthetic or geonet drainage materials with a transmissivity of 3X10-5m2/sec or more;

(iii)Constructed of materials that are chemically resistant to the waste managed in the waste pile and the leachate expected to be generated, and of sufficient strength and thickness to prevent collapse under the pressures exerted by overlying wastes, waste cover materials, and equipment used at the waste pile;

(iv)Designed and operated to minimize clogging during the active life and post-closure care period; and

(v)Constructed with sumps and liquid removal methods (e.g., pumps) of sufficient size to collect and remove liquids from the sump and prevent liquids from backing up into the drainage layer. Each unit must have its own sump(s). The design of each sump and removal system must provide a method for measuring and recording the volume of liquids present in the sump and of liquids removed.

4.The owner or operator shall collect and remove pumpable liquids in the leak detection system sumps to minimize the head on the bottom liner.

5.The owner or operator of a leak detection system that is not located completely above the seasonal high water table must demonstrate that the operation of the leak detection system will not be adversely affected by the presence of groundwater.

(d)The Director may approve alternative design or operating practices to those specified in 335-14-5-.12(2)(c) if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Director that such design and operating practices, together with location characteristics:

1.Will prevent the migration of any hazardous constituent into the groundwater or surface waster at least as effectively as the liners and leachate collection and removal systems specified in 335-14-5-.12(2)(c); and

2.Will allow detection of leaks of hazardous constituents through the top liner at least as effectively.

(e)335-14-5-.12(2)(c) does not apply to monofills that are granted a waiver by the Director in accordance with 335-14-5-.11(2)(e).

(f)The owner or operator of any replacement waste pile unit is exempt from 335-14-5-.12(2)(c) if:

1.The existing unit was constructed in compliance with the design standards of Section 3004(o)(1)(A)(i) and (o)(5) of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and the AHWMMA; and

2.There is no reason to believe that the liner is not functioning as designed.

(g)The owner or operator must design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-on control system capable of preventing flow onto the active portion of the pile during peak discharge from at least a 25-year storm.

(h)The owner or operator must design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-off management system to collect and control at least the water volume resulting from a 24-hour, 25-year storm.

(i)Collection and holding facilities (e.g., tanks or basins) associated with run-on and run-off control systems must be emptied or otherwise managed expeditiously after storms to maintain design capacity of the system.

(j)If the pile contains any particular matter which may be subject to wind dispersal, the owner or operator must cover or otherwise manage the pile to control wind dispersal.

(k)The Department will specify in the permit all design and operating practices that are necessary to ensure that the requirements of 335-14-5-.12(2) are satisfied.

(3)Action leakage rate.

(a)The Director shall approve an action leakage rate for waste pile units subject to 335-14-5-.12(2)(c) or (d). The action leakage rate is the maximum design flow rate that the leak detection system (LDS) can remove without the fluid head on the bottom liner exceeding one foot. The action leakage rate must include an adequate safety margin to allow for uncertainties in the design (e.g., slope, hydraulic conductivity, thickness of drainage material), construction, operation, and location of the LDS, waste and leachate characteristics, likelihood and amounts of other sources of liquids in the LDS, and proposed response actions (e.g., the action leakage rate must consider decreases in the flow capacity of the system over time resulting from siltation and clogging, rib layover and creep of synthetic components of the system, overburden pressures, etc.).

(b)To determine if the action leakage rate has been exceeded, the owner or operator must convert the weekly flow rate from the monitoring data obtained under 335-14-5-.12(5)(c) to an average daily flow rate (gallons per acre per day) for each sump. Unless the Director approves a different calculation, the average daily flow rate for each sump must be calculated weekly during the active life and closure period.

(4)Response actions.

(a)The owner or operator of waste pile units subject to 335-14-5-.12(4)(c) or (d) must have an approved response action plan before receipt of waste. The response action plan must set forth the actions to be taken if the action leakage rate has been exceeded. At a minimum, the response action plan must describe the actions specified in 335-14-5-.12(4)(b).

(b)If the flow rate into the leak detection system exceeds the action leakage rate for any sump, the owner or operator must:

1.Notify the Director in writing of the exceedence within seven days of the determination;

2.Submit a preliminary written assessment to the Director within 14 days of the determination, as to the amount of liquids, likely sources of liquids, possible location, size, and cause of any leaks, and short-term actions taken and planned;

3.Determine to the extent practicable the location, size, and cause of any leak;

4.Determine whether waste receipt should cease or be curtailed, whether any waste should be removed from the unit for inspection, repairs, or controls, and whether or not the unit should be closed;

5.Determine any other short-term and long-term actions to be taken to mitigate or stop any leaks; and

6.Within 30 days after the notification that the action leakage rate has been exceeded, submit to the Director the results of the analyses specified in 335-14-5-.12(4)(b)3., 4., and 5., the results of actions taken, and actions planned. Monthly thereafter, as long as the flow rate in the leak detection system exceeds the action leakage rate, the owner or operator must submit to the Director a report summarizing the results of any remedial actions taken and actions planned.

(c)To make the leak and/or remediation determinations in 335-14-5-.12(4)(b)3., 4., and 5., the owner or operator must:

1.(i)Assess the source of liquids and amounts of liquids by source,

(ii)Conduct a fingerprint, hazardous constituent, or other analyses of the liquids in the leak detection system to identify the source of liquids and possible location of any leaks, and the hazard and mobility of the liquid; and

(iii)Assess the seriousness of any leaks in terms of potential for escaping into the environment; or

2.Document why such assessments are not needed.

(5)Monitoring and inspection.

(a)During construction or installation, liners (except in the case of existing portions of piles exempt from 335-14-5-.12(2)(a)) and cover systems (e.g., membranes, sheets or coatings) must be inspected for uniformity, damage and imperfections (e.g., holes, cracks, thin spots, or foreign materials). Immediately after construction or installation:

1.Synthetic liners and covers must be inspected to ensure tight seams and joints and the absence of tears, punctures, or blisters; and

2.Soil-based and admixed liners and covers must be inspected for imperfections including lenses, cracks, channels, root holes, or other structural non-uniformities that may cause an increase in the permeability of the liner or cover.

(b)While a waste pile is in operation, it must be inspected weekly and after storms to detect evidence of any of the following:

1.Deterioration, malfunctions, or improper operation of run-on and run-off control systems;

2.Proper functioning of wind dispersal control systems, where present; and

3.The presence of leachate in and proper functioning of leachate collection and removal systems, where present.

[NOTE: These inspections must be documented in accordance with 335-14-5-.02(6)(d).]

(c)An owner or operator required to have a leak detection system under 335-14-5-.12(2)(c) must record the amount of liquids removed from each leak detection system sump at least once each week during the active life and closure period.

(6)[Reserved]

(7)Special requirements for ignitable or reactive waste. Ignitable or reactive waste must not be placed in a waste pile unless the waste and waste pile satisfy all applicable requirements of 335-14-9, and:

(a)The waste is treated, rendered, or mixed before or immediately after placement in the pile so that:

1.The resulting waste, mixture, or dissolution of material no longer meets the definition of ignitable or reactive waste under 335-14-2-.03(2) or (4); and

2.335-14-5-.02(8)(b) is complied with; or

(b)The waste is managed in such a way that it is protected from any material or conditions which may cause it to ignite or react.

(8)Special requirements for incompatible wastes.

(a)Incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials, (see 335-154-5 - Appendix V for examples) must not be placed in the same pile, unless 335-14-5-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

(b)A pile of hazardous waste that is incompatible with any waste or other material stored nearby in containers, other piles, open tanks, or surface impoundments must be separated from the other materials, or protected from them by means of a dike, berm, wall, or other device.

(c)Hazardous waste must not be piled on the same base where incompatible wastes or materials were previously piled, unless the base has been decontaminated sufficiently to ensure compliance with 335-14-5-.02(8).

(9)Closure and post-closure care.

(a)At closure, the owner or operator must remove or decontaminate all waste residues, contaminated containment system components (liners, etc.), contaminated subsoils, and structures and equipment contaminated with waste and leachate, and manage them as hazardous waste unless 335-14-2-.01(3)(d) applies.

(b)If, after removing or decontaminating all residues and making all reasonable efforts to effect removal or decontamination of contaminated components, subsoils, structures, and equipment as required in 335-14-5-.12(9)(a), the owner or operator finds that not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed or decontaminated, he must close the facility and perform post-closure care in accordance with the closure and post-closure care requirements that apply to landfills [335-14-5-.14(11)].

(c)1.The owner or operator of a waste pile that does not comply with the liner requirements of 335-14-5-.12(2)(a)1. and is not exempt from them in accordance with 335-14-5-.12(1)(c) or 335-14-5-.12(2)(b), must:

(i)Include in the closure plan for the pile under 335-14-5-.07(3) both a plan for complying with 335-14-5-.12(9)(a) and a contingent plan for complying with 335-14-5-.12(9)(b) in case not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed at closure; and

(ii)Prepare a contingent post-closure plan under 335-14-5-.07(9) for complying with 335-14-5-.12(9)(b) in case not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed at closure.

2.The cost estimates calculated under 335-14-5-.08(3) and (5) for closure and post-closure care of a pile subject to 335-14-5-.12(9)(c) must include the cost of complying with the contingent closure plan and the contingent post-closure plan, but are not required to include the cost of expected closure under 335-14-5-.12(9)(a).

(10)Special requirements for hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027.

(a)Hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027 must not be placed in waste piles that are not enclosed (as defined in 335-14-5-.12(1)(c)) unless the owner or operator operates the waste pile in accordance with a management plan for these wastes that is approved by the Director pursuant to the standards set out in 335-14-5-.12(10(a), and in accord with all other applicable requirements of 335-14-5. The factors to be considered include:

1.The volume, physical, and chemical characteristics of the wastes, including their potential to migrate through soil or to volatilize or escape into the atmosphere;

2.The attenuative properties of the underlying and surrounding soils or other materials;

3.The mobilizing properties of other materials co-disposed with these wastes; and

4.The effectiveness of additional treatment, design, or monitoring techniques.

(b)The Department may determine that additional design, operating, and monitoring requirements are necessary for piles managing hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026 and F027 in order to reduce the possibility of migration of these wastes to groundwater, surface water, or air so as to protect human health and the environment.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Amy P. Zachry, Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16. History: July 19, 1982. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.5.13" level="3" title="Land Treatment"> <dwc name="cadmium" times="9">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-5-.13 apply to owners and operators of facilities that treat or dispose of hazardous waste in land treatment units, except as 335-14-5-.01(1) provides otherwise.

(2)Treatment program.

(a)An owner or operator subject to 335-14-5-.13 must establish a land treatment program that is designed to ensure that hazardous constituents placed in or on the treatment zone are degraded, transformed, or immobilized within the treatment zone. The Department will specify in the facility permit the elements of the treatment program, including:

1.The wastes that are capable of being treated at the unit based on a demonstration under 335-14-5-.13(3);

2.Design measures and operating practices necessary to maximize the success of degradation, transformation, and immobilization processes in the treatment zone in accordance with 335-14-5-.13(4)(a); and

3.Unsaturated zone monitoring provisions meeting the requirements of 335-14-5-.13(9).

(b)The Department will specify in the facility permit the hazardous constituents that must be degraded, transformed, or immobilized under 335-14-5-.13. Hazardous constituents are constituents identified in 335-14-2 - Appendix VIII that are reasonably expected to be in, or derived from, waste placed in or on the treatment zone.

(c)The Department will specify the vertical and horizontal dimensions of the treatment zone in the facility permit. The treatment zone is the portion of the unsaturated zone below and including the land surface in which the owner or operator intends to maintain the conditions necessary for effective degradation, transformation, or immobilization of hazardous constituents. The maximum depth of the treatment zone must be:

1.No more than 1.5 meters (5 feet) from the initial soil surface; and

2.More than 1 meter (3 feet) above the seasonal high water table.

(3)Treatment demonstration.

(a)For each waste that will be applied to the treatment zone, the owner or operator must demonstrate, prior to application of the waste, that hazardous constituents in the waste can be completely degraded, transformed or immobilized in the treatment zone.

(b)In making this demonstration, the owner or operator may use field tests, laboratory analyses, available data, or, in the case of existing units, operating data. If the owner or operator intends to conduct field tests or laboratory analyses in order to make the demonstration required under 335-14-5-.13(3)(a), he must obtain a treatment or disposal permit under 335-14-8-.06(3). The Department will specify in this permit the testing, analytical, design, and operating requirements (including the duration of the tests and analyses, and, in the case of field tests, the horizontal and vertical dimensions of the treatment zone, monitoring procedures, closure, and clean-up activities) necessary to meet the requirements in 335-14-5-.13(3)(c).

(c)Any field test or laboratory analysis conducted in order to make a demonstration under 335-14-5-.13(3)(a) must:

1.Accurately simulate the characteristics and operating conditions for the proposed land treatment unit including:

(i)The characteristics of the waste (including the presence of 335-14-2 - Appendix VIII constituents);

(ii)The climate in the area;

(iii)The topography of the surrounding area;

(iv)The characteristics of the soil in the treatment zone (including depth); and

(v)The operating practices to be used at the unit.

2.Be likely to show that hazardous constituents in the waste to be tested will be completely degraded, transformed, or immobilized in the treatment zone of the proposed land treatment unit; and

3.Be conducted in a manner that protects human health and the environment considering:

(i)The characteristics of the waste to be tested;

(ii)The operating and monitoring measures taken during the course of the test;

(iii)The duration of the test;

(iv)The volume of waste used in the test;

(v)In the case of field tests, the potential for migration of hazardous constituents to groundwater or surface water.

(4)Design and operating requirements. The Department will specify in the facility permit how the owner or operator will design, construct, operate, and maintain the land treatment unit in compliance with 335-14-5-.13(4).

(a)The owner or operator must design, construct, operate and maintain the unit to maximize the degradation, transformation, and immobilization of hazardous constituents in the treatment zone. The owner or operator must design, construct, operate, and maintain the unit in accord with all design and operating conditions that were used in the treatment demonstration under 335-14-5-.13(3). At a minimum, the Department will specify the following in the facility permit:

1.The rate and method of waste application to the treatment zone;

2.Measures to control soil pH;

3.Measures to enhance microbial or chemical reactions (e.g., fertilization, tilling); and

4.Measures to control the moisture content of the treatment zone.

(b)The owner or operator must design, construct, operate, and maintain the treatment zone to minimize run-off of hazardous constituents during the active life of the land treatment unit.

(c)The owner or operator must design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-on control system capable of preventing flow onto the treatment zone during peak discharge from at least a 25-year storm.

(d)The owner or operator must design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-off management system to collect and control at least the water volume resulting from a 24-hour, 25-year storm.

(e)Collection and holding facilities (e.g., tanks or basins) associated with run-on and run-off control systems must be emptied or otherwise managed expeditiously after storms to maintain the design capacity of the system.

(f)If the treatment zone contains particulate matter which may be subject to wind dispersal, the owner or operator must manage the unit to control wind dispersal.

(g)The owner or operator must inspect, and document the inspections in accordance with 335-14-5-.02(6)(d), the unit weekly and after storms to detect evidence of:

1.Deterioration, malfunctions, or improper operation of run-on and run-off control systems; and

2.Improper functioning of wind dispersal control measures.

(5)[Reserved]

(6)[Reserved]

(7)Food-chain crops. The Department may allow the growth of food-chain crops in or on the treatment zone only if the owner or operator satisfies the conditions of 335-14-5-.13(7). The Department will specify in the facility permit the specific food-chain crops which may be grown.

(a)1.The owner or operator must demonstrate that there is no substantial risk to human health caused by the growth of such crops in or on the treatment zone by demonstrating, prior to the planting of such crops, that hazardous constituents other than cadmium:

(i)Will not be transferred to the food or feed portions of the crop by plant uptake or direct contact, and will not otherwise be ingested by food-chain animals (e.g., by grazing); or

(ii)Will not occur in greater concentrations in or on the food or feed portions of crops grown on the treatment zone than in or on identical portions of the same crops grown on untreated soils under similar conditions in the same region.

2.The owner or operator must make the demonstration required under 335-14-5-.13(7)(a) prior to the planting of crops at the facility for all constituents identified in 335-14-2 - Appendix VIII that are reasonably expected to be in, or derived from, waste placed in or on the treatment zone.

3.In making a demonstration under 335-14-5-.13(7)(a), the owner or operator may use field tests, greenhouse studies, available data, or, in the case of existing units, operating data, and must:

(i)Base the demonstration on conditions similar to those present in the treatment zone, including soil characteristics (e.g., pH, cation exchange capacity), specific wastes, application rates, application methods and crops to be grown; and

(ii)Describe the procedures used in conducting any tests, including the sample selection criteria, sample size, analytical methods, and statistical procedures.

4.If the owner or operator intends to conduct field tests or greenhouse studies in order to make the demonstration required under 335-14-5-.13(7)(a), he must obtain a permit for conducting such activities.

(b)The owner or operator must comply with the following conditions if cadmium is contained in wastes applied to the treatment zone:

1.(i)The pH of the waste and soil mixture must be 6.5 or greater at the time of each waste application, except for waste containing cadmium at concentrations of 2 mg/kg (dry weight) or less;

(ii)The annual application of cadmium from waste must not exceed 0.5 kilograms per hectare (kg/ha) on land used for production of tobacco, leafy vegetables, or root crops grown for human consumption. For other food-chain crops, the annual cadmium application rate must not exceed:

______________________________________________________________

Annual Cd Application

Rate (kilograms per

Time Period hectare)

______________________________________________________________

Present to June 30, 1984 2.0

July 1, 1984 to December 31, 1986 1.25

Beginning January l, 1987 0.5

______________________________________________________________

(iii)The cumulative application of cadmium from waste must not exceed 5 kg/ha if the waste and soil mixture has a pH of less than 6.5; and

(iv)If the waste and soil mixture has a pH of 6.5 or greater or is maintained at a pH of 6.5 or greater during crop growth, the cumulative application of cadmium from waste must not exceed: 5 kg/ha if soil cation exchange capacity (CEC) is less than 5 meq/lOOg; 10 kg/ha if soil CEC is 5-15 meq/lOOg; and 20 kg/ha if soil CEC is greater than 15 meq/lOOg; or

2.(i)Animal feed must be the only food-chain crop produced;

(ii)The pH of the waste and soil mixture must be 6.5 or greater at the time of waste application or at the time the crop is planted, whichever occurs later, and this pH level must be maintained whenever food-chain crops are grown;

(iii)There must be an operating plan which demonstrates how the animal feed will be distributed to preclude ingestion by humans. The operating plan must describe the measures to be taken to safeguard against possible health hazards from cadmium entering the food chain, which may result from alternative land uses; and

(iv)Future property owners must be notified by a stipulation in the land record or property deed which states that the property has received waste at high cadmium application rates and that food-chain crops must not be grown except in compliance with 335-14-5-.13(7)(b)2.

(8)[Reserved]

(9)Unsaturated zone monitoring. An owner or operator subject to 335-14-5-.13 must establish an unsaturated zone monitoring program to discharge the following responsibilities:

(a)The owner or operator must monitor the soil and soil-pore liquid to determine whether hazardous constituents migrate out of the treatment zone.

1.The Department will specify the hazardous constituents to be monitored in the facility permit. The hazardous constituents to be monitored are those specified under 335-14-5-.13(2)(b).

2.The Department may require monitoring for principal hazardous constituents (PHCs) in lieu of the constituents specified under 335-14-5-.13(2)(b). PHCs are hazardous constituents contained in the wastes to be applied at the unit that are the most difficult to treat, considering the combined effects of degradation, transformation, and immobilization. The Department will establish PHCs if it finds, based on waste analyses, treatment demonstrations or other data, that effective degradation, transformation, or immobilization of the PHCs will assure treatment at least equivalent levels for the other hazardous constituents in the wastes.

(b)The owner or operator must install an unsaturated zone monitoring system that includes soil monitoring using soil cores and soil-pore liquid monitoring using devices such as lysimeters. The unsaturated zone monitoring system must consist of a sufficient number of sampling points at appropriate locations and depths to yield samples that:

1.Represent the quality of back-ground soil-pore liquid quality and the chemical make-up of soil that has not been affected by leakage from the treatment zone; and

2.Indicate the quality of soil-pore liquid and the chemical make-up of the soil below the treatment zone.

(c)The owner or operator must establish a background value for each hazardous constituent to be monitored under 335-14-5-.13(9)(a). The permit will specify the background values for each constituent or specify the procedures to be used to calculate the background values.

1.Background soil values may be based on a one-time sampling at a background plot having characteristics similar to those of the treatment zone.

2.Background soil-pore liquid values must be based on at least quarterly sampling for one year at a background plot having characteristics similar to those of the treatment zone.

3.The owner or operator must express all background values in a form necessary for the determination of statistically significant increases under 335-14-5-.13(9)(f).

4.In taking samples used in the determination of all background values, the owner or operator must use an unsaturated zone monitoring system that complies with 335-14-5-.13(9)(b)1.

(d)The owner or operator must conduct soil monitoring and soil-pore liquid monitoring immediately below the treatment zone. The Department will specify the frequency and timing of soil and soil-pore liquid monitoring in the facility permit after considering the frequency, timing, and rate of waste application and the soil permeability. The owner or operator must express the results of soil and soil-pore liquid monitoring in a form necessary for the determination of statistically significant increases under 335-14-5-.13(9)(f).

(e)The owner or operator must use consistent sampling and analysis procedures that are designed to ensure sampling results that provide a reliable indication of soil-pore liquid quality and the chemical make-up of the soil below the treatment zone. At a minimum, the owner or operator must implement procedures and techniques for:

1.Sample collection;

2.Sample preservation and shipment;

3.Analytical procedures; and

4.Chain of custody control.

(f)The owner or operator must determine whether there is a statistically significant change over background values for any hazardous constituent to be monitored under 335-14-5-.13(9)(a) below the treatment zone each time he conducts soil monitoring and soil-pore liquid monitoring under 335-14-5-.13(9)(d).

1.In determining whether a statistically significant increase has occurred, the owner or operator must compare the value of each constituent, as determined under 335-14-5-.13(9)(d), to the background value for that constituent according to the statistical procedure specified in the facility permit under 335-14-5-.13.

2.The owner or operator must determine whether there has been a statistically significant increase below the treatment zone within a reasonable time period after completion of sampling. The Department will specify that time period in the facility permit after considering the complexity of the statistical test and the availability of laboratory facilities to perform the analysis of soil and soil-pore liquid samples.

3.The owner or operator must determine whether there is a statistically significant increase below the treatment zone using a statistical procedure that provides reasonable confidence that migration from the treatment zone will be identified. The Department will specify a statistical procedure in the facility permit that it finds:

(i)Is appropriate for the distribution of the data used to establish background values; and

(ii)Provides a reasonable balance between the probability of falsely identifying migration from the treatment zone and the probability of failing to identify real migration from the treatment zone.

(g)If the owner or operator determines, pursuant to 335-14-5-.13(9)(f), that there is a statistically significant increase of hazardous constituents below the treatment zone, he must:

1.Notify the Department of this finding in writing within seven days. The notification must indicate what constituents have shown statistically significant increases.

2.Within 90 days, submit to the Department an application for a permit modification to modify the operating practices at the facility in order to maximize the success of degradation, transformation or immobilization processes in the treatment zone.

(h)If the owner or operator determines, pursuant to 335-14-5-.13(9)(f), that there is a statistically significant increase of hazardous constituents below the treatment zone, he may demonstrate that a source other than regulated units caused the increase or that the increase resulted from an error in sampling, analysis or evaluation. While the owner or operator may make a demonstration under 335-14-5-.13(9)(h) in addition to, or in lieu of, submitting a permit modification application under 335-14-5-.13(9)(g)2., he is not relieved of the requirement to submit a permit modification application within the time specified in 335-14-5-.13(9)(g)2. unless the demonstration made under 335-14-5-.13(9)(h) successfully shows that a source other than regulated units caused the increase or that the increase resulted from an error in sampling, analysis or evaluation. In making a demonstration under 335-14-5-.13(9)(h), the owner or operator must:

1.Notify the Department in writing within seven days of determining a statistically significant increase below the treatment zone that he intends to make a determination under 335-14-5-.13(9)(h).

2.Within 90 days, submit a report to the Department demonstrating that a source other than the regulated units caused the increase or that the increase resulted from error in sampling, analysis, or evaluation;

3.Within 90 days, submit to the Department an application for a permit modification to make any appropriate changes to the unsaturated zone monitoring program at the facility; and

4.Continue to monitor in accordance with the unsaturated zone monitoring program established under 335-14-5-.13(9).

(10)Recordkeeping. The owner or operator must include hazardous waste application dates and rates in the operating record required under 335-14-5-.05(4).

(11)Closure and post-closure care.

(a)During the closure period the owner or operator must:

1.Continue all operations (including pH control) necessary to maximize degradation, transformation, or immobilization of hazardous constituents within the treatment zone as required under 335-14-5-.13(4)(a), except to the extent such measures are inconsistent with 335-14-5-.13(11)(a)8.

2.Continue all operations in the treatment zone to minimize run-off of hazardous constituents as required under 335-14-5-.13(4)(b);

3.Maintain the run-on control system required under 335-14-5-.13(4)(c);

4.Maintain the run-off management system required under 335-14-5-.13(4)(d);

5.Control wind dispersal of hazardous waste if required under 335-14-5-.13(4)(f),

6.Continue to comply with any prohibitions or conditions concerning growth of food-chain crops under 335-14-5-.13(7);

7.Continue unsaturated zone monitoring in compliance with 335-14-5-.13(9), except that soil-pore liquid monitoring may be terminated 90 days after the last application of waste to the treatment zone; and

8.Establish a vegetative cover on the portion of the facility being closed at such time that the cover will not substantially impede degradation, transformation, or immobilization of hazardous constituents in the treatment zone. The vegetative cover must be capable of maintaining growth without extensive maintenance.

(b)For the purpose of complying with 335-l4-5-.07(6), when closure is completed the owner or operator may submit to the Department certification by an independent qualified soil scientist, in lieu of an independent registered professional engineer, that the facility has been closed in accordance with the specifications in the approved closure plan.

(c)During the post-closure care period the owner or operator must:

1.Continue all operations (including pH control) necessary to enhance degradation and transformation and sustain immobilization of hazardous constituents in the treatment zone to the extent that such measures are consistent with other post-closure care activities;

2.Maintain a vegetative cover over closed portions of the facility;

3.Maintain the run-on control system required under 335-14-5-.13(4)(c);

4.Maintain the run-off management system required under 335-14-5-.13(4)(d);

5.Control wind dispersal of hazardous waste if required under 335-14-5-.13(4)(f);

6.Continue to comply with any prohibitions or conditions concerning growth of food-chain crops under 335-14-5-.13(7); and

7.Continue unsaturated zone monitoring in compliance with 335-14-5-.13(9), except that soil-pore liquid monitoring may be terminated 90 days after the last application of waste to the treatment zone.

(d)The owner or operator is not subject to regulation under 335-14-5-.13(11)(a)8. and (c) if the Department finds that the level of hazardous constituents in the treatment zone soil does not exceed the background value of those constituents by an amount that is statistically significant when using the test specified in 335-14-5-.13(11)(d)3. The owner or operator may submit such a demonstration to the Department at any time during the closure of post-closure care periods. For the purposes of 335-14-5-.13(11):

1.The owner or operator must establish background soil values and determine whether there is a statistically significant increase over those values for all hazardous constituents specified in the facility permit under 335-14-5-.13(2)(b).

(i)Background soil values may be based on a one-time sampling of a background plot having characteristics similar to those of the treatment zone.

(ii)The owner or operator must express background values and values for hazardous constituents in the treatment zone in a form necessary for the determination of statistically significant increases under 335-14-5-.13(11)(d)3.

2.In taking samples used in the determination of background and treatment zone values, the owner or operator must take samples at a sufficient number of sampling points and at appropriate locations and depths to yield samples that represent the chemical make-up of soil that has not been affected by leakage from the treatment zone and the soil within the treatment zone, respectively.

3.In determining whether a statistically significant increase has occurred, the owner or operator must compare the value of each constituent in the treatment zone to the background value for that constituent using a statistical procedure that provides reasonable confidence that constituent presence in the treatment zone will be identified. The owner or operator must use a statistical procedure that:

(i)Is appropriate for the distribution of the data used to establish background values; and

(ii)Provide a reasonable balance between the probability of falsely identifying hazardous constituent presence in the treatment zone and the probability of failing to identify real presence in the treatment zone.

(e)The owner or operator is not subject to regulation under Rule 335-14-5-.06 if the Department finds that the owner or operator satisfies 335-14-5-.13(11)(d) and if unsaturated zone monitoring under 335-14-5-.13(9) indicates that hazardous constituents have not migrated beyond the treatment zone during the active life of the land treatment unit.

(12)Special requirements for ignitable or reactive waste. The owner or operator must not apply ignitable or reactive waste to the treatment zone unless the waste and the treatment zone meet all applicable requirements of 335-14-9, and:

(a)The waste is immediately incorporated into the soil so that:

1.The resulting waste, mixture, or dissolution of material no longer meets the definition of ignitable or reactive waste under 335-14-2-.03(2) and (4); and

2.335-14-5-.02(8)(b) is complied with; or

(b)The waste is managed in such a way that it is protected from any material or conditions which may cause it to ignite or react.

(13)Special requirements for incompatible wastes. The owner or operator must not place incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials (see 335-14-2 - Appendix V for examples), in or on the same treatment zone, unless 335-14-5-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

(14)Special requirements for hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027.

(a)Hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027 must not be placed in a land treatment unit unless the owner or operator operates the facility in accordance with a management plan for these wastes that is approved by the Department pursuant to the standards set out in 335-14-5-.13(14)(a), and in accord with all other applicable requirements of 335-14-5. The factors to be considered are:

1.The volume, physical, and chemical characteristics of the wastes, including their potential to migrate through soil or to volatilize or escape into the atmosphere;

2.The attenuative properties of underlying and surrounding soils or other materials;

3.The mobilizing properties of other materials co-disposed with these wastes; and

4.The effectiveness of additional treatment, design or monitoring techniques.

(b)The Department may determine that additional design, operating, and monitoring requirements are necessary for land treatment facilities managing hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027 in order to reduce the possibility of migration of these wastes to groundwater, surface water, or air so as to protect human health and the environment.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Amy P. Zachry, Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: October 12, 1983. Amended: April 9, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 20,1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.5.14" level="3" title="Landfills"> <dwc name="bacteria" times="1"><dwc name="cyanid" times="2">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-5-.14 apply to owners and operators of facilities that dispose of hazardous waste in landfills, except as 335-14-5-.01(1) provides otherwise.

(2)Design and operating requirements.

(a)Any landfill that is not covered by 335-14-5-.14(2)(b) or 335-14-6-.14(2)(a) must have a liner system for all portions of the landfill (except for existing portions of such landfill). The liner system must have:

1.A double liner that is designed, constructed, and installed to prevent any migration of wastes out of the landfill to the adjacent subsurface soil or groundwater or surface water at any time during the active life (including the closure period) of the landfill. The liners must be constructed of materials that prevent wastes from passing into the liner during the active life of the facility. The liner must be:

(i)Constructed of materials that have appropriate chemical properties and sufficient strength and thickness to prevent failure due to pressure gradients (including static head and external hydrogeologic forces), physical contact with the waste or leachate to which they are exposed, climatic conditions, the stress of installation and the stress of daily operation;

(ii)Placed upon a foundation or base capable of providing support to the liner and resistance to pressure gradients above and below the liner to prevent failure of the liner due to settlement, compression, or uplift; and

(iii)Installed to cover all surrounding earth likely to be in contact with the waste or leachate; and

2.A leachate collection and removal system immediately above and between the liners that is designed, constructed, maintained, and operated to collect and remove leachate from the landfill. The Department will specify design and operating conditions in the permit to ensure that the leachate depth over the liner at any location does not exceed 30 cm (one foot). The leachate collection and removal system must be:

(i)Constructed of materials that are:

(I)Chemically resistant to the waste managed in the landfill and the leachate expected to be generated; and

(II)Of sufficient strength and thickness to prevent collapse under the pressures exerted by overlying wastes, waste cover materials, and by any equipment used at the landfill; and

(ii)Designed and operated to function without clogging through the scheduled closure of the landfill.

(b)The owner or operator of each new landfill unit on which construction commences after January 29, 1992, each lateral expansion of a landfill unit on which construction commences after July 29, 1992, and each replacement of an existing landfill unit that is to commence reuse after July 29, 1992 must install two or more liners and a leachate collection and removal system above and between such liners. "Construction commences" is as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1) under "existing facility".

1.(i)The liner system must include:

(I)A top liner designed and constructed of materials (e.g., a geomembrane) to prevent the migration of hazardous constituents into such liner during the active life and post-closure care period; and

(II)A composite bottom liner, consisting of at least two components. The upper component must be designed and constructed of materials (e.g., a geomembrane) to prevent the migration of hazardous constituents into this component during the active life and post-closure care period. The lower component must be designed and constructed of materials to minimize the migration of hazardous constituents if a breach in the upper component were to occur. The lower component must be constructed of at least 3 feet (91 cm) of compacted soil material with a hydraulic conductivity of no more than 1x10-7 cm/sec.

(ii)The liners must comply with 335-14-5-.14(2)(a)1.(i), (ii), and (iii).

2.The leachate collection and removal system immediately above the top liner must be designed, constructed, operated, and maintained to collect and remove leachate from the landfill during the active life and post-closure care period. The Director will specify design and operating conditions in the permit to ensure that the leachate depth over the liner does not exceed 30 cm (one foot). The leachate collection and removal system must comply with 335-14-5-.14(2)(b)3.(iii) and (iv).

3.The leachate collection and removal system between the liners, and immediately above the bottom composite liner in the case of multiple leachate collection and removal systems, is also a leak detection system. This leak detection system must be capable of detecting, collecting, and removing leaks of hazardous constituents at the earliest practicable time through all areas of the top liner likely to be exposed to waste or leachate during the active life and post-closure care period. The requirements for a leak detection system in 335-14-5-.14(2)(b) are satisfied by installation of a system that is, at a minimum:

(i)Constructed with a bottom slope of one percent or more;

(ii)Constructed of granular drainage materials with a hydraulic conductivity of 1x10-2 cm/sec or more and a thickness of 12 inches (30.5 cm) or more; or constructed of synthetic or geonet drainage materials with a transmissivity of 3x10-5 m2/sec or more;

(iii)Constructed of materials that are chemically resistant to the waste managed in the landfill and the leachate expected to be generated, and of sufficient strength and thickness to prevent collapse under the pressures exerted by overlying wastes, waste cover materials, and equipment used at the landfill;

(iv)Designed and operated to minimize clogging during the active life and post-closure care period; and

(v)Constructed with sumps and liquid removal methods (e.g., pumps) of sufficient size to collect and remove liquids from the sump and prevent liquids from backing up into the drainage layer. Each unit must have its own sump(s). The design of each sump and removal system must provide a method for measuring and recording the volume of liquids present in the sump and of liquids removed.

4.The owner or operator shall collect and remove pumpable liquids in the leak detection system sumps to minimize the head on the bottom liner.

5.The owner or operator of a leak detection system that is not located completely above the seasonal high water table must demonstrate that the operation of the leak detection system will not be adversely affected by the presence of groundwater.

(c)The owner or operator must design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-on control system capable of preventing flow onto the active portion of the landfill during peak discharge from at least a 25-year storm.

(d)The owner or operator must design, construct, operate and maintain a run-off management system to collect and control at least the water volume resulting from a 24-hour, 25-year storm.

(e)Collection and holding facilities (e.g., tanks or basins) associated with run-on and run-off control systems must be emptied or otherwise managed expeditiously after storms to maintain design capacity of the system.

(f)If the landfill contains any particulate matter which may be subject to wind dispersal, the owner or operator must cover or otherwise manage the landfill to control wind dispersal.

(g)The Department will specify in the permit all design and operating practices that are necessary to ensure that the requirements of 335-14-5-.14(2) are satisfied.

(h)Any permit which is issued after November 8, 1984 for a landfill located within the State of Alabama shall require the installation of two or more liners and a leachate collection system above and between such liners.

(3)Action leakage rate.

(a)The Director shall approve an action leakage rate for landfills subject to 335-14-5-.14(2)(b). The action leakage rate is the maximum design flow rate that the leak detection system (LDS) can remove without the fluid head on the bottom liner exceeding one foot. The action leakage rate must include an adequate safety margin to allow for uncertainties in the design (e.g., slope, hydraulic conductivity, thickness of drainage material), construction, operation, and location of the waste and leachate characteristics, likelihood and amounts of other sources of liquids in the LDS and proposed response actions (e.g., the action leakage rate must consider decreases in the flow capacity of the system over time resulting from siltation and clogging, rib layover and creep of synthetic components of the system, overburden pressures, etc.).

(b)To determine if the action leakage rate has been exceeded, the owner or operator must convert the weekly or monthly flow rate from the monitoring data obtained under 335-14-5-.14(4)(c) to an average daily flow rate (gallons per acre per day) for each sump. Unless the Director approves a different calculation, the average daily flow rate for each sump must be calculated weekly during the active life and closure period, and monthly during the post-closure care period when monthly monitoring is required under 335-14-5-.14(4)(c).

(4)Monitoring and inspection.

(a)During construction or installation, liners (except in the case of existing portions of landfills exempt from 335-14-5-.14(2)(a)) and cover systems (e.g., membranes, sheets, or coatings) must be inspected for uniformity, damage and imperfections (e.g., holes, cracks, thin spots, or foreign materials). Immediately after construction or installation:

1.Synthetic liners and covers must be inspected to ensure tight seams and joints and the absence of tears, excessive folds, punctures, or blisters; and

2.Soil-based and admixed liners and covers must be inspected for imperfections including lenses, cracks, channels, root holes, or other structural non-uniformities that may cause an increase in the permeability of the liner or cover.

(b)While a landfill is in operation, it must be inspected weekly and after storms to detect evidence of any of the following:

1.Deterioration, malfunctions, or improper operation of run-on and run-off control systems;

2.Proper functioning of wind dispersal control systems, where present; and

3.The presence of leachate in and proper functioning of leachate collection and removal systems, where present.

[NOTE: These inspections must be documented in accordance with 335-14-5-.02(6)(d).]

(c)1.An owner or operator required to have a leak detection system under 335-14-5-.14(2)(b) must record the amount of liquids removed from each leak detection system sump at least once each week during the active life and closure period.

2.After the final cover is installed, the amount of liquids removed from each leak detection system sump must be recorded at least monthly. If the liquid level in the sump stays below the pump operating level for two consecutive months, the amount of liquids in the sumps must be recorded at least quarterly. If the liquid level in the sump stays below the pump operating level for two consecutive quarters, the amount of liquids in the sumps must be recorded at least semi-annually. If at any time during the post-closure care period the pump operating level is exceeded at units on quarterly or semi-annual recording schedules, the owner or operator must return to monthly recording of amounts of liquids removed from each sump until the liquid level again stays below the pump operating level for two consecutive months.

3."Pump operating level" is a liquid level proposed by the owner or operator and approved by the Director based on pump activation level, sump dimensions, and level that avoids backup into the drainage layer and minimizes head in the sump.

(5)Response actions.

(a)The owner or operator of landfill units subject to 335-14-5-.14(2)(b) must have an approved response action plan before receipt of waste. The response action plan must set forth the actions to be taken if the action leakage rate has been exceeded. At a minimum, the response action plan must describe the actions specified in 335-14-5-.14(5)(b).

(b)If the flow rate into the leak detection system exceeds the action leakage rate for any sump, the owner or operator must:

1.Notify the Director in writing of the exceedence within seven days of the determination;

2.Submit a preliminary written assessment to the Director within 14 days of the determination, as to the amount of liquids, likely sources of liquids, possible location, size, and cause of any leaks, and short-term actions taken and planned;

3.Determine to the extent practicable the location, size, and cause of any leak;

4.Determine whether waste receipt should cease or be curtailed, whether any waste should be removed from the unit for inspection, repairs, or controls, and whether or not the unit should be closed;

5.Determine any other short-term and longer-term actions to be taken to mitigate or stop any leaks; and

6.Within 30 days after the notification that the action leakage rate has been exceeded, submit to the Director the results of the analyses specified in 335-14-5-.14(5)(b)3., 4., and 5., the results of actions taken, and actions planned. Monthly thereafter, as long as the flow rate in the leak detection system exceeds the action leakage rate, the owner or operator must submit to the Director a report summarizing the results of any remedial actions taken and actions planned.

(c)To make the leak and/or remediation determinations in 335-14-5-.14(5)(b)3., 4., and 5., the owner or operator must:

1.(i)Assess the source of liquids and amounts of liquids by source,

(ii)Conduct a fingerprint, hazardous constituent, or other analyses of the liquids in the leak detection system to identify the source of liquids and possible location of any leaks, and the hazard and mobility of the liquid; and

(iii)Assess the seriousness of any leaks in terms of potential for escaping into the environment; or

2.Document why such assessments are not needed.

(6)[Reserved]

(7)[Reserved]

(8)[Reserved]

(9)[Reserved]

(10)Surveying and record keeping. The owner and operator of a landfill must maintain the following items in the operating record required under 335-14-5-.05(4):

(a)On a map, the exact location and dimensions, including depth, of each cell with respect to permanently surveyed bench marks; and

(b)The contents of each cell and the approximate location of each hazardous waste type within each cell.

(11)Closure and post-closure care.

(a)At final closure of the landfill or upon closure of any cell, the owner or operator must cover the landfill or cell with a final cover designed and constructed to:

1.Provide long-term minimization of migration of liquids into and through the closed landfill;

2.Function with minimum maintenance;

3.Promote drainage and minimize erosion or abrasion of the cover;

4.Minimize and accommodate settling and subsidence so that the cover's integrity is maintained; and

5.Have a permeability less than or equal to the permeability of any bottom liner system or natural sub-soils present (whichever is less).

(b)To meet the requirements in Rule 335-14-5-.14(11)(a), the final cover system must contain (as a minimum):

1.A vegetated top cover. The top cover must:

(i)Be at least 24 inches thick;

(ii)Support vegetation that will effectively minimize erosion;

(iii)Have a final top slope between three and five percent; and

(iv)Have a final side slope which does not exceed 25 percent; and

(v)Have a surface drainage system capable of conducting run-off across the cap without erosion occurring.

2.Drainage layer. The drainage layer must:

(i)Be at least 12 inches thick with a saturated hydraulic conductivity not less than 10-3 cm/sec;

(ii)Have a final bottom slope of at least two percent;

(iii)Be overlain by a graded granular or synthetic fabric filter to prevent clogging;

(iv)Be designed so that discharge flows freely in the lateral direction to minimize the head on the low permeability layer.

3.Low permeability layer. The low permeability layer must consist of two components, a synthetic liner and a compacted soil liner.

(i)The synthetic liner component must:

(I)Consist of at least a 20 mil synthetic membrane;

(II)Be protected from damage above the membrane by at least six inches of bedding material;

(III)Have a final upper slope of at least two percent;

(IV)Be located wholly below the average frost penetration;

(V)Lay directly on the compacted soil liner;

(ii)The compacted soil component must:

(I)Have 24 inches of soil recompacted to a saturated hydraulic conductivity of not more than 10-7 cm/sec:

(II)Have the soil emplaced in lifts not exceeding six inches before compaction to maximize the effectiveness of compaction.

(c)If the owner or operator can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Department that an alternative cover system meets or exceeds the performance standards set forth in Rule 335-14-5-.14(11)(a) and (b), the alternative final cover system may be used.

(d)After final closure, the owner or operator must comply with all post-closure requirements contained in 335-14-5-.07(8) through (11), including maintenance and monitoring throughout the post-closure care period (specified in the permit under 335-14-5-.07(8)). The owner or operator must:

1.Maintain the integrity and effectiveness of the final cover, including making repairs to the cap as necessary to correct the effects of settling, subsidence, erosion, or other events;

2.Continue to operate the leachate collection and removal systems until leachate is no longer detected;

3.Maintain and monitor the leak detection system in accordance with 335-14-5-.14(2)(b)3.(iv) and (2)(b)4. and 335-14-5-.14(4)(c), and comply with all other applicable leak detection system requirements of 335-14-5-.14;

4.Maintain and monitor the groundwater monitoring system and comply with all other applicable requirements of Rule 335-14-5-.06;

5.Prevent run-on and run-off from eroding or otherwise damaging the final cover; and

6.Protect and maintain surveyed bench marks used in complying with 335-14-5-.14(10); and

7.The owner or operator must visually inspect the final cover to identify evidence of settling, subsidence, erosion, or other events expected to limit the integrity or effectiveness. These inspections must be documented in an inspection log, as required by Rule 335-14-5-.02(6)(d). The Department will specify in the permit the inspection schedule.

(12)[Reserved]

(13)Special requirements for ignitable or reactive waste.

(a)Except as provided in 335-14-5-.14(13)(b), and in 335-14-5-.14(17), ignitable or reactive waste must not be placed in a landfill, unless the waste and landfill meet all applicable requirements of Chapter 335-14-9, and:

1.The resulting waste, mixture, or dissolution of material no longer meets the definition of ignitable or reactive waste under 335-14-2-.03(2) or (4); and

2.335-14-5-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

(b)Except for prohibited wastes which remain subject to treatment standards in Rule 335-14-9-.04, ignitable wastes in containers may be landfilled without meeting the requirements of 335-14-5-.14(13)(a), provided that the wastes are disposed of in such a way that they are protected from any material or conditions which may cause them to ignite. At a minimum, ignitable wastes must be disposed of in non-leaking containers which are carefully handled and placed so as to avoid heat, sparks, rupture or any other condition that might cause ignition of the wastes; must be covered daily with soil or other non-combustible material to minimize the potential for ignition of the wastes; and must not be disposed of in cells that contain or will contain other wastes which may generate heat sufficient to cause ignition of the waste.

(14)Special requirements for incompatible wastes. Incompatible wastes or incompatible wastes and materials (see 335-14-5 - Appendix V for examples) must not be placed in the same landfill cell unless 335-14-5-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

(15)Special requirements for bulk and containerized liquids.

(a)[Reserved]

(b)The placement of bulk or noncontainerized liquid waste (hazardous or nonhazardous)or waste containing free liquids (whether or not sorbents have been added) in any landfill is prohibited.

(c)To demonstrate the absence or presence of free liquids in either a containerized or a bulk waste, the following test must be used: Method 9095 (Paint Filter Liquids Test) as described in "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Wastes, Physical/Chemical Methods", EPA Publication No. SW-846, as incorporated by reference in Rule 335-14-1-.02(2).

(d)Containers holding free liquids must not be placed in a landfill unless:

1.All free-standing liquid:

(i)Has been removed by decanting, or other methods;

(ii)Has been mixed with sorbent or solidified so that free-standing liquid is no longer observed; or

(iii)Has been otherwise eliminated; or

2.The container is very small, such as an ampule; or

3.The container is designed to hold free liquids for use other than storage, such as a battery or capacitor; or

4.The container is a lab pack as defined in 335-14-5-.14(17) and is disposed of in accordance with 335-14-5-.14(17).

(e)Sorbents used to treat free liquids to be disposed of in landfills must be nonbiodegradable. Nonbiodegradable sorbents are: materials listed or described in 335-14-5-.14(15)(e)1.; materials that pass one of the tests in 335-14-5-.14(15)(e)2.; or materials that are determined by the Department to be nonbiodegradable through the Rule 335-14-1-.03 petition process.

1.Nonbiodegradable sorbents.

(i)Inorganic minerals, other inorganic materials, and elemental carbon (e.g., aluminosilicates, clays, smectites, Fuller's earth, bentonite, calcium bentonite, montmorillonite, calcined montmorillonite, kaolinite, micas (illite), vermiculites, zeolites; calcium carbonate (organic free limestone); oxides/hydroxides, alumina, lime, silica (sand), diatomaceous earth; perlite (volcanic glass); expanded volcanic rock; volcanic ash; cement kiln dust; fly ash; rice hull ash; activated charcoal/activated carbon); or

(ii)High molecular weight synthetic polymers (e.g., polyethylene, high density polyethylene (HDPE), polypropylene, polystyrene, polyurethane, polyacrylate, polynorborene, polyisobutylene, ground synthetic rubber, cross-linked allylstyrene and tertiary butyl copolymers). This does not include polymers derived from biological material or polymers specifically designed to be degradable; or

(iii)Mixtures of these nonbiodegradable materials.

2.Tests for nonbiodegradable sorbents.

(i)The sorbent material is determined to be nonbiodegradable under ASTM Method G21-70 (1984a)--Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymer Materials to Fungi; or

(ii)The sorbent material is determined to be nonbiodegradable under ASTM Method G22-76 (1984b)--Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Plastics to Bacteria; or

(iii)The sorbent material is determined to be nonbiodegradable under OECD test 301B: [CO2 Evolution (Modified Sturm Test)].

(f)The placement of any liquid which is not a hazardous waste in a landfill is prohibited unless the owner or operator of such landfill demonstrates to the Department, or the Director determines that:

1.The only reasonably available alternative to the placement in such landfill is placement in a landfill or unlined surface impoundment, whether or not permitted or operating under interim status, which contains, or may reasonably be anticipated to contain hazardous waste; and

2.Placement in such owner or operator's landfill will not present a risk of contamination of any underground source of drinking water (as that term is defined in Section 144.3 of 40 CFR).

(16)Special requirements for containers. Unless they are very small, such as an ampule, containers must be either:

(a)At least 90 percent full when placed in the landfill; or

(b)Crushed, shredded, or similarly reduced in volume to the maximum practical extent before burial in the landfill.

(17)Disposal of small containers of hazardous waste in overpacked drums (lab packs). Small containers of hazardous waste in overpacked drums (lab packs) may be placed in a landfill if the following requirements are met:

(a)Hazardous waste must be packaged in non-leaking inside containers. The inside containers must be of a design and constructed of a material that will not react dangerously with, be decomposed by, or be ignited by the contained waste. Inside containers must be tightly and securely sealed. The inside containers must be of the size and type specified in the Department of Transportation (DOT) hazardous materials regulations (49 CFR Parts 173, 178, and 179), if those regulations specify a particular inside container for the waste.

(b)The inside containers must be overpacked in an open head DOT-specification metal shipping container (49 CFR Parts 178 and 179) of no more than 416-liter (110 gallon) capacity and surrounded by, at a minimum, a sufficient quantity of sorbent material, determined to be nonbiodegradable in accordance with 335-14-5-.14(15)(e), to completely absorb all of the liquid contents of the inside containers. The metal outer container must be full after packing with inside containers and sorbent material.

(c)The sorbent material used must not be capable of reacting dangerously with, being decomposed by, or being ignited by the contents of the inside containers in accordance with 335-14-5-.02(8)(b).

(d)Incompatible wastes, as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1), must not be placed in the same outside container.

(e)Reactive wastes, other than cyanide- or sulfur-bearing waste as defined in 335-14-2-.03(4)(a)5., must be treated or rendered non-reactive prior to packaging in accordance with 335-14-5-.14(17)(a) through (d). Cyanide- and sulfide-bearing reactive waste may be packed in accordance with 335-14-5-.14(17)(a) through (d) without first being treated or rendered non-reactive.

(f)Such disposal is in compliance with the requirements of 335-14-9. Persons who incinerate lab packs according to the requirements in 335-14-9-.04(3)(c)1. may use fiber drums in place of metal outer containers. Such fiber drums must meet the DOT specifications in 49 CFR 173.12 and be overpacked according to the requirements in 335-14-5-.14(17)(b).

(18)Special requirements for hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027.

(a)Hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027 must not be placed in a landfill unless the owner or operator operates the landfill in accord with a management plan for these wastes that is approved by the Director pursuant to the standards set out in 335-14-5-.14(18)(a), and in accord with all other applicable requirements of 335-14-5. The factors to be considered are:

1.The volume, physical, and chemical characteristics of the wastes, including their potential to migrate through the soil or to volatilize or escape into the atmosphere;

2.The attenuative properties of underlying and surrounding soils or other materials;

3.The mobilizing properties of other materials co-disposed with these wastes; and

4.The effectiveness of additional treatment, design, or monitoring requirements.

(b)The Department may determine that additional design, operating, and monitoring requirements are necessary for landfills managing hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026 and F027 in order to reduce the possibility of migration of these wastes to groundwater, surface water, or air so as to protect human health and the environment.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Stephen A. Cobb; James W. Hathcock; Amy P. Zachry; Michael B. Champion; Vernon H. Crockett

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: October 12, 1983. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed April 22, 2004; effective May 27, 2004.

<regElement name="335.14.5.15" level="3" title="Incinerators"> <dwc name="dioxin" times="1">

(1)Applicability.

(a)The requirements of 335-14-5-.15 apply to owners and operators of hazardous waste incinerators (as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1)), except as 335-14-5-.01(1) provides otherwise.

(b)Integration of the MACT standards.

1.Except as provide by 335-14-5-.15(1)(b)2., (b)3. and (b)4., the standards of 335-14-5 no longer apply when an owner or operator demonstrates compliance with the maximum achievable control technology (MACT) requirements of 335-3-11-.06(56) by conducting a comprehensive performance test and submitting to the Director a Notification of Compliance under 335-3-11-.06(56) and 63.1210(d)documenting compliance with the requirements of 335-3-11-.06(56). Nevertheless, even after this demonstration of compliance with the MACT standards, RCRA permit conditions that were based on the standards of 335-14-5 will continue to be in effect until they are removed from the permit or the permit is terminated or revoked, unless the permit expressly provides otherwise.

2.The MACT standards do not replace the closure requirements of 335-14-5-.15(12) or the applicable requiremetns of 335-14-5-.01 through 5-.08, 5-.28, and 5-.29.

3.The particulate matter standard of 335-14-5-.15(4)(c) remains in effect for incinerators that elect to comply with the alternative to the particulate matter standard of &#167; 63.1206(b)(14).

4.The following requirements remain in effect for startup, shutdown, and malfunction events if the facility elects to comply with 335-14-8-.15(1)(a)1.(i) to minimize emissions of toxic compounds from these events:

(i)335-14-5-.15(6)(a) requiring that an incinerator operate in accordance with operating requirements specified in the permit; and

(ii)335-14-5-.15(6)(c) requiring compliance with the emission standards and operating requirements during startup and shutdown if hazardous waste is in the combustion chamber, except for particular hazardous wastes.

(c)After consideration of the waste analysis included with Part B of the permit application, the Department, in establishing the permit conditions, may exempt the applicant from all requirements of 335-14-5-.15 except 335-14-5-.15(2) (Waste analysis) and 335-14-5-.15(12) (Closure).

1.If the Department finds that the waste to be burned is:

(i)Listed as a hazardous waste in Rule 335-14-2-.04 solely because it is ignitable (Hazard Code I), corrosive (Hazard Code C), or both; or

(ii)Listed as a hazardous waste in Rule 335-14-2-.04 solely because it is reactive (Hazard Code R) for characteristics other than those listed in 335-14-2-.03(4)(a)4. and 5., and will not be burned when other hazardous wastes are present in the combustion zone; or

(iii)A hazardous waste solely because it possesses the characteristic of ignitability, corrosivity, or both, as determined by the test for characteristics of hazardous wastes under Rule 335-14-2-.03; or

(iv)A hazardous waste solely because it possesses any of the reactivity characteristics described by 335-14-2-.03 (4)(a)1., 2., 3., 6., 7. and 8., and will not be burned when other hazardous wastes are present in the combustion zone; and

2.If the waste analysis shows that the waste contains none of the hazardous constituents listed in 335-14-2 - Appendix VIII, which would reasonably be expected to be in the waste.

(d)If the waste to be burned is one which is described by 335-14-5-.15(1)(b)1.(i), (b)1.(ii), (b)1.(iii), or (b)1.(iv) and contains insignificant concentrations of the hazardous constituents listed in 335-14-2 - Appendix VIII, then the Department may, in establishing permit conditions, exempt the applicant from all requirements of 335-14-5-.15, except 335-14-5-.15(2) (Waste analysis) and 335-14-5-.15(12) (Closure), after consideration of the waste analysis included with Part B of the permit application, unless the Department finds that the waste will pose a threat to human health and the environment when burned in an incinerator.

(e)The owner or operator of an incinerator may conduct trial burns subject only to the requirements of 335-14-8-.06(2) (Short term and incinerator permits).

(2)Waste analysis.

(a)As a portion of the trial burn plan required by 335-14-8-.06(3), or with Part B of the permit application, the owner or operator must have included an analysis of the waste feed sufficient to provide all information required by 335-14-8-.06(2)(b) or 335-14-8-.02(10). Owners or operators of new hazardous waste incinerators must provide the information required by 335-14-8-.06(2)(c) or 335-14-8-.02(10) to the greatest extent possible.

(b)Throughout normal operation the owner or operator must conduct sufficient waste analysis to verify that waste feed to the incinerator is within the physical and chemical composition limits specified in his permit (under 335-14-5-.15(6)(b)).

(3)Principal organic hazardous constituents (POHCS).

(a)Principal Organic Hazardous Constituents (POHCs) in the waste feed must be treated to the extent required by the performance standard of 335-14-5-.15(4).

1.One or more POHCs will be specified in the facility's permit, from among those constituents listed in of 335-14-2 - Appendix VIII, for each waste feed to be burned. This specification will be based on the degree of difficulty of incineration of the organic constituents in the waste and on their concentration or mass in the waste feed, considering the results of waste analyses and trial burns or alternative data submitted with Part B of the facility's permit application. Organic constituents which represent the greatest degree of difficulty of incineration will be those most likely to be designated as POHCs. Constituents are more likely to be designated as POHCs if they are present in large quantities or concentrations in the waste.

2.Trial POHCs will be designated for performance of trial burns in accordance with the procedure specified in 335-14-8-.06(3) for obtaining trial burn permits.

(4)Performance standards. An incinerator burning hazardous waste must be designed, constructed, and maintained so that, when operated in accordance with the operating requirements specified under 335-14-5-.15(6), it will meet the following performance standards:

(a)1.Except as provided in 335-14-5-.15(4)(a)2., an incinerator burning hazardous waste must achieve a destruction and removal efficiency (DRE) of 99.99% for each principal organic hazardous constituent (POHC) designated (under 335-14-5-.15(3)) in its permit for each waste feed. DRE is determined for each POHC from the following equation:

(Win ? Wout)

DRE = x 100%

Win

Where:

Win = Mass feed rate of one principal organic hazardous constituent (POHC) in the waste stream feeding the incinerator, and

Wout = Mass emission rate of the same POHC present in exhaust emissions prior to release to the atmosphere.

2.An incinerator burning hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, or F027 must achieve a destruction and removal efficiency (DRE) of 99.9999% for each principal organic hazardous constituent (POHC) designated (under 335-14-5-.15(3)) in its permit. This performance must be demonstrated on POHCs that are more difficult to incinerate than tetra-, penta-, and hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins and dibenzofurans. DRE is determined for each POHC from the equation in 335-14-5-.15(4)(a)1. In addition, the owner or operator of the incinerator must notify the Department of his intent to incinerate hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, or F027.

(b)An incinerator burning hazardous waste and producing stack emissions of more than 1.8 kilograms per hour (4 pounds per hour) of hydrogen chloride (HC1) must control HC1 emissions such that the rate of emission is no greater than the larger of either 1.8 kilograms per hour or 1% of the HC1 in the stack gas prior to entering any pollution control equipment.

(c)An incinerator burning hazardous waste must not emit particulate matter in excess of 180 milligrams per dry standard cubic meter (0.08 grains per dry standard cubic foot) when corrected for the amount of oxygen in the stack gas according to the formula:

14

Pc = Pm x ________

21 - Y

Where

Pc is the corrected concentration of particulate matter,

Pm is the measured concentration of particulate matter, and

Y is the measured concentration of oxygen in the stack gas, using the Orsat method for oxygen analysis of dry flue gas, presented in Part 60, Appendix A (Method 3), of Chapter 1, Environmental Protection Agency, of the Code of Federal Regulations. This correction procedure is to be used by all hazardous waste incinerators except those operating under conditions of oxygen enrichment. For these facilities, the Department will select an appropriate correction procedure, to be specified in the facility permit.

(d)For purposes of permit enforcement, compliance with the operating requirements specified in the permit (under 335-14-5-.15(6)) will be regarded as compliance with 335-14-5-.15(4). However, evidence that compliance with those permit conditions is insufficient to ensure compliance with the performance requirements of 335-14-5-.15(4) may be "information" justifying modification, revocation, or reissuance of a permit under 335-14-8-.04(2).

(5)Hazardous waste incinerator permits.

(a)The owner or operator of a hazardous waste incinerator may burn only wastes specified in his permit and only under operating conditions specified for those wastes under 335-14-5-.15(6), except:

1.In approved trial burns under 335-14-8-.06(2); or

2.Under exemptions created by 335-14-5-.15(1).

(b)Other hazardous wastes may be burned only after operating conditions have been specified in a new permit or a permit modification as applicable. Operating requirements for new wastes may be based on either trial burn results or alternative data included with Part B of a permit application under 335-14-8-.02(10).

(c)The permit for a new hazardous waste incinerator must establish appropriate conditions for each of the applicable requirements of 335-14-5-.15, including but not limited to, allowable waste feeds and operating conditions necessary to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.15(6), sufficient to comply with the following standards:

1.For the period beginning with initial introduction of hazardous waste to the incinerator and ending with initiation of the trial burn, and only for the minimum time required to establish operating conditions required in 335-14-5-.15(5)(c)2., not to exceed a duration of 720 hours operating time for treatment of hazardous waste, the operating requirements must be those likely to ensure compliance with the performance standards of 335-14-5-.15(4), based on the Department's engineering judgment. The Department may extend the duration of this period once for up to 720 additional hours when good cause for the extension is demonstrated by the applicant;

2.For the duration of the trial burn, the operating requirements must be sufficient to demonstrate compliance with the performance standards of 335-14-5-.15(4) and must be in accordance with the approved trial burn plan;

3.For the period immediately following completion of the trial burn, and only for the minimum period sufficient to allow sample analysis, data computation, and submission of the trial burn results by the applicant, and review of the trial burn results and modification of the facility permit by the Department, the operating requirements must be those most likely to ensure compliance with the performance standards of 335-14-5-.15(4), based on the Department's engineering judgment; and

4.For the remaining duration of the permit, the operating requirements must be those demonstrated, in a trial burn or by alternative data specified in 335-14-8-.02(10)(c), as sufficient to ensure compliance with the performance standards of 335-14-5-.15(4).

(6)Operating requirements.

(a)An incinerator must be operated in accordance with operating requirements specified in the permit. These will be specified on a case-by-case basis as those demonstrated (in a trial burn or in alternative data as specified in 335-14-5-.15(5)(b) and included with Part B of a facility's permit application) to be sufficient to comply with the performance standards of 335-14-5-.15(4).

(b)Each set of operating requirements will specify the composition of the waste feed (including acceptable variations in the physical or chemical properties of the waste feed which will not affect compliance with the performance requirement of 335-14-5-.15(4)) to which the operating requirements apply. For each such waste feed, the permit will specify acceptable operating limits including the following conditions:

1.Carbon monoxide (CO) level in the stack exhaust gas;

2.Waste feed rate;

3.Combustion temperature;

4.An appropriate indicator of combustion gas velocity;

5.Allowable variations in incinerator system design or operating procedures; and

6.Such other operating requirements as are necessary to ensure that the performance standards of 335-14-5-.15(4) are met.

(c)During start-up and shut-down of an incinerator, hazardous waste (except wastes exempted in accordance with 335-14-5-.15(1)) must not be fed into the incinerator unless the incinerator is operating within the conditions of operation (temperature, air feed rate, etc.) specified in the permit.

(d)Fugitive emissions from the combustion zone must be controlled by:

1.Keeping the combustion zone totally sealed against fugitive emissions; or

2.Maintaining a combustion zone pressure lower than atmospheric pressure; or

3.An alternate means of control demonstrated (with Part B of the permit application) to provide fugitive emissions control equivalent to maintenance of combustion zone pressure lower than atmospheric pressure.

(e)An incinerator must be operated with a functioning system to automatically cut off waste feed to the incinerator when operating conditions deviate from limits established under 335-14-5-.15(6)(a).

(f)An incinerator must cease operation when changes in waste feed, incinerator design, or operating conditions exceed limits designated in its permit.

(7)[Reserved]

(8)Monitoring and inspections.

(a)The owner or operator must conduct, as a minimum, the following monitoring while incinerating hazardous waste:

1.Combustion temperature, waste feed rate, and the indicator of combustion gas velocity specified in the facility permit must be monitored on a continuous basis.

2.CO must be monitored on a continuous basis at a point in the incinerator downstream of the combustion zone and prior to release to the atmosphere.

3.Upon request by the Department, sampling and analysis of the waste and exhaust emissions must be conducted to verify that the operating requirements established in the permit achieve the performance standards of 335-14-5-.15(4).

(b)The incinerator and associated equipment (pumps, valves, conveyors, pipes, etc.) must be subjected to thorough visual inspection, at least daily, for leaks, spills, fugitive emissions, and signs of tampering.

(c)The emergency waste feed cutoff system and associated alarms must be tested at least weekly to verify operability, unless the applicant demonstrates to the Department that weekly inspections will unduly restrict or upset operations and that less frequent inspection will be adequate. At a minimum, operational testing must be conducted at least monthly.

(d)This monitoring and inspection data must be recorded and the records must be placed in the operating log required by 335-14-5-.05(4).

(9)[Reserved]

(10)[Reserved]

(11)[Reserved]

(12)Closure. At closure the owner or operator must remove all hazardous waste and hazardous waste residues (including, but not limited to, ash, scrubber waters, and scrubber sludges) from the incinerator site.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: July 19, 1982. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989; January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

335-14-5-.16[Reserved]

335-14-5-.17[Reserved]

335-14-5-.18[Reserved]

<regElement name="335.14.5.19" level="3" title="Special Provisions For Cleanup">

(1)Applicability of Corrective Action Management Unit (CAMU) Regulations.

(a)Except as provided in 335-14-5-.19(1)(b), CAMUs are subject to the requirements of 335-14-5-.19(3).

(b)CAMUs that were approved before April 22, 2002, or for which substantially complete applications (or equivalents) were submitted to the Department on or before November 20, 2000, are subject to the requirements in 335-14-5-.19(2) for grandfathered CAMUs; CAMU waste, activities, and design will not be subject to the standards in 335-14-5-.19(2), so long as the waste, activities, and design remain within the general scope of the CAMU as approved.

(2)Grandfathered Corrective Action Management Units (CAMU).

(a)To implement remedies under 335-14-5-.06(12), &#167; 22-30-19 et. seq., Code of Ala. 1975 and/or RCRA Section 3008(h), or to implement remedies at a permitted facility that is not subject to 335-14-5-.06(12), the Department may designate an area at the facility as a corrective action management unit under the requirements in 335-14-5-.19(2). "Corrective action management unit (CAMU)" means an area within a facility that is used only for implementing corrective action or cleanup at the facility, pursuant to the requirements of 335-14-5-.19(1), (2), and (3). A CAMU must be located within the contiguous property under the control of the owner/operator where the wastes to be managed in the CAMU originated. One or more CAMUs may be designated at a facility.

1.Placement of remediation wastes into or within a CAMU does not constitute land disposal of hazardous wastes.

2.Consolidation or placement of remediation wastes into or within a CAMU does not constitute creation of a unit subject to minimum technology requirements.

[NOTE: The provisions of 335-14-5-.19(2)(a)1. and (2)(a)2. do not relieve the owner or operator of the requirement to meet other applicable requirements of this or other Divisions of the ADEM Administrative Code or other authorities (i.e., These provisions only exempt the unit from the LDR provisions of Chapter 335-14-9 and the hazardous waste minimum technology design requirements of Chapters 335-14-5 and 335-14-8.)]

(b)1.The Department may designate a regulated unit (as defined in Rule 335-14-5-.06(1) as a CAMU, or may incorporate a regulated unit into a CAMU, if:

(i)The regulated unit is closed or closing, meaning it has begun the closure process under Rule 335-14-5-.07(4) or Rule 335-14-6-.07(4); and

(ii)Inclusion of the regulated unit will enhance implementation of effective, protective and reliable remedial actions for the facility.

2.The requirements of Rules 335-14-5-.06, 335-14-5-.07 and 335-14-5-.08 and the unit-specific requirements of Chapters 335-14-5- and 335-14-6 that applied to that regulated unit will continue to apply to that portion of the CAMU after incorporation into the CAMU.

(c)The Department shall designate a CAMU in accordance with the following:

1.The CAMU shall facilitate the implementation of reliable, effective, protective, and cost-effective remedies;

2.Waste management activities associated with the CAMU shall not create unacceptable risks to humans or to the environment resulting from exposure to hazardous wastes or hazardous constituents;

3.The CAMU shall include uncontaminated areas of the facility, only if including such areas for the purpose of managing remediation waste is more protective than management of such wastes at contaminated areas of the facility;

4.Areas within the CAMU, where wastes remain in place after closure of the CAMU, shall be managed and contained so as to minimize future releases, to the extent practicable;

5.The CAMU shall expedite the timing of remedial activity implementation, when appropriate and practicable;

6.The CAMU shall enable the use, when appropriate, of treatment technologies (including innovative technologies) to enhance the long-term effectiveness of remedial actions by reducing the toxicity, mobility, or volume of wastes that will remain in place after closure of the CAMU; and

7.The CAMU shall, to the extent practicable, minimize the land area of the facility upon which wastes will remain in place after closure of the CAMU.

(d)The owner/operator shall provide sufficient information to enable the Department to designate a CAMU in accordance with the criteria of 335-14-5-.19.

(e)The Department shall specify, in the permit or order, requirements for CAMUs to include the following:

1.The areal configuration of the CAMU.

2.Requirements for remediation waste management to include the specification of applicable design, operation and closure requirements.

3.Requirements for groundwater monitoring that are sufficient to:

(i)Continue to detect and to characterize the nature, extent, concentration, direction, and movement of existing releases of hazardous constituents in ground water from sources located within the CAMU; and

(ii)Detect and subsequently characterize releases of hazardous constituents to groundwater that may occur from areas of the CAMU in which wastes will remain in place after closure of the CAMU.

4.Closure and post-closure requirements.

(i)Closure of corrective action management units shall:

(I)Minimize the need for further maintenance; and

(II)Control, minimize, or eliminate, to the extent necessary to protect human health and the environment, for areas where wastes remain in place, post-closure escape of hazardous waste, hazardous constituents, leachate, contaminated runoff, or hazardous waste decomposition products to the ground, to surface waters, or to the atmosphere.

(ii)Requirements for closure of CAMUs shall include the following, as appropriate and as deemed necessary by the Department for a given CAMU:

(I)Requirements for excavation, removal, treatment or containment of wastes;

(II)For areas in which wastes will remain after closure of the CAMU, requirements for capping of such areas; and

(III)Requirements for removal and decontamination of equipment, devices, and structures used in remediation waste management activities within the CAMU.

(iii)In establishing specific closure requirements for CAMUs under 335-14-5-.19(2)(e), the Department shall consider the following factors:

(I)CAMU characteristics;

(II)Volume of wastes which remain in place after closure;

(III)Potential for releases from the CAMU;

(IV)Physical and chemical characteristics of the waste;

(V)Hydrogeological and other relevant environmental conditions at the facility which may influence the migration of any potential or actual releases; and

(VI)Potential for exposure of humans and environmental receptors if releases were to occur from the CAMU.

(iv)Post-closure requirements as necessary to protect human health and the environment, to include, for areas where wastes will remain in place, monitoring and maintenance activities, and the frequency with which such activities shall be performed to ensure the integrity of any cap, final cover, or other containment system.

(f)The Department shall document the rationale for designating CAMUs and shall make such documentation available to the public.

(g)Incorporation of a CAMU into an existing permit must be approved by the Department according to the permit modification procedures of Rule 335-14-8-.04(2).

(h)The designation of a CAMU does not change the Department's existing authority to address clean-up levels, media-specific points of compliance to be applied to remediation at a facility, or other remedy selection decisions.

(3)Corrective Action Management Units (CAMU).

(a)To implement remedies under 335-14-5-.06(12) or RCRA Section 3008(h), or to implement remedies at a permitted facility that is not subject to 335-14-5-.06(12), the Department may designate an area at the facility as a corrective action management unit under the requirements in 335-14-5-.19. Corrective action management unit means an area within a facility that is used only for managing CAMU-eligible wastes for implementing corrective action or cleanup at the facility. A CAMU must be located within the contiguous property under the control of the owner or operator where the wastes to be managed in the CAMU originated. One or more CAMUs may be designated at a facility.

1.CAMU-eligible waste means:

(i)All solid and hazardous wastes, and all media (including ground water, surface water, soils, and sediments) and debris, that are managed for implementing cleanup. As-generated wastes (either hazardous or non-hazardous) from ongoing industrial operations at a site are not CAMU-eligible wastes.

(ii)Wastes that would otherwise meet the description in 335-14-5-.19(3)(a)1.(i) are not ``CAMU-Eligible Wastes'' where:

(I)The wastes are hazardous wastes found during cleanup in intact or substantially intact containers, tanks, or other non-land-based units found above ground, unless the wastes are first placed in the tanks, containers or non-land-based units as part of cleanup, or the containers or tanks are excavated during the course of cleanup; or

(II)The Department exercises the discretion in 335-14-5-.19(3)(a)2. to prohibit the wastes from management in a CAMU.

(iii)Notwithstanding 335-14-5-.19(3)(a)1.(i), where appropriate, as-generated non-hazardous waste may be placed in a CAMU where such waste is being used to facilitate treatment or the performance of the CAMU.

2.The Department may prohibit, where appropriate, the placement of waste in a CAMU where the Department has or receives information that such wastes have not been managed in compliance with applicable land disposal treatment standards of 335-14-9, or applicable unit design requirements of this part, or applicable unit design requirements of 335-14-6, or that non-compliance with other applicable requirements of this chapter likely contributed to the release of the waste.

3.Prohibition against placing liquids in CAMUs.

(i)The placement of bulk or noncontainerized liquid hazardous waste or free liquids contained in hazardous waste (whether or not sorbents have been added) in any CAMU is prohibited except where placement of such wastes facilitates the remedy selected for the waste.

(ii)The requirements in 335-14-5-.14(15)(d) for placement of containers holding free liquids in landfills apply to placement in a CAMU except where placement facilitates the remedy selected for the waste.

(iii)The placement of any liquid which is not a hazardous waste in a CAMU is prohibited unless such placement facilitates the remedy selected for the waste or a demonstration is made pursuant to 335-14-5-.14(15)(f).

(iv)The absence or presence of free liquids in either a containerized or a bulk waste must be determined in accordance with 335-14-5-.14(15)(c). Sorbents used to treat free liquids in CAMUs must meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.14(15)(e).

4.Placement of CAMU-eligible wastes into or within a CAMU does not constitute land disposal of hazardous wastes.

5.Consolidation or placement of CAMU-eligible wastes into or within a CAMU does not constitute creation of a unit subject to minimum technology requirements.

(b)1.The Department may designate a regulated unit (as defined in 335-14-5-.06(1)(a)2.) as a CAMU, or may incorporate a regulated unit into a CAMU, if:

(i)The regulated unit is closed or closing, meaning it has begun the closure process under 335-14-5-.07(4) or 335-14-6-.07(4); and

(ii)Inclusion of the regulated unit will enhance implementation of effective, protective and reliable remedial actions for the facility.

2.335-14-5-.06, 5-.07, and 5-.08 or 335-14-6-.06, 6-.07, and 6-.08 and the unit-specific requirements of 335-14-5 or 335-14-6 that applied to the regulated unit will continue to apply to that portion of the CAMU after incorporation into the CAMU.

(c)The Department shall designate a CAMU that will be used for storage and/or treatment only in accordance with 335-14-5-.19(3)(f). The Department shall designate all other CAMUs in accordance with the following:

1.The CAMU shall facilitate the implementation of reliable, effective, protective, and cost-effective remedies;

2.Waste management activities associated with the CAMU shall not create unacceptable risks to humans or to the environment resulting from exposure to hazardous wastes or hazardous constituents;

3.The CAMU shall include uncontaminated areas of the facility, only if including such areas for the purpose of managing CAMU-eligible waste is more protective than management of such wastes at contaminated areas of the facility;

4.Areas within the CAMU, where wastes remain in place after closure of the CAMU, shall be managed and contained so as to minimize future releases, to the extent practicable;

5.The CAMU shall expedite the timing of remedial activity implementation, when appropriate and practicable;

6.The CAMU shall enable the use, when appropriate, of treatment technologies (including innovative technologies) to enhance the long-term effectiveness of remedial actions by reducing the toxicity, mobility, or volume of wastes that will remain in place after closure of the CAMU; and

7.The CAMU shall, to the extent practicable, minimize the land area of the facility upon which wastes will remain in place after closure of the CAMU.

(d)The owner/operator shall provide sufficient information to enable the Department to designate a CAMU in accordance with the criteria in 335-14-5-.19. This must include, unless not reasonably available, information on:

1.The origin of the waste and how it was subsequently managed (including a description of the timing and circumstances surrounding the disposal and/or release);

2.Whether the waste was listed or identified as hazardous at the time of disposal and/or release; and

3.Whether the disposal and/or release of the waste occurred before or after the land disposal requirements of 335-14-9 were in effect for the waste listing or characteristic.

(e)The Department shall specify, in the permit or order, requirements for CAMUs to include the following:

1.The areal configuration of the CAMU.

2.Except as provided in 335-14-5-.19(3)(g), requirements for CAMU-eligible waste management to include the specification of applicable design, operation, treatment and closure requirements.

3.Minimum design requirements. CAMUs, except as provided in 335-14-5-.19(3)(f), into which wastes are placed must be designed in accordance with the following:

(i)Unless the Department approves alternate requirements under 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)3.(ii), CAMUs that consist of new, replacement, or laterally expanded units must include a composite liner and a leachate collection system that is designed and constructed to maintain less than a 30-cm depth of leachate over the liner. For purposes of 335-14-5-.19, composite liner means a system consisting of two components; the upper component must consist of a minimum 30-mil flexible membrane liner (FML), and the lower component must consist of at least a two-foot layer of compacted soil with a hydraulic conductivity of no more than 1x10-7 cm/sec. FML components consisting of high density polyethylene (HDPE) must be at least 60 mil thick. The FML component must be installed in direct and uniform contact with the compacted soil component;

(ii)Alternate requirements. The Department may approve alternate requirements if:

(I)The Department finds that alternate design and operating practices, together with location characteristics, will prevent the migration of any hazardous constituents into the ground water or surface water at least as effectively as the liner and leachate collection systems in 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)3.(i); or

(II)The CAMU is to be established in an area with existing significant levels of contamination, and the Department finds that an alternative design, including a design that does not include a liner, would prevent migration from the unit that would exceed long-term remedial goals.

4.Minimum treatment requirements: Unless the wastes will be placed in a CAMU for storage and/or treatment only in accordance with 335-14-5-.19(3) f), CAMU-eligible wastes that, absent 335-14-5-.19, would be subject to the treatment requirements of 335-14-9, and that the Department determines contain principal hazardous constituents must be treated to the standards specified in 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4.(iii).

(i)Principal hazardous constituents are those constituents that the Department determines to pose a risk to human health and the environment substantially higher than the cleanup levels or goals at the site.

(I)In general, the Department will designate as principal hazardous constituents:

I.Carcinogens that pose a potential direct risk from ingestion or inhalation at the site at or above 10-3; and

II.Non-carcinogens that pose a potential direct risk from ingestion or inhalation at the site an order of magnitude or greater over their reference dose.

(II)The Department will also designate constituents as principal hazardous constituents, where appropriate, when risks to human health and the environment posed by the potential migration of constituents in wastes to ground water are substantially higher than cleanup levels or goals at the site; when making such a designation, the Department may consider such factors as constituent concentrations, and fate and transport characteristics under site conditions.

(III)The Department may also designate other constituents as principal hazardous constituents that the Department determines pose a risk to human health and the environment substantially higher than the cleanup levels or goals at the site.

(ii)In determining which constituents are ``principal hazardous constituents,'' the Department must consider all constituents which, absent 335-14-5-.19, would be subject to the treatment requirements in 335-14-9.

(iii)Waste that the Department determines to contain principal hazardous constituents must meet treatment standards determined in accordance with 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4.(iv) or (e)4.(v):

(iv)Treatment standards for wastes placed in CAMUs.

(I)For non-metals, treatment must achieve 90 percent reduction in total principal hazardous constituent concentrations, except as provided by 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4.(iv)(III).

(II)For metals, treatment must achieve 90 percent reduction in principal hazardous constituent concentrations as measured in leachate from the treated waste or media (tested according to the TCLP) or 90 percent reduction in total constituent concentrations (when a metal removal treatment technology is used), except as provided by 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4.(iv)(III).

(III)When treatment of any principal hazardous constituent to a 90 percent reduction standard would result in a concentration less than 10 times the Universal Treatment Standard for that constituent, treatment to achieve constituent concentrations less than 10 times the Universal Treatment Standard is not required. Universal Treatment Standards are identified in 335-14-9.

(IV)For waste exhibiting the hazardous characteristic of ignitability, corrosivity or reactivity, the waste must also be treated to eliminate these characteristics.

(V)For debris, the debris must be treated in accordance with 335-14-9, or by methods or to levels established under 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4.(iv)(I) through (IV) or 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4.(v), whichever the Department determines is appropriate.

(VI)Alternatives to TCLP. For metal bearing wastes for which metals removal treatment is not used, the Department may specify a leaching test other than the TCLP (SW846 Method 1311, 335-14-1-.02(2)) to measure treatment effectiveness, provided the Department determines that an alternative leach testing protocol is appropriate for use, and that the alternative more accurately reflects conditions at the site that affect leaching.

(v)Adjusted standards. The Department may adjust the treatment level or method in 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4.(iv) to a higher or lower level, based on one or more of the following factors, as appropriate. The adjusted level or method must be protective of human health and the environment:

(I)The technical impracticability of treatment to the levels or by the methods in 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4.(iv);

(II)The levels or methods in 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4.(iv) would result in concentrations of principal hazardous constituents (PHCs) that are significantly above or below cleanup standards applicable to the site (established either site-specifically, or promulgated under state or federal law);

(III)The views of the affected local community on the treatment levels or methods in 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4.(iv) as applied at the site, and, for treatment levels, the treatment methods necessary to achieve these levels;

(IV)The short-term risks presented by the on-site treatment method necessary to achieve the levels or treatment methods in 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4.(iv);

(V)The long-term protection offered by the engineering design of the CAMU and related engineering controls:

I.Where the treatment standards in 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4.(iv) are substantially met and the principal hazardous constituents in the waste or residuals are of very low mobility; or

II.Where cost-effective treatment has been used and the CAMU meets the Subtitle C liner and leachate collection requirements for new land disposal units at 335-14-5-.14(1)(c) and (d); or

III.Where, after review of appropriate treatment technologies, the Department determines that cost-effective treatment is not reasonably available, and the CAMU meets the Subtitle C liner and leachate collection requirements for new land disposal units at 335-14-5-.14(1)(c) and (d); or

IV.Where cost-effective treatment has been used and the principal hazardous constituents in the treated wastes are of very low mobility; or

V.Where, after review of appropriate treatment technologies, the Department determines that cost-effective treatment is not reasonably available, the principal hazardous constituents in the wastes are of very low mobility, and either the CAMU meets or exceeds the liner standards for new, replacement, or laterally expanded CAMUs in 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)3.(i) and (ii), or the CAMU provides substantially equivalent or greater protection.

(vi)The treatment required by the treatment standards must be completed prior to, or within a reasonable time after, placement in the CAMU.

(vii)For the purpose of determining whether wastes placed in CAMUs have met site-specific treatment standards, the Department may, as appropriate, specify a subset of the principal hazardous constituents in the waste as analytical surrogates for determining whether treatment standards have been met for other principal hazardous constituents. This specification will be based on the degree of difficulty of treatment and analysis of constituents with similar treatment properties.

5.Except as provided in 335-14-5-.19(3)(f), requirements for ground water monitoring and corrective action that are sufficient to:

(i)Continue to detect and to characterize the nature, extent, concentration, direction, and movement of existing releases of hazardous constituents in ground water from sources located within the CAMU; and

(ii)Detect and subsequently characterize releases of hazardous constituents to ground water that may occur from areas of the CAMU in which wastes will remain in place after closure of the CAMU; and

(iii)Require notification to the Department and corrective action as necessary to protect human health and the environment for releases to ground water from the CAMU.

6.Except as provided in 335-14-5-.19(3)(f), closure and post-closure requirements:

(i)Closure of corrective action management units shall:

(I)Minimize the need for further maintenance; and

(II)Control, minimize, or eliminate, to the extent necessary to protect human health and the environment, for areas where wastes remain in place, post-closure escape of hazardous wastes, hazardous constituents, leachate, contaminated runoff, or hazardous waste decomposition products to the ground, to surface waters, or to the atmosphere.

(ii)Requirements for closure of CAMUs shall include the following, as appropriate and as deemed necessary by the Department for a given CAMU:

(I)Requirements for excavation, removal, treatment or containment of wastes; and

(II)Requirements for removal and decontamination of equipment, devices, and structures used in CAMU-eligible waste management activities within the CAMU.

(iii)In establishing specific closure requirements for CAMUs under 335-14-5-.19(3)(e), the Department shall consider the following factors:

(I)CAMU characteristics;

(II)Volume of wastes which remain in place after closure;

(III)Potential for releases from the CAMU;

(IV)Physical and chemical characteristics of the waste;

(V)Hydrological and other relevant environmental conditions at the facility which may influence the migration of any potential or actual releases; and

(VI)Potential for exposure of humans and environmental receptors if releases were to occur from the CAMU.

(iv)Cap requirements:

(I)At final closure of the CAMU, for areas in which wastes will remain after closure of the CAMU, with constituent concentrations at or above remedial levels or goals applicable to the site, the owner or operator must cover the CAMU with a final cover designed and constructed to meet the following performance criteria, except as provided in 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)6.(iv)(II):

I.Provide long-term minimization of migration of liquids through the closed unit;

II.Function with minimum maintenance;

III.Promote drainage and minimize erosion or abrasion of the cover;

IV.Accommodate settling and subsidence so that the cover's integrity is maintained; and

V.Have a permeability less than or equal to the permeability of any bottom liner system or natural subsoils present.

(II)The Department may determine that modifications to 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)6.(iv)(I) are needed to facilitate treatment or the performance of the CAMU (e.g., to promote biodegradation).

(v)Post-closure requirements as necessary to protect human health and the environment, to include, for areas where wastes will remain in place, monitoring and maintenance activities, and the frequency with which such activities shall be performed to ensure the integrity of any cap, final cover, or other containment system.

(f)CAMUs used for storage and/or treatment only are CAMUs in which wastes will not remain after closure. Such CAMUs must be designated in accordance with all of the requirements of 335-14-5-.19, except as follows.

1.CAMUs that are used for storage and/or treatment only and that operate in accordance with the time limits established in the staging pile regulations at 335-14-5-.19(5)(d)1.(iii), (h), and (i) are subject to the requirements for staging piles at 335-14-5-.19(5)(d)1.(i) and (ii), 335-14-5-.19(5)(d)2., 335-14-5-.19(5)(e) and (f), and 335-14-5-.19(5)(j) and (k) in lieu of the performance standards and requirements for CAMUs at 335-14-5-.19(3)(c) and (e)3. through 6.

2.CAMUs that are used for storage and/or treatment only and that do not operate in accordance with the time limits established in the staging pile regulations at 335-14-5-.19(5)(d)1.(iii), (h), and (i):

(i)Must operate in accordance with a time limit, established by the Department, that is no longer than necessary to achieve a timely remedy selected for the waste, and

(ii)Are subject to the requirements for staging piles at 335-14-5-.19(5)(d)(1)(i) and (ii), 335-14-5-.19(5)(d)2., 335-14-5-.19(5)(e) and (f), and 335-14-5-.19(5)(j) and (k) in lieu of the performance standards and requirements for CAMUs at 335-14-5-.19(3)(c) and 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4. and 6.

(g)CAMUs into which wastes are placed where all wastes have constituent levels at or below remedial levels or goals applicable to the site do not have to comply with the requirements for liners at 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)3.(i), caps at 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)6.(iv), ground water monitoring requirements at 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)5. or, for treatment and/or storage-only CAMUs, the design standards at 335-14-5-.19(3)(f).

(h)The Department shall provide public notice and a reasonable opportunity for public comment before designating a CAMU. Such notice shall include the rationale for any proposed adjustments under 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4.(v) to the treatment standards in 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4.(iv).

(i)Notwithstanding any other provision of 335-14-5-.19, the Department may impose additional requirements as necessary to protect human health and the environment.

(j)Incorporation of a CAMU into an existing permit must be approved by the Department according to the procedures for permit modifications under 335-14-8-.04(2).

(k)The designation of a CAMU does not change ADEM?s existing authority to address clean-up levels, media-specific points of compliance to be applied to remediation at a facility, or other remedy selection decisions.

(4)Temporary Units (TU).

(a)For temporary tanks and container storage areas used to treat or store hazardous remediation wastes during remedial activities required under 335-14-5-.06(12), &#167; 22-30-19 et. seq., Code of Ala. 1975 and/or RCRA Section 3008(h), or at a permitted facility that is not subject to 335-14-5-.06(12), the Department may designate a unit at the facility as a temporary unit. A temporary unit must by located within the contiguous property under the control of the owner/operator where the wastes to be managed in the temporary unit originated. For temporary units, the Department may replace the design, operating, or closure standard applicable to these units under 335-14-5 or 335-14-6 with alternative requirements which protect human health and the environment.

(b)Any temporary unit to which alternative requirements are applied in accordance with 335-14-5-.19(2)(a) shall be:

1.Located within the facility boundary; and

2.Used only for treatment or storage of remediation wastes.

(c)In establishing standards to be applied to a temporary unit, the Department shall consider the following factors:

1.Length of time such unit will be in operation;

2.Type of unit;

3.Volumes of wastes to be managed;

4.Physical and chemical characteristics of the wastes to be managed in the unit;

5.Potential for releases from the unit;

6.Hydrogeological and other relevant environmental conditions at the facility which may influence the migration of any potential releases; and

7.Potential for exposure of humans and environmental receptors if releases were to occur from the unit.

(d)The Department shall specify in the permit or order the length of time a temporary unit will be allowed to operate, to be no longer than a period of one year. The Department shall also specify the design, operating, and closure requirements for the unit.

(e)The Department may extend the operational period of a temporary unit once for no longer than a period of one year beyond that originally specified in the permit or order, if the Department determines that:

1.Continued operation of the unit will not pose a threat to human health and the environment; and

2.Continued operation of the unit is necessary to ensure timely and efficient implementation of remedial actions at the facility.

(f)Incorporation of a temporary unit or a time extension for a temporary unit into an existing permit shall be:

1.Approved in accordance with the procedures for State of Alabama-initiated permit modifications under Rule 335-14-8-.04(2); or

2.Requested by the owner/operator as a major modification according to the procedures under Rule 335-14-8-.04(2).

(g)The Department shall document the rationale for designating a temporary unit and for granting time extensions for temporary units and shall make such documentation available to the public.

(5)Staging piles.

(a)A staging pile is an accumulation of solid, non-flowing remediation waste (as defined in 335-14-1-.02) that is not a containment building and is used only during remedial operations for temporary storage at a facility. A staging pile must be located within the contiguous property under the control of the owner/operator where the wastes to be managed in the staging pile originated. Staging piles must be designated by ADEM in accordance with the requirements in 335-14-5-.19.

1.For the purposes of 335-14-5-.19(5), storage includes mixing, sizing, blending, or other similar physical operations as long as they are intended to prepare the wastes for subsequent management or treatment.

2.Reserved.

(b)A staging pile may be used to store hazardous remediation waste (or remediation waste otherwise subject to land disposal restrictions) only if following the standards and design criteria ADEM has designated for that staging pile. ADEM must designate the staging pile in a permit or, at an interim status facility, in a closure plan or order (consistent with 335-14-8-.07(3)(a)5. and (b)5.). ADEM must establish conditions in the permit, closure plan, or order that comply with 335-14-5-.19(3)(d) through (k).

(c)Staging pile designation. When seeking a staging pile designation, the following must be provided:

1.Sufficient and accurate information to enable ADEM to impose standards and design criteria for your staging pile according to 335-14-5-.19(3)(d) through (k);

2.Certification by an independent, qualified, registered professional engineer for technical data, such as design drawings and specifications, and engineering studies, unless ADEM determines, based on information that you provide, that this certification is not necessary to ensure that a staging pile will protect human health and the environment; and

3.Any additional information ADEM determines is necessary to protect human health and the environment.

(d)Staging pile performance criteria. ADEM must establish the standards and design criteria for the staging pile in the permit, closure plan, or order.

1.The standards and design criteria must comply with the following:

(i)The staging pile must facilitate a reliable, effective and protective remedy;

(ii)The staging pile must be designed so as to prevent or minimize releases of hazardous wastes and hazardous constituents into the environment, and minimize or adequately control cross-media transfer, as necessary to protect human health and the environment (for example, through the use of liners, covers, run-off/run-on controls, as appropriate); and

(iii)The staging pile must not operate for more than two years, except when ADEM grants an operating term extension under 335-14-5-.19(3)(i). The two-year limit, or other operating term specified by ADEM in the permit, closure plan, or order, is measured from the first time remediation waste is placed into a staging pile. Records of the date remediation waste is placed into the staging pile must be maintained for the life of the permit, closure plan, or order, or for three years, whichever is longer.

2.In setting the standards and design criteria, ADEM must consider the following factors:

(i)Length of time the pile will be in operation;

(ii)Volumes of wastes intended to be stored in the pile;

(iii)Physical and chemical characteristics of the wastes to be stored in the unit;

(iv)Potential for releases from the unit;

(v)Hydrogeological and other relevant environmental conditions at the facility that may influence the migration of any potential releases; and

(vi)Potential for human and environmental exposure to potential releases from the unit;

(e)Receipt of ignitable or reactive remediation waste in a staging pile. Ignitable or reactive remediation waste must not be placed in a staging pile unless:

1.Remediation waste must be treated, rendered or mixed before being placed it in the staging pile so that:

(i)The remediation waste no longer meets the definition of ignitable or reactive under 335-14-2-.03(2) or 335-14-2-.03(4); and

(ii) The owner or operator has complied with 335-14-5-.02(8)(b); or

2. The remediation waste must be managed to protect it from exposure to any material or condition that may cause it to ignite or react.

(f) Handling incompatible remediation wastes in a staging pile. The term "incompatible waste" is defined in 335-14-1-.02. The owner or operator must comply with the following requirements for incompatible wastes in staging piles:

1. Incompatible remediation wastes must not be placed in the same staging pile unless compliance with 335-14-5-.02(8)(b) has occurred;

2.If remediation waste in a staging pile is incompatible with any waste or material stored nearby in containers, other piles, open tanks or land disposal units (for example, surface impoundments), you must separate the incompatible materials, or protect them from one another by using a dike, berm, wall or other device; and

3.Remediation waste must not be piled on the same base where incompatible wastes or materials were previously piled, unless the base has been decontaminated sufficiently to comply with 335-14-5-.02(8)(b).

(g)Staging piles are subject to Land Disposal Restrictions (LDR) and Minimum Technological Requirements (MTR). Placing hazardous remediation wastes into a staging pile does not constitute land disposal of hazardous wastes or create a unit that is subject to the minimum technological requirements of RCRA 3004(o).

(h)Length of staging pile operation. ADEM may allow a staging pile to operate for up to two years after hazardous remediation waste is first placed into the pile. A staging pile may be used no longer than the length of time designated by ADEM in the permit, closure plan, or order (the "operating term"), except as provided in 335-14-5-.19(3)(i).

(i)Operating extension for a staging pile

1.ADEM may grant one operating term extension of up to 180 days beyond the operating term limit contained in the permit, closure plan, or order (see 335-14-5-.19(3)(l) for modification procedures). To justify to ADEM the need for an extension, sufficient and accurate information must be provided to enable ADEM to determine that continued operation of the staging pile:

(i)Will not pose a threat to human health and the environment; and

(ii)Is necessary to ensure timely and efficient implementation of remedial actions at the facility.

2.ADEM may, as a condition of the extension, specify further standards and design criteria in the permit, closure plan, or order, as necessary, to ensure protection of human health and the environment.

(j)Closure requirement for a staging pile located in a previously contaminated area

1.Within 180 days after the operating term of the staging pile expires, a staging pile located in a previously contaminated area of the site must be closed by removing or decontaminating all:

(i)Remediation waste;

(ii)Contaminated containment system components; and

(iii)Structures and equipment contaminated with waste and leachate.

2.Contaminated subsoils must be decontaminated in a manner and according to a schedule that ADEM determines will protect human health and the environment.

3.ADEM must include the above requirements in the permit, closure plan, or order in which the staging pile is designated.

(k)Closure requirement for a staging piles located in an uncontaminated area.

1.Within 180 days after the operating term of the staging pile expires, you must close a staging pile located in an uncontaminated area of the site according to 335-14-5-.12(9)(a) and 335-14-5-.07(2); or according to 335-14-6-.12(9)(a) and 335-14-6-.07(2).

2.ADEM must include the above requirement in the permit, closure plan, or order in which the staging pile is designated.

(l)Modifying an existing permit (for example, RAP), closure plan, or order to allow for use of a staging pile.

1.To modify a permit, other than a RAP, to incorporate a staging pile or staging pile operating term extension, either:

(i)ADEM must approve the modification under the procedures for ADEM-initiated permit modifications in 335-14-8-.04(2); or

(ii) Request a major modification under 335-14-8-.04(3).

2.To modify a RAP to incorporate a staging pile or staging pile operating term extension, the owner or operator must comply with the RAP modification requirements under 335-14-8-.14(4)(a) and (b).

3.To modify a closure plan to incorporate a staging pile or staging pile operating term extension, the owner or operator must follow the applicable requirements under 335-14-5-.17(3)(c) or 335-14-6-.07(3)(c).

4.To modify an order to incorporate a staging pile or staging pile operating term extension, the owner or operator must follow the terms of the order and the applicable provisions of 335-14-8-.07(3)(a)5. or (b)5.

(m)Public information. ADEM must document the rationale for designating a staging pile or staging pile operating term extension and make this documentation available to the public.

(6)Disposal of CAMU-eligible wastes in permitted hazardous waste landfills.

(a)The Department with regulatory oversight at the location where the cleanup is taking place may approve placement of CAMU-eligible wastes in hazardous waste landfills not located at the site from which the waste originated, without the wastes meeting the requirements of 335-14-9, if the conditions in 335-14-5-.19(6)(a)1. through 3. are met:

1.The waste meets the definition of CAMU-eligible waste in 335-14-5-.19(3)(a)1. and 2.

2.The Department with regulatory oversight at the location where the cleanup is taking place identifies principal hazardous constitutes in such waste, in accordance with 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4.(i) and (ii), and requires that such principal hazardous constituents are treated to any of the following standards specified for CAMU-eligible wastes:

(i)The treatment standards under 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4.(iv); or

(ii)Treatment standards adjusted in accordance with 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4.(v)(I), (III), (IV) or (V)I.; or

(iii)Treatment standards adjusted in accordance with 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4.(v)(V)II., where treatment has been used and that treatment significantly reduces the toxicity or mobility of the principal hazardous constituents in the waste, minimizing the short-term and long-term threat posed by the waste, including the threat at the remediation site.

3.The landfill receiving the CAMU-eligible waste must have a RCRA hazardous waste permit, meet the requirements for new landfills in 335-14-5-.14, and be authorized to accept CAMU-eligible wastes; for the purposes of this requirement, "permit" does not include interim status.

(b)The person seeking approval shall provide sufficient information to enable the Department with regulatory oversight at the location where the cleanup is taking place to approve placement of CAMU-eligible waste in accordance with 335-14-5-.19(6)(a). Information required by 335-14-5-.19(3)(d)1. through 3. for CAMU applications must be provided, unless not reasonably available.

(c)The Department with regulatory oversight at the location where the cleanup is taking place shall provide public notice and a reasonable opportunity for public comment before approving CAMU eligible waste for placement in an off-site permitted hazardous waste landfill, consistent with the requirements for CAMU approval at 335-14-5-.19(3)(h). The approval must be specific to a single remediation.

(d)Applicable hazardous waste management requirements in this part, including recordkeeping requirements to demonstrate compliance with treatment standards approved under 335-14-5-.19, for CAMU-eligible waste must be incorporated into the receiving facility permit through permit issuance or a permit modification, providing notice and an opportunity for comment and a hearing. Notwithstanding 335-14-8-.01(4)(a), a landfill may not receive hazardous CAMU-eligible waste under 335-14-5-.19 unless its permit specifically authorizes receipt of such waste.

(e)For each remediation, CAMU-eligible waste may not be placed in an off-site landfill authorized to receive CAMU-eligible waste in accordance with 335-14-5-.19(6)(d) until the following additional conditions have been met:

1.The landfill owner/operator notifies the Department responsible for oversight of the landfill and persons on the facility mailing list, maintained in accordance with 335-14-8-.08(6)(c)1.(ix), of his or her intent to receive CAMU-eligible waste in accordance with 335-14-5-.19; the notice must identify the source of the remediation waste, the principal hazardous constituents in the waste, and treatment requirements.

2.Persons on the facility mailing list may provide comments, including objections to the receipt of the CAMU-eligible waste, to the Department within 15 days of notification.

3.The Department may object to the placement of the CAMU-eligible waste in the landfill within 30 days of notification; the Department may extend the review period an additional 30 days because of public concerns or insufficient information.

4.CAMU-eligible wastes may not be placed in the landfill until the Department has notified the facility owner/operator that he or she does not object to its placement.

5.If the Department objects to the placement or does not notify the facility owner/operator that he or she has chosen not to object, the facility may not receive the waste, notwithstanding 335-14-8-.01(4)(a), until the objection has been resolved, or the owner/operator obtains a permit modification in accordance with the procedures of 335-14-8-.04(2) specifically authorizing receipt of the waste.

6.As part of the permit issuance or permit modification process of 335-14-5-.19(6)(d), the Department may modify, reduce, or eliminate the notification requirements of this paragraph as they apply to specific categories of CAMU-eligible waste, based on miminal risk.

(f)Generators of CAMU-eligible wastes sent off-site to a hazardous waste landfill under 335-14-5-.19 must comply with the requirements of 335-14-9-.01(7); off-site facilities treating CAMU-eligible wastes to comply with 335-14-5-.19 must comply with the requirements of 335-14-9-.01(7), except that the certification must be with respect to the treatment requirements of 335-14-5-.19(6)(a)2.

(g)For the purposes of 335-14-5-.19 only, the "design of the CAMU" in 335-14-5-.19(3)(e)4.(v)(V) means design of the permitted Subtitle C landfill.

Authors: C. Lynn Garthright, L. Brian Hicks, C. Edwin Johnston

Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12, 22-30-16.

History: New Rule: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

335-14-5-.20[Reserved]

335-14-5-.21[Reserved]

335-14-5-.22[Reserved]

<regElement name="335.14.5.23" level="3" title="Drip Pads">

(1)Applicability.

(a)The requirements of 335-14-5-.23 apply to owners and operators of facilities that use new or existing drip pads to convey treated wood drippage, precipitation, and/or surface water run-off to an associated collection system. Existing drip pads are those constructed before December 6, 1990 and those for which the owner or operator has a design and has entered into binding financial or other agreements for construction prior to December 6, 1990. All other drip pads are new drip pads. The requirement of 335-14-5-.23(4)(b)3. to install a leak collection system applies only to those drip pads that are constructed after December 24, 1992, except for those constructed after December 24, 1992 for which the owner or operator has a design and has entered into binding financial or other agreements for construction prior to December 24, 1992.

(b)The owner or operator of any drip pad that is inside or under a structure that provides protection from precipitation so that neither run-off nor run-on is generated is not subject to regulation under 335-14-5-.23 (4)(e) or (f), as appropriate.

(c)The requirements of 335-14-5-.23 are not applicable to the management of infrequent and incidental drippage in storage yards provided that:

1.The owner or operator maintains and complies with a written contingency plan that describes how the owner or operator will respond immediately to the discharge of such infrequent and incidental drippage. At a minimum, the contingency plan must describe how the owner or operator will do the following:

(i)Clean up the drippage;

(ii)Document the cleanup of the drippage;

(iii)Retain documents regarding cleanup for three years; and

(iv)Manage the contaminated media in a manner consistent with State of Alabama regulations.

(2)Assessment of existing drip pad integrity.

(a)For each existing drip pad as defined in 335-14-5-.23(1), the owner or operator must evaluate the drip pad and determine that it meets all of the requirements of 335-14-5-.23, except the requirements for liners and leak detection systems of 335-14-5-.23(4)(b). No later than the effective date of 335-14-5-.23, the owner or operator must obtain and keep on file at the facility a written assessment of the drip pad, reviewed and certified by an independent, qualified registered professional engineer that attests to the results of the evaluation. The assessment must be reviewed, updated and re-certified annually until all upgrades, repairs, or modifications necessary to achieve compliance with all of the standards of 335-14-5-.23(4) are complete. The evaluation must document the extent to which the drip pad meets each of the design and operating standards of 335-14-5-.23(4), except the standards for liners and leak detection systems, specified in 335-14-5-.23(4)(b).

(b)The owner or operator must develop a written plan for upgrading, repairing, and modifying the drip pad to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.23(4)(b) and submit the plan to the Director no later than two years before the date that all repairs, upgrades, and modifications are complete. This written plan must describe all changes to be made to the drip pad in sufficient detail to document compliance with all the requirements of 335-14-5-.23(4). The plan must be reviewed and certified by an independent qualified, registered professional engineer.

(c)Upon completion of all upgrades, repairs and modifications, the owner or operator must submit to the Director, the as-built drawings for the drip pad together with a certification by an independent, qualified registered professional engineer attesting that the drip pad conforms to the drawings.

(d)If the drip pad is found to be leaking or unfit for use, the owner or operator must comply with the provisions of 335-14-5-.23(4)(m) or close the drip pad in accordance with 335-14-5-.23(6).

(3)Design and installation of new drip pads. Owners and operators of new drip pads must ensure that the pads are designed, installed, and operated in accordance with one of the following:

(a)All of the requirements of 335-14-5-.23(4) (except (4)(a)4.), (5), and (6), or

(b)All of the requirements of 335-14-5-.23(4) (except (4)(b)), (5), and (6).

(4)Design and Operating requirements.

(a)Drip pads must:

1.Be constructed of non-earthen materials, excluding wood and non-structurally supported asphalt;

2.Be sloped to free-drain treated wood drippage, rain and other waters, or solutions of drippage and water or other wastes to the associated collection system;

3.Have a curb or berm around the perimeter;

4.(i)Have a hydraulic conductivity of less than or equal to 1X10-7 cm/sec, e.g., existing concrete drip pads must be sealed, coated, or covered with a surface material with a hydraulic conductivity of less than or equal to 1 X 10-7 cm/sec such that the entire surface where drippage occurs or may run across is capable of containing such drippage and mixtures of drippage and precipitation, materials, or other wastes while being routed to an associated collection system. This surface material must be maintained free of cracks and gaps that could adversely affect its hydraulic conductivity, and the material must be chemically compatible with the preservatives that contact the drip pad. The requirements of this provision apply only to existing drip pads and those drip pads for which the owner or operator elects to comply with 335-14-5-.23(3)(b).

(ii)The owner or operator must obtain and keep on file at the facility a written assessment of the drip pad, reviewed and certified by an independent, qualified registered professional engineer that attests to the results of the evaluation. The assessment must be reviewed, updated and recertified annually. The evaluation must document the extent to which the drip pad meets the design and operating standards of 335-14-5-.23(4), except for 335-14-5-.23(4)(b).

5.Be of sufficient structural strength and thickness to prevent failure due to physical contact, climatic conditions, the stress of daily operations; e.g., variable and moving loads such as vehicle traffic, movement of wood, etc.

Note: ADEM will generally consider applicable standards established by professional organizations generally recognized by the industry such as the American Concrete Institute (ACI) or the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) in judging the structural integrity requirements of 335-14-5-23-.(4).

(b)If an owner/operator elects to comply with 335-14-5-.23(3)(a) instead of 335-14-5-.23(3)(b), the drip pad must have:

1.A synthetic liner installed below the drip pad that is designed, constructed, and installed to prevent leakage from the drip pad into the adjacent subsurface soil or groundwater or surface water at any time during the active life (including the closure period) of the drip pad. The liner must be constructed of materials that will prevent waste from being absorbed into the liner and to prevent releases into the adjacent subsurface soil or groundwater or surface water during the active life of the facility. The liner must be:

(i)Constructed of materials that have appropriate chemical properties and sufficient strength and thickness to prevent failure due to pressure gradients (including static head and external hydrogeologic forces), physical contact with the waste or drip pad leakage to which they are exposed, climatic conditions, the stress of installation, and the stress of daily operation (including stresses from vehicular traffic on the drip pad);

(ii)Placed upon a foundation or base capable of providing support to the liner and resistance to pressure gradients above and below the liner to prevent failure of the liner due to settlement, compression, or uplift; and

(iii)Installed to cover all surrounding earth that could come in contact with the waste or leakage; and

2.A leakage detection system immediately above the liner that is designed, constructed, maintained, and operated to detect leakage from the drip pad. The leakage detection system must be:

(i)Constructed of materials that are:

(I)Chemically resistant to the waste managed in the drip pad and the leakage that might be generated; and

(II)Of sufficient strength and thickness to prevent collapse under the pressures exerted by overlaying materials and by any equipment used at the drip pad;

(ii)Designed and operated to function without clogging through the scheduled closure of the drip pad; and

(iii)Designed so that it will detect the failure of the drip pad or the presence of a release of hazardous waste or accumulated liquid at the earliest practicable time.

3.A leakage collection system immediately above the liner that is designed, constructed, maintained and operated to collect leakage from the drip pad such that it can be removed from below the drip pad. The date, time, and quantity of any leakage collected in this system and removed must be documented in the operating log.

(c)Drip pads must be maintained such that they remain free of cracks, gaps, corrosion, or other deterioration that could cause hazardous waste to be released from the drip pad.

Note: See 335-14-5-.23(4)(m) for remedial action required if deterioration or leakage is detected.

(d)The drip pad and associated collection system must be designed and operated to convey, drain, and collect liquid resulting from drippage or precipitation in order to prevent run-off.

(e)Unless protected by a structure, as described in 335-14-5-.23(l)(b), the owner or operator must design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-on control system capable of preventing flow onto the drip pad during peak discharge from at least a 24-hour, 25-year storm, unless the system has sufficient excess capacity to contain any run-off that might enter the system.

(f)Unless protected by a structure or cover, as described in 335-14-5-.23(1)(b), the owner or operator must design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-off management system to collect and control at least the water volume resulting from a 24-hour, 25-year storm.

(g)The drip pad must be evaluated to determine that it meets the requirements of 335-14-5-.23(4)(a) through (f), and the owner or operator must obtain a statement from an independent, qualified registered professional engineer certifying that the drip pad design meets the requirements of 335-14-5-.23(4).

(h)Drippage and accumulated precipitation must be removed from the associated collection system as necessary to prevent overflow onto the drip pad.

(i)The drip pad surface must be cleaned thoroughly in a manner and frequency such that accumulated residues of hazardous waste or other materials are removed, with residues being properly managed as hazardous waste, so as to allow weekly inspections of the entire drip pad surface without interference or hindrance from accumulated residues of hazardous waste or other materials on the drip pad. The owner or operator must document the date and time of each cleaning and the cleaning procedure used in the facility's operating log. The owner/operator must determine if the residues are hazardous as per Rule 335-14-3-.01(2) and, if so, must manage them under Chapters 335-14-2 through 335-14-9, and Section 3010 of RCRA.

(j)Drip pads must be operated and maintained in a manner to minimize tracking of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents off the drip pad as a result of activities by personnel or equipment.

(k)After being removed from the treatment vessel, treated wood from pressure and non-pressure processes must be held on the drip pad until drippage has ceased. The owner or operator must maintain records sufficient to document that all treated wood is held on the pad following treatment in accordance with this requirement.

(l)Collection and holding units associated with run-on and run-off control systems must be emptied or otherwise managed as soon as possible after storms to maintain design capacity of the system.

(m)Throughout the active life of the drip pad and as specified in the permit, if the owner or operator detects a condition that may have caused or has caused a release of hazardous waste, the condition must be prepaired within a reasonably prompt period of time following discovery, in accordance with the following procedures:

1.Upon detection of a condition that may have caused or has caused a release of hazardous waste (e.g. upon detection of leakage in the leak detection system), the owner or operator must:

(i)Enter a record of the discovery in the facility operating log;

(ii)Immediately remove the portion of the drip pad affected by the condition from service;

(iii)Determine what steps must be taken to repair the drip pad and clean up any leakage from below the drip pad, and establish a schedule for accomplishing the repairs;

(iv)Within 24 hours after discovery of the condition, notify the Director of the condition and within 10 working days, provide written notice to the Director with a description of the steps that will be taken to repair the drip pad and clean up any leakage and the schedule for accomplishing this work.

2.The Director will review the information submitted, make a determination regarding whether the pad must be removed from service completely or partially until repairs and clean up are complete, and notify the owner or operator of the determination and the underlying rationale in writing.

3.Upon completing all repairs and clean up, the owner or operator must notify the Director in writing and provide a certification, signed by an independent, qualified registered professional engineer, that the repairs and clean up have been completed according to the written plan submitted in accordance with 335-14-5-.23(4)(m)1.(iv).

(n)Should a permit be necessary, the Director will specify in the permit all design and operating practices that are necessary to ensure that the requirements of 335-14-5-.23(4) are satisfied.

(o)The owner or operator must maintain, as part of the facility operating log, documentation of past operating and waste handling practices. This must include identification of preservative formulations used in the past, a description of drippage management practices, and a description of treated wood storage and handling practices.

(5)Inspections.

(a)During construction or installation, liners and cover systems (e.g., membranes, sheets, or coatings) must be inspected for uniformity, damage, and imperfections (e.g., holes, cracks, thin spots, or foreign materials). Immediately after construction or installation, liners must be inspected and certified as meeting the requirements of 335-14-5-.23(4) by an independent, qualified registered professional engineer. The certification must be maintained at the facility as part of the facility operating record. After installation, liners and covers must be inspected to ensure tight seams and joints and the absence of tears, punctures, or blisters.

(b)While a drip pad is in operation, it must be inspected weekly and after storms to detect evidence of any of the following:

1.Deterioration, malfunctions, or improper operation of run-on and run-off control systems;

2.The presence of leakage in and proper functioning of leak detection system;

3.Deterioration or cracking of the drip pad surface.

Note: See 335-14-5-.23(4)(m) for remedial action required if deterioration or leakage is detected.

(6)Closure.

(a)At closure, the owner or operator must remove or decontaminate all waste residues, contaminated containment system components (pad, liners, etc.), contaminated subsoils, and structures and equipment contaminated with waste and leakage, and manage them as hazardous waste.

(b)If, after removing or decontaminating all residues and making all reasonable efforts to effect removal or decontamination of contamination components, subsoils, structures, and equipment as required in 335-14-5-.23(6)(a), the owner or operator finds that not all contaminated subsoils can be practically removed or decontaminated, he must close the facility and perform post-closure care in accordance with closure and post-closure care requirements that apply to landfills (335-14-5-.14(11)). For permitted units, the requirement to have a permit continues throughout the post-closure period. In addition, for the purposes of closure, post-closure, and financial responsibility, such a drip pad is then considered to be a landfill, and the owner or operator must meet all of the requirements for landfills specified in Rules 335-14-5-.07 and 335-14-5-.08.

(c)1.The owner or operator of an existing drip pad, as defined in 335-14-5-.23(1), that does not comply with the liner requirements of 335-14-5-.23(4)(b)1. must:

(i)Include in the closure plan for the drip pad under 335-14-5-.07(3) both a plan for complying with 335-14-5-.23(6)(a) and a contingent plan for complying with 335-14-5-.23(6)(b) in case not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed at closure; and

(ii)Prepare a contingent post-closure plan under Rule 335-14-5-.07(9) for complying with 335-14-5-.23(6)(b) in case not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed at closure.

2.The cost estimates calculated under 335-14-5-.07(3) and 335-14-5-.08(5) for closure and post-closure care of a drip pad subject to 335-14-5-.23(6)(c) must include the cost of complying with the contingent closure plan and the contingent post-closure plan, but are not required to include the cost of expected closure under 335-14-5-.23(6)(a).

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Edwin Johnston, Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16. History: January 25, 1992. Amended: January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.5.24" level="3" title="Miscellaneous Units">

(1)Applicability. The requirements in 335-14-5-.24 apply to owners and operators of facilities that treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste in miscellaneous units, except as 335-14-5-.01(1) provide otherwise.

(2)Environmental performance standards. A miscellaneous unit must be located, designed, constructed, operated, maintained, and closed in a manner that will ensure protection of human health and the environment. Permits for miscellaneous units are to contain such terms and provisions as necessary to protect human health and the environment, including, but not limited to, as appropriate, design and operating requirements, detection and monitoring requirements, and requirements for responses to releases of hazardous waste or hazardous constituents from the unit. Permit terms and provisions shall include those requirements of Rules 335-14-5-.09 through 335-14-5-.15, 335-14-5-.27 through 335-14-5-.29, Chapter 335-14-8, and 335-3-11-.06(56) that are appropriate for the miscellaneous unit being permitted. Protection of human health and the environment includes, but is not limited to:

(a)Prevention of any releases that may have adverse effects on human health or the environment due to migration of waste constituents in the groundwater or subsurface environment, considering:

1.The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the waste in the unit, including its potential for migration through soil, liners, or other containing structures;

2.The hydrologic and geologic characteristics of the unit and the surrounding area;

3.The existing quality of groundwater, including other sources of contamination and their cumulative impact on the groundwater;

4.The quantity and direction of groundwater flow;

5.The proximity to and withdrawal rates of current and potential groundwater users;

6.The patterns of land use in the region;

7.The potential for deposition or migration of waste constituents into subsurface physical structures, and into the root zone of food-chain crops and other vegetation;

8.The potential for health risks caused by human exposure to waste constituents; and

9.The potential for damage to domestic animals, wildlife, crops, vegetation, and physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituents.

(b)Prevention of any releases that may have adverse effects on human health or the environment due to migration of waste constituents in surface water or wetlands or on the soil surface considering:

1.The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the waste in the unit;

2.The effectiveness and reliability of containing, confining, and collecting systems and structures in preventing migration;

3.The hydrologic characteristics of the unit and the surrounding area, including the topography of the land around the unit;

4.The patterns of precipitation in the region;

5.The quantity, quality, and direction of groundwater flow;

6.The proximity of the unit to surface waters;

7.The current and potential uses of nearby surface waters and any water quality standards established for those surface waters;

8.The existing quality of surface waters and surface soils, including other sources of contamination and their cumulative impact on surface waters and surface soils;

9.The patterns of land use in the region;

10.The potential for health risks caused by human exposure to waste constituents; and

11.The potential for damage to domestic animals, wildlife, crops, vegetation, and physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituents.

(c)Prevention of any release that may have adverse effects on human health or the environment due to migration of waste constituents in the air, considering:

1.The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the waste in the unit, including its potential for the emission and dispersal of gases, aerosols, and particulates;

2.The effectiveness and reliability of systems and structures to reduce or prevent emissions of hazardous constituents to the air;

3.The operating characteristics of the unit;

4.The atmospheric, meteorologic, and topographic characteristics of the unit and the surrounding area;

5.The existing quality of the air, including other sources of contamination and their cumulative impact on the air;

6.The potential for health risks caused by human exposure to waste constituents; and

7.The potential for damage to domestic animals, wildlife, crops, vegetation, and physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituents.

(3)Monitoring, analysis, inspection, response, reporting, and corrective action. Monitoring, testing, analytical data, inspections, response, and reporting procedures and frequencies must ensure compliance with 335-14-5-.24(2), 335-14-5-.02(6), 35-14-5-.03(4), 335-14-5-.05(6), (7), (8), and 335-14-5-.06(12) as well as meet any additional requirements needed to protect human health and the environment as specified in the permit.

(4)Post-closure care. A miscellaneous unit that is a disposal unit must be maintained in a manner that complies with 335-14-5-.24(2) during the post-closure care period. In addition, if a treatment or storage unit has contaminated soils or groundwater that cannot be completely removed or decontaminated during closure, then that unit must also meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.24(2) during post-closure care. The post-closure plan under 335-14-5-.07(9) must specify the procedures that will be used to satisfy this requirement.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Steven A. Cobb, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16. History: August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.5.25" level="3" title="Commercial Hazardous Waste Disposal Facilities">

(1)Notification.

(a)A commercial hazardous waste disposal facility located in the State of Alabama may not dispose of any waste unless all of the applicable requirements in Rule 335-14-3-.08 are met.

(b)A commercial hazardous waste disposal facility located in the State of Alabama must maintain, for three (3) years, the notification documents required by Rule 335-14-3-.08 for each waste stream disposed there.

(2)[Reserved]

(3)[Reserved]

Authors: William K. Mullins II, Robert W. Barr, Nicholas J. Wolf

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16. History: August 24, 1989. Amended: December 21, 1989. Amended: February 2, 1996; effective March 8, 1996. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

335-14-5-.26[Reserved]

<regElement name="335.14.5.27" level="3" title="Subpart AA - Air Emission Standards For Process Vents">

(a)The Environmental Protection Agency Regulations as they exist in 40 CFR, Part 264, Subpart AA, as published on July 1, 1999, are incorporated herein by reference.

(b)In the event that any Code of Federal Regulations Rule(s) incorporated herein by reference refers to or cites another Code of Federal Regulations Rule(s), other than 40 CFR Part 264, Subpart AA, such reference to the other Code of Federal Regulations Rule(s) is not incorporated in this ADEM Administrative Code and the ADEM Administrative Code Rule specifically addressing said issue or circumstance shall take precedence, be applicable and govern. Any provision of 40 CFR Part 264, Subpart AA, which is inconsistent with the provisions of ADEM Administrative Code, Division 335-14, is not incorporated herein by reference.

(c)The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1751 Cong. W. L. Dickinson Drive, Montgomery, Alabama 36130.

(1)&#167;264.l030 Applicability.

(2)&#167;264.1031 Definitions.

(3)&#167;264,1032 Standards: Process vents.

(4)&#167;264.1033 Standards: Closed-vent systems and control devices.

(5)&#167;264.1034 Test methods and procedures.

(6)&#167;264.1035 Recordkeeping requirements.

(7)&#167;264.1036 Reporting requirements.

(8) through (20) &#167;&#167;264.1037 - 264.1049 [Reserved].

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: January 25, 1992; Amended: January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1995; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective Mach 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.5.28" level="3" title="Subpart BB - Air Emission Standards For Equipment Leaks">

(a)The Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, as they exist in 40 CFR, Part 264, Subpart BB, as of September 1, 1998, are incorporated herein by reference.

(b)In the event that any Code of Federal Regulations Rule(s) incorporated herein by reference refers to or cites another Code of Federal Regulations Rule(s), other than 40 CFR Part 264, Subpart BB, such reference to the other Code of Federal Regulations Rule(s) is not incorporated in this ADEM Administrative Code and the ADEM Administrative Code Rule specifically addressing said issue or circumstance shall take precedence, be applicable and govern. Any provision of 40 CFR Part 264, Subpart BB, which is inconsistent with the provisions of ADEM Administrative Code, Division 335-14, is not incorporated herein by reference.

(c)The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

(1)&#167;264.1050 Applicability.

(2)&#167;264.1051 Definitions.

(3)&#167;264.1052 Standards: Pumps in light liquid service.

(4)&#167;264.1053 Standards: Compressors.

(5)&#167;264.1054 Standards: Pressure relief devices in gas/vapor service.

(6)&#167;264.1055 Standards: Sampling connecting systems.

(7)&#167;264.1056 Standards: Open-ended valves or lines.

(8)&#167;264.1057 standards: Valves in gas/vapor service or in light liquid service.

(9)&#167;264.1058 Standards: Pumps and valves in heavy liquid service, pressure relief advices in light liquid or heavy liquid service, and flanges and other connectors.

(10)&#167;264.1059 Standards: Delay of repair.

(11)&#167;264.1060 Standards: Closed-vent systems and control devices.

(12)&#167;264.1061 Alternative standards for valves in gas/vapor service or in light liquid service: percentage of valves allowed to leak.

(13)&#167;264.1062 Alternative standards for valves in gas/vapor service or in light liquid service: skip period leak detection and repair.

(14)&#167;264.1063 Test methods and procedures.

(15)&#167;264.1064 Recordkeeping requirements.

(16)&#167;264.1065 Reporting requirements.

(17)through (30) &#167;&#167;264.1066 - 264.1079 [Reserved].

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16. History: January 25, 1992. Amended: January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.5.29" level="3" title="Air Emission Standards For Tanks, Surface Impoundments, And Containers">

(a)The Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, as they exist in 40 CFR, Part 264, Subpart CC, as published on July 1, 1999, are incorporated herein by reference.

(b)In the event that any Code of Federal Regulations Rule(s) incorporated herein by reference refers to or cites another Code of Federal Regulations Rule(s), other than 40 CFR Part 264, Subpart CC, such reference to the other Code of Federal Regulations Rule(s) is not incorporated in this ADEM Administrative Code and the ADEM Administrative Code Rule specifically addressing said issue or circumstance shall take precedence, be applicable and govern. Any provision of 40 CFR Part 264, Subpart CC, which is inconsistent with the provisions of ADEM Administrative Code, Division 335-14, is not incorporated herein by reference.

(c)The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

(1)&#167;264.1080 Applicability.

(2)&#167;264.1081 Definitions.

(3)&#167;264.1082 Standards: General.

(4)&#167;264.1083 Waste determination procedures.

(5)&#167;264.1084 Standards: Tanks.

(6)&#167;264.1085 Standards: Surface impoundments.

(7)&#167;264.1086 Standards: Containers.

(8)&#167;264.1087 Standards: Closed-vent systems and control devices.

(9)&#167;264.1088 Inspection and monitoring requirements.

(10)&#167;264.1089 Recordkeeping requirements.

(11)&#167;264.1090 Reporting requirements.

(12)&#167;264.1091 [Reserved]

Author: C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11 and 22-30-16.

History: New Rule: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.5.30" level="3" title="Containment Buildings"> <dwc name="lead" times="2">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-5-.30 apply to owners or operators who store or treat hazardous waste in units designed and operated under 335-14-5-.30(2). These provisions will become effective on February 18, 1993, although owner or operator may notify the Director of his intent to be bound by 335-14-5-.30 at an earlier time. The owner or operator is not subject to the definition of land disposal in Chapter 335-14-1 provided that the unit:

(a)Is a completely enclosed, self-supporting structure that is designed and constructed of manmade materials of sufficient strength and thickness to support themselves, the waste contents, and any personnel and heavy equipment that operate within the unit, and to prevent failure due to pressure gradients, settlement, compression, or uplift physical contact with the hazardous wastes to which they are exposed; climatic conditions; and the stresses of daily operation, including the movement of heavy equipment within the unit and contact of such equipment with containment walls;

(b)Has a primary barrier that is designed to be sufficiently durable to withstand the movement of personnel, wastes, and handling equipment within the unit;

(c)If the unit is used to manage liquids, has:

1.A primary barrier designed and constructed of materials to prevent migration of hazardous constituents into the barrier;

2.A liquid collection system designed and constructed of materials to minimize the accumulation of liquid on the primary barrier, and

3.A secondary containment system designed and constructed of materials to prevent migration of hazardous constituents into the barrier, with a leak detection and liquid collection system capable of detecting, collecting, and removing leaks of hazardous constituents at the earliest practicable time, unless the unit has been granted a variance from the secondary containment system requirements under 335-14-5-.30(2).

(d)Has controls sufficient to prevent fugitive dust emissions to meet the no visible emission standard in 335-14-5-.30(2)(c)1.(iv); and

(e)Is designed and operated to ensure containment and prevent the tracking of materials from the unit by personnel or equipment.

(2)Design and operating standards.

(a)All containment buildings must comply with the following design standards:

1.The containment building must be completely enclosed with a floor, walls, and a roof to prevent exposure to the elements, (e.g., precipitation, wind, run-on), and to assure containment of managed wastes.

2.The floor and containment walls of the unit, including the secondary containment system if required under 335-14-5-.30(2)(b), must be designed and constructed of materials of sufficient strength and thickness to support themselves, the waste contents, and any personnel and heavy equipment that operate within the unit, and to prevent failure due to pressure gradients, settlement, compression, or uplift, physical contact with the hazardous wastes to which they are exposed; climatic conditions; and the stresses of daily operation, including the movement of heavy equipment within the unit and contact of such equipment with containment walls. The unit must be designed so that it has sufficient structural strength to prevent collapse or other failure. All surfaces to be in contact with hazardous wastes must be chemically compatible with those wastes. The Department will consider standards established by professional organizations generally recognized by the industry such as the American Concrete Institute (ACI) and the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) in judging the structural integrity requirements of 335-14-5-.30(2). If appropriate to the nature of the waste management operation to take place in the unit, an exception to the structural strength requirement may be made for light-weight doors and windows that meet these criteria:

(i)They provide an effective barrier against fugitive dust emissions under 335-14-5.30(2)(c)1.(iv); and

(ii)The unit is designed and operated in a fashion that assures that wastes will not actually come in contact with these openings.

3.Incompatible hazardous wastes or treatment reagents must not be placed in the unit or its secondary containment system if they could cause the unit or secondary containment system to leak, corrode, or otherwise fail.

4.A containment building must have a primary barrier designed to withstand the movement of personnel, waste, and handling equipment in the unit during the operating life of the unit and appropriate for the physical and chemical characteristics of the waste to be managed.

(b)For a containment building used to manage hazardous wastes containing free liquids or treated with free liquids (the presence of which is determined by the paint filter test, a visual examination, or other appropriate means), the owner or operator must include:

1.A primary barrier designed and constructed of materials to prevent the migration of hazardous constituents into the barrier (e.g., a geomembrane covered by a concrete wear surface).

2.A liquid collection and removal system to minimize the accumulation of liquid on the primary barrier of the containment building:

(i)The primary barrier must be sloped to drain liquids to the associated collection system; and

(ii)Liquids and waste must be collected and removed to minimize hydraulic head on the containment system at the earliest practicable time.

3.A secondary containment system including a secondary barrier designed and constructed to prevent migration of hazardous constituents into the barrier, and a leak detection system that is capable of detecting failure of the primary barrier and collecting accumulated hazardous wastes and liquids at the earliest practicable time.

(i)The requirements of the leak detection component of the secondary containment system are satisfied by installation of a system that is, at a minimum:

(I)Constructed with a bottom slope of 1 percent or more; and

(II)Constructed of a granular drainage material with a hydraulic conductivity of 1 x 10-2 cm/sec or more and a thickness of 12 inches (30.5 cm) or more, or constructed of synthetic or geonet drainage materials with a transmissivity of 3 x 10-5m2/sec or more.

(ii)If treatment is to be conducted in the building, an area in which such treatment will be conducted must be designed to prevent the release of liquids, wet materials, or liquid aerosols to other portions of the building.

(iii)The secondary containment system must be constructed of materials that are chemically resistant to the waste and liquids managed in the containment building and of sufficient strength and thickness to prevent collapse under the pressure exerted by overlaying materials and by any equipment used in the containment building. (Containment buildings can serve as secondary containment systems for tanks placed within the building under certain conditions. A containment building can serve as an external liner system for a tank, provided it meets the requirements of Rule 335-14-5-.10(4)(d)1. In addition, the containment building must meet the requirements of Rule 335-14-5-.10(4)(b) and Rule 335-14-5-.10(4)(c)1. and 2. to be considered an acceptable secondary containment system for a tank.)

4.For existing units other than 90-day generator units, the Director may delay the secondary containment requirement for up to two years, based on a demonstration by the owner or operator that the unit substantially meets the standards of 335-14-5-.30. In making this demonstration, the owner or operator must:

(i)Provide written notice to the Director of their request by November 16, 1992. This notification must describe the unit and its operating practices with specific reference to the performance of existing containment systems, and specific plans for retrofitting the unit with secondary containment;

(ii)Respond to any comments from the Director on these plans within 30 days; and

(iii)Fulfill the terms of the revised plans, if such plans are approved by the Director.

(c)Owners or operators of all containment buildings must:

1.Use controls and practices to ensure containment of the hazardous waste within the unit; and, at a minimum:

(i)Maintain the primary barrier to be free of significant cracks, gaps, corrosion, or other deterioration that could cause hazardous waste to be released from the primary barrier;

(ii)Maintain the level of the stored/treated hazardous waste within the containment walls of the unit so that the height of any containment wall is not exceeded;

(iii)Take measures to prevent the tracking of hazardous waste out of the unit by personnel or by equipment used in handling the waste. An area must be designated to decontaminate equipment and any rinsate must be collected and properly managed; and

(iv)Take measures to control fugitive dust emissions such that any openings (doors, windows, vents, cracks, etc.) exhibit no visible emissions (see 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 22-Visual Determination of Fugitive Emissions from Material Sources and Smoke Emissions from Flares). In addition, all associated particulate collection devices (e.g., fabric filter, electrostatic precipitator) must be operated and maintained with sound air pollution control practices (see 40 CFR Part 60 Subpart 292 for guidance). This state of no visible emissions must be maintained effectively at all times during routine operating and maintenance conditions, including when vehicles and personnel are entering and exiting the unit.

2.Obtain certification by a qualified registered professional engineer that the containment building design meets the requirements of 335-14-5-.30(2)(a) through (c). For units placed into operation prior to February 18, 1993, this certification must be placed in the facility's operating record (on-site files for generators who are not formally required to have operating records) no later than 60 days after the date of initial operation of the unit. After February 18, 1993, a professional engineer's certification will be required prior to operation of the unit.

3.Throughout the active life of the containment building, if the owner or operator detects a condition that could lead to or has caused a release of hazardous waste, the owner or operator must repair the condition promptly, in accordance with the following procedures.

(i)Upon detection of a condition that has lead to a release of hazardous waste (e.g., upon detection of leakage from the primary barrier) the owner or operator must:

(I)Enter a record of the discovery in the facility operating record;

(II)Immediately remove the portion the containment building affected by the condition from service;

(III)Determine what steps must be taken to repair the containment building, remove any leakage from the secondary collection system, and establish a schedule for accomplishing the cleanup and repairs; and

(IV)Within 7 days after the discovery of the condition, notify the Director of the condition, and within 14 working days, provide a written notice to the Director with a description of the steps taken to repair the containment building, and the schedule for accomplishing the work.

(ii)The Director will review the information submitted, make a determination regarding whether the containment building must be removed from service completely or partially until repairs and cleanup are completed and notify the owner or operator of the determination and the underlying rationale in writing.

(iii)Upon completing all repairs and cleanup the owner or operator must notify the Director in writing and provide a verification, signed by a qualified, registered professional engineer, that the repairs and cleanup have been completed according to the written plan submitted in accordance with 335-14-5-.30(2)(c)3.(i)(IV).

4.Inspect and record in the facility's operating record, at least once every seven dweeklyays, data gathered from monitoring equipment and leak detection equipment as well as the containment building and the area immediately surrounding the containment building to detect signs of releases of hazardous waste.

(d)For containment buildings that contain areas both with and without secondary containment, the owner or operator must:

1.Design and operate each area in accordance with the requirements enumerated in 335-14-5-.30(2)(a) through (c);

2.Take measures to prevent the release of liquids or wet materials into areas without secondary containment; and

3.Maintain in the facility's operating log a written description of the operating procedures used to maintain the integrity of areas without secondary containment.

(e)Notwithstanding any other provision of 335-14-5-.30 the Director may waive requirements for secondary containment for a permitted containment building where the owner or operator demonstrates that the only free liquids in the unit are limited amounts of dust suppression liquids required to meet occupational health and safety requirements, and where containment of managed wastes and liquids can be assured without a secondary containment system.

(3)Closure and post-closure care.

(a)At closure of a containment building, the owner or operator must remove or decontaminate all waste residues, contaminated containment system components (liner, etc.) contaminated subsoils, and structures and equipment contaminated with waste and leachate, and manage them as hazardous waste unless Rule 335-14-2-.01(3)(d) applies. The closure plan, closure activities, cost estimates for closure, and financial responsibility for containment buildings must meet all of the requirements specified in Rules 335-14-5-.07 and 335-14-5-.08.

(b)If, after removing or decontaminating all residues and making all reasonable efforts to effect removal or decontamination of contaminated components, subsoils, structures, and equipment as required in 335-14-5-.30(3)(a), the owner or operator finds that not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed or decontaminated, he must close the facility and perform post-closure care in accordance with the closure and post-closure requirements that apply to landfills [Rule 335-14-5-.14(11)]. In addition, for the purposes of closure, post-closure and financial responsibility, such a containment building is then considered to be a landfill, and the owner or operator must meet all of the requirements for landfills specified in Rules 335-14-5-.07 and 335-14-5-.08.

Authors: C. Lynn Garthright, C. Edwin Johnston, Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16. History: New Rule: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.5.31" level="3" title="Hazardous Waste Munitions And Explosives Storage"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="2"><dwc name="hypochlorit" times="1"><dwc name="chlorit" times="1"><dwc name="antimoni" times="2"><dwc name="arsen" times="2"><dwc name="barium" times="2"><dwc name="beryllium" times="3"><dwc name="cadmium" times="2"><dwc name="chromium" times="2"><dwc name="copper" times="2"><dwc name="cyanid" times="7"><dwc name="lead" times="2"><dwc name="mercuri" times="2"><dwc name="nitrat" times="2"><dwc name="selenium" times="2"><dwc name="thallium" times="2"><dwc name="benzen" times="27"><dwc name="carbon tetrachlorid" times="1"><dwc name="chlordan" times="1"><dwc name="chlorobenzen" times="1"><dwc name="dbcp" times="1"><dwc name="dichloromethan" times="1"><dwc name="methylen chlorid" times="1"><dwc name="dinoseb" times="1"><dwc name="dioxin" times="7"><dwc name="tcdd" times="2"><dwc name="endrin" times="2"><dwc name="ethylbenzen" times="1"><dwc name="ethylen dibromid" times="1"><dwc name="heptachlor" times="2"><dwc name="heptachlor epoxid" times="1"><dwc name="hexachlorobenzen" times="1"><dwc name="hexachlorocyclopentadien" times="1"><dwc name="lindan" times="1"><dwc name="methoxychlor" times="1"><dwc name="polychlorin biphenyl" times="2"><dwc name="pcb" times="2"><dwc name="pentachlorophenol" times="1"><dwc name="styren" times="1"><dwc name="tetrachloroethylen" times="1"><dwc name="toluen" times="1"><dwc name="toxaphen" times="2"><dwc name="silvex" times="1"><dwc name="trichloroethylen" times="1"><dwc name="vinyl chlorid" times="1"><dwc name="xylen" times="1">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-5-.31 apply to owners or operators who store munitions and explosive hazardous wastes, except as 335-14-5-.01(1) provides otherwise.

(NOTE: Depending on explosive hazards, hazardous waste munitions and explosives may also be managed in other types of storage units, including containment buildings (335-14-5-.30), tanks (335-14-5-.10), or containers (335-14-5-.09). See 335-14-7-.13(6) for storage of waste military munitions).

(2)Design and operating standards.

(a)Hazardous waste munitions and explosives storage units must be designed and operated with containment systems, controls, and monitoring, that:

1.Minimize the potential for detonation or other means of release of hazardous waste, hazardous constituents, hazardous decomposition products, or contaminated run-off, to the soil, ground water, surface water, and atmosphere;

2.Provide a primary barrier, which may be a container (including a shell) or tank, designed to contain the hazardous waste;

3.For wastes stored outdoors, provide that the waste and containers will not be in standing precipitation;

4.For liquid wastes, provide a secondary containment system that assures that any released liquids are contained and promptly detected and removed from the waste area, or vapor detection system that assures that any released liquids or vapors are promptly detected and an appropriate response taken (e.g., additional containment, such as overpacking, or removal from the waste area); and

5.Provide monitoring and inspection procedures that assure the controls and containment systems are working as designed and that releases that may adversely impact human health or the environment are not escaping from the unit.

(b)Hazardous waste munitions and explosives stored under 335-14-5-.31 may be stored in one of the following:

1.Earth-covered magazines. Earth-covered magazines must be:

(i)Constructed of waterproofed, reinforced concrete or structural steel arches, with steel doors that are kept closed when not being accessed;

(ii)Designed and constructed:

(I)To be of sufficient strength and thickness to support the weight of any explosives or munitions stored and any equipment used in the unit;

(II)To provide working space for personnel and equipment in the unit; and

(III)To withstand movement activities that occur in the unit; and

(iii)Located and designed, with walls and earthen covers that direct an explosion in the unit in a safe direction, so as to minimize the propagation of an explosion to adjacent units and to minimize other effects of any explosion.

2.Above-ground magazines. Above-ground magazines must be located and designed so as to minimize the propagation of an explosion to adjacent units and to minimize other effects of any explosion.

3.Outdoor or open storage areas. Outdoor or open storage areas must be located and designed so as to minimize the propagation of an explosion to adjacent units and to minimize other effects of any explosion.

(c)Hazardous waste munitions and explosives must be stored in accordance with a Standard Operating Procedure specifying procedures to ensure safety, security, and environmental protection. If these procedures serve the same purpose as the security and inspection requirements of 335-14-5-.02(5), the preparedness and prevention procedures of 335-14-5-.03, and the contingency plan and emergency procedures requirements of 335-14-5-.04, then these procedures will be used to fulfill those requirements.

(d)Hazardous waste munitions and explosives must be packaged to ensure safety in handling and storage.

(e)Hazardous waste munitions and explosives must be inventoried at least annually.

(f)Hazardous waste munitions and explosives and their storage units must be inspected and monitored as necessary to ensure explosives safety and to ensure that there is no migration of contaminants out of the unit.

(3)Closure and post-closure care.

(a)At closure of a magazine or unit which stored hazardous waste under 335-14-5-.31, the owner or operator must remove or decontaminate all waste residues, contaminated containment system components, contaminated subsoils, and structures and equipment contaminated with waste, and manage them as hazardous waste unless 335-14-2-.01(3)(d) applies. The closure plan, closure activities, cost estimates for closure, and financial responsibility for magazines or units must meet all of the requirements specified in 335-14-5-.07 and 335-14-5-.08, except that the owner or operator may defer closure of the unit as long as it remains in service as a munitions or explosives magazine or storage unit.

(b)If, after removing or decontaminating all residues and making all reasonable efforts to effect removal or decontamination of contaminated components, subsoils, structures, and equipment as required in 335-14-5-.31(3)(a), the owner or operator finds that not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed or decontaminated, he or she must close the facility and perform post-closure care in accordance with the closure and post-closure requirements that apply to landfills [335-14-5-.14(11)].

Authors: C. Edwin Johnston, Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: New Rule: Filed February 20, 1998; March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

335-14-5APPENDIX I - Recordkeeping Instructions.

(a)The recordkeeping provisions of 335-14-5-.05(4) specify that an owner or operator must keep a written operating record at his facility. 335-14-5 ? Appendix I provides additional instructions for keeping portions of the operating record. See 335-14-5-.05(4)(b) for additional recordkeeping requirements.

(b)The following information must be recorded, as it becomes available, and maintained in the operating record until closure of the facility in the following manner:

(c)Records of each hazardous waste received, treated, stored or disposed of at the facility which include the following:

(1)A description by its common name and the EPA Hazardous Waste Number(s) from Chapter 335-14-2 which apply to the waste. The waste description also must include the waste's physical form, i.e., liquid, sludge, solid, or contained gas. If the waste is not listed in Rule 335-14-2-.04, the description also must include the process that produced it (for example, solid filter cake from production of

, EPA Hazardous Waste Number W051).

Each hazardous waste listed in Rule 335-14-2-.04 and each hazardous waste characteristic defined in Rule 335-14-2-.03, has a four-digit EPA Hazardous Waste Number assigned to it. This number must be used for recordkeeping and reporting purposes. Where a hazardous waste contains more than one listed hazardous waste, or where more than one hazardous waste characteristic applies to the waste, the waste description must include all applicable EPA or Alabama Hazardous Waste Numbers.

(2)The estimated or manifest-reported weight, or volume and density, where applicable, in one of the units of measure specified in Table 1;

(3)The method(s) (by handling code(s) as specified in Table 2) and date(s) of treatment, storage, or disposal.

TABLE 1

<table width="100%"> Unit of Measure Symbol1 Gallons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G Gallons Per Hour . . . . . . . . . . E Gallons Per Day. . . . . . . . . . . U Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L Liters Per Hour. . . . . . . . . . . H Liters Per Day . . . . . . . . . . . V Short Tons Per Hour. . . . . . . . . D Metric Tons Per Hour . . . . . . . . W Short Tons Per Day . . . . . . . . . N Pounds Per Hour. . . . . . . . . . . J Kilograms Per Hour . . . . . . . . . R Cubic yards. . . . . . . . . . . . . Y Cubic Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . C Acres. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B Acre-feet. . . . . . . . . . . . . A Hectares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Q Hectare-meter. . . . . . . . . . . F Btu's Per Hour . . . . . . . . . . . I </table>

1Single digit symbols are used here for data processing purposes.

TABLE 2

Enter the handling code(s) listed below that most closely represents the technique(s) used at the facility to treat, store, or dispose of each quantity of hazardous waste received.

1.Storage

S01Container (barrel, drum, etc.)

S02Tank

S03Waste pile

S04Surface impoundment

S05Drip Pad

S06Containment Building (Storage)

S99Other storage (specify)

2.Treatment

T01Tank

T02Surface Impoundment

T03Incinerator

T04Other Treatment

T94Containment Building (Treatment)

T99Boiler/Industrial Furnace

Note: In addition to coding T01, T02, T03, T04, T94, or T99, record specific handling codes as appropriate below.

(a)Thermal Treatment

T06Liquid injection incinerator

T07Rotary kiln incinerator

T08Fluidized bed incinerator

T09Multiple hearth incinerator

T10Infrared furnace incinerator

TllMolten salt destructor

T12Pyrolysis

T13Wet air oxidation

T14Calcination

T15Microwave discharge

T18Other (specify)

(b)Chemical Treatment

Tl9Absorption mound

T20Absorption field

T21Chemical fisation

T22Chemical oxidation

T23Chemical precipitation

T24Chemical reduction

T25Chlorination

T26Chlorinolysis

T27Cyanide destruction

T28Degradation

T29Detoxification

T30Ion exchange

T31Neutralization

T32Ozonation

T33Photolysis

T34Other (specify)

(c)Physical Treatment

(1)Separation of Components

T35Centrifugation

T36Clarification

T37Coagulation

T38Decanting

T39Encapsulation

T40Filtration

T41Flocculation

T42Flotation

T43Foaming

T44Sedimentation

T45Thickening

T46Ultrafiltration

T47Other (specify)

(2)Removal of Specific Components

T48Absorption-molecular sieve

T49Activated carbon

T50Blending

T51Catalysis

T52Crystallization

T53Dialysis

T54Distillation

T55Electrodialysis

T56Electrolysis

T57Evaporation

T58High gradient magnetic separation

T59Leaching

T60Liquid ion exchange

T61Liquid-liquid extraction

T62Reverse osmosis

T63Solvent recovery

T64Stripping

T65Sand filter

T66Other (specify)

(d)Biological Treatment

T67Activated sludge

T68Aerobic lagoon

T69Aerobic tank

T70Anaerobic tank

T71Composting

T72Septic tank

T73Spray irrigation

T74Thickening filter

T75Trickling filter

T76Waste stabilization pond

T77Other (specify)

T78[Reserved]

T79[Reserved]

(e)Boilers and Industrial Furnaces

T80Boiler

T81Cement kiln

T82Lime kiln

T83Aggregate kiln

T84Phosphate kiln

T85Coke Oven

T86Blast Furnace

T87Smelting, Melting, or Refining Furnace

T88Titanium Dioxide Chloride Process Oxidation Reactor

T89Methane Reforming Furnace

T90Pulping Liquor Recovery Furnace

T91Combustion Device Used in the Recovery of Sulfur Values from Spent Sulfuric Acid

T92Halogen Acid Furnaces

T93Other Industrial Furnaces Listed in Rule 335-14-1-.02(1)

3.Disposal

D79Underground injection

D80Landfill

D81Land treatment

D82Ocean disposal

D83Surface impoundment (to be closed as a landfill)

D99Other (specify)

4.Miscellaneous (Subpart X)

X01Open Burning/Open Detonation

X02Mechanical Processing

X03Thermal Unit

X04Geologic Repository

X99Other Subpart X (specify; use appropriate code from 2. (a) through 2. (e), if applicable)

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Edwin Johnsto, Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16, 22-30-18.

History: July 19, 1982; Amended: August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

335-14-5APPENDIX II - [Reserved].

335-14-5APPENDIX III - [Reserved].

335-14-5APPENDIX IV - Cochran's Approximation To The Behrens-Fisher Students' T-Test. Using all the available background data (Nb readings), calculate the background mean (XB) and background variance (SB2). For the single monitoring well under investigation (Nm reading), calculate the monitoring mean (Xm) and monitoring variance (Sm2).

For any set of data (X1, X2 . . . Xn) the mean is calculated by:

<img src="Image4565.gif"/> and the variance is calculated by:

<img src="Image4566.gif"/> where "n" denotes the number of observations in the set of data.

The t-test uses these data summary measures to calculate a t-statistic (t*) and a comparison t-statistic (tc). The t* value is compared to the tc value and a conclusion reached as to whether there has been a statistically significant change in any indicator parameter.

The t-statistic for all parameters except pH and similar monitoring parameters is:

<img src="Image4567.gif"/> If the value of this t-statistic is negative then there is no significant difference between the monitoring data and background data. It should be noted that significantly small negative values may be indicative of a failure of the assumption made for test validity or errors have been made in collecting the background data.

The t-statistic (tc), against which t* will be compared, necessitates finding tB and tm from standard (one-tailed) tables where,

tB = t-tables with (nB - 1) degrees of freedom, at the 0.05 level of significance.

tm = t-tables with (nm - 1) degrees of freedom, at the 0.05 level of significance.

Finally, the special weightings WB and Wm are defined as:

<img src="Image4568.gif"/>

and so the comparison t-statistic is:

<img src="Image4570.gif"/> The t-statistic (t*) is now compared with the comparison t-statistic (tc) using the following decision-rule:

If t* is equal to or larger than tc, then conclude that there most likely has been a significant increase in this specific parameter.

If t* is less than tc, then conclude that most likely there has not been a change in this specific parameter.

The t-statistic for testing pH and similar monitoring parameters is constructed in the same manner as previously described except the negative sign (if any) is discarded and the caveat concerning the negative value is ignored. The standard (two-tailed) tables are used in the construction tc for pH and similar monitoring parameters.

If t* is equal to or larger than tc, then conclude that there most likely has been a significant increase (if the initial t* has been negative, this would imply a significant decrease). If t* is less than tc, then conclude that there most likely has been no change.

A further discussion of the test may be found in Statistical Methods (6th Edition, Section 4.14) by G. W. Snedecor and W. G. Cochran, or Principles and Procedures of Statistics (lst Edition, Section 5.8) by R. G. D. Steel and J. H. Torrie.

STANDARD T-TABLES 0.05 LEVEL OF

SIGNIFICANCE

t-values t-values

Degrees of Freedom (one-tail) (two-tail)

1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.314 12.706

2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.920 4.303

3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.353 3.182

4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.132 2.776

5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.015 2.571

6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.943 2.447

7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.895 2.365

8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.860 2.306

9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.833 2.262

10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.812 2.228

t-values t-values

Degrees of Freedom (one-tail) (two-tail)

11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.796 2.201

12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.782 2.179

13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.771 2.160

14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.761 2.145

15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.753 2.131

16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.746 2.120

17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.740 2.110

18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.734 2.101

19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.729 2.093

20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.725 2.086

21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.721 2.080

22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.717 2.074

23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.714 2.069

24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.711 2.064

25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.708 2.060

30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.697 2.042

40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.684 2.021

Adopted from Table III of "Statistical Tables for Biological, Agricultural, and Medical Research" (1947, R. A. Fisher and F. Yates).

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-11.

History: April 9, 1986. Amended: August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

335-14-5APPENDIX V - Examples Of Potentially Incompatible Waste. Many hazardous wastes, when mixed with other waste or materials at a hazardous waste facility, can produce effects which are harmful to human health and the environment, such as heat or pressure, fire or explosion, violent reaction, toxic dusts, mists, fumes, or gases, or flammable fumes or gases.

Below are examples of potentially incompatible wastes, waste components, and materials, along with the harmful consequences which result from mixing materials in one group with materials in another group. The list is intended as a guide to owners or operators of treatment, storage, and disposal facilities, and to enforcement and permit granting officials, to indicate the need for special precautions when managing these potentially incompatible waste materials or components.

This list is not intended to be exhaustive. An owner or operator must, as the regulations require, adequately analyze his wastes so that he can avoid creating uncontrolled substances or reactions of the type listed below, whether they are listed below or not.

It is possible for potentially incompatible wastes to be mixed in a way that precludes a reaction (e.g., adding acid to water rather than water to acid) or that neutralizes them (e.g., a strong acid mixed with a strong base), or that controls substances produced (e.g., by generating flammable gases in a closed tank equipped so that ignition cannot occur, and burning the gases in an incinerator).

In the lists below, the mixing of a Group A material with a Group B material may have the potential consequence as noted.

GROUP 1-A

Acetylene sludge

Alkaline caustic liquids

Alkaline cleaner

Alkaline corrosive liquids

Alkaline corrosive battery fluid

Caustic wastewater

Lime sludge and other corrosive alkalies

Lime wastewater

Lime and water

Spent caustic

GROUP 1-B

Acid sludge

Acid and water

Battery acid

Chemical cleaners

Electrolyte acid

Etching acid liquid or solvent

Pickling liquor and other corrosive acids

Spent acid

Spent mixed acid

Spent sulfuric acid

Potential consequences: Heat generation; violent reaction.

GROUP 2-A

Aluminum

Beryllium

Calcium

Lithium

Magnesium

Potassium

Sodium

Zinc powder

Other reactive metals and metal hydrides

GROUP 2-B

Any waste in Group 1-A or 1-B

Potential consequences: Fire or explosion; generation of flammable hydrogen gas.

GROUP 3-A

Alcohols

Water

GROUP 3-B

Any concentrated waste in Groups 1-A or 1-B

Calcium

Lithium

Metal hydrides

Potassium

SO2Cl2, SOCl2, PCl3, CH3SiCl3

Other waste-reactive waste

Potential consequences: Fire, explosion, or heat

generation; generation of flammable or toxic gases.

GROUP 4-A

Alcohols

Aldehydes

Halogenated hydrocarbons

Nitrated hydrocarbons

Unsaturated hydrocarbons

Other reactive organic compounds and solvents

GROUP 4-B

Concentrated Group 1-A or 1-B wastes

Group 2-A wastes

Potential consequences: Fire, explosion, or violent

reaction.

GROUP 5-A

Spent cyanide and sulfide solutions

GROUP 5-B

Group 1-B wastes

Potential consequences: Generation of toxic hydrogen

cyanide or hydrogen sulfide gas.

GROUP 6-A

Chlorates

Chlorine

Chlorites

Chromic acid

Hypochlorites

Nitrates

Nitric acid, fuming

Perchlorates

Permanganates

Peroxides

Other strong oxidizers

GROUP 6-B

Acetic acid and other organic acids

Concentrated mineral acids

Group 2-A wastes

Group 4-A wastes

Other flammable and combustible wastes

Potential consequences: Fire, explosion, or violent

reaction.

Source: "Law, Regulations, and Guidelines for Handling of Hazardous Waste". California Department of Health, February 1975.

Author: Stephen C. Maurer

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-11.

History: July 19, 1982. Amended: August 24, 1989.

335-14-5APPENDIX VI - [Reserved].

335-14-5APPENDIX VII - [Reserved].

335-14-5APPENDIX VIII - [Reserved].

335-14-5APPENDIX IX - Groundwater Monitoring List1

<table width="100%"> Common Name2 CASRN3 Chemical Abstracts Service Index Name4 Acenaphthene 83-32-9 Acenaphthylene, 1,2-dihydro- Acenaphthylene 208-96-8 Acenaphthylene Acetone 67-64-1 2-Propanone Acetophenone 98-86-2 Ethanone, 1-phenyl- Acetonitrile; Methyl cyanide 75-05-8 Acetonitrile 2-Acetylamino fluorene; 2-AAF 53-96-3 Acetamide, N-9H-fluoren-2-yl- Acrolein 107-02-8 2-Propenal Acrylonitrile 107-13-1 2-Propenenitrile Aldrin 309-00-2 1,4:5,8-Dimethano naphthalene, 1,2,3,4,10, 10-hexachloro- 1,4,4a,5, 8,8a-hexahydro- (1alpha, 4alpha,4abeta,5alpha, 8alpha, 8abeta)- Allyl chloride 107-05-1 1-Propene, 3-chloro- 4-Aminobiphenyl 92-67-1 [1,1'-Biphenyl]-4-amine Aniline 62-53-3 Benzenamine Anthracene 120-12-7 Anthracene Antimony (Total) Antimony Aramite 140-57-8 Sulfurous acid, 2-chloroethyl 2-[4-(1,1-dimethylethyl)phenoxy]- 1-methylethyl ester Arsenic (Total) Arsenic Barium (Total) Barium Benzene 71-43-2 Benzene Benzo[a]anthracene; Benzanthracene 56-55-3 Benz[a]anthracene Benzo[b]fluoranthene 205-99-2 Benz[e]acephenanthrylene Benzo[k]fluoranthene 207-08-9 Benzo[k]fluoranthene Benzo[ghi]perylene 191-24-2 Benzo[ghi]perylene Benzo[a]pyrene 50-32-8 Benzo[a]pyrene Benzyl alcohol 100-51-6 Benzenemethanol Beryllium (Total) Beryllium alpha-BHC 319-84-6 Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro-, (1alpha, 2alpha,3beta,4alpha, 5beta,6beta)- beta-BHC 319-85-7 Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro-, (1alpha, 2beta,3alpha,4beta, 5alpha, 6beta)- delta-BHC 319-86-8 Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro-, (1alpha, 2alpha,3alpha,4beta, 5alpha, 6beta)- gamma-BHC; Lindane 58-89-9 Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-hexachloro-, (1alpha, 2alpha,3beta,4alpha, 5alpha, 6beta)- Bis(2-chloroethoxy) methane 111-91-1 Ethane, 1,1'-[methylenebis (oxy)]bis[2-chloro- Bis(2-chloroethyl)ether 111-44-4 Ethane, 1,1'-oxybis[2-chloro- Bis(2-chloro-1-methylethyl) ether; 2,2'-Dichloro-diisopropyl ether 108-60-1 Propane, 2,2'-oxybis[1-chloro- Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate 117-81-7 1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, bis(2-ethylhexyl)ester Bromodichloro-methane 75-27-4 Methane, bromodichloro- Bromoform; Tribromomethane 75-25-2 Methane, tribromo- 4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether 101-55-3 Benzene, 1-bromo-4-phenoxy- Butyl benzyl phthalate; Benzyl butyl phthalate 85-68-7 1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, butyl phenylmethyl ester Cadmium (Total) Cadmium Carbon disulfide 75-15-0 Carbon disulfide Carbon tetrachloride 56-23-5 Methane, tetrachloro- Chlordane 57-74-9 4,7-Methano-1H-indene, 1,2,4,5,6,7, 8,8-octachloro-2,3,3a,4, 7,7a- hexahydro- p-Chloroaniline 106-47-8 Benzenamine, 4-chloro- Chlorobenzene 108-90-7 Benzene, chloro- Chlorobenzilate 510-15-6 Benzeneacetic acid, 4-chloro-alpha- (4-chlorophenyl)-alpha-hydroxy-, ethyl ester p-Chloro-m-cresol 59-50-7 Phenol, 4-chloro-3-methyl- Chloroethane; Ethyl chloride 75-00-3 Ethane, chloro- Chloroform 67-66-3 Methane, trichloro- 2-Chloronaphthalene 91-58-7 Naphthalene, 2-chloro- 2-Chlorophenol 95-57-8 Phenol, 2-chloro- 4-Chlorophenyl phenyl ether 7005-72-3 Benzene, 1-chloro-4-phenoxy- Chloroprene 126-99-8 1,3-Butadiene, 2-chloro- Chromium (Total) Chromium Chrysene 218-01-9 Chrysene Cobalt (Total) Cobalt Copper (Total) Copper m-Cresol 108-39-4 Phenol, 3-methyl- o-Cresol 95-48-7 Phenol, 2-methyl- p-Cresol 106-44-5 Phenol, 4-methyl- Cyanide 57-12-5 Cyanide 2,4-D; 2,4-Dichloro-phenoxyacetic acid 94-75-7 Acetic acid, (2,4-dichlorophenoxy)- 4,4'-DDD 72-54-8 Benzene, 1,1'-(2,2-dichloroethylidene)bis[4-chloro- 4,4'-DDE 72-55-9 Benzene, 1,1'-(dichloroethenylidene)bis[4-chloro- 4,4'-DDT 50-29-3 Benzene, 1,1'-(2,2,2-trichloroethylidene)bis[4-chloro- Diallate 2303-16-4 Carbamothioic acid, bis(1-methyl- ethyl)-, S-(2,3-dichloro-2-propenyl) ester Dibenz[a,h]anthracene 53-70-3 Dibenz[a,h]anthracene Dibenzofuran 132-64-9 Dibenzofuran Dibromochloro methane; Chlorodi bromomethane 124-48-1 Methane, dibromochloro- 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloro- propane; DBCP 96-12-8 Propane, 1,2-dibromo-3-chloro- 1,2-Dibromoethane; Ethylene dibromide 106-93-4 Ethane, 1,2-dibromo- Di-n-butyl phthalate 84-74-2 1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dibutyl ester o-Dichlorobenzene 95-50-1 Benzene, 1,2-dichloro- m-Dichlorobenzene 541-73-1 Benzene, 1,3-dichloro- p-Dichlorobenzene 106-46-7 Benzene, 1,4-dichloro- 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine 91-94-1 [1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine, 3,3'-dichloro- trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene 110-57-6 2-Butene, 1,4-dichloro-, (E)- Dichlorodifluoro methane 75-71-8 Methane, dichlorodifluoro- 1,1-Dichloroethane 75-34-3 Ethane, 1,1-dichloro- 1,2-Dichloroethane; Ethylene dichloride 107-06-2 Ethane, 1,2-dichloro- 1,1-Dichloroethylene; Vinylidene chloride 75-35-4 Ethene, 1,1-dichloro- trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene 156-60-5 Ethene, 1,2-dichloro-, (E)- 2,4-Dichlorophenol 120-83-2 Phenol, 2,4-dichloro- 2,6-Dichlorophenol 87-65-0 Phenol, 2,6-dichloro- 1,2-Dichloropropane 78-87-5 Propane, 1,2-dichloro- cis-1,3-Dichloropropene 10061-01-5 1-Propene, 1,3-dichloro-, (Z)- trans-1,3-Dichloropropene 10061-02-6 1-Propene, 1,3-dichloro-, (E)- Dieldrin 60-57-1 2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth [2,3-b]oxirene, 3,4,5,6,9, 9-hexachloro-1a,2,2a, 3,6,6a,7,7a-octahydro-, (1aalpha,2beta,2aalpha,3beta, 6beta,6aalpha, 7beta, 7aalpha)- Diethyl phthalate 84-66-2 1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, diethyl ester O,O-Diethyl O-2-pyrazinyl phosphorothioate; Thionazin 297-97-2 Phosphorothioic acid, O,O-diethyl O-pyrazinyl ester Dimethoate 60-51-5 Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-dimethyl S-[2-(methylamino)-2-oxoethyl] ester p-(Dimethylamino) azobenzene 60-11-7 Benzenamine, N,N-dimethyl-4- (phenylazo) 7,12-Dimethylbenz[a] anthracene 57-97-6 Benz[a]anthracene,7,12-dimethyl- 3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine 119-93-7 [1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine, 3,3'-dimethyl- alpha, alpha-Dimethylphene- thylamine 122-09-8 Benzeneethanamine, alpha,alpha- dimethyl- 2,4-Dimethylphenol 105-67-9 Phenol, 2,4-dimethyl- Dimethyl phthalate 131-11-3 1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dimethyl ester m-Dinitrobenzene 99-65-0 Benzene, 1,3-dinitro- 4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol 534-52-1 Phenol, 2-methyl-4,6-dinitro- 2,4-Dinitrophenol 51-28-5 Phenol, 2,4-dinitro- 2,4-Dinitrotoluene 121-14-2 Benzene, 1-methyl-2,4-dinitro- 2,6-Dinitrotoluene 606-20-2 Benzene, 2-methyl-1,3-dinitro- Dinoseb; DNBP; 2-sec- Butyl-4,6-dinitrophenol 88-85-7 Phenol, 2-(1-methylpropyl) -4,6- dinitro- Di-n-octyl phthalate 117-84-0 1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid, dioctyl ester 1,4-Dioxane 123-91-1 1,4-Dioxane Diphenylamine 122-39-4 Benzenamine, N-phenyl- Disulfoton 298-04-4 Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-diethyl S- [2-(ethylthio)ethyl]ester Endosulfan I 959-98-8 6,9-Methano-2,4,3-benzodioxathiepin,6,7,8,9, 10,10-hexachloro- 1,5, 5a,6,9,9a-hexahydro-, 3-oxide, (3alpha,5abeta,6alpha,9alpha, 9abeta)- Endosulfan II 33213-65-9 6,9-Methano-2,4,3-benzodioxathiepin,6,7,8,9, 10,10-hexachloro- 1,5,5a,6, 9,9a-hexahydro- 3-oxide, (3alpha,5aalpha,6beta,9beta, 9aalpha)- Endosulfan sulfate 1031-07-8 6,9-Methano-2,4,3-benzodioxathiepin,6,7,8,9, 10,10-hexachloro- 1,5,5a,6, 9,9a-hexahydro-, 3,3-dioxide Endrin 72-20-8 2,7:3,6-Demethanonaphth[2,3-b]oxirene,3,4, 5, 6,9,9-hexachloro-1a,2,2a,3,6,6a,7,7a-octahydro-, (1aalpha,2beta,2abeta,3alpha, 6alpha,6abeta, 7beta, 7aalpha)- Endrin aldehyde 7421-93-4 1,2,4-Methenocyclopenta [cd]pentalene- 5-carboxaldehyde, 2,2a,3,3,4,7- hexachlorodecahydro-, (1alpha,2beta, 2abeta, 4beta,4abeta,5beta, 6abeta, 6bbeta,7R*)- Ethylbenzene 100-41-4 Benzene, ethyl- Ethyl methacrylate 97-63-2 2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, ethyl ester Ethyl methanesulfonate 62-50-0 Methanesulfonic acid, ethyl ester Famphur 52-85-7 Phosphorothioic acid, 0-[4- [(dimethylamino) sulfonyl] phenyl]-O, O-dimethyl ester Fluoranthene 206-44-0 Fluoranthene Fluorene 86-73-7 9H-Fluorene Heptachlor 76-44-8 4,7-Methano-1H-indene,1, 4,5,6,7,8,8-heptachloro-3a,4,7,7a-tetrahydro- Heptachlor epoxide 1024-57-3 2,5-Methano-2H-indeno[1, 2-b]oxirene,2, 3,4,5, 6,7,7- heptachloro-1a,lb,5,5a,6, 6a-hexahydro-,(1aalpha, lbbeta,2alpha,5alpha, 5abeta,6beta, 6aalpha) Hexachlorobenzene 118-74-1 Benzene, hexachloro- Hexachlorobutadiene 87-68-3 1,3-Butadiene, 1,1,2,3,4,4- hexachloro- Hexachlorocyclopentadiene 77-47-4 1,3-Cyclopentadiene, 1,2,3,4,5,5- hexachloro- Hexachloroethane 67-72-1 Ethane, hexachloro- Hexachlorophene 70-30-4 Phenol, 2,2'-methylenebis [3,4,6-trichloro- Hexachloropropene 1888-71-7 1-Propene, 1,1,2,3,3,3-hexachloro- 2-Hexanone 591-78-6 2-Hexanone Indeno(1,2,3-cd) pyrene 193-39-5 Indeno[1,2,3-cd]pyrene Isobutyl alcohol 78-83-1 1-Propanol, 2-methyl- Isodrin 465-73-6 1,4,5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene,1,2,3,4,10, 10-hexachloro-1,4,4a,5,8,8a hexahydro-(lalpha, 4alpha,4abeta,5beta, 8beta,8abeta)- Isophorone 78-59-1 2-Cyclohexen-1-one, 3,5,5-trimethyl- Isosafrole 120-58-1 1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(1-propenyl)- Kepone 143-50-0 1,3,4-Metheno-2H-cyclo buta-[cd]pentalen-2-one, 1,1a,3,3a,4,5,5,5a,5b,6-decachlorooctahydro- Lead (Total) Lead Mercury (Total) Mercury Methacrylonitrile 126-98-7 2-Propenenitrile, 2-methyl- Methapyrilene 91-80-5 1,2,Ethanediamine, N,N-dimethyl-N'-2- pyridinyl-N'-(2-thienylmethyl)- Methoxychlor 72-43-5 Benzene, 1,1'-(2,2,2, trichloro-ethylidene)bis [4-methoxy- Methyl bromide; Bromomethane 74-83-9 Methane, bromo- Methyl chloride; Chloromethane 74-87-3 Methane, chloro- 3-Methylcholanthrene 56-49-5 Benz[j]aceanthrylene, 1,2-dihydro- 3-methyl- Methylene bromide; Dibromo - methane 74-95-3 Methane, dibromo- Methylene chloride; Dichloromethane 75-09-2 Methane, dichloro- Methyl ethyl ketone; MEK 78-93-3 2-Butanone Methyl iodide; Iodomethane 74-88-4 Methane, iodo- Methyl methacrylate 80-62-6 2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-, methyl ester Methyl methanesulfonate 66-27-3 Methanesulfonic acid, methyl ester 2-Methylnaphthalene 91-57-6 Naphthalene, 2-methyl- Methyl parathion; Parathion methyl 298-00-0 Phosphorothioic acid, O,O-dimethyl O- (4-nitrophenyl) ester 4-Methyl-2-pentanone; Methyl isobutyl ketone 108-10-1 2-Pentanone, 4-methyl- Naphthalene 91-20-3 Naphthalene 1,4-Naphthoquinone 130-15-4 1,4-Naphthalenedione 1-Naphthylamine 134-32-7 1-Naphthalenamine 2-Naphthylamine 91-59-8 2-Naphthalenamine Nickel (Total) Nickel o-Nitroaniline 88-74-4 Benzenamine, 2-nitro- m-Nitroaniline 99-09-2 Benzenamine, 3-nitro- p-Nitroaniline 100-01-6 Benzenamine, 4-nitro- Nitrobenzene 98-95-3 Benzene, nitro- o-Nitrophenol 88-75-5 Phenol, 2-nitro- p-Nitrophenol 100-02-7 Phenol, 4-nitro- 4-Nitroquinoline 1-oxide 56-57-5 Quinoline, 4-nitro-, 1-oxide N-Nitrosodi-n-butylamine 924-16-3 1-Butanamine, N-butyl-N-nitroso- N-Nitrosodiethylamine 55-18-5 Ethanamine, N-ethyl-N-nitroso- N-Nitrosodimethylamine 62-75-9 Methanamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso- N-Nitrosodiphenylamine 86-30-6 Benzenamine, N-nitroso-N-phenyl- N-Nitrosodipropylamine; Di-n-propylnitrosamine 621-64-7 1-Propanamine, N-nitroso-N-propyl- N-Nitrosomethylethylamine 10595-95-6 Ethanamine, N-methyl-N-nitroso- N-Nitrosomorpholine 59-89-2 Morpholine, 4-nitroso- N-Nitrosopiperidine 100-75-4 Piperidine, 1-nitroso- N-Nitrosopyrrolidine 930-55-2 Pyrrolidine, 1-nitroso- 5-Nitro-o-toluidine 99-55-8 Benzenamine, 2-methyl-5-nitro- Parathion 56-38-2 Phosphorothioic acid, O,O-diethyl- O-(4-nitrophenyl) ester Polychlorinated biphenyls; PCBs SeeNote7 1,1'-Biphenyl, chloro derivatives Polychlorinated dibenzo-p- dioxins; PCDDs SeeNote8 Dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxin, chloro derivatives Polychlorinated dibenzo- furans; PCDFs SeeNote9 Dibenzofuran, chloro derivatives Pentachlorobenzene 608-93-5 Benzene, pentachloro- Pentachloroethane 76-01-7 Ethane, pentachloro- Pentachloronitro-benzene 82-68-8 Benzene, pentachloronitro- Pentachlorophenol 87-86-5 Phenol, pentachloro- Phenacetin 62-44-2 Acetamide, N-(4-ethoxyphenyl) Phenanthrene 85-01-8 Phenanthrene Phenol 108-95-2 Phenol p-Phenylenediamine 106-50-3 1,4-Benzenediamine Phorate 298-02-2 Phosphorodithioic acid, O,O-diethyl S-[(ethylthio) methyl] ester 2-Picoline 109-06-8 Pyridine, 2-methyl- Pronamide 23950-58-5 Benzamide, 3,5-dichloro-N-(1,1- dimethyl-2-propynyl)- Propionitrile; Ethyl cyanide 107-12-0 Propanenitrile Pyrene 129-00-0 Pyrene Pyridine 110-86-1 Pyridine Safrole 94-59-7 1,3-Benzodioxole, 5-(2-propenyl)- Selenium (Total) Selenium Silver (Total) Silver Silvex; 2,4,5-TP 93-72-1 Propanoic acid, 2-(2,4,5-trichloro- phenoxy)- Styrene 100-42-5 Benzene, ethenyl- Sulfide 18496-25-8 Sulfide 2,4,5-T; 2,4,5-Trichloro- phenoxyacetic acid 93-76-5 Acetic acid, (2,4,5-trichlorophenoxy)- 2,3,7,8-TCDD; 2,3,7, 8- Tetrachlorodi benzo-p-dioxin 1746-01-6 Dibenzo[b,e][1,4]dioxin, 2,3,7,8- tetrachloro- 1,2,4,5-Tetrachlorobenzene 95-94-3 Benzene, 1,2,4,5-tetrachloro- 1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane 630-20-6 Ethane, 1,1,1,2-tetrachloro- 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane 79-34-5 Ethane, 1,1,2,2-tetrachloro- Tetrachloroethylene; Perchloroethylene; Tetrachloroethene 127-18-4 Ethene, tetrachloro- 2,3,4,6-Tetrachlorophenol 58-90-2 Phenol, 2,3,4,6-tetrachloro- Tetraethyl dithiopyro- phosphate; Sulfotepp 3689-24-5 Thiodiphosphoric acid, ([(HO)2 P(S)]2O), tetraethyl ester Thallium (Total) Thallium Tin (Total) Tin Toluene 108-88-3 Benzene, methyl- o-Toluidine 95-53-4 Benzenamine, 2-methyl- Toxaphene 8001-35-2 Toxaphene 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 120-82-1 Benzene, 1,2,4-trichloro- 1,1,1-Trichloroethane; Methylchloroform 71-55-6 Ethane, 1,1,1-trichloro- 1,1,2-Trichloroethane 79-00-5 Ethane, 1,1,2-trichloro- Trichloroethylene; Trichloroethene 79-01-6 Ethene, trichloro- Trichlorofluoromethane 75-69-4 Methane, trichlorofluoro- 2,4,5-Trichlorophenol 95-95-4 Phenol, 2,4,5-trichloro- 2,4,6-Trichlorophenol 88-06-2 Phenol, 2,4,6-trichloro- 1,2,3-Trichloropropane 96-18-4 Propane, 1,2,3-trichloro- O,O,O-Triethyl phosphorothioate 126-68-1 Phosphorothioic acid,O,O,O- triethyl ester sym-Trinitrobenzene 99-35-4 Benzene, 1,3,5-trinitro- Vanadium (Total) Vanadium Vinyl acetate 108-05-4 Acetic acid, ethenyl ester Vinyl chloride 75-01-4 Ethene, chloro- Xylene (total) 1330-20-7 Benzene, dimethyl- Zinc (Total) Zinc </table>

1 The regulatory requirements pertain only to the list of substances; the right hand columns (Methods and PQL) are given for informational purposes only. See also footnotes 5 and 6.

2 Common names are those widely used in government regulations, scientific publications, and commerce; synonyms exist for many chemicals.

3 Chemical Abstracts Service registry number. Where "Total" is entered, all species in the groundwater that contain this element are included.

4 CAS index names are those used in the 9th Cumulative Index.

5 Polychlorinated biphenyls (CAS RN 1336-36-3): this category contains congener chemicals, including constituents of Aroclor-1016 (CAS RN 12674-11-2), Aroclor-1221 (CAS RN 11104-28-2), Aroclor-1232 (CAS RN 11141-16-5), Aroclor-1242 (CAS RN 53469-21-9), Aroclor-1248 (CAS RN 12672-29-6), Aroclor-1254 (CAS RN 11097-69-1), and Aroclor-1260 (CAS RN 11096-82-5). The PQL shown is an average value for PCB congeners.

6 This category contains congener chemicals, including tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins (see also 2,3,7,8-TCDD), pentachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins, and hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxins. The PQL shown is an average value for PCDD congeners.

7 This category contains congener chemicals, including tetrachlorodibenzofurans, pentachlorodibenzofurans, and hexachlorodibenzofurans. The PQL is an average value for PCDF congeners.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Amy P. Zachry, Michael B. Champion; Vernon H. Crockett

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003. Amended: Filed April 22, 2004; effective May 27, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-14-6" level="2" title="INTERIM STATUS STANDARDS FOR OWNERS AND OPERATORS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE TREATMENT, STORAGE, AND DISPOSAL FACILITIES">

<regElement name="335.14.6.01" level="3" title="General">

(1)Purpose, scope, and applicability.

(a)The purpose of 335-14-6 is to establish minimum standards that define the acceptable management of hazardous waste during the effective term of interim status and until the certification of final closure or, if the facility is subject to post-closure requirements, until post-closure responsibilities are fulfilled.

(b)Except as provided in 335-14-6-.29(1), the standards of 335-14-6, and of 335-14-5-.19 apply to owners and operators of facilities that treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste who have fully complied with the requirements for interim status under Rule 335-14-8-.07 until either a final facility permit is issued or until applicable 335-14-6 closure and post-closure responsibilities are fulfilled, and to those owners and operators of facilities in existence on November 19, 1980 who have failed to provide timely notification as required by section 3010(a) of RCRA and/or failed to file Part A of the permit application as required by Rule 335-14-8-.07. These standards apply to all treatment, storage, and disposal of hazardous waste at these facilities after the effective date of 335-14-6, except as specifically provided otherwise in 335-14-6 or 335-14-2.

Generators operating landfills, waste piles, or surface impoundments or other land units without a AHWMMA Permit or interim status may be required by the Department to comply with the requirements of 335-14-6-.06, but shall not be granted interim status unless they otherwise qualify for interim status under Division 335-14. These units shall be subject to the closure and post-closure requirements of 335-14-5, except that closure and post-closure plans for these units shall be processed according to the Administrative procedures of 335-14-6-.07.

(c)The requirements of 335-14-6 do not apply to:

1.[Reserved]

2.[Reserved]

3.[Reserved]

4.[Reserved]

5.The owner or operator of a facility permitted by the Department to manage municipal or industrial solid waste, if the only hazardous waste the facility treats, stores, or disposes of is excluded from regulation under 335-14-6 by 335-14-2-.01(5);

6.The owner or operator of a facility managing recyclable materials described in 335-14-2-.01(6)(a)2., 3. and 4. (except to the extent that requirements of 335-14-6 are referred to in 335-14-17 or Rules 335-14-7-.03, 335-14-7-.06, 335-14-7-.07, or 335-14-7-.08);

7.A generator accumulating waste on-site in compliance with 335-14-3-.03(5), except as otherwise provided in Rule 335-14-3-.03;

8.A farmer disposing of waste pesticides from his own use in compliance with 335-14-3-.07(1);

9.The owner or operator of a totally enclosed treatment facility, as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1);

10.The owner or operator of an elementary neutralization unit or wastewater treatment unit as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1), provided that if the owner or operator is diluting hazardous ignitable (D001) wastes [other than the D001 High TOC Subcategory defined in 335-14-9-.04(1), Table "Treatment Standards for Hazardous Wastes"], or reactive (D003) waste, in order to remove the characteristic before land disposal, the owner/operator must comply with the requirements set out in 335-14-6-.02(8)(b).

11.(i)Except as provided 335-14-6-.01(1)(c)11.(ii), a person engaged in treatment or containment activities during immediate response to any of the following situations:

(I)A discharge of hazardous waste;

(II)An imminent and substantial threat of a discharge of hazardous waste;

(III)A discharge of a material which, when discharged, becomes a hazardous waste.

(IV)An immediate threat to human health, public safety, property, or the environment, from the known or suspected presence of military munitions, other explosive material, or an explosive devise, as determined by an explosive or munitions emergency response specialist as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1).

(ii)An owner or operator of a facility otherwise regulated by 335-14-6 must comply with all applicable requirements of 335-14-6-.03 and 335-14-6-.04.

(iii)Any person who is covered by 335-14-6-.01(1)(c)11.(i) and who continues or initiates hazardous waste treatment or containment activities after the immediate response is over is subject to all applicable requirements of 335-14-6 and 335-14-8 for those activities.

(iv)In the case of an explosives or munitions emergency response, if a Federal, State of Alabama, Tribal or local official acting within the scope of his or her official responsibilities, or an explosives or munitions emergency response specialist, determines that immediate removal of the material or waste is necessary to protect human health or the environment, that official or specialist may authorize the removal of the material or waste by transporters who do not have EPA Identification numbers and without the preparation of a manifest. In the case of emergencies involving military munitions, the responding military emergency response specialist?s organizational unit must retain records for three years identifying the dates of the response, the responsible persons responding, the type and description of material addressed, and its disposition.

12.A transporter storing manifested shipments of hazardous waste in containers meeting the requirements of 335-14-3-.03(1) at a transfer facility for a period of ten days or less.

13.The addition of sorbent material to waste in a container or the addition of waste to sorbent material in a container, provided that these activities occur at the time waste is first placed in the container, and 335-14-6-.02(8) and 335-14-6-.09(2) and (3) are complied with.

14.Universal waste handlers and universal waste transporters [as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1)] handling the wastes listed below. These handlers are subject to regulation under 335-14-11, when handling the below listed universal wastes.

(i)Batteries as Described in 335-14-11-.01(2);

(ii)Pesticides as described in 335-14-11-.01(3);

(iii)Thermostats as described in 335-14-11-.01(4); and

(iv)Lamps as described in 335-14-11-.01(5).

(d)The following hazardous wastes must not be managed at facilities subject to regulation under 335-14-6.

1.EPA Hazardous Waste Nos. F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, or F027 unless:

(i)The wastewater treatment sludge is generated in a surface impoundment as part of the plant's wastewater treatment system;

(ii)The waste is stored in tanks or containers;

(iii)The waste is stored or treated in waste piles that meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.12(1)(c) as well as all other applicable requirements of Rule 335-14-6-.12;

(iv)The waste is burned in incinerators that are certified pursuant to the standards and procedures in 335-14-6-.15(13); or

(v)The waste is burned in facilities that thermally treat the waste in a device other than an incinerator and that are certified pursuant to the standards and procedures in 335-14-6-.16(14).

(e)The requirements of 335-14-6 apply to owners or operators of all facilities which treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste referred to in 335-14-9, and 335-14-9 standards are considered material conditions or requirements of 335-14-6 interim status standards.

(f)335-14-7-.13(6) identifies when the requirements of 335-14-6-.01 apply to the storage of military munitions classified as solid waste under 335-14-7-.13(3). The treatment and disposal of hazardous waste military munitions are subject to the applicable permitting, procedural, and technical standards in 335-14-1 through 335-14-9.

(2)[Reserved]

(3)[Reserved]

(4)Imminent hazard action. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Rules, enforcement actions may be brought pursuant to Section 7003 of RCRA.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Steven O. Jenkins, Amy P. Zachry, Lynn T. Roper, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990, January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 26, 1995. Amended: Filed

December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.6.02" level="3" title="General Facility Standards"> <dwc name="lead" times="2">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-6-.02 apply to owners and operators of all hazardous waste facilities except as 335-14-6-.01(1) provides otherwise.

(2)Identification number. Every facility owner or operator must obtain an EPA identification number by submitting a completed Notification of Regulated Waste Activity, ADEM Form 8700-12, to the Department, along with the appropriate fees specified in Chapter 335-1-6 of the ADEM Administrative Code.

(3)Required notices.

(a)1.The owner or operator of a facility that has arranged to receive hazardous waste from a foreign source must notify the Department in writing at least four weeks in advance of the date the waste is expected to arrive at the facility. Notice of subsequent shipments of the same waste from the same foreign source is not required.

2.The owner or operator of a recovery facility that has arranged to receive hazardous waste subject to Rule 335-14-3-.09 must provide a copy of the tracking document bearing all required signatures to the notifier; to the Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance, Office of Compliance, Enforcement Planning, Targeting and Data Division (2222A), Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC 20460; to the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, Land Division, P. O. Box 301463, Montgomery, AL 36130; and to the competent authorities of all other concerned countries within three working days of receipt of the shipment. The original of the signed tracking document must be maintained at the facility for at least three years.

(b)Before transferring ownership or operation of a facility during its operating life, or of a disposal facility during the post-closure care period, the owner or operator must notify the new owner or operator in writing of the requirements of 335-14-6 and 335-14-8. However, an owner's or operator's failure to notify the new owner or operator as required by 335-14-6-.02(3)(b) in no way relieves the new owner or operator of his obligation to comply with all applicable requirements of Division 335-14.

(c)1.A facility owner or operator must submit a correct and complete ADEM Form 8700-12 (including all appropriate attachment pages and fees) reflecting current waste activities to the Department annually according to the following schedule. The Department must receive the ADEM Form 8700-12 (including all appropriate attachment pages and fees) no later than the 15th day of the specified month. This notification/certification is not complete without payment of the appropriate fees specified in Chapter 335-1-6 of the ADEM Administrative Code.

<table width="100%"> If your installation is located in the county of ... Submit ADEM Form 8700-12 by the 15th of ... Colbert, Fayette, Franklin, Greene, Hale, Lamar, Lauderdale, Lawrence, Limestone, Marion, Morgan, Pickens, Sumter, Tuscaloosa, Walker, Winston February Blount, Cherokee, Cullman, DeKalb, Etowah, Jackson, Madison, Marshall, St. Clair April Jefferson June Calhoun, Chambers, Clay, Cleburne, Coosa, Elmore, Lee, Macon, Montgomery, Randolph, Shelby, Talladega, Tallapoosa August Autauga, Baldwin, Barbour, Bibb, Bullock, Butler, Chilton, Choctaw, Clarke, Coffee, Conecuh, Covington, Crenshaw, Dale, Dallas, Escambia, Geneva, Henry, Houston, Lowndes, Marengo, Monroe, Perry, Pike, Russell, Washington, Wilcox October Mobile December </table>

2.In order to eliminate the need for multiple Notifications during the reporting year, facilities which anticipate periodically switching between generator classifications should notify for the higher classification (i.e., if a facility typically operates as small quantity generator, but anticipates being a large quantity generator for any period during the year, they should notify as a large quantity generator); and

3.The ADEM Form 8700-12, Notification of Regulated Waste Activity, is not complete without payment of all the appropriate fees specified in Chapter 335-1-6 of the ADEM Administrative Code.

(4)General waste analysis.

(a)1.Before an owner or operator treats, stores, or disposes of any hazardous waste, or non-hazardous wastes if applicable under 335-14-6-.07(4)(d), he must obtain a detailed chemical and physical analysis of a representative sample of the wastes. At a minimum, this analysis must contain all the information which must be known to treat, store, or dispose of the waste in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-6, 335-14-7, and 335-14-9.

2.The analysis may include data developed under 335-14-2, and existing published or documented data on the hazardous waste or on waste generated from similar processes.

3.The analysis must be repeated as necessary to ensure that it is accurate and up to date. At a minimum, the analysis must be repeated:

(i)When the owner or operator is notified, or has reason to believe, that the process or operation generating the hazardous wastes or non-hazardous waste, if applicable, under 335-14-6-.07(4)(d) has changed; and

(ii)For off-site facilities, when the results of the inspection or analysis required in 335-14-6-.02(4)(a)4. indicate that the hazardous waste received at the facility does not match the waste designated on the accompanying manifest or shipping paper.

4.The owner or operator of an off-site facility must inspect and analyze each hazardous waste movement received at the facility to determine whether it matches the identity of the waste specified on the accompanying manifest or shipping paper.

(b)The owner or operator must develop and follow a written waste analysis plan which describes the procedures which he will carry out to comply with 335-14-6-.02(4)(a). He must keep this plan at the facility. At a minimum, the plan must specify:

1.The parameters for which each hazardous waste, or non-hazardous waste if applicable under 335-14-6-.07(4)(d), will be analyzed and the rationale for the selection of these parameters (i.e., how analysis for these parameters will provide sufficient information on the waste's properties to comply with 335-14-6-.02(4)(a));

2.The test methods which will be used to test for these parameters;

3.The sampling method which will be used to obtain a representative sample of the waste to be analyzed. A representative sample may be obtained using either:

(i)One of the sampling methods described in 335-14-2-Appendix I; or

(ii)An equivalent sampling method approved by the Department.

4.The frequency with which the initial analysis of the waste will be reviewed or repeated to ensure that the analysis is accurate and up to date.

5.For off-site facilities, the waste analyses that hazardous waste generators have agreed to supply; and

6.Where applicable, the methods that will be used to meet the additional waste analysis requirements for specific waste management methods as specified in 335-14-6-.10(11), 335-14-6-.11(6), 335-14-6-.12(3), 335-14-6-.13(4), 335-14-6-.14(15), 335-14-6-.15(2), 335-14-6-.16(6), 335-14-6-.17(3), 335-14-6-.27(5), 335-14-6-.28(14), 335-14-7-.08(4), and 335-14-9-.01(7).

7.For surface impoundments exempted from land disposal restrictions under 335-14-9-.01(4)(a), the procedures and schedule for:

(i)The sampling of impoundment contents;

(ii)The analysis of test data; and

(iii)The annual removal of residues which are not delisted under 335-14-1-.03(2) or which exhibit a characteristic of hazardous waste and either:

(I)Do not meet applicable treatment standards of Rule 335-14-9-.04; or

(II)Where no treatment standards have been established;

I.Such residues are prohibited from land disposal under 335-14-9-.03(3) or RCRA Section 3004(d); or

II.Such residues are prohibited from land disposal under 335-14-9-.03(4).

8.For owners and operators seeking an exemption to the air emission standards of 335-14-6-.29 in accordance with 335-14-6-.29(3);

(i)The procedures and schedules for waste sampling and analysis, and the analysis of test data to verify the exemption.

(ii)Each generator?s notice and certification of the volatile organic concentration in the waste if the waste is received from off site.

(c)For off-site facilities, the waste analysis plan required in 335-14-6-.02(4)(b) must also specify the procedures which will be used to inspect and analyze each movement of hazardous waste received at the facility to ensure that it matches the identity of the waste designated on the accompanying manifest or shipping paper. At a minimum, the plan must describe and justify:

1.The procedures which will be used to determine the identity of each movement of waste managed at the facility and shall include collection of representative samples which will be obtained from each waste stream from each shipment of waste received from each generator and analyzed in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-6-.02(4) to accurately identify each movement of hazardous waste received at the facility.

2.The sampling method and number of samples which will be used to obtain a representative sample of the waste stream to be identified; and

3.The method(s) which will be used to analyze the sample(s).

4.The procedures that the owner or operator of an off-site landfill receiving containerized hazardous waste will use to determine whether a hazardous waste generator or treater has added a biodegradable sorbent to the waste in the container.

(d)For off-site facilities, samples of waste(s) from each generator collected in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-6-.02(4)(c) may be composited prior to analysis provided that:

1.No more than ten individual samples are composited into any one sample for analysis; and

2.Only compatible wastes from the same generator and waste stream are composited into any one sample which is to be analyzed.

3.In the event that the analytical results of sample(s) obtained in compliance with the requirements of 35-14-6-.02(4) indicate that the hazardous waste received at the facility does not match the waste described on the accompanying manifest or shipping paper, the facility owner or operator shall:

(i)Collect and analyze a representative sample from each container;

(ii)Identify the container(s) holding the waste(s) which cause the discrepancy to occur; and

(iii)Comply with the requirements of 335-14-6-.05(3)(b).

(e)Upon receipt of a satisfactory demonstration based on the types of waste received and treated, stored or disposed of at the facility, processes utilized to manage the waste, and any other reasonable factors, the Department may grant a partial or full exemption from the requirements for the sampling and analysis of each shipment of waste as required by 335-14-6-.02(4)(c).

[NOTE: The term "movement" as used in 335-14-6-.02(4) refers to individual truckloads, batches, shipments, etc., of wastes received at the facility. It is not intended to impose requirements for additional waste analyses for internal movements of wastes within the facility unless otherwise required by Division 335-14.]

(5)Security.

(a)The owner or operator must prevent the unknowing entry, and minimize the possibility for the unauthorized entry, of persons or livestock onto the active portion of his facility, unless:

1.Physical contact with the waste, structures, or equipment with the active portion of the facility will not injure unknowing or unauthorized persons or livestock which may enter the active portion of a facility, and

2.Disturbance of the waste or equipment, by the unknowing or unauthorized entry of persons or livestock onto the active portion of a facility, will not cause a violation of the requirements of 335-14-6.

(b)Unless exempt under 335-14-6-.02(5)(a)1. and (a)2., a facility must have:

1.A 24-hour surveillance system (e.g., television monitoring or surveillance by guards or facility personnel) which continuously monitors and controls entry onto the active portion of the facility; or

2.(i)An artificial or natural barrier (e.g., a fence in good repair or a fence combined with a cliff), which completely surrounds the active portion of the facility; and

(ii)A means to control entry, at all times, through the gates or other entrances to the active portion of the facility (e.g., an attendant, television monitors, locked entrance, or controlled roadway access to the facility).

(c)Unless exempt under 335-14-6-.02(5)(a)1. and (a)2., a sign with the legend, "Danger--Unauthorized Personnel Keep Out", must be posted at each entrance to the active portion of a facility, and at other locations, in sufficient numbers to be seen from any approach to this active portion. The legend must be written in English and in any other language predominant in the area surrounding the facility, and must be legible from a distance of at least 25 feet. Existing signs with a legend other than "Danger--Unauthorized Personnel Keep Out" may be used if the legend on the sign indicates that only authorized personnel are allowed to enter the active portion, and that entry onto the active portion can be dangerous.

(6)General inspection requirements.

(a)The owner or operator must inspect his facility for malfunctions and deterioration, operator errors, and discharges which may be causing or may lead to:

1.Release of hazardous waste constituents to the environment; or

2.A threat to human health. The owner or operator must conduct these inspections often enough to identify problems in time to correct them before they harm human health or the environment.

(b)1.The owner or operator must develop and follow a written schedule for inspecting all monitoring equipment, safety and emergency equipment, security devices, and operating and structural equipment (such as dikes and sump pumps) that are important to preventing, detecting, or responding to environmental or human health hazards.

2.He must keep this schedule at the facility.

3.The schedule must identify the types of problems (e.g., malfunctions or deterioration) which are to be looked for during the inspection (e.g., inoperative sump pump, leaking fitting, eroding dike, etc.).

4.The frequency of inspection may vary for the items on the schedule. However, the frequency should be based on the rate of deterioration of the equipment and the probability of an environmental or human health incident if the deterioration, malfunction, or any operator error goes undetected between inspections. Areas subject to spills, such as loading and unloading areas, must be inspected daily when in use. At a minimum, the inspection schedule must include the items and frequencies called for in 335-14-6-.09(5), 335-14-6-.10(4), 335-14-6-.10(6), 335-14-6-.11(7), 335-14-6-.12(11), 335-14-6-.13(9), 335-14-6-.14(5), 335-14-6-.15(8), 335-14-6-.16(8), 335-14-6-.17(4), 335-14-6-.27(4), 335-14-6-.28(3), 335-14-6-.28(4), 335-14-6-.28(9), and 335-14-6-.29(5) through (11), where applicable.

(c)The owner or operator must remedy any deterioration or malfunction of equipment or structures which the inspection reveals on a schedule which ensures that the problem does not lead to an environmental or human health hazard. Where a hazard is imminent or has already occurred, remedial action must be taken immediately.

(d)The owner or operator must record inspections in an inspection log or summary. He must keep these records for at least three years from the date of inspection. At a minimum, these records must include the date and time of the inspection, the name of the inspector, a notation of the observations made, and the date and nature of any repairs or other remedial actions.

(7)Personnel training.

(a)1.Facility personnel must successfully complete a program of classroom instruction or on-the-job training that teaches them to perform their duties in a way that ensures the facility's compliance with the requirements of 335-14-6. The owner or operator must ensure that this program includes all the elements described in the document required under 335-14-6-.02(7)(d)3.

2.This program must be directed by a person trained in hazardous waste management procedures, and must include instruction which teaches facility personnel hazardous waste management procedures (including contingency plan implementation) relevant to the positions in which they are employed.

3.At a minimum, the training program must be designed to ensure that facility personnel are able to respond effectively to emergencies by familiarizing them with emergency procedures, emergency equipment, and emergency systems, including where applicable:

(i)Procedures for using, inspecting, repairing, and replacing facility emergency and monitoring equipment;

(ii)Key parameters for automatic waste feed cut-off systems;

(iii)Communications or alarm systems;

(iv)Response to fires or explosions;

(v)Response to groundwater contamination incidents; and

(vi)Shutdown of operations.

(b)Facility personnel must successfully complete the program required in 335-14-6-.02(7)(a) within six months after the effective date of these regulations or six months after the date of their employment or assignment to a facility, or to a new position at a facility, whichever is later. Employees hired after the effective date of these regulations must not work in unsupervised positions until they have completed the training requirements of 335-14-6-.02(7)(a).

(c)Facility personnel must take part in an annual review of the initial training required in 335-14-6-.02(7)(a).

(d)The owner or operator must maintain the following documents and records at the facility:

1.The job title for each position at the facility related to hazardous waste management, and the name of the employee filling each job;

2.A written job description for each position listed under 335-14-6-.02(7)(d)1. This description may be consistent in its degree of specificity with descriptions for other similar positions in the same company location or bargaining unit, but must include the requisite skill, education, or other qualifications, and duties of facility personnel assigned to each position;

3.A written description of the type and amount of both introductory and continuing training that will be given to each person filling a position listed under 335-14-6-.02(7)(d)1.;

4.Records that document that the training or job experience required under 335-14-6-.02(7)(a), (b), and (c) have been given to, and completed by, facility personnel.

(e)Training records on current personnel must be kept until closure of the facility. Training records on former employees must be kept for at least three years from the date the employee last worked at the facility. Personnel training records may accompany personnel transferred within the same company.

(8)General requirements for ignitable, reactive, or incompatible wastes.

(a)The owner or operator must take precautions to prevent accidental ignition or reaction of ignitable or reactive waste. This waste must be separated and protected from sources of ignition or reaction including but not limited to: open flames, smoking, cutting, and welding, hot surfaces, frictional heat, sparks (static, electrical or mechanical), spontaneous ignition (e.g., from heat-producing chemical reactions), and radiant heat. While ignitable or reactive waste is being handled, the owner or operator must confine smoking and open flame to specially designated locations. "No Smoking" signs must be conspicuously placed wherever there is a hazard from ignitable or reactive waste.

(b)Where specifically required by other paragraphs of 335-14-6, the treatment, storage, or disposal of ignitable or reactive waste, and the mixture or commingling of incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials, must be conducted so that it does not:

1.Generate extreme heat or pressure, fire or explosion, or violent reaction;

2.Produce uncontrolled toxic mists, fumes, dusts, or gases in sufficient quantities to threaten human health;

3.Produce uncontrolled flammable fumes or gases in sufficient quantities to pose a risk of fire or explosions;

4.Damage the structural integrity of the device or facility containing the waste; or

5.Through other like means threaten human health or the environment.

(9)Location standards. The placement of any hazardous waste in a salt dome, salt bed formation, underground mine, or cave is prohibited.

(10)Construction quality assurance program.

(a)CQA program.

1.A construction quality assurance (CQA) program is required for all surface impoundment, waste pile and landfill units that are required to comply with 335-14-6-.11(2)(a), 335-14-6-.12(5), and 335-14-6-.14(2)(a). The program must ensure that the constructed unit meets or exceeds all design criteria and specifications in the permit. The program must be developed and implemented under the direction of a CQA officer who is a registered professional engineer.

2.The CQA program must address the following physical components, where applicable:

(i)Foundations;

(ii)Dikes;

(iii)Low-permeability soil liners;

(iv)Geomembranes (flexible membrane liners);

(v)Leachate collection and removal systems and leak detection systems; and

(vi)Final cover systems.

(b)Written CQA plan. Before construction begins on a unit subject to the CQA program under 335-14-6-.02(10)(a), the owner or operator must develop and implement a written CQA plan. The plan must identify steps that will be used to monitor and document the quality of materials and the condition and manner of their installation. The CQA plan must include:

1.Identification of applicable units and a description of how they will be constructed.

2.Identification of key personnel in the development and implementation of the CQA plan, and CQA officer qualifications.

3.A description of inspection and sampling activities for all unit components identified in 335-14-6-.02(10)(a)2., including observations and tests that will be used before, during, and after construction to ensure that the construction materials and the installed unit components meet the design specifications. The description must cover: sampling size and locations; frequency of testing; data evaluation procedures; acceptance and rejection criteria for construction materials; plans for implementing corrective measures; and data or other information to be recorded and retained in the operating record under 335-14-6-.05(4).

(c)Contents of program.

1.The CQA program must include observations, inspections, tests, and measurements sufficient to ensure:

(i)Structural stability and integrity of all components of the unit identified in 335-14-6-.02(10)(a)2.;

(ii)Proper construction of all components of the liners, leachate collection and removal system, leak detection system, and final cover system, according to permit specifications and good engineering practices, and proper installation of all components (e.g., pipes) according to design specifications;

(iii)Conformity of all materials used with design and other material specifications under 335-14-5-.11(2), 335-14-5-.12(2), and 335-14-5-.14(2).

2.The CQA program shall include test fills for compacted soil liners, using the same compaction methods as in the full-scale unit, to ensure that the liners are constructed to meet the hydraulic conductivity requirements of 335-14-5-.11(2)(c)1., 335-14-5-.12(2)(c)1., and 335-14-5-.14(2)(b)1. in the field. Compliance with the hydraulic conductivity requirements must be verified by using in-situ testing on the constructed test fill. The test fill requirement is waived where data are sufficient to show that a constructed soil liner meets the hydraulic conductivity requirements of 335-14-5-.11(2)(c)1., 335-14-5-.12(2)(c)1., and 335-14-5-.14(2)(b)1. in the field.

(d)Certification. The owner or operator of units subject to 335-14-6-.02(10) must submit to the Director by certified mail or hand delivery, at least 30 days prior to receiving waste, a certification signed by the CQA officer that the approved CQA plan has been successfully carried out and that the unit meets the requirements of 335-14-6-.11(2)(a), 335-14-6-.12(5), or 335-14-6-.14(2)(a). The owner or operator may receive waste in the unit after 30 days from the Director's receipt of the CQA certification unless the Director determines in writing that the construction is not acceptable, or extends the review period for a maximum of 30 more days, or seeks additional information from the owner or operator during this period. Documentation supporting the CQA officer's certification must be furnished to the Director upon request.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Steven O. Jenkins, Amy P. Zachry, Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.6.03" level="3" title="Preparedness And Prevention">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-6-.03 apply to owners and operators of all hazardous waste facilities, except as 335-14-6-.01(1) provides otherwise.

(2)Maintenance and operation of facility. Facilities must be maintained and operated to minimize the possibility of a fire, explosion, or any unpermitted sudden or non-sudden release of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents to air, soil, surface water, or groundwater which could threaten human health or the environment.

(3)Required equipment. All facilities must be equipped with the following, unless none of the hazards posed by waste handled at the facility could require a particular kind of equipment specified below:

(a)An internal communications or alarm system capable of providing immediate emergency instruction (voice or signal) to facility personnel;

(b)A device, such as a telephone (immediately available at the scene of operations) or a hand-held two-way radio, capable of summoning emergency assistance from local police departments, fire departments, or State of Alabama or local emergency response teams;

(c)Portable fire extinguishers, fire control equipment (including special extinguishing equipment, such as that using foam, inert gas, or dry chemicals), spill control equipment and decontamination equipment; and

(d)Water at adequate volume and pressure to supply water hose streams, or foam producing equipment, or automatic sprinklers, or water spray systems.

(4)Testing and maintenance of equipment. All facility communications or alarm systems, fire protection equipment, spill control equipment, and decontamination equipment, where required, must be tested and maintained as necessary to assure its proper operation in time of emergency.

(5)Access to communications or alarm system.

(a)Whenever hazardous waste is being poured, mixed, spread, or otherwise handled, all personnel involved in the operation must have immediate access to an internal alarm or emergency communication device, either directly or through visual or voice contact with another employee, unless such a device is not required under 335-14-6-.03(3).

(b)If there is ever just one employee on the premises while the facility is operating, he must have immediate access to a device, such as a telephone (immediately available at the scene of operation) or a hand-held two-way radio, capable of summoning external emergency assistance, unless such a device is not required under 335-14-6-.03(3).

(6)Required aisle space. The owner or operator must maintain aisle space to allow the unobstructed movement of personnel, fire protection equipment, spill control equipment, and decontamination equipment to any area of facility operation in an emergency, unless aisle space is not needed for any of these purposes.

(7)[Reserved].

(8)Arrangements with local authorities.

(a)The owner or operator must attempt to make the following arrangements, as appropriate for the type of waste handled at his facility and the potential need for the services of these organizations:

1.Arrangements to familiarize police, fire departments, and emergency response teams with the layout of the facility, properties of hazardous waste handled at the facility and associated hazards, places where facility personnel would normally be working, entrances to roads inside the facility, and possible evacuation routes;

2.Where more than one police and fire department might respond to an emergency, agreements designating primary emergency authority to a specific police and a specific fire department, and agreements with any others to provide support to the primary emergency authority;

3.Agreements with State of Alabama emergency response teams, emergency response contractors, and equipment suppliers; and

4.Arrangements to familiarize local hospitals with the properties of hazardous waste handled at the facility and the types of injuries or illnesses which could result from fires, explosions, or releases at the facility.

(b)Where State of Alabama or local authorities decline to enter into such arrangements, the owner or operator must document the refusal in the operating record.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Steven O. Jenkins, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11; 22-30-16.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; January 25, 1992. Amended: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.6.04" level="3" title="Contingency Plan And Emergency Procedures">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-6-.04 apply to owners and operators of all hazardous waste facilities, except as 335-14-6-.01(1) provides otherwise.

(2)Purpose and implementation of contingency plan.

(a)Each owner or operator must have a contingency plan for his facility. The contingency plan must be designed to minimize hazards to human health or the environment from fires, explosions, or any unpermitted sudden or non-sudden release of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents to air, soil, or surface water.

(b)The provisions of the plan must be carried out immediately whenever there is a fire, explosion, or release of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents which could threaten human health or the environment.

(3)Content of contingency plan.

(a)The contingency plan must describe the actions facility personnel must take to comply with 335-14-6-.04(2) and (7) in response to fires, explosions, or any unpermitted sudden or non-sudden release of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents to air, soil, or surface water at the facility.

(b)If the owner or operator has already prepared a Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures (SPCC) Plan or some other emergency or contingency plan, he need only amend that plan to incorporate hazardous waste management provisions that are sufficient to comply with the requirements of 335-14-6.

(c)The plan must describe arrangements agreed to by local police departments, fire departments, hospitals, contractors, and State of Alabama and local emergency response teams to coordinate emergency services, pursuant to 335-14-6-.03(8).

(d)The plan must list names, office and home addresses and phone numbers of all persons qualified to act as emergency coordinator (see 335-14-6-.04(6)), and this list must be kept up to date. Where more than one person is listed, one must be named as primary emergency coordinator and others must be listed in the order in which they will assume responsibility as alternates.

(e)The plan must include a list of all emergency equipment at the facility (such as fire extinguishing systems, spill control equipment, communications and alarm systems (internal and external), and decontamination equipment), where this equipment is required. This list must be kept up to date. In addition, the plan must include the location and a physical description of each item on the list, and a brief outline of its capabilities.

(f)The plan must include an evacuation plan for facility personnel where there is a possibility that evacuation could be necessary. This plan must describe signal(s) to be used to begin evacuation, evacuation routes, and alternate evacuation routes (in cases where the primary routes could be blocked by releases of hazardous waste or fires).

(4)Copies of contingency plan. A copy of the contingency plan and all revisions to the plan must be:

(a)Maintained at the facility; and

(b)Submitted to all local police departments, fire departments, hospitals, and State of Alabama and local emergency response teams that may be called upon to provide emergency services. Documentation of compliance with this requirement must be maintained at the facility.

(5)Amendment of contingency plan. The contingency plan must be reviewed, and immediately amended, if necessary, whenever:

(a)Applicable Rules are revised;

(b)The plan fails in an emergency;

(c)The facility changes--in its design, construction, operation, maintenance, or other circumstances--in a way that materially increases the potential for fires, explosions, or releases of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents, or changes the response necessary in an emergency;

(d)The list of emergency coordinators changes; or

(e)The list of emergency equipment changes.

(6)Emergency coordinator. At all times, there must be at least one employee either on the facility premises or on call (i.e., available to respond to an emergency by reaching the facility within a short period of time) with the responsibility for coordinating all emergency response measures. This emergency coordinator must be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the facility's contingency plan, all operations and activities at the facility, the location and characteristics of waste handled, the location of all records within the facility, and the facility layout. In addition, this person must have the authority to commit the resources needed to carry out the contingency plan.

(7)Emergency procedures.

(a)Whenever there is an imminent or actual emergency situation, the emergency coordinator (or his designee when the emergency coordinator is on call) must immediately:

1.Activate internal facility alarms or communication systems, where applicable, to notify all facility personnel; and

2.Notify appropriate State of Alabama or local agencies with designated response roles if their help is needed.

(b)Whenever there is a release, fire, or explosion, the emergency coordinator must immediately identify the character, exact source, amount, and a real extent of any released materials. He may do this by observation or review of facility records or manifests and, if necessary, by chemical analysis.

(c)Concurrently, the emergency coordinator must assess possible hazards to human health or the environment that may result from the release, fire, or explosion. This assessment must consider both direct and indirect effects of the release, fire, or explosion (e.g., the effects of any toxic, irritating, or asphyxiating gases that are generated, or the effects of any hazardous surface water run-offs from water or chemical agents used to control fire and heat-induced explosions).

(d)If the emergency coordinator determines that the facility has had a release, fire, or explosion which could threaten human health, or the environment, outside the facility (release of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents from the active portion of the facility is defined as such a threat), he must report his findings as follows:

1.If his assessment indicates that evacuation of local areas may be advisable, he must immediately notify appropriate local authorities. He must be available to help appropriate officials decide whether local areas should be evacuated; and

2.He must immediately notify either the government official designated as the on-scene coordinator for that geographical area or the National Response Center (800/424-8802, 24 hours a day), and the Department (334/271-7700, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday) or the Alabama Department of Public Safety (334/242-4378, 24 hours a day). The report must include:

(i)Name and telephone number of reporter;

(ii)Name and address of facility;

(iii)Time and type of incident (e.g., release, fire);

(iv)Name and quantity of material(s) involved, to the extent known;

(v)The extent of injuries, if any; and

(vi)The possible hazards to human health, or the environment, outside the facility.

(e)During an emergency, the emergency coordinator must take all reasonable measures necessary to ensure that fires, explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread to other hazardous waste at the facility. These measures must include, where applicable, stopping processes and operations, collecting and containing released waste, and removing or isolating containers.

(f)If the facility stops operations in response to a fire, explosion, or release, the emergency coordinator must monitor for leaks, pressure buildup, gas generation, or ruptures in valves, pipes, or other equipment, wherever this is appropriate.

(g)Immediately after an emergency, the emergency coordinator must provide for treating, storing, or disposing of recovered waste, contaminated soil, or surface water, or any other material that results from a release, fire or explosion at the facility. Unless the owner or operator can demonstrate, in accordance with 335-14-2-.01(3)(c) or (d), that the recovered material is not a hazardous waste, the owner or operator becomes a generator of hazardous waste and must manage it in accordance with all applicable requirements of Chapters 335-14-3, 335-14-4 and 335-14-6.

(h)The emergency coordinator must ensure that, in the affected area(s) of the facility:

1.No waste that may be incompatible with the released material is treated, stored, or disposed of until cleanup procedures are completed; and

2.All emergency equipment listed in the contingency plan is cleaned and fit for its intended use before operations are resumed.

(i)The owner or operator must notify the Department and local authorities, that the facility-is in compliance with 335-14-6-.04(7)(h) before operations are resumed in the affected area(s) of the facility.

(j)The owner or operator must note in the operating record the time, date, and details of any incident that requires implementing the contingency plan. Within 15 days after the incident, he must submit a written report on the incident to the Department. The report must include:

1.Name, address, and telephone number of the owner or operator;

2.Name, address, and telephone number of the facility;

3.Date, time, and type of incident (e.g., fire, explosion);

4.Name and quantity of material(s) involved;

5.The extent of injuries, if any;

6.An assessment of actual or potential hazards to human health or the environment, where this is applicable; and

7.Estimated quantity and disposition of recovered material that resulted from the incident.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; February 15, 1988, August 24, 1989; January 1, 1993. Amended: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: December 8, 1995; effective January 12 1996. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.6.05" level="3" title="Manifest System, Recordkeeping And Reporting">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-6-.05 apply to owners and operators of both on-site and off-site facilities, except as 335-14-6-.01(1) provides otherwise. 335-14-6-.05(2), (3), and (7) do not apply to owners and operators of on-site facilities that do not receive any hazardous waste from off-site sources, or to owners and operators of off-site facilities with respect to waste military munitions exempted from manifest requirements under 335-14-7-.13(4)(a).

(2)Use of manifest system.

(a)If a facility requires the use of a manifest under 335-14-6-.05(1), the facility shall provide the manifest form to persons who request it prior to their shipment of hazardous waste to the receiving facility. All manifests provided by the facility shall include the State manifest document number as assigned by the receiving facility. This number must be a unique 3 or 4 letter and consecutively numbered designation and must not be repeated during any calendar year. All manifests not provided by the facility shall have the State Manifest Document Number written in the appropriate location (Item A).

(b)If a facility receives hazardous waste accompanied by a manifest, the owner or operator, or his agent, must:

1.Sign and date each copy of the manifest to certify that the hazardous waste covered by the manifest was received;

2.Note any significant discrepancies in the manifest (as defined in 335-14-6-.05(3)(a)) on each copy of the manifest;

3.Immediately give the transporter at least one copy of the signed manifest;

4.Within 30 days after the delivery, send a copy of the manifest to the generator;

5.Retain at the facility a copy of each manifest for at least three years from the date of delivery; and

6.Within 60 days after the delivery, send a copy of the manifest to the Department.

(c)If a facility receives, from a rail or water (bulk shipment) transporter, hazardous waste which is accompanied by a shipping paper containing all the information required on the manifest (excluding the EPA or Alabama identification numbers, generator's certification, and signatures), the owner or operator, or his agent, must:

1.Sign and date each copy of the manifest or shipping paper (if the manifest has not been received) to certify that the hazardous waste covered by the manifest or shipping paper was received;

2.Note any significant discrepancies (as defined in 335-14-6-.05(3)(a)) in the manifest or shipping paper (if the manifest has not been received) on each copy of the manifest or shipping paper;

3.Immediately give the rail or water (bulk shipment) transporter at least one copy of the manifest or shipping paper (if the manifest has not been received);

4.Within 30 days after the delivery, send a copy of the signed and dated manifest to the generator; however, if the manifest has not been received within 30 days after delivery, the owner or operator, or his agent, must send a copy of the shipping paper signed and dated to the generator; and

5.Retain at the facility a copy of the manifest and shipping paper (if signed in lieu of the manifest at the time of delivery) for at least three years from the date of delivery.

(d)Whenever a shipment of hazardous waste is initiated from a facility, the owner or operator of that facility must comply with the requirements of 335-14-3.

(e)The owner or operator of a recovery facility that has arranged to receive hazardous waste subject to Rule 335-14-3-.09 must provide a copy of the tracking document bearing all required signatures to the notifier; to the Office of Enforcement and Compliance Assurance, Office of Compliance, Enforcement Planning, Targeting and Data Division (2222A), Environmental Protection Agency, 401 M Street, SW., Washington, DC 20460; to the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, Land Division, P. O. Box 301463, Montgomery, AL 36130; and to the competent authorities of all other concerned countries within three working days of receipt of the shipment. The original of the signed tracking document must be maintained at the facility for at least three years.

(3)Manifest discrepancies.

(a)Manifest discrepancies are differences between the quantity or type of hazardous waste designated on the manifest or shipping paper and the quantity or type of hazardous waste a facility actually receives. Significant discrepancies in quantity are:

1.For bulk waste, variations greater than 10 percent in weight; and

2.For batch waste, any variation in piece count, such as a discrepancy of one drum in a truck load. Significant discrepancies in type are obvious differences which can be discovered by inspection or waste analysis, such as waste solvent substituted for waste acid, or toxic constituents not reported on the manifest or shipping paper.

(b)Upon discovering a significant discrepancy, the owner or operator must attempt to reconcile the discrepancy with the waste generator or transporter (e.g., with telephone conversations). If the discrepancy is not resolved within 15 days after receiving the waste, the owner or operator must immediately submit to the Department a letter describing the discrepancy and attempts to reconcile it, and a copy of the manifest or shipping paper at issue.

(4)Operating record.

(a)The owner or operator must keep a written operating record at his facility.

(b)The following information must be recorded, as it becomes available, and maintained in the operating record until closure of the facility;

1.A description and the quantity of each hazardous waste received, and the method(s) and date(s) of its treatment, storage, or disposal at the facility as required by 335-14-6-Appendix I;

2.The location of each hazardous waste within the facility and the quantity at each location. For disposal facilities, the location and quantity of each hazardous waste must be recorded on a map or diagram of each cell or disposal area. For all facilities, this information must include cross-references to specific manifest document numbers, if the waste was accompanied by a manifest;

3.Records and results of waste analyses and trial tests performed as specified in 335-14-6-.02(4), 335-14-6-.10(11), 335-14-6-.11(6), 335-14-6-.12(3), 335-14-6-.13(4), 335-14-6-.14(15), 335-14-6-.15(2), 335-14-6-.16(6), 335-14-6-.17(3), 335-14-6-.27(5), 335-14-6-.28(14), 335-14-9-.01(4), and 335-14-9-.01(7).

4.Summary reports and details of all incidents that require implementing the contingency plan as specified in 335-14-6-.04(7)(j);

5.Records and results of inspections as required by 335-14-6-.02(6)(d) (except these data need be kept only three years);

6.Monitoring, testing, or analytical data, and corrective action where required by Rule 335-14-6-.06 and 335-14-6-.02(10), 335-14-6-.03(4), 335-14-6-.06(1), 335-14-6-.06(5), 335-14-6-.09(5), 335-14-6-.10(2), 335-14-6-.10(4), 335-14-6-.10(6), 335-14-6-.11(3), 335-14-6-.11(4), 335-14-6-.11(7), 335-14-6-.12(6), 335-14-6-.12(10), 335-14-6-.12(11), 335-14-6-.13(7), 335-14-6-.13(9), 335-14-6-.13(11)(d)1., 335-14-6-.14(3) through 335-14-6-.14(5), 335-14-6-.15(8), 335-14-6-.16(8), 335-14-6-.17(4), 335-14-6-.23(2) and .23(5), 335-14-6-.27(5), 335-14-6-.27(6), 335-14-6-.28(14), 335-14-6-.28(15), 335-14-6-.29(5) through (11), and 335-14-6-.30(2).

7.All closure cost estimates under 335-14-6-.08(3) and, for disposal facilities, all post-closure cost estimates under 335-14-6-.08(5).

8.Records of the quantities (and date of placement) for each shipment of hazardous waste placed in land disposal units under an extension to the effective date of any land disposal restriction granted pursuant to 335-14-9-.01(5), monitoring data required pursuant to a petition under 335-14-9-.01(6), or a certification under 335-14-9-.01(8), and the applicable notice required by a generator under 335-14-9-.01(7).

9.For an off-site treatment facility, a copy of the notice, and the certification and demonstration if applicable, required by the generator or the owner or operator under 335-14-9-.01(7) or 335-14-9-.01(8);

10.For an on-site treatment facility, the information contained in the notice (except the manifest number), and the certification and demonstration if applicable, required by the generator or the owner or operator under 335-14-9-.01(7) or 335-14-9-.01(8);

11.For an off-site land disposal facility, a copy of the notice, and the certification and demonstration if applicable, required by the generator or the owner or operator of a treatment facility under 335-14-9-.01(7) or 335-14-9-.01(8);

12.For an on-site land disposal facility, the information contained in the notice (except the manifest number), and the certification and demonstration if applicable, required by the generator or the owner or operator of a treatment facility under 335-14-9-.01(7) or 335-14-9-.01(8).

13.For an off-site storage facility, a copy of the notice, and the certification and demonstration if applicable, required by the generator or the owner or operator under 335-14-9-.01(7) or 335-14-9-.01(8); and

14.For an on-site storage facility, the information contained in the notice (except the manifest number), and the certification and demonstration if applicable, required by the generator or the owner or operator of a treatment facility under 335-14-9-.01(7) or 335-14-9-.01(8).

(5)Availability, retention, and disposition of records.

(a)All records, including plans, required under 335-14-6 must be furnished upon request, and made available at all reasonable times for inspection, by any duly designated officer, employee, or representative of the Department.

(b)The retention period for all records required under 335-14-6 is extended automatically during the course of any unresolved enforcement action regarding the facility or as requested by the Department.

(c)A copy of records of waste disposal locations and quantities under 335-14-6-.05(4)(b)2. must be submitted to the Department and local land authority upon closure of the facility [see 335-14-6-.07(10)].

(6)Biennial report. The owner or operator must prepare and submit a single copy of a biennial report to the Department by March 1 of each even numbered year. The biennial report must be submitted on forms supplied by the Department. The owner or operator must retain copies of each biennial report for, at least, three (3) years from the due date of the report. The report must cover facility activities during the previous calendar year and must include the following information:

(a)The EPA identification number, name, and address of the facility;

(b)The calendar year covered by the report;

(c)For off-site facilities, the EPA identification number, name, and location address of each hazardous waste generator from which the facility received a hazardous waste during the year; for imported shipments, the report must give the name and address of the foreign generator;

(d)A description and the quantity of each hazardous waste the facility received during the year. For off-site facilities, this information must be listed by EPA identification number of each generator;

(e)The method of treatment, storage, or disposal for each hazardous waste;

(f)Monitoring data under 335-14-6-.06(5)(a)2.(ii), (iii) and (b)2. where required;

(g)The most recent closure cost estimate under 335-14-6-.08(3), and, for disposal facilities, the most recent post-closure cost estimate under 335-14-6-.08(5); and

(h)For generators who treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste on-site, a description of the efforts undertaken during the year to reduce the volume and toxicity of waste generated.

(i)For generators who treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste on-site, a description of the changes in volume and toxicity of waste actually achieved during the year in comparison to previous years to the extent such information is available for the years prior to 1984.

(j)The certification signed by the owner or operator of the facility or his authorized representative.

(7)Unmanifested waste report. If a facility accepts for treatment, storage, or disposal any hazardous waste from an off-site source without an accompanying manifest, or without an accompanying shipping paper as described in 335-14-4-.02(1)(e)2., and if the waste is not excluded from the manifest requirement by 335-14-2-.01(5), then the owner or operator must prepare and submit a single copy of a report to the Department within fifteen days after receiving the waste. The owner or operator must retain a copy of each unmanifested waste report for at least three (3) years from the due date of the report. Such report must be designated "Unmanifested Waste Report" and include the following information:

(a)The EPA identification number, name, and address of the facility;

(b)The date the facility received the waste;

(c)The EPA identification number, name, and address of the generator and the transporter, if available;

(d)A description and the quantity of each unmanifested hazardous waste the facility received;

(e)The method of treatment, storage, or disposal for each hazardous waste;

(f)The certification signed by the owner or operator of the facility or his authorized representative; and

(g)A brief explanation of why the waste was unmanifested, if known.

(8)Additional reports. In addition to submitting the biennial report and unmanifested waste reports described in 335-14-6-.05(6) and (7), the owner or operator must also report to the Department:

(a)Releases, fires, and explosions as specified in 335-14-6-.04(7)(j);

(b)Groundwater contamination and monitoring data as specified in 335-14-6-.06(4) and (5); and

(c)Facility closure as specified in 335-14-6-.07(6).

(d)As otherwise required by Rules 335-14-6-.27 and 335-14-6-.28.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Amy P. Zachry; Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16, 22-30-18 and 22-30-19.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.6.06" level="3" title="Groundwater Monitoring">

(1)Applicability.

(a)The owner or operator of a surface impoundment, landfill, or land treatment facility which is used to manage hazardous waste must implement a groundwater monitoring program capable of determining the facility's impact on the quality of groundwater in the uppermost aquifer underlying the facility, except as 335-14-6-.01(1) and 335-14-6-.06(1)(c) provides otherwise.

(b)Except as 335-14-6-.06(1)(c) and (d) provide otherwise, the owner or operator must install, operate, and maintain a groundwater monitoring system which meets the requirements of 335-14-6-.06(2), and must comply with 335-14-6-.06(3), (4), and (5). This groundwater monitoring program must be carried out during the active life of the facility, and for disposal facilities, during the post-closure care period as well.

(c)All or part of the groundwater monitoring requirements of 335-14-6-.06 may be waived if the owner or operator can demonstrate that there is a low potential for migration of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents from the facility via the uppermost aquifer to water supply wells (domestic, industrial, or agricultural) or to surface water. This demonstration must be in writing, and must be kept at the facility. This demonstration must be certified by a licensed professional geologist and/or registered professional engineer and must establish the following:

1.The potential for migration of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents from the facility to the uppermost aquifer, by an evaluation of:

(i)A water balance of precipitation, evapotranspiration, runoff, and infiltration; and

(ii)Unsaturated zone characteristics (i.e., geologic materials, physical properties, and depth to groundwater); and

2.The potential for hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents which enter the uppermost aquifer to migrate to a water supply well or surface water, by an evaluation of:

(i)Saturated zone characteristics (i.e., geologic materials, physical properties and rate of groundwater flow); and

(ii)The proximity of the facility to water supply wells or surface water.

(d)If an owner or operator assumes (or knows) that groundwater monitoring of indicator parameters in accordance with 335-14-6-.06(2) and (3) would show statistically significant increases (or decreases in the case of pH) when evaluated under 335-14-6-.06(4)(b), he may, install, operate, and maintain an alternate groundwater monitoring system (other than the one described in 335-14-6-.06(2) and (3)). If the owner or operator decides to use an alternate groundwater monitoring system he must:

1.Submit to the Department a specific plan, certified by a licensed professional geologist and/or registered professional engineer, which satisfies the requirements of 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)3., for an alternate groundwater monitoring system;

2.Initiate the determinations specified in 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)4.;

3.Prepare and submit a written report in accordance with 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)5.;

4.Continue to make the determinations specified in 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)4. on a quarterly basis until final closure of the facility; and

5.Comply with the recordkeeping and reporting requirements in 335-14-6-.06(5)(b).

(e)The groundwater monitoring requirements of 335-14-6-.06 may be waived with respect to any surface impoundment that:

1.Is used to neutralize wastes which are hazardous solely because they exhibit the corrosivity characteristic under 335-14-2-.03(3) or are listed as hazardous wastes in 335-14-2-.04 only for this reason; and

2.Contains no other hazardous wastes, if the owner or operator can demonstrate that there is no potential for migration of hazardous wastes from the impoundment. The demonstration must establish, based upon consideration of the characteristics of the wastes and the impoundment, that the corrosive wastes will be neutralized to the extent that they no longer meet the corrosivity characteristic before they can migrate out of the impoundment. The demonstration must be in writing and must be certified by an independent engineer.

(f)The Department may replace all or part of the requirements of 335-14-6-.06 applying to a regulated unit (as defined in 335-14-5-6-.06(1)), with alternative requirements developed for groundwater monitoring set out in an approved closure or post-closure plan or in an enforceable document (as defined in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7.), where the Department determines that:

1.A regulated unit is situated among solid waste management units (or areas of concern), a release has occurred, and both the regulated unit and one or more solid waste management unit(s) (or areas of concern) are likely to have contributed to the release; and

2.It is not necessary to apply the requirements of 335-14-6-.06 because the alternative requirements will protect human health and the environment. The alternative standards for the regulated unit must meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(12)(a).

(2)Groundwater monitoring system.

(a)A groundwater monitoring system must be capable of yielding groundwater samples for analysis and must consist of:

1.Monitoring wells (at least one) installed hydraulically upgradient (i.e., in the direction of increasing static head) from the limit of the waste management area. Their number, locations, and depths must be sufficient to yield groundwater samples that are:

(i)Representative of background groundwater quality in the uppermost aquifer near the facility; and

(ii)Not affected by the facility; and

2.Monitoring wells (at least three) installed hydraulically downgradient (i.e., in the direction of decreasing static head) at the limit of the waste management area. Their number, locations, and depths must ensure that they immediately detect any statistically significant amounts of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents that migrate from the waste management area to the uppermost aquifer.

3.The facility owner or operator may demonstrate that an alternate hydraulically downgradient monitoring well location will meet the criteria outlined below. The demonstration must be in writing and kept at the facility. The demonstration must be certified by a qualified groundwater scientist and establish that:

(i)An existing physical obstacle prevents monitoring well installation at the hydraulically downgradient limit of the waste management area; and

(ii)The selected alternate downgradient location is as close to the limit of the waste management area as practical; and

(iii)The location ensures detection that, given the alternate location, is as early as possible of any statistically significant amounts of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents that migrate from the waste management area to the uppermost aquifer.

(iv)Lateral expansion, new, or replacement units are not eligible for an alternate downgradient location under 335-14-6-.06(2).

(b)Separate monitoring systems for each waste management component of a facility are not required provided that provisions for sampling upgradient and downgradient water quality will detect any discharge from the waste management area.

1.In the case of a facility consisting of only one surface impoundment, landfill, or land treatment area, the waste management area is described by the waste boundary (perimeter).

2.In the case of a facility consisting of more than one surface impoundment, landfill, or land treatment area, the waste management area is described by an imaginary boundary line which circumscribes the several waste management components.

(c)All monitoring wells must be cased in a manner that maintains the integrity of the monitoring well bore hole. This casing must be screened or perforated, and packed with gravel or sand where necessary, to enable sample collection at depths where appropriate aquifer flow zones exist. The annular space (i.e., the space between the bore hole and well casing) above the sampling depth must be sealed with a suitable material (e.g., cement grout or bentonite slurry) to prevent contamination of samples and the groundwater. Monitoring wells must be operated and maintained in a manner to prevent soil, surface water, and/or groundwater contamination. This requirement includes the installation of protective barriers around monitoring wells where necessary to prevent damage to the well from traffic or other causes or as required on a case-by-case basis by the Department. All monitoring wells must have functional key or combination locks on the wellhead covers to prevent unauthorized access. All monitoring wells must be assigned an identifying number by the facility, and such numbers must be permanently affixed to the outer casing of each monitoring well.

(3)Sampling and analysis.

(a)The owner or operator must obtain and analyze samples from the installed groundwater monitoring system. The owner or operator must develop and follow a groundwater sampling and analysis plan. He must keep this plan at the facility. The plan must include procedures and techniques for:

1.Sample collection;

2.Sample preservation and shipment;

3.Analytical procedures; and

4.Chain of custody control.

(b)The owner or operator must determine the concentration or value of the following parameters in groundwater samples in accordance with 335-14-6-.06(3)(c) and (d):

1.Parameters characterizing the suitability of the groundwater as a drinking water supply, as specified in 335-14-6-Appendix III;

2.Parameters establishing groundwater quality:

(i)Chloride;

(ii)Iron;

(iii)Manganese;

(iv)Phenols;

(v)Sodium;

(vi)Sulfate;

3.Parameters used as indicators of groundwater contamination:

(i)pH;

(ii)Specific Conductance;

(iii)Total Organic Carbon; and

(iv)Total Organic Halogen.

(c)1.For all monitoring wells, the owner or operator must establish initial background concentrations or values of all parameters specified in 335-14-6-.06(3)(b). He must do this quarterly for one year.

2.For each of the indicator parameters specified in 335-14-6-.06(3)(b)3., at least four replicate measurements must be obtained for each sample and the initial background arithmetic mean and variance must be determined by pooling the replicate measurements for the respective parameter concentrations or values in samples obtained from upgradient wells during the first year.

(d)After the first year, all monitoring wells must be sampled and the samples analyzed with the following frequencies:

1.Samples collected to establish groundwater quality must be obtained and analyzed for the parameters specified in 335-14-6-.06(3)(b)2. at least annually.

2.Samples collected to indicate groundwater contamination must be obtained and analyzed for the parameters specified in 335-14-6-.06(3)(b)3. at least semi-annually.

(e)Elevation of the groundwater surface at each monitoring well must be determined each time a sample is obtained.

(4)Preparation, evaluation, and response.

(a)The owner or operator must prepare an outline of a groundwater quality assessment program. The outline must describe a more comprehensive groundwater monitoring program (than that described in 335-14-6-.06(2) and (3)) capable of determining:

1.Whether hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents have entered the groundwater;

2.The rate and extent of migration of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents in the groundwater; and

3.The concentrations of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents in the groundwater.

(b)For each indicator parameter specified in 335-14-6-.06(3)(b)3., the owner or operator must calculate the arithmetic mean and variance, based on at least four replicate measurements on each sample, for each well monitored in accordance with 335-14-6-.06(3)(d)2., and compare these results with its initial background arithmetic mean. The comparison must consider individually each of the wells in the monitoring system, and must use the Student's t-test at the 0.01 level of significance (see 335-14-6-Appendix IV) to determine statistically significant increases (and decreases, in the case of pH) over initial background.

(c)1.If the comparisons for the upgradient wells made under 335-14-6-.06(4)(b) show a significant increase (or pH decrease), the owner or operator must submit this information in accordance with 335-14-6-.06(5)(a)2.(ii).

2.If the comparisons for downgradient wells made under 335-14-6-.06(4)(b) show a significant increase (or pH decrease), the owner or operator must then immediately obtain additional groundwater samples from those downgradient wells where a significant difference was detected, split the samples in two and obtain analyses of all additional samples to determine whether the significant difference was a result of laboratory error.

(d)1.If the analyses performed under 335-14-6-.06(4)(c)2. confirm the significant increase (or pH decrease), the owner or operator must provide written notice to the Department--within seven days of the date of such confirmation--that the facility may be affecting groundwater quality.

2.Within 15 days after the notification under 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)1., the owner or operator must develop and submit to the Department a specific plan, based on the outline required under 335-14-6-.06(4)(a) and certified by a licensed professional geologist and/or registered professional engineer, for a groundwater quality assessment program at the facility.

3.The plan to be submitted under 335-14-6-.06(1)(d)1. or 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)2. must specify:

(i)The number, location, and depth of wells;

(ii)Sampling and analytical methods for those hazardous wastes or hazardous waste constituents in the facility;

(iii)Evaluation procedures, including any use of previously gathered groundwater quality information; and

(iv)A schedule of implementation.

(v)Include provisions for modification of the plan in the event the plan, when implemented, does not achieve the objectives of 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)4.

4.The owner or operator must implement the groundwater quality assessment plan which satisfies the requirements of 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)3., and, at a minimum, determine:

(i)The rate and extent of migration of the hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents in the groundwater; and

(ii)The concentrations of the hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents in the groundwater.

5.The owner or operator must make his first determination under 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)4. as soon as technically feasible, and, within 15 days after that determination, submit to the Department a written report containing an assessment of the groundwater quality.

6.If the owner or operator determines, based on the results of the first determination under 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)4., that no hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents from the facility have entered the groundwater, then he may reinstate the indicator evaluation program described in 335-14-6-.06(3) and 335-14-6-.06(4)(b). If the owner or operator reinstates the indicator evaluation program, he must so notify the Department in the report submitted under 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)5.

7.If the owner or operator determines, based on the first determination under 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)4., that hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents from the facility have entered the groundwater, then he:

(i)Must continue to make the determinations required under 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)4. on a quarterly basis until final closure of the facility, if the groundwater assessment plan was implemented prior to final closure of the facility; or

(ii)May cease to make the determinations required under 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)4., if the groundwater quality assessment plan was implemented during the post-closure care period.

(e)Notwithstanding any other provision of 335-14-6-.06, any groundwater quality assessment to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)4. which is initiated prior to final closure of the facility must be completed and reported in accordance with 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)5.

(f)Unless the groundwater is monitored to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)4., at least annually the owner or operator must evaluate the data on groundwater surface elevations obtained under 335-14-6-.06(3)(e) to determine whether the requirements under 335-14-6-.06(2)(a) for locating the monitoring wells continues to be satisfied. If the evaluation shows that 335-14-6-.06(2)(a) is no longer satisfied, the owner or operator must immediately modify the number, location, or depth of the monitoring wells to bring the groundwater monitoring system into compliance with this requirement.

(5)Recordkeeping and reporting.

(a)Unless the groundwater is monitored to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)4., the owner or operator must:

1.Keep records of the analyses required in 335-14-6-.06(3)(c) and (3)(d), the associated groundwater surface elevations required in 335-14-6-.06(3)(e), and the evaluations required in 335-14-6-.06(4)(b) throughout the active life of the facility, and, for disposal facilities, throughout the post-closure care period as well; and

2.Report the following groundwater monitoring information to the Department:

(i)During the first year when initial background concentrations are being established for the facility: concentrations or values of the parameters listed in 335-14-6-.06(3)(b)1. for each groundwater monitoring well within 15 days after completing each quarterly analysis. The owner or operator must separately identify for each monitoring well any parameters whose concentration or value has been found to exceed the maximum contaminant levels listed in 335-14-6-Appendix III.

(ii)Annually: Concentrations or values of the parameters listed in 335-14-6-.06(3)(b)3. for each groundwater monitoring well, along with the required evaluations for these parameters under 335-14-6-.06(4)(b). The owner or operator must separately identify any significant differences from initial background found in the upgradient wells, in accordance with 335-14-6-.06(4)(c)1. During the active life of the facility, this information must be submitted no later than March 1 following each calendar year.

(iii)No later than March 1 following each calendar year: Results of the evaluations of groundwater surface elevations under 335-14-6-.06(4)(f), and a description of the response to that evaluation, where applicable.

(b)If the groundwater is monitored to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)4., the owner or operator must:

1.Keep records of the analyses and evaluations specified in the plan, which satisfies the requirements of 335-14-6-.06(4)(d)3., throughout the active life of the facility, and, for disposal facilities, throughout the post-closure care period as well; and

2.Annually, until final closure of the facility, submit to the Department a report containing the results of his groundwater quality assessment program which includes, but is not limited to, the calculated (or measured) rate of migration of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents in the groundwater during the reporting period. This information must be submitted no later than March 1 following each calendar year.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Steven O. Jenkins; Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12, 22-30-16.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.6.07" level="3" title="Closure And Post-Closure">

(1)Applicability. Except as 335-14-6-.01(1) provides otherwise:

(a)335-14-6-.07(2) through 335-14-6-.07(6) (which concern closure) apply to the owners and operators of all hazardous waste management facilities; and

(b)335-14-6-.07(7) through 335-14-6-.07(11) (which concern post-closure care) apply to the owners and operators of:

1.All hazardous waste disposal facilities;

2.Waste piles, surface impoundments, and drip pads for which the owner or operator intends to remove the wastes at closure to the extent that these paragraphs are made applicable to such facilities in 335-14-6-.11(9), 335-14-6-.12(9), or 335-14-5-.23(6);

3.Tank systems that are required under 335-14-6-.10(8) to meet requirements for landfills; and

4.Containment buildings that are required in 335-14-6-.30(3) to meet the requirements for landfills; and

5.[Reserved]

6.Other hazardous waste management units which are unable to demonstrate closure by removal.

(c)335-14-6-.07(12) applies to owners and operators of units that are subject to the requirements of 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7. and are regulated under an enforceable document (as defined in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7.).

(d)The Department may replace all or part of the requirements of 335-14-6-.07 (and the unit-specific standards in 335-14-6-.07(2)(c)) applying to a regulated unit (as defined in 335-14-5-.06(1)), with alternative requirements for closure set out in an approved closure or post-closure plan, or in an enforceable document (as defined in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7.), where the Department determines that:

1.A regulated unit is situated among solid waste management units (or areas of concern), a release has occurred, and both the regulated unit and one or more solid waste management unit(s) (or areas of concern) are likely to have contributed to the release, and

2.It is not necessary to apply the closure requirements of 335-14-6-.07 (and/or those referenced herein) because the alternative requirements will protect human health and the environment, and will satisfy the closure performance standard of 335-14-6-.07(2)(a) and (b).

(2)Closure performance standard. The owner or operator must close the facility in a manner that:

(a)Minimizes the need for further maintenance; and

(b)Controls, minimizes, or eliminates, to the extent necessary to protect human health and the environment, post-closure escape of hazardous waste, hazardous constituents, leachate, contaminated run-off, or hazardous waste decomposition products to the ground or surface waters or to the atmosphere; and

(c)Complies with the closure requirements of 335-14-6-.07 including, but not limited to, the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(8), 335-14-6-.11(9), 335-14-6-.12(9), 335-14-6-.13(11), 335-14-6-.14(11), 335-14-6-.15(12), 335-14-6-.16(12), 335-14-6-.17(5), 335-14-6-.23(6), 335-14-6-.30(3), and 335-14-7-.08(4) [&#167;266.103(1) of 40 CFR].

(3)Closure plan; amendment of plan.

(a)Written plan. By May 19, 1981, or by six months after the effective date of the rule that first subjects a facility to provisions of 335-14-6-.07(3), the owner or operator of a hazardous waste management facility must have a written closure plan. Until final closure is completed and certified in accordance with 335-14-6-.07(6), a copy of the most current plan must be furnished to the Department upon request, including request by mail. In addition, for facilities without approved plans, it must also be provided during site inspections, on the day of inspection to any officer, employee, or representative of the Department, who is duly designated by the Department.

(b)Content of plan. The plan must identify steps necessary to perform partial and/or final closure of the facility at any point during its active life. The closure plan must include at least:

1.A description of how each hazardous waste management unit at the facility will be closed in accordance with 335-14-6-.07(2); and

2.A description of how final closure of the facility will be conducted in accordance with 335-14-6-.07(2). The description must identify the maximum extent of the operation which will be unclosed during the active life of the facility; and

3.An estimate of the maximum inventory of hazardous wastes ever on-site over the active life of the facility and a detailed description of the methods to be used during partial and final closure, including, but not limited to, methods for removing, transporting, treating, storing, or disposing of all hazardous waste, identification of and the type(s) of off-site hazardous waste management unit(s) to be used, if applicable; and

4.A detailed description of the steps needed to remove or decontaminate all hazardous waste residues and contaminated containment system components, equipment, structures, and soils during partial and final closure including, but not limited to, procedures for cleaning equipment and removing contaminated soils, methods for sampling and testing surrounding soils, and criteria for determining the extent of decontamination necessary to satisfy the closure performance standard; and

5.A detailed description of other activities necessary during the partial and final closure period to ensure that all partial closures and final closure satisfy the closure performance standards, including, but not limited to, groundwater monitoring, leachate collection, and run-on and run-off control; and

6.A schedule for closure of each hazardous waste management unit and for final closure of the facility. The schedule must include, at a minimum, the total time required to close each hazardous waste management unit and the time required for intervening closure activities which will allow tracking of the progress of partial and final closure. (For example, in the case of a landfill unit, estimates of the time required to treat or dispose of all hazardous waste inventory and of the time required to place a final cover must be included); and

7.An estimate of the expected year of final closure for facilities that use trust funds to demonstrate financial assurance under 335-14-6-.08(4) or 335-14-6-.08(6) and whose remaining operating life is less than 20 years, and for facilities without approved closure plans.

8.For facilities where the Department has applied alternative requirements at a regulated unit under 335-14-6-.06(1)(f), and/or 335-14-6-.07(1)(d), either the alternative requirements applying to the regulated unit, or a reference to the enforceable document containing those alternative requirements.

(c)Amendment of plan. The owner or operator may amend the closure plan at any time prior to the notification of partial or final closure of the facility. An owner or operator with an approved closure plan must submit a written request to the Department to authorize a change to the approved closure plan. The written request must include a copy of the amended closure plan for approval by the Department.

1.The owner or operator must amend the closure plan whenever:

(i)Changes in operating plans or facility design affect the closure plan, or

(ii)There is a change in the expected year of closure, if applicable, or

(iii)In conducting partial or final closure activities, unexpected events require a modification of the closure plan.

(iv)The owner or operator requests the Department to apply alternative requirements to a regulated unit under 335-14-6-.06(1)(f), and/or 335-14-6-.07(1)(d).

2.The owner or operator must amend the closure plan at least 60 days prior to the proposed change in facility design or operation, or no later than 60 days after an unexpected event has occurred which has affected the closure plan. If an unexpected event occurs during the partial or final closure period, the owner or operator must amend the closure plan no later than 30 days after the unexpected event. These provisions also apply to owners or operators of surface impoundments, waste piles and drip pads who intended to remove all hazardous wastes at closure, but are required to close as landfills in accordance with 335-14-6-.14(11).

3.An owner or operator with an approved closure plan must submit the modified plan to the Department at least 60 days prior to the proposed change in facility design or operation, or no more than 60 days after an unexpected event has occurred which has affected the closure plan. If an unexpected event has occurred during the partial or final closure period, the owner or operator must submit the modified plan no more than 30 days after the unexpected event. These provisions also apply to owners or operators of surface impoundments, waste piles, and drip pads who intended to remove all hazardous wastes at closure but are required to close as landfills in accordance with 335-14-6-.14(11). If the amendment to the plan is a major modification according to the criteria in 335-14-8-.04(2) and 335-14-8-.04(3), the modification to the plan will be approved according to the procedures in 335-14-6-.07(3)(d)4.

4.The Department may request modifications to the plan under the conditions described in 335-14-6-.07(3)(c)1. An owner or operator with an approved closure plan must submit the modified plan within 60 days of the request from the Department or within 30 days if the unexpected event occurs during partial or final closure. If the amendment is considered a major modification according to the criteria in 335-14-8-.04(2) and 335-14-8-.04(3), the modification to the plan will be approved in accordance with the procedures in 335-14-6-.07(3)(d).

(d)Notification of partial closure and final closure.

1.The owner or operator must submit the closure plan to the Department at least 180 days prior to the date on which he expects to begin closure of the first surface impoundment, waste pile, land treatment, landfill, or drip pad unit, or final closure if it involves such a unit, whichever is earlier. The owner or operator must submit the closure plan to the Department at least 45 days prior to the date on which he expects to begin partial or final closure of a boiler or industrial furnace. The owner or operator must submit the closure plan to the Department at least 45 days prior to the date on which he expects to begin final closure of a facility with only tanks, container storage, or incinerator units. Owners or operators with approved closure plans must notify the Department in writing at least 60 days prior to the date on which he expects to begin closure of a surface impoundment, waste pile, landfill, land treatment, or drip pad unit, or final closure of a facility involving such a unit. Owners or operators with approved closure plans must notify the Department in writing at least 45 days prior to the date on which he expects to begin partial or final closure of a boiler or industrial furnace. Owners or operators with approved closure plans must notify the Department in writing at least 45 days prior to the date on which he expects to begin final closure of a facility with only tanks, container storage, or incinerator units.

2.The date when he "expects to begin closure" must be either:

(i)Within 30 days after the date on which any hazardous waste management unit receives the known final volume of hazardous wastes or, if there is a reasonable possibility that the hazardous waste management unit will receive additional hazardous wastes, no later than one year after the date on which the unit received the most recent volume of hazardous waste. If the owner or operator of a hazardous waste management unit can demonstrate to the Department that the hazardous waste management unit or facility has the capacity to receive additional hazardous wastes and he has taken, and will continue to take, all steps to prevent threats to human health and the environment, including compliance with all interim status requirements, the Director may approve an extension to this one-year limit; or

(ii)For units meeting the requirements of 335-l4-6-.07(4)(d), no later than 30 days after the date on which the hazardous waste management unit receives the known final volume of non-hazardous wastes, or if there is a reasonable possibility that the hazardous waste management unit will receive additional non-hazardous wastes, no later than one year after the date on which the unit received the most recent volume of non-hazardous wastes. If the owner or operator can demonstrate to the Department that the hazardous waste management unit has the capacity to receive additional non-hazardous wastes and he has taken, and will continue to take, all steps to prevent threats to human health and the environment, including compliance with all applicable interim status requirements, the Director may approve an extension to this one-year limit.

3.The owner or operator must submit his closure plan to the Department no later than 15 days after:

(i)Termination of interim status except when a permit is issued simultaneously with termination of interim status; or

(ii)Issuance of a judicial decree or final order under AHWMMA or Section 3008 of RCRA to cease receiving hazardous wastes or close.

4.Processing of closure plan.

(i)The Department shall not approve a closure plan until it is determined to be complete. A plan is complete when the Department receives all required information identified in 335-14-6-.07.

(ii)The Department shall review for completeness every closure plan submitted for approval as required by 335-14-6-.07(3). Upon completing the review, the Department shall notify the owner or operator in writing whether the plan is complete. If the plan is incomplete, the Department:

(I)Shall list the information necessary to make the plan complete;

(II)Shall specify in the notice of deficiency a date for submitting the necessary information; and

(III)May request any information necessary to clarify, modify, or supplement previously submitted material; however, requests for items not required by Rules 335-14-6-.07(2) through 335-14-6-.07(7) will not render a plan incomplete.

(iii)Once a closure plan is determined to be complete, the Department will provide the owner or operator and the public, through a newspaper notice, the opportunity to submit written comments on the plan and request modifications to the plan no later than 30 days from the date of the notice. It will also, in response to a request or at its own discretion, hold a public hearing whenever such a hearing might clarify one or more issues concerning a closure plan. The Department will give public notice of the hearing at least 30 days before it occurs. [Public notice of the hearing may be (but is not required to be) given at the same time as notice of the opportunity for the public to submit written comments, and the two notices may be combined.] The public comment period will automatically extend to the close of any public hearing under 335-14-6-.07(3)(d). The hearing officer may also extend the comment period by so stating at the hearing.

(iv)After considering any comments submitted during the public comment period and public hearing (if held), the Director will approve or disapprove the plan within 30 days of the close of the comment period. If the Director does not approve the plan, he shall provide the owner or operator with a detailed statement of reasons for the refusal, and the owner or operator must modify the plan or submit a new plan for approval within 30 days after receiving such written statement. The Director will approve or modify this plan in writing within 60 days of receipt. If the Director modifies the plan, this modified plan becomes the approved closure plan. The Department must assure that the approved closure plan is consistent with 335-14-6-.07(2) through 335-14-6-.07(7) and the applicable requirements of 335-14-6-.06, 335-14-6-.09(9), 335-14-6-.10(8), 335-14-6-.11(9), 335-14-6-.12(9), 335-14-6-.13(11), 335-14-6-.14(11), 335-14-6-.15(12), 335-14-6-.16(12), 335-14-6-.17(5), 335-14-6-.23(6), 335-14-6-.30(3), and 335-14-7-.08(4) [&#167;266.103(1) of 40 CFR]. A copy of the modified plan with a detailed statement of reasons for the modifications must be mailed to the owner or operator.

(v)If an owner or operator fails or refuses to correct deficiencies in the closure plan, the plan may be modified by the Director and appropriate enforcement action may be taken by the Department.

(e)Removal of wastes and decontamination or dismantling of equipment. Nothing in 335-14-6-.07(3) shall preclude the owner or operator from removing hazardous wastes and decontaminating or dismantling equipment in accordance with the approved partial or final closure plan at any time before or after notification of partial or final closure.

(4)Closure: time allowed for closure.

(a)Within 90 days after receiving the final volume of hazardous wastes, or the final volume of non-hazardous wastes if the owner or operator complies with all applicable requirements in 335-14-6-.07(4)(d) and (e), at a hazardous waste management unit or facility, or within 90 days after approval of the closure plan, whichever is later, the owner or operator must treat, remove from the unit or facility, or dispose of on-site, all hazardous wastes in accordance with the approved closure plan. The Director may approve a longer period if the owner or operator demonstrates that:

1.(i)The activities required to comply with 335-14-6-.07(4) will, of necessity, take longer than 90 days to complete; or

(ii)(I)The hazardous waste management unit or facility has the capacity to receive additional hazardous wastes, or has the capacity to receive non-hazardous wastes if the facility owner or operator complies with 335-14-6-.07(4)(d) and (e), and

(II)There is a reasonable likelihood that he or another person will recommence operation of the hazardous waste management unit or the facility within one year; and

(III)Closure of the hazardous waste management unit or facility would be incompatible with continued operation of the site; and

2.He has taken and will continue to take all steps to prevent threats to human health and the environment, including compliance with all applicable interim status requirements.

(b)The owner or operator must complete partial and final closure activities in accordance with the approved closure plan and within 180 days after receiving the final volume of hazardous wastes, or the final volume of non-hazardous wastes if the owner or operator complies with all applicable requirements in 335-14-6-.07(4)(d) and (e), at the hazardous waste management unit or facility, or 180 days after approval of the closure plan, if that is later. The Director may approve an extension to the closure period if the owner or operator demonstrates that:

1.(i)The partial or final closure activities will, of necessity, take longer than 180 days to complete; or

(ii)(I)The hazardous waste management unit or facility has the capacity to receive additional hazardous wastes, or the final volume of non-hazardous wastes if the owner or operator complies with all applicable requirements in 335-14-6-.07(4)(d) and (e); and

(II)There is reasonable likelihood that he or another person will recommence operation of the hazardous waste management unit or the facility within one year; and

(III)Closure of the hazardous waste management unit or facility would be incompatible with continued operation of the site; and

2.He has taken and will continue to take all steps to prevent threats to human health and the environment from the unclosed but not operating hazardous waste management unit or facility, including compliance with all applicable interim status requirement.

(c)The demonstrations referred to in 335-14-6-.07(4)(a)1. and (b)1. must be made as follows:

1.The demonstrations in 335-14-6-.07(4)(a)1. must be made at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the 90-day period in 335-14-6-.07(4)(a)1.; and

2.The demonstration in 335-14-6-.07(4)(b)1. must be made at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the 180-day period in 335-14-6-.07(4)(b), unless the owner or operator is otherwise subject to the deadlines in 335-14-6-.07(4)(d).

(d)The Director may allow an owner or operator to receive only non-hazardous wastes in a landfill, land treatment, or surface impoundment unit after the final receipt of hazardous wastes at that unit if:

1.The owner or operator submits an amended Part B Application, or a Part B Application, if not previously required and demonstrates that:

(i)The unit has the existing design capacity as indicated on the Part A Application to receive non-hazardous wastes; and

(ii)There is a reasonable likelihood that the owner or operator or another person will receive non-hazardous wastes in the unit within one year after the final receipt of hazardous wastes; and

(iii)The non-hazardous wastes will not be incompatible with any remaining wastes in the unit, or with the facility design and operating requirements of the unit or facility under 335-14-6; and

(iv)Closure of the hazardous waste management unit would be incompatible with continued operation of the unit or facility; and

(v)The owner or operator is operating and will continue to operate in compliance with all applicable interim status requirements; and

2.The Part B Application includes an amended waste analysis plan, groundwater monitoring and response program, human exposure assessment required under RCRA Section 3019, and closure and post-closure plans, and updated cost estimates and demonstrations of financial assurance for closure and post-closure care as necessary and appropriate, to reflect any changes due to the presence of hazardous constituents in the non-hazardous wastes, and changes in closure activities, including the expected year of closure if applicable under 335-14-6-.07(3)(b)7., as a result of the receipt of non-hazardous wastes following the final receipt of hazardous wastes; and

3.The Part B Application is amended, as necessary and appropriate, to account for the receipt of non-hazardous wastes following receipt of the final volume of hazardous wastes; and

4.The Part B Application and the demonstrations referred to in 335-14-6-.07(4)(d)1. and (d)2. are submitted to the Director no later than 180 days prior to the date on which the owner or operator of the facility receives the known final volume of hazardous wastes or no later than 90 days after the effective date of 335-14-6-.07 in the State in which the unit is located, whichever is later.

(e)In addition to the requirements in 335-14-6-.07(4)(d), an owner or operator of a hazardous waste surface impoundment that is not in compliance with the liner and leachate collection system requirements in 42 U.S.C. 3004(o)(1) and 3005(j)(1) or 42 U.S.C. 3004(o)(2) or (3) or 3005(j)(2), (3), (4), or (13) must:

1.Submit with the Part B Application:

(i)A contingent corrective measures plan; and

(ii)A plan for removing hazardous wastes in compliance with 335-14-6-.07(4)(e)2.; and

2.Remove all hazardous wastes from the unit by removing all hazardous liquids, and removing all hazardous sludges to the extent practicable without impairing the integrity of the liner(s), if any.

3.Removal of hazardous wastes must be completed no later than 90 days after the final receipt of hazardous wastes. The Director may approve an extension to this deadline if the owner or operator demonstrates that the removal of hazardous wastes will, of necessity, take longer than the allotted period to complete and that an extension will not pose a threat to human health and the environment.

4.If a release that is a statistically significant increase (or decrease in the case of pH) in hazardous constituents over background levels is detected in accordance with the requirements in Rule 335-14-6-.06, the owner or operator of the unit:

(i)Must implement corrective measures in accordance with the approved contingent corrective measures plan required by 335-14-6-.07(4)(e)1. no later than one year after detection of the release, or approval of the contingent corrective measures plan, whichever is later;

(ii)May receive wastes at the unit following detection of the release only if the approved corrective measures plan includes a demonstration that continued receipt of wastes will not impede corrective action; and

(iii)May be required by the Director to implement corrective measures in less than one year or to cease the receipt of wastes until corrective measures have been implemented if necessary to protect human health and the environment.

5.During the period of corrective action, the owner or operator shall provide semi-annual reports-to the Director that describe the progress of the corrective action program, compile all groundwater monitoring data, and evaluate the effect of the continued receipt of non-hazardous wastes on the effectiveness of the corrective action.

6.The Director may require the owner or operator to commence closure of the unit if the owner or operator fails to implement corrective action measures in accordance with the approved contingent corrective measures plan within one year as required in 335-14-6-.07(4)(e)4., or fails to make substantial progress in implementing corrective action and achieving the facility's background levels.

7.If the owner or operator fails to implement corrective measures a required in 335-14-6-.07(4)(e)4., or if the Director determines that substantial progress has not been made pursuant to 335-14-6-.07(4)(e)6., he shall:

(i)Notify the owner or operator in writing that the owner or operator must begin closure in accordance with the deadlines in 335-14-6-.07(4)(a) and (b) and provide a detailed statement of reasons for this determination, and

(ii)Provide the owner or operator and the public, through a newspaper notice, the opportunity to submit written comments on the decision no later than 20 days after the date of the notice.

(iii)If the Director receives no written comments, the decision will become final five days after the close of the comment period. The Director will notify the owner or operator that the decision is final, and that a revised closure plan, if necessary, must be submitted within 15 days of the final notice and that closure must begin in accordance with the deadlines in 335-14-6-.07(4)(a) and (b).

(iv)If the Director receives written comments on the decision, he shall make a final decision within 30 days after the end of the comment period, and provide the owner or operator in writing and the public through a newspaper notice, a detailed statement of reasons for the final decision. If the Director determines that substantial progress has not been made, closure must be initiated in accordance with the deadlines in 335-14-6-.07(4)(a) and (b).

(v)The final determinations made by the Director under 335-14-6-.07(4)(e)7.(iii) and (iv) are not subject to administrative appeal.

(5)Disposal or decontamination of equipment, structures, and soils. During the partial and final closure periods, all contaminated equipment, structures, and soil must be properly disposed of, or decontaminated unless specified otherwise in 335-14-6-.09(9), 335-14-6-.10(8), 335-14-6-.11(9), 335-14-6-.12(9), 335-14-6-.13(11), 335-14-6-.14(11), 335-14-6-.17(5), 335-14-6-.23(6), or 335-14-6-.30(3). By removing all hazardous wastes or hazardous constituents during partial and final closure, the owner or operator may become a generator of hazardous waste and must handle that hazardous waste in accordance with all applicable requirements of 335-14-3.

(6)Certification of closure. Within 60 days of completion of closure of each hazardous waste management unit, and within 60 days of completion of final closure, the owner or operator must submit to the Department by registered mail, a certification that the hazardous waste management unit or facility, as applicable, has been closed in accordance with the specifications in the approved closure plan. The certification must be signed by the owner or operator and by an independent registered professional engineer. Documentation supporting the independent registered professional engineer's certification must be furnished to the Department upon request until the Department accepts the certification of closure. The owner or operator will be released from the financial assurance requirements for closure under Rule 335-14-6-.08(4)(h) at the time the Department accepts the certification of closure.

(7)Survey plat. No later than the submission of the certification of closure of each hazardous waste disposal unit, an owner or operator must submit to the local zoning authority, or the authority with jurisdiction over local land use, and to the Department, a survey plat indicating the location and dimensions of landfill cells or other hazardous waste disposal units with respect to permanently surveyed benchmarks. This plat must be prepared and certified by a professional land surveyor. The plat filed with the local zoning authority, or the authority with jurisdiction over local land use must contain a note, prominently displayed, which states the owner's or operator's obligation to restrict disturbance of the hazardous waste disposal unit in accordance with the applicable requirements of 335-14-6-.07.

(8)Post-closure care and use of property.

(a)1.Post-closure care for each hazardous waste management unit subject to the requirements of 335-14-6-.07(8) through 335-14-6-.07(11) must begin after completion of closure of the unit and continue for 30 years after that date, or the date of issuance of a post-closure permit or enforceable document (As defined in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7.), whichever date is later. It must consist of at least the following:

(i)Monitoring and reporting in accordance with the requirements of Rules 335-14-6-.06, 335-14-6-.11, 335-14-6-.12, 335-14-6-.13, 335-14-6-.14, and 335-14-6-.23; and

(ii)Maintenance and monitoring of waste containment systems in accordance with the requirements of Rules 335-14-6-.06, 335-14-6-.11, 335-14-6-.12, 335-14-6-.13, 335-14-6-.14, and 335-14-6-.23.

2.Any time preceding closure of a hazardous waste management unit subject to post-closure care requirements or final closure, or any time during the post-closure period for a particular hazardous waste disposal unit, the Department may:

(i)Shorten the post-closure care period applicable to the hazardous waste management unit, or facility, if all disposal units have been closed, if it finds that the reduced period is sufficient to protect human health and the environment (e.g., leachate or groundwater monitoring results, characteristics of the hazardous waste, application of advanced technology, or alternative disposal, treatment, or re-use techniques indicate that the hazardous waste management unit or facility is secure); or

(ii)Extend the post-closure care period applicable to the hazardous waste management unit or facility, if it finds that the extended period is necessary to protect human health and the environment (e.g., leachate or groundwater monitoring results indicate a potential for migration of hazardous wastes at levels which may be harmful to human health and the environment).

(b)The Department may require, at partial and final closure, continuation of any of the security requirements of 335-14-6-.02(5) during part or all of the post-closure period when:

1.Hazardous wastes may remain exposed after completion of partial or final closure; or

2.Access by the public or domestic livestock may pose a hazard to human health.

(c)Post-closure use of property on or in which hazardous wastes remain after partial or final closure must never be allowed to disturb the integrity of the final cover, liner(s), or any other components of the containment system, or the function of the facility's monitoring systems, unless the Director finds that the disturbance:

1.Is necessary to the proposed use of the property, and will not increase the potential hazard to human health or the environment; or

2.Is necessary to reduce a threat to human health or the environment.

(d)All post-closure care activities must be in accordance with the provisions of the approved post-closure plan as specified in 335-14-6-.07(9).

(9)Post-closure plan; amendment of plan.

(a)Written plan. By May 19, 1981, the owner or operator of a hazardous waste disposal unit must have a written post-closure plan. An owner or operator of a surface impoundment, waste pile, drip pad, or other hazardous waste management unit that intends to remove all hazardous wastes at closure must prepare a post-closure plan and submit it to the Department within 90 days of the date that the owner or operator or Department determines that the hazardous waste management unit or facility must be closed as a landfill, subject to the requirements of 335-14-6-.07(8) through 335-14-6-.07(11).

(b)Until final closure of the facility, a copy of the most current post-closure plan must be furnished to the Department upon request, including request by mail. In addition, for facilities without approved post-closure plans, it must also be provided during site inspections, on the day of inspection, to any officer, employee or representative of the Department who is duly designated by the Department. After final closure has been certified, the person or office specified in 335-14-6-.07(9)(c)3. must keep the approved post-closure plan during the post-closure period.

(c)For each hazardous waste management unit subject to the requirements of 335-14-6-.07(9), the post-closure plan must identify the activities that will be carried on after closure of each disposal unit and the frequency of these activities, and include at least:

1.A description of the planned monitoring activities and frequencies at which they will be performed to comply with Rules 335-14-6-.06, 335-14-6-.09, 335-14-6-.10, 335-14-6-.11, 335-14-6-.12, 335-14-6-.13, 335-14-6-.14, 335-14-6-.17, 335-14-6-.23, and 335-14-6-.30 during the post-closure care period; and

2.A description of the planned maintenance activities, and frequencies at which they will be performed to ensure:

(i)The integrity of the cap and final cover or other containment systems in accordance with the requirements of Rules 335-14-6-.06, 335-14-6-.09, 335-14-6-.10, 335-14-6-.11, 335-14-6-.12, 335-14-6-.13, 335-14-6-.14, 335-14-6-.17, 335-14-6-.23, and 335-14-6-.30;

(ii)The function of the monitoring equipment in accordance with the requirements of Rules 335-14-6-.06, 335-14-6-.09, 335-14-6-.10, 335-14-6-.11, 335-14-6-.12, 335-14-6-.13, 335-14-6-.14, 335-14-6-.17, 335-14-6-.23, and 335-14-6-.30; and

3.The name, address, and phone number of the person or office to contact about the hazardous waste disposal unit or facility during the post-closure care period.

4.For facilities subject to 335-14-6-.07(12), provisions that satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.07(12)(a)1. and 3.

5.For facilities where the Director has applied alternative requirements at a regulated unit under 335-14-6-.06(1)(f), and/or 335-14-6-.07(1)(d), either the alternative requirements that apply to the regulated unit, or a reference to the enforceable document containing those requirements.

(d)Amendment of plan. The owner or operator may amend the post-closure plan any time during the active life of the facility or during the post-closure care period. An owner or operator with an approved post-closure plan must submit a written request to the Department to authorize a change to the approved plan. The written request must include a copy of the amended post-closure plan for approval by the Department.

1.The owner or operator must amend the post-closure plan whenever:

(i)Changes in operating plans or facility design affect the post-closure plan, or

(ii)Events which occur during the active life of the facility, including partial and final closures, affect the post-closure plan.

(iii)The owner or operator requests the Director to apply alternative requirements to a regulated unit under 335-14-6-.06(1)(f), and/or 335-14-6-.07(1)(d).

2.The owner or operator must amend the post-closure plan at least 60 days prior to the proposed change in facility design or operation, or no later than 60 days after an unexpected event has occurred which has affected the post-closure plan.

3.An owner or operator with an approved post-closure plan must submit the modified plan to the Department at least 60 days prior to the proposed change in facility design or operation, or no more than 60 days after an unexpected event has occurred which has affected the post-closure plan. If an owner or operator of a surface impoundment, a waste pile, or a drip pad who intended to remove all hazardous wastes at closure in accordance with 335-14-6-.11(9)(a), 335-14-6-.12(9)(a), or 335-14-6-.23(6)(a) is required to close as a landfill in accordance with 335-14-6-.14(11), the owner or operator must submit a post-closure plan within 90 days of the determination by the owner or operator or Department that the unit must be closed as a landfill. If the amendment to the post-closure plan is a major modification according to the criteria of 335-14-8-.04(2) and 335-14-8-.04(3), the modification to the plan will be approved according to the procedures in 335-14-6-.07(9)(f).

4.The Department may request modifications to the plan under the conditions described in 335-14-6-.07(9)(d)1. An owner or operator with an approved post-closure plan must submit the modified plan no later than 60 days of the request from the Department. If the amendment to the plan is considered a major modification according to the criteria in 335-14-8-.04(2) and (3), the modifications to the post-closure care plan will be approved in accordance with the procedures in 335-14-6-.07(9)(f). If the Department determines that an owner or operator of a surface impoundment, waste pile, or drip pad who intended to remove all hazardous wastes at closure must close the facility as a landfill, the owner or operator must submit a post-closure plan for approval to the Department within 90 days of the determination.

(e)The owner or operator of a facility with hazardous waste management units subject to these requirements must submit his post-closure plan to the Department at least 180 days before the date he expects to begin partial or final closure of the first hazardous waste disposal unit. The date he "expects to begin closure" of the first hazardous waste disposal unit must be either within 30 days after the date on which the hazardous waste management unit receives the known final volume of hazardous waste, or if there is a reasonable possibility that the hazardous waste management unit will receive additional hazardous wastes, no later than one year after the date on which the unit received the most recent volume of hazardous wastes. The owner or operator must submit the post-closure plan to the Department no later than 15 days after:

1.Termination of interim status (except when a permit is issued to the facility simultaneously with termination of interim status); or

2.Issuance of a judicial decree or final orders under the AHWMMA to cease receiving wastes or close.

(f)Processing of post-closure plan.

1.The Department shall not approve a post-closure plan until it is determined to be complete. A plan is complete when the Department receives all required information identified in 335-14-6-.07.

2.The Department shall review for completeness every post-closure plan submitted for approval as required by 335-14-6-.07(9). Upon completing the review, the Department shall notify the owner or operator in writing whether the plan is complete. If the plan is incomplete, the Department:

(i)Shall list the information necessary to make the plan complete;

(ii)Shall specify in the notice of deficiency a date for submitting the necessary information; and

(iii)May request any information necessary to clarify, modify, or supplement previously submitted material; however, requests for items not required by Rules 335-14-6-.07(8) through 335-14-6-.07(11) will not render a plan incomplete.

3.Once a post-closure plan is determined to be complete, the Department will provide the owner or operator and the public, through a newspaper notice, the opportunity to submit written comments on the plan and request modifications to the plan no later than 30 days from the date of the notice.

It will also, in response to a request or at its own discretion, hold a public hearing whenever such a hearing might clarify one or more issues concerning a post-closure plan. The Department will give public notice of the hearing at least 30 days before it occurs. [Public notice of the hearing may be (but is not required to be) given at the same time as notice of the opportunity for the public to submit written comments, and the two notices may be combined.] The public comment period will automatically extend to the close of any public hearing under 335-14-6-.07(9)(f). The hearing officer may also extend the comment period by so stating at the hearing.

4.After considering any comments submitted during the public comment period and public hearing (if held), the Director will approve or disapprove the plan within 30 days of the close of the comment period. If the Director does not approve the plan, he shall provide the owner or operator with a detailed statement of reasons for the refusal, and the owner or operator must modify the plan or submit a new plan for approval within 30 days after receiving such written statement. The Director will approve or modify this plan in writing within 60 days of receipt. If the Director modifies the plan, this modified plan becomes the approved post-closure plan. The Department must assure that the approved post-closure plan is consistent with Rules 335-14-6-.07(8) through 335-14-6-.07(11) and the applicable requirements of Rules 335-14-6-.06, 335-14-6-.09(9), 335-14-6-.10(8), 335-14-6-.11(9), 335-14-6-.12(9), 335-14-6-.13(11), 335-14-6-.14(11), and 335-14-6-.23(6). A copy of the modified plan with a detailed statement of reasons for the modifications must be mailed to the owner or operator.

5.If an owner or operator fails or refuses to correct deficiencies in the post-closure plan, the plan may be modified by the Director and appropriate enforcement action may be taken by the Department.

6.The post-closure plan may be processed for approval concurrently with the closure plan required by Rule 335-14-6-.07(3) at the request of the Department or the owner or operator, provided that the processing of the post-closure plan does not delay the processing, approval, or implementation of the closure plan.

(g)The post-closure plan and length of the post-closure care period may be modified any time prior to the end of the post-closure care period in either of the following two ways:

1.The owner or operator of any member of the public may petition the Department to extend or reduce the post-closure care period applicable to a hazardous waste management unit or facility based on cause, or alter the requirements of the post-closure care period based on cause.

(i)The petition must include evidence demonstrating that:

(I)The secure nature of the hazardous waste management unit or facility makes the post-closure care requirement(s) unnecessary or supports reduction of the post-closure care period specified in the current post-closure plan (e.g., leachate or groundwater monitoring results, characteristics of the wastes, application of advanced technology or alternative disposal, treatment, or re-use techniques indicate that the facility is secure), or

(II)The requested extension in the post-closure care period or alteration of post-closure care requirements is necessary to prevent threats to human health and the environment (e.g., leachate or groundwater monitoring results indicate a potential for migration of hazardous wastes at levels which may be harmful to human health and the environment).

(ii)These petitions will be considered by the Department only when they present new and relevant information not previously considered by the Department. Whenever the Department is considering a petition, it will provide the owner or operator and the public, through a newspaper notice, the opportunity to submit written comments within 30 days of the date of the notice. It will also, in response to a request or at its own discretion, hold a public hearing whenever a hearing might clarify one or more issues concerning the post-closure plan. The Department will give the public notice of the hearing at least 30 days before it occurs. (Public notice of the hearing may be given at the same time as notice of the opportunity for written public comments, and the two notices may be combined.) After considering the comments, the Director will issue a final determination, based upon the criteria set forth in 335-14-6-.07(9)(g)1.

(iii)If the Director denies the petition, he will send the petitioner a brief written response giving a reason for the denial.

2.The Director may tentatively decide to modify the post-closure plan if he deems it necessary to prevent threats to human health and the environment. He may propose to extend or reduce the post-closure care period applicable to a hazardous waste management unit or facility based on cause or alter the requirements of the post-closure care period based on cause.

(i)The Department will provide the owner or operator and the affected public, through a newspaper notice, the opportunity to submit written comments within 30 days of the date of the notice and the opportunity for a public hearing as in 335-14-6-.07(9)(g)1.(ii). After considering the comments, the Director will issue a final determination.

(ii)The Director will base his final determination upon the same criteria as required for petitions under 335-14-6-.07(0(g)1.(i). A modification of the post-closure plan may include, where appropriate, the temporary suspension rather than permanent deletion of one or more post-closure care requirements. At the end of the specified period of suspension, the Director would then determine whether the requirement(s) should be permanently discontinued or reinstated to prevent threats to human health and the environment.

(10)Post-closure notices.

(a)No later than 60 days after certification of closure of each hazardous waste disposal unit, the owner or operator must submit to the local zoning authority, or the authority with jurisdiction over local land use, and to the Department, a record of the type, location, and quantity of hazardous wastes disposed of within each cell or other disposal unit of the facility. For hazardous wastes disposed of before January 12, 1981, the owner or operator must identify the type, location, and quantity of the hazardous wastes to the best of his knowledge and in accordance with any records he has kept.

(b)Within 60 days of certification of closure of the first hazardous waste disposal unit and within 60 days of certification of closure of the last hazardous waste disposal unit, the owner or operator must:

1.Record, in accordance with State of Alabama law, a notation on the deed to the facility property, or on some other instrument which is normally examined during title search, that will in perpetuity notify any potential purchaser of the property that:

(i)The land has been used to manage hazardous wastes; and

(ii)Its use is restricted under Rule 335-14-6-.07; and

(iii)The survey plat and record of the type, location, and the quantity of hazardous wastes disposed of within each cell or other hazardous waste disposal unit of the facility required by 335-14-6-.07(7) and 335-14-6-.07(10)(a) have been filed with the local zoning authority or the authority with jurisdiction over local land use and with the Department; and

2.Submit a certification signed by the owner or operator that he has recorded the notation specified in 335-14-6-.07(10)(b)1. and a copy of the document in which the notation has been placed, to the Department.

(c)If the owner or operator or any subsequent owner of the land upon which a hazardous waste disposal unit was located wishes to remove hazardous wastes and hazardous waste residues, the liner, if any, and all contaminated structures, equipment, and soils, he must request a modification to the approved post-closure plan in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-6-.07(9)(g). The owner or operator must demonstrate that the removal of hazardous wastes will satisfy the criteria of 335-14-6-.07(8)(c). By removing hazardous waste, the owner or operator may become a generator of hazardous waste and must manage it in accordance with all applicable requirements of Division 335-14. If the owner or operator is granted approval to conduct the removal activities, the owner or operator may request that the Director approve either:

1.The removal of the notation on the deed to the facility property or other instrument normally examined during title search, or

2.The addition of a notation to the deed or instrument indicating the removal of the hazardous waste.

(11)Certification of completion of post-closure care. No later than 60 days after the completion of the established post-closure care period for each hazardous waste disposal unit, the owner or operator must submit to the Department, by registered mail, a certification that the post-closure care period for the hazardous waste disposal unit was performed in accordance with the specifications in the approved post-closure plan. The certification must be signed by the owner or operator and an independent registered professional engineer. Documentation supporting the independent registered professional engineer's certification must be furnished to the Department upon request until it releases the owner or operator from the financial assurance requirements for post-closure care under 335-14-6-.08(6)(h).

(12)Post-closure requirements for facilities that obtain enforceable documents in lieu of post-closure permits.

(a)Owners and operators who are subject to the requirement to obtain a post-closure permit under 335-14-8-.01(1)(c), but who obtain enforceable documents in lieu of post-closure permits, as provided under 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7. must comply with the following requirements:

1.The requirements to submit information about the facility in 335-14-8-.02(19);

2.The requirements for facility-wide corrective action in 335-14-5-.06(12).

3.The requirements of 335-14-5-.06(2) through (11).

(b)1.The Department, in issuing enforceable documents under 335-14-6-.07(12) in lieu of permits, will assure a meaningful opportunity for public involvement which, at a minimum, includes public notice and opportunity for public comment:

(i)When the Department becomes involved in a remediation at the facility as a regulatory or enforcement matter;

(ii)On the proposed preferred remedy and the assumptions upon which the remedy is based, in particular those related to land use and site characterization; and

(iii)At the time of a proposed decision that remedial action is complete at the facility. These requirements must be met before the Department may consider that the facility has met the requirements of 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7., unless the facility qualifies for a modification to these public involvement procedures under 335-14-6-.07(12)(b)2. or 3.

2.If the Department determines that even a short delay in the implementation of a remedy would adversely affect human health or the environment, the Department may delay compliance with the requirements of 335-14-6-.07(12)(b)1. and implement the remedy immediately. However, the Department must assure involvement of the public at the earliest opportunity, and, in all cases, upon making the decision that additional remedial action is not needed at the facility.

3.The Department may allow a remediation initiated prior to October 22, 1998 to substitute for corrective action required under a post-closure permit even if the public involvement requirements of 335-14-6-.07(12)(b)1. have not been met so long as the Department assures that notice and comment on the decision that no further remediation is necessary to protect human health and the environment takes place at the earliest reasonable opportunity after October 22, 1998.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Stephen A. Cobb; James W. Hathcock, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12; 22-30-16.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990, January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.6.08" level="3" title="Financial Requirements">

(1)Applicability.

(a)The requirements of 335-14-6-.08(3), (4), (8), and (9) apply to owners and operators of all hazardous waste facilities, except as provided otherwise in 335-14-6-.08(1) or in 335-14-6-.01(1).

(b)The requirements of 335-14-6-.08(5) and (7) apply only to owners and operators of:

1.Disposal facilities;

2.Tank systems that are required under 335-14-6-.10(8) to meet the requirements for landfills; and

3.Containment buildings that are required under Rule 335-15-6-.30(3) to meet the requirements for landfills; and

4.Other hazardous waste management units which are unable to demonstrate closure by removal.

(c)Except for the requirements to provide and update cost estimates, as described in 335-14-6-.08(3), 335-14-6-.08(5), and 335-14-6-.08(10). The State of Alabama and the Federal government are exempt from the requirements of 335-14-6-.08.

(2)Definitions of terms as used in 335-14-6-.08.

(a)"Captive insurance" means insurance provided by a company meeting any of the following conditions:

1.Shares a common pool of assets as its parent corporation,

2.Belongs to the same economic family as its parent corporation,

3.Is wholly owned and/or capitalized with funds provided exclusively by the parent company, or

4.Is a wholly owned insurance interest operated and managed within the corporate family of the owner or operator for the primary purpose of insuring risks from within the same corporate family.

(b)"Closure plan" means the plan for closure prepared in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-6-.07(3).

(c)"Current closure cost estimate" means the most recent of the estimates prepared in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(3)(a), (3)(b), and (3)(c).

(d)"Current post-closure cost estimate" means the most recent of the estimates prepared in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(5)(a), (5)(b), and (5)(c).

(e)"Operating facility" means a facility with active treatment, storage, and/or disposal units subject to the requirement of 335-14-6.

(f)"Parent Corporation" means a corporation which directly owns at least 50 percent of the voting stock of the corporation which is the facility owner or operator; the latter corporation is deemed a "subsidiary" of the parent corporation.

(g)"Post-closure facility" means a facility at which all treatment, storage, and/or disposal units have been closed in accordance with 335-14-6-.07, but at which the owner or operator is unable to demonstrate closure by removal pursuant to 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)5. for on or more units.

(h)"Post-closure plan" means the plan for post-closure care prepared in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-6-.07(8) through (11).

(i)The following terms are used in the specifications for the financial tests for closure, post-closure care, and liability coverage. The definitions are intended to assist in the understanding of these regulations and are not intended to limit the meanings of terms in a way that conflicts with generally accepted accounting practices.

1."Assets" means all existing and all probable future economic benefits obtained or controlled by a particular entity.

2."Current assets" means cash or other assets or resources commonly identified as those which are reasonably expected to be realized in cash or sold or consumed during the normal operating cycle of the business.

3."Current liabilities" means obligations whose liquidation is reasonably expected to require the use of existing resources properly classifiable as current assets or the creation of other current liabilities.

4."Current plugging and abandonment cost estimate" means the most recent of the estimates prepared in accordance with 40 CFR &#167;144.62(a), (b), and (c) or any State equivalent.

5."Independently audited" refers to an audit performed by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.

6."Liabilities" means probable future sacrifices of economic benefits arising from present obligations to transfer assets or provide services to other entities in the future as a result of past transactions or events.

7."Net working capital" means current assets minus current liabilities.

8."Net worth" means total assets minus total liabilities and is equivalent to owner's equity.

9."Tangible net worth" means the tangible assets that remain after deducting liabilities; such assets would not include intangibles such as goodwill and rights to patents or royalties.

(j)In the liability insurance requirements the terms "bodily injury" and "property damage" shall have the meanings given these terms by applicable State of Alabama law. However, these terms do not include those liabilities which, consistent with standard industry practice, are excluded from coverage in liability policies for bodily injury and property damage. The Department intends the meanings of other terms used in the liability insurance requirements to be consistent with their common meanings within the insurance industry. The definitions given below of several of the terms are intended to assist in the understanding of these regulations and are not intended to limit their meanings in a way that conflicts with general insurance industry usage.

1."Accidental occurrence" means an accident, including continuous or repeated exposure to conditions, which results in bodily injury or property damage neither expected nor intended from the standpoint of the insured.

2."Legal defense costs" means any expenses that an insurer incurs in defending against claims of third parties brought under the terms and conditions of an insurance policy.

3."Nonsudden accidental occurrence" means an occurrence which takes place over time and involves continuous or repeated exposure.

4."Sudden accidental occurrence" means an occurrence which is not continuous or repeated in nature.

(k)"Substantial business relationship" means the extent of a business relationship necessary under applicable State of Alabama law to make a guarantee contract issued incident to that relationship valid and enforceable. A "substantial business relationship" must arise from a pattern of recent or ongoing business transactions, in addition to the guarantee itself, such that a currently existing business relationship between the guarantor and the owner or operator is demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Department.

(3)Cost estimate for closure.

(a)The owner or operator must have a detailed written estimate in a format specified by the Department, in current dollars, of the cost of closing the facility in accordance with the requirements in 335-14-6-.07(2) through 335-14-6-.07(6) and applicable closure requirements of 335-14-6-.09(9), 335-14-6-.10(8), 335-14-6-.11(9), 335-14-6-.12(9), 335-14-6-.13(11), 335-14-6-.14(11), 335-14-6-.15(12), 335-14-6-.16(12), 335-14-6-.17(5), 335-14-6-.23(6), and 335-14-6-.30(3).

1.The estimate must equal the cost of final closure at the point in the facility's active life when the extent and manner of its operation would make closure the most expensive, as indicated by its closure plan (see 335-14-6-.07(3)(b)); and

2.The closure cost estimate must be based on the costs to the owner or operator of hiring a third party to close the facility. A third party is a party who is neither a parent nor a subsidiary of the owner or operator. (See definition of parent corporation in 335-14-6-.08(2)(f).) The owner or operator may use costs for on-site disposal if he can demonstrate that on-site disposal capacity will exist at all times over the life of the facility.

3.The closure cost estimate may not incorporate any salvage value that may be realized with the sale of hazardous wastes, or non-hazardous wastes if applicable under 335-14-6-.07(4)(d), facility structures or equipment, land or other facility assets associated with the facility at the time of partial or final closure.

4.The owner or operator may not incorporate a zero cost for hazardous wastes, or non-hazardous wastes if applicable under 335-14-6-.07(4)(d), that might have economic value.

(b)During the active life of the facility, the owner or operator must adjust the closure cost estimate for inflation within 60 days prior to the anniversary date of the establishment of the financial instrument(s) used to comply with 335-14-6-.08(4). For owners and operators using the financial test or corporate guarantee, the closure cost estimate must be updated for inflation within 30 days after the close of the firm's fiscal year and before submission of updated information to the Department as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(e)5. The adjustment may be made by recalculating the closure cost estimate in current dollars, or by using an inflation factor derived from the most recent Implicit Price Deflator for Gross National Product published by the U.S. Department of Commerce in its Survey of Current Business, as specified in 335-14-6-.08(3)(b)1. and (b)2. The inflation factor is the result of dividing the latest published annual Deflator by the Deflator for the previous year.

1.The first adjustment is made by multiplying the closure cost estimate by the inflation factor. The result is the adjusted closure cost estimate.

2.Subsequent adjustments are made by multiplying the latest adjusted closure cost estimate by the latest inflation factor.

(c)During the active life of the facility, the owner or operator must revise the closure cost estimate no later than 30 days after a revision has been made to the closure plan which increases the cost of closure. If the owner or operator has an approved closure plan, the closure cost estimate must be revised no later than 30 days after the Department has approved the request to modify the closure plan, if the change in the closure plan increases the cost of closure. The revised closure cost estimate must be adjusted for inflation as specified in 335-14-6-.08(3)(b).

(d)The owner or operator must keep the following at the facility during the operating life of the facility: The latest closure cost estimate prepared in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(3)(a) and (c) and, when this estimate has been adjusted in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(3)(b), the latest adjusted closure cost estimate.

(4)Financial assurance for closure. By the effective date of these regulations, an owner or operator of each facility must establish financial assurance for closure of the facility. He must choose from the options as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(a) through (e).

(a)Closure trust fund.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4) by establishing a closure trust fund which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4)(a) and submitting an originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement to the Department. The trustee must be an entity which has the authority to act as a trustee and whose trust operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.

2.The wording of the trust agreement must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(a), and the trust agreement must be accompanied by a formal certification of acknowledgment (for example, see 335-14-5-.08(12)(a)2.). Schedule A of the trust agreement must be updated and an originally signed duplicate must be submitted to the Department within 60 days after a change in the amount of the current closure cost estimate covered by the agreement.

3.Payments into the trust fund must be made annually by the owner or operator over the 8 years beginning with the effective date of these regulations or over the remaining operating life of the facility as estimated in the closure plan, whichever period is shorter; this period is hereafter referred to as the "pay-in period". The payments into the closure trust fund must be made as follows:

(i)The first payment must be made by the effective date of these regulations, except as provided in 335-14-6-.08(4)(a)5. The initial payment must be at least equal to the amount determined according to the schedule set out in 335-14-6-.08(4)(a)3.(ii)(I) through (a)3.(ii)(VIII).

(ii)Subsequent payments must be made no later than 30 days after each anniversary date of the first payment. Payments must be made according to the following schedule:

(I)If the remaining operating life of the facility is one year, 100% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid initially;

(II)If the remaining operating life of the facility is two years, 50% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the two years;

(III)If the remaining operating life of the facility is three years, 34% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid initially and 33% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the two subsequent years;

(IV)If the remaining operating life of the facility is four years, 25% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the four years;

(V)If the remaining operating life of the facility is five years, 20% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the five years;

(VI)If the remaining operating life of the facility is six years, 20% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the first four years and 10% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the two subsequent years;

(VII)If the remaining operating life of the facility is seven years, 20% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the first three years and 10% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the four subsequent years; and

(VIII)If the remaining operating life of the facility is eight years or longer, 20% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the first two years and 10% of the current closure cost estimate must be paid each of the six subsequent years;

(iii)Following the initial payment, all subsequent annual payments must reconcile any difference between the actual value of the trust fund and the required value of the trust fund. The required value of the trust fund accounts for adjustments to the closure-cost estimate made in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(3), and may be calculated by determining the value of the trust fund if the current payment and all previous payments were made using the current closure-cost estimate.

4.The owner or operator may accelerate payments into the trust fund or he may deposit the full amount of the current closure cost estimate at the time the fund is established. However, he must maintain the value of the fund at no less than the value that the fund would have if annual payments were made as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(a)3.

5.If the owner or operator establishes a closure trust fund after having used one or more alternate mechanisms specified in 335-14-6-.08(4), his first payment must be in at least the amount that the fund would contain if the trust fund were established initially and annual payments made as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(a)3.

6.After the pay-in period is completed, whenever the current closure cost estimate changes, the owner or operator must compare the new estimate with the trustee's most recent annual valuation of the trust fund. If the value of the fund is less than the amount of the new estimate, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the change in the cost estimate, must either deposit an amount into the fund so that its value after this deposit at least equals the amount of the current closure cost estimate, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4) to cover the difference.

7.If the value of the trust fund is greater than the total amount of the current closure cost estimate, the owner or operator may submit a written request to the Department for release of the amount in excess of the current closure cost estimate.

8.If an owner or operator substitutes other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4) for all or part of the trust fund, he may submit a written request to the Department for release of the amount in excess of the current closure cost estimate covered by the trust fund.

9.Within 60 days after receiving a request from the owner or operator for release of funds as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(a)7. or (a)8., the Department will instruct the trustee to release to the owner or operator such funds as the Department specifies in writing.

10.After beginning partial or final closure, an owner or operator or another person authorized to conduct partial or final closure may request reimbursements for partial or final closure expenditures by submitting itemized bills to the Department. The owner or operator may request reimbursements for partial closure only if sufficient funds are remaining in the trust fund to cover the maximum costs of closing the facility over its remaining operating life. No later than 60 days after receiving bills for partial or final closure activities, the Department will instruct the trustee to make reimbursements in those amounts as the Department specifies in writing, if the Department determines that the partial or final closure expenditures are in accordance with the approved closure plan, or otherwise justified. If the Department has reason to believe that the maximum cost of closure over the remaining life of the facility will be significantly greater than the value of the trust fund, he may withhold reimbursements of such amounts as he deems prudent until he determines, in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(4)(h), that the owner or operator is no longer required to maintain financial assurance for final closure of the facility. If the Department does not instruct the trustee to make such reimbursements, he will provide to the owner or operator a detailed written statement of reasons.

11.The Department will agree to termination of the trust when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4); or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4) in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(4)(h).

(b)Surety bond guaranteeing payment into a closure trust fund.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4) by obtaining a surety bond which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4)(b) and submitting the bond to the Department. The surety company issuing the bond must, at a minimum, be among those listed as acceptable sureties on Federal bonds in Circular 570 of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

2.The wording of the surety bond must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(b).

3.The owner or operator who uses a surety bond to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4) must also establish a standby trust fund. Under the terms of the bond, all payments made thereunder will be deposited by the surety directly into the standby trust fund in accordance with instructions from the Department. This standby trust fund must meet the requirements specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(a), except that:

(i)An originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement must be submitted to the Department with the surety bond; and

(ii)Until the standby trust fund is funded pursuant to the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4), the following are not required by these regulations:

(I)Payments into the trust fund as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(a).

(II)Updating of Schedule A of the trust agreement (see 335-14-5-.08(12)(a)) to show current closure cost estimates;

(III)Annual valuations as required by the trust agreement; and

(IV)Notices of nonpayment as required by the trust agreement.

4.The bond must guarantee that the owner or operator will:

(i)Fund the standby trust fund in an amount equal to the penal sum of the bond before the beginning of final closure of the facility; or

(ii)Fund the standby trust fund in an amount equal to the penal sum within 15 days after an administrative order to begin final closure issued by the Department becomes final, or within 15 days after an order to begin final closure is issued by a court of competent jurisdiction; or

(iii)Provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4), and obtain the Department's written approval of the assurance provided, within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Department of a notice of cancellation of the bond from the surety.

5.Under the terms of the bond, the surety will become liable on the bond obligation when the owner or operator fails to perform as guaranteed by the bond.

6.The penal sum of the bond must be in an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate, except as provided in 335-14-6-.08(4)(f).

7.Whenever the current closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the penal sum, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, must either cause the penal sum to be increased to an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Department, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4) to cover the increase. Whenever the current closure cost estimate decreases, the penal sum may be reduced to the amount of the current closure cost estimate following written approval by the Department.

8.Under the terms of the bond, the surety may cancel the bond by sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner or operator and to the Department. Cancellation may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of notice of cancellation by both the owner or operator and the Department, as evidenced by the return receipts.

9.The owner or operator may cancel the bond if the Department has given prior written consent. The Department will provide such written consent when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4); or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4) in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(4)(h).

(c)Closure letter of credit.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4) by obtaining an irrevocable standby letter of credit which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4)(c) and submitting the letter to the Department. The issuing institution must be an entity which has the authority to issue letters of credit and whose letter-of-credit operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.

2.The wording of the letter of credit must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(d).

3.An owner or operator who uses a letter of credit to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4) must also establish a standby trust fund. Under the terms of the letter of credit, all amounts paid pursuant to a draft by the Department will be deposited by the issuing institution directly into the standby trust fund in accordance with instructions from the Department. This standby trust fund must meet the requirements of the trust fund specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(a), except that:

(i)An originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement must be submitted to the Department with the letter of credit; and

(ii)Unless the standby trust fund is funded pursuant to the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4), the following are not required by these regulations:

(I)Payments into the trust fund as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(a);

(II)Updating of Schedule A of the trust agreement (see 335-14-5-.08(12)(a)) to show current closure cost estimates;

(III)Annual valuations as required by the trust agreement; and

(IV)Notices of nonpayment as required by the trust agreement.

4.The letter of credit must be accompanied by a letter from the owner or operator referring to the letter of credit by number, issuing institution, and date, and providing the following information: the EPA or Alabama Identification Number, name, and address of the facility, and the amount of funds assured for closure of the facility by the letter of credit.

5.The letter of credit must be irrevocable and issued for a period of at least 1 year. The letter of credit must provide that the expiration date will be automatically extended for a period of at least 1 year unless, at least 120 days before the current expiration date, the issuing institution notifies both the owner or operator and the Department by certified mail of a decision not to extend the expiration date. Under the terms of the letter of credit, the 120 days will begin on the date when both the owner or operator and the Department have received the notice, as evidenced by the return receipts.

6.The letter of credit must be issued in an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate, except as provided in 335-14-6-.08(4)(f).

7.Whenever the current closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the amount of the credit, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, must either cause the amount of the credit to be increased so that it at least equals the current closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Department, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4) to cover the increase. Whenever the current closure cost estimate decreases, the amount of the credit may be reduced to the amount of the current closure cost estimate following written approval by the Department.

8.Following a final administrative determination pursuant to the AHWMMA that the owner or operator has failed to perform final closure in accordance with the approved closure plan when required to do so, the Department may draw on the letter of credit.

9.If the owner or operator does not establish alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4) and obtain written approval of such alternate assurance from the Department within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Department of a notice from the issuing institution that it has decided not to extend the letter of credit beyond the current expiration date, the Department will draw on the letter of credit. The Department may delay the drawing if the issuing institution grants an extension of the term of the credit. During the last 30 days of any such extension the Department will draw on the letter of credit if the owner or operator has failed to provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4) and obtain written approval of such assurance from the Department.

10.The Department will return the letter of credit to the issuing institution for termination when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4); or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4) in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(4)(h).

(d)Closure insurance.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4) by obtaining closure insurance which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4)(d) and submitting an originally signed certificate of such insurance to the Department. By the effective date of these regulations, the owner or operator must submit the certificate of insurance to the Department or establish other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4). At a minimum, the insurer must be licensed to transact the business of insurance, or eligible to provide insurance as an excess or surplus lines insurer, in the State of Alabama, and must not be captive insurance as defined in 335-14-6-.08(2)(a) unless the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4)(d)1.(ii) are met.

(i)The use of insurance to demonstrate financial assurance for closure and post-closure care pertains exclusively to those insurance policies underwritten by commercial property and casualty insurers (primary or excess and surplus lines), through which, in the insurance contract, the financial burden for closure and post-closure care is transferred to the third-party insurer. Except as provided in 335-14-6-.08(4)(d)1.(ii), the third-party insurer must assume financial responsibility for this accepted risk, using its own pool of resources that is independent, separate, and unrelated to that of the insured (owner or operator). The use of insurance policies underwritten by captive insurers therefore is prohibited.

(ii)Captive insurance may be used for closure insurance only when the facility provides annual documentation to the Department that the owner or operator is in compliance with the requirements of Rule 335-14-6-.08(4)(e).

2.The wording of the certificate of insurance must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(e).

3.The closure insurance policy must be issued for a face amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate, except as provided in 335-14-6-.08(4)(f). The term "face amount" means the total amount the insurer is obligated to pay under the policy. Actual payments by the insurer will not change the face amount, although the insurer's future liability will be lowered by the amount of the payments.

4.The closure insurance policy must guarantee that funds will be available to close the facility whenever final closure occurs. The policy must also guarantee that once final closure begins, the insurer will be responsible for paying out funds, up to an amount equal to the face amount of the policy, upon the direction of the Department, to such party or parties as the Department specifies.

5.After beginning partial or final closure, an owner or operator or any other person authorized to conduct closure may request reimbursements for closure expenditures by submitting itemized bills to the Department. The owner or operator may request reimbursements for partial closure only if the remaining value of the policy is sufficient to cover the maximum costs of closing the facility over its remaining operating life. Within 60 days after receiving bills for closure activities, the Department will instruct the insurer to make reimbursements in such amounts as the Department specifies in writing if the Department determines that the partial or final closure expenditures are in accordance with the approved closure plan or otherwise justified. If the Department has reason to believe that the maximum cost of closure over the remaining life of the facility will be significantly greater than the face amount of the policy, he may withhold reimbursement of such amounts as he deems prudent until he determines, in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(4)(h), that the owner or operator is no longer required to maintain financial assurance for final closure of the particular facility. If the Department does not instruct the insurer to make such reimbursements, he will provide to the owner or operator a detailed written statement of reasons.

6.The owner or operator must maintain the policy in full force and effect until the Department consents to termination of the policy by the owner or operator as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(d)10. Failure to pay the premium, without substitution of alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4), will constitute a significant violation of these regulations, warranting such remedy as the Department deems necessary. Such violation will be deemed to begin upon receipt by the Department of a notice of future cancellation, termination or failure to renew due to nonpayment of the premium, rather than upon the date of expiration.

7.Each policy must contain a provision allowing assignment of the policy to a successor owner or operator. Such assignment may be conditional upon consent of the insurer, provided such consent is not unreasonably refused.

8.The policy must provide that the insurer may not cancel, terminate, or fail to renew the policy except for failure to pay the premium. The automatic renewal of the policy must, at a minimum, provide the insured with the option of renewal at the face amount of the expiring policy. If there is a failure to pay the premium, the insurer may elect to cancel, terminate or fail to renew the policy by sending notice by certified mail to the owner or operator and the Department. Cancellation, termination, or failure to renew may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning with the date of receipt of the notice by both the Department and the owner or operator, as evidenced by the return receipts. Cancellation, termination, or failure to renew may not occur and the policy will remain in full force and effect in the event that on or before the date of expiration:

(i)The Department deems the facility abandoned; or

(ii)Interim status is terminated or revoked; or

(iii)Closure is ordered by the Department or a court of competent jurisdiction; or

(iv)The owner or operator is named as debtor in a voluntary or involuntary proceeding under Title 11 (Bankruptcy), U.S. Code; or

(v)The premium due is paid.

9.Whenever the current closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the face amount of the policy, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, must either cause the face amount to be increased to an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Department, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4) to cover the increase. Whenever the current closure cost estimate decreases, the face amount may be reduced to the amount of the current closure cost estimate following written approval by the Department.

10.The Department will give written consent to the owner or operator that he may terminate the insurance policy when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4); or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4) in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(4)(h).

(e)Financial test and corporate guarantee for closure.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4) by demonstrating that he passes a financial test as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(e). To pass this test the owner or operator must meet the criteria of either 335-14-6-.08(4)(e)1.(i) or (e)1.(ii):

(i)The owner or operator must have:

(I)Two of the following three ratios: A ratio of total liabilities to net worth less than 2.0; a ratio of the sum of net income plus depreciation, depletion, and amortization to total liabilities greater than 0.1; and a ratio of current assets to current liabilities greater than 1.5; and

(II)Net working capital and tangible net worth each at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates; and

(III)Tangible net worth of at least $10 million; and

(IV)Assets located in the United States amounting to at least 90 percent of total assets or at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates.

(ii)The owner or operator must have:

(I)A current rating for his most recent bond issuance of AAA, AA, A, or BBB as issued by Standard and Poor's or Aaa, Aa, A, or Baa as issued by Moody's; and

(II)Tangible net worth at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates; and

(III)Tangible net worth of at least $10 million; and

(IV)Assets located in the United States amounting to at least 90 percent of total assets or at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates.

2.The phrase "current closure and post-closure cost estimates" as used in 335-14-6-.08(4)(e)1. refers to the cost estimates required to be shown in paragraphs 1-4 of the letter from the owner's or operator's chief financial officer [335-14-5-.08(12)(f) and (g)].

3.To demonstrate that he meets this test, the owner or operator must submit the following items to the Department:

(i)A letter signed by the owner's or operator's chief financial officer and worded as specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(f); and

(ii)A copy of the independent certified public accountant's report on examination of the owner's or operator's financial statements for the latest completed fiscal year; and

(iii)A special report from the owner's or operator's independent certified public accountant to the owner or operator stating that:

(I)He has compared the data which the letter from the chief financial officer specifies as having been derived from the independently audited, year-end financial statements for the latest fiscal year with the amounts in such financial statements; and

(II)In connection with that procedure, no matters came to his attention which caused him to believe that the specified data should be adjusted.

4.The owner or operator may obtain an extension of the time allowed for submission of the documents specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(e)3. if the fiscal year of the owner or operator ends during the 90 days prior to the effective date of these regulations and if the year-end financial statements for that fiscal year will be audited by an independent certified public accountant. The extension will end no later than 90 days after the end of the owner's or operator's fiscal year. To obtain the extension, the owner's or operator's chief financial officer must send, by the effective date of these regulations, a letter to the Department. This letter from the chief financial officer must:

(i)Request the extension;

(ii)Certify that he has grounds to believe that the owner or operator meets the criteria of the financial test;

(iii)Specify for each facility to be covered by the test the EPA Identification Number, name, address, and current cost estimates to be covered by the test;

(iv)Specify the date ending the owner's or operator's last complete fiscal year before the effective date of these regulations;

(v)Specify the date, no later than 90 days after the end of such fiscal year, when he will submit the documents specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(e)3.; and

(vi)Certify that the year-end financial statements of the owner or operator for such fiscal year will be audited by an independent certified public accountant.

5.After the initial submission of items specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(e)3., the owner or operator must send updated information to the Department within 90 days after the close of each succeeding fiscal year. This information must consist of all three items specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(e)3.

6.If the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4)(e)1., he must send notice to the Department of intent to establish alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4). The notice must be sent by certified mail within 90 days after the end of the fiscal year for which the year-end financial data show that the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements. The owner or operator must provide the alternate financial assurance within 120 days after the end of such fiscal year.

7.The Department, based on a reasonable belief that the owner or operator may no longer meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4)(e)1., require reports of financial condition at any time from the owner or operator in addition to those specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(e)3. If the Department finds, on the basis of such reports or other information, that the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4)(e)1., the owner or operator must provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4) within 30 days after notification of such a finding.

8.The Department may disallow use of this test on the basis of qualifications in the opinion expressed by the independent certified public accountant in his report on examination of the owner's or operator's financial statements (see 335-14-6-.08(4)(e)3.(ii)). An adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion will be cause for disallowance. The Department will evaluate other qualifications on an individual basis. The owner or operator must provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4) within 30 days after notification of the disallowance.

9.The owner or operator is no longer required to submit the items specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(e)3. when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4); or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4) in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(4)(h).

10.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4) by obtaining a written guarantee, hereafter referred to as "corporate guarantee". The guarantor must be the direct or higher-tier parent corporation of the owner or operator, a firm whose parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator, or a firm with a "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator. The guarantor must meet the requirements for owners or operators in 335-14-6-.08(4)(e)1. through 8. and must comply with the terms of the guarantee. The wording of the guarantee must be identical to the wording specified in Rule 335-14-5-.08(12)(h). The certified copy of the guarantee must accompany the items sent to the Department as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(e)3. One of these items must be the letter from the guarantor's chief financial officer. If the guarantor's parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator, the letter must describe the value received in consideration of the guarantee. If the guarantor is a firm with a "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator, this letter must describe this "substantial business relationship" and the value received in consideration of the guarantee. The terms of the guarantee must provide that:

(i)If the owner or operator fails to perform final closure of a facility covered by the corporate guarantee in accordance with the closure plan and other interim status permit requirements whenever required to do so, the guarantor will do so or establish a trust fund as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(a) in the name of the owner or operator.

(ii)The corporate guarantee will remain in force unless the guarantor sends notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner or operator and to the Department. Cancellation may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of the notice of cancellation by both the owner or operator and the Department, as evidenced by the return receipts.

(iii)If the owner or operator fails to provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4) and obtain the written approval of such alternate assurance from the Department within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Department of a notice of cancellation of the corporate guarantee from the guarantor, the guarantor will provide such alternate financial assurance in the name of the owner or operator.

(f)Use of multiple financial mechanisms. An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4) by establishing more than one financial mechanism per facility. These mechanisms are limited to trust funds, surety bonds, letters of credit and insurance. The mechanisms must be as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(a) through (d), except that it is the combination of mechanisms, rather than the single mechanism, which must provide financial assurance for an amount at least equal to the current closure cost estimate. If an owner or operator uses a trust fund in combination with a surety bond or a letter of credit, he may use the trust fund as a standby trust fund for the other mechanisms. A single standby trust fund may be established for two or more mechanisms. The Department may use any or all of the mechanisms to provide for closure of the facility.

(g)Use of a financial mechanism for multiple facilities. An owner or operator may use a financial assurance mechanism specified in 335-14-6-.08(4) to meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4) for more than one facility. Evidence of financial assurance submitted to the Department must include a list showing, for each facility, the EPA or Alabama Identification Number, name, address and the amount of funds for closure assured by the mechanism. The amount of funds available through the mechanism must be no less than the sum of funds that would be available if a separate mechanism had been established and maintained for each facility. In directing funds available through the mechanism for closure of any of the facilities covered by the mechanism, the Department may direct only the amount of funds designated for that facility, unless the owner or operator agrees to the use of additional funds available under the mechanism.

(h)Release of the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4). Within 60 days after receiving certification from the owner or operator and an independent registered professional engineer that final closure has been completed in accordance with the approved closure plan, the Department will notify the owner or operator in writing that he is no longer required by 335-14-6-.08(4) to maintain financial assurance for final closure of the facility, unless the Department has reason to believe that final closure has not been in accordance with the approved closure plan. The Department shall provide the owner or operator a detailed written statement of any such reason to believe that closure has not been in accordance with the approved closure plan.

(5)Cost estimate for post-closure care.

(a)The owner or operator of a hazardous waste disposal unit or other hazardous waste management unit which is unable to demonstrate closure by removal must have a detailed written estimate in a format specified by the Department, in current dollars, of the annual cost of post-closure monitoring and maintenance of the facility in accordance with the applicable post-closure requirements of 335-14-6-.07(8) through 335-14-6-.07(11), 335-14-6-.11(9), 335-14-6-.12(9), 335-14-6-.13(11), and 335-14-6-.14(11).

1.The post-closure cost estimate must be based on the costs to the owner or operator of hiring a third party to conduct post-closure care activities. A third party is a party who is neither a parent nor subsidiary of the owner or operator. (See definition of parent corporation in 335-14-6-.08(2)(f).)

2.The post-closure cost estimate is calculated by multiplying the annual post-closure cost estimate by the number of years of post-closure care required under 335-14-6-.07(8). Unless expressly extended or shortened by the Department in writing, the post-closure care period will be assumed to be thirty years for the purposes of calculating the post-closure cost estimate.

(b)During the active life of the facility, the owner or operator must adjust the post-closure cost estimate for inflation within 60 days prior to the anniversary date of the establishment of the financial instrument(s) used to comply with 335-14-6-.08(6). For owners or operators using the financial test or corporate guarantee, the post-closure care cost estimate must be updated for inflation no later than 30 days after the close of the firm's fiscal year and before submission of updated information to the Department as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(e)5. The adjustment may be made by recalculating the post-closure cost estimate in current dollars or by using an inflation factor derived from the most recent Implicit Price Deflator for Gross National Product published by the U.S. Department of Commerce in its Survey of Current Business as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(b)1. and (6)(b)2. The inflation factor is the result of dividing the latest published annual Deflator by the Deflator for the previous year.

1.The first adjustment is made by multiplying the post-closure cost estimate by the inflation factor. The result is the adjusted post-closure cost estimate.

2.Subsequent adjustments are made by multiplying the latest adjusted post-closure cost estimate by the latest inflation factor.

(c)During the active life of the facility, the owner or operator must revise the post-closure cost estimate no later than 30 days after a revision to the post-closure plan which increases the cost of post-closure care. If the owner or operator has an approved post-closure plan, the post-closure cost estimate must be revised no later than 30 days after the Department has approved the request to modify the plan, if the change in the post-closure plan increases the cost of post-closure care. The revised post-closure cost estimate must be adjusted for inflation as specified in 335-14-6-.08(5)(b).

(d)The owner or operator must keep the following at the facility during the operating life of the facility and throughout the post-closure care period: the latest post-closure cost estimate prepared in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(4)(a) and 335-14-6-.08(5)(c) and, when this estimate has been adjusted in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(5)(b), the latest adjusted post-closure cost estimate.

(6)Financial assurance for post-closure care. By the effective date of these regulations, an owner or operator of a facility with a hazardous waste disposal unit must establish financial assurance for post-closure care of the disposal unit(s).

(a)Post-closure trust fund.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6) by establishing a post-closure trust fund which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6)(a) and submitting an originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement to the Department. The trustee must be an entity which has the authority to act as a trustee and whose trust operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.

2.The wording of the trust agreement must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(a), and the trust agreement must be accompanied by a formal certification of acknowledgment (for example, see 335-14-5-.08(12)(a)). Schedule A of the trust agreement must be updated, and an originally signed duplicate must be submitted to the Department, within 60 days after a change in the amount of the current post-closure cost estimate covered by the agreement.

3.The owner or operator of an operating facility must make annual payments into the trust fund must be made annually by the owner or operator over the 8 years beginning with the effective date of these regulations or over the remaining operating life of the facility as estimated in the closure plan, whichever period is shorter. The owner or operator of a post-closure facility must make annual payments into the fund over a term of eight years beginning on the effective date of these regulations. This period is hereafter referred to as the "pay-in period". The payments into the post-closure trust fund must be made as follows:

(i)The first payment must be made by the effective date of these regulations, except as provided in 335-14-6-.08(6)(a)5. The first payment must be at least equal to the amount determined according to the schedule set out in 335-14-6-.08(6)(a)3.(ii)(I) through (a)3.(ii)(VIII).

(ii)Subsequent payments must be made no later than 30 days after each anniversary date of the first payment. Payments must be made according to the following schedule:

(I)If the remaining operating life of the facility is one year, 100% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid initially;

(II)If the remaining operating life of the facility is two years, 50% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid each of the two years;

(III)If the remaining operating life of the facility is three years, 34% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid initially and 33% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid each of the two subsequent years.

(IV)If the remaining operating life of the facility is four years, 25% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid each of the four years;

(V)If the remaining operating life of the facility is five years, 20% of the current post-closure estimate must be paid each of the five years;

(VI)If the remaining operating life of the facility is six years, 20% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid each of the first four years and 10% of the current cost estimate must be paid each of the two subsequent years;

(VII)If the remaining operating life of the facility is seven years, 20% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid each of the first three years and 10% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid each of the four subsequent years; and

(VIII)If the remaining operating life of the facility is eight years or longer, 20% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid each of the first two years and 10% of the current post-closure estimate must be paid each of the six subsequent years;

(IX)For post-closure facilities, 20% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid the first year and 10% of the current post-closure cost estimate must be paid each of the seven subsequent years;

(iii)Following the initial payment, all subsequent annual payments must reconcile any difference between the actual value of the trust fund and the required value of the trust fund. The required value of the trust fund accounts for adjustments to the post-closure cost estimate made in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(5), and may be calculated by determining the value of the trust fund if the current payment and all previous payments were made using the current post-closure cost estimate.

4.The owner or operator may accelerate payments into the trust fund or he may deposit the full amount of the current post-closure cost estimate at the time the fund is established. However, he must maintain the value of the fund at no less than the value that the fund would have if annual payments were made as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(a)3.

5.If the owner or operator establishes a post-closure trust fund after having used one or more alternate mechanisms specified in 335-14-6-.08(6), his first payment must be in at least the amount that the fund would contain if the trust fund were established initially and annual payments made as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(a)3.

6.After the pay-in period is completed, whenever the current post-closure cost estimate changes during the operating life of the facility and throughout the post-closure period, the owner or operator must compare the new estimate with the trustee's most recent annual valuation of the trust fund. If the value of the fund is less than the amount of the new estimate, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the change in the cost estimate, must either deposit an amount into the fund so that its value after this deposit at least equals the amount of the current post-closure cost estimate, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6) to cover the difference.

7.During the operating life of the facility and throughout the post-closure period, if the value of the trust fund is greater than the total amount of the current post-closure cost estimate, the owner or operator may submit a written request to the Department for release of the amount in excess of the current post-closure cost estimate.

8.If an owner or operator substitutes other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6) for all or part of the trust fund, he may submit a written request to the Department for release of the amount in excess of the current post-closure cost estimate covered by the trust fund.

9.Within 60 days after receiving a request from the owner or operator for release of funds as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(a)7. or (a)8., the Department will approve or disapprove the request for release. If the Department approves the release of fund, it will instruct the trustee to release to the owner or operator such funds as the Department specifies in writing.

10.Following the completion of the pay-in period, the Department may approve a release of funds if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Department that the value of the trust fund exceeds the remaining cost of post-closure care.

11.Following the completion of the pay-in period, an owner or operator or any other person authorized to conduct post-closure care may request reimbursements for post-closure expenditures by submitting itemized bills to the Department. Within 60 days after receiving bills for post-closure care activities, the Department will instruct the trustee to make reimbursements in those amounts as the Department specifies in writing, if the Department determines that the post-closure expenditures are in accordance with the approved post-closure plan or otherwise justified. If the Department does not instruct the trustee to make such reimbursements, he will provide the owner or operator with a detailed written statement of reasons.

12.The Department will agree to termination of the trust when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6) and approved by the Department; or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6) in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(6)(h).

(b)Surety bond guaranteeing payment into a post-closure trust fund.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6) by obtaining a surety bond which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6)(b) and submitting the bond to the Department. The surety company issuing the bond must, at a minimum, be among those listed as acceptable sureties on Federal bonds in Circular 570 of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

2.The wording of the surety bond must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(b).

3.The owner or operator who uses a surety bond to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6) must also establish a standby trust fund. Under the terms of the bond, all payments made thereunder will be deposited by the surety directly into the standby trust fund in accordance with instructions from the Department. This standby trust fund must meet the requirements specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(a), except that:

(i)An originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement must be submitted to the Department with the surety bond; and

(ii)Until the standby trust fund is funded pursuant to the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6), the following are not required by these regulations:

(I)Payments into the trust fund as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(a).

(II)Updating of Schedule A of the trust agreement (see 335-14-5-.08(12)(a)) to show current post-closure cost estimates;

(III)Annual valuations as required by the trust agreement; and

(IV)Notices of nonpayment as required by the trust agreement.

4.The bond must guarantee that the owner or operator will:

(i)Fund the standby trust fund in an amount equal to the penal sum of the bond before the beginning of final closure of the facility; or

(ii)Fund the standby trust fund in an amount equal to the penal sum within 15 days after an administrative order to begin final closure issued by the Department becomes final, or within 15 days after an order to begin final closure is issued by a court of competent jurisdiction; or

(iii)Provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6) and obtain the Department's written approval of the assurance provided, within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Department of a notice of cancellation of the bond from the surety.

5.Under the terms of the bond, the surety will become liable on the bond obligation when the owner or operator fails to perform as guaranteed by the bond.

6.The penal sum of the bond must be in an amount at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate, except as provided in 335-14-6-.08(6)(f).

7.Whenever the current post-closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the penal sum, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, must either cause the penal sum to be increased to an amount at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Department, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6) to cover the increase. Whenever the current post-closure cost estimate decreases, the penal sum may be reduced to the amount of the current post-closure cost estimate following written approval by the Department.

8.Under the terms of the bond, the surety may cancel the bond by sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner or operator and to the Department. Cancellation may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of notice of cancellation by both the owner or operator and the Department, as evidenced by the return receipts.

9.The owner or operator may cancel the bond if the Department has given prior written consent. The Department will provide such written consent when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6) and approved by the Department; or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6) in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(6)(h) .

(c)Post-closure letter of credit.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6) by obtaining an irrevocable standby letter of credit which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6)(c) and submitting the letter to the Department. The issuing institution must be an entity which has the authority to issue letters of credit and whose letter-of-credit operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.

2.The wording of the letter of credit must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(d).

3.An owner or operator who uses a letter of credit to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6) must also establish a standby trust fund. Under the terms of the letter of credit, all amounts paid pursuant to a draft by the Department will be deposited by the issuing institution directly into the standby trust fund in accordance with instructions from the Department. This standby trust fund must meet the requirements of the trust fund specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(a), except that:

(i)An originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement must be submitted to the Department with the letter of credit; and

(ii)Unless the standby trust fund is funded pursuant to the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6), the following are not required by these regulations:

(I)Payments into the trust fund as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(a);

(II)Updating of Schedule A of the trust agreement (see 335-14-5-.08(12)(a)) to show current post-closure cost estimates;

(III)Annual valuations as required by the trust agreement; and

(IV)Notices of nonpayment as required by the trust agreement.

4.The letter of credit must be accompanied by a letter from the owner or operator referring to the letter of credit by number, issuing institution and date, and providing the following information: the EPA Identification Number, name, and address of the facility, and the amount of funds assured for post-closure care of the facility by the letter of credit.

5.The letter of credit must be irrevocable and issued for a period of at least one year. The letter of credit must provide that the expiration date will be automatically extended for a period of at least one year unless, at least 120 days before the current expiration date, the issuing institution notifies both the owner or operator and the Department by certified mail of a decision not to extend the expiration date. Under the terms of the letter of credit, the 120 days will begin on the date when both the owner or operator and the Department have received the notice, as evidenced by the return receipts.

6.The letter of credit must be issued in an amount at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate, except as provided in 335-14-6-.08(6)(f).

7.Whenever the current post-closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the amount of the credit during the operating life of the facility and throughout the post-closure care period, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, must either cause the amount of the credit to be increased so that it at least equals the current post-closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Department, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6) to cover the increase. Whenever the current post-closure cost estimate decreases during the operating life of the facility or during the post-closure care period, the amount of the credit may be reduced to the amount of the current post-closure cost estimate following written approval by the Department.

8.During the period of post-closure care, the Department may approve a decrease in the amount of the letter of credit if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Department that the amount exceeds the remaining cost of post-closure care.

9.Following a final administrative determination pursuant to the AHWMMA that the owner or operator has failed to perform post-closure care in accordance with the approved post-closure plan and other permit requirements, the Department may draw on the letter of credit.

10.If the owner or operator does not establish alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6) and obtain written approval of such alternate assurance from the Department within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Department of a notice from the issuing institution that it has decided not to extend the letter of credit beyond the current expiration date, the Department will draw on the letter of credit. The Department may delay the drawing if the issuing institution grants an extension of the term of the credit. During the last 30 days of any such extension, the Department will draw on the letter of credit if the owner or operator has failed to provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6) and obtain written approval of such assurance from the Department.

11.The Department will return the letter of credit to the issuing institution for termination when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6) and approved by the Department; or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6) in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(6)(h).

(d)Post-closure insurance.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6) by obtaining post-closure insurance which conforms to the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6)(d) and submitting an originally signed certificate of such insurance to the Department. By the effective date of these regulations the owner or operator must submit to the Department the certificate of insurance or establish other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6). At a minimum, the insurer must be licensed to transact the business of insurance, or eligible to provide insurance as an excess or surplus lines insurer, in the State of Alabama, and must not be captive insurance as defined in 335-14-6-.08(2)(a) unless the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6)(d)1.(ii) are met.

(i)The use of insurance to demonstrate financial assurance for closure and post-closure care pertains exclusively to those insurance policies underwritten by commercial property and casualty insurers (primary or excess and surplus lines), through which, in the insurance contract, the financial burden for closure and post-closure care is transferred to the third-party insurer. Except as provided in 335-14-6-.08(6)(d)1.(ii), the third-party insurer must assume financial responsibility for this accepted risk, using its own pool of resources that is independent, separate, and unrelated to that of the insured (owner or operator). The use of insurance policies underwritten by captive insurers therefore is prohibited.

(ii)Captive insurance may be used for post-closure insurance only when the facility provides annual documentation to the Department that the owner or operator is in compliance with the requirements of Rule 335-14-6-.08(6)(e).

2.The wording of the certificate of insurance must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(e).

3.The post-closure insurance policy must be issued for a face amount at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate, except as provided in 335-14-6-.08(6)(f). The term "face amount" means the total amount the insurer is obligated to pay under the policy. Actual payments by the insurer will not change the face amount, although the insurer's future liability will be lowered by the amount of the payments.

4.The post-closure insurance policy must guarantee that funds will be available to provide post-closure care of the facility whenever the post-closure period begins. The policy must also guarantee that once post-closure care begins the insurer will be responsible for paying out funds, up to an amount equal to the face amount of the policy, upon the direction of the Department, to such party or parties as the Department specifies.

5.An owner or operator or any other person authorized to perform post-closure care may request reimbursement for post-closure care expenditures by submitting itemized bills to the Department. Within 60 days after receiving bills for post-closure care activities, the Department will instruct the insurer to make reimbursements in those amounts as the Department specifies in writing, if the Department determines that the post-closure expenditures are in accordance with the approved post-closure plan or otherwise justified. If the Department does not instruct the insurer to make such reimbursements, he will provide a detailed written statement of reasons.

6.The owner or operator must maintain the policy in full force and effect until the Department consents to termination of the policy by the owner or operator as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(d)11. Failure to pay the premium, without substitution of alternate financial assurance as specified in the paragraph, will constitute a significant violation of these regulations, warranting such remedy as the Department deems necessary. Such violation will be deemed to begin upon receipt by the Department of notice of future cancellation, termination, or failure to renew due to nonpayment of the premium, rather than upon the date of expiration.

7.Each policy must contain a provision allowing assignment of the policy to a successor owner or operator. Such assignment may be conditional upon consent of the insurer, provided such consent is not unreasonably refused.

8.The policy must provide that the insurer may not cancel, terminate, or fail to renew the policy except for failure to pay the premium. The automatic renewal of the policy must, at a minimum, provide the insured with the option of renewal at the face amount of the expiring policy. If there is a failure to pay the premium, the insurer may elect to cancel, terminate or fail to renew the policy by sending notice by certified mail to the owner or operator and the Department. Cancellation, termination, or failure to renew may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning with the date of receipt of the notice by both the Department and the owner or operator, as evidenced by the return receipts. Cancellation, termination, or failure to renew may not occur and the policy will remain in full force and effect in the event that on or before the date of expiration:

(i)The Department deems the facility abandoned; or

(ii)The facility's interim status permit is terminated or revoked; or

(iii)Closure is ordered by the Department or a court of competent jurisdiction; or

(iv)The owner or operator is named as debtor in a voluntary or involuntary proceeding under Title 11 (Bankruptcy), U.S. Code; or

(v)The premium due is paid.

9.Whenever the current post-closure cost estimate increases to an amount greater than the face amount of the policy during the operating life of the facility or during the post-closure care period, the owner or operator, within 60 days after the increase, must either cause the face amount to be increased to an amount at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate and submit evidence of such increase to the Department, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6) to cover the increase. Whenever the current post-closure cost estimate decreases during the operating life of the facility or during the post-closure care period, the face amount may be reduced to the amount of the current post-closure cost estimate following written approval by the Department.

10.Commencing on the date that liability to make payments pursuant to the policy accrues, the insurer will thereafter annually increase the face amount of the policy. Such increase must be equivalent to the face amounts of the policy, less any payments made, multiplied by an amount equivalent to 85 percent of the most recent investment rate or of the equivalent coupon-issue yield announced by the U.S. Treasury for 26-week Treasury securities.

11.The Department will give written consent to the owner or operator that he may terminate the insurance policy when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6) and approved by the Department; or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6) in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(6)(h).

(e)Financial test and corporate guarantee for post-closure care.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6) by demonstrating that he passes a financial test as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(e). To pass this test the owner or operator must meet the criteria either of 335-14-6-.08(6)(e)1.(i) or (ii):

(i)The owner or operator must have:

(I)Two of the following three ratios: a ratio of total liabilities to net worth less than 2.0; a ratio of the sum of net income plus depreciation, depletion and amortization to total liabilities greater than 0.1; and a ratio of current assets to current liabilities greater than 1.5; and

(II)Net working capital and tangible net worth each at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates; and

(III)Tangible net worth of at least $10 million; and

(IV)Assets in the United States amounting to at least 90 percent of his total assets or at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates.

(ii)The owner or operator must have:

(I)A current rating for his most recent bond issuance of AAA, AA, A, or BBB as issued by Standard and Poor's or Aaa, Aa, A, or Baa as issued by Moody's; and

(II)Tangible net worth at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates; and

(III)Tangible net worth of at least $10 million; and

(IV)Assets in the United States amounting to at least 90 percent of his total assets or at least six times the sum of the current closure and post-closure cost estimates.

2.The phrase "current closure and post-closure cost estimates" as used in 335-14-6-.08(6)(e)1. refers to the cost estimates required to be shown in paragraphs 1-4 of the letter from the owner's or operator's chief financial officer [335-14-5-.08(12)(f)].

3.To demonstrate that he meets this test, the owner or operator must submit the following items to the Department.

(i)A letter signed by the owner's or operator's chief financial officer and worded as specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(f); and

(ii)A copy of the independent certified public accountant's report on examination of the owner's or operator's financial statements for the latest completed fiscal year; and

(iii)A special report from the owner's or operator's independent certified public accountant to the owner or operator stating that:

(I)He has compared the data which the letter from the chief financial officer specifies as having been derived from the independently audited, year-end financial statements for the latest fiscal year with the amounts in such financial statements; and

(II)In connection with that procedure, no matters came to his attention which caused him to believe that the specified data should be adjusted.

4.The owner or operator may obtain an extension of the time allowed for submission of the documents specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(e)3. if the fiscal year of the owner or operator ends during the 90 days prior to the effective date of these regulations and if the year-end financial statements for that fiscal year will be audited by an independent certified public accountant. The extension will end no later than 90 days after the end of the owner's or operator's fiscal year. To obtain the extension, the owner's or operator's chief financial officer must send, by the effective date of these regulations, a letter to the Department. This letter from the chief financial officer must:

(i)Request the extension;

(ii)Certify that he has grounds to believe that the owner or operator meets the criteria of the financial test;

(iii)Specify for each facility to be covered by the test the EPA Identification Number, name, address and the current cost estimates to be covered by the test;

(iv)Specify the date ending the owner's or operator's latest complete fiscal year before the effective date of these regulations;

(v)Specify the date, no later than 90 days after the end of such fiscal year, when he will submit the documents specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(e)3.; and

(vi)Certify that the year-end financial statements of the owner or operator for such fiscal year will be audited by an independent certified public accountant.

5.After the initial submission of items specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(e)3., the owner or operator must send updated information to the Department within 90 days after the close of each succeeding fiscal year. This information must consist of all three items specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(e)3.

6.If the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6)(e)1., he must send notice to the Department of intent to establish alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6). The notice must be sent by certified mail within 90 days after the end of the fiscal year for which the year-end financial data show that the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements. The owner or operator must provide the alternate financial assurance within 120 days after the end of such fiscal year.

7.The Department may, based on a reasonable belief that the owner or operator may no longer meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6)(e)1., require reports of financial condition at any time from the owner or operator in addition to those specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(e)3. If the Department finds, on the basis of such reports or other information, that the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6)(e)1., the owner or operator must provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6) within 30 days after notification of such a finding.

8.The Department may disallow use of this test on the basis of qualifications in the opinion expressed by the independent certified public accountant in his report on examination of the owner's or operator's financial statements (see 335-14-6-.08(6)(e)3.(ii)). An adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion will be cause for disallowance. The Department will evaluate other qualifications on an individual basis. The owner or operator must provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6) within 30 days after notification of the disallowance.

9.During the period of post-closure care, the Department may approve a decrease in the current post-closure cost estimate for which this test demonstrates financial assurance if the owner or operator demonstrates to the Department that the amount of the cost estimate exceeds the remaining cost of post-closure care.

10.The owner or operator is no longer required to submit the items specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(e)3. when:

(i)An owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6); or

(ii)The Department releases the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6) in accordance with 335-14-6-.08(6)(h).

11.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6) by obtaining a written guarantee, hereafter referred to as "corporate guarantee". The guarantor must be the direct of higher-tier parent corporation of the owner or operator, a firm whose parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator, or a firm with a "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator. The guarantor must meet the requirements for owners or operators in 335-14-6-.08(6)(e)1. through 9. and must comply with the terms of the guarantee. The wording of the guarantee must be identical to the wording specified in Rule 335-14-5-.08(12)(h). A certified copy of the guarantee must accompany the items sent to the Department as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(e)3. One of these items must be the letter from the guarantor's chief financial officer. If the guarantor's parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator, the letter must describe the value received in consideration of the guarantee. If the guarantor is a firm with a "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator, this letter must describe this "substantial business relationship" and the value received in consideration of the guarantee. The terms of the guarantee must provide that:

(i)If the owner or operator fails to perform post-closure care of a facility covered by the corporate guarantee in accordance with the post-closure plan and other interim status requirements whenever required to do so, the guarantor will do so or establish a trust fund as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(a) in the name of the owner or operator.

(ii)The corporate guarantee will remain in force unless the guarantor sends notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner or operator and to the Department. Cancellation may not occur, however, during the 120 days beginning on the date of receipt of notice of cancellation by both the owner or operator and the Department, as evidenced by the return receipts.

(iii)If the owner or operator fails to provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6) and obtain the written approval of such alternate assurance from the Department within 90 days after receipt by both the owner or operator and the Department of a notice of cancellation of the corporate guarantee from the guarantor, the guarantor will provide such alternate financial assurance in the name of the owner or operator.

(f)Use of multiple financial mechanisms. An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6) by establishing more than one financial mechanism per facility. These mechanisms are limited to trust funds, surety bonds, letters of credit and insurance. The mechanisms must be as specified in 335-14-6-.08(6)(a) through (d), except that it is the combination of mechanisms, rather than the single mechanism, which must provide financial assurance for an amount at least equal to the current post-closure cost estimate. If an owner or operator uses a trust fund in combination with a surety bond or a letter of credit, he may use the trust fund as the standby trust fund for the other mechanisms. A single standby trust fund may be established for two or more mechanisms. The Department may use any or all of the mechanisms to provide for post-closure care of the facility.

(g)Use of a financial mechanism for multiple facilities. An owner or operator may use a financial assurance mechanism specified in 335-14-6-.08(6) to meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(6) for more than one facility. Evidence of financial assurance submitted to the Department must include a list showing, for each facility, the EPA Identification Number, name, address, and the amount of funds for post-closure care assured by the mechanism. The amount of funds available through the mechanism must be no less than the sum of funds that would be available if a separate mechanism had been established and maintained for each facility. In directing funds available through the mechanism for post-closure care of any of the facilities covered by the mechanism, the Department may direct only the amount of funds designated for that facility, unless the owner or operator agrees to the use of additional funds available under the mechanism.

(h)Release of the owner or operator from the requirements of 335-14-6. Within 60 days after receiving certifications from the owner or operator and an independent registered professional engineer that the post-closure care period has been completed in accordance with the approved post-closure plan, the Department will notify the owner or operator in writing that he is no longer required by 335-14-6-.08(6) to maintain financial assurance for post-closure care of that unit, unless the Department has reason to believe that post-closure care has not been in accordance with the approved post-closure plan. The Department will provide the owner or operator a detailed written statement of any such reason to believe that post-closure care has not been in accordance with the approved post-closure plan.

(7)Use of a mechanism for financial assurance of both closure and post-closure care. An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements for financial assurance for both closure and post-closure care for one or more facilities by using a trust fund, surety bond, letter of credit, insurance, financial test or corporate guarantee that meets the specifications for the mechanism in both 335-14-6-.08(4) and (6). The amount of funds available through the mechanism must be no less than the sum of funds that would be available if a separate mechanism had been established and maintained for financial assurance of closure and of post-closure care.

(8)Liability requirements.

(a)Coverage for sudden accidental occurrences. An owner or operator of a treatment, storage, or disposal facility, or a group of such facilities, must demonstrate financial responsibility for bodily injury and property damage to third parties caused by sudden accidental occurrences arising from operations of the facility or group of facilities. The owner or operator must have and maintain liability coverage for sudden accidental occurrences in the amount of at least $1 million per occurrence with an annual aggregate of at least $2 million, exclusive of legal defense costs. This liability coverage may be demonstrated as specified in 335-14-6-.08(8)(a)1., 2., 3., 4., 5., or 6.:

1.An owner or operator may demonstrate the required liability coverage by having liability insurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(8)(a).

(i)Each insurance policy must be amended by attachment of the Hazardous Waste Facility Liability Endorsement or evidenced by a Certificate of Liability Insurance. The wording of the endorsement must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(i). The wording of the certificate of insurance must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(j). The owner or operator must submit a signed duplicate original of the endorsement or the certificate of insurance to the Department. If requested by the Department, the owner or operator must provide a signed duplicate original of the insurance policy.

(ii)Each insurance policy must be issued by an insurer which, at a minimum, is licensed to transact the business of insurance, or eligible to provide insurance as an excess or surplus lines insurer, in the State of Alabama.

2.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8) by passing a financial test or using the guarantee for liability coverage as specified in 335-14-6-.08(8)(f) and (g).

3.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8) by obtaining a letter of credit for liability coverage as specified in 335-14-6-.08(8)(h).

4.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8) obtaining a surety bond for liability coverage as specified in 335-14-6-.08(8)(i).

5.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8) by obtaining a trust fund for liability coverage as specified in 335-14-6-.08(8)(j).

6.An owner or operator may demonstrate the required liability coverage through the use of combinations of insurance, financial test, guarantee, letter of credit, surety bond, and trust fund, except that the owner or operator may not combine a financial test covering part of the liability coverage requirement with a guarantee unless the financial statement of the owner or operator is not consolidated with the financial statement of the guarantor. The amounts of coverage demonstrated must total at least the minimum amounts required by 335-14-6-.08(8). If the owner or operator demonstrates the required coverage through the use of a combination of financial assurances under 335-14-6-.08(8)(a), the owner or operator shall specify at least one such assurance as "primary" coverage and shall specify other assurance as "excess" coverage.

7.An owner or operator shall notify the Department in writing within 30 days whenever:

(i)A claim results in a reduction in the amount of financial assurance for liability coverage provided by a financial instrument authorized in 335-14-6-.08(8)(a)1. through (a)6.; or

(ii)A Certification of Valid Claim for bodily injury or property damages caused by a sudden or non-sudden accidental occurrence arising from the operation of a hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility is entered between the owner or operator and third-party claimant for liability coverage under 335-14-6-.08(8)(a)1. through (a)6.; or

(iii)A final court order establishing a judgment for bodily injury or property damage caused by a sudden or non-sudden accidental occurrence arising from the operation of a hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility is issued against the owner or operator or an instrument that is providing financial assurance for liability coverage under 335-14-6-.08(8)(a)1. through (a)6.

(b)Coverage for nonsudden accidental occurrences. An owner or operator of a surface impoundment, landfill, or land treatment facility or disposal miscellaneous unit that is used to manage hazardous waste, or a group of such facilities, must demonstrate financial responsibility for bodily injury and property damage to third parties caused by nonsudden accidental occurrences arising from operations of the facility or group of facilities. The owner or operator must have and maintain liability coverage for nonsudden accidental occurrences in the amount of at least $3 million per occurrence with an annual aggregate of at least $6 million, exclusive of legal defense costs. An owner or operator who must meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8) may combine the required per-occurrence coverage levels for sudden and non-sudden accidental occurrences into a single per-occurrence level, and combine the required annual aggregate coverage levels for sudden and non-sudden accidental occurrences into a single annual aggregate level. Owners or operators who combine coverage levels for sudden and non-sudden accidental occurrences must maintain liability coverage in the amount of at least $4 million per occurrence and $8 million annual aggregate. This liability coverage may be demonstrated as specified in 335-14-6-.08(8)(b)1., 2., 3., 4., 5., or 6.:

1.An owner or operator may demonstrate the required liability coverage by having liability insurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(8)(b).

(i)Each insurance policy must be amended by attachment of the Hazardous Waste Facility Liability Endorsement or evidenced by a Certificate of Liability Insurance. The wording of the endorsement must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(i). The wording of the certificate of insurance must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(j). The owner or operator must submit a signed duplicate original of the endorsement or the certificate of insurance to the Department. If requested by the Department, the owner or operator must provide a signed duplicate original of the insurance policy.

(ii)Each insurance policy must be issued by an insurer which, at a minimum, is licensed to transact the business of insurance, or eligible to provide insurance as an excess or surplus lines insurer, in the State of Alabama.

2.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8) by passing a financial test or using the guarantee for liability coverage as specified in 335-14-6-.08(8)(f) and (g).

3.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8) by obtaining a letter of credit for liability coverage as specified in 335-14-6-.08(8)(h).

4.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8) obtaining a surety bond for liability coverage as specified in 335-14-6-.08(8)(i).

5.An owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8) by obtaining a trust fund for liability coverage as specified in 335-14-6-.08(8)(j).

6.An owner or operator may demonstrate the required liability coverage through the use of combinations of insurance, financial test, guarantee, letter of credit, surety bond, and trust fund, except that the owner or operator may not combine a financial test covering part of the liability coverage requirement with a guarantee unless the financial statement of the owner or operator is not consolidated with the financial statement of the guarantor. The amounts of coverage demonstrated must total at least the minimum amounts required by 335-14-6-.08(8). If the owner or operator demonstrates the required coverage through the use of a combination of financial assurances under 335-14-6-.08(8)(b), the owner or operator shall specify at least one such assurance as "primary" coverage and shall specify other assurance as "excess" coverage.

7.An owner or operator shall notify the Department in writing within 30 days whenever:

(i)A Claim results in a reduction in the amount of financial assurance for liability coverage provided by a financial instrument authorized in 335-14-6-.08(8)(b)1. through (b)6.; or

(ii)A Certification of Valid Claim for bodily injury or property damages caused by a sudden or non-sudden accidental occurrence arising from the operation of a hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility is entered between the owner or operator and third-party claimant for liability coverage under 335-14-6-.08(8)(b)1. through (b)6.; or

(iii)A final court order establishing a judgment for bodily injury or property damage caused by a sudden or non-sudden accidental occurrence arising from the operation of a hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility is issued against the owner or operator or an instrument that is providing financial assurance for liability coverage under 335-14-6-.08(8)(b)1. through (b)6.

(c)Request for variance. If an owner or operator can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Department that the levels of financial responsibility required by 335-14-6-.08(8)(a) or (b) are not consistent with the degree and duration of risk associated with treatment, storage or disposal at the facility or group of facilities, the owner or operator may obtain a variance from the Department. The request for a variance must be submitted in writing to the Department. If granted, the variance will take the form of an adjusted level of required liability coverage, such level to be based on the Department's assessment of the degree and duration of risk associated with the ownership or operation of the facility or group of facilities. The Department may require an owner or operator who requests a variance to provide such technical and engineering information as is deemed necessary by the Department to determine a level of financial responsibility other than that required by 335-14-6-.08(8)(a) or (b). The Department will process a variance request as if it were a permit modification request under 335-14-8-.04(2)(a)5. and subject to the procedures of 335-14-8-.08(3). Notwithstanding any other provision, the Department may hold a public hearing at its discretion or whenever it finds, on the basis of requests for a public hearing, a significant degree of public interest in a tentative decision to grant a variance.

(d)Adjustments by the Department. If the Department determines that the levels of financial responsibility required by 335-14-6-.08(8)(a) or (b) are not consistent with the degree and duration of risk associated with treatment, storage, or disposal at the facility or group of facilities, the Department may adjust the level of financial responsibility required under 335-14-6-.08(8)(a) or (b) as may be necessary to protect human health and the environment. This adjusted level will be based on the Department's assessment of the degree and duration of risk associated with the ownership or operation of the facility or group of facilities. In addition, if the Department determines that there is a significant risk to human health and the environment from nonsudden accidental occurrences resulting from the operations of a facility that is not a surface impoundment, landfill, or land treatment facility, it may require that an owner or operator of the facility comply with 335-14-6-.08(8)(b). An owner or operator must furnish to the Department within a reasonable time, any information which the Department requests to determine whether cause exists for such adjustments of level or type of coverage. The Department will process an adjustment of the level of required coverage as if it were a permit modification under 335-14-8-.04(2)(a)5. and subject to the procedures of 335-14-8-.08(3). Notwithstanding any other provision, the Department may hold a public hearing at its discretion or whenever it finds, on the basis of requests for a public hearing, a significant degree of public interest in a tentative decision to adjust the level or type of required coverage.

(e)Period of coverage. Within 60 days after receiving certifications from the owner or operator and an independent registered professional engineer that final closure has been completed in accordance with the approved closure plan, the Department will notify the owner or operator in writing that he is no longer required by 335-14-6 to maintain liability coverage for that facility, unless the Department has reason to believe that closure has not been in accordance with the approved closure plan.

(f)Financial test for liability coverage.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8) by demonstrating that he passes a financial test as specified in 335-14-6-.08(8)(f). To pass this test the owner or operator must meet the criteria of 335-14-6-.08(8)(f)1.(i) or (ii):

(i)The owner or operator must have:

(I)Net working capital and tangible net worth each at least six times the amount of liability coverage to be demonstrated by this test; and

(II)Tangible net worth of at least $10 million; and

(III)Assets in the United States amounting to either:

I.At least 90 percent of his total assets; or

II.At least six times the amount of liability coverage to be demonstrated by this test.

(ii)The owner or operator must have:

(I)A current rating for his most recent bond issuance of AAA, AA, A or BBB as issued by Standard and Poor's, or Aaa, Aa, A or Baa as issued by Moody's; and

(II)Tangible net worth of at least $10 million; and

(III)Tangible net worth at least six times the amount of liability coverage to be demonstrated by this test; and

(IV)Assets in the United States amounting to either:

I.At least 90 percent of his total assets; or

II.At least six times the amount of liability coverage to be demonstrated by this test.

2.The phrase "amount of liability coverage" as used in 335-14-6-.08(8)(f)1. refers to the annual aggregate amounts for which coverage is required under 335-14-6-.08(8)(a) and (b).

3.To demonstrate that he meets this test, the owner or operator must submit the following three items to the Department:

(i)A letter signed by the owner's or operator's chief financial officer and worded as specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(g). If an owner or operator is using the financial test to demonstrate both assurance for closure or post-closure care, as specified by 335-14-5-.08(4)(f), 335-14-5-.08(6)(f), 335-14-6-.08(4)(e), and 335-14-6-.08(6)(e), and liability coverage, he must submit the letter specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(g) to cover both forms of financial responsibility; a separate letter as specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(f) is not required;

(ii)A copy of the independent certified public accountant's report on examination of the owner's or operator's financial statements for the latest completed fiscal year; and

(iii)A special report from the owner's or operator's independent certified public accountant to the owner or operator stating that:

(I)He has compared the data which the letter from the chief financial officer specifies as having been derived from the independently audited, year-end financial statements for the latest fiscal year with the amounts in such financial statements; and

(II)In connection with that procedure, no matters came to his attention which caused him to believe that the specific data should be adjusted.

4.After the initial submission of items specified in 335-14-6-.08(8)(f)3., the owner or operator must send updated information to the Department within 90 days after the close of each succeeding fiscal year. This information must consist of all three items specified in 335-14-6-.08(8)(f)3.

5.The Department may, based on a reasonable belief that the owner or operator may no longer meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8)(f)1., require from the owner or operator at any time current updates of reports of financial condition specified in 335-14-6-.08(8)(f)3.

6.If the owner or operator no longer meets the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8)(f)1., he must obtain insurance, a letter of credit, a surety bond, a trust fund, or a guarantee for the entire amount of required liability coverage as specified in 335-14-6-.08(8). Evidence of a liability coverage must be submitted to the Department within 90 days after the end of the fiscal year for which the year-end financial data show that the owner or operator no longer meets the test requirements.

7.The Department may disallow use of this test on the basis of qualifications in the opinion expressed by the independent certified public accountant in his report on examination of the owner's or operator's financial statements (see 335-14-6-.08(8)(f)3.(ii)). An adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion will be cause for disallowance. The Department will evaluate other qualifications on an individual basis. The owner or operator must provide evidence of insurance for the entire amount of required liability coverage as specified in 335-14-6-.08(8) within 30 days after notification of disallowance.

(g)Guarantee for liability coverage.

1.Subject to 335-14-6-.08(8)(g)2., an owner or operator may meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8) by obtaining a written guarantee, hereinafter referred to as "guarantee". The guarantor must be the direct or higher-tier parent corporation of the owner or operator, a firm whose parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator, or a firm with a "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator. The guarantor must meet the requirements for owners or operators in 335-14-6-.08(8)(f)1. through (f)6. The wording of the guarantee must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(h)2. A certified copy of the guarantee must accompany the items sent to the Department as specified in 335-14-6-.08(8)(f)3. One of these items must be the letter from the guarantor's chief financial officer. If the guarantor's parent corporation is also the parent corporation of the owner or operator, this letter must describe the value received in consideration of the guarantee. If the guarantor is a firm with a "substantial business relationship" with the owner or operator, this letter must describe this "substantial business relationship" and the value received in consideration of the guarantee.

(i)If the owner or operator fails to satisfy a judgment based on a determination of liability for bodily injury or property damage to third parties caused by sudden or nonsudden accidental occurrences (or both as the case may be), arising from the operation of facilities covered by this guarantee, or fails to pay an amount agreed to in settlement of claims arising from or alleged to arise from such injury or damage, the guarantor will do so up to the limits of coverage.

(ii)[Reserved]

2.A guarantee may be used to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8) only if the Attorney General(s) or insurance commissioner(s) of the State in which the guarantor is incorporated and the State(s) in which the facility(ies) covered by the guarantee is (are) located has (have) submitted a written statement to the Department that a guarantee executed as described in 335-14-6-.08(8) and 335-14-5-.08(12)(h)2. is a legally valid and enforceable obligation in that State.

(i)In the case of corporations incorporated in the United States, a guarantee may be used to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8) only if the Attorneys General or Insurance Commissioners of

(I)The State in which the guarantor is incorporated, and

(II)Each State in which a facility covered by the guarantee is located have submitted a written statement to EPA that a guarantee executed as described in 335-14-6-.08(8) and 335-14-5-.08(12)(h)2. is a legally valid and enforceable obligation in that State.

(ii)In the case of corporations incorporated outside the United States, a guarantee may be used to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8) only if

(I)The non-U.S. corporation has identified a registered agent for service of process in each State in which a facility covered by the guarantee is located and in the State in which it has its principal place of business, and if

(II)The Attorney General or Insurance Commissioner of each State in which a facility covered by the guarantee is located and the State in which the guarantor corporation has its principal place of business, has submitted a written statement to the Department that a guarantee executed as described in 335-14-6-.08(8) and 335-14-5-.08(12)(h)2. is a legally valid and enforceable obligation in that State.

(h)Letter of credit for liability coverage.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8) by obtaining an irrevocable standby letter of credit that conforms to the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8)(h) and submitting a copy of the letter of credit to the Department.

2.The financial institution issuing the letter of credit must be an entity that has the authority to issue letters of credit and whose letter of credit operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.

3.The wording of the letter of credit must be identical to the wording specified in Rule 335-14-5-.08(12)(k).

4.An owner or operator who uses a letter of credit to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8) may also establish a standby trust fund. Under the terms of such a letter of credit, all amounts paid pursuant to a draft by the trustee of the standby trust will be deposited by the issuing institution into the standby trust in accordance with instructions from the trustee. The trustee of the standby trust fund must be an entity which has the authority to act as a trustee and whose trust operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.

5.The wording of the standby trust fund must be identical to the wording specified in Rule 335-14-5-.08(12)(n).

(i)Surety bond for liability coverage.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8) by obtaining a surety bond that conforms to the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8)(i) and submitting a copy of the bond to the Department.

2.The surety company issuing the bond must be among those listed as acceptable sureties on Federal bonds in the most recent Circular 570 of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

3.The wording of the surety bond must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(l).

4.A surety bond may be used to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8) only if the Attorneys General or Insurance Commissioners of

(i)The State in which the surety is incorporated, and

(ii)Each State in which a facility covered by the surety bond is located have submitted a written statement to the Department that a surety bond executed as described in 335-14-6-.08(8) and 335-14-5-.08(12)(l) is a legally valid and enforceable obligation in that State.

(j)Trust fund for liability coverage.

1.An owner or operator may satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8) by establishing a trust fund that conforms to the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8)(j) and submitting an originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement to the Department.

2.The trustee must be an entity which has the authority to act as a trustee and whose trust operations are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.

3.The trust fund for liability coverage must be funded for the full amount of the liability coverage to be provided by the trust fund before it may be relied upon to satisfy the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(8). If at any time after the trust fund is created the amount of funds in the trust fund is reduced below the full amount of the liability coverage to be provided, the owner or operator, by the anniversary date of the establishment of the Fund, must either add sufficient funds to the trust fund to cause its value to equal the full amount of liability coverage to be provided, or obtain other financial assurance as specified in 335-14-6-.08(8) to cover the difference. For purposes of 335-14-6-.08(8)(j), "the full amount of the liability coverage to be provided" means the amount of coverage for sudden and/or nonsudden occurrences required to be provided by the owner or operator by 335-14-6-.08(8), less the amount of financial assurance for liability coverage that is being provided by other financial assurance mechanisms being used to demonstrate financial assurance by the owner or operator.

4.The wording of the trust fund must be identical to the wording specified in 335-14-5-.08(12)(m).

(k)[Reserved]

(9)Incapacity of owners or operators, guarantors or financial institutions.

(a)An owner or operator must notify the Department by certified mail of the commencement of a voluntary or involuntary proceeding under Title 11 (Bankruptcy), U.S. Code, naming the owner or operator as debtor, within 10 days after commencement of the proceeding. A guarantor of a corporate guarantee as specified in 335-14-6-.08(4)(e) and 335-14-6-.08(6)(e) must make such a notification if he is named as debtor, as required under the terms of the corporate guarantee (335-14-5-.08(12)(h)).

(b)An owner or operator who fulfills the requirements of 335-14-6-.08(4), (6), or (8) by obtaining a trust fund, surety bond, letter of credit or insurance policy will be deemed to be without the required financial assurance or liability coverage in the event of bankruptcy of the trustee or issuing institution, or suspension or revocation of the authority of the trustee institution to act as trustee or of the institution issuing the surety bond, letter of credit, or insurance policy to issue such instruments. The owner or operator must establish other financial assurance or liability coverage within 60 days after such an event.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Vernon H. Crockett; C. Edwin Johnston; Bradley Curvin

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12, 22-30-16.

History: February 9, 1983. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed April 22, 2004; effective May 27, 2004.

<regElement name="335.14.6.09" level="3" title="Use And Management Of Containers">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-6-.09 apply to owners and operators of all hazardous waste facilities that store containers of hazardous waste, except as 335-14-6-.01 provides otherwise.

(2)Condition of containers. If a container holding hazardous waste is not in good condition, or if it begins to leak, the owner or operator must transfer the hazardous waste from this container to a container that is in good condition, or manage the waste in some other way that complies with the requirements of 335-14-6.

(3)Compatibility of waste with container. The owner or operator must use a container made of or lined with materials which will not react with, and are otherwise compatible with, the hazardous waste to be stored, so that the ability of the container to contain the waste is not impaired.

(4)Management of containers.

(a)A container holding hazardous waste must always be closed during storage, except when it is necessary to add or remove waste.

(b)A container holding hazardous waste must not be opened, handled, or stored in a manner which may rupture the container or cause it to leak.

(c)Containers having a capacity greater than 30 gallons must not be stacked over two containers high.

(5)Inspections. The owner or operator must inspect areas where containers are stored, at least weekly, looking for leaks and for deterioration caused by corrosion or other factors. These inspections must be documented in accordance with Rule 335-14-6-.02(6)(d).

(6)Containment. Container storage areas must meet the following requirements:

(a)Container storage areas must have a containment system that is designed and operated in accordance with 335-14-6-.09(6)(b), except as otherwise provided by 335-14-6-.09(6)(c).

(b)A containment system must be designed and operated as follows:

1.A base must underlie the containers which is free of cracks or gaps and is sufficiently impervious to contain leaks, spills, and accumulated precipitation until the collected material is detected and removed;

2.The base must be sloped or the containment system must be otherwise designed and operated to drain and remove liquids resulting from leaks, spills, or precipitation, unless the containers are elevated or are otherwise protected from contact with accumulated liquids;

3.The containment system must have sufficient capacity to contain 10% of the volume of containers or the volume of the largest container, whichever is greater. Containers that do not contain free liquids need not be considered in this determination;

4.Run-on into the containment system must be prevented unless the collection system has sufficient excess capacity in addition to that required in 335-14-6-.09(6)(b)3. to contain any run-on which might enter the system; and

5.Spilled or leaked waste must be removed from the sump or collection area in a timely manner not to exceed 24 hours after detection. Accumulated precipitation must be removed in as timely a manner necessary to prevent overflow of the collection system.

(c)Storage areas that store containers holding only wastes that do not contain free liquids need not have a containment system defined by 335-14-6-.09(6)(b), except as provided by 335-14-6-.09(6)(d) or provided that:

1.The storage area is sloped or is otherwise designed and operated to drain and remove liquid resulting from precipitation, or

2.The containers are elevated or are otherwise protected from contact with accumulated liquid.

(d)Storage areas that store containers holding the wastes listed below that do not contain free liquids must have a containment system defined by 335-14-6-.09(6)(b):

1.F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027;

2.[Reserved]

(7)Special requirements for ignitable or reactive waste. Containers holding ignitable or reactive waste must be located at least 15 meters (50 feet) from the facility's property line.

(8)Special requirements for incompatible wastes.

(a)Incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials (see 335-14-6-Appendix V for examples) must not be placed in the same container, unless 335-14-6-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

(b)Hazardous waste must not be placed in an unwashed container that previously held an incompatible waste or material (see 335-14-6-Appendix V for examples), unless 335-14-6-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

(c)A storage container holding a hazardous waste that is incompatible with any waste or other materials stored nearby in other containers, piles, open tanks, or surface impoundments must be separated from the other materials or protected from them by means of a dike, berm, wall, or other device.

(9)Closure and post-closure care.

(a)At closure, all hazardous waste and hazardous waste residues must be removed from the containment system. Remaining containers, liners, bases, and soil containing or contaminated with hazardous waste or hazardous waste residues must be decontaminated or removed.

(b)If the owner or operator cannot remove or decontaminate waste required by Rule 335-14-6-.09(9)(a), then the owner or operator must close the containment system and perform post-closure care in accordance with the closure and post-closure care requirements that apply to landfills (335-14-6-.14(11)).

(c)Prior to closure of a container storage area the owner or operator must notify the Department in writing as required by 335-14-3-.04(4)(a).

(d)Within 45 days of completing closure activities the owner or operator must provide a written report as required by 335-14-3-.04(4)(b) documenting the procedures used to comply with 335-14-6-.09 and 335-14-3-.03(5)(a)5.(i) and (ii).

(10)Air emission standards. The owner or operator shall manage all hazardous waste placed in a container in accordance with the applicable requirements of 335-14-6-.27, 335-14-6-.28, and 335-14-6-.29.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; James W. Hathcock; C. Edwin Johnston; Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: July 19, 1982; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 2, 1996; effective March 8, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.6.10" level="3" title="Tank Systems">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-6-.10 apply to owners and operators of facilities that use tank systems for storing or treating hazardous waste, except as otherwise provided in 335-14-6-.10(1)(a), (b), and (c) or in Rule 335-14-6-.01.

(a)Tank systems that are used to store or treat hazardous waste which contains no free liquids and that are situated inside a building with an impermeable floor are exempted from the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(4). To demonstrate the absence or presence of free liquids in the stored/treated waste, the following test must be used: EPA Method 9095 (Paint Filter Liquids Test) as described in "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Wastes, Physical/Chemical Methods", EPA Publication No. SW-846, as incorporated by reference in Rule 335-14-1-.02(2).

(b)Tank systems, including sumps, as defined in Rule 335-14-1-.01, that serve as part of a secondary containment system to collect or contain releases of hazardous wastes are exempted from the requirements in 335-14-6-.10(4)(a).

(c)Tanks, sumps, and other collection devices used in conjunction with drip pads, as defined in 335-14-1-.02 (1) and regulated under Rule 335-14-6-.23, must meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.10.

(2)Assessment of existing tank system's integrity.

(a)For each existing tank system that does not have secondary containment meeting the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(4), the owner or operator must determine that the tank system is not leaking or is unfit for use. Except as provided in 335-14-6-.10(2)(c), the owner or operator must obtain and keep on file at the facility a written assessment reviewed and certified by an independent qualified registered professional engineer in accordance with 335-14-8-.02(2)(d) that attests to the tank system's integrity by January 12, 1988.

(b)This assessment must determine that the tank system is adequately designed and has sufficient structural strength and compatibility with the waste(s) to be stored or treated to ensure that it will not collapse, rupture, or fail. At a minimum, this assessment must consider the following:

1.Design standard(s), if available, according to which the tank and ancillary equipment were constructed;

2.Hazardous characteristics of the waste(s) that have been or will be handled;

3.Existing corrosion protection measures;

4.Documented age of the tank system, if available. (Otherwise, an estimate of age); and

5.Results of a leak test, internal inspection, or other tank integrity examination such that:

(i)For nonenterable underground tanks, this assessment must consist of a leak test that is capable of taking into account the effects of temperature variations, tank end deflection, vapor pockets, and high water table effects;

(ii)For other than nonenterable underground tanks and for ancillary equipment, this assessment must be either a leak test, as described above, or an internal inspection and/or other tank integrity examination certified by an independent qualified registered professional engineer in accordance with 335-14-8-.02(2)(d) that addresses cracks, leaks, corrosion, and erosion.

[Note: The practices described in the American Petroleum Institute (API) Publication, Guide for Inspection of Refinery Equipment, Chapter XIII, "Atmospheric and Low- Pressure Storage Tanks", 4th Edition, 1981, may be used, where applicable, as guidelines in conducting the integrity examination of an other than nonenterable underground tank system.]

(c)Tank systems that store or treat materials that become hazardous wastes subsequent to July 14, 1986 must conduct this assessment within 12 months after the date that the waste becomes a hazardous waste.

(d)If, as a result of the assessment conducted in accordance with 335-14-6-.10(2)(a), a tank system is found to be leaking or unfit for use, the owner or operator must comply with the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(7).

(3)Design and installation of new tank systems or components.

(a)Owners or operators of new tank systems or components must ensure that the foundation, structural support, seams, connections, and pressure controls (if applicable) are adequately designed and that the tank system has sufficient structural strength, compatibility with the waste(s) to be stored or treated, and corrosion protection so that it will not collapse, rupture, or fail. The owner or operator must obtain a written assessment reviewed and certified by an independent, qualified, registered professional engineer in accordance with 335-14-8-.02(2)(d), attesting that the system has sufficient structural integrity and is acceptable for the storing and treating of hazardous waste. This assessment, must include, at a minimum, the following information:

1.Design standard(s) according to which the tank(s) and the ancillary equipment is or will be constructed;

2.Hazardous characteristics of the waste(s) to be handled;

3.For new tank systems or components in which the external shell of a metal tank or any external metal component of the tank system is or will be in contact with the soil or with water, a determination by a corrosion expert of:

(i)Factors affecting the potential for corrosion, including but not limited to:

(I)Soil moisture content;

(II)Soil pH;

(III)Soil sulfides level;

(IV)Soil resistivity;

(V)Structure to soil potential;

(VI)Influence of nearby underground metal structures (e.g., piping);

(VII)Stray electric current; and

(VIII)Existing corrosion-protection measures (e.g., coating, cathodic protection), and

(ii)The type and degree of external corrosion protection that are needed to ensure the integrity of the tank system during the use of the tank system or component, consisting of one or more of the following:

(I)Corrosion-resistant materials of construction such as special alloys, fiberglass-reinforced plastic;

(II)Corrosion-resistant coating (such as epoxy or fiberglass) with cathodic protection (e.g., impressed current or sacrificial anodes); and

(III)Electrical isolation devices such as insulating joints and flanges.

[Note: The practices described in the National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) standard, "Recommended Practice (RP-02-85)-Control of External Corrosion on Metallic Buried, Partially Buried, or Submerged Liquid Storage Systems", and the American Petroleum Institute (API) Publication 1632, "Cathodic Protection of Underground Petroleum Storage Tanks and Piping Systems", may be used, where applicable, as guidelines in providing corrosion protection for tank systems.]

4.For underground tank system components that are likely to be affected by vehicular traffic, a determination of design or operational measures that will protect the tank system against potential damage; and

5.Design considerations to ensure that:

(i)Tank foundations will maintain the load of a full tank;

(ii)Tank systems will be anchored to prevent flotation or dislodgment where the tank system is placed in a saturated zone, or is located within a seismic fault zone; and

(iii)Tank systems will withstand the effects of frost heave.

(b)The owner or operator of a new tank system must ensure that proper handling procedures are adhered to in order to prevent damage to the system during installation. Prior to covering, enclosing, or placing a new tank system or component in use, an independent, qualified installation inspector or an independent, qualified registered professional engineer, either of whom is trained and experienced in the proper installation of tank systems, must inspect the system or components for the presence of any of the following items:

1.Weld breaks;

2.Punctures;

3.Scrapes of protective coatings;

4.Cracks;

5.Corrosion; or

6.Other structural damage or inadequate construction or installation.

All discrepancies must be remedied before the tank system is covered, enclosed, or placed in use.

(c)New tank systems or components and piping that are placed underground and that are backfilled must be provided with a backfill material that is a noncorrosive, porous, homogeneous substance and that is carefully installed so that the backfill is placed completely around the tank and compacted to ensure that the tank and piping are fully and uniformly supported.

(d)All new tanks and ancillary equipment must be tested for tightness prior to being covered, enclosed, or placed in use. If a tank system is found not to be tight, all repairs necessary to remedy the leak(s) in the system must be performed prior to the tank system being covered, enclosed, or placed into use.

(e)Ancillary equipment must be supported and protected against physical damage and excessive stress due to settlement, vibration, expansion, or contraction.

[Note: The piping system installation procedures described in American Petroleum Institute (API) Publication 1615 (November 1979), "Installation of Underground Petroleum Storage Systems", or ANSI Standard B31.3, "Petroleum Refinery Piping", and ANSI Standard B31.4 "Liquid Petroleum Transportation Piping System", may be used, where applicable, as guidelines for proper installation of piping systems.]

(f)The owner or operator must provide the type and degree of corrosion protection necessary, based on the information provided under 335-14-6-.10(3)(a)3. to ensure the integrity of the tank system during use of the tank system. The installation of a corrosion protection system that is field fabricated must be supervised by an independent corrosion expert to ensure proper installation.

(g)The owner or operator must obtain and keep on file at the facility written statements by those persons required to certify the design of the tank system and supervise the installation of the tank system in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(3)(b) through (f) to attest that the tank system was properly designed and installed and that repairs, pursuant to 335-14-6-.10(3)(b) and (d) were performed. These written statements must also include the certification statement as required in 335-14-8-.02(2)(d).

(4)Containment and detection of releases.

(a)In order to prevent the release of hazardous waste or hazardous constituents to the environment, secondary containment that meets the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(4) must be provided (except as provided in 335-14-6-.10(4)(f) and (g)):

1.For all new tank systems or components, prior to their being put into service;

2.For all existing tank systems used to store or treat EPA Hazardous Waste Nos. F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027, within two years after January 12, 1987;

3.For those existing tank systems of known and documentable age, within two years after January 12, 1987 or when the tank system has reached 15 years of age, whichever comes later;

4.For those existing tank systems for which the age cannot be documented, within eight years of January 12, 1987; but if the age of the facility is greater than seven years, secondary containment must be provided by the time the facility reaches 15 years of age, or within two years of January 12, 1987, whichever comes later; and

5.For tank systems that store or treat materials that become hazardous wastes subsequent to January 12, 1987, within the time intervals required in 335-14-6-.10(4)(a)1. through (a)4. except that the date that a material becomes a hazardous waste must be used in place of January 12, 1987.

(b)Secondary containment systems must be:

1.Designed, installed, and operated to prevent any migration of wastes or accumulated liquid out of the system to the soil, groundwater, or surface water at any time during the use of the tank system; and

2.Capable of detecting and collecting releases and accumulated liquids until the collected material is removed.

(c)To meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(4)(b), secondary containment systems must be at a minimum:

1.Constructed of or lined with materials that are compatible with the waste(s) to be placed in the tank system and must have sufficient strength and thickness to prevent failure owing to pressure gradients (including static head and external hydrological forces), physical contact with the waste to which they are exposed, climatic conditions, the stress of installation, and the stress of daily operation (including stresses from nearby vehicular traffic);

2.Placed on a foundation or base capable of providing support to the secondary containment system and resistance to pressure gradients above and below the system and capable of preventing failure due to settlement, compression, or uplift;

3.Provided with a leak-detection system that is designed and operated so that it will detect the failure of either the primary and secondary containment structure or any release of hazardous waste or accumulated liquid in the secondary containment system within 24 hours, or at the earliest practicable time if the existing detection technology or site conditions will not allow detection of a release within 24 hours; and

4.Sloped or otherwise designed or operated to drain and remove liquids resulting from leaks, spills, or precipitation. Spilled or leaked waste and accumulated precipitation must be removed from the secondary containment system within 24 hours, or in as timely a manner as is possible to prevent harm to human health and the environment, if removal of the released waste or accumulated precipitation cannot be accomplished within 24 hours.

[Note: If the collected material is a hazardous waste under 335-14-2, it is subject to management as a hazardous waste in accordance with all applicable requirements of 335-14-3 through 335-14-6. If the collected material is discharged through a point source to waters of the United States, it is subject to the requirements of Sections 301, 304, and 402 of the Clean Water Act, as amended. If discharged to a Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTWs), it is subject to the requirements of Section 307 of the Clean Water Act, as amended. If the collected material is released to the environment, it may be subject to the reporting requirements of 40 CFR Part 302.]

(d)Secondary containment for tanks must include one or more of the following devices:

1.A liner (external to the tank);

2.A vault;

3.A double-walled tank; or

4.An equivalent device as approved by the Department.

(e)In addition to the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(4)(b), (c), and (d), secondary containment systems must satisfy the following requirements:

1.External liner systems must be:

(i)Designed or operated to contain 100 percent of the capacity of the largest tank within its boundary;

(ii)Designed or operated to prevent run-on or infiltration of precipitation into the secondary containment system unless the collection system has sufficient excess capacity to contain run-on or infiltration. Such additional capacity must be sufficient to contain precipitation from a 25-year, 24-hour rainfall event.

(iii)Free of cracks or gaps; and

(iv)Designed and installed to completely surround the tank and to cover all surrounding earth likely to come into contact with the waste if released from the tank(s) (i.e., capable of preventing lateral as well as vertical migration of the waste).

(v)Provided with an impermeable interior coating or lining if a concrete (or other porous or pervious material) liner is used. The interior coating or lining must be compatible with the stored waste and prevent migration of the waste into the concrete.

2.Vault systems must be:

(i)Designed or operated to contain 100 percent of the capacity of the largest tank within its boundary;

(ii)Designed or operated to prevent run-on or infiltration of precipitation into the secondary containment system unless the collection system has sufficient excess capacity to contain run-on or infiltration. Such additional capacity must be sufficient to contain precipitation from a 25-year, 24-hour rainfall event;

(iii)Constructed with chemical-resistant water stops in place at all joints (if any);

(iv)Provided with an impermeable interior coating or lining that is compatible with the stored waste and that will prevent migration of waste into the concrete;

(v)Provided with a means to protect against the formation of and ignition of vapors within the vault, if the waste being stored or treated:

(I)Meets the definition of ignitable waste under 335-14-2-.03(2); or

(II)Meets the definition of reactive waste under 335-14-2-.03(4) and may form an ignitable or explosive vapor; and

(vi)Provided with an exterior moisture barrier or be otherwise designed or operated to prevent migration of moisture into the vault if the vault is subject to hydraulic pressure.

3.Double-walled tanks must be:

(i)Designed as an integral structure (i.e., an inner tank within an outer shell) so that any release from the inner tank is contained by the outer shell;

(ii)Protected, if constructed of metal, from both corrosion of the primary tank interior and of the outer shell; and

(iii)Provided with a built-in continuous leak detection system capable of detecting a release within 24 hours, or at the earliest practicable time, if the owner or operator can demonstrate to the Department, and the Department concurs, that the existing leak detection technology or site conditions will not allow detection of a release within 24 hours.

[Note: The provisions outlined in the Steel Tank Institute's (STI) "Standard for Dual Wall Underground Steel Storage Tank" may be used as guidelines for aspects of the design of underground steel double-walled tanks.]

(f)Ancillary equipment must be provided with full secondary containment (e.g., trench, jacketing, double-walled piping) that meets the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(4)(b) and (c) except for:

1.Aboveground piping (exclusive of flanges, joints, valves, and connections) that is visually inspected for leaks on a daily basis;

2.Welded flanges, welded joints, and welded connections that are visually inspected for leaks on a daily basis;

3.Sealless or magnetic coupling pumps and sealless valves, that are visually inspected for leaks on a daily basis; and

4.Pressurized aboveground piping systems with automatic shut-off devices (e.g., excess flow check valves, flow metering shutdown devices, loss of pressure actuated shut-off devices) that are visually inspected for leaks on a daily basis.

(g)The owner or operator may obtain a variance from the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(4) if the Department finds, as a result of a demonstration by the owner or operator, either: that alternative design and operating practices, together with location characteristics, will prevent the migration of any hazardous waste or hazardous constituents into the groundwater or surface water at least as effectively as secondary containment during the active life of the tank system or that in the event of a release that does migrate to groundwater or surface water, no substantial present or potential hazard will be posed to human health or the environment. New underground tank systems may not, per a demonstration in accordance with 335-14-6-.10(4)(g)2., be exempted from the secondary containment requirements of 335-14-6-.10(4). Application for a variance as allowed in 335-14-6-.10(4)(g) does not waive compliance with the requirements of Rule 335-14-6-.10 for new tank systems.

1.In deciding whether to grant a variance based on a demonstration of equivalent protection of groundwater and surface water, the Department will consider:

(i)The nature and quantity of the waste;

(ii)The proposed alternate design and operation;

(iii)The hydrogeologic setting of the facility, including the thickness of soils between the tank system and groundwater; and

(iv)All other factors that would influence the quality and mobility of the hazardous constituents and the potential for them to migrate to groundwater or surface water.

2.In deciding whether to grant a variance based on a demonstration of no substantial present or potential hazard, the Department will consider:

(i)The potential adverse effects on groundwater, surface water, and land quality taking into account:

(I)The physical and chemical characteristics of the waste in the tank system, including its potential for migration,

(II)The hydrogeological characteristics of the facility and surrounding land,

(III)The potential for health risks caused by human exposure to waste constituents,

(IV)The potential for damage to wildlife, crops, vegetation, and physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituents, and

(V)The persistence and permanence of the potential adverse effects;

(ii)The potential adverse effects of a release on groundwater quality, taking into account:

(I)The quantity and quality of groundwater and the direction of groundwater flow,

(II)The proximity and withdrawal rates of water in the area,

(III)The current and future uses of groundwater in the area, and

(IV)The existing quality of groundwater, including other sources of contamination and their cumulative impact on the groundwater quality;

(iii)The potential adverse effects of a release on surface water quality, taking into account:

(I)The quantity and quality of groundwater and the direction of groundwater flow,

(II)The patterns of rainfall in the region,

(III)The proximity of the tank system to surface waters,

(IV)The current and future uses of surface waters in the area and any water quality standards established for those surface waters, and

(V)The existing quality of surface water, including other sources of contamination and the cumulative impact on surface-water quality;

(iv)The potential adverse effects of a release on the land surrounding the tank system, taking into account:

(I)The patterns of rainfall in the region, and

(II)The current and future uses of the surrounding land.

3.The owner or operator of a tank system for which a variance from secondary containment had been granted in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(4)(g)1., at which a release of hazardous waste has occurred from the primary tank system but has not migrated beyond the zone of engineering control (as established in the variance), must:

(i)Comply with the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(7), except 335-14-6-.10(7)(d); and

(ii)Decontaminate or remove contaminated soil to the extent necessary to:

(I)Enable the tank system, for which the variance was granted, to resume operation with the capability for the detection of releases at least equivalent to the capability it had prior to the release, and

(II)Prevent the migration of hazardous waste or hazardous constituents to groundwater or surface water; and

(iii)If contaminated soil cannot be removed or decontaminated in accordance with 335-14-6-.10(4)(g)3.(ii), comply with the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(8)(b).

4.The owner or operator of a tank system, for which a variance from secondary containment had been granted in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(4)(g)1., at which a release of hazardous waste has occurred from the primary tank system and has migrated beyond the zone of engineering control (as established in the variance), must:

(i)Comply with the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(7)(a), (b), (c), and (d);

(ii)Prevent the migration of hazardous waste or hazardous constituents to groundwater or surface water, if possible, and decontaminate or remove contaminated soil. If contaminated soil cannot be decontaminated or removed or if groundwater has been contaminated, the owner or operator must comply with the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(8)(b); and

(iii)If repairing, replacing, or reinstalling the tank system, provide secondary containment in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(4)(a) through (f) or reapply for a variance from secondary containment and meet the requirements for new tank systems in 335-14-6-.10(3) if the tank system is replaced. The owner or operator must comply with these requirements even if contaminated soil can be decontaminated or removed and groundwater or surface water has not been contaminated.

(h)The following procedures must be followed in order to request a variance from secondary containment:

1.The Department must be notified in writing by the owner or operator that he intends to conduct and submit a demonstration for a variance from secondary containment as allowed in 335-14-6-.10(4)(g) according to the following schedule:

(i)For existing tank systems, at least 24 months prior to the date that secondary containment must be provided in accordance with 335-14-6-.10(4)(a); and

(ii)For new tank systems, at least 30 days prior to entering into a contract for installation of the tank system.

2.As part of the notification, the owner or operator must also submit to the Department a description of the steps necessary to conduct the demonstration and a timetable for completing each of the steps. The demonstration must address each of the factors listed in 335-14-6-.10(4)(g)1. or (g)2.;

3.The demonstration for a variance must be completed and submitted to the Department within 180 days after notifying the Department of intent to conduct the demonstration; and

4.The Department will inform the public, through a newspaper notice, of the availability of the demonstration for a variance. The notice shall be placed in a daily or weekly major local newspaper of general circulation and shall provide at least 30 days from the date of the notice for the public to review and comment on the demonstration for a variance. The Department also will hold a public hearing, in response to a request or at its own discretion, whenever such a hearing might clarify one or more issues concerning the demonstration for a variance. Public notice of the hearing will be given at least 30 days prior to the date of the hearing and may be given at the same time as notice of the opportunity for the public to review and comment on the demonstration. These two notices may be combined.

5.The Department will approve or disapprove the request for a variance within 90 days of receipt of the demonstration from the owner or operator and will notify in writing the owner or operator and each person who submitted written comments or requested notice of the variance decision. If the demonstration for a variance is incomplete or does not include sufficient information, the 90-day time period will begin when the Department receives a complete demonstration, including all information necessary to make a final determination. If the public comment period in 335-14-6-.10(4)(h)4. is extended, the 90-day time period will be similarly extended.

(i)All tank systems, until such time as secondary containment that meets the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(4) is provided, must comply with the following:

1.For nonenterable underground tanks, a leak test that meets the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(2)(b)5. must be conducted at least annually;

2.For other than nonenterable underground tanks and for all ancillary equipment, an annual leak test, as described in 335-14-6-.10(4)(i)1., or an internal inspection or other tank integrity examination by an independent qualified registered professional engineer that addresses cracks, leaks, corrosion, and erosion must be conducted at least annually. The owner or operator must remove the stored waste from the tank, if necessary, to allow the condition of all internal tank surfaces to be assessed.

[Note: The practices described in the American Petroleum Institute (API) Publication, Guide for Inspection of Refining Equipment, Chapter XIII, "Atmospheric and Low- Pressure Storage Tanks", 4th Edition, 1981, may be used, when applicable, as guidelines for assessing the overall condition of the tank system.]

3.The owner or operator must maintain on file at the facility a record of the results of the assessments conducted in accordance with 335-14-6-.10(4)(i)1. through (i)3.

4.If a tank system or component is found to be leaking or unfit for use as a result of the leak test or assessment in 335-14-6-.10(4)(i)1. through (i)3., the owner or operator must comply with the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(7).

(5)General operating requirements.

(a)Hazardous wastes or treatment reagents must not be placed in a tank system if they could cause the tank, its ancillary equipment, or the secondary containment system to rupture, leak, corrode, or otherwise fail.

(b)The owner or operator must use appropriate controls and practices to prevent spills and overflows from tank or secondary containment systems. These include at a minimum:

1.Spill prevention controls (e.g., check valves, dry disconnect couplings);

2.Overfill prevention controls (e.g., level sensing devices, high level alarms, automatic feed cutoff, or bypass to a standby tank); and

3.Maintenance of sufficient freeboard in uncovered tanks to prevent overtopping by wave or wind action or by precipitation.

(c)The owner or operator must comply with the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(7) if a leak or spill occurs in the tank system.

(6)Inspections.

(a)The owner or operator must inspect, where present, at least once each operating day:

1.Overfill/spill control equipment (e.g., waste-feed cutoff systems, bypass systems, and drainage systems) to ensure that it is in good working order;

2.Aboveground portions of the tank system, if any, to detect corrosion or releases of waste;

3.Data gathered from monitoring equipment and leak detection equipment (e.g., pressure and temperature gauges, monitoring wells) to ensure that the tank system is being operated according to its design; and

4.The construction materials and the area immediately surrounding the externally accessible portion of the tank system including the secondary containment structures (e.g., dikes) to detect erosion or signs of releases of hazardous waste (e.g., wet spots, dead vegetation).

[Note: 335-14-6-.02(6)(c) requires the owner or operator to remedy any deterioration or malfunction he finds. 335-14-6-.10(7) requires the owner or operator to notify the Department and the Regional Administrator within 24 hours of confirming a release. Also, 40 CFR Part 302 may require the owner or operator to notify the National Response Center of a release.]

(b)The owner or operator must inspect cathodic protection systems, if present, according to, at a minimum, the following schedule to ensure that they are functioning properly:

1.The proper operation of the cathodic protection system must be confirmed within six months after initial installation and annually thereafter; and

2.All sources of impressed current must be inspected and/or tested, as appropriate, at least bimonthly (i.e., every other month).

[Note: The practices described in the National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) standard, "Recommended Practice (RP-02-85)-Control of External Corrosion on Metallic Buried, Partially Buried, or Submerged Liquid Storage Systems", and the American Petroleum Institute (API) Publication 1632, "Cathodic Protection of Underground Petroleum Storage Tanks and Piping Systems", may be used, where applicable, as guidelines in maintaining and inspecting cathodic protection systems.]

(c)The owner or operator must document in the operating record of the facility an inspection of those items in 335-14-6-.10(6)(a) and (b).

(7)Response to leaks or spills and disposition of leaking or unfit-for-use tank systems. A tank system or secondary containment system from which there has been a leak or spill, or which is unfit for use, must be removed from service immediately, and the owner or operator must satisfy the following requirements:

(a)Cessation of Use; prevent flow or addition of wastes. The owner or operator must immediately stop the flow of hazardous waste into the tank system or secondary containment system and inspect the system to determine the cause of the release.

(b)Removal of waste from tank system or secondary containment system.

1.If the release was from the tank system, the owner or operator must, within 24 hours after detection of the leak or, if the owner or operator demonstrates that it is not possible, at the earliest practicable time remove as much of the waste as is necessary to prevent further release of hazardous waste to the environment and to allow inspection and repair of the tank system to be performed.

2.If the release was to a secondary containment system, all released materials must be removed within 24 hours or in as timely a manner as is possible to prevent harm to human health and the environment.

(c)Containment of visible releases to the environment. The owner or operator must immediately conduct a visual inspection of the release and, based upon that inspection:

1.Prevent further migration of the leak or spill to soils or surface water; and

2.Remove, and properly dispose of, any visible contamination of the soil or surface water.

(d)Notifications, reports.

1.Any release to the environment, except as provided in 335-14-6-.10(7)(d)2., must be reported to the Department within 24 hours of detection.

Report of a release pursuant to 40 CFR Part 302 does not satisfy this requirement.

2.A leak or spill of hazardous waste that is:

(i)Less than or equal to a quantity of one (1) pound, and

(ii)Immediately contained and cleaned up is exempted from the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(7)(d).

3.Within 30 days of detection of a release to the environment, a report containing the following information must be submitted to the Department:

(i)Likely route of migration of the release;

(ii)Characteristics of the surrounding soil (soil composition, geology, hydrogeology, climate);

(iii)Results of any monitoring or sampling conducted in connection with the release (if available). If sampling or monitoring data relating to the release are not available within 30 days, these data must be submitted to the Department as soon as they become available;

(iv)Proximity to downgradient drinking water, surface water, and populated areas; and

(v)Description of response actions taken or planned.

(e)Provision of secondary containment, repair, or closure.

1.Unless the owner or operator satisfies the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(7)(e)2. through 4., the tank system must be closed in accordance with 335-14-6-.10(8).

2.If the cause of the release was a spill that has not damaged the integrity of the system, the owner/operator may return the system to service as soon as the released waste is removed and repairs, if necessary, are made.

3.If the cause of the release was a leak from the primary tank system into the secondary containment system, the system must be repaired prior to returning the tank system to service.

4.If the source of the release was a leak to the environment from a component of a tank system without secondary containment, the owner or operator must provide the component of the system from which the leak occurred with secondary containment that satisfies the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(4) before it can be returned to service, unless the source of the leak is an aboveground portion of a tank system. If the source is an aboveground component that can be inspected visually, the component must be repaired and may be returned to service without secondary containment as long as the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(7)(f) are satisfied. If a component is replaced to comply with the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(7)(e), that component must satisfy the requirements for new tank systems or components in 335-14-6-.10(3) and 335-14-6-.10(4). Additionally, if a leak has occurred in any portion of a tank system component that is not readily accessible for visual inspection (e.g., the bottom of an inground or onground tank), the entire component must be provided with secondary containment in accordance with 335-14-6-.10(4) prior to being returned to use.

(f)Certification of major repairs. If the owner or operator has repaired a tank system in accordance with 335-14-6-.10(7)(e), and the repair has been extensive (e.g., installation of an internal liner; repair of a ruptured primary containment or secondary containment vessel), the tank system must not be returned to service unless the owner or operator has obtained a certification by an independent, qualified, registered professional engineer in accordance with 335-14-8-.02(2)(d) that the repaired system is capable of handling hazardous wastes without release for the intended life of the system. This certification must be submitted to the Department within seven days after returning the tank system to use.

[Note: The Department may, on the basis of any information received that there is or has been a release of hazardous waste or hazardous constituents into the environment, issue an order under RCRA Section 3004(v), 3008(h), or 7003(a), or the AHWMMA, respectively, requiring corrective action or such other response as deemed necessary to protect human health or the environment.]

[Note: See 335-14-6-.02(6)(c) for the requirements necessary to remedy a failure. Also, 40 CFR Part 302 requires the owner or operator to notify the National Response Center of a release of any "reportable quantity".]

(8)Closure and post-closure care.

(a)At closure of a tank system, the owner or operator must remove or decontaminate all waste residues, contaminated containment system components (liners, etc.), contaminated soils, and structures and equipment contaminated with waste, and manage them as hazardous waste, unless 335-14-2-.01(3)(d) applies. The closure plan, closure activities, cost estimates for closure, and financial responsibility for tank systems must meet all of the requirements specified in Rules 335-14-6-.07 and 335-14-6-.08. [Generators accumulating hazardous waste in tanks for 90 days or less are not required to provide a closure plan, cost estimate, or financial assurance.]

(b)If the owner or operator demonstrates that not all contaminated soils can be practicably removed or decontaminated as required in 335-14-6-.10(8)(a), then the owner or operator must close the tank system and perform post-closure care in accordance with the closure and post-closure care requirements that apply to landfills [335-14-6-.14(11)]. In addition, for the purposes of closure, post-closure, and financial responsibility, such a tank system is then considered to be a landfill, and the owner or operator must meet all of the requirements for landfills specified in Rules 335-14-6-.07 and 335-14-6-.08.

(c)Prior to closure of a tank system, the owner or operator must notify the Department in writing as required by 335-14-3-.04(4)(a).

(d)Within 45 days of completing closure activities, the owner or operator must provide a written report as required by 335-14-3-.04(4)(b) documenting the procedures used to comply with 335-14-6-.10 and 335-14-3-.03(5)(a)5.(i) and (ii).

(e)If an owner or operator has a tank system which does not have secondary containment that meets the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(4)(b) through (f) and which is not exempt from the secondary containment requirements in accordance with 335-14-6-.10(4)(g), then,

1.The closure plan for the tank system must include both a plan for complying with 335-14-6-.10(8)(a) and a contingent plan for complying with 335-14-6-.10(8)(b).

2.A contingent post-closure plan for complying with 335-14-6-.10(8)(b) must be prepared and submitted as part of the permit application.

3.The cost estimates calculated for closure and post-closure care must reflect the costs of complying with the contingent closure plan and the contingent post-closure plan, if these costs are greater than the costs of complying with the closure plan prepared for the expected closure under 335-14-6-.10(8)(a).

4.Financial assurance must be based on the cost estimates in 335-14-6-.10(8)(c)3.

5.For the purposes of the contingent closure and post-closure plans, such a tank system is considered to be a landfill, and the contingent plans must meet all of the closure, post-closure, and financial responsibility requirements for landfills under Rules 335-14-6-.07 and 335-14-6-.08.

(9)Special requirements for ignitable or reactive wastes.

(a)Ignitable or reactive waste must not be placed in a tank system, unless:

1.The waste is treated, rendered, or mixed before or immediately after placement in the tank system so that:

(i)The resulting waste, mixture or dissolved material no longer meets the definition of ignitable or reactive waste under 335-14-2-.03(2) or 335-14-2-.03(4); and

(ii)335-14-6-.02(8)(b) is complied with; or

2.The waste is stored or treated in such a way that it is protected from any material or conditions which may cause the waste to ignite or react; or

3.The tank system is used solely for emergencies.

(b)The owner or operator of a facility where ignitable or reactive waste is stored or treated in tanks must comply with the requirements for the maintenance of protective distances between the waste management area and any public ways, streets, alleys, or an adjoining property line that can be built upon as required in Tables 2-1 through 2-6 of the National Fire Protection Association's "Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code", (1977 or 1981) [incorporated by reference, see Rule 335-14-1-.02(2)].

(10)Special requirements for incompatible wastes.

(a)Incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials, must not be placed in the same tank system, unless 335-14-6-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

(b)Hazardous waste must not be placed in a tank system that has not been decontaminated and that previously held an incompatible waste or material, unless 335-14-6-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

(11)Waste analysis and trial tests. In addition to performing the waste analysis required by 335-14-6-.02(4), the owner or operator must, whenever a tank system is to be used to treat chemically or to store a hazardous waste that is substantially different from waste previously treated or stored in that tank system; or treat chemically a hazardous waste with a substantially different process than any previously used in that tank system:

(a)Conduct waste analyses and trial treatment or storage tests (e.g., bench-scale or pilot-plant scale tests); or

(b)Obtain written, documented information on similar waste under similar operating conditions to show that the proposed treatment or storage will meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(5)(a).

[Note: 335-14-6-.02(4) requires the waste analysis plan to include analyses needed to comply with 335-14-6-.10(9) and 335-14-6-.10(10). 335-14-6-.05(4) requires the owner or operator to place the results from each waste analysis and trial test, or the documented information, in the operating record of the facility.]

(12)Special requirements for generators of between 100 and 1,000 kg/mo. that accumulate hazardous waste in tanks.

(a)The requirements of 335-14-6-.10(12) apply to small quantity generators of more than 100 kg but less than 1,000 kg of hazardous waste in a calendar month, that accumulate hazardous waste in tanks for less than 180 days (or 270 days if the generator must ship the waste greater than 200 miles), and do not accumulate over 6,000 kg on-site at any time.

(b)Generators of between 100 and 1,000 kg/mo. hazardous waste must comply with the following general operating requirements:

1.Treatment or storage of hazardous waste in tanks must comply with 335-14-6-.02(8)(b).

2.Hazardous wastes or treatment reagents must not be placed in a tank if they could cause the tank or its inner liner to rupture, leak, corrode, or otherwise fail before the end of its intended life.

3.Uncovered tanks must be operated to ensure at least 60 centimeters (2 feet) of freeboard, unless the tank is equipped with a containment structure (e.g., dike or trench), a drainage control system, or a diversion structure (e.g., standby tank) with a capacity that equals or exceeds the volume of the top 60 centimeters (2 feet) of the tank.

4.Where hazardous waste is continuously fed into a tank, the tank must be equipped with a means to stop this inflow (e.g., waste feed cutoff system or by-pass system to a stand-by tank).

[Note: These systems are intended to be used in the event of a leak or overflow from the tank due to a system failure (e.g., a malfunction in the treatment process, a crack in the tank, etc.).]

(c)Generators of between 100 and 1,000 kg/mo. accumulating hazardous waste in tanks must inspect, and document in accordance with Rule 335-14-6-.02(6)(d), where present:

1.Discharge control equipment (e.g., waste feed cutoff systems, by-pass systems, and drainage systems) at least once each operating day, to ensure that it is in good working order;

2.Data gathered from monitoring equipment (e.g., pressure and temperature gauges) at least once each operating day to ensure that the tank is being operated according to its design;

3.The level of waste in the tank at least once each operating day to ensure compliance with 335-14-6-.10(12)(b)3.;

4.The construction materials of the tank at least weekly to detect corrosion or leaking of fixtures or seams; and

5.The construction materials of, and the area immediately surrounding discharge confinement structures (e.g., dikes) at least weekly to detect erosion or obvious signs of leakage (e.g., wet spots or dead vegetation).

[Note: As required by 335-14-6-.02(6)(c), the owner or operator must remedy any deterioration or malfunction he finds.

(d)Generators of between 100 and 1,000 kg/mo. accumulating hazardous waste in tanks must, upon closure of the facility, remove all hazardous waste from tanks, discharge control equipment, and discharge confinement structures.

[Note: At closure, as throughout the operating period, unless the owner or operator can demonstrate, in accordance with 335-14-2-.01(3)(c) or (d), that any solid waste removed from his tank is not a hazardous waste, the owner or operator becomes a generator of hazardous waste and must manage it in accordance with all applicable requirements of 335-14-3, 335-14-4, and 335-14-6.]

(e)Generators of between 100 and 1,000 kg/mo. must comply with the following special requirements for ignitable or reactive waste:

1.Ignitable or reactive waste must not be placed in a tank, unless:

(i)The waste is treated, rendered, or mixed before or immediately after placement in a tank so that:

(I)The resulting waste, mixture, or dissolution of material no longer meets the definition of ignitable or reactive waste under 335-14-2-.03(2) or 335-14-2-.03(4); and

(II)335-14-6-.02(8)(b) is complied with; or

(ii)The waste is stored or treated in such a way that it is protected from any material or conditions that may cause the waste to ignite or react; or

(iii)The tank is used solely for emergencies.

2.The owner or operator of a facility which treats or stores ignitable or reactive waste in covered tanks must comply with the buffer zone requirements for tanks contained in Tables 2-1 through 2-6 of the National Fire Protection Association's "Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code", (1977 or 1981) [incorporated by reference, see 335-14-1-.02(2)].

(f)Generators of between 100 and 1,000 kg/mo. must comply with the following special requirements for incompatible wastes:

1.Incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials (see 335-14-6-Appendix V for examples) must not be placed in the same tank, unless 335-14-6-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

2.Hazardous waste must not be placed in an unwashed tank which previously held an incompatible waste or material, unless 335-14-6-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

(13)Air emission standards. The owner or operator shall manage all hazardous waste placed in a tanks in accordance with the applicable requirements of 335-14-6-.27, 335-14-6-.28, and 335-14-6-.29.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Michael Champion; Amy P. Zachry; C. Edwin Johnston; Michael B. Champion; Ronald T. Shell

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: July 19, 1982; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992, Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.6.11" level="3" title="Surface Impoundments">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-6-.11 apply to owners and operators of facilities that use surface impoundments to treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste except as 335-14-6-.01(1) provides otherwise.

(2)Design and operating requirements.

(a)The owner or operator of each new surface impoundment unit on which construction commences after January 29, 1992, each lateral expansion of a surface impoundment unit on which construction commences after July 29, 1992, and each replacement of an existing surface impoundment unit that is to commence reuse after July 29, 1992, must install two or more liners and a leachate collection and removal system between such liners, and operate the leachate collection and removal system, in accordance with 335-14-5-.11(2)(c), unless exempted under 335-14-5-.11(2)(d), (e), or (f). "Construction commences" is as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1) under "existing facility".

(b)The owner or operator of each unit referred to in 335-14-6-.11(2)(a) must notify the Department at least sixty days prior to receiving waste. The owner or operator of each facility submitting notice must file a Part B application within six months of the receipt of such notice.

(c)The owner or operator of any replacement surface impoundment unit is exempt from 335-14-6-.11(2)(a) if:

1.The existing unit was constructed in accordance with the design standards of Sections 3004(o)(1)(A)(i) and (o)(5) of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and the AHWMMA; and

2.There is no reason to believe that the liner is not functioning as designed.

(d)The double liner requirement set forth in 335-14-6-.11(2)(a) may be waived by the Department for any monofill if:

1.The monofill contains only hazardous wastes from foundry furnace emission controls or metal casting molding sand, and such wastes do not contain constituents which would render the wastes hazardous for reasons other than the EP toxicity characteristics in 335-14-2-.03(5);

2.(i)(I)The monofill has at least one liner for which there is no evidence that such liner is leaking. For the purposes of 335-14-6-.11(2) the term "liner" means a liner designed, constructed, installed, and operated to prevent hazardous waste from passing into the liner at any time during the active life of the facility, or a liner designed, constructed, installed, and operated to prevent hazardous waste from migrating beyond the liner to adjacent subsurface soil, groundwater, or surface water at any time during the active life of the facility. In the case of any surface impoundment which has been exempted from the requirements of 335-14-6-.11(2)(a) on the basis of a liner designed, constructed, installed, and operated to prevent hazardous waste from passing beyond the liner at the closure of such impoundment the owner or operator must remove or decontaminate all waste residues, all contaminated liner material, and contaminated soil to the extent practicable. If all contaminated soil is not removed or decontaminated, the owner or operator of such impoundment must comply with appropriate post-closure requirements, including but not limited to groundwater monitoring and corrective action:

(II)The monofill is located more than one-quarter mile from an underground source of drinking water (as that term is defined in Section 144.3 of 40 CFR); and

(III)The monofill is in compliance with generally applicable groundwater monitoring requirements for facilities with permits under Division 335-14; or

(ii)The owner or operator demonstrates that the monofill is located, designed, and operated so as to assure that there will be no migration of any hazardous constituent into groundwater or surface water at any future time.

(e)In the case of any unit which the liner and leachate collection system has been installed pursuant to the requirements of 335-14-6-.11(2)(a) and in good faith compliance with 335-14-6-.11(2)(a) and with guidance documents governing liners and leachate collection systems under 335-14-6-.11(2)(a), no liner or leachate collection system which is different from that which was so installed pursuant to 335-14-6-.11(2)(a) will be required for such unit by the Department when issuing the first permit to such facility, except that the Department will not be precluded from requiring installation of a new liner when the Department has reason to believe that any liner installed pursuant to the requirements of 335-14-6-.11(2)(a) is leaking.

(f)A surface impoundment must maintain enough freeboard to prevent any overtopping of the dike by overfilling, wave action or a storm. Except as provided in 335-14-6-.11(2)(b), there must be at least 60 centimeters (two feet) of freeboard.

(g)A freeboard level less than 60 centimeters (two feet) may be maintained if the owner or operator obtains certification by a qualified professional engineer that alternate design features or operating plans will, to the best of his knowledge and opinion, prevent overtopping of the dike. The certification, along with a written identification of alternate design features or operating plans preventing overtopping must be maintained at the facility.

(h)Surface impoundments that are newly subject to 335-14-6-.11 due to the promulgation of additional listings or characteristics for the identification of hazardous waste must be in compliance with 335-14-6-.11(2)(a), (c), and (d) not later than 48 months after the promulgation of the additional listing or characteristic. This compliance period shall not be cut short as the result of the promulgation of land disposal prohibitions under 335-14-9 or the granting of an extension to the effective date of a prohibition pursuant to Rule 335-14-9-.01(5), within this 48-month period.

(3)Action leakage rate.

(a)The owner or operator of surface impoundment units subject to 335-14-6-.11(2)(a) must submit a proposed action leakage rate to the Director when submitting the notice required under 335-14-6-.11(2)(b). Within 60 days of receipt of the notification, the Director will: establish an action leakage rate, either as proposed by the owner or operator or modified using the criteria in 335-14-6-.11(3); or extend the review period for up to 60 days. If no action is taken by the Director before the original 60 or extended 120 day review periods, the action leakage rate will be approved as proposed by the owner or operator.

(b)The Director shall approve an action leakage rate for surface impoundment units subject to 335-14-6-.11(2)(a). The action leakage rate is the maximum design flow rate that the leak detection system (LDS) can remove without the fluid head on the bottom liner exceeding one foot. The action leakage rate must include an adequate safety margin to allow for uncertainties in the design (e.g., slope, hydraulic conductivity, thickness of drainage material), construction, operation, and location of the LDS, waste and leachate characteristics, likelihood and amounts of other sources of liquids in the LDS, and proposed response actions (e.g., the action leakage rate must consider decreases in the flow capacity of the system over time resulting from siltation and clogging, rib layover and creep of synthetic components of the system, overburden pressures, etc.).

(c)To determine if the action leakage rate has been exceeded, the owner or operator must convert the weekly or monthly flow rate from the monitoring data obtained under 335-14-6-.11(7)(b), to an average daily flow rate (gallons per acre per day) for each sump. Unless the Director approves a different calculation, the average daily flow rate for each sump must be calculated weekly during the active life and closure period, and if the unit closes in accordance with 335-14-6-.11(9)(a)2., monthly during the post-closure care period when monthly monitoring is required under 335-14-6-.11(7)(b).

(4)Containment system. All earthen dikes must have a protective cover, such as grass, shale or rock, to minimize wind and water erosion and to preserve their structural integrity.

(5)Response actions.

(a)The owner or operator of surface impoundment units subject to 335-14-6-.11(2)(a) must submit a response action plan to the Director when submitting the proposed action leakage rate under 335-14-6-.11(3). The response action plan must set forth the actions to be taken if the action leakage rate has been exceeded. At a minimum, the response action plan must describe the actions specified in 335-14-6-.11(5)(b).

(b)If the flow rate into the leak detection system exceeds the action leakage rate for any sump, the owner or operator must:

1.Notify the Director in writing of the exceedence within seven days of the determination;

2.Submit a preliminary written assessment to the Director within 14 days of the determination, as to the amount of liquids, likely sources of liquids, possible location, size, and cause of any leaks, and short-term actions taken and planned;

3.Determine to the extent practicable the location, size, and cause of any leak;

4.Determine whether waste receipts should cease or be curtailed, whether any waste should be removed from the unit for inspection, repairs, or controls, and whether or not the unit should be closed;

5.Determine any other short-term and longer-term actions to be taken to mitigate or stop any leaks; and

6.Within 30 days after the notification that the action leakage rate has been exceeded, submit to the Director the results of the analyses specified in 335-14-6-.11(5)(b)3., 4., and 5., the results of actions taken, and actions planned. Monthly thereafter, as long as the flow rate in the leak detection system exceeds the action leakage rate, the owner or operator must submit to the Director a report summarizing the results of any remedial actions taken and actions planned.

(c)To make the leak and/or remediation determinations in 335-14-6-.11(5)(b)3., 4., and 5., the owner or operator must:

1.(i)Assess the source of liquids and amounts of liquids by source,

(ii)Conduct a fingerprint, hazardous constituent, or other analyses of the liquids in the leak detection system to identify the source of liquids and possible location of any leaks, and the hazard and mobility of the liquid; and

(iii)Assess the seriousness of any leaks in terms of potential for escaping into the environment; or

2.Document why such assessments are not needed.

(6)Waste analysis and trial tests.

(a)In addition to the waste analyses required by 335-14-6-.04(4), whenever a surface impoundment is to be used to:

1.Chemically treat a hazardous waste which is substantially different from waste previously treated in that impoundment; or

2.Chemically treat hazardous waste with a substantially different process than any previously used in that impoundment; the owner or operator must, before treating the different waste or using the different process:

(i)Conduct waste analyses and trial treatment tests (e.g., bench scale or pilot plant scale tests); or

(ii)Obtain written, documented information on similar treatment of similar waste under similar operating conditions; to show that this treatment will comply with 335-14-6-.02(8)(b).

(7)Monitoring and inspection.

(a)The owner or operator must inspect:

1.The freeboard level at least once each operating day to ensure compliance with 335-14-6-.11(3); and

2.The surface impoundment, including dikes and vegetation surrounding the dike, at least once a week to detect any leaks, deterioration or failures in the impoundment.

3.These inspections must be documented in an inspection log as required by Rule 335-14-6-.02(6)(d).

(b)1.An owner or operator required to have a leak detection system under 335-14-6-.11(2)(a) must record the amount of liquids removed from each leak detection system sump at least once each week during the active life and closure period.

2.After the final cover is installed, the amount of liquids removed from each leak detection system sump must be recorded at least monthly. If the liquid level in the sump stays below the pump operating level for two consecutive months, the amount of liquids in the sumps must be recorded at least quarterly. If the liquid level in the sump stays below the pump operating level for two consecutive quarters, the amount of liquids in the sumps must be recorded at least semi-annually. If at any time during the post-closure care period the pump operating level is exceeded at units on quarterly or semi-annual recording schedules, the owner or operator must return to monthly recording of amounts of liquids removed from each sump until the liquid level again stays below the pump operating level for two consecutive months.

3."Pump operating level" is a liquid level proposed by the owner or operator and approved by the Director based on pump activation level, sump dimensions, and level that avoids backup into the drainage layer and minimizes head in the sump. The timing for submission and approval of the proposed "pump operating level" will be in accordance with 335-14-6-.11(3)(a).

(8)[Reserved]

(9)Closure and post-closure care.

(a)At closure, the owner or operator must:

1.Remove or decontaminate all waste residues, contaminated containment system components (liners, etc.), contaminated subsoils, and structures and equipment contaminated with waste and leachate, and manage them as hazardous waste unless 335-14-2-.01(3)(d) applies; or

2.Close the impoundment and provide post-closure care for a landfill under Rule 335-14-6-.07 and 335-14-6-.14(11), including the following:

(i)Eliminate free liquids by removing liquid wastes or solidifying the remaining wastes and waste residues;

(ii)Stabilize remaining wastes to a bearing capacity sufficient to support the final cover; and

(iii)Cover the surface impoundment with a final cover designed and constructed to:

(I)Provide long-term minimization of the migration of liquids through the closed impoundment;

(II)Function with minimum maintenance;

(III)Promote drainage and minimize erosion or abrasion of the cover;

(IV)Accommodate settling and subsidence so that the cover's integrity is maintained; and

(V)Have a permeability less than or equal to the permeability of any bottom liner system or natural subsoils present.

(VI)To meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.11(9)(a)2.(iii) the final cover must meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.14(11)(b)1. through 3., unless Rule 335-14-6-.14(11)(c) applies.

(b)In addition to the requirements of Rule 335-14-6-.07 and 335-14-6-.14(11), during the post-closure care period, the owner or operator of a surface impoundment in which wastes, waste residues or contaminated materials remain after closure in accordance with the provisions of 335-14-6-.11(9)(a)2. must:

1.Maintain the integrity and effectiveness of the final cover, including making repairs to the cover as necessary to correct the effects of settling, subsidence, erosion, or other events;

2.Maintain and monitor the leak detection system in accordance with 335-14-5-.11(2)(c)2.(iv) and 335-14-5-.11 (2)(c)3., and 335-14-6-.11(7)(b) and comply with all other applicable leak detection system requirements of 335-14-6;

3.Maintain and monitor the groundwater monitoring system and comply with all other applicable requirements of Rule 335-14-6-.06; and

4.Prevent run-on and run-off from eroding or otherwise damaging the final cover.

(10)Special requirements for ignitable or reactive waste. Ignitable or reactive waste must not be placed in a surface impoundment unless the waste and impoundment satisfy all applicable requirements of 335-14-9, and:

(a)The waste is treated, rendered, or mixed before or immediately after placement in the impoundment so that:

1.The resulting waste, mixture, or dissolution of material no longer meets the definition of ignitable or reactive waste under 335-14-2-.03(2) or (4); and

2.335-14-6-.02(8)(b) is complied with; or

(b)1.The waste is managed in such a way that it is protected from any material or conditions which may cause it to ignite or react; and

2.The owner or operator obtains a certification from a qualified professional engineer or qualified chemist that to the best of his knowledge and opinion, the design features or operating plans of the facility will prevent ignition or reaction; and

3.The certification and basis for it are maintained at the facility; or

(c)The surface impoundment is used solely for emergencies.

(11)Special requirements for incompatible wastes. Incompatible wastes and materials (see 335-14-6-Appendix V for examples) must not be placed in the same surface impoundment, unless 335-14-6-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

(12)Air emission standards. The owner or operator shall manage all hazardous waste placed in a surface impoundment in accordance with the applicable requirements of 335-14-6-.27, 335-14-6-.28, and 335-14-6-.29.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; James W. Hathcock; C. Edwin Johnston; Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1998; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.6.12" level="3" title="Waste Piles">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-6-.12 apply to owners and operators of facilities that treat or store hazardous waste in piles, except as 335-14-6-.01(1) provides otherwise. Alternately, a pile of hazardous waste may be managed as a landfill under Rule 335-14-6-.14.

(2)Protection from wind. The owner or operator of a pile containing hazardous waste which could be subject to dispersal by wind must cover or otherwise manage the pile so that wind dispersal is controlled.

(3)Waste analysis. In addition to the waste analyses required by Rule 335-14-6-.02(4), the owner or operator must analyze a representative sample of waste from each incoming movement before adding the waste to any existing pile, unless:

(a)The only wastes the facility receives which are amenable to piling are compatible with each other; or

(b)The waste received is compatible with the waste in the pile to which it is to be added. The analysis conducted must be capable of differentiating between the types of hazardous waste the owner or operator places in piles, so that mixing of incompatible waste does not inadvertently occur. The analysis must include a visual comparison of color and texture.

(4)Containment.

(a)The owner or operator must visually inspect the waste pile at least weekly for run-off and leachate and document the inspections in an inspection log as required by Rule 335-14-6-.02(6)(d). If leachate or run-off from a pile is a hazardous waste, then either:

1.The pile must be placed on an impermeable base that is compatible with the waste under the conditions of treatment or storage;

2.The owner or operator must design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-on control system capable of preventing flow onto the active portion of the pile during peak discharge from at least a 25-year storm;

3.The owner or operator must design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-off management system to collect and control at least the water volume resulting from a 24-hour, 25-year storm; and

4.Collection and holding facilities (e.g., tanks or basins) associated with run-on and run-off control systems must be emptied or otherwise managed expeditiously to maintain design capacity of the system; or

(b)1.The pile must be protected from precipitation and run-on by some other means; and

2.No liquids or wastes containing free liquids may be placed in the pile.

(5)Design and operating requirements.

(a)The owner or operator of each new waste pile unit on which construction commences after January 29, 1992, each lateral expansion of a waste pile unit on which construction commences after July 29, 1992, and each such replacement of an existing waste pile unit that is to commence reuse after July 29, 1992 must install two or more liners and a leachate collection and removal system above and between such liners, and operate the leachate collection and removal systems, in accordance with 335-14-5-.12(2)(c), unless exempted under 335-14-5-.12(2)(d), (e), or (f); and must comply with the procedures of 335-14-6-.12(2)(b). "Construction commences" is as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1) under "existing facility".

(b)Reserved.

(6)Action leakage rate.

(a)The owner or operator of waste pile units subject to 335-14-6-.12(5) must submit a proposed action leakage rate to the Director when submitting the notice required under 335-14-6-.12(5). Within 60 days of receipt of the notification, the Director will: establish an action leakage rate, either as proposed by the owner or operator or modified using the criteria in 335-14-6-.12(6); or extend the review period for up to 30 days. If no action is taken by the Director before the original 60 or extended 90 day review periods, the action leakage rate will be approved as proposed by the owner or operator.

(b)The Director shall approve an action leakage rate for waste pile units subject to 335-14-6-.12(5). The action leakage rate is the maximum design flow rate that the leak detection system (LDS) can remove without the fluid head on the bottom liner exceeding one foot. The action leakage rate must include an adequate safety margin to allow for uncertainties in the design (e.g., slope, hydraulic conductivity, thickness of drainage material), construction, operation, and location of the LDS, waste and leachate characteristics, likelihood and amount of other sources of liquids in the LDS, and proposed response actions (e.g., the action leakage rate must consider decreases in the flow capacity of the system over time resulting from siltation and clogging, rib layover and creep of synthetic components of the system, overburden pressures, etc.).

(c)To determine if the action leakage rate has been exceeded, the owner or operator must covert the weekly flow rate from the monitoring data obtained under 335-14-6-.12(11), to an average daily flow rate (gallons per acre per day) for each sump. Unless the Director approves a different calculation, the average daily flow rate for each sump must be calculated weekly during the active life and closure period.

(7)Special requirements for ignitable or reactive wastes.

(a)Ignitable or reactive waste must not be placed in a pile, unless the waste and pile satisfy all applicable requirements of Chapter 335-14-9, and:

1.Addition of the waste to an existing pile:

(i)Results in the waste or mixture no longer meeting the definition of ignitable or reactive waste under 335-14-2-.03(2) and (4); and

(ii)Complies with 335-14-6-.02(8)(b); or

2.The waste is managed in such a way that it is protected from any material or conditions which may cause it to ignite or react.

(8)Special requirements for incompatible wastes.

(a)Incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials, (see 335-14-6 - Appendix V for examples) must not be placed in the same pile, unless 335-14-6-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

(b)A pile of hazardous waste that is incompatible with any waste or other material stored nearby in other containers, piles, open tanks, or surface impoundments must be separated from other materials, or protected from them by means of a dike, berm, wall, or other device.

(c)Hazardous waste must not be piled on the same area where incompatible wastes or materials were previously piled, unless that area has been decontaminated sufficiently to ensure compliance with 335-14-6-.02(8)(b).

(9)Closure and post-closure care.

(a)At closure, the owner or operator must remove or decontaminate all waste residues, contaminated containment system components (liners, etc.), contaminated subsoils, and structures and equipment contaminated with waste and leachate, and manage them as hazardous waste unless 335-14-2-.01(3)(d) applies; or

(b)If, after removing or decontaminating all residues and making all reasonable efforts to effect removal or decontamination of contaminated components, subsoils, structures and equipment as required in 335-14-6-.12(9)(a), the owner or operator finds that not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed or decontaminated, he must close the facility and perform post-closure care in accordance with the closure and post-closure requirements that apply to landfills [335-14-6-.14(11)].

(10)Response actions.

(a)The owner or operator of waste pile units subject to 335-14-6-.12(5) must submit a response action plan to the Director when submitting the proposed action leakage rate under 335-14-6-.12(6). The response action plan must set forth the actions to be taken if the action leakage rate has been exceeded. At a minimum, the response action plan must describe the actions specified in 335-14-6-.12(10)(b).

(b)If the flow rate into the leak determination system exceeds the action leakage rate for any sump, the owner or operator must:

1.Notify the Director in writing of the exceedence within seven days of the determination;

2.Submit a preliminary written assessment to the Director within 14 days of the determination, as to the amount of liquids, likely sources of liquids, possible location, size, and cause of any leaks, and short-term actions taken and planned;

3.Determine to the extent practicable the location, size, and cause of any leak;

4.Determine whether waste receipts should cease or be curtailed, whether any waste should be removed from the unit for inspection, repairs, or controls, and whether or not the unit should be closed;

5.Determine any other short-term and longer-term actions to be taken to mitigate or stop any leaks; and

6.Within 30 days after the notification that the action leakage rate has been exceeded, submit to the Director the results of the analyses specified in 335-14-6-.12(10)(b)3., 4., and 5., the results of actions taken, and actions planned. Monthly thereafter, as long as the flow rate in the leak detection system exceeds the action leakage rate, the owner or operator must submit to the Director a report summarizing the results of any remedial actions taken and actions planned.

(c)To make the leak and/or remediation determinations in 335-14-6-.12(10)(b)3., 4., and 5., the owner or operator must:

1.(i)Assess the source of liquids and amounts of liquids by source,

(ii)Conduct a fingerprint, hazardous constituent, or other analyses of the liquids in the leak detection system to identify the source of liquids and possible location of any leaks, and the hazard and mobility of the liquid; and

(iii)Assess the seriousness of any leaks in terms of potential for escaping into the environment; or

2.Document why such assessments are not needed.

(11)Monitoring and inspection.

(a)An owner or operator required to have a leak detection system under 335-14-6-.12(5) must record the amount of liquids removed from each leak detection system sump at least once each week during the active life and closure period.

(b)Reserved.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Edwin Johnston, Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: October 12, 1983; September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.6.13" level="3" title="Land Treatment"> <dwc name="arsen" times="3"><dwc name="cadmium" times="10"><dwc name="lead" times="3"><dwc name="mercuri" times="3">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-6-.13 apply to owners and operators of hazardous waste land treatment facilities, except as 335-14-6-.01(1) provides otherwise.

(2)[Reserved].

(3)General operating requirements.

(a)Hazardous waste must not be placed in or on a land treatment facility unless the waste can be made less hazardous or nonhazardous by degradation, transformation or immobilization processes occurring in or on the soil.

(b)The owner or operator must design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-on control system capable of preventing flow onto the active portions of the facility during peak discharge from at least a 25-year storm.

(c)The owner or operator must design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-off management system capable of collecting and controlling a water volume at least equivalent to a 24-hour, 25 year storm.

(d)Collection and holding facilities (e.g., tanks or basins) associated with run-on and run-off control systems must be emptied or otherwise managed expeditiously after storms to maintain design capacity of the system.

(e)If the treatment zone contains particulate matter which may be subject to wind dispersal, the owner or operator must manage the unit to control wind dispersal.

(4)Waste analysis. In addition to the waste analyses required by 335-14-6-.02(4), before placing a hazardous waste in or on a land treatment facility, the owner or operator must:

(a)Determine the concentrations in the waste of any substances which equal or exceed the maximum concentrations contained in Table 1 of 335-14-2-.03(5) that cause a waste to exhibit the Characteristic of toxicity;

(b)For any waste listed in Rule 335-14-2-.04, determine the concentrations in the waste of each of the following constituents: arsenic, cadmium, lead, and mercury, unless the owner or operator has written, documented data that show that the constituent is not present;

(c)For any waste listed in Rule 335-14-2-.04, determine the concentrations of any substances which caused the waste to be listed as a hazardous waste; and

(d)If food chain crops are grown, determine the concentrations in the waste of each of the following constituents: arsenic, cadmium, lead, and mercury, unless the owner or operator has written, documented data that show that the constituent is not present.

(5)[Reserved].

(6)[Reserved].

(7)Food chain crops.

(a)An owner or operator of a hazardous waste land treatment facility on which food chain crops are being grown, or have been grown and will be grown in the future, must notify the Department within 60 days after the effective date of 335-14-6.

(b)1.Food chain crops must not be grown on the treated area of a hazardous waste land treatment facility unless the owner or operator can demonstrate, based on field testing, that any arsenic, lead, mercury, or other constituents identified under 335-14-6-.13(4)(b):

(i)Will not be transferred to the food portion of the crop by plant uptake or direct contact, and will not otherwise be ingested by food chain animals (e.g., by grazing); or,

(ii)Will not occur in greater concentrations in the crops grown on the land treatment facility than in the same crops grown on untreated soils under similar conditions in the same region.

2.The information necessary to make the demonstration required by 335-14-6-.13(7)(b)1. must be kept at the facility and must, at a minimum:

(i)Be based on tests for the specific waste and application rates being used at the facility; and

(ii)Include descriptions of crop and soil characteristics, sample selection criteria, sample size determination, analytical methods, and statistical procedures.

(c)Food chain crops must not be grown on a land treatment facility receiving waste that contains cadmium unless all requirements of 335-14-6-.13(7)(c)1.(i) through (iii) or all requirements of 335-14-6-.13(7)(c)2.(i) through (iv) are met.

1.(i)The pH of the waste and soil mixture is 6.5 or greater at the time of each waste application, except for waste containing cadmium at concentrations of 2 mg/kg (dry weight) or less;

(ii)The annual application of cadmium from waste does not exceed 0.5 kilograms per hectare (kg/ha) on land used for production of tobacco, leafy vegetables, or root crops grown for human consumption. For other food chain crops, the annual cadmium application rate does not exceed:

Annual Cd

Time period application

rate (kg/ha)

Present to Dec. 31, 1986.................. 1.25

Beginning Jan. 1, 1987.................... 0.5

(iii)The cumulative application of cadmium from waste does not exceed the levels in either 335-14-6-.13(7)(c)1.(iii)(I) or (II).

(I)

Maximum cumulative

application (kg/ha)

Soil cation exchange

capacity (meg/lOOg) Background Background

soil pH soil pH

less than greater than

6.5 6.5

Less than 5 5 5

5 to 15 5 10

Greater than 15 5 20

(II)For soils with a background pH of less than 6.5, the cumulative cadmium application rate does not exceed the levels below: Provided, that the pH of the waste and soil mixture is adjusted to and maintained at 6.5 or greater whenever food chain crops are grown.

Soil cation exchange Maximum cumulative

capacity (meg/lOOg) application (kg/ha)

Less than 5 5

5 to 15 10

Greater than 15 20

2.(i)The only food chain crop produced is animal feed.

(ii)The pH of the waste and soil mixture is 6.5 or greater at the time of the waste application or at the time the crop is planted, whichever occurs later, and this pH level is maintained whenever food chain crops are grown.

(iii)There is a facility operating plan which demonstrates how the animal feed will be distributed to preclude ingestion by humans. The facility operating plan describes the measures to be taken to safeguard against possible health hazards from cadmium entering the food chain, which may result from alternative land uses.

(iv)Future property owners are notified by a stipulation in the land record or property deed which states that the property has received waste at high cadmium application rates and that food chain crops must not be grown except in compliance with 335-14-6-.13(7)(c)2.

(8)[Reserved].

(9)Unsaturated zone (zone of aeration monitoring).

(a)The owner or operator must have in writing, and must implement, an unsaturated zone monitoring plan which is designed to:

1.Detect the vertical migration of hazardous waste and hazardous waste constituents under the active portion of the land treatment facility, and

2.Provide information on the background concentrations of the hazardous waste and hazardous waste constituents in similar but untreated soils nearby; this background monitoring must be conducted before or in conjunction with the monitoring required under 335-14-6-.13(9)(a)1.

(b)The unsaturated zone monitoring plan must include, at a minimum:

1.Soil monitoring using soil cores, and

2.Soil-pore water monitoring using devices such as lysimeters.

(c)To comply with 335-14-6-.13(9)(a)1., the owner or operator must demonstrate in his unsaturated zone monitoring plan that:

1.The depth at which soil and soil-pore water samples are to be taken is below the depth to which the waste is incorporated into the soil;

2.The number of soil and soil-pore water samples to be taken is based on the variability of:

(i)The hazardous waste constituents (as identified in 335-14-6-.13(4)(a) and (4)(b)) in the waste and in the soil; and

(ii)The soil type(s); and

3.The frequency and timing of soil and soil-pore water sampling is based on the frequency, time, and rate of waste application, proximity to groundwater, and soil permeability.

(d)The owner or operator must analyze the soil and soil-pore water samples for the hazardous waste constituents that were found in the waste during the waste analysis under 335-14-6-.13(4)(a) and (4)(b).

(10)Recordkeeping. The owner or operator must include hazardous waste application dates and rates in the operating record required under 335-14-6-.05(4).

(11)Closure and post-closure.

(a)In the closure plan under 335-14-6-.07(3) and the post-closure plan under 335-14-6-.07(9), the owner or operator must address the following objectives and indicate how they will be achieved:

1.Control of the migration of hazardous waste and hazardous waste constituents from the treated area into the groundwater;

2.Control of the release of contaminated run-off from the facility into surface water;

3.Control of the release of airborne particulate contaminants caused by wind erosion; and

4.Compliance with 335-14-6-.13(7) concerning the growth of food-chain crops.

(b)The owner or operator must consider at least the following factors in addressing the closure and post-closure care objectives of 335-14-6-.13(9)(a):

1.Type and amount of hazardous waste and hazardous waste constituents applied to the land treatment facility;

2.The mobility and the expected rate of migration of the hazardous waste and hazardous waste constituents;

3.Site location, topography, and surrounding land use, with respect to the potential effects of pollutant migration (e.g., proximity to groundwater, surface water, and drinking water sources);

4.Climate, including amount, frequency, and pH of precipitation;

5.Geological and soil profiles and surface and subsurface hydrology of the site, and soil characteristics, including cation exchange capacity, total organic carbon, and pH;

6.Unsaturated zone monitoring information obtained under 335-14-6-.13(9); and

7.Type, concentration, and depth of migration of hazardous waste constituents in the soil as compared to their background concentrations.

(c)The owner or operator must consider at least the following methods in addressing the closure and post-closure care objectives of 335-14-6-.13(9)(a):

1.Removal of contaminated soils;

2.Placement of a final cover, considering:

(i)Functions of the cover (e.g., infiltration control and wind erosion control); and

(ii)Characteristics of the cover, including material, final surface contours, thickness, porosity and permeability, slope, length of run of slope, and type of vegetation on the cover; and

3.Monitoring of groundwater.

(d)In addition to the requirements of Rule 335-14-6-.07, during the closure period the owner or operator of a land treatment facility must:

1.Continue unsaturated zone monitoring in a manner and frequency specified in the closure plan, except that soil pore liquid monitoring may be terminated 90 days after the last application of waste to the treatment zone;

2.Maintain the run-on control system required under 335-14-6-.13(3)(b);

3.Maintain the run-off management system required under 335-14-6-.13(3)(c); and

4.Control wind dispersal or particulate matter which may be subject to wind dispersal.

(e)For the purpose of complying with 335-14-6-.07(6), when closure is completed the owner or operator may submit to the Department certification both by the owner or operator and by an independent qualified soil scientist, in lieu of an independent registered professional engineer, that the facility has been closed in accordance with the specifications in the approved closure plan.

(f)In addition to the requirements of 335-14-6-.07(8), during the post-closure care period the owner or operator of a land treatment unit must:

1.Continue soil-core monitoring by collecting and analyzing samples in a manner and frequency specified in the post-closure plan;

2.Restrict access to the unit as appropriate for its post-closure use;

3.Assure that growth of food chain crops complies with 335-14-6-.13(7); and

4.Control wind dispersal of hazardous waste.

(12)Special requirement for ignitable or reactive waste. The owner or operator must not apply ignitable or reactive waste to the treatment zone unless the waste and treatment zone meet all applicable requirements of Chapter 335-14-9, and:

(a)The waste is immediately incorporated into the soil so that:

1.The resulting waste, mixture, or dissolution of material no longer meets the definition of ignitable or reactive waste under 335-14-2-.03(2) or (4); and

2.335-14-6-.02(8)(b) is complied with; or

(b)The waste is managed in such a way that it is protected from any material or conditions which may cause it to ignite or react.

(13)Special requirements for incompatible wastes.Incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and material (see 335-14-6 - Appendix V for examples), must not be placed in the same land treatment area, unless 335-14-6-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.6.14" level="3" title="Landfills"> <dwc name="bacteria" times="1"><dwc name="cyanid" times="2">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-6-.14 apply to owners and operators of facilities that dispose of hazardous waste in landfills, except as 335-14-6-.01(1) provides otherwise. A waste pile used as a disposal facility is a landfill and is governed by 335-14-6-.14.

(2)Design and operating requirements.

(a)The owner or operator of each new landfill unit on which construction commences after January 29, 1992, each lateral expansion of a landfill unit on which construction commences after July 29, 1992, and each replacement of an existing landfill unit that is to commence reuse after July 29, 1992, must install two or more liners and a leachate collection and removal system above and between such liners, and operate the leachate collection and removal systems, in accordance with 335-14-5-.14(2)(b). "Construction commences" is as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1) under "existing facility".

(b)The owner or operator of each unit referred to in 335-14-6-.14(2)(a) must notify the Department at least sixty days prior to receiving waste. The owner or operator of each facility submitting notice must file a Part B application within six months of the receipt of such notice.

(c)The owner or operator of any replacement landfill unit is exempt from 335-14-6-.14(2)(a) if:

1.The existing unit was constructed in compliance with the design standards of section 3004(o)(1)(A)(i) and (o)(5) of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and AHWMMA; and

2.There is no reason to believe that the liner is not functioning as designed.

(d)[Reserved]

(e)In the case of any unit in which the liner and leachate collection system has been installed pursuant to the requirements of 335-14-6-.14(2)(a) and in good faith compliance with 335-14-6-.14(2)(a) and with guidance documents governing liners and leachate collection systems under 335-14-6-.14(2)(a), no liner or leachate collection system which is different from that which was so installed pursuant to 335-14-6-.14(2)(a) will be required for such unit by the Department when issuing the first permit to such facility, except that the Department will not be precluded from requiring installation of a new liner when the Department has reason to believe that any liner installed pursuant to the requirements of 335-14-6-.24(2)(a)is leaking.

(f)The owner or operator must design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-on control system capable of preventing flow onto the active portion of the landfill during peak discharge from at least a 25-year storm.

(g)The owner or operator must design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-off management system to collect and control at least the water volume resulting from a 24-hour, 25-year storm.

(h)Collection and holding facilities (e.g., tanks or basins) associated with run-on and run-off control systems must be emptied or otherwise managed expeditiously after storms to maintain design capacity of the system.

(i)The owner or operator of a landfill containing hazardous waste which is subject to dispersal by wind must cover or otherwise manage the landfill so that wind dispersal of the hazardous waste is controlled.

(3)Action leakage rate.

(a)The owner or operator of landfill units subject to 335-14-6-.14(2)(a) must submit a proposed action leakage rate to the Director when submitting the notice required under 335-14-6-.14(2)(b). Within 60 days of receipt of the notification, the Director will: establish an action leakage rate either as proposed by the owner or operator or modified using the criteria in 335-14-6-.14(3); or extend the review period for up to 30 days. If no action is taken by the Director before the original 60 or extended 90 day review periods, the action leakage rate will be approved as proposed by the owner or operator.

(b)The Director shall approve an action leakage rate for landfill units subject to 335-14-6-.14(2)(a). The action leakage rate is the maximum design flow rate that the leak detection system (LDS) can remove without the fluid head on the bottom liner exceeding one foot. The action leakage rate must include an adequate safety margin to allow for uncertainties in the design (e.g. slope, hydraulic conductivity, thickness of drainage material), construction, operation, and location of the LDS, waste and leachate characteristics, likelihood and amounts of other sources of liquids in the LDS, and proposed response actions (e.g., the action leakage rate must consider decreases in the flow capacity of the system over time resulting from siltation and clogging, rib layover and creep of synthetic components of the system, overburden pressures, etc.).

(c)To determine if the action leakage rate has been exceeded, the owner or operator must convert the weekly or monthly flow rate from the monitoring data obtained under 335-14-6-.14(5) to an average daily flow rate (gallons per acre per day) for each sump. Unless the Director approves a different calculation, the average daily flow rate for each sump must be calculated weekly during the active life and closure period, and monthly during the post-closure period when monthly monitoring is required under 335-14-6-.14(5)(b).

(4)Response actions.

(a)The owner or operator of landfill units subject to 335-14-6-.14(2)(a) must submit a response action plan when submitting the proposed action leakage rate under 335-14-6-.14(3). The response action plan must set forth the actions to be taken if the action leakage rate has been exceeded. At a minimum, the response action plan must describe the actions specified in 335-14-6-.14(4)(b).

(b)If the flow rate into the leak detection system exceeds the action leakage rate for any sump, the owner or operator must:

1.Notify the Director in writing of the exceedence within seven days of the determination;

2.Submit a preliminary written assessment to the Director within 14 days of the determination, as to the amount of liquids, likely sources of liquids, possible location, size, and cause of any leaks, and short-term actions taken and planned;

3.Determine to the extent practicable the location, size, and cause of any leak;

4.Determine whether waste receipt should cease or be curtailed, whether any waste should be removed from the unit for inspection, repairs, or controls, and whether or not the unit should be closed;

5.Determine any other short-term and longer-term actions to be taken to mitigate or stop any leaks; and

6.Within 30 days after the notification that the action leakage rate has been exceeded, submit to the Director the results of the analyses specified in 335-14-6-.14(4)(b)3., 4., and 5., the results of actions taken, and actions planned. Monthly thereafter, as long as the flow rate in the leak detection system exceeds the action leakage rate, the owner or operator must submit to the Director a report summarizing the results of any remedial actions taken and actions planned.

(c)To make the leak and/or remediation determinations in 335-14-6-.14(4)(b)3., 4., and 5., the owner or operator must:

1.(i)Assess the source of liquids and amounts of liquids by source,

(ii)Conduct a fingerprint, hazardous constituent, or other analyses of the liquids in the leak detection system to identify the source of liquids and possible location of any leaks, and the hazard and mobility of the liquid; and

(iii)Assess the seriousness of any leaks in terms of potential for escaping into the environment; or

2.Document why such assessments are not needed.

(5)Monitoring and inspection.

(a)An owner or operator required to have a leak detection system under 335-14-6-.14(2)(a) must record the amount of liquids removed from each leak detection system sump at least once each week during the active life and closure period.

(b)After the final cover is installed, the amount of liquids removed from each leak detection system sump must be recorded at least monthly. If the liquid level in the sump stays below the pump operating level for two consecutive months, the amount of liquids in the sumps must be recorded at least quarterly. If the liquid level in the sump stays below the pump operating level for two consecutive quarters, the amount of liquids in the sumps must be recorded at least semi-annually. If at any time during the post-closure care period the pump operating level is exceeded at units on quarterly or semi-annual recording schedules, the owner or operator must return to monthly recording of amounts of liquids removed from each sump until the liquid level again stays below the pump operating level for two consecutive months.

(c)"Pump operating level" is a liquid level proposed by the owner or operator and approved by the Director based on pump activation level, sump dimensions, and level that avoids backup into the drainage layer and minimizes head in the sump. The timing for submission and approval of the proposed "pump operating level" will be in accordance with 335-14-6-.14(3)(a).

(6)[Reserved]

(7)[Reserved]

(8)[Reserved]

(9)[Reserved]

(10)Surveying and recordkeeping. The owner or operator of a landfill must maintain the following items in the operating record required in 335-14-6-.05(4):

(a)On a map, the exact location and dimensions, including depth, of each cell with respect to permanently surveyed benchmarks; and

(b)The contents of each cell and the approximate location of each hazardous waste type within each cell.

(11)Closure and post-closure care.

(a)At final closure of the landfill or upon closure of any cell, the owner or operator must cover the landfill or cell with a final cover designed and constructed to:

1.Provide long-term minimization of migration of liquids through the closed landfill;

2.Function with minimum maintenance;

3.Promote drainage and minimize erosion or abrasion of the cover;

4.Accommodate settling and subsidence so that the cover's integrity is maintained; and

5.Have a permeability less than or equal to the permeability of any bottom liner system or natural subsoils present.

(b)To meet the requirements in Rule 335-14-6-.14(11)(a), the final cover system must contain (as a minimum):

1.A vegetated top cover. The top cover must:

(i)Be at least 24 inches thick;

(ii)Support vegetation that will effectively minimize erosion;

(iii)Have a final top slope between three and five percent;

(iv)Have a final side slope which does not exceed 25 percent; and

(v)Have a surface drainage system capable of conducting run-off across the cap without erosion occurring.

2.Drainage layer. The drainage layer must:

(i)Be at least 12 inches thick with a saturated hydraulic conductivity not less than 10-3 cm/sec;

(ii)Have a final bottom slope of at least two percent;

(iii)Be overlain by a graded granular or synthetic fabric filter to prevent clogging;

(iv)Be designed so that discharge flows freely in the lateral direction to minimize the head on the low permeability layer.

3.Low Permeability Layer. The low permeability layer must consist of two components, a synthetic liner and a compacted soil liner.

(i)The synthetic liner component must:

(I)Consist of at least a 20 mil synthetic membrane;

(II)Be protected from damage above the membrane by at least six inches of bedding material;

(III)Have a final upper slope of at least two percent;

(IV)Be located wholly below the average frost penetration;

(V)Lay directly on the compacted soil liner;

(ii)The compacted soil component must:

(I)Have 24 inches of soil recompacted to a saturated hydraulic conductivity of not more than 10-7 cm/sec;

(II)Have the soil emplaced in lifts not exceeding six inches before compaction to maximize the effectiveness of compaction.

(c)If the owner or operator can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Department that an alternative cover system meets or exceeds the performance standards set forth in Rule 335-14-6-.14(11)(a) and (b), the alternative final cover system may be used.

(d)After final closure, the owner or operator must comply with all post-closure requirements contained in 335-14-6-.07(8) through (11) including maintenance and monitoring throughout the post-closure care period. The owner or operator must:

1.Maintain the integrity and effectiveness of the final cover, including making repairs to the cover as necessary to correct the effects of settling, subsidence, erosion or other events;

2.Continue to operate the leachate collection and removal systems until leachate is no longer detected;

3.Maintain and monitor the leak detection system in accordance with 335-14-5-.14(2)(b)3.(iv), (2)(b)4., and (5)(b), and comply with all other applicable leak detection system requirements of 335-14-6;

4.Maintain and monitor the groundwater monitoring system and comply with all other applicable requirements of Rule 335-14-6-.06;

5.Prevent run-on and run-off from eroding or otherwise damaging the final cover; and

6.Protect and maintain surveyed benchmarks used in complying with 335-14-6-.14(10).

7.The owner or operator must visually inspect the final cover to identify evidence of settling, subsidence, erosion, or other events expected to limit the integrity or effectiveness. These inspections must be documented in an inspection log, as required by Rule 335-14-6-.02(6)(d). These inspections must be performed at least weekly.

(12)[Reserved]

(13)Special requirements for ignitable or reactive waste.

(a)Except as provided in 335-14-6-.14(13)(b), and in 335-14-6-.14(17), ignitable or reactive waste must not be placed in a landfill, unless the waste and landfill meet all applicable requirements of Chapter 335-14-9, and:

1.The resulting waste, mixture, or dissolution of material no longer meets the definition of ignitable or reactive waste under 335-14-2-.03(2) or (4); and

2.335-14-6-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

(b)Except for prohibited wastes which remain subject to treatment standards in Rule 335-14-9-.04, ignitable wastes in containers may be landfilled without meeting the requirements of 335-14-6-.14(13)(a) provided that the wastes are disposed of in such a way that they are protected from any material or conditions which may cause them to ignite. At a minimum, ignitable wastes must be disposed of in non-leaking containers which are carefully handled and placed so as to avoid heat, sparks, rupture or any other condition that might cause ignition of the wastes; must be covered daily with soil or other non-combustible material to minimize the potential for ignition of the wastes; and must not be disposed of in cells that contain or will contain other wastes which may generate heat sufficient to cause ignition of the waste.

(14)Special requirements for incompatible wastes. Incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials, (see 335-14-6 - Appendix V for examples) must not be placed in the same landfill cell, unless 335-14-6-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

(15)Special requirements for bulk and containerized liquids.

(a)[Reserved]

(b)The placement of bulk or noncontainerized liquid waste (hazardous or nonhazardous) or waste containing free liquids (whether or not sorbents have been added) in any landfill is prohibited.

(c)Containers holding free liquids must not be placed in a landfill unless:

1.All free standing liquid:

(i)Has been removed by decanting or other methods;

(ii)Has been mixed with sorbent or solidified so that free-standing liquid is no longer observed; or

(iii)Has been otherwise eliminated; or

2.The container is very small, such as an ampule; or

3.The container is designed to hold free liquids for use other than storage, such as a battery or capacitor; or

4.The container is a lab pack as defined in 335-14-6-.14(17) and is disposed of in accordance with 335-14-6-.14(17).

(d)To demonstrate the absence or presence of free liquids in either a containerized or a bulk waste, the following test must be used: Method 9095 (Paint Filter Liquids Test) as described in "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Wastes, Physical/Chemical Methods", [EPA Publication No. SW-846].

(e)[Reserved]

(f)Sorbents used to treat free liquids to be disposed of in landfills must be nonbiodegradable. Nonbiodegradable sorbents are: materials listed or described in 335-14-6-.14(15)(f)1.; materials that pass one of the tests in 335-14-6-.14(15)(f)2.; or materials that are determined by the Department to be nonbiodegradable through the Rule 335-14-1.-.03 petition process.

1.Nonbiodegradable sorbents.

(i)Inorganic minerals, other inorganic materials, and elemental carbon (e.g., aluminosilicates, clays, smectites, Fuller's earth, bentonite, calcium bentonite, montmorillonite, calcined montmorillonite, kaolinite, micas (illite), vermiculites, zeolites; calcium carbonate (organic free limestone); oxides/hydroxides, alumina, lime, silica (sand), diatomaceous earth; perlite (volcanic glass); expanded volcanic rock; volcanic ash; cement kiln dust; fly ash; rice hull ash; activated charcoal/activated carbon); or

(ii)High molecular weight synthetic polymers (e.g., polyethylene, high density polyethylene (HDPE), polypropylene, polystyrene, polyurethane, polyacrylate, polynorborene, polyisobutylene, ground synthetic rubber, cross-linked allylstyrene and tertiary butyl copolymers). This does not include polymers derived from biological material or polymers specifically designed to be degradable; or

(iii)Mixtures of these nonbiodegradable materials.

2.Tests for nonbiodegradable sorbents.

(i)The sorbent material is determined to be nonbiodegradable under ASTM Method G21-70 (1984a)--Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymer Materials to Fungi; or

(ii)The sorbent material is determined to be nonbiodegradable under ASTM Method G22-76 (1984b)--Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Plastics to Bacteria; or

(iii)The sorbent material is determined to be non-biodegradable under OECD test 301B: [CO2 Evolution (Modified Sturm Test)].

(g)The placement of any liquid which is not a hazardous waste in a landfill is prohibited unless the owner or operator of such landfill demonstrates to the Department, or the Department determines, that:

1.The only reasonably available alternative to the placement in such landfill is placement in a landfill or unlined surface impoundment, whether or not permitted or operating under interim status, which contains, or may reasonably be anticipated to contain, hazardous waste; and

2.Placement in such owner or operator's landfill will not present a risk of contamination of any underground source of drinking water (as that term is defined in Section 144.3 of 40 CFR).

(16)Special requirements for containers. Unless they are very small, such as an ampule, containers must be either:

(a)At least 90 percent full when placed in the landfill; or

(b)Crushed, shredded, or similarly reduced in volume to the maximum practical extent before burial in the landfill.

(17)Disposal of small containers of hazardous waste in overpacked drums (lab packs). Small containers of hazardous waste in overpacked drums (lab packs) may be placed in a landfill if the following requirements are met:

(a)Hazardous waste must be packaged in non-leaking inside containers. The inside containers must be of a design and constructed of a material that will not react dangerously with, be decomposed by, or be ignited by the waste held therein. Inside containers must be tightly and securely sealed. The inside containers must be of the size and type specified in the Department of Transportation (DOT) hazardous materials regulations (49 CFR Parts 173, 178 and 179), if those regulations specify a particular inside container for the waste;

(b)The inside containers must be overpacked in an open head DOT-specification metal shipping container (49 CFR Parts 178 and 179) of no more than 416 liter (110 gallon) capacity and surrounded by, at a minimum, a sufficient quantity of sorbent material, determined to be nonbiodegradable in accordance with 335-14-6-.14(15)(f), to completely sorb all of the liquid contents of the inside containers. The metal outer container must be full after packing with inside containers and sorbent material;

(c)The sorbent material used must not be capable of reacting dangerously with, being decomposed by, or being ignited by the contents of the inside containers, in accordance with 335-14-6-.02(8)(b);

(d)Incompatible wastes, as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1), must not be placed in the same outside container; and

(e)Reactive wastes, other than cyanide- or sulfide-bearing waste as defined in 335-14-2-.03(4)(a)5., must be treated or rendered non-reactive prior to packaging in accordance with 335-14-6-.14(17)(a) through (d). Cyanide- and sulfide-bearing reactive waste may be packaged in accordance with 335-14-6-.14(17)(a) through (d) without first being treated or rendered non-reactive.

(f)Such disposal is in compliance with the requirements of Chapter 335-14-9. Persons who incinerate lab packs according to the requirements in 335-14-9-.04 (3)(c)1. may use fiber drums in place of metal outer containers. Such fiber drums must meet the DOT specifications in 49 CFR 173.12 and be overpacked according to the requirements in 335-14-6-.14(17)(b).

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; James W. Hathcock; Amy P. Zachry; Michael B. Champion; Bradley Curvin

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-16, 22-30-17.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed April 22, 2004; effective May 27, 2004.

<regElement name="335.14.6.15" level="3" title="Incinerators"> <dwc name="lead" times="1"><dwc name="mercuri" times="1">

(1)Applicability.

(a)The requirements of 335-14-6-.15 apply to owners or operators of hazardous waste incinerators (as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1)), except as 335-14-6-.01(1) provides otherwise.

(b)Integration of the MACT standards.

1.Except as provide by 335-14-6-.15(1)(b)2. and (b)3., the standards of 335-14-6 no longer apply when an owner or operator demonstrates compliance with the maximum achievable control technology (MACT) requirements of 335-3-11-.06(56) by conducting a comprehensive performance test and submitting to the Director a Notification of Compliance under 335-3-11-.06(56) documenting compliance with the requirements of 335-3-11-.06(56).

2.The MACT standards do not replace the closure requirements of 335-14-6-.15(12)(closure) or the applicable requirements of 335-14-6-.01 through 6-.08, 6-.28, and 6-.29.

3.335-14-6-.15(6) generally prohibiting burning of hazardous waste during startup and shutdown remains in effect if the facility elects to comply with 335-14-8-.15(1)(b)1.(i) to minimize emissions of toxic compounds from startup and shutdown.

(c)Owners or operators of incinerators burning hazardous waste are exempt from all of the requirements of 335-14-6-.15, except 335-14-6-.15(12) (Closure), provided that the owner or operator has documented in writing, that the waste would not reasonably be expected to contain any of the hazardous constituents listed in 335-14-2 - Appendix VIII, and such documentation is retained at the facility, if the waste to be burned is:

1.Listed as a hazardous waste in Rule 335-14-2-.04 solely because it is ignitable (Hazard Code I), corrosive (Hazard Code C), or both; or

2.Listed as a hazardous waste in Rule 335-14-2-.04 solely because it is reactive (Hazard Code R) for characteristics other than those listed in 335-14-2-.03(4)(a)4. and 5., and will not be burned when other hazardous wastes are present in the combustion zone; or

3.A hazardous waste solely because it possesses the characteristic of ignitability, corrosivity, or both, as determined by the tests for characteristics of hazardous wastes under Rule 335-14-2-.03. or

4.A hazardous waste solely because it possesses the reactivity characteristics described 335-14-2-.03(4)(a)1., 2., 3., 6., 7. or 8., and will not be burned when other hazardous wastes are present in the combustion zone.

(2)Waste analysis. In addition to the waste analyses required by 335-14-6-.02(4), the owner or operator must sufficiently analyze any waste which he has not previously burned in his incinerator to enable him to establish steady state (normal) operating conditions (including waste and auxiliary fuel feed and air flow) and to determine the type of pollutants which might be emitted. At a minimum, the analysis must determine:

(a)Heating value of the waste;

(b)Halogen content and sulfur content in the waste; and

(c)Concentrations in the waste of lead and mercury, unless the owner or operator has written, documented data that show that the element is not present.

(3)[Reserved].

(4)[Reserved].

(5)[Reserved].

(6)General operating requirements. During start-up and shut-down of an incinerator, the owner or operator must not feed hazardous waste unless the incinerator is at steady state (normal) conditions of operation, including steady state operating temperature and air flow.

(7)[Reserved].

(8)Monitoring and inspections. The owner or operator must conduct, as a minimum, the following monitoring and inspections when incinerating hazardous waste:

(a)Existing instruments which relate to combustion and emission control must be monitored at least every 15 minutes. Appropriate corrections to maintain steady state combustion conditions must be made immediately either automatically or by the operator. Instruments which relate to combustion and emission control would normally include those measuring waste feed, auxiliary fuel feed, air flow, incinerator temperature, scrubber flow, scrubber pH, and relevant level controls; and

(b)The complete incinerator and associated equipment (pumps, valves, conveyors, pipes, etc.) must be inspected at least daily for leaks, spills, and fugitive emissions, and all emergency shut-down controls and system alarms must be checked to assure proper operation.

(9)[Reserved].

(10)[Reserved].

(11)[Reserved].

(12)Closure. At closure, the owner or operator must remove all hazardous waste and hazardous waste residues (including but not limited to ash, scrubber waters and scrubber sludges) from the incinerator.

(13)Interim status permitted incinerators burning particular hazardous wastes.

(a)Owners or operators of incinerator subject to 335-14-6-.15 may burn EPA Hazardous Wastes F020, F021, F022, 023, F026, or F027 if they receive a certification from the Department that they can meet the performance standards of Rule 335-14-5-.15 when they burn these wastes.

(b)The following standards and procedures will be used in determining whether to certify an incinerator:

1.The owner or operator will submit an application to the Department containing applicable information in 335-14-8-.02(10) and 335-14-8-.06(2) demonstrating that the incinerator can meet the performance standards in Rule 335-14-5-.15 when they burn these wastes;

2.The Department will issue a tentative decision as to whether the incinerator can meet the performance standards in Rule 335-14-5-.15. Notification of this tentative decision will be provided by newspaper advertisement and radio broadcast in the jurisdiction where the incinerator is located. The Department will accept comment on the tentative decision for 60 days. The Department also may hold a public hearing upon request or at its discretion.

3.After the close of the public comment period, the Department will issue a decision whether or not to certify the incinerator.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Michael B. Champion, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11; 22-30-16.

History: July 19, 1982. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994; effective January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.6.16" level="3" title="Thermal Treatment"> <dwc name="lead" times="1"><dwc name="mercuri" times="1">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-6-.16 apply to owners or operators of facilities that thermally treat hazardous waste in devices other than enclosed devices using controlled flame combustion, except as 335-14-6-.01(1) provides otherwise. Thermal treatment in enclosed devices using controlled flame combustion is subject to the requirements of Rule 335-14-6-.15 if the unit is an incinerator, and Rule 335-14-7-.08, if the unit is a boiler or an industrial furnace as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1).

(2)[Reserved].

(3)[Reserved].

(4)General operating requirements. Before adding hazardous waste, the owner or operator must bring his thermal treatment process to steady state (normal) conditions of operation including steady state operating temperature using auxiliary fuel or other means, unless the process in a non-continuous (batch) thermal treatment process which requires a complete thermal cycle to treat a discrete quantity of hazardous waste.

(5)[Reserved].

(6)Waste analysis. In addition to the waste analyses required by 335-14-6-.02(4), the owner or operator must sufficiently analyze any waste which he has not previously treated in his thermal process to enable him to establish steady state (normal) or other appropriate (for a non-continuous process) operating conditions (including waste and auxiliary fuel feed) and to determine the type of pollutants which might be emitted. At a minimum, the analysis must determine:

(a)Heating value of the waste;

(b)Halogen content and sulfur content in the waste; and

(c)Concentrations in the waste of lead and mercury, unless the owner or operator has written, documented data that show that the element is not present.

(7)[Reserved].

(8)Monitoring and inspections.

(a)The owner or operator must conduct, as a minimum, the following monitoring and inspections when thermally treating hazardous waste:

1.Existing instruments which relate to temperature and emission control (if an emission control device is present) must be monitored at least every 15 minutes. Appropriate corrections to maintain steady state or other appropriate thermal treatment conditions must be made immediately either automatically or by the operator. Instruments which relate to temperature and emission control would normally include those measuring waste feed, auxiliary fuel feed, treatment process temperature, and relevant process flow and level controls.

2.The stack plume (emissions), where present, must be observed visually at least hourly for normal appearance (color and opacity). The operator must immediately make any indicated operating corrections necessary to return any visible emissions to their normal appearance.

3.The complete thermal treatment process and associated equipment (pumps, valves, conveyors, pipes, etc.) must be inspected at least daily for leaks, spills, and fugitive emissions, and all emergency shutdown controls and system alarms must be checked to assure proper operation.

(9)[Reserved].

(10)[Reserved].

(11)[Reserved].

(12)Closure. At closure, the owner or operator must remove all hazardous waste and hazardous waste residues (including, but not limited to, ash) from the thermal treatment process or equipment.

(13)Open burning, waste explosives. Open burning of hazardous waste is prohibited except for the open burning and detonation of waste explosives. Waste explosives include waste which has the potential to detonate and bulk military propellants which cannot safely be disposed of through other modes of treatment. Detonation is an explosion in which chemical transformation passes through the material faster than the speed of sound (0.33 kilometers/second at sea level). Owners or operators choosing to open burn or detonate waste explosives must do so in accordance with the following table and in a manner that does not threaten human health or the environment.

Minimum distance from open

Pound of waste explosives burning or detonation to the

or propellants property of others

0 to 100 . . . . . . . . . . 204 meters (670 feet)

101 to 1,000 . . . . . . . . 380 meters (1,250 feet)

1,001 to 10,000. . . . . . . 530 meters (1,730 feet)

10,001 to 30,000 . . . . . . 690 meters (2,260 feet)

(14)Interim status permitted thermal treatment devices burning particular hazardous waste.

(a)Owners or operators of thermal treatment devices subject to 335-14-6-.16 may burn EPA hazardous wastes F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, or F027 if they receive a certification from the Department that they can meet the performance standards of Rule 335-14-5-.15 when they burn these wastes.

(b)The following standards and procedures will be used in determining whether to certify a thermal treatment unit:

1.The owner or operator will submit an application to the Department containing the applicable information in 335-14-8-.02(10) and 335-14-8-.06(2) demonstrating that the thermal treatment unit can meet the performance standards in Rule 335-14-5-.15 when they burn these wastes.

2.The Department will issue a tentative decision as to whether the thermal treatment unit can meet the performance standards in Rule 335-14-5-.05. Notification of this tentative decision will be provided by newspaper advertisement and radio broadcast in the jurisdiction where the thermal treatment device is located. The Department will accept comment on the tentative decision for 60 days. The Department also may hold a public hearing upon request or at its discretion.

3.After the close of the public comment period, the Department will issue a decision whether or not to certify the thermal treatment unit.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11; 22-30-16.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.6.17" level="3" title="Chemical, Physical, And Biological Treatment">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-6-.17 apply to owners and operators of facilities which treat hazardous wastes by chemical, physical, or biological methods in other than tanks, surface impoundments and land treatment facilities, except as 335-14-6-.01(1) provides otherwise. Chemical, physical, and biological treatment of hazardous waste in tanks, surface impoundments and land treatment facilities must be conducted in accordance with Rules 335-14-6-.10, 335-14-6-.11 and 335-14-6-.13 respectively.

(2)General operating requirements.

(a)Chemical, physical, or biological treatment of hazardous waste must comply with 335-14-6-.02(8)(b).

(b)Hazardous wastes or treatment reagents must not be placed in the treatment process or equipment if they could cause the treatment process or equipment to rupture, leak, corrode or otherwise fail before the end of its intended life.

(c)Where hazardous waste is continuously fed into a treatment process or equipment, the process or equipment must be equipped with a means to stop this inflow (e.g., a waste feed cut-off system or by-pass system to a standby containment device).

(3)Waste analysis and trial tests. In addition to the waste analysis required by 335-14-6-.02(4), whenever:

(a)A hazardous waste which is substantially different from waste previously treated in a treatment process or equipment at the facility is to be treated in that process or equipment, or

(b)A substantially different process than any previously used at the facility is to be used to chemically treat hazardous waste; the owner or operator must, before treating the different waste or using the different process or equipment:

1.Conduct waste analyses and trial treatment tests (e.g. bench scale or pilot plant scale tests); or

2.Obtain written, documented information on similar treatment of similar waste under similar operating conditions; to show that the proposed treatment will meet all applicable requirements of 335-14-6-.17(2)(a) and (2)(b).

(4)Inspections.

(a)The owner or operator of a treatment facility must inspect, where present:

1.Discharge control and safety equipment (e.g., waste feed cut-off systems, by-pass systems, drainage systems and pressure relief systems) at least once each operating day, to ensure that it is in good working order;

2.Data gathered from monitoring equipment (e.g., pressure and temperature gauges), at least once each operating day, to ensure that the treatment process or equipment is being operated according to its design;

3.The construction materials of the treatment process or equipment, at least weekly, to detect corrosion or leaking of fixtures or seams; and

4.The construction materials of, and the area immediately surrounding, discharge confinement structures (e.g., dikes), at least weekly, to detect erosion or obvious signs of leakage (e.g., wet spots or dead vegetation).

(5)Closure. At closure, all hazardous waste and hazardous waste residues must be removed from treatment processes or equipment, discharge control equipment, and discharge confinement structures.

(6)Special requirements for ignitable or reactive waste.

(a)Ignitable or reactive waste must not be placed in a treatment process or equipment unless:

1.The waste is treated, rendered, or mixed before or immediately after placement in the treatment process or equipment so that:

(i)The resulting waste, mixture, or dissolution of material no longer meets the definition of ignitable or reactive waste under 335-14-2-.03(2) or (4); and

(ii)335-14-6-.02(8)(b)is complied with; or

2.The waste is treated in such a way that it is protected from any material or conditions which may cause the waste to ignite or react.

(7)Special requirements for incompatible wastes.

(a)Incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials (see 335-14-6 - Appendix V for examples) must not be placed in the same treatment process or equipment, unless 335-14-6-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

(b)Hazardous waste must not be placed in unwashed treatment equipment which previously held an incompatible waste or material, unless 335-14-6-.02(8)(b) is complied with.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11; 22-30-16.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.6.18" level="3" title="Underground Injection">

[See Chapter 335-6-8 of the Department's Administrative Code.]

<regElement name="335.14.6.19" level="3" title="[Reserved]">

<regElement name="335.14.6.20" level="3" title="[Reserved]">

<regElement name="335.14.6.21" level="3" title="Commercial Hazardous Waste Disposal Facilities">

(1)Notification.

(a)A commercial hazardous waste disposal facility located in the State of Alabama may not dispose of any waste unless all of the applicable requirements in Rule 335-14-3-.08 are met.

(b)A commercial hazardous waste disposal facility located in the State of Alabama must maintain, for three (3) years, the notification documents required by Rule 335-14-3-.08 for each waste stream disposed of there.

(2)[Reserved].

(3)[Reserved].

Authors: William K. Mullins II, Stephen A. Cobb, Robert W. Barr

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11; 22-30-16.

History: August 24, 1989. Amended: December 21, 1989. Amended: Filed February 2, 1996; effective March 8, 1996.

<regElement name="335.14.6.22" level="3" title="[Reserved]">

<regElement name="335.14.6.23" level="3" title="Drip Pads">

(1)Applicability.

(a)The requirements of 335-14-6-.23 apply to owners and operators of facilities that use new or existing drip pads to convey treated wood dirge, precipitation, and/or surface water run-off to an associated collection system. Existing drip pads are those constructed before December 6,1990 and those for which the owner or operator has a design and has entered into binding financial or other agreements for construction prior to December 6, 1990. All other drip pads are new drip pads. The requirement of 335-14-6-.23(4)(b)3. to install a leak collection system applies only to those drip pads that are constructed after December 24, 1992 except for those constructed after December 24, 1992 for which the owner or operator has a design and has entered into binding financial or other agreements for construction prior to December 24, 1992.

(b)The owner or operator of any drip pad that is inside or under a structure that provides protection from precipitation so that neither run-off nor run-on is generated is not subject to regulation under 335-14-6-.23(4)(e) or 335-14-6-.23(4)(f), as appropriate.

(c)The requirements of 335-14-6-.23 are not applicable to the management of infrequent and incidental drippage in storage yards provided that:

1.The owner or operator maintains and complies with a written contingency plan that describes how the owner or operator will respond immediately to the discharge of such infrequent and incidental drippage. At a minimum, the contingency plan must describe how the facility will do the following:

(i)Clean up the drippage;

(ii)Document the cleanup of the drippage;

(iii)Retain documents regarding cleanup for three years; and

(iv)Manage the contaminated media in a manner consistent with State of Alabama regulations.

2.Reserved.

(2)Assessment of existing drip pad integrity.

(a)For each existing drip pad as defined in 335-14-6-.23(1), the owner or operator must evaluate the drip pad and determine that it meets all of the requirements of 335-14-6-.23, except the requirements for liners and leak detection systems of 335-14-6-.23(4)(b). No later than the effective date of 335-14-6-.23, the owner or operator must obtain and keep on file at the facility a written assessment of the drip pad, reviewed and certified by an independent, qualified registered professional engineer that attests to the results of the evaluation. The assessment must be reviewed, updated and re-certified annually until all upgrades, repairs, or modifications necessary to achieve compliance with all of the standards of 335-14-6-.23(4) are complete. The evaluation must justify and document the extent to which the drip pad meets each of the design and operating standards of 335-14-6-.23(4), except the standards for liners and leak detection systems, specified in 335-14-6-.23(4)(b).

(b)The owner or operator must develop a written plan for upgrading, repairing, and modifying the drip pad to meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.23(4)(b) and submit the plan to the Department no later than two years before the date that all repairs, upgrades, and modifications are complete. This written plan must describe all changes to be made to the drip pad in sufficient detail to document compliance with all the requirements of 335-14-6-.23(4). The plan must be reviewed and certified by an independent qualified, registered professional engineer.

(c)Upon completion of all repairs and modifications, the owner or operator must submit to the Department, the as-built drawings for the drip pad together with a certification by an independent, qualified registered professional engineer attesting that the drip pad conforms to the drawings.

(d)If the drip pad is found to be leaking or unfit for use, the owner or operator must comply with the provisions of 335-14-6-.23(4)(m) or close the drip pad in accordance with 335-14-6-.23(6).

(3)Design and installation of new drip pads. Owners and operators of new drip pads must ensure that the pads are designed, installed, and operated in accordance with one of the following:

(a)All of the applicable requirements of 335-14-6-.23(4) (except 335-14-6-.23(4)(a)4.), (5), and (6) or

(b)All of the applicable requirements of 335-14-6-.23(4) (except 335-14-6-.23(4)(b)), (5), and (6).

(4)Design and operating requirements.

(a)Drip pads must:

1.Be constructed of non-earthen materials, excluding wood and non-structurally supported asphalt;

2.Be sloped to free-drain treated wood drippage, rain and other waters, or solutions of drippage and water or other wastes to the associated collection system;

3.Have a curb or berm around the perimeter;

4.(i)Have a hydraulic conductivity of less than or equal to 1 X 10-7 cm/sec, e.g., existing concrete drip pads must be sealed, coated, or covered with a surface material with a hydraulic conductivity of less than or equal to 1 X 10-7 cm/sec such that the entire surface where drippage occurs or may run across is capable of containing such drippage and mixtures of drippage and precipitation, materials, or other wastes while being routed to an associated collection system. This surface material must be maintained free of cracks and gaps that could adversely affect its hydraulic conductivity, and the material must be chemically compatible with the preservatives that contact the drip pad. The requirements of this provision apply only to existing drip pads and those drip pads for which the owner or operator elects to comply with 335-14-6-.23(3).

(ii)The owner or operator must obtain and keep on file at the facility a written assessment of the drip pad, reviewed and certified by an independent, qualified registered professional engineer that attests to the results of the evaluation. The assessment must be reviewed, updated and recertified annually. The evaluation must document the extent to which the drip pad meets the design and operating standards of 335-14-6-.23.

5.Be of sufficient structural strength and thickness to prevent failure due to physical contact, climatic conditions, the stress of installation, and the stress of daily operations; e.g., variable and moving loads such as vehicle traffic, movement of wood, etc.

Note: ADEM will generally consider applicable standards established by professional organizations generally recognized by industry such as the American Concrete Institute (ACI) or the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) in judging the structural integrity requirements of 335-14-6-.23(4)(a).

(b)If an owner/operator elects to comply with 335-14-6-.23(3)(a) instead of 335-14-6-.23(3)(b), the drip pad must have:

1.A synthetic liner installed below the drip pad that is designed, constructed, and installed to prevent leakage from the drip pad into the adjacent subsurface soil or groundwater or surface water at any time during the active life (including the closure period) of the drip pad. The liner must be constructed of materials that will prevent waste from being absorbed into the liner and prevent releases into the adjacent subsurface soil or groundwater or surface water during the active life of the facility. The liner must be:

(i)Constructed of materials that have appropriate chemical properties and sufficient strength and thickness to prevent failure due to pressure gradients (including static head and external hydrogeologic forces), physical contact with the waste or drip pad leakage to which they are exposed, climatic conditions, the stress of installation, and the stress of daily operation (including stresses from vehicular traffic on the drip pad);

(ii)Placed upon a foundation or base capable of providing support to the liner and resistance to pressure gradients above and below the liner to prevent failure of the liner due to settlement, compression or uplift; and

(iii)Installed to cover all surrounding earth that could come in contact with the waste or leakage; and

2.A leakage detection system immediately above the liner that is designed, constructed, maintained, and operated to detect leakage from the drip pad. The leakage detection system must be:

(i)Constructed of materials that are:

(I)Chemically resistant to the waste managed in the drip pad and the leakage that might be generated; and

(II)Of sufficient strength and thickness to prevent collapse under the pressures exerted by overlaying materials and by any equipment used at the drip pad; and

(ii)Designed and operated to function without clogging through the scheduled closure of the drip pad.

(iii)Designed so that it will detect the failure of the drip pad or the presence of a release of hazardous waste or accumulated liquid at the earliest practicable time.

3.A leakage collection system immediately above the liner that is designed, constructed, maintained and operated to collect leakage from the drip pad such that it can be removed from below the drip pad. The date, time, and quantity of any leakage collected in this system and removed must be documented in the operating log.

(c)Drip pads must be maintained such that they remain free of cracks, gaps, corrosion, or other deterioration that could cause hazardous waste to be released from the drip pad.

Note:See 335-14-6-.23(4)(m) for remedial action required if deterioration or leakage is detected.

(d)The drip pad and associated collection system must be designed and operated to convey, drain, and collect liquid resulting from drippage or precipitation in order to prevent run-off.

(e)Unless protected by a structure, as described in 335-14-6-.23(1)(b), the owner or operator must design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-on control system capable of preventing flow onto the drip pad during peak discharge from at least a 24-hour, 25-year storm, unless the system has sufficient excess capacity to contain any run-on that might enter the system.

(f)Unless protected by a structure or cover, as described in 335-14-6-.23(1)(b), the owner or operator must design, construct, operate, and maintain a run-off management system to collect and control at least the water volume resulting from a 24-hour, 25-year storm.

(g)The drip pad must be evaluated to determine that it meets the requirements of 335-14-6-.23(a) through (f), and the owner or operator must obtain a statement from an independent, qualified registered professional engineer certifying that the drip pad design meets the requirements of 335-14-6-.23(4).

(h)Drippage and accumulated precipitation must be removed from the associated collection system as necessary to prevent overflow onto the drip pad.

(i)The drip pad surface must be cleaned thoroughly in a manner and frequency such that accumulated residues or hazardous waste or other materials are removed, with residues being properly managed as hazardous waste, so as to allow weekly inspections of the entire drip pad surface without interference or hindrance from accumulated residues of hazardous waste or other materials on the drip pad. The owner or operator must document the date and time of each cleaning and the cleaning procedure used in the facility's operating log.

(j)Drip pads must be operated and maintained in a manner to minimize tracking of hazardous waste or hazardous waste constituents off the drip pad as a result of activities by personnel or equipment.

(k)After being removed from the treatment vessel, treated wood from pressure and non-pressure processes must be held on the drip pad until drippage has ceased. The owner or operator must maintain records sufficient to document that all treated wood is held on the pad following treatment in accordance with this requirement.

(l)Collection and holding units associated with run-on and run-off control systems must be emptied or otherwise managed as soon as possible after storms to maintain design capacity of the system.

(m)Throughout the active life of the drip pad, if the owner or operator detects a condition that may have caused or has caused a release of hazardous waste, the condition must be repaired within a reasonably prompt period of time following discovery, in accordance with the following procedures:

1.Upon detection of a condition that may have caused or has caused a release of hazardous waste (e.g. upon detection of leakage by the leak detection system), the owner or operator must:

(i)Enter a record of the discovery in the facility operating log;

(ii)Immediately remove the portion of the drip pad affected by the condition from service;

(iii)Determine what steps must be taken to repair the drip pad, remove any leakage from below the drip pad, and establish a schedule for accomplishing the clean up and repairs;

(iv)Within 24 hours after discovery of the condition, notify the Department of the condition and within 10 working days, provide written notice to the Department with a description of the steps that will be taken to repair the drip pad and clean up any leakage and the schedule for accomplishing this work.

2.The Department will review the information submitted, make a determination regarding whether the pad must be removed from service completely or partially until repairs and clean up are complete, and notify the owner or operator of the determination and the underlying rationale in writing.

3.Upon completing all repairs and clean up, the owner or operator must notify the Department in writing and provide a certification, signed by an independent, qualified registered professional engineer, that the repairs and clean up have been completed according to the written plan submitted in accordance with 335-14-6-.23(4)(m)1.(iv).

(n)The owner or operator must maintain, as part of the facility operating log, documentation of past operating and waste handling practices. This must include identification of preservative formulations used in the past, a description of drippage management practices, and a description of treated wood storage and handling practices.

(5)Inspections.

(a)During construction or installation, liners and cover systems (e.g., membranes, sheets, or coatings) must be inspected for uniformity, damage, and imperfections (e.g., holes, cracks, thin spots, or foreign materials). Immediately after construction or installation, liners must be inspected and certified as meeting the requirements of 335-14-6-.23(4) by an independent, qualified registered professional engineer. The certification must be maintained at the facility as part of the facility operating record. After installation, liners and covers must be inspected to ensure tight seams and joints and the absence of tears, punctures, or blisters.

(b)While a drip pad is in operation, it must be inspected weekly and after storms to detect evidence of any of the following:

1.Deterioration, malfunctions, or improper operation of run-on and run-off control systems;

2.The presence of leakage in and proper functioning of leak detection system;

3.Deterioration or cracking of the drip pad surface.

Note:See 335-14-6-.23(4)(m) for remedial action required if deterioration or leakage is detected.

(6)Closure.

(a)At closure, the owner or operator must remove or decontaminate all waste residues, contaminated containment system components (pad, liners, etc.), contaminated subsoils, and structures and equipment contaminated with waste and leakage, and manage them as hazardous waste.

(b)If, after removing or decontaminating all residues and making all reasonable efforts to effect removal or decontamination of contaminated components, subsoils, structures, and equipment as required in 335-14-6-.23(6)(a), the owner or operator finds that not all contaminated subsoils can be practically removed or decontaminated, he must close the facility and perform post-closure care in accordance with closure and post-closure care requirements that apply to landfills [335-14-6-.14(11)]. For permitted units, the requirement to have a permit continues throughout the post-closure period.

(c)Prior to closure of a drip pad, the owner or operator must notify the Department in writing as required by 335-14-3-.04(4)(a).

(d)Within 45 days of completing closure activities, the owner or operator must provide a written report as required by 335-14-3-.04(b) documenting the procedures used to comply with 335-14-6-.23 and 335-14-3-.03(5)(a)5.(i) and (ii).

(e)1.The owner or operator of an existing drip pad, as defined in 335-14-6-.23(1), that does not comply with the liner requirements of 335-14-6-.23(4)(b)1. must:

(i)Include in the closure plan for the drip pad under 335-14-6-.07(3) both a plan for complying with 335-14-6-.23(6)(a) and a contingent plan for complying with 335-14-6-.23(6)(b) in case not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed at closure; and

(ii)Prepare a contingent post-closure plan under 335-14-6-.07(9) for complying with 335-14-6-.23(6)(b) in case not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed at closure.

2.The cost estimates calculated under 335-14-6-.07(3) and 335-14-6.-08(5) for closure and post-closure care of a drip pad subject to 335-14-6-.23(6)(e) must include the cost of complying with the contingent closure plan and the contingent post-closure plan, but are not required to include the cost of expected closure under 335-14-6-.23(6)(a).

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Edwin Johnston, Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11; 22-30-16.

History: January 25, 1992. Amended: January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.6.24" level="3" title="[Reserved]">

<regElement name="335.14.6.25" level="3" title="[Reserved]">

<regElement name="335.14.6.26" level="3" title="[Reserved]">

<regElement name="335.14.6.27" level="3" title="Subpart AA - Air Emission Standards For Process</U><U>Vents">

The Environmental Protection Agency Regulations as they exist in 40 CFR, Part 265, Subpart AA, as of September 1, 1998, are incorporated herein by reference.

The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a copy) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

(1)&#167;265.1030 Applicability.

(2)&#167;265.1031 Definitions.

(3)&#167;265.1032 Standards: Process vents.

(4)&#167;265.1033 Standards: Closed-vent systems and control devices.

(5)&#167;265.1034 Test methods and procedures.

(6)&#167;265.1035 Recordkeeping requirements.

(7) through (20)&#167;&#167;265.1036 - 264.1049 [Reserved].

Author: Stephen C. Maurer; C. Edwin Johnston.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: January 25, 1992. Amended: January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.6.28" level="3" title="Subpart BB - Air Emission Standards For Equipment</U><U>Leaks">

The Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, as they exist in 40 CFR, Part 265, Subpart BB, as of September 1, 1998, are incorporated herein by reference.

The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

(1)&#167;265.1050 Applicability.

(2)&#167;265.1051 Definitions.

(3)&#167;265.1052 Standards: Pumps in light liquid service.

(4)&#167;265.1053 Standards: Compressors.

(5)&#167;265.1054 Standards: Pressure relief devices in gas/vapor service.

(6)&#167;265.1055 Standards: Sampling connecting systems.

(7)&#167;265.1056 Standards: Open-ended valves or lines.

(8)&#167;265.1057 Standards: Valves in gas/vapor service or in light liquid service.

(9)&#167;265.1058 Standards: Pumps and valves in heavy liquid service, pressure relief devices in light liquid or heavy liquid service, and flanges and other connectors.

(10)&#167;265.1059 Standards: Delay of repair.

(11)&#167;265.1060 Standards: Closed-vent systems and control devices.

(12)&#167;265.1061 Alternative standards for valves in gas/vapor service or in light liquid service: percentage of valves allowed to leak.

(13)&#167;265.1062 Alternative standards for valves in gas/vapor service or in light liquid service: skip period leak detection and repair.

(14)&#167;265.1063 Test methods and procedures.

(15)&#167;265.1064 Recordkeeping requirements.

(16) through (31)&#167;&#167;265.1066 - 265.1079 [Reserved].

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: January 25, 1992. Amended: January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.6.29" level="3" title="Subpart CC - Air Emission Standards For Tanks,</U><U>Surface Impoundments, And Containers">

The Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, as they exist in 40 CFR, Part 265, Subpart CC, as published on July 1, 1999, are incorporated herein by reference.

In the event that any Code of Federal Regulations Rule(s) incorporated herein by reference refers to or cites another Code of Federal Regulations Rule(s), other than 40 CFR Part 265, Subpart CC, such reference to the other Code of Federal Regulations Rule(s) is not incorporated in this ADEM Administrative Code and the ADEM Administrative Code Rule specifically addressing said issue or circumstance shall take precedence, be applicable and govern. Any provision of 40 CFR Part 265, Subpart CC, which is inconsistent with the provisions of ADEM Administrative Code, Division 14, is not incorporated herein by reference.

The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

(1)&#167;265.1080 Applicability.

(2)&#167;265.1081 Definitions.

(3)&#167;265.1082 Schedule for implementation of air emission standards.

(4)&#167;265.1083 Standards: General.

(5)&#167;265.1084 Waste determination procedures.

(6)&#167;265.1085 Standards: Tanks.

(7)&#167;265.1086 Standards: Surface impoundments.

(8)&#167;265.1087 Standards: Containers.

(9)&#167;265.1088 Standards: Closed-vent systems and control devices.

(10)&#167;265.1089 Inspection and monitoring requirements.

(11)&#167;265.1090 Recordkeeping requirements.

(12)&#167;265.1091 [Reserved].

Author: C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala., 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: New Rule: Filed February 28, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.6.30" level="3" title="Containment Buildings"> <dwc name="lead" times="1">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-6-.30 apply to owners or operators who store or treat hazardous waste in units designed and operated under 335-14-6-.30(2). These provisions will become effective on February 18, 1993, although the owner or operator may notify the Director of his intent to be bound by 335-14-6-.30 at an earlier time. The owner or operator is not subject to the definition of land disposal in 335-14-1 provided that the unit:

(a)Is a completely enclosed, self-supporting structure that is designed and constructed of manmade materials of sufficient strength and thickness to support themselves, the waste contents, and any personnel and heavy equipment that operate within the unit; and to prevent failure due to pressure gradients, settlement, compression, or uplift, physical contact with the hazardous wastes to which they are exposed, climatic conditions, and the stresses of daily operation, including the movement of heavy equipment within the unit and contact of such equipment with containment walls;

(b)Has a primary barrier that is designed to be sufficiently durable to withstand the movement of personnel and handling equipment within the unit;

(c)If the unit is used to manage liquids, has:

1.A primary barrier designed and constructed of materials to prevent migration of hazardous constituents into the barrier;

2.A liquid collection system designed and constructed of materials to minimize the accumulation of liquid on the primary barrier; and

3.A secondary containment system designed and constructed of materials to prevent migration of hazardous constituents into the barrier, with a leak detection and liquid collection system capable of detecting, collecting, and removing leaks of hazardous constituents at the earliest possible time, unless the unit has been granted a variance from the secondary containment system requirement under 335-14-6.30(2)(b)4.

(d)Has controls sufficient to prevent fugitive dust emissions in order to meet the no-visible-emission standard in 335-14-6-.30(2)(c)1.(iv); and

(e)Is designed and operated to ensure containment and prevent the tracking of materials from the unit by personnel or equipment.

(2)Design and operating standards.

(a)All containment buildings must comply with the following design standards:

1.The containment building must be completely enclosed with a floor, walls, and a roof to prevent exposure to the elements, (e.g., precipitation, wind, run-on), and to assure containment of managed wastes.

2.The floor and containment walls of the unit, including the secondary containment system if required under 335-14-6-.30(2)(b), must be designed and constructed of materials of sufficient strength and thickness to support themselves, the waste contents, and any personnel and heavy equipment that operate within the unit; and to prevent failure due to pressure gradients, settlement, compression, or uplift, physical contact with the hazardous wastes to which they are exposed; climatic conditions; and the stresses of daily operation, including the movement of heavy equipment within the unit and contact of such equipment with containment walls. The unit must be designed so that it has sufficient structural strength to prevent collapse or other failure. All surfaces to be in contact with hazardous wastes must be chemically compatible with those wastes. The Department will consider standards established by professional organizations generally recognized by the industry such as the American Concrete Institute (ACI) and the American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) in judging the structural integrity requirements of 335-14-6-.30(2). If appropriate to the nature of the waste management operation to take place in the unit, an exception to the structural strength requirement may be made for light-weight doors and windows that met these criteria;

(i)They provide an effective barrier against fugitive dust emissions under 335-14-6-.30(2)(c)1.(iv); and

(ii)The unit is designed and operated in a fashion that assures that wastes will not actually come in contact with these openings.

3.Incompatible hazardous wastes or treatment reagents must not be placed in the unit or its secondary containment system if they could cause the unit or secondary containment system to leak, corrode, or otherwise fail.

4.A containment building must have a primary barrier designed to withstand the movement of personnel, waste, and handling equipment in the unit during the operating life of the unit and appropriate for the physical and chemical characteristics or the waste to be managed.

(b)For a containment building used to manage hazardous wastes containing free liquids or treated with free liquids (the presence of which is determined by the paint filter test, a visual examination, or other appropriate means), the owner or operator must include:

1.A primary barrier designed and constructed of materials to prevent the migration of hazardous constituents into the barrier (e.g. a geomembrane covered by a concrete wear surface).

2.A liquid collection and removal system to prevent the accumulation of liquid on the primary barrier of the containment building:

(i)The primary barrier must be sloped to drain liquids to the associated collection system; and

(ii)Liquids and waste must be collected and removed to minimize hydraulic head on the containment system at the earliest practicable time that protects human health and the environment.

3.A secondary containment system including a secondary barrier designed and constructed to prevent migration of hazardous constituents into the barrier and a leak detection system that is capable of detecting failure of the primary barrier and collecting accumulated hazardous wastes and liquids at the earliest practicable time.

(i)The requirements of the leak detection component of the secondary containment system are satisfied by the installation of a system that is, at a minimum:

(I)Constructed with a bottom slope of 1 percent or more; and

(II)Constructed of a granular drainage material with a hydraulic conductivity of 1 X 10-2 cm/sec or more and a thickness of 12 inches (30.5 cm) or more or constructed of synthetic or geonet drainage materials with a transmissivity of 3 X 10-5 m2/sec or more.

(ii)If treatment is to be conducted in the building, an area in which such treatment will be conducted must be designed to prevent the release of liquids, wet materials, or liquid aerosols to other portions of the building.

(iii)The secondary containment system must be constructed of materials that are chemically resistant to the waste and liquids managed in the containment building and of sufficient strength and thickness to prevent collapse under the pressure exerted by overlaying materials and by any equipment used in the containment building. (Containment buildings serve as secondary containment systems for tanks placed within the building under certain conditions. A containment building can serve as an external liner system for a tank, provided it meets the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(4)(d)1. In addition, the containment building must meet the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(4)(b) and (c) to be considered an acceptable secondary containment system for a tank.)

4.For existing units other than 90-day generator units, the Director may delay the secondary containment requirement for up to two years, based on a demonstration by the owner or operator that the unit substantially meets the standards of 335-14-6-.30. In making this demonstration, the owner or operator must:

(i)Provide written notice to the Director of their request by February 18, 1993. This notification must describe the unit and its operating practices with specific reference to the performance of existing containment systems, and specific plans for retrofitting the unit with secondary containment;

(ii)Respond to any comments from the Director on these plans within 30 days; and

(iii)Fulfill the terms of the revised plans, if such plans are approved by the Director.

(c)Owners or operators of all containment buildings must:

1.Use controls and practices to ensure containment of the hazardous waste within the unit; and, at a minimum:

(i)Maintain the primary barrier to be free of significant cracks, gaps, corrosion, or other deterioration that could cause hazardous waste to be released from the primary barrier;

(ii)Maintain the level of the stored/treated hazardous waste within the containment walls of the unit so that the height of any containment wall is not exceeded;

(iii)Take measures to prevent the tracking of hazardous waste out of the unit by personnel or by equipment used in handling the waste. An area must be designated to decontaminate equipment and any rinsate must be collected and properly managed; and

(iv)Take measures to control fugitive dust emissions such that any opening (doors, windows, vents, cracks, etc.) exhibits no visible emissions. In addition, all associated particulate collection devices (e.g., fabric filter, electrostatic precipitator) must be operated and maintained with sound air pollution control practices. This state of no visible emissions must be maintained effectively at all times during normal operating conditions, including when vehicles and personnel are entering and exiting the unit.

2.Obtain certification by a qualified registered professional engineer that the containment building design meets the requirements of 335-14-6-.30(2)(a) through (c). For units placed into operation prior to February 18, 1993, this certification must be placed in the facility's operating record (on-site files for generators who are not formally required to have operating records) no later than 60 days after the date of initial operation of the unit. After February 18, 1993, a professional engineer certification will be required prior to operation of the unit.

3.Throughout the active life of the containment building, if the owner or operator detects a condition that could lead to or has caused a release of hazardous waste, must repair the condition promptly, in accordance with the following procedures.

(i)Upon detection of a condition that has led to a release of hazardous waste (e.g., upon detection of leakage from the primary barrier) the owner or operator must:

(I)Enter a record of the discovery in the facility operating record;

(II)Immediately remove the portion of the containment building affected by the condition from service;

(III)Determine what steps must be taken to repair the containment building, remove any leakage from the secondary collection system, and establish a schedule for accomplishing the cleanup and repairs; and

(IV)Within 7 days after the discovery of the condition, notify the Director of the condition, and within 14 working days, provide a written notice to the Director with a description of the steps taken to repair the containment building, and the schedule for accomplishing the work.

(ii)The Director will review the information submitted, make a determination regarding whether the containment building must be removed from service completely or partially until repairs and cleanup are complete, and notify the owner or operator of the determination and the underlying rationale in writing.

(iii)Upon completing all repairs and cleanup the owner or operator must notify the Director in writing and provide a verification signed by a qualified, registered professional engineer, that the repairs and cleanup have been completed according to the written plan submitted in accordance with 335-14-6-.30(2)(c)3.(i)(IV).

4.Inspect and record in the facility's operating record, at least once a week, data gathered from monitoring equipment and leak detection equipment as well as the containment building and the area immediately surrounding the containment building to detect signs of releases of hazardous waste.

(d)For containment buildings that contain both areas with and without secondary containment, the owner or operator must:

1.Design and operate each area in accordance with the requirements enumerated in 335-14-6-.30(2)(a) through (c).

2.Take measures to prevent the release of liquids or wet materials into areas without secondary containment; and

3.Maintain in the facility's operating log a written description of the operating procedures used to maintain the integrity of areas without secondary containment.

(e)Notwithstanding any other provision of 335-14-6-.30, the Director may waive requirements for secondary containment for a permitted containment building where the owner or operator demonstrates that the only free liquids in the unit are limited amounts of dust suppression liquids required to meet occupational health and safety requirements, and where containment of managed wastes and liquids can be assured without a secondary containment system.

(3)Closure and post-closure care.

(a)At closure of a containment building, the owner or operator must remove or decontaminate all waste residues, contaminated containment system components (liners, etc.) contaminated subsoils, and structures and equipment contaminated with waste and leachate, and manage them as hazardous waste unless Rule 335-14-2-.01(3)(d) applies. The closure plan, closure activities, cost estimates for closure, and financial responsibility for containment buildings must meet all of the requirements specified in Rules 335-14-6-.07 and 335-14-6-.08.

(b)If, after removing or decontaminating all residues and making all reasonable efforts to effect removal or decontamination of contaminated components, subsoils, structures, and equipment as required in 335-14-6-.30(3)(a), the owner or operator finds that not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed or decontaminated, he must close the facility and perform post-closure care in accordance with the closure and post-closure requirements that apply to landfills [Rule 335-14-6-.14(11)]. In addition, for the purposes of closure, post-closure, and financial responsibility, such a containment building is then considered to be a landfill, and the owner or operator must meet all of the requirements for landfills specified in Rules 335-14-6-.07 and 335-14-6-.08.

(c)Prior to closure of a containment building, the owner or operator must notify the Department in writing as required by 335-14-3-.04(4)(a).

(d)Within 45 days of completing closure activities, the owner or operator must provide a written report as required by 335-14-3-.04(4)(b) documenting the procedures used to comply with 335-14-6-.30 and 335-14-3-.03(5)(a)5.(i) and (ii).

(4) through (11)[Reserved]

Authors: C. Lynn Garthright; Amy P. Zachry, C. Edwin Johnston; Nicholas J. Wolf; Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: Amended: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.6.31" level="3" title="Hazardous Waste Munitions And Explosives Storage"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="2"><dwc name="beryllium" times="1"><dwc name="cyanid" times="4"><dwc name="lead" times="3"><dwc name="nitrat" times="2"><dwc name="acrylamid" times="1"><dwc name="alachlor" times="1"><dwc name="atrazin" times="1"><dwc name="endrin" times="1"><dwc name="glyphos" times="1"><dwc name="simazin" times="1"><dwc name="toluen" times="1">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-6-.31 apply to owners or operators who store munitions and explosive hazardous wastes, except as 335-14-6-.01(1) provides otherwise.

(NOTE: Depending on explosive hazards, hazardous waste munitions and explosives may also be managed in other types of storage units, including containment buildings (335-14-6-.30), tanks (335-14-6-.10), or containers (335-14-6-.09). See 335-14-7-.13(6) for storage of waste military munitions).

(2)Design and operating standards.

(a)Hazardous waste munitions and explosives storage units must be designed and operated with containment systems, controls, and monitoring, that:

1.Minimize the potential for detonation or other means of release of hazardous waste, hazardous constituents, hazardous decomposition products, or contaminated run-off, to the soil, ground water, surface water, and atmosphere;

2.Provide a primary barrier, which may be a container (including a shell) or tank, designed to contain the hazardous waste;

3.For wastes stored outdoors, provide that the waste and containers will not be in standing precipitation;

4.For liquid wastes, provide a secondary containment system that assures that any released liquids are contained and promptly detected and removed from the waste area, or vapor detection system that assures that any released liquids or vapors are promptly detected and an appropriate response taken (e.g., additional containment, such as overpacking, or removal from the waste area); and

5.Provide monitoring and inspection procedures that assure the controls and containment systems are working as designed and that releases that may adversely impact human health or the environment are not escaping from the unit.

(b)Hazardous waste munitions and explosives stored under 335-14-6-.31 may be stored in one of the following:

1.Earth-covered magazines. Earth-covered magazines must be:

(i)Constructed of waterproofed, reinforced concrete or structural steel arches, with steel doors that are kept closed when not being accessed;

(ii)Designed and constructed:

(I)To be of sufficient strength and thickness to support the weight of any explosives or munitions stored and any equipment used in the unit;

(II)To provide working space for personnel and equipment in the unit; and

(III)To withstand movement activities that occur in the unit; and

(iii)Located and designed, with walls and earthen covers that direct an explosion in the unit in a safe direction, so as to minimize the propagation of an explosion to adjacent units and to minimize other effects of any explosion.

2.Above-ground magazines. Above-ground magazines must be located and designed so as to minimize the propagation of an explosion to adjacent units and to minimize other effects of any explosion.

3.Outdoor or open storage areas. Outdoor or open storage areas must be located and designed so as to minimize the propagation of an explosion to adjacent units and to minimize other effects of any explosion.

(c)Hazardous waste munitions and explosives must be stored in accordance with a Standard Operating Procedure specifying procedures to ensure safety, security, and environmental protection. If these procedures serve the same purpose as the security and inspection requirements of 335-14-6-.02(5), the preparedness and prevention procedures of 335-14-6-.03, and the contingency plan and emergency procedures requirements of 335-14-6-.04, then these procedures will be used to fulfill those requirements.

(d)Hazardous waste munitions and explosives must be packaged to ensure safety in handling and storage.

(e)Hazardous waste munitions and explosives must be inventoried at least annually.

(f)Hazardous waste munitions and explosives and their storage units must be inspected and monitored as necessary to ensure explosives safety and to ensure that there is no migration of contaminants out of the unit.

(3)Closure and post-closure care.

(a)At closure of a magazine or unit which stored hazardous waste under 335-14-6-.31, the owner or operator must remove or decontaminate all waste residues, contaminated containment system components, contaminated subsoils, and structures and equipment contaminated with waste, and manage them as hazardous waste unless 335-14-2-.01(3)(d) applies. The closure plan, closure activities, cost estimates for closure, and financial responsibility for magazines or units must meet all of the requirements specified in 335-14-6-.07 and 335-14-6-.08, except that the owner or operator may defer closure of the unit as long as it remains in service as a munitions or explosives magazine or storage unit.

(b)If, after removing or decontaminating all residues and making all reasonable efforts to effect removal or decontamination of contaminated components, subsoils, structures, and equipment as required in 335-14-6-.31(a), the owner or operator finds that not all contaminated subsoils can be practicably removed or decontaminated, he or she must close the facility and perform post-closure care in accordance with the closure and post-closure requirements that apply to landfills [335-14-6-.14(11)].

Authors: C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: New Rule: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

335-14-6APPENDIX I - Recordkeeping Instructions. The recordkeeping provisions of 335-14-6-.05(4) specify that an owner or operator must keep a written operating record at his facility. 335-14-6 ? Appendix I provides additional instructions for keeping portions of the operating record. See 335-14-6-.05(4)(b) for additional recordkeeping requirements.

The following information must be recorded, as it becomes available, and maintained in the operating record until closure of the facility in the following manner:

Records of each hazardous waste received, treated, stored or disposed of at the facility which include the following:

(1)A description by its common name and the EPA Hazardous Waste Number(s) from Chapter 335-14-2 which apply to the waste. The waste description also must include the waste's physical form, i.e., liquid, sludge, solid, or contained gas. If the waste is not listed in Rule 335-14-2-.04, the description also must include the process that produced it (for example, solid filter cake from production of _________, EPA Hazardous Waste Number W051).

Each hazardous waste in Rule 335-14-2-.04, and each hazardous waste characteristic defined in Rule 335-14-2-.03 has a four digit EPA Hazardous Waste Number assigned to it. This number must be used for recordkeeping and reporting purposes. Where a hazardous waste contains more than one listed hazardous waste, or where more than one hazardous waste characteristic applies to the waste, the waste description must include all applicable EPA or Alabama Hazardous Waste Numbers.

(2)The estimated or manifest-reported weight, or volume and density, where applicable, in one of the units of measure specified in Table 1; and

(3)The method(s) (by handling code(s) as specified in Table 2 and date(s) of treatment, storage or disposal.

TABLE 1

<table width="100%"> Unit of Measure Symbol1 Gallons G Gallons Per Hour E Gallons Per Day U Liters L Liters Per Hour H Liters Per Day V Short Tons Per Hour D Unit of Measure Symbol1 Metric Tons Per Hour W Metric Tons Per Day S Short Tons Per Day N Pounds Per Hour J Kilograms Per Hour R Cubic yards Y Cubic Meters C Acres B Acre-feet A Hectares Q Hectare-meter F Btu's Per Hour I </table>

1Single digit symbols are used here for data processing purposes.

TABLE 2

HANDLING CODES FOR TREATMENT,

STORAGE AND DISPOSAL METHODS

Enter the handling code(s) listed below that most closely represents the technique(s) used at the facility to treat, store, or dispose of each quantity of hazardous waste received.

1.Storage

S01Container (barrel, drum, etc.)

S02Tank

S03Waste pile

S04Surface impoundment

S05Drip Pad

S06Containment Building (Storage)

S99Other storage (specify)

2.Treatment

T01Tank

T02Surface Impoundment

T03Incinerator

T04Other Treatment

T94Containment Building (Treatment)

T99Boiler/Industrial Furnace

Note: In addition to coding T01, T02, T03, T04, T94, orT99, record specific handling codes as appropriate below.

(a)Thermal Treatment

T06Liquid injection incinerator

T07Rotary kiln incinerator

T08Fluidized bed incinerator

T09Multiple hearth incinerator

T10Infrared furnace incinerator

T11Molten salt destructor

T12Pyrolysis

T13Wet air oxidation

T14Calcination

T15Microwave discharge

T18Other (specify)

(b)Chemical Treatment

T19Absorption mound

T20Absorption field

T21Chemical fixation

T22Chemical oxidation

T23Chemical precipitation

T24Chemical reduction

T25Chlorination

T26Chlorinolysis

T27Cyanide destruction

T28Degradation

T29Detoxification

T30Ion exchange

T31Neutralization

T32Ozonation

T33Photolysis

T34Other (specify)

(c)Physical Treatment

(1)Separation of components

T35Centrifugation

T36Clarification

T37Coagulation

T38Decanting

T39Encapsulation

T40Filtration

T41Flocculation

T42Flotation

T43Foaming

T44Sedimentation

T45Thickening

T46Ultrafiltration

T47Other (specify)

(2)Removal of Specific Components

T48Absorption-molecular sieve

T49Activated carbon

T50Blending

T51Catalysis

T52Crystallization

T53Dialysis

T54Distillation

T55Electrodialysis

T56Electrolysis

T57Evaporation

T58High gradient magnetic separation

T59Leaching

T60Liquid ion exchange

T61Liquid-liquid extraction

T62Reverse osmosis

T63Solvent recovery

T64Stripping

T65Sand filter

T66Other (specify)

(d)Biological Treatment

T67Activated sludge

T68Aerobic lagoon

T69Aerobic tank

T70Anaerobic tank

T71Composting

T72Septic tank

T73Spray irrigation

T74Thickening filter

T75Trickling filter

T76Waste stabilization pond

T77Other (specify)

T78[Reserved]

T79[Reserved]

(e)Boilers and Industrial Furnaces

T80Boiler

T81Cement kiln

T82Lime kiln

T83Aggregate kiln

T84Phosphate kiln

T85Coke Oven

T86Blast Furnace

T87Smelting, Melting, or Refining Furnace

T88Titanium Dioxide Chloride Process Oxidation

Reactor

T89Methane Reforming Furnace

T90Pulping Liquor Recovery Furnace

T91Combustion Device Used in the Recovery of Sulfur

Values from Spent Sulfuric Acid

T92Halogen Acid Furnaces

T93Other Industrial Furnaces Listed in Rule 335-14-1-.02(1)

3.Disposal

D79Underground injection

D80Landfill

D81Land treatment

D82Ocean disposal

D83Surface impoundment (to be closed as a landfill)

D99Other (specify)

4.Miscellaneous (Subpart X)

X01Open Burning/Open Detonation

X02Mechanical Processing

X03Thermal Unit

X04Geologic Repository

X05Other Subpart X (specify; use appropriate code from 2. (a) through 2. (e), if applicable)

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Edwin Johnston, Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16, 22-30-18.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

335-14-6APPENDIX II - [Reserved].

335-14-6APPENDIX III - ADEM Primary Drinking Water Standards. Maximum concentration limits as defined in ADEM Administrative Code 335-7-2.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11; 22-30-16.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Repealed and New Rule: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

335-14-6APPENDIX IV - Tests For Significance. As required in 335-14-6-.06(4)(b), the owner or operator must use the Student's t-test to determine statistically significant changes in the concentration or value of an indicator parameter in periodic groundwater samples when compared to the initial background concentration or value of that indicator parameter. The comparison must consider individually each of the wells in the monitoring system. For three of the indicator parameters (specific conductance, total organic carbon and total organic halogen) a single-tailed Student's t-test at the 0.01 level of significance for significant increases over background must be used. The difference test for pH must be a two-tailed Student's t-test at the overall 0.01 level of significance.

The student's t-test involves calculation of the value of a t-statistic for each comparison of the mean (average) concentration or value (based on a minimum of four replicate measurements) of an indicator parameter with its initial background concentration or value. The calculated value of the t-statistic must then be compared to the value of the t-statistic found in a table for t-test of significance at the specified level of significance. A calculated value of t which exceeds the value of t found in the table indicates a statistically significant change in the concentration or value of the indicator parameter.

Formulae for calculation of the t-statistic and tables for t-test of significance can be found in most introductory statistics texts.

Author: Stephen C. Maurer, Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11; 22-30-16.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

335-14-6APPENDIX V - Examples Of Potentially Incompatible Waste. Many hazardous wastes, when mixed with other waste or materials at a hazardous waste facility, can produce effects which are harmful to human or animal health or the environment, such as:

(1)Heat or pressure;

(2)Fire or explosion

(3)Violent reaction;

(4)Toxic dusts, mists, fumes or gases; or

(5)Flammable fumes or gases. Below are examples of potentially incompatible wastes, waste components and materials, along with the harmful consequences which result from mixing materials in one group with materials in another group. The list is intended as a guide to owners or operators of treatment, storage and disposal facilities, and to enforcement and permit granting officials, to indicate the need for special precautions when managing these potentially incompatible waste materials or components. This list is not intended to be exhaustive. An owner or operator must, as the regulations require, adequately analyze his wastes so that he can avoid creating uncontrolled substances or reactions of the type listed below, whether they are listed below or not. It is possible for potentially incompatible wastes to be mixed in a way that precludes a reaction (e.g., adding acid to water rather than water to acid) or that neutralizes them (e.g., a strong acid mixed with a strong base), or that controls substances produced (e.g., by generating flammable gases in a closed tank equipped so that ignition cannot occur, and burning the gases in an incinerator). In the lists below, the mixing of a Group A material with a Group B material may have the potential consequence as noted.

<table width="100%"> Group 1-A Group 1-B Acetylene sludge Acid sludge Alkaline caustic liquids Acid and water Alkaline cleaner Battery acid Alkaline corrosive liquids Chemical cleaners Alkaline corrosive battery fluid Electrolyte, acid Caustic wastewater Etching acid liquid or solvent Lime sludge and other corrosive alkalis Lime wastewater Pickling liquor and other corrosive acids Lime and water Spent acid Spent caustic Spent mixed acid Spent sulfuric acid Potential consequences: Heat generation; violent reaction. Group 2-A Group 2-B Aluminum Any waste in Group 1-A or 1-B Beryllium Calcium Lithium Magnesium Potassium Sodium Zinc powder Other reactive metals and metal hydrides </table>

Potential consequences: Fire or explosion; generation of flammable hydrogen gas.

<table width="100%"> Group 3-A Group 3-B Alcohols Any concentrated waste in Groups 1-A or 1-B Water Calcium Lithium Metal hydrides Potassium SO2Cl2, SOCl2, PCl3, CH3SiCl3 Other water-reactive waste </table>

Potential consequences: Fire, explosion, or heat generation; generation of flammable or toxic gases.

<table width="100%"> Group 4-A Group 4-B Alcohols Concentrated Group 1-A or 1-B wastes Aldehydes Group 2-A wastes Halogenated hydrocarbons Nitrated hydrocarbons Unsaturated hydrocarbons Other reactive organic compounds and solvents Potential consequences: Fire, explosion or violent reaction. Group 5-A Group 5-B Spent cyanide and sulfide solutions Group 1-B wastes </table>

Potential consequences: Generation of toxic hydrogen cyanide or hydrogen sulfide gas.

<table width="100%"> Group 6-A Group 6-B Chlorates Acetic acid and other organic acids Chlorine Concentrated mineral acids Chlorates Group 2-A wastes Chromic acid Group 4-A wastes Hyphochlorites Other flammable and combustible wastes Nitrates Nitric acid, fuming Perchlorates Permanganates Peroxides Other strong oxidizers Potential consequences: Fire, explosion or violent reaction. </table>

Source: "Law, Regulations, and Guidelines for Handling of Hazardous Waste". California Department of Health, February 1975.

Author: Stephen C. Maurer

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11; 22-30-16.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995.

335-14-6-APPENDIX VICompounds With Henry?s Law Constant LessThan 0.1 Y/X [At 25 Degrees Celsius].

<table width="100%"> Compound Name CAS No. Acetaldol 107?89?1 Acetamide 60?35?5 2-Acetylaminofluorene 53?96?3 3-Acetyl-5-hydroxypiperidine 3-Acetylpiperidine 618?42?8 1-Acetyl-2-thiourea 591?08?2 Acrylamide 79?06?1 Acrylic acid 79?10?7 Adenine 73?24?5 Adipic acid 124?04?9 Adiponitrile 111?69?3 Alachlor 15972?60?8 Aldicarb 116?06?3 Ametryn 834?12?8 4-Aminobiphenyl 92?67?1 4-Aminopyridine 504?24?5 Aniline 62?53?3 o-Anisidine 90?04?0 Anthraquinone 84?65?1 Atrazine 1912?24?9 Benzenearsonic acid 98?05?5 Benzenesulfonic acid 98?11?3 Benzidine 92?87?5 Benzo(a)anthracene 56?55?3 Benzo(k)fluoranthene 207?08?9 Benzoic acid 65?85?0 Benzo(g,h,i)perylene 191?24?2 Benzo(a)pyrene 50?32?8 Benzyl alcohol 100?51?6 gamma-BHC 58?89?9 Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate 117?81?7 Bromochloromethyl acetate Bromoxynil 1689?84?5 Butyric acid 107?92?6 Caprolactam (hexahydro-2H-azepin-2-one) 105?60?2 Catechol (o-dihydroxybenzene) 120?80?9 Cellulose 9004?34?6 Cell wall Chlorhydrin (3-Chloro-1,2-propanediol) 96?24?2 Chloroacetic acid 79?11?8 2-Chloroacetophenone 93?76?5 p-Chloroaniline 106?47?8 p-Chlorobenzophenone 134?85?0 Chlorobenzilate 510?15?6 p-Chloro-m-cresol (6-chloro-m-cresol) 59?50?7 3-Chloro-2,5-diketopyrrolidine Chloro-1,2-ethane diol 4-Chlorophenol 106?48?9 Chlorophenol polymers (2-chlorophenol &amp; 4-chlorophenol) 95?57?8 &amp; 106?48?9 1-(o-Chlorophenyl)thiourea 5344?82?1 Chrysene 218?01?9 Citric acid 77?92?9 Creosote 8001?58?9 m-Cresol 108?39?4 o-Cresol 95?48?7 p-Cresol 106?44?5 Cresol (mixed isomers) 1319?77?3 4-Cumylphenol 27576?86 Cyanide 57?12?5 4-Cyanomethyl benzoate Diazinon 333?41?5 Dibenzo(a,h)anthracene 53?70?3 Dibutylphthalate 84?74?2 2,5-Dichloroaniline (N,N?-dichloroaniline) 95?82?9 2,6-Dichlorobenzonitrile11 1194?65?6 2,6-Dichloro-4-nitroaniline 99?30?9 2,5-Dichlorophenol 333?41?5 3,4-Dichlorotetrahydrofuran 3511?19 Dichlorvos (DDVP) 62737 Diethanolamine 111?42?2 N,N-Diethylaniline 91?66?7 Diethylene glycol 111?46?6 Diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (dimethyl Carbitol) 111?96?6 Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether (butyl Carbitol) 112?34?5 Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate (Carbitol acetate) 112?15?2 Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether (Carbitol Cellosolve) 111?90?0 Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether (methyl Carbitol) 111?77?3 N,N?-Diethylhydrazine 1615?80?1 Diethyl (4-methylumbelliferyl) thionophosphate 299?45?6 Diethyl phosphorothioate 126?75?0 N,N?-Diethylpropionamide 15299?99?7 Dimethoate 60?51?5 2,3-Dimethoxystrychnidin-10-one 357?57?3 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene 60?11?7 7,12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene 57?97?6 3,3-Dimethylbenzidine 119?93?7 Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride 79?44?7 Dimethyldisulfide 624?92?0 Dimethylformamide 68?12?2 1,1-Dimethylhydrazine 57?14?7 Dimethylphthalate 131?11?3 Dimethylsulfone 67?71?0 Dimethylsulfoxide 67?68?5 4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol 534?52?1 1,2-Diphenylhydrazine 122?66?7 Dipropylene glycol (1,1?-oxydi-2-propanol) 110?98?5 Endrin 72?20?8 Epinephrine 51?43?4 mono-Ethanolamine 141?43?5 Ethyl carbamate (urethane) 5?17?96 Ethylene glycol 107?21?1 Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether (butyl Cellosolve) 111?76?2 Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether (Cellosolve) 110?80?5 Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate (Cellosolve acetate) 111?15?9 Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether (methyl Cellosolve) 109?86?4 Ethylene glycol monophenyl ether (phenyl Cellosolve) 122?99?6 Ethylene glycol monopropyl ether (propyl Cellosolve) 2807?30?9 Ethylene thiourea (2-imidazolidinethione) 9?64?57 4-Ethylmorpholine 100?74?3 3-Ethylphenol 620?17?7 Fluoroacetic acid, sodium salt 62?74?8 Formaldehyde 50?00?0 Formamide 75?12?7 Formic acid 64?18?6 Fumaric acid 110?17?8 Glutaric acid 110?94?1 Glycerin (Glycerol) 56?81?5 Glycidol 556?52?5 Glycinamide 598?41?4 Glyphosate 1071?83?6 Guthion 86?50?0 Hexamethylene-1,6-diisocyanate (1,6-diisocyanatohexane) 822?06?0 Hexamethyl phosphoramide 680?31?9 Hexanoic acid 142?62?1 Hydrazine 302?01?2 Hydrocyanic acid 74?90?8 Hydroquinone 123?31?9 Hydroxy-2-propionitrile (hydracrylonitrile) 109?78?4 Indeno (1,2,3-cd) pyrene 193?39?5 Lead acetate 301?04?2 Lead subacetate (lead acetate, monobasic) 1335?32?6 Leucine 61?90?5 Malathion 121?75?5 Maleic acid 110?16?7 Maleic anhydride 108?31?6 Mesityl oxide 141?79?7 Methane sulfonic acid 75?75?2 Methomyl 16752?77?5 p-Methoxyphenol 150?76?5 Methyl acrylate 96?33?3 4,4?-Methylene-bis-(2-chloroaniline) 101?14?4 4,4?-Methylenediphenyl diisocyanate (diphenyl methane diisocyanate) 101?68?8 4,4?-Methylenedianiline 101?77?9 Methylene diphenylamine (MDA) 5-Methylfurfural 620?02?0 Methylhydrazine 60?34?4 Methyliminoacetic acid Methyl methane sulfonate 66?27?3 1-Methyl-2-methoxyaziridine Methylparathion 298?00?0 Methyl sulfuric acid (sulfuric acid, dimethyl ester) 77?78?1 4-Methylthiophenol 106?45?6 Monomethylformamide (N-methylformamide) 123?39?7 Nabam 142?59?6 alpha-Naphthol 90?15?3 beta-Naphthol 135?19?3 alpha-Naphthylamine 134?32?7 beta-Naphthylamine 91?59?8 Neopentyl glycol (dimethylolpropane) 126?30?7 Niacinamide 98?92?0 o-Nitroaniline 88?74?4 Nitroglycerin 55?63?0 2-Nitrophenol 88?75?5 4-Nitrophenol 100?02?7 N-Nitrosodimethylamine 62?75?9 Nitrosoguanidine 674?81?7 N-Nitroso-n-methylurea 684?93?5 N-Nitrosomorpholine (4-nitrosomorpholine) 59?89?2 Oxalic acid 144?62?7 Parathion 56?38?2 Pentaerythritol 115?77?5 Phenacetin 62?44?2 Phenol 108?95?2 Phenylacetic acid 103?82?2 m-Phenylene diamine 108?45?2 o-Phenylene diamine 95?54?5 p-Phenylene diamine 106?50?3 Phenyl mercuric acetate 62?38?4 Phorate 298?02?2 Phthalic anhydride 85?44?9 alpha-Picoline (2-methyl pyridine) 109?06?8 1,3-Propane sulfone 1120?71?4 beta-Propiolactone 57?57?8 Proporur (Baygon) Propylene glycol 57?55?6 Pyrene 129?00?0 Pyridinium bromide 39416?48?3 Quinoline 91?22?5 Quinone (p-benzoquinone) 106?51?4 Resorcinol 108?46?3 Simazine 122?34?9 Sodium acetate 127?09?3 Sodium formate 141?53?7 Strychnine 57?24?9 Succinic acid 110?15?6 Succinimide 123?56?8 Sulfanilic acid 121?47?1 Terephthalic acid 100?21?0 Tetraethyldithiopyrophosphate 3689?24?5 Tetraethylenepentamine 112?57?2 Thiofanox 39196?18?4 Thiosemicarbazide 79?19?6 2,4-Toluenediamine 95?80?7 2,6-Toluenediamine 823?40?5 3,4-Toluenediamine 496?72?0 2,4-Toluene diisocyanate 584?84?9 p-Toluic acid 99?94?5 m-Toluidine 108?44?1 1,1,2-Trichloro-1,2,2-trifluoroethane 76?13?1 Triethanolamine 102?71?6 Triethylene glycol dimethyl ether Tripropylene glycol 24800?44?0 Warfarin 81?81?2 3,4-Xylenol (3,4-dimethylphenol) 95?65?8 </table>

Author: C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: New Rule: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-14-7" level="2" title="STANDARDS FOR THE MANAGEMENT OF SPECIFIC HAZARDOUS WASTES AND SPECIFIC TYPES OF HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES">

<regElement name="335.14.7.01" level="3" title="[Reserved]">

<regElement name="335.14.7.02" level="3" title="[Reserved]">

<regElement name="335.14.7.03" level="3" title="Recyclable Materials Used In A Manner Constituting Disposal"> <dwc name="dioxin" times="1">

(1)Applicability.

(a)The requirements of 335-14-7-.03 apply to recyclable materials that are applied to or placed on the land:

1.Without mixing with any, other substance(s); or

2.After mixing or combination with any other substance(s). These materials will be referred to throughout 335-14-7-.03 as "materials used in a manner that constitutes disposal".

(b)Products produced for the general public's use that are used in a manner that constitutes disposal and that contain recyclable materials are not presently subject to regulation if the recyclable materials have undergone a chemical reaction in the course of producing the products so as to become inseparable by physical means and if such products meet the applicable treatment standards in Rule 335-14-9-.04 (or applicable prohibition levels in 335-14-9-.03(3) or RCRA Section 3004(d), where no treatment standards have been established) for each recyclable material (i.e., hazardous waste) that they contain. Commercial fertilizers that are produced for the general public's use that contain recyclable materials also are not presently subject to regulation provided they meet these same treatment standards or prohibition levels for each recyclable material that they contain.

However, zinc-containing fertilizers using hazardous waste K061 that are produced for the general public's use are not presently subject to regulation.

(c)Anti-skid/deicing uses of slags, which are generated from high temperature metals recovery (HTMR) processing of hazardous waste K061, K062, and F006, in a manner constituting disposal are not covered by the exemption in 335-14-7-.03(1)(b) and remain subject to regulation.

(d)Fertilizers that contain recyclable materials are not subject to regulation provided that:

1.They are zinc fertilizers excluded from the definition of solid waste according to 335-14-2-.01(4)(a)20; or

(2)Standards applicable to generators and transporters of materials used in a manner that constitutes disposal. Generators and transporters of materials that are used in a manner that constitutes disposal are subject to the applicable requirements of Chapters 335-14-3 and 335-14-4, including the notification requirement under Section 3010 of RCRA.

(3)Standards applicable to storers of materials that are to be used in a manner that constitutes disposal who are not the ultimate users. Owners or operators of facilities that store recyclable materials that are to be used in a manner that constitutes disposal, but who are not the ultimate users of the materials, are regulated under all applicable provisions of Rules 335-14-5-.01 through 335-14-5-.12 and 335-14-6-.01 through 335-14-6-.12 and Chapter 335-14-8, and the notification requirement under Section 3010 of RCRA.

(4)Standards applicable to users of materials that are used in a manner that constitutes disposal.

(a)Owners or operators of facilities that use recyclable materials in a manner that constitutes disposal are regulated under all applicable provisions of Rules 335-14-5-.01 through 335-14-5-.14 and 335-14-6-.01 through 335-14-6-.14, Chapter 335-14-8 and Chapter 335-14-9, and the notification requirement under Section 3010 of RCRA. (These regulations do not apply to products which contain these recyclable materials under the provisions of 335-14-7-.03(1)(b).)

(b)The use of waste or used oil or other material, which is contaminated with dioxin or any other hazardous waste (other than a waste identified solely on the basis of ignitability), for dust suppression or road treatment is prohibited.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Edwin C. Johnston; Bradley N. Curvin

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-14, 22-30-15, 22-30-16.

History: April 9, 1986. Amended: September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 26, 1995. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003. Amended: Filed April 22, 2004; effective May 27, 2004.

<regElement name="335.14.7.04" level="3" title="[Reserved]">

<regElement name="335.14.7.05" level="3" title="[Reserved]">

<regElement name="335.14.7.06" level="3" title="Recyclable Materials Utilized For Precious Metal Recovery">

(1)Applicability and requirements.

(a)The requirements of 335-14-7-.06 apply to recyclable materials that are reclaimed to recover economically significant amounts of gold, silver, platinum, palladium, irridium, osmium, rhodium, ruthenium, or any combination of these.

(b)Persons who generate, transport or store recyclable materials that are regulated under 335-14-7-.06 are subject to the following requirements:

1.Notification requirements under 335-14-3-.01(3), 335-14-4-.01(2), 335-14-5-.02(2), and Section 3010 of RCRA;

2.Rule 335-14-3-.02 (for generators), 335-14-4-.02(1) and (2) (for transporters), and 335-14-6-.05(2) and (3) (for persons who store); and

3.For precious metals exported to or imported from designated OECD member countries for recovery, Rule 335-14-3-.09 and 335-14-6-.02(3)(a)2. For precious metals exported to or imported from non-OECD countries for recovery, Rules 335-14-3-.05 and 3-.06.

(c)Persons who store recycled materials that are regulated under 335-14-7-.06 must keep the following records to document that they are not accumulating these materials speculatively (as defined in 335-14-2-.01(1)(c)):

1.Records showing the volume of these materials stored at the beginning of the calendar year;

2.The amount of these materials generated or received during the calendar year; and

3.The amount of materials remaining at the end of the calendar year.

(d)Recyclable materials that are regulated under 335-14-7-.06 that are accumulated speculatively (as defined in 335-14-2-.01(1)(c)) are subject to all applicable provisions of Chapters 335-14-3, 335-14-4, 335-14-5, 335-14-6, and 335-14-8.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-14, 22-30-15, 22-30-16.

History: April 9, 1986. Amended: February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.7.07" level="3" title="Spent Lead-Acid Batteries Being Reclaimed"> <dwc name="lead" times="22">

(1)Applicability and requirements.

(a)Lead acid batteries that are generated, collected, transported, stored, or regenerated for reclamation purposes may be exempt from certain hazardous waste management requirements. The following table may be used to determine which requirements apply. Alternatively, spent lead-acid batteries may be managed in accordance with the "Universal Waste" rule in 335-14-11.

<table width="100%"> If the batteries * And if the batteries Then the batteries And the batteries 1. will be reclaimed through regeneration (such as by electrolyte replacement). are exempt from the requirements of 335-14-3 (except for 335-14-3-.01(2)) through 335-14-9 and the notification requirements at &#167;3010 of RCRA. are subject to the requirements of 335-14-2 and 335-14-3-.01(2). 2. will be reclaimed other than through regeneration. are generated, collected, and/or transported. are exempt from the requirements of 335-14-3 (except for 335-14-3-.01(2) through 335-14-8 and the notification requirements at &#167;3010 of RCRA. are subject to the requirements of 335-14-2 and 335-14-3-.01(2), and applicable provisions under 335-14-9. 3. will be reclaimed other than through regeneration. are stored prior to reclamation by persons other than the person reclaiming the batteries are exempt from the requirements of 335-14-3 (except for 335-14-3-.01(2) through 335-14-8 and the notification requirements at &#167;3010 of RCRA. are subject to the requirements of 335-14-2 and 335-14-3-.01(2), and applicable provisions under 335-14-9. 4. will be reclaimed other than through regeneration. are stored prior to reclamation by the person reclaiming the batteries are subject to the requirements of 335-14-7-.07 (1)(b) and other applicable regulatory provisions described in 335-14-7-.07(1) (b). are subject to the requirements of 335-14-2 and 335-14-3-.01(2), and applicable provisions under 335-14-9. 5. will be reclaimed other than through regeneration. are not stored prior to being reclaimed are exempt from the requirements of 335-14-3 (except for 335-14-3-.01(2) through 335-14-8 and the notification requirements at &#167;3010 of RCRA. are subject to the requirements of 335-14-2 and 335-14-3-.01(2), and applicable provisions under 335-14-9. </table>

(b)The requirements of 335-14-7-.07(1)(b) apply if spent lead-acid batteries are stored prior to reclamation if such reclamation involves any method other than regeneration. The requirements may vary depending upon the RCRA permit status of the person(s) storing and reclaiming the batteries.

1.Interim Status Facilities must comply with:

(i)Notification requirements under section 3010 of RCRA.

(ii)All applicable provisions in 335-14-6-.01.

(iii)All applicable provisions in 335-14-6-.02 except 335-14-6-.02(4) (waste analysis).

(iv)All applicable provisions in 335-14-6-.03 and 336-14-6-.04.

(v)All applicable provisions in 335-14-6-.05 except 335-14-6-.05(2) and (3) (dealing with the use of the manifest and manifest discrepancies).

(vi)All applicable provisions in 335-14-6-.06 through 335-14-6-.12.

(vii)All applicable provisions in 335-14-8.

2.Permitted Facilities must comply with:

(i)Notification requirements under section 3010 of RCRA.

(ii)All applicable provisions in 335-14-5-.01.

(iii)All applicable provisions in 335-14-5-.02 except 335-14-5-.02(4) (waste analysis).

(iv)All applicable provisions in 335-14-5-.03 and 336-14-5-.04.

(v)All applicable provisions in 335-14-5-.05 (but not 335-14-5-.05(2) and (3) (dealing with the use of the manifest and manifest discrepancies)).

(vi)All applicable provisions in 335-14-5-.06 through 335-14-5-.12.

(vii)All applicable provisions in 335-14-8.

(2)Definitions. The following definitions describe the meanings of certain terms applicable to 335-14-7:

(a)"Battery Breaking" means the decapitation, cutting, or otherwise liberating the contents of a lead-acid battery. This activity includes the separation of any component of the battery from the other components (e.g., drainage of acid from a spent lead-acid battery or removal of plates and groups from a spent lead-acid battery).

(b)"Component" means any of the various materials and parts of a spent lead-acid battery, including but not limited to, plates and groups, rubber and plastic battery chips, acid, and paper/cellulose material.

(c)"Plastic" means the non-metallic compounds that result from a chemical reaction and are molded or formed into rigid or pliable construction materials.

(d)"Plastic Battery Chips" means whole components and any pieces thereof which are constructed of plastic and utilized in a lead-acid battery.

(e)"Plates and Groups" means the internal components of a lead-acid battery which are constructed of lead and/or lead alloys. Plates and groups shall be considered a spent material (solid waste) and a hazardous waste (D008) due to the concentration of leachable lead therein.

(f)"Rubber" means any of numerous synthetic elastic materials of varying chemical composition with properties similar to those of natural rubber.

(g)"Rubber Battery Chips" means whole components and any pieces thereof which are constructed of rubber and utilized in a lead-acid battery.

(h)"Spent Materials" means those materials which have been used, and as a result of that use become contaminated by physical or chemical impurities, and can no longer serve the purpose for which they were produced without being regenerated, reclaimed, or otherwise reprocessed. For the purposes of 335-14-7, spent materials shall include all battery components, including but not limited to plates and groups, plastic and rubber battery chips, paper/cellulose materials and acid removed from a spent lead-acid battery.

(3)Generation.

(a)Facilities which by battery-breaking operations generate separate components of a spent lead-acid battery, which are a solid waste as identified by 335-14-2-.01 and a hazardous waste as identified by 335-14-2-.03 or 335-14-2-.04, must comply with the generator requirements of 335-14-3.

(b)Facilities which generate separate components of a lead-acid battery by battery-breaking operations and offer said components for transportation activities as identified in 335-14-1-.02 must comply with the manifest requirements of 335-14-3-.02 provided the components are a solid waste as identified by 335-14-2-.01 and a hazardous waste as defined by 335-14-2-.03 or 335-14-2-.04.

(c)Facilities which generate components of a spent lead-acid battery, which are a solid waste as identified by 335-14-2-.01 and a hazardous waste as identified by 335-14-2-.03 or 335-14-2-.04, by battery-breaking operations must comply with the storage requirements of 335-14-5-.09(6) and 335-14-5-.10 for each component.

(4)Transportation.

(a)Facilities which engage in transportation activities as identified in 335-14-1-.02 of separate components of a spent lead-acid battery, which are a solid waste as identified by 335-14-2-.01 and a hazardous waste as identified by 335-14-2-.03 or 335-14-2-.04, must comply with the standards applicable to transporters of hazardous waste as outlined in 335-14-4.

(b)Facilities which receive and store separate components of a spent lead-acid battery must comply with the manifest requirements of 335-14-5-.05 provided the components are a solid waste as identified by 335-14-2-.01 and a hazardous waste as identified by 335-14-2-.03 or 335-14-2-.04.

(c)The requirements of 335-14-7-.07 do not apply to the transportation of whole spent lead-acid batteries which have not been subjected to battery-breaking operations.

(5)Storage.

(a)Facilities which receive and store separate components of a spent lead-acid battery which are a solid waste as identified by 335-14-2-.01 and a hazardous waste as identified by 335-14-2-.03 or 335-14-2-.04 must comply with the storage requirements of 335-14-5-.09(6) and 335-14-5-.10 and the permitting requirements of 335-14-8.

(b)Reserved

(6)Treatment and/or disposal.

(a)Facilities which treat or dispose of hazardous waste(s) generated from the reclamation of spent lead-acid batteries are subject to the requirements of 335-14-1 through 335-14-6, 335-14-8, and 335-14-9.

(b)Reserved.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Steven O. Jenkins, Michael Champion; Robert W. Barr, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-14, 22-30-15, 22-30-16.

History: April 9, 1986. Amended: August 24, 1989; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.7.08" level="3" title="Subpart H - Hazardous Waste Burned In Boilers And Industrial Furnaces"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="1">

The Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, and the Appendices applicable thereto, governing hazardous waste burned in boilers and industrial furnaces (40 CFR, Part 266, Subpart H and Appendices I - XIII except &#167;266.108), are incorporated herein by reference as they exist in 40 CFR, Part 266 as of June 30, 2002.

Any provisions of 40 CFR Part 266, Subpart H and Appendices I through XIII which are inconsistent with other provisions of the ADEM Administrative Code are not incorporated herein by reference.

The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

(1)&#167;266.100 Applicability.

(2)&#167;266.101 Management prior to burning.

(3)&#167;266.102 Permit standards for burners.

(4)&#167;266.103 Interim status standards for burners.

(5)&#167;266.104 Standards to control organic emissions.

(6)&#167;266.105 Standards to control particulate matter.

(7)&#167;266.106 Standards to control metals emissions.

(8)&#167;266.107 Standards to control hydrogen chloride (HC1) and chlorine gas (C12) emissions.

(9)Small Quantity on-site burner exemption.

(a)Exempt quantities. Owners and operators of facilities that burn hazardous waste generated on-site in an on-site boiler or industrial furnace are exempt form the requirements of 335-14-7-.08 provided that:

1.The quantity of hazardous waste burned in a device for a calendar month does not exceed the limits provided in the following table based on the terrain adjusted effective stack height as defined in &#167;266.106(b)(3) of 40 CFR:

EXEMPT QUANTITIES FOR SMALL QUANTITY BURNER EXEMPTION

<table width="100%"> Terrain-adjusted Allowable Terrain-Adjusted Allowable effective stack hazardous waste effective stack hazardous waste height of device burning rate height of device burning rate (meters) (gallons/Month) (meters) (gallons/Month) 0 to 3.9 0 40.0 to 44.9 210 4.0 to 5.9 13 45.0 to 49.9 260 6.0 to 7.9 18 50.0 to 54.9 330 8.0 to 9.9 27 55.0 to 59.9 400 10.0 to 11.9 40 60.0 to 64.9 490 12.0 to 13.9 48 65.0 to 69.9 610 14.0 to 15.9 59 70.0 to 74.9 680 16.0 to 17.9 69 75.0 to 79.9 760 18.0 to 19.9 76 80.0 to 84.9 850 20.0 to 21.9 84 85.0 to 89.9 960 22.0 to 23.9 93 90.0 to 94.9 1,100 24.0 to 25.9 100 95.0 to 99.9 1,200 26.0 to 27.9 110 100.0 to 104.9 1,300 28.0 to 29.9 130 105.0 to 109.9 1,500 30.0 to 34.9 140 110.0 to 114.9 1,700 35.0 to 39.9 170 115.0 or greater 1,900 </table>

2.The maximum hazardous waste firing rate does not exceed at any time one percent of the total fuel requirements for the device (hazardous waste plus other fuel) on a total heat input, or mass input basis, whichever results in the lower mass feed rate of hazardous waste.

3.The hazardous waste has a minimum heating value of 5,000 Btu/lb, as generated; and

4.The hazardous waste fuel does not contain (and is not derived from) EPA Hazardous Waste Nos. F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, or F027.

(b)Mixing with nonhazardous fuels. If hazardous waste fuel is mixed with a nonhazardous fuel, the quantity of hazardous waste before such mixing is used to comply with 335-14-7-.08(9)(a)

(c)Multiple stacks. If an owner or operator burns hazardous waste in more than one on-site boiler or industrial furnace exempt under 335-14-7-.08(9), the quantity limits provided by 335-14-7-.08(9)(a)1. are implemented according to the following equation:

<img src="Image4571.gif"/> where:

n means the number of stacks;

Actual Quantity Burned means the waste quantity burned per month in device "i";

Allowable Quantity Burned means the maximum allowable exempt quantity for stack "i" from the table in 335-14-7-.08(9)(a)1.

Note: This exemption does not relieve the facility from the necessity of obtaining appropriate Air Permits from the Department which would authorize the use of alternate feed streams.

(d)Notification requirements. The owner or operator of facilities qualifying for the small quantity burner exemption under 335-14-7-.08(9) must provide a one-time signed, written notice to EPA and ADEM indicating the following:

1.The combustion unit is operating as a small quantity burner of hazardous waste;

2.The owner and operator are in compliance with the requirements of 335-14-7-.08(9); and

3.The maximum quantity of hazardous waste that the facility may burn per month as provided by 335-14-7-.08(9)(a)1.

(e)Recordkeeping requirements. The owner or operator must maintain at the facility for at least three years sufficient records documenting compliance with the hazardous waste quantity, firing rate, and heating value limits of 335-14-7-.08(9) and any other parameters deemed necessary by the Department. At a minimum, these records must indicate the quantity of hazardous waste and other fuel burned in each unit per calendar month, and the heating value of the hazardous waste.

(f)Monitoring requirements.

1.The combustion device shall be operated in conformance with the carbon monoxide controls provided by &#167;266.104(b)(1) and (b)(2). Devices subject to the exemption provided by 335-14-7-.08(9) are not eligible for the alternative carbon monoxide controls provided by &#167;266.104(c).

2.Additional or alternative monitoring techniques may be required on a case-by-case basis by the Director.

(g)Automatic waste feed cutoff. A boiler or industrial furnace must be operated with a functioning system that automatically cuts off the hazardous waste feed when operating conditions specified in 335-14-7-.08(9)(f) are exceeded.

(h)Start-up and shut-down. Hazardous waste must not be fed into the device during start-up and shut-down of the boiler or industrial furnace unless the device is operating within the conditions of operation specified in the Air Permit.

(10)&#167;266.109 Low risk waste exemption.

(11)&#167;266.110 Waiver of DRE trial burn for boilers.

(12)&#167;266.111 Standards for direct transfer.

(13)&#167;266.112 Regulation of residues.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Kristy Bowling, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: January 25, 1992. Amended: January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.7.09" level="3" title="Reserved">

<regElement name="335.14.7.10" level="3" title="Reserved">

<regElement name="335.14.7.11" level="3" title="Reserved">

<regElement name="335.14.7.12" level="3" title="Reserved">

<regElement name="335.14.7.13" level="3" title="Military Munitions">

(1)Applicability.

(a)The regulations in 335-14-7-.13 identify when military munitions become a solid waste, and, if these wastes are also hazardous under 335-14-7-.13 or 335-14-2, the management standards that apply to these wastes.

(b)Unless otherwise specified in 335-14-7-.13, all applicable requirements in 335-14-1 through 335-14-9 apply to waste military munitions.

(2)Definitions. In addition to the definitions in 335-14-1-.02(1), the following definitions apply to 335-14-7-.13:

(a)"Active range" means a military range that is currently in service and is being regularly used for range activities.

(b)"Chemical agents and munitions" are as defined in 50 U.S.C. section 1521(j)(1).

(c)"Inactive range" means a military range that is not currently being used, but that is still under military control and considered by the military to be a potential range area, and that has not been put to a new use that is incompatible with range activities.

(d)"Military" means the Department of Defense (DOD), the Armed Services, Coast Guard, National Guard, Department of Energy (DOE), or other parties under contract or acting as an agent for the foregoing, who handle military munitions.

(e)"Military range" means designated land and water areas set aside, managed, and used to conduct research on, develop, test, and evaluate military munitions and explosives, other ordnance, or weapon systems, or to train military personnel in their use and handling. Ranges include firing lines and positions, maneuver areas, firing lanes, test pads, detonation pads, impact areas, and buffer zones with restricted access and exclusionary areas.

(f)"Unexploded ordnance (UXO)" means military munitions that have been primed, fused, armed, or otherwise prepared for action, and have been fired, dropped, launched, projected, or placed in such a manner as to constitute a hazard to operations, installation, personnel, or material and remain unexploded either by malfunction, design, or any other cause.

(3)Definition of solid waste.

(a)A military munition is not a solid waste when:

1.Used for its intended purpose, including:

(i)Use in training military personnel or explosives and munitions emergency response specialists (including training in proper destruction of unused propellant or other munitions); or

(ii)Use in research, development, testing, and evaluation of military munitions, weapons, or weapon systems; or

(iii)Recovery, collection, and on-range destruction of unexploded ordnance and munitions fragments during range clearance activities at active or inactive ranges. However, ??use for intended purpose?? does not include the on-range disposal or burial of unexploded ordnance and contaminants when the burial is not a result of product use.

2.An unused munition, or component thereof, is being repaired, reused, recycled, reclaimed, disassembled, reconfigured, or otherwise subjected to materials recovery activities, unless such activities involve use constituting disposal as defined in 335-14-2-.01(2)(c)1., or burning for energy recovery as defined in 335-14-2-.01(2)(c)2.

(b)An unused military munition is a solid waste when any of the following occurs:

1.The munition is abandoned by being disposed of, burned, detonated (except during intended use as specified in 335-14-7-.13(3)(a)), incinerated, or treated prior to disposal; or

2.The munition is removed from storage in a military magazine or other storage area for the purpose of being disposed of, burned, or incinerated, or treated prior to disposal, or

3.The munition is deteriorated or damaged (e.g., the integrity of the munition is compromised by cracks, leaks, or other damage) to the point that it cannot be put into serviceable condition, and cannot reasonably be recycled or used for other purposes; or

4.The munition has been declared a solid waste by an authorized military official.

(c)A used or fired military munition is a solid waste:

1.When transported off range or from the site of use, where the site of use is not a range, for the purposes of storage, reclamation, treatment, disposal, or treatment prior to disposal; or

2.If recovered, collected, and then disposed of by burial, or landfilling either on or off a range.

(d)For purposes of RCRA section 1004(27), a used or fired military munition is a solid waste, and, therefore, is potentially subject to RCRA corrective action authorities under sections 3004(u) and (v), and 3008(h), or imminent and substantial endangerment authorities under section 7003, if the munition lands off-range and is not promptly rendered safe and/or retrieved. Any imminent and substantial threats associated with any remaining material must be addressed. If remedial action is infeasible, the operator of the range must maintain a record of the event for as long as any threat remains. The record must include the type of munition and its location (to the extent the location is known).

(4)Standards applicable to the transportation of solid waste military munitions.

(a)Criteria for hazardous waste regulation of waste non-chemical military munitions in transportation.

1.Waste military munitions that are being transported and that exhibit a hazardous waste characteristic or are listed as hazardous waste under 335-14-2, are listed or identified as a hazardous waste (and thus are subject to regulation under 335-14-1 through 335-14-9), unless all the following conditions are met:

(i)The waste military munitions are not chemical agents or chemical munitions;

(ii)The waste military munitions must be transported in accordance with the Department of Defense shipping controls applicable to the transport of military munitions;

(iii)The waste military munitions must be transported from a military owned or operated installation to a military owned or operated treatment, storage, or disposal facility; and

(iv)The transporter of the waste must provide oral notice to the Department within 24 hours from the time the transporter becomes aware of any loss or theft of the waste military munitions, or any failure to meet a condition of 335-14-7-.13(4)(a)1. that may endanger health or the environment. In addition, a written submission describing the circumstances shall be provided within 5 days from the time the transporter becomes aware of any loss or theft of the waste military munitions or any failure to meet a condition of 335-14-7-.13(4)(a)1.

2.If any waste military munitions shipped under 335-14-7-.13(4)(a)1. are not received by the receiving facility within 45 days of the day the waste was shipped, the owner or operator of the receiving facility must report this non-receipt to the Department within 5 days.

3.The exemption in 335-14-7-.13(4)(a)1. from regulation as hazardous waste shall apply only to the transportation of non-chemical waste military munitions. It does not affect the regulatory status of waste military munitions as hazardous wastes with regard to storage, treatment, or disposal.

4.The conditional exemption in 335-14-7-.13(4)(a)1. applies only so long as all of the conditions in 335-14-7-.13(4)(a)1. are met.

(b)Reinstatement of exemption. If any waste military munition loses its exemption under 335-14-7-.13(4)(a)1., an application may be filed with the Department for reinstatement of the exemption from hazardous waste transportation regulation with respect to such munition as soon as the munition is returned to compliance with the conditions of 335-14-7-.13(4)(a)1. If the Department finds that reinstatement of the exemption is appropriate based on factors such as the transporter?s provision of a satisfactory explanation of the circumstances of the violation, or a demonstration that the violations are not likely to recur, the Department may reinstate the exemption under 335-14-7-.13(4)(a)1. If the Department does not take action on the reinstatement application within 60 days after receipt of the application, then reinstatement shall be deemed granted, retroactive to the date of the application. However, the Department may terminate a conditional exemption reinstated by default in the preceding sentence if the Department finds that reinstatement is inappropriate based on factors such as the transporter?s failure to provide a satisfactory explanation of the circumstances of the violation, or failure to demonstrate that the violations are not likely to recur. In reinstating the exemption under 335-14-7-.13(4)(a)1., the Department may specify additional conditions as are necessary to ensure and document proper transportation to protect human health and the environment.

(c)Amendments to DOD shipping controls. The Department of Defense shipping controls applicable to the transport of military munitions referenced in 335-14-7-.13(4)(a)1.(ii) are Government Bill of Lading (GBL) (GSA Standard Form 1109), requisition tracking form DD Form 1348, the Signature and Talley Record (DD Form 1907), Special Instructions for Motor Vehicle Drivers (DD Form 836), and the Motor Vehicle Inspection Report (DD Form 626) in effect on November 8, 1995, except as provided in the following sentence. Any amendments to the Department of Defense shipping controls shall become effective for purposes of 335-14-7-.13(4)(a)1. on the date the Department of Defense publishes notice in the Federal Register that the shipping controls referenced in 335-14-7-.13(4)(a)1.(ii) have been amended.

(5)Standards applicable to emergency responses.

(a)Explosives and munitions emergencies involving military munitions or explosives are subject to 335-14-2-.03(1)(i), 335-14-4-.01(1)(e), 335-14-5-.01(1)(g)8., 335-14-6-.01(1)(c)11., and 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)3., or alternatively to 335-14-8-.06(1).

(6)Standards applicable to the storage of solid waste military munitions.

(a)Criteria for hazardous waste regulation of waste non-chemical military munitions in storage.

1.Waste military munitions in storage that exhibit a hazardous waste characteristic or are listed as hazardous waste under 335-14-2, are listed or identified as a hazardous waste (and thus are subject to regulation under 335-14-1 through 335-14-17), unless all the following conditions are met:

(i)The waste military munitions are not chemical agents or chemical munitions.

(ii)The waste military munitions must be subject to the jurisdiction of the Department of Defense Explosives Safety Board (DDESB).

(iii)The waste military munitions must be stored in accordance with the DDESB storage standards applicable to waste military munitions.

(iv)Within 90 days of March 27, 1998 or within 90 days of when a storage unit is first used to store waste military munitions, whichever is later, the owner or operator must notify the Department of the location of any waste storage unit used to store waste military munitions for which the conditional exemption in 335-14-7-.13(6)(a)1. is claimed.

(v)The owner or operator must provide oral notice to the Department within 24 hours from the time the owner or operator becomes aware of any loss or theft of the waste military munitions, or any failure to meet a condition of 335-14-7-.13(6)(a)1. that may endanger health or the environment. In addition, a written submission describing the circumstances shall be provided within 5 days from the time the owner or operator becomes aware of any loss or theft of the waste military munitions or any failure to meet a condition of 335-14-7-.13(6)(a)1.

(vi)The owner or operator must inventory the waste military munitions at least annually, must inspect the waste military munitions at least quarterly for compliance with the conditions of 335-14-7-.13(6)(a)1., and must maintain records of the findings of these inventories and inspections for at least three years.

(vii)Access to the stored waste military munitions must be limited to appropriately trained and authorized personnel.

2.The conditional exemption in 335-14-7-.13(6)(a)1. from regulation as hazardous waste shall apply only to the storage of non-chemical waste military munitions. It does not affect the regulatory status of waste military munitions as hazardous wastes with regard to transportation, treatment, or disposal.

3.The conditional exemption in 335-14-7-.13(6)(a)1. applies only so long as all of the conditions in 335-14-7-.13(6)(a)1. are met.

(b)Notice of termination of waste storage. The owner or operator must notify the Department when a storage unit identified in 335-14-7-.13(6)(a)1.(iv) will no longer be used to store waste military munitions.

(c)Reinstatement of conditional exemption. If any waste military munition loses its conditional exemption under 335-14-7-.13(6)(a)1., an application may be filed with the Department for reinstatement of the conditional exemption from hazardous waste storage regulation with respect to such munition as soon as the munition is returned to compliance with the conditions of 335-14-7-.13(6)(a)1. If the Department finds that reinstatement of the conditional exemption is appropriate based on factors such as the owner?s or operator?s provision of a satisfactory explanation of the circumstances of the violation, or a demonstration that the violations are not likely to recur, the Department may reinstate the conditional exemption under 335-14-7-.13(6)(a)1. If the Department does not take action on the reinstatement application within 60 days after receipt of the application, then reinstatement shall be deemed granted, retroactive to the date of the application. However, the Department may terminate a conditional exemption reinstated by default in the preceding sentence if he/she finds that reinstatement is inappropriate based on factors such as the owner?s or operator?s failure to provide a satisfactory explanation of the circumstances of the violation, or failure to demonstrate that the violations are not likely to recur. In reinstating the conditional exemption under 335-14-7-.13(6)(a)1., the Department may specify additional conditions as are necessary to ensure and document proper storage to protect human health and the environment.

(d)Waste chemical munitions.

1.Waste military munitions that are chemical agents or chemical munitions and that exhibit a hazardous waste characteristic or are listed as hazardous waste under 335-14-2, are listed or identified as a hazardous waste and shall be subject to the applicable regulatory requirements of RCRA subtitle C.

2.Waste military munitions that are chemical agents or chemical munitions and that exhibit a hazardous waste characteristic or are listed as hazardous waste under 335-14-2, are not subject to the storage prohibition in RCRA section 3004(j), codified at 335-14-9-.05(1).

(e)Amendments to DDESB storage standards. The DDESB storage standards applicable to waste military munitions, referenced in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section, are DOD 6055.9?STD ("DOD Ammunition and Explosive Safety Standards"), in effect on November 8, 1995, except as provided in the following sentence. Any amendments to the DDESB storage standards shall become effective for purposes of 335-14-7-.13(6)(a)1. on the date the Department of Defense publishes notice in the Federal Register that the DDESB standards referenced in 335-14-7-.13(6)(a)1. have been amended.

(7)Standards applicable to the treatment and disposal of waste military munitions. The treatment and disposal of hazardous waste military munitions are subject to the applicable permitting, procedural, and technical standards in 335-14-1 through 335-14-9.

Author: C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: New Rule: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.7.14" level="3" title="Conditional Exemption For Low-Level Mixed Waste Storage, Treatment, Transportation, And Disposal"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="2"><dwc name="chromium" times="2"><dwc name="lead" times="2"><dwc name="mercuri" times="2"><dwc name="radionuclid" times="2"><dwc name="radioact" times="11">

(1)Definitions.

(a)"Agreement State" means a State that has entered into an agreement with the NRC under subsection 274b of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (68 Stat. 919), to assume responsibility for regulating within its borders byproduct, source, or special nuclear material in quantities not sufficient to form a critical mass.

(b)"Certified Delivery" means certified mail with return receipt requested, or equivalent courier service, or other means, that provides the sender with a receipt confirming delivery.

(c)"Eligible Naturally Occurring and/or Accelerator-produced Radioactive Material (NARM)" is NARM that is eligible for the Transportation and Disposal Conditional Exemption. It is a NARM waste that contains RCRA hazardous waste, meets the waste acceptance criteria of, and is allowed by State of Alabama NARM regulations to be disposed of at a low-level radioactive waste disposal facility (LLRWDF) licensed in accordance with 10 CFR part 61 or NRC Agreement State equivalent regulations.

(d)"Exempted Waste" means a waste that meets the eligibility criteria in 335-14-7-.14(3) and meets all of the conditions in 335-14-7-.14(4), or meets the eligibility criteria in 335-14-7-.14(12) and complies with all the conditions in 335-14-7-.14(13). Such waste is conditionally exempted from the regulatory definition of hazardous waste described in 335-14-2-.01(3).

(e)"Land Disposal Restriction (LDR) Treatment Standards" means treatment standards, under 335-14-9, that a RCRA hazardous waste must meet before it can be disposed of in a RCRA hazardous waste land disposal unit.

(f)"License" means a license issued by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, or NRC Agreement State, to users that manage radionuclides regulated by NRC, or NRC Agreement States, under authority of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.

(g)"Low-Level Mixed Waste (LLMW)" is a waste that contains both low-level radioactive waste and RCRA hazardous waste.

(h)"Low-Level Radioactive Waste (LLW)" is a radioactive waste which contains source, special nuclear, or byproduct material, and which is not classified as high-level radioactive waste, transuranic waste, spent nuclear fuel, or byproduct material as defined in section 11e.(2) of the Atomic Energy Act. (See also NRC definition of "waste" at 10 CFR 61.2)

(i)"Low-Level Radioactive Waste Disposal Facility (LLRWDF)" is a disposal facility licensed by the NRC or an NRC Agreement State to dispose of low-level radioactive waste.

(j)"Naturally Occurring and/or Accelerator-produced Radioactive Material (NARM)" means radioactive materials that:

1.Are naturally occurring and are not source, special nuclear, or byproduct materials (as defined by the AEA) or

2.Are produced by an accelerator.

Note: NARM is regulated by the States under State law, or by DOE (as authorized by the AEA) under DOE orders.

(l)"NRC" means the U. S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

(2)Storage and treatment conditional exemption applicability. The storage and treatment conditional exemption exempts LLMW from the regulatory definition of hazardous waste in 335-14-2-.01(3) if the waste meets the eligibility criteria in 335-14-7-.14(3) and the generator meets the conditions in 335-14-7-.14(4).

(3)Storage and treatment conditional exemption eligibility. LLMW is eligible for this conditional exemption if it is generated and managed under a single NRC or NRC Agreement State license. (Mixed waste generated at a facility with a different license number and shipped to another facility for storage or treatment requires a permit and is ineligible for this exemption. In addition, NARM waste is ineligible for this exemption.)

(4)Storage and treatment conditional exemption generator conditions.

(a)In order for LLMW to qualify for this exemption, the generator must notify the Department in writing by certified delivery that a conditional exemption for the stored LLMW is being claimed. The dated notification must include the generator's name, location address, EPA identification number, NRC or NRC Agreement State license number, the waste code(s) and storage unit(s) for which the exemption is sought, and a statement that the conditions of 335-14-7-.14(4) have been met. The notification must be signed by an authorized representative who certifies that the information in the notification is true, accurate, and complete. The Department must receive the notification either within 90 days after the effective date of this rule or within 90 days after a storage unit is first used to store conditionally exempt LLMW.

(b)To qualify for and maintain an exemption for LLMW, the generator must:

1.Store the waste in tanks or containers in compliance with the requirements of the NRC or NRC Agreement State license that apply to the proper storage of LLW (not including those license requirements that relate solely to recordkeeping);

2.Store the waste in tanks or containers in compliance with chemical compatibility requirements of a tank or container in 335-14-5-.09(8), 335-14-5-.10(10), 335-14-6-.09(8), or 335-14-6-.10(10);

3.Certify that facility personnel who manage stored conditionally exempt LLMW are trained in a manner that ensures that the conditionally exempt waste is safely managed and includes training in chemical waste management and hazardous materials incidents response that meets the personnel training standards found in 335-14-6-.02(7)(a)3.;

4.Conduct an inventory of stored conditionally exempt LLMW at least annually (no more than 365 days from the date of the previous annual inventory) and inspect it at least quarterly (no more than 90 days from the date of the previous quarterly inspection) for compliance with 335-14-7-.14; and

5.Maintain an accurate emergency plan and provide it to all local authorities who may have to respond to a fire, explosion, or release of hazardous waste or hazardous constituents. The plan must describe emergency response arrangements with local authorities; describe evacuation plans; list the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of all facility personnel qualified to work with local authorities as emergency coordinators; and list emergency equipment.

(5)Storage and treatment conditional exemption waste treatment. The generator may treat LLMW within a tank or container in accordance with the terms of the generator's NRC or NRC Agreement State license and the Alabama Hazardous Waste Management and Minimization Act. Treatment that cannot be done in a tank or container without a RCRA permit (such as incineration) is not allowed under this exemption.

(6)Loss of storage and treatment conditional exemption.

(a)LLMW will automatically lose the storage and treatment conditional exemption if the generator fails to meet any of the conditions specified in 335-14-7-.14(4). LLMW that has lost the exemption must immediately be managed as RCRA hazardous waste and the storage unit storing the LLMW immediately becomes subject to RCRA hazardous waste container and/or tank storage requirements.

1.A generator who fails to meet any of the conditions specified in 335-14-7-.14(4) must report to ADEM and the NRC, or the oversight agency in the NRC Agreement State, in writing by certified delivery within 30 days after learning of the failure. The report must be signed by an authorized representative certifying that the information provided is true, accurate, and complete. This report must include:

(i)The specific condition(s) which the generator failed to meet;

(ii)A description of the LLMW (including the waste name, hazardous waste codes and quantity) and storage location at the facility; and

(iii)The date(s) on which the failure(s) occurred.

2.If the failure to meet any of the conditions may endanger human health or the environment, the generator must also immediately notify ADEM orally within 24 hours and follow up with a written notification within five days after the failure. Failures that may endanger human health or the environment include, but are not limited to, discharge of a CERCLA reportable quantity or other leaking or exploding tanks or containers, or detection of radionuclides above background or hazardous constituents in the leachate collection system of a storage area. If the failure may endanger human health or the environment, the provisions of the emergency plan must be implemented.

(b)The Department may terminate the conditional exemption for LLMW, or require additional conditions to claim a conditional exemption, for serious or repeated noncompliance with any requirement(s) of 335-14-7-.14.

(7)Reclaiming a lost storage and treatment conditional exemption.

(a)A generator may reclaim a lost storage and treatment exemption for LLMW if:

1.The conditions specified in 335-14-7-.14(4) are met; and

2.The generator notifies ADEM by certified delivery that a lost exemption for LLMW is being reclaimed. The notice must be signed by an authorized representative certifying that the information contained in the notice is true, complete, and accurate. The notice must:

(i)Explain the circumstances of each failure.

(ii)Certify that the generator has corrected each failure that caused the exemption for LLMW to be lost and that the generator again meets all the conditions as of the date of the notice.

(iii)Describe plans that have been implemented, listing specific steps taken, to ensure the conditions will be met in the future.

(iv)Include any other information ADEM should consider when reviewing the notice reclaiming the exemption.

(b)The Department may terminate a reclaimed conditional exemption if the generator's claim is found to be inappropriate based on factors including, but not limited to, the following: failure to correct the problem; unsatisfactory explanation of the circumstances of the failure; or failure to implement a plan with steps to prevent another failure to meet the conditions of 335-14-7-.14(4). In reviewing a reclaimed conditional exemption under this section, the Department may add conditions to the exemption to ensure that waste management during storage and treatment of the LLMW will protect human health and the environment.

(8)Storage and treatment conditional exemption recordkeeping.

(a)In addition to those records required by the NRC or NRC Agreement State license, the following records must be maintained:

1.Initial notification records, return receipts, reports of failure(s) to meet the exemption conditions, and all records supporting any reclaim of an exemption;

2.Records of LLMW annual inventories and quarterly inspections;

3.Certification that facility personnel who manage stored mixed waste are trained in safe management of LLMW including training in chemical waste management and hazardous materials incidents response; and

4.Emergency plan as specified in 335-14-7-.14(4)(b).

(b)Records concerning notification, personnel trained, and the emergency plan must be maintained for as long as this exemption is claimed and for three years thereafter, or in accordance with NRC regulations under 10 CFR part 20 (or equivalent NRC Agreement State regulations), whichever is longer. Records concerning annual inventories and quarterly inspections must be maintained for three years after the waste is sent for disposal, or in accordance with NRC regulations under 10 CFR part 20 (or equivalent NRC Agreement State regulations), whichever is longer.

(9)Storage and treatment conditional exemption ineligibility.

(a)When LLMW has met the requirements of the generator's NRC or NRC Agreement State license for decay-in-storage and can be disposed of as non-radioactive waste, then the conditional exemption for storage no longer applies. On that date, the waste is subject to hazardous waste regulation under the relevant sections of 335-14-1 through 335-14-9, and the time period for accumulation of a hazardous waste as specified in 335-14-3-.03(5) begins.

(b)When conditionally exempt LLMW which has been generated and stored under a single NRC or NRC Agreement State license number is removed from storage, it is no longer eligible for the storage and treatment exemption. However, the waste may be eligible for the transportation and disposal conditional exemption at 335-14-7-.14(11).

(10)Storage unit closure. Interim status and permitted storage units that have been used to store only LLMW prior to the effective date of 335-14-7-.14 and, after that date, store only LLMW which becomes exempt under 335-14-7-.14, are not subject to the closure requirements of 335-14-5 and 335-14-6. Storage units (or portions of units) that have been used to store both LLMW and non-mixed hazardous waste prior to the effective date of 335-14-7-.14 or are used to store both after that date remain subject to closure requirements with respect to the non-mixed hazardous waste.

(11)Transportation and disposal conditional exemption applicability. The transportation and disposal conditional exemption exempts waste from the regulatory definition of hazardous waste in 335-14-2-.01(3) if the waste meets the eligibility criteria of 335-14-7-.14(12) and the generator meets the conditions in 335-14-7-.14(13).

(12)Transportation and disposal conditional exemption eligibility.

(a)Eligible waste must be:

1.A LLMW, as defined in 335-14-7-.14(1), that meets the waste acceptance criteria of a LLRWDF; and/or

2.An eligible NARM waste, defined in 335-14-7-.14(1).

(b)Reserved.

(13)Transportation and disposal conditional exemption conditions.

(a)To qualify for and maintain the transportation and disposal conditional exemption, the following conditions must be met:

1.The eligible waste must meet or be treated to meet LDR treatment standards, as described in 335-14-7-.14(14).

2.The generator must manifest and transport the exempted waste according to NRC regulations, as described in 335-14-7-.14(15).

3.The exempted waste must be in containers when it is disposed of in the LLRWDF, as described in 335-14-7-.14(18).

4.The exempted waste must be disposed of at a designated LLRWDF, as described in 335-14-7-.14(17).

(b)Reserved.

(14)Transportation and disposal conditional exemption treatment standards. LLMW or eligible NARM waste must meet LDR treatment standards specified in 335-14-9-.04.

(15)Transportation and disposal conditional exemption manifest and transportation condition. If the generator is not already subject to NRC or NRC Agreement State equivalent manifest and transportation regulations for the shipment of waste, the generator must meet the manifest requirements under 10 CFR 20.2006 (or NRC Agreement State equivalent regulations) and the transportation requirements under 10 CFR 1.5 (or NRC Agreement State equivalent regulations) to ship the exempted waste.

(16)Transportation and disposal conditional exemption effective date.

(a)The exemption becomes effective once all the following have occurred:

1.The eligible waste meets the applicable LDR treatment standards;

2.The generator has received return receipts confirming notification of ADEM and the LLRWDF, as described in 335-14-7-.14(19);

3.The waste has been packaged and prepared for shipment according to NRC Packaging and Transportation regulations found under 10 CFR 71 (or NRC Agreement State equivalent regulations) and a manifest has been prepared according to NRC manifest regulations found under 10 CFR 20 (or NRC Agreement State equivalent regulations); and

4.The waste has been placed on a transportation vehicle destined for a LLRWDF licensed by NRC or an NRC Agreement State.

(b)Reserved.

(17)Transportation and disposal conditional exemption acceptable disposal facilities. Exempted waste must be disposed of in a LLRWDF that is regulated and licensed by NRC under 10 CFR 61 or by an NRC Agreement State under equivalent State regulations, including State of Alabama NARM licensing regulations for eligible NARM.

(18)Transportation and disposal conditional exemption container requirements.

(a)Exempted waste must be placed in containers before it is disposed.

(b)The container must be:

1.A carbon steel drum; or

2.An alternative container with equivalent containment performance in the disposal environment as a carbon steel drum; or

3.A high integrity container as defined by NRC.

(19)Transportation and disposal conditional exemption notification requirements.

(a)A one-time notice must be provided to ADEM stating that the transportation and disposal conditional exemption is being claimed prior to the initial shipment of an exempted waste to a LLRWDF. The dated written notice, sent by certified delivery, must include facility name, address, phone number, and EPA identification number.

(b)The LLRWDF receiving the exempted waste must be notified by certified delivery before each shipment of exempted waste. The waste must not be shipped until after the generator has received the return receipt of the notice to the LLRWDF. This notification must include the following:

1.A statement by the generator claiming the exemption for the waste;

2.A statement that the eligible waste meets applicable LDR treatment standards;

3.The facility's name, address, and EPA identification number;

4.The applicable hazardous waste codes prior to the exemption of the waste streams;

5.A statement that the exempted waste must be placed in a container according to 335-14-7-.14(18) prior to disposal in order for the waste to remain exempt under the transportation and disposal conditional exemption of 335-14-7-.14;

6.The manifest number of the shipment that will contain the exempted waste; and

7.A certification that all the information provided is true, complete, and accurate. An authorized representative of the generator must sign the statement.

(20)Transportation and disposal conditional exemption recordkeeping.

(a)In addition to those records required by an NRC or NRC Agreement State license, the generator must maintain the following records:

1.Documents required by the applicable recordkeeping requirements of 335-14-5-.05(4), 335-14-6-.05(4), and 335-14-9-.07(7) to demonstrate that the waste has met LDR treatment standards prior to claiming the exemption;

2.Copies of all notifications and return receipts required by 335-14-7-.14(21) and 335-14-7-.14(22) for three years after the exempted waste is sent for disposal;

3.Copies of all notifications and return receipts required by 335-14-7-.14(19)(a) for three years after the last exempted waste is sent for disposal;

4.Copies of the notification and return receipts required by 335-14-7-.14(19)(b) for three years after the exempted waste is sent for disposal; and

(b)If not already required by the NRC or NRC Agreement State equivalent manifest and transportation regulations, all other documents related to tracking the exempted waste as required under 10 CFR 20.2006 or NRC Agreement State equivalent regulations, including applicable NARM requirements, in addition to the records specified in 335-14-7-.14(20)(a)1. through 4.

(21)Loss of transportation and disposal conditional exemption.

(a)Any waste will automatically lose the transportation and disposal exemption if the generator fails to manage it in accordance with all of the conditions specified in 335-14-7-.14(13).

1.When failing to meet any of the conditions specified in 335-14-7-.14(13) for any wastes, the generator must report to ADEM, in writing by certified delivery, within 30 days after learning of the failure. The report must be signed by an authorized representative certifying that the information provided is true, accurate, and complete. This report must include:

(i)The specific condition(s) that the generator failed to meet for the waste;

(ii)A description of the waste (including the waste name, hazardous waste codes and quantity) that lost the exemption; and

(iii)The date(s) on which the failure(s) occurred.

2.If the failure to meet any of the conditions may endanger human health or the environment, the generator must also immediately notify ADEM orally within 24 hours and follow up with a written notification within 5 days after learning of the failure.

(b)The Department may terminate a generator's ability to claim a conditional exemption, or require additional conditions to claim a conditional exemption, for serious or repeated noncompliance with any requirement(s) of 335-14-7-.14.

(22)Reclaiming a lost transportation and disposal conditional exemption.

(a)A generator may reclaim the transportation and disposal exemption for a waste after receiving a return receipt confirming that ADEM received a notification of the loss of the exemption specified in 335-14-7-.14(21)(a) and if:

1.The generator again meets the conditions specified in 335-14-7-.14(13) for the waste; and

2.The generator notifies ADEM, by certified delivery, that the exemption for the waste is being reclaimed. The notice must be signed by an authorized representative certifying that the information provided is true, accurate, and complete and must:

(i)Explain the circumstances of each failure;

(ii)Certify that each failure that caused the loss of the exemption for the waste has been corrected and that the generator again meets all conditions for the waste as of the date of the notice;

(iii)Describe plans that have been implemented, listing the specific steps taken, to ensure that conditions will be met in the future; and

(iv)Include any other information ADEM should consider when reviewing the notice reclaiming the exemption.

(b)The Department may terminate a reclaimed conditional exemption if the generator's claim is found to be inappropriate based on factors including, but not limited to: failure to correct the problem; unsatisfactory explanation of the circumstances of the failure; or failure to implement a plan with steps to prevent another failure to meet the conditions of 335-14-7-.14(13). In reviewing a reclaimed conditional exemption under 335-14-7-.14, the Department may add conditions to the exemption to ensure that transportation and disposal activities will protect human health and the environment.

Authors: Michael B. Champion; Vernon H. Crockett

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-20, 22-30-19, 22-30-16, 22-30-15, 22-30-14, 22-30-12, 22-30-11, 22-30-10.

History: New Rule: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed April 22, 2004; effective May 27, 2004.

335-14-7APPENDIX I - Tier I And Tier II Feed Rate And Emissions Screening Limits For Metals. 40 CFR, Part 266 Appendix I, of the Environmental Protection Agency Regulations governing hazardous waste burned in boilers and industrial furnaces, is incorporated herein by reference as it exists in 40 CFR, Part 266 as published on July 1, 1997.

Any provisions of 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix I which are inconsistent with other provisions of the ADEM Administrative Code are not incorporated herein by reference.

The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. New Rule: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

335-14-7APPENDIX II - Tier I Feed Rate Screening Limits For Total Chlorine And Chloride. 40 CFR, Part 266 Appendix II, of the Environmental Protection Agency Regulations governing hazardous waste burned in boilers and industrial furnaces, is incorporated herein by reference as it exists in 40 CFR, Part 266 as published on July 1, 1997.

Any provisions of 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix II which are inconsistent with other provisions of the ADEM Administrative Code are not incorporated herein by reference.

The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. New Rule: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

335-14-7APPENDIX III - Tier II Emission Rate Screening Limits For Free Chlorine And Hydrogen Chloride. 40 CFR, Part 266 Appendix III, of the Environmental Protection Agency Regulations governing hazardous waste burned in boilers and industrial furnaces, is incorporated herein by reference as it exists in 40 CFR, Part 266 as published on July 1, 1997.

Any provisions of 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix III which are inconsistent with other provisions of the ADEM Administrative Code are not incorporated herein by reference.

The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. New Rule: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

335-14-7APPENDIX IV - Reference Air Concentrations. 40 CFR, Part 266 Appendix IV, of the Environmental Protection Agency Regulations governing hazardous waste burned in boilers and industrial furnaces, is incorporated herein by reference as it exists in 40 CFR, Part 266 as published on July 1, 1997.

Any provisions of 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix IV which are inconsistent with other provisions of the ADEM Administrative Code are not incorporated herein by reference.

The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-

History: January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. New Rule: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

335-14-7APPENDIX V - Risk Specific Doses. 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix V, of the Environmental Protection Agency Regulations governing hazardous waste burned in boilers and industrial furnaces, is incorporated herein by reference as it exists in 40 CFR, Part 266 as published on July 1, 1997.

Any provisions of 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix V which are inconsistent with other provisions of the ADEM Administrative Code are not incorporated herein by reference.

The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. New Rule: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

335-14-7APPENDIX VI - Stack Plume Rise. 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix VI, of the Environmental Protection Agency Regulations governing hazardous waste burned in boilers and industrial furnaces, is incorporated herein by reference as it exists in 40 CFR, Part 266 as published on July 1, 1997.

Any provisions of 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix VI which are inconsistent with other provisions of the ADEM Administrative Code are not incorporated herein by reference.

The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Amy P Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. New Rule: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

335-14-7APPENDIX VII - Health Based Limits For Exclusion Of Waste-Derived Residues. 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix VII, of the Environmental Protection Agency Regulations governing hazardous waste burned in boilers and industrial furnaces, is incorporated herein by reference as it exists in 40 CFR, Part 266 as published on July 1, 1997.

Any provisions of 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix VII which are inconsistent with other provisions of the ADEM Administrative Code are not incorporated herein by reference.

The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

Author: Stephen C. Maurer, Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. New Rule: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

335-14-7APPENDIX VIII - Potential PICs For Determination Of Exclusion Of Waste-Derived Residues. 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix VIII, of the Environmental Protection Agency Regulations governing hazardous waste burned in boilers and industrial furnaces, is incorporated herein by reference as it exists in 40 CFR, Part 266 as published on July 1, 2000.

Any provisions of 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix VIII which are inconsistent with other provisions of the ADEM Administrative Code are not incorporated herein by reference.

The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. New Rule: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

335-14-7APPENDIX IX - Methods Manual For Compliance With The BIF Regulations. 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix IX, of the Environmental Protection Agency Regulations governing hazardous waste burned in boilers and industrial furnaces, is incorporated herein by reference as it exists in 40 CFR, Part 266 as published on July 1, 1997.

Any provisions of 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix IX which are inconsistent with other provisions of the ADEM Administrative Code are not incorporated herein by reference.

The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. New Rule: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

335-14-7APPENDIX X - [Reserved]

335-14-7APPENDIX XI - Lead Bearing Materials That May Be Processed In Exempt Lead Smelters. 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix XI, of the Environmental Protection Agency Regulations governing hazardous waste burned in boilers and industrial furnaces, is incorporated herein by reference as it exists in 40 CFR, Part 266 as published on July 1, 1997.

Any provisions of 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix XI which are inconsistent with other provisions of the ADEM Administrative Code are not incorporated herein by reference.

The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. New Rule: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

335-14-7APPENDIX XII - Nickel Or Chromium-Bearing Materials That May Be Processed In Exempt Nickel-Chromium Recovery Furnaces. 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix XII, of the Environmental Protection Agency Regulations governing hazardous waste burned in boilers and industrial furnaces, is incorporated herein by reference as it exists in 40 CFR, Part 266 as published on July 1, 1997.

Any provisions of 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix XII which are inconsistent with other provisions of the ADEM Administrative Code are not incorporated herein by reference.

The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. New Rule: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

335-14-7APPENDIX XIII - Mercury Bearing Wastes That May Be Processed In Exempt Mercury Recovery Units. 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix XIII, of the Environmental Protection Agency Regulations governing hazardous waste burned in boilers and industrial furnaces, is incorporated herein by reference as it exists in 40 CFR, Part 266 as published on July 1, 1997.

Any provisions of 40 CFR Part 266 Appendix XIII which are inconsistent with other provisions of the ADEM Administrative Code are not incorporated herein by reference.

The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

Authors: C. Lynn Garthright, Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: New Rule: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 26, 1995. New Rule: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-14-8" level="2" title="PERMIT PROGRAM">

<regElement name="335.14.8.01" level="3" title="General Information"> <dwc name="lead" times="1">

(1)Purpose and scope.

(a)Coverage.

1.These permit regulations establish the procedures for obtaining a permit to transport, store, treat, or dispose of hazardous waste in compliance with the AHWMMA. The technical standards used to determine the requirements of any permit are set out in 335-14-3, 335-14-4, 335-14-5 and 335-14-7. These permit regulations also apply to the denial of a permit for the active life of an AHWMMA hazardous waste management facility or unit under 335-14-8-.02(20).

2.Unless they qualify for interim status under 335-14-8-.07, all owners and operators of hazardous waste treatment, storage, and disposal facilities and all transporters of hazardous waste must apply for and receive a permit from the Department before the construction of any facility or the transportation of any hazardous waste.

(b)[Reserved]

(c)Scope of the AHWMMA permit requirement. AHWMMA requires a permit for the "treatment", "storage", and "disposal" of any "hazardous waste" as identified or listed in 335-14-2. The terms "treatment", "storage", "disposal", and "hazardous waste" are defined in 335-14-1-.02. Owners and operators of hazardous waste management units must have permits during the active life (including the closure period) of the unit. Owners or operators of surface impoundments, landfills, land treatment units, and waste pile units that received wastes after July 26, 1982, or that certified closure (according to 335-14-6-.07(6)) after January 26, 1983, must have post-closure permits, unless they demonstrate closure by removal as provided under 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)5. and 6., or obtain an enforceable post-closure document, as provided under 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7. If a post-closure permit is required, the permit must address applicable 335-14-5 requirements (Groundwater Monitoring, Unsaturated Zone Monitoring, Corrective Action, and Post-Closure Care). The denial of a permit for the active life of a hazardous waste management facility or unit does not affect the requirement to obtain a post-closure permit under 335-14-8-.01(1).

1.[Reserved]

2.Specific exclusions. The following persons are among those who are not required to obtain an AHWMMA permit:

(i)Generators who accumulate hazardous waste on-site for less than the time periods provided in 335-14-3-.03(5);

(ii)Farmers who dispose of hazardous waste pesticides from their own use as provided in 335-14-3-.07(1);

(iii)Persons who own or operate facilities solely for the treatment, storage or disposal of hazardous waste excluded from regulation under 335-14-8 by 335-14-2-.01(4) or (5) (conditionally exempt small quantity generator exemption);

(iv)Owners or operators of totally enclosed treatment facilities as defined in 335-14-1-.02;

(v)Owners and operators of elementary neutralization units or wastewater treatment units as defined in 335-14-1-.02 which manage only wastes and/or wastewaters generated on-site, or which are POTWs or privatized municipal wastewater treatment facilities;

[Note: Commercial treatment, or treatment except by the generator, of wastes and/or wastewaters in elementary neutralization or wastewater treatment units are not exempt from the requirement to obtain an AHWMMA permit.]

(vi)Transporters storing manifested shipments of hazardous waste in containers meeting the requirements of 335-14-3-.03(1) at a transfer facility for a period of ten days or less are not required to obtain a storage facility permit but must have a transporter permit;

(vii)Persons adding absorbent material to waste in a container and persons adding waste to absorbent material in a container, provided that these actions occur at the time waste is first placed in the container, and 335-14-5-.02(8)(b) and 335-14-5-.09(2) and (3) are complied with;

(viii)Generators treating on-site generated hazardous wastes by evaporation in tanks or containers provided that:

(I)The generator complies with the applicable requirements of 335-14-3,

(II)Such treatment does not result in the emission or discharge of hazardous wastes or hazardous constituents into the environment in excess of any standard(s) promulgated by the Department or the Environmental Protection Agency,

(III)With respect to treatment, the generator complies with the applicable requirements of 335-14-5-.02(5), 335-14-5-.02(6), 335-14-5-.02(7), 335-14-5-.02(8), 335-14-5-.03, 335-14-5-.04, 335-14-5-.07(2), 335-14-5-.07(5), 335-14-5-.09 and 335-14-5-.10,

(IV)Such treatment minimizes the amount of hazardous wastes which are subsequently generated, treated, and/or disposed, and

(V)The generator provides the Department with written notice of intent to treat such hazardous wastes on or before the effective date of 335-14-8-.01 or at least 60 days prior to the initiation of waste treatment, which ever date occurs last. This notice must provide documentation of compliance with the requirements of 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)2.(viii) (II), (III), and (IV), and must be maintained for the life of the facility and be available for inspection;

(ix)Universal waste handlers and universal waste transporters [as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1)] managing the wastes listed below. These handlers are subject to regulation under 335-14-11:

(I)Batteries as described in 335-14-11-.01(2),

(II)Pesticides as described in 335-14-11-.01(3),

(III)Thermostats as described in 335-14-11-.01(4), and

(IV)Lamps as described in 335-14-11-.01(5);

(x)Generators treating on-site generated hazardous wastes in tanks or containers by physical or mechanical processes (e.g., compacting rags, crushing fluorescent lamps) solely for the purpose of reducing the bulk volume of the waste which must be subsequently managed as a hazardous waste provided that:

(I)The generator complies with the applicable requirements of 335-14-3;

(II)The treatment process does not result in a change in the chemical composition of the waste(s) treated;

(III)No mixing of different waste streams occurs;

(IV)No free liquids are included in the waste(s) to be treated or generated by the treatment process;

(V)The potential for ignition and/or reaction of the waste during treatment and/or as the result of treatment does not exist;

(VI)The treatment reduces the volume of hazardous waste which must be subsequently managed;

(VII)Such treatment does not result in the emission or discharge of hazardous wastes or hazardous constituents into the environment in excess of any standard(s) promulgated by the Department or the Environmental Protection Agency;

(VIII)With respect to treatment, the generator complies with the applicable requirements of 335-14-5-.02(5), 335-14-5-.02(6), 335-14-5-.02(7), 335-14-5-.02(8), 335-14-5-.03, 335-14-5-.04, 335-14-5-.07(2), 335-14-5-.07(5), 335-14-5-.09, 335-14-5-.10; and

(IX)The generator provides the Department with written notice of intent to treat such hazardous wastes on or before the effective date of 335-14-8-.01 or at least 60 days prior to the initiation of waste treatment, whichever date occurs last. This notice must provide documentation of compliance with the requirements of 335-14-8-.01(1)(c) 2.(x)(II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII), and (VIII), and must be maintained for the life of the facility and be available for inspection.

3.Further exclusions.

(i)A person is not required to obtain a permit under 335-14-8 for treatment or containment activities taken during immediate response to any of the following situations:

(I)A discharge of a hazardous waste;

(II)An imminent and substantial threat of a discharge of hazardous waste;

(III)A discharge of a material which, when discharged, becomes a hazardous waste; or

(IV)An immediate threat to human health, public safety, property, or the environment from the known or suspected presence of military munitions, other explosive material, or an explosive device, as determined by an explosive or munitions emergency response specialist as defined in 335-14-1-.02(1).

(ii)Transporters who have received an emergency EPA or Alabama identification number in order to provide emergency transportation from cleanup of a discharge under 335-14-8-.01(1)(c).

(iii)In the case of emergency responses involving military munitions, the responding military emergency response specialist?s organizational unit must retain records for three years identifying the dates of the response, the responsible persons responding, the type and description of material addressed, and its disposition.

(iv)Any person who continues or initiates hazardous waste treatment, containment or transportation activities after the immediate response is over is subject to all applicable requirements of 335-14-8 for those activities.

(v)A person who receives hazardous waste from off-site for the purpose of reclamation/recycling in a unit or process which is exempted from regulation pursuant to 335-14-2-.01(6) is not required to obtain a permit under 335-14-8 for storage of the waste prior to introduction into the exempt reclamation/recycling process provided that:

(I)The hazardous waste is introduced into the exempt process within three days of receipt at the facility; and

(II)The hazardous waste is managed in containers, tanks, or containment buildings and the owner/operator complies with all applicable requirements of 335-14-5-.02, 335-14-5-.03, 335-14-5-.04, 335-14-5-.05, 335-14-5-.07(2), 335-14-5-.07(5), 335-14-5-.09, 335-14-5-.10, 335-14-5-.27, 335-14-5-.28, 335-14-5-.29, and 335-14-5-.30.

4.Permits for less than an entire facility. The Department may issue or deny a permit for one or more units at a facility without simultaneously issuing or denying a permit to all of the units at the facility. The Department may issue or deny a permit for a particular unit(s) at a facility without affecting the interim status permit(s) for other units at the facility.

5.Closure by removal. Owners/operators of surface impoundments, land treatment units, and waste piles closing by removal or decontamination under 335-14-6 standards must obtain a post-closure permit unless they can demonstrate to the Department that the closure met the standards for closure by removal or decontamination in 335-14-5-.11(9), 335-14-5-.13(11)(e), or 335-14-5-.12(9), respectively. The demonstration may be made in the following ways:

(i)If the owner/operator has submitted a Part B application for a post-closure permit, the owner/operator may request a determination, based on information contained in the application, that 335-14-5 closure by removal standards were met. If the Department believes that 335-14-5 standards were met, the Department will notify the public of this proposed decision, allow for public comment, and reach a final determination according to the procedures in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)6.

(ii)If the owner/operator has not submitted a Part B application for a post-closure permit, the owner/operator may petition the Department for a determination that a post-closure permit is not required because the closure met the applicable 335-14-5 closure standards.

(I)The petition must include data demonstrating that closure by removal or decontamination standards were met or exceeded under the applicable 335-14-5 closure-by-removal standard.

(II)The Department shall approve or deny the petition according to the procedures outlined in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)6.

6.Procedures for closure equivalency determination.

(i)If a facility owner/operator seeks an equivalency demonstration under 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)5., the Department will provide the public, through a newspaper notice, the opportunity to submit written comments on the information submitted by the owner/operator within 30 days from the date of the notice. The Department will also, in response to a request or at its own discretion, hold a public hearing whenever such a hearing might clarify one or more issues concerning the equivalence of the 335-14-6 closure to a 335-14-5 closure. The Department will give public notice of the hearing at least 30 days before it occurs. (Public notice of the hearing may be given at the same time as notice of the opportunity for the public to submit written comments, and the two notices may be combined.)

(ii)The Department will determine whether the Chapter 335-14-6 closure met 335-14-5 closure by removal or decontamination requirements within 90 days of its receipt. If the Department finds that the closure did not meet the applicable 335-14-5 standards, it will provide the owner/operator with a written statement of the reasons why the closure failed to meet 335-14-5 standards. The owner/operator may submit additional information in support of an equivalency demonstration within 30 days after receiving such written statement. The Department will review any additional information submitted and make a final determination within 60 days.

(iii)If the Department determines that the facility did not close in accordance with 335-14-5 closure by removal standards, the facility is subject to post-closure permitting requirements.

7.Enforceable documents for post-closure care. At the Department?s discretion, an owner or operator may obtain, an enforceable document for post-closure care imposing the requirements of 335-14-6-.07(12). "Enforceable document" means an order, a plan, or other document issued, or approved, by EPA or the Department under an authority that meets the requirements of 40 CFR 271.16(e) including, but not limited to, a corrective action order issued by EPA or the Department under section 3008(h) of RCRA, a CERCLA remedial action, or a closure or post-closure plan.

(2)Definitions. In addition to the definitions in 335-14-1-.02(1), for the purposes of 335-14-8, the following words mean:

(a)"Application" means the EPA standard national forms for applying for a permit, including any additions, revisions or modifications by the Department. Application also includes the information required by the Department in 335-14-8-.02(5) through (19) (contents of Part B of the application).

(b)"Closure" means the act of securing a facility pursuant to the requirements of 335-14-5.

(c)"Component" means any constituent part of a unit or any group of constituent parts of a unit which are assembled to perform a specific function (e.g., a pump seal, pump, kiln liner, kiln thermocouple).

(d)"CWA" or "Clean Water Act" means the act formerly referred to as the Federal Water Pollution Control Act and the amendments to that act.

(e)"Draft permit" means a document prepared under 335-14-8-.08(3) indicating the Department's tentative decision to issue or deny, modify, revoke and reissue, terminate, or reissue a permit. A notice of intent to terminate a permit and a notice of intent to deny a permit are types of draft permits. A denial of a request for modification, revocation and reissuance, or termination is not a draft permit. (See 335-14-8-.08(5).) A proposed permit is not a draft permit.

(f)"Emergency permit" means a permit issued in accordance with 335-14-8-.06(1).

(g)"Facility mailing list" means the mailing list for a facility maintained by ADEM in accordance with 335-14-8-.08(6)(c)1.(iv).

(h)"Functionally equivalent component" means a component which performs the same function or measurement and which meets or exceeds the performance specifications of another component.

(i)"Hazardous Waste Management facility" or "HWM facility" means a facility as defined in 335-14-1-.02.

(j)"In operation" means a facility which is treating, storing or disposing of hazardous waste.

(k)"Major facility" means any facility or activity classed as such by the Department.

(l)"National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System" or "NPDES" means the program for issuing, modifying, revoking and reissuing, terminating, monitoring and enforcing permits, and enforcing pretreatment requirements under the Alabama Water Pollution Control Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22-1 to 22-22-14, as amended, and the regulations in Division 6 of the Department's Administrative Code.

(m)"Permit" means an authorization or equivalent control document issued by the Department to implement the requirements of 335-14-8. Permit does not include any authorization which has not been the subject of final administrative action, such as a draft permit or a proposed permit; but permit does include interim status permits to the extent set out in 335-14-8-.07.

(n)"Physical construction" means excavation, movement of earth, erection of forms or structures, or similar activity to prepare a hazardous waste management facility to accept hazardous waste.

(o)"Post-closure permit" means a permit which addresses the post-closure care requirements for closed hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal unit(s) at a facility. The term "post-closure permit" includes both post-closure only permits and the post-closure care portions of operating permits.

(p)"Post-closure only permit" means a permit for a facility at which the only hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal activities conducted which require a permit pursuant to 335-14-8 are activities related to the post-closure care, monitoring, and/or corrective actions performed at closed hazardous waste management units. Corrective actions specified in post-closure only permits shall include activities related to regulated hazardous waste management units as well as solid waste management units (SWMU) and areas of concern (AOC).

(q)"Remedial Action Plan" or "RAP" means a special form of AHWMMA permit that a facility owner or operator may obtain instead of a permit issued under 335-14-8-.01(3) through 8-.06(5), to authorize the treatment, storage or disposal of hazardous remediation waste (as defined in 335-14-1-.02) at a remediation waste management site.

(r)"Schedule of compliance" means a schedule of remedial measures included in a permit, including an enforceable sequence of interim requirements leading to compliance with the AHWMMA and Division 335-14.

(s)"SDWA" or the "Safe Drinking Water Act" means Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-23-30 to 22-23-54, as amended.

(t)"Site" means the land or water area where any facility or activity is physically located or conducted, including adjacent land used in connection with the facility or activity.

(u)"Underground source of drinking water" or "USDW" means an aquifer or its portion:

1.(i)Which supplies any public water system; or

(ii)Which contains a sufficient quantity of groundwater to supply a public water system; and

(I)Currently supplies drinking water for human consumption; or

(II)Contains fewer than 10,000 mg/liter total dissolved solids; and

2.Which is not an exempted aquifer.

(3)Considerations under federal law. The following is a list of Federal laws that may apply to the issuance of permits under these Rules. When any of these laws is applicable, its procedures must be followed. When the applicable law requires consideration or adoption of particular permit conditions or requires the denial of a permit, those requirements also must be followed:

(a)The Wild and Scenic Rivers Act, 16 U.S.C. 1273 et seq.

(b)The National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, 16 U.S.C. 470 et seq.

(c)The Endangered Species Act, 16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.

(d)The Coastal Zone Management Act, 16 U.S.C. 661 et seq.

(4)Effect of permit.

(a)Compliance with an AHWMMA permit during its term constitutes compliance, for purposes of enforcement, with Subtitle C of RCRA except for those requirements not included in the permit which:

1.Become effective by statute;

2.Are promulgated under 335-14-9 restricting the placement of hazardous wastes in or on the land;

3.Are promulgated under 335-14-5 regarding leak detection systems for new and replacement surface impoundment, waste pile, and landfill units and lateral expansions of surface impoundment, waste pile, and landfill units. The leak detection system requirements include double liners, CQA programs, monitoring, action leakage rates, and response action plans, and will be implemented through the procedures of 335-14-8-.04; or

4.Are promulgated under 335-14-6-.27 or 335-14-6-.28 limiting air emissions.

(b)The issuance of a permit does not convey any property rights of any sort, or any exclusive privilege.

(c)The issuance of a permit does not authorize any injury to persons or property or invasion of other private rights, or any infringement of Federal, State of Alabama or local laws or regulations.

(5)Effect of non-compliance.

(a)Substantial non-compliance, as determined by the Department, of another facility within the State of Alabama owned or operated by the permittee requesting reissuance of a permit, will be grounds for denial of permit reissuance until such non-compliance is corrected.

(b)A determination may be made by the Department to deny a permit application if the applicant operates other permitted facilities within the State of Alabama which are in substantial non-compliance, as determined by the Department, until such non-compliance is corrected or if the Department determines that a permit that results in compliance with applicable hazardous waste standards could not be issued or, if issued, could not be complied with.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Stephen A. Cobb; Michael B. Jones; Michael Champion; Amy P. Zachry, C. Edwin Johnston, Vernon C. Crockett

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12.

History: July 19, 1982. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 2, 1996; effective March 8, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.8.02" level="3" title="Permit Application - Treatment, Storage And Disposal Facilities"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="6"><dwc name="cadmium" times="1"><dwc name="polychlorin biphenyl" times="1">

(1)General application requirements.

(a)Permit application. Any person who is required to have a permit (including new applicants and permittees with expiring permits) shall complete, sign, and submit an application to the Department as described in 335-14-8-.02(1) and 335-14-8-.07(1) through (4). Persons currently authorized with interim status shall apply for permits when required by the Department. Procedures for applications, issuance and administration of emergency permits are found exclusively in 335-14-8-.06(1). Procedures for application, issuance and administration of research, development, and demonstration permits are found exclusively in 335-14-8-.06(4).

(b)Who applies? When a facility or activity is owned by one person but is operated by another person, it is the operator's duty to obtain a permit, except that the owner must also sign the permit application.

(c)Completeness. The Department shall not issue a permit before receiving a complete application for a permit except for emergency permits. An application for a permit is complete when the Department receives an application form and any supplemental information which are completed to its satisfaction. An application for a permit is complete notwithstanding the failure of the owner or operator to submit the exposure information described in 335-14-8-.02(1)(j). The Department may deny a permit for the active life of a hazardous waste management facility or unit before receiving a complete application for a permit.

(d)Information requirements. All permit applicants shall provide the information set forth in 335-14-8-.02(4) and the applicable provisions in 335-14-8-.02(5) through (19).

(e)Existing HWM facilities and interim status qualifications.

1.Owners and operators of existing hazardous waste management facilities or of hazardous waste management facilities in existence on the effective date of statutory or regulatory amendments under the AHWMMA that render the facility subject to the requirement to have a AHWMMA Permit must submit Part A of their permit application not later than:

(i)Six months after the date of publication of regulations which first require them to comply with the standards set forth in 40 CFR &#167;&#167;264 or 265; or

(ii)Thirty days after the date they first become subject to the standards set forth in 335-14-5 or 335-14-6, whichever first occurs.

(iii)For generators generating greater than 100 kilograms but less than 1000 kilograms of hazardous waste in a calendar month and treats, stores, or disposes of these wastes on-site, by March 24, 1987.

2.At any time the owner and operator of an existing HWM facility may be required to submit Part B of their permit application. Any owner or operator will be allowed 180 days from the date of request to submit Part B of the permit application. Any owner or operator of an existing HWM facility may submit Part B of the permit application at any time.

3.Failure to submit a complete Part B permit application within 180 days after a request from the Department is grounds for termination of the facility's Interim Status.

(f)New HWM facilities.

1.Except as provided in 335-14-8-.02(1)(f)3., no person shall begin physical construction of a new HWM facility without having submitted Part A and Part B of the permit application and having received a finally effective AHWMMA permit.

2.An application for a permit for a new HWM facility may be filed any time after the promulgation of those standards in 335-14-5 applicable to such facility.

3.Notwithstanding 335-14-8-.02(1)(f)1., a person may construct a facility for the incineration of polychlorinated biphenyls pursuant to an approval issued by the Department under Section (6)(e) of the Toxic Substances Control Act and any person owning or operating such a facility may, at any time after construction or operation of such facility has begun, file an application for a AHWMMA permit to incinerate hazardous waste authorizing such facility to incinerate waste identified or listed under Subtitle C of RCRA.

(g)Updating permit applications.

1.If any owner or operator of a HWM facility has filed Part A of a permit application and has not yet filed Part B, the owner or operator shall file an amended Part A application:

(i)No later than the effective date of changes to 335-14-2 listing or identifying additional wastes as hazardous if the facility is treating, storing, or disposing of the wastes newly listed or identified; or

(ii)As necessary to comply with 335-14-8-.07(3) for changes during interim status.

2.The owner or operator of a facility who fails to comply with the updating requirements of 335-14-8-.02(1)(g)1. does not receive an Interim Status Permit as to the wastes not covered by duly filed Part A applications.

(h)Reapplications. Any HWM facility with an effective permit shall submit a new application at least 180 days before the expiration date of the effective permit, unless permission for a later date has been granted by the Department; but in no case shall the Department grant permission for the application to be submitted later than the expiration date of the existing permit.

(i)Recordkeeping. Applicants shall keep records of all data used to complete applications and any supplemental information submitted under 335-14-8-.02(1)(d) and 335-14-8-.02(4) through (12) for a period of at least 3 years from the date the application is signed.

(j)Exposure Information.

1.After August 8, 1985, any Part B permit application submitted by an owner or operator of a facility that stores, treats, or disposes of hazardous waste in a surface impoundment or a landfill must be accompanied by information, reasonably ascertainable by the owner or operator, on the potential for the public to be exposed to hazardous wastes or hazardous constituents through releases related to the unit. At a minimum, such information must address:

(i)Reasonably foreseeable potential releases from both normal operations and accidents at the unit, including releases associated with transportation to or from the unit;

(ii)The potential pathways of human exposure to hazardous wastes or constituents resulting from the releases described under 335-14-8-.02(1)(j)1.(i); and

(iii)The potential magnitude and nature of the human exposure resulting from such releases.

2.By August 8, 1985, owners and operators of a landfill or a surface impoundment who have already submitted a Part B application must submit the exposure information required in 335-14-8-.02(1)(j)1.

(k)The Department may require a permittee or an applicant to submit information in order to establish permit conditions under 335-14-8-.03(3)(b)2. and 335-14-8-.05(1)(d).

(2)Signatories to permit applications and reports.

(a)All permit applications shall be signed as follows:

1.For a corporation, the application shall be signed by a responsible corporate officer. For the purpose of 335-14-8-.02(2), a responsible corporate officer means:

(i)A president, secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy making or decision making functions for the corporation; or

(ii)The manager of one or more manufacturing, production or operating facilities employing more than 250 persons or having gross annual sales or expenditures exceeding $25 million (in second quarter 1980 dollars), if authority to sign documents has been assigned or delegated to the manager in accordance with corporate procedures.

2.For a partnership or sole proprietorship, the application shall be signed by a general partner or the proprietor, respectively; or

3.For a municipality, State of Alabama, Federal, or other public agency, the application shall be signed by either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official. For purposes of 335-14-8-.02(2), a principal executive officer of a Federal Agency includes:

(i)The chief executive officer of the agency, or

(ii)A senior executive officer having responsibility for the overall operations of a principal geographic unit of the agency (e.g. Regional Administrator of EPA).

(b)All reports required by permits and other information requested by the Department shall be signed by a person described in 335-14-8-.02(2)(a), or by a duly authorized representative of that person. A person is a duly authorized representative only if:

1.The authorization is made in writing by a person described in 335-14-8-.02(2)(a);

2.The authorization specifies either an individual or a position having responsibility for overall operation of the regulated facility or activity such as the position of plant manager, operator of a well or a well field, superintendent, or position of equivalent responsibility. (A duly authorized representative may thus be either a named individual or any individual occupying a named position); and

3.The written authorization is submitted to the Department.

(c)If an authorization under 335-14-8-.02(b) is no longer accurate because a different individual or position has responsibility for the overall operation of the facility, a new authorization satisfying the requirements of 335-14-8-.02(2)(b) must be submitted to the Department prior to or together with any reports, information, or application to be signed by an authorized representative.

(d)1.Any person signing a document under 335-14-8-.02(2)(a) or (b) must make the following certification:

"I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision according to a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations."

2.For remedial action plans (RAPs) under 335-14-8-.14, if the operator certifies according to 335-14-8-.02(2)(d)1., then the owner may choose to make the following certification instead of the certification in 335-14-8-.02(2)(d)1.:

Based on my knowledge of the conditions of the property described in the RAP and my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system referenced in the operator's certification, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, upon information and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations.

(3)Confidentiality of information.

(a)An applicant may claim information submitted as confidential if the information is protectable under Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-18, as amended. The term "trade secret" as used in &#167;22-30-18 is defined in Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-3(12).

(b)Claims of confidentiality for the name and address of any permit applicant or permittee will be denied.

(4)Contents of Part A of the permit application. Part A of the permit application shall include the following information:

(a)The activities conducted by the applicant which require it to obtain a hazardous waste facility permit.

(b)Name, mailing address, and location, including latitude and longitude of the facility for which the application is submitted.

(c)Up to four SIC codes which best reflect the principal products or services provided by the facility.

(d)The operator's name, address, telephone number, ownership status, and status as Federal, State of Alabama, private, public, or other entity.

(e)The name, address, and phone number of the owner of the facility.

(f)Whether the facility is located on Indian lands.

(g)An indication of whether the facility is new or existing and whether it is a first or revised application.

(h)For existing facilities:

1.A scale drawing of the facility showing the location of all past, present, and future treatment, storage, and disposal areas;

2.Photographs of the facility clearly delineating all existing structures; existing treatment, storage, and disposal areas; and sites of future treatment, storage, and disposal areas.

(i)A description of the processes to be used for treating, storing, and disposing of hazardous waste, and the design capacity of these items.

(j)A specification of the hazardous wastes listed or designated under 335-14-2 to be treated, stored, or disposed of at the facility, an estimate of the quantity of such wastes to be treated, stored, or disposed annually, and a general description of the processes to be used for such wastes.

(k)A listing of all permits or construction approvals received or applied for under any programs administered by the Department or any of the following programs:

1.Hazardous Waste Management program under RCRA.

2.UIC program under the SDWA.

3.NPDES program under the CWA.

4.Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) program under the Clean Air Act.

5.Nonattainment program under the Clean Air Act.

6.National Emission Standards for Hazardous Pollutants (NESHAPS) preconstruction approval under the Clean Air Act.

7.Ocean dumping permits under the Marine Protection Research and Sanctuaries Act.

8.Dredge or fill permits under Section 404 of the CWA.

9.Other relevant environmental permits.

(l)A topographic map (or other map if a topographic map is unavailable) extending one mile beyond the property boundaries of the source, depicting the facility and each of its intake and discharge structures; each of its hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facilities; each well where fluids from the facility are injected underground; and those wells, springs, other surface water bodies, and drinking water wells listed in public records or otherwise known to the applicant within 1/4 mile of the facility property boundary.

(m)A brief description of the nature of the business.

(n)For hazardous debris, a description of the debris category(ies) and containment category(ies) to be treated, stored, or disposed of at the facility.

(5)Contents of Part B: General requirements.

(a)Part B of the permit application consists of the general information requirements of 335-14-8-.02(5), and the specific information requirements in 335-14-8-.02(5) through (19) applicable to the facility. The Part B information requirements presented in 335-14-8-.02(5) through (19) reflect the standards promulgated in 335-14-5. These information requirements are necessary in order for the Department to determine compliance with the 335-14-5 standards. If owners and operators of HWM facilities can demonstrate that the information prescribed in Part B can not be provided to the extent required, the Department may make allowance for submission of such information on a case-by-case basis. Information required in Part B shall be submitted to the Department and signed in accordance with requirements in 335-14-8-.02(2). As discussed in 335-14-1-.01(1)(e), certain technical data, such as design drawings and specifications, engineering studies, geological interpretations, geological cross-sections, geological profiles, and survey plats involve the practice of engineering, land surveying, and/or geology and must be certified by a registered professional engineer, a professional land surveyor, and/or a licensed professional geologist, as applicable. For post-closure permits, only the information specified in Sec. 270.28 is required in Part B of the permit application.

(b)General information requirements. The following information is required for all HWM facilities, except as 335-14-5-.01(1) provides otherwise:

1.A general description of the facility.

2.Chemical and physical analyses of the hazardous waste and hazardous debris to be handled at the facility. At a minimum, these analyses shall contain all the information which must be known to treat, store, or dispose of the wastes properly in accordance with 335-14-5.

3.A copy of the waste analysis plan required by 335-14-5-.02(4)(b) and, if applicable, 335-14-5-.02(4)(c).

4.A description of the security procedures and equipment required by 335-14-5-.02(5), or a justification demonstrating the reasons for requesting a waiver of this requirement.

5.A copy of the general inspection schedule required by 335-14-5-.02(6)(b). Include where applicable, as part of the inspection schedule, specific requirements in 335-14-5-.09(5), 335-14-5-.10(4)(i), 335-14-5-.10(6), 335-14-5-.11(7), 335-14-5-.12(5), 335-14-5-.13(4), 335-14-5-.14(4), 335-14-5-.15(8), 335-14-5-.19(1) and .19(2), 335-14-5-.23(4), 335-14-5-.24(3), 335-14-5-.27(4), 335-14-5-.28(3), 335-14-5-.28(4), 335-14-5-.28(9), 335-14-5-.29(5), 335-14-5-.29(6), 335-14-5-.29(7), 335-14-5-.29(9), 335-14-5-.30(2), and 335-14-7-.08(3) [40 CFR 266.102(e)(8)].

6.A justification of any request for a waiver(s) of the preparedness and prevention requirements of 335-14-5-.03.

7.A copy of the contingency plan required by 335-14-5-.04. Note: Include, where applicable, as part of the contingency plan, specific requirements in 335-14-5-.11(8) and 335-14-5-.12(6).

8.A description of procedures, structures, or equipment used at the facility to:

(i)Prevent hazards in unloading operations (for example, ramps, special forklifts);

(ii)Prevent run-off from hazardous waste handling areas to other areas of the facility or environment, or to prevent flooding (for example, berms, dikes, trenches);

(iii)Prevent contamination of water supplies;

(iv)Mitigate effects of equipment failure and power outages;

(v)Prevent undue exposure of personnel to hazardous waste (for example, protective clothing); and

(vi)Prevent releases to atmosphere.

9.A description of precautions to prevent accidental ignition or reaction of ignitable, reactive or incompatible wastes as required to demonstrate compliance with 335-14-5-.02(8), including documentation demonstrating compliance with 335-14-5-.02(8)(c).

10.Traffic pattern, estimated volume (number, types of vehicles) and control (for example, show turns across traffic lanes, and stacking lanes (if appropriate); describe access road surfacing and load bearing capacity; show traffic control signals).

11.Facility location information:

(i)The owner or operator of a new facility must identify the political jurisdiction (e.g., county, township, or election district) in which the facility is proposed to be located.

(ii)[Reserved]

(iii)Owners and operators of all facilities shall provide an identification of whether the facility is located within a 100-year floodplain. This identification must indicate the source of data for such determination and include a copy of the relevant Federal Insurance Administration (FIA) flood map, if used, or the calculations and maps used where an FIA map is not available. Information shall also be provided identifying the 100-year flood level and any other special flooding factors (e.g., wave action) which must be considered in designing, constructing, operating, or maintaining the facility to withstand washout from a 100-year flood.

(iv)Owners and operators of facilities located in the 100-year floodplain must provide the following information:

(I)Engineering analysis to indicate the various hydrodynamic and hydrostatic forces expected to result at the site as consequence of a 100-year flood.

(II)Structural or other engineering studies showing the design of operational units (e.g., tanks, incinerators) and flood protection devices (e.g., floodwalls, dikes) at the facility and how these will prevent washout.

(III)If applicable, and in lieu of 335-14-8-.02(5)(b)11.(iv)(I) and (b)11.(iv)(II), a detailed description of procedures to be followed to remove hazardous waste to safety before the facility is flooded, including:

I.Timing of such movement relative to flood levels, including estimated time to move the waste, to show that such movement can be completed before floodwaters reach the facility.

II.A description of the location(s) to which the waste will be moved and demonstration that those facilities will be eligible to receive hazardous waste in accordance with the regulations under 335-14-5 through 335-14-8.

III.The planned procedures, equipment, and personnel to be used and the means to ensure that such resources will be available in time for use.

IV.The potential for accidental discharges of the waste during movement.

(v)Existing facilities NOT in compliance with 335-14-5-.02(9)(a) shall provide a plan showing how the facility will be brought into compliance and a schedule for compliance.

12.An outline of both the introductory and continuing training programs by owners or operators to prepare persons to operate or maintain the HWM facility in a safe manner as required to demonstrate compliance with 335-14-5-.02(7). A brief description of how training will be designed to meet actual job tasks in accordance with requirements in 335-14-5-.02(7)(a)3.

13.A copy of the closure plan and, where applicable, the post-closure plan required by 335-14-5-.07(3), 335-14-5-.07(9), and 335-14-5-.10(8). Include, where applicable, as part of the plans, specific requirements in 335-14-5-.09(9), 335-14-5-.10(8), 335-14-5-.11(9), 335-14-5-.12(9), 335-14-5-.13(11), 335-14-5-.14(11), 335-14-5-.15(12), 335-14-5-.19(1) and (2), 335-14-5-.23(5), 335-14-5-.24(2), 335-14-5-.24(4), 335-14-5-.30(3), and 335-14-7-.08(3) [40 CFR 266.102(e)(11)].

14.For hazardous waste disposal units that have been closed, documentation that notices required under 335-14-5-.07(10) have been filed.

15.The most recent closure cost estimate for the facility prepared in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(3) and a copy of the documentation required to demonstrate financial assurance under 335-14-5-.08(4). For a new facility, a copy of the required documentation may be submitted 60 days prior to the initial receipt of hazardous wastes, if that is later than the submission of the Part B.

16.Where applicable, the most recent post-closure cost estimate for the facility prepared in accordance with 335-14-5-.08(5) plus a copy of the documentation required to demonstrate financial assurance under 335-14-5-.08(6). For a new facility, a copy of the required documentation may be submitted 60 days prior to the initial receipt of hazardous wastes, if that is later than the submission of the Part B.

17.Where applicable, a copy of the insurance policy or other documentation which comprises compliance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.08(8). For a new facility, documentation showing the amount of insurance meeting the specification of 335-14-5-.08(8)(a) and, if applicable, 335-14-5-.08(8)(b), that the owner or operator plans to have in effect before initial receipt of hazardous waste for treatment, storage, or disposal. A request for a variance in the amount of required coverage, for a new or existing facility, may be submitted as specified in 335-14-5-.08(8)(c).

18.[Reserved]

19.A topographic map showing a distance of 1000 feet around the facility at a scale of 2.5 centimeters (1 inch) equal to not more than 61.0 meters (200 feet). Contours must be shown on the map. The contour interval must be sufficient to clearly show the pattern of surface water flow in the vicinity of and from each operational unit of the facility. For example, contours with an interval of 1.5 meters (5 feet), if relief is greater than 6.1 meters (20 feet), or an interval of 0.6 meters (2 feet), if relief is less than 6.1 meters (20 feet). Owners and operators of HWM facilities located in mountainous areas should use large contour intervals to adequately show topographic profiles of facilities. The map shall clearly show the following:

(i)Map scale and date;

(ii)100 year floodplain area;

(iii)Surface waters including intermittent streams;

(iv)Surrounding land uses (residential, commercial, agricultural, recreational);

(v)A wind rose (i.e., prevailing windspeed and direction);

(vi)Orientation of the map (north arrow);

(vii)Legal boundaries of the HWM facility site;

(viii)Access control (fences, gates);

(ix)injection and withdrawal wells both on-site and off-site;

(x)Buildings; treatment, storage or disposal operations; or other structure (recreation areas, run-off control systems, access and internal roads, storm, sanitary, and process sewerage systems, loading and unloading areas, fire control facilities, etc.);

(xi)Barriers for drainage or flood control; and

(xii)Location of operational units within the HWM facility site, where hazardous waste is (or will be) treated, stored, or disposed (include equipment cleanup areas).

20.Applicants may be required to submit such information as may be necessary to enable the Department to carry out its duties under other laws as required in 335-14-8-.01(3).

21.For land disposal facilities; if a case-by-case extension has been approved under 335-14-9-.01(5) or a petition has been approved under 335-14-9-.01(6), a copy of the notice of approval for the extension or petition is required.

22.A summary of the pre-application meeting, along with a list of attendees and their addresses, and copies of any written comments or materials submitted at the meeting, as required under 335-14-8-.08(5)(a)3.

(c)Additional information requirements. The following additional information regarding protection of groundwater is required from owners or operators of hazardous waste facilities containing a regulated unit except as provided in 335-14-5-.06(1)(b):

1.A summary of the groundwater monitoring data obtained during the interim status period under 335-14-6-.06(1) through (5) where applicable;

2.Identification of the uppermost aquifer and aquifers hydraulically interconnected beneath the facility property, including groundwater flow direction and rate, and the basis for such identification (i.e., the information obtained from hydrogeologic investigations of the facility area);

3.On the topographic map required under 335-14-8-.02(5)(b)19., a delineation of the waste management area, the property boundary, the proposed "point of compliance" as defined under 335-14-5-.06(6), the proposed location of groundwater monitoring wells as required under 335-14-5-.06(8), and, to the extent possible, the information required in 335-14-8-.02(5)(c)2.

4.A description of any plume of contamination that has entered the groundwater from a regulated unit at the time that the application was submitted that:

(i)Delineates the extent of the plume on the topographic map required under 335-14-8-.02(5)(b)19.;

(ii)Identifies the concentration of each 335-14-5-Appendix IX constituent throughout the plume or identifies the maximum concentrations of each 335-14-5-Appendix IX constituent in the plume;

5.Detailed plans and an engineering report describing the proposed groundwater monitoring program to be implemented to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(8);

6.If the presence of hazardous constituents has not been detected in the groundwater at the time of permit application, the owner or operator must submit sufficient information, supporting data and analyses to establish a detection monitoring program which meets the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(9). This submission must address the following items specified under 335-14-5-.06(9):

(i)A proposed list of indicator parameters, waste constituents, or reaction products that can provide a reliable indication of the presence of hazardous constituents in the groundwater;

(ii)A proposed groundwater monitoring system;

(iii)Background values for each proposed monitoring parameter or constituent, or procedures to calculate such values; and

(iv)A description of proposed sampling, analysis and statistical comparison procedures to be utilized in evaluating groundwater monitoring data;

7.If the presence of hazardous constituents has been detected in the groundwater at the point of compliance at the time of permit application, the owner or operator must submit sufficient information, supporting data, and analyses to establish a compliance monitoring program which meets the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(10). Except as provided in 335-14-5-.06(9)(g)5., the owner or operator must also submit an engineering feasibility plan for a corrective action program necessary to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(11), unless the owner or operator obtains written authorization in advance from the Department to submit a proposed permit schedule for submittal of such a plan. To demonstrate compliance with 335-14-5-.06(10), the owner or operator must address the following items:

(i)A description of the wastes previously handled at the facility;

(ii)A characterization of the contaminated groundwater, including concentrations of hazardous constituents;

(iii)A list of hazardous constituents for which compliance monitoring will be undertaken in accordance with 335-14-5-.06(8) and (10);

(iv)Proposed concentration limits for each hazardous constituent, based on the criteria set forth in 335-14-5-.06(5)(a), including a justification for establishing any alternate concentration limits;

(v)Detailed plans and an engineering report describing the proposed groundwater monitoring system, in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(8); and

(vi)A description of proposed sampling, analysis and statistical comparison procedures to be utilized in evaluating groundwater monitoring data; and

8.If hazardous constituents have been measured in the groundwater which exceed the concentration limits established under 335-14-5-.06(5) Table 1, or if groundwater monitoring conducted at the time of permit application under 335-14-6-.06(1) through (5) at the waste boundary indicates the presence of hazardous constituents from the facility in groundwater over background concentrations, the owner or operator must submit sufficient information, supporting data, and analyses to establish a corrective action program which meets the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(11). However, an owner or operator is not required to submit information to establish a corrective action program if he demonstrates to the Department that alternate concentration limits will protect human health and the environment after considering the criteria listed in 335-14-5-.06(5)(b). An owner or operator who is not required to establish a corrective action program for this reason must instead submit sufficient information to establish a compliance monitoring program which meets the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(10) and 335-14-8-.02(5)(c)6. To demonstrate compliance with 335-14-5-.06(11), the owner or operator must address, at a minimum, the following items:

(i)A characterization of the contaminated groundwater, including concentrations of hazardous constituents;

(ii)The concentration limit for each hazardous constituent found in the groundwater as set forth in 335-14-5-.06(5);

(iii)Detailed plans and an engineering report describing the corrective action to be taken; and

(iv)A description of how the groundwater monitoring program will demonstrate the adequacy of the corrective action.

(v)The permit may contain a schedule for submittal of the information required in 335-14-8-.02(5)(c)8.(iii) and (iv) provided the owner or operator obtains written authorization from the Department prior to submittal of the complete permit application.

(d)Information requirements for solid waste management units.

1.The following information is required for each solid waste management unit at a facility seeking a permit:

(i)The location of the unit on the topographic map required under 335-14-8-.02(5)(b)19.

(ii)Designation of type of unit.

(iii)General dimensions and structural description (supply any available drawings).

(iv)When the unit was operated.

(v)Specification of all wastes that have been managed at the unit, to the extent available.

2.The owner or operator of any facility containing one or more solid waste management units must submit all available information pertaining to any release of hazardous wastes or hazardous constituents from such unit or units.

3.The owner/operator must conduct and provide the results of sampling and analysis of groundwater, land surface, and subsurface strata, surface water, or air which may include the installation of wells, where the Department ascertains it is necessary to complete a RCRA Facility Assessment that will determine if a more complete investigation is necessary.

(6)Specific Part B information requirements forcontainers. Except as otherwise provided in 335-14-5-.09(1), owners or operators of facilities that store containers of hazardous waste must provide the following additional information:

(a)A description of the containment system to demonstrate compliance with 335-14-5-.09(6). Show at least the following:

1.Basic design parameters, dimensions, and materials of construction;

2.How the design promotes drainage or how containers are kept from contact with standing liquids in the containment system;

3.Capacity of the containment system relative to the number and volume of containers to be stored;

4.Provisions for preventing or managing run-on; and

5.How accumulated liquids can be analyzed and removed to prevent overflow.

(b)For storage areas that store containers holding wastes that do not contain free liquids, a demonstration of compliance with 335-14-5-.09(6)(c), including:

1.Test procedures and results or other documentation or information to show that the wastes do not contain free liquids; and

2.A description of how the storage area is designed or operated to drain and remove liquids or how containers are kept from contact with standing liquids.

(c)Sketches, drawings, or data demonstrating compliance with 335-14-5-.09(7) (location of buffer zone and containers holding ignitable or reactive wastes) and 335-14-5-.09(8)(c) (location of incompatible wastes), where applicable.

(d)Where incompatible wastes are stored or otherwise managed in containers, a description of the procedures used to ensure compliance with 335-14-5-.09(8)(a) and (b) and 335-14-5-.02(8)(b) and (c).

(e)Information on air emission control equipment as required in 335-14-8-.02(18).

(7)Specific Part B information requirements for tanksystems. Except as otherwise provided in 335-14-5-.10(1), owners and operators of facilities that use tanks to store or treat hazardous waste must provide the following additional information:

(a)A written assessment that is reviewed and certified by an independent, qualified, registered professional engineer as to the structural integrity and suitability for handling hazardous waste of each tank system, as required under 335-14-5-.10(2) and 335-14-5-.10(3);

(b)Dimensions and capacity of each tank;

(c)Description of feed systems, safety cutoff, bypass systems, and pressure controls (e.g., vents);

(d)A diagram of piping, instrumentation, and process flow for each tank system;

(e)A description of materials and equipment used to provide external corrosion protection, as required under 335-14-5-.10(3)(a)3.(ii);

(f)For new tank systems, a detailed description of how the tank system(s) will be installed in compliance with 335-14-5-.10(3)(b), (c), (d), and (e);

(g)Detailed plans and description of how the secondary containment system for each tank system is or will be designed, constructed, and operated to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(4)(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f);

(h)For tank systems for which a variance from the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(4) is sought (as provided by 335-14-5-.10(4)(g)):

1.Detailed plans and engineering and hydrogeologic reports, as appropriate, describing alternate design and operating practices that will, in conjunction with location aspects, prevent the migration of any hazardous waste or hazardous constituents into the groundwater or surface water during the life of the facility, or

2.A detailed assessment of the substantial present or potential hazards posed to human health or the environment should a release enter the environment.

(i)Description of controls and practices to prevent spills and overflows, as required under 335-14-5-.10(5)(b).

(j)For tank systems in which ignitable, reactive, or incompatible wastes are to be stored or treated, a description of how operating procedures and tank system and facility design will achieve compliance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.10(9) and 335-14-5-.10(10); and

(k)Information on air emission control equipment as required in 335-14-8-.02(18).

(8)Specific Part B information requirements forsurface impoundments. Except as otherwise provided in 335-14-5-.01(1), owners and operators of facilities that store, treat or dispose of hazardous waste in surface impoundments must provide the following additional information:

(a)A list of the hazardous wastes placed or to be placed in each surface impoundment;

(b)Detailed plans and an engineering report describing how the surface impoundment is designed and is or will be constructed, operated, and maintained to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.02(10), 335-14-5-.11(2), 335-14-5-.11(3), and 335-14-5-.11(4), addressing the following items;

1.The liner system (except for an existing portion of a surface impoundment). If an exemption from the requirement for a liner is sought as provided by 335-14-5-.11(2)(b), submit detailed plans and engineering and hydrogeologic reports, as appropriate, describing alternate design and operating practices that will, in conjunction with location aspects, prevent the migration of any hazardous constituents into the groundwater or surface water at any future time;

2.The double liner and leak (leachate) detection, collection, and removal system, if the surface impoundment must meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.11(2)(c). If an exemption from the requirements for double liners and a leak detection, collection, and removal system or alternative design is sought as provided by 335-14-5-.11(2)(d), (e), or (f), submit appropriate information;

3.If the leak detection system is located in a saturated zone, submit detailed plans and an engineering report explaining the leak detection system design and operation, and the location of the saturated zone in relation to the leak detection system;

4.The construction quality assurance (CQA) plan if required under 335-14-5-.02(10);

5.Proposed action leakage rate, with rationale, if required under 335-14-5-.11(3), and response action plan, if required under 335-14-5-.11(4);

6.Prevention of overtopping; and

7.Structural integrity of dikes.

(c)A description of how each surface impoundment, including the double liner system, leak detection system, cover system, and appurtenances for control of overtopping, will be inspected in order to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.11(7)(a), (b), and (d). This information must be included in the inspection plan submitted under 335-14-8-.02(8)(b)5.;

(d)A certification by a qualified Engineer which attests to the structural integrity of each dike, as required under 335-14-5-.11(7)(c). For new units, the owner or operator must submit a statement by a qualified engineer that he will provide such a certification upon completion of construction in accordance with the plans and specifications;

(e)A description of the procedures to be used for removing a surface impoundment from service, as required under 335-14-5-.11(8)(b) and (c). This information should be included in the contingency plan submitted under 335-14-8-.02(5)(b)7.;

(f)A description of how hazardous waste residues and contaminated materials will be removed from the unit at closure, as required under 335-14-5-.11(9)(a)1. For any wastes not to be removed from the unit upon closure, the owner or operator must submit detailed plans and an engineering report describing how 335-14-5-.11(9)(a)2. and (9)(b) will be complied with. This information should be included in the closure plan and, where applicable, the post-closure plan submitted under 335-14-8-.02(5)(b)13.;

(g)If ignitable or reactive wastes are to be placed in a surface impoundment, an explanation of how 335-14-5-.11(10) will be complied with;

(h)If incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials will be placed in a surface impoundment, an explanation of how 335-14-5-.11(11) will be complied with;

(i)A waste management plan for EPA Hazardous Waste Nos. F020, F021, F022, F023, F026 and F027 describing how the surface impoundment is or will be designed, constructed, operated and maintained to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.11(12). This submission must address the following items as specified in 335-14-5-.11(12):

1.The volume, physical and chemical characteristics of the wastes, including their potential to migrate through soil or to volatilize or escape into the atmosphere;

2.The attenuative properties of underlying and surrounding soils or other materials;

3.The mobilizing properties of other materials co-disposed with these wastes; and

4.The effectiveness of additional treatment, design, or monitoring techniques.

(j)Information on air emission control equipment as required in 335-14-8-.02(18).

(9)Specific Part B information requirements for wastepiles. Except as otherwise provided in 335-14-5-.01(1), owners and operators of facilities that store or treat hazardous waste in waste piles must provide the following information:

(a)A list of hazardous wastes placed or to be placed in each waste pile;

(b)If an exemption is sought to 335-14-5-.12(2) and 335-14-5-.06 as provided by 335-14-5-.12(1)(c) or 335-14-5-.06(1)(b)2., an explanation of how the standards of 335-14-5-.12(1)(c) will be complied with or detailed plans and an engineering report describing how the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(1)(b)2. will be met;

(c)Detailed plans and an engineering report describing how the waste pile is designed and is or will be constructed, operated, and maintained to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.02(10), 335-14-5-.12(2), 335-14-5-.12(3), and 335-14-5-.12(4), addressing the following items:

1.(i)The liner system (except for an existing portion of a waste pile), if the waste pile must meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.12(2)(a). If an exemption from the requirement for a liner is sought as provided by 335-14-5-.12(2)(b), submit detailed plans, and engineering and hydrogeological reports, as appropriate, describing alternate designs and operating practices that will, in conjunction with location aspects, prevent the migration of any hazardous constituents into the groundwater or surface water at any future time;

(ii)The double liner and leak (leachate) detection, collection, and removal system, if the waste pile must meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.12(2)(c). If an exemption from the requirements for double liners and a leak detection, collection, and removal system or alternative design is sought as provided by 335-14-5-.12(2)(d), (e), or (f), submit appropriate information;

(iii)If the leak detection system is located in a saturated zone, submit detailed plans and an engineering report explaining the leak detection system design and operation, and the location of the saturated zone in relation to the leak detection system;

(iv)The construction quality assurance (CQA) plan if required under 335-14-5-.02(10);

(v)Proposed action leakage rate, with rationale, if required under 335-14-5-.12(3), and response action plan, if required under 335-14-5-.12(4);

2.Control of run-on;

3.Control of run-off;

4.Management of collection and holding units associated with run-on and run-off control systems; and

5.Control of wind dispersal of particulate matter, where applicable;

(d)A description of how each waste pile, including the double liner system, leachate collection and removal system, leak detection system, cover system, and appurtenances for control of run-on and run-off, will be inspected in order to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.12(5)(a), (b), and (c). This information must be included in the inspection plan submitted under 335-14-8-.02(5)(b)5.;

(e)If treatment is carried out on or in the pile, details of the process and equipment used, and the nature and quality of the residuals;

(f)If ignitable or reactive wastes are to be placed in a waste pile, an explanation of how the requirements of 335-14-5-.12(7) will be complied with;

(g)If incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials will be placed in a waste pile, an explanation of how 335-14-5-.12(8) will be complied with;

(h)A description of how hazardous waste residues and contaminated materials will be removed from the waste pile at closure, as required under 335-14-5-.12(9)(a). For any waste not to be removed from the waste pile upon closure, the owner or operator must submit detailed plans and an engineering report describing how 335-14-5-.14(11)(a) and (b) will be complied with. This information should be included in the closure plan and, where applicable, the post-closure plan submitted under 335-14-8-.02(5)(b)13.; and

(i)A waste management plan for EPA Hazardous Waste Nos. F020, F021, F022, F023, F026 and F027 describing how a waste pile that is not enclosed (as defined in 335-14-5-.12(1)(c)) is or will be designed, constructed, operated and maintained to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.12(10). This submission must address the following items as specified in 335-14-5-.12(10):

1.The volume, physical, and chemical characteristics of the wastes to be disposed in the waste pile, including their potential to migrate through soil or to volatilize or escape into the atmosphere;

2.The attenuative properties of underlying and surrounding soils or other materials;

3.The mobilizing properties of other materials co-disposed with these wastes; and

4.The effectiveness of additional treatment, design or monitoring techniques.

(10)Specific Part B information requirements forincinerators. Except as 335-14-5-.15(1) and 335-14-8-.02(10)(e) provides otherwise, owners and operators of facilities that incinerate hazardous waste must fulfill the requirements of 335-14-8-.02(10)(a), (b), or (c).

(a)When seeking an exemption under 335-14-5-.15(1)(b) or (c) (Ignitable, corrosive, or reactive wastes only):

1.Documentation that the waste is listed as a hazardous waste in 335-14-2-.04, solely because it is ignitable (Hazard Code I) or corrosive (Hazard Code C) or both; or

2.Documentation that the waste is listed as a hazardous waste in 335-14-2-.04, solely because it is reactive (Hazard Code R) for characteristics other than those listed in 335-14-2-.03(4)(a)4. and (4)(a)5., and will not be burned when other hazardous wastes are present in the combustion zone; or

3.Documentation that the waste is a hazardous waste solely because it possesses the characteristic of ignitability, corrosivity or both, as determined by the tests for characteristics of hazardous waste under 335-14-2-.03; or

4.Documentation that the waste is a hazardous waste solely because it possesses the reactivity characteristics listed in 335-14-2-.03(4)(a)1., 2., 3., 6., 7., or 8., and that it will not be burned when other hazardous wastes are present in the combustion zone; or

(b)Submit a trial burn plan or the results of a trial burn, including all required determinations, in accordance with 335-14-8-.06(2);

(c)In lieu of a trial burn, the applicant may submit the following information:

1.An analysis of each waste or mixture of wastes to be burned including:

(i)Heat value of the waste in the form and composition in which it will be burned;

(ii)Viscosity (if applicable), or description of physical form of the waste;

(iii)An identification of any hazardous organic constituents listed in 335-14-2 - Appendix VIII, which are present in the waste to be burned, except that the applicant need not analyze for constituents listed in 335-14-2 - Appendix VIII, which would reasonably not be expected to be found in the waste. The constituents excluded from analysis must be identified and the basis for their exclusion stated. The waste analysis must rely on analytical techniques specified in "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods" (incorporated by reference, see 335-14-1-.02(2) and referenced in 335-14-2 - Appendix III), or their equivalent;

(iv)An approximate quantification of the hazardous constituents identified in the waste, within the precision produced by the analytical methods specified in "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods" (incorporated by reference, see 335-14-1-.02(2)); and

(v)A quantification of those hazardous constituents in the waste which may be designated as POHCs based on data submitted from other trial or operational burns which demonstrate compliance with the performance standards in 335-14-5-.15(4);

2.A detailed engineering description of the incinerator, including:

(i)Manufacturer's name and model number of incinerator;

(ii)Type of incinerator;

(iii)Linear dimension of incinerator unit including cross sectional area of combustion chamber;

(iv)Description of auxiliary fuel system (type/feed);

(v)Capacity of prime mover;

(vi)Description of automatic waste feed cutoff system(s);

(vii)Stack gas monitoring and pollution control monitoring system;

(viii)Nozzle and burner design;

(ix)Construction materials; and

(x)Location and description of temperature, pressure, and flow indicating devices and control devices;

3.A description and analysis of the waste to be burned compared with the waste for which data from operational or trial burns are provided to support the contention that a trial burn is not needed. The data should include those items listed in 335-14-8-.02(10)(c)1. This analysis should specify the POHCs which the applicant has identified in the waste for which a permit is sought, and any differences from the POHCs in the waste for which burn data are provided.

4.The design and operating conditions of the incinerator unit to be used, compared with that for which comparative burn data are available;

5.A description of the results submitted from any previously conducted trial burn(s) including:

(i)Sampling and analysis techniques used to calculate performance standards in 335-14-5-.15(4); and

(ii)Methods and results of monitoring temperatures, waste feed rates, carbon monoxide, and an appropriate indicator of combustion gas velocity (including a statement concerning the precision and accuracy of this measurement);

6.The expected incinerator operation information to demonstrate compliance with 335-14-5-.15(4) and (6) including:

(i)Expected carbon monoxide (CO) level in the stack exhaust gas;

(ii)Waste feed rate;

(iii)Combustion zone temperature;

(iv)Indication of combustion gas velocity;

(v)Expected stack gas volume, flow rate, and temperature;

(vi)Computed residence time for waste in the combustion zone;

(vii)Expected hydrochloric acid removal efficiency;

(viii)Expected fugitive emissions and their control procedures; and

(ix)Proposed waste feed cut-off limits based on the identified significant operating parameters.

7.Such supplemental information as the Department finds necessary to achieve the purposes of 335-14-8-.02(10(c);

8.Waste analysis data, including that submitted in 335-14-8-.02(10)(c)1., sufficient to allow the Department to specify as permit Principal Organic Hazardous Constituents (permit POHCs) those constituents for which destruction and removal efficiencies will be required.

(d)The Department may approve a permit application without a trial burn if it finds that:

1.The wastes are sufficiently similar; and

2.The incinerator units are sufficiently similar, and the data from other trial burns are adequate to specify (under 335-14-5-.15(6)) operating conditions that will ensure that the performance standards in 335-14-5-.15(4) will be met by the incinerator.

(e)When an owner or operator demonstrates compliance with the air emission standards and limitations in 335-3-11-.06(56) (i.e., by conducting a comprehensive performance test and submitting a Notification of Compliance), the requirements of 335-14-8-.02 do not apply, except those provisions the Department determines are necessary to ensure compliance with 335-14-5-.15(6)(a) and (6)(c) if you elect to comply with 335-14-8-.15(1)(a)1.(i) to minimize emissions of toxic compounds from startup, shutdown, and malfunction events. Nevertheless, the Department may apply the provisions of 335-14-8-.02, on a case-by-case basis, for purposes of information collection in accordance with 335-14-8-.02(10)(k) and 335-14-8-.03(3)(b)2.

(11)Specific Part B information requirements for land treatment facilities. Except as otherwise provided in 335-14-5-.02(l), owners and operators of facilities that use land treatment to dispose of hazardous waste must provide the following additional information:

(a)A description of plans to conduct a treatment demonstration as required under 335-14-5-.13(3). The description must include the following information:

1.The wastes for which the demonstration will be made and the potential hazardous constituents in the waste;

2.The data sources to be used to make the demonstration (e.g., literature, laboratory data, field data, or operating data);

3.Any specific laboratory or field test that will be conducted, including:

(i)The type of test (e.g., column leaching, degradation);

(ii)Materials and methods, including analytical procedures;

(iii)Expected time for completion;

(iv)Characteristics of the unit that will be simulated in the demonstration, including treatment zone characteristics, climatic conditions, and operating practices;

(b)A description of a land treatment program, as required under 335-14-5-.13(2). This information must be submitted with the plans for the treatment demonstration, and updated following the treatment demonstration. The land treatment program must address the following items:

1.The wastes to be land treated;

2.Design measures and operating practices necessary to maximize treatment in accordance with 335-14-5-.13(4)(a) including:

(i)Waste application method and rate;

(ii)Measures to control soil pH;

(iii)Enhancement of microbial or chemical reactions;

(iv)Control of moisture content;

3.Provisions for unsaturated zone monitoring, including:

(i)Sampling equipment, procedures, and frequency;

(ii)Procedures for selecting sampling locations;

(iii)Analytical procedures;

(iv)Chain of custody control;

(v)Procedures for establishing background values;

(vi)Statistical methods for interpreting results;

(vii)The justification for any hazardous constituents recommended for selection as principal hazardous constituents, in accordance with the criteria for such selection in 335-14-5-.13(9)(a);

4.A list of hazardous constituents reasonably expected to be in, or derived from the wastes to be land treated based on waste analysis performed pursuant to 335-14-5-.02(4);

5.The proposed dimensions of the treatment zone;

(c)A description of how the unit is or will be designed, constructed, operated, and maintained in order to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.13(4). This submission must address the following items:

1.Control of run-on;

2.Collection and control of run-off;

3.Minimization of run-off of hazardous constituents from the treatment zone;

4.Management of collection and holding facilities associated with run-on and run-off control systems;

5.Periodic inspection of the unit. This information should be included in the inspection plan submitted under 335-14-8-.02(5)(b)5.;

6.Control of wind dispersal of particulate matter, if applicable;

(d)If food-chain crops are to be grown in or on the treatment zone of the land treatment unit, a description of how the demonstration required under 335-14-5-.13(7)(a) will be conducted including:

1.Characteristics of the food-chain crop for which the demonstration will be made;

2.Characteristics of the waste, treatment zone, and waste application method and rate to be used in the demonstration;

3.Procedures for crop growth, sample collection, sample analysis, and data evaluation;

4.Characteristics of the comparison crop including the location and conditions under which it was or will be grown;

(e)If food-chain crops are to be grown, and cadmium is present in the land-treated waste, a description of how the requirements of 335-14-5-.13(7)(b) will be complied with;

(f)A description of the vegetative cover to be applied to closed portions of the facility, and a plan for maintaining such cover during the post-closure care period, as required under 335-14-5-.13(11)(a)8. and (c)2. This information should be included in the closure plan and, where applicable, the post-closure care plan submitted under 335-14-8-.02(5)(b)13.;

(g)If ignitable or reactive wastes will be placed in or on the treatment zone, an explanation of how the requirements of 335-14-5-.13(12) will be complied with;

(h)If incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials, will be placed in or on the same treatment zone, an explanation of how 335-14-5-.13(13) will be complied with; and

(i)A waste management plan for EPA Hazardous Waste Nos. F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027 describing how a land treatment facility is or will be designed, constructed, operated, and maintained to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.13(14). This submission must address the following items as specified in 335-14-5-.13(14):

1.The volume, physical, and chemical characteristics of the wastes including their potential to migrate through soil or to volatilize or escape into the atmosphere;

2.The attenuative properties of underlying and surrounding soils or other materials;

3.The mobilizing properties of other materials co-disposed with these wastes; and

4.The effectiveness of additional treatment, design or monitoring techniques.

(12)Specific Part B information requirements for landfills. Except as otherwise provided in 335-14-5-.01(1), owners and operators of facilities that dispose of hazardous waste in landfills must provide the following information:

(a)A list of the hazardous wastes placed or to be placed in each landfill or landfill cell;

(b)Detailed plans and an engineering report describing how the landfill is designed and is or will be constructed, operated, and maintained to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.02(10), 335-14-5-.14(2), 335-14-5-.14(3), and 335-14-5-.14(4), addressing the following items:

1.(i)The liner system (except for an existing portion of a landfill), if the landfill must meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.14(2)(a);

(ii)The double liner and leak (leachate) detection, collection, and removal system, if the landfill must meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.14(2)(b);

(iii)If the leak detection system is located in a saturated zone, submit detailed plans and an engineering report explaining the leak detection system design and operation, and the location of the saturated zone in relation to the leak detection system;

(iv)The construction quality assurance (CQA) plan if required under 335-14-5-.02(10);

(v)Proposed action leakage rate, with rationale, if required under 335-14-5-.14(3), and response action plan, if required under 335-14-5-.14(4);

2.Control of run-on;

3.Control of run-off;

4.Management of collection and holding facilities associated with run-on and run-off control systems; and

5.Control of wind dispersal of particulate matter, where applicable;

(c)[Reserved]

(d)A description of how each landfill, including the double liner system, leachate collection and removal system, leak detection system, cover system, and appurtenances for control of run-on and run-off, will be inspected in order to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.14(4)(a), (b), and (c). This information must be included in the inspection plan submitted under 335-14-8-.02(5)(b)5.;

(e)Detailed plans and an engineering report describing the final cover which will be applied to each landfill or landfill cell at closure in accordance with 335-14-5-.14(11)(a), and a description of how each landfill will be maintained and monitored after closure in accordance with 335-14-5-.14(11)(b). This information should be included in the closure and post-closure plans submitted under 335-14-8-.02(5)(b)13.;

(f)If ignitable or reactive wastes will be landfilled, an explanation of how the standards of 335-14-5-.14(13) will be complied with;

(g)If incompatible wastes, or incompatible wastes and materials, will be landfilled, an explanation of how 335-14-5-.14(14) will be complied with;

(h)[Reserved]

(i)If containers of hazardous waste are to be landfilled, an explanation of how the requirements of 335-14-5-.14(16) or (17), as applicable, will be complied with; and

(j)A waste management plan for EPA Hazardous Waste Nos. F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, and F027 describing how a landfill is or will be designed, constructed, operated, and maintained to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.14(18). This submission must address the following items as specified in 335-14-5-.14(18):

1.The volume, physical, and chemical characteristics of the wastes, including their potential to migrate through soil or to volatilize or escape into the atmosphere;

2.The attenuative properties of underlying and surrounding soils or other materials;

3.The mobilizing properties of other materials co-disposed with these wastes; and

4.The effectiveness of additional treatment, design or monitoring techniques.

(13)Specific Part B information requirements for boilers and industrial furnaces burning hazardous waste. When an owner or operator of a cement or lightweight aggregate kiln demonstrates compliance with the air emission standards and limitations of 335-3-11-.06(56) (i.e., by conducting a comprehensive performance test and submitting a Notification of Compliance), the requirements of 335-14-8-.02 do not apply, except those provisions the Department determines are necessary to ensure compliance with 335-14-7-.08 if the facility elects to comply with 335-14-8-.15(1)(a)1.(i) to minimize emissions of toxic compounds from startup, shutdown, and malfunction events. Nevertheless, the Department may apply the provisions of 335-14-8-.02, on a case-by-case basis, for the purposes of information collection in accordance with 335-14-8-.02(k) and 335-14-8-.03(3)(b)2.

(a)Trial burns

1.General. Except as provided below, owners and operators that are subject to the standards to control organic emissions provided by 335-14-7-.08(5), standards to control particulate matter provided by 335-14-7-.08(6), standards to control metals emissions provided by 335-14-7-.08(7), or standards to control hydrogen chloride or chlorine gas emissions provided by 335-14-7-.08(8) must conduct a trial burn to demonstrate conformance with those standards and must submit a trial burn plan or the results of a trial burn, including all required determinations, in accordance with 335-14-8-.06(5).

(i)A trial burn to demonstrate conformance with a particular emission standard may be waived under provisions of 335-14-7-.08(5) through 335-14-7-.08(8) and 335-14-8-.02(13)(a)2. through (a)5.; and

(ii)The owner or operator may submit data in lieu of a trial burn, as prescribed in 335-14-8-.02(13)(a)6.

2.Waiver of trial burn for DRE.

(i) Boilers operated under special operating requirements. When seeking to be permitted under 335-14-7-.08(5)(a)4. and 335-14-7-.08(11) that automatically waive the DRE trial burn, the owner or operator of a boiler must submit documentation that the boiler operates under the special operating requirements provided by 335-14-7-.08(11).

(ii)Boilers and industrial furnaces burning low risk waste. When seeking to be permitted under the provisions for low risk waste provided by 335-14-7-.08(5)(a)5. and 335-14-7-.08(10)(a) that waive the DRE trial burn, the owner or operator must submit:

(I)Documentation that the device is operated in conformance with the requirements of 335-14-7-.08(10)(a)1.

(II)Results of analyses of each waste to be burned, documenting the concentrations of nonmetal compounds listed in 335-14-2 - Appendix VIII, except for those constituents that would reasonably not be expected to be in the waste. The constituents excluded from analysis must be identified and the basis for their exclusion explained. The analysis must rely on analytical techniques specified in Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods [incorporated by reference, see 335-14-1-.02(2)].

(III)Documentation of hazardous waste firing rates and calculations of reasonable, worst-case emission rates of each constituent identified in 335-14-8-.02(13)(a)2.(ii)(II) using procedures provided by 335-14-7-.08(10)(a)2.(ii).

(IV)Results of emissions dispersion modeling for emissions identified in 335-14-8-.02(13)(a)2.(ii)(III) using modeling procedures prescribed by 335-14-7-.08(7)(h). The Department will review the emission modeling conducted by the applicant to determine conformance with these procedures. The Department will either approve the modeling or determine that alternate or supplementary modeling is appropriate.

(V)Documentation that the maximum annual average ground level concentration of each constituent identified in 335-14-8-.02(13)(a)2.(ii)(II) quantified in conformance with 335-14-8-.02(13)(a)2.(ii)(IV) does not exceed the allowable ambient level established in 335-14-7 - Appendices IV or V. The acceptable ambient concentration for emitted constituents for which a specific Reference Air Concentration has not been established in 335-14-7 - Appendix IV or Risk-Specific Dose has not been established in 335-14-7 - Appendix V is 0.1 micrograms per cubic meter, as noted in the footnote to 335-14-7 - Appendix IV.

3.Waiver of trial burn for metals. When seeking to be permitted under the Tier I (or adjusted Tier I) metals feed rate screening limits provided by 335-14-7-.08(7)(b) and (e) that control metals emissions without requiring a trial burn, the owner or operator must submit:

(i)Documentation of the feed rate of hazardous waste, other fuels, and industrial furnace feed stocks;

(ii)Documentation of the concentration of each metal controlled by 335-14-7-.08(7)(b) or (e) in the hazardous waste, other fuels, and industrial furnace feedstocks, and calculations of the total feed rate of each metal;

(iii)Documentation of how the applicant will ensure that the Tier I feed rate screening limits provided by 335-14-7-.08(7)(b) or (e) will not be exceeded during the averaging period provided by that paragraph;

(iv)Documentation to support the determination of the terrain-adjusted effective stack height, good engineering practice stack height, terrain type, and land use as provided by 335-14-7-.08(7)(b)3. through (b)5.;

(v)Documentation of compliance with the provisions of 335-14-7-.08(7)(b)6., if applicable, for facilities with multiple stacks;

(vi)Documentation that the facility does not fail the criteria provided by 335-14-7-.08(7)(b)7. for eligibility to comply with the screening limits; and

(vii)Proposed sampling and metals analysis plan for the hazardous waste, other fuels, and industrial furnace feed stocks.

4.Waiver of trial burn for particulate matter. When seeking to be permitted under the low risk waste provisions of 335-14-7-.08(10)(b) which waives the particulate standard (and trial burn to demonstrate conformance with the particulate standard), applicants must submit documentation supporting conformance with 335-14-8-.02(13)(a)2.(ii) and (a)3.

5.Waiver of trial burn for HCl and Cl2. When seeking to be permitted under the Tier I (or adjusted Tier I) feed rate screening limits for total chloride and chlorine provided by 335-14-7-.08(8)(b)1. and (e) that control emissions of hydrogen chloride (HCl) and chlorine gas (Cl2) without requiring a trial burn, the owner or operator must submit:

(i)Documentation of the feed rate of hazardous waste, other fuels, and industrial furnace feed stocks;

(ii)Documentation of the levels of total chloride and chlorine in the hazardous waste, other fuels, and industrial furnace feedstocks, and calculations of the total feed rate of total chloride and chlorine;

(iii)Documentation of how the applicant will ensure that the Tier I (or adjusted Tier I) feed rate screening limits provided by 335-14-7-.08(8)(b)1. or (e) will not be exceeded during the averaging period provided by that subparagraph;

(iv)Documentation to support the determination of the terrain-adjusted effective stack height, good engineering practice stack height, terrain type, and land use as provided by 335-14-7-.08(8)(b)3.;

(v)Documentation of compliance with the provisions of 335-14-7-.08(8)(b)4., if applicable, for facilities with multiple stacks;

(vi)Documentation that the facility does not fail the criteria provided by 335-14-7-.08(8)(b)3. for eligibility to comply with the screening limits; and

(vii)Proposed sampling and analysis plan for total chloride and chlorine for the hazardous waste, other fuels, and industrial furnace feedstocks.

6.Data in lieu of trial burn. The owner or operator may seek an exemption from the trial burn requirements to demonstrate conformance with 335-14-7-.08(5) through 335-14-7-.08(8) and 335-14-8-.06(5) by providing the information required by 335-14-8-.06(5) from previous compliance testing of the device in conformance with 335-14-7-.08(4), or from compliance testing or trial or operational burns of similar boilers or industrial furnaces burning similar hazardous wastes under similar conditions. If data from a similar device is used to support a trial burn waiver, the design and operating information required by 335-14-8-.06(5) must be provided for both the similar device and the device to which the data is to be applied, and a comparison of the design and operating information must be provided. The Department shall approve a permit application without a trial burn if it finds that the hazardous wastes are sufficiently similar, the devices are sufficiently similar, the operating conditions are sufficiently similar, and the data from other compliance tests, trial burns, or operational burns are adequate to specify (under 335-14-7-.08(3)) operating conditions that will ensure conformance with 335-14-7-.08(3)(c). In addition, the following information shall be submitted:

(i)For a waiver from any trial burn:

(I)A description and analysis of the hazardous waste to be burned compared with the hazardous waste for which data from compliance testing, or operational or trial burns are provided to support the contention that a trial burn is not needed;

(II)The design and operating conditions of the boiler or industrial furnace to be used, compared with that for which comparative burn data are available; and

(III)Such supplemental information as the Department finds necessary to achieve the purposes of 335-14-8-.02(13)(a).

(ii)For a waiver of the DRE trial burn, the basis for selection of POHCs used in the other trial or operational burns which demonstrate compliance with the DRE performance standard in 335-14-7-.08(5)(a). This analysis should specify the constituents in 335-14-2 - Appendix VIII, that the applicant has identified in the hazardous waste for which a permit is sought, and any differences from the POHCs in the hazardous waste for which burn data are provided.

(b)Alternative HC limit for industrial furnaces with organic matter in raw materials. Owners and operators of industrial furnaces requesting an alternative HC limit under 335-14-7-.08(5)(f) shall submit the following information at a minimum:

1.Documentation that the furnace is designed and operated to minimize HC emissions from fuels and raw materials;

2.Documentation of the proposed baseline flue gas HC (and CO) concentration, including data on HC (and CO) levels during tests when the facility produced normal products under normal operating conditions from normal raw materials while burning normal fuels and when not burning hazardous waste;

3.Test burn protocol to confirm the baseline HC (and CO) level including information on the type and flow rate of all feed streams, point of introduction of all feed streams, total organic carbon content (or other appropriate measure of organic content) of all nonfuel feed streams, and operating conditions that affect combustion of fuel(s) and destruction of hydrocarbon emissions from nonfuel sources;

4.Trial burn plan to:

(i)Demonstrate that flue gas HC (and CO) concentrations when burning hazardous waste do not exceed the baseline HC (and CO) level; and

(ii)Identify the types and concentrations of organic compounds listed in 335-14-2 - Appendix VIII, that are emitted when burning hazardous waste in conformance with procedures prescribed by the Department;

5.Implementation plan to monitor overtime changes in the operation of the facility that could reduce the baseline HC level and procedures to periodically confirm the baseline HC level; and

6.Such other information as the Department finds necessary to achieve the purposes of 335-14-8-.02(13)(b).

(c)Alternative metals implementation approach. When seeking to be permitted under an alternative metals implementation approach under 335-14-7-.08(7)(f), the owner or operator must submit documentation specifying how the approach ensures compliance with the metals emissions standards of 335-14-7-.08(7)(c) or (d) and how the approach can be effectively implemented and monitored. Further, the owner or operator shall provide such other information that the Department finds necessary to achieve the purposes of 335-14-8-.02(13)(c).

(d)Automatic waste feed cutoff system. Owners and operators shall submit information describing the automatic waste feed cutoff system, including any pre-alarm systems that may be used.

(e)Direct transfer. Owners and operators that use direct transfer operations to feed hazardous waste from transport vehicles (containers, as defined in 335-14-7-.08(12)) directly to the boiler or industrial furnace shall submit information supporting conformance with the standards for direct transfer provided by 335-14-7-.08(12).

(f)Residues. Owners and operators that claim that their residues are excluded from regulations under the provisions of 335-14-7-.08(13) must submit information adequate to demonstrate conformance with those provisions.

(14)Specific Part B information requirements for miscellaneous units. Except as otherwise provided in 335-14-5-.24(1), owners and operators of facilities that treat, store or dispose of hazardous waste in miscellaneous units must provide the following additional information:

(a)A detailed description of the unit being used or proposed for use, including the following:

1.Physical characteristics, materials of construction and dimensions of the unit;

2.Detailed plans and engineering reports describing how the unit will be located, designed, constructed, operated, maintained, monitored, inspected, and closed to comply with the requirements of 335-14-5-.24(2) and 335-14-5-.24(3); and

3.For disposal units, a detailed description of the plans to comply with the post-closure requirements of 335-14-5-.24(4).

(b)Detailed hydrologic, geologic, and meteorologic assessments and land-use maps for the region surrounding the site that address and ensure compliance of the unit with each factor in the environmental performance standards of 335-14-5-.24(2). If the applicant can demonstrate that he does not violate the environmental performance standards of 335-14-5-.24(2) and the Department agrees with such demonstration, preliminary hydrologic, geologic, and meteorologic assessments will suffice.

(c)Information on the potential pathways of exposure of humans or environmental receptors to hazardous waste or hazardous constituents and on the potential magnitude and nature of such exposures.

(d)For any treatment unit, a report on a demonstration of the effectiveness of the treatment based on laboratory or field data.

(e)Any additional information determined by the Department to be necessary for evaluation of compliance of the unit with the environmental performance standards of 335-14-5-.24(2).

(15)Specific Part B information requirements for process vents. Except as otherwise provided in 335-14-5-.01(1), owners and operators of facilities that have process vents to which 335-14-5-.27 applies must provide the following additional information:

(a)For facilities that cannot install a closed-vent system and control device to comply with the provisions of 335-14-5-.27 on the effective date that the facility becomes subject to the provisions of 335-14-5 or 335-14-6-.27, an implementation schedule as specified in 335-14-5-.27(4).

(b)Documentation of compliance with the process vent standards in 335-14-5-.27(3), including:

1.Information and data identifying all affected process vents, annual throughput and operating hours of each affected unit, estimated emission rates for each affected vent and for the overall facility (i.e., the total emissions for all affected vents at the facility), and the approximate location within the facility of each affected unit (e.g., identify the hazardous waste management units on a facility plot plan).

2.Information and data supporting estimates of vent emissions and emission reduction achieved by add-on control devices based on engineering calculations or source tests. For the purpose of determining compliance, estimates of vent emissions and emission reductions must be made using operating parameter values (e.g., temperatures, flow rates, or concentration) that represent the conditions that exist when the waste management unit is operating at the highest load or capacity level reasonably expected to occur.

3.Information and data used to determine whether or not a process vent is subject to the requirements of 335-14-5-.27(3).

(c)Where an owner or operator applies for permission to use a control device other than a thermal vapor incinerator, catalytic vapor incinerator, flare, boiler, process heater, condenser, or carbon adsorption system to comply with the requirements of 335-14-5-.27(3), and chooses to use test data to determine the organic removal efficiency or the total organic compound concentration achieved by the control device, a performance test plan as specified in 335-14-5-.27(6).

(d)Documentation of compliance with 335-14-5-.27(4), including:

1.A list of all information references and sources used in preparing the documentation.

2.Records including the dates of each compliance test required by 335-14-5-.27(4).

3.A design analysis, specifications, drawings, schematics, and piping and instrumentation diagrams based on the appropriate sections of "APTI Course 415: Control of Gaseous Emissions" [incorporated by reference as specified in 335-14-1-.02(2)] or other engineering texts acceptable to the Department that present basic control device design information. The design analysis shall address the vent stream characteristics and control device operation parameters as specified in 335-14-5-.27(6).

4.A statement signed and dated by the owner or operator certifying that the operating parameters used in the design analysis reasonably represent the conditions that exist when the hazardous waste management unit is or would be operating at the highest load or capacity level reasonably expected to occur.

5.A statement signed and dated by the owner or operator certifying that the control device is designed to operate at an efficiency of 95 weight percent or greater unless the total organic emission limits of 335-14-5-.27(3) for affected process vents at the facility can be attained by a control device involving vapor recovery at an efficiency less than 95 weight percent.

(16)Specific Part B information requirements for equipment. Except as otherwise provided in 335-14-5-.01(1), owners and operators of facilities that have equipment to which 335-14-5-.28 applies must provide the following additional information:

(a)For each piece of equipment to which 335-14-5-.28 applies:

1.Equipment identification number and hazardous waste management unit identification.

2.Approximate locations within the facility (e.g., identify the hazardous waste management unit on a facility plot plan).

3.Type of equipment (e.g., a pump or pipeline valve).

4.Percent by weight total organics in the hazardous waste stream at the equipment.

5.Hazardous waste state at the equipment (e.g., gas/ vapor or liquid).

6.Method of compliance with the standard (e.g., "monthly leak detection and repair" or "equipped with dual mechanical seals").

(b)For facilities that cannot install a closed-vent system and control device to comply with the provisions of Rule 335-14-5-.28 on the effective date that the facility becomes subject to the provisions of 335-14-5-.28 or 335-14-6-.28, an implementation schedule as specified in 335-14-5-.27(4).

(c)Where an owner or operator applies for permission to use a control device other than a thermal vapor incinerator, catalytic vapor incinerator, flare, boiler, process heater, condenser, or carbon adsorption system and chooses to use test data to determine the organic removal efficiency or the total organic compound concentration achieved by the control device, a performance test plan as specified in 335-14-5-.27(6).

(d)Documentation that demonstrates compliance with the equipment standards in 335-14-5-.28(3) to (10). This documentation shall contain the records required under 335-14-5-.28(15). The Department may request further documentation before deciding if compliance has been demonstrated.

(e)Documentation to demonstrate compliance with 335-14-5-.28(11) shall include the following information:

1.A list of all information references and sources used in preparing the documentation.

2.Records, including the dates of each compliance test required by 335-14-5-.27(4).

3.A design analysis, specifications, drawings, schematics, and piping and instrumentation diagrams based on the appropriate sections of "APTI Course 415: Control of Gaseous Emissions" [incorporated by reference as specified in 335-14-1-.02(2)] or other engineering texts acceptable to the Department that present basic control device design information. The design analysis shall address the vent stream characteristics and control device operation parameters as specified in 335-14-5-.27(6).

4.A statement signed and dated by the owner or operator certifying that the operating parameters used in the design analysis reasonably represent the conditions that exist when the hazardous waste management unit is operating at the highest load or capacity level reasonably expected to occur.

5.A statement signed and dated by the owner or operator certifying that the control device is designed to operate at an efficiency of 95 weight percent or greater.

(17)Special Part B information requirements for drip pads. Except as otherwise provided by 335-14-5-.01, owners and operators of hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facilities that collect, store, or treat hazardous waste on drip pads must provide the following additional information:

(a)A list of hazardous wastes placed or to be placed on each drip pad.

(b)If an exemption is sought to 335-14-5-.06, as provided by 335-14-5-.06(1), detailed plans and an engineering report describing how the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(1)(b)2. will be met.

(c)Detailed plans and an engineering report describing how the drip pad is or will be designed, constructed, operated, and maintained to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.23(4), including the as-built drawings and specifications. This submission must address the following items as specified in 335-14-5-.23(2):

1.The design characteristics of the drip pad;

2.The liner system;

3.The leakage detection system, including the leak detection system and how it is designed to detect the failure of the drip pad or the presence of any releases of hazardous waste or accumulated liquid at the earliest practicable time;

4.Practices designed to maintain drip pads;

5.The associated collection system;

6.Control of run-on to the drip pad;

7.Control of run-off from the drip pad;

8.The interval at which drippage and other materials will be removed from the associated collection system and a statement demonstrating that the interval will be sufficient to prevent overflow onto the drip pad;

9.Procedures for cleaning the drip pad at least once every seven days to ensure the removal of any accumulated residues of waste or other materials, including but not limited to rinsing, washing with detergents or other appropriate solvents, or steam cleaning and provisions for documenting the date, time, and cleaning procedure used each time the pad is cleaned.

10.Operating practices and procedures that will be followed to ensure that tracking of hazardous waste or waste constituents off the drip pad due to activities by personnel or equipment is minimized;

11.Procedures for ensuring that, after removal from the treatment vessel, treated wood from pressure and non- pressure processes is held on the drip pad until drippage has ceased, including recordkeeping practices;

12.Provisions for ensuring that collection and holding units associated with the run-on and run-off control systems are emptied or otherwise managed as soon as possible after storms to maintain design capacity of the system;

13.If treatment is carried out on the drip pad, details of the process equipment used, and the nature and quality of the residuals.

14.A description of how each drip pad, including appurtenances for control of run-on and run-off, will be inspected in order to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.23(4). This information should be included in the inspection plan submitted under 335-14-8-.02(5)(b)5.

15.A certification signed by an independent qualified, registered professional engineer stating that the drip pad design meets the requirements of 335-14-.23(4)(a) through (f).

16.A description of how hazardous waste residues and contaminated materials will be removed from the drip pad at closure, as required under 335-14-5-.23(6)(a). For any waste not to be removed from the drip pad upon closure, the owner or operator must submit detailed plans and an engineering report describing how 335-14-5-.14(11) will be complied with. This information should be included in the closure plan and, where applicable, the post-closure plan submitted under 335-14-8-.02(5)(b)13.

(18)Specific Part B information requirements for air emission controls for tanks, surface impoundments, and containers.

(a)Except as otherwise provided in 335-14-5-.01(1), owners and operators of tanks, surface impoundments, or containers that use air emission controls in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.29 shall provide the following additional information:

1.Documentation for each floating roof cover installed on a tank subject to 335-14-5-.29(5) that includes information prepared by the owner or operator or provided by the cover manufacturer or vendor describing the cover design, and certification by the owner or operator that the cover meets the applicable design specifications as listed in 335-14-5-.29(5).

2.Identification of each container area subject to the requirements of 335-14-5-.29 and certification by the owner or operator that the requirements 335-14-8-.02 are met.

3.Documentation for each enclosure used to control air pollutant emissions from tanks or containers in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.29(5) or 335-14-5-.29(7) that includes records for the most recent set of calculations and measurements performed by the owner or operator to verify that the enclosure meets the criteria of a permanent total enclosure as specified in "Procedure T--Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent or Temporary Total Enclosure" under 40 CFR 52.741, Appendix B.

4.Documentation for each floating membrane cover installed on a surface impoundment in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.29(6) that includes information prepared by the owner or operator or provided by the cover manufacturer or vendor describing the cover design, and certification by the owner or operator that the cover meets the specifications listed in 335-14-5-.29(6).

5.Documentation for each closed-vent system and control device installed in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-5-.29(8) that includes design and performance information as specified in 335-14-8-.02(15)(c) and (d).

6.An emission monitoring plan for both Method 21 in 40 CFR part 60, appendix A and control device monitoring methods. This plan shall include the following information: monitoring point(s), monitoring methods for control devices, monitoring frequency, procedures for documenting exceedances, and procedures for mitigating noncompliances.

7.When an owner or operator of a facility subject to 335-14-6-.29 cannot comply with 335-14-5-.29 by the date of permit issuance, the schedule of implementation required under 335-14-6-.29(3).

(19)Specific Part B information requirements for post-closure permits. The following specific Part B information must be provided in addition to the general application requirements of 335-14-8-.02(1), (2), (3), and (4).

(a)For post-closure permits, the owner or operator is required to submit only the information specified in 335-14-8-.02(5)(b)1., 4., 5., 6., 11., 13., 14., 16., 18., and 19., 335-14-8-.02(5)(c), 335-14-8-.02(5)(d), and a list of the hazardous wastes placed in each unit, unless the Department determines that additional information from 335-14-8-.02(5), (7), (8), (9), (11), or (12) is necessary. The owner or operator is required to submit the same information when an alternative authority is used in lieu of a post-closure permit as provided in 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)7.

(b)For alternative post-closure permits, the owner or operator is required to submit the information specified in 335-14-8-.02(19)(a). The information specified in 335-14-8-.02(1), (2), (3), (4), (5)(b)1., (5)(b)4., (5)(b)5., (5)(b)6., (5)(b)11.(i), (5)(b)(11.(iii), (5)(b)14., (5)(b)16., (5)(b)19., and a list of the hazardous wastes placed in each unit must be submitted in the permit application, together with a proposed permit schedule for submittal of the remaining required information.

(20)Permit denial. The Department may, pursuant to the procedures in 335-14-8-.08, deny the permit application either in its entirety or as to the active life of a hazardous waste management facility or unit only.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Stephen A. Cobb; Amy P. Zachry, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12, 22-30-16, 22-30-18.

History: July 19, 1982. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.8.03" level="3" title="Permit Conditions - Treatment, Storage And Disposal Facilities"> <dwc name="lead" times="7">

(1)Conditions applicable to all permits. The following conditions apply to all permits, and shall be incorporated into the permits either expressly or by reference. If incorporated by reference, a specific citation to these regulations must be given in the permit.

(a)Duty to comply. The permittee must comply with all conditions of this permit, except that the permittee need not comply with the conditions of this permit to the extent and for the duration such noncompliance is authorized in an emergency permit. [See 335-14-8-.06(1).]

Any permit noncompliance, except under the terms of an emergency permit, constitutes a violation of the AHWMMA and is grounds for enforcement action; for permit termination, revocation and reissuance, or modification; or for denial of a permit renewal application.

Duty to reapply.

1.If the permittee wishes to continue an activity regulated by this permit after the expiration date of this permit, the permittee must apply for and obtain a new permit.

2.The Permittee must submit an application for a new permit for both post-closure and solid waste management unit corrective action at least 180 calendar days before the expiration of this permit. The Permittee must reapply in order to fulfill the 30-year post-closure care period required by 335-14-5-.07(8)(a)1. The Department may shorten or extend the post-closure care period applicable to the hazardous waste facility in accordance with 335-14-5-.07(8)(a)2. and 335-14-8-.03(1)(b).

(c)Need to halt or reduce activity not a defense. It shall not be a defense for a permittee in an enforcement action that it would have been necessary to halt or reduce the permitted activity in order to maintain compliance with the conditions of this permit.

(d)In the event of noncompliance with the permit, the permittee shall take all reasonable steps to minimize releases to the environment, and shall carry out such measures as are reasonable to prevent significant adverse impacts on human health or the environment.

(e)Proper operation and maintenance. The permittee shall at all times properly operate and maintain all facilities and systems of treatment and control (and related appurtenances) which are installed or used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the conditions of this permit. Proper operation and maintenance includes effective performance, adequate funding, adequate operator staffing and training, and adequate laboratory and process controls, including appropriate quality assurance procedures. This provision requires the operation of back-up or auxiliary facilities or similar systems only when necessary to achieve compliance with the conditions of the permit.

(f)Permit actions. This permit may be modified, revoked and reissued, or terminated for cause. The filing of a request by the permittee for a permit modification, revocation and reissuance, or termination, or a notification of planned changes or anticipated noncompliance does not stay any permit condition.

(g)Property rights. The permit does not convey any property rights of any sort, or any exclusive privilege.

(h)Duty to provide information. The permittee shall furnish to the Department, within a reasonable time, any relevant information which the Department may request to determine whether cause exists for modifying, revoking and reissuing, or terminating this permit, or to determine compliance with this permit. The permittee shall also furnish to the Department, upon request, copies of records required to be kept by this permit.

(i)Inspection and entry. The permittee shall allow duly designated officers and employees of the Department or their authorized representative, upon the presentation of credentials and other documents as may be required by law to:

1.Enter at reasonable times upon the permittee's premises where a regulated facility or activity is located or conducted, or where records must be kept under the conditions of this permit;

2.Have access to and copy, at reasonable times, any records that must be kept under the conditions of this permit;

3.Inspect at reasonable times any facilities, equipment (including monitoring and control equipment), practices or operations regulated or required under this permit; and

4.Sample or monitor at reasonable times, for the purposes of assuring permit compliance or as otherwise authorized by the AHWMMA, any substances or parameters at any location.

(j)Monitoring and records.

1.Samples and measurements taken for the purpose of monitoring shall be representative of the monitored activity.

2.The permittee shall retain records of all monitoring information, including all calibration and maintenance records and all original strip chart recordings for continuous monitoring instrumentation, copies of all reports required by this permit, the certification required by 335-14-5-.05(4)(b)9., and records of all data used to complete the application for this permit, for a period of at least 3 years from the date of the sample, measurement, report, certification, or application. This period may be extended by request of the Department at any time. The permittee shall maintain records from all groundwater monitoring wells and associated groundwater surface elevations, for the active life of the facility, and for disposal facilities for the post-closure care period as well.

3.Records for monitoring information shall include:

(i)The date, exact place, and times of sampling or measurements;

(ii)The individual(s) who performed the sampling or measurements;

(iii)The date(s) analyses were performed;

(iv)The individual(s) who performed the analyses;

(v)The analytical techniques or methods used; and

(vi)The results of such analyses.

(k)Signatory requirements. All applications, reports, or information submitted to the Department shall be signed and certified. (See 335-14-8-.02(2).)

(l)Reporting requirements.

1.Planned changes. The permittee shall give notice to the Department as soon as possible of any planned physical alterations or additions to the permitted facility.

2.Anticipated noncompliance. The permittee shall give advance notice to the Department of any planned changes in the permitted facility or activity which may result in noncompliance with permit requirements. For a new facility, the permittee may not treat, store, or dispose of hazardous wastes; and for a facility being modified, the permittee may not treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste in the modified portion of the facility, until:

(i)The permittee has submitted to the Department by certified mail or hand delivery a letter signed by the permittee and a registered professional engineer stating that the facility has been constructed or modified in compliance with the permit; and

(ii)(I)The Department has inspected the modified or newly constructed facility and finds it is in compliance with the conditions of the permit; or

(II)Within 15 days of the date of submission of the letter in 335-14-8-.03(1)2.(i), the permittee has not received notice from the Department of its intent to inspect, prior inspection is waived and the permittee may commence treatment, storage, or disposal of hazardous waste.

3.Transfers. This permit is not transferable to any person except after notice to the Department. The Department may require modification or revocation and reissuance of the permit to change the name of the permittee and incorporate such other requirements as may be necessary under the AHWMMA. (See 335-14-8-.04(1).)

4.Monitoring reports. Monitoring results shall be reported at the intervals specified elsewhere in this permit.

5.Compliance schedules. Reports of compliance or noncompliance with, or any progress reports on, interim and final requirements contained in any compliance schedule of this permit shall be submitted no later than 14 days following each schedule date.

6.Twenty-four hour reporting.

(i)The permittee shall report any noncompliance which may endanger human health or the environment orally within 24 hours from the time the permittee becomes aware of the circumstances, including:

(I)Information concerning release of any hazardous waste that may cause an endangerment to public drinking water supplies.

(II)Any information of a release or discharge of hazardous waste or of a fire or explosion from the HWM facility, which could threaten the environment or human health outside the facility.

(ii)The description of the occurrence and its cause shall include:

(I)Name, address, and telephone number of the owner or operator;

(II)Name, address, and telephone number of the facility;

(III)Date, time, and type of incident;

(IV)Name and quantity of material(s) involved;

(V)The extent of injuries, if any;

(VI)An assessment of actual or potential hazards to the environment and human health outside the facility, where this is applicable; and

(VII)Estimated quantity and disposition of recovered material that resulted from the incident.

(iii)A written submission shall also be provided within 5 days of the time the permittee becomes aware of the circumstances. The written submission shall contain a description of the noncompliance and its cause; the period of noncompliance including exact dates and times, and if the noncompliance has not been corrected, the anticipated time it is expected to continue; and steps taken or planned to reduce, eliminate and prevent reoccurrence of the noncompliance. The Department may waive the five day written notice requirement in favor of a written report within fifteen days.

7.Manifest discrepancy report: If a significant discrepancy in a manifest is discovered, the permittee must attempt to reconcile the discrepancy. If not resolved within fifteen days, the permittee must submit a letter report, including a copy of the manifest, to the Department. [See 335-14-5-.05(3).]

8.Unmanifested waste report: This report must be submitted to the Department within 15 days of receipt of unmanifested waste. [See 335-14-5-.05(7).]

9.Biennial report: A biennial report must be submitted covering facility activities during odd numbered calendar years. [See 335-14-5-.05(6).]

10.Other noncompliance. The permittee shall report all instances of noncompliance not reported under 335-14-8-.03(l(I))4., (l)5. and (l)6., at the time monitoring reports are submitted. The reports shall contain the information listed in 335-14-8-.03(l)(I)6.

11.Other information. Where the permittee becomes aware that it failed to submit any relevant facts in a permit application, or submitted incorrect information in a permit application or in any report to the Department, it shall promptly submit such facts or information.

(m)Information repository. The Department may require the permittee to establish and maintain an information repository at any time, based on the factors set forth in 335-14-8-.08(1)(c)2. The information repository will be governed by the provisions in 335-14-8-.08(1)(c)3. through 6.

(2)Requirements for recording and reporting of monitoring results. All permits shall specify:

(a)Requirements concerning the proper use, maintenance, and installation, when appropriate, of monitoring equipment or methods (including biological monitoring methods when appropriate);

(b)Required monitoring including type, intervals, and frequency sufficient to yield data which are representative of the monitored activity including, when appropriate, continuous monitoring;

(c)Applicable reporting requirements based upon the impact of the regulated activity and as specified in Chapters 335-14-5 and 335-14-7. Reporting shall be no less than specified in the above regulations.

(3)Establishing permit conditions.

(a)In addition to conditions required in all permits 335-14-8-.03(1), the Department shall establish conditions, as required on a case-by-case basis, in permits under 335-14-8-.05(1) (duration of permits), 335-14-8-.03(4)(a) (schedules of compliance) and 335-14-8-.03(2) (monitoring).

(b)1.Each AHWMMA permit shall include permit conditions necessary to achieve compliance with the AHWMMA and rules, including each of the applicable requirements specified in Chapters 335-14-5 and 335-14-7 through 335-14-9. In satisfying this provision, the Department may incorporate applicable requirements of Chapters 335-14-5 and 335-14-7 through 335-14-9 directly into the permit or establish other permit conditions that are based on these Chapters.

2.Each permit issued under the AHWMMA shall contain terms and conditions as the Department determines necessary to protect human health and the environment.

(c)An applicable requirement is a statutory or regulatory requirement which takes effect prior to final administrative disposition of a permit. 335-14-8-.08(9) (reopening of comment period) provides a means for reopening permit proceedings at the discretion of the Department where new requirements become effective during the permitting process and are of sufficient magnitude to make additional proceedings desirable. An applicable requirement is also any requirement which takes effect prior to the modification or revocation and reissuance of a permit, to the extent allowed in 335-14-8-.04(2).

(d)New or reissued permits, and to the extent allowed under 335-14-8-.04(2), modified or revoked and reissued permits shall incorporate each of the applicable requirements referenced in 335-14-8-.03(2).

(e)All permit conditions shall be incorporated either expressly or by reference. If incorporated by reference, a specific citation to the applicable regulations or requirements must be given in the permit.

(4)Schedules of compliance.

(a)The permit may, when appropriate, specify a schedule of compliance leading to compliance with the AHWMMA and Rules.

1.Any schedules of compliance under 335-14-8-.03(4) shall require compliance as soon as possible.

2.Except as provided in 335-14-8-.03(4)(b)1.(ii), if a permit establishes a schedule of compliance which exceeds 1 year from the date of permit issuance, the schedule shall set forth interim requirements and the dates for their achievement.

(i)The time between interim dates shall not exceed 1 year.

(ii)If the time necessary for completion of an interim requirement is more than 1 year and is not readily divisible into stages for completion, the permit shall specify interim dates for the submission of reports of progress toward completion of the interim requirements and indicate a projected completion date.

3.The permit shall be written to require that no later than 14 days following each interim date and the final date of compliance, the permittee shall notify the Department in writing, of its compliance or noncompliance with the interim or final requirements.

(b)A permit applicant or permittee may cease conducting regulated activities (by receiving a terminal volume of hazardous waste and, for treatment and storage HWM facilities, closing pursuant to applicable requirements; and, for disposal HWM facilities, closing and conducting post-closure care pursuant to applicable requirements) rather than continue to operate and meet permit requirements as follows:

1.If the permittee decides to cease conducting regulated activities at a given time within the term of a permit which has already been issued:

(i)The permit may be modified to contain a new or additional schedule leading to timely cessation of activities; or

(ii)The permittee shall cease conducting permitted activities before noncompliance with any interim or final compliance schedule requirement already specified in the permit;

2.If the decision to cease conducting regulated activities is made before issuance of a permit whose term will include the termination date, the permit shall contain a schedule leading to termination which will ensure timely compliance with applicable requirements;

3.If the permittee is undecided whether to cease conducting regulated activities, the Department may issue or modify a permit to contain two schedules as follows:

(i)Both schedules shall contain an identical interim deadline requiring a final decision on whether to cease conducting regulated activities no later than a date which ensures sufficient time to comply with applicable requirements in a timely manner if the decision is to continue conducting regulated activities;

(ii)One schedule shall lead to timely compliance with applicable requirements;

(iii)The second schedule shall lead to cessation of regulated activities by a date which will ensure timely compliance with applicable requirements;

(iv)Each permit containing two schedules shall include a requirement that after the permittee has made a final decision under 335-14-8-.03(4)(b)3.(i) it shall follow the schedule leading to compliance if the decision is to continue conducting regulated activities, and follow the schedule leading to termination if the decision is to cease conducting regulated activities; and

4.The applicant's or permittee's decision to cease conducting regulated activities shall be evidenced by a firm public commitment satisfactory to the Department, such as resolution of the board of directors of a corporation.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Amy P. Zachry; Michael B. Champion; Vernon H. Crockett

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-40-11, 22-30-12.

History: July 19, 1982. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 28, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003. Amended: Filed April 22, 2004; effective May 27, 2004.

<regElement name="335.14.8.04" level="3" title="Changes To Permit - Treatment, Storage, And Disposal Facilities"> <dwc name="dioxin" times="1">

(1)Transfer of permits. A permit may be transferred by the permittee to a new owner or operator only if the permit has been modified or revoked and reissued (under 335-14-8-.04(2)(b)2., or a minor modification made under 335-14-8-.04(3)(a)1.(vii), to identify the new permittee and incorporate such other requirements as may be necessary under the AHWMMA.

(2)Major modification or revocation and reissuance of permits. When the Department receives any information (for example, inspects the facility, receives information submitted by the permittee as required in the permit (see 335-14-8-.03(1)), receives a request for modification or revocation and reissuance under 335-14-8-.08(2), or conducts a review of the permit file, it may determine whether or not one or more of the causes listed in 335-14-8-.04(2)(a) and (b) for modification, or revocation and reissuance, or both exist. If cause exists, the Department may modify, or revoke and reissue, the permit accordingly, subject to the limitations of 335-14-8-.04(2)(c), and may request an updated application if necessary. When a permit is modified, only the conditions subject to modification are reopened. If a permit is revoked and reissued, the entire permit is reopened and subject to revision and the permit is reissued for a new term. (See 335-14-8-.08(2)(c)2.) If cause does not exist under 335-14-8-.04(2) or 335-14-8-.04(3), the Department shall not modify or revoke and reissue the permit. If a permit modification satisfies the criteria in 335-14-8-.04(3) for a minor modification, the permit may be modified without a draft permit or public review. Otherwise, a draft permit must be prepared and other procedures in 335-14-8 followed.

(a)Causes for modification. The following are causes for modification, but not revocation and reissuance, of permits; the following may be causes for revocation and reissuance, as well as modification, when the permittee requests or agrees:

1.Alterations. There are material and substantial alterations or additions to the permitted facility or activity which occurred after permit issuance which justify the application of permit conditions that are different or absent in the existing permit;

2.Information. The Department has received information. Permits may be modified during their terms for this cause only if the information was not available at the time of permit issuance (other than revised regulations, guidance or test methods) and would have justified the application of different permit conditions at the time of issuance;

3.New statutory requirements or rules. The standards or rules on which the permit was based have been changed by statute, through promulgation of new or amended standards or rules, or by judicial decision after the permit was issued. Permits may be modified during their terms for this cause as follows:

(i)Department may modify the permit when the standards or Rules on which the permit was based have been changed by statute or amended standards or Rules.

(ii)Permittee may request modification when:

(I)The permit condition to be modified was based on a promulgated Rule under Chapters 335-14-1 through 335-14-9; and

(II)The Department has revised, withdrawn, or modified that portion of the rule on which the permit condition was based; or

(III)A permittee requests modification in accordance with 335-14-8-.08(2) within ninety (90) days after action on which the request is based.

(iii)For judicial decisions, a court of competent jurisdiction has remanded and stayed Department promulgated rules if the remand and stay concern that portion of the rules on which the permit condition was based or a request is filed by the permittee in accordance with 335-14-8-.08(2) within ninety (90) days of judicial remand;

4.The Department determines good cause exists for modification of a compliance schedule, such as an act of God, strike, flood, or materials shortage or other events over which the permittee has little or no control and for which there is no reasonably available remedy;

5.The Department may also modify a permit:

(i)When modification of a closure plan is required under 335-14-5-.02(3)(b) or (9)(b);

(ii)After the Department receives the notification of expected closure under 335-14-5-.07(4), when the Department determines that extension of the 90 to 180 day periods under 335-14-5-.07(4), modification of the 30-year post-closure period under 335-14-5-.07(8)(a), a continuation of security requirements under 335-14-5-.07(8)(b), or permission to disturb the integrity of the containment system under 335-14-5-.07(8)(c) are unwarranted;

(iii)When the permittee has filed a request under 335-14-5-.08(8)(c) for a variance to the level of financial responsibility or when the Department demonstrates under 335-14-5-.08(8)(d) that an upward adjustment of the level of financial responsibility is required;

(iv)When the corrective action program specified in the permit under 335-14-5-.06(11) has not brought the regulated unit into compliance with the groundwater protection standard within a reasonable period of time;

(v)To include a detection monitoring program meeting the requirements of 335-14-5-.06(9), when the owner or operator has been conducting a compliance monitoring program under 335-14-5-.06(10) or a corrective action program under 335-14-5-.06(11) and compliance period ends before the end of the post-closure care period for the unit;

(vi)When a permit requires a compliance monitoring program under 335-14-5-.10(10), but monitoring data collected prior to permit issuance indicate that the facility is exceeding the groundwater protection standard;

(vii)To include conditions applicable to units at a facility that were not previously included in the facility's permit; and

(viii)When a land treatment unit is not achieving complete treatment of hazardous constituents under its current permit conditions.

6.Notwithstanding any other provision in 335-14-8-.04(2), when a permit for a land disposal facility is reviewed by the Department under 335-14-8-.05(1)(d), the Department shall modify the permit as necessary to assure that the facility continues to comply with the currently applicable requirements in Chapters 335-14-1 through 335-14-8.

(b)The following are causes to modify or, alternatively, revoke and reissue a permit:

1.Cause exists for termination under 335-14-8-.04(4) and the Department determines that modification or revocation and reissuance is appropriate;

2.The Department has received notification (as required in the permit, see 335-14-8-.03(1)(l)3. of a proposed transfer of the permit).

(c)Suitability of the facility location will not be considered at the time of permit modification or revocation and reissuance unless new information or standards indicate that a threat to human health or the environment exists which was unknown at the time of permit issuance;

(d)Newly listed or identified wastes and units.

1.The permittee is authorized to continue to manage wastes listed or identified as hazardous under Chapter 335-14-2, or to continue to manage hazardous waste in units newly regulated as hazardous waste units, if:

(i)The unit was in existence as a hazardous waste facility with respect to the newly listed or characterized waste or newly regulated waste management unit on the effective date of the Rule listing or identifying the waste, or regulating the unit;

(ii)The permittee submits a minor modification request under 335-14-8-.04(3)(a)15. on or before the date on which the waste or unit becomes subject to the new requirements;

(iii)The permittee is in compliance with the applicable standards of Chapters 335-14-6 and 335-14-7;

(iv)Unless 335-14-8-.04(2)(d)2. applies, the permittee submits a complete permit modification request under 335-14-8-.04(2) within 180 days after the effective date of the Rule listing or identifying the waste, or subjecting the unit to 335-14 management standards; and

(v)In the case of land disposal units, the permittee certifies that such unit is in compliance with all applicable requirements of Chapter 335-14-6 for groundwater monitoring and financial responsibility on the date 12 months after the effective date of the Rule identifying or listing the waste as hazardous, or regulating the unit as a hazardous waste management unit.

(vi)If the owner or operator fails to clarify compliance with all requirements of 335-14-8-.04(2)(d)1.(i) through (d)1.(v), he or she shall lose authority to operate under 335-14-8-.04(2).

2.A major permit modification shall not be required to add newly listed or identified wastes to a facility's permit provided:

(i)The Permittee has complied with 335-14-8-.04(2)(d)1.(i), (ii), and (iii);

(ii)The newly listed wastes are managed in containers, tanks, surface impoundments, or landfills;

(iii)The management of the wastes does not require the addition of units to the permit or the modification of permitted units;

(iv)The management of the wastes does not require a change in the treatment, storage, or disposal processes or management standards for the facility;

(v)The wastes are not dioxin-containing wastes (F020, F021, F022, F023, F026, F027, F028);

(vi)The unit(s) have previously received wastes of the same type (e.g., incinerator scrubber water, incinerator ash); and

(vii)In the case of surface impoundments and landfills, the wastes are:

(I)Wastes restricted from land disposal that meet the applicable treatment standards or that are treated to satisfy the standard of "use of practically available technology that yields the greatest environmental benefit" contained in Rule 335-14-9-.01(8)(a)2.(ii) and provided that the unit meets the minimum technological requirements stated in 335-14-9-.01(5)(h)2; or

(II)Residues from wastewater treatment or incineration, provided that disposal occurs in a unit that meets the minimum technological requirements stated in 335-14-9-.01(5)(h)2.

(e)Military hazardous waste munitions treatment and disposal.

1.The permittee is authorized to continue to accept waste military munitions notwithstanding any permit conditions barring the permittee from accepting off-site wastes, if:

(i)The facility was in existence as a hazardous waste facility, and the facility was already permitted to handle the waste military munitions, on the date when the waste military munitions became subject to hazardous waste regulatory requirements;

(ii)The permittee submits a minor modification request under 335-14-8-.04(3)(a)16. to remove or amend the permit provision restricting the receipt of off-site waste munitions on or before the date on which the waste military munitions become subject to the hazardous waste regulatory requirements;

(iii)The permittee is in compliance with the applicable standards of Chapters 335-14-6 and 335-14-7; and

(iv)The permittee submits a complete permit modification request under 335-14-8-.04(2) within 180 days of the date when the waste military munitions became subject to hazardous waste regulatory requirement.

2.If the owner or operator fails to clarify compliance with all requirements of 335-14-8-.04(2)(e)1.(i) through (e)1.(iv), he or she shall lose authority to operate under 335-14-8-.04(2).

(3)Minor modifications of permits. Upon the consent of the permittee, the Department may modify a permit to make the corrections or allowances for changes in the permitted activity listed in 335-14-8-.04(3), without following the procedures of Rule 335-14-8-.08. Any permit modification not processed as a minor modification under 335-14-8-.04(3) must be made for cause and with Rule 335-14-8-.08 draft permit and public notice as required in 335-14-8-.04(2).

(a)Except as provided in 335-14-8-.04(3)(b), minor modifications are limited to the following actions:

1.General Permit Provisions.

(i)Administrative and informational changes.

(ii)Correction of typographical errors.

(iii)Equipment replacement or upgrading with functionally equivalent components (e.g., pipes, valves, pumps, conveyors, controls).

(iv)Changes in the frequency of, or procedures for, monitoring, reporting, sampling, or maintenance activities by the permittee to provide for more frequent monitoring, reporting, sampling, or maintenance.

(v)Change an interim compliance date in a schedule of compliance, provided the new date is not more than 120 days after the date specified in the existing permit and does not interfere with attainment of the final compliance date requirement.

(vi)Change in expiration date of permit to allow earlier permit termination. This does not apply to permits which require post-closure care, post-closure monitoring or corrective action to be conducted.

(vii)Allow for a change in ownership or operational control of a facility where the Department determines that no other change in the permit is necessary, provided that a written agreement containing a specific date for transfer of permit responsibility between the current and new permittees has been submitted to the Department. Changes in the ownership or operational control of a facility may be made if the new owner or operator submits a revised permit application no later than 90 days prior to the scheduled change. When a transfer of ownership or operational control of a facility occurs, the previous owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of Rule 335-14-5-.08 (Financial Requirements), until the new owner or operator has demonstrated to the Department that he is complying with the requirements of that Rule. The new owner or operator must demonstrate compliance with Rule 335-14-5-.08 requirements within six months of the date of the change in the ownership or operational control of the facility. Upon demonstration to the Department by the new owner or operator of compliance with Rule 335-14-5-.08, the Department shall notify the previous owner or operator in writing that he no longer needs to comply with Rule 335-14-5-.08 as of the date of demonstration.

(viii)Changes to remove permit conditions that are no longer applicable (i.e., because the standards upon which they are based are no longer applicable to the facility).

2.General Facility Standards.

(i)Changes to waste sampling or analysis methods which are made to conform with Department guidance or regulations.

(ii)Changes to analytical quality assurance/control plan which are made to conform with Department guidance or regulations.

(iii)Changes in procedures for maintaining the operating record.

(iv)Changes in inspection schedules to increase inspection frequency.

(v)Changes in the training plan which do not affect the type or decrease the amount of training given to employees.

(vi)Changes in the contingency plan which are limited to:

(I)The replacement with functionally equivalent equipment, upgrade, or relocation of emergency equipment listed in the contingency plan.

(II)The inclusion of additional equipment in the contingency plan.

(III)Changes in name, address or phone number of coordinators or other persons or agencies identified in the contingency plan.

(vii)Changes in the construction quality assurance plan which are limited to:

(I)Changes that the CQA officer certifies in the operating record will provide equivalent or better certainty that the unit components meet the design specifications.

(II)[Reserved]

3.Groundwater Protection.

(i)Replacement of an existing well that has been damaged or rendered inoperable, without change to location, design, or depth of the well.

(ii)Changes in groundwater sampling or analysis procedures or monitoring schedule which do not reduce the frequency of monitoring.

(iii)Changes in statistical procedure for determining whether a statistically significant change in groundwater quality between upgradient and downgradient wells has occurred.

4.Closure.

(i)Changes in estimate of maximum extent of operations or maximum inventory of waste on-site at any time during the active life of the facility.

(ii)Changes in the closure schedule for any unit, changes in the final closure schedule for the facility, or extension of the closure period.

(iii)Changes in the expected year of final closure, where other permit conditions are not changed.

(iv)Changes in procedures for decontamination of facility equipment or structures.

5.Post-Closure.

(i)Changes in name, address, or phone number of contact in post-closure plan.

(ii)Changes in the expected year of final closure, where other permit conditions are not changed.

6.Containers.

(i)Addition of a roof to a container unit without alteration of the containment system.

(ii)Reserved

7.Tanks.

(i)Replacement of a tank with a tank that meets the same design standards and has a capacity within +/- 10 percent of the replaced tank, provided:

(I)The capacity difference is no more than 1500 gallons;

(II)The facility's permitted tank capacity is not increased; and

(III)The replacement tank meets the same conditions in the permit.

(ii)Addition of a roof to a tank unit without alteration of the tank(s) or of the containment system.

8.Waste Piles.

(i)Addition of a roof to a waste pile unit without alteration of the containment system.

(ii)Reserved

9.Incinerators, boilers, and industrial furnaces.

(i)Authorization of up to an additional 720 hours of waste burning during the shakedown period for determining operational readiness.

(ii)Changes in the operating requirements set in the permit for conducting a trial burn, provided that the changes are minor.

(iii)Changes in the ranges of the operating requirements set in the permit to reflect the results of the trial burn, provided that the changes are minor.

(iv)Substitution of an alternative type of non-hazardous waste fuel that is not specified in the permit.

(v)Combustion facility changes to meet part 63 MACT standards. The following procedures apply to hazardous waste combustion facility permit modifications requested under 335-14-8.

(I)Facility owners or operators must have complied with the Notification of Intent to Comply (NIC) requirements of 40 CFR 63.1210 that were in effect prior to October 12, 2000, (See 40 CFR Part 63 Revised as of July 1, 2000) in order to request a permit modification under 335-14-8.

(II)[Reserved}

(vi)Technology changes needed to meet standards under 40 CFR part 63 (Subpart EEE ? National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants From Hazardous Waste Combustors), provided the procedures of 335-14-8-.04(3)(a)9.(v) are followed.

10.Drip Pads.

(i)Addition of a roof to a drip pad unit without alteration of the containment system.

(ii)Reserved.

11.Containment Buildings.

(i)Replacement of a containment building with a containment building that meets the same design standards provided:

(I)The unit capacity is not increased; and

(II)The replacement containment building meets the same conditions in the permit.

(ii)Reserved.

12.[Reserved]

13.[Reserved]

14.[Reserved]

15.Newly listed or identified wastes.

(i)Addition of wastes listed or identified as hazardous waste under Chapter 335-14-2 after the date of permit issuance, subject to the conditions of 335-14-8-.04(2)(d).

(ii)Reserved.

16.Military hazardous waste munitions.

(i)Additions of waste military munitions listed or identified as hazardous waste under 335-14-2 after the date of permit issuance, subject to the conditions of 335-14-8-.04(2)(e).

(ii)Reserved.

(b)Other Modifications.

1.In the case of modifications not explicitly listed in 335-14-8-.04(3)(a) the permittee may submit a major modification request to the Department under 335-14-8-.04(2), or he or she may request a determination by the Department that the modification should be reviewed and approved as a minor modification under 335-14-8-.04(3). If the permittee requests that the modification be classified as a minor modification, he or she must provide the Department with the necessary information to support the requested classification.

2.The Department shall make the determination described in 335-14-8-.04(3)(b)1. as promptly as practicable. In determining the appropriate classification for a specific modification, the Department shall consider:

(i)The similarity of the modification to other modifications codified in 335-14-8-.04; and

(ii)The criteria that minor modifications apply only to changes that:

(I)Keep the permit current with routine changes to the facility or its operation; and

(II)Do not substantially alter the permit conditions.

(4)Termination of permits.

(a)The following are causes for terminating a permit during its term, or for denying a permit renewal application:

1.Noncompliance by the permittee with any condition of the permit, any applicable regulation under Division 335-14, any provision of the AHWMMA or any provision of any order issued by the Department under authority of the AHWMMA or the Alabama Environmental Management Act, (Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-1 to 22-22A-16);

2.The permittee's failure in the application or during the permit issuance process to disclose fully all relevant facts, or the permittee's misrepresentation of any relevant facts at any time; or

3.A determination that the permitted activity endangers human health or the environment and can only be regulated to acceptable levels by permit modification or termination.

(b)The Department shall follow the applicable procedures in Rule 335-14-8-.08 in terminating any permit under 335-14-8-.04(4).

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Stephen A. Cobb, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12.

History: July 19, 1982. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989, January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.8.05" level="3" title="Expiration And Continuation Of Permits-Treatment, Storage And Disposal Facilities">

(1)Duration of permits.

(a)Permits under Division 335-14 shall be effective for a fixed term not to exceed ten (10) years except that operating permits for landfill facilities shall be effective for a fixed term not to exceed five (5) years.

(b)Except as provided in 335-14-8-.05(2), the term of a permit shall not be extended by modification beyond the maximum duration specified in 335-14-8-.05(1).

(c)The Department may issue any permit for a duration that is less than the full allowable term under 335-14-8-.05(1).

(d)Each permit for a land disposal facility shall be reviewed by the Department five years after the date of permit issuance or reissuance and shall be modified as necessary, as provided in 335-14-8-.04(2).

(2)Continuation of expiring permits.

(a)The conditions of an expired permit continue in force until the effective date of a new permit if:

1.The permittee has submitted a timely application under 335-14-8-.02(5) and the applicable paragraphs in 335-14-8-.02(6) through (19) which is a complete (under 335-14-8-.02(1)(c)) application for a new permit; and

2.The Department through no fault of the permittee does not issue a new permit with an effective date on or before the expiration date of the previous permit.

(b)Effect. Permits continued under 335-14-8-.05(2) remain fully effective and enforceable.

(c)Enforcement. When the permittee is not in compliance with the conditions of the expiring or expired permit, the Department may choose to do any or all of the following:

1.Initiate enforcement action based on the permit which has been continued;

2.Issue a new permit under Rule 335-14-8-.08 with appropriate conditions; or

3.Deny the permit; or

4.Take any other actions authorized by these regulations.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Stephen A. Cobb, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala., 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12.

History: October 12, 1983. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.8.06" level="3" title="Special Forms Of Permits - Treatment, Storage, And Disposal Facilities"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="7"><dwc name="antimoni" times="2"><dwc name="arsen" times="2"><dwc name="barium" times="2"><dwc name="beryllium" times="2"><dwc name="cadmium" times="2"><dwc name="chromium" times="2"><dwc name="lead" times="2"><dwc name="mercuri" times="2"><dwc name="thallium" times="2"><dwc name="dioxin" times="2">

(1)Emergency permits.

(a)Not withstanding any other provision of 335-14-8, in the event the Department finds an imminent and substantial endangerment to human health or the environment, the Department may issue a temporary emergency permit:

1.To a non-permitted facility to allow treatment, storage, or disposal of hazardous waste or,

2.To a permitted facility to allow treatment, storage, or disposal of a hazardous waste not covered by an effective permit.

(b)This emergency permit:

1.May be oral or written. If oral, it shall be followed in five days by a written emergency permit;

2.Shall not exceed 90 days in duration;

3.Shall clearly specify the hazardous wastes to be received, and the manner and location of their treatment, storage, or disposal;

4.May be terminated by the Department at any time without process if it determines that termination is appropriate to protect human health and the environment;

5.Shall be accompanied by a public notice published under 335-14-8-.08(6)(b) including:

(i)Name and address of the office granting the emergency authorization;

(ii)Name and location of the permitted HWM facility;

(iii)A brief description of the wastes involved;

(iv)A brief description of the action authorized and reasons for authorizing it; and

(v)Duration of the emergency permit; and

6.Shall incorporate, to the extent possible and not inconsistent with the emergency situation, all applicable requirements of 335-14-8 and Chapters 335-14-5 and 335-14-7.

(2)Hazardous waste incinerator permits. When an owner or operator demonstrates compliance with the ear emission standards and limitations of 335-3-11-.06(56) (i.e., by conducting a comprehensive performance test and submitting a Notification of Compliance), the requirements of 335-14-8-.06 do not apply, except those provisions the Director determines are necessary to ensure compliance with 335-14-5-.15(6)(a) and (6)(c) if the facility elects to comply with 335-14-8-.15(1)(a)1.(i) to minimize emissions of toxic compounds from startup, shutdown, and malfunction events. Nevertheless, the Department may apply the provisions of 335-14-8-.06, on a case-by-case basis, for the purposes of information collection in accordance with 335-14-8-.02(k) and 335-14-8-.03(3)(b)2.

(a)For the purposes of determining operational readiness following completion of physical construction, the Department must establish permit conditions, including but not limited to allowable waste feeds and operating conditions, in the permit to a new hazardous waste incinerator. These permit conditions will be effective for the minimum time required to bring the incinerator to a point of operational readiness to conduct a trial burn, not to exceed 720 hours operating time for treatment of hazardous waste. The Department may extend the duration of this operational period once, for up to 720 additional hours, at the request of the applicant when good cause is shown. The permit may be modified to reflect the extension according to 335-14-8-.04(3) (minor modifications of permits).

1.Applicants must submit a statement, with Part B of the permit application, which suggests the conditions necessary to operate in compliance with the performance standards of 335-14-5-.15(4) during this period. This statement should include, at a minimum, restrictions on waste constituents, waste feed rates and the operating parameters identified in 335-14-5-.15(6).

2.The Department will review this statement and any other relevant information submitted with Part B of the permit application and specify requirements for this period sufficient to meet the performance standards of 335-14-5-.15(4) based on its engineering judgment.

(b)For the purposes of determining feasibility of compliance with the performance standards of 335-14-5-.15(4) and of determining adequate operating conditions under 335-14-5-.15(6), the Department must establish conditions in the permit for a new hazardous waste incinerator to be effective during the trial burn.

1.Applicants must propose a trial burn plan, prepared under 335-14-8-.06(2)(b)2. with a Part B of the permit application.

2.The trial burn plan must include the following information:

(i)An analysis of each waste or mixture of wastes to be burned which includes:

(I)Heat value of the waste in the form and composition in which it will be burned;

(II)Viscosity (if applicable), or description of the physical form of the waste;

(III)An identification of any hazardous organic constituents listed in 335-14-2 - Appendix VIII, which are present in the waste to be burned, except that the applicant need not analyze for constituents listed in 335-14-2 - Appendix VIII which would reasonably not be expected to be found in the waste. The constituents excluded from analysis must be identified, and the basis for the exclusion stated. The waste analysis must rely on analytical techniques specified in "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste Physical/Chemical Methods", EPA Publication SW-846 [incorporated by reference, see 335-14-1-.01(2)], or other equivalent; and

(IV)An approximate quantification of the hazardous constituents identified in the waste, within the precision produced by the analytical methods specified in "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods", EPA Publication SW-846 [incorporated by reference, see 335-14-1-.02(2)] or their equivalent;

(ii)A detailed engineering description of the incinerator for which the permit is sought including:

(I)Manufacturer's name and model number of incinerator (if available);

(II)Type of incinerator;

(III)Linear dimensions of the incinerator unit including the cross sectional area of combustion chamber;

(IV)Description of the auxiliary fuel system (type/feed);

(V)Capacity of prime mover;

(VI)Description of automatic waste feed cut-off system(s);

(VII)Stack gas monitoring and pollution control equipment;

(VIII)Nozzle and burner design;

(IX)Construction materials; and

(X)Location and description of temperature, pressure, and flow indicating and control devices;

(iii)A detailed description of sampling and monitoring procedures, including sampling and monitoring locations in the system, the equipment to be used, sampling and monitoring frequency, and planned analytical procedures for sample analysis;

(iv)A detailed test schedule for each waste for which the trial burn is planned including date(s), duration, quantity of waste to be burned, and other factors relevant to the Department's decision under 335-14-8-.06(2)(b)5.;

(v)A detailed test protocol, including, for each waste identified, the ranges of temperature, waste feed rate, combustion gas velocity, use of auxiliary fuel, and any other relevant parameters that will be varied to affect the destruction and removal efficiency of the incinerator;

(vi)A description of, and planned operating conditions for, any emission control equipment which will be used;

(vii)Procedures for rapidly stopping waste feed, shutting down the incinerator, and controlling emissions in the event of an equipment malfunction; and

(viii)Such other information as the Department reasonably finds necessary to determine whether to approve the trial burn plan in light of the purposes of 335-14-8-.06(2)(b) and the criteria in 335-14-8-.06(2)(b)5.

3.The Department, in reviewing the trial burn plan, shall evaluate the sufficiency of the information provided and may require the applicant to supplement this information, if necessary, to achieve the purposes of 335-14-8-.06(2)(b).

4.Based on the waste analysis data in the trial burn plan, the Department will specify as trial Principal Organic Hazardous Constituents (POHCs), those constituents for which destruction and removal efficiencies must be calculated during the trial burn. These trial POHCs will be specified by the Department based on its estimate of the difficulty of incineration of the constituents identified in the waste analysis, their concentration or mass in the waste feed, and, for wastes listed in Rule 335-14-2-.04, the hazardous waste organic constituent or constituents identified in 335-14-2 - Appendix VII as the basis for listing.

5.The Department shall approve a trial burn plan if it finds that:

(i)The trial burn is likely to determine whether the incinerator performance standard required by 335-14-5-.15(4) can be met;

(ii)The trial burn itself will not present an imminent hazard to human health or the environment;

(iii)The trial burn will help the Department to determine operating requirements to be specified under 335-14-5-.15(6); and

(iv)The information sought in 335-14-8-.06(2)(b)5.(i) and (b)5.(ii) cannot reasonably be developed through other means.

6.The Department must send a notice to all persons on the facility mailing list as set forth in 335-14-8-.08(6)(c)1.(iv) and to the appropriate units of State of Alabama and local government as set forth in 335-14-8-.08(6)(c)1.(v) announcing the scheduled commencement and completion dates for the trial burn. The applicant may not commence the trial burn until after the Department has issued such notice.

(i)This notice must be mailed within a reasonable time period before the scheduled trial burn. An additional notice is not required if the trial burn is delayed due to circumstances beyond the control of the facility or the Department.

(ii)This notice must contain:

(I)The name and telephone number of the applicant?s contact person;

(II)The name and telephone number of the Department?s contact office;

(III)The location where the approved trial burn plan and any supporting documents can be reviewed and copied; and

(IV)An expected time period for commencement and completion of the trial burn.

7.During each approved trial burn (or as soon after the burn as is practicable), the applicant must make the following determinations:

(i)A quantitative analysis of the trial POHCs in the waste feed to the incinerator.

(ii)A quantitative analysis of the exhaust gas for the concentration and mass emissions of the trial POHCs, oxygen (O2) and hydrogen chloride (HCl).

(iii)A quantitative analysis of the scrubber water (if any), ash residues, and other residues, for the purpose of estimating the fate of the trial POHCs.

(iv)A computation of destruction and removal efficiency (DRE), in accordance with the DRE formula specified in 335-14-5-.15(4)(a).

(v)If the HCl emission rate exceeds 1.8 kilograms of HCl per hour (4 pounds per hour), a computation of HCl removal efficiency in accordance with 335-14-5-.15(4)(b).

(vi)A computation of particulate emissions, in accordance with 335-14-5-.15(4)(c).

(vii)An identification of sources of fugitive emissions and their means of control.

(viii)A measurement of average, maximum, and minimum temperatures and combustion gas velocity.

(ix)A continuous measurement of carbon monoxide (CO) in the exhaust gas.

(x)Such other information as the Department may specify as necessary to ensure that the trial burn will determine compliance with the performance standards in 335-14-5-.15(4) and to establish the operating conditions required by 335-14-5-.15(6) as necessary to meet that performance standard.

8.The applicant must submit to the Department a certification that the trial burn has been carried out in accordance with the approved trial burn plan, and must submit the results of all the determinations required in 335-14-8-.06(2)(b)6. This submission shall be made within 90 days of completion of the trial burn, or later if approved by the Department.

9.All data collected during any trial burn must be submitted to the Department following the completion of the trial burn.

10.All submissions required by 335-14-8-.06(2)(b) must be certified on behalf of the applicant by the signature of a person authorized to sign a permit application or a report under 335-14-8-.02(2).

11.Based on the results of the trial burn, the Department shall set the operating requirements in the final permit according to 335-14-5-.15(6). The permit modification shall proceed according to the requirements of 335-14-8-.04.

(c)For the purposes of allowing operation of a new hazardous waste incinerator following completion of the trial burn and prior to final modification of the permit conditions to reflect the trial burn results, the Department may establish permit conditions, including but not limited to allowable waste feeds and operating conditions sufficient to meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.15(6), in the permit to a new hazardous waste incinerator. These permit conditions will be effective for the minimum time required to complete sample analysis, data computation and submission of the trial burn results by the applicant, and modification of the facility permit by the Department.

1.Applicants must submit a statement, with Part B of the permit application, which identifies the conditions necessary to operate in compliance with the performance standards of 335-14-5-.15(4) during this period. This statement should include, at a minimum, restrictions on waste constituents, waste feed rates, and the operating parameters in 335-14-5-.15(6).

2.The Department will review this statement and any other relevant information submitted with Part B of the permit application and specify those requirements for this period most likely to meet the performance standards of 335-14-5-.15(4) and of determining adequate operating conditions under 335-14-5-.15(6), the applicant for a permit to an existing hazardous waste incinerator may prepare and submit a trial burn plan and perform a trial burn in accordance with 335-14-8-.06(2)(b)2. through (b)9. Applicants who submit trial burn plans and receive approval before submission of a permit application must complete the trial burn and submit the results, specified in 335-14-8-.06(2)(b)6., with Part B of the permit application. If completion of this process conflicts with the date set for submission of the Part B application, the applicant must contact the Department to establish a later date for submission of the Part B application or the trial burn results. If the applicant submit a trial burn plan with Part B of the permit application, the trial burn must be conducted and the results submitted within a time period to be specified by the Department.

(d)For the purpose of determining feasibility of compliance with the performance standards of 335-14-5-.15(4) and of determining adequate operating conditions under 335-14-5-.15(6), the applicant for a permit for an existing hazardous waste incinerator must prepare and submit a trial burn plan and perform a trial burn in accordance with 335-14-8-.02(10)(b) and 335-14-8-.06(2)(b)2. through (b)5. and 335-14-8-.06(2)(b)7. through (b)9. or, instead, submit other information as specified in 335-14-8-.02(10)(c). The Department must announce its intention to approve the trial burn plan in accordance with the timing and distribution requirements of 335-14-8-.06(2)(b)6. The contents of the notice must include: the name and telephone number of a contact person at the facility; the name and telephone number of a contact office at the Department; the location where the trial burn plan and any supporting documents can be reviewed and copied; and a schedule of the activities that are required prior to permit issuance, including the anticipated time schedule for Department approval of the plan and the time period during which the trial burn would be conducted. Applicants submitting information under 335-14-8-.02(10)(a) are exempt from compliance with 335-14-5-.15(4) and 335-14-5-.15(6) and, therefore, are exempt from the requirement to conduct a trial burn. Applicants who submit trial burn plans and receive approval before submission of a permit application must complete the trial burn and submit the results, specified in 335-14-8-.06(2)(b)7. with Part B of the permit application. If completion of this process conflicts with the date set for submission of the Part B application, the applicant must contact the Department to establish a later date for submission of the Part B application or the trial burn results. Trial burn results must be submitted prior to issuance of the permit. When the applicant submits a trial burn plan with Part B of the permit application, the Department will specify a time period prior to permit issuance in which the trial burn must be conducted and the results submitted.

(3)Permits for land treatment demonstrations using field test or laboratory analyses.

(a)For the purpose of allowing an owner or operator to meet the treatment demonstration requirements of 335-14-5-.13(3), the Department may issue a treatment demonstration permit. The permit must contain only those requirements necessary to meet the standards in 335-14-5-.13(3)(c). The permit may be issued either as a treatment or disposal permit covering only the field test or laboratory analyses, or as a two-phase facility permit covering the field tests, or laboratory analyses, and design, construction, operation and maintenance of the land treatment unit.

1.The Department may issue a two-phase facility permit if it finds that, based on information submitted in Part B of the application, substantial, although incomplete or inconclusive, information already exists upon which to base the issuance of a facility permit.

2.If the Department finds that not enough information exists upon which it can establish permit conditions to attempt to provide for compliance with all of the requirements of 335-14-5-.13, it must issue a treatment demonstration permit covering only the field test or laboratory analyses.

(b)If the Department finds that a phased permit may be issued, it will establish, as requirements in the first phase of the facility permit, conditions for conducting the field tests or laboratory analyses. These permit conditions will include design and operating parameters (including the duration of the tests or analyses and, in the case of field tests, the horizontal and vertical dimensions of the treatment zone), monitoring procedures, post-demonstration clean-up activities, and any other conditions which the Department finds may be necessary under 335-14-5-.13(3)(c). The Department will include conditions in the second phase of the facility permit to attempt to meet all 335-14-5-.13 requirements pertaining to unit design, construction, operation and maintenance. The Department will establish these conditions in the second phase of the permit based upon the substantial but incomplete or inconclusive information contained in the Part B application.

1.The first phase of the permit will be effective upon issuance unless stayed by the Department, the Commission or a court of competent jurisdiction.

2.The second phase of the permit will be effective as provided in 335-14-8-.06(3)(d).

(c)When the owner or operator who has been issued a two-phase permit has completed the treatment demonstration, he must submit to the Department a certification, signed by a person authorized to sign a permit application or report under 335-14-8-.02(2), that the field tests or laboratory analyses have been carried out in accordance with the conditions specified in phase one of the permit for conducting such tests or analyses. The owner or operator must also submit all data collected during the field tests or laboratory analyses within 90 days of completion of those tests or analyses unless the Department approves a later date.

(d)If the Department determines that the results of the field test or laboratory analyses meet the requirements of 335-14-5-.13(3), it will modify the second phase of the permit to incorporate any requirements necessary for operation of the facility in compliance with 335-14-5-.13, based upon the results of the field tests or laboratory analyses.

1.This permit modification will proceed as a major modification under 335-14-8-.04(2), unless a determination is made under 335-14-8-.04(3)(b) that the modification is a minor modification and, thus, should be processed under 335-14-8-.04(3). If modifications under 335-14-8-.04(2) are necessary, the second phase of the permit will become effective only after those modifications have been made.

2.If no modifications of the second phase of the permit are necessary, or if only minor modifications are necessary and have been made, the Department will give notice of its final decision to the permit applicant and to each person who submitted written comments on the phased permit or who requested notice of the final decision of the second phase of the permit. The second phase of the permit then will become effective as specified in the permit or as otherwise directed by the Department unless stayed by the Commission or a court of competent jurisdiction.

(4)Research, development, and demonstration permits.

(a)The Department may issue a research, development, and demonstration permit for any hazardous waste treatment facility which proposes to utilize an innovative and experimental hazardous waste treatment technology or process for which permit standards for such experimental activity have not been promulgated under 335-14-5 or 335-14-7. Any such permit shall include such terms and conditions as will assure protection of human health and the environment. Such permits:

1.Shall provide for the construction of such facilities as necessary, and for operation of the facility for not longer than one year unless renewed as provided in 335-14-8-.06(4)(d), and

2.Shall provide for the receipt and treatment by the facility of only those types and quantities of hazardous waste which the Department deems necessary for purposes of determining the efficacy and performance capabilities of the technology or process and the effects of such technology or process on human health and the environment, and

3.Shall include such requirements as the Department deems necessary to protect human health and the environment (including, but not limited to, requirements regarding monitoring, operation, financial responsibility, closure, and remedial action), and such requirements as the Department deems necessary regarding testing and providing of information to the Department with respect to the operation of the facility.

(b)For the purpose of expediting review and issuance of permits under 335-14-8-.06(4), the Department may, consistent with the protection of human health and the environment, modify or waive permit application and permit issuance requirements in 335-14-8 except that there may be no modification or waiver of regulations regarding financial responsibility (including insurance) or of procedures regarding public participation.

(c)The Department may order an immediate termination of all operations at the facility at any time it determines that termination is necessary to protect human health and the environment.

(d)Any permit issued under this section may be renewed not more than three times. Each such renewal shall be for a period of not more than 1 year.

(5)Permits for boilers and industrial furnaces burning hazardous waste. When an owner or operator of a cement or lightweight aggregate kiln demonstrates compliance with the air emission standards and limitations of 335-3-11-.06(56) (i.e., by conducting a comprehensive performance test and submitting a Notification of Compliance), the requirements of 335-14-8-.06 do not apply, except those provisions the Director determines are necessary to ensure compliance with 335-14-7-.08 if the facility elects to comply with 335-14-8-.15(1)(a)1.(i) to minimize emissions of toxic compounds from startup, shutdown, and malfunction events. Nevertheless, the Department may apply the provisions of 335-14-8-.06, on a case-by-case basis, for the purposes of information collection in accordance with 335-14-8-.02(k) and 335-14-8-.03(3)(b)2.

(a)General. Owners and operators of new boilers and industrial furnaces (those not operating under the interim status standards of 335-14-7-.08(4) are subject to 335-14-8-.06(5)(b) through (f). Boilers and industrial furnaces operating under the interim status standards of 335-14-7-.08(4) are subject to 335-14-8-.06(5)(g).

(b)Permit operating periods for new boilers and industrial furnaces. A permit for a new boiler or industrial furnace shall specify appropriate conditions for the following operating periods:

1.Pretrial burn period. For the period beginning with initial introduction of hazardous waste and ending with initiation of the trial burn, and only for the minimum time required to bring the boiler or industrial furnace to a point of operational readiness to conduct a trial burn, not to exceed 720 hours operating time when burning hazardous waste, the Department must establish in the Pretrial Burn Period of the permit conditions, including but not limited to, allowable hazardous waste feed rates and operating conditions. The Department may extend the duration of this operational period once, for up to 720 additional hours, at the request of the applicant when good cause is shown. The permit may be modified to reflect the extension according to 335-14-8-.04(3).

(i)Applicants must submit a statement, with Part B of the permit application, that suggests the conditions necessary to operate in compliance with the standards of 335-14-7-.08(5) through 335-14-7-.08(8) during this period. This statement should include, at a minimum, restrictions on the applicable operating requirements identified in 335-14-7-.08(3)(e).

(ii)The Department will review this statement and any other relevant information submitted with Part B of the permit application and specify requirements for this period sufficient to meet the performance standards of 335-14-7-.08(5) through 335-14-7-.08(8) based on his/her engineering judgment.

2.Trial burn period. For the duration of the trial burn, the Department must establish conditions in the permit for the purposes of determining feasibility of compliance with the performance standards 335-14-7-.08(5) through 335-14-7-.08(8) and determining adequate operating conditions under 335-14-7-.08(3)(e). Applicants must propose a trial burn plan, prepared under 335-14-8-.06(5)(c), to be submitted with Part B of the permit application.

3.Post-trial burn period.

(i)For the period immediately following completion of the trial burn, and only for the minimum period sufficient to allow sample analysis, data computation, and submission of the trial burn results by the applicant, and review of the trial burn results and modification of the facility permit by the Department to reflect the trial burn results, the Department will establish the operating requirements most likely to ensure compliance with the performance standards of 335-14-7-.08(5) through 335-14-7-.08(8) based on his/her engineering judgment.

(ii)Applicants must submit a statement, with Part B of the application, that identifies the conditions necessary to operate during this period in compliance with the performance standards of 335-14-7-.08(5) through 335-14-7-.08(8). This statement should include, at a minimum, restrictions on the operating requirements provided by 335-14-7-.08(3)(e).

(iii)The Department will review this statement and any other relevant information submitted with Part B of the permit application and specify requirements for this period sufficient to meet the performance standards of 335-14-7-.08(5) through 335-14-7-.08(8) based on his/her engineering judgment.

4.Final permit period. For the final period of operation, the Department will develop operating requirements in conformance with 335-14-7-.08(3)(e) that reflect conditions in the trial burn plan and are likely to ensure compliance with the performance standards of 335-14-7-.08(5) through 335-14-7-.08(8). Based on the trial burn results, the Department shall make any necessary modifications to the operating requirements to ensure compliance with the performance standards. The permit modification shall proceed according to 335-14-8-.04(3).

(c)Requirements for trial burn plans. The trial burn plan must include the following information. The Department, in reviewing the trial burn plan, shall evaluate the sufficiency of the information provided and may require the applicant to supplement this information, if necessary, to achieve the purposes of 335-14-8-.06(5):

1.An analysis of each feed stream, including hazardous waste, other fuels, and industrial furnace feed stocks, as fired, that includes:

(i)Heating value, levels of antimony, arsenic, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, lead, mercury, silver, thallium, total chlorine/chloride, and ash;

(ii)Viscosity or description of the physical form of the feed stream;

2.An analysis of each hazardous waste, as fired, including:

(i)An identification of any hazardous organic constituents listed in 335-14-2 - Appendix VIII that are present in the feed stream, except that the applicant need not analyze for constituents listed in Appendix VIII that would reasonably not be expected to be found in the hazardous waste. The constituents excluded from analysis must be identified and the basis for this exclusion explained. The analysis must be conducted in accordance with analytical techniques specified in "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods", EPA Publication SW-846 [incorporated by reference, see 335-14-1-.02(2)], or their equivalent.

(ii)An approximate quantification of the hazardous constituents identified in the hazardous waste, within the precision produced by the analytical methods specified in "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods", EPA Publication SW-846 [incorporated by reference, see 335-14-1-.02(2)], or other equivalent.

(iii)A description of blending procedures, if applicable, prior to firing the hazardous waste, including a detailed analysis of the hazardous waste prior to blending, an analysis of the material with which the hazardous waste is blended, and blending ratios.

3.A detailed engineering description of the boiler or industrial furnace, including:

(i)Manufacturer's name and model number of the boiler or industrial furnace;

(ii)Type of boiler or industrial furnace;

(iii)Maximum design capacity in appropriate units;

(iv)Description of the feed system for the hazardous waste, and, as appropriate, other fuels and industrial furnace feedstocks;

(v)Capacity of hazardous waste feed system;

(vi)Description of automatic hazardous waste feed cutoff system(s);

(vii)Description of any air pollution control system; and

(viii)Description of stack gas monitoring and any pollution control monitoring systems.

4.A detailed description of sampling and monitoring procedures including sampling and monitoring locations in the system, the equipment to be used, sampling and monitoring frequency, and planned analytical procedures for sample analysis.

5.A detailed test schedule for each hazardous waste for which the trial burn is planned, including date(s), duration, quantity of hazardous waste to be burned, and other factors relevant to the Department's decision under 335-14-8-.06(5)(b)2.

6.A detailed test protocol, including, for each hazardous waste identified, the ranges of hazardous waste feed rate, and, as appropriate, the feed rates of other fuels and industrial furnace feedstocks, and any other relevant parameters that may affect the ability of the boiler or industrial furnace to meet the performance standards in 335-14-7-.08(5) through 335-14-7-.08(8).

7.A description of, and planned operating conditions for, any emission control equipment that will be used.

8.Procedures for rapidly stopping the hazardous waste feed and controlling emissions in the event of an equipment malfunction.

9.Such other information as the Department reasonably finds necessary to determine whether to approve the trial burn plan in light of the purposes of 335-14-8-.06(5)(c) and the criteria in 335-14-8-.06(5)(b)2.

(d)Trial burn procedures.

1.A trial burn must be conducted to demonstrate conformance with the standards of 335-14-7-.08(5) through 335-14-7-.08(8) under an approved trial burn plan.

2.The Department shall approve a trial burn plan if it finds that:

(i)The trial burn is likely to determine whether the boiler or industrial furnace can meet the performance standards of 335-14-7-.08(5) through 335-14-7-.08(8);

(ii)The trial burn itself will not present an imminent hazard to human health and the environment;

(iii)The trial burn will help the Department to determine operating requirements to be specified under 335-14-7-.08(3)(e); and

(iv)The information sought in the trial burn cannot reasonably be developed through other means.

3.The Department must send a notice to all persons on the facility mailing list as set forth in 335-14-8-.08(6)(c)1.(iv) and to the appropriate units of State of Alabama and local government as set forth in 335-14-8-.08(6)(c)1.(v) announcing the scheduled commencement and completion dates for the trial burn. The applicant may not commence the trial burn until after the Department has issued such notice.

(i)This notice must be mailed within a reasonable time period before the trial burn. An additional notice is not required if the trial burn is delayed due to circumstances beyond the control of the facility or the Department.

(ii)This notice must contain:

(I)The name and telephone number of applicant?s contact person;

(II)The name and telephone number of the Department contact office;

(III)The location where the approved trial burn plan and any supporting documents can be reviewed and copied; and

(IV)An expected time period for commencement and completion of the trial burn.

4.The applicant must submit to the Department a certification that the trial burn has been carried out in accordance with the approved trial burn plan, and must submit the results of all the determinations required in 335-14-8-.06(5)(c). This submission shall be made within 90 days of completion of the trial burn, or later if approved by the Department.

5.All data collected during any trial burn must be submitted to the Department following completion of the trial burn.

6.All submissions required by 335-14-8-.06(5)(d) must be certified on behalf of the applicant by the signature of a person authorized to sign a permit application or a report under 335-14-8-.02(2)).

(e)Special procedures for DRE trial burns. When a DRE trial burn is required under 335-14-7-.08(5)(a), the Department will specify (based on the hazardous waste analysis data and other information in the trial burn plan) as trial Principal Organic Hazardous Constituents (POHCs) those compounds for which destruction and removal efficiencies must be calculated during the trial burn. These trial POHCs will be specified by the Department based on information including its estimate of the difficulty of destroying the constituents identified in the hazardous waste analysis, their concentrations or mass in the hazardous waste feed, and, for hazardous waste containing or derived from wastes listed in 335-14-2-.04, the hazardous waste organic constituents(s) identified in 335-14-2 - Appendix VII as the basis for listing.

(f)Determinations based on trial burn. During each approved trial burn (or as soon after the burn as is practicable), the applicant must make the following determinations:

1.A quantitative analysis of the levels of antimony, arsenic, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, lead, mercury, thallium, silver, and chlorine/chloride, in the feed streams (hazardous waste, other fuels, and industrial furnace feedstocks);

2.When a DRE trial burn is required under 335-14-7-.08(5)(a):

(i)A quantitative analysis of the trial POHCs in the hazardous waste feed;

(ii)A quantitative analysis of the stack gas for the concentration and mass emissions of the trial POHCs; and

(iii)A computation of destruction and removal efficiency (DRE), in accordance with the DRE formula specified in 335-14-7-.08(5)(a);

3.When a trial burn for chlorinated dioxins and furans is required under 335-14-7-.08(5)(e), a quantitative analysis of the stack gas for the concentration and mass emission rate of the 2,3,7,8-chlorinated tetra-octa congeners of chlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins and furans, and a computation showing conformance with the emission standard;

4.When a trial burn for particulate matter, metals, or HCl/Cl2 is required under 335-14-7-.08(6), 335-14-7-.08(7)(c) or (d), or 335-14-7-.08(8)(b)2. or (c), a quantitative analysis of the stack gas for the concentrations and mass emissions of particulate matter, metals, or hydrogen chloride (HCl) and chlorine (Cl2), and computations showing conformance with the applicable emission performance standards;

5.When a trial burn for DRE, metals, or HCl/Cl2 is required under 335-14-7-.08(5)(a), 335-14-7-.08(7)(c) or (d), or 335-14-7-.08(8)(b)2. or (c), a quantitative analysis of the scrubber water (if any), ash residues, other residues, and products for the purpose of estimating the fate of the trial POHCs, metals and chlorine/chloride;

6.An identification of sources of fugitive emissions and their means of control;

7.A continuous measurement of carbon monoxide (CO), oxygen, and where required, hydrocarbons (HC), in the stack gas; and

8.Such other information as the Department may specify as necessary to ensure that the trial burn will determine compliance with the performance standards in 335-14-7-.08(5) through 335-14-7-.08(8) and to establish the operating conditions required by 335-14-7-.08(3)(e) as necessary to meet those performance standards.

(g)Interim status boilers and industrial furnaces. For the purposes of determining feasibility of compliance with the performance standards of 335-14-7-.08(5) through 335-14-7-.08(8) and of determining adequate operating conditions under 335-14-7-.08(4), applicants owning or operating existing boilers or industrial furnaces operated under the interim status standards of 335-14-7-.08(4) must either prepare and submit a trial burn plan and perform a trial burn in accordance with the requirements of 335-14-8-.06(5) or submit other information as specified in 335-14-8-.02(13)(a)6. The Department must announce its intention to approve the trial burn plan in accordance with the timing and distribution requirements of 335-14-8-.06(5)(d)3. The contents of the notice must include: the name and telephone number of a contact person at the facility; the name and telephone number of a contact office at the Department; the location where the trial burn plan and any supporting documents can be reviewed and copied; and a schedule of the activities that are required prior to permit issuance, including the anticipated time schedule for Department approval of the plan and the time periods during which the trial burn would be conducted. Applicants who submit a trial burn plan and receive approval before submission of the Part B permit application must complete the trial burn and submit the results specified in 335-14-8-.06(5)(f) with the Part B permit application. If completion of this process conflicts with the date set for submission of the Part B application, the applicant must contact the Department to establish a later date for submission of the Part B application or the trial burn results. If the applicant submits a trial burn plan with Part B of the permit application, the trial burn must be conducted and the results submitted within a time period prior to permit issuance to be specified by the Department.

(6)Reserved.

(7)Remedial Action Plans (RAPs). Remedial Action Plans (RAPs) are special forms of permits that are regulated under 335-14-8-.14.

(8)Alternative Post-closure Permits. Alternative post-closure permits are special forms of permits that are regulated under 335-14-8-.02(19)(b) and 335-14-8-.08.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Amy P. Zachry; Stephen A. Cobb; C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12.

History: October 12, 1983. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 8, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.8.07" level="3" title="Interim Status - Treatment, Storage, And Disposal Facilities">

(1)Qualifying for interim status.

(a)Any person who owns or operates an "existing HWM facility" or a facility in existence on the effective date of statutory or regulatory amendments under the AHWMMA that render the facility subject to the requirement to have an AHWMMA permit shall have interim status and shall be treated as having been issued a permit to the extent he or she has:

1.Complied with the requirements of Section 3010(a) of RCRA pertaining to notification of hazardous waste activity;

2.Complied with the requirements of 335-14-8-.02(1) governing submission of Part A applications.

(b)If the Department has reason to believe upon examination of a Part A application, that it fails to meet the requirements of 335-14-8-.02(4), it shall notify the owner or operator in writing of the apparent deficiency. Such notice shall specify the grounds for the Department's belief that the application is deficient. The owner or operator shall have 30 days from receipt to respond to such a notification and to explain or cure the alleged deficiency in his Part A application. If, after such notification and opportunity for response, the Department determines that the application is deficient, it may take appropriate enforcement action.

(c)Hazardous waste disposal facilities which were previously issued a solid waste letter of approval or permit will be granted interim status if they comply fully with 335-14-8-.07.

(d)335-14-8-.07(1)(a) shall not apply to any facility which has been previously denied a AHWMMA permit or if authority to operate the facility under AHWMMA has been previously terminated.

(2)Operation under interim status.

(a)During the interim status period the facility shall not:

1.Treat, store, or dispose of hazardous waste not specified in Part A of the permit application;

2.Employ processes not specified in Part A of the permit application; or

3.Exceed the design capacities specified in Part A of the permit application.

(b)Interim status standards. During interim status, owners or operators shall comply with the interim status standards in Chapter 335-14-6.

(3)Changes during interim status.

(a)Except as provided in 335-14-8-.07(3)(b) and (c), the owner or operator of an interim status facility may make the following changes at the facility:

1.Treatment, storage, or disposal of newly listed or identified wastes not previously identified in Part A of the permit application, and the addition of the units being used to treat, store, or dispose of the newly listed or identified hazardous wastes provided that the owner or operator has treated, stored or disposed of the newly listed or identified hazardous waste prior to the effective date of the listing or identification if the owner or operator submits a revised Part A permit application thirty days prior to the effective date of the listing or identification for such treatment, storage, or disposal, and the facility is in substantial compliance with all requirements of Division 335-14;

2.Increases in the design capacity of processes used at the facility and the addition of new hazardous wastes not previously identified in Part A of the permit application, and the addition of newly listed or identified hazardous wastes which are not treated, stored, or disposed at the facility prior to the effective date of the listing or identification, if the owner or operator submits a revised Part A permit application prior to such a change (along with a justification explaining the need for the change) and the Department approves the changes because:

(i)There is a lack of available treatment, storage, or disposal capacity at other hazardous waste management facilities, or

(ii)The change is necessary to comply with a Federal, State of Alabama, or local requirement.

3.Changes in the processes for the treatment, storage, or disposal of hazardous waste or addition of processes if the owner or operator submits a revised Part A permit application prior to such change (along with a justification explaining the need for the change) and the Department approves the change because:

(i)The change is necessary to prevent a threat to human health and the environment because of an emergency situation, or

(ii)The change is necessary to comply with a Federal, State of Alabama, or local requirement.

4.Changes in the ownership or operational control of a facility if the new owner or operator submits a revised Part A permit application no later than 90 days prior to the scheduled change. When a transfer of operational control of a facility occurs, the previous owner or operator shall comply with the requirements of Rule 335-14-6-.08 (Financial Requirements), until the new owner or operator has demonstrated to the Department that he is complying with the requirements of that Rule. The new owner or operator must demonstrate compliance with Rule 335-14-6-.08 requirements within six months of the date of the change in ownership or operational control of the facility. Upon demonstration to the Department by the new owner or operator of compliance with Rule 335-14-6-.08, the Department shall notify the previous owner or operator in writing that he no longer needs to comply with Rule 335-14-6-.08 as of the date of demonstration. All other interim status duties are transferred effective immediately upon the date of the change in ownership or operational control of the facility.

5.Changes made in accordance with an interim status corrective action order issued by EPA under Section 3008(h) or other Federal authority, by the State of Alabama under comparable State of Alabama authority, or by a court in a judicial action brought by EPA or by the State of Alabama. Changes under 335-14-8-.07(3)(a) are limited to the treatment, storage, or disposal of solid waste from releases that originate within the boundary of the facility.

6.Addition of newly regulated units for the treatment, storage, or disposal of hazardous waste if the owner or operator submits a revised Part A permit application on or before the date on which the unit becomes subject to the new requirements.

(b)Except as specifically allowed under 335-14-8-.07(3)(b), changes listed under 335-14-8-.07(3)(a) may not be made if they amount to reconstruction of the hazardous waste management facility. Reconstruction occurs when the capital investment in the changes to the facility exceeds 50 percent of the capital cost of a comparable entirely new hazardous waste management facility. If all other requirements are met, the following changes may be made even if they amount to a reconstruction:

1.Changes made solely for the purposes of complying with the requirements of 335-14-6-.10(4) for tanks and ancillary equipment.

2.If necessary to comply with Federal, State of Alabama, or local requirements, changes to an existing unit, or changes solely involving tanks or containers.

3.Changes that are necessary to allow owners or operators to continue handling newly listed or identified hazardous wastes that have been treated, stored, or disposed of at the facility prior to the effective date of the rule establishing the new listing or identification.

4.Changes during closure of a facility or of a unit within a facility made in accordance with an approved closure plan.

5.Changes necessary to comply with an interim status corrective action order issued by EPA under Section 3008(h) or other Federal authority, by the Department under comparable State of Alabama authority, or by a court in a judicial proceeding brought by EPA or the Department, provided that such changes are limited to the treatment, storage, or disposal of solid waste from releases that originate within the boundary of the facility.

6.Changes to treat or store, in tanks, containers, or containment buildings, hazardous wastes subject to land disposal restrictions imposed by Chapter 335-14-9 or RCRA Section 3004, provided that such changes are made solely for the purpose of complying with Chapter 335-14-9 or RCRA Section 3004.

7.Addition of newly regulated units under 335-14-8-.07(3)(a)6.

8.Changes necessary to comply with standards under 40 CFR 63, Subpart EEE - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants From Hazardous Waste Combustors.

(c)Except as provided by 335-14-8-.07(3)(a), the addition of new treatment processes, new treatment units, or an increase in design capacity not previously identified in Part A of the permit application and which are subject to the requirements of Rule 335-14-5-.15 or Rule 335-14-6-.15 may not be added as a change during interim status. Such changes may only be made by applying for and being issued an AHWMMA permit for such treatment processes, treatment units, or design capacity, in accordance with the requirements of Rules 335-14-8-.02 and 8-.03, or by modifying an existing AHWMMA permit in accordance with the requirements of Rule 335-14-8-.04.

(4)Termination of interim status.

(a)Interim status is terminated when:

1.Final administrative disposition of a permit application, except an application for a remedial action plan (RAP) under 335-14-8-.14, is made; or

2.The permittee fails to furnish a requested Part B application on time, or to furnish in full the information required by the Part B application.

(b)Interim status may be terminated when:

1.The permittee fails to comply with the applicable requirements of Chapter 335-14-6 or the AHWMMA; or

2.The permittee fails to comply with an Order issued by the Department.

(c)Interim status for each land treatment, storage, or disposal facility which was granted interim status prior to November 8, 1984 is terminated on the effective date of these rules unless:

1.The owner or operator submitted a Part B application for a permit to EPA on or before November 8, 1985; and

2.The owner or operator certified, on or before November 8, 1985, that such facility was in compliance with all applicable groundwater monitoring and financial responsibility requirements.

(d)Interim status for each land treatment, storage, or disposal facility which is in existence on the effective date of statutory or regulatory amendments under the AHWMMA that render the facility subject to the requirement to have an AHWMMA permit will be terminated twelve months after the date on which the facility first becomes subject to such permit requirement unless:

1.The owner or operator submits a Part B application for an AHWMMA permit on or before the date twelve months after the date on which the facility first becomes subject to such permit requirement;

2.The owner or operator certified, on or before the date twelve months after the date on which the facility first becomes subject to such permit requirement, that such facility is in compliance with all applicable groundwater monitoring and financial responsibility requirements.

(e)For owners or operators of any land disposal unit that is granted authority to operate under 335-14-8-.07(3)(a)1., 2., or 3., on the date 12 months after the effective date of such requirement, unless the owner or operator certifies that such unit is in compliance with all applicable groundwater monitoring and financial responsibility requirements.

(f)For owners and operators of each incinerator facility which has achieved interim status prior to November 8, 1984, interim status terminates on November 8, 1989, unless the owner or operator of the facility submits a Part B application for a RCRA permit for an incinerator facility by November 8, 1986.

(g)For owners or operators of any facility (other than a land disposal or an incinerator facility) which has achieved interim status prior to November 8, 1984, interim status terminates on November 8, 1992, unless the owner or operator of the facility submits a Part B application for a RCRA permit for the facility by November 8, 1988.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Stephen A. Cobb; Steven O. Jenkins, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990, January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.8.08" level="3" title="Procedures For Decisionmaking - Treatment, Storage, And Disposal Facility Permits">

(1)Specific Procedures Applicable to AHWMMA Permits.

(a)Pre-application public meeting and notice.

1.Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-8-.08(1)shall apply to all AHWMMA Part B applications seeking initial permits for hazardous waste management units over which ADEM has permit issuance authority. The requirements of 335-14-8-.08(1) shall also apply to AHWMMA Part B applications seeking renewal of permits for such units, where the renewal application is proposing a significant change in facility operations. For the purposes of 335-14-8-.08(1), a "significant change" is any change that would qualify as a major permit modification under 335-14-8-.04(2). The requirements of 335-14-8-.08(1) do not apply to permit modifications under 335-14-8-.04(2) and (3) or to applications that are submitted for the sole purpose of conducting post-closure activities or post-closure activities and corrective action at a facility.

2.Prior to the submission of an AHWMMA Part B permit application for a facility, the applicant must hold at least one meeting with the public in order to solicit questions from the community and inform the community of proposed hazardous waste management activities. The applicant shall post a sign-in sheet or otherwise provide a voluntary opportunity for attendees to provide their names and addresses.

3.The applicant shall submit a summary of the meeting, along with the list of attendees and their addresses developed under 335-14-8-.08(1)(a)2., and copies of any written comments or materials submitted at the meeting, to the Department as a part of the Part B application, in accordance with 335-14-8-.02(5)(b).

4.The applicant must provide public notice of the pre-application meeting at least 30 days prior to the meeting. The applicant must maintain, and provide to the Department upon request, documentation of the notice.

(i)The applicant shall provide public notice in all of the following forms:

(I)A newspaper advertisement. The applicant shall publish a notice, fulfilling the requirements in 335-14-8-.08(1)(a)4.(ii), in a newspaper of general circulation in the county or equivalent jurisdiction that hosts the proposed location of the facility. In addition, the Department shall instruct the applicant to publish the notice in newspapers of general circulation in adjacent counties or equivalent jurisdictions, where the Department determines that such publication is necessary to inform the affected public. The notice must be published as a display advertisement.

(II)A visible and accessible sign. The applicant shall post a notice on a clearly marked sign at or near the facility, fulfilling the requirements in 335-14-8-.08(1)(a)4.(ii). If the applicant places the sign on the facility property, then the sign must be large enough to be readable from the nearest point where the public would pass by the site.

(III)A broadcast media announcement. The applicant shall broadcast a notice, fulfilling the requirements in 335-14-8-.08(1)(a)4.(ii), at least once on at least one local radio station or television station. The applicant may employ another medium with prior approval of the Department.

(IV)A notice to the Department. The applicant shall send a copy of the newspaper notice to the Department and to the appropriate units of State of Alabama and local government, in accordance with 335-14-8-.08(6)(c)1.(v).

(ii)The notices required under 335-14-8-.08(1)(a)4.(i) must include:

(I)The date, time, and location of the meeting;

(II)A brief description of the purpose of the meeting;

(III)A brief description of the facility and proposed operations, including the address or a map (e.g., a sketched or copied street map) of the facility location;

(IV)A statement encouraging people to contact the facility at least 72 hours before the meeting if they need special access to participate in the meeting; and

(V)The name, address, and telephone number of a contact person for the applicant.

(b)Public notice requirements at the application stage.

1.Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-8-.08(1) shall apply to all AHWMMA Part B applications seeking initial permits for hazardous waste management units over which ADEM has permit issuance authority. The requirements of 335-14-8-.08(1) shall also apply to AHWMMA Part B applications seeking renewal of permits for such units under 335-14-8-.05(2). The requirements of 335-14-8-.08(1) do not apply to permit modifications pursuant to 335-14-8-.04(2) and (3) or permit applications submitted for the sole purpose of conducting post-closure activities or post-closure activities and corrective action at a facility.

2.Notification at application submittal.

(i)The Department shall provide public notice as set forth in 335-14-8-.08(6)(c)1.(iv), and notice to appropriate units of State of Alabama and local government as set forth in 335-14-8-.08(6)(c)1.(v), that a Part B permit application has been submitted to the Department and is available for review.

(ii)The notice shall be published within a reasonable period of time after the application is received by the Department. The notice must include:

(i)The name and telephone number of the applicant?s contact person;

(ii)The name and telephone number of the Department?s contact office, and a mailing address to which information, opinions, and inquiries may be directed throughout the permit review process;

(iii)An address to which people can write in order to be put on the facility mailing list;

(iv)The location where copies of the permit application and any supporting documents can be viewed and copied;

(v)A brief description of the facility and proposed operations, including the address or a map (e.g., a sketched or copied street map) of the facility location on the front page of the notice; and

(vi)The date that the application was submitted.

3.Concurrent with the notice required under 335-14-8-.08(1)(b)2., the Department must place the permit application and any supporting documents in a location accessible to the public in the vicinity of the facility or at the Department?s office.

(c)Information repository.

1.Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-8-.08(1) apply to all applications seeking AHWMMA permits for hazardous waste management units over which ADEM has permit issuance authority.

2.The Department may assess the need, on a case-by-case basis, for an information repository. When assessing the need for an information repository, the Department shall consider a variety of factors, including: the level of public interest; the type of facility; the presence of an existing repository; and the proximity to the nearest copy of the administrative record. If the Department determines, at any time after submittal of a permit application, that there is a need for a repository, then the Department shall notify the facility that it must establish and maintain an information repository. (See 335-14-8-.03(1)(m) for similar provisions relating to the information repository during the life of a permit.)

3.The information repository shall contain all documents, reports, data, and information deemed necessary by the Department to fulfill the purposes for which the repository is established. The Department shall have the discretion to limit the contents of the repository.

4.The information repository shall be located and maintained at a site chosen by the facility. If the Department finds the site unsuitable for the purposes and persons for which it was established, due to problems with the location, hours of availability, access, or other relevant considerations, then the Department shall specify a more appropriate site.

5.The Department shall specify requirements for informing the public about the information repository. At a minimum, the Department shall require the facility to provide a written notice about the information repository to all individuals on the facility mailing list.

6.The facility owner/operator shall be responsible for maintaining and updating the repository with appropriate information throughout a time period specified by the Department. The Department may close the repository at its discretion, based on the factors in 335-14-8-.08(1)(c)2.

(2)Application for a permit.

(a)Any person who requires a permit shall complete, sign, and submit to the Department an application for each permit required under 335-14-8-.01(1).

(b)The Department shall not begin the processing of a permit until the applicant has fully complied with the requirements for that permit as set out in the applicable portions of 335-14-8.

(c)Permit applications must comply with the signature and certification requirements of 335-14-8-.02(2).

(d)The Department shall review for completeness every application for a permit. Upon completing the review, the Department shall notify the applicant in writing whether the application is complete. If the application is incomplete, the Department shall list the information necessary to make the application complete. The Department shall specify in the notice of deficiency a date for submitting the necessary information. The Department may request any information necessary to clarify, modify, or supplement previously submitted material but requests for items not required by Rules 335-14-8-.02 or 335-14-8-.13 will not render an application incomplete.

(e)If an applicant fails or refuses to correct deficiencies in the application, the permit may be denied and appropriate enforcement action may be taken.

(3)Modification, revocation and reissuance or termination of permits.

(a)Permits may be modified, revoked and reissued, or terminated either at the request of any interested person (including the permittee) or upon the Department's initiative. However, permits may only be modified, revoked and reissued, or terminated for the reasons specified in 335-14-8-.04(2) or (4). All requests shall be in writing and shall contain facts or reasons supporting the request.

(b)If the Department decides that the request is not justified, it shall send the requester a brief written response giving a reason for the decision. Denials of such requests are not subject to public notice, comment or hearings.

(c)1.If the Department tentatively decides to modify or revoke and reissue a permit under 335-14-8-.04(2), it shall prepare a draft permit under 335-14-8-.08(4) incorporating the proposed changes. The Department may request additional information and, in the case of a modified permit, may require the submission of an updated application. In case of revoked and reissued permits, the Department shall require the submission of a new application.

2.In a permit modification under 335-14-8-.08(3), only those conditions to be modified shall be reopened when a new draft permit is prepared. All other aspects of the existing permit shall remain in effect for the duration of the unmodified permit. When a permit is revoked and reissued under 335-14-8-.08(3), the entire permit is reopened just as if the permit had expired and was being reissued. During any revocation and reissuance proceeding, the permittee shall comply with all conditions of the existing permit until a new final permit is reissued.

3.Minor modifications as defined in 335-14-8-.04(3) are not subject to the requirements of 335-14-8-.08(3).

(d)If the Department tentatively decides to terminate a permit under 335-14-8-.04(4), it shall issue a notice of intent to terminate. A notice of intent to terminate is a type of draft permit which follows the same procedures of any draft permit prepared under 335-14-8-.08(4).

(4)Draft permits.

(a)Once an application is complete, the Department shall tentatively decide whether to prepare a draft permit or deny the application.

(b)If the Department tentatively decides to deny the permit application, it shall issue a notice of intent to deny. A notice of intent to deny the permit application is a type of draft permit prepared under 335-14-8-.08(4). If the Department's final decision is that the tentative decision to deny the permit application was incorrect, it shall withdraw the notice of intent to deny and proceed to prepare a draft permit under 335-14-8-.08(4)(c).

(c)If the Department decides to prepare a draft permit, it shall prepare a draft permit that contains the following information:

1.All conditions under 335-14-8-.03(1) and (3);

2.All compliance schedules under 335-14-8-.03(4);

3.All monitoring requirements under 335-14-8-.03(2); and

4.Standards for treatment, storage or disposal and other permit conditions under 335-14-8-.03(1).

(d)Draft permits prepared under 335-14-8-.08(4) shall be accompanied by a fact sheet if required under 335-14-8-.08(5).

(5)Fact sheet.

(a)A fact sheet shall be prepared for every draft permit for a major HWM facility and for every draft permit that the Department finds is the subject of widespread public interest or raises major issues. The fact sheet shall briefly set forth the principal facts and the significant factual, legal, methodological, and policy questions considered in preparing the draft permit. The Department shall send this fact sheet to the applicant and, upon request, to any other person.

(b)The fact sheet shall include when applicable:

1.A brief description of the type of facility or activity which is the subject of the draft permit;

2.The type and quantity of wastes which are proposed to be or are being treated, stored, or disposed of;

3.A brief summary of the basis for the draft permit conditions including references to applicable statutory or regulatory provisions;

4.Reasons why any requested variances or alternatives to required standards do not appear justified;

5.A description of the procedures for reaching a final decision on the draft permit including:

(i)The beginning and ending dates of the comment period under 335-14-8-.08(6) and the address where comments will be received;

(ii)Procedures for requesting a hearing or the date and time of the hearing if scheduled at the time the draft permit is issued, and the nature of the hearing;

(iii)Any other procedures by which the public may participate in the final decision; and

6.Name and telephone number of a person to contact for additional information.

(6)Public notice of permit actions and public comment period.

(a)Scope.

1.The Department shall give public notice that the following actions have occurred:

(i)A permit application has been tentatively denied under 335-14-8-.04(4)(b);

(ii)A draft permit has been prepared under 335-14-8-.08(4)(c); or

(iii)A hearing has been scheduled under 335-14-8-.08(8).

2.No public notice is required when a request for permit modification, revocation and reissuance, or termination is denied under 335-14-8-.08(3)(b). Written notice of the denial shall be given to the requester and to the permittee.

3.Public notices may describe more than one permit or permit action.

(b)Timing.

1.Public notice of the preparation of a draft permit required under 335-14-8-.08(6)(a) shall allow at least 45 days for public comment.

2.Public notice of a public hearing shall be given at least 30 days before the hearing. (Public notice of the hearing may be made in the notice in 335-14-8-.08(6)(b)1.)

(c)Public notice of activities described in 335-14-8-.08(6)(a)1. shall be given by the following methods:

1.By mailing a copy of a notice to the following persons (any person otherwise entitled to receive notice under 335-14-8-.08(6)(c) may waive his right to receive notice):

(i)The applicant;

(ii)Any other agency which the Department knows has issued or is required to issue a RCRA, UIC, PSD, NPDES or 404 permit for the same facility or activity;

(iii)Federal and State of Alabama agencies with jurisdiction over fish, shellfish, and wildlife resources and over coastal zone management plans, the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation, State of Alabama Historic Preservation Officers, including any affected States (Indian Tribes). (For purposes of 335-14-8-.08(6)(c), and in the context of the Underground Injection Control Program only, the term State includes Indian Tribes treated as States.)

(iv)Persons on a mailing list developed by:

(I)Including those who request in writing to be on the list;

(II)Soliciting persons for area lists from participants in past permit proceedings in that area; and

(III)Notifying the public of the opportunity to be put on the mailing list through periodic publication in the public press and in such publications as regional and State of Alabama funded newsletters, environmental bulletins, or State of Alabama law journals. The Department may update the mailing list from time to time by requesting written indication of continued interest from those listed. The Department may delete from the list the name of any person who fails to respond to such a request; and

(v)(I)To any unit of local government having jurisdiction over the area where the facility is proposed to be located; and

(II)To each State of Alabama agency having any authority under State of Alabama law with respect to the construction or operation of such facility.

2.Publication of a notice in a daily or weekly major local newspaper of general circulation and broadcast over local radio stations.

3.Any other method reasonably calculated to give actual notice of the action in question to persons potentially affected by it, including press releases or any other forum or medium to elicit public participation.

(d)Contents.

1.All public notices issued under 335-14-8-.08 shall contain the following minimum information:

(i)Name and address of the office processing the permit action for which the notice is being given;

(ii)Name and address of the permittee or permit applicant and, if different, of the facility or activity regulated by the permit;

(iii)A brief description of the business conducted at the facility or activity described in the permit application;

(iv)Name, address, and telephone number of a person from whom interested persons may obtain further information, including copies of the draft permit, fact sheet, and the application; and

(v)A brief description of the comment procedures required by 335-14-8-.08(7) and (8) and the time and place of any hearing that will be held, including a statement of procedures to request a hearing (unless a hearing has already been scheduled) and other procedures by which the public may participate in the final permit decision.

2.In addition to the general public notice described in 335-14-8-.06(d)1., of the public notice for a hearing under 335-14-8-.08(8) shall contain the following information:

(i)Reference to the date of previous public notices relating to the permit;

(ii)Date, time, and place of the hearing; and

(e)In addition to the general public notice described in 335-14-8-.08(6)(d)1., all persons identified in 335-14-8-.08(6)(c)1.(i), (ii), and (iii), shall be mailed a copy of the fact sheet, the permit application and the draft permit. Upon determination of the number of these persons, the Department will inform the applicant in writing of that number and the applicant shall provide sufficient copies of the permit application to the Department as requested.

(7)Public comments and request for public hearings. During the public comment period provided under 335-14-8-.08(6), any interested person may submit written comments on the draft permit and may request a public hearing, if no hearing has already been scheduled. A request for a public hearing shall be in writing and shall state the nature of issues proposed to be raised in the hearing. All comments shall be considered in making the final decision and shall be answered as provided in 335-14-8-.08(11).

(8)Public hearings.

(a)1.The Department shall hold a public hearing whenever it finds, on the basis of requests, a significant degree of interest in a draft permit(s);

2.The Department may also hold a public hearing at its discretion, whenever, for instance, such a hearing might clarify one or more issues involved in the permit decision;

3.The Department shall hold a public hearing whenever it receives written notice of opposition to a draft permit and a request for a hearing within 45 days of public notice under 335-14-8-.08(6)(b)1.;

4.The Department shall hold a public hearing on all proposed disposal facility permits;

5.Whenever possible the Department shall schedule a hearing under 335-14-8-.08(8) at a location convenient to the nearest population center to the proposed facility;

6.Public notices of the hearing shall be given as specified in 335-14-8-.08(6).

(b)Any person may submit oral or written statements or data concerning the draft permit. Reasonable time limits may be set upon the time allowed for oral statements and the submission of statements in writing may be required. The comment period will automatically extend to the close of any public hearing under 335-14-8-.08(8). The hearing officer may also extend the comment period by so stating at the hearing.

(c)A written transcript of the public hearing shall be available for public inspection.

(9)Obligation to raise issues and provide information during the public comment period. All persons, including applicants, who believe that any condition of a draft permit is inappropriate or that the Department's tentative decision to deny an application, terminate a permit or prepare a draft permit is inappropriate, must raise all reasonably ascertainable issues and submit all reasonably available arguments supporting their position by the close of the comment period. Any supporting materials which are submitted shall be included in full and may not be incorporated by reference, unless they are already part of the administrative record in the same proceeding, or consist of State of Alabama or federal statutes or regulations, Department documents of general applicability or other generally available reference materials. Commenters shall make supporting documents not already included in the administrative record available to the Department as it shall direct.

(10)Reopening of the public comment period.

(a)1.The Department may order the comment period reopened if the procedures of 335-14-8-.08(10)(a) could expedite the decision making process. When the public comment period is reopened under 335-14-8-.08(10)(a), all persons, including applicants, who believe any condition of a draft permit is inappropriate or that the Department's tentative decision to deny an application, terminate a permit or prepare a draft permit is inappropriate must submit all reasonable available factual grounds supporting their position, including all supporting material, by a date, not less than sixty days after public notice under 335-14-8-.08(10)(a)2., set by the Department. Thereafter, any person may file a written response to the material filed by any other person, by a date, not less than twenty days after the date set for filing of the material, set by the Department.

2.Public notice of any comment period under 335-14-8-.08(10)(a) shall identify the issues to which the requirements of 335-14-8-.08(10)(a) apply.

(b)If any data, information, or arguments submitted during the public comment period, including information or arguments required under 335-14-8-.08(9), appear to raise substantial new questions concerning a permit, the Department may take one or more of the following actions:

1.Prepare a new draft permit, appropriately modified, under 335-14-8-.08(4);

2.Prepare a revised fact sheet under 335-14-8-.08(5) and reopen the comment period under 335-14-8-.08(10); or

3.Reopen or extend the comment period under 335-14-8-.08(6) to give interested persons an opportunity to comment on the information or arguments submitted.

(c)Comments filed during the reopened comment period shall be limited to the substantial new questions that caused its reopening. The public notice under 335-14-8-.08(6) shall define the scope of the reopening.

(d)Public notice of any of the actions in 335-14-8-.08(10) shall be given as specified in 335-14-8-.08(6).

(11)Response to comments.

(a)At the time any final permit is issued, the Department shall issue a responses to comments. This response shall:

1.Specify which provisions, if any, of the draft permit have been changed in the final permit and the reasons for the change; and

2.Briefly describe and respond to all significant comments on the draft permit raised during the public comment period, or during any hearing.

(b)The response to comments shall be available to the public.

(12)Issuance of permit. After the close of the public comment period under 335-14-8-.08(6) on a draft permit, the Department shall issue a final permit decision [or a decision to deny a permit for the active life of a AHWMMA hazardous waste management facility or unit under 335-14-8-.02(20)].

(13)Severability. If an appeal of a final permit decision under 335-14-8-.08(12) is sought under Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-7 and a portion of the permit decision is stayed as provided in Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-7(c)(4):

(a)Uncontested conditions which are not severable from those contested shall be stayed together with the contested conditions;

(b)All other provisions shall remain fully effective and enforceable; and

(c)Existing facilities shall remain subject to the interim status permit standards in Chapter 335-14-6 in lieu of any stayed provisions.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Stephen A. Cobb; Amy P. Zachry; C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12.

History: July 19, 1982. Amended: April 9, 1986; September 29, 1986; August 24, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.8.09" level="3" title="Permit Application - Transporters">

(1)General application requirements.

(a)Any person who is required to have an Alabama Hazardous Waste transport or Alabama Used Oil Transport Permit, including new applicants and permittees with expiring permits, shall complete, sign, and submit an application to the Department as described in 335-14-8-.09.

1.A transporter with an Alabama Hazardous Waste Transport Permit may also transport used oil, so long as the transportation of used oil is conducted in accordance with the requirements of Rule 335-14-17-.05

2.A transporter with an Alabama Used Oil Transport Permit may not transport hazardous waste without first applying for, and receiving, an Alabama Hazardous Waste Transport Permit.

(b)The Department shall not issue a permit before receiving a complete application for a permit except for emergency permits. An application for a permit is complete when the Department receives an application and any supplemental information which are completed to the Department's satisfaction.

(c)All applicants shall provide the information set forth in 335-14-8-.09(4).

(d)No applicant shall begin hazardous waste or used oil transportation activities prior to the granting of the appropriate permit by the Department except as directed by the Department during emergency response.

(e)Any transporter with an effective permit shall submit a new application at least 180 days before the expiration date of the effective permit.

(f)Applicants shall keep records of all data used to complete permit applications and any supplemental information submitted to the Department for at least 3 years from the date the application is signed unless the Department extends the time period.

(2)Signatories to permit applications.

(a)All permit applications shall be signed as follows:

1.For a corporation, by a responsible corporate officer. For the purpose of 335-14-8-.09(2), a responsible corporate officer means:

(i)A president, secretary, treasurer, or vice-president of the corporation in charge of a principal business function, or any other person who performs similar policy making or decision making functions for the corporation;

2.For a partnership or sole proprietorship, by a general partner or the proprietor, respectively; or

3.For a municipality, State of Alabama, Federal, or other public agency by either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official.

(b)Any person signing a permit application under 335-14-8-.09 shall make the following certification:

"I certify under penalty of law that this permit application and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in a manner to assure that qualified personnel gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person(s) who gathered and evaluated the information and of the person(s) responsible for managing the regulated activity, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment. I understand that it is my responsibility to notify the Department within forty-five (45) days of changes in information in the current permit application."

(3)Confidentiality. An applicant may claim information submitted as confidential if the information is protectable under Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-18, as amended. The term "trade secret" as used in &#167;22-30-18 is defined in Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-3(12).

(4)Contents of the permit application. The permit application under 335-14-8-.09 shall include the following information:

(a)Name, address, telephone number, and EPA transporter identification number of the applicant;

(b)Address(es) and telephone number(s) of any transfer facilities operated by the applicant in Alabama;

(c)A description of the type and scope (numbers and types of vehicles) of operation proposed;

(d)EPA Hazardous Waste Numbers (if applicable), as set out in Chapter 335-14-2, and type of waste (liquids, solids, sludges, gases, dusts, used oil, or others) expected to be transported by the applicant;

(e)A listing of any other environmental permits or authorities granted to the applicant;

(f)Name, address, and telephone number where information, reports, and documents required to be maintained by these regulations may be inspected;

(g)A contingency plan indicating how the applicant will respond to the "worst case" discharge of hazardous waste or used oil, as applicable, during loading, transport, and unloading in order to assure that such discharge does not present a hazard to human health or the environment;

(h)Proof of financial assurance as required under Rule 335-14-4-.04 or 335-14-17-.05(4), whichever is greater in the case of transporters handling both used oil and hazardous waste; and

(i)Evidence of training programs, including a detailed outline of the training programs, undertaken by drivers and other personnel involved with the handling and transportation of hazardous waste and/or used oil, as applicable.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, James T. Shipman, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12, 22-30-15.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.8.10" level="3" title="Permit Conditions - Transporters">

(1)Duty to comply. The permittee must comply with all conditions of the permit, except to the extent and for the duration such noncompliance is authorized in an emergency permit. Any permit noncompliance, except under the terms of an emergency permit, constitutes a violation of the AHWMMA and is grounds for enforcement action, permit termination or for denial of a permit renewal application.

(2)Duty to reapply. If the permittee wishes to continue an activity regulated under a permit issued by the Department, the permittee must apply for and obtain a new permit.

(3)Need to halt or reduce activity not a defense. It shall not be a defense for a permittee in an enforcement action that it would have been necessary to halt or reduce the permitted activity in order to maintain compliance with the permit conditions.

(4)Noncompliance. In the event of noncompliance with the permit, the permittee shall take all reasonable steps to minimize releases to the environment, and shall carry out all reasonable necessary steps to prevent significant adverse impact on human health or the environment.

(5)Proper operation and maintenance.

(a)The permittee shall at all times properly operate and maintain all equipment which is used by the permittee to achieve compliance with the permit.

(b)Proper operation and maintenance includes effective performance, adequate funding, and adequate operating staffing and training. Proper operation and maintenance also includes the following:

1.Placement of a copy of the permit as required under Rule 335-14-8-.O9(1)(d) in each vehicle hauling hazardous waste or used oil in Alabama.

2.Placement of a copy of the Contingency Plan as required under Rule 335-14-8-.09(4)(g) in each vehicle hauling hazardous waste or used oil in Alabama.

3.Demonstration of knowledge of the Contingency Plan as required under Rule 335-14-8-.09(4)(g) by each driver hauling hazardous waste or used oil in Alabama when inspected by the Department.

(6)Permit actions. This permit may be modified or terminated for cause. A request by the permittee to modify the permit, or a notification of anticipated noncompliance, does not stay any permit condition.

(7)Property rights. This permit does not convey any property rights of any sort, or any exclusive privilege.

(8)Duty to provide information. The permittee shall furnish to the Department, within a reasonable time, any relevant information which the Department may request to determine whether any cause exists for modifying or terminating the permit, or to determine compliance with the permit.

(9)Inspection and entry. The permittee shall allow duly designated employees of the Department and the Department's representatives to:

(a)Enter at reasonable times upon the permittee's premises where hazardous waste is loaded, unloaded, stored, or transported, or where records, documents, or information required by these regulations are maintained, or into or on transport vehicles used to transport hazardous waste;

(b)Have access to and copy, at reasonable times, any records, documents, or information that must be kept under the conditions of the permit or these regulations;

(c)Inspect at reasonable times any vehicles, facilities, equipment, practices, or operations regulated or required under the permit; and

(d)Sample or monitor any discharges or suspected discharges of hazardous waste at transfer facilities owned or operated by the permittee.

(10)Anticipated noncompliance. The permittee shall give advance notice to the Department of any activity which may result in noncompliance with the permit.

(11)Transfers. A permit under 335-14-8-.10 is not transferable.

(12)Other information. Where the permittee becomes aware that he failed to submit any relevant facts in a permit application, he shall immediately submit such information to the Department.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; C. Lynn Garthright, James T. Shipman

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12, 22-30-15.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.8.11" level="3" title="Changes To Permits - Transporters">

(1)Modification of permits.

(a)When the Department receives any information or receives a request for modification, it will determine whether or not one or more of the causes for modification of permits listed in 335-14-8-.11(1)(a)1. exists. If cause exists, the Department may modify the permit accordingly and may request an updated application if necessary. When a permit is modified, only the conditions subject to modification are reopened. If cause does not exist, the Department shall not modify the permit.

1.The following are causes for modification:

(i)Material and substantial alterations to the operations of the permittee which occurred after issuance of the permit (i.e., the addition of a new transfer facility for used oil or hazardous waste);

(ii)Receipt of information by the Department which indicates that permit conditions must be modified in order to protect human health or the environment;

(iii)The standards or rules upon which the permit was based have been changed by the Department or judicial decision after issuance of the permit, the permittee requests the modification and the permit condition to be modified is based on the standard or regulation which has been changed; and

(iv)Cause exists for termination and the Department determines modification is appropriate.

(b)Upon the consent of the permittee, the Department may modify a permit to correct typographical errors.

(c)A permittee must request a modification of the permit whenever the information provided in the permit application pursuant to Rules 335-14-8-.09(4)(a), (b), (f), or (g) becomes outdated or otherwise inaccurate.

(2)Termination of permits. The following are causes for terminating a permit during its term or for denying a permit renewal application:

(a)Noncompliance by the permittee with any condition of the permit, any rule under Division 335-14, any requirements of the AHWMMA or any provision of any order issued by the Department under the authority of the AHWMMA or the Alabama Environmental Management Act;

(b)The permittee's failure during the permit application or issuance process to disclose fully all relevant facts, or the permittee's misrepresentation of any relevant facts at any time; or

(c)A determination that the permitted activity endangers human health or the environment and can only be regulated to acceptable levels by permit modification or termination.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, James T. Shipman

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12.

History: November 19, 1980. Amended: April 9, 1986; February 15, 1988; August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.8.12" level="3" title="Expiration And Continuation Of Permits Transporters">

(1)Duration of permits.

(a)Transporter permits shall be effective for a fixed term not to exceed three years.

(b)The term of a permit shall not be extended by modification beyond the three year limit.

(c)The Department may issue any permit for a duration that is less than three years.

(2)Continuation of expiring permits.

(a)The conditions of an existing permit continue in force until the effective date of a new permit if:

1.The permittee has submitted a complete application for a new permit at least 180 days prior to expiration of his existing permit; and

2.The Department through no fault of the permittee does not issue a new permit before the expiration date of the existing permit.

(b)Permits continued under 335-14-8-.12 remain fully effective and enforceable.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12.

History: April 9, 1986. Amended: August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.8.13" level="3" title="Permit Fees">

No permit application under Rule 335-14-8-.02 or 335-14-8-.09 is complete without payment of the permit application fees specified in Chapter 335-1-6 of the Department's Administrative Code.

Author: Stephen C. Maurer

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12, 22-22A-5.

History: April 9, 1986. Amended: August 24, 1989. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995.

335-14-8-.14Reserved

Authors: Stephen A. Cobb, Vernon H. Crockett

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12, 22-30-16, 22-30-19.

History: New Rule: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003. Repealed: Filed April 22, 2004; effective May 27, 2004.

335-14-8-.15Integration with Maximum Achievable Control Technology (MACT) Standards

(1)Options for incinerators and cement and lightweight aggregate kilns to minimize emissions from startup, shutdown, and malfunction events.

(a)Facilities with existing permits.

1.Revisions to permit conditions after documenting compliance with MACT. The owner or operator of a RCRA-permitted incinerator, cement kiln, or lightweight aggregate kiln may request that the Department address permit conditions that minimize emissions from startup, shutdown, and malfunction events under any of the following options when requesting removal of permit conditions that are no longer applicable according to 335-14-5-.15(1)(b) and 335-14-7-.08:

(i)Retain relevant permit conditions. Under this option, the Department will:

(I)Retain permit conditions that address releases during startup, shutdown, and malfunction events, including releases from emergency safety vents, as these events are defined in the facility's startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan required under 40 CFR 63.1206(c)(2); and

(II)Limit applicability of those permit conditions only to when the facility is operating under its startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan.

(ii)Revise relevant permit conditions.

(I)Under this option, the Department will:

I.Identify a subset of relevant existing permit requirements, or develop alternative permit requirements, that ensure emissions of toxic compounds are minimized from startup, shutdown, and malfunction events, including releases from emergency safety vents, based on review of information including the source's startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan, design, and operating history.

II.Retain or add these permit requirements to the permit to apply only when the facility is operating under its startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan.

(II)Changes that may significantly increase emissions.

I.The facility must notify the Department in writing of changes to the startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan or changes to the design of the source that may significantly increase emissions of toxic compounds from startup, shutdown, or malfunction events, including releases from emergency safety vents. The facility must notify the Department of such changes within five days of making such changes. You must identify in the notification recommended revisions to permit conditions necessary as a result of the changes to ensure that emissions of toxic compounds are minimized during these events.

II.The Department may revise permit conditions as a result of these changes to ensure that emissions of toxic compounds are minimized during startup, shutdown, or malfunction events, including releases from emergency safety vents either:

A.Upon permit renewal, or, if warranted;

B.By modifying the permit under 335-14-8-.04(2)(a).

(iii)Remove permit conditions. Under this option:

(I)The owner or operator must document that the startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan required under 40 CFR 63.1206(c)(2) has been approved by the Department under 40 CFR 63.1206(c)(2)(ii)(B); and

(II)The Department will remove permit conditions that are no longer applicable according to 335-14-5-.15(1)(b) and 335-14-7-.08.

2.Addressing permit conditions upon permit reissuance. The owner or operator of an incinerator, cement kiln, or lightweight aggregate kiln that has conducted a comprehensive performance test and submitted to the Department a Notification of Compliance documenting compliance with the standards of 40 CFR 63, subpart EEE, may request in the application to reissue the permit for the combustion unit that the Department control emissions from startup, shutdown, and malfunction events under any of the following options:

(i)RCRA option A.

(I)Under this option, the Department will:

I.Include, in the permit, conditions that ensure compliance with 335-14-5-.15(6)(a) and (6)(c) or 335-14-7-.08 to minimize emissions of toxic compounds from startup, shutdown, and malfunction events, including releases from emergency safety vents; and

II.Specify that these permit requirements apply only when the facility is operating under its startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan; or

(II)Reserved.

(ii)RCRA option B.

(I)Under this option, the Department will:

I.Include, in the permit conditions, that ensure emissions of toxic compounds are minimized from startup, shutdown, and malfunction events, including releases from emergency safety vents, based on review of information including the source's startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan, design, and operating history; and

II.Specify that these permit requirements apply only when the facility is operating under its startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan.

(II)Changes that may significantly increase emissions.

I.The facility must notify the Department in writing of changes to the startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan or changes to the design of the source that may significantly increase emissions of toxic compounds from startup, shutdown, or malfunction events, including releases from emergency safety vents. The facility must notify the Department of such changes within five days of making such changes. The facility must identify in the notification recommended revisions to permit conditions necessary as a result of the changes to ensure that emissions of toxic compounds are minimized during these events.

II.The Department may revise permit conditions as a result of these changes to ensure that emissions of toxic compounds are minimized during startup, shutdown, or malfunction events, including releases from emergency safety vents either:

A.Upon permit renewal, or, if warranted;

B.By modifying the permit under 335-14-8-.04(2)(a); or

(iii)CAA option. Under this option:

(I)The owner or operator must document that the startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan required under 40 CFR 63.1206(c)(2) has been approved by the Department under 40 CFR 63.1206(c)(2)(ii)(B); and

(II)The Department will omit from the permit conditions that are not applicable under 335-14-5-.15(1)(b) and 335-14-7-.08.

(b)Interim status facilities.

1.Interim status operations. In compliance with 335-14-6-.15(1) and 335-14-7-.08, the owner or operator of an incinerator, cement kiln, or lightweight aggregate kiln that is operating under the interim status standards of 335-14-6 or 335-14-7 may control emissions of toxic compounds during startup, shutdown, and malfunction events under either of the following options after conducting a comprehensive performance test and submitting to the Department a Notification of Compliance documenting compliance with the standards of 335-3-11-.06(56):

(i)RCRA option. Under this option, the owner or operator continues to comply with the interim status emission standards and operating requirements of 335-14-6 or 335-14-7 relevant to control of emissions from startup, shutdown, and malfunction events. Those standards and requirements apply only during startup, shutdown, and malfunction events; or

(ii)CAA option. Under this option, the owner or operator is exempt from the interim status standards of part 265 or 266 of this chapter relevant to control of emissions of toxic compounds during startup, shutdown, and malfunction events upon submission of written notification and documentation to the Department that the startup, shutdown, and malfunction plan required under 40 CFR 63.1206(c)(2) has been approved by the Department under 40 CFR 63.1206(c)(2)(ii)(B).

2.Operations under a subsequent RCRA permit. When an owner or operator of an incinerator, cement kiln, or lightweight aggregate kiln that is operating under the interim status standards of parts 265 or 266 of this chapter submits a RCRA permit application, the owner or operator may request that the Department control emissions from startup, shutdown, and malfunction events under any of the options provided by 335-14-8-.15(1)(a)2.(i), (ii), or (iii).

(2)Reserved.

Author: C. Edwin Johnston.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-12, 22-30-16, 22-30-19.

History: New Rule: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-14-9" level="2" title="LAND DISPOSAL RESTRICTIONS">

<regElement name="335.14.9.00" level="3" title="References Adopted">

(1)The Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, and the Appendices applicable thereto, governing Land Disposal Restrictions (40 CFR, Part 268 and Appendices), designated in Rules 335-14-9-.01, .02, .03, .04, .05, and Appendices I through XI, are incorporated herein by reference as they exist in 40 CFR, Part 268 as of June 30, 2002, except for the exclusions provided in ADEM Administrative Code Rule 335-14-9-.01(1).

(2)In the event that any Code of Federal Regulations Rule(s) incorporated herein by reference refers to or cites another Code of Federal Regulations Rule(s), other than 40 CFR 268, such reference to the other Code of Federal Regulations Rule(s) is not incorporated in this ADEM Administrative Code and the ADEM Administrative Code Rule specifically addressing said issue or circumstance shall take precedence, be applicable and govern.

(3)The materials incorporated by reference are available for purchase (at 40 cents a page) and inspection at the Department's offices at 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Steven O. Jenkins; Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11.

History: December 6, 1990. Amended: January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 28, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.9.01" level="3" title="Subpart A-General">

(1)&#167;268.1 Purpose, scope and applicability, excluding the provisions of &#167;268.1(c)(3).

(2)&#167;268.2 Definitions applicable in this part.

(3)&#167;268.3 Dilution prohibited as a substitute for treatment.

(4)&#167;268.4 Treatment surface impoundment exemption.

(5)&#167;268.5 Procedures for case-by-case extensions to an effective date.

(6)&#167;268.6 Petitions to allow land disposal of a waste prohibited under Subpart C of Part 268.

(7)&#167;268.7 Testing, tracking, and recordkeeping requirements for generators, treaters, and disposal facilities.

(8)&#167;268.8 Landfill and surface impoundment disposal restrictions.

(9)&#167;268.9 Special rules regarding wastes that exhibit a characteristic.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: August 24, 1989. Amended: December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 28, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.9.02" level="3" title="Subpart B-Schedule For Land Disposal Prohibition And Establishment Of Treatment Standards">

(1)Reserved.

(2)Reserved.

(3)Reserved.

(4)&#167;268.13 Schedule for wastes identified or listed after November 8, 1984.

(5)&#167;268.14 Surface Impoundment Exemptions.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: August 24, 1989. Amended: December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 28, 1995. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997.

<regElement name="335.14.9.03" level="3" title="Subpart C-Prohibitions On Land Disposal"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="1"><dwc name="inorgan chemic" times="1"><dwc name="dioxin" times="1">

(1)&#167;268.30 Waste specific prohibitions - Solvent wastes.

(2)&#167;268.31 Waste specific prohibitions - Dioxin containing wastes.

(3)&#167;268.32 Waste specific prohibitions - organobromine wastes.

(4)&#167;268.33 Waste specific prohibitions ? chlorinated aliphatic wastes.

(5)&#167;268.34 Waste specific prohibitions - toxicity characteristics metal wastes.

(6)&#167;268.35 Waste specific prohibitions - petroleum refining wastes.

(7)&#167;268.36 Waste specific prohibitions ? inorganic chemical wastes.

(8)&#167;268.37 Waste specific prohibitions - Ignitable and corrosive characteristic wastes whose treatment standards were vacated.

(9)&#167;268.38 Waste specific prohibitions - Newly identified organic toxicity characteristic wastes and newly listed coke by-product and chlorotoluene production wastes.

(10)&#167;268.39 Waste specific prohibitions - Spent aluminum potliners; reactive; and carbamate wastes.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Steven O. Jenkins; Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: August 24, 1989. Amended: December 21, 1989; December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 28, 1995. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Adopted by Reference: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.9.04" level="3" title="Subpart D-Treatment Standards">

(1)&#167;268.40 Applicability of treatment standards.

(2)&#167;268.41 Treatment standards expressed as concentrations in waste extract.

(3)&#167;268.42 Treatment standards expressed as specified technologies.

(4)&#167;268.43 Treatment standards expressed as waste concentrations.

(5)&#167;268.44 Variance from a treatment standard.

(6)&#167;268.45 Treatment standards for hazardous debris.

(7)&#167;268.46 Alternative treatment standards based on HTMR.

(8)&#167;268.48 Universal treatment standards.

(9)&#167;268.49 Alternative LDR Treatment standards for contaminated soil.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer; Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: August 24, 1989. Amended: December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992; January 1, 1993. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 28, 1995. Amended: Filed: December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003. Adopted by Reference: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.9.05" level="3" title="Subpart E-Prohibitions On Storage">

(1)&#167;268.50 Prohibitions on storage of restricted wastes.

Author: Stephen C. Maurer; Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: August 24, 1989; Amended: December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000.

335-14-9APPENDIX I - (Reserved).

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: August 24, 1989. Amended: December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Repealed: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998.

335-14-9APPENDIX II - (Reserved).

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: August 24, 1989. Amended: December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Repealed: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998.

335-14-9APPENDIX III ? List Of Halogenated Organic Compounds Regulated Under &#167;268.32.

Author: Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-10, 22-30-11, 22-30-16.

History: August 24, 1989. Amended: December 6, 1990; January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Repealed: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. New Rule: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

335-14-9APPENDIX IV - Wastes Excluded From Lab Packs Under The Alternative Treatment Standards Of Section 268.42(c).

Author: Stephen C. Maurer

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: December 6, 1990. Amended: January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 28, 1995.

335-14-9APPENDIX V - (Reserved 4/26/95)

Author:

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: December 6, 1990. Amended: January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 28, 1995.

335-14-9APPENDIX VI - Recommended Technologies To Achieve Deactivation Of Characteristics In Section 268.42.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: December 6, 1990. Amended: January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 28, 1995. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998.

335-14-9APPENDIX VII - Effective Dates Of Surface Disposal Wastes Regulated In The LDRs.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;220-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: December 6, 1990. Amended: January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

335-14-9APPENDIX VIII - LDR Effective Dates Of Injected Prohibited Hazardous Wastes.

Authors: Stephen C. Maurer, Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: December 6, 1990. Amended: January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999.

335-14-9APPENDIX IX - Extraction Procedure (EP) Toxicity Test Method And Structural Integrity Test (SW-846, Method 131OA).

Author: Stephen C. Maurer

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: January 25, 1992. Amended: Filed: November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995.

335-14-9APPENDIX X - (Reserved).

Authors: C. Lynn Garthright, Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-20-4, 22-20-6, 22-30-11.

History: New Rule: Filed March 22, 1995; effective April 28, 1995. Amended: Filed: December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Repealed: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998.

335-14-9APPENDIX XI - Metal Bearing Waste Prohibited From Dilution In A Combustion Unit According To 40 CFR 268.3(c) 1. 1A combustion unit is defined as any thermal technology subject to 40 CFR 264, subpart O; 40 CFR 265, subpart O; and/or 40 CFR 266, subpart H.

Author: Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-4, 22-30-6, 22-30-11.

History: New Rule: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-14-11" level="2" title="STANDARDS FOR UNIVERSAL WASTE MANAGEMENT">

<regElement name="335.14.11.01" level="3" title="General"> <dwc name="lead" times="2"><dwc name="mercuri" times="5">

(1)Scope.

(a)335-14-11 establishes requirements for managing the following:

1.Batteries as described in 335-14-11-.01(2);

2.Pesticides as described in 335-14-11-.01(3);

3.Thermostats as described in 335-14-11-.01(4); and

4.Lamps as described in 335-14-11-.01(5).

(b)335-14-11 provides an alternative set of management standards in lieu of regulation under 335-14-1 through 335-14-9.

(2)Applicability?batteries.

(a)Batteries covered under 335-14-11.

1.The requirements of 335-14-11 apply to persons managing batteries, as described in 335-14-11-.01(9), except those listed in 335-14-11-.01(2)(b).

2.Spent lead-acid batteries which are not managed under 335-14-7-.07 are subject to management under this 335-14-11.

(b)Batteries not covered under 335-14-11. The requirements of 335-14-11 do not apply to persons managing the following batteries:

1.Spent lead-acid batteries that are managed under 335-14-7-.07.

2.Batteries, as described in 335-14-11-.01(9), that are not yet wastes under 335-14-2, including those that do not meet the criteria for waste generation in 335-14-11-.01(2)(c).

3.Batteries, as described in 335-14-11-.01(9), that are not hazardous waste. A battery is a hazardous waste if it exhibits one or more of the characteristics identified in 335-14-2-.03.

(c)Generation of waste batteries.

1.A used battery becomes a waste on the date it is discarded (e.g., when sent for reclamation).

2.An unused battery becomes a waste on the date the handler decides to discard it.

(3)Applicability?pesticides.

(a)Pesticides covered under 335-14-11. The requirements of 335-14-11 apply to persons managing pesticides, as described in 335-14-11-.01(9), meeting the following conditions, except those listed in 335-14-11-.01(3)(b):

1.Recalled pesticides that are:

(i)Stocks of a suspended and canceled pesticide that are part of a voluntary or mandatory recall under FIFRA section 19(b), including, but not limited to those owned by the registrant responsible for conducting the recall; or

(ii)Stocks of a suspended or cancelled pesticide, or a pesticide that is not in compliance with FIFRA, that are part of a voluntary recall by the registrant.

2.Stocks of other unused pesticide products that are collected and managed as part of a waste pesticide collection program.

(b)Pesticides not covered under 335-14-11. The requirements of 335-14-11 do not apply to persons managing the following pesticides:

1.Recalled pesticides described in 335-14-11-.01(3)(a)1., and unused pesticide products described in 335-14-11-.01(3)(a)2., that are managed by farmers in compliance with 335-14-3-.07(1). (335-14-3-.07(1) addresses pesticides disposed of on the farmer?s own farm in a manner consistent with the disposal instructions on the pesticide label, providing the container is triple rinsed in accordance with 335-14-2-.01(7)(b)3.);

2.Pesticides not meeting the conditions set forth in 335-14-11-.01(3)(a). These pesticides must be managed in compliance with the hazardous waste regulations in 335-14-1 through 335-14-9.;

3.Pesticides that are not wastes under 335-14-2, including those that do not meet the criteria for waste generation in 335-14-11-.01(3)(c) or those that are not wastes as described in 335-14-11-.01(3)(d); and

4.Pesticides that are not hazardous waste. A pesticide is a hazardous waste if it is listed in 335-14-2-.04 or if it exhibits one or more of the characteristics identified in 335-14-2-.03.

(c)When a pesticide becomes a waste.

1.A recalled pesticide described in 335-14-11-.01(3)(a)1. becomes a waste on the first date on which both of the following conditions apply:

(i)The generator of the recalled pesticide agrees to participate in the recall; and

(ii)The person conducting the recall decides to discard (e.g., burn the pesticide for energy recovery).

2.An unused pesticide product described in 335-14-11-.01(3)(a)2. becomes a waste on the date the generator decides to discard it.

(d)Pesticides that are not wastes. The following pesticides are not wastes:

1.Recalled pesticides described in 335-14-11-.01(3)(a)1., provided that the person conducting the recall:

(i)Has not made a decision to discard (e.g., burn for energy recovery) the pesticide. Until such a decision is made, the pesticide does not meet the definition of "solid waste" under 335-14-2-.01(2); thus the pesticide is not a hazardous waste and is not subject to hazardous waste requirements, including 335-14-11. This pesticide remains subject to the requirements of FIFRA; or

(ii)Has made a decision to use a management option that, under 335-14-2-.01(2), does not cause the pesticide to be a solid waste [i.e., the selected option is use (other than use constituting disposal) or reuse (other than burning for energy recovery), or reclamation]. Such a pesticide is not a solid waste and therefore is not a hazardous waste, and is not subject to the hazardous waste requirements including 335-14-11. This pesticide, including a recalled pesticide that is exported to a foreign destination for use or reuse, remains subject to the requirements of FIFRA.

2.Unused pesticide products described in 335-14-11-.01(3)(a)2., if the generator of the unused pesticide product has not decided to discard (e.g., burn for energy recovery) them. These pesticides remain subject to the requirements of FIFRA.

(4)Applicability?mercury thermostats.

(a)Thermostats covered under 335-14-11. The requirements of 335-14-11 apply to persons managing thermostats, as described in 335-14-11-.01(9), except those listed in 335-14-11-.01(4)(b).

(b)Thermostats not covered under 335-14-11. The requirements of 335-14-11 do not apply to persons managing the following thermostats:

1.Thermostats that are not yet wastes under 335-14-2. 335-14-11-.01(4)(c) describes when thermostats become wastes.

2.Thermostats that are not hazardous waste. A thermostat is a hazardous waste if it exhibits one or more of the characteristics identified in 335-14-2-.03.

(c)Generation of waste thermostats.

1.A used thermostat becomes a waste on the date it is discarded (e.g., sent for reclamation).

2.An unused thermostat becomes a waste on the date the handler decides to discard it.

(5)Applicability?mercury-containing lamps.

(a)Lamps covered under 335-14-11. The requirements of 335-14-11 apply to persons managing lamps, as described in 335-14-11-.01(9), except those listed in 335-14-11-.01(5)(b).

(b)Lamps not covered under 335-14-11. The requirements of 335-14-11 do not apply to persons managing the following lamps:

1.Lamps that are not yet wastes under 335-14-2. 335-14-11-.01(5)(c) describes when lamps become wastes.

2.Lamps that are not hazardous waste. A lamp is a hazardous waste if it exhibits one or more of the characteristics identified in 335-14-2-.03.

(c)Generation of waste lamps.

1.A used lamp becomes a waste on the date it is discarded (e.g., sent for reclamation).

2.An unused lamp becomes a waste on the date the handler decides to discard it.

(6)Reserved.

(7)Reserved.

(8)Applicability?household and conditionally exempt small quantity generator waste.

(a)Persons managing the wastes listed below may, at their option, manage them under the requirements of 335-14-11:

1.Household wastes that are exempt under 335-14-2-.01(4)(b)1. and are also of the same type as the universal wastes defined at 335-14-11-.01(9); and/or

2.Conditionally exempt small quantity generator wastes that are exempt under 335-14-2-.01(5) and are also of the same type as the universal wastes defined at 335-14-11-.01(9).

(b)Persons who commingle the wastes described in 335-14-11-.01(8)(a)1. and (a)2. together with universal waste regulated under 335-14-11 must manage the commingled waste under the requirements of 335-14-11.

(9)Definitions.

(a)"Battery" means a device consisting of one or more electrically connected electrochemical cells which is designed to receive, store, and deliver electric energy. An electrochemical cell is a system consisting of an anode, cathode, and an electrolyte, plus such connections (electrical and mechanical) as may be needed to allow the cell to deliver or receive electrical energy. The term battery also includes an intact, unbroken battery from which the electrolyte has been removed.

(b)"Destination facility" means a facility that treats, disposes of, or recycles a particular category of universal waste, except those management activities described in 335-14-11-.02(4)(a) and (c) and 335-14-11-.03(4)(a) and (c). A facility at which a particular category of universal waste is only accumulated, is not a destination facility for purposes of managing that category of universal waste.

(c)"FIFRA" means the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. 136-136y).

(d)"Generator" means any person, by site, whose act or process produces hazardous waste identified or listed in 335-14-2 or whose act first causes a hazardous waste to become subject to regulation.

(e)"Lamp", also referred to as "universal waste lamp", is defined as the bulb or tube portion of an electric lighting device. A lamp is specifically designed to produce radiant energy, most often in the ultraviolet, visible, and infra-red regions of the electromagnetic spectrum. Examples of common universal waste electric lamps include, but are not limited to, fluorescent, high intensity discharge, neon, mercury vapor, high pressure sodium, and metal halide lamps.

(f)"Large Quantity Handler of Universal Waste" means a universal waste handler (as defined in 335-14-11-.01(9)) who accumulates 5,000 kilograms or more total of universal waste (batteries, pesticides, thermostats, or lamps, calculated collectively) at any time. This designation as a large quantity handler of universal waste is retained through the end of the calendar year in which 5,000 kilograms or more total of universal waste is accumulated.

(g)"On-site" means the same or geographically contiguous property which may be divided by public or private right-of-way, provided that the entrance and exit between the properties is at a cross-roads intersection, and access is by crossing as opposed to going along the right of way. Non-contiguous properties owned by the same person but connected by a right-of-way which he controls and to which the public does not have access, are also considered on-site property.

(h)"Pesticide" means any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating any pest, or intended for use as a plant regulator, defoliant, or desiccant, other than any article that:

1.Is a new animal drug under FFDCA paragraph 201(w), or

2.Is an animal drug that has been determined by regulation of the Secretary of Health and Human Services not to be a new animal drug, or

3.Is an animal feed under FFDCA paragraph 201(x) that bears or contains any substances described by 335-14-11-.01(3)(a) or (b).

(i)"Small Quantity Handler of Universal Waste" means a universal waste handler (as defined in 335-14-11-.01(9)) who does not accumulates 5,000 kilograms or more total of universal waste (batteries, pesticides, thermostats, or lamps, calculated collectively) at any time.

(j)"Thermostat" means a temperature control device that contains metallic mercury in an ampule attached to a bimetal sensing element, and mercury-containing ampules that have been removed from these temperature control devices in compliance with the requirements of 335-14-11-.02(4)(c)2. or 335-14-11-.03(4)(c)2.

(k)"Universal Waste" means any of the following hazardous wastes that are subject to the universal waste requirements of 335-14-11:

1.Batteries as described in 335-14-11-.01(2);

2.Pesticides as described in 335-14-11-.01(3);

3.Thermostats as described in 335-14-11-.01(4); and

4.Lamps as described in 335-14-11-.01(5).

(l)"Universal Waste Handler":

1.Means:

(i)A generator (as defined in 335-14-11-.01(9)) of universal waste; or

(ii)The owner or operator of a facility, including all contiguous property, that receives universal waste from other universal waste handlers, accumulates universal waste, and sends universal waste to another universal waste handler, to a destination facility, or to a foreign destination.

2.Does not mean:

(i)A person who treats (except under the provisions of 335-14-8-.01(c)2.(x), 335-14-11-.02(4)(a) or (c), or 335-14-11-.03(4)(a) or (c)), disposes of, or recycles universal waste; or

(ii)A person engaged in the off-site transportation of universal waste by air, rail, highway, or water, including a universal waste transfer facility.

(m)"Universal Waste Transfer Facility" means any transportation-related facility including loading docks, parking areas, storage areas and other similar areas where shipments of universal waste are held during the normal course of transportation for ten days or less.

(n)"Universal Waste Transporter" means a person engaged in the off-site transportation of universal waste by air, rail, highway, or water.

Authors: Amy P. Zachry; Michael B. Jones; C. Edwin Johnston, Lynn T. Roper

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-14, 22-30-15, 22-30-16.

History: New Rule: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 25, 2000; effective March 31, 2000. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.11.02" level="3" title="Standards For Small Quantity Handlers Of Universal Waste"> <dwc name="mercuri" times="19">

(1)Applicability. 335-14-11-.02 applies to small quantity handlers of universal waste [as defined in Rule 335-14-11-.01(9)].

(2)Prohibitions. A small quantity handler of universal waste is:

(a)Prohibited from disposing of universal waste; and

(b)Prohibited from diluting or treating universal waste, except by responding to releases as provided in 335-14-11-.02(8); or by managing specific wastes as provided in 335-14-11-.02(4) or 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)2.(x).

(3)Notification. A small quantity handler of universal waste is not required to notify EPA of universal waste handling activities.

(4)Waste management.

(a)Universal waste batteries. A small quantity handler of universal waste must manage universal waste batteries in a way that prevents releases of any universal waste or component of a universal waste to the environment, as follows:

1.A small quantity handler of universal waste must contain any universal waste battery that shows evidence of leakage, spillage, or damage that could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeable conditions in a container. The container must be closed, structurally sound, compatible with the contents of the battery, and must lack evidence of leakage, spillage, or damage that could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeable conditions.

2.A small quantity handler of universal waste may conduct the following activities as long as the casing of each individual battery cell is not breached and remains intact and closed (except that cells may be opened to remove electrolyte but must be immediately closed after removal):

(i)Sorting batteries by type;

(ii)Mixing battery types in one container;

(iii)Discharging batteries so as to remove the electric charge;

(iv)Regenerating used batteries;

(v)Disassembling batteries or battery packs into individual batteries or cells;

(vi)Removing batteries from consumer products; or

(vii)Removing electrolyte from batteries.

3.A small quantity handler of universal waste who removes electrolyte from batteries, or who generates other solid waste (e.g., battery pack materials, discarded consumer products) as a result of the activities listed above, must determine whether the electrolyte and/or other solid waste exhibit a characteristic of hazardous waste identified in Rule 335-14-2-.03.

(i)If the electrolyte and/or other solid waste exhibit a characteristic of hazardous waste, it is subject to all applicable requirements of 335-14-1 through 335-14-9. The handler is considered the generator of the hazardous electrolyte and/or other waste and is subject to 335-14-3.

(ii)If the electrolyte or other solid waste is not hazardous, the handler may manage the waste in any way that is in compliance with applicable federal, State of Alabama or local solid waste regulations.

(b)Universal waste pesticides. A small quantity handler of universal waste must manage universal waste pesticides in a way that prevents releases of any universal waste or component of a universal waste to the environment. The universal waste pesticides must be contained in one or more of the following:

1.A container that remains closed, structurally sound, compatible with the pesticide, and that lacks evidence of leakage, spillage, or damage that could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeable conditions; or

2.A container that does not meet the requirements of 335-14-11-.02(4)(b)1., provided that the unacceptable container is overpacked in a container that does meet the requirements of 335-14-11-.02(4)(b)1.; or

3.A tank that meets the requirements of Rule 335-14-6-.10, except for 335-14-6-.10(8)(e), (11), and (12); or

4.A transport vehicle or vessel that is closed, structurally sound, compatible with the pesticide, and that lacks evidence of leakage, spillage, or damage that could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeable conditions.

(c)Universal waste thermostats. A small quantity handler of universal waste must manage universal waste thermostats in a way that prevents releases of any universal waste or component of a universal waste to the environment, as follows:

1.A small quantity handler of universal waste must contain any universal waste thermostat that shows evidence of leakage, spillage, or damage that could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeable conditions in a container. The container must be closed, structurally sound, compatible with the contents of the thermostat, and must lack evidence of leakage, spillage, or damage that could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeable conditions.

2.A small quantity handler of universal waste may remove mercury-containing ampules from universal waste thermostats provided the handler:

(i)Removes the ampules in a manner designed to prevent breakage of the ampules;

(ii)Removes ampules only over or in a containment device (e.g., tray or pan sufficient to collect and contain any mercury released from an ampule in case of breakage);

(iii)Ensures that a mercury clean-up system is readily available to immediately transfer any mercury resulting from spills or leaks from broken ampules, from the containment device to a container that meets the requirements of Rule 335-14-3-.03(5);

(iv)Immediately transfers any mercury resulting from spills or leaks from broken ampules from the containment device to a container that meets the requirements of Rule 335-14-3-.03(5);

(v)Ensures that the area in which ampules are removed is well ventilated and monitored to ensure compliance with applicable OSHA exposure levels for mercury;

(vi)Ensures that employees removing ampules are thoroughly familiar with proper waste mercury handling and emergency procedures, including transfer of mercury from containment devices to appropriate containers;

(vii)Stores removed ampules in closed, non-leaking containers that are in good condition;

(viii)Packs removed ampules in the container with packing materials adequate to prevent breakage during storage, handling, and transportation; and

3.(i)A small quantity handler of universal waste who removes mercury-containing ampules from thermostats must determine whether the following exhibit a characteristic of hazardous waste identified in Rule 335-14-2-.03:

(I)Mercury or clean-up residues resulting from spills or leaks; and/or

(II)Other solid waste generated as a result of the removal of mercury-containing ampules (e.g., remaining thermostat units).

(ii)If the mercury, residues, and/or other solid waste exhibit a characteristic of hazardous waste, it must be managed in compliance with all applicable requirements of 335-14-1 through 335-14-9. The handler is considered the generator of the mercury, residues, and/or other waste and must manage it subject to 335-14-3.

(iii)If the mercury, residues, and/or other solid waste is not hazardous, the handler may manage the waste in any way that is in compliance with applicable federal, State of Alabama or local solid waste regulations.

(d)Lamps. A small quantity handler of universal waste must manage lamps in a way that prevents releases of any universal waste or component of a universal waste to the environment, as follows:

1.A small quantity handler of universal waste must contain any lamps in containers or packages that are structurally sound, adequate to prevent breakage, and compatible with the contents of the lamps. Such containers and packages must remain closed, and must lack evidence of leakage, spillage, or damage that could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeable conditions.

2.A small quantity handler of universal waste must immediately clean up and place in a container any lamp that is broken and must place in a container any lamp that shows evidence of breakage, leakage, or damage that could cause the release of mercury or other hazardous constituents to the environment. Containers must be closed, structurally sound, compatible with the contents of the lamps and must lack evidence of leakage, spillage or damage that could cause leakage or releases of mercury or other hazardous constituents to the environment under reasonable foreseeable conditions.

(5)Labeling/marking. A small quantity handler of universal waste must label or mark the universal waste to identify the type of universal waste as specified below:

(a)Universal waste batteries (i.e., each battery), or a container in which the batteries are contained, must be labeled or marked clearly with any one of the following phrases: "Universal Waste-Battery(ies)", or "Waste Battery(ies)", or "Used Battery(ies)";

(b)A container, (or multiple container package unit), tank, transport vehicle or vessel in which recalled universal waste pesticides as described in 335-14-11-.01(3)(a)1. are contained must be labeled or marked clearly with:

1.The label that was on or accompanied the product as sold or distributed; and

2.The words "Universal Waste-Pesticide(s)" or "Waste-Pesticide(s)";

(c)A container, tank, or transport vehicle or vessel in which unused pesticide products as described in 335-14-11-.01(3)(a)2. are contained must be labeled or marked clearly with:

1.(i)The label that was on the product when purchased, if still legible;

(ii)If using the labels described in 335-14-11-.02(5)(c)1.(i) is not feasible, the appropriate label as required under the Department of Transportation regulation 49 CFR Part 172;

(iii)If using the labels described in 335-14-11-.02(5)(c)1.(i) and (ii) is not feasible, another label prescribed or designated by the waste pesticide collection program administered or recognized by a State; and

2.The words "Universal Waste-Pesticide(s)" or "Waste-Pesticide(s)".

(d)Universal waste thermostats (i.e., each thermostat), or a container in which the thermostats are contained, must be labeled or marked clearly with any one of the following phrases: "Universal Waste-Mercury Thermostat(s)", or "Waste Mercury Thermostat(s)", or "Used Mercury Thermostat(s)".

(e)Each lamp, or a container or package in which the lamps are contained, must be labeled or marked clearly with any one of the following phrases: "Universal Waste Lamp(s)", or "Waste Lamp(s)", or "Used Lamp(s)".

(6)Accumulation time limits.

(a)A small quantity handler of universal waste may accumulate universal waste for no longer than one year from the date the universal waste is generated, or received from another handler, unless the requirements of 335-14-11-.02(6)(b) are met.

(b)A small quantity handler of universal waste may accumulate universal waste for longer than one year from the date the universal waste is generated, or received from another handler, if such activity is solely for the purpose of accumulation of such quantities of universal waste as necessary to facilitate proper recovery, treatment, or disposal. However, the handler bears the burden of proving that such activity is solely for the purpose of accumulation of such quantities of universal waste as necessary to facilitate proper recovery, treatment, or disposal.

(c)A small quantity handler of universal waste who accumulates universal waste must be able to demonstrate the length of time that the universal waste has been accumulated from the date it becomes a waste or is received. The handler may make this demonstration by:

1.Placing the universal waste in a container and marking or labeling the container with the earliest date that any universal waste in the container became a waste or was received;

2.Marking or labeling each individual item of universal waste (e.g., each battery or thermostat) with the date it became a waste or was received;

3.Maintaining an inventory system on-site that identifies the date each universal waste became a waste or was received;

4.Maintaining an inventory system on-site that identifies the earliest date that any universal waste in a group of universal waste items or a group of containers of universal waste became a waste or was received;

5.Placing the universal waste in a specific accumulation area and identifying the earliest date that any universal waste in the area became a waste or was received; or

6.Any other method which clearly demonstrates the length of time that the universal waste has been accumulated from the date it becomes a waste or is received.

(7)Employee training. A small quantity handler of universal waste must inform all employees who handle or have responsibility for managing universal waste. The information must describe proper handling and emergency procedures appropriate to the type(s) of universal waste handled at the facility.

(8)Response to releases.

(a)A small quantity handler of universal waste must immediately contain all releases of universal wastes and other residues from universal wastes.

(b)A small quantity handler of universal waste must determine whether any material resulting from the release is hazardous waste, and if so, must manage the hazardous waste in compliance with all applicable requirements of 335-14-1 through 335-14-9. The handler is considered the generator of the material resulting from the release, and must manage it in compliance with 335-14-3.

(9)Off-site shipments.

(a)A small quantity handler of universal waste is prohibited from sending or taking universal waste to a place other than another universal waste handler, a destination facility, or a foreign destination.

(b)If a small quantity handler of universal waste self-transports universal waste off-site, the handler becomes a universal waste transporter for those self-transportation activities and must comply with the transporter requirements of Rule 335-14-11-.04 while transporting the universal waste.

(c)If a universal waste being offered for off-site transportation meets the definition of hazardous materials under 49 CFR Parts 171 through 180, a small quantity handler of universal waste must package, label, mark and placard the shipment, and prepare the proper shipping papers in accordance with the applicable Department of Transportation regulations under 49 CFR Parts 172 through 180;

(d)Prior to sending a shipment of universal waste to another universal waste handler, the originating handler must ensure that the receiving handler agrees to receive the shipment.

(e)If a small quantity handler of universal waste sends a shipment of universal waste to another handler or to a destination facility and the shipment is rejected by the receiving handler or destination facility, the originating handler must either:

1.Receive the waste back when notified that the shipment has been rejected, or

2.Agree with the receiving handler on a destination facility to which the shipment will be sent.

(f)A small quantity handler of universal waste may reject a shipment containing universal waste, or a portion of a shipment containing universal waste that he has received from another handler. If a handler rejects a shipment or a portion of a shipment, he must contact the originating handler to notify him of the rejection and to discuss reshipment of the load. The handler must:

1.Send the shipment back to the originating handler, or

2.If agreed to by both the originating and receiving handler, send the shipment to a destination facility.

(g)If a small quantity handler of universal waste receives a shipment containing hazardous waste that is not a universal waste, the handler must immediately notify the Department of the illegal shipment, and provide the name, address, and phone number of the originating shipper. The Department will provide instructions for managing the hazardous waste.

(h)If a small quantity handler of universal waste receives a shipment of non-hazardous, non-universal waste, the handler may manage the waste in any way that is in compliance with applicable federal, State of Alabama, or local solid waste regulations.

(10)Tracking universal waste shipments. A small quantity handler of universal waste is not required to keep records of shipments of universal waste.

(11)Exports. A small quantity handler of universal waste who sends universal waste to a foreign destination other than to those OECD countries specified in 335-14-3-.05(9)(a)1. (in which case the handler is subject to the requirements of Rule 335-14-3-.09) must:

(a)Comply with the requirements applicable to a primary exporter in Rules 335-14-3-.05(4), 335-14-3-.05(7)(a)1. through 4., (a)6., and (b), and 335-14-3-.05(8);

(b)Export such universal waste only upon consent of the receiving country and in conformance with the EPA Acknowledgment of Consent as defined in Rule 335-14-3-.05; and

(c)Provide a copy of the EPA Acknowledgment of Consent for the shipment to the transporter transporting the shipment for export.

Authors Amy P. Zachry; Michael B. Jones; C. Edwin Johnston; Lynn T. Roper; Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-14, 22-30-15, 22-30-16.

History: New Rule: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.11.03" level="3" title="Standards For Large Quantity Handlers Of Universal Waste"> <dwc name="mercuri" times="19">

(1)Applicability. 335-14-11-.03 applies to large quantity handlers of universal waste [as defined in Rule 335-14-11-.01(9)].

(2)Prohibitions. A large quantity handler of universal waste is:

(a)Prohibited from disposing of universal waste; and

(b)Prohibited from diluting or treating universal waste, except by responding to releases as provided in 335-14-11-.03(8); or by managing specific wastes as provided in 335-14-11-.03(4) or 335-14-8-.01(1)(c)2.(x).

(3)Notification.

(a)1.Except as provided in 335-14-11-.03(3)(a)2. and 3., a large quantity handler of universal waste must have sent written notification of universal waste management to the Department, and received an EPA Identification Number, before meeting or exceeding the 5,000 kilogram storage limit.

2.A large quantity handler of universal waste who has already notified the Department of his hazardous waste management activities and has received an EPA Identification Number is not required to renotify under 335-14-11-.03(3).

3.A large quantity handler of universal waste who manages recalled universal waste pesticides as described in 335-14-11-.01(3)(a)1. and who has sent notification to EPA as required by 40 CFR Part 165 is not required to notify for those recalled universal waste pesticides under 335-14-11-.03(3).

(b)This notification must include:

1.The universal waste handler?s name and mailing address;

2.The name and business telephone number of the person at the universal waste handler?s site who should be contacted regarding universal waste management activities;

3.The address or physical location of the universal waste management activities;

4.A list of all of the types of universal waste managed by the handler (e.g., batteries, pesticides, thermostats, lamps);

5.A statement indicating that the handler is accumulating more than 5,000 kilograms of universal waste at one time and the types of universal waste (e.g., batteries, pesticides, thermostats, lamps) the handler is accumulating above this quantity.

(4)Waste management.

(a)Universal waste batteries. A large quantity handler of universal waste must manage universal waste batteries in a way that prevents release of any universal waste or component of a universal waste to the environment, as follows:

1.A large quantity handler of universal waste must contain any universal waste battery that shows evidence of leakage, spillage, or damage that could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeable conditions in a container. The container must be closed, structurally sound, compatible with the contents of the battery, and must lack evidence of leakage, spillage, or damage that could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeable conditions.

2.A large quantity handler of universal waste may conduct the following activities as long as the casing of each individual battery cell is not breached and remains intact and closed (except that cells may be opened to remove electrolyte but must be immediately closed after removal):

(i)Sorting batteries by type;

(ii)Mixing battery types in one container;

(iii)Discharging batteries so as to remove the electric charge;

(iv)Regenerating used batteries;

(v)Disassembling batteries or battery packs into individual batteries or cells;

(vi)Removing batteries from consumer products; or

(vii)Removing electrolyte from batteries.

3.A large quantity handler of universal waste who removes electrolyte from batteries, or who generates other solid waste (e.g., battery pack materials, discarded consumer products) as a result of the activities listed above, must determine whether the electrolyte and/or other solid waste exhibit a characteristic of hazardous waste identified in Rule 335-14-2-.03.

(i)If the electrolyte and/or other solid waste exhibit a characteristic of hazardous waste, it must be managed in compliance with all applicable requirements of 335-14-1 through 335-14-9. The handler is considered the generator of the hazardous electrolyte and/or other waste and is subject to 335-14-3.

(ii)If the electrolyte or other solid waste is not hazardous, the handler may manage the waste in any way that is in compliance with applicable federal, State of Alabama, or local solid waste regulations.

(b)Universal waste pesticides. A large quantity handler of universal waste must manage universal waste pesticides in a way that prevents release of any universal waste or component of a universal waste to the environment. The universal waste pesticides must be contained in one or more of the following:

1.A container that remains closed, structurally sound, compatible with the pesticide, and that lacks evidence of leakage, spillage, or damage that could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeable conditions; or

2.A container that does not meet the requirements of 335-14-11-.03(4)(b)1., provided that the unacceptable container is overpacked in a container that does meet the requirements of 335-14-11-.03(4)(b)1.; or

3.A tank that meets the requirements of Rule 335-14-6-.10, except for 335-14-6-.10(8)(e), (11), and (12); or

4.A transport vehicle or vessel that is closed, structurally sound, compatible with the pesticide, and that lacks evidence of leakage, spillage, or damage that could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeable conditions.

(c)Universal waste thermostats. A large quantity handler of universal waste must manage universal waste thermostats in a way that prevents release of any universal waste or component of a universal waste to the environment, as follows:

1.A large quantity handler of universal waste must contain any universal waste thermostat that shows evidence of leakage, spillage, or damage that could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeable conditions in a container. The container must be closed, structurally sound, compatible with the contents of the thermostat, and must lack evidence of leakage, spillage, or damage that could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeable conditions.

2.A large quantity handler of universal waste may remove mercury-containing ampules from universal waste thermostats provided the handler:

(i)Removes the ampules in a manner designed to prevent breakage of the ampules;

(ii)Removes ampules only over or in a containment device (e.g., tray or pan sufficient to contain any mercury released from an ampule in case of breakage);

(iii)Ensures that a mercury clean-up system is readily available to immediately transfer any mercury resulting from spills or leaks from broken ampules, from the containment device to a container that meets the requirements of 335-14-3-.03(5);

(iv)Immediately transfers any mercury resulting from spills or leaks from broken ampules from the containment device to a container that meets the requirements of 335-14-3-.03(5);

(v)Ensures that the area in which ampules are removed is well ventilated and monitored to ensure compliance with applicable OSHA exposure levels for mercury;

(vi)Ensures that employees removing ampules are thoroughly familiar with proper waste mercury handling and emergency procedures, including transfer of mercury from containment devices to appropriate containers;

(vii)Stores removed ampules in closed, non-leaking containers that are in good condition;

(viii)Packs removed ampules in the container with packing materials adequate to prevent breakage during storage, handling, and transportation; and

3.(i)A large quantity handler of universal waste who removes mercury-containing ampules from thermostats must determine whether the following exhibit a characteristic of hazardous waste identified in Rule 335-14-2-.03:

(I)Mercury or clean-up residues resulting from spills or leaks; and/or

(II)Other solid waste generated as a result of the removal of mercury-containing ampules (e.g., remaining thermostat units).

(ii)If the mercury, residues, and/or other solid waste exhibit a characteristic of hazardous waste, it must be managed in compliance with all applicable requirements of 335-14-1 through 335-14-9. The handler is considered the generator of the mercury, residues, and/or other waste and is subject to 335-14-3.

(iii)If the mercury, residues, and/or other solid waste is not hazardous, the handler may manage the waste in any way that is in compliance with applicable federal, State of Alabama, or local solid waste regulations.

(d)Lamps. A large quantity handler of universal waste must manage lamps in a way that prevents release of any universal waste or component of a universal waste to the environment, as follows:

1.A large quantity handler of universal waste must contain any lamp in containers or packages that are structurally sound, adequate to prevent breakage, and compatible with the contents of the lamps. Such containers must remain closed and must lack evidence of leakage, spillage, or damage that could cause leakage under reasonably foreseeable conditions.

2.A large quantity handler of universal waste must immediately clean up and place in a container any lamp that is broken and must place in a container any lamp that shows evidence of breakage, leakage, or damage that could cause the release of mercury or other hazardous constituents to the environment. Containers must be closed, structurally sound, compatible with the contents of the lamps and must lack evidence of leakage, spillage or damage that could cause leakage or releases of mercury or other hazardous constituents to the environment under reasonably foreseeable conditions.

(5)Labeling/marking. A large quantity handler of universal waste must label or mark the universal waste to identify the type of universal waste as specified below:

(a)Universal waste batteries (i.e., each battery), or a container or tank in which the batteries are contained, must be labeled or marked clearly with the any one of the following phrases: "Universal Waste-Battery(ies)", or "Waste Battery(ies)", or "Used Battery(ies)";

(b)A container (or multiple container package unit), tank, transport vehicle or vessel in which recalled universal waste pesticides as described in 335-14-11-.01(3)(a)1. are contained must be labeled or marked clearly with:

1.The label that was on or accompanied the product as sold or distributed; and

2.The words "Universal Waste?Pesticide(s)" or "Waste-Pesticide(s)";

(c)A container, tank, or transport vehicle or vessel in which unused pesticide products as described in 335-14-11-.01(3)(a)2. are contained must be labeled or marked clearly with:

1.(i)The label that was on the product when purchased, if still legible;

(ii)If using the labels described in 335-14-11-.03(5)(c)1.(i) is not feasible, the appropriate label as required under the Department of Transportation regulation 49 CFR Part 172;

(iii)If using the labels described in 335-14-11-.03(5)(c)1.(i) and (ii) is not feasible, another label prescribed or designated by the pesticide collection program; and

2.The words "Universal Waste-Pesticide(s)" or "Waste-Pesticide(s)".

(d)Universal waste thermostats (i.e., each thermostat), or a container or tank in which the thermostats are contained, must be labeled or marked clearly with any one of the following phrases: "Universal Waste-Mercury Thermostat(s)", or "Waste Mercury Thermostat(s)", or "Used Mercury Thermostat(s)".

(e)Each lamp or a container or package in which the lamps are contained must be labeled or marked clearly with any one of the following phrases: "Universal Waste Lamp(s)", or "Waste Lamp(s)", or "Used Lamp(s)".

(6)Accumulation time limits.

(a)A large quantity handler of universal waste may accumulate universal waste for no longer than one year from the date the universal waste is generated, or received from another handler, unless the requirements of 335-14-11-.03(6)(b) are met.

(b)A large quantity handler of universal waste may accumulate universal waste for longer than one year from the date the universal waste is generated, or received from another handler, if such activity is solely for the purpose of accumulation of such quantities of universal waste as necessary to facilitate proper recovery, treatment, or disposal. However, the handler bears the burden of proving that such activity was solely for the purpose of accumulation of such quantities of universal waste as necessary to facilitate proper recovery, treatment, or disposal.

(c)A large quantity handler of universal waste must be able to demonstrate the length of time that the universal waste has been accumulated from the date it becomes a waste or is received. The handler may make this demonstration by:

1.Placing the universal waste in a container and marking or labeling the container with the earliest date that any universal waste in the container became a waste or was received;

2.Marking or labeling the individual item of universal waste (e.g., each battery or thermostat) with the date it became a waste or was received;

3.Maintaining an inventory system on-site that identifies the date the universal waste being accumulated became a waste or was received;

4.Maintaining an inventory system on-site that identifies the earliest date that any universal waste in a group of universal waste items or a group of containers of universal waste became a waste or was received;

5.Placing the universal waste in a specific accumulation area and identifying the earliest date that any universal waste in the area became a waste or was received; or

6.Any other method which clearly demonstrates the length of time that the universal waste has been accumulated from the date it becomes a waste or is received.

(7)Employee training. A large quantity handler of universal waste must ensure that all employees are thoroughly familiar with proper waste handling and emergency procedures, relative to their responsibilities during normal facility operations and emergencies.

(8)Response to releases.

(a)A large quantity handler of universal waste must immediately contain all releases of universal wastes and other residues from universal wastes.

(b)A large quantity handler of universal waste must determine whether any material resulting from the release is hazardous waste, and if so, must manage the hazardous waste in compliance with all applicable requirements of 335-14-1 through 335-14-9. The handler is considered the generator of the material resulting from the release, and is subject to 335-14-3.

(9)Off-site shipments.

(a)A large quantity handler of universal waste is prohibited from sending or taking universal waste to a place other than another universal waste handler, a destination facility, or a foreign destination.

(b)If a large quantity handler of universal waste self-transports universal waste off-site, the handler becomes a universal waste transporter for those self-transportation activities and must comply with the transporter requirements of 335-14-11-.04 while transporting the universal waste.

(c)If a universal waste being offered for off-site transportation meets the definition of hazardous materials under 49 CFR 171 through 180, a large quantity handler of universal waste must package, label, mark and placard the shipment, and prepare the proper shipping papers in accordance with the applicable Department of Transportation regulations under 49 CFR Parts 172 through 180;

(d)Prior to sending a shipment of universal waste to another universal waste handler, the originating handler must ensure that the receiving handler agrees to receive the shipment.

(e)If a large quantity handler of universal waste sends a shipment of universal waste to another handler or to a destination facility and the shipment is rejected by the receiving handler or destination facility, the originating handler must either:

1.Receive the waste back when notified that the shipment has been rejected, or

2.Agree with the receiving handler on a destination facility to which the shipment will be sent.

(f)A large quantity handler of universal waste may reject a shipment containing universal waste, or a portion of a shipment containing universal waste that he has received from another handler. If a handler rejects a shipment or a portion of a shipment, he must contact the originating handler to notify him of the rejection and to discuss reshipment of the load. The handler must:

1.Send the shipment back to the originating handler, or

2.If agreed to by both the originating and receiving handler, send the shipment to a destination facility.

(g)If a large quantity handler of universal waste receives a shipment containing hazardous waste that is not a universal waste, the handler must immediately notify the Department of the illegal shipment, and provide the name, address, and phone number of the originating shipper. The Department will provide instructions for managing the hazardous waste.

(h)If a large quantity handler of universal waste receives a shipment of non-hazardous, non-universal waste, the handler may manage the waste in any way that is in compliance with applicable federal, State of Alabama, or local solid waste regulations.

(10)Tracking universal waste shipments.

(a)Receipt of shipments. A large quantity handler of universal waste must keep a record of each shipment of universal waste received at the facility. The record may take the form of a log, invoice, manifest, bill of lading, or other shipping document. The record for each shipment of universal waste received must include the following information:

1.The name and address of the originating universal waste handler or foreign shipper from whom the universal waste was sent;

2.The quantity of each type of universal waste received (e.g., batteries, pesticides, thermostats);

3.The date of receipt of the shipment of universal waste.

(b)Shipments off-site. A large quantity handler of universal waste must keep a record of each shipment of universal waste sent from the handler to other facilities. The record may take the form of a log, invoice, manifest, bill of lading or other shipping document. The record for each shipment of universal waste sent must include the following information:

1.The name and address of the universal waste handler, destination facility, or foreign destination to whom the universal waste was sent;

2.The quantity of each type of universal waste sent (e.g., batteries, pesticides, thermostats);

3.The date the shipment of universal waste left the facility.

(c)Record retention.

1.A large quantity handler of universal waste must retain the records described in 335-14-11-.03(10)(a) for at least three years from the date of receipt of a shipment of universal waste.

2.A large quantity handler of universal waste must retain the records described in 335-14-11-.03(10)(b) for at least three years from the date a shipment of universal waste left the facility.

(11)Exports. A large quantity handler of universal waste who sends universal waste to a foreign destination other than to those OECD countries specified in 335-14-3-.05(9)(a)1. (in which case the handler is subject to the requirements of Rule 335-14-3-.09) must:

(a)Comply with the requirements applicable to a primary exporter in Rules 335-14-3-.05(4), 335-14-3-.05(7)(a)1. through 4., (a)6., and (b), and 335-14-3-.05(8);

(b)Export such universal waste only upon consent of the receiving country and in conformance with the EPA Acknowledgment of Consent as defined in Rule 335-14-3-.05; and

(c)Provide a copy of the EPA Acknowledgment of Consent for the shipment to the transporter transporting the shipment for export.

Authors: Amy P. Zachry; Michael B. Jones; C. Edwin Johnston; Lynn T. Roper; Michael B. Champion

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-14, 22-30-15, 22-30-16.

History: New Rule: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective April 17, 2003.

<regElement name="335.14.11.04" level="3" title="Standards For Universal Waste Transporters">

(1)Applicability. 335-14-11-.04 applies to universal waste transporters (as defined in 335-14-11-.01(9).

(2)Prohibitions. A universal waste transporter is:

(a)Prohibited from disposing of universal waste; and

(b)Prohibited from diluting or treating universal waste, except by responding to releases as provided in 335-14-11-.04(5).

(3)Waste management.

(a)A universal waste transporter must comply with all applicable U.S. Department of Transportation regulations in 49 CFR Part 171 through 180 for transport of any universal waste that meets the definition of hazardous material in 49 CFR 171.8. For purposes of the Department of Transportation regulations, a material is considered a hazardous waste if it is subject to the Hazardous Waste Manifest Requirements of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency specified in 335-14-3. Because universal waste does not require a hazardous waste manifest, it is not considered hazardous waste under the Department of Transportation regulations.

(b)Some universal waste materials are regulated by the Department of Transportation as hazardous materials because they meet the criteria for one or more hazard classes specified in 49 CFR 173.2. As universal waste shipments do not require a manifest under 335-14-3, they may not be described by the DOT proper shipping name "hazardous waste, (l) or (s), n.o.s.", nor may the hazardous material?s proper shipping name be modified by adding the word "waste".

(4)Storage time limits.

(a)A universal waste transporter may only store the universal waste at a universal waste transfer facility for ten days or less.

(b)If a universal waste transporter stores universal waste for more than ten days, the transporter becomes a universal waste handler and must comply with the applicable requirements of 335-14-11-.02 or 335-14-11-.03 while storing the universal waste.

(5)Response to releases.

(a)A universal waste transporter must immediately contain all releases of universal wastes and other residues from universal wastes.

(b)A universal waste transporter must determine whether any material resulting from the release is hazardous waste, and if so, it is subject to all applicable requirements of 335-14-1 through 335-14-9. If the waste is determined to be a hazardous waste, the transporter is subject to 335-14-3.

(6)Off-site shipments.

(a)A universal waste transporter is prohibited from transporting the universal waste to a place other than a universal waste handler, a destination facility, or a foreign destination.

(b)If the universal waste being shipped off-site meets the Department of Transportation?s definition of hazardous materials under 49 CFR 171.8, the shipment must be properly described on a shipping paper in accordance with the applicable Department of Transportation regulations under 49 CFR Part 172.

(7)Exports. A universal waste transporter transporting a shipment of universal waste to a foreign destination other than to those OECD countries specified in 335-14-3-.05(9)(a)1. (in which case the handler is subject to the requirements of Rule 335-14-3-.09) may not accept a shipment if the transporter knows the shipment does not conform to the EPA Acknowledgment of Consent. In addition the transporter must ensure that:

(a)A copy of the EPA Acknowledgment of Consent accompanies the shipment; and

(b)The shipment is delivered to the facility designated by the person initiating the shipment.

Authors: Amy P. Zachry, Michael B. Jones, Lynn T. Roper

Statutory Authority: Code of Al. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-14, 22-30-15, 22-30-16.

History: New Rule: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="35.14.11.05" level="3" title="Standards For Destination Facilities">

(1)Applicability.

(a)The owner or operator of a destination facility (as defined in 335-14-11-.01(9)) is subject to all applicable requirements of Chapters 335-14-5 through 335-14-9 and the notification requirement under Section 3010 of RCRA:

(b)The owner or operator of a destination facility that recycles a particular universal waste without storing that universal waste before it is recycled must comply with 335-14-2-.01(6)(c)2.

(2)Off-site shipments.

(a)The owner or operator of a destination facility is prohibited from sending or taking universal waste to a place other than a universal waste handler, another destination facility or foreign destination.

(b)The owner or operator of a destination facility may reject a shipment containing universal waste, or a portion of a shipment containing universal waste. If the owner or operator of the destination facility rejects a shipment or a portion of a shipment, he must contact the shipper to notify him of the rejection and to discuss reshipment of the load. The owner or operator of the destination facility must:

1.Send the shipment back to the original shipper, or

2.If agreed to by both the shipper and the owner or operator of the destination facility, send the shipment to another destination facility.

(c)If the owner or operator of a destination facility receives a shipment containing hazardous waste that is not a universal waste, the owner or operator of the destination facility must immediately notify the appropriate regional EPA office and this Department of the illegal shipment, and provide the name, address, and phone number of the shipper. The Department will provide instructions for managing the hazardous waste.

(d)If the owner or operator of a destination facility receives a shipment of non-hazardous, non-universal waste, the owner or operator may manage the waste in any way that is in compliance with applicable federal or State of Alabama solid waste regulations.

(3)Tracking universal waste shipments.

(a)The owner or operator of a destination facility must keep a record of each shipment of universal waste received at the facility. The record may take the form of a log, invoice, manifest, bill of lading, or other shipping document. The record for each shipment of universal waste received must include the following information:

1.The name and address of the universal waste handler, destination facility, or foreign shipper from whom the universal waste was sent;

2.The quantity of each type of universal waste received (e.g., batteries, pesticides, thermostats, lamps);

3.The date of receipt of the shipment of universal waste.

(b)The owner or operator of a destination facility must retain the records described in 335-14-11-.05(3)(a) for at least three years from the date of receipt of a shipment of universal waste.

Authors: Amy P. Zachry, Lynn T. Roper, Edwin C. Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-14, 22-30-15, 22-30-16.

History: New Rule: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.11.06" level="3" title="Import Requirements">

(1)Imports. Persons managing universal waste that is imported from a foreign country into the United States are subject to the applicable requirements of 335-14-11, immediately after the waste enters the United States, as indicated in 335-14-11-.06(1)(a) through (c):

(a)A universal waste transporter is subject to the universal waste transporter requirements of 335-14-11-.04.

(b)A universal waste handler is subject to the small or large quantity handler of universal waste requirements of Rules 335-14-11-.02 and 335-14-11-.03, as applicable.

(c)An owner or operator of a destination facility is subject to the destination facility requirements of 335-14-11-.05.

(d)Persons managing universal waste that is imported from an OECD country as specified in 335-14-3-.05(9)(a)1. are subject to 335-14-11-.06(1)(a) through (c), in addition to the requirements of Rule 335-14-3-.09.

Author: Amy P. Zachry

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-14, 22-30-15, 22-30-16.

History: New Rule: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.11.07" level="3" title="Petitions To Include Other Wastes Under Chapter 335-14-11">

(1)General.

(a)Any person seeking to add a hazardous waste or a category of hazardous waste to 335-14-11 may petition for a regulatory amendment under 335-14-11-.07 and 335-14-1-.03(3).

(b)To be successful, the petitioner must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Director that regulation under the universal waste regulations of 335-14-11 is: appropriate for the waste or category of waste; will improve management practices for the waste or category of waste; and will improve implementation of the hazardous waste program. The petition must include the information required by 335-14-1-.03(3)(b). The petition should also address as many of the factors listed in 335-14-11-.07(2) as are appropriate for the waste or waste category addressed in the petition.

(c)The Director will evaluate petitions using the factors listed in 335-14-11-.07(2). The Director will grant or deny a petition using the factors listed in 335-14-11-.07(2). The decision will be based on the weight of evidence showing that regulation under Chapter 335-14-11 is appropriate for the waste or category of waste, will improve management practices for the waste or category of waste, and will improve implementation of the hazardous waste program.

(2)Factors for petitions to include other wastes under Chapter 335-14-11.

(a)The waste or category of waste, as generated by a wide variety of generators, is listed in Rule 335-14-2-.04, or (if not listed) a proportion of the waste stream exhibits one or more characteristics of hazardous waste identified in Rule 335-14-2-.03. (When a characteristic waste is added to the universal waste regulations of Chapter 335-14-11 by using a generic name to identify the waste category (e.g., batteries), the definition of universal waste in Rules 335-14-1-.02(1) and 335-14-11-.01(9) will be amended to include only the hazardous waste portion of the waste category (e.g., hazardous waste batteries).) Thus, only the portion of the waste stream that does exhibit one or more characteristics (i.e., is hazardous waste) is subject to the universal waste regulations of Chapter 335-14-11;

(b)The waste or category of waste is not exclusive to a specific industry or group of industries, is commonly generated by a wide variety of types of establishments (including, for example, households, retail and commercial businesses, office complexes, conditionally exempt small quantity generators, small businesses, government organizations, as well as large industrial facilities);

(c)The waste or category of waste is generated by a large number of generators (e.g., more than 1,000 nationally) and is frequently generated in relatively small quantities by each generator;

(d)Systems to be used for collecting the waste or category of waste (including packaging, marking, and labeling practices) would ensure close stewardship of the waste;

(e)The risk posed by the waste or category of waste during accumulation and transport is relatively low compared to other hazardous wastes, and specific management standards proposed or referenced by the petitioner (e.g., waste management requirements appropriate to be added to Rules 335-14-11-.02(4), 335-14-11-.03(4), and 335-14-11-.04(3); and/or applicable Department of Transportation requirements) would be protective of human health and the environment during accumulation and transport;

(f)Regulation of the waste or category of waste under Chapter 335-14-11 will increase the likelihood that the waste will be diverted from non-hazardous waste management systems (e.g., the municipal waste stream, non-hazardous industrial or commercial waste stream, municipal sewer or stormwater systems) to recycling, treatment, or disposal in compliance with Subtitle C of RCRA.

(g)Regulation of the waste or category of waste under Chapter 335-14-11 will improve implementation of and compliance with the hazardous waste regulatory program; and/or

(h)Such other factors as may be appropriate.

Authors: Amy P. Zachry, Lynn T. Roper

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-14, 22-30-15, 22-30-16.

History: New Rule: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 21, 1997; effective March 28, 1997. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-14-17" level="2" title="STANDARDS FOR THE MANAGEMENT OF USED OIL">

<regElement name="335.14.17.01" level="3" title="Definitions">

(1)Definitions. Terms that are defined in Rules 335-14-1-.02(1), 335-14-2-.01(1), and 335-6-15-.03 have the same meanings when used in 335-14-17.

(a)"Aboveground tank" means a tank used to store or process used oil that is not an underground storage tank as defined in Rule 335-6-15-.03.

(b)"Container" means any portable device in which material is stored, transported, treated, disposed of, or otherwise handled.

(c)"Do-it-yourselfer used oil collection center" means any site or facility that accepts/aggregates and stores used oil collected only from household do-it-yourselfers.

(d)"Existing tank" means a tank that is used for the storage or processing of used oil and that is in operation, or for which installation has commenced on or prior to the effective date of these Rules. Installation will be considered to have commenced if the owner or operator has obtained all federal, State of Alabama, and local approvals or permits necessary to begin installation of the tank and if either:

1.A continuous on-site installation program has begun, or

2.The owner or operator has entered into contractual obligations-which cannot be canceled or modified without substantial loss-for installation of the tank to be completed within a reasonable time.

(e)"Household 'do-it-yourselfer' used oil" means oil that is derived from households, such as used oil generated by individuals who generate used oil through the maintenance of their personal vehicles.

(f)"Household 'do-it-yourselfer' used oil generator" means an individual who generates household "do-it-yourselfer" used oil.

(g)"New tank" means a tank that will be used to store or process used oil and for which installation has commenced after the effective date of these Rules.

(h)"Petroleum refining facility" means an establishment primarily engaged in producing gasoline, kerosene, distillate fuel oils, residual fuel oils, and lubricants, through fractionation, straight distillation of crude oil, redistillation of unfinished petroleum derivatives, cracking or other processes (i.e., facilities classified as SIC 2911).

(i)"Processing" means chemical or physical operations designed to produce from used oil, or to make used oil more amenable for production of fuel oils, lubricants, or other used oil- derived products. Processing includes, but is not limited to: blending used oil with virgin petroleum products, blending used oils to meet the fuel specification, filtration, simple distillation, chemical or physical separation and re-refining.

(j)"Re-refining distillation bottoms" means the heavy fraction produced by vacuum distillation of filtered and dehydrated used oil. The composition of still bottoms varies with column operation and feedstock.

(k)"Tank" means any stationary device, designed to contain an accumulation of used oil which is constructed primarily of non-earthen materials, (e.g., wood, concrete, steel, plastic) which provides structural support. "Used oil" means any oil that has been refined from crude oil, or any synthetic oil, that has been used and as a result of such use is contaminated by physical or chemical impurities.

(l)"Used oil aggregation point" means any site or facility that accepts, aggregates, and/or stores used oil collected only from other used oil generation sites owned or operated by the owner or operator of the aggregation point, from which oil is transported to the aggregation point in shipments of no more than 55 gallons. Used oil aggregation points may also accept used oil from household do-it-yourselfers.

(m)"Used oil burner" means a facility where used oil not meeting the specification requirements in Rule 335-14-17-.02(2) is burned for energy recovery in devices identified in Rule 335-14-17-.07(2)(a).

(n)"Used oil collection center" means any site or facility that is recognized by the Department, in accordance with Rule 335-15-17-.04(2)(b) and accepts/aggregates and stores used oil collected from used oil generators regulated under Rule 335-14-17-.03 who bring used oil to the collection center in shipments of no more than 55 gallons under the provisions of Rule 335-14-17-.03(6). Used oil collection centers may also accept used oil from household do-it-yourselfers.

(o)"Used oil fuel marketer" means any person who conducts either of the following activities:

(1)Directs a shipment of off-specification used oil from their facility to a used oil burner; or

(2)First claims that used oil that is to be burned for energy recovery meets the used oil fuel specifications set forth in Rule 335-14-17-.02(2).

(p)"Used oil generator" means any person, by individual generation site, whose act or process produces used oil or whose act first causes used oil to become subject to regulation.

(q)"Used oil processor/re-refiner" means a facility that processes used oil.

(r)"Used oil transfer facility" means any transportation related facility including loading docks, parking areas, storage areas, and other areas where shipments of used oil are held for more than 24 hours and not longer than 35 days during the normal course of transportation or prior to an activity performed pursuant to Rule 335-14-17-.03(1)(b)2. Transfer facilities that store used oil for more than 35 days are subject to regulation under Rule 335-14-17-.06.

(s)"Used oil transporter" means any person who transports used oil, any person who collects used oil from more than one generator and transports the collected oil, and owners and operators of used oil transfer facilities. Used oil transporters may consolidate or aggregate loads of used oil for purposes of transportation but, with the following exception, may not process used oil. Transporters may conduct incidental processing operations that occur in the normal course of used oil transportation (e.g., settling and water separation), but that are not designed to produce (or make more amenable for production of) used oil derived products or used oil fuel.

Authors: James T. Shipman, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4(n), 22-22A-5(3), 22-22A-5(4), 22-22A-5(20), 22-30-9(5).

History: New rule: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.17.02" level="3" title="Applicability"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="1"><dwc name="arsen" times="1"><dwc name="cadmium" times="1"><dwc name="chromium" times="1"><dwc name="lead" times="1"><dwc name="pcb" times="3">

(1)Applicability. 335-14-17-.02(1) identifies those materials which are subject to regulation as used oil under 335-14-17. 335-14-17-.02(1) also identifies some materials that are not subject to regulation as used oil under 335-14-17, and indicates whether these materials may be subject to regulation as hazardous waste under Chapters 335-14-1 through 335-14-9.

(a)Used oil. The Department presumes that used oil is to be recycled unless a used oil handler disposes of used oil, or sends used oil for disposal. Except as provided in Rule 335-14-17-.02(2), the regulations of 335-14-17 apply to used oil, and to materials identified in 335-14-17-.02(1) as being subject to regulation as used oil, whether or not the used oil or material exhibits any characteristics of hazardous waste identified in Rule 335-14-2-.03.

(b)Mixtures of used oil and hazardous waste:

1.Listed hazardous waste.

(i)Mixtures of used oil and hazardous waste that is listed in Rule 335-14-2-.04 are subject to regulation as hazardous waste under Chapters 335-14-1 through 335-14-9, rather than as used oil under 335-14-17.

(ii)Rebuttable presumption for used oil. Used oil containing more than 1,000 ppm total halogens is presumed to be a hazardous waste because it has been mixed with halogenated hazardous waste listed in Rule 335-14-2-.04. Persons may rebut this presumption by demonstrating that the used oil does not contain hazardous waste [for example, by using an analytical method from SW-846, Edition III, to show that the used oil does not contain significant concentrations of halogenated hazardous constituents listed in 335-14-2 - Appendix VIII. EPA Publication SW-846, Third Edition, is available for purchase from the Governmental Printing Office, Superintendent of Documents, P. O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954, (202)783-3238 (document number 955-001-00000-1)].

(I)The rebuttable presumption does not apply to metalworking oils/fluids containing chlorinated paraffins, if they are processed, through a tolling arrangement as described in Rule 335-14-17-.03(6)(c), to reclaim metalworking oils/fluids. The presumption does apply to metalworking oils/fluids if such oil/fluids are recycled in any other manner, or disposed.

(II)The rebuttable presumption does not apply to used oils contaminated with chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) removed from refrigeration units where the CFCs are destined for reclamation. The rebuttable presumption does apply to used oils contaminated with CFCs that have been mixed with used oil from sources other than refrigeration units.

2.Characteristic hazardous waste. Mixtures of used oil and hazardous waste that solely exhibit one or more of the hazardous waste characteristics identified in Rule 335-14-2-.03 and mixtures of used oil and hazardous waste that are listed in Rule 335-14-2-.04 solely because they exhibit one or more of the characteristics of hazardous waste identified in Rule 335-14-2-.03 are subject to:

(i)Except as provided in 335-14-17-.02(1)(b)2.(iii) regulation as hazardous waste under Chapters 335-14-1 through 335-14-9 rather than as used oil under 335-14-17, if the resultant mixture exhibits any characteristics of hazardous waste identified in Rule 335-14-2-.03; or

(ii)Except as provided in 335-14-17-.02(1)(b)2.(iii) regulation as used oil under this Chapter, if the resultant mixture does not exhibit any characteristics of hazardous waste identified under Rule 335-14-2-.03. Mixing a characteristic hazardous waste with used oil constitutes treatment if the characteristic waste is rendered nonhazardous, except as provided in 335-14-17-.02(1)(b)2.(iii), and requires that the owner/operator comply with the applicable standards and permit requirements set forth in Chapters 335-14-1 through 335-14-9 before any mixing occurs.

(iii)Regulation as used oil under 335-14-17, if the mixture is of used oil and a waste which is hazardous solely because it exhibits the characteristic of ignitability (e.g., ignitable-only mineral spirits), provided that the resultant mixture does not exhibit the characteristic of ignitability under Rule 335-14-2-.03(2).

3.Conditionally exempt small quantity generator hazardous waste. Mixtures of used oil and conditionally exempt small quantity generator hazardous waste regulated under Rule 335-14-2-.01(5) are subject to regulation as used oil under 335-14-17.

(c)Materials containing or otherwise contaminated with used oil.

1.Except as provided in 335-14-17-.02(1)(c)2., materials containing or otherwise contaminated with used oil from which the used oil has been properly drained or removed to the extent possible such that no visible signs of free-flowing oil remain in or on the material:

(i)Are not regulated as used oil and thus not subject to 335-14-17; and

(ii)If applicable, are subject to the hazardous waste regulations of Chapters 335-14-1 through 335-1-4-9.

2.Materials containing or otherwise contaminated with used oil that are burned for energy recovery are subject to regulation as used oil under 335-14-17.

3.Used oil drained or removed from materials containing or otherwise contaminated with used oil is subject to regulation as used oil under 335-14-17.

(d)Mixtures of used oil with products.

1.Except as provided in 335-14-17-.02(1)(d)2., mixtures of used oil and fuels or other fuel products are subject to regulation as used oil under 335-14-17.

2.Mixtures of used oil and diesel fuel mixed on-site by the generator of the used oil for use in the generator's own vehicles are not subject to 335-14-17 once the used oil and diesel fuel have been mixed. Prior to mixing, the used oil is subject to the requirements of Rule 335-14-17-.03.

(e)Materials derived from used oil.

1.Materials that are reclaimed from used oil that are used beneficially and are not burned for energy recovery or used in manner constituting disposal (e.g., re-refined lubricants) are:

(i)Not used oil and thus are not subject to 335-14-17, and

(ii)Not solid wastes and are thus not subject to the hazardous waste regulations of Chapters 335-14-1 through 335-14-9 as provided in 335-14-2.

2.Materials produced from used oil that are burned for energy recovery (e.g., used oil fuels) are subject to regulation as used oil under 335-14-17.

3.Except as provided in 335-14-17-.02(1)(e)4., materials derived from used oil that are disposed of or used in a manner constituting disposal are:

(i)Not used oil and thus are not subject to 335-14-17, and

(ii)Are solid wastes and are therefore subject to the Division 335-13 - Solid Waste regulations. If the materials are listed or identified as hazardous wastes, then they are subject to the applicable hazardous waste regulations found in Chapters 335-14-1 through 335-14-9.

4.Used oil re-refining distillation bottoms that are used as feedstock to manufacture asphalt products are not subject to 335-41-17.

(f)Wastewater. Wastewater, the discharge of which is subject to regulation under either Section 402 or Section 307(b) of the Clean Water Act (including wastewaters at facilities which have eliminated the discharge of wastewater), contaminated with de minimis quantities of used oil are not subject to 335-14-17. For purposes of 335-14-17-.02(1)(f), "de minimis" quantities of used oils are defined as small spills, leaks, or drippings from pumps, machinery, pipes, and other similar equipment during normal operations or small amounts of oil lost to the wastewater treatment system during washing or draining operations. This exception will not apply if the used oil is discarded as a result of abnormal manufacturing operations resulting in substantial leaks, spills, or other releases, or to used oil recovered from wastewaters.

(g)Used oil introduced into crude oil pipelines or a petroleum refining facility.

1.Used oil mixed with crude oil or natural gas liquids (e.g., in a production separator or crude oil stock tank) for insertion into a crude oil pipeline is exempt from 335-14-17. The used oil is subject to 335-14-17 prior to the mixing of used oil with crude oil or natural gas liquids.

2.Mixtures of used oil and crude oil or natural gas liquids containing less than 1% used oil that are being stored or transported to a crude oil pipeline or petroleum refining facility for insertion into the refining process at a point prior to crude distillation or catalytic cracking are exempt from 335-14-17.

3.Used oil that is inserted into the petroleum refining facility process before crude distillation or catalytic cracking without prior mixing with crude oil is exempt from 335-14-17 provided that the used oil constitutes less than 1% of the crude oil feed to any petroleum refining facility process unit at any given time. Prior to insertion into the petroleum refining facility process, the used oil is subject to 335-14-17.

4.Except as provided in 335-14-17-.02(1)(g)5., used oil that is introduced into a petroleum refining facility process after crude distillation or catalytic cracking is exempt from 335-14-17 only if the used oil meets the specification of Rule 335-14-17-.02(2). Prior to insertion into the petroleum refining facility process, the used oil is subject to 335-14-17.

5.Used oil that is incidentally captured by a hydrocarbon recovery system or wastewater treatment system as part of routine process operations at a petroleum refining facility and inserted into the petroleum refining facility process is exempt from 335-14-17. This exemption does not extend to used oil which is intentionally introduced into a hydrocarbon recovery system (e.g., by pouring collected used oil into the wastewater treatment system).

6.Tank bottoms from stock tanks containing exempt mixtures of used oil and crude oil or natural gas liquids are exempt from 335-14-17.

(h)Used oil on vessels. Used oil produced on vessels from normal shipboard operations is not subject to 335-14-17 until it is transported ashore.

(i)Used oil containing PCBs. In addition to the requirements of Chapter 335-14-17, marketers and burners of used oil who market or burn used oil containing any quantifiable level of PCBs are subject to the requirements found in 40 CFR 761.20(e).

(2)Used oil specifications. Used oil burned for energy recovery, and any fuel produced from used oil by processing, blending, or other treatment is subject to regulation under 335-14-17 unless it is shown not to exceed any of the allowable levels of the constituents and properties in the specification shown in Table 1. Once used oil that is to be burned for energy recovery has been shown not to exceed any specification and the person making that showing complies with Rules 335-14-17-.08(3), (4), and (5)(b), the used oil is no longer subject to 335-14-17.

TABLE 1

USED OIL NOT EXCEEDING ANY SPECIFICATION LEVEL IS NOT

SUBJECT TO 335-14-17 WHEN BURNED FOR ENERGY RECOVERY 1

Constituent/propertyAllowable level

Arsenic 5 ppm maximum.

Cadmium 2 ppm maximum.

Chromium 10 ppm maximum.

Lead 100 ppm maximum.

Flash point 100&#176;

F minimum.

Total halogens4,000 ppm maximum.2

1 The specification does not apply to mixtures of used oil and hazardous waste that continue to be regulated as hazardous waste [see Rule 335-14-17-.02(1)(b)].

2 Used oil containing more than 1,000 ppm total halogens is presumed to be a hazardous waste under the rebuttable presumption provided under Rule 335-14-17-.02(1)(b)1. Such used oil is subject to Rule 335-14-7-.08 rather than 335-14-17 when burned for energy recovery, unless the presumption of mixing can be successfully rebutted.

NOTE: Applicable standards for the burning of used oil containing PCBs are imposed by 40 CFR 761.20(e).

(3)Prohibitions.

(a)Surface impoundment prohibition. Used oil shall not be managed in surface impoundments or waste piles unless the units are subject to regulation under Chapters 335-14-5 or 335-14-6.

(b)Use as a dust suppressant. The use of used oil as a dust suppressant is prohibited.

(c)Burning in particular units. Off-specification used oil fuel may be burned for energy recovery in only the following devices:

1.Industrial furnaces identified in Rule 335-14-1-.02(1).

2.Boilers, as defined in Rule 335-14-1-.02(1), that are identified as follows:

(i)Industrial boilers located on the site of a facility engaged in a manufacturing process where substances are transformed into new products, including the component parts of products, by mechanical or chemical processes;

(ii)Utility boilers used to produce electric power, steam, heated or cooled air, or other gases or fluids for sale; or

(iii)Used oil-fired space heaters provided that the burner meets the provisions of Rule 335-14-17-.03(5).

3.Hazardous waste incinerators subject to regulation under Rules 335-14-5-.15 and 335-14-6-.15.

Author: James T. Shipman

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22- 22A-4(n), 22-22A-5(3), 22-22A-5(4), 22-22A-5(20), 22-30-9(5).

History: New rule: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 20, 1998; effective March 27, 1998. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.17.03" level="3" title="Standards For Used Oil Generators">

(1)Applicability.

(a)General. Except as provided in 335-14-17-.03(1)(a)1. through (a)4., 335-14-17-.03 applies to all used oil generators. A used oil generator is any person, by individual generation site, whose act or process produces used oil or whose act first causes used oil to become subject to regulation.

1.Household 'do-it-yourselfer' used oil generators. Household 'do-it-yourselfer' used oil generators are not subject to regulation under 335-14-17.

2.Vessels. Vessels at sea or at port are not subject to 335-14-17-.03. For purposes of 335-14-17-.03, used oil produced on vessels from normal shipboard operations is considered to be generated at the time it is transported ashore. The owner or operator of the vessel and the person(s) removing or accepting used oil from the vessel are co-generators of the used oil and are both responsible for managing the waste in compliance with 335-14-17-.03 once the used oil is transported ashore. The co-generators may decide among them which party will fulfill the requirements of 335-14-17-.03.

3.Diesel fuel. Mixtures of used oil and diesel fuel mixed by the generator of the used oil for use in the generator's own vehicles are not subject to 335-14-17 once the used oil and diesel fuel have been mixed. Prior to mixing, the used oil fuel is subject to the requirements of 335-14-17-.03.

4.Farmers. Farmers who generate an average of 25 gallons per month or less of used oil from vehicles or machinery used on the farm in a calendar year are not subject to 335-14-17.

5.Identification Numbers. Used oil generators that generate an average of 25 gallons per month (or less) of used oil in a calendar year are not subject to Rule 335-14-17-.03(3).

(b)Other applicable provisions. Used oil generators who conduct the following activities are subject to the requirements of other applicable provisions of 335-14-17 as indicated in 335-14-17-.03(1)(b)1. through (b)5.

1.Generators who transport used oil, except under the self-transport provisions of Rule 335-14-17-.03(6)(a) and (b), must also comply with Rule 335-14-17-.05.

2.(i)Except as provided in 335-14-17-.03(1)(b)(2.)(ii), generators who process or re-refine used oil must also comply with Rule 335-14-17-.06.

(ii)Generators who perform the following activities are not processors provided that the used oil is generated on-site and is not being sent off-site to a burner of on- or off-specification used oil fuel.

(I)Filtering, cleaning, or otherwise reconditioning used oil before returning it for reuse by the generator;

(II)Separating used oil from wastewater generated on-site to make the wastewater acceptable for discharge or reuse pursuant to Section 402 or Section 307(b) of the Clean Water Act or other applicable Federal or State of Alabama regulations governing the management or discharge of wastewaters;

(III)Using oil mist collectors to remove small droplets of used oil from in-plant air to make plant air suitable for continued recirculation;

(IV)Draining or otherwise removing used oil from materials containing or otherwise contaminated with used oil in order to remove excessive oil to the extent possible pursuant to Rule 335-14-17-.02(1)(c); or

(V)Filtering, separating or otherwise reconditioning used oil before burning it in a space heater pursuant to Rule 335-14-17-.03(5).

3.Generators who burn off-specification used oil for energy recovery, except under the on-site space heater provisions of Rule 335-14-17-.03(5), must also comply with Rule 335-14-17-.07.

4.Generators who direct shipments of off-specification used oil from their facility to a used oil burner or first claim that used oil that is to be burned for energy recovery meets the used oil fuel specifications set forth in Rule 335-14-17-.02(2) must also comply with Rule 335-14-17-.08.

5.Generators who dispose of used oil must also comply with Rule 335-14-17-.09.

(2)Hazardous Waste Mixing.

(a)Mixtures of used oil and hazardous waste must be managed in accordance with Rule 335-14-17-.02(1)(b).

(b)The rebuttable presumption for used oil of Rule 335-14-17-.02(1)(b)1.(ii) applies to used oil managed by generators. Under the rebuttable presumption for used oil of Rule 335-14-17-.02(1)(b)1.(ii), used oil containing greater than 1,000 ppm total halogens is presumed to be a hazardous waste and thus must be managed as hazardous waste and not as used oil unless the presumption is rebutted. However, the rebuttable presumption does not apply to certain metalworking oils/fluids and certain used oils removed from refrigeration units, as described in Rules 335-14-17-.02(1)(b)1.(ii)(I) and (II).

(3)Annual Submission of ADEM Form 8700-12, Notification of Regulated Waste Activity and Certifications of Waste Management. Used oil generators that generate an average of greater than 25 gallons of used oil per month in a calendar year must obtain an EPA Identification Number within 30 days of the effective date of 335-14-17-.03 or prior to generating used oil, whichever is later.

(a)Mechanics of notification. A generator must submit a correct and complete ADEM Form 8700-12 (including all appropriate attachment pages and fees) reflecting current used oil activities to the Department annually according to the following schedule. The Department must receive the ADEM Form 8700-12, Notification of Regulated Waste Activity, (including all appropriate attachment pages and fees) no later than the 15th day of the specified month.

<table width="100%"> If your facility is located in the county of ... Submit ADEM Form 8700-12 by the 15th of ... Colbert, Fayette, Franklin, Greene, Hale, Lamar, Lauderdale, Lawrence, Limestone, Marion, Morgan, Pickens, Sumter, Tuscaloosa, Walker, Winston February Blount, Cherokee, Cullman, DeKalb, Etowah, Jackson, Madison, Marshall, St. Clair April Jefferson June Calhoun, Chambers, Clay, Cleburne, Coosa, Elmore, Lee, Macon, Montgomery, Randolph, Shelby, Talladega, Tallapoosa August Autauga, Baldwin, Barbour, Bibb, Bullock, Butler, Chilton, Choctaw, Clarke, Coffee, Conecuh, Covington, Crenshaw, Dale, Dallas, Escambia, Geneva, Henry, Houston, Lowndes, Marengo, Monroe, Perry, Pike, Russell, Washington, Wilcox October Mobile December </table>

(b)The ADEM Form 8700-12, Notification of Regulated Waste Activity, should be accompanied by a cover letter. The letter must include the following information:

1.Type of activity or activities generating the used oil (i.e., vehicle maintenance, hydraulic equipment service, used oil collection, etc.);

2.The approximate volume of used oil typically generated per year;

3.The location of all aggregation points at which used oil is stored;

4.The name and telephone number for a contact at each aggregation point.

(c)The submitted ADEM Form 8700-12, Notification of Regulated Waste Activity, will not be considered complete without payment of all the appropriate fees specified in Chapter 335-1-6 of the ADEM Administrative Code.

(4)Used oil storage. Used oil generators are subject to all applicable Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasures (40 CFR Part 112) in addition to the requirements of 335-14-17-.03. Used oil generators are also subject to the Underground Storage Tank (Division 335-6, Volume 2) standards for used oil stored in underground tanks whether or not the used oil exhibits any characteristics of hazardous waste, in addition to the requirements of 335-14-17-.03.

(a)Storage units. Used oil generators shall not store used oil in units other than tanks, containers, or units subject to regulation under Chapters 335-14-5 and 335-14-6.

1.A container holding used oil must always be closed during storage, except when it is necessary to add or remove used oil.

2.The owner/operator must use appropriate controls and/or practices to prevent spills and overflows from tanks. These include, but are not limited to:

(i)Spill prevention controls (e.g., check valves, dry disconnect couplings);

(ii)Overflow controls for continuously fed tanks (e.g., level sensing devices, high level alarms, automatic feed cutoff, or bypass to a standing tank);

(iii)Freeboard controls in open tanks designed to maintain sufficient freeboard to prevent overfilling or overtopping by wave action, wind action, or precipitation; and/or

(iv)Standard operating procedures requiring employees to check the oil level in a tank by direct observation or remote sensing prior to placing oil in the tank.

(b)Condition of units. Containers and aboveground tanks used to store used oil at generator facilities must be:

1.In good condition (no severe rusting, apparent structural defects or deterioration); and

2.Not leaking (no visible leaks).

(c)Labels. Labels must be legible from a distance of at least 25 feet.

1.Containers and aboveground tanks used to store used oil at generator facilities must be labeled or marked clearly with the words "Used Oil".

2.Fill pipes used to transfer used oil into underground storage tanks (or aboveground tanks when an obstacle such as a wall or barrier is between the fill pipe and the aboveground storage tank) at generator facilities must be labeled or marked clearly with the words "Used Oil".

(d)Response to releases. Upon detection of a release of used oil to the environment that is not subject to the corrective action requirements of Division 335-6, Volume 2 of the ADEM Administrative Code, which has occurred after the effective date of these Rules, a generator must perform the following cleanup steps:

1.Stop the release;

2.Contain the released used oil;

3.Clean up and manage properly the released used oil and other materials in accordance with all applicable Division 335-13 and 335-14 requirements; and

4.If necessary, repair or replace any leaking used oil storage containers or tanks prior to returning them to service.

(5)On-site burning in space heaters. Generators may burn used oil in used oil-fired space heaters provided that:

(a)The heater burns only used oil that the owner or operator generates or used oil received from household do-it-yourself used oil generators;

(b)The heater is designed to have a maximum capacity of not more than 0.5 million BTU per hour; and

(c)The combustion gases from the heater are vented to the ambient air.

(6)Off-site shipments. Except as provided in 335-14-17-.03(6)(a) through (c), generators must ensure that their used oil is transported only by transporters who have obtained EPA identification numbers.

(a)Self-transportation of small amounts to approved collection centers. Generators may transport, without an EPA identification number, used oil that is generated at the generator's site and used oil collected from household do-it-yourselfers to a used oil collection center provided that:

1.The generator transports the used oil in a vehicle owned by the generator or owned by an employee of the generator;

2.The generator transports no more than 55 gallons of used oil at any time; and

3.The generator transports the used oil to a used oil collection center that has notified the Department in accordance with the procedures described in Rule 335-14-17-.04(2)(b).

(b)Self-transportation of small amounts to aggregation points owned by the generator. Generators may transport, without an EPA identification number, used oil that is generated at the generator's site to an aggregation point provided that:

1.The generator transports the used oil in a vehicle owned by the generator or owned by an employee of the generator;

2.The generator transports no more than 55 gallons of used oil at any time; and

3.The generator transports the used oil to an aggregation point that is owned and/or operated by the same generator.

(c)Tolling arrangements. Used oil generators may arrange for used oil to be transported by a transporter without an EPA identification number if the used oil is reclaimed under a contractual agreement pursuant to which reclaimed oil is returned by the processor/re-refiner to the generator for use as a lubricant, cutting oil, or coolant. The contract (known as a "tolling arrangement") must indicate:

1.The type of used oil and the frequency of shipments;

2.That the vehicle used to transport the used oil to the processing/re-refining facility and to deliver recycled used oil back to the generator is owned and operated by the used oil processor/re-refiner; and

3.That reclaimed oil will be returned to the generator.

Authors: James T. Shipman, C. Edwin Johnston; McHeartland Sasser

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4(n), 22-22A-5(3), 22-22A-5(4), 22- 22A-5(20), 22-30-9(5).

History: New Rule: Filed: November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective

April 17, 2003. Amended: Filed April 22, 2004; effective May 27, 2004.

<regElement name="335.14.17.04" level="3" title="Standards For Used Oil Collection Centers And Aggregation Points">

(1)Do-it-yourselfer used oil collection centers.

(a)Applicability. 335-14-17-.04(1) applies to owners or operators of all do-it-yourselfer (DIY) used oil collection centers. A DIY used oil collection center is any site or facility that accepts/aggregates and stores used oil collected only from household do-it-yourselfers.

(b)DIY used oil collection center requirements. Owners or operators of all DIY used oil collection centers must comply with the generator standards in Rule 335-14-17-.03. DIY used oil collection centers are not required to comply with the notification requirements of Rule 335-14-17-.03(3) unless the generator produces an average of greater than 25 gallons of used oil per month in a calendar year due to activities other than the acceptance of DIY used oil.

(2)Used oil collection centers.

(a)Applicability. 335-14-17-.04(2) applies to owners or operators of used oil collection centers. A used oil collection center is any site or facility that accepts/aggregates and stores used oil collected from used oil generators regulated under Rule 335-14-17-.03 who bring used oil to the collection center in shipments of no more than 55 gallons under the provisions of Rule 335-14-17-.03(6)(a). Used oil collection centers may also accept used oil from household do-it-yourselfers.

(b)Used oil collection center requirements. Owners or operators of all used oil collection centers must comply with the generator standards in Rule 335-14-17-.03:

(3)Used oil aggregation points owned by the generator.

(a)Applicability. 335-14-17-.04(3) applies to owners or operators of all used oil aggregation points. A used oil aggregation point is any site or facility that accepts, aggregates, and/or stores used oil collected only from other used oil generation sites owned or operated by the owner or operator of the aggregation point, from which used oil is transported to the aggregation point in shipments of no more than 55 gallons under the provisions of Rule 335-14-17-.03(6)(b). Used oil aggregation points may also accept used oil from household do-it-yourselfers.

(b)Used oil aggregation point requirements. Owners or operators of all used oil aggregation points must comply with the generator standards in Rule 335-14-17-.03.

Author: James T. Shipman

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4(n), 22-22A-5(3), 22-22A-5(4), 22-22A-5(20), 22-30-9(5).

History: New rule: Filed November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="335.14.17.05" level="3" title="Standards For Used Oil Transporter And Transfer Facilities"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="1">

(1)Applicability.

(a)General. Except as provided in 335-14-17-.05(1)(a)1. through (a)4., 335-14-17-.05 applies to all used oil transporters. Used oil transporters are persons who transport used oil, persons who collect used oil from more than one generator and transport the collected oil, and owners and operators of used oil transfer facilities.

1.335-14-17-.05 does not apply to on-site transportation.

2.335-14-17-.05 does not apply to generators who transport shipments of used oil totaling 55 gallons or less from the generator to a used oil collection center as specified in Rule 335-14-17-.03(6)(a).

3.335-14-17-.05 does not apply to generators who transport shipments of used oil totaling 55 gallons or less from the generator to a used oil aggregation point owned or operated by the same generator as specified in Rule 335-14-17-.03(6)(b).

4.335-14-17-.05 does not apply to transportation of used oil generated from household do-it-yourselfers to a regulated used oil generator, collection center, aggregation point, processor/re-refiner, or burner subject to 335-14-17. Except as provided in 335-14-17-.05(1)(a)1. through (a)3., 335-14-17-.05 does, however, apply to transportation of collected household do-it-yourselfer used oil from regulated used oil generators, collection centers, aggregation points, or other facilities where household do-it-yourselfer used oil is collected.

(b)Imports and exports. Transporters who import used oil from abroad or export used oil outside of the United States are subject to the requirements of 335-14-17-.05 from the time the used oil enters and until the time it exits the United States.

(c)Trucks used to transport hazardous waste. Unless trucks previously used to transport hazardous waste are emptied as described in Rule 335-14-2-.01(7) prior to transporting used oil, the used oil is considered to have been mixed with the hazardous waste and must be managed as hazardous waste unless, under the provisions of Rule 335-14-17-.02(1)(b), the hazardous waste/used oil mixture is determined not to be hazardous waste.

(d)Other applicable provisions. Used oil transporters who conduct the following activities are also subject to other applicable provisions of 335-14-17 as indicated in 335-14-17-.05(1)(d)1. through (d)5.

1.Transporters who generate used oil must also comply with Rule 335-14-17-.03.

2.Transporters who process or re-refine used oil, except as provided in Rule 335-14-17-.05(2), must also comply with Rule 335-14-17-.06;

3.Transporters who burn off-specification used oil for energy recovery must also comply with Rule 335-14-17-.07;

4.Transporters who direct shipments of off-specification used oil from their facility to a used oil burner or first claim that used oil that is to be burned for energy recovery meets the used oil fuel specifications set forth in Rule 335-14-17-.02(2) must also comply with Rule 335-14-17-.08; and

5.Transporters who dispose of used oil must also comply with Rule 335-14-17-.09.

(2)Restrictions on transporters who are not also processors or re-refiners.

(a)Used oil transporters may consolidate or aggregate loads of used oil for purposes of transportation. However, except as provided in 335-14-17-.05(2)(b), used oil transporters may not process used oil unless they also comply with the requirements for processors/re-refiners in Rule 335-14-17-.06.

(b)Transporters may conduct incidental processing operations that occur in the normal course of used oil transportation (e.g., settling and water separation), but that are not designed to produce (or make more amendable for production of) used oil derived products unless they also comply with the processor/re-refiner requirements in Rule 335-14-17-.06.

(c)Transporters of used oil that is removed from oil bearing electrical transformers and turbines and filtered by the transporter or at a transfer facility prior to being returned to its original use are not subject to the processor/re-refiner requirements in Rule 335-14-17-.06.

(3)EPA Identification Number and Alabama Used Oil Transport Permit.

(a)A transporter must obtain an EPA Identification Number from the Administrator or the authorized State in which the transporter?s base of operations is located within 30 days of the effective date of these Rules or prior to transporting used oil, whichever is later.

(b)Mechanics of notification. A transporter who has not received an EPA Identification Number may obtain one by applying to the Administrator or the authorized State in which the base of operations is located using EPA Form 8700-12 or the authorized State?s equivalent. A used oil transporter whose base of operations is located in the State of Alabama may obtain an EPA Identification Number by notifying the Department of their used oil activity by submitting:

1.A correct and complete ADEM Form 8700-12, Notification of Regulated Waste Activity, (including all appropriate attachment pages and fees) reflecting current used oil activities to the Department annually according to the following schedule. The Department must receive the ADEM Form 8700-12 (including all appropriate attachment pages and fees) no later than the 15th day of the specified month.

<table width="100%"> If your facility is located in the county of ... Submit ADEM Form 8700-12 by the 15th of ... Colbert, Fayette, Franklin, Greene, Hale, Lamar, Lauderdale, Lawrence, Limestone, Marion, Morgan, Pickens, Sumter, Tuscaloosa, Walker, Winston February Blount, Cherokee, Cullman, DeKalb, Etowah, Jackson, Madison, Marshall, St. Clair April Jefferson June Calhoun, Chambers, Clay, Cleburne, Coosa, Elmore, Lee, Macon, Montgomery, Randolph, Shelby, Talladega, Tallapoosa August Autauga, Baldwin, Barbour, Bibb, Bullock, Butler, Chilton, Choctaw, Clarke, Coffee, Conecuh, Covington, Crenshaw, Dale, Dallas, Escambia, Geneva, Henry, Houston, Lowndes, Marengo, Monroe, Perry, Pike, Russell, Washington, Wilcox October Mobile December </table>

2.A cover letter requesting an EPA identification number. The letter must include the following information:

(i)Type of transport activity (i.e., transport only, transport and transfer facility, transfer facility only);

(ii)Location of all transfer facilities at which used oil is stored;

(iii)Name and telephone number for a contact at each transfer facility.

(c)Reserved.

(d)A non-rail transporter must not transport used oil without having received an Alabama Used Oil Transport Permit in compliance with Rules 335-14-8-.09 through 335-14-8-.13.

(e)The ADEM Form 8700-12, Notification of Regulated Waste Activity, is not complete without payment of all the appropriate fees specified in Chapter 335-1-6 of the ADEM Administrative Code.

(4)Financial Requirements. Any person proposing to transport used oil shall submit, with their application for an Alabama Used Oil Transport Permit, one of the following:

(a)A surety bond in which the applicant is the principal obligor and the Department is the obligee;

1.The surety company issuing the bond must, at a minimum, be among those listed as acceptable sureties on Federal bonds in Circular 570 of the U. S. Department of the Treasury or be a corporate surety licensed to do business in the State of Alabama; and

2.The wording of the surety bond must be identical to the following:

SURETY BOND

<table width="100%"> Date bond executed: Effective date: Principal: [legal name, business address and EPA identification number of applicant] Type of organization: [insert "individual", "joint venture", "partnership" or "corporation"] State of incorporation: Surety(ies): [name(s) and business address(es)] Total penal sum of bond: $ Surety's bond number: </table>

Know All Persons By These Presents, That we, the Principal and Surety(ies) hereto are firmly bound to the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (hereinafter, "the Department"), in the above penal sum for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns jointly and severally; provided that, where the Surety(ies) are corporations acting as co-sureties, we, the Sureties, bind ourselves in such sum "jointly and severally" only for the purpose of allowing a joint action or actions against any or all of us, and for all other purposes each Surety binds itself, jointly and severally with the Principal, for the payment of such sum only as is set forth opposite the name of such Surety, but if no limit of liability is indicated, the limit of liability shall be the full amount of the penal sum.

Whereas said Principal is required, under the Alabama Hazardous Wastes Management and Minimization Act of 1978, as amended (AHWMMA), to have a permit in order to transport used oil, and

Whereas said Principal is required by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-12(c)(4) to provide financial assurance for compliance with the AHWMMA, the regulations promulgated thereunder, the permit issued to the Principal and any orders issued to the Principal by the Department, and for damages to human health and the environment, including the costs of cleanups caused by spills.

Now, Therefore, the conditions of this obligation are such that if the Principal shall faithfully comply with the AHWMMA, the regulations promulgated thereunder, the permit issued to the Principal, any order(s) issued to the Principal by the Department, and correct any damages to human health or the environment, including the cleanup of spills as approved by the Department for the term of the permit issued to the Principal and the Surety(ies) gives notice of intent not to renew this Performance Bond not less than 90 days prior to the expiration of the permit issued to the Principal,

Or, if the Principal shall provide alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-14-17-.05(4)(b) or (c) of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management Administrative Code and obtain the Department's written approval of such assurance within 90 days after the date notice of cancellation is received by both the Principal and the Department from the Surety(ies) then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it is to remain in full force and effect.

The Surety(ies) shall become liable on this bond obligation only when the Principal has failed to fulfill the conditions described above.

Upon notification by the Department that the Principal has been found in violation of the AHWMMA, the regulations promulgated thereunder, the permit issued to the Principal or any order(s) issued to the Principal for activities regulated pursuant to the AHWMMA, the Surety(ies) shall correct the violation, including the cost of any remedial action, and pay any penalties assessed by the Department against the Principal or shall within 15 days after notification by the Department, pay to the Department the amount designated as the total penal sum of the bond or such amount as remains if previous violations have been assessed against this bond.

The Surety(ies) hereby waive(s) notification of amendments to permits, applicable laws and regulations and agrees that no such amendment shall in any way alleviate its (their) obligation on this bond.

The liability of the Surety(ies) shall not be discharged by any payment or succession of payments hereunder, unless and until such payment or payments shall amount in aggregate to the penal sum of the bond, but in no event shall the obligation of the Surety(ies) hereunder exceed the amount of said penal sum.

In Witness Whereof, The Principal and Surety(ies) have executed this Performance Bond and have affixed their seals on the date set forth above.

The persons whose signatures appear below hereby certify that they are authorized to execute this surety bond on behalf of the Principal and Surety(ies) and that the wording of this surety bond is identical to the wording specified in Rule 335-14-17-.05(4)(a) of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management Administrative Code as such rule was constituted on the date this bond was executed.

PRINCIPAL

<table width="100%"> [Signature(s)] [Name(s)] (Title(s)] [Corporate seal] </table>

CORPORATE SURETY(IES)

<table width="100%"> [Name and address] State of incorporation: Liability limit: $ [Signature(s)] [Name(s) and title(s)] [Corporate seal] </table>

[For every co-surety provide the above required information, signature(s) and corporate seal.]

<table width="100%"> Bond premium: $ </table>

3.The amount of the surety bond for environmental restoration shall be established as follows:

(i)Transporters proposing to transport used oil shall be required to provide a surety bond in an amount equal to $5,000 per vehicle transporting such wastes to a maximum of $100,000 or proof of net worth as provided in 335-14-17-.05(4)(b);

(ii)If the assurance surety bond is drawn upon, the Department may require additional assurance from the permittee and if the permittee fails to provide the assurance as required, the Department may terminate the permit as set out in 335-14-8-.11(2).

(b)Evidence satisfactory to the Department that the person proposing to transport used oil has a net worth equal to ten times the value of the proposed surety bond. Such evidence shall be submitted in the form of a letter from the Chief Financial Officer of the applicant and shall be in a form identical to the following:

DEMONSTRATION OF NET WORTH

Letter From the Chief Financial Officer

(To demonstrate net worth as required by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-12(c)(4) in order to demonstrate financial responsibility for noncompliance with the Alabama Hazardous Wastes Management and Minimization Act of 1978, the regulations promulgated thereunder and any permits or orders issued to the applicant and to demonstrate financial responsibility for damages to human health and the environment, including the costs of cleanups, caused by spills. This demonstration may be used in conjunction with other allowable mechanisms in order to provide the required coverage.)

[Address to the Director, Alabama Department of Environmental Management, 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, Alabama 36110-2059]

I am the chief financial officer of [applicant's name, address and EPA transporter identification number]. This letter is in support of the use of the demonstration of net worth to demonstrate financial responsibility as required by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-12(c)(4) and Rule 335-14-17-.05 of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management Administrative Code.

This applicant [insert "is required" or "is not required"] to file a Form 10K with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) for the latest fiscal year.

The fiscal year of this applicant ends on [month, day]. The figures for the following items marked with an asterisk are derived from a year-end financial statement(s) for the latest completed fiscal year, ended [date], prepared for the applicant by an independent auditor.

Net Worth

<table width="100%"> 1. Amount of annual aggregate financial responsibility to be demonstrated . . . $ *2. Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ *3. Total liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . $ *4. Net worth (line 2 minus line 3). . . . $ *5. If less than 90% of assets are located in the U.S. give total U.S. assets. . . $ 6. Is line 4 at least 10 times line 1?. . Yes No </table>

I hereby certify that the wording of this letter is identical to that in Rule 335-14-17-.05(4)(b) of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management Administrative Code.

<table width="100%"> [Signature] [Name] [Title] [Date] </table>

(c)Proof of insurance in a minimum amount of $100,000 to cover damages to human health or the environment, exclusive of legal defense costs as defined in 335-14-5-.08(2)(m)2. Such insurance may not include a pollution exclusion clause. Proof of insurance must be provided on a Certificate of Insurance form naming the Alabama Department of Environmental Management as the certificate holder and giving at least 30 days written Notice of Cancellation to the certificate holder. Nothing in 335-14-17-.05(4)(c) shall be construed to allow a transporter to operate in violation of the United States Department of Transportation rules and regulations governing financial assurance.

(d)A transporter must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Department that the financial document submitted with their applications as required in 335-14-17-.05 is in force for the duration of the permit. The Department may request a permitted transporter at any time to demonstrate that financial assurance is in force for the duration of the used oil transporter permit.

(5)Used oil transportation.

(a)Deliveries. A used oil transporter must deliver all used oil received to:

1.Another used oil transporter, provided that the transporter has obtained an EPA identification number;

2.A used oil processing/re-refining facility who has obtained an EPA identification number;

3.An off-specification used oil burner facility who has obtained an EPA identification number; or

4.An on-specification used oil burner facility.

(b)DOT Requirements. Used oil transporters must comply with all applicable requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation regulations in 49 CFR Parts 171 through 180. Persons transporting used oil that meets the definition of a hazardous material in 49 CFR 171.8 must comply with all applicable regulations in 49 CFR 171 through 180.

(c)Used oil discharges.

1.In the event of a discharge of used oil during transportation, the transporter must take appropriate immediate action to protect human health and the environment (e.g., notify local authorities, dike the discharge area).

2.If a discharge of used oil occurs during transportation and the Department or its designee acting within the scope of official responsibilities determines that immediate removal of the used oil is necessary to protect human health or the environment, the Department or its designee may authorize the removal of the used oil by transporters who do not have EPA identification numbers.

3.An air, rail, highway, or water transporter who has discharged used oil must:

(i)Give notice, if required by 49 CFR 171.15, to the National Response Center (800-424-8802 or 202-426-2675); and

(ii)Report in writing as required by 49 CFR 171.16 to the Director, Office of Hazardous Materials Regulations, Materials Transportation Bureau, Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590. A copy of such report shall be provided to the Land Division, Alabama Department of Environmental Management, PO Box 301463 (Zip 36130-1463), or hand delivered to 1400 Coliseum Boulevard, Montgomery, AL 36110-2059, not later than 14 days after any such discharge; and

(iii)Give notice to the Alabama Department of Public Safety (334-242-4378).

4.A water transporter who has discharged used oil must give notice as required by 33 CFR 153.203 and shall give notice to the Alabama Department of Public Safety (334-242-4378).

5.A transporter must clean up any discharge of used oil that occurs during transportation or take such action as may be required or approved by the Department or its designee so that the used oil discharge no longer presents a hazard to human health or the environment.

(6)Rebuttable presumption for used oil.

(a)To ensure that used oil is not a hazardous waste under the rebuttable presumption of Rule 335-14-17-.02(1)(b)1.(ii), the used oil transporter must determine whether the total halogen content of used oil being transported or stored at a transfer facility is above or below 1,000 ppm.

(b)The transporter must make this determination by:

1.Testing the used oil; or

2.Obtaining certification of the halogen content of the used oil from the generator in light of the materials or processes used.

(c)If the used oil contains greater than or equal to 1,000 ppm total halogens, it is presumed to be a hazardous waste because it has been mixed with halogenated hazardous waste listed in Rule 335-14-2-.04. The owner or operator may rebut the presumption by demonstrating that the used oil does not contain hazardous waste [for example, by using an analytical method from SW-846, Edition III, to show that the used oil does not contain significant concentrations of halogenated hazardous constituents listed in Appendix VIII of Chapter 335-14-2. EPA Publication SW-846, Third Edition, is available for purchase from the Government Printing Office, Superintendent of Documents, PO Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954, (202) 783-3238 (document number 955-001-00000-1)].

1.The rebuttable presumption does not apply to metalworking oils/fluids containing chlorinated paraffins, if they are processed, through a tolling arrangement as described in Rule 335-14-17-.03(5)(c) to reclaim metalworking oils/fluids. The presumption does apply to metalworking oils/fluids if such oils/fluids are recycled in any other manner, or disposed.

2.The rebuttable presumption does not apply to used oils contaminated with chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) removed from refrigeration units if the CFCs are destined for reclamation. The rebuttable presumption does apply to used oils contaminated with CFCs that have been mixed with used oil from sources other than refrigeration units.

(7)Used oil storage at transfer facilities. Used oil transporters are subject to all applicable Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasures (40 CFR Part 112) in addition to the requirements of 335-14-17-.05. Used oil transporters are also subject to the Underground Storage Tank (Division 335-6, Volume II) standards for used oil stored in underground tanks whether or not the used oil exhibits any characteristics of hazardous waste, in addition to the requirements of 335-14-17-.05.

(a)Applicability. 335-14-17-.05(7) applies to used oil transfer facilities. Used oil transfer facilities are transportation related facilities including loading docks, parking areas, storage areas, and other areas where shipments of used oil are held for more than 24 hours during the normal course of transportation and not longer than 35 days. Transfer facilities that store used oil for more than 35 days are subject to regulation under Rule 335-14-17-.06.

(b)Storage units. Owners or operators of used oil transfer facilities may not store used oil in units other than tanks, containers, or units subject to regulation under Chapters 335-14-5 or 335-14-6.

1.A container holding used oil must always be closed during storage, except when it is necessary to add or remove used oil.

2.The owner/operator must use appropriate controls and/or practices to prevent spills and overflows from tanks. These include, but are not limited to:

(i)Spill prevention controls (e.g., check valves, dry disconnect couplings);

(ii)Overflow controls for continuously fed tanks (e.g., level sensing devices, high level alarms, automatic feed cutoff, or bypass to a standing tank); and/or

(iii)Freeboard controls in open tanks designed to maintain sufficient freeboard to prevent overfilling or overtopping by wave action, wind action, or precipitation.

(iv)Standard operating procedures requiring employees to check the oil level in a tank by direct observation or remote sensing prior to placing oil in the tank.

3.Special requirements for the management of ignitable used oil.

(i)Owner/operator must comply with 335-14-5-.02(8);

(ii)Containers holding ignitable used oil must be located at least 15 meters (50 feet) from the facility?s property line.

(iii)The owner/operator of a facility where ignitable used oil is stored in a tank must comply with the requirements for the maintenance of protective distances between the used oil management area and any public ways, streets, alleys, or an adjoining property line that can be built upon as required in Tables 2-1 through 2-6 of the National Fire Protection Association?s "Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code", (1977 or 1981), [incorporated by reference, see 335-14-1-.02(2)].

(c)Condition of units. Containers and aboveground tanks used to store used oil at transfer facilities must be:

1.In good condition (no severe rusting, apparent structural defects or deterioration); and

2.Not leaking (no visible leaks).

(d)Secondary containment for containers. Containers used to store used oil at transfer facilities must be equipped with a secondary containment system.

1.The secondary containment system must consist of, at a minimum:

(i)Dikes, berms or retaining walls; and

(ii)A floor. The floor must cover the entire area within the dikes, berms, or retaining walls; or

(iii)An equivalent secondary containment system.

2.The entire containment system, including walls and floors, must be sufficiently impervious to used oil to prevent any used oil released into the containment system from migrating out of the system to the soil, groundwater, or surface water.

3.The floor must be sloped or the containment system must be otherwise designed, constructed and operated to drain and remove liquids resulting from leaks, spills, or precipitation, unless the containers are elevated or otherwise protected from contact with accumulated liquids;

4.The containment system must have sufficient capacity to contain 10% of the volume of the containers or the volume of the largest container, whichever is greater;

5.Run-on, and the entrance of precipitation, into the containment system must be prevented unless the collection system has sufficient excess capacity in addition to that required in 335-14-17-.05(7)(d)4. to contain any run-on or precipitation which might enter the system; and

6.Spilled or leaked used oil and accumulated precipitation must be removed from the sump or collection area in as timely a manner as is necessary to prevent overflow of the collection system.

(e)Secondary containment for existing aboveground tanks. Existing aboveground tanks used to store used oil at transfer facilities must be equipped with a secondary containment system.

1.The secondary containment system must consist of, at a minimum:

(i)Dikes, berms or retaining walls; and

(ii)A floor. The floor must cover the entire area within the dike, berm, or retaining wall except areas where existing portions of the tank meet the ground; or

(iii)An equivalent secondary containment system.

2.The entire containment system, including walls and floors, must be sufficiently impervious to used oil to prevent any used oil released into the containment system from migrating out of the system to the soil, groundwater, or surface water.

3.The containment system must be designed, constructed and operated to contain 100 percent of the capacity of the largest tank within its boundary;

4.The containment system must be designed, constructed and operated to prevent run-on, or entrance of precipitation, into the secondary containment system unless the collection system has sufficient excess capacity to contain run-on or precipitation. Such additional capacity must be sufficient to contain precipitation from a 25-year, 24-hour rainfall event.

5.The containment system must be sloped or otherwise designed or operated to drain and remove liquids resulting from leaks, spills, or precipitation. Spilled or leaked used oil and accumulated precipitation must be removed from the containment system in as timely a manner as necessary to prevent overflow of the system.

(f)Secondary containment for new aboveground tanks. New aboveground tanks used to store used oil at transfer facilities must be equipped with a secondary containment system.

1.The secondary containment system must consist of, at a minimum:

(i)Dikes, berms, or retaining walls; and

(ii)A floor. The floor must cover the entire area within the dike, berm, or retaining wall; or

(iii)An equivalent secondary containment system.

2.The entire containment system, including walls and floors, must be sufficiently impervious to used oil to prevent any used oil released into the containment system from migrating out of the system to the soil, groundwater, or surface water.

3.The containment system must be designed, constructed and operated to contain 100 percent of the capacity of the largest tank within its boundary;

4.The containment system must be designed, constructed and operated to prevent run-on, or entrance of precipitation, into the secondary containment system unless the collection system has sufficient excess capacity to contain run-on or precipitation. Such additional capacity must be sufficient to contain precipitation from a 25-year, 24-hour rainfall event.

5.The containment system must be sloped or otherwise designed or operated to drain and remove liquids resulting from leaks, spills, or precipitation. Spilled or leaked used oil and accumulated precipitation must be removed from the containment system in as timely a manner as necessary to prevent overflow of the system.

(g)Labels. Labels must be legible from a distance of at least 25 feet.

1.Containers and aboveground tanks used to store used oil at transfer facilities must be labeled or marked clearly with the words "Used Oil".

2.Fill pipes used to transfer used oil into underground storage tanks at transfer facilities must be labeled or marked clearly with the words "Used Oil".

(h)Response to releases. Upon detection of a release of used oil to the environment that is not subject to the corrective action requirements of Division 335-6, Volume 2 of the ADEM Administrative Code, which has occurred after the effective date of these Rules, the owner/operator of a transfer facility must perform the following cleanup steps:

1.Stop the release;

2.Contain the released used oil;

3.Clean up and manage properly the released used oil and other materials in accordance with all applicable Division 335-13 and 335-14 requirements; and

4.If necessary, repair or replace any leaking used oil storage containers or tanks prior to returning them to service.

(i)Closure.

1.Aboveground tanks. Owners and operators who store used oil in aboveground tanks must comply with the following requirements:

(i)At closure of the tank system, the owner or operator must remove or decontaminate used oil residues in tanks, contaminated containment system components, contaminated soils, and structures and equipment contaminated with used oil, and manage them as hazardous waste, unless the materials are not hazardous waste under Chapter 335-14-2.

(ii)If the owner or operator cannot demonstrate that all of the soils can be practicably removed or decontaminated as required in 335-14-17-.05(7)(i)1.(i), then the owner or operator must close the tank system and perform post-closure care requirements that apply to hazardous waste landfills under Rule 335-14-6-.14(11).

2.Containers. Owners and operators who store used oil in containers must comply with the following requirements:

(i)At closure, containers holding used oil or residues of used oil must be removed from the site;

(ii)The owner or operator must remove or decontaminate used oil residues, contaminated containment systems components, contaminated soils, and structures and equipment contaminated with used oil, and manage them as hazardous waste, unless the materials are not hazardous waste under 335-14-2.

(8)Tracking.

(a)Acceptance. Used oil transporters must keep a record of each used oil shipment accepted for transport. Records for each shipment must include:

1.The name and address of the generator, transporter, or processor/re-refiner who provided the used oil for transport;

2.The EPA identification number (if applicable) of the generator, transporter, or processor/re-refiner who provided the used oil for transport;

3.The quantity of used oil accepted;

4.The date of acceptance; and

5.(i)Except as provided in 335-14-17-.05(8)(a)5.(ii), the signature, dated upon receipt of the used oil, of a representative of the generator, transporter, or processor/re-refiner who provided the used oil for transport.

(ii)Intermediate rail transporters are not required to sign the record of acceptance.

(b)Deliveries. Used oil transporters must keep a record of each shipment of used oil that is delivered to another used oil transporter, or to a used oil burner, processor/re-refiner, or disposal facility. Records of each delivery must include:

1.The name and address of the receiving facility or transporter;

2.The EPA identification number of the receiving facility or transporter;

3.The quantity of used oil delivered;

4.The date of delivery;

5.(i)Except as provided in 335-14-17-.05(8)(b)5.(ii), the signature, dated upon receipt of the used oil, of a representative of the receiving facility or transporter.

(ii)Intermediate rail transporters are not required to sign the record of delivery.

(c)Exports of used oil. Used oil transporters must maintain the records described in 335-14-17-.05(8)(b)1. through (b)4. for each shipment of used oil exported to any foreign country.

(9)Recordkeeping.

(a)Alabama Used Oil Transporter Permit. A transporter of used oil must maintain a copy of the current used oil transporter permit with each vehicle actively transporting used oil.

(b)Contingency Plan. A transporter of used oil must maintain a copy of the contingency plan required by Rule 335-14-8-.09(4)(g) with each vehicle actively transporting used oil.

(c)Rebuttable Presumption. Records of analyses conducted or information used to comply with 335-14-17-.05(6)(a), (b), and (c) must be maintained by the transporter for at least 3 years.

(d)Tracking. The records described in 335-14-17-.05(8)(a), (b), and (c) must be maintained for at least 3 years.

(10)Management of residues. Transporters who generate residues from the storage or transport of used oil must manage the residues as specified in Rule 335-14-17-.02(1)(e).

(11)Reporting. A used oil transporter must report to the Department, in the form of a letter, on a biennial basis (by March 1 of each even numbered year), the following information concerning used oil activities during the previous calendar year;

(a)The EPA identification number, name, and address of the transporter;

(b)The calendar year covered by the report;

(c)The quantities of used oil accepted for transport, the companies to which the used oil was transported, including their classification (e.g., transporter, processor/re-refiner, marketer) and the quantities delivered to each; and

(d)The approximate portion of used oil accepted for transport that comes from DIY sources.

Authors: James T. Shipman, C. Edwin Johnston, Lawrence A. Norris; Abe Oberkor

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4(n), 22-22A-5(3), 22-22A-5(4), 22-22A-5(20), 22-30-9(5).

History: New Rule: Filed November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 2, 1996; effective March 8, 1996. Amended: Filed February 26, 1999; effective April 2, 1999. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002. Amended: Filed March 13, 2003; effective

April 17, 2003. Amended: Filed April 22, 2004; effective May 27, 2004.

<regElement name="335.14.17.06" level="3" title="Standards For Used Oil Processors And Re-Refiners"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="1">

(1)Applicability.

(a)The requirements of 335-14-17-.06(1) apply to owners and operators of facilities that process used oil. Processing means chemical or physical operations designed to produce from used oil, or to make used oil more amenable for production of, fuel oils, lubricants, or other used oil-derived products. Processing includes, but is not limited to: blending used oil with virgin petroleum products, blending used oils to meet the fuel specification, filtration, simple distillation, chemical or physical separation and re-refining. The requirements of 335-14-17-.06(1) do not apply to:

1.Transporters that conduct incidental processing operations that occur during the normal course of transportation as provided in Rule 335-14-17-.05(2); or

2.Burners that conduct incidental processing operations that occur during the normal course of used oil management prior to burning as provided in Rule 335-14-17-.07(2)(b).

(b)Other applicable provisions. Used oil processors/re-refiners who conduct the following activities are also subject to the requirements of other applicable provisions of 335-14-17 as indicated in 335-14-17-.06(1)(b)1. through (b)5.

1.Processors/re-refiners who generate used oil must also comply with Rule 335-14-17-.03;

2.Processors/re-refiners who transport used oil must also comply with Rule 335-14-17-.05;

3.Except as provided in 335-14-17-.06(1)(b)3.(i) and (b)3.(ii), processors/re-refiners who burn off-specification used oil for energy recovery must also comply with Rule 335-14-17-.07. Processors/re-refiners burning used oil for energy recovery under the following conditions are not subject to Rule 335-14-17-.07.

(i)The used oil is burned in an on-site space heater that meets the requirements of Rule 335-14-17-.03(5); or

(ii)The used oil is burned for purposes of processing used oil, which is considering burning incidentally to used oil processing;

4.Processors/re-refiners who direct shipments of off-specification used oil from their facility to a used oil burner or first claim that used oil that is to be burned for energy recovery meets the used oil fuel specifications set forth in Rule 335-14-17-.02(2) must also comply with Rule 335-14-17-.08; and

5.Processors/re-refiners who dispose of used oil also must comply with Rule 335-14-17-.09.

(2)Notification.

(a)Identification numbers. Used oil processors and re-refiners must obtain an EPA Identification Number within 30 days of the effective date of these Rules or prior to processing/re-refining used oil, whichever is later.

(b)Mechanics of notification. A used oil processor or re-refiner must submit a correct and complete ADEM Form 8700-12 (including all appropriate attachment pages and fees) reflecting current used oil activities to the Department annually according to the following schedule. The Department must receive the ADEM Form 8700-12 (including all appropriate attachment pages and fees) no later than the 15th day of the specified month.

<table width="100%"> If your facility is located in the county of ... Submit ADEM Form 8700-12 by the 15th of ... Colbert, Fayette, Franklin, Greene, Hale, Lamar, Lauderdale, Lawrence, Limestone, Marion, Morgan, Pickens, Sumter, Tuscaloosa, Walker, Winston February Blount, Cherokee, Cullman, DeKalb, Etowah, Jackson, Madison, Marshall, St. Clair April Jefferson June Calhoun, Chambers, Clay, Cleburne, Coosa, Elmore, Lee, Macon, Montgomery, Randolph, Shelby, Talladega, Tallapoosa August Autauga, Baldwin, Barbour, Bibb, Bullock, Butler, Chilton, Choctaw, Clarke, Coffee, Conecuh, Covington, Crenshaw, Dale, Dallas, Escambia, Geneva, Henry, Houston, Lowndes, Marengo, Monroe, Perry, Pike, Russell, Washington, Wilcox October Mobile December </table>

(c)The ADEM Form 8700-12, Notification of Regulated Waste Activity, is not complete without payment of all the appropriate fees specified in Chapter 335-1-6 of the ADEM Administrative Code.

(3)General facility standards.

(a)Preparedness and prevention. Owners and operators of used oil processing and re-refining facilities must comply with the following requirements:

1.Maintenance and operation of facility. Facilities must be maintained and operated to minimize the possibility of a fire, explosion, or any unplanned sudden or non-sudden release of used oil to air, soil, or surface water which could threaten human health or the environment.

2.Required equipment. All facilities must be equipped with the following, unless none of the hazards posed by used oil handled at the facility could require a particular kind of equipment specified in 335-14-17-.06(3)(a)2.(i) through (iv):

(i)An internal communications or alarm system capable of providing immediate emergency instruction (voice or signal) to facility personnel;

(ii)A device, such as a telephone (immediately available at the scene of operations) or a hand-held two-way radio, capable of summoning emergency assistance from local police departments, fire departments, or State of Alabama or local emergency response teams;

(iii)Portable fire extinguishers, fire control equipment (including special extinguishing equipment, such as that using foam, inert gas, or dry chemicals), spill control equipment and decontamination equipment; and

(iv)Water at adequate volume and pressure to supply water hose streams, or foam producing equipment, or automatic sprinklers, or water spray systems.

3.Testing and maintenance of equipment. All facility communications or alarm systems, fire protection equipment, spill control equipment, and decontamination equipment, where required, must be tested and maintained as necessary to assure its proper operation in time of emergency.

4.Access to communications or alarm system.

(i)Whenever used oil is being poured, mixed, spread, or otherwise handled, all personnel involved in the operation must have immediate access to an internal alarm or emergency communication device, either directly or through visual or voice contact with another employee, unless such a device is not required in 335-14-17-.06(3)(a)2.

(ii)If there is ever just one employee on the premises while the facility is operating, the employee must have immediate access to a device, such as a telephone (immediately available at the scene of operation) or a hand-held two-way radio, capable of summoning external emergency assistance, unless such a device is not required in 335-14-17-.06(3)(a)2.

5.Required aisle space. The owner or operator must maintain aisle space to allow the unobstructed movement of personnel, protection equipment, spill control equipment, and decontamination equipment to any area of facility operation in an emergency, unless aisle space is not needed for any of these purposes.

6.Arrangements with local authorities.

(i)The owner or operator must attempt to make the following arrangements, as appropriate for the type of used oil handled at the facility and the potential need for the services of these organizations:

(I)Arrangements to familiarize police, fire departments, and emergency response teams with the layout of the facility, properties of used oil handled at the facility and associated hazards, places where facility personnel would normally be working, entrances to roads inside the facility, and possible evacuation routes;

(II)Where more than one police and fire department might respond to an emergency, agreements designating primary emergency authority to a specific police and a specific fire department, and agreements with any others to provide support to the primary emergency authority;

(III)Agreements with State of Alabama emergency response teams, emergency response contractors, and equipment suppliers; and

(IV)Arrangements to familiarize local hospitals with the properties of used oil handled at the facility and the types of injuries or illnesses which could result from fires, explosions, or releases at the facility.

(ii)Where State of Alabama or local authorities decline to enter into such arrangements, the owner or operator must document the refusal in the operating record.

(b)Contingency plan and emergency procedures. Owners and operators of used oil processing and re-refining facilities must comply with the following requirements:

1.Purpose and implementation of contingency plan.

(i)Each owner or operator must have a contingency plan for the facility. The contingency plan must be designed to minimize hazards to human health or the environment from fires, explosions, or any unplanned sudden or non-sudden release of used oil to air, soil, or surface water.

(ii)The provisions of the plan must be carried out immediately whenever there is a fire, explosion, or release of used oil which could threaten human health or the environment.

2.Content of contingency plan.

(i)The contingency plan must describe the actions facility personnel must take to comply with 335-14-17-.06(3)(b)1. and 6. in response to fires, explosions, or any unplanned sudden or non-sudden release of used oil to air, soil, or surface water at the facility.

(ii)If the owner or operator has already prepared a Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasures (SPCC) Plan or some other emergency or contingency plan, the owner or operator need only amend that plan to incorporate used oil management provisions that are sufficient to comply with the requirements of 335-14-17.

(iii)The plan must describe arrangements agreed to by local police departments, fire departments, hospitals, contractors, and State of Alabama and local emergency response teams to coordinate emergency services, pursuant to 335-14-17-.06(3)(a)6.

(iv)The plan must list names, addresses, and phone numbers (office and home) of all persons qualified to act as emergency coordinator [see 335-14-17-.06(3)(b)5.], and this list must be kept up to date. Where more than one person is listed, one must be named as primary emergency coordinator and others must be listed in the order in which they will assume responsibility as alternates.

(v)The plan must include a list of all emergency equipment at the facility [such as fire extinguishing systems, spill control equipment, communications and alarm systems (internal and external), and decontamination equipment], where this equipment is required. This list must be kept up to date. In addition, the plan must include the location and a physical description of each item on the list, and a brief outline of its capabilities.

(vi)The plan must include an evacuation plan for facility personnel where there is a possibility that evacuation could be necessary. This plan must describe signal(s) to be used to begin evacuation, evacuation routes, and alternate evacuation routes (in cases where the primary routes could be blocked by releases of used oil or fires).

3.Copies of contingency plan. A copy of the contingency plan and all revisions to the plan must be:

(i)Maintained at the facility; and

(ii)Submitted to all local police departments, fire departments, hospitals, and State of Alabama and local emergency response teams that may be called upon to provide emergency services. A record of this submittal should be kept in the operating record of the facility.

4.Amendment of contingency plan. The contingency plan must be reviewed, and immediately amended, if necessary, whenever:

(i)Applicable regulations are revised;

(ii)The plan fails in an emergency;

(iii)The facility changes-in its design, construction, operation, maintenance, or other circumstances-in a way that materially increases the potential fires, explosions, or releases of used oil, or changes the response necessary in an emergency;

(iv)The list of emergency coordinators changes; or

(v)The list of emergency equipment changes.

5.Emergency coordinator. At all times, there must be at least one employee either on the facility premises or on call (i.e., available to respond to an emergency by reaching the facility within a short period of time) with the responsibility for coordinating all emergency response measures. This emergency coordinator must be thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the facility?s contingency plan, all operations and activities at the facility, the location and characteristic of used oil handled, the location of all records within the facility, and facility layout. In addition, this person must have the authority to commit the resources needed to carry out the contingency plan.

Guidance: The emergency coordinator?s responsibilities are more fully spelled out in 335-14-17-.06(3)(b)6. Applicable responsibilities for the emergency coordinator vary, depending on factors such as type and variety of used oil handled by the facility, and type and complexity of the facility.

6.Emergency procedures.

(i)Whenever there is an imminent or actual emergency situation, the emergency coordinator (or the designee when the emergency coordinator is on call) must immediately:

(I)Activate internal facility alarms or communication systems, where applicable, to notify all facility personnel; and

(II)Notify appropriate State of Alabama or local agencies with designated response roles if their help is needed.

(ii)Whenever there is a release, fire, or explosion, the emergency coordinator must immediately identify the character, exact source, amount, and areal extent of any released materials. He may do this by observation or review of facility records or manifests and, if necessary, by chemical analyses.

(iii)Concurrently, the emergency coordinator must assess possible hazards to human health or the environment that may result from the release, fire, or explosion. This assessment must consider both direct and indirect effects of the release, fire, or explosion (e.g., the effects of any toxic, irritating, or asphyxiating gases that are generated, or the effects of any surface water run-offs contaminated by water or chemical agents used to control fire and heat-induced explosions).

(iv)If the emergency coordinator determines that the facility has had a release, fire, or explosion which could threaten human health, or the environment, outside the facility, he must report his findings as follows:

(I)If his assessment indicated that evacuation of local areas may be advisable, he must immediately notify appropriate local authorities. He must be available to help appropriate officials decide whether local areas should be evacuated; and

(II)He must immediately notify either the government official designated as the on-scene coordinator for the geographical area (in the applicable regional contingency plan under Part 1510 of 40 CFR), or the National Response Center [using their 24-hour toll free number 800/424-8802, and the Department 334/271-7700 between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday] or the Alabama Department of Public Safety (334/242-4378, 24 hours a day). The report must include:

1.Name and telephone number of reporter;

2.Name and address of facility;

3.Time and type of incident (e.g., release, fire);

4.Name and quantity of material(s) involved, to the extent known;

5.The extent of injuries, if any; and

6.The possible hazards to human health, or the environment, outside the facility.

(v)During an emergency, the emergency coordinator must take all reasonable measures necessary to ensure that fires, explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread to other used oil or hazardous waste at the facility. These measures must include, where applicable, stopping processes and operation, collecting and containing released used oil, and removing or isolating containers.

(vi)If the facility stops operation in response to a fire, explosion, or release, the emergency coordinator must monitor for leaks, pressure buildup, gas generation, or ruptures in valves, pipes, or other equipment, wherever this is appropriate.

(vii)Immediately after an emergency, the emergency coordinator must provide for recycling, storing, or disposing of recovered used oil, contaminated soil or surface water, or any other material that results from a release, fire, or explosion at the facility.

(viii)The emergency coordinator must ensure that, in the affected area(s) of the facility:

(I)No waste or used oil that may be incompatible with the released material is recycled, treated, stored, or disposed of until cleanup procedures are completed; and

(II)All emergency equipment listed in the contingency plan is cleaned and fit for its intended use before operations are resumed.

(III)The owner or operator must notify the Department and other appropriate State of Alabama and local authorities that the facility is in compliance with 335-14-17-.06(3)(b)6.(viii)(I) and (II) before operations are resumed in the affected area(s) of the facility.

(ix)The owner or operator must note in the operating record the time, date and details of any incident that requires implementing the contingency plan. Within 15 days after the incident, he must submit a written report on the incident to the Department. The report must include:

(I)Name, address, and telephone number of the owner or operator;

(II)Name, address, and telephone number of the facility;

(III)Date, time, and type of incident (e.g., fire, explosion);

(IV)Name and quantity of material(s) involved;

(V)The extent of injuries, if any;

(VI)An assessment of actual or potential hazards to human health or the environment, where this is applicable;

(VII)Estimated quantity and disposition of recovered material that resulted from the incident.

(4)Rebuttable presumption for used oil.

(a)To ensure that used oil managed at a processing/re-refining facility is not hazardous waste under the rebuttable presumption of Rule 335-14-17-.02(1)(b)1.(ii), the owner or operator of a used oil processing/re-refining facility must determine whether the total halogen content of used oil managed at the facility is above or below 1,000 ppm.

(b)The owner or operator must make this determination by:

1.Testing the used oil; or

2.Obtaining certification of the halogen content of the used oil from the generator in light of the materials or processes used.

(c)If the used oil contains greater than or equal to 1,000 ppm total halogens, it is presumed to be a hazardous waste because it has been mixed with halogenated hazardous waste listed in Rule 335-14-2-.04. The owner or operator may rebut the presumption by demonstrating that the used oil does not contain hazardous waste [for example, by using an analytical method from SW-846, Edition III, to show that the used oil does not contain significant concentrations of halogenated hazardous constituents listed in 335-14-2-Appendix VIII. EPA Publication SW-846, Third Edition, is available for purchase from the Government Printing Office, Superintendent of Documents, P. O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh PA 15250-7954, (202) 783-3238 (document number 955-001-00000-1)].

1.The rebuttable presumption does not apply to metalworking oils/fluids containing chlorinated paraffins, if they are processed, through a tolling agreement, to reclaim metalworking oil/fluids. The presumption does apply to metalworking oil/fluids if such oils/fluids are recycled in any other manner, or disposed.

2.The rebuttable presumption does not apply to used oils contaminated with chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) removed from refrigeration units where the CFCs are destined for reclamation. The rebuttable presumption does apply to used oils contaminated with CFCs that have been mixed with used oil from sources other than refrigeration units.

(5)Used oil management. Used oil processors/ re-refiners are subject to all applicable Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasures (40 CFR Part 112) in addition to the requirements of 335-14-17-.06. Used oil processors/ re-refiners are also subject to the Underground Storage Tank (Division 335-6, Volume 2) standards for used oil stored in underground tanks whether or not the used oil exhibits any characteristics of hazardous waste, in addition to the requirements of 335-14-17-.06.

(a)Management units. Used oil processors/re-refiners may not store used oil in units other than tanks, containers, or units subject to regulation under Chapters 335-14-5 or 335-14-6.

1.A container holding used oil must always be closed during storage, except when it is necessary to add or remove used oil.

2.The owner/operator must use appropriate controls and/or practices to prevent spills and overflows from tanks. These include, but are not limited to:

(i)Spill prevention controls (e.g., check valves, dry disconnect couplings);

(ii)Overflow controls for continuously fed tanks (e.g., level sensing devices, high level alarms, automatic feed cutoff, or bypass to a standing tank); and/or

(iii)Freeboard controls in open tanks designed to maintain sufficient freeboard to prevent overfilling or overtopping by wave action, wind action, or precipitation.

(iv)Standard operating procedures requiring employees to check the oil level in a tank by direct observation or remote sensing prior to placing oil in the tank.

3.Special requirements for the management of ignitable used oil.

(i)Owner/operator must comply with 335-14-5-.02(8);

(ii)Containers holding ignitable used oil must be located at least 15 meters (50 feet) from the facility?s property line.

(iii)The owner/operator of a facility where ignitable used oil is stored or treated in a tank must comply with the requirements for the maintenance of protective distances between the used oil management area and any public ways, streets, alleys, or an adjoining property line that can be built upon as required in Tables 2-1 through 2-6 of the National Fire Protection Association?s "Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code", (1977 or 1981), [incorporated by reference, see 335-14-1-.02(2)].

(b)Conditions of units. Containers and aboveground tanks used to store or process used oil at processing and re-refining facilities must be:

1.In good condition (no severe rusting, apparent structural defects or deterioration); and

2.Not leaking (no visible leaks).

(c)Secondary containment for containers. Containers used to store or process used oil at processing and re-refining facilities must be equipped with a secondary containment system.

1.The secondary containment system must consist of, at a minimum:

(i)Dikes, berms or retaining walls; and

(ii)A floor. The floor must cover the entire area within the dike, berm, or retaining wall; or

(iii)An equivalent secondary containment system.

2.The entire containment system, including walls and floor, must be sufficiently impervious to used oil to prevent any used oil released into the containment system from migrating out of the system to the soil, groundwater, or surface water.

3.The floor must be sloped or the containment system must be otherwise designed, constructed and operated to drain and remove liquids resulting from leaks, spills, or precipitation, unless the containers are elevated or otherwise protected from contact with accumulated liquids;

4.The containment system must have sufficient capacity to contain 10% of the volume of the containers or the volume of the largest container, whichever is greater;

5.Run-on, and the entrance of precipitation, into the containment system must be prevented unless the collection system has sufficient excess capacity in addition to that required in 335-14-17-.06(5)(d)4. to contain any run-on and precipitation which might enter the system; and

6.Spilled or leaked used oil and accumulated precipitation must be removed from the sump or collection area in as timely a manner as necessary to prevent overflow of the collection system.

(d)Secondary containment for existing aboveground tanks. Existing aboveground tanks used to store or process used oil at processing and re-refining facilities must be equipped with a secondary containment system.

1.The secondary containment system must consist of, at a minimum:

(i)Dikes, berms, or retaining walls; and

(ii)A floor. The floor must cover the entire area within the dike, berm, or retaining wall except areas where existing portions of the tank meet the ground; or

(iii)An equivalent secondary containment system.

2.The entire containment system, including walls and floor, must be sufficiently impervious to used oil to prevent any used oil released into the containment system from migrating out of the system to the soil, groundwater, or surface water.

3.The containment system must be designed, constructed and operated to contain 100 percent of the capacity of the largest tank within its boundary;

4.The containment system must be designed, constructed and operated to prevent run-on, or entrance of precipitation, into the secondary containment system unless the collection system has sufficient excess capacity to contain run-on or precipitation. Such additional capacity must be sufficient to contain precipitation from a 25-year, 24-hour, rainfall event.

5.The containment system must be sloped or otherwise designed or operated to drain and remove liquids resulting from leaks, spills, or precipitation. Spilled or leaked used oil and accumulated precipitation must be removed from the containment system in as timely a manner as necessary to prevent overflow of the system.

(e)Secondary containment for new aboveground tanks. New aboveground tanks used to store or process used oil at processing and re-refining facilities must be equipped with a secondary containment system.

1.The secondary containment system must consist of, at a minimum:

(i)Dike, berms or retaining walls; and

(ii)A floor. The floor must cover the entire area within the dike, berm, or retaining wall; or

(iii)An equivalent secondary containment system.

2.The entire containment system, including walls and floor, must be sufficiently impervious to used oil to prevent any used oil released into the containment system from migrating out of the system to the soil, groundwater, or surface water.

3.The containment system must be designed, constructed and operated to contain 100 percent of the capacity of the largest tank within its boundary;

4.The containment system must be designed, constructed and operated to prevent run-on, or entrance of precipitation, into the secondary containment system unless the collection system has sufficient excess capacity to contain run-on or precipitation. Such additional capacity must be sufficient to contain precipitation from a 25-year, 24-hour rainfall event.

5.The containment system must be sloped or otherwise designed or operated to drain and remove liquids resulting from leaks, spills, or precipitation. Spilled or leaked used oil and accumulated precipitation must be removed from the containment system in as timely a manner as necessary to prevent overflow of the system.

(f)Labels. Labels must be legible from a distance of at least 25 feet.

1.Containers and aboveground tanks used to store or process used oil at processing and re-refining facilities must be labeled or marked clearly with the words "Used Oil".

2.Fill pipes used to transfer used oil into underground storage tanks at processing and re-refining facilities must be labeled or marked clearly with the words "Used Oil".

(g)Response to releases. Upon detection of a release of used oil to the environment not subject to the requirements of Division 335-6, Volume 2 of the ADEM Administrative Code which has occurred after the effective date of these Rules, an owner/operator must perform the following cleanup steps:

1.Stop the release;

2.Contain the released used oil;

3.Clean up and manage properly both the released used oil and other materials in accordance with all applicable Division 335-13 and 335-14 requirements; and

4.If necessary, repair or replace any leaking used oil storage containers or tanks prior to returning them to service.

(h)Closure.

1.Aboveground tanks. Owners and operators who store or process used oil in aboveground tanks must comply with the following requirements:

(i)At closure of tank system, the owner or operator must remove or decontaminate used oil residues in tanks, contaminated containment system components, contaminated soils, and structures and equipment contaminated with used oil, and manage them as hazardous waste, unless the materials are not hazardous waste under Chapter 335-14-2.

(ii)If the owner or operator can not demonstrate that all contaminated soils can be practicably removed or decontaminated as required in 335-14-17-.06(5)(h)1.(i), then the owner or operator must close the tank system and perform post-closure care requirements that apply to hazardous waste landfills Rule 335-14-6-.14(11).

2.Containers. Owners and operators who store used oil in containers must comply with the following requirements:

(i)At closure, containers holding used oil or residues of used oil must be removed from the site;

(ii)The owner or operator must remove or decontaminate used oil residues, contaminated containment system components, contaminated soils, and structures and equipment contaminated with used oil, and manage them as hazardous waste, unless the materials are not hazardous waste under Chapter 335-14-2.

(6)Analysis plan. Owners or operators of used oil processing and re-refining facilities must develop and follow a written analysis plan describing the procedures that will be used to comply with the analysis requirements of Rule 335-14-17-.06(4) and, if applicable, Rule 335-14-17-.08(3). The owner or operator must keep the plan at the facility.

(a)Rebuttable presumption for used oil in Rule 335-14-17-.06(4). At a minimum, the plan must specify the following:

1.Whether sample analyses or knowledge of the halogen content of the used oil will be used to make this determination.

2.If sample analyses are used to make this determination:

(i)The sampling method used to obtain representative samples to be analyzed. A representative sample may be obtained using either:

(I)One of the sampling methods in Chapter 335-14-2-Appendix I; or

(II)A method shown to be equivalent under Rule 335-14-1-.03(1);

(ii)The frequency of sampling to be performed, and whether the analysis will be performed on-site or off-site; and

(iii)The methods used to analyze used oil for the parameters specified in Rule 335-14-17-.06(4); and

3.The type of information that will be used to determine the halogen content of the used oil.

(b)On-specification used oil fuel in Rule 335-14-17-.08(3). At a minimum, the plan must specify the following if Rule 335-14-17-.08(3) is applicable:

1.Whether sample analyses or other information will be used to make this determination;

2.If sample analyses are used to make this determination:

(i)The sampling method used to obtain representative samples to be analyzed. A representative sample may be obtained using either:

(I)One of the sampling methods in Chapter 335-14-2-Appendix I; or

(II)A method shown to be equivalent under Rule 335-14-1-.03(1).

(ii)Whether used oil will be sampled and analyzed prior to or after any processing/re-refining;

(iii)The frequency of sampling to be performed, and whether the analysis will be performed on-site or off-site; and

(iv)The methods used to analyze used oil for the parameters specified in Rule 335-14-17-.08(3); and

3.The type of information that will be used to make the on-specification used oil fuel determination.

(7)Tracking.

(a)Acceptance. Used oil processors/re-refiners must keep a record of each used oil shipment accepted for processing/re-refining. These records may take the form of a log, invoice, manifest, bill of lading or other shipping documents. Records for each shipment must include the following information:

1.The name and address of the transporter who delivered the used oil to the processor/re-refiner;

2.The name and address of the generator or processor/re-refiner from whom the used oil was sent for processing/re-refining:

3.The EPA identification number of the transporter who delivered the used oil to the processor/re-refiner;

4.The EPA identification number (if applicable) of the generator or processor/re-refiner from whom the used oil was sent for processing/re-refining;

5.The quantity of used oil accepted; and

6.The date of acceptance.

(b)Delivery. Used oil processor/re-refiners must keep a record of each shipment of used oil that is shipped to a used oil burner, processor/re-refiner, or disposal facility. These records may take the form of a log, invoice, manifest, bill of lading or other shipping documents. Records for each shipment must include the following information:

1.The name and address of the transporter who delivers the used oil to the burner, processor/re-refiner or disposal facility;

2.The name and address of the burner, processor/re-refiner or disposal facility who will receive the used oil;

3.The EPA identification number of the transporter who delivers the used oil to the burner, processor/re-refiner or disposal facility;

4.The EPA identification number of the burner, processor/re-refiner, or disposal facility who will receive the used oil;

5.The quantity of used oil shipped; and

6.The date of shipment.

(c)Record retention. The records described in 335-14-17-.06(7)(a) and (b) must be maintained for at least three (3) years.

(8)Operating record and reporting.

(a)Operating record.

1.The owner or operator must keep a written operating record at the facility.

2.The following information must be recorded, as it becomes available, and maintained in the operating record until closure of the facility;

(i)Records and results of used oil analyses performed as described in the analysis plan required under 335-14-17; and

(ii)Documentation of information used to make the determinations described in the analysis plan required under 335-14-17; and

(iii)Summary reports and details of all incidents that require implementation of the contingency plan as specified in 335-14-17.

(b)Reporting. A used oil processor/re-refiner must report to the Department, in the form of a letter, on a biennial basis (by March 1 of each even numbered year), the following information concerning used oil activities during the previous calendar year;

1.The EPA identification number, name, and address of the processor/re-refiner;

2.The calendar year covered by the report; and

3.The quantities of used oil accepted for processing/re-refining and the manner in which the used oil is processed/re-refined, including the specific processes employed.

(9)Off-site shipment of used oil. Used oil processors/re-refiners who initiate shipments of used oil off-site must ship the used oil using a used oil transporter who has obtained an EPA identification number.

(10)Management of residues. Owners and operators who generate residues from the storage, processing, or re-refining of used oil must manage the residues as specified in Rule 335-14-17-.02(1)(e).

Authors: James T. Shipman, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4(n), 22-22A-5(3), 22-22A-5(4), 22-22A-5(20), 22-30-9(5).

History: New rule: Filed November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 2, 1996; effective March 8, 1996. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.17.07" level="3" title="Standards For Used Oil Burners Who Burn Off-Specification Used Oil For Energy Recovery"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="1">

(1)General.

(a)The requirements of 335-14-17-.07 apply to used oil burners except as specified in 335-14-17-.07(1)(a)1. and (a)2.. A used oil burner is a facility where used oil not meeting the specification requirements in Rule 335-14-17-.02(2) is burned for energy recovery in devices identified in Rule 335-14-17-.07(2)(a). Facilities burning used oil for energy recovery under the following conditions are not subject to 335-14-17-.07:

1.The used oil is burned by the generator in an on-site space heater under the provisions of Rule 335-14-17-.03(5); or

2.The used oil is burned by a processor/re-refiner for purposes of processing used oil, which is considered burning incidentally to used oil processing.

(b)Other applicable provisions. Used oil burners who conduct the following activities are also subject to the requirements of other applicable provisions of 335-14-17-.07 as indicated below:

1.Burners who generate used oil must also comply with Rule 335-14-17-.03;

2.Burners who transport used oil must also comply with Rule 335-14-17-.05;

3.Except as provided in Rule 335-14-17-.07(2)(b), burners who process or re-refine used oil must also comply with Rule 335-14-17-.06;

4.Burners who direct shipments of off-specification used oil from their facility to a used oil burner or first claim that used oil that is to be burned for energy recovery meets the used oil fuel specifications set forth in Rule 335-14-17-.02(2) must also comply with Rule 335-14-17-.08; and

5.Burners who dispose of used oil must comply with Rule 335-14-17-.09.

(c)Specification fuel. 335-14-17-.07 does not apply to persons burning used oil that meets the used oil fuel specification of Rule 335-14-17-.02(2), provided that the burner complies with the requirements of Rule 335-14-17-.08.

(2)Restrictions on burning.

(a)Off-specification used oil fuel may be burned for energy recovery in only the following devices:

1.Industrial furnaces identified in Rule 335-14-1-.02(1).

2.Boilers, as defined in Rule 335-14-1-.02(1), that are identified as follows:

(i)Industrial boilers located on the site of a facility engaged in a manufacturing process where substances are transformed into new products, including the component parts of products, by mechanical or chemical processes;

(ii)Utility boilers used to produce electric power, steam, heated or cooled air, or other gases or fluids for sale; or

(iii)Used oil-fired space heaters provided that the burner meets the provisions of Rule 335-14-17-.03(5); or

3.Hazardous waste incinerators subject to regulation under Rules 335-14-5-.15 or 335-14-6-.15.

(b)1.With exception of 335-14-17-.07(2)(b)2., used oil burners may not process used oil unless they also comply with the requirements of Rule 335-14-17-.06.

2.Used oil burners may aggregate off-specification used oil with virgin oil or on-specification used oil for purposes of burning, but may not aggregate for purposes of producing on-specification used oil.

(3)Notification.

(a)Identification numbers. Used oil burners must obtain an EPA identification number within 30 days of the effective date of these Rules or prior to the burning of used oil, whichever is later.

(b)Mechanics of notification. Used oil burners must submit a correct and complete ADEM Form 8700-12 (including all appropriate attachment pages and fees) reflecting current used oil activities to the Department annually according to the following schedule. The Department must receive the ADEM Form 8700-12 (including all appropriate attachment pages and fees) no later than the 15th day of the specified month.

<table width="100%"> If your site of waste generation is located in the county of ... Submit ADEM Form 8700-12 by the 15th of ... Colbert, Fayette, Franklin, Greene, Hale, Lamar, Lauderdale, Lawrence, Limestone, Marion, Morgan, Pickens, Sumter, Tuscaloosa, Walker, Winston February Blount, Cherokee, Cullman, DeKalb, Etowah, Jackson, Madison, Marshall, St. Clair April Jefferson June Calhoun, Chambers, Clay, Cleburne, Coosa, Elmore, Lee, Macon, Montgomery, Randolph, Shelby, Talladega, Tallapoosa August Autauga, Baldwin, Barbour, Bibb, Bullock, Butler, Chilton, Choctaw, Clarke, Coffee, Conecuh, Covington, Crenshaw, Dale, Dallas, Escambia, Geneva, Henry, Houston, Lowndes, Marengo, Monroe, Perry, Pike, Russell, Washington, Wilcox October Mobile December </table>

(c)The ADEM Form 8700-12, Notification of Regulated Waste Activity, is not complete without payment of all the appropriate fees specified in Chapter 335-1-6 of the ADEM Administrative Code.

(4)Rebuttable presumption for used oil.

(a)To ensure that used oil managed at a used oil burner facility is not hazardous waste under the rebuttable presumption of Rule 335-14-17-.02(b)1.(ii), a used oil burner must determine whether the total halogen content of used oil managed at the facility is above or below 1,000 ppm.

(b)The used oil burner must determine if the used oil contains above or below 1,000 ppm total halogens by:

1.Testing the used oil;

2.Applying knowledge of the halogen content of the used oil in light of the materials or processes used; or

3.If the used oil has been received from a processor/refiner subject to regulation under Rule 335-14-17-.06, using information provided by the processor/re-refiner.

(c)If the used oil contains greater than or equal to 1,000 ppm total halogens, it is presumed to be a hazardous waste because it has been mixed with halogenated hazardous waste listed in Rule 335-14-2-.04. The owner or operator may rebut the presumption by demonstrating that the used oil does not contain hazardous waste [for example, by using an analytical method from SW-846, Edition III, to show that the used oil does not contain significant concentrations of halogenated hazardous constituents listed in 335-14-2-Appendix VIII. EPA Publication SW-846, Third Edition, is available for purchase from the Government Printing Office, Superintendent of Documents, PO Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954, (202) 783-3238 (document number 955-001-00000-1)].

1.The rebuttable presumption does not apply to metalworking oils/fluids containing chlorinated paraffins, if they are processed, through a tolling arrangement as described in Rule 335-14-17-.03(5)(c), to reclaim metalworking oils/fluids. The presumption does apply to metalworking oils/fluids if such oils/fluids are recycled in any other manner, or disposed.

2.The rebuttable presumption does not apply to used oils contaminated with chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) removed from refrigeration units where the CFCs are destined for reclamation. The rebuttable presumption does apply to used oils contaminated with CFCs that have been mixed with used oil from sources other than refrigeration units.

(d)Record retention. Records of analyses conducted or information used to comply with 335-14-17-.07(4)(a), (b), and (c) must be maintained by the burner for at least 3 years.

(5)Used oil storage.

Used oil burners are subject to all applicable Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasures (40 CFR Part 112) in addition to the requirements of 335-14-17-.07. Used oil burners are also subject to the Underground Storage Tank (Division 335-6, Volume 2) standards for used oil stored in underground tanks whether or not the used oil exhibits any characteristics of hazardous waste, in addition to the requirements of 335-14-17-.07.

(a)Storage units. Used oil burners may not store used oil in units other than tanks, containers, or units subject to regulation under Chapters 335-14-5 and 335-14-6.

1.A container holding used oil must always be closed during storage, except when it is necessary to add or remove used oil.

2.The owner/operator must use appropriate controls and/or practices to prevent spills and overflows from tanks. These include, but are not limited to:

(i)Spill prevention controls (e.g., check valves, dry disconnect couplings);

(ii)Overflow controls for continuously fed tanks (e.g., level sensing devices, high level alarms, automatic feed cutoff, or bypass to a standing tank); and/or

(iii)Freeboard controls in open tanks designed to maintain sufficient freeboard to prevent overfilling or overtopping by wave action, wind action, or precipitation.

(iv)Standard operating procedures requiring employees to check the oil level in a tank by direct observation or remote sensing prior to placing oil in the tank.

(b)Condition of units. Containers and aboveground tanks used to store oil at burner facilities must be:

1.In good condition (no severe rusting, apparent structural defects or deterioration); and

2.Not leaking (no visible leaks).

(c)Secondary containment for containers. Containers used to store used oil at burner facilities must be equipped with a secondary containment system.

1.The secondary containment system must consist of, at a minimum:

(i)Dikes, berms or retaining walls; and

(ii)A floor. The floor must cover the entire area within the dike, berm, or retaining wall; or

(iii)An equivalent secondary containment system.

2.The entire containment system, including walls and floor, must be sufficiently impervious to used oil to prevent any used oil released into the containment system from migrating out of the system to the soil, groundwater, or surface water.

3.The floor must be sloped or the containment system must be otherwise designed, constructed and operated to drain and remove liquids resulting from leaks, spills, or precipitation, unless the containers are elevated or otherwise protected from contact with accumulated liquids;

4.The containment system must have sufficient capacity to contain 10% of the volume of the containers or the volume of the largest container, whichever is greater;

5.Run-on, and the entrance of precipitation, into the containment system must be prevented unless the collection system has sufficient excess capacity in addition to that required in 335-14-17-.07(5)(d)4. to contain any run-on and precipitation which might enter the system; and

6.Spilled or leaked used oil and accumulated precipitation must be removed from the sump or collection area in as timely a manner as necessary to prevent overflow of the collection system.

(d)Secondary containment for existing aboveground tanks. Existing aboveground tanks used to store used oil burner facilities must be equipped with a secondary containment system.

1.The secondary containment system must consist of, at a minimum:

(i)Dikes, berms or retaining walls; and

(ii)A floor. The floor must cover the entire area within the dike, berm, or retaining wall except areas where existing portions of the tank meet the ground; or

(iii)An equivalent secondary containment system.

2.The entire containment system, including walls and floor, must be sufficiently impervious to used oil to prevent any used oil released into the containment system from migrating out of the system to the soil, groundwater, or surface water.

3.The containment system must be designed, constructed and operated to contain 100 percent of the capacity of the largest tank within its boundary;

4.The containment system must be designed, constructed and operated to prevent run-on, or entrance of precipitation, into the secondary containment system unless the collection system has sufficient excess capacity to contain run-on or precipitation. Such additional capacity must be sufficient to contain precipitation from a 25-year, 24-hour rainfall event.

5.The containment system must be sloped or otherwise designed or operated to drain and remove liquids resulting from leaks, spills, or precipitation. Spilled or leaked used oil and accumulated precipitation must be removed from the containment system in as timely a manner as necessary to prevent overflow of the system.

(e)Secondary containment for new aboveground tanks. New aboveground tanks used to store used oil at burner facilities must be equipped with a secondary containment system.

1.The secondary containment system must consist of, at a minimum:

(i)Dikes, berms or retaining walls; and

(ii)A floor. The floor must cover the entire area within the dike, berm, or retaining wall; or

(iii)An equivalent-secondary containment system.

2.The entire containment system, including walls and floor, must be sufficiently impervious to used oil to prevent any used oil released into the containment system from migrating out of the system to the soil, groundwater, or surface water.

3.The containment system must be designed, constructed and operated to contain 100 percent of the capacity of the largest tank within its boundary;

4.The containment system must be designed, constructed and operated to prevent run-on, or entrance of precipitation, into the secondary containment system unless the collection system has sufficient excess capacity to contain run-on or precipitation. Such additional capacity must be sufficient to contain precipitation from a 25-year, 24-hour rainfall event.

5.The containment system must be sloped or otherwise designed or operated to drain and remove liquids resulting from leaks, spills, or precipitation. Spilled or leaked used oil and accumulated precipitation must be removed from the containment system in as timely a manner as necessary to prevent overflow of the system.

(f)Labels. Labels must be legible from a distance of at least 25 feet.

1.Containers and aboveground tanks used to store used oil at burner facilities must be labeled or marked clearly with the words "Used Oil".

2.Fill pipes used to transfer used oil into underground storage tanks at burner facilities must be labeled or marked clearly with the words "Used Oil".

(g)Response to releases. Upon detection of a release of used oil to the environment not subject to the requirements of Division 335-6, Volume 2 of the ADEM Administrative Code which has occurred after the effective date of these Rules, a burner must perform the following cleanup steps:

1.Stop the release;

2.Contain the released used oil;

3.Clean up and manage properly both the released used oil and other materials in accordance with all applicable Division 335-13 and 335-14 requirements; and

4.If necessary, repair or replace any leaking used oil storage containers or tanks prior to returning them to service.

(6)Tracking.

(a)Acceptance. Used oil burners must keep a record of each used oil shipment accepted for burning. These records may take the form of a log, invoice, manifest bill of lading, or other shipping documents. Records for each shipment must include the following information:

1.The name and address of the transporter who delivered the used oil to the burner;

2.The name and address of the generator or processor/re-refiner from whom the used oil was sent to the burner;

3.The EPA identification number of the transporter who delivered the used oil to the burner;

4.The EPA identification number (if applicable) of the generator or processor/re-refiner from whom the used oil was sent to the burner;

5.The quantity of used oil accepted; and

6.The date of acceptance.

(b)Record retention. The records described in 335-14-17-.07(6)(a) must be maintained for at least three (3) years.

(7)Notices.

(a)Certification. Before a burner accepts the first shipment of off-specification used oil fuel from a generator, transporter, or processor/re-refiner, the burner must provide to the generator, transporter, or processor/re-refiner a one time written and signed notice certifying that:

1.The burner has notified the Department stating the location and general description of his oil used management activities; and

2.The burner will burn the used oil only in an industrial furnace or boiler identified in Rule 335-14-17-.07(2)(a).

(b)Certification retention. The certification described in 335-14-17-.07(7)(a) must be maintained for three (3) years from the date the burner last receives shipment of off-specification used oil from that generator, transporter, or processor/re-refiner.

(8)Management of residues. Burners who generate residues from the storage or burning of used oil must manage the residues as specified in Rule 335-14-17-.02(1)(e).

Authors: James T. Shipman, C. Edwin Johnston

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4(n), 22-22A-5(3), 22-22A-5(4), 22-22A-5(20), 22-30-9(5).

History: New rule: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 2, 1996; effective March 2, 1996. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed February 8, 2002; effective March 15, 2002.

<regElement name="335.14.17.08" level="3" title="Standards For Used Oil Fuel Marketers">

(1)Applicability.

(a)Any person who conducts either of the following activities is subject to the requirements of 335-14-17-.08:

1.Directs a shipment of off-specification used oil from their facility to a used oil burner; or

2.First claims that used oil that is to be burned for energy recovery meets the used oil fuel specifications set forth in Rule 335-14-17-.02(2).

(b)The following persons are not marketers subject to 335-14-17-.08:

1.Used oil generators, and transporters who transport used oil received only from generators, unless the generator or transporter directs a shipment of off-specification used oil from their facility to a used oil burner. However, processors/re-refiners who burn some used oil fuel for purposes of processing are considered to be burning incidentally to processing. Thus, generators and transporters who direct shipments of off-specification used oil to processor/re-refiners who incidentally burn used oil are not marketers subject to 335-14-17-.08;

2.Persons who direct shipments of on-specification used oil and who are not the first person to claim the oil meets the used oil fuel specifications of Rule 335-14-17-.02(2).

(c)Any person subject to the requirements of 335-14-17-.08 must also comply with one of the following:

1.Rule 335-14-17-.03--Standards for Used Oil Generators;

2.Rule 335-14-17-.05--Standards for Used Oil Transporters and Transfer Facilities;

3.Rule 335-14-17-.06--Standards for Used Oil Processors and Re-refiners; or

4.Rule 335-14-17-.07--Standards for Used Oil Burners who Burn Off-Specification Used Oil for Energy Recovery.

(2)Prohibitions. A used oil fuel marketer may initiate a shipment of off-specification used oil only to a used oil burner who:

(a)Has an EPA identification number; and

(b)Burns the used oil in an industrial furnace or boiler identified in Rule 335-14-17-.07(2)(a).

(3)On-Specification used oil fuel.

(a)Analysis of used oil fuel. A generator, transporter, processor/re-refiner, or burner may determine that used oil that is to be burned for energy recovery meets the fuel specifications of Rule 335-14-17-.02(2) by performing analyses or other information documenting that the used oil fuel meets the specifications.

(b)Record retention. A generator, transporter, processor/re-refiner, or burner who first claims that used oil that is to be burned for energy recovery meets the specifications for used oil fuel under Rule 335-14-17-.02(2), must keep copies of analyses of the used oil (or other information used to make the determination) for three years.

(4)Notification.

(a)A used oil fuel marketer subject to the requirements of 335-14-17-.08 must obtain an EPA identification number within 30 days of the effective date of these Rules or prior to marketing used oil fuel, whichever is later.

(b)A marketer who has not received an EPA identification number may obtain one by notifying the Department of their used oil activity by submitting a completed ADEM Form 8700-12, Notification of Regulated Waste Activity. (To obtain this form, call the Department?s Land Division at (334) 271-7736.)

(5)Tracking.

(a)Off-specification used oil delivery. Any used oil marketer who directs a shipment of off-specification used oil to a burner must keep a record of each shipment of used oil to a used oil burner to which it delivers the used oil. These records may take the form of a log, invoice, manifest, bill of lading or other shipping documents. Records for each shipment must include the following information:

1.The name and address of the transporter who delivers the used oil to the burner;

2.The name and address of the burner who will receive the used oil;

3.The EPA identification number of the transporter who delivers the used oil to the burner;

4.The EPA identification number of the burner;

5.The quantity of used oil shipped; and

6.The date of shipment.

(b)On-specification used oil delivery. A generator, transporter, processor/re-refiner, or burner who first claims that used oil that is to be burned for energy recovery meets the fuel specifications under Rule 335-14-17-.02(2) must keep a record of each shipment of used oil to an on-specification used oil burner. Records for each shipment must include the following information:

1.The name and address of the facility receiving the shipment;

2.The quantity of used oil fuel delivered;

3.The date of shipment or delivery; and

4.A cross-reference to the record of used oil analysis or other information used to make the determination that the oil meets the specification as required under Rule 335-14-17-.08(3)(a).

(c)Records retention: The records described in 335-14-17-.08(5)(a) and (b) must be maintained for at least three (3) years.

(6)Notices.

(a)Certification. Before a used oil generator, transporter, or processor/re-refiner directs the first shipment of off-specification used oil fuel to a burner, he must obtain a one-time written and signed notice from the burner certifying that:

1.The burner has notified the Department stating the location and general description of used oil management activities; and

2.The burner will burn off-specification used oil only in an industrial furnace or boiler identified in Rule 335-14-17-.07(2)(a).

(b)Certification retention. The certification described in 335-14-17-.08(6)(a) must be maintained for three (3) years from the date the last shipment of off-specification used oil is shipped to the burner.

Authors: James T. Shipman, C. Edwin Johnston; Bradley N. Curvin

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4(n), 22-22A-5(3), 22-22A-5(4), 22-22A-5(20), 22-30-9(5).

History: New rule: Filed November 30, 1994 effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed December 8, 1995; effective January 12, 1996. Amended: Filed February 2, 1996; effective March 8, 1996. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001. Amended: Filed April 22, 2004; effective May 27, 2004.

<regElement name="335.14.17.09" level="3" title="Standards For Use As A Dust Suppressant And Disposal Of Used Oil">

(1)Applicability. The requirements of 335-14-17-.09 apply to all used oils that cannot be recycled and are therefore being disposed.

(2)Disposal.

(a)Disposal of hazardous used oils. Used oils that are identified as a hazardous waste and cannot be recycled in accordance with 335-14-17 must be managed in accordance with the hazardous waste management requirements of Chapters 335-14-1 through 335-14-9.

(b)Disposal of nonhazardous used oils. Used oils that are not hazardous wastes and cannot be recycled under 335-14-17 must be disposed in accordance with the requirements of ADEM's Administrative Code, Division 335-13 (Solid Waste).

(3)Use as a dust suppressant. The use of used oil as a dust suppressant is prohibited.

Author: James T. Shipman

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-22A-4(n), 22-22A-5(3), 22-22A-5(4), 22-22A-5(20), 22-30-9(5).

History: New rule: Filed November 30, 1994; effective January 5, 1995. Amended: Filed March 9, 2001; effective April 13, 2001.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-15-1" level="2" title="GENERAL">

<regElement name="335.15.1.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

These regulations are promulgated pursuant to the Alabama Land Recycling and Redevelopment Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30E-4. The Brownfield Redevelopment and Voluntary Cleanup Program provides a mechanism for the implementation of a cleanup program that encourages applicants to voluntarily assess, remediate, and reuse rural and urban areas of actual or perceived contamination. The program is designed to expedite the voluntary cleanup process and has been designed for entry at any stage of the cleanup process as long as all applicable criteria have been achieved up to the point of entry.

Authors: Fred A. Barnes; Keith N. West; Lawrence A. Norris; Stephen A. Cobb

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30E-1, 22-30E-2, 22-30E-4.

History: New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.1.02" level="3" title="Definitions"> <dwc name="radioact" times="1">

Unless otherwise defined in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-15-1 through 335-15-6, the following words and terms shall have the meanings given below:

(a)"Alabama Land Recycling and Economic Redevelopment Commission" is the commission as established in the Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30E-12.

(b)"ADEM" is the Alabama Department of Environmental Management.

(c)"Applicant" the owner, operator or prospective purchaser seeking to participate in the voluntary cleanup program by submission of an application, assessment, and/or cleanup plan under 335-15-2-.02.

(d)"Application fee" means the nonrefundable review fee submitted with the Voluntary Cleanup Program application.

(e)"Aquifer" means a geologic formation, group of formations or a part of a formation capable of yielding a significant amount of groundwater to wells or springs.

(f)"Brownfield" means real property, the expansion, redevelopment, or reuse of which may be complicated by the presence or potential presence of a hazardous substance, pollutant or contaminant.

(g)"Carcinogen" means a chemical classification for the purpose of risk assessment as an agent that is known or suspected to cause cancer in humans, including but not limited to a known or likely human carcinogen or a probable or possible human carcinogen under an EPA weight-of-evidence classification system.

(h)"Certification of compliance" means a statement prepared by a professional engineer or geologist licensed to practice in the State of Alabama which certifies compliance with a voluntary cleanup plan required by 335-15-4-.06.

(i)"Cleanup" means, for purposes of 335-15, the remediation, mitigation, control, or removal of contaminants from the environment in accordance with an approved "Voluntary Cleanup Plan".

(j)"Cleanup Properties Inventory" means the Cleanup Properties Inventory compiled and updated as necessary by the Department pursuant to 335-15-6-.03(1) for all qualifying properties for which a property assessment plan or cleanup plan has been approved.

(k)"Commission" means the Alabama Environmental Management Commission as defined in Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-3(4).

(l)"Completion" means fulfillment of the commitment agreed to by the participant as part of this program.

(m)"Contaminant" means any man-made or man-induced alteration of the chemical, physical or biological integrity of soils, sediments, air and surface water or groundwater including:

1.Solid waste (as defined in ADEM Admin. Code 335-13); or

2.Petroleum product.

(n)"Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management or its successor agency.

(o)"Director" means the Director of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management or such other person to whom the director has delegated authority.

(p)"EPA" means the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

(q)"Engineer" means a person registered as a professional engineer with the State of Alabama Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors and practicing under the Rules of Professional Conduct, specifically Canon II.

(r)"Environment" is defined by the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C., Section 9601, et seq.

(s)"Facility" is a term synonymous with "property".

(t)"Fiduciary" means a person who acts for the benefit of another party as a bona fide trustee, executor, and administrator.

(u)"Geologist" means a person registered as a professional geologist with the State of Alabama pursuant to the Alabama Professional Geologist Licensing Act.

(v)"Hazardous constituent" as defined in ADEM Admin. Code 335-14-2-Appendix VIII and/or ADEM Admin. Code 335-14-5-Appendix IX.

(w)"Hazardous substance" means any substance included on the List of Hazardous Substances and Reportable Quantities, codified as 40 CFR Part 302, Table 302.4, in force and effect on the effective date of 335-15-1 and subsequent revisions thereof, or any substance listed on the List of Extremely Hazardous Substances and Their Threshold Planning Quantities, codified as 40 CFR Part 355, Appendix A, in force and effect on the effective date of 335-15 and subsequent revisions thereof.

(x)"Hazardous waste" means any solid waste as defined in ADEM Admin. Code 335-14.

(y)"Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage or Disposal Facility" means any property or facility which is intended or used for the treatment, storage or disposal of hazardous waste subject to the permit requirements of ADEM Admin. Code 335-14-8.

(z)"Land Use Controls" means any restriction or control, which serves to protect human health and/or the environment, by limiting the use of and/or exposure to, any portion of a property, including water resources. These controls include but are not limited to:

1.Engineering controls remedial actions directed toward containing or controlling the migration of contaminants through the environment. These include, but are not limited to, stormwater conveyance systems, slurry walls, liner systems, caps, leachate collection systems, pump and treat systems, and groundwater recovery systems.

2.Institutional controls which are legal or contractual restrictions on property use that remain effective after remediation is completed and are used to meet remediation levels. The term may include, but is not limited to, deed notations, deed restrictions and/or, water use restrictions, restrictive covenants, conservation easements, and limited development rights.

3.Water use restrictions which can be placed on the use of a particular water supply source that has been identified as being contaminated with hazardous substances or other contaminants in order to protect human health and the environment.

(aa)"Major Modification" means any modification that is not a minor modification.

(bb)"Minor Modification" means any administrative and or general information changes, correction of typographical errors, changes in ownership and or operational control, and changes in the frequency of, or procedures for, monitoring, reporting or sampling by the applicant to provide for more frequent monitoring, reporting or sampling.

(cc)"Mitigation" means reducing to the extent possible or rectifying the adverse impact by repairing, rehabilitating, restoring, or limiting exposure to the affected environment.

(dd)"Noncarcinogen" is a chemical classification for the purposes of risk assessment as an agent for which there is either inadequate toxicological data or is not likely to be a carcinogen based on an EPA weight-of-evidence classification system.

(ee)"Owner or Operator"

1.The definition includes the following:

(i)In the case of a facility, any person owning or operating such facility.

(ii)Any person who owned, operated, or otherwise controlled activities at a facility immediately prior to conveyance of title to a unit of state or local government or control of the facility due to bankruptcy, foreclosure, tax delinquency, abandonment.

2.The definition does not include the following:

(i)A person who can show evidence of ownership and acting solely in a fiduciary capacity and who did not actively participate in the management, disposal, or release of hazardous wastes, hazardous constituents, or hazardous substances from the facility.

(ii)A unit of a state or local government which acquired ownership or control involuntarily through bankruptcy, tax delinquency, abandonment, or other circumstances in which the government involuntarily acquire title by virtue of its function as sovereign. This exclusion shall not apply to any state or local government which has caused or contributed to the release of hazardous wastes, hazardous constituents, or hazardous substances from the facility.

(ff)"Parent" has the same meaning as in 17 CFR 240.12b-2 (1 April 1996 Edition).

(gg)"Participant" means a person who has received confirmation of eligibility and has remitted payment of application fee.

(hh)"Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, association, a governmental body, a municipal corporation or any other legal entity.

(ii)"Petroleum" means oil or petroleum of any kind and in any form, including, without limitation, crude oil or any fraction thereof, petroleum, gasoline, kerosene, fuel oil, oil sludge, used oil, substances or additives utilized in the refining or blending of crude petroleum or petroleum stock, natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, synthetic gas usable for fuel, and mixtures of natural gas and synthetic gas.

(jj)"Pollutant" includes but is not limited to dredged spoil, solid waste, incinerator residue, sewage, garbage, sewage sludge, munitions, chemical wastes, biological materials, radioactive materials, heat, wrecked or discarded equipment, rock, sand, cellar dirt and industrial, municipal, and agricultural waste. [Note: Some materials that meet the definition of "pollutant" may not meet the criteria to be considered a solid waste, hazardous or nonhazardous.]

(kk)"Preexisting release" means a release, as that term is defined in 335-15-1-.02, which occurred prior to an applicant?s application for a limitation of liability pursuant to 335-15-4-.02.

(ll)"Property" is synonymous with "facility" and includes any or all of the following:

1.Any land, building, structure, installation, equipment, pipe or pipeline, sewer or publicly owned treatment works, pipe into a sewer or publicly owned treatment works, well, pit, pond, lagoon, impoundment, ditch, landfill, or storage container.

2.Any site or area where a hazardous waste, hazardous constituent, hazardous substance or petroleum product has been deposited, discharged, stored, disposed of, placed, or has otherwise come to be located.

3.A parcel of land defined by the boundaries in the applicable deed.

(mm)"Prospective developer" means any person who desires to buy or sell a brownfield property for the purpose of developing or redeveloping that brownfield property and who did not cause or contribute to the contamination at the brownfield property.

(nn)"Prospective purchaser" means a person who intends to purchase a qualifying property.

(oo)"Qualifying property" means a property which meets the criteria of 335-15-2-.01(1).

(pp)"Relatives" means persons who are, or formerly were, related by marriage or by consanguinity.

(qq)"Release" means any intentional or unintentional act or omission resulting in the spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, or disposing into the environment, including without limitation, the abandonment or discarding of barrels, containers, and other closed receptacles, of any solid waste, hazardous waste, hazardous constituent, petroleum products, or hazardous substance.

(rr)"Remediation waste" means all solid and hazardous wastes, and all media (including groundwater, surface water, soils, and sediment) and debris that contain hazardous substances which are managed for implementation of the cleanup.

(ss)"Remediation level" means the concentration of a contaminant, and applicable control, that is protective of human health and the environment.

(tt)"Residential" means single family residences of one or more dwelling units, including accessory land, buildings or improvements incidental to such dwellings.

(uu)"Response Action" means those actions taken in the event of a release or threatened release of a hazardous waste, hazardous constituent, petroleum product, or hazardous substance into the environment to remove, or to prevent or minimize the release of hazardous waste, hazardous constituents, petroleum products, or hazardous substances so that they do not pose a threat to public health or the environment.

(vv)"Responsible person" means any person who has contributed or is contributing to a release of any hazardous waste, hazardous constituent, or hazardous substance at a property. This term specifically includes those persons described in &#167;&#167;107(a)(1) through 107(a)(4) of the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C., Section 9601, et seq. This term specifically excludes those persons described in &#167;107(b) of the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C., Section 9601, et seq.

(ww)"Restricted use" means any use other than unrestricted residential use.

(xx)"Risk assessment" means the process used to determine the risk posed by contaminants that have been released into the environment at a site. The process includes a written site specific evaluation, encompassing, but not limited to, the identification of the contaminants present in the environmental media, the assessment of exposure and exposure pathways, the assessment of the toxicity of the contaminants present, the characterization of risks to humans, and the characterization of the impacts or risks to the environment.

(yy)"Site" means any property or portion thereof, as agreed to and defined by the participant and the Department, which contains or may contain contaminants being addressed under this program.

(zz)"Source" means the point of origin of a suspected contaminant.

(aaa)"Subsidiary" has the same meaning as in the 17 CFR 240.12b-2 (1 April 1996 Edition).

(bbb)"Third party" means one not a party to an agreement or to a transaction but who may have rights therein.

(ccc)"Unrestricted residential use" means the designation of acceptable future use at a site for any and all activities associated with residential use at which the remediation levels, based on either background or standard residential exposure factors, shall have been attained throughout the site in all media.

(ddd)"Used oil" means any oil that has been refined from crude oil, or any synthetic oil, that has been used and as a result of such use, is contaminated by physical or chemical impurities.

(eee)"Upper-bound lifetime cancer risk level" means a conservative estimate of the probability of one excess cancer occurrence in a given number of exposed individuals. For example, a risk level of 1 x 10-6 equates to the possibility of one additional cancer occurrence beyond the number of occurrences that would otherwise occur in one million exposed individuals, beyond the number of occurrences that would otherwise occur. Upper-bound lifetime cancer risk level is based on an assumption of continuous, lifetime exposure and is likely to overestimate true risk.

(fff)"Voluntary cleanup plan" means any plan approved under 335-15-4-.04 that describes in sufficient detail those actions planned to satisfy the cleanup requirements for the qualifying property.

(ggg)"Voluntary Property Assessment Plan" means a plan that has been approved by the Department under 335-15-4-.03 and describes in sufficient detail those actions planned to perform a risk assessment or identify applicable cleanup requirements for the property.

(hhh)"Well" means any shaft or pit dug or bored into the earth, generally of a cylindrical form, and often walled with bricks or tubing to prevent the earth from caving in.

Authors: Fred A. Barnes; Keith N. West; Lawrence A. Norris; Stephen A. Cobb

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30E-3.

History: New Rule: April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-15-2" level="2" title="PARTICIPATION">

<regElement name="335.15.2.01" level="3" title="Property Eligibility Criteria">

(1)Eligibility. In order to be considered a qualifying property for participation in the voluntary cleanup program established pursuant to 335-15-2, a property shall, unless granted a variance under 335-15-2-.03, meet the following criteria:

(a)It must not be listed on the federal National Priorities List pursuant to the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq.

(b)It must not be currently undergoing response activities required by an order of the Department.

(c)It must not be currently undergoing response activities required by an order of the United States Environmental Protection Agency issued pursuant to the provisions of the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq.

(d)It must not be a hazardous waste treatment, storage, or disposal facility subject to the permitting requirements of ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-8-.01 through 335-14-8-.08.

(2)Letter of Eligibility.

(a)Prior to submission of an application, a "Letter of Eligibility" for the property may be issued by the Department upon request and accompanied with the appropriate fee. Such a request shall be made in the form of a letter certifying that all of the requirements of 335-15-2-.01(1)(a) through (d) have been met. The "Letter of Eligibility" shall remain valid for a period of one year from the date of issuance.

(b)If the property does not meet all eligibility requirements or will otherwise require a variance for entrance into the program, a letter stating the reason(s) for denial will be sent to the person requesting the "Letter of Eligibility".

Authors: Fred A. Barnes; Keith N. West; Lawrence A. Norris; Stephen A. Cobb

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30E-6.

History: New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.2.02" level="3" title="Application Participation Criteria">

(1)To qualify for participation in the voluntary cleanup program as provided in 335-15-2, an applicant shall not, unless granted a variance under 335-15-2-.03, be in substantive violation of any order, judgment, statute, rule, or regulation subject to the enforcement authority of the Department, or the United States Environmental Protection Agency with respect to the qualifying property.

(2)To participate in the Voluntary Cleanup Program an applicant shall:

(a)Submit to the Department a complete application with applicable registration fee as cited in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-1-6-.07, and

(b)Pay to the Department all costs incurred by the Department?s oversight of the voluntary cleanup as specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-1-6-.07 Fee Schedule H.

Authors: Fred A. Barnes; Keith N. West; Lawrence A. Norris; Stephen A. Cobb

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30E-6, 22-30E-7.

History: New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.2.03" level="3" title="Variances Criteria">

(1)Property eligibility variance. The Department may, subject to the following criteria, grant a variance from the eligibility requirements contained in 335-15-2-.01. A variance may be granted if:

(a)The requirements of 335-15-2-.01 would render the property ineligible for cleanup under 335-15-2;

(b)No other qualified party has applied to participate in the voluntary cleanup program at the subject property; and

(c)It is determined that:

1.Such property ineligibility would result in the continuation of a condition that does or could pose a threat to human health and/or the environment;

2.Compliance with a property eligibility requirement will not provide for a cost-effective response and the proposed voluntary cleanup plan will achieve results that are equivalent to those required through the use of a Department approved method or approach;

3.The Department would otherwise be required to perform the necessary cleanup on an abandoned site using funds from the Alabama Hazardous Substance Cleanup Fund, as described in Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30A-3, and the Department would be unable to recover the cost of the cleanup as provided in Chapter 30A; and

4.In the case of a facility subject to the permitting, closure, post-closure, and/or corrective action requirements of Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-12 and 22-30-16, the cleanup will be conducted in a manner consistent with the requirements of any applicable regulations and permits issued thereunder. Participation in the voluntary cleanup program may be used to expedite investigation and cleanup at such sites, but shall not serve to limit the applicability or enforcement of requirements at such facilities.

(2)Applicant eligibility variance. The Department may, subject to the following criteria, grant a variance from the eligibility requirements contained in 335-15-2-.02. A variance may be granted if:

(a)The requirements of 335-15-2-.02 would render the applicant ineligible for cleanup under 335-15-2,

(b)no other qualified party has applied to participate in the voluntary cleanup program at the subject property, and,

(c)it is determined that:

1.Such ineligibility would result in the continuation of a condition that does or could pose a threat to human health and/or the environment.

2.Compliance with an applicant eligibility requirement will not provide for a cost-effective response and the proposed voluntary cleanup plan will achieve results equivalent to those required through the use of a Department approved method or approach.

3.The Department would otherwise be required to perform the necessary cleanup on an abandoned site using funds from the Alabama Hazardous Substance Cleanup Fund, as described in Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30A-3, and the Department would be unable to recover the cost of the cleanup as provided in Chapter 30A.

(3)Variance request. The request will include such information as the applicant believes is relevant to the issuance of a variance and at a minimum should indicate why the variance may be necessary. A request for a variance, whether for the applicant or the property, shall be included in the application package.

(4)Variance conditions and withdrawals. The Department may place such conditions upon the granting of a variance as it deems appropriate including and without limitation, a provision relating to the time all or a portion of the cleanup must be completed. If the applicant fails to comply with such conditions, the Department may modify or withdraw such variance.

(5)Exclusion. The Department shall not grant any variance from the qualification criteria for the limitation of liability as described in 335-15-4-.02(1).

Authors: Lawrence A. Norris; Stephen A. Cobb

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30E-4, 22-30E-7.

History: New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-15-3" level="2" title="APPLICATION">

<regElement name="335.15.3.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

To establish procedures necessary for the submission of a complete and accurate application package thereby facilitating timely and efficient processing and review. Application packages shall be submitted with the appropriate fees as specified in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-1-6 (See Fee Schedule H). As appropriate, the application package may be submitted individually or in conjunction with the voluntary assessment plan, voluntary cleanup or the certification of completion.

Authors: Lawrence A. Norris; Stephen A. Cobb

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30E-5.

History: New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.3.02" level="3" title="Application Package Submittal">

(1)Application Requirements. An application package submitted to the Department under 335-15-3 shall, at a minimum provide the following information in the form specified by the Department:

(a)Applicant description.

1.Full name of applicant;

2.Applicant?s complete mailing address; and

3.Applicant?s telephone number.

(b)The location of the property.

1.Street address and zip code;

2.Municipality or community;

3.County;

4.United States Geological Survey (USGS) 7.5 minute quadrangle with the site delineated; and

5.Longitude and latitude.

(c)Current ownership description.

1.Full name of owner;

2.Year(s) of ownership;

3.Current owner(s) name and title;

4.Current owner(s) address; and

5.Current owner(s) telephone number.

(d)Recent available history of the site. The application shall include a description, including time frames, of the current and past usage of the property, to the extent known or reasonably ascertainable.

(e)Property features. The application shall include the results of a property inspection, to include the presence of various property structures and features. The property inspection shall state the date of the inspection, and the name of the person conducting the inspection.

(f)Maps

1.Legible property maps describing the locations of all units, structures, features, and potential sources of contamination. The maps shall be scaled and include:

(i)Location of all water bodies, ponds, springs, rivers and streams (including subterranean), estuaries, and wetlands;

(ii)Land use of contiguous properties and boundary lines;

(iii)Engineering structures such as drainage ways, diversion ditches, drain tiles, manholes, water lines, and sewers;

(iv)Highways, roads, roadcuts, paved or black-topped areas, and railroad lines;

(v)Outcrops, faults, caves, and sinkholes; and

(vi)Any other structures found during the preparation of the application.

2.The maps must include:

(i)An appropriate bar scale;

(ii)A north arrow; and

(iii)A legend.

(g)If applicable, request for a variance including such information as the applicant believes is relevant to the issuance of a variance under 335-15-2-.03(2).

(h)If applicable, a list of all orders, citations, and notices of violation to the applicant for any violations or alleged violations of environmental permits, laws and/or regulations. The applicant shall include a brief description of the violation(s) and the terms and status of any required remedial action(s) associated with the violations.

1.Any person signing a document under 335-15-3 shall make the following certification:

"I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possible revocation of the limitations of liability and removal from the program."

2.Reserved.

(i)Provide any other information requested by the Department. The Department will review the application to verify that:

1.The application is complete; and

2.The applicant and the site meet the eligibility criteria set forth in 335-15-2-.01 and 335-15-2-.02 or is entitled to a variance as set forth in 335-15-2-.03.

(2)Property Use. The applicant shall be solely responsible for insuring that proposed use of the property will comply with all applicable zoning requirements.

Authors: Fred A. Barnes; Keith N. West; Lawrence A. Norris; Stephen A. Cobb

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30E-2, 22-30E-4, 22-30-19, 22-30-20.

History: New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.2.03" level="3" title="Application Processing">

(1)Application Review. The Department shall review each application submitted for compliance with 335-15-3-.03(2). Upon completion of the initial review, the Department shall notify the applicant in writing whether the application is complete or deficient. If the application is incomplete or inaccurate, the Department:

(a)Shall request from the applicant any and all information necessary to correct the noted deficiencies;

(b)Shall notify the applicant of a date for submitting the necessary information; and

(c)May request any information necessary to clarify, modify, or supplement previously submitted material.

(2)Approval of Application. The Department shall not approve an application until it is determined to be complete. An application is complete when the Department receives all required information identified in 335-15-3-.02.

(3)Disapproval of Application. An application may be disapproved if:

(a)It is ineligible under the Alabama Land Recycling and Economic Redevelopment Act Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30E and/or 335-15, or

(b)The applicant fails or refuses to correct deficiency(ies) in a timely manner.

(4)Non-Refundable Application Fee. The applicant is not entitled to a refund of the application fee for an application disapproved pursuant to 335-15-3.

(5)Application Resubmittal. An application that has been disapproved pursuant to 335-15-3-.03(2) may be submitted a second time without submission of an additional application fee. If an application is disapproved a second time, any subsequent resubmittal shall be accompanied by the appropriate application fee.

Authors: Fred A. Barnes; Keith N. West; Lawrence A. Norris; Stephen A. Cobb

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30E-2, 22-30E-4.

History: New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-15-4" level="2" title="TECHNICAL INFORMATION">

<regElement name="335.15.4.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

Establishes criteria for the submission of voluntary property assessment plans and other technical information, liability limitations, assessments, plans, cleanup requirements, and certification of compliance.

Authors: Fred A. Barnes; Keith N. West; Lawrence A. Norris; Stephen A. Cobb

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30E-9.

History: New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.4.02" level="3" title="Limitation Of Liability Qualification">

(1)Limitation of liability criteria. To qualify for a limitation of liability as provided in Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30E-10(b), an applicant shall meet all the following criteria:

(a)The applicant shall not be a responsible person, as defined in 335-15-1-.02, at the qualifying property.

(b)Where the applicant is an individual, the individual shall not:

1.Be a relative by blood within the third degree of consanguinity or by marriage; or

2.Be an employee, shareholder, officer, or agent; or otherwise be affiliated with a current owner of the subject property or any responsible person on the subject property.

(c)Where the applicant is a corporation or other legal entity, the corporation must not:

1.Be a current or former subsidiary, division, parent company, or partner of a current owner; or

2.Be the employer or former employer of the current owner; or

3.Be any responsible person on the subject property.

(d)The limitation of liability provided by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30E-10 shall be contingent upon the applicant?s good faith implementation of the voluntary property assessment and/or voluntary cleanup plan as approved by the Department. Such limitation of liability shall not be applicable to any activities conducted on the qualifying property before the Department?s approval of the voluntary property assessment plan, cleanup plan, or concurrence with a certification of compliance, whichever occurs first.

(2)Inability to meet limitation of liability criteria. Applicants who do not meet the criteria in 335-15-4-.02(1), shall qualify only for a limitation of liability upon acceptance by the Department of the certification of compliance for cleanup of the site.

(3)Revocation of limitation of liability. If the Department determines the assessment or cleanup is not being implemented in accordance with the approved plan, it will notify the applicant and give reasonable opportunity to correct the deficiency. Failure to correct noted deficiencies shall result in the revocation of the limitation of liability protection afforded by the Alabama Land Recycling and Economic Redevelopment Act.

(4)Fiduciary limitation of liability. A lender, including one serving as a trustee, personal representative, or in any other fiduciary capacity in connection with a loan, or a lender holding evidence of ownership of a qualifying property primarily to protect a security interest, or as a result of foreclosure or a deed in lieu of foreclosure of a security interest, is entitled to the liability protection established in Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30E-9 if the lender meets each of the following requirements:

(a)The lender has not caused or contributed to a release of a contaminant at the qualified property;

(b)The lender seeks to sell, transfer, or otherwise divest the qualifying property at the earliest time; and

(c)The lender has not divested the borrower of, or otherwise engaged in, decision-making control of assessment or cleanup activities at the qualifying property or operations at the qualifying property or undertaken management activities beyond those required to protect its financial interest while making a good faith effort to sell the qualifying property;

(5)Extension of Limitation of Liability. The limitation of liability provided by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30E-10 shall extend to the heirs, assigns, and designees of the person to whom such limitation of liability is granted; provided, however, that, except as may be provided by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30E-9(a) or &#167;22-30E-9(f), such extension of the limitation of liability shall not operate to absolve from liability any party deemed to be a responsible person on the qualifying property.

(6)Departmental Response to Release. Nothing in 335-15-4 shall limit the authority of the Department to take action in response to any release or threat of release of regulated substances.

(7)Preexisting And New Release Liability. Upon the Department's approval of a voluntary property assessment plan, voluntary cleanup plan, or a certification of compliance, an applicant who is not a responsible person at the qualifying property, shall not be liable to the state or any third party for costs incurred in the investigation or cleanup of, or equitable relief relating to, or damages resultant from, in whole or in part, a preexisting release at the qualifying property, including, but not limited to, any liability to the state for the cleanup of the property under Title 22, Chapters 22, 27, 30, 30A, and 35 of the Code of Ala. 1975, or a new release of a substance, constituent, or material which had been part of a preexisting release at the property, unless such new release results from noncompliance with an approved voluntary property assessment plan or voluntary cleanup plan or from the negligent, wanton, willful, or intentional conduct of the applicant.

(8)Regulatory Compliance and Limitation of Liability. If, during the course of the assessment and or remediation process, the site becomes an active industrial facility, the facility will then be responsible for maintaining compliance with all applicable state and federal regulations. The limitation of liability does not extend to:

(a)Release(s) as a result of new industrial activity occurring during the assessment and, or remediation phase of the cleanup,

(b)Activities not described in the voluntary cleanup assessment plan or the voluntary cleanup work plans, or

(c)Release(s) that occur after Departmental acceptance of certification of compliance.

Authors: Lawrence A. Norris; Stephen A. Cobb

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30E-8, 22-30E-9, 22-30-10.

History: New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.4.03" level="3" title="Voluntary Property Assessment Plans">

(1)Submission.

(a)After acceptance of the application by the Department as required in 335-15-3-.02, the applicant shall submit for approval, a complete and comprehensive voluntary property assessment plan for the site,

(b)If a property assessment has already been performed, a complete and representative assessment report shall be submitted to the Department for review in accordance with 335-15-4-.03(8)(b).

(2)Content. A voluntary property assessment plan submitted by an applicant shall describe in sufficient detail those actions planned to develop information necessary to perform a risk assessment or identify applicable cleanup standards for the qualifying property utilizing requirements found in the ARBCA: Alabama Risk-based Corrective Action Guidance Manual or other appropriate risk-based corrective action principles through the appropriate implementation of applicable response actions and/or land use controls. The plan should describe the methods to be used to determine the type(s) and the amount(s) of any contamination including the delineation of all soil and groundwater contamination discovered or known to exist on-site. Information previously submitted in the application package need not be resubmitted unless, during the assessment phase, information is discovered which is contrary to that information in the application package. Information submitted in the voluntary property assessment plan shall be submitted in a format consistent with the Alabama Environmental Investigation and Remediation Guidance document.

(3)Approval. The Department shall approve a complete voluntary property assessment plan within 60 days of submittal. The plan shall be considered approved if the Department fails to act within this timeframe.

(4)Implementation. Upon approval of the voluntary property assessment plan, the Department shall specify a time within which the applicant shall implement the approved voluntary property assessment plan. The applicant shall implement the plan in accordance with the specified schedule.

(5)Loss of Limitation of Liability. If the Department determines activities at the property are not being implemented in accordance with the approved voluntary property assessment plan, it will notify the applicant and give reasonable opportunity to remedy the deficiencies. Failure to correct deficiencies will result in the loss of liability protections provided by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30E-10. The applicant will be provided with written notification specifying the basis for making such determination.

(6)Modification. If the applicant determines that any element of an approved voluntary property assessment plan must be modified in order to develop the information necessary to perform a risk assessment or identify applicable cleanup requirements for the qualifying property, the applicant shall modify the approved plan and submit the proposed modification for approval.

(7)Termination. If the applicant determines that any element of an approved voluntary property assessment plan must be modified in order to terminate activities at the property, the applicant shall notify the Department and obtain approval of the proposed modification. Approval may be withheld only if the requested modification to terminate assessment activities would increase the risk to human health and the environment posed by the conditions at the property within a specified time.

(8)Voluntary Property Assessment Report.

(a)An applicant shall, upon completion of those activities specified in the voluntary property assessment plan, submit to the Department a report of the assessment and findings from the assessment, which may include a recommendation for applying cleanup requirements to the property.

(b)If an assessment has been conducted prior to submission of an application, all pertinent information from that assessment shall be incorporated in the voluntary property assessment report.

Authors: Lawrence A. Norris; Stephen A. Cobb

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30E-9.

History: New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.4.04" level="3" title="Voluntary Cleanup-Work Plans">

(1)Submission. An acceptable voluntary cleanup plan shall describe in sufficient detail those actions necessary to return the property to residential quality use, or at a minimum include restrictions such as land use controls, if appropriate to, satisfy the cleanup requirements for the qualifying property.

(2)Content. The plan must identify those steps necessary to perform approved cleanup for the site. At a minimum, the cleanup plan must include:

(a)A description of the remediation at each area of known contamination;

(b)A description of the conduct of the cleanup at the facility;

1.A detailed description of the methods to be used during cleanup, including but not limited to, removing, transporting, treating, storing, or disposing of all remediation waste, identification of the type(s) of off-site solid and/or hazardous waste management unit(s) to be used, if applicable.

2.A detailed description of the steps needed to remove or decontaminate all hazardous residues and contaminated containment system components, equipment, structures, and soils during cleanup including, but not limited to:

(i)Procedures for cleaning equipment and removal of contaminated soils;

(ii)Methods for sampling and testing surrounding soils,

(iii)Criteria for determining the extent of remediation necessary to satisfy the cleanup requirements, and

(iv)An estimate of the expected year of cleanup for facilities that use trust funds to demonstrate financial assurance under 335-15-5-.02(b).

3.A detailed description of other activities necessary during the cleanup period to ensure compliance with the cleanup performance requirements. This description may include, but is not limited to, groundwater monitoring, leachate collection, and run-on and run-off control;

4.A schedule for cleanup of known areas of contamination. At a minimum, the schedule must include the total time necessary to remediate each known area of contamination and the time required for cleanup activities;

5.Provide proof of financial assurance in accordance with 335-15-5; and

6.An estimate of the expected year of cleanup for facilities that use trust funds to demonstrate financial assurance under 335-15-5-.02(b).

(c)An estimate of the maximum inventory of remediation wastes/contaminated media on-site during cleanup operations.

(3)Amendments. The applicant may amend the approved cleanup plan at any time prior to the notification of cleanup by submitting a written request to the Department. The request for modification approval must include a copy of the amended cleanup plan.

(a)The applicant must amend the cleanup plan whenever:

1.Changes in operating plans or facility design affect the cleanup plan;

2.There is a change in the expected year of cleanup, if applicable;

3.Unexpected events encountered during cleanup require a modification of the cleanup plan; and or

4.The applicant determines that it necessary or advisable to make changes and/or deviations in cleanup requirements that affect either cleanup activities or the degree of remediation initially proposed.

(b)An applicant with an approved cleanup plan shall submit the modified plan to the Department at least 60 days prior to the proposed change in facility design or operation, or no more than 30 days after an unexpected event has occurred which has affected the cleanup plan. A major modification is an amendment to the plan that meets criteria described in 335-15-4-.04(3)(a).

(c)If at any time an applicant determines that any element of an approved voluntary cleanup plan must be modified in order to terminate activities at the property, the applicant shall notify the Department and obtain approval of the proposed modification which may be withheld only if the requested modification would increase the risk to human health and the environment posed by conditions at the property.

(4)Processing.

(a)Within 60 days of submittal, the Department shall either approve a complete voluntary cleanup plan, or request corrections to or disapprove the voluntary cleanup plan. The plan shall be considered approved if the Department fails to act within this timeframe.

(b)The Department shall review for completeness every cleanup plan submitted for approval as required by 335-15-4-.04(4). Upon completing the review, the Department shall notify the applicant in writing whether the plan is complete. If the plan is incomplete, the Department:

1.Shall list the information necessary to make the plan complete;

2.Shall specify in the notice of deficiency a date for submitting the necessary information; and

3.Shall request any information necessary to clarify, modify, or supplement previously submitted material; however, requests for items not required by 335-15-4-.04(1) through 335-15-4-.04(3).

4.Disapprove the plan if requested information is not submitted in a timely fashion.

(c)Once a cleanup plan is determined to be complete, the Department will provide for public comment in accordance with 335-15-6-.02(1).

(5)Implementation of Voluntary Cleanup Plan.

(a)Upon the Department approval of a voluntary cleanup plan, the applicant shall begin implementation. The Department?s approval of a voluntary cleanup plan shall in no way be construed as a guarantee, promise, or assurance that the Department will concur with the applicant?s certification of compliance with the cleanup requirements.

(b)If at any time the applicant or the Department determines that any element of an approved voluntary cleanup plan must be modified in order to develop the information necessary to perform a risk assessment or identify applicable cleanup standards for the qualifying property, the applicant shall modify the approved plan and obtain approval of the proposed modification.

(c)An applicant shall retain records of any test results, waste analyses, and determinations made in accordance with the Voluntary Property Assessment Plan and/or the Voluntary Property Cleanup Plan, and as well as records of off-site disposal locations, waste types and quantities for a period of three years.

(d)The applicant shall submit proof of financial assurance to implement the voluntary cleanup plan, in such form as specified by the Department in 335-15-5-.02.

(6)Removal of Wastes and Decontamination or Dismantling of Equipment. Nothing in 335-15-4-.04 shall preclude the applicant from the removal of hazardous wastes, constituents, contaminants or pollutants and decontamination or dismantling equipment in accordance with an approved cleanup plan either before or after notification of cleanup provided all appropriate manifesting records are maintained.

(7)Certification of Compliance.

(a)Within 60 days of completion of cleanup of each area of contamination, and/or within 60 days of completion of cleanup, the applicant shall submit to the Department, by registered mail, a certification that the area of contamination, unit, or facility, as applicable, has been remediated in accordance with the specifications in the approved cleanup plan. Certain information required by 335-15 involves the practice of engineering and/or land surveying, as those terms are defined in Code of Ala. 1975, as amended, &#167;&#167;34-11-1 to 34-11-37; and/or the practice of geology, as that term is defined in Code of Ala. 1975, as amended, &#167;&#167;34-41-1 to 34-41-24. It is the responsibility of any person preparing or submitting such information to ensure compliance with these laws and any regulations promulgated thereunder. All submissions, or parts thereof, which are required by State law to be prepared by a licensed engineer, land surveyor, or geologist, must include the engineer?s, land surveyor?s, and/or geologist?s signature and/or seal, as required by the applicable licensure laws.

(b)If site cleanup was conducted prior to submission of the application, all pertinent information from the original assessment and cleanup plans shall be incorporated into a voluntary property assessment and cleanup report. The site is required to meet all requirements of 335-15 to be eligible for limitation of liability provisions cited in the Alabama Land Recycling and Economic Redevelopment Act.

(8)Restricted Use Property. For those properties that are cleaned up to requirements less stringent than those required for unrestricted residential use, the property owner shall comply with the requirements of 335-15-6-.03(2) within 60 days of the submission of the certification of compliance.

Authors: Fred A. Barnes; Keith N. West; Lawrence A. Norris; Stephen A. Cobb

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30E-9.

History: May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.4.05" level="3" title="Cleanup Requirements">

(1)Remediation levels.

(a)The participant, with the concurrence of the Department, shall consider impacts to human health and the environment. In establishing cleanup requirements, remediation levels may be based on specific requirements of relevant environmental laws or regulations (e.g., Clean Water Act, Clean Air Act, TSCA, RCRA, CERCLA, et al.), derived using the procedures outlined in Section 300.430(e)(2) of the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (40 CFR Part 300), and/or based upon the results of a site-specific risk assessment.

(b)The Department may set cleanup levels that reflect current and future use scenarios for the property as follows:

1.A site shall be deemed to have met the requirements for unrestricted use if the cleanup levels are derived in a manner consistent with Department or Environmental Protection Agency guidelines for assessing human and environmental health risks from hazardous constituents.

2.For sites that do not achieve the unrestricted use classification, restrictions on site use shall be applied to achieve cleanup standards. Restrictions shall include, but are not limited to, land use controls. The restrictions imposed upon a site shall be media-specific and may vary according to site-specific conditions.

(2)Remedial Action Measures. Remediation levels for all media contaminated with hazardous constituents or hazardous wastes, that the applicant or the Department has reason to believe may have been released at the site shall be determined in accordance with 335-15-4-.05(3). Should the concentration of hazardous constituent(s) in an aquifer, surface water, soil, sedimentor air exceed its remediation level, the Department may require the voluntary cleanup plan to include measures as necessary to protect human health and the environment.

(3)Risk Assessment. Remediation levels may be based upon a risk assessment that considers the site and all surrounding areas that may be impacted. This risk assessment must reflect current and future use scenarios.

(4)Property Use Considerations.

(a)A site shall be deemed to have met the requirements for unrestricted residential use if the remedial levels satisfy the following criteria:

1.Is derived in a manner consistent with ADEM/EPA guidelines for assessing human and environmental health risks from hazardous constituents;

2.Is based on scientifically valid studies conducted in accordance with the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) Good Laboratory Practice Standards, or equivalent;

3.Represents for human health remediation levels to address carcinogens, a cumulative concentration associated with an excess upper bound lifetime cancer risk range of between 1 X 10-4 and 1 X 10-6 for carcinogens due to continuous constant lifetime exposure; and

4.Represents for human health remediation levels to address noncarcinogens, represents a concentration to which the human population (including sensitive subgroups) could be exposed on a daily basis that is without appreciable risk of deleterious effects during a lifetime.

(b)applies appropriate restrictions on future use for sites that do not achieve the unrestricted use classification. Restrictions shall include, but are not limited to, institutional and/or engineering controls. The restrictions imposed upon a site will be media-specific and may vary according to site-specific conditions. All use restrictions shall be described in the certification of compliance.

Authors: Fred A. Barnes; Keith N. West, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30E-4.

History: New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.4.06" level="3" title="Certification Of Compliance-Letter Of Concurrence">

(1)Certification of Compliance. When all requirements of an approved cleanup plan have been completed, the applicant shall submit to the Department a certification of compliance. A certification of compliance may also be submitted when an assessment based on an approved voluntary property assessment plan has been completed and no contamination discovered. The Department shall review all reports and the required certification of compliance submitted under 335-15-4-.06. The applicant or eligible successor must satisfactorily maintain the engineering controls, remediation systems, or post-closure care, or if non-permanent institutional controls are utilized pursuant to an agreement, the Department may issue the applicant a conditional "Letter of Concurrence". The Department may authorize an applicant to conduct a phased response only when, in the Department's evaluation, the schedule is reasonable.

(2)Unconditional "Letter of Concurrence". Upon concurrence by the Department, the Department shall issue to the applicant an unconditional "Letter of Concurrence".

(3)Conditional "Letter of Concurrence". For partial response actions, a conditional "Letter of Concurrence" shall pertain only to the partial response action area and shall include a legal description of that area.

(4)Deed Records. The applicant shallfile the copy of the certification of compliance and the conditional "Letter of Concurrence" into the site deed record on the Department's behalf and provide subsequent documentation of the filing. The applicant must file the copy of the certification of compliance and the conditional "Letter of Concurrence" prior to the sale or transfer of the property, but not later than 60 days after the date of issuance of the letter. The Department may allow the applicant to file a statement in the deed records stating that the certification of compliance and the "Letter of Concurrence" supersede prior deed certification requirements.

(5)Revocation. The "Letter of Concurrence" may be revoked by the Department in the event that contamination posing an unacceptable risk to human health and the environment is discovered on site, or discovery is made that the submitted certification of compliance was based on information that was materially false, inaccurate or misleading.

(a)The applicant shall be notified in writing by certified mail of the proposed revocation.

(b)The applicant shall be given an opportunity to respond within 30 days upon receipt of the letter.

(c)Unacceptable response to the revocation letter will result in the reinstatement of any cleared deed notation and/or deed restriction until such time as the property is deemed to be in compliance.

(6)Sovereign Immunity. Issuance of the "Letter of Concurrence" does not constitute a waiver of sovereign immunity.

(7)Release from Liability. Upon the Department's approval of the submitted certification of compliance described in 335-15-4-.06, an applicant who is not a responsible person, as defined in 335-15-1-.02, at the qualifying property, shall not be liable to the state or any third party for costs incurred in the investigation or cleanup of, or equitable relief relating to, or damages resultant from, in whole or in part, a preexisting release at the qualifying property, including, but not limited to, any liability to the state for the cleanup of the property under Title 22, Chapters 22, 27, 30, 30A, and 35 of the Code of Ala. 1975, or a new release of a substance, constituent, or material which had been part of a preexisting release at the property, unless such new release results from noncompliance with an approved voluntary property assessment plan or voluntary cleanup plan or from the negligent, wanton, willful, or intentional conduct of the applicant.

Authors: Fred A. Barnes; Keith N. West; Lawrence A. Norris; Stephen A. Cobb

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30E-5, 22-30E-9, 22-30E-10.

History: New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-15-5" level="2" title="FINANCIAL ASSURANCE">

<regElement name="335.15.5.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

To establish minimum standards for the demonstration of financial assurance adequate to cover the cost of the voluntary cleanup. The financial assurance mechanism used must satisfy the following criteria:

(a)It must ensure funds sufficient to cover the cost of the voluntary cleanup;

(b)It must provide for availability of funds when needed;

(c)It must be obtained by the applicant prior to the approval of cleanup activities and maintained throughout the life of those activities, and

(d)It must be legally valid, binding, and enforceable under Alabama and Federal law.

Authors: Fred A. Barnes; Keith N. West; Lawrence A. Norris; Stephen A. Cobb

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30E-9.

History: New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.5.02" level="3" title="Financial Assurance">

The applicant shall demonstrate financial assurance in accordance with the voluntary cleanup plan for the site no later than 60 days following approval of the plan. Types of financial assurance include:

(a)Assets of the applicant. A certified financial report demonstrating suitable financial integrity and available resources sufficient to satisfy the projected cleanup cost.

(b)Cleanup trust fund.

1.A cleanup trust fund which conforms to the requirements of 335-15-5-.02(b)2. An applicant must submit an originally signed duplicate of the trust agreement to the Department no later than 30 days following establishment of the trust fund or within 60 days after a change in the current cleanup cost estimate.

2.Payments into the fund shall be made quarterly for short term remedial actions and annually for long term remedial actions. The pay-in-period is equal to one-half of the estimated remedial action period. The first payment must be made at the time the trust fund is established and receipt from the trustee must be submitted by the applicant to the Department no later than 30 days following the payment date. Subsequent payments must be made no later than 30 days after the anniversary date of the first payment. The amount of each payment shall be determined by the following formula:

Payment amount = CE ? CV

Y

where CE is the remedial action cost estimate at the time of the payment; CV is the current value of the trust fund at the time of the payment; and Y is the number of remaining quarter years for short term cleanup or years for long term remediation in the pay-in-period, at the time of the payment.

3.The applicant may accelerate payments into the trust fund or deposit the full amount of the current remedial action cost estimate at the time the fund is established. However the value of the fund must be maintained at no less than the value that the fund would have if annual payments were made as specified in 335-15-5-.02(b)2.

4.If during the remedial action period, the value of the trust fund is greater than the total amount of the current remedial action cost estimate, the applicant may submit a written request to the Department for release of the amount in excess of the current remedial action cost estimate.

5.After the pay-in-period is completed, the Department may approve a release of funds during the remedial action period, if the applicant demonstrates to the Department that the value of the trust fund exceeds the remaining cost of remedial action.

6.The Department will agree to termination of the trust when:

(i)An applicant substitutes alternate financial assurance as specified in 335-15-5-.02(b); or

(ii)The Department releases the applicant from the requirements of 335-15-5-.02(2) in accordance with 335-15-5-.02(6).

(c)Surety bond. An applicant may obtain a surety bond and submit the same to the Department.

(d)Remedial action letter of credit. An applicant may obtain an irrevocable standby letter of credit and submit the same to the Department.

(e)Multiple financial mechanisms. An applicant may establish more than one financial mechanism per site. These mechanisms are limited to those specified in 335-15-5-.02 (a), (b) and (c), respectively, except that it is the combination of mechanisms, rather than the single mechanism, which must provide financial assurance for an amount at least equal to the current remedial action cost estimate. If an applicant uses a trust fund in combination with a surety bond or a letter of credit, the trust fund may be used as the standby trust fund for the other mechanisms. A single standby trust fund may be established for two or more mechanisms. The Department may use any or all of the mechanisms to provide for remedial action of the site.

(f)Release of the applicant from the requirements of 335-15-5-.02(b). Within 60 days after receiving certification that remedial action has been completed in accordance with the approved voluntary cleanup plan, the Department will relieve the applicant of the requirement to maintain financial assurance unless the Department has reason to believe that remedial action does not comply with the approved voluntary cleanup plan. The Department shall provide the applicant with the reason(s) for non-release.

Authors: Fred A. Barnes; Keith N. West; Lawrence A. Norris; Stephen A. Cobb

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30E-9.

History: New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-15-6" level="2" title="PUBLIC PARTICIPATION">

<regElement name="335.15.6.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

(1)To provide a mechanism that allows for public participation in the Voluntary Cleanup Program in accordance with 335-15-04(4)(c). Cleanup plans for sites enrolled in the Program are placed on public notice allowing the general public the opportunity to comment. The public notice informs the general public concerning matters of possible contamination and the possible revitalization of previous contaminated sites.

(2)To compile a Cleanup Inventory List of existing sites undergoing voluntary cleanups and to provide a mechanism for the addition and removal of properties to the Cleanup Inventory List, including the procedures for inclusion in the deed records of the applicable probate court.

Authors: Fred A. Barnes; Keith N. West; Lawrence A. Norris; Stephen A. Cobb

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30E-4.

History: New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.6.02" level="3" title="Financial Assurance">

(1)Public notification of cleanup. Once a voluntary cleanup plan is determined to be complete, the Department will provide the applicant and the public, through a newspaper notice, the opportunity to submit written comments on the plan and request modifications to the plan no later than 30 days from the date of the notice. It will also, in response to a legitimate request or at its own discretion, hold a public hearing whenever such a hearing might clarify one or more issues concerning a voluntary cleanup plan. The Department will give public notice of the hearing at least 30 days before it occurs.

(2)Public notice procedures. Public notice of activities described in 335-15-6-.02(3) shall be given by the following methods:

(a)By mailing a copy of a notice to the following persons (any person otherwise entitled to receive notice under 335-15-6-.02(2)(a) may waive his right to receive notice):

1.The applicant;

2.Persons who request in writing to be placed on a mailing list developed for the program:

(i)Including those who request in writing to be on the list;

(ii)Soliciting persons for area lists from participants in past voluntary cleanup proceedings in that area; and

(iii)Notifying the public of the opportunity to be put on the mailing list through periodic publication in the public press and in such publications as regional and state funded newsletters, environmental bulletins, or state law journals. The Department may update the mailing list from time to time by requesting written indication of continued interest from those listed. The Department may delete from the list the name of any person who fails to respond to such a request; and

3.Governmental Agencies:

(i)To any unit of local government having jurisdiction over the area where the voluntary cleanup facility is located; and

(ii)To each State agency having any authority under State law with respect to the construction or operation of such facility.

(b)Publication of a notice in a daily or weekly major local newspaper of general circulation. The newspaper advertisement should be located at a spot in the paper calculated to give effective notice to the general public, and should be large enough to be seen easily by the reader.

(3)Content. All public notices issued under 335-15-6 shall contain the following information:

(a)Name and address of the office processing the voluntary cleanup action for which the notice is being given;

(b)Name and address of the applicant and, if different, of the site or activity regulated by the voluntary cleanup action;

(c)A brief description of the proposed cleanup action to be to be conducted at the site or activity described in the voluntary cleanup application;

(d)Name, address, and telephone number of a person from whom interested persons may obtain further information, including copies of the draft application; and

(e)A brief description of the comment procedures, including a statement of procedures to request a hearing.

(4)Departmental Review. After considering all comments submitted during the public comment period and public hearing (if held), the Department will approve or disapprove the voluntary cleanup plan within 30 days of the close of the comment period. In the event that the voluntary cleanup plan is not approved, the Department shall provide the applicant with a statement of reasons for the denial. The applicant must modify the voluntary cleanup plan or submit a new voluntary cleanup plan for approval within 30 days after receiving such written statement. The Department will approve or modify this voluntary cleanup plan in writing within 60 days of receipt. If the Director modifies the voluntary cleanup plan, this modified voluntary cleanup plan becomes the approved voluntary cleanup plan. A copy of the modified voluntary cleanup plan with a detailed statement of reasons for the modifications must be mailed to the applicant.

Authors: Fred A. Barnes; Keith N. West; Lawrence A. Norris; Stephen A. Cobb

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30E-4.

History: New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.6.03" level="3" title="Cleanup Inventory List">

(1)Cleanup Inventory List. Pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30E-4(b)(2) and 22-30E-4(b)(3), the Department shall compile and update as necessary an inventory of all qualifying properties for which a voluntary properties assessment plan or cleanup plan has been approved by the Department. No later than July 1st of each year, the Department shall send a copy of the inventory with the properties listed by county to the clerk of each probate court of the state. The inventory shall be called the Cleanup Properties Inventory. The inventory shall include all the following information:

(a)The name of the property or another description identifying the property.

(b)The location of the property.

(c)The name of the owner of the property at the time of the property's inclusion in the inventory.

(d)A general description of the voluntary property assessment or voluntary cleanup plan.

(e)A property cleaned up to standards less stringent than those required for unrestricted residential use, require a description of the applicable values used and any use restrictions which are imposed.

(2)Placement on the Cleanup Inventory List. Upon the Department?s approval of the voluntary property assessment and/or the voluntary cleanup plan the property shall be listed on the voluntary cleanup plan properties inventory as provided 335-15-6-.03(1).

(3)Restricted Use.

(a)The property owner of any property listed on the inventory which is designated as having been cleaned up to standards less stringent than those necessary for unrestricted residential use shall include the following notice in any deed, mortgage, deed to secure debt, lease, rental agreement, or other instrument given or caused to be given by the property owner which creates an interest in the property: "This property has been listed on the state?s Cleanup Properties Inventory and has been cleaned up to standards less stringent than those required for unrestricted residential use due to the presence of substances regulated under state law. Certain uses of this property may require additional cleanup. Contact the property owner or the Alabama Department of Environmental Management for further information concerning this property. This notice is provided in compliance with the Alabama Land Recycling and Economic Redevelopment Act."

(b)If warranted by further active or passive remediation that results in the reduction of contamination to unrestricted residential use levels, this notice may be removed in accordance with 335-15-6-.03(4).

(4)Unrestricted Use. Upon a written determination by the Department that a property has been cleaned up to standards suitable for unrestricted residential use, the notices required by 335-15-6-.03(1) shall be removed from the subject property records.

Authors: Lawrence A. Norris; Stephen A. Cobb

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30E-4, 22-30E-11.

History: New Rule: Filed April 11, 2002; effective May 16, 2002. Amended: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-15-7" level="2" title="ALABAMA LAND RECYCLING REVOLVING LOAN FUND">

<regElement name="335.15.7.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

This Chapter is promulgated for the following purposes:

(a)To implement the purposes and objectives of the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, and the Alabama Land Recycling Authority Act;

(b)To establish procedures for the distribution of funds appropriated pursuant to the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, and any other monies appropriated to the Alabama Land Recycling Revolving Loan Fund, for the purpose of providing financial assistance to public bodies through the issuance of Fund loans to defray the costs of remediation of contaminated property in rural and urban areas of the state;

(c)To protect the public and the State by ensuring that appropriated fund monies are spent in a proper manner and for the intended purposes;

(d)To assure the distribution and use of Fund monies are consistent with the laws and policies of the State and Federal Government;

(e)To ensure proper administration of Fund monies;

(f)To establish accounting procedures for the administration of Fund monies; and

(g)To establish Fund loan repayment requirements.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.02" level="3" title="Applicability">

This Chapter shall constitute the rules of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management governing the disposition of appropriations pursuant to the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act and the Alabama Land Recycling Authority Act or other monies appropriated to Alabama?s Land Recycling Revolving Loan Fund (BCSRF).

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.03" level="3" title="Definitions">

The following words and terms, when used in this Chapter, shall have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

(a)"Act" means the Alabama Land Recycling Authority Act.

(b)"Allowable costs" are those costs that are eligible, reasonable, necessary, and allocable to the project; permitted by generally accepted accounting principles; and approved by the Department in the Fund loan agreement.

(c)"Authority" means the corporation organized pursuant to the provisions of the Act as a public corporation, agency and instrumentality of the State and known as the Alabama Land Recycling Finance Authority.

(d)"Authorizing resolution" means a resolution or order adopted by the Board of Directors of the Authority authorizing the issuance of agreements and related matters.

(e)"Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Alabama Land Recycling Finance Authority, consisting of the Governor, Lieutenant Governor, Speaker of the House of Representatives, Director of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management, and Director of Finance.

(f)"Bonds" means revenue bonds, notes or obligations or other evidence of indebtedness issued by the Authority under the provisions of the Act.

(g)"Bond proceeds" means the direct proceeds of the sale of bonds or notes, and the income derived from the investment of such proceeds.

(h)"Certified mail" means any means of delivery where proof of receipt is obtained and date of receipt is recorded.

(i)"Eligible property" means property which qualifies under 335-15-2-.01 for participation in the voluntary cleanup program, and which is owned and operated by an loan applicant or loan applicants which qualify for the limitations of liability as described in 335-15-4-.02.

(j)"Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act" (CERCLA) means the Act of Congress so designated (42 U.S.C. s/s 9601 et seq. 1980), as amended from time to time.

(k)"Federal grant" means a grant awarded pursuant to CERCLA for the purpose of capitalizing an Alabama Land Recycling Revolving Loan Fund and any amendments or supplements thereto.

(l)"Fund" means the Alabama Land Recycling State Revolving Fund established pursuant to Section 22-30F-4 of the Act.

(m)"Fund loan" means a loan from the Alabama Land Recycling Revolving Loan Fund for the allowable costs of a project.

(n)"Fund loan agreement" is the legal instrument executed between the Authority and the public body for the remediation of contaminated property.

(o)"Loan applicant" means any public body which applies for a Fund loan pursuant to the provisions of these rules and regulations.

(p)"Local governmental unit" means a city, town, county, district, association, State agency, or other public body (including an intermunicipal agency of two or more) of the foregoing entities created under State law.

(q)"Project priority list" means the list developed by the State in conformance with the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1972 (33 U.S.C. 1251 et al.), and any amendatory or supplementary acts thereto.

(r)"Project" means projects eligible for assistance from the revolving loan fund as certified to the Authority by the Department, including, without limitation, the following:

1.Assessment and investigation of eligible property pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30E-9(b).

2.Cleanup of eligible property pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30E-9(c).

3.Any expenditure of a type or category determined by the Authority or the Department to be of such nature as will facilitate the timely assessment, cleanup, and subsequent redevelopment and return to productive use of an eligible property.

(s)"Public body" includes each county, state agency, incorporated city or town, public corporation, district, cooperative, association, authority or instrumentality thereof created by or pursuant to state law, including also a combination of two or more of the foregoing.

(t)"Recipient" means any local governmental unit, which has received a Fund loan pursuant to this Chapter.

(u)"Revolving loan fund" means

(v)"Substantial alteration" means any change, which results in an alteration of the project costs, or a change of 90 days or more in the project schedule.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-3, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.04" level="3" title="Alabama Land Recycling Revolving Loan Fund">

Proceeds of bond sales, Federal and State appropriations, payments of loan principal and interest, and interest earned on the fund shall be handled in the following manner:

(a)To make loans;

(b)To guarantee or subsidize loans via linked deposit or other appropriate means;

(c)As a source of revenue or security for the payment of principal and interest on revenue bonds issued by the Authority if the net proceeds of the sale of such bonds will be deposited in the Fund;

(d)Any Federal or State funds, which may be made available to the State for loans to any public body for the assessment and cleanup, of an eligible property, under the Act, may be deposited only to the Alabama Land Recycling Revolving Loan Fund.

(e)The monies in the Fund are specifically dedicated and for the purposes identified in Rule 335-15-7-.03; however, no monies shall be expended from the Fund for those purposes without the specific deposits thereof by the Authority.

(f)Payments of principal, interest and penalties on loans awarded from the Fund shall be made to the Fund pursuant to the Act.

(g)All interest earned shall be credited to the Alabama Land Recycling Revolving Loan Fund pursuant to the Act.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.05" level="3" title="Terms of the Loan">

(1)The Fund may offer loans for up to 100 percent of allowable project costs or $200, 000, whichever is less, and may offer a range of options regarding the term, interest rate and level of loan funding. Such loans must be made at or below market interest rates as determined by the Authority.

(2)The total term of the loans shall not exceed 10 years. Repayments shall begin not later than one year after completion of remediation, or three years from the date of loan award, whichever comes first, and shall be repaid in full in no later than 10 years later. Thereafter, loan repayments shall be made in accordance with the repayment schedule indicated in the borrower's Fund loan agreement. Principal and accrued interest with respect to a particular Fund loan may, however, be prepaid in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Fund loan agreement. Interest shall accrue from the date of delivery of the Authority's bonds in a leveraged loan program. In a direct loan program, interest accrues from the date of the execution of the loan agreement.

(3)Loans shall be made only to local governmental units that:

(a)Are on the State project priority list;

(b)Demonstrate tangible financial capacity to assure sufficient revenues to repay the loan;

(c)Provide security for repayment of the loan as required by the Authority;

(d)Agree to maintain records in accordance with governmental accounting standards and to conduct an annual audit of the facility's financial records;

(e)Provide such assurances as reasonably required by the Authority and the Department;

(f)Are not currently, or have been, subject to any penalties resulting from environmental non-compliance at the site subject to the loan;

(g)Are not currently, or have been, a generator or transporter of contamination at the site subject to the loan; and,

(h)Are exempt from liability under CERCLA for the site subject to the loan.

(4)Fund loan payments will be disbursed to recipients at intervals as work progresses and expenses are incurred and approved, but not more often than once a month.

(5)The specific terms and conditions of the Fund loan shall be incorporated in the Fund loan agreement to be executed by the recipient and the Authority.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.06" level="3" title="Criteria For Project Loan Priority">

Each year the Department shall develop a project priority list for the forthcoming Federal fiscal year. The priority system evaluates projects individually for their anticipated environmental and economic impacts. Annually, the project priority list shall be the subject of a public notice, including a public comment period. A public body desiring to be placed on the list shall make a request for placement by June 1 of each year, or as otherwise established by the Department. The requests will be ranked in accordance with the priority system and placed on the list. The following shall be submitted by the authorized representative of the public body when requesting placement on the list:

(a)Brief description of the project indicating need;

(b)Brief description of existing site conditions;

(c)Estimated costs associated with the project; and

(d)Projected public and economic value after remediation.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.07" level="3" title="Preapplication Procedures">

(1)Public bodies are urged to be familiar with the requirements of this Chapter and to contact the Department early in the planning process so projects are in a position to proceed.

(2)Each preapplication for a Fund loan shall be submitted the Department, typically on a quarterly basis. The preapplication shall include full and complete documentation that a loan applicant is required to furnish.

(3)The Department may require a preapplication conference with potential loan applicants prior to submission of a formal application for a Fund loan.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.08" level="3" title="Application Procedures"> <dwc name="lead" times="1">

(1)Each application for a Fund loan shall be submitted by the established deadline. The application shall include complete documentation required for processing.

(2)The following shall be submitted when applying for a Fund loan:

(a)An application form for a Fund loan. Each application shall constitute a commitment by the loan applicant to comply with the requirements of this Chapter and, upon execution of the agreement by the Authority and the loan applicant, acceptance of the terms and conditions of the Fund loan agreement;

(b)A resolution passed by the local governmental unit authorizing the filing of an application for a Fund loan and specifying the individual authorized to sign the Fund loan application. If two or more local governmental units are involved, a resolution is required from each, indicating the lead loan applicant and the authorized representative;

(c)Statement of assurances in conformance with Rule 335-15-7-.14;

(d)Department approval with assessment and cleanup plans and reports, if applicable;

(e)Project cost breakdown;

(f)Projected cash flow schedule;

(g)Project remediation schedule;

(h)Certificate (legal opinion) from counsel and the authorized representative as to title or mechanism to obtain title necessary for project sites and easements;

(i)A certification that required local, State and federal permits and approvals, if applicable, were received;

(j)A statement from the loan applicant indicating that it has not violated any Federal, State or local law pertaining to fraud, bribery, graft, kickback, collusion or conflicts of interest relating to, or in connection with, the planning and implementation of the project;

(k)A statement from the loan applicant indicating if the services of a person, whose name appears on the Federal list of debarments, suspensions and voluntary exclusions, were used for planning or design of the project;

(l)Executed intermunicipal agreements, if required;

(m)A plan for how the loan applicant plans to repay the Fund loan and pay any other expenses necessary to fully complete and implement the project, the steps it has taken to implement the plan, and steps it plans to take before receiving the Fund loan that shall guarantee that at the time of the signing of the Fund loan agreement it shall be irrevocably committed to repay the Fund loan and pay any other expenses necessary to fully complete, implement, operate and maintain the project. The description shall include: pro forma projections of the loan applicant's financial operations during the remediation period of the project and five years thereafter; a summary of the sources and uses of all funds anticipated to be used for the Fund loan project; and a statement of the assumptions used in creating such projections. Loan applicants shall secure all Fund loans in a manner acceptable to the Authority, pledging to provide funds to repay the debt, even if the Fund loan is terminated pursuant to Rule 335-15-7-.34;

(n)A completed voluntary property assessment or voluntary cleanup plan approved by the Department under 335-15-4-.03 and .04;

(o)Information regarding the loan applicant?s environmental compliance history;

(p)A viable redevelopment plan for the project site; and,

(q)Such other information as the Department may require.

(3)Loan applicants shall obtain all necessary Federal, State and local permits and approvals prior to the award of a loan. Excluded from prior acquisition are permits and approvals that are impractical to obtain prior to the loan award (e.g., road opening permit, blasting permit, etc.).

(4)Submissions not substantially complying with this Chapter shall not be processed, and shall be returned.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.09" level="3" title="Information Disclosure">

All loan applications and other submissions, when received by the Department, constitute public records. The Department shall make them available to persons who request their release to the extent required by Alabama and/or Federal law.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.10" level="3" title="Application Evaluation">

(1)The Department shall notify the loan applicant that it has received the application and is evaluating it pursuant to this section. Each application shall be subject to:

(a)Preliminary administrative review to determine the completeness of the application. The loan applicant will be notified of the completeness or deficiency of the application;

(b)Programmatic, technical, and scientific evaluations to determine the relevance of the project to the objectives of the Act;

(c)Budget evaluation to determine if proposed project costs are reasonable, applicable, and allowable; and

(d)Financial Capability.

(2)Upon completion of an evaluation of an application, the Department shall either approve the application or make the determination that the Fund loan award shall be deferred.

(3)The Department shall promptly notify loan applicants in writing of any deferral action, indicating the reasons for the deferral and a timeframe for the resolution of any outstanding issues. A deferral action shall result in one of the following:

(a)An approval of the application if the outstanding issues are addressed to the satisfaction of the Department within the specified time frame; or

(b)A disapproval of the application if the outstanding issues are not addressed to the satisfaction of the Department within the specified timeframe.

(c)Insufficient funds to meet the applicant?s needs.

(4)The Department shall promptly notify loan applicants in writing of any disapproval. A disapproval shall not preclude reconsideration if resubmitted. Reconsideration of a revised Fund loan application and/or processing of a Fund loan agreement within the current fiscal year may be bypassed, precluding funding of the project until a future fiscal year. Affected loan applicants shall be notified in writing of such action.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.11" level="3" title="Supplemental Information">

At any stage during the evaluation process, the Department may require supplemental documents or information necessary to complete the review. The Department may suspend its evaluation until such additional information or documents have been received.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.12" level="3" title="Fund Loan Agreement">

The Authority shall prepare and transmit the Fund loan agreement to the loan applicant.

(a)The loan applicant shall execute the Fund loan agreement and return it within 30 calendar days of receipt. The Authority may, at its discretion, extend the time for execution. The Fund loan agreement shall be signed by a person authorized by resolution to obligate the loan applicant to the terms and conditions of the Fund loan agreement being executed. The authorizing resolution shall accompany the executed Fund loan agreement.

(b)The Fund loan agreement shall set forth the terms and conditions of the Fund loan, approved project scope, budget, approved project costs, and the approved commencement and completion dates for the project and major phases thereof.

(c)The Fund loan agreement shall be deemed to incorporate all requirements, provisions, and information in documents or papers submitted to the Department in the application process.

(d)The Fund loan agreement shall not be executed by the Authority if the loan applicant is in current default on any State or Federal loan.

(e)Upon completion of the internal processing of the Fund loan agreement, a copy of the executed Fund loan agreement shall be transmitted to the recipient.

(f)The Authority shall establish remedies for default in the loan agreement.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.13" level="3" title="Effect Of Loan Award">

(1)At the time of execution of the Fund loan agreement by the Authority and the recipient, the loan shall become effective and shall constitute an obligation of the Fund in the amount and for the purposes stated in the Fund loan agreement.

(2)The award of the Fund loan shall not commit or obligate the Authority to award any continuation Fund loan to cover cost overruns of the project. Cost overruns for any project or portion thereof shall be the sole responsibility of the recipient.

(3)The award of a Fund loan by the Authority shall not be used as a defense by the loan applicant to any action by any agency for the loan applicant's failure to obtain all required permits, licenses and operating certificates for its respective project.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.14" level="3" title="Loan Conditions">

(1)The following requirements, in addition to such statutes, rules, terms and conditions which may be applicable to particular loans, are applicable to disbursement under a Fund loan agreement:

(a)The recipient shall certify that it is maintaining its financial records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and auditing standards for governmental institutions;

(b)The recipient shall comply with all requirements of applicable permits issued by the Department;

(c)The recipient shall comply with all applicable requirements of Federal, State and local laws;

(d)The recipient shall pay any unallowable project costs;

(e)The Fund loan agreement or any amendment thereto may include special conditions necessary to assure accomplishment of the project objectives or Department requirements;

(f)Implementation of the project, including letting of contracts in connection therewith, shall conform to applicable requirements of Federal, State, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations and contract specifications and requirements;

(g)No Fund loan monies shall be disbursed to a public body currently in default on any Fund loan. Nothing in this paragraph shall in any way limit any right or duty of the Authority to demand and collect at any time the total due under any such defaulted loan;

(h)The Authority may assess penalties to late loan repayments as appropriate and as specified in the Fund loan agreements;

(i)The recipient shall certify that the project, or phase of the project, will be initiated and completed in accordance with the time schedule specified in the Fund loan agreement;

(j)The recipient must submit proof that it, and its contractors and subcontractors, will comply with all insurance requirements of the Fund loan agreement and that it shall be able to certify that the insurance is in full force and effect and that the premiums have been paid.

(k)The Department may impose such other conditions as may be necessary and appropriate to effectuate the purpose and intent of the Act and to implement the CERCLA and other applicable laws of the State.

(2)The recipient shall certify that it is in compliance with all other requirements and conditions of the Fund loan agreement.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.15" level="3" title="Administration And Performance Of Loan">

The recipient bears primary responsibility for the administration and success of the project, including any subagreements made by the recipient for accomplishing the Fund loan objectives. Fund loan monies must be used in conformance with these rules and the Fund loan agreement shall achieve the Fund loan objectives and ensure that the purposes set forth in the Act and the CERCLA are fully executed.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.16" level="3" title="Project Changes And Loan Modifications">

(1)A loan modification encompasses any written alteration of the Fund loan terms or conditions, budget or project method or other administrative, technical or financial agreements.

(2)There shall be no Fund loan modification increasing the funding amount beyond adjustments to cover the low bid cleanup costs. Adjustments due to the low bid cleanup costs will be made only after a subsequent passage of a legislative appropriations act or if funds exist which are unobligated or not already targeted for other projects on the priority list.

(3)The recipient shall promptly notify the Department in writing (certified mail, return receipt requested) of events or proposed changes which may require a loan modification, including but not limited to:

(a)Rebudgeting;

(b)Changes in approved plans for the project;

(c)Changes which may affect the approved scope or objectives of the project;

(d)Significant, changed conditions at the project site;

(e)Acceleration or deceleration in the time for performance of the project or any major phase thereof; and

(f)Changes which may increase or substantially decrease the total cost of a project.

(4)If the Authority decides a formal Fund loan amendment is necessary, the recipient shall be notified and a formal Fund loan amendment shall be processed in accordance with Rule 335-15-7-.17. If the Authority decides a formal Fund loan amendment is not necessary, the Department shall follow the procedures of Rule 335-15-7-.18 or .19, as applicable.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.17" level="3" title="Formal Loan Amendments">

(1)The Authority may require a formal Fund loan amendment to change principal provisions of a Fund loan where project changes substantially alter the cost or time of performance of the project or any major phase thereof, or substantially alter the objective or scope of the project.

(2)The Authority and recipient may effect a formal Fund loan amendment only by a written amendment to the Fund loan agreement executed by the Authority and the recipient.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.18" level="3" title="Administrative Loan Changes">

Administrative changes by the Department, such as a change in the office to which a report is to be transmitted by the recipient, or a change in the disbursement schedule for Fund loans, constitute changes to the Fund loan agreement (but not necessarily to the project work) and do not affect the substantive rights of the Department or the recipient. The Department may issue such changes unilaterally. Such changes shall be in writing and generally be effected by a letter (certified mail, return receipt requested) to the recipient.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.19" level="3" title="Other Changes">

All other project changes, which do not require a formal Fund loan amendment as stated in Rule 335-15-7-.20, shall be undertaken only upon written approval of the Director.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.20" level="3" title="Access">

(1)The recipient, its contractor and subcontractors shall provide Department personnel, authorized representative(s) of the Department, or representative(s) of the Environmental Protection Agency, access to the facilities, premises and records related to the project.

(2)The recipient shall submit to the Department such documents and information as requested by the Department;

(3)The recipient, and all contractors and subcontractors which contract directly with the recipient or receive a portion of State monies, are subject to a financial audit.

(4)Records shall be retained and available to the Department until the final Fund loan repayment has been made.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.21" level="3" title="Authority Disbursement">

Disbursement of Fund loan monies shall be made at intervals as work progresses and expenses are incurred, but at no greater frequency than monthly. In no event shall disbursement exceed the allowable costs that have been incurred at that time. No disbursement shall be made until the Department receives satisfactory cost documentation which shall include all forms and information required by the Department and completed in a manner satisfactory to the Department. Should the recipient be receiving Fund loan monies for expenditures incurred prior to the award of the Fund loan, the disbursement schedule shall be as indicated in the Fund loan agreement.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.22" level="3" title="Assignment">

The right of a recipient to receive disbursements from the Authority under a Fund loan may not be assigned, nor may repayments due under a Fund loan be similarly encumbered.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.23" level="3" title="Unused Funds">

Where the total amount of the cleanup costs after bids are taken is less than the initial loan award, the Fund loan agreement shall be adjusted and the difference retained by the Fund to be reallocated to other projects.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.24" level="3" title="Project Initiation">

(1)The recipient shall expeditiously initiate and complete the project in accordance with the project schedule contained in the Fund loan agreement. Failure to promptly initiate and complete a project may result in the imposition of sanctions included in this Chapter.

(2)The recipient shall not advertise any contract until written notice of concurrence with the proposed agreement has been issued by the Department.

(3)Once bids for the project are received, the recipient shall not award the contract(s) until authorization to award has been given by the Department.

(4)The recipient and the contractor shall attend a pre-remediation conference with Department personnel prior to the issuance of a notice to proceed by the recipient.

(5)The recipient shall award the contract(s) and issue notice(s) to proceed, where required, for completing all "significant" elements of the project no later than 12 months after execution of the loan agreement, unless a specific extension has been approved by the Department.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.25" level="3" title="Ineligible Fund Uses">

(1)Loan funds shall not be used for the following activities:

(a)Cleanup of a naturally occurring substance; cleanup of products that are part of the structure of and result in exposure within residential buildings or business or community structures; or cleanup of public or private drinking water supplies that have deteriorated through ordinary use.

(b)Monitoring and data collection necessary to apply for, or comply with, environmental permits under State or federal laws, unless such a permit is required as a component of the cleanup action;

(c)Development activities that are not removal actions, such as construction of a new facility or marketing of property; or,

(d)Job training activities.

(2)Loan funds shall not be used at any of the following sites:

(a)Listed, or proposed for listing, on the National Priorities List;

(b)Where a federal or State agency is planning or conducting a response or enforcement action; or

(c)At which a removal action must be taken within six months;

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.26" level="3" title="Allowable Project Costs">

(1)The Department shall not provide Fund loan monies for costs of work that it determines do not comply with the Act or CERCLA. In general, allowable costs may include, but may not be limited to, the following:

(a)Costs for construction or remediation contracts;

(b)Professional and consultant services;

(c)Project feasibility and engineering reports;

(d)Costs of complying with the National Environmental Policy Act, including costs of public notices and hearings;

(e)Fences, warning signs, or other security or site control precautions;

(f)Drainage controls necessary to reduce migration of hazardous substances or pollutants or contaminants off-site or to prevent entry of precipitation or runoff from other sources into the release area(s);

(g)Stabilization of berms, dikes, or impoundments for drainage, or draining or closing of lagoons where needed to maintain the integrity of the structures;

(h)Capping of contaminated soils or sludges where needed to reduce migration of hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants into soil, ground or surface water, or air;

(i)Using chemicals and other materials to retard the spread of the release or to mitigate its effects;

(j)Excavation, consolidation, or removal of highly contaminated soils from drainage or other areas, where such actions will reduce the spread of, or direct contact with, the contamination;

(k)Removal of drums, barrels, tanks, or other bulk containers that contain or may contain hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants, where removal will reduce the likelihood of spillage, leakage, exposure to humans, animals or food chain exposure;

(l)Project identification signs;

(m)Costs of complying with procurement requirements; and,

(n)Reasonable costs of public participation incurred by the loan applicant which are identified in a public participation work plan, or which are otherwise approved by the Department, shall be allowable.

(2) Reimbursement for administrative costs shall not exceed 10 percent of the loan amount, unless specifically approved by the Department.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.27" level="3" title="Preaward Costs">

(1)The Department shall not award loan assistance for costs incurred prior to the award of the Fund loan for the project.

(2)If the Department approves preliminary cleanup activities prior to loan closing, such approval is not an actual or implied commitment of Fund loan monies and the public body proceeds at its own financial risk. The public body shall receive cost reimbursement of approved activities only upon execution of a binding loan agreement.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.28" level="3" title="Project Closeout">

As directed by the Department, the Fund loan recipient shall supply a complete project closeout report. . Projects must be complete within the timeframe specified in the approved cleanup plan , unless an extension is granted by the Department.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.29" level="3" title="Fraud And Other Unlawful Or Corrupt Practices">

(1)The recipient shall administer Fund loans, acquire property pursuant to the award documents, and award contracts and subcontracts pursuant to those loans free from bribery, graft, and other corrupt practices. The recipient bears the primary responsibility for the prevention, detection and cooperation in the prosecution of any such conduct. The State shall also have the right to pursue administrative or other legally available remedies.

(2)The recipient shall pursue available judicial and administrative remedies and take appropriate remedial action with respect to any allegations or evidence of such illegality or corrupt practices. The recipient shall immediately notify the Director when such allegation or evidence comes to its attention, and shall periodically advise the Director of the status and ultimate disposition of any related matter.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.30" level="3" title="Debarment">

(1)No recipient shall enter into an agreement with any contractor that is debarred, suspended or disqualified.

(2)The recipient, prior to acceptance of Fund loan monies, shall certify that no contractor or subcontractor is included on the list of debarred, suspended and disqualified bidders as a result of action by a Federal agency. If Fund loan monies are used for disbursement to a debarred firm, the Authority reserves the right to immediately terminate the Fund loan and/or take such other action as is appropriate.

(3)Whenever a bidder is debarred, suspended, or disqualified, the recipient may take into account the loss of Fund loan monies under these regulations which result from awarding a contract to such bidder, in determining whether such bidder is the lowest responsive and responsible bidder pursuant to laws, and the recipient may advise prospective bidders that these procedures shall be followed.

(4)Any person included on the Federal list as a result of action by a Federal agency, who is or may become a bidder on any contract which is or shall be funded by a Fund loan under this section, may present information to the Department why this section shall not apply to such person. If the Department determines that it is essential to the public interest, the Department may grant an exception from the application of this section with respect to a particular contract.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.31" level="3" title="Noncompliance">

In addition to any other remedies as may be provided by law or in the Fund loan agreement, in the event of noncompliance with any loan condition, requirement of this Chapter, or contract requirement or modification, the Authority may take any of the following actions or combinations thereof:

(a)Issue a notice of noncompliance pursuant to Rule 335-15-7-.32;

(b)Withhold Fund loan monies pursuant to Rule 335-15-7-.33;

(c)Terminate the Fund loan pursuant to Rule 335-15-7-.34.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.32" level="3" title="Notice Of Noncompliance">

Where the Department determines that the recipient is in noncompliance with any condition or requirement of these rules or requirements, it shall notify the recipient of the noncompliance. The Department may require the recipient to take and complete corrective action within 10 working days of receipt of notice. If the recipient fails to take correction action or if the action taken is inadequate, then the Department may withhold disbursement. The Department may, however, withhold disbursement pursuant to Rule 335-15-7.33 without issuing a notice pursuant to this section.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris.

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.33" level="3" title="Withholding of Funds">

The Department may withhold, upon written notice to the recipient, a Fund loan disbursement or any portion thereof when it determines that a recipient has failed to comply with any loan condition, provision of this Chapter, or contract specification or requirement.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.34" level="3" title="Termination Of Loans">

(1)Termination of loans by the Authority shall be accomplished as follows:

(a)The Authority may terminate a Fund loan in whole or in part for good cause. The term "good cause" shall include but not be limited to:

1.Substantial failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the Fund loan agreement:

2.Default by the recipient;

3.A determination that the Fund loan was obtained by fraud;

4.Without good cause therefore, substantial performance of the project work has not occurred;

5.Gross abuse or corrupt practices in the administration of the project; or

6.Fund monies have been used for non-allowable costs.

(b)The Authority shall give written notice to the recipient (certified mail, return receipt requested) of its intent to terminate a Fund loan, in whole or in part, at least 30 days prior to the intended date of termination.

(c)The Authority shall afford the recipient an opportunity for consultation prior to any termination. After such opportunity for consultation, the Authority may, in writing (certified mail, return receipt requested), terminate the Fund loan in whole or in part.

(2)Project termination by the recipient shall be subject to the following:

(a)A recipient shall not unilaterally terminate the project work for which a Fund loan has been awarded, except for good cause and subject to negotiation and payment of appropriate termination settlement costs. The recipient shall promptly give written notice to the Department of any complete or partial termination of the project work.

(b)If the Department determines that there is good cause for the termination of all or any portion of a project for which the Fund loan has been awarded, the Authority may enter into a termination agreement or unilaterally terminate the Fund loan effective with the date of cessation of the project work by the recipient. The determination to terminate the Fund loan shall be solely within the discretion of the Authority. If the Authority determines not to terminate, the recipient shall remain bound by the terms and conditions of the Fund loan agreement.

(c)If the Authority determines that a recipient has ceased work on a project without good cause, the Authority may unilaterally terminate the Fund loan pursuant to this section.

(3)The Authority and recipient may enter into a mutual agreement to terminate at any time pursuant to terms which are consistent with this Chapter. The agreement shall establish the effective date of termination of the project and the schedule for repayment of the Fund loan.

(4)Upon termination, the recipient may be required to immediately refund or repay to the Authority the entire amount of the Fund loan money received. The Authority may, at its discretion, authorize the immediate repayment of a specific portion of the Fund loan and allow the remaining balances to be repaid in accordance with a revised Fund loan repayment schedule.

(5)The recipient shall reduce the amount of outstanding commitment insofar as possible and report to the Department the uncommitted balance of Fund monies awarded under the Fund loan. The recipient shall make no new commitments without the Department's specific approval thereof. The Department shall make the final determination of the eligibility of termination costs.

(6)In addition to any termination action, the Authority retains the right to pursue other legal remedies as may be available under Federal, State and local law as warranted.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="335.15.7.35" level="3" title="Severability">

If any section, subsection, provision, clause or portion of this Chapter is adjudged unconstitutional or invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Chapter shall not be affected thereby.

Authors: Aubrey H. White, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30F-2, 22-30F-4.

History: New Rule: Filed October 21, 2004; effective November 25, 2004.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-16-1" level="2" title="GENERAL">

335-16-1-.01Purpose. These regulations have been promulgated pursuant to the Alabama Drycleaning Environmental Response Trust Fund Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30D-1 et seq, henceforth referred to as "the Act". The purpose of the Alabama Drycleaning Environmental Response Trust Fund Program is to establish the ADEM Administrative Code Regulations necessary for the administration and enforcement of the Act by:

(a)The establishment of performance standards for new drycleaning facilities and new wholesale distribution facilities first brought into use on or after May 24, 2003;

(b)The establishment of a schedule for the retrofit of drycleaning facilities and wholesale distribution facilities that were in existence prior to May 24, 2000;

(c)The establishment of criteria for the reporting of suspected contamination or the discovery of contamination by site(s) as defined in 335-16-1-.02;

(d)The establishment of requirements for the initial investigation, assessment and remediation of contamination resulting from various types of drycleaner facilities, abandoned drycleaner facilities, wholesale distribution facilities, impacted third parties or adjacent landowners as defined in 335-16-1-.02.

Authors: Pamela R. Wilson, Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30D-1, 22-30D-4.

History: New Rule: Filed June 20, 2003; effective July 25, 2003.

<regElement name="335.16.1.02" level="3" title="Definitions"> <dwc name="chlorin" times="2"><dwc name="tetrachloroethylen" times="1">

Unless otherwise defined in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-16-1 through 335-16-6, the following words and terms shall have the meanings given below:

(a)"Abandoned drycleaning facility" is any real property premises or individual leasehold space owned by an eligible entity in which a drycleaning facility or wholesale distribution facility formerly operated.

(b)"ADEM" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management as established by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-22A-4.

(c)"ADERTFA" or "the Act" means the Alabama Drycleaning Environmental Response Trust Fund Act, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30D-1 et seq.

(d)"Adjacent land owner" is any owner, lessor, or mortgagee of any real property onto which contamination from an eligible site has migrated or is threatening to migrate; or any of the successors or assigns, predecessors-in-title, and successors-in-title of the foregoing.

(e)"AHWMMA" means the Alabama Hazardous Waste Management and Minimization Act of 1978, as amended, Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-1 et seq.

(f)"Aquifer" means a geologic formation, group of formations or part of a formation capable of yielding a significant amount of groundwater to wells or springs.

(g)"Board" means the Alabama Drycleaning Environmental Response Trust Advisory Board created by Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30D-8.

(h)"Certification" means a statement of professional opinion based upon knowledge and belief.

(i)"Cleanup Properties Inventory" means the list compiled and updated as necessary by the Department pursuant to 335-16-7-.02 for all qualifying properties for which contamination has been discovered.

(j)"Commercial hazardous waste disposal facility" is one receiving hazardous waste not generated on-site for disposal and to which a fee is paid or other compensation is given for disposal.

(k)"Contamination" means the presence of drycleaning agent in soil, groundwater, surface water, or any other medium at or on a drycleaning facility, abandoned drycleaning facility, wholesale distribution facility, or any real property of any impacted third party.

(l)"Contractor" means a person or business that contracts to perform work.

(m)"Department" means the Alabama Department of Environmental Management or its successor department or agency of the state.

(n)"Dike" means an embankment or ridge of either natural or man-made materials used to prevent the movement of liquids, sludges, solids, or other materials.

(o)"Director" means the Director of the Alabama Department of Environmental Management or his designee.

(p)"Discharge" or "hazardous waste discharge" means the accidental or intentional spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, or dumping of hazardous waste into or on any land or water.

(q)"Disposal" means the discharge, deposit, injection, dumping, spilling, leaking, or placing of any hazardous waste or any hazardous constituent thereof which may enter the environment or be emitted into the air or discharged into any waters including groundwater.

(r)"Drycleaning agent" means any non-hydrocarbon chlorine or hydrocarbon-based formulations or products used or to be used as a primary cleaning agent in the cleaning of garments, apparel, or household fabrics at a drycleaning facility and includes, but is not limited to, perchloroethylene, also known as tetrachloroethylene, other chemicals using CAS No. 127-18-4, solvent-charged detergent, spotting agents, glutone and any other chlorine or petroleum-based formulations or products and the substances into which any such formulations or products degrade.

(s)"Drycleaning facility" means a place of business, located at or on any real property premises or individual leasehold space located in this state which operates, or has operated in the past, in whole or in part, a commercial facility for the purpose of laundering or cleaning garments, apparel, or household fabrics for the general public using any process that involves the use of drycleaning agents. The term "drycleaning facility" specifically includes: All contiguous land, structures, and other appurtenances and improvements on the land used in connection with a drycleaning facility; tuxedo rental facilities renting to the public which conduct drycleaning operations on the premises; and "route sales," "dry store," or "pick-up store". The following facilities are excepted from the definition of "drycleaning facility":

1.A "stand-alone" coin operated laundry or a coin operated drycleaning facility;

2.A facility located on a United States military base or owned by the United States, or any department or agency thereof;

3.A facility owned or leased by the state, any county, town, or public or quasi-public organization of the state, any public subdivision thereof, or any agency or department thereof, or any body corporate or system of the state under the management or administration of a board of control or governing board established by the state;

4.A facility primarily engaged in uniform service or linen supply;

5.Prison, hotel, motel, or industrial drycleaners not providing services to the general public, hospitals, or nursing homes; or

6.Any facility owned or leased by any owner or operator who shall elect not to be covered by the Act.

(t)"Engineer" means a person registered as a professional engineer with the State of Alabama Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors.

(u)"Eligible entity" means any person owning a drycleaning facility, abandoned drycleaning facility, or a wholesale distribution facility, or an impacted third party, or adjacent landowner(s) who elected to be covered by the Act.

(v)"Eligible site" means any drycleaning facility, abandoned drycleaning facility, wholesale distribution facility, or adjacent land that is covered by the Act as a result of election for coverage by the owner, operator or impacted third party.

(w)"EPA" means the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

(x)"Existing drycleaning facility" means any drycleaning facility which is currently in operation and that was in operation prior to May 24, 2000 and has elected to be covered under the Act.

(y)"Facility" is a term synonymous with "site".

(z)"Fund" means the Alabama Drycleaning Environmental Response Trust Fund created by Code of Alabama 1975 &#167;22-30D-5.

(aa)"Generator" means any person, by individual generation site, whose act or process produces hazardous waste identified or listed in Chapter 335-14-2 or whose act first causes a hazardous waste to become subject to regulation.

(bb)"Geologist" means a person registered as a professional geologist with the State of Alabama under the Alabama Professional Geologist Licensing Act.

(cc)"Groundwater" means water below the land surface in a zone of saturation.

(dd)"Hazardous substance" means any substance included on the List of Hazardous Substances and Reportable Quantities, codified as 40 CFR Part 302, Table 302.4, in force and effect on the effective date of 335-16 and subsequent revisions thereof, or any substance listed on the List of Extremely Hazardous Substances and Their Threshold Planning Quantities, codified as 40 CFR Part 355, Appendix A, in force and effect on the effective date of 335-16 and subsequent revisions thereof.

(ee)"Hazardous waste" means a hazardous waste as defined in 335-14-2-.01(3).

(ff)"Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, or Disposal Facility" means any property or facility which is intended or used for the treatment, storage, or disposal of hazardous waste subject to the permit requirements of ADEM Admin. Code 335-14-8.

(gg)"Impacted third party" is any person who is or has been an owner, lessor, or mortgagee of real property on which an eligible site is or has been located.

(hh)"Land Use Controls" means any restriction or control, which serves to protect human health and/or the environment, that limits use of and/or exposure to, any portion of a property, including water resources. These controls may include:

1.Engineering controls which are remedial actions directed toward containing or controlling the migration of contaminants through the environment. These include, but are not limited to, stormwater conveyance systems, slurry walls, liner systems, caps, leachate collection systems, pump and treat systems, and groundwater recovery systems.

2.Institutional controls which are legal or contractual restrictions on property use that remain effective after remediation is completed and are used to meet remediation levels. The term may include, but is not limited to, deed notations, deed restrictions and/or, water use restrictions, restrictive covenants, conservation easements, and limited development rights.

3.Water use restrictions which can be placed on the use of a particular water supply source that has been identified as being contaminated with hazardous substances or other contaminants in order to protect human health and the environment.

(ii)"Manifest" means the form adopted by the Department used for identifying the quantity, composition, origin, routing and destination of hazardous waste during its transportation from the point of generation to the point of disposal, treatment or storage.

(jj)"New Drycleaning Facility" means any drycleaning facility that began operation after May 23, 2003.

(kk)"Other waste" is wastes as defined in ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-1-.02.

(ll)"Owner or Operator" means any person who owns or leases an active or abandoned drycleaning facility or distribution facility, who is or has been responsible for operations at such facility and who elected to be covered by the Act.

(mm)"Person" means an individual, trust, firm, joint venture, consortium, joint-stock company, corporation, partnership, or limited liability company. Person does not include any governmental organization.

(nn)"Preexisting release" means a release which occurred prior to election for coverage under Alabama Drycleaning Environmental Response Trust Fund Act by an eligible entity.

(oo)"Property" is synonymous with "facility" and includes any or all of the following:

1.Any land, building, structure, installation, equipment, pipe or pipeline, sewer or publicly owned treatment works, pipe into a sewer or publicly owned treatment works, well, pit, pond, lagoon, impoundment, ditch, landfill, or storage container.

2.Any site or area where a hazardous waste, hazardous constituent, hazardous substance or petroleum product has been deposited, discharged, stored, disposed of, placed, or has otherwise come to be located.

3.A parcel of land defined by the boundaries in the deed.

(pp)"Registration fee" means the fees required to be paid pursuant to Section 6 of the Act by each owner or operator of any drycleaning facility operating in this state who shall elect to be covered by the Act and by each wholesale distributor selling to drycleaning facilities in this state who shall elect to be covered by the Act.

(qq)"Release" means any actual spilling, pouring, overfilling, leaking, leaching, emitting, discharging, or escaping of drycleaning agents at or from a drycleaning facility or wholesale distribution facility into the soils or waters of the state.

(rr)"Remediation level" means the concentration of a contaminant, and applicable control, that is protective of human health and the environment.

(ss)"Reportable quantity" is a known release of a drycleaning agent in excess of the federal reporting standards.

(tt)"Remediation waste" means all solid and hazardous wastes, and all media (including groundwater, surface water, soils, and sediments) and debris that contain listed hazardous wastes or that themselves exhibit a hazardous characteristic and are managed for cleanup.

(uu)"Responsible person" means any person who has contributed or is contributing to a release of any hazardous waste, hazardous constituent, or hazardous substance at a property.

(vv)"Risk assessment" means the process used to determine the risk posed by contaminants that have been released into the environment at the site. The process includes a written site specific evaluation which includes elements that encompass, but are not limited to, the identification of the contaminants present in the environmental media, the assessment of exposure and exposure pathways, the assessment of the toxicity of the contaminants present at the site, the characterization of risks to humans, and the characterization of the impacts or risks to the environment.

(ww)"Site" means any land on which a drycleaning facility, abandoned drycleaning facility, or wholesale distribution facility is or has been physically located.

(xx)"Sludge" means any solid, semi-solid, or liquid waste generated from a municipal, commercial, or industrial wastewater treatment plant, water treatment plant, or air pollution control device, exclusive of the treated effluent from a wastewater treatment plant.

(yy)"State" means the State of Alabama.

(zz)"Storage" means the actual or intended containment of wastes, either on a temporary basis or for a period of years, in such a manner as not to constitute disposal of such wastes.

(aaa)"Subsidiary" has the same meaning as in the 17 CFR 240.12b-2 (1 April 1996 Edition).

(bbb)"Wholesale distribution facility" means a place of business or any real property premises or individual leasehold space, occupied by a wholesale distributor.

(ccc)"Wholesale distributor" is any person whose primary business is selling drycleaning agents and supplies to drycleaning facilities and elects to be covered by the Act.

Authors: Lawrence A. Norris; Pamela R. Wilson

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30D-3, 22-30D-4.

History: New Rule: Filed June 20, 2003; effective July 25, 2003.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-16-2" level="2" title="PARTICIPATION">

<regElement name="335.16.2.01" level="3" title="Criteria For Coverage By The Act">

(1)Existing drycleaning facilities, abandoned drycleaning facilities and wholesale distributing facilities, are covered by the Fund under this program provided the following criteria are met:

(a)Pursuant to Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30D-4, the owner(s) or operator(s) have elected to participate in the program and have so notified the Department.

(b)The appropriate registration fees are paid to the Alabama Department of Revenue.

(2)New owners or operators of existing facilities who elect to be covered under the fund shall:

(a)Notify and register with the Department;

(b)Submit to the Alabama Department of Revenue those fees described in Code of Ala. 1976, &#167;22-30D-6.

(3)Owners, operators establishing new drycleaning and or wholesale distribution facilities who elect to be covered by the Fund shall:

(a)Register each new facility with the Department within thirty (30) days of the commencement of operation;

(b)Submit registration form(s) to the Alabama Department of Revenue within thirty (30) days of the initiation of business; and

(c)Submit to the Alabama Department of Revenue those fees described in Code of Ala. 1976, &#167;22-30D-6.

(4)Wholesale distributors who elect to be covered under the fund shall:

(a)Notify and register with the Department;

(b)Submit registration form(s) to the Alabama Department of Revenue within thirty (30) days of the opening; and

(b)Submit registration form(s) to the Alabama Department of Revenue within thirty (30) days of the initiation of business; and

(c)Submit to the Alabama Department of Revenue those fees described in Code of Ala. 1976, &#167;22-30D-6.

(5)Owners, operators and wholesale distributors of existing facilities who did not elect to participate in the Fund are:

(a)Relieved of any obligations, including those to register or pay registration fees, imposed on owners, owners and wholesale distributors who elected to be covered under the terms of the Act

(b)Prohibited from receiving Fund money for any costs incurred at the site or at any real property of any impacted party or adjacent landowner.

(6)Pursuant to Code of Ala. 1976, &#167;22-30D-7, the following sites are excluded from coverage:

(a)Sites that are contaminated by drycleaning agents where the contamination at such sites did not result from the operation of a drycleaning, abandoned drycleaning, or wholesale distribution facility;

(b)Sites that are not drycleaning, abandoned drycleaning, or wholesale distribution facilities, or the real property of impacted third parties or adjacent landowners, but are contaminated by a release from drycleaning agents being transported to or from drycleaning, abandoned drycleaning, or wholesale distribution facilities;

(c)Any drycleaning, abandoned drycleaning, or wholesale distribution facility, or any property of any impacted third party or adjacent landowner that has been, or is in the future, identified by USEPA as a federal superfund site pursuant to 40 CFR 300 etseq.;

(d)Any drycleaning, abandoned drycleaning, or wholesale distribution facility, or any property of any impacted third party or adjacent landowner which has a treatment, storage, or disposal permit pursuant to the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) or AHWMMA regulations;

(e)Any drycleaning, abandoned drycleaning, or wholesale distribution facility, or any real property owned or leased by any entity who not elect to be covered by the Act or any impacted third party or adjacent landowner impacted by or adjacent to any such a site; and/or

(f)Any owner, operator, impacted third party, or adjacent landowner who fails to pay, or is delinquent in payment of fees required by the Act.

(7)Coverage by the Fund shall be effective on the date that a written notice of election is received by the Department.

Authors: Lawrence A. Norris; Pamela R. Wilson

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30D-4, 22-30D-6, 22-30D-7.

History: New Rule: Filed June 20, 2003; effective July 25, 2003.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-16-3" level="2" title="GENERATOR REQUIREMENTS">

<regElement name="335.16.3.01" level="3" title="General">

(1)Purpose, scope, and applicability.

(a)ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-16-3 establishes standards for new and existing drycleaning facilities, abandoned drycleaning facilities and new and existing wholesale distributing facilities that are:

1.Generators of hazardous waste, and

2.Generators of other waste destined for disposal at commercial hazardous waste disposal facilities located in the State of Alabama.

(b)ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-2-.01(5)(c) and (d) must be used to determine the applicability of the provisions of 335-16-3 that are dependent on calculations of the quantity of hazardous waste generated per month.

(c)In addition to the requirements of ADEM Admin. Code Chapters 335-14-5 through 335-14-9, a drycleaning facility, abandoned drycleaning facility, or wholesale distribution facility which treats, stores, or disposes of hazardous waste on-site must comply with the following with respect to that waste:

1.ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-3-.01(2) for determining whether or not the facility produces a hazardous waste;

2.ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-3-.01(3) for obtaining an EPA identification number;

3.If applicable, ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-3-.01(4) for submittal of Annual Submission of ADEM Form 8700-12, Notification of Regulated Waste Activity and Certifications of Waste Management;

4.ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-3-.03(5) for accumulation of hazardous waste;

5.ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-3-.04(1)(c) and (d) for recordkeeping requirements;

6.ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-3-.04(4) for additional reporting requirements;

7.ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-3-.02 for hazardous waste manifest procedures;

8.ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-3-.03 for pre-transport requirements; and

9.ADEM Admin. Code R. 335-14-3-.08 for special requirements for Generators of waste destined for disposal at Commercial Hazardous Waste Disposal Facilities Located in the State of Alabama.

(d)The drycleaning, abandoned drycleaning, or wholesale distribution facility responsible for the generation of other waste destined for disposal at commercial hazardous waste disposal facilities located in the State of Alabama must comply with ADEM Admin Code R. 335-14-3-.08, Appendix I, and Appendix II.

(2)Reserved.

Author: Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30-11, 22-30-13, 22-30-14, 22-30D-4.

History: New Rule: Filed June 20, 2003; effective July 25, 2003.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-16-4" level="2" title="TRACKING AND PRIORITIZATION">

<regElement name="335.16.4.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

To provide a mechanism that allows for the initial investigation of existing drycleaning facilities, abandoned drycleaning facilities and wholesale distribution facilities that may be contaminated with drycleaning agents.

Author: Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30D-4, 22-30D-5.

History: New Rule: Filed June 20, 2003; effective July 25, 2003.

<regElement name="335.16.4.02" level="3" title="Initial Investigation">

(1)For sites at which a release or releases have been confirmed, or sites where contamination is suspected to exist, the owner or operator shall submit a report to the Department describing the release(s) with information that shall include:

(a)The actual or estimated timeframe(s) that the release(s) may have occurred;

(b)The type(s) of hazardous constituents released; and

(c)The approximate or actual amount of hazardous constituents released.

(2)The purpose of the Initial Investigation is to gather sufficient information about the site to allow the Department to prioritize the site.

(3)The Initial Investigation shall be performed according to the criteria established below, unless a Work Plan describing an alternate scope is approved by the Department.

(a)Owners or operators performing an Initial Investigation must obtain and provide information about the site and the nature of the release. At a minimum, an Initial Investigation shall include the following:

1.Characterization of surrounding population, e.g., urban, rural residential;

2.Results of a complete well inventory within a 1500 feet radius of the site and also the location of all other public water supply wells within a 1 mile radius. The inventory shall include the location, and where available, information on the depth, elevation, aquifer, screened zones, and ownership of each well;

3.Results of a receptor survey to include a description of any potential or real receptors of drycleaning-agent contamination. This description should include the hydro-geologic environment, the type and nature of geologic materials, location of surface waters, surrounding land and water users, and the location of all underground utilities, water lines, sewers or other conduits near the Site or within the suspected area of impact that could impact the migration of contaminants;

4.Groundwater samples collected from the first significant water-bearing zone likely to exhibit contamination should be analyzed to assess the groundwater impact at a minimum of one up-gradient and three down-gradient locations. In the event of the discovery of free-phase drycleaning agent, the Department shall be notified immediately. The product should be described to provide information regarding its likely fate-and-transport characteristics, and all proposed Initial Investigation sampling within or through this area postponed until:

(i)The site-specific hydrogeology is adequately characterized including the potential for hydraulic interconnection with lower aquifers;

(ii)The properties of the product are adequately characterized to allow for the area to be investigated using techniques that will not exacerbate the extent of contamination; and/or

(iii)The feasibility of interim free-phase recovery or remediation activities can be evaluated; and

5.Soil and vapor samples should be collected, as appropriate, in areas most likely to have been impacted by a drycleaning agent release.

(b)All monitoring wells must be constructed in a manner acceptable to the Department. Closure of wells shall be in accordance with acceptable well abandonment procedures.

(c)All temporary monitoring wells, soil borings, or direct-push technology borings used to collect grab groundwater samples must be properly closed using acceptable abandonment procedures.

(d)All selected media samples shall be analyzed for parameters which are appropriate to the nature of the drycleaning agents and their degradation products.

(e)Initial Investigations shall be performed and certified by a Board approved geologist or engineer.

(4)Following the Initial Investigation, the eligible entity shall submit the results, including the results of any other investigation(s), to the Department.

Author: Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30D-4.

History: New Rule: Filed June 20, 2003; effective July 25, 2003.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-16-5" level="2" title="RESPONSIBILITIES">

<regElement name="335.16.5.01" level="3" title="General Provisions">

(1)Any eligible entity shall not be required to:

(a)Obtain any State permit or engage in closure, post closure, or corrective action pursuant to the AHWMMA;

(b)Establish or maintain any financial assurance;

(c)Become obligated to pay for any costs, except for the deductible set forth in Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30D-9, in connection with contamination occurring at any drycleaning facility, abandoned drycleaning facility, wholesale distribution facility, or at the real property of any impacted third party, or any adjacent land owner(s) which may have failed to operate as a permitted treatment, storage or disposal facility as defined under AHWMMA; or

(d)Replace any drycleaning unit that was in operation prior to May 24, 2003 unless required by ADEM Admin. Code Regulations or by any federal laws promulgated by the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

(2)Any eligible entity shall be required to:

(a)Submit a report to the Department of any actual or suspected contamination.

(b)Commence initial investigation and, if necessary assessment remediation activities.

(c)Submit as required, all necessary plans and reports as described in 335-16-6.

(d)Comply with generator waste management requirements of 335-16-3.

Authors: Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;&#167;22-30D-4, 22-30D-9.

History: New Rule: Filed June 20, 2003; effective July 25, 2003.

<regElement name="335.16.5.02" level="3" title="Performance Standards">

Compliance with performance standards for new drycleaning facilities are required upon the effective date of these regulations. Compliance with performance standards for existing facilities shall occur no later than May 23, 2005, and a schedule for the implementation of the standards shall be submitted to the Department within 60 days of the adoption of these regulations. The performance standards at a minimum shall include the following:

(a)Any person who generates regulated waste(s) that contain drycleaning agent(s) at a drycleaning facility or wholesale distribution facility shall ensure delivery of such waste(s) to a facility that is legally authorized to manage or recycle waste(s) that contain drycleaning agents;

(b)Release of wastewater containing drycleaning agent from drycleaning facilities to any sanitary sewer or septic tank, any land or ground application thereof, or any discharge to waters of the State is not authorized;

(c)Mandatory reporting of all releases of reportable quantities of drycleaning agent to the Department;

(d)All drycleaning agents or wastes containing drycleaning agents shall be stored in closed containers and handled so to minimize the risk of leakage or spillage;

(e)Dikes or other containment structures shall be installed around each drycleaning machine and each drycleaning agent or waste storage area, such that the structures shall be capable of containing a release of drycleaning agent;

(f)All containment structures shall be constructed of materials which are impervious to drycleaning agents;

(g)All drycleaning agents shall be delivered to drycleaning machines via closed or direct-coupled systems; and

(h)If applicable, compliance with the National Perchloroethylene Air Emission Standards for Dry Cleaning Facilities (40 CFR 63, subpart m) and adopted by the Department as ADEM Admin. Code Rule 335-3-11-.06(12).

Author: Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30D-4.

History: New Rule: Filed June 20, 2003; effective July 25, 2003.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-16-6" level="2" title="TECHNICAL INFORMATION">

<regElement name="335.16.6.01" level="3" title="Property Assessment">

(1)Content of the Property Assessment Plan. A property assessment plan submitted by any eligible entity shall describe in sufficient detail those actions planned for the development of information necessary to perform a risk assessment or for the identification of applicable remediation requirements for the site by utilizing criteria found in appropriate risk-based corrective action guidance. If necessary, the assessment plan shall provide for the implementation of applicable response actions and/or land use controls. The plan should describe the methods to be used to determine the type and the amount of contamination and include the delineation of soil and groundwater contamination discovered or known to exist on-site.

(2)Approval and Implementation of the Property Assessment Plan. Upon the Department?s approval of the property assessment plan, the eligible entity shall implement the plan in accordance with the approved schedule.

(3)Modification of the Property Assessment. If at any time the eligible entity or the Department determines that any element of an approved assessment plan must be modified in order to develop the information necessary to perform a risk assessment or identify applicable remediation requirements for the qualifying property, the eligible entity shall modify the approved plan and obtain approval of the proposed modification.

(4)Termination of Activities. If at any time the eligible entity determines that any element of an approved property assessment plan must be modified in order to terminate activities at the property for any reason, the eligible entity shall notify the Department and obtain approval of the proposed modification.

(5)Assessment Report. Within 30 days of completion of those activities specified in the approved assessment plan, an eligible entity shall submit to the Department a report of the findings from the assessment, which may include a recommendation for applying remediation requirements to the property. If applicable, concurrence by the Department with the report will move site to remediation phase.

Author: Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30D-4.

History: New Rule: Filed June 20, 2003; effective July 25, 2003.

<regElement name="335.16.6.02" level="3" title="Property Remediation">

(1)Remediation Plan Submission. A remediation plan submitted by an eligible entity shall describe in sufficient detail those actions, including remedial activities and land use controls, if appropriate, which are planned to satisfy the remediation requirements for the qualifying property.

(2)Content of Remediation Plan. The plan must identify steps necessary to perform remediation activities for the site. The remediation plan at a minimum must include the following:

(a)A description of remediation to be performed at each area of known contamination at the site will be remediated;

(b)An estimate of the maximum inventory of remediation wastes/contaminated media that will be present on-site during remediation operations;

(c)A detailed description of the methods to be used during the remediation, including, but not limited to, methods for removing, transporting, treating, storing, or disposing of all remediation waste, identification of and the type(s) of off-site solid and/or hazardous waste management unit(s) to be used, if applicable;

(d)A detailed description of the process to remove or decontaminate all hazardous residues and contaminated containment system components, equipment, structures, and soils during remediation including, but not limited to:

1.Procedures for cleaning equipment and removing contaminated soils;

2.Methods for sampling and analyzing surrounding soils; and

3.Criteria for determining the extent of remediation necessary to satisfy the remediation requirements;

(e)A detailed description of other activities necessary during the cleanup period to ensure that the remedial activities satisfy remediation performance standards. This description may include, but is not limited to, groundwater monitoring, leachate collection, and run-on and run-off control;

(f)A schedule for remediation of known areas of contamination and if necessary, for remediation of the entire facility. The schedule must include, at a minimum, the total time required to remediate each known area of contamination and the time required for intervening remediation activities which will allow tracking of the progress of the remediation; and

(g)An estimate of the expected year that the remediation process will be complete for eligible sites.

(3)Remediation levels. Target remediation levels may be based on specific requirements of relevant environmental laws or regulations and/or based upon the results of a site-specific risk assessment. Remediation levels based upon a risk assessment must consider the site and all surrounding areas that may be impacted. The risk assessment must reflect current and derived in a manner consistent with Department or Environmental Protection Agency guidelines for assessing human and environmental health risks from hazardous constituents.

(4)Remedial Action Measures. Remediation levels shall be set in accordance with 335-16-6-.02(3) for all media, for all hazardous constituents, a subset of hazardous wastes, or for those hazardous constituents that the eligible entity or the Department has reason to believe may have been released at the facility. Should the concentration of a hazardous constituent(s) in an aquifer, surface water, soils, sedimentsor air exceed its remediation level for any environmental medium, the Department may require the remediation plan to include measures as necessary to protect human health and the environment.

(5)Property Use Considerations.

(a)A site shall be deemed to have met the requirements for unrestricted use if the remedial levels are derived in a manner consistent with Department or Environmental Protection Agency guidelines for assessing human and environmental health risks from hazardous constituents.

(b)For sites that do not achieve the unrestricted use classification, appropriate restrictions on future site use shall be applied. Restrictions shall include, but are not limited to, institutional and engineering controls. The restrictions imposed upon a site will be media-specific, i.e. soil and groundwater, and may vary according to site-specific conditions. All restrictions on use necessary to attain this standard shall be described in the certification of compliance or remediation as provided in 335-16-6-.03.

(6)Remediation Plan Amendment. The eligible entity may amend the remediation plan at any time prior to the notification of remediation of the site. An eligible entity with an approved remediation plan must submit a written request to the Department to modify the approved plan. The written request must include a copy of the amended plan.

(a)The eligible entity must amend the remediation plan whenever:

1.Changes in operating plans or facility design affect the remediation plan;

2.There is a change in the expected year of remediation, if applicable;

3.In conducting remediation activities, unexpected events require a modification of the remediation plan; and/or

4.The eligible entity determines that it is necessary or advisable to make changes and/or deviations in remediation requirements that affect either remediation activities or the degree of remediation initially proposed.

(b)An eligible entity with an approved remediation plan shall submit the modified plan to the Department at least 60 days prior to the proposed change in facility design or operation, or no more than 30 days after an unexpected event has occurred which has affected the remediation plan. If an unexpected event has occurred during the remediation period, the eligible entity shall submit the modified plan no later than 30 days after the unexpected event.

(c)If at any time an eligible entity determines that any element of an approved remediation plan must be modified in order to terminate activities at the property for any reason, the eligible entity shall notify the Department and obtain approval of the proposed modification.

(d)The Department may request modifications to the plan under the conditions described in 335-16-6-.02(8)(b) or 335-16-6-.02(8)(c). An eligible entity with an approved remediation plan shall submit the modified plan within 60 days of the request from the Department or within 30 days if an unexpected event occurs during remediation.

(7)Processing of Remediation Plan.

(a)The Department shall determine the completeness of every remediation plan submitted for approval using the requirements of 335-16-6-.02(2). Upon completion of the review, the Department shall notify the eligible entity in writing after determining that the plan is complete. If the plan is incomplete, the Department:

1.Shall list the information necessary to make the plan complete;

2.Shall specify a date for submitting the necessary information; and

3.May request any information necessary to clarify, modify, or supplement previously submitted material.

(b)Once a remediation plan is determined to be complete, the Department will provide the opportunity for public input as set forth by 335-16-7-.02(2).

(8)Implementation of Remediation Plan.

(a)Upon the Department?s approval of the remediation plan, the eligible entity shall then implement the plan.

(b)Should the Department determine activities at the property are not consistent with the remediation plan, the Department may, after reasonable opportunity to rectify the deficiency, revoke liability protection by providing the eligible entity with written notification specifying the basis for making such determination and requesting modification and resubmission of a modified plan or an opportunity to address any deficiencies in implementing the remediation plan within a reasonable specified time.

(c)Should the eligible entity or the Department determine that any element of an approved remediation plan must be modified in order to develop the information necessary to perform a risk assessment or identify applicable remediation requirements for the qualifying property, the eligible entity shall modify the approved plan and obtain approval of the proposed modification.

(d)An eligible entity shall keep records of any test results, waste analyses, determinations made in accordance with the property assessment plan and/or the property remediation plan, and of off-site disposal locations, waste types and quantities for a period of three years.

(9)Removal of Wastes and Decontamination or Dismantling of Equipment. Nothing in 335-16-4 shall preclude the eligible entity from removing hazardous wastes and decontaminating or dismantling equipment in accordance with the approved remediation plan at any time before or after notification of remediation.

(10)Certification of Compliance. Within 60 days of completion of remediation, the eligible entity shall submit to the Department, by registered mail, a certification that the area of contamination, unit, or the entire facility, as applicable, has been remediated in accordance with the specifications in the approved remediation plan. Certain information required by 335-16 involves the practice of engineering and/or land surveying, as those terms are defined in Code of Ala. 1975, as amended, &#167;&#167;34-11-1 to 34-11-37; and/or the practice of geology, as that term is defined in Code of Ala. 1975, as amended, &#167;&#167;34-41-1 to 34-41-24. It is the responsibility of any person preparing or submitting such information to ensure compliance with these laws and any regulations promulgated thereunder, as may be required by the State Board of Registration for Professional Geologists. All submissions, or parts thereof, which are required by State law to be prepared by a licensed engineer, land surveyor, or geologist, must include the engineer?s, land surveyor?s, and/or geologist?s signature and/or seal, as required by the applicable licensure laws.

(11)Remediation Status Report. In addition to the requirements of 335-16-6-.02(10), an eligible entity shall, upon completion of those activities specified in the remediation plan, submit to the Department a compliance status report certifying the compliance of the qualifying property with the remediation requirements. The qualifying property shall be deemed in compliance with the remediation requirements upon the eligible entity?s receipt of the Department?s written "Letter of Concurrence" with the property remediation report. If the remediation was conducted prior to submission of the application, all pertinent information from the original assessment and remediation plans shall be incorporated in the property remediation status report.

(12)Restricted Use Property. For those properties that are cleaned to standards less stringent than those required for unrestricted residential use, the property owner shall comply with the requirements of 335-16-7-.03(3) within 60 days of the submission of the certification of compliance.

(13)Relief from Liability. Upon the Department?s concurrence with the certification of compliance, the eligible entity shall be relieved of further liability to the State for the restoration of the property under Title 22, Chapters 22, 27, 30, 30A, and 35 of the Code of Ala. 1975, and for any contamination identified and addressed in reports, assessments, or plans submitted to and approved by the Department to demonstrate compliance with the approved remediation levels.

Authors: Lawrence A. Norris; Pamela R. Wilson

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30D-9.

History: New Rule: Filed June 20, 2003; effective July 25, 2003.

<regElement name="335.16.6.03" level="3" title="Certification Of Compliance">

(1)Acceptance of the Certification of Compliance. The Department shall review all reports and the required certification of compliance submitted under 335-16-6-.02(10) to demonstrate that no further action is required by the eligible entity to protect human health and the environment. Upon concurrence, the Department shall issue to the eligible entity a "Letter of Concurrence". If the eligible entity is satisfactorily maintaining engineering controls, remediation systems, or post-closure care, or if non-permanent institutional controls are utilized, the Department shall issue the eligible entity a conditional "Letter of Concurrence". The Department may authorize an eligible entity to conduct a phased response only when, in the Department's evaluation, the schedule is reasonable.

(2)Deed Records. The eligible entity shall file a copy of the certification of compliance and the conditional "Letter of Concurrence" in the site?s deed record on the Department's behalf. The eligible entity must file the copy of the certification of compliance and the conditional "Letter of Concurrence" prior to the sale or transfer of the property or no later than 60 days after the date of issuance of the letter. The eligible entity shall file a statement in the deed records stating that the certification of compliance and the "Letter of Concurrence" supersede prior deed certification requirements.

(3)Revocation of "Letter of Concurrence". The "Letter of Concurrence" may be revoked by the Department at any time in the event that contamination posing an unacceptable risk to human health and the environment is rediscovered on site, or discovery that the submitted certification of compliance was based on information that was materially false, inaccurate or misleading. The eligible entity shall be notified in writing by certified mail of the proposed revocation. The eligible entity shall respond within 30 days upon receipt of the letter.

(4)Sovereign Immunity. By issuance of the "Letter of Concurrence", the Department does not waive sovereign immunity.

(5)Release from Liability. Upon the Department's approval of the certification of compliance, an eligible entity who is not a responsible person, at the qualifying property, shall not be liable to the state or any third party for costs incurred in the investigation or remediation of, equitable relief relating to, or damages resultant from, in whole or in part, a preexisting release at the qualifying property, including, but not limited to, any liability to the state for the remediation of the property under Title 22, Chapters 22, 27, 30, 30A, and 35 of the Code of Ala. 1975, or a new release of a substance, constituent, or material which had been part of a preexisting release at the property, unless such new release results from noncompliance with an approved property assessment plan, or remediation plan or from the negligent, wanton, willful, or intentional conduct of the eligible entity.

Authors: Lawrence A. Norris, Pamela R. Wilson

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30D-5, 22-30D-9.

History: New Rule: Filed June 20, 2003; effective July 25, 2003.

<regElement name="CHAPTER 335-16-7" level="2" title="CLEANUP INVENTORY LIST">

<regElement name="335.16.7.01" level="3" title="Purpose">

(1)To provide a mechanism that allows for public participation in the remediation process. Remediation plans for sites covered under this program are placed on public notice to allow the general public the opportunity to comment. The public notice aids in the education of the general public concerning matters of possible contamination.

(2)To compile a Cleanup Inventory List of existing sites currently undergoing assessments and cleanups and to provide a mechanism for the addition and removal of properties to the Cleanup Inventory List, including the procedures for the filing in the deed records of the applicable probate court.

Authors: Lawrence A. Norris; Pamela R. Wilson

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30D-4.

History: New Rule: Filed June 20, 2003; effective July 25, 2003.

<regElement name="335.16.7.02" level="3" title="Public Participation">

(1)Public notification of remediation. Once a remediation plan is determined to be complete, the eligible entity will provide the public, through a newspaper notice, the opportunity to submit written comments to the Department on the plan no later than 30 days from the date of the notice. The Department will also, in response to a legitimate request or at its own discretion, hold a public hearing whenever such a hearing might clarify one or more issues concerning a remediation plan. The Department will give public notice of the hearing at least 30 days before it occurs.

(2)Public notice procedures. Public notice of activities shall be given by the following methods:

(a)By mailing a copy of a notice to the following persons (any person otherwise entitled to receive notice under 335-16-7-.02(2)(a)2. may waive his right to receive notice):

1.The Department;

2.Persons on a mailing list developed by:

(i)Including those who request in writing to be on the list;

(ii)Soliciting persons for area lists from participants in past cleanup proceedings in that area; and

3.Governmental Agencies:

(i)To any unit of local government having jurisdiction over the area where the drycleaning facility, abandoned drycleaning facility, wholesale distributor, impacted third party, or adjacent landowner(s) property is located; and

(ii)To each State agency having any authority under State law with respect to the construction or operation of such facility.

(b)Publication of a notice in a daily or weekly major local newspaper of general circulation. The newspaper display advertisement should be located at a spot in the paper calculated to give effective notice to the general public, and should be large enough to be seen easily by the reader. In addition to the display ads, eligible entity is encouraged to place advertisements in free newspapers, community bulletins, newsletters, and other low-cost or free publications.

(3)Contents. All public notices shall contain the following minimum information:

(a)Name and address of the office processing the remediation action for which the notice is being given;

(b)Name and address of the eligible entity and, if different, of the site or activity regulated by the remediation action;

(c)A brief description of the business conducted at the site or activity described in the remediation application;

(d)Name, address, and telephone number of a person from whom interested persons may obtain further information, including copies of the draft plan; and

(e)A brief description of the comment procedures and the time and place of any hearing that will be held, including a statement of procedures to request a hearing (unless a hearing has already been scheduled) and other procedures by which the public may participate in the final remediation decision.

(4)Departmental Review. After considering any comments submitted during the public comment period and public hearing (if held), the Department will approve or disapprove the remediation plan within 30 days of the close of the comment period. In the event that the remediation plan is not approved, the Department shall provide the eligible entity with a detailed statement of reasons for the denial. The eligible entity must modify the remediation plan or submit a new remediation plan for approval within 30 days after receiving such written statement. If the Director modifies the remediation plan, this modified remediation plan becomes the approved remediation plan. A copy of the modified remediation plan with a detailed statement of reasons for the modifications will be mailed to the eligible entity.

Author: Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30-11.

History: New Rule: Filed June 20, 2003; effective July 25, 2003.

<regElement name="335.16.7.03" level="3" title="Cleanup Inventory List">

(1)Cleanup Inventory List. The Department shall compile and update as necessary an inventory of all qualifying properties for which a property assessment plan or remediation plan has been approved by the Department. No later than July 1st of each year, the Department shall send a copy of the inventory with the properties listed by county to the clerk of each probate court of the state, who shall place and maintain the most current copy of the inventory in the room or rooms in which the deed records of the county are kept. The inventory shall be called the Cleanup Properties Inventory. The inventory shall include all the following information:

(a)The name of the property or another description identifying the property.

(b)The location of the property.

(c)The name of the owner of the property at the time of the property?s inclusion in the inventory.

(d)A general description of the property assessment or remediation plan.

(e)A description of the contaminant types and levels to which the site has been remediated if the levels are less stringent than those required for unrestricted residential use.

(2)Placement on the Cleanup Inventory List. Upon the Department?s approval of the property assessment and/or the remediation plan, the property shall be placed on the cleanup inventory list.

(3)Restricted Use.

(a)The property owner of any property listed on the inventory which is designated as having been cleaned up to standards less stringent than those required for unrestricted residential use shall include the following notice in any deed, mortgage, deed to secure debt, lease, rental agreement, or other instrument given or caused to be given by the property owner which creates an interest in the property: "This property has been listed on the state?s Cleanup Properties Inventory and has been cleaned up to standards less stringent than those required for unrestricted residential use due to the presence of substances regulated under state law. Certain uses of this property may require additional remediation. Contact the property owner or the Alabama Department of Environmental Management for further information concerning this property."

(b)If warranted by further active or passive remediation that results in the reduction of contamination to unrestricted residential use levels, this notice may be removed in accordance with 335-16-7-.03(4).

(4)Unrestricted Use. Upon a written determination by the Department that a property has been cleaned up to standards suitable for unrestricted residential use, the notices required by 335-16-7-.03(3)(a) shall be removed from the subject property records for the property.

Author: Lawrence A. Norris

Statutory Authority: Code of Ala. 1975, &#167;22-30D-4, 22-30D-11.

History: New Rule: Filed June 20, 2003; effective July 25, 2003.